word origin helps expand learners’ vocabulary english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee word origin helps expand learners’ vocabulary a vocabulary teaching approach li jing beijing sport university, china e-mail: eddie_lj@sina.com apa citation: li, jing (2012). word origin helps expand learners’ vocabulary a vocabulary teaching approach. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 1-5 received: 05-09-2011 accepted: 01-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: word origin (motivation) deals with the connection between name and sense, explaining how a word originated. with the knowledge of how words are originated, learners can grasp a word easier and thus expand their vocabulary more quickly. the introduction to word origin (motivation) by teachers can also help the learners gain interest in the process of learning and learn more about the cultural and historical background of the english-speaking countries. this paper tries to clarify this method of teaching from four aspects: onomatopoeia, word formation, cultural and historical background and cognitive linguistics. keywords: word origin (motivation), vocabulary, word formation, onomatopoeia, cognitive linguistics. introduction according to lu (1981) in his lexicology textbookmodern english lexicology, motivation which can also be defined as word origin deals with the connection between name and sense. since the word motivationmay be confused with other senses of the term in applied linguistics, this paper will use word origin instead of motivation for clarity. in fact, word origin is not an isolated concept in lexicology. it has connections with word formation, change of meaning, cultural and historical background. in short, word origin explains how a word originated. new words and expressions which evolve in civilized society are not arbitrary, and do not develop randomly. even for a folk adage, linguists can find its origin (xu, 1992). therefore, there is practical significance in studying word origin. word origin deals with a word’s origination, so with the connection between the meaning and the word itself, learners can grasp a word more easily and thus they can expand their vocabulary more quickly. onomatopoeia onomatopoeia is one kind of word origins, which means defining the principle of origin by sound (lu, 1999). many words of this kind simply imitate natural sounds, so people find it easy to spell them. however, with the development of language, these onomatopoeic words or their derivation, do not merely refer to the sounds they imitate. they can express a lot of meanings that are related to the sounds which are not difficult for learners to grasp. on the contrary, students can double or redouble their vocabulary in no time, so long as they spend some time in understanding the word origin. a large number of onomatopoetic words have been changed into nouns, some by means of word formation. mailto:eddie_lj@sina.com li jing word origin helps expand learners’ vocabulary a vocabulary teaching approach firstly, an onomatopoetic word might denote the object that gives out the sound. this is a kind of association by contiguity. the words “cuckoo”, and “cricket”, for example, at first, referred to the sounds cuckoos and crickets make, whereas now they’ve become the names of the bird and the insect which make the sounds. secondly, by adding the suffix “-er”, the original onomatopoetic word, if it is a verb, can be used as a noun to denote the object giving out the certain sound. the words “cracker” and “splashier” can be regarded as examples of this kind. thirdly, an onomatopoetic word is also designed to show the result of making sound or the place where sound is made. for instance, “bubble” as a noun now means the result of bubbling; “dump” as a noun now indicates the place where rubbish is thrown out. fourthly, an onomatopoetic word sometimes assumes a metaphorical character. for example, “crash” now has a meaning of failure; “crack” refers to a defect and sometimes a mental or physical breakdown, which are both extension of the original meaning (li, 2000). from an analysis of word origin along these lines, learners can easily grasp the key point of a word; thus it takes them less time to expand their vocabulary. however, there are still a lot of other kinds of word origin involved in the development of onomatopoetic words, which this paper does not include. word formation another kind of word origins is called morphological origin, where a direct connection can be observed between the morphemic structure of a word and its meaning (zhang, 1986). both english learners and teachers should attach importance to word formation for it can help to double or redouble vocabulary with half or even less effort. when morphological origin is used to help expand vocabulary, derivatives and compound words should be given special attention. a derivative is created by adding a prefix, or suffix, or both, to the base (zhang, 1986). an affix may have a certain feature called polysemy, which means the same affix does not have the exactly same meaning (huang 2001). for example, the latin prefix “sub-” has different meanings in “submarine” and “suborn”. the former one means “under, beneath”, while the latter one is extended with a metaphorical character meaning “secretly”. there are also examples of two or more different affixes having the same meaning, which can be shown in the suffixes “-er” and “-or” in words “teacher” and “visitor”. both suffixes indicate the person who does a certain thing. when using morphological origin to help expand vocabulary, learners need to identify pseudo-prefixed words and pseudo-suffixed words. some words may happen to contain letters that seem to be an affix, while in fact, they have no relation to the usual meaning of that particular affix. the letters “-er” in “daughter” and the letters “re-” in “result”, for instance, are not suffixes or prefixes (huang, 2001). compound words are easier to identify and their origin is very clear. two words, for example, “girl” and “friend” being combined together, form a new word that is semantically transparent. however, there are also quite a few compound words which are semantically opaque or difficult to english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee understand. a word such as “eggplant”, for instance, seems to have no relationship to what it denotes. however, it still has its origin: the shape of an aubergine is like an egg, so “eggplant” is used to denote aubergine (huang, 2001). as an english learner, when coming across a new word which may be a derivative or a compound word, or neither of the two kinds, one should not take the words at their face value. adequate understanding of a word is a presupposition of using word origin to grasp it. many students of english are quite familiar with the traditional methods of word formation, however, nowadays, with the development of modern english, some new methods of word formation have emerged and they play an increasingly more important role in the development of english. the first one is analogy, which uses the root of an original word to create a new word that relates to the original one in meaning. for example, “heliport”, which means a certain area for helicopters to land, derives from “airport”. “cold line” is created from “hot line”, which was a popular expression during the cold war. another important method of word formation is aphaeresis, which means getting rid of the first several letters of the original word, usually an unstressed syllable, to create a new one. “vantage”, coming from “advantage”, is a typical example of this kind. besides, in order to adapt to a rapidly developing society, people have already simplified a lot of words, usually with two methods: retaining initial letters, and abbreviating. by retaining the initial letters of the phrase “water closet”, people get “wc” instead. when abbreviating the word “university”, people get “uni(v).” for short (hong, 1997). briefly, getting to know the new methods of word formation is another effective way to expand vocabulary, especially when learners try to learn english through newspapers, magazines, the internet and other media where new words frequently appear. cultural and historical background quite a lot of new words and expressions came into english from cultural and historical backgrounds. knowing the related culture and history, learners will not only find it easy to grasp the word, but also to gain interest in the process of learning. in modern american english, there are many popular words with “mc-” as their initial letters. “mc-” appeared in names of ancient times, originating in scotland and ireland. since the two peoples were famous for their diligence, thrift and stinginess at that time, the compound word with “mc-” means something that is economical, or something that can save money. in early times, it was only used as a name of a trading company to attract customers. however, since the birth of mcdonald’s and the popularity of hamburgers, “mc-” has become active in making new words. most of the new words are closely related to mcdonald’s, so the typical meaning of “mc-” is efficiency and convenience. “mcamerica” is to suggest that america is a country that pays great attention to efficiency. in recent years, people have said they do not like mcdonald’s any more and they call it “junk food” as the food is mass-produced without any speciality. as a result, “mc-” now is used to denote something that is mass produced for general consumption and li jing word origin helps expand learners’ vocabulary a vocabulary teaching approach thus appealing to the lowest common denominator of the masses, such as “mcnews”, “mccinema”, “mcmovie” (zou 1996). after watergate in 1972, a new suffix “-gate” emerged to denote any scandal. former u.s. president bill clinton’s scandal was called “monicagate”, “lewinskygate”, “interngate”, and so on (zhou 2001). many words have changed their meanings with the passing of time and the effect of cross-cultural communication and social movements. this kind of word origin is widely used in the development of modern english. more than 100 years ago, the word "black” was humiliating. however, in later years, black people used “black power” to struggle for their rights and now “black” is a very honorable term (wang and li, 1983). as a result of cross-cultural communication, quite a few words were borrowed from china. the words of this origin are much easier for learners whose mother tongue is chinese. some of them are transliterated; others are free translation. for example, the word of “pipa”, a chinese traditional musical instrument, “weichi”, a chinese traditional chess, and “typhoon (台风)”, just sound like chinese. after the revolution of 1911, especially after the p.r.c. was founded, many new words from china came into english with free translation such as “paper tiger” and “special economic zone” (tao and gu, 2001). an introduction to the cultural and historical background of words can open up new horizons for the learners and it may seem an enjoyable way for them to grasp the english words. cognitive linguistics liang (2002) confirms that cognitive linguistics is a recently developed branch of linguistics, contributes to vocabulary teaching by laying special emphasis upon semantic development. it is based on experientialism, holding a view that meaning has an indissoluble bond with cognitive experience. according to this point of view, semantic evolution is concerned with vocabulary acquisition. many words, especially words denoting the position of body parts, have been greatly extended into a large range of meanings based on human cognition. the word “head” initially denoted a certain part of the human body. then it evolved to denote an animal’s head such as “head of a tiger”. that was not the end, for “head” in “head of a river” has been developed to indicate a spatial relationship. the word “head” has also been used as an abstract noun denoting “a leader” such as “head of state” (liang 2002). this kind of semantic evolution is not difficult to grasp, and sometimes it is interesting to discover the evolution. in this way, vocabulary learning can be more effective. conclusion new things and new thoughts are developing day by day, which is a basic reason for the emergence of new words. not one of these new words has been formed randomly. most of them find their origin from old words (ge, 1981). this paper has only discussed a small part of word origin and how understanding the origin of words can help students expand their vocabulary. teaching or learning word origin is really an effective way to promote efficiency in vocabulary expansion. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references hong, w. (1997). the trend of simplification in modern english vocabulary. foreign language teaching and learning 2, pp 46-50. huang, y. (2001). the relevance of morphology and acquisition of vocabulary. foreign language teaching and research 6, pp 21-26. li, g. (2000). the development of the meanings of onomatopoetic words in both english and chinese’. foreign language and foreign language teaching 3, pp 4-8. liang, x. (2002). ‘insights of the english vocabulary teaching from cognitive linguistics’. foreign language and foreign language teaching 2, pp 15-21 lu, g. (1981).word formation in modern english. shanghai: shanghai translation publishing house. ___________. (1999).modern english lexicology. shanghai: shanghai foreign language education press. shao, z. (1993). ambiguity of word origin in cross-cultural communication. foreign language teaching and research 2, pp 38-43 stuart, b. f. (1975). how to increase your word power. hong kong: reader’s digest association far east ltd. tao & gu. (2001). a study of the loan words and phrases from china-their origins in social culture and characteristics in grammar and pragmatics. foreign language and foreign language teaching 11, pp 27-31. wang, z. (1980). changes of the meanings of onomatopoetic words. foreign language teaching and research 1, pp 8-11 wang & li. (1983). practical english lexicology. liaoning: liaoning people’s press. wang, r. (2001). ‘an introduction to a coursebook of modern english lexicology’. foreign language and foreign language teaching 5, pp 78-82 xu, g. (1991). on language by xu guozhang. beijing: foreign language teaching and research press. zhang, y. (1986). a brief introduction to modern english lexicology. beijing: beijing normal university press zhou q. (2001). the characteristics of common ways in word formation of english and chinese. foreign language and foreign language teaching 5, pp 54-58 zou, w. (1996). a study of modern english slangs: form, origin and communication functions’. foreign language teaching and research 1, pp 23-36 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post sinta ananda department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: ananda.sinta15@gmail.com marwito wihadi department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: m_wihadi@yahoo.com yayan suryana department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: ysuryana2008@gmail.com apa citation: ananda, s., wihadi, m., & suryana, y. (2016). presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 141-148 received: 20-10-2016 accepted: 17-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this research investigates the presupposition in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. this research aimed at finding the types of presupposition and describing the functions of presupposition in advertisement found in consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post newspaper. yule’s theory and descriptive qualitative research method applied in this research. 20 slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition selected to this research. the result of this research showed that the writer found 20 presuppositions. 11 existential presupposition or 55%, 4 factive presupposition or 20%, 3 lexical presupposition or 15%, and 2 non-factual presupposition or 10%. regarding the function of presupposition in advertisement, the writer found 17 slogans advertisement contains implicit competition, and 11 slogans advertisement contains making the advertisement short and memorable. in conclusion, not all type of presupposition and function of presupposition in advertisement are found, it is influenced by various types and functions in advertisement causing different assumption and presupposition. the writer hopes that further researchers who are interested in observing presupposition to explore more about presupposition in other types of advertisement. keywords: presupposition, consumer, advertisement, slogan introduction this research investigates the presupposition in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper. the writer wants to make an interesting research by choosing the data source from slogans of advertisement, because advertising slogan is one of manifestations of language use in human social life particularly through media. in daily activities, sometimes people are looking for and need some information from the advertisement, whether it is to fill of spare time or perhaps has become a necessity. the 141 sinta ananda & marwito wihadi presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post advertisement can be found almost everywhere, such as newspaper, magazine, television, radio, etc. the advertisement is one of ways used by the advertisers to convey information, with purpose to introduce and to promote their products or services to consumers. in other words, the advertisement is inescapable parts of modern life that can influence others. the readers need advertisement when they want to see or to buy something, which usually accompanied by picture and slogan form. indirectly, the slogan purposes to offer the potential product and service to consumers. “the slogan is intended to motivate the potential consumer of the goods or services” (batyrovna, 2014, p. 262). however, when conveying the message through slogan, the readers do not realize that what is behind the slogan in the advertisement has a meaning, function even type that can attract public attention. they do not realize that behind an advertisement, all the advertisers are competing to make an advertisement with display or interesting language use in order to make the consumers interested in buying the products or the services advertised. the success of the advertisers in marketing products cannot be separated from how the advertisers promote the products. “the advertisers should know who their customers are, what media is used, what message that would appeal to them, and how to get their attention” (griffin & ebert, 2007, p. 368). to attract the consumers’ attentions, language has an important role in advertising. through language, the message of the advertisers can be delivered and can be accepted by the consumers. to achieve these objectives, the advertisers promote their products by using persuasive language. griffin and ebert (2007) states that persuasive language in advertising is a strategy of advertising influence consumers to purchase a particular product. persuasive language is used to persuade others who become the advertisement target to be interested toward the products or the services advertised. when the advertisers will convey information through the advertisement, previously, the advertisers make the beginning assumption or inference of what will be delivered. it is purpose in order to the readers can understand the intent of the advertisers. the assumption or inference above on pragmatic study is called presuppositions. the advertisers implement pragmatic approach in communicating purpose to persuade the readers use or purchase the products advertised. “presupposition is something the speaker assumes to be the case prior to making an utterance” (yule, 1996, p. 25). it means that how people can describe their process of thinking in analyzing implicit meaning, and how listeners or readers can catch other information beyond their interpretation. in this research, the writer tries to find out the types of presupposition and describe the functions of presupposition in advertisement are found in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper. the writer thinks that the types and the functions of presupposition in advertisement slogans are important to be understood deeply. method the research method which used in this research is descriptive qualitative method. fraenkel, wallen and hyun (2012, p. 427) states that “qualitative data are collected in the form of words or pictures rather than numbers.” this 142 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee research is classified as descriptive qualitative method since the data in the form of words, utterances, pictures rather than numbers. as yin (2011) states that qualitative research involves defining something to investigate, collect the relevant data, analyze and interpret the result, and draw a conclusion. it means that descriptive qualitative is a method of research involving method of collecting, classifying, interpreting, describing, and drawing conclusion. data source in this research, the writer took the data from the jakarta post newspaper during a month. the data were all consumer advertisements in the jakarta post newspaper on march, 1st-31st 2016 editions. the writer selected 20 data slogans of consumer advertisement from the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. the writer chose the jakarta post newspaper because it was one of a daily english newspaper in indonesia. technique of collecting data technique of collecting data is the way of writer to collect and to get the data. there are some steps to collect the data. first of all, the writer collected the jakarta post newspaper containing of consumer advertisements. then, the writer identified one by one the consumer advertisements containing slogan. after identifying the consumer advertisement slogans, the writer selected the consumer advertisement slogans containing presupposition. next, the writer scanned the pictures of selected consumer advertisement in order to make the readers see the pictures of advertisement slogan easily and clearly. technique of analyzing data technique of analyzing data is the way of writer to analyze and to get the result. there are some steps to analyze the data. first step, the writer read one by one selected slogans of consumer advertisement from the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. second step, the writer classified the data based on the types and the functions of presupposition in advertisement. third step, after classifying the types and the functions of presupposition, the writer interpreted the types of presupposition from each slogan in the advertisement. fourth step, the writer counted the occurrence from each type of presupposition and converted the occurrences into percentage. in determining the result of the types of presupposition in form of percentage, the writer used the formula based on the theory from subana (as cited in oktoma & mardiyono, 2013, p. 79), as follow: x 100% fk rel in this formula means frequency of relative cumulative (the result of percentage), fk means frequency of cumulative (the number of the occurrences of certain type of presupposition), means frequency of total (the number of the whole occurrences of presupposition) and 100% means percentage. fifth step, the writer gave pictures of consumer advertisement in every classification the types and the functions of presupposition. then, the writer described the types and the functions of presupposition from each slogan in advertisement. the last step, the writer drew a conclusion from the analysis. ∑ = f fk relfk 143 sinta ananda & marwito wihadi presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post results and discussion yule (1996) divides presupposition into six types. they are existential presupposition, factive presupposition, lexical presupposition, structural presupposition, non-factive presupposition and counter-factual presupposition. in this research, the writer found 70 consumer advertisements in the jakarta post newspaper on march, 1st-31st 2016 editions, and selected 20 data slogans of consumer advertisements. the result of the type of presupposition in the consumer advertisement slogan is shown in the form of table below. table 1. the result of the types of presupposition types of presupposition frequency percentage existential 11 55% factive 4 20% lexical 3 15% non-factive 2 10% total 20 100% (yule, 1996) the result of analysis above, the writer found 20 presuppositions and only found four types of presupposition in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march, 1st-31st 2016 editions. four types of presupposition are 11 existential presupposition or 55%, 4 factive presupposition or 20%, 3 lexical presupposition or 15%, and 2 non-factive presupposition or 10%. in conclusion, existential presupposition is type of presupposition often used by the advertisers to convey their products or service to consumers. the advertisers often use the type of existential presupposition in delivering the product or the service. probably, the advertisers assume that the type of existential presupposition more easy to promote the product or the service advertised, compared with other types of presupposition. the advertisers use some exaggerated words, phrases and expressions to describe and to achieve sales promotion of products and services advertised. existential presupposition is one of types of presupposition the exaggeration in delivering information. however, if the information transmitted through presuppositions, the exaggeration properties it will facilitate in promoting the products (yingfang, 2007). meanwhile, the writer did not find structural presupposition and counter-factual presupposition as listed in yule’s theory. the advertisers do not use structural presupposition and counter-factual presupposition. probably, the advertisers fear if the readers have assumption of contrary to facts stated in the advertisement and also difficult to state inserted information. so it will becomes ambiguous and cause mistrust of the consumers towards the advertisers. yule (1996) states that counterfactual presupposition is the opposite of what is true or contrary to fact. structural presupposition is obtained from the sentence structure of “wh-question” followed state contains inserted information. regarding the process of analyzing the function of presupposition in the slogans of consumer 144 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee advertisement, the writer used lam’s discussion about the functions of presupposition in advertisement. lam (2009) divides the functions of presupposition into three functions. they are implicit competition, causing reader to consider the existence of product and service, and making the advertisement short and memorable. the result of the function of presupposition in advertisement is shown in the form of table below. table 2. the result of the function of presupposition in advertisement no. slogans implicit competition causing readers to consider the existence of the products or services making the advertisement short and memorable 1. the best or nothing √ √ 2. convenience, a luxury few can enjoy √ 3. wide coverage, fast, and stable √ 4. mix it up! √ 5. the essence of infinite innovation √ 6. when you expect the very best √ 7. gastronomy and art √ 8. ready unit & fully furnished √ 9. the ultimate sport utility truck √ 10. the total living environment √ 11. let’s get together! √ √ 12. incredible india √ √ 13. going places together √ √ 14. smooth as silk √ √ 15. unlimited aesthetics √ √ 16. wish you were here √ 17. art in your hand √ √ 18. imagine your korea √ 19. the mainstay true business √ 20. moving service √ √ total 17 0 11 (lam, 2009) the result of analysis above, the writers only found two functions of presupposition in advertisement. two functions are implicit competition and making the advertisement short and memorable.17 slogans advertisement containing implicit competition and 11 slogans advertisement containing making the advertisement short and memorable. in conclusion, implicit competition is the function often used by the advertisers in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. probably, the advertisers assume that implicit competition is an easy and optimal function in delivering the message of advertisement clearly to compare the advantages of a product. lam (2009) states that the advertisement message has to be delivered clearly but implicitly, and often used for the ease of delivering message. one of strategy in advertising is comparing two or more products directly, it purpose to steal sales from competitors (griffin & ebert, 1996/2007). 145 sinta ananda & marwito wihadi presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post in addition, there are some slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition has more than one function presupposition in advertisement, such as the function of implicit competition and making the advertisement short and memorable. implicit competition and making the advertisement short and memorable are the functions which often used by the advertisers to make the language of advertising is important. persuasive advertisement, comparative, short but memorable are needed to make the language of advertising is more important (lam, 2009). however, the writer did not find the function of presupposition causing the readers to consider the existence of the products or services. the advertisers do not use it function because probably the advertisers assume that it will make the readers confuse to consider existence the object advertised. so it will affect toward marketing and revenue the advertisers. the research about using of presuppositions as a research topic a lot of conducted by researchers, with different objects and media. when reading references about presupposition, many researchers talk about type and meaning of presupposition. therefore, the writer is interested in researching the types and the functions of presupposition in consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post newspaper. the writer uses some previous studies as references in this research. for examples of previous studies from bonyadi and samuel (2011), lam (2009), zare, abbaspour and nia (2012), kurniawan (2014), puspitasari (2015). from the results of several research above, the writer finds that the result of some research are different and similar with the result of research conducted by the writer. the research is conducted by bonyadi and moses (2011) focuses on comparison toward the using of types of presupposition used in two different newspaper, america newspaper and persian english newspaper. one of purposes from this research is to find out the types of presupposition with use yule’s theory and qualitative method. non-factive presupposition is the type of presupposition which often used in both of newspaper, america newspaper and persian english newspaper. this research has different result with the research is conducted by the writer. probably, the difference happens because different object as well as the use of language to certain purpose and certain circumstance. people speak or writer uses language with a certain purpose and in a certain circumstance. some advertisements are designed to all readers, but some to a set of readers. therefore, the advertiser designed advertisement for the people who intend to read them. (yingfang, 2007, p. 59). in other side, the research is conducted by kurniawan (2014) has similar result with the result of research conducted by the writer. this research focuses on the types of presupposition in the slogan of outdoor advertisement. yule’s theory and descriptive qualitative method are applied in this research. the type of presupposition which often found in this research is existential presupposition. it has similar result. probably, it happens because the writer analyzes the type of similar object, consumer advertisement. in conclusion, consumer advertisement focuses on type of existential presupposition because it refers to existence of product and service or contains referential expressions. 146 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee “existential presupposition is associated with referential expressions, arises simply because of an assumption that a person who uses such an expression intends to refer to something. all referential expressions give rise to existential presuppositions” (hashim, 2014, p. 58). meanwhile, the discussion about the types and the function of presupposition in advertisement based on lam’s discussion is same with the discussion conducted by puspitasari (2015) but different research object. the result of her research shows that non-factive presupposition is the type of presupposition which often used in mobile phone brochure. implicit competition and making the advertisement short and memorable are the functions of frequently used in mobile phone. lam (2009) states that persuasive advertisement, comparative, short and memorable are needed to make the language of advertising is important. conclusion the research investigates the presupposition in consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post newspaper on march, 1st-31st 2016 editions. this research focuses on identifying the types and the functions of presupposition in advertisement. yule’s theory and lam’s discussion are used in this research. in the process of collecting data, the writer finds 70 consumer advertisements and selects 20 consumer advertisements containing slogans and presuppositions. from 20 slogans of consumer advertisement, the writer finds 20 presupposition and four types of presupposition in the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. there are 11 slogans containing existential presupposition or 55%, 4 slogans containing factive presupposition or 20%, 3 slogans containing lexical presupposition or 15%, and 2 slogans containing nonfactive presupposition or 10%. the dominant type of presupposition found in the selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition is existential presupposition. however, two other types of presupposition such as structural presupposition and counter-factual presupposition are not found by the writer. meanwhile, in the function of presupposition in advertisement, the writer only finds two functions are implicit competition and making the advertisement short and memorable. there are 17 slogans advertisement containing implicit competition and 11 slogans advertisement containing making the advertisement short and memorable. implicit competition is the function which frequently used in consumer advertisement slogan. meanwhile, the writer does not find the function of presupposition that cause the reader to consider the existence the product or service. in conclusion, not all type of presupposition and function of presupposition in advertisement are found in the slogans of consumer advertisement of the jakarta post newspaper on march 2016 edition. it happens because the advertisers make various types and functions of advertisement in the jakarta post newspaper. it affects the advertisers to have different assumption about what they want delivered, and allow the advertisers to have different presupposition. the advertisers make the advertisement in jakarta post newspaper focuses on consumer advertisement showing the existence and the advantages of products or services. it 147 sinta ananda & marwito wihadi presupposition analysis in some selected consumer advertisement slogans of the jakarta post is influenced by consumer needs and sales target which purpose to achieve sales promotion of products and services advertised. references. batyrovna, b,a. (2014). semantic and pragmatic presuppositions in advertising slogans. life science journal, 11(4), 261-263. retrieved from http://www.lifesciencesite.com bonyadi, a., & samuel, m. (2011). linguistic nature of presupposition in american and persian newspaper editorials. international journal of linguistics, 3(1), 1-15. retrieved from http://www.macrothink.org/ journal/index.php/ijl/article/viewfil e/55 4/pdf fraenkel, j. r., wallen, n. e., & hyun, h. a. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed.). new york, ny: the mcgraw-hill companies, inc. griffin, r. w., & ebert, r. j. (2007). bisnis: edisi kedelapan (s. wardhani, trans.). jakarta, indonesia: erlangga. (original work published 1996). hashim, s. s. m. (2009). existential presupposition in religious islamic text: pragmatic implicature. international conference on arts, economics and management, 57-61. retrieved from http://icehm.org/upload/5289ed03 14011.pdf kurniawan, r. (2014). an analysis of presupposition in selected slogan of outdoor advertisements. university of kuningan: unpublished. lam, k, y, c. (2009). what is useful about presupposition in advertisements and what does it reflect?: a sociolinguistic study of hong kong culture, lcom papers, 2009(2), 45–55. retrieved from http://www.english.hku. hk/lcom %20paper/lcom%20papers%20new, % 20rev/2009%20vol2/ 4carr ielam. pdf oktoma, e., & mardiyono, s. (2013). the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 76-86. puspitasari, n. (2015). presuppositions in mobile phone advertisements (masters thesis, state islamic university of sunan ampel, surabaya). retrieved from http://digilib.uinsby.ac.id/2976/ the university of sydney library. (2014). your guide to apa 6th style referencing (k. masters, rev.). retrieved, from https://www.library.usyd.edu.au/su bjects/download s/citation/apa% 20complete 2012.pdf universal college of learning. (2011). a beginner’s guide to the apa referencing style (6th ed.). retrieved from https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco /d/d/ workspace/s pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b374f7cb909e5d8e413632c/ apa% 20referencing%20guide 6th%20edition2012.pdf yin, r. k. (2011). qualitative research from start to finish. new york, ny: the guilford. yingfang, w. (2007). analysis of presupposition and its function in advertisement. canadian social science, 3(4), 55-60. retrieved from http://www.cscanada.net/inde x.php/css/article/view/j.css.19236697 200 7030 4.012/438. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. oxford, england: oxford university press. zare, j., abbaspour, e., & nia, r. m. (2012). presupposition trigger-a comparative analysis of broadcast news discourse. international journal of linguistics, 4(3), 734-743. retrieved from http://www.macrothink.org/ journal/index.php /ijl/article/view/ 2002/pdf 148 http://www.lifesciencesite.com/ http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php/ijl/article/viewfile/55%204/pdf http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php/ijl/article/viewfile/55%204/pdf http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php/ijl/article/viewfile/55%204/pdf http://icehm.org/upload/5289ed03%2014011.pdf http://icehm.org/upload/5289ed03%2014011.pdf http://digilib.uinsby.ac.id/2976/ https://www.library.usyd.edu.au/su%20bjects/download%20s/citation/apa%25%2020complete%202012.pdf https://www.library.usyd.edu.au/su%20bjects/download%20s/citation/apa%25%2020complete%202012.pdf https://www.library.usyd.edu.au/su%20bjects/download%20s/citation/apa%25%2020complete%202012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf https://repository.wi.edu.au/alfresco/d/d/%20workspace/s%20pacesstore/b9ea99d1-7b37-4f7cb909e5d8e413632c/%20apa%25%2020referencing%20guide%206th%20edition2012.pdf http://www.cscanada.net/inde%20x.php/css/article/view/j.css.19236697200%207030%204.012/438 http://www.cscanada.net/inde%20x.php/css/article/view/j.css.19236697200%207030%204.012/438 http://www.cscanada.net/inde%20x.php/css/article/view/j.css.19236697200%207030%204.012/438 http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php%20/ijl/article/view/%202002/pdf http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php%20/ijl/article/view/%202002/pdf http://www.macrothink.org/%20journal/index.php%20/ijl/article/view/%202002/pdf english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 177 improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method ninin herlina universitas trilogi jakarta, indonesia e-mail: nininherlina@trilogi.ac.id apa citation: herlina, n. (2018). improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 177-184. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1567. received: 24-08-2018 accepted: 26-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the objective of this research is to identify the improvement of students’ english speaking ability through hypnocative speech. the research was conducted at mantika language center. this action research was carried out in two cycles in which each cycle consists of four phases of planning, action, observation, and reflection. here, the researcher guided the instructor as students’ collaborators in implementing hypnocative speech method to improve students’ english speaking ability. the data collection techniques used were observation, questionnaire, test, teacher's diary, observer’s daily journal, interviews, and audiotape recordings. the data consist of collected accent, grammar, fluency, vocabulary and comprehension. the data have been collected through a critical comparative analysis technique by combining and simultaneously comparing the result of the first cycle until the last cycle. as result, it was found that implementing hypnocative speech in the teaching and learning process can improve students’attitudes and the outcome of their speaking ability. here, the students can communicate fluently, do not feel afraid, and have more courage to speak the language communicatively, harmoniously, and correctly. precisely, the implementation of hypnocative speech method can increase students’ speaking ability, at least 30.31. keywords: action research; speaking ability; hypnocative speech. introduction in an effort to improve the quality and purpose of learning as one of the foreign languages in indonesia, english gets an increasingly interesting space and interest by a number of participants of education. it is evidenced by the development of english training institutions with various methods that are created in supporting the teaching and learning process. the method was created with aims to overcome various challenges faced by students in learning english. the challenge faced by students is related to the lack of methods that train students to improve their ability to speak english. english is not yet a daily language and is still regarded as a foreign language in indonesia that is difficult to practice in everyday conversation. there is a lot of recognition of learners that they are not brave enough to speak english, they need maximum stimulation in order to succeed out words or speak english. unreasonable fear has always been the subject of discourse in the low level of the ability to speak english. fear is something natural and everyone has it. yet, reconciling these fears and believing that fear is a learning process will lead to new awareness that can motivate students to be braver, comfortable, and especially enjoy the process. this condition really shapes the students to relax and become more motivated in learning. speaking is an activity of delivering an information and it is done by speaker to produce a mutually understood information between speaker and speech partner (harmer, 2000). basically, speaking has three purposes, among others, those are to inform something, toentertain, and to attract sympathy. speaking is also defined as the ability to bring the discourse interactively in accordance with the objectives expected by the speaker or who is invited to speak (brown, 2007). moreover, djiwandono (2008) adds the ability to speak is the ability to express one’s thoughts and content through the sounds of language and mailto:nininherlina@trilogi.ac.id ninin herlina improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method 178 words composed in complete language arrangements, such as phrases, sentences, and longer verbal discourses such as stories, speeches, etc. speech ability can be enhanced with hypnocative speech method. hypnocative speech stands for hypnosis technology for mastering communicative speech. hypnosis itself comes from the word hypnos which means sleep, but hypnosis itself is not sleep (wong & hakim, 2009). hypnocative speech is found based on the experience in producing speech through hypnosis style. hypnocative speech is english communication training by using hypnosis and nlp (neuro linguistic programming) technology (hidayat, 2013). hypnosis provides enjoy condition in relaxing the feel and mind. hypnosis is a state of focused concentration and natural relaxation, that is how to relax and override the conscious mind (conscious mind, the will) as well as move the subconscious mind (subconcious mind) (goldberg, 2007). figure 1. hypnocative speech procedure (hidayat, 2013) in the level of 'unlocked your potential', a teacher must formulate what positive things are the key to strengthening students to learn english. besides, it also explores various obstacles found when learning english. in subconscious competence, the subconscious will produce more things that are put into the mind. so, suggesting positive, uplifting things for self-development is better. neuro linguistics programming was introduced by bandler physicist and professor of linguistics named dr. john grinder. both combine the concept of language skills in the method of programming the nerves of each individual (ghannoe, 2010). in the same book, nlp is defined as a science that studies the behavior of the human brain and how we use it, either to improve our thinking capacity or to communicate with others. the activity of human thinking is very important in determining the ability of a person to communicate because the balance of real brain work must be combined with the smooth motor in response. while in the process of neuro linguistics programming, students are very important to stimulate themselves into what they want to be. here, there will be anchor stage and modeling. anchoring language can be interpreted as anchoring, tethering, or approach. yet, in the context of this nlp, the anchoring here is only a metaphor of the language used in nlp to refer to one of the methods in nlp. in nlp, anchoring is one method of communication that uses a certain way so that the other person "does not go anywhere", stay focused and pegged to the origin or the base of the conversation. these ways can be words, sounds, smells, mood, view or gestures. this anchoring becomes the formula of each student in learning to manage their own potential in the best way or in accordance with the ability of students in learning. in modeling, the student will determine how he needs to appear to master the situation. the circumstances give effect to the students to be able to master the material to be conveyed, for example when students learn english then he will try to find a suitable subconscious competence unlocked your potential communicative language learner receptive & productive skill neuro linguistic programming english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 179 model, whether a presenter who fluent in english or a fluent lecturer give an explanation in english. the next process embodied in the hypnocative sequence is receptive and productive skill. in this stage, someone is certain to have been able to practice and speak in english. receptive that is all the steps that must be passed by students and continuously programmed subconscious mind to form a special ability, as in the stages of neuro linguistics programming. here, students are really trained and transposed to form the ability of self with full of spirit. only then becomes easy in communication or productive skill formed. mantika is one of the institutions of english course that has been using hypnocative speech method as an effort to improve students’ ability in learning english. in the preliminary observations conducted in mantika as a foreign language training institute, the state of adults who have gained knowledge in formal educational institutions do not have enough ability to speak english in the real world or just make english as a communication tool with friends. hypnocative speech method is used since it can explore the neurological factors which can balance the study with the management of motivation. therefore, this research tries to identify the effectiveness of using hypnocative speech method to improve students’ english speaking ability. method the approaches used in this research were both quantitative and qualitative approach. this research used kemmis and mctaggart model to conduct action research on improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method. this action research was carried out in two cycles in which each cycle consists of four phases of planning, action, observation, and reflection. this research involved students of employees’ class in mantika with a total of 15 students consisting of 6 female students and 11 male students. the study was conducted during the course schedule, i.e., tuesday night and friday night. then, the data collection techniques used are: observation, questionnaire, test, teacher's diary, observer’s daily journal, interviews, and audiotape recordings. moreover, the criteria of success in this study is if 80% of the subjects were able to speak english with a total score of at least 70 or adjusted to the guidelines of the institution of the course and the average number determined is 15 points for the minimum score, while for the maximum average score is equal to 20 points, this is adjusted with the determination of success criteria in mantika. results and discussion the pre-test score was obtained from the test given at the beginning of the meeting to the students. in this pre test, the highest score was 15 and the lowest was 10. the results indicated that the students' english speaking ability was still far from the standard of success criteria determined by the researcher based on the mantika institute assessment guide. cycle i the first cycle was done with a total of four meetings. each meeting lasts for 120 minutes consisting of teaching and learning activities, student portfolio (self evaluation, self reflection and impression of teaching and learning process), analysis and reflection. at the end of the first cycle, the instructor described the procedure in hypnocative speech method. as a follow up step, instructors and collaborators inventoried and responded to suggestions provided by students. the suggestions given by the students were used as the basis for planning in the second cycle. improved capabilities were kept in line with the signs which include accents, grammar, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension. the first meeting is a continuation of the research process after the researchers made observations. at this meeting, the collaborators and instructors discussed about the lesson plan. collaborators and instructors agreed to enter the classroom together during the learning process. instructors entered the class on time at 07.00 p.m. at this meeting, the instructor opened the meeting with a motivational greeting and ninin herlina improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method 180 buzzing passionate phrases in english. instructors encouraged students by introducing hypnocative methods as a suitable method for improving english language skills. the instructor explained that speaking is an important ability in learning english. this meeting is a preliminary meeting in teaching and learning that lasts for approximately 120 minutes. at this inaugural meeting, the instructor delivered the material on 'personal mastery (introduction)'. the instructor asked students to mention the desired target scale from 1 to 10, the purpose of life, used for what, etc. the instructor also explained what is expected to achieve from each level of the elementary until the advanced level (target scale per level). in this session, the instructor performed a placement test to determine the level of ability of each student. students are able to measure their current ability and what will be achieved afterwards. this placement test is conducted by distributing paper questions to all students and students directed to solve a numbered problem. the instructor noted the basic assumption of constraints that are often experienced by english learners. two things to sort out are the constraints of software and hardware. constraints software of english learners consists of shy, unconfident, afraid of making mistake, uncomfortable, able to understand but can not express, etc. in contrast, the constraints of hardware consist of tenses, vocabulary, listening, speaking, reading, and writing. these basic constraints must be solved by using hypnocative speech method in learning english. instructors described how the human brain is very sophisticated (amazing human brain). this knowledge is known as super memory, which explains the theory of brain intelligence and introduces the concept of nlp anchoring over symbols such as yellow flags, red lights, mathematics, and so forth. this explanation is very important to dissect the sophistication of the human brain and give hypnosis to every student that all human beings have great potential to improve english proficiency. after delivering the material at length, students were asked to respond to the basic spirit of learning english. students were required to mention the purpose of learning english by using english as best as they can. each student must also mention the perceived obstacles in each of them as well as mention firmly and loudly the expected target after following the learning by using hypnocative speech method. the instructor listened carefully to what each participant was delivering while giving input or assisting students in expressing ideas in english. after all the students expressed their ideas one by one, the instructor gave feedback and reassurance that the students need not have any doubts or concerns in expressing their ideas because learning the language must be courageous to speak. just speak and practice. the last 15 minutes were used to do relaxation. each student took a special chair and lay down on the chair. the instructor rotated the relaxation music and turned off the lights so as to create a quiet class condition. the instructor started his hypnosis sentence by constantly speaking and directing the subconscious of the students to relax, calmly and instill in their minds that they can speak english fluently. they have tried to speak english well and correctly. the fourth meeting was the same as the previous meeting, lasting for 120 minutes. however, at this meeting, instructors and collaborators tested the capabilities achieved from the first meeting to the third meeting referred to as the first cycle. this is important as it is a benchmark to know the smoothness, accuracy, vocabulary, and mastery in speaking. besides, it was also done to find out how far the progress of students during the teaching-learning process and the extent to which students master the material that has been taught and learned during cycle 1. the results of the assessment were combined between the assessment of the instructor's collaborative assessment. the results of the assessment are depicted in table 1. at the end of the first cycle, the instructor described the procedure in hypnocative speech method. instructors have much to say about the substance that is expected of the hypnosis english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 181 process to improve students’ speaking ability and train them to be truly confident. students also always ask for stimulus and guidance to the instructor to develop more sentences in english and increase their vocabulary in every meeting. table 1. test results of speech capability in cycle i no. name of objects aspects of assessment total a g v f c 1. object x1 3 2 4 3 3 15 2. object x2 3 2 3 2 2 12 3. object x3 3 3 4 2 4 16 4. object x4 3 4 4 2 3 16 5. object x5 4 3 4 4 3 18 6. object x6 3 3 4 3 3 16 7. object x7 3 3 4 3 3 16 8. object x8 3 3 4 2 3 15 9. object x9 3 2 4 3 3 15 10. object x10 3 3 3 3 3 15 11. object x11 3 3 3 2 3 15 12. object x12 4 3 4 2 3 16 13. object x13 4 3 4 3 3 17 14. object x14 3 4 4 3 4 18 15. object x15 4 3 4 3 3 17 total 236 average 15.73 the result of speech test in cycle i showed that the highest score was 18 points and the lowest score was 15 points. from the results of the test cycle i, it was seen that there were five students whose value reaches a minimum standard. there were 10 students whose value has reached above standard. in this cycle, there has been an improvement in students' english speaking ability. however, researchers continued to take action in the second cycle as an effort to strengthen the ability to speak english. based on the quantitative analysis using ttest for non independent samples at the end of cycle-1, it was obtained t-test 7.27. the t-table value at the level α 0.05 with n = 15 was 1.75. thus, since the value of t-test was greater than t-table, then the test result was stated very significant. it can be concluded that there was a difference or an increase between the initial test result and the final test result of cycle i on english language proficiency test in mantika language center. based on the results of reflection in the first cycle, a class action plan was planned for the second cycle. in this action plan, the instructor prepared the lesson plans that were used to carry out the learning in accordance with the steps that had been set. cycle ii based on the results of the reflection on the first cycle, a class action plan was planned for the second cycle. in this action plan, the instructor prepared the lesson plans that were used to carry out the learning in accordance with the steps that have been set. implementation of action in this second cycle is a continuation of the first cycle. learning in the first cycle was not yet reached the set standard. thus, it is considered necessary to continue to the next cycle. learning in the second cycle was held in three meetings and one meeting to conduct test. implementation of action in cycle ii is a re-training of cycle i with different materials and held in two meetings a week. the learning materials were about super memory, the introduction of quick tenses mastery, quick tenses mastery simple past, quick tenses mastery simple present, quick tenses mastery simple future, and practicing quick tenses mastery. at the end of the second cycle, students had been able to conceptualize and up date information with good sentences. students asked for many stimuli that can develop their speaking skills. the instructor was able to manage the class well. ninin herlina improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method 182 as a follow-up step, instructors and collaborators inventoried and responded to suggestions provided by the students. the enhanced capabilities were kept in line with the signs mentioned earlier, which include accents, grammar, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension. the researchers and collaborators then perform data tabulation as an overview of the student's ability to speak during the second cycle. table 2. test results of speech capability in cycle 2 while the results of speech test in cycle ii showed that the highest score was 22 points and the lowest score was 18 points. from the results of the test cycle ii, it was seen that students had experienced improvement in the ability to speak with the acquisition of test scores reached maximum standards. thus, it showed that the students' condition improved for the better. based on the quantitative analysis, it was obtained t-count 30.13. the t-table value at the level α 0.05 with n = 15 was 1.75. thus, since the value of t-test was greater than t-table, then the test result was stated very significant. it can be concluded that there was a difference or an increase between the initial test results with the final test result of cycle ii on the english language proficiency test in mantika language center. in the second cycle, it was proved that the improvement of students' english speaking ability had increased along with the maximal level of action in combining the learning method by using hypnocative speech method. this step further answers the hypothesis that the application of hypnocative speech method increased the students’ ability to speak english at mantika language institute. conclusion implementation of learning by using hypnocative speech method in improving students' english speaking ability of mantika language center tebet run well and smoothly. initially, it is still experiencing difficulties and has not run effectively. however, after running 4 meetings in cycle i and entering cycle ii, the learning by using hypnocative speech method can run smoothly and interesting. the actions taken in each cycle are performed by students with enthusiasm and full motivation. here, the students began to actively participate in the teaching and learning process. the students have already understood about the benefits of hypnocative speech method in learning. the hypnocative speech method included several techniques that were integrated into it and it can improve students' english speaking ability. this was indicated by an increase in the number of students who had increased their ability to speak from cycle i to cycle ii. the increase occurred in the students' speaking no. name of objects aspects of assessment total a g v f c 1. object x1 3 4 4 4 3 18 2. object x2 3 4 4 4 3 18 3. object x3 3 4 5 3 4 19 4. object x4 3 4 5 4 4 20 5. object x5 4 3 5 4 4 20 6. object x6 4 4 4 4 4 20 7. object x7 5 3 4 4 3 19 8. object x8 4 4 4 4 3 19 9. object x9 5 4 4 4 5 22 10. object x10 3 3 5 4 3 18 11. object x11 4 5 5 3 4 21 12. object x12 5 3 5 4 3 20 13. object x13 5 3 4 4 3 19 14. object x14 3 4 4 4 4 19 15. object x15 5 3 4 3 4 19 total 291 average 19.4 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 183 ability that was from 14.77 percent in the first cycle and reached 17.2 percent in the second cycle. thus, there was a significant increase from cycle i to cycle ii. in the second cycle, it was proved that the improvement of students' english speaking ability had increased along with the maximal level of action in combining the learning method by using hypnocative speech method. this step further answers the hypothesis that the application of hypnocative speech method increased the students’ ability to speak english at mantika language institute. references brown, d. (2007). language assessment: principles and classroom practice. white plains, ny:pearson education. bygate, m. (2001). researching pedagogic tasks: second language learning, teaching, and testing. uk: longman. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of language teaching. white plains, ny: pearson education. harmer, j. (2000). how to teach english. london: longman. heaton, j. b. (1989). writing english language test. london: longman. kember, d. (2000). action learning and action research: improving the quality of teaching and learning. london: biddles ltd. nunan, d. (1992). research methods in language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. sugandi, a. (2004). teori pembelajaran. semarang: upt mkk unnes. tarigan, h. g. (1985). berbicara sebagai suatu keterampilan berbahasa. bandung: angkasa. valette, r. m. (1967). modern language testing. new york: harcourt brace javanovich. ninin herlina improving english speaking ability through hypnocative speech method 184 analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle’s taxonomy of speech acts paulus widiatmoko universitas kristen duta wacana yogyakarta, indonesia e-mail: widiatmoko@staff.ukdw.ac.id apa citation: widiatmoko, p. (2017). analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle‟s taxonomy of speech acts. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 275-282 received: 10-04-2017 accepted: 12-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: this study analyzes the performance of searle‟ speech acts in presidential inaugural addresses. five presidential inaugural addresses taken as the samples of this study were analyzed using searle‟s speech act taxonomy and different distinctive features of illocutionary acts. the findings of this study revealed the frequency and comparison of the speech act performance. each inaugural address possessed distinctive characteristics influenced by sociopolitical, economic, and historical situation of the countries. in addition, some commonalities in relation to the performance of searle‟s speech act taxonomy were also observed. keywords: speech acts, taxonomy, presidential inaugural address introduction the study of how people speak and write about the world has been an important part of social science of language. searle‟s work is a part of the study of language, especially of what can be called the philosophy of language. as it is known that the focus has been on performance of the speech acts, its investigation from the starting point of social science concerns with explaining social behavior. acting by speaking or acting by other means have important aspects in common. in the words of john searl: “a theory of language is part of a theory of action, simply because speaking is a rule-governed form of behavior” (searle, 1969, p. 17). keifer and bierwisch (1980) state that the theory of speech acts starts with the assumption that the minimal unit of human communication is not sentence or other expression, but rather the performance of certain kinds of acts, such as making statements, asking questions, giving orders, describing, explaining, apologizing, thinking, congratulating, and some other language functions. accordingly, searle (1969) states that speech act theory is concerned with the use of language to do things and it provides a universal characterization between „uttering‟ and „doing‟. searle‟s taxonomy of speech acts is said to be the improvement of austin classifications of verdictives, exercitives, commisives, expositives, and behabitives. therefore, searle (1979) comes up with five categories of what he calls illocutionary acts, namely: 1. assertives. searle puts it: “the point or purpose of the members of the assertive class is to commit the speaker to something‟s being the case” (searle 1979, p. 12). assertives can be found true or false. they are speech acts because the speaker wants the hearer to believe that the speaker believes what he says about the world, and thus the speaker performs a speech act. examples are stating, complaining, and claiming. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.542 275 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 2. directives, which are attempted by the speaker to get the hearer to do something. they can be modest, such as ask or strong such as order. 3. commissives. the point of these speech acts is to commit the speaker to some future course of action. examples are promising and offering. 4. expressives. they express the speaker‟s psychological attitude towards a state of affairs that the illocution presupposes. examples are thanking, congratulating, and apologizing. 5. declaratives: when successfully performed these speech acts brings about the correspondence between the propositional content and reality. the saying is the doing, like „you are fired‟ or „i resign‟. such utterances often include „hereby‟, to emphasize this effect. the above conceptions of differentiating speech acts serve as the framework of this study. on the other hand, inaugural address in this paper is seen as a communicative event involving the new president to deliver his/her speech to the whole nation and the world. the term inaugural refers to „marking of a beginning” (http://www.merriam-webster.com). a presidential inaugural address cannot be detached from its political nature. harrison and tony (2003) claim that politics is primarily about the acquisition and maintenance of power. it is further stated that power is inherent in the relationship between individuals, groups, the state and a wide range of what are known as „actors‟ in international politics. in other words, the actors of this event are the president as the one conveying the speech, the people of the country and the whole world as the audience. baumeister in miller and stiles (1986) claims that the two central selfpresentational, among others, concerns of pleasing the audience and constructing a public self. thus, speeches are seen as a means to convey their relative power or status, and their intimacy, closeness, and solidarity. another scholar, bourdieu as cited in kvasny and truex (2001), proposes that slogans, commentaries, commitments, and promises are often used by politicians to form a labor of representation by which they attempt to construct and impose a particular view of the world while at the same time they attempt to mobilize support of those upon whom their power ultimately depends. the content delivered can be interpreted as containing a very crucial point for the new elected president to begin his/her leadership. specifically, it marks an ending of the previous president‟s term and the transfer of power from one president to the next. regarding to this context, a presidential inaugural address then might be categorized as a political speech in which the agents seek to form and transform their vision of the world and thereby the world itself. words become actions and the symbolic character of power is at stake (bourdieu in kvasny & truex, 2001). taking the above concept of presidential inaugural address to the framework of philosophy of language, therefore this study is designed to answer the following questions: 1. what speech acts performed in the presidential inaugural addresses? 2. what commonalities and differences identified in (relation to) the application of speech acts in the inaugural addresses? method as stated previously, this study analyzed performance of speech acts of the corpus data from the presidential inaugural addresses using searle‟s taxonomy. five inaugural addresses were chosen based on the availability of the script and possibly the streaming audio or video of the inaugural addresses in the internet as not every country publishes them. certainly, other considerations such as different features 276 paulus widiatmoko analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle’s taxonomy of speech acts comprising sociopolitical contexts, and availability of resources for analyzing the context were also taken into account. the five presidents are the president of country a (abbreviated as gwb), country b (gma), country c (sby), country d (nm), and country e (csb). the performance of their speech acts were identified and classified using searle‟s taxonomy of the speech acts. however, some utterances were not easily classified. therefore, as it has been described earlier concerning the importance of other factors and context in the interpretation of speech act performance, examinations of experiential, relational and expressive values of the words, terms or expressions used by the presidents in their inaugural address were conducted where necessary. the necessity depends on some extent with the sufficiency of clues and context that contribute and underlie the interpretation. taken from critical discourse analysis (norman, 1989), by examining at experiential values, the analysis attempts to show how „the text producer‟s experience of the natural or social world‟ and is shown in a text. a person‟s views of the world can be identified by assessing formal features with experiential value. relational values may identify the perceived social relationship between the producer of the text and its recipient. the third dimension, expressive value, provides an insight into „the producer‟s evaluation (in the widest sense) of the bit of the reality it relates to.‟ linguistically, those clues partly might be drawn from the usage of certain terms, words, or expressions that make up the general schemes or contrasted ideas or ideology in the discourse. each occurrence of the speech act performance was identified and a descriptive analysis was then applied to identify the most frequently performed speech act for each inaugural address. finally, the findings were compared to draw commonalities and differences in relation to the speech acts and context contributing to the performance. results and discussion discussion of the findings in the subsequent sections would reveal the frequency of the speech acts performance and relate them with the context of each country. commonalities and differences shown by the inaugural address were then could be analyzed. table 1. speech acts of gma inaugural address illocutionary acts n % assertive 26 23.85 directive 35 32.11 commisive 45 41.28 expressive 3 2.75 declarative 0 0.00 total 109 table 1 portrays the total number of speech acts performed by president gma in her inaugural address. from the findings, it can be inferred that the most frequently performed speech act was commissive which is slightly above 40%. it is identified that gma performed 45 commissive speech acts ranging from providing job opportunities to resolving past political events at edsa i, ii, and iii. concerning to directive speech acts, gma mainly encouraged and asked components of the nation to work together, to unify, and to dismantle obstacles for the development of the country. furthermore, gma also asked the citizen to pay taxes and invite investors 277 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to conduct their business. in relation to assertive speech act, gma performed slightly above 23% of showing her commitment to the truth of the expressed proposition covering various topics. table 2. speech acts of gwb inaugural address illocutionary acts n % assertive 96 68.09 directive 26 18.44 commisive 18 12.77 expressive 1 0.71 declarative 0 0.00 total 141 table 2 exemplifies the percentages of speech acts as performed by president gwb. as it can be seen, the president, to some degree, committed himself to the truth of his proposition in almost 69% of the total speech acts performed. moreover, less than fifteen percent of the speech acts deal with committing himself and the government to future actions. small percentages were identified in the performance of expressive speech acts. table 3. speech act of sby inaugural address illocutionary acts n % assertive 50 46.30 directive 20 18.52 commisive 26 24.07 expressive 12 11.11 declarative 0 0.00 total 108 table 3 exemplifies types of speech acts performed by president sby. as can be inferred from the table, sby performed almost half of the total speech acts as statements that can be measured in terms of true and false. in this type of speech act, sby exemplified the success of general election, the hard working general election commission, the national principles, the country current democracy, and other issues. furthermore, above twenty percent of his speech acts deal with his commitment for future action dealing with national issues and problems. however, in some of this speech acts, instead of stating himself for doing the action, he used the term „my administration‟ which refers to the government. as commonly can be seen on the other inaugural address, the sby also performs directive speech acts mainly containing encouragement to work together in maintaining unity and achieving the national goals. furthermore, the percentage of expressive speech acts are performed by this president is almost equal to the ones performed by another president (nm). table 4. speech act of nm inaugural address illocutionary acts n % assertive 22 50.00 directive 10 22.73 278 paulus widiatmoko analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle’s taxonomy of speech acts commisive 7 15.91 expressive 5 11.36 declarative 0 0.00 total 44 the numbers of speech acts performed by president nm are not as many as the other because of the length of the inaugural address. as portrayed in table 4, half of the speech acts performed belong to the assertive type. in this speech act, nm conveyed his proposition and beliefs on south african situation related to the history and the country‟s future hope. then, slightly above than 22% of the speech acts are directives and slightly under 16% belong to commissives. in contrast, more than 10% of the total speech acts performed relate to his expressions of psychological state. table 5. speech act performance of csb inaugural address illocutionary acts n % assertive 119 74.84 directive 21 13.21 commisive 14 8.81 expressive 5 3.14 declarative 0 0.00 total 159 president csb performed almost 75% on assertive type of speech acts. he mainly delivered the history, development, and future of taiwan as a new independent country. as it is described in the table, the gap between the assertive speech act and the other ones were very big. table 6. comparative percentage of the five presidents’ speech act performance illocutionary acts gma gwb sby nm csb assertive 23.85 68.09 46.30 50.00 74.84 directive 32.11 18.44 18.52 22.73 13.21 commisive 41.28 12.77 24.07 15.91 8.81 expressive 2.75 0.71 11.11 11.36 3.14 declarative 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 based on the table above, it is observed that none of the presidents performed declarative speech act. similarities are also identified concerning the performance of assertive speech acts for four of the presidents; gwb, sby, nm, and csb. the other speech acts are found out varied in the percentage of their performance. in his inaugural address, gwb exemplified and announced to the world that his country really concerns to fight for liberty and freedom. in conveying the idealism, gwb at the early part of the speech stated his proposition that what he intended to struggle had been started by their predecessors. then, it was also observed that he mentioned certain key phrases repeatedly, over and over again, centering on the god-given mandate of the country to intervene anywhere in the world to advance the cause of “freedom.” in the 20-minutes speech, the president uttered the words “free” or “freedom” 34 times, and the 279 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee word “liberty” 12 times. as can be inferred from the finding of this study, the use of those terms, as contrasted with the term tyranny, obviously signifies the major schemes of the inaugural address in which most of the assertive speech act deal with their idealism and rhetoric of free nation and liberty. another interesting finding is related to gwb performance of the other searle‟s speech acts. it was observed that other speech acts were put under the framework of his idealism of creating the world free from oppression and tyranny. after series of assertive speech acts on that idealism, bush clearly emphasized that the country would struggle for liberty and freedom for the people in other countries. concerning this commissive speech act, among others he stated, “all who live in tyranny and hopelessness can know: the country will not ignore your oppression, or excuse your oppressors.” the idealism of freedom was also directed to its citizens in the form of commissive speech acts that they would extend this vision by reforming great institutions to serve the needs of their time. the subsequent performance of commissive speech acts specified this promise more by giving highest standard to schools, building ownership society and widening home and business, retirement of saving, and health insurance. furthermore, his performance of directive speech acts could inferred in the context of the above idealism as he put, “ i ask the youngest citizens to believe the evidence of your eyes... make the choices to serve in a cause larger than your wants, larger than yourself…” putting himself to the fulfillment of propositions for the country, gwb finally stated, “…we will give our fellows the citizens greater freedom from want and fear, make our society more prosperous, just, and equal.” unlike gwb, different schemes were identified in gma and sby inaugural addresses. in her speech, in which on majority consists of commissive speech act, gma after expressing her gratitude immediately conveyed her promises to people of the country. the commissive speech acts performed by gma were observed as the ones in which the achievement are observable and could be measured. some of her promises among other deal with providing more job opportunities, providing loans for entrepreneurs, expanding agriculture lands, and other benefits. traced back to the country in 2001, one of the prominent newspaper in the country stated that there are five fundamental problems faced by this country, namely poverty, a non-performing economy a debased education, law and order (lack of absence) and graft and corruption (benigno & benigno, 2001). in other words, it seems obvious why those agendas were put into priorities and raised as the major issues in gma inaugural address. similar to gma, sby also performed a lot of commissive speech acts, although the percentage was not that much. however, different agendas obviously underlie this fifth of the country president‟s inaugural address. it seems that sby attempted to accomplish reconciliation for various groups and communities in the country. sby right at the beginning related his inaugural event with the general election and his expressive speech acts for the government as they had successfully held the general election. then, it was followed by commissive speech act to preserve brotherhood with the president. partly, the performance of these speech acts could be traced back to the atmosphere of competition during the general election after the country‟s second president era. at the 1999‟s general election, there were around 48 parties participated (used to be 3 big parties) and it was acknowledged as the first democratic general election in the country (the jakarta post, 2001). the next general election in 2004 was also markedly the country‟s great achievement for democracy learning since was the first direct general election. the election is conducted by choosing not from the political parties but 280 paulus widiatmoko analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle’s taxonomy of speech acts directly the individuals to be seated in certain political institutions for the president. furthermore, the fact that there are numbers of groups entitling different tribes, political parties, and religions urge the necessities to be accommodated and collaborated. aside from what has been stated earlier, this intention can also be seen from his speech acts of directives that in almost all of these illocutionary acts he appears to emphasize togetherness and collaborative works by means of pronoun us, we, or the ones involving himself and other components of the nation. some examples of these would be, “it is the time for us to walk together, we have passed our moment of competition, now it is time for unity, we must overcome this problem together, and other similar tones. even, at the other part of his address he stated, “with the mandate i received from you, i am determined to be become, not only the president of the country c, but also the president of all of the people, all of the country people.” as has been stated in the finding of this study, president nm performed speech acts of assertive in fifty percents of his total speech acts. conveying his concepts of liberty and being the owner of their own land, the speech acts cannot be detached from his political struggle against the racial discrimination practiced in his country. nm spent 27 years in prison on convictions for crimes that included sabotage committed when he struggled against apartheid (yadav, 2007). the concept of freedom is observed in both inaugural address delivered by gwb and nm. however, different from gwb‟s concept, the proposition of freedom in nm inaugural address can be inferred to build patriotism, feeling of togetherness, and gratitude for being freed from racism and apartheid. thirty four occurrences of pronominal we and the ones referring to it (us, our) signify the feeling of being one destiny experiencing hard time in the past. furthermore, his performance of speech acts mostly can be inferred back to their past history. at the end of the speech, it is clearly observed that, through directive speech acts, nm invited the collaborative participation of south african to work together, develop their nation as the ideal one based on their past experiences. sharing some similar features as country d (nm), country e had been struggled for its independence from china. on march 2000 presidential race, voters elected pro-independence candidate csb of the democratic progressive party, ending more than 50 years of nationalist rule (chu, 2008). therefore, most of the assertive speech acts performed in the inaugural speech reflected historical and current situation of taiwan as well as the future expectation of the country. aside from what has been presented, some points are worth to note related to other commonalities of searle‟s speech act performance. first, to some degree it was observed that speech acts were performed by all of the presidents to affirm national principles, linking their history to their present situation, reconstituting people and groups, and presenting national policy of administration. second, the series of speech act performance appeared to be arranged to show coherence of the idea presented. for instance, assertive speech acts on national principles and history were commonly performed prior to directive or commissive ones to ascertain their strength. conclusion an inaugural address as a starting point for the elected president to lead the country and run the government certainly marks an important event as it represents the president‟s vision on many crucial issues, conveys the government agendas, and moreover builds his/her establishment to the whole country and the world. reactions, criticism, and comments toward what the content of the speech show its significance 281 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee towards socioeconomic and political situation of the country. observing the status of the speaker and the listeners in the event, then the language used in the inaugural address serves not only to announce the existence of the new president, but also to perform various illocutionary acts. searle‟s taxonomy of speech acts seem to be able to provide analysis of what the president mean and trying to say. the contexts, historical and current conditions, indeed contribute in providing foundation towards the analysis. therefore, combining some features of other analysis such as critical discourse analysis (cda) in the framework of speech act study appears to give more comprehensive examination of various interrelated aspects in the discourse. further investigation employing cda would likely contribute to the richness of discourse analysis study in this field. references benigno, g., & benigno, p. (2001). monetary policy rules and the exchange rate. cepr discussion paper no 2087. chu, y. h. (2008). taiwan in 2007: the waiting game. asian survey, 48(1), 124-132. harrison, & tony. (2003). understanding political ideas and movement. new york: manchester university press. kvasny, l., & truex, d. (2001). defining away the digital divide: a content analysis of institutional influences on popular representations of technology. in realigning research and practice in information systems development (399414). us: springer. miller, n. l., & stiles, w. b. (1986). verbal familiarity in american presidential nomination acceptance speeches and inaugural addresses (1920-1981). social psychology quarterly, 72-81. norman, f. (1989). language and power. new york: longman. searle, j. r. (1969). speech acts: an essay in the philosophy of language. cambridge: cambridge university press. searle. (1979). expression and meaning. cambridge: cambridge university press. yadav, a. k. (2007). nelson mandela and the process of reconciliation in south africa. india quarterly, 63(4), 49-84. 282 paulus widiatmoko analysis of presidential inaugural addresses using searle’s taxonomy of speech acts english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance yuehong wei li zhang department of english, north china electric power university, baoding, china email: wyh231@163.com apa citation: yuehong, w., & zhang, l. (2016). teaching research of college students’ sense of identity in regular class. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 149-158 received: 06-10-2016 accepted: 11-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: triggered by the lack of students’ sense of identity in english regular class effects their language achievement, this research aimed at developing a kind of teaching mode for building students’ sense of identity with a series of teaching activities. targeted at 55 nonenglish major students for one semester, the experiment was to explain the effectiveness of this kind of mode in endorsing student’s sense of identity. here, the researcher used teaching observation and students’ feedback to collect the data. it revealed that the kind of mode can help improve students’ sense of identity, intrigue their interest, and improve their english learning efficiency. keywords: sense of identity, college english, regular class, english class, teaching research introduction sense of identity, also called identification is a kind of complicated mental phenomenon. among researches about sense of identity in china, scholars usually interpret sense of identity as the concept of internalization or concept of imitation and regard it as the change of emotions, attitude and cognition (wang, 1998). currently, researches show that engineering major students are low in sense of identity and they have no sense of achievement or interest during english classes so that they are unable to meet the basic requirement of english class whether from the point of cognition, emotion or attitude. especially for freshmen who are forced to learn english for college entrance examination, their attitude toward english learning have been changed since they feel less stressful when entering college. according students’ sense of identity has been much lower and they have little confidence, therefore, they lack enthusiasm and sense of achievement. besides, since the number of students has been much higher and teachers fail to supervise and guide each student just as teachers do in high school, students could not fully concentrate on classes. for some students, they can pass the cet4 by cramming for it, while some students just fail it. for teachers, they have the responsibility to guide students to solve this kind of problem. vygotsky(1978) held that the development of advanced cognitive function depends on the interaction between human and society and the negotiating relationship between language and other sociocultural products. that is to say, people’s cognitive activities are mediated through the cultural products and symbols and 149 http://cn.bing.com/dict/search?q=cognition&form=bdvsp6&mkt=zh-cn yuehong wei & li zhang endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance are to be developed, which is the central part of mediation. according to lantolf and thorne(2006), the mediation in l2 learning refers to:1) the mediation in the social interaction with other (interpersonal mediation or other regulation); 2) the mediation by artifacts or object regulation; 3) the mediation through private speech as mediation by self or self-regulation. the zone of proximal development(zpd) refers to the distance between the learner’s language level dependent on self and the level developed under the help of cooperative assistant (lantolf & thorne, 2006).zpd is adapted to the human cognitive development process and can guide the teaching. but it is difficult to be applied to the practice. scaffolding theory refers to the cooperative behavior between any adult or child and experts or novice (lantolf & thorne, 2007). wertsch (1985) put forward that scaffolding theory is the interaction between peers or a collective unit. this theory combined with the zpd can be applied to the teaching process and can guide the learners to develop their cognitive ability. in this study, sense of identity is students’ emotion and attitude towards english learning, which belongs to social identity. according to the theory of social psychology, sense of identity consists of recognition, emotion and attitude (zhang & jin, 1996). therefore, teacher should focus on the improvement of recognition, development of emotion and building of confidence when conducting teaching activities. guided by social-cultural theory including the three main concepts introduced above, teachers should attach great importance to the role of english as bridge and platform, as well as the role of zone of proximal development. method the subjects of the experiment are 55 freshmen of the second semester. students are divided into the regular class according to their normal or poor performance despite the fact that some of them may get high grades by chance. some of the students are of high learning motivation, while other students, and though with good knowledge in english, are of low motivation and lacking the sense of identity. the teaching materials of the experiment are thenew horizon college english, cet-4 special training text paper and english vocabulary of new oriental, and questionnaire of the teaching performance. english classes are twice a week and two class hours for each class. the experiment design includes the holding of the seminar about students’ attitude toward english. after one week, teachers find that students are inactive and even indifferent towards classes and homework. after negotiation between teachers and students, the themes of the second seminar are about “is english learning important?”, “what should we do during classes?”, “how should we overcome the difficulties of english learning?”, “do students have their learning target?” teachers can assign some homework within students’ reach, for instance, dictation with english explanation, dictation of cet-4 vocabularies which should be corrected every time by mutual correction among students or the selective correction by teachers; presentation of each unit, discussion on a certain topic which aims to lead students to learn new knowledge, build confidence and strengthen their sense of identity, english debate to inspire students’ potential. in order to get a better interaction between students and teachers, the reflection journals are 150 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee requested for twice. most of them wrote the journal in chinese and some of them wrote them in english. for the purpose of analysis in the research paper, all the reflection journals in chinese have been translated into english (shown in appendix i). results and discussion collecting data by written and oral feedback from students and monitoring students’ learning outcomes by observation during classes. during the seminar, some students think that teachers are too strict with them compared with the first semester and feel it hard to adapt to. whatever purpose behind the words, it does cause a great responding among students. teachers positively acknowledge the fact and lead students by posing the question that what’s the consequence without any pressure. for this question, most students say that they only think about the great trouble left by heavy homework instead of its consequences. they hold that they are confused about the role of english in their future career and do not want to devote themselves to it. when asked about whether they want to pass cet-4 this semester, most students give a positive answer since they could only get their academic degree with the cet-4 certificate. in fact, some students are able to pass the exam by hard working while others are in great trouble. given their current performance, whether students with good or poor english, there is a high possibility that they won’t pass it. after fierce discussion, students come to the conclusion that they will suffer great losses if they do not change their attitude towards english learning. they should know that they learn english for themselves instead of teachers. both teachers and students are fulfilling their duties, one for teaching and another for learning. after the discussion, students have changed their attitude and emotions. students who are hard-working have been praised and students who are a little inactive have realize the consequence of their inappropriate behavior. it proves that self-adjustment of students is better than the push or the compulsory measures of teachers. homework should be within students reach. for instance, word dictation can give students great encouragement. even though students only get several words right, they will be encouraged and feel that they can make further improvement. some students talk with teachers that they find dictation is not that difficult and they are even anticipated for it. for presentation, students can get the topic they are interested in and get more exercise. after the accumulation of achievement, students can get comprehensive improvement. for regular homework, students need to write 5-7 pages’ words with a4 paper and teachers will check whether students have memorized those words by dictation. for some students who are unwilling to cooperate, teachers will take a flexible attitude. if you can memorize all words, it does not matter whether you write it or not. after two weeks’ practice, some students require that they want to follow this kind of training and even insist on it for the whole semester. for teachers, they should provide a good platform and help students develop good learning habit. the basis for the development of sense of identity is that students have realized the vital role they have played in english learning. english debate help students enjoy their time and enhance their confidence. since it puts a high requirement on 151 yuehong wei & li zhang endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance students’ english ability, english debate is held on the end of each semester. while debate rules and relevant sentence structure will be told to students in advance so that they can make better preparation and know how to be logical. students are positive but not confident about the debate. debaters will be divided into two teams and the top debater of each team will give a conclusion after each team member expresses their own opinion in english separately. debate relies on the clarity of words and logic of thinking. as the carrier of debate, english plays very significant role and acts as the tool for checking students’ english learning. some students are even surprised that they should debate in english and it has strengthened their confidence and sense of identity. students’ written feedback (see appendix i) shows that they have initially built their sense of identity and the reasons are as follows: 1. common efforts of both students and teachers. at first, some students felt it hard to adapt to teachers’ teaching method or the change of teacher. and some teachers are not so strict with students that students regard english learning as a kind of recreation instead of an important way of gaining knowledge. but the joint efforts of teachers and students make english leaning more relaxed and enjoyable. some students hold that they feel good about classes in this semester and gained a lot. 2. effective selfadjustment. in the very beginning, some students hold negative attitude towards english homework. in spite of their unwillingness, students are forced to write english words. gradually, they recognized that they have memorized some words. though difficult, students feel it effective if they insist on writing word every day. 3. establishment of sense of identity at the end of semester. some students said that english classes give them a chance to express their views in english and intrigue their interest. teachers’ great responsibility help them won appraise from students. helping students set the sense of identity is very important in the teaching process. some activities are needed to be designed in improve it and let the students get some experience of to be good and a sense of achievement. meanwhile letting the students selfmonitor their learning process and getting themselves in the class activities are equally important. the teacher should establish a good environment and guide the students with some interesting topics and set the proper steps for their learning. it turns out that students should devote themselves to the classes. otherwise, they will fail the expected outcome. effective teaching activities can enhance student’s cognition and consolidate their knowledge. with the improvement and achievement, students’ sense of identity has been greatly intrigued. zpd and scaffolding can be applied in this teaching process and put the theory into practice and can be the basis of the teaching plan. it is necessary for the teacher to make a teaching plan following some psychological theory and provide a social interaction chances for students. then students can benefit from the cognition development when they are be involved in the activities with some interaction between students and teachers or students and books,even students and some medias. conclusion there are great numbers of excellent english learners in china, but college english teaching and learning 152 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee face great difficulties. dummy english has discourages us and most people of higher education regard english as the most difficult course. all of these shows that the shortage of sense of identity causes english learning are more difficult. centered on sense of identity with the effective teaching activities and specific learning method, the research aims to help students build confidence and change their attitude towards english. targeted at students with average english performance, all teaching activities and goals are designed for students which can help them improve their performance, strength their sense of identity and confidence. with qualitative study, the research has its own restrictions which are the narrow target of partial english learners. therefore, more quantitative research could be done with the target of more excellent students and comparative study between regular class and advanced class. acknowledgment this research was supported by “fundamental research funds for the central universities (grant# 2016ms135) and the excellent youth teacher supporting project. references wang, j. (1998). the psychological process of social norm learning identity. education research,1, pp. 36-42. zhang, z.,& jin, s.(1996). social psychology. beijing: people’s education press. pp. 186-190. lantolf,j.p.,þe,s.l.(2006). sociocultural theory and the genesis of second language development. oxford: oxford university press. qin, lili., &dai weidong. (2013). the construction of motivational self system in college english learning from the aspect of activity theory. foreign language world. 6, pp. 23-31. lantolf. j. p.,þe, s. l. (2007). sociocultural theory and second language learning. in b. vanpatten&j. williams (eds.),theories in second language acquisition(pp.20123).mahwah,nj:lawrence erllbaum associates. wertsch,j. (1985). vygotsky and the social formation of mind[m].cambridge: harvard university press. 153 yuehong wei & li zhang endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance appendix 1. suggestion: after finish section a of each unit, teacher should require students to memory some translations. it could benefit both our study and exams. teacher should dictate the words from section a and section b instead of checking the words from the pet4 book because in fact we are too busy to memory many. when explaining the text, it will be better if teacher could translate some long and difficult sentences or carefully explain in chinese. teacher should modify the essays according to the requirements of pet2 instead of pet4. 2. all the english lessons have been finished, and i have some inspiration for this term’s learning. english learning has its’ own tasty and most of student dislike it. in fact, it is not so boring like we have thought. once doing well in the vocabulary, grammar, and practicing the oral english, listening, you will find it is easy than the chinese. we practice the chinese every moment, while do not have time to learn english. so we should have the confidence. 3. this term, the difficult of learning is down. and i felt more relaxed than last tern’s, but it was a little nervous. the teacher’s strict treatment made me realize that this is collage and the english was still important. this term, i enjoyed finished the work and also learned some new knowledge. not only that, i fully used those knowledge in the cet4. thanks the teacher’s guide this term. 4. in a word, the teacher’s guide is successes. as the college teacher, not only did she put pass the cet4 as the teaching goal, of course itwas not means important, she told us learnt english was important in our working, life and training the ability through the example of her life in america. besides, the best part of my learning had been the change of thinking. the interested class and interaction with teachers made me think the english study is not so difficult and even is interesting. in the future, i will learn english continually even graduated because i should have the realize that learning english. 5. the whole term’s learning makes me get progress and also learn some american culture. i am interested in learning english. and the teaching way and attitude fully meet my need. i think it was same as my senior english teacher because you are all so strict and have the sense of responsibility for the job. at the beginning, the class was a little quiet, but through the effort, the english learning was relax and interesting. and i learnt more knowledge. wishing you the best of health and success, and i can make an improvement and get progress in my study. 6. first, i want to make self-examination. this semester, i cut class once and went to class late once, which i think are really impolite and irresponsible. as for english study, i feel just so and of course, my condition is not as good as in high school. however, considering that i am in university now, it is acceptable. in general, the state in which i feel about teacher you has been divided into three parts: good-badgood (the bad state refers to the time when you asked us to copy the words). your teaching level is very high and your teaching is full of your own features. all in all, i think highly of your class. finally, i wish teacher you the work of your heart and happy every day. 7. i think english classes this semester are pretty good, teacher is stricter than last semester and i have learnt a lot. sometimes i was not that careful but teacher really taught well. for example, teacher spoke in english all the time and sometimes i could understand but sometimes could not. all in all, i made some progress. at the 154 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee same time, i like some activities, like dramas before class, and debates. when having those, i felt very joyful. nevertheless, my behaviors were not that good, my statements were few and my english was poor still. 8. i’ve been caught using my cell phone in the first class so i never did that again. generally speaking, you are an excellent and responsible teacher. i felt really happy in your class. wishes teacher you have students everywhere someday. 9. your teaching style really differs from other teachers. at first, i think you were strict (maybe it was because the pet4 is coming). then i gradually got used to the style and become outgoing. 10. in this semester, i have learnt a lot of extra-curricular knowledge. to some degree, this class is the most unforgettable. you have shown us some pictures you took in the us, which left me a profound impression. this class has told me what the us looks like. i believe that one day i may go and settle there. thank you very much, my teacher. 11. this semester i worked harder than last semester to learn english and before the cet – 4i remembered a lot of words, and did some exercises. your teaching methods fit in very well with us, which improves our enthusiasm of learning english. in my opinion, english learning is nothing more than listening, speaking, reading and writing. however, i feel we have little opportunity to speak in class. even if i want to say something, words usually fail me. besides, i think reading english articles works well, and remember the words requires daily accumulation. 12. this semester’s english courses let me have a sense of fullness. because the learning rhythm is a little tough, i felt a sense of pressure. i think the study did not seem that easy like last semester, but i take it more serious than last semester. 13. it seems as if i have never studied english after i enter my college. i often studied one or two days to prepare for the exams, but after the exams i would remember nothing. therefore, i think i have learned almost nothing in english. but i promise i will make it up in the future. 14. i have learned a lot in english in this semester. i not only remembered a lot of words for tem-4, but also gained much progress in listening and writing. however, due to the large amount of learning terms, i spared less time for english. as a result, my grades have showed this. the current english learning problem is after the tem-4, there is no motivation for me to learn english. however, as long as i agree with english learning has a great benefit to my future life; i will generously input time and energy to learn english. 15. at the beginning of this term i feel not very adaptable for a new english teacher. compared to last semester, more severe teacher teaching increased a lot of pressure, perhaps it was because we just wanted to take the examination of tem-4.teachers held us too tight, though from the point of view of the results, it indeed played a certain role. we did remember a certain number of words, and also did many papers. although we cannot say how much progress has been made, but at least we keep the stability of the english level. thank you for the whole year’s hard work. 16.i have gained a lot through the half-term’s learning. there are many interesting things in each class, especially some funny things that you have experienced in america. from my perspective, there is nothing can be compared with the happiness that i have gained in the sharing process though there are only some pictures and explanations. 155 yuehong wei & li zhang endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance in my opinion, i think it is very relaxed in this term. as time going by, i think i can communicate with you more convenient. due to lots of listening exercises, i have made great progress in it. what impressed me most was once i saw an english film with chinese subtitles, i could understand the meaning of the film by seeing the scene and listening to the english words. i do hope i can make more progress in english in the future. i wish teacher can lead a healthy and happy life. 17. to be honest, i couldn’t fix well with your teach methods at first, because it was quite different from the last teacher’s. but i can adapt to it gradually and i think it is good to teach us strictly. may health and happiness be with you. 18. generally speaking, i have gained a lot, not only some english knowledge, but also some foreign customs and methods of dealing with things during the one year english learning in the college. compared with boring grammars, college english is more interesting. what’s more, i have made a great progress in listening. at first, i would lose interest in studying and miss myself with low efficiency because of mandatory requirements. 19. i really hope that teacher can strengthen communicating with all of us, but not just some of us and stand in the perspective of students. i would like to have a teacher who is not only our teacher, but also our friend who is not serious. besides, thank you very much to teach us authentic english knowledge and classes which can help us learn a lot about america and english directly. 20. thank you very much for your tolerate and care in half of the year. i think teacher is very kind and gentle and care about our learning at the same time. however, somehow i feel that our teacher is a bit serious to us. actually, in terms of learning, i haven’t made too much progress. i think it’s mainly due to my own fault and i pay little attention to english studying so that my english is worse and worse now. 21. in my opinion, i think that the english classes of this term are quite different from last term. compared with last term, we can answer more questions in class, learn knowledge more effective and think independently for longer time. however, it’s really a pity that we don’t have our words listening anymore which make us lazier after classes. actually, i think all these are because of me, my will-power is not strong enough and i am not hard-working. i really hope that teacher can explain the exercises to us in the following days. 22. at first, thank you very much for your teaching of this term. i have gained a lot this term, not only knowledge, but also some foreign cultures and life styles in your class. i feel regret that i pay little attention to english this term. in fact, i couldn’t fix well with the new teaching method, but we can see that you have invested a lot on us. so i feel really sorry for my slight. from my perspective, i hope we can begin from some practical exercises. 23. for loose people like us, it’s really effective to teach us strictly. actually, each day a list of words can remind us of learning english more. however, i can’t understand what teacher means sometimes though teacher taught us a lot in classes, so do other classmates. so i hope teacher can translate and explain some difficult sentences to us. what i regret most was that i didn’t work hard before the cet-4, so i didn’t get good grades and i had no idea whether i could pass the cet-4. 24. i think teacher wei is very serious and responsible in english teaching of this term, but teacher isn’t lack of humor so that our class is lively compared with other 156 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee classes. what’s more, the way of words test is really special because we cannot predict which way our teacher will use to test us------teacher will read tell us the words’ english explanations to test us, but not the chinese meanings. in fact, i always got up late so that i would be late for classes and i didn’t receive my classmates’ messages. in today’s class which is also the last class of this term, we know a lot about your experiences in america. at last, i hope that you can meet your classmates in the future. 25. our teacher is really a good teacher. i feel teacher is very considerate and patient in half of a year. i like the american life which teacher has told us very much and i really look forward to this kind of life. however, i also correct the wrong mind that america is better than china in every aspect because i realize that we have our own life styles and we also can make great efforts. there is no need for us to admire other countries blindly. actually, i am not a good student because i didn’t come to have classes for many times. but i was moved when teacher encouraged and persuaded me with patience. at last, thank you very much! 26. i think you are very good. i like the debate competition very much. you teach us very seriously. it makes me keep up with my english. i think being serious is very important. 27. i don't know how your feeling is but i think you feel that being very responsible for us may be idealistic. don't worry. just hold on to it. perhaps you could do everything perfectly. but i think you could do everything better. don't blame yourself. it's our fault. our attitudes make us study not so great. 28. very good! english is very perfect! i will study english hardly. 29. while learning foreign language is boring sometimes i think english learning is useful, not only can it provide us with grace but let us relax. i think our teachers teaching is very interesting, but i think we should pay more attention to our textbook only by learning more about textbook can we get good grades. 157 yuehong wei & li zhang endorsing sense of identity for college students’ english language performance sherlock holmes and watson sherlock holmes and dr watson went on a camping trip. after a good meal and a bottle of wine they lay down for the night, and went to sleep. some hours later, holmes awoke and nudged his faithful friend awake. "watson, look up at the sky and tell me what you see." watson replied, "i see millions and millions of stars." "what does that tell you?" holmes questioned. watson pondered for a minute. "astronomically, it tells me that there are millions of galaxies and potentially billions of planets. astrologically, i observe that saturn is in leo. horologically, i deduce that the time is approximately a quarter past three. theologically, i can see that god is all powerful and that we are small and insignificant. meteorologically, i suspect that we will have a beautiful day tomorrow. what does it tell you?" holmes was silent for a minute, then spoke. "watson, you retard. it tells me that some bastard has stolen our tent!" (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 158 maya nurmayanti the use of pair composition method 158 the use of pair composition method on students’ descriptive writing skill maya nurmayanti galileo english course, indonesia e-mail: nurmaumarro@yahoo.com apa citation: nurmayanti, m. (2014). the use of pair composition method on students’ descriptive writing skill. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 158-166 received: 01-04-2014 accepted: 27-04-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: this research was aimed to find out roles of pair composition method on students’ behaviour in learning processes and their writing assessment, and also to find out students’ attitude toward learning process of pair composition method in writing descriptive text in the classroom. descriptive qualitative method was used in this research. the participants were 33 students of x grade of senior high school. the data were collected from observation, the result of analysis showed that 66% of the seriousness of students during learning process was high, 78% of enthusiasm of students in doing task was high, and 58% of students’ participation was high. the increasing of students’ assessment was 18,7 from the average score before. the data collected from interview and questionnaire indicated that pair composition method provided the opportunities for sharing ideas, developing text, corresting writing errors, motivating students being active, and 50% students strongly agreed that pair composition method on writing descriptive text was lively and enjoyable. keywords: active learning strategy, cooperative learning, pair composition method, descriptive writing, descriptive text. listening, speaking, reading, and writing. those four skills are explored in the classroom activities using active learning strategy. from active learning strategy, teachers used various techniques and methods depends on the goal of teaching. one of active learning techniques is cooperative learning. however, the strategies used must give the effect and change for every language skill of students, and pair composition method as one of cooperative learning techniques focuses on the desire outcome for the participants group and individual as a result of learning activity, especially on students’ writing assessment. writing as one of productive skills is a set of thinking, expressing the feeling, proposing idea and knowledge, creativity in words processing are included of writing development learning process. brown (2001: 335) writes that “written product is often the introduction teaching strategies that teachers apply in the classroom support students learning process emphasizing to be more responsive and active in the classroom by various methods. also, to make teaching and learning aimed on the planning lesson in order to achieve the goal of teaching and learning. brown (2000: 131) states that “teachers can benefit form an understanding of what makes learners successful an unsuccessful and establish in the classroom a milieu for the realization on successful strategies.” many teaching strategies have been applied in teaching process. teachers choose various techniques of teaching strategies as specific ‘attack’ on given problem (brown, 2000: 122). one of teaching strategies is active learning strategy, where students do everything in learning process from 159 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee result of thinking, drafting, and revising procedures that require speacialized skill, skills that not every speakers develop naturally.” in the process of writing some text at school, students may be get a little problem, it can be from theirselves or from the other factors out of them. the ability to write depends on the ability to think creatively and put it into written text. this research focused on students’ writing descriptive text which one of materials in english lesson for ten grade students at one of senior high school in kuningan. it is using pair composition method that part of cooperative learning techniques, where students doing exercises in pairs, giving idea each other, giving feedback, and correcting each other their text composition included of content, structure, error analysis, and completing the compotion of the text. students sometimes get difficulties when starting to write, they got stuck to develop their ideas in writing how to describe person, thing or place detailed, or writing something in particular structures such as orientation and description. pair composition as a method of cooperative learning is used to solve the difficulties writing the text. in order to get good writing, pair composition method was important in the learning process of writing than independent learning. teaching and learning language process is not the simple sets, both of them have own characteristic and relationship each other. communication, interaction and other activities built in this learning and teaching language, between teacher and students. scarino and liddicoat (2009: 41) states that “in planning for interaction, teachers plan the sorts of things that students will be able to say, whether in speaking or in writing.” learning and teaching language is the complex activities that influence on teacher and students’ skills. many factors appearance guide teacher and students to be mastered in learning and teaching language, aspecialy english as the foreign laguage. two of language skills in learning english are speaking and writing. both of the skills called productive skills. according to bashrin (2013: 3), the productive skills consist of speaking and writing, because learners need to articulate words and write to produce language. teaching writing means guiding the students to explore their idea, feel, and knowledge in written. heaton (1990: 135) states that “the writing skills are complex and sometimes difficult to teach, requiring mastery not only grammatical and rethorical devices, but also of contextual and judgement element.” in order to measure the students ability in any language skills, included writing skill, need to be examined and take the students assessment. pinter (2006: 131) notes “assessment refers to the process of data analysis that the teachers use to get evidence about their learners’ performance and progress in english.” method of scoring composition included some components, those are; content, organization, vocabulary, language use, and mechanics (heaton, 1990: 146). teacher needs some strategies in order to support teaching and learning process. activities in the classroom must be planned as good as possible and being effective activities to achieve the goal of teaching and learning language. brown (2000: 113) note “strategies are specific methods of approaching a problem or task, modes or operation for achieving a particular end, planned design for controlling and manipulating certain information.” learning is an active process, when children are motivated to do something, they will try the new thing and doing the experiment of their ideas or discussing maya nurmayanti the use of pair composition method 160 with adults and teachers (pinter, 2006: 5). according to prince (2004: 1), active learning is generally one of instructional method that engages students in the learning process. in short, active learning requires students to do meaningful learning activities and think about what they are doing, learning by doing. one of active learning technique is cooperative learning. cooperative learning focuses on grouping study, but the target is comprehension of students in applying the assigment individually. one of cooperative learning methods is pair composition that guides students to be more active to make some composition in pair. according to johnson, johnson, & smith (1998) in felder and brent (2004: 4), pair composition works when students work in pairs to complete individual writing assignments such as summary of article, research paper, position or reflection paper. using pair composition method, students can change their idea each other, analyzing and correcting in pair to get the good result in writing descriptive text. descriptive text is defined as “domain writing that develops images through the use of precise sensory words and phrases and through devices such as metaphor and the sounds of words.” gerot and wignell (1994: 208) notes “the social function of descriptive text is to describe particular person, place, or thing.” there are some criteria for assessing the task of genre of text based on appropriate generic structure and grammatical features, those are: genre based criteria deal with generic features of the text, textual criteria deal with the way that the text is held together, the way that the text is held, syntactical language criteria deal with the internal structure of the sentence used (knapp and watskin, 2005: 119). there will be several stages of pair compossition method provided. firs, the teacher devided students into pair groups; one class consists of 34 students. second, the teacher doing review by giving some questions about descriptive text to the students, and ask them to making summary of descriptive text. third, the teacher explain what the students to do and how students must do their assignment in pairs but for individual descriptive writing assessment. fourth, student a describes to student b what he or she is planning to write related to descriptive text (describing person, thing or place). after asking probing and clarifying questions, student b outlines student a’s composition and gives it to student a. then the procedure is reversed. each student researches the topic. fifth, the two students together write the first paragraph of each composition. then each student writes his or her composition individually. sixth, when completed, the students read each other’s compositions and make suggestions for revision included generic structure (identification and description) and language features (using specific participant, using noun phare, using relational process, using adjectives, using simple present tense). seventh, after individual revision, students proofread both compositions and sign them to indicate there are no errors. this process of learning using pair composition is important to investigate in order to know about the roles of the method in students behaviour during learning processes, and then finding out the good outcomes from the learning process in writing skill, especially in descriptive writing assessment, and also to know the students’ attitude toward learning processes of pair composition method. 161 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee method the research conducted was descriptive qualitative research design. qualitative method investigated the quality of relationships, activities, situations, or materials (fraenkel and wallen, 2009: 422). in this descriptive qualitative method, data analyzed was described and explained in detail. creswell (2009: 175) states that, “description involves a detailed rendering of information about people, places, or events in a setting.” this research was conducted in a class that consists of 33 students at one of senior high school in kuningan in the academic year 2013/2014 from april until may. this research used some techniques to collect the data to be analyzed then, those are documentation, observation, interview, and quesionare. creswell (2009: 164) write, “qualitative researchers collect data themselves through examining documents, observing behavior, or interviewing participants.” using documentation in collecting data was private document to obtain result of participants’ language and words (creswell, 2009: 168-169) , in this research was students’ descriptive writing. students’ descriptive writing was taken before and after implementing pair composition method (pre-test and post-test), in order to get data would be investigated to know students’ descriptive writing assessment. in learning processes, the actions of the students are the important thing to be observed, it could be their behaviour or their productive skill. according to fraenkel and wallen (2009: 440), “certain kinds of research question can best be answered by observing how people act or how things look.” during the observation, this research used an observation sheet for taking the data during learning processes. the observation sheet applied was checklist table of students’ behavior in the learning processes (sa’diah, vol. xl : 171-172). the following step to collect data in this research was interviewing. fraenkel and wallen (2009: 446) state “the purpose of interviewing people is to find out what is on their mindwhat they think or how they feel about something.” the interview conducted in order to get more information about students’ attitude toward the use of pair composition method that the teacher used in the classroom. not only using interview, but also quesionnaire for students was used in this research to know students atittude toward the use of pair composition method. according to oskamp and schultz (2005: 9), there are three components of person’s attitude about something. those components are affective, behavioral, and cognitive component. results and discussion the findings of this research were about roles of pair composition method on students’ behaviour in learning processes and their writing assessment, and about the students’ attitude toward learning process of pair composition method on writing descriptive text in the classroom. the roles of pair composition method on students’ behaviour in learning processes the data analyzed showed that pair composition method had roles on increasing students’ behaviour in learning processes, included of seriousness of students, enthusiasm students in doing task, and their participation in the classroom during learning processes. it was drawn by the seriousness of students that can be observed from the data analyzed that 50% in the second and third meeting was high, and in the fourth meeting was 100% maya nurmayanti the use of pair composition method 162 table 1. the observation result of students’ behaviour in learning processes learning process 2nd meeting 3rd meeting 4th meeting h m l h m l h m l 1. the seriousness of students during learning process: a. giving attention to the teacher explanation and instruction √ √ √ b. making comments or asking question about explanation and instruction √ √ √ c. *giving attention to the material, examining them seriously √ √ √ d. *making comments or asking questions about the material (to the teacher or their friends) √ √ √ 50% 0% 50% 50% 50% 0% 100% 0% 0% 2. the anthusiasm of the students in doing the task a. trying to understand the instruction by using various learning aids (dictionary, text book, etc., asking the teacher or their friends whenever they do not understand) √ √ √ b. moving to form small group √ √ √ c. taking notes on whatever they think important √ √ √ d. using various aids to accomplish their task, for examples: dictionary, text book, work-sheet, etc. √ √ √ e. actively observing the material to elicit idea √ √ √ f. actively having discussion with the teacher and friends √ √ √ 50% 20% 30% 83% 17% 0% 100% 0% 0% students’ participation 1. the students’ participation in asking question √ √ √ 2. the students’ participation in suggesting idea √ √ √ 3. the students’ participation in group work a. taking the initiative to do the task √ √ √ b. helping their friends to understand the instruction √ √ √ c. helping their friends in examining the material √ √ √ d. helping their friends to generate idea and to find the vocabulary needed to do the task √ √ √ e. actively involved in group discussion √ √ √ f. helping motivate their friends √ √ √ 50% 0% 50% 50% 38% 13% 75% 25% 0% note: h = high m = medium l = low 163 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee high. it meant that almost all students gave attention to the teacher’s explanation and instruction, and gave attention to the material, examining them seriously, or at least not more than five students who were reluctant to pay attention. the enthusiasm of students increased when the pair composition method was implemented; second meeting was 50%, third meeting was 83%, and in the fourth meeting was 100%. it was indicated by the observation data showing that the enthusiasm of students was in the high level. almost students tried to understand the instruction by asking the teacher or their friends whenever they did not understand, and using some learning aids such as dictionary, text book, etc. also, there were some students actively having discussion with the teacher and friends, and observing the material to elicit their ideas. implementing pair composition method in writing descriptive text also could activate the students’ participation. from the data analyzed showed that in the second meeting the students’ participation was 50% high and 50% low, there were half students being high participation, and half students were less of their participation. then in the fourth meeting the students’ participation was getting increased tobe 75% high. the observation data showed that there were several students participate in giving ideas, and in group working there were many students who participated in taking initiative to do the task, helping their firends to understand the instruction, to generate idea in pair to make good descriptive writing, to find vocabulary needed to write descriptive text, and actively having pair discussion. the students were supported to find help of their friends each other to complete their writing, share idea, and correct errors analysis each other. they tried to understand how to write descriptive text well, construct the text by good identification and description. the students tried to find out the difficult words to translate from bahasa indonesia into english using dictionary, or asking teacher or friends. it was caused pair composition method was done to build the cooperation between two students (pair) in form of cooperative learning that members held accountable for doing their share of the work and mastering all materials (felder and brent, 2004: 2). the role of pair composition method on students’ descriptive writing assessment pair composition method had the role as a method that can be applied to improve students’ descriptive writing skill. it was showed by the data analyzed of students’ assessment before implementing (pre-test) pair composition method and after implementing (posttest) pair composition method. the data clearly could be seen as below: table 2. result of students’ descriptive writing assessment stage average of total score pre-test 63,8 post-test 82,5 increase in score 18,7 from the above table, the average of students’ score in pre-test or before implementing pair composition method is 63,8 and the students’ score after implementing pair composition method was getting increased with the average score was 82,5. the increasing of students’ assessment was 18,7 from the score before (pre-test). the result of students’ score before implementing pair composition method was classified into four categories. there were 6% students’ score that was categorized as excellent, 24% students’ score categorized as good, 12% students’ score categorized as fair, and students’ score dominated 58% as poor category. maya nurmayanti the use of pair composition method 164 before implementing pair composition method, almost students’ assessment were poor, because there were some students who have not known the construction of descriptive text detail, especially description part on generic structure, and there were some errors on their language features. there were still several students using simple past, and incorrect in using simple present tense. the students’ descriptive writing skill improved after implementing pair composition method. it could be described from the students’ descriptive writing post-test assessment. the score of students were increased. there were 17 students (more than a half of students in the class) got score more than 85, 12 students got score for about 71-84, 2 students got 68 and 70, and 2 students got score less than 65. the students’ score after implementing pair composition method was classified into four categories. there were 52% (more than a half of students in the class) students’ score that was categorized as excellent, 36% students’ score categorized as good, 6% students’ score categorized as fair, and 6% students’ score categorized as poor. here, excellent category was dominated than in the result of students’ score before implementing pair composition method. then, when they tried to make good descriptive writing using pair compoosition method, they also tried to understand what the descriptive text is and how to write it well by implementing generic structure and language feature of descriptive text that they have learnt, it regarded doing by learning in active learning, such as prince (2004) said that active learning requires students to do meaningful learning activities and think about what they were doing, learning by doing. so, after implementing pair composition method in writing descriptive text, they were getting more understand how generic structure and language feature construct the descriptive writing. the students’ attitude toward learning process of pair composition method this research found that the students gave positive attitude toward learning process using pair composition method in writing descriptive text. more than a half of students strongly agreed that they felt enjoy learning descriptive text using pair composition method and they were interested in implementing it. the students’ attitude toward learning process was observed from the data collected using interview and questionnaire. table 3. categories of students’ score before implementing pair composition method no interpretation score student % 1 2 3 4 excellent (85-100) good (71-84) fair (66-70) poor (0-65) 86, 86. 77, 77, 79, 78, 75, 76, 72, 83. 70, 69, 68, 70. 57, 52, 50, 52,58, 52, 52, 51, 49, 56, 59, 58, 55, 58, 51, 62, 62, 61, 61. 2 8 4 19 6% 24% 12% 58% table 4. categories of students’ score after implementing pair composition method no interpretation score student % 1 2 3 4 excellent (85-100) good (71-84) fair (66-70) poor (0-65) 88, 89, 97, 98, 89, 95, 91, 87, 89, 89, 86, 87, 86, 89, 89, 96, 88. 80, 83, 73, 84, 74, 76, 78, 73, 79, 84, 75, 77. 68, 70. 61, 63. 17 12 2 2 52% 36% 6% 6% 165 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee based on the interview, the students have never learn descriptive text using pair composition where they could write the descriptive text in pair, giving ideas, correcting, and evaluating each other to complete the writing. pair composition method had several advantages for students in writing descriptive text; (1) providing the opportunities for sharing ideas, developing the text, giving and asking the vocabulary (2) correcting the writing errors each other (3) increasing the knowladge in writing descriptive text, how to write the descriptive text well based on the generic structures and language features (4) to motivate students being active to write and understand about descriptive text (5) to make easy finding the difficult vocabulary because the students were able to ask and share each other. almost all the students who were interviewed stated that pair composition method had no disadvantages, and only one student stated that sometimes it made the atmosphere of class noise. from ten statements of questionnaire presented by researcher, the students’ attitude toward learning processes using pair composition method was dominated strongly agree and agree. it meant the students gave positive attitude toward pair composition method. 70% students strongly agreed that learning english increase the knowledge in learning foreign language, 64% students strongly agreed that learning english aspecially in writing descriptive text using pair composition method made students more active in pair group work, so that could help students to develop their descriptive writing. 55% students strongly agreed that pair composition method made students understand how to write descriptive text well, and agreed that students felt enjoy learning english and they could focus to the material given by teacher. and only 6% students stated that they disagreed that pair composition method can make them brave to write descriptive text in english. these happened because pair composition method creates alive and enjoyable condition and increases participation among the students demanded to be more active in learning, moreover having discussion with their partner, felder and brent (2009: 5) said “instructors who switch to active learning and follow those recommendations almost always say that their classes are much more lively and enjoyable and the quality of learning goes up dramatically”. conclusion the research objectives of this research were to find out and describe the roles of pair composition method on students’ behaviour in learning processes and their descriptive writing assessment, and to know students’ attitude toward learning processes of pair composition method. the data was collected from observation data of students’ behaviour, students’ descriptive writing asessment, interview and questionnaire for students. based on the data processing and discussion, the roles of pair composition method are increasing students’ behaviour in learning processes and their descriptive writing assessment, as drawn on data that 66% the seriousness of students during learning process was high, 78% the enthusiasm of students in doing task was high, and 58% the students’ participation was high. the increasing of students’ assessment can be seen when before implementing pair composition method there were 58% students categorized poor and after implementing there were 52% students’ score categorized as excellent. from students’ attitude along with interview and questionaire found that more that 50% students gave positive attitude as strongly agreed that pair composition method on writing maya nurmayanti the use of pair composition method 166 descriptive text was lively and enjoyable, supporting the students to be more active and understand how to write descriptive text well. references bashrin, s. d. (2013). productive skills: teaching beginners in english medium school. unpublished report, brac university, dhaka, bangladesh. brown, h. d. (2000). principle of language learning and teaching. fourth edition. new york: addison wasley longman, inc. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principle: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. new york: longman creswell, j. w. (2009). design qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approach, third edition. united states of america: sage publication inc. felder, r. m. and brent, r. (2004). cooperative learning. national effective teaching institute, 2004, pp. e-1 – e-22. felder, r. m. and brent, r. (2009). active learning: an introduction. asq higher education brief, 2(4), pp. 1-5. fraenkel, j. r. and wallen, n. e. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education, seventh edition. new york: mcgraw-hill companies, inc. gerot, l. and wignell, p. (1994). making sense of functional grammar. sydney: gerd stabler. heaton, j. b. (1990). writing english language tests. england: longman group (fe) ltd. johnson, d. w., johnson, r. t., & smith, k. a. (1998). active learning: cooperation in the college classroom (2nd ed). edina, mn: interaction book co. knapp, p. and watkins, m. (2005). genre, text, grammar: technologies for teaching and assessing writing. sydney: university of south wales press. oskamp, s, and schultz, w. p. (2005). attitudes and opinions (third edition). new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates, inc. pinter, a. (2006). teaching young language learners. new york: oxpor university press. prince, m. j. (2004). does active learning work? a review of the research. j. engr. education, 93(3), 223-231. sa’diah, h. improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text through a picture series-aided learning strategy. the english teacher, vol. xl: 164-182. scarino, a. and liddicoat, a. j. ( 2009). teaching and learning languages: a guide. australia: geon impact printing pty ltd. the students’ and teachers’ perception on the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms anni kristanti yunandami sma negeri 2 cimahi, indonesia email: annyky@yahoo.co.id muhammad handi gunawan indonesia university of education, indonesia email: handi_gunawan@yahoo.co.id apa citation: yunandami, a. k. & gunawan, m. h. (2012). the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 71-79 received: 01-08-2011 accepted: 03-09-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this study is aimed to investigate the students' and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in the efl teaming process based on questionnaire and interview. by exploring the strengths and weaknesses on the use of computer in efl classrooms as perceived from students' and teachers' perception. it concludes that a large number of students enjoyed learning english using computer because it was fun and interesting. although, they had to share one computer with the class, but they enjoyed learning together with friends. the teachers enjoyed teaching english using computer because it could make them experience a different way of teaching. in addition, the computer use could challenge the teachers to be more creative. the computer could be used as an alternative learning device in learning. keywords: students’ and teachers’ perception, english as a foreign language, computer. introduction curriculum in indonesia has gone through several changes and development since 1945. it was developed in 1954 and revised in 1961, 1964, 1968, 1975, 1984, and 1994. in 2001 competence-based curriculum (cbc) was implemented (departemen pendidikan nasional, 2004). in year 2007, the government starts to implement the new curriculum, kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan (schoolbased curriculum). this curriculum is based on the law no. 20 year 2003 on national education system, which gives the government and local government to have full authority to guide, manage, help, and supervise their own education. furthermore, the educational framework must follow the national education law. in addition, the law number 14 year 2005 on teachers and lectures put high priority on the teachers/lectures professionalism (departemen pendidikan nasional, 2006). it is obvious that teachers should be more professional and skillful in teaching. that is why the government must put high priority on teachers' certification to enhance the purpose of national education and to fulfil the demand of qualified human resource. teachers are recommended to develop themselves so that they have to upgrade their skill through training and developing teaching material in the classroom. anni kristanti yunandami & muhammad handi gunawan the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms moreover, teaching methodology develops well, more teachers are aware of the use of technology in the classroom. teachers realize that teaching is not merely transferring the teachers' knowledge but also giving a lot of exposures for their students. the teaching method is more to communicative methodologies and moreover the most important thing is the informal 'acquisitionrich' learning environment (skehan, 1985: 13). the learning environment or the stimulus is very important to make the students learn well. computer becomes one of the alternatives besides language laboratories. kenning & kenning (1983:20) said that computer can be used as an effective teaching tool if teachers know how to use it. a computer is nothing more than a tool, an aid, to be used or not, moreover teachers can decide to use computer if it is necessary. the use of computer has been known for years in the field of education. though, it was always argued that the computer cannot replace the main role of teacher in the classroom (stemplesky, 2002 in richards. and renandya, 2002:364), computer is needed to make the process of learning and teaching easier and faster. computer has been notified with the variety of form, from the simplest one to the most complicated one. it is said that the use of high technology tends to be expensive, and complicated, the hightech media gives more and more facilities. in additional, teachers are being able to use the hightech media to support the instructional design in the classroom. the use of computer in efl classroom has opened the new way of the use of learning media. since it can combine the varieties media (such as text, sound, picture, numerical, animation and video) in one digital software, and also because of the capability of being interactive, the computer becomes a sophisticated alternative to improve the quality of elt. the use of computer can help the students to be autonomous learners (brown, 2001: 51). bret (1998: 301) says that multimedia language learning environments can deliver authentic input, provide meaningful language learning tasks, deliver feedback on those tasks and can be manipulated according to the needs of the user. this makes it ideal for independent study, and the learner perhaps having the opportunity to work through the exercises at their own pace moreover, multimedia can help the students learning to learn, developing language skills (listening, reading, writing, and pronunciation or speaking). the use of technology in efl classroom is very crucial since our government has put the high priority to the use of instructional computerbased teaching (ict). the national education department mentions the importance of the use of technology in classroom as in written down in "rencana strategi (renstra) pembangunan pendidikan nasional 2005-2009" (the strategic plan in developing the national education 20052009). it is said that one of the programs that will be conducted in 20052009 is implementing information technology (it) in the classroom (departemen pendidikan nasional, 2066). the government realizes the lack of the facilities but this program will be conducted step by step. moreover, the pusat teknologi dan komputer has used the television as a media to broadcast the educational program in 2004. the educational program reached 80 cities in english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee indonesia (including village and district area). furthermore, the use of computer can be considered a learning media that gives the different kinds of intelligent as proposed by gardner (1983 in brown, 2001:113). gardner's theory about multiple intelligence, that people have more than one intelligent such as musical/rhythmic, verbal/linguistic, visual/spatial, motoric /kinaesthetic, logic/mathematic, intrapersonal, and interpersonal, opens the chance of multimedia in the classroom in order to facilitate the students' differences in learning. the research tries to portray the possibility of the computer uses in the efl classroom, particularly in senior high school. the focus is on the students' and teachers' perception on the use of computer in efl classroom. the study is very important in order the answer the demand of the importance of english as one of skill that students should acknowledge in the future. furthermore, this study can give a new enlightment in english teaching learning to improve the students' mastery. in addition, the lack of using the computer in the classroom (especially in efl classroom and senior high school) becomes the main reason why this research was conducted. hopefully, this research gives the benefit for the national educational in our country. purpose of the study the research focused on two things; they are the students' and teachers' perceptions to the use of computer to improve the teachinglearning process and to explore the possibility of using computer in senior high school. these are the following purposes: 1. finding out the students' perception on the use of computer in the efl teaming process based on questionnaire and interview. 2. finding out the teachers' perception on the use of computer in efl teaching process based on questionnaire and interview. 3. exploring the strengths and weaknesses on the use of computer in efl classrooms as perceived from students' and teachers' perception. 4. exploring the contributions of the learning situation to the students' and teachers' perception. as outlined in purpose of the study there are three research questions to be answered: 1. what is the students` perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms? 2. what is the teachers' perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms? 3. what are the strengths and weaknesses as perceived from the students' and teachers' perception? 4. what are the contributions of the learning situation to the students' and teachers' perception? the study is intended to survey the students' and teachers' perceptions on the use of computer in the efl classroom, the strengths and weaknesses, and the implications of learning situation towards the students' and teachers' perception. moreover, it can give a new perspective in english teachinglearning, such as: a) the use of computer for elt in senior high school. b) the material development for computerbased learning to improve the quality of elt in senior high school. anni kristanti yunandami & muhammad handi gunawan the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms c) this research is largely descriptive statistics meaning that it involved measuring data using graphs, tables, and basic descriptions of numbers such as averages or means. the sub ects of the study were the first year students of one senior high school in cimahi of academic year 2005/2006. there were 100 students and 6 english teachers. in addition, the research was conducted during the curriculum 2004. this study was limited to survey on the use of computer in efl classroom in which each student and teacher were required to answer a questionnaire about their perceptions on the use of multimedia in efl classroom. the questionnaire and interview were based on the theory of perception proposed by sperling (in fransiska: 2000) and curriculum 2004. the interview data will complete, clarify, support or even contradict with the result of questionnaire. method the study was intended to reveal and describe the students' and teachers' perceptions on the use multimedia in efl classrooms. this research is largely descriptive statistics meaning that it involved measuring data using graphs, tables, and basic descriptions of numbers such as averages or means (coolidge, 2000). the subjects of the study were the first year students of one senior high school in cimahi of academic year 20052006. there were 100 students and 6 english teachers. in addition, the research was conducted during the curriculum 2004. this study was limited to survey on the use of computer in efl classroom in which each student and teacher were required to answer a questionnaire about their perceptions on the use of multimedia in efl classroom. the questionnaire and interview were based on the theory of perception proposed by sperling (in fransiska, 2000) and curriculum 2004. the interview data will complete, clarify, support or even contradict with the result of questionnaire. the setting was a senior high school in cimahi. this school has a multimedia laboratory so that the main reason why this research was conducted at this particular school. moreover, this research tries to figure out the potential asset in local area especially in cimahi. the participants were students and english teachers at a high school in cimahi. the students' level were grade one. there were 100 students and 6 english teachers. in addition, the 100 students were chosen because it was their first time using computer to learn english in multimedia laboratory. moreover, the 100 students initiate the transfer into percentage in data analysis. the 6 teachers were chosen because there are 6 english teachers in that school. results anddiscussion the students' perceptions the computer gave them fun learning through games, presentation, and interesting pictures. moreover, they could learn autonomously. the computer provided them a fun learning compared to teacher's explanation in the classroom. they said computer used to vary the learning and teaching process so the students did not have to listen to the teacher's explanation. through computer, they could watch movie, and play games. in addition, they could learn together with friends in the classroom. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee computer encouraged the students to learn english because through computer they were able to get so many exposures; such as the examples of communicative dialog. moreover, the computer helped them to develop their english vocabulary. the students also said that they enjoyed playing games so that it provided them the challenging situation to learn more and more. 6% of the respondents were not sure whether it encouraged them to learn english or not. the interview revealed that they considered the material was too difficult for them and there were also too many new vocabularies that they were not familiar with. the students sometimes felt ashamed if they made mistakes in pronouncing words. it can be concluded that in term of the sensory of stimulus, the respondents gave positive answers. the table shows that the pictures, sounds, and text in the computer could help the students to learn english well, especially reading, listening, vocabulary and grammar. it can be concluded that in term of the learning process the respondents enjoyed learning within the group because it was fun and they could ask their friends if they did not know something. and they liked to learn by themselves too because they did not have to rely on the teacher. but, they felt whenever they worked with the group some of their friends kept silent. this could be happened because (1) the big size of the students, (2) there was only one computer to share with the whole class. the strengths and weaknesses this section concerns with the discussion from research findings which are about the students' perceptions and strengths-weaknesses on the use of computer in efl classroom. based on the findings, it can be concluded that the students enjoyed learning english using computer because was fun and interesting. this fact is in line with kayser (2002); he says that the benefit of the use on computer in efl classroom is students are able to learn how to use technology more effectively. although, they had to share one computer with the class they enjoyed working together with their friends. the class seemed noisy and uncontrollable but they could learn from others without being afraid of making mistakes. they liked to compete with their friends among the group. although, some of them kept silent they actually involved in the learning process. they shared their opinion with the group. although, they seemed enjoy the learning, some of them still afraid of making mistakes and the limited vocabulary mastery made them think that the use of computer did not give them any support to learn english well. luis reis (1995) has proven this through six-month experiment on the impact of using multimedia in his class. he finds out that his students feel less motivated because they did not interact directly with the computer. moreover, he says that his students tend to use their mother tongue whenever they learn english through computer because they have a very limited mastery of english vocabulary. the computer could be used as an alternative learning. though the facility was so limited they could learn well. the students still needed the teacher to guide them using computer in the classroom. reis (1995) states that a classroom equipped with one computer need the anni kristanti yunandami & muhammad handi gunawan the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms teachers' guidance because teachers still need to drill students with tutorial grammar. in addition, galavis (1998) adds that computers and other equipment are just tools, so teachers have to make them work for the teachers. not against the teachers. the students thought that computer helped to learn english well. besides, it helped them to use english words, phrases, tenses, vocabulary, pronunciation sentences correctly. moreover, according to oxford university press (2004) multimedia can help the students learning to learn, developing language skills (listening, reading, writing, and pronunciation or speaking). they admitted that the pictures, sounds and text in the computer helped them to comprehend the dialogue which represented by the native speakers. they got a lot of exposures from the computer especially dealing with the variety of english expressions. moreover, they could create a communicative dialogue and the subtitle helped them to understand the different kind of text and this could help the students to guess the meaning from the context. this is proven by brett (1998, in jackson:2002) states that multimedia language learning environments can deliver authentic input, provide meaningful language learning tasks, deliver feedback on those tasks and can be manipulated according to the needs of the user. but still there were some problems dealing with how the computer helped the students to reach their goals in learning english, such as; (1) the limited mastery of vocabulary, (2) the lack of tenses knowledge, (3) the computer program only focused on speaking and listening, (4) the learning program was too difficult to follow, (5) no speech media (like microphone or headset), (6) no equal chance in using computer because they had to share one computer with the whole class. the pictures, sounds, and text in the computer could help the students to learn english well, especially reading, listening, vocabulary and grammar. the students learnt english using computer in multimedia laboratory. mostly they had to share one computer with the class. then they preferred learning english using computer once in a month or even unscheduled because they would experience a different situation. moreover, sharing one computer with the class was no big problem for them as long as they could learn together with friends. they realized that the school had only limited computer facilities. but sometimes they felt disappointed that they could not use computer individually. the students enjoyed learning within the group because it was fun and they could ask their friends if they did not know something. and they liked to learn by themselves too because they did not have to rely on the teacher. but, they felt whenever they worked with the group some of their friends kept silent. this could be happened because (1) the big size of the students, (2) there was only one computer to share with the whole class. harmer (2002:150) says that teachers have to remember there are still so many problems dealing with using computer. the teachers' perceptions this section concerns with the second research problem i.e. the teachers' perceptions on the use of computer in efl classroom. the data collection was taken in two ways by questionnaire and interview. the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee questionnaire was given on may 2006. after classifying the answers form the respondents, the interview were conducted on july 2006 (2 respondents were interviewed). the respondents (there are 6 english teachers) gave positive perception. it means that the use of multimedia in efl classroom has given positive impacts. the analysis is classified based on the variable in the questionnaire. there are 4 categories: (1) students' personal feelings, attitude drives and goals, (2) the sensory nature of the stimulus (3) learning experience that the students have. the category is based on the theory of perception proposed by sperling (in fransiska: 200 1). it can be concluded that the teachers enjoyed teaching english using computer could make them; (1) experience a different way of teaching, (2) more creative, (3) challenge themselves to prepare the material well, (4) present a fun learning for the students, (5) motivate the students to learn better, (6) give so many exposures of communicative dialogue. it comes to the conclusion that teaching english using computer supported the students to learn english well and this could help the students to experience a fun, and interactive learning. it can be concluded that the teachers gave a positive view towards the computer. they said computer could help teachers to teach better since it provided motion pictures. the students had a different way of learning. the exposures were so many especially for speaking, listening, and vocabulary so that the students were able to create a communicative dialogue. but since the one who used the computer was the teacher, they could not see whether the computer could increase the students being confident. the mastery of vocabulary was the main problems for the students. besides, computer was only a tool; it could not replace the main role of teachers. it comes up with the conclusion that computer helped the students to learn both in group and individually. the teachers could let their students to learn individually. but still the teachers must guide their students. the problem that the students needed to guide was vocabulary. moreover, the teachers must pay attention that not all the students could use the computer. the contributions of learning situation to the students' and teachers' perception most of the students learnt english using computer in multimedia laboratory. they had to share one computer with the class. moreover, they preferred learning english using computer once in a month or even unscheduled because they would experience a different situation. in addition, sharing one computer with the class was no big problem for them as long as they could learn together with friends. they realized that the school had only limited computer facilities. but sometimes they felt disappointed that they could not use computer individually. the students learnt the computer by the it can be concluded that most of the teachers used multimedia laboratory to teach english and they only used one computer for one class. they used lcd so that their students could see the pictures clearly. the schedule was varied, too. sometimes it could be once in a month, unscheduled, and once in a week. the schedule could be made by the school staff or by the teachers. the teachers used computer anni kristanti yunandami & muhammad handi gunawan the students’ and teachers’ perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms based on the necessities. in addition, they had to share the multimedia laboratory with other subjects. moreover, most of the teachers got the computer skill by learning on their own since there is no special training about computer use in the classroom. conclusion this study concludes that a large number of students enjoyed learning english using computer because it was fun and interesting. although, they had to share one computer with the class; it but they enjoyed learning together with friends. the computer could be used as an alternative learning. furthermore, the teachers enjoyed teaching english using computer because it could make them experience a different way of teaching. in addition, the computer use could challenge the teachers to be more creative. the teachers had a lot of opportunities to prepare the material well. moreover, the computer provided a fun learning for the students and motivated the students to learn better. the computer gave so many exposures of communicative dialogue. moreover, using multimedia in efl classroom can help with some difficulties associated with the efl situation, such as a large class sizes and mixedability classrooms. therefore, teachers must acknowledge the function of media in efl classroom. through the use of media, the learning process can be increased to reach the goal of learning process. there are some strengths and weaknesses on the use of computer in efl classrooms as perceived from the students` and teachers' perception. it can be concluded that the learning situation was interactive and fun. on the other hand, the learning program was too difficult to follow. they needed the teacher's encouragement to make themfeel more confident. besides, the students thought that the teacher did not know how to use the computer well so that the learning process was not smooth. the students sometimes felt afraid of making mistakes. they said it was difficult to think critically because the limitation of grammar and vocabulary mastery. they could think critically if the material led them do so. moreover, the learning situation notably; the place, the computer facilities, the frequency, and the computer skill influenced the students' and teachers' perception on the use of computer in efl classrooms. this study is not without any limitations. therefore, in drawing conclusions there are several limitations that should be kept in mind. firstly, the research was done in one school in one city. it is suggested that the number of public senior high school be increased and cover several cities so that the generalizations of the result of the research are wider to draw. secondly, most of the analysis of the students' and teachers' perception was done through questionnaires and interview. the analysis would be more thorough if supported with classroom observation recordings conducted by the researcher. overall, the results of the study show that using media in efl classroom is very important to increase the students' motivation and attention. moreover, using computer as a teaching media is a must since it helps the students get the exposures that the teachers can not give in the classroom. in addition, teachers must be wise using the computer, just remember that the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee computer is only a media. teachers must be more creative in teaching by developing the computer as a media of teaching and learning which supports the new curriculum "ktsp" (schoolbased curriculum). references alwasilah, a. c. (2002). pokoknya kualitatif: dasardasar merancang dan melakukan penefitian kualitatif. jakarta: pustaka jaya. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. new york: longman brown, h. d. (2000). principles of language learning and teaching. new york: longman. coolidge, f. (2000). statictics: a gentle introduction. london: sage publication. departemen pendidikan nasional. (2004). invervice training kbk bagi guru penerima. dana bantuan operasional mutu management: bahasa inggris. lembaga penjamin mutu pendidikan, jawa barat. departemen pendidikan nasional. (2006). rencana strategi pembangunan pendidikan nasional 20052009. jakarta: departemen pendidikan nasional eysenck, m. w. (1983). principles of cognitive psychology. lawrence erlbaum associates ltd. forgus, ronald h. (1966). perception: the basic process in cognitive development. mcgraw-hill bookcompany fransiska, s. (2000). students' perception on ebe. unpublished paper. bandung indonesia university of education. harme. j. (2002). the practice of english language teaching. 3rd edition completely revised and updated. harlow: pearson education limited. harvey, j. h. and smith, w. p. (1977). social psychology: an attributional approach. sain louis cv mosbo, co. jackson, p. (2002). multimedia in the classroom at http://www.pt.britishcouncil.org/i nenglish/ie2002a32pj.htm. [june 17th 2004]. kenning, m. j. and kenning m-m. (1983). an introduction to computer assisted language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. kenning, m. m & kenning, m. j. (1990). computers and language learning: current theory and practice. new york: ellis horwood. lukmana, iwa. 2003. language teaching media (modul 1): pembelajaran bahasa inggris. bandung: universitas terbuka. mar'at. (1982). sikap manusia perubahan serta pengukurannya. jakarta: ghalia, indonesia. maxwell, j. a. (1996). qualitative research design: an interactive approach. california: sage publications, inc. oxford university. (2004). using multimedia in the efl classroom. at http://www.oup.com/elt/global/mult imedia/cataloque/multimedia/multim edia_article/. [june 17th 2004] partridge, b. (2000).making sense of discourse analysis: making sense of language seriesbook 3. queensland: gerd stables antipodean education enterprises. richards, j. c. and willy a. r. (2002). methology in language teaching: an anthology of curren practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. schiffman, h. r. (1982). sensation and perception: an integrated approach 2nd edition. john wiley and sons, inc. skehan 1985. computers in english language teaching. elt document,122. stern, h. h. (1983). fundamental concepts of language teaching. oxford: oxford university press http://www.pt.britishcouncil.org/inenglish/ie2002a32pj.htm http://www.oup.com/elt/global/multimedia/cataloque/multimedia/multimedia_article/ the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni department of english language and literature golestan university, iran e-mail: j.abdolmanafi@yahoo.com apa citation: rokni, s. j. a. (2013). the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development. english review: journal of english education, 1(2).129-138 received: 09-04-2013 accepted: 22-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: there has been much debate over the use of computers and the internet in foreign language teaching for more than two decades. education, especially foreign language teaching, has to adapt and renew itself to be compatible with the globalized world. the purpose of this study was to examine the effect of using email on improving efl learners' grammar development and to highlight the benefits of using email in an efl grammar class. the participants of the study were 52 female students, aged 13-18 who were randomly assigned to an experimental and control group. each group consisted of 26 participants. the course lasted for three weeks and was held in one of the institutes in gorgan, iran. the experimental group sent their assignments through emails in addition to the traditional class activities but the control group receiving a placebo had the traditional class and assignments were handed in hard copies. for measuring the grammar proficiency, a pretest and posttest was administered to both groups. the pretests and posttests were tests based on the materials covered in the class. the results of the study show that the experimental group outperformed the control group in the posttest. keywords: electronic mail, efl, grammar development, e-learning introduction computer is the most effective pedagogical instrument which helps to enhance motivation of the students to learn language especially grammar. by using different parts of the computer, especially email, and having continuous online connection between the teacher and students, it will be hoped that the improvement of the students’ grammar is demonstrated. alabad (2010) stipulated that using computer for language learning and teaching has an important positive effect on them. it causes to engage learners in meaningful learning activities both in and outside the classroom. he also found in his study that learners were enjoyed and exciting when their learning was across from the use of computers in the classroom. in addition, they expressed that they were active in the class when their learning mixed with technology. he also mentioned that by using computer in the classroom, learners are able to be more exposure to the culture of the target language. as roberts (2005) pointed out, collaborative learning plays central role in language learning. so language learning with the help of computer in the classroom, at home, or at any place and time create an environment for effective interaction among students. it also has another effect on language learning as it can be expressed that it causes to achieve seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development language highly and help to reach high and positive attitude toward the subject matter. according to al-ghazo (2008), technology is the best instructional tool to help learners enhancing their knowledge of the target language. he also added that technology plays an important role in enhancing the process of language learning and teaching. ttcc stated that technology has a special feature which can be expressed as it can be used in different ways in the classroom without any attention to the level of students or the subject of teaching. hollenbeck and hollenbeck (2004) maintained that there are three advantages of using computer-internetin the classroom: first, teachers are able to develop students' ability in writing letters through using e-mail and to develop their fluency in target language through chatting especially with native speakers. second, teachers are able to provide various environments which are related to instruction. and third, using internet causes to bring authentic materials. however, teachers should be careful and aware of how to use the internet and the available resources in teaching effectively. clyde and delohery (2005) mentioned that email is an asynchronous tool which can be used for different purposes and it consists of many instructional uses which help to enhance teaching and learning english. warschauer (1995) added that it provides opportunities for efl learners to have real life communication. moreover, using email in teaching a foreign language can improve learner’s grammar, vocabulary and writing skill (nagel 1999 as cited in al-mekhlafi 2004). similarly, the study of edasawa and kabata (2007) indicated how an email exchange projector had improved esl students at the vocabulary and syntactic levels through message exchanges. according to wikipedia (2010), email or electronic mail can be termed as a method which exchange digital messages and cause to communicate by personal computer, mobile phone, or other tools. it also expressed about the content of email which includes form, message, picture, photo or video clip. similarly, it indicated how an email works for the purpose of learning and teaching a language. e-mail systems are based on a store-and-forward model in which e-mail computer server systems accept, forward, deliver and store messages on behalf of users, an e-mail server, with a network-enabled device for the duration of message submission or retrieval. an electronic mail message consists of two components, the message header, and the message body, which is the e-mail's content. the message header contains control information, including, minimally, an originator's email address and one or more recipient addresses. as nagel (1999) pointed out, how to use e-mail in the classroom, how to be most effective and to get optimal results are the focus of the paper “e-mail in the virtual esl/efl classroom”. moreover, he explained in his study the difference between email and traditional grammar assignment. he discussed about the effect of computer-email functionson language learning and teaching and more specifically, how much it effects on promoting language ability of language learners. chan and kim (2004) maintained that nowadays sentence-based and grammar-oriented tasks are used commercially by the help of call software but it is tried to use in a english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee communicative context. hubbard and siskin (2004) also found in their study that there are some grammar-focused activities which are used in someweb sites such as english town, http://www.englishtown.com/online/h ome.aspx. in addition, these activities focus more on both form and meaning. chhabra (2012) propounded that internet actually is a source of information in the form of courses, articles, conferences and etc. teachers send their assignments to the students through email and parents can view their children's work online at any time. schools are also linked in a network and prepare materials online. there is lots of free software which are available on internet and students can use them. one of the software is named as spelling bee which helps the students to spell english words. according to brown (1980), second language education has changed considerably, pointing out the importance of the use of an “electric enlightened approach” to theory building but cautions that classroom contact is still very necessary for second language learners to give real-world validity to their theory building.brown’s theoretical comments about the classroom vignettes contribute to the attainment of this goal as major methodological approaches and current issues in language teaching are depicted in these vignettes, first with the direct method, grammar translation and the audio-lingual method (viatonu & kayode 2012). similarly, randall (2006) has admitted thattechnology has become a major component; a must-have in many homes around the world, with its concomitant influence permeating all facets of human lives, including education.this is a welcome development by many as it shows the direction in which language instruction will be driven by new advancements in technology (viatonu & kayode 2012). information and communication technology helps the students to perform better in language learning than with regimented traditional classroom teaching. online learning has the potentials to offer anyone with an internet connection access to a wide expanse but inexpensive education just as e-learning and computer allow schools to deliver classes to students anywhere in the world (educause, 2010). in their study, mestre et al. (1997) concluded that classroom communication technologies provide useful feedback to students and the teacher on how well the students understand the concepts being covered and whether they can apply them in novel contexts. in a 2000 study commissioned by the software and information industry association, sivinkachala and bialo (2000) reviewed 311 research studies on the effectiveness of technology on student achievement. their findings revealed positive and consistent patterns when students were engaged in technology-rich environments, including significant gains and achievement in all subject areas, increased achievement in preschool through high school for both regular and students with special needs, and improved attitudes toward learning and increased self-esteem. roschelle, pea, hoadley, gordin and means (2000) identified four fundamental characteristics of how technology can enhance both what and how children learn in the classroom: (1) active engagement, (2) participation in groups, (3) frequent interaction and http://www.englishtown.com/online/home.aspx seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development feedback, and (4) connections to realworld contexts. ghabanchi and anbarestani (2008) conducted a study concerning the effects of call program on expanding lexical knowledge of efl iranian intermediate learners. it was found that learning via typical system has better short term results, but learning via computerized facilities is more beneficial in long term situation; and the rate of forgetting is much lower in technological vocabulary learning. bordbar's (2010) study explored the reasons and factors behind teachers’ use of computer technology in the classroom. his study also explored teachers’ attitudes toward computer and information technology and how they apply their practical computer-assisted language learning experience and knowledge to their language teaching. the results of his study showed that the majority of the respondents had positive or highly positive perceptions about the relevance of information and communication technology to iranian society and schools. according to quan-hasse, cothrel, and wellman (2005), the introduction of computer technologies such as the internet, e-mail, chat, etc., into educational environments has made it possible for learners to communicate ideas, information, and their feelings without any limit on time and space. similarly, zhao (2006) refers to the application of the internet saying that it is the first significant medium of communication providing people new social contacts outside the face-to-face contexts.carter (1997) also states that the emergence of faxes, e-mail communications, and word-processed texts has changed the ways in which written language can be utilized to maintain interpersonal interaction among different interlocutors within their social, cultural, and learning context. according to (warschauer 2001), cmc or “on-line communication refers to reading, writing and communication via networked computers” and it comprises of: a) synchronous computer-mediated communication, whereby people communicate in real time via chat or discussion software, with all participants at their computers at the same time; b) asynchronous computer-mediated communication, whereby people communicate in a delayed fashion by computer, e.g. by e-mail; and c) the reading and writing of on-line documents via the internet. as levy (1997) pointed out, the internet has been supplemented with books, television, computer and any other technology in the classroom faster than ago. he also stated that by increasing use of computer, language learners must learn how to use it to learn grammar online. according to jones (1986), elearning is a type of educational content via any electronic media such as the internet, intranet, extranet, satellite broadcast, audio/video tape, interactive tv, cd-rom, interactive cd, and computer-based training which is sent to the language learners. e-learning has many different forms of educational programs including online courses, web enhanced learning and distance education. iranian students have many grammar mistakes by the existing of many useful methodologies in the world. in addition, there are many computers in each house and most of the people know english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee how to work with a computer and its different part. so, i thought that it will be better to connect technology with language learning, especially grammar to enhance such proficiency. thus, the purpose of this study is to examine the effects of e-mail on improving efl learners' grammar skill and to show the benefits of using email in an efl grammar class for students. the research questions addressed in this study were: 1. does emailing have any effect on enhancing efl learners’ grammar proficiency? 2. what are iranian efl learners’ attitudes about the efficacy of using email for enhancing their grammar development? method to answer the research questions, 44 female lower-intermediate efl learners, aged 13-18, learning english at abrar english language institute in gorgan, iran in 2013 took part in the study.in order to homogenize the participants and to make sure about their level of general proficiency, a nelson test was administered to the participants. after analyzing the data, participants were selected and randomly assigned into experimental and control groups, each 26. for the purposes of the present study, three instruments were utilized: nelson test of proficiency. it consisted of 50 multiple-choice items in three parts of grammar and structure, vocabulary and reading comprehension. the time allotted was 40 minute. the reliability index of this test was estimated through kuder-richarson formula 21 as 0.82. as the aim of this study was to examine the effect of emailing on grammar development, a test including grammar was developed by the researcher (researcher-made test). the source for making the test was a lower intermediate book entitled “interchangeintro”(richards, 2005). this researcher-made test was piloted on 25 students of the same level in another english language institute. having analyzed the data, the result showed that the reliability calculated through kuder-richarson formula 21 was 0.79. then, the item analysis was done and poor items were discarded and some others were modified. the grammar test consisted of 40 items. since the time interval between the pretest and posttest was long enough, the same pretest was used as posttest too (hatch & farhady, 1982). thus the grammar test was conducted again as posttest at the end of the course in order to measure the progress of learner’s grammar skill. at first, a nelson test as a homogenizing tool was administered to 65 lower-intermediate efl participants. those participants who were located one standard deviation above and below the mean were selected to participate in this study. having analyzed the data, 52 participants were randomly chosen forthe purpose of this study. they were randomly assigned into experimental and control groups with 26 in each group. participants in both experimental and control groups took a pretest. the researcher explained the project to the participants of the email group, introduced the possible use of email in foreign language learning, and expressed the hope that the students would choose to participate. the participants of experimental group received step-by-step instructions on using email. the control group only seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development received place. finally, a posttest was administered to both groups and then data were analyzed by spss version 18. during the 10 sessions of treatment, fifty english sentences were given to students. in the experimental group, the researcher sent five new sentences via email three times a week. totally, 10 email messages were sent during three weeks. in the control group, the participants were given a list of five sentences on paper three times a week. simple present and present progressive tenses were chosen in this study as target forms for two reasons. first, pre intermediate efl learners were already familiar with the basics of these structures. thus, in this study, the emphasis was put on increasing awareness over the correct use of present tenses rather than on instructing the learners how to use them. second, these structures are known to be problematic as learners frequently fail to use them properly. therefore, this study attempted to enhance the learners’ ability to correctly apply simple present and present progressive tenses through email corrective feedback. the participants of the present study were presented with their regular course books the pre intermediate course book (interchange intro). it comprised of five units and each unit is further divided into two sections. every grammar section was covered in two sessions lasting for 45 minutes. session one was devoted to conversation, grammar, and vocabulary. session two covered reading, grammar, and listening. classes were held twice a week. the total of ten sessions covered the part of a term for each of the two classes. the participants in the experimental class were required to submit an email and the modified version of the same email after receiving corrective feedback from the second session on as home assignment every week after covering every unit, using computer or laptop out of the classroom. all the participants in two groups received the same assignment every week but experimental group received them via email. the experimental group received corrective feedback via email, i.e., the instructor indicated that an error had been made, identified the error and provided the correction, to which repetition was required by the participants as modified output. in the control group no modified output was required. the teacher provided corrective feedback for the experimental groups mainly focusing on the correct use of simple present and present progressive tenses. other grammatical deviations were corrected without bringing the participants’ attention to them. results and discussion in the present research, based on the type of data, some techniques including paired samples t-test and independent sample t-test were used to compare the output of the two tests (pretest and posttests). in order to answer the first research question, descriptive statistics regarding the experimental and the control groups was calculated first. as table 1 displays, both control and experimental groups had almost the same mean score on the pretest and there was no significant difference between the two groups. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 1. descriptive statistics related to both groups' performances on the pretest groups n mean sd sig t experimental 26 7.577 3.431 0.719 0.361 control 26 7.923 3.474 as the findings in table 2 show, there was a highly significant difference between the experimental and control groups in the posttest-pretest total gain scores (t=7.637, p<.001).the result shows an increase from the pretest to the posttest and improvement in learning occurred more significantly in the experimental group than in the control group. thus, the experimental group performed significantly better than the control group by showing significantly higher gain scores from the pretest to the posttest. table 2. descriptive statistics related to both groups' performances on the posttest groups n mean sd sig t experimental 26 26.731 4.779 0.000 7.637 control 26 16.769s 4.624 one outstanding factor that made the two groups different was motivation. the control group seemed to have a weaker motivation in learning, compared with the email group or experimental group. this could be seen from the number of participants in the experimental group who managed to complete all the grammar tasks. this was not so in the control group. this, of course, does not mean that the english training programmed via the traditional classrooms cannot be recommended. with regard to the first research question, the findings of the study are congruent with those studies done by quan-hasse, cothrel, and wellman (2005), zhao (2006), and carter (1997). according to quan-hasse, cothrel, and wellman (2005), the introduction of computer technologies such as the internet, email, chat, etc., into educational environments made it possible for learners to communicate ideas, information, and their feelings without any limit on time and space. moreover, zhao (2006) refers to the application of the internet saying that the internet provides people to have new social contacts outside the real context, although it allows them to have physically presence during the process of communication among the people. further, carter (1997) also states that the emergence of faxes, email communications, and word-processed texts has changed the ways in which written language can be utilized to maintain interpersonal interaction among different interlocutors within their social, cultural, and learning context. similarly, this study complies with the one conducted by randall (2006) who admitted that technology has become a major component; a must-have in many homes around the world, with its concomitant influence permeating all facets of human lives, including education. this is a welcome development by many as it shows the direction in which language instruction will be driven by new advancements in technology. with regard to the second question, it can be stated that learners in experimental group expressed satisfaction about the positive effect of the use of email. they stated that the seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development treatment had an effect on the enhancement of their grammar proficiency during and at the end of the course. they cited that the use of email and having constant contact with the teacher were all really beneficial and motivating to them. in sum, there are many advantages of using email for enhancing grammar skill of efl learners. analysis of the data has indicated that there is a positive relationship between the usage of email and improvement of grammar skills. learners had been engaged to use email to enhance their grammar skills and learn many factors that is related to english grammar structures. conclusion based on the research objectives, the researcher undertook the present study to determine the effectiveness of the email facility to help students to improve their grammar skill. this was done by comparing the improvement gained by the experimental group. both groups were given several grammar tasks at the low level of intermediate level. the analysis revealed that the achievements obtained by the two groups were, to a certain degree, different. the number of mistakes associated with certain aspects of the language decreased as students worked with email. most students believed that sending assignments via email provided excellent opportunities for them to ask their writing or grammatical problems whenever they need, so it is apparent that the number of mistakes decreased in some certain areas. where the advantages of the email facilities in relation to the rate of student participations are concerned, it is necessary to conduct further research involving other subjects within the context of efl learning. it is nevertheless to be expected that these findings will be beneficial to efl learners. findings of the study showed that the use of technology for enhancing language learning proficiency, especially grammar proficiency was effective. there are many reasons why using email is advantageous for the student and the teacher and education. first, by using email students become familiar with a communication tool that is vital to their survival in the 21st century. in the world of business, education, politics, and technology, electronic mail is quickly taking the place of voice, paper, and fax communication. secondly, a teacher can interact with a student or a group of students working on a project at times that are more convenient to the student, group, and the teacher. the vital interaction and feedback that take place between a teacher and student (or group of students) over a writing task is not limited to the confines of a classroom. finally, using email can also save class time for some assignments. teachers can send assignments and announcements electronically to the group. for example, if a teacher has to remind the students of a certain assignment due or of a particular procedure, the teacher can send one message to entire group. this can save valuable class time. references alabbad, a. m. (2010). interactive computer/network-based program for teaching english as a foreign language in the elementary levels in saudi arabia. doi: 10.1109/icmcs.2011.5945699. al-ghazo, a. m. (2008). technology integration in university teacher's education programs in jordon: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee comparison of competencies, attitudes and perceptions toward integrating technology in the classroom. unpublished doctoral dissertation. retrieved from pro questllc. (umi no: 3310999). al-mekhlafi, a. (2004). the internet and efl teaching: the reactions of uae secondary school english language teachers. journal of language and learning, 2(2), 88-113. bordbar, f. (2010). english teachers' attitudes toward computer-assisted language learning. international journal of language studies, 4(3), 27-54. brown, h. d. (1980). principles of language learning and teaching. eaglewood cliffs ny: prentice hall. carter, r. (1997). investigating english discourse. london: routledge. chan, w.m., and d. h. kim. (2004). towards greater individualization and processoriented learningthrough electronic self-access: project “e-daf.”computer assisted language learning, 17(1), 83-108. chhabra, p. (2012). use of e-learning tools in teaching english. international journal of computing & business research, (22296166). retrieved from http://etec.hawaii.edu/proceedings/2 010/kiriakidis.pdf. clyde, w., and a. delohery. (2005). using technology in teaching.new haven and london: yale university press. edasawa, y. & k. kabata. (2007). an ethnographic study of a key-pal project: learning a foreign language through bilingual communication. computer assisted language learning, 20(3), 189-207. educause. (2010). horizon report. retrieved from http://www.educationworld.com/a_t ech.january 15, 2012 ghabanchi, z., and m. anbarestani (2008). the effects of call program on expanding lexical knowledge of efl iranian intermediate learners. the reading matrix, 8(2), 86-95. hatch, e., and h. farhady. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. u.s.a: newbury house publishers inc. hollenbeck, j. e., and d. z. hollenbeck. (2004). technology to enhance learning in the multilingual classroom, east lansing, mi, eric document ed490629. retrieved from:http://eric.ed.gov/ericwebporta l/contentdelivery/servlet/ericservlet? accno=ed490629.march 2nd, 2012. hubbard, p., and c. bradin siskin. (2004). another look at tutorial call. recall journal, 16(2), 448–461. levy, m. (2009). technologies in use for second language learning. the modern language journal, 93, focus issue, (2009)0026-7902/09/769–782. mestre, j. p., w. j. gerace, r. j. dufresne, et al. (1997). promoting active learning in large classer using a classroom communication system. in the changing role of physics departments in modern universities: proceedings of international conference on undergraduate physics education. woodbury, ny: american institute of physics. nagel, p.s. (1999). e-mail in the virtual esl/efl classroom. the internet tesl journal, v(7). retrieved from http://iteslj.org/articles/nagelemail.html. (accessed 13/03/2011). quan-hasse, a., j. cothrel, and b. wellman (2005). instant messaging for collaboration: acase study of a high-tech firm. journal of computer mediated communications, 10(4). retrieved from http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol10/issue4/ quan-haase.htm. may 9, 2010 randall, d. (2006) the impact of technology on language teaching usa. tesl journal, xii (ii). retrieved from http://www.iteslj.org. richards, j. c. (2005). interchange intro (3rded.). cambridge: cup. roberts, t. s. (2005). computer-supported collaborative learning in higher education.in t.s.roberts (ed.), computer-supported collaborative learning in higher education (pp. 1 -18). hershey, pa: idea group pub. http://www.educationworld.com/a_tech http://eric.ed.gov/ericwebportal/contentdelivery/servlet/ericservlet?accno=ed490629 http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol10/issue4/quan-haase.htm seyed jalal abdolmanafi-rokni the effect of using email on enhancing iranian efl learners’ grammar development roschelle, j. m., r. d. pea, c. m.hoadley, et al. (2000). changing how and what children learn in school with computerbased technologies. the future of children, 10(2), 76-101. sivin-kachala, j., and e. bialo (2000). research reports on the effectiveness of technology in schools.(7th ed.). washington, dc: software and information industry association viatonu, o., and e.t. kayode. (2012). improving the teaching and learning of english language through the use of information and communication technology: prospects and challenges. international conference “ict for language learning” 5th edition. warschauer, m. (1995). e-mail for english teaching. alexandria, va: tesol publications. warschauer, m. (2001). on-line communication. in r. carter, and d.nunan (eds.),the cambridge guide to teaching english to speakers of other languages (pp. 207-212). cambridge: cambridge university press. wikipedia.(2010). email. retrieved from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/email. december 2, 2010. zhao, s. (2006). do internet users have more social ties? a call for differentiated analyses of internet use. journal of computer mediated communications, 11(3), 844–862. retrieved from http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol11/issue3/ zhao.html. may 9, 2007. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/email investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information su you investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information su you school of humanities, beijing university of posts and telecommunications e-mail: suyou@bupt.edu.cn apa citation: su, y. (2015). investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 230-238 received: 11-04-2015 accepted: 26-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this study aims to explore how chinese efl students perceive the advantages and disadvantages of prompts providing different amount of information, namely prompt with more information and prompt with less information. both qualitative and quantitative data were collected through questionnaire survey and semi-structured interview. research results indicate that: 1) respondents hold a mixed attitude towards the prompt effect on their task accomplishment. 2) students believe that prompt type can affect their expression in writing; 3) students generally agree that prompt with more information facilitate their writing in terms of content and organization; 4) students’ preference for the prompt type differs across different english proficiency level. keywords: prompt effect, english writing, testing writing, perceptions introduction since the role of writing in second language education increases, there is also a greater demand to test writing in a valid and reliable way. in writing assessment, writing prompts are designed with a view to providing an adequate sample of written discourse to make appropriate and reliable assessments of the linguistics skill of the candidate (o’loughlin &wiggleworth, 2007). however, there is also the risk of “construct-irrelevant variance” (messick, 1996) or what jenning, fox, graves, and shohamy (1992:456) have called a “prompt effect”. in other words, in writing performance assessment, prompts are systematically varied for different students, raising the possibility of a prompt effect and thus affecting the validity, reliability and fairness of these tests. however, the question of the extent to which the specific task prompt affects writing in a foreign language is “a vexed one” (o’loughlin &wigglesworth, 2007:380). weigle (2011:69) also points out that it is still not clear in terms of which specific differences in writing prompts affect examinee’s performance and in what ways. testing specialists (bachman and palmer, 1996; alderson et al, 2000; weigle, 2011) point out the usefulness of task specifications in terms of test objectives and test takers’ interpretation. meanwhile, some scholars (li, 2001; wu, 2008; gu & gao, 2007) worried that too much amount of information in chinese provided in the prompt might result in test takers’ direct translation of the prompt and it might deduce the validity of the writing test. this raises the question that whether the prompt with or without an outline will affect test takers’ writing performance and how prompts with different amount of information affect test takers’ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee performance. besides, one of the objectives in developing assessment prompts is to ensure comparability across different administrations. in order to achieve this, it is crucial that we understand better about the effects of prompts, how test takers approach them, and what affect the difficulty of a prompt. whether the changes to the task specification affect test takers’ performance, has received some amount of attention. according to hinkel (2002), prompt wording affect test takers’ writing performance since they insert language from the prompt into their essays. in brossell and ash’s (1984) study, they examined the possible effect of the wording of essay topics by looking at whether phrasing the task as a question or as a statement make a difference in test takers’ writing performance. they also analyzed whether it matters when a topic is addressed to the writer in personal way (“you”) or is addressed in impersonal or neutral terms. this study provided no evidence to support the claim that small changes in the wording of essay test topics affect test takers’ outcomes. studies have also dealt with the amount of information given in prompts and the extent to which task difficulty and test takers’ performance will be affected by it (kroll and reid,1994; brossell, 1983; o’loughlin and wigglesworth, 2007). o’loughlin and wigglesworth (2007) investigated the extent to which the difficulty of ielts academic writing task 1 is affected by the amount of information provided to the candidate and the extent to which the difficulty of the task is affected by the presentation of the information to the candidate. analysis revealed that there were no substantial differences in difficulty between the tasks and it appears that tasks providing less information actually elicit more complex language. brossell (1983) discovered that the information load apparently can affect a test taker’s tendency to begin writing purposefully by helping or hindering the focusing and organizing of a test taker’s thoughts. another investigation conducted by oh and walker (2007) evaluated whether new scholastic assessment test’s essay prompt type (either a simple one-line prompt or a prompt including a short passage) affects test-takers’ essay production. research findings indicated that the one-line prompt and the prompt with a passage providing more information have a similar impact on the test-takers’ essay performance. other studies have revealed that test takers do take the generality and specificity of prompts into their consideration when it comes to decide which one to choose (polio & glew, 1996; powers & fowles, 1998). chiste and o’shea (1988) found that esl writers preferred the shorter prompt but esl writers studied did not perform significantly better on short questions because such questions may limit writers’ range of topic choices and offer less insight into an essay’s development and structure. thus, it is claimed that prompt should be phrased as succinctly as possible and prompts should be comparable in length (chiste and o’shea, 1988). besides, brossell (1983) claims that a medium level of specification and information load is the best choice for prompt design as this facilitates examinees focus without overloading them with information or narrowing their thoughts. based on the review of theoretical concerns on writing and writing assessment, one can see that prompts su you investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information can be systematically varied for different test takers, raising the possibility of a prompt effect and thus affecting the validity, reliability and fairness of writing performance tests. however, research on the designing of writing prompts, specifically, the prompt effect, has not been well addressed. as prompt with necessary content and structure support is the format frequently used in the writing assessment in china(gu, yang & feng, 2009), there is the necessity to investigate chinese efl students’ perceptions of different writing prompts. considering the issues and problems mentioned above, this study aims to explore how test takers may perceive the relative advantages and disadvantage of writing prompts with different amount of information. to achieve the research purpose, the research questions of this study are: 1) what are students’ perceptions of the advantages and disadvantages of the prompts that provides more information (specific-points prompts)? 2) what are students’ perceptions of the advantages and disadvantages of the prompts that provides less information (basic-points prompts)? method participants a total of 102 chinese efl students took part in this study. among the 102 participant, 61 of them were male while 41 were female. they are all non-native speakers of english and speak chinese as their mother tongue. the average age of these participants is 17. all the participants started to learn english when they entered junior high school and they have just started the third year’s study of the senior high school at the time when they participated in the present study. as third-year senior high school students, they were required to write coherent and well-structured short essays to express their opinions and attitudes (necs: 2001). to prepare them for college entrance examination, prompt with necessary content and structure support is the format frequently used by the teachers. data collection method to serve the purpose of the present study, both qualitative and quantitative data were collected through questionnaire survey and semi-structured interviews. the questionnaire was designed in the form of likert scale, which is adapted from xu (2006) whose research was on identifying and controlling writing task difficulty factors in english tests. the questionnaire intends to extract students’ perceptions in terms of task fulfillment, vocabulary use, structure organization, cohesion, expression and grammar use. participants were asked to number from 5 to 1 to indicate the degree they agreed with each statement (5=strongly agree, 4=mostly agree, 3=not sure, 2=mostly disagree 1=strongly disagree). for the accuracy of responses, the questionnaire was designed in chinese. the reliability of the questionnaire was reliable with a cronbach alpha of .8127. based on the results of the questionnaires, it was intended to use interviews to gain deeper insight into participants’ conceptions of some specific issues related to the advantages and disadvantages of the amount of information provided in the prompt. interviews with the students were conducted after the questionnaire survey. six students across three proficiency levels, basic, intermediate, and advanced, were chosen as the participants for the interview. the average time length of the interviews was about 15 minutes. all interviews were recorded and later transcribed by the researcher. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results anddiscussion questionnaire responses on the liker scale were presented after data processing with spss (16.0). one thing worth noting here is that we combine “agree” and “strongly agree” on the scale in the following discussion. the specific areas under investigation were: language use, writing process, and writing quality. as for the writing quality, it includes content, structure and organization, cohesion, expression and word choice, and grammar. perceptions of the specific-points prompt language use data from the questionnaire survey showed that only 35% of the students felt that their writing on the specific-points prompt can reflect their english writing ability objectively (no. 1). for a closer examination of the statistics on language use, one can see that less than 20% of respondents felt that prompts with specific points could make their expression more native-like (no. 6) and around 40% of them believed that this kind of prompt hindered the variety of vocabulary in their writing (no.7). however, around half of the respondents to the questionnaire felt that the specific-points prompt enabled them to write more (no.3). table 1 presents the specifics of statistics including the frequency, mean score, and standard error. table 1. students’ perceptions of specific-points prompt: language use i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 1 reflects my english writing ability objectively. 6.0 13.0 46.0 24.0 11.0 3.21 1.01 3 enables me to write more. 5.2 16.7 31.3 36.5 10.4 3.30 1.04 6 makes my expression more native-like. 4.0 28.7 47.5 15.8 4.0 2.87 0.87 7 hinders the variety in vocabulary. 7.9 24.8 26.7 25.7 14.9 3.15 1.19 note: sa = strongly agree; a = agree; n = not sure; d = disagree; sd = strongly disagree writing process more than half of the respondents to the questionnaire felt that they were more familiar with the prompt with specific points and had inherent routines to complete the task (no.5). for a closer examination of the statistics on the writing process, one can see that 75% of the respondents agreed that specific-points prompt made them tend to directly translate the chinese prompts into english (no.8). this echoes some scholars’ (li, 2001; wu, 2008; gu & gao, 2007) assumption that too much amount of information in chinese provided in the prompt might result in students’ direct translation of the prompt and it might deduce the validity of the writing test. besides, more than half of the respondent felt that the prompt with more information restricted their thoughts and hindered the performance of their wiring ability (no. 4). additionally, we are surprised to find that there were still 44% of the respondents felt that the specific-points prompt actually restricted their writing in terms of the content (no.9). the interview indicated that students thought sometimes they found it hard to cover all those information provided in the prompts while some others held that they could nor write other things that they would really want to write if the prompt gave too much information. this could be the reason whymany students still felt this kind of prompt challenging (no.2). table 2 presents the specifics of statistics. su you investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information table 2 students’ perceptions of specific-points prompt: writing process i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 2 is not challenging, decreasing my interest in writing. 18.8 38.6 30.7 8.9 3.0 2.39 0.99 4 restricts my thoughts, thus hinders the performance of my writing ability. 8.0 21.0 12.0 40.0 19.0 3.41 1.24 5 makes me more familiar with this mode of writing and i have inherent routines to complete the task. 2.0 17.8 23.8 48.5 7.9 3.43 0.94 8 makes me tend to directly translate the chinese prompts. 5.0 12.0 8.0 51.0 24.0 3.77 1.10 9 restricts my writing in terms of the content. 5.0 26.0 25.0 32.0 12.0 3.20 1.11 writing quality as for writing quality, the investigation focuses on students’ perceptions of the advantages and disadvantages of specific-points prompt from the perspectives of organization, coherence, and grammar. table 3 presents the specifics of statistics. table 3. students’ perceptions of specific-points prompt: writing quality i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 10 helps me develop the overall structure. 2.0 6.9 17.8 62.4 10.9 3.73 0.82 11 enables me to pay more attention to the transition between sentences. 1.0 18.8 33.7 37.6 7.9 3.33 0.91 12 makes the writing structure more complete. 4.0 17.0 24.0 47.0 8.0 3.38 0.99 13 makes my writing more coherent and logical. 3.0 17.0 43.0 31.0 6.0 3.20 0.90 14 promotes the accuracy of grammar. 5.0 24.0 46.0 22.0 3.0 2.94 0.89 15 reminds me of constant checking of the accuracy of grammar while writing. 2.0 32.3 42.4 21.2 2.0 2.89 0.83 16 promotes the variety of grammatical structures. 5.0 26.7 49.5 16.8 2.0 2.84 0.83 17 promotes my accuracy of tense. 2.0 21.8 42.6 29.7 4.0 3.12 0.86 the questionnaire survey indicated that another advantage of the specific-points prompt is that it facilitates students in writing in terms of organization and structure. around 80% of the respondents believed that prompt with more information helped them develop the overall structure (no.10) and more than half of the respondents agreed that it made their writing structure more complete (no.12). this result echoes with the findings of the empirical study conducted by xu (2006) which indicated that providing stimulus may help students with idea generation. in addition, 45% of the students felt that specific-points prompt enabled them to pay more attention to the transition between sentences and 37% of them believed it made their writing structure more complete. however, one can see that respondents hold very neutral attitude towards the advantages and disadvantages of prompt with more information from the perspective of grammar use (no.14, no.15, no.16, and no.17). perceptions of the basic-points prompt the specific areas under investigation were: language use, writing process, and writing quality. as for the writing quality, it includes content, structure and organization, cohesion, expression and word choice, and grammar. language use data from the questionnaire survey indicated that more than 63% of the respondents believed that their writing on the basic-points prompt reflected their english writing ability more objectively english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (no. 1). this is a sharp contrast with respondents’ perceptions of specific-points prompts (35%). in other words, in the test takers’ eyes, prompt with less information is a better way to measure their english writing ability. besides, 34% of the students thought that prompt with less information enabled them to write more (no.3). table 4. students’ perceptions of basic-points prompt: language use i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 1 reflects my english writing ability more objectively 5.0 5.0 26.7 37.6 25.7 3.74 1.06 3 enables me to write more 5.0 25.0 36.0 28.0 6.0 3.05 0.99 6 makes my expression more native-like 5.0 21.0 53.0 14.0 7.0 2.97 0.92 7 promotes the variety in vocabulary 5.0 6.0 31.0 50.0 8.0 3.50 0.92 for a closer examination of the statistics on language use, we can see that more than half of the respondents felt that the basic-points prompt promoted the variety of word choice in their writing (no.7). this might because it is possible for students to avoid direct translation of the chinese prompt. follow-up interviews revealed that students usually found it hard to choose the exact word to translate the prompt if there were too much information, but it would be easier for them to try other ways of expression or other similar words to directly express their opinions when dealing with the prompt with less information. as for the expression, it seemed that students held a neutral view on whether basic-points prompt made their expression more native-like (no.6). table 4 above presents the specifics. writing process another advantage of the basic-points prompt students considered was that it broadened their thought and thus promoted the performance of their writing (no.4, 69.3%). besides, around half of the respondents thought that basic-points prompt is more challenging and increases their interest in writing (no. 2). this might be the reason why many students believed that their performance on the prompt with less information reflected their writing ability more objectively. however, there were 59% of responses showed that the missing of outline in the prompt made it difficult to complete the writing task (no.5). this is different from students’ perception of the prompt with more information which was believed to be easier for students in terms of task fulfillment. table 5 below presents the specifics. table 5 students’ perceptions of basic-points prompt: writing process i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 2 more challenging, increasing my interest in writing 5.9 6.9 36.6 33.7 16.8 3.49 1.05 4 broadens my thought, thus promotes my writing 4.0 4.0 22.8 48.5 20.8 3.78 0.96 5 makes it difficult to complete the task since the outline is missing 8.0 21.0 12.0 53.0 6.0 2.98 1.10 8 makes it possible for me to avoid direct translation of the chinese prompts 4.0 12.9 14.9 49.5 18.8 3.66 1.05 9 makes my writing more free and open in terms of content 4.0 2.0 16.0 58.0 20.0 3.88 0.89 su you investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information by examining the statistics closely, we can see another obvious advantage of basic-points prompt was that it made students’ writing more free and open in terms of content (no.9, 78%). besides, most students felt that it is possible for them to avoid direct translation of the chinese prompt (no.8). this result is consistent with participants’ perception of specific-points prompt where 44% of the respondents felt that prompt with more information restricted their writing. the interview also revealed that students, especially those of high english proficiency, felt that there was more flexibility in terms of what to write instead of being limited by the information provided in the prompt. table 18 below presents the specifics. writing quality as for the quality of students’ writings, respondents to the questionnaire felt that it was difficult for them to organize the structure and make the writing coherent and logical when responding to the basic-points prompt. only 28% of the students felt that basic-points prompt helped them develop the overall structure and 16% of them believed that this kind of prompt made their writing structure more complete. besides, around 30% of the students thought that basic-points prompt enabled them to pay more attention to the transition between sentences. however, we can see that students held a neutral attitude towards the advantages and disadvantages of basic-points prompts from the perspective of grammar use (no.14, no.15, no.16, and no.17). table 6. students’ perceptions of basic-points prompt: writing quality i think the prompt with more information: frequency (%) n=102 sd d n a sa m s.d. 10 helps me develop the overall structure. 3.0 20.0 49.0 20.0 8.0 3.10 0.92 11 enables me to pay more attention to the transition between sentences. 2.0 19.8 46.5 23.8 7.9 3.16 0.90 12 makes the writing structure more complete. 3.0 21.0 60.0 13.0 3.0 2.92 0.76 13 makes my writing more coherent and logical. 3.0 23.8 51.5 16.8 5.0 2.97 0.85 14 promotes the accuracy of grammar . 2.0 28.0 48.0 18.0 4.0 2.94 0.84 15 reminds me of constant checking of the accuracy of grammar while writing.. 3.0 20.8 46.5 22.8 6.9 3.10 0.91 16 promotes the variety of grammatical structures. 3.0 20.8 41.6 27.7 6.9 3.15 0.93 17 promotes my accuracy of tense. 3.0 22.8 53.5 15.8 5.0 2.97 0.84 the prompt type that students preferred participants were also asked which prompt type they prefer. results indicated that perception of students differed across different english proficiency level as they self-rated. in the interview, the interviewee of advanced english level expressed that the prompt with less information gave them more freedom to write and they felt that the choice of words was not limited so that the accuracy of their writing was ensured. as for the reason why they preferred the prompt with less information, some students also thought that it gave them opportunity to write something of themselves instead of writing things that shared high similarity with other students. when asked why they preferred the prompt english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee with more information, some students responded that they didn’t have to generate ideas and this saved much time in a time-controlled testing situation while others thought that more information provided in the prompt could enable them to write long sentences and have a better control over the structure of their essay. the reason for the difference is that student of lower proficiency have more demand for content and outline support than those of higher proficiency who don’t want to get restricted by the information provided in the prompt. this is also in line with previous studies which revealed there is interaction between prompt preference and proficiency level (chiste & o’shea, 1988; jennings, et al., 1999). this indicated that students’ language ability can be an important factor that determines their perceptions of the advantages and disadvantages of the two different prompt types. conclusion this study investigated into participants’ perceptions of the advantages and disadvantages of writing prompt with different amount of information. the areas explored include students’ general opinions on task accomplishment, and factors considered important in writing such as content, structure and organization, cohesion, expression and word choice, grammar, and mechanics. research results indicated that respondents held a mixed attitude towards the prompt effect on their task accomplishment. students also felt that prompt type can affect their expression in writing. they agree that translation effect may appear when they are taking the prompt with too much information. besides, students agreed that prompt with more information facilitates their writing in terms of content and organization. most students believed that the prompt providing structure and content support made their writing more free and open in terms of content. it also reveals that students’ preference for the prompt type differs across different english proficiency level. students of advanced level preferred the prompt with less information while many students of the basic level would like to write on the prompt with more information. in terms of future research, quantitative and qualitative analysis of students writing performance on different prompts could be conducted to further examine the prompt effect. acknowledgements this paper is supported by the fundamental research funds for the central universities (2014rc0703) and 2014 research projects for national college foreign language teaching (s2014175). references alderson, j. c., clapham, c., & wall, d. (2000). language test construction and evaluation. beijing: foreign language teaching and research press. bachman, l., & palmer, a. (1996). language testing in practice. oxford: oxford university press. brossell, g. (1983). rhetorical specification in essay examination topics. college english, 45(2), 165-173 brossell, g., & ash, b. h. (1984). an experiment with the wording of essay topics. college composition and communication, 35(4), 423-425 chiste, k. b., & o'shea, j. (1988). patterns of question selection and writing performance of esl students. teachers of english to speakers of other languages, 22(4). gu, x., & gao, x. (2007). an investigation into the writing tasks of nmet 2007. china examinations, (12), 28-36. su you investigating chinese efl students’ perceptions of writing prompts of different amounts of information gu, x., yang, r., & feng, n. (2010). a study on the quality of the writing tasks of nmet. educational measurement and evaluation , (12), 47-50. hinkel, e. (2002). second language writer’s text: linguistic and rhetorical features. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. jennings, m., fox, j., & graves, b. (1999). the test-takers' choice: an investigation of the effect of topic on language-test performance. language testing (16), 456-462 kroll, b., & reid, j. (1994). guidelines for designing writing prompts: clarifications, caveats and cautions. journal of second language writing. 3(3), 231-255. li, x. (2001). the science and art of language testing. changsha: hunan education press. ministry of education. (2001). national english curriculum standards. beijing: beijing normal university press. messick, s. (1996). the interplay of evidence and consequences in the validation of performance assessments. educational researcher, 23(2), 13-23. oh, h., & walker, m. e. (2007). the effects of essay placement and prompt type on performance on the new sat. new york: the college board. o’loughlin, k., & wigglesworth, g. (2007). investigating task design in academic writing prompts. in taylor, l. (ed.), ielts collected papers: research in speaking and writing assessment. 379-418. cambridge: cambridge university press. polio, c., & glew, m. (1996). esl writing assessment prompts: how students choose. journal of second language writing, 5(1), 35-49 powers, d. e., & fowles, m. e. (1998). test takers' judgment about gre writing test prompts (rr 98-36). nj: princeton: ets. qi, l., (2004). a study on the washback of nmet. foreign language teaching and research, 36(5), 357-363. weigle, s. c. (2011). assessing writing. beijing: foreign language teaching and research press. wu,z. (2008). theory and practice of english language testing. beijing: foreign language teaching and research press. xu, y. (2006). identifying and controlling writing task difficulty factors in english tests. unpublished phd dissertation, shanghai international studies university. 183 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teaching communicative translation: an active reception analysis between the translation and reader’s reception venny eka meidasari department of english education, faculty of language & art university of indraprasta pgri, indonesia e-mail: venny_xiaofen@yahoo.com apa citation: meidasari, v. a.(2014).teaching communicative translation: an active reception analysis between the translation and reader’s reception. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 183-191 received: 15-03-2014 accepted: 27-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: literary theory sees reception theory from the reader response that emphasizes the reader’s reception of a literary text. it is generally called audience reception in the analysis of communications models. in literary studies, reception theory originated from the work of hansrobert jauss in the late 1960s. communication only means that the original message will be clearly sent in its equivalent context to the target receptor. similarly, the main role of translators is to send the message across without any form of distortion or emphasis. it is delivering the genuine context of the message to the language that the active receptor understands. a single mistake in a context translation can result to offensive message that can eventually lead to misunderstandings between active receptors. this paper proposes on the role of translator as the mediator between a writer of the original text and the active target language receptors of translated version in the course of communication which definitely affects the process and result of translation practice. it also reveals the emphasis on the creation text of the translation theories originated from the strategic communication theories, which hopefully leads to a dream of the most equivalence between the text and the translated version. keywords: translator, active receptor, mediator, strategic communication, equivalence. literary theory sees reception theory from the reader response that emphasizes the reader’s reception of a literary text. it is generally called audience reception in the analysis of communications models. reception theory focuses on the role of the audience in the interpretation of a text, instead of on the text itself. in other words, the theory suggests that audiences play an active role in reading texts, that each person has the ability to interpret the same text differently, and that a text by itself – i.e. without a reader – has no specific meaning. in this paper, i try to explore the role of translator as the mediator between a writer of the original text and the active target language receptors of translated introduction most people learn a foreign language to communicate. through communication, they send and receive messages and negotiate meaning (rubin and thompson, 1994: 30). translation is considered an act of communication. to translate most effectively, the translator should analyze the messages; to do so, he/she should have some tools at hand; such tools can be the well-known communication strategies which prevents a communication from disruption. this is what turns communication strategies into a very important issue in translation studies and attracts the attention of many teachers, scholars and foreign language learners. venny eka meidasari teaching communicative translation 184 version in the course of communication which definitely affects the process and result of translation practice. it also reveals the emphasis on the creation text of the translation theories originated from the strategic communication theories, which hopefully leads to a dream of the exact equivalence between the text and the translated version. as a teacher and also a translator, i see that schools as institutions and all professional translators have to react to the emergence of this active reception theory as a new perspective on discourse since is a literary work is neither completely text nor completely the subjectivity of the active receptor, but a combination or merger of the two. the work is more than the text, for the text only takes on life when it is realized, and furthermore the realization is by no means independent of the individual disposition of the receptor. holub (1984) characterizes reception theory as “a general shift in concern from the author and the work to the text and the reader.” reception theory reflects a paradigm shift in the history of literature, and it is considered “a reaction to social, intellectual, and literary developments in west germany during the late 1960s.” according to holub (1984), reception theory was a revolutionary approach to contemporary literary criticism. this new paradigm of literary criticism pays attention to the function of the reader in a process of literary experience. jauss (1982), one of the main contributors to reception theory, published an essay, “the change in the paradigm of literary scholarship” in 1969. in this essay, jauss (1982) points out that the rise of the new paradigm and emphasizes the importance of interpretation by the reader, replacing the obsolete literary scholarship methodology which involved the studies of accumulated facts. jauss’ (198)2 theory views literature “from the perspective of the reader or consumer” and treats literature “as a dialectical process of production and reception.” in his article “literary history as a challenge to literary theory,” jauss (1982: 15 ) states the following: …the relationship of work to work must now be brought into this interaction between work and mankind, and the historical coherence of works among themselves must be seen in the interrelations of production and reception. put another way: literature and art only obtain a history that has the character of a process when the succession of works is mediated not only through the producing subject but also through the consuming subject—through the interaction of author and public. iser (1926), who is considered to be one of the most prominent figures in reception theory, points out the importance of this literary process, as well. iser takes a phenomenological approach to reception theory and he “decontextualizes and dehistoricizes text and reader.” iser (1926: 274-5) argues that the reader’s involvement coincides with meaning production in literature: “…the convergence of text and reader brings the literary work into existence, and this convergence can never be precisely pinpointed, but must always remain virtual, as it is not to be identified either with the reality of the text or with the individual disposition of the reader”. this suggests that reception theory defines literature as the process of how the reader and the text interact with each other, and it was a revolutionary way of looking at the history of literature and literary criticism. reception theory introduces the necessity of the reader’s involvement in the interpretation to be included in the process of literary experience. 185 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee translation competence the concept of translation competence has existed but has had different labels; there are some definitions of translation competence, which are the following: bell (1991: 43) defines translation competence as “the knowledge and skills the translator must possess in order to carry out a translation”. wilss (1982: 58) says translation competence calls for “an inter-lingual super-competence based on a comprehensive knowledge of the respective sl and tl, including the textpragmatic dimension, and consists of the ability to integrate the two monolingual competencies on a higher level;” and finally, the other definition is that of pacte research. according to pacte, translator competence which is the underlying system of knowledge needed to translate includes six interrelated and hierarchical sub-competencies: 1) communicative competence in two languages, hymes (1971) first used the term “communicative competence” to denote an integrated concept accounting for both underlying knowledge of a linguistic code and language use for communicative purposes within a community. the goal of language teaching is to develop what hymes (1972) referred to as communicative competence (richards and rodgers, 2002: 159). hymes’ multidimensional concept of communicative competence includes elements of linguistic, cultural, and sociolinguistic knowledge, as well as cognitive, physical, and environmental constraints on communication, extralinguistic competence as implicit or explicit knowledge about the world in general and specific areas of knowledge: knowledge about translation (its ruling premises: types of translation unit, the processes required, etc); bicultural knowledge; encyclopedic knowledge and subject knowledge in specific areas (pacte, 2000). another definition of communicative competence can be: communication competence is the ability to send messages which promote attainment of goals while maintaining social acceptability. competent communicators attempt to align themselves with each other’s goals and methods to produce a smooth, productive, and often enjoyable dialogue. 2) transfer competence (difficulty in finding the dynamic equivalence). 3) instrumental/professional competence (deriving from the translation brief, or documentation difficulties). 4) psycho-physiological competence (relating to creativity, logical thought). 5) strategic competence (all the individual procedures, conscious and unconscious, verbal and nonverbal, used to solve the problems encountered during the translation process). all these the above mentioned sub-competencies make up translation competence and they are integrated in every translation act, establishing interrelations, hierarchies and variations. the inter-relations are controlled by the strategic sub-competence because its role is to monitor and compensate for the other sub-competencies, as it makes up for weaknesses and solves translation problems. communication strategies as richards and rodgers (2002: 160) maintain, strategic competence refers to the coping strategies that communicators employ to initiate, terminate, maintain, repair, and redirect communication. according to richards and schmidt (2002: 91), strategic competence is venny eka meidasari teaching communicative translation 186 defined as knowledge of communication strategies that can compensate for weaknesses in other areas or an aspect of communicative competence which describes the ability of speakers to use verbal and non-verbal communication strategies to compensate for breakdowns in communication or to improve the effectiveness of communication. this sub-competence plays an essential role in relation to all the others, because it is used to detect problems, make decisions, and make up for errors or weaknesses in the other sub-competencies (pacte, 2000). rubin (1981, 1987) defines communication strategies as those strategies used by a learner to promote and continue communication with others rather than abandon it. they are strategies used by speakers when they come across a difficulty in their communication because of lack of adequate knowledge of the language. bialystok, in her book communication strategies, cites four definitions relating to the strategies of second-language learners (bialystok, 1990: 3): systematic technique employed by a speaker to express his ideas when faced with some difficulty (corder, 1977); a mutual attempt of two interlocutors to agree on a meaning in situations where requisite meaning structures are not shared (tarone, 1980); potentially conscious plans for solving what to an individual presents itself as a problem in reaching a particular communicative goal (faerch & kasper, 1983a); and techniques of coping with difficulties in communicating in an imperfectly known second language. methodology: equivalence in translation through communication strategies methodology: equivalence in translation through communication strategies rechecking meaning analysis re-express meaning meaning founded transfer meaning the process of translating a text larson (1984) lexicon grammatical structure communication situation cultural context communication situation cultural context grammatical structure lexicon source language text meaning/ message translated text larson (1984) asserts three main reasons: “when doing a process of translating above, the translator wants to be sure his translation is accurate, clear and natural.” these are three determining and widely accepted criteria in assessing the quality of any translation as explained below: a) accuracy: conveys all the information that is in the source text. sometimes 187 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the translator struggles with reformulating the message and may include information that is not in the source text or meant in the source text. this information should be removed from the translation. b) clarity: the translation must be understandable to the people who are depending on it for information. a translation may be accurate without being clear. it tends to contain ambiguity. ambiguity is when a phrase or sentence could have more than one meaning in a specific context so the target audience is not sure of the intended meaning. c) naturalness: a translation can be accurate and clear and still not be natural. a natural translation is idiomatic and uses the grammatical forms ordinarily used in the target language. to test for naturalness, does the translation flow easily? does it sound right to speakers of the language or does it sound foreign? ideally the translation does not sound like a translation, instead it sounds like a text originally created in that language. design and procedure here is a check list design for having equivalence in translation through communication strategies based on tarone’s (1977) typology of conscious communication strategies (tarone, 1977 cited in bialystok, 1990: 39) and translation criteria proposed by larson (1984). see the procedure below the checklist for what should be considered at each stage. communication strategy type translation criteria equivalence frequency (%) avoidance a. topic avoidance b. message abandonment paraphrase a. approximation b. word coinage c. circumlocution conscious transfer literal translation language switch appeal for assistance mime analysis: an active reception analysis between the translation and reader’s reception in literature, the interaction between text and reader occurs within a framework that controls and limits the interaction, through genre, tone, structure, and the social conditions of the reader and author. cultural theorist, stuart hall, is one of the main proponents of reception theory, having developed it for media and communication studies from the literary-and history-oriented approaches mentioned above. this approach to textual analysis focuses on the scope for “negotiation” and “opposition” on the part of the audience (procter, 2004). this means that a “text”—be it a book, movie, or other creative work—is not simply passively accepted by the audience, but that the reader/viewer interprets the meanings of the text based on their venny eka meidasari teaching communicative translation 188 individual cultural background and life experiences. in essence, the meaning of a text is not inherent within the text itself, but is created within the relationship between the text and the reader. reception theory suggests the new role of the reader in the literary process and categorizes the term “reader” into “implied reader” and “actual reader.” holub (1984) argues that the concept of the “implied reader,” introduced by iser (1926), was one of the most controversial ideas that he adapted from other theorists. holub (1984) defines the implied reader “as both a textual condition and a process of meaning production.” iser (1926) makes a point that the concept of the implied reader is fundamental to reception theory. iser (1926) states, “this term [implied reader] incorporates both the prestructuring of the potential meaning by the text, and the reader’s actualization of this potential through the reading process. it refers to the active nature of this process.” the term implied reader is defined as “the reader whom the text creates for itself and amounts to a network of response-inviting structures, which predispose us to read in certain ways.” in contrast, the actual reader is defined as the reader who “receives certain mental images in the process of reading; however, the images will inevitably be colored by the reader’s existing stock of experience.” realizing the importance of understanding how the reader’s interpretation is produced, jauss introduces the concept of “horizon of expectations” in order to reveal the way in which the text interacts with the reader’s interpretation. as to have the same response as the first target language reader, communication strategies remain an important element in translation. compensatory strategies, in particular, will undoubtedly promote learners’ communicative competence. teachers can play an important role in conveying communication strategies to students and thereby assisting them to practice the target language. neubert (2000: 3-18) claims that the practice of translation and, hence, teaching translation requires a single competence that is made up of or could be considered to integrate a set of competencies that include, for instance, competence in both the source and the target languages. the work of the translator is, undoubtedly, somewhat thankless. as opposed to the conference or business interpreter (in some cases), he hardly ever obtains public acknowledgment for his efforts. his place remains in the shadows, buried in dictionaries, glossaries, in the labyrinths of large or small libraries or within the endless branches of the internet. therefore, the main quality of a good translator is his endless love of his profession, which is characterized by continuous search and non-stop work. and this quality, whose absence will inevitably lead to poorquality translations, should be inculcated in the mind of the would-be translator. the student who simply arrives in the classroom, makes his translation merely paying attention to language, then goes back home and returns next class to work with whatever material his professor has decided to bring to class, without any sort of preparation or conscious work, will never go beyond the limits of mediocrity. if a professional translator must go from the field to the text, and vice versa, countless numbers of times, then that is precisely the order we should give to our students’ tasks. right from the start, the future translator should acquire the habit of insatiable research and learn to look for any piece of information necessary for his work. these habits and skills will develop only as a result of the professor’s guidance, orientation, instruction, and encouragement. 189 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee accordingly, the teacher should first guarantee that his students get hold of extralinguistic notions, a background on the field, the subject matter at hand. this stage of “familiarization” with the field or subject matter may be developed either in the target language (tl), the source language (sl), the translator’s mother tongue—should it be other than either the sl or the tl—in any other language known by the translator, or in all of them. the essence of this process is that our translator acquires a background that will allow him either to know the content of the text or, at least, grasp the elements that will facilitate his understanding thereof. the process as such should not be viewed as a linguistic analysis of the subject but rather as a cognitive approach to the notions it comprises. the inversion of the dynamics of this process would result in the apprehension on the part of our students of just a few phrases, collocations, and terms only in the form of equivalents. the processes and notions they identify, however, will never be understood, which in turn will probably lead to lexical misuse and loss of reference. if, on the other hand, the professor focuses his work on the learning of sciences and not merely on their nomenclature, the result will be that students will understand the whats, hows, whens, wheres, and whys of the processes and, implicitly, the terms that denote them, the ways to say things, the style, i.e. the linguistic means specialists like the author they translate employ to convey messages like his. in order to have a qualified translation, the teacher must teach his students some procedures that used as a tool in the process of translating. these procedures will help him as a guidance to create an equivalent meaning in the receptor language. whatever the difficulty in the translation process, procedures must aim at the essence of the message and faithfulness to the meaning of the source language text being transferred to the target language text. in theory, communicative translation addresses itself solely to the second reader who does not anticipate difficulties or obscurities, and would expect a generous transfer of foreign elements into his own culture as well as his language where necessary, communicative translation is likely to be smother, simpler, clearer, more direct, more conventional, conforming to a particular register of language and tending to under translate. basically, communicative translation emphasize the sift of massages. this method, pay attention to the reader or listener of target language that hope there is no difficulties and unclearly in text of target language and also effectiveness of target language for example: “awas anjing galak!” it can translate become: “beware of dog!” rather than “beware of the vicious dog!” because the first sentence was beckon that the dog is vicious. in the communicative translation of vocative texts, equivalent effect is not only desirable, it is essential; it is the criterion by which the effectiveness, and therefore the value, of the translation of notices, instructions, publicity, propaganda, persuasive or eristic writing, and perhaps popular fiction, is to join the party, to assemble the device-could even be quantified as a percentage rate of the success of the translation. in information texts, equivalent effect is desirable only in respect of their (in theory) insignificant emotional impact; it is not possible if sl and tl culture are remote from each other since normally the cultural items have to be explained by culturally natural or generic terms, the topic content venny eka meidasari teaching communicative translation 190 simplified, sl difficulties clarified. hopefully, the tl reader reads the text with the same degree of interest as the sl reader, although the impact is different. however, the vocative (persuasive) thread in most informative texts has to be rendered with an eye to the readership, i.e., with an equivalent effect purpose. communicative translation being set at the reader level of language and knowledge is more likely to create equivalent than is semantic translation at the writer’s level. in communicative as in semantic translation, provide that equivalent effect is secured, the literal to word for word translation is not only the best. it is the only valid method of translation, there is no exercise for unnecessary synonyms or elegant variations, let alone for a phrase, in only type of translation. there is no one communicative or one semantic method of translating a text. these are in fact widely overlapping hands of methods; a translation can be more or less, semantic, more, or less. communicative even a particular section or sentence can be treated more communicatively or less semantically. given these assumptions, a translator must know about the nature of meaning, possible adjustments, the nature of text, and sl decoding and rl encoding. meaning: translators are required to study semantics—to learn about different types of meaning and how to investigate meaning. considerable attention is given to lexical semantics while little (if at all) is given to pragmatics, and none to formal semantics. considerable attention is given to possible adjustments: a passive may be changed to an active (possibly explicating the subject), a metaphor may be changed to a simile, a rhetorical question may be changed to a statement, and so forth. students are taught to recognize the conditions under which each adjustment might be made. this instruction is reinforced with exercises, sometimes to the point that the trainee acquires a natural reflex. text: the concern to know about text has fueled enthusiasm for the study of discourse. this enthusiasm, however, has been larg ely directed toward approaches that are text-centric (e.g., ones that look for structures, ones that take co-text to be the context); little has been directed at approaches more oriented toward the social, pragmatic, or cognitive aspects of discourse. conclusion like any communicative activity, translation has its own set of communication strategies, which are chosen (whether consciously or unconsciously) in order to achieve communicative goals. some strategies are well-established in translators’ repertoires and are deployed deliberately, while others are used less consciously, more instinctively. therefore, translation is a problemsolving activity, and communication strategies are used to address problems at all levels of linguistic representation in order to deliver the genuine context of the message to the language that the active receptor understands. communicative translation attempts to reproduce the exact contextual meaning of the sl text. but both content and language should be acceptable and comprehensible to the readership. it is a usual practice in translation to render expressive texts very freely and informative texts very literally. but if we consider the above functions we find the expressive texts more author-centered, informative texts more content-centered and vocative texts more reader-centered. moreover, the unit of translation in expressive texts is always smaller compared to other text-types. the finest 191 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee nuances of meaning are contained in words rather than sentences. as translators we should note this and attempt to retain the beauty of the original. care should be given to transfer the cultural components of an expressive text intact. in case of informative texts they may be transferred and explained whereas replaced by cultural equivalents in vocative texts. the informative and the vocative texts are more suitable for a communicative translation. reception theory enables a text not simply passively accepted by the audience, but also allows the receptor interprets the meanings of the text based on their individual cultural background and life experiences. the revolutionary of reception theory approach to the role of the reader in relationship to the notion of interpretation was one of the most important contributions to the history of literature, and its new perspective on the literary experience established a new paradigm for writers and theorists. although it is difficult to fully understand how powerful and revolutionary this paradigm shift was at that time, it is easy to see that the concepts which came out of reception theory are now part of how we try to understand literature, art, and the world. in fact, we still function in the same paradigm, so to speak, and it is mind boggling to imagine how exciting it will be to witness the eruption of new paradigm. references bell, r. t. (1991). translation and translating: theory and practice. london: longman bialystok, e. (1990). communication strategies: a psychological analysis of second language use. london: blackwell. holub, r. c. (1984). reception theory: a critical introduction. london: routledge. hymes, d. h. (1971): on communicative competence. philadelphia: university of pennsylvania press. hymes, d.h. (1972). on communicative competence. in j.b. pride and j. holmes (eds.). sociolinguistics: selected readings. middle sex: penguin books. iser, w. (1974). the implied reader: patterns of communication in prose fiction from bunyan to beckett. baltimore and london: the johns hopkins university press. jauss, h. r. (1982). toward an aesthetic of reception. trans. timothy bahti. minneapolis: university of minnesota press. larson, m. l. (1984). meaning-based translation: a guide to cross-language equivalence. lanham: university press of america. neubert, a. (2000): “competence in language, in languages and in translation,” in b. adab and c. schaffner (eds.). developing translation competence. amsterdam: john benjamins. pacte (2000). acquiring translation competence: hypotheses and methodological problems of a research project. in a. beeby, d. ensinger, m. presas (eds.). investigating translation. 99-106. amsterdam: john benjamins. procter, j. (2004). stuart hall. london: routledge. richards, j. c. and rodgers, t. (2002). approaches and methods in language teaching (2nd edition). cup: united kingdom. richards, j. c. & r. schmidt (2002). longman dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics, london: london group uk limited. rubin, j. (1981). the study of cognitive processes in second language learning. applied linguistics, 1, 117-131. _______. (1987). learner strategies: theoretical assumptions. research history and typology. in a. wenden & j. rubin (eds.). learner strategies in language learning. cambridge: prentice-hall. rubin, j. and thompson, i. (1994). how to be a more successful language learner. boston: heinle & heinle publishers wilss, w. (1982). the science of translation. problems and methods. tübingen: gunter narr. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 93 problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia yakob metboki english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education science, artha wacana christian university, indonesia e-mail: jacobmetboki@ukaw.ac.id apa citation: metboki, y. (2018). problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 93-104. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1498. received: 03-08-2018 accepted: 13-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: in the sense of running qualified teaching and learning, teacher education institutions place their student teachers at schools to experience real teaching practices through the internship program. this study aims to give a comprehensive portrait of problems the student teachers of english have when they develop elt materials and how the problems vary according to different areas. the present study applied qualitative method. it utilized survey as data collection technique. twenty-five student teachers are recruited as participants. having conducted the survey, the results showed that most student teachers have several problems in developing elt materials during internship program. the biggest problem lies on developing material for practicing grammar elements (2.98 level of difficulty). the participants simply felt it easy to develop material for grading and recycling, and supporting materials with ranging from 3.22 and 3.10 level of difficulty. the following problem lies on how the material promotes the development of language skills and communicative abilities. overall, the present study indicates that the student teachers are still lacking of grounded concepts on what and how to develop elt materials that fit to students’ needs. keywords: english language teaching; materials development; internship program; studentsteachers’ problems; survey. introduction the issue of having well-developed good material for mostly teaching and learning practices has received considerable critical attention in the mainstream platform of endeavor to prospective teachers’ quality improvement, in that, it embraces such an all-inclusive aspects. far weighting on the complexity the teachers face in preparing learning program is an issue. in 2015, bolitho undertook a study that attempts to find out the attainment of the educational quality of a teacher-training institute. he emphasized the importance of understanding the key issues that encapsulating the entire educational system in every program of activity is a very important element. the research results show that most of the teacher's students seem not ready. their teaching performance simply portrays the model of their language teachers. he also suggested that educational institutions should undertake more in-depth study to find out the preparation of prospective teachers and a number of aspects that affect the quality of education. the internship program or ppl (praktik pengalaman lapangan) is organized by most teacher centers at the faculty of teachers training and education sciences of higher education institutions in indonesia. generally speaking, this program aims to train prospective teachers to develop full and holistic teaching skills (parveen & mirza, 2012). while regular training nurtures student teachers with theoretical and technical knowledge from the first year up to the third year studying, the process of yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 94 humanizing prospective teachers at teachertraining program will last with teaching placement, where they have real experiences ahead of getting into their own classrooms (kulkarni & hanley-maxwell, 2015). viewed through the basis of legal foundation of developing well-prepared materials of teaching that accounts for learning has been concerned in the indonesian government regulation (peraturan pemerintah) year 2005 number 19 on the national educational standards, particularly, on the standard of content. having this basis, teachers training faculties attempt to design the internship program for training student teachers beyond holistic mechanism. commonly, internship program covers several activities, such as field observation, the formation of skills, and real teaching practices. to undertake the internship program activities, there are requirements for the student teachers to have a set of basic teacher skills that would enable them to reflect tasks and roles of teachers from different unit level, starting from primary school up to high school level. as they are placed at the unit levels, there must be common internship program activities such as field observation and micro skill formation, then, prior to real classroom teaching applications. more extensively, most mentor teachers believe that the student teachers are more capable helpers to whom a number of task are obligated to do, including curriculum and materials development. their knowledge and skill will also enable them to prepare not only instructional plan, but also classroom teaching applications across the length of period of an internship program at schools. taking into account the efforts to improve the quality of graduates in higher education in indonesia, creating competent prospective teachers in their fields requires every teacher training institution to raise the quality control, including efforts to improve the capacity of student teachers according to academic profile. bearing this motion in mind, it is an essential need to keep this study into two parallel views. on the one hand, being a student-teacher (so called a prospective teacher), having experience in material development is, of course, one of the keys to successful field practice. on the other hand, teachers’ (also supervisor) experiences and understanding of their students is very important in materials development (patel, 2017). these understanding lay on the fact that good materials are needed for teaching, in that, teachers’ involvement in materials selection and development is necessary (richards, 2001). theoretically speaking, materials development refers to “all the processes made use of by practitioners who produce and/or use materials for language learning, including materials evaluation, their adaptation, design, production, exploitation and research” (tomlinson, 2012, p. 143144). while teachers are all required to cope with all these processes, it seems clear that considering them of practice must sound complex for non-native teachers of english, though. long before, there has been a report on indonesian english teachers at tertiary to utilize internationally published coursebooks as part of their supplementary materials (zacharias, 2005, cited in tomlison, 2012). mohammadi and abdi (2014) affirmed that “using only textbooks, from cover to cover, without any supplemental material is not the most satisfactory method for meeting students’ needs.” it can be assumed from this report that the teachers’ dependency on the books is high. to put it another way, their creativity in efl materials development and/or design is certainly challenging. as recommendation, teachers need to utilize more selected textbooks with adaptation in order to answer learner’s expectation in classroom teaching and learning chunks (badea & iridon, 2015; khodabakhshi, 2014). turning now to view on the education curriculum framework of indonesia, there is a number of documents contained in an instructional plan. two popular documents that hinder most teachers’ nights and days english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 95 teaching practice might be syllabus and lesson plan. in addition, they must prepare learning materials that are appropriate to their students’ needs. considering the importance of understanding to develop learning materials, especially english, becomes important for the writer as a supervisor to conduct an indepth study of the guidance behavior of the student teachers to prepare a comprehensive instructional plan, including learning materials development for efl classroom teaching practices. in this sense, pardo and téllez (2009, p. 174) summarized that “materials development requires designers to be reflective, resourceful and receptive (rrr) agents with regard to their teaching practice.” this is the premise that promotes this study to presents an instrument for a supervisor to know the readiness of the student teachers in every single internship program. once the student teachers are in charge of practicing what they have learnt in their home campus, there is always high tendency of expectation from their mentors and supervisors that they would establish good real teaching practices at school, covering good planning of instructional documents as well as successful teaching practices. in this sense, mentoring and advising shapes the student teachers’ teaching practicum plans. in so doing, both mentor and supervisor must work hand in hand in scaffolding student teachers’ projection. long before, richards (2001) claims that today’s researchers are much more cautious about the kinds of advice they give. what is more alarming from this claim is stemmed from the fact that there have been numerous amount of general disciplines that most researchers present which might not make the same practice for different others. the present study, therefore, attempts to personalize the problems the student teachers face in elt materials development and to provide a reliable source of information to the teacher education institution, teachers, supervisors, and in reflecting student teachers’ readiness in taking the internship program at school. initially, it characterizes an enquiry research under the umbrella of self-study as proposed by kells (1988) and carkin (1997) (cited in richards, 2001) with its main concern in the quality control of a running education program by teacher, students and administrators. previous studies on complexes in material development have treated student teachers across education settings. the complexes are vary, for example lacking of understanding on teaching materials development, limit amount of time the student teachers spent to consult to both their mentor and their supervisor (rahayuningsih, 2016; parveen & mirza, 2012). the need for survey in this respect is determined by the fact that most student teachers simply focus their teaching practicum on the range of time they would have passed through teaching practices in the classrooms rather than how their instructional material development are wellprepared. to put it another way, this study seeks to shape teacher education institution’ view of agenda to move up from technical to essential and significant maters that hinder student teachers’ professional growth. it is, therefore, the present study aims to demonstrate the problems faced by student teachers in efl materials development and how the problems are vary according to two different ranks (easy and/or difficult). stemmed from the background and the overview in relation to student teachers’ material development, this study aims to answer the following research question, “what are the problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development in the internship program?” method this study applied qualitative research (state, 2010), as it puts into importance the participants’ judgment and understanding of the core subject of the study – problems of efl materials development. yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 96 the participants of the present study consist of 25 student teachers of english education study program of artha wacana christian university of kupang, east nusa tenggara province, indonesia. they are purposively recruited based on their homogeneity of taking the internship program in the even semester year 2017, where fourteen of them are placed at the secondary level, while eleven others are at senior high level. in an attempt to make each participant feel as comfortable as possible, they are, personally, approached and being convinced with significant aim that is to present a reflection about the underlying problems which attach to their internship projections. data collection technique is survey, which contains of statements adapted from the checklist for evaluating teaching materials prepared by cunningsworth (1995) cited in tsiplakides (2011). the survey required the participants to determine the statements, and how they are virtually vary by range of complexity according to aspects given. bearing this in mind, the participants marked their choices on likert scale ranging from 0 (very difficult), 1 (fairly difficult), 2 (difficult), 3 (fairly easy), 4 (easy), 5 (very easy). every chosen score represents the participants’ personal judgments on their level of complexity in regards of initiatives they might have planned in order to develop english material. having collected the data, there was a computation on each aspect to gain the average value. the value describes the level of difficulty as figured out in the form of charts. the datum seen from the charts are then analyzed qualitatively (cohen, manion, & morrison, 2007). results and discussion having conducted the survey, the results of the present study were shown in the form of charts and discussed according to eight main aspects. first, language content the first aspect embraces four areas, namely: 1. language form 2. language function 3. patterns of communicative interaction 4. use of various references or sources. the following chart depicts the trend of the participants’ response on language content. chart 1. language content the result shown in chart 1 indicates that the participants have no difficulty in developing language content on the materials. the problem they face simply falls on how to create materials with various references to cope with language elements. second, grading and recycling on this section, the participants give their response on how they develop materials under two headings, namely: 1. learning steps 2. students’ average level of language skills chart 2 depicts the result. chart 2. response on grading and recycling the trend seen from chart 2 traces that the participants found it moderate to grade and recycle elt material. third, presentations and practices of language elements the third aspect contains of two components, namely: english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 97 a. approach of learning material development. 1. the behaviorism theory of learning 2. the cognitivism theory of learning 3. combination of both underlying theories. 4. other influences. the survey result on this component is shown in chart 3. chart 3. features of approach of the material the result displayed on chart 3 shows that to some extent the participants are about to find it easy in internalizing learning approach beyond material development; somehow, the complexes seemed to reveal the fluctuation. b. characteristics of learning process. in this part, the participants are asked to judge on three areas, namely: 1. developing learning materials inductively (specific to general) 2. developing learning materials deductively (general to specific) 3. combination of the two ways above. chart 4 figures out the result. chart 4. making materials for learning process the easy motion of materials development peaks on only deductive process, while the other two components are turning down. fourth, practice grammar elements there are three areas to seek for the evidence on how students face problems in developing materials for practicing grammar elements, namely: a. material management 1. connecting material with previous learned one 2. making meaningful material (meaningful in context) 3. develop systematic material 4. introducing grammar rules 5. adapting the needs and interests of students 6. regular and easily controlled of its progress in accordance with allocated teaching time (sufficiently controlled) having the six statements above, the participants’ responses are drawn in chart 5. chart 5. material management the trend of the result shown above figures out two critical points among the statements. this infers that the participants’ complexes in motions related to management of materials development is intertwining. b. create material for practicing new language structures: 1. making sufficient material based on the scope 2. creating material that promotes various learning activities 3. make meaningful material 4. developing material in systematic way yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 98 5. introducing grammar rules in the material 6. adapting the context in the material 7. adapting the material to the needs and interests of students 8. preparing material in organized way to easily control the teaching progress. the chart below describes participants’ present ability in material development for practicing new language structures. chart 6. practicing new language structures c. develop material for practicing new words: 1. develop material that introduces the way of learning english word 2. develop material that introduces the meaning of new words 3. develop learning materials that students can use words in several activities 4. develop material that introduces new words in unit obviously, the participants found it easy to develop material for practicing new words as shown in the chart below. chart 7. practicing new words developing material for pronunciation 1. that introduced the sound 2. that practice sounds 3. that introduces stress and intonation 4. to practice stress and intonation it seems clear from the chart below that participants felt it difficult to develop materials, which introduce sound and practicing micro skills of speaking. chart 8. developing audio based-materials fifth, develop language skills and communication skills the fifth area contains of three minor components, namely: a. freely using english 1. develop learning materials that encourage students to produce the language in a conversation 2. develop material due to time allocation for language production and practices. chart 9 figures out the participants’ present ability in developing materials for students to use english as the target language. chart 9. material for language production b. develop material with each single skill: 1. that meets to the nature of reading and its practice 2. that meets to the nature of listening and its practice 3. that meets to the nature of writing and its exercises chart 10 displays the participants’ choices. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 99 chart 10. material with one skill c. develop material with four integrated skills with: 1. summary of the four skills 2. introduction of real english use 3. exercises for students to recognize english use in immediate context. the trend in chart 11 shows how hard the participants faced in developing efl materials with four language skills. chart 11. materials with four integrated skills sixth, supporting materials there are four components under this area, namely: a. creating material that 1. introduces visual (visible) 2. introduce the recording 3. introduce native speakers 4. utilizes teacher's handbook 5. contains of grammar loads 6. contains of vocabulary list the result is shown in chart 12 chart 12. creative based-authentic materials b. create material for: 1. test before the material begins 2. progress tests 3. achievement of learning outcomes the result shows that the participants felt it easy to develop test-based materials. chart 13. test based-materials c. creating learning materials for assessment 1. assessing students’ need of english communication 2. assessing what has been learnt before the result appears in the chart 14. chart 14. evaluation based-materials d. other considerations to material development 1. fit to the standards 2. appropriate to the teacher's ability 3. fit to the ability of native teachers 4. addresses all shortcomings in the classroom. 5. figure out its characteristics 6. has summaries chart 15 exhibits the result with such an unsteady trend. chart 15. materials with other considerations yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 100 seventh, create motivational material in this area, the participants are asked on how complex they face in developing materials that, 1. fit to the background of age, ethnicity, culture, student learning objectives, etc. 2. answer students’ expectations 3. has an interesting layout 4. encourage student participation in private 5. gives students sense of responsibility in person or group. 6. promote competition 7. introduce a particular culture 8. characterizes british or american culture the trend of participants’ choices is given in chart 16. chart 16. motivation based-material eight, conclusions and overall evaluation the last area comprises five statements from which the participants have in developing material that: 1. has learning objectives 2. answers learning objectives 3. has advantages for students 4. introduce problem solving 5. fits to a particular learning situation. chart 17 points out the trend. chart 17. material for conclusion the participants felt that they got difficulty in developing english materials when taking the internship program. the overall data is shown in table 1. initially, this study set out with the aim of demonstrating the problems faced by student teachers in efl materials development and how the problems are vary according to two different ranks (easy and/or difficult). there are several possible explanations for this result. on the aspect, the participants have difficulty in developing language content on the materials, particularly, how to create materials with various references to cope with language elements. if we now turn to the second aspect, grading and recycling, the participants felt it easy to develop efl materials that revealed the target students’ average level of competence. the next aspect of the survey was concerned with presentations and practices of language elements. it is somewhat surprising that no data was noted in this aspect to show the participants’ theoretical and pedagogical understanding in developing english materials prior to efl teaching and learning applications. leading to the fourth aspect, practice grammar elements, out of the four subaspects, the participants simply felt one subaspect is easy that is to develop material for practicing new words (easy), while the three other ones are considered difficult. on the fifth aspect of the survey, developing language skills and communication skills, the results of this study did not show any positive remark. while sts found it easy to develop material with each single skill (3.15), it is difficult for them to develop efl material for freely using english (2.98). the reason must rest heavily on that fact they are unable to integrate four integrated skill on materials development (2.77) in order to promote factual english practices. the next aspect is supporting materials. overall result shows that the average level of participants’ ability in developing english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 101 supporting materials is relatively easy with level of difficulty of 3.08. however, the trend shows that the other two sub-aspects, respectively, range at difficult level with 0.32 points between the lowest easy level and that of difficult level. the study survey on the seventh aspect concerns in participants’ ability in creating motivational materials. the most striking result to emerge from the data is that the participants are familiar with the target learners’ needs; however, they are lacking of ability in introducing cross-cultural barriers; for example, the materials with british and american culture. it is, therefore, the overall response to this aspect was difficult. in the final part of the survey, when the participants were asked to pose their judgments on their complexity in developing materials for conclusions and overall evaluation, the majority of participants responses ranged at the average level of 2.93, which is, of course, difficult. returning to the question posed at the beginning of this study, it is now possible to state that in general the participants encountered it as of an existing problem if they had to create well-developed materials for contextual efl teaching applications at schools, mainly, those in the south eastern part indonesia. the overall data of the current study is shown in table 1. table 1. overall result aspects level legend c. presentations and practices of language elements 2.62 difficult e. develop language skills and communication skills 2.77 difficult g. create motivational material 2.83 difficult h. conclusions and overall evaluation 2.93 difficult a. language content 2.96 difficult d. practice grammar elements 2.98 difficult f. supporting materials 3.08 easy b. grading and recycling 3.22 easy it is clear that overall aspects are felt difficult in terms of materials development. rooted from this view, the present study, then, provides additional evidence with respect to the trend of the overall conclusion with a range of fluctuation as shown in the chart 18. chart 18. trend of students’ problem rooted from the trend above, overall response to this survey was negative. the biggest problem is on materials for presentation and practice of new language items with their level difficulty of 2.62, followed by the next five aspects ranging between 2.77 and 2.98 or 36 points upper than the biggest problem. the participants simply felt it easy to develop supporting materials as well as those for grading and recycling. despite these findings, an empirical study indicated that st’s unpreparedness of teaching material with solely 8.5% brings problematic source for the classroom management (merç & subaşı, 2015). the study, then, described sts’ reflective repent on what they should have been aware of the problems prior to teaching practices. for holguín and morales (2014), having dept understanding on student teachers’ problem on materials development provides reliable input to enrich them in materials development for their professional extension. this result may be explained from different factors. one of the influencing factors is their lack of the grounded concepts on elt materials development. the most yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 102 striking result to emerge from the data is that student teachers need an alternative approach to personalize themselves as the ones with ground knowledge and skills, and so, mentoring and/or supervising might manipulate them through such a constructive pedagogic negotiation. it is believed that the negotiation would figure out such an encouragement between supervisors and student teachers to have collaborative planning (parven, 2012) and appropriateness of instructional materials (van den akker, 1998; ottevanger, 2001) cited in (gakki, 2012). the second factor is caused by lack of time they spent to share their ideas with both mentor and/or the supervisors. the other supporting factor is the number of incidental tasks from mentors that corrupt their time to work out of their organized instructional. in the same vein, materials design may take time and, so does, the cost to spend for; therefore, course books selection is necessary (nikoopour & farsani, 2011); of course, selecting the recommended books and/or materials from schools. the results of this current study, also, brings a reflection of the stated constraints they face prior to develop efl materials. more importantly, the reflection shapes a picture of need in engagement with strategy (s) that enable the student teachers in decision making processes when planning and/or creating english materials in appropriate to their target students’ need under the atmosphere of teaching practicum settings. conclusion this study found that generally the participants felt that they got difficulty in developing english materials when taking the internship program. the evidence from this study suggests that sts need more scaffolding from both their mentor teachers and supervisors. findings in this study are subject to at least three limitations. first, these data apply only to needs analysis on student teachers’ competence in efl materials development for internship program during the period. second, the sample size is purposively limited. third, it was not specifically designed to evaluate factors related to academic competences. the current study has gone some way towards enhancing our understanding of equipping the sts with theoretical as well as empirical view about curriculum and materials development that could make noteworthy contributions to efl materials development. the findings of this study suggest that mentor and supervisor should bring into form of negotiation that help guiding the student teachers to come away with a new perspective on the internship program as whole set of education practices in the mainstream of their placement period at school. conversely, there would chance to hold a hearing with the student teachers on what short of knowledge and skills they still need and/or what they really want to put into their classroom teaching and learning practices. it is believed that the hearings would account much for such a worth of doing professional adjustment of ideas while preparing instructional documents prior before their teaching practices. more practically, those of sts may be partnered with more capable others to work for materials design and/or development. by way of illustration, augusto-navarro (2015) exemplified that joining sts with graduate students, more capable others, brings about development in material designs. acknowledgment the author would thank the twenty-five participants of this study, and to the mentors who have shared their inspiring ideas to support this study. the author addresses his sincere gratitude to english education study program of teachers training and education science of artha wacana christian university for the grant to conduct the study. also, the author would appreciate the conelt 2018 conference for selecting this article for publication. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 103 references augusto-navarro, h. l. (2015). the design of teaching materials as a tool in efl teacher education: experiences of a brazilian teacher education program. ilha desterro, 68(1). doi: 10.5007/2175-8026.2015v68n1p121. badea, m.., & iridon, c. (2015). students’ evaluation of a romanian language textbook. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 303–309. retrieved september 15, 2018, from https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/p ii/s1877042814026196. bolitho, r. (2015). the ingredients of quality in teacher education. in g. pickering & p. gunashekar (eds), ensuring quality in english language teacher education. the fifth international teacher educator conference hyderabad, india, 27 february-1 march 2015. retrieved october 10, 2018, from https://www.britishcouncil.in/sites/default/files/t ec15_papers_final_for_web_new.pdf. cohen, l., manion, l., & morrison, k. (2007). research methods in education (6 th ed.). new york: routledge. khodabakhshi, m. (2014). choose a proper efl textbook: evaluation of "skyline" series. procedia social and behavioral sciences 98, 959–967. retrieved october 15, 2018, from https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/p ii/s1877042814025968. kulkarni, s. s., & hanley-maxwell, c. (2015). preservice teachers’ student teaching experiences in east africa. teacher education quarterly – fall 2015. retrieved october 12, 2018, from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ej1090470. merç, a., & subaşı, g. (2015). classroom management problems and coping strategies of turkish student efl teachers. turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry, 6(1). retrieved october 11, 2018, from: http://dergipark.gov.tr/tojqi/issue/21406. nikoopour, j., & farsani, m. a. (2011). english language teaching material development. journal of language and translation, 2(2), 112. pardo, a. n., & téllez, m. f. t. (2009). elt materials: the key to fostering effective teaching and learning settings. profile, 11(2), 171-186. retrieved february 23, 2018, from https://revistas.unal.edu.co/index.php/profile/art icle/view/11449. parveen, s., & mirza, n. (2012). internship program in education: effectiveness, problems and prospects. international journal of learning & development, 2(1). doi:10.5296/ijld.v2i1.1471. patel, d. s. (2017). significance of materials development in language teaching. a journal of teaching english language and literature. peraturan pemerintah nomor 19 tahun 2005 tentang standar nasional pendidikan. retrieved march 2, 2018, from https://kemenag.go.id/file/dokumen/pp1905.pdf rahayuningsih, d. (2016). student teachers’ challenges in developing teaching materials during teaching practicum in vocational school. journal of english and education, 4(2), 24-34. retrieved may 23, 2018, from: http://irlibrary.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11 388/developing%20instructional%20materials %20that%20address%20challenges%20facing% 20teachers.pdf;sequence=4. richards, j. c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. tomlinson, b. (2012). materials development for language learning and teaching. language teaching, 45(2), 143-179. doi: 10.1017/s0261444811000528. tsiplakides, i. (2011). selecting an english coursebook: theory and practice. theory and practice in language studies, 1(7), 758-764. doi:10.4304/tpls.1.7.758-764. http://dx.doi.org/10.5007/2175-8026.2015v68n1p121. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1877042814026196.%20on%2015/10/2018 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1877042814026196.%20on%2015/10/2018 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1877042814025968.%20on%2015/10/2018 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1877042814025968.%20on%2015/10/2018 https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ej1090470 http://dergipark.gov.tr/tojqi/issue/21406.%20on%2011/10/2018 https://revistas.unal.edu.co/index.php/profile/article/view/11449.%20on%2023/2/2018 https://revistas.unal.edu.co/index.php/profile/article/view/11449.%20on%2023/2/2018 http://ir-library.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11388/developing%20instructional%20materials%20that%20address%20challenges%20facing%20teachers.pdf;sequence=4 http://ir-library.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11388/developing%20instructional%20materials%20that%20address%20challenges%20facing%20teachers.pdf;sequence=4 http://ir-library.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11388/developing%20instructional%20materials%20that%20address%20challenges%20facing%20teachers.pdf;sequence=4 http://ir-library.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11388/developing%20instructional%20materials%20that%20address%20challenges%20facing%20teachers.pdf;sequence=4 http://ir-library.ku.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/11388/developing%20instructional%20materials%20that%20address%20challenges%20facing%20teachers.pdf;sequence=4 yakob metboki problems hindering student teachers’ elt materials development: a study in the internship program in eastern indonesia 104 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 99 interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools hanna sundari english education department, universitas indraprasta pgri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: hanna.sundari@gmail.com zainal rafli language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: zainal.rafli@gmail.com sakura ridwan language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: sakura.hattamarrasjid@gmail.com apa citation: sundari, h., rafli, z. & ridwan, s. (2017). interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 99-108. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.775. received: 29-08-2017 accepted: 31-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: interaction plays an important role in language learning process in classroom setting. this present study aims at investigating the patterns used in classroom interaction by english lower secondary teachers. using qualitative approach, this study was carried out in eight lower secondary schools (smp) in jakarta. moreover, twenty english language experienced teachers with three to thirty-six years of teaching experiences were recruited as participants. interviews, classroom observations/recording and focus-group discussion were instruments to collect data. for analyzing the data, qualitative data analysis was selected in developing categories and sub-categories of the data. the findings showed that the teachers apply at least three identified interactional patterns in efl classroom in which modify the irf structure. teachers initiate interaction to the entire class (t-whole class interaction) by giving questions and instruction. then, they also point out one specific student to answer the question or do the required task (teacher fronted student interaction). in addition, teachers set the classroom activity to make the students interact each other (student-student interaction). moreover, the student responses and other interactional features identified in language classroom are also discussed. keywords: interaction patterns, efl classrooms, secondary school introduction illustration: once in language class, a language teacher calls name and gives questions to the students sitting in the front row; other time, she points out one student at the back seat. otherwise, she throws them away for those who can answer freely. in one time, she corrects the error made by the student by yelling “is it correct?”. in another time, she just ignores it. at one lesson, she sets the class in individual task; next lesson, the students are grouped in 3 or 4 to do the activity. language learning can be taken place in and through interaction with others in various social contexts. in sociocultural theory views on language learning, the major aspects of language is related to and formed by the ways in which the people interact with others in various communicative contexts; therefore, in learning language, interaction is not only as a learning facilitator but also primarily is as a resource for what to learn and how to learn (thoms, 2012). in short, interaction can be viewed as both the tool and the object in which language used in interaction is the medium as well as the goal to be learned. classrooms are one of social environment mailto:hanna.sundari@gmail.com/ mailto:zainal.rafli@gmail.com mailto:sakura.hattamarrasjid@gmail.com hanna sundari, zainal rafli & sakura ridwan interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools 100 which language lesson could be complex. language classrooms are complicated places where social events and social relationship between teacher as the knower and students as the learners may influence their social interaction and classroom practices as a part of process in language learning. different from other social context, in language classrooms, language used is intentional and purposeful as walsh (2011) states that discourse in the classroom has to follow the teacher’s agenda. the delivered questions, correction and feedback by the teachers are set to help the students achieve language competences. meanwhile, the students’ responses are also to fulfill the task given. in general, interaction is dual communication acts between two people or more that have implication among them. in short, interaction can be stated as action and reaction of two people. according to brown (2007, p. 212), interaction is “collaboration of thought, feeling, or ideas between two people, resulting in a reciprocal effect on each other”. reciprocity as the implication indicates that interaction involving both parties as active interactants instead of passive ones. in the pedagogy field, allwright noted that a process of interaction is necessarily involved in a fruitful classroom pedagogy (seedhouse & jenks, 2015). it can be stated that successful pedagogical process in the classroom proceeds by successful interaction management. in the english language teaching (elt) enterprise, interaction has a prominent role in language acquisition and learning process. in the view of social interaction, child acquires language through social interaction with parent in her first life. interaction is important in natural language acquisition (choudhury, 2005). moreover, parental language as a model influences language complexity acquired by the child now and years after (sundari, 2016). meanwhile, in the classroom setting, interaction between teacher as a competent person and students as learners, or student-student interaction, leads them to get competences in knowing and using the language in the classroom. in the other words, language learning is mostly interactive process (richards & lockhart, 2007). classroom interaction is mostly in the form of conversational exchanges or dialogue between teacher and students in target language. markee and kasper (2004) cited by kharaghani (2013, p. 859) wrote that “interaction is a form of institutional talk which is locally managed but cooperatively constructed speech exchange system”. concerning to interaction in language classroom, the moves are mostly starting with teacher initiates the communication by asking the students questions to get them involved to the lesson. after that, the students are required to respond the questions. the last is feedback as immediate evaluation or correction for students’ responses (rustandi & mubarok, 2017). the pattern of interaction in language classroom, postulated by sinclair and coulthard (1975) cited by murray & christison (2011), is then called irf (initiation-response-feedback) exchange. moreover, hall (2003) exemplified this basic unit of classroom interaction in which involves the teacher, as expert, eliciting information (initiation) from students to confirm if they understand the materials by asking questions. then, the students are expected to deliver targeted responses (response). after that, the teacher examines the student’s response by giving feedback with such particular phrases as “good”, “well done”, “no, that’s not correct.” in addition, this pattern of classroom interaction as two-way a process between interactants in the learning process is depicted in figure 1 (dagarin, 2004; rustandi, 2013 in rustandi & mubarok, 2017, p. 241) depicted interaction in two-way process between participants in the learning process as seen in figure 1. figure 1. classroom interaction pattern teacher students english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 101 furthermore, the teachers have also a significant role in managing classroom communication. based on who communicates with whom, dagarin (2004, p. 129) formulated the four forms of interaction in the following: teacher-learners, teacher – a group of learners, learner-learner, learners-learners. in these forms of interaction, the teachers alternately change their roles as a controller, language model, guide, evaluator, and advisor in pair-work or group-work types of communication in the classroom. in addition to dagarin, malamah-thomas (1987 cited by (nisa, 2014) propose seven types of classroom interaction: teacher – whole class, teacher – individual student, teachera group of students, student – teacher, student-student, student – a group of students. a variety of interactional patterns in language classroom may affect the language learning process as well as the development of language proficiency. in classroom interaction, the teacher initiates communication by asking a question. teacher questions are mostly in display question in which the answer is already known to the teacher (choudhury, 2005; farahian & rezaee, 2012; petek, 2013; pujiastuti, 2013; suryati, 2015). even though teacher gives opportunities to students to involve verbally in the class in many ways, not all students participate verbally and actively in classroom communication by giving response for some reasons. factors in and outside the classroom may affect how the classroom discourse occurs. what kind of questions teachers deliver and how much teachers talk during the lesson may eventually influence how the students acquire and develop their language progress (hermanto, 2015; seedhouse & jenks, 2015). moreover, cultural background and personality may cause the student reticence (choudhury, 2005, p. 78). besides, teacher looks more focusing on the students sitting in the front, middle row, as illustrated by richards & lockhart (2007, p. 139-140). figure 2 shows when the teacher stands in the front of the class during the lesson and deliver the questions to all students. however, students in edge row sound no responses. figure 2. teacher interaction in the classroom the study of interaction in language classroom and its implication for language learning have been widely conducted in the field of english language teaching (elt). applying discourse analysis approach, rashidi & rafieerad (2010) investigated interaction patterns and its effect on gender in shiraz university iran. they concluded that the interaction patterns between participants vary with the participants making use of variety of discourse acts and male students are willing to be more interactive than female in language classroom. in 2013, nasruloh conducted a study to 30 elementary students hanna sundari, zainal rafli & sakura ridwan interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools 102 in bandung and reported that teacher dominates the lesson verbally by giving direction, lecturing, and criticizing or justifying authority. the students seem to have great opportunity to talk; however, they keep restricted in some ways. by analyzing classroom interaction in efl speaking class, nisa (2014) concluded that the teachers facilitate the student-fronted speaking activities such as class discussion, presentation, simulation and communication games, yet, in fact, students’ first language during the lessons was often used. furthermore, rustandi and mubarok (2017)’s study on classroom interaction in efl speaking class at university sum up that irf pattern is fully implemented in the class. teacher initiates the interaction by giving questions, soliciting information, and identifying next students’ turn. besides, responses from the students are dominance; yet they depend on the content materials and teacher strategies in provoking students. related to study on questioning strategies as one of interaction features, rido (2017) also reported that teachers in vocational english classrooms nominated specific student to answer questions, asked questions to the entire class, and repeated questions when there were no response. on the other side, the study examining the interaction pattern in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools based on teacher’s perspectives is still rare and restricted. present research on second and foreign language learning from sociocultural perspective mostly come from university-level classrooms; meanwhile, only a little is known to explore what occurs in elementary or secondary schools (hall, 2003). indeed, lower secondary students are mostly learning english as beginner; at the same time, they will take english national examination to continue their study. interaction and communication in the classroom, as the heart of language learning become necessary to understand and the constraints have to be solved. the way teacher interacts with the students determines the way student respond it; at the end, it influences how proficient the students are to communicate in target language. classroom interaction in the early years of learning process can be a foundation to the next language development. the fully understanding of its process becomes necessary and helpful. to devote to these views, this study addresses to the following research questions: what patterns are used in classroom interaction by english lower secondary teachers and why they use the patterns. method this present study, as a part of research in classroom interaction of efl setting, was carried out by qualitative research approach to investigate the interaction patterns in english as foreign language classrooms. to accommodate the research objective, twenty english language experienced teachers were recruited as participants from eight lower secondary schools (smp) in jakarta. they were three male and seventeen female teachers with three to thirty-six years of teaching experiences. for collecting data, classroom observations/recordings, semi-structured interviews and focus-group discussions with the teachers were instruments. 10.5 hours of classroom observation/recording conducted only with teacher’s approval was to identify specific patterns in oral communication in the classroom. flint protocol analysis of classroom observation (moskowitz, in brown, 2007) was applied to capture interactional features completed by memo writings. meanwhile, interviews and fgd were to elicit teachers’ reasons, opinion and perspectives of their interaction practices in the classroom. the interviews and fgd then were transcribed verbatim and analyzed. after that, to analyze the obtained data, the researcher followed the steps in opencoding, developing categories, and triangulating data. at first, the data were carefully labeled and named into several categories. secondly, the categories were then divided into sub-categories. at last, the categories and sub-categories found were triangulated with the interview transcript and memo writings. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 103 results and discussion this study is an attempt to identify interaction patterns in english as foreign language classrooms at lower secondary schools and discover the reasons why the patterns applied from the perspectives of english language experienced teachers in jakarta. the findings of the study will be presented in combination of interactional patterns and several causes of selected patterns from teachers’ perspectives. from classroom observations/recordings and interviews added by focus-group discussion, it is resulting in several interactional patterns in which is grounded by irf structure. modified irf structures can be apparent when teachers initiate the interaction in several ways, students respond in several ways; however, feedback by the teachers is not always available. to not strictly follow the irf structure, this finding is consistent to the study by rashidi & rafieerad (2010) in which not only teachers but students initiate conversation exchange. furthermore, question and answer routine are mostly emerged as the most dominated pattern. asking question is the most effective tool to initiate interaction and take immediate verbal response. mrs. lil starts the interaction with the students by delivering questions who likes sport? who usually plays badminton? (co-08). teacher asks who is absent today and divides the class into groups then asks you choose the group or i choose the group? (co-04). after 5 minutes, the teacher asks questions related to the poem, who writes the poem? what is the content of the poem? (co-02). then, teacher reviews previous lesson by asking question, what have we learned yesterday? (co-03). this result may support the study by rido (2017) and suryati (2015). they found english lessons were dominated by question and answer routine and the most popular interaction strategy is asking display question. meanwhile, giving directions or instruction is also apparently salient feature in initiating interaction in language classroom. by giving directions, the students are expected to do the required activity as response. teacher greets the students and gives some instructions of how to do the test. (co-01). teacher shows a poem on the lcd screen and directs the students to read it silently. (co-02). then, teacher gives instructions what to do with slow pace. (co-03). teaching can be said as talking in the classroom setting. teachers use speech to direct, lead, guide, instruct and persuade the students to act many things as well as to make them silent (robinson, 2005). by giving instructions, teachers act as controller and manager to manage the classroom. on the other side, the students listen and do the required tasks. the teachers are the subject of the learning process; while students are mere object (robinson, 2005). it depicts the fact that the relationship between teacher and students in the classroom is asymmetrical (consolo, 2006; walsh, 2011). the first pattern identified from the data is teacherwhole class interaction. it is when the teachers ask questions, direct the students, and communicate to all students in the classroom without nominating one specific student. the teacher lets any student to response. then, the students will yell and shout in responding teacher questions. teacher asks at least four times to the class: do you know television? do you have television. (co-01). again, teacher provides text about television on the lcd screen, asks the students to memorize it, and deliver several questions. then, she repeatedly asks “finish?” until she hears “yes” sound loudly. (co-02). moreover, teacher give instructions what to do with slow pace. all instructions are in english… teacher reads the text a loud and gives more examples on the board. (co-03). then, teacher directs the students to count 1-5… she explains how to do the whispering games. when the class look noisy and messy, teacher repeatedly shout “but” to get students’ attention. again, hanna sundari, zainal rafli & sakura ridwan interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools 104 she asks a question: do you know what to do? (co-04). after the video was finished, the teacher suddenly asked question what are they, the students were just in silence with no response. (co-09). teacher-students (whole-class) interaction, according to harmer (2007), is the most widely used in various culture. this pattern is beneficial in giving long explanation and evaluating language progress because teachers easily control and handily manage the classroom. teacher speaking to the whole class is also revealed in study by nisa (2014) in which teachers use this mode in opening the lesson, giving feedback, and presenting information. the interactional pattern from efl classroom is teacher-student fronted interaction. in the front of the class, as the conventional standing position, the teachers sometimes choose to point out one student to answer the questions in purposes. furthermore, they also walk around the class and converse to certain student individually or in group for some reasons. the teacher walks around the class and comes to each student one by one to monitor their activities. (co-04). teacher displays some pictures of sport and its instruments on the lcd screen and asks the students to determine the names by pointing them out. (co-08). teacher calls several names to open their notebook. (co-09). rarely sitting in her desk, mrs. an keeps walking around to have a chat with the students. (co-11). sometimes, the teacher is calling students names, such as ryan, arif, to hear their answers. (co-12). after the video is finished, the teacher asks the questions to certain students one by one: what do you like to do, emma? what do you like to do, naya? what do you like to do, zahra? while approaching their desks. (co-03). the similar result also comes from the study rido (2017, pp. 203-204). he wrote that nominating specific students to answer questions was a common practice by master teachers in the classroom. in addition to nominating specific student, teacher mobility is one of the interaction feature showed in the language classroom. having finished giving directions, teachers walk around the class and come to each student or group. monitor and evaluation of student’s activity are the reasons as well as building rapport to the students. mrs. rah approaches one student to monitor her activity. (co-13). mr. am walks around one student to another, one group to another. (co-10). rarely sitting in her desk, mrs. an keeps walking around to have a chat with the students. she gives feedback to the students by saying: ok, i see, it’s ok. (co-11). the teacher approaches students’ desks one by one, monitors their activities, gives more explanation, and responding student’s questions. (co-03). teachers move around the class is also stated in several research findings. wachyudi, srisudarso, and miftakh (2015) reported that during the session, teachers stand and move around to make the lesson interesting. teachers approach the students who looks confused on the topic or task given. next, the similar result is also showed the study by rido, ibrahim, and nambiar (2014). they wrote that teachers move around the class and approach the students when delivering questions and paying attention to student’s response. another identified pattern in language classroom interaction is student-student interaction. while learning language in the classroom, teacher sometimes designs the classroom to make the student interact with other students. some classroom activities are set to stimulate them as peer or speaking partners for classmates. speaking activities seem quite difficult, the students do in pair, ask like/dislike to other students sitting next to her diagonally, and record them on note. (co-03). in whispering horse games, the class is so noise. in group, students are competing to be the fastest and the rightest. (co-04). having continued the lesson, the teacher gets the students to do in group of 4-6…. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 105 the students then move the desk to make the group. (co-10). mrs. an distributes worksheets to the students so that they do the activity in group. (co-11). setting classroom activity in pair or in group brings advantages for both teachers and students. as harmer (2007, pp. 116-117) stated, pair and group activity provide a plenty room and opportunities to use the language with peers; meanwhile individual activity stimulate autonomy and independence in learning language. almost the same result is also apparent in research by nisa (2014). on her study, pair work and group work are used to stimulate the use of language among students in speaking classes. concerning to the responses, the teachers are waiting expected responses either verbal or non-verbal in which are in accuracy, fluency, and acceptance in the line with the learning objectives. however, the students, in fact, as language learners, respond in several ways: in verbal, in action, and no response. verbal responses are the most noticeable feature in language classroom. it primarily is for responding teacher questions. then, the students say it together with loud voice. (co-01). all students at once answer loudly the teacher question. (co-08). beside verbal responses, the students also providing action or activity as required and directed by the teachers. some of the students stay calm and quite as taking the test; while, the others are discussing with their classmates. (co-01). the students are walking around the class and asking their classmates about the required expressions, and taking note. (co-03). nonetheless, not all students give expected response. because of some causes, they do not answer the questions, answer the questions with wrong answer, or do something else. students are allowed to add the answer or give other different opinions. nevertheless, no student arises. teacher let any student to do question no. 4. yet, no one comes forward to. (co-02). mrs. rah asks the students to do the exercises on the worksheet. some of them are discussing; meanwhile, some others look confused and do something that is not instructed, such as drawing and keeping silent. (co-13). as the matter of the student response, rustandi and mubarok (2017) also reported that interaction in speaking class at university level, students are less initiative to start the conversation because of shyness and reluctance. these results may not be consistent to the research findings by nisa (2014) that, beside student response and initiation, silence and confusion in interaction during speaking session are when the teacher wrote the materials and confusion occurred as more than one person talking. however, related to how students interact with and responses to teacher’s communication in the classroom, it is also surprisingly identified that several students in particular situation initiates interaction with the teachers by asking questions or requesting something, though it does not frequently happen. students ask several questions related to content materials and vocabulary. (cw06). during the lesson, the students often ask “mom, i don’t understand about it” or “i’m confused, mom. can you explain more?”. else, for those who have limited language, they say “mom, how…how…” to require more explanation. (cw-10). some of the students often asks about vocabulary, “bapak, banyak bahasa inggris nya apa, pak?” (sir, what is many in english?). (lo-10). one student yells “why is it advice instead of advise?”; then the teacher explains the differences among those two words. (lo-12). one of the students says “another song, mom”. teacher accepts the student’s request and finds another song to play before the lesson starts. (co-03). the interaction patterns in efl classrooms can be schemed on figure 3. hanna sundari, zainal rafli & sakura ridwan interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools 106 teacher-students (whole-class) interaction is as one pattern in which teachers initiate interaction to entire class by giving questions or directions. then, pattern two is teacher-confronted student interaction. teacher starts interaction by nominating one specific student or students in group. pattern three is when the teachers set the students in pair or group to make them to interact each other, called studentstudent interaction. these patterns add the types of classroom structures of interaction observed by suryati (2015) at lower secondary schools in malang, east java. she wrote two types of classroom interaction: teacher fronted interaction and student-student interaction. the similar patterns of classroom interaction can be taken from the research by nisa (2014). the types of classroom interaction during speaking activities are teacher-whole class, teacher-student, teacher-a group of students, studentteacher, student-student, and student whole class. figure 3. interaction patterns in efl lower secondary classrooms teaching is probably on the teacher’s hand as controller who usually initiates the interaction in language classroom. nonetheless, teacher has several considerations underpinning her selection and preferences used in the classroom. classroom interaction and dynamic result from teacher choices in classroom activity (richards & lockhart, 2007). based on the interviews, smooth and effective teaching process is the priority for teachers. to make each student speak, mrs. li prefers calling names and pointing the students out. when they are responding, there is time i call by names or calling names. else, when i deliver the question to entire class, no student responds or there are great responses with loud, shouted voices that make unclear noisy echo. i decide to select one by one. besides, i want them to produce much language. at this time, i will point out… (tw-02). calling names is not just random pick. excellent students are more preferable because they can be a good language model for others. at this time, i will point out the excellent student to stimulate less student. (tw-02). teacher delivers the questions to entire class; sometime she points out one student. especially excellent student is selected as language model for other students. (cwfgd-01). for instance, one student looks competent at the discussed topic. therefore, i point english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 107 him out. sometimes, he explains it in english or indonesian. (tw-12). nominating specific students was also revealed in study by rido (2017). he reported that teachers point out specific students to make proficient students help less proficient students. moreover, this strategy is to make student more alert and attentive to the lesson as well as to give equal opportunity for each student to practice english. conclusion this current study aims at describing the interaction patterns in efl classroom at lower secondary schools and some reasons underpinned the pattern selection. when interacting and communicating with the students in the classroom, teachers do not strictly follow the irf structure. they greet, ask, direct, and lead to the entire class, called teacher-whole-class interaction. to publicly communicate, the teachers feel more effective and saving time. then, they also nominate and call one specific student, as teacher-fronted student interaction, to stimulate individual language production and evaluation as well as a good language model. at last, teachers set the classroom activity to make the student interact each other. pair-work and group-work help the students communicate and improve their language. concerning to the interaction patterns in language classroom, the research found that at least three modified irf structure. firstly, teacher – whole class is as the most common pattern in the class, then students give various kinds of responses. the second pattern is teacher – individual student by nominating specific students; the student’s response can be expected and targeted response, confusion or giving non-verbal response. the last, teachers also set the class in pair work or group work to build communication and interaction among students. these research findings may not explicitly describe the importance and the quality of interaction in the efl classroom; neither may these assess the teachers’ interaction competences in language teaching. however, the results depict the teachers’ roles in language classroom in foreign context. they play the prominent roles. they control the moves of lesson, they manage who talks, when and how much, and they also become student’ speaking partners and language model. references brown, h. d. (2007). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: pearson education. choudhury, s. (2005). interaction in second language classrooms. brac university journal, ii(1), 77–82. consolo, d. a. (2006). classroom oral interaction in foreign language lessons and implications for teacher development. linguagem & ensino, 9(2), 33–55. dagarin, m. (2004). classroom interaction and communication strategies in learning english as a foreign language. elope: english language overseas perspectives and enquiries, 1(1–2), 127– 139. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.4312/elope.1.1-2.127-139. farahian, m., & rezaee, m. (2012). a case study of an efl teacher’s type of questions: an investigation into classroom interaction. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 47, 161–167. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.06.631. hall, g. (2011). exploring english language teaching: language in action. new york: routledge. hall, j. k. (2003). classroom interaction and language learning. ilha do desterro, 44, 165–187. harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language learning. malaysia: pearson education limited. hermanto, h. (2015). understanding teacher talk to support students’ communicative competence. jurnal sosial humaniora, 8(2), 143–159. kharaghani, n. (2013). patterns of interaction in efl classrooms. in the global summit on education (pp. 859–864). kuala lumpur: worldconferences.net. murray, d. e., & christison, m. (2011). what english language teachers need to know volume ii: facilitating learning. new york: taylor & fancis e-libaray. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203846292. nasruloh, m. i. (2013). teacher-student interaction in a project-based learning classroom. journal of english and education, 1(1), 142–153. nisa, s. h. (2014). classroom interaction analysis in indonesian efl speaking class. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 124–132. petek, e. (2013). teacher’s beliefs about classroom interaction and their actual practices: a qualitative case study of a native and a non-native english teacher’s in-class applications. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 70, 1195–1199. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.176. pujiastuti, r. t. (2013). classroom interaction: an hanna sundari, zainal rafli & sakura ridwan interaction patterns in english as foreign language classroom at lower secondary schools 108 analysis of teacher talk and student talk in english for young learner (eyl). journal of english and education, 1(1), 163–172. rashidi, n., & rafieerad, m. (2010). analyzing patterns of classroom interaction in efl classrooms in iran. journal of asia tefl, 7(3), 93–120. richards, j. c., & lockhart, c. (2007). reflective teaching in second language classrooms. usa: cambridge university press. rido, a. (2017). questioning strategies of master teachers in indonesian vocational english classrooms. teflin journal, 2(28), 193–211. rido, a., ibrahim, n., & nambiar, r. m. k. (2014). investigating efl master teacher’s classroom interaction strategies: a case study in indonesian secondary vocational school. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 118, 420–424. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.02.057. robinson, h. a. (2005). the ethnography of empowerment: the transformative power of classroom interaction. london: taylor & fancis elibaray. rustandi, a., & mubarok, a. h. (2017). analysis of irf (initiation-respon-feedback) on classroom interaction in efl speaking class. edulite: journal of english education, literature, and culture, 2(1), 239–250. seedhouse, p., & jenks, c. j. (2015). international perspectives on elt classroom interaction. hampshire: palgrave macmillan. sundari, h. (2016). pengaruh input bahasa orangtua terhadap kompleksitas bahasa anak: studi kasus pada anak usia 5 tahun melalui interactive shared reading. jurnal pendidikan bahasa dan sastra, 16, 110–121. suryati, n. (2015). classroom interaction strategies employed by english teachers at lower secondary schools, 247–264. retrieved from http://journal.teflin.org/index.php/journal/article/ download/268/252. thoms, j. j. (2012). classroom discourse in foreign language classrooms : a review of the literature. foreign language annals, 45(s1), 8–27. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.111/j.19449720.2012.01177.x.foreign. wachyudi, k., srisudarso, m., & miftakh, f. (2015). analisis pengelolaan dan interaksi kelas dalam pengajaran bahasa inggris. jurnal ilmiah solusi, 1(4), 40–49. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004. walsh, s. (2011). exploring classroom discourse: language in aaction. oxon: routlege taylor & francis group. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 77 commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program nanan abdul manan elementary teacher education, teacher training and education stkip muhammadiyah kuningan, indonesia e-mail: nanan@upmk.ac.id apa citation: manan, a. m. (2018). commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 77-84. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1255. received: 14-02-2018 accepted: 23-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: speaking skill is the prominent thing in verbal communication due to most students of university got the difficulties in practicing it. english camp program becomes a way out to boost students’ speaking performance. hence, this research is aimed to know the english speaking competence by means of english camp program (ecp). by applying a case study, some students of mathematic education of stkip muhammadiyah kuningan were chosen as the participants. the research concerns on the three categories of ecp activities; commitment, community, and bravery. those factors are so simple but they are very important to lead the students to practice english speaking, to create natural situation in practice and to strengthen their english speaking performance. this study revealed that ecp gives a positive impact on students’ speaking skill. ecp can give a new experience of students who join the english program without any obstacles in practicing; many chances, free topics and experience exploration. ecp is a simple activity that can create a big result in speaking english skill. keywords: english camp program, speaking skill, commitment, community, bravery introduction teaching and learning process in formal situation is the usual activity of university students. they have a high awareness to attend the class and allow to some academic regulations on it. in case of learning english as the second language, a learner should use some strategies willingly. their willingness is then indicated by means of exercises. the learner should have a high motivation to communicate and have a positive attitude to the target language. the motivation, itself, doesn’t appear apparently without any intervention of other factors. lectures or teachers are part of factors to give a support. because motivation appears as interaction between students and teachers/lecturers, it is essentially aimed to develop the students’ competence in learning (zaikina, et al., 2017). motivation indicates the stability situation in learning process (davoudia & parpouchi, 2016). english learning in higher school or university has a different concept and understanding. the university students, of course, have been in adult condition. the ultimate purpose of language practice tends to communicative language teaching. it means that language is used for communication effectively (akdemir, barin, & demiroz, 2012). communicative competence relates to communicative language proficiency that is the most important thing in language practice. communicative language proficiency, at least, has two parts of language divisions; language knowledge and language strategies (srikaew, tangdhanakanond, & kanjanawasee, 2015). it implies teaching speaking relates to other skills and objectives. as an english teacher, one should combine some skills interwined in practicing of english speaking. assessment is an important step that must be done in a process of teaching and mailto:nanan@upmk.ac.id nanan abdul manan commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program 78 learning. this assessment will provide information about the condition of the students related to the understanding of the context of a particular discussion. speaking is a productive skill that can be directly and empirically observed (brown, 2004). this means that students’ speaking activities can be observed by a teacher from their speaking activities in the class. in this case, assessment is used for ensuring the classroom activities. so, classroom assessment needs the test provider that is required to ensure the use of the test is appropriate for its stated purpose and target population (fulcher & davidson, 2007). for more understanding, assessment is meant as the activity that one hope to get the information about students’ performance in one competence. related to this, the researcher relates it with speaking competence. assessment in the pursuit of a language is a series that is not integral to the process of language teaching. assessment will be a barometer as a means of information about developments in the understanding of language learners. assessment, test, evaluation and measurement have the same goal, which is to get an understanding of the development of learners in the learning process. the general evaluation (in this case also related with assessment) in the implementation of learning is understood as an effort to gathering information about the implementation of learning as the basis for making decisions (djiwandono, 2008). such information is not limited to matters directly related to the progress and results of learning by the learners in achieving learning objectives, but can also be related to the learning organization as a whole. speaking skill assessment means assessment on one aspect of language skills, namely speaking. however, in the assessment of english speaking skills, there are several criteria that can be used as a basis to conduct assessment. the assessment tasks itself are classified into several tasks; imitative speaking, responsive speaking, interactive speaking, and extensive speaking (brown, 2004). here, the researcher chooses the assessment tasks in interactive speaking task related to discussion and conversation, and extensive speaking task related to oral presentation. both types of tasks in speaking assessment will be continued into evaluating and scoring speaking tasks. in this research, the scoring involves accuracy and fluency. accuracy involves clear in speaking, articulation, phonologically and grammatically correct. meanwhile, fluency is classified into flowing explaining and natural language as a custom of english in a daily. the practice of english communication was conducted in english camp program. it has a core purpose that the students can concern in one place, one theme and one goal, exactly, improving english communicative competence. it has the same purpose what another academic camp has. academic camp, actually, is an approach for improving the students’ learning problems in the class, improving self confidence and understanding advance knowledge (yusop, et al., 2015). method this research applies a case study design. the case study design is based upon the assumption that the case being studied is a typical of cases of a certain type and therefore a single case can provide insight into the events and situations prevalent in a group from where the case has been drawn (kumar, 2011). the researcher explores an area where little is known about ecp. the situation of ecp was carried out, episode of ecp was scheduled, and community were gathered at ecp. in this case study, the data were collected through interview and observation. gaining information from secondary records were also conducted as the completing data. the secondary records were gained from the data that instructors had. the data was about the progress of students’ speaking skills, especially in accuracy and fluency categories. results and discussion clear and articulation in speaking performance the students of mathematic education joined ecp with many reason. some of them wanted to be better in english for presenting the english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 79 students of university contest carried out by public university coordination of jabar banten in 2018 and some others wanted to develop their knowledge relating to english for mathematics. in a term of clear and articulation, the students indicated the good speakers. they could start and finish conversations well. some students still used the common sentences in opening the communication as the researcher found out through observation as indicated in the following simple conversation between ato (boy) and intan (girl). a : hello, how are you today? i : i am fine, and you? a : fine. by the way, you have eaten? i : not yet. a : i have breakfast with nasi uduk not lontong sayur. i : why? not lontong sayur? a : i don’t like it, yes i don’t like. i : yes, why? a : because, there is lemak. what lemak in english? i : o, lemak is fat. hehe, lontong sayur is very delicious, i like it. a : but i don’t like, hehe. from the simple converstion, ato as the first speaker tried to open the conversation to intan (the second speaker). they talked about kinds of sundanese food for breakfast. actually, it was the same as other places if talking about nasi uduk and lontong sayur. and, of course, nasi uduk and lontong sayur were kinds of morning foods in several places in java or especially west java. clear articulation of this communication indicated that speaker 1 and speaker 2 could understand the purpose of converstaion one another. eventhough, ato had a difficulty to say ‘lemak’ in english but the communication partner, intan, responded and gave its translation in english. on the other situation, there were discussion about the preference places for carreer in the future. they responded in many reasons. every student gave an opinion about their career. the following as the result of their discussion. moderator : hello every body, this time, we are going to open our discussion by reciting basmallah. in this opportunity, i am anggi as moderator, i will guide you to discuss about our future after we have finish our study in stkip muhammadiyah kuningan. i will give you time to speak about your opinion. for the first, i give a time to cika, please. cika : ok, thank you, i will explain my plan for future. actually, i want to continue my study to strata 2 or s2. i will take test in upi bandung. because, there, mathematic education there is. i am believe that i can pass the test. after that, i will become lecture. i think enough from me. moderator : ok, thank you cika for your opinion. i am agree with you that we must to have plan for future. and for next opinion, i give time to vera. vera : ok, thank you moderator. in my opinion, after i finish my study from stkip muhammadiyah kuningan, insha allah, i will apply to sd islam terpadu al-istiqomah, al multazam or husnul khotimah. why i choose it. because, i think, in there i can have many experience with many teacher who have many knowledge in teaching. i want to the best mathematic teacher. from the simple sight of their discussion, they had a good and clear articulation. every speaker could convey their opinion as they found from their mind and their experiences. they had a good understanding in speech production; conceptual preparation in term of lexical concept, lexical selection morphological encoding, phonological encoding, phonetic encoding, articulation, and sound wave (traxler, 2012). they had produced their language into a good utterance. yet, there were still found mistakes in using some words, phrases and sentences. they forgot the crucial things about verb in past participle, verb without to be additional, article use, and countable and uncountable nouns. they got lost of understanding in a crusial thing because it was a simple case of them. nanan abdul manan commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program 80 phonological and grammatical competence in phonological competence, the students had practiced an english conversation promptly. they imitated the sound vocal and consonant as they got from their instructors. eventhough, they still found the sundanese dialect. it was so difficult to practice english conversation with native english perfectly. the influence of sundanese language as a source language was difficult to be omitted. moreover, the big problem of sundanese people was how to differ from ‘f’, ‘p’ and ‘v’. they took many times to exercise the better phonology differently and distinctly. the following table figured the exercises relating to phonologycal competence. table 1. the difficult words for practice vacation fly play veil funny pardon vegetable forget peace violin four pump violet from promptly vehicle some sundanese got difficulty in pronouncing the three alphabets; ‘f’, ‘p’ and ‘v’. they were accustomed with ‘p’ in many communication. then, english was inflected with their habit in communication. in ecp, the students used to use many different words. they used several sentences containing the three words. in this case, they got a good phonology step by step. in other side, grammatical competence was one of the targets in ecp. one activity was ended by one correction of grammar. to avoid boring, the instructors practiced the grammar with many interesting topics. in this case, the instructor has function in a source of competences; cognitive, affective and psychomotor (usman, silviyanti, & marzatillah, 2016). the three important competences relate his capacity as the intructor, balance the feeling and emotion, and how to act speaking. the students are lead to understand the grammar without a burden in communication. for the first time, the students found difficult to combine between grammar competence and conversation skill. they got lose of parentheses of grammar while speaking. even simple present tense was the lose one. flowing explaining and natural language some findings of this research view the situations of students’ speaking skill. they enjoyed with their topics choosen. what we call as flowing and natural language is when practicing without scandal. they practiced their language had been contructed on their mind. they conversed with daily theme or topic. they found relax situation. some topics they discussed well were related with their english learning experinces, something they prefered, some perceptions about the current issues and other interesting topics. the speaking situation was carred out in some mixing words and sentences between indonesian and english. the practice had a well running. eventhough, they still used mix languages. in the view point of this case is that some students could share some information in their discussion flowing and natural language. they were easy to express or deliver into language communication. ecp guided them to practice more and more without getting a strick regulation in speaking. the important target was practice. they were free to practice without considering some tenses and structures. the correction of their grammar and structure were explained in the end of their speech in every section of individual opportunity. in this research, the researcher find a good achievement of english speaking skills. the students of mathematic education indicate the progressiveness in speaking skill. they have joined the english camp program (ecp) in the some place where the concentration of learning is carried out. the english camp program is conducted to sharpen speaking skill. ecp was carried out in the special place. the place was divided into two houses, for men and women. the schedule in ecp had three sections; morning, afternoon and evening. in the morning section was started from 06.00 am to 09.00. afternoon section was carried out at 04.00 pm to 06.00 pm and evening section started from 08.00 to 10.00 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 81 pm. the discussion of the three sections had the discussion about grammar materials (morning) and presentation (afternoon and evening sections). on the other hand, the experience of students’ learning in english is when they attend at english course program (ecp). ecp is one of the choices of the students of university to join twice or three times in a week for english. many places or courses carry out the english course. the program is various; basic grammar, speaking, reading, toefl and all related with the english comptences. ecp is chozen by students who do not have any satisfaction in achieving english mark at university. they enrich their knowledge and skill of english at ecp. ecp gives many offers to whom enriching their english. it has been an alternative study to overcome the difficulty in english, either grammar or speaking. to know more about the english speaking skill, the resercher observes english camp program (ecp). this program is conducted by the learning basedcommunity. the program is carried out in the certain place where the students can enjoy and keep calm from the crowded situation. they can develop and enrich their english speaking skill by means of gathering. this program as the response from the difficulty of students’ learning is intended to focus on the language learning vision. the vision means that the students have the same time and place, opportunities to speak, topic to practice and wishes to be good in english speaking. combining both grammar and speaking competences are rarely difficult. the students sometimes get lose of grammar understanding while they are practicing speaking. and they have problems in adapting speaking topic related with grammar. ecp has given the different study experience of the students. they step by step start to combine the grammar and speaking competences. that’s way ecp can give more satisfaction of the students commitment the students of ecp formerly do not accustom to live together with others in the same place for more than one day. ecp was carried out in one week. they live in the same house, study together, make the same commitment in increasing english speaking skills and share one another to make progress. one of the students’ learning experience is the same vision. vision of this is only to increase speaking skill and grammar as the basis understanding to support the speaking practice. there are 10 boys and 10 girls who join this program. of course, they have various competences and skills in english. they have different background of learning culture. they have to adapt for a while to be stay together. but, they are tied by one vision to be in the sameness vision, namely increasing english speaking skill. in this program, for 1 month, they concern to broader their knowledge in english. mostly, they haven’t got english course before joining ecp. they got the difficulty in understanding related with english. whereas they had finished some english materials when they were at junior high school and senior high school. the materials that are given in ecp are about the grammar and speaking. those materials are the same as the materials that were got earlier. but, they still don’t have any understanding much. even, they forget all as if they never learn about it. ecp focuses on the materials given with the concsiousness of themselves. they can enjoy the program as they want and they determine their discipline for supporting it. one vision, in this case, is the same as a ‘commitment’. a commitment means that how the students can lead their learning as good as possible. they determine their target in speaking skill by sharing one another. it is accordance with the learning conception and learning orientation; personal goals, intentions, motives, expectations, attitudes, concerns, and doubts with regard to their studies (negovana, sterianb, & colesniucc, 2015 ). they have only one purpose in this program, being a good speaker in english. they support one another. they have a high responsible to get a good english speaking skill together. so, they nanan abdul manan commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program 82 support and drive one another to be actively engangement in english class. they realize that to achive the better one in english should be in togetherness.mostly students in this program have a good schedule to practice english. they have many preparation before presenting topics choosen, make an activity matrix to do and not to do. of course, the prohibition in english time is to speak another language but english. this one is the big reason that they have a high ambition to be better one in english either in grammar or in speaking. the commitment above is implemented to in some ways that the researcher finds. the students have a good management in english practice; english time, punishment with various ways like memorizing vocabularies or making a speech as they want, and reward for whom full practicing by means of getting free activities in a half day as an obligation of ones in a day. english time is a schedule made of the students themselves. they make some regulation to be followed by all members. the regulation is agreed for implementing. all regulations related with improving their english; building vocabularies, tenses practicing, chatting, speaking, discussing, and so on. meanwhile, reward and punishment are the anticipation for members in practicing english. those are intended to lead the members in order to keep a commitment to some regulations agreed. community the second one the researcher finds at ecp activities is enganging among the students. they had a close relationship, like a family. they were in the same place creating the same custom and habitual activity. from the morning to the evening, they were in an english place. they were forced to the situation and condition forming them to be able to practice english. an english circumstance had shaped the students principle of english. the comfort place had lead the students to open their mind. developing their language competence and skill was influenced with a good place. the good place where the students were at home was the calm situation, not noisy and of the distance. to focus on english skill derived from supporting a good situation. the next part of community reason is a partnership. having a partner in communication supports the students sharing and increasing their speaking skills. the process of practicing (speaking, discussion, presentation) is carried out with partners. they can share strange vocabularies bay means of discussion or presentation. buiding vocabularies is a difficult one for whom being more than 20 years old. in this age, they aren’t easy to memorize news vocabularies in english. they need some tricks or strategies to memorize vocabularies in practicing. the tricks or strategies were sharing and receiving vocabularies in some discussions and presentations. everyone performed in many occasions and used english language step by step. the first meeting, the regulation of practicing was 30% in english and 70% in indonesia. the second meeting and next were determined with more english practice than indonesian practice. the students had many inputs of new words while discussion and presentation section. in many discussion and presentation sections, not all members of those practice could start it with a perfect sentence or full english sentences. in every sentence, they found problems in conveying english words. they used indonesian language when they got lose the english word and the members of discussion directly gave a noticed to translate it into english. the presenters or speakers who had an speaking occasion repeated the indonesian words delivered into english words and so on. in this practice, the students wrote the strange words they found in many communication activities. they had a small book for stange words. the strange words lead them to make some sentences using the new words. from moment to moment, they could use the words in accordance with the topics discussing. the more the students did the repetation stange words the more they cought the words. they could easily practice with many vocabularies. this activity was apparently as a good practice for building english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 83 vocabularies. even they didn’t realize their progressiveness in speaking skills. by practicing time to time and sharing in a community, they found many words to be contructed into some sentences perfectly. they were difficult to demonstrate some words memorized before into sentences if they didn’t start to participate in discussion or presentation section. there were different competence between mastering vocabulary and practicing speaking. some of them tried to memorize words before performing in presentation but they often got difficult to create in speaking. of course, ‘community’ culture was a good construction in ecp. it had bridged vocabulary building and practicing speaking. this condition indicates that the students can encourage their english competence one another by means of collaborative competence (jinesh, 2014). bravery the next findings in ecp was ‘bravery’ attitude. bravery was a bridging between commitment and community. it was more difficult to figure out how the two cases (commitment and community) went together. ecp forced the students being confident to speak. the difficult performance of students in speaking was how to start. how to start was not about how to open the speaking activity but more than it. one who joined in ecp felt shy speaking in front of their instructors and their friends. a lack confident of some one had disturbed the preparation having been made before. they lose of words to be presented because of lack of bravery. ecp lead the students to be brave. many factors had influenced to the students better in speaking, namely many occasions to practice, interesting topics, and every time corrections. the occasions the students got were speaking and conversation activities wherever they wished. this is to avoid the students get unpleasant emotional condition characterized feelings of tension and apprehension (karatasa, et al., 2016). ecp activities contingented to the informal situation. the students didn’t feel awkward as formal situation, they flew and spoke naturally. the occasions were creatively contructed in many different places; in front of home, in the terrace, on the street beside the house. they underwent happily and full inspirations. the next factors of bravery was interesting topics. the topics could be determined as the agreement of the members of ecp. different members had different preferences in choosing the suitable topics of them. the instructors gave the free choices of the topics. mostly topics choosed were life style and common activities they had found easily. before starting to practice, the instructors, firstly, constructed the understanding of language concept in source language. it wasn’t directly practiced in englih language. the students were guided how to open their mind, open the imagination, construct their concept in indonesian. after catching the things of minds, the students could convert the concept of source language into english utterances. most english practice always forced students to practice more and more without giving an opportunity to the students in order to fill their mind in source language formerly. it was very difficult for them to find out which words and sentences would be delivered. but, by means of filling and strengtening the language concept of mind in source language, it was easy to practice step by step. in this ecp, the students captioned a quite simple trick to practice english; finding ideas, maping ideas, selecting ideas, converting ideas into english to be practiced. their bravery in practicing arouse from time to time because of mastering their topics, knowing to make a step and mixing language for the strange vocabularies. bravery was the most important thing for ecp students. bravery was as if an urgent instrument to unite a commitment and a community to be real in english group. the more advantages of bravery was all time corrections. the students could easily get the corrections from their friends and their instructors while practicing. but, the correction, in this case, was not directly done while practicing. many methods were agreed in this ecp. the students could get the correction by writing on white board and by audience movement (right or wrong statement nanan abdul manan commitment, community and bravery: the core activities in endorsing speaking skill by english camp program 84 had different movement). so, the students speaking repeated the correct sentences given from audience. this happy activities made the situation relax and high input. conclusion ecp is a program giving the progressivenes of students’ speaking skills. there are some good keys in this program, they are one vision, commitment, community and bravery factors. those factors are so simple but they are very important to lead the students to practice english, to create natural situation in practice and to strengthen their english speaking practice principles. the difficulty of english speaking practice derives from the missperception of english learning goals. some students have perceptions that english is a science not a custom. english as science gives a strengtening in some languages regulation that must be obeyed. meanwhile, english as a custom gives the students enjoy with their practice. exploring their experiences, enganging the english partner, articulating their minds, converting their ideas into language practice are some process that are in this ecp activities. ecp has created the students gain one vision, commitment, community and bravery. those factors are the important things in supporting their speaking skills. they have realized the difficult one in english is how to practice. before practicing, they have got a good commitment. making one vision to increase speaking skill, having a gather commitment, staying in the disciple community, lead the students to be better one in english speaking skill. ecp is a simple activity that can create the big result in speaking english skill. references akdemir, a. s., barin, m., & demiroz, h. (2012). broadsheet english: teaching speaking through newspaper articles. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 46(2), 3967-3971. davoudia, a. h. m., & parpouchi, a. (2016). relation between team motivation, enjoyment, and cooperation. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 230(4), 184-189. brown, d. h. (2004). language assessment-principles and classroom practices. new york: pearson longman. usman, b., silviyanti, t. m., & marzatillah. (2016). the influence of teacher's competence towards the motivation of students in learning english. studies in english language and education, 134-146. srikaew, d., tangdhanakanond, k., & kanjanawasee, s. (2015). development of an english speaking skill assessment model for grade 6 students by using portofolio. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 191(2), 764-768. djiwandono, m. s. (2008). tes bahasa: pegangan pengajar bahasa. jakarta: pt. indeks. fulcher & davidson. (2007). language testing and assessment and advanced resource book. new york: routledge. karatasa, h., alcia, b., bademcioglub, m., & ergin, a. (2016). an investigation into university students’ foreign language. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 382 – 388. yusop, h., foo, f. y., jumadi, a., mahadi, s., ali, m. n., & johari, n. (2015). the effectiveness of excellence camp: a study on paired sample. procedia-economics and finance, 31(3), 453461. jinesh, j. j. (2014). enhancement of speaking skills: a collaborative learning perspective. international journal of english: literature, language, skills, 284-287. kumar, r. (2011). research methodology: a step-bystep guide for beginners. london: sage publication inc. zaikina, o., malinowskab, m., bakhtadzec, n., & żyławski, a. (2017). motivation and social aspects of competence-based learning. procedia computer science, 112(3), 1092-1101. traxler, m. j. (2012). introduction to psycholinguisticsunderstanding language science. uk: wileyblackwell. negovana, v., sterianb, m., & colesniucc, m. h. (2015). conceptions of learning and intrinsic motivation in different. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 187(3), 642 – 646. communicative competence relates to communicative language proficiency that is the most important thing in language practice. communicative language proficiency, at least, has two parts of language divisions; language knowledge and language strategies... in this case, assessment is used for ensuring the classroom activities. so, classroom assessment needs the test provider that is required to ensure the use of the test is appropriate for its stated purpose and target population (fulcher & davidson, 20... assessment in the pursuit of a language is a series that is not integral to the process of language teaching. assessment will be a barometer as a means of information about developments in the understanding of language learners. assessment, test, eval... the general evaluation (in this case also related with assessment) in the implementation of learning is understood as an effort to gathering information about the implementation of learning as the basis for making decisions (djiwandono, 2008). such in... english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 101 digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story asri siti fatimah english education, faculty of teacher training and education, siliwangi university, indonesia e-mail: asrisitifatimah@unsil.ac.id santiana english education, faculty of teacher training and education, siliwangi university, indonesia e-mail: santiana@unsil.ac.id yuyus saputra english education, faculty of teacher training and education, siliwangi university, indonesia e-mail: yuyussaputra@unsil.ac.id apa citation: fatimah, a. s., santiana, s., & saputra, y. (2019). digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 101-108. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1526. received: 24-01-2019 accepted: 23-03-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: this study investigates the use of toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story. toondoo as the newest technology for creating comic or picture story is very beneficial helping teacher to creatively provide innovative strategy providing better classroom environment for the english learners, especially for those studying english short story. as the invented prose narrative shorter than a novel dealing with a few characters, short story can give an important content raising cultural awareness, linguistic awareness, motivation, and is claimed to improve all four skills. therefore, this study aims at knowing how the implementation of toondoo in teaching english short story and finding out the benefits of this tool for teaching performance. to gain the data, reflective journal created by a pre-service teacher who becomes the participant of the study and interview were used to reflect the process of creating toondoo and the process of teaching english short story using this tool. the findings showed that this tool can be used to promote students’ speaking skill. toondoo is very helpful to facilitate students’ imagination promoting their speaking ability, producing better learning experience, and creating a good classroom atmosphere. keywords: english short story; pre-service teacher; reflection; technology; toondoo. introduction the use of instructional media for teaching is really important helping teachers to deliver the material and create interesting activities in the classroom. teachers may not only use traditional media such as pictures, cards, authentic materials and boards for teaching english, but they can also use song, audio visual, and instructional technology for helping them give instruction to the students. today, there are so many instructional media for teaching english which have been introduced by several experts. it is certainly proven that technology used for teaching english grows very fast so that teachers are really helped to provide better classroom experience for the student (fatimah & santiana, 2017). thus, they will be very easy to find the media technology provided on mobile application and web-based internet that give different environment. as a result, teachers are encouraged to creatively give the suitable instructional tools in the classroom in order to guide students to achieve the learning objectives. toondoo as one of the web-based applications provided on the internet is known as easy and appealing application which can be used as instructional tool the teachers to create picture and use it for teaching. kirchoff and cook in fatimah and santiana (2017) point out that toondoo is a free, fully online comic creator, one that offers many options for comic strip creation through a user-friendly interface. this web-based application tool is really beneficial allowing teachers to create cartoon by only choosing comic strips components, such as setting, characters, props, clip, art, and text bubble provided on its application. its component is categorized to help users find what they are looking for and select just the right image. moreover, they can upload pictures taken from internet or their own if they want. this feature is useful and easy to use. asri siti fatimah, santiana, & yuyus saputra digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story 102 similar to other web-based technology, teachers need to create an account by submitting name and email address to use toondoo. it provides fifteen options for panel layout, from one to four panels of equal or varying sizes. it also has option to create individual comic strips or to combine panels to form books (i.e., collections) of multiple strips (kirchoff & cook, 2015). moreover, this tool also consists of sharing options allowing the users to share their comic on internet. students can select from public (where anyone can view), private (where only they can view), and shared (where they can select who views) for their product. this can create different setting and experience for the students which can increase their motivation to study. gonzalez (2016) has found that the elaboration of the comic in toondoo was something very motivating for the students. the use of comics in efl setting is not new since it provides chronological images that provide narrative to their audience. this media is useful to stimulate students’ ideas. comics are art form that features a series of static images in fixed sequence, usually to tell a story. typically, comics are printed on paper and text is often incorporated into the images (yunus, et al., 2012). however, the use of comics in education context has surprisingly long history. since the early 1940s, many scholars in the usa have investigated that the use of comic books did not give meaningful benefits. it was also stated that comics were a harmful literacy tool. in the 1970s, however, teachers began to dare to use comics books again and it becomes influential when art spiegelman’s comics book, maus, won the pulitzer prize in 1992. it proves that it can be artistically mature and literate works (retalis as cited in yunus et al., 2012). actually, there are many strengths of using comics in teaching english. comics consist of pictures which are usually interesting for the students. children have a natural attention to comic because of its elements. comics can intrisically motivate the students to learn and take advantage from the extraordinary motivating power of this media. furthermore, comics are known as a permanent, visual component, in contrast to film and animation, where the medium dictates the pace of the viewing process. the text medium is similarly permanent, but not ‘pictorial’. ‘visual permanence’ is distinctive to comic, as time within a comic book progresses at the pace of a reader (willian & yang, as cited in yunus et al., 2012). garcia cited in gonzalez (2016) argues that there are some advantages of using comics in the classroom, specifically in the foreign language classroom in which comics can provide different content: phonetic-phonological, language or grammatical, lexical-semantic, functional and communicative, cultural or strategic. however, although comics only provide several pictures and a few words, but teacher can use this kind of media to teach elements of language. in addition, teacher is also allowed to use comics for teaching five skills: listening, understanding reading, oral interaction, speaking, and writing. as a medium used to express idea by pictures, comics can be used for teaching both receptive and productive skills. finally, it is also interesting for people in which its playful component favors the teachinglearning through playing. therefore, it really motivates students to study using this media. therefore, the use of cartoon created by this web 2.0 technology is really appropriate to use for teaching english short story. as the invented prose narrative shorter than a novel, short story can give important content raising cultural awareness, linguistic awareness, motivation, and are claimed to improve all four skills (parkinson & reid thomas, cited in khatib & nasrollahi, 2012). the use of toondoo for teaching english short story can allow teachers to facilitate their imagination in which they can create unfamiliar story for the students. in addition, it also makes students learn easier and provides permanence. toondoo can reduce repetition and make remembering words easy, promote creative skills and motivate students to learn (jylhä-laide cited in wilujeng & lan, 2015). previous research conducted by gonzalez (2016) has found that comic in toondoo provides the opportunity for doing collaborative learning and becomes a visual literacy resource to evidence vocabulary learning with emphasis in action verbs. this study proves that toondoo provides the possibility of articulating technology and english contents promoting the creativity, positive perception of english classes, and interest for showing good results. pictures produced by toondoo can provide visual platform engaging the students to learn and promote their interest on the material given. especially for teaching english short story, toondoo is very suitable to give a chance for the teachers to creatively design pictures by themselves. teaching english short story by using toondoo will also be more interesting english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 103 because the students will not be familiar with the story given. in addition, students also have the opportunity to create cartoon books in a group and publish it in any social media. as a result, their imagination and ability to create english short story will be enhanced. considering the previous background, therefore this study aims to answer the following questions: 1. how is the use of toondoo for teaching english short story? 2. what are the benefits of using toondoo for teaching english short story? method this study applied reflective practice to investigate the use of toondoo in teaching english short story. boud in lewis (2013) argues that reflective practice is a generic term for those intellectual and affective activities in which individuals engage to explore their experiences in order to lead to a new understanding and appreciation. forty-two students coming from the fourth semester in one of universities in indonesia are the participants of the study. they have guided to teach short story by using toondoo in efl classroom. however, one of the students was chosen as the sources of the data. he was asked to reflect his teaching performance when using toondoo in teaching english short story. to collect the data, reflective journal and interview were used. he was asked to write his reflective journal three times; after the lecturer introduces toondoo; after he creates toondoo; and after he teaches using it for teaching english short story. to help him do reflection, reflection template proposed by smith adapted by widodo and ferdiansyah (2018) is used. the template is shown in table 1. table 1. reflection template a. describing write what you felt when you began your teaching or what you taught from the previous lesson b. informing explore what the theme/topic you were teaching, in what ways you taught it c. confronting describe how you reacted to it and also how you performed the task. d. reconstructing highlight the idea as a result of your self-reflection on and for action that you believed would be useful for your next teaching the collected data were then analyzed by using thematic analysis proposed by braun, clarke, and rance (2014). firstly, the data taken from reflective journal and interview were transcribed. in this phase, the data were read and re-read in order to be familiar with the depth and breadth of the content. after being familiar with the data, the data were classified into several codes. in this phase, important points related to research objectives were colored and identified whether they were relevant or not. then, the codes were grouped which possibly have the same theme. then, the themes were also colored differently in order to ease the process of including the codes into the appropriate theme. furthermore, the themes were reviewed to ensure whether the themes were appropriate or not. in addition, if the themes were not appropriate, it was omitted or replaced. finally, the themes were named as the representation of its following sub-themes. those became the findings of this study. at the end, the data were reported in a way which can convince the reader of the merit and validity of the analysis. results and discussion as one of the free comic-creating websites, toondoo allows teachers to easily make cartoon strips or comics and share them to their students. however, the use of comics for teaching english is not new and can be used for developing all language skills. comics consists of pictures combined with text and other visual information which facilitate the students not only to receive information but also express ideas from those elements. in this study, the use toondoo in efl setting is investigated in order to find out the use of it for teaching english short story. from the reflective journal and interview, it is found that in this study, comics are used for teaching english speaking skill. in process of teaching english short story, i use picture that i created using toondoo to stimulate the students to speak. i firstly show the pictures without inserting any words. i instruct the students to discuss what expression which is probably given by the characters on the picture in this study, the participant uses his imagination to create the cartoon strips without any text and bring it to the classroom. asri siti fatimah, santiana, & yuyus saputra digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story 104 figure 1. toondoo furthermore, the students are asked to guess the story and try to mention the expressions given by the characters. by using this activity, the students are encouraged to give their arguments about the expressions given by the characters on the comics. the findings also show that this activity engages the students to be active in the classroom. since the goal of teaching english as a foreign language is to help students increase their communicative skills, short story provided on comics is really effective to stimulate them to speak. in the next activity, the teacher divided the students into several groups and asked them to discuss and guess the story on the comics. at the end of the activity, the students are given the opportunity to stand in front of the class to retell the story in the group. the use of toondoo as free online cartoon maker gets positive response from the participant as depicted in the following excerpt. .... i am so excited to create cartoon by using toondoo.... i really enjoy creating comic using this tool... ...using toondoo for creating cartoon story is really simple creating comics using this app is really easy. as the free cartoon maker, the participant can create free account by submitting username, password and email (figure 2). toondoo consists of hundreds characters, backgrounds and clip art which can be chosen easily by the participant (figure 3). as stated by tahsaldar and seeman (2018), toondoo comics to wiki books is a great way to assess students’ comprehension of story lines, and main ideas as it allows them to easily create cartoons by dragging hundreds of ready-made backgrounds, props, text boxes, and characters into the cartoon panel chosen by them. figure 2. how to create toondoo figure 3. characters on toondoo figure 4. background on toondoo toondoo also provides several features which are interesting for the participant. he does not need to have a skill of drawing to create the characters. in addition, the facial expressions and body positions also can be changed easily using this tool. there are several emotions provided on the app, such as happy, angry, sad or disappointed (figure 5). english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 105 figure 5. facial expressions on toondoo moreover, there are also some benefits of this tool found based on themes on the data analysis. the benefits are as follows. stimulating imagination to promote speaking skill the use of literature in teaching english has been previously a great debate since it provides unrealistic nature which is rarely found in daily activities. however, nowadays it has been noticed that this kind of material gives the authenticity which provides cultural augmentation and promotes linguistic awareness of the students (parkinson & reid thomas cited in khatib & nasrollahi, 2012). especially in teaching english short story, teacher can use this kind of material as the media to improve english language skill especially speaking ability. in process of teaching english short story, i use picture that i created using toondoo to stimulate the students to speak. i firstly show the pictures without inserting any words. i instruct the students to discuss what expression which is probably given by the characters on the picture. the students look so enthusiastic to do these tasks. almost all of the students give their arguments about the expressions from the characters. the statement shows that actually teacher can use literature as media to facilitate students enhancing their language skills, especially speaking. it is supported by khatib and seyyed (2013) who state “short stories are claimed to improve all four skills. it can, if selected and exploited appropriately, provide quality text content which will greatly enhance elt courses for learners at intermediate levels of proficiency.” furthermore, the use of digital comic created by toondoo provides the opportunity for the students to express their ideas by guessing the story on the pictures. as stated on the participant’s reflection, the comic was created without any words in order to stimulate the students to guess the story and expressions which are probably given by the characters. on the other hand, it is stated by kibedi varga cited in conard (2016) that comics are defined as a form where images and words are received simultaneously and in series. comics usually consists of pictures providing visual narrative and the words as the textual narrative. comics are frequently characterized by the combination of pictures with a relatively small number of words, organized into graphically separated units in sequential order. some researchers also agree that balloons on comic are the essential or crucial feature containing speech, text, or a caption that presents the character’s voice, giving the story or ‘life’ to the comic. without the text in the balloons, the reader is unable to follow the narrative of the comic. in this situation, by not providing the words on the bubbles, the students are encouraged to give their arguments to guess the expressions and also the story on the media. it is really appealing because the students can use their imagination to express their opinion about the story. to teach english story to the students, the participant believed that using student-centered learning should be used in the classroom. this approach is known as innovative method promoting learning in communication which takes the students as active participants in their own learning. in this meeting, i try to make the student active in the class. i do not like if they only listen to what i explain. as my lecturer says that i should use student-centered learning when teaching in the class. therefore, this media really helps me to engage the students. after the students give their opinion about the expressions which probably occur, i ask them to guess the story of the pictures. some of the students can guess the main idea of the story. after that, i show the expression which i previously made and tell what the story is. i also appreciate the students who can guess the story of the picture. the students look so happy and classroom situation is managed well. finally, i ask the students to retell the story orally and write it on their handbook. as shown on the excerpt, it is essential to use student-centered learning in the classroom. especially when using cartoon created by toondoo, student-centered learning becomes asri siti fatimah, santiana, & yuyus saputra digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story 106 effective since the students are encouraged to be the main characters of the classroom tasks. by providing situation in which the students express their ideas about the picture, toondoo helps teacher to engage the students behaviorally. as it is seen on the excerpt that almost all of the students give their argument about the story. these visual images provide textual information adding attractiveness on the atmosphere of the classroom. wright in lavalle and briesmaster (2017) asserts that using pictures encourages students to use their imaginations. thus, their ideas will be expressed easily. exploring illustration to create better learning the use of toondoo for teaching english short story is appropriate since it facilitates teacher to easily create cartoon without having skill of drawing. toondoo consists of several features, such as background, characters, props and emotions which can be chosen effortlessly. when my lecturer firstly introduces toondoo as one of technological tool for teaching, i am so interested. i like cartoon and in my opinion, it will be interesting for me to teach using this media. i am so excited to create cartoon by using toondoo. i do not need to draw pictures for creating this cartoon. i only need to choose the background and characters on this application. when my lecturer shows me the way to create cartoon by using toondoo, i feel happy because it is very easy and simple. i hope that i can create interesting cartoon by using this application and use it for teaching in the future. as it is shown in the excerpt, the pre-service teacher feels excited to use this tool for teaching. this kind of application allows her to easily create the appealing instructional media for teaching. bustamante, hurlbut and moeller (2012) argue, “toondoo proved be a valuable feature of the technology as students who are not so good at drawing their ideas with paper and pen, because they feel more comfortable creating their comic using characters from the online library located in toondoo”. however, this tool forces her to be creative on creating the story. this application consists of several features which allow the participant to freely create her own story. to create cartoon using toondoo, my obstacle is only about the story that i made. i am a perfectionist person. so that i want to create a very good story. i change the story several times because i feel not satisfied with the story. i am sometimes difficult to put my story on my cartoon because there are no character’s activities that i want. therefore, i am perforce to change the story which is suitable with the characters and its activities provided on toondoo. this situation forces the participant to reflect and learn how to use this tool in order to provide a good story for the students. ramos in tahsaldar and semaan (2018) highlights the importance of planning properly when using toondoo comic so that students can achieve better results in learning. for more details, he added that the outline of the balloon indicates the intonation of the voice and the shape of letters indicate feelings or actions, while a larger letter indicates a screaming character and the shaky handwriting resemble a scared character and so on. as the pre-service teacher who has less experience in teaching, the participant frequently feels anxious before coming to the class. she usually feels afraid of making mistake in teaching and cannot manage the classroom well. however, this tool helps her to be confident because it is new for the students so that it can increase their’ curiosity. this web 2.0 technology allows the participant to be creative producer providing a chance to explore illustrations to create a good instructional media. by using tool, the students can also learn language well by integrating new ways of communication and expression. ramos in tahsaldar and semaan (2018) explains that, if used properly and planned, the comic “can achieve concrete results in learning, such as instigating the debate and reflection on a particular theme” creating appealing classroom atmosphere creating a good classroom atmosphere becomes essential since it has a big effect on the students’ behavior and motivation to learn. in this situation, teacher is encouraged to usually provide innovative strategy and tool which can make appealing classroom situation. especially in the process of teaching short story using toondoo, teacher can provide unique pictures which can give different flow of the story increasing the students’ curiosity and engagement in learning. teaching using picture especially cartoon is usually interesting. especially when i provide story that i create by myself, the students feel english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 107 curious. it will be different if i give the famous story, such as fable story, legend or fairy tale that are familiar for the students. they will easily know the story and will not be interested with the material that i give. as it is shown in the previous excerpt, toondoo can help pre-service teacher to create new story based on her imagination. by using the media, students’ emotions are easily provoked because of the flow of the story. crumbley and smith in saka (2014) state that short stories connect education with entertainment in order to make learning easier and interesting. it provokes emotions, informs how people can behave and teaches something about human psychology. furthermore, it cannot be denied that the use of pictures created by toondoo is really appealing. there were so many researches previously investigated the use of picture on teaching english and findings are frequently similar that it usually motivates the students and create a good classroom atmosphere (wright in lavalle & briesmaster, 2017; mokarrama, 2017). especially in the use of toondoo, sequence of pictures can add attractiveness to the classroom’s atmosphere since it provides learning in a fun situation. gonzalez (2016) argues that the elaboration of the comic in toondoo was something very motivating for the students as far as learning, not as significant to use it in their free time but indeed to recommend it to other students and professors as well as to use it for other subjects; also to use it as a technological tool and learn through a more fun way. ....this tool can help me to create a good classroom atmosphere... additionally, it has been found from the reflective journal that the classroom atmosphere is appealing since the students are engaged and active in the class. the use of toondoo which is new and innovative influences the students’ curiosity and it develops interaction and communication in the classroom. ramos in tahsaldar and semaan (2018) also added that toondoo comic can be used for several education purposes, such as producing knowledge, enhancing creative writing skills, developing foreign language skills, motivating students to participate, and making classes more attractive. conclusion toondoo as one of the applications to create cartoon is very beneficial helping teachers to provide different platform and appealing media in teaching english short story. as the newest technology provided on the internet, teacher can easily create cartoon using toondoo by only choosing background, characters and clipart provided on application. however, different with the use of picture on the book or internet, this tool encourages the teachers to be creative creating the content of the story in which the students will not be familiar with the plot of the cartoon. a student-teacher, the participant of the study, argues that this tool is really appropriate to be used for teaching english short story. to use it for teaching, bubbles on the pictures are empty in order to stimulate the students to speak by guessing the expressions which is probably given by the characters. here, the students look so enthusiastic to give their arguments about the characters’ words and also the story from the cartoon. the findings prove that literature can also be used to facilitate the students enhancing their language skill. furthermore, the classroom situation is also interesting in which the students are engaged with the activities given by the teacher. on the other hand, teacher’s professional development is also promoted in this study. it is proven form the way the teacher learns to avoid his teaching anxiety and improve creativity on creating digital comic. by using this app for teaching, she is encouraged to provide innovation in her teaching performance to create better students’ language competence and ground breaking classroom situation. references braun, v., clarke, v., & rance, n. (2014). how to use thematic analysis with interview data (process research). in a. vossler & n. moller (eds.), the counselling & psychotherapy research handbook. london: sage. bustamante, c. hurlbut, s. & moeller, a. (2012). web 2.0 and language learners: moving from consumers to creators. university of nebraskalincoln. retrieved march 14, 2018, from http://www.csctfl.org/documents/2012report.pd f#page=125. conard, s. (2016). lively letters and the graphic narrative: revisiting comics theory on word and image through the lens of two avant-garde children’s books. image & narrative, 17(2). fatimah, a. s., & santiana, s. (2017). teaching in 21st century: students-teachers’ perceptions of technology use in the classroom. script journal, 2(2), 125-135. http://www.csctfl.org/documents asri siti fatimah, santiana, & yuyus saputra digital comic: an innovation of using toondoo as media technology for teaching english short story 108 gonzalez, a. m. v. (2016). comic in toondoo and collaborative learning: a visual literacy resource to evidence vocabulary learning with emphasis in action verbs in an efl group of seventh graders in a cajicà school. unpublished thesis. universidad santo tomás. khatib, m., & nasrollahi. (2012). enhancing reading comprehension through short stories in iranian efl learners. theory and practice in language studies, 2(2), 240-246. doi:10.4304/tpls.2.2.240246. khatib, m., & seyyed, h. s. (2013). short story based language teaching (ssblt): a literaturebased language teaching method. international journal of basic sciences & applied research, 2(2), 155-159 kirchoff, & cook. (2015). overviewing software applications for graphic novel creation in the post-secondary and secondary classroom. sane journal: sequential art narrative in education, 2. lavalle, p. i., & briesmaster, m. (2017). the study of the use of picture descriptions in enhancing communication skills among the 8th-grade students—learners of english as a foreign language. inquiry in education, 9(1). lewis, a. v. (2013). reflective practice: what is it and how do i do it? journal of clinical practice in speech-language pathology, 15(2), 70-74. saka, ö. (2014). short stories in english language teaching. international online journal of education and teaching (iojet),1(4), 278-288. tahsaldar, & semaan. (2018). the impact of toondoo comics on undergraduate students taking creative writing and children literature courses at the lebanese university faculty of pedagogy. international journal of humanities social sciences and education (ijhsse),5(8), 203-226. doi: 10.20431/2349-0381.05080019. widodo, h. p., & ferdiansyah, s. (2018). engaging student-teachers in video-mediated selfreflection in teaching. in k. j. kennedy & j. ck. lee (eds), the routledge handbook of schools and schooling in asia. london: routledge. wilujeng, & lan. (2015). online comic in mandarin chinese’s vocabulary learning: a case study of budi utama multilingual school in yogyakarta, indonesia. the iafor journal of education, iii(ii). yunus, et al. (2012). effects of using digital comics to improve esl writing. research journal of applied sciences, engineering and technology 4(18), 3462-3469. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee writing about what we see: ekphrasis today josie arnold department of media and communication swinburne university of technology, australia email: jarnold@swin.edu.au apa citation: arnold, j. (2016). writing about what we see: ekphrasis today. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 1-10 received: 13-10-2016 accepted: 18-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: visual media presents us with an opportunity to enter into the written scholarly discussions about an understanding of the paradox that what is seen and what is written are different representation. in this paper i investigate the importance of audience today; i discuss how global communications via new media challenges traditional views of the concept of an audience. i look at how communication is now from one to many, from many to many and from one to one, and how this challenges the term ‘audience’ with ‘users’. this paper enters into the scholarly debate about how interactivity in new media places singular interpretive actions by individuals at its center rather than as the more traditionally peripheral audience. in doing so it suggests that existing audience theory can and should be extended in regard to new media audiences, players or users. this paper also discusses how audience theory remains apposite when it adapts and changes. keywords: visual media, audience, new media, audience theory. introduction today we live in a very visual world. we are surrounded by signs from billboards to television, from cinema to gaming, from art to graffiti, from ebooks to interactive multimedia and from still photography to 3 dimensional experiential photography. one thing, however, that all media have in common is that they are all written about as we use ekphrasis: language at the service of vision. yet such words cannot bring the actual visual before us: ‘words can “cite” but never “sight” their objects’ (mitchell 1994:3). it is not to be thought that the art/visual talks for itself in words rather than images, but rather that the person viewing the art/visual describes it in a different but complementary medium. this could best be described as ‘the discourse of viewing’ (goldhill 2007:2), that may also be called ekphrasis. in critiquing and analysing the seen, we question the visual representation and enter in this paper into scholarly discussion about the seen and/or about describing the seen in words. human interaction is the basis of all communications, and discourse is central to this. from earliest times, such discourse was essentially person to person: as well as talk, there was dance, body decoration, song, cave, sand and ash paintings, live entertainment oral histories, lores, laws and legends, and ceremonies. speech and interactions were the main factors in communication and obviously this meant that the tyranny of distance held sway. once this distance was overcome by print communications, time and space began the long period of shrinkage which has resulted in the communications age and the dominant electronic culture. 1 josie arnold writing about what we see: ekphrasis today ekphrasis: writing about what we see cultural narratives define both our lives and ourselves argues robyn fivush (2010); and this is also true of visual cultural narratives. visual texts arise from and reside in networks of meanings that are culturally learned. they are thus inevitably involved in the power relations that surround both the commercial production and the personal consumption of images. visual narratives are involved in the representation of culture as are the words that describe them. originally, ekphrasis had a singular meaning about witty poetic representations of the visual that is best described as the language we use to describe the seen (goldhill 2007). it is now more broadly how the image relates to what is written about it, and vice versa (francis 2009). so today it is used more broadly to describe how we write about what we see and how we place what we see into words so as to make a further narrative of meaning. we write about what we see for many reasons, but perhaps the dominant reason is that print is a powerful and far-reaching tool that is readily available both on paper and online. whilst it may well be argued that ekphrasis is based upon the illusion that we can depict the seen in text, it remains the most dominant way of communicating visual experiences away from their presence. it is ‘as much a venture into descriptive narrative as into description per se’ (elsner 2002: intro). such ekphrasis provides us with creating a sense of wonder about a given visual and bringing the seen to the imaginations of others to whom it is not necessarily available. it provides tools for the dissemination of critical analyses of a visual work or experience as well as conveys and shares the immediacy of the visual being experienced and the emotive responses called upon to the visual experience. such critical analyses inevitably involve an understanding of the pleasure of reading both the written and seen texts, an understanding that writing about the seen is always a personal act of translation. in interpreting and critiquing visual texts, we build a bridge between the seen and the imagined as evoked through words, we analyse a visual world dominated by the seen so as to understand the gap between the seen and the described. thus: ‘the reality referred to and promised by but never accessible in itself through ekphrasis may be said to stand (depending on the interests of the listener or reader) for a reality beyond the social and material world of our actual lives’ (bartch & elsner 2007:vi). nowhere could this be more true than in new media interactive visual texts. discourse through written communications as societies became more complex, written communications began to occur, so that the need for face to face discourse was less important. such interactions emphasised the inwardness of authorisation and control of communication as storage: the closed book is a good metaphor for this, as are the chained libraries and bibles held by church authorities. the utilisation of moveable type for multiple printings moved western culture into the orderly, the sortive, the taxanomic which has led to industrialisation and cultural dominance through colonisation. rather than doing or displaying things, we began to write about them. we have moved on to represent our experienced world through photographs, drawings, artistic 2 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee endeavours, t.v., the cinema and utilising interactive multimedia. of course, we also write on, about and alongside those representations. since the late 19th century, the camera and movie camera have introduced into our lives new ways of seeing the world and extended ways of living our own lives through mediated experiences. with the introduction of ‘talkies’ in the 1930’s, of television in the 1960’s, and of computers in the 1990’s, words related to visuals have become every-day. this has been emphasised in the 21st century by the increase in digital visualised communications (hobbs 2004; cho et al 2009), particularly interactive visual experiences. writing what we see why do we choose to write about visual experiences, and how do we write about what we see? the visual world surrounds us in both formal representations such as architecture, art and interactive multimedia, and in nature itself including people, animals and the environment generally. there are clearly many ways that we can write about what we see as we move through our built and natural environments ( buell 2009; elsner. 2010). in writing about what we see on/in multimedia and its elements, we can ask and seek to answer questions about interactivity, virtuality, three dimensionality and immediacy, and how they provide challenging components to critique or describe (harrow 2010). modern eurowestern multimedia means that there is a generational change from print to becoming also very highly visually literate. today, modern media and multimedia act to extend our life experiences, enabling us to participate in something bigger than ourselves alone as individuals. indeed, we lead multiple virtual or possible lives through the mediated experience rather than the firsthand one. this emphasises further the more traditional sense of being lost in a book. we have become familiar with watching a movie on tv or online, and this experience is different from suspending disbelief in the dream experience of the cinema, where you share your inner imaginative life with strangers in an external environment. in cinematic movies, visual action reveals character, but the cinematic action itself and the act of being in a darkened theatre with strangers sharing a dream experience reveals as our own and others’ thoughts, feelings, plans and so on through the plotline and the characters’ personalities. today we have moved on to digitised new media and we see that computers, e-watches and mobile phones are pervasive; alongside their powerful influence is that of gaming. are mobile phones and games ‘amusing ourselves to death’ as the american critic neil postman asserts? certainly they provide another form of the ‘culture industry’ that seeks only to make money while pretending to extend our worlds. multimedia devices provide entertainment through interactivity within virtual realities, but do they stifle interactivity with people? postings such as facebook spaces offer global relationships as well as local social units or urban tribes; we are bombarded with information related to news from citizen journalists as well as traditional ones, and there are multiple platforms for work information. how do we write about the visuals that occur online? gaming in gaming, the goal is to capture a huge global audience of the young street-smart and cool market for online 3 josie arnold writing about what we see: ekphrasis today games playing. at the same time, the new wireless technologies make mobile consoles able to be accessed without any national legal control much less parental control. the borderless world of the internet makes virtual gaming communities unreachable as far as regulations are concerned. in 2003, according to douglas lowenstein president of the american interactive digital software association, the average age of a computer gamer was 29 years with the most passionate being in their early 20’s and male; 17% were over 50 years of age and women of over 18 years made up 26% of the gamers. many new games aren’t about violent power (now about 15%), but about social dynamics, with the player acting in a ‘god-like’ manner. today, there is also more co-operative play, in games that are massively multiple player role playing games such as ‘every quest’. they are aimed at both male and female gamers. games where societies, cultures and people are constructed are called ‘god-games’. they act to build and construct through endless possible permutations that permit multiple combinations. such games are based on strategic thinking and planning, involve creative input and laterality as they invent open-ended universes that aren’t constrained by narrow rules or actual realities (heffernan 2004. pop 2010). interactivity for rob cover (2004) ‘achieves a new stage in the democratisation of user participation with the electronic game’. it signals, he states, a need for scholars to form new theories about textuality and discourse as ‘the author-creator function and the audience-user or recipient, can be said to be engaged in a struggle for control over the text in terms of participation, cocreation, transformation and distribution’ (n.p). it is, then, a concern of controlling the narrative in a nonlinear text that is not presented to the user as finished but that invites multiple possibilities of immersive interactive play. indeed, cover describes this as ‘the author-audience struggle’, and agrees that it is not new to scholarship. print: a powerful communication tool visual representations speak for themselves: we are very familiar with the saying that one picture is worth a thousand words. we do not have to follow an imperative of redescribing the seen in words. at the same time, there is a strong relationship between visual and verbal representations (hollingworth 2005). for example, millions of words and many books are written about art. artists themselves long to understand their work through verbal descriptions as well as the intrinsic visual representations themselves. vincent van gogh provides strong insights into this in his letters to his brother about his art works: ‘at present i absolutely want to paint a starry sky. it often seems to me that night is still more richly coloured than the day; having hues of the most intense violets, blues and greens. if only you pay attention to it you will see that certain stars are lemon-yellow, others pink or a green, blue and forget-me-not brilliance. and without my expatiating on this theme it is obvious that putting little white dots on the blue-black is not enough to paint a starry sky’ we write about what we see because print remains the dominant communication tool even on the internet (kavoori & chadha 2009). print has had a very real influence on the cultural mindset not only of europeans but on the ways in which post-industrial capitalism has developed into the 4 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee dominant (almost sole?) cultural model up to today (hollingworth 2005). print made discourse very inward and subject to an authority. the individual can use the book or online information in print anywhere and at any time within reason to be instructed, to gain information, to have knowledge and opinion delivered to the reader. the poet gerard manley hopkins is also engaged in describing the visual in his written works: ‘drops of rain hanging on rails etc. seen with only the lower light rim like nails (of fingers). screws of brooks and twines. soft chalky look with more shadowy middles of globes of cloud on a night with a moon faint or concealed. mealy clouds with a not brilliant moon. blunt buds of the ash. pencil buds of the beech. lobes of the trees. cups of the eyes, gathering back the lightly hinged eyelids. pencil of eyelashes. juices of the eyeball. eyelids like leaves, petals, caps, tufted hats, handkerchiefs, sleeve’s, gloves. also the bones sleeved in flesh. juices of the sunrise. joins and veins of the same. vermilion look of the hand held against a candle with the darker parts as the middles of the fingers and especially knuckles covered with ash’ (gerard manley hopkins the penguin poets) visual experiences the pictorial represents a voyage of the imagination as we enter into the representation seeing it not as canvas or an epad but as an experience in which we are involved: ‘we do not see paintings, as much as we see according to them’ (mcgilchrist 2001: 183). visual experiences lead us beyond the media in which they exist to the world that they picture. the human imagination can also evoke a pictorial element through verbal description. as ian mcgilchrist says in his discussion of the role of the relationship of the hemispheres of the brain: language is ‘a living something that allows us to move through it and beyond…’ the visual, then, can be presented within the verbal albeit through 2 different codes of knowing. simon goldhill calls this ‘the language of sight’ (2007:6). for gregory ulmer (1985) new technologies provide a new form of textual discourse that he calls electracy because it is as important and powerful as literacy and numeracy. words and visuals contentiously, art history is described by jas elsner as ekphrasis because it ‘…represents the tendentious application of rhetorical description to the work of art (or to several works or even whole categories of art) for the purpose of making an argument of some kind to suit the author’s prior intent’ (2010:11). for him ‘the description of objects’ acts to ‘conspire to translate the visual and sensual nature of a work of art into a linguistic formulation capable of being voiced in a discursive argument’ (12). thus, writing about what we see can be called ‘a descriptive fiction’ that makes a visual object falsified: …the conceptual apparatus into which the object has been rendered, and its transformation from a thing that signifies by volume, shape, visual resonance, texture into one that speaks within the structures of grammar, language, verbal semiotics (call it what you will) and can be appropriated to numerous kinds are quite simply vast. in fact, they are so vast that the truly responsible viewer might balk at the prospect of so falsifying the object by the act of its verbal rendition’ (12). we can take issue with elsner’s argument is that the attempt to describe 5 josie arnold writing about what we see: ekphrasis today in words what is represented visually is ‘inevitably a betrayal’, for verbal descriptions of the visual are able to be seen as complementary rather than as betraying the artistic realisation of one through utilising the other. is there a false dichotomy here? clearly the seen differs from what is written about seeing it, but the intentions of each action are intentions of definition, of understanding. the earliest representations of language are still recorded in the ancient cave drawings across the world. elements of dance and song, of ritual performances and beliefs, are also forms of discourse. dramatic representations of reality meant that the religious plays and liturgies, sermons and publications were a very important ‘mediated experience’. they took the congregation from their everyday life and enabled them to experience other ‘higher’ ideas and ideals. mediated experiences in the dominant western culture in which we live, and which is growing globally, it was the invention of moveable type that began the ‘mediated experiences’ we have come to enjoy through print. of course, it was first envisaged by the inventor that moveable type would spread christianity by enabling everyone to own a bible. less religious people soon saw its market opportunities in printing cheap newspapers. these often contained serial stories that were later sold as books. cheap books containing biographies, stories about the european ‘discoveries’ of the colonies, and expositions about proper social behaviour were also printed in large numbers. it is easy to see why so many pamphlets and books were published about, for example, captain cook’s voyages. the imaginary ‘mediated experience’ of circumnavigating the world and building the empire was something few people could do in reality. the publication to a broad audience of creative writing such as short stories and novels is relatively recent. there was an upsurge in such publishing in the nineteenth century. this has been slightly diminished since the spread of cinema, t.v. and computers as modes of delivering ‘mediated experience’ quickly, easily, cheaply and in an entertaining fashion. reading about what is visual provides us with multiple lives and experiences that would otherwise be inaccessible. the book the book is an outstanding technology. it’s compact, being able in many cases to be fitted in the pocket or held quite comfortably in the hand. it can be stored: the thin spine gives it an easy access as well as a small amount of storage. it contains a great deal of information in a small space: the typography ensures its readability; there are references and cross-references, bibliographies and blurbs; pictures, graphs and diagrammatic representations. the reader can enter and exit at will and make connections within the book and between books which are quite individual. the book is information waiting to be turned into knowledge by the reader. this has been made even more explicit by the ebook. in the late 20th century, discussions about the book by such thinkers as roland barthes, jacques derrida, luce irigary, helene cixous,and, have led us to question the nature of meaning and discourse. roland barthes, for example, sees the book as: …not a line of words releasing a single ‘theological’ meaning (the message of the 6 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee author-god’ but a multi-dimensional space in which a variety of writing, none of them original, blend and clash. the text is a tissue of quotations drawn from the innumerable centres of culture (barthes, 1977: 142-143). helene cixous says of the writing of prose, of very words themselves, that they are reliable only in so far s they support a certain cultural power structure related to(by) the masculinist hegemony: ‘what would become of logocentrism, of the great philosophical systems of world order in general if the rock upon which they founded their churches were to crumble? if it were to come out in a new day that the logocentric project had always been, undeniably, to found (fund) phallogocentrism, to insure for masculine order a rationale equal to history itself? then all the stories would be told differently, the future would be incalculable, the historical forces would, will, change hands, bodies, another thinking, as yet not thinkable, will transform the functioning of all society (cixous, 1988:361). jacques derrida, too, asks that we question the hitherto culturally unquestionable power of textuality and discourse, and most especially the empowerment of the authoritative text over the reader’s writing of it: ‘i will not work very hard to compose the thing, it is a rough draft of confused tracks which i leave in their hands. certain ones will put it into their mouths, to identify the taste, sometimes to spit it out with a grimace, or to gnaw at it, or to swallow it in order to conceive, even, i mean, a child (derrida, in ulmer 1985:ix). thinking such as this has paved the way for both print and electronic textuality to be intellectually understood. these theorists have shown the difference between the word (sign) and its meaning (signification). in doing so there has been a problematising of the very nature of authority itself. discourse is shown to be evanescent rather than definitive, authority is shown to reside in the reader rather than the author. barthes’s famous essay ‘the death of the author’ tells us that in all forms of discourse the author as god is dead. the power of print we write about what we see because print is still the most powerful of communication tools. print has had a very real influence on the cultural mindset not only of europeans but on the ways in which post-industrial capitalism has developed into the dominant (almost sole?) cultural model of the late 20th century. print made discourse very inward and subject to an authority. the individual can use the book anywhere and at anytime within reason to be instructed, to gain information, to have knowledge and opinion delivered to the reader. it also made it extremely commercial: industries of printing, publishing, selling, creating, education and information grew. so discourse was no longer public, first-hand, open and personal conversation or the consultation of chained books in public places like churches. after the sixteenth century, it was seen as extremely one-sided: the author informed the reader. the utilisation of print to describe the visual is an act of translating one medium into another. verbal descriptions of the visual are an act of interpretation by the writer of what has been viewed. elsner describes this act of 7 josie arnold writing about what we see: ekphrasis today interpretation and translation as based on an assumption that verbal text can represent the visual. for him, ekphrasis is ‘an act of betrayal’ (2007:13), an ‘appropriation of the object for ends that suit the interests of the interpreter…’(22). the story of the visual told through other media, however, can be seen otherwise, for any mediated representations are appropriations and translations whether in art, mass media or virtual reality. indeed the very term ‘virtual reality’ displays how the act of seeing and doing is able to be made through multimedia translations. new media new media opens up opportunities for new scholarly research into media relationships that are of digital non-linear and interactive form. user participation is increasing its extent into everyday activities such as, for example, driving a car; finding one’s way; playing interactive 3d games and discoursing with friends locally and globally. clearly, the relationship between authorship and audience is significantly different when the user participates in the activity in ways that were denied by previous technologies. the user enters into and can transform the interactive text. this new form of personalised authorial discourse inevitably involves social change. as users we are involved in what sonia livingstone calls ‘the wider ecology of communication’ (2015:np). she sees this as involving us in a move beyond the yardstick of face-toface communication to the adoption of ‘a multi-and trans-cultural gaze’ that understand the audience complexity without polarizing past communication techniques and ‘today’s more dispersed, participatory, globalized, peer-to-peer social media. she asserts that this is necessary as ‘polarizations of the “then” and “now” kind, especially those that bracket history as “how things were before now” rarely enrich our understanding of social change’. audience & audience theory in considering the new media interactive role of the audience, we can see how theoretical prisms can alter and change, and do not need to be defended as static. this period of new media development of 3d interactivity has led to the ‘end of the receiving end of a media system that ran one way, in a broadcasting pattern, with high entry fees and a few firms competing to speak very loudly while the rest of the population listened in isolation from one another’ (carpentier 2011:520). the current ideal audience today the imagined audience, the ideal audience brings us to a new mental construction of an interactive audience. that brings about an apparently paradoxical situation of audience autonomy. this means that the audience participates in the mediated experience rather than being given information. new media, then, has changed traditional views of audience and hence has added dynamic new possibilities for audience theory. it has moved from a realisation of the passive audience in the sender-messengerreceiver model, where the audience is the final point of the message to an introduction of the active audience that participates in the online media production interacting with the media content. this offers audience theory a number of new ways in which to develop understanding of methodological perspectives that develop as global communications offer 8 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee new ways to interact with creativity. this is particularly evident in the field of journalism as well as media research. mass communication is shown as very personal, subjective and singular in many digital interactions. the new media user has different work to do as an interactive audience. conclusion theoretical perspectives provide us with scholarly critical tools that enable knowledge to be taken forward as well as to be built. bryan turner (2010) says that ‘social theory provides the necessary analytical and philosophical framework which the social sciences can develop. social theory both sustains the achievements of the past, notes needs and limitations of the present, and points the way to future research issues and questions’ (1). cultural theories such as audience theory offer us prisms that enable us to magnify our societal and cultural practices, views and metanarratives. these are too often taken for granted even in our scholarly analytical work. by identifying their existence, we can begin to understand how they are constructed and empowered. we can ask about these cultural metanarratives why are they seen as ‘normal; what group benefits from such ‘norms’ and what group is locked out through the unscrutinised application of such ‘norms’? identify through such theoretical prisms as audience theory the ways that cultural metanarratives contribute to the welfare of certain groups or even individuals in our society also involves us in identifying their the negative correlative. that is, in bringing into focus the ways that they act against other groups or individuals or groups. these cultural givens, when read against, provide the focal point that highlights the cultural metanarratives that enable dominant social practices and expectations: they inevitably influence scholarship. reading against these ‘givens’ benefits scholarship by highlighting the ways in which societies operate. new media offers challenges and opportunities to writing about what we see (harrow 2010; cunningham 2007). visual media, then, not only presents us with an opportunity to enter into the written scholarly discussions about an understanding of the paradox that what is seen and what is written are different representation. it also emphasizes the importance of audience today when global new media challenges traditional views of the concept of an audience. references bartch, s. & elsner, j. (2007). introduction: eight ways of looking at an ekphrasis (eds). classical philology, 102(1), pp. i-vi. barthes, r. (1977). image, music, text. london: fontana. buell, l. (2009). writing for an endangered world: literature, culture, and environment in the us and beyond. harvard: harvard university press. carpentier, n. (2011). contextualizing author-audience convergences. cultural studies, 25(4-5), pp. 517-533. cho, c.h., phillips, j.r., hageman, a.m., & patten, d.m. (2009). media richness, user trust, and perceptions of corporate social responsibility: an experimental investigation of visual web site disclosures. accounting, auditing, & accountability journal, 22(6), pp. 933-952. cixous, h. (1988). readings from the seminar of helene cixous. writing differences (ed.). milton keynes: open university press. cover, r. (2004). new media theory: electronic games, democracy and 9 josie arnold writing about what we see: ekphrasis today reconfiguring the author–audience relationship. social semiotics, 14(2), pp. 173-191. cunningham, v. (2007). why ekphrasis? classical philology, 102(1), pp. 57-67. elsner, j. (2002). introduction: the genres of ekphrasis. ramus, 31(1-2), pp. 1-18. elsner, j. (2010). art history as ekphrasis. art history, pp. 10-27. fivush, r. (2010). speaking silence: the social construction of silence in autobiographical and cultural narratives. memory, 18(2), pp. 88-98. francis, j.a. (2009). metal maidens, achilles' shield, and pandora: the beginnings of ekphrasis. american journal of philology, 130(1), pp. 1-23. goldhill, s. (2007). what is ekphrasis for? classical philology, 102(1), pp. 1-19. harrow, s. (2010). new ekphrastic poetics. french studies, 64(3), pp. 255-264. heffernan, j. a. (2004). museum of words: the poetics of ekphrasis from homer to ashbery. chicago: university of chicago press. hobbs, r. (2004). a review of school-based initiatives in media literacy education. american behavioral scientist, 48(1), pp. 42-59. hollingworth, a. (2005). the relationship between online visual representation of a scene and long-term scene memory. journal of experimental psychology: learning, memory, and cognition, 31(3), p. 396. kavoori, a., & chadha, k. (2009). the cultural turn in international communication. journal of broadcasting & electronic media, 53(2), pp. 336-346. mcgilchrist, i. (2001). the master and his emissary. yale university press. mitchell, w. (1994). ekphrasis and the other: picture theory. chicago: university of chicago press. livingstone, s. (2015). from mass to social media? advancing accounts of social change. social media + society, pp. 13. lowenstein, d. (2003). the sydney morning herald. may 22 news review p. 2. pauly, n. (2003). interpreting visual culture as cultural narratives in teacher education. studies in art education, 44(3), pp. 264-284. pop, d. (2010). introduction: representation and its relationships to reality and illusion. ekphrasis, (1), pp. 5-8. postman, n. (2005). amusing ourselves to death: public discourse in the age of show business. new york city: penguin books. turner, b.s. (2010). the new blackwell companion to the sociology of religion (ed.). new york: john wiley & sons. ulmer, g. (1985). applied grammatology. baltimore: john hopkins press. 10 a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in newmoonmovie: an individual psychological approach ayu riska lestari sdn ii cimangu kuningan, indonesia aiiu.rile@gmail.com apa citation: lestari, a. r. (2012). a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 47-56 received: 03-09-2012 accepted: 03-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this paper described the struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie by using alfred adler’s individual psychology and analyzed the plot of the movie. it used qualitative research method and the object of this study was a major character named bella swan. primary data sources were the new moon movie directed by christopher weitz and the script of the movie, while secondary data sources were collected from many sources such as dictionary, articles from internet, and books related to this study. methods of data collecting were observation and library research. the method of data analysis was descriptive analysis. based on the analysis, it reflected the condition of a person who had a goal and struggle to get it. it concluded that bella had high struggles to reach her goals. the plot of new moon movie is complicated and stimulating, therefore it made the story was not flat and boring. by analyzing the plot, the viewers could easily understand the story and the message of the movie and catch up the moral lesson of it. keywords: bella swan, new moon, alfred adler’s individual psychology, plot, struggle for love. introduction love is a part of life. we can not live without it. because of love, we can do everything. it makes people do everything to get their love. love is something we have to fight for. when we experience deeply love, we will struggle to reach it. it is very ironical if there is someone who loves you but he or she does not fight for getting your love. therefore, love needs struggles and sacrifices. for example, a mother struggles between life and death to give birth her children. a father seeks a living for his wife and his children. even, when people love someone, they are willing to sacrifice their life for the sake of someone they love. those are a struggle for love. love is a struggle as described in new moon movie which tells about a struggle for love of bella swan to maintain her love. new moon movie is the continuation of twilight movie. this paper analyzed the new moon movie directed by christopherweitz because of three reasons. the first is it shows unusual story. although this movie is about vampire, it is not horrormovie. it is about a teenage romancemoviewhich includes elements of vampire mythology and elements of romance. the second is the characters of new moon movie. the characters of this movie are awesome. kristen stewart as bella swan and robert pattinson as edward cullen can play role as a couple of lover well, so they canmake the ayu riska lestari a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach characters alive. the third is a struggle for love of bella swan. bella’s love to edward is so deeply, so shewill do everything to maintain her love, even she is willing to sacrifice her life to be a vampire like edward. this paper analyzed the movie by using individual psychological approach. it explored a theory which related to problem in the movie, which was a struggle for love of bella swan. in analyzing a struggle for love of bella swan, it used individual psychology theory proposed by alfred adler. the use of alfred adler’s theory since it reflects the condition of a personwho has a goal and struggles to get it. individual psychology is “adler’s theory of personality that emphasizes the uniqueness of each individual and the processes by which people overcome their limitations and struggle to reach their life goals” (adler in hjelle & ziegler, 1992: 183). individual psychology emphasized how people reach goals that influence their behavior to reach the goals (adler in pervin, et al., 2005: 139). in brief, individual psychology is adler‘s theory of personalitywhich explains about human striving (adler in schultz & schultz, 2005: 127). individual psychology can be categorized into six basic concepts: (1) fictional finalism; (2) striving for superiority; (3) inferiority feelings and compensation; (4) social interest; (5) style of life; and (6) the creative self (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 128). fictional finalism is an imagined goal (adler in cloninger, 2004: 109). it is a very real spur to reach the goal of human’s life (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 129). fictions are “ideas that have no real existence, yet they influence people as if they really existed” (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 73). for example, when someone imagines tasting a lemon, he/she tastes the lemon "as if" there was really a lemon to lick (www.durbinhypnosis.com/adler.htm). thus, fictional finalism clarified that what a person wants to achieve in the future which affects present behavior (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 73). adler (1927) concluded that people are motivated by their expectations of the future, not by their experience in the past (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 129). for example, if a person believes that there is heaven for good people and hell for bad people, it will affect how the people live (adler in hall, et al., 1985: 146). striving for superiority is “an innate drive that propels us toward perfection” (adler in phares, 1984: 92). every people havemanyways differently to reach superiority, and human does efforts to compensate his bad or less characteristics in order that he/she reaches the goal (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 130). it means that striving for superiority is to overcome inferiorities that make us do efforts to reach our goals (adler in hall, et al., 1985: 149). by this concept, “adler (1927) does not mean being better than others, but he means continually trying to become something better, to become nearer and nearer to one’s ideal goals” (adler in hall, et al., 1985: 147). inferiority feelings are “the normal condition of all people and the source of all human striving” (adler in schultz & schultz, 2005: 127). by nature, people are prone to develop feelings of inferiority because the human being is born weak and helpless (adler in phares, 1984: 92). therefore, inferiority feelings are feelings appear because psychological and social deficiencies felt subjectively or feelings appear from http://www.durbinhypnosis.com/adler.htm english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee weakness or physical defect (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 131). then, compensation is a motivation to overcome inferiority by strengthening his/her weakness, or by developing other organs or something else instead of his/her weakness (adler in pervin, et al., 2005: 138). for example, demostheness who stuttered as a child, but finally he became one of the world’s greatest orators after practicing continuously (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 131). then, when adler was child, he was a weak and sickly child, it motivates him to defeat death by becoming a doctor (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 74). in addition, a person with a weak body is not necessarily to become a strong athlete but to compensate it may become an intellectual, an artist, an actor, a writer, and so on (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 72). for example, someone with a defect in vision may attempt to develop special listening sensitivities (adler in pervin, et al., 2005: 138). social interest is relationship individual between society which forms individual’s personality to reach the goal (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 132). it means that an individual must interact with the others in society because the society can form individual’s personality and help him toward striving for superiority (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 132). social interest does not appear spontaneously, but it must be guided and practiced (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 132). according to adler (1927) in feist & feist (2006: 75), social interest is “the natural condition of the human species and the adhesive that binds society together”. society is a necessity to human beings for protection and survival (adler in schultz & schultz, 2005: 133). for example, without perfection and nourishment from a father or a mother, a babywould perish (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 75). both father and mother give powerful contribution to the developing social interest of their children (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 76). style of life is formed by the age of four or five years (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 134). style of life can be defined as unique ways of individual to reach the goal (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 132). everyone has different style of life, and it is impossible that there are two people who develop the same style of life (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 132). for example, style of life of an intellectual and an athlete are different (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 133). style of life of an intellectual is reading, studying, and thinking (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 133). his life is more sedentary at home and to stand apart, while style of life of an athlete is practicing andmore active (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 133). a person develops style of life to overcome feelings of inferiority (adler in phares, 1984: 93). for example, if a child has physical weakness, so his style of life will do things to get strong physical such as by liftingweights, whereas style of life of a stupid person will strive to reach intellectual superiority (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 135). then, napoleon’s style of life that was fond of conqueringwas caused by his slight physical stature, andhitler’s rapacious craving that wanted to dominate the worldwas caused by his sexual impotence (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 135). creative power of the self is “the ability to create an appropriate style of life” (adler in schultz & schultz, 2005: 131). creative self gives meaning in human’s life, it creates the goal, and it becomes a tool to reach the goal (adler ayu riska lestari a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach in hall, et al., 1998: 135). creative self can be defined as “concept used by adler to reflect his belief that each person is empowered with the freedom to create his or her own personality” (adler in hjelle & ziegler, 1992: 183). in other words, “we are free to choose and create it ourselves” (adler in schultz & schultz, 2005: 132). creative self asserts that “they are responsible for who they are and how they behave” (adler in feist & feist, 2006: 79). moreover, it is interesting that “adler (1927) offered a portrait of humans that was more satisfying, more hopeful, and far more complimentary to humans” (adler in hall, et al., 1998: 136). then, adler (1930) emphasized that “we are in control of our fate, not victims of it” (adler in schultz & schultz 2005: 131). plot is “a structure of events arising out of a conflict” (kennedy, 1991: 7). plot includes all the story events that are directly depicted (bordwell & thompson, 2008: 76). plot has a beginning, a middle, and an end (kennedy, 1991: 6). therefore, plot can be defined as a series of events in a story that incorporate the beginning to the end. there are four parts of plot, namely exposition, complication, climax, and resolution (klarer, 2004: 15). exposition is “the opening portion that sets the scene, introduces themain characters, tells us what happened before the story opened, and provides any other background information that we need in order to understand and care about the events to follow” (kennedy, 1991: 6). it means that exposition is a beginning or an introduction of the story. complication introduces a conflict, and it creates suspense (kennedy, 1991: 7). climax is the turning point of the story (klarer, 2004: 15). in this portion, viewers want to knowwhat happens next. resolution is the outcome or conclusion of the story (kennedy, 1991: 7). it refers to the resolution of the complication or conflict (klarer, 2004: 15). therefore, it gives problem solving of the events in the story. based on the rationale, research questions of this study are as follows: (1) how is a struggle for love of bella swan in new moon movie reflected by using alfred adler’s individual psychology theory?; (2) how is plot constructed in new moon movie? this study is expected to be able to give information and knowledge about alfred adler‘s individual psychology theory described through a character named bella swan in new moon movie. therefore, the readers can know and understand howadler’s theory reflected in themovie. in addition, they can use this study to compare it with another. then, this study is expected to be able to give message to the readers that it is not easy to get whatever we want to. it is needed a struggle to get it because sometimes you have to face great challenges to get happiness. nevertheless, if you do not fight for it, you can lose your happiness. method this study applies descriptive qualitativemethod. descriptive research is a research which is used to describe subject, phenomena, or characteristics about what is being studied (mason& bramble, 1978: 31). it can be used to understand anddescribe human behavior (yin, 2011: 4). then, qualitative research involves defining something to investigate, collecting relevant data, analyzing and interpreting the result, and drawing conclusion (yin, 2011: 49). based on the explanations, descriptive english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee qualitative research is amethod of research involvingmethod of collecting, describing, analyzing, classifying the data and then drawing conclusion. the data can be sentences, pictures and spoken words of observed object. by using the descriptive qualitative research, this research is aimed to describe a struggle of bella swan in new moon movie based on alfred adler’s individual psychology. the object of this study is a major character named bella swan in new moon movie. the data sources of this study can be divided into two categories, namely primary data source and secondary data source. primary data sources are new moon movie directed by christopherweitz and the script of themovie. in addition, secondary data sources are collected frommany sources such as dictionary, articles from internet, and books related to this study. there are two methods of data collecting: observation and library research. observation is a way of collecting data which gets data by way of what you see with your own eyes and perceive with your own senses, not by what others report to you (yin, 2011: 143). it is the researcher gathers data by watching the respondent in a research (fox, 1969: 51). by using method of observation, it enables the researcher to collect direct information about human behavior (borg & gall, 1979: 28). meanwhile, library research is a research which is done to get books related on the research topic by going to a library. library research is used when you need much information to find data needed. the data are collected from the books related to the research topic. there are some steps of library research. first of all, go to the some libraries. next, find out books related on research topic and read the relevant data. then, write and put all the collected data into a document. after that, write down the references. the data both primary data source and secondary data source are collected and recorded in a formof document andpicture as evidence. after the data had been collected, the researcher began to analyze them. the method used to analyze the data is descriptive analysis. by using descriptive analysis, a researcher wants to get better understanding about a research topic. it describes a struggle for love of bella swan in new moon movie by using alfred adler’s individual psychology and analyzes plot of new moon movie. first, the data will be analyzed are collected. second, after the data are collected, it begins to describe a struggle for love of bella swan in new moon movie by using alfred adler’s individual psychology, and it analyzes plot of new moon movie. in analyzing a struggle for love of bella swan and plot of the movie are needed dialogues and pictures of the movie as evidence. third, the data have been analyzed are arranged into each categories and developed into a good unit. finally, the researcher draws conclusion from the data. results anddiscussion based the investigation, it was found that struggles for love of bella swan in new moon movie analyzed by using alfred adler’s individual psychology are as follows: ayu riska lestari a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach fictional finalism bella wanted to be immortal. she wanted to live together with edward happily ever after. she wanted to see edward. striving for superiority bella stayed together with edward although he was a vampire. she went to italy and met the volturi to foil edward’s suicide plan. she was willing to sacrifice her soul to save edward. she chose edward rather than jacob although she also loved jacob. inferiority feelings and compensation as a human being, bella was weak and her strength was limited. she couldn’t fend for herself, and she depended on others. first, she was unable to protect herself when the cullens (edward’s vampire family) threw a birthday party for bella at their house. bella got a paper cut while unwrapping a gift from esme and carlisle, and spilt blood. jasper who has not been able to resist his urge to drink human blood lost control and immediately attacked her. she was unable to protect herself, so she was saved by others such as edward, emmett, and carlisle. second, bella was unable to protect herself when she met laurent who attempted to kill her. when he wanted to kill her, she didn’t try to fight him because she realized that she was unable to protect herself without the help of others. in the scene, she was saved by a pack of werewolves. after that, she ran away instead. third, bella was unable to protect herself when she slapped paul’s face who immediately turned into a werewolf and attacked bella. she couldn’t do anything, so instead she ran away from the werewolf, and then jacob who turned into a werewolf saved her. fourth, bella was unable to save herself when she did cliff jumping into the ocean and almost drowned. the wave was so great, and jacob saved her from drowning. she felt that she didn’t suit edward because she felt nothing. she was afraid that she could get older because she was afraid that edward didn’t love her anymore when she looked like a grandmother. she was afraid that she lost edward. social interest bella was close with jacob who was able to make her smile anymore and helped her repair motorcycles which she got from the junkyard. due to jacob, bella found herself capable of smiling again. she kept a secret about who the cullens were true to other people in order that their existences were safe in society and for the sake of her relationship with edward because she didn’t want to separate of him. even, she wanted to become a part of them, namely to be a vampire. she was different with others. she preferred interacting with vampires and werewolves to interacting with humans such as her friends. she wasn’t close with her friends. even, she refrained from all social activities since edward left her, and her friends avoided her because of her strangeness. style of life bella did reckless things such as by jumping on the back of an unknown motorcyclist, riding a motorcycle by herself, and doing cliff jumping. she remained to interact with the cullens although they were vampires. she english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee remained to interact with jacob although he was a werewolf. she didn’t like shopping, and she was not interested in fashion. creative self bella wanted to be a vampire like edward in order that she could be immortal. she put herself in danger to see edward. she looked for the rush of danger because it could take to see edward. that’s why she put herself in danger although it could threaten her soul. the research found that plot is constructed in new moon movie is as follows: exposition exposition is a beginning or an introduction of the story (kennedy, 1991: 6). a beginning of new moon moviewas that bella dreamt an old woman and apparently the old woman was herself. she was shocked that she saw herself as the old woman. after she had woken up, she got a birthday surprise from her father and he gave her gifts. complication complication introduces a conflict, and it creates suspense (kennedy, 1991: 7). the complication occurredwhen the cullens (edward’s vampire family) threw a birthday party for bella at their house, bella got a paper cut while unwrapping one of her gifts, and spilt blood. jasper who still struggled to resist his urge to drink human blood lost control and immediately attacked her. the accident made edward realize that if bella stayed closewith vampires, it was dangerous for her. he thought that shewould be better without him. therefore, he decided to leave her because he didn’t want to put her in danger anymore. he convinced her that he no longer loved her. climax climax is the turning point of the story (klarer, 2004: 15). the climax occurredwhen edward left bella, her whole life turned upside down. she felt her life was over. since edward’s departure, bella’s life became heartbroken and depressed. then, she discovered that when she did reckless things, she could see visions of edward. thus, to see edward, she had to put her in dangerous situations. bella constantly put herself in danger in order that she could see edward. for example, she jumped on the back of an unknown motorcyclist. after that, she tried to ride a motorcycle by herself. finally, she tried to do cliff jumping into the ocean and nearly drowned, but jacob rescued her. due to alice’s futureseeing skills, she saw bella to jump off a cliff into the ocean, and she supposed that bella committed suicide. then, alice met bella, and she was shocked to see bella alive because she supposed that bella has passed away. edward heard the false news of bella’s death, and it made edward want to commit suicide because his existence in the world was not worth anymore if bella passed away. he decided to commit suicide in volterra, italy. then, bella who was accompanied by alice went to italy to save him. finally, edward’s suicide plan was successful to be stopped by bella. when bella, edward and alice met the volturi and aro was about to kill bella, alice stopped it. through alice’s vision of bella’s future, aro who was able to read thoughts through touch saw bella would become ayu riska lestari a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach a vampire, and finally the volturi released her. resolution resolution is the outcome or conclusion of the story (kennedy, 1991: 7). in the end of the story, bella and edward were eventually reunited and the cullens returned to forks. edward realized that apparently bella was in more danger without him. he also swore that he would never leave her anymore. then, edward told bella that he agreed to change her into a vampire, but only if shemarried him first. based on the analysis, bella had high striving to reach her goals. struggles for love of bella swan in new moon movie reflected by using alfred adler’s individual psychology are as follows: 1) she was willing to sacrifice her soul for edward. 2) she stayed together with edward although he was a vampire. 3) she wanted to be a vampire in order that she was immortal and always stayed young, so she could live together with edward happily ever after. 4) she constantly put herself in danger to see edward by jumping on the back of an unknown motorcyclist, riding a motorcycle by herself, and doing cliff jumping into the ocean. 5) she went to italy and met the volturi to foil edward’s suicide plan because she couldn’t imagine her existence in the world if edward passed away. 6) she remained to interact with vampires although it could threaten her soul. 7) she kept a secret about who edward and the cullens were true to other people for the sake of her relationship with edward because she didn’t want to separate of him. 8) she chose edward rather than jacob although she also loved jacob. she kept choosing edward although he has ever left her. in addition, dealing with plot analysis, plot of new moon movie was complex and stimulating. it makes the story is not flat and interesting. by analyzing plot, the viewers can easily understand the story and the message of the movie. conclusion this research analyzes a struggle for love of bella swan in new moon movie by using individual psychology proposed by alfred adler. based on the analysis, this research concludes that bella has high striving to reach her goals. in addition, this research shows that there is close relationship between bella swan and alfred adler’s individual psychology, namely they equally describe about human striving to reach their goals. in new moon movie, this research focuses on a struggle for love of bella to reach her goals. this research describes a struggle for love of bella swan in new moon movie based on the six basic concepts of individual psychology. they are fictional finalism, striving for superiority, inferiority feelings and compensation, social interest, style of life, and the creative self. the six elements are interrelated and have important roles. fictional finalism related to goals which bella wants to reach for. she has goal to be together with edward, so she sets her sights to reach her goals. she does striving for superiority by doing everything for edward, even she is willing to sacrifice her soul. nevertheless, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee she has to control inferiority feelings as a human being such as she can get old, she is weak and her strength is limited. then, she has social interest which is different with others. she is not close with humans such as her friends. she prefers interacting with vampires and werewolves to interacting with humans such as her friends. even, she refrained from all social activities since edward left her. she has unique style of life, that is, she does reckless things which can threaten her soul. her style of life will do things to reach her goals. then, she has creative self to reach her goal. therefore, this study reflects the condition of a personwho has a goal and struggles to get it. in addition, this research analyzes plot of new moon movie. plot of new moon movie is complex and stimulating, so it makes the story is not flat and interesting. by analyzing plot, the viewers can easily understand the story and the message of the movie. therefore, after analyzing this study, it is expected to be able to give moral value that it is not easy to get whatever we want to. it is needed a struggle to get it because sometimes you have to face great challenges to get happiness. if you do not fight for it, you can lose your happiness. references bordwell, d. & kristin t. (2008). film art: an introduction. eighth edition. new york: mcgraw-hill borg & gall. (1979). educational research, third edition. new york: longman cloninger, s. c. (2004). theories of personality: understanding persons, fourth edition. new jersey: pearson education durbin, p. g. tribute to alfred adler. retrieved june 24, 2012 from http://www.durbinhypnosis.com/ adler.htm accessed on april 20, feist, j. & gregory j. f. (2006). theories of personality, sixth edition. new york: the mcgraw-hill companies film definition (2012). retrieved may 27, 2012 from http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/fil m#_ fox, d. j. 1969. the research rrocess in education. new york: holt, rinehart and winston, inc. hall, c. s., gardner l. & john b. c. (1998). theories of personality, fourth edition. canada: john wiley & sons hall, c. s., gardner l., john c. l., martin m. & virginia o. l. (1985). introduction to theories of personality. canada: john wiley & sons hjelle, l. a. & daniel j. z. (1992). personality theories: basic assumptions, research, and applications, third edition. new york: mcgraw-hill kennedy, x. j. (1991). literature: an introduction to fiction, poetry, and drama, fifth edition. new york: harpercollins publishers klarer, m. 2004. an introduction to literary studies, second edition. london: routledge mason, e. j. & william j. b. (1978). understanding and conducting research. new york: mcgraw-hill new moon script. (2012). retrieved june 24, 2012 from http://www.script-orama.com/movie_scripts/t/twilight -saga-new-moon-script.html pervin, l. a., daniel c. & oliver p. j. (2005). personality: theory and research, ninth edition. new york: john wiley & sons phares, e. j. (1984). introduction to personality. columbus: bell & howell company schultz, d. p. & sydney e. s. (2005). theories of personality, eighth edition. australia: thomsonwadsworth supriyadi. (2010). struggle for love of bella swan in twilight films: an individual psychological approach. unpublished research paper. surakarta: muhammadiyah university of surakarta http://www.durbinhypnosis.com/adler.htm%20accessed%20on%20april%2020 http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/film http://www.script-o-rama.com/movie_scripts/t/twilight-saga-new-moon-script.html ayu riska lestari a struggle for love of bella swan reflected in new moon movie: an individual psychological approach wardani, l. h. (2010). a struggle for love of isabella swan in catherine hardwicke’s twilight movie: an individual psychological approach. unpublished research paper. surakarta: muhammadiyah university of surakarta yin, r. k. (2011). qualitative research from start to finish. new york: the guilford press yoga, p. (2011). konseling alderian. retrieved june 24, 2012 from http://konsikum.wordpress.com/20 11/05/01/konseling-alderian/ http://konsikum.wordpress.com/2011/05/01/konseling-alderian/ teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school sri wuli fitriati universitas negeri semarang e-mail: sriwuli.fitriati@mail.unnes.ac.id gabby allen vica isfara universitas negeri semarang e-mail: gabbyallenvicaisfara@gmail.com novia trisanti universitas negeri semarang e-mail: novia.santi@mail.unnes.ac.id apa citation: fitriati, s. w., isfara, g. a. v., & trisanti, n. (2017). teachers‟ questioning strategies to elicit students‟ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 217-226 received: 19-04-2017 accepted: 23-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: this article reports on a study aimed at exploring and examining english language teachers‟ skills in questioning to enhance students‟ verbal repsonses in efl (english as a foreign language) classes. this was a qualitative case study, employing discourse analysis, conducted in one junior high school in a town in central java province, indonesia. the research participants were two indonesian teachers of english language. they taught year eight students in the academic year of 2015/2016. the data were collected from audio-video recordings, transcripts of the lessons, classroom observations notes, and teachers‟ interviews. the transcriptions were analysed by using wu‟s taxonomy of questioning strategies (1993) as it gave a detailed categorization of teachers‟ questions to stimulate students‟ verbal responses. the findings showed that the teachers used mostly four questioning strategies. the first teacher often applied decomposition strategy where the initial question was elaborated into some questions, while the second teacher tended to use repetition strategy. this study has shown that teachers‟ questioning skills is crucial to successfully make students engaged in the classroom interaction, enhance students‟ verbal responses, and lead to the comprehension of the lesson. therefore, it is suggested that teachers should be more aware of their questioning skills to assist students achieve better proficiency in the english language. keywords: teachers’ questioning strategies, students’ verbal responses, efl classes, classroom discourse analysis. introduction the main goal of learning english as a foreign language (efl) is not only gaining good understanding of the language grammar, but also using the language directly to communicate. language learners are considered successful learners when they are able to use it communicatively. the common problem happened in schools in efl context is lack of speaking practices for students. it might be caused by many factors, including that students have not got adequate exposure in english; they are shy to speak; or, teachers lack providing them a chance to speak english. furthermore, some teachers focus more on teaching grammar than leading them to practise the language directly. as a result, many students are only good in the theory of grammar, but they cannot apply it appropriately and fluently in https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.537 217 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee context. this makes many students are passive in speaking english, even in the english language classes. many researchers have shown that efl teachers‟ questioning highly influence their students‟ speaking ability. teachers play a main role to control and manage the class, especially solving the students‟ passiveness. according to white and lightbown (as cited in toni and parse, 2013), teachers are dominating the class, controlling the topics, speaking turns of the conversation, and giving most of the questions; they provide a lot of questions and help students respond on it as well. teachers totally can control the class in which they find and use some questioning strategies that are appropriately applied on students. they actually have strategies to solve the students‟ speaking problems. in a teaching and learning process, teachers always involve the use of questioning skills for any kinds of teaching goals. teacher‟s questions become the main tool to achieve the teaching and learning purposes (boyd, 2015). to elicit students‟ responses and encourage their participation in class, questions are frequently used by teachers to stimulate them. chaudron (as cited in tan, 2007) urges that teachers‟ questions dominated the class talk for 20%-40%. questions potentially make students engaged to speak because questioning produce oral interaction between teacher and students. when a teacher asks, students who know the answer will try to respond. essberger, rubin and thompson (as cited in haron et al., 2012) state that students can perform and participate in classroom activities by answering teacher‟s questions. swain (as cited in tan, 2007, p. 89) asserts that: for language students, responding to teacher questioning is a learning opportunity in which they are presumed to devote to thinking and producing comprehensible output, testing their hypotheses about how the language works and modifying their output when getting negative feedback. (swain as cited in tan, 2007, p. 89) by responding to teachers‟ questions, students can know and also apply directly how the language really works. teachers‟ questioning is the skill frequently used, more powerful to create the talk move (boyd, 2015). questioning is usually found when language teachers apply communicative language teaching method. questioning influences students‟ participation and comprehension as well. through questions, the talk or discussion will be created in the classroom. talk will be dominating during the teaching and learning process so the discussion is created between teacher and students. toni and parse (2013) state that in language education, teachers should direct students to questioning, provide them to think at high level, enhance students‟ participation, and improve their listening ability. teachers‟ questioning also stimulate students to speak because teachers are found to speak more frequent in questions while students will speak in answers (dillon, 1981). therefore, students can practice to speak english properly when answering the teachers‟ questions. in addition, their speaking ability will improve through responding to the questions. in fact, teachers‟ questions do not always successfully stimulate all students to respond. this problem might be caused by many factors. one of the factors is that english remains an unfamiliar language for most students in indonesia, particularly in rural areas, like the site of this present study. not knowing the meanings of words will be a difficult thing; it makes them difficult to understand the lesson as well. hence, asking unclear questions will make students more confused and silent. teachers should find or use strategies to ask the students. however, they must be careful about the techniques used in delivering questions. ornstein (1987, p. 74) asserts that “teachers should know how well and effective their 218 sri wuli fitriati, gabby allen vica isfara, & novia trisanti teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school questioning strategies and techniques are”. this is because how teachers deliver the questions will influence students‟ understanding. strategies in questioning are used to give guidance for teachers in giving questions to students. kerry (as cited in tekene, 2006) states that types of questions which are used and formulated by teachers are very important processes for students‟ achievement and their level of engagement in teaching and learning. unclear questions will not make them participate well; furthermore, students‟ verbal responses are not elicited well. teachers may use other techniques to encourage students to respond to their questions by rephrasing the questions or changing the complex questions into simple and understandable constructions (cole & chan, ekasingh, wu as cited in dumteeb, 2009). when students cannot catch the meanings of the initial questions that have been given, teachers must look for another way to express it. using different types and ways of giving questions is very important to make students understand. nisa (2014) focused her study on the classroom interaction analysis in the efl speaking class. her findings provided evidence that teachers should promote their students‟ communicative skills and encourage students to use english during speaking activities by asking questions. according to wu (1993), there are a range of questioning strategies that can elicit students‟ speaking practices. wu‟s taxonomy of questioning strategies is vital and effective to extend students‟ verbal responses. as proposed by wu (1993, pp. 55-56), the five questioning strategies that teachers should use to generate verbal responses from students include: rephrasing (a question is expressed in another way), simplification (this may be regarded as a kind of rephrasing by means of which a situation is simplified so that students can cope with it), repetition (a question is repeated in the hope that a verbal response will be elicited), decomposition (an initial question is decomposed into two or more parts so that an answer may be obtained), and probing (a question is followed up by one or more other questions so that the teachers can solicit more responses from a student). using strategies in giving questions for students is important to help teachers elicit students‟ verbal responses as questions can make them attentive and engaged in a lesson. questioning strategies provide ways how to make students clear about teachers‟ questions. students are quiet because they probably do not understand what have been asked, how to answer it, or feel shy. by applying questioning strategies, teachers can solve these problems. it can encourage students to answer and help them to arrange utterances, so they are motivated to speak confidently. against this backdrop, this present study attempts to examine how english language teachers give questions to their students. particularly, this study explores teachers‟ questioning strategies in the classes, and how their questions could enhance the students‟ oral reponses. following the literature review and the aims of the study, this study has two main research questions: what questioning strategies are used by english language teachers to stimulate students‟ oral responses in the classes? and, how do the teachers‟ questioning strategies enhance students‟ responses? in the following section, the methods of this study will be briefly and clearly explained. method this was a classroom discourse study which employed qualitative research methods. this study was conducted in a state secondary school in a suburban in the province of central java, indonesia. the research participants were two indonesian female teachers of english, aged 43 (teacher a) 219 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and teacher b, 44 years old. in the daily life, the two teachers spoke indonesian language, the national and official language of the country, along with the javanese language, their native language. they got a bachelor‟s degree in the english language education from local universities. teacher a taught class viii a which consisted of 30 students. teacher b taught class viii h which consisted of 32 students. all the school community members were javanese. the data of this study were drawn from audiovideo recordings of four english lessons. each lesson ran in 80 minutes. three methods were used to collect the data: 1) classroom observations: in the classroom observations audiovideo recordings were used to capture the teachers‟ questioning and students‟ oral responses. the observation sheets were also used to take notes on the teachers and students‟ behavior during the lessons regarding the teachers‟ questioning and the students‟ oral reponses. the lessons were audiovideo recorded by a research assistant, while the other researcher sat queitly at the corner of the classroom and took notes. 2) interviews: interviews were done with the teachers and their students. interviews were aimed to find and explore their perceptions on the teachers‟ questioning to engage students‟ oral responses. the two teachers and ten students (five from each class) were interviewed. the english teachers were interviewed twice: the first interview was held before classroom observation, and the second interview was done after the classroom observation, that is after obtaining initial interpretation of the data. 3) questionnaire: to get complementary data, questionnaire was used to find out the students‟ perceptions and opinions on their teachers‟ ways of giving them questions then, the audio-video recordings were analyzed in three steps as follows: transcribing the lessons, identifying and categorizing the teachers‟ questions as well as the students‟ responses. the identification, coding, and categorization were based on wu‟s (1993) taxonomy of questioning strategies because the taxonomy particularly aimed at describing teachers‟ questioning strategies to elicit students‟ verbal responses. after the teachers‟ questions were categorized, the identification of questioning strategies frequently used by the teachers were conducted. the transcription of the students‟ oral responses was important to know to what extent the questioning strategies used by the teachers could stimulate students to give answers. to triangulate the data analysis, the teachers‟ interview data and observation notes were used to complement the findings. results and discussion this section will start by describing the findings of the first research question: what questioning strategies are used by the teachers to stimulate students’ verbal responses in the classes? the findings show that the teachers in this present study used mostly four questioning strategies out of five proposed by wu (1993). those are: rephrasing, simplification, repetition, and decomposition. probing strategy, that is a question is followed up by one or more other questions so that the teachers can solicit more responses from a student, was found very few in the lessons observed. the interview findings indiciated that the teachers might think that probing question was difficult for the students as this type of question required students to think deeper. such a question usually needs long answers containing arguments, opinions, or explanation. the teachers admitted that probing questions had to be prepared and arranged in advance before the lessons; like preparing a scenario of a particular sequence of questions. the interviews also revealed some implicit reasons why the teachers lack using probing questions. according to the teachers, the students were lack of speaking 220 sri wuli fitriati, gabby allen vica isfara, & novia trisanti teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school practice, and they were not accustomed to use english more often. another problem was that students‟ limited vocabulary attainment. this resulted in the difficulty for them to respond to the teachers‟ questions which required deeper and critical thinking. the teachers clarified that if complex questions (like probing) were used, the students often respond hesitantly. therefore, they mostly used questioning strategies which did not function to probe or ask deeper thinking from the students. the four strategies that were used by the teachers in this study will be illustrated with some extracts as follows: 1) rephrasing rephrasing means that a question is expressed in another way. the following is an example of a rephrasing strategy used by teacher a: extract 1: t : then, the next… how was nyi mas inten character? how was nyi mas inten? ss : stingy [chorusing] s : she is stingy [in soft voice/almost inaudible) the teacher‟s utterances which are in bold show the rephrasing strategy. anticipating that the students did not know the meaning of the word „character‟, teacher a omitted it and rephrased it into “how was nyi mas inten?” this question eventually was able to elicit her students‟ response. another example of rephrasing is as in extract 2. extract 2: t : then, what happened to the village? ss : [silence] t : when there was big flood, what did they do? what did they do? s : they run away t : they run away! ya, they run away. in extract 2, it was evident that there was no response when the teacher asked “what happened to the village?” then, when she rephrased her initial question into “when there was big flood, what do they do? what do they do?” a student responded it quickly. from the whole data, it appeared that rephrasing strategy was frequently used by making the questions shorter where the teachers expected that their students would understand the question easily. 2) simplification simplification is a questioning strategy which is similar to rephrasing strategy, but in simplication the teachers simplified the meanings of their questions. in this strategy, teachers would use many methods such as giving examples, clues, and focusing words to make the previous question become more specific, clearer, and understandable for students. the example of simplification strategy can be seen in extract 2. extract 3: t : the purpose is? s : to make the readers... um...um.... [hesitant] t : to make the readers? ayo! ss : [silence] t : okay… yang pertama to amuse the...? ss : readers [chorusing] t : yang kedua, to…? enter...? entertain the…? [raising intonation] ss : readers [chorusing] in extract 3, the simplication strategy was used by the teacher by mixing the question with the indonesian language, and this seemed to have generated the students‟ verbal responses. in addition, in the teacher‟s utterance “yang kedua, to…? enter...? entertain the…? [with raising intonation], she expected the students to continue her unfinished sentence. this type of questioning strategy which is called response slot (martin, 2005) was also often found in the lessons observed. 3) repetition repeating the same question for 2-3 times appeared to be the teachers‟ favourite strategy to stimulate students‟ responses. 221 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the example can be seen in the following extracts: extract 4: t : okay, dan sekarang, would you like to listen to a short story? ss : [silence] t : hello? ss : hi.... [chorusing] t : would you like to listen to a short story? ss : yes [chorusing] extract 5: t : question number one is…where did the story happen? t : iqbal? [pointing to a student, named iqbal] where did the story happen? s1 : [silence] t : ardian? s2 : [silence] t : ya? layla? where did the story happen, layla? s3 : west java t : in west java [confirming the student‟s answer]. in this case, repetition happened because the students who were called by the teachers did not repond to her question, so the teacher might think that she needed to repeat it to make sure that other students understood her question. below is another extract showing repetition. extract 6 t : what day is it? ss : [silence] t : what day is it? ss : saturday. [chorusing] repetition might be caused by at least two reasons. first, it could be because the teacher‟s question has not been heard clearly by the students, and second, the students might have low ability in listening skills. they needed much more time to think before answering. my observation also suggests that the teacher gave a little time to think for the students whose names were called. therefore, in this case, the teacher needed to wisely have a wait time, that is, pauses to wait for responses. the students needed to take their guts to produce loud and clear answer. 4) decomposition decomposition strategy means that the teacher broke down their initial question (which is quite complex) into several simple questions in order to assist the students understand the question‟s meaning. the evidence can been seen in the extract 7. extract 7: t : okay, come on, what is narrative text? s : [raising hand] t : ya? s : umm... telling a story.... t : and next? what is the purpose of narrative text? extract 8: t : and then, the generic structure? ss : orientation, complication, resolution.... t : orientation, yes.... ss : complication. t : complication.... ss : resolution.. t : resolution, yes.... what is orientation? ss : tokoh..., tempat.... t : yes, the characters, the time, the place. complication? s : conflicts. s : konflik, permasalahan dalam cerita. t : okay…and then the resolution? s : solution. decomposition strategy was very useful and helpful for the teachers in order to elicit the students‟ verbal responses. they make different questions based on the initial ones. it could provide enough chances for students to give their own opinions or arguments. furthermore, there were many students who tried to give responses. next, the following discussion will answer the second research question of this study: how do the teachers’ questioning strategies enhance students’ responses? the findings show that repetition and decomposition were the most used strategies employed by the teachers. repetition was 222 sri wuli fitriati, gabby allen vica isfara, & novia trisanti teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school very often used by the teachers as this technique seemed to be the easiest strategy to elicit the students‟ oral responses. it was also helpful for the teachers because the teachers did not have to change, rephrase, or simplify their questions. they simply restate the same question until they got their students‟ responses. although this strategy seemed simple but both the teachers and the students got a benefit – the teachers could elicit the students‟ answers, and the students had an opportunity to hear the teachers‟ english utterances again as to make them confident to respond. another good point from repetition strategy was that the students were more active because repetitive questions made them became focus. in implementing repetition strategy, it was not only about repeating the same question but the teachers also attempted to make it much clearer for students. it would not be able to elicit students‟ reponses if the teachers asked a difficult, long, or complex question for several times. it was because the students still did not understand and were confused about what they had been asked. the teachers tried to make the repetitive questions more meaningful by using non-verbal clues, like using body gestures (nodding, raising hands, pointing at something), facial expressions (smiling), or voice audibility (raising intonation, stress, speak slowly, whispering). these non-verbal clues from the teachers were important as they help students to have better understanding towards the teachers‟ questions. the second most frequently used questioning strategy was decomposition. both of the teachers delivered relatively varied questions through this decomposition strategy because, according to the interview findings, it was easy for the teachers to elicit more responses from the students. many students raised hands and tried to answer when the teachers decomposed the question into some simple questions related to the initial question. furthermore, the classroom observation shows that decomposed questions succeeded in making the students more active in the discussions. another function of the decomposition strategy used by the teacher was that it could lead to the conclusions of the lesson (teacher b interview). as mentioned in the earlier part of this section, the probing strategy was almost not used by the teachers. this strategy seemed quite challenging for the teachers to apply as this needed a skill to make students used their higher level thinking. the illustration below shows one evidence in which probing was not successful: extract 9: t : what happened then? what happened after the beggar prayed? what happened then? what happened, raihan? s : yang terjadi… [a student raised his hand. he translated into indonesian, then silence] t : what happened then? [to a student who raised his hand] s : she prayed.... [he seemed hesitant and then silence] t : no... no… after the beggar prayed? “oh god, give her punishment…” [the teacher quoted an utterance from the story] ss : flood….flood… [chorusing] t : yes. there was a big flood. and then, what happened? [pointing to a student, and the class was silent]. this extract provided evidence that the teacher‟s probing question “what happened after the beggar prayed?” required the students to think critically which demanded their understanding of the topic of discussion. there was another prominent finding in this study. some non-verbal supportive techniques were also used, such as: calling the students‟ names and using body gestures, strong intonation, and facial expression. one teacher often used these non-verbal supportive questioning 223 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee techniques, as can be seen in the extract below: extract 10: t : okay, the last question. what can you learn from the story? what can you learn from the story? ss : [silence] t : what can you learn from the story? [teacher uttered the word „learn‟ with high intonation] s : don‟t be stingy t : don‟t be stingy? okay! the emphasis of the word „learn‟ by uttering it with high intonation aimed at giving a stress of her question. this could attract her students‟ attention because it strengthened the meaning of the question. moreover, the students seemed like having the clue which helped them find the correct answer. as a result, they were brave to raise hands and gave the verbal responses. turney et al. (1983, p. 116) called these features “voice variations” (i.e. raising intonation, falling intonation, changes in the tone, pitch, volume and speed of speech). the findings discussed above have provided evidence that questioning strategies the teachers used have helped in improving students‟ engagement in the classes. the ways the teachers structured their questions influenced the students‟ oral responses. the teachers‟ varied questioning strategies could eliminate students‟ passiveness and stimulate them to speak english more frequently. in addition, to prevent the students from being passive in the classroom interaction, the teachers often called their names one by one. this strategy is called “distributing” (turney et al., 1983, p. 66). turney et al. (1983) also suggest that “teachers should carefully select students to respond to questions, giving as many as possible the chance to contribute, because by increasing the number of responses from each individual student in a lesson, learning is enhanced” (p. 66). another finding indicates that both of the teachers tended to ask students to respond in short answers, such as about the examples, facts, things. this is a display question type (kayaoglu, 2013). a display question refers to a question which the teacher already knows the answer. the purpose is “to make the students display some previously-learned knowledge” (wu, 1993, p. 51). this finding is in line with the study conducted by james and carter (2006) that commonly students in a school actually tend to respond more often through short and literal level of questions. this study also gave evidence that rephrasing strategy could decrease students‟ speaking passiveness. first, the teachers summarized the initial question which had long or complex structures. second, they strengthened particular parts of their sentences that were important to be emphasized. third, they repeated the same questions in different ways, forms, or structures without changing the purposes of the questions. fourth, the use of indonesian language was still used by both of the teachers in their questions. in the teachers‟ interviews, they considered that indonesian and javanese languages were sometimes used because the students had not accustomed to english. furthermore, they were lack of vocabulary and lack of english pronunciation practice. to solve this problem, besides the four strategies, the teachers used a questioning strategy in the form of codemixing or codeswitching to stimulate students‟ speaking participation. in this study, the teachers gave questions to the students for certain purposes; one of the purposes was to encourage students to speaking english. yet, students‟ responses could not be obtained easily. this made the teachers aware that they had to change the ways they delivered the questions. morover, as the teachers stated in the interviews, many students have different characteristics. there were fast and slow learners, high and low achievers in the classes. consequently, some students were silent and others were active 224 sri wuli fitriati, gabby allen vica isfara, & novia trisanti teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school in responding to the teachers‟ questions. not all of them could respond quickly; they needed to be stimulated and given time to think as well. the teachers decreased the students‟ passiveness in the class by using safe talk which dominantly gained students‟ chorused responses where they answered together towards teachers‟ questions and cues. moreover, elongating and raising intonation of the last word of the questions were also employed to trigger the students‟ responses. this confirms the findings of fitriati‟s study (2015). the teachers also often used the indonesian language in their questioning. the use of indonesian was absolutely easy to understand, but the students could not develop their english skills well. apparently, the teachers sometimes needed to translate their questions into indonesian to be quickly answered by the students. in the context of teaching english as a foreign language, particularly in the indonesian educational context, where english is not used for everyday communication, indonesian teachers who teach the english language should have adequate competence to establish and maintain classroom interaction to extend the students‟ opportunities to speak and enggaged in the lessons (fitriati, 2015). with regard to the empirical evidence found in this current study, it could be concluded that teachers‟ questioning strategies used in the classes were varied. classroom interaction is a complex phenomenon; therefore, the teachers‟ questions are also influenced by many factors, including the teachers‟ english proficiency. the observations indicated that the teacher in this study who performed mostly repetition strategy seemed to show lack of grammatical competence in constructing her questions. she tended to repeat the questions, whereas the other teacher who used more rephrasing and decomposing strategies show more accuracy in her grammar. therefore, it is evident that teachers‟ linguistic competence influence their questioning skills in eliciting students‟ oral responses. in addition, the teachers in this study need to develop types of question they posed. not only did they ask display questions to check the students‟ comprehension of the learning materials, but they also needed to pose referential questions, that is, a question that the teacher does not already know the answer (wu, 1993, p. 51). referential question would usually generate more responses from the students. eventually this study shows that the teachers apparently succeeded in encouraging their students to engage and interact actively in the whole class discussion. they used a varied strategies of questioning. however, it is suggested that the teachers develop their questioning skills, particularly in giving probing question, as this strategy will solicit more responses from the students and stimulate student thinking (davoudi & sadeghi, 2015). conclusion the findings of this study show that teachers should be aware that their questioning skills would have an impact on improving students‟ verbal responses in the classroom interaction. teachers can apply comfortable and appropriate questioning strategies that are suitable for students and the class‟ context of situation. therefore, some pedagogical purposes of questioning can be achieved, including developing students‟ english proficiency, measuring their abilities, and motivating them to speak the language. this study has shed some light on the importance of teachers‟ questioning skills. these skills need to be taught explicitly in english language education, particularly for student teachers, i.e. university students majoring in english education and prepared for being future teachers. for further research, it is suggested 225 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee that studies on teacher questioning should be broaden, for example, by comparing and contrasting questioning skills between english-native-speaker teachers and nonenglish-native-speaker teachers to provide complementary evidence and theoretical knowledge about questioning strategies. references boyd, m. p. (2015). relations between teacher questioning and student talk in one elementary ell classroom. relc journal, 47(3), 370404. doi: 10.1177/1086296x16632451. davoudi, m., & sadeghi, n. a. (2015). a systematic review of research on questioning as a high level cognitive strategy. english language teaching, 8(10), 76-90. retrieved from: files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej1078735.pdf dillon, j. t. (1981). to question and not to question during discussion. relc journal, xxxii(5), 51-55. retrieved from: http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0 02248718103200605?journalcode=jtea. dumteeb, n. (2009). teachers’ questioning techniques and students’ critical thinking skills: english language classroom in the thai context. (doctoral dissertation, oklahoma state university, oklahoma, usa). retrieved from gradworks.umi.com/33/72/3372164.htm fitriati, s. w. (2015). teachers’ language ideologies and classroom practices in english bilingual education: an ethnographic case study of a senior high school in central java, indonesia. (doctoral dissertation). university of southern queensland, queensland, australia. haron, s. c., ahmad, i. s., mamat, a., & mohamed, i. h. a., (2012). strategies to develop speaking skills among malay learners of arabic. international journal of humanities and social science, 2(17), 303-310. retrieved from: www.ijhssnet.com/ journals/ vol_2_no_17...2012/34.pdf james, i., & carter, t. s. (2006). questioning and informational texts: scaffolding students comprehension of content areas. forum on public policy 1, 1-13. retrieved from: http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej1099153.pdf martin, p. (2005). 'safe' language practices in two rural schools in malaysia: tensions between policy and practice. in a. m. y. lin, & p. martin (eds.), decolonisation, globalisation: language-in-education policy and practice (pp. 74-97). clevedon: multilingual matters. nisa, s. h. (2014). classroom interaction analysis in indonesian efl speaking class. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 124-132. retrieved from: https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee/a rticle/view/99/60. ornstein, a. c. (1987). questioning: the essence of good teaching-part ii. nassp bulletin, 7-80. retrieved from: http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0 19263658807250514?journalcode=buld tan, z. (2007). questioning in chinese university el classrooms: what lies beyond it? relc journal, 38(1), 87-103. doi: 10.1177/0033688206076161. tekene, m. l. (2006). enhancing teachers‟ questioning skills to improve children‟s learning and thinking in pacific island early childhood centres. new zealand journal of teachers’ work, 3(1), 12-23. retrieved from: http://www.teacherswork.ac.nz/journal/volum e3_issue1/mauigoa_tekene.pdf. toni a., & parse, f. (2013). the status of teacher‟s questions and students‟ responses: the case of an efl class. academy publisher, 4(3), 564569. doi:10.4304/jltr.4.3.564-569. turney, c., eltis, k.j., hatton, n., owens, l.c., towler, j., & wright, r. (1983). sydney micro skills redeveloped (series 1 handbook). sydney: sydney university press. wu, k. y. (1993). classroom interaction and teacher questions revisited. relc journal, 24(1), 4968. doi: 10.1177/00336882930240020. 226 sri wuli fitriati, gabby allen vica isfara, & novia trisanti teachers’ questioning strategies to elicit students’ verbal responses in efl classes at a secondary school learning to teach writing through writing english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee learning to teach writing through writing svetlana suchkova samara state aerospace university, russia suchkova_s@yahoo.com gulnara dudnikova povolzhskaya state academy of social sciences and humanities, russia dudnick@mail.ru apa citation: suchkova, s. & dudnikova, g. (2013). learning to teach writing through writing english review: journal of english education, 1(2),159-170 received: 09-03-2013 accepted: 30-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: this paper discusses some major issues concerning teaching writing to future teachers. there are a lot of efl/esl textbooks focused on teaching writing. however, those that are intended for trainee teachers are rare on the market. the goal of this paper is to share the result of several years of work on the writing syllabus and materials that is effective in the process of teaching future teachers. it contains sample of tasks based on certain principles that may promote teachers to become effective writers for themselves and, at the same time, to acquire initial professional skills necessary in their future career. a course book can not address any audience in general. it must focus on a particular learner, the objectives, and content of the process of learning. in the situation when no textbook meets these requirements, the problem of providing students with an appropriate textbook must be solved by creating new textbooks. keywords: writing skills, strategies, professional needs, syllabus, teaching/learning materials. introduction mastering writing skills is crucial not only to students’ success at the university, but getting a good job after graduation, too. acquiring this skill is of paramount importance, especially now, in the internet era. in all major fields of study, research, and business, it is absolutely necessary for a person to be able to communicate well in writing. no wonder, every efl/esl course book offers materials aimed at developing effective writing skills. some universities also run online and blended courses focused on academic writing. with all the abundance of materials on the educational market, it looks like there is no need to create something new in the field of teaching writing. however, to be able to write well and to successfully teach how to write are two different competences. both, obviously, should be developed in teacher training institutions. after many years of experience in training would-be teachers, methodology research, and struggle with students’ papers, we decided to create a new university course on writing, different from what is usually offered on the curriculum in russian pedagogical universities. it is different both in the underlying philosophy and approach. the work on the syllabus and materials involved several stages: (1) a thorough analysis of major difficulties russian university learners experience in writing in english – learners’ needs; (2) identifying professional skills future teachers should acquire to be able to teach writing in english to high school students – professional needs; (3) a syllabus design; (4) a students’ survey of mailto:suchkova_s@yahoo.com mailto:dudnick@mail.ru svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing the topics they would like to write about; (5) collecting students’ materials and creating activities based on them; (6) piloting the materials and revision; (7) getting students’ feedback; (8) a course book publication. it took us several years to collect and pilot materials, modify and improve tasks, write and rewrite them. the product of years of work and piloting the materials was the course book learn to write with us: a process-based writing textbook (suchkova et al, 2013), which is now used in the course of writing in several russian universities. the course book is intended for students, future teachers of english, whose level of language proficiency corresponds to b2+ according to the common european framework of reference (council of europe, 2011). it is a process-based course book that invites students to master the skill of writing in english gradually, step by step, from a paragraph to longer pieces. writing is seen as a skill of expressing ideas on paper clearly and effectively. the purpose of the course is to help students develop essential writing strategies and apply their knowledge to writing assignments they will receive in the university courses in the future, taking language exams, or teaching writing to their own students. the unique feature of the textbook is that almost all the activities are based on students’ written papers who gave their consent to use their papers as a basis for teaching/learning materials. the students of samara state pedagogical university, samara state aerospace university, and povolzhskaya academy of social sciences and humanities can be called co-authors of this book. the article contains the description of the writing course syllabus, the course book principles. it considers the major difficulties russian students have when writing in english. the article also provides information about the content and organization of the course book written for future teachers of english. finally, the authors offer some writing strategies and tasks from this course book. syllabus of the writing course the syllabus below is offered here to illustrate the main elements of the writing course as part of the curriculum at the english language department of povolzhskaya state academy of social sciences and humanities, samara, russia. target group: students majoring in english and teaching methodology duration: three semesters, 96 face-to-face academic hours in class/120 outside class aim:  to enable students to write clear, detailed, well-structured texts on a wide range of subjects (from paragraph to more extended pieces of writing) objectives:  to provide students with a variety of effective writing strategies, thus facilitating development of their writing skills  to form initial teacher’s professional skills in needs analysis, creating materials for teaching writing, and assessing written papers topics for consideration:  identifying strengths and weaknesses as a writer; setting goals  pre-writing strategies  paragraph writing: topic, main idea, paragraph structure and purpose, paragraph types  unity, cohesion, and coherence of the paragraph english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee  punctuation and mechanics  drafting, editing, and proofreading  essay writing  article writing  review writing  report writing  resume writing  letter writing  story writing  avoiding plagiarism, paraphrasing strategies  assessment criteria, self-check, peer reviewing  written feedback functional language:  concluding and summarizing  giving examples and focusing  expressing opinions  suggesting solutions  introducing main ideas  introducing listing  showing sequence and time  showing comparison/contrast  introducing cause-effect  phrases for reviews  phrases for report  phrases for letter writing  action verbs  narration verbs materials  suchkova, s., dudnikova, g., adayeva, o. (2013). learn to write with us: a process-based writing textbook (student’s book). samara. controlling end-of-semester activities: semester 1 – paragraph writing, letter writing semester 2 – options: review / essay writing semester 3 – options: report / article writing assessment criteria: 1-5 scale  content  text organization  word range  sentence fluency (sentence length and structure variety, appropriate connectives)  accuracy (spelling, grammar and usage, use of capitals, and punctuation) the syllabus requires an explanation of how one can learn to teach writing during the process of being taught. to do this, it is necessary to describe the materials used in the course and provide samples to illustrate the points. this will be done in other sections of the article. the syllabus was designed to cater for the learning needs of russian students. observation and analysis of papers written by russian learners of english (2003-2011) shows that students’ major difficulties are (1) inability to structure a text properly: divide it into meaningful parts, formulate the main idea clearly and develop it, (2) lack of cohesion or coherence, (3) inconsistent register, (4) poor vocabulary and primitive grammar, (5) plagiarizing. partly, the difficulties result from the fact that students tend to think that writing in english is much like writing in their native language, which is far from it. a paragraph in english normally follows a straight line of development (the paragraph often begins with a statement of its central idea, followed by a series of subdivisions of the central idea with the purpose of developing the topic sentence). conversely, the thoughtpattern of russian speakers is a zigzag line, sometimes interrupted by rather complex digressions: irrelevant, off-topic material is introduced in a paragraph (kaplan, 1966, p. 15). the analysis also shows that the writing problems also account for certain gaps in pre-university training, i.e. underestimating of teaching such things as paragraph structure: introduction, main body, and conclusion; basic svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing features: unity, coherence, and cohesion; writing purpose and paragraph types: description, process, opinion, comparison/contrast, narration, and problem-solution; text organization models: listing, sequence, comparison/contrast, and cause-effect. there is clear evidence that they all require special focus in instruction and practice. for this reason, all of these problems are highlighted in the course. as can be seen from the syllabus, the biggest part of the course is devoted to writing on a paragraph level as a paragraph is a prerequisite for writing longer pieces. the problem of accuracy is dealt with in special units of the materials. the problem of plagiarism and how to avoid it is tackled separately, too. professional needs as the main intent was to target the materials on professional requirements for the teacher, certain skills have been identified as major ones. the authors of the article share the opinion of k. b. yancey who states the fact that “in the 21st century, people write as never before – in print and online. we thus face three challenges that are also opportunities: developing newmodels of writing; designing a new curriculum supporting those models; and creating models for teaching that curriculum.” (yancey, 2013, p. 1) writing as “an object of study has been neglected until recently, but today it is an essential part of the pedagogical institutions curriculum”. unfortunately, however, we have to agree with scane and doerger (2010, p. 51) that “while pre-service teachers receive explicit instruction in methods for teaching writing to elementary and secondary students, they are less likely to receive explicit instruction about the writing skills necessary to be a successful, professional educator. the writing skills of many teacher candidates often do not align with expectations for professionals and most introductory courses in writing offered at universities do not address the specific needs of those planning to become teachers.” on the one hand, modern educators are expected to write in the way that will enable them to communicate professionally with colleagues from the world, sharing ideas and discussing challenges and teaching experience, via professional blogs, forums, and conference papers. on the other hand, in addition to academic writing skills they acquire themselves, teachers should be able to develop materials in order to train students how to write effectively with the reader in mind. they should know how to develop such skills of their students as generating and arranging ideas, drafting and editing, overcoming drawbacks and difficulties, they should be in the know of a variety of methods and techniques, and, of course, teachers should be trained in carrying needs analysis and correction techniques. the partnership for 21st century skills together with the national council of teachers of english worked out the skills necessary for a modern student and teacher. some of them are creativity and innovation, critical thinking and problem solving, communication and collaboration, information and literacy. to enable future teachers to acquire the above mentioned skills, we implemented this course and are using the textbook. later in the article we offer a number of activities that are aimed at developing the skills. the course book’s underlying philosophy the underlying principles of the offered course are integration of language skills, reflective practice, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee individual approach to students, and collaborative learning. a certain system of activities is designed to make the process of acquiring this most challenging language skill gradually, from easy to more complicated tasks. the teaching /learning process is built on students’ background learning experience; the prior knowledge is elicited, and the process is targeted on the learners’ needs. moreover, the activities are directed towards getting students to think for themselves; they are always provided options to choose from. setting their own goals and monitoring their own progress (which is part of the teaching methodology used) is often referred to as learner-centeredness and learner autonomy (harmer, 2008). the skills of reading and writing are integrated with a focus on developing critical thinking skills, stimulating creativity, and fostering learner autonomy. good reading samples, used with the purpose of their analysis and evaluation, further serve patterns for writing. learners first make discoveries and perceive differences of ideas arrangement, consolidate their understanding of text structuring, and then create meaningful texts of their own. the book also follows some principles which are very important for future teachers. first, students are recognized as individuals with their own learning style, background, pace, and interests. their initiative is appreciated; they are encouraged to take on an active role in the process. second, students are involved in different modes of classroom management: individual, pair, and group work, which are indicated in the instruction to the exercises. this teaches them how to organize an activity in a more efficient way. what is also professionally-oriented is the fact that students are invited to evaluate their peers’ works. such peer review “encourages students to monitor each other and, as a result, helps them to become better at self monitoring” (harmer, 2008, p. 150). the material itself has certain educational value, too: there is a great variety of tasks and topics; many activities are creative and focused on applying strategies. what the book includes learn to write with us starts with an introduction written for students that explains the ideas behind the textbook. the course book contains 18 units; each places an emphasis on a certain issue of the writing process. each unit starts with a preliminary activity which provides a stimulus to thought and introduces the subject under discussion. the main points of each unit are emphasized in special tables, where explanatory comments are provided. the book is also abundant in useful language presented in the boxes. a particular focus of the book is learning how to handle various tasks; that is why, it has a lot of helpful tips and effective strategies. the students are offered a variety of different activities to be done both in class and at home. moreover, the book comprises several appendixes that are meant to assist students in evaluation their own work and the papers of their peers. they are aimed at encouraging students to use the guidelines until they get into the habit of editing their papers. there is a bibliography list which contains both methodology books and textbooks, printed and electronic resources that can be used for further reference in order to develop writing skills. each unit is structured in such a way as to first start students’ thinking and elicit what they already know; then, svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing through a variety of exercises they acquire more knowledge about writing conventions, effective strategies, format characteristics, etc. at the beginning of the course, students write on the level of phrases and sentences, then continue with a complete paragraph, and next proceed to longer pieces of writing such as letters, stories, essays, articles, reports, etc. each unit has a wrapping up exercise to emphasize the most important points of the unit. topics to write about discussion of topics selected according to students’ interests and concerning different spheres of their life and professional activity makes for raising their cooperation, communicative competence, and motivation. it is known that teachers may expect better results if they invite students to write on the topics that are relevant and involving to them. we tried to consider our students’ worlds of thought and experience in order to provoke their engagement with the material. that is why, before creating teaching materials, a survey was conducted in the pedagogical university of samara, which allowed having a list of topics students are likely to be interested in writing about. the questionnaire contained one open-ended question: what topics would you like to write about? among the most favorite topics were films, food, outstanding people, favorite places and travelling, technology and the internet, and others. all these topics can be found in the course book activities. some of the topics, such as societal problems, cultures around the world, creativity, were added by the authors as they are considered to be thought provoking and developmental. as we see our role, the teachers’ job is not only to teach a language, but also to educate their students. the real education value of learning can be achieved by discussing culturally educational and social content. the principles at work this section aims to illustrate the principles underlying the course with samples taken from the course book. the first and most important basis for professional progress is simply your own reflection on any issues that arise. reflection is the necessary basis for further development: it is the “hallmark of the conscientious professional” (ur, 1996, p. 319). the book has a lot of tasks which invite students to reflect. here are some of them.  how is an essay genre different from a letter, report, diary, and other pieces of writing? what can you compare it with? what is the difference between an essay and a paragraph?  think back on the types of paragraphs you have already learned. what is the underlying principle for their classification?  work in small groups and discuss the following questions. 1. what is the purpose of a resume/cv? 2. have you ever written one in english/in russian? 3. are the conventions of writing a resume/cv in english and in russian similar? if yes, in what way? 4. can you write a resume/cv once and use it to apply for different jobs? why /why not?  think of all possible types of letters and create a mind-map. mark those you have an experience of writing. as for the integrated skills approach, it seems the most natural as it reflects a real-life process of communication in which it is impossible to separate one skill from another. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee many activities begin with a series of discussion questions which aim at activating students’ pre-existing knowledge of the world and engaging them in a topic that they are going to read or hear about. speaking sessions allow students to investigate their personal experience, thoughts, and feelings about a topic.  work with a partner and discuss the following questions. 1. what is the purpose of a review? 2. how is it different from a letter, essay, or diary? 3. where will you find a review? 4. what kind of information does a review usually include? much language production work grows out of texts that students read. at the next stage students are asked to read a review and answer questions. together with focusing on certain points, the text serves as a model and can be the basis for a written task. thus, texts are used to stimulate students into some other kind of work.  read the review and answer the questions below. 1. what kind of film is being reviewed? 2. what is the film about? 3. where does the action of the film take place? 4. who are the characters of the film? 5. what names are used in the review? what for? 6. is it a positive or a negative review? how do you know? 7. would you like to see the film? why/why not? the next stage involves the second reading of the same review and filling in the chart.  read the review again and complete the chart below. note down what kind of information is presented in each paragraph paragraph 1 film title, director … paragraph 2 paragraph 3 paragraph 4 paragraph 5 summary … after students have worked on the review structure, its language, students are invited to discuss with their partner the book/film of their choice. thus, knowledge about what is a review is incorporated into the process of communication and, consequently, into a language skill, which makes its mastering conscious. this activity is also important as a preparation for writing itself.  think of the best and worst films/books/shows you have seen/read recently. list their good and bad points. then tell your partner about each film/book. the final product of students’ work is a creative writing task which can be treated as a wrap up of the exploration of the topic. it is writing a review. when students are asked to write creatively, they usually strive harder than usual to produce a greater variety of correct and appropriate language than they might tip: for question 6, highlight words and expressions that helped you answer it. svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing for more routine assignments. students are offered some options and guidelines to assist them, which makes the task more learner-friendly.  choose one of the options and write a review (about 220-260 words). option 1 a review of a must read book for your university newsletter. option 2 a review of your favorite film to post it on a web page “films that are always with us.” option 3 a review of the worst ever tv show for the rating “no-show”. the following guidelines can help you follow the review format. 1. don’t fail to give background details of the product reviewed: the author, name, theme, main characters, etc. in the introductory paragraph. also, indicate your purpose of writing and the addressee, and general impression. 2. in the body part of your review, present the main points that guided you in your evaluation, e.g. soundtrack, actors’ performance, style of writing, etc. remember to touch upon one topic in each paragraph (the plot, characters, language, etc.). focus on good/bad features of the book/film/show and consider the following questions: how did i feel reading/watching it? what makes it enjoyable/dull? why and whom would i recommend / not recommend it? 3. in the conclusion, express your positive or negative opinion and give recommendations to the reader. summarize the reasons why the film/book/show is recommended or not recommended. tip: for more guidelines use appendix ii “paper self-evaluation list.” the integrated skills approach gradually builds students' confidence in applying different strategies, stimulates them to obtain and present concepts and ideas, develops a feel for the use of the language in various tasks, and, consequently, leads students to meaningful communication in english. an individual approach to students is reflected in tasks which offer a choice of options in terms of topics. moreover, they are asked to produce a piece of writing on their own, at their own pace, thus working in a pattern of individualized learning. this is a very important step in the development of learner autonomy. as harmer (2008: 394) suggests, “giving students agency (enabling them to be the doers rather than the recipients of learning action) is one way of helping to sustain their motivation”.  write down 5-7 topics you would like to write about. share them with your group mates.  choose one of the topics below and write the topic sentence around it. think of how you would like to develop your topic sentence.  a favorite place to relax  nights owls vs. early birds  the best part of the day  a societal problem  dreams and reality  an ideal partner english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee tip: remember that the topic sentence is a general statement which is supposed to cover the content of the paragraph.  look at the topics below and decide how you would develop them: with details, examples, or explanation. discuss the ideas with your partner. are the answers the same? why/why not?  a learning style  an unusual adventure  russian wedding traditions  a genius  a blog  a card game the textbook has a lot of tasks built around collaborative learning, where students work in pairs or groups, trying to achieve the best results they can. they have a chance to exchange ideas with their group mates, thus learning from each other. in many cases, students’ work is read and commented on by their fellow students, as two or more minds are often more creative, effective, and efficient in solving problems than an individual mind. in collaboration, students contribute to each other’s work, on the one hand, and are made more aware of their own, on the other. work in groups of 3-4. discuss all the stages that come into writing. create a mindmap together. compare it with other groups’ mind-maps. a) in pairs, brainstorm ideas to compare and contrast  people: _________ and ______________;  places: _________ and ______________;  things: _________ and ______________. b) agree on the topic, add aspects to discuss, and write a paragraph together.  work in groups of 3 or 4 and discuss how to close an essay effectively. consider the following questions. 1. what makes an essay complete? 2. how can you help the reader feel satisfied? 3. how can you signal that you have finished? one of the many roles a teacher has to play is that of a materials designer. although there are many resources available, many teachers continue to produce their own materials for classroom use. teachers need to create effective teaching materials to ensure that students are learning to their maximum potential. materials development is a major skill a future teacher must possess. the course book provides many opportunities for students to develop this skill. 1. write a paragraph of five to six sentences on one of the following topics.  how to cook pizza  going on a package tour  reasons for going abroad  why to have/not to have plastic surgery begin with a topic sentence and develop it in the form of steps or examples. 2. now add one sentence that is off target to the paragraph you have written and put your sentences in a less effective order. number them. 3. work with a partner. read each other’s paper. find the sentence that is off target. suggest a more effective order for the sentences. in terms of professional competence, it is also very important for a future teacher to be able to see mistakes and to correct them, which is peer correction or review. the textbook has tasks aiming at practicing the skill of commenting, assessing, making amendments, proofreading and editing a piece of work. trainee teachers need to be able to learn svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing to read critically for style, content, and language accuracy. they must be ready to give each other feedback. below are several samples that illustrate this idea. a) write a comparison paragraph (pointing out likenesses) or a contrast paragraph (pointing out differences) on one of the following topics. a. two movies or two television shows b. two cafes/restaurants c. two jobs d. two dictionaries e. other b) write comments on your partner’s paragraphs. suggest ideas for improvement. use appendix i to guide you through the editing process.  together with your partner, evaluate the essays above using the questions below as guidelines. 1. was it interesting to read the essay? why/why not? 2. what is the main message? is it clear? 3. is the information relevant to the thesis? 4. are there enough facts and examples to support ideas in the paragraphs? 5. does the author know who s/he is writing for? why/why not? 6. does the essay have a good opening? 7. does the writer finish the essay in style/strongly? 8. is the purpose achieved? 9. is the organization appropriate to the topic and purpose? 10. what can be improved?  exchange the essays with your partner and assess each other’s paper using “assessment criteria” given in appendix iv. give feedback: state good and weak points and recommend ways to improve the essay.  study the texts with the teacher’s comments. editing your friend’s paper can help you improve your writing skills, too. in pairs, think of how you can improve the paragraphs taking the teacher’s notes into consideration. 1. is it the topic sentence or one of the reasons? add a link. i travel a lot and for me going somewhere on my own is quite boring. why? in addition punctuate. i always joke: in a new and unknown place it’s always better to have someone who starts panic correct collocation? earlier than you do – it usually makes me feel more confident. can you specify the idea? link? traveling with friends is always fun: i would’ve never had so much excitement in vegas if i were grammar there alone or with my family. why? some details could be added. but even close friends’ interests may differ. so it may turn out to be a real pain in the neck to figure how to reach a compromise and make everybody happy. check. are you sure it’s relevant? touching upon not clear. traveling alone again, i would say it’s not for everyone: you would never think of visiting china on your own without knowing the language for example, check punctuation. though some real trill-seekers might find it to be a good idea to get new impressions. vocabulary and structures are varied, but it’s not clear whether you are for or against traveling with friends. the paragraph also needs a conclusion. 2. my former classmate is my best friend. make the topic sentence more specific. for one thing, we have almost the same interests. some details could be added: what interests? and go everywhere where? together. another thing i value about her is that i can tell her everything not being worried that she will betray me. we’ve been together long enough how long? to confide our secrets to each other. great make it a sentence. to have a person whose opinion you can trust. moreover, i’m not sure the link is good here. she is a very loyal and reliable person. there is no conclusion. how about making it strong to show that you can’t imagine your life without your friend? why don’t you give him/her a name? english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the book also has lots of tasks which encourage students to search and research – another necessary skill for teachers. by making a “systematic, selfcritical enquiry” (rudduck & hopkins 1985: 8), students open something new in terms of language as well as advance their educational level perceiving it in the course of learning.  google the net for samples of recommendation letters and collect phrases you think useful. exchange the lists of phrases with your partners.  google for samples of invitation and apology letters. collect useful phrases, bring them into the classroom, and share with your group mates.  make up a collection of the internet resources with anagrams, riddles, rhymes, poems, etc. include those that provide an opportunity to post your own. have a try! the use of such tasks reflects an upto-date tendency in education – focusing on discovery learning (joolingen 1999: 385). these tasks are definitely conducive to developing critical thinking and, besides, they are professionally relevant to future teachers. students’ feedback although many russian learners find writing the most difficult skill to acquire, by the end of the course, students feel far more confident about their ability to cope with the writing demands. the process of becoming a good writer requires time, hard work, and perseverance. and yet the reward is well worth the wait. being “essential” and “valuable”, is a general opinion of the students who have been taught this course. some more quotes from students’ feedback are as follows: “the course is very comprehensible and involving,” it is “thoroughly drawn up,” “simultaneously challenging and entertaining,” “it undoubtedly meets the needs of future teachers,” “writtеn in a straightforward manner, and it fеels a bit like being taught by a knowledgeable friend.” we value the opinion of our students and feel grateful for such appreciation of our work. conclusion to sum up, a course book cannot address any audience in general. it must focus on a particular learner, the objectives, and content of the process of learning. in the situation when no textbook meets these requirements, the problem of providing students with an appropriate textbook must be solved by creating new textbooks. in our understanding, the textbook learn to write with us, oriented towards the audience of future teachers of english is optimal and effective because it combines language learning and professional training. while learning to write at the level required at tertiary level, would-be teachers also acquire basic professional skills of how to teach writing. a systematic approach to training these skills helps to achieve this two-fold goal; a variety of tasks and topics, well thought over introduction of materials make the way to this goal enjoyable and efficient. references council of europe. (2011). common european framework of reference for languages: learning, teaching, assessment. retrieved from http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/education /elp/elp-reg/cefr_en.asp harmer, j. (2008). the practice of english language teaching. harlow: pearson longman. kaplan, r. b. (1966). cultural thought patterns in inter-cultural education. language learning, 16(1). svetlana suchkova & gulnara dudnikova learning to teach writing through writing joolingen, w. van. (1999). cognitive tools for discovery learning. international journal of artificial intelligence in education, 10. rudduck, j. and hopkins, d. (1985). research as a basis for teaching: readings from the works of lawrence stenhouse. london: heinemann educational books. scane m., doerger, d. (2010). good teachers need to be good writers: designing and implementing a professional writing course for pre-service teachers. studies in learning, evaluation, innovation and development 7(1). suchkova, s., dudnikova, g., adayeva, o. (2013). learn to write with us: a processbased writing textbook (student’s book). samara. syllabi: направление 050100.62 педагогическое образование. профили: «иностранный язык» и «иностранный язык»; направление 050100.62 педагогическое образование. профиль «иностранный язык»; направление 035700.62 лингвистика. профиль «теория и методика преподавания иностранных языков и культур». the national council of teachers of english at (ncte) http://www.ncte.org/. retrieved on march 24th, 2013. the partnership for 21st century skills at http://www.p21.org/index.php. retrieved on march 24th, 2013. ur, p. (1996). a course in language teaching: practice and theory. cup. yancey, k.b. a report from the national council of teachers of english. writing in the 21st century. http://www.ncte.org/library/nctef iles/press/yancey_final.pdf. retrieved on march 24th, 2013. http://www.ncte.org/ http://www.p21.org/index.php http://www.ncte.org/library/nctefiles/press/yancey_final.pdf english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 105 e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis frimadhona syafri english language and literature department, universitas negeri semarang, indonesia e-mail: frimadhona_lt15s3@mahasiswa.unj.ac.id zainal rafli applied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: zainal.rafli@unj.ac.id emzir applied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@.ac.id apa citation: syafri, f., rafli, z., & emzir. (2018). e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 105-118. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1260. received: 14-02-2018 accepted: 23-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: the study focuses a need analysis towards the use of elena basis on calla approach as a media in enhancing learners’ comprehension in introduction to linguistics course. universitas negeri semarang has website for e-learning that is named elena (electronic learning aids). using elearning by web to provide information of the course will be real time and interactive. the subjects of the study were learners in fifth semester in academic year of 2016-2017 in english department in universitas negeri semarang. the semi-structured interview, observation, and descriptive survey were done to gather the data. the data were transcribed, identified, classified, analyzed, and interpreted to gain the answer of the research problem. the problem posed in the research is to analyze a need analysis towards the use of online learning: elena basis on calla approach as a media enhance learners’ comprehension in introduction to linguistics course. based on the overall data analysis and interpretation, a need analysis towards the implementation of elena basis on calla approach as a media can provide learners’ comprehension in learning linguistics concepts. the result showed that; 1) learners need to gain knowledge at a glance about the scope of linguistics; 2) learners need to be stimulated to observe and analyze the development of the language around it; 3) learners need media and means of communication forums and discussions both offline and online; 4) learners need to be facilitated with adequate bandwidth and infrastructure for internet use; and 5) learners are strengthened by e-learning and there are assessments in the use of e-learning. it can be concluded that need analysis is necessary in designing the instructional model, due to it is a process to determine the learners’ needs based on their wants, lacks, and necessities. keywords: a need analysis, e-learning, introduction to linguistics introduction this study aims to analyze a need analysis towards using e-learning for introductory linguistics course in english language and literature department, universitas negeri semarang. a need analysis is a process to assess students’communicative needs in order to achieve specific learning objective. hutchinson et al. (1987, p. 19) declare that an approach to language teaching in which all decisions as to content and methods are based on the learner’s reason for learning. as brown (1995, p. 25) states that in terms of goals and objectives which, in turn, can serve as the bases for developing tests, materials, teaching activities and evaluation strategies. it is assumed that needs analysis (also known as needs assessment) has a vital role in the english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 107 process of designing and carrying out any language course. one of the basic assumptions of curriculum development is that sound education programs should be based on the needs analysis of learners. the basic procedure used to gather information about the needs of the student is known as needs analysis. according to seels and glasgow in sanjaya (2010, p. 93), needs analysis is a plan to gather information about gaps and use that information to determine priorities for existing gaps to find a solution. information is important to know the language skills that have been mastered by learners, and language skills that must be taught to them to achieve the target. meanwhile, hutchinson and waters in the nation and macallister (2010, p. 24) divide the need into the needs of the goal (i.e. what the learners need to do in the target situation) and the learning needs (what the learners need to do in order to learn). therefore, the needs of learners are divided into three namely lacks, wants, and necessities. figure 1. three types of needs 1) necessities: what does the learner need in language usage? 2) disadvantages (lacks): what are the learner deficiencies? 3) wants: what do learners want to learn? needs analysis should be in accordance with the characteristics of learners. in general, students who follow the course introduction to linguistics in the department of english language and literature universitas negeri semarang are 20 years and over. this means that learners are adults who learn selfawareness. essentially, adult learning is a nonauthoritarian, more informal, lesson-based learning that essentially aims at finding understanding and/or thought-seeking in order to formulate a standardized attitude (lee & owen, 2004). therefore, adult learning is how to make the learning program in harmony with real life.there are some components of adults that must be observed in the planning of learning, that is the relationship between the information obtained with the real world, involvement in tasks, and the needs to be achieved. the process of learning at the university is a series of process activities by teachers and learners on the basis of reciprocal relationships that take place in educational situations to achieve certain goals. interaction or mutual relationship between teachers and learners is a major requirement for the ongoing learning process. therefore, one of the ways pursued by universitas negeri semarang in intensifying the online learning process. therefore, a review of the characteristics of each course offered in each department, so that the management and learning process can be presented appropriately and achieve the learning objectives. english language and literature department as part of universitas negeri semarang look at the characteristics of each course given to the students. one of the subjects that need to be examined is introduction to linguistics because this subject is a prerequisite subject for subsequent linguistic courses, such as morphology, syntax, and semantics. understanding of linguistic concepts becomes the main foundation for learners to study linguistic-oriented courses for higher levels. in line with the report of seminar on evaluation of linguistic teaching in higher education compiled by kridalaksana (1978), that introductory linguistics course aims to learners have basic knowledge about the nature of language, its function, and its relation with other sciences. this course, in addition to providing a basis for further study in linguistics, also provides sufficient insight into the field of linguistics for those interested in other disciplines this study explores learners’ perceptions and examines their point of views in studying linguistics and how to comprehend basics of linguistics. this analysis will be concerning in developing model of learning in frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 108 introduction to linguistics course. besides, it will inform to lecturer about what strategies, design instructional, and media that are appropriate to encourage the learners’ knowledge in study introduction to linguistics course. method referring to this research, the right method of research is descriptive method. in carrying out this research, in general, it has taken several steps to obtain data related to the descriptive analysis that includes, (a) analysis of online learning model needs for introductory linguistics course and (b) learning conditions introduction to linguistics. descriptive method is used to describe characteristics of a population or phenomenon being studied. it does not answer questions about how/when/why the characteristics occurred. rather, it addresses the "what" question (what are the characteristics of minnesota state population or situation being studied?)the characteristics used to describe the situation or population are usually some kind of categorical scheme also known as descriptive categories. thus, descriptive research cannot be used as the basis of a causal relationship where one variable affects another. dulock (1993) stated that descriptive research to describe sistematically and accurately the facts and the characteristics of a given population or area of interest. results and discussion the need of learning model of introduction to linguistics by using online is done by capturing input from participants of pbi program even semester 2016/2017 who have followed the course of introduction to linguistics by using questionnaire. the results of the questionnaire analysis consisted of several aspects, namely (1) the identity of the participants of the pbi program in the even semester of 2016/2017 that followed the course of introduction to linguistics; (2) content requirement/course subject introduction to linguistics; (3) learning needs introduction linguistics using the principles of calla approach; and (4) the need of electronic learning aid (elena) learning model to support learning process of introduction to linguistics, and (5) open question to the need of online learning implementation using electronic learning aid (elena) based on calla approach in introduction to linguistics course. the identity of the participants of the pbi program in the even semester of 2016/2017 that followed the course of introduction to linguistics the survey was conducted by distributing questionnaires to students of english education study program (pbi) even semester of 2016/2017 department of language and english literature universitas negeri semarang. the results of the questionnaire show the identity of learners viewed from the age and sex, as shown below. figure 2. age description students aged less than 20 years consists of 26.67% and learners aged between 20 to 25 years consisting of 73.33%. based on the age of learners then the learning used is adult learning (andagogy). figure 3. sex description meanwhile, the sex of the men who collected the survey consisted of 6.67% and the female sex collecting survey consisted of 93.33%. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 109 these data suggest that female learners are more involved in the study. content requirement/subject material introduction linguistics course in analyzing the needs of the content /subject matter of linguistic introduction, the researcher uses twelve aspects contained in the questionnaire. as a reference, these aspects refer to the subject matter contained in the rps (semester learning plan) of introduction to linguistics. these aspects consist of (1) a statement that refers to the extent to which the learners need for the statement, (2) learners understand the subject of the structure of human language, (3) learners understand the subject of phonetics, (4) learners understand the subject of phonology , (5) learners understand the subject of morphology, (6) learners understand the subject of syntax, (7) learners understand the subject of semantics, (8) learners understand the subject of pragmatic, (9) learners understand the subject language change, (10) learners understand the subject of the nature of human language, (11) learners understand the subject language variation, and (12) learners understand the subject of language acquisition. the twelve aspects are chosen by learners based on options that are not required, less needed, needed and much needed. for clarity can be seen in the figure below. *green = no needed *dark blue = less needed *yellow=needed *light blue=required is needed figure 4. needs analysis of the subject matter of linguistic introduction the first statement, that learners understand the linguistic scope. the data in the graph above shows that 57.14% of the respondents are urgently needed, 35.71% of the respondents are needed, and 7.14% of those who answered are less needed. this illustrates that over eighty percent of learners consider this material as very important and indispensable to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the second statement, namely learners understand the subject of the structure of human language. the graph above explains the percentage of choices to the statement of learners to understand the subject of the structure of human language. the data indicate that 21.43% choose is needed, 71.43% stated required, and 7.14% stated less needed. this illustrates that most of the learners consider this material as important and necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the third statement, learners understand the subject of phonetic. based on the graph above, there are 35.71% who choose the option is much needed, 57.14% choose required, and 7.14% of learners choose less needed. it illustrates that most of the learners consider this material very important and very english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 109 necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. fourth statement, learners understand the subject of phonology. the graph above shows that 35.71% of learners say it is urgently needed, 64.29% of them claim that the material is needed and none of them says it is unnecessary and unnecessary. this condition illustrates that all learners think this material is very important and very necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. fifth statement, learners understand the subject of morphology. the above figure explains that 57.14% of learners choose the option very much in need, 42.86% of them stated that the material is needed and none of them stated less needed even not needed. this condition illustrates that all learners think this material is very important and very necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. sixth statement, learners understand the subject of syntax. the graph above illustrates that 50% of learners choose the option is much needed and the other 50% choose the required option. none of them stated less and not needed. this condition illustrates that all learners consider this material as very important and indispensable to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the seventh statement, learners understand the subject of semantcs. the graph above illustrates that in the statement there were 42.86% of learners opting for the much needed option, 57.14% of them stated the option was needed and none of them stated less needed and unneeded. this condition illustrates that all learners think this material is very important and very necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. eighth statement, learners understand the subject of pragmatics. the graph above explains that this statement was chosen for 42.86% of the students for the needy option, 57.14% with options required and none of them stated less needed and unnecessary. this condition illustrates that all learners think this material is very important and very necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the ninth statement, learners understand the subject of the language change. for this statement, the graph above illustrates that 35.71% of learners who choose the option are urgently needed, 50% of them stated that the material is needed, and the remaining 14.29% stated that the material is less needed. this illustrates that most of the learners consider this material as important and necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the tenth statement of the learner understands the subject of the nature of human language. the above graph clarifies that 21.43% of learners choose the muchneeded option for this statement, 57.14% of them stated voting is required, and 21.43% of them stated that the statement is less needed. this illustrates that most of the learners consider this material as important and necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. the eleventh statement of the learner understands the subject of language variation. the graph above explains that there is a 21.43% option badly needed for this statement, 78.57% say that the statement is needed, and none of them says it is unnecessary and unnecessary. it illustrates that all learners consider this material important and necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. twelfth statement, learners understand the subject of language acquisition. the graph above shows that 35.71% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 57.14% of them stated required, and 7.14% of them stated less needed. it illustrates that most of the learners consider the content /subject matter of this subject important and necessary to be developed and reviewed in more detail. from the twelve aspects of the above statement it can be seen that six aspects explain that all learners desperately need the subject to be developed and reviewed in more detail. six subjects are phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and language variation. five of the six subjects are major branches of linguistics. therefore, the subject matter of this subject becomes the starting point as an introduction to advanced linguistics courses such as morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and sociolinguistics. frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 110 learning needs introduction to linguistics using the principles of calla approach to analyze needs of the introduction of learning introduction to linguistics using the principles of the calla approach, there are nineteen statements that largely adopt calla principles. to facilitate the elaboration of these nineteen aspects are grouped into three elements, namely learning objectives, learning process, and evaluation. 1) learning objectives is reflected in the following graph. *green = no needed*dark blue = less needed *yellow=needed *light blue=required is needed figure 4. analysis of learning implementation needs (learning objectives) the first statement, the course lecturer provides the linguistic introductory lecture contract at the beginning of the lecture. based on the data on the charts, 28.57% of learners choose the much-needed option of availability of lecture contracts at the start of the lecture, 64.29% of learners choose the required option, and 7.14% of learners choose the less-needed option. it proves that most learners assume the availability of lecture contracts at the beginning of the meeting is essential to know the purpose and coverage of the introductory linguistics course. the second statement, the lecturer of the course lecturer provides the linguistic introduction lecture unit (sap) at the beginning of the lecture. the data in the graph shows that 21.43% of learners choose the most needed option for the statement, 50.00% of learners choose required, and 28.57% of learners choose less needed. this explains that most learners consider sap as important to know what topics and subtitles of linguistic introduction material will be learned at each meeting. 2) learning process is described in the following figure. *green = no needed *dark blue = less needed *yellow=needed *light blue=required is needed figure 5. analysis of learning implementation needs (learning process) the third statement, the course lecturer provides subject matter in the form of a ppt and a summary of material topics introduction to linguistics at each meeting. the data on the graph shows that 50% of learners choose the option is very necessary, 50% of learners choose the required option, and none of the learners who answered less need and did not need this aspect. it proves that all learners argue that the availability of subject matter in the form of ppt and the essence of introduction to linguistics at every meeting is very urgent. fourth statement, the presentation of lecture material at each meeting must be in order of course with linguistic introductory english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 111 lecture at the beginning of the lecture. the data on the graph shows that 50% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 42.86% of learners choose the required option for this statement, and 7.14% of learners choose the less needed option. it proves that most learners assume the suitability of lecture materials with lecture contracts at the beginning of the meeting is important to understand the relevance of one subject to another. the fifth statement, the lecturer in the course gives a greeting at every meeting. the data on the graph shows that 28.57% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 42.86% of learners choose the required option for this statement, and 28.57% of learners declare the option less necessary. it proves that most learners assume the greeting at the beginning of every meeting is very important to provide stimulus and readiness of participants in receiving learning. the sixth statement, the lecturer develops the metacognitive awareness of the learner by giving the introduction of learning objectivity and introducing new vocabulary as well as the function of academic language according to the subject matter /subject which will be studied. the data in the graph illustrate that for that statement, there are 64.29% of learners choosing the option is urgently needed, 21.43% of learners choose the required option, and there are 7.14% of learners choosing less needed and 7.14% unnecessary. it proves that three quarters of learners assume that this aspect is essential to understanding linguistic concepts. the seventh statement, the lecturer explains new information, new skills, and learning strategies. the data on the graph shows that 64.29% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 21.29% of learners choose the required option, and 14.29% of learners choose the less needed option. this explains that most learners assume that the teaching professor explains new information, new skills, and learning strategies in varying ways is essential to accommodate different learners' learning styles. eighth statement, active learners practice new concepts, skills and learning strategies such as cooperative learning activities. the data in the graph shows that 28.57% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 57.14% of learners choose the required option, and 14.29% of learners choose the less needed option. this explains that most learners argue that cooperation and discussion with peers is important for exchanging opinions and checking understanding of the material learned. the ninth statement, the course lecturer provides structured and timely assignments. the data in the graph shows that 14.29% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 64.29% of learners choose the required option, and 21.43% of learners choose the less needed option. it explains that most learners assume that this aspect is important to train organized learners in performing tasks and sequences in understanding linguistic concepts. the tenth statement, the task given in accordance with the competence of skills to be achieved. the data in the graph illustrates that 21.43% of learners voted indispensably for this statement, 71.4% of learners voted required, and 7.14% of learners chose less needed. this explains that most learners assume that understanding of the material needs to be done with the exercises and tasks assigned so that they can self-assess the mastery of the material learned. eleventh statement, lecture material presented communicatively. the data in the graph explains that 64.29% of learners choose the much-needed option for this statement, 35.71% of learners choose the required option. it shows that all learners need presentation of lecture material presented communicatively. twelfth statement, how to present interesting and communicative material by using video/ppt/link to other sources. the data in the graph illustrates that 64.29% of learners choose the much-needed option of this statement, 35.71% of learners choose the required option, and no learner who chooses is less needed and does not require. it explains frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 112 that all learners desperately need an interesting and communicative learning media. the thirteenth statement, the lecturer on the subject, poses high-level questions that encourage students to do. the data in the graph shows that 64.29% of learners choose the required option for this statement, 35.71% of learners choose less needed. it explains that three-quarters of learners need the lecturers' lectures to provide high-level questions that encourage students to do. however, there are one-third of learners expressed less need for such statements. fourteenth statement, learners are actively involved in the discussion forum provided by the teaching lecturer either group or classical. the data in the graph shows that 7.14% of learners choose the option is much needed for this statement, 78.57% choose the required option, and 14.29% choose less needed. this explains that most learners desperately need their active involvement in discussion forums both group and classical. the fifteenth statement, the lecturer of the course lecturer gives feedback or comments in the class discussion. the data in the graph shows that 64.29% choosing the option is urgently needed and 35.71% selecting the required options against this statement. it explains that all learners desperately need the actions of lecturers to give feedback in class discussion. the seventeenth statement, the lecturer of the course learner provides the learning that produces the work of the learner. the data in the graph shows that 7.14% of learners voted indispensable for this statement, 64.29% of learners chose the required option, 21.43% chose the less needed option, and 7.14% chose the unnecessary option. it explains that the various opinions of learners on this aspect. however, most of them require that lecturers provide subjects that produce the work of learners. eighteenth statement, the topic on discussion forums allows learners to construct their own ideas or knowledge. the data on the graph shows that 15.38% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement, 76.92% of learners choose the required option, and 7.69% of learners choose less needed. this explains that most learners desperately need topics in discussion forums allow learners to construct their own ideas or knowledge. 3) evaluation of learning is illustrated in the following graph. *green = no needed*dark blue = less needed *yellow=needed *light blue=required is needed figure6.analysis of learning implementation needs (evaluation of learning) nineteenth statement, learners conduct self-evaluation by filling out evaluation blogs and conducting discussions with groups to review their understanding of the material being mastered. the data in the graph shows that 7.14% of learners voted indispensable for this statement, 57.14% of learners chose the required option, 28.57% of learners chose the less needed option, and 7.14% chose unnecessary option. it explains that learners are different opinions in this regard, but the option requires still more than in part requiring this aspect. twentieth statement, learners integrate what is learned in the learning including the knowledge framework, edit the previous knowledge needed, apply the knowledge, study the situation in the real context. the data in the graph shows that 21.43% of learners choose the much needed option for this statement and 78.57% of learners choose the required option. nobody chooses less and unneeded options. it explains that all learners desperately need the skills to integrate what is learned in the learning including the knowledge framework, edit the prior knowledge needed, apply the knowledge, learn the situation in the real context english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 113 broadly speaking, it can be seen that learners need the learning principles contained in calla, starting from the preparation stage up to the evaluation stage. these calla principles provide skills in the learning process of learners in developing metacognitive, cognitive and social capabilities. if the principles of calla are implemented properly and appropriately, then learners will be able to construct the knowledge they learn. the need of online learning facilities by using electronic learning aid (elena) for introduction to linguistics course the following needs analysis is an electronic learning aid (elena) learning analysis found in universitas negeri semarang to support the introduction to linguistic learning process. the data used to conduct the survey consists of twelve statements namely, (1) elena facilitate learners with the desired speed level so that learners can learn with the intelegent quotes (iq) owned, (2) elena facilitate learners to learn on difficult subjects as often as the learners wish, (3) elena facilitates learners without time limitations. whenever students learn and how long they want to study, there are no problems and no limitations (when compared to regular regular classes), (4) elena facilitates learners to increase knowledge outside of class time, (5) elena facilitates repeat learners, (6) elena facilitates learners to assist in improving supervision of the use of learning materials, (7) elena facilitates learners to monitor, (8) elena facilitates students to conduct online discussions in order to provide feedback to learners, (9) systems contained in the elena helps lecturers to monitor the progress of learners by assessing the understanding of learners who participate in the discussion online, (10) assignment through elena makes my material sense, and (11) participation and liveliness of learners at question and answer sessions in online discussions help students understand better the material being studied. these conditions can be seen in the following graph. *green = no needed*dark blue = less needed *yellow=needed *light blue=required is needed figure 7. learning analysis of electronic learning aid (elena) the first statement is the elena facilitates learners with the appropriate level of pace that is desired so that learners can learn with intelegent quotes (iq) owned. the data contained in the graph shows that 21.43% of learners choose the option is much needed and 78.57% of learners choose the need, even no learners who choose the less option and do not need this aspect. the data explains that all learners assume elena facilitates learners with the desired speed level so that learners can learn with their own intelegent quotes (iq). the second statement is that elena facilitates learners to learn on difficult subjects as often as the learners want. the data contained in the graph shows that 35.71% of learners choose the option is much needed, 57.14% of learners choose the required option, and 7.14% of learners choose the less needed option. the data explains that most learners desperately need elena as a facility to learn on difficult subjects as often as students want. frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 114 the third statement is that elena facilitates learners without time constraints. whenever students learn and how long they want to study, there are no problems and no limitations (when compared to regular regular classes). the graph data above explains that 28.57% of learners choose the option is much needed and 71.43% of learners choose the required option. the data explains that all learners desperately need elena as a facility for learning without time constraints. whenever students learn and how long they want to study, there are no problems and no limitations (when compared to regular regular classes). the fourth statement is that elena facilitates learners to increase their knowledge beyond class time. based on the data on the charts it is clear that 21.43% of learners choose the option is much needed and 78.57% of learners choose required. the data explains that all learners desperately need an elena that facilitates learners to gain knowledge outside of college hours. the fifth statement is that elena facilitates learners to repeat the newly learned knowledge. based on the data on the charts, it is clear that 58.71% of learners choose the option is much needed, 57.14% of learners choose needed, and 7.14% choose less needed option. the data explains that most learners desperately need elena as a facility for learners in repeating newly learned knowledge. the sixth statement is that elena is a learning tool available whenever it is accessible and everywhere. based on the data on the graph explains that 50% of learners choose is needed and 50% of learners need it. the data explains that all learners desperately need elena for available learning tools whenever accessible and anywhere. the seventh statement is that elena facilitates learners to assist in improving the supervision of the use of the subject matter. based on the data on the graph explained that 28.57% of learners choose the option is much needed and 71.43% of learners choose the required option. no learner chooses less needed and unneeded options. the data explains that all learners desperately need elena to facilitate learners in order to assist in improving the supervision of the use of the subject matter. the eighth statement is that elena facilitates learners to assist in improving the supervision of the use of the subject matter. the graph data explains that 21.43% of learners choose the option is much needed and 64.29% of learners choose the required option. furthermore, 14.29% of learners who choose less options are needed. the data explains that most learners desperately need elena to facilitate learners in order to assist in improving the supervision of the use of the subject matter. the ninth aspect of elena facilitates learners to conduct online discussions in order to provide feedback to learners. based on the data in the graph above, it is clear that 14.29% of learners choose the option is much needed, 71.43% of learners choose the required option, 7.14% of students choose the option is less needed and 7.14% is not needed. the data varies options, but most learners need elena as a facility for online discussion in order to provide feedback to learners. the tenth statement, the elena system helps lecturers monitor the progress of learners by assessing the understanding of learners who participate in online discussions. based on the data in the graph above it is explained that 7.14% of learners choose the option is much needed, 71.43% of learners choose the required option, 21.43% of learners who choose the option less needed. the data illustrates that most learners need a system in elena to help lecturers monitor the progress of learners by assessing the understanding of learners who participate in online discussions. the eleventh statement is the assignment through elena makes the understanding of the lecture material more effective. based on the data on the charts it is clear that 7.14% of learners choosing the option is urgently needed, 35.71% of learners choose the required option, 57.14% of learners who choose the option are less needed. the data explains that only some of the learners need the assignment through elena to make the understanding of the lecture material more effective. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 115 the twelfth statement is the participation and participation of learners at a question and answer session in online discussion to help students understand better for the material being studied. based on the data in the above chart 21.43 it is shown that learners choose the option is much needed, 64.29% of learners choose needed, 14.29% of learners who choose the option less needed. the data explains that most learners need the participation and participation of learners in a question and answer session in online discussions that help students understand better for the material being studied. the above data summary can be stated that use and availability of elena can facilitate learners to learn on difficult subjects as often as the learners wish. elena facilitates learners to repeat newly learned knowledge. elena is a learning tool that is available anytime can be accessed and anywhere. open question to the need of online learning implementation using electronic learning aid (elena) based on calla approach in introductory linguistics course for an open question, there are four questions asked, namely (1) what do you think needs to be improved from the material? (2) what do you think needs improvement from the introduction to linguistics? (3) what do you think needs to be improved from the media used in the current introduction to linguistics? (4) what resources/tools should you use in your introduction to linguistics? the four open questions were responded by respondents with various opinions and suggestions related to introduction to linguistics. the response of respondents to four open questions indicates that learners need the presentation of simplified material to be easily understood. in addition, the media used are expected to be more varied. that is, not only using ppt, but the sampling can be a video or image related to the topic. meanwhile, there are also learners who want online discussions, blogs, or other sources in the form of links. it shows the sincerity of learners in achieving a maximum understanding of the concepts and scope of linguistics. besides questionnaire and observation, taking interviews with lecturers and learners, there are some obstacles to material tackling. the lecturer tries to complete the twelve subjects of agreed upon in sixteen meetings. however, lecturers find it difficult to explain each subject in one or two meetings. as an alternative, the lecturer gives the task to check the understanding of learners. the same thing is also subject to completion of discussions on the matter. they also complained about the narrow time constraints. the tasks given by the lecturer can not do well because the material understanding introduction to linguistics course has not been properly understood. learners want a solution, one of them with linguistics. for more details, the following table describes want (what they want learners), lack (the weaknesses in learners), and necessity (things or items that learners need) as illustrated by nation (2010). in this diagram below, as the result of need analysis of the pbi study program of the semester four 2016/2017 which has been in introduction to linguistics courses by using interviews, questionnaire, and observation. frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 116 elena basis on calla approach for learners’ comprehension linguistics: a need analysis material method learning support system: elena · materials “simple” · using module · some topics are reviewed and developed · course materials are presented in a communicatio n manner · lectures provide subject matter at every meeting · elena facilitates learners to learn on difficult subjects as often as the learners’ wish · elena is an available learning tool whenever it is accessible and everywhere. · learners are not familiar with the use of e-learning (elena) · learners hampered the availability of bandwidth (quota) for interest usage · students are facilitated with adequate bandwith and infrastructure for internet use · learners are strengthened by e-learning and there are assessment in the use of elearning. · learners do not read other references related to the subject · learners are not used to doing critical analysis of the development of the language around them · learners need media interactive to learn linguistics · learners are stimulated to observe and analyze the development of the language around it. · materials too broad and long-winded · textbook is complicated · lack of knowledge and information on linguistics · learners need simple material linguistics · learners need to gain knowledge at a glance the scope of linguistics want lack necessity want lack necessity want lack necessity figure 7. the result of need analysis towards the the participants of the pbi study program of the semester four 2016/2017 based on the chart, there are three aspects that were analyzed to fullfil the need analysis of the learners in taking introduction to linguistics course; (1) material, (2) method, and (3) learning support system: elena. the result of the respondents' responses indicate some considerations. first, learners lack learning time in the classroom to explore concepts and examples in order to better understand the basic concepts of linguistics presented. second, most learners do not read the material before the teaching and learning process so they are not ready to accept many new terms. third, the majority of learners tend to depend on the lecturer's explanation because it is difficult to understand the linguistic concepts of the reference booksthat learners need a simplified presentation of the material for easy understanding. fourth, the media used are expected to be more varied. that is, not only using ppt, but the sampling can be a video or image related to the topic. meanwhile, there are also learners who want online discussions, blogs, or other sources in the form of links. it shows the sincerity of learners in achieving a maximum understanding of the concepts and scope of linguistics. internet facilities provided by the university have not been used optimally by lecturers and learners for the process of teaching and learning activities. conclusion to sum up, the results of the needs analysis are necessary for lecturer to identify the learners’ professional needs, the learners’ needs in terms of language skills and the learners’ deficiencies in the area of language skills. after analyzing the students’ needs and determining the objectives of the language course, continue to select a material that meets the needs of the learners. thus, needs analysis is the foundation indeveloping curriculum content, teaching materials and methods that can lead to increasing the learners’ motivation and success. in implementation of elena english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 117 basis on calla approach for learners’ comprehension in linguistics is a need of learners to enhance their knowledge about linguistics by using media online (elena) as blended learning. references brown, j. (1995). the elements of language curriculum: a systematic approach to program development. new york: heinle & heinle publishers. dulock, h. l. (1993). research design: descriptive research. journal of pediatric oncology nursing, 10(4), 154-157. hutchinson, t., & waters, a. (1987). english for specific purposes: a learning-centered approach. new york: cambridge university press nation, i.s.p., & macalister, j. (2010). language curriculum design. new york: routledge. frimadhona syafri, zainal rafli, &emzir e-learning for learners’ comprehension in linguistics: a need analysis 118 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1 developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations romualdo a. mabuan lyceum of the philippines university e-mail: romualdo.mabuan@lpu.edu.ph apa citation: mabuan, r. a. (2017). developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 110. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.765. received: 18-08-2017 accepted: 21-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: in the 21 st century workplace, there has been an increasing demand for graduates to possess communicative competence particularly in speaking. anchored on the 21 st century learning framework (partnership for 21 st century skills or p21, 2006) and the tpack framework (koehler & mishra, 2009), this study reports findings on the pedagogical viability of utilizing pecha kucha 20x20 presentations in developing students’ competence and confidence while presenting in the language classroom. research participants include 43 english as second language (esl) learners taking speech communication classes in a private university in manila, the philippines during the second semester of the academic year 2016-2017. research data from students’ reflections, interviews, survey, and focus group discussion (fgd) suggest that despite some format and technological limitations, delivering pecha kucha presentations may help students develop their english speaking and oral presentation skills, build their confidence in speaking before an audience, and practice their english macro skills such as listening and reading. in the light of these findings, pedagogical implications are provided for esl (english as a second language) and efl (english as a foreign language) teachers, communication educators, and researchers. keywords: teaching speaking, pecha kucha presentations, esl public speaking, tpack introduction one of the significant concerns in developing communicative competence among esl/efl learners is their reluctance to speak in the classroom – a pedagogical challenge that english language teachers face in the context of 21 st century learning, which espouses the development of 4cs among students to prepare them for success in life and in their profession: critical thinking skills, creativity, collaboration, and communication (partnership for 21 st century skills, 2006). of these skills, many people put premium to communication, because in most cases, a person’s ability and value to the organization is judged not so much on what he can do, but on how well he can explain what he does (souter, 2007). however, no matter how much teachers work hard to develop their students’ english public speaking skills, speech anxiety remains to be a hurdle to many students. anxiety is defined as an unpleasant feeling similar to fear (lader, 1975), or “the subjective feeling of tension, apprehension, nervousness, and worry…” (horwitz, horwitz, & cope, 1986, p. 125). in the context of public speaking, anxiety is defined as “those situations when an individual reports that he or she is afraid to deliver a speech” (ayers & hopf, 1993, p.4) as cited in (ciarrocca, 2015). mccroskey (1984) refers to this as communication apprehension (ca), an area of inquiry extensively researched since mid-1930s but remains to be relevant up to present. in the current curriculum where active oral language practices only take place for about 5% of daily class time in the typical english classroom (milner, milner, & mitchell, 2012), there is a need to provide more opportunities to the students to engage in meaningful and effective oral communication activities and to help them develop competence and confidence in public speaking. presentations play a large role in the business world today; they are the daily rituals romualdo a. mabuan developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations 2 of the corporate life (souter, 2007). despite the ubiquity and constant hum of computermediated communication (cmc), people continue to spend more and more of their lives engaging in face-to-face communication, interacting with others, giving and receiving information, sharing and selling ideas, and laying the groundwork for important decisions. presentations are how people do business in corporate world, and in the context of outcomes-based education (spady, 1994), communication teachers face the challenge of reflecting this reality in their language classrooms so that their students develop effective communication skills and graduate fully-equipped, competent, and confident to face the world of work. practicing public speaking in the classroom, whether individually or in small groups, can help students develop their confidence in preparing and delivering oral presentations (king, 2002) as cited in (nguyen, 2015), help them plan, prepare, and perform better for their future professionrelated tasks (nguyen, 2015), and overcome their public speaking anxiety (liao, 2014). practicing oral presentations can also develop students’ listening, speaking, reading, writing, critical thinking, and higher order research skills (iberri-shea, 2009; manchey, 1986) as cited in (ciarrocca, 2015). this is supported by al-issa and al-qubtan (2010) as cited in (nguyen, 2015) who claimed that aside from building students’ confidence and decisionmaking skills in topic selection, performing oral presentations is an integrative approach that helps develop students’ english macro skills as they practice writing notes and scripts for their slides, read texts related to their presentation, speak to audience, and listen for questions and feedback cues from the audience. finally, munby (2011) as cited in (nguyen, 2015) argued that performing oral presentations can develop self-directed learning and empowerment among students, help them identify their individual capacities, and enhance their presentation skills through peer feedback mechanisms. developed by british architects astrid klein and mark dytham in tokyo, japan in february 2003, pecha kucha (pronounced pechuk-cha, more commonly heard as pe-chaku-cha) is a japenese term for chit-chat or informal and friendly talk. it is a fast-paced presentation that uses microsoft office powerpoint slides in a 20 x 20 format, which corresponds to 20 pictures or images shown for 20 seconds each, for a total presentation time of 6 minutes and 40 seconds (www.pechakucha.org/faq, 2016). upon timing setup in the advance slide section of the powerpoint, the images transit automatically and the presenter talks along with the slides, carefully matching his words with the images, but also focusing on the topic and the audience. the pecha kucha presentation format has been popularly adopted around the world. it has become a global phenomenon: there are pecha kucha training and workshops, pecha kucha nights in over 900 cities in the world (www.pechakucha.org/global, 2016), and almost 19,000 pecha kucha videos on youtube (smith, 2013). it has been adopted by universities, industries, and professional conference organizers, has been regularly voted as the most popular session and a novel way of presenting (downing & martindale, 2011; hass, 2011) as cited in (tomsett & trott, 2014), and has received positive reviews: ‘excellent, succinct, informative’; ‘great format, really well done’ (smith, 2013). the format is regarded as an “amazing cure for death by powerpoint” and is recommended for use in business presentations based on how it “forces speakers to refine, and refine, and refine again” (berkun, 2010) as cited in (christianson & payne, 2011). pecha kucha presentations have also been popularly used in presenting class work and projects in academia (foyle & childress, 2015) as cited in (nguyen, 2015) and are now commonly integrated in the classroom across a range of disciplines. pecha kucha presentations have been explored and investigated in different contexts. in her postgraduate certificate in higher education class at a university in united kingdom, smith (2013) decided to liven up her class sessions by asking her students to create and deliver pecha kuchas on class topics such as learning theories and theorists. post-presentation evaluation revealed that http://www.pechakucha.org/ english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3 despite concerns on long preparation, strict structure, and challenging delivery, students described pecha kuchas as an ‘interesting approach to gain an overview of complex topics’ and a ‘good way of identifying the essentials’. smith concluded that pecha kuchas could be a powerful means of developing students’ synthesis, summary, and time-keeping skills as well as adding excitement to presentations. in an american university, soto-caban, selvi, and avila-medina (2011) as cited in (nguyen, 2015) adopted the original pecha kucha 20 x 20 format in asking their engineering students who had experience using powerpoint presentations but had no experience using pecha kucha in presenting their research project results. findings suggested that compared to other traditional presentation formats in the classroom, utilizing pecha kuchas developed their students’ communication skills more effectively. this is supported by the work of chritianson and payne (2011) with their engineering students, which showed the effectiveness of pecha kuchas in enhancing students’ presentation skills and creating engaging presentations compared to traditional presentations with a time limit. other studies also compared the effectiveness of pecha kuchas compared to powerpoints. klentzin et al. (2010) claimed that in a lecture context, pecha kucha proved to be a better instruction method. this corroborated with the findings in the study carried out by beyer (2011) and beyer, gaze, and lazicki (2012) which suggested that pecha kuchas were favored by the students, had quality similar to or better than powerpoints, were “more appealing”, and were an effective tool in developing students’ presentation and image design skills. in efl contexts, pecha kuchas have also been studied. ryan (2012) as cited in (nguyen, 2015) claimed that pecha kucha presentations can help improve students’ pronunciation and intonation, pointing out that pecha kucha’s fixed and controlled timing and the english language’s characteristic of being stress-timed may help students “achieve natural sounding connected speech” (p.25). nguyen (2015), in an efl reading class of engineering majors in japan, used pecha kuchas in asking students to create presentations based on topics from the class readings. results revealed that despite some negative feedback on presentation pacing and personal shyness among students, pecha kuchas were considered beneficial in improving students’ reading comprehension, speaking, and oral presentation skills. the foregoing foreign studies underpin benefits of using pecha kuchas in various academic contexts, but provide no specific findings on the use of pecha kuchas in local esl settings in the philippines particularly in oral communication classes. pecha kucha nights are held in different venues in urban manila and other parts of the country, yet there is dearth of literature discussing pecha kucha’s applicability and viability in pedagogical contexts. drawing from the 21 st century learning framework (partnership for 21 st century learning, 2006) and the technological pedagogical and content knowledge or tpack framework (koehler & mishra, 2009), this study aims to fill that research gap, as it explores and examines students’ views and attitudes towards the use of pecha kuchas in an esl speech class in a private university setting in the philippines. conceptualizing, designing and implementing the current study as guided by the principles of the foregoing paradigms require careful planning and decision making. the technological pedagogical and content knowledge (tpack) framework developed by koehler and mishra (2009) informs this study on how to successfully integrate pecha kuchas into the filipino esl speech class context. tpack attempts to capture some of the essential qualities of knowledge required by teachers for technology integration in their teaching. it shows the complex interplay and interconnections of the three primary forms of knowledge – content (c), pedagogy (p), and technology – that results in the following intersections: pedagogical content knowledge (pck), technological content knowledge (tck), technological pedagogical knowledge (tpk), and technological pedagogical content knowledge (tpck). romualdo a. mabuan developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations 4 tpack guides this study in developing sensitivity to the dynamic and transactional relationship among all three components and in flexibly navigating the spaces defined by these key elements in the utilization of technology in a speech class. with the pedagogical aim of developing and enhancing students’ communication skills particularly their english oral presentations skills, this ict-embedded study on the utilization of pecha kucha presentations in the speech communication class intends to answer the following questions: 1. how do students view the use of pecha kuchas in the speech communication class? 2. what are the students’ attitudes towards the use of pecha kuchas in delivering their oral presentations in the class? method this study utilized a qualitative research design to unpack students’ experiences in delivering pecha kucha presentations. the pecha kucha presentation format was introduced to the speech communication subject for two different sophomore classes at a private university in manila, philippines during the second semester of the academic year 2016 – 2017. the participants were 43 pre-intermediate/intermediate level students based on toeic scores, aged 18 to 22, majoring in bachelor of science in accountancy. the textbook used was speak well…get connected (custodio, ambida, & nolasco, 2015). classes convened twice a week for 90 minutes over approximately 4 months or 18 weeks, totaling 54 hours of mixed lecture and laboratory sessions. the pecha kuchas were implemented once for both classes during the midterm period as part of class graded recitation. class orientation, demonstration, and practice were conducted before the class’ pecha kucha day. the teacher delivered his own pecha kucha to the class in order to demonstrate how it is done. instructions on how to create pecha kuchas using the microsoft powerpoint application were provided, and student practiced making their own pecha kuchas in the speech laboratory. students were encouraged to use their original photos and were advised to cite sources when using images online. as part of class practice, students were asked to create their individual short pecha kuchas containing at least five slides (with one image and no more than three words per slide) that were automatically set to transition every 20 seconds and present them in pairs or in triads for feedback, suggestions, and recommendations for improvement. a rubric for pecha kucha performance assessment was presented and discussed. the rubric consisted of six categories scoring from one to three on the following criteria: slideshow, speech organization, preparation and presentation of ideas, visual appeal and creativity, topic treatment, and presentation skills. students wore corporate attire to simulate real-world presentations and were advised to demonstrate effective linguistics (verbal) and paralinguistics (nonverbal, body language, gestures, facial expressions, pacing, pitch, volume, pronunciation, intonation). presentations were video recorded and uploaded on the class’ facebook group for post-presentation viewing and assessment. individually, students performed peer evaluation of their classmates’ presentation using a presentation rubric. boud (1995) and sadler and good (2006) posit that selfevaluation and self-grading are necessary skills for lifelong learning and are an integral part of the learning process, while spiller (2012) suggests that peer evaluation can encourage collaborative learning through interchange about what constitutes good work. students submitted individual reflections on their pecha kucha experience. they described or narrated how they felt before, during, and after the presentation; the preparations they made; their learning from the activity; and the challenges that they encountered as well as their means of addressing them. students were also asked to respond to a survey created via survey monkey and posted on the class’ facebook group. finally, the teacher asked for volunteers for individual interviews and focus group discussion (fgd) about their pecha kucha experience. forty-three students took the survey and submitted their reflections, english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 5 while 10 students volunteered for individual and group interviews and allowed for their recording. by reflecting on their pecha kucha experience, students may enhance their learning (moon, 1999) and deepen their understanding of the task (akbari, 2007). the interview recordings were transcribed, coded, thematized, and analyzed following guest, mcqueen, and namey’s (2012) thematic analysis framework. the survey data was analyzed qualitatively to identify themes and patterns. this data was triangulated with the data from students’ reflections, and they were presented in tables and supported with excerpts. results and discussion student ratings on the impact of pecha kucha presentations items 1 to 7 in table 1 below explored what students believed to be the impact of performing pecha kucha presentations in the speech communication class. the majority of the respondents of item 1 agreed that pecha kucha presentations improved their english speaking and oral presentation skills (69.8% strongly agree and 27.9% agree). this finding supports findings from previous studies on improved english speaking and presentation skills (beyer, gaze, & lazicki, 2012; christianson & payne, 2011; nguyen, 2015) and improved communication skills (soto-caban, selvi, & avila-medina, 2011). for 6 minutes and 40 seconds, each of the speakers was required to deliver his/her presentation using english – a class presentation rule that had been agreed upon by the class during the pecha kucha orientation. this allowed them to use the global language in delivering their topics and exercising selfexpression. furthermore, students reported that pecha kucha presentations developed their presentation skills, which include selecting the topic carefully, organizing and outlining the ideas, selecting appropriate images, creating powerpoint presentations, rehearsing the presentations, and delivering them in front of audience. as reported by s11 and s23, pecha kucha has taught them to consider the linguistic and paralinguistic, as well as the technical and technological aspects of presenting. similarly, in item 2, most respondents agreed that pecha kucha presentations improved their listening skills (55.8 strongly agree and 39.5% agree). by carefully listening to over 40 pecha kucha presentations of their classmates using the pecha kucha presentation rubric, students did not only improve their english listening skills, they also learned valuable ideas from various topics in the presentations. for item 3, the majority of the students agreed that preparing for their pecha kucha presentations encouraged them to read more about their topics (41.9% strongly agree and 41.9% agree), while 16.3% disagreed, which contradicted the researcher’s expectation that students would do a lot of reading and research to create informative pecha kuchas. nguyen (2015) reported a similar finding and attributed it to students’ limited exposure to pecha kucha, which happened only once during the semester. table 1. results of the questionnaire pecha kucha presentations… strongly agree agree undecided disagree strongly disagree 1. improved my english speaking and presentation skills. 30 (69.8%) 12 (27.9%) 1 (2.3%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 2. improved my listening skills. 24 (55.8%) 17 (39.5%) 0 (0%) 2 (4.7%) 0 (0%) 3. encouraged me to read more about my topic. 18 (41.9%) 18 (41.9%) 7 (16.3%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 4. developed my selfconfidence. 36 (83.7%) 6 (14.0%) 1 (2.3%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 5. improved my non-verbal communication skills. 27 (62.8%) 15 (34.9%) 1 (2.3%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 6. encouraged cooperative 29 12 2 0 0 romualdo a. mabuan developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations 6 learning. (67.4%) (27.9%) (4.7%) (0%) (0%) 7. provided a fun learning environment. 37 (86.0%) 6 (14.0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) responses to item 4 show that delivering pecha kucha presentations developed students’ confidence in delivering english oral presentations before an audience. this finding corroborates with the findings of previous studies suggesting that pecha kuchas can “develop presenters’ sense of confidence in their ability” (christianson & payne, 2011, p. 8) and build their “speaking confidence and fluency” (nguyen, 2015, p. 6). similarly, in item 5, most respondents agreed that pecha kucha presentations improved their nonverbal communication skills (62.8 strongly agree and 34.9% agree). series of pecha kucha preparations allowed students to practice applying effective body language skills (posture, facial expressions, body movements, and hand gestures) and linguistic skills (correct pronunciation, intonation, volume, and voice projection). however, 2.3% was undecided, which may be from students who were shy and diffident to use non-verbal skills during their presentations. data for item 6 shows that majority of the students (67.4% strongly agree and 27.9% agree) believed that pecha kucha presentations encouraged cooperative learning, which may be attributed to peer teaching and peer assisting in the preparation and practice of their pecha kuchas. however, 4.7% (n=2) was “undecided” about this, which may have come from shy and/or reluctant students (nguyen, 2015, p. 139) who preferred to prepare and practice their pecha kuchas by themselves. the researchers also observed that low english proficiency students tended to do the practice task on their own, avoiding feedback or criticism from their peers. they only participated in the group during the final presentation. these findings are supported by the following students’ avowals. table 2. students’ avowals showing the impact of pecha kucha presentations pecha kucha presentations… interview transcripts and students’ reflections showing students’ perceptions on the benefits of pecha kucha improve english speaking and oral presentation skills it taught me how to present well like preparing for my topic, designing my ppt and delivering it well to my audience. (s34-f-18) i believe that it’s a very good way to improve my english speaking skill because i had to speak in english all the time during my presentation. (s20-m-19) improve listening skills i was able to listen to over 40 pecha kucha presentations of my classmates and i think that it improved my english listening skill because i needed to do peer evaluation using our pecha kucha presentation rubric. i also learned a lot about them and their experiences. (s1-m-20) encourage reading before presenting my pecha kucha, i researched about my topic and read a lot of materials online and at our library so that i could present my topic well. (s36-f18) develop self-confidence pecha kucha helped me build my self-esteem and self-confidence to stand in front and express my ideas about my topic. (s11-m-18) at first i was so nervous and scared to stand in front of my classmates because it was my first time to do a presentation, but i’m happy that i made it successfully. it was very memorable for me…one of the best things in my college life so far. (s5f-18) improve non-verbal communication skills during my pecha kucha, i applied what sir told us to project a confident and correct posture, use appropriate and effective hand gestures, and engage eye contact with the audience. (s38-m-19) encourage cooperative learning another thing i really like about our pecha kucha is that when we were required by sir to do peer evaluation with the rubric provided. after my pecha kucha presentation, i received immediate feedback from three of my classmates showing my strengths and my areas for improvement. this made me happy because i felt that they care for me and they want me to be at my best. (s43-m-22) english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7 provide a fun learning environment presenting a pecha kucha and watching my classmates present their own are fun and enjoyable. of course, i was nervous when it was my turn to present, but after a while, i managed to smile and just enjoyed the moment. it was also very entertaining and at the same very informative to watch my classmates’ presentations because i learned new things and i discovered the other side of them. i strongly recommend pecha kucha for future speech students. (s14-f-21) students’ attitudes towards the use of pecha kucha in the speech class an open-ended question was asked to the students to provide their overall description about their pecha kucha experience in the class. generally, students showed positive views and attitudes towards pecha kuchas, as they described their pecha kucha experience as ‘amazing’, ‘awesome’, ‘remarkable’, ‘exciting’, ‘fun’, etc. some respondents such as s12 and s33 reported that it was “an amazing experience” to present their topics and share their ideas with the class, which was affirmed by s26 and s40 who shared that it has been an “awesome” and “unforgettable” moment of their college life. table 3 lists all of the students’ description of their pecha kucha presentation experience. table 3. students’ attitudes towards the use of pecha kucha in the class students’ attitudes towards pecha kucha responses % amazing 8 18.60 awesome 6 13.95 challenging 3 6.98 remarkable 3 6.98 unforgettable 3 6.98 exciting 2 4.65 fun 2 4.65 wonderful 2 4.65 engaging 1 2.33 extraordinary 1 2.33 extreme 1 2.33 fantastic 1 2.33 happy 1 2.33 interesting 1 2.33 marvelous 1 2.33 metamorphic 1 2.33 refreshing 1 2.33 satisfying 1 2.33 stunning 1 2.33 supercalifragilisticexpialidocious 1 2.33 supreme 1 2.33 thankful 1 2.33 total 43 100 however, as with other educational endeavors, pecha kucha presentations have limitations that may implicate its applicability and acceptability in the academic english classroom setting. seventeen students in this study pointed to some disadvantages of using pecha kucha based on their experience in the class. eight of them (47.06%) reported that their major concern with the pecha kucha format was the twenty-second-per-slide time romualdo a. mabuan developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations 8 limit, which was ‘very strict’, ‘limiting’, and ‘unrealistic’ because it prevents them to discuss the topic deeply considering that not all of the ideas are of equal value or importance. other students’ concerns with the use of pecha kucha include difficulty in topic selection (n=5, 29.41%) as it was challenging to think and decide on a presentation topic that is interesting and engaging; powerpoint application issues (n=3, 17.65%) as auto-run and other set-ups sometimes did not work properly; and difficulty in image selection (n=1, 5.88%) as it was time-consuming to select images or photos that will complement with the presenter’s ideas. this finding echoes christianson and payne (2011) observation that there are “some trade-offs between the benefits of a fixed format and the drawbacks” of pecha kuchas. these findings have important implications for future functions and adaptations of pecha kuchas in the esl public speaking classroom and in other relatable contexts elsewhere. pedagogical implications in the recent past, technology integration into the classroom was considered only as an option; now, it is becoming a sine qua non in the modern classroom (rabah, 2015) for optimized delivery of the curriculum. technology can now be utilized to “substitute, augment, modify, and redefine” (puentedura, 2014) classroom practices to “enhance and transform” students’ learning experiences. the changing nature and needs of the 21 st century learner coupled with the challenging demands of an increasingly competitive knowledgebased society implicates a reconfiguration in our pedagogical practices if we are to stay relevant, responsive and meaningful in the context of 21 st century education. while some educators and practitioners may be skeptical about the educational value of integrating technology into the classroom, the author argues that it can be one of the feasible and effective means to engage the modern learners – the ‘digital natives’ (prensky, 2001) and the ‘digital residents’ (booth, 2009) – and address their learning styles in the context of today’s digital era. as the industry increases its demands for skilled and well-rounded graduates, our pedagogical practices must be conscientiously and carefully designed and implemented to respond and relate to the call of the times. teachers can enhance the learning experience of their students by designing and delivering lessons and enriching them with the right choice of technology that helps achieve the target educational outcomes. as koehler and mishra (2009) recommended – teachers need to go beyond the “functional fixedness” of technology, and instead need to creatively repurpose it to make it pedagogically viable. conclusion this study investigated students’ perceptions and attitudes towards the use of pecha kucha presentations in an esl public speaking class in a private university setting in urban manila, the philippines. the results revealed that the students generally view the use pecha kucha positively because it can build their confidence in oral presentations, practice their english speaking skills, and develop other english macro skills (i.e., listening, reading, and writing). these findings corroborate with the results of previous studies (al-issa & al-qubtan, 2010; christianson & payne, 2011; beyer, gaze, & lazicki, 2012; smith, 2013; ciarrocca, 2015; nguyen, 2015) that delineate the pedagogical viability of utilizing pecha kucha presentations in a classroom context. although beneficial to the students, teachers should consider the appropriacy and applicability of the pecha kucha format in the classroom (smith, 2013) and some of its drawbacks that may affect students’ performance such as time limitations, amount of practice and preparation, topic and image selection, and powerpoint application settings. careful class design, implementation, and evaluation are of utmost significance in the success of this technology integration. finally, it is important to note some limitations of this study. first, this study was implemented with two esl public speaking classes among sophomore students in only one semester at one private university in an urban setting. hence, the results of the study may english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 9 limit their external validity to other contexts, populations, and settings. second, students presented their pecha kuchas only once in the middle of the semester; thus, it may have limited their preparation, readiness, and confidence in delivering oral presentations. lastly, although filipino students use english as a second language, asking them to write their reflections and respond to the survey in english may have put some low proficiency students at a disadvantage, which may have caused limitations in eliciting their viewpoints on the use of pecha kuchas in the class. future studies may explore other subject areas with different sets of learners, levels, and curricula, may employ pecha kuchas in the beginning, middle and end of the class term in order to determine its effectiveness in students’ performances across time, and may consider providing students options to write their reflections and respond to survey questions using the lingua franca in order to explore deeply their insights on their pecha kucha experience. finally, to establish validity and reliability of the current findings with quantitative data, mccroskey’s (1984) personal report of public speaking anxiety (prpsa) may be administered to the students before and after their pecha kucha presentations. references akbari, r. (2007). reflections on reflection: a critical appraisal of reflective practices in l2 teacher education. systems, 35(2), 192-207. al-issa, a. s., & al-qubtan, r. (2010). taking the floor: oral presentations in efl classrooms. tesol journal, 1(2), 227-246. beyer, a. a., gaze, c., & lazicki, j. (2012). comparing students’ evaluations and recalls for student pecha kucha and powerpoint presentations. journal of teaching and learning with technology, 1(2), 26-42. beyer, m. (2011). improving student presentations: pecha kucha and just plain powerpoint. teaching of psychology, 38(2), 122-126. booth, c. (2009). informing innovation: tracking student interest in emerging library technologies at ohio university. usa: american library association. boud, d. (1995). enhancing learning through selfassessment. london: kogan page. christianson, m. (2011). 20 questions: can pechakucha 20x20 help students improve presentation skills? mark’s learning blog. retrieved from http://markchristianson.blogspot.jp/2011/08/20questions-can-pecha-kucha-20x20-help.html. ciarrocca, r. (2015). fostering public speaking through pecha kucha in the high school english classroom. studies in teaching research digest, 1, 13-18. custodio, e., ambida, r., & nolasco, m. f. (2015). speak well, get connected. malabon: mutya publishing house. horwitz, e. k., horwitz, m. b., & cope, j. (1986). foreign language classroom anxiety. modern language journal, 70, 125-132. klentzin, j., et al. (2010). pecha kucha: using lightening talk in university instruction. reference services review, 38(1). koehler, m. j., & mishra, p. (2009). what is technological pedagogical content knowledge? contemporary issues in technology and teacher education (cite journal), 9(1), 60-70. lader, m. h. (1975). the nature and clinical anxiety in modern society. in ed. spielberger, d. charles & i. g. sarason, stress and anxiety. new york: john wiley & sons. mccroskey, j. c. (1984). the communication apprehension perspective. in j. a. daly & j. c. mccroskey (eds.). avoiding communication: shyness, reticence, and communication apprehension (13-38). beverly hills, ca: sage publications, inc. milner, j. o., milner, l. f. m., & mitchell, j. f. (2012). bridging english (5th ed.). boston, ma: pearson. moon, j. (1999). reflection in learning and professional development. london: kogan page. nguyen, h. (2015). student perceptions of the use of pecha kucha presentations for efl reading classes. language in education in asia, 6(2), 135149. partnership for 21 st century skills. (2006). a state leader’s action guide to 21 st century skills: a new vision for education. tuczon, az: partnership for 21 st century skills. pecha kucha global. (2017). retrieved from http://www.pechakucha.org/global. puentedura, r. (2014). learning, technology, and the samr model: goals, processes, and practice. retrieved from http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/201 4/06/29/learningtechnologysamrmodel.pdf. rabah, j. (2015). benefits and challenges of information and communication technologies (ict) integration in québec english schools. the turkish journal of educational technology, 14(2), 24-31. sadler, p., & good, e. (2006). the impact of selfand peer-grading on student learning. educational assessment, 11(1), 1-31. smith, k. (2013). pecha kucha or creatively crafting chit chat presentations with concision and precision. compass: journal of learning and teaching, 4(7). http://www.pechakucha.org/global http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog romualdo a. mabuan developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations 10 souter, n. (2007). persuasive presentations: how to get the response you need. new york, usa: sterling. spady, w. g. (1994). outcome-based education: critical issues and answers. arlington,va: american association of school administrators. spiller, d. (2012). assessment matters: self-assessment and peer assessment. teaching development unit, university of waikato, new zealand. retrieved from https://kennslumidstod.hi.is/wpcontent/uploads/2016/03/assessment-matters-selfassessment-and-peer-assessment.pdf. tomsett, p. m., & trott, d. (2014). multimodal pedagogy in international business education. international journal of research in social sciences, 4(2), 50-56. what is pecha kucha 20x20. (2017). retrieved from http://www.pechakucha.org/faq. http://www.pechakucha.org/faq english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 237 developing teaching material of poetry appreciation based on students’ competency analysis satinem department of indonesian language and literature education, stkip pgri lubuklinggau, indonesia e-mail: satinemyohana@gmail.com juwati department of indonesian language and literature education, stkip pgri lubuklinggau, indonesia e-mail: watiaja56@ymail.com noermanzah postgraduate program of indonesian language education, university of bengkulu, indonesia e-mail: noermanzah@unib.ac.id apa citation: satinem, juwati, & noermanzah. (2020). developing teaching material of poetry appreciation based on students’ competency analysis. english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 237-246. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.2707. received: 22-01-2020 accepted: 24-03-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: the aim of this research was to develop the material of poetry appreciation at the department of indonesian language and literature education of stkip pgri lubuklinggau. the type of this research was research and development (r&d) which was developed by the dick, carey, and carey. data collection was conducted through questionnaire, interviews, and tests. the data analysis and validity test were performed by using pretest and posttest of performance. the data is then processed by using a simple paired t test with the spss 20 program. the result of this research can be measured asym.sig. (2-tailed) 0,000... < 0,05. therefore the value of t-hit 36,956 and t-tab 2,045 to (d) 17 and alpa 0,05, so it can be concluded t-hit ttab, so that ho was rejected, and hi was accepted, meaning that the average value of a student's ability to appreciate poetry after using teaching materials from the development is equal to 70 or more than 70. thus, the teaching material model developed has been feasible and effective from academic/expert studies, practically the teachers, and effective use in the field. acknowledgement this research is funded by stkip-pgri lubuklinggau entitled "development of poetry appreciation subjects based on competency analysis". acknowledgments to the lubuklinggau stkip-pgri institute (2017 budget year research contract). furthermore, gratitude was conveyed to reviewers who have read, corrected, and provided inputs on this paper. references aji, g. p., pratiwi, y., & widiarti, n. (2018). development of instructional materials writing poetry based on nature tourism for poetry learning. isslac: journal of intensive studies on language, literature, art, and culture, 2(1), 3539. anisa, h., ansari, k., & solin, m. (2019). development of poetry writing learning module assisted by religious songs for junior high school univa medan. advances in social science, education and humanities, 384, 596-599. arifin, s., & kusrianto, a. (2013). sukses menulis buku ajar dan referensi. jakarta: grasindo. borg, w. r., & gall, m. d. (2003). educational research: an introduction (7th ed.). new york: longman inc. daniel, i. o. a. (2013). a critical look at the teacher factor in senior secondary school students’ poetic appreciation skills development. theory and practice in language studies, 3(2), 222-232. depdiknas. (2008). kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan. jakarta: depdiknas. dick, w., carey, l., & carey, j. o. (2005). the systematic design of instruction. new york: longman inc. fathorrahman. (2017). kompetensi pedagogik, profesional, kepribadian dan kompetensi sosial dosen. jurnal akademika, 15(1), 1-6. khan, s., jehanzeb, s., ulah, i., & irfan, m. (2016). a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner.” english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 37-48. khatib, m. (2011). a new approach to teaching english poetry to efl students. journal of language teaching and research, 2(1), 164-169. kim, m. k., xie, k., & cheng, s.-l. (2017). building teacher competency for digital content evaluation. teaching and teacher education, 66, 309-324. doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2017.05.006. lestari, i. (2013). pengembangan bahan ajar berbasis kompetensi: sesuai dengan kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan. padang: akademia permata. mahayana, m. s. (2015). apresiasi sastra indonesia di sekolah. insania: jurnal pemikiran alternatif kependidikan, 13(3), 382-393. doi: 10.24090/insania.v13i3.304. mulyasa. (2003). kurikulum berbasis kompetensi. bandung: remaja rosda karya. mulyasa. (2017). menjadi guru profesional menciptakan pembelajaran kreatif dan menyenangkan. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. nadeak, b., & naibaho, l. (2019). managing lecturers' competence development at universitas kristen indonesia. proceeding: celscitech-umri, 4, 4550. noermanzah, & friantary, h. (2019). development of competency-based poetry learning materials for class x high schools. international journal of recent technology and engineering, 8(4), 6631. noermanzah, n., rais, m. n., & muslihah, n. n. (2013). perbandingan penerapan strategi critical incident dengan strategi mind mapping dalam pembelajaran menulis puisi siswa kelas viii smp negeri l sidoharjo. jurnal perspektif pendidikan, 7(2), 14-28. prastowo. (2011). panduan kreatif membuat bahan ajar inovatif. jakarta: diva press. satinem, juwati, & noermanzah developing teaching material of poetry appreciation based on students’ competency analysis 246 puspita, o. w., andayani, waluyo, h. j., & rohmadi, m. (2017). a needs analysis for poetry appreciation textbooks in universities: an exploratory study. american journal of educational research, 5(4), 357-361. ritonga, a. z. & halimatuhsa’diah, s. (2019). development of poetry appreciation materials based on character education in class vii students state 2nd private vocational school ix-x. iosr journal of research & method in education, 9(2), 39-43. satinem & juwati. (2018). development of teaching materials of poetry writing using pictures for the elementary students. advances in language and literary studies, 9(3), 1-2. doi: 10.7575/aiac.alls.v.9n.3p.1. satinem, s. (2015). teaching materials model folklore in learning indonesian based on thematic approach. ijlecr international journal of language education and culture review, 1(2), 27–34. doi: 10.21009/ijlecr.012.03. sayuti, s. (2002). pengajaran sastra: pengantar pengajaran puisi. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. setyorini, n., & rizkiana, s. (2019). pengembangan bahan ajar apresiasi puisi berbasis nilai bela negara bagi mahasiswa semester iii pendidikan bahasa dan sastra indonesia di universitas muhammadiyah purworejo. lingua rima: jurnal pendidikan bahasa dan sastra indonesia, 8(1), 48. sugiyono. (2012). metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta. sukmadinata, n. s. (2009). metode penelitian pendidikan. bandung: remaja rosdakarya. warsiman. (2015). the development of inductive model in learning poetry appreciation. international journal of social and local economic governance (ijleg), 1(1), 75-84. yayat, y. (2017). implementasi rencana program pembelajaran berbasis kompetensi pada pembelajaran kompetensi dasar menulis program cnc. innovation of vocational technology education, 6(2), 559-568. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 49 grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” zhao xue faculty of language and linguistics, university of malaya, malaysia e-mail:852977313@qq.com kuang ching hei faculty of language and linguistics, university of malaya, malaysia e-mail:kuangch@um.edu.my apa citation: kuang, c. h., & zhao, x. (2017). grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids”. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 49-58. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.770. received: 30-08-2017 accepted: 31-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: sitcoms provide entertainment, one of which is through humour. using grice’s (1975) non-observance of cooperative principles – flouting, violating, infringing, opting out, and suspending as framework for analysis, this study aims to investigate whether the non-observance of grice’s (1975) maxims can contribute to the humorous effects seen in the chinese sitcom “home with kids (season 4)”. specifically, this study aims to detect which of the maxims play an important role in creating humour. data were compiled from 96 episodes of the show. a comparison of the non-observance was made before findings were qualitatively presented. the findings revealed that flouting and violating were used most frequently to create humour. the outcome of this study will have beneficial effects for l2 learners of mandarin by enabling them to comprehend chinese humour. the implications derived from this study suggest that humour may be created differently due to cultural differences. keywords: chinese sitcoms, humour, flouting, violation, non-observance, maxims introduction humour is ubiquitous and cosmopolitan, existing throughout every culture, race and region. humour has been conceptualized in various ways as “a specific type of communication that establishes an incongruent relationship or meaning”, “it is presented in a way that causes laughter” (berger, 1976, p.113). humour can be reflected in meetings, classrooms, films and television programs but koestler (1993) gives a general classification of humour which can be better understood for this paper. humour is classified by koestler (1993) as verbal humour and situational humour. the former, verbal humour, refers to linguistic-oriented humour; that is humour which is felt or experienced as a result of some faux pax or unconventional use of language. the latter, situational humour, refers to situation-oriented humour that is related to some situational contexts. since situational humour is very distanced from language and it has almost no influence on language, it is excluded from the focus of this paper. thus, only verbal humour is given attention. verbal humour can be found in all languages and in all cultures but little has been written about the chinese culture and how humour is created through the chinese language of mandarin, particularly in local sitcoms of china. in that regard, this paper attempts to explore how humour is achieved in a chinese sitcom so that the outcome obtained can be used to better understand the humorous phenomenon of the chinese culture, thereby, contributing to literature on humour. with that in mind, the research question posed is: “how do grice’s (1975) maxims contribute to the humorous effects noted in a local chinese sitcom, “home with kids (season 4)” and which of these maxims are more or less zhao xue & kuang ching hei grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” 50 frequently observed in creating the humorous effects?” among the various studies conducted in the domain of humor, studies focusing on situation comedy (sitcom) are central to furthering the understanding of humor. this is because situation comedy, hereby also termed as sitcom, is more appreciated within homes as entertainment among families. the term also refers to a series of humorous shows shown on television that makes the audience laugh. in this context, the situations that made the audience laugh tend to originate from daily life situations, hence, the conversations shared by the characters can be considered as the representative sample of real life. as a matter of fact, most humorous topics noted in modern-day sitcoms are based on current events happening within our society. depending on the era of the sitcom, some may even be able to reflect a particular kind of living style that is reminiscent of such an era. this reflection is revealed not just by the attire, food, display of artifacts but also by the topics mentioned in the humour (lu, 2014). most previous studies (murata, 2014; rogerson, 2007) looking at humour revealed that majority of researches investigated crosscultural differences or cross-linguistic similarities and distinctions such as in workplace context. only a few studies focused on sitcom humour as is evidenced by the outcomes noted in caesilia’s study (2015) and shu’s research (2012). these two studies focused mainly on american sitcoms and they concluded that failing to observe grice’s (1975) maxims can create humor while some studies (zhen, 2013; wu, 2005) chose to make comparisons of humour between american sitcoms and chinese sitcoms. zhen (2013) developed a framework of contextual dimensions -physical, temporal and experiential, to analyze humorous conversations in an american sitcom “friends” and a chinese sitcom “i love my family”. she found that compared with “i love my family”, “friends” depended more on linguistic knowledge and less on social and cultural knowledge to create humour. wu (2005) also compared humour between “friends” and “i love my family” by using grice’s (1975) maxims. likewise, she concluded that flouting grice’s (1975) maxims is the most popular way to achieve the humorous effects in the two sitcoms. owing to the aim of this paper which attempts to investigate how humour in a local sitcom, “home with kids – season 4” was created, the model provided by grice (1975) is used. within the cooperative principle, grice (1975) proposed four types of maxims to be observed: 1) the maxim of quantity; make your contribution as informative as required and do not make your contribution more informative as required; 2) the maxim of quality; try to make your contribution one that is true, do not say what you believe to be false, and do not say that for which you lack adequate evidence; 3) the maxim of relation; be relevant; 4) the maxim of manner; be perspicuous and specifically, avoid obscurity of expression, avoid ambiguity, be brief (avoid unnecessary prolixity), and be orderly (grice, 1975, p. 46). there exist some conditions whereby speakers may not observe these maxims during conversations. for instance, someone who is incapable of speaking clearly or who deliberately chooses to tell a lie. in his study, thomas (1995) noted that there are five types of non-observance of grice’s (1975) maxims which include; 1) flouting: to blatantly fail to observe a maxim with no intention of misleading the hearer but with the intention of creating a conventional implicature; 2) violating: to quietly and purposely fail to observe a maxim with the intention to mislead the hearer; 3) opting out: to be unwilling to cooperate and withdrawing from the interaction; 4) infringing: to unintentionally fail to observe a maxim due to limited language capabilities and understanding; and 5) suspending: to force speakers not to observe a maxim because of certain circumstances, i.e. cultural specification. the model will enable this study to detect how the humour was created and which of the maxims were more or less observed in creating the humorous effects noted in the identified sitcom. it is assumed that analyzing the humorous language of chinese sitcoms may facilitate non-native chinese audiences, english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 51 especially learners of mandarin as a second or foreign language, to appreciate the nature of the language, in comparison to other languages. in this regard, second language speakers of mandarin will be able to appreciate the humour as well as the chinese culture, thereby, deepening their insights into the chinese language (mandarin) and idiosyncrasies. there are three major theories of humour: superiority, incongruity and relief and they are widely depicted by most researchers in humour studies. the three theories clarify the purpose of using humour in daily lives and they have been used by others such as caesilia (2015), shu (2012) and sri (2006). the superiority theory of humour originated from the perception that laughter can be said to be an expression of the feeling of superiority over another person or situation. this form of humour provides enjoyment and amusement for self and others through the means of suppressing and lowering other people who are in a weaker situation (keithspiegel, 1972). the incongruity theory of humour is possibly the one that is most widely used in describing humour. the theory proposes that someone laughs at something because of its impropriety when compared to the conventional patterns of things. consequently, this difference can lead to amusement. the relief theory of humour facilitates the relieving of tension and nervous energies caused by laughter and mirth. the basic principle of the relief theory is that laughter supplies psychological support, reduces pressure and provides supreme energy whilst caught in a nervous situation. consequently, the usage of humour in tense conditions helps to release the nervousness contained within the person thereby assisting the person to return to a stable condition after a struggles, stress and tension (raskin, 1985). past studies (caesilia, 2015; murata, 2014; rochmawati, 2012) looking at humour have covered a variety of contexts, such as, workplace, jokes, and sitcoms. these studies have focused on similar issues, focusing on how grice’s (1975) maxims contribute to the humorous effects. rochmawati (2012) explored humour strategies in 30 short jokes published in the readers’ digest section for world’s funniest jokes. it was noted that the speakers in the jokes had also employed irony, absurdity, exaggeration or simple lies to cause misunderstandings, thereby, violating grice’s maxims. in another study focusing on american sitcoms, latan (2013) investigated the humorous language used in the “the big bang theory”. likewise, it was discovered that the humour was created due to the nonobservance of all the five maxims proposed by grice (1975). apparently, the audience’s amusement could be traced to the flouting of grice’s maxim which totaled 66.86% of the time while infringing and violating of grice’s maxim accounted for only 16.57% and 13.71%, respectively. slightly different from the findings of latan (2013), the outcome noted in caesilia’s (2015) study found that humour was the result of the non-observance of four of grice’s (1975) maxims and the most important way of failing grice’s (1975) maxims so as to create humour was through violating grice’s maxim rather than flouting. previous studies (caesilia, 2015; latan, 2013) also indicated that humour was not always created through the non-observance of all the five types of grice’s (1975) maxims. this has been confirmed by latan (2013) who noted the non-observance of all the five maxims whereas caesilia (2015) noted only four. while latan (2013) observed flouting as the most commonly used strategy to create humour, caesilia (2015) noted that it was violating the maxims and this implies that situations and contexts of the sitcoms may be two possible factors that affect this difference. in addition, caesilia (2015) also noted that opting out a maxim in the situation comedy does not appear to be humorous. in fact, when this occurs, it appears to be a disappointment or curiosity for the hearer. replicating what previous studies (sri, 2006; latan, 2013; caesilia, 2015) have done, this study is an attempt to shed light on the creation of humour in one chinese sitcom by studying the relationship between humour and the non-observance of grice’s (1975) maxims to see which of these was more commonly used. zhao xue & kuang ching hei grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” 52 method the sitcom selected for collecting data in this study is “home with kids (season 4)” which was released to the audience in mainland china in 2007. as a popular sitcom, the show was released for several seasons and the one selected for the current study comprise the most recent season shown in the tv sitcom, amongst the four seasons of “home with kids” (at the point of this study) and it includes 67 episodes with each episode lasting about 25 minutes, thus, 67 episodes would comprise a total of 1675 minutes. for the purpose of this study, a total of 96 conversations occurring in the living room in “home with kids (season 4)” were extracted for analysis. the following are reasons justifying the selection: firstly, all the examples chosen for analysis are included in the laugh tracks which had been inserted into the tv series. the laugh tracks indicate where the humour in the sitcom occurs, thus, it is considered as one of the unique features of sitcoms (brock, 2008). in this regard, the laugh track is treated as the criterion to determine the verbal humour (koestler, 1993). secondly, these humorous conversations tend to occur in the living room of the sitcom and it appears that this setting carries the highest frequency of occurrences (62.7%) in the sitcom. creswell (2012) says that the larger the sample, the more reliable the results, therefore, selecting the humorous conversations that had occurred in the living room as data can make the results of this study more reliable. for the purpose of analysis, only portion of the data are presented in the study to illustrate the non-observance (e.g. flouting, violating, infringing, opting out, suspending) of grice’s (1975) maxims. this study is developed based on the following steps: step 1: firstly, download all the 67 episodes of the sitcom from www.youku.com via internet. then watch all the 67 episodes of the chinese sitcom “home with kids (season 4)” which have been downloaded. next, identify the parts where the laugh track exist and then take note of the conversations that occurs regardless of where the setting (living room, kitchen, bedroom etc) is. since most of the conversations that occurred in the living room were accompanied by laugh tracks as well as subtitles, the conversations were thus, selected and then manually transcribed until all the 67 episodes were completed. transcriptions were done verbatim but where there are some nonverbal actions, these will be indicated in brackets. step 2: secondly, after the data were identified, selected and manually transcribed in chinese, the transcriptions were compared to the conversations again to ensure accuracy. these chinese conversations were then translated into english with microsoft word. as mentioned earlier, since situational humour (koestler, 1993) almost has no influence on language, this paper only focuses on the portrayal of verbal linguistic humour (koestler, 1993). step 3: thirdly, in order to validate the data to ensure that it is reliable, all the transcriptions were further verified by a bilingual person, who understands chinese and english well. in order to identify the speakers’ nonobservance of grice’s maxims, data were analyzed via the five types of non-observance of grice’s (1975) cooperative principle which encompass: flouting, violating, infringing, opting out, and suspending of grice’s maxims. following the analysis, a discussion is provided, linking the findings to previous studies in order to better understand how humour was created in “home with kids (season 4)”. data were then accounted for based on occurrence of frequency before being presented in percentages. results and discussion flouting grice’s maxims among the occurrences noted in the analysis, it appears that flouting occurred more often than the other non-observances of grice’s (1975) maxims. example #1: (episode 38, home with kids) context: s1 (liu xing), s2 (xia yu), and d (xia xue) played badminton together, but d always couldn't get the ball and this made s1 and s2 feel disappointed. when they reached home, s1 and s2 complained about d. turn 1: 刘星:小雪,你这协调性可真够 呛。你别老闷屋里看书了,你多运动运 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 53 动。 (s1: xiao xue (d), look at your poor physical coordination. you should not be staying indoors and just reading books. you should do more sports.) turn 2: 夏雨:女生嘛,小脑不发达。 (s2: cerebellum of girls are not so advanced when compared to boys.) turn 3: 夏雪:小脑不发达也比你没有大脑 强。(laugh track) (d: my cerebellum does not develop as well as the cerebellum of boys. however, it is still better than you who don’t have a brain.) in example 1, in turn 3, d’s utterance obviously flouted the maxim of quality through expressing that s2 has no brains, which is untrue. it is clear that d is really not good at exercising, as is noted in turn 1. therefore, in turn 2, s2 teased d, saying that her cerebellum is not completely developed. this was used as a hint to d to suggest that she is a stupid person. therefore, in turn 3, d fought back to save face by satirizing s2 as having no brains. as we all know, s2, as a person, could not have survived if he had no brains. hence, in turn 3, d’s untrue words flouted the maxim of quality by delivering a sarcasm. this flouting generated a conversational implicature which suggests that s2 is more stupid than d, thereby making the audience laughed. brumark (2006) noted that amongst teenagers, flouting is often used by adolescents either through ironic speech or through teasing others, as a means to create humorous conversations. this observation is also similar to the example highlighted by caesilia (2015) who noted that the teacher in her study also used sarcasm to regulate the student’s behavior by flouting the maxim of quality. example #2: (episode 27, home with kids) context: while s2 (xia yu) was doing homework in his room, he was required to see f (xia donghai) playing marbles in the living room. turn 1: 夏雨:爸,您快点弹吧? (s2: dad, can you play the marble right now?) turn 2: 夏东海:哎,好,看着啊。那个弹 之前,爸爸必须再跟你说几句啊。虽然爸 爸是当年人见人夸的"弹球大王",但是毕竟 这么多年不练了,手可能有些生了,爸爸 就不再给你再现当年百发百中的惊人场面 了。就是爸爸弹三次,如果有一次弹中爸 爸就算赢。就是让你感受一下爸爸当年的 风采就行了啊。(laugh track) (f: ah, ok, look. before playing, dad has something to say. although as i was crowned the "king of playing marbles" during my younger years, and because i haven't practiced for years, your father now cannot fling the marbles accurately or successfully every time. so, give me three tries, and as long as i fling one marble accurately, it will be counted as my win. i just want to show you how good your father used to be in those days.) turn 3: 夏雨:爸,我想问问你这弹球是用 嘴弹还是用手弹呢。 (s2: dad, i just want to ask if you are playing marbles with your hands or with your mouth.) in example 2, the flouting of the maxim of quantity occurred in turn 2 where f said too many words. in turn 1, when s2 asked f to play the marble “right now”, all m needed to reply was “ok”, which would have been sufficient for an answer. however, in turn 2, f went into a long-winded utterance about how invincible he was at playing marbles during his younger years and he went on to boast about his being the "king of playing marbles" and yet he was also making excuses about why he was not able to show the amazing skills “right now”. probably to avoid his incompetence in playing marbles, f tried to negotiate with s2 in turn 2 by saying “so, give me three tries, and as long as i fling one marble accurately, it will be counted as my win” as a way of saving his own face. thus, by turn 3, s2 showed his intense impatience with f who provided too much unnecessary and redundant information by satirizing f. in turn 2, f said too many words and this caused humour to be created as it also carried a conversational implicature which suggests that f’s skill of playing marbles was not as excellent as he claimed. this explains why f zhao xue & kuang ching hei grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” 54 offered so much explanation as a means of preventing s2 from laughing at him. in wang’s (2014) research which examined how the characters in the american sitcom “friends” flouted the four maxims of the cooperative principle and how the humorous effect was derived, it was mentioned that the characters flouted the maxim of quantity by offering too much information when giving answers to others’ questions. the abundant information had led to the humorous effects. wang (2014) also noted that sometimes, more information does not guarantee a better understanding for the hearer. in the context of the present study, f’s abundant explanation in turn 2 was unnecessary and it caused impatience in s2 impatient. thus, it flouted the maxim of quantity and created humour. violating grice’s maxims violating grice’s (1975) maxims was noted to be the second common according to the occurrence of frequency. example #3: (episode 11, home with kids) context: m (liu mei) bought a great calligrapher's work as a decoration. d (xia xue), s1 (liu xing), and s2 (xia yu), found that calligraphy was terrible and laughed at the calligrapher. turn 1: 刘梅:自己不会欣赏, 就在这瞎狂. 我告诉你们, 欣赏墨宝也是要学的要品味的, 要胸怀的。这里面包含着很多容量的呢。 (m: you don't know how to appreciate art and you act like one who knows. let me tell you this, only those who have knowledge, great taste, and an open mind are able to appreciate the beauty of calligraphy. this calligraphy contains lots of meaning.) turn 2: 夏雪:妈,您懂啊? (d: so mom, do you know how to appreciate it?) turn 3: 刘梅:当然了。 (m: of course.) turn 4: 夏雪:那您懂,你说说它哪好? (d: since you know how to, could you please enlighten us on its beauty?) turn 5: 刘梅:它......多好啊。(laugh track) (m: it is ......sooooo beautiful.) this example demonstrates the violating of the maxim of quantity in turn 5 where m provided lesser information than required. in turn 4, d’s question to m was “could you please enlighten us on its (calligraphy) beauty?” expecting m to elaborate on how she found calligraphy to be an art. however, in return, d received an unsatisfying answer from m. in turn 5, all m said was “it is ......soooo beautiful” instead of giving enough details which can explain why and how she appreciated the calligrapher's work, instead, her response was totally different. as an example, m could have said, “the calligraphy is vigorous and forceful” as one reason in expressing the beauty of calligraphy but nevertheless, in turn 5, m purposely provided less information in reply to d’s question. this, therefore, created humour and made the audience laughed because now they are doubting if m really knew how to appreciate the beauty of calligraphy. in this case, m may have just wanted to save face as a “knowledgeable” mother. likewise, rochmawati (2012) found that in the jokes published in readers’ digest, humour was created when people violated the maxim of quantity and did not provide what the addressees were expecting. in most cases, humour is usually contained in the speakers’ absurd responses. in this regard, m’s absurd utterance in turn 5 violated the maxim of quantity because she offered too little information about the appreciation of calligraphy, thereby creating humour. example #4: (episode 61, home with kids) context: m (liu mei) was suffering from menopause, so she was easily irritated and made angry. one day, she quarreled with a man outside. upon returning home, she complained to f (xia donghai), d (xia xue), and s1 (liu xing). m hoped that her husband and children could do something as an act of justice for her. turn 1: 刘梅:刘星,这个时候你是不是应 该站起来,跑出去,为妈妈打抱不平啊,说 “谁啊谁啊谁啊,谁欺负我妈了”? (m: liu xing (s1), shouldn’t you stand up for me now and run out, saying “who? who? english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 55 who bullied my mom?”) turn 2: 刘星:我觉得我还是回屋复习一会 吧。(laugh track) (s1: i think it's better for me to stay at room and do some revision.) turn 3: 刘梅:小雪,你是不是应该替妈妈 说几句话啊? (m: xiao xue (d), shouldn't you speak up for your mom?) turn 4:夏雪:嗯,我觉得我也应该回屋看 会书了。(laugh track) (d: eh, i think that i should stay in my room and read books.) turn 5: 刘梅:夏东海,你老婆在外面可是 受人欺负了...... (m: xia donghai (f), your wife was bullied by a man outside.....) turn 6: 夏东海:这电视看时间久了,我发 现脑袋特别疼。真的,我回屋躺一会。脑 袋怎么回事? (laugh track) (f: i spent too much time watching tv, and i feel i have a terrible headache. yes, i think i had better return to my room and lay in bed for a while. what's wrong with my head?) this example showed how the maxim of relation could be violated by uttering about other topics as a means of evade the current situation. from the context, it is noted that m was bullied by a man outside, so she had hoped that her family could support her. in turn 1, m was questioning s1 for not backing her when she was bullied. s1 chose to give an irrelevant reply which is that he had better return to his room and review the lessons, as shown in turn 2. then, m turned to d for comfort. like s1, d also replied that she had to study, in turn 4, and she too ran away because she clearly knew that she did not want to irritate m especially when she was in such a bad mood. when m’s attempt to get d failed, she pinned her hope on her husband, f. similarly, being afraid of m’s bad temper at this juncture, f, in turn 6, also made up an excuse to evade the situation. it seems clear that all the family members avoided m by using ridiculous reasons at the same time, and this provided amusement to the audience. in the example given, f, d, and s1 violated the maxim of relation by talking about other affairs when answering m’s question. rochmawati (2012) stated that violating the maxim of relation was employed by making irrelevant statements and changing the topic and speakers would use the strategy to escape from an embarrassing situation or from answering some awkward questions. in the context of this example, it appears that f, d, and s1 answered m but they purposely provided irrelevant answers so as to avoid answering m’s embarrassing question as well as to avoid annoying her. this had thus created a humorous effect for the audience. infringing grice’s maxims the third most common non-observance of grice’s (1975) maxims was infringing grice’s maxims. example #5: (episode 14, home with kids) context: s1 (liu xing) bought a bird then persisted in teaching his bird to say “mommy”. turn 1: 刘星: 妈。妈。妈。妈。 (s1: mommy. mommy. mommy. mommy.) turn 2:刘梅:哎。干嘛?你叫我干嘛? (m: hey, what is the matter with you? why are you calling me?) turn 3:刘星:我没叫您,我叫它“妈”呢。 (laugh track) (s1: i didn’t call you, i am calling it (the bird) “mommy”.) turn 4: 刘梅:叫什么? (m: what?) turn 5: 刘星:不是, 我让他叫我“妈”。 (laugh track) (s1: no, i mean, i am training it (the bird) to call me “mommy”.) in this example, the humorous effect was created in turn 3 and turn 5. here, s1 infringed the maxim of quality because he was nervous and excited at the same time and so he was unable to say something coherently whilst answering his mother, m. in turn 3, s1 replied that he called the bird “mommy” and in turn 5, s1 replied that he wanted the bird to call him “mommy”. this ridiculous answer made the audience laughed, because we all know that s1 is a male person who therefore, cannot become a mother for a bird. s1 was unable to speak zhao xue & kuang ching hei grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” 56 clearly or make his point clear because he was a little afraid of his mother. this was the main reason that made him nervous. thus, s1 had infringed the maxim of quality to create the humorous effect. caesilia (2015) had also concluded that when a speaker becomes too excited (in the sitcom), the speaker tends to infringe the maxims. comparison of the non-observance of grice’s maxims in total, this study was able to extract 96 humorous examples from “home with kids (season 4)”. based on the analysis of the nonobservance of grice’s (1975) maxims, the findings are further divided into the respective categories, as shown in table 1. table 1. comparison of non-observance of grice’s maxims in “home with kids” four maxims flouting violating infringing opting out suspendin g non-observance number percentage the maxim of quantity 5 3 0 0 0 8 8.3% the maxim of quality 26 23 2 0 0 51 53.1% the maxim of relation 8 8 0 0 0 16 16.7% the maxim of manner 10 11 0 0 0 21 21.9% total 49 45 2 0 0 96 100% from the table, it is noted that amongst the five types of non-observance of grice’s (1975) maxims, flouting is the most commonly used, hence, the most important strategy used to create humour as almost half or 49% of the data consisted of this. the second and third strategy used are violating and infringing. opting out and suspending of grice’s maxims were not detected in the chinese sitcom, “home with kids” (season 4) for creating humour. based on the findings of this study, it can be concluded that out of the five types of nonobservance of grice’s (1975) maxims, only three were used to create humour in the chinese sitcom, “home with kids” (season 4). it appears that flouting, violating, and infringing the maxims contributed in creating the humorous effect for the sitcom whilst opting out and suspending the maxims were not employed by the characters at all. the findings of this study differ from the outcomes noted by latan (2013) who stated that flouting and infringing grice’s (1975) maxims played an important role in american sitcom. nevertheless, the latter work of caesilia’s (2015) appears to share some similarity with the present study as it too noted that flouting and violating the maxims played an important role in creating humour in the sitcom she studied whilst infringing had little influence on creating humour. it is further noted that caesilia (2015) had also asserted that opting out of grice’s maxims did not appear to be humorous for the hearer which was not noted in the current study. according to sri (2006), suspending grice’s (1975) maxims means concealing the truth owing to the cultural code and it rarely occurred. likewise, in the chinese sitcom, “home with kids (season 4)”, suspending the maxims was not detected. conclusion this study has highlighted the outcome noted from investigating how humour was created in english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 57 a popular chinese sitcom, “home with kids” (season 4). data were analysed according to grice’s (1975) maxims to see if all the five types of non-observance were employed by the characters to create humour. unlike previous studies which noted four types of non-observance, the current study detected only three types of non-observance: flouting, violating, and infringing of grice’s (1975) maxims, which play an important role in creating the humorous effect for the sitcom. the chinese sitcom in study, “home with kids (season 4)” is a popular entertainment programme for the mainland chinese viewers. it is a sitcom that is loaded with humorous language, cultural knowledge and social values, and so it contains the ideal material that can be used to enhance both language and culture learning for non-native mandarin learners. in this regard, the chinese sitcom has the following advantage to offer learners of mandarin as a second or foreign language. first, language and culture were interwoven in the sitcom so it is a good source of material to use for helping to develop learners’ communicative and linguistic competence. second, the sitcom is immersed in the chinese (mandarin) language, it reflects real-life situations and so when used as a resource for learning, the outcome not only relaxes learners, thereby, lowering their affective filters, the sitcom can also offer learners a more authentic language-learning atmosphere. it is also an interesting language-learning context with interesting conversations and this can enable learners to become more competent in using the target language. as pointed out by shifman (2007), humour could be a key to comprehend social and cultural processes, and by incorporating humour into the learning of mandarin as a second language for non-native mandarin learners, the benefits gained are not only cultural, social but also personal. references berger, a. a. (1976). anatomy of the joke. journal of communication, 26(3), 113-115. brock, a. (2008). humour, jokes and irony versus mocking, gossip and black humour. handbook of interpersonal communication, 2, 541-566. brumark, a. (2006). non-observance of gricean maxims in family dinner table conversation. journal of pragmatics, 38, 1206–1238. caesilia, c. (2015). an analysis of non-observance maxims in humorous conversation in how i met your mother season 2. unpublished master’s thesis. department of language and arts education, sanata dharma university. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). boston: pearson. grice, h. p. (1975). logic and conversation. cambridge: cambridge university press. keith-spiegel, p. (1972). early conceptions of humour: varieties and issues. in goldstein, j. h., & mcghee, p. e. (eds.), the psychology of humour: theoretical perspectives and empiricial issues (pp. 4-34). united states of america: academic press. koestler, a. (1993). humour and wit. in robert, m. (eds.), encyclopedia britannica (pp. 684-685). chicago: encyclopedia britannica. latan, c. (2013). a study of non-observance of grice’s cooperative principle found in humor discourse: a case analysis of the situation comedy the big bang theory. humanities journal, 20(2), 223-249. lu, w. f. (2014). a pragmatic approach in humour and non-observance of cp in sitcom--home with kids as an example. unpublished master’s thesis. department of english: shanghai international studies university. murata, k. (2014). an empirical cross-cultural study of humour in business meetings in new zealand and japan. journal of pragmatics, 60, 251-265. raskin, v. (1985). semantic mechanisms of humour. dordrecht-boston-lancaster: dordrecht reidel. rochmawati, d. (2012). violation of grice’s cooperative principles as humour strategies in short-joke text. literature, culture and language teaching, 1, 108-117. rogerson, p. (2007). humour in business: a doubleedged sword: a study of humour and style shifting in intercultural business meetings. journal of pragmatics, 39, 4-28. shifman, l. (2007). humour in the age of digital reproduction: continuity and change in internetbased comic text. international journal of communication, 1(1), 23. sri, r. p (2006). an analysis of humour types and grice’s maxim in the situation comedy friends episode of the one with that could have been.unpublished master’s thesis. department of english: sebelas maret university. shu, q. h. (2012). an analysis of humour in the big bang theory from pragmatic perspectives. theory and practice in language studies, 2(6), 11851190. thomas, j. (1995). meaning in interaction: an introduction to pragmatics. harlow: pearson education. zhao xue & kuang ching hei grice’s maxims in humour: the case of “home with kids” 58 wang, l. h. (2014). an analysis of verbal humour in friends from the perspective of cooperative principle. overseas english, 2, 279-282. wu, q. (2005). the cooperative principle and humour in sitcoms. journals of southern yangtze university (humanities & social sciences), 3(2), 107-110. zhen, x. (2013). contextual dimensions in interactional humour: how humour is practiced in selected american and chinese situation comedies. journal of pragmatics, 60, 24-35. 111 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a probe into comprehension and use of assessment by secondary efl teachers in china huang jian school of foreign studies central university of finance and economics, beijing, china e-mail: summerofhj@sina.com apa citation: huang, j. (2014). a probe into comprehension and use of assessment by secondary efl teachers in china. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 111-123 received: 15-03-2014 accepted: 27-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: the purpose of this study is to explore chinese secondary efl teachers’ comprehension and use of assessment, including formative assessment (fa) and summative assessment (sa). assessment has a great impact on students’ learning. the role of fa for improving learning has been well documented (black & wiliam, 1998, hattie & timperley, 2007, shute, 2008; wiliam et al., 2004) and teachers’ summative assessment practices also have the potential to positively influence students and teachers (biggs, 1998; mcmillan, 2003). thanks to its value for learning and teaching, assessment has been emphasized in many national educational documents in china such as national english curriculum standards (moe, 2001 & 2011). yet little researches have been done so far to investigate how secondary efl teachers in china understand and implement fa and sa. this study, via a qualitative and quantitative analysis of questionnaire questions, reveals some specific patterns in teachers’ understanding and application of assessment: their consistency and inconsistency with the discourse of mainstream assessment literature. the findings are expected to provide implication for development of professional teacher preparation program and teachers’ self-reflection. keywords: formative assessment, summative assessment, secondary efl teachers 2013). what’s more, teacher assessment, whether summative or formative, takes places on a daily and on-going basis in the form of classroom tests, quizzes, questioning, papers, projects, and other measures, constituting a key part of students’ learning experience. thus, it can be argued that assessment is the most powerful type of measurement in education that influences student learning (shepard, 2013). because of the above-mentioned impacts, assessment has been written into many national educational policies of efl in china such as national english curriculum standards (moe, 2001 & 2011), national english curriculum standards for senior high school (moe, 2003) and college english curriculum requirements (cecr) (moe, 2004 & 2007). thanks to this policy promotion, introduction assessment, a natural and automatic activity, permeates every aspect of our lives (rowntree, 1987). it can be argued that assessment is one of the basic skills for survival: judgments enable an understanding of our environment, what we do, how we do it and how we can change and/or improve what we do (taras, 2012). when it comes to the context of education, its value and significance has been increasingly recognized and stressed. it is estimated that teachers spend one thirds or half of their time doing assessment-related work (stiggins, 1991 & 1999) and it is believed that what teachers assess and how and why they assess sends a clear message to students about what is worth learning, how it should be learned and how well they are expected to learn it (moss, huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 112 a lot of efforts have been invested into research and education regarding assessment with a view to improving assessment quality and therefore education quality at large (huang & luo, 2014; lin & gao, 2011). one of the agreed findings is that teachers don’t do assessment well because of their poor assessment literacy. as quality of assessment depends to a large extent on teachers’ assessment knowledge and skills, it is very significant to help teacher improve their assessment ability. to achieve this, the first step is for us to be informed about the current status of teachers’ assessment literacy. unless we better understand teachers’ strengths and weaknesses to use evidence of student learning to support instruction and learning, professional development specialists and researchers will be unable to determine optimal methods of supporting teachers in this endeavor (schneider, egan & julian, 2013). but as for where exactly the teachers are in their mastery of assessment knowledge and skills, there have been few empirical researches. so far we know little about how secondary efl teachers in china conceptualize and implement assessment, which makes a sound teacher development program in this regard impossible. given this situation, this study attempts to investigate how secondary efl teachers in china understand and use assessment (fa and sa). which is expected to contribute to the knowledge base for further efforts to enhance teachers’ assessment competence. method questionnaire data was collected in beijing normal university in 2013. the questionnaire is a further development on questionnaire on summative and formative assessment (taras, 2008). the further development includes addition of items absent in taras’ version such as students peer assessment, deletion of items not relevant for purpose of this study such as relation between theory and practice as well as modification of questionnaire layout. the final questionnaire of this study is composed of two parts: open-question part and close-question part. the 5 open questions are aimed at investigating teachers’ understanding of fa and sa while close-question part, made up of 34 yes or no questions, is targeted at examining teachers’ use of fa and sa. after a pilot study of the questionnaire among three university teachers and small modification of the layout and wording, the questionnaire was given to the 98 participants. a combination of qualitative and quantitative analysis of the responses is used to give a comparatively more accurate picture of participants’ understanding and use of assessment than qualitative or quantitative analysis alone. the participants were 37 efl secondary teachers pursuing m. ed. degree in beijing normal university and 61 efl teachers attending a short-term workshop there. participants of two different educational backgrounds were selected in the hope that the findings could be more representative rather than reflecting the specific situation of a particular sub-group. results and discussion to answer the question of how do secondary teachers in chinese efl classroom understand assessment: fa and sa, teachers’ responses to the 5 open questions are analyzed in a qualitative way in terms of six dimensions: agent, construct, timing, instrument, use and relation between fa and sa. the first five dimensions are selected as the unit of qualitative analysis because they are basic elements involved in description of assessment process: agent refers to who are doing the assessment; construct what 113 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee is to be assessed; timing when fa takes places; instrument the tools used for assessment; use how assessment results are dealt with for various purposes. the sixth dimension (relation between fa and sa) is added because of its essential role in conceptualization of fa and sa and its controversial nature in assessment literature. agent of assessment fa: most of the participants regard teachers as the major agent of fa. 89 participants stated clearly or implied that fa should be carried out by teachers. only nine participants mentioned student’s involvement in the process of fa via either self-assessment or selfreflection. of these nine participants, one claimed that fa could be conducted by students, teachers or even parents. in other words, in the eyes of most of the participants, students are only the objects to be assessed in the fa process, serving as source of information to be used by teachers for instructional adjustment. most participants fail to realize that in addition to adjustment of instruction, teachers ought to help students become assessors of their own learning (sadler, 1989; stiggins, 2010). although there are some scholars emphasizing teachers as the agent of fa (kahl, 2005; stiggins, 2002; tunstall & gipps 1996), there has been an increasing consensus in dominant fa literature that fa should be carried out by both teachers and students (bachman & palmer, 1996; black & wiliam 1998; black et al, 2003; perie, marion, gong, & wurtzel, 2007). while rea-dickins (2001) believes that fa may be taken by any of the key stakeholders in the assessment process, for example, a teacher, a learner or a school, recent years have seen more and more stress on active role of students in the process of fa as self-regulating theories are gaining momentum (andrade, 2010). sa: similar to fa, an overwelcoming majority of the participants think that sa should be conducted by teachers, implicitly or explicitly. most of definitions implied that teachers should be agent of sa. there is one participant who explicitly stated: “sa refers to the objective assessment conducted by teachers of students’ performance or achievement at the end of a certain period of learning.” another participant emphasized teachers as the developer of assessment task: “sa is the evaluation of students’ task performance after students completing the task designed by teachers.” only two of the 98 participants mentioned students as agent of sa. in describing sa, one participant said that the students were asked to peer review essay for each other and the other articulated that sa should be based on end-semester, student regular performance and student-self assessment. an examination of sa definitions in assessment literature shows that there is few explicit mentioning of agents (neither teachers nor students). it is probably because it is not important who conduct sa or it is self-evident that teachers should be main agent of assessment in the eyes of the participants. the latter assumption can find its support in the various specification or standards of teacher competences in educational assessment where teachers’ role in the whole sa process is clearly articulated (e.g. aft, ncme, & nea, 1990). in general, teacher’s understanding of sa agent is in line with existing literature. construct of assessment fa: construct is concerned with what is to be assessed. the construct of fa is understood by the participants in the following ways: (1) the participants tend to believe that the fa has a wider construct than sa. according to the huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 114 participants, students are to be assessed on their learning achievement, attitudes towards learning, attendances, morality, learning strategies, affects in fa while to be tested only on their learning gains in sa; (2) some participants think that fa refers to the assessment of teachers’ instruction instead of students’ learning; and (3) fa focuses on smaller learning targets, or each step of completing a specific task. the first two ways of understanding is inconsistent with the discourse in assessment literature. while the participants would like to assess a list of things when it comes to fa, it is almost always students’ learning that is clearly expressed as construct of fa in assessment literature. teachers’ instruction is not what is assessed in fa. the relation among students learning, teacher instruction and fa can be simply put like this: fa takes place as students’ learning is assessed during instruction to provide information for teachers to adjust their instruction and for students to regulate their learning for the final purpose of improving students’ learning. in other words, fa assesses students learning (either process or product) instead of teachers’ instruction, though teachers’ instruction might be improved as the result of fa. however, the third way is justified for it is echoed by harlen and james (1997) who emphasized that fa was concerned about the small ideas and skills that could be developed in specific classroom activities. sa: a close examination of participants’ responses reveals a division that figures quite prominently on the construct of sa: whether sa is focused on teacher instruction or student learning. although it was either implied or clearly stated by most participants that sa should be aimed at assessing students learning or learning outcome, there are 26 participants who explicitly emphasized that the focus of sa should be on teacher instruction or teaching effect. a representative definition of sa is: “sa is an assessment of the outcome of instruction, which is aimed at evaluating the effect of teaching at the end of instructional activity.” such a view might reflect to some extent teachers’ concern about their teaching quality as judged by assessment activities. just as one participant explicitly pointed out: “sa is made at the end of class for the purpose of future instruction.” in addition to this major disagreement among participants, there is a participant who holds that sa is assessing not only cognitive achievement but also students’ behavior. there is another one believing that sa is the assessment of the whole learning process at the end of instruction and two participants defined sa as assessment on education quality of a discipline or a school, which kind of equals assessment with evaluation. the view of objects of sa as teacher instruction, student behavior, the whole learning process and education quality of discipline or school deviates from what the assessment literature says about the construct of sa. like fa, sa is aimed at judging students learning outcome. it is pointed out by harlen (2004) that unlike assessments that are formative or diagnostic, the purpose of summative assessment is to determine the students’ overall achievement, in a specific area of learning at a particular time—a purpose that distinguishes it from all other forms of assessments. from this it can be seen that sa is not only aimed at assessing cognitive achievement, but more importantly at overall achievement, similar to big targets or big ideas (harlen & james, 1997),which distinguishes sa from fa in terms of construct. unfortunately this difference doesn’t stand out in the participants’ responses. 115 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee timing of assessment fa: it is universally acknowledged among participants that fa takes place in the process of teaching or learning. but they seem divided on how frequently fa should be carried out. the time interval ranges from “minute by minute” to “on semester basis”. 19 participants explicitly mentioned the word “periodical”. 15 participants used such words as weekly, end of unit, quiz, monthly test, mid-semester test and end of semester to express the specific frequency. there are also some participants holding that fa takes place on the minute by minute and day by day basis. they didn’t use the exact wording but 23 participants mentioned that fa happened during the completion of a specific task, or during classroom instruction or at the end of a specific class. in addition to the 23 participants, five participants said that the assessment should be conducted in a timely or prompt way. the rest of participants did not talk about the specific time for implementing fa but all mentioned that it happened in the process of teaching or learning. according to the participants’ responses, timing seems to be an inevitable part in their conceptualization of fa. the participants tend to take timing of assessment as one of the distinguishing features of fa. this is in line with many definitions of fa in assessment literature where fa is specified as taking place during the instruction or in the process of leaning (bloom, hastings, & madaus, 1971; moe, 1994; scriven, 1967). however, there have been different views regarding the role of timing in conceptualization of fa. sadler (1989 & 1998) thinks that it is feedback not timing that distinguishes fa from sa. in the recent authoritative definitions of fa (black & wiliam, 2009; wiliam 2011), timing is absent and therefore can’t be held as a factor that determines whether an assessment is formative or not. sa: the participants’ pattern of understanding regarding time of sa is quite similar to the pattern for fa. there is a universal agreement among participants that sa takes place at the end of instruction as compared to fa happening in the process of instruction. however, the range of the period is quite wide too, varying from participant to participant. it can extend from the length of a classroom instructional activity to the whole three years of senior high school learning culminating at gaokao of english (national matriculation english test). it seems that majority of participants think that sa takes place in the middle of semester, at end of semester or at the end of one year. in addition to the majority, there are some participants stressing the end of class as the time for sa. and what seems strange is that only one participant mentioned gaokao, the most important summative assessment in china and largestscale one in the world. it might be because that the participants tend to confine sa to classroom sa where they are more deeply involved. the mainstream literatures’ specification of timing of sa is “at a particular time”(e.g. harlen, 2004 ). this means that there is no requirement of the length of instructional time. it could be a class, a unit, half-semester, and one semester etc. what is more, what is implied by “at a particular time” might be that sa should be planned beforehand against fa that can be unplanned and can arises spontaneously as instruction is going on. instrument of collecting information fa: elicitation of information is the first step of assessment process. as for the instruments of collecting information for fa, the participants’ answers show an obvious pattern of huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 116 order: portfolio is mostly frequently mentioned, followed by homework and classroom performance. beside these three popular instruments, there is one participant who mentioned selfassessment checklists at the end of unit instruction. and there are some participants using tests as fa instrument such as small quizzes, monthly text, mid-term and end-of-term tests. the message here is that the participants do not separate fa from sa in their assessment practice, which coincides with the findings of some empirical studies (black et al., 2003; carless, 2011). what deserves special attention is that there is an inclination of not regarding above-mentioned instruments as tools of collecting information but as fa itself. some participants even articulated that fa was just about recording various kinds of information about students with no need for further interpretation and use of it. this position goes against the mainstream fa literature. it has been clearly pointed out that portfolio itself does not constitute fa (llosa,2011), nor do frequent summative tests administered at regular intervals (stiggins & chappuis, 2006). what makes an assessment formative is the way that the collected information is interpreted and used. according to wiliam (2011: 43): “an assessment functions formatively to the extent that evidence about student achievement is elicited, interpreted, and used by teachers, learners, or their peers to make decisions about the next steps in instruction that are likely to be better or better founded, than the decisions they would have made in the absence of evidence.” sa: there is an obvious difference between fa and sa in terms of instrument as understood by teachers. the most frequently mentioned instruments (portfolio, homework and classroom performance) are almost completely absent in teachers’ discourse of sa. as for the instrument for sa, participants tend to link it with traditional tests laden with stakes. for example, one participant states clearly that: “sa refers to traditional test administered at end of semester or end of year.” specifically, the instruments mentioned by participants include: classroom instructional task, unit quiz, mid-semester tests, semester tests, graduation examination. of these instruments, semester tests, end of semester test, and unit quiz are mentioned frequently, followed by classroom instructional task and graduation examination. putting the sa and fa instruments together, we will find there are some overlapping between sa and fa instruments mentioned by the participants. the implication is that teachers don’t separate them clearly. this conception of fa and sa instruments is echoed by the mainstream assessment literature, which tends to encourage teachers to collect students learning evidence in various ways for decision-making, either summative or formative. however, that doesn’t mean that all these instruments boast the same suitability for summative or formative purpose. the common knowledge is that standardized testing is more suitable for large-scale testing purpose and different types of instruments can have different degrees of potential formative power (mcmillan, 2011). use of assessment result fa: feedback is the main form of formative use of assessment information (black & wiliam, 1998; black et al., 2003; sadler, 1989). however, it is not perceived as such by most of the participants. only 27 participants mentioned feedback in their response and most of them take feedback as collecting information from assessment of students for the purpose of adjusting instruction. in other words, the feedback 117 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee is not given to students but to teachers. there are only five participants who explicitly stated that feedback should be given to students and only one participant mentioning students giving feedback to themselves (self-assessment). what is more, no participant used “descriptive” or “detailed” to modify feedback required of fa. in comparison with the data about timing of fa, it is clear that timing is the feature of fa that figures more prominently in the minds of participants than feedback. while it has been downplayed to a large extent in the participants’ definitions, feedback has been consistently stressed as an important part of fa in assessment literature (bloom et al, 1971; heritage, kim, vendlinski, & herman, 2009; irons, 2008; mcmanus, 2008; tunstall & gipps, 1996). there are some scholars who even equal fa with feedback. for example, harlen and james (1997: 369) claimed that “formative assessment, therefore, is essentially feedback (ramaprasad, 1983), both to the teacher and to the pupil about present understanding and skill development in order to determine the way forward.” sa: for summative assessment, the assessment information is mainly used to measure students’ achievement of learning for grading, placement and/ or accountability. but one participant mentioned the use of sa for feedback and improvement of instruction. the original statement goes like this: “sa is to use some testing methods to measure students’ achievement for a certain period of time for the purpose of feedback and improvement of instruction in next stage or make decision on whether to move into next stage.” this is similar to the idea of formative use of summative assessment (black et al., 2003; carless, 2011). relation between fa and sa the data shows that all participants believe that fa and sa are related to each other and a closer look reveals that they are related mainly in two ways: (1) fa enhances students’ performance in sa. the reasoning behind this idea is that fa takes place in the process of learning and good process will result in good product; (2) fa can be aggregated into sa. this is an idea suggested by many participants in various wordings: “fa in different phases will constitute sa.” “sa should take into consideration some evidence provided by fa.” some participants even suggested that fa could promote the quality of sa by saying “sa will be more scientific by including many fa.” the relationship between fa and sa has been a hot topic since the beginning of fa among assessment researchers. generally speaking, there are two contrasting views about it. there is one group of scholars who think that fa and sa are in a competing relationship and incapable of co-existence. this view originated from sadler (1989) who sees fa as means of intervention or regulation in learning while sa is essentially passive and don’t normally have “immediate impact” on learning (sadler 1989: 120). wiliam & black (1996) and roos & hamilton (2005) also advocated the bipolarity and uneasy coexistence. gipps (1990) even claimed that sa would ultimately overcome fa. standing in contrast with this competition view is the complementary view, which has been supported by both theoretical reflection and empirical research. for example, biggs (1998) called for an integration between fa and sa so as to bring about a powerful enhancement to learning. many studies have reported combination of fa and sa in practice (chetcuti et al. 2006; ceri, 2005; dysthe & englesen, 2004; harlen, 2004; hutchinson & huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 118 hayward, 2005; kenowski, 2002). the practice is usually carried out in two forms: formative use of sa and summative use of fa (harlen, 2006). participants’ conceptualization of fa and sa seems to be more in line with the complementary view than the competing view. however, they don’t seem to be well informed about how to carry out them to the complementary effect. teachers tend to believe fa can promote sa and it is not necessarily the case. fa can improve students’ learning but may not enhance students’ score in sa. stobart (2008) has pointed out that there is a logic step between improved learning and improved scores in sa. what is more, participants believe that fa can be aggregated into sa. this reflects to some extent that they take fa as mini-summative assessment. as a matter of fact, fa and sa are different in many ways, especially in terms of validity and reliability (bonner, 2013; parkes, 2013). therefore, aggregation of fa into sa entails some important and complicated issues such as change of criteria in interpreting assessment information (harlen, 2006). while to answer the question of how do secondary teachers in chinese efl classroom use assessment: fa and sa. the participants’ responses are analyzed in a quantitative way in following dimensions: 1. assessment tasks used with students; 2. information given to students on assessment tasks; 3. information on student self-assessment (ssa); 4. information on student peerassessment (ssa); 5. assessment used for endor mid-course grades; 6. assessment assessing product and/or process. 7. assessing for validation or for learning; 8. assessment providing useful feedback. the eight dimensions are chosen because they represent the common key assessment practices (taras, 2008). below are the detailed analysis and discussion. assessment tasks used with students as shown in table 1 below, 79.2% participants use fa task with students. specifically, 78.9% use it in class and 54.6% use it for homework. 44.3% participants do fa and sa separately while there are 63.9% participants who combine fa and sa together. it is good to see that a large proportion of participants use fa and more participants integrate sa and fa. this is in line with the findings of black et al. (2003) that the teachers feel it is neither necessary nor logical to separate them. yet, near half of secondary efl teachers here separate them. however, there are a small part of participants who never use fa tasks with students, indicating that there is still a long way to go for promotion of fa practice in classroom in spite of the recent efforts at research and policy levels (huang & luo, 2014). information given to students on assessment tasks as shown in table 2, only 29.5% participants tell students that the task is fa task and only 25% participants explain how it is formative. more participants mark the work (57.3%) than grade it (47.9%). most of the participants relate fa to the sa work (89.7%). the participants don’t seem to make use of fa quite well. informing students of the purpose and features of fa is an important part of teachers’ job for students need to have assessment literacy to be efficiently involved in assessment process (stiggins, 2010). however, only a small proportion of participants do that. what is more, marking without a grade allow learners to focus on their work without the pressure of the grade has been proven to help students’ learning (black & wiliam, 1998; black et al., 2003). yet, 47.9% participants grade fa. the good thing is a large majority of participants relate fa work to sa work, consistent with their responses to open questions. 119 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 1. assessment tasks used with students question 1-5 1. fa task used 2. in class 3. for homework 4. fa sa separate 5. fa and sa conflated yes 79.2% 78.9% 54.6% 44.3% 63.9% no 20.8% 21.1% 45.4% 55.7% 36.1% table 2 information given to students on formative assessment tasks question 6-10 6.tell students task is fa 7. explain how task is fa 8. is fa work marked? 9. is fa work graded? 10. is fa work related to sa. yes 29.5% 25% 57.3% 47.9% 89.7% no 70.5% 75% 42.7% 52.1% 10.3% table 3 information on student self-assessment (ssa) question 11-14 11. do students do ssa 12. do you present ssa as fa 13. do you present ssa as sa 14. does ssa use both fa and sa yes 65% 60.4% 35.1% 42.3% no 35% 39.6% 64.9% 57.7% table 4. information on student peer-assessment (spa) question 1518 15.do students do psa 16.do you present psa as fa 17.do you present psa as sa 18.does psa use both fa and sa yes 76.0% 52.1% 27.4% 27.7% no 24.0% 47.9% 72.6% 72.3% table 5 assessment used for endor mid-course grades question 19-22 19. sa can be used for end of course grades 20. fa can be used for end of course grades 21. sa can be used for mid course grades 22. fa can be used for mid course grades yes 83.3% 59.4% 55.7% 72.2% no 16.7% 40.6% 44.3% 27.8% information on student self-assessment (ssa) as shown in table 3 below, 65% participants use self-assessment with their students. specifically, 60.4% participants use selfassessment as fa while 35.1% present self-assessment as sa; however, 42.3% participants believe that self-assessment can be both sa and fa. more participants take ssa as fa rather than sa. this is in line with popular view of putting students at the center for fa and ssa as main strategy of fa (black et al. 2003; carless, 2011; wiliam, 2011). as a matter of fact, research community is divided on the concept of ssa. according to the generally accepted theoretical frameworks of sadler (1989 & 1998) and scriven (1967), self-assessment is the student equivalent of sa, requiring the explicit step of providing feedback for it to become fa. on the other hand, brown & harris (2013) supports a wider concept of ssa, including descriptive, improvement-oriented formative dimension and quantitative evaluationoriented summative dimension. the difference among the participants might be partly caused by this inconsistency in assessment literature. information on student peer-assessment as seen from table 4 below, 76% participants use peer-assessment with their students. specifically, 52.1% participants use selfassessment as a huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 120 part of fa while 27.4% present selfassessment as sa; however, 27.7% participants believe that peer-assessment can be both sa and fa. spa is used by more participants than ssa and more participants use it as fa than sa. this is understandable because in recent fa literature spa is often listed as formative strategy (careless 2001; wiliam & thompson 2008). but this is not the whole picture of spa in assessment literature. according to topping (2013), the function of peer assessment can be formative, summative or both. he suggests that in practice, teachers could start with peer assessment for formative purpose and then move to peer assessment for summative purpose as the students are very familiar with peer assessment and its reliability can be reassured. assessment used for endor mid-course grades as shown in table 5 below, 83.3% participants believe that sa can be used for end of course grades while 55.7% think it can be used for mid-course grades. 59.4% agree fa can be used for end of course grades while 72.2% believe that fa can be used for mid-course grades. much more participants (83.3%) believe sa can be used for end of course grades than for mid-course grades (55.7 %). similarly, less participants hold fa can be used for end of course grades than for mid-course grades. for the end of course grades, more participants choose sa than fa while for the midcourse grades, more participants choose fa over sa. it seems that the participants associate time interval with the use of fa and sa: sa tends to be used at longer time interval while fa at shorter interval. this is in line with participants’ responses to open questions that show they regard timing as a distinguishing feature for fa and sa. however, mainstream assessment literatures distinguish fa and sa mainly from its function or use rather than timing (sadler, 1989; wiliam, 2011). assessment assessing product and/or process as shown in table 6, 81.2 % participants see sa as assessing a product while 28.1% participants see it as assessing a process. fa shows the opposite pattern: 88.5% see it as assessing process while 19.8% as assessing the product. in general, the participants tend to link sa with final product and fa with process, which is consistent with participants’ stress in definition of fa and sa on fa taking place during the instructional activity while sa at the end of various time stretches. however, the existing literature has shown clearly that both sa and fa can assess either process or product (sadler, 1989 &1998; black & william, 2006; taras, 2005, 2007& 2008). assessment assessing for validation or for learning as shown in table 7 below, 67% participants use sa for validation (grading) while 62.5% use it for learning. only 23.2% participants use fa for validation (grading) while 96.9% for learning. almost the same number of participants uses sa for both validation and learning, showing that the participants have a comparatively strong faith in role of sa in promoting learning. this can be understood positively that the participants tend to tap the potential of sa for learning. another positive thing is the participants’ almost universal agreement that fa is for learning. what seems strange that 33% participants don’t think sa is for validation, the major function of sa. it reflects that some participants are short of basic assessment literacy. 121 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee assessments providing useful feedback as shown in table 8 below, 84.4% participants think sa provides useful feedback while 96.9% participants hold that fa provides useful feedback. what is more, 82.3% see feedback as corrective and 96.9% as non-judgmental. there appears an obvious difference between the participants’ responses to open questions and close questions. in answers to open questions, 27 participants stated feedback for fa while only two participants mentioned feedback for sa. this shows at least the feedback is not the salient part in participants’ conceptualization of assessment. it might also reflect that participants are better at good practice than formulating accurate definitions. as for the nature of feedback, most participants agree on its corrective and non-judgmental nature, thus dismissing grades as feedback leading to learning improvement. conclusion the study is aimed at finding out on how teachers, one of the major agents of fa, understand and use assessment: fa and sa. a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the participants’ responses has shown that: (1). the participants are not well informed in their understanding of assessment: fa, sa and their relationship. (2). they don’t use assessment properly in many ways as suggested by assessment literature. in addition, the study has revealed the participants’ specific misconception and misunderstanding of assessment and their varying strengths and weaknesses in different aspects of assessment practice. these findings highlight the importance and urgency of improving teacher’s assessment literacy and can serve to illuminate and offer useful references for teacher training and education for secondary efl teachers in relation to assessment in the chinese context and hopefully in even wider context. however, the study is a small scale one of 98 participants and it is self-report one, which limits its representation and accuracy. it is hoped that in the future studies of larger-scale with observational component will be carried out to form a better picture of how teachers understand and use assessment. table 6. assessment assessing product and/or process question 23-26 23. sa assesses product 24. sa assesses process 25. fa assesses product 26. fa assesses process yes 81.2% 28.1% 19.8% 88.5% no 12.8% 71.9% 80.2% 11.5% table 7. assessment assessing for validation or for learning. q u e s t i o n 27-30 27. sa assesses for validation 28. sa assesses for learning 29. fa assesses for validation 30. fa assesses for learning yes 67.0% 62.5% 23.2% 96.9% no 33.0% 37.5% 76.8% 3.1% table 8. assessment provide useful feedback question 31-32 31. sa provides useful feedback 32. fa provides useful feedback 33. feedback is corrective 34. feedback is nonjudgemental yes 84.4% 96.9% 82.3% 96.9% no 15.6% 3.1% 17.7% 3.1% huang jian a probe into comprehension and use of assessment 122 reference andrade, h. (2010). students as the definitive source of formative assessment: academic self-assessment and the self-regulation of learning. in h. l. andrade, & g. j. cizek (eds.), handbook of formative assessment. new york: routledge. bachman, l. f., & palmer, a. s. (1996). language testing in practice. oxford: oxford university press. biggs, j. (1998). assessment and classroom learning: a role for summative assessment? assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 5(1), 103110. black, p., & wiliam, d. (1998). assessment and classroom learning. assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 5(1): 7-74. black, p. j., & wiliam, d. (2003). ‘in praise of educational research’: formative assessment. british educational research journal, 29(5), 623-637. black, p., & wiliam, d. (2006). developing a theory of formative assessment. in j. gardner (ed.), assessment and learning: an introduction. thousand oaks, ca: sage. black, p., & wiliam, d. (2009). developing the theory of formative assessment. educational assessment, evaluation and accountability, 21(1): 5-31. bloom, b. s., hastings, j. t., & madaus, g. f. (eds.) (1971). handbook on the formative and summative evaluation of student learning. new york: mcgraw-hill. bonner, a. m. (2013). validity in classroom assessment: purposes, properties, and principles. in mcmillan, j.h. (ed.), sage handbook of research on classroom assessment. london: sage publications ltd. brown & harris (2013). student selfassessment. in mcmillan, j.h. (ed.), sage handbook of research on classroom assessment. london: sage publications ltd. carless, d. (2011). from testing to productive student learning: implementing formative assessment in confucian-heritage settings. new york: routledge. ceri (2005). formative assessment: improving learning in secondary classroom. paris: oecd. chetcuti, d., murphy p. & crima, g. (2006). the formative and summative uses of professional development portfolio: a maltese case study. assessment in education, 13(1): 97-112. dysthe, o. & englesen, k. s. (2004). portfolios and assessment in teacher education in norway: a theory-based discussion of different models in two sites. assessment and evaluation in higher education, 5(1): 131-137. gipps, c. (1990). assessment: a teacher’s guide to issues. london: hodder & stroughton. harlen, w., & james, m. (1997). assessment and learning: differences and relationships between formative and summative assessment. assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 4(3), 365-379. irons, a. (2008). enhancing learning through formative assessment and feedback. london: routledge. kahl, s. (2005). where in the world are formative tests? right under your nose! education week, 25(4), 11. kenowski, v. (2002). developing portfolios for learning and assessment. london: routledge falmer. lin, d.l. & gao, m. (2011). teacher assessment literacy: theory and practice. foreign language teaching in theory and practice, (4),29-37. mcmanus, s. (2008). attributes of effective formative assessment. washington, d c: council of chief state school officers. retrieved october 6, 2013, from http:// www.ccsso.org/publications/ details. cfm?publication id=362] mcmillan, j. h. (2003). the relationship between instructional and classroom assessment practices of elementary teachers and students scores on high-stakes tests (report). (eric document reproduction service no. ed472164). moss, c.m. (2013). research on classroom assessment. in mcmillan, j.h. (ed), sage handbook of research on classroom assessment. london: sage publications ltd. ramaprasad, a. (1983). on the definition of feedback. behavioural science, 28(1), 4-13. rea-dickins, p. (2001). mirror, mirror on the 123 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee wall: identifying processes of classroom assessment. language testing, 18(4), 429462. sadler, d. r. (1989). formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. instructional science, 18(2), 119-144. sadler, d. r. (1998). formative assessment: revisiting the territory. assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 5 (1), 77-84. scriven, m. s. (1967).the methodology of evaluation. in r. w. tyler, r. m. gagne, & m. scriven (eds.), perspectives of curriculum evaluation (aera monograph series on curriculum evaluation, 1, (pp. 39-83). chicago: rand mcnally. schneider, m.c., egan, k.l. & julian, m. w. (2013). classroom assessment in the context of high-stakes testing. in mcmillan, j.h. (ed.), sage handbook of research on classroom assessment. london: sage publications ltd. shepard, l. a. (2013) foreword. in mcmillan, j.h. (ed), sage handbook of research on classroom assessment. london: sage publications ltd. the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill in writing a recount text english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill inwriting a recount text iranita sitohang department of english education, faculty of language and literature education, indonesia university of education email: ira.leonie@hotmail.com) pupung purnawarman department of english education, faculty of language and literature education, indonesia university of education email: purnawarman@upi.edu) apa citation: sitohang, i & purnawarman, p. (2015). the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill in writing a recount text. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 183-189 received: 09-04-2015 accepted: 25-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this study was intended to investigate the use of jigsaw technique and the improvement of students’ skill in writing a recount text and their challenges in writing. it was conducted at a vocational high school in bandung, involving students of eleventh grade as the participants using a quasi-experimental design. in this study, the data were obtained through questionnaires, preand post-tests. the data from the pre-test and the post-test were analyzed by using independent t-test. spss 20.0 program was used to do the statistical test. based on the findings, it was revealed that the challenges faced by students in writing a recount text were the use of past tense, limited vocabulary, and the schematic structure of recount text. the quantitative finding of the study shows that significance value is lower than 0.05 (p = 0.000 < 0.05), which indicates that jigsaw technique can improve students’ writing skill in the class investigated. jigsaw helps students to deal with their inability of writing a recount text because each student supports each other member in the home group in order to gain their group’s achievement. in addition, jigsaw helps students to gather more knowledge when sharing the information and knowledge of their part in the expert group. keywords: jigsaw strategy, writing, recount text introduction learning english means learning four basic skills of the language: speaking, listening, reading and writing. the students should have abilities in reading and listening to support their speaking and writing. grabe and kaplan (1996, p. 5) stated that writing is particularly the most complex composing skill valued in the academy which involves training, instruction, practice, experience and purpose. eventhough writing is often considered as a more difficult skill than other language skills, it still can be learned and mastered. in line with this, langan (2008, p. 10) says that the more students practice writing, the better they will write. in the context of indonesian school, writing is often directed toward writing a text. based on the text structure or overall design, there are two different written texts: report and recount text (feez & joyce, 1998, p. 3). they further pointed out that recount text is designed to tell a series of events which happened iranita sitohang & pupung purnawarman the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill in writing a recount text one after the other. it means that when writing recount text the doer who relates with the event will be known. to stimulate the students’ writing skill, especially writing recount text, teacher can use several sources such as student experience, book, magazine, television or movie. teacher can also use different teaching technique for example jigsaw. jigsaw is one of learning techniques in cooperative learning. nastasi and clements (1991) view cooperative learning as a group learning process, built on the belief that students learn better when they learn together. jigsaw is similar with group to group exchange with an important difference: every student tends to teach. mattingly & van sickle (1991) as cited in slavin (2009, p. 57) state that there is positive effect from jigsaw strategy in student achievement. elliot aronson who developed the jigsaw in 1978 (slavin, 2009, p. 14) suggested that jigsaw preferred use for some subjects including literature, especially in written form. generally, this research is aimed to find out whether jigsaw strategy is effective to improve students’ skill of english language in writing a recount text. moreover, it is intended to find out students challenges in writing a recount text and how jigsaw strategy can improve students’ skill in writing a recount text. it uses quasi experimental procedures. the sample in this research is 60 students of a vocational school in bandung. the 60 students come from two classes. the 30 students are the experimental group (eg) and other 30 students are the control group (cg). method using a quasi-experimental design, two classes of vocational high school students were investigated in this study: one class consisting of 30 participants was made as an experimental group (eg) which was taught using jigsaw strategy as a treatment and the other class of 30 students was grouped into a control group (cg). a pre-test was administered to both groups before the experiment and a post-test was administered to both groups after the treatment. the data for the study were collected from the samples through questionnaires, pre-test and post-test results. the questionnaires were distributed to find out the challenges that the participants encountered while writing a recount text. the pre-test and post-test results were analyzed to find out the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy in improving students’ skill in writing a recount text. the questionnaires in this study consisted of ten questions which were intended to obtain information about students’ opinion towards the challenges in writing a recount text. the pre-test in this study was administered to capture the initial differences between the experimental and the control groups while the post-test served to find out the improvement of their writing quality. before administering the pre-test and the post-test, a pilot test was conducted to find out the students level of knowledge before actually starting the experiment. in this study, the pilot test was given to the students who were identified to have the same or similar grades with the students in the experimental and the control groups and they already learned how to write a recount text. in this test, the students were asked to write a recount text. three aspects of writing ability in recount text were measured using a scoring rubric: content, schematic structure, and language use. the collected data through pre-test and posttest then were computed using ibm spss program. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results & discussion the analyzed data show that the challenge faced by students in writing a recount text is grammar, particularly in using appropriate tenses such as the past tense. students were not aware about the changes of verb from present to past. the pre-test analysis shows that they were not consistent in the use of past tenses. this may be influenced by the students’ native language; bahasa indonesia, which there is no particular difference between the verb in present and in past. this is illustrated in the follows students’ writing result: (student i) ra.:when i was went to my grand mother house, i went with my family (the correction): iwent to my grandmother’s house with my family. (student ii) ig.: suddenly the motor is knocking our bikes and we fell into the river. (the correction): suddenly the motor crashed our bikes and we fell down into the river) (student iii) dd.: a time when we’ve finished enjoying the mountain tangkuban parahu we went home. (the correction): after we had finished enjoying the mountain tangkuban parahu, we went home. the examples above show that the students’ lack of understanding of past tense and need more explicit teaching about past tense. the result of questionnaire also shows that half of students in the investigated class realized that grammar is one of the challenges in writing a recount text. this finding is in line with cyril weir (in elt documents: 129, 1988, p. 17) who detects grammatical error as the first challenge of writing problems of efl students. other challenges are the vocabulary and students’ mastery of schematic structure of recount texts. in the vocabulary challenges, students had difficulty in translating the idea and choosing the right words in their writing. whereas, vocabulary is one of writing aspects which should be considered by students in order to help readers to understand the meaning of their writing (brown, 2001). this is illustrated in the follows students’ writing result: (student i) ra.:my mother said if you took a motorcyle don’t too fast... (the correction):my mother said, “if you ride a motorcycle, don’t too fast...” (student ii) ig.: suddenly the motor is knocking our bikes... (the correction): suddenly the motor crashed our bikes... (student iii) dd.: ... he told i replace the damage but i do not have the money to replace (the correction): ... he toldme to pay for the damage but i did not have money for that. the examples above show that the students’ lack of vocabulary and the way to use it. even though they were allowed to use dictionary, it was still difficult for them to look for a word and chose the right one. based on the questionnaire result, students admitted that the challenges of writing a recount text are the choosing of iranita sitohang & pupung purnawarman the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill in writing a recount text vocabulary and the way they use appropriate vocabulary. more than half of the students realized this difficulties. moreover, most of students discovered that the difficulties are because they did not practice more frequently (60.7%) and the class situation does not support them to write more (53.5%). the study found that students also had difficulties in schematic structure of a recount text. according to the concept of a recount text, students could retell the whole story but the details of events were not clear enough to make the reader more interested. the way they organize the story is still inadequate in order to elaborate the event of the story. students had shown their efforts in writing from the schematic structure’s view. yet, the chronological sequence of the story is confusing. in addition, the story is also not coherent. based on the result of pre-test and post-test, this research also discovers that jigsaw improves students’ writing skill in writing a recount text in the class investigated. in relation to the use of jigsaw, the research finds that it can stimulate students to be more active in the learning process and provide proper environment to write. based on the analyzed data, the mean of writing score of experimental group increased 21.07 point, from 56.07 to 77.14. while control group mean point which does not receive jigsaw as the learning strategy only increased 0.36 point, from 65.00 to 65.36. the increase on the writing score means that students’ mastery of writing recount text is improving. after the treatment students could retell the event clearly and add some important information that readers need to know. they could write a recount text chronologically and coherently. in addition, students could give evaluation and personal comment in their writing even though not too significant. this is illustrated in the follows students’ writing result: “dear mom, how are you there? i hope you are fine right there. mom i want to tell you about what i get as long as i’m in the village. two weeks ago, when i went to the village with my uncle on my trip got adverse events, the car that we were riding crashed into a motorcycle. we are all very shocked but uncle to apologize directly to the motor driver. during the trip we were very careful. and then we finished to village at 14.00 and we arrived safely. next time i will send you letter again. good bye, mom. miss you... i.g” the writing above shows that students’ grammatical error in writing decreased. students became more aware of the use of past tense. since they had discussions frequently, their awareness in applying the vocabulary appeared to increase significantly. it proves that jigsaw gave positive result in order to improve students’ skills in writing a recount text in the class investigated. jigsaw strategy has two groups; home group and expert group. the study shows that jigsaw as the learning strategy stimulated students to be more active in looking for the information that were needed for their own group benefit. besides, students also became active in discussing and sharing their part in the expert group with other students from different group. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the home group became students’ social interaction room. in this group, they participated in every aspect such as making a decision about the choosing of the chief of the group, the choosing of which part that every member will focus on, and also how to support their group. it assured that every student was involved in the learning process. this group also facilitated them to share their knowledge and conclusion from the discussion in the expert group without feeling ashamed about their english ability. it is because they had known each other. the study found that there was a different result among the experimental group and the control group. the mean score of the experimental group was higher than the control group. in addition, the mean score of the experimental group also increased significantly after receiving the treatment. generally, the learning process using jigsaw strategy proceeded well. however, students were not used to learning using jigsaw strategy. firstly, they asked many questions to the teacher but after they got the explanation they could study in a cooperative manner and showed self-reliant in doing the task. in the 2nd 6th meeting, students had adapted to jigsaw strategy that made the learning process went smoothly. the questionnaire analysis shows that students had been aware about their frequency of writing. they realized that the more they practice, the better they can write. instead of supporting them to write more, the class situation became one of the factors that made them not motivated to write. jigsaw strategy can help to solve this problem. it is because jigsaw facilitated them to learn together in which each student had their own task in order to support their group and at last it gave effect to themselves (slavin, 2009). the research reveals that in the class investigated the grammar challenges about the use of past tenses, the vocabulary and the way to use the vocab appropriately could be overcame by jigsaw. it is because jigsaw stimulated students to build cooperation between themselves. students could share and discuss their knowledge without feeling ashamed of their limited vocabulary. jigsaw as one of the cooperative learning strategies can build cooperative circumstance between teacher and students. the students could directly ask some questions about the lesson to the teacher on behalf of their group. it means that the communication became two ways communication between the teacher and the students. furthermore, students were encouraged to be more active to look for the information that are needed. it is because every group’s member had their own task to accomplish which was counted as a contribution for the group’s achievement (johnson, johnson & holubec, 1990). jigsaw as one of the cooperative learning is believed to have a positive effect on relationship setting (slavin, 1987). it was revealed that jigsaw helped them to build positive relationship with their group member. students could state their opinion freely without feeling that they will be judged for their insufficiency in their home group. actually, the aim of home group is to make students felt homey. meanwhile by continuously discussing and sharing, students built their knowledge about the lesson. the result indicates that jigsaw class improve better than conventional class where students only listened to the explanation of the teacher. this result is in line with iranita sitohang & pupung purnawarman the effectiveness of jigsaw strategy to improve students' skill in writing a recount text the study conducted by phelps in 1990 (slavin, 2009, p. 57) that the achievement of average score in jigsaw class was highe r than in traditional-teaching class. in this research, it had been proven that jigsaw as a learning strategy is suitable not only to improve students’ reading skill (adawiyah, 2011), (dens, 2010), (erviana, 2012), and sari (2012) but also students’ writing skill in writing a recount text. this is in line with aronson (2000) as the first user of jigsaw who pointed out that jigsaw can be used across grade levels and content areas (barkley, cross & major, 2005). particularly, this research supports that jigsaw is useful to increase students’ skill in english language (kagan 1990, cited in huda, 2012). conclusion based on the results, the conclusion can be drawn as jigsaw is effective to improve students’ skill in writing a recount text. it succeeded in making the good result. it is because students in the home group give support and share their knowledge to their member in order to get the higher score. it can be concluded that teaching recount text by using jigsaw is an effective way to solve the challenges faced by students in term of building and developing their knowledge of writing a recount text. jigsaw can also be effective to increase students’ knowledge of recount text schematic structure. students help one to another by sharing and getting detail information about their part in the expert group, so that each student gets the lesson specifically during the writing class. there are some suggestions in implementing jigsaw in the class. jigsaw gives students opportunities to involve in teaching-learning process actively. every student has time to brainstorm ideas, discuss and solve problems, and practice what they have learned with their group member. therefore, english teachers are suggested to use jigsaw as a learning strategy to improve students’ skill in writing a recount text. future researchers are suggested to conduct the research on the use of jigsaw in teaching writing in other kinds of texts genre or in teaching other language skills. in addition, further research is suggested to be conducted longer to get more detailed results, and to use different types of instructional media when using jigsaw strategy. references adawiyah, s. w. (2011). the use of jigsaw in teaching reading for junior high school students. a research paper of fpbs upi bandung: unpublished. barkley, e. f., cross, k. p., & major, c. h. (2005). collaborative learning techniques: a handbook for college faculty. san fransisco: john wiley & sons, inc, brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. usa: addison-wesley publishing company, inc. dens, d. j. (2010). the effectiveness of cooperative learning: jigsaw technique in improving students’ reading comprehension. a research paper of fpbs upi bandung: unpublished. erviana, m. e. (2012). the implementation of jigsaw technique in improving students’ reading ability: a classroom action research at the fifth grade students of an elementary school in bandung district. a research paper of fpbs upi bandung: unpublished. feez, s., & joyce, h. (1998).writing skill: narrative and non-fiction text types. australia: shannan books grabe & kaplan. (1996). theory and practice of writing. england: pearson ed. huda, m. (2012). cooperative learning: metode, teknik, struktur dan model penerapan. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee johnson, d. w., johnson, r. t., & holubec. (1990). circles of learning: cooperation in the classroom. edina, minn: interaction book company. langan, john. (2008). exploring writing: paraghaphs and essays. new york: the mcgraw-hill. nastasi., b. k., & clements, d. h. (1991). research on cooperative learning: students read and write? illinois: urbana. sari, r. a. (2012). the use of jigsaw technique in improving students’ achievement in reading exposition text. a research paper of fpbs upi bandung: unpublished. slavin, r. e. (1987). cooperative learning: can students help students learn? instructor 96(7), 74-76. slavin, r. e., (2009). cooperative learning: teori, riset dan praktik. bandung: nusa media. weir, c. (1988). academic writing-can we please all the people all the time? in academic writing: process and product. elt documents 129. edited by pauline c. robinson. hong kong: modern english publications in association with the british council. directive speech acts realization of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee directive speech acts realization of indonesian efl teacher yulianti wulansari department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: yulianti.wulansari30@gmail.com cucu suhartini madrasah tsanawiyah negeri sindangsari, kuningan, indonesia email: syifaunnida.annaqita@yahoo.co.id apa citation: wulansari, y. & suhartini, c. (2015). directive speech acts realization of indonesian efl teacher. english review: journal of english education, 3(2),223-229 received: 10-04-2015 accepted: 27-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this research examines the types and functions of directive speech act performed by an indonesian efl teacher in one senior high school in kuningan, indonesia. this study uses qualitative method. the data of this research were taken from the video transcription which contains directives spoken by the efl teacher and analyzed based on kreidler’s (1998) theory. the findings show that there are three types of directives used by the teacher. they are commands, requests, and suggestions. the most frequent type of directives performed is commands with 233 occurrences (94.8%). it was also found that there are five functions seized by the directives, they are elicitation, instruction, advice, threat, and attention-getter. the most frequent function of directives used is elicitation with 108 occurrences (44%). from the findings, it is concluded that the using of commands shows teacher’s dominance. yet, this type of directives is not easily understood by the students. therefore, it is suggested that the teacher should use other types of directives more, such as requests and suggestions, to encourage students’ participation. keywords: pragmatics, speech act, directive speech act. introduction communication is an essential part of humans’ life. by communication, people can send their messages, such as ideas, feelings, or thoughts to others. in delivering their messages, people can also request others to do things which they want through particular utterances. by doing so, the utterances that the speaker produces are not for describing the request, but to carry out the act of ‘requesting’. furthermore, austin (1962: 6) states “to utter the sentence in appropriate circumstances is to do it, not to describe the act nor state that the speaker is doing it”. it means that people can perform some kind of actions, such as ordering, promising, refusing, thanking, etc, by uttering certain sentences in appropriate circumstances. austin (1962: 6) proposes these kinds of utterances as “performative”. this idea is supported by searle (1969: 22) who mentions that ”talking is performing acts according to rules”. those uses of language are commonly classified as “speech acts”. concerning speech acts in particular context, such as classroom, searle (1969, in merdana, seken, & putra, 2013) states that directives is a speech act that is frequently used in a classroom interaction. the teachers use it to make the students do something. the types of cucu suhartini & yulianti wulansari directive speech acts realization of indonesian efl teacher speech act used are command, request and suggestion (kreidler, 1998: p. 190191). the use of the speech acts is related with a teacher’s role, because when the teacher commands the student, he/she is carrying out his/her role as a leader in the class. besides being a leader, a teacher has other roles to fulfill in their class, such as being “authority figure, knower, director, manager, counselor, guide, and even such roles as friend, confidante, and parent” (brown, 2001: 200). to perform those roles, the teacher surely will use the speech act that functions to get the hearer to do (or not to do) something, namely directives. according to austin (1962), directives are used by the speaker to get the hearer(s) to do or not to do something and it can be in the form of ordering, warning, urging, directing, and advising. in this context, the speaker is the teacher, and the hearer is the students. kreidler (1998: p. 190-191) classifies directives into three kinds, namely commands, requests, and suggestions. each type of directive has different purpose and function. furthermore, directives performed by a teacher have some functions, such as elicitation, instruction, attention-getter, suggestion, tactfulness, advice, conditional and threat (amalsaleh et al., 2004). amalsaleh et al. (2004) states that the same form of directives may imply different functions or conversely, the same function may be expressed via a variety of forms. for example, imperative form has functions as attention-getter and instruction. meanwhile, the directive’s function as instruction can be done not only by imperative, but also by interrogative, declarative, modals, and passive. based on the explanations, the researcher is interested to find out what kinds of directive speech act commonly performed by an efl teacher in one senior high school in kuningan and what functions are held by those directives. the main issues addressed in this study are the kinds and functions of directive speech acts performed by an efl teacher in one senior high school in kuningan. the enquiry towards these issues is formulated in the following research questions: 1. what types of directives are commonly performed by an efl teacher in one senior high school in kuningan? 2. what are the functions of the directives performed by the efl teacher? method the study is conducted in kuningan, west java, in august 2014. in this study, an efl teacher of one high school there is involved. she is chosen because she already has more than five years experience of teaching english in the senior high school. she also has multi-lingual competence in sundanese, indonesian, and english so that she can communicate with her students not only in the national and target-language, but also in their mother’s tongue. it emerges more interaction between the teacher and the students, so hopefully the teacher can provide the data for this study. the data of this research consists of the efl teacher’s directive utterances that are collected by using video recording and observation. the recording is done to help the researcher to find out the directive speech act thoroughly, while the observation is done to see the whole situation of research site and to take notes on important things occurred there. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee according to creswell (2009: 181), “qualitative observations are those in which the researcher takes field notes on the behavior and activities of individuals at the research site”. in the observation, the researcher is the complete observer. it means that she presence at the scene of action but does not interact or participate in the activity of the class. this is done so that the teacher as the main participant can focus on her teaching activity. the researcher also uses wray et al. (1998) method of transcribing speech orthographically. the transcribing process is done to gain the written document of what the participants in the research site said. the phonetic details of the speaker’s accent will be omitted, because it is not relevant with the study. therefore, the transcription only consists of the utterances uttered by the participants. after collecting the data through observation and data recording, the data will be transcribed and read closely to find the utterances included to directive speech act which are used by the efl teacher. the procedure of the study are conducted as follows: (1) identifying and classifying the utterances which contain directives, such as commands, requests, and suggestions (kreidler: 1998); (2) analyzing the functions of the directives based on the researcher’s own interpretation and ground theory found by amalsaleh et al. (2004); and (3) quantifying the occurrences of the types and functions of directives to see the trend in their use. in the identifying stage, the data are identified and classified based on the kinds of directives found by kreidler (1998), while to identify the functions of the directives, it will be based on the researcher’s interpretation and eight functions of directives proposed by amalsaleh et al. (2004), namely elicitation, instruction, attention-getter, suggestion, tactfulness, advice, conditional, and threat. in the stage of analyzing the data, the researcher counts the frequency and percentage of each kind of directives performed by the efl teacher, so it will be known what type of directives mostly used by the participant. then, the researcher also will count the frequency and percentage of each function of the directives. finally, the distribution of directive forms and functions will be tabulated and discussed thoroughly. results anddiscussion according to kreidler (1998), there are three types of directives, namely commands, requests, and suggestion. commands are the utterances that express the speaker’s wish that the hearer should act as the speaker wants him to act. requests are the utterances that express the speaker’s want that the addressee doing or not doing something. furthermore, suggestions are the utterances used by the speaker to give his opinion to the addressee as to what the addressee should or should not do. the general finding of types of directives is summarized in table 1. table 1. the types of directives performed by the efl teacher types frequency percentage (%) command 233 94.8 suggestion 10 4 request 3 1.2 total 246 100 cucu suhartini & yulianti wulansari directive speech acts realization of indonesian efl teacher the data that are collected in this study include 246 utterances. commands are the most frequent type which occur 233 times (94.8%), followed by suggestion with 10 occurrences (4%) and request with 3 occurrences (1.2%). the definition of each type and some examples are given below for further clarification: 1. command in issuing a command, “speaker, in authority, expresses a wish that addressee should act as speaker wants addressee to act” (kreidler, 1998: 190). in making command, the speaker has some degree of power over the actions of the addressee. it is the most compulsive kind of the directives. a. okay . . . i will ask you ((pause)) i will push you to speak english. b. write down what i say. 2. request “a request is an expression of what the speaker wants the addressee to do or refrain from doing” (kreidler, 1998: 190). the speaker who utters a request does not have a control or authority towards the addressee. a. other question maybe? b. other question please? 3. suggestion “suggestions are the utterances we make to other persons to give our opinion as to what they should or should not do” (kreidler, 1998: 191). in making suggestions, the suggestee or the person whom we give suggestion has the choice of performances whether to do or not to do the act. a. nah (.) yang di sini pun (.) ketika punya hobi dikit(.) terus digeluti di situ. nah(.) the people here as well, when you have a hobby, keep doing it. b. kita tetap harus mencoba menggeluti sesuatu ya. we still must try to keep doing something consistently okay. the main function of directives is to get the hearer to do something. however, the directives which are performed by the efl teacher have more specific functions. the functions mentioned here are based on the researcher’s own interpretation and supported by amalsaleh et al. (2004) study. in amalsaleh et al. (2004), directives have 8 functions, namely elicitation, instruction, attention-getter, suggestion, tactfulness, advice, condition, and threat. however, there are only 5 functions found in this study. they are elicitation, instruction, advice, threat, and attention-getter. the general finding of the functions of the directives is summarized in table 2. table 2. the function of directives performed by the efl teacher function frequency percentage (%) elicitation 108 44 instruction 106 43 advice 22 9 threat 8 3.2 attention-getter 2 0.8 total 246 100 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the data collected in this study include 246 utterances. elicitation is the most frequent function which occur with 108 occurrences (44%), followed by instruction with 106 occurrences (43%), advice with 22 occurrences (9%), threat with 8 occurrences (3.2%), and lastly, attention-getter with 2 occurrences (0.8%). the definition of each function and some examples of directive functions are given in the following for further clarification: 1. elicitation elicitation is the function of directives which makes the hearer provides the required information for the speaker (amalsaleh, 2004: 34). the main objective of this function is to get the required information and sometimes to test the students’ knowledge about the subject a. yes? that’s enough? b. why we have to learn english? 2. instruction instruction is the functions of directives which “refer to utterances which are issued to get the addressee to perform an action” (amalsaleh et al., 2004: 34). the main difference between instruction and elicitation is the thing that the speaker wants from the hearer. in elicitation, the speaker requires information, while in instruction, the speaker wants action. a. be brave to ask question if you want to know more about me. b. find out from internet(.) from book(.) from your brother from your sister fromanywhere(.) from anyone. 3. advice advice is “an opinion or a suggestion about what somebody should do in a particular situation” (hornby, 2003: 20). a. nah (.) yangdi sini pun (.) ketika punya hobi dikit(.) terus digeluti di situ. nah(.) the people here as well, when you have a hobby, keep doing it. b. english is not difficult but english is very easy(.) asalkan tadi you have to study hard.english is not difficult but english is very easy, as long as you study hard. 4. threat threat is “a statement in which you tell somebody that you will punish or harm them, especially if they do not do what you want” (hornby, 2003: 1408). a. jadi kalau kamunya tidak siap untuk active (.) untuk belajar cepet (.) . . . pasti minimal poinnya akan dapetnya c terus. so if you are not ready to be active, to learn quickly . . . you will certainly keep getting c. b. saya paling tidak suka (.) i don’t like someone who like cheating. i don’t like the most, i don’t like someone who like cheating. 5. attention-getter attention-getter refers to utterances which are used “to attract students’ attention” (amalsaleh et al., 2004: 34). a. and then ((pause)) hello(.) i’m here! ((flicks her fingers to warn the students who are chatting in the back)) b. okay next (.) number ten! this study finds that the functions of directives used by the efl teacher are elicitation, instruction, advice, threat, and attention-getter. in addition, it is noted that one function of directives can cucu suhartini & yulianti wulansari directive speech acts realization of indonesian efl teacher be realized through various types. for example, elicitation can be realized through commands and request. the distribution of directives’ types and functions is summarized in table 3. table 3. distribution of directives’ types and functions elicitation instruction advice threat attentiongetter command 107 104 12 8 2 suggestion 10 request 1 2 total 108 106 22 8 2 as shown in table 3, elicitation and instruction are realized by command and request, whereas advice is realized by command and suggestion. meanwhile, the two last functions, threat and attention-getter, are only realized through command. the findings of the functions of directives and its distribution may be different for each research, depending on the data that are collected. conclusion it is found that there are three types of directives performed by the efl teacher. three types of directives performed by the efl teacher are commands, requests, and suggestions. the most frequent type is commands with 233 occurrences (94.8%), followed by suggestion with 10 occurrences (4%), and lastly requests with 3 occurrences (1.2%). from the first findings, it is concluded that the teacher is very dominant in teaching the students. it is noticed from the way the teacher mostly uses command in directing the students. yet, the teacher uses command for the benefit of the students themselves, which is so that the students can do their task as a learner well. it is proven from the findings that the commands used by the teacher have the purpose to give instruction for the students’ learning activity. the teacher also does not hesitate to give the students suggestions which often function as advice. it can be understood because the teacher is usually perceived as someone who is wiser and have more knowledge than the students. the lack of using requests in the class is probably caused by the context of culture in indonesia, in which a teacher is seen as the leader in the class, so that almost every utterance that is said by the teacher is considered a command. meanwhile, for the second findings, this study finds that there are five functions of the directives that are performed by the efl teacher. the most frequent function is elicitation with 108 occurrences (44%), followed by instruction with 106 occurrences (43%), advice with 22 occurrences (9%), threat with 8 occurrences (3.2%), and lastly attention-getter with 2 occurrences (0.8%). from the second findings, it can be concluded that the teacher tries to make the students speak out by producing utterances which act as elicitation. the teacher also uses instruction to make the students perform an action, such as to speak in english, to change their mindset about english, and sometimes to forbid them from doing something bad, like cheating. advice is produced mainly to make the students not only focus on their academic point, but also on their attitude and behavior, while threat is english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee used as a reinforcement to motivate the students to be more active and to behave. lastly, attention-getter is only used when the students start getting loud while the teacher is explaining something. references amalsaleh, e., yamini, h. & yarmohammadi, y. (2004). directives used in university classrooms. journal of literature and language 5 (1) p. 1-27. retrieved january 28, 2014 from: www.ensani.ir/storage/files/20120506 112631-5138-96.pdf austin, j. (1962). how to do things with words. cambridge: cambridge university press. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (2nd ed.).white plains, ny: longman. creswell, j.w. (2009). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). thousand oaks, california: sage publications, inc. hornby, a. s. (2003). oxford advanced learner’s dictionary of current english. oxford: oxford university press. kreidler, c. w. (1998). introducing english semantics. london: routledge. merdana, seken, k., putra, n.a.j. (2013). an analysis of speech acts produced by elementary school teachers and students to facilitate teaching and learning at sdn 10 pringgasela east lombok. e-journal program pascasarjana universitas pendidikan ganesha program studi pendidikan bahasa inggris 1. retrieved july 5, 2014 from: pasca.undiksha.ac.id/ejournal/index.php/jpbi/article/downl oad/.../508 searle, j. (1969). speech act: an essay in the philosophy of language. cambridge: cambridge university press. wray, a., trott, k., bloomer, a. (1998). projects in linguistics. new york: oxford university press. introduction method resultsanddiscussion conclusion references english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee cohesive devices in efl students’ expository writing hanif nurcholish adiantika department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: hanifadiantika@gmail.com apa citation: adiantika, h. n. (2015). cohesive devices in efl students‟ expository writing. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 94-102 received: 15-09-2015 accepted: 23-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: this study aims to investigate the use of cohesive devices in students‟ expository writing. in particular, the study focuses on types of cohesive device used by the students and how cohesive devices contribute to their writing. this study employs qualitative research through a case study design. public senior high school in kuningan is chosen as the site for this study. nine students of twelfth grade are involved in the study as the respondents. documents of nine students‟ expository writings are the data of this study. the data are analyzed by using the concept of cohesive devices proposed by halliday and hasan (1976) which covers reference, substitution, ellipsis, conjunction, and lexical cohesion. analyses show that the respondents only use four cohesive devices in their writing i.e. reference, substitution, conjunction, and lexical cohesion. these devices also contribute to the process of keeping track of the participants, avoiding repetition and text redundancy, enhancing logical connection between parts of text, and engaging the readers to the core argument of the text. the study infers that it is still problematic although most of the students apply many cohesive devices in their writing. this is because students have not received sufficient training concerning how to use appropriate cohesive devices. therefore, they should be guided to utilize appropriate cohesive devices in their writing. keywords: cohesive devices, cohesion, efl students, expository writing, case study introduction in presenting ideas in writing, students should be encouraged to make sure that their text flows through a sequence of sentences. hence, it is fundamental to direct them to the ideas they wish to express, as well as the sentences they use to express those ideas (holloway, 1981). in order to make the sentences readable, they should be connected to each other because a good sentence or text is not determined by its length but it depends on its connectedness and its unity (brostoff, 1981; but et al, 2006). therefore, efl teachers should guide students to compose many kinds of text. a text can either be written or spoken (halliday and hasan, 1976; matthiessen, 2004; butt et al., 2006). a text stands for a complete linguistic interaction from beginning to end as the manifestation of any instance of language that makes sense to someone who knows the language (eggins, 1994; halliday and matthiessen, 2004). this suggests that the fundamental in a text is not its length or medium but its meaning or sense to be identified by its receivers. for this reason, as it is aforementioned by halliday and hassan (1976 cited in eggins, 2004) text is best regarded as a semantic unit, a unit not of form but of meaning. 94 mailto:hanifadiantika@gmail.com hanif nurcholish adiantika cohesive devices in efl students’ expository writing moreover, the text should have texture that makes words „hang together‟ or become fixed meaningfully in a unity of text (halliday and hasan, 1976). it is in line with eggins (2004), i.e. that texture refers to the interaction of two components which are called coherence and cohesion. hence, to be a text, those minimum units of meaning should be related in a coherent and cohesive way. the coherence of the text is determined by the connection between its social and cultural contexts while cohesion is the way the text‟s elements are bound together as a whole. in other words, a text is a passage that becomes meaningful because its coherence and cohesion are intertwined to create the text as a whole. texture will help readers to understand the semantic relation of the text. furthermore, the writers‟ knowledge of semantic relation will potentially determine readers‟ comprehension (thompson, 1996). hence, writers should have the ability to master the concept of texture. cohesion is, according to halliday and hasan (1976), one of the crucial aspects of texture to improve the connectedness and unity of sentences in a text. it is fundamental for the students to join ideas between sentences to create texture (halliday and hasan, 1976). cohesion is one of the fundamental elements of texture defined as non-structured resources for discourse to hold the text together and give the text a meaning (halliday, 1994). cohesive devices enable a text to preserve consistency and connectedness throughout a passage. cohesive device are texts-specific linguistic elements employed to assemble an integrated, interpretable, and meaningful text. cohesion is achieved through cohesive device domains, i.e. reference, ellipsis, substitution, conjunction, and lexical cohesion (halliday and hasan, 1976). these domains intertwine the text together into a unified whole to help the readers understand the text. halliday and hasan (1976) as cited in hoey (1991) divided cohesive devices into five categories i.e. reference, conjunction, substitution, ellipsis, and lexical cohesion. these are referred to as non-structural resources that are used in the surface structure of texts. the models of cohesion as used by halliday and hasan (1976) are obvious between sentences as those within the sentences can also function as structural elements. halliday and hasan (1983) also refer to cohesion as a semantic relation between elements in the text and some other element that is crucial to the interpretation of it. cohesion as described by halliday (1976) is one of features that combine to make up the textual component in grammar. the textual components include the structural components (theme-rheme), information and focus structure (the given and new) and cohesion (grammatical and lexical). halliday and hasan (1976) refer to grammatical cohesion as including reference, substitution, and ellipsis while the lexical refers to the different forms of lexical cohesions. therefore, cohesion as halliday and hasan (1976) describe is a semantic relation that is realized through the lexicogrammatical system. these elements as pointed out determine the texture of a text. mcarthur (1996), describes cohesion as a term derived from latin word coheasio which means cling together. he points out that in linguistic it is the language forms used to indicate semantic relations between elements in a discourse. these relations as halliday and hasan (1976) describe previously are not concerned with structure (unifying 95 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee relation, part of a sentence or clause) but non-structural resources which are used for organization of a text which has been described as including reference, ellipsis, conjunction, substitution, and lexical. these are resources used to create text. butler (1985), in similar manner observes that halliday and hasan (1976) refer to cohesion as belonging to the system of a language and not simply something arising from outside, concerned merely with, for example the subject matter by text. cook (1992) also agrees with halliday and hasan (1989) and butler (1985) on the fact that cohesion is a non-structural resources used for creating texts. he refers to the cohesive devices as formal links that create relationship between sentences and clause. these formal links enable the writer to hang stretches of language together and create unity. according to halliday and hasan (1976), cohesion is a semantic concept which refers to how parts of a text relate meaningfully. it has an important role to give texture to a text. it occurs where the interpretation of some element in the discourse is dependent on presence of another. cohesion is part of the system of language and its potential lies in the systematic resource of references, ellipsis, and so on that built in language. therefore, cohesion is not a structural relation that holds the different part of clauses, but rather is a semantic one that links text part based on their meaning relations and in such case element is interpretable by resource to another. in other word, is defined as the way the element within a text bind it together as a unified whole (eggins, 2004). the fundamental concept behind cohesion is a semantic tie between an item at one point in a text and an item at another point so that both items and elements are potentially integrated into the text (halliday & hasan, 1976, gerrot & wignell, 1994; eggins, 2004). in other word, the ties encourage us to integrate one item for its full interpretation to another since there is a certain dependent relation between the two. moreover, it is stated that cohesion refers to relationship between items in a text such as words, phrases, and clauses, and other item such as pronouns, nouns, and conjunctions (paltridge, 2006). it is supported by carter and mccarthy (2006) that a text is cohesive as a whole if the sentences and spoken utterances are semantically linked consistently. and it will be useless if the readers or listeners are not able to see the connection of the sentence and spoken utterances. botley and mcenery (1996) state that a cohesive tie occurs between a particular meaning, realized as a surface marker such as noun and noun phrase, and another instance of that meaning, realized usually by linguistic units such as pronouns and definite noun phrase. cohesion, therefore, is achieved through cohesive ties, which can be found within or across sentences. this is also relevant with halliday and hasan (1976) by classifying cohesive ties into five major categories: reference, substitution, ellipsis, lexical cohesion, and conjunction, although in halliday (1994) these cohesive ties have been reclassified into four types, with ellipsis being a subcategory of substitution. halliday and hasan (1976) regard cohesion as a semantic concept. it is mainly achieved through the availability of two types of cohesive categories, grammatical and lexical. grammatical cohesion is created by reference, substitution, ellipsis, and conjunction. lexical cohesion is brought by reiteration and collocation. 96 hanif nurcholish adiantika cohesive devices in efl students’ expository writing reference items are those items which are interpreted by relating them to something else instead of being interpreted semantically in their own right, or in other words, it refers to the situation where the identity of an item is retrieved from either within or outside text (halliday, 1994, gerot and wignell, 1994, salkie, 1995, eggins, 1994; paltridge, 2006). in english, these items are personals (i.e. john, he, the book, it), demonstratives (i.e. here, there and comparative (i.e. fewer). accordingly, this interpretation is achieved via two ways of reference either internal reference in which the refereed-to items are inside the text or by the aid of the outer context. in both cases a phoric relation is set up, but in each case, certain phoric relation is made. within the text an endophoric reference is made while beyond the text borders an exophoric reference is used (halliday & hasan, 1976). substitution occurs when one linguistic item is replaced by another that contributes new information in a text (halliday & hasan, 1976). this new information differs from the information previously provided by the antecedent linguistic item. it is differentiated from reference in being concerned with wording rather than meaning (akindele, 2011). generally, substitution is a relation that occurs inside the text. it is a kind of strategy used to avoid repetition. as a general condition, the substitute item should have the same structural function (halliday and hasan, 1976). since substitution is a grammatical category that depends on words resources rather than on semantics, three types of substitution categories are introduced based on the function of the substitute item: these types of substitution are defined as: nominal substitution (e.g. “pete owns the black sedan. the blue one belongs to mike), verbal substitution (e.g. a: has he had dinner yet? b: he must have done. there’s no food in the fridge), and clausal substitution (e.g. a: is there going to be an earthquake? b: it says so) (halliday & hasan, 1976: 90). ellipsis happens to the syntactic and semantic components of discourse. syntactic ellipsis is the non-expression of a word or phrase that is expected to occupy a place in the syntactic structure of a sentence. it represents the default interpretation of the term ellipsis. for example, in “mary got an a on math test and louise a b.” the verb „got‟ in the second conjunct is elided. from another hand, semantic ellipsis underlies the non-expression of items which are important to the full semantic interpretation such as in “i forgot my keys” and “he is reading tolstoy” (mcshane, 2005, p. 3; sainton, 2006, p. 275). thus far, halliday & hasan (1976) see that ellipsis like substitution is classified into: nominal ellipsis (e.g. how did you enjoy the exhibition? – a lot () was very good, though not all), verbal ellipsis (e.g. john has caught a cold is equal with john has () a cold), and clausal ellipsis (e.g. what was the duke going to do? () plant a row of poplars in the park. conjunction is the type of cohesion that involves the use of ties that perform the main function of connecting sentences (gerrot and wignell, 1994: 180; paltridge, 2006: 139). conjunction, or connective, links two ideas in a text or discourse together semantically. with the use of conjunction, the understanding of the first idea accommodates the interpretation of the second idea (eggins, 2004: 47). in english, conjunctive relations are usually established through the use of conjunctive devices, which may be a coordinating conjunction (like and, but, 97 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee or), an adverb (like in addition, however, thus), or a prepositional phrase (like besides that, despite the fact that). halliday and hasan (1976) and gerrot and wignell (1994) divide conjunctive relations into five broad categories: additive, adversative, causal, temporal, and continuative, each of which is further divided into several subcategories. additive relations add or substitute extra alternative clauses to a text. adversative relation means contrary to expectation and realize through the words like yet, but, however, etc. causal relations connect clauses as cause and effect. temporal relations connect clauses depending on whether the actions they encode take place at the same time or one after another. in his later work, halliday (1994), nevertheless, classifies conjunctive elements into three broad types: elaboration, extension, and enhancement. in elaboration, one sentence elaborates on another by specifying or describing it. in extension, one sentence adds something new to another by supplying more information, replacing something or providing an alternative. finally, in enhancement, one sentence qualifies the meaning of another by reference to time, place, manner, cause, condition, or matter. lexical cohesion involves the repetition of a noun phrase, or the use of another noun phrase which bears a relation to the antecedent noun phrase. halliday and hasan (1976) divide lexical cohesion into reiteration (which is subdivided into the repetition of a lexical item, the use of a general word to refer back to a lexical item, and the use of a synonym, or superordinate terms) and collocation. lexical cohesion is a cohesive relation whose cohesive effect is achieved by the selection of vocabulary. according to halliday and hasan (1976), lexical cohesion is divided into two categories, reiteration and collocation. reiteration is a form of lexical cohesion which involves the repletion of a lexical item. constant repetition of lexical items would make easier for any reader to match strings in a sequence of sentences (chan, t‟sou, choy, 2000). the form of reiteration might be in repetition, synonymy, antonym, hyponym, and metonymy. the study puts an emphasis on the use of cohesive devices in students‟ expository writing. it covers the variety of cohesive devices used by the students to create semantic relation; and to reveal the contribution of cohesive devices to students‟ expository writing. this study uses the concept of cohesive devices as its analytical framework, as brought forward by halliday and hasan (1976). therefore, this study attempts to address the following research questions: 1) what types of cohesive devices are identified in the students‟ expository writing? 2) how do the cohesive devices contribute to the cohesion of students‟ expository writing? method the data in this study were written documents from nine students. they wrote an expository essay in 2 hours. the instruction for students to write an exposition text is attached in appendix. the concrete forms of the writing documents were the students‟ handwriting about the topic given in expository genre. the authenticity of the students‟ handwriting constituted the crucial data in this study. the writing documents or textual documents comprised the primary data to answer the research questions in this study. 98 hanif nurcholish adiantika cohesive devices in efl students’ expository writing the primary data in form of students‟ expository writing were analyzed according to theoretical frameworks based on halliday and hasan (1976) concerning the concept of cohesive devices analysis and eggins‟s point of view (1994) on cohesive ties interpretation. to analyze the data, first, the researcher separated each text based on clause. it is very fundamental to help the researcher in conducting a careful analysis since the data in this study were nine students‟ expository writing. therefore, it is necessary for the researcher to cut each text into clause. second, the identification of cohesive devices became the crucial data analysis procedure in this study. in this procedure, the researcher underlined the words belonged to cohesive devices. it is very crucial to mark the cohesive devices identified in the clause. third, classification is also the crucial procedure in this study since it is inevitable that based on the framework of halliday and hasan (1976), cohesive devices consist of five major categories: reference, substitution, ellipsis, conjunction, and lexical cohesion. in this procedure, the researcher classified the underlined words to where they belong based on the taxonomy of cohesive devices: reference, substitution, ellipsis, conjunction, and lexical cohesion. hence, the classification should be initiated to figure out where words belong to. the last procedure in this study was initiating descriptive quantification. descriptive quantification is very necessary to calculate cohesive devices found in students‟ expository writing. this procedure was also beneficial to elaborate, enhance, and illustrate the results of the study. after the words were identified and classified, the researcher then initiated the presentation through descriptive quantification to illustrate the results for examples the frequency of occurrences of each cohesive resources. results & discussion types of cohesive devices are identified in the students’ expository writing inside the circumstance of the use of cohesive devices, the present study shows that the cohesive devices appeared 651 times. lexical cohesion was the mostly occurring devices with 322 occurrences. it is because, there is a tendency where students lack of vocabulary items. as a result, they overuse the lexical cohesion which is commonly realized by reiteration, in particular repetition. in addition, they seem to be fully aware of applying many repetition in their writing. it can be inferred that lexical cohesion is mostly recognizable or needed by students to cover their lack of vocabulary mastery. it is subsequently followed by conjunction with 181 occurrences and reference with 146 appearance. both of them are cohesive devices which the students are familiar with. the students seem to be fully aware concerning the function of conjunction and reference. substitution is only identified in 2 occurrences in the students‟ expository texts. it is reasonable because the use of both substitution and ellipsis are commonly used more in speech than in writing. in other words, inside the circumstance of academic writing in particular expository writing, the use of substitution and ellipsis is rarely used by the writer. based on the occurrence of each cohesive device, it can inferred that students mostly applied lexical cohesion, in particular reiteration i.e. repetition to develop text‟s cohesion. it is subsequently followed by conjunction, reference, and substitution. on the other 99 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee hand, there is no student applied elliptical device to develop text‟s cohesion. the contribution of cohesive devices to students’ expository writing according to the result of the present study, there are two aspects which are covered in the analysis, they are (1) the aspects of cohesive devices, and (2) the contributions of cohesive devices to students‟ exposition texts. with regard to cohesive device aspects, reference is the most frequent cohesive devices with 196 occurrences (35.1%). it is subsequently followed by conjunction with 182 occurrences (32.6%). moreover, lexical cohesion occurs 179 times (32%) and substitution with only 2 occurrences (0.4%). with regard to the contribution of cohesive devices to students‟ exposition texts, keeping track of participant gives the highest contribution with 240 occurrences (42.9%). it is realized in the use of reference with 86 occurrences and lexical cohesion, more specifically repetition, with 154 occurrences. in order to keep track of the participants, most students apply many repetition in their writing. there is a tendency where students lack of vocabulary mastery to avoid repetition. they tend to overuse repetition. moreover, they seem to be fully aware in using such repetitions to cover their limited vocabulary. as a result, the contribution to the process of keeping track of the participants are mostly manifested through the high use of lexical cohesion, in particular repetition. it is subsequently followed by enhancing logical connection between parts of text systematically. this contribution is entirely realized by conjunction with 182 occurrences (32.6%). in order to enhance logical connection between parts of texts, the students utilize many kinds of conjunction. this is because some students are familiar with the function of conjunction. however, the high use of conjunction is not in line with their texts‟ cohesion. some of them were inappropriately placed. as a result, it leads to the appearances of incoherence in their texts. it is followed by engaging the readers to the core argument of the text with 97 occurrences (17.4%). this contribution is realized by reference which occurs 71 times, substitution with only one occurrence, and lexical cohesion with 25 occurrences. the smallest contribution is avoiding repetition and text redundancy with 40 occurrences (7.2%). this contribution is realized by reference with 39 occurrences and substitution with only 1 occurrence. this is relevant with halliday and hasan (1976) that substitution is used more in speech than in writing, and more in british than american english. in other words, in the academic writing, more specifically in expository writing. that might be the reason why substitution is rarely used by the students in the present study. conclusion according to the research questions, the purposes of the study are to identify the types of cohesive devices in the nine students‟ expository writing and to reveal the contribution of cohesive devices to students‟ expository writing based on the concept of cohesion proposed by halliday and hasan (1976). first, it was found that there were only four types of cohesive devices identified in nine students‟ expository writing i.e. reference, substitution, conjunction, and ellipsis. moreover, lexical cohesion is the most frequently 100 hanif nurcholish adiantika cohesive devices in efl students’ expository writing used cohesive devices. it is subsequently followed by conjunction, reference, and substitution. on the other hand, no students applied ellipsis as an elliptical device to develop text‟s cohesion. it is in line with halliday and hasan (1976:117) that ellipsis and substitution are used more in speech than in writing, and more in british than american english. in other words, inside the circumstance of academic writing in particular expository writing, the use of substitution and ellipsis is rarely used by the writer. although most of the students utilize many cohesive devices, it is still problematic since they mostly use inappropriate cohesive devices in their writing. as a result, their texts appear to be difficult to understand. second, it was revealed that most students utilize reference to keep track with the participants. this devices is also applied by the students to engage the readers to the core argument of the text by pointing something whether it is from within (anaphoric) or outside (exophoric) the text. in order to avoid repetition, reference (comparative reference) is also utilized by the students since it is effective to make the text less redundant. on the other hand, the contribution of conjunction to students‟ expository writing is to enhance logical connection between parts of the texts by expressing certain meanings which demonstrate the presence of other components in the text. then, substitution also has a crucial substitution to avoid repetition and text redundancy by substituting one item by another. in terms of lexical cohesion, it contributes to engaging the readers to the core argument of the text. in order words, this device is used by the students to keep track with the topic of the text in particular expository text. however, the overuse of certain cohesive devices by the students definitely causes redundancy in their writing and reduces their written texts difficult to understand. the students might be encouraged by their teacher of writing and discourse to apply as many cohesive devices as possible to conduct cohesive whole texts. this, in turn, will certainly result in less redundancy in their written texts. moreover, unlike the english l1 users, the students mainly focus on the word and sentence level and ignore the relations of meaning that exist within the text. this relationship is achieved through relations in meaning that exist within and across sentences. the result of this tendency is the absence of connectedness which makes the flow of thoughts meaningful and clear for readers. therefore, cohesion is very fundamental since it gives a sequence of sentences a coherent texture as it shows how semantic relationships are set up by lexical and syntactic features. as a result, the realization of the functions of cohesion in the text will help efl students to create meaning. it also helps the writer and readers to create communication. in other words, as it is relevant with thompson (1996) that the writer‟s knowledge of semantic relation will potentially determine readers‟ comprehension. however, even though the cohesive devices are clearly applied by the efl students, it is still problematic since the students may deal with some obstacles as a result of lack competence. it may also be caused by the teachers who are not able to teach them properly as the result of lack knowledge in teaching writing skill. 101 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references brostoff, a. (1981). coherence: “next to” is not “connected to.” college composition and communication, 32 (2), 278–294. butt, d; fahey, r; feez, spinks, s; & yallon, c. (2006). using functional grammar: an explorer’s guide. sydney, australia: national centre for english language teaching and research. buttler, c. s. (1985). systemic linguistics: theory and applications. london, england: bats ford academic and educational. chan, s. w. k.; thou, b. k.; and choy, c. f. (2000). textual information segmentation by cohesive ties. [online]. available: http://aclweb.org/anthology/y/y00 /y00-1006.pdf. retrieved on june 9 2015. cook, g. (1992). discourse. oxford, england: oxford university press. eggins, s. (1994). an introduction to systemic functional linguistics. london, england: pinter publisher. eggins, s. (2004). an introduction to systemic functional linguistics (2nd edn). london, england: continuum. emilia, e. (2012). pendekatan genre-based dalam pengajaran bahasa inggris: petunjuk umum guru. bandung, indonesia: rizqi press. gerot, l and wignell, p. (1994). making sense of functional grammar. sydney, australia: antipodean educational enterprises. halliday, m. a. k. & hasan, r. (1976). cohesion in english. london, england: longman. halliday, m. a. k. (1994). introduction to functional grammar. london, england: edward arnold. halliday, m. a. k., & r.hasan. (1989). language, context, and text: aspects of language in a social-semiotic perspective. oxford, england: oxford university press. halliday, m.a.k. & christian m.i.m. matthiessen. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar. 3rd, revised edition. london, england: edward arnold. halliday, m.a.k. & matthiessen, c.m.i.m. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar (3rd. ed.). london, england: hodder arnold. hoey, m. (1991). patterns of lexis in text. oxford, england: oxford university press. holloway, d. w. (1981). semantic grammars: how they can help us teach writing. college composition and communication, 32 (2), 205–218. mcarthur, t. (1996). oxford companion to the english language. oxford, england: oxford university press. mccarthy, m. (1991). discourse analysis for language teachers. cambridge, england: cambridge university press. mcshane, m. j. (2005). a theory of ellipsis. oxford, england: oxford university press. paltridge, b. (2006). discourse analysis: an introduction. london, england: continuum. sainton, r. j. (2006). words and thoughts: subsentences, ellipsis, and the philosophy of language. oxford, england: oxford university press. salkie r. (1995). text and discourse analysis. new york, ny: routledge. thompson, g. (1996). introducing functional grammar. london, england: edward arnold. 102 17 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching yayan suryana department of english education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: ysuryana2008@gmail.com apa citation: suryana, y. (2013). teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 17-24 received: 10-09-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this article was related to the teachers’ perception on the application of ict-based english teaching in senior high school and the readiness of the teachers and schools in applying the 2013 curriculum. this qualitative data was described from the interview and the survey during the socialization of the 2013 curriculum. 8 participants of different ages from different senior high school in kuningan regency were interviewed by phone, direct interview, and facebook-chatting. the findings showed that most of the senior teachers (80%) of more than 50 years of age were not motivated in using the ict, 20% of them were familiar with ict; 60% of the teachers between their 30s and 40s generally understood how to use ict but seldom implemented the ict based english teaching because of lack of ict facilities. almost 95 % of new english teachers were familiar with ict and they applied the ict-based english teaching when the ict facility was available. their reasons of not using ict were lack of ict literacy, taking too long to learn, and the fact that it was expensive and not always available. the conclusion of this research was that the application of the ict-based english teaching could not be applied 100% because some teachers were still illiterate with ict and the ict facilities were still limited. keywords: ict, teachers’ perception, the 2013 curriculum, ict literacy, ict-based english teaching introduction this research discusses “teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching for teachers’ professionalism in kuningan, west java indonesia.”this research tried to find out the existing condition of english teaching for teacher’s professionalism in kuningan regency and the teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching for professionalism, and the impact of using ict-based english teaching for teachers’ professionalism in human capital, social capital, and social economic growth. ict has been studied by many scholars from different countries in different aspects with different methodologies such as those from sue webb (2006) ict reducing social exclusion, zare-ee (2010, 2011) ict in teaching and research, mellar and kambouri (2005) observing ict use in adult literacy and numeracy, celik, arkin & sabriler (2012) ict for self-regulated learning, kristina (2010) on-line with language courses, jaffer, ng’ambi & czerniewicz (2007) ict in teaching and learning strategy, mullamaa (2010) ict in language learning, lu, hou & huang (2010) ict in audio-video speaking class, and hu & webb (2009) integrating ict to higher education. this research used a case study qualitative approach. the qualitative research was characterized by the research question, the qualitative strategies to be used in this study, the roles of participants and the writer, purposive sampling strategy for sites and individual identified, the data collection procedure for recording yayan suryana teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching 18 information during the data collection, and data analyses, on qualitative research. the first part of the dissertation research was concerned with the need analysis from the existing condition of ict-based english teaching in the research site, which, in this program has been promoted both through participating in the direct interview, telephoning, and chatting via facebook to glean the information related to the existing condition in ict-based english teaching. kuningan regency was chosen as a case study site in this research to ease in collecting the data where the researcher worked. the condition of ict facilities in five secondary schools was observed and 8 secondary school teachers participated in this research. based on the background above the writer would like to answer the following questions:“what is the existing conditionof english teaching for teacher’s professionalism in kuningan regency,”and “what is the teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching for professionalism?” based on the research questions above, the objectives of this research are, as follows: to find out the existing condition of applying english teaching for teacher’s professionalism in kuningan regency, and to identify the teachers’ perception on ictbased english teaching for teachers’ professionalism. method the research used qualitative case study. a case was based on the models of creswell (2009) and gillham (2000). according to creswell (2009), a case can be an individual, it can be a group such as a family, or a class, or an office, or a hospital ward; it can be an institution such as a school or a child’s home, or a factory; it can be a large-scale community a town, an industry, a profession. all of these are single cases; but you can also study multiple cases: a number of single parents; several schools; two different professions. it all depends what you want to find out which leads us on. (creswell, 2009: 176) gillham (2000: 1-2) states that a case study is one which investigates the above to answer specific research questions (that may be fairly loose to begin with) and which seeks a range of different kinds of evidence, evidence which is there in the case setting, and which has to be abstracted and collated to get the best possible answers to the research questions. no one kind or source of evidence is likely to be sufficient (or sufficiently valid) on its own. (gillham 2000: 1-2). this case study was conducted in kuningan regency of west java province. there were 5 senior high schools observed in this research, and 8 english teachers as participants of different ages starting from the teachers with less than 10 years of experience, those with 11 to 20 years of experience, those with 21 to 30 years of experience, and those with more than 30 years of experience. the research was conducted between july and october 2013. natural setting was used to collect data in the field. the instrument used in this research was observation, interview using open questions, and documents (creswell 2009: 183). in collecting the data the observation was carried out without the researcher participating. the interview was conducted in different ways: recorded face-to-face interviews, recorded telephoning, and chatting through facebook. the documents came from different resources, for example: journals related to ict in education, mgmp report years 2011 and 2012 and other supporting data from the government like rules and regulations issued by the president or the ministry of educational and cultural affairs, and other related documents. 19 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the process of data analysis involves making sense out of text and image data. it involves preparing the data for analysis, conducting different analysis, moving deeper into understanding the data, representing the data, and making an interpretation of the larger meaning of the data. (creswell, 2009: 183). open-ended data was collected based on asking general questions and the data was developed from the data supplied by participants. the steps of analyzing the data began from organizing and preparing the data for analysis. this involved transcribing interviews, scanning materials, typing up field notes, or sorting and arranging the data into different types. first, the data related to the ict facilities was put in the first group. the information from the interview related to the participants’ condition was grouped into the second, and the information related to the teachers or participants’ perception was put in the third group. the interpretation was related to the teachers’ perception and the researcher’s analytical view of the findings. results and discussion the findings were about the existing condition of ict facilities and english teachers, the teachers’ perception on the application of ictbased english teaching, and the impact of the application of ict-based english teaching in human capital, social capital and social economic growth. existing condition of ict facilities and english teachers at several schools in this part, the existing conditions were divided into two points: the school ict facility and the teachers ict facilities at several schools before describing the existing conditions of ict, let us broadly classify the ict resources that must be owned by the school, as follows: (i) hardware – the equipment, such as a pc or interactive whiteboard, linked smart boards, opaque projectors, lcd projectors; (ii) software – the stored instructions which enable the hardware to operate automatically, together with the information that it stores and processes, such as a word processing program and the documents produced using it; (iii) media – the materials that carry data and programs, such as floppy or hard disks; (iv) services – combinations of hardware, software and human resources that enable users to achieve more than they could with hardware and software alone, such as the internet. from the above description the existing conditions of the school ict facilities in kuningan were still limited. the first was the ict facility in a senior high school in the center of the city. this school was famous for the best school in kuningan. based on the information from the participant, every class had been equipped with a permanent lcd projector. all teachers used ict in teaching although not always. the school ict facilities owned by the school were a wi-fi, server, internet, 40 sets of students’ computers, 3 sets of teachers’ computers, 29 laptops, a television, a vcd-dvd player, speaker, fixed-lcd projectors in every class, and laptops in each classroom. general problems were not all teachers were “smart” in using it, and sometimes the internet connection was disconnected, and that it was not directly fixed because they did not have an it technician. in the second school, the ict facilities in this school were not as complete as the first school. from 27 classrooms, there were only 6 lcd projectors. one of them was permanently installed in the computer laboratory. one was broken because of wrong use during the classroom process. the rest of the four lcd projectors could be borrowed yayan suryana teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching 20 from the office by ordering first because they had limited projectors. the school had also 3 laptops that could be borrowed when necessary. the internet connection in this school was also often disconnected and not directly fixed by the technician. one of the state senior high schools in the rural area in kuningan with 9 classrooms, there were 3 lcd projectors used for teaching and learning. not many teachers use this facility, so the only one english teacher often uses the lcd projector in teaching and learning. just as in the other facilities, the internet connection was using limited bandwidth, so the connection was late, and they need a faster special additional power network. in the fourth school, the boarding school with 24 classrooms, all students stay in the boarding school. the ict facilities in that school were also limited. of the 6 lcd projectors the school owns, there were only 4 projectors. two of them were broken and could not be used. the problems were the same. they did not have for fixing them technicians. the last school consisted of 22 classes and was located in rural area. there were only three lcd/video projectors here. all were ok. two were installed permanently in the classroom and one could be borrowed from the office by ordering first. when a teacher wanted to use the lcd, he/she should order to be noted by the administrator. the limited ict facilities in this school also made each teacher difficult to use ict facility for teaching. english teachers’ condition at several schools basically, all english teachers and teachers of other subjects should be able to apply the ict-based teaching. this was because based on the 2013 curriculum which had been applied since july 2013 in the secondary schools all teachers should be able to use ict in teaching. teachers who were not familiar with ict were also forced to use ict equipment in their teaching. this fact shows that the ict illiterate teachers are not motivated to renew their knowledge. the malfunction of some teachers in using lcd projectors in the classrooms had caused some headmasters or school principals not to allow new or novice teachers to use the lcd projectors to avoid the wrong use of the projectors during the teaching process. when the lamp was broken, to change the old lamp with the new one, they had to spend almost 2/3 of the total price of a new projector. the lamp was almost as expensive as the new projector. the existing conditions of the english teachers were as follows: a participant who was more than 50 years old described that he was not motivated to learn how to operate the computer because of many factors. one of the reasons was that he could not think and understand easily with the instructions in the computer. he was illiterate with the computer technology. the second was a senior teacher with interest in ict. he was above 50 now, and was a dept at using many ict products, his smart phone and internet connection. he used his smart phone in teaching writing by asking the students to find a certain topic in the internet through their smart phone. then after every group had done the assignment they discussed the topic in the classroom in speaking or reading class. the next participant was a teacher in his 30s. he was one of the more proficient english teachers in ictbased english teaching. he often gives presentation during the english teacher secondary subject teacher forum (mgmp) and used to be the head of the english teachers forum in all senior high schools in kuningan. from the interview i got much information about the teachers’ condition in understanding 21 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ict. he knows how to design good presentations, how to use it and how to explore the internet. he was also one of the presenters in every english teacher training. the fourth participant was a 28 year old young male teacher. he was involved in teaching the classes using ict-based english in the 10th-grade. as a new teacher whose experience in teaching was still less than 10 years he was generally familiar with basic ict, but he did not use ict in teaching all the times. he did not have any materials from the 2013 curriculum that could be used for teaching. he had not even gotten any training yet from the government to apply new curriculum, but in practice he sometimes used the teaching materials from 2006 curriculum which were related to the new curriculum to run the class. another young teacher who still had less than 10 years of teaching experience was a woman teacher. she was familiar with basic ict. although in practice, she did not also use the ict facility in her teaching. the problems were that she was unable to use the ict facilities because of the limited facilities that they had and because of the slow internet connections. a participant in his 40s from a rural senior high school with nine classes had no serious problem in using the ict in teaching. he could use the ict facility any time he wanted although there were only 3 lcd projectors in his school. most of the teachers here were still illiterate with the ict facilities. a woman participant who was in her 40s from a senior high school in one of favorite school in kuningan was familiar with ict. in her teaching, she often used ict as media for teaching. the bad internet connection that sometimes appeared often forced her not to use ict in her teaching. for her, ict was only one of the media in teaching. there were many media that could be used for teaching. a fifty one year-old participant from the best senior high school in kuningan was a woman with a vast experience in teaching english. for her, in whatever condition, teaching english had to be fun. with ict facility in every class, she could apply ictbased english teaching in her own class whenever she wanted. her perception in applying the new 2013 curriculum was that she found no problems because the school had practically applied ict based teaching since the previous curriculum (2006 curriculum or school based curriculum). the term in the previous curriculum was different from the current curriculum, for example, the term “peminatan”or ‘specialization’was used in the 2013 curriculum while in the previous curriculum it was called “penjurusan” or majors. teaching times of some courses were added and some others were reduced and even deleted. for her, everything was ok, she took it for granted because teaching was compulsory for her, and it was her passion. teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching from eight teachers, only one participant optimistically described that she was ready to apply ict-based english teaching. she was a teacher of the school where the ict facilities were representative. the teacher’s perception on this ict-based english teaching for teachers’ professionalism showed that most of the teachers thought that it was not the time to apply ict-based english teaching because the schools had not been facilitated with the representative and complete ict equipment as required. most of certified teachers were ready to apply the ict-based english teaching, especially the ones who always yayan suryana teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching 22 followed the ict development and who were eager to learn new things about information technology. on the other hand, most of the senior teachers who were more than 53 years old and illiterate in ict were unable to follow this new technology and they tended to use conventional ways in teaching. they were not motivated to learn ict media for teaching and learning. regarding the perception on the application of ict-based english teaching, he agreed to apply the ictbased teaching because by monitoring the changes in ict development of new technology could be followed, and we would never be left behind like right now. by being stubborn, unmotivated, and not following the new technology we would be left behind, so we needed to be ready to any possibility of new changes in ict and especially in teaching. he also perceived that the application of the 2013 curriculum was too early. the government should have provided the schools and the teachers with good ict equipment first, then we could apply the new curriculum. one perceived that the government should facilitate the schools with the comprehensive ict facilities so that the ict-based 2013 curriculum could be applied at all schools not only in kuningan but also in other cities in indonesia. another perception in applying ict-based english teaching was not coming from the teachers. however, many students in rural areas were not motivated in learning english. most of them were lazy, and could not follow the teachers’ explanation or instruction. from the above existing condition, it can be temporarily concluded that only one senior high school was facilitated with better ict facilities, the others were equipped with limited ict facilities. the ict facilities usually owned by the schools consisted of limited lcd projectors, folded lcd screens, laptops, internet connection, wi-fi, one or two smart phones (owned by individuals), computer lab with one server pc and 20 to 40 client pcs. another phenomenon was that most of the schools did not have qualified technicians, so that when there was a problem with the it facilities, it generally could not be solved directly. they had to wait for someone from private companies or individuals who work as computer service center to repair their lcd projectors or other it devices. the lcd projectors’ breakages were mostly caused by malfunction during the operation. the malfunction was related to the steps of operating the projectors from the starting point to shutting down the power. when the instructions in operating the lcd projectors were not followed as it was mentioned in the operating manual of lcd projectors the breakage could happen. a phenomenon between the existing condition and the teachers with the ict literacy perceived the application of ict based english teaching in the classroom was something interesting and easier to do many things with the teaching process. the teachers were divided into two major group conditions. the first group was the teachers with no interest in ict; the second was the teachers with interest in ict. the teachers with no interest in ict were divided into three groups of age. the old groups of more than 50 which was generally stuck in their habits, teachers between 40 and 50, between 30s to 40s, and young teachers of less than 30s. they were not motivated on changes. they did not want to study new things that caused time consuming. when there were new things they tended not to make any response. 23 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the senior teachers of more than 50 were mostly less motivated in using ict in their teaching. they were even illiterate on it. even did they not know how to operate computers. when they had to do such a thing, they usually asked somebody to do it for them. they were not motivated to learn how to operate the computer. when they were forced to learn how to do so, they had to work together with the other by only imitating what other literate people had done. the teachers of less than 50 who know how to operate computer but never use ict in teaching. based on the information from the participants, actually he wanted to use ict in teaching, but the condition of the facility of ict in his school forced him not to use the ict in his teaching. the teacher’s perception on this ict-based english teaching showed that most of the teachers think that it was not the time to apply ict-based english teaching because the schools were not facilitated with the ict equipment as required. most of certified teachers were ready to apply the ict-based english teaching. conclusion based on the 2013 curriculum, ict-based english teaching was required by every teacher, and it could be applied thoroughly when every school had been facilitated with ict in every class. the participants consist of three teacher types. the first type was the teacher’s perception on the use of ict as a compulsory. this was supported by the fact that consulting with information and computer technology made the class more interactive and we could get quick solving problem. the participants of experience senior but ict-illiterate teacher perceived that teaching using ict facilities took times and costly. this was not the correct time using the ict as the facility was still incomplete and took long times to learn how to use the computer. they had no time to learn the computer. this was not good time to use the technology. the third type was the person who was literate with ict but he or she preferred to use whiteboard, once in a while he used the computer and some ict facility. the lack of ict facility had caused most of the teachers not to apply it in their teaching. teachers as profession in this era need to know much about ict and apply this in their teaching. references creswell, j. w. (2009). research design qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches third ed. california: sage publication. english, e. & williamson, j. (2005). meeting the standards in primary english. a guide to the itt nc. london: routledgefalmer. gillham, b. (2000). case study research methods. london: continuum. kemdikbud. (2012). bahan uji publik kurikulum 2013. jakarta: kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kemendiknas. (2007). permendiknas no. 6/2007 about perubahan peraturan menteri pendidikan nasional nomor 24 tahun 2006 tentang pelaksanaan peraturan menteri pendidikan nasional nomor 22 tahun 2006 tentang standar isi untuk satuan pendidikan dasar dan menengah dan peraturan menteri pendidikan nasional nomor 23 tahun 2006 tentang standar kompetensi lulusan untuk satuan pendidikan dasar dan menengah lamy, m. n. and hampel, r. (2007). online communicationin language learningand teaching. hampshire: palgrave macmillan mcnaught, c. (2005). integrating teaching and learning principles with itinfrastructure and policy. in kym fraser. education developmentand leadership in higher education developing an effective institutional strategy. new york: routledge falmer yayan suryana teachers’ perception on ict-based english teaching 24 p.108 mullamaa, k. (2010).“going 100% on-line with language courses:possible?”journal of language teaching and research, vol. 1, no. 5, pp. 531-539, september 2010 ____________“ict in language learning benefits and methodological implications”international education studies volume iii no. 1 p. 38 february 2010 saito, k. (2012). effects of instruction on l2 pronunciationdevelopment: a synthesis of 15 quasi-experimental intervention studies. tesol quarterly december 2012. serkan, c., erkan, a. derya, s. (2012). efl learners’ use of ict for selfregulated learning. the journal of language and linguistic studies. vol. 8, no.2, october 2012 shaheeda, j. dick, n. and laura, c. (2007). the role of icts in higher education in south africa: one strategy for addressing teaching and learning challenges” international journal of education and development using information and communication technology (ijedict), , vol. 3, issue 4, pp. 131-142.2007 webb, s. (2006). can ict reduce social exclusion? the case of an adults’ english language learning programme. british educational research journal vol. 32, no. 3, june 2006, pp. 481–507. 2006. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 11 self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context kajal srivastava department of business communication, faculty of business communication, jaipuria institute of management, india e-mail: kajal.srivastava@jaipuria.ac.in apa citation: srivastava, k. (2018). self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 11-18. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1239. received: 18-02-2018 accepted: 21-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: communication skills are most sought after by the business world and are considered to be vital for personal and professional growth. there have been many researches on the importance of communication skills and how they act as catalysts in getting a job or a dream job. furthermore, employers, institutes and universities also emphasise that an individual apt at communication skills is more likely to get a job in comparison to one who is not. this study is meant to decipher the communication skills of management trainees at the time of joining the institute through a selfappraisal questionnaire. the research design employed was descriptive cross-sectional. 125 students were chosen from five management institutes in lucknow (india) by employing non-random convenience sampling. findings indicated that there is an overall fear of public speaking, respondents fall short of words while writing in english and need to be encouraged to read more english magazines and novels. conclusively, a curriculum may be designed wherein the faculty, along with inputs of the students can build a framework with a view to maximising public speaking activities, and other activities may focus upon reading and writing. moreover, peer-feedback is recommended to enhance reflective learning. keywords: management students, active listening skills, oral communication skills, communication building strategies, public speaking introduction communication skills are one of the most desired factors affecting employability and career progression. it is considered to be an essential trait by the employers as well. hence, the curriculum of every management institute lays proper emphasis on honing communication skills of their students. thus, management institutes also serve as centres where existing communication skills of students are further improved for placement purposes. as it is, prospective employers reiterate the fact that students need to have their listening and speaking skills refined (weldey, & icenogle, 2016). employers seek candidates who have effective interpersonal communication skills (golen, catanach, & moeckel, 1997). communication is a process wherein a message, which may be verbal, non-verbal or both, is transferred orally or verbally by the sender to the receiver. in return, the receiver gives a response or feedback (masri, 1997).communication, in other words, refers to the tact and ability to transfer or convey information effectively and efficiently. yet, for an effective communication, one needs to be skilled in listening, speaking, reading and writing. these four skills happen to be the parameters on which an individual’s abilities to communicate may be evaluated. communication may be done in two ways; orally or written. the former includes speaking and listening wherein the sender delivers the message orally and the receiver listens. this is followed by an oral feedback kajal srivastava self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context 12 (examples are; in a meeting, over the cellphone, in an interview, etc.) by the receiver. the latter includes writing and reading wherein the sender conveys a message in a written format (an e-mail, letter, memo, text or fax) and the receiver sends a response after having read/interpreted the message. the skills involved in this process are writing and reading. with specific reference to the business world, managers need to be adept in both written and oral communication in order to facilitate transfer of information between people within an organisation and outside it as well. communication is vital in light of the fact that every managerial role involves one or the other form of oral or written communication or both. communication skills are important for growth and career progression of individuals as well. a research study concluded that recruiters rated communication skills as the most important characteristic of an ideal job candidate (yate, 2009).abundant research has proved that communication skills are essential for managers (bradshaw, 1992; prentice, 1984, margerison & kakabadse, 1984).communicative abilities are crucial for advancement in career and success in the organization (cohen, 1999; messmer, 1999; warner, 1995; roebuck et al., 1995; flatley, 1990; curtis et al., 1989). in earlier studies, bass (1990) and kanter (1983) pointed out a clear relationship between competence in communication and managerial effectiveness. further, communication skills of every individual affect both personal and organizational effectiveness (brun, 2010; summers, 2010). effective communication skills are most essential for personal as well as organizational growth. it is therefore only rational to state that one of the most impeding forces to organizational efficiency is the lack of effective communication (lutgen-sandvik, 2010). in addition to this, special emphasis is laid on oral communication skills during the process of hiring (maes, et al., 1997).another study found that senior hr managers wanted their employees to be effective in interpersonal communication. however, it was found that these managers lacked in the art of listening and taking lead in a collaborative manner (bambacas &patrickson, 2008). therefore, in order to be an effective manager, studies have acknowledged the fact that effective communication skills are an absolute must. furthermore, since the current generation lives in a global village where communication is the key to negotiation, achieving targets and desired goals, managerial students need to hone their existing communication skills in order to carve a niche for themselves. students need to gain expertise in communication skills with specific reference to a milieu of cultures that are existent and in the current workplace scenario (penbuk, yurdakul & cerit, 2009). in addition to this, according to harleket al. (2008), students at university level should participate in activities that are capable of developing their communication skills beginning from the very first year in the university. earlier research on communication skills among university students has been conducted by cleland, foster and moffat (2005) and ihmeideh, ahmad and dababneh (2010). the results of both research indicated that a positive communication environment gives students opportunities to learn how to communicate thereby improving their communication skills. hence, the purpose of this paper is to present an empirical research on the self-assessment of management students associated with lsrw skills. the idea is to gain an understanding of their current proficiency levels related to various communication skills. this research focuses specifically on four communication parameters which are; 1)active listening skills (l), 2) oral communication skills (s), 3) communication building strategies (r), and 4) written communication skills (w). method for the present study, descriptive crosssectional research design was employed. the survey instrument was a closed ended questionnaire. in this research, 125 students of five management institutes in lucknow were given self-assessment questionnaires at the english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 13 very onset of their managerial program. institutes were selected based on the year in which they commenced management education. five oldest management institutes were selected for the study. apart from their age, their occupancy ratio was also taken into consideration and all selected institutes had a history of 100% filled seats as per their allocation by the concerned authorities/agency. within the institutes, 25 students were selected on the basis of their interest for participation in the study. the students were explained about the research, its objective and based on their willingness, 25 students were selected from each institute. non-random convenience sampling has been employed for the selection of the sample. the questionnaire comprised of 20 statements which were meant to evaluate various communication skills. of these, four statements evaluated students’ active listening abilities. these comprised of their comprehension skills related to the spoken word, their responsiveness by asking statements in class after listening and the attention paid to words during conversation. eight statements were based on students’ proficiency in oral communication (speaking). these statements focused on students’ confidence in english speaking ability to communicate their point of view, usage of new words while conversing in english, the fear of public speaking, ability to summarize what is being said, using grammatically correct english, and hesitation while speaking in public. five statements focused on communication building strategies (reading) which students adopted. these included their habit of reading english newspapers, ability to understand the content displayed in english newspapers, their preference to learn and write new words from the newspaper, watching english news channels, other english channels and their inclination in reading english novels and magazines. furthermore, three statements assess students’ clarity in written communication. these statements focus on students’ ability to express their thoughts clearly through the written word, their capability to write grammatically correct english and whether they fall short of words while writing in english. the respondents had to self-assess their communication skills on a five-point likert scale. thereafter, mean analysis was done to capture the self-assessment of the respondents. results and discussion the data was collected from 125 respondents, although only 117 questionnaires were found to be complete and were used for the purpose of analysis. the students were from various cities as summarised below. table 1. state wise representation of respondents no state number of respondent 1 uttar pradesh 87 2 bihar 11 3 jharkhand 03 4 uttrakhand 05 5 west bengal 08 6 assam 03 total 117 majority of the respondents were from uttar pradesh only and amongst them, close to 60% were from lucknow only. others represented cities like allahabad, varanasi, kanpur, sitapur, barabanki, gorakhpur etc. since the sample size was small, hence, state wise differences in assessment of communication skill were not considered. the gender wise representation was as follows. kajal srivastava self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context 14 table 2. gender representation in sample no gender number percentage 1 male 76 65 2 female 41 35 of the total sample 65% were male while 35% were female. the gender wise differences in assessment of communication skills were also not considered for analysis. although it may be an interesting research to be carried in future. the sample distribution based on their educational background is as follow. table 3. educational background of respondents no education number of respondents percentage 1 ba/bsc/b.com 78 67 2 bba 27 23 3 b tech. 08 7 4 others 04 3 majority of the respondents had done ba/bsc/b.com during their graduation. 23% of the respondents have pursued management education in their graduation stream. therefore, since the representation of educational background was small, no attempt was made to study the differences in assessment based on their educational background. mean analysis was done on all the statements which were discussed for ease and clarity. first, the results of mean and standard deviation analysis of statements measuring active listening skills (l) are shown below. table 4.mean and standard deviation of statements measuring active listening skills (l) no active listening skills (l) mean sd 1. i pay attention to each and every word said by someone else during conversation 3.84 0.85 2. i listen carefully and full grab the meaning of spoken words. 3.42 0.80 3. i respond to listening by asking questions in class 3.09 0.94 4. i comprehend lectures delivered in english 3.61 0.97 the mean values indicate that the respondents pay attention and are able to grasp the meaning of spoken words as indicated by relatively higher values for these statements. although many of them are not engaged in active discussion or asking questions in the class. second, the results of mean and standard deviation analysis of statements measuring oral communicative skills (s) are presented below. table 5.mean and standard deviation of statements measuring oral communication skills(s) no oral communication skills (s) mean sd 1. i avoid using slang while speaking in english 3.22 0.67 2. i have hesitation in public speaking 2.69 1.1 3. i try to make use of new words while speaking in english 2.93 1.00 4. i speak grammatically correct english 3.61 0.71 5. i feel confident in speaking in english 3.37 0.83 6. i find it easy to communicate my point of view to the other person 3.23 0.90 7. i can easily summarize what i listen to. 3.37 0.84 8. i have a fear of public speaking 2.70 1.1 the mean values listed above are indicative that respondents avoid using slang while speaking in english. it further states that they speak grammatically correct english, they are confident in speaking in english, they communicate views easily and are adept at english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 15 summarizing. however, respondents are hesitant of speaking in public and there is also a fear of public speaking. in addition to this, the usage of new words during conversing is relatively low. the findings may be used to decide the pedagogy and delivery of various courses which may improve effectiveness of the courses and learning of the students. third, the results of mean and standard deviation analysis of statements measuring communication building strategies (r) are presented below. table 6. mean and standard deviation of statements measuring communication building strategies (r) no communication building strategies (r) mean sd 1. i watch english news channels and other english channels 3.15 1.20 2. i am in a habit of reading english newspapers 2.54 1.08 3. i understand the content of english newspapers easily 3.45 0.89 4. i prefer to write and learn new words from the newspaper. 2.80 1.24 5 i read english novels/magazines 2.85 1.29 when referring to mean values related to reading, respondents are adept at watching english news channels and other english channels as well. nevertheless, mean values of other parameters such as the habit of reading newspapers, understanding its content, the interest in writing and learning new words and the inclination towards reading english novels and magazines is relatively low. the findings are indicative that the institute should think about how to improve their reading habits, discussion of contemporary news items from newspaper, book review, etc. may be some tools which may be used by institutes. fourth, the results of mean and standard deviation analysis of statements measuring written communication skills (w) are presented below. table 7. mean and standard deviation of statements measuring written communication skills (w) in the above table, higher mean values are indicative of the fact that respondents place a high emphasis on writing grammatically correct english and are able to express their thoughts clearly in writing. however, the mean value is further indicative of the fact that respondents’ fall short of words while writing in english. looked together since little effort is put by respondents on reading and enhancing their vocabulary it affects their written communication skills as well. this research aims at finding out the lsrw competency skills among management students through self-appraisal at the commencement of management programmes. on the basis of the questionnaire, there are various implications which are as follows; one of the implications of the study is the hesitation among students of public speaking. the study points out a definite fear of public speaking among students. the second implication is that of the students having a relatively low mean value as far as reading english novels and magazines and writing new english words is concerned. the overall idea of the study is to have a self-perception of the students’ lsrw competency skills in order for it to be mapped for further research at the end of the course. the basic aim is to identify the weaknesses of the students at the beginning of the programme. once the students are made aware of their weaknesses, it becomes easier to encourage them to work on these weak areas thereby improving their existing skill no writing (w) mean sd 1. i place emphasis on writing grammatically correct english 4.14 0.95 2. i can express my thoughts effectively by writing in english 3.81 0.90 3. i fall short of words while writing in english. 3.12 1.07 kajal srivastava self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context 16 sets. according to sanchez and hynes (2001), students’ perceptions on their existing skill levels provide intricate details on the nature of learning that took place in actuality. their theoretical framework further assumes that students are the best determinants of how much they learnt. hill, mehta and hynes (2014) further state that self-perceptions about competency levels should be included in learning assessment programs. on the basis of these results, a third implication is that communication modules and teaching styles may be modified in order to suit the expectations of both the students and their prospective employers. the utility of the study may also be extended to designing curriculum, selecting most suitable pedagogy and choosing the best assessment tools as well. considering the result of the study as an indicator somehow the students should be encouraged to read more english content either through newspaper or magazine/books. they should also be encouraged to learn new words and their usage while writing. further, it should not be assumed that all these four lsrw operate in water tight compartment, in-fact they are interrelated to each other and will mutually drive effective communication hence they operate in a cyclical manner affecting each other and affecting communication skills in general. conclusion this research is indicative of how management students rated their communication skills with respect to lsrw. on the basis of various statements, students were asked to gauge their skill sets on a scale of 1-5 on their active listening skills (l),oral communication skills (s), communication building strategies (r),and written communication skills (w).the analysis leads to a number of conclusions. first, the results are indicative that respondents pay attention and are capable of grasping the meaning of the spoken words in english. the results are also indicative of the fact that slang is avoided by respondents during communication. second, the results are also suggestive of the fact that while respondents are adept at watching english new channels, the drive towards reading newspapers and understanding content in novels and magazines is relatively low. third, peerresponse may be introduced in the classroom activities. the basic idea is to get learners involved in the learning process through peer response and student feedback. this can resultantly promote reflective learning. according to mezirow (1990, p. 366), reflective learning encourages ‘critical reflection in order to precipitate or facilitate transformative learning in adults’. in a similar way, schon (1991) asserts that reflection can modify traditional learning into an experience. in the process of analyzing their communicative needs, articulating learning preferences, and by giving peer feedback, students become more mindful of what they need to deliver as course participants and develop skills to reflect on their learning process. also, students’ analysis can encourage students by engaging them in thought-provoking and eloquent classroom experiences. references bass, b. m. (1990). handbook of leadership (3rd ed.). new york: bass & stogdill’s press. brun, j. p. (2010). missing pieces: 7 ways to improve employee well-being and organizational effectiveness. new york, ny: palgrave macmillan. mccroskey, j. c., & mccroskey, l. l. (1988). self‐report as an approach to measuring communication competence. communication research reports, 5(2), 108-113. kanter, r. m. (1983). the change masters. new york: simon & schuster. lutgen-sandvik, p. (2010).destructive organizational communication: processes, consequences, and constructive ways of organizing. new york, ny: routledge. bambacas, m., & patrickson, m. (2008). interpersonal communication skills that enhance organisational commitment. journal of communication management, 12(1), 51-72. mezirow, j. (1990). fostering critical reflection in adulthood. san francisco: jossey-bass. sanchez, s., & hynes, g.e. (2001). effectiveness of traditional delivery versus online delivery for a managerial communication course. presented at a symposium: assessing the quality of online instruction, naval postgraduate school, monterey, ca. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 17 schon, d. a. (1991). the reflexive turn: case studies in and on educational practice. new york: teachers’ college. masri, s. (1997). media dan komunikasi dalam bahasa melayu. malaysia: fajar bakti. weldey, t. g., & icenogle, m. l. (2016). a managerial perspective: oral communication competency is most important for business students in the workplace. international journal of business communication, 34(1), 67 – 80. yate, m. (2009). hiring the best: a manager’s guide to effective interviewing and recruiting. cincinnati, oh: f & w media. kajal srivastava self-assessment of communication skills by management students: an empirical study in indian context 18 patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women refdi akmal state polytechnics of lampung e-mail: refdi_akmal@yahoo.com apa citation: akmal, r. (2013). patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 208-215 received: 15-02-2013 accepted: 12-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: complimenting as a speech event has been one of the major areas on which linguists have focused their attention and drawn insights into the phenomenon of linguistic politeness in the last two decades (zanrong 2004). some previous research – among others are by davis (2008); heidari (2009); matsuoka (2009) – revealed that gender give rise variations of strategies on compliment responses (cr). this paper examines sundanese women responses to compliments on appearance addressed by the same and different gender. the research applied naturalized role play method in collecting the data by observing the way of 68 women giving response to the compliment addressed on their physical appearance. the respondents were native sundanese women living around bandung. the study found that most women respond differently to compliments addressed to them by women and by men. this study also reveals that most of them considered the compliments – particularly when addressed by men – as a way of either maintaining social hospitalities or joking, and thus, the speech acts of compliments appear more to be a way of consolidating solidarity among them. keywords: politeness, compliments, patterns of response introduction compliments are recognized as an important speech act in a socio-cultural context. it is interesting to see the way people respond to the compliments addressed to them which simply features value systems hold within the society. jing (2005) mentioned that different value systems are reflected in speech acts; thus, different interpretations of a certain speech act sometimes cause misunderstandings of the speaker's intention. in fact, some research as indicated by parisi and wogan (2006) cited in davies (2008) that there is a growing field of research pertaining to compliment behavior and its relation to both status and gender. davies also noted that gender plays very significant role in the variation of compliment and compliment responses. in his study, davies noted that women preferred responses that could be considered less face threatening which are mostly in term of acknowledging a compliment, returning a compliment or changing the topic all together. in interactions between females and males, manes and wolfson (1981) – as cited in han – found that women appear both to give and receive compliments much more frequently than do men, especially when compliments have to do with apparel and appearance. despite the studies carried out in terms of compliments responses within cross cultures setting, this study is in attempt to see the pattern of compliment responses when they are uttered by the refdi akmal patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women same and different gender basis within a single culture setting. this research tried to answer the following research questions: 1. how do sundanese women respond to compliments addresses to their appearance? 2. how differently do women respond to compliments addressed to their appearance when addressed by women and by men? compliments are recognized as an important speech act in a socio-cultural context. some researchers defined this act in varied terms. hobbs, 2003:249 cited in heidari(2009) stated that a compliment is a speech act which explicitly or implicitly bestows credit upon the addressee for some possession, skill, characteristic, or the like, that is positively evaluated by the speaker and addressee. while holmes (1988) – cited in han – mentioned that to be heard as a compliment an utterance must refer to something which is positively valued by the participants and attributed to the addressee. in addition, holmes also states that compliments are positively affective speech acts, the most obvious function they serve is to oil the social wheels, paying attention to positive face wants and thus increasing or consolidating solidarity between people. however, heidari (2009) indicated that compliments may also be regarded as a threat to negative face, even while paying attention to positive face. he mentions that speech acts of compliment and compliment responses (cr) are conversational devices of interpersonal relationships in daily life. the use of cr as a phatic expression (more of a ‘ritual’ type) may also play a particular role in maintaining the solidarity of interpersonal relationships and the harmony of social interaction. for example, during this study a female informant mentioned that her answer to a compliment on appearance (‘‘hey, you look great! you’re really beautiful today’’) would be ‘‘cheers! so do you’’, even if the addressee was not good looking. relating to this research, i would like to follow the definition stated by holmes (1988, p. 446) as cited by heidari (2009) that is, "a compliment is a speech act which explicitly or implicitly attributes credit to someone other than the speaker, usually the person addressed, for some "good" (possession, characteristic, skill, etc.) which is positively valued by the speaker and hearer." heidari also added that “there is an infinite number of words that could be chosen to compliment, but the set of lexical items and grammatical patterns we use in our daily interaction when complimenting and have high frequency in our daily discourse are very restricted”. the first researcher who discussed compliment responses from a pragmatic perspective was pomerantz in 1978. she claimed that americans face two dilemmas when responding to compliments: (a) they have to agree with the speaker, and (b) they have to avoid self-praise (urano, 2000). urano further explains this dilemma by stating that when a recipient of a compliment responds by agreeing with the speaker (condition a), it violates condition b as this response goes against the sociolinguistic expectations of the speaker. on the other hand, if the speaker doesn’t accept the compliment to avoid self-praise, the response will be face-threatening since it violates condition a. to mediate this conflict, recipients of compliments resolve to a variety of solutions: (1) acceptance,(2)rejection, and (3) selfpraise avoidance. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee herbert (1986) revised pomerantz’s taxonomy by analyzing american english speakers’ compliment responses. he collected more than a thousand samples of compliment responses from american college students in a three-year period project. surprisingly, only 36.35% compliment responses were accounted for by acceptance. herbert ended up with a three-category, twelve-type taxonomy of compliment responses. table 1. herbert’s taxonomy of compliment responses response type example a agreement 1. acceptance  appreciation tokens thanks, thank you  comment acceptance yeah, i really like it too  praise upgrade i look better with it, right? 2. comment history i got it from that store 3. transfer  reassignment it’s not mine, it belongs to my brother  return compliment you are too b non agreement 1. scale down it’s quite old actually 2. questions do you think so? 3. non acceptance  disagreement i hate it  qualification but jack’s is better 4. no acknowledgement (silence) c other interpretation  request you want to borrow this one too? since then, a number of contrastive studies have been conducted to compare compliment responses in different languages and language varieties. arabic and south african english speakers were found to prefer accepting compliments rather than reject them. speakers of asian languages, on the other hand, were likely to reject compliments (urano, 2000). wolfson (1989) in ishihara (2006) collected observational data on compliments from authentic interaction between native and non-native speakers over a period of two years. she found out that l2 speakers did understand the function of compliments as “a social lubricant” in the american culture. they had difficulty in responding appropriately to compliments. in another contrastive study of compliment responses between chinese learners of english and american nss of english, chen (1993) in urano (2000) found out that the majority of chinese nnss of english rejected compliments, compared to the american nss who accepted and appreciated those compliments. more recently, cedar’s (2006) contrastive study of compliment responses used by thai nnss of english and american nss of english revealed significant differences in responses to english compliments between the two groups. while americans tended to accept compliments and elaborate positively in their responses, thai nnss of english refrained from elaborating and used formulaic expressions in their responses. a number ofresearch has revealed that compliment and responses refdi akmal patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women to compliment appear to be very affected by the culture view of the society. method participants in this study fell into two categories: role-play informants and role-play conductors. all participants gave consent for their data to be used for research purposes. there were eleven conductors involved and 68women interviewed as the informants. they were high school and college students, employees and housewives. all participants were in certain social relationship with the conductors, relatives, classmates, colleagues, or neighbors. the major source of data for this research project comes from the naturalized role-play (tran, 2008). there were 68 role-play informants who were naturally sundanese native women all have been living in the area since they were born. all of them were university students, employees, and housewives ranging in age from eighteen to forty years. so they showed homogeneity in terms of age, education and profession. following are details of the role-play informants. there were eleven role-play conductors who were recruited voluntarily for this research. they consisted of 6 women and 5 men conductors. in this case, five of the women conductors were tertiary students having post graduate study in english education in bandung, and a housewife – a land lady. while four of the men conductors were also tertiary students and one employee in a private company. they are recruited to fulfill need of varying the informants as they live and mingle in different residences. in this study each of them conducted six to ten interviews role-play. in this study, the naturalized roleplay is the main tool of data collection providing the major corpus of data for analysis. this methodology has proven to be an effective means of resolving the lasting controversy that the methodological issue in this field has engendered (tran, 2008). at the core of the naturalized roleplay is the idea of eliciting spontaneous data in controlled settings. in the naturalized role-play, informants are not aware of the research focus during their role-play performance. they are conscious of being observed and studied in the whole procedure but not in the moments when they provide spontaneous data on a communicative act in focus. in this study, each informant participating in the naturalized role-play produced crs to compliments on appearance and apparels. after recruiting the conductors, the researcher explained the way the data should be obtained. all conductors were equipped with a piece of data eliciting form designed for this research to note any responses and information given by the informants. in gaining the data, the conductors carried out certain conversations naturally with the informants without prior notification that the conversations were for the sake of this research. the conversations were conducted either in bahasa indonesia or sundanese language. after the talks, then the conductors asked some necessary information related to the informants such as their personal information and their thought related to the way they responded to the compliments. data were analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively. in the qualitative analysis, cr data was coded according to the strategies selected to english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee reply to compliments. the qualitative analysis was based on the content of crs. in the quantitative analysis, the frequency of occurrence of cr strategy combination patterns was calculated to show the numeric differences between cr strategy combination in women responses as well as the similarities. results and discussion this research revealed that the women do different responses to compliments addressed to them by women and men. the compliment responses uttered by the women informants appeared to be more varied when the compliments were addressed by men conductors. besides, there were also other types of interpretation noted during the research – the compliments regarded as jokes and insult to the hearers. the compliments which were interpreted as insults were mainly indicated by women’s perception of the men’s compliments addressed to them. in general, the findings can be presented as described in the table2. the findings reveal that most of the women expressed appreciation tokens at the very first time the compliments addressed to them either by men or women. however, the appreciation tokens – in form of smiles or thanks – did not always indicate that they agreed the compliments. most of the tokens were followed by utterances indicating either non agreement or rejections, in addition to those of agreements. table 2. patterns of the women’s response to compliment women’s response type addressed by women addressed by men n=33 % n=35 % a agreement 1. acceptance  appreciation tokens 30 90,9 27 77,14  comment acceptance 5 15,15 4 11,42  praise upgrade 2 6,06 1 2,85 2. comment history 2 6,06 2 5,71 3. transfer  reassignment 1 3,03  return compliment 5 15,15 2 5,71 sub total (excluding the tokens) 15 45,45 9 25,71 b non agreement 4. scale down 7 21,21 9 25,71 5. questions 3 9,09 5 14,28 6. non acceptance  disagreement 7 20  qualification 7. no acknowledgement 2 6,06 8. express embarrassment 2 6,06 3 8,57 sub total 14 42,42 24 68,57 c other interpretation  joking 3 9,09 7 20  insulting 3 8,57 sub total 3 9,09 10 28,57 related to the compliments addressed by women, there were 15 responses (45,45%) which indicated the acceptance of the women. this refdi akmal patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women acceptance were expressed in terms of comment acceptance (15,5%), comment history (6,06%), praise upgrade (6,06%), reassignment (3,03%) and return compliments (15,15%). in addition, there were 42,42% of non agreement patterns indicated through the speech. they fell into the patterns of scale down (21,21%), questions (9,09%), expressions of embarrassment (6,06%), and no acknowledgment (6,06%). the rest were other interpretation forms – in this case the compliments were considered as joke – which were noted from three responses (9,09%). unlike the compliments addressed by women, the compliments addressed by men were responded in such different patterns by the women. the patterns of agreement were shown by only nine responses (25,71%). the responses were expressed in terms of comment acceptance (11,42%), praise upgrade (2,85%), comment history (5,71%) and return compliments (5,71%). on the other hand, the women seemed to respond the compliments addressed by men with more non agreement patterns. the responses which reached 68,7% of the total responses can be classified into several patterns. there were 25,71% responses were of scale down pattern, while 14,28% of them questioned the compliments. other 20% indicated disagreement and 8,57% expressed embarrassment. different pattern of interpretations were also noted from the responses. there were 20% of them considered the compliments as jokes, and 8,57% considered the compliments insults for them. few of them considered that it is not proper for the man to express such compliments. the utterances were either telling the men that they should not have done that or with other expressions indicating this interpretation. the expressions may be illustrated as follow: c : “teh, ngomong-ngomongrambutnya sekarang ok bangettu” “teh, by the way, your hair looks so cool now” i : “ah udahlah,ga usah ngejek gitu kenapa sih” “ah come on. don’t insult me that way” the data also show that interestingly the women expressed more utterances in responding to the compliments addressed by men than those addressed by women. the women tended to responded to the compliments addressed by women with relatively shorter and fewer number of expressions than those to compliments addressed by men. most of the time, the appreciation tokens expressed were followed by longer utterances indicating more than one pattern of responses. for example, after smiling or saying thanks then they also expressed questions and scale down patterns, as illustrated below: responding to compliments addressed by women: c: “hey, nambahkerenajani” “hey, you look more charming” i :“ah masa’ sih. makasihya” “oh really? thank you”. while responding to compliments addressed by men, the pattern may be as follow: c :“wah, jilbabnya matching bangetdenganbajunya. kerentuh” gee, your veil matches your dress very well. that’s cool! i :(tersenyum) makasih.emang masih bagus ya? ini jilbab dah lama bangetga gue pake sih .. (smile) thanks. does it still look good? i haven’t put it on for quite long time actually. most of the women considered compliments either by men or by women english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee as social hospitalities instead of as sincere compliments. so responding to the compliments was more to be a way of saving the counterparts’ face. in addition, they also treated compliments – more particularly compliments by men – as either jokes or something not proper to do. as the results, more responses indicating non agreement were uttered more frequently to this case. conclusion this paper has tried to study the patterns of compliment responses uttered by women in the basis of gender influence. the findings indicated that in general the patterns were similar to what herbert described in his taxonomy. however, we can find that no pattern of qualification applied by the respondents in this study. besides, there was no type of reassignment expressed by the respondents when responding to compliments addressed by either the same or different gender. other patterns of interpretation also occurred in this study – the compliments were regarded as joking or insulting which were expressed by the women in responding to compliments by men. although very few of the participants considered the compliments by different gender as insult, but their perceptions about it were of considerably valuable. language does reflect the identities of its users and to use it in an appropriate manner is crucial for us to live our social lives. the findings simply indicate that there is a different way of how the women maintain relationship among the same gender and different gender within the culture setting. it also reveals that maintaining solidarity within the interlocutors has been the main issue; thus, face saving acts have been a major concern in the way compliment responses expressed. references al falasi, h. (2007). just say “thank you”: a study of compliment responses. the linguistics journal, 2(1), 28-42. cedar, p. (2006). thai and american responses to compliments in english. the linguistics journal, 1(2) 2-28. davis, b. (2008) “ah… excuse me, i like your shirt”: an examination of compliment responses across gender by australians. griffith working papers in pragmatics and intercultural communication, 1(2), 76-87. han, c. y. a comparative study of compliment responses: korean females in korean interactions and in english interactions.working papers in educational linguistics (wpel), 8(2). heidari, m. a.,m. rezazadeh, and a. e. rasekh. (2009). contrastive study of compliment responses among male and female iranian teenage efl learners. the international journal of language society and culture, 3(29), 1831. ishihara, n. (2006). formal instruction on the speech act of giving and responding to compliments. retrieved from: http://exchanges.state.gov/ media/oelp/teachingpragmatics/giving.pdf matsuoka, r. (2009). gender effect on compliment exchange. retrieved from:http://klibredb.lib.kanagawau.a c.jp/dspace/bitstream/10487/3801/1 / kana-12-14-0007.pdf. smith, j. b. (2009). the acquisition of pragmatic competence: compliment response strategies in learners of spanish. unpublished phd dissertation, lousiana state university. retrieved from: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/et d-11052009-094915/unrestricted/ smithdiss.pdf. tran, g. q. (2008). pragmatic and discourse transfer of combination of compliment http://exchanges.state.gov/ media/oelp/teaching-pragmatics/giving.pdf http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-11052009-094915/unrestricted/ smithdiss.pdf refdi akmal patterns of responses to compliments on physical appearance in sundanese women response strategies in second language learning and usage. asian efl journal, 10(2) 7-30. urano, k. (2000). negative pragmatic transfer in compliment responses by japanese learners of english. shinshu university research and communication language education (surcle), 2, 27-38. zhanrong, l. (2004). the speech event of complimenting in chinese. retrieved from: http://media.open.edu.cn/media_file /englishcatchup/ compliment.htm http://media.open.edu.cn/media_file/englishcatchup/%20compliment.htm english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 95 the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing bejo sutrisno foreign language high school (stiba) iec jakarta, indonesia e-mail: bjs_sutrisno@yahoo.co.id yumna rasyid applied linguistics, postgraduate program of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: yumna.rasyid@unj.ac.id aceng rahmat applied linguistics, postgraduate program of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: acengrahmat@gmail.com apa citation: sutrisno, b., rasyid, y., & rahmat, a. (2018). the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 95-104. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1259. received: 19-02-2018 accepted: 29-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: this study is aimed to find out the effect of cooperative learning techniques and personality types on english essay writing skill. this study was conducted at stiba – iec jakarta for the fourth semester in the academic year 2016/2017. it was an experimental study with the factorial design 2 x 2 at 0.05 significant level. the sample was 32 students and divided into two groups which each group was 16 students. the research reveals that: (1) students’ english essay writing skill taught with think-pair-share (tps) technique was higher than with student team achievement division (stad) technique; (2) english essay writing skill on introvert personality type was higher than extrovert personality types; (3) there was interaction effect between learning techniques and personality type toward english essay writing skill; and (4) students with introvert type taught with tps technique was higher than those taught with stad technique. there is an interaction effect between learning techniques and personality types on english essay writing skills. keywords: cooperative learning, essay writing skill, learning technique, personality type. introduction an essay is definitely a set of paragraphs. an essay is composed of several long paragraphs with a topic as well as some paragraphs. however, since the topic of the essay is too complex to be discussed in a paragraph, the author needs to divide it into several paragraphs, with one core discussion of each paragraph. then the author needs to link the paragraphs by adding introductory sentences at the beginning of the paragraph and the sentence of conclusion at the end of the paragraph. english essay writing skill is one of the language skills to be mastered by the fourth semester students after they got the lesson of how to write a paragraph, how to identify and create the topic sentence, how to identify and make the thesis statement in the first paragraph and how to arrange conclusion paragraph on a written english in previous semester. english essay writing skill is also an academic writing that needs to be mastered by every student to build their skill in writing scientific papers especially when the students have to do the final task in the form of thesis writing. two learning techniques are implemented in this research, they are learning techniques of think-pair-share (tps) and learning technique of student teamachievement divisions (stad) for two groups of students that have the personality type of extrovert and introvert. then, the mailto:bjs_sutrisno@yahoo.co.id bejo sutrisno, yumna rasyid, & aceng rahmat the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing 96 results of the two groups are compared after the treatments of several meetings. english writing is not a new subject for the students. they have started learning writing since they were in the first semester certainly with the different level of knowledge and skill in the set of process during the study with the different results. basically, english essay writing has the objective to train students expressing their creative ideas in composition which cover the criteria of the essay writing such as format, mechanics, content, organization, grammar and sentence structure. techniques of think-pair-share and student team-achievement divisions are two learning techniques of cooperative learning. in this cooperative learning model, students are expected to work together in one group or other group members so that they will be more motivated to improve their writing skills in english. unfortunately, this cooperative learning model has not been widely applied by english lecturers in the classroom. the obstacles arose in learning with cooperative learning model is the students are accustomed to using the conventional learning patterns so it is not easy to form students’ character to be able to apply cooperative learning model well and smoothly. it certainly takes time and process to familiarize the students of semester iv especially in order to apply cooperative learning model well and smoothly. with the cooperation in essay writing skills is expected to increase each member in each group. by working groups of each member will get the benefit from the exchange of ideas and knowledge among the members. what is already understood by a student is not necessarily understood by the other students and what is not understood by the student may have been understood by other students so that they can help each other. baradaran and alavi (2015) stated that cooperative writing is the instructional use of small groups so that students work together to maximize their own and each other’s learning. in this way students will interact with each other and the teacher during the instructional session. there are various techniques found in cooperative learning. from a variety of techniques in cooperative learning, they have different strategies and ways of teaching but they have similarities in the learning objectives that involve team rewards, individual responsibility, and equal opportunities to get success. meanwhile, according to sonthara and vanna (2009), teaching practices that provide opportunities to students to learn together in small groups are known as cooperative learning. cooperative learning is children learning together in groups, which are structured so that group members have to cooperate to succeed. students work together to learn and are responsible for their team-mates' learning as well as their own. astuti and baratt (2018), in their research, stated their findings that opportunities for student-student interactions in cooperative learning (cl) activities, absent in the conventional group work, may have contributed to the efl learners’ communicative competence. however, teachers new to cl should follow the preset procedures for cl strategies to promote individual accountability and understand how these activities benefit students. it is simply inferred that in cl, teacher should set and follow the procedures to conduct the teaching and learning activities using techniques of cl to make the activities run successfully. sharan (2015) breaks down some cooperative learning techniques, such as (1) think-pair-share (tps); (2) student teamachievement divisions (stad); (3) team assisted individualization (tai); (4) jigsaw; and (5) cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ). from the several learning techniques in cooperative learning mentioned above, basically they have the same concepts but different ways of teaching. the writer applied two techniques for two different classes, they are all cooperative learning methods contribute to the idea that students who work together in learning and accountable to their teammates are able to make themselves learn equally well. application of think-pair-share (tps) technique is a strategy which has been designed to let students think about the topic given to be formulated the ideas from every student, and then the ideas are distributed to english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 97 the group members. when the teacher gives lessons to the class, the students sit in pairs with their teams. the teacher asks the class questions. students are asked to think of an answer from themselves, then pair up with their partner to reach an agreement on the answer. finally the teacher asks the students to share the answers they have agreed with the whole class. on the other hand, according to sharan (2015), in the tps technique, the core group is divided into two pairs. the pairs are given a problem and they think about it. thinking time is given to think (at least three to ten seconds). students work in pairs and share their opinions. the pairs then share the answers to the whole students. this technique has three phases in application, namely (1) think; (2) pair; and (3) share. think-pair-share technique which is part of cooperative learning besides giving opportunity to students to work alone and cooperate with other students also has other advantages that are student participation optimization, with classical method that allows only one student to go forward and share the result to the whole class. student team achievement division (stad) is a type of cooperative learning that emphasizes the existence of activities and interactions among students to mutually motivate and help each other in a learning task to get maximum results. similarly, according to sharan (2015) that student team achievement division (stad) is a cooperative learning method which is the most studied by researchers. this method is also very adaptable that has been used in math, science, social sciences, english, engineering, and many other subjects, from the secondary school to college level. based on the recent study conducted by mahmoud (2014) related to his research finding that as for the attitude scale, the results obtained proved that the students developed positive attitudes towards using the cooperative learning approach to develop language skills in general and to develop their writing skills in particular. every individual has a distinctive personality that is not identical with others and cannot be replaced or substituted by others. there are characteristics or individual traits on the psychical aspects that can differentiate themselves with others. personality includes structures and processes that reflect innate traits and experiences. with regard to the various definitions of personality, there are some scholars who have formulated the personality based on the paradigm of the theory they have developed. first, sinha and fatima (2013) stated that extraversion–introversion dimension forms the core of human personality theories. it was carl jung who popularized the terms introversion and extraversion. extraversion is the act, state, or habit of being predominantly concerned with and obtaining gratification from what is outside the self. while introversion is the state of or tendency toward being wholly or predominantly concerned with and interested in one’s own mental life. extraversion and introversion are part of a single continuum. thus, a person who is high on extraversion is low on introversion and vice versa. second, qurrar-ul-ain and sadia saeed (2017) stated that, “in the eyes of many language teachers, the personality of their students is a major factor contributing to success or failure in language learning. in order to determine how important, they rated personality and two other individual differences”. and they added the statement that, “according to carl jung every individual has both personality traits introversion and extroversion but one trait is more prominent than the other. the terms are bit archaic as extraversion is not about being loud and introversion is not about being shy. it is about where people get their energy and motivation from, other people or themselves.” in relation to the personality types, kayaoglu, in his journal titled impact of extroversion and introversion on languagelearning behaviors, gave his explanation of the extroverted and introverted types of learning that although introverted and extroverted personality types have been identified in studies as significant factors in other areas of educational and psychological research, they have received only sporadic attention in studies of language learning bejo sutrisno, yumna rasyid, & aceng rahmat the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing 98 strategies, which are very often associated with success in language learning. by contrast, introverts are regarded as quiet and calm, with a tendency to be alone. according to condon and sahd (2013) that introversion and shyness can affect students’ social life on campus and influence strongly the ways in which students prefer to receive and process information in the classroom. there is no question that introversion confers valuable strengths: introverts tend to be better than extroverts at thinking before they act, taking in and processing information thoroughly, remaining on task, and working more accurately. their non-combative nature and willingness to listen make them easy to get along with. while zafar and meenakshi (2012), through their research, conclude that while extroverts enjoy an advantageous position with regard to winning more opportunities for putting language into use, introversion is not thought to put learners in an inferior position, as this latter trait empowers learners to act better in terms of certain other skills including writing and reading. yet, as risk-taking, which is a positive strategy in learning, is mostly associated with extroversion, extroverts in this study are regarded as more efficient learners in that they are said to be more actively involved in classroom process in relation to the relevant research results that have been conducted by mahmoed (2014), akbar, roohani, & hasanimanesh (2015), and farrokhi, nourelahi & elahi (2015). mahmoed investigated about the effectiveness of using the cooperative language learning approach to enhance efl writing skills among saudi university students. akbar, roohani & hasanimanesh (2015), explored the impact of extroversion and introversion personality types on efl learners’ writing ability. the results of this study are students who have introvert personality type is significantly better in writing skills than students who have extrovert personality type; third, the research conducted by farrokhi, nourelahi, and elahi (2015) with the title “investigating the relationship between personality type and writing performance of iranian efl learners.” the results of this study are statistically indicated that there is a significant relationship between personality type and descriptive and argumentative writing skills, but the lack of a significant relationship between personality type and narrative writing skill and gender differences is not a significant factor in writing skills. there were some previous researches about the extroversion and introversion towards the students’ skill in writing and the difficulties of instruction to facilitate students in improving students essay writing. most previous researchers tried to investigate the possible effect of extroversion/introversion personality traits on different features of efl writing, such as content, organization, language, mechanics, and vocabulary. here the writer investigates the students’ essay writing skill on format, mechanics, contents, organization and grammar and sentence structure. the results of this study can help the lecturers to employ teaching strategies which fit different characteristics of extrovert and introvert learners. in relation to the above explanation, the research questions and hypothesis posed in this study are as the following: (1) is there any statistically significant difference in english essay writing skill between groups of students taking classes with tps learning techniques and group of students taking classes with stad learning techniques?; (2) is there any statistically significant difference in english essay writing skills between groups of students with introverted and extroverted personality types?; (3) is there any statistically significant interaction effect between learning techniques and personality types on english essay writing skills?; and (4) for groups of students who have introverted personality types, is there any statistically significant difference in english essay writing skill between the students who take the lecture with the tps learning techniques and the students who take the lecture with stad learning techniques? based on those research questions it can be understood that the objectives of the research are to find out if there are significant differences in english essay writing skill between groups of students taking classes with english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 99 tps and stad learning techniques, to find out if there is statistically significant difference in english essay writing skills between groups of students with introverted and extroverted personality types, and to know if there is significant interaction effect between learning techniques and personality type. method this study applied experimental research method which is a quantitative research using 2 x 2 factorial design which aims to determine the presence or absence of causal relationships between learning techniques and personality types towards students’ skill in english essay writing skill. the participants of the study were 32 undergraduate foreign language school students of semester four majoring in english literature at stiba-iec jakarta. they were divided into two groups of experiment class. in order to homogenize the participants in terms of their language proficiency a free writing test was given. the participants were asked to write an essay of four paragraphs about 250 words on the topic “do you prefer living in a big city or small town?” because the researchers thought it was a general topic which made it possible for almost all of the students to write about it. the second instrument used was about personality type test. this type of test asked students to answer some questions listed by choosing ‘a’ or ‘b’. then the results were calculated and classified based on the criteria for being introvert or extrovert. as explained previously, two sets of data were needed to conduct the present study: a composition test of essay writing performance and a questionnaire to determine personality type. the researcher explained to the participants that their responses would be used only for research purposes. then each participant was given the instruments. it should be mentioned that all the participants were told not to write their names on the instruments, because it may affect their honesty in responding. each data had a code, s1, s2, s3, s4, etc. for completing the personality type questionnaire, 75 minutes were given to write an essay writing and 15 minutes were given for answering the personality type questionnaire. among the participants who took the test, only sixteen students from each group, from the higher scores to the lower scores were selected as the sample for the study. to deal with the data collection procedure, firstly, the personality type questionnaire was administered to be completed by the participants to decide the personality of each student. secondly, they were asked to write an essay of four paragraphs on the presented topic within the time limit of one and half hour. the data collected were subjected to a two-way analysis of variance (two-way anova) by the researcher, using spss (version 22) to answer the research questions. results and discussion based on the data analysis, the hypothesis testing, there were some findings. first, based on the measurement using liliefors test, eight groups of the data came from the population that had normal distribution and based on barlett test, all data groups have homogeny variance. second, based on the anova two lines measurement, it was known that there was significant difference between essay writing skill of students who were taught using tps and students who were taught using stad. tps learning technique from both personality types, introvert and extrovert, with n = 16, the lower score is 67; the higher score is 91; and the average score is 76.28; second, stad learning technique from both personality types, introvert and extrovert, with n = 16, the lower score is 62.7; the higher score is 83; and the average score is 72.4; third, introverted personality type students with n = 16, the lower score is 65; the higher score is 91; and the average score is 76.8; fourth, extroverted personality type students with n = 16, the lower score is 62.7; the higher score is 83; and the average score is 71.9; fifth, group of introverted personality type students with tps learning technique with n = 8, the lower score is 74; the higher score is 91; bejo sutrisno, yumna rasyid, & aceng rahmat the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing 100 and the average score is 82.1; and last, group of introverted personality type students with stad learning technique with n = 8, the lower score is 65; the higher score is 80.3; and the average score is 71.5. the calculation of descriptive statistics for score data of the english essay writing skill can be seen in the following recapitulation table. table 1. descriptive statistics of english essay writing skill score based on the calculation of spss 22 a1 a2 b1 b2 n valid 16 16 16 16 missing 0 0 0 0 mean 76.2750 72.4000 76.7563 71.9188 std. error of mean 1.78294 1.38678 1.83196 1.21096 median 74.0000 71.7000 76.5000 70.8500 mode 69.00a 70.00a 72.70a 69.00a std. deviation 7.13176 5.54713 7.32784 4.84386 variance 50.862 30.771 53.697 23.463 range 24.00 20.30 26.00 20.30 minimum 67.00 62.70 65.00 62.70 maximum 91.00 83.00 91.00 83.00 sum 1220.40 1158.40 1228.10 1150.70 a. multiple modes exist. the smallest value is shown a1b1 a2b1 a1b2 a2b2 n valid 8 8 8 8 missing 0 0 0 0 mean 82.0500 71.4625 70.5000 73.3375 std. error of mean 1.87245 1.69421 1.76742 2.26289 median 81.3500 71.5000 70.6500 72.8500 mode 79.70 72.70 69.00 70.00 std. deviation 5.29609 4.79194 2.17058 6.40043 variance 28.049 22.963 4.711 40.966 range 17.00 15.30 7.00 20.30 minimum 74.00 65.00 67.00 62.70 maximum 91.00 80.30 74.00 83.00 sum 656.40 571.70 564.00 586.70 before conducting the research hypothesis testing, the writer tested the requirements of the normality test and homogeneity test to determine whether the data is normal or homogeneous. the normality test is conducted to find out whether the sample used in this study is from a normally distributed population or not. there were 32 respondents in this study with the sample consisting of 16 respondents of introverted personality type and 16 respondents of extroverted personality type which were divided into two classes of research using think-pair-share (tps) technique and student team achievement division (stad) technique. table 2. the summary of normality test result recapitulation group number of sample lvalue ltabel results tps (a1) 16 0.188 0.213 normal distribution stad (a2) 16 0.120 0.213 normal distribution introvert (b1) 16 0.110 0.213 normal distribution extrovert (b2) 16 0.181 0.213 normal distribution tps and introvert (a1b1) 8 0.171 0.285 normal distribution stad and introvert (a2b1) 8 0.148 0.285 normal distribution tps and extrovert (a1b2) 8 0.130 0.285 normal distribution english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 101 stad and extrovert (a2b2) 8 0.160 0.285 normal distribution the next requirement test is homogeneity test to determine whether the population variance is homogeneous or not. homogeneity test is done for group with the treatment (a) and attributed group (b) using f-test. table 3. homogeneity test variance between group tps (a1) and stad (a2) group db s2 log s2 dk log s2 tps 15 50,86 1,71 25,60 stad 15 30,77 1,49 22,32 total 30 47,92 based on the calculation of barlett test gained x2 value = 1.65, compared with x2 table for α=0,05 and db = 1 is gained x2 (0,05)(1) = 2.41. the result showed that x2 value < x2 table. in indicated that ho is accepted. thus, essay english writing skill from the two groups are derived from homogeneous sample. homogeny test of variance between group introvert (b1) and extrovert (b2) is done using barlett test with the significance level α = 0.05. the hypothesis testing are: ho : σ2b1 = σ2b2 h1 : not ho the criterion of rejection and acceptance of ho is if x2 vlue > x2 table, ho is rejected and if x2 value ≤ x2 table, ho is accepted. the calculation of both groups testing at the significance level α = 0.05 is presented in the following table. table 4. homogeneity test of variance between group introvert (b1) and extrovert (b2) sample group db s2 log s2 dk log s2 introvert 15 53.70 1.73 25.95 extrovert 15 23.46 1.37 20.56 total 30 46.51 based on the calculation of barlett test gained x2 hit = 2.29 compared with x2 table for α=0.05 and db = 1 gained x2 (0,05)(1) = 2.41. the result showed that x2 value < x2 table. it means that ho is accepted. thus, essay english writing skill from the two groups are derived from homogeneous sample. from the data analysis above, the hypothesis testing, there were some findings. first, based on the measurement using liliefors test and based on barlett test, all data groups has homogeny variance. second, based on the anava two lines measurement, it was known that there was significant differentiate between essay writing skill of students who were taught using think-pair-share (tps) and students who were taught using students team achievement division (stad) (f value > f table = 4.20). besides, there was an interaction of learning techniques and personality type (fvalue = 14.19 > ftable = 4.20). so that, the result of analysis result and hypothesis testing fulfill the criteria, and the next activity was hypothesis test using tukey test to know the strength of the fourth hypothesis. the following are the answers of the four research questions which have been stated previously. apparently, the first hypothesis was significant after the analysis using anava test. the average score of essay writing skill of students who were taught using tps (76.28) was higher than students who were taught using stad (72.4). fvalue (= 4.970) > ftable (= 4.20). so that, it can be concluded that essay writing skill of students who were taught using tps technique was higher than students who were taught using stad technique. theoretically, groups of students treated with tps technique gained a more active, creative, and persuasive learning experience with members in their respective groups. this is evidenced by the mutual input, especially by some students who feel having higher level of understanding of certain components in essay english writing than other members during the learning process. tps learning technique bejo sutrisno, yumna rasyid, & aceng rahmat the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing 102 provides many benefits in the learning process such as the creation of interaction between members in the group and the interaction between groups in one class. the second hypothesis was significant after the analysis using annova test. the average score of essay writing skill of students who have introvert personality type (76.76) was higher than students who have extrovert personality type (71.92). fvalue (= 7.745) > ftable (= 4.20). so that, it can be concluded that essay writing skill of students who have introvert personality type was higher than students who have extrovert personality type. groups of students with extroverted personality types have higher sociability and more interaction than students with introverted personality types who are more intent to the territorial nature and prefer concentration rather than interaction. it is what has been described in previous theories about the difference between extroverted and introverted personality types where extrovert personality type is more on the condition of sociability, interaction and multiplicity of relationship while introverted personality type is more in concentration condition, has depth in thinking to pour his ideas and interests on internal reactions. although students with introverted personality types have more concentration than interaction, they were able to run cooperative learning well in discussion and gave each other explanation and understanding to members in group. the third hypothesis was significant. it was showed by the result of anava testing, which fvalue= 14.190 > ftable (0.05) = 4.20. so that, it can be concluded that there was interaction between the use of learning technique with personality type toward essay writing skill of students. it can be inferred that learning techniques will affect student learning outcomes if the selection of learning techniques in accordance with learning objectives and student characteristics. to achieve the learning objectives, lecturers must be able to apply various appropriate teaching techniques in accordance with the characteristics of students. in addition, to achieve the learning objectives, the lecturers must also master the models and teaching strategies and they should be able to master a variety of teaching techniques. the summary of the results of each hypothesis can be seen in the table below. table 5. summary of two-way variance analysis test hypothesis fvalue ftable (ɑ = 0.05) conclusion first 4.970 4.20 significant second 7.745 4.20 significant third 14.190 4.20 significant the fourth hypothesis was significant after being analyzed using tukey test. the average score of essay writing for introverted students who were taught using tps and stad with the qvalue (6.091) was higher than qtable (0.05:4:8) = 4.53. it can be concluded that essay writing skill of introvert students who were taught using tps was higher than taught using stad technique. thus it can be concluded that on the score of the result of the english essay writing skill test students who have introverted personality type who were given the tps learning technique is higher than the group of students who were given stad learning technique. in this case the group of introverted personality type students who were given the technique of tps learning got better learning outcomes and increased from the group of students who were given stad learning technique. by referring to the average score of extroverted students with the tps learning technique (ῡ = 82.05) is better than those who were given the treatment with the stad technique (ῡ = 71,46) towards english essay writing skill. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 103 table 6. the result of tukey test hypothesis qvalue qtable (ɑ = 0.05) conclusion fourth 6.091 4.53 significant conclusion at this conclusion some results of data analysis which have been presented in the above analysis result are explained. first, english essay writing skill in groups of students who attend lectures with tps learning techniques is higher than the group of students who attend the lectures with stad learning techniques. second, english essay writing skill in groups of students with introverted personality types is higher than that of students with extroverted personality types. third, there is an interaction effect between learning techniques and personality types on english essay writing skills. this shows that there is a very significant interaction effect between learning techniques and personality types on english essay writing skills. fourth, the english essay writing skill of the group of introverted personality type students who attended the lectures with the tps learning technique is higher than those who attended the lectures with the stad learning technique. it can be concluded that the application of learning technique of english essay writing skill which is based on the students’ personality type can influence to the improvement of english essay writing skill. the group of introverted students who follow the lectures with the tps learning techniques can affect to the english essay writing skill. similarly, in groups of extroverted students who have lectures with stad learning techniques can affect the skills of writing an english essay. so it can be concluded that both learning techniques and personality types affect the students’ skills in english essay writing. references ain, q. u., & saeed, s. (2017). relationship of personality traits and writing skills among efl learners at post-graduation level. asian innovative journal of social sciences and humanities, 1(1), 12-25. akbar, j. b. a, roohani, a., & hasanimanesh, a. (2015) the impact of extroversion and introversion personality types on efl learners’ writing ability. journal of theory and practice in language studies, 5 (1), 212-218. astuti, p., & barratt, l. (2018). individual accountability in cooperative learning in efl classrooms more opportunities for peer interaction. the journal of asia tefl, 15(1), 116. baradaran, a., & alavi, reza, m. (2015). the differences between extrovert/introvert efl learners cooperative writing. international journal of language and applied linguistics world (ijllalw), 8(2), 13-24. condon, m., & sahd, r. l. (2013). responding to introverted and shy students: best practice guidelines for educators and advisors. open journal of nursing 3(1), 503-515. farrokhi, nourelahi, g., & elahi, m. h. n. (2015). investigating the relationship between personality type and writing performance of iranian efl learners. journal of literature, language and linguistics, 13(1), 35-46. kayaoglu, m. n. (2013). impact of extroversion and introversion on language-learning behaviours. social behavior and personality journal, 4(5), 819-826, doi: 10.2224/sbp.2013.41.5.819. mahmoed, m. w. (2014). the effectiveness of using the cooperative language learning approach to enhance efl writing skills among saudi university students. journal of language teaching and research, 5(3), 616-625. oshima, a., & hogue, a. (2006). writing academic english. new york: pearson education inc. sharan, s. (2015). handbook of cooperative learning method. kirjastaja: marston book dmarsto orphans. sonthara, k., & vanna, s. (2009). cooperative learning: theory & practice. cambodia: usaid. sinha, a., & fatima, s. (2013). impact of extrovertintrovert personality on individually’s level of creativity: an emperical study. indian journal applied research 3(12), 524-526. zafar, s., & meenakshi, k. (2012). a study on the relationship between extroversion-introversion and risk-taking in the context of second language acquisition. international journal of research studies in language learning, 1(1), 33-40. bejo sutrisno, yumna rasyid, & aceng rahmat the effect of cooperative language learning and personality types towards essay writing 104 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery (a quasy-experimental study to eight grader of smpn 1 cilamaya wetan) yogi setia samsi university of singaperbangsa karawang, indonesia email: ogie_21milan@yahoo.com apa citation: samsi, y. s. (2016). the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery (a quasi-experimental study to eight grader of smpn 1 cilamaya wetan). english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 79-88 received: 09-10-2016 accepted: 01-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this research was aimed at finding whether or not the use of digital storytelling and dictionary can improve students’ vocabulary mastery. to get the answer of the defined research questions, the researcher used quantitative approach and quasi experimental design. the research had been done in smpn 1 cilamaya wetan, and took two classes as sample, namely, 8g and 8h with 40 respondents in each class. there were three steps in this research, namely pre-test, treatment, and post-test. pre-test was held in both classes to know students’ vocabulary mastery before the treatment. after doing pretest, treatment was held in experimental class by using digital storytelling and dictionary, that used the technology such as infocus, projector, speaker, and lcd in which the materials were taken from youtube, while control class only used song lyrics. in the next step, posttest was held in both classes to know the improvement after the treatment in experimental class. the data of the study were analyzed by using spss version 22 for windows. this research findings showed that experimental group had higher vocabulary score than control group. it can be seen from the posttest mean of experimental group was 74.75 , while the mean of control group was 60,62. meanwhile, the average of normality gained in experimental group was 0.37 and the average of normality gained in control group was 0.075. thus, the improvement of students’ vocabulary mastery by using digital storytelling and dictionary in experiemental group is greater than using song in control group. it can be concluded that digital storytelling and dictionary improves vocabulary mastery of eight grader of smpn 1 cilamaya wetan. key words : vocabulary mastery, digital storytelling, dictionary introduction especially for junior high school students, english skill is very useful for their basic to learn english at senior high school. however, there are still many problems in teaching english at junior high school, students still have many difficulties in learning english. the opinion of students’ who studying english is frightening, students’ are still difficult to make english sentences, because students’ still lack of vocabulary mastery. this propped of declining students’ learning outcomes. lack of english vocabulary mastery made difficult students’ speak, write and listen to english. by vocabulary, students’ are expected to be able to in speaking, listening and writing english. vocabulary is total number of word which make up a language (hornby, 2003). vocabulary is defined as 79 yogi setia samsi the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery the words which are used in a language that should be known used particular person who does not consitute all the word. vocabulary is very important in language teaching, because mastering language is imposible without vocabulary. vocabulary is one aspect in learning a foreign language. without a proportional amount of vocabulary, student gets trouble in their speaking, reading, listening, and writing. students do not have enough vocabularies to help them in learning process of english and cannot memorize more vocabularies in their mind. in indonesia, english is not considered as a second language, but english is a foreign language. english is also called as the target language that has to be taught in schools in today’s indonesian curriculum. the students got many vocabularies by conducting reading activity. that motivation gives task and practice by involving reading activity in order that the students can understand word by word and meaning of words. so that, they can learn vocabulary. most of students begin to read something because they have seen and they have heard something that is pronounced by other people. so that the using of media is needed to conduct teaching and learning process in the class. the suitable media is digital storytelling because the digital storytelling contains video, picture, and voice. media is medium to send the message from speaker to receiver. it means that the media can help the teacher to send their information for their students. the examples of media are television, lcd projector, radio etc. from the statement above, the researcher chooses a suitable media that is digital storytelling to teach vocabulary. by using this media, the students are able to see the objects in the form of pictures, and spell of the objects name. in addition, the students are also able to listen the way to pronounce the words which they learn. as a result, they can understand and memorize the vocabularies well. beside that, the students will be happy and they have feel enjoyable and enthusiastic to learn english vocabulary, they can catch the main message. in the last, the teacher can increase the quantity of english teaching and learning process. based on the description above, the researcher is interesting conducts a research entitled “the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery (a quasi experimental design at the eight grade students’ of smpn 1 cilamaya wetan )”. method in this research, the researcher uses quantitative approach to analyze the data because the researcher intended to examine the research hypothesis. the researcher compares the student value between experiments class group and control group. in this research, the researcher uses experimental research method. creswell (2012, p. 295) said that “experimental is controlled, it is the best of the quantitative design to use to determine caused and effect.” it means this research is to determine the improvement of students’ vocabulary mastery using digital storytelling. whether, there is improvement between students’ vocabulary mastery by digital storytelling and without using digital storytelling. moreover, quasi experimental is an emphirical study used to estimate the causal impact of an intervention on its target population. it divided into three kinds of design, there are one shot case study, one group pretest and post-test design and statistic group comparison. here, the researcher 80 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee uses one group pretest post test design. pretest and post test are given before and after treatment. one of the most commonly used quasi experimental designs in educational research can be represented as: experimental o1 x o2 control o3 o4 arikunto (2006, p. 130) stated that “population is formulated as the whole groups of people or object that have been formulated clearly.” in this research was all students of seventh grade in smp n 1 cilamaya wetan which consisted of 12 classes where each class generally consisted of 40 students. so, the total numbers of students are 582 students. from the population above, the researcher uses purposive sampling technique as sample. these two classes were gained because they had similar average achievement and been considered as homogeneous classes in which the each class consisted of 40 students. class viii h was chosen as the experimental group which was taught by using digital story telling while class viii g was chosen as the control group which was taught using song lyric. first of all, the researcher calculates the data to analyze the pilot test by determining: 1. validity according to creswell (2012, p. 159), “validity is the degree to which all of the evidence points to the intended interpretation of test score for the proposed purpose.” it is not sufficient to say that a test is “valid”; rather, the intended use of the test should be indicated . the validity of data will be conducted by anatesv4. the criteria of validity are shown in the following table: table 1. the classification of validity coefficients coefficient value interpretation of validity coefficient 0.00 – 0.199 very low 0.20 – 0.399 low 0.40 – 0.599 moderate 0.60 – 0.799 strong 0.80 – 1.000 very strong 2. reliability reliability means that scores from an instrument are stable and consistent (creswell, 2012, p. 159). reliability in this research was examined by using pearson product moment to know the correlation. researcher used spss 16 for measuring it. the criteria of reliability instrument can be divided into 5 classes as follows: 1) if the cronbach alpha score 0,00 – 0,20: less 2) if the cronbach alpha score 0,21 – 0,40: rather 3) if the cronbach alpha score 0,41 – 0,60: enough 4) if the cronbach alpha score 0,61 – 0,80: reliable 5) if the cronbach alpha score 0,81 – 1,00: very reliable 3. normality test normality test will be calculated before t-test. it aimed at investigating whether or not the distribution of pre81 yogi setia samsi the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery test and post-test scores in two groups are normally distributed. the steps are as follows: a. setting the level of significance at 0.05 and establishing the hypothesis as follows: h0 : the sample is not normally distributed h1 : the sample is normally distributed the level of significant at 0.05 is used because it is a standard which is applied in social studies. b. analyzing the normality test using spss 22. c. comparing the level of significance to test the hypothesis. if significance < α, h0 is rejected; if significance > α, h0 is retained/accepted. 4. homogeneity of variance the homogeneity of variance test is used to determine whether the data obtained from the experimental group and control group has the same variance or not. homogeneity of variance in the pre-test are needed to find out the two groups are same variance. the steps are as follows: a. setting the level of significance at 0.05 and establishing the hypothesis as follows: h0 : the variance of the group is not homogenous h1 : the variance of the group is homogenous b. measuring the homogeneity variance using spss 22. c. comparing the level of significance to test the hypothesis. if significance < α, h0 is rejected; if significance > α, h0 is retained/accepted. 5. dependent t-test in analyzing the result of pre-test and post-test, dependent t-test will be used to compare the means’ difference of the two tests. the steps are as follows: a. setting the level of significance at 0.05 and establishing the null hypothesis for pre-test and post-test data analysis. null hypothesis (h0) there is no significant difference between the pre-test and post-test scores. b. analyzing the dependent t-test by using spss 22. c. comparing (t) significance 2 tailed with the level of significance for testing the hypothesis. if (t) significance 2 tailed > 0.05, the null hypothesis is accepted; if (t) significance 2 tailed < 0.05, the null hypothesis is rejected. 6. independent t-test the independent t-test will be used in this study to see whether the difference of mean between the experimental and control groups. there are three steps in analyzing the independent t-test. a) stating the hypothesis and setting the alpha (α) level at 0.05. (h0) : there is no significant difference between the pretest and post-test mean for experimental and control groups. (h1) : there is significant difference between the pre-test and post-test mean for experimental and control groups. b) calculating independent t-test by using spss 22. c) comparing (t) significance 2 tailed with the level of significance for testing the hypothesis. if (t) significance 2 tailed > 0.05, the null hypothesis is accepted; if (t) significance 2 tailed < 0.05, the null hypothesis is rejected. 82 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7. analysis data index gain normalized gain (gain index) is used to find out the enhancement of students’ vocabulary mastery. the calculated data was obtained from pretest and post-test score of both experimental group and control group. in this study, n-gain would be used when the mean score of both groups is different. improvement that occurs before and after treatment is calculated with the following hake (1991, p. 1) formula: g= post−test−pre−test maximum score−pretest table 2. the criteria of gain index gain index criteria g ≥ 0.7 high enhancement 0.3 ≤ g < 0.7 moderate enhancement g < 0.3 low enhancement results and discussion a. determining pilot test result 1. validity to compute the validity test for reading ability, the researcher used anates v4. based on the calculation of instrument result above, the researcher got that the most of the items was valid because the score is 0,69. in the criteria, in coefficient correlation of validity if raw score 0,60–0,80 instrument was valid, with the computed who researcher got 0,69, it means that instrument was valid and the interpretation were high. 2. reliability the calculation was done by using the program of anates v4. the calculation of the variable instrument reliability of simple result of 15 items result who researcher got 0,85. based on criteria coefficient of reliability if reliability coefficient 0,61–0,80 reliability level was high. its means that instrument of researcher got from test instrument was reliable and level reliability was high. b. determining pretest and posttest result 1. pretest score a) normality distribution test kolmogorov-smirnov formula with level of sig. α = 0,05 was used to investigate the normality of pre-test scores. the hypothesis used is as follow: h0 = the score of experimental class and control class are not normally distributed. h1 = the score of experimental class and control class are normally distributed. the result are: table 3. tests of normality group kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. score exp. ,126 40 ,107 ,956 40 ,119 cont. ,162 40 ,010 ,955 40 ,114 based on table 3 of normality test, it is obtained score value sig. experiment class was 0,119 and control class was 0,114 where both > 0,05 then it concluded then the data of every class had normal distribution, that means h0 accepted. 83 yogi setia samsi the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery b) homogenity of variance test tabel 4. test of homogeneity variance levene df1 df2 sig. 2.525 7 31 .035 based on table 4, it showed that the significance of pre-test result between experimental class and control class is 0.035. therefore, it can be concluded that the variance of the group is homogen because .035>0.05. 2. post-test score a) normality distribution test kolmogorov-smirnov formula with level of sig. α = 0,05 was used to investigate the normality of pre-test scores. the hypothesis used is as follow: h0 = the score of experimental class and control class are not normally distributed. h1 = the score of experimental class and control class are normally distributed. the result are: table 5. tests of normality (post test) groups kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. score exp. ,127 40 ,101 ,949 40 ,072 cont. ,106 40 ,200 ,968 40 ,335 based on table 5, it showed the obtained score value sig. experiment class was 0,072 and control class was 0,335 where both > 0,05 then it concluded, that the data of every classes had normal distribution, that means h0 accepted. b) homogenity of variance test table 6. test of homogeneity variance levene df1 df2 sig. 1,061 10 29 .422 the table 6 showed that the significance of post-test result between experimental class and control class is 0.442. therefore, it canbe concluded that the variance f the group is homogen because 0.442>0.05. c) independent t-test after the normality distribution was conducted and analyzed. then, independent t-test computation with level sig. α = 0,05 were conducted. the hypothesis used is as follow: h0 = there is no significant different between test result of experimental group and control group. h1 = there is a significant different between test result of experimental group and control group. 84 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 7. independent samples test description t-test for equality of means t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper equal variances assumed 6,082 78 ,000 15,62500 2,56916 10,51020 20,73980 equal variances not assumed 6,082 68,118 ,000 15,62500 2,56916 10,49849 20,75151 based on table 7, it presented that the value sig. 0.000. it could be concluded that null hypothesis is rejected since significant result is lower than 0.05 (0.000<0.05). thus, there is significant difference between value of the control class and experiment class. then the value tcount is compared with ttable. to determine the value of ttable use significant level for 2 tailed with (alpha) error level ( for education research α = 0.05, df= 74). the result is 1.668 and tcoun>ttable mean that the null hypothesis is rejected. therefore, it is 6. 082> 1.668 and h0 is rejected. it can be concluded that there is significant different between students who are taught without by using digital storytelling and dictionary media. the use of digital storytelling and dictionary media can improve students’ vocabulary mastery. d) normality gain normalized gain (gain index) is used to find out the enhancement of students’ vocabulary mastery. the calculated data was obtained from pretest and post-test score of both experimental group and control group. index gain in experimental class: table 8. n-gain of experimental and control class name normalized gain experimental group control group student 1 0,3 moderate 0 low student 2 0,7 high -0,4 low student 3 0,1 low 0,1 low student 4 0,7 high 0,2 low student 5 1 high 0,2 low student 6 0,4 moderate 0,2 low student 7 0,4 moderate 0,1 low student 8 0,4 moderate -0,2 low student 9 0,5 moderate 0,2 low student 10 0,3 moderate 0,1 low student 11 0,4 moderate 0,1 low student 12 0,3 moderate -0,8 low student 13 0,1 low 0,3 moderate student 14 0,6 moderate 0,4 moderate 85 yogi setia samsi the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery student 15 0,2 low 0,5 moderate student 16 0,6 moderate 0 low student 17 0,2 low 0,2 low student 18 0,2 low 0,1 low student 19 0,5 moderate 0,2 low student 20 0,5 moderate 0,5 moderate student 21 0,6 moderate 0,2 low student 22 0,1 low 0,1 low student 23 0,1 low 0,4 moderate student 24 0,4 moderate 0,1 low student 25 0,3 moderate 0 low student 26 0,3 moderate 0,2 low student 27 0,2 low 0 low student 28 0,7 high -0,2 low student 29 0,6 moderate -0,2 low student 30 0,2 low 0,3 moderate student 31 0,6 moderate 0,1 low student 32 0,1 low -0,4 low student 33 0,5 moderate 0 low student 34 0,4 moderate 0,1 low student 35 0,5 moderate 0 low student 36 0,4 moderate 0,4 moderate student 37 0,2 low 0,1 low student 38 0,3 moderate -0,1 low student 39 0,1 low 0 low student 40 0,1 low -0,1 low mean 0.37 0.075 based on the table 8, it showed that the experiment class had 4 students increased as high, 23 students increased as moderate and 13 students increased as low. based on the table, the result of increasing in the average value of students’ vocabulary mastery score after treatment result given the increase is high. because if the students’ score 0,37≤ g ≤ 1,00 is moderate the average scores in experimental class is 0.37, it means that the use of digital storytelling and dictionary can improve students’ vocabulary mastery. meanwhile, the table shows that the result of control class of n-gain, there were no students increased high, 7 students has increased a moderate and 33 students have increased low. because of the students’ scores 0.075 ≤ g < 0.70 is a low increase. the average scores in control class is 0.075, it means that if it only uses the lecture/song method, the result will be less improvement for students’ vocabulary mastery. conclusion from the research findings, the data shows that improvement of using digital storytelling and dictionary in vocabulary mastery is significance after the students got treatment with digital storytelling and dictionary. it can be seen from the normality gain in moderate lavel. meanwhile, in control class there are no improvement. it can be concluded that the use of digital storytelling and dictionary can improve students’vocabulary mastery. 86 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references arikunto, s. (2006). prosedur penelitian sebagai suatu pendekatan praktek. jakarta: rineka cipta. creswell, john w. (2012). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methodsapproaches– 3rd ed.. usa. sage publications, inc. hartley, j., & kelly mcwilliam. (2009). story circle digital storytelling around the world. united kingdom: willeyblackwell. hornby, a. s. (2003). oxford advanced learner’s dictionary of current english. new york: oxford university press. 87 yogi setia samsi the use of digital storytelling and dictionary to improve students’ vocabulary mastery teacher a teacher asks her class, "if there are 5 birds sitting on a fence and you shoot one of them, how many will be left?" she calls on little johnny. he replies, "none, they all fly away with the first gun shot" the teacher replies, "the correct answer is 4, but i like your thinking." then, little johnny says "i have a question for you. there are three women sitting on a bench having ice cream: one is delicately licking the sides of the triple scoop of ice cream. the second is gobbling down the top and sucking the cone. the third is biting off the top of the ice cream. which one is married?" the teacher, blushing a great deal, replied "well i suppose the one that's gobbled down the top and sucked the cone" to which little johnny replied, "the correct answer is the one with the wedding ring on, but i like your thinking." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 88 code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school yuli yulyana code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school yuli yulyana husnul khotimah islamic senior high school, kuningan, indonesia e-mail: ummudinda85@gmail.com apa citation: yulyana, y. (2015). code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school.english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 104-113 received: 01-09-2012 accepted: 03-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract : this study examines types, functions, teacher’s reasons and students’ responses of code switching in classroom interactions in school context at husnul khotimah islamic senior high school. this study focuses on analyzing english teacher’s utterances at eleventh grade and their students’ utterances by using poplack and gumperz theory. the method of this study is descriptive qualitative. the data of the study is in the form of written recording utterances during teaching and learning process in the classroom, interview and questionnaire. based on the analysis of the data, this study concludes that the teacher used code switching in order to give particular purpose in delivering the teachers’ feelings during teaching and learning process. the language change often makes the teacher and the students feel better and more meaningful in conveying and obtaining their feelings. concisely, code switching not only represents teachers’ competence but also shows particular purposes. keywords: code switching, classroom, interactions introduction code-switching, the alternate use of two different languages is situated in the field of bilingualism and is seen as a common feature of those who speak two or more languages. code-switching is usually approached from two different perspectives: linguistic and social, and it is thus defined differently. exploring the phenomenon of code-switching in bilingual and social settings, many researchers place their focus mainly on its types and its functions (e.g., gumperz, 1982; myers-scotton, 1993; poplack, 1980). their studies set a good background for later researchers in other settings, in particular education. in the classroom context, this phenomenon has attracted more and more educational researchers in their investigation into the different types of code-switching, its function, its effect on the speakers who employ it, and the reasons for code-switching. it occurs commonly in language classrooms around the world where teachers are teaching a foreign language (fl) or a second language (sl). here, this research investigates a sociolinguistic phenomenon called code switching in classroom interactions at ma husnul khotimah. this study attempts to identify the forms of code switching, the functions of codeswitching used by teacher’s and students’ classroom interactions, and to describe the teachers’ reasons for doing the code-switching in classroom interactions. in the conversational code switching, a speaker may switch codes within a single sentence and may even mailto:ummudinda85@gmail.com english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee do so many times. code switching emphasizes the creative performance that offers tentative structural constraints on code switching. it means that conversational code switching rather focuses on the creative process of different language in words, phrases, even sentences when the occurrence of code switching does not accompany a change in topic or participant. there have been many attempts to give a typological framework to the phenomenon of code-switching. one of the most frequently discussed is that given by poplack. poplack’s theory about code switching as citted by jingxia (2010: 10-11) identified three different types of switching occured in her data, namely tag, inter-sentential and intrasentential switching. tag switching is the insertion of a tag phrase from one language into an utterance from another language. it seems that the fixed phrases of greeting or parting are quite often involved in switches. since tags are subject to minimal syntactic restrictions, they may be inserted easily at a number of points in a monolingual utterance without violating syntactic rules. tag switching is merely tags such as you know, ya or yes and it usually consists of one or two words. intra-sentential switching takes place within the clause or sentence and is considered to be the most complex form of switching. it seems most frequently found in the utterances, though it involves the greatest syntactic risk since the switching between languages occurs within the clause or sentence boundries. intra-sentential switching may be avoided by all but the most fluent bilinguals. inter-sentential switching occurs at a clause or sentence boundary, where each clause or sentence is in one language or another. according to romaine (1996: 160), inter-sentential switching could be considered as requiring greater fluency in both languages than tag-switching since major portions of the utterance must conform to the rules of both languages. code-switching performs several functions; firstly, people may use codeswitching to hide fluency or memory problems in the second language. secondly, code-switching is used to mark switching from informal situations (using native languages) to formal situations (using second language). thirdly, code-switching is used to exert control, especially between parents and children. fourthly, code-switching is used to align speakers with others in specific situations. code-switching also functions to announce specific identities, create certain meanings, and facilitate particular interpersonal relationships. gumperz in gardner-chloros (2009: 67), gives possible functions of code switching, such as the reinforcement of an important message or the introduction of specific connotations linked to the other language. furthermore, albrecht (2004: 47) gives other functions of code switching in conversation, namely quotations, addressee specification, interjections or sentence fillers, reiterations, message qualification, and personalization or objectification. quotation means that switching is used to draw a stretch of direct speech in other language which is different from the main narrative. the function is as quotation mark when bilinguals report and present a direct speech by using its original language, for example, person a wants to report something that has been said by person b; person a is talking in english but inserts the reported words of person b in indonesian language. yuli yulyana code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school addressee specification is to draw attention to the fact that the addressee is being invited to participate to the conversation, for example, a : sometimes you get excited and then you speak in hindi, then again you go on to english. b : no non-sense, it depends on your command of english. a : [shortly after turning to a third participant, who has just re-turned from answering the doorbell] kən hai bai (who is it)? code switching serves to mark interjection or sentence filler. here, a piece of sentence from one language is inserted or injected to the other, for example, the insertion of the english filler “you know” in an otherwise completely indonesian language utterance. reiteration, frequently a message in one code is repeated in the other code either literary or in somewhat modified form. it means to clarify what is said or to emphasize a message, for example, a spanish/english bilingual mother may call her children who are playing on the street first in spanish, but if they do not listen, then in english. message qualification, the speaker simply tries to demarcate a distinction between two parts of the discourse, a topic is introduce in one language and then commented or further qualified in the other, for example, the oldest one, la grande la de once anos (the big one who is eleven years old). the function of code switching can be used to mark personalization or objectification. by switching to the other codes, a speaker tries to express his knowledge or expertise about the discussed topic. for example, person a is talking about quitting smoking to person b; person a is code switching between spanish and english. in other words, person a talks about her problem (how to quit smoking) in english but acts out her problem (how the cigarettes run out in the night) in spanish. codes switching in regular social context and code switching in language learning classroom have separate and distinct functions though sometimes some functions are common in both the situations. classroom code switching is a common phenomenon in many multi lingual and multicultral classes. chowdhury (2012, p. 40) states that “…in monolingual country such as bangladesh, classroom code swicthing as a part of the global transformation in the methods and techniques of english language teaching”. we need to consider classroom code switching as a fact which cannot be ignored in any way especially in indonesia where english is taught as a foreign language. in english language teaching, students tend to switch code but is also common in teachers’ discourse. modupeola (2013, p. 93) says “teachers’ employ code switching strategy as a means of providing students with opportunities to communicate and enhance students understanding”. it further helps to facilitate the flow classroom instruction since the teachers do not have to spend much time trying to explain to the students or search for the simplest words to clarify any confusion that may arise. the teacher use code switching by starting the lesson in the english language and may move into the second language and back. code switching help the students to enjoy their learning due to their ability to comprehend the teachers input. the comprehensible input also allows them to fell less stressful and to become more comfortable to learn. according to simon in yletyinen (2004, p. 30), “a typical feature of bilingual or multilingual language english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee classroom interaction is that code switching has been thought of as a forbidden practise, or if not forbidden then to be avoided at all costs”. she continues to state that teachers who have employed code switching have felt guilty of doing this, so it has not been considered as good practise. simon in yletyinen (2004) proposes that foreign language classrooms are a specific code switching context since, firstly, foreign language classrooms can be considered as a multilingual community to the effect that the participants share knowledge about the pedagogical contract which governs code choice in different pedagogical situations. secondly, the learners have limited knowledge of the foreign language whereas the teacher knows it well; this may increase the occurrences of code switching. thirdly, teacher and the pupils have socially and institutionally predetermined roles: teacher-status is associated with the use of foreign language and learner-status is associated with the implicit obligation to use the foreign language. method this study aims to identify the forms and functions of code switching used by the teachers in classroom interactions, and to identify the teachers’ reasons for doing it. the researcher observes one of the english teacher and two classes of second grade students. the number of students are 49 students. the population of this study is the eleventh grade students of senior high school in kuningan. the population is taken from 2 classes, they are xi ipa 3 and xi ipa 5 classes. the writer uses descriptive qualitative method. techniques of collecting data are observation, questionnaire and interview. the observation was conducted on 1 teacher and 49 students from two classes chosen. the main purpose is to find out the types and the functions of code switching that are used by the teacher and students’conversations in classroom interactions. after recording the teacher and the students’ activities, the researcher makes video transcripts, then analyzes the types and the functions of code switching. the interview is recorded by using tape recorder. then the researcher listens and transcribes it. the researcher analyzes the result of transcribing process to find out the teachers’ reasons for doing the code switching in making conversations with their students and drawing the conclusion from the english teacher’s answers. the researcher distributes the questionnaire to the two selected classes of the eleventh grade. results anddiscussion the classification of code switching in the conversation between the teacher and the students in classroom interactions is based on poplack in jingxia (2010: 10-11) divides three types of conversational code switching: tag switching, intrasentential switching and intersentential switching. the results are discussed in the table below: table 1. types of teacher’s code switching occurrences no types of code switching frequency percentage (%) 1 tag switching 23 16% 2 intrasentential switching 94 67% 3 intersentential switching 24 17% total 141 100% yuli yulyana code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school table 1 indicates on the types of code switching from teacher’s utterances in classroom interactions. the researcher concludes that there are three types of code switching employed by the teacher in classroom interactions. the type of intrasentential switching is the most dominant used by the teacher with 94 occurrences. on the other side, the type of intersentential switching is more dominant used by the teacher with 24 occurrences than tag switching with 23 occurrences. thus, the researcher concludes that the number of frequency from teacher’s code switching is 141 occurrences. the types of code switching from the students utterances in classroom interactions are discussed in the table below: table 2. types of students’ code switching occurrences no types of code switching frequency percentage (%) 1 tag switching 1 1% 2 intrasentential switching 66 94% 3 intersentential switching 3 4% total 70 100% based on the table 2, the researcher concludes that there are three types of code switching employed by the students in classroom interactions. the type of intrasentential switching is the most dominant used by the students with 66 occurrences. on the other side, the type of intersentential switching is more dominant used by the students with 3 occurrences than tag switching with 1 occurrences. the number of frequency from students code switching is 70 occurrences. the result of code switching types occurrences between teacher and students in the classroom interactions, are discussed in the table below: table 3. types of code switching occurrences used in classroom interactions no types of code switching frequency percentage (%) 1 tag switching 24 11% 2 intra-sentential switching 160 76% 3 inter-sentential switching 27 13% total 211 100% based on the table 3, the researcher concludes that there are three types of code switching employed by the teacher and students in classroom interactions. the type of intrasentential switching is the most dominant used by the teacher and their students with 160 occurrences. on the other side, the type of intersentential switching is more dominant used by the teacher and their students with 27 occurrences than tag switching with 24 occurrences. thus, the researcher concludes that the number of frequency is 211 occurrences. to find out the function of code switching employed in the conversation, the analysis is mostly based on gumperz’s theory that classifies the discourse function into six classifications, namely code switching as quotation, addressee specification, interjections, reiteration, message qualification and personalization. the results are discussed below: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 4. functions of teacher’s code switching occurrences no functions of code switching frequency percentage (%) 1 quotations 0 0% 2 addressee specification 64 45% 3 interjections or sentence fillers 23 16% 4 reiteration 33 23% 5 message qualification 21 15% 6 personalization or objectification 0 0% total 141 100% table 4 indicates on the functions of code switching from teacher utterances in classroom interactions. the researcher concludes that there are four functions of code switching employed by the teacher in classroom interactions. the function of addressee specification is the most dominant used by the teacher with 64 occurrences, reiteration with 33 occurrences, interjections is more dominant with 23 occurrences than message qualification with 21 occurrences. thus, the researcher concludes that the number of frequency is 141 occurrences. the functions of code switching from the students utterances in classroom interactions are discussed in the table below: table 5. functions of students’ code switching occurrences no functions of code switching frequency percentage (%) 1 quotations 0 0% 2 addressee specification 37 53% 3 interjections or sentence fillers 1 1% 4 reiteration 7 10% 5 message qualification 25 36% 6 personalization or objectification 0 0% total 70 100% from table 5, it can be concluded that there are four functions of code switching used by the students. addressee specification is the most dominant with 37 occurrences, message qualification is more dominant with 25 occurrences than reiteration with 7 occurrences, then interjections with 1 occurrence. thus, the researcher concludes that the number of frequency is 70 occurrences. in this research, it is revealed that the teacher used code switching for several reasons. the teacher told in the interview that her reasons doing code switching in classroom interactions are to help the students understanding the material well and some occasion the students can’t catch what the teacher said about the material or instructions for doing exercise. the students ability or their understanding in mastering english can become another reasons for doing code switching. the reasons employed by the teacher is related to the functions of code switching as reiteration in observation. there are 23% or 33 occurrences reiteration occurs in the teacher’s utterances. the teacher uses code switching to repeat words or sentences in one language to other language. it means yuli yulyana code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school to give clear explanation about the instructions, or to give the clear information about the material. in this research, researcher finds out the students’ responses on the classroom interactions using code switching to measure the effectiveness of code switching used in the teacher’s and students’ conversations. frequency of code switching to indonesia it indicates the ideas of the students on the frequency of code switching to indonesia in english class. 34 students (69%) responded that the teacher occasionally used code switching when the teacher interacted with the students. table 6. ‘how often does your teacher use indonesian language in the classroom?’ responses frequency percentage always 0 0% sometimes 13 27% occassionally 34 69% never 2 4% consciousness using code switching it indicates that the most students (35%) are sometimes or occasionally conscious of code switching to indonesia. it implies that the students didn’t notice the switching from english to indonesia. thus, they are unclear about the situations where the teachers make the switches. table 7. ‘are you conscious of teacher’s code switching to indonesian language in the classroom?’ responses frequency percentage yes, always 11 22% yes, sometimes 17 35% yes, occassionally 17 35% no, never 4 8% attitudess towards code switching answering to question 3 ‘what’s your attitude towards the use of indonesian language in the classroom?’ there are 25 students (51%) who agrees with the use of indonesia. at the same time, 20% of the students have the neutral views. only a small percent of the students (18%) disagree with the use of indonesia. however, we can see that most of the students hold a positive attitude towards code-switching to indonesia. ideal frequency of code switching it shows that most of the students prefer their teacher to use indonesia occasionally. it indicates that the students really want to improve their english competence as much as possible. however, they think it is important for their teachers to use indonesia sometimes or occasionally to meet their needs as we know their textbooks are generally a little beyond their comprehension. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 8. ‘what’s the ideal frequency of teachers’ use of indonesian language in the classroom?’ responses frequency percentage always 1 2% sometimes 18 37% occassionally 29 59% never 1 2% code switching as effective strategy in efl class answering question 5 ‘do you think code switching to indonesian language is an effective strategy of learning and teaching english?’ there are 41 students (84%) who responded that code switching to indonesia as a good strategy to make an effective efl class. the students think code switching is an easier and helpful way to learn a foreign language like english. influence of code switching on indonesia it shows that the majority of the students (73%) believe that code switching to indonesia benefit in the efl class. on the other hand, a small number of students 2% consider code switching to indonesia to be harmful. it means that the students are able to communicate her knowledge of the subject matter to the teacher through the use of two languages clearly. table 9. ‘how does code switching to indonesian language influence the classroom?’ responses frequency percentage greatly beneficial 12 24% beneficial 36 73% no influence 0 0% harmful 1 2% situation of code switching we can see that as regards code switching to indonesia, the students have different choices. the results go in the following order: to translate unknown vocabulary items, to introduce background information, to check comprehension, to give grammar instruction and to manage class. the students’ view on the situation of code switching to indonesia may reflect the functional categories of code switching to indonesia. table 10. ‘in what situations does your teacher switch to indonesian language?’ responses frequency percentage to manage class 4 4% to translate unknown vocabulary items 46 47% to introduce background information 20 20% to check comprehension 14 14% to give grammar instruction 8 8% others 6 6% yuli yulyana code switching analysis in classroom interactions in husnul khotimah islamic senior high school conclusion the researcher concludes that english teacher and the students in eleventh grade of husnul khotimah islamic senior high school occasionally switch their language in the beginning, middle and end of sentences during teaching and learning process. the teacher and the students often switch their language from english to indonesian or vice versa. there are three types of code switching in classroom interactions: firstly, intrasentential switching. it occurs when the teacher or the students switch the words or phrase of indonesian language within their english conversation or vice versa. secondly, intersentential switching. it occurs at a clause or sentence boundary, where each clause or sentence is in one language or another. thirdly, tag switching. here, the teacher or the students insert indonesian words into english conversations. the tag being inserted are the words ‘ya’ and ‘iya’. there are four functions of code switching in classroom interactions. they are interjection, reiteration, message qualification and addressee specification. there is a phenomenon that code switching can also function as speaking habit, but it is more or less similar to the function of code switching as interjection or sentence filler. the teacher uses code switching to help the students understanding the material and the instructions well. on the other hand, when the students have less capability and understanding in mastering english, the teacher also uses code switching in classroom interactions. code switching may be used by the teacher to develop student’s skill to catch what the teacher said. the students respond positively on the use of code switching used by the teacher. they believe that code switching can help them understanding well about what their teacher said. code switching used by the teacher in classroom interactions is a good strategy to create an effective efl class. in this research, the researcher concludes that the teacher use code switching in order to give particular purpose in delivering the teachers’ feelings during teaching and learning process. the changing of the language often makes the teacher and the students feel better and more meaningful in conveying and obtaining their feelings. concisely, code switching not only represents teachers’ competence but also shows particular purposes. references astuti, m. (2007). an analysis of code switching performed by the staffs and the foreigner guests of “istana griya” homestay in surakarta sociolinguistic study. unpublished paper: sebelas maret university. auer, p. (1998). introduction bilingual conversation revisited, in auer. p (1998). code switching in conversation: language, interaction and identity (ed). london & new york: routledge. chaika, e. (1994). language: the social mirror. boston: heinle & heinle publishers. chloros, p. g. (2009). code-switching. melbourne: cambridge university press. chowdhury, n. (2012). classroom code switching of english language teachers at tertiary level: a bangladeshi perspective. stamford journal of english 7, 40-61. clyne, m. (1991). community languages: the australian experience. melbourne: cambridge university press. corbin, j. m. & strauss, a. l. (2008). basic of qualitative research: techniques and english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee procedures for developing grounded theory (eds). los angeles: sage publication. inc. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research 4th edition. boston: university of nebraska–lincoln. dagarin, m. (2004). classroom interaction and comunication strategies in learning english as a foreign language. ljubljana: slovene association for the study of english. fraenkel, j. r. and norman e. w. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill. gumperz (1982). discourse strategies. in esther albrecht, geb. liebner (2004): the development and use of codeswitching among simultaneous and successive english-german bilingual children. hanover. healey, j. f. (2010). the essentials of statistics: a tool for social research, second edition. wadsworth: cengage learning. iqbal, l. (2011). linguistic features of code-switching: a study of urdu/english bilingual teachers’ classroom interactions. international journal of humanities and social science, 1(14), 188-194. jingxia, l. (2010). teachers’ codeswitching to the l1 in efl classroom. the open applied linguistics journal, 3, 10-23. .khadidja, k. (2010). the effect of classroom interaction on developing the learner’s speaking skill. department of foreign languages. mentouri university-constantine. lin, a. m. y. (1990). teaching in two tongues: language alternation in foreign language classrooms. research report. 3 mckay, s. l. and nancy h. h.. (1996). sociolinguistics and language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. modupeola, o. r. (2013). code-switching as a teaching strategy: implication for english language teaching and learning in a multilingual society. iosr journal of humanities and social science, 14(3), 92-94. myers & scotton. (2006). multiple voices: an introduction. melden: blackwell publishing. nguyen, t. h. (2013). englishvietnamese bilingual codeswitching in conversations; how andwhy. hawaii pacific university tesol working paper series 10. romaine, s. (1994). language in society. an introduction to sociolinguistics. oxford: oxford university press. sugiyono. (2013). metode penelitian pendidikan: penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r & d. bandung: alfabeta. trudgill, p. (1992). introducing language and society. london: penguin book ltd. wardhaugh, r. (1992). an introduction to sociolinguistics, second edition. oxford: blackwell publishers inc. weng, p. (2012). code-switching as a strategy use in an efl classroom in taiwan. us-china foreign language. 10(10), 1669. yletyinen, h. (2004). the functions of codeswitching in efl classroom discourse. jyvaskyla: university of jyvaskyla. applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian efl learners’ descriptive writing performance fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian efl learners’ descriptive writing performance fahrus zaman fadhly department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: wahidah_fzf@yahoo.com nurendah department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: zukhruffa22@gmail.com apa citation: fadhly, f. z. , & nurendah. (2014). scientific approach to enhance indonesian efl learners’ descriptive writing skill. english review: journal of english education 3(1), 114-124 received: 05-09-2014 accepted: 23-09-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract : this study investigated the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill of seventh grade students in one of junior high schools in kuningan, indonesia. the use of scientific approach was examined based on cuff and payne (1979), educational staff development center of ministry of education and culture (2013), and syahmadi (2014) while students’ attitude was examined using a theory of wenden (1991), and gardner (1985). the writer used mix method study. two instruments were used to get the data needed: test of descriptive text and questionnaire. the result showed that the ha was accepted and the ho was rejected as the t observed was higher than t table. students’ descriptive writing skill in the experimental class enhanced since they were treated throughout scientific approach. it could be seen from the result of posttest (7.89) which increased significantly from pre-test result (3.697). this study also revealed that students’ attitude toward the approach was positive during the treatment. moreover, this study proved that scientific approach enhanced students’ descriptive writing skill in one of junior high schools in kuningan, indonesia and gave positive impact to the students. keywords: scientific approach, descriptive text, attitude introduction everyone can write, but not all people can produce a great text. as lenneberg (1967) in brown (2000: 334) noted that human beings universally learn to walk and to talk, but that swimming and writing are culturally specific, learned behaviors. as far, brown (2000: 339) stated that in school, writing is a way of life. it is caused writing is subject that should be mastered by students. so, the teachers want students to write and train it. students also need to know how to express their idea, feeling, opinion, critical thinking in written text. without some abilities to express themselves in writing, they don’t pass the course (brown, 2000: 339). writing is also useful to keep our knowledge. students often find it useful to write sentences using new language shortly after they have studied it (harmer, 2001: 79). it relates to learning style of students who are picked up language through writing. writing is also basic language skill as english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee important as speaking, listening, and reading. since writing is an important aspect for students to be mastered, teachers should choose an appropriate approach in teaching writing. to make students interesting in writing, teachers need to present material in an interesting way. so, in this study, the writer chooses scientific approach to teach writing. scientific approach is implemented in curriculum 2013 (nuh, 2013). in this approach, the learning process covers three domains, namely: attitudes, knowledge, and skills (alawiyah, 2013). the outcomes of learning, productive, creative, and innovative students through strengthening of affective attitudes, skills, and integrated knowledge. in the other hand, syahmadi (2014:37) assumed scientific approach covers attitude, cognitive aspect, and english skills. this approach is the basis in choosing and deciding steps in learning activity. it is started from observing, questioning, experimenting, associating, and communicating. scientific approach is an approach in teaching-learning process in which learners are given the chance to construct their understanding based on the steps of observing, questioning, experimenting, associating and communicating (kemdikbud, 2013). genre of describing is one of the fundamental functions of any language system (knapp &watkins, 2005: 97). according to djuharie (2009: 153) descriptive text is a text which functioned to describe person, thing, and place, animal specifically. social function of descriptive text is to describe particular person, place or thing (gerot & wignell, 1994: 208). it describes the features of someone, something, or a certain place. according to gardner (1985) attitude is thus linked to a person’s values and beliefs and promotes or discourages the choices made in all realms of activity, whether academic or informal. he also affirmed the learners’ attitudes towards learning another language play a key role in enhancing and motivating them to learn that language. this effects on their performance too. wenden (1991) classified attitude into three components namely cognitive, behavioral, and emotional. method this research used mixed method. as said by kuhn (1961) in oyarzo et al. (2008), the quantitative research was used to develop and employ mathematical models. the writer used a quasi-experimental design, in which a quasi experiment was the experimental design in which all the elements of the true experiment (it must achieve its results through comparison of at least two groups, it must assign people or subjects to groups randomly, and it must be constructed to the researcher has control over, or is able to evaluate, the timing of the experimental treatment) are present except for the random assignments of people to groups (gray, et al, 2007: 275). creswell (2009) stated a design defined as quasi experiment when individuals are not randomly assigned. the writer also used qualitative research. it was used to analyze and identified students’ attitude. the population of study was all the students of the seventh grade of one of junior high schools in kuningan, academic year 2013-2014. total number of seventh grade students is 387 students, from 11 classes. the sample taken was 76 students from two classes and each class consisted of 38 students. fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance the writer used test of descriptive text as instrument. test of descriptive text was carried out as one of the instruments used to find out the enhancement of students’ descriptive writing skill. pre-test was conducted at the beginning of the lesson, while posttest held in the end of the lesson. in both of test students were asked to write descriptive text. the writer instructed the students to make simple descriptive writing skill based on students’ interest in pre test, whereas in post test they were initiated to write descriptive text which describes the writer. the writer also used questionnaire in collecting the data to know students’ attitude of experimental class who had been given treatment. it was used to identify students’ attitude towards the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill. the questionnaire consisting of ten items of open-closed questions used five level likert scale from completely disagree to completely agree and score from one to five (fraenkel & wallen, 2009:124). the writer started it from composing the lesson plan from the beginning until the end of the study. it was used to give the instructional process in enhancing students’ descriptive writing skill. at the first meeting, the writer gave pre-test to control class and experiment class. in pre-test, the writer asked students to make a simple descriptive text based on their interest. the pre-test given was to measure students’ prior knowledge and ability of writing descriptive. after giving pre-test, the writer gave treatment to experimental class in which the writer used scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill, while the control class was not. the learning activities within scientific approach started from observing, questioning, experimenting, associating, and communicating. after giving the treatment, the writer gave post-test to control and experimental class to measure their enhancement. the items of pre-test and post-test were same forms; the students were asked to make descriptive writing text. post test was used to measure whether there were differences between control and experimental class or not. it was also used to see the improvement of experimental class. the writer also used questionnaire in collecting the data to know students’ attitude of experimental class who had been given treatment. the data collected were processed statistically by using certain formulations (t test formula) to measure the enhancement of students’ descriptive writing skill through scientific approach, analyzed data taken from the result of pre-test and post-test of control and experimental class. the writer also found out test of normality, and homogeneity. results and discussion having data collected, the writer analyzed, identified and classified the data from pre-test and post test of experimental and control class using liz hamp-lyons formative feedback profile (lyons & heasley, 2006:211). after checking students’ work and classified it based on criteria in formative feedback, score of each student’s works scored by divided score gotten and maximum score, timed ten. then, the result of data gained would be counted throughout ttest formula. this study has counted the normality and homogeneity test of the sample taken. the writer took the sample from the population through purposive sampling in which every unit was included in the sample. two classes english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of seventh grade students in one of junior high schools in kuningan had been chosen by the writer as a sample of this study. each class consisted of 38 students, so the number of the sample was 76 students. although the writer used purposive sampling, the writer counted the normality and homogeneity of the sample. from the data gained of the pre-test, the count of control and experimental class ≤ table. the control class’ was 5.21908 and the experimental class’ was 1.82234 while table with db = k-3, and α = 0.05 was 7.81472. normality test of post test also showed that lower than table. the value of in the control class was 3.1935 while experimental class was 0.6606. the data gathered was lower than table in which the value was 7.81472. both of the tests explained that sample was from normal distribution. the writer also determined homogeneity test which was used to detect whether the sample used by the writer homogeny or not (sugiyono, 2011: 275). the writer calculated the test of homogeneity to seek homogeneity of the sample used in this study. the f value gained, and then compared with the f table with level of significance 5%. from the variants got by the writer, variant of pre test in control class was 1.044 and experimental class was 0.702, the writer then divided the highest variant to lowest variant, and the result was 1,487. the value of f table with the level of significance 5% was 1.6928. the result of homogeneity test showed that the sample was homogeny. because the f counts (1.487) was lower than f table (1.6928), so the sample was homogeny. the result of homogeneity in post test showed that the sample was also homogeny. the f counted was 1.435, while the f table was 1.6928. it explained that the f counted < f table, so the sample was homogeny. from the data collected, result of pre-test, it was established, there was no significant difference between control and experimental class. it meant both of control and experimental class had the same background knowledge and ability in writing. to make it clear, see the table 1. table 1. control and experimental class’ pre-test result no. criteria of formative feedback control class experimental class 1. communicative quality 82 89 2. ideas and organization 73 78 3. grammar and vocabulary 54 57 4. surface features 64 56 total 273 280 the table 1 explained assessment criteria gained by control and experimental class. based on the table it can be summed up, experimental class got the higher score in communicative quality than control class, 89 and 82. it meant experimental class’ works more communicative than control class. the control class’ works conveyed the message with difficulty. it was showed from the point which was mostly appeared in communicative quality was two. in the other hand, although the most appeared score in communicative quality of experimental class was two, but there was no one point appeared in experimental class score whereas in the control class, the one point appeared seven times. next standard assessment was ideas and organization. it discussed organizational structure of students’ fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance works and how they organized their ideas into paragraph. from the table 4.1 it discussed the experimental class got the higher score than control class. the result was 73 and 78. it meant that experimental class’ works more organized than control class’ works. mean score of students’ work of control class was two, means their ideas was inadequate and/or poorly organized. the experimental class was also better than control class in grammar and vocabulary criteria. they gained 57 score, while the control class got 54 score. but both of them were still weak in grammatical structures and they were limited and not mastered range of vocabularies. for the meantime, the control class got the higher score in surface features standard. it explained from the table 4.1 the control class got collected 64 score and the experimental class was 56. it intended the control class better in handwriting, punctuation and spelling. from the explanation above, it can be summed up the experimental class well again in communicative quality, ideas and organization, and grammar and vocabulary standard, while the control class was better in surface features criteria. even though experimental was good in three criteria but the result of data computation pre test of both experimental class and control class showed, there was no significant differences between control and experimental class (see appendix 5). the data computation of pre test result explained both of experimental class and control class had the same background knowledge. it discussed from the result of t observed and t table, where the t observed of pre test experimental and control class’ result lower than t table. the value of t observed was 0.245 while the t table with the degree of freedom 74 was 2.000 with critical value 0.05. so, it can be terminated, the experimental and control class had the same background knowledge. from the post-test found that the enhancement of experimental group since it was treated through scientific approach and significance between control and experimental class. this treatment meant to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill. in post test, students were asked to describe the writer. the result of post test would be counted using t test formula. the result of post-test of control and experimental would be discussed at the table 2. table 2. control and experimental class’ post-test result no. criteria of formative feedback control class experimental class 1. communicative quality 126 162 2. ideas and organization 110 152 3. grammar and vocabulary 91 139 4. surface features 99 147 total 213 300 the table 2 is the result of post test gained by control and experimental class. from the data achieved, the experimental class better in all assessment criteria. for communicative quality the experimental class got 162, while control class 126. from the pre test conducted before the experimental class also well again in this standard. the result of post test showed the great improvement in communicative quality. most of students at experimental class created a communicative text, and only causes a few difficulties. some students english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee also produced text which pleasure to be read. the next standard assessment was ideas and organization. in this field, the experimental class improved. they made descriptive text with good organizational structure, some arguments also well presented and relevant, but there were few students who created the text clear but limited organizational structure, and some arguments unsupported. but, overall the students could organize the text and support their ideas in the paragraph. the result of post test explained, sample in experimental class well enhanced in grammar and vocabulary, and surface features standard. they used an adequate range of vocabulary and grammatical structures. it was better than pre test results in which they were not mastered grammatical structures and limited range of vocabulary. the students in experimental group also just did occasional faults in handwriting, punctuation, and spelling. they could write the word correctly, and used appropriate punctuation. the experimental class improved their descriptive writing skill from mean of pre test was 3.697 and mean of post test was 7.89. the experimental class showed the significant improvement after they treated through scientific approach. from the result of post test and explanation above, it can be concluded the experimental class well improved in descriptive writing skill wherein sum of pre test result of experimental class was 140.5 increased to 300. the improvement could be seen at the chart below. table 3. pre test and post test improvement of control and experimental class for the statistical computation, it used the null hypothesis (ho) which reads as follows: scientific approach does not enhance students’ descriptive writing skill of the seventh grade students at one of junior high schools in kuningan, academic year 2013-2014. the alternate hypothesis (ha) of this study is as follows: scientific approach enhanced students’ descriptive writing skill of the seventh grade students at one of junior high schools in kuningan, academic year 2013-2014. the writer proved hypothesis by computed the result of pre test and post test of experimental class. first, the writer found out mean of pre test and post test of experimental group. then, the writer counted standard deviation of each test. next step, the writer computed the standard deviation combined and found out the value of t observed. after the t observed got, the writer fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance determined the degree of freedom to know the value of t table. the last step was the writer compared t observed and t table. if the t observed higher than t table, so null hypothesis of the research was rejected and ha was accepted. but if the t table higher than t observed, the null hypothesis was accepted and ha was rejected. from the data computation, it explained mean of pre test in experimental class was 3.697, while mean of post test was 7.89. standard deviation of pre test and post test of experimental class was 0.874 and 0.067. both of standard deviation values would be calculated through deviation standard combined. the result of deviation standard combined of experimental class was 0.847. this result was used to get the value of t observed. the t observed gained by using t test formula was 22.58, and it would be compared with the value of t table through degree of freedom, in which the degree of freedom was 74 and it is closer to line 60 with the t table value 2.000. after the t observed and t table gathered, the writer analyzed, the t observed was higher than t table. it meant null hypothesis; scientific approach does not enhance students’ descriptive writing skill of the seventh grade students at one of junior high schools in kuningan, academic year 2013-2014 was rejected. and the alternate hypothesis; scientific approach enhanced students’ descriptive writing skill of the seventh grade students at one of junior high school in kuningan, academic year 2013-2014 was accepted. from the explanation and calculation done by the writer it can be summed up, the scientific approach enhanced students’ descriptive writing skill of seventh grade students at one of junior high schools in kuningan. the data of questionnaires were gathered from the students’ attitude in experimental class. from the questionnaires’ result, the writer has calculated each of attitudes below: students’ behavioral attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill. the statements which present the students’ behavioral attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill are in number 2, 3, 7, and 8. that result is shown in the table 4: table 4. students’ behavioral attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill no statements opinions % criteria sa a d sd 2. i always do english tasks given. 16 21 1 0 68.42% most of 3. if i have difficulty in comprehending english lesson, i will ask to the teacher directly. 22 13 3 0 88.42% generally 7. i need certain approach to write descriptive text easier. 9 26 3 0 81.57% generally 8. one of approach used to write descriptive text easily is scientific approach. 15 21 1 1 85.26% generally mean 80.91% generally students’ cognitive attitudes the statements which present the students’ cognitive attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill are in number 6, 9, and 10. the percentage of each statement is shown in the table below: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 5. students’ cognitive attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill no statements opinions % criteria sa a d sd 6. i have difficulty to express ideas in english written text. 10 17 11 0 73.68 % most of 9. i am easier to elaborate ideas and write descriptive text using scientific approach. 15 19 4 0 83.68% generally 10. scientific approach is good approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill and other learning. 21 16 1 0 90% generally mean 82.45% generally students’ emotional attitudes statements which present the students’ emotional attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill are in number 1, 4, and 5. the result is shown in the table below: table 6. students’ emotional attitudes toward the use of scientific approach to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill no statements opinions % criteria sa a d sd 1. i like learning english. 13 24 1 0 85.78% generally 4. i like english because it is useful for my real life and can be applied in daily life. 16 21 1 0 87.36% generally 5 i prefer write english text than read it. 10 15 12 1 71.57% most of mean 81.57% generally the data gathered from students’ questionnaire sheet explained behavioral, cognitive and emotional attitude of students’ during treated through scientific approach. generally students like english, and 87.36% of students agreed english is useful for their life and can be applied in daily life. most of students (71.07%) said they prefer writing than reading english text. in behavioral aspect of attitude, most of students always do english task given. it looked from the percentage counted that was 68.42% students in experimental class did task given. they also would directly ask to teacher when they faced difficulty in learning descriptive text. the percentage showed 88.42% students will ask directly when faced difficulty. in the experimental class, 81.57% students told they needed certain approach to make them easier in writing descriptive text. as 85.26% of respondent in experimental class stated one of approach used to write descriptive text easily was scientific approach. from the questionnaire administered to students’ at experimental class, the writer got data that 73.68% of students felt difficulty in expressing their ideas in english written text. when the writer applied scientific approach at experimental class 83.68% students explained they were easier in writing descriptive text when the writer used that approach. they also stated scientific approach was good approach fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance to enhance students’ descriptive writing skill and other learning. it was looked from percentage which was showed 90% students agreed scientific approach was good approach to apply in learning descriptive text and other learning. from the data analysis of questionnaire, it can be summed up students at the experimental class gave positive attitude towards the approach used by the writer. their aspects of attitude showed the positive response and confirmed that scientific approach gave positive impact for them. from the result above, the use of scientific approach gives some implications for enhancing student’s descriptive writing skill, they are: (1) scientific approach appropriates in teaching writing descriptive text; (2) using scientific approach helps student in learning, understanding and writing descriptive text; (3) scientific approach makes teacher easily to create the interesting teaching-learning process of writing descriptive text; (4) the use of scientific approach makes students construct their understanding about descriptive text actively; (5) it also motivates students to write and express their ideas, imagination, thus their writing skill enhanced; (6) scientific approach makes students more interested to material taught and they give positive attitudes toward the approach used. it can also be accomplished scientific approach gave some positive impacts in teaching-learning descriptive text at school. it can be used as an approach in learning genre of text or other learning. scientific approach also gave positive influence to students. through this approach students were easier in composing descriptive text and expressing their ideas in english written text. this approach also made teaching learning process more interesting and create positive atmosphere in the classroom. students would share their own ideas actively and used all their senses in learning processes. conclusions after having done the study, the writer also proved the hypothesis of this research. after collecting, calculating, analyzing and identifying the data gathered, the writer concluded the alternate hypothesis proposed was accepted, while the null hypothesis was rejected. the alternate hypothesis was read as follows, “scientific approach enhanced students’ descriptive writing skill of seventh grade students in one of junior high schools in kuningan”. so, it can be summed up that scientific approach may enhance students’ descriptive writing skill. from the study completed, the writer knew students faced difficulties in sharing their ideas and opinion in english written text. they actually needed an approach which made them comfort, enjoy in expressing and sharing their ideas freely. this scientific approach was fit for students’ needs. this approach helped students at the experimental class in enhancing their descriptive writing skill and make them easier in composing and elaborating ideas through this approach. references abidin, m. j. z., mohamadi, m. p., alzwari, h. (2012). efl students' attitude towards learning english language: the case of libyan secondary school students. asian social science 8 (2), 119134. alawiyah, f. (2013, october 1). dampak implementasi kurikulum 2013 terhadap english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee guru. info singkat kesejahteraan sosial, 5(19). allport, g. w. (1954). the historical background of modern social psychology. handboook of social psychology, cambridge, mass. alwasilah, a. c. (2000). pokoknya kualitatif: dasar-dasar merancang melakukan penelitian kualitatif. jakarta: pustaka jaya. banyte,j., joksaite, e., virvilaite, r. (2007). relationships of consumer attitude and brand: emotional aspect. engineering economics, 2(52), 65-77. bogdan, r. c., biklen, k. s. (1982). qualitative research for education: an introduction to theory and methods. london: allyn and bacon. brown, h. d. (2000). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy 2nd edition. california: longman brown, j. d. (1991). do english faculties rate writing samples differently? tesol quarterly 32, 653-675. cohen, l., manion, l., marrison, k. (2005). research method in education 5th edition. new york: the taylor & francis elibrary. corps, p. (1989). tefl/tesl: teaching english as a foreign or second language. washington dc: center for applied linguistics. cuff, e. g., & payne, g. c. f. (eds) (1979). perspectives in sociology. london: george allen & unwin. djuharie, o. s. (2009). essay writing. bandung: yrama widya. educational staff development center of ministry of education and culture. (2013). curriculum-2013-scientificapproach. (2013, october 10). retrieved februari 18, 2014, from www.smkn4jkt.sch.id elbow, p. (1973).writing without teachers. new york: oxford university press. erkan, d. y., & saban, a. i. (2011). writing performance relative to writing apprehension, self-efficacy in writing, and attitudes towards writing: a correlational study in turkish tertiarylevel efl. asian efl journal, 13(1), 164192. faisal, & wulandari, y. (2013). improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through fresh technique. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 59-68. feng, r & chen, h. (2009). an analysis on the importance of motivation and stragtegy in postgraduates english acquisition. english language teaching, 2, 93-97. fraenkel, j. r. & wallen, n. e. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education seventh edition. new york: mcgraw-hill. gardner, r. (1985). social psychology and language learning: the role of attitudes and motivation. london: edward arnold. gerot, l. & wignell, p. (1994).making sense of functional grammar. sydney: antipodean ecucational enterprises. goetz, j. p., & lecompte, m. d. (1984). ethnography and qualitative design in educational research. orlondo: academic press, inc. gray, p. s., williamson, j. b., karp, d. a., dalphin, j. r. (2007). the research imagination an introduction to qualitative and quantitative methods. cambridge: cambridge university press. harmer, j. (2001). how to teach english 3rd edition. london: longman. intrapanich, c. (2013). teaching methods, approaches and strategies found in efl classrooms: a case study in lao pdr. procedia-social and behavioral science 88, 306-311. kara, a. (2009). the effectiveness of a 'learning theories' unit on students' attitude towards learning. australian journal of teacher education, 34(3), 100113. knapp, peter, & watkins, megan. (2005). genre, text, grammar: technologies for teaching and assessing writing. sydney: university of new south wales press ltd. koentjaraningrat. (1990).metode-metode penelitian masyarakat. jakarta: pustaka jaya. http://www.smkn4jkt.sch.id/ fahrus zaman fadhly & nurendah applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian rfl learners’ descriptive writing performance kuhn, t. (1961). the function of measuremnet in modern physical sciences. isis 52, 161-193. lenneberg, e. h. 1967. the biological foundations of language. new york: john wiley and sons. lyons, liz hamp. & heasley, b. (2006). study writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. marczyk, g., dematteo, d., festinger, d. (2005). essentials of research design and methodology.new jersey: john wiley & sons, inc. munawaroh, m. (2014). analisis literasi kuantitatif siswa sma dalam konsep pertumbuhan dan perkembangan tumbuhan (skripsi, universitas pendidikan indonesia, 2014). retrieved june 24, 2014 from repository.upi.edu. montano, d e. & kasprzyk, d. (2008). theory of reasoned action, theory of planned behaviour, and the integrated behavioral model. health behavior and health education: theory, research, and practice , 67-97. nuh, m. (2012).wawancara dengan mendikbud terkait kurikulum 2013. (sidiknas, interviewer). retrieved february 18, 2014 from www.kemdikbud.go.id. references english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students wawa puja prabawa stkip pasundan cimahi, indonesia email: wawapuja@gmail.com apa citation: prabawa, w. p. (2016). speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students. english review, 4(2), 231-242 received: 17-02-2016 accepted: 28-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: speaking is considered to be difficult thing, moreover english as a foreign language. students' performance depends on their personalities. students who have low participation in speaking activity in the classroom lose their opportunity to practice their speaking skill which may cause poor speaking skill and achievement. however, some of students are active in speaking activity in the classroom that leads them to have good skill and achievement in speaking. this study attempts to reveal: (1) speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students in terms of speaking english and strategies to improve their speaking ability, and (2) to identify speaking strategies mostly used by the students when they speak english and improve their speaking ability. this study is a descriptive research since its purpose is to describe the indonesian tertiary students’ learning strategies in learning speaking english. the data from 15 tertiary students, who have good performance and achievement in speaking, from one of schools of higher education in cimahi were collected using a 21 items questionnaire of a modified version of strategy inventory language learning (sill) and 5 items interview questions. the result of the study revealed that some speaking strategies are used in terms of speaking english and improve speaking ability, namely cognitive, metacognitive and compensation strategy. in the type of speaking strategy that mostly used by the student in terms of speaking english is compensation strategy, while cognitive strategy was indicated as the mostly speaking strategies used by the indonesian tertiary students in improving their speaking ability. considering to the study conducted, it is recommended to students that they should know what strategies that appropriate and can help them in learning speaking english. the students should be able to choose strategies they need in learning and analyze which strategies that give better effect on their own learning. keywords: speaking, strategy, speaking strategy, tertiary students introduction people usually learn english because for some reasons, in some ways, they want to be able to communicate in english (edge, 1993, p. 17). furthermore, he points out that people are motivated to learn english as the language of international language (p. 18). in indonesia, english becomes one of the important subjects to be mastered by students at school, start from kindergarten up to university students. language means something spoken. people usually speak or share their opinion with one another by using it. by mastering speaking, they can carry out conversation with others, give ideas and change the information with interlocutors (fajariyah, 2009, p. 14). it means that speaking has a role in the language skill. 231 wawa puja prabawa speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students speaking is an activity used by someone to communicate with other(s). it takes place everywhere and has become part of our daily activities. when someone speaks, he or she interacts and uses the language to express his or her ideas, feeling and thought. he or she also shares information with other(s) through communication. speaking is one of the main purposes of language learning in that it is an ability to transfer some ideas to other people clearly and correctly. in other words, people can communicate their ideas well to other people (argawati, 2014, p. 76). communication is important. people need to talk each other, share their ideas, feeling their expressions and thoughts, and they need to understand each other. that becomes the reason why people need to speak. among the four language skills, learners consider speaking as the most difficult one since it needs great courage as well as preparation to produce the language. their personalities play a large role in determining how quickly and how correctly they will accomplish this skill. those who are risk-takers unafraid of making mistakes will generally be more talkative, but they do not realize with the errors they make. meanwhile, the conservative, shy students may take a long time to speak confidently, but when they do, they will make fewer errors and be proud of their english ability. learners will think about which one is better, to talk much with many errors or to think more with better result. it can be answered when the aims of speaking is clearly stated, that is to build meaningful communication. in this case, to encourage learners to talk as much as possible to convey the messages of communication is more important rather than to let them think about grammar rules they use (malihah, 2010, p. 86). in addition, malihah (2010, p. 87) suggests that there is a phenomenon today that students are sometimes not motivated to talk because they are lack involvement in the topic. besides, many students have to overcome psychological constraints before they are prepared to speak in the foreign language. some students feel uneasy when they have to speak in the classroom situation because there is always an audience. a few prefer not to speak at all and deny opportunities for practice. they feel so anxious in practicing their speaking skill in foreign language. for instance, some students have low participation in speaking activity in the classroom. it means that they lose their opportunity to practice their speaking skill which may cause poor speaking skill (rahmadeni, amri, and adnan, 2013, p. 413). it is a common thing facing difficulties in learning speaking english. the most important thing is how the students deal with such problem. cohen (1998, p. 66) in rahmadeni, amri and adnan (2013, p. 413) states that language learning will be easier if the students become more aware of possible strategies that can be selected during learning and using language. he also believes that the students' language skill can be improved by themselves when they become more aware of what helps them to learn the language they are studying most efficiently. every student has their own learning strategies in studying english. it can be seen from the successful students rather than method or techniques of teaching. after observing and teaching some students in one of schools of higher education in cimahi majoring in english education study program, some of them have low participation in speaking activity in the classroom. on one hand, the students' less participation 232 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in the classroom caused the students' low achievement in speaking. on the other hand, some of the students were active in speaking activity in the classroom. they also have good achievement in speaking. understanding speaking depends on the students in learning speaking. considering to the issue, the major purposes of this study are: 1) to investigate speaking strategies used by the indonesian efl tertiary students in terms of they speak english and improve their speaking ability, and 2) to identify the mostly speaking strategies used by the students in terms of speaking english and improve their speaking ability. listening to english songs, watching english movie, practicing with friends, and many more are some strategies that can be used by the students to make their speaking becomes more fluent. some strategies can be chosen by the students based on their needs. the students' intention use the strategies in learning is to help them in learning process, especially in speaking. o'malley (1990, p. 188) explains good learners are aware of the learning process and themselves as learners, seek to control their own learning through the use of appropriate learning strategy. styles are general characteristics that differentiate one individual from another and learning strategies are the special achieve or behaviours that individual use to help them comprehended, learn or retain new information. some experts have been tried to define learning strategies. wahyuni (2013, p. 4) provides some definitions from them that there is no consensus about the definition of learning strategies. researchers (for example brown, 2000; cohen, 1990; green and oxford, 1995; griffiths, 2008; o’malley and chamot, 1990; oxford, 1990; rubin, 1975; stern, 1992; wenden and rubin, 1987) define language learning strategies in slightly different ways, causing a debate about whether they are physical or mental, conscious or subconscious, and problem-or goal-triggered. o'malley (1985, p.23) provides broad definition of language learning strategies as “any set of operations or steps used by a learner that will facilitate the acquisition, storage, retrieval or use of information.” griffiths (2008) defines learning strategies as "activities consciously chosen by learners for the purpose of regulating their own language learning (p.87)." besides, nunan (1999, p. 171) defines "learning strategies are the mental and communicative procedures learners use in order to learn and use language." however, to provide a working definition for this study, i have adopted oxford's definition. oxford (1990, p. 1) defines learning strategies as step used by the students to improve their own learning. furthermore, she attempts to classify learning strategies into six groups: memory strategies (which relate to how students remember language), cognitive strategies (which relate to how students think about their learning), compensation strategies (which enable students to make up for limited knowledge), metacognitive strategies (relating to how students manage their own learning), affective strategies (relating to students’ feelings) and social strategies (which involve learning by interaction with others). this theory becomes the theoretical base of the study. in the area of speaking skill, some studies use theories of learning strategies as their theoretical bases. lopez (2011) for example, showed her result that students tend to select strategies according to their level of language proficiency. in indonesian context, 233 wawa puja prabawa speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students rahmadeni, amri & adnan (2013) reported on their study that students prefer to use metacognitive strategies as their strategy preferences in speaking english. besides, mistar and umamah (2014) found that gender provided significant effects on the intensity of use of six types of strategies of learning skill with female learners reporting higher intensity of use. a further analysis found that four strategy types—interactionalmaintenance, self-improvement, compensation, and memory strategies-greatly contribute to the speaking proficiency. in addition, wahyuni (2013) reported that the correlation between overall speaking strategy use and speaking proficiency is not significant, though positive. however, the effect of gender on strategy preference is found significant on affective strategies. whereas, moriam (2005) who investigated japanese and bangladeshi university students, found that bangladeshi employ cognitive and interpersonal strategies more than japanese, and that gender difference of both groups provides insignificant effect of the use of speaking strategies, except that cognitive strategies used by japanese females are found to be higher than those by the male. meanwhile, larenas (2011), investigated speaking strategies used by eight and twelfth graders, found that 8th graders claim to have broader knowledge of speaking strategies than 12th year secondary students, and the knowledge of speaking strategies of elementary and secondary school students does not vary depending on the type of school: public, semi-public and/or private. based on the explanation above, the present study was conducted in order to see kinds of learning strategies used by the students of english education study program in one of school of higher education in cimahi. this study analyzed the learning strategies used by the students in learning speaking english. the study covers only on speaking strategies used by the english education study program students in terms of at the time they speak english and improve their speaking ability. the subject of the study is limited to the students who have high proficiency in speaking and it is proven by their scores who always get a in speaking course. a number of studies have been conducted in the area of language learning strategies (lls) in particular of speaking strategies. to fill this gap, this study intends to explore speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students. therefore, the present study seeks answers to the following questions: 1. what kinds of speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students in terms of they speak english and improve their speaking ability? 2. what kinds of speaking strategies mostly used by indonesian tertiary students in terms of they speak english and improve their speaking ability? by knowing the students' learning strategies, especially in speaking strategies, it is expected that this research will give valuable contribution for the teacher to find teaching strategies that are suitable to the students' learning strategies. it can also increase students’ knowledge about learning strategies in speaking. moreover, it can be adopted by students who want to improve their speaking ability in learning speaking english. it is expected that students can speak more effectively after applying those kinds of strategies. furthermore, it gives 234 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee additional information to students to find the most suitable strategy to improve their speaking skill. to avoid misconception and misunderstanding, several terms are clarified. those are: 1. speaking is an act to express idea, feelings, and thought orally. it is also called oral communication. it is an act that is done naturally by people in their life. they have a freedom to express what they want to say. to communicate becomes the main goal of speaking. 2. strategies are specific actions, behaviours, steps or techniques that students (often intentionally) use to improve their progress in developing l2 skills. these strategies can facilitate the internalization, storage, retrieval or use of the new language. strategies are tools for the self-directed involvement necessary for developing communicative ability (oxford, 1992, p. 15). 3. tertiary means education after secondary level. primary and secondary level are compulsory (in most countries) whereas tertiary is not. tertiary means any form of higher education, e.g. college, university. thus, tertiary students refer to students who take higher education in college or university. over the past decade, the effort to explore the relationship of the use of language learning strategies with other variables such as motivation, gender, cultural background, type of task, age, level of l2 and learning style has been given tremendous importance (oxford, 1993) in moriam (2005, p. 48). there are some learning strategies that can be applied by the students in learning. oxford (1990) proposes two major groups of learning strategies: direct strategies and indirect strategies. direct strategies consist of memory strategies, cognitive strategies, and compensation strategies. meanwhile, indirect strategies are classified into metacognitive strategies, affective strategies, and social strategies. based on the two groups of learning strategies, there are some learning strategies for learning speaking. they can be seen in the following table 1. table 1. language learning strategies for speaking classified by oxford (1990) groups of strategies types of learning strategies learning strategies for speaking direct strategies memory strategies a. creating mental linkages (placing new words into a context) b. applying images and sounds (representing sounds) c. reviewing well (structured reviewing) d. employing action (using memory strategies for retrieval is memory strategies under using mechanical techniques) cognitive strategies a. practicing (repetition, formally practicing with sounds and writing systems, recognizing and using formulas and patterns, recombining, practicing naturalistically) b. receiving and sending messages (using resources for receiving and sending messages) c. analyzing and reasoning (reasoning deductively, translating, transferring) compensation strategies a. switching to the mother tongue (using the mother tongue for an expression without translating it) b. getting help (asking someone for help in a conversation by hesitating or explicitly asking for the missing expression) 235 wawa puja prabawa speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students c. using mime or gesture d. avoiding communication partially or totally e. selecting the topic f. adjusting or approximating the message g. coining words h. using a circumlocution or synonym indirect strategies metacognitive strategies a. centering the learning (overviewing and linking already known material, attention involves directed attention and selected attention, delaying speech production to focus listening) b. arranging and planning the learning (finding out about language learning, organizing, setting goals and objectives, identifying the purpose of a language task, planning for a language task, seeking practice opportunity) c. evaluating the learning (self-monitoring, self-evaluating) affective strategies a. lowering your anxiety b. encouraging yourself c. taking your emotional temperature d. rewarding oneself for good performance e. using deep breathing or positive self-talk social strategies a. asking questions to get verification b. asking for clarification c. asking for help in doing a language task d. cooperating with others, talking with a native-speaking conversation partner e. empathizing with others, exploring cultural and social norms these strategies can be specified as follows: 1) memory strategies for remembering and retrieving new information. 2) cognitive strategies for understanding and producing the language. 3) compensation strategies for using the language despite lack of knowledge. 4) metacognitive strategies for coordinating the learning process. 5) affective strategies for regulating emotions. 6) social strategies for learning with others (oxford, 1990, p. 14-15). furthermore, nakatani (2006) groups speaking strategies into seven different types which are described as follows: • strategy type 1: fluency-oriented strategy; this strategy is seen when students pay attention to aspects like rhythm, intonation, pronunciation and speech clarity in order to improve listeners’ attention. • strategy type 2: negotiation for meaning while speaking; this strategy is related to the speaker’s attempts to negotiate with the listener. to keep and maintain their interaction and avoid breakdowns while communicating, they both modified the message by giving examples and repeating the speech to figure out what they really wanted to say. • strategy type 3: accuracy-oriented strategy; it is associated with the desire to speak english with some accuracy. learners pay attention to the form of their speech and look for grammatical accuracy; therefore, they correct what they are saying by noticing their own mistakes. • strategy type 4: message reduction and alteration strategy; it is closely connected with the reduction and simplification of the message by using similar expressions in order to avoid breakdowns. • strategy type 5: non-verbal strategy while speaking; this strategy is directly linked to the use of body language. learners use eye contact, gestures and 236 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee facial expressions to achieve communication. • strategy type 6: message abandonment strategy; it is associated with the abandonment of the message in esl communication. learners have a tendency to give up their endeavor to communicate when they face difficulties carrying out their message. • strategy type 7: attempt to think in english strategy; this strategy is useful for learners who think in the second language during their speech. learners tend to think in english and avoid thinking in their native language. o’malley and chamot (1990) reveal their study that more effective (higher proficiency students generally use a greater variety of strategies and use them in ways that help the student complete language tasks more successfully; conversely, less effective (low proficiency) students not only have fewer strategies but also frequently use strategies that are inappropriate to the task or that do not lead to successful task completion. a study conducted by gharbavi and mousavi (2012) show that the higher the level the learners are at, the greater the number of strategies they use. kustati (2003), in her research, found that practicing naturally and using circumlocution and synonym are the highest intensity of speaking related language learning strategies (lls) used by the students in speaking. in line with that, liu (2004) revealed his study that students of the chinese technological institute english majors used metacognitive strategies as the most frequently used strategies in speaking. furthermore, volya (2009) reported that the strategies used were speaking with friends, speaking with english teacher, trying to find english speaker, and talking to themselves in english, taking english course, making dialogues, listening english music and watching english movie, those strategies were perceived, believed, regarded, though and considered differently by the students. methods this study was a descriptive research since its purpose was to describe the indonesian tertiary students’ learning strategies in learning speaking english. descriptive research is helpful for examining a variety of educational problems and issue (gay, 2009, p. 275). in this research, the population was students of english education study program of one of schools of higher education in cimahi. meanwhile, the sample of the research was 15 students consisting of students who have high performance in speaking. the research instruments were questionnaire and interview. the questionnaire used in this research was a modified version of strategy inventory for language learning (sill) developed by oxford (1990, 293-300) consisted of 21 items. after administering the questionnaire to the students, interview was conducted to support and gain the data. the results of interview would strengthen the data gained through questionnaire. the interview used openended question to gain information about the speaking strategies used by the students. the data, strategy that has the highest score, was indicated as a strategy mostly used by a student. then, the results were analyzed by using simple scaling percentage to see the strategy which was mostly used by all the students. the percentage formula is as follow: 237 wawa puja prabawa speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students f p = x 100% n where: p : percentage f : frequency of answer (total respondents who answer an item) n : total respondents after classifying, the data was interpreted to get general conclusion. the strategy that has the highest score was indicated as a strategy mostly used by the students. results and discussion question 1: what kinds of speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students in terms of they speak english and improve their speaking ability? the following table are the percentage for questionnaire results. and it is supported by the interview result. table 2. average percentage of speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students types of strategies frequency percentage in terms of speaking english compensation strategy 14 93.33 % metacognitive strategy 1 6.67 % improving speaking ability cognitive strategy 13 86.67 % metacognitive strategy 2 13.33 % a. in terms of speaking english from the table 2 above, it is shown that in terms of speaking english, there were two strategies used by the students: compensation and metacognitive strategy. 10 students used circumlocution and synonym, 3 students used gesture, and 1 student used switching to mother tongue as their compensation strategy. meanwhile, 1 student used metacognitive strategy by applying evaluating and learning, making correction of himself when he makes an error. b. improving speaking ability from the table 2 above, it can be seen that there were two kinds of strategies used by the students in improving their speaking ability, namely cognitive and metacognitive strategy. there were 12 students who like watching films or tv programs in english and there was 1 student who read newspaper and books in order to learn new structure and words as cognitive strategy. while, there were 2 students who repeat after listening to radio, recordings or music as metacognitive strategy. question 2: what kinds of speaking strategies mostly used by indonesian tertiary students in terms of they speak english and improve their speaking ability? 238 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 12.4 12.6 12.8 13 13.2 13.4 13.6 13.8 14 in terms of speaking english improving speaking ability compensation strategy cognitive strategy diagram 1. speaking strategies mostly used by indonesian tertiary students from the diagram 1 above, there were 14 students or about 93.33 % used compensation strategy as their speaking strategy when they speak english. they mostly used synonym to explain the word in english. al buainain (2010) states that compensation strategies enable the students to make up for missing knowledge in the process of comprehending or producing the target language. meanwhile, there were 13 students or about 86.67 % used cognitive strategy as their speaking strategy to improve their speaking ability. they mostly used watch films or tv programs in english because it can entertain them, it does not make boring, it makes enjoyment and fun so they are interested in learning english, especially in learning speaking. as what oxford (1990, p. 43) says that cognitive learning strategy is essential in learning a language. therefore, it can be assured that the result of the students’ speaking ability will rise due to the application of the cognitive strategy. conclusion based on the research findings, it was found that there are some strategies used by indonesian tertiary students when they speak english and improve their speaking ability, namely cognitive, metacognitive and compensation strategy. in the type of speaking strategy that mostly used by the student in terms of speaking english is compensation strategy, while cognitive strategy was indicated as the mostly speaking strategies used by the indonesian tertiary students in improving their speaking ability. considering to the research conducted, there are some recommendations that can be proposed to the teachers and students. it is recommended for the teacher to find the language learning strategies, especially speaking strategies, of their students and help them balance the strategies used by the students based on the students’ needs and preferences. the teacher should adapt the teaching strategies with the students learning strategies to enhance students’ achievement in 239 wawa puja prabawa speaking strategies used by indonesian tertiary students learning speaking. for the students itself, they should know what strategies that appropriate and can help them in learning speaking english. the students should be able to choose strategies they need in learning and analyze which strategies which give better effect on their own learning. references al-buainain, h. (2010). language learning strategies employed by english majors at qatar university: question and queries. asiatic: iium journal of english language and literature, volume 4, number 2, december 2010, p. 92-120. retrieved from http://www.myjurnal.my/public/arti cle-view.php?id=14934 on december 29th, 2015 argawati, n. o. (2014). improving students' speaking skill using group discussion; experimental study on the first grade students of senior high school. eltin journal, 2(ii), p. 74-81. edge, j. (1993). essentials of english language teaching. new york: longman fajariyah, d. n. (2009). improving students' speaking proficiency using games; a classroom action research on the eighth grade students of smp negeri 2 baki sukoharjo 2008/2009 academic year. surakarta: sebelas maret university. thesis. gay, l. r. (2009). educational research. new jersey: pearson education inc. gharbavi, a., & mousavi, s. a. (2012). do language proficiency levels correspond to language learning strategy adoption? english language teaching, 5(7), 110-122. griffiths, c. (2008). lessons from good language learners. cambridge: cambridge university press. kustati, m. (2003). students speaking-related language learning strategies in their speaking ability. padang: padang state university. larenas, c. d. (2011). exploring knowledge of english speaking strategies in 8th and 12th graders. profile, 13(2), p. 85-97. liu, d. (2004). efl proficiency, gender and language learning strategy use among a group of chinese technological institute english majors. retrieved from http://www.ecls.ncl.ac.uk/ publish/ volume 1/dongyue/dongyue.htm.pdf on december 29th, 2015. lópez, m. m. (2011). speaking strategies used by ba elt students in public universities in mexico. mextesol journal, 35(1), 1-22. malihah, noor. (2010). the effectiveness of speaking instruction through taskbased language teaching. register, 3(1), p. 85-101. mistar, j., zuhairi, a., & umamah, a. (2014). strategies of learning speaking skill by senior high school efl learners in indonesia. paper presented at the 10th international tesol conference, manila. moriam, q. m. (2005). speaking strategy use by the efl students in japan and bangladesh. journal of international development and cooperation, 12(1), 4761. nakatani, y. (2006). developing an oral communication strategy inventory. the modern language journal, 90(2), 151-168. nunan, d. (1999). language teaching methodology: a textbook for teachers. kuala lumpur: pearson education. o' malley, j. m. & chamot, a. u. (1990). learning strategies in second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. oxford, r. l. (1990). language learning strategies: what every teacher should know. new york: newbury house. rahmadeni, y., amri, z., & adnan, a. (2013). junior high school sudents' learning strategies and their achievement in speaking: a case study at smp negeri 3 padang panjang. journal of english language teaching, 2(1), p. 412-422. wahyuni, s. (2013). l2 speaking strategies employed by indonesian efl tertiary 240 http://www.ecls.ncl.ac.uk/%20publish/ http://www.ecls.ncl.ac.uk/%20publish/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee students across proficiency and gender. (ph.d thesis, university of canberra, australia). volya, duti. (2009). students' speaking strategies and teachers' teaching speaking strategies at senior high school in kerinci district. retrieved from http://jurnal.pdii.lipi.go.id/ admin/ jurnal/ 96jan098790.pdf on december 29th, 2015. 241 http://jurnal.pdii.lipi.go.id/ 242 the dilemma of multilingualism in iran reza kalantari the dilemma of multilingualism in iran the dilemmaofmultilingualism in iran reza kalantari tabriz applied educational research center, iran e-mail: rmkalantari@gmail.com apa citation: kalantari, r. (2012). the dilemma of multilingualism in iran. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 6-16 received: 09-08-2012 accepted: 12-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: iran is a multilingual country with linguistic and cultural diversity. minority languages such as turkish, kurdish, baluchi and arabic are spoken in iran which constitutes part of the culture and ethnic identity. iranian community is dominantly a bilingual community. persian as an official language used as linguistic and cultural homogenization while minority languages are not used in education system. the controversy bilingual education and programs to serve language minority students is complex and puzzling for education authorities. on the other hand one of the challenges iranian faces is how to reconcile conflicting perspectives of bilingual education regarding globalizing of english. currently, most of parents prefer their children to learn english as it is the language of business, aviation and scientific research. in contrast according to iran’s comprehensive scientific plan, persian should be scientific language of the world in the near future. in this research, challenges, perspectives and solutions of bilingual education in iran were analyzed. the results indicate that conflicting of minority, majority and international language is an important challenge and developing, promotion and expansion of persian is a future outlook. furthermore some suggestions and solutions to reconcile bilingual education were made. keywords: bilingual education, minority, majority and international language introduction it has been estimated that approximately two-third of the world’s population is either bilingual or multilingual; that is, more than half the people in the world routinely use two or more languages in their daily communication. multilingualism and multiculturalism are social facts of this new century, which can be seen in most classrooms and playgrounds. people use the term bilingualism in different ways. for some, it means an equal ability to communicate in two languages. for others, it simply means the ability to communicate in two languages, but with greater skills in one language. in fact, it is more common for bilingual people, even those who have been bilingual since birth, to be somewhat dominant in one language. calling someone a bilingual is therefore an umbrella term. underneath the umbrella rest many different skill levels in two languages. being bilingual is not just about proficiency in two languages. there is a difference between ability and use of language. someone may be quite competent in two languages, yet rarely or never use one of those languages. such a person has bilingual ability but does not act or behave bilingually. iran, a multicultural society, is home to a number of language communities speaking turkish, kurdish, and arabic languages among others. many children learn and speak their first language at home and study all of their courses in persian throughout their education. it means that many children mailto:rmkalantari@gmail.com english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee didn't receive any education in their native languages; the majority of the students were members of an ethnic or linguistic minority, whereas the school was dominated by the mainstream language and culture. it means that educational curriculum is based on persian, the majority language. based on this evidence, it can be said that this curriculum not only been ineffective for the non-persian speaking students, but it also has created a problem of bilingualism of home and school for the non-persian speaking populations. it seems that bilingual in iran is kind of subtractive bilingualism. unlike additive bilingual that a child is allowed to develop a certain language, s/he is learning in a community where both languages and cultures are valued, then the child is most likely to develop additive bilingualism in the sense that the second language and culture are added to the first language and culture and both l1 and l2 complement and enrich each other. one the other hand, subtractive bilingualism means that the child learns a second language at the expense of the first, and in this case the learning of l2 deletes or subtracts l1. according to arefi and alizadeh (2008) being bilingual in iran doesn’t help them to develop cognitive development because of all of the children come from subtractive bilingual programs which may have mitigated and potentially positive impact the children’s bilingualism might have had on cognitive development. khadivi (2010) states that as long as one can become a balanced bilingual; reach the third floor (high level) of proficiency, one can benefit from more positive effects. the purpose of the present paper is to make the case for the need to address the problem, and seek a rational solution to it. the specific research questions that the present study addresses are the following: 1. what is the language planning policy in iran? 2. what is the status of minority languages in iran? 2. what are language challenges in iran? 3. what are language perspectives in iran? 4. to what extend persian can be an important scientific lingua franca in the world? bilingualism of home and school in iran has even been recognized as a problem by the very curriculum planners at the national level. it can also be argued that bilingualism is a problem because it, or the national planners' concocted solution, does not necessarily lead to balanced bilingualism and may even cause dilemmas that could be harmful. as such, bilingualism of home and school in iran creates serious challenges for the iranian educational system. the first challenge that iranian educators face is shown by the two international studies that iran has participated in: timss and pirls. in both studies iranian students ranked almost last. in the international reading comprehension study of 1970 iran ranked 14th among fifteen participating countries, and in pirls 2001, 32nd among the 35 participating countries (karimi, 2003). at the same time iranian bilingual students got lower scores than monolingual in reading comprehension test (karimi and kabiri, 2010). the bilingualism seems to have contributed to the high rate of retention and grade repetition. therefore, the use of minority languages is the need for revamping the educational system in order to bridge the identified gaps. the second challenge refers to sociopolitical factors. majority languages don’t play any role in iran's education system. the challenge arises when these majority languages are major or official language in neighborhood countries. every one is bilingual. that is, there is no one in the world who does not know at least a few words in languages other than the maternal variety. iranian non-persian children face some problems, the grade repetition and retention rates among these populations are higher, as are the dropout rates, in comparison with the persian speaking population. an example is in the largest turkish (azary) speaking province, the repetition rate is much higher in first grade compared to the fifth, countryside compared with the cities, and in areas less exposed to persian (due to lack of electricity/television) than other areas. addeeb (1993) has also found that among all school subjects, the language courses have a greater contribution to grade failure/repetition than non-language courses. given the bilingualism problem, both the educational system and the individual teachers have been challenged to come up with some sort of solution. analyzing bilingualism and given the experience of other countries similar to iran in population composition and the case for implementation of some form of bilingual education must be made what this paper addresses. reviewof literature iran is a home for many cultural/linguistic groups speaking persian, turkish, arabic, and kurdish. yet the official language for school instruction is persian, the language of the majority groups, creating a problem of bilingualism of home and school for millions of non-persian speaking children. according to article 15 of the iranian constitution which emphasizes the basic right of all these language groupings to use their mother tongues in their schools and in the promotion of their native cultures but the national educational and curriculum planners do not seem to put much stock in the latter part of the said article. from a dialectical constructivist perspective, language is considered to be a significant social tool for overall development (vygotsky, 1978). children's construction of knowledge is initially guided by their mother tongue and then by the language of formal instruction if it is in fact other than their first language. however, if the child learns and uses two languages simultaneously, i.e. if he/she is bilingual, the two languages would collectively provide an even better tool for development. until the 1960s, it was commonly assumed that bilingual students who were learning in their second language must inevitably have been at a disadvantage. this notion began to be challenged in the 1970s and 1980s. a closer examination of the results of bilingual students across various subject areas, including mathematics, showed inconsistent results. although it seemed to be true at times that bilingual students as a whole did not perform as well as their monolingual peers, there were also some results that showed bilinguals excelled. there are a number of notions that need to be considered: whether the students are balanced bilinguals, the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee level of proficiency that the bilinguals have in each of their languages, and the environment in which they learn. balanced bilinguals are bilinguals who have equal proficiency in their languages. bilingualism of home and school is a worldwide phenomenon and as such has been dealt with rather positively in countries like singapore, canada, switzerland, and many more, through introduction of some system of bilingual or multilingual education (lambert, genesee, holobow, and chartrand, 1993). students in singapore, a country with four official languages, face no difficulties in regards to bilingualism of home and school. the same can be said about china wherein the curriculum planning has been successful in remedying the problems that existed in this area. in contrast it is problematic in other countries even in europe. bilingualism in iran the current population of iran is more than 75 million people which makes it on the most populous countries in the middle east contains whiten itself different languages and ethnic minorities. yet the official instructional language of all iranians is persian, the language of the majority grouping. the second greatest language grouping in iran is that of the turkish speaking people, the authors are members of this group; their community size in the northwestern provinces of iran is fairly large and comparable to the number of persianspeaking area. if it is not the majority group in the whole of iran; the azerbaijanis are clearly both the majority and the culturally dominant group in the northwestern part of the country. kurdish, arabic, and baluchi are spoken in iran too. surely, there are smaller groups who have no specific geographical location like armenians and aasooryans speaking people. an interesting point in iran is that some of the provinces in this country are named based on the dominant culturallinguistic group residing in them (e.g., fars, kordestan, lorestan, baluchestan, etc.). we should note that most regional languages are related to persian and belong to a larger iranian family, a branch of indo-european. turkish, the major non-iranian language, spoken in the northwestern part of the country, is greatly different from persian and is branch of altaic language. in some parts of the country, this linguistic diversity coupled with religious differences has led to ethno-political difference (e.g. in the province of kurdistan). for a long time, bilingualism was considered a negative factor threatening the national unity in iran (afshar 1989). now it is going to be appreciated that the different cultures, languages, and varieties that coexist in iran and are acquired in the natural process of socialization constitute an important part of the national wealth, and that cultural-linguistic diversity can be a valued resource for continued social development and renovation and the maintenance of social health in a rapidly changing society. since the minority languages are not used in education system it has made some educational problems. educational authorities proposed different solutions such as a month-long special course for non-persian speaking children. but it can hardly be adequate for this purpose, as it cannot make up for the six-year long exposure to the mother tongue. more ever, the absence of the native language from the curriculum during the school years is certainly not a step toward such bilingualism. on the contrary, this would lead to what santrock (2002) has called semilingualism, or lack of proficiency in either one of the two languages. according to hameedy (2005) the academic gap between the persian and non-persian speaking students have not been bridged even after four years of schooling. language planning in iran the literature on language planning and language policy is extensive and includes both theoretical studies and rapidly expanding case studies of specific language policy and planning efforts in various parts of the worlds. language planning has been in existence, as a field of inquiry; for six decades but it did not become a sharply salient issue until sociolinguistics began to focus attention on the speech forms, problems, and aspire solve these problems. in the past decades, language planning attracted increasing attention toward research. language planning in iran has emphasized the need for persian to have a well-defined language policy that integrate the status of persian in the psyches of iranian and be aware of the use and spread of foreign language. in the united kingdom prior to the 1980's when the general policy of the educational system was that of single language instruction as well as the benign policy of linguistic assimilation (paulston, 1988), the same type of policies, it can be said, is still used in iran. there is no policy of supporting the majority languages in education system and priority is not given in teacher training, curriculum development and school time tables to local languages, regardless of supporting them in the media such as newspaper, tv and radio. iran is a bilingual country and as a brief chronology illustrates, modern education in iran is relatively young. despite the educational system of centuries ago, the first modern school is no more than 150 years old. in the first european-modeled school, darolfonoon; modernized education in iran some foreign languages such as; french, russian, and later english were taught. regarding the islamic revolution in 1979 led to the implementation of islamic values in the all area even in language planning, however it seems that there is no comprehensive language planning in iran. as riazi (2005) states: the major problem after the islamic revolution, however, has been the lack of an official language-planning blueprint in the country to determine the status of available languages, as well as expectations from language teaching and learning curricula in the formal education system. (p.107) during the post-war period in iran different roles for the native languages in the educational system have been defined. but the oldest and most common model has been the learning of the persian language as a curriculum subject by both the native and nonnative students. persian andnational identity twentieth century is characterized by an obsession with nationalism, often on the basis of one state per ethnic group per language. language interlocks with english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee national identity. as a consequence, persian plays an important role in the formation of national identity in iran. a threat to independence of different regional of the country in the late twentieth made a special focus on persian as linguistic and cultural homogenization. according to mehrmohammadi (1992), this centralization in the control of unique culture and language was a solution for independence. yet the issue of bilingualism is seldom addressed and its conditions and consequences are rarely studied in iran partly because of the fear that it might give rise to separatist movements and hence threaten the national cohesion, vis-à-vis security. furthermore, while most countries around the world have already responded to the issues of globalization, internationalization, and competition among multinationals by endorsing bilingual and multilingual educational systems, iran has not been willing to move in this direction in order to keep national unity and identity among the young school generation (farhady 2008). this in part can be accounted for by the fact that countries like hong kong, india, japan, and china see english as the key to the international world of commerce; whereas, iran is more conservative when it comes to foreign language policy. the main reason for this is the politicization of the language issue after the islamic revolution and the fear that english presents a threat to the persian language and islamic culture (khubchandani, 2008). however, attempts have been made to promote the majority languages. for instance, everyday a lot of newspapers are published in majority language in iran, local radio and television programs regularly broadcast everyday which attract many listeners and provide primary and secondary employment for the minority language speakers. the question, however, is how local broadcasting alone can save a language which is losing its functions within the family domain. although radio and television alleviate the pressure, they are only short-term remedies for the dying language. media cannot uproot the source of the problem. when the older generation vanishes, the media will hardly attract the younger generation in any significant scale. iran is an old developing country, as it originated nearly 25 centuries ago, and over its entire history, persian (old, middle, new) has functioned as the standard language. this lingua franca has always coexisted with other varieties and regional languages (schmitt, 1989). this coexistence is the result of the political and sociocultural integration of an old developing country whose various ethnic groups want to be connected with and unified under their great tradition. according to (fishman, 1968) the ancient literatures, legal codes, heroes and leaders of the past command admiration; the old developing nations can withstand much greater linguistic diversity and unrest as a result of integration. thus, based on fishman's theory, in iran, the stable and widespread coexistence of separate dialects or languages with the standard language is indeed natural and expected. therefore, linguistic division alone is not a vital factor to inflame political conflicts within an old must be involved. however, the analysis of nercissians (2001) study for two groups; armenian and azerbaijani community residing in tehran shows that despite the considerable difference in the language behavior of the two groups, important common patterns could be seen to exist. both groups value the knowledge of persian, the common language used in day-to-day communication as well as the official language used in the educational and other formal establishments. at the same time, both groups express strong desire for the retention and use of their mother tongue. we should note that religious, islam as an umbrella, has played a significant role in language identity. some 85% of iranians are shiite. this linguistic diversity with religious similarities has promoted political relationship between language groups. this is another reason why in iran linguistic division has not led to political conflicts (borjian, 2004). in iran, the impact of external factors, which have promoted linguistic challenge, can easily be detected amongst the minority languages which are major languages in the neighborhood countries. turkish, spoken in northwestern of iran, is the official language of neighboring turkey and the azerbaijan republic, who regularly broadcast radio programs for turkish speaking minorities abroad. the programs aim at encouraging the speakers to see themselves as part of a transnational turkish speaking nation. baluchi, however, belongs to the larger iranian language family spoken in the southeast of iran. although baluchi is not a dominant language anywhere, there are a lot of speakers who live in pakistan. westernization and national identity after world war ii, english began to spread around the world and was taught in most countries as either the sole foreign language or as one of the foreign languages. during the pahlavi dynasty (1925-1979), close political, social, economic, and military relationship between iran and the us speeded up the westernization in the country (riazi, 2005). we should consider that deciding on a language to be taught as a foreign language in a country is not a matter of pure academic choice but a matter of government policy often motivated by political, social, economic, and educational factors. english became an important requirement in the iranian military because a good command of english was needed for the army personnel to go to the us for further specializations. in addition, teaching english became a social need and private language schools mushroomed in the capital and many large cities. farhady (2008) stated that knowledge of english became an essential requirement for many job opportunities for the younger generation. thousands of iranian students were sent to us universities to get higher educational degrees. many iranian universities created sister-ship relations with american universities, which facilitated the allocation of scholarships for students to complete their degrees in american universities. in contrast, after islamic revolution in 1979, due to the absence of political relations with the us, the educational policy makers formulated a plan to promote learning and teaching of five foreign other languages including german, french, italian, spanish, and russian. however, due to insufficient number of teachers and a low number of applicants for these languages, english english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee has been the most dominant foreign language taught at the high schools. an interesting point is that while teaching english was almost banned early after the revolution, it has been given the same number of credit units as other main subject matter areas such as biology and chemistry in high schools in iran. promoting persian as a international language globalization seems as a threat for language of the countries. crystal (2003) shows that the phenomenon of globalization, coupled with the increasing leadership of english has motivated many nations to consider their language planning policies. those nations opt to strengthen the preeminence of their own language within their national borders and worldwide. in this regards, according to iran’s comprehensive scientific plan, persian should be scientific language of the world in the near future. persian has played and still plays an overriding role in muslim society competing with arabic. in addition, defending in fact the language of the degree of necessity for english and status of english and persian in iran is very important. some study reveals that the degree of necessity for persian is increasing during the past decades. the functions of english and persian are clearly-defined without any seeming competition in contrast the past which there was struggle between persian and english. however, seeking native resources for coping with technological transformations has become an important sociopolitical goal in iran, where the contemporary world condition is viewed as a culturalinvasion attempt by the west. in addition to its importance in the general area of language planning, and the associated areas of culture planning and identity planning, the study of bilingualism in iran is of important for educational planning in the corresponding speech communities. one part of influence of persian depends on influence of islam. bhatia and ritchie (2006) stated that persian was viewed as an imposed language in much of india; thus, with moughul patronage, persian "became a marker of islam". as a consequence, after independence in 1947 when india and pakistan became independent nations, the influence of persian continued to regenerate in pakistan, a muslim nation, while it reached a state of fossilization in india. in contrast, after independence sanskrit began to regenerate its original impact in india due to its associate on with indian culture. some conflicts of language refer to language group inequality. inglehart and woodward (1972) analyze language conflicts as a function of group inequality. they state that in almost all bilingual and multilingual societies, there is an upper language and one or lower languages. while the upper language represents prestige, power, and a higher status of the speaker, the lower languages signify the opposite. linguistic divisions will lead to political conflicts when a dominant language group obtains the social, political and economic power within the society and blocks the social mobility of the minority language groups. therefore, based on inglehart and woodward's point of view, language conflict has its roots in the unequal economic, political, and social status of a language group. it is true that bilingualism makes some serious problems for non-persian students but iran's linguistic diversity has not led to political conflicts as there is no distinctive economic, political, and social inequality. in order persian be the lingua franca in the world the following administrative reorganization take place. iran is a big country with large number of students accommodated by the stategoverned universities and higher education: public universities, islamic azad university(more than 500 branches), payame noor university (long distance education), private universities, and evening sessions at the public universities, plenty of faculty members, researchers who are as sources to produce scientific research in persian. whereas european colonialism that began in the fifteenth century in the east country reduced the influence of persian (abolghassemi, 2009), in contrast in recent years, economic, technology, medicine, and industries of iran cultivated. as we know language expansion depends on economic, political, and social development. so the developed society of iran can promote its language. for example, the need for traveling to iran from different parts of the world such as middle east, azerbaijan republic, iraq, syria, and some other arab countries and influences of iran on these countries increased leadership of persian, as they need to learn persian in order to communicate properly. it shows growth of persian speakers in the world. however in order to persian be the lingua franca in the world it faces with some challenges. according to iran’s comprehensive scientific plan, persian should be scientific language of the world in the near future. this document is well-designed in print but applying is difficult. first, the community should assume responsibility towards a change from quantity oriented to qualityoriented promotion of persian. this requires cultivating all iranian minds. second, the government should assume responsibility toward providing clear, practicable, and reasonable language policies, and should subsequently support the implementation of the policy. in this regard, fund, personnel, and other requirements should be made available to the people involved in promotion of persian. iran hasn't got even a noble prize for literature to indicate of persian flourishing. handwriting of persian is another problem, using it as language of math, chemistry, and physics, using it for car license plate seem difficult as it is written from the right. considering the phenomenon of information and communication technology with english instruction and increase communications equipment such as mobile, satellite through them iranian use english alphabet instead of persian is a new problem. meanwhile, persian which is used in other countries such as afghanistan and tajikistan influenced by russian or pashto culture and language which vanish the homogenization of persian in the middle east. conclusion bilingualism of home and school in iran creates serious challenges for the educational system of iran. results of international studies prove this phenomenon. in international studies iranian students ranked almost last. curriculum planners always search for english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ways to remedy this problem. for example, they have designed a one month preparatory course for the nonpersian speaking students or they try to design persian text-books according the non-persian speaking students abilities (kalantari, 2010). but none of these solutions are effective for improving the non-persian students' drop-out rate. because the academic gap between native and nonnative students complete even after several years of schooling. the study of language groups in iran shows that despite the considerable difference in the language behavior all groups value the knowledge of persian, the common language used in day-to-day communication as well as the official language used in the educational and other formal establishments. at the same time, all minority groups express strong desire for the retention and use of their mother tongue. therefore, education authorities in iran should design such curriculum that value not only majority language but also minority languages. it seems that if some day, english constituted a threat to persian in various in iran. today iran, while recalling with pride their historical dominance in the sciences, are not now struggling to foreign languages i.e. english is neither an indication of westernization or culturalism, nor an indication of and imitation of or assimilation to western value. as iranian attitude have changed about the learning of english. they believe that in order to gain new technology, communicate with the world, and to success in business, it is necessary to learn english. as a consequence, parents prefer their children to learn english as soon as possible. mushrooming lots and lots of governmental or private english institutes in iran even in small cities proves this claim. iran is an old country and persian has functioned as the standard language. this lingua franca has always coexisted with other varieties and regional languages. according to iran’s comprehensive scientific plan, persian should be scientific language of the world in the near future. to reach this important aim it faces with some challenges, some of them are linguistically the others are sociopolitically. references abolghassemi, m . (2009). the history of persian (in persian). tehran: ninth edi. samt pub. addeeb, y. (1993). preschool effects on school performance of the bilingual and monolingual elementary school boys in tehran and tabriz, t.t.u. dissertations, tehran. afshar, i (1989). the farsi language in azerbaijan (in persian). tehran: boniade moghoofate dr. m. afshar yazdi. arefi, m. & alizadeh, s. (2008). the effect of bilingualism on cognitive development: a case of bilingual children in iran. hacettepe üniversitesi eğitim fakültesi dergisi (h. u. journal of education) 34: 12-18 [2008]. bhatia, t.k, and ritchie, w.c. (2006). the hand book of bilingualism. blackwell publishing. borjian, m. (2005). bilingualism in mazandaran: peaceful coexistence with persian languages, communities, and education. colombia: society for international education teachers college, columbia university. crystal, d. (2003). english as a global language. cambridge: cup. fishman, j. a. (1968). language problems and types of political and sociocultural integration: a conceptual postscript. in j. fishman, c. farhady, h. (2008). reflections on foreign language education in iran. electronic journal for english as a second language 13(40). hameedy, m. a. (2005). bilingualism of home and school in iran: conditions and consequences as showcased in pirls. social science journal no, 54. university of azzahra, iran. inglehart, r. f., & woodward, m., (1972). language conflicts and political community. in p. giglioli (ed.), language and social context (pp. 358-77). new york: penguin books. kalantari, r. (2010). bilingual modals in the world. monthly journal of research institute for education. no: 119 february, 2011. karimi, a. (2003). pirls 2001 results: the brief report. tehran: institute for educational research. karimi, a. & kabiri, m. (2010). comparing bilingual and monolingual students’ reading comprehension; according to pirls 2006 results: in abstract book of bilingual and education: challenges, perspectives, and solutions conference. research institute for education, iran. khadivi, a. (2010). cognitive theories of bilingualism and curriculum development; in abstract book of bilingual and education: challenges, perspectives, and solutions conference. teheran: research institute for education. khubchandani, l. (2008). language policy and education in the indian subcontinent. in encyclopedia of language and education, 2nd edition, (vol.1, pp. 393–404). new york: springer science and business media llc. lambert, w.e., genesee, f., holobow, n., and chartrand, l. (1993). bilingual education for majority englishspeaking children. european journal of psychology of education, 8, 3-22. mehrmohammadi, m. (1992). the moe's general policy on linguistic and cultural diversity. proceedings of the seminar on dimensions of bilingualism. tehran: educational research council, moe. nercissians, e. (2001). bilingualism and diglossia: patterns of language use by ethnic minorities in tehran. int'l. j. soc. lang. 148 (2001), 59-70 paulston, c.b. (1988). international handbook of bilingualism and bilingual education. new york: greenwood press inc. santrock, j.w. (2002). life span development. boston: mcgraw hill schmitt, r. (1989). compendium linguarum iranicarum. wiesbaden: l. reichert. riazi, a.m. (2005). the four language stages in the history of iran. in angel m.y. lin and peter w. martin (eds.). decolonization, globalization: languagein-education policy and practice (. 100116). multilingual matters, ltd. vygotsky, l. s. (1978). mind in society: the development of higher mental processes. cambridge: harvard university press. khalil motallebzadeh & elham asa’di iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation 8 iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation khalil motallebzadeh department of english, islamic azad university (iau), torbat-e-heydarieh, iran. e-mail: k.motalleb@iautorbat.ac.ir ; kmotallebz@gmail.com elham asa’di department of english, islamic azad university (iau), daneshjo street, garmsar, iran e-mail: elham_asadi.elt984@yahoo.com apa citation: motallebzadeh, k. & asa’di, e. (2013). iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 8-16 received: 14-06-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract :this paper describes the processes used to examine on one hand the effect of less experienced teachers’ participation in experienced teachers’ classes on their own skills and teaching methodologies. it also describes the role of teachers’ training through observation in their students’ achievements. this quasi-experimental design study was conducted in kish language school in bojnurd, iran. twenty one efl teachers were selected as experienced and less experienced ones and involved 169 male and female students (aged 15 45 years) as participants. in order to compare students’ english proficiency before and after the treatment, a key english test (ket) and a preliminary english test (pet) were employed. also, a peer observation of teaching questionnaire, a sample of toefl test and an interview were used to find out the results of teachers’ development. this study also revealed that lessexperienced teachers’ participation in experienced teachers’ classes had a significant effect on efl teachers’ skills and strategies used in their classroom and almost all teachers were satisfied with their participation in experienced teachers’ classes. keywords: observation, professional development, less experienced teachers, learners’ achievement introduction the final aim of any educational planning is to grow students in various cognitive, individual and social skills and knowledge necessary to function occupationally and socio-politically in society (fullan 2001). teachers’ role in successful preparation of students is indisputable. whether the students will be the open-minded and the informed people of tomorrow or unaware members of society will depend on teacher knowledge, teacher education and especially teacher professional development (rizvi 2010). one issue related to professionalism of the teaching force refers to the necessity to bridge the gap between knowledge acquired during formal pre-service studies and further developments accruing while teachers are employed (nir & bogler 2007). it is believed that teaching can be considered as the most rewarding profession there is and it can be. we can all give examples of the pleasure of helping a child grow in knowledge and understanding, and achieve their potential, but what about the teacher? they shouldn’t be excluded from the benefits of lifelong learning because of their workload and desire to give. growth and change are part of all our personal and professional lives, and teachers need to embrace them; not just to do a better job, but to enjoy doing it. supporting teachers in their english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 9 development – trainees, newly or recently qualified, in their first three, ten or twenty years, and whether they’re wonderful or struggling – is vital in improving the quality of teaching and learning in our schools (bubb 2005). in recent times there has been call for change in teacher education in ways that will promote teachers being much more reflective in their practice (jones 1998; korthagen and kessels 1999; ball 2000; wise and leibbrand 2001). korthagen and kessels (1999: 4), argue teacher education programs need to link theory and practice and “to integrate the two in such a way that it leads to integration within the teacher”. the best way for teachers to improve what they do is for them to reflect on their practice and work with other teachers to help them understand what is needed for high achievement.” (townsend, raton & bates 2007). pachier and field (1997) suggest that being a successful foreign language teacher involves a commitment to stay beside the developments in the field and an enthusiasm to engage in constant professional development. it is believed that the poor quality of efl teachers is partly attributable to a lack of teacher training and teacher professional development (vo & nguyen, 2011). as a result, observation has been introduced as one of the teachers’ professional activities to help teachers to improve their teaching strategies through peer observation or observing experienced teachers classes. as bubb (2005: 45) maintains: ‘’observation is a powerful tool for assessing and monitoring a teacher’s progress. used well, it can also be a way to support teachers, because observation gives such a detailed picture and enables very specific objectives to be set. observing someone teach gives a really detailed picture and is an opportunity to stimulate some really useful reflection on teaching and learning’’. successful teachers make the most of any opportunities to observe others. they watch a range of teachers’ classrooms. it is very encouraging to see that everyone has similar problems and it is interesting to study the different ways people manage them (bubb 2005). observation may also be helpful for teachers who are beginners in teaching and it can help them to monitor experienced teachers’ classroom in order to improve their own skills and bring about changes in their own way of teaching and dealing with problems which they may face during their teaching. researches show constantly that teacher quality is the crucial factor in student learning, the frequent problem is to identify the important characteristics of teacher quality and help teachers to develop these characteristics, though (darling-hammond 1999, wenglinsky 2000). viewing the problem of improving student performance from this point of view makes the development of systematic and objective methods of classroom observation a critical component in improving teacher quality in every subject area. in order to move along the recent progress in teacher observation the researchers did investigations in this regard. the important point motivating a work in this area is the position of teachers observation in many countries like iran where teachers’ observation has not occupied the place it merits, whether in second language class, in school or in different efl institutes (akbari, samar & tajik 2007). also, as far as observation during the period of teaching practice is concerned, it can be seen as a method for current training and learning (wajnryb 1992).therefore the purpose of this study is to investigate whether less experienced efl teachers’ participation in experienced teachers’ classes has any effect on students’ learning. khalil motallebzadeh & elham asa’di iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation 10 some studies suggest that learners will not achieve their learning goals successfully until they are given regular and systematic instruction. they also suggest that teachers can improve their teaching strategies by participating in more professional development activities in order to help students to reach their learning goals (hayes 2011). teacher education is presently facing a number of anxieties as pressures have come from many parts in the last decades, with perhaps the most powerful focus being on the issue of teacher quality (tony & richard 2001). researche show constantly that teacher quality is the crucial factor in student learning, the frequent problem is to identify the important characteristics of teacher quality and help teachers to develop these characteristics, (darlinghammond 1999; wenglinsky 2000). as education advocates state, the emphasis should be placed on providing educators with the skills necessary to make a meaningful impact on student learning, then egelson and mccoskey (1998) assert that an evaluation system designed to encourage individual teacher growth is not a luxury but a necessity. viewing the problem of improving student performance from this point of view makes the development of systematic and objective methods of classroom observation a critical component in improving teacher quality in every subject area. also, despite the increasing impact of observation as a professional development (pd) activity, it remains unclear how the process of observation will be implemented in the classroom and how it can help teachers to develop their teaching strategies in a collaborative way. therefore this study will help less-experienced teachers to make use of experienced teachers’ classroom through observation to improve their own teaching skills. the increasing awareness of new approaches in teacher training has made the researchers interested in the notion of classroom observation as a tool which less-experienced teachers can use to develop as effective teachers. therefore this study has examined how development of less-experienced teachers’ skills through observing experienced teachers classes can affect their skills and strategies as well as their students’ performances. method participants were 21 teachers including; seven males and 14 females. to carry out the experiment, two groups of teachers were selected as experimental groups (13) having university education (bachelor or master degree) with minimum of 5 years of teaching. eight teachers were less experienced, novice ones teaching at elementary (4) and pre intermediate (4) levels. one group was assigned as control group (8) who were beginner in teaching elementary (4) and pre-intermediate (4), having educational degree in english, though. the total number of students participated in less-experienced teachers’ classes (both experimental and control group) were (169) both male and female. to investigate the effect of classroom observation on students’ outcomes and teachers’ skills, three instruments were employed by the researchers. a sample of toefl test was used to assess the teachers’ proficiency in english. it was selected from longman complete course for the toefl test book published by addison-wesley longman, inc (2001). the number of questions were 60 multiple items, divided into grammar (30 items), vocabulary (20 items) and reading (10 items) sections. the toefl sample was piloted on (n=22) efl teachers to determine the reliability of the test. analyzing the result of the study english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 11 using spss (ver.18), the reliability was estimated through cronbach’s alpha as 0.732. also a key english test (ket) and preliminary english test (pet) tests were used in this study. in order to test students’ general english proficiency before the treatment two general english tests (ket & pet) were employed as pretest (ket for elementary levels and pet for pre-intermediate levels). these two tests were piloted on a random sample (n=40) of students to estimate reliability and time allocated to complete these tests. the results of the study using spss (ver. 15) show a reliability of 0.820 for ket and 0.775 for pet. the third instrument was a pet questionnaire containing several sections. the questionnaire included focus on a particular issue, for example use of visual aids, question techniques, pace and timing, interaction patterns with / between students. before observation the questionnaire was administered to participants to assess their initial knowledge, attitudes and skills in teaching. a similar questionnaire was given to participants to evaluate the impact of the treatment. finally teachers were interviewed to find out more information on their responses about the process they were involved, which was not possible in observation questionnaire. prior to the experiment, the participants (teachers) were given a sample of toefl test to evaluate their language proficiency. among teachers with higher scores some were considered as less-experienced and some were selected as experienced teachers based on the years they have taught english in language schools. two groups of less-experienced efl teachers who had and did not have the targeted treatment (classroom observation) were chosen to determine the effect of treatment on elementary and preintermediate students’ achievements. less experienced teachers in control groups have already participated in teachers training courses but they had no observation of experienced teachers’ classes, while less experienced teachers in experimental groups participated in both training courses and experienced teachers’ classes. this study required at least 10 sessions with less-experienced teachers attendance in experienced teachers’ classes. teachers observed a class on an area particularly relevant to their own area of teaching. and they were supposed to fill the mentioned observation checklist at least twice during the observation sessions first before starting observation sessions and the second one after ending observation in order to choose the focused areas of observations according to teachers’ needs and particular teaching situations. in order to test students’ performance in english before the treatment, the ket and pet tests were employed for both control and experimental groups. they consist of a number of multiple questions and certain skills were measured: listening, grammar, vocabulary, reading and speaking which was measured through interview. at the end of experiment the same tests (ket & pet) were conducted as posttest to measure the effect of treatment on students’ performance. first the students’ performances in experimental groups were evaluated. then students’ performances in experimental group were compared to the students’ performances in control group. in order to analyze the collected data of this study, the data were examined through the use of spss (version.15), excel (version 2007). in this study the differences in achievement scores of students taught by teachers who participated in one of the professional development activities (class khalil motallebzadeh & elham asa’di iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation 12 observation) were used as the measure of effectiveness of classroom observation on students’ outcomes. results and discussion table 1 illustrates paired differences between two control groups in ket. as the results in table 1 show, there is a statistically increase in ket scores before (m=54.68, sd= 3.180) and after treatment (m=68.24, sd=3.053), p-value=.000 which is < .05. the mean increased with 95% confidence interval from 12.060 to 15.046.this increase is not statistically significant. table 1 comparison of two control groups in ket mean paired differences t df sig. (2-tailed)std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair control group scores in ket test post test control group scores in ket test pretest 13.553 4.542 .737 12.060 15.046 18.393 37 .000 table 2 comparison of two experimental groups in ket mean paired differences t df sig. (2-tailed)std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair exp group scores in ket test post test exp group scores in ket test pretest 16.94231 4.03618 .55972 15.81863 18.06599 30.269 51 .000 table 3 the comparison of two control groups in pet mean paired differences t df sig. (2-tailed)std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair control group scores in pet test post test control group scores in pet test pretest 12.314 3.402 .575 11.146 13.483 21.413 34 .000 also paired differences between two experimental groups are shown in table 2. according to table 2, there is a statistically significant increase in ket scores before (m=53.87, sd= 2.822) and after treatment (m=70.81, sd=3.113), p-value=.000 which is < .05. the mean increased with 95% confidence interval from 15.81863 to 18.06599. this shows a positive result. therefore, we concluded that the means between two groups are not equal and there is a significant difference between them. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 13 table 3 and 4 respectively show paired differences in pet control group and experimental group. table 3 shows, there is a statistically increase in pet scores before (m=45.11, sd= 2.423) and after treatment (m=57.43, sd=2.392), p-value=.000 which is < .05. the mean increased with 95% confidence interval from 11.146 to 13.483. results in table 4 illustrate, there is a statistically significant increase in pet scores before (m=44.36, sd= 2.114), and after treatment (m=59.27, sd=1.835), p-value=.000 which is < .05. the mean increased with 95% confidence interval from 14.233 to 15767. we can conclude that the mean between the groups are not equal and there is a significant difference between them. p-value=0.000< 0.05. accordingly we can say that teachers’ observation had significant effect on students’ scores as we had an increase in mean scores of experimental group. table 4 comparison of two experimental groups in pet mean paired differences t df sig. (2-tailed)std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair exp group scores in pet test post test exp group scores in pet test pretest 15.000 2.524 .381 14.233 15.767 39.416 43 .000 table 5 descriptive statics before treatment n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance statistic statistic statistic statistic std.error statistic statistic preparation and planning start of the session explanation of the subject presentation of the session during the session finishing the session evaluating learners’ behavior 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.80 1.75 2.00 1.50 1.75 1.60 2.33 2.40 1.3500 1.2656 1.4167 1.2292 1.2969 1.2000 1.3542 1.4000 .06455 .06237 .06804 .04781 .05337 .04830 .10305 .09661 .25820 .24948 .27217 .19124 .21348 .19322 .41220 .38644 .067 .062 .074 .037 .046 .037 .170 .149 in this study teachers were supposed to fill in a lesson observation criteria twice before and after treatment. the questionnaire includes different sections and each part includes various questions. the results estimated for lesson observation criteria 1 (before treatment) are observable in table 5. according to this table sixteen teachers answered the questions that are related to different parts of questionnaire. according to this table mean and std deviation for each part preparation and planning, start of the session, explanation of the subject, presentation of the session, during the session, finishing the session and evaluating learners’ behavior are (m: 1. 3500/1.2656/1.4167/1.2292/1.2969/ 1. 2000/1.3542/1.4000;sd:.06455/.06237 /.06804/.04781/.05337/.04830/.10305 /.0966) respectively which shows that teachers are not really satisfied with their performance during their classrooms. khalil motallebzadeh & elham asa’di iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation 14 table 6 illustrates the results estimated for lesson observation criteria 2 (after treatment). the evidence shows that overall, teachers reported high satisfaction with the processes in which they were involved since, mean and std deviation for each part including: preparation and planning, start of the session, explanation of the subject, presentation of the session, during the session, finishing the session, evaluating, learners’ behavior are (m:3.0625/2.96 87/2.9896/2.9479/2.8984/2.9000/3.04 17, sd:.28018/.49896/.41486/.30257/ .34827/.45019/.58214/.38966/3.0125 ) respectively. these findings indicate that less-experienced teachers who participated in experienced teachers classes reported greater satisfaction with the programs compared to their colleagues who didn’t receive treatment. the findings in table 7 show that mean and std deviation of lesson observation criteria 2 (m: 2.9688, sd: table 6. descriptive statistics after treatment n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance statistic statistic statistic statistic std.error statistic statistic preparation and planning start of the session explanation of the subject presentation of the session during the session finishing the session evaluating learners’ behavior 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2.60 2.00 2.17 2.50 2.13 2.20 2.00 2.00 3.80 3.75 4.00 3.50 3.50 3.60 3.67 3.40 3.0625 2.9687 2.9896 2.9479 2.8984 2.9000 3.0417 3.0125 .07004 .12474 .10371 .07564 .08707 .11255 .14554 .09741 .28018 .49896 .41486 .30257 .34827 .45019 .58214 .38966 .079 .249 .172 .092 .121 .203 .339 .152 table 7 descriptive statics of all questions n minimum maximum mean std. deviation variance statistic statistic statistic statistic std.error statistic statistic locriteria1 locriteria2 16 16 1.17 2.62 1.43 3.31 1.3125 2.9688 .02161 .04521 .08645 .18085 .007 .033 lo: lesson observation .04521) is higher than mean and std deviation of lesson observation criteria 1 (m: 1.3125, sd: .02161) which shows the great impact of class observation on iranian efl teachers’ skills and strategies. the main purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of classroom observation on students’ outcomes and iranian efl teachers’ skills and strategies and to explore if it is feasible to apply it in educational setting in iran. three groups of teachers and students (elementary and pre-intermediate) were selected. only teaches in experimental group were given the opportunity to improve their teaching methods and strategies via participating in experienced teachers classes. and both experimental and control groups of students were given the chance to improve their english performance. the findings of this study show that teachers’ participation in experienced teachers’ classes had a significant english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 15 effect on students’ outcomes and their own skills and strategies. the results of students’ scores in experimental group was compared to the scores of students in control group in order to investigate, if, class observation had any significant effects on students’ outcomes. a significant increase in the use of observation was noted with regard to experimental group. therefore, statistically significant differences were found on the experimental group when compared to control group. although learning outcomes are influenced by a complex interplay of factors particular to an institution, teaching context, and student disposition, when employed carefully and thoughtfully, student outcomes may contribute to judgments of teaching. also data analysis through wilcoxon signed ranks test revealed that lessexperienced teachers’ participation in experienced teachers’ classes had a significant effect on their skills and strategies and helped them to rethink their own teaching methods. following in the study, the teachers were interviewed to reveal their specific ideas regarding the effect of experienced teachers’ class observation on their professional development. all, teachers reported high satisfaction with their participation in experienced teachers’ classes and processes in which they were involved. they had become more creative in enlarging their teaching in order to make their lessons more interesting. the participants said that they have become more motivated in teaching as a result of observation. the fact of observing teachers in many different settings will likely suggest variations they can try to improve their strategy. in other words, as they observe teachers implementing a strategy in different ways, they, too, can gain the ability to see and act more flexibly in their own teaching. conclusion based on the findings of the present study, teachers had a positive experience for class observation, the participants held the same belief that through observation and discussion, they had learnt about and adopted some of the others’ instructional techniques. the evidence also showed that they adjusted their own techniques to improve the teaching of a particular class. therefore, we can conclude experienced teachers’ class observation is acceptable for efl less experienced teachers and its introduction is beneficial for both teachers and students. references akbari, r., & gaffer samar, r., & tajik, l. (2007). developing of classrom observation model based on iranian efl teachers’ attitude. journal of faculty of letters, and humanities, year 49, no.195. brown, c. a., smith, m. s., & stein, m. k. (1995). linking teacher support to enhanced classroom instruction. paper presented at the annual conference of the american educational research association, new york.bubb, s. (2005). helping teachers develop. darling-hammond, l. (2000). teacher quality and student achievement: a review of state policy evidence. (research report r-99-1). washington dc: center for the study of teaching and policy, university of washington. fullan, m. (2001). the new meaning of educational change. new york: teachers college. nir, a. e., & bogler, r. (2007). the antecedents of teacher satisfaction with professional development programs. teaching and teacher education, 24(2), 377e386. richard. j. (2001). teachers’ knowledge and how it develops. in richardson, v (ed), handbook of research on teaching (4th edition). rizvia, m. (2010). development of a classroom observation schedule for measuring the efficacy of a teacher khalil motallebzadeh & elham asa’di iranian efl teachers and students’ development through observation 16 development program. procedia social and behavioral sciences. science direct. vo, t. l. & and mai nguyen, h. t. (2011). critical friends group for efl teacher professional development. retrieved from http://eltj.oxfordjournals.org/. wajnryb, r. (1992). classroom observation tasks: a resource book for language teachers and trainers. cambridge: cambridge university press. wenglinsky, h. (2000). how teaching matters: bringing the classroom back into discussion of teacher quality policy. princeton, nj: educational testing services. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 19 comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language stephanus mangga university of nanzan e-mail: mangaa@nanzan-u.ac.jp apa citation: mangga, s. (2018). comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 19-26. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1240. received: 28-02-2018 accepted: 29-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: this article is a qualitative description of the nouns reduplication comparison in indonesian and japanese language. nouns are restricted to the category on the noun which can be counted (kbk). the data were taken from library source and analyzed by comparing the elements of similarity and difference. as result, it was found that there are similarities and differences between kbk’s reduplication of indonesian and japanese language. the equations include three items, namely; a) it has simple type without affixes, b) it has complex type with changes of consonants, and c) it functions to declare the indefinite category of the group. while the differences consist of four items and they are not found in japanese language. those four items are: a) it is in the form of simply affix, b) it is in the complex form with the repetition of consonants, c) it functions to show group category indefinite, and d) it functions as types of category indefinite. those differences prove that reduplication of kbk in indonesian language are more productive that reduplication of kbk in japanese language. keywords: reduplication, noun, indonesian language, japanese language introduction reduplication is one of linguistic reality which can be found in many languages. as gómez and voort state that “reduplication is a phenomenon that occurs in the majority of the world’s languages….” (gómez & voort, 2014, p. 1). hence, reduplication between languages can be compared to see and find any differences and similarities. this is not only useful for documentation in the field of structural linguistics, but also practically useful for teaching and learning of both languages which are compared. this study is a qualitative description of noun reduplication comparison of indonesian and japanese language. the somparison is made since it is assumed that there are similarities and differences in terms of function or type noun reduplication in both languages. for example, in reduplication of japanese language, word 人 [hito] which means `person` becomes [hito-bito] `people`. there is vowel change of /h/ become /b/ in the first syllable. the reduplicative word [hito-bito] can be categorized as reduplication with sound change. in indonesian language, there is also reduplication with vowel change like lauk becomes lauk-pauk; sayur becomes sayurmayur. those examples of reduplication in indonesian and japanese language functions to state “indefinite” meaning. it is called jamak in indonesian language, while in japanese language is called 複数 [fukusū]. however, according to takayama (2012) and ōsato (2013), there is few number of noun reduplication in japanese language or it can be said that the amount of it is rare. based on the above introduction, there are three objectives to be achieved in this paper. first, it describes the similarities and differences of noun reduplication type in indonesian and japanese language. second, it describes similarities and differences of noun reduplication function in indonesian and japanese language. third, it explains why noun reduplication in japanese is quite limited than in indonesian language. stephanus mangga comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language 20 in addition, this study will use size and function of reduplication theory proposed by rubino (2005) to analyse the data. rubino (2005) states that the systematic repetition within a word for semantic or grammatical purposes is known as reduplication. according to rubino (2005), reduplication is divided into two major types those are full reduplication and partial reduplication. full reduplication is reduplication from stem word. while partial reduplication appears in many form like in the form of double consonant or vowel lengthening. moreover, based on the existence and inexistence of phoneme change and/or additional in reduplication, rubino divided into simple reduplication and complex reduplication. simple reduplication is reduplication without changes of particular phoneme. complex reduplication is reduplication with changes of phonology materials like changes or additions vocal or consonant or the reversal of the phonemes order (rubino, 2005). moreover, the reduplication which relates to noun functions to describe number, distribution, indefinite, association, diminutive, and augmentative (rubino, 2005). method this study can be classified as descriptive qualitative. as stated by flick (2009), qualitative research is of specific relevance to the study of social relations, due to the fact of the pluralisation of life worlds. qualitative research can be done using written or spoken data. the data used in this study were library data. those data were collected from several sources which discussed reduplication in indonesian and japanese language. they were takayama (2012), ōsato (2013), ferawati (2013), simatupang (1983), ramlan (2012), yu (2015), olson (2015), kobayakawa (2004), tamura (1991), matsumoto (2009), takayama (2013), and ta (2014). the data in this study were analyzed by using dividing technique. it means that the data will be divided to several parts (sudaryanto, 2015). the first part was classifying the existence-inexistence of similarities and differences in type of reduplication. the second part was categorizing the existenceinexistence of similarities and differences in type of function. the last was explaining why noun reduplication in japanese is quite limited than in indonesian language. in addition, there is data limitation in this study. it aims to get accurate analysis, so this study only discusses about noun reduplication. moreover, the noun in this study was bounded into concrete and/or countable noun (kbk). kbk was chosen because the use of it in indonesian language is more productive than in japanese language. results and discussion types and functions of kbk reduplication in japanese language there are two types of kbk reduplication in japanese language which will be explained below. simple reduplication rubino (2005) said that simple reduplication means duplicating fixation phoneme. in other words, it is reduplication without sound changes. the simple reduplication can be seen in table 1 below. table 1. simple reduplication of kbk reduplication in japanese language root word gloss reduplication gloss 家 [ie] house 家々[ie-ie] houses, housing 町 [machi] city 町々[machi-machi] cities, urban 村 [mura] village 村々[mura-mura] villages, rural 山[yama] mountain 山々[yama-yama] mountains, highland 道 [michi] street 道々[michi-michi] streets, pathway from the table, it can be seen that simple reduplication of kbk in japanese language occurs in noun which cannot move and have the design of group. as a result, the function english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 21 of reduplication shows indefinite of noun category of shūdan/dantai `group.’ it can be seen in examples below. 1) ie-ie ga tachi narabu house-red. ps. in line stand the houses is lined up stand. (red: reduplication, ps: subject marker) the reduplicative form of ie-ie in example (1) shows that the number of house is more than one. however, it cannot be said as ‘uncountable’, but it is said as a group. in indonesian language, it can be translated into word perumahan. the similar thing can be seen in example below. 2) arupusu no yama-yama ga mieru alpes pm. mountain-red. ps. visible ‘highland of alpes is visible.’ (pm: possession marker) the reduplicative form of yama-yama in example (2) shows that the number of mountain is indefinite. as a result, it can be expressed with highland (alpes). therefore, reduplicative of yama-yama shows that yama is more than one, but it shows ‘a group of mountain.’ it is similar to olson’s statement (2015), from japanese people’s statement that the reduplicative form of yama-yama means “yama hitotsu janakute, sanmyaku no you na yama ga itsumo aru no arawasu kotoba.” those quote means ` yama-yama words not only express existence of a mountain, but it shows a group of mountains.’ 3) michi-michi ni hijō-sen ga harareru pathway-red. in emergency strip ps. installed `emergency strip is installed in pathway `. the reduplicative form of michi-michi shows that the number of michi is more than one, but it cannot be classified as `uncountable`. consequently, form of michimichi functions to express `group`. those reduplications function to show indefinite meaning which means the number is more than one, but it creates a shūdan/dantai special `group`. complex reduplication rubino (2005) said that complex reduplication is reduplication with some phonological changes like changes or addition of vocal or consonant or inversion of phoneme order. it can also be said as reduplication with sound changes (verhaar, 2008). table 2 below shows complex reduplication data of kbk in japanese language. table 2. noun complex reduplication in japanese language table 2 shows that kbk reduplication in japanese marked with changes of root initial consonant. these changes happen in root initial consonant which have one or two syllables. based on those changes, complex reduplication form of kbk in japanese language is divided into three types. first, type /h/ > /b/. root form of initial consonant /h/ will become /b/. it can be seen in reduplicative form of hito > hito-bito and hi > hi-bi. second, type /k/ > /g/. root form of initial consonant /k/ will become /g/. it can be seen in reduplicative form of kami > kami-gami dan kata > kata-gata. it is also happens in reduplication form of kuchi > kuchi-guchi, kuni > kuni-guni, ki > ki-gi, koe > koe-goe. root word gloss reduplication gloss 人 [hito] person 人々 [hito-bito] people, a group of person 日 [hi] day 日々 [hi-bi] days, a group of day 神 [kami] divinity 神々 [kami-gami] divinity-deity 方 [kata] master 方々 [kata-gata] masters, a group of master 国 [kuni] country 国々 [kuni-guni] countries 木 [ki] tree 木々 [ki-gi] tree, trees 島 [sima] island 島々 [sima-zima] islands, archipelago 品 [sina] item 品々 [sina-zina] items stephanus mangga comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language 22 third, type /s/ > /z/. root form of initial consonant /s/ will become /z/. it can be seen in reduplicative form of sima > sima-zima, sina > sina-zina, and sumi > sumi-zumi. similar to simple reduplication in table 1, complex reduplication group in table 2 runs to show indefinite. indefinite refers to `uncertain` in number which can be `many`. however, the meaning of `many` is not associated with `uncountable` or `infinite`, but it relates to `grouping`. grouping means the group number is more than one. then, in table 2, it functions to show group indefinite of a dantai (group). it can be seen from the examples below. 4) asoko de hito-bito ga tabeteiru there in people-red. ps. eat `people are eating over there. ` the reduplicative form of hito-bito explains about `the existence of people’s group`. since it creates dantai `group`, so it can be said that there are many members of group. the expression may become different if people on that sentence is not in a group. it will become asoko de hito ga tabeteiru `person is eating over there `. 5) watashi wa kami-gami wo shinjimasu i pt. divinity-red. po. believe `i believe in divinity-deity `. (pt: topic marker, po: object marker) the form of kami-gami explains `group of divinity` and the group contains divinity and deity. indefinite which is in the form of kamigami means divinity that is believed, and the number of it is more than one. the expression will be different if the belief is only one thing. it will become watashi wa kami wo shinjimasu `i believe in god`. therefore, either simple or complex reduplication of kbk in japanese language serves to declare indefinite in terms of the number of noun categories for group/collection. thus, in japanese language, the noun which is not categorized as groups/collections and/or it is not potentially forming groups/collections cannot be reduplicated. this is in accordance with what is said by kobayakawa (2004) that in noun japanese language which is not potentially form a group/collection is difficult to be reduplicated. as stated by takayama (2012) and olson (2015), reduplication of nouns in japanese language does exist, but it is very limited in its use. types and functions of kbk reduplication in indonesian language simple reduplication kbk in indonesia language is almost can be reduplicated as simply (total). in indonesian language, basic noun or noun derivative with [+count] can be reduplicated totally. because all can be reduplicated completely, then there are much numbers of kbk reduplication in indonesian language. the following table shows some simple reduplication of kbk in indonesian language. the data which were given category i was basic nouns, whereas category ii was noun derivative. table 3. simple reduplication of kbk in indonesian language root category reduplication orang i orang-orang sepeda i sepeda-sepeda mobil i mobil-mobil motor i motor-motor toko i toko-toko tokoh i tokoh-tokoh buku i buku-buku kursi i kursi-kursi meja i meja-meja gunung i gunung-gunung sawah i sawah-sawah jalan i jalan-jalan rumah i rumah-rumah pertempuran ii pertempuran-pertempuran english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 23 pertemuan ii pertemuan-pertemuan perundingan ii perundingan-perundingan pengeluaran ii pengeluaran-pengeluaran pendapatan ii pendapatan-pendapatan makanan ii makanan-makanan minuman ii minuman-minuman the table shows that the simple reduplications of kbk in indonesian language can be basic words without affixes (category i) and basic words with affixes (category ii). basic words with affixes of kbk are divided over three types. first, root morpheme + affix per-an. this can be seen in the form of pertempuran, pertemuan, and perundingan. other forms which can be added into this type are pertikaian > pertikaian-pertikaian, perumahan > perumahan-perumahan, perkebunan > perkebunan-perkebunan, perusahaan > perusahaan-perusahaan, perbaikan > perbaikan-perbaikan, and others. second, root morpheme + affix pe(n)-an. this can be seen in the form of pengeluaran and pendapatan. other forms which is similar to this type is penyamaran > penyamaranpenyamaran, pemotongan > pemotonganpemotongan, pemalsuan > pemalsuanpemalsuan, pengerusakan > pengerusakanpengerusakan, and others. third, root morpheme + affix –an. this can be seen in the form of makanan and minuman. other forms which are similar to this type are pakaian > pakaian-pakaian, tumbuhan > tumbuhantumbuhan, lukisan > lukisan-lukisan, manisan > manisan-manisan, and others. the use of kbk reduplications such as those on table 3 functions to declare indefinite in terms of numbers. according to simatupang (1983), reduplication with nouns as basically serves to proclaim 'plurality' referent of related noun. it is a bit different with that term, ramlan (2012) stated that one of the meanings of the process of repetition (noun) was declared the meaning 'many'. in this paper 'plurality' and 'many' are melted into the term offered by rubino (2005) that is 'indefinite'. based on the table 3 above, the indefinite can be distinguished into two categories, those are category of groups and category of types/kinds. consequently, it can be said that simple reduplication of kbk in indonesia language serves to proclaim: a) group category indefinite, and b) types/kinds category indefinite. function of group category indefinite is found in the form of kbk reduplicative which is given category i. meanwhile, the functions of types/kinds category indefinite are found in the form of kbk reduplicative which is given category ii. the following examples may be able to clarify the division. 6) a. pak tono sedang mengumpulkan sepeda-sepeda bekas di gudang. b. pak tono sedang mengumpulkan sepeda-sepeda di gudang. 7) a. ibu sedang menghitung pengeluranpengeluaran bulan lalu b. ibu sedang menghitung pengeluaranpengeluaran the reduplicative form of sepedasepeda in the example (6a) above stated groups of sepeda with its speciality is bekas (older). even if such specificity is removed, the reduplicative form of sepeda-sepeda still shows group category indefinite as stated in the example (6b). meanwhile, the reduplicative form of pengeluaranpengeluaran in the example (7a) declares the types or kinds of pengeluaran with its specificity in time that is bulan lalu. even if such specificity is omitted, the form of pengeluaran-pengeluaran still declares the types or kinds as stated in the example (7b). complex reduplication complex reduplication of kbk in indonesian language is distinguished into three types; 1) type a – kbk reduplication with changes of consonant, 2) type b – kbk reduplication with repetition of consonant, and 3) type c – kbk reduplication with affix –an. the following table shows the detail of them. stephanus mangga comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language 24 table 4. complex reduplication of kbk in indonesian language root reduplication type sayur sayur-mayur a laki lelaki b mobil mobil-mobilan c table 4 shows that the form of sayurmayur establishes type a. it is marked by the changes of consonant /s/ becomes /m/. the changes of consonant occur at the initial consonant. it includes the same type like lauk > lauk-pauk. in the form of lauk-pauk, the changes is consonant /l/ becomes /p/. type b is represented by form of lelaki. the changes of consonant occur at the initial consonant and the addition of vocal /e/. it can be formulated with red. k/e/ + morfem dasar (k= consonant). words reduplication included into this type are tamu > tetamu. another forms which can also be grouped into this type are jari > jemari, tali > temali, daun > dedaunan, and pohon > pepohonan. type c is represented by form mobil > mobil-mobilan. there is repetition with affix –an. it can be formulated with red. root morpheme + affix –an. words reduplication included into this type are kereta > kereta-keretaan, orang > orang-orangan, kera > kera-keraan, gunung > gunungan, and others. function of types a and b are the same that is stating indefinite. nevertheless, the remains can be distinguished over; a) indefinite of type/category for type a, and b) group category indefinite for type b. whereas type c serves to reveal similarities with what is referred to in the basic form. as result, it can be said that the complex reduplication of kbk in indonesian language has several functions in accordance with the type of the reduplicative form. comparison of kbk reduplication in indonesian and japanese language based on the above description, it can be seen that the kbk reduplication in indonesian and japanese language have similarities and differences. the similarities are: a) both languages have kbk reduplicative of simple and complex type, and b) both languages have function that stated indefinite (not singular, plural). then the difference are: a) there is no affix kbk reduplication in japanese language as in indonesian language, b) there is no kbk reduplication with repetition of consonant in japanese language as in indonesia, and c) in japanese language, kbk reduplication only serves to state group category indefinite, whereas in indonesian language of indonesia, it is not only states group category indefinite but also it states types category indefinite. the following table shows those similarities and differences. table 5. the similarities and differences of kbk reduplication of indonesian and japanese language no item indonesian language japanese language 1 simple non-affix + + 2 simple with-affix + 3 complex with consonant changes + + 4 complex with consonant repetition + 5 complex with-affix + 6 group category indefinite + + 7 types category indefinite + based on the table, it can be said that the use of language in indonesia kbk reduplication is more productive than in japanese language. what proves it, on indonesian language column, all items is positive (+), whereas japanese language only has three positive (+). this was reinforced by a statement of matsumoto (2009) that though japanese language has a form of nouns reduplication, however the scope of its use is very limited. the reduplicative form of ‘many’ in japanese language is not as productive as the use of the form reduplicative in indonesian language, because japanese language has its english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 25 own system to declare the meaning of 'many' or 'plural' or 'single'. there are two ways to produce ‘many’ in japanese language those are: a) noun + tachi and b) sorera no + noun. the first formulation, nomina + tachi is usually used for the noun category 'animate' (living things). the word tachi is ‘plural’ maker which is specific to the lifeless beings (yu, 2015). consequently, in japanese language, there is expression hito tachi 'people' (group of people), inu tachi 'dogs' (group of dogs), neko tachi 'cats' (group of cats), hana tachi 'flowers' (group of flowers). as a result, kbk japanese language reduplication is not as productive as in indonesian language because japanese language has formulation noun + tachi which is to declare the category indefinite of group. the second formulation, sorera no + noun is used for all animate the lifeless adjective. the word sorera is actually the plural form of the word sore which means 'that'. while for 'this' is used the word kore, with the plural form is korera. for example, hito 'person' > sorera no hito 'that people', korera no hito 'these people'; or hon 'book' > sorera no hon 'that books', korera no hon 'this books'. hence, in japanese language, kbk reduplication is not as productive as in indonesian language because japanese language has formulations sorera no + noun atau korera no + noun to indicate category indefinite of types/kinds. conclusion indonesian and japanese language has the kbk reduplication form. the equation encompasses three items namely a) simple type without affixes, b) complex type with changes of consonants, and c) function to declare the category indefinite of the group. the difference is in the four items, namely a) indonesian language has affix simple form while japanese language does not have it; b) japanese language does not have the form of complex with the repetition of consonants whereas indonesian language have it; c) indonesian language have affix complex form whereas japanese language does not have it; and d) japanese language only have group category indefinite whereas indonesia language have it and have function of category indefinite of types/categories. finally, it can be said that kbk reduplication in japanese language is not as productive as in indonesian language. however, it does not mean that japanese language have 'less' expression to declare the meaning of 'plural' or 'singular', because it has another expression those are noun + tachi dan sorera no + noun (korera no + noun). acknowledgments this work was generously supported by a research grant from nanzan university pache research subsidy i-a-2 for the 2017 academic year. references ferawati, l. (2013). analisis kontrastif reduplikasi bahasa indonesia dan bahasa jepang. unpublished thesis, universitas brawijaya. flick, u. (2010). an introduction to qualitative research. london: sage publication inc. kobayakawa. (2004). nihongo no fukusū hyōgen. mind and language, 3, 35-50. matsumoto, j. (2009). nihongo ni okeru jōgo fukusūgata no seisei kanōsei ni tsuite. bulletin of toyo gakuen university, 17, 243-249. tokyo: universitas toyo gakuen. olson, l. (2015). form and function of reduplicated nouns in japanese. unpublished thesis, universitas stockholms. ōsato, a. (2013). jōgo no kenkyū. studies in language and culture, xxii(22), 1-16. ramlan, m. (2012). morfologi suatu tinjauan deskriptif. yogyakarta: cv karyono. rubino, c. (2005). reduplication: form, function and distribution (pp. 11-29). in b. hurch (ed.), studies on reduplication. berlin: walter de gruyter. simatupang, m. d. s. (1983). reduplikasi morfemis bahasa indonesia. jakarta: djambatan. sudaryanto. (2015). metode dan aneka teknik analisis bahasa: pengantar penelitian wahana kebudayaan secara linguis. yogyakarta: duta wacana university press. ta, u. (2014). gendaigo jōgo, jōgo keiyōshi no kōzō ni tsuite: gendai chūgokugo, nihongo no jōgo, jōgo keiyōshi. journal of higher education, 11, 76-87. takayama, r. (2013). nihongo sho hōgen no shi mōra jōgo o hikaku suru kokoromi” (an attempt at cross-dialectal comparison of 4-mora reduplicated words in japanese dialects). departmental bulletin paper, 34, 143 – 183. tokyo: universitas tokyo. tamura, y. (1991). gendai nihongo ni okeru jōgo ni tsuite: sū gainen kara mita jōgo. bulletin of the international student center, i, 41-47. universitas hiroshima. stephanus mangga comparison of nouns reduplication in indonesian and japanese language 26 verhaar, j. w. m. (2008). asas-asas linguistik umum. yogyakarta: gadjah mada university press. yu, k. (2015). jōgo no sho kinō. departmental bulletin paper, xxiv, 25-27. universitas gakushuin. unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation ida zuraida supri department of english, widyatama university, indonesia e-mail: ida.zuraida@widyatama.ac.id apa citation: supri, i. z. (2017). unearthing students‟ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 227-236 received: 09-04-2017 accepted: 18-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: this research aims at investigating speech acts realization in asking for information in bahasa indonesia done by students at widyatama university. secondly, it seeks for the utterance patterns highly used by students in asking for information using bahasa indonesia. the study utilized a descriptive method. this method comprises distributing questionnaires, collecting data, classifying data, and analyzing data. the subjects in this study were fourth semester students of information technology, faculty of engineering. the results showed that speech realization patterns highly used when they ask for information via telephone to a friend is they make an opening and directly to the purpose of calling, and closing. when calling to parents, casual utterances are significantly employed. keywords: speech acts, utterance patterns introduction communicating is one of the basic human needs as a social creature. communication can be conducted by two or more people in expressing feelings or thoughts. in communicating to one another, people make use of sentences, or specifically, utterances. according to wardhaugh (2010), utterances can be classified by length, by grammatical structure, by semantic or logical structure, and by functional approach. utterance which is long is not a guarantee that it is easily understood by the hearer. more often short but concise utterance is more effective than the longer one. in terms of grammatical structure, utterances may vary in number of dimensions, for instance, the use of active and passive, clausal type an complexity, statement, question, request, and exclamatory. in terms of functional approach, simple functions of utterance may be as stating, questioning, requesting, and exclaiming. in short, a conversation engages not only language to state propositions or to utter facts but also the unmarked used of the language. through conversation, people establish relationships with others, achieve or fail a measure of collaboration or cooperation, maintain channels open for further relationship. people communicate orally face to face, or at least they can see and not too far, in nature with their partner of speaking. however, advanced technology allows them to speak with their partner of speaking without direct presence of the two speakers at the same place of which the conversation occurs. let‟s take some examples of advanced technology that are highly used nowadays; telephone, web camera (digital imaging system), teleconference, etc. among those instruments mentioned earlier, the easiestto-find and easiest-to-use is telephone. it can be found in almost all houses, especially in cities even in countryside of some parts of indonesia. furthermore, the availability of cellular phone enables people to talk with https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.538 227 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee other users without any limits toward distance. speech acts possible to be conducted when conversing are manifold. when people need to know something that they do not know, they would ask other people to let them know the information. in order to get information they need, they have to realize it through speech acts. one of the speech acts employ as to get information is requesting. yule (2000) classifies general functions performed by speech acts into declarations, representatives, expressives, directives, and commissives. firstly, declarations are kinds of speech acts which change the realm through the utterance. utterances like below: priest : “i now pronounce you husband and wife.” referee : “you‟re out!” jury foreman: “we find the defendant guilty” the above utterance should be uttered by one who has a special institutional role, in a specific context, in order to perform a declaration appropriately. secondly, representatives are speech act which state what the speaker believes to be the case or not. statement, assertions, conclusions, and descriptions are categorized into representative speech acts. thirdly, expressives are kinds of speech acts which state what the speaker feels. the expressions of psychological states, statement of pleasure, pain likes, dislikes, joy, and sorrow can be delivered by using expressives speech acts. following are the examples; „i‟m sorry!‟, “congratulations!” and “oh, yes, great, mmmmm, ssahh!”. the speaker makes the utterance fit the world of feelings. fourth, directives are kinds of speech acts which speakers use to get other people to do something. the utterances express what the speaker wants which can be positive or negative, they can be commands, order, requests, or suggestions. following are the samples of utterances of directives: a. “give me a cup of coffee. make it black” b. ”could you lend me a pen, please?” c. “don‟t touch that!” finally, commissives are speech acts which speaker use to commit themselves to some future actions. it expresses what the speaker intends, for instance, promises, threats, refusals, pledges, that can be performed by the speaker alone or by the speaker as a member of a group. when performing a commissive speech acts, the speaker undertakes to make the world fit the words through the speaker. yule (2000) also simplifies the elaborations on classifications of speech acts as in the table below: table. 1. the five general functions of speech acts (searle, 1969) speech acts type direction of fit s = speaker x = situation declarations words change the world s causes x representatives make the words fit the world s believes x expressives make the words fit the world s feels x directives make the words fit the world s wants x commissives make the words fit the world s intend x yule (2002) also distinguishes types of speech acts. he proposes three basic sentence types; declarative, interrogative, and imperative. on the other hand, allan (1994) says that speech acts is classified as interpersonal acts. it is usually addressed to an individual so that it only involves the speaker and interlocutor(s). a speech act is considered to be effective when there is reaction from the interlocutor. further, austin (1962) classifies speech acts into three; locutionary acts, illocutionary act, and perlocutionary acts. the basic unit of human linguistics 228 ida zuraida supri unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation communication is illocutionary act (searle, 1969, p. 1). whereas, asking for information lies under the umbrella of requesting of perlocutionary acts; the speaker should utter his intention through a speech act properly so that the interlocutor would do what the speaker wants. in other words, the speaker ought to be polite in conveying the utterance. in terms of politeness, brown & levinson (1987) claimed that there are certain social principles that guide human communication. they argued that as people communicate with others, they are constantly aware of their own and others‟ face and that they cooperate to maintained one another‟s face. thus, people attempt to soften the effects of their face threatening acts (fta) by using a variety of politeness strategies. it is commonly stated that there are three influential factors in interpersonal communication; firstly, social distance. boxer (1993) states that social distance is one of the foremost factors that determine the way in which interlocutor conserve precisely because it is an important determinant of the degree of comfort in a verbal exchange. secondly, relative power. it refers to a speaker‟s power level that enables him to make an interlocutor do or not do the action. lastly is absolute ranking of imposition. this links to what kind of action expected. the strategies employed by speakers to maintain politeness can be in terms of address e.g. miss, ma‟am, or sir. gordon and tripp (1985) state there are conventional request types as following; 1) imperatives: any form with imperative syntax, 2) imperative ellipsis: naming what is wanted without a verb is heard as a request, 3) embedded requests: make explicit the desired action, agent, and object, e.g. using modals can/could, will, etc., 4) permission requests, e.g. using can/may i, and explicit need or wants statements, e.g. i want, i need…, etc. the above forms can be varied or nuanced in many ways (gordon & tripp, 1985). expressions can be intensified or mitigated through prosodic variation such as falling pitch or wheedling tone. request can be mitigated through displacements and minimizers, which include; utterances with displaced tense or aspect (e.g. could you? would you?) and utterances with displaced agents and minimization (e.g. give me a little of ….). further, there are etiquette performance that people do when making a phone call, which are opening, mentioning numbers, mentioning self-identity, mentioning reason for calling, and closing. method the objectives of this research are as follows: 1. to find out language realization by students at widyatama university in conveying asking for information in bahasa indonesia. 2. to investigate the strategy they employ to lead to the main topic of conversation. 3. to see utterance patterns which are highly used by students in asking for information by using bahasa indonesia. the scopes to be analyzed are as follows: 1. to unearth students‟ style in a telephone conversation which includes the way they open and close the conversation. 2. to find out how students lead to the main topic of the conversation in terms of directness and politeness. 3. how they use the language in asking for information. the subjects involved in this research were students of fourth semester of information technology, faculty of engineering, widyatama university bandung. there were fifteen students in the classroom consisting of five female and ten male students. it is assumed that they are familiar with or accustomed to conversing through telephone. the instruments used to investigate the three research questions above are; 1) a 229 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee questionnaire containing questions related to their procedure in using phone, e.g. when the line is connected to the interlocutor what would he says first, etc., and 2) dct or discourse completion test. the questionnaire comprises a situation where the subjects should respond to by creating a dialog on how they would ask for information through a telephone. the two questionnaires are intertwined since one of the two can be used to crosscheck subjects‟ consistency in responding the questions given related to procedure of telephoning. since the writer wants to know students‟ speech realization in bahasa indonesia, the instruction and the questions are in bahasa indonesia. besides giving the written instruction, the writer also gave verbal instruction as well in order to avoid misunderstanding in questionnaire completion. following is the example: anda menelpon teman untuk menanyakan apakah besok ada kuliah tambahan atau tidak. ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ the procedures employed in obtaining the data were as follows. the writer made five situations (dct, discourse completion test) where the subjects can respond to. the discourse completion tests were then distributed to the subjects to be filled out. next, they are assigned to respond to the given situations by completing them. after that, the data collected are categorized based on their group. then, the writer analyzes the data by referring to the theoretical foundations used in this research. results and discussion asking for information, a type of speech act which is under the classification of directive speech acts is very day to day utterance to perform. in asking for information, a person might address the utterance to someone he already knows, like family, friends, and relative or even to someone that he does not know, e.g. a policemen at the street, a passer-by, a receptionist at an office or hospital, etc. people ask for information for many reasons. they ask questions because they need a piece of information or just to make sure or confirm that the information that he or she understand is valid or correct. in this modern era, there are various types of media to use in asking for information. with the advancement of the technology, people can text, phone or video call to get information. different applications of social media facilitate the flow of information. unfortunately, there is still constraint in using those media in getting information. for examples, using applications such as whatsapp, messenger, line for texting are lack of intonation in delivering the utterance. although emoticons are created to represent the feelings of the speaker when expressing his/her idea, misunderstanding may still occur. therefore, video call is a better facility to offer for long distance communication. it offers a face to face communication as long as the connections in the speaker and hearer‟s area are good. initially, asking for information can be simply conducted through a telephone line. people commonly used a telephone line to get information they need since it offers a fast response. therefore, it would be interesting to find out whether there will be differences when a person makes an utterance via telephone or directly face to face. however, scollon and scollon (2001) claim that there is no faceless communication. this means that face is an important aspect to maintain in a communication. besides, there might be a distinction when a person asks for information from someone he knows and from someone he does not. the differences might lie in terms 230 ida zuraida supri unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation of utterance, like the greeting, addressing, leading to main topic, closing, as well as in directness and politeness in making the utterances. when there is distance between speaker and hearer, the utterance will be then delivered in an indirect manner. on the contrary, if there is no distance between the speaker and the hearer, then the utterance will be conveyed in a direct manner. the data gathered from the questionnaires show that the subjects, students of faculty of engineering, are active users of telephone as their means of communication. although the availability of internet-based media communication is various for the students to use, they still use telephoning in getting information. especially, when they are in situations where they need quick responses from their interlocutors. some of the students will text their lecturers first before they make a phone call. they think that they do not want to disturb if their lecturers are giving lectures when they call them. some others will make a phone call directly without making appointment or permission to make phone calls to their lecturers. in short, almost all of the subjects use the telephone when they find it necessary to do it. some students prefer to use social media applications available on their smart phone rather than making phone calls. they stated that using social media applications on the basis on internet connection is a lot more economical. on the other hand, few of them use it only for chatting. it means that they are quite economical, since it is not cheap using this modern technology, they use only if they really have particular urgency. the conclusion is supported by their response in the questionnaire that they use the telephone when they really need it. opening the utterances produced by the subjects reveal that students employ different types of opening. they generally utter opening before they proceeded to the conversation. halo and assalamu’alaikum are the most used utterance by the subjects. the use of halo is universal since it does not refer to particular religious believers‟ utterance, whereas the latter is. however, few subjects seem to be persistent in using assalamu’alaikaum to whomever they were calling; a person they know or a person they talk to for the first time. in my opinion this happened because saying assalamualaikum has been their habit as soon as they make a contact with other people. the other few subjects opened the conversation by saying both and became „halo, assalamualaikum’. but they utter it to people that they already know. some of the subjects did not use the two types of openings above. they use eh, instead. the subjects used eh to intimates; especially, when they made the call to cellular phone. they have already known the hearers they are contacting. utterance eh which is used as an opening serves as an attention getter or a way to directly start the conversation. it happened because they were very certain that the person replying is the one they expected to speak to, e.g. eh, besok ada kuliah tambahan gak? saya gak tau, euy! eh, lif, besok ada kuliah tambahan gak? however, when they made the call to home telephone most of the subjects will ask for information on whether the person they wanted to speak to is there or not, can be contacted or not. type of utterance highly used by subject is bisa bicara dengan (could i speak to) … (name). permission is used in interrogatives since the speakers understand that the addressee is potential source of the permission. it happened because they assumed that anybody in the house might pick up the receiver. they do not know yet who was answering the phone it can be the maid, parents, sibling, etc. that is why they made the utterance in a polite way by using 231 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee modality can or could in bahasa indonesia „bisa’. none of the subjects mentioned the number they were calling when they made the calls in asking for information. it is evidence that mentioning the destination numbers is not a popular procedure in telephoning in indonesia. they did not think it is necessary to do until they find out that they had dialed the wrong numbers. especially in a digital era, the dialed phone number can be seen from the telephone screen. some telephone machines come with wide screen enabling the caller see the number that he/she is being dialed. closing utterance used to close a telephone conversation is quite various, including makasih ya, ya udah, makasih, assalamu’alaikum, dah, sampe besok, thanks, terima kasih, terima kasih banyak, terima kasih, maaf telah mengganggu. the first seven closings are used when they close the conversation with people they feel close, whereas the last three and assalamu’alaikum are addressed to people they respect or they talk to for the first time. situation #1 when they made a call to a friend that they know well, almost all of the subjects tend to be very casual and they directly get to the topic or the purpose of calling. however, few of them greet first and made a question as an ice breaker by asking questions like, halo vie, lagi ngapain? (hallo vie, what are you doing?), before they get down to the reason for calling. they ask the interlocutor‟s activity when they made a call. this is showing that the relationship of the two speakers is close. they are trying to be attentive. the utterance used is casual or informal because they are aware that they are familiar with each other and of the same level of power in terms of social distance. the pattern used is; they mention name or nick name of their friends and directly mention the purpose of calling. the utterances produced are also direct. examples:  eh, lif, kalo besok ada kuliah tambahan gak? (eh, lif, is there any additional lecture tomorrow?)  ada kelas tambahan gak? (is there any additional lecture tomorrow?)  ji, kata anak-anak bu ida ngadain kelas tambahan, beneran nih? (ji, someone told me that mrs. ida will give additional lecture, is it right?) out of fifteen subjects, only one uses explicit want statement in uttering asking for information, e.g. halo, rin saya mau tanya apakah besok ada kuliah tambahan? the language used tends to be formal. it might be because the speaker thinks that her relationship with the interlocutor is not very close so that she feels reluctant to produce informal utterance. another possible reason is that the speaker do not think that she feels comfortable to be casual to the hearer due to personal matter. situation #2 in situation #2, the subjects are assigned to ask for information from someone they talk to for the first time. the speech realizations are similar to when they ask for information from friends. the procedures of telephoning conducted by the subjects are different. something that is obviously different is that they are introducing themselves before they come to the purpose of telephoning. the procedure becomes: opening, mentioning their selfidentity, and tell the reason for calling (asking for information). they realize that the interlocutor will not directly understand the conversation because they do not have the same common ground; topic of conversation. mentioning self–identity becomes crucial so as to make the 232 ida zuraida supri unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation conversation runs smoothly. following are speech realizations made by the subjects.  ini faisal dari fakultas teknik. (i am faisal from engineering faculty)  saya taufik anak if ’14 (i am taufik from if ‟14)  hai dan, ini kiky, mau tanya nih (hai dan, i am kiki, i want to ask you something) when they realize the speech act of asking question, some of them tried to be casual by uttering directly the point of conversation, following are the examples.  bu ida nitip buku buat difotokopi gak untuk perkuliahan minggu depan? (did mrs. ida entrust a book to be copied for the next lecture?)  tadi ibu ida menitipkan buku untuk dikopi ngga buat minggu depan? (did mrs. ida entrust a book to be copied for the next week?) the data above show that most of the subjects tend to use explicit want statements, e.g. mau tanya, mo nanya, mo nanya nih, before they realize the asking for information. it occurs because they understand the social distance between them and their interlocutors. they are aware that they have a non-casual relationship. since they talk to them for the first time, somehow they would feel awkward in the beginning. after that, they tend to be informal in making the utterance. situation #3 in asking for information from parents, they tend to be direct. after they utter the opening, they directly proceed to the main topic of conversation; asking for information. however, few of them make question asking their parents‟ conditions and continued to the topic. in my opinion, it may be the result of the family culture or upbringing style. the family has custom not to be direct to other members of family when they conversing. the parents expose the children on asking condition in the conversation as a way of respecting elderly. the tones of the utterances are informal. it shows that their relationship is very close. they feel comfortable to be direct in expressing their intention. casual utterances indicate that the speakers feel close to the interlocutor so that they feel comfortable making informal utterances. the data show that none of the respondents tell his or her identity when telephoning to their parents. therefore, mentioning self-identity is not important, as they feel certain that the partner of speaking know already the speaker from the voice and topic of conversation. following are the utterances made by the subjects:  assalamualaikum, apa kabar bu? (assalamualaikum, how are you, mom?)  assalamualaikuum, ibu sehat? (assalamualaikum, are you okay, mom?) situation #4 making a phone call to ask for information from a lecturer is quite different from the one making for parents. the procedure is after the opening, they mention self–identity; name and major of study. all subjects try to be informative on their identity. they think that the lecturer may not be able to directly identify who the speaker is unless the students tell their identity or the students have good personal relationship with the lecturer. this is a strategy that is employed by the students to be concise in giving self-identity and be polite with one that they respect. after mentioning their identity, the subjects then lead the interlocutor to the topic or purpose of telephoning. before mentioning their purpose of calling, they express an apology by saying, maaf bu/pak, bu, maaf saya menganggu. the apology is meant to show that it is an effort for them to be polite. they realize their social distance with the interlocutors. most of the utterances use explicit want statements: “saya elif, mau tanya nilai uas kemarin sudah keluar belum”, “apa nilai uas saya sudah keluar, pak?” paying attention to their utterance, 233 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the writer notices that they tend to use casual or informal language in uttering their purpose. instead of using a formal one, they use a less standardized or formal language. the reasons may be they are trying to be informal although at the beginning of their conversation they use opening, greeting and self-mentioning; procedure of being formal. another reason is they have lack language competence so they cannot employ appropriate expressions when they want to extend purpose conversation. saying an apology before they state their intention of calling indicates their effort to be polite in their utterances. they try not to direct to the purpose of calling; asking for information. following are examples.  maaf bu, saya elif mau tanya nilai uas kemarin sudah keluar belum? (i am sorry miss, i am alif, i am calling to ask you about the result of the final test, has it been published?)  maaf pak saya taufik, apa nilai uas sudah keluar pak? (i am sorry sir, i am taufik, has the final test result been published?) however there are also subjects who directly get to the topic by using explicit want statements without expressing an apology. their politeness in the utterance is indicated by explicit want statement. here are some examples. 1. hallo bu ini ma eril. eril mo nanyain nilai uas bu? apa udah keluar gitu? (hallo miss, this is eril calling. i want to ask you about the result of the final test, has it been published?) 2. apakah nilai uas sudah dikeluarkan buk? terimakasih. (has the final test result been published? thank you.) situation #5 they make a call to ask for information from someone they talk to for the first time; a customer service. the pattern that the subjects employ is similar to situation #4. they start with greeting, make an apology, and then state their purpose of conversation. few of them express an apology before mentioning the main topic. out of fifteen subjects only one mentions self-identity by stating that he is a spokesperson from a particular region, e.g. kami perwakilan kompleks x. i. mentioning self-identity is not compulsory for the subjects unless they represent a specific community or a group of people, not as an individual. as a manifestation of social distance, they use explicit want statements in uttering asking for information. conclusion the speech realization patterns highly used when the subjects ask for information via telephone to a friend is they make an opening and directly state the purpose of calling, and then closing. meanwhile, when calling to someone of relatively the same age and social status but talk for the first time, they will mention their self-identity then continue with the topic of calling. mentioning self-identity is an evidence that they somewhat feel awkward and to lead and give interlocutors clue to their purpose of calling. when calling to parents, casual utterances are significantly employed. comfortable feeling in uttering their purpose in informal way indicates their closeness with the interlocutors. the patterns employed when asking information to a lecturer or someone they talk to for the first time is quite similar. to a lecturer, they will make an opening and followed by mentioning self-identity. they tend to be indirect in proceeding to the purpose of calling by expressing an apology for disturbing the lecturer‟s time. anyway, this is a way used to show their politeness. the other way employed to show politeness is by using explicit want statement. to someone they talk to for the first time, e.g. pln customer service, is they utter the opening, (they tend not to) mention self234 ida zuraida supri unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation identity. realizing the social distance, they will state their apology and continue with the purpose of calling. to sum, the speech realization in asking for information through a telephone line tend to be brief and purposive to whomever the call is addressed to. references allan, k. (1994). felicity conditions on speech acts. in r. asher, encyclopedia of language and linguistics (pp. 1210-1213). oxford: pergamon press. austin j. l. (1962). how to do things with words. london: oxford university press. boxer, d. (1993). social distance and speech behavior: the case of indirect complain. journal of pragmatics. brown, p., & levinson, s. (1987). politeness: some universals in language use. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. gordon, d. p., & tripp. s. e. (1985). the development of request. in r. l. schieffelbusch (ed). communicative competence: acquisition and intervention. beverly hills ca: college hills press. scollon, r., & scollon, s. w. (2001) intercultural communication: a discourse approach (2nd ed.). malden: blackwell publishers. searle, j. (1969). speech acts. london: cambridge university press. 235 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee drummer a drummer, sick of all the drummer jokes, decides to change his instrument. after some thought, he decides on the accordion. so he goes to the music store and says to the owner, "i'd like to look at the accordions, please." the owner gestures to a shelf in the courner and says, "all our accordions are over there." after browsing, the drummer says, "i think i'd like the big red one in the corner." the store owner looks at him and says, "you're a drummer, aren't you?" the drummer, crestfallen, says, "how did you know?" the store owner says, "that 'big red accordion' is the radiator." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 236 ida zuraida supri unearthing students’ realization of speech act in asking information in telephone conversation english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? samya achiri department of english, faculty of letters and languages, oum el bouaghi university, algeria e-mail: sachiri38@gmail.com fadhila hadjeris department of english, faculty of letters and languages, oum el bouaghi university, algeria e-mail: fhadjeris@gmail.com apa citation: achiri, s., & hadjeris, f. (2016). between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students. english review, 4(2), 171-180 received: 28-02-2016 accepted: 24-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this study is an exploration of the extent to which reading novels develops algerian efl students’ empathetic attitudes towards human issues in the novel they are exposed to on the one hand and towards current local and worldwide issues on the other. to achieve this aim, a survey questionnaire is designed. the respondents are 50 ma students of anglo-american studies at the english department of oum el bouaghi university (algeria). the students have been exposed to mark twain’s the adventures of huckleberry finn as a part of their syllabus. accordingly, their reactions to the questions concerning this novel provide the necessary data around which this study hinges. the findings of the research are meant to help teachers and researchers to seek out new possibilities of developing more effective ways of using novel reading in efl university classes. additionally, the results serve to raise algerian efl students’ awareness about reading novels and their impact on stimulating their imagination, critical thinking and emotional attitudes. keywords: efl teaching/ learning, novel, narrative empathy, empathetic attitudes, critical thinking, algeria. introduction up to now, integrating literature in efl classes as an engine to ignite language learning remains a site of contention between efl scholars and educators. there is no general consensus about what to teach and in what way to achieve the required objectives. despite this fact, a big proportion of scholars convincingly argue that literature in this type of classes proved to be an outstanding medium in favor of the learning process if used properly (collie & slater, 1987; lazar, 1993; widdowson, 1975). other important issues came resonantly to the fore after literature regained its importance in the 1980’s as a language learning material. the debate over the ability of literature to nourish mental faculties and psychological responses, rather than developing the four skills, of the reader, hence the learner, was accelerated by means of abundant publications. to put it in another way, scholars sought to take the 171 mailto:fhadjeris@gmail.com samya achiri & fadhila hadjeris between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? implications of literature integration beyond the doors of the efl class to the real life. that reading literature can create empathetic individuals who care about one another becomes a strongly held belief with the publications of lazar (1993), helton, asamani and thomas (1998), nussbaum (1997), zunshine (2006). extending the implications of literature teaching in the efl class beyond its doors has been always a controversial challenging topic. this is simply because it is claimed by many specialists in the field that engaging students with literature may prompt, sustain or improve social skills especially empathy. this latter is of great importance to this paper since it links the empathetic attitudes of the reading experience of a sample of algerian university students with their empathetic attitudes towards real life issues. the contributions of martha nussbaum (1997) and suzanne keen (2007) to this topic are very memorable, for both of them succeeded to narrow down the previous studies by relating empathy to pedagogy. like other scholars, they believe that narrative fiction, and not popular fiction, is the most suitable literary genre to nourish empathy. yet, each of them approached the topic from a different angle. in this context, it is worth starting with the views of some scholars who believe in the power of fiction to lend such promising results after reading. poulson, duncan and massie (2005), for instance, argue that reading fictional narratives “may have an important and profound impact on how people feel and behave in their daily lives” (cited in bal &veltkamp, 2013, par. 1). lisa zunshine (2006) takes the study into another level by investigating her claims within the scope of evolutionary psychology using theory of mind (mind-reading theory) to support the idea that if readers are met with critical works that encourage them to question other minds, they will certainly appreciate them, and hence, they start to speculate every single detail about the characters. as it will be shown later with the ideas of nussbaum and keen, this is clearly the starting point of empathy. zunshine seems not only to be in favor of the readers’ empathy towards the characters but also about the repercussions of this empathy on daily life. she (2006, p.164) makes her claim clearer at the end of her book: [w]e do read novels because they engage our tom [theory of mind] ... fiction helps us to pattern in newly nuanced ways our emotions and perceptions; it bestows “new knowledge or increased understanding” and gives “the chance for a sharpened ethical sense”; and it creates new forms of meaning for our everyday existence. all of this exploratory work is inextricably bound up with tom, and the overall effect of it on the reader is not reducible to the sum of this narrative’s engagements with our various cognitive adaptations. some day we may have a conceptual framework that will allow us to speak about this overall effect—that “emergent meaning” of the literary narrative. in contrast with zunshine’s cognitive view of empathy, where mind is involved to decipher other opinions and to make inferences, patrick hogan (2010) argues that affective empathy is also “an essential component of the understanding and enjoyment of fiction” and that “literary representations of emotion may be ‘purer’ than those encountered in real-life, and thus have the power to enhance individuals’ affective empathic responses” (cited in stansfield & bunce, 2014, p.9). in this 172 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee paper, both types of empathy are taken into consideration. as a philosopher who is interested in the cultivation of humanity, martha nussbaum sees in literature, narrative fiction, a fountainhead to shape liberalthinking people. to her (1997, p.11), a key ability that comes from reading fiction is narrative imagination which is “the ability to think what it might be like to be in the shoes of a person different from oneself [empathy], to be an intelligent reader of that person’s story.” through her pedagogical approach, nussbaum sees that this ability is the outcome of critical reading and tight relation with the text (ibid, p.100). this can be best done by introducing students to controversial novels that “challenge conventional wisdom and values” (ibid, p. 99). she makes this expression clearer by equating it with “[t]he inclusion of new and disturbing works in the curriculum” (ibid). the student, in this case, will be obliged to make moral choices, and this is what eric leake (2014) calls difficult empathy. when fleeing this zone of psychological ease, the student can really access and read the world of the character by assimilating himself to this character. nussbaum insists on the fact that putting oneself in someone else’s shoes requires “the thought that this suffering person might be [the reader himself]” (1997, p. 91). drawing on many sciences and studies, like neurosciences, psychology, and literary studies, suzanne keen summed up her ideas about the relation between novel reading, empathy, and altruism in her book empathy and the novel (2007). at the beginning of her book, she defines empathy as “a vicarious, spontaneous sharing of effect, [which] can be provoked by witnessing another’s emotional state, by hearing about another’s condition, or even by reading” (p.4). she goes further to consider this behavior as a response that is not necessarily conscious (ibid, p. 4). keen (2007, p.3) states: “[i]f novels can be considered a part of readers’ environment, then fiction may elicit the expression of dispositional empathy, or it may cultivate the sympathetic imagination through the exercise of innate role-taking abilities.” it is the fictionality of novels that leads readers to empathize with characters providing “safe zones” for them to feel empathy without any need to resultant prosocial behavior (ibid, p. 4). this is the very essence of narrative empathy which is characteristic to suzanne keen’s research. it is delineated as “as an affective transaction accomplished through the writing and reading of fiction” (ibid, p. xv). so, authors and readers are equally involved in the creation of this emotion towards narrative fiction. according to keen, two major techniques can considerably provoke empathy: character identification and narrative situation. narrative empathy in keen’s eyes is not necessarily a text response that is followed by altruistic action. she (2007) sees that this hypothesis is not really tested, and it is a matter of exaggeration. the reasons behind her view are averred in many occasions in her book. 173 samya achiri & fadhila hadjeris between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? figure 1. how empathy occurs (based on nussbaum’s ideas) to the researchers, the fact that some ma students’ language proficiency and critical thinking are highly distinctive is in many ways encouraging, but their appreciation of the value of literature is much less satisfactory. they seem to underestimate the cultural and human understanding that might spring from their reading experiences. they also ignore that these attitudes may stem as a serious deterrent in their future development since the ability to envisage what others feel and think becomes an overriding constituent to solidify human relationships be they within the country, algeria, or abroad, maghreb and the whole world. so, the study will try to answer the following research questions: 1) does reading novels promote empathy in algerian university efl students towards characters-related issues and real human issues? 2) are students aware of the results of neglecting literature reading on their future relations and its effects upon their perceptions of their surrounding events and cultures? before dealing with these two important questions, the researchers find it worth to answer the following questions: 1) how much do efl students read literary novels and to what extent are they able to respond critically to the texts they read? 2) what attitudes do algerian university students have towards 174 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the already-chosen novels of their syllabus? 3) why do students under-appreciate the power of literature? i.e. what leads them to maintain such negative attitudes towards reading literature? method the present study relies on a descriptive method which is proceeded by means of a survey questionnaire to provide data about the population and their psychological responses towards the adventures of huckleberry finn. it is conducted in the department of english (faculty of letters and languages) at the university of oum el bouaghi. it takes as its sample ma ii students of angloamerican studies (aas) who had been accepted initially in this department to complete a b.a in english on the basis of their grade in the baccalaureate exam. it is worth to mention that aas exposes students to a considerable set of modules of civilization and literature in which both are given a due concern in terms of number. in addition, during the first year in the program, our sample class is asked to read mark twain’s the adventures of huckleberry finn (1884) as a part of the syllabus. participants in this study belong to a class of 50 students (the only class of this course) who are aged between 22 and 28. the administration of the questionnaire took place in the first semester of the academic year 2015-2016. when the questionnaire was delivered, 6 students were absent and the present ones were 44 females. one of the researchers distributed the questionnaire to the students and helped to clarify the instructions. no time limit was set; therefore, students were requested to take their time to respond to the questionnaire. as the section of results will reveal later, only about 9% of the students were found interested in reading in general. to achieve the aims of the study, a four-section questionnaire is developed. it consists of different types of questions: multiple choice questions (mcq), open-ended questions, closed-ended questions. the first section, with three main items, aimed at getting background information about the respondents as their age and interest in the basic subject matters of their course (literature/ civilization). the second section was designed with the aim of inquiring about the students’ reading habits and their personal preferences (types of novels they like). evaluating their reactions towards the chosen text was the focus of section three. through the last section, which is entitled the text and its effects, the researchers aimed to see to what extent students are able to carry their emotional baggage towards human issues in the novel to current real life issues, recent world events most precisely. results and discussion reading experience. the researchers analyzed data obtained from the second section of the questionnaire to find answers to the three sub-questions listed above. analysis showed that 29.54 % of the students spend their free time in watching movies, 20.45% in surfing the net, 09.09 % in reading books, and only 2.27 % of the total number, i.e. one student out of 44 students spends her free time in reading literary novels. as to the number of novels they read in the course of the last two years, results demonstrated that 75% of the respondents read between 1 and 5 novels and 15.90 % read between 5 and 10 novels. among the total number of students, 65. 90% declared that they like 175 samya achiri & fadhila hadjeris between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? reading novels. this claim was not only justified by the importance of such a fictional sub-genre in improving the skills needed in learning the target language, but also by the aesthetic pleasure that literary novels can confer. some students went further to consider reading literary novels as a kind of psychological relief and among the ways that help them to escape the real world. moreover, others pointed to the role which is played by literary novels in broadening their visions and introducing them to new perspectives. respondents who had negative attitudes towards reading novels (34.09%) attributed this to the fact that novels (especially assigned ones) are often boring, long, and difficult to read. as a matter of fact, they prefer cinematic adaptations and summaries of the novels in case their teachers ask them to read. in a response to the question about the type of novels students like reading most, 29.54% of them chose historical novels, and only 2.27 % preferred satirical novels. the latter is the type of the novel that was taken as a case in point. also, inquiry about the basic criteria students adopt to select novels they read revealed results in which the teacher is at the center by imposing novels (upon 27.27 % of the population), recommending (to 09.09%) or both (18.18%). 15.90 % of the students claimed that they choose the novels randomly while only one student had an in-advance prepared list. when students were asked if they prefer to have a free reading list of novels in their modules of literature, 84.09% of the respondents ticked “yes” option. a major reason spelled out for this choice was the motivation that stems from it since it gives them the opportunity to search and discover different types of novels. this, in turn, would make them updated. additionally, students considered the novels of their syllabus as boring (classics) and saw that the personal choice satisfies their needs and lessens their panic/ stress. students who ticked the “no” option (15.90%) provide their lack of interest in reading literature and experience to choose as their justifications. students’ responses to the text. about 77% of the students found themselves absorbed in their reading of the novel asserting that mark twain managed to attract the readers’ attention. to them, this was adeptly accomplished through tackling serious issues related to black american slaves by harmonizing different literary genres and techniques (satire, picaresque, humor …). the most frequently identified important issues of the novel center, thus, around slavery vs freedom. besides, other issues like the possibility of co-existence of blacks and whites, the problem of identity, innocence, and hypocrisy of white people were spotted. there are 16 students who did not respond to this question. unexpected results came with the question seeking students’ feelings about the story of jim, for 21 students did not respond and 11 others provided irrelevant answers. only 12 answers were considered relevant showing students’ supportive feelings which range between feeling sorry and sympathetic towards jim and all the slaves with their experiences without exception. to justify their feelings, almost 16% of the total population that answered the question thought that local or worldwide issues are well-reflected through the experience of this character. in relation to the same point, 21 students skipped the question which required them to point out the event that remained etched on their minds after 176 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee reading the novel. 17 answers were irrelevant and only 6 students provided clear answers revolving mostly around scenes combining both main characters: tom and jim. the text and its effects. this section along with the previous one aspires to find answers to the main questions of this study. in particular, the section tests the ability of the learners to link human issues, mainly the repression of black people, raised in the novel with real life issues. so, a considerable number of the students, i.e. nearly 57% of them, reported their dissatisfaction with the situation of the citizens in the islamic world. this attitude was clearly demonstrated through the following statements: student (a): citizens of the islamic world are the subaltern of a complex combination of oppressive powers; they are voiceless. student (b): because arabs have been repressed mentally, they do not get the chance to even express their needs and desires. nevertheless, 34% of the population, unlike the previous group, seemed satisfied since at least religious freedom is guaranteed. in the next question, 61.36% of the students expressed their empathy for the arabic citizens standing against the oppressive regimes whilst 31.81% of them had opposing views. they referred to most of the countries affected by the arab spring like tunisia, syria, and egypt. yet, most of them concentrated on the syrian issue by expressing their empathy through negative psychological responses (pain, sadness, sorrow). in the course of analyzing the results of this question, the researchers came across two interesting initiatives which exceeded the step of being empathetic to becoming active: student (a): i feel their pain because what’s happening is irrational; i share what i believe in via the different social networks. student (b): the syrian cause will be the topic of my dissertation this year. in the same vein, unexpected reactions came out towards other issues in the western countries like the terrorist attacks in paris, charlie ibdou incident and isis attacks since only 52.28% of the students showed empathy for them. few days before the questionnaire was administered, an explosion took place in a refugee camp in ouargla. when our sample students were asked to express their reactions about it, unfortunately, almost 57 % of them left the space blank, and 16 % stated that they did not hear about the incident. only 27 % of the total number tried to describe the type of feelings they had towards the victims (sadness, sympathy, being sorry, hoping their situation will change). the latter proposed encouraging individual initiatives, visiting the victims, organizing charity campaigns and raising awareness about the situation of the refugees once asked about the things they can afford to help. here, 43.18 % did not answer the question, and 6.81% were irrelevant. attempting to realize the key objective of this section, learners were guided to identify the local algerian issues that crossed their minds while reading the novel. 72.72% of them did not answer and 6.81 % of the responses were irrelevant. to the rest, it was mainly the period of french colonization, the black decade and the recent events of ghardaya. concerning whether reading the novel helped the students to view the issues raised in the novel differently, the results revealed that 56.81% did not respond while only 13.63% noted that their views remained the same. 177 samya achiri & fadhila hadjeris between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? as stated earlier, the researchers presented an evaluation of novel teaching to tertiary efl students with the aim of investigating to what extent reading novels cultivate empathy in them. the results of the second section of the questionnaire revealed the students’ neglect of reading generally and reading novels specifically despite being an overriding component of their syllabus. nevertheless, the students’ awareness of the importance of novel reading in a reaction to another question is discernable. this reluctance to read may be ascribed to both individual and instructional factors, for most of the participating students perceive reading as a compulsory task: 1. inappropriate choice of the novels taught to/in this class as teachers usually prefer the classics. 2. students’ unfamiliarity with reading. 3. students’ inability to either understand the literary language or interpret the symbols and motifs used by authors to allude to other issues i.e. their critical thinking is not fully developed. 4. time restrictions because students are exposed to many modules of civilization and literature. these factors can adequately explain the difficulties the students encountered while reading the selected novel the adventures of huckleberry finn leading them to favor reading summaries or watching cinematic adaptations. the evaluation of answers about the thematic concerns of the adventures of huckleberry finn itself indicated the students’ understanding of what the story revolves around. yet, the series of unexpected results in which they skipped answering the remaining questions or provided irrelevant reactions lead us to say that in spite of reading the novel, our respondents did not understand the intentions of the writer. this also could be related to their inability to imagine the situation of the characters. therefore, they did not empathize or at least sympathize, as it is expected in regular situations, with the characters of the novel as believed by martha nussbaum (1997). it has been already shown that she sees narrative imagination as the result of critical reading of a contentious narrative fictional text. through the last section of the questionnaire, the attentiveness of the students towards the dominating issues in the middle-east (arab spring above all) can be induced. these issues impose themselves upon the lives of the algerians due to the emergence of private news tv channels and a wide access to means of technology. this in turn created a sense of annoyance and fear of being trapped in the same situation. worth underlining here is the fact that this wide access to the different media types (especially the net) participated undoubtedly in making the students obsessed with the current situation at the expense of reading or other important things. for this reason, students were less empathetic to western issues if compared to middle east issues. as far as local issues are concerned, the results do not lead us to say that 43.18% of the respondents are not empathetic since they declared their lack of knowledge about incident of ouargla. this could be explained by the fact that it is a local issue and it did not receive enough attention as other arabic or western issues. another finding of our evaluation is the minimal responsiveness to the association between the text and real events –local, arabic or western– which can be possibly attributed, as hinted above, to the students’ inability to imagine or to show critical thinking. hence, they cannot interpret hidden 178 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee messages conveyed by the author. this is the most important point of the paper that could be directly related to zunshine’s cognitive view (2006) of the whole matter. to her, a work of fiction must trigger the reader’s mind to read the character’s mind. understanding and empathy that spring in this case is called cognitive empathy. obviously, this is what the sample students of this current study lack. conclusion this study was inspired by the teachers’ experience in this pedagogical setting where english, as a foreign language, is a medium of instruction more than being an objective of instruction. to phrase it differently, learners at this level, in widdowson’s terms (1975), are supposedly guided, using english, to learn other disciplines rather than learning the language itself, a step which in our case involves studying literature. the dearth of studies that have been conducted to improve the teaching of literature generally and the impact of novel reading on the students’ psychological traits particularly in a university-level algerian context was another motivating factor. therefore, the researchers, who believe that this modest study is just a starting point, hope that this initiative will instigate further attempts in this area for which empirical research, precisely experiments, is obviously required to arrive to a better understanding of how empathy in such a context really occurs taking into consideration that algeria has its own cultural specificities. the latter of course include gender differences and their relation with empathy which is given a due concern by suzanne keen (2007). adding to this, empathy is an important capacity in a population that is normally characterized by major cultural differences, and algeria started to become one since it is now an open market to different nationalities. as a starting point, the researchers postulated that the reading experience of the sample students spawns no satisfactory empathetic attitudes, and the underestimation of the value of literature on the one hand and the lack of reading literary texts on the other stem as serious obstacles in the face of developing the students’ empathy and their reception of real and important human issues. overall findings paved the way to the researchers to unveil the problematic situation of teaching literature in this context. neglecting reading despite being aware of its advantages which is mostly related to the students’ obsession of technology has also a series of instructional reasons as indicated above. the impasse of feeling obligation and boredom while reading could be solved by means of suggesting a free reading list. certainly, this will have outstanding effects on the students’ performance in such modules if combined with smallgroup learning. involvement, motivation, interaction, circulation of knowledge, and the development of critical thinking are only few gains to mention here in case students’ preferences are taken into account. in this point, the teacher can, for instance, specify a literary genre and ask his students to choose a representative novel. additionally, allowing students to choose their texts will render them more responsible and also set the essence of the lmd system, as a learner-centered educational system, into practice. moreover, if we intend to develop teaching literature in algerian universities and to extend the effects of reading beyond the classroom precincts, then lecturers and course designers are invited to work hand in hand. a set of 179 samya achiri & fadhila hadjeris between reality and idealism: does novel reading generate empathy in algerian efl students? simple practices could be effective in meeting the students’ needs. to begin with, allocating much time to the modules of literature will be helpful to cover the objectives in a more adequate manner through creating a range of motivating activities like group works, presentations, and discussions. adopting more specialized modules of literature, like contemporary literature, women literature and postcolonial literature, is another practice that can lend promising results given that boredom will be led to an end. this point can be accelerated by means of introducing two other practices: (a) first, giving the opportunity to the students to choose modules of interest at the beginning of the program like it is the case in most of the universities all over the world, and (b) second, introducing anglophone african literatures as the researchers’ experience shows that the students are more attached to the literatures of the continent. returning now to the question posed at the beginning “does novel reading promote empathy in algerian university efl students towards characters-related issues and human real issues?”, we can say, after considering the results, that our sample students possess sympathy and empathy towards people of the major events in their lives. yet, their attitudes are not satisfactory as it expected at this level where students are supposed to have developed critical thinking and awareness, and they are normally being prepared to get real life opportunities as mainly teachers after graduation. so, the empathy they show does not normally come totally from novel reading since the results led us to come across the questionable status of literature teaching which was against the developmental effect of empathy in real life. the above practices are expected to boost interest in reading, hence to develop empathy. references bal, p. m. & veltkamp, m. (2013). how does fiction reading influence empathy? an experimental investigation on the role of emotional transportation. plos one, 8 (1): e55341. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0055341 collie, j., & slater, s. (1987). literature in the language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. helton, c. a, asamani, j., & thomas, e. d. (1998). a ‘novel’ approach to the teaching of reading. tennessee state: tennessee state university, 1-5. [online] retrieved from http: // www.nade.net / documents / scp98 / scp98.19.pdf keen, s. (2007). empathy and the novel. new york: oxford university press. lazar, g. (1993). literature and language teaching: a guide for teachers and trainers. cambridge: cambridge university press. leake, e. (2014). humanizing the inhumane: the value of difficult empathy. in m. m. hammond & s. j. kim (eds.), rethinking empathy through literature (pp. 175-185). new york: routledge. nussbaum, m. c. (1997). cultivating humanity: a classical defense of reform in liberal education. cambridge, usa: harvard university press. stansfield, j., & bunce, l. (2014). the relationship between empathy and reading fiction: separate roles for cognitive and affective components. journal of european psychology students, 5(3): 9-18. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/jeps.ca widdowson, h. g. (1975). stylistics and the teaching of literature. london: longman. zunshine, l. (2006). why we read fiction: theory of mind and the novel. columbus: ohio state university press. 180 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 51 model of contextual-based academic writing learning module afif rofii universitas batanghari jambi, indonesia email: afif_rofii@yahoo.com fathiaty murtadho department of apllied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia email: fathiaty_murtadho@unj.ac.id aceng rahmat department of apllied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia email: aceng.rahmat@unj.ac.id apa citation: rofii, a., murtadho, f., & rahmat, a. (2018). model of contextual-based academic writing learning module (r&d at faculty of teacher training and education universitas batanghari jambi). english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 51-60. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1242. received: 12-02-2018 accepted: 26-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: this research and development aims to develop a contextual-based learning module for academic writing course to develop the students’ writing skill. it adopts borg & gall’s model modified from jolly and bolitho’s model of development steps. the development steps include: assessing the teaching materials currently implemented, designing and developing the module, judging module feasibility by experts, and testing module effectiveness. it applies mixed method approach to describe textual data qualitatively and analyze numerical data using t-test. the data were obtained from need analysis through document analysis, interview, observation, survey, and experiment. the analysis found that the lecturers and students need appropriate, practical and effective teaching materials that meet their needs. therefore, the module of writing teaching material is developed by integrating the seven components of contextual approach in various learning activities. th epracticality test suggests that the module is very pratical. the feasibility test 82.27 in average confirming that the module is very feasible to develop. the effectiveness test found that it is very effective reflected in the posttest mean score of experimental class (78.10) that is significally different from the control class (69.80). the tests of practicality, feasibility, and effectiveness come into conclusion that the developed module can be implemented in the academic writing class. as suggesstion, the lecturers and researchers are recommended to develop comprehensively teaching materials aligning with the students’ needs. keywords: model, contextual-based, academic writing, module, research and development introduction university is required to make a scientific work, either produced by the lecturers or the students. this scientific work is developed through academic writing activities. writing is a complex activity requiring extensive and comprehensive knowledge (martens, 2010). as defined by akhadiah, et al. (1996), academic writing skill in term of formal writing is a complex skill requiring some knowledge and skills. here, the author is required to have various abilities at once related to what will be written and how to deliver it in a good and right written language (ridwan, 2011). afif rofii, fathiaty murtadho, & aceng rahmat model of contextual-based academic writing learning module 52 gaith (2002) states academic writing is a type of formal and critical writing activity to be presented to the readers in an academic domain based on scientific knowledge as well as scientific ideas and arguments. gillet (2010) defines academic writing as a form of writing intended for specific audience and purpose as well as a clear structure. the lecturers are required to be able to publish a research article in journals, as well, the students are required to complete assignment related to academic writing activities. in fact, the reality indicates that there are many students unable to write well. it can be found in their writing works as theses and papers. akhadiah (2008) argued that many students are difficult to write a wellestablished writing. such difficulties include various levels of written language use as word choices (diction), sentence structures, paragraph developments, writing developments and the grammar rules. based on the provisional observations and interviews conducted to the third-semester students at the faculty of teacher training and education of batanghari university, jambi, several findings were found. firstly, the learning process of academic writing is guided by the rps developed by the lecturer without applying a particular approach. secondly, the learning material is explained too fast by the lecturer. third, it is difficult for students to understand the subject matter as the limited time available. fourth, the learning process is delivered through lecture method. last, students are difficult to obtain learning sources, lecture materials and rely merely on handouts made by the lecturers. these issues make the students to have lack motivation to learn and to master the academic writing materials. based on the problems formerly described, it is necessary to develop a module draft of academic writing learning that fits the students’ needs. sagala (2011) explains that the lesson planning is a process of the development of systemic learning that is used specifically in theories of learning and teaching ensuring the quality of learning. therefore, teaching planning must be in accordance with the concept of education and teaching incorporated in the curriculum (sagala, 2011). nasution (1997, p. 205) states that a module is “a complete stand-alone unit and consists of a series of learning activities developed to help students achieve a number of objectives defined clearly and specifically”. in the same sense, depdiknas (2008, p. 13) defines module as “a book written with purposed to ease the students in learning independently with or without the teacher guidance.” moreover, mulyasa (2006) states that there are several advantages to learn by modules, such as focusing on learners’ individual ability as they have the ability to work alone and more responsible for their actions. in developing the learning module, the lecturers need to pay attention to the instructional material preparation model to implement. one of the models that can be used is the contextual teaching-learning approach (ctl). johnson (2002, p. 24) states “ctl is a holistic system consisting of interrelated parts that produce an effect that exceeds what any single part could achieve.” moreover, johnson (2002, p. 24) said that “each of these distinct elements of the ctl system contributes to helping students make sense of schoolwork; they form a system that makes it possible for students to see meaning in, and retain, academic material.” according to rusman (2012), ctl is a learning concept that helps teachers to relate materials taught to the real-world situations of students and encourages students to connect their knowledge and its application in a daily life. moreover, nurhadi (2004) argued that ctl is a unit of learning concepts, in which teachers present real-world situations into the classroom and encourage the students to make connections between their knowledge and its application in their lives either as family or societal members. the learning process takes place naturally in the form of students’ work and experience activities, not just the transfer of knowledge from teacher to student. ctl is suitable to overcome the problem of teaching academic writing that has been described as the ctl system will guide the learners to english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 53 apply the seven components of ctl, namely: constructivism, inquiry, questioning, learning community, modeling, reflection, and authentic assessment in learning. based on the above description, researchers are motivated to overcome the problems occurred in the teaching of academic writing in the faculty of teacher training and education, universitas batanghari jambi, by developing learning modules on academic writing materials integrating seven components of the contextual approach. therefore, this research and development of learning module of contextual-based academic writing at teacher training and education faculty of universitas batanghari jambi is important to do. method the final objective of this research is to invent a model of teaching materials in the form of a learning module of contextual-based academic writing that is feasible, practical and effective in writing skill course at the faculty of teacher training and education, universitas batanghari jambi. it is developed based on the objective conditions in the field. this research applies qualitative and quantitative approach using research and development method. product development is carried out according to the research and development steps called the r & d cycle (borg & gall, 1983). this r& d plays main part in improving the quality of education because it connects the systematic evaluation program with the development program in education domain (gall, gall, & borg, 2007). according to borg and gall (1983, p. 772), research and development is “a process used to develop and validate educational products”. further, gay (1992) says that this method is not to evaluate the theory but to develop effective products to use in schools to meet the pre-defined of special needs, such as training materials, teaching materials, media, and management systems. this r&d follows the steps developed by borg and gall (1983). yet, the concept of borg and gall development model in its implementation can be modified to meet the needs in the real situation (gall, gall, & borg, 2007). therefore, to easily implement this procedure, the ten steps of the borg and gall cycle are classified into four stages of research, as follows: 1) preliminary research; 2) model development planning; 3) validation, evaluation, and revision of the model; and 4) model implementation. the first is a preliminary research stage. the preliminary research includes theoretical review, analysis of empirical study results, evaluation of learning process, document analysis, needs analysis of learning process, and analysis of teaching materials generally used by lecturers. the second is the module development stage. this stage includes the formulation of objectives and criteria of the module, drafting of modules, peer assessment, revision i, limited testing, and continued with revision ii based on the analysis results of the limited testing. the third is validation, evaluation, and revision stage, that is the steps carried out to acquire module that suits the students’ and lecturers’ needs. at this stage, the module is judged by the experts. the revision iii, large groups testing, and revision iv of the module to be developed into hypothetical model. the fourth is the model implementation stage. this stage is conducted to investigate the effectiveness of the developed model. the testing of learning model effectiveness is conducted through experimental method. this activity is followed by observation, interview and questionnaire distribution to students and lecturers. it is then followed by final revision of the developed learning module. the analysis is performed using qualitative and quantitative approach. the qualitative approach is used to get an overview and description of the learning real conditions in the classroom, the needs of students and lecturers, and the model developed. the qualitative approach analyzes the conceptual study of academic writing materials in universities, curriculum, discussion result with colleague, and expert validation data. quantitative approach is performed to examine the effectiveness of contextual-based academic writing learning module. the examination is conducted to compare the effectiveness of the developed learning module with the afif rofii, fathiaty murtadho, & aceng rahmat model of contextual-based academic writing learning module 54 conventional one used by lecturers in their daily lectures. the data on the implementation of learning are acquired from two classes, namely control group and experimental group. the quantitative data is pretest and posttest scores of both classes. the data were then analyzed by using t-test. results and discussion in this research, the need analysis of the module (contextual-based academic writing) to be developed is carried out following four engagements. data on the students and lecturers needs in the academic writing learning were validated using need analysis. the analysis involves four major activities, namely: 1) document analysis, 2) surveys through questionnaires given to lecturers and students, 3) direct observation to the academic writing learning process in the classroom; and 4) interviews with lecturers and students. the first activity is document analysis that involves: curriculum, rps the lecturers use in learning as well as the teaching materials used in academic writing course. the course identity, code, credit, description, learning outcomes, scopes and course prerequisite are collected by analyzing the curriculum. the result discovers the following information; 1) the teaching materials of the writing skill course used in batanghari university are delivered in a difficult language to understand by the students, 2) the material does not meet the topics covered in the current syllabus, 3) the materials provided only expose the theories without supported by the conceptual and facts, 4) the level of meterials complexity should be aligned with learners’ cognitive, 5) the examples presented are not contextual (different from the student's daily life), 6) the materials delivered by the lecture also overlap each other, unorderly presented from simple to complex materials, 7) the delivery of the materials is not centered to the students, 8) form and technique of evaluation provided in the materials does not suitable, and 9) the learning objectives defined in the rps do not adhere to the curriculum developed by the faculty of teacher training and education universitas batanghari jambi. these facts cause the low level of the students’ academic writing skills. the second is need analysis of the developed module conducted by using questionnaire. the questionnaire consists of three components namely the teaching materials, learning methods and evaluation components. the first component prominently needs the material in accordance with the topic, learning objectives and characteristics of students, students do not merely need materials of writing theories but they also need more exercises, examples, and other supporting information as well as materials that synchronize with the students’characteristics by applying a particular approach or method. the physical appearance of teaching materials should be attractively presented in a colorful and unique illustration and presentation in order to improve student's learning motivation. the form and technique of evaluation should also be made varied in accordance with the competencies to be measured. the investigation of teaching methods found that; 1) the students request learning materials applying specific approaches, 2) the method used in each topic should be varied to evade monotonous and be student-centered to facilitate them to study actively and creatively, 3) the methods used should consider the level of mastery and the background of the students, 4) the methods should explore the students’ skill, and 5) the method should fit the learning objectives to achieve. need analysis on evaluation component founnd that; 1) the type and form of evaluation should be varied based on the competence to be measured, 2) the evaluation should not be administered at the end but also during the learning process, 3) the result of evaluation should be given back to the students so that they know their mistakes, and 4) if the lecturer evaluates using test, the scoring procedure should be provided in details. furthermore, the results of need analysis from the lecturers’ view are also obtained through questionnaires based on seven components namely: rational, subject and content, gradation, methodology, design english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 55 (layout), exercises, and other components. rasionally, writing skill course requires the availability of learning materials where the content, language, appearance, and graph are reasonable. the materials should be practical: easy to use, keep, bring, and archive as well as be effective: have impacts on students. furthermore, it should provide a complete and varied learning materials involving the topics and learning outcomes to be achieved. besides, the materials should provide learning steps described in details; discussion on every topic provided with some examples and practice items; list of difficult vocabulary and their definition, as well as the detailed guide of learning materials. the lecturers also suggest to deliver the materials communicatively using familiar language the students easy to understand. the materials are presented gradually from the low level to the higher level. the basic and simple concept is presented first then proceed to the complex one. the illustrations provided meet the facts and concepts in daily life. the materials should be presented using various methods to avoid monotonous and use varied illustrations to make the materials be clear. the delivery and discussion should be focused on process skill based on the learning objectves. for design, the lecturers suggest to design the cover and content uniquely and interestingly to motivate the students to study. the module size and content should be proportional. the colors and location are syncronous and consistent to make clear the function. font combination should be minimized. in addition, supplementary components such as reflection sheets, student worksheets, and answer keys are also required. in addition to questionnaires, need analysis is also done through interviews with students and lecturers. based of the interview with the lecturers, the following facts are obtained: 1) the materials should be organized or developed with a specific approach or method, 2) the materials should be organized according to the curriculum applied, 3) the materials should provide complete materials, and 4) the learning materials should accomodate the different characteristics of the students. the interview with the students reveals that they need interesting, readable, understandable, feasible, practical, and effective learning material of academic writing organized with applying a specific approach or method. therefore, the data obtained from need analysis confirm that the development of materials model that adheres the students’ and lecturers’ needs should be carried out, that is a module of contextual-based academic writing learning that is feasible, practical, effective, attractive, contextual, and in accordance with the characteristics of students. it is aimed at improving the students’ motivation, activity and competence on academic writing skills. the module design of contextual-based academic writing learning based on observation, survey, interview, and document analysis results, the writer formulates a contextual-based academic writing learning module in the form of initial draft. the concept of the initial draft l was developed based on: 1) the principles of developing the teaching material model; 2) result of need analysis on student and lecturer obtained from questionnaire, interview and observation; and 3) document analysis results including curriculum, rps and academic writing materials used in the learning process. the results of the analysis become the basis for formulating the development design of contextual-based academic writing learning module which consists of learning outcome, the main activities to be done, the material description, the summary, and the exercise components. learning outcomes are put at the beginning of each material to be learned which involve the competencies students should achieve in each learning material. the outcomes consist of attitude, knowledge, general skill and special skill as well. they are presented in active sentences using measurable operational verbs. the main activities are the students learn the materials provided in the module. these activities required the students to follow the contextual approach procedure in the afif rofii, fathiaty murtadho, & aceng rahmat model of contextual-based academic writing learning module 56 developed module. these are presented at the beginning before proceeding to the material description section. the description contains the materials in one particular topic to be learned. it is presented in the module through learning activities that are divided into three, namely preliminary activities, main activities, and closing activities. after learning the activities presented in this module, students are expected to master the learning outcomes that are set on each material. the contextual approach component is integrated into the learning steps of the material presented. the summary contains abstracts of the materials that have been completed. it is presented at the end of each topic in the module. this summary will ease the students to recall the materials they have learned. exercise/evaluation is conducted to know the achievement of the learning process, in addition to know the ability of students in understanding the materials they learned. as this academic writing learning module is contextually based, therefore, the evaluation is carried out during and at the end of the learning process of each topic as well as summative evaluation at the end of the module. the developed model of draft i is then tested in a small group of 9 third-semester students and the results are as follows: 1) in general the model of teaching materials is good; 2) the examples given are less varied; 3) the introductory language used is easy to understand; 4) the time to do the exercises should be added; 5) the exercises should be provided with clear instructions; and 6) the module should be equipped by a list of difficult words and their explanations. a revision based on the student input on a limited trial is made. afterwards, the validation or expert judgment test is performed. the results are as follows: 1) each subject is organized based on time allocated; 2) the materials are arranged orderly; 3) the direction in every exercise should be clearly written; 4) it is suggested to use appropriate illustrations with the topics; 5) consistency on writing patterns; and 6) vocabularies should vary and it is better to use a vocabulary close to the student daily life. several expert inputs are then used as a guidance to revise the learning module to get the desired module. the developed module will then be tested for its effectiveness. the practicalities of contextual-based academic writing learning module the test of practicality is aimed at identifying whether the developed module is practical or not. moreover, yusuf (2005) stated that an instrument is practical if it is simple and affordable. there are some reasons to strengthen this statement; they are (1) it costs inexepensive; (2) it is easy to share which means the user of the instrument can apply and understand them it easily, the form and the language is not difficult to understand; (3) it is easy to grade; (4) it is easy to interprete; and (5) it does not waste much time. the practicality of the model is being investigated in order to get the perception whether this model can be applied in individual learning or not. the practice refers to the acquiring or usability. there are some reasons that should be considered as a practical instrument. they are (1) the instrument must be easy to organize, save, or use; (2) the timing process of the administration must be short and brief; (3) it must be easy to interpret by experts or the teachers who lack of experience in instrument evaluation.; and (4) the good instrument must have a certain characteristic such as in expensive and to get for those who would like to use it as a guidance. the practicality of the module can be tested in two ways, by observation and survey. the observation can be applied by using direct learning. this observation is implemented by giving observation sheets. the second way of taking the surveys is giving simple questionnaire. it is given to the lecturers and students. the questionnaire consists of students and lecturers assessment related to the practicality of the developed module. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 57 feasibility of contextual-based academic writing learning module after trial and revision in a small group, the examination of the module feasibility is then carried out. it is done by means of expert judgment using a questionnaire of module feasibility. in addition, expert judgments and inputs are also obtained through consultation and discussion. based on input from the experts, the feasibility level of the developed model is obtained. effectiveness of contextual-based academic writing learning module the effectiveness test of the module is done in class iii a1 and iii a2 using an experimental method. this test is proposed to ascertain the impact of the developed module implementing in the classroom. class iii a1 is taught with teaching materials taken from the developed module, while class iii a2 is taught using the conventional materials available. after the learning process completed, the test is administered to both classes. further, the test results of both classes are compared and analyzed using t-test. based on the post-test result of both classes, the mean score of the experimental class is 78.10 and the control class is 69.80. further, the mean equality test is proceeded by means of t-test and the result is shown in the following table. tabel 1. test result of mean variance independent samples test levene’s test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2-tailed) y equal variances assumed .013 .909 4.596 34 .000 equal variances not assumed 4.596 33.970 .000 the table shows that the value of t-count equals to 4.595. comparing to the value of ttable at the level of significance α = 0.05 and df = 34, the t-count (4.596) is higher than ttable (2.021). in conclusion, there is a significant difference between the mean score of the students’ learning outcomes using the developed teaching materials and the students using conventional one. the mean score of learning outcomes of the students using academic writing modules developed is higher than those using the conventional one. as result, the null hypothesis (ho) is rejected and the alternative hypothesis (h1) is accepted. it can be inferred, based on the test results, that the developed learning module has a high level of effectiveness. therefore, the contextual-based academic writing modules developed are practical, feasible and effective to use in introductory writing skill lectures. a questionnaire consisting of 79 items is administered to know the students’ and lecturers’ perception on the module feasibility. it is organized using likert scale with five alternative categories: strongly agree (ss), agree (s), slightly disagree (ks), disagree (ts) and strongly disagree (sts). this test covers 21 aspects: 1) theme choice; 2) the accuracy of facts and concepts; 3) accuracy of illustration; 4) conformity with the development of science; 5) updated features of instances and references; 6) contextual; 7) alignment with the level of learners’ development; 8) conformity with the level of social and emotional development; 9) message comprehension; 10) grammar and spelling correctness; 11) the standardized terms and symbols; 12) the meaning coherence of the chapters, sub-chapters and paragraphs; 13) the cohesion of inter-chapter, sub-chapter, paragraph, and sentence; 14) student centered; 15) develop process skills; 16) paying attention to safety; 17) variation of presentation; 18) conceptual coherence; 19) consistency of systematics; 20) chapters synchronization; and 21) completeness of presentation. the students’ responses to the questions on the feasibility questionnaire described in 79 items are as follows: 67.09% of students afif rofii, fathiaty murtadho, & aceng rahmat model of contextual-based academic writing learning module 58 argued that the developed learning module was excellent (strongly agree) and 32.91% of students claimed that the learning module developed is good (agree). based on the result, it can be concluded that students’ perceptions on the feasibility of learning modules developed are very well (strongly agree). meanwhile, the lecturers’ perceptions of the 79 items of the feasibility questionnaire are as follows: 97.46% or 77 items answered strongly agree (very good) and 2.53% or 2 items are answered agree or good. it designates that the lecturers’ perception on the feasibility of learning module developed is very good. the advantage of this developed module is it is developed based on the analysis of lecturers’ and students’ needs so as to produce teaching materials with the following characteristics: 1) developed in accordance with the curriculum employed in the faculty of teacher training and education, universitas batanghari jambi; 2) developed for special purposes; 3) accommodate the needs of lecturers and students; 4) focused on material interrelationship with students’ immediate environment; 5) developed according to the characteristics of the students; 6) the module is feasible, practical, and effective, and 7) developed using contextual approaches prioritizing the seven components of contextual approaches (constructivism, inquiry, modeling, community learning, questioning, reflection and authentic assessment). therefore, it can motivate the students to actively learn in groups or independently. conclusion the results of needs analysis show that both students and lecturers require teaching materials in the form of academic writing module that fits their needs based on contextual approach. as result, it is then developed the learning module adhered the theories on the material development, the principles of material development, and the principle of material assessment. following the effectiveness analysis, it is known that the developed contextual-based academic writing module can improve students’ learning outcomes. it can be consulted to the results of the effectiveness testing of teaching materials used in the experimental class. the scores showed a significant difference between the post-test mean score of the students after learning using contextual-based module (78.10) and the posttest mean score of the students in the control group (69.80). afterward, the analysis of two means shows that t-count value is higher than t-table. the finding confirms that the academic writing performance of the class learning by using contextual-based module is higher than the class learning by using conventional one. this means that the developed academic writing module is effectively used in the learning of writing a proposal at the faculty of teacher training and education, batanghari university of jambi. the feasibility test conducted by giving questionnaire to the lecturers and students results mean scores 82.27%. both lecturers and students suggest that the developed contextual-based academic writing module meets the feasibility criteria, categorized into very feasible. therefore, it can be concluded that the developed contextbased academic writing module is feasible, practical and effective to implement. reference akhadiah, s. (2008). penulisan ilmiah. jakarta: pps universitas muhammadiyah. akhadiah, s., arsjad, m. g., & ridwan, s. h. (1996). pembinaan kemampuan menulis bahasa indonesia. jakarta: erlangga. borg, w. r., & gall, m. d. (1983). educational research: an introduction. new york: longman inc. depdiknas. (2008). panduan pengembangan bahan ajar. jakarta: direktorat jenderal manajemen pendidikan dasar dan menengah. gall, m. d., gall, p. j., & borg, w. r. (2007). educational research: an introduction. boston: pearson education, inc. gay, l. r. (1992). educational research competencies for analysis and aplication. new jersey: a simon & scuster company engliwood cliffs. ghaith, g. (2002). writing. retrieved november 5, 2016 from http://www.nadaisland.com/ghaithwriting.html. gillet, a. (2010). using english for academic purpose: a guide for students in higher education. retrieved english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 59 november 5, 2016 from http://www.uefap.com/writing/writfram.htm. johnson, e. b. (2002). contextual teaching and learning. california: corwin press, inc. martens, n. l. (2010). writing, processes and techniques. new york: nova science publishers inc. mulyasa, e. (2006). kurikulum yang disempurnakan: pengembangan standar kompetensi dan kompetensi dasar. bandung: pt remaja rosdakarya. nasution. (1997). berbagai pendekatan dalam proses belajar dan mengajar. jakarta: bumi aksara. nurhadi. (2004). pembelajaran kontekstual (ctl) dan penerapannya dalam kbk. malang: universitas negeri malang. ridwan, s. h. (2011). metodologi pembelajaran bahasa: aplikasi dalam pengajaran morfologisintaksis. yogyakarta: kepel press. rusman. (2012). model-model pembelajaran. jakarta: grafindo persada. sagala, s. (2011). konsep dan makna pembelajaran. bandung: alfabeta. yusuf, a. m. (2005). dasar-dasar dan teknik evaluasi pendidikan. padang: universitas negeri padang. afif rofii, fathiaty murtadho, & aceng rahmat model of contextual-based academic writing learning module 60 model of contextual-based academic writing learning module the practicalities of contextual-based academic writing learning module an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee an analysis of teacher asmediator in efl class nunung nurhasanah department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: nunungnurhasanah17@yahoo.co.id apa citation: nurhasanah, n. (2014). an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class. english review: journal of english education 3(1), 103-113 . received: 14-10-2014 accepted: 23-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this paper concerned about how criteria of mediator applied in role of the teacher in efl class and what the most dominant criteria of mediator done by the teacher in efl class. it was limited to analyze the role of teacher as mediator based on feuerstein’s mediated learning experience criteria (1980) in xiongyong et al., (2012). the method was qualitative research by using techniques structured observation and questionnaire that the process of teaching and learning was recorded by video then it was transcribed to identify the existence of criteria of mediator in the class. it also used observation worksheet to show the existence of criteria of mediator during three times observation. based on the findings of the research, the teacher applied all criteria of mediator well which shared intention was the most dominant criteria that was done by the teacher in the class with percentage 87%. it means that the teacher made instructions clearly during the learning so that the students could understand about the lesson and present their tasks well. keywords: role of teacher, mediator, mediated learning experience, efl class. introduction english is international language and used in many aspects such as science, technology, and culture (aprijal, 2012: 1). it has big role in transferring information in the world for example in indonesia. in indonesia, english also influences aspects in human life. the presence of english in indonesia from independence to the present has played in society at large, and in particular in business, politics, education and the media (lauder, 2008: 10). as previous explanation that education has large role in indonesia. the opinion is also supported by lauder (2008: 10) that says that english is a compulsory subject in schools and it can not be denied about the role in university which learning process can not occur without some readings in english. as we know that in indonesia, english is not first language or second language. it is a foreign language. according to brown (2000: 116), foreign language context occurs when the students can not communicate beyond their classroom with society by using english because it is not language that is used in the environment. beside in school, students can get it by language clubs, special media opportunities, books, or an occasional tourist (brown, 2000: 116). it is difficult enough to learn it and need much efforts to master it. moreover, english was first mentioned formally in 1955 at conference of teacher trainers by mr. wachendorff who is the first head of the central inspectorate of english language instruction in the ministry of education. he says that english is never used in daily life in indonesia, or even be the nunung nurhasanah an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class second language, but it should be the first foreign language (komaria, 1998: 24-25 in lauder, 2008: 16). it means that english as foreign language has established since long time ago. furthermore, it has also had rule of law that can strengthen previous statement and exact time to start learning english. komaria (1998: 29) in lauder (2008: 16) states that the 1989 law renders english as first foreign language and compulsory subject at the secondary level, but it is also given in primary four. moreover, in producing the learner that is good in english, teacher has also role to make it true. brown (2001) in xiongyong, samuel and hua (2012: 118) says that teachers are decision-makers in facing learning process and must be able to handle whatever educational setting, potentials, and problems. besides, tseng (1999) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 118) states that teacher is place where students learn about the world of work and prepared to be successful persons through collaborating with people around them. the statements explain that role of teacher influences in teaching and learning process and gives big contribution for education. teacher also has wide role in future life of students. in addition, good teacher must produce effective learner. it means that the role of teacher should be realized. but, there are many things that must be fulfilled so that it happens. researchers in cognitive education considered that children can become effective learner through teaching fundamental principles of thought, perception, learning, and problem-solving (feuerstein, 1980 & haywood, 1986 in seng, 1997: 1). the perspective is based on the three assumptions that two assumptions stated that the learning of effective cognitive processes occurs and more efficient cognitive functioning can be taught through mediated learning experience (samuel, 1987 in seng, 1997: 1). therefore, a teacher should be a good mediator in order to effective learning can be achieved. william & burden (2000) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 118) states that mediation gives chances for learners to practice english in communication and make the language learning more effective. it means that mediation is important in teaching and learning process and should be applied. because of that, role of teacher should use mediator to reach effective learning. it also should be priority in language instruction (feuerstein, 1990 in xiongyong et al., 2012: 118). furthermore, in social constructivist framework, theory of mediation is a main role (sun, 2005: 6 in xiongyong et al., 2012: 119). it means that mediation has big role. mediation help learners to become autonomous, to control their own learning, to become independent thinkers and problem-solvers (williams & burden, 2000: 68 in xiongyong et al., 2012: 119). as we see, mediation is very helpful to be independent learners and appropriate to apply. moreover, in mediation, mediators are the people around learners. seng, pou, & tan (2003: 11) in xiongyong (2011: 230) say that they may be the parent, facilitator, teacher, or some significant other who plays the intentional role of explaining, emphasizing, interpreting, or extending the environment so that the learner builds up a meaningful internal model of the context or the world experienced. this present study limits teacher as mediator. in classrooms, teachers should interact and assist learners for using language themselves not only providing english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee them with the language knowledge (fisher, 2005 in xiongyong, 2011: 230). besides, if they interaction each other constantly, they learn using language and making sense of the world (vygotsky, 1978 in xiongyong 2012: 233). it means that teacher help learners to understand using language in real life and the context. in addition, seng et al., (2003) in xiongyong (2012: 230) says that current education reforms imply that teacher role as mediator is important not only as disseminator of value of adult mediation but also in children’s learning can never be overstressed. for the explanation, mediation help learner to enjoy their lesson without being stress of it. after knowing that teacher as mediator is important for education, we should know what mediated learning experience is that becomes basic from teacher as mediator. seng (1997: 1) states mediated learning is the process that a mediator manages and interprets the world to child. it occurs when a person gives meaning to occurence, assists children to choose relevant variables, and try to improve children’s abilities to think that individual is involved in mediated learning. besides, seng (1997: 5) stated “mediated learning is the second and vital approach that ensures effective learning”. it is explained with statement from seng (1997: 5-6) as follows: feuerstein develops piaget’s formula of s-o-r further to include a human mediator between the world of stimuli, the organism and the response. his new formula for mediated learning is then s-h-o-h-r, where h is the human mediator. the human mediator interposes himself between the learning organism and the world of stimuli to interpret, guide and give meaning to the stimuli. one of feurstein’s program developments mediated learning experiences is instrumental enrichment. samuel (1987) in seng (1997: 2) states that teachers that apply the program are very enthusiastic toward its effect on the children’s thinking and their own teaching skills and then teachers’ ability increase after teaching this program. in addition, it is a facilitator to create effective learning through the teacher/mediator and which keep independent learning and thinking in children (seng, 1997:2). therefore, it is important for the teacher to apply mediated learning experience in the class. but, “as not every interaction with a task, learner, and a mediator has a quality of mediated learning experience (mle), feuerstein (1980), developed a system of the mle criteria to identify mediation interaction” (xiongyong et al., 2012: 119). they were 1) significance: the teacher makes students realize the importance of a learning task so that they can look at the significance of the task to their own and in a broader cultural context, 2) purpose beyond the here and now: explains to learners how conducting a learning activity will help them in the future beyond the moment and situation at present only, 3) shared intention: makes instructions clear and ensure the intention is understood and reciprocated by learners in presenting a task, 4) a sense of competence: fosters learners’ feelings of competence and capability of learning, 5) control of own behavior: encourages students to become autonomous by self-controlling their learning procedure, 6) goal-setting: teaches learners how to establish achievable targets and to locate approaches for realizing them, 7) challenge: helps learners to develop an internal need to confront challenges and nunung nurhasanah an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class to seek for new challenges in life, 8) awareness of change: urges learners to monitor changes in themselves and to understand that humans are changeable all the time, 9) a belief in positive outcomes: stimulates learners to assume that there is always the possibility of finding a solution, even when faced with an apparently intractable problem, 10) sharing: invites learners to share behaviors among themselves and to perceive that it is advisable for some problems to be addressed collaboratively, 11) individuality: helps learners realize their individual characteristics in terms of unique aspects, 12) a sense of belonging: aids learners to establish a consciousness of pertaining to the whole class community in the process of completing a learning task. method in this research, the researcher used a qualitative research method which aims to explore and understand the social phenomenon (creswell, 2009: 22). a case study is a strategy that the researcher used. it is used to explore activity in one or more individual deeply (creswell, 2009: 30). in this research, the phenomena explored and understood was about the teacher as mediator in efl class. the research was undertaken at a junior high school in kuningan, indonesia. the participant involved in this research was an efl teacher and the data collected through structured observation, and questionnaires. in collecting data, an observation worksheet as suggested by feuerstein’s mediated learning experience criteria (1980) in xiongyong et al., (2012) as variables in analyzing the teacher as mediator. the researcher also determines one of junior high schools in kuningan that is favourite school to research. questionnaire contains 12 feurstein’s (1980) mle criteria in xiongyong et al., (2012) that teacher does in the class. there are twelve statements which one statement consists of one criterion. in analyzing the observation, the researcher used via guttman scale (yes or no) for analyzing the existence the 12 criteria of feuerstein’s mediated learning experience. feuerstein’s mediated learning experience is assessment rubric to analyze the applying mediated learning experience by the teacher in the class. the teaching was also video-recorded and fully transcribed to identify the existence with criteria of mediated learning experience in the class. for analyzing the questionnaire, the researcher used likert scale. it is instrument to measure how often teacher has role as mediator. the researcher uses checklist form with four variables answer of the statements (always, often, seldom, never). for the result of questionnaire, it will be counted each number which one number show one criteria to measure what the most dominant criteria of mediator in efl class. results anddiscussion criteria of mediator that occurs in role of the teacher in efl class to know how the teacher taught in the class, the writer did observation three times and recorded it to watch and analyze how the teacher applied the criteria. the writer also provided observation worksheet to know the existence of the criteria of mediated learning experience during learning. the observation worksheet consisted of two choices (yes or no) in analyzing 12 criterias of mediated learning english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee experiences by feuerstein (1980) in xiongyong et al., (2012). during three times observation, the topic that teacher taught was “asking and showing ability and willingness”. based on the observation in the class, the writer found the difference of existence of feuerstein’s mediated learning experience criteria (1980) in the class for three times of observation, but during observation the teacher applied all of the criteria as follows: significance in this criteria, the teacher connected between the task and the importance of learning the lesson. the teacher wanted the students to realize that the task was important to themselves and their life. she appointed the task for the first after that she involved and explained about the content and the function. it showed with the dialogue below: t : “so what do you think about this one?” (appoint table of activity 2 in the white board). “what we are talking about today? kira-kira apa sih yang akan kita pelajari hari ini?” ss : “he can, i can.” t : “yes about he can, she can, do you can? what is expression? ini ekspresi apa” ss : “ability, giving ability.” t : “giving ability? it is expression of asking and showing ability” (teacher wrote in the whiteboard). “kita akan belajar tentang kemampuan seseorang dan menyatakan kemampuan seseorang.” (observation video recording 1, september 29th, 2014) in the dialogue above, the teacher wanted to make students realize that the the task that had given (activity) was important and useful for them. for the first she gives the task after that she asked to the students that the task is about what and stated what it is for and the importance of it. purpose beyond here and now in this criteria, the teacher explained that the learning had benefit in the future for the students. it was not only useful for now but also when the students grow to be adult. it was not just useful in the school for english learning but also in the real life. in the observation, the teacher taught about “asking and showing ability and willingness”. in there, the teacher explained that the lesson about ability had benefit when they want to show about their ability in daily life. she said that they will need it in the real life if we want to work to show their ability that is match with criteria of work. she said, “learning about it is not only useful for english lesson but also you can need it in daily life such as in the job. you can show your ability by the expression when you want to apply for job or job interview”(observation video-recording, september 29th, 2014). shared intention in three times of observation, each day the teacher always ensured whether the students understand what the teacher said and explained. she never forgot to say, “do you understand?”, “any questions?” in the middle of lesson or in the end of lesson. by saying them was expected no misunderstanding in lesson and task so that students could present task well. moreover, she also often gave them questions to ensure that the students understand about the lesson. the criteria is showed by the dialogue below: nunung nurhasanah an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class t : “sampai di sini. any questions?” ss : “no.” t : “are you sure?” ss : “yes.” t : “kalo gitu ibu yang nanya ya? what about this sentence? can’t ben swim?” (teacher wrote in the white board). “bisa ga pertanyaan ini?” for the first and the second underlined sentences, she ensures that the lesson is understood well. and for the third underlined sentence, she gives question to measure how far the students’ comprehension about the lesson. a sense of competence to make the students confidence and feel capable in studying, the teacher never forgot to say, “ thanks”, clapped the hands and asked students to clap their hand for the students that become volunteers to do the task, and stimulated someone to says more about something. we can see from the dialogue above: t : “sudah itu saja raja?” (teacher wrote it in the white board) s : “i’m pretty good at it, i think.” t : “ok ada lagi?” s : “i love chess and i often joined the tournament.” t : “what else?” s : “swim”. (recording#1, september 29, 2014) the underlined word above showed that the teacher stimulated the students to more about the task. beforehand the students just said little and was not confidence to speak but with the help of teacher, the students spoke more. according to williams and burden (2000: 73) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 123), if learning is to be successful, it is crucial that teachers establish in their classrooms a climate where confidence is built up, where mistakes can be made without fear, where learners can use the language without embarassment, where all contributions are valued, and where activities lead to feelings of success, not failure.” control of own behavior in applying these criteria, the teacher guided the students to assess their lesson and the task. the teacher directed the students to asses their task by themselves such as teacher asked students to correct the answer together and asked what it is right or wrong. it is showed by the dialogue: t : “kira-kira what do you think about this answer? this is right?” ss : “no.” t : “so, we would like to listen one more time and check what it is wrong or what it is right.” (observation video-recording 1, september 29th, 2014) the dialogue is showed after the students did the task from listening to the audio. the teacher asked students to come forward and write the task in the whiteboard. after that she asked to students to check the answer in the whiteboard. as skuy (1991) in seng (1997: 7) states, “mediation of selfregulation and control of behavior involves helping the child analyse the task in order to adjust his behaviour appropriately”. she also made students to be responsible with their behavior. she ordered the students that came late to explain about their tardiness and promise not to come late again. she says, “please come forward to tell why you come late and promise not to come late again” (observation video-recording 1, september 29th, 2014). moreover, she also emphasized the importance of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee doing homework. she gave punishment if the students did not do the homework. she said, “do it and don’t forget! you have to sing a song in front of the class if you don’t do the assignment!” (observation video-recording 1, september 29th, 2014 ). williams and burden (2000: 73) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 123) said, “feelings of competence are necessary but not sufficient for learning to be effective; learners also need to become competent, that is, they need to learn the necessary skills and strategies in order to take control of their own learning.” goal-setting to reach goals in learning, the teacher had a way that was students’ reflection paper. every meeting the students had to make a reflection about the learning in the class. the teacher reminded the students about the reflection, “yang reflectionnya belum hari ini bisa?.....ini adalah refleksi termin ke-1 dengan hari ini berarti 2. jadi jangan tanya lagi ibu buat refleksi ya? itu mah wajib setiap pertemuan.” (recording#2, october 10, 2014). it consisted of the summary, the difficulty, and what they caught about the material. it was individual task and handwriting. they had to made it by themselves and by using english. it was collected every daily tests. by using the method the students was hoped to be able to understand the material and practice their english. besides, the teacher made the class to be life. she was friendly and delightful. she made the students not to be awkward and fear to ask and share about the lesson. it made the goal of the lesson to be easy to reach. there was always little conversation between students with teacher about the lesson and the material which have nor been understood. challenge in applying this criteria, the teacher offered students to be volunteers to involve in lesson and task or she appointed the students directly to be volunteers. she asked them to come forward, to write in the whiteboard, to raise the hands for showing that they could do the task and destroy all obstacles. she said, “siapa yang mau ke depan and write down the information you get from the audio. listen! you can give checklist for the right answer”). and she also said, “habil, would you like to try? or who wanna try number 5?” she also appointed the students directly to do the task, it was hoped the students could face the challenges and the fearness. she said, “ok next, rio for doing number 10”. related to such method of teacher, williams and burden (2000: 75) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 124), confirms that: no matter how much information a teacher may have about a group or even individual learners, it is virtually impossible to match each learner with the right level of task without involving the learners themselves in the process. since the ultimate goal of mediated learning experiences is to produce independent learners and problem solvers, increasing the involvement of the learners in all aspects of the learning process should be encouraged at every opportunity. awareness of change the teacher noticed the learning process in the class. she realized each of change happened with the students. she ordered students to monitor changes in themselves in learning, attitude, or body condition because humans are nunung nurhasanah an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class changeable all the time. it happened in the third observation when there was a student that was sick. he seemed lethargic in learning in the class. the teacher asked to him, “are you sick? be better for you to take a rest in uks, please for his friend to accompany him to there”. she also said, “important for you all to monitor your condition so that the lesson can be understood well.” besides, the teacher also asked to students to monitor their progress about english in the class where it increases or decreases by making notes about what the ability/progress that students got in every meeting. she said, “for you all, to know and measure you progress in english, you can write in your book every change in positive side in english”. a belief in positive outcomes the teacher was never angry or snapped the students when the students made a fault in task/ learning. she always smiles and supports the students to do the task though it feels difficult for them. she always gives belief to what the students did whether it was right or wrong. it would make the students believe that there was a solution in every difficulty and a positive outcome in every matter. she said to a student that felt difficult to do task, “please, you can do it. it was easy for you, believe me. just try!” sharing in the class, there was good cooperation between teacher and students or fellow students. teacher often moves around in the class and shares about lesson. the students were active to ask if they did not understand about the lesson. the english learning in the class was not only presented with individual task but also group task. in the second and third observation, the teacher involved cooperation among the students. in the second observation, the teacher gives the task about friends’ ability so that the students had to ask to four friends, two girls and two boys, so they had a little conversation by english to complete the task. then, in the third observation, the teacher ordered the students to make a group 2 or 3 person to make a simple dialogue about asking and showing ability and willingness. she said, “work in pairs. kerja berdua/bertiga ya. make a simple dialogue, just it’s easy, right? jadi jangan yang susah-susah silahkan percakapan sehari-hari yang sering kalian buat. ok. ada asking ability, ada jugawillingnessnya”. according to williams and burden (2000: 77) in xiongyong (2012: 124) stated, “sharing and working cooperatively are a vital part of our social existence, the absence of which can result in cognitive difficulties and a very idiosyncratic view of the world”. individuality in the class, the teacher gave the task to the students that showed their uniqueness. she ordered students to ask to four friends about the ability. the students had to asked it by using english. they made a table about ten abilities that teacher gave and they asked it to four friends, two boys and two girls. they had to gave checklist if the friend had ability about it. the students had to asked by using, “can you do math? can you play chess? can you swim? can you.......?....... ” until ten abilities that the teacher gave. by the task, the teacher hoped that the students realized their uniqueness that distinguished with the others. they realized that they had something more than the others. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee besides, the teacher also appreciated the difference of students’ characteristics, different opinion, and ability in the class. it made the students not to be shy and fear to show themselves as a whole. according to williams and burden (2000: 79) in xiongyong et al., (2012: 125), “the language classroom is a place where this sense of individuality can be fostered in various ways through the task given, the teacher’s actions and the climate created. learners can be encouraged to express their own individuality through the foreign language.” a sense of belonging sense of belonging in the class was strong. the teacher could make the students comfortable in learning english. every one was enthusiastic when the teacher explained and gave the task. she could make the class to be cheerful. he said, “are you with me so far?”(observation video-recording 1, september 29th, 2014 ) to ensure that the students focused in learning english, and had a sense of belonging in the class. he also said, “ok silahkan perempuan, tadi laki-laki udah” (video-recording 3) to show their sense of belonging when the teacher wanted a girl to represent their group. it showed that a girl had a sense of belonging in the class community. the most dominant criterion of mediator in efl class to know the dominant criteria of teacher as mediator, the writer used criteria of mediated learning experiences by feuerstein (1980). there were twelve criteria. the writer used questionnaires to know the dominant criteria of a teacher in a class of junior high school. there were twelve statements which one statement consisted of one criterion of mediated learning experiences. then, the questionnaire consisted of four choices (never, sometime, often, always) that must be given checklist as match as the way of teacher in teaching english in the class. based on the questionnaire given to the students, the writer found that the teacher applied all criteria of mediated learning experience. it means that the teacher played the role as mediator well, as illustrated by diagram below: nunung nurhasanah an analysis of teacher as mediator in efl class based on the diagram above, it showed that the most dominant criterion was shared intention (87%). the other criteria were significance (74%), purpose beyond here and now (77%), a sense of competence (76%), control of own behavior (79%), goal-setting (72%), challenge (78%), awareness of change (67%), a belief in positive outcomes (65%), sharing (70%), individuality (81%), and a sense of belonging (81%). from all criteria, shared intention was the most dominant criterion teacher applied in the class with 87%. according to feuerstein (1980) in xiongyong et al., (2012), making clear instructions will ensure the intention may be understood and reciprocated by learners in presenting a task. it means that the teacher always ensures whether or not the students understand about what she explained in the class. in the observation he often said, “do you understand” or “any questions?” in the middle or in the end of the lesson to make sure about their comprehension. she also often gives questions to them to check their comprehension about the lesson but the researcher did not focus in the kinds and patterns of the questions. by analyzing teacher as mediator in efl class, it could be concluded that teacher played role as mediator well with the most dominant criterion was shared intention (87%). conclusion in the perspective of mediation, teacher played the role well. in the three times of observation that the writer did, the teacher applied all of the criteria of mediated learning experience as basic role of teacher as mediator in the efl class. they are significance, purpose beyond the here and now, shared intention, a sense of competence, control of own behavior, goal-setting, challenge, awareness of change, a belief in positive outcomes, sharing, individuality, and a sense of belonging. she could direct the learning well and made students reaching the goal of the lesson for being effective learner. from all criteria of mediated learning experience, shared intention was the most dominant criterion of mediator done. the teacher made the instructions clearly during the learning so that the students could understand about the lesson and present their tasks well. references aprijal, j. (2012). teaching narrative text using grammar-translation method to improve writing ability at the tenth grade students of smk al-fathonah cilaku-cianjur. retrieved on march 25, 2014, from http://publikasi.stkipsiliwangi.ac.id/fil es/2012/09/09220498-julius-a.pdf brown, h. d. (2000). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (2nd ed.). california: longman. creswell, j. w. (2009). research design (3rd ed.). california: sage publications inc. fraenkell, j r., & wallen, e n. (2009). how to design and evaluate research and education (7th ed.). new york: mcgraw-hill higher education. lauder, a. (2008). the status and function of english in indonesia: a review of key factors. makara, sosial humaniora, 12 (1), 9-20. retrieved on september 10, 2014, from http://journal.ui.ac.id/index.php/hum anities/article/viewfile/128/124 seng, s. (1997). using mediated learning experience to enhance children’s thinking. 1-11. retrieved on august on 30, 2014, from http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed406 052.pdf sugiyono. (2012). metode penelitian pendidikan. bandung: alfabeta. xiongyong, c. (2011). performance of mediation and situational constraints of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee china’s secondary school efl teachers. international journal of english linguistics, 12 (1), 230-240. retrieved on august 30, 2014, from doi:10.5539/ijel.v1n2p230 xiongyong, c., samuel, m., & hua, c. (2012). evaluation on efl teacher roles from the perspective of mediation: case studies of china’s secondary school classroom practices. international review of social sciences and humanities, 3 (1), 117-134. retrieved on august 26, 2014, from http://irssh.com/yahoo_site_ admin/ assets/docs/13_irssh-239v3n1.131230957.pdf xiongyong, c. (2012). cognition of mediation among secondary school efl teachers in china. international journal of business and social science, 3 (14), 223244. retrieved on august 30, 2014, from http://ijbssnet.com/journals/vol_3_n o_14_special_issue_july_2012/25.pdf students’ oral skill improvement as revealed english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance didik rinan sumekto department of english education, widya dharma university, klaten, indonesia e-mail: didikrinan@unwidha.ac.id apa citation: sumekto, d. r. (2014). students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learningbased performance. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 91-102 received: 5-10-2014 accepted: 23-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this classroom-based research investigates how interaction and individual performance by means of classroom learning participation has contributed the undergraduate students’ oral skill improvement. this study observes six speaking course meetings which involves 27 sophomore undergraduate english education. data collected through classroom activities involving students’ performance analysis, observation and oral test technique. data analyzed through carr and kemmis’ classroom action research model examination in two phases. the findings prove that during the interaction and individual-based performance investigation, some students’ oral skill performance increase in the point level. the improvement gains from .25 to .50 points as shown in the second phase. the average score gained in the first phase is 68.30 and 71.12 in the second phase, which indicate that the average achievement is 9.7%. overall, out of 27 participants, there are 74% or 20 participants gaining an improvement in speaking course iv, whilst other 7 participants do not increase their oral skill performance. keywords: adult and independent learners, individual participation, oral skill achievement introduction speaking instruction approach is concerned with the user(s) apply it in multiple purposes, refers to individual possession and its most important aspect is the speakers’ knowledge of using it, whereas linguistic approach is concerned with the world outside the speakers and people’s relations with each other (brumfit and mitchell, 1990). from the instruction performance, a lecturer’s responsibility is initially to ensure that students must learn. somehow, the lecturer’s role is diverse and challenging when instructing and developing the curriculum in terms of subject teaching, session planning, setting and marking of assignments, assessing students’ progress in a variety of ways including marking end-ofmodule assignments and examination papers, writing reports for a variety of audiences including exam boards and external examiners, recording students’ achievement, working as part of a subject team, curriculum development and planning, undertaking visits and field courses when appropriate, feedback to students, and evaluating the programme and teaching scheme (nicholls, 2002). participating in oral skill competence will be widely accommodating for many different purposes, and each purpose involves different skills required (richards and renandya, 2002). kumpulainen and wray (2002) point out that how exploratory and argumentative talk can be more effective in cultivating students’ mailto:didikrinan@unwidha.ac.id didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance critical thinking than procedural or reutilized interactions. an important element in the learning situations is about the possibility of communicating ideas and thinking through versatile tools. according to lumsden (1994) students’ motivation increase when learning is linked to their background knowledge. if students can relate learning to prior knowledge, they will be more inclined to engage in the learning process. students learn when they are able to make sense of their environment and when they are engaged. some studies confirmed that motivation and interaction were identified as important factors in the development of students’ oral skill proficiency within a potential role for explicit instruction in speaking strategies and approaches (hernandez, 2010), where fluency came first and followed by accuracy (zhang andwang, 2012). yet, communication competence emphasized interactional knowledge which consisted of social conventions and regulated the use of language and other communication devices in particular settings (yueqin, 2013). other studies proved that participative instruction could be integrated into regular english language teaching, not only would higher education students’ speaking proficiency improve, but their attitudes towards class would also become more positive. it was especially important to those who come from a passive group participation background and provided an opportunity for lecturer and students to talk about the differences in their classroom expectations and also directed students towards expected classroom participation behaviors, which they feel more comfortable and confident in classroom participation as well (wenli, 2005). herein, the proficiency in the speaking domain was dependently attributed to the supportive lecturer who maintained open lines of communication which eventually catered to the students’ needs in learning. lecturer who was at the warm, approachable, friendly, helpful and supportive, and strict yet with compassion was mostly regarded to create a positive classroom climate (narzoles, 2013). realizing the reality, however, some difficulties might still occur amongst internal college or university students and between lecturer and students relationship in the learning engagement. consciously or not, sooner this condition would be contributing towards learning ineffectiveness. the ineffectiveness contributes a desire to improve student learning, to improve curriculum, to adapt instructional or assessment strategies, a desire for one’s own professional development or to search for connections and meaning in one’s work, and issues in the larger class or community context in learning (ary, jacobs, and sorensen, 2010). the interaction is mostly lecturerdominated, and learners are called upon primarily to provide factual responses, which is not genuine and authentic. this critical issue relates with the lack of lecturers’ understanding on how to design speaking activities during practice and production (bilasha and kwangsawad, 2004) and the lecturer has difficulty in selecting materials and activities that would match the learners’ oral skill competence individually and content (kanoksilapatham, 2007). furthermore, khamkhien (2010) outlines three major problems faced in english speaking instruction: (1) pronunciation; (2) authentic or natural communication; (3) communication breaks down; and (4) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee conceptual and pedagogical orientations to the teaching of speaking. through these empirical facts above, this study attempts at investigating sophomore undergraduate students among their interaction and individual-based performance as part of its oral skill contribution. as gibbons’ (2002) thinking highlights that students will involve learning perspective, the relative importance of things, and how forces interplay to create dynamic situations, that show the major subsystems of a situation and how the subsystems interact with each other to create force fields of influence (gibbons, 2002). teaching styles will vary from group to group and from individual to individual that require creative thinking and problem solving (nicholls, 2002). various independent learning models have been developed with the intention of facilitating, self-directed, reflective and critical learning on the part of individual learners (wallace, 2007). herein, there are eleven frequently and empirically deployed the students-centred group methods discussed in strengthening an adult learning mechanism, namely: brainstorming, buzz-groups, debate, fishbowl, group discussion, interview, listening and observing, problem-based learning, projects and case studies, role play, simulation and gaming, and therapy groups (jarvis, 2004). this study investigates how interaction and individual-based performance through the classroom learning participation has contributed the sophomore undergraduate students’ oral skill. to comprehend the objectives, this study attempts to reveal the carr and kemmis’ model with the research questions in the following: (1) how do the students gain their interaction and individual-based performance in oral skill; and (2) can interaction and individual-based performance among the students trigger their learning interest? method this classroom-based research was conducted in collaboration with two senior students as peer observers in july 2012. the participants were 27 sophomore undergraduate students focusing on their speaking interaction analysis through observation on physical, interactional and program setting (morrison, 1993; cooper and schindler, 2001) to view situations unfold and connections, causes and correlations that could be an experience over time (cohen, manion, and morrison, 2007), and individual-based performance technique which compared different types of data on participants’ perceptions and documents or works analysis (arhar, holly, and kasten, 2001; lodico, spaulding, and voegtle, 2010) participating during the existing semester in speaking course iv, weighted as two credits with 1 hour and 40 minutes weekly within 6 meetings at english education department, widya dharma university, klaten, central java. data analysis defined as a descriptive form of self-reflective enquiry undertaken by participants in order to improve the rationality of their own learning practices. their progress upon these practices were carried out by carr and kemmis’ action research spiral model (1986) as shown in figure 1 and also comprised to another a-four-step on planning, acting, observing and reflecting which incorporated the improvements (kemmis and mctaggart, 1988). the evaluation results would be considerably brought about the further action. didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance figure 1. carr and kemmis’ action research model (1986) results anddiscussion this part described and analyzed the activity phases of the empirical interaction and individual-based performance conducted within six topics on speaking course in the classroom. generally, the meetings began and drilled with the apperception step regularly, for instance what the previous topic had been discussed together through the reflective evaluation. overall, the interaction and individual-based drilling scheme was to investigate the sophomore undergraduate students’ speaking performance conducted during six meetings within six different topics. the study adopted carr and kemmis’ action research model which consisted of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting phase. both first and second phase were applied to analyze the participants’ oral skill competence. action impact upon students’ improvement the findings would describe some empirical experience on first and second phase that had been found. in general, the oral skill competence of sophomore students of english education had reached the moderate academic requirements as prescribed in the syllabus and or lesson plan. the concepts of analyzing the case study, applying the concept, and creating specific case initially categorized as moderate level; but after having more particular drilling session during the meetings within 100 minutes in each meeting conducted in the first and second phase, there were 20 participants out of 27 participants showed their increase in oral proficiency better or the increase percentage reached 0.74%. subsequent to the drilling and acts by increasing the frequency of opportunities to talk, especially by revealing the personal opinion and responded to ideas of other participants, the student's ability to understand the ongoing theme of the lecture became improved. the participants’ ability of applying the concepts was to increase after researchers sometime provided examples of a concept application. by comparing between first and second phase results, thus, they could be explained that there were some improvements on students’ oral proficiency revealed in both phases. overall, the speaking score in the second phase is 0.74% higher than in the first phase. in particular achievement there was 0.67% increase at the level of .25 point and 0.04% increase at the level of .50 point, whilst 0.26% or 7 participants did not show an increase in students’ oral english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee proficiency. the achievement indicators specifically referred to the individuals’ learning performance, since this study merely emphasized on students’ individual-based performance method. however, the results cluster might be also ranked into its categorization. acting the first meeting was conducted on tuesday, 6th march 2012 with the discussion session about ‘using it in education and learning’. the exploration was engaged in-depth understanding how they learning process then attempted to obtain an advanced and cooperative understanding and competence of relevant materials delivered during the presentation and discussion amongst the undergraduate students of semester iv. good presentation and discussion were highly desirable to support and improve the natural study towards students’ learning experience and style. on the other hand, the lecturer briefly explained about the rationale of the topic to participants in order to give a collectively desired understanding and active participation during the discussion. regularly the standard procedure upon this discussion began with the questions: ‘what’ and ‘how’ do the students accommodate their learning by using some it devices or facilities? these standard questions upon the participants’ awareness were also broadened by the problems that might arise among the learners and how the solutions might follow their learning problems in particular circumstances as well as the parental roles in children learning participation at home. then, this study implemented the first phase into the instruction activity. next, the second meeting conducted on thursday, 8th march 2012 exploring about the professional career planning which took tasks and responsibilities and excellent integrity. the topic focused on introduction, somebody’s dream, personal strengths, professional skills, career information, and present plan. the topic illustrated the participants about what they would like to do with their great ideas entirely the life, what kind of passion did they have, and concerned about how participants had modified the career direction, based on what turned them on, or something they had found success in doing. eventually, the third meeting the discussion focused on parents involvement in their children education which had been conducted on thursday, 13thmarch 2012. this topic bridged and reminded parents how they took responsibility within children education issues at schools. the mainstream underlined that parents could participate in their children's schools by joining parent teacher associations (ptas) or parent teacher organizations (ptos) and getting involved in decision-making about the educational services received by their children at schools in appropriate roles. another kind of involvement was home-based and focused on activities that parents could greatly do with their children or on the teacher's visits to the pupils’ home. they were all conducted within the similar instruction method as implemented before as well. however, the action stage had involved three meetings for different themes in every session as scheduled in table 1. the action was carried out in (1) giving apperception in the beginning and explaining the topic to the students; (2) stimulating students to share their experience and ideas by arguing and discussion; (3) dividing the students into group works. participants in a group consisted of 4-5 members and they worked collaboratively; and (4) facilitating the participants to discuss with the relevant supporting and relevant issues. didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance table 1. first phase meeting schedule day and date duration topic discussed tuesday, 6th march 2012 07:30 09:10 am using it in education and learning thursday, 8th march 2012 07:30 09:10 am professional career planning tuesday, 13th march 2012 07:30 09:10 am involving parents in their children education after implementing the first activities done in the first acting, this study was attempted to continue and to improve the next phase in the second acting by effectuating the instruction method and technique in order to increase the participation amongst the participants effectively. the first meeting was conducted on tuesday, 20th march 2012 within 100 minutes allocation, either the second or the third meeting conducted in the second phase as well. the session began with discussion on ‘misunderstanding between generations’. the theme issue explored and understood ideas comprehensively through a good presentation and discussion relating with the influencing factors badly between the older and younger generations, any matters which involved them, and better solutions. the learning scheme or illustration was about a generation gap or a conflict between the old and the youth was often heard today. the dispute commonly appeared when elders advise them, young generations felt annoyed, murmur and complain. youth were sensitive by nature, whilst old order had lost its charm for them. however, they are today living in the age of enquiry and experiment. when the elder dictated to them and imposed their will upon them, the youth became sometimes defiant and rebellious. they felt frustrated and discontented, when their wishes were not fulfilled. therefore, this condition faced a new problem and a new challenge. again, in the meeting, the lecturer briefly explained about the rationale of the topic and study to participants in order to give a standard understanding and active participation during the discussion. the regularly standard procedure upon this discussion during the instruction began with the questions: ‘what’ and ‘how’ did the students accommodate their learning activity by understanding some differences, similarities, and gaps or barriers among younger and older generations if they gave an experience with this condition? these standard questions upon the participants’ awareness were also broadened by the problems that might arise among the learners and how the solutions might follow their learning problems in particular circumstances as well as the parental roles in children learning participation. then, the second meeting was conducted on thursday, 22nd march 2012. it talked about ‘what is wrong with our education system’, which explored on education is what is retained in your mind after you finish writing or conducting the examinations and why should be the spoon feeding, on the long run teaches nothing but the shape of the spoon ironically. in this phase, the discussion began with an educational system which ought to test the understanding of the relevant subject, and this did not regard how much students were able to reproduce from the text books or even otherwise from either the lesson plan or the syllabus. during the primary and immediately after, it was used to even mug-up questions and answers, in fact. if students had memorized the text book or the questions, they would have surely failed. other leading sub-topics also emphasized on ‘we can buy education, but not wisdom’ and ‘your mind is like a parachute, it works when you open it’. however, the ‘impact of free trade in asean countries’, conducted on thursday, 27thmarch 2012 engaged as the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee third meeting. this topic was mainly explored and hopefully understood through the students’ good presentation and discussion relating with the opportunities, benefits, and positive and negative impacts. it was understandable that free trade in asean, or called by afta, could enhance the process of economic integration in east asia, which was primarily being driven by trends. afta's impact on investment flows was likely to be positive for asean, particularly if it encouraged corporations to replace country-specific strategies with regional plans. afta's success would also be enhanced by extending its product coverage to include other sectors in addition to the current list of manufactures, embarking on reduction of non-tariff barriers in accordance with the mutual agreement, and welcoming additional participants, particularly those with a high degree of complementarities in terms of production output and trade. they were also conducted within the similar instruction method as implemented before. this learning scheme (discussion-based) was definitely designed with the adult learners concepts. one of them was how to maximize their individual competence in the oral skills (speaking iv for pre-service teachers). however, the action stage had involved three meetings for different themes in every session as scheduled in table 2. the action was carried out in (1) giving apperception in the beginning and explaining the topic to the students; (2) stimulating students to share their experience and ideas by arguing and discussion; (3) dividing the students into group works, but the current group works were different from the previous ones. this condition attempted to verify a new learning situation and to increase their performance; where the learners in a group would be randomly selected upon newmembers initially. participants in a group consisted of 4-5 members and they worked either individually or collaboratively; and (4) facilitating and observing the participants within discussion session during the meetings with the relevant themes. table 2. second phase meeting schedule day and date duration topic discussed tuesday, 20th march 2012 07:30 09:10 am misunderstanding between generations thursday, 22nd march 2012 tuesday, 27th march 2012 07:30 09:10 am 07:30 09:10 am what’s wrong with our education system the impact of free trade in asean countries observing either the first or the second phase in observation had empirically observed, recorded, and analyzed towards all major learning activities that had been conducted during the classroom session with pre-, whilst-, and post-teaching and learning activity. activity was normally begun with any apperception to review the previous meetings in order to gain the lesson-learnt refreshment. again, the activity continued with the core teaching and learning process due to its three different topics presented in upcoming meetings. in whilst-teaching and learning or core activity, there were three main approaches of learning applied– exploration, elaboration, and confirmation. all participants were given opportunities to share their opinion regarding the topics, active participants were mainly expected to show their high thinking skills stimulate and support others’ ideas, keep control upon conducive and active learning, and emphasize problem-based solving rather than show excessive competition amongst the participants. thus, to deepen the results-oriented, classroom observation consisted of collecting information, observing activities, discussing theme(s), analyzing the problem, considering didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance students’ thinking skills level, making inferences, and presenting the results of the discussion aspects were designed into mature interaction within 100 minutes and nevertheless, the final results still determined to students’ individual-based performance. in this stage, the same activity was still done repeatedly through the recordings and observation. the action implementation on the second phase was based on the reflection results that had been conducted in the first phase. three different topics had been under precise consideration, since they achieved unsatisfied enough applied in the first phase. the results of the observation and recordings were to determine as the final output how far the first and second phase significantly contributed to english education undergraduate students’ speaking performance, and students’ involvement and motivation in teaching and learning process as well. reflecting this stage was aimed at examining the strengths and weaknesses experienced in the first phase. this report organization included the strengths inventory and remedial weaknesses of speaking competence by accommodating individual-based performance approach amongst participants; and recommendation emphasis after the learning session was successfully done. table 3 showed students’ oral proficiency performance obtained within the first phase (e.g.: plan, act, observe, and reflect) implementation. table 3. first phase of students’ oral skill performance participant (n = 27) aspect evaluated score converted score1 2 3 4 5 student 1 65 63 70 67 68 66.6 2.50/ c+ student 2 68 68 70 68 68 68 2.50/ c+ student 3 68 67 68 69 67 67.8 2.50/ c+ student 4 67 68.5 68 67 67 67.5 2.50/ c+ student 5 60 60 63 62 60 61 2.0/ c student 6 73.5 73 73.5 73 73 73 3.0/ b student 7 84 83 85 87 86 85 3.75/ astudent 8 68.5 67 68 67 67 67.5 2.50/ c+ student 9 62 62 63.5 63 62 62.5 2.0/ c student 10 63 63 63 63 63 63 2.0/ c student 11 71 69.5 69.5 69 68.5 69.5 2.75/ bstudent 12 62 62 63.5 63 62 62.5 2.0/ c student 13 74 72.5 72.5 72 71.5 72.5 3.0/ b student 14 63 63 63 63 63 63 2.0/ c student 15 84 84 83.5 83 83 83.5 3.50/ b+ student 16 60 60.5 61 61 60 60.5 2.0/ c student 17 68 67.5 68.5 67.5 66 67.5 2.50/ c+ student 18 68 68 69 68 68 68 2.50/ c+ student 19 82.5 82 84 82 80 82 3.50/ b+ student 20 64 64 64 64 64 64 2.0/ c student 21 73 73 73 73 73 73 3.0/ b student 22 65 65 60 58 59 61 2.0/ c student 23 67 67 67 67 67 67 2.50/ c+ student 24 79 78 81.5 78 75 78 3.25/ b+ student 25 63 63 70 60 60 63 2.0/ c student 26 63 63 63 63 63 63 2.0/ c student 27 65 63 63 67 62 64 2.0/ c average score 68.30 key to grading: 3.86 to 4.0 means a; 3.75 to 3.85 means a-; 3.25 to 3.74 means b+; 3.0 to 3.24 means b; 2.75 to 2.94 means b-; 2.25 to 2.74 means c+; and 2.0 to 2.24 means c remarks: 1–pronunciation; 2–grammar; 3–vocabulary; 4–fluency; and 5–comprehension english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee based on the descriptive analysis result presented on the table 3, there was noted that 0.04% or only 1 respondent reached 3.75/ aas the highest score; 0.11% or 3 respondents gained 3.25 to 3.50/ b+; 0.11% or 3 respondents also gained 3.0/ b; only 0.04% or only 1 respondent achieved 2.75/ b-; 0.30% or 8 respondents showed their performance with the score achievement of 2.50/ c+; and 0.40% or 11 respondents performed their oral skill with the score achievement of 2.0/ c in the first phase of oral skill performance. the average score achieved in the first phase of the performance was 68.30. table 4. first phase result towards participants’ oral skill summary category frequency (f) percentage (%) excellent (ato a) 1 0.04 good (bto b+) 5 0.26 moderate (cto c+) 19 0.70 this stage was aimed at examining the strengths and weaknesses which experienced in the first phase. the second phase also gave a reflection towards report organization that included the strengths inventory and remedial weaknesses of oral skill by adopting individual-based performance; and recommendation emphasis after the learning session was successfully done as revealed in table 5 through plan, act, observe, and reflect implementation. table 5. second phase of students’ oral skill performance participant (n = 27) aspect evaluated score converted score1 2 3 4 5 student 1 72 27 74 72 70 72 2.75/ bstudent 2 71 71 71 73 69 71 2.75/ bstudent 3 72 72 75 78 68 73 2.75/ bstudent 4 72 727 72 72 72 72 2.75/ bstudent 5 70 67 70 61 67 67 2.25/ c+ student 6 72 72 75 78 68 73 3.25/ b+ student 7 92 92 96 90 90 92 4.0/ a student 8 70 70 72.5 70 70 70.5 2.75/ bstudent 9 62 64.5 62 62 62 62.5 2.0/ c student 10 70 67 70 61 67 67 2.25/ c+ student 11 78 77 77.5 73 72 75.5 3.0/ b student 12 62 64.5 62 62 62 62.5 2.25/ c+ student 13 72 78 77 75 73 75 3.25/ b+ student 14 63 63 63 63 63 63 2.25/ c+ student 15 85.5 83 83 85 81 83.5 3.75/ astudent 16 60 60 62 60.5 60 60.5 2.0/ c student 17 71 70 72 71 71.5 71.5 2.75/ bstudent 18 72 27 74 72 70 72 2.75/ bstudent 19 84 84 90 82 80 84 3.75/ astudent 20 64 66 67 62 61 64 2.0/ c student 21 72 72 75 78 68 73 3.25/ b+ student 22 61 61 61 61 61 61 2.0/ c student 23 71 71 71 73 69 71 2.75/ bstudent 24 84 84 88.5 83 83 84.5 3.75/ astudent 25 62 66 69 64 59 64 2.0/ c student 26 65 65 70.5 65 62 65.5 2.0/ c student 27 70.5 67.5 71.5 61 67 67.5 2.0/ c average score 71.04 didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance based on the descriptive analysis result presented on the table 5, there was described that 0.04% or only 1 respondent reached 4.0/ aas the highest score; 0.11% or 3 respondents gained 3.75/ a-; 0.11% or 3 respondents also gained 3.25/ b+; only 0.04% or only 1 respondent achieved 3.0/ b; 0.30% or 8 respondents showed their performance with the score achievement of 2.75/ b-; and 0.15% or 4 respondents performed their oral skill performance with the score achievement of 2.25/ c+; and 0.26% or 7 respondents proved their academic achievement in oral proficiency with the gained score of 2.0/ c in the second phase of speaking performance. the average score achieved in the second phase of students’ oral skill performance was 71.04. table 6. second phase result towards participants’ oral skill summary category frequency (f) percentage (%) excellent (ato a) 7 0.15 good (bto b+) 16 0.45 moderate (cto c+) 11 0.41 in terms of legibility of teaching materials, the use of short sentences were preferred and more easily assimilated by participants compared to the readability in the form of long sentences and other forms of legibility. meanwhile, learning techniques used in this study included: (1) lecturing: discussion between lecturer– students, and students–students by sharing information usually, ideas development and problem solution; (2) demonstration or drilling with some thematic themes; and (3) providing experiments and/or empirical experience amongst participants. the topics should be shared, discussed, academically argued/ debated amongst individuals, groups (inter and intra). meanwhile, the use of demonstration and experimental approach had made more participants’ interest in arguing and discussion rather than applying tutorial-based approach. however, the use of these approaches required more time than the use of the classical lecture method initiated by lecturer. the time consuming was getting increased for the discussion opportunity when the experimental and demonstration approach used amongst individuals and groups, but, on the other hand, the gradual development of oral proficiency amongst participants certainly increased and be effective when they were willing to realize and maximize the concept of implementing oral proficiency and accuracy in relating to pronunciation, grammar/structure, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension. conclusions interaction and individual-based performance engaged in speaking iv is 1 hour and 40 minutes weekly within six meetings among sophomore english education have concluded two main aspects. first, the natural way used in students’ interaction and individual-based performance approach may, in variance results contribute their oral skill. after conducting a series of assessment process–planning, acting, observing, and reflecting in each phase, the speaking competence results are empirically identified to improve better as recorded in the second phase. out of twenty seven participants, there are 0.74% or 20 participants obtaining an improvement while participating within six meetings in speaking course, whereas other seven participants did not show their performance improve. second, interaction and individual-based performance approach as the learning culture can also trigger a though competition amongst english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee adult learners. they individually achieve the multiple benefits in their learning experience and consciousness since the learning approach used fits to upgrade some supporting activities. facilitating sophomore students to improve legibility of instruction materials, teaching methods, and obtaining equal and frequent opportunities during the meetings, particularly when the lectures focus on the interaction and individual-based performance approach, will open an opportunity to prove their competence since the oral skill needs the supporting contribution in the domain of asking and answering dialogue, situational dialogue, communicative dialogue, discussion and debate, retelling, storytelling, free talk style, short play and speech contest, and english corner possibly. references arhar, j. m., holly, m. l., & kasten, w. c. (2001). action research for teachers: travelling the yellow brick road. new jersey: prentice hall. ary, d., jacobs, l. c., & sorensen, c. k. (2010). introduction to research in education (8th ed.). belmont: wadsworth, cengage learning. bilasha, o & kwangsawad, t. (2004). factors influencing thai teachers’ abilities to adapt clt in their classrooms: a collaborative action research study. thaitesol bulletin, 17, 1-10. brumfit, c & mitchell, r. (1990). research in the language classroom. in brumfit, c & mitchell, r, the language classroom as a focus for research, pp. 3-15. hong kong: modern english publications and the british council. carr, w., & kemmis, s. (1986). becoming critical: education, knowledge and action research. london: deakin university press. cohen, l., manion, l., & marrison, k. (2007). research methods in education (6th ed.). new york: routledge. cooper, d. c. & schindler, p. s. (2001). business research methods (7th). new york: mcgraw-hill. gibbons, m. (2002). the self-directed learning handbook: challenging adolescent students to excel. san francisco: john wiley & sons, inc. hernandez, t. a. (2010). promoting speaking proficiency through motivation and interaction: the study abroad and classroom learning contexts. foreign language annals, 43(4), 650-670. jarvis, p. (2004). adult education and lifelong learning: theory and practice (3rd ed.). london: routledgefalmer. kanoksilapatham, b. (2007). navigating pathways to success in elt. journal of english studies, 3, 6-25. kemmis, s., & mctaggart, r. (1988). the action research planner (3rd ed.). geelong: deakin university press. khamkhien, a. (2010). teaching english speaking and english speaking tests in the thai context: a reflection from thai perspective. english language teaching, 3(1), 184-190. kumpulainen, k., & wray, d. (2002). classroom interaction and social learning: from theory to practice. london: routledgefalmer. lodico, m. g., spaulding, d. t., & voegtle, k. h. (2010).methods in educational research: from theory to practice (2nd ed.). san francisco: john wiley & sons, inc lumsden, l. s. (1994). student motivation to learn (eric digest no. 92). eugene: eric clearinghouse on educational management. (eric document reproduction service no. ed 370 200). morrison, k. r. b. (1993). planning and accomplishing school-centred evaluation. dereham: peter francis. narzoles, d. t. g. (2013). classroom communication climate and communicative linguistic competence of efl learners. theory and practice in language studies, 3(3), 404-410. nicholls, g. (2002). developing teaching and learning in higher education: london: routledgefalmer. richards j, c., & renandya w. a. (2002). methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. in shumin, k, teaching speaking, pp. 201. cambridge: cambridge university press. wallace, s. (2007). teaching, tutoring and training in lifelong learning sector (3rd ed.). exeter: learning matters ltd. didik rinan sumekto students’ oral skill improvement as revealed in learning-based performance wenli, t. (2005). improving speaking skills through instruction in oral classroom participation. foreign language annals, 38(1), 46-55. yueqin, h. (2013). research on fostering intercultural communication competence of foreign language learners. crosscultural communication, 9(1), 5-12. zhang, y., & wang, j. (2012). the elaboration of cultivating learners’ english communicative competence in china. english language teaching, 9(12), 111-120. didikrinansumekto english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 157 exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing fahrus zaman fadhly department of english education faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kuningan & ph.d candidate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia email: fahruszaman_pb15s3@mahasiswa.unj.ac.id emzir postgraduate program, universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id ninuk lustyantie applied linguistics, postgraduate program, university state of jakarta, indonesia e-mail: ninuk.lustyantie@unj.ac.id apa citation: fadhly, f. z., emzir, e., & lustyantie, n. (2018). exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing. english review: journal of english education 7(1), 157-166. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1535. received: 29-08-2018 accepted: 30-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the purpose of this research is to explore and reconstruct the cognitive processes experienced by indonesian scientific writers in selecting research topic in academic writing. by using grounded theory approach, this research explored the indonesian scientific writers’ cognitive processes and revealed eleven ways or approaches in finding and selecting research topics, i.e: institutional research road map, literature review, search before research, research trends in the world, national topics of research, interpretation of regulations, court decisions, pros and cons of actual cases or topics, discussion and research sharing method, exposure of controlled data, and looking for possible space for existing papers. each expertise background dicipline has its own ways and approaches in research topic selection, but there is ‘red thread’: the selection and determination of research topics rests on literature review. this research endorses practical approaches to find out research topics containing novelties and state of the art of the research in each discipline. keywords: cognitive process; academic writing; research topic selection; indonesian scientific writers; search before research. introduction facts show that indonesia already has several reliable scientific writers, as shown through data from scimago. scimago (2018) shows that indonesia only has 75,220 articles with h-index 196. this acquisition places indonesia ranked 11th, below pakistan which has 127,817 articles with hindex 217 ranked 10th. thailand has 156,829 articles, with h-index 289, making it ranked 9th. indonesia is even far away from malaysia which has 24,8457 articles, with the h-index 249, ranked 8th. hong kong was ranked 7th with 263,602 articles, h-index 479. 8th position belonged to singapore with 265,452 articles, h-index 492. ranks in the top five in a row were occupied by china (5,133,924 articles, hindex 712) in the first place, japan (2,539,441 articles, h-index 920) came second, india (1,472,192 articles, h-index 521) in third place, south korea (1,004,042 articles, h-index 576) fourth, and taiwan (614,487 articles, h-index 437) in fifth place. at this level, there is a gap to be able to contribute to language education through a review of proven processes and results of writing. the gap is an opportunity that this research will take advantages of this present fahrus zaman fadhly, emzir & ninuk lustyantie exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing 158 research. it is a manifestation of efforts to construct the cognitive process of academic writing----selection of research topics in particular. it was also formulated as an effort to contribute to the development of science especially in language education study through the context of proven academic writing. various studies related to academic writing competence in foreign languages, especially english, generally take the context of the formal education environment as the realization of language teaching. these studies generally revolve around the achievement of teaching writing, related evaluations, to the utilization of certain models in teaching writing. at this point, the realm of research actually provides a broad space to be directed at other contexts that can also contribute to language education. various studies related to academic writing competence in l2 generally take the context of the formal education environment as the realization of language teaching. this can be seen in several recent studies from silva & matsuda, hinkel, kahraman (2012), paris said, hamsa & mahmudah (2015) and rahimi, kushki & nassaji (2015). these studies generally revolve around the achievement of teaching writing, related to evaluations and the utilization of certain models in teaching writing. at this point, the realm of research actually provides a broad space to be directed at other contexts that can also contribute to language education. previously, several studies had tried to compare the results of academic and nonacademic writing, from several circles as a realization of cognitive processes. for example, white and cheung (2015) once made comparative studies regarding the results achieved by professional writers and amateurs in composing compositions. research related to the ability to write scientific papers needs to pay attention on aspects of results and processes in the same proportion. in this case, studies related to the importance of writing skills need to look at aspects related to direct results, as well as the process. reviewed from perspective of the creative process, the works of short stories, novels and poetry, there are five creative processes of fiction writing namely: incubation, insight, evaluation, and elaboration (nuraeni & fadhly 2016). the relevant study also explored the mental processes carried out starting from brainstorming, planning, drafting, revision, editing, to proofreading. this study reveals the ways in which authors develop their writing in terms of producing long compositions without losing essence, how writers overcome attachments in their writing process, author-specific writing features and what they expect from readers after reading their writing (fadhly, hasanah & agustiana, 2017). it also reveals that the differences experienced by participants at each writing stage are strongly influenced by their areas of interest, writing behavior and writing style. fadhly and ratnaningsih (2018) also confirmed the cognitive processes involved in popular article writing. several different ways in which the author gets inspiration to write, what values underlie the author to give their arguments on a particular topic, how the author decides the point of view of their argument, starts writing, develops the argument, and closes the writing. this present research is expected to bring novelty in identifying the cognitive processes experienced by reputable international journal writers who can take important lessons for other indonesian scientists. cognitive models existed are still very limited to explain comprehensively how the true cognitive processes of research topics selection experienced by the author who have been tested. this study is expected to present novelty in the subject area. this research has the urgency to describe the cognitive processes experienced by indonesian scientific writers whose writings are published in reputable international journals. by identifying cognitive processes that take place in the writing process, so that it can be a guide for other writers in writing scientific articles in reputable international english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 159 journals. another is to boost the quantity and quality of scientific publications of indonesian researchers/scientists in reputable international journals as part of efforts to increase national competitiveness from the scientific publications sector. method in the flowchart, this research shows the specific purpose of this research, which is breaking down cognitive processes in writing articles in reputable international journals since the topic selection, problem formulation, expressing tentative goals (thesis), selecting, collecting and determining bibliography, making notes and making the outline of the writing, pouring ideas into written language so that it became a coherent, systematic and reasoned initial draft composition, review, to edit academic writing and make it a final draft. this research was conducted in bandung based on the place of residence and/or campus teaching resource. data collection starts from july december 2017. this research uses grounded theory research design. referring to the purpose of this study, which is to reconstruct the cognitive process in academic writing experienced by 3 indonesian scientific writers, the grounded theory research design is deemed appropriate to be applied in this study. as stated by creswell (2012) that grounded theory research design is used when researchers need a theory or explanation of a process. the activity of writing as a cognitive process is also explained by using a grounded theory approach. creswell (2012, p. 440) details eight procedures in grounded theory research, i.e.: “determine whether grounded theory research design is in accordance with research problems; identify the cognitive processes that want to be studied; obtain permission and access to conduct research; conduct theoretical sampling; data coding; using selective coding and developing theory; validating theory; develop a grounded theory research report”. the techniques for collecting cognitive process data in this academic paper are carried out through (1) observation, (2) interviews, (3) documents. observation is done by directly observing the writing process of the scientific writings of the informants/speakers so that the whole construction of the cognitive process phenomena that occur/is done by them is obtained. interviews were conducted in-depth (indepth interviews) with (3) selected informants from a number of state universities in indonesia from universitas pendidikan indonesian (upi) and universitas padjadjaran (unpad). the three indonesian scientists included: didin saripudin, atip latiful hayat (alh) and dr. fitri khaerunnisa (fk). the selection of the three indonesian scientists was taken based on considerations, among others: (1) the performance of research and scientific publications that stood out especially their research works published in reputable international journals; (2) the ease of accessing them for the purposes of observation and in-depth interviews and obtaining the necessary written documents; and (3) the diversity of informants/resource persons with diverse scientific clusters is intentionally conducted to see whether there are variations in cognitive processes as reflected in the interview process and their academic writings. interviews are conducted informally so that the informant feels comfortable and goes on intimately. high technical language will be avoided and researchers should optimally be able to provide a sense of comfort so that informants feel free in responding to each researcher's questions in their own way (sunstein & chiseri-strater, 2012; marshall & rossman, 1999, holstein & gubrium, 1995). results and discussion of the three informants interviewed, i.e.: ds with a background in sociology of education, indigenous education & multicultural education, alh with a fahrus zaman fadhly, emzir & ninuk lustyantie exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing 160 background in international law and telecommunications law, and fk with a background in nanomaterial carbon, adsorption, nanocomposite polymer. as their different experiences in choosing and determining research topics. research topic selection based on research road map in choosing and determining research topics, ds followed a road map that had been designed with those who have the same expertise. in accordance with his background, ds researches teaching aspects such as approaches and methods, learning resources including textbooks, learning media, learning evaluation, etc. subsequent research topics follow the path of the research road map designed together with his colleagues in the same department and with the same research expertise. ds says that his research had followed the stages of the road map designed. a research topic that is still in a cluster is carried out in a systematic and continuous way. it includes in basic research type. ds elaboratively describes that basic research is usually oriented on producing new scientific findings. that is to produce new concepts, theories, or models. if the basic research topics are running according to the initial planning, then it continues to applied research. likewise, if the applied research topics have run well, it will continue to development research. development research usually produces a product that is known in upi as a teaching industry. so, development research produces products in learning that can be massively produced and sold it to the market. like me, research on learning resources has been done, an approach is taken to research textbooks and learning media." (interview with ds, april 5, 2018) the following is an illustration of the research road map conducted by ds so that the research direction runs systematically and continuously. the research road map designed by ds with his colleagues can be described in the diagram below. figure 1. the research road map designed by ds with his colleagues in the road map, ds with his team designed a research in the field of evaluation. the time range is from 10 to 20 years. every year, a detailed research topic plan is created. this detailed research topic plan then produces new topics each year so that the research road map designed encourages members of the research team to be able to produce areas of expertise. from the research road map, a number of scientific publications can also be created and can be divided into scientific publications in reputable international journals. in detail, ds states: basic research applied research development research field of expertise research road map 5-10 years 10-20 years 20-30 years producing new scientific findings (new concepts, theories, models) producing learning models, learning media, etc. developing concepts, theories, models and learning media, etc. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 161 for example, in about a few years, 10 or 20 years, what research in the 1st to 20th year. later, it will become an expert in educational field. it is similar to write in a journal which is the results of those researches. thus, my writings published in journals are the results of the research that i have done, such as the wayang golek as a learning media and i have also written a textbook entitled "history of indonesia based on multiculturalism". a research can be extracted into several journal articles, not always one research for one article; it can be more than two or three journal articles. yet, of course, the journal title is not the same as the research title, the journal title must be more attracted, not too long, and not too locality especially if it is an international journal. there is no need to state which junior high schools or senior high schools.” (interview, 17 august 2018) research topic selection based on previous studies by conducting literature review the role of scientific articles published in reputable international journals/nationally accredited journals is recognized by ds to be very influential in selecting research topic. based on cognitive experience experienced by ds, it is very important for researchers to read previous studies in order to select research topic. ds sees the importance of reading previous studies by saying: it has a great effect. sometimes, i look for ideas after reading previous studies, especially in international journals. for example, i want to see historical learning media, so i read research on historical learning media. there are journals that specifically discuss learning media, such as tujet (turkish online journal educational technology).” (interview with ds, april 5, 2018) research topic selection based on "search before research" activity based on cognitive experience of fk as an expert in the field of chemical engineering and nano technology, the research topic was obtained from the "search before research" activity which is a process of reading scientific works in reputable international journals. through this "search before research" activity, fk gets inspiration to choose and determine research topic. similarly, from "search before research" activity, the research gap will be found so that the research topic will always contain novelty. fk says that the “search before research” activity is very useful for a scientific writer. fk describes several important reasons why it is necessary to conduct searching activities before conducting research. first, related to the target of the manuscript publication to a particular journal. the data collected by researchers must be potential to be published in certain journals. fk notes that it is fatal for a researcher to collect data that is not potential to be published. the data collected must be in line with existing research trends. these research trends can be seen from searching activities. in more detail, fk explains the importance of this “search before research” as follows: search before research” activity is actually important for me. why do we have to search before conducting research? first, related to the final target, how our data is still potential to be published and how our data is still in line with the trend that people are working on. the final target can be international or national journals. second, this is the most feared when we write, there is replication, duplication, and even plagiarism. if i select a research topic, it will be based on my expertise. for example, since i am concerned in the field of environmental chemistry and advanced material, so that the topics i choose are around it. i might not research, for example, about superplasmon because it is out of my expertise. (interview with fk, may 15, 2018) the flow of this finding can be described as follows: fahrus zaman fadhly, emzir & ninuk lustyantie exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing 162 figure 2. research topic selection based on "search before research" activity research topic selection based on observations of "research trends" in the world according to fk's cognitive experience, research topics can be explored from research trends that are taking place throughout the world. global issues that become world’s trending topics inspired him to design research with actual global topics or issues. for example, local issues related to global warming, food security, etc. nevertheless, according to fk, from the existing global issues, we must look for more specific issues that people have not researched yet, because even though the research topic has been raised as a world trend, we must still take into account the more specific issues. to convince us how important it is to pay attention to these research trends, fk explains that by reading the developing trends in the world, a writer/researcher is able to select a research topic. reputable international journal publishers will consider 'business aspect', namely looking at research trends that are happening. if author does not pay attention to the aspect of research trends, it will be difficult for a manuscript to be published. regarding this research trend, fk describes as follows: because business aspect is considered in the world, the publisher company will also consider it. if they want to sell, the topics loaded must be in the trend. for example, people are concerned about energy, so we have to find out the topics about energy. or about the global warming issue, then anything related to the solution of how to prevent global warming will be more attracted. this aspect then becomes the reason why an article can be quickly published, why it is this long, why it is being rejected, and why it is accepted. (interview with fk, may 15, 2018) then, how do we find the research gap so that it has an element of novelty? fk explains that a researcher needs to have sensitivity and foresight on any topics that might be raised. the important thing is not to duplicate or replicate the previous works. in the context of searching this gap, the key word is "looking for the possibilities that exist in that trend." following is fk’s explanation related to the gap of a trend: first, looking for possibilities that exist in that trend; which part that has not been researched by others. for example, a person in america has been doing it and another person is working on it. if we just follow what they are doing, it is duplication so that it will be difficult to publish. it can be done if we just to get the knowledge of how a research works, but if we want to run into publications, it cannot be done. thus, novelty is actually easy, just by searching. (interview with fk, may 15, 2018) research topic selection based on national research topics of indonesian ministry of research, technology and higher education as an authoritative institution as well as sponsors of various types of research, the indonesian ministry of research, technology, and higher education (kemenristekdikti) carries out certain themes every year. every year, there are no less than 10 (ten) research topics offered by kemenristekdikti. researchers utilize english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 163 research topics offered by kemenristekdikti. following is fk's explanation regarding the importance of designing a research topic by referring to the research topics offered by the indonesian ministry of research, technology and higher education. in national scale, kemenristekdikti always issues ten national themes. as long as our proposal concerns among the ten themes, our proposal will be accepted. there are possibilities to be accepted, depending on how we propose our ideas in the proposal. so, the publication is the same, every journal has its scope, this journal coverage is about this, another journal about this, so when i want to publish an article, i always see the target journal and consider its scope. if the scope is suitable, then the data i have can be submitted to the journal.” (interview with fk, may 15, 2018) research topic selection based on interpretation of regulations as a researcher in the field of law, alh explained his cognitive experiences that research topic were obtained through interpretation of a regulation. the novelty of a research topic was derived from the process of understanding and interpreting the existing regulations. in detail, alh explains the importance of interpretation as the main source of research topic that has a high novelty element as follows: for the legal articles writing, it can be from an interpretation of one provision, for example in law, international conversions or international agreements. how we understand and interpret it can become a research question. since every provision or rule whether domestic or international is made for the future, there will be situations and practices that are different from when the rules were made. that is where the problem can be revealed. (interview with alh, june 7, 2018) research topic selection inspired by court decisions based on alh’s experience, a research topic also usually comes from an analysis of court decisions that are often referred to as case studies. it is especially related to the research question of how a court applies the law in a case. he also analyzes to criticize whether a court decision is true or not. the research question often arises from the court decisions. “we criticize whether the judgment is true or not" (interview with alh, 7 june 2018). research topic selection inspired by the presence of actual cases or topics that are becoming public discourse research topic selection is inspired by the emergence of pros and cons of a case or a regulation. alh explains his cognitive experience as follows: if outside the field of law, they refer to it as an article review. we analyze the experts’ writings, then we have different opinions and understandings. it can also be a debate between pros and cons, for example writing one stance and then it is debated. that is normal in legal articles. sometimes, it is not enough to just reply, sometimes reply again and again. that is like such polemics. it is one of the sources of ideas to write. (interview with alh, june 7, 2018). research topic selection through research discussion and sharing intensive discussions with experts, lecturers and teachers inspired writers to select a research topic. ds acknowledges that through discussions with teachers as education practitioners inspired him to find research topics that have a high element of novelty. ds said: the inspiration can also come from discussions. like my experience that after having discussions with teachers in mgmp, it turns out that the history teachers need historical learning media while the available ones were science learning media. then, we talk with the company that produces the media. incidentally, they said that the historical learning media do not yet exist, so we make proposals on how to make historical learning media in the form of replicas of historical objects and electronic maps. it was responded well by the company because it might be profitable in terms of economy. there is a good market nation. (interview with ds, april 5, 2018) in addition to colleagues, indonesian scientific writers are also inspired to get new topics through discussion with teachers. from ds’s experience, when discussing directly with history teachers, they need learning media specifically for historical subjects that are not yet available. from this need, then there is an opportunity to become an industry. ds says that the need for historical learning media inspired him to fahrus zaman fadhly, emzir & ninuk lustyantie exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing 164 design a research project by collaborating with industry. regarding this cognitive experience, ds explains that: the inspiration can also come from the journey. like my experience that after having discussions with teachers in mgmp, it turns out that the history teachers need historical learning media while the available ones were science learning media. then, we talk with the company that produces the media. incidentally, they said that the historical learning media do not yet exist, so we make proposals on how to make historical learning media in the form of replicas of historical objects and electronic maps. it was responded well by the company because it might be profitable in terms of economy. there is a good market nation (interview with ds, april 5, 2018). determination of research topics resulting from exposure to controlled data so that novelty is found based on fk's cognitive experience, the determination of research topics can also be raised from the exposure of new data found. however, exposed data is verified (crosscheck) with scientific articles that have been published by leading journals throughout the world. the novelty element can also be identified from the activity of exposing the data. when exposing data generated from certain methods or equipment is found element of novelty, the research topic can be identified. regarding data exposures, the novelty and topic of this research, in more detail the fk describes it as follows: when they expose the data to show that the research activities carried out are in mind so with planning. if we are tested once a week, for example, "you are testing this again, how can you get the data?" it is proven that this crystallization of the structure is not like this, if it does not mean changing the method. for example "you don't research here anymore, because people have already researched", so we lose opportunity, we have changed here. so the process is also escorted in such a way as to ensure the data is published or not. the japanese are not very good at english, but why they can penetrate into nature, can penetrate into science not because of their english skills. but why can it be? because they have the ability in the data, in the data they are advanced who are better at revealing something new (interview with fk, may 15, 2018). determination of research topics as results from the search for the possibility of the existing papers finding possibilities from published articles in line becomes an important way of determining research topics that have novelty elements. the intelligence of a researcher with long hours of flying reading will easily identify the possibility space so that the data to be explored also has a high element of novelty. such is the fk experience as a scientist who has been involved in a number of prestigious studies with japanese scientists. however, according to the fk, the possibility of in line space must be tested first to ascertain whether there is an opportunity to get new data that can be published. the following are fk's explanations regarding the determination of research topics resulting from the possibility of the possibility of existing papers: if we do searching, we will meet you, so my habit outside of that time (japan) is when we want to work on the article, not "let's give a presentation!" but i'm doing a journal. if in the searching context, the professor gave 50 journals. and he's already directing it to the journal we're going to work on. then he told me to read, and told me to write down what you got what you got. then what are the possibilities that can still be done, sometimes the ones who can make it acceptable are novelty of ideas, or for example like the others who researched it, they just got a (interview with fk, may 15 2018). broadly speaking, the determination of research topics that are cognitively experienced by three indonesian scientific writers with different scientific backgrounds can be classified as follows: table 1. research topics selection their variety and characteristics based on the background of the field of expertise no expertise background of the author ds fk alh sociology of education, nanomaterial carbon, international law and english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 165 determination of research topics indigenous education & multicultural education adsorption, nanocomposit e polymer telecommunicatio ns law 1 institutional research road map √ √ 2 literature review √ √ √ 3 search before research √ √ 4 research trends in the world √ √ 5 national research topics (ministry of research, technology and higher education) √ √ 6 interpretation of legislation √ 7 court decision √ 8 pros and cons of actual cases or topics √ 9 discussion and research sharing method √ 10 exposure of controlled data so that it is found novelty √ 11 looking for possible space for existing papers √ conclusion from the research conducted it was concluded that the reconstruction of cognitive processes writing reputable international journal articles experienced by a number of indonesian scientific writers had very important benefits for the development of cognitive models in writing especially academic writing. reconstructing the cognitive processes experienced by indonesian scientific writers is a fairly long cognitive journey and their cognitive experience will inspire other scientific writers and indonesian researchers to increase the productivity of their publications. this research has been able to explore how indonesian scientific writers in various disciplines express their cognitive experience so that their scientific works can be published in reputable international journals indexed in web of science (wos) and scopus. aknowledgement this research was supported by the directorate of research and community service, general directorat of research and development, the ministry of research, technology and higher education (kemenristekdikti), republic of indonesia. we thank our colleagues from universitas kuningan who provided insight and expertise that greatly assisted the research. references corbin, j., & strauss, a. (2008). basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. los angeles: sage. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). boston: pearson education crossley, s. a., & mcnamara, d. s. (2009). computationally assessing lexical differences in second language writing. journal of second language writing, 17(2), 119–135. fadhly, f. z., & ratnaningsih, n. (2018). reconstruction of cognitive process in popular article writing. the asian efl journal, 20(5), 7-33. fadhly, f. z., hasanah, n. & agustiana, v. (2017). mental process of writing for academic purposes: a case study of indonesian writers. indonesian efl journal, 3(2), 203-214. flower, l., & hayes, j. r. (1981). a cognitive process theory of writing. college composition and communication, 32(4), 365-387. hairston, m. (1982). the winds of change: thomas kuhn and the revolution in the teaching of writing. college composition and communication, 33(1), 76-88. hinkel, e. (2014). effective curriculum for teaching l2 writing. london: taylor & francis. holstein, j. a., & gubrium, j. f. (1995). the active interview. thousand oaks: sage. fahrus zaman fadhly, emzir & ninuk lustyantie exploring cognitive process of research topic selection in academic writing 166 jarvis, s. (2002). short texts, bestfitting curves and new measures of lexical diversity. language testing, 19(1), 57–84. kahraman, s. (2015). an evaluation of an english language teaching education program in terms of teacher autonomy. international online journal of education and teaching, 2(2), 5366. marshall, c., & rossman, g. b. (1999). designing qualitative research (3rd ed.). thousand oaks: sage. nuraeni, i., & fadhly, f. z (2016). creative process in fiction writing of three indonesian writers. indonesian efl journal, 2(2), 117-126. oshima, a., & hogue, a. (2006). writing academic english. new york: pearson longman. paris, p., said, i., hamsa, a., & mahmudah, m. (2015). discourse mastery based on indonesian language teaching skills of the second grade students in senior high school, pangkep regency. journal of language teaching and research, 6(1), 172-178. rahimi, m., kushki, a., & nassaji, h. (2015). diagnostic and developmental potentials of dynamic assessment for l2 writing. language and sociocultural theory, 2(2), 185-208. riley, j. (2015). bilingual facebook users’ cognitive writing processes/processus cognitifs d’écriture des utilisateurs bilingues de facebook. canadian journal of learning and technology/la revue canadienne de l’apprentissage et de la technologie, 41(1). scardamalia, m., & bereiter, c. (1987). knowledge telling and knowledge transforming in written composition. advances in applied psycholinguistics, 2(1), 142-175. scimago institutions rangking. (2018). the scimago journal & country rank. retrieved on december 2018 from http://www.scimagojr.com/journalrank.php?c ountry=id. silva, t., & matsuda, p. k. (eds.). (2012). on second language writing. london: routledge. sunstein, b. s., & chiseri-strater, e. (2012). field working: reading and writing research. boston: bedford/st. martin’s. thomas, j. r., silverman, s., & nelson. j. (2015). research methods in physical activity (7th ed.). windsor: human kinetics pubishing. white, r., & cheung, m. (2015). communication of fantasy sports: a comparative study of user-generated content by professional and amateur writers. professional communication, ieee transactions on, 58(2), 192-207. woolston, c. (2000). writing for therapy helps erase effects of trauma. cnn. zangwill, o. l. (2004). the oxford companion to the mind. new york: oxford university press. https://web.archive.org/web/20041120093458/http:/archives.cnn.com/2000/health/03/16/health.writing.wmd/ https://web.archive.org/web/20041120093458/http:/archives.cnn.com/2000/health/03/16/health.writing.wmd/ audience awareness in the written discourse english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee audience awareness in thewritten discourse of sudanese efl university learners ali ahmed osman zakaria department of linguistics, university of kassala, sudan e-mail: haddad_31970@hotmail.com abdel rahim hamid mugaddam institute of african & asian studies, university of khartoum, sudan e-mail: sudan_98@hotmail.com apa citation: zakaria, a. a. o., & muqaddam, a.r. h. (2014). audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners. english review: journal of english education 3(1) 1121 received: 03-11-2014 accepted: 12-11-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: the study investigates the written discourse of the sudanese efl university learners to evaluate and assess their awareness of the audience to whom they write. the analytic descriptive approach is adopted to achieve the aims of the study. the subjects of the study consisted of 50 sudanese efl students drawn from faculty of arts at alneelain university. three tools were employed for data collection: a writing test, a questionnaire and an interview with the students. results showed that the written discourse produced by sudanese efl students did not reveal an awareness of the audience with whom they communicate. the students did not succeed to make assumptions of what their audience already know and what they expect to find in the texts being written. they held fragmentary knowledge on the concept of audience awareness. accordingly, the students were not able to prepare and edit texts which keep and stimulate their audience – they were not able to depend on lexical and structural variation to produce proper and effective writing. furthermore, results indicated that students were not able to attach unity and coherence to the texts they produced. their organizational skills were very poor. to help the students develop the concept they hold on audience awareness, writing instructors and syllabus designers need to put special emphasis on the importance of audience awareness as a factor which is essential for effective writing. keywords: audience awareness, communicative setting, language proficiency, discourse competence introduction many theorists contend that the purpose of writing is to communicate with an audience, which can be defined as actual readers or as the writer himself. scholars also seem to agree on another point: "no matter who/what the audience is (from real people to fictional construct), writers adjust their discourse to their audiences. in other words, writers do things to bring their readers into their texts, to establish a community that includes themselves and their reader" (wildeman, 1988). audience awareness is a very important aspect in discourse intelligibility. students need to have a thorough knowledge of their potential audience. to write to particular audience is far better than to write with no audience in mind. writing to known audience means having a predisposed knowledge of who students wish to write mailto:haddad_31970@hotmail.com mailto:sudan_98@hotmail.com ali ahmed osman zakaria & abdel rahim hamid mugaddam audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners to. this gives the students an advantage when preparing the content of the message they wish to convey. thereafter, students can adopt the strategies that enable them to produce a meaningful and comprehensive piece of writing. sudanese efl students have a little knowledge of the nature of the audience to whom they write. accordingly, they fail to make the right lexical and grammatical choices to formulate the message they wish to convey. for this reason students' writing results in a vague and less comprehensive piece of writing which makes mutual understanding difficult, if not impossible. writing, as stated by zemach and islam (2006), is an important form of communication in day-to-day life. writers put their ideas on paper to be read later by particular readers. one of the many things a writer needs to consider when completing a written task, according to bull & shurville (1999), is the requirements of the intended audience. hinds (1987) assumes that the writer provides the information required by the intended audience and prepares the written task through dialogic construction. that is, the writer has to make assumptions of what the audience know and what they do not. this makes writing as one of the most difficult skills to master in both first language and a second/foreign language.writing abilities are not naturally acquired (liberman and liberman, 1990). they must be culturally (rather than biologically) transmitted in every generation, whether in schools or in any other environments. since the command of writing entails mastery of language, students need to be guided on how to view writing as a tool through which they communicate meaning to particular audience. taking account of readers as reported by edwin & grundy (1996) is an important factor in effective writing. so, as stated by hyland (2003) the goal of writing instruction can never be just raising in explicitness and accuracy because written texts are always a response to a particular communicative setting. however, control over surface features is crucial and students need an understanding of how words, sentence and large discourse structures can shape and express the meaning they want to convey. writing programme should foster and enhance students' ability to generate ideas, organize and transmit information to the readers. grabe and kaplan (1996) contend that writing is usually undertaken to communicate with one or more readers for a variety of purposes. even when writing for oneself, there is a likelihood that the writing will, at some point, be used to communicate with others. the teaching of writing needs to meet students' communicative needs. that is, students should be taught how to write for effective communication which means the goal of teaching writing is to develop students' communicative competence. cooper (1999), faigley (1986), and witte (1992) argue that writing can only be understood from the perspective of a social context and not as a product of a single individual. writing instruction also needs to highlight the importance of the form of the message being transmitted to the audience. so, writing is not a process which puts emphasis only on the form of language, or the end product of a particular writing event. writing is a process which emphasizes both form and function in order to convey a particular meaning to the intended readers. hedge (1988) assumes english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee that knowing who the reader is provides the writer with a context without which it is difficult to know exactly what or how to write. and yet it is possible to find a writing task in one teaching material which does not specify a context to help the student. breiter and scardamalia (1987) emphasize the need to develop a "reader-based" approach to writing in order to ensure the communicative power of the text. it is this reader-based approach that places special focus on the link between reading and writing – an approach that leads to producing a text that can be "read successfully". the writer needs to use the appropriate language content in order to help readers understand the intended meaning. the writer also needs to use a clear style and abide by the conventions of writing. in order to be successful in this enterprise, the writer must develop evaluation and reformulation strategies as part of the writing process that continually assesses the potential reader's position. zakaria (2013) reported that sudanese efl students are unable to think of the readers while they are planning for the writing task. this makes them unable to think of the sort of the difficulties readers are likely to encounter when reading up the texts the students have produced. chang (2005) examined how two efl college students represented their audience in the writing process and how they adopted their writing to assigned audience. the results indicated that the more proficient writer was more capable of analyzing and making inferences of the assigned audience than less proficient writer. fontaine (1988) suggested that high school student writers were more apt than elementary students to adjust writing to meet audience needs. previous studies show that students only take their teachers as their potential readers. this is not surprising since writing is usually done in the classroom environment. britton (1975) found that the audience that students most frequently addressed in a school environment was the teacher. after accumulating almost 2,000 writing samples from british students comparable to fifth graders and above in american schools, britton categorized the writing samples as addressing oneself, the teacher, a wider audience, or an unknown audience. a large majority of the scripts, 85 percent, were written for the teacher or the teacher as the examiner. previous studies imply that appeal to particular audience is a very important factor in writing. if writers succeed to adapt their writing to suit their readers, this is an indicator of successful writing. students need to be taught how to think of their potential audience while writing.writing without having an audience in mind results in a type of writing where there is a large gap between students' knowledge and attitudes and those of the audience. this means, students produce writing in which they fail to guess what readers already know about the topic andwhat they expect to find in the texts being written. method the participants in this study included 50 efl students who are taking english as their major at alneelain university. the students belong to and represent different parts of sudan. this means they can be taken as a sample for the sudanese efl university learners' community. the students represent the future practitioners of the english language in the sudanese society. investigating their learning habits is ali ahmed osman zakaria & abdel rahim hamid mugaddam audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners believed to be with great value in the field of education. the participants are taught how to develop their writing skills which means they are equipped with the strategies necessary in a serious writing. they also study syntax and morphology which means these students are taught how to form words and structures in english. in addition, they are taught how to join structures together to create meaning. furthermore, the participants study semantics and this entails that the respondents are taught how to deal with the different kinds of meaning that a word or a sentence has. they also study the varied and complex relationship that holds between individual lexical items. considering the nature and sort of the activities in which the participants engage during their learning life, one assumes that they must possess the knowledge that enables them to produce correct, meaningful and interpretable english. this suggests that the students are good enough to write on different topics in english. however, research indicates inadequacy in their written language; and that their writing is less informative exhibiting a great deal of incorrect language forms. they even lack the techniques necessary for effective writing. some researchers attribute this to the fact that the students learn english primarily through formal education and as a result, they have little opportunity to use english for communication outside the classroom. some researchers emphasize assuming that the materials produced by the students seem to be invalid. the data of this paper were collected through a test, a questionnaire, and an interview. having a variety of tools for data collection helps the researcher to get a comprehensive view on the responses provided by the respondents. what cannot be seen adopting one tool may be obvious adopting another tool dealing with students responses. not all students usually admit that they have problems dealing with a particular aspect of language. their responses to the questionnaire and the interview may be different from the fact obtained examining their actual written product. so, the reason of having these tools for data collection is to have reliable data that can yield reasonable results. the test was prepared to collect the data that could be used to evaluate and assess students' actual writing. the students were given three topics and each student was to choose a topic to write a composition of about 200 hundred words. the students were given one hour to accomplish the task. the topics given to the students to write about are as follows: 1-write to a pen friend telling him/her about the rainy season in your town. tell him/her when the season begins and ends and how you prepare for it. 2tell your friends how you usually spend your holiday. 3-describe the sort of the problems you encounter when communicating in english. the questionnaire was prepared to obtain information about students' appraisal of the knowledge they hold on the concept of audience awareness. it was also prepared to collect information about students' ability to produce texts which could stimulate their audience and keep their attention. the questionnaire consists of five section. the first is about students' writing proficiency. the second section tackles students' knowledge of the nature of their audience. section three english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee deals with discourse competence. the fourth section involves developing students' communicative competence. section five is about students' strategies for effective writing. the interview was conducted with the participants to reveal some of the facts about students' written performance which could not be obtained through the questionnaire or the writing test. the items of the interview are as follows: (1) how do you view writing? (2) what do you think of when you decide to write? (3) how do you plan for your writing? (4) what do you know about your audience? (5) state the sort of the problems you think your audience will encounter interpreting your writing. (6) what strategies do you depend on to deal with these problems? (7) do your audience know something about the topic you discuss in your writing? (8) what makes you think so? (9) what difference does this make in your writing? (10) do you think that your writing stimulates your audience? (11) what makes you think so? results anddiscussion students' evaluation of their own writing proficiency table 1. students' writing proficiency no item often always sometimes rarely never median 1 i know that writing to particular audience is a complex process which requires conscious effort. 12% 74% 8% 4% 2% 16 37 4 2 1 2 i believe that writing to a reader requires a high language proficiency 14% 80% 6% 17 40 3 3 writing for effective communication entails the ability to weave words and structures into a meaningful discourse. 20% 70% 8% 20% 1 10 35 4 0 1 4 i believe that effective writing implies a comprehensive knowledge of the discourse community. 34% 46% 14% 6% 117 23 7 3 5 i am aware of the techniques necessary for the production of effective writing. 48% 16% 16% 10% 10% 224 8 8 5 5 6 i know that writing with audience in mind requires a high cognitive ability. 98% 2% 149 1 statistical analysis shows that most of the sudanese university students were aware of the complexity associated with writing for particular audience and that this process requires a conscious effort. 86% of the students claim that they take writing as a process that requires conscious effort. nearly all students 94% report that it is important to be knowledgeable about writing in order to communicate effectively with readers. 90% of the students state that writing implies the ability to produce different linguistic patterns which result ali ahmed osman zakaria & abdel rahim hamid mugaddam audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners in meaningful discourse. the students also report that it is very crucial to know the nature of the discourse community in which one performs. 64% of the students contend that they are aware of the techniques required for the production of effective written discourse. the students also report that they view writing as a highly cognitive process. examining students' writing, one will find that the results obtained analyzing the questionnaire and that of the interview are different. the result of the interview coincides with that of the questionnaire in the sense that the students assume that they are able to produce writing which entails the ability to anticipate their readers' needs and expectations. but their writing is poor to the extent that it is difficult to believe that it is done for particular audience. this can be illustrated by the following sample of students' writing: extract 1 dear ali, how are you and how are your family i want to tell you about my holiday. how i spend it and how i engoy with it. i spend it with some frind in field. we fawond their more interesting places. i had spend “3” weeks with them and i sorry i becom deprst i cant compleat. the extract above does not reveal the proficiency that students claimed to possess. the students also reported that they knew the techniques required for the production of effective discourse. this also is not likely to be observed in the above extract. students' assessment of their audience awareness table 2. knowledge of the nature of the audience no item always often sometimes rarely never median 7 i am taught how to write with audience in mind. 30% 46% 16% 8% 1 15 23 8 4 8 i know the nature of the audience to whom i write. 34% 36% 14% 10% 6% 1 17 18 7 5 3 9 i prepare my writing with necessary assumptions about my audience. 40% 14% 26% 8% 12% 2 20 7 13 4 6 10 i guess the sort of the problems my audience are likely to encounter interpreting the text i produce. 36% 40% 14% 6% 4% 1 18 20 7 3 2 11 i find it easy to guess how my audience will react to my writing. 36% 28% 18% 14% 4% 2 18 14 9 7 2 12 i know that my writing stimulates my audience. 80% 6% 6% 8% 1 40 3 3 4 13 i know what my audience already know about the topic on which i am writing. 74% 12% 4% 6% 4% 1 37 6 2 3 2 the table above shows that the students were taught how to write with audience in mind; and that they knew what these audiences expect to find in any piece of written discourse. 54% of the students reported that they developed necessary assumptions about their audience before getting started to english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee write. results in the table 2 state that 76% of the students thought of the sort of the problems their readers were likely to encounter when dealing with the students' writing. 64% of the respondents mentioned that they knew how their audience react to the discourse these students produce. 86% of the subjects assumed that their writing could certainly stimulate readers/their audience. 86% of the students under study stated that their audience experienced no problem when dealing with the discourse the students produced. this is because the students already know the degree and depth of the knowledge their audience possess. the results obtained from the questionnaire and the interview revealed that the students knew the nature of the audience to whom they wrote. but analyzing students' actual writing makes it obvious that the students do not know what their audience wish to get dealing with the texts being written. it seems that the students write with no audience in mind. this can be seen in the following sample of students' writing. extract 2 as you my friend these days we are witnessing a very rainy season, which rains daily in a variety degree. by the way the season starts from the first of autumn and last to four monthes without stopings. so we always when the season starts we preper for it, by manting the roofs of our houses and mak the walls very thik as not to fall in the rain. actually we do enjoy the season very much because if brings life for all the univers as well human and animals. students' appraisal of their own discourse competence table 3. students' discourse competence no item always often sometimes rarely never median 14 i organise my writing in such a way that makes understanding easier for my audience. 90% 10% 1 45 5 15 i adopt different strategies to produce more effective written discourse. 60% 12% 14% 8% 6% 1 30 6 7 4 3 16 i spend a considerable time thinking of the nature of the topic i wish to write about before getting started. 64% 20% 10% 6% 1 32 10 5 3 17 i think of the content i am likely to use in my writing. 82% 12% 2% 2% 2% 1 41 6 1 1 1 18 i think carefully of the first sentence i use to address my audience. 96% 4% 1 48 2 data analysis reveals that all the students adopted a style which made understanding easier for their audience. the way they prepared their writing helped their audience interpret the message conveyed by the students through their writing. 72% of the respondents claimed that in order to produce more effective written discourse, they adopted different writing strategies. for example, 84% of the students assumed that they spent a considerable ali ahmed osman zakaria & abdel rahim hamid mugaddam audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners time thinking about the nature of the topic they wish to write about. 94% of the students mentioned that they thought of the content of their writing. all the students reported that they thought carefully of how to initiate their writing. the same claim is made by students in their response to the interview. but examining their written samples, it is obvious that the students do not have any organizational strategies. that is, their writing is very poor. their writing makes it clear that the students do not spend much time thinking of their audience, the content of the topic being discussed or how texts have to be produced. this is revealed in the following sample of students' writing. extract 3 when i was in bara, the cloudy start to collect and soon the raain pegain to full, befor three hours the street became full of water. usually we prepare to rainy seasons by buing a sitable clouthes. assessment of the students' communicative competence table 4. developing students' communicative competence no item always often sometimes rarely never median 19 i read a lot of authentic materials to be familiar with the culture of the discourse community. 70% 14% 8% 8% 1 35 7 4 4 20 my reading results in having an insight into what is socially and culturally accepted by the native and other users of english. 88% 4% 2% 6% 1 44 2 1 3 21 my knowledge of the world enables me to guess what my readers expect. 76% 12% 6% 2% 4% 1 38 6 3 1 2 22 reading authentic materials provides me with insights into the skills necessary for effective writing. 90% 8% 2% 1 45 4 1 23 i write to pen friends to improve communicative writing abilities. 14% 42% 20% 16% 8% 2 almost all the subjects 84% claimed that they read a lot of authentic materials to acquaint themselves with the culture of the target language discourse community. the reason behind this is, of course, to produce a sort of discourse which is likely to be accepted by the native speakers and other users of the target language. a discourse which is communicative in nature. 92% of the students contended that their reading results in having a clear and deep image of the kind of writing that matches with the culture of the target language discourse community. 88% of the students assumed that their knowledge of the world made it easier for them to speculate what their audience expect to find when treating the message woven english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in the students' writing. 98% of the subjects claimed that reading authentic materials equipped them with the skills needed to be involved in effective written communication. to improve and develop these skills, 56% of the students assumed that they often wrote to pen friends. the results in the table above state that the students had the ability to produce texts which are effective and communicative in nature. the students also reported in the interview that their writing was proper enough to stimulate their audience. but result obtained from their actual writing did not reveal this claim. evaluation of students' strategies for effective writing table 5. strategies for effective writing no item always often sometimes rarely never median 24 i assess and reassess my writing to make it clear for my audience. 84% 12% 4% 1 42 6 2 25 i compare my writing with that of my peers to see how well i write. 24% 50% 14% 4% 8% 1 12 25 7 2 4 26 i support the claims i make with effective data to help my audience grasp what i weave in my writing. 62% 18% 12% 8% 1 31 9 6 4 4 27 i depend on lexical variation to write in an affective style. 94% 4% 2% 47 2 1 28 i use different grammatical patterns in my writing to make it more stimulating. 100% 50 29 i abide by the social rules while writing to produce an accepted piece of writing. 98% 2% 49 1 30 i view writing as a social process for negotiating meaning to particular audience. 60% 28% 6% 6% 6% 30 14 3 3 3 results in the table 5 reveal that 96% of the students kept assessing and reassessing their writing to make it much easier for their audience. 74% of the target subjects stated that they compared their writing with that of their peers to see how well they perform. when it was necessary for any modification, the students did it immediately. in order to make their writing more effective and appropriate, 80% of the students reported that they supported the claim they made by effective data. 98% of the subjects contended that they depended on lexical variation to make their writing appear more stimulating. all the subjects 100% assumed to use different grammatical patterns in their writing to produce an accepted piece of written discourse. 88% ali ahmed osman zakaria & abdel rahim hamid mugaddam audience awareness in the written discourse of sudanese efl university learners of the respondents stated that they viewed writing as a social process dedicated for the transmission of meaning to particular audience. the results obtained from the interview show that the students assessed their writing before editing the final version. but examining the actual written performance of the students reveal that this is not true. the following students' actual writing makes this point very clear. extract 4 dear my friend i hope that you are here becouse the season is unplivable the manson is coming after a weks you don’t know how is the vilige. the season start at april and the land covered by green wods so the wather is very beutiful evry thing is beutiful. in the season people work at the farms and it is the season at merige. conclusion the results of the study showed that the written discourse of the sudanese efl learners did not reveal an awareness of the audience with whom they communicate. the students did not show the ability to make assumptions of what their audience already know and what they expect to find as new. the students held fragmentary knowledge on the concept of audience awareness. accordingly, the students did not manage to produce the texts that could help them keep and stimulate their audience. they were not able to employ the strategies of writing to produce proper and effective writing. furthermore, results indicated that students were not able to attach unity and coherence to the texts they produced. their organizational skills the students possess were very poor. to help the students develop the concept they hold on audience awareness, writing instructors and syllabus designers need to put special emphasis on the importance of audience awareness as a factor which is essential for effective writing. they need to motivate the students to produce texts which address a wide range of audience and not restrict their writing to teachers as their potential audience. this can help students to be acquainted with the different sorts of writing genre. references bereiter, c. & scardamalia, m. (1987). the psychology of written composition. hillsdale: erlbaum barnet, s., bedau, h. (eds.) (1993). current issues and enduring questions. boston: bedford books. britton, j. (1975). the development of writing abilities (11 – 18), schools council research studies. london: macmillan. bull, s., & shurville, s. (1999). cooperative writer modeling: facilitating readerbased writing with scrawl. in r. morales, h. pain, s. bull & j. kay (eds.), proceedings of workshop on open, interactive and other overt approaches to learner modeling, international conference on artificial intelligence in education (pp. 1-8). retrieved from http://www.eee.bham.ac.uk/bull/pap ers-pdf/aied99-ws-scrawl.pdf. chang, f. (2005) audience strategies used by efl college writers. journal of panpacific association of applied linguistics (paal), 9, 2, 209-225. issn, 1345 – 8353. cooper, m. (1999). ecology of writing in marilyn m. cooper and michael holzman (eds), writing as social action (pp. 1-19) portsmouth. nh: boyton. edwin, l. & grundy, p. (1996). writing about writing: teaching the process and achieving a product. asian journal of english language teaching, 6, 45-60. faigley, l. (1986) connecting theories of process: a critique and a proposal. college composition and communication 46: 527-42. http://www.eee.bham.ac.uk/bull/papers-pdf/aied99-ws-scrawl.pdf english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee fountaine, s. (1988). using what they know: 9-, 13-, and 18year-olds writing for different audiences. in b. rafth & d. rubin (eds.) the social construction of written communication (pp. 99 – 116). norwood, nj: albex publishing corp. grabe, w. & kaplan, r. (1996). theory and practice of writing: an applied linguistics perspective. london: longman. hedge, t. (1988).writing. oxford: oxford university press. hinds, j. (1987). reader versus writer responsibility: a new typology. in u. connor and r. kaplan (eds),writing across languages: analysis of l2 text (pp. 141-152). reading, ma: addisonwesley. hyland, k. (2003). second language writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. liberman, i. & liberman, a. (1990). whole word vs. code emphasis: underlying assumptions and their implications for reading instruction. bulletin of the orton society, 40, 51-76. witte, s. (1992) context, text, intertext: towards a constructivist semiotic of writing. written communication 32, 189204. wildeman, j. (1988). defining audience negatively: one way the writers keep readers from their texts. paper presented at the 39th annual meeting of the conference on college composition and communication pp.4 zakaria, a. (2013) an assessment of the written performance of sudanese efl learners: a communicative approach to writing. world journal of english language; dec2013, vol. 3 issue 4, p1 zemach, d., & islam, c. (2006).writing in paragraphs. macmillan. the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability faezeh yousefian dastmalchi the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability faezeh yousefian dastmalchi english department, islamic azad university, torbat-e-heydarieh branch, iran email: faezeh.yousefian2013@yahoo.com apa citation: dastmalchi, f. y. (2014). iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability. english review: journal of english education 3(1), 2230 received: 03-11-2014 accepted: 12-11-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this research examines the effect of teaching politeness strategies based on the models proposed by brown and levinson (1987) and leech (1983) to intermediate english learners on their ability in writing more polite letters. the instrumentation includes an ielts test, used as a placement test, an inventory, used to measure learners’ awareness of politeness strategies, and a letter-writing test, used as a measurement of learners’ ability in using politeness strategies. among all the participants, twenty of them were put in the control group, and twenty-four of them in the experimental group, who went under the treatment. they were taught how to write politely based on the politeness strategy models proposed by brown and levinson (1987) and leech (1983). after the treatment, learners wrote letters to the same people with the same situations. comparing the twenty learners in the control group with the twenty-four learners in experimental group, the researchers concluded that the treatment had a significant effect on the learners’ ability in writing more polite letters. they selected to use more formal strategies with those who they saw further distance with, and more informal strategies with more intimate people. furthermore, the answers the learners provided to the questions of the inventory offered more awareness of politeness strategies. this implies that they were more aware of various choices of polite language that were available for them to use in the given situations. keywords: politeness strategy, face, face threatening act introduction according to wardhaugh (2006), as we speak, we choose what to say, how to say it, and the best way to unite the whatwith the how. this how and what are both two important and inseparable aspects of speaking. social relationship between the speaker and the listener determines the linguistic choices a speaker makes. in watts (2003: 29) words, “language and forms of language behavior are at the heart of social communication and the reproduction of social structure. so the study of politic behavior and linguistic politeness lies at the heart of socio-communicative verbal interaction.” as coulmas (2007) puts it, speakers have to make choices, because things may be formulated in a different way. all people have strong feelings about what they say and what they mean and they say what they believe they should, although sometimes they seem not to believe in their own words. coulmas (2007) also believes that “sociolinguistics is the linguistics of choice”, so there will english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee be “freedom of the will, human action and language”, and this “presupposes and agent rather than an automaton.” what is considered polite, gumperz (1987) suggests, may differ among various groups, situations, and individuals. if we can find a grammatical and social rule for it, according to this variation and the recurrent patterns used, we will be able to demonstrate the social nature of human language. brown & levinson (1987) believe that the key problem in the area of sociolinguistics is to determine the nature and origin of the social power of linguistic forms. some linguists see this as based on the social value of the group who use that linguistic form. some others believe that it is the social characteristics of the participant and settings that determine the social valence of the form. they claim that linguistic form of messages should be seen as tools for doing things in order for their social values to be ascertained. brown and levinson introduce two important sources for the social valence of linguistic forms; first, the intrinsic potential impact that a communicative intention has on social relationships, and second, the modification of that intention by the participants in order for that to have a specific impact. for brown & levinson (1987), “communicative intentions have builtin social implications, often of a threatening sort” (p. 281). these communicative intentions are constrained to pragmatic resources of the language in order to show the construction of messages. various uses of such pragmatic resources in different situations are the special interest of sociolinguistics, and this has made brown & levinson’s slogan: “sociolinguistics should be applied pragmatics” .nature and distribution of the constraints give the social structures its form. these constraints are more on form than on content (brown & levinson, 1987). linguistic politeness involves verbal strategies to keep social interaction friction free (nwoye, 1992). there are many studies that touch on the issue of the relationship between politeness and other factors such as gender (see for example gharaghani, rasekh, dabaghi, tohidian, 2011, dus and franch, 2003, kaul, kurkarni, 2010, gomez, 2000), cultural norms (see for example le ha, 2001, salom &monreal, 2009, bargiela-chiappini, kádár, 2011, song, 2012), power (locher, 2004, hendry, 1995, holmes, stubbe, 2003). in the following, some of these researches have been mentioned. in a research done by gharaghani, rasekh, dabaghi, tohidian (2011), cross gender differences in the degree of politeness in greetings of efl learners were examined. the results show that gender has a significant effect on the degree of formality in persian greetings. in addition, iranian learners transferred their persian greeting styles into english situations. they tended their greetings to be polite, but they were inappropriate according to american norms. generally, it seemed that they were not equipped with appropriate tools to express greeting according to the status of the interlocutors, situational context and native culture. biesenbach-lucas (2007), in his research on e-politeness among native and non-native speakers of english, found that native speakers demonstrate more politeness strategies in their messages to their professors than nonnative speakers. native and non-native speakers preferred different politeness http://www.google.com/search?sa=n&biw=1366&bih=632&tbm=bks&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22sooho+song%22&ei=btwhue7nbcsq4asx9ihoaw&ved=0cd8q9agwazgu http://www.google.com/search?biw=1366&bih=632&tbm=bks&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22janet+holmes%22&sa=x&ei=tdahuyd-gksn4aswmodycg&ved=0ce8q9agwbg http://www.google.com/search?biw=1366&bih=632&tbm=bks&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22maria+stubbe%22&sa=x&ei=tdahuyd-gksn4aswmodycg&ved=0cfaq9agwbg faezeh yousefian dastmalchi the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability devices for their requests. this can be due to the fact that non-native speakers are not taught enough of politeness strategies in order to use in their messages. he shows that students use more direct strategies for lower imposition requestsi.e. for making appointments and asking for feedback on their work, in contrast with higher imposition requests such as extension of the deadlines. this suggests that students are aware of situational factors and do not consider all email requests of faculty equal. also, they used more politeness devices with direct request strategies and fewer politeness strategies with indirect request strategies. dus and franch (2003) investigated spanish and british undergraduates’ perceptions of appropriate requests in different situations in terms of gender and politeness. on the whole, no significant differences were found in males and females use of alerter (formal/informal attention getters and greetings, naming strategies and terms of endearment). however, there were some differences in cross-gender speech in particular situations such as opening elements, which were used more by females than males. also, men used more attention getters than women. spanish participants frequently used involvement strategies which confirm that spanish is a “positively politenessoriented culture”. male and female british participants used similar number of alerters. the difference was in the type of alerters males and females used. british females used twice as many thanking responses as males, and so they were considered as showing deference more than males. as a conclusion, this research questions the stereotypical correlation between males and impoliteness and females and politeness. both males and females showed politeness in their speech and the difference was in situations where solidarity and deference was considered. gender cannot be an independent variable in determining language use. le ha (2001) studied how vietnamese culturally situated notions of polite forms influence english writing styles of four vietnamese postgraduate students who were studying in australian universities. it was found that cultural differences as well as socio-political factors and educational factors were the reasons influencing how students write. in his paper, he suggested that australian academics make students with different backgrounds aware of how they were expected to write based on australian socio-political practices. he found that as soon as the students were aware of this, they were able to adjust. chen (1999) has studied selfpoliteness in contrast to other-oriented politeness. by self-politeness, he means the cases in communication where the speaker’s need to protect his own face influences what she says and how she says it. “self” does not only refer to the speaker herself, but to those aligned with her such as her family, friends, colleagues, clients, and even her profession. likewise, “other” refers to not only the hearer but also those aligned with the hearer. he states that in the studies on politeness the researcher includes self-politeness in addition to other-oriented politeness and this is because the face of the speaker is as vulnerable as the face of the hearer. fukushima and iwana (1985: 12) studied japanese students to see whether they use politeness strategies english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee while speaking english and how much they are successful in using them. they concluded that “a better understanding of politeness features in english will help efl students to communicate more effectively as competent speakers”. different aspects of letter writing has been discussed and taught to students in writing classes. however, there seems to be a lack of attention to the sociolinguistics aspects of letter writing (schmidt, 1993; rose & kasper, 2001), including politeness strategies use. learners are supposed to have already acquired politeness strategies sociolinguistically; however, most second language learners are not sufficiently exposed to the related contexts in order to acquire those strategies. this research seeks to contribute to the field of second language writing. it aims at testing students’ politeness strategy use in letter writing. having analyzed the data, the results can be applied to explore learners’ problematic areas of politeness strategy use. method the study used a quasiexperimental design to examine politeness strategies awareness of iranian higher-intermediate female students and their ability in letter writing. this study focused on a randomly selected population of 75 learners of upper-intermediate level studying english in two english schools in mashhad, iran. as the participants were chosen among the learners of two different english institutes, they were studying different upper-intermediate books. thirty-eight of them were studying the upper-intermediate book american english file 4 (by oxenden & latham-koenig, 2008, oxford university press), and the other thirtyseven were studying passages 1 (by richards & sandy, second edition, 2008, cambridge university press). all of them were female students in an age range of 17-25. the researchers in this study investigated the effect of politeness strategies awareness of iranian higherintermediate female students on their letter writing ability. they were asked to write a letter to four people: their friend, their teacher, an unknown english-speaking person, and an unknown persian-speaking person, all of whom were supposed to be females. there were 24 learners in the experimental group and 20 in the control group. the learners were homogenized using an ielts test as the placement test. among all of the 75 learners who took the test, 48 learners got the band score of 6 or above and were chosen for the study. before the treatment, both control group and experimental group were given an inventory to test their awareness of politeness strategies, and a letter-writing test in order to test their current ability in the performance of politeness strategies use in letter writing. the participants filled out the inventory, which checked their awareness of politeness strategies. it was designed based on the criteria used in the study as politeness strategies awareness. in the letter-writing test, they faced four different situations. in the first situation, participants were asked to write a letter to one of their female friends and ask for help with their english language proficiency. in the second letter, they wrote to their female teacher and requested her to faezeh yousefian dastmalchi the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability help them with their reading skill improvement. the third situation was writing a letter to a female university student studying in harvard university, whom they did not know; someone they have never seen, talked or written to. they asked her for information about the university she is studying at. in the last situation, participants wrote a letter to the supervisor of an institute to ask for some information about the job vacancies. the treatment took eight sessions of about 30 minutes. all that was taught was based on the politeness strategy models of brown and levinson (1987) and leech (1983). the first session learners were introduced to what would happen in the course. the inventory and the letter-writing test were given to the learners in this session. during sessions 2-7 learners got familiar with the politeness strategies based on brown and levinson’s and leech’s models. there were some exercises designed by the researchers in order for the learners to practice the new strategy they had just learned. in the last session, the participants filled in the inventory again to be checked for any rise in the awareness of politeness strategy use. in addition, the same writing test was given to the learners in order to see whether there was any improvement in the use of politeness strategies in their letters after comparing them to the letters they had written before the treatment. at the same time, the participants in the control group were attending their english classes, being taught the usual materials of their book, without receiving any additional treatment on polite language. the participants’ pre-tests and post-tests were analyzed by two raters in terms of politeness strategies they had applied in each situation and then scored. the scores of the two groups, control group and experimental group, were compared to see if the two groups had performed in the same way before the experimental group had undergone the treatment. meanwhile, the scores of the participants in each group before and after the treatment were compared to seek any improvement as a result of receiving the treatment in the experimental group and the lack of the treatment in the control group. on the one hand, the letter writing tests were scored based on the criteria used in scoring writing section of ielts test. on the other hand, to measure and score the use of politeness strategies in the participants’ writing tests, the frameworks based on the “matrix criteria of politeness strategy” by brown and levinson (1987) and the politeness maxims of leech (1983) were used. furthermore, the inventories answered by the participants are scored and compared in the same way that the letter writing tests were compared. results anddiscussion in order to decide whether the treatment has improved the participants’ awareness of politeness strategies, politeness questionnaire results are analyzed in this part. the questionnaires learners in both control and experimental groups had filled in and those completed after the treatment were compared to observe any improvement of the learners’ awareness of different politeness strategies. as table 1 reveals, the results of the questionnaire in pretest for the control (=59.7000) and experimental (=59.5833) group confirm that there is no significant english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee difference between the participant’s scores in politeness awareness in control and experimental groups in the pretest phase. in other words, the participants in both groups were in the same level of awareness of politeness strategies before the treatment of the study. table 1. pre-test and post-test results of politeness awareness questionnaire groups p-value control experimental no. 20 24 pre-test scores 59.7000 59.5833 .961 post-test scores 59.8500 75.3333 .0001 according to table 1, in the significant level of %5, there was a significant difference in the participants’ scores in control (=59.8500) and experimental (=75.3333) groups in post-test of politeness strategies awareness, and this means that the treatment has improved participants’ awareness of politeness strategies. the raise of the participants’ scores in the post-test letter-writing tests can prove this result. in order to confirm the findings of the questionnaire, the researchers provided seven open-ended questions at the end of the inventory. these questions were designed to elicit responses that showed the participants’ level of awareness of polite language. the responses the participants made before and after the treatment revealed that the treatment had had a significant effect on the awareness and hence the use of politeness strategies by them, which confirmed the findings of the whole survey. after the treatment, the participants tended to use more and a wider variety of politeness strategies in the responses they made to the openended questions. in the following, the first question of the qualitative part of the questionnaire is brought as an example, along with the replies the learners tended to give before and after the treatment: what phrases or words do you use when you want to speak or write politely in english? replies before the treatment: please, could you, can you. repliesafter the treatment:please, could you, canyou, i’msorry tobotheryou,you must forgiveme, iwonder if i could as the learners’ replies in this example show, before the treatment, they had in mind just three of politeness strategies, but after the treatment, they showed awareness of more choices of polite language. in order to explore any effects of the treatment on participants’ ability in politeness strategies use, the results of letter-writing tests were analyzed. learners’ letter-writing papers in both control and experimental groups were corrected and scored by two raters with a focus on general appropriateness of cohesion and coherence and politeness strategies use. the pre-test scores of both groups as well as their scores of post-test were compared to find out whether the treatment had had an effect on learners’ ability in using politeness strategies. table 3.2 summarizes the scores of learners in control (n=20) and experimental (n=24) groups in both pre-test and post-test of faezeh yousefian dastmalchi the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability letter-writing. p-values are also shown in this table. as the results of table 2 shows, there is no significant difference between the participants’ letter-writing test scores in pretest in control (=22.3500) and experimental (=24.4500) group, which confirms the homogeneity of the participants before the treatment. table 2. pre-test and post-test scores of letter-writing of control and experimental groups groups p-value control experimental no. 20 24 pre-test score 22.3500 23.0417 .253 post-test score 24.4500 31.2500 .0001 using t-test method, the participants’ letter-writing scores in post-test in both control (= 24.4500) and experimental (=31.2500) groups are compared, and it can be seen that in the significant level of %5, there is a significant difference in the scores of the control and experimental groups. as it was already stated, in evaluating the letters, a part of the score was given to the correct use of politeness strategies. in addition, as the p-value was smaller than 0.5 (0.0001) for the post-test of letter-writing, the first null hypothesis was rejected and it was confirmed that the treatment on the experimental group has had a significant effect on the participant’s ability in using politeness strategies in writing letters. the pre-test and post-test given to both control and experimental groups required learners to write letters to a close friend and to a teacher. afterwards, they were corrected by two raters and scored to investigate any effect of the treatment on the learners in experimental group. the scores are shown in table 3. table 3. pre-test and post-test results of letter-writing to a teacher and a friend groups p-value control experimental no. 20 24 pre-test scores 11.2000 11.5833 .389 post-test scores 13.4500 15.7500 .0001 here, the t-test is about the scores of letter-writing to a close friend and a teacher in the pretest phase for both control and experimental groups. according to table 3, there is no significant difference between the scores obtained by participants in experimental (=11.5833) and control (=11.2000) groups in the pretest in writing a letter to a close friend and to a teacher. in addition, as illustrated in table 3, p-value = 0.0001, which means in the significant level of %5, there is a significant difference between the scores of control (=13.4500) and experimental (=15.7500) groups in posttest of letter-writing to a close friend and a teacher. therefore, because of the raise of their scores as well as the pvalue being smaller than 0.5 (0.0001) for the post-test of letter-writing, the second null hypothesis was rejected and it can be concluded that the treatment has improved the participants’ ability in using politeness strategies use in english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee writing letters to a close friend and a teacher. the next t-test is for the participants in both control and experimental group writing to an unknown native speaker of english and an unknown native speaker of persian in the pre-test and post-test phase, the results of which are shown in table 3.4. learners’ scores in both pre-test and post-test were determined by two raters and were compared for any improvement in the learners’ ability in experimental group in using politeness strategies in letter-writing. table 4. pre-test and post-test results of letter-writing to an unknown native speaker of english and to an unknown native speaker of persian groups p-value control experimental no. 20 24 pre-test scores 11.2000 11.3750 .654 post-test scores 11.2000 15.6667 .0001 as table 4 illustrates, there is no significant difference between the scores of control (=11.2000) and experimental (=11.3750) groups in pretest letter-writing to a native speaker of english and a native speaker of persian, as the p-value= .654. the results shown in table 3.4 also suggest that there is a significant difference in the scores obtained by the participants in control (=11.2000) and experimental (=15.6667) groups in posttest letter writing to a native speaker of english and a native speaker of persian. . in addition, as the p-value was smaller than 0.5 (0.0001) for the post-test of letter-writing, the third null hypothesis was rejected. therefore, it can be concluded that the treatment had improved the ability of the participants to use politeness strategies while writing a letter to an unknown native speaker of persian and an unknown native speaker of english. results of both the inventory and the letter-writing test revealed in the previous part determined that the mentioned null hypotheses of the study were rejected. this means that the treatment had improved the participants’ scores in post-test letterwriting test, which means they used correct and enough of politeness strategies in their letters. furthermore, the results of the inventory indicated that the participants’ awareness of the study had improved by going under the treatment. conclusion as observed by the obtained results, the treatment, i.e. teaching learners what strategies they can use to seem more polite culturally (and globally), had a significant effect on their behavior. the answers the learners provided to the questions of the inventory offered more awareness of politeness strategies. this implies that they were more aware of various choices of polite language that were available for them to use in the given situations. they tended to use a more variety of replying politely to those situations, whereas they used to pick up more or less the same way of responding. furthermore, the letter-writing post-tests suggested that the participants’ ability in using politeness faezeh yousefian dastmalchi the effect of iranian female efl learners’ politeness strategies awareness on their letter writing ability strategies had improved to a great degree and they used more polite language. learners were taught that not every strategy was appropriate for every situation. the result of teaching them this point was noticeably seen in the post-test they were given, as they had a tendency to use a strategy they already knew for nearly all the situations they were given in the pretest phase. they selected to use more formal strategies with those who they saw further distance with, and more informal strategies with more intimate people. references brown, p., & levinson, s. c. (1987). politeness: some universals in language usage. cambridge university press. new york. us. biesenbach-lucas, s. (2007). students writing e-mails to faculty: an examination of e-politeness among native and non-native speakers of english. journal of language learning & technology, 11(2),. 59-81. retrieved from http://llt.msu.edu/vol11num2/biesen bachlucas/ coulmas, f. (2005). sociolinguistics: the study of speakers’ choices. cambridge university press. new york. us. fukushima, s., & iwata, y. (1985). politeness in english. jalt journal. vol. 1 (1). gharaghani, z., eslami rasekh, a. , dabaghi, a., tohidi, i. (2001). effect of gender on politeness strategies in greetings of native speakers of persian; english and efl learners. cypriot journal of educational sciences, 6(3), 93117. leech, g. n. (1983). principles of pragmatics. longman publishing group. new york. us. maier, p. (1992). politeness strategies in business letters by native and nonnative english speakers. journal of english for specific purposes, 11(3), 189– 205. retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s08894906(05) 80009-2. watts, r. j. (2003). key topics in sociolinguistics: politeness. cambridge university press. uk. wardhaugh, r. (2006). an introduction to sociolinguistics. backwell publishing. usa, uk, australia. le ha, ph. (2001). how do culturally situated notions of `polite' forms influence the way. vietnamese postgraduate students write academic english in australia? australian journal of education. 45. lorenzo-dus, n. bou-franch, p. (2003). gender and politeness: spanish and british undergraduates’ perceptions of appropriate requests. de la mujer. 187199. chen, r. (2001). self-politeness: a proposal. journal of pragmatics. 33, 87-106. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/08894906/11/3 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan muhammad aprianto budie nugroho department of english education, the university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: muh.apriantobn@gmail.com nining mayda department of english education, the university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: maydaning92@gmail.com apa citation: nugroho, m. a. b., & mayda, n. (2015). an analysis of motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 82-93 received: 06-01-2015 accepted: 07-03-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: this research aims to analyze motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language at 7th grade of junior high school 7 kuningan and to analyze students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies that were applied by teachers in teaching efl. the researchers used qualitative research by using classroom observation, interview, and questionnaires. the result taken from classroom observation and interview show teacher 1 and teacher 3 applied motivational strategies completely based on the phases of motivational strategies. thus, the students responded these strategies positively. on the other hand, teacher 2 applied motivational strategies incompletely because the teacher missed the first phases. this was responded negatively by students. therefore, the students were actively involved in teaching and learning process conducted by teacher 1 and teacher 2, but the students were passively involved in teaching and learning process conducted by teacher 2. furthermore, the result taken from questionnaires shows that students gave positive attitudes towards the teacher 1 (88.25%), teacher 2 (79.02%), and teacher 3 (85.71%). based on the findings, it can be concluded that the way the teachers applied motivational strategies in teaching efl determined students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied by teachers in teaching efl. keywords: motivational strategies, phases of motivational strategies, students attitudes, teaching efl introduction in the world, english as an international language has been used by many people and become the lingua franca for communication, business, education, and opportunity. (latha and ramesh, 2012). in indonesia, it is first foreign language and has been studied in secondary schools for long time (nugroho, 2008). it has been introduced starting from kindergarten up to university level. however, for indonesian students who learn english as a foreign language, english is still difficult to learn and quality of language learning itself is often low. there are some factors affecting the quality of language learning. karahan (2007) considers that from the perspective of the learner, the factor 82 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee affecting language learning can be mentioned as diverse needs and goals, peer groups, role models. from perspective of the learning process, the factors influencing language learning can be outlined as learning style and strategies, motivation and classroom interaction. on the other hand, kubanyiova (2006) states that the quality of learning engagement in the classroom does not depend on students‟ cognitive abilities alone, but it is also influenced by complex motivational and affective factors. it means that the quality of language teaching and learning process does not only involve some of elements, but also all of teaching and learning elements including teacher. in this case, teacher also has a big role to determine the quality of language teaching and learning process itself. brown (2001, p. 72) claims that “one of more complicated problems of second language learning and teaching has been to define and apply the construct of motivation in the classroom”. motivation is significant determinant of success in learning a second or foreign language. “it can be defined as driving force that pushes someone to do something” (astuti, 2013, p. 14). without motivation, it seems to be impossible to achieve success in foreign language learning. “motivation could be considered as the emotion that a person could have towards learning a foreign language, and it is determined by his/her predisposition and personality characteristics.” (karahan, 2007, p. 2). therefore motivation is one of the most important in teaching foreign language especially english language. the teacher plays an important role in motivating student especially in the foreign language classroom (astuti, 2013, p. 14). the development of classroom engagement increases when the teacher has the ability to build students motivation in teaching and learning process. ramirez (2010, p. 22) states “the teachers‟ ability to motivate is important because it creates a freestressed atmosphere and establishes a relationship of mutual confidence and motivation”. from that statement, it is clear that a teacher, especially language teacher, should have ability to make a positive classroom atmosphere and good relation with students in classroom, because when all of classroom elements can support each other, it will build students motivation to learn confidently. the importance of motivation in teaching and learning process makes teacher is aware that one of the roles that must be done in teaching process is as a motivator for students. every teacher has a different way in motivating students; even what teachers done unconsciously in teaching and learning process, it could be a form of motivational strategies. dornyei (2001) defines the term of motivational strategies as techniques that promote the individual‟s goal-related behavior. he also states that motivational strategies refer to those motivational influences that are consciously exerted to achieve some systematic and enduring positive effect. according to wlodkowski (1999, p. 67), “motivational strategies are deliberate instructor actions that enhance a person‟s motivation to learn”. he also states that the strategy contributes to stimulating or creating a motivational condition: a mental/emotional state of being in which the learner is desirous of information, knowledge, insight and skill. this research is underpinned by motivational strategies theory of dornyei‟s (2001) who is identified motivational strategies into four phases, namely creating the basic motivational 83 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan conditions, generating initial motivation, maintaining and protecting motivation, and encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation. these phases are built on each other so that student‟s motivation is created, generated, maintained and encouraged (dornyei, 2001, p. 29). dornyei (2001) classifies motivational strategies into four motivational phases namely creating the basic motivational conditions, generating initial motivation, maintaining and protecting motivation and encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation. creating the basic motivational conditions consist of three aspects, namely (1) appropriate teachers behaviors to create a good relationship with students, (2) a pleasant and supportive classroom atmosphere, and (3) a cohesive learner group with appropriate group norms. on the other hand, generating initial motivation consists of five categories, namely (1) enhancing the learners‟ language sense and attitudes; (2) increasing the learners‟ expectancy of success; (3) increasing the learners‟ goal orientation; (4) making teaching material be relevant for the learners; (5) creating realistic learners‟ beliefs. beside that, maintaining and protecting motivation consists of eight categories, namely (1) making learning stimulating and enjoyable, (2) presenting task in a motivating way, (3) setting specific learner goals, (4) protecting the learner self-esteem and increasing their confidence, (5) allowing learners to maintain a positive social image, (6) creating learners autonomy, (7) promoting self-motivating strategies and (8) promoting cooperation among the learners. lastly, encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation is divided into four categories, namely (1) promoting motivational attributions, (2) providing motivational feedback, (3) increasing learner satisfaction and (4) offering rewards and grades in a motivating manner. besides, attitude theory of oskamp and schultz (2005) is also used to identify the student's attitudes towards motivational strategies which are applied in efl classroom through considering the three main aspects of attitudes, namely affective, behavioral, and cognitive. the primary purpose of this research are to identify how teachers apply motivational strategies in teaching efl, whether it is based on the phases of motivational strategies, whether these phase are applied sequentially, and whether all of these phases are applied, and to explore the students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies which are applied in efl classroom. method this research applied a qualitative research to investigate a phenomenon. denzin & lincoln (1995) state qualitative research involves an interpretive, naturalistic approach to its subject matter. this means that qualitative research studies things in their natural settings, attempting to make sense of, or interpret, phenomena in terms of the meanings people bring to them. the research was undertaken in junior high school 7 kuningan. the participants were three english teachers of seventh grade and 123 seventh grade students in junior high school 7 kuningan, consisting of: 40 students of teacher 1, 41 students of teacher 2, and 42 students of teacher 3. these place, population and sample were chosen because researchers expected to identify how english teachers of seventh grade in junior high school 7 kuningan motivate students through applying motivational strategies in learning and teaching 84 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee process. besides, the researchers also aimed to explore the students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied efl classroom. the instruments used were classroom observation, interview, and questionnaires. classroom activity was observed through videoing the english teaching learning process conducted in the seventh grade to observe how teachers applied motivational strategies in teaching efl and the students‟ attitudes toward motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. the interview was conducted with three english teachers of seventh grade to explore whether they motivated their students in learning process, and how teachers applied motivational strategies in teaching efl. besides, the interview was also conducted with three students who were one representative of seventh grade students from each class to identify the students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. the questionnaire was adapted from attitude theory and addressed to all of seventh grade students to explore the students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. all of these data collection techniques were administered at the same time, which was on august 26th, 2015 to september 4th, 2015. results motivational strategies applied by teacher 1 the result taken from classroom observation shows teacher 1 conducted all of four phases of motivational strategies. the teacher always tried to motivate students in teaching learning process. in the first phase of motivational strategies; creating basic motivational condition, the teacher tried to create a good relationship with students by showing enthusiasm and cheerfulness to teaching, tried to make positive personal relationship with students by greeting students, remembering their names and smiling at them during teaching process, and the teacher also created a pleasant and supportive classroom atmosphere by bringing humors that was related to the material to make students feel comfortable and happy, and serious but relax. it can be strengthened by the result of interview that the teacher implied that in the first phase of motivational strategies, the teacher created an atmosphere to made students feel comfort to learn and providing humors which were related with the lesson itself so that students feel comfortable and happy, serious but relax. as mentioned by dornyei (2001) that the humor is a tool to improve the classroom atmosphere. next, in the second phase of motivational strategies; generating initial motivation was conducted by the teacher through enhancing the learners‟ language sense and attitudes. the teacher encouraged the learners to apply english language proficiency in real life, but the teacher did not forget to notice students‟ understanding. besides, the teacher also made the teaching material be relevant for the learners by relating the subject matter to the everyday experiences and backgrounds of students. the teacher explained something and gave examples based on students‟ real life. it was also strengthened by the result of interview that the teacher conveyed the material in the language style that was understood by students by considering the words selection and lesson and using some media like pictures and images to make students more interested in following the learning process in the classroom. the teacher also related the material to the 85 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan real daily life. it is important to help students get the main point and benefits of the material learned. teacher must know that one of the most demotivated factors for learners is when they have to learn something that they cannot see the point of because it has no seeming relevance whatsoever to their lives (mccombs and whisler, 1997). therefore, relating the material to the real daily life is one ways to motivate students in learning process. the third phase of motivational strategies; maintaining and protecting motivation, was also conducted by the teacher through creating enjoyable learning by stimulating students to actively involve at class and selecting task which requires mental or bodily involvement from each participants. the teachers also tried to protect the learner self-esteem and improved their confidence by giving a persuasive expression of belief that students can have a good capability. “self-esteem grows from the beliefs of others. when teachers believe in students, students believe in themselves. when those you respect think you can, you think you can” (raffini, 1993, p. 147). thus, teacher has an important role to help students believe in themselves. this was also found in the result of interview that the teacher implied that in the third phase of motivational strategies, the teacher gave an exercise to be done individually then discuss it together and also gave task in groups to help students convey opinions freely without fear of making mistakes. lastly, in the last phase of motivational strategies; encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation, the teacher tried to provide motivational feedback by giving positive feedback and the teacher also appreciated student‟s work by responding all students‟ answer or opinion even they were wrong in order to make students not feeling down, after that, the teacher discussed the appropriate answers. it also found in the result of interview that the teacher said that in the last phase of motivational, the teacher tried to appreciate student‟s work by accepting students‟ answer or opinion even it was wrong to make students not feeling down, after that the teacher discussed it together and tell that what students said was less appropriate and tell students about the appropriate answers. the teacher must be able to give positive information feedback to students to make students understand about the mistake and how to correct it. “most importantly, this feedback provides students with information rather than judgments against external standards or peer achievement.” (dornyei, 2001, p. 124). this is because judgment will make students felt down. motivational strategies applied by teacher 2 the findings taken from classroom observation shows teacher 2 did not implement one of motivational strategies phases in teaching efl. the teacher focused on the material, so the first thing to do when the teacher entered the classroom was delivering the material. the first phase of motivational strategies was not applied by the teacher. it also strengthened by the result of interview that the teacher did not apply motivational strategies sequential based on the phases of motivational strategies and the teacher did not implement the first phase of motivational strategies. the teacher said that the teacher explained the material after entered the classroom. dornyei (2001) said that motivational strategies cannot be employed successfully in a „motivational vacuum‟. it means that the teacher has to try to apply motivational strategies 86 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee sequentially based on the phases from the first until the last phase because teaching is not only process of transfer knowledge but teacher has to know how to make the students‟ mind involve and ready to accept whole teaching and learning process. the teacher has to create a good precondition before any further attempts to generate effective motivation. one of the things that can be done by the teacher is to ommit the tension between the teacher and the students by looking at them with smiling or cheerful face. “smiling at students is one of the things to convey personal attention”. (raffini, 1996, p. 182) next, the second phase of motivational strategies; generating initial motivation was conducted by the teacher through enhancing the learners‟ language sense and attitude. the teacher encouraged the learners to apply english language proficiency in real life, but the teacher did not forget to notice students‟ understanding. in this phase, the teacher also made the teaching material to be relevant for the learners by relating the subject matter to the everyday experiences and backgrounds of students. the teacher explained something and gave examples based on students‟ real life. it was also found in the result of interview that the teacher explained that in the second phase of motivational strategies, the teacher customized the media usage with the material to make teaching and learning process more interesting. furthermore, in the third phase of motivational strategies; maintaining and protecting motivation, the teacher made learning stimulating and enjoyable by breaking the monotony of learning. in this case, the teacher gave the task in pair work. from the result of interview, the teacher said that in the third phase of motivational strategies, the teacher gave tasks for students in groups or in pairs. lastly, in the last phase of motivational strategies; encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation, the teacher tried to provide motivational feedback by giving positive feedback, and then appreciated students‟ work by accepting students‟ answer or opinion even it was not appropriate. the teacher told students that what students said was less appropriate and told students about the appropriate answers. it was also found in the result of interview, in the last phase of motivational strategies; the teacher explained that the teacher tried to evaluate students positively, never convicted the students that „this is wrong‟, but tell students that „this is correct but still less complete and it should be more complete”. the teacher must be able to give positive information feedback to students to make students understand about the mistake and how to correct it, giving a judgment just will make students felt down. “most importantly, this feedback provides students with information rather than judgments against external standards or peer achievement”. (dornyei, 2001, p. 124) motivational strategies applied by teacher 3 the result of classroom observation shows teacher 3 conducted all of four phases of motivational strategies. the teacher always tried to motivate students in teaching learning process. it is important to motivate students because motivation is some kind of internal drive which pushes someone to do things in order to achieve something (harmer, 2001). it can help to get success in learning process. in the first phase of motivational strategies; creating basic motivational condition, when entering the classroom, 87 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan the teacher tried to create a good relationship with students by showing cheerful face. the teacher also tried to make positive personal relationship with students by moving around in the class while teaching and learning process to convey personal attention to students. as mentioned by raffini (1996) that moving around in class is one of small gesture that do not take much time which can convey personal attention and can touch the lives of every student in some way. it can be useful to make students feel motivated. however, the result taken from interview shows the teacher said that in the first phase of motivational strategies, the teacher created the conditions to make students motivated in learning english by giving some information of the purpose of learning english at first and tried to make students‟ mindset that english is easy and fun. next, in the second phase of motivational strategies; generating initial motivation was conducted by the teacher through enhancing the learners‟ language sense and attitudes. the teacher encouraged the learners to apply english language proficiency in real life, but the teacher did not forget to notice students‟ understanding. in this phase the teacher also made the teaching material to be relevant for the learners by relating the subject matter to the everyday experiences and background of students. the teacher explained the material and gave examples based on students‟ real life. in addition, the teacher tried to create realistic learners‟ beliefs. the teacher positively confronted the possible erroneous beliefs, expectations that learners may have by telling students about english generally. in addition, the result of interview shows the teacher just explained that the teacher covered material based on the type and covered with interesting media like pictures. teacher can uses some kind of media or tool to make students interested to the material. teacher also can uses classroom decoration as the media to cover the material. dornyei (2001) says that the classroom decoration influences students‟ motivation such as putting posters, displaying bulletin board, etc. in the third phase of motivational strategies; maintaining and protecting motivation, the teacher made learning enjoyable by breaking the monotony of learning channel of communication. the teacher gave the tasks to the students by using visual aids. in addition, the teacher also sets specific learners goals by telling students about the purposes of learning the materials and activities. it is important to do by the teacher in teaching and learning process because explain the purpose is a strategy to present task in motivating way (dornyei, 2001). the result of interview shows the teacher said that in the third phase of motivational strategies, the teacher gave the task that was adapted to the material and what was given in the classroom. before giving the tasks, the teachers always gave exercises then discussed them together, teacher also visited and communicated with students to identify whether students had any troubles or not. lastly, in the last phase of motivational strategies; encouraging positive retrospective self-evaluation, the teacher tried to provide motivational feedback by giving positive feedback. and then, the teacher noticed and reacted to any positive contributions from students by taking time to give the thumbs up. taking time to appreciate every student‟s contribution in teaching and learning process is useful to make students feel motivated. teacher can use simple celebration way such as give the 88 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee thumbs up and applause to appreciate every student‟s contribution. “a good rule of thumb is regardless of how small it, every success must be celebrated” (scheidecker and freeman, 1999, p. 106). it also strengthened by the result of interview that the teacher said that in the last phase of motivational, the teacher tried to evaluate the students mistakes positively, when the students worked on the task or exercise, the teachers do not blame or cut „it is wrong or yes it's true‟ directly. however, at first, teachers gave students the opportunity to do the best and then discussed them together and asked the difficulty, so the teacher was able to give them more clearly and evaluate them from the beginning so that students could understand where their mistakes lied. students’ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom by teacher 1. the result of questionnaires that was strengthened by the result of interview showed that most of students of teacher 1 showed positive attitudes in the terms of affective, cognitive, and behavioral towards motivational strategies that were applied by the teacher in efl classroom. in affective aspect, the students were pleased to follow english lesson (100%), felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson (100%), interested in following english lessons because the teacher teaches the material in a fun way (95%), even students did not prefer to do english task by own self than with friend (57.5%). in behavioral asepct, the result showed that students were not hopeless if there are any difficulties in learning english (92.5%) and always tried to do english task well and truly (85%). in cognitive aspect, the result showed that students felt a loss if did not follow english lesson (85%), learning continuously to make students‟ english skills are better than others (97.5%), challenged if the teacher gives the quite difficult english task (85%) and thought that should pay attention to the example given by the teacher first before do the english task (100%). the overall result of questionnaire showed that students gave positive attitudes towards motivational strategies applied by teacher 1 (88.25%). it was also supported by the result of data taken from classroom observation which showed that students of teacher 1 showed positive attitudes toward motivational strategies applied by the teacher in efl classroom. the students showed positive attitudes in affective, cognitive, and behavioral aspects. in affective aspect, the students were happy to follow english lesson, felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson, interested in following english lessons, and students prefered doing english task with friend than by own self. in behavioral asepct, the result showed that students were not hopeless if there are any difficulties in learning english. it can be seen when students tried to ask the teacher about something which students did not understand. next, in cognitive aspect, the result showed that students thought that should pay attention to the example given by the teacher first before doing the english task. students’ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom by teacher 2. the result taken from questionnaires showed the students gave posittive attitudes in affective, cognitive, and behavioral asepcts toward motivational strategies applied by the teacher 2 in efl classroom. 89 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan in affective aspect, the students were happy to follow english lesson (78.1%), felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson (78.8%), interested in following english lessons because the teacher teaching the material in a fun way (70.7%), but students did not prefer doing english task by own self than with friend (78.1%). in behavioral aspect, the result showed that students were not hopeless if there are any difficulties in learning english (92.7%) and always tried to do english task well and truly (92.7%). in cognitive asepct, the result showed that students felt a loss if did not follow english lesson (63.8%), learning continuously to make students‟ english skills are better than others (97.6%), challenged if the teacher gives the quite difficult english task (85.4%) and thought that should pay attention to the example given by the teacher first before do the english task (95.1%). this indicated that students showed positive attitudes towards motivational strategies applied by teacher 2 (79.02%). this was also in line with the result taken from interview. however, the result taken from classroom observation showed the students showed less positive attitude towards the motivational strategies applied in efl classroom by the teacher 2. this was because, there were only a small part of students who actively participated in teaching and learning process. besides, it also found that there were only a small part of students who felt happy to follow english lesson, felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson and interested in following english lessons. on the other hand, related with cognitive asepct, athe result showed that students felt challenged if the teacher gives the quite difficult english task. students’ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom by teacher 3 the result of questionnaire that was supported by the result of interview showed that most of students of teacher 3 showed positive attitudes in affective, cognitive, and behavioral aspects towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. in affective aspect, students were happy to follow english lesson (100%), felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson (90.5%), interested in following english lessons because the teacher teaching the material in a fun way (83.3%), and students prefer doing english task by own self than with friend (54.8%). in behavioral asepct, the result showed that students were not hopeless if there are any difficulties in learning english (80.9%) and always try to do english task well and truly (90.8%). in cognitive aspect, the result showed that students felt loss if did not follow english lesson (90.5%), learning continuously to make students‟ english skills are better than others (83.3%), challenged if the teacher gives the quite difficult english task (80.9%) and thought that should pay attention to the example given by the teacher first before do the english task (100%). from those results, it can be concluded that the students gave positive attitudes towards motivational strategies applied by teacher 3 (85.71%). it can be approved by the result of data from classroom observation which showed that students of teacher 3 gave positive attitudes toward motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. in affective asepct, most students felt happy to follow english lesson, felt excited to heed the teacher teaching english lesson, interested in following english lessons. it can be seen when students gave attention 90 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to the teacher and participated actively in teaching learning process. in behavioral asepct, the result showed that students tried to do english task well and truly. in cognitive asepct, the result showed that students thought that should pay attention to the example given by the teacher first before do the english task. conclusions based on the findings taken from classroom observation, intervies, and questionnaires, it was found that teacher 1 and teacher 3 applied motivational strategies completely and sequentially based on the phases of motivational strategies. both teachers tried to motivate students continuously in teaching efl to make an effective teaching and learning process. that was responded positively by students of both teachers. besides, it can be seen from the result of questionnaires from students of teacher 1 which was 88.25% and students of teacher 3 which was 85.71%. furthermore, the result taken from the interview conducted with students of both teachers showed that the students showed positive attitudes towards motivational strategies that were applied by both teachers in efl classroom. on the other hand, teacher 2 did not apply motivational strategies completely and sequentially based on the phases of motivational strategies. the teacher missed the first phase of motivational strategies because the teacher focused on the material, so the first thing that was done by the teacher was delivering the material to the students. that was responded negatively by students. students showed negative attitudes towards motivational strategies that were applied by the teacher in teaching efl. from the result of classroom observation, it can be seen that students did not particiapte actively in teaching and learning process. most students were passive during the teaching and learning process and only a small part of students which were active enough in the teaching and learning process. however, this was not in line with the result taken from questionnaire which indicates that students gave positive attitudes which was 79.02% and gave positive answer in the interview. those findings indicated that the way teachers applied motivational strategies in efl classroom determined the students‟ attitudes towards motivational strategies applied in efl classroom. references astuti, s. p. (2013). teacher‟s and student‟s perception of motivational teaching strategies. teflin journal, 24 (2), 1431. retrieved from http://www.journal.teflin.org (january 9th, 2015, 7:43 a.m.) broughton, g., brumfit, c., flavell, r., hill, p. & pincas, a. (1980). teaching english as foreign language(2nd edition). london:university of london institute of education. brown, h. d. (1994). principles of learning and teaching (3rd edition). englewood cliffs, new jersey: prentice-hall regents. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: addison wesley longman, inc. brown, h. d. (2007). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: addison wesley longman, inc. cheng, h. f. (2007). the use of motivational strategies in taiwanese english classroom. the proceedings of 2007 international conferences and workshop of tefl and applied linguistics, 153174. taipei: crane publishing co. creswell, j. w. (2009). design qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches (3rd edition). usa: sage publications inc. 91 http://www.journal.teflin.org/ muhammad aprianto budie nugroho & nining mayda motivational strategies in teaching english as foreign language: a case study in junior high school 7 kuningan denzin, n. k. & lincoln, y. s. (1995). handbook of qualitative research. london: sage publications. dornyei, z & csizer, k. (1998). “ten commandments for motivating language learners”: result of an empirical study. language teaching result 2, 203-219. dornyei, z. (2001). motivational strategies in language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. eggen, p. d. & kauchak, d. p. (2001). education psychology: windows on classroom. upper saddle river, new jersey: merrill prentice hall. ellis, t. i. (1984). motivating teachers for excellence. eric clearinghouse on educational management: eric digest, 6, 2-3. eric document reproduction service, no: ed259449. fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n. e., (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education (7th edition). new york: mcgraw-hill higher education. harmer, j. (1983). the practice of english language teaching. new york: longman group. harmer, j. (2001). how to teach english : an introduction to the practice of english language teaching. england: longman press. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching (3rd edition). longman: pearson education. karahan, f. (2007). language attitude of turkish students towards the english language and its use in turkish context. retrieved from http://jas.cankaya.edu.tr/jas7/07firdefskarahan.pdf. (at january 29th, 2015, 10:23 a.m.) kubanyiova, m. (2006). developing a motivational teaching practice in efl teachers in slovakia. challenges of promoting teacher change in efl context, 10(2), 1-17. united kingdom: university of nottingham. latha, b. & ramesh, p. (2012). teaching english as a second language: factors affecting learners speaking skills. ijert journal, 1 (7), 1-6. latham, andrew s. (1998). teacher satisfaction. educational leadership, 55, 82-83. luthfiyah. (2011). improving students motivation in learning speaking by using contextual teaching & learning. retrieved from http://resopsitory.uinjkt.ac.id (at june 28, 2015, 10:55 a.m.) mccombs, b. l. & whisler, j. s. (1997). the learner-centered classroom and school: strategies for increasing students motivation and achievement. san fransisco, ca: jossey-bass. nugroho, r. a. (2008). motivational teaching strategies employed by english teachers in yogyakarta. retrieved from http://www.ethesys.lib.mcu.edu.tw. (at january 23, 2015, 9:48 a.m.) oemar, h. (1995). kurikulum dan pembelajaran. jakarta: bumi aksara. olson, j. m. & maio, g. (2003). attitudes in social behavior. new york: wiley. oskamp, s. & schultz, p. w. (2005). attitudes and opinion(3rd edition). new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates. printrich, p. r. & howard, s. d. (1996). motivation in education: theory, research, and application .ohio: prentice-hall. raffini, j. p. (1996). 150 ways to increase intrinsic motivation in the classroom. needham heights, ma: allyn and bacon. ramirez, a. c. v. (2010). students‟ perception about the development of their oral skills in an english as foreign language teacher training program. retrieved from http://www.researcharchive.edu.tw. (at january 03, 2015, 7:18 a.m.) ryan, r. m. & deci, e. l. (2000). intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: classic definitions and new directions. contemporary educational psychology, 25, 54-67. ryan, r. m. & deci, e. l. (2000). selfdetermination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation. social development and well-being. american psychologist, 55(1), 68-78. 92 http://jas.cankaya.edu.tr/jas7/07-firdefskarahan.pdf http://jas.cankaya.edu.tr/jas7/07-firdefskarahan.pdf http://resopsitory.uinjkt.ac.id/ http://www.ethesys.lib.mcu.edu.tw/ http://www.researcharchive.edu.tw/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee sakina, r. (2013). an analysis of anomalous exchange in young learners classroom interaction. retrieved from http://resopsitory.upi.edu. scheidecker, d. & freeman, w. (1999). bringing out the best in students: how legendary teachers motivate kids. thousand oaks, ca: corwin press. shuttleworth, m. case study research design. retrieved from https://explorable.com/case-studyreearch-design. (at march 01, 2015, 8:43 a.m.) stone, d. r. & elwin, c. n. (1987). educational psychology. oxford: oxford university press. subana, r. r. & sudrajat, m. (2000). statistik pendidikan. bandung: pustaka setia. suherdi, d. (2008). mikroskoppedagogik: alat analisis proses belajar mengajar. bandung: upi press. ur, p. (1996). a course in language teaching: practice and theory, new york: cambridge university press. williams, m., & robert l. b. (1997). psychology for language teachers: a social constructivist approach. cambridge:cambridge university press. wlodkowski, r. j. (1999). enhancing adult motivation to learn. san fransisco: jossey-bass. 93 http://resopsitory.upi.edu/ https://explorable.com/case-study-reearch-design https://explorable.com/case-study-reearch-design english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 89 four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text vina agustiana department of english education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: v.agustiana08@gmail.com apa citation: agustiana, v. (2017). four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 89-98. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.774. received: 12-08-2017 accepted: 23-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: four square writing method is a writing method which helps students in organizing concept to write by using a graphic organizer. this study aims to examine the influence of applying fswm in combination of product and process based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts toward students’ writing skill, the teaching-learning writing process and the students’ attitude toward the implementation of the writing method. this study applies a mixed-method through applying an embedded design. 26 efl university students of a private university in west java, indonesia, are involved in the study. there are 3 kinds of instrument used, namely tests (pre and post-test), field notes, and questionnaires. data taken from students’ writing test are analyzed statistically to identify the influence of applying the writing method toward students’ writing skill; data taken from field notes are analyzed qualitatively to examine the learning writing activities at the time the writing method is implemented; and data taken from questionnaires are analyzed descriptive statistic to explore students’ attitude toward the implementation of the writing method. regarding the result of paired t-test, the writing method is effective in improving students’ writing skill since level of significant (two-tailed) is less than alpha (0.000<0.05). furthermore, the result taken from field notes shows that each steps applied and graphic organizer used in the writing method lead students to compose discussion texts which meet a demand of genre. in addition, regard with the result taken from questionnaire, the students show highly positive attitude toward the treatment since the mean score is 4.32. keywords: fswm; combination of product and process based approach, discussion text introduction at the university level, disciplinary knowledge and understanding are largely exhibited and valued through the medium of writing (coffin, curry, goodman, hewings, lillis & joan, 2003, p.19). however, writing is considered to be difficult and challenging for most students (kim & kim, 2005). one of the steps leading it to be more troublesome for students to cope with is to have something to talk about (cook, 2004). it is in line with nunan (1995) that it is the starting point that often obstructs students from writing. therefore, students perceive it difficult to start writing since they are in trouble at the time they start to write. efl students are required to transfer their ideas into english. this is another problem in writing since they are expected to meet the criteria of a good text which has different writing sentence pattern between source language and target language. furthermore, alwasilah and sussana(2007) states that the difficulties in writing are not only in using appropriate vocabulary choice, sentence, and paragraph organization to generate and organize ideas, but also in turning such idea into readable text. therefore, this indicates that there are several things to consider in writing, such as the purpose of writing, the word choices, the coherence, and how the writer convey the message to the reader. vina agustiana four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text 90 according to alwasilah and alwasilah (2005), the writing problem appears in indonesian writing classroom, since there are inappropriate writing teaching method used by the teacher. dealing with this, the teacher are expected to apply the appropriate method in teaching writing which is able to accommodate students’ need and goals in writing (emilia, 2010). in line with this, gabrielatos (2002, p.1) implies that “in order to be able to select and use appropriate procedures and materials, as well as assess their students’ needs and progress, teachers need to be clear regarding the desirable outcomes of a writing program and the processes involved in good writing.” this indicates that writing teaching method plays an important role in accommodating students to learn writing. four square writing method (fswm)is one method offered in teaching writing that leads students organize, compose information and concepts, as well as promote thinking about relationship among concepts before they start to write (robinson, katayama, beth, odom, hsieh & vandersen, 2006). this is a writing teaching method which is applicable across grade levels and curriculum areas (gould & gould, 1999). in addition, fswm can be applied in every kinds of text, such as narrative, descriptive, and argumentative. this writing method using visual and kinesthetic tools in the form of a graphic organizer consisting of four outside squares to assists students to focus on their writing (gould & gould, 1999). this aims that students are able to compose a written product logically, coherent and relevant which meets the needs criteria of a good writing. there are several studies conducted focusing on the implementation of fswm, such as wijiastuti (2010) and ullah (2013). wijiastuti (2010), through classroom action research design, found that the students’ mean in writing score has improved from 55.7 (the first cycle) to 71.57 (the second cycle). in addition, ullah (2013), through classroom action research, combined the fswm and product based approach. the findings covered that the students’ writing skill has improved since there is improvement in result of students’ writing test that 55.56% of students reached the minimum score of writing in the first cycle, while there is 88.89% of students reached the minimum score of writing in the second cycle. based on findings, it indicates that fswm is effective in improving students’ writing skills. since, fswm is the method offered in the pre-writing stage prior to producing the final draft, the researcher conducted a research which combined fswm and product-process based approaches combination in writing discussion texts. there are 10 stages in product-process based approaches combination (agustiana, 2016). in stage 1 (modeling) and stage 2 (practicing), students are expected to cover writing goals, generic structures, and linguistic features of a text. in stage 3 (brainstorming), stage 4 (planning) and stage 5 (mindmapping), the students are expected to organize ideas to write. in stage 6 (writing the first draft), the students make the first draft. in stage 7 (peer feedback), the students give feedback toward their friends’ text, and vice versa. in stage 8 (editing), the students revise their first draft which has been given feedback. in stage 9 (writing the second draft), the students compose the final draft. in stage10 (evaluation & teacher’s feedback), students’ final draft is evaluated by the teacher. considering that fswm is suit to apply in pre-writing stage, the researcher applied the fswm in organizing ideas stage, namely stage 4 (planning) and stage 5 (mind-mapping). thus, the implementation of fswm in organizing ideas stage in product-process based approaches combination is expected to help students organize their ideas in order to compose a written product which suits to its social function, generic structure, and linguistic features. there are three objectives of this present study, namely the influence of the implementation of the writing teaching method toward: (a) students’ writing skills, (b) teaching-learning writing activities, and (c) students’ attitude toward learning writing. the stages of the combination of product and process based approach is shown in table 1. according to table 1, there are 10 stages of english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 91 fswm in product-process based approaches which take place in seven meetings. table 1. stages of fswm in product-process based approaches meeting stages fswm 1. 1. modeling 2. 2. practicing 3. 3. brainstorming 4. planning √ 5. mind mapping √ 4. 6. writing the first draft 5. 7. peer-feedback 8. editing 6. 9. writing the final draft 7. 10. evaluation and teachers’ feedback. in this study, the researcher used discussion text as teaching material. gerot and wignell (1994) define discussion text describe discussion text due to its social function, generic structure, and significant linguistic features. the social function of discussion text is to presents (at least) two points of view about an issue. its generic structures are issue which includes statement and preview; arguments for and against or statements of differing points of view which includes point and elaboration; and conclusion or recommendations. the linguistic features are (a) focus on generic human and generic nonhuman participants, (b) use of comparative; contrastive and consequential conjunctions, and (c) reasoning expressed as verbs and nouns (abstraction). method regarding the research objectives, this study applied a mixed methods research. creswell (2014, p.4) states that “mixed methods research is an approach to inquiry involving collecting both quantitative and qualitative data, integrating two forms of data and using distinct design that may involve philosophical assumptions and theoretical frameworks”. by mixing the data, this study presents the better understanding of the problem than by using either data set one by one. this study applied an embedded design. this design is used to answer different questions, which need different types of data to answer (malik & hamied, 2014). the researcher collected both the quantitative and qualitative data during the study. this study is qualitative in terms of collection and analysis of observation data (field notes). meanwhile, it is quantitative in dealing with test scores and responses to questionnaire. there were three sources of evidence, namely observations (field notes), tests (pre-test and post-test), and questionnaires. data collection was conducted in nine meetings. there were 26 efl university students of a private university in west java, indonesia, involved in this study, the first data source was students’ tests. the tests were used to find the effect of the implementation of fswm in product-process based approaches combination on the students’ writing skill. in this study, the tests consisted of pretest and posttest. in each test, the students were expected to create a discussion text with the topic given. the second data source was field notes. field notes were primary data to explore the learning writing activities during the implementation of fswm in product-process based approaches combination. in this case, the researcher played a role as a participant observer who involved in activities at the research site (creswell, 2012). field notes were taken for seven meetings. the teacher noted the activities during the process of teaching learning writing after leaving the setting. the third data source was questionnaires which aimed to describe the students’ attitude toward the implementation of fswm in product-process based approaches combination. a set of closed-ended vina agustiana four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text 92 questionnaires was used. all students were asked to choose one choice in the questionnaires that best describe their feeling toward the items. the questionnaires were in likert-scale form. it consisted of 25 items, which belonged to two major themes, namely the general attitude toward the implementation of fswm in product-process based approaches combination, and the attitude toward each steps of writing teaching method. the first theme consisted of five categories, namely motivation, effectiveness, learning situation in the class, comparison with other approach, and the ease of the step. the second theme consisted of 10 categories, namely modeling, practicing, brainstorming, planning, mind mapping, writing the first draft, peer-feedback, editing, writing the second draft, and evaluation and teacher’s feedback. the items were analyzed by three aspects, namely affective, behavioral, and cognitive views (oskamp & schultz, 2005). in analyzing the data obtained, the researcher used qualitative and quantitative data analysis according to the types of data gathered. with regard the validity of the study, the students’ tests including pre-test and posttest were scored by two raters. the first rater was the researcher, and the second rater was a writing lecturer in that university. in order to have the same perception in assessing the students’ tests, the researcher and the other rater discussed the writing scoring rubric assessment used in the study in order to have the same perception in scoring the students’ texts. afterwards, the pre-test of the first rater was calculated with the pre-test of the second rater to find the final scores of the students’ pre-test. furthermore, the post-test of the first rater was calculated with the post-test of the second rater to find the final scores of the students’ post-test. the scores were calculated to examine the effect of fswm in product-process based approaches combination on the students’ writing skill. this aimed to test the null hypothesis of the study which stated that fswm in product-process based approaches combination is not effective in improving the students’ writing skill. there were several steps to test the hypothesis, namely normal distribution test, homogeneity of variance test, and comparing means. to avoid the error in calculating the data, data taken from the test were analyzed by spss 20.0 for windows. the second instrument was field notes which were analyzed qualitatively through some steps, namely: (a) reading the field notes; (b) identifying the learning writing activities in every stage of teaching writing; and (c) presenting the evidences of every activity of each meeting into a written form. the third data sources, questionnaires, were analyzed by descriptive statistics. descriptive statistics is used to summarize data (hatch & farhady, 1982). before being calculated, the sets of closed-ended questionnaires were sorted. if the whole items were not filled, the data were not taken, avoiding the invalid data. the questionnaire used the five-point likert-scale. the scales were strongly agree (5), agree (4), uncertain (3), disagree (2), and strongly disagree (1). the scores were calculated by using microsoft office excels in order to simplify their tabulation. the scores were analyzed based on five level of the students’ attitude, namely highly positive, positive, normal, negative, and highly negative as shown in table 2. table 2. the categorization of students’ attitude level students’ attitude level range of score item level highly positive 4.201-5.0 positive 3.401-4.20 normal 2.601-3.40 negative 1.801-2.60 highly negative 1.00-1.80 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 93 results and discussion the influence of fswm in product-process based approaches combination towards students’ writing skill this section discusses whether fswm in product-process based approaches combination is effective in improving students’ writing skill. pre-test was conducted in the first meeting of study which aimed at measuring students’ prior writing skill in writing discussion text. meanwhile, post-test was conducted in the ninth meeting of study which aimed at measuring students’ writing skill after learning writing discussion text by using fswm in product-process based approaches combination. data taken form tests were analyzed quantitatively using spss 20.0 for windows. statistically, there were three kinds of test conducted, namely normal distribution test, homogeneity of variance test, and comparing means. the first test was the normal distribution test which aims to find whether the data was normally distributed. the kolmogorov-smirnov statistic was applied in this study. the result of the normal distribution test was shown in table 3. table 3. the result of the normal distribution test tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnov a statistic df sig. pretest ,140 24 ,200 * posttest ,162 26 ,079 * the level of significance as the result of the normal distribution test would be compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was set at 0.05. table 3 showed that the score of pre-test’s level of significance in normal distribution test was 0.200. thus, the pre-test’s level of significance was higher than the alpha (0.200>0.05). therefore, the data of the students’ pre-test was normally distributed. on the other hand, regarding the data taken from the post-test, table 3 showed that the post-test’s level of significance in normal distribution test was 0.079. since the posttest’s level of significance was higher than the alpha (0.079>0.05), the data of the students’ post-test was normally distributed. in conclusion, the result of normal distribution test showed that the data taken from the students’ pre-test and post-test were normally distributed. thus, the hypothesis testing used the parametric statistics, namely t-test. the second test was the homogeneity of variance test which aims to find whether or not the data is homogenous. the levene statistic was used to test homogeneity of variance of the data. the result of the homogeneity of variance test was shown in table 4. table 4. the result of homogeneity of variance test test of homogeneity of variances levene statistic df1 df2 sig. 1,936 5 14 ,152 the level of significance as the result of the homogeneity of variances test was compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was set at 0.05. based on table 4, it showed that the level of significance was 0.152 which was higher than the alpha (0.152>0.05). therefore, the students’ score of pre-test and post-test were homogenous. the third test was the comparing means test which aims to test the hypotheses of the study. the hypotheses testing was analyzed by using the paired t-test since the means compared were the mean score of the students’ pre test and post-test of a group of students. there were two hypotheses set of the study, namely: vina agustiana four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text 94  ho: fswm in product and process based approaches combination is not effective in improving the students’ writing skill.  h1: fswm in product and process based approaches combination is effective in improving the students’ writing skill. the result of the paired t-test was shown in table 5. table 5. the result of paired t-test paired samples test paired differences t d f sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviati on std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pretest – posttest 15,385 4 ,973 , 975 17,393 13,376 15,776 2 5 ,0 00 the level of significance as the result of the paired t-test was compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was set at 0.05. table5 showed that the level of significance (2-tailed) was 0.000. it indicates that the level of significance in paired t-test was less than the alpha (0.000<0.05). thus, h0 was rejected. in other words, fswm in product and process based approaches combination is effective in improving the students’ writing skill. the process of teaching-learning writing this section conveys the process of teachinglearning writing discussion text by using fswm in product and process based approaches combination. data was taken from the result of field notes. the process of learning writing took place in seven meetings. they were begun in the second meeting through eighth meeting of study. there were 10 stages in applying this writing method. these would be discussed in the following. in the first meeting, the teacher applied stage 1 which is modeling. in this stage, the teacher provided a discussion text as a text model. the text fulfilled the criteria of genre in terms of social function, generic structure, and linguistic features. in this stage, the students identified how the writer put the ideas into a written product so that the text discussed two points of view about an issue (gerot & wignell, 1994). besides, the students also identified the generic structure of the text which consisted of issue, arguments for arguments against, and conclusion and recommendation (gerot & wignell, 1994). furthermore, the students identified the linguistic features of the text. the result of this stage was the students were able to comprehend the criteria of discussion text regarding the social function, generic structure as well as linguistics feature of the text. in the second meeting, the teacher applied stage 2 which is practicing. in this stage, the students were expected to use linguistic features found in the text at sentence level. the teacher provided conjunction as teaching material at that day since conjunction is one linguistic feature used in discussion text. the students learnt how to use conjunction in the text appropriately. this was based on the model text they learnt and some practices they conducted. as the result, the students were able to use conjunction, appropriately, after they learnt how to apply the conjunction. in the third meeting, the teacher provided a topic to students to be developed into a discussion text. in this meeting, the teacher applied three stages of writing, namely brainstorming (stage 3), planning (stage 4), and mind-mapping (stage 5). these stages are stages of organizing ideas. each stage was applied in a series. at the beginning of study, the teacher applied brainstorming. in this stage, the students wrote their ideas toward the topic given on the white board, so that there would be a group of ideas made by whole english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 95 class students. in this stage, the students actively involved at class in proposing their ideas toward the topic given. the next stage applied in third meeting was planning in which the students chose the suitable ideas to be developed based on ideas created in brainstorming stage. afterwards, the students made a plan of writing through arranging the ideas by using the graphic organizer as a tool applied in fswm. the graphic organizer consisted of four large squares (which were located at the top-right, top-left, bottom-right, and bottom-left) and a small square in the middle. in arranging ideas by using the graphic organizer, at first, the students put the topic to discuss in a square which was in the middle of the graphic organizer. afterwards, in the topleft square, they wrote a topic sentence which showed the issue of the text. next, in the topright square, the students put the topic sentence which stated the pros toward the issue. subsequently, in the bottom-left square, the students put the topic sentence which shows the cons toward the issue. the next step was the students concluded the text and put the recommendation toward the issue in the bottom-right square. afterwards, the students wrote keywords which supported each topic sentence in the bottom of each topic sentence made in those four squares. this could be the details, examples or any other words which elaborated each topic sentence. at the end of arranging ideas by using the graphic organizer, the students put the appropriate conjunction in each squares. in this stage, the students found fswm was helpful in organizing their ideas since the graphic organizer provided squares which could represent the generic structure of discussion text. the process of applying fswm in the planning stage is attached in figure 1. figure 1. fswm applied in the planning stage conjunction________________________ topic sentence (issue)______________________ -detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples conjunction________________________ topic sentence (argument for)______________________ detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples conjunction________________________ topic sentence (argument against)___________________ detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples conjunction________________________ topic sentence (conclusion and recommendation)_______ detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples detail________________________ examples after completing this stage, the teacher applied fswm in mind-mapping stage as the last stage applied in the third meeting. in this stage, the students were expected to develop the graphic organizer made in the previous stage. based on figure 1, there were four large squares which each of them represented the generic structure of a discussion text. therefore, the students developed each square into a graphic organizer. thus, there would be four graphic organizers which each of them represented a paragraph in a discussion text. the top-left square would be developed into a graphic organizer which would be developed into a paragraph which showed the issue. the top-right square would be developed into a graphic organizer which would be developed into a paragraph that conveyed the argument for toward the issue. the bottom-left square would be developed into a graphic organizer which would be developed into a paragraph that discussed the arguments against the issue. topic vina agustiana four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text 96 lastly, the bottom-right square would be developed into a graphic organizer which would be developed into a paragraph that presented the conclusion as well as recommendation. in this stage, the students were able to develop the graphic organizer created in the planning stage into four graphic organizers which each of them represented the generic structure of discussion text. in the fourth meeting, the teacher applied writing the first draft stage. in this stage, the students composed their first draft of discussion text by using the ideas they made in organizing ideas stage which was put in the graphic organizers. they were expected to compose a discussion text which met the demand of genre that involved the issue, arguments for, argument against, and conclusion as well as recommendation. in composing this first draft, the students didn’t find any trouble since they had made a plan to write in the previous stage by using fswm. afterwards, in the fifth meeting, the teacher applied peer-feedback and editing stage. in peer-feedback stage, each student gave his own first draft to his peer to be evaluated and vice versa. the reviewer evaluated and gave suggestion regarding the sentence and paragraph structure, vocabulary used and so on in order to the text could be more readable. besides, the reviewer also took the other benefit which was their writing awareness would be improved as they noticed the errors found in their friend’s text. in giving feedback, the students used peer-feedback guidelines (as adapted from agustiana, 2016). however, in this stage, there were some students who were not confident in giving feedback to their friend’s text since they thought that their friend had a higher english proficiency than them. the next stage in the fifth meeting was editing in which the students had their own first draft which had been given feedback by their peers. then, they revised the text based on the suggestion they got. however, there were some students who didn’t get any feedback from their peers since their peers considered the texts had fulfilled the demand of discussion text. besides, there were also students who didn’t take the suggestion given since they thought that their text was good. in the next meeting which was meeting six, the teacher applied writing the final draft stage. in this stage, the students composed their final draft of discussion text. they used their knowledge and experiences during learning writing by using fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination. the students paid more attention on their writing final draft than their writing the first draft. in the last meeting, the teacher applied evaluation and teacher’s feedback stage. in this stage, the students’ final draft was evaluated by the teacher by using a discussion text rubric assessment (agustiana, 2016). besides, the teacher also gave her suggestion toward the students’ texts. this aimed at the students could implement any advises into their next writing, so that the students’ written product could be better. in evaluating students’ final draft, the teacher found that the students had trouble in composing compound sentences as well as complex sentences. the student’s’ attitude toward the implementation of fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination in writing a discussion text a set of closed-ended questionnaire which consisted of 25 items was used to cover the students’ attitude toward the implementation of the writing method in writing discussion text. it was found that mean score of questionnaires was 4.32 which indicated that the students showed a highly positive attitude toward the implementation of fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination in writing a discussion text. furthermore, the top-three of questionnaire item were (a) conducting planning stage by using the writing method in writing a discussion text was helpful to focus on topic to discuss in writing (4.73 mean score), (b) conducting mind-mapping stage by using the writing method in writing a discussion text was helpful to map the ideas to write (4.69 mean score), and (c) i will conduct planning stage by using the writing method to structure english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 97 my ideas and focus on a topic to develop in writing discussion text (4.62 mean score). on the other hand, the lowest mean score was item 6 which stated that i actively involved at class when the teacher implemented the writing method (4.04 mean score). otherwise, the lowest score item indicated that the students showed positive attitude toward the implementation of the writing method in writing discussion text. conclusion regarding the first research objective which aimed to cover the influence of fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text toward the students’ writing skill, the research finds that the treatment is effective in improving the students’ writing skill since the result taken from the paired ttest shows that score of level of significant (two-tailed) is less than alpha (0.000<0.05). furthermore, regarding the second research objective which aimed to cover the influence of fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text toward the teaching-learning writing process, the research covers that the students finds the treatment is helpful to apply since there is tool used in the writing method named a graphic organizer which leads the students to focus on the topic and develop it in a series based on the demand of discussion text. in modeling stage, the students are able to comprehend the criteria of discussion text regarding the social function, generic structure as well as linguistics feature of the text. furthermore, in stage 2 which is practicing, the students are able to use conjunction, as teaching material at that day, appropriately, after they learn how to apply the conjunction. afterwards, in stage 3 which is brainstorming, the students actively involve at class in proposing their ideas toward the topic given. next, in organizing ideas through planning stage by applying fswm, the students finds fswm is helpful in organizing their ideas since the graphic organizer as a tool used provides squares which represent the generic structure of discussion text. the next stage is mind-mapping in which the students are able to develop the graphic organizer created in the planning stage into four graphic organizers which each of them represent the generic structure of discussion text. furthermore, in composing their first draft, the students do not find any trouble since they have made a plan to write in the planning stage by using fswm. afterwards, in peer-feedback stage, the research covers that there are some students who are not confident in giving feedback to their friend’s text since they think that their friend have a higher english proficiency than they have. in addition, in editing stage in which the students have their own first draft which have been given feedback by their peer, there are some students who do not get any feedback from their peers since their peers consider the texts have fulfilled the demand of discussion text as well as there are also students who do not take the suggestion given since they think that their text is good. at the next stage which is writing the final draft, the students use their knowledge and experiences during learning writing by using the writing method and they pay more attention on their writing final draft than their writing the first draft. lastly, in evaluating students’ final draft, the teacher finds that the students have trouble in composing compound sentences as well as complex sentences. as a whole, the writing method leads the students to organize their ideas better and expects the students to conduct the writing process in a series. regarding the third research objective which is to identify the students’ attitude toward the implementation of the writing method in writing discussion text, the students show highly positive attitude toward the treatment since the mean score of 25 questionnaire items is 4.32. it indicates that the students are open to the implementation of fswm applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text. considering the findings, this research contributes to the theory and educational practice. theoretically, since the research covers the implementation of writing teaching vina agustiana four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text 98 method which is fswm applied in productprocess based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text, this research enriches the literature on teaching writing in indonesian efl context. this is based on the facts that there is little study existing in indonesian about the implementation of this writing method, especially at undergraduates’ level. furthermore, this research also gives practical contribution which is the english writing teachers / lectures may implement this writing method in their writing classroom because this writing method is effective in improving the students’ writing skill. references alwasilah, a. c., & sussana, s. (2007). pokoknya menulis: cara baru menulis dengan metode kolaborasi. bandung: kiblat buku utama. alwasilah, a. c., & alwasilah, s.s. (2005). pokoknya menulis. bandung: pt kiblat utama. agustiana, v. (2016). combination of product and process based approaches to teaching writing discussion text. english review: journal of english education, 4(2), 195-208. coffin, c., curry, m. j., goodman, s., hewings, a., lillis, t. m. s., & joan. (2003). teaching academic writing. london: routledge. cook, m. (2004). a fun way to generate ideas for comparison paragraphs. the internet tesl journal, 4(10). cresswell, j. w. (2012). educational research (4 th ed.). boston: pearson. cresswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mix methods approaches. new delhi: sage. emilia, e. (2010). teaching writing, developing critical learners. bandung: rizqi press. gabrielatos, c. (2002). efl writing: product and process. retrieved from http:// www.gabrielatos.com/writing.pdf [25 aug-14, 10:10 a.m.] gerrot, l. & wignell, p. (1994). making sense of functional grammar. australia: gerd stabler. gould, j.s., &gould, e.j. (1999). four square writing method: grade 3-5. carthage, il: teaching and learning company. hatch, e., & farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. london: newbury house publishers, inc. kim, y. & kim, j. (2005). teaching korean university writing class: balancing the process and the genre approach. asian efl journal online, 7(2), 69-90. retrieved from http://www.asian-efl journal.com/june_05_yk&jk.php [25 jan2014, 09.16 a.m.]. malik, r. s. & hamied, f. a. (2014). research methods. bandung: upi press. nunan, d. (1991). language teaching methodology: a textbook for teachers. london: prentice hall international. oskamp, s. & schultz, p. w. (2005). attitudes and opinion (3 rd ed). london: lawrence erlbaum associates. robinson, d. h., katayama, a. d., beth, a., odom, s., hsieh, y., & vanderveen, a. (2006). increasing text comprehension and graphic note taking using a partial graphic organizer. the journal of education research, 100(2), 103-111. ullah, w.o.r.y. (2015).improving students’ writing skill using four square writing method. proceeding of the seventh international conference on applied linguistics (5 th ed). wijiastuti, s. f. (2010). improving students’ writing skill using four square writing method (a collaborative action research at the eighth grade students of smp negeri 19 surakarta in 2009/2010). unpublished paper. sebelas maret university. the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach zaidan ali jassem department of english language and translation, qassim university, saudi arabia e-mail: zajassems@gmail.com apa citation: jassem, z. a. (2015). the arabic origins of english and indo-european urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 145-165 received: 10-04-2015 accepted: 25-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this paper traces the arabic origins of english, german, french, latin, greek, and sanskrit "urban terms" from a radical linguistic (or lexical root) theory perspective. the data comprises 130 such terms like abide, building, city, construction, courtyard, hotel, house, live, mansion, mason, palace, metropolis, residence, road, rural, sedentary, sojourn, stay, structure, tent, town, urban, villa, village, zoo, and so on. the results clearly show that all such words have true arabic cognates with the same or similar forms and meanings, whose differences are due to natural and plausible causes and different routes of linguistic change. moreover, the results support the adequacy of the radical linguistic theory according to which, unlike the comparative method and/or family tree model, arabic, english, german, french, latin, greek, and sanskrit are dialects of the same language or family, renamed eurabian or urban family, with arabic being their origin all for sharing the whole cognates with them and for its huge phonetic, morphological, grammatical, and lexical variety and wealth. also, they indicate that there is a radical language from which all human languages stemmed and which has been preserved almost intact in arabic as the most conservative and productive language, without which it is impossible to interpret its linguistic richness and versatility on all levels. keywords: urban terms, arabic, english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit, historical linguistics, radical linguistic (lexical root) theory, language relationships introduction jassem (2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-k, 2015a-g) has shown in forty one studies so far that arabic, english, german, french, and the so-called indo-european languages in general are genetically related very closely phonetically, morphologically, grammatically, and semantically or lexically to such an extent that they can all be regarded as dialects of the same language. more precisely, the arabic origins or cognates of their words were successfully traced in twenty six lexical studies in key semantic fields like numerals, religious, love, democratic, military, and legal terms (jassem 2012a-d, 2013a-q, 2014a-k, 2015a-f); in three morphological studies on inflectional and derivational markers (jassem 2012f, 2013a-b); in nine grammatical papers like pronouns, verb 'to be', wh-questions, and case (jassem 2012c-e, 2013l, 2014c, 2015d); and in one phonetic study about the english, german, french, latin, and greek cognates of arabic back consonants (jassem 2013c). furthermore, zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach the theory was extended to the examination of the arabic origins of pronouns in chinese (jassem 2014h) and basque and finnish (jassem 2014i) as well as demonstratives in eleven major (and minor) language families, making up 95% of the total world population (jassem 2015h). finally, two papers applied the approach to translation studies (jassem 2014e, 2015b). the above studies have been initially based on the lexical root theory (jassem 2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-g, 2015a-g) and subsequently on its slightly revised and extended version, called radical linguistic theory (jassem 2014 h-k, 2015a-g), both deriving their name originally from the use of lexical (consonantal) roots or radicals in retracing genetic relationships between words in world languages. the theory first arose as a rejection of the family tree model or comparative method in historical linguistics for classifying arabic as a member of a different language family than english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit, and the so-called indo-european languages (bergs and brinton 2012; algeo 2010; crystal 2010: 302; yule 2014; campbell 2004: 190-191; crowley 1997: 22-25, 110-111; pyles and algeo 1993: 61-94). in all the above forty one studies, the tightly-knit genetic relationship between arabic and such languages was, on the contrary, categorically established phonetically, morphologically, grammatically, and semantically or lexically so much so that they can be really considered dialects of the same language, where arabic was found to be their source or parent language for several reasons (jassem (2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-k, 2015a-g). in other words, arabic, english, german, and french words of all types and sorts, for example, were shown to be true cognates with similar or identical forms and meanings, whose apparent differences are due to natural and plausible causes and diverse routes of linguistic change. this entails that all such languages developed, in fact must have developed, from an earlier single, perfect, suddenly-emerged radical language from which all human languages emanated in the first place, and which could never have died out but rather has fully, though variably, survived into today's languages, to which they can all be traced, with arabic in particular being the closest or most conservative and productive descendant. to aptly capture the close genetic linkage between european and arabian languages in general, a new larger language family grouping has been proposed, called eurabian or urban (jassem 2015c: 41; 2015d). this paper examines the arabic origins and/or source cognates of urban terms in english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit, and the so-called indo-european languages. the remainder of the paper includes four sections: (ii) research methods, (iii) results, (iv) discussion, and (v) conclusion. method the data the data consists of 130 urban terms like abide, building, city, construction, courtyard, hotel, house, live, mansion, mason, palace, metropolis, residence, road, rural, sedentary, sojourn, stay, structure, tent, town, urban, villa, village, and so on in english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit, and indo-european languages as well as arabic, now all generally called eurabian. their selection has been based on the author's knowledge of their frequency and use in today's fully english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee natural english, german, and french conversations and/or texts as well as english dictionaries and thesauri. for ease of reference, the data will be arranged alphabetically together with brief linguistic comments in the next results section. as for etymological data, all references to english and indo-european languages are for harper (2015). however, this etymology is not, like all other similar dictionaries, without its severe drawbacks owing to the many unknowns, uncertainties, and the seemingly illogical derivations or meanings of many words such as alley, castle, county, dwell, farm, head, house, mansion, office, pen, road, dining room, street, track, etc. which make more sense if derived straight from arabic as shall be seen in section (3) below. therefore, it has to be used with care and discretion. concerning arabic data, the meanings are for ibn manzoor (2013) in the main, ibn seedah (1996: 13/79-120), altha3alibi (2011), albabidi (2011), e-dictionaries likemu3jam alama3ani (2015), and the author's knowledge and use of shami (syrian) arabic as a native speaker. all the genetic linkages between arabic, english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit and so on are exclusively mine, unless otherwise stated. in transcribing the data, normal romanized spelling is used for all languages for practical purposes. nonetheless, certain symbols were used for unique arabic sounds: namely, /2 & 3/ for the voiceless and voiced pharyngeal fricatives respectively, /kh & gh/ for the voiceless and voiced velar fricatives each, /q/ for the voiceless uvular stop, capital letters for the emphatic counterparts of plain consonants /t (t), d (d), dh (dh), & s (s)/, and /'/ for the glottal stop (jassem 2013c). long vowels in arabic are usually doubledi.e., /aa, ee, & oo/. data analysis theoretical framework: radical linguistic theory data analysis utilizes the radical linguistic theory (jassem 2014h-l, 2015a-g), a slightly revised and more generalized version of the original lexical root theory (jassem 2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-g). for the sake of economy and brevity, the inquisitive reader is referred to any earlier work for a fuller account (e.g., jassem 2015a-c, 2014a, 2013a, 2012a-b). in short, the most appropriate procedure for genetically relating english and arabic words to each other can be summed up as follows: (i) select a word (in any given semantic field), e.g., abide, dwell, live, (ii) identify the source, daughter, or sister language meaning (e.g., english or latin) on the basis of especially word history or etymology. it is essential to start with meanings, not sounds or sound laws as the former are more stable and change less than the latter which do so extensively; for example, all the sounds of a given word might change beyond recognition while meanings very much less so and in a rather limited way; so the meaning will lead you to the cognate naturally whereas the sounds will get you lost definitely, (iii) search for the equivalent meaning and form in the target, parent, or reference language (e.g., arabic), looking for cognates: i.e., sister words with the same or similar forms and meanings, and zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach (iv) finally explain the differences in form and meaning between the cognates lexicologically, phonetically, morphologically, and semantically as indicated. as a matter of fact, finding the right cognate on the basis of its meaning first often leads you to the resultant changes automatically. that is the whole story simply and truly. no fuss, no mess. for example, consider abide, live, dwell below. statistical analysis the percentage formula will be used for calculating the ratio of cognate words or shared vocabulary (cowley 1997: 173, 182), which has been fully described in earlier papers (jassem 2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-k). results & discussion the results will mainly focus on the arabic lexical (consonantal) radicals or roots of english, german, french, latin, greek, and sanskrit urban words and the changes that involved them. the exact quality of the vowel is, therefore, of generally secondary importance for having little or no semantic impact whatsoever on the final output (jassem 2012-2015). abide (abidance, abode) via old english abidan, gebidan 'remain, wait, dwell', from arabic 'abada 'dwell, stay', 'aabad 'place'; or baata 'remain, dwell', bait (n) 'house' where /t/ became /d/ (jassem 2015g). accommodation (accommodate) via french, from latin accommodatio(nem) 'lodging', from accommodare 'make fit, adapt', from (i) ad'to', from arabic ta'derivational affix' via reversal and turning /t/ into /d/ and (ii) commodore 'make fit', from commodus 'fit', from (a) com'intensive prefix; together; like', from arabic kama 'as, like' and (b) modus 'measure, manner', from arabic madd(at) 'extension; lying' via lexical shift; or, as a whole, from arabic jathama 'to stay' ormakatha 'to stay' via reordering and turning /j & th/ into /k & d/. agrarian (agriculture, grow) via old english æcer 'a field', from latin agrarius 'of the land', from ager 'a field', from greek agros ' a field', from arabic 3aqaar 'a field, earth' or 2aql 'a field' via /3 (2)/-loss and passing /q & l/ into /g & r/; or qira2 'farm; unbuilt and unplanted area', qira2i (adj.) 'city dweller' via /2/-loss and passing /q/ into /g/. see cultivate. alley (alleyway) via old french alee (modern allée) 'a path, passage; a going', from aler 'to go', possibly short for latin ambulare 'to walk', or from gallo-roman allare, from allatus 'having been brought to', direct from arabic 'alla 'go, speed up', 'aala return', or lai(at) 'a bending; a bent (road)'. see way. apartment (apart, part, depart, partition) via french, from latin partem (nom., pars) 'part, division', related to portio 'a share, portion', from arabic batr, 'abtar (adj.) 'cutting' via reordering and lexical shift (jassem 2013m-n). architecture (architect) via middle french, from latin architectura, from architectus, from greek architekton 'master builder, director of works', from (i) arkhi'chief', from arabic ra'ees 'head' where /s/ became /kh (k)/ (jassem 2015e) and (ii) tekton 'builder, carpenter', from arabic taqqa(t) 'beat, knock, break', daqqa(t)/dakka(t) 'beat, dig, knock, hammer', or takhkh(at) 'build, knock, dig', turning /t (d) & q (kh) / into /t & k/. area via latin area 'level ground, open space', direct from arabic 3araa' 'open space' via /3/-loss. attic 'top story under the roof of a house' via latin atticus, from greek attikos 'athenian, of attica', direct from arabic taaqa(t) 'a small, narrow window; a ventilation wall opening' via lexical shift and turning /t & q/ into /t & k/. avenue (venue) via old and middle french avenue 'way of access, arrival', from latin advenire 'to come to', from (i) ad'to', from arabic ta'derivational affix' via reversal english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and turning /t/ into /d/ or al'definite article' via /l/-merger into /v/ (jassem 2013a, 2015d) and (ii) venire 'to come', from arabic faana 'to go' or fanna 'drive away (camels)' via lexical shift; or direct from arabic fann, afnan (pl.) 'straight tree branches' or fanaa' 'courtyard' via lexical shift. bathroom (bathe) via old english bæth 'immersion in water, mud; bathing water', german bad, from arabic saba2, sibaa2a(t) (n) 'bathe, swim' via reversal and turning /s & 2/ into /th & ø/; or batha 'to sweat' or baththa 'to mix (food) with water' via lexical shift. see room. bedroom (bed, bedding, embed) via old english bedd 'bed, couch, garden plot', german bett, from arabic bait 'house; plot' via lexical shift and turning /t/ into /d/; bitaa2/bat2(at) 'flat, low land', bata2 (v) 'lie/lay down', turning /t & 2/ into /d & ø/; or, more properly, from arabic mahd 'bed', merging /m & h/ into /b/. see room. booth via old danish both 'temporary dwelling', from bold (old saxon bodl) 'house', german bude 'booth, stall', from arabic bait, al-bait 'house, the-house' via lexical shift and turning /t/ into /th/. bridge (-burgh; burg, borough, cambridge, hamburg, edinburgh, loughborough) via old english brycge 'causeway over a river' and german brücke, from arabic burj 'tower; a high structure'; /j/ became /g (ø)/. see burg. build (building) via old english byldan 'construct a house', from bold (old saxon bodl) 'house', direct from arabic ballata 'build with stones', balaat (n) 'rock; roof' via lexical shift and passing /t/ into /d/; or balad 'village; earth; stay' via lexical shift. see booth. burg (-burgh; borough, hamburg, edinburgh, loughborough, berg, iceberg) via old english burg, burh 'a dwelling with a fortified enclosure' and german burg 'castle', from arabic burj 'tower; a high structure'; /j/ evolved into /g (ø)/. see bridge. bury (canterbury) via old english byrgan 'bury, raise a mound' from arabic qabara 'to bury' via reordering and /q & r/-merger or burj 'tower; a high structure' via lexical shift and turning /j/ into /g (y)/ (jassem 2013c, 2015a). see burg. capital (capitalization, capital city, money) via old french, from latin capitalis 'of the head', caput 'head', from arabic jabhat 'forehead' via lexical shift and passing /j & h/ into /k & ø/; qubbat 'top, dome', turning /q/ into /k/; or qabad 'hold, catch, capture' in which /q & d/ passed into /k & t/. see city. castle via old english castel 'village; stronghold', from french and latin castellum 'castle, fort, fortified village', diminutive of castrum 'fort', perhaps related to castrare 'cut off', direct from arabic qasr, qasar (v) 'palace; shortening, cutting'; /q & r/ evolved into /k & l/ while /s/ split into /st/. ceiling via middle english ceil 'put a cover or ceiling over; cover wall with panels', probably from middle french celer 'to conceal, cover with paneling', from latin celare 'conceal', straight from arabic kallal/jallal 'to put a top over, to cover', turning /k (j)/ into /s/. citadel (city) via middle french citadelle, from italian cittadella, diminutive of cittade 'city', from latin civitatem (nom. civitas) 'city', straight from arabic as for city. city (citizen; civic, civil, civilization, civility) via old french cite, citet (modern cite) 'town, city', spanish ciudad, german stadt, from latin civitatem, citatem (nom., civitas) 'originally citizenship, rights of a citizen; community, state', from civis 'townsman', direct from arabic jidda(t) (judd, jaddat, juddat) 'river side; a place; city; a ksa sea port and city' or related jaadda(t) 'road' via lexical shift and turning /j & d/ into /s & t/ (cf. civic and arabic jifs/jafees/jibs 'weak, coward, vicious; lowly person, bastard'; civil from arabic fisl/fishl 'coward, rascal, lowly' via reordering and lexical shift (jassem 2015e)). close (closure, enclosure) via old french, from latin clausus, claudere (v) 'to shut, close, confine, put an end to', direct from arabic qalas 'close, shut' or khalas 'finish, end'; /q (kh) & s/ became /k & s/. zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach condominium (condom, dominate, domain) via latin condominium 'joint sovereignty', from (i) com'together', from arabic jamee3 'all, together' via /3/-loss and turning /j/ into /k/, kama 'like' via lexical shift or ma3a 'with' via reversal and turning /3/ into /k/ (jassem 2013a, 2014c) and (ii) dominium 'right of ownership', dominari (v) 'dominate' from arabic deen(un) 'control, domination', turning /n/ into /m/ (jassem 2014e, 2015e-f). corridor (current, concur, occur, recur) via french 'long hallway', from italian corridore 'a gallery; lit., a runner', from correre 'to run', from latin currere 'to run, move quickly', from arabic karra 'to roll, run'; or jara 'to run', jaria(t) (n) 'stream', turning /j & t/ into /d/. cottage (cot) via old english and french cote, cote 'hut, cottage', from arabic koot/kuwat (kuwait) 'an opening in a house/wall' via lexical shift; kookh 'a shed' where /kh/ became /t/; 2atta(t) 'a hut', turning /2 & t/ into /k & t/; or khushsha(t) 'a petty house' via reordering and turning /kh & sh/ into /k & j/. county (count, countess, viscount; account, recount, discount) via anglo-french, from latin comitatus 'jurisdiction of a count', from latin comitem (nominative comes) 'companion, attendant', from (i) com'with' above and (ii) ire 'to go', from arabic raa2 'go' via /2/-loss; however, it comes, as a whole, from arabic naaqit (naqeet) (n) 'a slave's master; slave; count/countess' or nitaaq 'scope, area, belt' via reordering, lexical shift, and turning /t & q/ into /t & k/ (jassem 2014g, 2015e). country (countryman, contra, contrary) via old french, from latin terra contrata 'land lying opposite or spread before one', from contra 'opposite', straight from arabic qutr 'country; side' via lexical shift, turning /q & t/ into /k & t/, and inserting /n/. as to terra, it comes from arabic thara 'earth', passing /th/ into /t/ (jassem 2013f). countryside (countrysider) see side. court (courtship, courtyard, royal court) via old french cort (modern cour) 'king's court or residence', from latin cortem, accusative of cors (earlier cohors) 'enclosed yard', from arabic qasr 'palace; lit., shortening, enclosure' via reordering and turning /q & s/ into /k & s/. therefore, it may be incorrect to derive it from (i) com'together' above and (ii) hort, hortus 'garden', from arabic 2arth 'farming; garden' where /2 & th/ became /h (k) & t/; arabic works both ways, though (jassem 2013q, 2015e). see yard. cultivate (cultivation, agriculture) via latin cultivatus, cultivus 'tilled', from cultivare (v) 'till, cultivate', from cultus 'lit., cultivated, tended; care, labour, cultivation, culture, worship, reverence', from colere (v) 'to till', from arabic qal3 'uprooting, removing plants', qulla3 'a good plant; dry mud' via /3/-loss and changing /q/ into /k/; 2arth, 2iratha(t) 'cultivation', turning /2, r, & th/ into /k, l, & t/; 2aql(at) 'growth, plantation; farm' via /2 & q/-merger into /k/; kala' 'herbs, grass; pasture' via lexical shift; ka2l 'grass turning into green' via /2/-loss and lexical shift. see agrarian. design, urban (signal, insignia; signature; design; designate, designation; consign; resign) via latin designare 'mark out, devise, choose, appoint', from (i) de'out', from arabic ta'derivational affix' where /t/ became /d/ and (ii) signum 'signal, mark, token, symbol', signare (v) 'mark out, mark with a stamp, adorn', from arabic naqsh 'sign, decoration', tanqeesh (n) to which reversal and turning /t, q, & sh/ into /d, g, & s/ applied; or sana3, tasnee3 (n) 'make' via reordering and turning /t, s, & 3/ into /d, s, & g/ (jassem 2013c, 2014g). see urban. digital (digital camera (chamber), digit, digitalization, index, indexical, ten, decimeter, decameter) via latin digitus 'finger', from greek deka 'hand, finger, ten', from arabic dija(t) '(food-filled) fingers, hand' (jassem 2012a, 2014g). as to –al, it derives from arabic al'the' via morphological shift (jassem 2013a, 2015f-g). dining room (dinner, dine) via old english disner (mosern diner) 'to eat, dine', direct from arabic 'idam 'food', passing /m/ into /n/; or ta3am 'food', turning /t, 3, & m/ into /d, ø, & n/ (jassem 2014a). see room. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee direction (direct) via latin directio(nem), from dirigere 'set straight', from (i) dis'apart', from arabic taash 'apart, afloat, spread out' or shatta 'diverse, apart' via reversal and turning /t (t) & sh/ into /d & s/ and (ii) regere 'to guide', from arabic raqa 'to ascend, straighten', changing /q/ into /g/; or direct from arabic tareeqat(un) 'a way', tarq (adj.) 'straight', passing /t & q/ into /d & k/. district (restrict, string) via old french, from latin districtus 'restraining of offenders; jurisdiction', from distringere 'hinder, detain', from (i) dis'apart' above and (ii) stringere 'draw tight, press together', from arabic tareeq(at) 'road, way', taraq, intarq (v) 'knock, hit', via lexical shift and turning /t & q/ into /st & k/; or zarnaq 'a wall' via lexical shift and splitting /z/ into /st/. door (doorway) via old english dor/duru 'large door, gate', german tür (old high german turi), from arabic daar 'house', dawwaar 'lit., turning; door' via lexical shift; or radda(t) 'a shutter; a door's half; door' via reversal and lexical shift. seeway. dwell (dwelling, dweller) via old english dwellan 'mislead, deceive; originally lead astray', dwale 'nightshade', old high german twellen 'to hinder, delay', from arabic dalla 'to mislead, deceive', dhalla 'stay, remain', and/or dhill 'shade, shadow'; /d(h)/ became /d/. thus, the different senses come from formally similar but semantically different arabic words, merged into one. electronic (electricity, light, leuk-) via latin electrum, from greek electron 'amber', direct from arabic 'alaq(atun) 'brightening, shining' via lexical shift, turning /q/ into /k/, and /r/-insertion. embankment (bank, riverbank) via old english 'slope, edge of a river', from old norse banki, danish banke 'sandbank', from arabic banak 'stay', nabk 'high land' via reordering and lexical shift; or janib 'side' via reversal and changing /j/ into /k/. estate (station, stand, estate realty) via old french estat, from latin status 'state, condition, place, position', from stare (v) 'to stand', from arabic sat2(at) 'place, flat surface', sata2 (v) via /2/-loss and turning /t/ into /t/. see realty. farm (farming, farmer) via old french ferme 'a rent, lease', from latin firma 'fixed payment', firmare (v) 'to fix, strengthen', from firmus 'firm', direct from arabic thamar 'fruit; farming; orchard', thaamir 'farmer' via reordering and changing /th/ into /f/. feudal (feud, feudalism, feudalist) via latin feudalis, feudum 'feudal estate, land granted to be held as a benefice', from gothic faihu 'property', old high german fihu 'cattle', middle english feodary 'land renter', from arabic faddad 'rich landlord' or related faddan 'cultivated land; farming cows' and fadad 'loud or low voice'. flat via old english flett 'a dwelling; floor, ground; level, smooth', old high german flaz/flezzi 'flat, level; floor', from arabic falta2 'sloping (land); flat (foot)' via /2/-loss and turning /t/ into /t/; falaat '(grazing) ground' or balad 'village, country; earth; dwelling' via /b & d/-mutation into /f & t/. gang (gangway, go, ago) via old english gang 'a going, journey, way', german gang, gothic gagg, german gehen 'go', from arabic jaa'a 'come', majee' (n) via lexical shift (divergence) and turning /j/ into /g/; or hajja 'escape', merging /h & j/ into /g/. garden (yard) via old french gardin/jardin 'garden, palace grounds', from latin hortus gardinus 'enclosed garden', from old high german garto (german garten) 'garden', old english geard 'fenced enclosure, garden, court; house', gothic gards 'enclosure; house', direct from arabic jidar, judran (pl.) 'wall; garden' via reordering and passing /j/ into /g/ or jannat 'garden' via reordering, turning /j & t/ into /g & d/, and /r/-insertion. see zoological. -gart (stuttgart; -grad, leningrad) from arabic qariat 'village, town'; /q & t/ developed into /g & d/. see -grad. gate via old english geat 'gate, door, opening, hinged framework barrier', old saxon gat 'eye of a needle, hole', old zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach norse gat 'opening, passage', german gasse 'street', from arabic qaati3 'a barrier, crossing' via lexical shift and turning /q, t, & 3/ into /g, t, & ø/; or waseed/sad 'gate; shutting' via reordering and turning /s (s) & d/ into /g & t/. -grad (leningrad, -gart, stuttgart) from arabic qariat 'village, town'; /q & t/ developed into /g & d/. see -gart. habitat (habitation, inhabit, inhabitant) via latin habitat 'flora and fauna; lit; it inhabits', from habitare 'to live, dwell', frequentative of habere 'to have, posses', direct from arabic bait, 'abiat (pl.) 'home, house', bee'at 'environment' where /'/ became /h/; or habat 'to live, sit; lit., descend, go down', habeet(at) (n) 'low-lying place', turning /t/ into /t/. hall via old english heall 'spacious roofed residence, house; temple; law-court', hell 'hell', german halle 'hall', direct from arabic 2all, ma2all 'home, house; living' or 3illia(t) 'lofty house'; /2 (3)/ became /h/. headquarters (headship, heading, behead) via old english heafod 'top of the body or slope; chief person, ruler', german haupt, latin caput 'head', from arabic jabha(t) 'forehead' via lexical shift, turning /j/ into /h (k)/, merging /b & h/ into /ø (p)/, and turning /t/ into /d/; qubbat 'top, dome', turning /q, b, & t/ into /h, f (= h), & d/; otherwise, straight from arabic haadi 'head, chief, guide'. see capital & quarter. highway (height) via old english heh/heah 'lofty, tall, exalted', old high german hoh (german hoch), from arabic shahiq 'high', merging /sh & h/ and turning /q/ into /g (ø)/; or hiah (haih, haihat, 'aiha) 'far, away' via lexical shift and turning /h/ into /gh (ø)/. seeway. home (homing, hamburg, birmingham) via old english ham 'dwelling, house, estate, village', german heim, greek kome, from arabic 'umm 'home, residence; country; road; origin; mother', passing /'/ into /h/; 2ima 'protected (land); property' (cf. 2awm 'flying around') or khum 'petty house', turning /2 (kh)/ into /h (k)/. hostel (hospital, host) via old french hostel 'inn, lodgings', from latin hospitale 'inn, large house', from hospes (genitive hospitis) 'guest, host; lit., lord of strangers', direct from arabic 3azzab, 3izba(t) 'offering food to guests; such a place'; /3 & z/ became /h & s/ while /b/ was lost. otherwise, straight from arabic hadhal 'stay', splitting /dh/ into /st/. hotel (hostel, hospital, host) via old french hostel (modern hôtel) 'inn, lodgings', from latin hospitale 'inn, large house', direct from arabic as in hostel. house via old english hus 'shelter, house', german haus, perhaps connected to the root of hide (v), from arabic 2awsh 'house; courtyard; den' or 2awza(t) 'property, possession, enclosure' via lexical shift and turning /2 & sh (z)/ into /h & s/. hut via old french hotte 'cottage', from middle high german hutte 'hut, cottage', perhaps related to old english hydan 'to hide', direct from arabic 2atta(t) 'a shelter; a temporary station' and/or related 2oota(t) 'enclosure', 2atta (v) 'to live in; stay', or 2a'it 'wall' via lexical shift and passing /2 & t/ into /h & t/. impasse (pass, passage, pace) via french, from latin (i) in 'not', from arabic in 'not', and (ii) passare 'pass, walk', from arabic as in pass. industry (industrialist, structure) via old english, from latin industria 'activity, zeal, diligence', from (i) indu 'in, within', from arabic 3inda 'in, at' via /3/-loss or hinat 'here' via /h/-loss, turning /t/ into /d/, and lexical shift, and (ii) struere 'build' as in structure. infrastructure via latin (i) infra 'below, later, than, smaller than', english under, german unter, and sanskrit adnah, from arabic adna 'lower' via reordering and /d & n/-mutation into /f & r/; or naafir 'going up, bulging' via lexical shift or divergence; and (ii) structure below. inn (in) via old english inn 'lodging, dwelling, house', probably from inne (adv.) 'inside, within', direct from arabic 2aana(t) 'a bar' via lexical shift and /2/-loss; or 3an 'in, on, about' via lexical shift and /3/-loss (jassem 2014c). kitchen via old english cycene, from germanic kokina, old high german english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee chuhhina, german küche, from latin cocina/coquina 'kitchen', from coquinas 'of cooks', from coquus 'cook', coquere (v) 'cook, ripen, digest', from arabic sawa, istawa 'to cook, ripen', sawi (n) or shawa, shawi (n) 'to roast, grill, barbecue'; /s (sh)/ split into /k & tch/ besides lexical shift (jassem 2014a). live (life, alive, living room) via old english lifian/libban 'to live, have life, to be, experience', german leben, old norse lifa 'to remain, to live, to continue', greek liparein 'to persist, persevere', from arabic 'alabba, labba 'to stay, live; love; escape' via reordering, turning /b/ into /f/, (and /r/-insertion in greek); 'alfa (alfa'a, lafi'a) 'stay alive'; lafa 'come, stay' (cf. love & elope from the same arabic root as well; also leave via old english laefan 'to remain; have left, bequeath' from the same root or arabic falla 'leave' via reversal (jassem 2013n); leaf from arabic riff 'tree leaves' where /r/ became /l/; peel from arabic lafa'a 'peel' via reversal and turning /f/ into /p/ (jassem 2013m, 2015a). lodge (lodging, lodger) via old english loge 'arbor, covered walk; hut, cabin', (german laube 'bower, arbour; shelter of foliage'), from arabic walaj (v) 'to enter home' and its derivatives wilaj 'door, vague land', walja(t) 'a passerby's shelter from rain or cave', wulj 'area, narrow or sandy roads', and dawlaj 'a small house inside a larger one; inner room' via reordering. mansion (manse) via old french, from latin mansio(nem) 'a staying; night quarters; station', manere (v) 'to stay', greek menein 'to remain', direct from arabic manzil 'mansion, house', turning /z & l/ into /s & n/. mason (masonry) via old french masson, probably from old high german steinmezzo (modern steinmetz) 'stone mason' or latin machio, matio, machina 'machine; device', straight from arabic musawin 'mason; builder', sawan/saan (v), turning /s/ into /s/. metropolis (mother, maternal; police, politics, political, politicking, polity, polis, metropolis, metropolitan, cosmopolitan, tripoli) via latin metropolis, from greek metropolis 'mother city, capital city', from meter 'mother', from arabic 'umm(at) 'mother' or 'ama(t) 'maid' via /r/-insertion and (ii) polis 'city' below. modern (modernity, modernism, modernize) via middle french moderne, from latin modernus 'modern', from modo 'just now, in a certain manner', from modo 'to the measure', from modus 'measure, manner', from arabic madd(un/at) 'extension' and related mudda(t) 'time' via lexical shift; or, as a whole, from arabic madeena(t), mudun (pl.) 'city, town', madani (adj.) 'urban' via lexical shift and /r/-insertion. moor (mooring, morass) via old english mor 'swamp', old high german muor (modern moor) 'swamp, sea; moorland', direct from arabic marr 'water, rain, sea', maraa2 'water area; den' via lexical shift and /2/-loss; or direct from arabic mar3a, maraa3 (pl.) 'grazing land' via /3/-los or boor 'disused land' by passing /b/ into /n/ (jassem 2013n). motorway (move, movement, motion) from latin motor 'lit., mover', from movere (motare) 'move, set in motion, remove, disturb', from arabic as inmove. mount (mountain, surmount) via old french and english munt 'mountain', from latin mons (genitive montis) 'mountain', direct from arabic amt 'height' or matn, mutoon (pl.) 'mount' via reordering or matiat(un) 'a mounting animal', imtata (v) 'ride' via reordering and passing /t/ into /t/ (jassem 2013f, 2013n). move (movement, motion, motor) via old french, from latin movere (motare) 'move, set in motion, remove, disturb', from arabic mada 'go, move' where /d/ became /v (t)/; maada 'move', turning /d/ into /v (t)/; maa2a, mai2 (n) 'of camels, walk, move', turning /2/ into /v (t)/; or math3 'a woman's walk', merging /th & 3/ into /v/ (cf. remove from arabic ma2a 'erase' where /2/ became /v/). mundane (monde, le monde) via old french mondain 'earthly, worldly; elegant, clean', from latin mundanus 'of this world', from mundus 'world; lit., elegant, clear', from arabic madina(t), mudun (pl.) 'city', madani (adj) 'urban; civilized' via reordering and zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach lexical shift. seemodern. office (office, official, officiate) via old french ofice, from latin officium 'service, kindness, favour; official duty, business', direct from arabic fisfis 'a decorated house' and related fasfaas 'stupid, foolish, weak' via syllable reduction and lexical shift (see jassem 2015e-g). palace (palate) via old french palais, from latin palacium 'a palace', from palatium 'the palatin hill; a palace', from arabic balaat 'rock, marble; palace'; /t/ became /s/. park (parkville, hyde park) via old french parc 'enclosed wood or heath land used as a game preserve', probably from germanic *parruck 'enclosed tract of land', old english pearruc, german pferch 'fold for sheep', from arabic barak 'sit down; rest', barka(t) 'pool, lake; low flat land' via lexical shift; bar2a(t) 'open space, area' or boor(at) 'uncultivated, grassy land' where /2 (t)/ changed into /k/; bars 'a group of trees; village', turning /s/ into /k/; or busr, busra, basr 'good red earth; good stony mud; white limestone; side' via reordering and passing /s/ into /k/. see village & villa. pass (passage, impasse, pace) via old french passer, from latin passare 'to step, walk, pass', from passus 'step, pace', from arabic baws 'pass, advance', turning /s/ into /s/; saab 'to go, to pass' and related sabsab 'walk quickly; flow' via reversal (cf. piss from arabic sab(sab) 'go, pass, flow', sabb 'pour' via reversal or bazz 'of liquids, to come out' (jassem 2013d & h)). pastoral (pasture, pastor) via latin pastor 'shepherd', pastus, pascere (v) 'to lead to pasture, cause to eat', from arabic bassa(t) 'pasture, growth', turning /s/ into /s/; bassa(t) 'eat'; or baseeta(t), basat (v) 'flat land; eating', passing /t/ into /t/. path (pad) via old english path 'path, track', german pfad 'path', from arabic batha' 'soft, easy earth', baatha (v) 'to mix with dust; dig, dissipate, search' via lexical shift; or wati'a 'to tread', mawti' (n) 'foothold' where /w & t/ passed into /p & th/. pavement (pave) via old french paver, pavement 'pave', from latin pavare/pavire 'to beat, ram, tread down', from arabic baa2a(t) 'a space' via lexical shift and turning /2/ into /v/; baatha 'to dig, mix with dust', batha' (n) 'soft, easy earth', passing /th/ into /v/. pavilion (pappilon) via old french paveillon 'large tent; butterfly', from latin papilio(nem) 'butterfly, moth; tent', from arabic bahw(un), albahw 'house (front or back); any houselike structure; pelvis' via reordering, lexical shift, and turning /h/ into /v/. peasant (peasantry, pagan) via old french paisent (modern paysan) 'local inhabitant', from pais 'country, region', from latin pagensis inhabitant of district', from pagus 'country, rural district', from arabic baaj 'vast sand area; road' via lexical shift and passing /j/ into /g/, jubb 'a well, good grass land' and related juboob 'earth, land' reversal and lexical shift, jabbaana(t) 'desert, flat upland, graveyard' via reordering and replacing /j/ by /g/; alternatively and more logically, straight from arabic bustani 'a gardener' via reordering or baseet(un) 'simple (person)' via reordering and passing /t/ into /t/. pen (combine, compound, bone, banana) via old english penn, penne 'enclosure, pen, fold', perhaps related to old english pinn 'peg, pin', straight from arabic bina', bana (v) 'building; hut' or banan 'finger' via lexical shift. polis (police, politics, political, politicking, polity, polis, metropolis, metropolitan, cosmopolitan, tripoli) via old french policie, from latin politia, from greek politeia 'the state, civil administration', from polites 'city, citizen', from polis 'city; the state, citizens', from arabic balad, balda(t) 'village, city, town'; /d (& t)/ turned or merged into /s/ (jassem 2015e-f). seemetro. port (deport, porter, report; purport) via middle french, from latin portus 'port, harbour; lit., entrance, passage', porta 'gate, door', greek poros 'passage, journey, way', from arabic bu'ra(t) 'opening', boor(at) 'uncultivated land', or barr(at) 'outside; the wild' via lexical shift; bawaba(t), from baab 'gate, door' via /r/-insertion; rabwat/rabiat 'water-surrounded, raised ground' via reordering; or rabd 'to stay, park, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee station' via lexical shift, reordering, and passing /t/ into /t/. quarter (quart, quartet, quadrant, quadri-, quarantine, square, carat, headquarters) via french quatre, latin quattuor, and greek tessares or tettares 'originally, fourth of something or something cut', from arabic qeerat, qarareet (pl.) 'a quarter, a measurement unit', qarat (v) 'cut', qartat (n) 'a cutting' via reordering (and turning /q/ into /t/ in greek) (see jassem 2012a, 2014g). see head & square. railway (railroad, regulation) via old french reille 'bolt, bar', from latin regal/regula 'straight stick', regere (v) 'straighten, guide', straight from arabic rijl 'foot, leg' via lexical shift and /l & j/-merger (see jassem 2015e-g). seeway & road. realty (estate realty, reality, realtor, real esate) via old french, from latin realitatem, realitas, from realis 'real, actual', from res 'matter, thing', from arabic 'ard 'earth, land' via lexical shift and replacing /d/ by /s (l)/; or ra'i, al-ra'i, al-ru'ia(t) 'seeing' via lexical shift and reordering. see estate. remain (remnant; mansion) via old french, from latin remanere 'remain, stay behind; abide, last', from (i) re'back', from arabic rai3 'back' via /3/-loss (jassem 2013a, 2014f) and (ii) manere 'stay, remain', straight from arabic naam 'sleep' via lexical shift and reversal. seemansion. reside (residence, resident) via old french, from latin residere 'reside, dwell', straight from arabic raqad 'stay, reside' or rasad 'to sit-observe'; /q (s)/ became /s/. riverside (residence, resident) via old french (i) riviere 'river, river bank', from latin riparia 'river, riverbank, seashore', straight from arabic nahar 'river' where /n & h/ evolved into /r & v/ and (ii) side below. road (ride, raid) via old english rad 'riding expedition, journey, hostile incursion', direct from arabic rawd 'road'. roof via old english hrof 'roof, ceiling, top; heaven, sky', middle dutch roof/rouf 'cover, roof', and middle high german rof 'penthouse', straight from arabic raff, rufoof (pl.) 'shelf, roof' or rafee3 'high' via /3/-loss and lexical shift. room (rural, rustic) via old english and high german rum 'space (extent, time); scope, opportunity; roomy, wide, long, spacious', german raum 'space', latin rus 'open land, country', from arabic maraa2 'a space for resting or going to' or mar3a 'grazing place, moorland' via reversal and /2 (3)/-loss. see rural. round (roundabout, around) via old french roond, german runde, from latin rotundus 'round, circular', related to rota 'wheel', straight from arabic raddat(un), dawrat(un), dawaran 'turning' via reordering. rural (rustic) via old french rural, from latin ruralis 'of the countryside', from rus (genitive ruris) 'open land, country', from arabic rass 'a well' via lexical shift; rawd 'garden' by turning /d/ into /s (r)/; reef 'countryside; rural', passing /f/ into /s (r)/; or ra3i 'grazing, shepherding' via lexical shift and /3/-loss or mutation into /s (r)/. saloon (salon) via french salon 'reception room', from italian salone, sala 'large hall, hall', from old high german sal (german saal) 'hall, house', russian selo 'village', direct from arabic qal3a(tun) 'castle' via lexical shift and turning /q & 3/ into /s & ø/; 2illa(tun) 'house, stay' via lexical shift and turning /2/ into /s/; or saala(t), saalon 'dry earth; hall' where /s/ became /s/. sedentary (sit, session) via middle french, from latin sedentarius 'sitting, remaining in one place', from sedentem/sedens, sedere (v) 'to sit, remain; be fixed', greek ezesthai 'to sit', sanskrit a-sadat 'sat down', sidati 'sits', old english sittan 'sit', from arabic qa3ad 'sit', turning /q & 3/ into /s & ø/; sada2 'sit, set' via /2/-loss; or jatha 'sit', turning /j & th/ into /s & d/. shelf via middle low german schelf 'shelf' or old english scylfe 'shelf, floor' and scylf 'peak, pinnacle', straight from arabic raseef 'a pavement, layer' via lexical shift, reordering, and changing /s & r/ into /sh & l/; or saff, al-saff 'row, line' via reordering or /l/-insertion and turning /s/ into /sh/. shire (cambridgeshire, oxfordshire) via old english scir 'administrative office, zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach jurisdiction, authority, country, province', from arabic soor 'wall; walled-in area' via lexical shift and turning /s/ into /sh/; jeera(t)/deera(t) 'neighbourhood, area' where /j (d)/ became /sh/; or sharee3a(t) 'a water-bound area; a jurisdiction' via /3/-loss. sidewalk via old english side 'flanks of a person, the long part or aspect of anything', sid (adj.) 'long, broad, spacious', german seite, direct from arabic sadd 'side, blockage', judd (jadd, jidd) 'side, road, shore', jida' 'side' where /j/ became /s/, or sadaf 'side', mutating /s/ into /s/ and merging /d & f/. see countryside, riverside & walk. square, trafalgar (quarter, quartet, quadrant, quadri-, quarantine, square, carat, headquarters) via old french esquire from latin exquadrare of (i) ex'out', from arabic aqsa 'far' where /q & s/ became /k & s/ (jassem 2012f, 2014c) and (ii) quadrare 'to make square', quadrus 'a square', from arabic qeeraat 'quarter', qarat (v) 'cut' via /t/-loss and /s/-split from /q/ (see jassem 2012a, 2014g). see head, quarter, & trafalgar. stay via old french estai/estare, from latin stare 'to stand (still); be upright; stand firm; remain, tarry', (italian and spanish stare/estar 'to stand, to be', from arabic jatha 'sit', turning /j & th/ into /s & t/; or istanna, ta'anna 'wait' via lexical shift and mutating /n/ into /r (ø)/. street via old english stret 'street, high road', german straβe, latin strata 'paved road', sternere (v) 'lay down, spread out, pave', from arabic siraat 'road, way' or shareet 'a narrow road', splitting /sh/ into /st/ and turning /t/ into /t/; or tareeq(at) 'road' via reversal, /q/-split into /st/, and turning /t/ into /t/. sojourn via old french sojorner 'stay for a time', from latin subdiurnare 'to spend the day', from (i) sub'under, until', from arabic sawb 'under, toward' and (ii) diurnare 'to last long', from diurnun 'day', from arabic dahr(un) 'time, day' or dhuhr(un) 'noon' via lexical shift, /h/-loss, and turning /d (dh)/ into /j/; or nahar 'day' via reordering, merging /n & r/, and turning /h/ into /j/. however, as a whole, it seems that (i) soderives from arabic saa3a(t) 'hour' via /3/-loss and (ii) journ, jour from nahaar 'day, daylight' above: i/e., 'lit., a day's hour'. stair (stairs, staircase, upstairs, downstairs) via old english stæger 'stair, staircase, flight of steps', dutch steiger 'a stair, step', german steig 'path', straight from arabic daraj 'steps, stairs; walk' via reordering and changing /d & j/ into /s & t/; or jidar 'wall' via lexical shift and passing /j & d/ into /s & t/. as to down and up in downstairs/upstairs, the former comes from arabic doon 'below' while the latter from arabic 3abab 'up' via /3/-loss (jassem 2014c). story (storey) via old french estorie, estoire 'story, chronicle, history', from latin storia, shortened from historia 'history, account, tale; story, floor of a building; picture', from arabic 'ustoora(t) 'tale, story', soora(t) 'picture', or soor/soora(t) 'fence, walled-in enclosure', turning /', s, & t/ into /h, s, & t/. thus, the different meanings derive from formally similar and semantically different arabic words, merging into one in english. structure (structural, construction) via latin structura 'a fitting together; a building; fig., order', from struere (v.) 'to pile, place together, build, assemble, arrange', from arabic sar2 'a high building' and related sar2at ' a land' via reordering and turning /2/ into /k/; satar, satra(t) (n) 'to pile, arrange in lines', turning /t/ into /t/; or soor(at), sawwar (v) 'wall; a building' via /t/-split from /s/. subway via latin sub (ub) 'under, at the foot of; close, up to, toward, within, during' and greek hypo 'under', from arabic sawb 'falling; towards' via lexical shift and turning /s/ into /s/; ka3b 'lit', ankle; bottom, below' via /k & 3/-merger into /s/; 3ubb 'breast, within, inside, under', turning /3/ into /s (h)/; or shi3b 'branch, gap, sub' via lexical shift and /sh & 3/-merger into /s/ (jassem 2014c). see way. tent via old french tente 'tent, hanging, tapestry', from latin tenta 'a tent; lit., english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee something stretched', tendere (v.) 'stretch', direct from arabic tamdeed, from madda(t) 'stretching, mattress', turning /m & d/ into /n & t/; thania(t) 'a fold, something bent', thana (v.) 'bend, fold' via lexical shift and passing /th/ into /t/; or tawia(tun) 'a fold', tawa (v) via lexical shift, reordering, and turning /t/ into /t/. toilet (toiletry) via middle french toilette 'a cloth, bag for clothes', diminutive of toile 'cloth, net', from arabic taali, tuwali (pl.) 'of clothes, tails or rags'; tuwala(t) 'lengthening (of a dress)', tawila(t) 'table', or dhail 'tail (of dress)' via lexical shift and changing /t (dh)/ into /t/ (cf. toil from old french toellier 'pull at, drag about; later struggle, hard work', from arabic talla 'pull'). tower (turret) via old english torr 'tower, watchtower', from old french tor (modern tur), spanish and italian torre, from latin turris 'a tower, citadel, high structure', direct from arabic daar, door (pl.) 'house; world; abode' via lexical shift and passing /d/ into /t/; or toor 'mountain' via lexical shift and turning /t/ into /t/. town (townsman, town centre) via old english tun 'enclosure, garden, field, yard; farm, manor; homestead, mansion; group of houses', old high german zun (modern zaun) 'fence, hedge', from arabic teen, 'atyan 'village; farming area; mud; mud houses', passing /t/ into /t/; or siwan 'a walled-in enclosure' via lexical shift and turning /s/ into /t (z)/. track (trek) via old french trac 'trac of horses, trace', possibly form middle low german treck 'drawing, pulling', direct from arabic tareeq 'road'; /t & q/ turned into /t & k/. trafalgar square commemorates a british 1805 naval victory over the french, from arabic taraf al aghar 'lit., side/end (of) the spotted (white, glorious)', or taraf al agharb 'side/end (of) the west (in gibraltar)', turning /gh & b/ into /g & ø/ (harper 2015). see square. tube (tubular) via middle french, latin tubus 'tube, pipe', direct from arabic qadeeb 'stick', or qasab 'reed', merging /q & d (s)/ into /t/; or bawaba(t) 'gate, doorway' via reordering and lexical shift. underground railroad (grind) via (i) old english under 'under, among', latin infra, and sanskrit adnah 'under', from arabic 'adna 'lower', comparative of doon 'below, down' via reordering and /r/-insertion; or 'in2idar 'going down' via /2/-loss (see infrastructure) and (ii) grund 'bottom, foundation, surface of the earth; abyss, hell; sea bottom', german grund 'ground, soil, bottom', from arabic jurd(un) 'unplanted land' via reordering and passing /j/ into /g/. urban (urbanity, urbanize, urbane, conurbation) via latin urbanus 'lit., of a city; refined, courteous', from urbs 'city, walled town', from arabic bina', bunian 'building; built areas' via reordering and passing /n/ into /r/; rab3 'a home and its occupants; residential area; a group of people', turning /3/ into /s (ø)/; 3arab 'arabs; city dwellers; villagers' and related 3arab(at) 'village; a current', 3areeb 'soft land; a person' via /3/-loss and passing /t/ into /s/; bars, barnusa' 'people; a group of trees; village' via reordering; ribs 'brave, courageous; beating with hands; go; fill up with water' via lexical shift and related ribsa(t) 'ugly, dirty; mixture', rabeez/rabees 'nice, good, polite; big; full' via lexical shift, reordering, and passing /z (s)/ into /n/; busr, busra, basr 'good red earth; good stony mud; white limestone; side' via reordering and passing /s/ into /s (n)/. u-turn (tour, detour) via old english turnian 'rotate', from old french, from latin tornare 'to round off, turn on a lathe; polish', tornus (n) 'lathe', from greek tornos 'lathe, a tool for drawing circles', from arabic dawaraan 'turning round'; /d/ became /t/. vault (evolve, revolve, volvo) via old french voute 'arch, vaulting', from latin volta, contraction of volvita, from volotus, from volvere (v) 'to turn, roll', direct from arabic laffa, laflaf (repetitive), laffa(t) (n) 'to turn' or lawa, lawia(t) (n) 'to turn' via reordering and passing /w/ into /v/; or 2awta, 2a'it, al-2a'it 'wall, the-wall', turning /2 & t/ zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach into /v & t/. villa (villain, villain, village) via italian, from latin villa 'country house, farm', related to vicus 'village, group of houses, direct from arabic fila2a(t) 'farming', fala2 (v) 'to farm' via /2/-loss and lexical shift. village (villa, village, ville) via old french vilage 'houses in a group', from latin villaticum 'farmstead', from villa above, where /2/ became /ge/. villain (villainy, village, villa) via old french vilain 'farmer, commoner', from latin villa 'country house, farm', direct from arabic falla2(in) 'farmer', fala2 (v) 'to farm' via /2/-loss and lexical shift. see villa. walk via old english wealcan 'to toss, roll, move round', from arabic walaq 'walk'; /q/ became /k/. see side. way (away; always, anyway; deviate, deviation, deviance) via old english 'road; room, space; freedom of movement', old high german weg (weg) 'way', from latin via 'way, road, channel, course', from arabic wajh, wijha(t) 'face, way, direction', merging /j & h/ into /y/. see highway, motorway, alleyway. wild (wilderness) via old english wilde 'in the natural state, uncultivated, uncontrolled, undomesticated', german wild', direct from arabic falaat 'the wild; grazing land; being out of control'; /f & t/ became /w & d/. window (wind, eye) via old norse vindaya 'lit., wind eye', from vindr 'wind', from arabic nada, nadwa 'wetness, dew' via reordering and/or changing /a/ to /w/ and (ii) auge 'eye', from arabic 2ijaj 'eye bone' via lexical shift and /j/-mutation into /y/; alternatively, from arabic 3ain daw' 'lit., eye (for) light', turning /3 & d/ into /w & d/. yard (garden) via old english geard 'fenced enclosure, garden, court; residence, house', old high german garto (german garten) 'garden', gothic gards 'enclosure; house', direct from arabic jidar, judran (pl.) 'wall; garden' via reordering and passing /j/ into /g/; or 2ujrat 'room, (stone) house', merging /2 & j/ into /y (g)/ and passing /t/ into /d/. see garden. as 'a measurement unit', it comes from old english gerd/gierd 'rod, staff, stick, measure of length', from arabic qarta(t) 'rod; a cut', turning /q & t/ into /g & d/. zigzag via french, perhaps from german zickzack 'tooth, prong; military siege', direct from arabic 3awaj, i3wijaj 'bent, bending' or siaj 'siege, fence'; /3 (s) & j/ passed into /z & g/. zoological gardens (zoology, zoo) via greek zoion 'animal', direct from arabic 2aiwan 'animal', passing /2/ into /z/ and deleting /n/. see garden. in short, the total number of urban terms in this study amounted to 130, all of which have true arabic cognates: i.e., 100%. the results show clearly that urban terms in arabic, english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit, and all indo-european languages are true cognates for sharing identical or similar forms and meanings, with their differences, however, being all due to natural and plausible causes and different routes of phonetic, morphological, grammatical, and semantic change. since the percentage of shared urbanwords between arabic, english, latin or greek, for example, amounted to 100%, this indicates their membership to the same languagei.e., dialects, for which a much lower 60-80% ratio is usually set according to cowley's (1997: 172-173) 100-word list-based classification. therefore, the results are in full agreement with the findings of previous studies (jassem 2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-k, 2015a-g) in which english, german, french, latin, greek, sanskrit and arabic were all found to be not only members of the same family but also rather dialects of the same language. more precisely, they lend further support to the radical linguistic (or lexical root) theory on all levels of analysis. theoretically, the main principle which states that arabic, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee english, german, french, and the so-called indo-european languages are not only genetically related but also are dialects of the same language is, therefore, verifiably sound and empirically true. thus they make up a larger language family, which has been termed eurabian or urban as a blend of european and arabian languages (jassem 2015c: 41, 2015d). furthermore, this implies by necessity that all the above languages descended from an earlier, perfect, suddenly-emerged language, called radical (world) language from which all human languages initially came and which has incessantly and variably survived into today's languages, though getting simpler and simpler over time. in other words, the radical language could never have died out beyond recognition. with proper methodology, it can be easily recovered as shown in this work. as this work demostrated, it seems that its closest or most conservative and productive descendant is arabic for having preserved almost all its features (jassem 2014h-k, 2015a-d). in fact, all indo-european languages descended directly from arabic for reasons outlined earlier (jassem 2015a-b, 2015d: 131-132; 2014a-b, 2014e). the exact time and place of the split-up between arabic and the so-called indo-european languages is immaterial (for details, see jassem 2015e-f). as a consequence, reconstructing an old world language is needless; rather that proto-language, called radical language here, is still very much alive, having variably survived into today's languages, with arabic being its closest descendant as the above data clearly shows (for detail, see jassem 2014h: 254-256, 2014i: 116-117; 2014k, 2015a-b). thus the quest should focus on relating those languages to it instead of reconstructing hypothetical, fictitious languages. as to the analytical plane, the procedures of the theory all operated neatly and smoothly on all levels. phonetically, the whole changes were natural and plausible, cyclic and multi-directional, including processes like substitution, deletion, reversal, merger, split, reordering, reduction, and so on. morphologically, the affixes, whether inflectional or derivational, had true arabic cognates as well. for example, the commonest affixes –n (-an, -en, -ene, in-, -ine, -ing, -ness, -ar), -t (-ate, -ette, -ite, -ity; ad-, de-, -ed; -s, -ess, -ous), -tion, and –al (-eal, -ile, -elle) are true, identical cognates in arabic and english as well as all indo-european languages as shown above (for detail, see jassem 2012f, 2013a-b, 2013l, 2015d). semantically, lexical stability was the common pattern where most urban terms preserved their basic meanings across the languages, e.g., abide, live, reside, home, house, mansion, court, palace. the recurrence of lexical convergence in the data was due to formal and semantic similarity between arabic words, on the one hand, and their english, german, french, latin, and greek cognates, on the other. for instance, abide, alley, architecture, design, move, pen, reside, stay, urbanmight each derive from several arabic words, all formally and semantically similar (see 3 above). although only one cognate might be the ultimate source in the end, no need is presently felt to specify which one it might be; the reader may judge. likewise, semantic multiplicity (polysemy) was recurrent, where some english words had more than one meaning, which might just as well have more than one likely arabic cognate; for example, abide, zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach cultivate, dwell, live, mount, story have different meanings, every one of which derives from formally and semantically similar arabic words (see 3 above). as a matter of fact, almost all arabic words are polysemous in nature. lexical shift occurred frequently as in apartment, avenue, bed, booth, park, path, village, the last of which, e.g., moved from its original or radical meaning 'farm' to 'village' currently. lexical divergence is rare, which took place in gang and infra from arabic naafir 'bulging, protruding' (see 3. above). lexical split affected bridge, burgh, borough, resulting from arabic burj 'tower; a high structure'; track and trek split from arabic tareeq 'road, way'; pen, banana, combine, compound, bone all split from arabic bana 'to build' and related derivatives. lexical change affected villain, which originally meant 'farmer'. finally, lexical variability recurred in the data, whether at the level of the different forms of the same words within the same language such as english city or across the languages like english city, german stadt, french cite/citet, spanish ciudad, latin civis (citatem/civitas), and arabic jiddat (jaddat, juddat) 'city; river side' (see 3 above). arabic, in particular, is replete with linguistic variability of all types such as jiddat and haih 'far' which has over sixty variants (ibn manzoor 2013). finally, a word on methodology is in order. although tracing the arabic origins of english, german, french, latin, greek, and sanskrit words works well by, actually cannot be carried out without, following the routes outlined in their etymologies such as harper (2015), yet there are countless instances of uncertain or unknown etymologies and implausible, complicated, unnecessarily lengthy, and/or erroneous derivations. in many cases like abide, alley, castle, county, dwell, farm, head, house, mansion, office, pen, road, dining room, street, track, etc. a direct derivation from arabic is not only shorter but also more logical, which, at the same time, preserves both the form and meaning of cognate words. conclusion the main findings can be recapitulated as follows: i) the 130 urban terms in arabic, english, german, french, latin, greek, and sanskrit are true cognates, whose differences are due to natural and plausible causes and different routes of linguistic change. ii) the radical linguistic (or lexical root) theory has been adequate for genetically relating urban terms in the above languages to one another, according to which they are all dialects of the same language and which comprise one large language family that may be called eurabian or urban, for short. phonetically, the main changes included substitution, reversal, reordering, deletion, split, and merger; morphologically, the changes centered around –t, –n, and –alwhich behave in similar ways in all; lexically, the recurrent patterns were stability, convergence, multiplicity, shift, split, and variability. iii) the radical or root language, or early prehistoric language, was real and perfect, which has variably survived into today's languages. as arabic is phonetically, morphologically, and lexically the most complex of all, it can be safely said that it has inherited almost all the radical language features, thereby showing its incessant permanence as the most conservative of all. iv) finally, the current work supports english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee earlier calls for further research into all language levels, especially lexis (jassem 2012a-f, 2013a-q, 2014a-k, 2015a-h); it also calls for similar research in other world languages or their families (jassem 2014h-i, 2015h); also the application of such findings to language teaching, lexicology and lexicography, translation (jassem 2014d, 2015a), cultural (including anthropological, historical, social, religious) awareness, understanding, and heritage is badly needed to promote cross-cultural understanding and cooperation in all aspects of human life. acknowledgements sincere thanks are warmly extended to everyone who contributed to this research in any way worldwide. i'd like to thank fahrus zaman fadhly, editor-in-chief of english review, for the timely and kind invitation to contribute to their esteemed journal. for my supportive and inspiring wife, amanie m. ibrahim, i remain indebted as ever. references albabidi, a. m. a. (2011).mu3jam asma' alashia' (allata'if fi allughat). ed. awad, ahmad abd-ul-tawab. cairo: dar alfadeelat. retrieved http://www.waqfeya.com (may 1, 2015). algeo, j. (2010). the origins and development of the english language. (6th edn.). wadsworth cengage learning. altha3aalibi, a. m. (2011). fiqhu allughat wa asraar al3arabiyyat. ed. by alayoobi, dr. yaseen. beirut and saida: al-maktabat al-3asriyyat. bergs, a. and brinton, l. (eds). (2012). handbook of english historical linguistics. berlin: walter de gruyter. campbell, l. (2006). historical linguistics: an introduction. (2nd edn). cambridge, mass.: the mit press. celce-murcia, m. et al. (2010). teaching pronunciation: a course book and reference guide. (2nd edn). cambridge: cambridge university press. crowley, t. (1997). an introduction to historical linguistics. (3rd edn). oxford: oxford university press. crystal, d. (2010). the cambridge encyclopedia of language. (3rd ed). cambridge: cambridge university press. harper, d. (2015). online etymology dictionary. retrieved http://www.etymonline.com (june 15, 2015). ibn manzoor, a. a. a. (2013). lisan al3arab. beirut: dar sadir. retrieved http://www.lisan.com (may 5, 2015). ibn seedah, a. bin i. (1996). almukhassas. beirut: daar i2ya alturath al3arabi and muassasat altareekh al3arabi. jassem, z. a. (1987). phonological variation and change in immigrant speech: a sociolinguistic study of a 1967 arab-israeli war immigrant speech community in damascus, syria. phd thesis, durham university, uk. retrieved http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/1682/1/1682. pdf (march 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (1993). dirasa fi 3ilmi allugha al-ijtima3i: bahth lughawi sauti ijtima3i fi allahajat al3arabia alshamia muqaranatan ma3a alingleeziyya wa ghairiha. kuala lumpur: pustaka antara. retrieved http://www.academia.edu (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (1994a). impact of the arab-israeli wars on language and social change in the arab world: the case of syrian arabic. kuala lumpur: pustaka antara. jassem, z. a. (1994b). lectures in english and arabic sociolinguistics, 2 vols. kuala lumpur: pustaka antara. jassem, z. a. (2012a). the arabic origins of numeral words in english and european languages. international journal of linguistics 4 (3), 225-41. retrieved url: http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/ijl.v4i3.127 http://www.waqfeya.com/ http://www.etymonline.com/ http://www.etheses.dur.ac.uk/ http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/ijl.v4i3.1276 zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach 6 (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2012b). the arabic origins of common religious terms in english: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of applied linguistics and english literature 1 (6), 59-71. retrieved url: http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/ijalel.v.1n.6 p.59 (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2012c). the arabic origins of english pronouns: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of linguistics 4 (4), 83-103. retrieved url: http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/ijl.v4i4.227 (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2012d). the arabic origins of determiners in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 12 (11), 323-359. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2012e). the arabic origins of verb ''to be'' in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of applied linguistics and english literature 1 (7), 185-196. retrieved url: http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/ijalel.v.1n.7 p.185 (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2012f). the arabic origins of number and gender markers in english, german, french, and latin: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 12 (12), 89-119. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 31, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013a). the arabic origins of derivational morphemes in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (1), 48-72. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013b). the arabic origins of negative particles in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (1), 234-48. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013c). the english, german, and french cognates of arabic back consonants: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of english and education 2 (2): 108-128. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013d). the arabic origins of "water and sea" terms in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (2): 126-151. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013e). the arabic origins of "air and fire" terms in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (3): 631-651. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013f). the arabic origins of "celestial and terrestrial" terms in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of english and education 2 (2): 323-345. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013g). the arabic origins of "animal" terms in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (4): 68-106. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013h). the arabic origins of "body part" terms in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of current applied linguistics and english literature (1). retrieved url: http://www.bretj.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013i). the arabic origins of "speech and writing" terms in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (5): 108-159. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013j). the arabic origins of "time words" in english and european http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/ijl.v4i3.1276 http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/ijalel.v.1n.6p.59 http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/ijl.v4i4.227 http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/ijalel.v.1n.7p.185 http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.bretj.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee languages: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 13 (6): 274-97. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013k). the arabic origins of "family words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of english and education 2 (3): 261-77. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013l). al'usool al3arabiat lildamaa'ir alshaksiat fi alingleeziat, walfiransiat, walalmaniat (the arabic origins of "personal pronouns" in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach (in arabic). almu'tamar aldawli althamin, tajdeed alkhitaab al3arabi, jaami3at imam bonjul, indonesia 28-31 august 2013 (8th international conference of arabic speech renewal, imam bonjul university, indonesia, 28-31 august 2013). retrieved url: http://www.academia.edu (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013m). the arabic origins of "cutting and breaking words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. research journal of english language and literature 1 (2): 155-68. retrieved url: http://rjelal.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013n). the arabic origins of "movement and action words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. research journal of english language and literature 1 (3): 187-202. retrieved url: http://rjelal.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013o). the arabic origins of "perceptual and sensual words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. research journal of english language and literature 1 (4): 212-24. retrieved url: http://rjelal.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013p). the arabic origins of "cognitive and mental words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of english and education 2 (4): 65-83. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2013q). the arabic origins of "love and sexual words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of language and linguistics 1 (4): 97-114. retrieved url: http://www.ijll.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014a). the arabic origins of "wining and dining words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of english and education 1 (4): 146-74. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014b). the arabic origins of "question and auxiliary words" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal of language and linguistics 2 (1). retrieved url: http://www.ijll.org (may 1, 2014). jassem, z. a. (2014c). the arabic origins of "prepositions and conjunctions" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. journal for the study of english linguistics 2 (1). retrieved url: http://www.jsel.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014d). translating cultural universals radically: a lexical root theory approach for translating english, french, and german cultural terms into arabic. paper presented at international conference on translation and the problematics of cross-cultural understanding, the forum for arab and international relations, doha, qatar 26-27 february 2014. jassem, z. a. (2014e). the arabic origins of "divine and theological terms" in english, german, and french: a lexical root theory approach. language in india 14 (3): 155-195. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014f). the arabic origins of "proper names" in english and http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.academia.edu/ http://rjelal.com/ http://rjelal.com/ http://rjelal.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.ijll.org/ http://www.ijee.org/ http://www.ijll.org/ http://www.jsel.org/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ zaidan ali jassem the arabic origins of english and indo-european "urban terms": a radical linguistic theory approach european languages: a lexical root theory approach. research journal of elt and poetry 2 (2): 201-22. retrieved url: http://www.journalofelt.in (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014g). the arabic origins of "mathematical and computational terms" in english and european languages: a lexical root theory approach. international journal on studies in english and literature 2 (5): 21-40. retrieved url: http://www.arcjournals.org/ijsell (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014h). the arabic origins of "mandarin chinese pronouns": a radical linguistic theory approach. international journal of english and education 3 (3). retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014i). the arabic origins of "finnish and basque pronouns": a radical linguistic theory approach. journal of english language and literature 2 (1): 109-20. retrieved url: http://www.jellonline.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014j). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "colour and artistic terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. international journal of english language, literature, and translation 1 (1): 1-14. retrieved url: http://www.ijels.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014k). i buy, ich kaufe, & j'achéte as arabic dialectal variants: a radical linguistic theory approach. international journal of language and linguistics 2 (5): 317-27. retrieved url: http://www.sciencepublishinggroup. com/ijll. doi: 10.11648/j.ijll.20140205.15 (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2014l). radical translation and translating names: a lexical root theory approach. paper to be presented at asels international conference 2014, abdel malek essadi university, tangier, morocco, 25-27 november 2014. jassem, z. a. (2015a). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "life and death terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. international journal of english and education 4/1: 322-345. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015b). towards a radical translation theory for names: a comparative historical linguistics approach. international journal of english and education 4/1: 298-321. retrieved url: http://www.ijee.org (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015c). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "medical terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. journal of english language and literature 2/1: 18-47. retrieved url: http://www.joell.in (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015d). the arabic origins or cognates of english and indo-european "case markings and word order": a radical linguistic theory approach. language in india 15/3: 104-40. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015e). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "democratic terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. journal of english language and literature 2/2: 111-139. retrieved url: http://www.joell.in (may 1, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015f). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "military terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. language in india 15/5: 105-139. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 12, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015g). the arabic origins of english and indo-european "legal terms": a radical linguistic theory approach. journal of applied linguistics and translation 1/1: 10-29. retrieved url: http://www.languageinindia.com (may 12, 2015). jassem, z. a. (2015h). allugha alarabia wa http://www.journalofelt.in/ http://www.arcjournals.org/ijsell http://www.ijee.org/ http://www.jellonline.com/ http://www.ijels.com/ http://www.sciencepublishinggroup.com/ijll http://www.ijee.org/ http://www.ijee.org/ http://www.joell./ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.joell./ http://www.languageinindia.com/ http://www.languageinindia.com/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee allugha al3alamia aljadhria alwaritha al2afidha: asmaa' alishara fi lughat al3alam qadiman wa2adithan min mandhoor 3ilm allugha aljadhri (in arabic, arabic as the conservative radical world language: a radical linguistic theory approach to demonstratives in old and modern world languages). paper to be presented at almultaqa al3ilmi al3aalami altaasi3 lilughati alarabia wa-l-mu'tamar alkhamis li-itti2ad mu3allimi allugha alarabia,mawlana malik ibrahim islamic university, malang, eastern java, indonesia, august 27-29, 2015. mu3jam alama3ani (2015). retrieved url: http://www.almaany.com (may 1, 2015). pyles, t. and j. algeo. (1993). the origins and development of the english language. (4th edn). san diego: hbj. roach, p. (2008). english phonetics and phonology: a practical course. (4th edn). cambridge: cambridge university press. yule, g. (2014). the study of language. (5th ed). cambridge: cambridge university press http://www.almaany.com/ altha3aalibi,a.m.(2011).fiqhuallughatwaasra english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 41 english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum yulia nur ekawati department of english education, faculty of teacher training and educaiton, university of pancasakti tegal e-mail: yulianurekawati.ups@gmail.com apa citation: ekawati, y. n. (2017). english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 41-48. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.769. received: 19-08-2017 accepted: 25-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: the 2013 curriculum is regarded as the current issue for teachers and students. this curriculum is based on the competencies concerning on implementing four aspects of spiritual, attitude, knowledge and skills in order to achieve students’ character building. this study, moreover, investigates the teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum at vocational high school in tegal. four english teachers are observed and interviewed to obtain data. the data is analyzed referring to four points; a) preparing lesson plan, b) applying the steps of teaching learning activities, c) preparing media, and d) making evaluation. the result shows that; a) three teachers do not prepare lesson plan before their teaching learning process, b) for all teachers, they understand the principles of scientific approach and the basic concept of 2013 curriculum (i.e. inquiry-based learning, project-based learning, discovery-learning, problem-based learning and task-based learning) but they do not apply it in their teaching, c) one teacher prepares the teaching media but the others do not prepare it, and d) all teachers get difficulties in assessing students’ attitude (behaviour). keywords: english teachers’ problem, the 2013 curriculum introduction the curricula of indonesia have been developed since 1947 until 2013 (widodo, 2015). the development of curriculum is regarded as the changing of people need, technology, thinking, as well as market challenges. in 2004, the curriculum of indonesia is called as cbc (competencebased curriculum), which is implemented to be pioneer of applying curriculum based on the competences. honestly, it only works for two years. furthermore, in 2006, the curriculum changes to ulec (unit level of education curriculum), which is the development of the previous curriculum. the changing of curriculum is, moreover, continued in 2013 which is named as the 2013 curriculum. in indonesia, the 2013 curriculum is the newest curriculum focusing on achieving students’ competencies and character building (kementrian dan kebudayaan, 2013). there are four aspects of competences expected to be achieved; spiritual, attitude, knowledge and skills which are then stated in the core competences (kompetensi inti/ki). those aspects are stated in the purpose of national education (pasal 3 uu no 20 sisdiknas 2003) stating that “to develop students' potential to become faithful and pious man, noble, healthy, knowledgeable, skilled, creative, independent, and also to become democratic and responsible citizen.” from the purpose stated above, it is clear that the spiritual attitude is shown as faithful and pious man. the social attitude, then, is shown in the terms of healthy, independent, democratic and responsible. furthermore, for the aspect of knowledge is mentioned in knowledge and the aspect of skill is shown in skilled and creative. through those aspects, it can be concluded yulia nur ekawati english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum 42 that the purpose of standard competence in achieving attitude (spiritual and social) means to create students who are faithful, noble, confident, and responsible in interacting with social environment. next aspect is skill which aims to make person capable to think and follow productively and creatively in abstract and concrete field. further, the last aspect is knowledge. it purposes to create students who master science, technology, arts, culture and humanity, nationality, state insights, and civilization. dealing with the above ideal and perfect purposes, it comes several issues in implementing the 2013 curriculum in english language teaching (elt) practices. sahirudin (2013) reviews the history of elt in indonesia. the central government determined that english became the first foreign language obligated to be taught at junior and senior high school since independency in 1945. indonesia curricula have changed for several times. he explained as following: (a) 1945 was grammar translation-based curriculum. (b) 1958 was audio-lingual basedcurriculum. (c) 1975 was revised audio-lingual based-curriculum. (d) 1984 was structure-based communicative curriculum. (e) 1994 was meaning-based communicative curriculum. (f) 2004 was competency-based curriculum. (g) 2006 was ktsp curriculum. (h) 2013 was the 2013 curriculum. those curricula have each strengths and weaknesses (constraints). its constraints make the government to rethink, reformulate, and redesign the curriculum to be implemented. in this research, sahirudin (2013) moreover investigates the common problems faced by the implementation of 2013 curriculum. they are students’ lack of motivation, poor attitude toward language learning, big class size, unqualified teachers, and cultural barriers for teachers to adopt new role of facilitators. in the context of elt, the reduction of allocating time for english subject at school as well becomes the problem. these issues then make several consequences for language teaching and learning process in indonesia. however, there are some certain resources to the development of the quality in elt, i.e. the policy of teacher’s certification program, the integrative topic in some subjects and textbook provision. another previous research was held by retnawati, et al. (2016). they investigated the vocational high school teachers’ difficulties in applying the assessment within 2013 curriculum. this research was descriptive explorative using qualitative data gathering. the data sources were 22 vocational high school teachers and the vice principals of curriculum in the province of yogyakarta special region of indonesia. the result showed that the teachers’ difficulties in implementing 2013 curriculum were found in; developing the instrument of attitude, implementing the authentic assessment, formulating the indicators, designing the assessment rubric for skills, and gathering the scores from multiple measurement techniques. in addition, this study stated that it was difficult to find feasible application for describing students’ achievement. based on the previous studies, teachers (especially english teachers) should comprehend the characteristics of 2013 curriculum. the curriculum of 2013 is designed with characteristics of developing a balance between spiritual and social attitudes, knowledge and skills which should be applied in various situations in the school and community (permendikbud no. 59 tahun 2014). it becomes the basic understanding for teachers in their teaching so that the objectives of this curriculum are achieved. in addition, syllabus and lesson plan must be prepared effectively before teaching learning process, as it will be a teacher’s guide. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 43 the syllabus has been prepared by team of curriculum developers; in central and regional levels, and teachers only develop the lesson plan based on teacher’s guide book and resource (permendikbud no.59 tahun 2014). another teaching preparation supporting the teaching learning process is the use of media. in this curriculum, the role of media is very significant, since it can make the teaching activities more creative and interesting. so, the teacher should use the appropriate teaching method. in applying the 2013 curriculum, moreover, scientific approach must be clearly understood by teachers. this approach contains the steps of teaching and learning process including observing, questioning, associating, experimenting and networking. it is called a natural assessment as well meaning that the teacher not only assesses the cognitive development of the students, but also assesses the psychometrics and affective aspects (attitude). i perceive that the implementation of 2013 curriculum should be understood by all teachers as it is a must from government to be implemented currently. however, it is found there are some issues faced by teachers in applying this curriculum. this research, therefore, concerns on evaluating the teacher’s problems in applying the 2013 curriculum. the problems are investigated based on four aspects i.e. a) preparing lesson plan, b) applying the steps of teaching learning activities based on scientific approach, c) preparing media, and d) making evaluation. method this research used qualitative method. there are 7 state vocational high schools and 31 private vocational high schools in tegal district. in this study, the researcher only took four english teachers as the participants from four different private vocational high schools using purposive sampling technique. this technique is taken based on the researcher consideration and aim. the result of this study will not be generalized to population (all schools) since the concept of qualitative method is only applied in this social situation case and can be transferred to other social situation (sugiyono, 2013, p. 216). to collect the data, the researcher used triangulation technique combining observation and interview. this technique, as stated by stainback (1988) in sugiyono (2013, p. 241), has aim not to determine the truth about some social phenomenon, rather the purpose of triangulation is to increase one’s understanding of whatever is being investigated. it means that triangulation aims to increase researcher understanding about social phenomenon and investigate whether the information getting from informant/ participant is wrong as it is not appropriate with theory and law. figure 1. data analysis (interactive mode) (miles & huberman, 1984) as cited in (sugiyono, 2013, p. 247) the questions of interview, moreover, are mentioned in table 1. data collection data display data reduction conclusion: drawing/ veriying yulia nur ekawati english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum 44 table 1. questions of interview no. questions answer 1. do you agree that preparing lesson plan is important? yes/no 2. do you arrange the objectives of learning? yes/no 3. do you arrange the material based on objectives of learning? yes/no 4. do you arrange the learning activities based on scientific approach? yes/no 5. do you apply all steps on scientific approach? yes/no 6. are your students interested on your teaching? yes/no 7. are your students active asking questions in classroom? yes/no 8. do you prepare media of teaching and learning? yes/no 9. do you use pictures? yes/no 10. do you use media of power point, video, lcd or internet? yes/no 11. do you use government book? yes/no 12. do you arrange evaluation based on objectives of lesson? yes/no 13. do you measure those four aspects in 2013 curriculum (spiritual, social, knowledge and skill aspects) yes/no points 1 to 3 are categorized in the aspect of preparing lesson plan. while in points 4 to 7 are included in applying the steps of learning activities (scientific approach). the aspect preparing media is shown in points 8 to 11. lastly, for aspect of making evaluation is stated in points 12 to 13. after the data was collected, the next step is analyzing the data. the technique to analyze the data is drawn in figure 1. based on the picture, to analyze data, there are several activities done i.e.: data reduction, data display, and conclusion. after collecting the data, the next step done is reducing the data by summarizing, choosing the important point, categorizing the data, making symbol and finding the theme and pattern. results and discussion the research showed that english teachers in four private vocational high schools in tegal have some problems in implementing the 2013 curriculum. the problems are influenced by the teachers themselves, students, and conditions of school. it is then classified and categorized into four aspects i.e.; a) preparing lesson plan, b) applying the steps of teaching learning activities, c) preparing media, and d) making evaluation. the following explanation describes the result of this research regarding those teachers’ problems. preparing lesson plan all teachers agreed that preparing lesson plan before teaching and learning process is important. they can prepare the objectives and materials of lesson effectively. the materials arranged are based on objectives of learning. through lesson plan, they are also able to arrange the learning activities systematically based on scientific approach in the 2013 curriculum. although they were aware on the importance of preparing lesson plan, the result of this study showed that only one english teacher made detail lesson plan before his teaching and learning and the three teachers did not prepare it well. the first teacher prepared detail lesson plan in every teaching. she arranged one lesson plan for two meetings. the objectives of learning are developed from the goal (basic competences) stated in syllabus. after that, she prepared materials based on objectives of lesson and took the material from government book and some other references from exercise book (lks) and internet. the problems, in addition, came up as the books are less available. she then duplicated by copying the book and students should spend some money to pay it. another problem came when she decided the method of teaching to combine with scientific approach since the students are quite passive. the students are really shy to speak and regard that english is difficult subject. in preparing lesson plan, the first english english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 45 teacher stated that it is a must for teacher to make a preparation before teaching. the preparation are arranging lesson plan, choosing media which is appropriate to the material, and preparing exercises to measure students’ understanding based on material taught. the second english teacher stated that before his teaching, he did not make detail lesson plan. he just prepared the outline what would be done during the teaching learning process. the reason why he did not made lesson plan is as he taught five classes and each class containing large students of 30 so he did not have a lot of time to make a preparation. he mentioned that preparing lesson plan in 2013 curriculum was so complicated since there was attitude aspect to measure. other result was showed by the third participant who explained that she could not prepare lesson plan because she used government book as a guidance to teach. from this book, she could prepare what material should be given to students. as it has been stated the learning objectives based on syllabus, so she just used the book without arranging the lesson plan. the last participant stated that preparing lesson plan before teaching and learning is important, but he did not prepare it as he needed time to prepare it and he considered that through the guidance of book was good to explain the material. in some cases, he made a note or draft of teaching which mentioned the goals that should be achieved by students, the method of teaching, and the material. he did not arrange the evaluation because he used an exercise book (lks). in scoring, he got problem because in lks there is no guidance to give score. based on the result above, it can be concluded that the teachers’ problem in preparing lesson plan is caused by the teacher’s readiness. they stated that no time to prepare detailed lesson plan since it is very complicated. they got difficulty in identifying and arranging learning objective, indicators, material, method of teaching, learning activities and evaluation. however, without detail lesson plan, those teacher used government book as a guidance in their teaching and sometimes they made draft or outline about their teaching planning in general. the solution of this problem is that teachers need to refresh their teaching competences especially about making lesson plan in any kind of workshop held by teacher team (mgmp) or socialization through forum group discussion (fgd). it is as preparing lesson plan helps teachers to organize the objectives, material, learning activities and evaluation effectively. moreover, teachers would be more confidence when delivering the lesson. other benefit is through preparing lesson plan students would be helped to achieve their learning objectives more easily. applying the steps of teaching and learning activities (scientific approach) to evaluate teachers’ problem in applying the steps of teaching and learning activities, the researcher asked the following questions containing teachers’ understanding in scientific approach, the implementation of scientific approach, and students’ responses. the result of interview can be seen in table 2. table 2. result interview of applying scientific approach questions aspect 1 st teacher 2 nd teacher 3 rd teacher 4 th teacher do you arrange the learning activities based on scientific approach? applying the steps of teaching learning activities (scientific approach) yes yes no no do you apply all steps of scientific approach? not all steps no no no are your students interested on your yes yes yes yes yulia nur ekawati english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum 46 teaching? are your students active asking questions in classroom? not all students no no no based on the result above, it can be concluded that teachers understand the principles of scientific approach and the basic concept of 2013 curriculum (i.e. inquiry-based learning, project-based learning, discovery-learning, problem-based learning and task-based learning) but in terms of applying this concept, they did not apply it since the students were quite passive in the classroom. they were shy, afraid, and not confidence. they also regarded that english is difficult. another problem in applying this approach was teachers could not apply students-centered learning since students still depend on their teacher a lot. this is, of course, becoming the challenges for teachers making students to be active. therefore, teachers and government need to take a consideration for the schools which have low input of competences in order to apply not only limited on scientific approach but also other approaches in order there are various method of teaching. preparing media in preparing media, the result showed that all teachers used media of pictures in their teaching. they explained that pictures are kind of media which is easy to get and interesting, thus students can understand the material. however, the media of lcd, video, and power point did not used since the limitation of facilities those schools have. the following is the result of teachers’ problem in preparing media. table 3. preparing media questions aspect 1 st teacher 2 nd teacher 3 rd teacher 4 th teacher do you prepare media of teaching and learning? preparing media yes no yes yes sometimes do you use pictures? yes yes yes yes do you use media of power point, video, lcd or internet? yes sometimes no yes sometimes no do you use government book? yes yes yes yes from the table above, the first and third teachers prepared media before their teaching. with the problem in facilities, they tried to use media such as pictures and video. they sometimes used lcd because it was not provided in every class. other teachers also prepared media of picture in their teaching. this is therefore needed a solution by stakeholders (school and government) to provide additional budget in supporting school facilities especially in applying this curriculum. the limitation of government books also becomes the problem. to overcome this problem, students should copy the book. therefore, it would be attention for many stakeholders. making evaluation there are four main aspects of competences to be implemented in 2013 curriculum i.e. spiritual, social, knowledge and skill aspects. those aspects are stated in the core and basic competences (permendikbud no.59 tahun 2014). it is therefore to be developed in teaching learning indicators and objectives. teachers would know the students’ understanding if they can achieve the indicator and objectives of teaching learning through evaluation. in evaluation, it contained the indicators of evaluation, technique and form of evaluation as well as the rubric or scoring. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 47 the result showed that all teachers got difficulties in arranging evaluation. it needed long time to input the score of four aspects since the class is quite large. they also got the problem in making an individual assessment or pair assessment and affective assessment. in giving pair assessment, the students sometimes are not honest about their marks. while in affective assessment, it is difficult for teacher to analyze and evaluate the attitude of every student in his class. moreover, teachers regarded that this curriculum is too complex in which teacher needed to evaluate students’ attitude (through observation), students’ knowledge (through test), and students’ skill (through practice). this problem is due to teachers’ lack understanding in giving evaluation. to overcome teachers’ problem in making evaluation, thus, teachers should get adequate socialization and workshop which should be guided by competent instructor. they also should be trained to prepare appropriate instrument for evaluation. in addition, it is needed to be considered by government and stakeholder to provide easy software of evaluation to help teachers in reporting the result of evaluation. conclusion the implementation of 2013 curriculum faces some problems in four english teachers of private vocational high schools in tegal during preparing lesson, applying steps of learning activities (scientific approach), preparing media, and making evaluation. they stated that preparing lesson plan before teaching and learning process is important but it was hard to do since the limited time to make preparation. through lesson plan, the objectives of lesson and material could be delivered systematically and will help students to achieve its objectives. in fact, they had problem in preparing lesson plan due to limited time to make detail lesson plan. moreover, the problem happened when teachers applied the steps of scientific approach. the students were passive in the classroom. they also regarded english as a difficult subject to learn. media as a tool to support the material is provided in limited items, it is as the facilities in those schools are not supported well. to evaluate the students’ understanding, teachers also found problems. it seemed difficult to measure something abstract like the aspects of spiritual and attitude. in addition, they also got difficulty in giving score when observing students attitude and speaking skill because it needed a lot of time. in line with those problems faced by teachers, therefore, the solution should be taken by government and stakeholders such as providing deeper socialization and workshop to increase teachers’ understanding in implementing 2013 curriculum especially for all private english teachers of vocational high school who never had been given the socialization and training relating to the new curriculum. references kementrian dan kebudayaan. (2013). modul pelatihan implementasi kurikulum 2013. badan pengembangan sumber daya manusia pendidikan dan kebudayaan dan penjaminan mutu pendidikan. retnawati, et al. (2016). vocational high school teachers' difficulties in implementing the assessment in curriculum 2013 in yogyakarta province of indonesia. international journal of instruction january, 9(1). retrieved from www.e-iji.net. sahirudin. (2013). the implementation of the 2013 curriculum and the issues of english language teaching and learning in indonesia. the asian conference on language learning 2013, official conference proceeding. widodo. (2015). newest issues for curriculum reform in indonesia (2013). presented at apectsukuba international conference university of tsukuba tokyo japan. yulia nur ekawati english teachers’ problems in applying the 2013 curriculum 48 saloumeh khodabakhshi & ali rahimi investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran 66 investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran saloumeh khodabakhshi department of english, university of kashan, iran e-mail: saloumehkhodabakhshi@yahoo.com ali rahimi department of applied linguistics, school of humanities, bangkok university, thailand e-mail: rahimijah@yahoo.com apa citation: khodabakhshi, s. & rahimi, a. (2013). investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 66-72 received: 04-09-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: the present research aimed to investigate the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in esfahan, iran. these problems are associated with the learner, teacher, textbook, syllabus, and language policy. the instrument used was a self-constructed likert scale questionnaire. all the variables had a hand in the problems among which textbook, syllabus and language policy had the most effect. twenty five problems were distinguished among which some are as follows: students do not consider pair work important; most of the time, most teachers do not speak in english in the classroom; the textbook does not include cds or cassettes, does not consists of all the english skills; the syllabus does not include one or two projects for students apart from the midterm or final test, language policy being not completely familiar with the steps of efl teaching, does not selecting the most qualified and proficient teachers in efl teaching. it can be concluded that the language policy should take a practical step in reducing the problems by changing the textbooks and providing more teaching aids for the teachers. keywords: teaching and learning english, problems of teaching and learning english, middle school, iran introduction teaching and learning english has been a crucial issue in developing countries particularly in iran. most teachers have concerns about teaching and learning english and what methods and approaches are the best for students. as the same result, problems in teaching and learning english have always existed. in iran, students graduate from school while they are not able to communicate in english (dahmardeh 2006; karimnia & zade 2007). in order to know what factors contribute to such problems, it is better to know what the characteristics of a good language learner, a teacher, a textbook, a syllabus, and a language policy are. so by going through literature, one can find out these characteristics, afterwards by using a questionnaire, the opinions of the students towards learning english can be investigated and based on the objectives of the study it can be tried to specify the problems of teaching and learning english. rubin and thompson (1983) as cited in nunan (2006: 57-58) have conducted a well-known study in which they state that good language learners tend to have the following characteristics which make them distinct from other learners: good learners 1. find their own way 2. organize information about language 3. are creative and experiment with language 67 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 4. make their own opportunities, and find strategies for getting practice in using the language inside and outside the classroom 5. learn to live with uncertainty and develop strategies for making sense of the target language without wanting to understand every word brown (2001: 430) has provided a list of the attributes of a good language teacher. in the following list, a good language teacher has the four features (a few of the characteristics are mentioned here): good language-teaching characteristics technical knowledge 1. understands the linguistic systems of english phonology, grammar, and discourse. 2. comprehensively grasps basic principles of language learning and teaching. pedagogical skills 3. has a well-thought-out, informed approach to language teaching. 4. understands and uses a wide variety of techniques. interpersonal skills 5. is aware of cross-cultural differences and is sensitive to students’ cultural traditions. 6. enjoys people; shows enthusiasm, warmth, rapport, and appropriate humor. personal qualities 7. is well organized, conscientious in meeting commitments, and dependable. 8. is flexible when things go awry. hutchinson and torres (1994) as cited in azizifar, koosha, & lotfi (2010) stress the importance of textbooks and textbook evaluation by stating that learning and teaching would be difficult without the existence of text books. in iran, azizifar, koosha, and lotfi (2010) have evaluated iranian high school books and they have come to the result that because these text books lack the listening activities, they do not provide any special group works for the efl learners and the students will not learn how to communicate in english. regarding syllabus, many have worked on that such as trepanier (2008). in china, the newly issued national english syllabus standard (department of education, p.r.c. 2003) for compulsory education states that “english learning is not only a process for students to master english knowledge and skill and improve their practical language use but also a process for teachers to train their will, mold their temper, enrich their life, develop their individual character and abilities and sharpen humanist qualities”. nunan (2006: 5) puts forward that there are many opinions about the differences between a syllabus and curriculum development. he provides two approaches to syllabus design, “a broad and narrow approach” in which the first believes in the integration of content and tasks, while the latter seeks to distinct the syllabus design and methodology. language policy which is considered as the last variable, by itself can make constraints for the learning process. some definitions have been brought by different writers (romaine (2006), tollefson & james as cited in dejong, (1994), tesl-ej)). the wikipedia (the free encyclopedia) implies as follows: language policy is what a government does either officially through legislation, court decisions or policy to determine how languages are used, cultivate language skills needed to meet national priorities or to establish saloumeh khodabakhshi & ali rahimi investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran 68 the rights of individuals or groups to use and maintain languages. jing (2005) in a study tried to gain access to the difficulties of efl learning through the diaries of the learners. in his study he concluded that although the learning difficulties are due to the linguistics competence, their linguistic problems may be “a product of the relationship between their linguistic competence and the demands that examinations (e.g., tem-4) placed on it”. apart from that, musavi (2001) as cited in (razmjoo & riazi, 2006) argued that teachers in high school classes put more emphasis on grammar than reading comprehension and communicative tasks. he said that owing to the following factors, teaching english did not provide the expected aims: 1. students’ ignorance of aims and goals of learning a new language and its advantages 2. unqualified teachers and lack of teaching facilities 3. old methods and styles of teaching 4. old, unoriginal and out of date resources 5. lack of native speakers who have a good command of english by going through the literature, although the good qualities have been specified, still the problems in efl teaching exist, particularly in iran and no special article has been conducted in this regard, investigating the problems of efl teaching in secondary schools. therefore, in order to decrease these problems, the goal of this study is to delve into this matter and investigate the existing problems in learners, teachers, textbook, syllabus, and language policy. this study tried to answer what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by learners, teachers, textbook, syllabus and language policy. method in this study, we are looking for the problems of teaching and learning english by a survey. in other words, the researcher seeks to know the opinions of students about the problems of teaching and learning english. one hundred (fifty male and fifty female) middle school students were chosen randomly from the population. the participants in this study were the third grade students of two middle schools in zarrinshahr, esfahan. the instrument of the study was a self-constructed likert scale questionnaire (with a cronbach alpha reliability of r = .89 > .8 and based on george and mallery (2003), it is considered to be a good reliability) which is divided into five parts: the first part: learner with 7 items, the second part: teacher with 9 items, the third part: textbook with 7 items, the fourth part: syllabus with 7 items, and the fifth part: language policy with 7 items. the questionnaire was translated into the native language of the students, because it was thought that they would not understand the items. a pilot study was conducted. ten students of the third grade from komeil middle school in esfahan were randomly selected. before doing the task, the items of the questionnaire were clarified. twenty minutes were required to complete the task. revisions were made based on the feedback obtained from the above procedure. for collecting the data, 2 days were allocated to go to the two middle schools mentioned above and administer the survey. the analyses were completed using spss 14.0 software (statistical package for the social sciences). spss was used to see which factors (i.e. teacher, learner, textbook, syllabus, and language policy) and items had the greatest cause in the problems of teaching and learning english. results and discussion 69 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the beneath paragraphs will report the results of the present study based on the five research questions. the hypothesis of this study was that each factor (i.e. learner, teacher, textbook, syllabus, and language policy) have no effects on the problems of teaching and learning english. according to the first research question, “what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by learner?, chi-square on the answers of one hundred participants to the first seven items belonging to the first part of the questionnaire was taken (see table 2). the results of item 5 and 7 showed that there are no meaningful differences between those who agreed, disagreed and had no idea i5 & i7 (i.e. i5, i7›0.05), so they are not accepted. however, the results of the other items showed that there are meaning differences among those who agreed, disagreed and had no idea (i.e. i1, i2, i3, i4, i6 ‹0.05), so these are accepted. based on these results, it can be said that the system of learning at secondary schools and not considering per work important and not having any plans for it by learners have played a role in the problems of efl learning. table 2 test statistics of items 1-7 t-test i1 i2 i3 i4 i5 i6 i7 chi-square(a,b) 12.200 17.500 26.900 80.000 4.300 21.000 7.300 df 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 asymp. sig. .016 .002 .000 .000 .367 .000 .121 table 3: test statistics t-test i8 i9 i10 i11 i12 i13 i14 i15 i16 chi-square(a,b) 7.100 2.900 48.800 55.300 57.300 2.300 7.700 3.700 39.700 df 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 asymp. sig. .131 .575 .000 .000 .000 .681 .103 .448 .000 according to the second research question, “what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by teacher? and as shown in table 3, chi-square of the second nine items belonging to the first part of the questionnaire was taken. as the table above shows, the results of items 8, 9, 13, 14, 15 revealed that there are not meaning differences between those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i8, i9, i13, i14, i15 ›0.05); therefore, these items are avoided. however, the results of items 10, 11, 12, 16 revealed that there are significance differences between those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i10, i11, i12, i16 ‹0.05), so these items are accepted and considered as problems. according to the third research question, “what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by textbook?, the chi-square of the third seven items are taken and shown in table 4. test statistics the results of this part showed that only in one item, there are no significance differences between those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i18 ›0.05) so this item is not accepted. while based on the results, the other saloumeh khodabakhshi & ali rahimi investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran 70 items were significant among those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i17, i19, i20, i21, i22, i23 ‹0.05) thus these items are considered as problems of teaching and learning english. in other words, it can be said that textbook has a main role in the problems of efl learning by not having the above characteristics. according to the fourth research question, “what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by syllabus?, chi-square of the fourth seven items are demonstrated in table 5. as the table above displays, only the result of one item was not significant among those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i27 ›0.05); therefore, this item is avoided. however, the results of the rest items were significant among those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i24, i25, i26, i28, i29, i30 ‹0.05) thus these items are accepted and can table 4: test statistics t-test i17 i18 i19 i20 i21 i22 i23 chi-square(a,b) 19.600 6.100 118.300 13.700 10.300 11.800 39.100 df 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 asymp. sig. .001 .192 .000 .008 .036 .019 .000 table 5. test statistics t-test i24 i25 i26 i27 i28 i29 i30 chi-square(a,b) 12.800 37.300 26.000 2.500 34.300 17.100 27.700 df 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 asymp. sig. .012 .000 .000 .645 .000 .002 .000 table 6 test statistics t-test i31 i32 i33 i34 i35 i36 37i chi-square(a,b) 47.800 12.800 15.400 41.500 38.000 35.100 34.700 df 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 asymp. sig. .000 .012 .004 .000 .000 .000 .000 be considered as the problems. in other words, it can be said that syllabus also has a main role in the problems of efl learning by not having the above characteristics as well. according to the fifth research question, “what are the problems of teaching and learning english caused by language policy?the chi-square of the fifth seven items were calculated and are shown in table 6. based on the table above, the results of all the items of this part showed meaningful differences among those who agreed, disagreed, and had no idea (i.e. i31, i32, i33, i34, i35, i36, i37 <0.05); therefore, these items are accepted. in other words, it can be stated that language policy has also a main role in the problems of efl teaching, due to the meaningful difference of the all items concerning this variable and not following these issues mentioned above. 71 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee conclusion this study provided the ways a researcher can come across to the existing problems in efl teaching and by conducting this, we can gain the knowledge of which variable has more effect on these problems and after that trying to do something in order to solve these problems. based on the results, the hypothesis of the study was rejected; therefore, now one can take action in dissolving these problems by making use of the reasonable findings in this study. the problems specified in learner were that they do not consider pair work important and do not have any plans for it. we should change the way the learner thinks of pair work and seeking to show them how important pair work can be even in the schools not only in private institutes. the problems in teacher were not speaking in english in the classroom most of the times, not asking the students to speak in english as much as possible, not using computer (e.g. powerpoint software) in teaching, not paying attention to the students’ correct pronunciation. the problems which syllabus leads to were the fact that most teachers do not provide students with the syllabus at the first or second session of the semester, they do not follow their syllabus till the end of the educational year, students do not think the syllabus is well organized, it does not include movies and listening apart from other planning, does not include one or two projects for students apart from the midterm or final test, does not mention the deadline of the projects. if language policy accepts to help teachers in any way, the problems which they cause would be reduced and they would alter their approaches in teaching and in bringing their syllabus to the class and trying to consider teaching in schools as seriously as possible. language policy should accompany in this process and revise the textbook and do its best to afford money for using technology in english classrooms and selecting the most proficient english teachers. for further research, the researchers can include the opinions of the teachers, language policy, and textbook writers as well in order to gain more precious results and take actions in solving the problems. of course, they should know the limitations here, which can refer to the fact that all schools would not welcome the researchers gladly thus one must go to the department of education to get the authority for going to the expected schools and administer the questionnaire or any other sorts of survey. references azizifar a., koosha m., lotfi a. r. (2010). an analytical evaluation of iranian high school elt textbooks from 1970 to the present. science direct, social and behavioral sciences, 3, 36-44. brown, d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. p.430. ny: pearson education. dahmardeh, m. (2006). communicative textbooks: english language textbooks in iranian secondary school. linguistik online, 40, 4/09. department of education, p.r. china. (2003). english syllabus standard. beijing: beijing normal university publishing house. dejong, e. j. (1994). planning language, planning inequality. tesl-ej, teaching english as a second or foreign language, 1(1), r-2. george, d., & mallery, p. (2003). spss for windows step by step: a simple guide and reference. 11.0 update (fourth edition). boston: allyn & bacon. huang, j. (2005). a diary study of difficulties and constraints in efl learning. science direct, system, 33, 609-621. karimnia, a. & salehi zade, sh. (2007). communication strategies: english language departments in iran. iranian journal of language studies (ijls), 1(4), 287-300. saloumeh khodabakhshi & ali rahimi investigating the problems of teaching and learning english in middle schools in iran 72 nunan, d. (2006). second language teaching and learning. pp.57-58. newbury house. teacher development. tehran. jungle publication. nunan, d. (2006). syllabus design. p.5. language teaching. oxford university press. tehran. jungle publication. razmjoo, s. a., riazi a. m. (2006). on the teaching methodology of shiraz efl institutes. journal of social sciences & humanities of shiraz university. 23(1), 58-70 (special issue in english language and linguistics) richards j. c., rodgers th. s. (1934). approaches and methods in language teaching. second edition. p. 167. cambridge language. teaching library. tehran. jungle publication. romaine, s. (2006). language policy in multinational educational contexts. elsevier journal. trepanier, l. (2008). what makes a good syllabus? isi’s american studies center. faculty.isi.org/blog/post/ view/id/32. retrieved november 29, 2011 wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, leclerc, jacques (2003). “index par politiques linguistiques” in l’aménagement linguistique dans le monde, québec, tlfq, université laval, (in french). english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children adam anshori universitas islam indonesia email: adam.anshori@uii.ac.id apa citation: anshori, a. (2016). the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s “the railway children”. english review, 4(2), 243-254 received: 16-02-2016 accepted: 25-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this research is aimed at describing the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children. the problems formulated in the research will be answered in the descriptions consisting of thoughts, actions, and feelings of the main characters in the novel and presenting other characters’ comments dedicated to the main characters. the main source of the research data was edith nesbit’s the railway children. it is considered as a children’s literature. the focus of the research was events in the novel which showing the empowerment of the main characters. the data consist of thoughts, actions, and feelings of the main characters and presenting other characters’ admirable comments dedicated to the main characters. the data were analyzed inductively by using qualitative content analysis. the instrument of the research was the researcher himself. to get trustworthiness of the data, the researcher used four criteria, namely: credibility, transferability, dependability, and confirmability. the findings of the research showed that the novel contains of children’s empowerment, which can be divided into three categories. they are thought empowerment, action empowerment and feeling empowerment. as empowerment of children is considered as an important aspect in children’s story and it has great influence to enrich children’s intelligence and emotion in their growing period, the railway children can be categorized as a good novel. keywords: children’s literature, children’s empowerment introduction childhood is seen as a crucial formative period in life to gain basic education (stephens, 1994:8). it is a time to learn about the nature of the world, how to live in it, how to relate to other people, how to face and solve problems, how to think, and what to believe. children need something to teach them how to deal with life properly and honestly. for this reason, they need fair education. fair education is education which is governed of excellence, and not orthodoxy, timidity, or intolerance, to encourage children’s growing mind and critical thinking and to shape their future (west, 1998: viii-ix). unfortunately as one of the most influential subject in children’s life, children’s literature seems to have difficulties to be fair to children about the real facts in life. it is due to the fact that children’s literature has a unique condition involving a conflict of interests between children and adults. children, with their specific characteristics, interests, and knowledge, intentionally need to enrich themselves with lots of experiences from their readings. they want books that capable to challenge their critical thinking and empowering their growing mind. children are also eager to have honest books about life, though it may be a bitter fact of life. on the other hand, most adults 243 adam anshori the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children use and see children’s literature from different point of view. they judge the value of a book, whether it is good or not, based on their own judgment. they feel that they have a right and better understanding to decide whether a book is suitable for children or not. moreover, adults have authority and capability to do that. many children consume children’s reading and books which are brought and chosen by the adults. furthermore, adults treat children as ones who are innocent and need protection. most authors of children’s books do not explore the truth of life which is considered by adults dangerous and inappropriate, such as sexuality, poverty, and death, whereas children actually need fair stories about the real condition of life. adults actually can tell children everything. however, adults must be aware of the way to present those things. the right way should be in children’s range of understanding. adults also use stories to inscribe their own judgments, wisdoms, beliefs, and norms. those values will provide them with adults’ approval of or hatred of something. nodelman (1992: 1) said that children’s literature is a form of adult style for dominating, restructuring, and having authority over childhood. so, it is obvious that children are victimized in their own reading materials because there are many stories which are not standing in their side. fairy tales, which are believed and assumed as children’s literature, usually have values that may not consider children in particular (tolkien, 1980: 113). snow white and seven dwarfs, for example, contain value that a good kid is a child who never gazes and fights against her stepmother even though her stepmother is cruel. she took for granted to all things that her mother did to her even when her mother tried to kill her. fortunately, the soldier, who is ordered to kill her, saved her life. then she hid in the jungle and depending her life to the kindness of the seven dwarfs. it shows that she is powerless and speechless. as a child, she depends and submits her whole life to adults, i.e., her stepmother, the soldier, and the seven dwarfs. this story will construct children’s mind to be passive. children are not stimulated to think critically and act bravely when they deal with adults. it also shows that adults dominate children. children are filled with values for adults’ benefit, so adults will be easier to handle children in their passive willingness. this story does not empower snow white, as the main character, who should have authority to decide her own life. this story also depicts that a girl is weaker than a boy. when a charming prince suddenly appeared, he easily broke down the curse and saved her life. then, as usual, the story ends happily ever after. it builds a frame of thought that children in their obedient and docile attitudes will get a happy life as her suffering repayment. so it will persuade children to believe that in their passive willingness, children will be blessed in their life. there is no argument or chance for them to fight against adults though actually the adults are wrong. many fairy tales also inscribe unequal position between boy and girl. girls are judged to be inferior to boys, whereas in fact it is untrue. they may do a lot of things as boys can. this value is dangerous because it can lead children’s way of thinking into wrong belief or perception. realizing this situation, adults should start to concern and be aware of their children’s reading material. children books may contain values that can endanger and harm them. it is seen in fairy tales as snow white and seven dwarfs, which is considered as children’s 244 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee story. so, it is important for adults who have great authority and power toward children to pay more attention to this problem. fair and wise adults must consider the need and desire of children who are longing for good books. children want books that stimulate their critical thinking and growing mind and are able to answer their curiosity about life. on the other hand, children deserve every ounce of their talent, intelligence, inventiveness, and care (hunt, 1995: 18). children need to learn about life from the right spectacles. they crucially need fair education and guidance. children are only inexperienced. they are not innocent or speechless at all and actually they have their own wisdom to judge something. however, they need adults’ guidance to figure out the hidden or profound values, and to stimulate them in developing an alert enjoyment in stories. adults must be honest with them. children may in their real life deal with situations that can be hard for them. therefore, an opinion that children have to keep away from the bitter of life is unnecessary. children experience the bitter of life from the everyday life instead of books. hence, literature can be a mean to transfer knowledge and understanding to children to get a better preparation to deal with the real life. a great value in children’s literature is that it can help children recognize their feelings and be aware of things they do or not to do to cope with their feelings. literature will also help children to be more apt to accept themselves if through stories they see other children with similar problems, worries, and conflicts (jones, 1988: 27). a book must enlighten child’s eyes and provide space for exploration, which extends their experiences, enjoyments, satisfaction and morality. considering the role of literature towards children, it seems necessary to conduct a research study concerning the influence of children’s literature as a means of educating and exploring emotions and also as agent of socializations. character generally means the aggregate of mental, emotional, and social qualities that distinguish a person. in children’s literature, the term character is used to mean a person, a personified animal or object that inhabits in a story (lukens, 1999: 80). in the story, the importance of a character determines how fully the character is developed and understood by the readers. character development means showing the character – whether a person or an animal or an object-with the complexity of human being (lukens, 1999: 80). a character may be presented mainly through description and discussion or, in a more dramatic manner; the author simply reports the character’s speech and action. in other words, the readers may reveal the character through the action, speech, and appearance, others’ comments and by author’s comment. these methods of characterization can be used together (little, 1981: 89). one extreme of dramatic method is the modern device of interior monologue or stream-ofconsciousness technique, in which all that is recorded is the flow of impression and thought passing through some character’s mind from moment to moment. characters are divided into two, namely: dynamic and static character (lukens, 1999: 86). dynamic character is one who changes in the course of action. the character demonstrates a new realization about himself or herself, or 245 adam anshori the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children about his or her personal values. static character is one who does not change in the course of the story. the conflict does not influence the character to make any impact upon personality or outlook. children have keen interest in character (lukens, 1999: 94). they want stories that its characters especially child characters involved in action and making decisions. children are intent on the way characters’ decisions solving the problems. children like to follow characters and their motives through their emotions and their reasoning as they face decisions and make choices. they are also excited by the possibility of the accidental and also inevitable situations. these descriptions show the importance of characterization in children’s literature in drawing meaning and messages and pleasing the children. the railway children, as one of children’s novels, is interesting to be studied from many perspectives, such as plot, characterization, point of view, and setting. in order to be focus on the research, the research will be restricted to the description of the main characters’ thoughts, actions, and feelings and others’ comments appraising them, showing their efforts to deal with their life and the empowerment characterization of the children. the limitation of the problems is mainly based on the relevance of the research question, which is “what kinds of children’s empowerment appear in the novel?” method this research uses qualitative method. qualitative method is a research procedure which produces descriptive data results in the form of written or oral words from people and their behavior that are observed (bogdan and biken, 1982: 5). this method is concerned with the process rather than consequences, with organic wholeness rather than independent variables, and with meaning rather than behavioral statistics. it emphasizes a holistic interpretation. the main source of the research is the novel entitled the railway children by edith nesbit who is best known for her family stories. the penguin group firstly publishes this novel in england in 1906 and through the time this novel was being revised and reprinted in 1995. the data are analyzed by using content analysis. according to holsti (in lincoln and guba, 1985: 337-338), content analysis is an objective, systematic, and general description of the manifest content of a text. this analysis has five major characteristics. firstly, the process of analyzing the data follows certain formulated rules and procedures. however, it conforms that the rules do not need to be finally formulated until the end of the research. secondly, it should be systematic. it deals with forming categories, which have to be done according to determined procedures. thirdly, content analysis is a process that aims for generality by gaining theoretical relevance as the result of the analysis. theoretical relevance produces relevant and theoretical perspectives in relation to the context. fourthly, content analysis concerns manifested content. it will draw the conclusion based on the content of manifested context. finally, although content analysis emphasizes more on quantitative research, it also can be carried out with qualitative research. the qualitative content analysis procedure which is used in this research is inductive category development. its procedure formulates a criterion of definition derived from theoretical background and research question which determine the aspect of the textual 246 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee material taken into account (mayring, 2000: 4). the data of the research are events occurred in the railway children by edit nesbit that describe the empowerment of child characters to cope with their problems and feelings. the empowerment of children is shown through the capability and sensibility of children in solving their problems and others’ problems and also understanding others’ feelings. beside the characterization of the child characters, children’s empowerment is also strengthened by the praise of other characters for children’s kindness. the focus of the research is events, which show the empowerment of the main characters, roberta, peter, and phyllis to deal with their problems of lives and feelings. according to moleong the criteria to check the trustworthiness are credibility, transferability, dependability, and confirmability (lincoln and guba, 1985: 300). credibility is aimed at achieving the validity of the data. the researcher can achieve credibility through carefully and comprehensively reading and re-reading the selected data in accordance with the research question so that the data can be considered credible. this criterion is done until the researcher gets certainty and could not find any other significant variation in the data. the researcher also applies triangulation technique to gain credibility of the data. triangulation utilizes something outside the data to verify the data itself or to compare them (moleong, 2011: 178). kinds of triangulation technique are sources, methods, observers or researchers, and theories. the researcher applies one technique of triangulation that is another observer. in this technique, the researcher asks another person to discuss the valuable data to know the correct interpretation about the events whether they are relevant to the children’s empowerment or not. the person who became the observer is widyastuti purbani. she earns a doctorate degree from universitas indonesia majoring in children’s literature. therefore, her capability in analyzing children’s literature will be in accordance with the research. in applying transferability, the researcher should provide all the information needed by the readers in understanding the findings. this information that called thick description presents the detail and empirical findings, which describe the context of the research. the thick description is obtained through reading and analyzing the railway children comprehensively. to fulfill dependability, the researcher reads the data carefully and frequently in order to understand the content of the novel and to make correct interpretation. triangulation technique is also used to reach this criterion. the researcher asks the observer as the second reader and has some discussions with her. in some discussions, the observer states that she has the same perspective as the researcher about the novel. results and discussion there are many books written for children. through this research, however, it will be impossible to analyze all of the books. the researcher only focuses on one book in order to have detailed analysis. the researcher chooses the railway children by edith nesbit because the main characters in the novel are children who get misfortune in their life. it shows the struggle of children in facing and solving their own problems. according to neufeldt (1996: 445) ‘to give authority or power or ability to’ 247 adam anshori the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children is similar to the word “empower”. empowerment is the noun form of empower that is defined as giving authority, power, or ability to someone. in accordance with the situation of children’s literature and the importance of good book for children, it is obvious that empowerment of children is crucial. empowerment becomes a significant role in children’s literature because children are eager to portray themselves in the story and tend to imitate what the characters do, especially the main character. when a story presents an empowerment spirit, it is expected that the readers are stimulated to think critically and do the same things as the empowering characters in order to draw the meaning of that story. nodelman sees the similarity frame of thought in orientalism to the frame of thought used by adults over children. in orientalism, said reveals that western (the occidents) tends to dominate, restructure, and have authority over the east (the orients) whereas in children’s literature nodelamn figures out the domination of adults (the authors) toward children (the readers). nodelman borrows said’s orientalism to make a brief description of the condition of children’s literature. nodelman (1992: 1) states: “children’s psychology and children’s literature can be discussed and analyzed as the corporate institution for dealing with childhood, dealing with it by making statements about it, authorizing views of it, describing it, by teaching it, settling it, ruling over it; in short, children’s psychology and children’s literature as an adult style for dominating, restructuring, and having authority over childhood” the quotation above shows that adults (the authors) have power to control children (the readers) through the stories. an exploration of parallel insight between said’s description of orientalism and the representation of childhood in children’s literature reveals a number of characteristics not empowering children. knowing the disempowerment characteristics in children’s stories will help to figure out the empowerment values as the contrary side. those characteristics are explained below. 1. inherent inferiority inherent inferiority deals with adults’ way of thought that posit themselves as superior, having more knowledge and ability, over children, the inferior one who are incapable to speak for themselves (nodelman, 1992: 1). in children’s literature, this characteristic is viewed from the author’s way in treating their readers. they restrict themselves to create a complex story because of their lack of vocabulary and knowledge as a means to understand the story. another form of inferiority is that the authors place child characters in a weaker side. this is obviously seen in fairy tales. child characters in fairy tales, though they are the main characters in the story, are described powerless and speechless. they tend to depend on and entrust their life to adults. 2. inherent femaleness this characteristic in children’s literature manages to suggest something traditionally feminine about childhood and on the contrary something traditionally masculine about childhood (nodelman, 1992: 2). this situation subordinates children to an inferior position. adults, in this case, plant the seed of their wisdom to children. they 248 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee gaze and talk about how charming or cute children are in passive willingness. children’s happiness is about pleasing them, bending their will, or doing what they want. adults will give reward for obedient children and give punishment whenever children dare to disobey or gaze back. 3. inherent adult-centered it mainly concerns the assumption that the authors of children’s books write the stories to provide the children with values and images that adult approve of or feel comfortable with. by large, this effort is aimed to give values and behaviors that make children easier to handle: more passive, more docile, and more obedient. as a result, children will need adults’ guidance and more willing to accept the need for it (nodelman, 1992: 2). 4. silencing and inherent silence silencing and inherent silence deals with adults’ effort to hide things, which are considered dangerous and inappropriate for children (nodelman, 1992: 2). adults want to protect children from the bitterness of life and taboo matter. for example they try to hide the matters of poverty, sexuality, and divorce, in order to believe that children are truly as innocent as they claim and that children’s life are devoid from bitterness of life. they would rather have to lie than be forced to confront children as they really are or as they really speak, whereas children crucially need the truth. in fact, the over-protective behavior from adults and the writers of children’s books precisely uneducated them. thought empowerment the railway children presents thought empowerment that is thinking ability of the children through its child characters’ knowledge or idea and understanding others feelings. the thinking ability here means the ability of children; roberta (bobbie), peter (pete), and phyllis, to develop their critical thinking and growing mind in order to overcome the situations or problems, which happened around them. thought empowerment is divided into two parts. they are thought empowerment through children’s knowledge or idea and through understanding others feelings. 1. thought empowerment through children’s knowledge and idea children have their own intelligence in the form of their knowledge and idea. knowledge includes their ability to understand something, familiarity gained by their experiences and information achieved, whereas, idea is about their plan, opinion, or conception of something. the position of children, both in reality and story, is inferior. it is because adults assume children as innocent and docile. however, in the railway children, bobbie, peter and phyllis are presented as an open mind and intelligent children. they quickly learn and understand new information that they achieved. the information, for children, will answer their curiosity and need of knowledge. it takes an important role in children’s growth. because of that, children crucially need fair and honest information of the description of life. in this story, bobbie, peter and phyllis accept new information about the equality position between boys and girls. when peter ask father whether girls can help to mend engine or not and father explains that girls are able to do all the things that boys can. 249 adam anshori the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children ‘can girls help to mend engines?’ peter asked doubtfully. father: ‘of course they can. girls are just as clever as boys…(nesbit, 1995: 5). they learn this information first by comparing it with the fact in their daily life. in their reality, those three children mostly do their activities together. they never face any conditions that show imbalance ability between boys and girls. children then understand that the girls – bobbie and phyllisactually can do all the things that boy – peter – can do. this influences them to belief the truth of the information. the belief of equality position will construct children’s frame of thought. it empowers children to have self-confidence. bobbie and phyllis believe that they can do all things; on the other hand, peter never doubts his sisters’ capability. this will convince children that they can develop their ability and creativity to reach whatever they want in life without restricted by gender. 2. thought empowerment through understanding others’ feelings adults often assume that children are innocent, naïve, and weak. from that belief, adults think that it will be unnecessary to share or inform them about something considered difficult or complex. adults, in daily life, usually try to hide the problems and bitterness of life, such as poverty and sadness in order to keep the children away from misery. however, children can feel and see what actually happened, and may understand the situation better than what adult’s expected. “bobbie said,’ come on phil; i’ll race you to the gate.’ and she started the race, though she hated doing it”. (nesbit, 1995: 111) mother does not realize that bobbie knows her sadness. she thinks that bobbie is only tired of walking slowly. mother never expects that bobbie can do something to lift her burden up by giving her a chance to be alone. bobbie asks phyllis to race to the gate so she has her own little time to release her misery without any attentions and disturbances from her kids. bobbie’s capability to think of a way to show her affection for mother is a form of children empowerment. action empowerment the action empowerment mainly describes children’s action, behavior, and attitude in dealing with incidents in their daily life. it is divided into two parts. they are action empowerment through children’s bravery and through doing favor for others. 1. action empowerment through children’s bravery one of brave attitudes that should be learned by everybody is the willingness to confess his or her mistakes. it is important to learn because this action may require nerve to do and to accept any following consequences. peter can act and answer the station master’s greeting as usual like nothing happened before. however, he realizes that if the station master greets him first, it is plausible that the station master has not recognized him by daylight. peter does not want to feel uncertain about it. he takes a risk when he decides to inform the station master who he really is. he believes that it will be easier for both of them to make clear of this problem out. ‘i thought perhaps you didn’t know it was me that took the coals,’ peter went on,’ when you said “good 250 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee morning”. but it was, and i’m sorry. there.’ (nesbit, 1995: 38) peter wants the station master knows that he is the boy who has ever stolen the coals. fortunately, the station master appreciates his bravery to confess his mistake. the station master already has forgiven him. he has recognized peter before he greets peter. peter’s nerve to confess should be regarded as a brave attitude. he can manage his own doubt and fear to decide a proper action in solving the problem out. his action indicates his responsibility and honest personality. after this occurrence, the station master becomes one of his new friends. 2. action empowerment through doing favor for others to live in a society, children have to learn how to make relationship with others. they face the fact that they have to deal and work with others in their daily life. it is important to establish mutual assistance in their surroundings. bobbie, peter and phyllis are sociable kids. they make lots of new friends in their new neighborhood. they love to help other. there are many occasions that show their action in helping others. one of their actions is giving physical assistance to mother. they try to lessen mother’s duty by doing their own daily activities. ‘… no servant or anything. let’s get up and to be useful. we’ll just creep down mouse quietly and have everything beautiful before mother gets up.’ (nesbit, 1995: 20) in this story, the children have selfawareness to be accustomed to their duty of daily activities. it is a good habit to train discipline and responsibility. if they are able to do their daily duty well, they may be ready to a greater responsibility. feelings empowerment feeling empowerment is a form of children’s awareness and sensibility to deal with happening incidents. it is divided into two parts. they are feeling empowerment through empathy and through children’s unselfishness. 1. feeling empowerment through empathy empathy is an ability to share another’s emotion, thoughts or feelings. it is closely related to understand other’s feeling. children usually face difficulties to understand other’s feeling because of their less experience. to have sensitivity and awareness of the surroundings, children need practice. they have to learn about expressions, signs, or attitudes of a person to consider his real feelings. bobbie shows her deep empathy to the russian stranger for his suffering. she knows that he almost gives up finding his wife and kids. so when the doctor unconsciously laughs at bobbie’s story about the crying russian, she directly admonishes the doctor. ‘please don’t. you wouldn’t if you’d seen him before. i never saw a man cry before. you don’t know what it’s like.” (nesbit, 1995: 73) bobbie knows that it is hard for a man crying for his life. so, when the russian stranger cries in front of the crowd, she can feel that he is in a very distress and hopeless condition. the fact that he arrives in a foreign country without any money and ability to communicate with others makes him totally lost. moreover, he could not find any clues about his family existence in that country. it makes bobbie understands why he cries. the doctor realizes his mistake and feels sorry for what he has done. it illustrates that sometimes children have better sensitivity than adults. 251 adam anshori the empowerment of children in edith nesbit’s the railway children 2. feeling empowerment through children’s unselfishness unselfishness is the way of thinking or attitude of someone who tries to consider other’s need or welfare. it is a care expression for others. children express their unselfishness attitude on many occasions in the story. when peter gets involve in trouble, his sisters do not leave him alone to face it. they do things to help him, such as defending him or asking forgiveness for him. ‘it’s our fault just as much as peter’s. we helped to carry the coal away and we knew where he got it.” (nesbit, 1995: 32) it is clear that bobbie tries to exempt him. she tries to persuade the station master to forgive peter’s mistake. if the station master punishes him, bobbie and phyllis will deserve to get it too. the station master considers that peter actually has no intention of doing a crime. he only has a wrong perception of coal mining. his sisters try to convince the station master, and they succeed. he lets them go. their effort to help peter when he is in trouble shows their kindness and tolerance. tolerance is one form of unselfishness behavior. empowerment becomes the most interesting discussion in the railway children. this value is considered to have great influence in the improvement of children’s intelligence and emotion. child characters in children’s story are the best picture and reflection of life for them. they can portray themselves in the story, which will stimulate them to expand their experience. conclusion there are three kinds of empowerment in children characters, namely: thought empowerment, action empowerment, and feelings empowerment. thought empowerment focuses on thinking ability of the children coping with the situations or problems which happen around them. it consists of two parts. they are empowerment seen through children’s knowledge or idea and their understanding of other’s feelings. action empowerment describes children’s action, behavior, and attitude to overcome incidents in their everyday life. this type of empowerment is divided into two. they are empowerment seen through children’s bravery and their action to give favor for others. feeling empowerment shows children’s awareness and sensibility to understand other’s feeling. their awareness and sensitivity mainly deals with terrible feeling of others. feeling empowerment also consists of two parts. they are empowerment seen through children’s empathy and their unselfishness. acknowledgement in this section, the researcher personally wants to thank widyastuti purbani as the second observer. she plays an important role in order to make the data of this research credible. the researcher also wants to thank afdina afitri as partner for discussion. as fellow researcher which have the same interest in children’s literature, the discussion which we conduct help to determine the objectiveness of the research. references bogdan, r. c., & bilken, s.k. (1982). qualitative research for education: an introduction to theory and methods. boston: allyn and bacon, inc. (5) hunt, p. (1995). criticism, theory, and children’s literature. massachussets: blackwell publishers inc. (18) 252 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee jones, c. (1998). parents are teacher too. vermont: williamson publishing co. (27) lincoln, y. s., & guba, e. g. (1985). naturalistic inquiry. baverly hills: sage publication, inc. (300) little, g. (1981). approach to literature. new south wales: sciences press. (89) lukens, r. j. (1990). genre in children’s literature in critical handbook in children’s literature (4th ed). new york: harper collins. (80, 86) ------(1999). a critical handbook of children’s literature. new york: addison-wesley educational publishers, inc. (94) mayring, p. (2000). qualitative content analysis. volume 1, no. 2 – (4) moleong, l. j. (2001). metodologi penelitian kualitatif. bandung: pt. remaja rosdakarya. (178) neufeldt. (1996). webster’s new world college dictionary (3rd ed.). new york: simon and schuster, inc. (445) nesbit, e. (1995). the railway children. new york: penguin books. (5, 20, 32, 38, 73, 111) nodelman, p. (1990). the hidden meaning and the inner tale: deconstruction and the interpretation of fairy tales in children’s literature association quarterly. volume 15 no 3. (1-2) ------(1992). the other: orientalism, colonialism, and children’s literature. spring vol 17 no 1. (1) stephens, j. (1994). language and ideology in children’s fiction. new york: longman publishing. (8) tolkien, j. r. r. (1980). children and fairy stories. in only connect-readings on children’s literature (2nd ed). toronto: oxford university press. (113) west, m. i. (1988). trust your children: voices against censorship in children’s literature. new york: neal-schumann publisher inc. (viii-ix) 253 254 133 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee linguistic features analysis of the english electronic commerce websites siti nurani department of english education, faculty of language & art university of indraprasta pgri, indonesia e-mail: nurani_city@yahoo.com risa mufliharsi department of english education, faculty of language & art university of indraprasta pgri, indonesia e-mail: rsmufliharsi@gmail.com larisa yohanna department of english education, faculty of language & art university of indraprasta pgri, indonesia e-mail: larisayohanna@gmail.com apa citation: nurani, s., mufliharsi, r. & yohanna, l. (2014). linguistic features analysis of the english electronic commerce websites. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 133-144 received: 11-03-2014 accepted: 27-04-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract : this research aims at identifying linguistic features used in the english electronic commerce websites used in correlation with the field, tenor and mode of discourse as parts of systemic functional linguistics (sfl) approach. findings have shown that in the field of discourse, the linguistic features are largely appeared in the experiential domain analysis which shows that all terms of registers function as technical terms, of which the two major forms of nouns and verbs were the most frequent categories among other kinds of technical terms. the goal orientation is considered to be as a long term and the social activity is exchange. in the tenor of discourse, the linguistic features are highly appeared in the social distance analysis which shows that the social distance between participants is considered minimal. the agentive role is said to be equal and the social role is considered as non-hierarchic. in the mode of discourse, the linguistic features are excessively occurred in the language role analysis which exists equally of both constitutive and ancillary. the channel is in graphic mode. the medium is in written with a visual contact as its device. key words: systemic functional linguistics, register, discourse environment. meanwhile, trudgill (1992) prefers to restrict the term jargon as specialist language used by member of particular professions or interest. the term jargon could also be defined as “a standard variety of english characteristic of occupational sub-societies primarily” (stojicic, 2004: 32). in short, they define the term jargon as a variety of language that is shaped by the work environment. the present research basically introduction each field provides specific variety of linguistic feature which is used to convey information. this variety is normally referred to as the term register or jargon. the term register is defined as “a variety of language associated with particular groups of people or particular circumstance of use” (holmes, 2007: 259). here, register is defined as a variety according to use in the particular siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 134 aims at identifying two main levels of linguistic features, that is, lexical features and grammatical features that characterize the language of the english electronic commerce found in the various websites which involves a situation in which it is used. for the purpose of this study, the writer adopts the theory of register as developed by halliday and hasan (1989) who define register as a variety according to use which includes three parameters of context of situation which it is used, that is, field, tenor and mode of discourse. the first variable, ‘field of discourse’, refers to “what is happening, to the nature of the social action that is taking place: what is it the participants are engaged in, what is the text about?” (1989: 12). for example, legalese of lawyers, the language of auctioneers, the language of commerce, baby-talk, journalese of journalists, and so forth. the discussion of nouns and verbs are largely belongs to the category of this field of discourse. second, ‘tenor of discourse’, refers to “who is taking part, to the nature of the participants, their statuses and roles: what kinds of role relationship obtain among the participants, including permanent and temporary relationships” (1989: 12). this variable functions as a marker of formality of relationship between the speaker matters that commonly affects phonology, and accent, such as when a teacher talking to the student and so forth. the intimacy of relationship between participants is also largely discussed in this category. third, ‘mode of discourse’, refers to “what part the language is playing, what it is that the participants are expecting the language to do for them in that situation: the symbolic organization of the text, the status that it has, including the channel and the rhetorical mode” (1989: 12). the role of language, channel and the medium are the aspects of this mode of discourse category. in certain respect, the use of register is intended to meet communication needs among specialists in the field. in the electronic commerce field, for instance, the terms of registers used by the sellers function as technical terms which mean that the terms are specific to the field and may be used in other fields but have different meaning in the current field. electronic commerce is a buying-selling transaction via internet where the computer website is employed as the media to do the process. as stated by turban et al. (2012: 38) that “e-commerce is an electronic trading transaction which involves the process of buying, selling, transfer, or product exchange, services or information through computer websites, including internet.” similarly, wong (2010: 33) also affirms that “e-commerce is the process of buying, selling, and marketing of goods and services via electronic system, such as radio, television and computer website or internet.” from the two points of view above, it can be concluded that e-commerce eases us to do the buyingselling transaction which is done by the computerized system and register is importantly used as the media of communication. as stated above, the choice of register is intended to give some particular groups an ease to communicate with each other. as in the language of electronic commerce which has some functions to give an ease the communication between the sellers and their buyers, such as to increase the market exposure as all the people over the world could have a global reach at the same time with only using computer media. the operating cost will also be decreased. the customer loyalty will be increased as the availability of the information as well as the supply management provided effectively. thus, the use of register tends to be important acknowledged by all the specialists. 135 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee electronic commerce can be divided into several classifications, such as: 1) “e-tailing” or “virtual storefronts” on websites with online catalogs, sometimes gathered into a “virtual mall”; 2) buying or selling on various websites and/or online marketplaces; 3) the gathering and use of demographic data through web contacts and social media; 4) electronic data interchange (edi), the business-tobusiness exchange of data; 5) e-mail and fax and their use as media for reaching prospective and established customers (for example, with newsletters); 6) business-to-business buying and selling; and 7) the security of business transactions. meanwhile, according to turban et al. (2012), electronic commerce is categorized into several types, namely: business to business, collaborative e-commerce, business to consumer, consumer to consumer, consumer to business, intra-organizational (or business to its employees), government to citizen, and mobile commerce (m-commerce). the operating system used in the e-commerce is already computerized. the buyers and sellers can do the transaction via internet or even webcam to chat each other. some of those online devices might help them to communicate directly. as the medium of communication, the use of register in doing the transaction between the seller and buyer is considered important to ease the communication. thus, it seems significant for the writers to identify linguistic features in the english electronic commerce websites. method the linguistic features analysis on this study is based on the combination of qualitative and quantitative analysis methodology which deals with the examination of some linguistic features by employing the descriptive method in analyzing the data. this is due to the fact that the purpose of this study is describing the phenomena systematically and accurately. qualitative methods in this present study involve description and analysis whereas quantitative methodology used only to count the recurring features analyzed in the data. the data analysis in this present research will be based on the framework of systemic functional linguistics (sfl) as developed by halliday and hasan (1989) who identify three variables of situation that affect the way people use register, namely: field of discourse, tenor of discourse, and mode of discourse. the data will be analyzed as follows: 1. field of discourse which includes: a. experiential domain b. goal orientation (short term vs. long term) c. social activity 2. tenor of discourse which involves the role relationships among the participants which varies according to: a. agentive role b. social role (hierarchic vs. nonhierarchic) c. social distance (minimal vs. maximal) 3. mode of discourse which consists of three main concepts, namely: a. language role (ancillary vs. constitutive) b. channel (graphic vs. phonic) c. medium (spoken vs. written) results and discussion field of discourse the field of discourse refers to the topic of the linguistic exchange. the field of discourse analysis in this present study will include three main discussions, namely: 1) experiential domain, 2) goal orientation, and 3) social activity. experiential domain the attention of this experiential siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 136 domain analysis is only given to the numbers of recurrent specific lexis which are commonly used in the english commerce websites due to the fact that lexis features analysis is one of the most salient features of the register. the analysis of the lexis of the english commerce websites discusses the four major types of word classes, that is, noun, verb, adjective, as well as acronym. (1) www.ebuy.com/appliances/n technical details: § shipping: free standard int’l postage. § shipping is by priority mail. § international items may be subject to customs processing and additional charges. § delivery: varies for items shipped from an international location. § seller ships within 1 day after receiving cleared payment. § payments: paypal. § returns: 14 days, buyer pays return shipping. § expedited flat-rate shipping with tracking number 2-5 days. note: · bold indicates single-word nouns. · underline indicates compound nouns. one of the most important categories of words that occur in the data is nouns which serve the function as the chief or head in the structure of a sentence. as seen in the example (1), there are two vast majority categories of nouns, that is, single-word nouns and compound nouns. in total, there are three hundreds and twenty four (324) nouns identified in this study which consist of two hundreds and sixteen (216) single-word nouns and one hundred and eight (108) compound nouns. in the category of single-word nouns, it is found that there are two forms defined, namely: singular form, such as price, sale, warranty, brand, item, shipping, product, delivery, seller, and so forth; and plural form, such as policies, payments, returns, and so on. in addition, there is also found the category of compound nouns, such as one-day shipping, a-to-z guarantee, paypal, flat-rate shipping, and many others. the amount of nouns found in the analyzed data functions as the technical terms which are commonly used in the commerce field. the meaning of each feature might be distinctively interpreted by two different communities (i.e., common people vs. commerce community) as those two communities have their own interpretations. the table below provides the numbers of nouns that appear in the analyzed data. these numbers are only distributed from the recurrent specific nouns which are commonly used in the commerce field. table 1. occurrences of nouns no category of nouns occurrences 1. single-word nouns 216 2. compound nouns 108 instance (2) is also exemplified to illustrate how types of verbs in the category of field of discourse can describe the context of situation. (2) www.amazon.com/grocery & gourmet food/v technical details: § shipping on orders over $35. § ships from and sold by amazon.com. § order within 15 hrs 19 mins from now. § pay as low as $10.19 and never run out with subscribe & save. § save 5% when you subscribe to regular deliveries of this item. § no commitments, no obligations, and shipping is free. 137 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee § buy one lipton tea, get one 50% off. § for a limited time, save up to 50% on your second purchase. note: · bold indicates single-word verbs. · underline indicates phrasal verbs. like noun, the other most important categories of words are verbs, which is the most complex part of speech since it has crucial function in determining the different forms of sentences (i.e., interrogatives, statements, questions, imperatives, exclamations) when it is linked with noun. in the category of verbs, there are two major types of verbs defined in this study, that is, single-word verbs and phrasal-word verbs. in total, there are two hundreds and ninety eight (298) verbs identified, which consist of one hundred and eighty six (186) single-word verbs and one hundred and twelve (112) phrasalword verbs. the high frequency of the specific recurrent verbs used in the analyzed data largely indicating the technical action process which are commonly used in the commerce field. the language use functions mostly in the form of statements and least in the form of imperatives. in the category of singleword verbs, some terms are found such as order, pay, purchase, save, buy, consume, and so on. accordingly, some verbs found in the category phrasal-word verbs are shipping on, shipping from, run out with, get off, save up, and many more. the following table provides the number of verbs that occur in the analyzed data. these numbers are only distributed from the recurrent specific verbs which are commonly used in the commerce field. table 2, occurrences of verbs no category of verbs occurrences 1. single-word verbs 186 2. phrasal-word verbs 112 illustration (3) is given to show how adjective in the category of field of discourse can be used to analyze the context of situation. (3) www.ebuy.com/clothing & accessories/adj technical details: § retails for $32.00. shipping: free standard int’l postage. § if for some reason a color or size is unavailable you will be notified right away so you can pick another color or receive a refund. § shipping is by us priority mail and only $6.95 and $2.99 for an additional item. § buy used and save 42% off the $19.99 price in limited time. § international buyers: import duties, taxes and charges are not included in the item price or shipping cost. from the illustration above, the use of adjectives in the form of both positive and negative is also identified. the negation mark of prefixes uses two kinds of prefixes, for example the prefixes (un-) as in ‘unavailable’ and (not-) as in ‘not included’. some of the adjectives found in the analyzed data are available, unavailable, confidence, detailed, substantial, subtle, fit, limited, precise, additional, not included, new, original, unused, regular, resistant, free, standard, and so forth. the table below shows the numbers of adjectives occurred in the analyzed data. these numbers are only distributed from the recurrent specific adjectives which are commonly used in the commerce field. siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 138 table 3. occurrences of adjectives no category of adjectives occurrences 1 adjectives without negative prefixes 67 2 adjectives with negative prefixes 25 example (4) is also given to describe how acronym in the field of discourse plays its role in identifying the register within the context of situation being used. (4) www.ebuy.com/electronics/acr technical details: § shipping: $20.15 (approx. idr 220,170.73) usps first class mail intl/first class package intl service. § seller ships within 1 day after receiving cleared payment. product details: § model info and item model number: syd-55a § asin: b008xm3caw § upc: 041000326654 § item model number: laps 110 product description: § weighing about 35 pounds, the etl/ cetl-approved, with rear-venting. § connects to any 120-volt outlet. acronyms are other instances of feature found in the register which recur in the commerce field. both sellers and buyers will share the same frame of reference of pointing the objects they involve with and have the same commerce knowledge in defining the reference of each acronym. some acronyms identified above are asin, laps, upc, idr, usps, syd, etl/cetl, and many other. the table below shows the numbers of acronyms that recur in the analyzed data. table 4. occurrences of acronyms occurrences acronyms 53 goal orientation the purpose of doing the technical action process in such buying-selling transactions in the commerce field is considered high since the transactions need an immediate attention to be done. therefore, the purpose of giving instructions or technical commands as well as technical information is also considered high in order to make the technical action process well completed. thus, the goal orientation is mostly considered as a long term goal orientation. the instance below shows the connection among those three goal orientation of language associated by sellers and buyers in communicating their transaction. (5) www.ebuy.com/grocery & gourmet food technical details: § price: $11.99 ($45 / count) § gift-wrap available. § shipping: $12.15 (approx. idr148,170.73) usps first class mail intl/first class package intl service. § international items may be subject to customs processing and additional charges § seller ships within 1 day after receiving cleared payment.. § in stock. § please note the delivery estimate is greater than 9 business days. § please allow additional time if international delivery is subject to customs processing. § payments: paypal § returns: hassle-free returns. 30 days money back, you pay return shipping, 10% restocking fee may apply. § view shipping rates and policies. 139 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee note: · underline indicates the technical information. · bold indicates the technical commands. · italic indicates the technical action process. social activity the participants in the data analyzed (i.e., sellers and buyers) are involved in the exchange of the transactions when they are communicating such particular topic of transactions dealt in the commerce transactions which function as technical information, technical commands, and technical action processes. all the activities socially represent the communicative need from each transaction, both for sellers (i.e. to promote, to sell, to offer, etc) and for buyers (i.e., to buy or to purchase, to order, to book, etc). tenor of discourse the tenor of discourse refers to the role relationship between the participants. the tenor of discourse analysis in this present study will involve several discussions, such as agentive role, social role, and social distance. agentive role the agentive role among participants is said to be equal as they are business clients between seller (or supplier) and buyer (or customer). all participants share the same reference of words that are specific to the field which function as technical terms used as their communicative tool, such as the use of nouns, verbs, adjectives, and acronyms. social role in this social role analysis, the attention is given to the analysis of the level of hierarchic and non-hierarchic of the participants (i.e., seller and buyer) as one of the important factors in determining the participants select the language. illustration (6) shows how tenor of discourse plays its role in defining register within the context of situation being used. (6) www.ebuy.com/clothing & accessories technical details: § if for some reason a color or size is unavailable you will be notified right away so you can pick another color or receive a refund. § please note the delivery system within workdays. § international buyers: import duties, taxes and charges are not included in the item price or shipping cost. these charges are the buyer’s responsibility. § please check with your country’s customs office. § first class international on average takes 4 weeks, however it can be longer, it depends on your country and on customs. § please allow additional time to customs processing. § item will be shipped immediately on the same or next business days. note: · bold indicates the use of politeness marker. · underline indicates the use of formal address form. · italic indicates the use of formal form of pronoun. · bold-italic indicates the use of formal form of modal verb. in this situation, the participants have the same level of understanding in communicating the transaction. the seller seems to be dominant in promoting and giving the advantages toward the products they offer within the text analyzed. whereas the buyer siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 140 seem to be given privilege to choose the particular product of many options available. from data analyzed above, the social role between participants is considered non-hierarchic as the language role used highly promoting some products where the participation from buyer is extremely welcomed. the language role tends to be formal as seen in such sentences, namely: the use of politeness marker ‘please’; the use of formal address form ‘buyer’; the use of formal form of pronoun ‘you’ instead of saying ‘guys’, ‘dude’, etc; as well as the use of formal form of modal verb ‘will’ which is not contracted into (‘ll). social distance the social distance of participants within the interaction as illustrated in (10) tends to be formal as influenced by the communicative need from each participant. for instance, the seller communicating the promotion uses formal expressions, such as the use of politeness marker ‘please’ as defined in the sentence “please note the delivery system within workdays”, and so forth. the use of formal address form ‘buyer’ also represents the formality of language role, as in the sentence “……..these charges are the buyer’s responsibility.” also, the use of formal form of pronoun ‘you’ as well as the use of formal form of modal verb ‘will’ which is not contracted into (‘ll) identify the formality of its language role. in conclusion, the social distance relied between participants (i.e., seller and buyer) is considered to be minimal as they communicate each other intensively and with no boundary of time and distance since they can communicate easily via internet connection where the websites as its medium of communication. mode of discourse the mode of discourse refers to the way in which the exchange is transmitted. the mode of discourse analysis in this present study will include three main discussions, that is, language role, channel, and medium. language role the attention given to this language role analysis will be on the occurrences of tense and voice identified in the data. in the tense analysis, as far as tense is concerned, present tense may be regarded as the ‘unmarked’ form of the analysis, as it represents a high frequency of all the occurrences of verbs marked for tense. in the voice analysis, the active voice would be regarded also as the ‘unmarked’ form of the analysis since it serves high amount of occurrences of verbs marked for voice. example (7) shows how mode of discourse describes the register within the context of situation being used. (7) www.ebuy.com/industrial and scientific technical details: § if for some reason a color or size is unavailable you will be notified right away so you can pick another color or receive a refund. § international items may be subject to customs processing and additional charges. § international buyers: import duties, taxes and charges are not included in the item price or shipping cost. please check with your country's customs office to determine what these additional costs will be prior to bidding or buying. § first class international on average takes 4 weeks, however it can be longer, it depends on your country and on customs. § priority mail international takes on average 10 business days, 20% restocking fee may apply. 141 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee note: · bold indicates the future simple. · underline indicates the present simple with modal verbs ‘can’ and ‘may’. in example (7) above, the tense analysis focuses on the analysis of the ‘marked’ tenses except present tenses. the tense analysis defines two kinds of major forms, that is, future simple and present simple with modal. the first form is the future simple form which is indicated by the use of modal ‘will’ and excessively used in the language role of technical commands. second form is the present simple with modal verbs which is marked by the form of modal verbs ‘may’ and ‘can’. the modal verbs are directly followed by either the copular verb of ‘be’ or ‘present form of verb’. this second form is mainly used in the language role represents technical action process. in conclusion, the language role used in this tense analysis is said to be constitutive in the technical action process and tends to be ancillary in the technical command. the table below shows the occurrences of “non-present” tenses. table 5. occurrences of “non-present” tenses occurrences future simple 35 present simple with modal verbs ‘can’ & ‘may’ 27 instance (8) also shows how mode of discourse describes the register within the context of situation being used. (8) www.amazon.com/health and personal care technical details: § ships from and sold by amazon. com. § item can be shipped only within the u.s. § item will be shipped immediately on the same workdays. § holidays are excluded from the shipping service with tracking number 2-5 days. § international buyers: import duties, taxes and charges are not included in the item price or shipping cost. § you will be notified immediately as soon as your request. § qualifying items offered by amazon.com when you purchase 2 § delivery can be delayed because of customs in your country. note: · bold indicates the present simple. · underline indicates the present simple with modal verb ‘can’. · italic indicates the future simple. the voice analysis in the above instance focuses only on the discussion of passive voice analysis. thus, the active voice is regarded as the ‘unmarked’ voice. as seen in instance (8), the voice analysis identifies three kinds of passive voice tenses forms, namely: the present simple; the present simple with modal verb ‘can’; and the future simple. all of the forms are also excessively indicated the technical action process. both of constitutive and ancillary language role play in the technical action process. the table below shows the occurrences of passive voice in the voice analysis. table 6. occurrences of passive voice occurrences present simple 27 present simple with modal verb ‘can’ 20 future simple 25 channel the channel in this present research is all on the graphic mode which is then analyzed. the graphic mode of siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 142 the register in the commerce field is taken from the two biggest electronic commerce websites, that is, www. amazon.com and www.ebuy.com which english is used as its basis of the medium of communication. those websites are then analyzed from several categories, such as appliances, clothing and accessories, grocery and gourmet food, automotive, electronics, industrial and scientific, as well as health and personal care. medium the medium of the register of the english electronic commerce websites is in written, with a visual contact and excessively characterized by the use of endophoric reference (this, the, and it); and the use of pronouns (you and your). it is observed that language role used in communicating among others reflects and expresses the aspects of the context in which the language is used. one of the differences is certainly the vocabulary. with respect to the field of discourse, findings in the experiential domain analysis have shown that the use of lexis is a vast major occurred in the data. it is mentioned that all terms of register which are commonly used in the electronic commerce websites function as technical terms used in discussing its specialty. there are six types of technical terms found in the analysis, namely: 1) the single-word nouns; 2) the compound nouns; 3) the singleword verbs; 4) the phrasal-word verbs; 5) the adjectives; and 6) the acronyms. the goal orientation found in the data is mostly considered as a long term goal orientation with the purpose of the language selected by participant appears in three major kinds of goal orientations, that is, the technical action process, technical command, and technical information. the social activity is exchange for both sellers (i.e. to promote, to sell, to offer) and for buyers (i.e., to buy or to purchase, to order). with respect to the tenor of discourse, the agentive role between participants is said to be equal as they are seller (or supplier) and buyer (or customer). in the social role analysis, the social role between participants is considered non-hierarchic. the language role used by the seller is highly promoting some products where the participation from buyer is extremely welcomed. the seller excessively uses formal expressions, such as the use of politeness marker ‘please’ in communicating the promotion. the social distance between participants is considered minimal as they communicate each other intensively and with no boundary of time and distance since they can communicate easily via internet connection. with respect to the mode of discourse, the language role selected by participants is largely in the formal form which functions as both constitutive and ancillary language role. there are two major forms of ‘non-present’ tenses identified in tense analysis, that is, future simple and present simple with modal verb. in the voice analysis, there are three major forms of passive voice, namely: present simple; present simple with modal verbs; and future simple. the channel is all on the graphic mode. the medium of the register of the english electronic commerce websites is in written, with a visual contact, and excessively characterized by the use of endophoric reference (this, the, and it); and the use of pronouns (you and your). conclusion with respect to the three variables of situation used to analyze the register, the following are several conclusions drawn from the findings and discussions in the previous chapter: 1. in the field of discourse, the linguistic features are largely appeared in the experiential domain analysis 143 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee which shows that all terms of registers which are commonly used in the english electronic commerce websites function as technical terms used in discussing their specialty, of which the two major forms of nouns and verbs (i.e., single-word and compound/phrasal word forms) were the most frequent categories of technical terms identified among other kinds of technical terms. the goal orientation is considered to be as a long term goal orientation and the social activity is exchange. 2. in the tenor of discourse, the linguistic features are highly appeared in the social distance analysis which shows that the social distance between participants is considered minimal and largely exists in the formal language. the agentive role is said to be equal and the social role is considered as non-hierarchic. 3. in the mode of discourse, the linguistic features are excessively occurred in the language role analysis which exists largely in the formal form of both constitutive and ancillary language role. the channel is in graphic mode. the medium is in written with a visual contact as its device. the present research only stresses on the analysis of register in the english electronic commerce websites where the identification of linguistic features which are used in correlation with the field, tenor and mode of discourse becomes its main focus. it is recommended for those interested in investigating the role of conversational discourse study related to understanding and addressing cross-cultural communication to do some more research on register by identifying some other linguistic features which are used in correlation to the variables of situations. for further research, it is advised specifically to scholars in indonesia to do some more investigations on register in such other fields or interests by looking at the theoretical underpinnings of an interactional sociolinguistic approach. it is aimed as they can have more understanding of how language works to create and communicate meaning in interaction of particular groups of people. this study only takes account of the parameter of register in relation to the context of situation in sociolinguistic point of view. hence, it is suggested for further researchers to also link other perspectives, such as translation methodology, esp angles, corpus-based approach and so forth. references anderson, w. j. (2006). the phraseology of administrative french: a corpus-based study. international journal of corpus linguistics, 13(1), 128-134. berglin, i. t. (2009). “really? you’re gonna say ‘tunes’?”: the functions of register clashes in the television drama series “gilmore girls”. (thesis). malardalen university. biber, d. & edward f. (1994). sociolinguistics perspectives on register. new york: oxford university press, 104-135. brunelle, m. (2009). contact-induced change? register in three cham dialects. journal of the southeast asian linguistics society, 2, 1-22. halliday, m. a. k. & hasan. r. (1989). language, context and text: aspects of language in a social-semiotic perspective. london: oxford university press. holmes, j. (2007). an introduction to sociolinguistics. london: longman. jankowski, b. (2006). the s-vs of-genitive in standard canadian english: grammatical change or register change? university of toronto, 1-12. legrier, o. v., bernicot, j., & bert, e. a. (2009). electronic mail, a new writtenlanguage register: a study with frenchspeaking adolescents. british journal of developmental psychology, 27, 163–181. olateju, m. a., & yusuf, y. k. (2006). backchannel communication in ola rotimi’s our husband has gone mad siti nurani, risa mufliharsi & larisa yohanna linguistic features analysis 144 again. nordic journal of african studies, 15(4), 520-535. romaine, s. (2000). language in society: an introduction to sociolinguistics. oxford university press. stojicic, v. (2004). sociolinguistic stimuli to development of the english lexicon– language contact and social need. linguistics and literature, 3(1), 29-36. trudgill, p. (1996). sociolinguistics: an introduction to language and society. harmondsworth: penguin. turban e., david k, lee j., liang t. p., turban d. (2012). web inteligence and e commerce. new jersey: prentice-hall. wong, j. 2010. internet marketing for beginners. indonesian edition. jakarta : pt. elex media komputindo. wardhaugh, r. (1997). introduction to sociolinguistics. oxford: blackwell publishers. investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners noor hanim rahmat academy of language studies uitm johor branch, pasir gudang campus, malaysia e-mail: patanim@gmail.com sharifah amani bte syed abdul rahman academy of language studies uitm johor branch, pasir gudang campus, malaysia e-mail: shari348@johor.uitm.edu.my d rohayu mohd yunos academy of language studies uitm johor branch, pasir gudang campus, malaysia e-mail: droha932@johor.uitm.edu.my apa citation: rahmat, n. h., rahman, s. a. b. s. a,., & yunos, d. r. m. (2015). investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 139-144 received: 10-04-2015 accepted: 03-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this quantitative study looked into class discussion strategies used by adult esl learners. findings revealed several benefits of class discussions for adult learners. among some of them are, adult learners practice turn-taking skills in a non-combative environment. the sharing of ideas allowed freedom of thoughts among the learners. on the other hand, adult learners also learn to agree or disagree politely using turn-taking strategies. finally, the benefits of class discussions may go beyond classroom needs such as improving critical thinking skills among learners. this ability is seen when learners participate in group work and discussions. learners gain accessibility to participate comfortably in discussions when they are pun in a non-combative environment. this will thus give them the freedom to discuss any topics openly. this freedom will further enhance their general participation in the discussion. however, in a normal conversational process, speakers need to learn to speak up and also to give others space to voice their opinions. learners need the knowledge of turn-taking skills in order to participate actively in the discussion. this turntaking skills can be taught in esl classrooms through class discussions. keywords: esl classroom, adult learners, class discussion strategies, general participation introduction according to bagaric and djigunovic (2007), outlined communicative competence models and concluded that the “competence to communicate” can be seen from many angles. with regards to malaysian esl learners, being able to communicate competently would be the ability to hold a conversation and be understood by the listener. hence knowing how to speak and successfully participating in class discussions may require different set of skills in the esl classroom. the objective of this study is to explore how adult learners behave during class discussions. the researcher will look into how students are influenced by class mailto:patanim@gmail.com mailto:shari348@johor.uitm.edu.my mailto:droha932@johor.uitm.edu.my noor hanim rahmat, sharifah amani bte syed abdul rahman & d rohayu mohd yunos investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners discussion, and also how their agreement and disagreement influence their participation. this study is based on the following questions: (1) is there any significant difference between gender for class discussion and general participation? (2) in what ways are students influenced by class discussion? (3) in what ways do students’ general participation influence class discussion? figure 1: class discussions general participation figure 1 above shows the theoretical framework of the study. during class discussions, esl learners are reported to use turn taking strategies to participate in the conversation. this research explores the turn taking strategies employed during general participation, when the learners want to show their agreement, as well as when they want to voice out their disagreement. according to barnes (2014), adults’ learning can be influenced by two factors and they are (a) the control factor and (b) the diversity factor. when faced with the control factor, adults have an innate need to have some mastery or control over their own lives. they need to be self-directed and take responsibility for themselves. they tend to strongly resent not being able to make choices. they want to take an active, rather than a passive role in their education. we need to seek ways to include them in the planning of their educational experience. we need to consider giving them choices in assignments and projects that will offer a variety of ways to show that learning has occurred. next, according to the diversity factor, adult learners vary greatly from one another in terms of experiences and age. the variety they bring to the classroom can greatly enhance the learning environment. by using collaborative efforts and group discussion or projects, adult learners can all benefit from their shared experiences. interactive dialogue facilitates increased solutions and options over simple private reflection. as educators, we must allow more time for networking among adult learners to share perspectives and experiences. in addition, we need to prepare our presentations to meet the needs of every learning style in the classroom. according to weimer (2011), there are several benefits of class discussions. firstly, class discussions with peers allow learners accessibility. learners are comfortable talking about issues with their peers no matter how serious or trivial the topics are. next, class discussions can be done in noncombative environment. for, example, when students answer or try to explain, teachers can see the extent of their english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee understanding. they can correct (or help the students correct) what the students haven’t got right or don’t see quite clearly. in addition to that, when teachers ask questions or otherwise seek student input over a topic, they are letting students know something about the importance of certain ideas and information.during class discussions, teachers may allow diversity of ideas when he/she picked controversial topics for discussion. planned class discussion can also allow students to practice cohesion and focus. participation gives students the chance to practice using a different vocabulary.finally, the academic yet friendly environment, may give the students a sense of trust that whatever they discussed openly was only done for the sake of discussion. the learners can feel safe in general discussions, or when they agree with certain issues or disagree over some controversial matters. class discussions allow real-world communication to take place. bagaric and djigunovic (2007 defined communicative competence as the ability to communicate in real life situations; instead of just the classroom settings. this does not only refer to the informal mode of communication, but also the use of different turn taking strategies for communication. firstly, the informal atmosphere during the class discussion encourage general participation among the learners. they learn certain skills like introducing a topic, bringing other people into a conversation, and if they are not capable of doing so, they learn from their group members how these skills are done. next, learners also learn to keep the discussion moving, give their opinion, or even get further information. the study by carlson (2006) looked at “honour”level 10th grade world history class at a public school in st. paul,minnesota. the research focused on students’ participation in classroom discussions. a survey was carried out and the data is compared with the learners’ grades to see if there were any relations participation, learning styles and overall assessment. findings suggested that the students with higher assessment scores were found to participate more in class. there were little correlation between learning styles and teachers’ participation ratings. davis (2013) looked at adult learners’ ability to participate in strategic classroom discussion. he explored the use of classroom discussion for extending critical thinking and content comprehension among students. the findings suggested that adult learners are self-directed and independent, with a wealth of experience from which to draw when learning, and a need to see immediate relevance in their education as it relates to their current social roles. they also found brainstorming of ideas useful as the activity could help them highlight key issues. they benefit from being directly involved in the development of their learning activities, and often seek help from others they see as more knowledgeable when they approach new tasks. method this is a qualitative research. participants are taken from adult distance learning degree classes. a questionnaire is used as the instrument. it has four sections: section a is the demographic profile, section b is the general participation, section c is the agreement and section d is the disagreement. analysis of data is done by spss to reveal significant differences and frequency of responses by the participants. noor hanim rahmat, sharifah amani bte syed abdul rahman & d rohayu mohd yunos investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners results & discussion research question 1-is there any significant difference between gender for class discussion participation, and general participation? class discussion table 2results of independent ttest comparing male and female in class discussion results independent t-test n x sd t p class discussion male 13 2.01 .66 .34 .74female 34 1.94 .62 *t-test significant is at .05 (2 tailed) table 2 indicates the result of mean score and standard deviation between male and female on class discussion. (x = 2.01) for male and (x = 1.94) for female. the independent t-test comparing between male and female reported that there is no statistically significant difference in the mean score (t (45) = .34), p = .74) at the 0.05 level. this means the participation of male or female learners will not influence the flow of the discussion. general participation table 3-results of independent ttest comparing male and female in general participation results independent t-test n x sd t p general participation male 13 2.00 .50 -1.91 .06female 34 2.28 .46 *t-test significant is at .05 (2 tailed) table 3 indicates the result of mean score and standard deviation between male and female in general participation. (x = 2.00) for male and (x = 2.28) for female. the independent t-test comparing between male and female reported that there is no statistically significant difference in the mean score (t (45) = -1.91), p = .06) at the 0.05 level. research question 2-in what ways are students influenced by class discussion? figure 4. percentage for class discussions english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee figure 4 above shows the percentage for class discussions for adult esl learners. the highest frequency among the participants is that they felt the topic that they discussed would be useful to them later (always-40.4%). this is followed by “listen to different to different opinion of others” (always34%). next, the participants agreed that class discussions allowed them to understand issues around them (very often-55.3%). they also felt that the discussions allowed them to discuss issues openly (very often-53.2%). these findings are agreed by barnes (2014) who also felt that adult learners benefit from the shared experience, hence, they value a variety of opinions and they felt topics brought up could be useful for them in the future. research question 3in what ways do general participation influence class discussion? figure 5. percentage for general participation figure 5 shows the percentage for general participation. this finding reveals that the adult participants felt that in a class discussion, introducing the topic is always (53.2%0) important. next, they also felt that the introduction of the topic at the beginning of the discussion, always (57.4%) helped them highlight key topics to be discussed. in addition to that, they felt very often (59.6%) allowed others to give their opinions. they also felt that by doing so, they allowed their peers to brainstorm ideas (very often57.4%). the study by davies (2013) also reported similar findings where adult learning used brainstorming activities to help them focus on key issues. conclusion figure 6 shows the summary of findings. this study reveals that very often, class discussions encourage learners to trust group members to listen to their opinions of issues, and allow the cohesion of many different opinions. it also encourages the introduction of a diversity of ideas in a non-combative environment. this non-threatening environment thus allows the accessibility of opinions among group members. in addition to that, through general participation, participants learn to bring in the opinion of other people. they also learn to seek clarification when they noor hanim rahmat, sharifah amani bte syed abdul rahman & d rohayu mohd yunos investigating turntaking strategies in class discussions among esl adult learners were unclear about certain issues. they also learnt to give opinions, introduce topics or even get further information in the group setting. subsequently, they also learn to interrupt conversations to get their opinion heard, or to keep their discussion moving. finally, they learnt to paraphrase another person’s idea as well as close the discussion. figure 6-summary of findings references barnes, l. (2014). achieving success with adult learners. retrieved from http://emarketing.delmarlearning.co m/milady/milady_news_fall05_classr oom.asp bagaric, v. & djigunnovic, j. m. (2007). defining communicative competence. metodika, 8(1) 94-103. retrieved from htt:// hrcak.srce.hr/file/42651. carlson, t. (2006). research on strategies to encourage greater discussions. retrieved from http://www.macalester.edu/educatio nreform/actionresearch/tommyc.pdf davis, h.s. (2013). discussion as a bridge: strategies that engage adolescent and adult learning styles in the postsecondary classroom. journal of the scholarship of teaching and learning, 13(1), 68 – 76. retrieved from http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej101 1682.pdf howard, j. r. (2004).what does research tell us about classroom discussion?” pages 2-8 in jay r. howard (editor). 2004. discussion in the college classroom: applications for sociology instruction. washington, dc: american sociological association. retrieved from http://digitalcommons.butler.edu/cgi /viewcontent.cgi?article=1163&contex t=facsch_papers murphy, p.k., wilkinson, a.g., soter,a.o. hennessey,n. and alexandar,j.f. (2009) examining the effects of classroom discussion on students’comprehension of text: a meta-analysis. journal of educational psychology, 2009, vol. 101, no. 3, 740 – 764 octavio, l. (2012) turn-taking: whose turn is it anyway? retrieved from http://www.luizotaviobarros.com/20 12/02/turn-taking.html weimer, m. (2011). 10 benefits of getting students to participate in classroom discussions.from “uses for participation. the teaching professor, 23(9). retrieved from http://www.facultyfocus.com/articles /teaching-and-learning/10-benefits-ofgetting-students-to-participate-inclassroom-discussions/ class discussion 1. trust 2. cohesion and focus 3. diversity 4. non-combative 5. assessibility general partcipation 1.bringing in other people 2. seeking clarificaction 3. giving an opinion 4. introducing a topic 5. getting further information 6. interrupting 7. keeping the discussion moving 8. paraphrasing another person's idea 9. closing the discussion http://emarketing.delmarlearning.com/milady/milady_news_fall05_classroom.asp http://digitalcommons.butler.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1163&context=facsch_papers http://www.facultyfocus.com/articles/teaching-and-learning/10-benefits-of-getting-students-to-participate-in-classroom-discussions/ endang darsih indonesian efl teachers’ perception 192 indonesian efl teachers’ perception on the implementation of 2013 english curriculum endang darsih department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education, the university of kuningan, indonesia email: she_n2@yahoo.com apa citation: darsih, e. (2014). indonesian efl teachers’ perception on the implementation of 2013 english curriculum. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 192-199 received: 15-03-2014 accepted: 27-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: since 2014-2015 academic year, the ministry of education and culture of republic of indonesia finally decided to implement the 2013 curriculum. restoring character education and improving students’ creative thinking are the main reasons of the new curriculum development. this study employed teachers’ understanding and perception on the implementation of 2013 english curriculum and identified problems encountered by the teachers in implementing the 2013 english curriculum. through qualitative design, the study was conducted at one of vocational high schools in kuningan, west java. this study reveals that the teacher’s understanding toward 2013 curriculum is quite close to the basic principles of the curriculum and most of teachers claim that the new curriculum cannot be easily implemented at the moment since they find several problems in implementing 2013 english curriculum. they got difficulties in applying new learning revolution, developing assessment rubrics and the shortage of english duration at school will not ensure to improve students’ competence. it also recommended that the teachers should put more efforts on applying the 2013 curriculum in the teaching and learning process by joining any training, workshop and improve their creativity and adapt to the advance of knowledge and technology. keywords: 2013 english curriculum, teachers’ understanding, teachers’ perception this 2014-2015 academic year, government finally decided to implement the new designed curriculum, the 2013 curriculum. thousands of schools, ranging from elementary (sd), junior high (smp), and senior high (sma) schools have participated in the try out. this curriculum was officially launched on 15 july 2014 starting with first, fourth, seventh and 10th graders. the main reasons to justify the implementation of the new curriculum is because the government wants to restore character education and improve students’ creative thinking. the 2013 curriculum is still new for our society because it has just been implemented this year, so there is not yet research reports related to the 2013 curriculum. however, the 2013 curriculum is the development introduction the indonesian ministry of education and culture has made some curriculum adjustments which consider certain points such as what students should learn, how is the content and learning sequences given to the students, and how will the lesson started (hartoyo, 2011). this adjustment consequently changed the previous curriculum called kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan (ktsp) or school based curriculum (sbc) with the new one called the 2013 curriculum. here, curriculum is a set of plans and rules about goals, contents, and learning materials as well as the way of using it as guidance for implementation of learning activities aimed at a specific goal national education standardized institution (bsnp, 2006). 193 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee or perfection of ktsp or school-based curriculum, therefore some previous research on school-based curriculum are taken in this study. one of the studies was conducted by the indonesian curriculum research centre, which is a government agency under the department of the national education (pusat kurikulum, 2007 in sulfasyah, 2013). the purpose of the study was to monitor the implementation of the ktsp in primary, junior high and senior high schools at the national level. the study was conducted in the capital cities of 33 provinces across indonesia. data were collected from four different sources: the department of education both at the provincial and district level, school principals, teachers, and parents from school boards. using questionnaires, interviews, observations and document analysis, this study revealed that most of the schools involved had not implemented the ktsp effectively. in addition to this research, several teacher researchers (jayani, 2008; rochminah, 2008 in sulfasyah, 2013) have investigated the use of new teaching approaches, which reflect some of the underlying pedagogical concepts outlined in the ktsp, such as contextual teaching and learning, cooperative and collaborative work and discovery learning. these studies were undertaken in senior high schools and focused on particular subject areas, such as mathematics and science. they found that where teachers had used the new teaching approaches, there was evidence of improved learning outcomes for their students. thus, this research suggests there may be some areas and disciplines where implementation of the schoolbased ktsp has been relatively effective. the last, the research conducted by directorate general of teacher quality improvement (dirjen pmptk), ministry of national education on the school-based curriculum (ktsp) implementation in schools in central java year 2010, it was found that there were a number of obstacles in the implementation of ktsp. they are : (1) the insufficient number of media and instructional aids to support the implementation of ktsp; (2) teachers do not sufficiently and thoroughly understand ktsp; (3) insufficient numbers of workshops, guidance, and reference in developing ktsp; (4) insufficient time allocation and students’ study load; (5) too many variations of materials given by trainers in ktsp training; (6) training for teachers in rural areas need to be intensified (hartoyo, 2011). the ministry of education and culture states that 2013 curriculum, a means of integrating values systems, knowledge and skills, has orientation on developing the learners’ competencies, the changing of teaching-learning methodology towards teachinglearning process which gives priorities on the learning experiences through observing, inquiring, associating, and communicating so as to enhance the values of competitiveness and build prime characters. to achieve all of these, the teaching methodology involves not only exploration, elaboration, confirmation, but also observation, inquiry, analysis, reasoning, description, inference, evaluation and creation (kemendikbud, 2012: 25 in srijono, 2013: 59). according to richards (1985: 70) curriculum is an educational program in which it is: (a) the educational purpose of the program (the ends); (b) the content, teaching procedures and learning experiences which will be necessary to achieve this purpose (the means); (c) some means for assessing whether or not the educational ends have been achieved. brown (1995: 19) defines curriculum as a series of activities that contribute to the growth of consensus among the staff, endang darsih indonesian efl teachers’ perception 194 faculty, administration, and students. this series of curriculum activities will provide a framework that helps teachers to accomplish whatever combination of teaching activities is most suitable in their professional judgment for a given situation, that is, a framework that helps the students to learn as efficiently and effectively as possible in the given situation. the question is whether this 2013 curriculum can fulfill public’s needs and expectation or not. whether it can play a role in improving the quality of education in indonesia or not. again, although curriculum is an essential element in determining the education quality, there are other factors that we should consider like teachers’ professionalism, supports of society and environment, as well as media. it is impossible to achieve high quality education by solely depending on a good curriculum without the support of those other factors. considering the explanation above, therefore, the writer has investigated one of vocational high schools in kuningan. it intends to portray the implementation of the 2013 english curriculum. this study was sought to do the following: 1) to find out teachers’ understanding toward the 2013 english curriculum, 2) to find out teachers’ perception on the 2013 english curriculum, and 3) to find out problems faced by teachers in implementing the 2013 english curriculum. the result of the study provides teachers and administrators as well as government with empirical evidence on the implementation of 2013 curriculum and its benefits. further, the result of the research is expected to give a valuable contribution in developing the teaching of english based on 2013 curriculum. it is also expected to be a foundation of making policies for the school’s authorities to improve the quality of their professions. method the research is conducted in qualitative design because it investigates a phenomenon which is described by cresswell (1994) as an approach which inquires often makes knowledge claims based primarily on constructivist perspectives. the researcher physically goes to the people, setting, site or institution to interview or record in its natural setting. the research was conducted in one of state vocational high schools in kuningan because this school is trying out this curriculum. besides, the writer has an easy access to the school; she was graduated from this vocational high school so she is interested in doing the research. two english teachers are chosen as the sample of the research because they teach the first graders in which 2013 curriculum is tried out. in collecting the data, the research used two instruments. they were questionnaires and interview. the questionnaire was distributed to gain the data about the teachers’ perception on the implementation of 2013 english curriculum. there are ten closed questions which were answered by the teachers. it used likert-scale which consists of a group of statements that should be marked by the teachers. there are three responses category: s (setuju/ agree), n (netral/neutral), ts (tidak setuju/diagree) if he does not agree. for more detailed of the statements, it can be seen in appendix. the researcher asked feedback from the colleague in the school to get the validity of the questionnaire. the interview format used was open-ended questions which allow the respondents to give totally free answers. two english teachers of the first graders are interviewed by using indonesian language and english. they were asked several questions related to the implementation of 2013 english curriculum. 195 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee interview and questionnaires were administered at the same time; on the first of may 2014. the data of interview is then transcribed which is finally analyzed and interpreted. so does questionnaire. most of the interviews were conducted in english. nevertheless there were a number of occasions whereby bahasa indonesia is used as the respective respondents felt more comfortable using the language. each interview took approximately 30 minutes, was audio-tapped and then transcribed by the interview as soon as possible. the data taken from interview and questionnaires were analyzed qualitatively. since the topic is about 2013 curriculum, so the focus of analysis is on its components; how teachers comprehend goals or objectives, content, method and evaluation or assessment based on 2013 curriculum. the writer also analyzes the problems faced by teachers in implementing this 2013 curriculum. results and discussion the purpose of this study is to portray the implementation of 2013 curriculum in teaching of english. the following are the findings of this study: teachers’ understanding based on the interview, it is found that teacher’s understanding about 2013 curriculum is quite close to the basic principles of 2013 curriculum. their answers to the questions are closely related to the extant theories of the curriculum. regarding definition and objectives of 2013 curriculum, from the interview, reveals that teachers know well about 2013 curriculum including the objectives of the curriculum. it is also found that the implementation of 2013 curriculum has its purpose to build a prime character of learners as well as knowledge and skills in order to encourage and prepare the learners to play their roles in society positively and meaningfully because both teachers think that the previous curriculum only focuses on improvement of knowledge and skill or cognitive aspect and not pay more attention on attitude and students’ creative thinking. background of 2013 curriculum based on the interview, it is found that both teachers have same understanding about background of 2013 curriculum implementation. it is revealed from the interview: “sebetulnya tidak hanya pada degradasi moral saja, menurut penelitian bahwa keberhasilan seseorang di kemudian hari sangat dipengaruhi oleh penanaman sikap dan pola asuh yang ditanamkan sebelumnya. misalnya orang yang secara akademik dia bagus, tapi ternyata tidak memiliki sikap kreatif, sikap kreatif itu tidak bisa hanya diperoleh dengan transfer knowledge, sikap baik ditanamkan tidak ujug-ujug atau tiba-tiba, tapi butuh proses, sehingga sejak awal pemerintah berupaya untuk menciptakan warga yang kreatif, inovatif, dan produktif. itu landasan filosofisnya yang saya tahu. pendidikan terlalu menitikberatkan pada pengetahuan atau aspek kognitif dan kurang bermuatan karakter yang mendalam”. “actually, not only the moral degradation, according to research that person’s success in later life is strongly influenced by the cultivation of attitudes and parenting is implanted previously. for example, people who are academically good, but he did not has a creative attitude that can not be obtained only by the transfer of knowledge, good attitude instilled not suddenly, but it takes the process, so that from the outset the government is attempting to create a creative, innovative, and productive citizen. it was a philosophical foundation that i know. education is too focused on cognitive aspects and knowledge or lack of character depth charged”. endang darsih indonesian efl teachers’ perception 196 it indicates that the background of 2013 curriculum is the importance of good character of students; therefore the 2013 curriculum is aimed at preparing students who are creative, innovative, productive and “berakhlak mulia”. students who are academically good do not ensure that they have good attitude and excellent characters. this attitude is not coming immediately, it needs process. good attitude and characters can’t be taught just by transferring knowledge, but it need the real model, therefore it is a must for teachers to have four important competencies namely pedagogical competence, social competence, professional competence, and personality competence. teachers should be a good model for their students. approach and method according to permendikbud no. 81a tahun 2013, it is stated that the process of learning in 2013 curriculum is conducting by concerning five main learning experiences: observing, questioning, collecting information, associating, and communicating. what teachers said in the interview is in line with this principle as stated in the following: “...dari konten tidak ada perbedaan yang signifikan, cuma yang lebih menonjol dalam kurikulum 2013 adalah scientific approach itu. selama ini ketika mendengar ktsp tidak diekplisitkan anak itu harus mengalami observing, questioning, exploring, associating, communicating or networking”. (“... of the content no significant difference, just more prominent in the curriculum of 2013 is the scientific approach. during this time when listening ktsp, does not explicitly have to go through observing, questioning, exploring, associating, communicating or networking”.) assessment based on the interview, revealed that both teachers have similar understanding about assessment. they comprehend that assessment must be authentic. it means that teacher must observe, assess a real student’s ability, not only in the end of the process of learning, but while the process, even in the pre activity. teachers’ perception perception in this study is defined as what teachers think and feel about the 2013 curriculum based on their experiences in implementing it. it is found from the questionnaire; teachers think that although the 2013 curriculum is just a modification from a previous curriculum, 2013 curriculum and its implementation are still confusing so it is hard to be implemented at the moment. they have such a perception since they rarely join a kind of training or workshop dealing with the 2013 curriculum. it is revealed from the interview: teacher: “untuk pelatihan tentang kurikulum 2013 pernah, saya pernah mengikuti sosialisasi kurikulum 2013 kalau tidak salah baru sekali.” (“for the 2013 curriculum training ever, i’ve followed the socialization of 2013 curriculum i think it was only once.” it is also found from the questionnaire that both teachers agree that socialization is a prominent effort to determine the success of the 2013 curriculum. this implies that though 2013 curriculum is not a new curriculum, it is still confusing especially for those who are lack of understanding of this curriculum. it indicates that socialization of the 2013 curriculum is crucial to conduct frequently. in other words, the socialization of the 2013 197 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee curriculum is an urgent need to conduct to make teachers familiar with the new features which do not exists in the previous curriculum. nevertheless, the two teachers think that 2013 curriculum is most appropriate curriculum to be implemented in indonesia nowadays regarding the recent conditions of indonesia. it is revealed from the interview: teacher: “i do agree with the implementation of 2013 curriculum, but it must be adjusted in some things. i don’t think by available textbook it will kill teacher’s creativity as many people said, because the team writing the book is eligible. but i think that the textbook is not the only source for the teacher, teacher must enrich their knowledge, for example they can download the material from internet to adjust with the real life. mastery of technology is a must for teacher.” from other questionnaire’s items, it is found that pre-service teacher #1 and pre-service teacher #2 have the same opinion. both agree that curriculum is a compulsory reference or guidance in the teaching-learning process. however they think that 2013 curriculum cannot be used to solve any problem of education in indonesia. these indicate that curriculum is an absolute requirement for education at school. it cannot be apart from education or instruction. since education is a deliberate effort, a plan is needed to guide the effort and the term ‘curriculum’ generally refers to this plan. the last is about assessment. from the questionnaire’s item number eight it is found that both teachers agree that they find it hard to apply authentic assessment. they were accustomed to assess the final product by giving students tests, assignments and so on. now, based on 2013 curriculum they are pushed to assess students’ competency comprehensively, they not only assess students knowledge but also their attitude, behavior and performance through observations and rubrics. this is quite difficult for teacher because of lack of preparation. probably when the format or rubrics are provided by school or government it will help teachers in applying authentic assessment. it is revealed from the interview: teacher: “in 2013 curriculum assessment must be authentic. it means that teacher must observe, assess a real students ability, not only in the end of the process of learning, but while the process, even in the pre activity, for example we have to prepare material, state the objective or goal, teacher process must be met with the objective that he/she want to accomplish. in short, both teachers have similar perception on 2013 curriculum. in general, their perception indicates that the two teachers agree but still doubtful in implementing 2013 curriculum. in addition, most of teachers face difficulties in applying authentic assessment. in one side, they agree that applying 2013 curriculum, as a reference and guidance in teaching-learning process, is appropriate in indonesia nowadays regarding the recent conditions of indonesia. problems based on the interview, it is found that there are three problems faced by the teachers in implementing 2013 curriculum. first, it is quite hard to apply authentic assessment because teachers tend to assess final product of students competency. as we know that in 2013 curriculum english learning is assessed by authentic assessment or alternative assessment which gives students opportunity to apply not only knowledge but also skill and attitude inside the classroom and outside the endang darsih indonesian efl teachers’ perception 198 classroom. it is aimed at giving feedback on any students’ language ability in the real situation. it indicates that teachers must assess students competency comprehensively, teacher must observe, assess the real student’s ability, not only in the end of the process of learning, but also during the process. authentic assessment not only assess final product but also respects students’ thinking ability behind assignment and learning process. therefore it pushes teachers to develop assessment rubrics. rubric is developed for every assignment and should describe competency that must be achieved by the students. for those who have not become accustomed to this kind of assessment find it difficult to develop the rubrics especially for assessing students’ attitude. second one, teachers need to adapt with the learning revolution based on 2013 curriculum. as we know that the 2013 curriculum emphasizes a modern pedagogical dimension in the learning process by using scientific approach. scientific approach covers five steps namely observing, questioning, associating, experimenting, and networking (syahmadi, 2013: 35). by using this approach, the teachers are pushed to use multimedia to support their teaching and to be creative in arranging short questions for the students. it is found from the interview that the role of teachers in this case just as facilitator, they let their students to solve the problems and do not help students much in the teaching-learning process. students-centered learning should be achieved in the learning process to make them independent. however english teachers find it hard to apply scientific approach. for example, when observing, teacher asks students to watch a video between about making a reservation. ideally after watching or observing a video, students should ask question and discuss what they watch and listen on the video with others by using english. the problem is students especially the first graders find it difficult to express their ideas, their opinions and their findings in english because they tend to use their mother tongue therefore teachers play an important role in this step to guide their students for examples by giving some clues in order to make students speak english. another problem related to learning approach is teachers’ competency. this scientific approach demands teacher to be creative, master technology and enrich their knowledge. nevertheless, some teachers are not able to operate more advanced-technology tools/instruments as their media in teaching english in class. the last, in english 2013 curriculum, the duration of english is very short, only two credit hours, so it’s hard for teachers to provide or improve students’ competence by giving them exercises and opportunity to practice english. the shortage of time does not only influence ideal objective of education, but also politically and economically on the teachers. conclusion considering the results of data analysis, some points can be concluded. first, the teachers’ understanding toward 2013 english curriculum is quite close to the basic principles of the curriculum. second, dealing with the teachers’ perception on 2013 curriculum, this study revealed that 2013 curriculum is still not easy to be implemented at the moment. third, teachers find several problems in implementing 2013 english curriculum which are difficulties in applying new learning revolution, developing assessment rubrics and shortage of english time at school will not ensure to improve students’ competence. 199 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee it is recommended that the teachers put more efforts on applying the 2013 curriculum in the teaching and learning process. in other words, the teachers have to improve their various teaching methods, improve their creativity and adapt to the advancement of knowledge and technology. as a result, the teaching and learning process will be enjoying and make the students more motivated in learning. the teachers should also improve their language competence and performance since they become the “model” for the students in acquiring the language competencies besides the other sources of learning. it is also important for the teachers to join any training, workshop and socialization of this 2013 curriculum to get deep understanding since such activities will help them to implement the curriculum well. references badan standar nasional pendidikan. (2006). panduan penyusunan kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan jenjang pendidikan dasar dan menengah. jakarta: bsnp. brown, j. d. (1995). the elements of language curriculum – a systematic approach to program development. heinle & heinle publishers. boston. united states of america. creswell, j. w. (1994). research design qualitative and quantitative approaches. london: sage publisher. hartoyo. (2011). a handout about curriculum and material development in english language teaching. panduan penguatan proses pembelajaran sekolah menengah pertama. kemendikbud dirjen dikdasmen. 2013 salinan peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia nomor 65 tahun 2013 tentang standar proses. salinan peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia nomor 66) tahun 2013 tentang standar penilaian. salinan peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia nomor 68 (smp), 69 (sma) tahun 2013 tentang standar proses. salinan peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia nomor 81a tahun 2013 tentang implementasi kurikulum. sulfasyah. (2013). investigating the implementation of the indonesian ktsp (school-based curriculum) in the teaching of writing in year two. thesis. edith cowan university. perth, western australia richards, j. c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge university press. united kingdom. syahmadi, h. (2013). bedah kurikulum 2013 bagi guru bahasa inggris. bandung: cv. adoya mitra sejahtera srijono, d. (2013). principles of english instructional design – modul plpg english language teaching and learning theory and practice. badan pengembangan sumber daya manusia. pendidikan kebudayaan dan penjaminan mutu pendidikan (bpsdmp-pmp). indonesia. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee *english education study program, fkip universitas bengkulu, indonesia. 85 needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives wisma yunita* doctoral candidate in applied linguistics, postgraduate program, universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail:wisma.yunita@mahasiswa.unj.ac.id emzir universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail:emzir.unj@unj.ac.id ilza mayuni universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail:ilza.mayuni@unj.ac.id apa citation: yunita, w., emzir & mayuni, i. (2018). need analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 85-94. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1258. received: 25-02-2018 accepted: 28-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: need analysis is required to take place before developing a model for learning so that results meet the needs of the students who will use the model. this descriptive study aims at finding out the needs in learning english grammar from students’ perspectives at the eesp of the university of bengkulu. the data was taken through a questionnaire with 65 questions given to 44 students who took structure i course in the 2016-2017 academic year and analyzed quantitatively. the results of this study reveal that the students need a clear goals of learning english grammar, learning approaches that uses the story-based, the deductive, and the inductive approach, a friendly and meaningful learning atmosphere, a learning model that incorporates the uses of stories and current technology for the teaching and learning process and has a complete support system especially the learning materials, and has an attitude, a final assignment and an individual learning process result assessments. keywords: needs analysis, model, grammar learning. introduction needs analysis is an initial step conducted before developing a learning model and it aims at finding out the current condition of learning in a particular learning context. richards (2001) describe needs analysis as a process taken to seek for the real demands of the learners in a learning process. similarly, nation and macalister (2010) argue that needs analysis is a process to examine the current condition of learning from learners’ point of view. the process should be done by using instruments that hit straight to the needed information. as the initial step required in developing, take for example an instructional model for learning grammar, the information related to the students’ present knowledge (lacks), the required knowledge (necessities) and their subjective needs (wants) as proposed by nation and macalister (2010) should be known. this information can be gotten from the needs analysis which is required in developing an instructional model. dick, carey, and carey (2009) put this needs analysis at the second and third place, after identifying the instructional goal, in developing an instructional model for learning. several studies have been conducted by practitioners in english language teaching on needs analysis. however, those studies are mostly related to developing learning material for general english (cunningham, 2015; moiinvaziri, 2014; nooria, & mazdayasnab, 2014), english for specific purpose (yundayani, emzir, & rafli, 2017; bartnikait & bijeikien, 2017; boroujeni & fard, 2013; wismayunita , emzir, & ilzamayuni needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives 86 chovancova, 2014), language skills (andi & arafah, 2017; tjalla, et al., 2015; ulum, 2015) and syllabus (al hamlan, 2015). there is a study conducted in the area of grammar by fitrawati (2016), but it is not a needs analysis study for developing grammar learning model but for grammar learning material. the current study was a need analysis which was done in the area of grammar learning in order to develop a complete learning model that has the syllabus and lesson plans which are in line with the current curriculum in indonesia, and the learning material that matches the current condition of learning english grammar for indonesian university context. in indonesian context, english grammar tends to not getting as much attention in language learning as the language skills such as speaking or reading. in fact, grammar knowledge is important and needed in language learning and support the language skills. savignon (2001) named it grammatical competence and it is one of four communicative competence that the language users need in communication. this grammatical competence is needed more by students who take the english education study program as their major and will become future teachers of english. in further, the english grammar learning is still considered by students as a boring course (yunita, 2013) and the teaching process is mostly done in a conventional way by using the deductive approach. this approach, even though it is one basic approach to learning grammar, it is more teacher-centered and does not make the students arrived at acquiring procedural knowledge of grammar and be able to communicate well. it tends to make students to reproduce the same pattern of language and does not provide the place for more creative uses of language. meanwhile, nunan (2015) mentions that the teaching of english grammar should have four key principles so that it will be ended at a meaningful english language learning. the four principles for the teaching of grammar are: incorporating the integration of deductive and inductive approach, using tasks that make clear between grammatical forms and communicative function of language, focusing more on the procedural knowledge of using language rather than the descriptive one, and encouraging students to use language creatively rather than reproductively. these key principles in line with the grammar instruction that focus on form proposed by ellis (1997) that is a learning instruction that takes forms and meaning or fluency and accuracy into account. english grammar teaching and learning ideally should also be started from its basic knowledge. this basic knowledge covers the parts of speech or word classes (harmer, 2003) that consisted of nouns, verb, adjective, adverb, article and preposition, conjunction and interjection (parrot, 2004; dykes, 2007; de capua, 2008). once a learners master these parts of speech, they will have enough knowledge to communicate well in written and spoken. this is true to the fact that all texts in english mostly consist of those word class. to develop a learning model, there should be a theory that needs to be used as the guidance in the process of developing it. kilbane and milman (2014, p. 18) define models of learning as “specialized methods for facilitating learning”. in addition, joyce, weil, and calhoun (2009) suggest that a model of learning should have four components a syntax, a social system, principles of reaction, and a support system. the syntax is a general description of a model or how the structure of a model of learning. next, the social system is the condition or the atmosphere of a classroom learning that related to the roles of the teacher and the learners. then, the principles of reaction are responses shown by the teacher in responding the learners’ actions and learners in responding their teacher in a classroom learning process. last, the support system is materials or tools used by teachers in the teaching and learning process which can be in the form of a syllabus, lesson plans, and learning materials. in further, a learning model should also be developed in accordance with the steps of developing it. for the instructional model, dick, carey, and carey (2009) suggest these english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 87 ten steps to be followed so that the model can be used widely. these ten steps are used as the guidance in developing a grammar learning model and they are: 1) identifying instructional goals, 2) conducting instructional analysis, 3) analyzing learners and context, 4) writing performance analysis, 5) developing assessment instrument, 6) developing instructional strategy, 7) developing and selecting instructional materials, 8) designing and conducting formative evaluation, 9) revising instruction, 10) designing and conducting summative evaluation. based on the reasons related to the practice of grammar learning above, the theories of learning grammar, and to our knowledge, there is no research that has been carried out on needs analysis for developing grammar learning model, therefore, a study on needs analysis for grammar learning should be carried out especially from the students’ perspectives. needs analysis study designed scientifically to address the gap and develop a model that meets the learners’ needs for grammar learning in a foreign language context such as indonesia. method the current study aimed to reveal the needs for a grammar learning model from students’ perspectives. this descriptive study involved 44 students of the 2nd semester at the eesp, the university of bengkulu. the data was taken through a questionnaire consisted of 65 questions with four options (the most needed, needed, not yet needed, not needed) covering the goal of grammar learning, the syntax, social system, the material, the approach, the support system and evaluation of a model. the data from the questionnaire was analyzed quantitatively by using percentage formula. results and discussion the needs analysis results will be described based on the goal of grammar learning, the syntax, the social system, the material, the approach, the support system and the assessment uses in the model. the results of the numerical calculation from the students’ responses to the questionnaire indicate that the students need clear goals of learning english grammar, learning approaches that use the deductive, inductive and story-based approach, and a friendly and meaningful learning atmosphere. a learning model that also incorporates the uses of stories particularly indonesian stories or folktales, uses current technology for teaching and learning process, has a complete support system (the syllabus, lesson plans, and the learning material), and has the assessment that covering attitude assessment and clear final assignment assessment for the learning. a clear description of the needs analysis results will be explained in detail based on each part of the learning model attributes in the following sections. the goal of grammar learning the goal of learning is determined at the initial steps of developing a model. this is in line to dick, carey, and carey (2009) who proposed 10 steps of developing a systematic design of instruction model and determining the goals of learning is the initial step that needs to be taken. in terms of the goals of learning english grammar, the students point out that they need the knowledge on the goals of learning english grammar, the definition, position, function, and forms of the word classes, the tenses and the ability to use the word class and the tenses in english sentences. those results of the students’ needs in numerical are shown in table 1 below. table 1. the results of needs analysis on the goals of learning english grammar no. statement in your opinion, how important is each of these indicators in learning english grammar? percentage of needs category 1. the understanding of the goals of learning english grammar. 97.73% needed 2. the understanding of the definition of a word class (e.g. noun, verb, etc.) in english grammar. 100% needed wismayunita , emzir, & ilzamayuni needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives 88 3. the understanding of the types of a word class in english sentences. 100% needed 4. the understanding of the position of a word in english sentences. 100% needed 5. the understanding of the function of a word in english sentences. 100% needed 6. the understanding of the changing function form of a word (e.g. the changing form of a word from a noun to an adjective) in english grammar. 97.73% needed 7. the understanding of the changing form of a regular or irregular verb into a noun in english grammar. 97.73% needed 8. the understanding of the tenses on english grammar. 97.73% needed 9. the ability to use various types of words in english sentences. 97.73% needed 10 the ability to use various tenses in english sentences. 100% needed this finding somehow implies that the students do aware of the need to learn english from its basic knowledge the parts of speech or word classes and the english tenses. both of them can be said as the foundation of materials of english grammar that need to be mastered before the other rules in english grammar. this is due to the fact that in a sentence, in a paragraph, in a text or even in a book, the parts of speech will be the most frequent words to be found. they exist in every sentence. the syntax (the steps of learning) the syntax of a model is the structure or the steps of learning in an instructional model. the students’ responses results show that they prefer to be taught by using the steps of learning in the story-based approach with its four steps. then, followed by the deductive approach -an explicit instruction that requires students to practice using the rules after the teacher taught them the rules, and inductive approachan explicit instruction which requires students to establish their own comprehension of the grammar rules from given examples (ellis in jean & simard, 2013). the results of those students’ responses on the syntax of the model are described in detail in the following table. table 2. the results of needs analysis on the model syntax (the steps of learning) no. statement percentage of needs category in your opinion, are the following steps of activities in an approach important in the process of earning english grammar? 1. deductive approach with the following learning activity steps: a. presentation: students listen to the teacher’s explanation of english grammar rules. b. practice: students do the english grammar exercises in a book or a learning module. c. production: students write an example of their own english sentences and present it to other students in the class. 93.18% needed 2. inductive approach with the following learning activity steps: a. presentation: students are introduced to english grammar rules through examples of the language use in sentences. b. practice: students find out the grammar rules and try to understand the rules by themselves. c. production: students write new english sentences by using the rules they have learned. 93.18% needed 3. story-based approach with the following learning activity steps: a. presentation: students listen to a text (short story, legend, anecdote, or conversation) that have the grammar rules, for instance, the parts of speech rules. b. attention: students find out and try to understand the parts of speech individually or in a group and highlight the rules. c. co-construction: students construct explanations on the rules they have learned from the text and get help from the lecturer if it is 97.73% needed english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 89 this result which puts the story-based approach in the first position among the choices, taught grammar rules through four phases namely presentation, attention, co-construction and extension (adair-hauck & donato, 2010) and uses texts (e.g. short story, legend, anecdote, or conversation) as the materials for learning the language rules. the students’ preferences to be taught by using the stories could probably because they have accustomed to being taught by using stories in their high schools through a genre-based approach which is currently applied in indonesian curriculum in high school level. the next two approaches they are in favor of are the deductive approach and inductive approach. in deductive approach, the students are usually fed by the teacher with explanations on the grammar rules and inductive approach in which the students should find out the grammar rules from examples given to them (nunan, 2005; nesic & hamidovic, 2015). the deductive approach is somehow time-saving for the teacher in teaching process but it limits students’ participation and creativity in the learning process and given no opportunity for critical thinking as well as (nesic & hamidovic, 2015). meanwhile, the inductive approach makes the lesson being learned more memorable for the students but it is time-consuming (hinkle & fotos in nesic & hamidovic, 2015) and may bring frustration for the students who commonly preferred to be told the rules (nunan, 2005). the social system the social system is the interaction activities taking places between the teacher and the students (t-s interaction, s-t interaction) and among the students (s-s interaction) in the learning process, for instance, getting chances to ask for the teacher helps if the students encounter problems in understanding the grammar rules, getting motivation and clear instruction and feedback on their learning from the teacher, and getting the chances to use the learned grammar rules through conversation with other students. in the interaction during the learning process, the teacher and the students’ play their own roles. the teacher can be the motivator, the facilitator, and evaluator of the learning, meanwhile, the students’ roles are mostly as the learners in the learning process in which they, for instance, will do discussion, conversation and ask a question to their teacher or other students in the classroom. the students’ responses related to t-s, s-t and s-s interaction are shown in the table 3 below. table 3. the results of needs analysis on the social system of the model no. statement percentage of needs category in your opinion, do the following roles of the teacher and the student important in the process of teaching and learning english grammar? 1. the lecturer gives explanations on the learning goals. 90.90% needed 2. the lecturer motivates students in their learning (motivator). 97.73% needed 3. the lecturer facilitates the learning so that the learning goal can be achieved (facilitator). 100% needed 4. the lecturer evaluates the students’ learning and provides feedback on their learning results (evaluator). 100% needed 5. the students do a discussion with their peers to understand the learning materials. 88.64% needed 6. the students with their peers work together in doing the grammar exercises. 77.27% needed 7. students do conversation with their peers by using the grammar rules they have learned. 100% needed needed. d. extension: students use the rules they have learned in activities that are integrated (e.g. writing a conversation, a drama or a short story) so that the activities can ignite students’ creativity and independence. wismayunita , emzir, & ilzamayuni needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives 90 8. the students ask the lecturer if they encounter problems in understanding the learning materials. 100% needed the table above shows that the highest percentage of responses from the students are; 1) for teachers, as the facilitator and evaluator of the learning process; and 2) for the students, as the ones who do discussion and ask questions whenever encountering problems in the learning process. this results could be predicted to come out because somehow, commonly the teachers do have those roles in a classroom and the students do too. these roles of the teachers and the students are in line with richards (2005) who states that in this era of communicative language teaching the roles of a teacher are more as the facilitator and monitor of a learning process while the students are the doer who actively participates in the learning and responsible for their own success of learning the new language. the learning approach in a new language teaching and learning process, a teacher will definitely use an approach or a method for the learning. in this needs analysis study, the approaches or methods that are included to be the options in the questionnaire are the deductive and inductive approaches (chalipa, 2013), the story-based approach (adair hauck and donato, 2010), product-based approaches the text-based learning and the competency-based learning, and process-based approach -the content-based learning and the task-based learning (richards, 2005), project-based learning (bender, 2012 cited in amaros and dos santos, 2018), and problem -based learning (ng chin leong, 2009). the results of the students’ responses on the needs analysis of the approaches for the learning model are presented in table 4 below. table 4. the results of needs analysis on the approach for the learning model no. statement percentage of needs demand in your opinion, do the following approaches needed in learning english grammar? 1. deductive approach the lecturer gives explanations on grammar rules and then ask students to do grammar exercises in a book or module. 90.90% needed 2. inductive approach the lecturer gives examples of the language uses and students work by themselves to understand the grammar rules. 90.906% needed 3. story-based approach the lecturer reads a story for the students and ask them to catch, for example, nouns from the story.next, the students highlight the nouns in the story, try to understand the grammar rules in a group and prepare an explanation of the rules they found, then use the rules they have learned through writing a conversation or a short story. 97.73% needed 4. text-based learning the lecturer introduces a text, students find out the text structure, create a new text and connect the text which has a similar structure. 79.54% needed 5. competency-based learning learning english for a specific competence and result of learning-oriented. 86.36% needed 6. project-based learning -an english learning which demands students to do a project, for example making a video of conversation in english. 79.54% needed 7. content-based learning learning english which focuses on specific topics or information. the grammar, vocabulary, and language skills are designed related to the topic. 84.09% needed 8. task-based learning learning english which focuses on tasks (pedagogical tasks and real-world tasks). 72.72% needed 9. problem-based learning learning english by giving students a problem to be solved collaboratively, monitored by the lecturer and the students are assessed based on their performance in solving the problem. 86.36% needed english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 91 based on the table, it can be summed up that the highest percentage of option from the students’ responses was the story-based approach, meanwhile, the lowest one is the task-based learning. this result shows that the students are in favor of being taught by using stories. this might be caused by their familiarity with stories which is in line with the implementation of genre-based approach in the high school curriculum in indonesia. in further, the lowest responses from students were the task-based learning, which could probably be less preferred because the students are afraid of being given a lot of tasks during the learning process. in fact, richards (2005, p. 33) states that “advocates of tbi argue that grammar and other dimensions of communicative competence can be developed as a byproduct of engaging learners in interactive tasks”. the support system the support system of a model is the material or the data the teacher utilizes in a learning process (joyce, weil & calhoun, 2009) which can be in the form of a syllabus, lesson plans, and the learning materials. the students’ responses related to the support system of the model are illustrated in the following table. table 5. the results of needs analysis on the model support system no. statement percentage of needs category in your opinion, do the use of these sources, media, and tools for learning needed in the process of learning english grammar in structure i course? 1. the syllabus and lesson plans 97.73% needed 2. lcd projector 100% needed 3. laptop/netbook 100% needed 4. tape recorder 81.82% needed 5. video player 77.27% needed 6. speaker laptop 95.45% needed 7. internet connection 95.45% needed 8. social media ‘facebook’ 52.27% needed 9. teacher’s book 93.18% needed 10. learning materials for students that are designed by the lecturer himself. 95.45% needed 11. commercial learning material for students 88.64% needed 12. learning materials that have english grammar exercises 97.73% needed 13. learning materials from grammar learning websites on internet. 72.73% needed 14. learning materials of english grammar that are compiled from many sourcebooks 95.45% needed 15. supplementary material/handouts 84.09% needed the table above shows that the students need the learning media or technology that usually used in a teaching and learning process in a classroom for instances the lcd projector, laptop and laptop speaker that got the highest percentage of responses from the students. it implies that the students need the process of learning a new language that does not only use chalks/board markers and black or whiteboards, but they also need the current technology for the learning process. this technology could enhance the learning experiences, provide more experiences and access to the language being learned (larsen-freeman & anderson, 2011). related to the material for learning, the students point out that they need the learning materials that have grammar exercises and are compiled from many sourcebooks. this finding implies that the students possibly aware of the broad scope of grammar knowledge so that they need to learn it from the exercises and many sourcebooks. the materials for learning the materials for learning are topics to learn in the teaching and learning process. for english grammar learning materials, especially wismayunita , emzir, & ilzamayuni needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives 92 the basic knowledge of english grammar, the common ones usually refer to english tenses. however, learning the tenses can be included in the learning of parts of speech or word classes (harmer, 2003: dykes, 2007). the following table 6 will illustrate the results of needs analysis on the materials for learning english grammar that the students need. table 6. the results of needs analysis on the learning materials no. statement percentage of needs category in your opinion, how important are the following materials in the process of learning english grammar in structure i course? 1. nouns (e.g. abstract, concrete, singular, and plural nouns). 97.73 % needed 2. verbs (e.g. infinitive, present participles, past and past participles). 100% needed 3. adjectives (e.g. common, possessive, comparative and superlative adjective, etc.). 100% needed 4. adverbs (e.g. adverb of time, manner, frequency, places, etc.) 97.73% needed 5. articles (e.g. definite ‘the’ and indefinite ‘a’, ‘an’) 93.18% needed 6. prepositions (e.g. prepositions of movement ‘from, into, across, etc.) 95.45% needed 7. pronouns (subjective ‘she’, objective ‘me’, possessive pronounmine, etc.). 93.18% needed 8. conjunctions (e.g. and, but, or, for, so, either..or, not only…but also…, if, until, etc). 93.18% needed 9. english tenses (e.g. past, present, continuous and future). 97.73% needed from those students’ responses above, it can be seen that the highest needs from the students’ point of view are the verbs and the adjectives then followed by nouns, adverbs, and english tenses. this finding could be understood because the parts of speech that have many rules to be understood are the verbs, the adjectives, the nouns and the adverbs. in addition, the english sentences, grammatically at least have to have a subjectmostly nouns, and a predicate in the form of verbs or auxiliary verbs (chew & choy, 2009). meanwhile, the english tenses are parts of the language that are usually considered difficult for english language learners particularly in the context of english as a foreign language. this tenses actually can be included in the process of learning the verbs. the assessment of learning assessment refers to any actions taken to gain information on the result of the students learning performance. brindley (2001) highlights that it can be in the form of tests or any ways of activities or tasks given to students in assessing learning in a course. the result of the students’ responses to the types of assessments and tests they need in grammar learning are displayed in table 7 below. table 7. the results of needs analysis on the assessment of learning no. statement percentage of needs demand in your opinion, are the following assessment/test needed in the process of teaching and learning english grammar in structure 1 course? 1. assessment of attitude (honesty, obedience, responsibility, self confidence, etc.). 100% needed 2. assessment of learning participation during the learning process. 95.45% needed 3. informal assessment by observing the students’ grammatical mistakes during the learning process. 90.90% needed 4. assessment of the individual learning process result (e.g. doing the exercises) 97.72% needed 5. group work result assessment 90.90% needed 6. weekly assignment assessment 88.63% needed 7. final assignment assessment 100% needed 8. discrete point test (partial assessment of the english grammar by 86.36% needed english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 93 using multiple-choice items) 9. oral and written elicitation test on a partial part of english grammar. 79.54% needed 10. error analysis test. 93.18% needed 11. closed-ended test (multiple choice, information gaps activities, transformation, matching sentences, rewriting sentences and revising sentences) 90.90% needed 12. open-ended test (completing sentences and writing sentences in english). 86.36% needed 13. translation test. 88.64% needed table 7 above illustrates that in terms of learning assessment, the highest percentage of responses are given by the students to the attitude assessment and a final assignment assessment. meanwhile, for the test, they prefer to have an error analysis test. their fewer preferences are the tests in the form of oral and written elicitation tests. this finding shows that the students’ awareness of the importance of attitude in learning is still highly appreciated. hence, it can be inferred that the students are still aware of the important roles of attitude in the teaching and learning process in indonesian educational context. this attitude component exists in the current curriculum being employed in all indonesian educational context. in addition, they also regard final assignment as one important part of the whole process of learning. this is probably due to fact that they think the roles of final assignment will give greater contribution to their final scores of the course they took. conclusion this present study set out to determine the students’ needs in learning english grammar at the eesp of the university of bengkulu. it has shown that the students need clears goal of learning english grammar, learning approaches that uses the story-based, the deductive, and the inductive approach, a friendly and meaningful learning atmosphere, a learning model that incorporates the uses of stories and current technology for a learning process in a classroom and has a complete support system especially the learning materials, and has an attitude, a final assignment and an individual learning process result assessments. further research regarding the need analysis on grammar learning in a wider context involving more students from more universities would be a great help for the improvement of english grammar teaching and learning in an efl context such as indonesia. references adair-hauck, b., & donato, r. (2010). using story-based approach to teach grammar. in j. l. shrum & e. w. glisan (eds.), teacher’s handbook: contextualized language instruction (4th ed.). boston: thomson heinle. andi, k., & arafah, b. (2017). using needs analysis to develop english teaching materials in initial speaking skills for indonesian college students of english. the turkish online journal of design, art and communication (tojdac), special edition, 419-436 boroujeni, s. a., & fard, f.m. (2013). a needs analysis of english for specific purposes (esp) course for adoption of communicative language teaching (a case of iranian first-year students of educational administration). international journal of humanities and social science invention, 2(6), 35-44. brindley, g. (2001). assessment. in r. carter & d. nunan (eds.), the cambridge guide to teaching english to speakers of other languages. cambridge: cambridge university press. chalipa, s. (2013). the effect of inductive vs deductive instructional approach in grammar learning of esl learners. the international research journal, 2(2), 178-186. chew, p. g.l., & choy, t.w. (2009). distinction in english: grammar handbook. singapore: marshall cavendish education. chovancova, b. (2014). needs analysis and esp course design: self-perception of language needs among pre-service students. studies in logic, grammar and rhetoric, 38(1), 43-57. cunningham, r. c. (2015). needs analysis for a developmental reading, writing, and grammar course at a private language school in cambodia. second language studies, 34(1), 168. wismayunita , emzir, & ilzamayuni needs analysis for english grammar learning model from students’ perspectives 94 de capua, a. (2008). grammar for teachers: a guide to american english for native and non-native speakers. new york: springer. dick, w., carey, l., & carey, j.o. (2009). the systemic design of instruction (7thed.).new jersey: pearson education, inc. dykes, b. (2007). grammar for everyone: practical tools for learning and teaching grammar. victoria: acer press. ellis, r. (1997). the study of second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press. fitrawati. (2016). students’ need analysis on multimedia based grammar 1 teaching material. proceedings of the fourth international seminar on english language and teaching (iselt-4), 302-310. harmer, j. (2003). the practice of english language teaching (3rd ed.). essex: pearson education limited. jean, g., & simard, d. (2013). deductive versus inductive grammar instruction: investigating possible relationship between gains, preferences, and learning styles. system, 41(4), 1023-1042. joyce, b., weil, m., & calhoun, e. (2009). models of teaching (8th ed.). boston: allyn and bacon. kilbane, c.r., & milman, n.b. (2014). teaching models: designing instruction for 21st century. new jersey: pearson education limited, inc. larsen-freeman, d. & anderson, m. (2011). techniques and principles in language teaching (3rd ed.). oxford: oxford university press. moiinvaziri, m. (2014). students’ voice: a needs analysis of university general english course in iran. gema online: journal of language studies, 14(1), 57-75. nation, i.s.p. &macalister, j. (2010). language curriculum design. new york: taylor and francis. nesic, i. d., & hamidovic, k. c. (2015). teaching english grammar: efficiency of inductive and deductive approaches--students’ perceptions. collection of papers of the faculty of philosophy, xlv(3), 189-205. ng chin leong, p. (2009). the power of problem-based learning (pbl) in the efl classroom. polyglossia, 16, 41-48. nooria, m. &mazdayasna, g. (2014). a triangulated study of target situation needs of iranian undergraduate students of english language and literature. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1374-1379. nunan, d. (2005). practical english language teaching: grammar. new york: mcgraw hill. nunan, d. (2015). teaching english to speaker of other languages: an introduction. new york: routledge. parrot, m. (2004). grammar for english language teacher. cambridge: cambridge university press. richards, j. c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. richards, j.c. (2005). communicative language teaching today. singapore: market asia distributors pte ltd. savignon, s. (2001). communicative language teaching for the 21st century in marianne celce-murcia (eds), teaching english as a second or foreign language (3rd ed.). boston: heinle and heinle. tjalla, m., akil, m., hamra, a. & haryanto. (2017). the analysis of efl students’ needs for writing materials development. international journal of science and research (ijsr), 6(8), 313-317. ulum, o.g. (2015). a needs analysis study for preparatory class elt students. european journal of english language teaching, 1(1), 14-29 yundayani, a., emzir, & rafli, z. (2017). need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 59-70. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.771. yunita, w. (2013).using task-based language teaching (tblt) to improve students’ mastery of english tenses at the english education study program of universitas bengkulu. proceeding of the 60th teflin international conference, 2013. 41(4 fauzi miftakh investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning fauzi miftakh department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education university of singaperbangsa karawang, indonesia e-mail: miftakh.fauzi@yahoo.co.id apa citation: miftakh, f. (2015). investigating indonesian efl students‟ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 66-74 received: 06-01-2015 accepted: 07-03-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: this study aimed at discovering the students‟ responses to the implementation of intercultural language learning at the sixth semester students of the english education department, university of singaperbangsa karawang, indonesia. the focus of the study was on 1) the students‟ general attitudes toward the course, 2) the students‟ attitudes toward the implementation of teaching and learning and 3) the students‟ responsibility as an intercultural person. this study was designed as a descriptive qualitative study that involved 31 participants. the data were collected through questionnaire and interviews. based on the findings, the students gave positive responses to the implementation of intercultural language learning and they showed a greater interest in participating in the course. the intercultural language learning also proved that the students were given the opportunity to become intercultural speakers either during the teaching and learning process or in their daily life. finally, it recommends that the intercultural approach should be implemented by other english teachers in any subject and at all levels of students. keywords: interculural language learning, intercultural competence, english as a foreign language. introduction teaching culture has been commonly known in english language teaching. however, in learning english at school and university, there is not necessarily a guarantee to implement an intercultural approach that the cultural aspects of the target language are also studied, or at least inserted in each lesson including in the materials. damen (1987) states that the curriculum of esl (english as a second language) and efl (english as a foreign language), or any language classroom are not usually involved in the cultural guidance of the stated curriculum. byram (as cited in liddicoat and kohler, 2012) states that cultural understanding has been included in such programs. it has typically been separated from the learning of language. in the current indonesian education policy, the government tends to consider that foreign languages will diminish the people‟s sense of nationality (sukarno, 2012). it seems that the government assumes that the foreign culture in the english language teaching possibly can give bad effects to the indonesian culture. tantri (2013) also adds that many schools are reluctant to accept english culture in teaching english at the school although it has positive attitudes 66 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to the need and necessity of teaching and learning of the english language. another crucial problem is derived from the english teachers themselves who do not quite understand the concept of the target language culture (rodliyah & muniroh, 2012). they usually do not know how to convey the cultural aspect of target language in teaching english. this misunderstanding is a complex issue because a teacher is a primary source of information and a mediator in the classroom. in addition, ho‟s study (2009) suggests a shift from a traditional to intercultural stance in efl classrooms that contribute to teachers‟ professional development. thus, the awareness of the inextricable relationship between language and culture and teaching culture as an integral component of language teaching can be more improved by english teachers. therefore, teachers should understand the cultural knowledge and likewise they also understand the knowledge of english language in general. as stated by gu (2005), intercultural understanding enables teachers to preserve an open yet critical mind to look for differences and similarities in pursuit of appropriate pedagogy. ideally, a non-native english teacher who has lived or studied in english speaking countries or any other country will be easier to understand the culture of the target language because they have communicated directly with native speakers. however, it is not the reason to not understand the target culture because through the advancement of technology and the availability of many books they could learn the cultural differences by themselves. as stated by byram et al. (2002), a teacher does not need to know everything about the target culture, but his role is to help learners to understand how intercultural interaction takes place. however, to implement the method, a teacher must understand the basic concept of intercultural language learning itself as well as incorporate culture and knowledge of the target language. derived from the background of the study above, this study attempted to investigate some issues of the students‟ response of the implementation of intercultural language learning. the research questions are then formulated as 1) what are the students‟ general attitudes toward the course, 2) what are the students‟ attitudes toward the implementation of teaching and learning and 3) how does the intercultural language learning affect them to be an intercultural person? to discuss intercultural language learning, firstly we have to know the difference between cultural and intercultural learning. there is a main difference between a cultural and an intercultural perspective as stated by liddicoat (2005c) that a cultural perspective emphasizes the culture of the other and leaves that culture external to the learner, whereas an intercultural perspective emphasizes the learners‟ own cultures as a fundamental part of engaging with a new culture. lucas (2003) and kim & goldstein (2005) add that intercultural communication involves people from different cultural backgrounds interact with each other that includes language by encompassing the background of the participants, stereotypes or prejudices they may hold of the other cultural group. in language teaching, liddicoat (2005b) explains that a cultural perspective implies the development of knowledge about a culture, which remains external to the learner and is not 67 fauzi miftakh investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning intended to confront or transform the learner‟s existing identity, practices, values, attitudes, beliefs, and world view. he clarifies that an intercultural perspective implies the transformational engagement of the learner in the act of learning. the goal of learning is to „decenter‟ learners from their preexisting assumptions and practices and to develop an intercultural identity through engagement with an additional culture. the outcome of intercultural learning is intercultural competence, a long term change of a person‟s knowledge (cognition), attitudes (emotions), and skills (behaviour) to enable positive and effective interaction with members of other cultures both abroad and at home (bennett, in otten, 2003). the concept has a strong correlation to the intercultural communicative competence that was formulated by byram and zarate (1994) as cited in liddicoat et al., (2003). guilherme (2002) cited in corbett (2003), stated that intercultural communicative competence is the ultimate goal of an intercultural approach to language education, and not so much „native speaker competence‟. intercultural communicative competence includes the ability to understand the language and behavior of the target community, and explain it to the members of the „home‟ community and vice versa. these competences lead the students to be intercultural speakers or mediators that are defined as someone who are able to deal with complexity and multiple identities and to avoid the stereotyping which accompanies perceiving someone through a single identity (byram et al, 2002; bredella, 2003) furthermore, an important dimension of intercultural language teaching is that it is possible to understand another culture only by comparing it with one‟s own (champagne & bourdages, 2000). as a result, in order to learn about another culture we need to learn about our own culture at the same time by comparing our own culture with the target culture. in order to achieve this, intercultural language teaching argues for a set of principles for developing an overall approach to teaching culture within language (crozet & liddicoat, 2000). the principles include: 1. culture is integrated into language macroskills not a separate macroskill and the culture needs to be taught simultaneously with and integrated into language teaching; 2. culture is taught from the beginning of language learning and is not delayed until learners have acquired some of the language; 3. the bilingual speaker is the norm and learners are expected to become competent users of a complex linguistic repertoire involving multiple languages; 4. language acquisition involves intercultural exploration: it is an active interaction with other attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors, not a passive reception of facts; and 5. culture learning primarily involves learning how to discover new information about the culture while engaging with the culture. in addition, liddicoat et al. (2003) and liddicoat and scarino (2013) develop a set of principles of intercultural language learning. the principles consist of five general principles of learning, which are also fundamental to teaching and learning languages. these principles are intended to guide the curriculum design and classroom interaction to promote effective intercultural language learning. the principles consist of 1) active construction; this principle generally 68 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee involves the purposeful and active construction of knowledge within a sociocultural context of use in learning activities. learning also involves active engagement in interpreting and creating meaning in interaction with others, and continually reflecting on one‟s self and others in communication and meaningmaking in variable contexts, 2) making connection; learning is based on previous knowledge and requires challenges to initial conceptions that learners bring. it emphasizes to the ability to relate and view the connections between cultures. it occurs when relevant bridges are built between home language / culture and target language /culture, with existing knowledge positioned in light of new input, 3) social interaction; recognizing that learning and communication are social and interactive that means we communicate with people around us by using language that constructs an interaction. there are many ways of communications between different people, including their age, status, relationship, and etcetera, 4) reflection; it is fundamental to any teaching and learning process that focuses on interpretation. it involves learners having response and doing reflection of other cultures as well as concepts such as diversity, identity, experiences without stereotyping, and 5) responsibility; a learner should be responsible. in the intercultural language learning, responsibility is a principle that recognizes that learning depends on the learner‟s attitudes, dispositions, and values, developed over time. method this study employed a descriptive qualitative research design. descriptive study is designed to describe a picture of situations, characteristics of groups and phenomena as it naturally happens. (fraenkel & wallen, 1993; ary et al., 2002). the data collection techniques used were questionnaires and interviews where the data analysis was done qualitatively without statistical analysis. this study was undertaken at a tertiary level of the english education department at a state university in west java. the subject taken was students at the 6th semester level who had taken cross-cultural understanding subject. in addition, the participants involved one single class out of 9 classes in the 6th semester students of the english education department that consists of 31 students. results and discussion the discussion of the students‟ responses to the implementation of intercultural language learning is divided into three parts. the first part is the students‟ general attitudes toward the course, the second is the students‟ attitudes toward the implementation of teaching and learning and the third is the students‟ responsibility as an intercultural person. the questionnaire consists of 11 numbers. the finding of the questionnaire can be seen in the table below. table: the summary of questionnaire of the students‟ responses no statement very disagree disagree agree very agree 1 learning english with intercultural approach is interesting. 3.22% 77.41% 19.35% 2 i like learning english both the language and culture. 6.45% 64.52% 29.03% 69 fauzi miftakh investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning 3 my understanding about english language and its culture is improved. 3.22% 74.19% 22.58% 4 learning culture means learning the habit, tradition, values, norms etc. 3.22% 61.29% 35.48% 5 i am more active to give my ideas and opinion in the discussion in this course. 3.22% 61.29% 35.48% 6 i am more critical to see a case or problem among cultures at the classroom. 3.22% 48.38% 45.16% 7 i like when the teacher supported and stimulated us to think about new knowledge of english language and culture 9.77% 70.96% 22.58% 8 i like when i could have an interactive talk and discussion both with students and teachers about a case among cultures. 3.22% 80.64% 16.12% 9 i like when teacher guided conversation to include students‟ views, judgments with students. 6.45% 70.96% 19.35% 10 i should be responsible to be an intercultural person, by not judging a culture wrong and believing my culture as the best one. 77.41% 22.58% 11 i think that i should appreciate any differences in our society and view it positively. 3.22% 80.64% 16.12% percentage of responses 0% 4.17% 69.97% 25.85% the students’ attitudes toward the course the data obtained from the questionnaire and interview with students show various responses. there are three points that can be highlighted based on the finding that is: 1) the students‟ interest in learning english and its culture, 2) the students‟ understanding of english and its culture, and 3) the students‟ problems in learning english with intercultural language learning. the first, the students showed a great interest in learning english with an intercultural approach. they admitted that they enjoyed the course and participated in every meeting. it can be seen in the data from questionnaire that shows most students (77.41%) are very interested and the other 19:35% of students enjoy learning in the classroom. they also said that they liked to not only learn the language, but also to learn the culture. they said that learning of english and its culture is interesting, so they could find new knowledge about culture. it is also supported by the students‟ statements during interview, such as from the student 1 and student 2. student 1 said that “i very enjoyed this course because i learned a culture that in fact we also learned the language, so they are interrelated, and it's very important to be studied”. while the student 2 mentioned that “i enjoyed because i did not study in a formal setting. i also could improve some of my skills”. as mentioned by brown (1994) language is part of a culture and culture is part of the language. furthermore, student 2 mentioned that he enjoyed because he experienced an informal setting of teaching and learning. it is known that in the principle of intercultural language learning, students should be engaged in an interactive discussion and conversation (liddicoat & scarino, 2013; corbett, 2003) additionally, the second, the students claimed that their understanding about english and its culture has improved. they understand that there is correlation between language and culture, so they think that 70 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee they should learn a language and its culture. based on the result of the questionnaire, a total of 74.19% of students admitted that intercultural language learning improves their understanding towards english and its culture while the other 22:58% of students claimed that they have improved their understanding. the students‟ statements from interview also support the data from the questionnaire. for example, the student 2 said that “i personally know both the language and its culture. from the culture, i know new knowledge that some of foreign cultures are similar to our culture”. while the student 6 said “i more understand the culture itself, because there were not too many language differences that were taught, although there is interconnected between language and culture”. however, this students‟ understanding of the relationship between language and culture cannot be stated as an accurate and comprehensive understanding because the information is only taken from the interview. for a more comprehensive understanding, the students are needed to give a test and evaluation through their personal attitudes and behaviors. the third, although most students enjoy learning english with intercultural language learning, they still have some problems in participating in the course. the students admitted that they found difficulties in expressing their opinion in a discussion. as the answer from student 4 in the interview, who said that the discussion was too often, so sometimes he was bored, although he actually like discussion. it is known that in every meeting, there was always discussion that involved all students and the teacher. the students sometimes canceled to convey their opinions because they could not speak english fluently. some students said that they were still afraid of making mistakes, so when they finally speak, they prefer to speak in indonesian. this problem, actually, has been anticipated by the teacher by always encouraging them to speak and share their opinions. therefore, it becomes a challenge for the teacher to make sure that every student is able to interact and communicate in the classroom. it is known that one of the principle of intercultural language learning is social interaction (liddicoat & scarino, 2013) when the students should get involved in conversation that discuss about cultures. the students’ attitudes toward the implementation of the teaching and learning this section is more emphasized to two points that is the students‟ competence and their perspectives of the teacher related to the principles of intercultural language learning. based on the data taken from the questionnaire and interview, the students claimed that they have positive progress as well as good improvement of learning. the first, the students stated that they become more active in expressing their opinions and perspectives in a discussion or conversation. they also said that they think more critically when seeing a case or problem among cultures in the classroom. their critical thinking can be seen from activities, especially in discussions where they could work with the other students in a group. they also listened to the other opinions and gave response as well as providing solutions. as stated in data from questionnaire, 61.29% of students and 35.48% of students extremely agree that they became more active to argue and give their opinions in the class discussions. besides, as many as 48.38% and 45.16% of the students also found 71 fauzi miftakh investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning intercultural language learning to make them think more critically to see cases, or the differences among cultures. the most important thing is that they do not easily judge a problem found as a bad or good, rather they view it from the other people‟s view, so they can act and speak properly. therefore, it indicates that the students have critically seen a thing from a different point of view. it is, of course, in line with the principle of intercultural language learning (liddicoat et al, 2003; liddicoat & scarino, 2013) that the students should have critical thinking toward the differences of language and culture. regarding the students‟ active participation in the classroom, moloney and harbon (2010) also found that in intercultural language learning classroom, the students used target language in social interaction to express opinions, problem-solving, use highorder thinking. students were also actively tested and engaged their prior knowledge, that is, their existing cultural knowledge and expectations. this is in line with the data found in the questionnaire where the students claimed that they have developed to perform interactive participation as well as to be an independent person by using their existing or prior knowledge about the target culture that they discussed in every meeting. the students’ responsibility as intercultural persons this last section discusses the students‟ responsibility as intercultural persons. it means that they are assumed have followed all meetings of the courses and they have received knowledge related to the principle of intercultural language learning. this responsibility is how their attitudes and behavior toward diversity and difference are implemented not only in the classroom but also in their environment. therefore, the responsibility is also the students‟ prolonged engagement as responsible persons in their environment in the future. there are two important points that are highlighted in this section, namely the students‟ responsibility to value the other cultures and the students‟ perspective towards the diversity and difference among cultures. in general, the students claimed that they have become intercultural persons and they do not judge other cultures are worse than their own cultures. they also believed that they more appreciate the diversity and differences in their environment. they think that the diversity is a good thing as long as it gives a positive impact to people and it does not disrupt the harmony of people. as stated in data questionnaire, a total of 77.41% of students believed that they have been being intercultural persons, and 80.64% of students also believed that they can appreciate the diversity and differences in society regardless of it as something wrong. on the other hand, students‟ statements in the data interview also support that they have been responsible as intercultural persons. for example, student 1 said that “every opinion should be respected, although it may be different from mine”, and a statement from student 3 that is “after following this course i became increasingly aware that we should be able to see someone's opinion from different views. we do not become a selfish person”. in conclusion, the students‟ responses above show that the teaching and learning that they have participated have met the objective of the intercultural language learning that creates them to be intercultural persons and intercultural speakers or mediators, as mentioned by byram et al (2012), 72 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee corbett (2003) and liddicoat and scarino (2013). it will create studentswho are able to deal withcomplexity and multiple identities and to avoid the stereotyping whichis accompanied by perceiving someone through a single identity. conclusion based on the results, the conclusion can be drawn as 1) the students‟ general attitudes toward the course. the students showed a greater interest in participating in the course. they were also impressed to some activities in the classroom, including teacher‟s role in the discussion. they said that learning english and its culture was interesting, and they experienced interesting activities to find new knowledge about language and culture. however, they still have some problems in participating in the course. they admitted that they found difficulties in expressing their opinion in a discussion. it had been anticipated by the teacher by always encouraging them to speak and share their opinions. 2) the students‟ attitudes toward the implementation of teaching and learning. the students had positive progress as well as good improvement of learning. they appreciated the teacher who had given greater involvement and guidance during the teaching and learning. they also enjoyed the activities done by the teacher in the classroom. they mentioned that they became more active and critical in expressing their opinions and perspectives in a discussion or conversation to see some cases and differences among cultures. the most important thing is that they do not easily judge a problem found as a bad or good, rather they view it from the other people‟s view, so they can act and speak properly. 3) the effect of intercultural language learning to students as an intercultural person. the students claimed that they had become intercultural persons where they did not see and easily judged a cultural difference as a bad thing rather seeing it in different point of views either during the teaching and learning process or in their environment in the future. references ary, d., jacobs, l.c., razavieh, a. (2002). introduction to research in education. michigan: wadsworth, thompson learning. bredella, l. (2003). for a flexible model of intercultural understanding. in g. alred., m. byram., and m. fleming. (eds), intercultural experience and education (p. 31-49). clevedon: multilingual matters. brown, h. d. (1994). principles of language learning and teaching. englewood cliffs, new jersey: prentice hall regents. byram, m., gribkova, b., & starkey, h. (2002). developing the intercultural dimension in language teaching: a practical introduction for teachers. strasbourg: council of europe champagne, c. & bourdages, j.s. (2000). didactiser la culture par la comparaison réflective. international review of applied linguistics, 38, 279-287. corbett, j. (2003). an intercultural approach to english language teaching. clevendon: multilingual matters. crozet, c., & liddicoat, a.j. (2000). teaching culture as an integrated part of language: implications for the aims, approaches and pedagogies of language teaching. in a.j. liddicoat & c. crozet (eds), teaching languages, teaching cultures. melbourne: language australia. damen, l. (1987). culture learning: the fifth dimension in the language classroom. massachusetts: addison-wesley publishing company, inc. fraenkel, r. j. & wallen, e. n. (1993). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill 73 fauzi miftakh investigating indonesian efl students’ responses of the implementation of intercultural language learning gu, q. (2005). intercultural experience and teacher professional development. regional language centre journal, 36(1), 5-22. ho, s.t.k. (2009). addressing culture in efl classrooms: the challenge of shifting from a traditional to an intercultural stance. electronic journal of foreign language teaching, 6(1), 63–76. kim, r. i. & goldstein, s. b. (2005). intercultural attitudes predict favorable study abroad expectations of u.s. college students. journal of studies in international education, 9(3), 265-278. liddicoat, a. j. (2005b). teaching languages for intercultural communication. in d. cunningham and a. hatoss (eds), an international perspective on language policies, practices and proficiencies (p. 201–214). belgrave: editura fundaţiei academice axis and fédération internationale des professeurs de langues vivantes. liddicoat, a. j. (2005c). teaching languages for intercultural communication, in an international perspective on language policies, practices and proficiencies (eds d. cunningham and a. hatoss), editura fundaţiei academice axis and fédération internationale des professeurs de langues vivantes, belgrave, p. 201–214. liddicoat, a. j. & kohler, m. (2012). teaching asian languages from an intercultural perspective: building bridges for and with students of indonesian. in x. song & k. cadman (eds), bridging transcultural divides: asian language and culture in global higher education (p. 7399). adelaide: university of adelaide press. liddicoat, a.j., & scarino, a. (2013). intercultural language teaching and learning. west sussex: wiley-blackwell liddicoat, a.j., scarino, a., papademetre, l., & kohler, m. (2003). report on intercultural language learning. canberra: commonwealth department of education, science and training. lucas, j. s. (2003). intercultural communications for international programs: an experientially-based course design. journal of research in international education, 2(3), 301-314. moloney, r. & harbon, l. (2010). making intercultural language learning visible and assessable. intercultural competence conference, 1, 281303. otten, m. (2003). intercultural learning and diversity in higher education. journal of studies in international education, 7(1), 12-26. rodliyah, r.t. & muniroh, r. d. d. (2012). the importance of incorporating the target culture in english language teaching. [online]. available at: http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/j ur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197 308062002122rojab_siti_rodliya h/the_importance_of_incorporating_ the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf. sukarno. (2012). integrating local cultures in teaching english as a foreign language for character building. [online]. available at: http://lppmp.uny.ac.id/sites/ lppmp.uny.ac.id/files/8sukarno%20f bs_.pdf. tantri, n.r. (2013). english as a global language phenomenon and the need of cultural conceptualizations awareness in indonesian elt. international refereed & indexed journal of english language & translation studies, 1(1), 37-49. 74 http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/jur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197308062002122rojab_siti_rodliyah/the_importance_of_incorporating_the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/jur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197308062002122rojab_siti_rodliyah/the_importance_of_incorporating_the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/jur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197308062002122rojab_siti_rodliyah/the_importance_of_incorporating_the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/jur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197308062002122rojab_siti_rodliyah/the_importance_of_incorporating_the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf http://file.upi.edu/direktori/fpbs/jur._pend._bahasa_inggris/197308062002122rojab_siti_rodliyah/the_importance_of_incorporating_the_target_culture_in_englis.pdf http://lppmp.uny.ac.id/sites/%20lppmp.uny.ac.id/files/8sukarno%20fbs_.pdf http://lppmp.uny.ac.id/sites/%20lppmp.uny.ac.id/files/8sukarno%20fbs_.pdf http://lppmp.uny.ac.id/sites/%20lppmp.uny.ac.id/files/8sukarno%20fbs_.pdf english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 9 criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act misagh hosseini english department, isfahan (khorasgan) branch, islamic azad university, isfahan, iran e-mail: mishoseini2000@gmail.com ehsan rezvani english department, isfahan (khorasgan) branch, islamic azad university, isfahan, iran e-mail: rezvani_ehsan_1982@yahoo.com apa citation: hosseini, m., & rezvani, e. (2018). criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 9-16. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1529. received: 29-08-2018 accepted: 30-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the issue of efl teachers’ rating criteria and patterns in interlanguage pragmatics (ilp) assessment is new and needs rigorous analysis. the purpose of this study was to reveal important variables such as raters’ criteria and rating patterns by analyzing the ilp assessment process of iranian non-native english speaking raters (nnesrs) of both high and low proficiency levels based on the request speech act. the data for this study was collected through a discourse completion test (dct) and a rating questionnaire from 40 iranian efl teachers and were later analyzed through descriptive analysis-test and chi-squares. the results showed that raters considered 9 criteria, including pragma-linguistic and socio-pragmatic components of language which raters noted differently through eight request situations. the results showed that raters considered nine criteria, including pragma linguistic and socio-pragmatic components of language which were noted differently through eight request situations. among the considered criteria, the highest frequencies belonged to the criteria of authenticity, query of preparatory and softness, and interlocutors’ relationship used by high proficiency teachers, whereas low proficiency teachers used the highest frequencies of accuracy, style, and directness. the result of the study can have important connotations for teachers to consider teaching l2 pragmatics in language classes and in teacher training courses. keywords: interlanguage pragmatics; request; speech act; pragmatic assessment. introduction interlanguage pragmatics (ilp) is regarded as the study of the development and use of strategies for linguistic action by non-native speakers. incorporating l2 pragmatics into language teaching programs, especially in assessment area, plays a major role in second language process. pragmatic assessment has been a salient theme in second language process and pragmatic instruction for years. according to oller (1979, p. 39), “pragmatic proficiency test is any procedure or task that causes the learners to process sequences of elements in a language that conforms to the normal contextual constraints of that language, and which requires the learners to relate sequences of linguistic element via pragmatic mapping to extra linguistic context.” the popularity of speech act studies in pragmatic is evident. different categorizations associated with pragmatic studies are in both acquisitional areas, which deal with efl learners’ developmental issues, and comparative areas, which are dominantly of cross-cultural studies (alconsoler & martinezflor, 2008). besides, pragma-linguistic and socio-pragmatic division of language knowledge (leech & mailto:mishoseini2000@gmail.com mailto:rezvani_ehsan_1982@yahoo.com misagh hosseini & ehsan rezvani criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act 10 thomas, 1983) are another classifications in which linguistic and social dimensions of pragmatic knowledge are dealt with respectively. social norms and politeness, for example, stand for the socio pragmatic knowledge; while considering various linguistic resources to produce a speech act are pragma-linguistic understandings. nevertheless, the point is that the issue of pragmatic assessment is relatively new. pragmatic assessment mainly focuses on contextual relevance of l2 learner’s language use (oller, 1979). several studies carried out in developing pragmatic tests. brown (2001) used six types of tests. the instrument used was: written discourse completion tasks (wdct), multiple-choice discourse completion tasks (mdct), oral discourse completion tasks (odct), discourse role play tasks (drpt), discourse self-assessment tasks (dsat), and role-play self-assessments (rpsa). in the domain of socio pragmatics, hudson, detmer, and brown (1992) used different methods in testing politeness and degree of directness of learners’ apology, and request and refusal competences. they developed six types of tests: oral dcts, written dcts, multiple choice dct, role plays and self-assessment. in the domain of pragma linguistic issues of language, roever (2005-2006) developed web-based test of esl pragmatics. roever’s instrument was more appropriate for both asian and european test taker. finally, bachman (1990) claims pragmatic performances can be assessed through either rating on scales or counting the correct responses. a new branch of pragmatic assessment is related to the issue of rating and rater criteria. current research on pragmatic assessment focuses on the importance of rating criteria. taguchi (2011) explored the rater variation in the assessment of speech act of request. he center on issues, such as “politeness markers”, “amount of speech”, “strategies”, “directness” responses of efl learners. also, he found out that native raters had some inconsistencies in their rating. lee (2012) studied rating behavior between korean and native english-speaking raters (nes) in which the study showed that korean raters were more serious in scoring to linguistic component (grammar, sentence structure), while the nes raters emphasized the content and total scores. moreover, walter (2007) investigated rater variation in pragmatic assessment. in his study, 42 learners of english attended a baseline activity with a native englishspeaking tester for 10 to 15 minutes. three oral pragmatic prompts were in the activity (an assessment, a compliment, and a presequence) were embedded within three larger topic discussion. after each topic discussion, the prompts were delivered unconsciously. two raters, a native and nonnative speaker of english, assessed the baselines based on a four-point holistic rating scale. dialogues between the raters were recorded when they determined differences in scoring and then analyzed. the results revealed that raters analyzed examinees’ performance differently which caused different scoring. for instance, in the pragmatic target of compliment responses, the high proficient speaker emphasized his knowledge of normative patterns of compliment and compliment response in american english, while the low proficient speaker considered l1 transfer as possible source of non-normative compliment response. examinee’s fluency and clear pronunciation influenced low proficient speaker which leaded to a higher score. moreover, there are a number of studies in other area of assessment that investigated raters’ variations of perspectives orientations (e.g., brown 2000, 2003, 2005; ducassee & brown 2009; johnson & lim 2009; may 2006, 2009: mcnamara & lumely 1997; o’loughlin 1996; polit & murray 1996). using reflective verbal etiquette, these studies examined how raters’ characteristics, gender, language background, experience, and competence affected their evaluation of l2 oral interviews, writing samples, and paired dyads. after rating learner’s performance, raters were asked to summarize their reasons for awarding the english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 11 rating. aspects of learners’ performance that raters focused on a review of verbal reports revealed (e.g., linguistic features, discourse management, rhetorical organization, and listening behaviors). there is general agreement from the body of literature. this general consensus is that raters bring their own values and criteria in assessment, after training and they cohere to both criterion and non-criterion features. in a more recent study, tajeddin and alemi (2013) focused on the assessment of efl learners’ pragmatic competence by native english raters’ criteria. they investigated the criteria of native and nonnative english teacher for the speech act of apology in l2. their analysis of raters’ remark manifested five criteria such as: apology, situation explanation, politeness, irrelevancy of speech act, statements of alternatives. for several years, great effort has been devoted to the study of request in speech acts. according to trosborg (1995), request occurs when the speaker states his (her) wants to the hearer and want him (her) to do something for his benefits. in making a request, the speaker infringes on the recipient’s freedom from imposition. the recipient may feel that the request is an intrusion on his/her freedom of action or even a power play (blum-kulka, house, & kasper, 1989). in recent years, request is analyzed in forms of cross-cultural and interlanguage studies. some researchers indicated the developmental pragmatics by comparing data from l2 learners at different levels of proficiency (francis, 1997; paren, 2002). other researchers just compared nonnative and native speakers (roose, 2000, p. 29). several studies have revealed that differences in performing and realizing speech act demand teaching and testing it for efl learners. these studies demonstrate the existence of differences in performing and realizing request speech act necessitate teaching and testing it for efl learners. thus, more studies are necessary in order to inform efl teachers about different aspects of request speech act in teaching and assessment processes. in view of this need in the literature, this study aimed at investigating what criteria inform non-native english speaking teachers’ rating criteria with a focus on the speech act of request. method forty non-native iranian english teachers in the 25-35 age range were selected. the group of non-native english speaking raters (nnesrs) included english teachers from different languages institutes in isfahan with various teaching experiences (classified into two levels of 1-5 and 6-11). these teachers were m.a holders or m.a students of tefl (teaching english as a foreign language). therefore, they were familiar with the concept of l2 pragmatics and language testing. in order to make sure in objective terms that the teachers were truly homogenous with regard to their english proficiency level, an oxford placement test (opt) was given to them. after obtaining the opt results, it was decided to divide those teachers into high and low proficiency level. this being so, 40 teachers who met this homogeneity criterion were selected and assigned to two group (high and low proficient) involved in the study (20 teachers each). in addition, ten iranian efl learners from intermediate levels were selected for administrating the dct. the study was accomplished through 3 phases. the first phase was selecting 40 nonnative english speaking teachers from language institutes in iran with various teaching experiences and ten iranian efl learners from intermediate groups. in the second phase, (opt) test as a placement test was used to check the subjects’ english proficiency. it was administrated to divide teachers into two groups of high and low level of proficiency. in the third phase, a dct test was employed based on various degrees of formality, power, and distance to test the request speech act performance of efl learners. finally, both high and low proficient teachers were asked to assess the learner’s performance with dct test. for the misagh hosseini & ehsan rezvani criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act 12 sake of convenience in rating, likert scale is placed after every response for raters. through the qualitative phase of data analysis, the criteria noted by nnesrs were analyzed and categorized. thus, the frequency of each criterion was calculated through quantitative procedures in order to find the dominant criteria. descriptive analyses including mean and sd reveal the pragmatic assessment of teachers. nnesrs analyzed and categorized the criteria through the qualitative way of data analysis. therefore, the frequency of each criterion is calculated through quantitative procedure in order to find the dominant criteria. furthermore, t-test and chi-square were used to determine if there are any significant differences between nnesrs’ rating scores and rating criteria. results and discussion nnesrs use various criteria during pragmatic assessment of efl learners’ requests. the following criteria were found in raters’ comments: 1) directness: this request criteria deals with the directness and indirectness of the efl learners’ productions. example: “leave me alone.” an indirectness example is “it is too hot.” 2) politeness: this criterion refers to the degree of politeness of the efl learners’ request. example: i think it’s not very polite. the teachers should respect the students, especially in front of other students. 3) language usage accuracy: this criterion is mainly about the accuracy of the structures, grammar, and lexical items of the produced sentences. example: there are some grammar mistakes, such as “it” should be replaced by its reference “the book”. 4) authenticity and cultural errors: this criterion reflects the naturalness of the produced responses, as well as their cultural appropriateness regarding l2 society. example: this sentence seems odd and unnatural. english people would never say that, especially the “go ahead” part. 5) style and register: this criterion refers to the use of formal or informal style. example: asking your teacher informally might lead to misunderstanding. 6) explanation: this criterion refers to brief explanation or introduction before making request. example: i think it’s better to add an introduction and clarify the request. 7) statement of optimal example: this criterion refers to supplying various examples of the ideal request for the specified situations. example: she/he could say: “i need that doll for my daughter. please let me borrow it for a few days if you don’t need it”. 8) query preparatory and softeners: this criterion refers to the importance of the use of preparatory expressions, such as could you, would you, etc., as well as words or phrases which can moderate the request (i.e. please, thank you, if it’s ok with you). example: “pardon me” followed by the word “excuse me” is more favored. 9) conversers’ relationship: this criterion refers to social relationships, as realizing, establishing, sustaining, and changing social relations. example: it depends on the closeness of the relationship. if it is an employee boss relationship, then the sentences are informal and not proper for this situation, whereas, it is considered proper between 2 friends. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 13 table 1. frequencies of responses to the dct items by high proficiency teachers i te m d ir e ct n es s p o li te n es s a cc u ra cy a u th en ti ci ty s ty le e x p la n a ti o n s ta te m en t o f o p ti m a l ex a m p le q u er y p re p a ra to ry & s o ft n es s c o n v er se r s re la ti o n sh ip e x p ec te d f re q u en cy c h is q u a re d f s ig . (2 -t a il ed ) 1 4 6 6 9 2 8 8 8 9 6.70 6.90 8 .54 2 8 8 8 6 8 8 2 10 8 7.30 5.44 8 .70 3 4 5 2 8 6 6 10 7 6 6.00 7.00 8 .53 4 8 10 5 9 8 5 4 10 9 7.60 5.58 8 .69 5 5 10 7 9 6 7 8 4 10 7.30 4.90 8 .76 6 1 4 2 7 8 6 1 8 8 5.00 14.80 8 .06 7 5 8 9 9 8 8 8 10 8 8.10 1.83 8 .98 8 2 8 3 6 6 6 5 6 4 5.10 5.26 8 .72 total 37 59 42 63 52 54 46 63 62 53.10 14.02 8 .08 regarding the first dct item and the frequencies it received from the high proficiency teachers, there were no statistically significant differences among the nine assessment criteria in as much as the p value under the sig. (2-tailed) column for this item equaled .54. in fact, a p value less than the significance level (i.e., p < .05) signifies a significant difference, whereas a p value above .05 indicates that the difference failed to reach statistical significance. the highest frequencies belonged to the criteria of authenticity (f = 63), query of preparatory and softness (f = 63), and converses’ relationship (f = 62), whereas the lowest frequencies were those of directness (f = 37), accuracy (f = 42), and statement of optional example (f = 46). however, as it was observed in table 1, the differences among the nine assessment criteria by highproficiency teachers did not reach statistical significance. table 2. frequencies of responses to the dct items by low proficiency teachers it em d ir e ct n es s p o li te n es s a cc u ra cy a u th en ti ci ty s ty le e x p la n a ti o n s ta te m en t o f o p ti m a l ex a m p le q u er y p re p a ra to ry & s o ft n es s c o n v er se r s re la ti o n sh ip e x p ec te d f re q u en cy c h is q u a re d f s ig . (2 -t a il ed ) 1 6 0 10 0 6 2 8 6 8 6.60 5.73 6 .45 2 8 2 6 2 8 6 6 8 6 5.80 7.53 8 .48 3 2 6 2 2 8 4 6 4 2 4.00 10.00 8 .26 4 8 6 6 4 6 6 2 6 6 5.60 4.00 8 .85 5 6 6 8 6 8 4 4 3 6 5.70 4.23 8 .83 6 4 2 8 6 4 6 6 2 4 4.70 6.85 8 .55 7 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 4 4 6.00 4.00 8 .85 8 4 6 6 0 4 2 6 2 2 4.00 6.00 7 .54 total 42 34 54 26 52 36 46 35 36 40.10 16.67 8 .03 for low-proficiency teachers, the sig. values in the rightmost column of table 2 show that for the eight individual items of the dct, the differences among the nine assessment criteria were too small to reach statistical significance. however, adding up the frequencies of the criteria for all the dct items yielded total frequencies for the assessment criteria, and the differences among the total frequencies, as is shown in the lowest row of the table, reached statistical significance due to the fact that the p value in this row was found to be .03 (p <.05). this means that, on the whole, lowproficiency teachers used significantly different criteria to assess the request speech act. misagh hosseini & ehsan rezvani criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act 14 table 3. frequencies of responses to the dct items by highand lowproficiency teachers it em t ea ch er s d ir e ct n es s p o li te n es s a cc u ra cy a u th en ti ci ty s ty le e x p la n a ti o n s ta te m en t o f o p ti m a l ex a m p le q u er y p re p a ra to ry & s o ft n es s c o n v er se r s re la ti o n sh ip c h is q u a re d f s ig . (2 -t a il ed ) 1 high 4 6 6 9 2 8 8 8 9 20.85 8 .008 low 6 0 10 0 6 2 8 6 8 2 high 8 8 8 6 8 8 2 10 8 7.11 8 .52 low 8 2 6 2 8 6 6 8 6 3 high 4 5 2 8 6 6 10 7 6 5.48 8 .70 low 2 6 2 2 8 4 6 4 2 4 high 8 10 5 9 8 5 4 10 9 2.98 8 .93 low 8 6 6 4 6 6 2 6 6 5 high 5 10 7 9 6 7 8 4 10 3.47 8 .90 low 6 6 8 6 8 4 4 3 6 6 high 1 4 2 7 8 6 1 8 8 15.89 8 .04 low 4 2 8 6 4 6 6 2 4 7 high 5 8 9 9 8 8 8 10 8 2.45 8 .96 low 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 4 4 8 high 2 8 3 6 6 6 5 6 4 10.95 8 .20 low 4 6 6 0 4 2 6 2 2 total high 37 59 42 63 52 54 46 63 62 26.61 8 .001 low 42 34 54 26 52 36 46 35 36 the results presented in table 3 revealed that high-and low-proficiency teachers differed significantly with respect to the criteria they used to assess the first item in the dct (p=.008). this might have occurred because of the fact that high-proficiency teachers and low-proficiency teachers differed with respect to the politeness (6 vs. 0), authenticity (9 vs. 0) and explanation (8 vs. 2) criteria. in addition, highand low-proficiency teachers were found to be significantly different in relation to their responses to the 6 th dct item (p = .04). this difference might have been caused by the difference between the highand low-proficiency teachers’ responses to the accuracy (2 vs. 8), statement of optional example (1 vs. 6), and query preparatory and softness (8 vs. 2) criteria. more importantly, the highand lowproficiency teachers differed significantly in terms of the total frequencies of their responses to the dct items (i.e., in terms of their overall assessment criteria) since the p value in the bottom row of the table was found to be .001. the highand low proficiency teachers were probable significantly different in terms of their responses to the politeness (59 vs. 34), authenticity (63 vs. 26), query preparatory and softness (63 vs. 35), and conversers’ relationship (62 vs. 36) criteria. although efl teachers’ rating criteria and patterns in ilp assessment has great impact on the process of teaching and testing of second language, this issue has remained understudied. the study examined whether higher and lower proficient teachers differed in assessing efl learners’ request, and what features of efl learners’ requests nnesrs used during pragmatic assessment. the primary objective of this study was to explore the criteria employed by nnesrs in request rating process. the criteria were both socio-pragmatic and pragma-linguistic categories among both high and low proficient teachers. as an example, criteria like linguistic appropriacy or query preparatory and softeners belong to pragmatic aspect of language, while formality and social relationship or politeness fit into socio-pragmatic category. according to rasekh (2008) and roever english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 15 (2007), the importance of both aspects in either teaching or testing pragmatic knowledge in previous researches. regarding the scoring of efl learners’ production, iranian nnesrs acted differently, as their minimum and maximum scores in most situations. the deficiencies in high and low proficient raters’ evaluation and the significant differences between them emphasize the inadequacy of some of the low proficient teachers’ pragmatic knowledge and the necessity of developing teacher training courses, especially pragmatic training for nnes teachers (alemi, 2012; harlig & hartford, 1997; rasekh, 2005; rose, 2005). for the third questions, quasiexperimental design producer was carried out. based on the achieved results, there was significant difference between high and low proficiency teachers regarding pragmatic assessment of speech act request. teachers in the high proficiency group could more successfully enhance pragmatic competence compared to the low proficiency group in pragmatic assessment. conclusion the present research was an attempt in which pragmatic assessment considered to be the ideal method for pragmatic assessment of speech act request. so, the homogenized participants were divided into two groups of high and low proficiency. in this study, nine different criteria are employed by nnesrs in rating request productions. high proficient teachers apply certain criteria in evaluating the request speech act of efl learners more frequently. these criteria include authenticity, politeness, query preparatory and softness, conversers relationship, while low proficient teachers use some criteria such as directness, accuracy, style, and statement of optimal example, more frequently. these differences could be due to lack of pragmatic knowledge on the part of nnesrs in which there is cultural difference between l1 and l2 causing pragmatic misunderstanding. the study also indicates the important of l2 pragmatic and the need for pragmatically appropriate learning materials. in countries like iran, teachers and learners do not have any easy access to native speakers or authentic learning materials. in fact, learners need pragmatic instruction as a part of their language education while most of the textbooks for language learning lack sufficient l2 pragmatic exercises and do not consider cross-cultural differences between l1 and l2 societies (alemi & irandoost, 2012; alemi, roodi, & bemani, 2013; safa, moradi, & hamzavia, 2015). finally, it is hoped that research in l2 pragmatics will not only improve our understanding of pragmatic development in speech act realization and of the nature of strategies, but further studies will be done to find efl teachers’ rating criteria in assessing understudied speech acts such as criticism, congratulation, etc. references alemi, m., eslami-rasekh, z., & rezanejad, a. (2015). iranian non-native english speaking teachers’ rating criteria regarding the speech act of compliment: an investigation of teachers’ variables. journal of teaching language skills, 6(3), 21-49. byon, a. s. (2004). socio-pragmatic analysis of korean requests: pedagogical setting. journal of pragmatics, 36, 1973–1704. chen, s. (2007). interlanguage requests: a crosscultural study of english and chinese. the linguistics journal 2(2), 32–52. cohen, a. d. (2014). towards increased classroom assessment of pragmatic ability. iranian journal of language testing, 4(1), 4-25. retrieved from http://ijlt.ir/journal/images/pdf/420-2014-41.pdf. jalilifar, a., hashemian, m., & tabatabaee, m. (2011). a cross-sectional study of iranian efl learners' request strategies. journal of language teaching and research, 2(4), 790-803. doi:10.4304/jltr.2.4.790-803. koosha, b., & dastjerdi, h. v. (2012). investigating pragmatic competence: the case of requests in interchange series. asian social science, 8(1), 45-61. plough, i. c., briggs, s. l., & van bonn, s. (2010). a multi-method analysis of evaluation criteria used to assess the speaking proficiency of graduate student instructors. language testing, 27(2), 235-260. misagh hosseini & ehsan rezvani criteria used by proficient vs. less proficient efl teachers in pragmatic assessment: the case of request speech act 16 rezanejad, a. (2013). rating efl learner's interlanguag pragmatic competence by native and non-native english speaking teachers (unpublished master's thesis). sharif university of technology, tehran, iran. roever, c. (2010). effects of native language in a test of esl pragmatics: a dif approach. in g. kasper, h. thi nguyen, d. r. yoshimi, & j. yoshioka (eds.), pragmatics and language learning (vol. 12, pp. 187–212). honolulu, hi: national foreign language resource center. safa, m. a., moradi, m., & hamzavia, r. (2015). iranian efl teachers and learners perspective on potentiality of top notch series for intercultural competence development. iranian journal of language teaching research, 3(2), 47-66. retrieved from http://www.urmia.ac.ir/sites/www.urmia.ac.ir/fil es/(4).pdf. tajeddin, z. (2014). interlanguage pragmatics and language teaching. tehran, iran: jungle publications. trosborg, a. (1995). interlanguage pragmatics: requests, complaints, and apologies. berlin: mouton de gruyter. doi:10.1515/9783110885286. walters, f. s. (2004). an application of conversation analysis to the development of a test of second language pragmatic competence. unpublished doctoral dissertation, university of illinois at urbana-champaign. walters, f. s. (2007). a conversation-analytic hermeneutic rating protocol to assess l2 oral pragmatic competence. language testing, 24(2), 155–183. walters, f. s. (2009). a conversation analysisinformed test of l2 aural pragmatic comprehensions. tesol quarterly, 43(1), 29– 54. woodfield, h. (2008). interlanguage requests in english: a contrastive study. in m. pütz & j. n. v. aertselaer (eds.), contrastive pragmatics: interlanguage and cross-cultural perspectives (pp. 231-264). berlin/new york: mouton de gruyte. youssef, a. m. (2012). study of request strategies employed by libyan and malay postgraduate students at usm. international journal of learning & development, 2(2), 144-151. http://www.urmia.ac.ir/sites/www.urmia.ac.ir/files/(4).pdf http://www.urmia.ac.ir/sites/www.urmia.ac.ir/files/(4).pdf assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” tedi rohadi assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” tedi rohadi department of english education state institute of islamic studies (iain) syekh nurjati cirebon, indonesia e-mail: triaincrbn@gmail.com apa citation: rohadi, t. (2015). assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique”. english review: journal of english education, 3(2),174-182 received: 11-03-2015 accepted: 22-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: writing section on ielts test is commonly considered one of the most difficult parts of test. the test takers can’t even understand what to do with the tasks provided. they eventually write without clearly knowing the expected direction. therefore, there should be a fastest way to well equip students to successfully cope with such hindrances. this paper is an action research report of how to make students better understand and answer writing tasks on ielts test by employing probing techniques as one of test taking strategies. the paper will preliminarily elaborate the characteristics or nature of ielts test in general and writing section consisting two different tasks in particular including its indicators of what expected kind of writing the testees should be aware of. it will then discuss probing techniques in details. the attack strategies and their sequential implementation will afterward be discussed. the technique will assist students to respectively understand what and how to plan and write effectively on the test. keywords: ielts test, writing section, writing tasks, probing, attack strategies introduction writing section on ielts test is commonly considered one of the most difficult parts of test. the test takers can’t even understand what to do with the tasks provided. they eventually write without clearly knowing the expected direction (jakeman, 2007:23). there should deliberately be a fastest way to well equip students to successfully cope with such hindrances. probing offers a way out of providing a kind of scaffolding (derek and david: 78, 2006; brown, 1994a: 189) that can be used to prepare students to attack the writing tasks on ielts test in the pre-writing stage (brown, 1994a:156). when people really want to learn something, they ask questions. it is not surprising that for many, questioning is at the very heart of learning, the central skill in the teaching-learning process. questions can and have been used for a wide variety of educational purposes: reviewing previously read or studied material; diagnosing student abilities, preferences, and attitudes; stimulating critical thinking; managing student behavior; probing student thought process; stirring creative thinking; personalizing the curriculum; motivating students; and assessing student knowledge (http://changingminds.org/techniques /questioning/questioning.htm). one of the first directions for improving the quality of classroom questions was determining the intellectual level of teacher questions. in 1956 benjamin bloom developed the so english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee called “taxonomies” that included three overlapping domains: the cognitive (intellectual), psychomotor (physical), and affective (attitudes and emotions). the taxonomies have recently been renewed to be three systems ,that is, cognitive systems (retrieval, comprehension, analysis, and knowledge utilization), metacognitive systems, and self-system (marzano and kendall, 2007:45). probing questions are follow-up questions asked after a student responds to the initial question. probing questions require a student to think deeper than the original response, and to integrate newmaterials. probing as a questioning strategy can also be called scaffolding (derek and david: 78, 2006; brown, 1994a: 189). in probing techniques, the types of questions used are those that belong to cognitive domain/system comprising of knowledge/retrieval, comprehension, and analysis (marzano and kendall, 2007: 34). the following brief definitions are followed by several sample verbs that reflect the appropriate intellectual activity: 1. knowledge: requires that students recognize or recall information. remembering is the key intellectual activity. (define, recall, memorize, name, duplicate, label, review, list, order, recognize, repeat, reproduce, state) 2. comprehension: requires that students demonstrate sufficient understanding to organize and arrange material mentally; demands a personal grasp of the material. (translate, explain, classify, compare, contrast, describe, discuss, express, restate in other words, review, select) 3. application: requires that students apply information, demonstrate principles or rules, and use what was learned. many, but not all, educators believe that this is the first of the higher-level thought processes. (apply, classify, solve, use, show, diagram, demonstrate, record, translate, illustrate, choose, dramatize, employ, operate, practice, schedule, sketch, write) 4. analysis: educators agree that this and all the following categories require higher-level thinking skills. analysis requires students to identify reasons, uncover evidence, and reach conclusions. (identify motives and causes, draw conclusions, determine evidence, support, analyze, deduce, categorize, compare, contrast, criticize, differentiate, justify, distinguish, examine, experiment) method this study is a classroom action research in nature. it is intended to overcome the students difficulties in writing section on ielts. the participants of the study are 15 students of ieduc english course in bandung. the activities involve repeated cycles consisting of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. the result of one cycle is used to determine the need for the following cycle, until the problems get solved by the strategy (kemmis & mctaggert, 1988). results and discussion probing is selected as it is a technique that enables students to accommodate and construct their own knowledge. teachers do not need to explain or answer questions but invite students to probe the writing tasks by providing a series of questions as proposed by constructivism. from students’ point of view, they could tedi rohadi assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” communicate directly to teachers as well as concentrate fully to prepare the answers of the questions delivered by the teachers. furthermore, the students cognitive aspects are trained by getting used to process their background knowledge, seeking the relationship one another, and applying them in explaining something new. on top of that, students think that they are given a trust to construct their own knowledge and guided to study independently (williams, m. & burden, r. 1997:65). in teaching and learning process in classroom, there are two major interrelated activities in probing: the students’ activities embracing physical and cognitive activities in which they endeavor to construct their knowledge and teacher’s activities who guides the students with probing techniques by employing a series of questions ranging from low level thinking order to higher level thinking order. the expected physical activities of students are observing (observing graph, identify graph variable, or predict the tendency), answering questions, clarifying and disagreeing, and the cognitive activities of students are assimilating, accommodating, and constructing a new knowledge. teacher’s activities in conditioning probing technique consist of seven following stages (wijaya, 1999:34): stage 1: expose the students with writing task 1 and writing task 2 stage 2: wait for 3-5 seconds to give opportunities to students to observe stage 3: probe the questions stage 4: wait for 3-4 seconds to give opportunities to students to formulate the answers. stage 5: point one of students to answer the question stage 6: if the first response from that student is correct and relevant, then ask other students to confirm that all students get involved. provide reward. if not, give subsequent questions related to the first response, guide them up to phase in which the students get the correct answer. stage 7: give the final question to different students to emphasize that all students could obtain new knowledge. those seven stages can be illustrated in the enclosed flowchart (see the appendix 1) ielts academic writing section consists of two writing tasks. in writing task 1, candidates may be asked to describe facts or figures presented in one or more graphs, charts or tables on a related topic; or they may be given a diagram of a machine, a device or a process and asked to explain how it works. this task assesses the candidate’s ability to identify the most important and relevant information and trends in a graph, chart, table or diagram, and to give a well-organised overview of it using language accurately in an academic register or style. in writing task 2, candidates are given a topic to write about. answers should be a discursive consideration of the relevant issues. candidates should make sure that they read the task carefully and provide a full and relevant response. this task assesses the candidate’s ability to present a clear, relevant, well-organised argument, giving evidence or examples to support english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee their ideas, and to use language accurately. the probing strategy is preliminarily commenced by asking the students to analyze the task of writing task 1. the students are also requested to find out what form of facts or figures representation is used whether it is pie charts, graph, table, process diagram or flow chart. afterward the students are probed with a series of questions concerning facts and figures. if it is pie chart, graph, or table, probe with the following a series of questions that are intended to provide a general overview: what are the key words on this pie chart, graph, or table? what are the headings on this pie chart, graph, or table? what rates and measurement are used on this pie chart, graph, or table? what is the most important/significant trends on this pie chart, graph, or table? what is the best example for certain trend on this pie chart, graph, or table? what is the purpose of this pie chart, graph, or table? what changes have occurred over time? what is the most interesting feature on this pie chart, graph, or table? the aforementioned series of questions can also be followed up with more specific questions that are to lead students to outline their writing. the examples are as follows: example 1: pie chart the two graphs show the main sources of energy in the usa in the 1980s and the 1990s. write a report for a university lecturer describing the changes which occurred. write at least 150 words. probing questions: for first paragraph what do the two graphs show? what source of energies seem to remain the same? what source of energies seem to rise dramatically? for second paragraph which source of energy is the largest and howmuch? which source of energy is the second largest and how much? which source of energy remains constant and how much? which source of energy has the greatest change and how much? tedi rohadi assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” example 2: graph the graph below shows the differences in wheat exports over three different areas. write a report for a university lecturer describing the information shown below. probing questions paragraph one what does the three line graphs of wheat exports each show? how? paragraph two what changes have occurred over time with australia exports? how much? what changes have occurred over time with canada exports? how much? what changes have occurred over time with european community exports? howmuch? example 3: table the table below give information about favorite pastimes in different countries. summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant. write at least 150 words. from 30 50 years old tv sport reading hobbies music beach sleep canada 60 22 15 40 3 0 2 france / / 30 20 4 / / england / / 30 21 4 / 20 australia 65 30 15 45 5 30 4 korea 22 21 60 45 2 2 4 china 15 25 60 50 0 5 5 usa 60 23 15 42 23 30 2 japan / / 62 / / / / english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee probing questions paragraph one what does this table presents and compares? paragraph two what the comparison among countries based on favorite past times? how much paragraph three what factors might influence those past times? then if it is process diagrams or flow charts, probe with the following series of questions that are intended to provide a general overview: what are key words from task description? what labels and the order of steps can identify? how is the process step by step from the beginning to end? what is the purpose of this process? how does it work? how do you include alternative steps? what is the end result? example: flow chart the flowchart illustrates the production of coloured plastic paper clips in a small factory. write a report for a university tutor describing the production process. write at least 150 words. tedi rohadi assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” the general overview series of questions can also be followed up with more specific questions that are to lead students to outline their writing. the examples are as follows: probing question: paragraph one howmany stages are there? what are they? paragraph two how the sequential stages? paragraph three what is the end result?. the attack strategy is preliminarily commenced by asking the students to analyze the task of writing task 2. the students are also requested to find out the main essay types and what they have to do for each one. afterward the students are probed with a series of questions concerning the topic and the task. there are five common essay types that are given in ielts writing task 2 as shown on table 1 below: problem/solution, agree or disagree, two sides of argument, make choice and justify, and evaluate an argument. each of essay type can be identified by looking at the task words. the task requires certain kinds of essay frameworks. once the students misinterpret the task, they will accordingly lead to misleading essays in which the students fail to fulfill the task requirement. table1. essay type, task words, and meaning (adopted from slater, 2007:13) no. essay type task words this means 1 problem/ solution what can be done to solve…? how can this problem be addressed? what challenges…? what strategies…? explain 2 or 3 aspects of the issue (1 paragraph each) suggest solutions make recommendations 2 agree or disagree do you agree or disagree? why? explain your position justify your opinion take position defend it strongly. give several reasons to support your argument (1 paragraph each) it is useful to acknowledge the opposite view (counter argument) and say why you don’t accept it 3 two sides of an argument discuss compare/contrast advantages/disadvantages give a balanced presentation. this means you should write equally about both sides of the issues. in the conclusion you can indicate your position 4 make choice and justify from option a, b, c, d, e, etc. choose 3 most important justify your choice each of your choice becomes the topic of one paragraph give reasons for choosing in this order 5 evaluate an argument to what extent…? how important…? what do you think? you probably take a position which neither in total agreement (100%) nor total disagreement (0%), but somewhere in between. explain why, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the probing questions towards ielts writing task 2 can be exemplified as follows: example of writing task 2 write about the following topic: as mass communication and transport continue to grow, societies are becoming more and more alike leading to a phenomenon known as globalization. some people fear that globalization will inevitably lead to the total loss of cultural identity. to what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement? give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience. model probing questions: what is the task words of this essay? what are key words related to the topic? what are key words related to the task? so what type of essay does it belong to? what do you have to do with this kind of essay? what are you planning to write in paragraph 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5? despite the effectiveness of probing technique in assisting students to better understand the tasks and know what to do in answering the tasks, it still poses two major currently apparent weaknesses. first, they deal with the precise time planning since the answers given by students often do not meet the expected and planned answers. therefore, teachers leave the prepared ones and design a new series of question which eventually consumes additional time. then, the second weaknesses are the boredom that is resulted from overloaded series of questions and helplessness or even frustration due to their incapability in answering the questions to cope with those weaknesses, the number of questions should be prepared in such a way that they can still anticipate the unanticipated events in line with the time allocated. in addition, teachers need to be more relaxed and humorous to reduce the tense and fear of being questioned. conclusion probing technique has made students better understand what to do with the tasks provided. they can eventually write with clearly knowing the expected direction in the pre-writing stage. therefore, probing technique becomes the alternative fastest way not only to well equip students to successfully cope with writing tasks on writing section on ielts test but also to assist students to respectively understand what and how to write effectively on the test. in spite of its effectiveness, probing technique still deliberately requires a good time management, an exhaustive preparation, and a quality of teaching in a way that still provides a tedi rohadi assisting students to attack writing tasks on ielts test with “probing technique” space for fun and joy so as to get rid off students’ boredom and stress. references brown, h.d. (1994a). principles of language learning and teaching. 3rd ed. englewood cliffs, n.j.: prentice hall. ---------------. (1994b). teaching by principle: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. englewood cliffs, n.j.: prentice hall. bruner, j. s. (1960). the process of education. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. holton, derek, and clark, david. (2006). scaffolding and metacognition. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 37, 127-143. http://changingminds.org/techniques/ques tioning/questioning.htm jakeman, vanessa and clara mcdowel. (2007). insight into ielts. cambridge university press, cambridge, uk kemmis, s., & mctaggert, m. (1988). the action research planner.(3rd edition). victoria: deakin university. http://www.stanys.org/rt/action%2 0research%20spiral.pdf. oxford, r. l. (1990). language learning strategies: what every teacher should know. boston: heinle & heinle. robert j. m. and kendall, j. (2007). the new taxonomy of educational objectives (second edition). corwin press. sage publication company. slater, s. (2007). ielts on tract. south wales: center for learning in university of new south wales. williams, m. & burden, r. (1997). psychology for language teachers: a social constructivist approach. cambridge: cambridge university press. willis, j. (1996). a framework for task-based learning. essex: longman. wijaya, m. (1999). pendidikan teknik probing dan pembelajaran benda tegar. unpublished thesis. bandung: upi. wu, b. 1998. towards an understanding of the dynamic process of l2 classroom interaction. system 26, 525-540. http://changingminds.org/techniques/questioning/questioning.htm english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 125 teaching practicum: investigating efl preservice teachers’ self-efficacy fika megawati english education program study, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas muhammadiyah sidoarjo, indonesia e-mail: fikamegawati@umsida.ac.id yuli astutik english education program study, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas muhammadiyah sidoarjo, indonesia e-mail: yuliastutik@umsida.ac.id apa citation: megawati, f., & astutik, y. (2018). teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers‟ self-efficacy. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 125136. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1500. received: 19-08-2018 accepted: 27-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: self-efficacy is influential in determining someone's future competence. identifying self-efficacy towards pre-service teachers provides significant information about how competent they are in applying theoretical concepts of teaching in the real school. it also becomes reflection for the institution on the quality of courses related to tefl carried out in the implemented curriculum. accordingly, this study aims to investigate pre-service efl teachers' self-efficacy during the teaching practicum. this study involved 27 efl teacher candidates who conducted teaching performance in some different schools. to collect the data, online likert scale questionnaire was disseminated to the informants. the responses were interpreted through percentage and analyzed descriptively. the results indicated that generally the pre-service teachers' self-efficacy in terms of teaching skill, constructing and applying lesson plan, assessment, and classroom management, was quite high although some of them seemed to find difficulties in carrying out some classroom activities with the students. self-efficacy analysis towards efl learners‟ practicum gives implication to any institutional parties for preparing the better quality and program of future generation teachers. keywords: competent; teacher candidate; self-efficacy; reflection. introduction in certain situation, the following expressions perhaps ever appear to our mind or our students‟ "can i do it well? does my performance make my students understand? can i do better than him or her?" these expressions deal with self-efficacy. selfefficacy refers to people's belief that the specific target they have set can be reached successfully. as stated by sharp, brandt, tuft, and jay (2016) that self-efficacy is not based on one‟s actual ability to do a task, but rather on that person‟s perceived ability to complete that task. to know "how competent i am", self-efficacy is the right term to use or measure. it potentially becomes a determinant for someone's success in their future career including for teacher candidates. research on self-efficacy with various development and analysis gives a crucial contribution. plenty of studies have shown its effect and positive correlation. students' motivation in the classroom is a part of its influence (jaengaksorn, ruengtrakul, & piromsombat, 2015; ersanl, 2015). in addition, investigating self-efficacy can also give information regarding adolescents' variation in future education and future career orientation (mclennan, mcilveen, & perera, 2017). considering its great significance, self-efficacy becomes a neverending topic in scientific research. fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 126 in the area of english language teaching, yazici & sur (2017) have investigated selfefficacy and epistemological beliefs between pre-service and in-service teachers related to problem-solving skill. in the same vein, jimenez-silva, olson, & jimenez hernandez (2012) found with the foundational knowledge through the use of meaningful and engaging pedagogical practices, the preservice teacher can increase their selfefficacy in teaching english language learners. in addition, çakır and alıcı (2009) compared pre‐service english teachers' self‐efficacy beliefs with their instructors' views of the teaching competence. the results indicated that the pre-service teachers' judgement is higher than the instructor. furthermore, in relation to teaching english reading, begum and hamzah (2018) give insight that policy to increase teacher efficacy is significant in order to improve student reading comprehension. the studies proved that selfefficacy closely relates to the pre-service teachers‟ life, and the result can be used for significant evaluation to provide better performance. from the previous studies, it appears that self-efficacy has the strength, and it needs to be explored more. however, the existing discussion has not talked much about selfefficacy during facing the most determining experience as teacher candidates, namely teaching practice program. in indonesian context, based on the curriculum of teacher education program, the institution applied teaching practice in the new platform. it is called internship program, and has three sessions with different credits to get in touch with school, magang i, magang ii, and magang iii. before the pre-service teachers face internship iii, they have to pass the previous two internships. the two programs have equipped the prospective teachers with the basic principles about school life and teacher' activities and responsibilities. in internship i, the teacher candidates have observed and analyzed school environment, officials, and facilities. internship ii assigned the students to conduct observation on how the teacher constructs the learning instrument and implement it in the classroom with full of activities and evaluation. with the two programs, it is expected that the pre-service teachers can build positive communication and adaptation with the school. consequently, when they take the internship iii (the biggest credits), they can perform more confidently and can manage the situation better. in short, the last magang has big role for the practitioners in shaping their teaching competence (professional, pedagogical, personal, and social) since they have to teach in front of the real students with the lesson plan consulted and with school mentor and institutional advisor. becoming efl prospective teachers is something challenging, especially when they face teaching practicum program in the real school with the real students and community. during this period, the student teachers share their knowledge in teaching situation according to the theories and the best practice they had ever read or seen (riesky, 2013). furthermore, the teachers need to comprehend the theoretical concept of teaching as well as english language. unfortunately, not all of the exposure is from the direct source of language. the knowledge about the language comes from non-native speaker teachers which some time has a different substance from what is expected. in another side, they need to transfer the english concept to the students that are supposed to be accepted in the community using the standard of the target language. therefore, the role of self-efficacy is crucial. when the pre-service teachers have moderate to high self-efficacy, they tend to be highly motivated and more creative in teaching (moradkhani, raygan, & moein, 2017). they will be less stressful when facing teaching time. however, it turns out to be a problem when they believe that their teaching competence is low. it affects not only the teaching performance but also to the respondents in that class. considering the urgency of understanding students‟ english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 127 competence belief to the quality of teaching, this paper presents the results of a study that examines self-efficacy of pre-service teachers in carrying out teaching practicum in internship iii program. exploring students' perception related to their teaching performance is also discussed to give some clarification regarding the findings. method the design used in this study was survey. the researchers selected pre-service english teachers purposively who became practitioners to teach english subject in school partners around sidoarjo, indonesia for accomplishing their internship iii. the program was implemented in several schools varied from junior high school, senior high school, and vocational high school. some of the institutions are state schools, while the others are private schools. the participants of this study consisted of 6 males and 21 females, and they were aged between 22-23 years old in their seventh semester. it was observed that only a few of student teachers had experience in teaching, particularly in english course. for data collection, online likert scale questionnaire was initially distributed to 30 prospective teachers of universitas muhammadiyah sidoarjo majoring in english education study program. nevertheless, only 27 student teachers responded. it was conducted on october 2017, mainly in the odd semester of academic year 2017/2018. from four main variable questions, the researchers elaborated it into 15 questions with 5 possible responses: strongly agree; agree; i don't know; disagree; and strongly disagree. agree statement indicates that i am capable to do the item, i don't know means the respondent is in doubt or not really sure that the activity is finished successfully, and disagree refers to i am not capable to do the item. the word strongly facilitates the response with high certainty. the items of question are adapted from kinnunen (2012). the data analysis was conducted by finding the percentage of the students' response in each question. afterwards, the response was classified based on the variable – teaching competence, lesson planning, classroom management, and assessment to know the general self-efficacy information of the students. results and discussion this part outlines results taken from the questionnaire responses. the questionnaire consists of fifteen questions in which six questions deal with teaching competence, two questions discuss learning instrument construction, particularly lesson plan, five questions deal with learning assessment capabilities, and two questions explore the classroom management. each part is connected to the related literature for discussion. self-efficacy in teaching english language skill, grammar, and culture teaching competence in demonstrating particular language skill at secondary school level takes a pivotal part in shaping an english pre-service teachers‟ performance. although in the curriculum it is not explicitly stated that the students need to master all english skills separately (it is more integrated), the student teachers who conduct teaching practicum have to perform the best to train the students how to use the language appropriately that can reflect the function of each skill. it is undeniable that when someone teaches language, the concept appears first in mind is how to make the students recognize the new language so that later they will be able to listen, speak, read, and write the target language for effective communication. language component such as grammar and cultural aspects also something that can be introduced to the students to strengthen their target language development. thus, question number 1 until number 6 exposed the students‟ efficiency in teaching english skills as well as grammar and culture. the detailed questions are described as follow. 1) i can efficiently teach oral communication in english (speaking) fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 128 2) i can efficiently teach written communication in english (writing) 3) i can efficiently teach grammar in english (english component) 4) i can efficiently teach listening comprehension in english (listening) 5) i can efficiently teach reading comprehension in english (reading) 6) i can efficiently introduce and teach about different english speaking cultures (cultural aspect) 0 20 40 60 80 100 q1 q2 q3 q4 q5 q6 strongly agree agree don't know disagree strongly disagree figure 1. students' responses towards questions related to teaching competencies figure 1 shows that the students mostly agree with the statement. in other words, self-efficacy to teach english language skills, grammar, and english culture was relatively high. the top point is in response to number 5, namely the self-efficacy related to teaching reading comprehension. this response is in line with the most activities set in the curriculum that the students are exposed to learning based on the texts oriented first. even, in many assessments, the teachers tend to assign the students to read and answer reading comprehension questions. therefore, the pre-service teachers seem to have a lot of exposure from reading activities. from reading, they can create many activities in the learning process as well as develop learning materials from various references. through these programs, the pre-service at the same time have tried to enrich english literacy for the secondary level students. however, in figure 1 it also appears that there were respondents who mention disagree for question number four and six. in addition, strongly disagree was selected to answer number 6. this response indicates that listening and english culture information is not mastered quite well to be transferred to the students in the school. the pre-service teachers seem to have found difficulties in comprehending listening and cultural issue when they took the courses. thus, for them, the better decision is not to teach what they are not really capable of. competence in constructing lesson plan the next part is related to the capabilities of the pre-service teachers in developing their lesson plan and modifying the materials based on the students‟ need and the school curriculum. the two questions are formulated as follows. 1) making lesson plans is easy for me 2) i can modify my teaching materials to suit the student‟s need composing a lesson plan is a crucial activity in a pedagogical context. composing lesson plan involves many aspects for consideration. understanding the implemented curriculum and syllabus in the school become ones of the determinants to set the lesson plan format and content. thus, it is not something strange if in one area, the schools apply different curriculum. it depends on the readiness and human resources to support the selected curriculum to the school life. surprisingly, the response of competence in constructing lesson plan shows almost 20% of the respondents are incompetence. the self-efficacy was found at the moderate level. several factors were identified for this problem. based on the supplementary data, the participants admitted that they were still confused in comprehending how the lesson plan is english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 129 constructed. they just knew about promes (semester program) and prota (yearly program) in making a schedule for each lesson, and need more time to understand the concept before they make their own lesson plan to be applied in the classroom for specific meetings. next, the tendency of teaching too many grammatical theories make them eliminate time to train the students‟ english skills. from the lesson plan they developed, it seems that to build more interactive situation, the pre-service teacher could not show variation during the instruction. meanwhile, the ability to integrate the target structure into english language skill is significant to create meaningful learning as suggested by clark (2010) in the form of integrating grammar as a whole, not only writing skill. in addition, arikan (2009) promotes the importance of giving context in grammar course such as learning english grammar in relation to environmental peace education. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 q1 q2 strongly agree agree don't know disagree strongly disagree figure 2. the result of students' responses towards questions related to lesson planning to get more information about the lesson plan production process, the students were asked a question after expressing their competence through fulfilling the questionnaire. the result shows various ideas since the students relate this point with several aspects, yet the researchers have limited the relevant points dealing with how they worked with their lesson plan. question: "reflecting the teaching performance during micro teaching class, can you give me your opinion about the things that you find similar, different, or even new in the school?" response 1 “i found many differences in the lesson plan. i cannot apply my "previous" lesson plan, because the teacher has her own style and rule. also, i got problem while consulting with the school mentor because we were not taught clearly about the method, model, technique, and assessment that are suitable with k13." response 2 “the similar is the use of lesson plan in the teaching and learning in the classroom. the difference is the lesson plan because the school uses the revised k13. so, the teacher makes a lesson plan based on the revision of education ministry. the condition and situation are even new in the school.” response 3 “the similar is: in teaching-learning process, a teacher must have a lesson plan before he/she teaches or the class management to make the class enjoyable and give the students motivation.” “the different: in a real situation, they are many characteristics of students. this is the job for teacher on how to manage them and still make the class comfortable and enjoyable.” the responses indicate that there is no congruence in students‟ background knowledge to implement the applicable lesson plan. having clarified with the fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 130 respondents, it is found that in their micro teaching classroom, they had used two different curriculums, ktsp and k-13 since at that time some schools in the regency have not been ready yet to shift their curriculum to the new one automatically. a year later, the condition changed. thus, in the field, the students had a different experience in developing the lesson plan. to face this condition, some pre-service teachers had been active in confirming the changes to their teacher based mentor as well as supervisor for the guidance. to achieve the good communication with those important people in this program, building good attitude becomes a pivotal consideration. in some pre-service teachers‟ reports, there was a statement that their communication with internship iii supervisor was not good, and it influenced the impression in conducting the whole activities, especially making a report. to know the appropriate materials for students, the ability to predict the students‟ need for learning is crucial. however, this ability is not that easy. mostly, the preservice teachers depend on handbook used in the class since they think that it will be beneficial for them in facing the exam. in addition to textbook adaptation, the preservice teachers had already implemented their classroom activities with media. most of them agree that visual media and audiovisual media can attract students‟ attention. self-efficacy in assessment the following classification in the questionnaire is about assessment. teaching practice does not complete without measuring the output of learning whether it is in the form of test or not. one of the ways to examine the students‟ progress is through assessment. therefore, in this study, the researchers asked the informants to share their opinion regarding the following statements: 1) i can use different types of evaluation methods in teaching 2) i can easily notice mistakes in spoken english 3) i can easily notice mistakes in written english 4) i know many different ways to correct students‟ mistakes 5) i can correct a student‟s mistake without lowering his or her motivation 6) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 q1 q2 q3 q4 q5 strongly agree agree don't know disagree strongly disagree figure 3. the result of students' responses towards questions related to assessment the responses that need to be highlighted are agree, don't know, and disagree. although the general ideas go to the positive competence through their selection in agree and strongly disagree, there were several pre-service teachers felt that assessing students‟ english proficiency in the class is something difficult. thus, don't know and disagree option still appear. furthermore, familiarizing to some different types of evaluation becomes their problem in teaching. so far, a written test is often implemented. textbook-based evaluation is the best option to adapt or adopt. they just substituted the subject or the verb of the questions for adapting. consequently, it english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 131 provided ineffective test impact for teachers and learner. the principle of assessment itself is washback that provide interactive feedback for both teacher and the students. one thing to enhance washback effect is in the form of discussing and reconstructing the test performance for improvement. ren (2011) and pan and newfields (2011) put their similar concerns on washback effect on english test of the tertiary level students, but they took different kind of test. there is another kind of assessment, such as alternative assessment in the form of portfolio or performance. focusing on the portfolio, to get the optimal result, of course, a lot of sources are needed. for some school condition, it perhaps needs a long period to realize. facing the fourth industrial revolution, education also feels the impact. the existence of mobile devices influences the way teachers and students search for any related information for classroom activities. in this case, teachers do not need to be afraid of losing the opportunity to know the students' learning progress, and they can implement the alternative assessment in the form of e-portfolio (hung, 2012). self-efficacy in classroom management classroom management covers many things such as the concept of the physical environment of the class, teacher‟s voice and body language, mind stream lesson changes, teaching under adverse circumstances, and creating a positive classroom climate. the last part, there are two questions related to classroom management. the researcher focuses on the capabilities in handling the problems both from students and others that influence the learning process. 1) i can motivate even the most troublesome students to learn 2) i can efficiently solve problematic situations in the classroom 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 q1 q2 strongly agree agree don't know disagree strongly disagree figure 4. the result of students' responses towards questions related to classroom management the thing that can alter the pre-service teachers‟ mood when they conduct a teaching practicum is the students‟ behaviour. in line with this, riesky (2013) mentioned that student teachers spent their time to solve the students‟ problem in their teaching practicum in addition to managing their main job (teaching) during the program. with various ways of learning and personalities, the students of secondary level education still need much attention. although at their age they seem to be independent, changing condition in their environment sometimes hinders the success of learning. it forces the teacher to give a good example through their way of overcoming the problems. fortunately, based on the responses in this study, most of the pre-service teachers have quite high efficacy to handle any unexpected situation happening in the schools which have a big number of students in one class. ideally, one class consists of at most 2025 students in order to obtain a conducive situation. however, this regulation cannot be implemented in all areas in indonesia. even, to some schools which have limited classes, the number of students can be overloaded, fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 132 around 40-50. in addition, if there is no rule in the classroom, the students normally decide their self-selection location to sit. sometimes, in their pattern, there is an unfair collaboration of a group. therefore, giving variation in seating arrangement probably gives an alternative way to bridge effective communication between the students and the teacher. the position the students usually select tends to influence their learning performance as well as teacher‟s perception toward the students (zhang, 2018). this case can be paid attention by the pre-service teachers to be more creative in controlling the class through seat location modification. from the pre-service confirmation, seating arrangement for conducting group work in english class is strongly needed since the students can mobile and share to each other in accomplishing english tasks. the results also indicate that the students work better and more confident during the activities done in a group. to give different idea, aliakbari and bozorgmanesh (2015) mention that teacher‟s assertiveness in managing classroom has positive relationship with the students‟ performance. based on the result of self-efficacy level in this research, the researchers comprehend that there were diverse obstacles in performing teaching practicum during internship iii that potentially make them unconfident to select the option i agree in certain teaching competencies. it is true that the most difficult student to teach is the learner who believes he or she cannot succeed. inconvenience they found during the program cannot be easily forgotten from their mind. this indicates that the lecturers of english teacher education study program have big homework to approach those who have low self-efficacy to have positive belief that they can teach better in the future through a lot of exercises and experiences. to make them have a high level of selfefficacy is not adequate if it is merely provided from tefl related courses taken before the program. the reinforcement is still highly needed during the practice especially from lecturer assigned as a supervisor in giving guidance for their better teaching performance. this can help the preservice teachers move a step higher in passing the bridge of self-efficacy. accordingly, an opportunity for educators to fix the unexpected situation dealing with low self-efficacy is through implementing the concept of a continuum of self-efficacy covering four important aspects, namely cautious, self-esteem, self-confidence, and perseverance (bray & mcclaskey, 2016). the role of internship iii supervisor also takes a pivotal point during that process. supervisors are expected to be a model in all conditions. they also need to be able to utilize methods and strategies or techniques that put the student teachers and their pupils at the centre of learning. being knowledgeable in subject matter and versatility in the facilitation of learning is also important. a supervisor is also a prudent manager of time and resources. therefore, in selecting the lecturers to be a supervisor, the faculty needs to select the candidates based on appropriate criteria in order to give maximum assistance to the student teachers during the practicum. it is also possible to open recruitment for the ones who are willing to implement their teaching knowledge in managing the preservice teachers. in addition, the supervisor is expected to be able to be a program planner and designer that will accommodate effective teaching practice. next, they need to have skill in using appropriate resources to stimulate and facilitate the development and assessment of teacher trainees during teaching practice. finally, after giving optimal guidance, at the end of the program, the supervisors are observers as well as assessors for student teachers. being an objective assessor is a challenging duty. for some period of being together with the student teachers, they can easily predict the quality of each trainee during accomplishing their teaching practice activity. besides, the progress will appear clearly if there is a good communication. thus, interact with student teachers about english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 133 their teaching experience needs to be maintained. supervisors in internship program have core tasks in completing their responsibilities. the first one is, of course, providing regular on-site observation of student teachers‟ teaching performance. through this direct visit, it is expected that the pre-service teachers will have more preparation. it will be better if the whole student teachers join seminar classes to prepare them and evaluate the success of teaching practice before they go to school. second, it is suggested that the supervisors also help student teachers to develop lesson plans which encourage an activity-based approach. to do this activity, they need to ensure that the concept of the syllabus and lesson plan construction is quite similar to the school concept. if it is too different, it will hinder their reporting process. assessing the student teacher‟s performance based on pre-established teacher performance standards is the big core task for internship supervisors. however, to encourage the student teachers to understand what they have done to identify the strengths and weaknesses, the supervisors can implement self-reflection or sometimes it is called self-evaluation in the form of student teacher‟s logbook/diary/journal. it is believed that student teachers logbook/diary/journal is meaningful media to obtain information on how prospective teachers think about and engage in the evaluation of their teaching performance. using teacher logbooks is also a tool for assessing transformative learning process in professional development (van meerkerk, 2017) in addition to developing adequate teaching competencies. to get visual performance, another study suggests to use video to support reflective teaching practice (impedovo & cheneval-armand, 2016). the second key player in teaching practicum is a school-based mentor. without the mentor‟s support, the prospective teachers will get many difficulties in the school. mentors are designed as the closest person in the school. everything dealing with the technical problems and implementation in the classroom setting is discussed with mentors. responsibilities of mentors vary, but the main goal is the same, namely sharing the practical knowledge of teaching profession to the student teachers. the responsibilities are assisting the student teachers to obtain competence in the various elements of the institution functioning, lesson planning, and classroom management (maphalala, 2013). furthermore, to gain effective mentoring process, adequate support service such as in-service training, mentor handbook, department of teacher education assessment/grading scale, regular communication and incentives is highly recommended (tshuma & shumba, 2014). conclusion to sum up, this present study shows that identifying pre-service teachers‟ selfefficacy when they conducted teaching practicum in internship iii is beneficial for faculty reflection in determining the content of supporting courses as well as selecting supervisors and communicating with schoolbased mentors. the responses clearly state that most of them agree to say capable of doing activities related to teaching english language skills as well as grammar and culture, lesson plan construction, assessment, and classroom management. however, there were also pre-service students who claim that they have moderate until low self-efficacy from their opinion that they don't know or disagree to answer the questions. of course, the factors varied based on their proficiency level and teaching experience. furthermore, this feedback can become the evaluation for the lecturers as well as the implemented curriculum to find appropriate strategies in assisting pre-service teachers to survive in the school for accomplishing teaching practicum program. this also reminds lecturers to be professional in transferring knowledge to prepare them in the field experience through updating information from scientific publications and fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 134 attending some conferences to get broad insight in the scope of english language teaching. strengthening any courses related to teaching english as a foreign language theory and giving supportive guidance in shaping the teaching competence are truly needed for building a quality performance. for future researchers, it is important to have deeper investigation in another side of the implementation of internship (magang i, ii, and iii) as the response or feedback for the implementation of the current curriculum in indonesia. seeking the information of preservice teacher development models through an internship program in good universities is also recommended in order to encourage teacher education program in developing universities to enrich their knowledge and improve the model for gaining better prospective teacher quality. acknowledgment we would like to express our deepest gratitude to universitas muhammadiyah sidoarjo for the support through the institution grant in the scheme of basic institution research. references aliakbari, m., & bozorgmanesh, b. (2015). assertive classroom management strategies and students‟ performance: the case of efl classroom. cogent education, 2(1). doi: 10.1080/2331186x.2015.1012899. arikan, a. (2009). environmental peace education in foreign language learners‟ english grammar lessons. journal of peace education, 6(1), 87– 99. doi: 10.1080/17400200802655064. begum, f. u., & hamzah, m. h. b. (2018). the relationship between self-efficacy on teaching reading comprehension skills among secondary schools teachers in telangana state, india. jees (journal of english educators society), 3(2), 197–204. doi: 10.21070/jees.v3i2.1280. bray, b., & mcclaskey, k. (2016). self-efficacy make learning personal. retrieved march 21, 2018, from http://kathleenmcclaskey.com/selfefficacy/. çakır, ö., & alıcı, d. (2009). seeing self as others see you: variability in self‐efficacy ratings in student teaching. teachers and teaching, 15(5), 541–561. doi: 10.1080/13540600903139555. clark, u. (2010). grammar in the curriculum for english: what next? changing english, 17(2), 189–200. doi: 10.1080/13586841003787332. ersanl, c. y. (2015). the relationship between students‟ academic self-efficacy and language learning motivation: a study of 8th graders. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 199, 472–478. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.534. hung, s.-t. a. (2012). a washback study on eportfolio assessment in an english as a foreign language teacher preparation program. computer assisted language learning, 25(1), 21–36. doi: 10.1080/09588221.2010.551756. impedovo, m.-a., & cheneval-armand, h. (2016). from the first lesson to one year later: reflection of a french student-teacher. educational journal of the university of patras unesco chair, 3(2), 247–257. retrieved from http://electra.lis.upatras.gr/index.php/ejupunes cochair/article/view/2753. jaengaksorn, n., ruengtrakul, a., & piromsombat, c. (2015). developing self-efficacy and motivation to be a teacher scale, thai version. procediasocial and behavioral sciences, 171, 1388–1394. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.01.258. jimenez-silva, m., olson, k., & jimenez hernandez, n. (2012). the confidence to teach english language learners: exploring coursework‟s role in developing preservice teachers‟ efficacy. the teacher educator, 47(1), 9–28. doi: 10.1080/08878730.2011.632471. kinnunen, e. (2012). teacher self-efficacy beliefs and aims of preservice english teachers. university of jyväskylä. maphalala, m. c. (2013). understanding the role of mentor teachers during teaching practice session. international journal of educational sciences, 5(2), 123–130. doi: 10.1080/09751122.2013.11890069. mclennan, b., mcilveen, p., & perera, h. n. (2017). pre-service teachers‟ self-efficacy mediates the relationship between career adaptability and career optimism. teaching and teacher education, 63, 176–185. doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2016.12.022. moradkhani, s., raygan, a., & moein, m. s. (2017). iranian efl teachers‟ reflective practices and self-efficacy: exploring possible elationships. system, 65, 1–14. doi: 10.1016/j.system.2016.12.011. pan, y., & newfields, t. (2011). teacher and student washback on test preparation evidenced from taiwan‟s english certification exit requirements. international journal of pedagogies and learning, 6(3), 260–272. doi: 10.5172/ijpl.2011.6.3.260. ren, y. (2011). a study of the washback effects of the college english test (band 4) on teaching and learning english at tertiary level in china. international journal of pedagogies and learning, 6(3), 243–259. doi: 10.5172/ijpl.2011.6.3.243. riesky, r. (2013). how english student teachers deal english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 135 with teaching difficulties in their teaching practicum. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 2(2), 250. doi: 10.17509/ijal.v2i2.169. sharp, a. c., brandt, l., tuft, e. a., & jay, s. (2016). relationship of self-efficacy and teacher knowledge for prospective elementary education teachers. universal journal of educational research, 4(10), 2432–2439. doi: 10.13189/ujer.2016.041022. tshuma, r., & shumba, a. (2014). the extent to which the provision of mentor support services in zimbabwe‟s 2-5-2 teaching practice enhances continuous improvement of student teachers‟ teaching skills and competences. journal of social sciences, 40(3), 373–384. doi: 10.1080/09718923.2014.11893332. van meerkerk, e. (2017). teacher logbooks and professional development. international journal of qualitative methods, 16(1). doi: 10.1177/1609406917735255. yazici, y., & sur, e. (2017). examination of academic self-efficacy: a survey on pre-service and in-service english language teachers. european journal of education studies, 3(11), 263–271. retrieved from https://oapub.org/edu/index.php/ejes/article/view/ 1196/3484. zhang, m. (2018). „if you take learning seriously, i‟ll assign you to a good seat‟: moralized seating order and the making of educational success in china‟s public schools. ethnography and education, 1–20. doi: 10.1080/17457823.2018.1441733. fika megawati &yuli astutik teaching practicum: investigating efl pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy 136 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 75 cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era halimah applied linguistics study, postgraduate program, university state of jakarta, indonesia department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education, university of suryakancana, indonesia e-mail: halimah_lt15s3@mahasiswa.unj.ac.id; halimah@unsur.ac.id gufran ali ibrahim national agency for language development and cultivation, jakarta, indonesia e-mail:ibrahim.kakalu@gmail.com ninuk lustyantie applied linguistics, postgraduate program, university state of jakarta, indonesia e-mail: ninuk.lustyantie@unj.ac.id apa citation: halimah, h., ibrahim, g. a., & lustyantie, n. (2018). cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 75-82. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1497. received: 08-08-2018 accepted: 19-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: cello is derived from community english language learning and orai. it is a new teaching method developed especially in the community of english language learning based on the idea of curran’s work on teaching method. cello is a combination between an innovative teaching method and media technology called orai application that is applied in teaching and learning of speaking especially in fostering students’ fluency. today, all graduates face a world transformed by technology, in which the internet, cloud computing, and social media create different opportunities and challenges for formal education systems. this paper aims to explore the use of cello in assisting student’s speaking fluency. this classroom action research consists of three cycles in which each cycle consists of six stages, namely identify the problem, data gathering, data interpreting, action on evidence, evaluation, and revision. the obtained data showed that cello method could improve students’ speaking fluency. based on the finding, implementing cello method is strongly recommended in teaching speaking especially at fostering students’ speaking fluency. keywords: cello; speaking fluency; technology 4.0; industrial revolution; action research. introduction in the era of globalization and industrial revolution 4.0 in which it is powered by artificial intelligence and it will transform the workplace from task-based characteristics to the human centered characteristics, an ability to speak english in this era is very important to be mastered as a medium of communication between nations and people from various backgrounds. in this era, the ability to speak a second language fluently has become necessary, especially for those who want to advance in certain field of human endeavor. fluency in speaking is known as the natural ability to speak spontaneously, quickly and comprehensibly with few numbers of errors that may distract the listener from the speaker’s message. accuracy and fluency are the two factors which determine the success of english language students in the future. the key to successful communication is to be able to speak effectively and articulately which is linked to one’s success in life as it occupies an important position both individually and socially (amiri, jahedi, & othman, 2017). halimah, gufran ali ibrahim, & ninuk lustyantie cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era 76 however, english speaking is not an easy thing. leong and ahmadi (2017) say that english speakers should understand important components of speech such as pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension. therefore, problems often arise in learning to speak english. with its complex grammar and morphological systems, stress and intonation patterns, and pronunciation difficulty, many people struggle in achieving fluency. nevertheless, experience shows that with constant exposure and practice, developing fluency in a second language is made possible even with the most difficult languages. individuals who spend time in the country of the target language come back with improved pronunciation and understanding of the mechanics of the language. on the other hand, when individuals do not have constant access to native speakers and practice opportunities, achieving or maintaining fluency becomes problematic. several studies have found problems arising in learning to speak. first, leong and ahmadi (2017) found that students were unable to communicate fluently and accurately due to lack of knowledge about the topic being discussed. fluent refers to the speaking speed and smoothness of the language delivery (srivastava, 2014; hadijah, 2014). meanwhile, fluency refers to a level of proficiency in communication. it is the ability to produce spoken sentences with ease, efficiency, without pauses or a breakdown of communication (yang, 2014). the existence of fillers such as uh, um, well, you know, i mean, like are among the common ones used in spoken language indicating influent (al-khasawneh & huwari, 2014). based on a number of findings, it can be concluded that there are two indicators effecting students’ speaking fluency, namely; 1) too many hesitations and pauses in speaking may obstruct the speaking fluency and also depress the speaker (wang, 2014); and 2) repeating words or phrases during speaking. nowadays, people are standing on the edge of a technological revolution that is called industry revolution 4.0 in which having proficiency to speak in english especially for university students is quite important in order to be able to build a connection with others around the world through the communication. as today’s learners belong to the digital age, teachers also must adapt to use technology and multi-media based learning resources to impart the functional teaching of english (daniel, 2014). there are numerous of researchers conducted research on the issues of the use of media technology in language teaching and learning, such as bahadorfar and omidvar (2014) who proposed some technologies that can be applied in language teaching, namely communication lab speech recognition software, internet, tell (technology enhanced language learning), pod casting, quick link pen, and quicktionary. they said that technology gives learners a chance to engage in selfdirected actions, opportunities for self-paced interactions, privacy, and a safe environment in which errors get corrected and specific feedback is given. feedback by a machine offers additional value by its ability to track mistakes and link the student immediately to exercises that focus on specific errors. godwin-jones (2009) stated that there are a number of tools for speech analysis, many of which can be and have been adapted for language learning. kaypentax (formerly kay elemetrics) markets the widely used visi-pitch, now at version four. the latest release features a waveform editor, auditory feedback and voice games. the games are quite basic, for example, an animated graphic based on pitch and amplitude of the sound input. the company also sells the popular computerized speech lab (csl), a powerful hardware/software speech analysis system. its hardware is used in conjunction with a pc and offers highquality input and output as well as a variety of software add-ons. the latter includes a video phonetics program, which features a english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 77 synchronized display of video and acoustic data. the most widely used option with csl is real-time pitch, which provides extensive analysis capabilities to compare two speech samples. kaypentax also sells multi-speech, a software only speech analysis program, with similar software options to csl. the eduspeak speech recognition system from sri international supports 9 languages and includes program interfaces for use in macromedia director and microsoft activex. for oral language testing, the versant suite of tests (available for english, spanish and arabic) incorporate speech processing and can be taken over the phone or on a computer. a free on-line demo for english illustrates how the 15-minute test works. the speech analyzer from sil international (formerly the summer institute of linguistics) performs frequency and spectral analysis and can be used to annotate phonetic transcriptions. of particular interest to language learning, it also allows for slowed playback and looping of audio. sil international makes available other tools for language analysis and recording including phonology assistant and wincecil, both of which can be used together with speech analyzer. a widely used authoring tool is winpitch ltl, a windows desktop application. teachers create lessons consisting of a sequence of speech models, to be repeated or imitated by the learner, with the model speech displayed in graphic form on the left and the learner's input on the right. the program features unicode word processing and web linking. as with similar tools, winpitch ltl offers powerful capabilities but it is likely the rare language teacher who can find the time to create pronunciation lessons themselves from scratch. teachers who do, like marjorie chan for teaching chinese (2003), find that the flexibility and customizability of such tools, as well, of course, as evidence of student improvement, compensate for the time and effort involved. those researchers used media technology in language teaching. yet, over those researches, the use of orai application in teaching and learning speaking has not ever been revealed by the researchers. cello method promotes the studentcentered learning process and decreased the teacher-centered learning. through the stages of the learning process, the teacher’s role is as a facilitator and a counselor. there are some activities that can be done using cello method in speaking class. first is recording. in this activity, the students record their speech. second, listen. the students listen to their recorded speech. third is correct. the students’ activity is corrected for the error in language occurred on their speech. the fourth activity is repeating the recorder in which the students repeat and record their correct speech. orai is one of the most popular android mobile application (bodana, 2017). it is an application to help people to be better speaker. it is developed by danish dhamani. orai gives people the confidence and skills to speak powerfully when on stage, in front of a room, or in everyday life (chang, 2017). it serves as people speech coach (takahashi, 2017). orai is powered by artificial intelligence which gives immediate, personalized feedback on users’ public speaking prowess (douglas, 2017). orai helps people in preparing a better speaker (olivia, 2018). to use the app, learners must download it for smartphones (figure 1). it is compatible for almost all ios and android mobile devices (bodana, 2017). figure 1. orai application figure halimah, gufran ali ibrahim, & ninuk lustyantie cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era 78 there are some features in orai application, namely; 1) it gives instant feedback. orai gives feedback on students’ use of filler words, pacing, energy level, pauses, and clarity all in seconds (figure 2); 2) learn through lessons (figure 3). orai worked with over 100 speaking coaches to create fun, interactive lessons to improve the students’ speaking skills (figure 4); and 3) students can practice anytime (figure 5). figure 2. instant feedback from orai app figure 3. lessons available in orai app figure 4. students can practice anytime through the artificial intelligent, as the learners have done recording, this app offers an interesting solution to a common problem (bodana, 2017). orai picks up on filler words like um. for instance, the record app tracks the number of “ums” that is uttered and points them out to speaker as unnecessary filler words that are signs of hesitation (chang, 2017), see figure 5. it tells speaker if she/he is speaking too fast or too slow and provides his/her a transcript of what speaker just said (figure 8) which highlights speaker’s varying energy or lack thereof (figure 6). figure 5. orai detect filler use figure 6. analytic result of orai app it also tells the speaker how clearly speaker is enunciating words and counts the number of words that speaker says in a minute as well as monitoring the pace of her/his speech. besides, orai measures the “energy” of speaker speech, like whether she/he speaks in a monotone that will put people to sleep or whether she/he emphasizes certain words. orai really helps learner to prepare speaking fluency and confidently. accordingly, this article reports the results of the research dealing with the application of the orchestrating orai application into cll method by answering the following research question: how does cello method application improve students’ fluency in speaking practice? english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 79 method the type of the research conducted in this study was collaborated action research. it is a type of action research characterized by the focus on single class or several classes with common issues and the presence of substitute teachers. the subjects were 27 university second semester students studying at english education department in a private university in cianjur. the data of this study were collected through test and observation on the process of teaching and learning using orai and cll method. the tool used was video recorder. the data obtained in this research were qualitative and quantitative data. the data were then analyzed using descriptive statistics and constant comparative method. to know the improvement of students’ fluency, the researcher compared the mean score of post-test 1, post-test 2, as well as post-test 3 in order to know the effectiveness of implementing orai application in cll method to teach speaking fluency. results and discussion statistically, the result of students’ tests is presented in the following graphic. graph 1. students’ score this graphic clearly indicates that there is improvement of the students from cycle to cycle. the minimum score was constant in pre-test and in post–test 1. however, it increased to 1.5 in post–test 2, and increased again to 2 in post–test 3. the maximal score was 2 in the pre-test. it increased to 2.5 in post-test 1, 3 in post-test 2, and it was constant in this score in post-test 3. the improvement also happened on students’ average score. it was 1.6 in pre-test and increased to 1.9 in post-test 1, 2.4 in posttest 2, and became 2.6 in post-test 3. it can be reported that the increasing of students’ speaking fluency score above deals with the score speech rate, articulation, phonation time ratio, and also the total number of pause fillers per minute. here, the students were able to manipulate the time spent for speaking in order to reduce the frequency of silent, pause filler, and also hesitancy that are usually occurred in speaking. the students are also able to produce more units of syllable. by using orai application, the students had the opportunities to make some repetition of their speech. another improvement also happened on the students’ attitude toward learning process. from the observation, the writer found a new formula in using cello method in teaching speaking. this formula consists of four stages, namely record, listen, correct, and repeat. finally, the writer called this formula as rlcr. the stages of the activities are described as follows. the first stage of students’ activity was recording. in this stage, the students recorded their utterances or speaking. hence, before recording their voice, the students were allowed to ask the teacher about what they were going to utter in l1, then the teacher translated the utterances into the target language. the students uttered the utterance modeled by the teacher. the students then practiced in uttering the utterance many times. the purpose of this activity is to get the students’ fluency. it was supported by muhammad (2017) who said that repetition can help students’ fluency. after they were sure about their pronunciation, their intonation, and they were confident enough to record their utterances, then they recorded their halimah, gufran ali ibrahim, & ninuk lustyantie cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era 80 speaking. only the target language was recorded by using orai application. the second stage was listening. after the students recorded their speeches the device would take a few second to analyze students’ speech. the device then showed the result and gave direct feedback to the students. the feedback covered pronunciation, tone, energy, filler as well as the clarity of the students’ speech as well as the score of the speech. the result of the analysis of pronunciation can be seen in the transcribe sheet. when there was a blank sheet, it means that the students produced incorrect pronunciation. the students’ result of speaking energy was indicated by the graphic of energy. there were two colors in it; yellow color indicated that students’ speaking was monotonous and purple color indicated the students’ speaking energy. the students’ unnecessary filler was also analyzed. at the end, the students were able to get their scores of clarity. the students also got suggestion from the device. based on the suggestions, the students then listened to their recording speech. in this stage, the students would highlight their mistakes. having reading the result or the analysis, the students might make some corrections dealing with the mispronunciation, the tone, the filler, or the energy suggested by the device. in this stage, they discussed with their fellow or consulted to the teacher. by having discussion, it means that they have chance to communicate with their friend and the teacher to build a relationship between students-students and student-teacher. in this stage, the students practiced reading the correct speech. the final stage was repeating. once the students corrected their speech, they might do some repetitions in practicing the speech through the recording. as the score increased and they felt comfort with the score, they might submit the score to the teacher together with the transcription of the text. as the research revealed, being afraid of speaking in front of other is common for the students even for english department students. english teacher should be able to find a better solution to help students to cover their fear of speaking. one of the things than can be done is by applying an appropriate teaching method which not only makes the students active and creative in the teaching and learning process, but also it should pay attention on the students’ psychology. the teacher also should be creative in using a media in applying the teaching method in order to create a joyful teaching and learning process. community language learning (cll) method is an innovative teaching method that pays attention on the students’ feeling, desire, and opinion during the process of teaching and learning. in the application, this method is assisted by a tape recorder. as this device is stay no longer in this era, it is substituted by an application of mobile technology called orai that can be downloaded from google play store to smartphone. then, this application and cll method are orchestrated to be applied in speaking class in order to help students to be better in speaking skill. it is supported by bahadorfar and omidvar (2014) who noted that technological tools have been regarded as ways of helping students improve language skills, such as speaking skill. orai application can help students in increasing their speaking and all aspects of speaking. for instance, the app tracks the number of “ums” that the students utter and point them out to the students as unnecessary filler words that are sign hesitation. as the students are able to manage the use of filler during the speaking, it shows that they can speak fluently. in addition, orai also helps students to fix their pronunciation, intonation as well as their speed of speaking (douglas, 2017). the app uses artificial intelligence (ai), developed by gupta, to track users’ speech and give instantaneous, personalized feedback based on three indicators: use of filler words like “um” and “er”, speed of speech (130-150 words per minute is the optimum), and energy or variation in tone. orai application can be used to practice speaking in the class and out of the class. it english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 81 promotes students’ self-study. moreover, the students suggest that orai application should be applied in other language subject, such as in phonology and reading class. it is in line with statement that the participants’ digital mindsets, comprising assumptions about affordances of digital technologies, shaped the ways in which the participants used digital technologies within and beyond classrooms. research has revealed that second language learners often seem passive and reticent in language classrooms. in the age of globalization, however, there is an urgent need for english as a foreign language (efl) teachers to enhance their reticent students’ confidence to help them take part more actively in classroom oral activities (doqaruni, 2014). cello method is an innovative new teaching method especially for english community learning. it becomes a more effective teaching method assisted by a smart app called orai. the effectiveness of this method could be seen from the stages done by the students in learning speaking in which it promotes the students to learn independently and in joyful environment. orai is a very smart app. for example, if in a uttering the utterances the students too monotonous, the app will give a direct feedback. another interesting characteristic of the app is the playback button that learners can listen to the speech being spoken in the recorder. through this feature, orai offers personalized exercises for each learner, focusing on their weaknesses and improving their skills. despite these good features in orai, there are a few cautionary notes. first, orai’s voice recognition software did not always get it right. in fact, many of the words in students’ transcripts were incorrect or replaced with an underscore, symbolizing that the software did not understand. this made the students frustration. this seemed to skew other areas of feedback as well, such as counting the number of filler words used. in addition, the app would give users more incentive to use it if it provided cumulative feedback over time. for instance, if it kept track of the number of filler words a speaker used over the course of several months, their pace, or energy levels, users would be able to track their long-term progress in specific areas. it must be noted that orai does not provide any grammatical explanations. it only immerses the learner in the target language by offering exercises centered on new vocabulary. to learn the grammar, learners must deduce the principles of grammar on their own and through trial and error. even though orai penalizes the learners for the tiniest of mistakes and points out the most insignificant phase of speech, it does not present the learners with any grammar notes or rules of any kind. yet, in the term of fluency, this app gives some suggestions what the students should do to fix their speech. it also gives the results of unnecessary filler during speaking. through this way, the students will be aware of the use of filler when they speak. conclusion this study was carried out to describe how mobile technology device called orai application was orchestrated into a language teaching method named cll to be used in teaching speaking that helps the students to become better speaker and to report students’ perception on the use of orai application in speaking course. to grab the outcome of teaching and learning effectively, an appropriate teaching method should be considered by the teacher. supporting media in teaching and learning is extremely needed in order to assist student in learning in learning practice. cll method is an appropriate teaching method to be applied in language teaching and learning especially in speaking class. this method sees the students’ as a whole person who has feeling, desire, love, and the desire of sense of belonging. this method suggested the teacher to pay attention of student’s physiological factors. the old recorder equipment used in this method was a tape recorder. hence, this device did no halimah, gufran ali ibrahim, & ninuk lustyantie cello as a language teaching method in industrial revolution 4.0 era 82 longer exist. therefore the writer substituted this device with an application available in a mobile technology called orai, then combining it into cll method in teaching speaking. many researchers reported that cll method was able to reduce the students’ fear to speak. it forced the students-centered learning and reduced teachercentered study. orai application is a unique and excellent app to be used as a supporting media for speaking course. it provokes the students to learn actively and happily in the classroom. they do not to be worry of making mistake during speaking practice since the app gives them feedback directly and gives suggestion what should they do. orchestrating cll method and orai application is strongly recommended for both the teacher and students in order to help them to be better speaker. references al-khasawneh, f. m., & huwari, i. f. (2014). the interference of mother tongue/native language in one’s english language speech production. international journal of english and education, 3(3). retrieved from www.ijee.org. amiri, f., jahedi, m., & othman, m. (2017). a case study of the development of an esl learner's speaking skills through instructional debate. international journal of humanities and social science, 7(march), 120–126. bahadorfar, m., & omidvar, r. (2014). technology in teaching speaking skill. acme international journal of multidisciplinary research, 2(4), 9– 13. retrieved from http://www.aijmr.net. bodana, r. (2017). orai improve public speaking app for android, ios download review & troubleshooting. chang, m. (2017). interview with danish dhamani, co-founder of orai – ai artisan. retrieved from https://aiartisan.wordpress.com/2017/11/27/inte rview-with-danish-dhamani-co-founder-of-orai/ daniel, m. j. (2014). language teaching in the digital age. international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, 3(4), 11029–11031. retrieved from www.ijirset.com. doqaruni, v. r. (2014). a quantitative action research on promoting confidence in a foreign language classroom : implications for second language teachers quantitative action research on promoting confidence in a foreign language classroom. inquiry in education, 5(1). retrieved from http://digitalcommons.nl.edu/ie/vol5/iss1/3. douglas, l. (2017). want to captivate an audience like obama? there’s an app for that. godwin-jones, r. (2009). emerging technologies speech tools and technologies. language learning & technology, 13(3), 4–11. retrieved from http://llt.msu.edu/vol13num3/emerging.pdf%0a october. hadijah, s. (2014). investing the problems of english speaking of islamic boarding school program at stain samarinda. dinamika ilmu: jurnal pendidikan, 14(2), 240–247. retrieved from http://journal.iainsamarinda.ac.id/index.php/dinamika_ilmu/articl e/view/16/pdf_17%0ahttps://docs.google.com/ viewerng/viewer?url=http://journal.iainsamarinda.ac.id/index.php/dinamika_ilmu/articl e/viewfile/16/pdf_17. leong, l. m., & ahmadi, s. m. (2017). an analysis of factors influencing learners’ english speaking skill. international journal of research in english education, 2(1), 34–41. doi: 10.18869/acadpub.ijree.2.1.34. muhammad, r. (2017). the importance of teaching reading: emphasize for reading fluency or accuracy in improving students’ reading comprehension in efl context. ethical lingua, 3448, 127–138. olivia, r. (2018). 15 tools to help students improve. retrieved from https://www.bookwidgets.com/blog/2018/09/15 -tools-to-help-students-improve-their-publicspeaking-skills-in-the-classroom. srivastava, s. r. (2014). accuracy vs fluency in english classroom. new man international journal of multidisciplinary studies, 1(4), 2348–1390. retrieved from www.newmanpublication.com. takahashi, d. (2017). orai app uses ai to help you become a better public speaker. wang, z. (2014). developing accuracy and fluency in spoken english of chinese efl learners, 7(2), 110–118. doi: 10.5539/elt.v7n2p110. yang, y. i. j. (2014). is speaking fluency strand necessary for the college students to develop in the efl class? theory and practice in language studies, 4(2), 225–231. doi: 10.4304/tpls.4.2.225-231. collaborative strategic reading implementation to improve students’ reading comprehension english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee collaborative strategic reading implementation to improve students’ reading comprehension desy olivia riani department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: oliviadesy309@ymail.com apa citation: riani, d. o. (2013). collaborative strategic reading implementation to improve students’ reading comprehension. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 231-239 received: 02-03-2013 accepted: 13-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: this collaborative action research is aimed to find out whether or not the implementation of collaborative strategic reading (csr) improves students' reading comprehension and also to identify students' attitude towards the implementation of csr. csr is reading strategy that employs four strategies namely preview, click and clunk, get the gist and wrap up during students’ cooperative learning. a class of eleventh grade students of a public senior high school in majalengka, west java, indonesia is participated as the participant of the study. the required data were collected through the use of questionnaire, observation checklist, and reading test. the data from the questionnaire indicated that 82% students had positive attitude toward the implementation of csr. they feel that csr improves their motivation in learning english and csr brings more fun to the process of learning. moreover, it was found from observation data that the students were actively participated during csr implementation and they were motivated when comprehending a text by means csr strategy. finally, the study proved that csr improved students’ reading comprehension. students’ mean score of reading test in the beginning of the study was 67, meanwhile, after applying csr as reading strategy, their mean scores improved to 88. keywords: csr, reading comprehension, action research. introduction as one of the four language skills, reading plays an important role in enhancing students’ english ability. reading has a function as a tool to access information. according to anderson, hiebert, scott, and wilkinson (1985, p.7), “reading is the process of constructing meaning from written texts. it is a complex skill requiring the coordination of a number of interrelated sources of information.” it means that reading is a complicated process of extracting meaning from written texts and in order to be able to read, information sources are needed. the information sources should be comprehensible and interconnected. teaching and learning of reading process in indonesia have been introduced to students since they were in elementary school. reading has been acknowledged to them from the simplest form e.g. reading words, reading sentences, and reading paragraphs. meanwhile, in senior high school level, students are expected to be able to read a more complex form of reading such as reading text. based on an interview with an english teacher at one of senior high school in majalengka, west java, that conducted on march 19, 2015, it is found kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction that many students still have problems in reading. when the teacher asked students to read, they seemed to be less motivated and some other students are found lack of vocabulary, with the result that these situations make them difficult to understand what they are reading. the other problem from the students is fluency. many students are not fluent in reading. those cases were quite problematical and should be solved because they can cause further difficulties to the next reading lesson. thus, it is important to find out solution for students’ reading problems. concerning the problems, the researcher proposed an alternative reading strategy to be used in teaching and learning reading called collaborative strategic reading (csr). csr is originally designed by klingner and vaughn in 1996 that combines modified reciprocal teaching and cooperative learning (bremer, vaughn, clapper & ae-hwa, 2002). according to bremer, vaughn, clapper and ae-hwa (2002, p.1), “csr consists of four comprehension strategies that students apply before, during, and after reading in small cooperative groups. these reading strategies are: (a) preview (before reading), (b) click and clunk (during reading), (c) get the gist (during reading), and (d) wrap up (after reading)”. elkaumy (2004) in abidin and riswanto (2012) explains the concept of csr as the following: the concept of this strategy is engaging students to work in small cooperative groups (3-5) and apply four reading strategies: preview, click & clunk, get the gist and wrap up. preview allows students to generate interest and activate background knowledge in order to predict what they will learn. click & clunk are selfmonitoring strategy which controls their understanding about words, concepts and ideas that they understand or do not understand or need to know more about. get the gist. students identify the main ideas from reading to confirm their understanding of the information.wrap up provides students with an opportunity to apply metacognitive strategies (plan, monitor and evaluate) for further extend comprehension. in short, csr is a reading strategy that lets the student work in group of three to five students to examine a text by employing preview, click & clunk, get the gist andwrap up strategy. preview creates students’ interest about a topic and makes the students predict the content of the text. click & clunk controls students’ understanding especially towards difficult words they don’t know. get the gist obligates students to know main idea in a paragraph so they can easily proceed to the next paragraph. meanwhile,wrap up evaluates significance of a text and it invites students to make conclusion from the text. by applying csr as reading strategy during reading lesson, students are hoped to have improvement on their reading comprehension. method this present study applied classroom action research (car) method by following kemmis and mc. taggart model (1988). elliot (1991) as cited in burns (2010) maintains that action research is a study of a social situation to improve the quality of the action in it. explaining what action english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee research is, kemmis and mc taggart (1998) as cited in burns (1999, p.32) state “action research occurs through a dynamic and complementary process, which consists of four essential moments: planning, action, observation, and reflection. these moments are the fundamental steps in a spiraling process.” figure 1 an action research spiral proposed by kemmis and mc. taggart (1988) kemmis and mctaggart (2000) as cited in koshy (2005) describe action research as participatory research. in this study, the researchers collaborate with an english teacher, so this study is a collaborative action research. collaborative action research strengthens the opportunities for the practice to be fed back in a more substantial and critical way (burns, 1999). this study is carried out in sma negeri 1 talaga with the participant 40 students. the english teacher recommends this class because there are some reading problems found. not only the students, the researcher and the english teacher are also the participant in this study. the researcher acts as an english teacher who teaches reading to students by using csr strategy, while the english teacher acts as an observer who observes teaching learning process during the study. this action research is carried out within two cycles, cycle 1 and cycle 2. the procedures of the study is begun by conducting pre-research, followed by planning step, action step, observation step, and reflection step. there are several data collection techniques applied in this study such as test, observation, field notes and questionnaire. the test is consisted of three tests, namely pre-test (test 1), posttest in cycle 1 (test 2) and post-test in cycle 2 (test 3). meanwhile, during observation, observer is equipped with an observation sheet adapted from sa’diyah (2011) to observe students’ seriousness, enthusiasm, and participation in the class during the implementation of csr. completing observation, field notes are taken to record classroom situation during the implementation of csr. in addition, questionnaire is administered to the students at the end of action research to find out their attitudes toward the implementation of csr. the questionnaire is adapted from al-roomy (2013), consists of twenty questions. it covers nineteen close-ended questions and one open-ended question. analyzing the data, students’ tests (test 1, test 2 and test 3) were analyzed by calculating their mean score and class percentage which pass minimum score. the assessment of students’ answer of test 1, test 2 and test 3 is as follows: correct answers are scored with two points, as suggested by brown (2003), while incorrect answers and absent or omitted answers are scored with zero. table 1 multiple-choices assessment kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction kind of answer point correct answer 2 incorrect/absent answer 0 meanwhile, in analyzing the data from observation, field notes and questionnaire, the study applied data analysis from miles and huberman (1994) as cited in koshy (2005) that consist of data reduction, data display and conclusion drawing and verification. results and discussion the following are the calculation of students’ improvement in test 1, test 2 and test 3. on each test, students were asked to ask questions related to an analytical exposition text that learnt by using csr strategy. test 1 test 2 test 3 score category score score category score score category score highest score 87 highest score 87 highest score 100 lowest score 47 lowest score 60 lowest score 73 mean score 67 mean score 76 mean score 88 in test 1, students’ mean score was 67. class percentages which passed minimum score was only 7, 5 % with 3 students passed minimum score. meanwhile, in test 2, students’ mean score improved to 76. class percentages which passed minimum score improved from 7, 5% to 52 %. from 31 test takers, 16 students passed minimum score in this cycle and it was a significant improvement. furthermore, students’ reading comprehension was extremely improved in cycle 2. students’ mean score continued to improve to 88 with class percentages which passed minimum score 97 %. from 36 test takers, 35 students could pass minimum score. in this cycle, students’ reading comprehension was extremely improved since the students had understood csr strategy well and they had applied csr strategy to reading in longer period. in addition, in terms of reading comprehension aspects, students’ reading comprehension was also improved. students’ reading comprehension improvement on each reading comprehension aspect was summarized in the following table: students’ improvement on reading comprehension aspects english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in terms of main idea, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 2,3. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 3, 0. in terms of supporting idea, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 1, 4. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 2, 3. meanwhile, in relation to passage structure, students mean score before implementing csr was 2, 4. after csr has been implemented to their class, their mean score improved to 2, 6. in relation with vocabulary aspect, students mean score before implementing csr was 3, 4. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 4, 3. in the last aspect, making inference, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 0, 5 and improved to 0, 9 after the implementation of csr. in addition, in relation to students’ attitudes towards the implementation of csr, students give positive attitudes towards the implementation of csr. the result of questionnaire is explained as follows: based on the data above, mean score of questionnaire (152) passed agree scale. so, it could be concluded that majority of student with percentage 82 % of students were agree towards the implementation of csr and they gave positive attitude towards the implementation of csr. in addition, to know problems faced by the students during the implementation of csr, they were asked to answer questionnaire item 20. the most frequently problem was related to vocabulary. twenty students (54%) from thirty seven students reported that the most difficult problem they encountered was there were too many words they did not understand. the second most difficult issue was the complexity of the structures of the passages. meanwhile, sixteen students (43, 2%) mentioned that the situation of the class which is noisy also disrupt csr implementation. eleven students believed that group members who are not actively participated in group discussion and who sometimes absent affected their group discussions. surprisingly, some of the factors such as shyness, confusion of csr strategies, interest in english and time allocation did not seem to have caused major problems. conclusions this study focuses on the implementation of csr to improve students’ reading comprehension. the purposes of this research are to find out whether or not the implementation of csr improves students’ reading comprehension and to identify students’ attitudes towards the implementation of csr. in this study, the data collected strongly disagree disagree neutral agree strongly agree 37 74 111 148 167 185 152 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction through reading test, observation, field notes and questionnaires. based on the findings, this study concludes that csr improves students’ reading comprehension. it can be seen from students’ reading test mean score in preliminary study which was 67, and then it is improved to 76 in cycle 1. the mean score is continued to improve to the value of 88 in cycle 2. moreover, after implementing csr to students’ reading lesson, they show improvement on each reading comprehension aspect. in terms of main idea, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 2,3. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 3, 0. in terms of supporting idea, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 1, 4. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 2, 3. meanwhile, in relation to passage structure, students mean score before implementing csr was 2, 4. after csr has been implemented to their class, their mean score improved to 2, 6. in relation with vocabulary aspect, students mean score before implementing csr was 3, 4. after csr has been implemented to their reading lesson, their mean score become 4, 3. in the last aspect, making inference, students mean score before the implementation of csr was 0, 5 and improved to 0, 9 after the implementation of csr. thus, students’ reading comprehension was increased after csr had been applied in reading lesson. the researcher would relate the research finding with the theory of csr. as stated by abidin and riswanto (2012), the goals of csr are to improve reading comprehension and increase conceptual learning in ways that maximize students' involvement. in relation with that goal, the result of this study had shown that csr had improved five indicators of students’ reading comprehension which covered main idea, supporting idea, passage structure, making inference and vocabulary. firstly and secondly, csr made students to be able to identify main idea and supporting idea from the text. students were able to identify main idea and supporting idea from the text because csr obligizes them to restate the most important ideas and supporting ideas about the person, place, or thing of a paragraph or section of the text through get the gist strategy. thirdly and fourthly, csr made students to be able to identify passage structure and to conclude the text. students were able to identify passage structure and to conclude the text since csr obliges them to review what they already learnt from the text during wrap up strategy. meanwhile, students were able to understand vocabulary from the text because their comprehension is monitored during click and clunk strategy. click and clunk strategy obliges them to find out the meaning of difficult words they found in the text. supporting students’ reading comprehension improvement, csr also were provided by some helpful materials that helped students when comprehending the text. in this study, csr material used consisted from sample csr lesson that outlined the procedures during csr group discussion and csr learning log that record students’ ideas while discussion. in addition, during csr implementation, csr reading materials given had some helpful characteristics such as; providing a clues/ pictures that help students to predict what they would learn and having one main idea in a paragraph of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the text. thus, the researcher claimed that csr strategy and csr materials hold important roles in improving students’ reading comprehension. besides of those findings, the data collected from questionnaire showed that students give positive attitude towards the implementation of csr. majority of students (82%) are agree towards the implementation of csr. based on the result of questionnaire, students’ interest towards english is improved after the implementation of csr and they feel that csr bring more fun to the process of learning. it also can be supported by the findings from observation and field notes that students are actively participated during the implementation of csr. references abidin, m. j. z. & riswanto. (2012). collaborative strategic reading (csr) within cognitive and metacognitive strategies perspectives. international journal of humanities and social science, 2(3), 192-198. retrieved on september 03, 2012 from: www.ijhssnet.com/journals/vol_2_no _3_february_2012/25.pdf alderson, c. j. (2000). assessing reading. cambridge: cambridge university press. retrieved on march 25, 2012 from: http://en.bookfi.org/s/?q=alderson+as sessing+reading&t=0 al-roomy, m. (2013). an action research study of collaborative strategic reading in english with saudi medical students. university of sussex. retrieved on april 10, 2012 from: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/46830/1/alroom y,_muhammad.pdf alsamadani, h. a. (2011). the effects of the 3-2-1 reading strategy on efl reading comprehension. english language teaching, 4(3), 184-191. retrieved on march 09, 2012 from: www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/e lt/article/viewfile/11890/8350 anderson, r. c., hiebert, e. h., scott, j. a., and wilkinson i. a. g. (1985). becoming a nation of readers. washington dc: center for the study of reading, national academy of education. retrieved on march 10, 2015 from: files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed253865.pdf bremer, c. d., vaughn, s., clapper, a. t., and kim, a. (2002). collaborative strategic reading (csr): improving secondary students’ reading comprehension skills. national center on secondary education and transition. 1(2), 1-8. retrieved on february 25, 2012 from: www.ncset.org/publications/viewdesc. asp?id=424 brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principle : an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. new york: longman. brown, h. d. (2003). language assessment principles and classroom practice. new york: longman. retrieved on april 30, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/65800 0/dddc004fdf305f1c8e4098dbf2576506/ _as/[h._douglas_brown]_language_a ssessment__principle(bookfi.org).pdf burns, a. (1999). collaborative action research for english language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. retrieved on march 02, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/42100 0/6c2224a811a83882e4128dcff2f3218e/_ as/%5banne_burns%5d_collaborative _action_research_for_eng(bookfi.org). pdf creswell, j. w. (2012). research design qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches:third edition. california: sage publication, inc. fajriyani, t. n. (2001). improving students’ writing ability through clustering technique (a classroom action research in the second year of smp alhasra bojongsari-depok). retrieved on april 21, 2012 from: http://repository.uinjkt.ac.id/dspace/ bitstream/123456789/1721/1/102345tita%20nurul%20fajriyanifitk.pdf http://www.ijhssnet.com/journals/vol_2_no_3_february_2012/25.pdf http://en.bookfi.org/s/?q=alderson+assessing+reading&t=0 http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/46830/1/alroomy,_muhammad.pdf http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/elt/article/viewfile/11890/8350 http://www.ncset.org/publications/viewdesc.asp?id=424 http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/658000/dddc004fdf305f1c8e4098dbf2576506/_as/[h._douglas_brown]_language_assessment__principle(bookfi.org).pdf http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/421000/6c2224a811a83882e4128dcff2f3218e/_as/%5banne_burns%5d_collaborative_action_research_for_eng(bookfi.org).pdf http://repository.uinjkt.ac.id/dspace/bitstream/123456789/1721/1/102345-tita%20nurul%20fajriyani-fitk.pdf kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction fan, y. (2010). the effect of comprehension strategy instruction on efl learners’ reading comprehension. asian social science, 6(8), 19-29. retrieved on march 08, 2012 from: http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/inde x.php/ass/article/download/6841/535 7.pdf fraenkel, j. r & wallen n. e. (2006). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill companies, inc. gerot, l., & wignell, p. (1994).making sense of functional grammar. sidney: antipodean educational enterprise (aee). harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching. new york: longman. hikha. (2013). analytical exposition text. retrieved on april 01, 2012 from: http://hikhaz.blogspot.com/2013/12/rpp-bahasainggris-tentang-analytical.html kazemi, m., hosseini, m., & kohandani, m. (2013). strategic reading instruction in efl contexts. theory and practice in language studies, 3(12), 2333-2342. retrieved on march 08, 2012 from: http://ojs.academypublisher.com/inde x.php/tpls/article/viewfile/tpls031223 332342/8159 klingner, j. k., vaughn, s., boardman, a., and swanson, e. (2012). now we get it!: boosting comprehension with collaborative strategic reading. usa: john wiley & sons. klingner, j. k., vaughn, s., dimino, j., schumm, j. s., & bryant, d. (2002). collaborative strategic reading. colorado: sopris west. koshy, v. (2005). action research for improving practice: a practical guide. london: paul chapman publishing. retrieved on march 09, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/42800 0/65d174b54649cb0e26560f43f3fe5ce3/_ as/%5bvalsa_koshy%5d_action_rese arch_for_improving_practi(bookfi.org). pdf lems, k.., miller l. d. and soro, t. m. (2010). teaching reading to english language learners: insights from linguistics. new york london: the guilford press. retrieved on december 14, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/45500 0/ecacadaa0518630b9651fbeccbeb304e/ _as/%5bkristin_lems,_leah_d._miller, _tenena_m._soro%5d_tea(bookfi.org). pdf mali-jali, nomfundo. (2007). a genre-based approach to writing across the curriculum in isixhosa in the cape peninsula schools. stellenbosch university. retrieved on may 18, 2012 from: http://scholar.sun.ac.za/bitstream/ha ndle/10019.1/1412/malijali_genrebase d_2007.pdf?sequence=3&isallowed=y mckay, sandra lee. (2006). researching second language classrooms. london: lawrence erlbaum associates publishers. moreillon, j. (2007). collaborative strategies for teaching reading comprehension. chicago: the american library association. retrieved on march 08, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/54700 0/3747a9bcf134159d63bda8caf19f0103/ _as/%5bjudi_moreillon%5d_collabora tive_strategies_for_teac(bookfi.org).pd f nosratinia, m., mirzakhani, e., & zaker. (2013). toward a humanistic instruction: collaborative strategic reading approach and efl learners’ reading comprehension. international journal of advanced studies in humanities and social science, 1 (8)1119-1138. retrieved on march 19, 2012 from: ijashss.com/upload/ijashss-1141.pdf oskamp, s., schultz, p. w. (2005). attitudes and opinion. new york: psychology press. oxford advanced learners’ dictionary (5th ed.). (1995). oxford: oxford university press. puspita, e. d. (2012). improving students’ reading comprehension using collaborative strategic reading (csr) (a classroom action research study at the eighth grade students of smp negeri 1 ngadirojo in the academic year of http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/ass/article/download/6841/5357.pdf http://hikha-z.blogspot.com/2013/12/rpp-bahasa-inggris-tentang-analytical.html http://ojs.academypublisher.com/index.php/tpls/article/viewfile/tpls031223332342/8159 http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/428000/65d174b54649cb0e26560f43f3fe5ce3/_as/%5bvalsa_koshy%5d_action_research_for_improving_practi(bookfi.org).pdf http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/455000/ecacadaa0518630b9651fbeccbeb304e/_as/%5bkristin_lems,_leah_d._miller,_tenena_m._soro%5d_tea(bookfi.org).pdf http://scholar.sun.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10019.1/1412/malijali_genrebased_2007.pdf?sequence=3&isallowed=y http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/547000/3747a9bcf134159d63bda8caf19f0103/_as/%5bjudi_moreillon%5d_collaborative_strategies_for_teac(bookfi.org).pdf english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 2011/2012). universitas negeri semarang. retrieved retrieved on july 04, 2015 from: http://digilib.uns.ac.id/dokumen/deta il/26807/improving-students-readingcomprehension-using-collaborativestrategic-reading-csr-a-classroomaction-research-study-at-the-eighthgrade-students-of-smp-negeri-1ngadirojo-in-the-academic-year-of20112012 rozak, r. r., ngadiso, & asib, a. (2012). the effectiveness of collaborative strategic reading (csr) to teach content area reading comprehension viewed from students’ intelligence. english teaching, 1(1), 54-67. retrieved on march 10, 2012 from: http://jurnal.pasca.uns.ac.id/index.ph p/elt/article/viewfile/138/129 sa’diyah, h.(2011). improving students’ ability in writing descriptive texts through a picture series aided learning strategy. the english teacher. 40, 164-182. retrieved on april 10, 2012 from: http://www.melta.org.my/et/2011/1 64_182_halimatus.pdf thompson, s. l. and vaughn, s. (2007). research-based methods of reading instruction for english language learners, grades k–4. alexandria: association for supervision and curriculum development. retrieved on february 27, 2012 from: http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/52200 0/9c5b263cc8449076c40c9f09c8fe75a2/_ as/%5bsharon_vaughn,_sylvia_linanthompson%5d_researchba(bookfi.org).pdf http://digilib.uns.ac.id/dokumen/detail/26807/improving-students-reading-comprehension-using-collaborative-strategic-reading-csr-a-classroom-action-research-study-at-the-eighth-grade-students-of-smp-negeri-1-ngadirojo-in-the-academic-year-of-20112012 http://jurnal.pasca.uns.ac.id/index.php/elt/article/viewfile/138/129 http://www.melta.org.my/et/2011/164_182_halimatus.pdf http://dl.lux.bookfi.org/genesis/522000/9c5b263cc8449076c40c9f09c8fe75a2/_as/%5bsharon_vaughn,_sylvia_linan-thompson%5d_research-ba(bookfi.org).pdf anderson,r.c.,hiebert,e.h.,scott,j.a.,and english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 51 fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices endang darsih department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kuningan, indonesia email: endangdarsih@gmail.com apa citation: darsih, e. (2018). fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 51-60. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1495. received: 21-08-2018 accepted: 30-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: studies reported that education in indonesia has not been promoting learner autonomy as the main goal of the learning process. in fact, it could be one of the solutions to improve the quality of indonesian students and a key goal for tertiary english learning. this explorative study was conducted to find out lecturer’s beliefs about learner autonomy and the activities done by the lecturers to foster learner autonomy. seventeen lecturers from english education study program were voluntarily investigated and interviewed. questionnaires about teachers' beliefs about learner autonomy compiled by borg and al-busaidi (2012) were also employed in this study. the study revealed that majority of students were assessed to be not autonomous yet and there were various efforts and activities done by the lecturers to improve learner autonomy, such as providing a project based assignment, recommending a specific web and english mobile applications to assist their learning, keep motivating the students, fostering reading habit, involving students to select materials, and applying various teaching methodology. keywords: learner autonomy; teacher’s beliefs; fostering learner autonomy; efl; tertiary education. introduction autonomous learning is considered the pedestal of individuals’ self-study, whereby, the individuals are largely responsible for their learning (holec, 1981) as cited in halil (2018) and learner autonomy has become a central ability to develop for a fruitful language learning/teaching process in efl classes. however, based on researcher’s observation in the teaching and learning process, it can be said that the context of higher education in indonesia has not been too promoting learner autonomy as the main goal of the learning process. moreover, some education practitioners have not been too familiar with the term “learner autonomy”. in fact, as lengkanawati (2014) said that learner autonomy is a vital factor in creating effective learning. practice in the field shows that students have not shown high level of learning autonomy. this can be seen from students who tend to learn just before the exam or when the lecturer asks them to do so. besides, there were always excuses from university students to postpone the assignments. the absence of strong awareness from within the students about the importance of learner autonomy becomes the common problem here so it is necessary once there is a paradigm shift that learning is not only a transfer of knowledge to the students, but also to provide space for students to explore the information and knowledge needed by themselves. besides, low motivation of the students is also the serious problem that needs to be solved. students tend to participate and involve passively in the classroom activities, only some students participating actively in the classroom activities, and some are not enthusiastic in interacting with the lecturer and other students. learner autonomy has become a trend for researchers in the last 10 years, but in endang darsih fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices 52 indonesia, the concept has yet to be thoroughly researched. there are several definitions of learner autonomy. holec (1981) in barilaro (2011) states that learner autonomy focuses on student involvement in their own learning process; namely in the determining of learning objectives, the content or materials, choosing the methods and techniques of learning, monitoring procedures of understanding and evaluating learning outcomes. in other words, learners are responsible in the learning process. learner autonomy has been the focus of teachers, educators, and researchers in various contexts (balcikanli, 2010; benson, 2012; borg & al-busaidi, 2012; lengkanawati, 2014). it has an important role in improving student self-reliance so that it will give positive implications to the students in everyday life. if today the students still need help, he or she will become independent later on. as stated by vygotsky (1934) in barnard (2015) that “what the learner can do with help today, will be able to do independently tomorrow.” this concept also assumes that the independence of students in learning will affect the independence in life. it is in line with what barnard (benson, 2012) proposed that “learner autonomy means being independent in learning and life.” in the same vein, barnard (2015) said “the ultimate goal of learner autonomy is independence.” moreover, lengkanawati's study (2014) indicates that autonomy in learning has not been a common occurrence in the context of education in indonesia, in contrast to the educational context in australia that has applied learner autonomy in learning. since learner-centered approach is crucial in language learning, the endeavors to increase the learners’ involvement in designing their language learning process should be prioritized (yigit & yildirim, 2018). in this case, teacher or lecturer is the one who has substantial and important role in developing and fostering learner autonomy. a study conducted by alonazi (2017) revealed that english language teachers often encouraged autonomous learners in their classrooms. they usually implemented different teaching strategies, which demonstrated the four roles: facilitator, counselor, resource and manager. with reference to the importance of learner autonomy in creating successful english learning and the role of teacher in fostering learner autonomy, a few researchers focused on teachers’ beliefs and practices regarding language learner autonomy in asian context, such as in vietman (loi, in barnard & li, 2016), in philippines (ranosa, in barnard & li, 2016), in thailand (tapinta, in barnard & li, 2016), in brunei darussalam (haji, et al., in barnard & li, 2016) and in indonesia (lengkanawati, in barnard & li, 2016). however, there have been limited studies concerned on the efforts done by university teachers in developing language learner autonomy. therefore, this research intends not only to find out lecturers’ beliefs about learner autonomy, but also efforts done to foster learner autonomy. method this study was conducted by using a qualitative method, namely explorative research design. all lecturers at english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education of universitas kuningan with the total number of 17 lecturers are regarded as the participants of this study. they are voluntarily involved in the present study. in this study, data was collected by two means: questionnaire and interview. the questionnaire used in this study was adopted from a questionnaire about teachers' beliefs about learner autonomy compiled by borg and al-busaidi (2012). the statement in the questionnaire is divided into four categories: technical, political, psychological and social. the measurement used likert scale with five options, they are strongly disagree, disagree, unsure, agree, and strongly agree. the questionnaire was modified, translated as well as cross-checked by researcher, and then piloted with colleagues. delivery was english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 53 conducted in a bilingual version both online and through hard copies, which generated a total number of 17 respondents. all lecturers were asked to fill the questionnaires to find out their beliefs about learner autonomy, but not all lecturers were interviewed. the interview participants comprised eight teachers, who were selected from the questionnaire respondents who have expressed interest in further participation, with consideration of the years of teaching, gender and the type of students they taught. the interview was conducted in both english and indonesian to get a better result. results from questionnaires distributed to all lecturers of english education study program were analyzed initially through ms. excel and using descriptive statistics to calculate frequency and percentage which would then be interpreted with data obtained from interviews. results and discussion profile of research participants participants of the present study are all lecturers in english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education in universitas kuningan with a total number of 17 lecturers. the lecturers of the english education study program who are respondents have diversity in gender, the highest educational attainment, the teaching experience (elt experience), and the experience at language center. these characteristics are presented in graphs below. figure 1. profile of participants based on gender figure 2. profile of participants based on educational background figure 3. profile of participants based on teaching experience figure 4. profile of participants based on experience at language center lecturers’ beliefs about learner autonomy based on the results of questionnaire data processing to 17 participants, it was obtained some items or statements in which almost the majority of participants agree (agree/a) and strongly agree (strongly agree/sa) with statements number 3, 4, 7, 11, 12, 25, 28, 29, 35 and statement number 36. the majority of participants (88.2%) believe in some things. first, that student autonomy can be improved through routine activities where they perform individual tasks. second, autonomy means that students can make choices about how they learn (82.4%). thirdly, the majority of participants (64.7%) believe that involving students in determining materials or teaching materials endang darsih fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices 54 can improve student autonomy. fourth, 82.3% of participants believe that students who have a high level of confidence will have better autonomy of learning than the less confident. fifth, the autonomy of learning makes students learn more effectively (70.6%). sixth, cooperative activities (co-operative group work activities) can help improve learner autonomy (82.3%). the seventh, studentcentered learning is the ideal situation in improving learner autonomy (82.3%). to eight, learning how to learn something is a key in improving learner autonomy (58.8%). to the nine, teachers have a very important role in helping students improve their learning autonomy (76.5%). finally, the majority of participants (82.4%) believe that learner autonomy has a positive influence on the success of language learning. in the meantime, the questionnaire also shows that the majority of participants still doubt their beliefs about several things especially for items number 1, 5, 9, 15, 20, 24 and item number 34. the majority of participants doubt some things. first, students at all age can improve their learning autonomy. second, students with low learning autonomy tend to be ineffective. thirdly, the majority of participants doubt that it is difficult to improve learner autonomy with good language skills compared to those with less ability. fourth, the autonomy of learning cannot be developed in lecturer-centered learning. sixth, learning autonomy is only possible applied to adult students. the seventh, learner autonomy requires students to be totally independent of the lecturers. finally, the participants’ doubt can be seen from the statement that the students' skills do not affect their ability to improve their learning autonomy. from the result of the questionnaire, it is also seen the belief of participants to some statements where the majority of respondents disagree (disagree/d) and strongly disagree (strongly disagree/sd) such as on item statement number 8, 18 and item statement number 23. this disagreement seen in 76.5% of participants belief that student learning autonomy means learning without lecturer. furthermore, the majority of participants (59%) also disagree that learner autonomy does not develop without being assisted by lecturers. finally, majority of participants (76.5%) disagree and strongly disagree that student learning autonomy is a concept that is not suitable for non-western learners. efforts in fostering learner autonomy based on interviews with eight participants, it is revealed that the majority of participants concluded that the students of english education study program are not fully autonomous; they are not fully independent, especially the first grade students due to the nature of his high school that is not independent and accustomed to the pattern of spoon-fed principle. having analyzing the result of interview, it is revealed that there are several efforts or activities which are undertaken by lecturers in fostering learner autonomy in university, such as: 1. providing a structured task (project based or research based assignment) that should be done individually. 2. recommending some specific internet, web or mobile applications as learning resources in accordance with the course. 3. motivating the students to compete between campuses at various levels. 4. growing and fostering reading habit for students by making chapter report or learning log at every meeting. 5. applying various learning methods, such as project based learning and problem based learning to improve learner autonomy. 6. involving the students to choose the material they will read according to their interest and ask them to write selfresponse for what they have learned and what results they will get from the reading. 7. encouraging students to perform activities outside the campus, such as joining the debate club to improve the ability to speak and think critically. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 55 based on data analysis, it can be concluded that the students of english education study program are still not fully autonomous. there are several activities or efforts done by lecturers to foster learner autonomy. first, provide structured tasks (project based or research based) that should be done individually and apply various learning methods, such as project based learning and problem based learning. this project based assignment is also proven by loi (2017) that the students gained a higher degree of learner autonomy after participating in project work. the following is statement taken from interview results: "in my opinion, our students are still not autonomous. the efforts are like giving a structured task such as project that must be completed outside the class both individually and in group "lecturer 5 one of ways in measuring students’ comprehension and ability is by providing tasks. task provided to students must be proportional or in accordance with the ability of students, so that the task given does not become a burden for students. providing structured tasks will make students become more active, trying to find a solution to the problem or tasks that he/she faces. by doing that, the student will be a hardworking person, never give up and students' thinking ability to find a way out of the problem will be increasing. students who are active in completing their tasks will have a positive impact on students' affective, cognitive and psychomotor abilities. this is in line with what benson proposed in barnard & li (2016) that students can often contribute to the design of task and it can heighten their involvement in the classroom. besides, the next effort done by the lecturer in fostering learner is applying various teaching methods. one of the methods, namely project based learning, is chosen because it is believed to improve students’ higher order thinking skills and foster learner autonomy. it is also suggested by the most national curriculum in indonesia because it is expected to create studentcentered learning and enable the students to find the information by themselves. the following is statement taken from interview results: "the efforts will vary, depends on the lecturers, i think our students have not been independent. therefore, i apply the pbl (project based learning) and problem based learning method with the development of hots (higher order thinking skills) so they can become autonomous. in this way, they can be autonomous, because basically they are capable and have potential; they just need help and our role as a lecturer to develop it ". lecturer 4 project based learning is a teaching method in which students can gain knowledge and skills by working for an extended period of time to investigate and respond to an authentic, engaging and complex question, problem, or challenge. project based learning is believed to make classroom more engaging to students; a project engages their hearts and minds, and provides real-world relevance for learning. project based learning also can improve students’ learning. after completing a project, students understand content more deeply, remember what they learn and retain it longer than is often the case with traditional instruction. because of this, students who gain content knowledge with this type of methods are able to apply what they know and can do to new situations. if we review indonesian government regulation number 65 year 2013 on process standards, then it is stated that the learning process must use a scientific approach by applying research-based learning (discovery or inquiry learning). to encourage learners to produce creative and contextual work, both individually and in groups, it is recommended to use a learning approach that produces project based learning and/or problem based learning tailored to the endang darsih fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices 56 characteristics of competence and level of education. based on the above statement, the expected learning is 'student-centered learning'. so that lecturers do not dominate the learning process. asking the students to find out things for themselves rather than teaching them is very crucial as the basic strategy for student involvement in the classroom activities. it can also allow students to pursue their own interests (benson, 2003) in barnard and li (2016). the students must acquire knowledge, attitudes, and skills, majorly by interacting among themselves and information. the students can get information from various sources, such as education facilities, media, and help from their tutors. autonomous learning, therefore, enhances students to actively learn unlike the traditional mode of learning that promotes passive learning (halil küçükler, 2018). the next effort done by the university teachers in fostering learner autonomy is to recommend the internet, specific web or english mobile applications as sources of learning in accordance with the course. as suggested by the latest curriculum in indonesia that teachers are not the only source of learning. the internet is a network of people and information, connected by telephone lines connected to a computer. even more than 100.000 independent networks public and private are joining together to form this vast global communications system. in line with the widespread internet access, the effort to integrate the internet into english language teaching (elt) and expand its various forms of use in teaching is also higher. this means that more teachers (lecturers or english instructors) and learners will use the internet as a learning medium. the following is statement taken from interview results: "in my opinion the english education program students are not autonomous. moreover, i teach the first graders; most still want to be fed. whatever the instructions should be very clear. assigned tasks such as by depositing vocabulary, learning diary and following activities outside the classroom. i also recommend the web and mobile applications, such as oxford dictionary, hello english, etc. to learn english so that children can also learn outside of school hours. i release them to open gadgets or the internet, browse about the topic to be discussed. besides, in this campus, free wifi can be a good solution for the students to download and install many free english mobile applications which are very beneficial for their learning and their achievements " lecturer 3 nowadays, technology is growing rapidly and as if the world is in the grip that is by accessing the internet via smartphone, even all people in this world including in indonesia mostly have. this condition must become the chance for the students to use it for not only communication but also for learning. they can browse much information easily, whenever and wherever they want as smartphone is portable. smartphone has become an idol and something very important until most students cannot be separated from the smartphone or mobile phone. this is an opportunity to take advantage of smartphones and android as a source and media that help the learning process. there are many free android and smartphone applications designed to assist students’ learning and improve students’ english skills, such as oxpord dictionary, listen and speak, busuu, cartoon free english, speak english picture, fluent english, english podcast for learners, language verb trainer, pvp-phrasal verb, english conversation practice, hello english, etc. motivating and supporting the students to compete between campuses at various levels is also an important effort to foster learner autonomy. the following is statement taken from interview results: "in the classroom i teach, i think only a small part of students is autonomous, the english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 57 syllabus is rarely read and they do not know what direction to learn on that day, far from preparing for themselves what they will learn that day, let alone the first graders who are still accustomed to be fed by teachers. to solve the problem, i usually provide tasks that will train them to become autonomous learners. for example, in the basic prosaic study class, i release students to choose literary works that they will read, make project literature response without any intervention of my own project and then presented in the class. i also assign students to write a chapter report for a syntax class and write self-response to what they have learned and what they can get ... "lecturer 1 all teachers and lecturers already know the importance of learning motivation for students. a strong motivation to learn will encourage students to want and try to learn earnestly. this makes sense and is reasonable. there are goals and desires that will be achieved by students through learning activities. therefore, the learning activities that are run should not only meet the interests of teachers. the priority is the fulfillment of the wishes and needs of students in learning. this is in line with what benson (2003) in barnard and li (2016) stated that supporting learners can foster autonomy in classroom. the important role of motivation in the teaching and learning process needs to be understood by the lecturers so that they can perform various forms of action or assistance to the students. motivation in learning is very important in the process of teaching and learning activities to improve the ability or learning outcomes. this is in accordance with the opinion of wagman (2005) who said that motivation is one of factors that affects the ability of students in learning a foreign language. learning process will be successful when students have motivation to learn. therefore, teachers need to cultivate students’ learning motivation. to obtain optimal learning outcomes, teachers are required to generate students’ motivation to learn, so that effective student learning behavior will be formed. several ways can be done to improve students’ motivation to learn, such as clarifying goals to be achieved, creating a fun atmosphere in learning, generating students’ interest in learning, giving feedback, reward and assessment to students’ works, creating competition and cooperation among students. growing and fostering reading habit for students by making chapter report or learning log at each meeting is also believed to improve learner autonomy. the following is statement taken from interview result: “i usually ask students to create a chapter report or learning log before the material begins. therefore, they have a provision and certainly read in advance about the material to be delivered. in this way, they can actually learn on their own, and the class activity will talk more about what material they do not understand after reading and making chapter report” lecturer 2 & 8 from the result of interview above, it is found that teachers can also let the students to write about what they have learned, what they will do next or the direction of their learning. this way is believed to play an important role in heightening student involvement. the last effort done by the lecturers in fostering learner autonomy is by giving freedom to the students to choose the material they will read according to their interest and write self-response for what they have learned and what results they will get from the reading. as we know that autonomy involves a willingness on the part of the learner to take responsibility for their own learning. therefore students should be given a chance to define and select the materials and learning sources based on their interest. by using authentic materials and involving students to select the materials, this heightens involvement and personal endang darsih fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices 58 relevance. the following is statement taken from interview result: “to improve learner autonomy, i ask them to choose and select reading material according to their own interests. for example, in reading for general purpose subject, students are asked to read the text of their choice and apply the reading strategy i teach to the text of their choice” lecturer 7 autonomy need to be given to the students or learners so that they have the responsibility in organizing and disciplining themselves and in developing their own learning skills. these attitudes need to be possessed by students/learners because they are characteristic of the maturity of the learned person. in line with this, moore (in keegan, 1983) argues that the main feature of learner autonomy is the opportunity given to students or learners to participate in determining the objectives, sources, and evaluation of learning. therefore, independent learning programs can be classified based on the size of the freedom (autonomy) given to students or learners to participate in determining the learning program. findings of this study have two important implications: 1) learner is the key of successful learning process in a learnercentered teaching, 2) lecturers’ efforts as the optimization of students’ learning. to begin with, in tertiary education level in which students centered teaching is emphasized, learner is the first one who is responsible so much for their learning. they are entrusted to determine what, how and why to learn. the more autonomous they are the bigger possibility they have to be more successful in learning. majority of learning activities conducted in this university are centered on students, therefore learner autonomy is a crucial factor in creating effective and successful learning. secondly, lecturers are the second ones who are responsible for maximizing students’ learning experience and for fostering students’ participation in different learning activities. students and lecturers are inseparable determiners in effective teaching and learning process. there must be awareness from not only learner but also lecturer to complete each other. learner centered teaching does not mean learning without teacher; again, there must be facilitator in assisting learners, improving learner autonomy and promoting learner autonomy in university is a desirable goal (borg & alshumaimeri, 2017). conclusion learner autonomy plays a very important role in creating effective learning based on the most recent curriculum in indonesia which centers on learner. learner should be the one who do the messy works and the one who actively participate in the classroom activities. however, learner autonomy cannot be interpreted as learning without teachers. teachers still become the second vital factor to make effective learnercentered classroom. in addition, benson in barnard and li (2016) acknowledged that commitment of the teacher is the key to make a successful pedagogical task work. based on data analysis, two quite interesting findings have been revealed in this study especially regarding lecturers’ beliefs about learner autonomy and efforts done to foster learner autonomy. the first finding is the majority of participants believe in some conceptions and aspects about learner autonomy. the second finding is efforts done by lecturers in improving learner autonomy vary based on the students needs, such as; 1) providing a structured task (project based or research based assignment) that should be done individually, 2) recommending some specific internet or webs and english mobile applications to enhance their learning in accordance with the course; 3) motivating and supporting students to compete between campuses at various levels; 4) growing and fostering reading habit for students by making chapter report or learning log at each meeting; 4) applying various learning methods, such as project and problem based learning to english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 59 improve learner autonomy; 5) involving students to select the material they will read according to their interests and write selfresponse for what they have learned and what results they will get from the reading; and 6) encouraging students to perform activities outside the campus, for example joining the debate club to improve the ability to speak and think critically. references balcikanli, c. (2010). learner autonomy in language learning: student teachers’ beliefs. australian journal of teacher education. barnard, r., & li, j. (2016). language learner autonomy: teachers’ beliefs and practices in asian contexts. phnom penh: angkor thom printer co, ltd. barnard, r. (2014). learner sutonomy: a hand-out at two-day workshop at upi bandung, indonesia. benson, p. (2012). autonomy in language learning: learning and life. a paper. hong kong institute of education. borg, s., & al-busaidi, s (2012). learner autonomy: english language teachers’ beliefs and practices. elt reseach paper. london, england. borg, s., & alshumaimeri, y. (2017). language learner autonomy in a tertiary context: teachers’ beliefs and practices. language teaching research. doi:10.1177/1362168817725759. doğan, g., & mirici, i̇. h. (2017). efl instructors’ perception and practices on learner autonomy in some turkish universities. journal of language and linguistic studies, 13(1), 166-193. halil, k. (2018). graduate students’ proficiency strategy attitudes on autonomous learning in foreign language learning. english language teaching, 11(7). lengkanawati, n. s. (2014). making efl learners autonomous: can language learning strategies help? paper presented at 2014 alak international conference on applied linguistics in the era of multiculturalism. loi, n. v. (2017). promoting learner autonomy: lesson from using project work as a supplement in english skills courses. can tho university journal of science, 7, 118-125. moore, s. (2011). the struggle to develop a “research culture” in a developing country. tesol quarterly. endang darsih fostering language learner autonomy: indonesian efl lecturers’ voices 60 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 61 undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network hikmah nur insani english education department, school of postgraduate, indonesia university of education e-mail: hikmahinsani@student.upi.edu didi suherdi english education department, school of postgraduate, indonesia university of education e-mail: suherdi_d@upi.edu gin gin gustine english education department, school of postgraduate, indonesia university of education e-mail: gustine@upi.edu apa citation: insani, h. n., suherdi, d., & gustine, g. g. (2018). undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 61-68. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1254. received: 23-02-2018 accepted: 27-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: the integration of technology in education and the need to meet the requirements of the 21st century learning lead educators to use online learning platforms. edmodo is offered as one of learning platforms that could be used in efl classroom. this research aims to investigate perception of undergraduate students on the use of edmodo as an educational social network which has been implemented in the classroom. this study employed mix method design by involving 50 undergraduate students from a university in bandung, indonesia. the data were collected through closed-ended and open-ended questionnaires. as results, it was found that undergraduate students showed positive response and attitudes towards the use of edmodo in their learning process. besides, some obstacles of using edmodo were also revealed, such as lack of experiences in using technology and how to manage the time allocation. finally, it is suggested that edmodo should be implemented in undergraduate efl classroom. keywords: edmodo, undergraduate students’ perception, educational social network, online learning platform introduction information and communication technology (ict) has been integrated into education in indonesia in the recent years. nowadays, second and foreign language teachers have the options to use technology in the classroom. therefore, technology is indicated as one of factors in the 21st century education. as a result, teaching and learning approaches have changed to suit the digital age by adopting technology or incorporating e-learning into classrooms (cowie & sakui, 2013). in general, the 21st century world requires individuals who can achieve success in their learning, work and life (suherdi, 2010). moreover, one of ways to integrate technology in education is the use of an educational social network. social networking is known as a service that enables users to interact with others, share information and make an active continuous virtual community through the creation of system profiles and online groups (brooke, 2013). related with educational context, it means that social network could provide students to be more creative and attractive during the teaching and learning process. furthermore, talking about educational social network, edmodo is offered as an online tool that can promote individual to join and interact with each other, especially in the learning process (prasad & prasad, 2012). edmodo has been widely used by many top universities as an alternative space wherein mailto:hikmahinsani@student.upi.edu hikmah nur insani, didi suherdi, & gin gin gustine undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network 62 students can adapt easily through daily activities and interactions with peers and faculty. it is supported by enriquez (2014) who declares edmodo as one of the top learning tools by five hundred plus professionals from 48 countries around the world. according to hourdequin (2014), edmodo is described as a free online learning management system that offers a secure virtual space for students and teachers to share and discuss texts, images, audio files, and videos. thus, edmodo could be accessed through web browser or smartphone application (ios and android). the teachers could create communities or classes for specific groups of students on edmodo. when a teacher creates an edmodo group, he or she receives a group code that could be used by students. besides, not only teachers and students but also parents are able to have a code of their own. it is aimed to allow them to check, support, and work together with their children (batsila, et al., 2014). by this system, parents, students, and teachers could be a good teamwork to support the teaching and learning process inside or outside the classroom. furthermore, it is claimed that students who are already facebook users can use edmodo without difficulties (çankaya et al., 2013). by using edmodo, teachers can create some quizzes and assignments, give feedback, receive complete assignments, assign grades, store and share content, maintain a class calendar, conduct polls and send alters to individual students or to the entire class (alkathiri, 2014). in that case, looi & yusop (2011) provides some benefits of using edmodo in the teaching and learning process. first, the students could post any comments regarding to the assignments. second, students are able to get reward badges that could increase their learning motivation. as we know that, by giving such rewards, sometimes students will put their high motivation to the teaching and learning process. third, edmodo allows students to get along with their friends through sub-groups. it means that students could discuss anything when they feel confused about the assignments. fourth, edmodo could develop learner autonomous and self-directed learning as students receive instant comments and reviews on their posts which assist them in constructing new knowledge (al-khathiri, 2014). thus, edmodo could provide students to give feedback to each other. fifth, edmodo as an educational social network put contributions in increasing an effective communication and engagement between the students and their teacher at the right time. the effectiveness could be provided by looking to the benefits of using technology, especially educational social network (looi & yusop, 2011). sixth, edmodo provides authentic materials that relates to real life situations which applicable in daily life. it means that the teacher could choose actual topic relating to the current situation and feelings of students. it is also supported by laurillard (2005) who states the conventional teaching and learning process through lectures, whole-class teaching and books should be supplemented with technology to serve and give more opportunities for learners to get involved in the process. despite the above-mentioned advantages, using edmodo in education could raise some challenges. first challenge is low internet speed and internet connection problems as highlighted by alkhathiri (2015) and enriquez (2014). second challenge of using edmodo as an educational social network is the small-sized screen of the phones which makes it difficult for students to view all the course materials on the phone (alkhathiri, 2015). some students may not always access edmodo from their laptop. it is also supported by addison (2011) who notes that small-sized screen is one of barriers in implementing edmodo as an educational social network. in the context of english as foreign language, a number of recent studies towards the use of edmodo as an educational social network has been growing since it relates to 21st century learning process. a big scale study affirmed a considerable number of benefits of using edmodo in efl classes (enriquez, 2014). the findings show that edmodo is viewed as an effective social media application that can improve students’ ability through an english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 63 active participation in online discussions and tasks (enriquez, 2014). while in indonesian context, muhfidin (2013) states the use of edmodo as the supplementary learning tool is effective and applicable for students. furthermore, edmodo also could be used in teaching writing in a blended learning setting since it facilitates students’ engagement cognitively (purnawarman et al., 2016). reflecting on the previous elaboration, this study aims at undergraduate students’ perceptions towards the use of edmodo as an educational social network in the learning process. therefore, this paper reaffirms the benefits of edmodo as an educational social network which relates to the integration of technology in the teaching and learning process. furthermore, this study also aims to find out some problems and challenges from the undergraduate students’ perceptions when using edmodo in their learning process. this would be beneficial to create a suitable language online learning tool that suits learners’ needs. to achieve those purposes, the study attempts to address the following questions: 1. what are the undergraduate students’ perceptions about the use of edmodo as an educational social network for efl classes? 2. do undergraduate students see edmodo as an effective educational social network for efl classes? method in order to achieve the purpose of the research in exploring undergraduate students’ perspections in using edmodo as a social network, a mixed method approach is selected as the research design by combining qualitative and quantitative data collection procedures with two main reasons. firstly, cresswell (2009) states mix method utilizes the strength of both qualitative and quantitative research. the study adopted the concurrent triangulation design which allowed the researcher to collect both qualitative and quantitative data to figure out if there is convergence, differences, or some combinations. secondly, the research will get better understanding when combining both qualitative and quantitative data (hamied, 2017). moreover, the projected research uses triangulation design since it belongs to the types of mixed method design. the participants of the study were 50 undergraduate students (female = 30 students, male = 20 students) in an indonesian university majoring english education department in the 6th semester of the academic year 2017. they have been experienced in using edmodo in their classroom guided by their lecturers. furthermore, in collecting data, the study used both quantitative and qualitative methods to identify undergraduate students’ perceptions on using edmodo. to answers the research questions, the questionnaires created in the form of google docs that have been sent to all participants. here, to obtain a quantitative data, a closed-ended survey questionnaire with 11 statements was made based on the existing survey developed by enriquez (2014) with some modifications made by the researcher in order to address the first and second research questions. the questionnaire was in 5 pointlikert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). moreover, qualitative data was gained through open-ended questionnaires. it was grouped to see students’ experiences, advantages, problems, and suggestions to address the second research question. results and discussion the discussions of the findings are divided into two subsections following the central themes appeared from closed and open-ended questionnaires. the central themes are students’ perceptions about the use of edmodo as an educational social network and undergraduate students’ perceptions about the effectiveness of edmodo as an educational social network. students’ perceptions about the use of edmodo as an educational social network regarding the first research question, the findings from the questionnaire relating to students’ perceptions about the use of edmodo as an educational social network are presented in the following table. hikmah nur insani, didi suherdi, & gin gin gustine undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network 64 table 1. undergraduate students’ perceptions of using edmodo as an educational social network no questions strongly agree agree neutral disagree strongly disagree 1 edmodo allows me to easily interact/participate with my classmates and lecturer about assignments, group tasks and other course activities. 10% 56.5 % 28.3% 4.3% 2 edmodo procedure is difficult to follow 10.9% 17.4% 60.9% 3 assignments, quizzes, and other online tasks given by the lecturer in edmodo help me improve my learning and comprehension skills 47.8% 37% 8.7% 4 online activities and discussions in edmodo motivate me to learn more about the course 4.3% 39.1% 43.5% 13% the table shows that most participants (sa= 10%, agree = 56.5%) agree that edmodo allows them to interact and participate easily with their classmates and teachers through some assignments, group tasks, and other course activities. here, the participants (disagree = 60.9%) do not think that the procedures of using edmodo is difficult to follow since some of the participants were currently using it at their classroom. moreover, most half of participants in this study (agree = 48.7%) agree that assignments, quizzes, and other online tasks given by the lecturer on edmodo helped them to improve the learning and comprehension skills. although there are some participants (neutral = 43.5%) who are neutral and disagree with the statement stating online activities and discussions in edmodo motivate them to learn more about the course. in line with this, the high gap between agree and neutral or disagree could indicate that participants still give positive response to the implementation of edmodo in the teaching and learning process. table 2. undergraduate students’ experiences of using edmodo no questions strongly agree agree neutral disagree strongly disagree 1 i prefer to ask questions using edmodo rather than face-to-face 4.3% 15.2% 28.3% 43.5% 8.7% 2 i enjoy the practice quizzes uploaded on edmodo. 6.5% 43.3% 32.6% 13% 4.3% 3 i am satisfied with edmodo 6.5% 54.3% 39.1% 4 edmodo allows me to easily access reference materials on the course provided by the teacher. 15.2% 43.5% 21.7% 15.2% 4.3% 5 the reference materials (e.g. internet articles, online videos, power point files, etc.) posted by my teacher are useful in understanding the contents/topics of the course better 13% 39.1% 26.1% 17.4% 4.3% 6 edmodo required more time and effort. 6.5% 26.1% 30.4% 34.8% 2.2% 7 i have trouble using the technologies in this subject. 2.2% 4.3% 19.6% 58.7% 15.2% table 2 shows that participants (agree = 43.3%, neutral = 32.6%) enjoyed the activity through practice quizzes uploaded by their lecturer in edmodo. thus, more than half of participants (agree = 54.3%) satisfied when they were using edmodo in their learning process. furthermore, majority of participants strongly agree (15.2%) and agree (43.5%) that edmodo allows them to easily access reference materials on the course provided by the lecturer. it is in line with the statement stating edmodo could provide students with authentic english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 65 materials that help them to improve their skills. moreover, participants agree (39.1%) and strongly agree (13%) that the reference materials (e.g. internet articles, online videos, power point files, etc.) posted by the lecturer are useful to better understand the contents of the course. although there are participants (neutral = 30.4%) who are neutral and disagree (34.8%) with statement number 6 stating edmodo requires more time and effort. undergraduate students’ perceptions about the effectiveness of edmodo as an educational social network as stated previously, edmodo has been widely used and offered as one of effective online learning platforms in educational context. therefore, the participants in this research mostly understand how to operate or access edmodo. the participants also comprehend its purposes to facilitate teaching and learning process. thus, the data revealed from the questionnaire is closely related to its purposes to help the interactions of teachers and students outside the classroom. therefore, it is worth to say that students give a good response towards the effectiveness of using edmodo as an educational social network. relating to edmodo’s potential to make learning more effective, the participants expressed a variety of positive views in the questionnaire. firstly, edmodo could facilitate teachers and students’ interaction through indirect or virtual class. it is revealed from the open-ended questionnaire data below. p2 : it is effective because we can communicate with lecturer and our friends in discussing some material resources and result of assignments. p4 : yes, it is very effective since we can get some feedback and give some comments directly via edmodo. p17 : edmodo can be very effective when lecturer and students interact to each other outside the classroom through e-learning material. the finding is in line with the purpose of edmodo that is offered as an online tool which can promote individual to join and interact with each other and especially in the learning process (prasad & prasad, 2012). it means that the students could interact easily with their friends through edmodo. furthermore, the participants thought that virtual class sometimes really helpful and effective because they were not brave enough to deliver their opinion in the real classroom situation. it could be happened since each student has different characteristics when they need to talk or deliver their ideas. their enthusiast to integrate technology in the classroom also revealed in the data. p29 : edmodo seems like a good choice for students like me now. i like to use edmodo because it’s just like we use facebook. it’s easy to follow and modern. secondly, since edmodo is offered as an effective learning tool, it also helps students to submit assignment and share any information. in this 21st century learning, students could also easily access some materials from their lecturer, not only from the printed book sources. this finding is revealed in the openended questionnaire. p40 : i can access some materials on edmodo since sometimes lecturer doesn’t have enough time to explain the material in the classroom. p36 : i don’t need to meet the lecturer when submitting assignments. it’s all on our hand. click and send. so easy anyway. p24 : it makes the process of learning easy, especially when we have to submit assignments. we can submit it wherever we want as long as it has internet connection. relevant to the findings, hourdequin (2014) supported that edmodo is a free online learning management system that offers a secure virtual space for students and teachers to share and discuss texts, images, audio files, and videos. furthermore, some participants stated that by using edmodo, the learning process is very efficient, paperless, and ecofriendly since they do not need to print the assignments. moreover, the findings from qualitative data indicates positive perceptions of incorporating edmodo as educational social network into the classroom and some frequently used keywords to express hikmah nur insani, didi suherdi, & gin gin gustine undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network 66 participants’ opinion like “easy”, “efficient”, “practical”, and “accessible”. by using edmodo, a teacher can create and share multimedia resources to support students’ learning and provide learning tasks to scaffold students’ learning (wallace, 2014). it is clearly stated that edmodo can encourage active participations between lecturer and students in online class and students could access some materials easily. thirdly, edmodo is indicated as a good choice online learning platform to promote and develop self-regulated learning and learner autonomous that closely related to 21st century learning education. thus, the main philosophy of 2013 curriculum in indonesia encourages students to become independent learners. students could have like virtual discussion after the learning process in the classroom. it is revealed in the following transcript. p18 : sometimes, the lecturer creates an open discussion about the following assignments. in my opinion, it is very democratic and i like the way my lecturer gives the next assignments based on class discussion on edmodo. p33 : edmodo help students to manage the time to complete many online assignments. for example, i can easily upload my files, give feedback, and communicate with my friends also lecturer conveniently. p49 : i can still do the tasks even there is no class that day. based on those findings, edmodo is contributed and supported self-regulated learning and develop learning autonomy. autonomous learning classroom is a place where learners and teachers have constructive interaction with each other and learn from each other. the teacher is responsible for helping learners become aware of alternative strategies and learning styles (camilleri, 1999). in line with this, lengkanawati (2014) states that in the indonesian contexts autonomous learning refers to a situation where students use learning strategies to make themselves become autonomous learners. it is relevant to the findings that participants need to manage their time since the lecturer give the allocation time and due date in most of the tasks. moreover, it is well stated on the findings that integrating technology into the teaching and learning process will give some benefits. yunus (2010) supported that teachers need to synchronize themselves with technology and take advantages of the possibilities provided. furthermore, positive response is also revealed in the findings that participant prefer to use edmodo rather than spot (an institutional online program in campus). one of the participant stated that edmodo is easier and more applicable than spot in supporting their learning process. nevertheless, there were some participants who criticized the use of edmodo in the classroom. it is revealed in the following transcript. p18 : in my opinion, edmodo is less exploration. lecturer should explore and use more edmodo in the learning process. p27 : sometimes, the lecturer did not give full feedback to all students. p8 : i never use edmodo before, so it’s quite confusing for me at the first time. p35 : i feel nervous when submitting the task with such allocation time since the internet connection still unstable sometimes. the data indicates that some of the participants lacked confidence and less experience with the new technologies. thus, by learning and doing in the same time, the students can easily comprehend how to use edmodo. yet, the internet connection still becomes a problem in indonesian classroom. however, one of the participants stated that there are some wifi corners at campus which can be accessed freely anytime. hence, the students should be able to find and know which location at campus that provides internet access. in reflecting on edmodo’s potential to create an effective learning, the participants expressed a variety positive response. it includes how edmodo could increase students’ motivation and provide better learning process. furthermore, although the findings stated that edmodo was considered as a good educational social network and user-friendly learning tool, some comments from the participants showed that edmodo should get some improvements in order to make it more english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 67 updated. the participants’ responses and comments relating to this issue can be seen below. p18 : i hope edmodo can be more mobile friendly p6 : i think, lecturer needs to explain clearly about the procedure of using edmodo at the beginning of the lesson. so, students will not get confused. p44 : i demand for a personal chat feature so i can easily text my lecturer towards some materials and assignments p31 : it is interesting when students and teacher can communicate through video conference. p19 : lecturer should improve their ability in using and exploring edmodo since students expected the lecturer to utilize it appropriately. p37 : not all lecturer uses edmodo in the learning process. i think edmodo should be used in this modern era. p50 : i need more time for the quiz and tasks the data indicates that the institution should provide students with training about how to use edmodo. thus, the lecturer should guarantee that students understand the system and employ its features easily to accomplish the tasks given. furthermore, apart from the training, the lecturer should provide clear information towards the time allocation, the due date, and step by step instructions. thus, the nature goals of advantages of using edmodo can be achieved in the teaching and learning process. based on findings, it can be concluded that the participants showed positive responses towards the use of edmodo as an educational network in the teaching and learning process. moreover, it could be used as an effective learning tool in the classroom since it has suitable features. edmodo provides lecturer and students to have a virtual communication relating to the teaching and learning process. students can access to all their online classes in one platform, and this helps to promote learning in any location and at any time via computer, tablets, or smartphones (hammonds et al., 2013). on the other hands, some technical problem like time allocation and lack of experiences in integrating technology in the teaching and learning process become obstacles in its implementation. thus, those obstacles could be solved by providing some training from the experts or lecturer in the beginning of the academic year. by this case, students will not get confused when they should access and keep and touch with edmodo. it is supported by thongmak (2013) that a teacher should train their students who are not familiar enough with edmodo in order to reach the learning objectives and outcomes. in addition, from the effectiveness of edmodo, it offers a blended learning since students could get lots of benefits like interpersonal and teamwork skill development (garrison & kanuka, 2004). furthermore, technology could satisfy their interest in the teaching and learning process since digital native students can be interested by utilizing technology (mustafa, 2015). conclusion based on the findings, it is concluded that undergraduate students generally show positive attitude towards the use of edmodo. it was revealed that undergraduate students get some benefits of using edmodo such as learners’ creativity, learner autonomy, integrating technology, preparation of 21st century learning and developing their own learners’ strategies. therefore, based on those findings, it is suggested that edmodo needs to be implemented in efl classroom. moreover, students may be involved in the training related to the 21st century learning which also integrate technology in the learning process, especially to use edmodo. for further study, since this present study only focus on undergraduate students’ perception, the same topic could be replicated in real teaching practice through direct observations to get real and deep information of using edmodo as an educational social network. references addison, m. (2011). students' perceptions of edmodo and mobile learning and their real barriers towards them. tojet: the turkish online journal of educational technology, 14(2). al-kathiri, f. (2014). beyond the classroom walls: edmodo in saudi secondary school efl hikmah nur insani, didi suherdi, & gin gin gustine undergraduate students’ perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network 68 instruction, attitudes and challenges. english language teaching, 8(1), 189-202. batsila, m., tsihouridis, c., & vavougios, d. (2014). entering the web-2 edmodo world to support learning: tracing teachers' opinion after using it in their classes. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 9(1), 53-60. brooke, m. (2013). facilitating the development of the autonomous language learner using online virtual learning environments. theory and practice in language studies, 3(4), 572–580. camilleri, g. (1999). learner autonomy the teachers' views. strassbourg: council of europe publishing. çankaya, s., durak, g., & yunkul, e. (2013). using educational social networking sites in higher education: edmodo through the lenses of undergraduate students. european journal of educational technology, 1(1), 3-23. cowie, n., & sakui, k. (2013). it’s never too late: an overview of e-learning. elt journal, 67(4), 459467. enriquez, m. a. s. (2014). students’ perceptions on the effectiveness of the use of edmodo as a supplementary tool for learning. in dlsu research congress (pp. 1-6). hamied, f. a. (2017). research method: a guide for first-time researchers. bandung : upi press. hammonds, l., matherson, l. h., wilson, e. k., & wright, v. h. (2013). gateway tools: five tools to allow teachers to technology integration. delta kappa gama bulletin, 80(1), 36-40. hourdequin, p. (2014). edmodo: a simple tool for blended learning. the language teacher, 38(1), 34-45. laurillard, d. (2005). e-learning in higher education. in changing higher education (pp. 87-100). london: routledge. lengkanawati, n. s. (2014). learner autonomy in the indonesian efl settings. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 6(2), 222-231. looi, c. y., & yusop, f. d. (2011). potential use of social networking tool to assist reading comprehension: implications for practice and future research. jurnal pendidikan, 31(1), 1–16. prasad, e. n. a. g. a. n. d. u. l. a., & prasad, r. (2012). social media in teaching and learning. international journal of computer science and communication engineering, (icetie), [special issue], 10-13. purnawarman, p., sundayana, w., & susilawati. (2016). the use of edmodo in teaching writing in a blended learning setting. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 5(2), 242–252. suherdi, d. (2012). towards the 21st century english teacher education: an indonesian perspective. bandung: upi press. thongmak, m. (2013). social network system in classroom: antecedents of edmodo© adoption. journal of e-learning and higher education, 3(1), 1-15. wallace, a. (2014). social learning platforms and the flipped classroom. international journal of information and education technology, 4(4), 293296. yunus, m. m., hashim, h., embi, m. a., & lubis, m. a. (2010). the utilization of ict in the teaching and learning of english:‘tell me more’. procediasocial and behavioral sciences, 9, 685-691. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context iis sopiah department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia. email: iissopiah110@gmail.com fahrus zaman fadhly department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia. email: fahruszf@gmail.com apa citation: sopiah, i. (2016). requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context. english review, 4(2), 255-266 received: 09-02-2016 accepted: 02-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this study investigated requestive strategies performed by papuan students and the effect of interlocutor’s cultural background on the way of papuan students in making request. there were 16 papuan students studying in senior high school and vocational high school in kuningan participated in this study. the data were collected by using discourse completion test (dct) and interview. the theory of requestive strategies proposed by blum-kulka, house and kasper (1989) and the theory of request modification proposed by blum-kulka & olshtain (1984) were used to analyze the data. the finding revealed that papuan students used different strategy in making request to different interlocutor. strategies mostly used by them while making request to papuan was mood derivable. while making request to sundanese, they tended to use query preparatory strategy. this finding also revealed that papuan students tended to use more request modification when making request to sundanese people. those modifications involved (1) internal modifications, such as the use of interrogative, negation embedded if clause and negation, and (b) external modifications, such as the use of additional statements prior or after the head acts. keywords: requestive strategies, request modification, papuan students, sundanese. introduction as human being, people need to do interaction with other people. in everyday interaction, people create utterances to achieve certain communicative goals. those goals are represented by particular speech acts such as promises, requests, compliments, apologies, refusals, disagreements, and others. each person has different way in delivering those speech acts whether it is polite or impolite. being polite means to act with consideration of norm applied in the society. we can show our feeling toward other. solidarity power, distance, respect intimacy, and etc, and our awareness of social customs. “such awareness is also shown through the general “politeness” with which we use language.”(wardaugh, 2006, p. 276). politeness itself is socially prescribed. this does not mean that we must be polite. impoliteness, then, depends on the existence of standards, or norms of politeness. it means that the determination of whether someone is considered polite or impolite depends on to whom one communicates or converses. the society will possibly 255 mailto:iissopiah110@gmail.com iis sopiah & fahrus zaman fadhly requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context consider whether he or she is polite or impolite. in this case, politeness is socially prescribed. the society’s norms and rules will determine whether one is polite or impolite. according to khalib & tayeh (2014), various strategies must be employed by the speaker to avoid conflict. one of the strategies is politeness strategies. politeness is used by people to make an interaction comfortable and show a respect to the others. in other words, being polite is one of the strategies used to save face and sustain social relationships. the notions of politeness are indispensable and play a crucial role in the negotiation of face during the realization of speech acts such as requests. according toyule (1996) request is one of the kind of directives speech acts used by speaker to ask someone else to do something and do what the speaker wants. moreover, brown and levinson (1987) mention that requests are intrinsically face threatening because they are intended to threaten the addressee’s negative face. following their model of politeness, while a request may be realized by using linguistic strategies such as on record (e.g., direct and unmitigated) or off record (e.g., hints, irony), an agreement may be reached by the speaker using indirect requests. furthermore, youssef (2012, p. 145) states “the concept of request is important because it helps us to understand the way in which a certain society is maintained through individuals’ everyday conduct”. in daily communication, we may ask a person to give us something, or ask the person to do some actions. these are all requests. in relation to the strategies adopted in making requests, blumkulka, house & kasper (1989) propose nine types of strategies, ranging from the most direct to the most indirect. they are: 1. mood derivable: strategies in which the grammatical mood of the verb indicates illocutionary force. e.g. “clean up the room!” 2. performatives: strategies in which the illocutionary force is clearly mentioned. e.g. “i’m asking you to close the window.” 3. hedge performatives: strategies in which the statement of the illocutionary force is modified by hedging expressions (expressions using modal verbs or verbs expressing expression). e.g. “i would like to ask you to prepare my bill.” 4. obligation statements: strategies which states the obligation of the hearer to carry out the act. e.g. “you have to clean the mess.” 5. want statements: strategies which indicate the speakers desire that the hearer performs the tasks. e.g. “i really wish you’d stop smoking.” 6. suggestory formulae: strategies which include a suggestion to do something. e.g. “how about lending me some money?” 7. query preparatory: utterances containing reference to query preparatory conditions (e.g. ability, willingness) as conventionalized in different languages. e.g. “could you lend me five pounds, please?” or“would you mind closing the door behind you?” 8. strong hints: utterances containing elements (often related to precondition) needed for the performance of the act. e.g. “you have left the kitchen in a terrible mess.” 9. mild hints: utterances that have no elements relating to the intended illocution, but can be interpreted as 256 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee requests by context. e.g. “you’ve been busy here, haven’t you?” (asking someone to clean the messy kitchen). apart from different types of strategies namely, mood derivable, hedge performatives, want statement, and so on, that can be used by the speaker to decrease the illocutionary force of a request, there are also different request modifications that can be employed to further lessen the imposition of a request. in the ccsarp (blum-kulka& olshtain, 1984), there are two kinds of modification, they are: internal and external modification. the classification of request modification is shown trough figure below. figure 1. classification of request modifiers (taken from hassan & rangasawmy, 2014) internal modifications are linguistic elements used by speakers to modulate the illocutionary force of their request. according to blum-kulka & olshtain (1984), internal modification can be further subcategorized as downgraders (modifiers that decrease the illocutionary force of a request) and upgraders (modifiers that increase the illocutionary force of a request) which consist of intensifiers (the reality denoted in the propositions) and expletives (negative emotional attitudes). downgraders are divided into syntactic (e.g interrogative, negation, past tense and embedded if clause) and lexical downgraders (e.g consultative device, understate, hedge elements, and downtoner). in addition to or instead of internal modification, the speaker might also choose to support or aggravate the speech act by external modifications. external modification does not affect the utterance used for realizing the act, but rather the context in which it is embedded, and thus indirectly modifies illocutionary force. external modification consists of checking on availability (an utterance intended to check if the precondition necessary for compliance holds true), getting pre-commitment (utterance that can count as an attempt to obtain a pre-commital), grounder (the reasons 257 iis sopiah & fahrus zaman fadhly requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context for the request), sweetener (appreciation of the hearer's ability to comply with the request), disarmer (awareness of a potential offense, there by attempting to anticipate possible refusal) and cost minimizer (consideration of the 'cost' to the hearer involved in compliance with the request). when people are communicating with others, consciously or unconsciously, their cultural backgrounds affect their behaviors and reactions because people live in certain cultural environment and their behaviors are featured by their own cultures. as holmes (2001) stated that one of components influencing the choice of language is the setting or social context of the interaction such as where the place of the interlocutor speaking is. people may do communication (interaction) in the place which has different social context from their own culture or with people from different social culture. it happens, for instance, to papuan students studying in senior high schools in kuningan. the way of them in socializing with papuan people could be different from the way of them in socializing with sundanese people. holmes (2001, p. 21) stated “certain social factorswho you are talking to, the social context of the talk, the function and the topic of the discussionturn out to be important in accounting for language choice in many different kinds of speech community.” due to this different culture, people will select appropriate language based on the environment. as holmes (2001) pointed out that in some communities, people will use different languages according to the situation in which they are speaking. in this case, papuan people use “bahasa indonesia” (indonesian language) as linguafranca (the language used by people whose first language is different) because according to laksmana (2010) papua consists of 245 tribes with different culture and language. due to these differences, papuan people use indonesian language (bahasa indonesia) as lingufranca (interlanguage) when papuan people are communicating with someone from different tribal group. despite papuan and sundanese people use “bahasa indonesia” as linguafranca, their communication style can be different. paltridge (2012, p. 5) confirmed “there are culturally different ways of doing things with language in different cultures”. it shows that culture influences them in using the language. papuan may have different strategies in delivering the request to the others whether it is papua or sundanese. according to hofstede & minkov 2010 as cited in gray (2012, p. 155) “javanese people tend to use passive and indirect communication. whereas “the ethnic groups of sumatra, sulawesi, and west papua is more direct and has a style similar to western communication patterns such as those of australia”. perhaps, in the process of communication there is cultural transfer from their papuan culture or they choose appropriate strategies suitable with sundanese (kuningan) culture as the interlocutor. as brown and levinson (1987) explained that the meaning of polite differs from group to group, situation to situation and individual to individual. a number of studies involving the request speech acts have been conducted and most of them cover request speech act at a regency/ tribe performed by that autochthonous people. this study differs from earlier studies in that it focuses on request speech act at a regency performed by immigrant people in which one culture’s regency/ tribe is far from another and 258 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee this study will identify the influence of interlocutor when the addressee make a request. the research questions addressed in this study were: 1) what are requestive strategies performed by papuan students when communicating with papuan and kuningan sundanese people? 2) how does the interlocutor’s cultural background affect the way of papuan students making requests? method this study applied qualitative research method. according to creswell (2012, p. 16) qualitative is chosen in order to explore and understand the social phenomenon. there were 16 papuan students studying in senior high schools and vocational high school in kuningan as the respondents in this study. the instruments used to collect data in this research were discourse completion test (dct) and interview. dct has been used as an effective way of collecting oral data in this study. according to kasper & dahl (1991, p. 9) “discourse completion tests are written questionnaires including a number of brief situational descriptions, followed by a short dialogue with an empty slot for the speech act under study. subjects are asked to fill in a response which they think fits the given context”. table 1. classification of situation based on power, distance and ranking of imposition interlocutor pdi high (+) medium (=) low (-) papuan power s1 s2 s3 distance s4 s5 s6 imposition s7 s8 s9 sundanese power s10 s11 s12 distance s13 s14 s15 imposition s16 s17 s18 the dct used in this research involved 18 written situations. situation 1 is same with situation 10, situation 2 is similar with situation 11, situation 3 is similar with situation 12, and so on. the difference is the interlocutor of both situation in which in situation 1-9 the interlocutor is papuan, while situation 10-18 the interlocutor is sundanese. participants were given dct. then they were asked to complete each situation by writing a suitable request in “bahasa”. participants were asked to put themselves in real situation and to assume that in each situation they would, in fact, say something they were asked to write down what they would say. then the data that had been collected was analyzed by using blumkulka, house & kasper’s theory and blum-kulka & olshtain’s theory. to strengthen the findings and to answer the second research question, the researcher conducted the interview to the students about effect of the interlocutor’s cultural background. as creswell (2012, p. 218) states that interview will provide detail personal information related to the participants needed by the researcher. the researcher uses qualitative interview in this research in which according to creswell (2012, p. 217) “a qualitative interview occurs when researchers ask one or more participants general, open-ended questions and record their answers. the researcher then transcribes and types the data into a computer file for analysis”. a 259 iis sopiah & fahrus zaman fadhly requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context focus group interview was used when doing the interview in which an interview involved a group of people that consists of four to six participants. results and discussion based on the data, from 18 situations on dct spread to 16 participants, produced 288 utterances. it consists of 144 utterances involving papuan as interlocutor and 144 utterances involving sundanese as interlocutor. those utterances are classified into nine requestive strategies based on blum-kulka (1989) requestive strategies types. the first data analysis involving papuan as interlocutor in the dct situations, exactly 1st situation till 9th situation, produces 144 utterances. the result of the data analysis according to requestive strategies proposed by blumkulka (1989) showed that strategy mostly used by respondents while communicating with papuan was mood derivable around 76.4%. it was followed by want statements 13.9%, and performatives 9.7%, while, none of respondents used the other strategies such as hedge performatives, obligation statements, suggestory formulae, query preparatory, strong hints, and mild hints. the second data analysis involving sundanese as interlocutor in the dct situation, exactly 10th situation till 18th situation, also produced 144 utterances. but, strategy mostly used by respondents while communicating with sundanese was query preparatory around 88.9%. it was followed by mild hints 7.6%, want statements 2.1% and suggestory formula 1.4%. while, the percentage of other strategies such as mood derivable, performatives, hedge performatives, obligation statements, and strong hints were 0%. from two data above, we can see that requestive strategy mostly used by papuan students while making request to papuan people was mood derivable, while to sundanese people was query preparatory strategies. it is appropriate with hofstede & minkov’s (2010) view as cited in gray (2012, p. 155) that “javanese people tend to use passive and indirect communication. whereas “the ethnic groups of sumatra, sulawesi, and west papua is more direct and has a style similar to western communication patterns such as those of australia” . mood derivable is the most direct strategy, while query preparatory is more indirect than mood derivable. it means that there was cultural adjustment/ awareness when papuan students were making requests in which they tended to choose the strategy which was appropriate with the interlocutor culture. the explanation above shows that the interlocutor context influenced the speaker in choosing the requestive strategy. he/ she would use different strategy while making same request to different interlocutor. as stated by holmes (2001, p. 21) that “certain social factorswho you are talking to, the social context of the talk, the function and the topic of the discussionturn out to be important in accounting for language choice in many different kinds of speech community.”. there was cultural adjustment performed by papuan students in which they tried to choose the strategy appropriate with sundanese as the interlocutor in order to make their request be successful. papuan students also made modifications to the strategies by using some elements in order to mitigate or intensify the effect of their requesting strategies while communicating with papuan and sundanese. this 260 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee modification would show the effect of interlocutor (papuan or sundanese) on the way of papuan students in making request. the modifications involved (a) internal modifications, such as the use of interrogative, negation embedded if clause and negation, and (b) external modifications, such as the use of additional statements prior or after the head act. table 2. request modification used by papuan students differences papuan to papuan papuan to sundanese internal modification syntactic downgraders interrogative × √ negation × √ past tense × × embedded' if clause × √ lexical downgraders consultative devices × × understater × √ hedges elements × × downtoner × √ upgraders intensifiers × × expletives × × external modification checking on availability × √ getting a precommitment × √ grounder √ (after) √ (prior) sweetener × × disarmer × √ cost minimizer × × from the table above, we can see that papuan students tended to use more internal modification while making request to sundanese rather than to papuan. there were four kinds of internal modification used by papuan student, they were: interrogative, negation, embedded if clause and understater. most papuan students used interrogative form while making request to sundanese interlocutor. it was very contrast when they were making request to papuan in which they tended to use positive or imperative form. table 3. the frequency of sentence form performed by papuan students form papuan to papuan papuan to sundanese interrogative 0 139 positive (statement) 34 5 imperative 110 0 some papuan students used negation while making request to sundanese people. there were 4 utterances which contained negation used by papuan students, while none of papuan students used it while making request to papuan. they used negation because they tried to be polite and did not want the interlocutor think that they forced the interlocutor to accept his willingness, especially for the person who was older and had higher power than them. 261 iis sopiah & fahrus zaman fadhly requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context there were 2 utterances created by 1 respondent in different situation, they were in situation 11 and situation 12. the embedded if clause was used as ‘platitude’ because papuan students thought that sundanese people preferred using indirect request rather than direct request, so sundanese people would not think that papuan people were rude/ impolite. there were 3 papuan students who modifed their requests by using internal modification ‘understater’. in contrast, in same situation while making request to papuan, they did not use this kind of internal modification. understaters used by them were “selembar saja” and “sebentar”. beside modifying request by using internal modification, papuan students also used external modification in making request to sundanese people. blum-kulka & olsthain (1984) state that external modification does not affect the utterance used for realizing the act, but rather the context in which it is embedded, and thus indirectly modifies illocutionary force. external modification used by papuan students while making requests to sundanese people were checking on availability, getting precommitment and disarmer. while, grounder was used by them while making request to both papuan and sundanese, but it was used by papuan students after the head act when making request to papuan and it was used in the beginning before the head act. many papuan students used the first external modification, checking on availability. they used it as ‘preface’ before telling their request, the respondents checked first the condition of the interlocutor related to things that would be borrowed by them whether the interlocutor was able to lend this thing or not. all of the utterances used by papuan students were yes/no questions. in other words, if the interlocutor said ‘no’, then the speaker would not tell his/her request/desire/ willingness. there were 9 utterances using this ‘getting pre-commitment’. all of those utterances involved sundanese as the interlocutors. it means that papuan students only used it while making request to sundanese, not papuan. by using this kind of external modification, the speaker could count as an attempt to obtain a pre-commital. grounder is the reasons of the speaker for the request. grounders may precede or follow the head act. the data from dct shows that papuan students used ‘grounder’ to follow the head act or after making request to papuan interlocutor. in contrast, while making request to sundanese interlocutor, they used ‘grounder’ in the beginning of the utterances or before the head act. below is shown the frequency of kind of grounder used by papuan students whether it is prior or after. table 4. the use of grounder performed by papuan students papuan to papuan papuan to sundanese prior after prior after 0 144 144 0 disarmer was the last external modification used by papuan student in modifying their requests. by using disarmer, the speaker indicated his/her awareness of a potential offense, there by attempting to anticipate possible refusal. there were 6 utterances using it. 262 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee beside on request modification and requestive strategies, the interlocutor cultural background also had an effect on their greeting and speaking style. most papuan students used sundanese language ‘punten’ in saying greeting to sundanese interlocutor. below is the detail usage of greeting. table 5. kinds of greeting used by papuan students greeting frequency papuan to papuan papuan to sundanese permisi 19 9 punten 0 101 hai 4 12 hey 2 0 ado 8 0 we 5 0 e 5 0 halo 4 0 pagi/ siang 2 4 none 95 18 amount 144 144 from the table above, we can conclude that mostly papuan students did not use greeting before stating their request to papuan. they only called their interlocutor’s name or by calling the interlocutors with “teman”, “kawan”, “sobat”, “sodarah”, and so on. in contrast, they mostly used sundanse greeting like ‘punten’ when they want to make request to sundanese people. as told by respondent below. papuan students also tended to speak fast when making request to papuan students, while to sundanese they spoke slower. the reason why they spoke so fast was their culture. in papua, they tended to make words shorten than usual. moreover, there was effect if they used their local dialect when they were communicating with sundanese in which the interlocutor would not understand what they said. the following is the discussion of the findings by presenting some data of the interviews. several comments from the interview can be seen as follows: “i think most papuan people like someone who speak directly when he/ she wants to borrow something or straight to the point. but if they want to borrow something to the person who is not close enough, they will say platitudes, but the platitude is just a little bit, then tell their purposes” (interview 1). “yes, there is difference. for example, when we aregoing to borrow something, there is papuan student who tell his want in a good way like “sorry friend, can i borrow a pen?”. while to papuan friend is like “friend, i want a pen” (interview 2). “yes, it is. when papuan students want say something by using indonesian language, our friends here say that we speak too fast. we think it’s not too fast, but they say “calm, calm, don’t too fast”. therefore we have to make the speed lower” (interview 3). “emm.. when we are talking to sundanese people, we have to be polite and not use rude words and speak loudly. when we are talking to papuan friends, we like speaking loudly. you can see at my friends who are chatting there. they can not speak softly. and then if we want to borrow something to sundanese friendsalhough we are close friendwe have to be polite. for example, “excuse me friend, 263 iis sopiah & fahrus zaman fadhly requestive strategies performed by papuan students in sundanese cultural context can i borrow pencil?”. while, to papuan friend is like “hey handsome, borrow your pencil!” (interview 4). “it is different when we are talking to sundanese friends. we have to be soft, not too loud and too fast because they will ask us again such as “hah? what?” and then we have to repeat what we said. if we want to borrow something, emm… at least we have to use local dialect (sundanese language), like “punten”. in contrast, to papuan people, we just say “hey bray…” (interview 5). according to the interview data, the respondents try to choose strategy which is appropriate with the interlocutor. conclusion most papuan students used mood derivable strategies while making request with papuan and used query preparatory strategies while making request to sundanese. this means that interlocutor had very big impact on their choice of the strategy in making request. it can be compared from the strategies they chose which was very different each other. mood derivable was direct request, while query preparatory was indirect request. besides, the interlocutor cultural background had effect on their way in modifying the requests such as in internal modification (interrogative, negation and embedded if clause) and external modification (checking on availability, getting pre-commitment, grounder and disarmer). in this case, it shows that there was cultural adjustment performed by papuan students. they tried to make request based on sundanese culture in which sundanese people tended to use indirect request in their daily communication. references blum-kulka, s., & olshtain, e. (1984). requests and apologies: a crosscultural study of speech act realization patterns. applied linguistics, 5 (3), 196–213. blum-kulka, s., house,.j., & kasper, g. (1989). investigating crosscultural pragmatics: an introductory overview. cross-cultural pragmatics: requests and apologies). norwood, new jersey: ablex.1-34. brown, p., & levinson, s.c. (1987). politeness: some universals in language use. cambridge: cambridge university press. creswell, j. w. (2009). research design qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches third ed. california: sage publication. gray, n. h. (2012). international business of the indonesian archipelago: identification of negotiation styles, strategies, and behaviours. university of south australia: unpublished dissertation. retrieved from http://production09.adamant.com.au/files/componentfiles/1222014-8001699-internationalbusiness-negotiators-of-theindonesian-archipelago-identificationof-negotiation-styles-strategies-andbehaviours.pdf. hassan, r. k., & rangasawmy, s. (2014). internal/external modifiers in request speech act among iranian study abroad learners. research journal of recent science, 3(5), 55-64. holmes, j. (2001). an introduction to sociolinguistics (2nd edition). london: longman. kasper, g., & dahl, m. (1991). research methods in interlanguage pragmatics. studies in second language acquisition, (13), 215247.http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/e d338014.pdf khalib, f. m., & tayeh, a. (2014).indirectness in english requests among malay university students retrieved from www.sciencedirect.com khorshidi, h. r., & subbakrishna, r. (2013). request strategy development in 264 http://www.sciencedirect.com/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee iranian study abroaders. international journal of applied linguistics & english literature, 2(6), 129-142. laksmana, y. (2010). jelajah jayapura. jakarta: gramedia. paltridge, b. (2012). discourse analysis: an introduction. london: bloomsbury. rundengan, n. (2013). pola komunikasi antar pribadi mahasiswa papua di lingkungan fakultas ilmu social dan ilmu politik universitas sam ratulangi. journal acta diurna, 2(1). subana, m., rahardi, r., & sudrajat, m. (2000). statistik pendidikan. bandung: pustaka setia. sukamto, k. e. (2012). polite request by korean learners of indonesian. studies in literature and language, 5(2), 1-9. sukamto, k., totimeh, e.o., & bosiwah, l. (2015). polite request among the akyem speech community in ghana. international journal of language and linguistics, 3(2), 76-89. utami, i. h., wisadirana, d., & nasution, z. (2010). analisis model komunikasi antarbudaya: studi kasus komunikasi mahasiswa papua dan jawa di universitas brawijaya. wardaugh, r. (2006). an introduction to sociolinguistic (5th edition). oxford: blackwell. youssef, a. m. s. (2012). study of request strategies employed by libyan and malay postgraduate students at usm. international journal of learning & development, 2(2), 144-151. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. new york: oxford university press. 265 266 vina agustiana pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum 174 pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum vina agustiana department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education, the university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: v.agustiana08@gmail.com apa citation: agustiana, v. (2014). pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 174-182 received: 19-03-2014 accepted: 30-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: teaching practicum is an obligatory task for students of faculty of teacher training and education to fulfill their graduation requirement. based on pre survey, this study aimed to find out the level of foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) experienced by english students and teachers throughout the teaching practicum. by using qualitative methods, 50 preservice teachers completing their teaching practicum as part of their graduation requirement at english department, faculty of teaching, participated in the study. the research tools were close-ended questionnaires filled by pre-service teachers and semistructured interviews conducted with 5 of the participant pre-service teachers. the analysis of the data revealed eight main categories as the foreign language student teacher anxiety: when the cooperative teacher and/or supervisor observe their teaching activity (3.6 mean rate), lack of teaching experience (3,4 mean rate), got stressed when they face the first day of teaching practicum (3,4 mean rate), conducting practicum assessment (3,1 mean rate), having a big class (2,9 mean rate), teaching grammar (2,8%), feeling worry if their students ask them questions (2,7 mean rate), and catching up students’ attention (2,6 mean rate). lack of teaching experience and less of mastering the material caused the anxiety during teaching appeared. therefore, before conduct teaching activity, it is a must to the techer to comprehend the material in order to avoid to make mistake and support our confident during teaching activity. keywords: foreign language teaching anxiety, pre-service teachers, teaching practicum introduction as the students of faculty of teacher training and education, teaching practicum is an obligatory task to do. teaching practicum is the activity of teaching practice held in real classroom. it involves the activities of preparing the lesson plan, teaching at class, and assessing the students’ achievement. besides, teaching practicum is the opportunity given to the pre-service teachers to do teaching trials in school situation. pre-service teachers refers to a college student who is engaged in an assigned student teaching experience (johnson and perry, 1967). based on pre survey, found out that most of preservice teachers feel anxiety to face the teaching practicum. there are a number of perspectives taken as theoretical bases of the study. first, oxford (1989) states that a certain amount of anxiety sometimes helps learners to reach their peak peformance levels, but too much anxiety block language learning. harmful anxiety presents itself in many forms, such as worry, self doubt, frustation, helplessness, insecurity, fear, and physical appearance. in addition, scovel (1991) defines anxiety as a state of uneasiness and apprehension or fear caused by the anticipation of something threatening. furthermore, horwitz and cope (1991) state that foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) is a distinct complex of self-perceptions, beliefs, feelings, and behaviors related to 175 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee classroom language teaching that arises from the uniqueness of the language teaching process. language teaching anxiety is a confrontation that must be taken into account as a different but related concept to language learning anxiety as well as general teaching anxiety (merç, 2004). according to horwitz and cope (1991), foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) is a distinct complex of self-perceptions, beliefs, feelings, and behaviours related to classroom language teaching that arises from the uniqueness of the language teaching process. therefore, horwitz (1996) stated that “even if this anxiety had no impact on the effectiveness of the language instruction, it would seem to be a substantial detriment to the mental well-being and job satisfaction of foreign language teachers”. in addition, shrestha (2009) stated language teachers should be sensitive to foreign language teaching anxiety in their classrooms so as to make their teaching ecologically sound. a number of researchers investigated the notion of language teaching anxiety. such as numrich (1996) investigated anxiety as a part of problems experienced by language teachers. the researcher analyzed the diary entries by non-native esl teachers and found out that teachers were feeling anxious in times of feeling insufficient for effective grammar teaching, time management in class, and giving instructions for classroom activities. el-okda & al-humaidi (2003) conducted a study to investigate the relationship between the level of anxiety experienced by pre-service teachers of english and their language teaching selfefficacy beliefs. for the aim of the study, the researchers developed a scale to measure foreign language anxiety called foreign language student teaching anxiety scale. the scale has 34 items subsumed under six dimensions with a reliability value of .8779. the scale consists of the following dimensions as the factors causing foreign language student teaching anxiety: interaction with students (8 items), interaction with peers (5 items), interaction with other language teachers (5 items), interaction with supervisors (5 items), planning and written work checking (5 items), and classroom management (6 items). the study also employed a “student teaching self-efficacy scale consisting of 30 items including four dimensions. the results of the quantitative analyses showed that pre-service teachers of english experienced a moderate level of language teaching anxiety. moreover, it was found that there was a statistically significant negative correlation between their level of language teaching anxiety and their perceived language-teaching efficacy. the researchers conclude that some measures be taken to alleviate the pre-service teachers anxiety levels; and this responsibility is loaded to the preservice teachers themselves and the ones who supervise practice teaching. kim & kim (2004) found that most anxiety-provoking situations for pre-service teachers were as follows: when they have to teach english through english; when they are asked unexpected questions; when they have to teach speaking; when students are not motivated or are not interested in their english classes; when they cannot control students; when they have to teach students who have lived in english-speaking countries; when someone observes their english classes; when they teach english listening; and when they teach english culture. the sources of foreign language teaching anxiety were listed as limited english proficiency, lack of confidence, lack of knowledge about linguistics and education, insufficient class preparation, being compared to native teachers, fear of negative evaluation, and lack of teaching. vina agustiana pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum 176 merç (2004) studied on the problems of preservice efl teachers. the researcher identified that anxiety was one of the most frequently reported problems of preservice teachers completing their teaching practicum. the sources of anxiety reported by the preservice teachers were: anxiety because of the previous experience, anxiety caused by a big class, anxiety caused by feeling of incompetence in teaching, anxiety caused by supervisor/being observed, anxiety due to being recorded, anxiety due to using a new teaching technique, anxiety due to using the time effectively, anxiety in the pre-active stage, anxiety of being observed by the cooperating teacher, anxiety of being unfamiliar with students, anxiety of teaching a new/different level, anxiety of using a new/different device, first-day anxiety, negative attitude of pre-service teachers toward the class, and anxiety of not achieving the objectives. i̇pek (2007) conducted a study to device a valid and reliable instrument to measure the level of foreign language teaching anxiety. data were collected from nonnative teachers of english with daily kept diaries and semi-structured interviews. the analyses of the data, first, revealed six categories of sources of anxiety: making mistakes, teaching a particular language area, using the native language, teaching students at particular language levels, fear of failure, and being compared to fellow teachers. second, the qualitative data collected led to the development of a valid and reliable scale for measuring foreign language teaching anxiety. yuksel (2008) conducted a study to investigate the pre-service language teachers‟ teaching anxiety in relation with their language learning anxiety. the study also aimed to find out the strategies for coping with teaching anxiety. sixty three (63) pre-service teachers of english answered three questionnaires: the flcas, the fltas, and an open questionnaire. the quantitative analysis of the data showed that preservice english teachers were experiencing anxiety on a scale between rarely to sometimes. teaching a particular language skill such as grammar, listening or speaking skills was found to be the highest concern to preservice teachers. the analysis also revealed that female and male pre-service teachers did not differ in terms of their level of teaching anxiety. the results also showed that foreign language learning anxiety was not correlated with the foreign language teaching anxiety. these findings suggest that foreign language pre-service teachers feel anxious from time to time, the reasons of which are sometimes based on the language they are teaching and their teaching skills and strategies at some other times. the nature of the student teaching with all elements of teaching practicum included (e.g. supervisors, students to be taught, peers) are also effective factors in the anxiety experienced by pre-service teachers. this research was conducted to find out the foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) level of pre-service teachers during their teaching practicum. the scope of this research was limited to analyze the foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) level among english students teachers during their teaching practicum. method in order to find out the answer of the research questions, the researcher used some procedures. in accordance with it, the research methodology covers research design, data collection and data analysis. this research uses a descriptive method. according to gay (1987) a descriptive method is a method of research that involves collecting data 177 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in order to test hypothesis or to answer questions concerning the current status of the subject of the research. the descriptive method was used since this researcher was not for search for something or make the prediction. it only described the situation or phenomenon within the research. therefore this research used descriptive method to describe phenomenon about foreign language teaching anxiety (flta) among english pre-service teachers during their teaching practicum. fifty pre-service teachers of english department, faculty of education, participated in the study. they were enrolled in the “teaching practicum” course as a part of their graduation. during the teaching practicum, the preservice teachers were observed by the cooperating teachers each time they deliver a lesson and by the university supervisors at least two times during the practicum for the evaluation of their performance. this research uses two main instruments in tha data collection process, such as close-ended questionnaires and interview. both instruments were held at the end of teaching practicum. questionnaire is the most common instrument used in descriptive research. it is extensively used to collect data about phenomena that are not directly observable such as inner experience, opinions, values, interests, and the like (gall et al, 2003). it is used to obtain specific information data gathered from the participants. all participants were asked to fill the 20 items of close-ended questionnaires. after filling the questionnaires, they were collected to the researcher in order to be analyzed. in order to triangulate the data collection, and to provide further information to the collected data, the interview was held. as stated by fraenkel and wallen (1993), the purpose of interview is to find what is in their mind, what they think or how they feel about something. semi-structured interviewes were conducted with 5 participants who were chosen randomly. a set of questions were prepared by the researcher to lead the conversation during the interviews. all the interviews were audio-recorded with the permission taken from the interviewees. the participants were not informed about the aim of the study until the interview was done (ipek, 2007) to avoid biased utterances during the interview. each interview lasted between 7 – 13 minutes based on the interviewees’ stories and explanations. there are some steps of collecting the data. first, distributing the questionnaires to respondents. sets of close-ended questionnaires were administered after teaching practicum. the pre-service teachers were asked 20 questionnaire items. there were some aspects adapted from the related research embracing problem regarding insufficient for effective grammar teaching, time management in class, giving instructions for classroom activities (numrich, 1996), teach english through english; be asked unexpected questions; teach speaking; motivate the students; control students; someone observes their english classes; teach listening, lack of confidence, insufficient class preparation, fear of negative evaluation, and lack of teaching experience (kim and kim, 2004). respondents were asked to put a checlist under the scale which best describe how they experienced the teaching practicum. second, sollecting the result of questionnaires. after answering the questionnaires, respondents collected it out to the researcher. third, sorting out the questionnaires. if the whole items were not filled, so the data were not taken, avoiding the unvalid data. fourth, scoring the questionnaires answer. those vina agustiana pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum 178 items employed a five-point likert scale. the scales were strongly agree (5/1), agree (4/2), uncertain (3/3), disagree (2/4), and strongly disagree (5/1). it means that for odd numbers (1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19) the score was sa (5), a (4), un (3), da (2), sda (1). on the other hand, for even number (2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20) the score was sa (1), a (2), un (3), da (4), sda (5). fifth, classifying the score by using microsoft office excel into groups in order to simplify their tabulation and interpretation based on the percentage statistics. sixth, recording the interview with the respondents. after the questionnaires were administered, the researcher conducted interview with 5 pre-service teachers. the interview was intended to seek additional information as to pre-service teachers’ teaching anxiety. seventh, transcripting the interviewe of each respondents. as the interviewes done, the research transcripted the interview in order to avoid misunderstanding within conversation. the last, presenting the result into a coherent description. the result of questionnaires filled by respondents were collected. the researcher sorted out the questionnaires. if the whole items were not filled, so the data were not taken. it is done to avoid the unvalid data. then, the researcher classified the score into groups in order to simplify their tabulation and interpretation based on the percentage statistics. data from the questionnaires will give the specific informations about level of foreign language teaching anxiety (flta). out of 50 questionnaires distributed to students and whole items were filled, so whole data were used to be analyzed. in the tabulation, the researcher recorded the score of each aspect into table in microsoft excel. the table contains number of respondents, statements and score for each statement. the item socre was put under the number of statement. having put the score into the table 1, the researcher reported the data in the form of mean rating. the rating was obtained by summing all sccore given by respondents then divided by number of respondents. since likert scale was used in this study, the researcher also consulted the mean rating of each aspect with descriptive analysis criteria by muhidin and abdurrahman (2007: 146). table 1. descriptive analysis criteria range description 1.00 – 1.79 very relaxed 1.80 – 2.59 relaxed 2.60 – 3.39 mildly anxious 3.40 – 4.19 anxious 4.20 – 5.00 very anxious as the other data source, the semistructured interviews that were audiotape recorded were transcribed by the researcher. the transcribed interviews were not taken for content analysis. however, as an important research tool, the interview result were used to provide first-hand evidence and samples from student teacher’ own words. the interviews were used to shed more light onto explanations of foreign language student teacher anxiety, and the possible increases or decreases in certain aspects of the anxiety experienced. the data collected through interview were explained by narrating the respondents’ answers. by means of interview, reconfirmation toward pre-service teachers’ responses were attained. results and discussion based on data analysis on table 1, there are three anxious things appeared during teaching practicum. the fisrt is when the cooperative teacher and/ or supervisor observe their teaching activity. it has 3,6 mean rate. the interviewe also found that when pre179 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee service teachers would conduct the practicum assessment, because they would be observed by both cooperating teacher and supervisor. altough, some of them felt normal when the cooperating teacher came to their class, but not for being observed by the supervisor. pre-service teacher #1 stated that “ya waktu pertama saya ngajar, saya takut kalo guru pamong ke kelas, tapi lama2 biasa, cuma waktu dpl datang, gugup lagi bu.” (at the first time i taught, i worried if the teacher observed my class, but it didn’t take a long time. this worry also appeared when the lecturer came.) the second is lack of teaching experience (3,4 mean rate). 4 out of 5 interviewees stated that altough they had experience in teaching but not to teach in the formal school before they had teaching practicum. so, they lack of teaching experience. pre-service teacher #2 stated “ya, saya pernah mengajar, walaupun cuma ngasih les private anak sma.” (yes, i have ever taught. i taught a private class for senior high school students.) the pre-service teacher #3 got stressed when they face the first day of teaching practicum. it has 3.4 mean rate. it has correlation with the most anxiety level, that pre-service teachers were lacking of teaching experience so they did not know how the real class would be. as pre-service teacher 4 stated “iya bu, saya cemas banget. belum pernah saya ngajar di kelas beneran, ya maksudnya di sekolah formal...” (well mam, i felt so worry. i have never taught the real class, i mean the formal one.) besides, it is also five the mildly anxious things appeared. the first is conducting practicum assessment (3,1 mean rate). pre-service teachers felt that time allocation in practicum assessment was longer than the usual. it is also described in the interview interpretation that they felt that the time seemed longer than the usual. as pre-service teacher #1 said that “waduh bu, kayaknya 2 jam pelajaran tuh kayak ngajar seharian bu, ga bel-bel.” (well, i felt that 2 hours time allocation seemed a day along, the bell didn’t ring.) and pre-service teacher #3 stated “keringet dingin keluar bu, lamaaaa banget nunggu bel dipencet.” (i got stressed. it seemed that it’s longer waiting the bell was rung.) the second anxiety is having a big class. it has 2,9 mean rate. it is correlated to being familiar with the students they would teach. as the interviewe, it found that all of the interviewees did not know the student they would teach. as pre-service teachers #2 said “gak bu, ga tau. ada berapa banyaknya juga ga’ tau, mudah-mudahan mah ga’ terlalu banyak bu.” (i don’t know how many the students are. i hope, it won’t be too many students there) then, teaching grammar also becomes the anxiety of pre-service teachers which has 2,8 mean rate. then, pre-service teachers would feel worry if their students ask them questions. it has 2,7 mean rate. it is correlated to pre-service teacher 4’s statement that “ga’ selalu bu, ada juga yang kurang saya pahami, tapi ya saya juga berusaha untuk tanya temen atau googling bu. takutnya ada yang nanya terus ga’ bisa jawab, ya vina agustiana pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum 180 saya malu bu.” (sometimes i don’t master the material well enough, but i tried to master it by asking friend, or somehow, by searching on the internet. it was done because i worry if there is a student who asks a question to me, but i can’t answer it. so, it will embarasse me.) the last is pre-service teachers felt it was difficult to catch up students’ attention (2,6 mean rate). based on interviewe, pre-service teachers always used different technique to catch up students’ attention. as pre-service teacher #4 stated “ya games bu, kadang dalam kelompok anak disuruh membuat kalimat berantai, satu per satu maju dan diwaktu, jadi rame kelasnya bu,” (it were games. sometime, i grouped them. then each students of a group was asked to make chain writing with their groupmates, and it was being timed. and it worked. i made the active class.) from 20 anxiety tested to respondents, actually, 11 out of 20 anxiety are felt relaxed by the preservice teachers. the are data no. 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20. it means that they were not so worry of those things. however, one did not appear, it is being confident (1,7 mean rate). the respondent were confident of themselves that they could to the best in their teaching practicum. in data analysis of questionnaires, pre-service teachers always made lesson plan before conducting teaching activity. it has the lowest anxiety level which took 1,7 mean rate. but, not all the material were mastered by the pre-service teachers. as student teacher 1 said “ya atuh bu, biar ada persiapan sebelum ngajar.” (of course i did, i made a lesson plan before i teach). based on the interviewe, there is negative correlation between make the well-prepared lesson plan with mastery the material. as pre-service teacher #3 said “ya bu, saya sering keseleo lidah, salah ngucapin kata, eeehh, ada murid yang tau kalo saya salah, ya saya bilang aja lagi ngecek, he he...” (it’s right. i often made a mistake when speaking in front of my students. there was student who knew that i had made a mistake. then i avoided by saying i purposed to be false, to check your understanding on the material, ha ha…) also, they still felt worry of face the day they would taught. as preservice teacher 3 stated “cemas banget bu, banyak banget pikiran2 jelek bu…”. (i felt so worried. there were negative thingking on my mind). based on these, the researcher may state that the wellprepared lesson plan will not guarantee that the pre-service teachers will be ready to face the day they are teaching. besides preparing the lesson plan, all of the interviewees paid attention of their appearance before teaching. in data analysis of questionnaires, being confident of appearance is felt relaxed (2,6 mean rate) by the pre-service teachers, but in fact, they prepared their appearance, too, before teaching activity. as pre-service teacher #2 said “iya donk bu,, masa mau ngajar saya pake baju sembarangan. jadinya minta mamah saya buat nyetrika baju yang mau dipake besok. biar rapih.” (yes, i do. i always prepare my clothes by ironing them a day before i teach. it’s done to keep my performance). they did this in order to support their teaching performance, as student teacher 4 stated “ya bu, mulai dari kerudung, blazer, celana, sepatu, sampe tas saya setel, biar pd, hi hi. ga’ lupa juga pake make-up ma minyak wangi.” (i have prepared my appearance, starting from the veil, blazer, trousers, and bags. i matched them well.) table 1,5 shows data of respondents. it is found that respondents were 12(24%) males and 38(76%) females. only 9(18%) respondents who had teaching experience before they conduct 181 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teaching practicum, and 41(82%) respondents had no experience. 28(56%) of them were at mildly anxiety level, 18(36%) were at relax level, and 4(8%) were at very relaxe level. it means that more than a half of respondents feel the anxiety of teaching. conclusion based on data questionnaires and interview, it is found that there are eight categories appeared during teaching practicum among pre-service teachers of english department, faculty of teacher, kuningan university, such as when the cooperative teacher and/or supervisor observe their teaching activity (3.6 mean rate), lack of teaching experience (3,4 mean rate), got stressed when they face the first day of teaching practicum (3,4 mean rate), conducting practicum assessment (3,1 mean rate), having a big class (2,9 mean rate), teaching grammar (2,8%), feeling worry if their students ask them questions (2,7 mean rate), and catching up students’ attention (2,6 mean rate). from 20 anxiety tested to respondents, actually, 11 out of 20 anxiety are felt relaxed by the preservice teachers. the are data no. 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20. it means that they were not so worry of those things. however, one did not appear, it is being confident (1,7 mean rate). the respondent were confident of themselves that they could to the best in their teaching practicum. table 1. shows data of respondents. it is found that only 9 (18%) respondents who had teaching experience before conducting teaching practicum, and 41 (82%) respondents had no experience, 28 (56%) of them were at mildly anxiety level, 18 (36%) were at relax level, and 4 (8%) were at very relaxe level. it shows that more than a half of respondents feel the anxiety of teaching. based on the findings, the researcher may recommend to the readers that practice more is better. lack of teaching experience and less of mastering the material caused the anxiety during teaching appeared. therefore, before conducting teaching activity, it is a must for teachers to comprehend the material in order to avoid making mistake(s) and support our confident during teaching activity. it is also found the positive things of the flta, that is flta compels teachers to make well-prepared before conducting teaching activity. references aida, y. (1994). examination of horwitz, horwitz, and cope’s construct of foreign language anxiety: the case of students of japanese. the modern language journal. anderson, n. a., barksdale, m. a., & hite, c. e. (2005). pre-service teachers’ observations of cooperating teachers and peers while participating in an early field experience. teacher education quarterly, vol 32(4), page 97-117 damayanti. (2009). foreign language anxiety in junior high school. (unpublished thesis). bandung: upi el-okda, m., & al-humaidi, s. (2003). language teaching anxiety and self-efficacy beliefs of pre-service teachers of english. paper presented at the 3rd national conference of elt in squ, oman. gebhard, j. g. (1990). interaction in a teaching practicum. in j. c. richards & d. nunan (eds.). second language teacher education. new york: cambridge university press. horwitz, e. k., m. b. horwitz and j. a. cope. (1991). foreign language classroom anxiety in e. k. horwitz and d. j. young. language anxiety. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice hall. horwitz, e. k. (1996). even teachers get the blues: recognizing and alleviating language teachers’ feelings of foreign language anxiety. foreign language annals, vol 29(3), page 365-372. herawatiningsih, m. (2011). the teaching practicum of english subject: perception vina agustiana pre-service teachers’ anxiety during teaching practicum 182 on pre-service teachers’ performance in two junior high schools in bandung, indonesia. (unpublished thesis). bandung: upi. i̇pek, h. (2007). foreign language teaching anxiety. eskişehir: t.c. anadolu üniversitesi yayınları johnson, j. & perry, f. (1967). readings in student teaching: for those who work with students. iowa: wm. c. brown co. inc kim, s. y. & kim, j. h. (2004). when the learner becomes a teacher: foreign language teaching anxiety as an occupational hazard. english teaching, vol 59(1), page 165-186 oxford, r. l. (1989). anxiety and the language learner: new insight. language learning vol. 39 no. 2. merç, a. (2004). reflections of pre-service efl teachers throughout their teaching practicum. what has been good? what has gone wrong? what has changed? (unpublished master’s thesis). anadolu university, eskişehir muhidin and abdurahman. (2007). analisis korelasi, regresi, dan jalur dalam. bandung: cv pustaka setia ngidi, d. p. & sibaya, p. t. (2003). student teacher anxieties related to practice teaching. south african journal of education. numrich, c. (1996). on becoming a language teacher: insights from diary studies. tesol quarterly, vol 30(1), page 131151 shrestha, p. (2009). foreign language teaching anxiety. nelta choutari, april 2009 scovel, t. (1991). the effect of affect on foreign language learning: a review of the anxiety research in e. k. horwitz and d. j. young. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice hall young, d. (1991). creating a low anxiety classroom environment: what does language anxiety research suggest? the modern language journal, vol 75 page 426-437. yuksel, i. (2008). pre-service teachers’ teaching anxiety: its reasons and coping strategies. proceedings of the iask international conference: teaching and learning 2008. the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs) deuis sugaryamah islamic state university of sunan gunung djati bandung, indonesia e-mail: soeg2003@yahoo.com apa citation: sugaryamah, d. (2013). the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs). english review: journal of english education, 1(2),182-190 received: 09-04-2013 accepted: 22-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: at the tertiary level in indonesia, english language subject is mandatory as a general education course, especially for those non english programs/ departments. how this subject be positioned in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs)’ curriculum, that later breeds the representation of the subjects on its teaching materials and its teaching and learning process by the teacher, and the students’s perceptions on such implementation of english subjects in the classroom become the concerns of this study. qualitative research by using interviews, questionnaires and documents were used to collect the data. from the study, it was found that in this institution english is considered as an english for specific purposes(esp), though regarded as a minor subject, yet itsexistence is considered as important. this perception is acceptable by all stakeholder (the institution, the lecturer and the students). keywords: english, higher education of computer science, english for specific purposes introduction based on the current laws of national education system in indonesia (the 1989 education law no.2 and the 1999 government regulation on higher education no. 60), education at the tertiary level is mainly designed for profession building. the students in higher education prepared to take specific and major subjects to support their future profession. however, they are still required to take the mandatory subjects called general education courses (mata kuliah dasar umum/ mata kuliah umum) that provide general knowledge. besides bahasa indonesia, religion, civics and other courses, english language (bahasa inggris) is one of them. due to its importance, the minister of education has issued and applied regulation that english should be taught in the primary schools up to the university level. english thatto be functioned not only as effective and efficient means of interaction but also as the medium of instruction. moreover, english is also included to develop and disseminate the technology and arts that would uplift the quality of life enhanced by the national cultures. without any exception, stmik mardira indonesia (stmik mi), one of several existing private higher education of computer science (hecs) in bandung, also includes such mandatory general education courses in its curriculum. although, in its implementation, the courses might commonly beperceived to be less important and less challenging than their deuis sugaryamah the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs) own institution’ major and specific subjects. this perception is relevant to the survey conducted by alwasilah (2000) on viewing students’ perception on the teaching and learning of mandatory language courses, i.e bahasa indonesia and english as general education. the survey finds that the goal or the aim of their curriculum is still far from the expectation. for example, for general english, most of students, who has been learning english for several years, starting from the elementary to the secondary schools level thencontinuingstudying at the tertiary schools level, their language competence and abilities are still poor. the substances/ materials or the teaching and learning practicesare mostly the repetition of those learnt and done in the previous level, and the stress is commonly on grammar or structure (alwasilah, 2000; kusni, 2009). alwasilah (2000) regards the government policy to put english or bahasa indonesia as general education courses in the curriculum of higher education – in its implementation as out of control. the facts are seen on its teaching and learning practice, in which teachers teach as they like, and students’ learning is just to get the score and pass the subject. general english that basically aiming at students’ competences on integrated language skills, such as speaking, writing, reading and listening, has turned on emphasizing on grammatical structure. however, apart from such negative facts, learning english language is then still required at university level. students are stillnecessary to master both spoken and written languagesbecause english is an international language, the language of sciences and knowledge, and furthermore most of textbooks are written in english. to adopt and understand those, students are required to master the language, at least having a skill on reading comprehension. in this case, alwasilah (2000) suggests on reorganizing or remodeling the implementation of general english on higher education level, otherwise discarding them for its inappropriateness to the students’ need. then, the effort to do is how to make use of this general english learning to become useful in helping students to master english. as the poor practice of teaching and learning process might also happen in this institution, and the goal of the course to make students having the competence of (at least) reading skills, even less to fulfill stmik mi’s goal to produce graduates who can speak english well are not yet achieved, how this english subject be treated and implemented in stmik mi, where english is not part of the major subjects in all programs and departments, and whetherenglish subject be treated as a general english subject or english as a specific purposes (esp), as well as the students’ perception on this subject in term of its materials and syllabus become the concerns of this study. different people may interpret esp differently. some identify it as ‘simply being the teaching of english for any purpose that could be specified’, while others, however, are more precise, describing it as the teaching of english used in academic studies or the teaching of english for vocational or professional purposes” (anthony 1997, p. 1). strevens (1988) argues that esp may be worded differently in terms of its definitions. but, what is important is that whoever is concerned with esp should know that esp is “designed to meet specific needs of learners; related to content, to particular disciplines, occupations and activities; and centere. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee at the university level, english language teachers and learners often encounter different issues that might hamper achieving a successful teaching/ learning function. one of the most important issues is the teacher/learner interaction within specific contexts of english language which is english for specific purposes. in this context, hyland (2002, p. 394) argues that ‘‘effective language teaching in the universities involves taking specificity seriously. it means that we must go as far as we can’’. for teachers this means introducing learners to the relevant genres with the purpose of allowing them to participate in a discourse community organized around specific and purposeful activities. this can be approached in pragmatic or critical ways, and there has been a considerable amount of discussion about the need to avoid uncritical induction of students into disciplinary discourses and identities (canagarajah 2002; harwood & hadley 2004; pennycook 1997). in indonesian context, marwan’s (2009) research highlights the findings of a study investigating the challenges faced by an english teacher in his esp teaching in an indonesian vocational higher institution. the challenges related to the issues like, students’ learning motivation,the mismatch between reality and expectations, lack of quality resources, and heavy workload. some solutions to cope with these challenges such as finding the actual factors which cause the decline of students’ learning motivation is crucial because it will help teachers identify appropriate strategies to overcome the problem. the mismatch between reality (students’ english proficiencybackground) and (curriculum) expectations considered to be an urgent matter thatneeds fixing by an idealsolution that vocational higher institution should plan toaccept students who can only meet a certain english proficiency standard¸ or some others solution provided by institution. meanwhile, kusni’s (2007) study shows the needs of reformulating the design of english for specific purposes (esp) courses for university students who do not major in english. the idea for the study was derived from the research on designing esp programs by conductingthe survey in three public universities in indonesia indicating that there is a fundamental misunderstanding with the design of esp courses which made the teaching of such courses ineffective and inefficient. his study is in line with alwasilah survey (2000). he suggests a solution with using the collective collaborative model in implementing esp theory with its context. in relation to the research conducted in higher education of computer science, in 2007, marjito studies the research on the relevance of the syllabus and materials of english subject to the student’s needs. the results shows that the lecturer should redesign either syllabus or material in order to cater students’ need, particularly grammar and reading. in brief, the syllabus and material provided were not fully relevance to the students’ need. in tunisia, harabi’s (2010) study scrutinizes the international aspect of the english language and its relation to the esp context. it highlights the major constraints to english language teaching and learning in the tunisian higher education. according to harabi, there is no specific training for the teachers of english for specific purposes in all the examples of institutes being researched. indeed, teachers are faced with learners who already had some knowledge of english acquired in a school situation. moreover, most of the materials and courses available were appropriate for deuis sugaryamah the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs) those coming to the study of the language for the first time, suitable for younger learners, and were written as ‘general’ english, thus a gap in materials had to be filled for these specific purpose learners (2010). since esp programs focus on developing english competence in a specific field, such as software development, business or technology. some courses prepare students for various academic programs: english for science and technology, english for accounting, english for computer, etc. in the case of students of stmik mardira indonesia, whose background are out of english department, to meet the needs to have highly specific academic and professional reasons for seeking to improve their language skills to comprehend english textbook or computer instruction (strevens, 1988) where most reference books are written not in simple english,obviously esp needto apply in their study (hutchinson &waters 1987). based on the above description, the concerns of this study attempt to address the issues of how english language subject in stmik mi be regarded in its institution’ overallcurriculum, and to find out the students’ perceptions on such implementation in the syllabus and materials used as well as the teaching and learning process. the research questions are formulated as follows: (1) how english subjects be regarded in the institution’scurriculum? (2) what are the students’perception towards the implementation of english subjects, in terms of its materials and teaching and learning practices in their study? method the research was conducted at stmik mardira indonesia, aprivate higher education of computer science in bandung which has two-shifted classes, the regular class (the classes held from 08.00 to 14.00) and the evening class (in which some of the students areemployees, held from 17.00 to 21.00). there are three departments involved: manajemen informatika, teknik informatika, and komputerisasi akuntansi with three different programs, the one-year program (diplome-1), the three-year program (diplome-3), and the degree program (s-1). meanwhile, for teaching english process, three departments are commonly organized to be one and the size of a class range between 40-50 students. the major reasons why this institution was chosen were as follows: first, the english subject is only part of mkdu subject, and since the institution deals with computer major, the english applied should be an esp (english for specific purposes). second, each of department has been accredited by ban pt. third, the implication of this research is hoped to be able to provide improvement of designing either syllabus or materials at the research site. eighteen students were involved as the participants in this study. they are all students from three departments (manajemen informatika, komputerisasi akuntansi, andmanajemen informatika) who were chosen randomly from different grades (the first, third, and fifth semester students). they are students from the regular class as well as from the evening class, with the academic year ranging from 2009to 2011. they had the same opportunity to answer the questionaires and be able to provide information needed. an english teacher and the head of the institution were also involved as the participants to answer and provide information about other aspects related english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to the materials used, the practice of teaching and learning and the policy of conducting and providing the english subject in this institution. qualitative research method was used to collect the data. data were collected by the means of questionnaires for students and interviews with a teacher and the head of institution,and documentation of the institution curriculum. using the qualitative approach, the data were then obtained by usingquestionnaires, interviews, and documentation (syllabus and materials). all the data were analyzed on the basis of the research questions stated and were classified into two central themes. first, the existence and the role of the english language subject in stmik mi’s curriculum. second, the students’ perception about the english subjects provided in stmik mi, in terms of its materials and teaching and learning practices. the data from interview, documents and questionnaires were analyzed to answer the research question. the function of three research instruments (interviews, documents and questionnaires) in seeking the answer to the research questions were summarized below: 1. interviews were conducted with the participants toget the data of the institution policy regarding english subjects in its ccurriculum and the teacher’s interpretation about english subjects in stimik mi. 2. syllabus and materials functioned as documents to support the data about kinds of syllabus and material provided by the lecturer. then, these documents were matched to the data from interviews whether among of them were relevance or not. 3. the questionnaires given to the students were used to see how students’ perception to the english subjects in terms of the materials used and its teaching and learning process. results anddiscussion based on the data derived from the interview with the head of stmik mi and the document, english language subject is considered as the mandatory subject to support other main and core subjects in the institution. the subject belongs to the category of general education courses (mkdu/ mku =mata kuliah dasar umum/ mata kuliah umum). given four (4) credits to this english subject, this then divided into two different subjects called ‘bahasa inggris 1 (bi-1)’ and ‘bahasa inggris 2 (bi-2)’, with two (2) credits for each. the subjects are given to the students in two different semester. bahasa inggris i is given to all students in the first semester, while bahasa inggris 2is given to the students of all programs at the end of semester. for example, at semester ii for diplome i, semester vi for diplome iii program, and at eight semester for s1 degree program. (see the excerpt of interview with the head of stmik mi and the buku panduan) the purposes of the two subjects are different in nature. bi-1 is intended to provide students with the ability of comprehending text, while bi-2 focuses on conversation, on students’ speaking ability, especially helping them to prepare their readiness in facing the job interview. having such different goals at the end of the lectures, the content of each subject materials are also different. the texts contented with some information about computer and its programs become the major source of materials used in bi-1, while the content materials related to the language function in making conversation and deuis sugaryamah the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs) those related to job interviews are becoming the cource of material in bi-2. the students of this institution are divided into two categories, the regular students and the employee class students. the regular students are mostly those who failed to join government public universities or other favourite private colleges, graduated from private high schools. meanwhile, the employee students are those who have already worked in several companies. it can be said that the students come from the middle to lower level both on their academic achievement and their social economic background. with such condition shall automatically impact on their quality before the join stmik mi. however, to accomodate their needs for continuing their study in higher education level, stmik mi makes every efforts to give the best support to its students. the institution endeavor to create good and high grade environment to support their teaching and learning process. to accomodate the students’needs in taking english language subject, stmik provides the morning and afternoon classes. the regular students usually take the morning class while the afternoon class is usually taken by the employee class student, and they may possibly interchange its schedules. there is only one english lecturer available for about 500 students enrolled in stmik mi, with various number of students in each department, i.e. 10 students in informatics management dept., and more than 25 students in other department. to negotiate such condition as well as considering the effectivity and efficiency, the english lecture is held as a general lecture for all students of different departments. in consequency, the big class of about more than 50 students is common for this subject. the lecture for this big class is heldin the school hall. provided by the availability of instructional facilities such as in-focus, audio visual and internet connections in each classroom and the hall has made the lecture possible. the regular evaluation is held regularly by the institution to all subjects, including english. besides the evaluation and sharing time between lectures in the beginning of each semester, the forthnight learning society forum are held for all lecturers. this activities intended to be used as the place for sharing experiences and problemsolution time as well as the media to socialize the instution’ policy related to the teaching and learning process and teachers’ development. the regular feedback from students before the midterm and final term tests is also available. this students’ feedback is also used as one of the institution consideration to evaluate the lecturers and the course subjects. having 14 years teaching experience of english subject in stmik mi and other higher education of computer science, it is considered that the lecturer has quite used to know the students needs and the challenges faced in the teaching an learning process. to implement the mandatory english subjects in this institution, the lecturer try to develop the syllabus and teaching materials in line with the aims/ goals stated by the institution in each of the english subjects called bahasa inggris 1 (bi-1)and bahasa inggris 2 (bi-2). the materials contented in bi-1 are made to support the students to comprehend the texts with the topics related to computer programs. few grammatical structures, i.e. ‘to be, to have, modal, passive voice, degrees of compariosn, word formation’, commonly used in the reading texts are also introduced (source:modul bahasa english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee inggris 1). and the materials given in bi-2 are those related with the certain function in doing conversation, such as how to deals with the interview; how to make questions sentences, discussion techniques, making decision, dialogue, practical english conversation, common job interview questions, presentation and making an application letter (source: modul bahasa inggris 2). those both materials are not always fixed all the time, they are flexible to be changeable by choosing different texts or topics as long as the coverage is still in line with the syllabus. the sources from the internet, mostly used to become the teaching materials. according to him, bi1 is more related to english for specific purposes, with the focus of english for computers, and bi-2 is more general since the content mostly related to general conversation. the challenges he faces in teaching process and providing the materials to the students are related to: (1) the academic background of the students, who mostly have lower academic achievement in their previous study (high school), with mostly having poor english skills. (2) the time constraint the students have in joining the subjects, especially for employee students who oftenly come late to the lecture. (3) the number of students in the class that ranging between 35 to 70 students. (4) the low motivation of the students who join the subjects just to do the requirement and not really to study it seriously. (5) the assessment which is merely more subjective and normative. based on the questionaires given to several stmik mi’ students, it was found that all of them like english language subject. the reasons are quite various, such as:  because english in an international language, and we have to be able to speak/ master such language. (7 respondents)  because english in needed in our future job. (5 respondents)  because english language is nice to hear and speak. (1 respondent)  because i like to sing english song (1 respondent)  because english mostly used in the internet (1 respondent) in terms of students’ speaking, writing and reading ability, from the 18 (eighteen) respondents, 10 (ten) of them say that they could speak english a bit, as their statements:  “tidak lancar tapi dapat mengucapkan’ (r1, r13)  “bisa tapi tidak terlalu banyak” (r15, r26, r25, r17)  “itu dipelajari sejak sd” (r7)  “hanya sedikit, itupun kosakatanya yang umum” (r14) eight of them say they could not speak but understand what other people say.  “mengerti yang dibicarakan, tapi tidak bisa balik berbicara memakai bahasa inggris”. (r10)  “karena tidak banyak punya kosa kata” (r2, r20) fifteen out of eighteen say that they could write and understand a bit when they read the reading texts,  “telah dipelajari sebelumnya” (r7)  “mampu memahami dan menulis teks bahasa inggris tapi tidak terlalu (r15)  “mampu sedikit-sedikitkarena suka mendengar lagu bahasa inggris (r10) in terms of students’ interpretation about the english subject and its teaching and learning process, following are the results.  “bahasa inggris ini penting tetapi termasuk pelajaran yang susah” (r17) deuis sugaryamah the portrait of english language subject in an indonesian private higher education of computer science (hecs)  “menarik tapi kurang menyenangkan, perlu ditambah sedikit bercanda saat di kelas” (r8)  “sedikit membosankan dan perlu dikemas lebih menarik lagi” (r19)  “menurut saya cukup menyenangkan, meski seharusnya cara mengajarnya ditambah seperti diskusi kelompok, dlsb” (r15, r13)  “sebenarnya sih menarik, tapi itu sangat tergantung sama dosennya. kalo dosennya menyenangkan, pasti belajarnya juga asyik. tapi kalo dosennya membosankan bawaannya ngatuk” (r16)  “terlalu tegang, efeknya tidak masuk ke otak, terus lupa begitu saja apa pelajaran yang didapatnya (r1) about the scheduled time dan number of credits of the english subject, a respondent says, “2 sks untuk bahasa inggris i dan 2 sks untuk bahasa inggris 2 saya rasa sudah cukup” (r 25) about the content of course materials, in bi-1, most students say that grammar and text comprehension become the focus of the english subject. as what the students say:  “ memahami teks dan grammar”(r14)  “teks2 yang berhubungan dengan komputer dan pemrograman” (r12) for bi-2, most students agree that speaking and conversation become the focus of the course. below are the results of students’ expectation from the english subjects:  “dapat memperlancar dalam berbicara dengan bahasa inggris” (r1)  “gramatika, kosakata yang lebih berhubungan dengan komputer/ lebih spesifik tidak hanya mengertikan teks saja, juga conversation yang berhubungan dengan komputer dan perkantoran (r15)  “dapat memahaminya dengan cepat dan menguasai banyak kosa kata” (r20)  “dapat lancar menulis dan berbicara bahasa inggris” (r26)  “dapat lancar berbicara bahasa inggris, dapat mengerti dan dipahami (r25) lastly, the impacts of this subject to the students skills/achievement are as follows.  “sekarang saya sudah mulai bisa memahami teks dalam bahasa inggris” (r20)  “dapat mengerti bahasa inggris dan mampu berbicara bahasa inggris terhadap orang asing/ bule” (r25)  “lebih memahami teks dan grammar” (r14)  “lebih dapat mengemukakan pendapat dalam bahasa inggris” (r15) from the presentation of data above, it can be seen that the mandatory english subject in the tertiary level, especially in higher education of computer science like stmik mi could be positioned as the minor yet important subjects expected to help students in coping with other subjects. though in its implementation and presentation to the students in the classroom face several challenges, i.e. the range of time availability (in this case the limited number of credits and the time scheduled of providing the subjects), the students social economic and academic background that directly or indirectly have several impact to the product and the quality of teaching and learning process. as the support of other subjects, the english subjects is then becoming english for specific purposes with the content materials of the subjects related to computer science. this is inline with strevens (1988), that esp meets the needs of the learners, centered on the language skills (in this case reading and speaking skills) and in specific genres (computer). in general, the students’ perception towards the materials of esp in stmik mi as being appropriate with their needs english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to understand and comprehend the texts about computers. they get this materials in bahasa inggris 1 subject. meanwhile, their future needs in dealing with the ability to do the successful job interview is represented by the materials they have in english for business in bahasa inggris 2 subject. though in its implementation, the result of this subject is still far from the goals/ aims of the subjects, that is to make the students able to read as well as speak well, as several constraints coming from both the institution (in this case the limited lecturer and time) and the students (lack of motivation and interest, time constraint). conclusion this paper sought to reveal the mandatory english subjects as it is regarded in stmik mi’s curriculum, where in one side it is considered as important to have to support students in coping with other subjects, yet in other side the availability of time, the limited resource, in this case the availability of english lecture, and the students motivations have become the constraints to make this subjects reach its institutional goal to provide the students with the english skills both spoken and written. the study was carried out within the framework ofinterpretive inquiry and semi structured interviews were used as the means for datacollection. data were analyzed through the identification themes related to the research questions given. references anthony, l. (1997). english for specific purposes: what does it mean? why is it different? on-cue journal, 5(3), 9-10. alwasilah, a. c. (2000). perspektif pendidikan bahasa inggris di indonesia dalam konteks persaingan global. bandung: cv andira. brant, c. (2009). the case for reflexivity in developing esl students’ academic communication skills. international journal of arts and sciences 3(5): 1 – 18. brown, j. d. (1995). theelements of language curriculum: asystematic approach to program development. usa: heinle & heinle publishers corbetta, p. (2003). social research theory, methods and techniques. london: sage publications. diamond, r. m. (2008). designing and assessing courses and curricul: apractical guide, 3rd ed. ca: josses-bass. creswell, j. w. (2005). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research,2nd ed.. upper saddle river, n.j.: pearson education. harry f. & t. burhanudin. (2008). the future of schooling in indonesia.journal of international cooperation in education, 11(1), 71-84. harrabi, a. (2010). issues in education of english for specific purposes in the tunisian higher education. esp world, 2(28), retrieved from http://www.espworld.info. kusni. (2007). reformulasi perancangan program esp di perguruan tinggi. linguistik indonesia, 25(1). marjito. (2007). an analysis of syllabus and material and their relevance to the students’ needs: acase study of a higher education of computer science. unpublished thesis, indonesian university of education. marwan, a. (2009). esp teaching challenges in an indonesian vocational higher institution.the english teacher, xxxviii: 1 – 12. ornstein, a. c. & hunkins, f. p. (2009). curriculum: foundations, principles, and issues, 5th ed. usa: pearson education, inc. posner, g. j. (1992). analyzing the curriculum. usa: mcgraw-hill, inc. strevens, p. (1988). esp after twenty years: a re-appraisal. in m. tickoo (ed.), esp: state of the art (pp. 1-13). singapore: seameo regional language young, m. s. (2011). a case of the global – local dialectic: decentralization and teacher training in banten, indonesia. unpublished dissertation. the florida state university. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 147 developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis indah puspitasari english diploma program, faculty of humanities, jenderal soedirman university, indonesia e-mail: indahpuspitasari876@gmail.com apa citation: puspitasari, i. (2018). developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 147-156. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1534. received: 19-08-2018 accepted: 27-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: banyumas currently grows well in various aspects especially in tourism. tourism plays an important role in this regency because it becomes one of the mainstays of banyumas revenue sector. a phenomenon occurs today is the number of hotels in banyumas arises every year. it is very important to prepare human resources; especially those who have good skills in tourism and english. this paper aims at explaining the stakeholders’ overview of skills needed, topic needed, and difficulties encountered. the stakeholders here are tour agencies, hotels, and youth, sports, culture and tourism office of banyumas regency. this is a qualitative research method which has several research steps. first, library study is a method of collecting data and it is also used to compile research instruments. the second step is to share the questionnaires to the sampling and the last is analysing the results. the results of this study showed that; 1) the required skills are speaking (100%), listening (75%), writing (25%), and reading (25%), 2) 80% of the topics offered in the questionnaire are required by all stakeholders. the topics are about hotels and tourism materials, and 3) difficulties encountered in active cooperating with tourism industry, less practice in explaining tourism city map, and listening different accents such as english speakers from china, japan, and india. in conclusion, these findings regarding the skills and topics needed can be used to develop english for tourism materials. keywords: english for tourism; english for specific purposes; needs analysis; developing materials; tourism; banyumas. introduction a current phenomenon is the shift of public consumption for retail shopping. now, people choose to save their money in banks and use it for vacationing in tourist attractions. as mentioned by kompas daily on november 6, 2017 that there is a shift in consumer behavior patterns from shopping to tourism which is marked by several indicators of household consumption growth in the third quarter of 2017. one of the indicators in question is an increase in public consumption in hotels and restaurants. in the third quarter of 2017, restaurants and hotels grew significantly from 5.01 percent in the third quarter of 2016 to 5.52 percent in the third quarter of 2017. indicators for restaurants, hotels, and recreation continue to increase, although the contribution to household consumption has not seen a significant about just 14 percent to 15 percent. the opinion reinforces data from the ministry of tourism and creative economy of tourism growth in indonesia which tends to increase every year. data in 2015 showed 911.704 foreign tourists coming to indonesia and experiencing an increase in 2016 and 2017 which reached 1.404.664. the growth of tourism and hospitality is also felt in banyumas regency. the number of hotels in banyumas regency which was 182 in 2014 currently reaches 232 hotels in 2017. from the data above, it is very important for banyumas regency to prepare qualified human resources from the tourism sector and one way is through stakeholders’ needs analysis. stakeholders are individuals or groups that can influence and or be indah puspitasari developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis 148 influenced by a particular achievement. stakeholders have three categories: 1) main stakeholder: stakeholders who have a direct interest in a policy of the community. 2) stakeholder supporters: do not have a direct link to a policy but have a concern, for example: ngos, universities, institutions. 3) key stakeholder: having legally authorized in decision making, such as government, parliament, office, etc. on the other hand, stakeholders of tourism include tourists, businessmen, governments, communities, universities, communities, and non-governmental organizations (pitana, 2009). thus, the stakeholders referred to by the authors in this study are the main stakeholder of the hotel owner and tour agent and key stakeholders, namely the department of youth, sports, culture and tourism of banyumas regency as policy makers. the institution here is a stakeholder’s supporter who concern to the main and key stakeholders’ needs. universities as one of tourism stakeholder have an important role related to research implementation. the results of lecturers’ research, such as, needs analysis, market analysis, consumer survey and others can be used by tourism industry to develop the tourism resources they have. according to pitana (2009), tourism resources are resources related to tourism development which include: natural resources, human resources, cultural resources, and special request resource. here, the authors choose to develop human resources tourism because every element of tourism requires human resources to move it. moreover, needs analysis is part of curriculum development or known as curriculum and material development. the material development process is a central element in language teaching programs. the development system can be conceptualized into three interrelated processes. first, the planning process includes analyzing the needs of learners, institutional expectations and resource availability, and defining learning objectives and translating needs and objectives into materials and learning activities. second, the learning process (enacting process) includes using teaching materials and conducting teaching and learning activities in the classroom. third, the evaluation process is an assessment the progress of learners toward the achievement of goals. that process is a system of development that should be done by each college. the focus of this research is on the first stage of development that is the planning process which includes the needs analysis. needs analysis is a procedure for gathering information about the learners’ needs. the same opinion is also expressed by richards (2001) that the procedure used to collect information about the learners’ needs is known by the term needs analysis. the main purpose of the needs analysis activity is to prepare a set of learning objectives and material selection. the triangulation approach can be used in performing needs analysis because one source of information may be incomplete or partial. different stakeholders have different perspectives on needs and solutions. needs analysis usually involves the gathering of information from more than one referent group. according to richards (2001, p. 60), information can be obtained from finding relevant theories such as books, journal articles, reports and research results, and collecting information from multiple respondents. there are several studies on the needs analysis of english for specific purposes, i.e. trang (2015), amali (2015), and darrel (2018). in his study, trang (2015) found that the most important need among english language skill of tourism employees is speaking then followed by listening, writing and reading. although the needs analysis of english for specific purposes has been widely done, as far as the author’s observation, banyumas tourism stakeholders’ needs analysis has never been done. therefore, this study tries to explain english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 149 the stakeholders’ overview of skills needed, topic needed, and difficulties encountered. method the study was a qualitative case study. according to merriam in cohen (2005, p. 185), there are three types of case studies, namely descriptive, interpretative, and evaluative. the writer used descriptive method to describe the skill needed, topic needed and difficulties encountered. the participants were the tourism stakeholders of banyumas regency including the youth, sports, culture and tourism office of banyumas regency, hotels and tour agency. the sampling technique was purposive random sampling. based on data from banyumas hotel and restaurant association (phri) and youth, sports, culture and tourism office of banyumas regency, the number of hotels in banyumas in 2017 is 232. there are only 12 star hotels and only three hotels have been certified by the business certification institute (lsu). the author took a sample of 20% of the star hotels population. the samples taken were four star hotels in banyumas. meanwhile, the total number of banyumas tour agency, according to the association of tourism banyumas (asita), was 31 agencies. the author took 20% as sample (six tour agencies). this study applied two methods of collecting data; questionnaire and library study. questionnaires are instruments used to obtain information from respondents, while the library study was used to collect relevant theories to make research instruments in the form of questionnaires and used to analyze the needs. the method of data analysis in this qualitative study is descriptive method. there are more research data found in the field and will be analyzed and supported by the theories that are available and relevant (sugiyono, 2009, p. 13-14). descriptive analysis is used to describe and analyze the needs of stakeholders of english for tourism. then, writer used the results to develop english for tourism teaching materials. for data validation, the authors uses triangulation. the triangulation approach can be used in performing needs analysis because one source of information may be incomplete or partial. results and discussion in this section, the authors explain the curriculum of higher education. this analysis is used to find out the purpose of the education system and to make decisions in syllabus and material design. according to minister of education and culture, law no.232/u/2000 defines the curriculum as; “a set of plans and arrangements concerning the content and study materials and lessons as well as the way of delivery and assessment used as guidelines for the conduct of business or teaching-learning activities in higher education.” the curriculum is a program developed and implemented to achieve educational goals. the curriculum can be viewed as a plan to build a house. the orientation is for the future. thus, curriculum objectives play a major role in achieving program objectives. as we know that currently, there are changes in curriculum conducted by the ministry of education and culture of indonesia. competency-based curriculum changes to kkni (indonesia national qualification framework). on the curriculum of kkni the competence is expected to be able to pair, equalize and integrate (from junior high school to postgraduate level) between the field of education, the field of job training and work experience in the framework of giving the recognition of work competence in accordance with the structure of work in various sectors (ministry of education and culture, 2011). the curriculum is directed to equalize graduate qualifications so as to compete in the world of work. sourced from the ministry of education and culture (2011), description of the competencies achieved for the diploma level means that language teaching at the diploma level focuses on the achievement of learning by students. they indah puspitasari developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis 150 must be able to compete in the world of work. based on the above description, the author draws the following conclusions: 1) the type of curriculum used as a reference needs analysis is referring to the indonesian national framework curriculum. this means that language teaching at the diploma level focuses on the achievement of learning that must be mastered by students to be able to compete in the world of work, and 2) the purpose of teaching english in higher education is focused on improving quality and competitive outcomes at local, regional and international levels. the indonesian national framework curriculum is a systemic framework. this means that all competencies should be built. it includes major competencies (understanding the four basic english skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing) as well as supporting competencies such as linguistic competence and communication strategies. developing english for tourism materials curriculum development processes are central elements in language program. according to snow and kamhi-stein (2006, p. v-vi), the system in a curriculum can be conceptualized as three interrelated process: 1) planning processes which include analyzing the needs of learners, the expectation of the institution and the availability of resources, deciding on the learning aims and goals needed to achieve them and organizing them in a principle way, and translating the aims into materials and activities; 2) enacting (teaching and learning) processes which include using the materials and doing the activities in the classroom, and adjusting them according to learners’ needs, abilities and interests; and 3) evaluation processes which include assessing learners’ progress toward and achievement of the aims, adjusting the aims in response to learners’ abilities and needs, and gathering information about the effectiveness of the aims, organization, materials, and activities. this research refers to planning processes which focuses on needs analysis. this is very important because it is the basic research to continue to the next steps, such as enacting process which includes materials design, teaching and learning process at the classrooms. english for specific purposes (esp) is a language teaching approach where content and methods are based on students’ reasons for learning. so, esp’s focus is to make english classes more relevant to the needs of students. esp is a specific learning. english for tourism is a teaching approach in order to achieve the goal or competence of students to mastery of english for professional purposes. here is the position of english for tourism as a branch of esp. figure 1. the position of english for tourism english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 151 pitana (2009) explains a tourism area facility has conditions in terms of development; something to see, something to do (activities that make tourists stay longer), something to buy (shopping area), how to arrive (transportation accessibility), and how to stay (hotel). selection of english for tourism material refers to the above, because stakeholders will see those indicators as a benchmark of their success. in the questionnaire of needs analysis, the authors include the following elements: 1) skill needed (listening, speaking, reading, writing) a) listening it is essential for oral interaction as the students would find themselves talking with professional contacts about computers or in conferences and workshops about computers. the writer takes computer-related topics with exercises to listen for general and specific information, exercises to fill in the gaps with technical vocabulary and note taking. b) speaking it is a necessary skill where the students must focus on the language specific to the fields of knowledge and not on general english. so, the related items such as topics, grammar and vocabularies still must be in line with the field. the students have to practice of grammar points in the specific topics needed. c) reading it is a necessary skill where the students must focus on reading process, such as scanning, skimming, guessing words from context and making inferences in the specific discourse d) writing it is a necessary skill in a context where most jobs in computing are in international companies whose written communication is in english. the materials are computer-related topic. it also focuses on verb agreement, connectors of time, sequencing, structure and organization ideas, such as describing process, describing functions, writing advantages and disadvantages, reporting problems, writing a curriculum vitae, and writing a summary (snow & kamhistein, 2006, p. 47-50). 2) topic needed a) something to see the expected ability is about tour guiding, presenting destination skill, and explaining weather condition. b) something to do (activities that make tourists stay longer) the expected ability is about describing tourism objects. c) something to buy (shopping area) the expected ability is about dealing with money and number d) how to arrive (transportation accessibility) the expected ability is about dealing with transportation and tourist information officers. e) how to stay (hotel) the expected ability is about explaining types of accommodation, hotel facilities, staffing and internal organization, reservation, check in and checkout, hotel and restaurant services, complaints and solution. 3) difficulties encountered stakeholders’ needs analysis stakeholder needs analysis is equally important with student needs analysis. as pitana (2009) notes stakeholder tourism is a tourist, businessman, government, community, college, community and nongovernment organization. the stakeholders consist of the main stakeholders (hotels and tour agencies) and the key stakeholders (the office of youth, sports, culture and tourism banyumas regency as a policy maker). stakeholder needs analysis results are as follows. hotels needs analysis four hotels that filled the questionnaire chose speaking and listening as their skill needed. as it can be seen in table 1, speaking is the most required skill in hotel indah puspitasari developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis 152 industry. this is in accordance with the competence of human resources (hr) that they hope, excellence human resources in spoken communication. moreover, table 2 shows the result of stakeholders’ topic needed. the stakeholders chose these topics as their learning materials to improve their english competence. table 1. percentage of hotels’ skill needed skills percentage speaking 100% listening 75% reading 25 % writing 25 % table 2. percentage of hotels’ topic needed to improve their english topics yes % 1. greeting, facial expression and body movement 3 75 2. types of accommodation 3 75 3. hotel facilities 2 50 4. staffing and internal organization 3 75 5. reservation and check –in 4 100 6. hotel and restaurant services 4 100 7. phone calls 4 100 8. money and number 1 25 9. complaints and solution 3 75 10. describing tourism object 3 75 11. tour guiding 3 75 12. presentation skill (presenting destination ) 3 75 13. itinerary and schedule 1 25 14. weather 1 25 15. transportation (understanding information about public transportation) 3 75 16. dealing with tourist information officers 3 75 as it can be seen in table 2, there are some topics required by stakeholders. the writer selected some topics which have 50% or more needed. they hope that they are able to master the following topics: greeting, facial expression and body movement (non verbal communication) types of accommodation hotel facilities staffing and internal organization reservation and check -in hotel and restaurant services phone calls complaints and solution describing tourism object tour guiding presentation skill (presenting destination) transportation (understanding information about public transportation and direction) dealing with tourist information officers in the final column, the author designs a questionnaire regarding the difficulties encountered. some of the difficulties are less practice of english for hotels and tourism, inactive cooperating with tourism industry to strengthen communication and business network from all tourism stakeholders, less practice in reading or explaining tourism city map and less practice in using and listening english materials with different accents such as english speakers from china, japan, india that are sometimes difficult to understand by stakeholders. the human resources head of hotels said that many guests who stay in their hotels are people from those countries. some of them asked about tourism objects in banyumas. they wanted to visit and ask the direction to be there. the staffs are not fluent enough in speaking english especially in asking and giving directions. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 153 tour agencies needs’ analysis six tour agencies filling the questionnaire chose speaking and listening as the skill needed. as it can be seen in table 3, speaking is the most required skill by tour agencies. they use their speaking competence to guide international tourist. moreover, table 4 shows the result of stakeholders’ topic needed. the stakeholders chose these topics as their learning materials to improve their english competence. table 3. percentage of tour agencies’ skill needed skills yes percentage speaking 6 100% listening 4 70% reading 2 25 % writing 2 25 % table 4. percentage of tour agencies’ topic needed to improve their english topics yes % 1. greeting, facial expression and body movement 4 75 2. types of accommodation 4 75 3. hotel facilities 3 50 4. staffing and internal organization 3 50 5. reservation and check –in 6 100 6. hotel and restaurant services 6 100 7. phone calls 6 100 8. money and number 1 25 9. complaints and solution 3 50 10. describing tourism object 3 50 11. tour guiding 6 100 12. presentation skill (presenting destination ) 3 50 13. itinerary and schedule 3 50 14. weather 1 25 15. transportation (understanding information about public transportation) 3 50 16. dealing with tourist information officers 4 75 as it can be seen in table 4, there are some topics required by tour agencies. the writer selected some topics which have 50% or more needed. tourism human resources are hopefully capable of mastering english in the following topics: greeting, facial expression and body movement (non verbal communication) cross cultural understanding types of accommodation hotel facilities staffing and internal organization reservation and check-in hotel and restaurant services phone calls complaints and solution describing tourism object tour guiding presentation skill (presenting destination) itinerary and schedule transportation (understanding information about public transportation and direction) dealing with tourist information officers in the final column, the author designs a questionnaire regarding the difficulties encountered. some of the inputs are: most tour agencies in banyumas only conduct domestic tours. banyumas tourism is still lack of promotion either in bahasa indonesia or english. it makes the foreign tourists rarely visit banyumas. one effort of tour agencies in banyumas is to build networking. they develop tourism networking in indonesia or even with other countries. they also build the network by writing indonesia tourism travel blog which is used to attract international tourists to indah puspitasari developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis 154 come to indonesia. they shared a problem of writing a good travel blog in english. they realize their weakness so that they invite the english teacher or lecturer to improve their english. youth, sports, culture and tourism office of banyumas regency needs analysis the writer met mr. d. jatmiko, head of culture and tourism office, to discuss the tourism needs analysis. he said speaking and writing are very important skill for tourism because ability to speak and write is used as a means of communication, promotion and network expansion. through this ability, they are able to promote tourism and activities that can attract and make tourists stay longer, buy something in shopping areas, use the local transportation and stay in hotels. tourism human resources are hopefully capable of mastering english in the following topics: greeting, facial expression and body movement (non verbal communication) cross cultural understanding types of accommodation hotel facilities staffing and internal organization reservation and check -in hotel and restaurant services phone calls complaints and solution describing tourism object tour guiding presentation skill (presenting destination) itinerary and schedule weather transportation (understanding information about public transportation and direction) dealing with tourist information officers all the topics in the questionnaire are needed because according to d. jatmiko, the mastery of the vocabulary of the tour guides in every tourist attraction in banyumas is still very limited. in the final column, the author designs a questionnaire regarding the difficulties encountered. some of the difficulties written in questionnaires and interviews are limitations of vocabulary, limitation of expanding business network through internet media and make overseas market as target, limitation of tourism industry players who use english as a promotional tool on the internet, and limitations in the ability to write travel blogs. from the three stakeholders need analysis above, it can be concluded that; 1) the required skills are speaking (100%), listening (75%), writing (25%), and reading (25%). the writer draws a conclusion from the mean of hotels and tour agencies’ needs analysis then the information from head of banyumas culture and tourism office is used to make data validation trough triangulation; 2) topic needed, all the topics offered in the questionnaire are required by all stakeholders except money, number, and weather; and 3) difficulties encountered in the field are; less practice of english for hotels and tourism, inactive cooperating with tourism industry to strengthen business network from all tourism stakeholders, less practice in reading and explaining tourism city map, and less practice in using and listening english materials with different accents, such as english speakers from china, japan, and india that are sometimes difficult to understand by stakeholders. conclusion improvements will always be made in the development of learning materials because teachers and lecturers are required to be sensitive to the development needs of students and society. banyumas, one of the biggest regency in the south of central java province, also develops in many sectors, especially in tourism industry. number of hotels in banyumas is growing and the consumption of society right now is changing from retail shopping into vacationing in tourist attractions. those phenomena make banyumas and university must be ready to prepare qualified human resources in tourism sector. english diploma program of jenderal soedirman english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 155 university has tourism concentration. it will help banyumas to prepare human resources in this sector. to make in line with the government needs, hotel, tour agency and university, the author conducted this research. the findings related to the skill needed, topic needed, and difficulties encountered. the results of this study are; 1) the required skills are speaking (100%), listening (75%), writing (25%), and reading (25%); 2) 80% of the topics offered in the questionnaire are required by all stakeholders. the topics are about hotels and tourism materials; and 3) difficulties encountered are; less practice of english for hotels and tourism, inactive cooperating with tourism industry to strengthen business network from all tourism stakeholders, less practice in reading and explaining tourism city map, and less practice in listening different accents such as english speakers from china, japan, india that are sometimes difficult to understand by stakeholders. references amali, m. (2015). relevancy of english tourism lesson plan with students’ needs analysis at vocational school 2 padang. padang: stkip pgri sumatra barat. cohen, l. (2005). research methods in education. new york: rutledge taylor & francis group. darrel, h. (2018). analysis of students’ feedback for a tourism english course based on group projects. tokyo: faculty of international tourism, toyo university. retrieved october 19, 2018 from https://toyo.repo.nii.ac.jp/?action=pages_view_ main&active_action=repository_view_main_ite m_detail&item_id=10145&item_no=1&page_id =13&block_id=17. kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2008). panduan umum pengembangan silabus. jakarta: kemendikbud ri. kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia. (2011). kerangka kualifikasi nasional indonesia. retrieved october 1, 2018 from http://www.dikti.go.id/files/atur/kkni/penyusu nan-lo-prodi.pdf. pitana, d. (2009). pengantar ilmu pariwisata. yogyakarya: penerbit andi. richard, j. c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. snow & kamhi-stein. (2006). developing a new course for adult learners. new york: tesol inc. sugiyono. (2009). metode penelitian pendidikan: pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif dan r & d. bandung: alfabeta. trang, b. t. t. (2015). needs analysis of english language use in tourism: a case study of international travel companies in vietnam. unpublished master thesis. college of language arts, i-shou university. indah puspitasari developing english for tourism materials trough stakeholders’ needs analysis 156 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students yvonne p. velasco mary ann v. dolor carlos hilado memorial state college, philippines email: yvonnevelasco@outlook.com apa citation: velasco, y.p., & dolor, m. a. v. (2016). the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 89-100 received: 09-10-2016 accepted: 09-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this is a descriptive study investigating teachers’ view on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing of their students. using mishra and koehler’s (2006) tpck model as framework, a probe was made on how technology and content are related and how pedagogical strategies in research relates to the use of technology in the classroom. the results reveal that teachers generally viewed the impact of digital technologies as positive but also showed misgivings on some aspects of technology use. the results have significant impact on the ict policy currently being implemented in most state-run schools in the philippines. keywords: digital technologies, teacher perceptions, college research, ict policy introduction the use of digital technologies in and for education is rapidly expanding in many countries and is now seen as both a necessity and an opportunity for improving and enhancing the education offered to citizens across the globe (unesco, 2006). in fact, information and communication technology is regarded as a building block of modern society (unesco, 2002). hence, the acquisition of skills in using digital technologies, generally labelled as information and communication technology (ict), has been regarded as part of their core education (unesco, 2002) by many countries globally. for example, in the united kingdom, the official view of ict as potentially transformative of education has placed it at the centre of the national agenda for school reform (deaney, ruthven, & hennessy, 2005). in the us, in its informational literacy competency standards for higher education, informational literacy is identified as crucial to today’s environment of rapid technological change and proliferating information resources. all these are, undoubtedly, a collective global stance that supports the use of digital technologies in education, by especially focusing on the way students write in today’s digital age. as it is, the philippines as a developing country makes efforts in recognizing the advances in communication due to technology and the internet, prompting the department of budget (dbm) and the commission 89 yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students on higher education (ched) to issue joint circular no. 1 (series of 2012), which establishes the guidelines on state universities and colleges (sucs) on how to avail a portion of the five hundred million pesos (500,000,000.00php) allotted budgetary support for the maintenance, operating and other expenses (mooe) and capital outlay (co) requirements of selected sucs (eligible under said guidelines) to undertake programs/projects and activities that will create key employment generators in the priority growth sectors. in addition to this requirement for special funding, article 2.3.d of the circular stipulates that as one of the criteria for selection of sucs recipients, …“the sucs mandated to offer science and technology degree programs and those with good track record in their engineering, technology or ict courses shall be given preference.” paglaum state college (psc), a government-owned higher education institution in the philippines, does not need to prove its track record in engineering for it has consistently been in the category of best performing schools in the civil engineering board examinations in the philippines for the past 5 years since the inception of said course. what it needs is to prove that it deserves the budgetary support from dbm and ched which requires establishing a good track record in its ict courses. to this end, the psc administration mandated the use of digital technologies in classroom instruction veering towards blended learning even. this recent events in psc, however, raises some concern in the sense that while the goal to improve ict instruction is clear, the implementation of such initiative across departments and, ultimately, across psc’s four campuses is rather sketchy. while there seems to be no resistance being offered against psc administration’s initiative to integrate ict in classrooms, no inquiry has been made about the teachers’ comfort level in the use of these technologies in their classroom activities. since teachers are facilitators of student success and achievement, their perceptions of, and attitudes toward, technology in education may be closely related to students’ engagement with technology (hadley, eisenwine, hakes, & hines, 2002). considering that the expertise of teachers makes their role central to education, teachers’ perceptions regarding technology integration may influence students’ learning by constituting a part of a hidden curriculum (fleener, 2002). following willis (1991), if perception is primary to human experience, then an investigation of teachers’ perceptions of technology in education may serve to fill this seemingly neglected but very important area related to pedagogy in the 21st century. the central position of the teacher, between the school administration and the students, makes the teacher ultimately responsible for the successful implementation of policies of curriculum. consequently, as enactors of the curriculum, teachers are the vital link between the curriculum planners and the students. current literature suggests that teachers perceive computer technology primarily as a teacher aid to clerical work in basic word processing, calculating, keeping grades, and maintaining class rolls (swan, et al., 2002; swan, bowman, holmes, vargas, & richardson, 2000). what this means is that these teachers look at technology as productivity tools and not as students’ learning tools. this may have stemmed 90 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee from the way teachers regard their ability to meet the challenges of technology integration since the literature indicates that many teachers feel inadequately prepared for this undertaking (mccannon & crews, 2000; smerdon & cronen, 2000). pinar and irwin (2005) have cited this lack of technology training for teachers to carry serious implications for the relationship of human beings and computer technology. over the past decade, technology has appeared in the classroom with increasing frequency and has become a major factor in education reform (wenglinsky, 2000). however, even if more technology appears in the schools with each passing year and with each technological innovation, teachers are not using it effectively (mackenzie, 1999; padgett & conceicao-runlee, 2000; roblyer & edwards, 2000). essentially, the teachers’ perceptions about technology use may be used as a signpost that should indicate which way reform should proceed. balanskat et al. (2006) conducted a review of seventeen impact studies carried out between 2002 and 2006 which aimed at determining the benefits and impact of ict integration in schools in two major areas: learning outcomes and learners, and teaching methodologies and teachers. the studies reveal some evidences that ict impacts learner performance (machin) as cited in balanskat et al. (2006). sutherland et al. (2004) reported on the findings of the inter active education project conducted in the united kingdom, wherein teachers and researchers worked together to develop and evaluate initiatives focused on using ict to enhance learning in curriculum areas that students would normally find difficulty in. the results show that despite the guardedness to use technology in the classroom, some teachers who participated in the project reported several positive outcomes with regards to ict integration in the projects implemented. the teachers reported marked improvements in the writing skills of lower ability students, increased levels of interaction among students, greater student enthusiasm and engagement and an increase in confidence for both the teacher and the students. several researchers have argued that teacher beliefs about teaching and how students acquire knowledge play a critical role in determining not only the degree to which technology is used in the classroom but how technology is used to support teaching and learning. the sociocultural theory of learning posits that learning is interactive, discursive, technology-mediated, and situated (schellens et al., 2005; gee, 2003). gee (2003) extends this perspective to suggest that human learning is “fully embedded in a material, social, and cultural world” (p. 8) and that the affordances of tools and technologies (e.g. computer and the internet) can enhance learning. furthermore, teachers’ perceived usefulness of an innovation play a pivotal role in determining the extent to which that innovation will be adopted for use in the classroom (hall & hord, 2001). however, liu (2010) found that while teachers held learner-centered beliefs, they did not integrate constructivist teaching with technology use, thus revealing clear inconsistencies between teacher pedagogical beliefs and teaching activities. he found that most teachers, regardless of pedagogical beliefs, were inclined to utilize lecturebased instruction. according to a report released by the project information literacy, college students in the united states do not know how to do research correctly 91 http://projectinfolit.org/pdfs/pil_fall2010_survey_fullreport1.pdf http://projectinfolit.org/ yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students (www.huffingtonpost.com). the study, which surveyed 8.353 students from 25 colleges across the usa, reports that 84% of respondents found "getting started" to be the hardest part of research projects. interestingly, if these are problems confronting college students in a first world country such as the united states, how would college students in a developing country such as the philippines fare in their research activities especially since it was only recently that state-run higher institutions are catching on with teaching in digital space. this study is informed by mishra and koehler’s (2006) teaching with technology model. they theorize that well thought-out pedagogical uses of technology necessitate the development of a complex situated form of knowledge. this knowledge is what they refer to as technological pedagogical and content knowledge (tpck). tpck builds on shulman’s (1986) pedagogical content knowledge model, which outlines the essential qualities of teacher’s knowledge required for effective integration of technology in teaching. tpck is an emergent knowledge that goes beyond the three individual components of content, pedagogy, and technology and represents a class of knowledge that is central to teachers’ work with technology. hence, tpck is an allencompassing theory on teaching technology that takes into account the teachers’ appreciation of the digital phenomenon; this appreciation transcends knowledge of content, pedagogy, and of technology itself. most initiatives in technology seemed fixated in the purchase of hardware (computers) for schools. it seems that there is an assumption that computers would magically transform teaching and learning. even in cases where educational software was provided along with the hardware, there was the belief that knowledge was somehow embedded in the software and the technology (sutherland, et al., 2004). however, knowing how to use technology is not to be construed with knowing how to teach with it. teaching in the 21st century therefore carries with it is not just practical knowledge, content, and strategies in teaching and integrating technology, but also an understanding of how all these are built up into a system that is compact and inseparable and requires the teachers’ conscious effort to discern. in an effort to understand the contexts and situations relating to the role played by teacher perceptions on the value of digital technologies to education particularly in research writing, this study sought to understand the english language/research instructors’ perceptions of digital technologies and the importance of integrating ict in the context of a mandate to integrate technology in the classrooms. specifically, the following are the research questions addressed: 1. what is the english language/research instructors’ perception of the students’ use of digital technologies for research paper writing, in terms of: a. manner (of doing research) b. ability 2. what benefits may the various digital technologies bring in when utilized by the students in their research paper writing? 3. what risks can these digital technologies likely pose when utilized by the students in their research paper writing? 4. how do the english and research instructors view the impact of digital 92 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee technologies on students’ research writing? method the study is descriptive and sought to understand the meanings teachers make of their experiences with digital technologies and the way it has impacted their students’ research writing process. merriam (1998) stresses that a descriptive study presents a detailed account of a phenomenon under study and is useful for investigating innovative programs and practices. both the quantitative and qualitative methods were employed; the quantitative aspect is realised by conducting a survey while the qualitative aspect is realised by conducting a focus group discussion which stitched in the elements which a survey could not possibly uncover. psc has four campuses, hence, to have a comprehensive assessment of the english and research instructors’ perceptions the study included the possible maximum number of the population. however, due to some constraints, a 100% sampling of the population was not realized (table 1). table 1. participants distribution across four campuses psc talisay 20 psc alijis 15 psc binalbagan 15 psc fortune towne 15 the instrument used in this study was adapted from an online national survey conducted in the united states by pew internet, the college board, and the national writing project. the survey is the pew research center’s internet and american life project’s first extensive examination of teachers’ perceptions of the positive and negative impacts of a rapidly evolving technological environment on teachers’ professional activities, and how that new environment has impacted teachers’ own technology use (http://pewinternet.org/reports). the questionnaire is retrievable on-line and consisted of 50 items exclusive of the demographic assessment. while the questionnaire is divided into six sections, the researchers adapted the questions on the section relative to the impact of digital technologies on research, albeit, with some modifications to suit the culture and setting of the study. proper research conventions were observed (permissions, schedules, orientation as to the protocols for the conduct of the test, etc.) before the instrument was administered. the schedules for the focus group discussions proved a little problematic for the instructors’ schedules would not allow for a common time schedule wherein they could convene without class disruption. the survey questionnaire administered prior to the fgd, the reason being that the issues which were not delved into in the survey can be further explored and clarified during the discussion that ensued. the fgd was audio-recorded and transcribed. the questionnaires were retrieved for scoring, statistical treatment, and interpretation. data analysis for the quantitative aspect consists of encoding the responses given by the participants in the survey questionnaire. the descriptive statistical 93 http://pewinternet.org/reports/2013/teachers-technology-and-writing yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students mean and frequency measures were obtained to come up with a description of the area this study is concerned about. data analysis for the qualitative aspect consists of a grounded theory approach (strauss & corbin, 1990) such that data were analysed for emerging themes. after the fgd sound file were transcribed, the data were segmented and re-grouped according to themes. initial coding was done by examining the data and defining the ideas explicit within the data, and finally, categories were established. this method of analysis allowed for a rigorous review of the data culled from the fgd. similarly, it provided for a structure for analysis and interpretation. results and discussion table 2 below presents the data regarding age and length of service. table 2. distribution of respondents in terms of age and length of service age f % length f % 20-29 16 25 0-9 16 25 30-39 25 38 10-19 29 46 40-49 18 28 20-29 15 23 50-59 6 9 30-39 5 8 table 2 shows that 38% of the participants belong to the 30-39 age bracket. this may imply that these participants have a relative exposure to digital technologies when they began school because the internet saw its origins in the 1980’s. 46% have been teaching for more than 15 years (16-19year bracket), while only 8% have been teaching for more than 30 years. more than half of the participants have been teaching for less than 20 years and considering this, the utility of being able to embed ict in the classroom shall be felt more by this group of participants. table 3 and 4 presents the demographics. table 3. distribution of respondents according to gender and home internet gender % male 18 28 female 47 72 home internet % yes 30 46 no 35 54 72% of the participants are female while less than 50% of the participants have internet connections at home. this data gives us a picture of the teachers’ access to the internet at home and to group the perceptions according to age and gender. table 4. distribution of respondents according to digital devices owned cellphone smartphone tablet notebook laptop desktop f % f % f % f % f % f % 55 85 18 28 27 42 48 74 40 62 43 66 evidently, most participants have cellphones, which implies that somehow, the importance of this digital device is felt across participants whether male or female, or whether tenured or not. 74% of the participants have notebooks which 94 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee gives the impression that they are positively endorsing the utility of digital technologies. the participants of the study enthused that the definition of research has considerably changed in the digital world. this change according to them reflects how students approach the task of researching. undeniably, search engines have a relative place in the world where students do research. some participants said that for most of their students the idea of research is almost synonymous with ‘googling’ the topics assigned. when prompted to elucidate on the matter, participants said that most of them felt that students would define the process as independently gathering information by looking it up or searching in google. furthermore, the participants expressed the perception that their students use only a handful of resources and rely mainly on search engines for their research. when asked how likely their students were to use a variety of different information sources for a typical research, 62% of the participants said their students were very likely to use google or other online search engines. table 5 presents the manner of sourcing/accessing information in the internet that the teachers perceive their students use. table 5. manner of accessing information for research purposes source very likely % somewhat likely % not too likely % not at all % unsure % overall rating google, etc 40 62 14 22 4 6 1 2 6 9 vl online databases 15 23 18 28 27 42 3 5 2 3 ntl e-mail; yahoo, gmail 24 37 30 46 7 11 4 6 0 0 sl text books (print or e-books) 20 31 28 43 7 11 3 5 7 11 sl you tube or other social media 32 49 26 40 4 6 3 5 0 0 vl news sites 10 15 27 42 20 31 8 12 0 0 sl wikipedia 40 62 20 31 3 5 2 3 0 0 vl sixty-two percent (62%) said their students were very likely to use wikipedia or other online encyclopedias in a typical research assignment. third on the list was youtube or other social media sites, which about half of teachers (52%) said their students were very likely to use. only 31% think that the students are most likely to do research using textbooks or e-books. based on these figures, it would appear that the use of textbooks has rather become passé with students when they do research. this finding has significance to the educational community in psc in the sense that, an adequate library service would need to cater to how the students would conduct and write their research assignments. simply stacking physical books in the library is no longer an option. the library should mirror the way students actually do research and as 95 yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students the findings of this study seem to imply, a huge measure of ict capable tools are a need that must not be overlooked in the college library. presently, there are only five (5) computer units in the library (main campus) that serve approximately two thousand (2,000) students. this computer-to-student ratio is rather distressing. a majority of survey respondents described their students as very good when it comes to understanding how online search results are generated and in their ability to use appropriate and effective search terms and queries. these likely reflect the participants’ assessment of how well they have attained their instructional objectives in terms of these two skills. it is possible that the skills of doing online search, as well as using effective search queries are areas of instruction that were given emphasis by the participants and which reaped the positive approval ratings. table 6 presents the results. table 6. students ability to do on-line research ability ex ce lle nt % v er y g oo d % g oo d % fa ir % po or % o ve ral l r at in g understanding online results generation 5 8 37 57 11 6 10 15 2 3 vg using to use effective terms and queries 5 8 40 62 6 9 8 12 6 9 vg assessing quality and accuracy of information 3 5 6 9 42 65 8 12 6 9 g recognizing bias in online content 5 8 6 9 30 46 12 18 6 9 g using multiple sources to support argument 4 6 4 6 38 58 14 22 5 8 g the survey inquired into which research skills in particular, do participants consider critical for their college students to learn. though the survey constrained the choices to five, wherein participants gave mostly good and very good ratings to students, the fgd was able to extract from the participants an extended discussion on this particular topic. the participants were in agreement that for students to do online research, it requires ‘knowing how to do online research’, that is, knowing how to effectively use terms and queries in the search field area. one participant shared her experience when she was in the computer lab and she saw one of her students typed in whole sentences in the search area. she said, “it saddens me to see that student grappling with technology at his fingertips. it was supposed to make life easy for him, instead, it made it a little complicated.” accordingly, this has prompted her to teach her students the skills of finding information in the internet by efficiently using search tools and advance search, to which, most participants favorably agreed. they were also mostly unanimous in saying that the skill in recognizing bias in online content is quite difficult to teach, given that students are always procrastinating and would not be very discriminating with content because of constraints in time. “with technology, comes great responsibility”, quipped one participant 96 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee which elicited laughter from the group as this line is an allusion to the spiderman movie. this statement however bears much truth when the findings from the survey came out. risks and benefits indeed are equally present when using digital technologies in the research according to the participants. table 7 shows the responses on the impact of digital technologies to students’ research writing. table 7. impact of digital technologies to students’ research writing from among the benefits that merit the highest percentage (strongly agree) that has impact to students is availability of resources (77%), second is that students find within their reach quick and easy to find information (69%). 65% somewhat agree that it fostered self-sufficiency among their students. for the risks, participants say that online information can be overwhelming (66%) to students. they somewhat agree that digital technologies discouraged the use of other sources (69%) and made it harder for students to find and use credible sources (52%). overall, the survey and focus group findings suggest that instructors view the impact of the internet and digital technologies on the research process of their students positively. to the participants, the impact of the internet and digital tools on student research habits and skills is diverse. the focus groups afforded the instructors an opportunity to talk in more depth about the impacts they see the internet having on their students’ research practices and among the benefits of these technologies, focus group participants noted how the internet provides students with greater breadth and volume of information than ever before. they held the belief that not only is more information more available now, but it is also available in many different formats. they said that this can benefit those students with different learning styles and even cognitive abilities. one instructor enthusiastically shared, “i just love the way they creatively include visuals to accompany their research! it implies that they are motivated to do the research assignment given to them.” when asked about what the instructors think the most positive impact st ro ng ly a gr ee % so m ew ha t a gr ee % u ns ur e % so m ew ha t d is ag re e % st ro ng ly d is ag re e % o ve ral l r at in g overwhelming 43 66 19 29 3 5 0 0 0 0 sa quick and easy information 45 69 20 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 sa availability of resources 50 77 12 18 3 5 0 0 0 0 sa self sufficiency 15 23 42 65 6 4 4 6 0 0 swa discouraged use of other sources 12 18 45 69 1 2 4 6 3 5 swa harder to find and use credible sources 14 22 34 52 6 9 5 8 6 9 swa 97 yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students impact digital technologies bring to the research endeavours of their students are, elicited varied responses. the coded responses relate to openness and accessibility of online information. they venture that students have quick access to some of the best available research online. others expressed a sentiment that, “it’s a pity psc’s library does not subscribe to online databases that could help a lot in our students’ research undertaking.” although this was countered by another when she mentioned that the internet also makes available to students quick access to online pornography. another instructor commented, “the internet makes doing research for the students easier yet, because of the relative ease it affords them, it has led to procrastination and poor quality outputs.” according to them, the use of search engines beats researching using books, journals, etc, which is more tedious and more time-consuming for students. the most negative aspect on the use of digital drew responses mainly concerning the ease by which students copy and paste information online. likewise, concerns were raised about students’ ability to judge the quality of online information. one participant mentioned that because of easy access to information, plagiarism has increased, “..and of course, there is online pornography which is an issue every school and home should address. the availability of firewalls should be disseminated to those parents who are not so well-versed about technology.” furthermore, the participants mentioned that prior generations’ research practices were time-consuming and that the learners of the digital age are fortunate to have the internet come to their aid in doing research. while doing research in the past entails seeking out relevant and accurate information from reliable sources, the students of today only need to ‘google’ the information. it is thus apparent that digital technologies has helped shape the way college students do research. by psc’s mandate of adopting ict integration in the classrooms, comes this rather timely and opportune moment because the students, through the eyes of the english and research instructors seem ready to adopt to this changing landscape of education. in this study, the tpck model was adopted by probing into teachers’ perceptions to find out if there is an understanding of the interrelationship among the three types of knowledge that the tpck model advances: what pedagogy is suitable for which content, how technology and content are related and how pedagogical strategies can be applied to the use of technology (mishra & koehler, 2006). a clear picture of this understanding was initially gathered by getting the teachers’ perceptions and it is discovered that indeed, ict integration to the participants, is a reality that they must face. there is an utter lack of defining line whether teachers do realize that technology and content are related and, most importantly, with some admissions coming out during the fgd, that participants need further training for them to optimize the use of technology in the teaching learning process. conclusion the survey and the fgd gave a glimpse of how english and research instructors view the impact of digital technologies on the research writing of their students. it was generally viewed as positive, but there are also negative aspects perceived that teaching in digital spaces wrought. teachers view that students are now in a position to do research tasks with an unlimited supply of information in their fingertips. this 98 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee boon to their research making is however seen as a bane too, in the sense that the unlimited supply of information can become overwhelming. students need to be taught how to filter through vast amounts of information so that they are able to discriminate reliable and credible sources. though ict integration is recognized by most institutions, there is no one-best-way or trajectory for elearning development at tertiary education institutions, and, it might prove more difficult to provide the social, organizational and legal changes in tertiary education than provide the technological infrastructures necessary to fully embrace the advantages of elearning (david, 2004). it is therefore quite necessary to include what the implementers (teachers) of ict integration have to say and expose them to technology in multiple contexts in the earliest conceptions of the ict initiatives of the school. furthermore, there is a need for them to develop the kind of familiarity with digital technologies that foster confidence necessary to their willingness to use digital technologies in teaching. indeed, according to vasu and atkins (2000), integration will succeed only if teachers are adequately trained to use the technology and if they also have adequate access to technology both at work and at home. references balanskat, a., blamire, r., & kefala, s. (2006). the ict impact report: a review of studies of ict impact on schools in europe. european schoolnet. civil engineering board examinations. (2013). (retrieved on august 14, 2013 from www.chmsc.com.ph) david, p. a (2004), toward a cyber infrastructure from enhanced scientific. internet institute. deaney, r., ruthven, k., & hennessy, s. (2005). teachers’ developing practical theories of the contribution of information and communication technologies to subject teaching and learning: an analysis of cases from english secondary schools. british educational research journal, 32(3), pp. 459-480. fleener, m. j. (2002). curriculum dynamics: recreating heart. new york: peter lang. gee, j. p. (2003). what video games have to teach us about learning and literacy, new york: palgrave macmillan. hadley, n., eisenwine, m. j., hakes, j. a., & hines, c. (2002). technology infusion in the curriculum: thinking outside the box. curriculum and teaching dialogue 4(1), pp. 5-13. liu, s-h. (2010). factors related to pedagogical beliefs of teachers and technology integration. computers & education (5)6, pp. 1012-1022. mackenzie, j. (1999). how teachers learn technology best. bellingham wa: fno press. mccannon, m., & crews, t. b. (2000). assessing the technology training needs of elementary school teachers. journal of technology and teacher education, (8)2, pp. 111-121. mishra, p. & koehler, m.j. (2006). technological pedagogical content knowledge (tpck): confronting the wicked problems of teaching with technology. in r. carlsen et al. (eds.), proceedings of society for information technology & teacher education international conference 2007. chesapeake, va: aace. padgett, d.l. & conceicao-runlee, s. (2000). designing a faculty development program on technology: if you build it, will they come? journal of social work education, 36(2), pp. 325-333. pinar, w. f., & irwin, r. l. (eds.). (2005). curriculum in a new key: the collected works of ted aoki. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. roblyer, m.d & edwards, j. (2000). integrating educational technology into 99 yvonne p. velasco & mary ann v. dolor the notions of english language and research instructors on the impact of digital technologies on the research writing process of their college students teaching. upper saddle river, new jersey: prentice – hall. schellens, t., & valcke, m. (2006). fostering knowledge construction in university students through asynchronous discussion groups. computers and education, 46, pp. 349–370. shulman, l. (1986). those who understand: knowledge growth in teaching. educational researcher, (15)2, pp. 4-14. smerdon, b., & cronen, s. (2000). teachers' tools for the 21st century: a report on teachers' use of technology. retrieved august 10, 2013 from http://nces.ed.gov strauss, a. & corbin, j. (1990). basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. california: sage publications, inc. suther swan, k., bowman, j.e., jr., holmes, a., vargas, j.d., & richardson, j. (2000). technology, professional development, and the culture of the schools. paper presented at the annual meeting of the american educational research association, new orleans. swan, k., holmes, a., vargas, j., jennings, s., meier, e., & rubenfeld, l., (2002). situated professional development and technology integration: the catie mentoring program. journal of technology and teacher education, 10(2), pp. 169-190. sutherland, v. armstrong, s. barnes, r. brawn, & n. breeze, (2004).transforming teaching and learning: embedding ict into everyday classroom practices. journal of computer assisted learning, 20(6), [retrieved on august 13, 2013 from http://www.tlrp.org/pub/documents /sutherland_rb_19.pdf] unesco. (2006). ict in education. (retrieved august 12th, 2013 from http:// portal.unesco.org/ci/en/ev.php) unesco. (2002). ict in education. (retrieved august 13rd, 2013 from http:// portal.unesco.org/ci/en/ev.php) vasu, e. & atkins, n. (2000). measuring knowledge of technology usage and stages of concern about computing: a study of middle school teachers. journal of technology and teacher education, 8(4), pp. 279-302. wenglinsky, h. (2000). how teaching matters: bringing the classroom back into discussions of teacher quality. (policy information center report from the milken family foundation and educational testing service) princeton, n.j.: milken foundation. willis, g. (1991). phenomenological inquiry: life-world perceptions. in e. c. short (ed.), forms of curriculum inquiry. albany: state university of new york press. 100 http://nces.ed.gov/ http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1111/(issn)1365-2729 http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1111/(issn)1365-2729 http://www.tlrp.org/pub/documents/sutherland_rb_19.pdf http://www.tlrp.org/pub/documents/sutherland_rb_19.pdf person deixis in usa presidential nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches person deixis in usa presidential campaign speeches nanda anggarani putri study program of english language and literature, faculty of language and literature education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: nanda.anggarani@student.upi.edu eri kurniawan department of english education, faculty of language and literature education, indonesia university of education, indonesia email: eri_kurniawan@upi.edu apa citation: putri, n.a. & kurniawan, e. (2015). person deixis in usa presidential campaign speeches. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 190-200 received: 10-08-2014 accepted: 03-02-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this study investigates the use of person deixis in presidential campaign speeches. this study is important because the use of person deixis in political speeches has been proved by many studies to give significant effects to the audience. the study largely employs a descriptive qualitative method. however, it also employs a simple quantitative method in calculating the number of personal pronouns used in the speeches and their percentages. the data for the study were collected from the transcriptions of six presidential campaign speeches of barack obama and mitt romney during the campaign rally in various places across the united states of america in july, september, and november 2012. the results of this study show that the presidential candidates make the best use of pronouns as a way to promote themselves and to attack their opponents. the results also suggest that the use of pronouns in the speeches enables the candidates to construct positive identity and reality, which are favorable to them and make them appear more eligible for the position. keywords: person deixis, presidential campaign speeches, barack obama, mitt romney introduction during the election year in a country, especially during the time to elect a new president of the country, the candidates for the presidential election will try to campaign in order to introduce as well as to promote themselves to the public. many ways can be used to do political or election campaign, one of them is through political campaign speeches. political campaign speeches can be an effective tool to achieve particular goals in an election. in addition, political campaign speeches can also be a way for bridging the gap between the speaker, or in this case the presidential candidates, and the audience or the electorate. furthermore, political campaign speeches can also be used to create particular effects, shared feelings, or connections between the speaker and the audience. the main aim of political campaign speeches is to persuade people to vote for a particular party or a presidential candidate (beard, 2000, p. 57). to achieve this goal, a politician or a presidential candidate usually tries to create a positive self-image by presenting himself positively and his opponents negatively (allen, 2007, p. 2). besides, the way the politician or the candidate refers to the audience can also be a very effective tool english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to achieve this goal (pearce, 2001, cited in allen, 2007, p. 2). related to this, a variety of ways can be used by the politician in order to present his identities by referring to himself, his opponents, and his audience. one of the ways is by carefully choosing person deixis that the politician or the candidate will use in their political campaign speeches. in political campaign speeches, person deixis plays a very important role. it can be used to represent the speaker’s identity through the way the speaker refers to himself, his opponent, and his audience. furthermore, person deixis can also be used to assign any positive aspect to oneself and negative aspect to the other which results in “positive selfpresentation and negative otherpresentation” or “the polarization of us versus them” (van dijk, 1995). therefore, person deixis can be a significant part of the speech and can have persuasive as well as strategic political functions. among the researchers who investigated the use of person deixis in political discourse are allen (2007), brozin (2010), gocheco (2012), inigomora (2013), and jarjeis (2006). they have found that politicians manipulate their use of person deixis or pronominal choice based on the context and the topic of their speeches, as well as their intentions or goals that they want to achieve through their speeches. the politicians manipulate the use of pronouns to create good effects on the audience, such as to highlight their achievements, to shorten the distance with the audience, to deny or distance themselves from the responsibility for particular political action, and to encourage solidarity. in understanding utterances, it is important to see the relationship between the language used and the context in which the utterances occur. by looking at the language used and the context in which utterances occur, people can understand the meaning of a particular utterance when they are communicating with each other. one of the examples which reflects the relationship between language and context is through the phenomenon of deixis. the term ‘deixis’ comes from the greek word deiktikoswhich means ‘pointing’ or ‘indicating’. deixis is one of the most basic things that people do with their utterances (yule, 1996). richards & schmidt (2002) defines deixis as a term for a word or phrase that enables language users to ‘point’, refer or relate their utterance to a particular time, place, or person (p. 147). in the same vein, finnegan (1992) defines deixis as “the marking of the orientation or position of objects and events with respect to certain contextual points of reference” (p. 140). according to those definitions, deixis may be understood as any linguistic form that enables language users to point, refer, relate, or anchor their utterances to a particular time, place, or person. according to grundy (2008), there are three fundamental criteria of deixis that are an essential part of every context of people experience: person, place, and time deixis. person deixis may be understood as any linguistic forms that can be used to identify the participants or other persons involved or mentioned in an interactive situation (strazny, 2005, p. 260). place deixis indicates the location of an entity referred to in an utterance relative to a particular point of reference in the context in which that utterance occurs. time deixis may be understood as “the orientation or position of actions and events in time” (finnegan, 1992, p. 144). the main focus of this study is person deixis. therefore, person deixis will be further elaborated in the following section. nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches person deixis is most commonly conveyed through personal pronoun. the most basic distinction in person deixis involves the distinction between the speaker, known as the first person (i), the addressee, known as the second person (you), and other important participants in the speech situation, neither the speaker nor the hearer, known as the third person (he, she, it, they) (cruse, 2000; yule, 1996). pronouns that refer to the speaker or to a group of people that includes the speaker, for example i and we, are called first person pronoun. meanwhile, pronouns that refer to the addressee or to a group of people that includes the addressee, for example you, are called second person pronoun. pronouns which refer to an entity other than the speaker and the addressee, for example pronoun he, she, it, and they, are called third person pronoun. first person plural pronoun which is represented by pronoun we often times has vague meaning. that’s why, most researchers and linguists made a distinction between exclusive we and inclusive we (see o'keeffe, clancy, & adolphs, 2011; yule, 1996). exclusive we is a first person pronoun which does not include the person being spoken or written to (richards & schmidt, 2002, p. 190). in contrast, inclusive we is used to refer to the first person plural pronoun which includes the persons who are being addressed (richards & schmidt, 2002, p. 190). the present study aims to investigate the use of person deixis in the presidential campaign speeches of two presidential candidates for 2012 u.s. presidential election: barack obama and mitt romney. method the study employs a descriptive qualitative method because the nature of this study is to unearth how person deixis is used in presidential campaign speeches and what indications or effects it has on the audience. however, this study also incorporates a simple quantitative method to calculate the number of each type of person deixis and its percentages. the data for the study were collected from the transcription of six presidential campaign speeches of barack obama and mitt romney during the campaign rally in various places across the united states of america in july, september, and november 2012. there are three speeches for each candidate. the full texts or the transcriptions of the speeches were downloaded from the website of the american presidency project, http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu. table 1 below shows the list of the speeches which were investigated in this study: table 1 the list of the speeches presidential candidate title of the speech date label barack obama remarks at a campaign rally in sandusky, ohio july 5, 2012 speech 1a remarks at a campaign rally in boulder, colorado september 2, 2012 speech 2a remarks at a campaign rally in lima, ohio november 2, 2012 speech 3a mitt romney remarks at the naacp convention in houston texas july 11, 2012 speech 1b remarks to the u.s. hispanic chamber of commerce 33rd annual convention in los angeles, california september 17, 2012 speech 2b remarks inwestallis,wisconsin: “realchangefromday one” november 2, 2012 speech 3b english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee obama and romney did their campaign rally simultaneously in july until november 2012. those three speeches are chosen as the samples in this study representing the beginning, middle, and the end of the campaign rally. those three speeches chosen as the samples are the first speeches which were delivered in each month during the campaign rally. the data are in the form of person deixis found in the speeches conveyed through the use of pronouns referring to obama, romney, and their respective parties. pronouns that were analyzed in this study are only pronouns indicating the subject of a sentence. the collected data are then calculated using some elements of quantitative methodology. the calculation includes the numbers of each person deixis and its percentages. then, each occurrence of person deixis is analyzed in order to see the indications behind its use by the presidential candidates. results anddiscussion person deixis in obama’s speeches table 2 below shows the frequency and the percentage of each type of person deixis found in obama’s presidential campaign speeches. table 2. the frequency and percentage of each type of person deixis found in obama’s speeches pronoun speech 1 speech 2 speech 3 total i 97 (55.75%) 66 (35.3%) 70 (44.3%) 233 we 73 (41.95%) 89 (47.6%) 77 (48.7%) 239 they 4 (2.3%) 20 (10.7%) 5 (3.2%) 29 he 0 12 (6.4%) 6 (3.8%) 18 total 174 (100%) 187 (100%) 158 (100%) 519 from the table, it is shown that obama mostly uses pronoun we in his speeches even though the frequency of the use of pronoun we is just slightly higher from the frequency of the use of pronoun i. based on this fact, it may be inferred that obama uses pronoun i and we in a quite balanced way. obama uses pronoun i and we to refer to himself, his family, his party, his campaign team, his administration during his first term as the president of the united states of america, the audience, and the whole nation of the united states of america. on the other hand, obama uses pronoun they and he to refer to his opponent, mitt romney, and his party. pronoun imostly collocates with the verb want in obama’s speeches. in general, obama uses pronoun i to show his desires to make the country better as the presidential candidate in the election. obama tries to persuade the audience or the public that he is eligible to be the president for the second term by showing his sincerity which is implied in the statement of his desires. here are some examples of the use of pronoun i that indicates such meaning. 1. it's the reason that i'm running again for president, because i want to keep on fighting for families all across america .... (speech 1a, line 67-69) 2. i'm running because i want to make sure that every child gets a high-quality education, and that means i want to hire new teachers in our classrooms, especially in math and science. (speech 1a, line 124-125) 3. and i want to give 2 million more people the opportunity to get trained at a community college for jobs .... (speech 1a, line 125-127) 4. and i want to make college more affordable for every young person .... (speech 1a, line 127-129) nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches 5. that's why i want to cut the growth of tuition in half over the next 10 years. (speech 3a, line 125) 6. that's why i want to recruit 100,000 math and science teachers so our kids don't fall behind the rest of the world. (speech 3a, line 125-126) 7. i want to train 2 million americans at our community colleges with the skills that businesses are looking for right now. (speech 3a, line 126-128) meanwhile, the domination of the use of pronoun we shows that obama uses pronoun we with either exclusive or inclusive sense. obama uses exclusive we, which refers to himself and his administration during his first term as the president of the united states of america, in order to show that he and his administration have done the good deeds in the last four years. by employing exclusive we, obama wants to highlight his achievements in his first term as the president. it can be seen from the examples below. 1. i'm running because the health care law that we passed was the right thing to do. (speech 1a, line 146) 2. and you know what,we fought so hard to make that happen, and now the supreme court has ruled. (speech 1a, line 152) 3. we know families aren't going to be better off if we undo wall street reform thatwe fought so hard to pass, and that can prevent another financial crisis. (speech 2a, line 59-60) 4. governor romney wants to end the tax credit thatwe created to help families save up to $10,000 over 4 years on their college tuition. (speech 2a, line 116117) 5. we fought to pass that law for families like ryan's. (speech 2a, line 146) however, such use of exclusive we as seen in the examples above may also indicate that obama wants to share the responsibility of the actions that have been done with his administration during his first term as the president. the use of exclusive we that implies such meaning is mostly found when obama talks about some actions regarding the health care law and the tax law. obama uses pronoun we instead of pronoun i when talking about those things because he wants to state that the decisions regarding the health care and the tax were based on a consensus in his administration. he does not want to take the blame by himself if there is anything wrong with these issues because these issues are the issues that have been the debate between obama and romney. in addition, these issues are always being the main topics in the speeches of obama and romney during the campaign rally, and romney often uses these issues to attack obama in his speeches. meanwhile, obama uses pronoun we with inclusive meaning when he wants to refer to and include the audience and the americans in general in his speeches. in the inclusive sense, pronoun we is mostly used to indicate that there are many things, problems or challenges that should be done and solved, and that the americans can do, solve or achieve these things if they work together. in this sense, obama wants to act as the spokesman of america and wants to unite the people to achieve their shared goals. besides, he also wants to convince the audience that if he is elected president, he and the audience can work together to make the country better. here are some examples of the use of inclusive we in obama’s speeches. 1. but for all the progress we've made, we've still got a long way to go. (speech 1a, line 81) 2. but we've got to start working on it right now. (speech 1a, line 87) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3. we've got to move on that right now. (speech 1a, line 87-88) 4. that's the challengewe face. (speech 1a, line 88) 5. …, there are some thingswe have to do together. (speech 1a, line 122) 6. we could rebuild our roads, our bridges, our schools, renovate our buildings so that they're more energy efficient, …… (speech 1a, line 137-139) 7. we've got more good jobs to create. (speech 2a, line 207) 8. we've got more homegrown energy to generate. (speech 2a, line 207-208) in his speeches obama also talks about his opponent in the 2012 presidential election, mitt romney. obama uses pronoun they and he to refer to romney and his party. obama employs pronoun they and he to attribute negative things to romney and his party. here are some examples of the use of pronoun they and he found in obama’s speeches. 1. they have tried to sell us this tired, trickle-down, you're-on-your-own snake oil before. (speech 2a, line 65-66) 2. they spent millions to try to stop us from reforming health care, …. (speech 3a, line 176) 3. they engineered a strategy of gridlock in congress, refusing to compromise even on ideas that they used to support. (speech 3a, line 178-179) 4. governor romney promised that on his first day of office, he's going to sit right down and grab a pen and end obamacare. (speech 2a, line 140-141) 5. now, what that means is right away, he'd kick nearly 7 million young people off their parent's plan. (speech 2a, line 143-144)) 6. he'd take hope away from tens of millions of americans with preexisting conditions by repealing reform. (speech 2a, line 144-145) 7. yes, he hasn't offered a plan for the 33,000 troops who will have come home from this war by the end of this month. (speech 2a, line 168-169) overall, the analysis of person deixis in obama’s speeches has found that pronoun we is the pronoun which is mostly used even though there is only a slight difference in the frequency of the use of pronoun we and i. obama consistently uses pronoun i, we, they and he throughout all of his speeches in order to show his sincerity by explaining his desires or his future plans if he is elected president, and to attribute positive things to himself and his administration during his first term as well as to attribute negative things to his opponent, romney and his party. person deixis in romney’s speeches table 3 below shows the frequency and the percentage of each type of person deixis found in romney’s presidential campaign speeches. table 3. the frequency and percentage of each type of person deixis found in romney’s speeches pronoun speech 1 speech 2 speech 3 total i 71 (74.7%) 69 (57%) 64 (42.4%) 204 we 19 (20%) 41 (33.9%) 40 (26.5%) 100 they 0 0 1 (0.7%) 1 he 5 (5.3%) 11 (9.1%) 46 (30.4%) 62 total 95 (100%) 121 (100%) 151 (100%) 367 from the table, it can be seen that pronoun i is the pronoun which is mostly used in romney’s presidential campaign speeches with 204 occurrences. unlike the slight difference in the frequency of the use of pronoun i and we nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches in obama’s speeches, the frequency of the use of pronoun i and we in romney’s speeches shows a significant difference. there are 100 occurrences of pronoun i in the speeches or only a half of the frequency of pronoun we. romney uses pronoun i and we to refer to himself, his campaign team, his administration when he was governor of massachusetts, the audience, and the whole nation of the united states of america. in addition, romney also uses pronoun he to refer to his opponent, barack obama. there are 62 occurrences of pronoun hewhich refers to obama found in the speeches. there is also one occurrence of pronoun theywhich is also used to refer to obama and his party. romney uses pronoun i with two main purposes. first, romney wants to show what he has done when he was governor of massachusetts. he wants to attribute positive things to himself by showing that he has done plenty of good deeds when he was governor. besides, he also wants to highlight his achievements when he was governor in his speeches. by doing so, it may be understood that romney wants to brag that it is he who has done plenty of good deeds and therefore he wants to emphasize that he will do the same things if he is elected president, and this is related to the second purpose of the use of pronoun i which will be explained later. the examples below show the use of pronoun iwhich is used to indicate the good deeds romney has done when he was governor. 1. i promoted math and science excellence in schools, and proposed paying bonuses to our best teachers. (speech 1b, line 130-131) 2. …— i added a science requirement as well. (speech 1b, line 133) 3. and i put in place a merit scholarship for those students who excelled: … (speech 1b, line 133-134) 4. as governor, i vetoed the bill blocking charter schools. (speech 1b, line 149150) 5. so i joined with the black legislative caucus, and their votes helped preserve my veto, … (speech 1b,, line 151-152) 6. i helped put an olympics back on track. (speech 3b, line 45) 7. i helped turn my state from deficit to surplus, from job losses to job growth, and from higher taxes to higher takehome pay. (speech 3b, line 46-47) 8. accomplishing real change is not something i just talk about--it is something i have done. (speech 3b, line 49-50) second, romney uses pronoun i to reveal his future plans if he is elected president. romney states that he will do the same things as he did when he was governor if he is elected president. in this sense, romney often uses sentences with the pattern if i am elected president…, as president…, and when i am elected…. the examples below show the use of pronoun i to indicate such meaning. 1. as president, i will promote strong families — and i will defend traditional marriage. (speech 1b, line 80) 2. as president, i will show the good things that can happen when we have more — … (speech 1b, line 89-90) 3. on day one, i will begin turning this economy around with a plan for the middle class. (speech 1b, line 92) 4. should i be elected president, i'll lead as i did when i was governor. (speech 4, line 163) 5. from day one, i will go to work to help americans get back to work. (speech 3b, line 57) 6. on day one, i will act to increase the number of leases and permits to drill on federal lands. (speech 3b, line 59-60) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7. when i am elected, i will work with republicans and democrats in congress. (speech 3b, line 89) just like obama, romney also uses pronoun we with either exclusive or inclusive sense. romney uses pronoun we exclusively to refer to himself and his administration when he was a governor of massachusetts. romney uses exclusive we to highlight the achievements when he was governor. here it can be seen that pronoun we is, again, used to attribute positive things or qualities to the presidential candidate. here are some examples of the use of exclusive we found in romney’s speeches. 1. when i was governor, not only did test scores improve —we also narrowed the achievement gap. (speech 1b, line 137) 2. a significant achievement gap between students of different races remained. so we set out to close it. (speech 1b, line 128-129) 3. we balanced our budget in my business and at the olympics and every year i was in my state. (speech 2b, line 88-89) besides to refer to himself and his administration when he was governor, romney also uses pronoun we exclusively to refer to his campaign team. in this sense, romney uses pronoun we to ask the audience to stay with him and his campaign team, and to trust them in this campaign. here are some examples of the use of exclusive wewhich refers to romney and his campaign team. 1. we have to make our case to every voter. (speech 1b, line 11-12) 2. we don't count anybody out, and we sure don't make a habit of presuming anyone's support. (speech 1b, line 12) 3. we are so very grateful to you and to people across the country, for all that you have given of yourselves to this campaign. (speech 3b, line 8-9) 4. we thank you, andwe ask you to stay at it all the way — all the way to victory on tuesday night. (speech 3b, line 1011) 5. we ask you to look beyond the speeches and the attacks and the ads. (speech 3b, line 16) in contrast, romney uses inclusive we to refer to himself, the audience, and the whole nation of america. romney uses inclusive we to encourage the audience that together they can make the country better. the examples below show the use of pronoun we to indicate this meaning. 1. let me note, ifwe do those five things, if we take advantage of our energy resources in full andwe fix our schools andwe open more trade andwe cut the deficit andwe truly champion small business, our economy is going to come roaring back. (speech 2b, line 142-144) 2. we can do better than this lackluster economy. (speech 2b, line 144) 3. we can create 12 million jobs and rising takehome pay again. (speech 2b, line 144-145) 4. together,we will put the nation on track to a balanced budget, .... (speech 3b, line 91-93) 5. we can do anything. (speech 3b, line 142) 6. four more days andwe can get to work rebuilding our country,.... (speech 3b, line 153-154) romney also refers to his opponent, barack obama, in his speeches by using pronoun he. when using pronoun he, romney attributes negative things or aspects to his opponent, obama. romney associates pronoun he that refers to obama with some negative things, such as the ‘bad’ things obama did and the promises that obama could not fulfill during his first term as the president. the use of pronoun he to attribute negative things to obama is mostly found in the third sample of the speech of mitt romney which was delivered in nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches november 2, 2012. it may be understood as one of the ways for romney to attack his opponent and to convince the audience to vote for him since the speech was delivered just four days away from the election. here are some examples of the use of pronoun he which is used to serve this purpose. 1. he said he was going to cut the federal deficit by half; then he doubled it. (speech 3b, line 23) 2. he did not; rather, he raided $716 billion from medicare for his vaunted obamacare. (speech 3b, line 27-28) 3. he has not met on the economy, or on the budget, or on jobs, with either the republican leader of the house or the senate since july. (speech 3b, line 3132) 4. instead of bridging the divide, he has made it wider. (speech 3b, line 33) 5. in part, it is because he has never led, never worked across the aisle, never truly understood how jobs are created in the economy. (speech 3b, line 34-35) 6. he will send billions more dollars to his favorite solar and wind companies. (speech 3b, line 95) 7. he's offering excuses, i've got a plan. (speech 3b, line 148) the analysis of person deixis in romney’s speeches has shown that romney mostly uses pronoun i in his speeches. romney uses pronoun i to attribute positive things by highlighting the good deeds and achievements that he has done when he was governor of massachusetts. he also uses pronoun we as a way to attribute positive things to himself and his administration when he was governor. romney also makes the best use of pronoun they and he as a way to attack his opponent and to attribute negative things to him. comparison of obama’s and romney’s speeches from the analysis of person deixis in the speeches of obama and romney, it can be seen that the most noticeable difference lies on the type of person deixis which is mostly used in the speeches. obama mostly uses pronoun we, while romney mostly uses pronoun i. this is related to the different ways of highlighting their achievements and revealing their plans to the audience. in highlighting his achievements, obama uses exclusive we which refers to obama and his administration during his first term as the president. he does not claim that the achievements and the good deeds that have been done are the results of his works alone. he attributes the good and positive things not only to himself but also to his administration in his first term. this also indicates that obama strategically uses pronoun we in order to spread the responsibility of the works that have been done. he wants to share the responsibility if something goes wrong with the decisions or the works that have been done with his administration. in revealing his plans, obama mostly uses inclusive we which includes the audience and the whole nation of america. he wants to encourage the audience to work with him to make the country better. this use of inclusive we may make the audience feel that they can contribute to making their country a better place. it may also make the audience feel that obama appreciates their contribution to make the country better. therefore, obama may get more respect and sympathy from the audience and the whole nation of america, and this may contribute to obama’s victory in the election. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in contrast, romney mostly uses pronoun i to highlight the achievements that he has done when he was governor of massachusetts. romney wants to claim the achievements as the results of his works alone. he also wants to attributes positive things only for himself. in addition, romney also uses pronoun i to reveal his future plans if he is elected president. in this sense, romney uses pronoun i to state that he will work to make the country better if he is elected president. it makes him appear as if he did not need the help of the audience or the whole nation to make the country better. the domination of the use of pronoun i in romney’s speeches makes romney appear as an egotistic politician, who only thinks about himself. conclusion this study has shown that the presidential candidates make the best use of pronouns as a way to promote themselves and to attack their opponents. this study also shows how pronouns enable the candidates to construct positive identity and reality favorable to them and make them appear more eligible for the position. in addition, the use of person deixis can also be used to reveal the candidates’ attitude towards particular issues. furthermore, the way the candidates shift the use of pronouns according to the context in which they are used may serve as a way to appeal to various audiences and helps their ability to persuade the audience to vote for them. references allen, w. (2007). australian political discourse: pronominal choice in campaign speeches. in m. l. mushin. (ed.), conference of the australian linguistic society., (pp. 1-13). beard, a. (2000). the language of politics. london, england: routledge. brozin, m. (2010). the intentions behind barack obama's strategic use of personal pronouns. cruse, a. (2000).meaning in language: an introduction to semantics and pragmatics. oxford, england: oxford university press. finnegan, e. a. (1992). language: its structure and use, australian edition. australia: hartcourt brace jovanovich. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, september 2). barack obama: "remarks at a campaign rally in boulder, colorado". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=102004. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, november 2). barack obama: "remarks at a campaign rally in lima, ohio". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=102593. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, july 5). barack obama: "remarks at a campaign rally in sandusky, ohio". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=101323. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, july 11). mitt romney: "remarks at the naacp convention in houston, texas". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=101443. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, november 2).mitt romney: "remarks in west allis, wisconsin: "real change from day one". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=103104. gerhard, p., & woolley, j. t. (2012, september 17).mitt romney: "remarks to the u.s. hispanic chamber of commerce 33rd annual convention in los angeles, nanda anggarani putri & eri kurniawan person deixis in usapresidential campaign speeches california". retrieved january 20, 2014, from the american presidency project: http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/? pid=102451. gocheco, p. m. (2012). pronominal choice: a reflection of culture and persuasion in philippine political campaign discourse. philippine esl journal, 4-25. grundy, p. (2008). doing pragmatics. london, england: hodder education. inigo-mora, i. (2013). pronominal choice as an interpersonal strategy. american international journal of contemporary research, 22-37. jarjeis, s. m. (2006). the distribution of pronominal selection of political speeches: pragmatic implications . college of basic education researchers journal, 254-282. o'keeffe, a., clancy, b., & adolphs, s. (2011). introducing pragmatics in use. london, england: routledge. richards, j. c., & schmidt, r. (2002). dictionary of language teaching & applied linguistics (3rd ed.). london, england: pearson education. strazny, p. (2005). encyclopedia of linguistics (vol. i). new york, ny: fitzroy dearborn. van dijk, t. a. (1995). what is political discourse analysis? in j. blommaert, & c. bulcaen (eds.), political linguistics (pp. 11-52). amsterdam, netherlands: benjamins. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. oxford, england: oxford university press. 49 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee noticing: a factor to improve iranian preintermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy faezeh nemati department of english, garmsar branch, islamic azad university (iau), daneshjo street, garmsar, iran email: f aezeh4006@yahoo.com hamid ashraf department of english, torbat-e-heydarieh branch, islamic azad university (iau), torbat-e-heydarieh, iran email: hamid_ashraf_elt@yahoo.com; & hamid.ashraf.elt@gmail.com apa citation: nemati, f. & ashraf, h. (2013). noticing: a factor to improve iranian preintermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 49-56 received: 10-07-2013 accepted: 30-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: the present study was conducted to investigate the effect of noticing, explicit focus on form on linguistic accuracy. to fulfill the purpose of the study, 44 iranian pre-intermediate efl learners of one of the language institutes were chosen by means of administering the ket homogeneity test. these learners were pretested through a structured interview to check their current accuracy level regarding the oral production of five structures. based on the results of the pretest, two matched groups, one as the control group and the other as experimental group, were formed. then, two groups were provided with tasks through listening about the target structures in the study. of course, the experimental group underwent focus on form explicitly through noticing, while the control group was not provided with it. after twenty sessions of treatment, each ninety minutes, the two groups were post tested through another structured interview. the data obtained from instruments used in the present study indicated that the instructional treatment, noticing, had a significant effect on the acquisition of the target forms. the scores of the participants demonstrated that in experimental group outperformed the control group in terms of the average accuracy gains. finally, it was concluded that explicit focus on form, noticing, can lead to higher accuracy in oral production in comparison to control group keywords: explicit focus on form, noticing, accuracy students do not get involved in the interactive and communicative process of language learning. furthermore, a language acquisition research (doughty & williams, 1998; swain, 1995, 1998, 2005), has illustrated that focusing on form, which is defined as considering the linguistic form in any communicative task, is essential in sustained promotion of language skills and proficiency. as a result, focusing on form is considered as a method of teaching grammar. this method could specifically cater for the needs introduction grammar instructions, as a controversial issue in language teaching, play an important role in promotion of communicative skills and capabilities. traditionally, grammar instructions have included a group of grammatical rules and manipulative exercises which are necessary in practicing new structures, and these set of instructions are predominantly used in all the language textbooks and classrooms (aski, 2003; wong & vanpatten, 2003), even though in these traditional approaches, faezeh nemati & hamid ashraf noticing: a factor to improve iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy 50 of those language users who apply “non-standard” grammatical forms in their communicative interactions. williams and evans (1998: 139) present a definition of focus on form as “… instruction that draws learners’ attention to form in the context of meaningful communication…”. lee and valdman (2000: 12) believe that focus on form has “…the goal of accurate as well as meaningful learner production…”. while some people believe that focusing on form is in fact a return to traditional grammar teaching methods, sanz (2000: 17) argues that: focus on form does not mean we are going back to the drill and kill classroom because focus on form does not imply constant, indiscriminate grammar explanation and practice. focus on form means precisely the opposite: setting limits on what is explicitly taught”. consciousness-raising and input enhancement as scientific definitions of the process of attracting students’ attention, alongside with concepts such as awareness, detection, attention, consciousness, and noticing are among research topics in focus on form studies. doughty and williams (1998) claim that deep involvement and interactions are essential in learning processes such as carefully observing a form in the input (p. 253). schmidt (1990), in his “noticing” hypothesis, believes that for realization of a target form in l2, first the learners’ attention must be drawn to it. tomlin and villa (1994: 190) argue that “having attention oriented toward some aspects of language increases the likelihood of, but does not guarantee the activation of detection”. in this statement, “detection” is applied synonymous to “noticing”. smith (1991: 121) presents a similar point of view. he claims that focus on form, instead of a linguistic side, might have a perceptual aspect and continues:” although learners may notice the signals, the input may nevertheless be no salient to their learning mechanisms”. backman and palmer (1996) argue that the required level of interpretation is to a large extent affected by the amount of input. limited interpretation is recommended for inputs presented in limited quantities, while a more comprehensive interpretation is advised for large amounts of inputs. focus on form methodologies implicitly and explicitly tries to attract students’ attention. in implicit focus on form, “the aim is to attract learner attention and to avoid metalinguistic discussion, always minimizing any interruption to the communication of meaning” whereas in explicit focus on form, “the aim is to direct learner attention and to exploit pedagogical grammar in this regard” (doughty & williams 1998: 232). leow (2000) as cited in lee & valdman (2000: xiv) claims that “a considerable amount of sla [second language acquisition] research indicates that implicit procedures for awareness enhancement, such as input flooding (providing numerous exemplars of the feature in the input) or writing enhancement (highlighting the targeted feature by various typographical devices), prove to be less effective in accelerating acquisition and advancing language development than a variety of types of explicit approaches…” doughty and williams (1998: 236) possess an opposite view of this, and argue that:” …it is sometimes possible to aim more or less implicitly to attract the learner’s attention to linguistic features and promote the processing of these features without providing any sort of explicit guidance…” in this research, one of the techniques of focusing on form is studied, noticing. this study presented students with noticing techniques via listening exercises in which students were involved in repeated oral 51 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee processing of some target structures. such activities draw learners’ attention to grammatical structures, and force them to concentrate on form and meaning at the same time. method to accomplish the objectives of this study, homogeneity test was given to participants to prepare the necessary condition therefore all of the participants had the lack of ability to recognize the target structures in the study. 124 students participated in the first phase of this study but only 44 pre-intermediate efl learners survived after homogeneity test. there were two groups of participants in the study, one group as the experimental group, and one group as the control group. the participants were all selected from at least eight english classes of english institute located in mashhad. their initial language proficiency in english was at the pre-intermediate level. mixed genders attended this study. their mother tongue was farsi and their average age of them was between 15 and 16. to collect the required data, some instruments were employed in this study. first, the participants’ general proficiency was assessed by “ket for school” to ensure homogeneity of the groups at the beginning of study. the ket is a cambridge level one examination (council of europe level a2) which consists of four complete tests, according to the new test format implemented since march 2004. this test has three sections including reading and writing section (9 parts, 55 items, 1hour and 10 min), listening section (5parts, 15 items,30 min) and speaking section (2parts,8 to 10 min). the participants’ scores were out of 100.the reliability of test was assured by administering it to a group of similar subjects. the other criteria used in this study were two structured interviews in order to elicit the required structure from the participants, during the pre-test and post-test period. each interview took at least 10 minutes and it included 5 topics based on the grammatical context of the methods used. the rating criteria was based on the result of heaton’ writing english language tests. accuracy ratios were calculated to score the interviews (by two raters) through dividing the correct uses by the sum of the total number of incorrect and zero uses (white, 1998). it should also be reminded that the pretest scores were used to match the experimental groups and control group. this study required 44 homogeneous learners who lacked almost any familiarity with the structures. these learners were pretested through a structured interview, and then, on the basis of their pretest scores they were divided into two similar groups, one group as the experimental group, and one group as the control group. the final samples comprised at least 6 classes in the institute. it should be mentioned that the ratings of the interviews in the pretest and posttest were carried out by two raters. the correlation coefficients, calculated to determine inter-rater reliability for the ratings of the interviews, turned out to be acceptable. regarding the treatment, this study required the teachers to provide the learners with a kind of focus on form technique (noticing) that pushed the learners to use the target structures. twenty passages were developed for target structures to be presented to participants through listening, in twenty sessions. each session lasted for about 90 minutes. three other teachers, in addition to the researcher, were instructed to present the techniques and provided the necessary focus on form in the classes in which the required participants were available. in the experimental group, the participants faezeh nemati & hamid ashraf noticing: a factor to improve iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy 52 were provided with noticing through listening to the passages. regarding the control group, everything was similar to that of the experimental group, except that they didn’t receive any techniques of focus on form (noticing). the members of the control group were only provided with listening to the passages. for the posttest, which was about 40 days after the pretest, the participants took the posttest through the same structured interview, which was again doublerated. it should be pointed out that the scores used for data analyses were resulted from getting the average of two scores given by the two raters, if the scores were ever different at all. results and discussion reliability of key english test for school (ket) before investigating the results of this study, the researcher considered the reliability of key english test (ket) with cronbach’s alpha formula. the researcher did this to make sure of reliability of this researcher made test. for this purpose, a group of 20 pre-intermediate learners who were similar to the main sample were given the test before it was administered to the main participating in control group and experimental group. the obtained result for this 55 items test is indicated in tables 1 and 2. table 1 case processing summary n % cases valid 20 100.0 excludeda 0 .0 total 20 100.0 a. list wise deletion based on all variables in the procedure. table 2 reliability statistics cronbach’s alpha n of items .912 55 to stimulate the reliability, sample of 20 learners were selected (table2). the result in table3 shows that (α = .912) and it can be acceptable. since the number is large enough and it is close to one, the key english test (ket) is reliable. descriptive statistics of pretest and posttest before analyzing the results on the scores of pretest and posttest, descriptive statistics are presented in tables 3 in order to summarize the table 3 oral production score at pretest & posttest control g. at pretest noticing g. at pretest control group at posttest noticing g. at posttest n valid 22 22 22 22 missing 0 0 0 0 mean 2.932 2.864 3.455 4.341 std. error of mean .1482 .1148 .1504 .1411 median 3.000 3.000 3.500 4.500 mode 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0a std. deviation .6951 .5386 .7056 .6616 variance .483 .290 .498 .438 range 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 minimum 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 maximum 4.5 4.0 5.0 5.5 sum 64.5 63.0 76.0 95.5 53 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee available data and describe the main features of the data. according to table 3, it seems that there is no considerable difference between the means in pretest due to the closeness of the magnitudes (mcontrol= 2.932; mexperimental= 2.864). moreover, according to the amounts of their standard errors, it can be concluded that the distribution of scores is normal. the mean score of posttest in control group is 3.455 and in experimental group in noticing is 4.341; it seems that there are considerable differences between the mean scores. tests of normality of pretest to test the normality of the pretest the shapiro-wilk was used. the null-hypothesis of the test of normality is that the distribution of the group’ scores is normal. therefore the distribution of the scores is not normal if ( p <.05). the results are depicted in the following table (table 4). table 4 test of normality of the pretest shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. control g. at pretest .916 21 .112 noticing g. at pretest .922 21 .134 table 4 manifests the results of this normality test. two groups are normally distributed since (p >.05) for all of them. post hoc tests the following table (5) shows the tukey hsd method which researcher employed to ensure that the two groups are equal. the results gained by tukey hsd method in table 5 indicated that there was no significant difference between pairs of mean values. hence, all these values were put in one group, since (p <.05) for all pairs of the group. table 5 homogeneous subsets oral production score at pretest by tukey hsda,,b subset for alpha = 0.05 group n 1 noticing 22 2.864 control 22 2.932 sig. .796 investigation of hypothesis the findings of the tukey test illustrates that (p=0 <α=.05) for the comparison between the control and noticing group. therefore the null hypothesis which reads that noticing doesn’t have any statistically significant effect on linguistic accuracy of iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ oral production is strongly rejected. thus it can be safely claimed noticing has statistically significant effect on linguistic accuracy of iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ oral production. although participants of the experimental group (noticing) were instructed extensively on the target structures, especially verb tenses, they still failed in identifying their tense problems despite having sufficient processing time. interestingly, in the case of third person singular, the participants corrected those verbs which appeared right after the pronoun and if there were intervening words between the verb and the pronoun, they would rarely mention this problem. furthermore, this reveals the cognitively demanding nature third person singular morpheme since this grammatical form is one of the last grammatical forms to be learned in the row of inflectional morphemes. since the participants did not correct half of their mistakes, they are believed to be at the controlled stage of processing and have not reached the automatic processing stage at the intermediate level yet, based on mclaughlin’s (1987) conception of automaticity. faezeh nemati & hamid ashraf noticing: a factor to improve iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy 54 tests of normality of posttest to test the normality of the posttest the shapiro-wilk was used. the results are depicted in the following tables. tables 6 and 7 manifest the results of this normality test. table 6 test of normality of posttest shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. control group at posttest .939 22 .210 noticing g. at posttest .923 22 .101 table 7 homogeneous subsets oral production score at posttest by tukey hsda,,b group n subset for alpha = 0.05 1 2 control 22 3.455 noticing 22 4.341 sig. .503 1.000 the null-hypothesis of the test of normality is that the distribution of the group’ scores is normal. therefore the distribution of the scores is not normal if the p<.05. two groups are normally distributed since the p-value is more than .05 for all of them. inter-rater reliability coefficients the researcher used pearson correlation coefficient to calculate if there is any significant difference between the scores given by different raters. tables 8, 9, 10, 11 show the results, respectively. the researcher calculated the correlation coefficient between the scores given by the two raters in control group. the obtained result in table 8 was a correlation of .824.the gain scores were compared and the results (p-value=0.0001< α=0.05) showed that there is a strong relationship between the lists of scores each participant received. also, the researcher estimated the correlation coefficient between the scores given noticing group. in table 9, the raters gained an estimate of the .858which shows a high reliability of the scores. the analysis showed no significant difference between the scores given by two raters. in the case of inter-rater reliability, in table 10, an estimate of .791in control group between two raters was obtained. table 8 correlations between scores of rater1 & rater2 for control group in pretest control g. at pretest-r1 control g. at pretestr2 control g. at pretest-r1 pearson correlation 1 .824** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 control g. at pretestr2 pearson correlation .824** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). table 9 correlations between scores of rater1 & rater2 for noticing group in pretest noticing g. at pretest-r1 noticing g. at pretest-r2 noticing g. at pretest-r1 pearson correlation 1 .858** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 noticing g. at pretest-r2 pearson correlation .858** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). 55 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in the case of inter-rater reliability, in table 11, an estimate of .820 in noticing group between two raters was obtained. conclusion in order to test this null hypothesis, 44iranian efl participants of an english language institute, who lack familiarity with the five target structures (the simple present, especially third person ‘s’ morpheme, present continuous, simple past, past continuous and present perfect), were selected through a homogeneity test. these participants were also pretested through a structured interview, and were put into experimental and control groups by means of matched sampling on the basis of their pretest scores. this was to make sure that the two groups, one group as the experimental group and one group as the control group, were all experiencing similar conditions from the very beginning. the two groups were later given special treatments to evaluate the group; i.e. in these implementations experimental group was exposed to noticing technique and control group was not forced to face any focus on form technique. the participants of the experimental group were exposed to focus on form through noticing while the control group was not faced with this technique. afterwards, the participants were post tested through another structured interview to examine their accuracy gains after treatment. a comparison of the accuracy gains in control and experimental group was conducted via a variance analysis (anova). the mean pretest scores for two groups were not significantly different. this pattern was repeated on the posttest in which the mean scores were found to be significantly different between the noticing and control group. table 10 correlations between scores of rater1 & rater2 for control group in posttest control group at posttest-r1 control group at posttest-r2 control group at posttest-r1 pearson correlation 1 .791** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 control group at posttest-r2 pearson correlation .791** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). table 11 correlations between scores of rater1 & rater2 for noticing group in posttest noticing g. at posttest-r1 noticing g. at posttest-r2 noticing g. at posttest-r1 pearson correlation 1 .820** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 noticing g. at posttest-r2 pearson correlation .820** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 22 22 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). faezeh nemati & hamid ashraf noticing: a factor to improve iranian pre-intermediate efl learners’ structural accuracy 56 the null hypothesis was rejected because the experimental group outperformed the control group in average accuracy gains significantly. although there have been a lot of research studies in the literature regarding the comparative examination of the implicit and explicit effects of focus on form, the present study could be considered as an additional support for noticing, as an explicit focus on form implementation. thus, it could be further concluded that these findings correspond to the suggestions of long and robinson (1998) on the need to implement focus on form implicitly and explicitly so that fossilization is prevented. moreover, an alternative to focus on forms is recommended which is against communicative language teaching techniques. references aski, j. m. (2003). foreign language textbook activities: keeping pace with foreign language acquisition research, foreign language annals 36:57-64. bachman, l. f.,& palmer, a. s. (1996). language testing in practice. oxford: oxford university press. p: 52. tense and aspect. tesol quarterly, 29, 107131. doughty, c., & williams, j. (1998). pedagogical choices in focus on form. in c. doughty, &j. williams (eds.), focus on form in classroom second language acquisition (pp. 197261). cambridge: cambridge university press. lee, j., & valdman, a. (2000). form and meaning. multiple perspectives. boston, ma: heinle & heinle. leow, r. p. (2000). attention, awareness, and focus on form research: a critical overview. in j. lee & a. valdman (eds.), form and meaning: multiple perspectives. boston:heinle and heinle. long, m. h., & robinson, p. (1998). focus on form: theory, research, and practice. in c. doughty, & j. williams (eds.), focus on form in classroom second language acquisition (pp.15-41). cambridge: cambridge university press. sanz, c. (2000). what form to focus on? linguistics, language awareness, and the education of l2 teachers. in j. f. lee & a.valdman (eds.), form and meaning: multiple perspectives. boston: heinle and heinle. schmidt, r. (1990). the role of consciousness in second language learners. applied linguistics, 11(1), 17-46. schmidt, r. (1990). the role of consciousness in second language learning. applied linguistics 11(2), 129–58. sharwood smith, m. (1991). ‘speaking to many minds: on the relevance of different types of language information for the l2 learner’. second language research 7/2: 118-32. swain, m.(1995). three functions of output in second language learning, principle and practice in applied linguistics. cambridge university press, pp. 125–144. swain, m. (1998). focus on form through conscious reflection. in c. doughty & j. williams (eds.), focus on form in classroom second language acquisition (pp. 64-81). new york: cambridge university press. swain, m. (2005). the output hypothesis: theory and research. in e. hinkel (ed) handbook tomlin, r.s. & villa, v. (1994). attention in cognitive science and second language acquisition. studies in second language acquisition 16,183-203. williams, j., & evans, j. (1998). what kind of focus and on which form? in c. doughty, & j. williams (eds.), focus on form in classroom second language acquisition (pp. 139-155). cambridge: cambridge university press. wong, w., & vanpatten, b. (2003). the evidence is in: drills are out. foreign language annals, 36, 403‐423. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading anit pranita devi department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: anit.pranita.d@gmail.com bachrudin musthafa department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: dinmusthafa@yahoo.com gin gin gustine department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: ggg@deakin.edu.au apa citation: devi, a. p., musthafa, b., & gustine, g. g. (2015). using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 1-14 received: 16-02-2015 accepted: 01-04-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: this study investigates how cooperative learning facilitates students in learning critical thinking in reading and to find out the benefits and challenges during the implementation of cooperative learning in one vocational school in cimahi. a case study is utilized by using instruments of classroom observations, questionnaires, semi structured interview and students’ written tests. the findings show that the implementation of cooperative learning facilitates students develop their critical thinking and enhance critical thinking dispositions in reading. three features which contribute to the development of students’ critical thinking in reading are: the encouragement of student-student interaction; the provision of group purposes; and the provision of stimulus to the students’ development of thought and ideas. the aforementioned features promote benefits which involved higher motivation and involvement, increased opportunity for language use, and developed interpersonal relationship. nevertheless, these benefits are constrained by the availability of time, students’ english proficiency, and students’ contribution to the groupwork. it is recommended that further researchers conduct the similar study in a longer period to make sure that the key elements of cooperative learning are well-structured. keywords: cooperative learning, critical thinking in this 21st century as the age of information technology, there is a significant requirement of critical thinking skills in selecting and evaluating the reliability of the information (halpern, 1999; see also grabau, 2007; oliver & utermohlen, 2007). the ability to think critically is also considered essential in a democratic society (beyer, 1985) and thus pertinent in indonesia in which democratic era is now encountered. however, based on research, south-east asian (including indonesian) students are considered lacking of critical thinking skills and unaware of the importance of skills of analysis and critiques (egege & kutieleh, 2004; djiwandono, 2013 & wallace, 2003). this might be due to the 1 mailto:anit.pranita.d@gmail.com anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading fact that the basic skills essential to critical thinking is not typically taught in schools. therefore, questions on the subject of how to teach critical thinking skills in reading have been queried. since years ago, cooperative activities have been used for developing learners’ critical thinking (sharan, 1980). from an extensive literature review, it is found that cooperative learning is beneficial not only for developing students’ language acquisition, academic achievement, and social skills, but also may foster critical thinking skills (ghaith, 2003; sadeghi, 2012). this is linked to the characteristic of instruction that can improve critical thinking which promotes studentstudent interaction (see ten dam & volman, 2004). the essence of this interaction for learning is obviously approved by sharan (1980, p. 242) who states that “through the medium of this interaction and communication process within small groups cooperating on academic tasks that these team-learning methods strive to influence pupils' cognitive learning" (see also fahim & eslamdoost, 2014). in this sense, cooperative learning which promotes greater interaction between students (webb, 1982) has been frequently used to foster students’ critical thinking (cooper, 1995; johnson, johnson & smith, 1991; sharan, 1980). in line with the aforementioned statement, bligh (1986) mentions that discussing in groups is effective to stimulate thoughts and develop ideas (cited in dennick & exley, 1998). further, dennick & exley (1998) affirm that working in cooperative groups allow students to share divergent point of views, discuss ideas and communicate an issue with their peers. these activities could lead students to enhance their thought and ideas. moreover, elder & paul (2001) suggest a way to help students develop their critical thinking skills by introducing the idea about “purpose” into their classroom experiences since they believe that “critical thinking is thinking to some purpose”. it seems to be relevant to cooperative learning since when the students work in cooperative learning groups, they have group purpose to be achieved e.g. to make decision on the best response to the teacher’s questions. from this point of view, cooperative learning tasks may be one of the ways in developing students’ critical thinking as the students work in cooperative learning groups to achieve same goals. it is also supported by paul (1995) that many students do not read well because they do not think deeply about the purpose or the logic of it. specifically speaking, cooperative learning refers to the classroom instruction that involves students working in small groups to achieve same goals and optimize their own and each other’s learning (brown, 2001; johnson & johnson, 1999). however, cooperative learning is not simply making students work together in groups (jacobs & hall, 2002; johnson & johnson, 1999; murray & christinson, 2010). there are several key elements that make cooperative learning groups different from other types of group work. the elements need to be fulfilled. to implement a successful cooperative learning. these elements are (johnson, johnson, holubec & roy, 1984; jollife, 2007; johnson & johnson, 1999; johnson & johnson, 2009a; see also sadeghi, 2012): 1. positive interdependence exists when there is a positive correlation among individuals’ goal attainments; individuals perceive that they can attain their goals if and only if the other individuals with whom they are 2 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee cooperatively linked attain their goals” (johnson & johnson, 2009a, p. 366). positive interdependence can be established through mutual goals, division of task, division of materials, assigning roles, and giving joint rewards (johnson, johnson, holubec & roy, 1984). 2. face-to face (promotive) interaction occurs when students are taking action in responsible and honest ways, giving help and positive influence to other group members and making effort effectively to gain benefit and shared goals, providing feedback each other to improve their performance, challenging each other’s reasoning and conclusion, and exploring different perspectives of others. johnson & johnson (2009a) 3. individual and group accountability means that the members of a group learn together (slavin, 1988; johnson & johnson, 2000; see also ning, 2011) but they actually perform individually so that they are responsible for their own learning. to build this key element, teacher can use three methods (johnson, et al., 1984; johnson, johnson, & smith, 1998): providing individual test for the students; selecting randomly group members to present their group’s response to a question orally; and giving opportunity for student to present what they have learned to a classmate. 4. interpersonal and small group social skills exist when students learn how to work effectively in a group which has students with different level of knowledge and learning styles. they should have skills in leadership, decision-making, trust building and conflict management (ghaith, 2001; see also johnson & johnson, 2009a; sadeghi, 2012). 5. group processing takes place when group members are given time and procedure to evaluate the groupwork process that include deciding which actions were supportive and unsupportive and which actions to carry on or change (johnson & johnson, 2009a; see also johnson & johnson, 1999). through the five key elements of cooperative learning, students’ critical thinking could be facilitated. as a matter of fact, cooperative learning promotes critical thinking through dialogical instruction in which students are involved in a dialogue by arguing on different points of view (see paul, 1995). students have a lot of opportunities to brainstorm their insights and ideas, to express different points of view, to synthesize different information and to evaluate the solution. at the same time, discussing in cooperative groups also assist them become better listeners, speakers, readers, and writers. in this sense, cooperative learning has significant influence on the development of critical thinking. students could enhance their critical thinking as they share their learning in discussion and take responsibility for their own learning (totten, sills, digby, & russ, 1991, cited in gokhale, 1995). with respect to critical thinking term, it is defined in many ways. one of the most eminent definitions of critical thinking is mentioned by ennis (1991, p. 6). he defines critical thinking as “reasonable reflective thinking that is focused on deciding what to believe or do” (see also ennis, 2011). he mentions that critical thinking, here, includes acts such as formulating hypotheses, different perspectives of viewing a problem, questions, possible solutions, and plans for examining something. 3 http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/jte/v7n1/gokhale.jte-v7n1.html?ref=sawos.org#totten, et al. anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading from another point of view, ryan (2003) suggests a definition of critical thinking as “the ability to collect, judge, and ultimately use information in an effective manner” (p.170). this includes analysis, synthesis, and evaluation. this statement is in the same vein with what reichenbach (2001, p.19) states that critical thinking is “the careful, deliberate determination of whether we should accept, reject, or suspend judgment about the truth of a claim or a recommendation to act in a certain way”. he mentions that it involves reasoning, reflection, and being practical. in the light of the aforementioned explanation about the definition of critical thinking from some experts, it can be affirmed that critical thinking is ability to identify, analyze, synthesize, examine, communicate and evaluate ideas in effective manner to make decision about what to believe or do. from that point of view, the concept of critical thinking seems to be relevant to the cooperative learning since cooperative learning activities may assist students to develop their critical thinking by having same group purpose, identify and analyze plenty of ideas from other group members, deciding important information for their groups, making decision of their group’s agreement, synthesizing information, and changing perspectives in the groups to make decision. furthermore, critical thinking also involves particular dispositions (ennis, 1991; 1996; 2011; reichenbach, 2001; emilia, 2005). “a disposition is a tendency to act or think in a certain way” (reichenbach, 2001, p.14). this study focuses on six critical thinking dispositions which mainly proposed by ennis (1991; 1996), reichenbach, (2001), and chaffee (2009) namely: 1) be openminded; consider other points of view than their own; (ennis, 1991; 1996; reichenbach, 2001); 2) take and change position when evidences are sufficient (ennis, 1991; 1996; reichenbach, 2001); 3) care to understand and present a position honestly and clearly including to discover and listen to others' view and reasons, be clear about the intended meaning of what is said, written, or otherwise communicated (ennis, 2011); 4) take into account others' feelings and level of understanding (ennis, 2011); 5) view situations from different perspectives (chaffee, 2009; cottrell, 2005); and 6) identify the argument and communicate author’s intended meaning of what is said and what is written (chaffee, 2009). method this study was aimed to answer two research questions: 1) how does the implementation of cooperative learning facilitate students in learning critical thinking in reading? 2) what are the benefits and challenges of the implementation of cooperative learning? this study employs qualitative case study design. a case study design has been considered appropriate, as this study, in line with one main characteristic of a case study, is concerned with a case on the implementation of cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading and the benefits and challenges found in the implementation of cooperative learning. moreover, like a case study, this study is carried out to investigate one particular instance of education (merriam, 1988; nunan, 1992) which is an eleventh grade classroom of english in a state vocational school in cimahi, west java. the classroom has 33 students as participants of this study. regarding 4 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the choice of the level, secondary level, it seems appropriate because the students will already have basic critical thinking skills from the perspective that they have more conceptual thinking than young learners do. the students were given treatment of three types of cooperative learning techniques (think-pair-share, jigsaw, and structured controversy) in six sessions and their critical thinking in reading was examined by critical reading tasks. these three techniques were used in order to represent the basic principles of cooperative learning mentioned previously and in conjunction with their benefits in developing students’ critical thinking in reading based on previous studies. triangulation technique by means of classroom observation, questionnaire, semi-structured interview with participants, and students’ written tasks were employed for collecting the data in this study. classroom observation was employed to gain data about the process of cooperative learning implementation in the classroom and to assure that the five principles of cooperative learning are conducted. the close-ended questionnaire was intended to find out the students’ point of view regarding the benefits and challenges of cooperative learning. interview was employed to elicit students’ opinions about the effects of cooperative learning on their critical thinking in reading and the benefits and challenges of cooperative learning in their perspectives. students’ written tests were employed to find out whether there is improvement of students’ critical thinking results and discussion the implementation of cooperative learning in facilitating students’ critical thinking in respect of the first research question, the result of data collection showed that students benefitted from the implementation of cooperative learning techniques used in this study since the three techniques (think-pair-share, jigsaw, structured controversy) helped them develop critical thinking and promote critical thinking dispositions in reading through the steps and through the five key elements of cooperative learning. the dispositions which are appeared and promoted in this study were be open-minded, consider other points of view than their own; take and change position when evidences are sufficient; present a position honestly and clearly; take into account others' feelings and level of understanding; and view situations from different perspectives. cooperative learning elements in facilitating students’ critical thinking positive interdependence positive interdependence was built mainly by role interdependence, resource/material interdependence, and goal interdependence. in think-pairshare technique, it was established by assigning different roles (roles interdependence) for students (e.g. as problem solver and listener). in jigsaw technique, it was structured by dividing materials to the group members (materials interdependence). meanwhile in structured controversy, it was established when students were given different texts regarding one topic (materials interdependence). goal interdependence was structured in the implementation of the three techniques by giving mutual goal for each group. the mutual goal in this context was to answer the teacher questions regarding the texts given or to write a group report containing the group’s agreement based on the discussion. by structuring positive interdependence, the students 5 anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading actively participated in the group discussions and were responsible for learning the materials. from the interview with the students, it was also found that all students contributed to the work of the cooperative group which automatically makes all students involved. this is in line with ryan (2003) who states that the development of students’ critical thinking can be promoted by leading the students to actively engage and involve in classroom activities. face-to-face promotive interaction face-to-face promotive interaction was established in the lesson by giving mutual goal for every group so that they could discuss their ideas to support and assist each other on the topic in their efforts in learning and to achieve their shared goal (johnson et al., 1991; johnson & johnson, 2009a). providing group purpose could bring promotive interaction out as well as promote students’ critical thinking. this is in line with a suggestion from elder & paul (2001) that a way to help students develop their critical thinking skills is to introduce the idea about “purpose” into their classroom experiences since they believe that “critical thinking is thinking to some purpose”. in the discussion process, it could be seen from the observation that each member of the group supported and assisted each other in their efforts in learning the topic and in achieving the same goal (johnson & johnson, 2009a). in think-pair-share, the mutual goal was to answer the teacher’s questions and to meet an agreement about the best response or solution to the teacher’s questions. in jigsaw, the mutual goal was that each member of the group had to understand the divided text so that all members tried to teach each other by explaining the materials clearly. meanwhile in structured controversy, the group goal was to meet a consensus and the best agreement with the justification in the end of the controversy activity. in the process of cooperative group discussion to achieve the mutual goal, the students tried to give help and positive influence to other group members and made effort effectively to gain benefit and shared goals, provided feedback each other, challenged each other’s reasoning and conclusion, and explored others’ different perspectives. individual accountability this element was built by giving the students individual task. individual accountability would be established when each individual performance is assessed (johnson & johnson, 2009a). furthermore, to increase individual accountability, the students were asked to jot down their ideas before turning to a partner and discussing the ideas. the importance of taking notes from the critical thinking point is to foster students’ metacognition or the control of their own thinking (costa, 2003 as cited in emilia, 2005). by structuring this element, each student was actively engaged in the discussions and contributed to the groupwork. small group and interpersonal skills small group and interpersonal skills element was built when the students were discussing and sharing ideas. students learned how to work effectively in a group which has different students with different level of proficiency and ideas. in the discussion process, the students learned to listen carefully and critically to each other in presenting their point of views and taking turns in presenting ideas. the 6 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee skills are essential in facilitating the student’s critical thinking development since a critical thinker has to see an issue not only from one single perspective but from multiple perspectives (chaffee, 2009). other than that, in the discussion to achieve their shared goal, the students also used their interpersonal and social skills such as decision-making which appeared when they decided to choose the best answer to the teacher questions and also conflict management when they have different opinion regarding the issue being discussed (ghaith, 2001; see also johnson & johnson, 2009a; sadeghi, 2012). this element was also structured when students challenged each other's perspective and defending their own position. they learned how to agree with another’s ideas. group processing this key element was established by giving the students time to write a reflective learning journal regarding things they learned from the teacher, from their friends, and from the groupwork, and things they need to improve (kagan & kagan, 2009). this element was essential for students to practice students’ critical thinking particularly on critical evaluation. it was also revealed that students’ critical thinking was developed gradually in every meeting evidenced by the quality of students’ responses in the reflective form. the assistance to students’ critical thinking it was revealed that the assistance of students’ critical thinking in reading development was achieved through three ways. the encouragement of student-student interaction one of characteristics of instruction that can improve critical thinking is one which promotes student-student interaction that (sharan, 1980; ten dam & volman, 2004; see also fahim & eslamdoost, 2014). in this study, the cooperative learning techniques (thinkpair-share, jigsaw, and structured controversy) were found effective in increasing the interaction between students. interaction between students was increased when they had more opportunities to share with peers, when they accomplished task together and when they expressed their ideas and share what they had learned to their friends. accordingly, the active participation of the students was also enhanced. in think-pair-share, for example, the students had to share their thoughts on the given questions with their pairs before sharing to the whole class. this kind of interaction can help to sharpen their thinking and problem solving skills. furthermore, in structured controversy technique, the students interacted when they learned their position with their partner, presented their position to the opposing view, discussed the issue, and reached a decision for their group. in these interactions, conflict among their ideas, opinions, perspectives and conclusions are unavoidable and further could enhance students’ thinking skills (johnson & johnson, 1993; see also johnson & johnson, 1988). the following interview excerpts show that the students felt their active participation and critical thinking were improved. 7 anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading s1: we participated more actively so i could solve the problems. s2: in my opinion, i was more active. because we had our own role. the excerpt illustrates that cooperative learning gave the student opportunity to participate actively in classroom instruction since all students were given roles. the provision of group purpose as mentioned previously, one of characteristic of instruction which can foster students’ critical thinking is providing purposes. in cooperative learning, every cooperative group has its own mutual goal such as making decision on the best answer or responses to the teacher question, writing group report regarding group position on the issue being discussed. in this context, the teacher structured the cooperative instruction so that the students were aware of their common goals. the following example was taken from students’ reflective learning journal. i have learned to collaborate with my group, even though my group divided by two, we must respect to our opponent in debate. after we do the debate, we must find the conclusion and become one group again. i think it is fun and make solid the group. the excerpt above illustrated that the student was aware of the goal of the group which was to find the conclusion and to meet an agreement in the group even though they had to argue and attack each other’s ideas beforehand. the stimulus to the development of thought and ideas students who are engaging in cooperative learning lesson will be stimulated to develop their thinking (see johnson & johnson, 1988; 1993). bligh (1986) mention that discussing in groups is effective to stimulate thoughts and develop ideas (cited in dennick & exley, 1998). the development of thought and ideas in cooperative learning is inevitable. in this study, students were encouraged to develop their ideas as the students interacted, shared opinions, solved problems, synthesized information, rebutted position, questioned different perspectives, and made decision on an issue. from the questionnaire, 100 % of the students stated that their thinking and development of ideas were honed through cooperative learning techniques. in addition to that, by listening to other’s ideas on an issue, the stimulus to the development of ideas was also increased since the students were able to see other alternatives of solving a problem or respond to a question. in this view, the students could also refine their thinking and decision making. it was also reported from the questionnaire that 86 % of students thought that cooperative learning techniques could develop their problem-solving skills and 90 % of the students stated that they also could develop their decision making skills through cooperative learning. it could be confirmed by students’ statement from the interview. s4: in my opinion, in the groupwork, we could be braver to express or give opinions based on our thought. we were able to know other’s perspectives. so we do not see an issue from only one side) s5: …we could understand other’s view point on an issue finally, 95 % of the students stated that their critical thinking was also developed through cooperative learning techniques the result of students’ written tests the students’ written test was intended to reveal the development of students’ critical thinking in reading. the 8 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee students’ written test involves pre-test and post-test. the students were given a text and they had to answer critical reading questions regarding the text. in calculating the data, paired t-test was employed to reveal the significance of the difference between the means of pretest and posttest. the following table shows the statistical computation of the scores. table 1 paired samples test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pretest posttest -19.091 5.976 1.040 -21.210 -16.972 -18.352 32 .000 the paired t-test, as presented in table 1 above, shows that there was difference between pretest and posttest scores for sig 0.00 < 0.05. the t-value (t=18.352, df.= 32, p= .000) was more than the alpha (.05). it indicates that the null hypothesis (h0) was rejected, meaning that there was significant difference between the students’ critical reading ability between pretest and posttest scores. in other words, the students’ critical reading abilities were improved after the students were taught by using cooperative learning techniques. however, the overall results of the statistical value could not be claimed as the effect of the instruction since this study only involved one single group and there was an absence of control group (hatch and farhady, 1982). the results of students’ written tests were only used for descriptive purpose only, that is to show the description of how the cooperative learning techniques could facilitate students’ critical reading abilities in general, not as the core of main findings to be exposed. nonetheless, to reduce the issue of the internal validity in this particular data, the research had employed multiple sources of data as discussed earlier. the figures appeared in the result of the written tests were not interpreted in isolation. benefits of and challenges to the implementation of cooperative learning in relation to the second research question, this study revealed that the implementation of cooperative learning had given some benefits and challenges. the benefits  higher involvement and motivation based on the findings of this study, it was revealed that the students were more motivated in learning and involved more actively in the teaching learning process. firstly, based on the questionnaires, 94 % of students stated that they were more motivated in teaching learning process by cooperative learning techniques. regarding this, all interviewees also thought that they were motivated by cooperative learning. moreover, regarding students’ active involvement, it was found from the questionnaire that 97% of the students stated that they had more active participation in cooperative learning lessons. these findings support numerous research studies which suggest that cooperative learning leads to higher motivation and active participation. (see dorneiy, 1997; johnson & johnson, 2009b). 9 anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading increased opportunity for language use besides promoting higher motivation and involvement, it was found that the implementation of three cooperative learning techniques was likely to increase the opportunity for students to use english. based on the questionnaire, 97% of the students agreed that their language skills were improved in cooperative learning. this improvement was unavoidable since the students have to use english in the interaction in their groups. in this context, the students not only practiced the language in reading but also in their language skills particularly speaking and listening. during their groupworks, the students were always encouraged to use english in their interaction. in addition to that, based on classroom observation, it was found that the students mostly used english in their interaction in the cooperative learning groups. in this sense, they speak, listen, read, and write in english during their interaction. thus, the exposure to english is subsequently increased in the instruction. this interaction is useful for language learning since it contributes to second language acquisition (pica, young, & doughty, 1987). developed interpersonal relationship the development of interpersonal relationships through cooperative learning can be established through building and maintaining friendship between peers and learning from others (johnson & johnson, 1999). with respect of the development of interpersonal relationship, two main categories of interpersonal relationship were revealed. they were 1) maintaining groupwork by positive interdependence; and 2) listening and appreciating other’s point of view. based on questionnaire, 97% of the students agreed that in cooperative learning, they always supported and helped each other in learning the material. this finding showed that the positive interdependence among them was built. the challenges availability of time the first challenge found in the implementation of cooperative learning was the time of learning. based on the questionnaire, 69 % of students stated that they lack of time in cooperative learning lesson. 100 % of interviewee also confirmed this in the interview. in indonesian vocational school, the time of learning english for tenth grade students is 2 x 45 minutes in a week. as a matter of fact, this time of learning was considered less to have students master all critical reading skills well. students’ english proficiency the second challenge in this study dealt with students’ english proficiency. four students in the interview admitted that the lack of language proficiency such as limited vocabularies, grammar, and pronunciation was their obstacle in the instruction. this challenge hindered the students in understanding the text comprehensively and in expressing their opinions. students’ contribution to the groupwork the third challenge dealt with the students’ contribution to the work of the group. students may not know what to do in their groups (jacobs, 2006). based on the questionnaire, 22% of the students stated that they did not know how to work in their groups. furthermore, the students contributed little or nothing to the group work. this might happen due to unclear instruction from the teacher. thus, it was also revealed that the 10 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teacher's role as a facilitator has not been optimal since the teacher should facilitate students to work effectively in the groups. conclusion on the basis of classroom observation, students’ written tests, questionnaire and interview, the data indicated that, despite some limitations, the cooperative learning appeared to facilitate students’ to learn critical thinking in reading and promoted students’ critical thinking dispositions. the facilitated students’ critical thinking dispositions were be open-minded, consider other points of view than their own; take and change position when evidences are sufficient; present a position honestly and clearly; take into account others' feelings and level of understanding; and view situations from different perspectives. data from students’ written tests also gave evidence that students’ critical reading abilities improved during the teaching learning process in the classroom. this study also revealed three features which contributed to students’ critical thinking development. firstly, the implementation of cooperative learning encouraged student-student interaction. secondly, cooperative learning provided group purposes that the students could work in their groups and structured positive interdependence to achieve their common goals. thirdly, the students’ development of thought and ideas was also stimulated in the implementation of cooperative learning as they are engaging in discussions, sharing their thoughts and present their ideas. finally, it was also indicated in this study that the teacher’s role as a facilitator in cooperative learning has not been optimal to get the students to work in groups effectively. there were still some unclear instructions that made some students confused about what to do and reluctant to contribute the work of the group. the limited time was also regarded to cause teacher’s lack of monitoring. due to the fact that the teacher had limited time to monitor all groups, some students also used their native language in the group discussion whereas they were encouraged to use english. based on the findings of this study, which may not be generalized to other settings, it is suggested for teachers that the teaching of cooperative learning and critical thinking is intensively implemented in all levels of study from primary to tertiary levels. for further researchers, it is suggested to conduct similar studies in longer period to make sure that the key elements of cooperative learning are well-structured and in larger scale to gain more various and detailed data. references beyer, b. k. (1985). improving student thinking. boston: allyn and bacon. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (second edition.). white plains, ny: addison wesley longman, inc. chaffee, j. (2009). thinking critically. wadsworth: cengage learning. cooper, j. l. (1995). cooperative learning and critical thinking. teaching of psychology, 22(1), 7-9. http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15328023to p2201_2 cottrell, s. (2005). critical thinking skills: developing effective analysis and argument. new york: palgrave macmillan dennick, r. g., & exley, k. (1998). teaching and learning in groups and teams. biochemical education, 26(2), 111115. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s03074412(98)00028-4 11 http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15328023top2201_2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15328023top2201_2 anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading djiwandono, p. i. (2013). critical thinking skill for language students. teflin journal, 24(1), 32-47. retrieved from http://journal.teflin.org/index.php/tefl in/article/view/320/258 dörnyei, z. (1997). psychological processes in cooperative language learning: group dynamics and motivation. the modern language journal, 81(4), 482-493. http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/328891 egege, y.s. & kutieleh, s. (2004). critical thinking and international students: a marriage of necessity. paper presented in first year in higher education 2004 conference: dealing with diversity. 8th pacific rim conference, melbourne. retrieved from fyhe.com.au/past_papers/papers04/05 0.doc elder, l. & paul, r. (2001). critical thinking: thinking to some purpose. journal of developmental education, 25(1), 40-41. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/2 28491079?accountid=25704 emilia, e. (2005). a critical genre-based approach to teaching academic writing in a tertiary efl context in indonesia (unpublished doctoral dissertation). melbourne: university of melbourne. ennis, r. (1991). critical thinking: a streamlined conception. teaching philosophy, 14(1), 5-24. retrieved from http://www.criticalthinking.net/ennis streamconc1991%20lowres.pdf ennis, r.h. (1996). critical thinking. new jersey: prentice hall ennis, r. h. (2011). the nature of critical thinking: an outline of critical thinking dispositions and abilities. retrieved from http://faculty.education.illinois.edu/rh ennis/documents/thenatureofcritical thinking_51711_000.pdf fahim, m., & eslamdoost, s. (2014). critical thinking: frameworks and models for teaching. english language teaching, 7(7), 141-151. http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/elt.v7n7p141 ghaith, g. (2003). effects of the learning together model of cooperative learning on english as a foreign language reading achievement, academic selfesteem, and feelings of school alienation. bilingual research journal, 27(3), 451-475. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15235882.20 03.10162603 gokhale, a. a. (1995). collaborative learning enhances critical thinking. journal of technology education, 7(1), 22-29. retrieved from http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/jte /v7n1/gokhale.jtev7n1.html?ref=sawos.org grabau, l.j. 2007. effective teaching and learning strategies for critical thinking to foster cognitive development and transformational learning. effective teaching and learning, 5, 123-156. retrieved fromhttp://cpe.ky.gov/nr/rdonlyres/7 bab05e6-cacd-4395-83f80873e017ef4c/0/effective_teaching.pdf halpern, d. f. (1999). teaching for critical thinking: helping college students develop the skills and dispositions of a critical thinker. new directions for teaching and learning, 80, 69-74. retrieved from http://www.precisionmi.com/precisio nmi/materials/collegemat/criticalthin king-halpern.pdf hatch, e. m. and farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. rowley, massachusetts: newbury house publishers, inc. jacobs, g. m. (2006). issues in implementing cooperative learning. in mccafferty, s. g., jacobs, g. m., & iddings, a. c. d., cooperative learning and second language teaching (p. 18-29). new york, ny: cambrige university press. jacobs, g. m. & hall, s. (2002). implementing cooperative learning. in richards, j. c. & renandya, w. a. (eds), methodology in language teaching (pp. 52-58). new york, ny: cambridge university press. johnson, d. w., & johnson, r. t. (1999). making cooperative learning work. theory into practice, 38(2), 67-73. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00405849909 543834 12 http://journal.teflin.org/index.php/teflin/article/view/320/258 http://journal.teflin.org/index.php/teflin/article/view/320/258 http://search.proquest.com/docview/228491079?accountid=25704 http://search.proquest.com/docview/228491079?accountid=25704 http://www.criticalthinking.net/ennisstreamconc1991%20lowres.pdf http://www.criticalthinking.net/ennisstreamconc1991%20lowres.pdf http://faculty.education.illinois.edu/rhennis/documents/thenatureofcriticalthinking_51711_000.pdf http://faculty.education.illinois.edu/rhennis/documents/thenatureofcriticalthinking_51711_000.pdf http://faculty.education.illinois.edu/rhennis/documents/thenatureofcriticalthinking_51711_000.pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15235882.2003.10162603 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15235882.2003.10162603 http://www.precisionmi.com/precisionmi/materials/collegemat/criticalthinking-halpern.pdf http://www.precisionmi.com/precisionmi/materials/collegemat/criticalthinking-halpern.pdf http://www.precisionmi.com/precisionmi/materials/collegemat/criticalthinking-halpern.pdf english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee johnson, r. t., & johnson, d. w. (2000). how can we put cooperative learning into practice? the science teacher, 67(1), 39. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/2 14621607?accountid=25704 johnson, d. w., & johnson, r. t. (2009a). an educational psychology success story: social interdependence theory and cooperative leraning. educational researcher, 38(5), 365-379. http://dx.doi.org/10.3102/0013189x09 339057 johnson, d. w., & johnson, r. t. (2009b). energizing learning: the instructional power of conflict. educational researcher, 38(1), 37-51. http://dx.doi.org/10.3102/0013189x08 330540 johnson, d. w., johnson, r. t., holubec, e. j., & roy, p. (1984). circles of learning: cooperation in the classroom. alexandria, va: association for supervision and curriculum development. johnson, d. w., johnson, r. t., & smith, k. a. (1991). cooperative learning: increasing college faculty instructional productivity. (ashe-eric higher education report no. 4). washington, dc: the george washington university, school of education and human development. johnson, d. w., johnson, r. t., & smith, k. a. (1998). cooperative learning returns to college: what evidence is there that is works? change, 30(4), 26-35. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1080/00091389809602629 jollife, w. (2007). cooperative learning in the classroom: putting it into practice. london, england: paul chapman publishing. kagan, s. & kagan, m. (2009). kagan cooperative learning. san clemente, ca: kagan publishing. merriam, s. b. (1988). case study research in education: a qualitative approach. san fransisco, ca: jossey-bass. murray, d. e. & christinson, m. a. (2010). what english language teachers need to know. new york, ny: routledge. ning, h. (2011). adapting cooperative learning in tertiary elt. elt journal, 65(1), 60-70. doi:10.1093/elt/ccq021 nunan, d. (1992). research methods in language learning. cambridge, england: cambridge university press. oliver, h. & utermohlen, r. (1995). an innovative teaching strategy: using critical thinking to give students a guide to the future. (eric document reproduction services no. 389 702) paul, r. w. (1995). critical thinking: how to prepare students for a rapidly changing world. santa rosa, ca: library of congress. pica, t., young, r., & doughty, c. (1987). the impact of interaction on comprehension. tesol quarterly, 21(4), 737-758. retrieved from: http://tesol.aua.am/tqd_2000/tqd_2 000/tq_d2000/vol_21_4.pdf#page= 130 reichenbach, b. r. (2001). introduction to critical thinking. new york, ny: mcgraw-companies, inc. ryan, m. (2003). ask the teacher: a practitioner’s guide to teaching and learning in the diverse classroom. boston, ma: pearson education, inc. sadeghi, m. r. (2012). the effects of cooperative learning on critical thinking in an academic context. journal of psychological and educational research, 20(2), 15-30. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/1 272063750?accountid=25704 sharan, s. (1980). cooperative learning in small groups: recent methods and effects on achievement, attitudes, and ethnic relations. review of educational research, 50(2), 241-271. http://dx.doi.org/10.3102/00346543050 002241 slavin, r. e. (1988). cooperative learning and student achievement. the education digest, 54(6), 15. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/2 18167218?accountid=25704 ten dam, g., & volman, m. (2004). critical thinking as a citizenship competence: teaching strategies. learning and instruction, 14(4), 359-379. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstru c.2004.01.005 13 http://search.proquest.com/docview/218167218?accountid=25704 http://search.proquest.com/docview/218167218?accountid=25704 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2004.01.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2004.01.005 anit pranita devi, bachrudin musthafa & gin gin gustine using cooperative learning in teaching critical thinking in reading wallace, c. (2003). critical reading in language education. new york, ny: palgrave macmillan ltd. webb, n. m. (1982). student interaction and learning in small groups. review of educational research, 52(3), 421-445. http://dx.doi.org/10.3102/00346543052 003421 14 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 59 need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes audi yundayani english education department,sekolah tinggi keguruan ilmu pendidikan kusuma negara, jakarta, indonesia e-mail: audi_yundayani@stkipkusumanegara.ac.id emzir language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id zainal rafli language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: zainal.rafli@unj.ac.id apa citation: yundayani, a., emzir, & rafli, z. (2017). need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 59-70. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.771. received: 26-08-2017 accepted: 24-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: the required instructional material should be designed based on students’ needs. this study is intended toidentify 1) material design and organization,2)language content, and 3) method and techniqueof the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes which appropriate with students’characteristics and their situationrelated to the need of writing skills for academic purposes at non-english education study programs of stkip kusuma negara jakarta. the descriptive survey was used in identifying its’ material context through questionnaire, semi-structured interview and non-participant observation. the respondents were non-english education study programs students duringthe fifth semester in academicyear of 2016-2017.the result showed that 1) it is required to have clear and easily understandable writing instructional material for academic purposes; 2) the required language content is related to a)rhetorical-functional (descriptive, narrative, classifying and identifying); b) academic genres, in the forms of essay and report; c)writing process; d) summarizing; e) paraphrasing; 3) the method and techniques which are applied to instructional material must empower thestudents to practice a lot through communicative and applicative activities. based on the findings, it can be concluded that need analysis should be the starting point in designing the instructional material, due to it is a process to determine students’ needs according to their wants, lacks, and necessities. keywords: need analysis, writing for academic purposes, instructional material context introduction need analysis required as the main driving factor to design the whole component of teaching and learning process, including the instructional material. the area of need analysis covers present situation analysis, target situation analysis, and learning context analysis. learning context analysis involves some consideration to the teachersconcerning with the methods, the materials, the facilities and the connection of the course implementation with the students’ background and learning goals. need analysis is the cornerstone of esp that leads to a very focused course (dudleyevans & st. john, 1998). it can be seen as a process to assess students’ communicative needs in order to achieve specific learning objective. the aim of need analysis is to collect the information concerning students in order to define the target situation and environment of studying esp (otilia, 2015). as the instrument to establish how and what the learning process will be held, need analysis covers many aspects of teaching and learning audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 60 process including students’ background, students’ current language proficiency,students’ purpose in learning english, etc. the first step in designing language course is the need analysis implementation that covers: 1) the target situation analysis which informs the objective and productoriented needs, also the skills and language required for the context in which students will use the english; 2) the learning situation which provides information about subjective needs; 3) the means analysis which provides information about the educational contexts (benavent & sánchez-reyes, 2015). this statement emphasises hyland’s view concerning with a framework for need analysis which is divided into 1) present situation analysis that concerns with students’ current condition or backgrounds, including the objective data (age, previous learning experience, etc) and subjective data (students’ weaknesses, strengths, etc); and 2) target situation analysis that focuses on students’ roles, skills and knowledge (hyland, 2006). a portray of the learning goals will be formed by the result of need analysis and it will require teacher’s belief, value, and philosophies of teaching. by the end, they will develop the whole component of learning and teaching process properly. barnard and zemach in tomlinson said that one of english teaching areas is english for specific purposes (esp) that can be seen as the selection of teaching content and approach according to perceived needs of the students (tomlinson, 2003). esp is focused on english teaching and learning process related to the particular job or study-related cause. english for academic purposes (eap), as a branch of esp, provides students with proper english skills that are required in a tertiarylevel study or college level, including the way of presenting, researching, and publishing in academic field. the key element in all communication including in writing for academic purposes is knowing and understanding about the genre. it involves the understanding of the expectations of the discourse community that reads the text and of the conventions related with structure, the language and the rhetoric of the genre (dudley-evans & st john, 1998). eap required to complete academic demands, one of them is writing for academic purposes. it occupies some approaches applied: 1) product approach; 2) process approach; and 3) summarising, paraphrasing and synthesizing. product approach provides a model and various exercises. it is divided into 1) rhetorical-functional covers language functions; the main ones are description (including processes and sequencing), narrative, instruction, explanation, definition, exemplification, classification, comparison and contrast, cause and effect, expressing, generalisation and specificity, discussion and argumentation (problem and solution), drawing conclusions; 2) academic genres include essays, reports, case studies, projects, literature reviews, exam answers, research papers/articles, dissertations, and theses. jordan stresses that academic discourse genres and the range and nature of academic writing tasks aimed at supporting students to socialize into the academic context. process approach emphasizes in composing processes in writing through the recursive cycle. it means that the students will plan, draft, and edit but then it will be required re-plan, re-draft, and re-edit. summarising, paraphrasing and synthesizing are important aspects of academic writingrequired in the field of academic purposes. they relate to academic reading by providing meaningful insights of how students present their reading result from the source text to writing (jordan, 1997). the concept of writing approaches is clearly in the term of product approach, process approach, including summarising, paraphrasing and synthesizing. it can be concluded that writing for academic purposes is often seen as the process of thinking, constructing and revising, including developing the concept. in doing it, students must realize that they will need several efforts, from drafting, correcting, and amendingthe text continuously until the writing product is proper. in the area of english academic purposes, the students’ competence in writing for academic purposes required in the college english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 61 level learning process. it is seen not just as a standardized system of communication but also as an essential tool for students in constructing new knowledge. it also can be seen as a means to know students’ competency, students’ personal interest, and academic performance. moreover, writing can be seen as the result of thinking, concept development, and revision. it requires special skills to explore writers’ ideas to be presented and to be understood. writing for academic purposes is different from writing skill at high school level. it often causes students get difficulties in practicing it. some studies showed the inadequacy of writing skill for academic purposes in university level, including the expectations of applying it. most of the problems appear due to students’ failure to understand the difference of learning goal between high school and university which initiate students into the scope of writing skill for academic purposes (ivanic & lea, 2006; lilis & scott, 2007). concerning that statement, many factors of learning components must be applied based on the students’ requirement in achieving the expected goal related to writing for academic purposes. the material can be anything that used to assist english learning process. it can be the instructional, experiential, or exploratory as long as it can inform the students about the language use, provide the experience of the language in use, stimulate language use and support the students to discover the language based on their needs (tomlinson, 2003). in deciding the suitable material, teachers’ creativity and understanding to the students’ needs are the most important aspect. the chosen material used to ease students’ understanding of the learning content and context. cunningsworth states that in the scope of english language teaching, the instructional material should have multiple roles: 1) a resource for presentation materials (spoken and written). it can give the information concerning the presented materials; 2) a source of activities for student practice and communicative interaction. it should guide the students to practice the language using; 3) a reference source for students on grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, etc. the instructional material must give the information about language component; 4) a source of stimulation and ideas for classroom language activities. not only as the knowledge source, the instructional material must stimulate the students by providing suitable information and presenting some learning activities to strengthen students’ comprehension of language use; 5) a syllabus (where they reflect learning objectives which have already been determined). it can be the reference how to carry out the english learning process; 6) a resource for selfdirected learning or self-access work. the instructional material should be a source for students to be able to study independently, so it is important to ensure that the information and the instruction presented is quite clear; 7) a support for less experienced teachers who have yet to gain in confidence. not only for students, the instructional material also can be as a support for teachers and lecturers to know what and how should be taught (cunningsworth, 1995, p. 6). in the area of esp, dudley-evans and st. john (1998) suggest that the materials have some functions: 1) as a source of language. due to english as a foreign language that studied, it requires a means that can be as a source in learning english; 2) as a learning support. the instructional material should help the learning process by giving the information, guidance in order to enhance students comprehension; 3) for motivation and stimulation. the instructional material should motivate and stimulate the students through its content and context. good material can encourage students to learn through: 1) its interesting texts; 2) enjoyable activities which engage the students’ thinking capacities; 3) opportunities for students to use their existing knowledge and skills; and 4) content which both students and lecturers can cope this (hutchinson & waters, 1987, p. 107). instructional material context involves consideration of some criteria: 1) aims and approach. it relates to a degree of correspondence to the students’ needs; 2) bibliographic features. it shows the quality and availability of the package; 3) design. it shows audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 62 the attractiveness of the layout, visual appeal, readability and instructions clarity; 4) organization. this relates to sequencing and progression of suitable exercises, units, and proficiency level; 5) content. it shows a degree of authenticity, relevance, and appropriacy of the text genres; 6) methodology. it will extend to which tasks, exercises, and methods which are appropriate to students’ proficiencies and goals; 7) usability. this relates to flexibility, completeness, and feasibility of the materials; and 8) overall. it relates to the general quality of the text and its suitability for the purpose (hyland, 2003, p. 98). the context of the instructional material can be a consideration in determining the suitability between its role, orientation, and students’ needs. the instructional material of writing skills for academic purposes should be tailored based on students’ needs and learning objectives. in selecting the instructional material of writing skills for academic purposes, there are some requirements that should be considered; 1) the topic should make the students interested, culturally acceptable, and in line with the learning objectives; 2) the expected type of writing; 3) methods of generating ideas, whether through brainstorming, freewriting, listing, mapping, outlining which are appropriate for the students; 4) instruction for writing that will help the students to organize various types of writing, such as letters, description, narration, exposition, arguments and what students need to be practiced; 5) opportunities to collaborate in writing; 6) opportunities to revise which encourage students to do the various stages in writing process; 7) instruction in editing and proofreading. what students learn concerning with finding and editing their errors in writing (richards & renandya, 2003, pp. 311-312). instructional material plays a very special role in constructing students’ knowledge and understanding by providing much access to specialized knowledge and skills. it can be a source to help the students to construct the mental representation, including writing skill for academic purposes. based on the observation at non-english education study programs of stkip kusuma negara jakarta, it was found that the writing skill instructional materials for the academic purposes have not been designed and developed based on students’ needs. need analysis have not been implemented. it causes students having low performance in writing skill for academic purposes. most of them didn’t have any motivation to be involved and to be active in class since they did not understand the essence of presented materials. the writing skills of the students are alarmingly weak and substandard. the majority problem is due toincompetence in syntax, coherence,idea expansion, content selection, topic sentence, rhetorical conventions, mechanics, organization, lack of vocabulary, inappropriate use of vocabulary (fareed, ashraf, & bilal,2016). that condition can be solved through the suitable instructional material use as one of the learning sources. this current studyexplores students’ perceptions and examine their opinions concerning with required writing skills instructional material’ context for academic purposes. it will bring the basicinformation as further inquiry and suitable solution in developing instructional material, especially in writing skills for academic purposes. method the study aims to determine students’ need related to writing skill instructional materials’ context for academic purposes. this descriptive research involved the fifthsemester students of non-english education study programs at stkip kusuma negara jakarta. 100 non-english education study programs students participated in demanding their perception concerning the writing skill instructional materials’ context for academic purposes. the purposive sampling method was used to determine the respondents.the data were collected throughnon-participant observation, questionnaire survey, and semistructured interviews. the researcher observed the students in the english class to know the real condition of english learning process, including the students’ performance and the use of previous writing skill instructional material for academic purposes. the questionnaire used to english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 63 know students’ perceptionrelated to writing skill instructional materials’ context for academic purposes. the data obtained from the questionnaire were analyzed then summarize in the table form. in addition, the semi-structured interview was applied to get deeper information from students’ conceptions of instructional material context. the interviews with the students were done after questionnaire. the interviews were applied to find the problem more openly by asking for opinions and ideas from respondents. the data were analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively. it is quantitative in terms ofdisplayingquestionnaire’s result. meanwhile, it is quantitative in dealing with the collected data reduction, data display, and conclusion. qualitative data analysis is an interpretive process, researcher reflect on their personal viewpoints and how they shape their interpretations of the data (clark & creswell, 2015, p. 364). results and discussion need analysis of learning material context is a process to find students’ expectations and needs by identifying the effective way of instructional material context to be presented. the series of learning needs to be prepared and adapted should be based on the characteristics of studentswhichwere summarized and arranged to achieve the objectives of certainlyexpected competencies. this step can be seen as a process to identify the needs of instructional materials related to writing skill for academic purposes in accordance with the studentscharacteristics, background, and their environmental setting.the indicators of instructional material context analysiscovered, (1) design and organization; (2) language content; and (3) method and techniques applied in instructional material. design and organization students’ comprehension of the material will be determined by the instructional design and organization. students should feel ease in using the instructional material, in other words, the instructional material must be presented according to the students’ requirement. the structure, function, skill presented based on its’ complexity, needs, objectives, difficulties, and usability are the important aspectsof designing and organizing the instructional materials. the design and organization of writing skill materials for academic purposes should be easy to be understood by the students. it should give clear guidance and progressive reinforcement, so the students will have selfconfidence to study the given instructional material personally. students’ perceptions based on their needs should be the basis to design and organize the instructional material. table1. students’ perceptions of design and organization applied in instructional material no indicators percentage of needs demand design and organization 1 instructional materials composition of writing for academic purposes based on the structure, function, topic and skills aspects in accordance with the needs of students. 87 % needed 2 instructional materials composition of writing for academic purposes based on the order of complexity, needs, objectives, difficulties, functions and usability. 80 % needed 3 the display of instructional materials to writing for academic purposes should be clear and easy to understand. 87 % needed 4 instructional materials of writing for academic purposes should provide various exercises and tasks. 80 % needed 5 many template of english writing for academic purposes is required. 87 % needed 6 evaluation of instructional materials of writing for academic purposes should be done periodically. 86 % needed 7 clear guidance of instructional materials of writing for academic purposes is required, so students can learn 85 % needed audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 64 independently. the table shows that the whole components of the instructional materials’design and organization should be organized according to the structure, function, topic and skill aspects required by the students based on the order of complexity, needs, objectives, difficulties, functions, and uses. the questionnaire result was strengthened by the interview results. the interview results showed that the students also need instructional materials thatprovide english language writing models for academic purposes that can be used as examples, as well as various exercises and assignments to support the students’ mastery in writing skill for academic purposes. clear guidance in instructional materials of writing for academic purposes is also required by students as a guidence for autonomous learning, including the need for the instructional materials evaluation. it is important to confirm that the instructional material design and organization of writing for academic purposes should be systematic and student-friendly. the composition of the instructional material should be in line with students’ needs. the way in designing and organizing the instructional material gives impact to students’ understanding and motivation in learning. as a learning aid, it is important to make sure that the designed instructional material can support teaching and learning process. all of the units and exercises should be well linked in terms of theme, situation, function, and topic of writing for academic purposes development, including the order of complexity, needs, objectives, difficulties, and usability of the instructional material. as a productive skill, writing must be practiced a lot. students should be motivated to rehearse through the instructional material. to achieve the ability in writing for academic purposes, students require clear, easy and various exercises and taskswhich can make them develop their performance. exercises and tasks are ways to explore students’ learning experiences and their achievement in writing skills. to enhance the learning goal, the instructional material should provide many templates of english writing for academic purposes.in writing, many given templates in instructional material required toportray students’ attention to its important features, then they are required to produce a similar or parallel text. instructional materials evaluation of writing for academic purposes should be done periodically.it is required by the students in order to measure the suitability of the instructional material with the students’ needs. the things that must be evaluated cover many thingssuch as, the instructional material capability to motivate the students, the impact of the instructional materials, the practicality and clarity of the instructional material, etc. the description above shows us how instructional material should be designed and organized based on the students’ perception. design and organization of the instructional material can be seen as the important performance to attract students’ attention in using the instructional material. by providing clear guidance, good composition, and proper display, the instructional material of writing for academic purposes should be as a source to increase students’ knowledge and skills in order to achieve the learning goals. language content language content in writing skill instructional material for academic purposes concerns with what is being taught. it should be compared with what the students’ need to learn and expect to learn based on their lack, want and necessities in the area of writing for academic purposes. students should realize the relevant and benefit of instructional material content. the students will be motivated in learning when the content of the instructional material related to their interests and their need to perform in the academic field. teachers should notice the impact of given instructional material, especially the language content. it is important to assign the language content that will develop students’ curiosity, interest, and attention in learning. so by the end, the students’ competency will increase. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 65 in the area of writing for academic purposes, the content of instructional material can be the product appoach in term of rhetorical-functional and academic genres, the process approach that will view writing as a creative process, including summarising and paraphrasing. all of the content in the instructional material should be in line with the academic field. table 2. students’ perceptions of language content assigned in instructional material no indicators percentage of needs demand language content 1 the integration of instructional materials of writing for academic purposes with other language skills in accordance with the learning objectives. 81 % needed 2 writing process materials in terms of: 1) exploring ideas; 2) prewriting; 3) organizing; 3) writing first draft; 4) revising; 5) producing the final copy; 6) editing; 7) proofreading. 86 % needed 3 academic genres materials 83 % needed 1) essays 82 % needed 2) reports 80 % needed 3) case studies 50 % not yet needed 4) projects 63 % not yet needed 5) literature reviews 42 % not yet needed 6) exam answers 46 % not yet needed 7) research papers/articles 46 % not yet needed 8) skripsi/theses 44 % not yet needed 4 rhetorical-functional materials 81 % needed 1) description 82 % needed 2) narration 83 % needed 3) instruction 58 % not yet needed 4) explanation 65 % not yet needed 5) definition 82 % needed 6) exemplification 46 % not yet needed 7) classification 82 % needed 8) comparison and contrast 59 % not yet needed 9) cause and effect 59 % not yet needed 10) expressing: purpose, means, prediction, expectancy, reservation, result 40 % not yet needed 11) generalisation and specificity 40 % not yet needed 12) discussion and argumentation (problem and solution) 57 % not yet needed 13) drawing conclusions 48 % not yet needed 5 materials related to applying quotation, footnotes and bibliography 68 % not yet needed 6 materials related to finding and analysing data 63 % not yet needed the previous topics are the essence derived from the entire teaching materials related to writing skills for academic purposes. meanwhile, through the questionnaire and interviews, the researchers also seek the information concerning with the most required language content that should be assigned tothe instructional material. the result of students perceptions shows the most required language content that must be covered in the instructional material by minimum 80%, the percentage of the students’ needs. less than 80% means students have not needed them in this short time according to the learning goal in the academic field. the students need instructional materials of writing for academic purposes that are integrated with other language skills.writing for academic purposes requires input that can be from much varieties of the reading text since it can give the positive impact for students in constructing and composing the written information. writing is the process of constructing any information and knowledge, including concept development. by integrating writing skills with other language skills in the audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 66 instructional material, it can give comprehensive stimulus to develop students’ ability in writing. the combination of receptive and productive skills in the instructional material provide rich and varied input and stimulus in order to facilitate students’ proficiency in writing foracademic purposes. students require writing skills for academic purposes that include writing skills with a product and process approach. for writing skills with a product approach, itshould be focused on the academic genrethat includes essay writing and reports, while for rhetorical-functional, itshould be focused on descriptive, narrative, definition and classification skills. for writing skills with a process approach, the given material related to the stages of the writing process from exploring ideas, prewriting, organizing, writing the first draft, revising the draft, producing the final copy, editing, and proofreading. product approach in writing concerns with the products. many provided models draw attention to its important and required features as the template. students practice through the provided template that describes how and what the students could write.the required genre based on students’ perceptions shows the students’ purposes in writing. they have certain goals and informationto be conveyed based on the learning requirement. on the other hand, process approach in writing as the mental process emphasizes on the process of composing which should be utilized by the students. it focuses on students-centredness by allowing them to express personally started from planning, drafting, rethinking, revising, etc. through the process approach, students learn how to build writing strategies by following some phases to produce a clear, comprehensive and understandable text. the result of the interview informed that students also require the ability to write summary and paraphrasing. in the area of academic purposes, ability in making summary and paraphrasing are the important aspects. students should comprehend the given information and re-write it by using their own words, style and also structure. the most important aspect of summary and paraphrasing is the content or the message that should be delivered. it is amust for the writer and the reader having the same perception and understanding concerning the written information presented. by the end, the language content should deliver the material in order to develop students’ writing ability and applicative in the field of the academic context. it should be related to students’ study skills in which one of them covers writing for academic purposes as the productive skill. integrated language skills should strengthen the instructional material in order to stimulate students due to students’ proficiency in writing for academic purposes. the product and process approach in writing are required by the students to be found in the instructional material of writing for academic purposes which covers; 1) some rhetorical-functional in the form of descriptive, narrative, explanation and definition, 2) academic genre in the form of essay and report, 3) writing process, 4) summary, and 5) paraphrasing. method and technique method and technique applied in the instructional material should give the opportunities for the students to practice a lot. it has to deliver the students toachieve communicative and applicative ability in writing for academic purposes. implemented method and technique in the instructional material should expose the students to practice their writing skill in the authentic and real use. the applied method and technique can be seen as the stimulus to expose the students’ writing ability for academic purposes. table 3. students’ perceptions of method and technique implemented in instructional material no indicators percentage of needs demand methods and techniques 1 question and answer 87 % needed 2 matching activity 81 % needed english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 67 3 communicating strategies 82 % needed 4 pictures and picture stories 86 % needed 5 puzzles and problems 78 % not yet needed 6 discussions and decisions 86 % needed 7 jigsaw 67 % not yet needed 8 information gap 65 % not yet needed 9 problem-solving 87 % needed 10 decision making 85 % needed 11 opinion exchange 87 % needed 12 taking notes 76 % not yet needed 13 concept mapping 86 % needed 14 inferencing 86 % needed 15 discriminating 82 % needed 16 diagramming 71 % not yet needed 17 co-operating 87 % needed 18 using context 73 % not yet needed 19 summarising 81 % needed 20 personalizing 84 % needed 21 self-evaluating 86 % needed 22 reflecting 80 % needed 23 brainstorming 84 % needed 24 mapping it out 84 % needed 25 reorganizing the information 82 % needed 26 completing documents 73 % not yet needed 27 previewing 80 % needed 80 % as the result of students’ perception means that the presented method and technique required by the students to be applied in the instructional material of writing for academic purposes. less than 80 % means that the presented method and technique have not been needed by the students. related to the students’ perception concerning with methods and techniques that should be implemented in instructional material, it was found that methods and techniques of presenting writing instructional materialsfor academic purposes required by students werefocused on assigning tasks or direct practice. in addition, students tended to require techniques that will make them interact with other students. various techniques such as question and answer, discussions and decisions, problem-solving, decision making, opinion exchange, concept mapping, summarizing, using knowledge to learn something (inference), self-evaluating and brainstormingwere needed by students. the finding shows that language learning is accepted more than a set of grammatical rules that should be understoodor many vocabularies that should be memorized by the students. they see the process of language learning as a dynamic process for creating meaning in practicing language skill including writing for academic purposes. due to the students’ expectation, the applied method and technique should be a process of habit formation through many activities, both in exercises and tasks. by the end, the students are not only to know what the writing for academic purposes is but also to know how to write for academic purposes. the various techniques applied in the instructional material were seen as a tool for communication rather than as a set of theoretical term. students require the opportunities to enhance their personal experience related to writing skill for academic purposes through the provided techniques applied in instructional material. various and attractive techniques were seen as a way to link the language learning process and language use.as a learning source, the instructional material should give positive impact for the students in writing skill mastery for academic purposes. by the provided methods and techniques in instructional material, students realize that being mastery in writing skill for academic purposes requires active learning, many practices, emotional experiences, audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 68 thinking process and communicative competence. applied methods and techniques in instructional material required by the students can be seen as a part of communicative exercise principle; the process of learning by doing. the required techniques focus on student-centered and the teacher’s role should be the instructor, organizer, advisor, designer including the manager in the learning process. the required methods and techniques should be authenticity and also problem-solving. by the end, the students’ need and their learning goal in writing for academic purposes will be fulfilled easily due to the design of the instructional material based on the result of need analysis as the basis. based on the results of the questionnaire and observations conducted by the researchers, there are some important findings related to students’ perceptions concerning with instructional materials context of writing skill for academic purposes. re-examining the literature provided in deciding the suitable material, teachers’ understanding of the students’ needs are the most important aspects. related to that, instructional materials’ design and organization should be organized according to the structure, function, topic and skills aspects required by students based on the order of complexity, needs, objectives, difficulties, functions, and uses. the important thing concerning with the language content, students have perceptions that the content of instructional materials of writing for academic purposes should be integrated with other language skills. they need writing materials for academic purposes presented through product and process approach, including summarising and paraphrasing. the product approach should be focused on the academic genresthat includeessay writing and reports, while for rhetorical-functional;itshould be focused on descriptive, narrative, definition and classification skills. for writing skills with a process approach, the material given should be related to the stages of the writing process from exploring ideas, prewriting, organizing, writing the first draft, revising the draft, producing the final copy, editing, and proofreading.the finding in line with the multiple roles of instructional material in the scope of english language teaching. as the source and reference, the instructional material should give the information about the writing skills required by the students. in addition, it should stimulate and motivate the students. to obtain those, it is important to design the content of instructional material based on the students’ needs. students’ perception shows that the methods and techniques applied in the instructional material should give students the opportunities to practice a lot, in other words, it should be communicative and applicative based on student-centered learning approach. as the source of activities for students practice, the applied techniques should present some learning activities to strengthen students’ comprehension in writing for academic purposes. students prefer to use various techniques through communicative interaction. this finding in line with the material roles in which the instructional material should guide the students to practice the language use and to be a source of stimulation and ideas for classroom language activities. by the end, methods and techniques applied in the instructional material of writing skill for academic purposes should be various, attractive, applicative and focus on communicative interaction based on students’ need so that it will give the positive impact in enhancing students’ motivation, performance, and competency in writing skill for academic purposes. conclusion in conclusion, writing proficiency for academic purposes should be mastered by undergraduate students. it is important to provide any learning components to enhance students’ mastery in writing for academic purposes. one of them is instructional materials as the learningsource. the context of instructional materialsshould be developed based on the need analysis focused on studentcentered approach. the findingsinform the teachers or the curriculum designers to identify students’ perspective by promoting their critical awareness in relationto english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 69 instructional materials context, and it helps them to uplift their knowledge and skill in writing for academic purposes. the context of instructional materials must be relevant to students’ learning goal, especially in writing for academic purposes. by the end, it is a must to make sure that the designed instructional materials should be focused on communicative competence. therefore, need analysis is the ground on which instructional materials can be developed in order to lead students’ motivation and proficiency in writing skill for academic purposes. references benavent, g. t.,& sánchez-reyes, s. (2015).target situation as a key element for esp (law enforcement) syllabus design. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 173, 143 – 148. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.02.044 clark, v. l. p.,& creswell, j. w. (2015). understanding research: a consumer’s guide(2nd ed.). nj: pearson education, inc. cunningsworth, a. (1995). choosing your coursebook. oxford: macmillan education. dudley-evans, t.,& st john, m. (1998). developments in english for specific purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. fareed, m., ashraf, a.,& bilal, m. (2016). esl learners’ writing skills: problems, factors and suggestions.journal ofeducation and social sciences, 4(2), 81 – 92. doi: 10.20547/jess0421604201. hutchinson, t., &waters, a. (1987).english for specific purposes: a learning-centered approach. new york: cambridge university press. hyland, k. (2003). second language writing. new york: cambridge university press. hyland, k. (2006). english for academic purposes. oxon: routledge. ivanic, r., &lea, m. r. (2006). new contexts, new challenges: the teaching of writing in uk higher education. in l. ganobcsikwilliams (ed.), teaching academic writing in uk higher education: theories, practice and models. london:palgrave/macmillan. jordan, r.r. (1997). english for academic purposes: a guide and resource book for teacher. cambridge: cambridge university press. lilis, t., & scott, m. (2007). defining academic literacies research: issues of epistemology, ideology and strategy.journal of applied linguistics, 4(1), 5–32.doi: 10.1558/japl.v4i1.5 otilia, s. m. (2015).needs analysis in english for specific purposes. annals of theconstantin brâncuşiuniversity of târgu jiu, economy series, 1 (ii). richards, j. c.,& renandya, w. a. (2003).methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice.cambridge: cambridge university press. tomlinson, b. (2003). developing materials for language teaching. gb: cromwell press. audi yundayani, emzir, & zainal rafli need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes 70 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology christopher babatunde ogunyemi department of english studies, adekunle ajasin university, nigeria e-mail: bbcoguns2@yahoo.se apa citation: ogunyemi, c. b. (2016). ambiguity in autobiographical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 11-24 received: 19-10-2016 accepted: 22-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this paper focuses on the examination of ambiguity in autobiographical writings in nigeria. it underscores the architectonic discourse, cultural alienation and ‘self-elevation’ in some selected autobiographies. ambiguity in this instance visualizes that these male narratives hinge on something, which is what we now wish to excavate as an area of serious academic endeavour. and it also hinges on how saro wiwa’s autobiographies who happen to be male is inevitably sexist in orientation, this will, however, be shown when examining in particular the structuring (narratological devices) of the texts. this work valorizes the cardinal representations of self and male gender in enhancing identity for people of diverse perspectives without appreciating female voices which constitute an integral part of the literary history and ideologue. ‘negating women in art is negating history because history is the main discipline through which we can understand gender’ (brereton, 1998, p. 17). this paper encapsulates the motif of dominance and oppression of women because women were only made to be seen and not heard or even represented in such art. however, this situation is disheartening because while the ‘african feminist accommodates men and make them its central assurance, love and care’ (chukwuma, 1990, p. 15), men who are fickle minded literary ideologues delight in over projecting self using the instrument of ‘i’ in autobiographies without recourse to women who hold some basis to their existence. this research work entails a close analysis of the question of gender and displacement originating from these autobiographical writings originating from nigeria and the configuration of the motif of metaphor in male dominated gender in five autobiographical writings in line with narratology and butler’s theory of performativity. keywords: autobiography, ambiguity, narratives, saro wiwa, butler, narratology introduction autobiographical writings are total representations of events surrounding the writer: male or female. many works have been subjected to the culture of imperialism which in the end shows alienation, pain, sorrow, repression and negation. (calvino, 2004, carruth, 1998 and butler, 1968). however, despite the range and abundance of autobiographical writings from anglophone nigeria, this work fully ‘charts the intersection of multiple, contradictory views of the colonial and post colonial images. it illuminates the concept of community and levels of social integration-a persistent pattern of both resistance and accommodation of the domain of male gender in art’ (brereton, 1998, p. 18). autobiographical works sometimes reflect the entire range of practice, including the slave narrative 11 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology and testimonial, written and oral narratives, spiritual autobiographic, fiction, serial autobiography, verse, diaries and journals, elegy, and parody (d’more, 2012, folkenflik, 1993 and raditlhalo, 2003). the intention of this work is to demonstrate how saro wiwa uses some selected autobiographical works to show specific levels of degradation and environmental waste which affected ogoni culturally, economically and politically. the concern of this work is predicated on the configuration of metaphor in male autobiographical narratives of saro wiwa. the use of ‘male metaphor’, such as artificial creations and self created myths involving the use of ‘i’, and ‘me’ to express life situations most times constitute the focal point for this analysis. in nigeria, many writers such as chinua achebe, aguda, soyinka, obasanjo, buchi emechetta, akachi ezeigbo among others have typified their works in different dimensions to delineate a cordial relationship with societal superstructure. for soyinka in ake, the metaphoric portrayal of self is to denote referentiality between the art and human society; the essence of this is to portray a depiction of art in reality and a reflection of youthful life in contemporary times. reflecting on an event in soyinka’s narrative he opines that: {t}rue, i had done less of grasscutting than most in the formative years but this had been due to the unlucky accident which had nearly taken off my right eye. it had left a permanent scar, a visible reminder to every teacher of what, to everyone, what nothing short of a miracle. overawed by this singular mark of divine protection and, reluctant to tempt fate all over again, the teachers simply ordered me back into the classroom whenever it was time for mowing the grass. i had therefore a retarded education in the art of the oju agba but, i did catch up in my last year in the primary school when the incident had become all but forgotten (1981, p. 169). in the above quotation, the narrator’s childhood reflection is a depiction of the nature of memory and creative imagination which portray metaphors that stimulate the social functioning in society. the narrator would have lost his eyes at childhood; incidentally, it is that same eyes that give him the functioning sight of the society he lives in. the same metaphoric element is visualised by aguda when he says that ‘i never planned to go into the legal profession. i had no ambition, hope or desire to do so, until march 1947, when fate seemed to have left me to no other alternative’ (1980, p. 1). fate had left him in a good choice that spurs him to the legal limelight. writers of the autobiographical narratives either use metaphors in the domain of general and the particular in order to demonstrate their perception of society. our intention in this paper is not to be bogged down by the tradition in writing autobiographical narratives but to examine succinctly male dominance and the background of ‘patrilineage’ in wiwa’s aforementioned works which explain what most africa society’s experience in their contact with one another. according to nwachukwu – agbada, the ‘i’ in african literary autobiographies refers both to personal and public, the private and civic (1987, p. 10). ‘the eye of the society is mostly celebrated in autobiographical narratives’ (nwachukwu-agbada, 2003, p. 9). looking at various narratives, one would agree with emma kafalenos that 12 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee narrative writings ‘provide tools that help to explain the process of perceiving and interpreting event’ (2001, p. 36). however, raditlhalo’s ‘authorizing the self’ is axiomatic, he opines that: at the heart of life-writing are individuals who begin to narrativise their story in most instances for public consumption. while there may be many reasons why people write their life-narratives, in western society at least the genesis of the genre is usually associated with the confessions of saint augustine (c.400) though it reaches back to antiquity with, say, seneca’s letters from a stoic (ca. 63-65). this perception, amongst others, has been instrumental in the logocentricism at the heart of western culture, which is to say that the self has teleological beginning that is uniquely western in origin. it must be added that it is not only western society which has preserved a distinct genre in life writings, as felicity a. nussbaum attests (1988, n. 8). despite evidence to the contrary from scholars outside europe, however, this logocentric view is deeply embedded in western scholarship; an attack on such logocentricism is provided, among other scholars, by gayatri spivak (40). ‘the concept of ‘self’ becomes the major preoccupation in autobiographical writings’ (freedom 2004, raditlhalo, 2003 and fox-genove, 1986). while this kind of narration is a representation of sequential events in the narrative. the representation is a process in which events are revealed successively, one after the other. autobiographical narratives follow the sequence of perceived representation of events conceived in a parallel sequence. kafalenos further explains that this kind of narrative is a sequence in which the identical events occur in chronological order. the russian formalist named the two sequences: sjuzhet (the representation) and fabula (the chronological sequence abstracted from the representation). fabula is made by readers from the information found in a sjuzhet. nigerian autobiographical writings also conform to the application of both sjuzhet and fabula in their narrative portrayal of self in society. the readers make their comments from the explications found in the documented texts and thematic preoccupations which are deeply rooted in the autobiographical narratives. the essence is to guide readers to discern a particular metaphoric configuration in relation to literary activities which interpret given events. readers are led to include in a configuration certain revealed events and not others primarily by the relation between a sjuzhet and its fabula–a relation that is illuminated by gaps (kafalenos, 2001, p. 32). according to kafalenos in looking at barthes’ ‘autobiography’, he opines that: {r}oland barthes identifies “narrative contract” which throws some searchlight in the importance of autobiographical narratives. the bargain in this instance is between the narrator (of both the framing narrative and the contained narrative). as we begin to read the autobiographical narrative, on the first reading, we discover initially mine de rochefide’s motivation. the narrator’s companion is fascinated by the painting she sees at the party to which the narrator has taken her and she says she is “too beautiful for a man” (honore de balzac). the narrative form of an autographical writing is usually shared by both historiography and fictional narrative. this is considered to be the most important parallel between the two genres. here, contemporary literary and historical theories view 13 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology historiography as another art form, which predominated until mid-19th century (ibid). contemporary writers like hayden white (1978) have also attempted to prove the fictional character of historiography by examining its narrative structures and recourse to literary modes of narration. white focuses on the narrative structures at the surface of the texts; he determines the instruments that constitute narrative force (ibid). nigerian autobiographers get their raw materials from historical issues; this is what white in the words of aristotle tags ‘mimetic representation’ of real historical occurrence or historical processes which are part of the narratives. in addition, they are contingent, metaphorical and, in the final analysis, fictional constructs. this means that historical discourse should not be considered as mirror image of the set of events which we simply describe autobiographical (ibid). writings attempt to prove that language and narrative form are not transparent media that merely enable the neutral representation of historical processes. chukwuma remarks that the woman is portrayed in various works including the autobiographical narrative as ‘a handicapped daughter, wife and mother even when the decisions affect her directly’ (2004, p. 131). various narrations have portrayed the fact that the most feasible way to x-ray gender factor of female subjugation in written autobiographies is her economic dependence on men and the social demand that a woman give all her earnings to the home (132). autobiographical literature is as old as man; it spreads gradually from the old period in art till this present dispensation. autobiographical works take many forms, from intimate writings made during life that are necessarily intended for publication (including letters, diaries, journals, memories and reminiscences to formal autobiography (freedom, 1993 and goodman, 1993). ‘outstanding examples of the genre extended from st augustine’s confessions (c. ad 400) to vladimir nabokov’s speak memory (1951). autobiographical narratives, as literary genre, narrate the story of one’s own life’ (raditlhalo, 2003, green, 2009 and hughes, 1993). this writing is predicated on ‘the individual’s quest to narrate his psychoanalysis; this is of interest as the story is told by the patient to the analyst and to himself’ (nwachukwu-agbada, 2003, p. 67). in the modern sense, autobiography began as a form of confession (saint augustine), even though there are memoirs in classical literature, such introspective works can be considered attempts at self-analysis before the psychoanalysis discovery of the unconscious. in 1925, sigmund freud wrote an autobiographical study, in which the story of his life merges with that of the creation of psychoanalysis. according to freud, biographical truth does not exist, since the author must rely on lies, secrets and hypocrisy. the same is true of autobiography. from this point of view, it is interesting that freud framed his theoretical victory and the birth of psychoanalysis in the form of a psychological novel. the function of autobiography is to use scattered bits of memory to create the illusion of a sense of continuity that can hide the anxiety or even of the absence of the meaning of existence, from a purely narcissistic point of view (smith and watson, 2010, smith, 1993 and 1987, chadwick, 2008). the selfreflection in nigerian autobiographical narratives intensifies cultural identity, colonialisation, post-independence 14 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee disillusionment, 1967 to 1970 war experience, the military in politics, corruption in governance and selfrepresentation. the main assumptions of the study are that, if the preoccupation of the male autobiographical narrative is a relative phenomenon to the understanding of historical and socio-cultural configuration in a dynamic society and if the depiction of self in autobiographical narratives is a reflection of developmental current in nigerian worldview. these are the tentative questions the research work attempts to raise and answer in order to explore the literary implications which nigerian autobiographies portray. the questions include: (a) that the configuration of metaphor in male autobiographical narrative propels self-histories in nigerian literature. (b) that these narratives explore some literary devices which point to the glorification of men and their achievements by the image of ‘i’. (c) that in the course of the exploration of these narratives, there are instances of gender conflict which lead to gender consciousness among nigerian women folks. (d) and that there is need to identify some lopsidedness in the projection of self in order to enhance distinct political, social and economic harmony among women for total posterity. the overall aim of the study is to explore succinctly the conceptualization of male metaphors in autobiographical narratives. generally, this work will, the first, focus on the postcolonial male autobiographies in a multi dimensional perspectives with the exposition of the power instrumentations in order to fully explain the focus behind such writings and why they are male dominant. it would situate practical development where all and sundry regardless of sex can be free to contribute to national development socially, economically, and physically and practically. it could create ‘an atmosphere in art whereby such writings have brought about awareness on the part of the women in particular and society in general because with awareness comes education and consciousness-raising, then reaction against all forms of sublimation, denial and marginalization which some forms of writings stand noted for’ (chukwuma, 2004). the second, juxtapose these narratives that originate from nigeria by explaining the various movements which shape the narrative metaphors, images and the use of male dominated ironies of marginalization in the corpus of the works. the third, succinctly investigate the multiplicity of meanings attributed to these male dominated autobiographical stories and natural archetypes they create to limit the exploration of the female gender in art and literature. this would be done by evaluating the philosophical perspectives which govern the notion of “omnipotence” for nigeria men in their worldview as visualized in literature. the fourth act as interface of liberation for the colonized and give the male colonizer a new sense of vision and purpose because strength and gender are not integral factors in enhancing practical and sustainable development which make globalization enhance development in nigeria. the study which investigates male autobiographical narratives and gender imperatives has these four-fold objectives as specific aims: (a) it x-rays recurring male features as archetype in nigerian autobiographical writings. 15 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology (b) it exemplifiers elements of gender distinction and the various reactions attributed to this phenomenon. (c) it shows related reactions in some related primary sources emanating from nigeria. (d) the study visualizes the domination of male configurated metaphors in the autobiographical writings; this factor limits the scope of scholarship society would have been better propelled socially, economically, politically, etc. saro wiwa’s a forest of flowers (1986) encapsulates ‘i’ to metaphorically delineate the hypocrisy of the nigerian government, the church and fellow nigerians. in this work, wiwa presents himself as a portrayal of reality which virtually exposes the various problems encountered by the nigerian people, particularly the ogoni people. similarly, on a darkling plain (1989) is one of wiwa’s war diaries which document the nigerian war experience, this autobiography details levels of political and economic exploitation the ogoni people suffered in the hands of successive nigerian governments. it valorises the sad experience people had in the hands of the multi-national companies that came for oil exploration in the area. genocide in nigeria (1992) takes a cursory overview of a man’s overview and expression of the politics and the environment of the ogoni environment. in his self-remarks, wiwa uses his personal experience to denote the plight of the minority and the economic domination of the ogoni by the nigerian government. the trend shifts to sozaboy (1994) which enhances personal perspective of the ogoni environment. here, saro wiwa demonstrates his personal hatred of the domination of the nigerian government over the ogoni resources and the application of brutal force to reduce the ogoni people through the military encroachment in the area. the work xrays a selfexperience of the tragedy meted out to the ogoni minority in nigeria. a month and a day: a detention diary (1995) is an exploratory autobiographical account of ken saro wiwa’s period in detention. this work echoes the struggle to liberate the ogoni people from the shackles of nigerian imperialism. eventually, he lost his life to the struggle to liberate his people by the sanni abacha self-created judicial enquiry that recommended him for hanging in port harcourt in 1995. the choice of these works is to attempt an examination of ambiguities in saro wiwa’s autobiographical narratives in order to showcase various experiences beginning from the nigerian/biafran war time to the total reliance on crude oil by nigeria and to the total operation of the nigerian minorities. it explains the suppression of the ogoni people and subsequently the contemporary times when economic, political failures have eroded some cultural inclinations in nigeria and the need to expose some levels of corruption and marginalisation of values in the nation’s economy. the above stands as the motivation for the above mentioned justification of works. method the treatment of these research answers to so many questions which are yet to be attended to will enhance the understanding of myth, gender in nigerian autobiographies where the non-existence of female voices in the works of art is feasible. how can equality and sustainable development that is devoid of sexist discrimination be allowed to prevail? a study of unity of purpose in writing would make nigeria 16 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee take a dynamic and mutual relationship in creative art. this research work entails a study of ‘ambiguity in ken saro wiwa’s autobiographical narratives in nigeria’. for that reason, the work will incorporate the desktop writing with the corpus of its primary sources as mentioned above. it will blend the primary sources with the secondary sources that are retrieved from the library. the content analysis will dovetail into the critical analysis of our chosen texts. qualitative approach will be applied to delineate the subject matter of the project. a qualitative approach will be expedient because ‘it will underscore perceptions around the characters in the literary work of art as they move in time and space’ (okpara1990, p. 115). the methodology embodies a close analysis of trends and prognosis of the concept with recourse to the meta-analysis of both the primary and secondary sources. in analyzing the work, attempts shall be carried out in explaining explicitly the salient points which constitute the subject matter. i will use narratology as instruments to delineate the motif of self and male metaphor in literary analysis to evaluate the themes of gender and development in the nigerian autobiographical writings. the methodology also entails the application of this theory in the development of the thesis by blending theories with the traditions of writing. results and discussion for proper understanding of this study, narratology as a literary theoretical would be employed to showcase the application of the science of fiction in autobiographical narrative mieke bal's narratology (1985, p. 3) and gérard genette (1980) define narratology as the theory and the study of narratives. for the sake of this study, we shall dwell on gérard genette narratological works and apply it to the evaluation of our study because the theory aids the german and anglosaxon literary tradition, and it sheds more light to the understanding of the narratological criticism. however, ’narrative does not represent real or fictive story, it recounts it, that is, it signifies it by means of language. there is no place to imitate the narrative. there are simply varying degree of diegesis, narrative moods, mimesis and every text discloses traces of narration’ (pp. 42-43). in addition, narratology lends axiomatic credence to the ‘context of production as fundamental element of the narrative’ (40). narratology details narrative structure and the way it affect our perceptions is examined. in principle, narratology can refer to any systematic study of narratives, though in practice the use of the term is rather more restricted. it is because of this restricted application that this theory is applied to the study and understanding of the male autobiographical narratives and gender imperatives. the word ‘narratology’ is an anglicization of the french word ‘narratologie’ tzvetan todorov in his grammaire du decameron (1969), coins the word, and has been retrospectively applied by many writers. although a linage stretching back to aristotle’s poetics may be traced, modern narratology is most typically said to begin with the russian formalists and in particular with viadimir prop’s morphology of the folktale (1928). due to the origin of the term, it has a strong association with the structuralist quest for a system of formed description that can usefully be applied to any narrative. this aim has not, however, characterized 17 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology all work that is today described narratological. {p}ercy lubbock’s groundbreaking work on point of view, the craft of fiction (1912), is a case in point. jonathan culler argues that the many strands of narratology are all united by recognition “that the theory of narrative requires a distinction between: story” – sequence of actions or events, conceived as independent of their manifestation in discourse and ‘discourse’, the discursive presentation of narration of event” (labov, 2006, p. 49). culler admits that the distinction in narratology is originally proposed by the russian formalists who used the terms fabula and sjuzhet, but a succession of other pairs has perceived what is essentially the same dichotomy for example (christoire/discous historie/recit, story/plot) in his text, the pursuit of signs (1981, p. 13). to a certain extent, the designation of work as narratological or otherwise may have more to do with narratives, stories, autobiographies and sociolinguistics. according to labov (2006), narratology lends credence to conversional analysis, discourse analysis that deal with arising in the course of spontaneous verbal interaction (190). however, constituent narrative structure could be included in the interpretation of male autobiographical narratives (15). more importantly, narratology enables the readers and critics to examine the structure of the autobiographical writings, their cultural artifacts and the ordering of time and space in narrative forms. this is because narratologists love to categorize and to taxonomize, which has led to a plethora of terms to explain the complicated nature of media in our lives (television, film, fiction). nwachukwu-agbada (2003 and 1987) captures the dynamics of autobiographical writing by asserting that these works celebrate ideas, which is spread across periods of time. his conception is predicated on the environment and ‘the result is that practically all the africa literary autobiographies are public gestures derived from a personal struggle with life and agents on the way of psychic, economic, material individual and national fulfillment’ (2003, p. 103). a preponderance of issues, which african autobiographical narratives discuss, reveals various exploitations within the domain of narratology. ‘nigerian autobiographies are not exception because they incorporate various issues in their corpus’ (1987, p. 97). essentially, ‘gender is a series of displays or performance’ (golfman 1957, p. 22, west, 1988, zimmerman, 1975, p. 157 and lucal, 1999, p. 19). to henry macdonald (1988), narratology is traditionally the story of narrative fiction, which is directed mainly to the level of the action of the story and its meanings (1). he further observes that narratology visualizes the narrative presentation of the story which the reader encounters. the story as a separate part of the presentation is an abstract constructed tale. hawthorne opines that it deals with interpretation and the interpretation is “twice-told all telling ultimately retellings (ibid). research in narratology is both prescriptive and descriptive, ‘although this may be socially altered’ (epstein, 1988, p. 231). the analysis is dynamic because autobiographical narrative is a complex phenomenon. the research blends narratological theory with gender theory. the need for the application of these theories is to bring out the nigerian literary ethos in a manner that 18 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee will explore the configurated metaphors art. other researchers have used many approaches to examine the narratives in their own ways. strauss and corbin (1998) applied the analytic strategic approach in their literary application of art. luke eyoh (2003), raditlhalo (2003) and chukwuma (1990), use the sociological approach as suitable critical framework, which clearly illuminate the position of characterization and how they become relevant to the contemporary society in autobiographical and critical analysis. the first aim is to identify elements of existing scholarly definitions that support an autobiographical narrative and then relate the approach to narratology. the significance of this work lies in its extension of previous literature on male autobiographies and gender perceptions. this research work concerns itself with male autobiographical narratives and gender imperatives with concrete allusions to selected autobiographies from nigeria. most autobiographical narratives encapsulate self-histories with a continental or national perception. this category of writing could be vividly perceived to qualify as literary material because of the inescapable manner the autobiographical writers weave functionality and artistic brilliance in their works. the significance of the research lends credence on the patterning of gender matrix with recourse to sociological reference. sociological references here would conceptualise the place of autobiographical narratives in the dynamics of nigerian landscape. we choose to select male authors because of the peculiar theme of male chauvinism and related sectional metaphors which are embedded in our collective memory. narratology and autobiographical narratives demonstrate more insight into the application of scientific instruments in african narratives. autobiographical works capture many strands of ‘events and sequences in human society’ raditlhalo, 2003, sternberg, 1988 and spegman, 1980). however, one can say that ‘autobiography covers the many different accounts that authors make of their experiences’ (berryman 1999, p. 72 as quoted by javangwe, 2011, p. 8). ‘the term is a derivation from a greek word ‘auto’ meaning ‘self’, ‘bios’‘life’ and ‘graphe’writing. in etymological sense, autobiography thus refers to self and life writing’ (ibid). this account goes further to comment that: memoirs are included in the scope of autobiography that gives particular attention to matters of contemporary interest not closely affecting the author’s inner –life. there are obvious conflations into generally accepted autobiography, as a genre, autobiography cannot exist without either of the elements of fact or fiction (ibid). autobiographical study propels the understanding of the framework of self in the depiction of personal experience, ‘the self and national identity’ (9). however, autobiographical narrative ‘constructs the individual as a distinct existence from the rest and at another allows the same individual to be subsumed within this group as the embodiment of its core values’ (10). the autobiographical narrative, therefore, locates the individual more critically at the centre of nationalistic politics. autobiography then performs the narrative function of capturing the individual lives that are both congruous and dissonant with the cultural fictions encouraged and imagined through the nation as an 19 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology imagined community (anderson, 1983 as quoted by javangwe, 2011, p. 11). inherent themes of man and society dominate the preoccupations of autobiographical art. this preoccupation is brought about by language which is used to express the ‘representation of series of events’ (12). this ‘series of events’ is regarded as being sequential in autobiographical work because it expresses the narrative by exploring its relevance, significance and purpose. autobiographical work of art moves in time and space. it examines the chronological and systematic rendition of one’s life experience in various dimensions. to start with, raditlhalo (2003) traces the origin of autobiographical writing to the confessions of saint augustine. his observation is axiomatic of the fact that life writing becomes transmitted from one generation to the other. he further submits that: following the tradition of saint augustine, for example, coins the autobiography of jean-jacques rousseau (the confessions, 1781), which ushered in the male secular hero intent creating himself with a view to worldly fame and success. as jill kerr conway suggests, this model of the napoleonic hero emerges next to augustine and rousseau in creating the self “who embodies the feelings of his people in battle for political and economic freedom”. later comes economic man as a model, self created, given full expression in benjamin franklin’s autobiography (41). though, autobiographical writing emerges within the western scholarship, it has gained frequency in world literature and, african literature is not an exception. the major preoccupation in the autobiographical narrative is the portrayal of ‘self’ which has been portrayed as a vehicle of transmission of cultural values and idiosyncratic nouns of human society. however, the self-absorption of the male hero in the texts is perhaps unsurprising: after all, history (with a capital “h”) has always been seen as gender-based, and therefore what western writers wrote was taken as germane. the feeling that an ‘authentic’ reality can be brought about through the strivings of individuals might account for the reverence in which certain early thirtieth-century writes are held and canonized (42). although raditlhalo models the sidonic smith‘s ‘teleological aspects of all purposeful, rationalizing the self’ by ‘interlocking phrases in western society’ (42) to the concept of self in african cosmology while vambe’s from rhodesia to zimbabwe (1978) models critically the autobiographical fact and fiction to explore results. my arguments dovetail into the exploration of male metaphors in selected autobiographical works to illuminate the element of gender configuration in nigeria. these explorations shall visualize the definitions of ‘self’ in reality because: this presupposes phrases which reality is mediated by the self, seeking reason for life’s inexplicable phenomena and arriving at a logo which makes meaning of one’s life patterns. but central to such reasoning, in heracliatean terms, is an important premise that at each juncture of this continual search the self evolves (raditlhalo, 2003, p. 44). ‘if we therefore consider the self in autobiographical writing, we realize how, even with narratorial progress, the logos of the self keeps changing, reflecting and refracting its milieu and circumstances’ (ibid). it is these reflections of circumstance that ‘refract’ 20 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee various male motifs writers of autobiographies attempt to demonstrate in their writings. male and female dichotomies in autobiographical art are ‘resolution of the social impasse within the purview of the hegelian dialectic of thesis and antithesis in the oppressor/oppressed matrix’ (fanon, 1967). the proposal for such resolution betrays a materialist, dialectic vision stridently amplified by most autobiographical writers. the major terms explored in this thesis include ‘autobiography’ ‘narrative and gender imperative’, i will only limit myself to their connotative definitions here because these terms would subsequently be applied to my future discourse. by so doing, we shall experience their deep and implied meanings as they are used connotatively and denotatively a. ambiguity uncertainty or inexactness of meaning in language. a lack of decisiveness or commitment resulting from a failure to make a choice between alternatives. (free dictionary) b. autobiography a story about a person’s life, written by that same person or a self writing. raditlhalo sheds more light on the scenario: autobiographical texts exemplify eagleton’s point because they use fictional narrative strategies. whereas the account we read is ‘true’, in its rendition the society’s self-representation is reconstructed by the subject who draws on the full range of linguistic flexibility and the permutations of descriptiveness and metonymy that are denied a formal, straight historical account of any era. however, this does not mean that such historical predicates are a basis for what can be outright lies, but rather that it is for the subject the very fabric in which to insert a life. thus, in order to explicate autobiographical writings of the periods under study, it is essential to bear in mind the intertwining of history with power (or lack thereof), together with culture. while autobiographical subjects, for want of any other yardstick with which to delineate time, will necessarily refer to dates as markers of their passage from one stage to the next in life, these significations of ‘real lives’ remain but attempts to partially abolish the very history within which they operate. history cannot be left behind, or totally discarded, but autobiographical subjects seek to defy its autonomy in the construction of their identities (2003, p. 61-62). c. narratives. descriptions of events (either in a diachronic way or in a synchronic way-emphasis mine) this work would be a contribution to research on male autobiography and the gender question. this issue of gender is of paramount importance to world literature and globalization. many autobiographical would see the work as a redirection while creating new myths and metaphors in order to satisfy the yearnings of development and globalization, equality and the understanding of class stratifications in new writings. the work is also a recent contribution to academics. conclusion this section probes into the concept of male autobiographical narratives and gender imperative in nigeria. it is 21 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology expedient to state the aforementioned autobiographical narrative follows the sequence of literary ideologue that lends credence to male superiority and female relegation in literature. the study will demonstrate that in any social context, there is bound to be conflict and conflict resolution. narratology and autobiographical theory were used to explore the basis for this presentation. this analysis is contained in an assertion that autobiographical works ‘charts the intersection of multiple, contradictory views of the colonial and post-colonial images. it also examines the concepts of community integration and levels of social integration. it appreciates persistent pattern of resistance and accommodation within the levels of male gender in arts’ (10) as it moves in time and space. refernces bal, m. (1988). narratology: introduction to the theory of narratives. u totonto press. balzac de h. factual narratives”. retrieved from http: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ honor%c3%a9 de balzac brereton, b. (1998). gender in contemporary literature. may and baker. new york. berryman, c. (1999). critical mirrors: theories of autobiography, in mosaic: a journal for the interdisciplinary study of literature. butler, l. (1968). the difficult art of autobiography. oxford: claredon. calvino, i. (2004). hermit in paris: autobiographical writings. new york. vintage. carruth, h. (1988). reluctantly: autobiographical essays (writing rewriting) port townsend: copper canyon press. chadwick, h. (2008). saint augustine: confessions. oxford university press. chukwuma, h. women writing: feminism and national development in nigeria (an inaugural lecture series, 35 university of port harcourt, february 5, 2004 ------------------voices and choices: the feminist dilemma in four african novels literature and black aesthesis, ed ernest n. emenyonu, ibadan: heinemann, 1990 culler, j. (1981) the pursuit of signs: semiotics, literature, deconstruction. (eds.). ithaca cornell up. d’more, j. (2012). american authorship and autobiographical narrative: mailer, widerman eggars, (american literature readings in the twentyfirst century). basinstoke: palgrave, macmillan. epstein, c. f. (1988). deceptive distinction: sex, gender, and the social order. new haven: yale university press. eyoh, l. e. socio-political protest and poetic imagination in clark-bekederemo’s poetry. j. english studies university port harcourt, april 2003. fanon, f. (1967). the wretched of the earth. trans. constance farrington. harmondsworth: penguin. folkenflik, r. (1993). introduction: the institution of autobiography. robert folkenflik (eds.). the culture of autobiography: constructions of self representation. stanford: stanford u. press. fox-genovese, e. (1986). my statue, my self: autobiographical writings of afroamerican women. shari benstock (eds.). the private self: theory and practice of women’s autobiographical writings. london: routledge. freedom, p. d. (2004). autobiographical writing across disciplines: a reader. durham: duke university press books. -------------------(1993). the intimate critique: autobiographical literary criticism. durham: duke university books. freud, s. (1925). an autobiographical study, se 20. garfinkel, h. (1967). studies in ethno methodology. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice-hall. goffman, e. (1959). the presentation of self in everyday life. new york: doubleday. 22 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee goodwin, j. (1993). autobiography: the self made text. new york: twayne. genette, g. (1980). narrative discourse. cornell university press. green, t. t. (2009). a fatherless child: autobiographical perspectives of african american. men. lemone: university of missouri press. head, b. (1990). a woman alone: autobiographical writings. london: heinemann. hughes, l. (1993). i wonder: an autobiographical journey. new york: hill and wang, javangwe, t. d. (2011). contesting narratives: constructions of the self and the nation in zimbabwean political autobiography. unpublished d.litt et phil project submitted to the department of english studies of the university of south africa, unisa. kafalenos, e. (2001). not yet knowing: epistemological effects of deferred and suppressed information in narratives new york. the psychology of life stories reviews of general psychology, 5, pp. 100-122. labov, w. (2006). the social stratification of english in new york city. washington, d.c. centre for applied linguistics, cambridge: cambridge university press. lucal, b. (1999). what it means to be gendered me: life on the boundaries of a dichotomous gender system. gender and society 13, pp. 781-797. mcadams, d. p. (2005). the wisdom of experience: autobiographical narratives across adulthood. international journal of behavioral development, 29(3). mc adams, d. p. (1990). unity and purpose in human lives: the emergence of identity as a life. story. in a.i rabin, r.a.zucker, r. a. emmos, & r. a. frank (eds.). studying persons and lives (pp. 148-190). new york: springer. mcdoanld, h. (1988). the narrative act: wittgenstein and narratology. oxford: basil blackwell. nwachukwu-agbada, j. o. j. (1987). protect and faith in wole soyinka’s autobiographies. the literary half – yearly xxviii. 2. nwachukwu-agbada, j. o. j. environment and ‘i’ of the beholder in african literary autobiographies. working papers. a journal of english studies (university of port harcount) (eds.). eldred ibibbien green, april 2003. okpara, c. (1990). the foot as metaphor in female dreams: analysis of zaynab alkalis novels’ literature and black aesthestics. (eds.). ernest n. emenyunu, ibadan: heinemann. prop, v. (1985). morphology of the folktales. 1928. wallston. hillsdade, nj: lawrence erlbaum. associates, inc. raditlhalo, s. i. (2003). who am i? the construction of identity in twentiethcentury south african autobiographical writing in english. a phd dissertation submitted and published by the university of groningen, the netherlands. saro wiwa, k. (1986). a forest of flowers. london: longman. saro wiwa, k. (1989). on a darkling plain: an account of the nigerian civil war. port harcourt. saros international publishers. saro wiwa, k. (1992). genocide in nigeria. port harcourt. saros international publishers. saro wiwa, k. (1994). sozaboy. ibadan: longman. saro wiwa, k. (1995). a month and a day: a detention dairy. london: penguin. smith, j., dixon, r. a., & baltes, p. b. (2000). expertise in life planning: a new research approach to investigating wisdom. in j. d. sinnott, f. a. richards., & c. adams (eds.). adult development: comparisons and applications of developmental models. vol. 1. new york: pager. smith, s., & julia, w. (2010). reading autobiography: a guide for interpreting life narratives, 2nd edition st paul: university of minnesota press. 23 christopher babatunde ogunyemi ambiguity in autobigraphical narratives in nigeria: valorizing sexism and displacement in ogoni cosmology smith, s. (1993). subjectivity, identity and the body: women’s autobiographical practises in the twentieth century. bloomington and indianapolis: indiana university press. -----------(1987). a poetics of women’s autobiography: marginality and the fictions of self-representation. bloomington: indiana university press. spengeman, w. (1980). the forms of autobiography: episodes in the history of a literary genre. new haven & london: yale university press. sternberg, r. j. (1998). a balance theory of wisdom and autobiographical narratives. review of general psychology, 2, pp. 347-365. strauss, a., & juliet, c. (1998). basic of qualitative research .thousand. oaks, ca: sage publications. the free dictionary. retrieved from http://www.thefreedictionary.com/m etaphor todorov, t. (1969). grammaire du decameron. the hague: montou. vambe, l. (1976). from rhodesia to zimbabwe. london: heinemann. webster, j. d. (2003). an exploratory analysis of a self-assessed life story. journal of adul development, 10, pp. 13-22. west, c., & angela, g. (1988). conversational shift work: a study to tropical transitions between women and men. social problems 35, pp. 55-575. white, h. (1978). topics of discourse: essays in cultural criticism. baltimore: the john hopkins. zimmerman, d. h., & candace, w. (1975). sex role, interruptions and silences in conversation. in language and sex: difference and dominance, ed. b. thorne and n. henley. rowley, ma: newbury house. 24 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts vina agustiana department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia. email: v.agustiana08@gmail.com apa citation: agustiana, v. (2016). combining product and process based-approaches to teaching writing discussion texts. english review, 4(2), 195-208 received: 06-01-2016 accepted: 07-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this study examines the activities of teaching-learning writing discussion texts when product and process-based approach combination is implemented in efl writing classroom, the effects of applying the writing approach on efl students’ writing skill, and the students’ attitude toward the implementation of writing approach in the classroom. it uses a mixed-methods through applying an embedded design by involving 24 second-grade students of a private university in west java, indonesia. there were four instruments used, namely field notes, videotapes, students’ tests (pre-test and post-test), and questionnaires. the findings show that the students were actively involved in class when the teacher applied the writing approach in writing classroom. there was also the improvement in the students’ writing skill based on the result taken from the students’ tests since the level of significance (two-tailed) in paired t-test is less than the alpha (0.000<0.05). qualitatively, the improvements were also found in generic features, textual language, and syntactical language aspects. in addition, the students showed highly positive attitude (4.35 average score) toward the implementation of the approach in the classroom. keywords: writing, writing skill, discussion texts, product and process-based approach combination introduction nowadays, students may begin to realize the significance of writing by becoming aware that writing takes particular conventional forms in different contexts. however, based on the researcher’s experience, the students found it difficult to compose their writing logically. lack of understanding on how to write a good written product is the major problem the students encountered. this problem has led to an interest to investigate how to improve the students’ writing skill. writing plays an important role as a mean of communication. nunan (1999) states that in fact, the similar range of broad functions are served by written language and spoken language; it is used to get things done, to provide information and to entertain. furthermore, the graphic representation of spoken language is a written language (brown, 2001). it is in line with meyers (2005, p. 2) that “writing is speaking to others on paper or a computer screen”. additionally, patel and jain (2008) imply that linguistic behavior, which presents sounds of language in visual symbols, refers to writing. therefore, it is obvious that writing is an activity to express the ideas, thoughts, and feelings into the written language. writing skill is one of productive skills, which is not fully attained only through the talent, but it will be improved by doing practice. in line with this, patel & jain (2008) imply writing is a skill, which must be taught and 195 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts practiced since it is an essential feature of language learning because of presenting a very good means of foxing vocabulary, spelling, and sentence pattern. when we write, we are producing language (harmer, 2007a). additionally, ur (1999) claims that differ from speaking skill which is acquired intuitively, the writing skill is in most cases deliberately taught and learned. in addition, meyers (2005, p. 2) says, “writing is partly a talent, but it’s mostly a skill, and like any skill, it improves with practice”. hence writing skill is one of productive skills that require practice to create a good and clear written product. the writing complexity appears when students start to write. they do not know what they should write at first whereas the students are expected to be able to present their ideas well in the written form. according to national writing project (2003), the complexity of writing causes teaching writing is very challenging task for english teachers in education field. besides, this complexity may affect the students’ attitude on writing. considering the problems encountered by students, harmer (2007a) suggests that the teachers find appropriate methods and methodological beliefs to lead the teaching practice. in addition, if there are appropriate methods, it will be possible to change the students’ attitude in writing, that writing can be an interesting, easy, and enjoyable activity. over the last 20 years, product and process based approaches have dominated much of the teaching of writing in efl/esl classrooms (hasan and akhand, 2010). considering that both approaches have their own strengths and weaknesses, teachers are not able to apply only one approach in classroom. it may be possible that while in some classes, the product-based approach might prove successful, and the process based approach might be useful for another. the product based approach and process based approach can be differentiated each from the other on the basis of their emphasis. the distinction can be summed up in this way: “the process writing represents a shift in emphasis in teaching writing from the product of writing activities (the finished text) to ways in which text can be developed” (hasan and ahkand, 2010, p. 80). in addition, nunan (2000) clearly states that the product approach focuses on writing tasks in which the learner imitates, copies and transforms models of correct language while the process approach focuses on the steps involved in creating a piece of work. the productbased approach emphasizes mechanical aspects of writing, such as focusing on grammatical and syntactical structures and imitating models. this approach is primarily concerned the correctness and form of the final product, and “highlights the learner’s final piece of work instead of how it is produced” (hasan and ahkand, 2010, p. 81). however, this approach fails to recognize that the ideas are created and formulated during the process of writing. on the other hand, “the process based approach emphasizes how the writing emerges as the result of a distinct process which advances through several stages until the writing is complete” (harmer, 2007a, p. 326). the teacher guides the students during the writing process, but initially the teacher does not emphasize correctness and the final product. instead of worrying about form, the students concentrate on writing. therefore, the product of writing will improve with the discovery involved in composing. 196 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee there are some previous studies concerning the process-based approach to teaching writing (mashori, 2007, ngadiman, 2012, diliberto, 2013; holmes, 2014), the combination of product based approach and process based approaches to teaching writing (gabrielatos, 2002; hasan and akhand, 2010), and the use of process based approach and genre approach (foo, 2007). given the fact that there are no studies existing in indonesian about the use of the product and process based approach combination to teaching writing at undergraduates’ level and focusing on discussion text, this study is conducted to explore the implementation of product and process based approach combination to teaching writing discussion texts in indonesian context at undergraduates’ level. the present study concerns three main purposes. the first is to describe the teaching-learning writing activities when the product and process based approach combination is implemented in efl writing classroom. the second is to investigate the effects of applying product and process based approach combination on efl students’ writing skill. the third is to describe the students’ attitude toward the implementation of product and process based approach combination in efl writing classroom. there are five reasons to combine these approaches. first, since in early stage of product-based approach the students are encouraged to mimic a model text (gabrielatos, 2002); it leads the students to organize the structure of the text (generic features). meanwhile, the process-based approach does not focus on this. second, the product-based approach also helps the students to practice the linguistic features of the text (hasan & akhand, 2010) while the process-based approach does not provide this stage. third, the processbased approach helps the students to organize their ideas in three stages, namely brainstorming, planning, and mind-mapping (ngadiman, 2012) whereas the product based approach only provides one stage of organizing the ideas. fourth, the process based approach provides many stages of writing to develop the quality of students’ written product (coffin, c., curry, m. j., goodman, s., hewings, a., lillis, t. m. s., & joan., 2003) while the product based approach only provides one stage of writing the final product. fifth, the students get feedback of their written product from their peers (tribble, 1996) and the teacher (sun & feng, 2009) in the process based approach. considering the strengths and the weaknesses of the product and process based approaches, therefore, a combination of two approaches is necessary to maximize the writing product. the stages of the combination of product and process based approach is shown in table 1. according to table 1, there are 10 stages of product and process based approaches combination. the implementation of the combination may take place in six meetings. table 1 stages of product and process based approach combination stage product approach process approach meeting 1. modeling first 2. practicing 3. organizing the ideas. brainstorming. 197 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts 4. planning / structuring. second 5. mind mapping. 6. writing the first draft. third 7. peer-feedback. fourth 8. editing. 9. writing the written product. writing the final draft. fifth 10. evaluation and teachers’ feedback. sixth this study uses discussion texts as the teaching material. thai (2009) distinguishes this text based on purpose, text structure, and linguistic features. discussion text aims to present both sides of an issue before coming to a conclusion. the structures are statement of the issue (outlining the issue), series of arguments (against and for), and concluding statement (summing up both sides and recommendation). the linguistic features of discussion text are modality, emotive language, generic participants, specific participants, thinking verbs, action verbs, and complex sentences. method with regard the research objectives, this study uses a mixed methods research. “mixed methods research is an approach to inquiry involving collecting both quantitative and qualitative data, integrating two forms of data and using distinct design that may involve philosophical assumptions and theoretical frameworks” (creswell, 2014, p. 4). “this is a new approach as it aims to put quantitative and qualitative data together” (malik & hamied, 2014, p. 266). by mixing the data, this study presents the better understanding of the problem than by using either data set one by one. this study applied an embedded design to answer different questions, which need different types of data to answer (malik & hamied, 2014). the researcher collected both the quantitative and qualitative data simultaneously during the study. this study is qualitative in terms of collection and analysis of observation data (field notes and videotapes). meanwhile, it is quantitative in dealing with test scores and responses to questionnaire. there were four sources of evidence, namely observations (field notes), audiovisual materials (videotapes), tests (pre-test and post-test), and questionnaires. data collection was conducted in fourteen meetings which were divided into three stages, namely preliminary stage, teaching-learning writing stage (phase 1 and phase 2), and closing stage. they began at april, 16th 2015 to may, 25th 2015. the first data source were field notes. field notes were primary data to explore the teaching-learning writing activities during the implementation of product and process based approach combination in teaching writing. in this case, the researcher played a role as a participant observer who involved in activities at the research site (creswell, 2012). the teacher noted the activities during the process of teaching learning writing after leaving the setting. the second were audiovisual materials. audiovisual materials consist of images or sounds that researchers collect to help them understand the central phenomenon under study (creswell, 2012). videotapes were used 198 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee as the audiovisual materials in this study. videotapes were used to gain the description of classroom activity during the observation. to keep the accuracy and authenticity of videotapes used, the researcher asked a camera operator to video the teaching-learning writing activities. the video making took place for fourteen meetings. the third were students’ tests. the tests were used to find the effect of the use of the product and process based approach combination in efl writing classroom on the students’ writing skill. in this study, the tests consisted of pre test and posttest. in each test, the studnets were expected to create a discussion text with the topic given. the fourth were questionnaires which aimed to describe the students’ attitude toward the implementation of product and process based approach combination in efl writing classroom. a set of closed-ended questionnaires was used. all students were asked to choose one choice in the questionnaires that best describe their feeling toward the items. the questionnaires were in likert-scale form. it consisted of 25 items, which belonged to two major themes, namely the general attitude toward the product and process based approach combination, and the attitude toward each steps of product-and-process based approach combination. the first theme consisted of five categories, namely motivation, effectiveness, learning situation in the class, comparison with other approach, and the ease of the step. the second theme consisted of 10 categories, namely modeling, practicing, brainstorming, planning, mind mapping, writing the first draft, peer-feedback, editing, writing the second draft, and evaluation and teacher’s feedback. the items were analyzed by three aspects, namely affective, behavioral, and cognitive views (oskamp & schultz, 2005). considering the importance of questionnaire items, a pilot study was conducted to maintain the validity of the data. all the items in questionnaire were tried out with five efl students who were not involved in the study, “for suggestions and advice, particularly regarding whether the questions were ambiguous, vague, or confusing” (see emilia, 2005, p. 84). in analyzing the data obtained, the researcher used qualitative and quantitative data analysis according to the types of data gathered. the field notes and videotapes were anayzed qualitatively. meanwhile, the students tests were analyzed statistically and qualitatively. in addition, the questionnaires were analyzed with descriptive statistically. there were some steps the researcher conducted to analyze the qualitative data, namely: (1) watching the videotapes and reading the field notes; (2) comparing the activities taken from the videotapes with the field notes; (3) comparing the evidences of videotapes and field notes with lesson plans; (4) identifying the teaching-learning writing activities in every stage of teaching writing; (5) identifying the changes of the students’ attitude and the students’ writing skill in every meeting; and (6) presenting the evidences of every activity of each meeting into a written form. with regard the validity of the study, the students’ tests including pretest and post-test were scored by two raters. the first rater was the researcher, and the second rater was a writing lecturer in that university. in order to have the same perception in assessing 199 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts the students’ tests, the researcher had explained the writing scoring rubric assessment used in the study for the second rater before they assessed the students’ tests. afterwards, the pre-test of the first rater was calculated with the pre-test of the second rater to find the final scores of the students’ pre-test. furthermore, the post-test of the first rater was calculated with the post-test of the second rater to find the final scores of the students’ post-test. the scores would be calculated to examine the effect of the product and process based approach combination on the students’ writing skill. this aimed to test the null hypothesis of the study which stated that the product and process based approach does not affect the students’ writing skill. there were several steps to test the hypothesis, namely normal distribution test, homogeneity of variance test, and comparing means. to avoid the error in calculating the data, data taken from the test were analyzed by spss 20.0 for windows. the third data sources, questionnaires, were analyzed by descriptive statistics. descriptive statistics is used to summarize data (hatch & farhady, 1982). before being calculated, the sets of closed-ended questionnaires were sorted. if the whole items were not filled, the data were not taken, avoiding the invalid data. the questionnaire used the five-point likertscale. the scales were strongly agree (5), agree (4), uncertain (3), disagree (2), and strongly disagree (1). the scores were calculated by using microsoft office excels in order to simplify their tabulation. the scores were analyzed based on five level of the students’ attitude, namely highly positive, positive, normal, negative, and highly negative as attached in table 2. table 2. the categorization of students’ attitude level students’ attitude level range of score item level highly positive 4.201-5.0 positive 3.401-4.20 normal 2.601-3.40 negative 1.801-2.60 highly negative 1.00-1.80 results and discussion the process of teaching-learning writing activities the teaching-learning writing by using the product and process based approach combination took place in twelve meetings. during these activities, there were seven points to highlight. first, since the students had not been taught writing by using this approach, they were curious to apply this approach in learning writing. it was indicated in the preliminary stage that when the teacher overviewed the schedule of the teaching-learning writing, they asked the students to describe the activities in all stages since they were not familiar with the stages. second, during the implementation of the product and process based approach combination there was a different toward the students’ attitude toward this writing approach. in phase 1, the teacher used her best effort to stimulate the students to speak at class through proposing the questions related to the teaching writing and their experience at every pre-activity 200 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in every meeting. this effort worked. the students were actively involved in all activities of the teaching-learning writing. besides, they were not also afraid to convey their ideas toward the topic. third, the students were able to work in group discussion and in peerdiscussion as indicated in modeling stage, practicing stage, generating ideas through brainstorming stage, and editing stage. in modeling stage and practicing stage, the students were expected to identify the genre of the model text, and practice some of linguistic features found in the text. these stages allowed the students to have a discussion with their peers. thus, the peer-discussion appeared in these stages. besides, the generating ideas through brainstorming stage aimed to help the students to generate their ideas on the topic. since this study applied the group brainstorming, the students were expected to share their ideas with their peers (peer-discussion). in addition, there was also the peer-discussion in editing stage since this stage consisted of clarifying session. in clarifying session, the students clarified the feedback from their peers and discussed the errors found in the text with them. fourth, the students also were able to work individually in some stages, namely in generating ideas through planning stage, generating ideas through mind-mapping stage, writing the first draft stage, peer-feedback stage, and writing the final draft stage. in these stages, the students were expected to use their own knowledge and ability to do all activities in every stage. the students planned and mapped their ideas individually in order to apply these ideas in writing the first draft. afterwards, the students were also expected to assess and give feedback toward their friends’ text individually by using the guidelines provided by the teacher. lastly, the students were also expected to use their writing skill in writing a discussion text in writing the final draft. regarding to the purposes, the students were expected to work individually in these stages. next, the relationship between the teacher and the students became closer since there was a lively interaction between the students and the teacher during the evaluation and teacher’s feedback stage. considering the purpose of this stage which stated that the teacher were expected to assess and give feedback toward the students’ text, the teacher gave more time to the students to discuss their text with the teacher. being assessed, the students were pleased getting the teacher’s feedback. as indicated in this stage, the students who had no time to discuss their text with the teacher showed their disappointment. then, in writing the text, most students conducted only one generating ideas stage (mind-mapping in common) and made a plan. a student always made his plan in indonesian while the other students made their plan in english. according to the excerpt, the students made the plan to avoid the error, which probably appeared in their draft; and to maintain the handwriting, which probably affected the presentation. the seventh point was that there was the improvement in the students’ writing skill. each stage of the product and process based approach combination affected each writing aspect. firstly, regarding the modeling stage, the teacher provided a model text which was good in terms of genre. this was effective to help the students improve the generic features aspect. secondly, regarding the practicing stage, this stage 201 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts was effective to help the students improve the textual language and syntactical language aspects since the students practiced to make sentences using linguistic features used in the text. thirdly, since the students generated their ideas in group brainstorming, the students were able to enrich their ideas related to a topic given for discussion. next, the students were able to organize their ideas through planning and mindmapping. and then, through peerfeedback, the students were able to find the errors in their first draft regarding the textual language, syntactical language, and spelling aspects. besides, the students were also able to apply the self-assessment toward their draft using the peer-assessment guidelines. aferwards, editing stage and writing the second draft stage helped the students to improve their first draft based on the peer-feedback. lastly, evaluation and teacher’s feedback helped the students to improve their knowledge on writing since the teacher evaluated and gave feedback toward the students’ final draft. the effects of the implementation of product and process based approach combination on the students’ writing skill with regard the second research objective, the result of the students’ pretest and post-test data analysis are used. this aims to find the effects of the product and process based approach combination on the students’ writing skill whether it affects or does not affect the students’ writing skill. data from the students’ tests were analyzed statistically and qualitatively to examine the improvement in the students’ writing skill. statistically, there were three different tests conducted, namely normal distribution test, homogeneity of variance test, and comparing means test. the normal distribution test used the kolmogorov-smirnov statistic, the homogeneity of variance test used the levene statistic, and comparing means test used the paired t-test. qualitatively, there were some improvements found in students’ discussion texts. the first test was the normal distribution test. it aims to find whether the data was normally distributed. the kolmogorov-smirnov statistic was applied in this study. the result of the normal distribution test was shown in table 3. table 3 the result of the normal distribution test tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova statistic df sig. pretest ,141 24 ,200* posttest ,144 24 ,200* *. this is a lower bound of the true significance. the level of significance as the result of the normal distribution test was compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was 0.05. table 3 showed that the pre-test’s level of significance in normal distribution test was 0.20. since the pre-test’s level of significance was higher than the alpha (0.20>0.05), the data of the students’ pre-test was normally distributed. regarding the data taken from the post-test, table 3 showed that the post-test’s level of significance in normal distribution test was 0.20. since the post202 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee test’s level of significance was higher than the alpha (0.20>0.05), the data of the students’ post-test was normally distributed. the result of normal distribution test showed that the data taken from the students’ pre-test and post-test were normally distributed. thus, the hypothesis testing would use the parametric statistics, namely t-test. the second test was the homogeneity of variance test. it aims to find whether the data is homogenous. the homogeneity of variance test used in the study was the levene statistic. the result of the homogeneity of variance test was shown in table 4. table 4. the result of homogeneity of variances test test of homogeneity of variances levene statistic df1 df2 sig. 1,484 5 12 ,266 the level of significance as the result of the homogeneity of variances test was compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was 0.05. table 4 showed that the level of significance was 0.266. since the level of significance in homogeneity of variances test was higher than the alpha (0.266>0.05), the students’ score of pre-test and post-test were homogenous. the third test was the comparing means test. it aims to test the hypotheses of the study. since the means compared were the mean score of the students’ pretest and post-test, the hypotheses testing was analyzed by using the paired t-test. there were two hypotheses of the study, namely: • ho: the product and process based approach combination does not affect the students’ writing skill. • h1: the product and process based approach combination affects the students’ writing skill. the level of significance as the result of the paired t-test was compared with the alpha level. the alpha level was 0.05. the result of the paired t-test was shown in table 5. table 5 the result of the paired t-test paired samples test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pretest – posttest -12,625 3,921 ,800 -14,281 -10,969 -15,774 23 ,000 table 5 showed that the level of significance (2-tailed) was 0.000. since the level of significance in paired t-test was less than the alpha (0.000<0.05), h0 was rejected. therefore, h1, which stated that the product and process based approach combination does affects the students’ writing skill, was accepted. it indicates that there was the improvement of the students’ writing skills before and after the students given the treatment. thus, statistically, the effect of applying product and process based approach combination in the 203 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts writing classroom was improving the students’ writing skill in writing the discussion text. qualitatively, the effect of applying product and process based approach combination also appeared in the students’ written product. two students’ text, a pre-test and a post-test, were analyzed. the student’ pre-test entitled sould we follow the west, and the student’post-test entitled should we marry someone who supplies us money than someone whom we love? they belonged to ye who was a high achiever student. there was the improvement in some aspects of students’ discussion text between pre-test and post-test. there were some improvements found especially in three aspects, namely generic features, textual language, and syntactical language aspects. regarding the generic features aspect, the improvement appeared in three criteria, namely genre, structure, and vocabulary criteria. firstly, both texts presented the aim of the text, which presented two points of view of the issue (genre criterion). however, there was a difference between pretest and posttest regarding the elaboration of the arguments. since, in modeling stage (stage 1), the teacher presented a good discussion text as model text to the students which aimed to help the students make a good discussion text, the students were able to present a more depth elaboration of the arguments. in pre-test, the writer presented the positive side and negative side of “following the west” (arguments for). however, the writer did not presented the arguments of “not follow the west”(arguments against). on the other hand, in post-test, the writer presented the positive side and negative side of both arguments for (marrying someone who supplies us money) and arguments against (marrying someone whom we love). thus, it indicated that there was the improvement in genre criterion since the writer presented two sides of both the arguments for and arguments against. secondly, both texts were well organized, logical, and consisted of issues, series of arguments, and conclusion as well as recommendation (structure criterion). the arguments were also supported by elaborations, which strengthened the arguments. however, in pre-test, the writer presented the arguments in a bulleted list. thus, it influenced the presentation of the text. on the other hand, posttest was different, in which the writer presented the arguments in a paragraph form. the writer changed her presentation after the teacher had given oral feedback to her in evaluation and teacher’s feedback stage (stage 10 in phase 1). thirdly, regarding the vocabulary criterion, in pre-test, it was found that there were some inappropriate vocabularies used in the text which influenced the readability of the text. for instance, the writer wrote “the existing” which should be “the existance”. furthermore, she also wrote the word she intended in indonesian by writing “keberadaan” after the incorrect word. besides, the writer used the inappropriate word “increasing country” which supposed to be “developing country”. in addition, she wrote the word she aimed to in indonesian by writing “negara maju” after the inappropriate word. the using of words written in indonesian in the text might indicate that the writer did not sure of the vocabulary choice. on the other hand, in post-test, the writer seemed more confident of the vocabulary choice since there was no word written in indonesian. the inappropriate words appeared in posttest also was less than in pre-test. thus, it 204 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee indicated that there was the improvement in vocabulary criterion. regarding the textual language aspect, the improvements were shown in cohesion criterion. the text in pre-test was lack of connectives used. thus, it influenced the cohesiveness of the text. on the other hand, in post-test, since the connectives had been learnt in practicing stage (stage 2) in phase 2, the writer was able to apply some connectives to maintain the cohesiveness of the text. it indicated that the practicing stage had been improved the students’ writing skill especially in cohesion criterion. considering the syntactical language aspect, the improvements were found in two criteria, namely clause pattern and punctuation. firstly, there were some errors in clause pattern found in pre-test. for instance, the writer wrote “their culture especially in music it can inspire our musicians.” as a clause. it was found that there were two subjects in a clause, namely their culture and it. on the other hand, in post-test, the writer could maintain the clause pattern even in a complex sentence. the writer wrote “some of them choose to marry someone who supplies them money while they do not love their partner or they will only marry someone whom they love and they love each other”. secondly, there was the improvement in punctuation criterion. as indicated in pre-test, the writer did not put a “comma” before coordinating conjunction, which connected more than two words. however, after the writer had learnt the use of “comma” in coordinating conjunction in practicing stage (stage 2) in phase 1, she was able to put it in the correct order. regarding the result of the comparing means test and the findings taken from the students’ discussion text between pre-test and post-test, the product and process based approach combination affects the students’ writing skill especially in generic features, textual language, and syntactical language aspects. therefore, the combination of product and process based approaches is an effective approach in improving the students’ writing skill. the students’ attitudes toward the implementation of product and process based approach combination in efl writing classroom this section describes the students’ attitude toward the implementation of the product and process based approach combination in efl writing classroom. it presents the overall attitude as well as the top three and the bottom three. the data were taken from the questionnaires. it is found that the average score of 25 items in the questionnaire was 4.35; therefore, it is assumed that the students showed the highly positive attitude toward the treatment. it was in line with the teaching-learning activity that the students were pleased with the implementation of product and process based approach combination in writing classroom. the top three items were the item 24, 23, and 18. these items belonged to the second theme of the questionnaire, namely the attitude toward the implementation of each step of product and process based approach combination in writing classroom. since the students showed the highly positive attitude toward these three items which belonged to the second theme of the questionnaire, it indicated that the students appreciated more to the technical area. the first item of the top three was item 24. it stated that the students were fond of getting teacher’s feedback in 205 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts writing classroom. the average score of this item was 4.67. therefore, the students showed highly positive attitude toward this item. it was in line with the students’ attitude in evaluation and teacher’s feedback (stage 10) that the students were pleased getting the teacher’s feedback toward their text. the second item of the top three was item 23. it stated that writing the final draft (stage 9) in writing classroom allow them to correct the errors found in their first draft in order to make it better. the average score of this item was 4.63. thus, the students showed a highly positive attitude toward the stage 9. it was also indicated in the teachinglearning writing activity that individually, the students wrote their final draft through recreated their first draft of discussion text, which had been assessed by their peers. as the result, the students’ final drafts were better than their first draft in some aspects. the last item of the top three was item 18. it stated that writing the first draft (stage 6) allowed the students to make a text based on their own knowledge. the average score of this item was 4.63. therefore, the students showed a highly positive attitude toward stage 6. it was also in line with the findings which stated that in writing the first draft, the student focused on their work, and conducted the one of the generating ideas stages (mind-mapping in common) and a plan before they write their first draft of discussion text. it indicated that the students used their best effort to make the first draft of discussion text. apart from the top three items, there was also the bottom three items found. they were item 2, 10, and 19. the item 2 belonged to the theme 1, which concerned about the general attitude toward the implementation of product and process based approach combination in writing classroom, while the item 10 and item 19 belonged to theme 2, which concerned about the attitude toward the implementation of each step of product and process based approach combination in writing classroom. the first item of the bottom three was item 2. it stated that the students would involve themselves in the writing classroom which applying the product and process based approach combination. the average score of this item was 3.96. thus, the students showed the positive attitude toward this item. it was in line with the findings as stated in section 4.1.5 that the students were curious to apply this approach in learning writing by using the combination of the process and product based approach. the second item of the bottom three was item 10. it stated that the students preferred to use model text before they started to learn writing. the average score of this item was 4.02. therefore, the students showed the positive attitude toward this item. it indicated that model text gave the beneficial to the students to write a text. it was in line with the findings, which showed that through modeling (stage 1), the students were able to identify the genre of the text (social function, generic structure, and linguistic features). it was also supported by the findings, which showed that there was a significant improvement in the students writing skill after they used the product, and process based approach combination in learning writing. the third item of the bottom three was item 19. it stated that the students were fond of giving feedback to their friend’s text in writing classroom. the average score of this item was 4.13. therefore, the students showed the 206 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee positive attitude toward this item. it was in line with the findings in section 4.1.5 which showed that during peer-feedback (stage 7) the students focused on assessing their friend’s text and gave feedback on it. based on the findings, the lowest rank in the questionnaire item has 3.96 average score, which showed the positive attitude toward the treatment. therefore, it is assumed that no student showing the negative attitude toward the use of the product and process based approach combination in teaching writing. since the findings show that the average score of the students’ attitude was 4.35, the students’ attitude toward the implementation of the product and process based approach combination was at highly positive level. conclusion according to the findings from those three aspects, the product and process based approach combination to teaching writing discussion text is an effective approach to teaching writing in improving the students’ writing skill. it was in line with kim and kim (2005, p. 7-8) that “we needed to mixed the careful control of language for learner (as in product), and the creative use of language by the learner (as in process) to improve the situation”. furthermore, “both process and product approaches are significant in teaching writing in efl/esl context” (hasan and ahkand, 2010, p. 84). in product-based approach, it is important for a student to engage in imitating, copying, and transforming models of the correct language (nunan, 2000). besides, the process-based approach is beneficial to help the students generate their ideas and organize them in a systematic way, which helps the students to write fluently. thus, the combination of the product and process based approaches to teaching writing discussion text is beneficial as a collaborative approach to improve the students’ writing skill. regarding the findings, this study has the potential contribution to the theory and educational practice. theoretically, this study enriches the literature on teaching writing in indonesian efl context since there is no study existing in indonesian about the use of the product and process based approach combination to teaching writing at undergraduates’ level. practically, the english writing teachers/lectures may implement the product and process based approach combination in their writing classroom since this approach is beneficial to improve the students’ writing skill. references alwasilah, a. c. & susana, s. (2007). pokoknya menulis: cara baru menulis dengan metode kolaborasi. bandung: kiblat buku utama. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles. san fransisco: addison wesley longman inc. coffin, c., curry, m. j., goodman, s., hewings, a., lillis, t. m. s., & joan. (2003). teaching academic writing. london: routledge. cresswell, j. w. (2012). educational research, 4th ed.. boston: pearson. cresswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mix methods approaches. new delhi: sage. diliberto, j. a. (2013). teaching writing: a process approach. 63rd conference on exeptional children. emilia, e. (2005). a critical genre-based approach to teaching academic writing in a tertiary efl context in indonesia. unpublished paper in melbourne university. foo, t. c. v. (2007). the effects of the processgenre approach to writing instruction on the expository essays of esl students in a 207 vina agustiana combining product and process-based approaches to teaching writing discussion texts malaysian secondary school. unpublised paper. gabrielatos, c. (2002). efl writing: product and process. retrieved from http:// www.gabrielatos.com/writing.pdf [25 aug-14, 10:10 a.m.]. harmer, j. (2007a). the practice of english language teaching. kualalumpur: pearson education limited. hasan, m. k., & akhand, m. m. (2010). approaches to writing in efl/esl context: balancing product and process in writing class at tertiary level. journal of nelta, 15, 1-2. hatch, e., & farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. london: newbury house publishers, inc. hernowo. (2004). quantum writing. bandung: mizan learning centre. holmes, n. (2014). the use of a process-oriented approach to facilitate the planning and production stages of writing for adult students of english as a foreign or second language. unpublished paper. kim, y., & kim, j. (2005). teaching korean university writing class: balancing the process and the genre approach. asian efl journal online, 7(2), 69-90. retrieved from http://www.asian-efl journal.com/june_05_yk&jk.php [25 jan2014, 09.16 a.m.]. malik, r. s., & hamied, f. a. (2014). research methods. bandung: upi press. mashori, g. m. (2007). teaching the writing of english: exploring the impact of process approach on the undergraduate students of shah abdul latif university khairpur. unpublished paper. meyers, a. (2005). gateway to academic writing: effective sentence, paragraph, and essay. usa: longman. national writing project. (2003). national writing project 30 ideas for teaching writing. berkeley: university of california. ngadiman, a. (2012). effects of process oriented approach to teaching writing to english department students. magister scientiae journal, 31. nunan, d. (1991). language teaching methodology: a textbook for teachers. england: longman. nunan, d. (1999). second language teaching & learning. boston: heinle cengage learning. oskamp, s., & schultz, p. w. (2005). attitudes and opinion, 3rd ed. london: lawrence erlbaum associates. patel, d. m., & jain, p. m. (2008). english language teaching: methods, tools and technique. jaipur: sunrise publishers and distributors. sun, c. and feng, g. (2009). process approach to teaching writing applied in different teaching models. journal of english language teaching, 2(1). thai, m. d. (2009). text-based language teaching. melbourne: mazmania press. tribble, c. (1996). writing. new york: oxford university press. ur, p. (1999). a course in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. 208 http://www.gabrielatos.com/writing.pdf%20(25 http://www.nepjol.info/index.php/nelta http://www.nepjol.info/index.php/nelta/issue/view/316 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill wida sopia marwa department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: widasw@gmail.com nani ronsani thamrin department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: nani_cute@yahoo.com apa citation: marwa, w. s., & thamrin, n. r. (2016). extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill. english review, 4(2), 267-274 received: 02-02-2016 accepted: 01-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this research aims at finding the positive correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill. the objective of this research is to know the correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay of sophomore english department students in university of kuningan. the population in this research was all sophomore english department students with total 60 students. a convenience purposive sampling was applied to get the sample students. the samples of this research were 12 extrovert students. from the results of statistical tests to test the correlation between two variables, this research used pearson product moment. as the result of the calculation, it was found that robserved (0,778) > ttables (0, 532). then, based on the hypothesis test with two tail test, the result of hypothesis test obtained tobserved (3, 917) > ttables (1, 782). thus, it can be concluded that ha was accepted and there was a correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill. keywords: extroversion personality, argumentative essay, writing, eysenk personality inventory introduction the result of skill language achievement can be influenced by personality, as boroujeni, roohani, & hasanimanesh, (2015) argued that “the way we learn is very much affected by our personality.” according to larsen & buss (2005), in boroujeny et al. (2015), personality is “the set of psychological traits and mechanism within the individual that are organized and relatively enduring that influence his or her interaction with, and adaptations to, the intrapsychic, physical, and social environment.” every student has different personality that will bring them to achieve something in their life. according to kant (1804) in sullivan (1989), there are four personality types namely choleric (extroversion), sanguine, phlegmatic, and melancholic (introversion). one of the basic language skills of english is writing. writing seems as the most difficult skill to be learnt and produced by students and maybe that is why in the order of four skills of english it is referred to as the last one (nama & moini, 2013). as kim & dung (2004) declare in nama & moini (2013) that "writing or composition has been defined in a variety of ways which shows a lack of agreement as to what composition is, and reflects the complexity of the writing process." most of the researches in english language learning with respect to 267 wida sopia marwa & nani ronsani thamrin extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill extraversion/introversion had been concentrated on identifying the qualities of a good language learner and to what extent extraversion influences english language skills particularly oral proficiency (oya et al., 2004; van daele, 2005). unfortunately, there are a few studies that investigated personality variables in writing skills. furnham (1990) in his study quoted a study conducted by thorne (1987) which examined the interaction between introverts and extroverts. the study mixed and matched partners of extroverts and introverts in conversational situations. when introverts were paired with introverts, the conversation they engaged in focused on problem talk (thorne, 1987). on the other hand, extroverts students show a wide range of topics and more claims of common ground. furnham (1990) concludes from this study and subsequent observations that extroverts are more impulsive and take more risks with speech than introverts. thus, it is worth to investigate whether extroverts are active in writing than introverts where there is less requirement of oral interaction since writing is a way of communication that happens naturally through speaking. however, in writing task, the writer has more time to think about the topic, the materials, things, people, and phenomena which are expected to be involved in a text (meyers, 2006 in nezhad et al., 2014). extrovert personality is commonly called extroversion or choleric personality. some of modern experts believe that extrovert personalities are better language learner. morrone-strupinsky and lane (2007: p.1267) as cited in nama and moini (2013) declare that extroversion consists of "agentic and affiliative components", which are typified by "distinct positive emotional stated of positive activation and warmth-affection," accordingly. it is well established that extroverts feel higher levels of positive affect than introverts (costa & mccrae, 1980; lucas & baird, 2004; watson & clark, 1992) in wilt & revealle (2000). usually, the extroverts are more popular and appear in education field. they are active and like to be involved in several positive activities. they are good performers. they are brief, clear, and definite in speaking (boroujeni et al., 2015). lightbown and spada (2006) find that many classroom teachers believe that in second or foreign language learning, extroverts are more successful than introverts, particularly in their communicative ability. skehan in shahila (2012) considers three crucial factors of language learning, those are: 1) intelligence, 2) risk-taking ability, and 3) extroversion/introversion. extroverts work better under stressful situations than introverts. canli (2004) in wilt & reveale (2000) finds that personality factors like extroversion are likely to be widely distributed in the brain. many sla theorists claim that extroverts are the better language learners. extroverts, who tend to be sociable, are more likely to join groups, more inclined to engage in conversations both inside (cook, 1991) and outside the classroom (swain, 1985) in (nama & moini, 2013). uziel (1998) in wilt & revealle (2000) declares that broadly speaking, extroversion relates to a relatively positive view of the world, as extroverts judge neutral events more positively than introverts. extroversion predicts categorization of words by their positive affective quality rather than their semantic quality (weiler in wilt & revealle, 2000). in the affect-level model, it is assumed that extroverts have higher tonic level of positive affect (wilt & reveale, 2000). 268 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee instead of merely categorize people into two big groups of extrovert and introvert people, the researcher decided to make levels of extraversion based on eysenck-made instrument. as a matter of fact, some people may place in ‘between’ or balance, others are just fairly and some others place between the most extreme edges. eysenck used number of each edges showing that there exists stages/levels, ranging from extreme introvert (0) until extreme edge of extrovert (24). below is part of personality lines based on eysenck personality chart (1965). extrovert person (extreme level) balance introvert person (extreme level) the pieces in this range of writing section represent one of the three types of writing named in the common core state standards for writing: opinion/ argument writing (the vermont collaborative writing, 2010, p. 118). argument, on the other hand, is mainly about logical appeals and involves claims, evidence, warrants, backing, and rebuttals, policy making, in courtrooms, and so forth. (hillocks, 2011, p. 23) an argumentative essay is an essay in which ones agree or disagree with an issue, and use reasons to support their opinion. the goal is to convince reader that the writer’s opinion is right (oshima & hogue, 2005). in line with oshima and hogue (2005), newell et al., (2013, p. 4) defines: argumentative writing as a type of critical thinking and rhetorical production involving the identification of a thesis (also called a claim), supportive evidence (empirical or experiential), and assessment of the warrants that connect the thesis, evidence, and situation within which the argument is being made. method there are two variables in this research; the first variable was extroversion personality (variable x), and the second variable was argumentative essay writing skill (variable y).the samples in this research were chosen by using purposive sampling technique. this research involved 60 students of sophomore english department students as the population. then, 12 extrovert students were chosen to be the samples of the research. personality test and writing test were used to collect the data. eysenk personality inventory (epi) by eysenk modified by davies (2004) which functions to determine level of extraversion of sample students was used. while the questions in questionnaire consists of 57 questions. the questions are originally english but are combined with indonesian. in the questionnaire, there were two columns that provide yes and no answer. to test writing skill, the respondents were instructed to write argumentative essays whose topics were specified by the researcher. to obtain the score, the researcher was oriented to argumentative essay rubric by tony’s language art (2015). the main aspects considered in the paper or essay and also used as indicator in the assessment of the paper include: content, mechanics of 269 wida sopia marwa & nani ronsani thamrin extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill writing, paragraphing, spelling, grammar, and punctuation. next, to find out the correlation between the two variables, the data were then analyzed by manual statistical perspective. lilieforce normality test was used to test normality between epi score and argumentative essay score. to know the final result whether two variables do correlate and show significance to each other, this research used correlation product moment or correlation pearson by arikunto (2010). while to find out the significances of hypothesis, the researcher used the significances test of two tail test by sugiyono (2012, p. 182). results and discussion from the result of spreading the questionnaires to 28 respondents, there were 12 extrovert students, 4 introvert students, and 12 balance or stable students. the types of personality were presented in figure 1. figure 1. the types of personality figure 1 shows that extrovert and stable/balance were equal in which it consists of 12 people, while introvert only 4 people from 28 respondents. since this research only focuses on extrovert students, so introvert and stable students did not take as samples. from 12 extrovert students, the researcher then divided them into its level of extroversion based on the total e score and its successive interval. the following table is the results of epi questionnaire of extrovert students. table 1. the result of epi questionnaire respondents total e score successive interval type of personality student 1 19 e 2,92 fairly extrovert student 2 15 e 1,00 fairly extrovert student 3 20 e 3,78 extreme extrovert student 4 17 e 2,15 fairly extrovert student 5 15 e 1,00 fairly extrovert student 6 15 e 1,00 fairly extrovert student 7 18 e 2,49 fairly extrovert student 8 15 e 1,00 fairly extrovert student 9 16 e 1,83 fairly extrovert student 10 17 e 2,15 fairly extrovert student 11 19 e 2,92 fairly extrovert student 12 15 e 1,00 fairly extrovert 270 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee since extrovert students should obtain 15 e to 24 e, all the respondents got the e score from range 15 e to 20 e, but no one got more than 20 e. all the result of e score were converted into interval data by using successive interval method. then, to examine students’ writing skill, the researcher used argumentative essay to measure their writing skill. the students were given random topics of argumentative essay where the topics had been specified by the researcher. the students could choose the topics for their essay writing. the students had to make three argumentative essays with the following topics: (a) technology is making life easier in today's world; (b) google makes us stupid, and; (c) should the death penalty be mandatory to drugs dealers? the data of argumentative essay score was amounted from 12 students. then, the total score was obtained from the average score given by two supervisors. to understand the data of argumentative essay score, the data was presented in the table below. table 2. score of argumentative essay respondents score i score ii final score student 1 59,33 58,33 58,83 student 2 35,33 31,67 33,50 student 3 77,33 61,33 69,33 student 4 60,67 58,00 59,33 student 5 63,33 42,00 52,67 student 6 29,33 40,67 35,00 student 7 59,00 42,00 50,50 student 8 50,67 41,33 46,00 student 9 61,00 56,00 58,50 student 10 50,00 56,33 53,17 student 11 68,67 77,00 72,83 student 12 57,00 49,33 53,17 data conversion had been done as a requirement to use parametric statistics. because the collected data was ordinal data, so the data must be converted to interval data. the conversion ordinal data into interval data was done by using successive interval method. after converting the data, the researcher did lilieforce normality test toward epi score and argumentative essay. the normality test of epi (eysenk personality inventory) was done by doing the following stages: 1) determining average (mean) and deviation standard determining z i, 2) determining ztable, 3) determining frequency cumulative, and 4) determining lobserved and ltable. similarly, the normality test of argumentative essay was done by doing the following stages: 1) determining average (mean) and deviation standard, 2) determining z i, 3) determining ztable, 4) determining frequency cumulative, and 5) determining lobserved and ltable. the following table shows the result of lilieforce normality test of epi score. table 3. lilieforce normality test of eysenk personality inventory score x f fx x(x-me) x2 f.x2 zi table zi fk s(zi) f(zi) f(zi)-s(zi) 15 5 75 -1.75 3.063 15.31 -0.98 0.3365 1 0.83 0.666 -0.164 16 1 16 -0.75 0.563 0.563 -0.42 0.1628 2 0.6 0.337 -0.263 271 wida sopia marwa & nani ronsani thamrin extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill 17 2 34 0.25 0.063 0.125 0.14 0.0557 3 0.25 0.444 0.194 18 1 18 1.25 1.563 1.563 0.7 0.258 4 0.33 0.242 -0.088 19 2 38 2.25 5.063 10.13 1.26 0.1026 5 0.41 0.397 -0.013 20 1 20 3.25 10.5625 10.56 1.82 0.0344 6 0.5 0.034 -0.466 median 16.75 std. dev. 1.785 l0 0.194 lt 0.242 lo < lt 0.194 < 0.242 so data variable x (epi score) was normally distributed as it can be seen in table above, the data were normally distributed. epi score was normally distributed since lo= 0.194 < lt= 0.242. the result of lilieforce normality test of argumentative essay score is described in the following table. table 4. lilieforce normality test of argumentative essay score no x f fx x(x-me) x2 f.x2 zi table zi fk s(zi) f(zi) f(zi)-s(zi) 1 35.5 1 35.5 -18.0417 325.5017 325.5017 -1.649 0.4495 1 0.83 0.051 -0.780 2 35 1 35 -18.5417 343.7934 343.7934 -1.695 0.4545 2 0.16 0.046 -0.115 3 46 1 46 -7.54167 56.87674 56.87674 -0.69 0.2549 3 0.25 0.245 -0.005 4 50.5 1 50.5 -3.04167 9.251736 9.251736 -0.278 0.1064 4 0.33 0.394 0.064 5 52.7 1 52.7 -0.84167 0.708403 0.708403 -0.077 0.0279 5 0.41 0.472 0.062 6 53.2 2 106.4 -0.34167 0.116736 0.233472 -0.031 0.012 6 0.5 0.488 -0.012 7 58.5 2 117 4.958333 24.58507 49.17014 0.452 0.1736 7 0.58 0.326 -0.254 8 59.3 1 59.3 5.758333 33.1584 33.1584 0.525 0.1985 8 0.66 0.302 -0.359 9 69.3 1 69.3 15.75833 248.3251 248.3251 1.439 0.4236 9 0.75 0.076 -0.674 10 72.8 1 72.8 19.25833 370.8834 370.8834 1.759 0.4599 10 0.83 0.040 -0.790 total 12 1437.903 median 53.54167 st. deviasi 10.94 lo 0.064 lt 0.242 result lo < lt 0.064 < 0.242, so argumentative essay score was normally distributed from the table above, it can be seen that the data were normally distributed. argumentative essay score was normally distributed since lo= 0.064 < lt= 0.242. after testing the normality of epi and argumentative score, the researcher did a correlation test by using pearson product moment correlation. correlation test was used to determine the relationship between variable x (extrovert personality) and variable y (argumentative essay writing skill). from the calculation, it was got that the correlation score (robserve) achieved the value 0,778. so, robserve (0,778) > rtable (0,576) with significance level was 5%. thus, it could be concluded that ha was accepted and there was a correlation between extrovert personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill. the interpretation of r value could be examined in table 5. table 5. interpretation of correlation coefficient r value coefficient interval correlation 0.000 – 0.200 0.200 – 0.400 more less (there is no correlation) less 272 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 0.400 – 0.600 0.600 – 0.800 0.800 – 1.000 middle enough stronger as stated above, the correlation score between variable x and variable y (robserve) achieved the value 0,778. it meant that the relationship between two variables included into enough category with correlation interval 0,600 – 0,800. after obtaining the number of product moment correlations, the researcher determined coefficient determination to analyze how far variable x influences variable y by using the following formula: kd = r2 x 100% = x 100% = 0,605 x 100% = 60% from the calculation of coefficient determination, the result obtained was 0.605 or 60%. it meant that 60% of students’ argumentative essay score was determined by their extrovert personality, remaining 40% was determined by other factors. the final step of the data analysis was hypothesis test. the formula used to test the hypothesis was the significance test of product moment with two tail test. the following formula was used to test the hypothesis: t = = = = = 3,917 the analysis results of hypothesis test obtained tosberved (3,917) > ttable (1, 782) with α 0, 05. so, ha was accepted and there was a correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill. to describe the relationship between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill, the researcher provided a figure. figure 2. the relationship between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill figure 2 illustrated the scores of the argumentative essay that was plotted in y axis and score for the epi was plotted in x axis. on the figure, the trend line mark was tilted to the right and it meant that two variables showed the positive correlation. the blue marker or the blue plot showed straight line, it meant that 273 wida sopia marwa & nani ronsani thamrin extrovert personality and its impact on students’ argumentative essay writing skill the correlation was strong enough. then, r2 = 0,606 was the regression score. y was score of argumentative essay in which y = 9, 537 + 35.09 that meant that argumentative scores could be predicted 9.537 times of scores of epi plus the constant 35.09. constant on the graph showed 35.09. it meant that the score of argumentative essay could be influenced by level of extrovert. conclusion after doing the research and analyzing the correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill, the researcher concluded that the correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill of sophomore english department student in university of kuningan were categorized well. based on the correlation analysis, ha hypothesis was accepted since correlation robserved (0, 778) > rtable (0,532) with level of significance 5%. the final result of hypothesis test was tobserved (3,917) > ttable (1, 782) with α 0, 05. it meant that there was positive correlation between extroversion personality and students’ argumentative essay writing skill the dominant level of extraversion personality was fairly extrovert and the students who are included into fairly extrovert obtained the argumentative essay score in acceptable category. references arikunto, s. (2010). prosedur penelitian suatu pendekatan praktik. jakarta: rineka cipta. boroujeni, j. a. a., roohani, a., & hasanimanesh, a. (2015). the impact extroversion and introversion personality types on efl learners’ writing ability, 5, 212-218. doi /10.17507/tpls.0501.29. 212 eysenck, h. j., & eysenck, s. b. g. (1985) in eysenk, eysenk personality inventory. retrieved from http://www.resourcd.com/@psychex change/file/show/968 at 28 january 2014, 06:23 am furnham, a. (1990). the psychology of personnel selection. new york: cambridge university press. hillocks, g. (2011). teaching argument writing. hanover: pourthmont ltd. lightbown, p. m., & spada, n. (2006). how languages are learned: oxford handbook for language teachers (3rd ed.). oxford: oxford university press. nama, s. n., & moini, f. (2013). the effect of topic bias on the writing proficiency of extrovert/introvert efl learners, journal of english language teaching and learning, 11 (2), pp. 98-112. nezhad. s. h., johandar, s., & khoubandenlau, m. (2014). the impact of extraversion vs. introversion on iranian efl learners’ writing ability. indian journal of fundamental and applied life science. 4(1), pp. 119-128. newell, e. g., vanderheid, & olsen, h. (2013). learning from (and with) expert teachers of argumentative writing. retrieved from http://www.resourcd.com/@writing prompt/ file/argumentative/. oshima, a., & hoggue, a. (2005). writing academy english, (4th ed.). new york: longman ltd. sugiyono. (2012). metode penelitian pendidikan pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta. sullivan, j. r. (1989). immanuel kant’s moral theory. new york: cambridge university press. the vermont collaborative writing. (2010). 118 retrieved from http://writingclass.ed/file /458/at 15 march 2015, 11.20 am wilt j., & revelle, w. (2000). handbook of individual differences in social behavior. retrieved retrieved from http://traits.personality.edu 274 http://www.resourcd.com/@psychexchange/file/show/968%20at%2028%20january%202014 http://www.resourcd.com/@psychexchange/file/show/968%20at%2028%20january%202014 http://www.resourcd.com/@psychexchange/file/show/968%20at%2028%20january%202014 http://www.resourcd.com/@writingprompt/ http://www.resourcd.com/@writingprompt/ http://traits.personality.edu/ sinta hoerun nisa classroom interaction analysis 124 classroom interaction analysis in indonesian efl speaking class sinta hoerun nisa department of research and development, the association of indonesian scholars of english education (aisee), indonesia e-mail: sintahoerunnisa@gmail.com apa citation: nisa, s. h. (2014). classroom interaction analysis in indonesian efl speaking class. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 124-132 received: 11-03-2014 accepted: 27-04-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: this study entitles “classroom interaction analysis in the efl speaking class” aimed at analyzing the categories of teacher talk, student talk and classroom interaction types used during efl speaking class. the research employed a qualitative design and applied a case study. subjects of the research were an english teacher and 25 students at the second semester of english education department of the university of kuningan. the data were gained through naturalistic observation and document analysis. the data were analyzed by using flint (foreign language interaction) system as developed by moskowitz (1971) and types of classroom interaction of malamah-thomas’ (1987) frameworks. the findings revealed that both teacher and students applied all categories of talk as mentioned in flint system and classroom interaction types. it is recommended for the teacher to apply more categories of ‘praises and encourages’ to build students’ confidence in speaking, ‘asks questions’ to promote their communicative skill and to encourage students to use english during speaking activities, particularly in group work activities. keywords: classroom interaction, flint analysis, efl speaking class. including in language classroom. in order to get experience in english communication, they need to interact regularly using the target language since interaction is the heart of communication (brown, 2001: 165). interaction occurs as long as people are communicating each other and giving action and receiving the reaction in one another anywhere and anytime, including in the classroom setting. dagarin (2004: 128) argues that classroom interaction is “two way process between the participants in the language process, the teacher influences the learners and vice versa.” furthermore, interaction in the classroom is categorized as the pedagogic interaction which means the interaction in the teaching and learning process (sarosdy et al, 2006). unfortunately, the interaction in the language classroom seems difficult introduction the need for english speaking mastery has been increased due to the status of english as a global language recognized in every country (crystal, 2003: 3) and used for international communication. english has a function as the main gate to get a better job since it is used as the working language in international organizations and multinational companies (nazara, 2010: 1). the need for getting a better job and globally participation become the main reasons for non-native speakers to learn and master english, either as a second language (esl) or a foreign language (efl), particularly focused on speaking skill. however, speaking is a complicated skill and needs a long time to develop. in developing speaking skill, people need to practice it as often as possible and get a sufficient experience everywhere, 125 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to use the target language all the time, especially in the efl (english as a foreign language) classroom. it is happened since the efl students have common native languages (brown, 2001: 180). if the teacher of efl ignores it, the goal of teaching process then could not be achieved. therefore, by impressing the students about the importance of practice in english for eventual success and telling them that it can help them to build their intuition to language, the use of native language when interacting will be able to be reduced (brown, 2001: 180). interaction plays significant roles in the language classroom. firstly, it can increase students’ knowledge of language. rivers (1987: 4-5) notes that, “through interaction, students can increase their language store as they listen to or read authentic linguistic material, or even the output of their fellow students, in discussions, skits, joint problem-solving tasks, or dialogue journals…”. secondly, it is able to strengthen the social relationship. interaction, for students, will strengthen the relationship, either among them or with their teachers since it gives them the chance to learn from each other and to get feedback on their performance (naimat, 2011: 672). thirdly, it is beneficial to develop students’ communicative skill. according to thapa and lin (2013), “interaction in the classroom becomes the central factors which is able to enhance the students’ linguistic resources as well as equipping them with appropriate skills for communication.” naimat (2011: 672) adds, “the communication skill, then, will be acquired through speaking activities, such as debates, discussions and about desired topics among students.” lastly, it has a role to build students’ confidence in speaking. thapa and lin (2013) explain that “in language classroom, interaction is an essential social activities for students through which they not only construct knowledge, but also build confidence and identity as competent language users”. therefore, by accustoming students to interact with teacher and among their fellows will build their knowledge as well as their confidence. for the interaction in the language classroom has advantages to the students’ speaking performance, therefore the study about classroom interaction is considerably important and worth to be analyzed. in analyzing the interaction during speaking class, foreign language interaction (flint) system developed by moskowitz (1971, as cited in brown, 2001: 170) was used. this analysis system has several benefits; it is helpful in developing interactive language teaching since it gives the researcher a taxonomy for observing teachers, set a framework for evaluating and improving the teaching, and helps to set a learning climate for interactive teaching (brown, 2001: 168-169). aspects to be analyzed during interaction are teacher talk and student talk. teacher talk is defined as any words or sentences said by the teacher during the interaction in teachinglearning process, including when the teacher gives explanation, feedback, ask question and so on (mujahidah, 2012). it indicates that any kind of talk spoken by the teacher is called teacher talk. the teacher talk plays an important role in teaching process since it can increase students’ language store as they listen to the real authentic material (rivers, 1987: 4-5). another importance of teacher talk in the language classroom is that the role of the teacher as the provider of comprehensible input. harmer (2001: 66) notes, “teachers are ideally placed to provide comprehensible input since the students can react appropriately although the students do not understand every word they said, but they understand the meaning of sinta hoerun nisa classroom interaction analysis 126 what is being said.” the teacher talk has seven categories, namely (1) deals with feelings, (2) praises or encourages, (3) uses ideas of students, (4) asks question, (5) gives information and corrects without rejection, (6) gives direction, and (7) criticizes students’ response and behavior (moskowitz, 1971 as cited in brown, 2001: 170). students talk can be used by the students to express their own ideas, initiate new topics, and develop their own opinions. categories of students talk including students response (specific), students innitiated, silence and confusion (moskowitz, 1971 as cited in brown, 2001: 170). in the foreign language classroom, the interaction occurs variously. malamah-thomas (1987) as cited in mingzhi (2005: 59) divide types of classroom interaction into seven types, namely (1) teacher speaking to the whole class which is established when a teacher talks to the whole class at the same time (dagarin, 2004: 129), (2) teacher speaking to an individual with the rest of students as the hearers that can be used for an informal conversation at the beginning of the lesson or for leading students into a less guided activity (dagarin, 2004: 129), (3) teacher speaking to a group of students which refers to the teacher participating students’ group work (mingzhi, 2005: 59), (4) student speaking to the teacher that refers to the students’ initiation (mingzhi, 2005: 59), (5) student speaking to the student related to the pairwork activities that involves collaboration and self-initiated with only two students (brown, 2001: 178), (6) student speaking to group members which is related to the group work (mingzhi, 2005: 60), and (7) student speaking to the whole class which is commonly applied when the speaking activities are students-fronted, for instance in presentation and workshop (mingzhi, 2005: 59). method this study applied a qualitative research design. qualitative design was chosen in order to explore and understand the social phenomenon (creswell, 2009: 22). the strategy applied was a case study since it explored in depth activity in one or more individuals (creswell, 2009: 30). the research was undertaken at the second semester of english education department of the university of kuningan. the participants involved in this research were 25 students at the second semester of english department who had been taking the ‘speaking 2’ subject and an english teacher who taught the ‘speaking 2’ subject. creswell (2009: 166) notes that “data collection procedures in qualitative research include collecting information through un-structured or semi-structured observation and interviews, documents and visual materials, as well as establishing the protocol for recording information”. in this research, the data was collected through naturalistic observation and document analysis. according to fraenkel and wallen (2009: 442), “naturalistic observation means observing individuals in their natural settings, simply observes and records what happens as things naturally occur.” in this research, the classroom interaction was observed through video recording. observation has a number of advantages covering (1) researcher can record information as it occurs, (2) researcher has a first-hand experience with participants, (3) usual aspect can be noticed during observation, and (4) it is useful in exploring topics that may be uncomfortable for participants to discuss (creswell, 2009: 167). the other method for collecting data was document analysis. document analysis is defined as “a technique which enables a researcher to study human behavior in indirect way through an analysis of 127 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee their communication” (fraenkel and wallen, 2009: 472). document analysis has advantages, namely it is useful as a means of analyzing observational data and a researcher can delve into records and documents (fraenkel and wallen, 2009: 483). in this research, the document analyzed was video’s transcription of teaching-learning process in the speaking class at the second semester of english education department in university of kuningan. the videos were documented in 13th march up to 17th april, 2014. to display the language used in the classroom, the videos were then transcribed. the videos comprised four sessions of english speaking class at the second semester english department with various topics of speaking activities including class discussion, presentation, seminar as a part of simulation, and ice breaking as an example of communication games. furthermore, to investigate the classroom interaction appeared between teacher and students, this research employed flint (foreign language interaction) analysis framework adopted from moskowitz (1971) as cited in brown, 2010: 170). while, to investigate types of classroom interaction in the speaking class, the researcher used malamah-thomas’s (1987) framework as cited in (mingzhi, 2005: 59) about types of classroom interaction. in analyzing the data, the data from video recording were firstly transcribed to show the interaction and language used by teacher and students during english speaking class. secondly, the transcripts were coded by using several categories of teacher talk and student talk as well as types of classroom interaction. thirdly, the data were then calculated and analyzed the amount of each category of teacher talk, student talk, and classroom interaction type. results and discussion based on four times observation that have been conducted at the second semester of english education department in the university of kuningan, it was found that all categories both in teacher talk and student talk as mentioned in flint system (moskowitz, 1971 as cited in brown, 2001: 170) had been applied by the subjects. the category of “gives information” was mostly used by the teacher and “student specific response” category was most dominant spoken by students. in addition, all types of classroom interaction based on malamah-thomas’s (1987, cited in mingzhi, 2005: 59) framework has been applied with “student speaking to the whole class” was mostly applied in the efl speaking class. teacher talk teacher talk 10.3 3.4 5.7 23.7 34.1 17.1 5.7 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 deals with feeling praises or encourages uses ideas of students asks questions gives information gives directions criticizes student behavior or response teacher talk sinta hoerun nisa classroom interaction analysis 128 deals with feeling transcription from first meeting: t : “assalamualaikum wr wb.” ss : “waalaikumussalam wr wb” t : “good morning.” ss : “good morning.” t : “how are you today?” ss : “i’m fine, thank you, and you?” t : “i’m fine too, thank you. interaction in language classroom, particularly in using “deals with students’ feelings” category, is essential to strengthen relationship between a teacher and students and also to break the ice because the students feel nervous, especially at the first time they meet their teacher. in addition, the teacher seemed to be aware that she needs to make the students familiar with english expression. praising or encouraging s : “jadi ini kaya cerita gitu.” t : “oh, okay. attention please about the story okay?” ss : “okay.” t : “he has a talent for drawing picture. good picture.” ss : “map” this category is important as well since it determines relationship between teacher and students. in addition, praising and encouraging will help them to be more confident when speaking. however, the teacher hardly used this category in teaching speaking. using ideas of students transcription from forth meeting: t : “okay. five students to perform in front of the class. first one? s : (a student raises his hand) “ada yang bawa spidol?” t : “anyone who brings the marker? agus, maybe you can give a clue before you give the games to your friends.” the teacher used student’s idea by translating his questions from the native language to the target language. it is assumed that the teacher tried to provide students the input when being spoken by their fellows using native language. asking questions transcription of first meeting: t: “i will check your attendance list, who call the name say present. who is present three times that you say three present. but if you absent one time, that you present double present. be honest, please. understand all of you?” ss : “yes.” in asking questions, the teacher frequently asked the students about their understanding related to the materials and directions given by asking “do you understand”, “understand all of you?”, and “is it clear?”. asking students using those expressions are less appropriate since they only need simple responses and polar answers, just by saying yes or no. however, if the teacher wanted to check students’ understanding, it is more appropriate to give knowledge questions, for instance “what did you get from my explanation?”. this question strategy will create the interactive learning as suggested by brown (2001: 169). giving information transcription from the third meeting: t: “pictorial game is how to create or show the picture to students to make understand. this is relevant with enriching the vocabulary. ini salah satu contohnya. nah, setiap anak setiap siswa, next, harus menemukan satu permainan to be instructor in front of your friends. is it clear from me?” ss : “yeah” the transcription reveals that in giving information, the teacher used bahasa indonesia in order to 129 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee make students more understand about materials delivered and to avoid misunderstanding. transcription of forth meeting: s : “i got just seven papers.” t : “papers. it’s plural.” s : “yes. just seven papers.” it shows that the teacher attempted to correct student’s mistake of grammar without using words or intonation leading to the criticism. giving direction transcription from the first meeting: t : “ speak up, please. count your number, please. one, two, three, four. back to one, one, two, three, four. begin from here.” ss : [students counting] this transcription tells about the teacher gave direction to the students when applying group work speaking activity. this category of “gives direction” is commonly applied when the teacher acts as a director which directs the students in doing group work activity. criticizing student’s behavior transcription from forth observation: t : “i know before that you didn’t pay attention to his explanation. please, pay attention.” ss : “yes.” this transcription reveals that the teacher tried to ask a student to be quiet by saying “please, pay attention.” it was related to the students’ behavior in the classroom. student talk 51 28 2 19 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 student response student initiation silence confusion student talk students’ response t : “okay, before doing our activity, i will give you some materials. please, iip, clean the whiteboard!” s : [the student got up and did what the teacher was asked] this transcription shows that in responding to the teacher’s talk, the student used gesture or non-verbal response. it indicates that the student understood the teacher’s language. however, this response is categorized as the simple and limited. another type sinta hoerun nisa classroom interaction analysis 130 of student response with limited and simple response is found as follow. t : “what is topic of today?” ss : “ade sara.” t : “ade sara that was killed by her boyfriend?” ss : “ex-boyfriend.” t : “ex-boyfriend. for our topic today is about ade sara. using /eitc/ or?” ss : “no.” students’ initiation this category means the students respond to the teacher with students’ own ideas, opinions, reactions and feelings. for example s1 : “if we show the picture and ..” t : “yeah. pictorial games ini according to harmer, yah, harmer. pictorial games is how to understand students vocabulary……” the “student initiated” category emerged when students had their own ideas about speaking task. this category seemed to be applied in third and fourth meetings, when they have already been trained by the teacher with a number of speaking activities that promotes the interaction. silence silence means pauses in interaction during which there is no verbal interaction. this also include silence in which a piece of audio and visual equipment. for example t : “class discussion. what happens in a class discussion? [the teacher wrote the material on the whiteboard for three minutes and no verbal interaction] finish?” ss : “not yet.” the “silence” category happened when the teacher wrote the material. during that time, there was no verbal interaction. it was happened in the first meeting of ‘speaking 2’ subject and still the teacher that was dominating the interaction. confusion confusion means that more than one person at time talking, so the interaction cannot be recorded. for example t : “make topic about ade sara.” ss : [group discussion was started for more than 20 minutes] the transcription above shows that students at the same time talking and discussing the topic given by the teacher, so the interaction could not be recorded. however, the interaction during group discussion refers to the interaction among group members. during group discussion, the students tended to use their native languages, either in indonesia or sundanese language. types of classroom interaction teacher speaking to the whole class this type of interaction occurred when firstly, the teacher greeted students in the beginning of the lesson and gave the material. secondly, it was also applied when the teacher gave a several feedback for students’ performances in the end of lesson. the last, when the teacher gave information about next speaking activities. teacher speaking to an individual this type of interaction was applied when the teacher checked students’ attendance, directed and asked a student in speaking activities such as ice breaking as a part of communication games. furthermore, it was applied when the teacher corrected students’ mistakes in pronouncing and related to grammatical mistakes as well. teacher speaking to group of students this type was used when speaking activity conducted seminar as the example of simulation. in this type of 131 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee interaction, the teacher told about the score of each group and corrected their mistakes. student speaking to teacher this type refers to the student’s initiation to ask or interact with the teacher. it occurred in the last meeting when the students performed their speaking in front of their classmates. students interacted with the teacher when they tried to present and to ask some vocabularies which they did not know in the target language. in addition, it was applied when they asked the teacher about speaking activities in the following meeting. student speaking to student this type of interaction is called pair work and it occurred when the classroom conducted simulation and communication games activities. student speaking to group members the speaking activities which applied this type were class discussion in the first meeting and communication games in the fourth meeting. unfortunately, they tended to spend their times to interact with their fellows using native languages, sundanese and bahasa indonesia. student speaking to the whole class this type was applied when students performed in front of the class as the presenters in class discussion, speakers in simulation, and performer in communication games. this interaction gave the same opportunity for each student to speak during speaking class. conclusion this present study aims to discover categories of talk spoken by teacher and students according to flint system (moskowitz, 1971 as cited in brown, 2001: 170) and types of classroom interaction adapted from malamahthomas (1987, cited in mingzhi, 2005: 59). the findings revealed that during interaction in the efl speaking class, the teacher tended to act as facilitator which facilitated students to speak with several student-fronted speaking activities, such as class discussion, presentation, simulation and communication games, a director that directed them in conducting speaking activities, and a resource providing information needed by students. in addition, the students had more opportunity to speak and interact in efl speaking class by doing speaking activities focused on group-work activities and presentation. however, the usage of native language during interaction was frequently used. based on the findings of the study, it is recommended for the teacher to motivate students to speak and interact using the target language (english) during efl speaking activities, to praise them for what they have done for building up their confidence, and to encourage them to interact by applying question strategies which are able to develop their communicative competence. this study has several difficulties in conducting the research, including in data coding processes, collecting the theories, and describing findings and discussion. therefore, it is suggested for the further study to prepare the research well. classroom interaction has several scopes that are worth to be researched, so it is beneficial to conduct the similar study with different frameworks such as teachers questioning strategies to give more significant contributions in the teaching and learning process. references brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. new york: addison wesley longman, inc. creswell, j. w. (2009). design qualitative, sinta hoerun nisa classroom interaction analysis 132 quantitative and mixed methods approaches, third edition. usa: sage publications inc crystal, d. (2003). english as a global language, second edition. cambridge: cambridge university press. dagarin, m. (2004). classroom interaction and communication strategies in learning english as a foreign. ljubljana: elope fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n. e. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education, seventh edition. new york: mcgrawhill higher education. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching. third edition. new york: pearson education limited. malamah-thomas, a. (1987). classroom interaction. in: mingzhi. (2005). enhancing interaction in our efl classroom. celea journal vol. 28 no. 2, pp. 56-62 mingzhi, x. (2005). enhancing interaction in our efl classroom. celea journal vol. 28 no. 2, pp. 56-62 moskowitz, g. (1971). interaction analysis: a new modern language for supervisors. in: brown (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. new york: addison wesley longman, inc. mujahidah. (2012). the descriptive study on the classroom interaction during the english teaching-learning process at the eighth grade of smpn 1 banjarmasin academic year 2011/2012. retrieved from http:// jurnal.englishdept.fkipunlam.ac.id. naimat, g. kh. (2011). influence of teacherstudents interaction on efl reading comprehension. european journal of social sciences vol. 23 no. 4, pp. 672687 nazara, s. (2010). students’ perception on efl speaking skill development. retrieved from https://www.academia. edu/776982/students_perception_on_ efl_speaking_skill_development rivers, w. m. (1987). interactive language teaching. interaction as the key to teaching language for communication. new york: cambridge university press. sarosdy, et al. (2006). applied linguistics i. ertekunki az ember: unpublished. thapa, c. b. and lin, a. m. y. (2013). interaction in english language classrooms to enhance students’ language learning. retrieved april 12, 2014 from http://neltachoutari.wordpress. com/2013/08/01/interaction-inenglish-language-classrooms-toenhance-nepalese-students-languagelearning/ tuan, l.t., & nhu, n.t.k. (2010). theoretical review on oral communication in efl classrooms. studies in literature and language journal vol. 1., no. 4, 2010, pp. 29-48. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama peter e. r. jordan department of english, city university of hong kong e-mail: pejordan@cityu.edu.hk apa citation: jordan, p. e. r. (2015). second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 15-24 received: 05-03-2015 accepted: 08-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: the important part played by drama in second language acquisition has long been appreciated. an active and inter-active teaching environment facilitates learning in a number of ways, by motivating and sustaining attention, as well as offering a secure environment for experimentation. drama offers students a pro-active approach to learning, promoting a collective feeling of being in a shared enterprise. this paper discusses how drama can make a significant contribution to second language acquisition. in particular, i focus on the techniques of the italian commedia dell’arte, the first truly professional theatre form to emerge in europe in the mid-sixteenth century. its core elements of improvisation and mask are highly effective tools in language learning, empowering students and allowing them to take ownership of the unfamiliar. improvisation provides a dramatically engaging forum for experimentation that can help to overcome cognitive blocks and prioritise communication as the ultimate imperative. masks which leave the mouth free for speech can help students overcome the natural inhibitions that often come with attempts to express oneself in an unfamiliar linguistic code. keywords: language acquisition, drama, improvisation, mask introduction the important part played by drama in second language acquisition has long been appreciated. there is no doubt that an active and inter-active teaching context facilitates learning in a number of ways, but principally by motivating students, sustaining their attention and stimulating discourse. drama offers just such a pro-active approach to learning, promoting a collective feeling of being in a shared enterprise and offering a secure environment for experimentation and role play. this is a crucial element as language is primarily a tool of communication with others. also, the role of enjoyment should not be underestimated. students who are fully engaged and taking pleasure in participating in a drama exercise will find they have all the natural resources of concentration and imagination at their disposal. furthermore, the deployment of language combined with physical action harnesses visual memory and the body‟s natural muscle memory in the process of spontaneous recall. this is well understood in the theatre. professional actors will often not be able to make sense of and secure their spoken text until it has been firmly linked to their actions and those of others in the play. the emotional component of language is best explored in drama, which depends on a sense of „inner truth‟ 15 peter e. r. jordan second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama in order to induce „the willing suspension of disbelief‟ in any given audience. „truth‟ in the dramatic sense equates with emotional truth, not literal truth. one does not have to kill people or urge others to kill in order to understand the jealousy of othello or the ambition of lady macbeth. one does not have to kill oneself in order to appreciate and give voice to the intense all-consuming love between juliet and romeo. this paper is the product of my more than thirty years‟ experience as both a theatre professional and a teacher, during which time i have come to understand that the skills associated with drama are inherently transferrable to language acquisition. having frequently acted in foreign languages (italian, german, swedish, french and cantonese), i have learned, at first hand, how the performance process can enhance linguistic skills in many ways. this is true of all theatre genres, but in particular i argue that the many techniques and traditions of the so-called commedia dell’arte provide the most comprehensive tool-set for facilitating second language acquisition. my long association with performing, directing and teaching the specific skills of this urgenre of western drama has prompted deep reflection about its applicability to the complex process of second language acquisition. drama training the first systematiser of the acting process as understood in the european canon that originated with the ancient greek theatre, roughly 2500 years ago, was the russian actor and director, konstantin stanislavsky at the turn of the twentieth century. he proposed that actors should draw on their „emotional memory‟ in order to portray characters with a verisimilitude, known colloquially as „realism‟. any given individual has a repository of past experiences, and a memory of the emotions generated by those experiences. according to stanislavsky and his later interpreters, actors can draw on this reservoir of past experience in order to infuse their character‟s speech with emotional authenticity. thus dramatic interpretation can assist in the delivery of speech with all the natural emphasis, intonation and cadence of everyday locution. for a detailed overview of stanislavsky‟s theories and those of his later interpreters, a good starting point is jean benedetti‟s the art of the actor: the essential history of acting, from classical times to the present day. actor training also involves intense voice coaching that includes the technical aspects of voice production: diction, articulation and projection. a strong grounding in phonetics enables the student of acting, as much as the student of language, to master unfamiliar sounds and combinations of sounds through rigorous drilling and regular practice to train the vocal instrument (tongue, teeth, lips and vocal folds). actors are often required to study a range of accents, both regional and national. with the help of a qualified accent coach, unfamiliar rules of pronunciation can be learned and reproduced with confidence and fluency. opera singers routinely receive such training in order to be able to sing naturally and easily in various languages, despite not necessarily being conversant in the language. the process is almost identical to that of students of second languages, who have to learn an unfamiliar pronunciation and accent, in order to express themselves intelligibly and with authenticity. whilst the audio-lingual method of language teaching, inspired by 16 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee behaviourist psychological theories, has been much criticised, it continues to be applied successfully in schools, such as the shenker institutes, based in italy. the method involves intensive drilling in the accurate reproduction of english pronunciation, breaking the sound of the language down into its component phonemes, even before the student understands the words being uttered. the rationale behind this approach is that speech in a second language can never be fully achieved if the sounds made are so distorted that the listener is unable to understand what is being said (brown, 2000). this process is underscored by the former leading voice coach for the united kingdom‟s national theatre and the royal shakespeare company: the process we call speech is simply one of physically breaking up the voice into identifiable units called words. this process is done in the mouth with the lips, jaw, tongue, soft palate and facial muscles. it is very precise physical work and speech is one of the most balanced and complex muscular exercises the body performs (rodenburg, 1998, p. 104). understanding the physical and muscular nature of speech can then help the actor (and student) to appreciate the inherent communicative qualities of the sounds produced. thus, learning to work with consonants and vowels teaches you about the physical properties of words and how your articulation of them brings verbal strength… a common postulate you can make is: consonants = clarity of thought; vowels = emotion. pause, pace and intention are all embedded in the word. remember that language is only partly intellectual. speaking words clearly opens many more doors to the world of the mind, heart and soul (p. 106). obviously, the speaker must also understand what he or she is saying and must also understand the other person‟s reply. however, reaching a full and nuanced understanding of pronunciation and inflexion will greatly enhance comprehension. the truth of this has been confirmed to me indirectly on numerous occasions, when i have slipped into speaking english with a local accent, making the typical pronunciation mistakes made by the people i am talking to at the time, be they italian or chinese. invariably, i have found that my interlocutor will compliment me on the „clarity‟ of my english! commedia dell’arte the above italian phrase literally means „comedy/theatre of the profession‟ or „professional theatre‟. it was originally coined by the eighteenthcentury playwright, carlo goldoni, as a rather dismissive term for the most popular form of theatre at that time. this genre of masked theatre originated in the mid-sixteenth century and is generally considered to be the first manifestation of a truly professional theatre, at least in europe. prior to its emergence, drama was performed exclusively by amateurs, either for their own private pleasure, or as part of religious ritual in celebration of specific festivals or, in the christian era, to portray biblical events to a largely illiterate public. as a result of collaboration between educated members of the italian elite and lowly entertainers, a distinct form evolved that became fantastically popular and famed throughout europe at all levels of society. william shakespeare and his contemporaries 17 peter e. r. jordan second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama during the „golden age‟ of elizabethan drama in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth century were aware of the early italian professionals and it is very likely that they took inspiration from them to create drama that had a truly mass appeal. the transition from amateur to fully professional drama involved a fundamental shift of focus. the priority of these actors was to induce spectators not only to watch and enjoy their performances, but also to pay for the privilege. without income, they could not eat, and thus drama became predicated on communication over and above aesthetic or religious concerns. typically, actors formed themselves into companies, who then travelled extensively from town to town in search of new audiences. the luckiest of these professional troupes received patronage from the nobility and from royalty, but the vast majority of acting companies depended on a peripatetic life, passing from one jurisdiction to another ever in quest of new sources of income. in the process of providing popular entertainment, they often took risks with their use of language. ribald wordplay, frequently including scatological references, was an immensely popular form of wit that amused the masses, but angered some of those in authority. the catholic church was especially critical of the early professional actors, not only because of the frequent use of vulgar language, but also because the actors were so popular that they were drawing the punters away from their religious devotions. in a sense, they were stealing the church‟s audience; such was the enthusiasm they generated among their audiences, by speaking the everyday language of the common people. incidentally, it is worth noting that the word, „vulgar‟, comes from the italian „volgare‟, which originally signified „vernacular‟, rather than the more pejorative sense that it has in english. at that time, all religious rituals were conducted in latin, which was also the language of scholarship and diplomacy, whereas vernacular speech was the language of the people, the language of everyday interactions and conversations. the commedia dell’arte was famed in particular for its improvised dialogue and masked stock characters, which conformed to three basic types: masters, servants and lovers. of the masters, pantalone is the most wellknown, just as harlequin is the most famous of the servants. typically, the young lovers would be the children of pantalone and other master characters. this simple three-way categorisation of roles has echoes in the dramatic traditions of china, bali, japan and elsewhere. the use of masks also harks back to ancient forms of theatre to be found throughout asia. the masks of the commedia dell’arte were moulded in leather to fit comfortably on different facial contours. they were always „halfmasks‟, that is, the mouth was not covered, so that the actor could speak freely. unlike more stylised forms of drama, the masks of the commedia dell’arte were particularly verbose. dialogue was either improvised or delivered as monologues and duologues, often in forms of rhyming verse. the available evidence from the mid-sixteenth century onwards, indicates that venice, a polyglot melting pot of nationalities, was crucial to the development of the professional theatre. in a sense, the republic was a microcosm of the multilingual, or at least multidialectal, composition of the italian peninsula at that time. multilingualism and contemporaneity were undoubtedly 18 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee at the forefront of the development of secular theatre in the early modern era, when multi-tasking actors had to forge a recognisable and socially acceptable profession which was both a valid art form and remunerative. it is precisely this linguistic diversity coupled also with mask work, physicality and reality-based comedy that lends the commedia dell’arte to language acquisition through drama. in spite of the obvious artifice of masks and stylisation, the characters of the commedia dell’arte were drawn from elements of real contemporary types. many of them were associated with specific professions and specific cities and regions of italy, and often expressed themselves in the local dialect. pantalone was a rich old venetian merchant, whilst harlequin was depicted as an impoverished porter from the border town of bergamo. other characters included: the doctor, a pedantic academic from bologna, home of the oldest university in europe; the captain, a flamboyant, marauding spanish mercenary; and pulcinella, a slow-witted but often devious and belligerent citizen of naples. the lovers typically expressed themselves in the tuscan dialect of florence, the language of dante, which ultimately became the official language of italy after the country‟s unification in 1871. the ability to adapt to a variety of spaces and conditions, coupled with the need to communicate to a wide range of audience tastes, would have involved considerable forward planning that prioritised the technical demands of presentation, and a profound understanding of the differing perspectives of all the people that made up the complex social fabric of a culturally diverse cosmopolitan city, such as venice. small wonder then, that the professionals were subsequently able effortlessly to ply their trade throughout polyglot europe and to communicate to people of different nationalities and cultures. i shall now discuss in more detail the component elements of the commedia dell’arte – some of which have been mentioned briefly above – and the ways in which they can enhance second language acquisition. improvisation the use of improvisation and game playing stimulates spontaneity and the creative application of speech, with the added benefit of allowing the learner to take ownership of personal dialogue, even before grammar, syntax and vocabulary have been completely mastered. moreover, the natural interactive flow of dialogue can be more easily reproduced in playing a role than in the dry call and response of a mechanical classroom exercise. in particular, classroom drama is most useful in exploring topics when there are no single, correct answers or interpretations, and when divergence is more interesting than conformity and truth is interpretable (dervishaj, 2009, p. 55). giving students the opportunity and permission to mediate reality through their own observations and experience will enhance their ability to manipulate the linguistic tools at their disposal. simple rote learning certainly has an important part to play in the process, particularly in mastering unfamiliar cadence, intonation and stress. this is perhaps especially so for learners of english whose first language is not part of the indo-european family. mothertongue speakers of tonal languages, such 19 peter e. r. jordan second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama as chinese, vietnamese and thai are more likely than most to encounter difficulty in grasping the nuances of intonation, as used in english, where the slightest change of inflection can indicate a range of attitudinal positions. for example, the infusion of irony, scepticism or dismay into a commonplace phrase may hinge on the slightest of pauses, a barely perceptible rising tone, or a gentle stress on an operative word. repetition of routine phrases in a dramatic setting can often help to elucidate and tease out these subtleties and sensitise the ear of the learner. on the other hand, more freeform script-less acting exercises will enhance and encourage a greater degree of flexibility that allows for the natural improvisation of informal conversation. in a drama context, since the publication of keith johnstone‟s seminal impro, such improvisation is nowadays almost universally considered to be essential to the building of a character, or role. extemporisation instils the sink-or-swim imperative to take the discourse forward in a meaningful way. a mutual commitment to maintaining the natural momentum of a conversation is essential in generating active complicity between interlocutors. actors are taught to nurture this sense of „give-and-take‟ as a discipline and a responsibility, without which communication breaks down. it is important to emphasise that failure, inaccuracy and even occasional incoherence are all permissible as part of the learning process. similar to sherlock holmes‟ dictum „when you have eliminated the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth‟, actors often have to go through a sometimes painful journey of experiment and exploration before finally making sense of their roles, understanding their relationships to others and to the play as a whole. however, once this exhaustive exercise is complete, the performer will usually enjoy a feeling of assurance, a feeling that is mirrored by the language student in the throes of decoding the alien rhythms, phonemes and sentence structure of a second language. the experience, for both actor and student, can certainly be fatiguing, at times dispiriting, but with persistence even those who initially display little natural flair can begin to express themselves with confidence, if not aplomb. furthermore, improvisation naturally reproduces the spontaneity of real language with all its non-sequiturs, pauses, bridging words and phrases (e.g. „well‟, „actually‟, „you know‟), and sounds (e.g. „um‟, „er‟, „hmm‟). the actors of the commedia dell’arte frequently used a form of nonsense language known as „grammelot‟, which can perhaps best be characterised as a vocal stream of emotionally meaningful, onomatopoeic but lexically dubious chatter. nobel laureate dario fo, who has named the commedia dell’arte as one of his principal literary and performative influences, has deployed grammelot to great effect, particularly in his comic monologues. english is peculiarly rich with examples of onomatopoeia. imitative vocalisations such as „sizzle‟, „hiss‟, „bump‟, „bang‟, „crash‟, „smash‟ and „hiccup‟ have all now been graced with entries in the major dictionaries, having first entered the language as imitative sounds. similarly, english has a long history of permitting the entry of neologisms into the language, from shakespeare to lewis carroll and beyond to the contributions from other cultures. in addition to the ancient languages of greek and latin, modern english has also acquired, and continues 20 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to acquire, much vocabulary from more distant linguistic sources around the world (e.g. arabic, hindi, chinese, japanese). it is important to emphasise this fact to students, in order to encourage them to „take ownership‟ of a truly global language, which is in reality a hybrid of many original languages, including norse, danish, french and german. one has only to look at its idiosyncratic spelling to appreciate this fact. mask the commedia dell’arte half-mask has two principal uses: to conceal and to transform identity. it also serves to amplify facial characteristics in order that these can be recognised from a distance. the act of concealing and thus transforming identity can often be of great benefit to language students, particularly those who are shy and reserved, either for personal or for cultural reasons. this is particularly the case in an asian context where frightened of losing face, any students from the confucian-heritage cultures (chc) dare not volunteer personal ideas, either for fear of being considered silly or for fear of making others feel humiliated … allowing a person to save face is more important than telling the truth (nguyen, terlouw and pilot, 2006, p. 7) . masks can confer the freedom to transgress cultural norms and pressures. by literally „losing face‟ – concealing it under a mask – many students experience a feeling of empowerment, a sudden freeing from self-consciousness and a lack of confidence. in the process, they can discover a fluency and articulacy that eluded them previously. i have often encountered students who were painfully inhibited in their speech for various reasons, perhaps because they perceived their english to be less proficient than their classmates, or because they were embarrassed to utter a sentence without being absolutely certain that what they were saying was grammatically correct. yet, once such students don a mask covering the face and, to a certain extent, the identity, they are frequently liberated from their selfconscious and self-imposed restraints. the mask confers permission to speak in any way you like, without concern for accuracy. obviously, the ultimate goal of language teaching is precision and fluency, but exercises with masks can help some students to overcome their inhibitions and learn to express themselves meaningfully and with emotional authenticity. in this way, the imperative to communicate can be instilled and they can make english „belong‟ to them as it already does to so many others around the world. indeed, it is only with this flexibility that english can keep its place as a global language. in the anglophone world, there is no equivalent of the french académie française, which oversees the use of the language in order to preserve its supposed purity. only recently has the académie relented on its ban of borrowings from english, such as, „le week-end‟. in the english-speaking world, there is no such institution to decree what we can or cannot say. it therefore follows that we can say anything, as long as successful communication is achieved in the process. this fact, once fully understood in all its implications, should be deeply empowering for all students of the language. 21 peter e. r. jordan second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama realism in addition to the core elements of the commedia dell’arte: improvisation and mask, there are several other key components that are worth discussing briefly. despite the artifice, stylisation and simplification that is evident in the commedia dell‟arte, the characters and narrative situations are grounded in reality. obviously, the reality of asia today will differ from that in sixteenthcentury italy, but essential relationships of power, status and affection are recognisable the world over and throughout time. the realities of making one‟s way in the world, negotiating one‟s position in the social hierarchy, attempting to fulfil desires and to strive for contentment have not changed much over the millennia, even while the external contours of civilisation have been in a ceaseless state of flux. physicality as already mentioned, from the outset, the commedia dell’arte practised multilingualism. pantalone would express himself in the venetian dialect; the doctor in bolognese; the servants in bergamese; pulcinella in the neapolitan vernacular; and the lovers in the tuscan dialect. the latter became the official italian language in 1871, just as putonghua was formally adopted as the official chinese national language in 1932, or bahasa indonesia was declared indonesia‟s official language in 1945. nevertheless, the people of all three countries continue to use their local dialects. as a result of this historical situation, the commedia dell’arte has a strongly mimetic element that both traverses language barriers, and underlines, complements and facilitates speech and communication. the use of gesture to underpin spoken language differs from culture to culture. with the mélange of italian patois to be found, even to this day, the actors of the commedia dell’arte necessarily placed greater emphasis on other methods of communication, in particular through costume, movement and gesture. present-day italians are justly famed for their vigorous language of gesture that often convey very specific meanings (e.g. „i„m hungry‟, „that tastes good‟, „i don‟t care‟, „watch out!‟, „let‟s get out of here‟, „nothing‟, „boring!‟, „what are you talking about?‟, „money‟, „you‟re scared‟, „i‟m not sure if you get my meaning‟ etc.). conversely, the british or chinese are typically less physically effusive, yet they too will underpin the meanings conveyed in speech with occasional gestures and other forms of body language. gesture can provide attitudinal nuance and amplification to verbal speech, and aids memorisation. the use of gesture, freed up by the disguise of the mask, can not only enhance speech, but also help to relax the speaker. nervousness and fear paralyse the mind. all actors have to overcome the fear of performance. similarly, language learners are in a very real sense performing a role, when they attempt to speak in the language of an alien culture, and fear is a natural product of that attempt. so it follows that anything which relaxes will free up the mind and facilitate recall. audience interaction the modern theatrical notion of a „fourth wall‟ – the pretence that the actors are unaware of the audience and are speaking as if they were alone on the stage – was unknown in the theatre of the commedia dell’arte, just as it is in many traditional asian theatre forms. the actors were thus free to talk to and 22 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to interact directly with the audience. also, by demolishing „the fourth wall‟, actors have the twin possibility of being part of the action or stepping out and commenting on it. this is rather akin to the workings of process drama, sometimes used in language learning. the actor both lives in the moment of the scene, interacting with emotional commitment, or he/she may narrate diegetically, ever aware that the audience can answer back at some point. this is not unlike the linguistic and presentational skills required of the public speaker who may also have to deal with the interventions of hecklers. thus, even speeches learned by rote can acquire a spontaneity and flexibility that exercises the speaker and gives him or her greater mastery of language and its application. ‘high’ and ‘low’ culture the literature of the commedia dell’arte is an eclectic mix of literary sophistication and ribald speech. it celebrates both popular and elite culture. the irreverence that is everywhere apparent in this material, provides a broad palette of permissible behaviours and locutions. it is certainly true that “literary texts are often rich in multiple levels of meaning, and demand that the reader/ learner is actively „teasing out‟ the unstated implications and assumptions of the text” (lazar, 1993, p. 19). however, language arts should also be a means to achieving greater fluency in everyday speech and the mundanities of many everyday interactions. music and song in keeping with its determination to entertain and delight as many people as possible, the plays of the commedia dell’arte contain many moments of song and dance. song, in particular, is an extremely useful means for learning language, at least key phrases thereof. through melodic connections, rhymes, rhythms and repetition, large tranches of text can be absorbed, retained and regurgitated at will. this is true of rhyming, metered verse in general, but song adds a further musical mnemonic element. comedy the early professional actors were driven by a need to attract and to hold the attention of a paying audience. originally, they performed in a variety of genres, even tragedy, but most popular by far was comedy with its power to evoke the pleasurable effects of laughter, which is not only enjoyed by the individual, but also as a collective act. thus, in time, the commedia dell’arte became associated exclusively with comedy. common intuition, supported by many sociological and psychological studies, has confirmed the positive, healthful and pleasurable effects of humour and laughter. a comic event, such as a particularly amusing role-play or improvisation, is not only intellectually stimulating, it will also lodge more easily in the memory along with details of the actions and speech used. conclusion a multi-modal approach – as can be found in the techniques and practices of the commedia dell’arte – undoubtedly facilitates and enriches the learning experience, increasing our ability to recall, adapt and interact in a wide range of contexts. whilst drama, in all its forms, can certainly enhance and facilitate language teaching in the ways outlined above, a word of caution should be sounded. many students will enjoy role-play, improvisation, singing and 23 peter e. r. jordan second language acquisition and linguistic freedom through drama movement, but there is nevertheless no guarantee that language will be acquired and consolidated in the process. all that can be said for sure is that the many tools encompassed by the rubric „drama‟ are just that: tools. their effective use is still subject to the expert application and guidance of the teacher, who will preferably also have a solid and complementary grounding in drama. when efficaciously deployed, drama can bring profound and lasting benefits in the acquisition, retention and expression of a second, and even third or fourth, language. drama is, in a very real sense, a „language art‟. in the words of a respected hong kong educator, commentator and theatre practitioner: engaging in the activities of language arts helps enhance the motivation of learning english, both within and outside the classroom. if students find the activities rewarding and they are learning the language at the same time, they will be willing to spend more time on them. … thus with language arts activities, many more conditions for interesting and creative language learning and use can be created (mok, 2001, p. 6). the creativity and inspirational qualities of the teacher in facilitating this process is paramount. references benedetti, j. (2005). the art of the actor: the essential history of acting, from classical times to the present day. london: methuen. brown, h. d. (2000). principles of language learning and teaching (4th ed.) new york, ny: longman. dervishaj, a. (2009). using drama as a creative method for foreign language acquisition. linguistic and communicative performance, 2(1), 53-62. johnstone, k. (2012). impro: improvisation and the theatre. london: routledge. lazar, g. (1993). literature and language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. mok, a. (2001). task-based learning, language arts and the media: a resource book for secondary english teachers. hong kong: university of hong kong. nguyen, p. m., terlouw, c. & pilot, a. (2006). culturally appropriate pedagogy: the case of group learning in a confucian heritage culture context. international education, 17 (1), 1-19. rodenberg, p. (1998). the actor speaks: voice and the performer. london: methuen. 24 a visual and verbal analysis of children representation english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement budi hermawan department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia email: budi_bee@yahoo.com elka zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia email: elkazenereshynta@gmail.com apa citation: hermawan, b., & ardhemas, e. z. n. (2014). a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement. english review: journal of english education 3(1) 59-69 received: 13-10-2014 accepted: 30-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: the study investigates the representation of children in television advertisement of 3 indie+ cellular phone operator. the study is descriptive qualitative and has employed kress & leuween’s reading images (2006) to analyze the visual data, and halliday’ transitivity system (1994, 2004) which is simplified by gerot and wignell (1995) for the analyzing the verbal data. the aim of the study is to examine the representation of children visually and verbally in the 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement. based on the data analysis, the study finds that visually children are represented as a naive person who is “pretending to know” adult life when in fact they are still a child through the use of setting, layout composition, and perspective (shot, gaze). children are verbally represented through the use of mental and material processes as somebody who tells about their hope, obsession, and aspirations in the future, and their naive imaginations of how an adult life is in relation to the product advertised the representation signifies that unlike other providers, using 3 indie+ is very easy; it is not as hard as to live as adults. keywords: advertisement, cellular phone, representation, semiotic, text, and visual grammar. introduction representation is the process which links between things, concepts, and signs. in other words, representation is the meaning production of the concepts in our minds through language (hall, 1997). danesi (1946, p. 123) defines representation as “the activity of making texts which is constrained by social conventions, by communal experiences, and by other contextual factor”. the ideas basically mean that representation is the process in which people use language to produce meanings. language served as the media to represent meanings. there are, of course other media that can be used to represent meanings, for instance pictures and advertisement. advertisement is the non-personal communication of information which is usually persuasive about product, service, or idea (bovee as cited in taflinger, 1996). goddard (1998) asserts that advertisement is not only about the commercial promotion of branded products, but can also encompass the idea of texts whose intention is to enhance the image of an individual, group or organization. the purpose of the advertisement is to persuade an audience and to bring about changes of budi hermawan elka & zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement reader’s attitude (rowman, 2008; varghese & vilanilam, 2004). moreover, advertisement can also influence the public, especially to increase or decrease the salience of an issue for the public (gwiasda, 2001). advertisement can also convey meanings or ideologies to the audiences, either implicitly or explicitly. 3 indie+ advertisement is one of the creative advertisement which depicts children to convey the meanings and ideologies to the audiences. 3 indie+ advertisement uses persuasive words to attract and make people forget that the advertisement is about cellular phone operator advertisement. despite the fact that the advertisement was reprimanded by the indonesian broadcasting commission (kpi), subagijo, because the advertisement is inappropriate to display children that commented about an adult problems (sinaga, 2013), the advertisement is still frequently aired on television. thus, the present study investigates the representation of children in the 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement. this study focuses on examining the representation of children in the cellular phone operator advertisement (3 indie+). therefore, semiotic becomes the basic theory for this study because it brings the notion about representation in the form of texts and media. the analysis of the data for the study is both visual and verbal analysis. the visual analysis is used to examine the images while the verbal analysis is used to examine the verbal texts. the study also uses multimodality, which is “the use of several semiotics modes in the design of a semiotic product or event, together with the particular way in which those modes are combined” (kress & leeuwen, 2001). literary review kress and leeuwen (2006) argue that “reading images focuses on the structures of ‘grammar’ of visual design (color, perspective, framing and composition) and provides the reader with an invaluable ‘tool-kit’ for reading images, which makes it a must for anyone interested in communication, the media and the arts”. they assert that visual structures of representation can either be a narrative process or conceptual process. narrative process is presenting actions and events, processes of change, transitory spatial arrangements, while conceptual process is representing participants in terms of their more generalized and more or stable and timeless essence, in terms of class, or structure, or meaning. they believe that there is a relation between the represented participants in the images and the interactive participants. if the represented participants gaze at viewers, this relation is interpreted as a demand to the viewers, while if there is an absence of gaze at the viewers, it is interpreted as an offer made by the copywriters to the viewers. there is another dimension to the interactive meanings of images, related to the size of frame. kress and leeuwen (2006) state that “the choice of distance can suggest different relations between the represented participants and the viewers”. size of frame is always defined in relation to the human body (kress & leeuwen, 2006). thus, the close shot (close-up) which shows the head and shoulders of the subjects and the very close shot (extreme close-up) which shows anything less than that, construct an intimate and personal relation between the represented participants and the viewers. the medium shot english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee which shows approximately at the knees constructs a social relation between the represented participants and the viewers, while in the long shot constructs an impersonal relation between the represented participants and the viewers. kress and leeuwen (2006) said that camera angle is an important means of expression in cinematography. they argue that if a represented participant is seen from a high angle, then it indicates that the interactive participant has power over the represented participant. meanwhile, if the represented participant is seen from a low angle, then it indicates that the represented participant has power over the interactive participant. if the picture is at eye level, then it indicates an equality and there is no power difference. the present study employs reading image to analyze the meanings of frame size, camera angle and the relation between the represented and the interactive participant in each print screen image investigated. transitivity becomes an important element in analyzing verbal texts in this study. the verbal texts are analyzed based on types of processes in transitivity: material (process of doing and causing), behavioural (process of physiological), mental (process of sensing), verbal (process of saying), relational (process of being and becoming), and existential (process of existence) (gerot & wignell, 1995). the types of processes in transitivity are used to determine the position of boy or girl as the participant in each scenes. the connotation in fashion is needed to identify connotative meanings of children’s clothing in each print screen image. barnard (2006) elaborates connotative meanings of fashion such as white collar suit signifies higher economic earning or higher job position; blue collar suit signifies lower job position or manual job; opened collar signifies informality and incapability; fine suit signifies urban and gentlemen; glasses signifies smartness and intellectuality; tie signifies modern and professionalism; fabric shirt and sharp shoe signifies masculinity; jeans signifies democratic, rebellion, modernity, youth; mini trouser and high heel shoe signifies modernity and aggressiveness. connotation in color becomes an essential element in this study. this study examines how children are visually represented in the cellular phone operator advertisement (3 indie+). therefore, the connotative meanings of colors are needed to analyze the clothings of children in each print screen image. wilfred (1962), linschoten & mansyur (as cited in kasali, 1995), and fisher (2004), elaborate a connotative meanings of colors, such as the color of yellow signifies tolerance, light, fast, inspiration, happiness, hope, gold, cheeriness, cowardice, illness, deceit, warmth, excitement, enlightenment; the color of gray signifies independent, stability, seriousness, critical, masculine, and neutral; the color of brown signifies fertility, old, wealthy, melancholy, depression, warmth, and comfortable; the color of white signifies pure, naive, peace, goodness, clean, elegant, plain, and sporty; the color of blue signifies peace, spiritually calm, young, sportive, depression, introvert, delicacy, firm, mellow, science, infinity, transcendent, challenging, serenity, and sad; the color of black signifies formality, darkness, magic, mystery, grief, artist, elegance, conservative, and prestigious; the color of purple signifies royalty, feminine, expressive, young, sensitive, hope, budi hermawan elka & zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement spiritual obsession, richness, elegant, and sophisticated; the color of green signifies natural, affection, emphatic, young, peace, envious, poison, fresh, wickedness, balancing, harmony, serenity, prosperity, clean, mold, and nausea. in the present study, techniques of video shooting also become an important element. techniques of video shooting are used to identify frame size, camera angle and color saturation in each print screen image. there are some technical aspects in the process of video shooting. those technical aspects are created in order to convey some meanings. selby and coedery (1995) introduced some techniques of video shooting such as close up shot signifies intimate or close emotion; long shot signifies object with public or environment; low camera angle signifies being dominated, controlled, and unauthority; color saturation of warm (yellow, orange, red, and gray) signifies optimism, hope, desire, and agitation. previous studies which investigate advertisement and representation include the study conducted by marcellus (2006) which shows that females are depicted to be courteous, faceless, and voiceless in the magazines. females are also represented as the objects of appeal in the pakistani magazines (mahsud, mirza & riaz, 2009). females are portrayed to be dependent, inactive, young and as a product user, while males are depicted to be independent, active and as a product authorities in television advertisement (siu & au, 1997; neto & pinto, 1998; kim & lowry, 2005). a study conducted by stankiewicz & rosselli (2008) indicates that females are displayed as a sex object and victims in media images. the findings also show that females are depicted as targets of violence, manipulation, sexual aggression, lifeless, and in servitude. in television advertisement, females are frequently depicted at home and social settings, while males at work, outdoors, and business settings. females play roles of parents and homemakers, while males play roles of interviewers, narrators, celebrities, workers and laborers. females are frequently displayed in under 30 (young) and as an unmarried, while males are frequently portrayed in the middle-aged. females are associated with body, food, household, cosmetics/toiletries, clothing, and personal care products, while males are associated with automobile, sport, food/beverages, and electronics products. females are represented with no arguments while males frequently offer an argument and make an end comment (neto & pinto, 1998; uray & burnaz, 2003; kim & lowry, 2005; vallsfernandez & martinez-vicente, 2007; nassif & gunter, 2008; prieler et. al, 2011; luyt, 2011; arima, 2003). a study conducted by chick & hunter (2009) reveals that females are depicted as needy and helpless while males are portrayed as their (females) rescuers. moreover, the percentage of male characters is higher than female characters in the advertisement (chick & hunter, 2009; valls-fernandez & martinez-vicente, 2007; martinez et.al, 2013; luyt, 2011). studies on children representation in advertisement are rarely found. mostly, studies on children investigated the impact of television advertisement on children’s attitude (nassar & abdulaziz, 2012; ahsan et.al, 2013) or studies on children investigated the effect of television food advertising on children’s food intake and children’s english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee food purchasing behavior (halford et.al, 2008; priya et.al, 2010; haroon et.al, 2011). therefore, this study is conducted to examine the representation of children in television advertisement. method the study is aimed to examine how children are visually and verbally represented in a television advertisement of cellular phone advertisement (3 indie+). this study employs a descriptive qualitative method since this study aimed at understanding the way children are visually and verbally represented in a television advertisement. the qualitative method aims to expand people’s understanding of particular things in the world (hancock et.al, 2009). therefore, the study is expected to enact people to have a more profound understanding towards how children are represented in a television advertisement. the data for the study are in the form of verbal and visual text. the visual data are two selected television advertisement of cellular phone operator (3 indie+). those selected television advertisement with 59 seconds in duration display children narrating about their own aspirations in the future. the verbal texts are the words and sentences accompanying the visual. in collecting the data, the study has used the following procedure. firstly, determining what advertisement and what social issue represented in the advertisement will be examined. secondly, collecting the primary data for the analysis by downloading the two videos of the related advertisement from the website (http://youtube.com). thirdly, dividing the selected scenes into 23 print screen images (first video= 12 print screen images and second video= 11 print screen images). fourthly, transcribing the monologue (one text accompanies one print screen image). the analysis of the data are both visual and verbal analysis. visual analysis consists of facial expression, layout composition, clothing, physical appearance, and techniques of video shooting which are based on barnard (2006), ekman (2003), selby and coedery (1995) and kress and leeuwen’s theory (2006). meanwhile verbal analysis relies on halliday’s theory of transitivity (1985). in conducting the study, the following steps have been taken. first, watching the two videos to have thorough understanding. second, identifying facial expression, clothing, physical appearance, frame size, camera angle and color saturation in each print screen image. third, analyzing the data using the framework theories. fourth, making a conclusion based on the findings. results and discussion the results and discussion elaborate visual representation of children to answer the first research question; how children are visually represented in a television advertisement of cellular phone operator (3 indie+); as well as verbal representation of children to answer the second research question; how children are verbally represented in a television advertisement of cellular phone operator (3 indie+); and the explanation will be elaborated further to answer the third research question; what does the representation signify. based on the data analysis, the study finds that visually children are represented as actor in the social and outdoor settings. children are represented with the use of yellow, white, and purple as the dominant http://youtube.com/ budi hermawan elka & zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement colors of clothing in the advertisement. children are also represented through the emotion of sadness which is shown by facial expressions such as their open mouth, their down corner of lips, their raised cheeks, and their drooped eyelids. the study also finds that children are represented through the use of close-up shot which shows their head and shoulders as the dominant frame size in the advertisement. moreover, children are represented through the use of eyelevel camera angle and through the use of warm and cool color saturation in the advertisement. the following picture illustrates this. picture 1. the boy at the building construction in the first version of 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement (scene 4) verbally the children are represented as sayer (12 times), actor (9 times), carrier (7 times), senser (5 times), behaver (3 times), and token (1 time) from the total number of clauses in the verbal analysis (37 clauses). in the study, the visual representation of children in the advertisement was revealed through the visual elements of the advertisement (background, clothes, facial expressions, frame size, camera angle, and color saturation). in term of background, children are depicted in a classroom (2 times), at a top of a building (1 time), in a car (1 time), at a building construction (3 times), in a courtyard (1 time), at a corridor (1 time), at a food court (1 time), in a kitchen (1 time), at a golf course (1 time), at a roadside (1 time), in a balcony (1 time), in a restaurant (2 times), in a supermarket (1 time), and unidentified settings because the children are represented with the use of close-up shot (6 times). concerning the colors of clothes that are used by the children in the 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement, the children are represented through the use of yellow (5 times), gray (4 times), brown (2 times), white (6 times), blue (3 times), black (1 time), purple (3 times), green (1 time)and no clothing (3 times). the dominant colors found in the advertisement are yellow, white, and purple. according to wilfred (1962), linschoten & mansyur (as cited in kasali, 1995), and fisher (2004), the color of yellow signifies tolerance, light, fast, inspiration, happiness, hope, gold, cheeriness, cowardice, illness, deceit, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee warmth, excitement, and enlightenment. in the context of the advertisement, the color of yellow signifies hope; the hope of children for their future. meanwhile, the color of white signifies pure, naive, peace, goodness, clean, elegant, and sporty (wilfred, 1962; linschoten & mansyur as cited in kasali, 1995). in the context of the advertisement, the color of white signifies naivete; naivete of children in expressing their opinion about adult life. according to wilfred (1962) and fisher (2004), purple signifies royalty, feminine, expressive, young, sensitive, hope, spiritual, obsession, richness, elegant, and sophisticated. in the context of the advertisement, the color of purple signifies obsession; the obsession of the children to achieve their goal and aspiration. moreover, the obsession of being adult. in connection with facial expressions, he children are depicted with the emotions of sadness (15 times), fear (1 time), enjoyable emotion (2 times), and without facial expressions because they do not face the camera (5 times). children are mostly displayed with the expressions of open mouth, down corner of lips, raised cheeks, and drooped eyelids. according to ekman (2003), those facial expressions signify the emotion of sadness. thus, children in the advertisement are frequently represented with sad emotion. picture 2 illustrates this. picture 2. the girl with sadness emotion in the second version of 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement (scene 6) in relation to frame size, children are represented through the use of closeup shot (16 times), medium close-up shot (1 time), long shot (5 times), and medium shot (1 time). children are frequently represented through the use of close up shot which shows the head and shoulders of the children as the dominant frame size found in the advertisement. according to kress and leeuwen (2006), close-up shot indicates personal relationship between the represented participant and the viewers. thus, children are represented with close up shot to construct an intimate and personal relationship with the viewers. in term of camera angle, children are represented through the use of eye level (22 times) and high camera angle (1 time). children are represented through the use of eye level as the dominant camera angle found in the advertisement. according to kress and leeuwen (2006), an eye level indicates an equality and there is no power difference between the budi hermawan elka & zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement represented participant and the viewers. thus, children are represented to show an equality between the children and the viewers. equality of having desire, hope, obsession to achieve goals and aspirations. in relation to color saturation, children are represented through the use of warm color saturation (12 times) and cool color saturation (12 times). children are represented through the use of warm and cool color saturation (gray and green). according to selby and coedery (1995), color saturation of gray indicates optimism, hope, desire, and agitation. in the context of the advertisement, gray color as the color that envelops the whole images accentuates desire; the desire of the children to attain their goals. picture 3 below shows the warm color saturation used in the advertisement. picture 3. the girl with warm color saturation of orange in the first version of 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement (scene 3) lastly, boys are more frequently appeared than girl in the 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement. boys in the advertisement are 61% from the total number of children, while girls in the advertisement are 39% from the total number of children. in relation to the previous studies about representation, the present study proves that the percentage of boy characters is higher than girl characters in the television advertisement. as mentioned, verbally children are represented as sayer (12 times) as the dominant participant with verbal process. according to gerot and wignell (1995), verbal process is process of saying or symbolically signalling. in the context of the advertisement, children are represented as someone who tells about things that commonly happen in adult’s daily life. for instance, at the end of the month, they only eat an instant noodle fot either breakfast, lunch, and dinner. other examples, when they do not have money, then cannot buy a voucher to call someone, and they can only make a missed call. children are represented as actor (9 times) with material process. material process is process of doing and causing (gerot & wignell, 1995). in the context of the advertisement, children are represented as actor who want to hangout with other young entrepreneurs and discussing a big project. children are also represented as carrier (7 times) with relational process. relational process is process of being and having (gerot & wignell, 1995). in english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the context of the advertisement, children are represented as carrier who become adult and imagine how hard it is to live up. the study also finds that children are represented as senser (5 times) with mental process. mental process is process of sensing and perceiving through the five senses (gerot & wignell, 1995). in the advertisement, the children are represented as senser who want to work in a multinational company and at a high building. they also want to be a young entrepreneur and a boss. moreover, children are represented as behaver (3 times) with behavioral process. according to gerot and wignell (1995), behavioral process is process of physiological and psychological behavior. in the advertisement, children are represented as behaver who grow up and become adult. conclusions this present study has investigated the representation of children in 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement. the study answered the following research questions: how children are visually represented in a television advertisement of cellular phone operator (3 indie+); how children are verbally represented in a television advertisement of cellular phone operator (3 indie+); and what the representation signify. children in the 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement are represented through some ways. the representation of children in the advertisement was revealed through the visual elements of the advertisement (background, clothes, facial expressions, frame size, camera angle, and color saturation) and the verbal analysis (transitivity). overall, from the ways of 3 indie+ cellular phone operator advertisement represent children, it can be inferred that children are visually represented as somebody who we know; somebody we are close to. they are equal with the viewers in terms of desire, hope, and obsession to achieve their goals and aspirations. children are also visually represented as being a naive person who is “pretending to know” adult life when they are still a child and they do not having the experiences of living an adult life. their facial expression; the sad emotion, expresses sympathetic gesture towards the hardship they think is experienced by an adult. children are verbally represented as somebody who tells about their aspirations in the future; their naive imaginations of how an adult life is; having to face many problems, especially contributed by the financial problems. they imagine when they grow up and become adult, they have to face many problems because live as a child is not as hard as to live as an adult. thus, in the context of the advertisement, children are represented as a bridge between provider and consumer of what the customers want. the message sent by the operator can be understood that unlike other provider, using 3 indie+ is very easy, it is not as hard as to live as an adult, because 3 indie+ advertisement gives a convenience to the consumer with the service of ‘use it first and pay it later’, without reservation and blockade. hence, 3 indie+ facilitates the consumers, especially adults who usually face the financial problems, in using the cellular phone operator. in regard with the findings, for other researchers who want to conduct study on the same issue are suggested to budi hermawan elka & zenereshynta nuvra ardhernas a visual and verbal analysis of children representation in television advertisement explore the representation of children in other kinds of advertisement. the other researchers can compare the representation of children in some kinds of cellular phone operator advertisement or the other researchers can conduct the analyses to other kinds of advertisement, because studies on children representation in advertisement are still rarely found. the other researchers are suggested to compare the representation of girls and boys in the advertisement with the representation of man and women in the advertisements and the other researchers are suggested to reveal the ideologies behind the comparison of those representations. moreover, the other researchers are suggested to conduct the visual analysis of children representation with focus on using one of the visual elements (setting, facial expression, frame size, camera angle, color saturation) in order to get a deep analysis in the visual analysis. references ahsan, s. m. h., mamun, a., mowla, m. m., & ibrahim, m. (2013). impact of television commercials on children’s attitudes in bangladesh: an empirical study. journal of educational and social research, 3(3), 69-78. arima, a. n. (2003). gender stereotypes in japanese television advertisement. sex roles, 49(1/2), 81+. barnard, m. (2006). fashion sebagai komunikasi. yogyakarta: jalasutra. chandler. d. (2002). semiotics: the basics. london: routledge. chick, k., & hunter, m. (2009). an analysis of human images and advertisement in four popular children’s magazines. language and literacy, 11(1), n/a. danesi, m. (1946). the quest for meaning: a guide to semiotic theory and practice. canada: university of toronto press inc. fisher, j. (2004). colors: their connotations and perceived meanings. retrieved from http://ezinearticles.com/?colors:their-connotations-and-perceivedmeanings&id=4510 gerot, l., & wignell, p. (1995).making sense of functional grammar: an introductory workbook. australia: gerd stabler. goddard, a. (1998). the language of advertising. london and new york: routledge. gwiasda, g.w. (2001). network news coverage of campaign advertisement: media’s ability to reinforce campaign messages. americanpolitics research, 29(5): 461-482. halford, j. c., boyland, e. j., hughes, g. m., stacey, l., mckean, s., & dovey, t. m. (2008). beyond-brand effect of television food advertisements on food choice in children: the effects of weight status. public health nutrition, 11(9), 897-904. hall, s. (1997). representation: cultural representations and signifying practices. london: sage publication ltd. halliday, m.a.k. (1994). an introduction to functional grammar, 2nd edition. new york: routledge, chapman and hall, inc. halliday, m.a.k., & matthiessen, c.m.i.m. (2004) an introduction to functional grammar. great britain: arnold. hancock, b., ockleford, e., & windridge, k. (2009). an introduction to qualitative research. retrieved from: www.rdseastmidlands.nihr.ac.uk haroon, m., qureshi, t. m., zia-ur-rehman, m., & nisar, m. (2011). does the food advertisement on television have the impact on children’s food purchasing behavior? a study based on pakistan food advertisement. international journal of business and management, 6(1), 283-289. kasali, r. (1995). manajemen periklanan: konsep dan aplikasinya di indonesia. jakarta: grafitti. kim, k., & lowry, d. (2005). television commercials as a lagging social indicator: gender role stereotypes in korean television advertising. sex roles, 53(11-12), 901-910. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee kress, g., & leeuwen, t. v. (2001). multimodal discourse: the modes and media of contemporary communication. london: bloomsbury academic. kress, g., & leeuwen, t. (2006). reading images: the grammar of visual design. usa and canada: routledge. luyt, r. (2011). representation of gender in south african television advertising: a content analysis. sex roles, 65(5-6), 356370. mahsud, m, n., mirza, m, i., & riaz, s. (2009). portrayal of women in pakistani magazines: do magazines stereotype women as model. gender & behaviour, 7(2), 2557-2577. marcellus, j. (2006). woman as machine: representation of secretaries in interwar magazines. journalism and mass communication quarterly, 83(1), 101-115. martinez, e., nicolas, m., & salas, a. (2013). gender representation in advertising of toys in the christmas period (2009-12). scientific journal of media education, 21(41), 187-194. nassar, m. a., & abdulaziz, a. z. (2012). effects of television advertising on children in the middle east. education, business, and society: contemporary middle eastern issues, 5(4), 267-280. nassif, a., & gunter, b. (2008). gender representation in television advertisements in britain and saudi arabia. sex roles, 58(11-12), 752-760. neto, f., & pinto, i. (1998). gender stereotypes in portuguese television advertisements. sex roles, 39(1-2), 153164. prieler, m., kohlbacher, f., hagiwara, s., & arima, a. (2011). gender representation of older people in japanese television advertisements. sex roles, 64(5-6), 405415. priya, p., baisya, r. k., & sharma, s. (2010). television advertisements and children’s buying behavior. marketing intelligence & planning, 28(2), 151-169. rowman, a. (2008). images of women and minorities in advertising (third aedition). new york: littlefield publishers, inc. selby, k., & coedery, r. (1995). how to study television. london: mcmillisan. sinaga, e, k. (2013, june 29). kpi: iklan 3 parah !. tribun news. retrieved from http://www.tribunnews.com/2013/06 /29/kpi-iklan-3-parah siu, w., & au, a. (1997). women in advertising: a comparison of television advertisements in china and singapore. marketing intelligence & planning, 15(5), 235. stankiewicz, j. m., & rosselli, f. (2008). women as sex objects and victims in print advertisements. sex roles, 58(7-8), 579-589. sukyadi, d. (2011). teori dan analisis semiotika. bandung: rizqi press. taflinger, r. f. (1996). a definition of advertising. retrieved from http://public.wsu.edu/~taflinge/addef ine.html uray, n., & burnaz, s. (2003). an analysis of the portrayal of gender roles in turkish televison advertisements. sex roles, 48(1-2), 77-87. valls-fernandez, f., & martinez-vicente, j. (2007). gender stereotypes in spanish television commercials. sex roles, 56(910), 691-699. varghese, a., & vilanilam, j. v. (2004). advertising basics. new delhi: response books. wilfred, t. (1962). color organ, in compton’s pictured encyclopedia. chicago: f. e. compton & company. family education values in kirana kejora’s novels (genetic structural research) wulan wahyuning ratri language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: wulanwahyura@gmail.com emzir language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id ninuk lustyantie language education, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: ninuk.lustyantie@unj.ac.id apa citation: ratri, w. w., emzir., & lustyantie, n. (2017). : family education values in kirana kejora’s novels (genetic structural research). english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 263-274 received: 11-04-2017 accepted: 21-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: the objective of this research is to acquire deep understanding about family education values in the novels by kirana kejora through genetic structural. it was a qualitative research with content analysis method. this research was analyzed through structural literary approach and genetic structural approach. the data were collected through document study, data observation about family education values in the novels by kirana kejora (bintang anak tuhan, air mata terakhir bunda, ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir), and interview with kirana kejora. the result of this research revealed that family education values that were founded and described in the novels by kirana kejora were diligent to worship, honest, respect, unanimous, having achievement, mandate, brave, independent, proportional, take care of self, affection, prelude other people, and fair. they were founded and described through intrinsic structure of novel, author’s background, social background, and author’s world view. those results lead to implication that indonesian literature educator can use kirana kejora’s novels directly in the teaching process. further, the findings lead to recommendation to indonesian literature educators in order to use novels with content of family education values and to motivate students to analyze the novels through genetic structural. keywords: family education values, novel, genetic structural introduction in teaching literature, warmth can be created by the content of literature teaching itself, for instance, the content of literature teaching which encouraging values of family education. the learners who are able to respect the literature learning process are them who come from the families which are fully filled by values of family education. therefore, it becomes the researcher’s reason for conducting the research about the values of family education relating to literature aspect. helmawati (2014, p. 50) explains that in family environment, for the first time, the children get some values. if children are raised with the good values of family education, they will learn to respect others, including respecting literature teachers and their literary works. railton (2003, p. 45) states that values can be understood as something that has a norm taste. it means, if the values has a norm taste, the values can be considered for having positive sides, including the family education. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.541 263 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee related to the values of family education, it is observed that the values in literature have been taught in formal school, especially in grade xi and xii, as what have been summarized by syafrial (2014, pp. 73-75) who describes that in teaching literature, the values of literary works consisting of hedonic, artistic, cultural, ethical, moral, religion, and education values were taught and analyzed. based on that condition, the researcher assumes that the analysis of educational values in novels examined by the students or college students are still low. educational values haven’t referred to family education value which directly contributes to literature teaching. literature teaching will be able to be accepted well by students or college students if there are high enthusiasms. high enthusiasm can be based on either students or college students who are taught to respect by their parents. in indonesia, the novel authors carry some kinds of novels. family education values are also carried by the authors, including kirana kejora, as can be found in her novels entitled bintang anak tuhan, air mata terakhir bunda, and ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir. those three novels might not relate one to another, but they carry the same theme about family. as for, kirana kejora is familiar to family life. kirana kejora’s three novels (bintang anak tuhan, air mata terakhir bunda, ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir) are chosen as the data source of the research since they contain humanity aspects. those three novels are also focused on parents and children. by the facts, the researcher decides to analyze the values of family education in those novels. kirana kejora’s novels contain values of family education, relate to reality, so it can be analyzed through genetic structural approach. endraswara (2008, p. 60) states that genetic structural approach should, at least, have three aspects. the aspects are literature intrinsic, background of the creator, and social background. the author’s world view is also included. based on those things, the researcher views that kirana kejora’s novels are worth and important to be analyzed. novels are best known as fiction. it is supported by eagleton (1996, p. 2) who states that if literature includes much factual writing, it also excludes quite a lot of fiction. it means that the fiction sides in novels have good purposes to touch the readers’ soul. beside known as fiction, novels also can relate to realities. stanton (2007, p. 8) states that novels can show human experiences, even the author’s experiences. one of human experiences can have relation with the values of family education. lestari (2014, pp. 168-171) states that values of family education consist of diligent to worship, honest, respect, unanimous, and having achievement. in line with lestari, syamsi translated by mujtahid (2014, pp. 97-114) explains that values of family education consist of having prophetmoral, mandate, brave, good in interaction, independent, proportional, take care of self, fulfilling promises, honor, affection, prelude other people, polite, and fair. the values of family education is instilled since people were still children until they become adults. the researcher decides to analyze thirteen values of family education in kirana kejora’s novels, involving diligent to worship, honest, respect, unanimous, having achievement, mandate, brave, independent, proportional, take care of self, affection, prelude other people, and fair. furthermore, the researcher uses literary structural approach and genetic structural approach. dosse (1998, p. 78) states that whatever the case, structuralism is a serious thing, as we have seen. it gives anything have to do with signs a right to sentence. it means, with the literary structural approach, the researcher will have deeper knowledge about the story in novels. moreover, on genetic structural approach, as what have been stated by goldmann (1977, p. 158), the creation of literary works is about linking literary works with social groups. 264 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research therefore, it can be observed that novel not only reflects individuals, but also society. in genetic structural approach, things about author’s background, social background, and even the author’s world view are considered. the author’s background is considered through genetic structural approach since there are always the author’s intervention, thoughts, and feelings in literary works (endraswara, 2011, p. 102).regarding the social background, goldmann (1977, p. 159) explains that the author is faced with some social awareness and facts; the author observes social facts. on the other hand, the author’s world view influences human behaviors. endraswara (2012, p. 137) explains that points of view can refer to the author’s views about his or her own world and society. in brief, the focus of the research is analyzing values of family education in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed through genetic structural approach. from the focus, the researcher formulates the five following research questions; how the values of family education in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed through: (1) intrinsic structure of the novels?, (2) author’s background?, (3) social background?, (4) author’s world view?, (5) the comparison of family education values between the three kirana kejora’s novels?. based on those research questions, it can be known that the objective of this research was to get comprehension deeply about the values of family education in kirana kejora’s novels through genetic structural approach. the scopes involve novel intrinsic structure, author’s background, social background, author’s world view, and also comparison of family education values between the three kirana kejora’s novels. method this research is conducted from september 2015 until september 2016 through content analysis method. literary approaches used are structural approach and literary structural approach. the data were then collected through literature review, observing things related to family education values in novels, and structured interview. therefore, there are two kinds of data, namely primary and secondary data. the novels by kirana kejora entitled bintang anak tuhan, air mata terakhir bunda, and ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir are used as primary data sources. whereas, the secondary data consist of interview transcription and internet articles about kirana kejora’s novels. in this research, there are seven steps of data collecting techniques, including: (1) reading kirana kejora’s novels, (2) finding unique and worthy phenomena to be analyzed, (3) setting the values of family education as research data, (4) setting the three kirana kejora’s novels as data sources, (5) setting content analysis as research method, (6) settingstructural approach and genetic structural approach as research approaches, (7) doing literature review, observation of things referring to the values of family education in kirana kejora’s novels, and interviews. data validity is tested by interviewing the author and reviewing the supporting articles. furthermore, the data analysis procedures in this research are as follows: (1) finding, selecting, and clarifying the intrinsic structure of the three novels, (2) analyzing the family education values in novels by reviewing the novels’ intrinsic structure, (4) making a working table related to recapitulation numbers of data observing family education values in novel by reviewing the novels’ intrinsic structure, (5) making a description and a summary relating to novel intrinsic structure, (6) analyzing family education values in novels by reviewing the author’s background, (7) making a working table related to recapitulation numbers of data observing family education values in novels by reviewing the author’s background, (8) making a summary, (9) analyzing family education values in the novelsby reviewing the social background, (10) making a working 265 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table related to recapitulation numbers of data observing family education values in the novels by reviewing the social background, (11) making a summary, (12) analyzing family education values in the novels by reviewing author’s world view, (13) making a working table related to recapitulation numbers of data observing family education values in the novels by reviewing the author’s world view, (14) making a summary. in this data analysis procedures, the researcher also makes comparison. the researcher compares the values of family education in the novels reviewed through the novel’s intrinsic structure, the author’s background, social background, and the author’s world view, elaborates them, then makes summaries in table form. results and discussion family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by novel’s intrinsic structure in the three novels by kirana kejora, thirteen family education values are firstly reviewed through novel intrinsic structure. those family education values consist of diligent to worship, honest, respect, unanimous, having achievement, mandate, brave, independent, proportional, take care of self, affection, prelude other people, and fair. from the analysis, it can be concludes that kejora expresses her thoughts on her novels, including the novel intrinsic structure. elements of novel intrinsic structure from a unity until positive messages related to family education values are got. the readers can comprehend about family education valuesby themselves through the relation of novel intrinsic structure. the themes of kirana kejora’s novels (bintang anak tuhan, air mata terakhir bunda, ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir) are family affection. the characters and its characterizations have domination about affection and the stories always tell about single parents and their children. the plots of the stories show about the sincere struggles between single parents and their children in this life. table 1. family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by novel intrinsic structures the title of the novels and the result of quotation no. family education values frequency percentage bintang anak tuhan (50 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 8 10% 2. honest 1 2% 3. respect 4 8% 4. unanimous 2 4% 5. having achievement 1 2% 6. mandate 3 6% 7. brave 4 8% 8. independent 3 6% 9. proportional 2 4% 10. take care of self 1 2% 11. affection 15 30% 12. prelude other people 5 10% 13. fair 1 2% air mata terakhir bunda (63 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 9 15% 2. honest 4 6% 3. respect 5 8% 266 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research 4. unanimous 4 6% 5. having achievement 9 15% 6. mandate 4 6% 7. brave 1 2% 8. independent 3 4% 9. proportional 1 2% 10. take care of self 5 8% 11. affection 15 23% 12. prelude other people 1 2% 13. fair 2 3% ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir (65 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 2 4% 2. honest 0 0% 3. respect 6 11% 4. unanimous 3 5% 5. having achievement 1 2% 6. mandate 3 5% 7. brave 9 16% 8. independent 4 8% 9. proportional 2 4% 10. take care of self 3 5% 11. affection 18 33% 12. prelude other people 3 5% 13. fair 1 2% family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by author’s background in bintang anak tuhan’s novel, there are five author backgrounds identified by the researcher. the five author backgrounds are her early-age marriage status, having a daughter, having mother who suffers lung disease, and caring of people who suffers hiv/aids. from those author’s backgrounds, the researcher identifies eight family education values, namely diligent to worship, unanimous, having achievement, brave, independent, proportional, take care of self, and affection. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, there are six backgrounds of the author. those six backgrounds are a mother who is a strong, a mother as a single parent whose ex-husband has get married again, diligence to worship since she was a child, the existence of effort to create fairness in family, a mother as single parent who puts her children’s education first, and a mother who has ever lived in sidoarjo. from the reviews of those backgrounds, the researcher gets six family education values, including diligent to worship, having achievement, brave, take care of self, affection, and fair. in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir, it can be concluded that there are six author backgrounds. the author backgrounds are about children’s birthday celebration in orphanage, a boy who is like a hawk, parents who are full of affection, inspiration about history and archeology, a life that is usually filled by putting others first, and harmony in family. from the reviews of those backgrounds, the researcher identifies five family education values, involving unanimous, mandate, brave, affection, and prelude other people. 267 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 2. family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by author’s background the title of the novels and the result of quotation no. family education values frequency percentage bintang anak tuhan (24 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 4 17% 2. honest 0 0% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 2 8% 5. having achievement 2 8% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 2 8% 8. independent 2 8% 9. proportional 2 1% 10. take care of self 4 17% 11. affection 6 26% 12. prelude other people 0 0% 13. fair 0 0% air mata terakhir bunda (14 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 2 14% 2. honest 0 0% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 0 0% 5. having achievement 4 30% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 2 15% 8. independent 0 0% 9. proportional 0 0% 10. take care of self 5 8% 11. affection 15 23% 12. prelude other people 1 2% 13. fair 2 3% ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir (16 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 0 0% 2. honest 0 0% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 4 26% 5. having achievement 0 0% 6. mandate 2 11% 7. brave 2 11% 8. independent 0 0% 9. proportional 0 0% 10. take care of self 0 0% 11. affection 4 26% 12. prelude other people 4 26% 13. fair 0 0% 268 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research from the analysis, it can be known that kejora got married because of affection, so she expresses it on characters named hanum and agung who get married young because of affection in bintang anak tuhan’s novel. here, kejora was inspired by bunga who always keeps her mother’s feelings, so kejora creates a character named bintang who keeps himself to not making hanum sad. besides, bintang who is also a person who always beside people with hiv/aids and tbc. moreover, kejora was inspired by her mother who keeps herself away from kejora in order to keep kejora safe and is not contaminated by her lung disease. in addition, there are also people with hiv/aids who surrender and try to get close to god. therefore, the characters hanum and bintangshow the value diligent to worship. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, it can be known that kejora does not want to be a weak mother through the character named delta who never wants to be looked sad by her mother. kejora’s ex-husband has got married again, and kejora never slanders her husband so it implies affection without hope. sriyani character is also created based on kejora’s condition. kejora is taught to be diligent to worship since she was a child by her mother. therefore, based on those experiences, delta is taught to be diligent to worship by sriyaniin air mata terakhir bunda’s novel. ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel tells about mada who cares of the orphanage. he always spreads the happiness there. this story is based on the author’s background for celebrating bunga’s birthday in orphanage by giving gifts. kejora often calls arga as ‘elang’—which means ‘hawk’ in english. therefore, argais taught to be as strong as a hawk and the fact is arga can be strong. kejora manifests that condition on juna character who suggests mada to learn from a hawk until mada can be a strong figure. the figure of kejora’s parents, especially kejora’s father, is full of affection so that kejora can understand what affection is. family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by social background in bintang anak tuhan’s novel, there are six social backgrounds found by the researcher. those are the social backgrounds about people’s slanted paradigm towards people with hiv/aids, the existence of people with hiv/aids who are contaminated hiv/aids through drugs, threat of hiv/aids to life, there still exist people with hiv/aids who has strong souls, there still exist normal people who accept and help people with hiv/aids, and the existence of people with hiv/aids who realize to keep themselves. from those social backgrounds, the researcher gets eleven family education values, namely diligent to worship, honest, respect, unanimous, having achievement, mandate, brave, independent, proportional, take care of self, and affection. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, there are four social backgrounds found consisting of social background of sidoarjo people who are impassioned, the existence of matchmaking in sidoarjo people, the condition of sidoarjo people related to mud disaster of lapindo, and social background about en event to get rid of the children’s trauma because of mud disaster of lapindo. by reviewing social backgrounds, the researcher gets six family education values contained in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, namely diligent to worship, brave, mandate, independent, proportional, and affection. then, in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel, there are five social backgrounds found, those are social backgrounds about general condition of a father as a single parent in indonesia, matchmaking in family, international marriage, father’s struggles as a single parent, and the existence of men who have social carefulness. from those social backgrounds, the researcher gets six family education values, includinghonest, respect, independent, affection, and prelude other people. 269 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 3. the results of family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by social background the title of the novels and the result of quotation no. family education values frequency percentage bintang anak tuhan (16 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 4 10% 2. honest 0 2% 3. respect 0 8% 4. unanimous 0 4% 5. having achievement 2 2% 6. mandate 0 6% 7. brave 2 8% 8. independent 0 6% 9. proportional 9 4% 10. take care of self 6 2% 11. affection 2 30% 12. prelude other people 0 10% 13. fair 0 2% air mata terakhir bunda (22 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 4 15% 2. honest 0 6% 3. respect 0 8% 4. unanimous 0 6% 5. having achievement 0 0% 6. mandate 2 8% 7. brave 2 8% 8. independent 6 27% 9. proportional 4 19% 10. take care of self 0 0% 11. affection 4 19% 12. prelude other people 0 0% 13. fair 0 0% ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir (20 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 0 0% 2. honest 2 10% 3. respect 2 10% 4. unanimous 0 0% 5. having achievement 0 0% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 0 0% 8. independent 2 10% 9. proportional 0 0% 10. take care of self 0 0% 11. affection 8 40% 12. prelude other people 2 10% 13. fair 4 20% 270 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research in bintang anak tuhan’s novel, it is discussed that people with hiv/aids are marginalized, so they need affection. the families of people with hiv/aids keep fighting for people with hiv/aids to get education even if it is through home schooling. family education value for being independent are based on people with hiv/aids who are finally independent, and it is manifested through hanum’s character who is independent and powerful. the effort to take care of oneself appears through families of people with hiv/aids who do not let their children to feel tired. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, it discusses about kejora’s observations towards sidoarjo people who are full of power, for instance, there exist people who earn money by selling kupang rice cake, and are full of intention. sriyani’s character also gives family education value for selfreliance to her children by working as a kupang rice cake seller, and not hoping other people’s mercy. sidoarjo’s children generally get matchmaking trust from their parents to get married with men or women chosen by their parents. the situation is described through sriyani’s character. in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel, it is also discussed that affection appears from father’s figures as a single parent in indonesia who are great and full of affection to their children. they can also become a figure of mother for their children. that condition is described through juna’s character who gives affection to mada as well as a father and a mother give to their children. besides, there also exists family education value for self-reliance, which is synthesized by a father who is also able to do mother’s jobs. in this case, fathers can also teach their children to learn to live independently. family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by author’s world view in bintang anak tuhan’s novel, there are three author’s view point towards world identified to influence the novel. the author’s world view towards suffer is power, it is not easy for parents with hiv/aids to have children who also suffer hiv/aids. people with hiv/aids are not the ones who are useless. by reviewing the author’s world view, the researcher gets four family education values, namely diligent to worship, brave, honest, and affection. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, the researcher gets four author’s world view, involving the author world view for confidence of people who were attacked by mud disaster of lapindo to resurrect, mothers as a single parent, mother as a little god, and the philosophy of the novel’s title air mata terakhir bunda. by reviewing the author’s world view, the researcher gets three family education values, those are diligent to worship, brave, and affection. next, in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel, specifically the researcher gets the author’s world view, including the author’s world view about suffer is power, part of men traditional-clothes from central java, the father as a single parent in young age, children’s views are sustenance, family is a nation foundation, the single father who does everything to his children, and the father is the owner of hidden love. by reviewing those viewpoints towards love, the researcher gets six family education values, those are diligent to worship, having achievement, brave, proportional, take care of self, and affection. 271 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 4. the results of family education values in kirana kejora’s novels reviewed by author’s world view the title of the novels and the result of quotation no. family education values frequency percentage bintang anak tuhan (14 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 2 14% 2. honest 2 14% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 0 0% 5. having achievement 0 0% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 6 43% 8. independent 0 0% 9. proportional 0 0% 10. take care of self 0 0% 11. affection 4 29% 12. prelude other people 0 0% 13. fair 0 0% air mata terakhir bunda (10 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 2 20% 2. honest 0 0% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 0 0% 5. having achievement 0 0% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 2 20% 8. independent 0 0% 9. proportional 0 0% 10. take care of self 0 0% 11. affection 6 60% 12. prelude other people 0 0% 13. fair 0 0% ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir (36 quotations) 1. diligent to worship 10 27% 2. honest 2 6% 3. respect 0 0% 4. unanimous 0 0% 5. having achievement 4 11% 6. mandate 0 0% 7. brave 8 22% 8. independent 0 0% 9. proportional 2 6% 10. take care of self 2 6% 11. affection 8 22% 12. prelude other people 0 0% 13. fair 0 0% 272 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research in bintang anak tuhan’s novel, it is discussed that family can be friends with suffer and precisely be strong because of the suffer itself. so, in that family, there can manifest family education values for being brave. in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel, it discusses the author’s world view towards love for a single mother, so there is family education value for affection. that value is discussed through a single mother who gives affection abundantly to her children, because children actually need a figure of father beside a figure of mother. comparison of family education values between kirana kejora’s novels the analysis about family education values in kirana kejora’s novels were reviewed by the novel intrinsic structure, author’s background, social background, and author’s world view. the analysis results of the three novels were then compared to each other. as results, it was revealed that kirana kejora’s novels contain family education values which imply how close a relationship between a single parent with his or her childrenis. specifically, family education value for affection is really salient. therefore, it can be synthesized that these kirana kejora’s novels themed family are fully filled by affection among parents with children. conclusion this research results five conclusions, including: (1) thirteen family education values in bintang anak tuhan’s and air mata terakhir bunda’s novels were reviewed through six novel intrinsic structures, whereas twelve family education values in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel were reviewed through six novel intrinsic structures, (2) eight family education values in bintang anak tuhan’s novel were reviewed through five author’s backgrounds, six family education values in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel were reviewed through six author’s backgrounds, five family education values in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel were reviewed through six author’s backgrounds, (3) eleven family education values in bintang anak tuhan’s novel were reviewed through six social backgrounds, six family education values in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel were reviewed through four social backgrounds, four family education values in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel were reviewed through five social backgrounds, (4) four family education values in bintang anak tuhan’s novel were reviewed through three author’s world views, three family education values in air mata terakhir bunda’s novel were reviewed through four author’s world views, six family education values in ayah menyayangi tanpa akhir’s novel were reviewed through seven author’s world views, and also (5) there are similarities and differences of family education values between kirana kejora’s novels. the main point is, the affection has big role above all family education values. it means that kejora as the author wants to tell the readers that the families that only consist of a single parent and their children still have affection like another complete families. references dosse, f., translated by deborah glassman. (1998). history of structuralism (volume 2). minnesota: university of minnesota press. eagleton, t. (1996). literary theory: an introduction. oxford: blackwell publishing. endraswara, s. (2008). metodologi penelitian sastra: epistemologi, model, teori, dan aplikasi. yogyakarta: medpress. endraswara, s. (2011). metodologi penelitian sosiologi sastra. yogyakarta: caps. endraswara, s. (2012). teori pengkajian sosiologi sastra. yogyakarta: uny press. goldmann, l. (1977). toward a sociology of the novel. london: tavistock publications. lestari, s. (2014). psikologi keluarga: penanaman nilai dan penanganan konflik dalam keluarga. jakarta: kencana. railton, p. (2003). facts and values: essays towards a morality of consequence. cambridge: cambridge university press. 273 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee stanton, r., translated by sugihastuti & rossi abi al irsyad. (2007). teori fiksi robert stanton. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. syafrial. (2014). problematika bahan ajar bidang sastra dalam buku wajib pelajaran bahasa indonesia kurikulum 2013 di sekolah menengah. jurnal bahasa, 9(2), 73-75. syamsi, h., translated by umar mujtahid. (2014). modern islamic parenting: cara mendidik anak masa kini dengan metode nabi. solo: aisar publishing. 274 wulan wahyuning ratri, emzir, & ninuk lustyantie family education values in kirana kejora’s novels: genetic structural research english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation ihsan nur iman faris department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: ihsannif@gmail.com apa citation: faris, i. n. i. (2015). the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 111-121 received: 02-09-2015 accepted: 12-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract the main objective of language education is to enable students to communicate effectively. in order to achieve that objective, students need to master pragmatic competence. one of the pragmatic competences which needs to be mastered by students is the ability to use hedging devices. this ability is even more essential for students in tertiary level of education due to the some conventions which need to be followed. failures in using hedges properly can threat the face of students and other stakeholders in academic contexts. this research aims at investigating how hedges are used by the tertiary students when addressing questions in a discussion session of a presentation. this research is a qualitative research employing interaction analysis method. the participants in this research were nine students of language in use course of master of english education program in a state university in bandung. the findings demonstrate that hedges were found in all questions addressed to the presenters and the lecturer. introductory phrases were the most frequently-used forms used to hedge and hedges function mostly to attenuate epistemic commitment in addressing questions. although hedges were used when addressing questions in a discussion session of a presentation, some findings indicate that the hedges were not entirely in line with academic conventions. based on the findings, the recommendations given are 1) that further research on the use of hedges in academic contexts be conducted, 2) teachers and lecturers raise students’ awareness of the importance of pragmatic competence, and 3) teachers and lecturers give more concerns to provide students with pragmatic competence. keywords: pragmatic competence, hedges, questions, academic contexts. introduction in order to be able to communicate effectively, students need to master pragmatic competences. one of the pragmatic competences that need to be mastered is the effective use of cautious and polite language or hedging device (hyland, 1996a), defined as a linguistic form intended to dilute or weaken the certainty of an assertion; for example: sort of, like, i think and kind of (wearing, 2004; cruse, 2006). since the use of languages is related to the context where the languages are used, communication breakdown occur most-frequently because of lack of pragmatic competences (byram, 1994; kramsch, 1998) such as the lack of ability to use hedges. as the main objective of language education is enabling students to communicate in various contexts (brown, 2000; harmer, 2007), investigations of students’ pragmatic competences need to be conducted. however, research investigating pragmatic competences of students is 111 ihsan nur iman faris the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation still scarce (neary-sundquist, 2013). the scarcity may due to the characteristic of pragmatic research which is more closely related to the field of linguistic instead of the field of education. hence, this research aims at investigating the use of hedging in an academic context. in a tertiary education, the ability to use hedges is one of determinative factors to achieve success. students in the tertiary level of education are required to use hedges properly when putting forward a statement both in spoken and written communications (hyland, 1996a). statements need to be delivered carefully, because a false statement can threat the credibility of students/academicians asserting the statements and also other students/academicians having different points of view related to issues concerned (hyland, 1996a and 1996b). in a similar vein, alwasilah (2015) asserts that tertiary students need to avoid making over-claimed statements. the over-claimed statements can be avoided, for instance, by using hedges in the form of citing properly theories or reports put forward by other academicians (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). however, due to the limited exposure and use of english in daily interactions (judd, 1999), tertiary students in efl countries tend to have difficulties in acquiring pragmatic competences such as the ability to use hedges. plethora of research on the use of hedges in academic contexts has been conducted. the research focused on investigating the use of hedges in academic writing has been employed by hyland (1996b). he reported that english students in hong kong tend to underuse hedges in their writing. underusing hedges in academic writing makes the precision of their writing frequently-questioned. the other research investigating the use of hedges of students was conducted by nearysundquist (2013), reporting that nonnative secondary school students tend to use fewer hedges in their spoken interaction compared to native students. hedging in the two previous investigations was found mostfrequently in the forms of modal lexical verbs (e.g. to think, to believe, etc.). the two researchers have depicted how hedges are used by non-native secondary students in written and spoken interactions. however, research on the use of hedges by tertiary students in efl countries such as indonesia, especially, in a specific context such as in a discussion session of a presentation is still scarce. this research aims at filling the gap by investigating the hedges practiced by students of a state university in indonesia. this research is geared toward revealing how the tertiary students hedge when addressing questions in the discussion session of a presentation and the function of hedges in the questions addressed by the tertiary students in the discussion session of a presentation. the results of this research are expected to enrich the theories of pragmatics especially in terms of the use of hedges. this research reveals the forms and functions of hedges the students use when addressing a question in a discussion session of a presentation. hence, the results of this research can be used to depict the pragmatic competence of the tertiary students especially in terms of using hedges. moreover, by learning from this research, teachers and students can evaluate the teaching of pragmatic competence in their class. in general, hedging is defined as an expression weakening a speaker’s commitment to some aspects of a 112 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee statement (cruse, 2006). when statements uttered by speakers are hedged, speakers demonstrate that the information contained in the statements is limited. hedging serves as metalingual glosses to grice’s conversational maxims, namely maxim of quantity, maxim of quality, maxim of manner, and maxim of relevance (grundy, 2008). the use of hedges indicates that speakers to some extent modify the conversational maxims. however, despite being scrupulous, speakers tend to be unaware of the hedging practiced in the conversation (grundy, 2008). categorizing hedges based on linguistic forms utilized tends to be a difficult task. the difficulty is due to the use of hedges bound to the context where communication occurs (hyland, 1996a). linguistic forms used in hedging cannot be defined unequivocally and universally. for instance, humor which tends to be different across culture to some extent can be categorized as hedging device as well (murata, 2014). nonetheless, referring to a particular theory of categorization can be helpful to portray how hedges are used by the tertiary students. this research takes the categorization of hedges proposed by salager-mayer (1994, cited in alrashady, 2012) due to its wide and extensive categorization. generally, the linguistic forms categorized as hedges in this research are 1) modal auxiliary verbs such as may, might, can, could, would, should), 2) modal lexical verbs such as to seem, to appear, to believe, to assume, to suggest, to estimate, to tend, to think, to argue, to indicate, to propose, to speculate, 3) adjectival, adverbial and nominal modal phrase 4) approximators of degree, quantity, frequency and time such as approximately, roughly, about, often, occasionally, generally, somehow, a lot of, 5) introductory phrases such as i believe, to our knowledge, it is our view that, we feel that, 6) if clauses, and 7) compound hedges or phrases made up of several hedges such as would appear, it seems reasonable, etc. as for the function of hedging, the general explanation can be accounted to hyland (1996b) explaining that hedging functions to avoid facethreatening behavior and demonstrate politeness in particular situations. since hedging is related to politeness, the use of hedges tends to be related to the universal notions of politeness, namely, power, distance, and imposition (grundy, 2008). in the education field, ha (2010) states that teachers or lecturers in the eastern part of the world tend to have bigger power and wider gap with the students. hence, hedges will tend to be used more-frequently when addressing questions to teachers or lecturers. similar with the categorization of forms of hedging, the functions of hedging are also context bound (hyland, 1996a). the function of hedging needs to be interpreted based on the context where the communication takes place. nonetheless, to ease the identification of functions of hedging in the context of this research, theories underpinning the categorization of function of hedging need to be employed. this research employs the categorization proposed by jallifer and alavi-nia (2012), categorizing the function of hedging into 15 distinctive categories. the functions of hedging referred in this research are modulation (modifiers used to modulate the impact of an utterance, or to introduce fuzziness into the propositional content), evasion (withholding some of the information the interlocutors expect the speaker to give, thereby making statements without giving information) attenuating epistemic commitment, hesitation 113 ihsan nur iman faris the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation (deliberately employed malfunctions, used to indicate that the speaker has qualms), covering up one’s views and facts, de-emphasizing a claim (a clarification strategy used as a policy of appeasement), expressing conditions (expressing the conditions under which an event may or may not happen), counter-expectation (disclaiming some expected rather than a directly negated position), bounding downtoners (linguistic devices for achieving intratextual cohesion which may be used to de-emphasize or play down the importance of the speech act they introduce), expressing possible incompleteness of an action which is in progress at a specific time, agent avoiding (using devices which impersonalize and create social distance), source-tagging: deresponsibilizing devices, limiting generalizability (modifying a claim in such a way that its effect will be narrowed down to some specific situation or condition), seeking solidarity (the speaker invites the hearers to adopt his/her point of view), and miscellaneous hedges (hedges which are so sporadically used that they do not form an outstanding class). the category of functions and forms of hedging elaborated above can be extended as hedging can be found differently based on the context where communication occurs. different forms and functions of hedges found in this research may not belong to any categories mentioned. new categories of hedging may be proposed. this session aims at portraying how hedges are used differently in various contexts. elaborating how people hedge in various contexts can give a clearer portrayal of how hedging in an academic context is distinctive, yet may have similar characteristics with hedging in other contexts. hedges used in a presidential debate, for instance, have a similar characteristic with hedges in a tertiary student presentation in terms of discussion session provided. the gender issue in the use of hedges can also be found in an academic context, as men and women tend to have more equal positions in academic contexts. in political situations such as a presidential debate, the use of hedges is pervasive. the technique used to deliver facts and argument is one of the important factors to gather votes (tenorio, 2002 cited in jallifar and alavinia, 2012). hedging can also be used to cover contrasting ideologies cautiously and to portray presidency candidates as reserved but honest politicians (alrashady, 2012). the ability to use hedges is one of the crucial aspects to survive in a political competition since images of politicians tend to be constructed through the language used. moreover, in daily interactions, men and women tend to use hedges. some scholars (e.g wareing, 2004; bloomer, griffths, and merrison, 2005; and guendouzi, 2005) suggest that women tend to use hedges more frequently than men. the claim is grounded by the argument stating that women prefer to avoid conflict and confrontation by using less direct form of communication (wareing, 2004). additionally, hedging is seen as one of the features in women’s talk especially in the talk involving painful self-disclosure (psd). this feature is used morefrequently by women to seek solidarity in interactions with other women (guendouzi, 2005). in academic contexts, the ability to use hedges is one of determinative factors to achieve success. students in an academic context such as in a tertiary level of education are required to use 114 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee hedges properly when putting forward a statement both in spoken and written communications (hyland, 1996a). statements need to be delivered carefully, because a false statement can threat the credibility of students/academicians asserting the statements and also other students/academicians having different points of view related to issues concerned (hyland, 1996a and 1996b). in a similar vein, alwasilah (2015) asserts that tertiary students need to avoid making over-claimed statements. the over-claimed statements can be avoided, for instance, by using hedges in the form of citing properly theories or reports put forward by other academicians (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). however, due to the limited exposure and use of english in daily interactions (judd, 1999), tertiary students in efl countries tend to have difficulties in acquiring pragmatic competences such as the ability to use hedges. method this research is qualitative research employing interaction analysis method. interaction analysis method is perceived suitable to be employed in this research due to its set of characteristics. according to nunan (1992) the method of generating data in interaction analysis is naturalistic and the mode of data collected is in the form of spoken language. the method then suits the type of data collected in this research. the utterances in a discussion session were not interrupted by the researcher; therefore, the data are natural. furthermore, this method allows researchers to have the interpretative type of analysis on linguistic and nonlinguistic unit of analysis (nunan, 1992). allowing the researcher to have interpretative data on linguistic and nonlinguistic unit of analysis opens the space to reveal new findings or categorization different from previous investigations. nonetheless, a categorical type of analysis is also employed to ease the identification of forms and functions of hedges practiced by the tertiary efl students. the students taken as participants in this research are nine students of language in use course of master of english education program of a state university in bandung. the participants were selected purposively since they are considered able to elicit the necessary data for this research (malik and hamied, 2014). students in tertiary level, especially in postgraduate studies, are required to produce academic works (alwasilah, 2015). the students in this research then are assumed to have mastered pragmatic competences related to academic context such as in writing and presenting research reports. moreover, the class taken as the sample is the language in use class discussing issues related to pragmatics. the researcher assumes that the class tends to require students to practice their pragmatic competences; hence hedges are predicted to be used by students. moreover, a presentation in academic contexts, especially in the discussion sessions, is considered a suitable setting to collect data. the researcher considered some aspects in a presentation setting similar to presidential candidates’ debate settings where hedges are frequently used. the data used in this research were collected from the presentation sessions of the “language in use” class held on may 18, 2015. to be more precise, the data collected in this research are questions uttered by students in the discussion session of two presentation 115 ihsan nur iman faris the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation sessions. the questions were addressed to the two speakers presenting the topics related to pragmatics. the questions were also addressed to the lecturer giving elaboration and clarification to the topics presented by the speakers. the questions addressed to the lecturer were collected since they are related to the topics presented. questions which are not related to the topics presented, such as questions asking the class schedule and deadline of assignments submission, were not collected as data. the questions count in this research are based on the turns taken by each student. questions which are similar, elaborated or paraphrased count as one question. the questions collected as data were taperecorded and then transcribed before being analyzed. data analysis is divided into two main steps. firstly, to reveal how the students use hedges when addressing questions in the discussion session of a presentation, the data were transcribed and coded. the coding and categorizing processes were conducted by using bottom-up approach (jalilifar and alavinia, 2012; lange, 2014), where the data are categorized based on the context and the researcher’s interpretation, and also top-down approach, where the coding and categorizing processes were based on theories (lange, 2014). in the case of this research, the categorization of hedges generally was based on salagermayer (1994, cited in al-rashady, 2012) categorizing linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges into seven distinctive categories. secondly, to unearth the functions of hedges when the tertiary students addressed a question in the discussion session of a presentation, the bottom-up and top down approaches were also employed. after the linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges in the research site had been revealed, those linguistic forms then were analyzed in terms of functions. the theories of function of hedging devices proposed by jallifer and alavi-nia (2012) and the researcher personal interpretation were used as the grounds for codification and categorization. results and discussion hedging by using particular linguistic forms from nine students taken as samples, only seven students addressed questions in the discussion session of a presentation. hedges were found in all questions addressed by the students. totally, there were 16 questions addressed to the presenters and lecturer. four questions were addressed to the presenter a, eight questions were addressed to the presenter b, and four questions were addressed to the lecturer. mainly, the students hedge the questions by using introductory phrases, approximator, modal lexical verbs, modal auxiliary verbs, if clause, adjectival, adverbial, and nominal phrases, and other linguistic forms such as “err” and “what is it”. there are 73 linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges in the questions addressed by the students. generally, the forms of linguistic found in the research are categorized based on salager-mayer (1994, cited in alrashady, 2012) categorizing linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges into seven categories. however, linguistic forms perceived to be indicators of hedging, yet does not fit any proposed category, were recorded and then categorized as “uncategorized forms”. the linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges in this research are as follows: 116 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the occurrence of linguistic forms indicating the use of hedges in questions addressed in the discussion session of a presentation no. linguistic form presenter a presenter b lecturer total occurrence 1 introductory phrases 7 7 7 21 (28.77%) 2 approximators 8 3 2 13 (17.81%) 3 modal lexical verbs 2 8 1 11 (15.07%) 4 modal auxiliary verbs 5 4 1 10 (13.70%) 5 “if” clause 0 4 0 4 (5.48%) 6 adjectival, adverbial and nominal modal phrase 0 1 1 2 (2.74%) 7 uncategorized forms 4 1 7 12 (16.43%) total occurrence 26 (35.62%) 28 (38.36%) 19 (26.03%) 73 (100%) the linguistic forms categorized into the uncategorized forms are “err”, “what is it”, and “for example”. those linguistic forms do not fit any general categorization proposed in this research. however, those linguistic forms are considered possible indicators of hedging since they indicate uncertainty or doubt. moreover, as shown in the table above, hedging is used most frequently in the form of introductory phrases such as i believe, to our knowledge, and we feel that. the example of the use of introductory phrases can be seen in the following excerpts: from what i understand, the reaction is more important to see if something is polite or impolite. for example if the imposition or the content are bad but the reaction is okay it is still polite. so the reaction is more important. what do you think? the utterance “from what i understand” indicates that what is stated by the student is limited to personal feeling or opinion. this finding is in a similar vein with grundy (2008) asserting that the use of hedging indicates the information conveyed by a speaker is limited. on the other hand, the finding that introductory phrases is the most frequently used forms to hedge is not in accordance with some experts (e.g salager-mayer, 1994, cited in al-rashady, 2012; neary-sundquist, 2013) stating that modal auxiliary verbs and modal lexical verbs are the mostfrequently used linguistic forms to hedge. the possible reason is due to the characteristic of tertiary education, especially postgraduate program, requiring the students to put forward assertions with supports from theories or research reports (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). introductory phrases tend to be used as ground of the questions addressed since addressing ungrounded or unsupported questions may end up threatening face of the students (hyland, 1996a and 1996b). the findings demonstrate that hedges are used both in addressing questions to the presenters and the lecturer. interestingly, the findings demonstrate that hedges are more frequently-used when the students address questions to the presenters (presenter a: 35.62% and presenter b: 38.36%) who are their classmates, instead of to the lecturer (26.03%). hedging is related to save facing strategy and politeness (hyland, 1996a and 1996b), therefore, it is related to the underpinning notions of politeness, 117 ihsan nur iman faris the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation namely imposition, distance and power (grundy, 2008). according to ha (2010), teachers or lecturers in the eastern part of the world tend to have bigger power and wider distance with their students. the wide gap in terms of power and distance then should have encouraged students to use more hedges in addressing questions to the lecturer in order to be considered polite. however, the findings in this research demonstrate irrelevancy with that notion. the use of hedges indicating politeness was found less when the students address questions to the lecturer. the possible reason triggering this finding is the closeness of the lecturer and the students. distance and power do not create a wide gap between them, encouraging the students tend to think that using hedging to show politeness was not necessary. moreover, the lecturer seem not to be offended by fewer hedges used by the students, indicating that the students are not considered impolite although they might trespass the boundary of power and distance. the reasons can account to lange (2014) explaining that being polite or impolite are defined by people involved in the communication. although to some extent not using hedges in an academic context can be acceptable, teachers need to provide students with pragmatic competence such as the ability to use hedge properly since students will encounter various contexts of communication (hyland, 1996a and 1996b; al-rashady, 2012). function of hedging in the discussion session of a presentation after the forms had been revealed, those forms are categorized into the categorization proposed by jallifer and alavi-nia (2012), categorizing the functions of hedging into 15 distinctive categories. overall, hedging in the context of this research served five functions: to attenuate epistemic commitment, to tag source, to approximate, to show hesitation, and to express particular conditions. in details, the functions of hedging in the questions addressed in the discussion session of a presentation are as follows: the functions of hedging in questions addressed in the discussion session of a presentation no. functions presenter a presenter b lecturer total occurrence 1 attenuating epistemic commitment 10 15 6 31 (42.47%) 2 source tagging 4 6 4 14 (19.18%) 3 approximators 8 3 2 13 (17.81%) 4 hesitation 4 0 7 11 (15.07%) 5 expressing conditions 0 4 0 4 (5.48%) total occurrence 26 (35.62%) 28 (38.36%) 19 (26.03%) 73 (100%) the linguistic forms not fitting the categorization proposed by salagermayer (1994, cited in al-rashady, 2012) can fit the categorization of functions proposed by jallifer and alavi-nia (2012). the forms “err” and “what is it” are categorized into hesitation and the form “for example” is categorized into attenuating epistemic commitment. the finding that linguistic forms not fitting a particular categorization can fit other categorization demonstrates that categorizing linguistic forms as hedging device unequivocally is a difficult task. furthermore, as shown in the table above, hedging is used most frequently 118 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to attenuate epistemic commitment which is usually indicated by the use of sentence introductory phrases, tentative cognitive verbs, framing statements expressing doubt and uncertainty, and epistemic modal verbs, adverbs, nouns and adjectives. the examples of the use of hedges to attenuate epistemic commitment in the questions addressed by the students are as follows: from what i understand, the reaction is more important to see if something is polite or impolite. for example if the imposition or the content are bad but the reaction is okay it is still polite. so the reaction is more important. what do you think? can you explain more about intercultural communication? i am still confused about it. i am still confused about intercultural pragmatics. what is it actually? as tertiary students are required to be cautious and precise in making a statement (hyland, 1996a and 1996b; emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015), the use of hedges to attenuate epistemic commitment seems reasonable. by attenuating the questions, the students tend to indicate that the information regarding the issues addressed was limited. addressing questions without hedging may threat the students’ face since statements or questions without supporting theories or data tend to be rejected in academic contexts although the statements or questions may correct to some extent (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). the students in this research tend to use source tagging (19.18%) less frequently compared to attenuating epistemic commitment (42.47%). ideally, in academic contexts, hedges functioning as source-tagging should be used more frequently compared to attenuating epistemic commitment. in academic contexts, students should put forward statements based on academic conventions. one of the conventions is the requirement to cite reliable and valid references when making statements. the statements without any clear reference will be considered weak or to some extent the students will be deemed plagiarizing (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). the use of source-tagging cover the lack of information possessed by students with theories and research reports. if the statements or questions uttered by the speakers are imprecise, the facethreatening acts tend to be altered to the theories or reports cited, instead of to the speakers personally. on the other hand, functioning hedges as attenuating epistemic commitment tends to be less strategic in academic contexts. imprecision of information in statements or questions is covered by the individual personally and tends to be seen as an excuse instead of argumentation. nonetheless, the examples of the use of hedges to tag sources in the questions addressed by the students are as follows: people say that err you have to be you have to be what is it you have be consistent with what which where you are in american english british english or what, some just err some people say some people say about that, what do you think about that? so, i have a question actually. we know that actually pragmatics will be embedded to the language that we teach then as we know that as english has become international language not only owned by native speaker and we know that there is a notion of intercultural 119 ihsan nur iman faris the use of hedges in tertiary efl students' presentation pragmatics, then err in teaching english whose pragmatics context we should teach to students? do we have to teach people excuse me as the form of punten do we have to teach like duluan go first, that something related to culture right? how do we have to teach the language related to our context? according to the academic conventions, the hedges functioning as source-tagging in the excerpts above may be seen irrelevant. the process of citing or tagging sources in academic contexts should follow some conventions such as mentioning the source specifically in terms of name and year published (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). the hedges functioning as source tagging used by the students in addressing questions do not mention any specific information of the source. further research revealing the reasons behind this finding needs to be conducted. however, the possible reasons can be due to the distinctive characteristics of spoken interaction different from written interaction (nation and newton, 2009) and the students’ limited information regarding the sources tagged. different with written interactions, the violation of academic conventions in spoken interactions tend to be tolerated due to the characteristic of spoken interactions which is unrecorded (nation and newton, 2009). however, if the finding accounts to the latter possible reason, then it means the students should read more references (emilia, 2009; malik and hamied, 2014; alwasilah, 2015). nonetheless, the finding can be the impetus for teachers and lecturers to teach pragmatic competence, especially the use of hedges in spoken academic contexts. conclusion this research investigated the use of hedges by the tertiary students in addressing questions. the findings demonstrate that hedges were found in all questions addressed by the students. the hedges were found most frequently in the form of introductory phrases and in the function to attenuate epistemic commitment. the finding that introductory phrases are predominant in hedging practiced by the students may due to the characteristic of academic context requiring students to support their statements with theories or data. however, other findings tend to be not in accordance with characteristics of academic contexts. hedges were found less frequent in questions addressed to the lecturer having bigger power and wider distance and source-tagging function of hedging similar to citing references in academic conventions was found less frequent. hence, the conclusion which can be drawn is that although the students use hedges when addressing questions in a discussion session of a presentation, the hedges do not fit completely some conventions of academic contexts. based on the findings, the recommendations are 1) that further research on the use of hedges in academic contexts should be conducted, especially in different academic settings and in terms of how specific forms and functions of hedges are more related to academic contexts 2) that teachers and lecturers should increase students’ awareness of the importance of pragmatic competence, especially in terms of using hedging devices, and 3) that teacher and lecturers should provide students with more pragmatic competence, especially in terms of using hedging devices. 120 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references al-rashady, f. (2012). determining the role of hedging devices in the political discourse of two american presidentiables in 2008. tesol journal, 7, 30-42. alwasilah, a. c. (2015). pokoknya studi kasus: pendekatan kualitatif. bandung: kiblat. bloomer, a., griffths, p., & merrison, j. (2005). introducing language in use: a coursebook. london: routledge. brown, h. d. (2000). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: longman. cruse, a. (2006). a glossary of semantics and pragmatics. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. emilia, e. (2009). menulis tesis dan disertasi. bandung: alfabeta. grundy, p. (2008). doing pragmatics 3rd ed. london: hodder education. guendouzi, j. (2005). language and gender. in m. j. ball, clinical sociolinguistics (pp. 26-35). oxford: blackwell publishing. ha, p. l. (2008). teaching english as an international language: identity, resistance, and negotiation. clevendon: multilingual matters. harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching (4th ed.). new york: pearson longman. hyland, k. (1996a). writing without conviction? hedging in scientific research articles. applied linguistics, 17(4), 433-454. hyland, k. (1996b). nurturing hedges in the esp curriculum. pergamon, 24(4), 477490. jalilifar, a., & alavi-nia, m. (2012). we are suprised: wasn't iran disgraced there? a functional analysis of hedges and boosters in televised iranian and american presidential debates. discourse and communication, 6(2), 135161. judd, e. l. (1999). some issues in the teaching of pragmatic competence. in e. hinkel (ed.), culture in second language teaching and learning (pp. 152-166). cambridge: cambridge university press. kramsch, c. (1998). language and culture. oxford: oxford university press. lange, p. g. (2014). commenting on youtube rants: perceptions of inappropriateness or civic engagement? journal of pragmatics, 73, 53-65. malik, r. s., & hamied, f. a. (2014). research methods: a guide for first time researchers. bandung: upi press. murata, k. (2014). an empirical crosscultural study of humour in business meetings in new zealand and japan. journal of pragmatics, 60, 251-265. nation, i., & newton, j. (2009). teaching esl/efl listening and speaking. london: routledge. neary-sundquist, c. (2013). the use of hedges in the speech of esl learners. elia, 13, 149-174. nunan, d. (1992). research method in language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. wareing, s. (2004). language and gender. in i. singh, & j. s. peccei, language, society, and power: an introduction (2nd ed.) (pp. 75-92). new york: routledge. 121 improving students' writing skills english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee improving students' writing skills through field trip method risa meiranti department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: rmeiranti@gmail.com apa citation: meiranti, r. (2012). improving students' writing skills through field trip method. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 89-96 received: 12-08-2012 accepted: 03-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this research is aimed to improve the students’ writing skill and learning activity by applying the implementation of field trip method in english subject in class viii-2 smp n 1 luragung. the problem in this research contents is about the low of students’ skill in writing and learning activity. the kind of this research is classroom action research which was conducted in two cycles. the subject of this research is english subject in class viii-2 with total number of students 34. the research instrument that had been used is the test and also the observation sheet for observation the learning activity of the students and teacher. based on the result, the improvement could be seen from the increase of students’ mean writing score from 47 in the preliminary study and 70,51 at the first cycle to 73,24 in the second cycle. the result of field notes showed that the class condition during teaching learning process creates the positive atmosphere in the classroom and makes students creative in finding the ideas, organize the text and can use better grammar. students who had been afraid of learning in the second cycle looked more confident. students in the second cycle was more confident in working task of the students and students’ participation in learning increased, they actively asked, answered questions from teacher. keyword: writing skill, field trip method, improvement, action research introduction many students said that writing is difficult but if there are appropriate methods, interesting teaching technique and actual material writing can be an easy and enjoyable activity for them. writing is one of the important skills to be mastered by the students. they use it to communicate to each other, as means of ideas and emotional expression, because when they write their ideas and emotion creatively, they are communicating on paper in their very best way and purposes. brown (2001, p. 336) claims that writing is a thinking process. furthermore, he states that writing can be planned and given with an unlimited number of revisions before its release. in this writing activity students are required to master grammar, vocabulary and punctuation. besides that harmer (2001, p. 79) states that the students are expected to be able to present their ideas and feeling in the written form. the scope of learning english in viii grade of junior high school are interpersonal discourse, transactional and functional and coherent rhetoric and logic, as a means of communication and the development of academic potential in five varieties functional discourse such as; recount, narrative, procedure, descriptive and report (syahmadi, 2013, p.79). emerging issues in education is the number of students who are "not thinking" (hassoubah, 2008, p.10). the risa meiranti improving students' writing skills through field trip method phrase "not thinking" here is not meant students do not have a mind, but directed on student learning in school. student at the school was limited to listen to explanations of teachers, and then try to understand the explanations of the teacher to the next can help them fill out questions in examinations held in the school. “in the education system, there are learners who fail to understand the learning because they simply memorize without understanding what they are learning” (hassoubah 2008: p10). these problems could be influenced by some factors. the researcher assumed these problems appear caused by the method or technique in teaching writing, because some teachers taught writing just give the explanation and exercises. it makes students less comprehended, less interest in writing, and makes students bored. these problems were important to be solved, therefore students comprehend the material of writing and students thought that writing is an interesting skill and could continue english material in the next semester. to help students solved these problems it needs another method that more interesting in teaching writing and make students become active in learning activity. there are a lot of methods in teaching writing. the researcher would like to propose a method which is “field trip method”. field trip method was conducted by inviting students to a place or object outside of school to learn or investigate something, such as visiting the shoe factory, workshop of cars, department stores, garden and so on (asmani, 2010: p.150). the field trip method is not just recreation but students learn a lesson with see reality. field trip method applied by getting students to learn outside the classroom and with guide from teachers through the instructions and implementation of a written assignment. instructions and clear assignment of teachers intended that the activities carried out in outside the classroom can be run in accordance with the objectives and lesson plans. many studies related to field trip learning shows that learning on a fieldtrip can, indeed, produce different results than learning in a classroom. koran, koran & ellis (1989, p.7) examined field trip literature and found positive outcomes, both cognitive and affective, on students in 20 of the 27 studies reviewed. cognitive outcome from preand post-test measures was children exhibit more knowledge about a subject if they learn about the subject on a field trip instead of learning about the subject in a classroom. students even enjoyed learning on their field trip more than socializing. when asked to pick their favorite parts of a field trip taken to a park, the students identified educational activities such as “casting animal tracks” and “studying animal and plant in the pond”. these studies showed that students’ learning outcome and their attitude become better when teacher used field trip method. the study by orien (1993) in mogk (2012) entitled “field note” said that the most important role of field trips in the learning process is in "direct experience with concrete phenomena and materials”. the very nature of field trip exercises requires students to be active learners, rather than merely covering material in a passive mode in a traditional classroom. furthermore, experiential activities facilitate the transition from lower-order learning strategies to the higher cognitive learning. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee based on interviews with students at the second grade and english teacher in smpn 1 luragung, writing is the most difficult learning. the researcher interested in conducting action research in class viii-2 because according to english teacher here, this class has the lowest grades in writing compared to other classes. i chose a class action research because according to mills (2003) in fraenkel and wallen (2006, p. 590) this type of research aims to improve students' ability with deliver the material continuously in several cycles. one characteristic of action research is collaboration between researcher and teachers, principals, students, etc. in the implementation of the action research collaboration between teachers and researcher is important because through collaboration they will together explore and assess the real problems faced by teachers or students at school (arikunto et al, 2012, p.63). based on the interview with the english teacher junior high school 1 luragung and the result from test 1, there were some difficulties faced by students in writing class, such as: (1) they did not have idea to write, (2) they were still confused in organizing the writing, (3) they did some mistakes with the lack of knowledge in vocabularies and (4) they were still confuse to use the correct grammar. in the classroom, students often complained and say it was difficult when the teacher assigns students to write. students looked unconfident when they were given the writing task. they were fear cannot complete the task of writing, because they did not know what to write, how to start and end. method the design used in this study is classroom action research (car). action research is any systematic inquiry conducted by teacher, researcher, principals, school counselors, or other stakeholders in the teaching/learning environment. it means that “car is aimed to overcome problems in teaching learning process in order to improve educational practice” (mills, 2003 in fraenkel and wallen, 2006, p. 590). the researcher used the car procedure based on kemmis and mctaggart (1988) design. according to kemmis and mctaggart (1988) in burns (2005, p. 32), “action research occurs through a dynamic and complementary process, which consists of four essential “moments”: of planning, action, observation and reflection”. the data in this study was both qualitative data and quantitative data. the researcher used qualitative data consist of interview, field notes, and questionnaire sheet. while quantitative data consists of students’ final writing as a test 1, test 2 and test 3. interview was particularly useful for getting data behind the english teacher’s experiences before classroom action research. it was used to know students’ difficulties in writing ability, and the technique used by teacher when writing activity. the interview also carried out after classroom action research to know the teacher’s response toward the idea of field trip method. beside the interview, the researcher and observer used field notes to record activities during the teaching and learning of writing through field trip method in the classroom. the contents of field note including description of classroom atmosphere, students’ attitude, and teacher’s risa meiranti improving students' writing skills through field trip method creativity in presenting the material of writing. the quantitative data were used to evaluate the success of implementation of each cycle. weigle (2002, p.116) claimed “there are five components presented in the analytical scoring rubric for writing, are: content, organization, vocabulary, language use, and mechanics”. the researcher used analytical scoring rubric to analyze the data related to the students’ paragraph writing test of writing ability. table 1. analytical scoring rubric (jacobs et al., 1981 cited in weigle, 2002, p. 115-116). aspect score level/ criteria c o n te n t 30-27 26-22 21-17 16-13 excellent to very good: knowledgeable  substantive  thorough development of thesis  relevant to assigned topic good to average: some knowledge of subject  adequate range  limited development of thesis mostly relevant to the topic, but lacks detail fair to poor: limited knowledge of subject  little substance  inadequate development of topic very poor: does not show knowledge of subject  non-substantive  not pertinent  or not enough to evaluate o rg a n iz a ti o n 20-18 17-14 13-10 9-7 excellent to very good: fluent expression  ideas clearly stated/ supported  succinct well-organized  logical sequencing  cohesive good to average: somewhat choppy  loosely organized but main ideas stand out  limited support  logical but incomplete sequencing fair to poor: non-fluent  ideas confused or disconnected  lacks logical sequencing and development very poor: does not communicate  no organization  or not enough to evaluate v o c a bu la ry 20-18 17-14 13-10 9-7 excellent to very good: sophisticated range  effective word/ idiom choice and usage word form mastery  appropriate register good to average: adequate range  occasional errors of word/ idiom form, choice, usage but meaning not obscured fair to poor: limited range  frequent errors of word/ idiom form, choice, usage meaning confused or obscured very poor: essential translation  little knowledge of english vocabulary, idioms, word form or not enough to evaluate la n g u a g e u se 25-22 21-18 17-11 10-5 excellent to very good: effective complex constructions  few errors of agreement, tense, number, word order/ function, articles, pronouns, prepositions good to average: effective but simple constructions  minor problems in complex constructions  several errors of agreement, tense, number, word order/ function, articles, pronouns, prepositions but meaning seldom obscured fair to poor: major problems in simple/ complex constructions  frequent errors of negation, agreement, tense, number, word order/ function, articles, pronouns, prepositions and/ or fragments, run-ons, deletions meaning confused or obscured very poor: virtually no mastery of sentence construction rules  dominated by errors  does not communicate  or not enough to evaluate m ec h a n ic s 5 4 3 2 excellent to very good: demonstrates mastery of conventions  few errors of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, paragraphing good to average: occasional errors of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, paragraphing but meaning not obscured fair to poor: frequent errors of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, paragraphing  poor handwriting meaning confused or obscured very poor: no mastery of conventions  dominated by errors of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, paragraphing  handwriting illegible  or not enough to evaluate english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to get the mean of students’ writing score uses the formula (sudijono, 2008, p. 81): mx : mean x : individual score n : number of students results anddiscussion the following are the evaluation results out of cycle 1 in this research. at the cycle 1, the researchers asked the student went to several places and collect the data by seeing the object directly. this field trip activity make students more creative in writing the descriptive text, they open their dictionary when they find some new words in this field trip activity. the result of test 2 showed that the mean score of the class derived 70,51 in which there were 18 students who pass minimummastery criterionkriteria ketuntasan minimal (kkm) 75 (seventy five). the following were the detail results of students’ writing in the first cycle: the researcher needs to calculate the mean score firstly, to know the result of students’ writing. the mean score derived from the following formula: there was a slight improvement of students’ mean score from the students’ writing on the preliminary study to the students’ writing on the first cycle. the improvement percentage derived from the formula: table 2. the mean’s score of five skill in writing in cycle 2 no writing skill mean from teacher from researcher mean 1 content 20.74 20.71 20.73 2 organization 15.65 16.03 15.84 3 vocabulary 14.74 15.15 14.95 4 language use 15.26 15.53 15.40 5 mechanic 3.59 3.62 3.61 table 3. a comparison of students’ writing means score no test 1 test 2 criteria score criteria score 1 highest 78.00 highest 84.00 2 average score 47.26 average score 70.51 3 lowest 32.50 lowest 43.00 risa meiranti improving students' writing skills through field trip method meanwhile, field notes showed that there are some strength and the weaknesses in teaching learning activities in cycle 1. table 4. classroom situation in class viii-2 no aspects observed indicator preliminary study cycle 1 1 the seriousness of students a. students giving attention to the teacher a. students giving attention to the teacher b. students didn't bring the material book b. a few students brought the material book c. students were passive in asking or making comment about material c. student dare to ask the researcher about the material 2 the enthusiasm of students in doing a task a. students didn't try to understand the instruction by using various learning aids (book, dictionary, ask their teacher or friend) a. students tried to do their task by using various learning aids (dictionary and books) b. students didn't have a discussion with the teacher or their friends b. students have discussion with their friend in doing their task 3 students' participation a. students didn't participate in asking question or giving suggestion a. students participate in asking question but they didn't dare to give comment or suggestion b. students help their friend to examine the material and the task b. students help their friend to examine the material and the task the result of test 3 showed that the mean score of the class derived 73,24 in which there were 23 students who pass minimummastery criterionkriteriaketuntasan minimal (kkm) 75 (seventy five). the following were the detail results of students’ writing in the first cycle: the researcher needs to calculate the mean score firstly, to know the result of students’ writing. the mean score derived from the following formula: there was an improvement of students’ mean score from the students’ writing preliminary study in test 1 to the students’ writing on the second cycle in test 3. the improvement percentage derived from the formula: based on the result of the students’ writing, there was better improvement of students’ mean score from the students’ writing in the preliminary study to the students’ writing in the second cycle. the mean score for the first test was 46,47 and the mean score of writing test 3 in the second cycle was . it means that there was % of mean score improvement. the students who passed the minimummastery criterionkriteria ketuntasan minimal (kkm) were 23 students or 67,70% into class percentage. it indicated that the first criterion of success has been achieved. the following was the table of students’ writing score in test 1 , test 2 and test 3. meanwhile, field notes showed that there are some strength and the weaknesses in teaching learning activities in cycle 2. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 5. classroom situation in class viii-2 no aspects observed indicator cycle 1 cycle 2 1 the seriousness of students a. students giving attention to the teacher a. students giving attention to the teacher b. a few students who brought the material book b. most of students brought the material book c. student dare to ask the researcher about the material c. student dare to ask the researcher about the material 2 the enthusiasm of students in doing a task a. students tried to do their task by using various learning aids (dictionary and books) a. students tried to do their task by using various learning aids (dictionary and books) b. students have discussion with their friend in doing their task b. students have discussion with their friend in doing their task c. students give a suggestion to the teacher about the field trip activity 3 students' participation a. students participate in asking question but they didn't dare to give comment or suggestion a. students participate in asking question, give a comment and suggestion b. students help their friend to examine the material and the task b. students help their friend to examine the material and the task c. students help the researcher in preparing the material conclusion this study is focused on improving students’ writing skill through field trip method at second grade in junior high school in luragung. field trip method can improve students' skills in writing in cycle 1 in several ways. in the first cycle the material is descriptive text. at the first meeting, i explain the material of descriptive text. i give some examples for the students. at the second meeting, i give some exercise to them. with this exercise, students can write the right paragraph. at the third meeting, i give a worksheet and ask all students go outside the classroom and find some data of object that they will describe. by involving students in the activity field trip, students will be able to see the objects they describe directly. a weakness of student in finding ideas in writing can be resolved by looking at the objects directly. the number of objects written in the student worksheet encourages students to search for the meaning of these words and their vocabulary knowledge increases. in the student worksheet also has rules to sort the objects characteristic of the most general to the particular, it is intended that students can make a well-organized paragraphs. field trips can improve students' writing in a second cycle in several ways. the material in the second cycle is recount text. in writing recount text, students are asked to describe the events that happened in the past. at the first meeting i give the explanation to the students about recount text. i explain that in recount text we can tell something in past. at the second meeting, i give some exercises to the students. i do this to make students understand the differences of simple present in descriptive text and past tense in the recount text. researcher invites students to participate in a field trip on sunday by following some joint activities. it is intended for students to tell the field risa meiranti improving students' writing skills through field trip method trip activities that have been implemented. the implementation of field trip method in the second year of 8-2 class of smp 1 luragung in academic year 2015/2016 can be concluded that field trip can improve students’ writing ability. it can be proved from the improvement that could be seen from the increase of students’ mean writing score from 47 and 70,51 in the first cycle, to 73,24 in the second cycle. from the result of field notes show that field trip method makes students creative in finding the ideas, organize the text and can use better grammar. students who had been afraid of learning at the first meeting looked more confident at the second cycle, it can be seen from the number of students who dared to ask about the material being taught. different at the first cycle, students in the second cycle is more confident in working task of the students this was because they brought a dictionary and tried to do the work individually. students’ participation in learning increased, they actively ask, answer questions from teachers and want to help their friend in doing the task. the result of questionnaire showed that students give positive responses to the implementation of field trip in the teaching learning process of writing. moreover, field trip method would be method strategy in teaching writing. references anas, s. j. (2008). pengantar statistik pendidikan. jakarta: raja grafindo persada. asmani, j. m. (2010). tips menjadi guru inspiratif, kreatif, dan inovatif. yogyakarta: diva press. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles an interactive approach to language pedagogy. san francisco: san francisco state university. fraenkel, j. r., and norman, e. w. (2006). how to design and evaluate research in education. boston: mcgraw-hill. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching, third edition. new york: pearson education limited. hassoubah, z. i. (2008).mengasah pikiran kreatif dan kritis. bandung: nuansa. retrieved from http://ejournal.upi.edu/index.php/p spbsi/article/view/446/325. koran, j.j., koran, m.l. & ellis, j. (1989). evaluating the effectiveness of field experiences: 1939 – 1989. visitor behavior, 4(2), 7-10. mogk., d. (2009). field note. retrieved from: http://www.minsocam.org/msa/mo nographs/mngrph_03/mg003_047052.pdf[ weigle, s. c. (2002) assessing writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. arikunto, s. (2012). penelitian tindakan kelas. jakarta: pt bumi aksara. syahmadi, h. (2014). bedah kurikulum 2013 bagi guru bahasa inggris. bandung: cv. adoya mitra sejahtera. http://ejournal.upi.edu/index.php/pspbsi/article/view/446/325 http://www.minsocam.org/msa/monographs/mngrph_03/mg003_047-052.pdf%5b problems faced by indonesian efl learners english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay wulan rahmatunisa department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: wrahmatunisa@yahoo.com apa citation: rahmatunisa, w. (2014). problems faced by efl learners in writing argumentative essay. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 41-49 received: 20-10-2014 accepted: 05-11-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this study aims to find out problems in writing argumentative essay faced by indonesian efl learners. it is carried out in a qualitative research design as it attempted to describe the problems and their ways out. the data were taken from university students’ writing task and interview. the participants are the second year of university indonesia students who enrol their study in english department. results of the data indicated that indonesian efl learners faced the problems in three categories, those are linguistics problems, cognitive problems, and psychological problems. mostly, students faced problems in linguistics related to the grammatical structure (23.2%), formatting words (30.2%), words classes (16.3%), error in using words (9.3%), and the use of article (21%). second, cognitive problems are related to organizing paragraph, difficulties in remaining word classes, getting lost the generic structure, making a conclusion, and putting punctuation. last, psychological problems which included laziness, egoism, bad mood, and difficulties to start writing also faced by indonesian efl learners. data analysis also indicated the problem solving which hopefully will be beneficial for efl teachers in writing class. it is strongly recommended that the efl class should strengthen all the language skills in general and writing in particular, motivate the students to use english with the teachers, introduce pair work, peer-correction, and use dictionaries frequently etc. keywords: argumentative essay, linguistics problems, cognitive problems, psychological problems introduction this study investigates problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay. the reason for choosing this topic is triggered by some efl students’ opinion that writing is the most difficult skill in studying foreign language. writing is not merely a skill we employ to record our knowledge, but the very moment at which we confront what learning and understanding are all about (taylor, 2009). some researchers have argued that writing can be experienced as one of the most difficult of all skills, requiring an intricate combination of neurological, physical, cognitive, and affective competencies (murray et.al, 2006). it means that writer should analyze whether his/her writing is good and understandable or not. they have to arrange the words into good order, and make them aware that writing is different from speaking. that makes people said that writing is difficult activity. in this study, writing argumentative essay is taken because it deals with set of assumption towards the issue. wulan rahmatunisa problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay argumentative essay is also a challenging writing. when people start to make argumentative essay, they will ask to themselves what will the topic be and how they will organize it in words. moreover, the goal of argumentative writing is to convince audience, and it is done in a situation where there exists a conflict between the beliefs and attitudes of the writer/speaker and reader/audience (hyland, 2002). thus, argumentative essay needs critical thinking and also great opinion so that readers will argue the writer’s argument or believe that the opinion is true. there are some studies conducting the issue about argumentative essay. zhu (2001) investigated teachers in mexico who identified process and strategies in writing argumentative essay. his study revealed that writing was the most complicated activity in language class and it became more difficult when came to foreign language class. the other study was conducted by saito (2010). his research aimed to find out the major characteristics of students in third-year english in composing argumentative essay which were instructed by integrated-genre approach. from the explanation above, a fundamental conclusion can be drawn: writing argumentative essay is highly important to be continuously and consistently done. by carefully considering this, in relation to critical efl teaching, this study attempts to uncover problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay. the formulations of this study are as follows: (1) what are the problems faced by efl students in writing argumentative essay? (2) what do the students do to overcome the problems in writing argumentative essay? since this study is about problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay, the weight and relevance are drawn. when students write an essay in their mother language, they do not find any significant difficulties such writing essay in foreign language. that is because english language learners have limited vocabulary. therefore, students end up repeating the same words; this hinders creativity. al-khasawneh (2010), clarified that students couldn’t give voice to their thoughts because lack the adequate stock of vocabulary. moreover, english language learners don’t use invented spelling and their written texts are restricted to words which they know. therefore, by this study, new information can be proposed in efl teaching in order to sharpen students’ writing abilities. writing is an activity in which people transfer their ideas into written form. kroll (1990) stated that writing is a complex, recursive, and creative process or set of behaviours that is similar in its broad outlines for first and second language writers. writing also is a cognitive process because the process of writing is influenced by the taskenvironment and the writer’s long term memory. writing is a long term activity. generally, when people start to build the topic, they actually faced by some problems. byrne (1995) stated that there are three problems raised; first, psychological problems, that writing is essentially a solitary activity and the fact that we are required to write on our own, without the possibility of interaction or the benefit of feedback, in itself makes the act of writing difficult. second, linguistic problems, that in writing we have to compensate for the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 www.englishreview.web.id absence of the features, keep the channel of communication open through our own effort and to ensure both through our choice of sentence structure and by the way our sentence are linked together and sequenced, that the text we produce can be interpreted on its own. last, a cognitive problem, that writing is learned through a process of instruction. it means that we have to master the written form of the language and to learn certain structures which are important for effective communication in writing. mostly, we can write an essay easily when we write it in the mother tongue. identifying and structuring the data are the easy process. but how do if we write in foreign language? it will be the different cases. any problems will occur when we try to write in foreign language. daly (1997) mentioned that argumentative essay is built around a specific statement (or main premise) that is debatable within the field in which people are studying. moreover, bazerman (1985) stated that argumentative essay is responding to a text, the conclusion might recall the original idea to which people are responding, reminding the reader exactly what are agreeing or disagreeing. the content of argumentative essay is also has to be reasonable. writer should organize their emotion when they attempt not too judge others. there are two kinds of argumentative essay as stated in gerot and wignell (1995). those are analytical exposition and hortatory exposition which have different function. analytical exposition gives explanation to readers or listeners that something is the case, meanwhile hortatory has social function to persuade readers or listeners that something should or should not be the case. in fact, the fundamental problem in writing essay is we do not know how we can take the first statement. thus it is important to organize first before we start to write. in argumentative essay there are three outlines used in writing including introduction (hook and thesis statement), body (argument 1, argument 2, argument 3), and conclusion (restated thesis statement) no matter how writers organize the essay, they should make reader have same opinion to the essay and understand what the writers mean. this is one of the reasons why indonesian efl learners say that argumentative essay is difficult. feedback is needed then, because it can help l2 writer get the best composing in the text. hyland (2002) stated that feedback is important in acknowledging in process-based classrooms, where it forms a key element of the student’s growing control over composing skills, and by genreoriented teachers employing scaffolding learning techniques. editing is other problem solving in writing. it also important because editing can help writer to know how if he/she is as reader from their writing. writers are able to invite his/her friend to look at their work, or they can edit it by themselves. there are three previous studies underlie this present research. the first research was done by bakir, al-quds open university in nablus, palestine, which title is “writing difficulties and new solutions: blended learning as an approach to improve writing abilities” that study found that if a teacher keeps on teaching following the traditional method, the classroom activities become passive and monotonous. therefore, the wulan rahmatunisa problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay teacher should try new methods other than the traditional methods of teaching and make the students better achievers. bakir (2013) describes the teaching and learning context, and how the writing activities were integrated as part of the blended learning outcome. it discusses the extent to which students were able to achieve from the intended outcomes and the processes involved in achieving those outcomes. he reports findings from research into the benefits of integrating blended learning into traditional methods in developing writing abilities for second and third year undergraduates at a conventional university in palestine. while this present study will focus on problems appeared in writing an argumentative essay which is responding to a text, the conclusion might recall the original idea to which people are responding, reminding the reader exactly what are agreeing or disagreeing. moreover this present study also examines the types of problems in term of linguistic, cognitive, and psychological problems. another related research report is conducted by zhu (2001). he investigated teachers in mexico who identified process and strategies in writing argumentative essay. his study revealed that writing was the most complicated activity in language class and it became more difficult when came to foreign language class. the other study was conducted by saito (2010). his research aimed to find out the major characteristics of students in third-year english in composing argumentative essay which were instructed by integrated-genre approach. from the explanation above, a fundamental conclusion can be drawn: writing argumentative essay is highly important to be continuously and consistently done. by carefully considering this, in relation to critical efl teaching, this study attempts to uncover problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay. method this study is going to be conducted in qualitative research design because it investigates a phenomenon described by cresswell (1994) as an approach which inquires often makes knowledge claims based primarily on constructivist perspectives. the researcher physically goes to the people, setting, site or institution to interview or record in its natural setting. the data sources of this study were taken from university students’ writing task and interview. the participants are the second year of four university students who enrol their study in english department and precisely they are efl students in undergraduate study. normally, they have learned argumentative essay and have ever written it. the writing test was conducted to see students’ argument towards a poem entitled ‘funny face’. here is the short poem written by calvin miller: funny face by calvin miller suppose my nose were upside down: in any rainstorm i might drown. the sun would shine into my eyes because my glasses sat so high. one morning i’d hop out of bed to find my mustache on my head. and every time i’d sneeze or cough the blast would blow my ball cap off. the data collection procedures of the qualitative method involve: (1) setting the boundaries for the study, which lead to classify the participants in specific area. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 www.englishreview.web.id (2) collecting information through observation, and (3) establishing the protocol for recording information. participants’ written task is the main data in this study. the data were taken at november 2013. the problems were analysed and classified based on the theory proposed. it will then be descriptively interpreted. in this study, a ten-point scale was developed to evaluate each aspect, then the average of the scores was calculated. the breakdown of the marks of the areas covered is given below: 1. structure: (2 points). 2. spelling: (1 point). 3. punctuation: (1 point). 4. coherence: (2 points). 5. cohesion: (1 point). 6. strength of argument: (2 points). 7. aesthetic dimension: (1 point). in analyzing linguistic problems which occur in efl students’ writing, the percentage information will be drawn in a table in order to enrich the data presentation. the table will be as follow. no. linguistics problems frequency percentage (%) 1. tenses 2. word class 3. word formation 4. the use of article 5. word error total moreover, interview is used as the supporting instrument in collecting data. the semi-structured interviews were used in this study because they allow for standardized but in-depth probing of and elaboration on the original response. it enables one to follow a line of inquiry (punch, 2001). the questions were prepared in advanced based on the theme being investigated. most of the interviews were conducted in english. nevertheless there were a number of occasions whereby bahasa indonesia is used as the respective respondents felt more comfortable using the language. each interview took approximately 20 minutes, was audio-tapped and then transcribed by the interview as soon as possible, as suggested by osborne and freyberd (1985). immediate transcription allowed the interviewers to improve technique of asking questions for the next interview. result and discussion this chapter presents the results of the study and discussion result. it elucidates the writer’s data analysis and discussion of the whole research. the chapter is divided into two major sections. the first section presents the findings of the study which answer what problems are faced by efl learners and what they usually do in solving those problems. then second section is about discussion. the data, as outlined in chapter iii, were obtained from writing test in order to see students’ argument towards a poem entitled ’funny face’ and from the interview. the data from the writing test are first presented and analyzed preceding by the data from the interview. based on the result of investigation, it is an evidence that there were found students who faced any difficulties in writing. to prove this fact, this study is provided by data analysis and interview wulan rahmatunisa problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay transcription to reveal the problems. the findings showed the coherence with byrne (1995) who classified the problems in writing into three; those are psychological problems, linguistics problems, and cognitive problems. the following table shows the types of linguistics problems occur in students’ writing. no. linguistics problems frequency percentage (%) 1. tenses 10 23.2 2. word class 7 16.3 3. word formation 13 30.2 4. the use of article 9 21 5. word error 4 9.3 total 43 100 linguistics problems occur within structuring sentences such as tenses, word class, using articles, word formation, and word error. these problems typically can arise when l2 writer transfers his/her idea into l1 writer. the result of the investigation showed that different background is the main factor when students who learn l2, write their argumentative writing. to solve those problems, students said they usually ask for feedback from teacher, do editing and revising, outlining, ask friends for being prove-reader, and read for improving their vocabulary. those findings are consistent with harmer (2007) who stated that the process of writing involves planning what we are going to write, drafting it, reviewing and editing what we have written and then producing a final (and satisfactory) version. it indicates that most efl students have already done those principles. however, in order to maximize the result of learning process, they need to organize the problem solving in appropriate way and need more guidance from teachers. discussion cognitive problems relate to how to organize our ideas, using punctuation, addressing topic, following topic, following instructions and directions. the result of data analysis show that putting punctuation is the most problem faced by efl students. this fact occurs because writing is not just expressing the idea but also organizing words. as mentioned before in bakir (2013) who reports how the writing activities were integrated as part of the blended learning outcome. truly, word classes and word formation are the complicated one when writing an essay. this finding is also in line with the rabab’ah (2003) who informed that the students are unable to express them appropriately in their writings due to their limited vocabulary: the result is that they cannot find appropriate and necessary vocabulary to express themselves. in fact, students still confuse when they have to compose complex sentences, especially if it comes to verbs plus appropriate preposition. #25: is on the same age with me students still do mistakes in putting the appropriate preposition for each verb. the same mistake also happened in other student, who wrote: #31: similar with the title... the words which are bold should be replaced by ‘as’ and to, because the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 www.englishreview.web.id appropriate preposition the word for the word ‘same’ is ‘as’ and ‘to’ for the word ‘similar’. in using grammar, students also found difficulties. they still confuse in determining which one is noun, verb, adverb, and adjective, as exemplified in students’ writing test #23 and other sentences below. #23: itmake him think positive #29: the writer seems like talking to... from students’ writing also found that they usually forget in mentioning a subject for each sentence. they merely mention a subject for a paragraph as exemplified below. #9: when talking about familiarity, build and make a familiarity to the readers more appropriately listeners by asking the listeners the listeners to suppose her or his funny face. the sentence above proved that students still use spoken form in writing essay. it also strongly indicates that most efl mostly think as in their first language concept rather than think as native. as suggested by harmer (2007) that many nationalities do not use the same kind of script as english, so for students from those cultures, writing in english is doubly difficult: they are fighting to express themselves at the same time as trying (when they are not using a computer keyboard) to work out a completely new writing system. data from the interview revealed some problems students faced in writing argumentative essay. they mostly agree that organizing paragraph is difficult as expressed by 4 students exemplified below. students#4: ‘i do not like to write a draft because when it comes to my real writing i usually write out of the draft’ these findings are in line with the causes of writing problems reported by al-khasawneh (2010) who concluded that insufficient opportunities of using english and inappropriate teaching methods were the major causes identified by the participants of the study as the major factors of their writing problems. the least important reasons identified by the participants for their weak writing were their low english proficiency, teachers’ lack of interest in writing tasks and insufficient use of dictionaries. basically, writing a draft firstly can help writer in writing an essay. draft is a map for writers. when writer lost their way, the draft will help them to come back to the topic. the statement above also indicates other psychological problem in writing that is laziness. difficulty to start writing is another problem related to psychological problem in writing. this is expressed by all participants as they stated that writing basically needs a lot of time to prepare. they said it covers plan, draft, re-plan, draft, edit, re-edit, re-plan, etc before they produce their final version. students do not write very often and most of what they write is classroom-bound. as bakir (2013) mentioned the most important factor in writing exercises is that students need to be personally involved in order to make the learning experience of great value. encouraging student participation in the exercise, while at the same time refining and expanding writing skills, requires a certain pragmatic approach. the teacher should be clear on what skills he/she is trying to develop. next, the teacher needs to decide on which type of exercise can facilitate learning of the target area. once the target skill areas and means of implementation are defined, the teacher can then proceed to focus on what topic can be employed to wulan rahmatunisa problems faced by indonesian efl learners in writing argumentative essay ensure student participation. by pragmatically combining these objectives, the teacher can expect both enthusiasm and effective learning. conclusion this study examined the problems which are faced by some efl students in writing argumentative essay. results of the data indicated that students faced the problems in three categories, those are linguistics problems, cognitive problems, and psychological problems. mostly, students faced problems in linguistics related to the grammatical structure (23.2%), formatting words (30.2%), words classes (16.3%), error in using words (9.3%), and the use of article (21%). second, cognitive problems are related to organizing paragraph, difficulties in remaining word classes, getting lost the generic structure, making a conclusion, and putting punctuation. last, psychological problems which included laziness, egoism, bad mood, and difficulties to start writing are also faced by efl students. this study also answers the second research question of what the students do to overcome the problems in writing argumentative essay. the interview session revealed students usually ask for feedback from teacher or lecturer, do editing and revising, outlining, ask friends for being prove-reader, and read more for improving their vocabulary. those findings are consistent with harmer (2007) who stated that the process of writing involves planning what we are going to write, drafting it, reviewing and editing what we have written and then producing a final (and satisfactory) version. what this recent study shows, then, is that the current reality in efl classes still falls far short of the goal of english language teaching. even though most of efl classes use the standard criteria of efl teaching, it cannot serve as a resource for improving language education as it exists now for shaping our thinking as we design curriculum and materials for the future. teachers need to identify the learning preferences and learning styles of their students. the understanding of how best the students learn then is matched with pedagogical approaches deemed appropriate for learning to take place at optimal level. moreover, students should be challenged with tasks and projects of varying level of difficulty. they need to discover issues and uncover answers by themselves. furthermore, teachers should understand what motivates the students in class, because students need to be motivated to keep them alert. references al-khasawneh, f. (2010). writing for academic purposes: problems faced by arab postgraduate students of the college of business, uum. esl world, 9 (2). bakir. (2013). writing difficulties and new solutions: blended learning as an approach to improve writing abilities. international journal of humanities and social science 3(9). bazerman, c. (1985). the informed writer: using source in discipline. new york: houghton mifflin company. byrne, d. (1995). teaching writing skills. singapore: longman publisher. creswell, j. w. (1994). research design qualitative and quantitative approaches. london: sage publisher. daly, b. (1997).writing argumentative essay. retrieved from http://www.eslplanet.com/teachertool s/argueweb/preface harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching. malaysia: pearson education limited. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 www.englishreview.web.id hyland, k. (2002). teaching and researching writing. london: pearson education. krappels. (1999). an overview of second language writing process research. new york: cambridge university press. kroll, b. (1990). second language writing. new york: cambridge university press. murray, r. & moore, s. (2006). the handbook of academic writing. new york: open university press. osborne, r. j., & freyberg, p. s. (1985) learning in science: the implications of children's science. auckland: heinemann. punch, k. f. (2001) introduction to social research quantitative and qualitative approaches. london: sage publications. rababah, g. (2003). communication problems facing arab learners of english: a personal perspective. tefl web journal, 2(1). saito, s. (2010). an analysis of argumentative essay of thai third-year english majors instructed by integrated process-genre based approach. a thesis: bangkok. taylor, g. (2009). a student’s writing guides. new york: cambridge university press. zhu, w. (2001). performing argumentative writing in english: difficulties, processes, and strategies. tesl canada journal 19 (1). a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs ayodeji olowu & susan olajoke akinkurolere a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs amultimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement ofmalaria drugs ayodeji olowu department of languages, rufus giwa polytechnic, owo, ondo state, nigeria e-mail: olowu@gmail.com susan olajoke akinkurolere department of english, obafemi awolowo university, ile-ife, osun state, nigeria e-mail: olujoke2126@yahoo.com. apa citation: olowu, a. & akinkurolere, s. o. (2015). a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs. english review:journal of english education, 3(2), 166-173 received: 11-04-2015 accepted: 25-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this study identified and analyzed the visual and linguistic components associated with the selected advertisement of malaria drugs. this was with a view to describing the essential communication devices the advertisers of such drugs have employed. data for the study were drawn from both primary and secondary sources. the primary source for the study comprised 4 purposively selected posters, stickers and drugs literature advertisement on malaria. analysis of the data followed the framework of kress and leeuwen’s multimodal discourse analysis. the results showed that such visual resources as colour, pictures, symbols and icons, gaze and posture enhance the semantic quality of the advertisement. in the whole, the study emphasizes the vitality of visual and linguistic elements as important communication devices in advertising. keywords: multimodal discourse analysis, visual elements, communication devices, visual grammar. introduction new drugs are released almost on weekly basis. when these drugs come, the manufacturers will engage in massive advertisement. the reason is to impress the drugs into the consciousness of the people. advertisement of drugs can take a number of forms which include advocacy, comparative, cooperative, informational, direct-mail, outdoor advertisement, persuasive, etc. this type of advertising is commercial. it is basically consumer advertising which pervades our society because it involves the promotion of such drugs to potential buyers. drugs are advertised through several media which include television, radio, print media such as magazines, leaflets, flyers, handbills and periodic reports. other media include billboards, workshops, seminars and other health books television stations usually enjoy much patronage from drug marketers. pharmaceutical companies rely so much on television advertisement to promote their drugs. the reason for this is not farfetched. television is multimodal in nature in that it relies on multiple semiotic modes or resources (language, visual imagery, gesture, movement, colour, music, sounds and so on). woods (2006) describes television advertising as the form of multimodal communication par excellence (i.e communication through various and multiple semiotic modes and resources). it establishes a mailto:olujoke2126@yahoo.com english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee double communicative connection: one between the people represented in the advert, also called represented participants (kress and leeuwen 2006), and one between the sender, that is the advertisement makers or copywriters and the receiver (the viewer) of the advertising message. essentially, we are considering new malaria drugs which have enjoyed heavy advertisement recently. these are coatal tamether, artrin, arenax plus, artecxin, palaxin, camosunate, pemametre, lufart, amalar plus, amatem and lonart. a detailed multimodal analysis of these advertisement will be carried out. visual images: a general overview in every imaginable public space, visuals are presented for viewer’s consumption. the young and old alike are bombarded by a cacophony of imagery in traditional print, books, magazines and newspapers, through totalizing mass media formats and inside the expanding e-work of the internet. on almost every public space available, images confront viewers. kress and leeuwen (2006) assert that: images are produced in the context of real social institutions, in order to play a very real role in social life-in order to do certain things to or for their readers, and in order to communicate attitudes towards aspectsof social life and towards people who participate in them, whether authors and readers are consciously aware of them or not (p. 115). in “rhetorics of the image”, roland barthes writes that “the viewer of the image receives at one and the same time the perceptual message and the cultural message” (barthes 1977: 36). he then explains that the “confusion in reading” stemming from this corresponds to the function and the communicative power of the mass image. this ultimately suggests that images are never innocent. however, their messages often are naturalized by being associated with a given perceptual object. in analyzing images, then, it is necessary to account not only for their cultural norms, but also for their perceptual qualities. visual texts differ from verbal texts because they are communicative across cultural codes while also carrying culturally specific meaning. roland barthes (1977) uses a linguistic approach for the study of visual communication, claiming that visual signification can be articulated into the two separate levels of denotation and connotation. the level of denotation corresponds to the literal meaning of an image, the immediate meaning relating to what is objectively represented by the image. the level of connotation corresponds to the symbolic or ideological meaning of an image, which corresponds to the meaning – or range of possible meanings – inscribed by cultural codes. the same denotative meaning can be associated with different connotative meanings according to the historical, and cultural contexts in which the message is produced and interpreted. theo van leeuwen and gunther kress are pioneers in the analysis of the visual dimension of printed texts. they consider texts from “a multimodal perspective” to include semiotic modes that accompany language or through which language is realized (harrett and bell in fairclough 1995:14). textual analysis must describe the interplay between the verbal and the visual, and effectively analyse visually exposed meaning (kress and van leeuwen 1996:186-7). the trend towards a multimodal appreciation of meaning making centres around two issues: first, the de-centering of language as favoured meaning making; and second, the revisiting and blurring of traditional ayodeji olowu & susan olajoke akinkurolere a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs boundaries between the roles allocated to language, image, page layout, document design etc. (iedema 2003:58). according to jewitt and oyama (2001:134), who draw heavily on the work of kress and van leeuwen, “social semiotics of visual communication involves the description of semiotic resources, what can be said and done with images (and other visual means of communication) and how the things people say and do with images can be interpreted”. meanwhile, with the late 20th century’s explosion of imaging and visualizing technologies (digitization, satellite imaging, new forms of medical imaging, virtual reality etc.), it is suggested that everyday life has become “visual culture” (lister & wells 2001:62). still on the proliferation of images, castwright & sturken (2001) assert that our modern condition is often characterized as an image saturated society with an intense image flow. indeed, visual components are often more influential than words. messaris and abraham (2001) argue this point: viewers may be less aware of the process of framing when it occurs visually than when it takes place through words. consequently, visual image may have the capacity of conveying messages that would meet with greater resistance if put in words, but which are received more readily in visual form (p. 125) . as a cultural creation, images are often utilized to praise cultural values. michael griffin (1999) explains that images are “celebrated on a more abstract plane as broader symbols of national valour, human courage, etc. (p. 131). hariman and lucaites (2007) note the emotional act of images: the photo’s combination of emotional display and visual interpellation creates a strong sense of moral crises, a point at which the audience must decide where it stands (p. 143). the intensity of emotion within images adds rhetorical richness to texts, resulting in added power within the overall meaning of a text. hence advertisers of drugs make generous use of images to capture audience’s attention. they struggle to minimize the use of words. though most of the advertisment come with verbal anchorages, the images are the centre of attraction and they carry more messages than the verbal expressions. method multimodal discourse analysis (mda) is ‘an emerging paradigm in discourse studies which extends the study of language to the study of language in combination with other resources, such as images, colours, scientific symbolism, gestures, action, music and sound’ (o’halloran 2011:1). multimodal discourse analysis is the study of the ‘intersection and interdependence of various modalities of communication within a given context’ (snyder 2009:1). researchers in this area seek to ‘identify the influence of mode on meaning within a given context, focusing on co-occurrence interaction between multiple semiotic system’ (baldry and thibault 2006:31). multimodal discourse analysis is essentially concerned with the theory and analysis of semiotic resources and the semantic expansions which occur as semiotic choices combined in multicultural phenomena. the ‘‘intersemiotic’ relations arising from the interaction of semiotic choices, known as intersemiosis, is a central area of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee multimodal research (jewitt 2009:14). multimodal discourse analysis is also concerned with the design, production and distribution of multimodal resources in social settings (leeuwen 2008:32). the theory is also concerned with the concept of ‘visual modality’. in bell’s second variable based on the work of kress and van leeuwen (1996), it can be defined as “the represented realism of an image” (bell 2001:30). it concerns also whether an image is portrayed as realistic and lifelike, or as something that can be classified as either a fantasy or caricature. the term ‘modality’ is a linguistic one and refers to the value or credibility of statements about the world. modality is interpersonal rather than ideational in that it does not express absolute truth or falsehoods, it produces shared truths aligning readers and viewers with what they hold to be true for themselves, while distancing from others whose values they do not share (kress and van leeuwen 1996:160). in terms of visual modality, visuals can represent people, places and things as though they are real. here too, modality judgements are social and dependent upon what is considered real in the social group for which the representation is primarily intended. according to kress and van leeuwen (1996:256) modality results from: ......the degree to which certain means of pictorial expressions (colour, representational detail, depth, tonal shades, etc.) are used. each of these dimensions can be seen as a scale running from the absence of any rendition of detail to maximal representation of details or from the absence of any rendition of depth to maximally deep perspective. reality is based upon the frequency of these factors within a specific image, the less they appear the more “abstract” the image, while the more prevalent they are, the more realistic the image can be said to be. however, kress and van leeuwen (1996:256) argue that “modality is context dependent.” the domains they distinguish include scientific/technological, abstract, naturalistic and sensory. this theory is therefore suitable in the analysis of these colour advertisement. result & discussion text a in this image, there is a monsterlike picture of a mosquito. the picture covers substantial part of the image. below the picture, there is a picture of a drug which is being advertised. here the picture of the mosquito is a signifier. it is deliberately presented like a monster. this is also significant. scientists believe that malaria is mainly caused by female anopheles mosquitoes. hence, the picture of the mosquito signifies malaria disease. the picture presents malaria as a deadly monster which can cause death if not attacked. consequently, the image sees artrin as a remedy to the malaria monster. ayodeji olowu & susan olajoke akinkurolere a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs text b this image has a picture of three people; a woman, a man and a young girl who look like a family. the man appears to carry the girl. this ostensibly shows that the represented participants are a family. below them are the different pictures of the drug being advertised. from the advert, we can see the various presentations of the drug. it is presented as tablets, syrup suspension and drops for infants. above the represented participants, we see the word malaria written on the red background. also, there is a drawing of a mosquito encapsulated in a ‘stopped’ sign. the family presented here looks healthy and happy. it is assumed that they have taken pamametre as their family malaria drug. the advertisers of the drug want us to see the effect of the drug in this family. it is significant that the drawing of the mosquito is encapsulated in a ‘stopped’ sign. the message here is very clear. pemametre stops mosquitoes. if it does, it consequently stops malaria since mosquito is the major cause of malaria fever. text c in text c, there is a picture of some children embedded in a map of africa. the name of the drug is written in bolded letters above them. below the map, we see the picture of the drug. it is significant that these children are embedded in the map of africa. this means that the continent that is worst hit by malaria fever is africa. also, the category of people suffering most from the disease is children. this is very true in consideration of report of world health organisation (who) on the malaria scourge in africa. it is estimated that about 7 million children die of malaria in africa yearly. consequently, who established the programme “roll back malaria in africa”. this project is aimed at eradicating malaria fever in the continent and jointly founded by who and the nations of african continent. the children on our image represent the bulk of several million children who are victims of malaria disease in africa. these children are spread all over the underdeveloped nations of africa. most of these nations cannot boast of adequate health facilities to combat malaria scourge. they lack adequate systems in terms of facilities, infrastructure and english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee trained personnel. hence, they feel highly incapacitated as malaria continues to wreak havoc especially among children. it is also worth of note that the advertisers catch on the programme of who in this advertisement by using the phrase ‘roll back malaria’ adequate health systems in terms of facilities, infrastructure and trained personnel. text d this advert features a woman who is as a celebrity. the woman in the image is patience ozokwo who has held sway many years as an enviable actress in nollywood movies. she holds a packet of the drug advertised, ‘coatal’ in her left hand and thumbs up with the right hand. the use of ozokwo in the advert is intentional. she is well known and admired by millions of nollywood lovers across the globe. the advertiser intends to give real popularity to their advertisement. it is certain that the advertisement will catch the fancies of many people with the picture of this woman in it. moreso, a close look at this image shows that the woman gives her approval to the effectiveness of the drug in combating the malaria scourge analysis of other visual elements colour in text a, the word ‘malaria’ in this advert is written in red colour. this is highly significant. red colour in this part of world means danger. hence, the intention of the advertiser is to present malaria disease as a dangerous phenomenon. in text b, the lexical item, ‘malaria’ is written against a red colour background. also, the ‘stop’ sign is in red colour. as stated earlier, colour red means danger. this ultimately means that malaria is a danger which must not be allowed. in text c, the visible colours in this image are red, green and white. the use of green and white colours in the image is significant. the map of africa is coated in green and white colours. also, the lexical item ‘africa’ is written in green colour. this shows that although the map is that of african continent, the advertisers are particular about nigeria. the colours of nigerian flag are white, green and white. this is highly connoted in the use of colour in this image. it is apparent that the words ‘weapon’ and ‘malaria’ are written in red colour. the red colour, as stated earlier means danger in this part of the world. a weapon is an instrument used either in the defence or offence against enemies. the red colour brings out the semantics of the lexical item. in this case as dangerous as malaria is, artecxin drug is presented as dangerous weapon to attack it. graphology according to olaosun (2001), the graphological features of written texts are carriers of their phonological information of meaning. hence, some aspects of linguistics in the verbal anchorages shall be foregrounded in this section with the aim of seeing how they ayodeji olowu & susan olajoke akinkurolere a multimodal discourse analysis of selected advertisement of malaria drugs have been employed by the advertisers to communicate their messages to the viewing/reading audience. in text d, it is observed that the whole sentence “win the malaria war” is written in block letters. meanwhile, there is semantic importance attached to this sentence. the viewer is made to believe that malaria has declared a war on its victims. hence, if we must win the malaria war, coatal is highly indispensable. the word ‘act’ is written in block letters. this is to lay emphasis on the semantics of the word. also, the name of the drug, artrin is bolded. this is also for emphasis. the whole advertisement centres on the drug. the use of rhetorics is also noticeable in this advert. there is a question mark on the word ’malaria’. the import of this is quite interesting. the advertisers are asking a question which can literally be expressed thus ‘is malaria your problem?’ if it is, you don’t need to worry, just ‘ask’ for pemametre. this message is clear. with pemametre, malaria is no longer a problem. use of compound sentence the advertiser use compound sentence ‘malaria begins with a bite but ends with artrin’. the use of the conjunction ‘but’ which joins the negative part of the sentence with the positive part. the advertisers technically direct the attention of the reader/viewer to the latter part of the compound sentence. posture/gaze: the picture of the mosquito in text a is fearful and dreaded. this signifies the nature of malaria disease. it is presented as a dreaded and destructive disease. in text b, it is deliberate that the participants are gazing directly into the audience. this is to bring the reader\viewer into active participation in the advert. the central image here is this family. the interpersonal system of centrality functioning at the level of relation between sections established the integrity of the image. kress and van leeuwen (1996:206) when discussing the issue of centrality of image suggest that ‘for something to be presented as the central means that it is presented as the nucleus of the information which all other elements are in some sense subservient’. this is true of text a and b. in text d, the posture of mrs patience okonkwo in this advert calls for attention. she really succeeds in involving the audience in this job through her smile. okonkwo’s gaze as the only participant in this advert demands something from the viewer. it demands that the viewer enters into some kind of imaginary relation with her. conclusion multimodal discourse analysis has made it possible to account for visual and linguistic components of this study. this is made possible by the theoretical framework we have used in this study. however it is instructive to note that interpretation of images is by its very nature subjective, and an image can carry multiple messages depending upon the nature of the visually interpreting culture. just as kress and van leeuwen suggest that “……social interactions and social relations can be encoded in images so that we are instructed silently regarding a set of implicit norms” (kress and van leuuwen 1996:153). in all, we hope that this study has contributed to an array of scholarly works in media discourse in nigeria. the study emphasizes the vitality of visual elements as important devices in advertising. it reveals the deployment of various visual resources such as colours, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee gaze, posture, etc. in impressing the messages of the advertisers into the consciousness of readers/viewers and convincing them of the potency and efficacy of the advertised drugs. also, this study reveals very strongly and establishes the potentials of visual images to convey meaning beyond the verbal language in any human society. references ariyo, k. s. (2014). multimodal discourse analysis of panorama pictures in selected editions of tell news magazine. an unpublished ph.d thesis, department of english studies, adekunle ajasin university, akungbaakoko. baldry, a.p. & thibault, p.j (2006). multimodal transcription and text analysis. oakville, ct: equinox publishing. bignell, j. (1997). media semiotics, an introduction. manchester: manchester university press. chandler, d. (2002). semiotics: the basics. london: routledge. davies, s. (2000). semiotic analysis of teenage magazine front covers. retrieved on 20 december 2015 from www.aber.ac.uk/media/students/sid9 901.html. el rafaie, e. (2003). understanding visual metaphor: the example of newspaper cartoons in visual communication. london: sage publication. kress, g. & van leeuwen, t. van (1996). reading images: the grammar of visual design. london/ny: routledge. kress, g. & van leeuwen, t. (2001). multimodal discourse :the modes and media of contemporary communications. london: arnold. kress, g. & van leeuwen, t. (2007). colour as semiotic mode: notes for a grammar of colour. visual communication. 1(3), 343-368. retrieved from www.visculture.files.wordpress.com/2 007/02. 2011. retrieved 12/07/2011 mustafa, r. o. (2001). easier approach to pharmacology. ilorin: adewunmi printing press. olowu, a (2012). a multimodal discourse analysis of christian women mirror magazine. an unpublished m. a. thesis, department of english, obafemi awolowo university, ile-ife, nigeria. http://www.aber.ac/ http://www.visculture.files.wordpress.com/2007/02. 2011. retrieved 12/07/2011 the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners fatemeh khonamri department of english language and literature, university of mazandaran, iran e-mail: fkhonamri@umz.ac.ir zahra hamzenia department of english language and literature, university of mazandaran, iran e-mail: narsi.bahrami@gmail.com apa citation: khonamri, f. & hamzenia, z. . (2013). the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners. english review: journal of english education, 1(2),171-181 received: 01-03-2013 accepted: 23-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: this study investigated laufer and hustijn’s (2001) involvement load hypothesis in vocabulary learning. it comprised two experiments. experiment 1 examined whether two tasks with equal involvement load but different distribution of components would yield the same result in initial learning and retention of target words. experiment 2 investigated whether two tasks, one input and another output, with equal involvement load and the same distribution of components would result in equivalent initial learning and retention of target words. 126 advanced english learners completed one of three vocabulary learning tasks that equated in the amount of involvement they induced: sentence writing, fill-in, and translation (l2-l1). receptive knowledge of the target words was assessed immediately after treatment and two weeks later, and one month interval after the first delayed posttest. the result of t-test for experiment 1 showed that when two tasks had equal involvement load but different distribution of components they resulted in similar amounts of initial learning and retention of new words. the findings of experiment 2 indicated when two tasks, one input and another output, had equal involvement load and the same distribution of components, they led to superiority of fill-in task over translation task in initial vocabulary learning, however, not in retention of new words. keywords: involvement load hypothesis; incidental vocabulary learning; depth of processing theory introduction many learners of a second or foreign language feel concerned with the burden of vocabulary learning and worry about how to tackle the formidable task of learning many thousands of words. teachers might well understand this need but might not know how best to support their students in this endeavor. for learners at the beginning level, intentional learning of new lexical items generally accounts for most of their vocabulary knowledge. but this exclusive dependence on intentional learning at the elementary levels fails to fulfill the later needs of these learners at the intermediate and advanced levels. there has been a keen research interest in incidental vocabulary learning in terms of different tasks; for instance, dictionary use (cho & krashen, 1994; knight, 1994; luppesco & day, 1993), the role of glosses (rott, 2005; rott & williams, 2003; watanab, 1997), and the effect of word-focused tasks with or mailto:narsi.bahrami@gmail.com fatemeh khonamri & zahra hamzenia the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners without reading (laufer, 2003; paribakht & wesche, 1997; wesche & paribakht, 2000). in search of any plausible explanation for the superiority of one task over another, researchers claim that the benefits may be attributable to the greater depth of processing (craik & lockhart, 1972). craik and lockhart (1972) launched the concept of depth of processing, which argue that new information will be retained better in long-term memory depending on the depth of information processing. retention does not depend on the length of time that the information is held in short-term memory. on the other hand, when new information is initially processed more deeply, the retention is better. however, there were no definite criteria by which one task was more effective than another. the concept of depth of processing was seriously afflicted with a lack of an operationalizable definition. laufer and hustijn (2001) put forward the idea of the “involvement load hypothesis” in incidental vocabulary learning in order to eliminate the lack. it is a motivational-cognitive construct consisting of three basic components-need, search, and evaluationthat may be present or absent in tasks with varying degrees of prominence. these three factors can be employed to manipulate and measure the involvement load (i.e. depth of processing) which explains the successful retention of unfamiliar words. to compensate for the lack of operationalizable definition of the depth of processing theory (craik and lockhart, 1972), laufer and hustijn (2001) developed the involvement load hypothesis for l2 vocabulary learning. they proposed a motivational-cognitive construct of involvement consisting of three basic components of need, search, and evaluation which can be used to manipulate and measure the involvement load (i.e. depth of processing). they suggested that their hypothesis could explain and predict learners’ success in the retention of unfamiliar words. tasks with different involvement load will lead to different incidental acquisition. in the process of vocabulary acquisition, the higher involvement load is, it is more effective for learners to retain vocabulary than when the involvement load is lower. in other words, the researchers argue that the greater the involvement load, the better the retention. according to hustijn and laufer (2001), the basic contention of involvement load is that retention of unfamiliar words is generally conditional upon the degree of involvement in processing these words (p. 545). they claimed that the degree to which a learner is engaged in cognitive processing does not depend on whether the given task is inputor outputoriented, but on the combination of the three factors, called “involvement load”. the involvement load of a task is measured by the combination of the presence or absence of the three involvement factors. the absence of a factor is marked as a minus (-) or 0, a moderate presence of a factor is a plus (+) or 1, and a strong presence is a double plus (++) or 2. the plusses in the three components are added up into an “involvement index”. in other words, the higher involvement index means that task-induced involvement is deeper. the higher the involvement load, it is usually more effective for learners to gain and to retain vocabulary than the lower involvement load. empirical support for the construct of task-induced involvement english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee comes from the large body of literature on incidental word learning conducted prior to its conception, and from recent studies designed to directly tests the predictions of the involvement load hypothesis. the evidence supports the following claim: tasks that induce greater involvement loads (i.e. tasks with higher degrees of need, search, and evaluation) generally lead to greater gains in short-term and, in some cases, long-term word retention (hulstijn and laufer, 2001; keating, 2008; kim, 2008). other studies (e.g. alamzadeh, 2007; al-hadlaq, 2003; folse, 2006; hui, 2003) also investigated whether tasks with higher involvement load would result in better retention. the results of these studies did not fully support the hypothesis. in other words, one study (alamzade, 2007) indicated that the involvement load hypothesis could not be the only reason for the better retention of words. in hui-fang tu’s (2003) study the difference among the tasks was not statistically significant. an interesting point about the study was that for each task in the two experiments, longer timeon task generally led to better retention. as mentioned earlier, laufer and hustijn (2001) determined the amount of involvement load as sum of the plusses (of need, search and evaluation). however, it is possible that all three components might not be equally important in vocabulary learning. so, hustijn and laufer’s methods for determining the involvement index for different tasks might need to be reexamined (kim, 2008). for instance, a task consisting of moderate need (1), search (1), and no evaluation (0) has the same involvement load (i.e., involvement index = 2) as a task of moderate need (1), no search, and moderate evaluation (1). to the best of our knowledge, no experiment has been conducted directly to evaluate the weight of components in involvement load hypothesis. therefore, the present study aimed first to investigate whether tasks with identical involvement load but different distribution of components induce the same amount of vocabulary learning. put differently, whether search component can compensate the difference of a “plus” in the evaluation component between sentence writing task (++evaluation) and fill-in task (+evaluation). the basic contention, to date, has been that the effectiveness of a task is determined by the involvement load it induces, irrespective of whether the task is input or output oriented. little attention has been paid to the role of input and output in involvement load hypothesis. alamzedeh (2007) investigated whether two tasks, one input and another output, with the same involvement load would lead to similar retention results. the result showed the priority of output task over input task. although two tasks with the same involvement load were employed, she did not take into account the different distribution of components in those tasks. maybe owing to varying distribution of components, it led to superiority of output task. thus further research seemed necessary to answer this question. furthermore, according to waring and takaki (2003), there is rare research into vocabulary gains from reading to ask how long these gains will last. few of vocabulary studies measured long-term retention of vocabulary over one or two weeks’ interval. most of them considered just one or two weeks delay. so, this gap was filled as well by considering one month interval in the present study. method fatemeh khonamri & zahra hamzenia the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners the subjects of this study were 126 students from nine advanced-level intact classes of kish air institute in the north of iran. they were spread across three branches of kish air institute. the participants were largely young adult learners with an average age of 20. there were three classes in each institute. students within each of the three classes in each institute were randomly assigned to one of the three tasks. so, there were three groups in each institute. to control for the homogeneity of the participants, they were selected from the same level of proficiency. the number of students in each class ranged from 14-16 students. the data were collected during their regularly scheduled class periods. to test their previous knowledge of the words, their course books were checked to make sure that they did not have any prior knowledge of the target words. the instrument employed in this study encompassed a reading text in which the target words occurred, along with four reading comprehension questions of a reading passage, and three (immediate and first and second delayed) posttests. these processes are described in details in the following sections. the reading passage “is an only child a lonely child?” and a set of accompanying comprehension questions were adapted from the textbook active skills for reading (anderson, 2008). this reading passage was employed because the topic was a general one and the participants were assumed to understand the topic. the text contained 618 words and its flesch reading readability measure was 46.1. following the text there were four multiple-choice questions. three tasks with equal involvement load were set to serve the purpose of the current study. tasks 1 and 2 (output) which have equal involvement but a different distribution of components were compared for answering the question whether two tasks with equal involvement load but different distribution of components would yield the same result. tasks 2 and 3 which have identical involvement and similar distribution of components were compared so as to evaluate whether two tasks, one input and another output, with equal involvement load and identical distribution of components would lead to the same result. task 1: sentence writing with target words (output). the students were given a worksheet that included eight target words in a word list with glosses. they were asked to write a sentence with each of the eight target words. the farsi translation and english explanation of the target words were provided in glosses with a phrase as an example (appendix a). no example sentences were given. this was done to guard against the possibility that some students might copy the examples making little changes to them, which would result in less generation (nation, 2001). this task was based on laufer (2003). hulstijn and laufer (2001) argued that the involvement index of this task was 3, including a moderate need, no search, and a strong evaluation. task 2: reading comprehension plus “fillin” (output). students were given a reading text with some multiple-choice comprehension questions in order to answer. target words were deleted from the text, leaving some gaps to be filled in. the target words, with some distractors which did not appear in the original text, were printed in random order (appendix b). the students were asked to use a dictionary and look up the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee meaning of words. the task was to read the text, find the meaning of target words with the use of dictionary, fill in the gaps with the missing words from the list of words, and answer the comprehension questions. this task was based on laufer (2003) with a difference that in laufer (2003) sentence fill-in task was used. however, in the current study contextualized fill-in was employed. in terms of involvement load, this task induced moderate need, search, and moderate evaluation. therefore, the involvement index was3 (1 + 1 + 1). task 3: reading comprehension plus translation sentences l2-l1 (input). this task was chosen from laufer and girsai (2008). students were provided with the same text in task 2. the target words were highlighted in bold print. after the text there were some sentences, embedded with target words, from the text so that students translated them into l1 (appendix c). the task was to read the sentences, use a dictionary to look up the meaning of the target words, write the translation of sentences into l1 and answer comprehension questions. during the translation task, students were asked to use a dictionary. in view of the involvement load, a translation task embodied the element of need since the words that had to be understood (when translating into l1) were predetermined by the source text. the element of search is present as well. if an l2 word was unfamiliar, learners had to conduct a search for its meaning by dictionary when translating into l1. most importantly, an element of evaluation was necessary to carry out a translation activity. there was usually more than one translation alternative for a given sentence. therefore, when translating, learners had to make a decision as to how each alternative fitted the text they created. task 3 induced moderate need, search, and moderate evaluation. so, the involvement load was 3 (1+ 1+ 1). the experiment was conducted on three separate days over a monthand-a half period. the treatment and immediate vocabulary test were administered on the same day and the first delayed posttest was carried out two weeks later. the second delayed posttest was administered within a one-month interval after the first delayed posttest. the nine experimental groups in the two experiments (two groups in each experiment) were randomly assigned to perform one of the three tasks during regular english class sessions. in the first session students performed tasks and upon completion of the tasks, the worksheets were collected and not returned to the participants. then they were given an immediate posttest designed to measure their initial vocabulary learning. they were demanded to write the meanings of the target words either in farsi or english. in addition, they were asked to indicate whether they had known the words prior to the task. this was our additional check for prior knowledge. none of the three tasks was presented as a vocabulary-learning task, with the first task being introduced as a writing task to evaluate their writing and the last two ones were considered as reading tasks so as to assess their reading comprehension. as in hustijn and laufer’s (2001) study, no time limit was set for working on the tasks. consequently, the nine classes spent approximately 30-35, 25-30, and 1520 minutes accomplishing the translation, fill-in, and sentence writing tasks, respectively. two weeks later, the participants were given an unexpected fatemeh khonamri & zahra hamzenia the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners delayed posttest in order to measure their retention of vocabulary knowledge. to scrutinize the retention of target words, the second delayed posttest were given within a one-month period after the first delayed one. these posttests were identical except in the order of target words. learners’ vocabulary knowledge of the target words, that is, their receptive knowledge only, was investigated. results anddiscussion the tests were scored by the researchers. a word that was not translated or was wrongly translated received a score of zero. a correct response received 1 point. a semantically approximate response received half a point. if students did not notice the part of speech of words, they received just half a point. for instance, the word “dwindle” was used as a verb in the text; however, they wrote its meaning as a noun. if the learner had a correct response but had also marked the target word as known prior to the experiment, the response was scored as zero. as presented earlier, the four research questions investigated the effect of task type on (a) the initial vocabulary learning and (b) the retention of new vocabulary words of efl students when three tasks with equal involvement were administered. each research question examined one dependent variable: scores on the immediate and two delayed posttests. research questions had the same independent variable: task type. in order to test the four research questions, the data were analyzed using spss version 16.0. initial learning and retention scores of the immediate and two delayed posttests were then submitted to paired t-test. an alpha level of .05 was used for all statistical tests. the mean scores and standard deviations of the immediate and first and second delayed posttests of three tasks in these experiments were also calculated. then to examine the effect of each factor, retention scores were further submitted to paired t-test to find out how great the difference between the task 1 and 2 and also task 2 and 3 is. table 1. number of participants, mean scores, and standard deviations of the immediate, first and second delayed posttests task number immediate posttest first delayed posttest second delayed posttest mean sd mean sd mean sd task 1 42 3.2619 1.56656 .8929 .89399 .7500 .95796 task 2 42 3.5000 1.88058 .7143 .87054 .6429 .94537 task 3 42 2.7024 1.51440 .5952 .91223 .4643 .66619 for answering questions 1 and 2, so as to know whether two tasks with the same involvement load but different distribution of components will yield equal initial and retention of target words, scores were submitted to paired ttest. the results of paired t-test between two output tasks (sentence writing and fill-in) on initial learning of target words revealed a t value of .602 with 41 df. that is not statistically significant at the .05 level. results of paired t-test for the comparison of task 1 and task 2 in first delayed posttest revealed a t value of .931 with 41 df. that is not statistically significant at .05 level. likewise, the results of paired t-test for the comparison of task 1 and task 2 in second delayed posttest revealed a t value of .557 with 41 df. that is not statistically significant at english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the .05 level. thus, we have the evidence to claim that tasks with the same involvement load but different distribution of component lead to similar initial learning and retention of target words. put in another way, it seems that search could fill the difference of a plus in evaluation component between task1 (++ evaluation) and task 2 (+ evaluation). the latter two sections address whether involvement load is the determining factor in task efficacy without regard to whether the task is input or output oriented. so, it is tried to answer these two questions by the comparison between two tasks, one input and another output, with the identical involvement load and the same distribution of components. results of paired t-test for the comparison of task 2 and task 3 on immediate posttest revealed a t value of 2.145 with 41 df. that is statistically significant at .05 level (p< .05). therefore we can claim that output task is more effective than input task in initial vocabulary learning. results of paired t-test on participants' first delayed posttests revealed a t value of .583 with 41 df. that is not statistically significant at the .05 level. likewise, the results of paired t-test on participants' second delayed posttests revealed a t value of .583 with 41 df. that is not statistically significant at the .05 level. the latter two results of this paired t-test on the first and second delayed posttests provide sufficient evidence to support the claim that input and output tasks with the equal involvement load and the identical distribution of components lead to the same retention results. the two experiments described attempted to provide empirical evidence for the involvement load hypothesis in l2 vocabulary acquisition. the purpose of experiment 1 was to examine whether two tasks with the same amount of involvement load but different distribution of components would have similar effects on the initial learning and retention of target words. worded differently, whether search can compensate the difference of a plus in evaluation component between task 1 (++ evaluation) and task2 (+evaluation). the results suggested that the two tasks, with identical involvement loads but different distribution of components, were equally effective in promoting both the initial learning and retention of new words and thus lend support to the involvement load hypothesis. and it seems that search by dictionary could fill the gap between strong and moderate evaluation. finding words through the use of dictionary and evaluating words in order to complete the fill-in task seem very prominent in contributing to the vocabulary learning. according to folse (2006), many educators see fill-in task as a superficial or passive use of vocabulary, especially when compared to writing original sentences. however, this study provided evidence that sentence writing task and fill-in task with equal involvement load but different distribution of components induced the same amount of vocabulary learning. this is in accord with kim’s (2008) study that provided tasks with equal involvement load and the same distribution of components (sentence writing vs. composition writing) would yield similar retention of target words. al-hadlaq (2003) too found the same result stating that sentence writing and fill-in tasks were equally effective in vocabulary learning. laufer (2003) could partially support the involvement load hypothesis with two tasks (i.e., writing sentences with the target words and fill-in sentences with the target words after looking up their meaning). these two fatemeh khonamri & zahra hamzenia the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners tasks have the same involvement index 3 but have a different distribution of components (i.e., moderate need, no search, and strong evaluation vs. moderate need, search, and moderate evaluation). although there was no significant difference between the sentence fill-in group and the sentence writing group on immediate posttest, the scores of these two groups were significantly different from each other on the delayed posttest, with the sentence fill-in group acquiring higher scores. our result is in accord with the initial learning result of laufer (2003). the result of experiment 1 lent support to the role of dictionary. several studies have investigated the effectiveness of consulting dictionaries for promoting vocabulary learning (cho & krashen, 1994; knight, 1994; luppescu & day, 1993; hulstijn, hollander & greidanus, 1996). analysis showed that when participants in the dictionary group looked up a word, their chances of remembering the word’s meaning were greater. the purpose of experiment 2 was to examine whether two tasks, one inputand another output-oriented, with equal involvement load and similar distribution of component would lead to the same amount of vocabulary learning. the findings of experiment 2 indicated the superiority of fill-in task over translation task in initial vocabulary learning, however, not in retention of new words. one explanation for this result might be related to the procedure of performing translation task. the problem seen during the administration of this task was that students did not listen to the researchers’ instruction. the researchers asked students to read the text and then translate the following sentences by use of dictionary and answer comprehension questions. instead, the participants started by translation of the sentences not reading the text. then they answered four comprehension questions. it is not clear whether the students read the text completely or not. this task should have been performed in two phases. in the first phase it should have asked students to read the text and answer comprehension question then they should have been given the translation task. in answering research question 4, which investigated the retention of new vocabulary knowledge, experiment 2 fully supported the involvement load hypothesis. there was no significant difference between two tasks in the first and second delayed posttests. although, on the immediate posttest, the fill-in group was significantly different from translation group, this difference faded over time. the scores on the first and second delayed posttests indicated that output and input tasks were equally effective in vocabulary learning although the scores on the immediate posttest revealed the priority of output task over input task. one issue observed among the participants was that some students expressed that they were able to remember the meanings of most of the words but were unable to match these meanings with their english counterparts in the posttests. they uttered that the target words were familiar and the meanings of these words were in their minds, however, they could not match the meanings with their english equivalents in the posttests. it reveals that only one time exposure is not enough to consolidate the meaning of the words in students’ memory. in general, processing a new word repeatedly in one or multiple texts has been found to be conducive to incidental word learning english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (for a review, see paribakht and wesche, 1999; rott, 2005; waring and takaki, 2003). this study involves certain limitations and suggestions for further research, as detailed below. first of all, this study cannot be generalized to other educational settings, as a relatively small number of participants were sampled. second, participants read only one text and word acquisition of only ten words were assessed. therefore, findings cannot be extrapolated to other text types and other word classes. third, some students uttered that they were able to remember the meanings of most of the words but were unable to match these meanings with their english counterparts in the posttests. future studies might employ multiple measures, including recognition tests e.g., multiple choice tests that are more sensitive to small increases in vocabulary knowledge, as illustrated in waring and takaki (2003). overall, the inclusion of different types of vocabulary tests would enhance the credibility of the involvement load hypothesis and would offer more specific information regarding how involvement load contributes to the development of both receptive and productive vocabulary knowledge. forth, in the first experiment, sentence writing task (moderate need, no search, and strong evaluation) was compared with fill-in task (moderate need, search, and moderate evaluation). research is needed to compare two tasks with the same involvement load but differ in distribution i.e. comparing search and moderate evaluation. for example, a task consisting of +need, +search,-evaluation should be compared with a task consisting of +need, -search, +evaluation; or a task consisting of ++need, +search,evaluation should be compared with a task consisting of +need, -search, ++evaluation. fifth, the participants in the current study engaged in each task only once. multiple treatment sections for each task would allow a more definite conclusion regarding the effectiveness of each task on l2 vocabulary acquisition. sixth, hustijn and laufer do not differentiate between the different types of search the students can make. they give equal weight to all kinds of search, such as consulting a bilingual dictionary, consulting a monolingual dictionary, consulting a bilingualized dictionary, asking the teacher and consulting the corpus. every type of search might have different involvement load. future research should be performed to compare tasks with the same amount of involvement, only differ in the types of search administered. seventh, this study could also be replicated with students varying in their levels of proficiency. eighth, as mentioned earlier, in translation group students did not follow researcher’s instruction by starting reading text and then translating sentences by use of dictionary. they started translation sentences without reading the text. experiment 2 should be replicated with a difference that translation task should be administered in two phases. ninth, it would be interesting to find out whether having target words with the same part of speech (e.g., only nouns or only verbs) in the fill-in tasks would generate more evaluation of the target words than having these words mixed with other words of different parts of speech. final suggestion for future research is that two tasks, one at sentence level and another at text level, with the same involvement load and similar distribution of components should be compared. although kim (2008) and al-hadlaq fatemeh khonamri & zahra hamzenia the role of task-induced involvement in vocabulary learning of iranian language learners (2003) performed this research, the result was mixed. conclusion in order to gain better insight and more relevant data, there is an absolute need for experiments that aim to test the hypothesis with a variety of tasks. because the construct of involvement can be operationalized and investigated in a variety of ways, researchers will need to devise tasks with different involvement loads and compare them concerning their effect on vocabulary learning. the current study tried to help fill this research gap, keeping in mind that more precise definitions of the involvement components and more thorough theoretical links between them should be examined further. references alamzedeh, n. (2007) the role of task involvement load on vocabulary acquisition in incidental learning situation. unpublished master’s thesis, mazandaran university, iran. al-hadlaq, m. (2003) retention of words learned incidentally by saudi efl learners through working on vocabulary learning tasks constructed to activate varying depth of processing. unpublished doctorate’s dissertation, ball state university, indiana. anderson, n. j. (2008). active skills for reading. boston: thomson heinle. cho, k. s., and s. d. krashen (1994) acquisition of vocabulary from the sweet valley kids series: adult esl acquisition. journal of reading, 37, 662667 craik, f. i. m., and r. s. lockhart (1972). levels of processing: a framework for memory research. journal of verbal learning and verbal behavior, 11, 671684. de la fuente, m. j. (2002). negotiation and oral acquisition of l2 vocabulary: the roles of input and output in the receptive and productive acquisition of words. studies in second language acquisition, 24, 81–112. ellis, r., and he, x. (1999). the role of modified input and output in the incidental acquisition of word meaning. studies in second language acquisition, 21, 285–301. folse, k. s. (2006). the effect of type of written exercise on l2 vocabulary retention. tesol quarterly, 40, 273– 293. hui-fang, tu. (2003). effects of task-induced involvement on incidental vocabulary learning in a second language. unpublished master’s thesis, taiwan. retrieved from http://www.hss.nthu.edu.tw/~fl/the sis/tesol/905258.pdf hulstijn, j. h., m. hollander, and t. greidanus (1996). incidental vocabulary learning by advanced foreign language students: the influence of marginal glosses, dictionary use, and reoccurrence of unknown words. the modern language journal, 80, 327339. hulstijn, j. h., and b. laufer. (2001). some empirical evidence for the involvement load hypothesis in vocabulary acquisition. language learning, 51, 539– 558. joe, a. (1995) text-based tasks and incidental vocabulary learning: a case study. second language research, 11, 149–158. ----(1998) what effects do text-based tasks promoting generation have on incidental vocabulary acquisition? applied linguistics, 19, 357–377. keating, g. d. (2008). task effectiveness and word learning in a second language: the involvement load hypothesis on trial. language teaching research 12, 365–386. kim, y. (2008) the role of task-induced involvement and learner proficiency in l2 vocabulary acquisition. language learning, 58, 285-325. knight, s. (1994) dictionary use while reading: the effects on comprehension http://www.hss.nthu.edu.tw/~fl/thesis/tesol/905258.pdf english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and vocabulary acquisition for students of different verbal abilities. the modern language journal, 78, 285– 299. laufer, b. (2001) reading, word-focused activities and incidental vocabulary acquisition in a second language. prospect, 16(3), 44–54. ----(2003)vocabulary acquisition in a second language: do learners really acquire most vocabulary by reading? empirical evidence. canadian modern language review 59, 4: 565-585 laufer, b. (2005) focus on form in second language vocabulary learning. eurosla yearbook, 5, 223–250. laufer, b., and n. girsai. (2008) formfocused instruction in second language vocabulary learning: a case for contrastive analysis and translation. applied linguistics, 29/ 4: 694-716. laufer, b., and j. h. hulstijn. (2001). incidental vocabulary acquisition in a second language: the construct of task-induced involvement. applied linguistics, 22, 1–26. luppescu, s., and r. r. day. (1993). reading, dictionaries, and vocabulary learning. language learning, 43, 263–287. nation, i. s. p. (2001). learning vocabulary in another language. cambridge: cambridge university press. newton, j. (1995). task-based interaction and incidental vocabulary learning: a case study. second language research, 11, 159–177. paribakht, t. s., and m. wesche. (1997). vocabulary enhancement activities and reading for meaning in second language acquisition. in. j. coady, & t. huckin (eds.), second language vocabulary acquisition (pp. 174-200). cambridge: cambridge university press. ----(1999). reading and “incidental” l2 vocabulary acquisition. studies in second language acquisition, 21 (2), 195221. rott, s. (2005). processing glosses: a qualitative exploration of how formmeaning connections are established and strengthened. reading in a foreign language, 17, 95-124. rott, s., and william. j. (2003). making formmeaning connection while reading: a qualitative analysis of word processing. reading in a foreign language, 15, 45-75. waring, r., and m. takaki. (2003). at what rate do learners learn and retain new vocabulary from reading a graded reader? reading in a foreign language, 15(2), 130–163. watanabe, y. (1997). input, intake, and retention: effects of increased processing on incidental learning of foreign language vocabulary. studies in second language acquisition, 19, 287-307. webb, s. (2005). receptive and productive vocabulary learning: the effects of reading and writing on word knowledge. studies in second language acquisition, 27, 33–52. wesche, m., and t. s. paribakht. (2000). reading-based exercises in second language vocabulary learning: an introspective study. the modern language journal 84, 196-213. alamzedeh,n.(2007)theroleoftaskinvolvement english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee figurative language in english stand-up comedy maharani widya putri department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: putrimaharaniwidya@gmail.com erwin oktoma department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: oktoma09erwin@yahoo.com roni nursyamsu department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: roninursyamsu@gmail.com apa citation: putri, m. w., oktoma, e., & nursyamsu, r. (2016). figurative language in english stand-up comedy. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 115-130 received: 21-10-2016 accepted: 18-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this descriptive qualitative research was about the analysis of figurative language in english stand-up comedy. the purposes of this study were to identify the types of figurative language and to describe the functions of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy show. the data source was taken from one of selected videos of russell peters stand-up comedy show. russell peters’s speech contained about figurative language in the video is observed. the data were collected through content analysis technique by collecting the verbal language used by russell peters. the first research questions was analyzed by mcarthur (1992) theory and supported by crystal (1994) theory to find out the types of figurative language found in english stand-up comedy. to answer the second research questions about the functions of figurative language found in english stand-up comedy was analyzed by chunqi (2014) theory and suppoted by kokemuller (2001) theory and turner (2016) theory. after analyzing data, it was found that irony was the most dominant figurative language used by russell peters in “russell peters comedy now! uncensored” with 29.94%. it was happened because the kind of topics used by russell peters in that show were about ethnics (canadian, white people, black people, brown people and asian), society case (beating child) and culture (accent and life style of various ethnics in the world, habitual of various ethnics in the world). irony and hyperbole were needed dominantly in the performance, to entertain the audiences in the stand-up comedy show. the function of eleven types of figurative language which were used by russell were concluded. the functions were to amuse people in comedic situations, to expand meaning, to explain abstract emotions, to make sentence interesting represented and give creative additions. keywords : figurative language, stand-up comedy, english stand-up comedy. introduction it has been known for decades that communication can be done with a process of interaction between sender and listener which uses message and produces feedback. then, communication also can be done with just a process of transmitting message from the sender to the listener without a feedback. one way communication is 115 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy considered as a special way of communicating because it produced several unique phenomena. fenner (2003) says that “in one-way communication, information is transferred in one direction only from the sender to the listener.” one-way communication is limited because it just occurs in a straight line from sender to listener and get little feedback. as an example, stand-up comedy represents the unique realization of oneway communication. astuti, sada, wardah (2013, p.2) mentions that “...humor and joke transformed into monolog activity and performed which makes any listener and audience enjoy and pleasant that called as stand-up comedy.” in monologue activity, a standup comedian talks to express ideas, experiences, feelings, and opinions in his/her mind. humor can be delivered in particular ways in stand-up comedy. most of stand-up comedy performance is presented in verbal ways because standup comedian relies their performance on their stories to make audiences interested. in term of the language used by stand-up comedian, chunqi (2014, p.276) mentions that “...in a stand-up comedian’s speech, there are figurative language, word play, puns, implication and allusion as the linguistic aspect to make the performance interesting and funny.” figurative language as one of linguistics aspect make the verbal communication used in stand-up comedy become more interesting and stimulate feedback in the form of laughter. in the field of semantic study, it is quite ordinary to do a research about figurative language in literary works because it can be found easily. therefore, conducting a semantic study with different subject becomes very interesting. stand-up comedy research seems to be important in indonesia society now. in line with (papana 2012) as cited in (fitri, 2013, p.22) states that “stand up comedy has been popular in indonesia for the last two years, since kompas tv held a stand-up comedy indonesia competition in september 2011 and brought this comedy show successfully into public.” so, if this research can reveal one of unique phenomena in stand-up comedy, this study will be useful for indonesia society who like watching stand-up comedy. based on the background above, the writer would like to answer the following questions: “what are the types of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy show?” and “what are the functions of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy show?” based on the research questions above, the objectives of this research are, as follows: to identify the types of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy show and to describe the functions of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy show. method descriptive qualitative method is used in this research. cresswell (2012, p.247) mentions that, “description involves a detailed rendering of information about people, places, or events in a setting.” the types of figurative language in the selected video of stand-up comedy show are described in detail in this research. the selected video of russell peters stand-up comedy show “russell peters comedy now! uncensored” used as the data source in this research. the url of the video is https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c pyyt0tmqjk which is published on 116 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee march 11th, 2012. the duration of the video was 00:45:07. russell peters’s speech which contains about figurative language in the video is observed by the writer. based on techniques of collecting data by kothari (2004, p.110), content analysis is used in this research. kothari (2004, p.110) states that “the analysis of content is a central activity whenever one is concerned with the study of the nature of the verbal materials.” the verbal language used by stand-up comedian in stand-up comedy show is analyzed by the writer to collect the data. the processes in collecting the data are; first, the video is watched by the writer then russell peters’s speech is transcribed. after that, each of russell peters’s speech which has an indication to be figurative language is classified. after finding the occurrences of figurative language in the data source, the first step in the analyzing process to answer research questions is identifying the types of figurative languages found by using the theory of figurative language by mcarthur (1992). crystal’s theory (1994) also used to support and to analyze russell peters’s speech which can’t be analyzed by mcarthur’s theory (1992). from the theory, not only the most dominant figurative language in the selected video of russell peters’s stand-up comedy show will be shown. but also the functions of figurative language found in the selected video of russell peters’s stand-up comedy show will be revealed clearly. in order to reveal the function of figurative language found in the selected video of russell peters’s stand-up comedy show, chunqi’s theory (2014) will be used. kokemuller’s theory (2001) and turner’s theory (2016) also will be used to support chunqi’s theory (2014). results and discussion after analyzed the data, for the first research question it was answered that there were found 167 (one hundred and sixty seven) utterance contained of figurative language. mcarthur (1992) proposed fourteen types of figurative language; alliteration, chiasmus, euphemism, hyperbole, idiom, irony, litotes, metaphor, metonymy, onomatopoeia, oxymoron, paradox, personification and simile. in the selected video of russell peters stand-up comedy show, it was found eleven types of figurative languages. each figurative languages types found in the selected video of russell peters’s stand-up comedy show counted by using frequency of cummulative formula by subana as cited in (oktoma, & mardiyono, 2013, p. 79). where: fk = frequency of cumulative (the number of occurences of figurative language types) σf = frequency of total (the number of the whole occurences of figurative language types) fk rel = frequency of relative cumulative (the result of percentages) subana as cited in (oktoma, & mardiyono, 2013, p. 79) the classification and percentage of figurative language used in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show could see in the table 4.4 types of figurative language and occurrences found in russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) below: fk rel = 𝐅𝐊 𝚺𝐅 x 100% 117 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy table 1. types of figurative language and occurrences found in russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) no. figurative language number of occurrences percentage 1. alliteration 7 4.20% 2. chiasmus 8 4.80% 3. euphemism 4. hyperbole 40 23.95% 5. idiom 9 5.38% 6. irony 50 29.94% 7. litotes 2 1.20% 8. metaphor 3 1.80% 9. metonymy 18 10.77% 10. onomatopoeia 16 9.58% 11. oxymoron 12. paradox 13. personification 3 1.80% 14. simile 11 6.58% total 167 100% from the table above, it was shown that in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) standup comedy show, there were found 11 (eleven) types of figurative languages. the types were alliteration, chiasmus, hyperbole, idiom, irony, litotes, metaphor, metonymy, onomatopoeia, personification, and simile. euphemism, oxymoron and paradox were not found in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show. from the table above, it could be known the number of occurrences of figurative language in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show. there were only 167 types of figurative language which were found in the russell peters’ utterances. there were 7 utterances (4.20%) belonging to alliteration, 8 utterances (4.80%) belonging to chiasmus, 40 utterances (23.95%) belonging to hyperbole, 9 utterances (5.38%) belonging to idiom, 50 utterances (29.94%) belonging to irony, 2 utterances (1.20%) belonging to litotes, 3 utterances (1.80%) belonging to metaphor, 18 utterances (10.77 %) belonging to metonymy, 16 utterances (9.58%) belonging to onomatopoeia, 3 utterances (1.80%) belonging to personification and 11 utterances (6.58%) belonging to simile. the most dominant of figurative language was irony with the number of occurrences was 50 (29.94%). the less figurative language was litotes with the number of occurrences was 2 (1.20%). in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) standup comedy show, russell peters used irony as the most figurative language used in his show. in his show, russell wanted to deliver his stories in stand-up comedy in unique way by make an irony statement almost in every utterance. as chunqi (2014, p.227) states that “irony is often taken as a common and incisive device for amusing people in comedic situations.” hyperbole also took in the 118 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee second place as the most dominant of figurative language use by russell peters in 40 utterances (23.95%). chunqi (2014, p.227) also adds that “...hyperboles creates a humorous effect by directing a satirical implication at a person who is in a superior social status. by using the hyperboles, the joke becomes indirect and less aggressive in attacking the target.” in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) standup comedy show, russell told various topics in society. “stand-up comedy function not only to entertain people but also to present various current issues and topics ranging from ethnicity, gender, politics, to those considered taboo” (setyaningsih, 2013, p.145). the topics were about ethnics (canadian, white people, black people, brown people and asian), society case (beating child) and culture (accent and life style of various ethnics in the world, habitual of various ethnics in the world). russell used irony to express something by using sarcastic expression. “...words with an implication opposite to their usual meaning, ironic comment may be humorous or mildly sarcastic” (mcarthur, 1992, p.532). irony statement was used by russell to tell about ethnic and culture stories to amuse people in the comedic situations. hyperbole was used to create an extra effect for comedy statement. “hyperbole is a rhetorical term for exaggeration or overstatement, usually deliberate and not meant to be taken (too) literally” (mcarthur, 1992, p.491). hyperbole was used by russell to tell stories about society case. so, irony and hyperbole were needed dominantly in the performance, to entertain the audiences in the stand-up comedy show. to answer the second research question, in order to reveal the function of figurative language found in the video of russell peters comedy now! uncensored stand-up comedy show, chunqi’s theory (2014) was used. kokemuller’s theory (2001) and turner’s theory (2016) also was used to support chunqi’s theory (2014). kokemuller (2001) has given a description about what are the purposes of figurative language in communication. figurative language plays a major role in compelling literary works. figurative language is a contrast to literal language. its primary purpose is to force readers to imagine or intuit what an author means with an expression or statement. applying the right element in making specific points in writing is necessary to make figurative language work. regardless the tool, figurative language strengthens or makes a point more compelling and effective (kokemuller, 2001). chunqi (2014) explains the finding from his journal about the function of figurative language in stand-up comedy. the functions were hyperbole used to exaggerate reality by carrying beyond the boundaries of rational thought, irony was often taken to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations, the last simile used to make analogy statement in stand-up comedy more interesting and unexpected to the live audience. in this present study, various types of figurative languages were used because of particular function. the function of figurative language found in the selected russell’s stand-up comedy show presented below: 1. alliteration the first function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is alliteration. alliteration is sound device in figurative language. “alliteration is terms in rhetoric, poetics, and general usage for the repetition of 119 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy the same sound, usually an initial consonant such as the/in 'fixed fate, free will, foreknowledge absolute'” (mcarthur, 1992, p.29). in stand-up comedy, alliteration is used to give creative additions. in line with kokemuller (2001), alliteration is used to give an image in the form of playing sound to deliver stories. by using alliteration in telling the stories, the audiences will think that the stories is more interesting than usual stories because alliteration gives sound phenomenon in communication. one of alliterations which be the sample was: utterance 75 (20:17) • i went to italy.. the italians thought i was italian. russell used the repetition ly, lians and lians in the word ‘italy’ in one sentence to give creative additions in telling the stories. as we know, a stand-up comedian used a limited properties in stand-up comedy performance. one of ways that can they use to make their stories is catched by the audiences by playing the word in telling the stories. in the show, russell wanted to show his skill in telling the stories interesting by making a sentence which full with alliteration word. 2. chiamus the second function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is chiamus. according to mcarthur (1992, p.209) “chiasmus in rhetoric is an inversion of word order that creates a counterbalancing effect in the second of two linked phrases.” chiasmus is a figure of speech in figurative language which represents word play like alliteration. the differences are alliteration hold the role of figurative language on the same sound or consonant in the word but chiasmus hold the role on the balance structure between two sentences. one of chiasmuses which be the sample was: utterance 10 (03:40) • “you know, it’s not so much a problem. it’s a problem if you want it to be problem.” in that sentence, russell made a sentence or phrase in which the order of some words in the first sentence or phrase is reversed in the sentence or the phrase that follow. the arrangement of words, phrases and clauses were reversed with a phrase or clause that follows. if we heard a stand-up comedian used chiasmus like the exmaple above, it seemed to be more interesting and easy listening because it used balancing structure. in order to make the statement was interesting to speak, chiasmus as one of types in figurative language can be used. the way chiasmus represents two sentences in the complete sentence which has different meaning makes chiasmus can be used to make the word was interesting represented. so, chiamsus used by stand-up comedian to make sentence represented interesting. 3. hyperbole the third function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is hyperbole. in stand-up comedy show, russell used hyperbole to make a dramatic effect in his utterance because of overstatement word. in line with mcarthur (1992, p.491) states that “hyperbole is a rhetorical term for exaggeration or overstatement, usually deliberate and not meant to be 120 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee taken (too) literally.” one of hyperboles which be the sample was: utterance 29 (07:27) • “indian people has been in south africa for like six, seven generations now.” the sentence was overstatement word. how can russell peters know that indian people lived in south africa until seven generations while he was born in 70’s. chunqi (2014) explains that the function of hyperbole used in stand-up comedy is to exaggerate reality by carrying beyond the boundaries of rational thought. in line with what kokemuller (2001) says that “some figurative language is used to expand beyond the literal narrative in the story. hyperbole is a grossly exaggerated or excessive claim.” by overstating the word, audience’s mind will be opened because the meaning of the word has been expanded from the ordinary word. so, in stand-up comedy hyperbole used to expand meaning. 4. idiom the fourth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is idiom. idiom is a figure of speech in figurative language which represents uniquely. “an expression unique to a language, especially one whose sense is not predictable from the meanings and arrangement of its elements” (mcarthur, 1992, p.497). in stand-up comedy, idiom used to make the audiences think deeply about what of stand-up comedian real utterance meaning. therefore, they will be curious and impressed because of the moral lesson in idiom sentence itself. idiom has a same function like hyperbole, because the word which is used is not ordinary and has more meaning. one of idioms which be the sample was: utterance 12 (04:22) • “i wouldn’t want my mom to pick my clothes!” that sentence means russell has been adult and know what he can do and choose for his life. the sentence was trying to make a word has more than one meaning. by using that sentence, audience’s will be interested, focussed and trying to interpret the sentence because the sentence has an expand meaning function. so, idiom used to expand meaning. 5. irony the fifth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is irony. “...words with an implication opposite to their usual meaning, ironic comment may be humorous or mildly sarcastic” (mcarthur, 1992, p.532). in that standup comedy show, most of irony statement told about the way russell gave an ironic statement when he told stories about ethnic cases between chinese people and indian people, white people and black people etc. one of ironies which be the sample was: utterance 47 (11:37) • “chinese people and indian people cannot do business together. cos indian cannot live without a bargain and chinese people cannot give you a bargain.” that sentence heard sarcasm but humorous. because of indian people and chinese have same characteristic they can convince someone to be wrong in selling and buying event. 121 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy so, they couldn’t be united in selling and buying event. russell wanted to amuse audiences by stating the popular issue in the society in that moment in ironic way. as the result, almost the audiences involved in the room and laugh although russell told stories about certain ethnics issue in ironic way. so, the function of irony in stand-up comedy here were to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations. 6. litotes the sixth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is litotes. litotes is a figure of speech in figurative language which almost has same function like irony. “litotes is a positive and often emphatic statement made by denying something negative” (mc.arthur, 1992, p.622). litotes is an ironic understatement that uses a negative statement. it is the opposite of irony. if the irony states something bad with the good statement in ironic way, litotes states something good by using negative statement in order to make the statement friendly and down to earth. one of litoteses which be the sample was: utterance 107 (27:21) • “we know it’s not the coolest accent in the world, you know” that sentence showed understatement of the word which tells about that indian people knew their accent was unique when they use english. russell used negative statement to tell audience that indian accent is not full bad, it is just unique and different from others. the statement is used more humble than in irony by understatement the word. litotes in that stand-up comedy almost has a same function but they have a different role. litotes is more positive than irony although it uses understatement word. so the function of litotes is similar like irony. it used to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations. 7. metaphor the seventh function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is metaphor. metaphor is one of rhetorical devices in figurative language which uses comparison statement to make the word is interpreted clearly. “a figure of speech which concisely compares two things by saying that one is the other” (mcarthur, 1992, p.653). kokemuller (2001) states that using metaphor and simile is a simple way making a statement about a person, place or thing interpreted clearly. these tools allow you to make the point by comparing one thing to another. by using metaphor, a sentence will be created lively and will make audiences understand easily about satnd-up comedian word. when audiences seemed to be easier in comprehending stand-up comedian speech, the situation will be created between audiences and standup comedian is more lively. one of metaphors which be the sample was: utterance 164 (40:45) • “yes i can. she’s a jackass.” in that sentence, russell tried to compare ryan’s mother with jackass although the comparison word (like, as) was not shown. the example showed that by using figurative some utterances in a language would be presented in expressive way because it uses the broader word. so, it will be 122 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee clearer than the bland statement. by using figurative some utterances in a language would be presented in expressive way because it used the broader word. it would be clearer than the bland statement. so, the function of metaphor was to make a life of stand-up speech in stand-up comedy performance. 8. metonymy the eighth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is metonymy. crystal (1994) says in metonymy, symbol of a language or something is used. “metonymy is used to present a moral lesson or broader point by having a noun in the story represent something beyond the story” (kokemuller, 2001). one of metonimies which be the sample was: utterance 36 (09:36) • “glad to see brown people in the audience.” brown in that statement refered to indian people. when russell said ‘brown people’ in that statement, the audiences would think who is brown people. so, audiences will try to extend their thought about that reference. it means the function of metonymy in stand-up comedy is to expand meaning. 9. onomatopoeia the ninth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is onomatopoeia. as we know, figurative language was used in literary works in order to make the language become imaginative and give different insight. because of that, the purpose of giving a creative addition in here was needed. in creative works, some figurative language tools simply increase the creativity of the writing. imagery is one of the simpler elements to understand. it is the use of descriptive, expressive language to give the reader a mental image (kokemuller, 2001). in the onomatopoeia utterances, russell showed his skill in mimicking many accents of some ethnics in the world. one of onomatopoeias which be the sample was: utterance 129 (30:57) • cause you’re saying stuff like “fuuuckkk asss!” (with donkey sound) “buuuulshiiit!” “yee haw! yee haw!” in that statement, russell was mimicking donkey’s sound when he told about the way canadian people curse to someone. it sounded like donkey sound. by using that sound, russell was seen to give a creative addition to his stories. so, his stories will draw audience’s attention. by showing that skill, it is shown that the function of onomatopoeia is to give a creative addition. 10. personification the tenth function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is personification. like in “metonymy is used to present a moral lesson or broader point by having a noun in the story represent something beyond the story” (kokemuller, 2001). “personification is used to give human qualities to an object or animal” (kokemuller, 2001). personification helps to relate ideas and objects to people, allowing an author to convey his meaning more effectively. one of personifications which be the sample was: 123 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy utterance 131 (31:33) • “this is nice room tonight, you know.” in that statement ‘room’ as inaminate object is given human characteristics by using ‘nice’ word. russell tried to give an image about his feeling in that show when he saw many people in stand-up comedy show’s room. turner (2016) says that “figurative language can be used, however, to explain abstract emotions such as love, grief, envy and happiness. besides to expand meaning, personification used in stand-up comedy to explain abstract emotions when a stand-up comedian in telling story. if it concluded, the function of personification in stand-up comedy was to expand meaning and to explain abstract emotions. 11. simile the eleventh function of figurative language in stand-up comedy which will be presented is simile. simile uses a form of comparison in which one thing is compared to another unlike thing by using specific words of comparison like: like, as in order to explain the word clearly by comparing it to another. simile has a similar function like metaphor. but difference is the using of comparison word is in direct or indirect way. one both of the examples made the bland statements become colorful because it was presented in expressive way. one of similes which be the sample was: utterance 130 (31:00) • “white people, when you swear you sound like donkeys” that sentence showed the way russell wanted to make the situations in the stand-up comedy show’s live by using simile word. he stimulated audience’s attention by making comaprison word. in line with chunqi (2014) says that simile is used to make analogy statement in standup comedy more interesting and unexpected to the live audience. so, the function of simile in stand-up comedy is to a life of stand-up speech in stand-up comedy performance. from the explanation above, it was concluded and found that the functions of figurative language used in stand-up comedy are: first, alliteration and onomatopoeia were used to give a creative addition. second, the function of chiamus was to make sentence represented in interesting way. third, hyperbole, idiom, metonymy and personification were used to expand meaning and to explain abstract emotions. fourth, irony and litotes were used to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations. fifth, simile and metaphor were used to make a life of stand-up comedy speech in stand-up comedy performance. as mentioned before, this research tried to reveal the analysis of figurative language in english stand-up comedy. stand-up comedy show video which was used as the data source was the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show. in that video, russell used various form of figurative languages to make his utterances was interesting. to reveal figurative language phenomenon, in this subsections the writer tried to explain clearly the conclusion and the discussion which were gotten from the finding data in this present study. after analyzing the data, it was concluded that both of main research questions answered clearly. the first research question which told about types 124 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of figurative language were used in standup comedy were figured out. by using mcarthur’s theory (1992) and crystal’s theory (1994), there were found eleven types of figurative language from 167 utterance. the types were alliteration, chiasmus, hyperbole, idiom, irony, litotes, metaphor, metonymy, onomatopoeia, personification and simile. euphemism, oxymoron and paradox were not found in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show. the most dominant of figurative language was irony with the number of occurrences was 50 (29.94%) and the less figurative language was litotes with the number of occurrences was 2 (1.20%). in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) standup comedy show, russell peters used irony as the most figurative language used in his show. probably, russell used an ironic statement as the most dominant figurative language in his speech because he has a particular purpose and wanted to deliver his stories in stand-up comedy show in unique way. in line with what chunqi (2014) states that joe wong as one of stand-up comedian in his research used the most frequently figurative language like irony, hyperbole to convey ironies expression about ethnic and culture topic, to attract audience’s attention and to provoke laughter. hyperbole took in the second place as the most dominant of figurative language used by russell peters in 40 utterances (23.95%). by using the hyperboles also, probably the joke becomes indirect and less aggressive in attacking the target. in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show, russell told various topics in society. the topics were about ethnics (canadian, white people, black people, brown people and asian), society case (beating child) and culture (accent and life style of various ethnics in the world, habitual of various ethnics in the world). russell told about ethnic topic by using general characteristic, like white people, brown people, etc. in stand-up comedy, the techniques is called as stereotypes ethnic. in line with setyaningsih (2013), in her journal about ethnic stereotypes in stand-up comedy, she stated that to minimize the negative impact in telling ethnic issue in stand-up comedy show, ethnic stereotypes could be used to make the jokes more smooth. in this present study, figurative language in the form irony and hyperbole used to make ethnic issue stories told in safe way but still invited audiences to laugh. by using ethnic topics and mix with irony statement and positive hyperbole statement, russell hoped that expression could draw audience’s attention in safe way. in conclusion, probably when russell told about ethnic topic in irony way and hyperbole way, the jokes becomes smooth and indirect but still make audience to laugh and draw audience’s attention. because of that, irony is used dominantly by russell peters in his stand-up comedy show. litotes was the less figurative language used by russell peters in that stand-up comedy. litotes is an ironic understatement that uses a negative statement. it is the opposite of irony. if the irony states something bad with the good statement in ironic expression, litotes states something good by using negative statement in order to make the statement friendly and down to earth. in that stand-up comedy, russell didn’t tell much his stories in litotes way perhaps because his main topics in that stand-up comedy show were about ethnics. he wanted to tell it much in ironic way than in litotes way to make the stories became 125 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy funnier in front of the audiences. so, litotes became the less figurative language which was used in russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) stand-up comedy show. the second research question which told about the functions of figurative language were used in standup comedy were figured out. all of function of stand-up comedy could be concluded by using chunqi’s theory (2014) and supported by kokemuller’s theory (2001) and turner’s theory (2016). in his journal, chunqi (2014) told about linguistic perspective used by two standup comedian in delivering humour on the stage. one of stand-up comedian there, used figurative language to make his performance draw audience attention and make audience to laugh. in his journal, it was found that just irony, hyperbole, simile and metaphor were types of figurative language that could make jokes became funny. moreover, the function of figurative language which were found were just limited to the fourth types. in this present study, because 11 (eleven) types of figurative language were found, this present study was developed from chunqi’s journal (2014). the function of eleven types of figurative language which were used by russell was concluded. the functions are to amuse people in comedic situations, to expand meaning, to explain abstract emotions, to make sentence represented in interesting way and give creative additions. each function was shown in different types of figurative language used by russell peters. the first function is shown through the using of irony and litotes in that stand-up comedy. most of irony statement in that stand-up comedy told about the way russell gave an ironic statement when he told stories about ethnic cases between chinese people and indian people, the function of irony and litotes in stand-up comedy here were to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations. the next function can be found in the using of hyperbole, metonymy and personification. the function of hyperbole, idiom, metonymy and personification were to expand meaning. when telling about ethnic stories, each functions of figurative language were shown clearly. beside to expand meaning, figurative language also can be used to explain abstract emotions and creative additions in the speech of standup comedian. the next function can be shown through the using of metaphors and similes. metaphors and similes in russell’s utterance made the bland statements become colorful because it is presented in expressive way. by using figurative some utterances in a language would be presented in expressive way because it used the broader word. it would be clearer than the bland statement. so, the function of simile and metaphor here were to make a life of stand-up speech in stand-up comedy performance. the next function can be shown through the using of chiasmus. russell made a chiasmus sentence or phrase in which the order of some words in the first sentence or phrase is reversed in the sentence or the phrase that follow. the arrangement of words, phrases and clauses were reversed with a phrase or clause that follows. if we heard a standup comedian used chiasmus, it seemed to be more interesting and easy listening because it used balancing structure. so, the function of chiasmus is to make sentence represented in interesting way. the last function could be shown through the using of onomatopoeia and alliteration in that stand-up comedy show. as we know, figurative language was used in literary works in order to 126 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee make the language become imaginative and give different insight. because of that, the purpose of onomatopoeia and alliteration in that stand-up comedy were to give a creative addition. conclusion this study investigates figurative language in english stand-up comedy show. figurative language as one of the communication strategies is used by people to express the inner feeling and to make the communication more expressive, imaginative and colorful. after analyzing one of selected videos of russell peters’s stand-up comedy show in chapter 4, the writer found many particular ways and complex sentences to express the conclusion. the conclusion is based on the research question, that is what are types of figurative language found in stand-up comedy and what are the functions of figurative language used in stand-up comedy. from this study, it is concluded that russell as the stand-up comedian in the selected video of stand-up comedy used various figurative language. there were 11 (eleven) types of figurative language which were used. the types were alliteration, chiasmus, hyperbole, idiom, irony, litotes, metaphor, metonymy, onomatopoeia, personification and simile. from 167 utterance contained figurative language, there were 7 utterances (4.20%) belonging to alliteration, 8 utterances (4.80%) belonging to chiasmus, 40 utterances (23.95%) belonging to hyperbole, 9 utterances (5.38%) belonging to idiom, 50 utterances (29.94%) belonging to irony, 2 utterances (1.20%) belonging to litotes, 3 utterances (1.80%) belonging to metaphor, 18 utterances (10.77 %) belonging to metonymy, 16 utterances (9.58%) belonging to onomatopoeia, 3 utterances (1.80%) belonging to personification and 11 utterances (6.58%) belonging to simile. from the percentage above we can see that the most dominant of figurative language was irony with the number of occurrences was 50 (29.94%). the less figurative language was litotes with the number of occurrences was 2 (1.20%). russell peters used irony as the most figurative language used in his show. russell wanted to deliver his stories in stand-up comedy show in unique way by make an irony statement combined with positive hyperbole statement almost in every utterance. hyperbole also took in the second place as the most dominant of figurative language use by russell peters in 40 utterances (23.95%). by using the hyperboles, the joke becomes indirect and less aggressive in attacking the target. in the video of russell peters – comedy now! uncensored (2006) standup comedy show, russell told various topics in society. the topics were about ethnics (canadian, white people, black people, brown people and asian), society case (beating child) and culture (accent and life style of various ethnics in the world, habitual of various ethnics in the world). russell told about ethnic topic in irony way and hyperbole way, to make the jokes becomes smooth and indirect. because of that, irony is used dominantly by russell peters because he wanted to attract audience attention. in conclusion, probably by using ethnic topics and mix with irony statement and positive hyperbole statement, russell hoped that expression could draw audience’s attention, made the irony statement become smooth and provoked audience’s laughter. litotes was the less figurative language used by russell peters in that stand-up comedy. in that stand-up comedy, russell didn’t tell much his stories in litotes way because his main topics in that stand-up comedy show 127 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy were telling about ethnics issue in interesting way. he wanted to tell it much in ironic way than in litotes way to make the stories became funnier in front of the audiences. the functions of figurative language found in the selected video of stand-up comedy are: alliteration and onomatopoeia were used to give a creative addition in russell’s utterance. chiasmus was used to make sentence interesting represented. hyperbole, idiom, metonymy and personification were used to expand meaning. irony and litotes were used to infer the speaker’s intention and to amuse people in comedic situations. simile and metaphor were used to make a life of stand-up speech in stand-up comedy performance. thus, figurative language in this world has various types. the types can be found in people communication. that language is used to make word widely described and to give a special effect to listener. many functions and reason can be found when someone uses figurative language in communication. the functions itself can come from the situation in communication, etc. but the most domminant function is created from the needs of people itself in communication. references anonymous. figurative language, retrieved from http://figurativelanguage.net/ anonymous. russell peters comedy now uncensorred (2006). retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v= cpyyt0tmqjk anonymous. russell peters. retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/russe ll_peters astuti, p., sada, c., & wardah. (2013). an analysis of students’ perception towards stand-up comedy in speaking spoof monologue. english language education study program of fkip untan. 1-13. retrieved from jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/jpdpb/a rticle/view/6872. chunqi, l. (2014). two immigrant humor styles of stand-up comedy (a linguistic perspective). international conference on education, language, art and intercultural communication (icelaic 2014), 176 279. hebei vocational college of foreign languages, qinhuandao china: atlantis press. retrieved from http://www.atlantispress.com/php/download_paper.php %3fid%3d12518&ved=0ahukewig38 2kpnmahuckpqkhyvbahmqfggc maa&usg=afqjcnhsjufkhyx6am tgchfjxd8gbic6xa&sig2=blbbdet1 jaetms1gdnn6ig cresswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: fourth edition. lincoln: univesity of nebraska. crystal, d. (1994). the cambridge encyclopedia of the english language. new york: cambridge university press. fenner, s. (2003). one way communication: definition, advantages & example. retrieved from http://www.study.com/academy/les son/one-way-communicationdefinition-advantages-examples.html fitri, f.r. (2013). discourse of chinese indonesia in ernest prakasa’s show in stand-up comedy. alussion publication, 2(2), 21-28. retrieved from journal.unair.ac.id. kokemuller, n. (2001). what’s the purpose of figurative language. retrieved from http://classroom.synonym.com/what s-purpose-figurative-language21752.html kothari, c.r. (2004). research methodology (second revised edition). new age international. mcarthur, t. (1992). the oxford companion to the english language. new york: oxford university press. 128 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee oktoma, e., & mardiyono, s. (2013). the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 76-86. setyaningsih, n. (2013). ethnic stereotypes in stand-up comedy. faculty of humanities, dian nuswantoro university, semarang. prosiding the 5th international conference on indonesian studies “ethnicity and globalization.” 144 – 157. retrieved from https://iccssis.files.wordpress.com/20 13/09/2013-0213.pdf&ved=0ahukew19tvbwlmahwbri8khvjdcskqfggamaa& usg=afqjcnfiiwmu7ledu_ro_hstg 9d0fffsza&sig2=x07bv_dvlc6nbvv k7o3wpq turner, l. l. (2016). what’s the purpose of figurative language. retrieved from http://education.seattlepi.com/whats -purpose-figurative-language5137.html yuri. a, r., & rosa, r. n. (2013). an analysis of types of figurative language used in internet advertisement. fbs universitas negeri padang, 72 – 79. retrieved from ejournal.unp.ac.id 129 maharani widya putri, erwin oktoma, roni nursyamsu figurative language in english stand-up comedy duck a duck walks into a feed store and asks, "got any duck feed?" the clerk tells him, "no, we don't have a market for it so we don't carry it." the duck says, "okay," and leaves. the next day, the duck again walks in to the feed store and asks, "got any duck feed?" again the clerk says no and the duck leaves. next day, the duck once again walks in, and asks, "got any duck feed?" the clerk says, "i've told you twice, we don't have duck feed, we've never had duck feed and we never will have duck feed. if you ask me again, i'll nail your feet to the floor." the duck leaves. the next day, the duck walks in and asks, "got any nails?" "no." "got any duck feed?" (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml 130 209 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee pictures for improving indonesian efl students’ speaking competence muhammad aprianto budie nugroho department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education the university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: aprianto_uniku@yahoo.com apa citation: nugroho, m. a. b. (2014). pictures for improving indonesian efl students’ speaking competence. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 0-0 received: 01-03-2014 accepted: 30-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: the purpose of this study is to investigate whether to what extent pictures can improve students’ speaking competence. it was carried out at sman in cigugur for three months. the subject of the research was the students of sman in cigugur in the academic year 2012/2013. the research method was classroom research and it was conducted in two cycles. the data was collected through interview, observation, diaries, document and test. the qualitative data were analyzed by using constant comparative method. while the quantitative data were analyzed by descriptive statistic to calculate the mean scores of pre-test, test, and post-test. the research findings show pictures can improve the students’ speaking competence by indicating their speaking fluency, appropriate vocabularies, grammatical sentences, and good pronunciation. the advantages of pictures were also shown by the classroom situation, i.e.: during the speaking class the students can answer teacher’s questions; the students had courage to express their idea freely; the speaking activities was not limited in the written way; and their attention in speaking class. keywords: speaking, pictures, students’ competence introduction of all languages, speaking competence plays necessary role in learning and understanding the language. widowson (1978) says that speaking has two meanings. first, it refers to the manner in which language is manifested. second, it refers to the manner in which language is realized in communication. to acquire of speaking skills of language, motivation is really needed (finochiro 1976). students come to study of foreign language in high school in strong convictions that “language” means “an instrument of communication”. students who are able to speak the language feel great sense of satisfaction and his attitude toward language learning is more enthusiastic. according to richard (1994: 182), the competence on listening and speaking deals with the skills sound of discrimination, extracting information, and prediction, in order to specific functions. the skills also included those of determining and using register to suit different audiences, and for different purposes, so that students are able to fully participate in conversation and discussions. based on richard’s (1994) idea, good speakers are ideally defined as those who speak nicely, efficiently, and articulately, as well as using effective voice projection. furthermore, speaking is linked to success in life, as it occupies an important position both individually and socially. therefore, speaking is the most common and important means of providing communication among human beings. based on the observation toward students of sman cigugur, kuningan, there are several problems arise the low ability in speaking which is indicated as follows: (1) the students encountered difficulties in using appropriate words muhammad aprianto budie nugroho pictures for improving indonesian efl students’ speaking competence 210 for their monologue; (2) students could not pronounce the english word well; (3) students had problems with their fluency, especially they experienced ‘communication breakdown’ in performing monologue and; (4) students produced ungrammatical sentences. the classroom situation in speaking class showed that the atmosphere was not alive this situation was indicated by the following situations: (1) the students cannot answer teacher’s questions. when the teacher asks questions to the students, they just smile and keep silent. (2) the students shy and unwilling to speak, they always avoid the speaking turn by pointing to others to speak. (3) the speaking practice was limited with many activities in the written form. (4) the students have difficulties to focus their attention on speaking class, they usually busy talking each other. there are so many problems causing their difficulties in achieving speaking competency. based on the interview, found some causes: firstly, english language is considered as foreign language. most of students think that they do not need to learn it further. most of the students come from sub-urban and rural area, their parents’ job are farmers, private sectors such as seller or businessman, and civil servants. most of them do not continue their education to the higher level, only less than 50 percents who continue their study to the university. secondly in teaching speaking, the teacher tended to teach text comprehension monotonously. for example, when teaching the teacher just explains the expression related to the topic while the students listen to the teacher’s explanation, and takes a note. then, the teacher will ask the students to look at the structure of dialogue which had been stated in packet book to read together after him. after that he asked the students to practice the dialogue in front of the class. this method will make the student bored, because what they did only read and learn the dialogue by heart. in this case, interest becomes crucial factor to consider in deciding teaching learning activities for the students. in other hand, teacher should be able to apply the right technique and approach which can increase students’ interest in the learning process in the classroom. this means that the technique and approach used by the teacher in teaching english encourage the students to create an interesting atmosphere and enthusiastic learning process. in teaching english, the teachers have to be able to make students participate in discussing the material actively, so they will not only be able to understand what they are learning in the class but also express their own english rally. the most important thing to carry out the english teaching is that the teachers have to be able to use appropriate approach, design and procedures. here the teacher has very important role in managing and creating their class lively. consequently, the class possibly chaos but it is enjoyable. one of the techniques suggested for developing speaking competence is by using pictures in teaching speaking. picture is a mean of expressing ideas, which captures slices of reality and tell language in a story. pictures encourage students to think up clearly and telling the truth (wittich and charles 1953: 59). according to gerngrose, gunter and puchta (1992: 3), teachers can use pictures in order to make communication in the foreign language class more lively, natural and stimulating. the activities focus on interaction in the classroom and combine learning language with practising social skill. finally, experience has shown that more senses are involved in the learning process, the better memory works. with most learners, the visual sense is very important; as the saying a pictures is worth than thousand words. 211 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee wittich and charles (1979: 34) state that flat pictures have some unique advantages, they are: low cost and ready availability, meaning that it can be taken from magazine, newspaper, and advertising brochure. secondly, pictures are easy to use. if they are large enough, they can be held up in front of a class. it can be used for a variety purposes. third, pictures are easy to make. both teacher and students can draw simple pictures or graphic or photograph. he further states that picture can motivate the learners and focus the learner’s mind on likely content and mood of the massage. in addition, he states that picture might add extra information which allows the learner to infer what is intended but not clearly stated in the text. finally, a picture is a valuable resource as it provides (1) a shared experience in the classroom, (2) a need for common language form to use in the classroom, (3) a variety of tasks, and (4) a focus of interest for student. pictures are more realistic to show the main problem if they compare with other media, they overcome the limitation of our observations since they clarify the problem and prevent misunderstanding. every teacher can use pictures since they are cheap and easy to implement without some addition devices (sadiman, 1986:31). method this study applied an action research which is usually carried out by practitioners to improve their understanding of events, situations, and problems so as to increase the effectiveness of their practice. action research is a way of reflecting on teaching done by systematically in collecting data on everyday practice and analyzing them in order to come to some decisions about what the future practice should be (wallace, 1998: 4). the research was applied to the students of the second grade of sman in cigugur, kuningan in the academic year 2012/2013. the students have ability in english in general, but most of them have difficulty in speaking. to collect the data, teacher’s diary, students’ interview and speaking test to get the students’ speaking score. after collecting data from class action research, the data were analyzed by calculating the mean of the post test of the cycle 2. then, the mean score resulted in the post test of the cycle 2 is compared with the mean score of the post test of cycle 1. results and discussion there were two things that i wanted to compare between previous situation and cycle 1. they were the mean of score that the student achieved and the process of teaching and learning that occurred in the classroom. the comparison among the students’ score of preliminary research, the post score of cycle 1, and the mean can be described in table 1. table 1. the comparison among the students’ score of preliminary research no explanation pre-test scores test 1 1 the highest score 79.00 90.00 2 the lowest student 40.00 55.00 3 the average scores 49.72 71.38 furthermore, the comparison of average scores of each element of preliminary scores and the test scores of cycle 1 can be seen in table 2. table 2. the comparison of average scores of each element of speaking no elements of speaking pre-test post-test scores 1 fluency 12.23 16.80 2 vocabulary 12.75 18.59 3 grammar 12.69 18.58 4 pronunciation 12.00 17.80 muhammad aprianto budie nugroho pictures for improving indonesian efl students’ speaking competence 212 i also compare between the cycle 1 and cycle 2. they were the mean of score that the students achieved and the process of teaching occurred in the classroom. the comparison among the students’ scores of the test of cycle 1 and the post-test of cycle 2, and the mean are described in table 3. table 3. the comparison among the students’ scores of the test , and the pos test no elements of speaking test 1 post-test scores 1 highest scores 90.00 92.00 2 lowest scores 60.00 70.00 3 average scores 70.00 79.87 from the table above, it can be concluded that here was improvement between the test scores of cycle 1 and the post test of cycle 2.. furthermore the comparisons of average of each elements of test score and the post-score 2 can be seen in table 4. no elements of speaking test score post-test score 1 fluency 16.80 19.65 2 vocabulary 18.59 20.45 3 grammar 18.58 20.21 4 pronunciation 17.80 19.53 total 71.77 79.84 the students were successful in their learning because they were actively involved to participate in the teaching learning process in the classroom. the students’ success of learning could not only be determined by themselves but also the role of teaching which was done by the teacher. their success in learning english especially in speaking activity depends on he teacher’s role in managing the class and using the teaching media in the classroom. pictures were media which can be used to develop the students’ fluency, to promote interaction among students in the classroom, and to increase motivation to the students’ learning. in addition, teaching learning process could run more interactively and actively than the previous situation. the teacher gave opportunity to interact with other students and to develop their creativity. they had more time to learn and practice speaking. being taught using pictures, the students could improve their fluency, vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation, so they were confident and free to practice speaking. teaching speaking by implementing pictures gave many benefits to the students. the action research which implemented pictures in order to improve students’ speaking competence has yielded some improvement on students’ language competence in speaking and classroom situation. based on the result of the research, it can be proposed a theory which says that pictures can improve students’ speaking competence. this finding is supported by the research result stated in pre-test and post-test 2, that the students’ average scores of each element improved. the evidences of this action research are as follows: a. the students’ fluency improved. the average score of fluency increased from 12.23 to 19.65. b. the students’ vocabulary improved. the average score of vocabulary increased from 12.75 to 20.45 c. the students’ grammar improved. the average score of grammar increased from 12.69 to 20.21. d. the students’ pronunciation the average score of pronunciation from 12.00 to 19.53. 213 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the students could tell their story fluently, because by optimizing pictures, students’ confident will increased, because when they draw their pictures their construct a story based their own mind. it is supported by wittich and charles (1953: 59) that picture is a means of expressing ideas, which captures slices of reality and tell language in a story. pictures encourage students to think up and clearly and telling the truth. by suing pictures also make the students speak naturally. gerngrose, gunter and puchta (1992:3) confirm that the use of pictures are functional and beneficial to make communication in the foreign language class more lively, natural and stimulating. the activities focus on interaction in the classroom and combine learning language with practicing social skill. finally, experience has shown that more senses are involved in the learning process, the better memory works. with most learners, the visual sense is very important; as the saying a picture is worth than thousand words. second theory being proposed says that implementing pictures in teaching activities can improve classroom situation. pictures emphasize students’ active learning. the students can do many activities in implementing pictures, such as (1) finding their source from the internet, (2) deciding story they will choose, (3) constructing their story based on their perception, (4) having freedom to determine how the story will be told, (5) choosing appropriate vocabularies based on their pictures, (6) understanding the content of the story, (5) sharing or discussing the phrases or sentences they had written in their notebook, in shorts, the students are actively involved in teaching and learning process. the students also involved to avoid them from boredom, passiveness, laziness, and being sleepy because they can also share knowledge and experience among the members of the groups when they draw and arrange their story. so, they do not only listen to what teacher says and write down on their book what teacher explains. pictures can also improve students’ motivation, as stated by sudjana and rivai (1997: 12) that using picture is effective teaching technique for the beginners. since it can help the students in understanding the meaning and the content of the text. conclusion after conducting the action research by implementing pictures to improve the students’ speaking competence at sman 1 cigugur, kuningan, found that there was improvement of the students’ speaking competence. the scores of all four elements of speaking competence that covered fluency, vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation increased well. it showed that the use of pictures in teaching speaking could improve the students’ speaking ability for. furthermore, when the steps and the activities of implementing pictures were carried out in the speaking activities, teaching and learning process could run more lively and attractively. the classroom situation was also improved, the teacher did not dominate the class, but he gave more opportunity to the students to involve and active in his class activities. by implementing pictures in his class, the teacher tended to be facilitator. the teacher was always ready when the students faced difficulties. being taught using pictures, the students were neither ashamed nor afraid of making mistakes in practicing speaking. they had courage when they were asked to do the task in front of the classroom, they did it. the students had been active too do exercise in groups. they did not talk to one another about their problem again. furthermore, the students showed their interest in speaking class. muhammad aprianto budie nugroho pictures for improving indonesian efl students’ speaking competence 214 references breitkruz h. (2006). pictures stories in language teaching. retrieved from http//eltj.oxfordjournal.org/cgi/ pdf_extract/xxvi/2/145. brown h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: addison wesley longman inc. a pearson education company. burns, a. (2010). doing action research in english language teaching: a guide for practitioners. new york and london: routledge taylor & francis group. gunter, g. & herbert, p. (1992). pictures in action. london: prentice hall international. hughes, r. (2002). teaching and researching speaking. london: pearson education. ikhwan. m. m. (2009). improving the studenst’ writing capability using pictures in smp negeri 2 baron. surakarta: sebelas maret university. yi, j. 2007. the use method of “describe and draw in teaching speaking. retrieved from www.gcjy.info/yxzx/ uploadfiles/2007112165647281. doc havriye, k. (2006). teaching speaking: activities to promote speaking in second language. retrieved from http://unr.edu/homepage/ hayriyek. lincoln, y. s. & guba, e. g. (1985). naturalistic inquiry. london: sage publications littlewood, w. (1981). communicative language teaching an introduction. cambridge: press syndicate of the university cambridge. mcniff, j. (1992). action research: principles and practice. new york: routledge. mckernan, j. (2003) international encyclopaedia of higher education. new delhi: crest publishing house. nurkamto, j. (2002). problematik pengajaran bahasa inggris di indonesia. surakarta. universitas sebelas maret surakarta. ___________. (2008). penelitian tindakan kelas: konsep dasar dan prosedur pelaksanaanya. surakarta. sebelas maret university. pekoz, b. (2006). integrating grammar for communicative language teaching. available at ttp://iteslj.org/ techniques/pekoz-grammar.html purwatiningsih. (2008). using pictures in teaching narrative to improve students’listeninf capability (unpublished thesis). surakarta. sebelas maret university. rahayu, m. m. s. (2007). improving students’ reading comprehension using comic books. unpublished thesis. surakarta. sebelas maret university. richards s. j. & rodgers s. t. (2001). approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge. press syndicate of the university cambridge. ______ . (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. melbourne: cambrige university press. _______ . (1997). reflective teaching in second language classroom. melbourne: cambridge university press. hughes, r. (2002). teaching and researching speaking. london: pearson education. saptono. (2009). the use of eight dexterous systems to improve students’ ability in writing recount text. unpublished thesis. surakarta: sebelas maret university. smaldino e. s, et al (2005). instructional technology and media for learning. new jersey: pearson education inc. sudarwati, th m and audia, g. (2006). look ahead book 2: an english course 215 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee for senior high school students year xi. surabaya. penerbit erlangga. thornburry, s. (2002). how to teach vocabulary. harlow: longman. _______ . (2005). how to teach speaking. new york: longman. wallace j. m. (2000). action research for language teaching. cambridge: press syndicate of the university cambridge. weir, c. j. (1998). communicative language testing. london: prentice hall. whitehead, j. and mcniff, j.. action research living theory. london: sage publications. wright, a. (1997). pictures for language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. ________ .(1984). 1000 +pictures for teacher to copy. cambridge university press. improving students’ listening skill english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee improving students’ listening skill by using english songs dadang solihat department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: dacu_qta@yahoo.co.id prita lusiana utami department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia email: pritalusianautami20@gmail.com apa citation: solihat, d., & utami, l. p. (2014). improving students’ listening skill by using english songs. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 81-90 received: 012-10-2014 accepted: 25-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract : this study investigates students’ listening skill by using english songs. the reason of choosing this topic is based on the problems that is listening skill. it can be seen during the writer teaching at smpn in kuningan, the students lack of listening skill. the aims of this research were to investigate the effectiveness of using english songs to improve students listening skill and to know the students attitudes of using english songs in listening skill.the target of this research was the students at eighth grade of smpn 1 lebakwangi, kecamatan lebakwangi. there were 62 students. the method of this research was quasi-experimental design. there are two groups as the investigated group in this research. one group is for experimental group and the other group is controlled group. the data were collected through three steps, namely pre-test, post-test, and questionnaire. to analyze the result of pre test and post test, this research used t-test formula computed by spss 17.00. the result of the research showed that the students’ progress in mastering listening skill during the activity can be seen from the paired test that shows t count is higher than t table (-32.697>2.042). it indicates that english songs is effective in listening skill. students given positive attitude based on the questionnaire result that it had level agreement 92% and mean 142. keywords: listening skill, song, media, language skill introduction in language learning and teaching is listening (brown, 2001: 247). according to hidayat (2013: 21), “listening is considered as an important ability that has to be mastered. howwell someone listens has a major impact on the quality of their relationship with others”. it means that listening is the ability to understand the messages being expressed by the speaker through the sound. on the other hand, harmer (2001: 242) says that songs or piece of music change “atmosphere” in the classroom. as defined by ocak (2012: 333) songs are important teaching tools in teaching efl (english foreign language) because as most teachers find out, students love listening to the music in the language classroom. students often hold strong views about music and students who are usually quiet can become very talkative when discussing it. so, the students should have a great motivation to increase their listening ability. in this case, teacher has many options, one of those is by using english songs. furhter, the students will not be bored listening to the lesson because most of student dadang solihat & prita lusiana utami improving students’ listening skill by using english songs likes listening to the music. so, english song can be interest for other people. shen (2009: 90) argues that using english songs in efl (english foreign language) classrooms can successfully bring about affective learning through providing a harmonious classroom atmosphere, reducing students’ anxiety, fostering their interests and motivating them to learn the target language. students will regard english songs as part of entertainment rather than work and thus find learning english through songs amusing and relaxed. using songs in the classroom is a great way to live up listening activities. it can be success to the process though to make the listening activities more effective. as mentioned by murcia (2001: 84) listening is the language skill used most in life, needs to be a central focus-all day, every day-limited only by the availability of the target language in the school, the community, and the media. according to kline (1996: 46) “building your vocabulary will improve your conversational skills and your reading skills as well as your listening skills. and the more words you learn, the better listener you will become. so, there are relationship between listening and vocabulary. when you listen, you also know about new word that you hear”. murcia (2001: 461) says that media help us to motivate students by bringing a slice of real life into the classroom and by presenting language in its more complete communicative context. media can also provide a density of information and richness of cultural input not otherwise possible in the classroom, they can help student to process information. dealing with the background above, the teacher must try to make students’ interest in learning listening by using songs. focusing on the problem faced by the students in listening, this study tries to apply songs in improving students’ listening skill. hopefully, through this approach the student are interested in learning english and to increase their listening skill. song is also one of the media in learning english. in this study, the researcher takes the song as the media in learning english. according to lynch (2008: 23) ”almost everyone loves music. it is a part of our language and life from before birth onwards. as babies, we hear lullabies. as young children we play, sing and dance to a myriad of nursery rhymes. as adolescents, we are consumed by the beat of popular music artists worldwide. as adults, every form of advertising we hear, every special event we experience, is in part, music. music pervades television, movies, theater, and even the nightly news. when we exercise, when we work, when we play, when we worship and even when we die, music is there to reinforce or alter or every mood and emotion”. hidayat (2013: 21) argues that listening ability is also important to be mastered for its benefit in building a good communication. in building a good communication with others, individuals have to understand the meaning of the messages conveyed by their partners when they have a conversation. in comprehending the message conveyed by others, listening ability is needed. shen (2009: 88) says that in fact, elt (english language teaching) can be implemented in a relaxed and enjoyable way by using english songs in efl (english foreign language) classes. songs have been an amusing companion for human beings for as long as or even longer than we can speak. as an integral part of our language experience, it can be of great value to foreign language teaching. and the many-faceted merits english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee songs possess may enrich and activate our foreign language class. teacher should know what students expect in the teaching and learning process, especially in listening class. therefore, teacher should be able to determine teaching strategies and methodologies in order to make the learning more successful and enjoyable. so, the teaching learning process by using english songs in listening class of english lesson will be successful if the students pay attention to the material and do their assignment better. also, teacher should have appropriate and suitable strategies and methodologies in the teaching learning process by using english songs in listening class of english lesson. so the effectiveness of using english songs in listening class of english lesson to increase students listening ability will be granted. the research questions are formulated as follows: are english songs effective in improving students’ listening skill? what are students’ attitude in using english songs? aims of study: to know the effectiveness of using english songs to improve students’ listening skill at one of junior high school in kuningan, indonesia and to find out students’ attitude in using english songs. method this research employs quantitative research. according to creswell (2009: 4), quantitative research is a means for testing objective theories by examining the relationship among variables. these variables, in turn, can be measured, typically on instruments, so that numbered data can be analyzed using statistical procedures. it uses quasiexperimental design where there two groups consist of experimental group and controlled group. in experimental group will be given treatment proposed methodology that is listening by using song. treatment is to find whether or not there are significant changes of students’ listening skill in past tense and vocabulary mastery after being treated by using song. while in controlled group will be taught with traditional approach. the population of this research is the eighth grade students of smpn 1 lebakwangi in academic year 2014 they are 288 students of eight classes. in this research, class divided into two groups and they will be named as experimental class and controlled class. as the sample of the research are class viii a with 31 students as experimental group and class viii e with 31 students as controlled group. so the sample taken is two classes that consist of 62 students. to collect the data this research uses pre-test, treatment, post-test and interview. the first step is making test that is divided into two categories i.e., pre-test and post-test to the experimental and controlled group. pretest is given before the students are treated. it aims to know how the students’ listening skill before using songs technique. the second step is treatment, it is just given to a group of respondents as experimental group. the experimental group will be treated by using english songs, while the controlled group, will not be treated by using english songs. post-test is given after the treatment given. and the last interview, to know the students’ responds about their experience in using english songs for learning english. the writer uses two tests (listening test), they are pre-test and post test. the form of listening pre and post test are write down the missing word of the song lyrics. this research uses some media for teaching listening, such as: laptop, sounds system and english songs. when collecting the data, the data recorded by the video. dadang solihat & prita lusiana utami improving students’ listening skill by using english songs pinter (2006: 148) argues that “questionnaires are better suite for quick factual surveys”. questionnaire to know students attitude about this technique. likert scale was used in this questionnaire to measure the response of students. in order to find out the answer of the research question, the data was calculated using spss v.17 (statistical package for social science) program, to know whether or not using english songs was improve students’ listening skill. the aim of analysis data was to compare the observed value of statistic to critical value. the test included calculating normal distribution, homogenity of variences and differences between mean of experimental group and controlled group, the data were analyzed by using t-test. various tests in quantitative research design such as validity, reliability, normality, homogeneity, independent sample t and paired sample t tests were used to measure the accuracy, to determine the consistency, data distribution and average difference. results anddiscussion the purpose of the research was to find out the hypotheses whether english song can improve the studens’ listening skill or not. for knowing it, we can compare the students’ score that were taught by english song and the students’ score that were taught without it. before the instruments were given to the students for pre-test and post-test, the instrument should be tested to know the validity and reliability of the instrument. the analysis used spss 17.0 windows program. the result was as follow: in the instrument, there were 20 items of questions. it was in missing text. it was given to the 31 students (n=31), and with the significance 0.05, so for r table of n=31 is 0.355. if r count is higher that r table, so the data was valid. the result for validity test of the instrument is: table 1. validity no of question r account r table status 1 0.527 0.355 valid 2 0.486 0.355 valid 3 0.390 0.355 valid 4 0.388 0.355 valid 5 0.374 0.355 valid 6 0.374 0.355 valid 7 0.395 0.355 valid 8 0.497 0.355 valid 9 0.359 0.355 valid 10 0.394 0.355 valid 11 0.398 0.355 valid 12 0.384 0.355 valid 13 0.371 0.355 valid 14 0.377 0.355 valid 15 0.391 0.355 valid 16 0.381 0.355 valid 17 0.396 0.355 valid 18 0.381 0.355 valid 19 0.376 0.355 valid 20 0.435 0.355 valid from the table 1 above, all of the items are higher than r table, it means that all of the items are valid. table 2. reliability statistics cronbach's alpha cronbach's alpha based on standardized items n of items .597 .584 4 based on table 2, it shows that cronbach’s alpha coloum, the significance (0.597) is higher than 0.05, it means that this instrument is reliable. basic assumption test is a test that should be done to know the normal distribution and homogeneity of the data. the normality test is done to know whether the research population is normal distributed or not. in this test used one sample kolmogorov smirnov with the level significant 0.05. the data is called normal if the probability is higher than level significance (0.05), so h0 is accepted. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee before analyzing the normality distributions of all of the classes, the hypotheses are stated: h0: the experimental and control class are normal distributed. ha : the experimental and control class are not normal distributed. for doing the normality testing, the data are analyzed by kolmogorov smirnov formula spss 17.0 windows program. the calculation of normality test is presented below: table 3. tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. pre control .234 31 .055 .890 31 .104 pre experimental .225 31 .088 .902 31 .218 post control .170 31 .122 .900 31 .227 post experimental .302 31 .445 .808 31 .340 based on table 3, it shows that significance of all the data is higher than 0.05. they are pre-test control (0.234>0.05), pre-test experimental (0.225>0.05), post-test control (0.170>0.05), and post-test experimental (0.302>0.05) it means that h0 is accepted or this result means that the distribution of all of the data is normal distributed. homogeneity test is used to know whether the variance of population is homogeneity or not. before analyzing the variance homogeneity of both of groups, the hypotheses are stated: h0 : the variance of experimental and control class are homogeny. ha : the variance of experimental and control class are not homogeny. the data is called homogeny if the significance is higher than 0.05, so ho is accepted. for doing the homogeneity testing, the data were analyzed by levene test formula spss 17.0 windows program. the calculation of homogeneity test is presented below: pre-test table 4. test of homogeneity of variances levene statistic df1 df2 sig. pre control 10.881 1 25 .111 pre experimental .707 1 25 .408 based on table 4, it shows that significance of pre-test in experimental and control group is higher that 0.05, they are pre-test control (0.111>0.05) and pretest experimental (0.408>0.05). it means that ho is accepted that the variance of experimental and control group are hegemony. post-test table 5. test of homogeneity of variances levene statistic df1 df2 sig. post control .845 4 22 .512 post experimental 10.587 4 22 .473 dadang solihat & prita lusiana utami improving students’ listening skill by using english songs based on table 5, it shows that significance of post-test in experimental and control group is higher than 0.05, they are post-test control (0.512>0.05) and post-test experimental (0.473>0.05). it means that ho is accepted that the variance of experimental and control group are hegemony. this test is used to know the difference of significance between two classes that do not have correlation and in this research, there were experimental and control classes that were given a pretest and post-test. according to priyatno (2010: 34) that “the decision making of independent t-test is if t account is lower that t table, so ho is accepted and if t account is higher than t table, so h0 is rejected. this research analyze the independent test of pre-test and post-test from the different group, they were experimental and control group. pre-test before analyzing the independent test of pre-test, hypotheses of it is stated:h0: there is no significant difference between the pre-test of experimental and control class. ha: there is significant difference between the pretest of experimental and control class. this research used level significant α = 0.05 and the result of this test is: based on table 6, it shows that t count is 5.004. and for t table 60 is 2.000. it shows that t count is higher that t table (5.004>2.000). it means that ha is accepted that there is significant difference between the pre-test of experimental and control class. post-test before analyzing the independent test of post-test, hypotheses of it is stated: h0: there is no significant difference between the post-test of experimental and control class. ha: there is significant difference between the post-test of experimental and control class. this research used level significant α = 0.05 and the result of this test is: table 6. independent samples test hasiltest equal variances assumed equal variances not assumed levene's test for equality of variances f .570 sig. .453 t-test for equality of means t 5.004 5.004 df 60 58.643 sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 mean difference 10.806 10.806 std. error difference 2.160 2.160 95% confidence interval of the difference lower 6.487 6.485 upper 15.126 15.128 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 7. independent samples test nilai equal variances assumed equal variances not assumed levene's test for equality of variances f 9.669 sig. .003 t-test for equality of means t 15.503 15.503 df 60 47.867 sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 mean difference 24.516 24.516 std. error difference 1.581 1.581 95% confidence interval of the difference lower 21.353 21.336 upper 27.679 27.696 based on table 7, it shows that t count is 15.503. and for t table 60 is 2.000. it shows that t count is higher that t table (15.503>2.000). it means that ha is accepted that there is significant difference between the post-test of experimental and control class. this test is used to know whether there is difference or not after given the treatment. it is done to experimental class. according to priyatno (2010) that the decision making of paired test is if t account is lower that t table, so h0 is accepted and if t account is higher than t table, so h0 is rejected. before doing the paired test, the hypotheses are stated: h0 : english song doesn’t improve students’ listening skill. ha : english song improves students’ listening skill. the result of paired test is: table 8. paired samples test pair 1 pretest – posttest paired differences mean -36.129 std. deviation 6.152 std. error mean 1.105 95% confidence interval of the difference lower -38.386 upper -33.872 t -32.697 df 30 sig. (2-tailed) .000 based on table 8, it shows that t count -32.697, and t table for 30 is 2.042. it shows that t count is higher that t table (32.697>2.042). it means that ha is accepted that english songs improve the students’ listening skill. questionnaire test is used to know the students’ attitude after they got the treatment. it was given to the experimental class with. in the questionnaire, there were ten items. dadang solihat & prita lusiana utami improving students’ listening skill by using english songs table 9. interval class interval class vd 31 (48%) – 55 (36%) da 56 (37%) – 80 (51%) h 81 (52%) – 105 (67%) a 106 (68%) – 130 (84%) sa 131 (85%) – 155(100%) after analyzing the questionnaire, the result of it is: table 10. questionnaire no item sa (5) a (4) h (3) da (2) vd (1) result (ss + st + rg + ts + sts) % = (result : 155) x 100 item 1 13 x 5 = 65 18 x 4 = 72 137 88 % item 2 25 x 5 =125 6 x 4 = 24 149 96 % item 3 18 x 5 = 90 13 x 4 = 52 142 92 % item 4 22 x 5 = 110 9 x 4 = 36 146 94 % item 5 13 x 5 = 65 18 x 4 = 72 137 88 % total (item; 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 ) 711 458 mean (total : 5) 142 92 % sa a h da vd 155 124 93 62 31 based on the data above, it shows that from 31 respondents, the level agreement of improving students’ listening skill by using english song is 92% and the mean of it is 142. it shows that the mean is in the place that pass a to the sa. the hypotheses in this research was aimed to know there were the difference or not after the students were given the treatment. the treatment was english song, it is a treatment for knowing the improvement of students’ listeninng skill. in this research, the improvement of students’ listening skill by using english song can be seen from the result of the test. the students’ score of listening skill can be seen from the test, there were pretest and post-test. pre-test was given to know students’ skill before they got a treatment, and post-test for knowing the students’ skill after they got a treatment and for comparing the improvement of the technique, that was english song. the data was analyzed using independent t-test which was used to determine whether the means of two classes in pre-test and post-test were significant or not. based on the result of pre-test, it shows that the distribution of the experimental and control classes’ score in (t count) is 5.004, and for t table 60 is 2.000. it shows that t count is higher than t table (5.004>2.000). it means that ha is accepted that there is significant 142 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee difference between the pre-test of experimental and control class. based on the result of post-test, it shows that the distribution of the experimental and control classes score (t account) is 5.004and for t table 60 is 2.000. it shows that t count is higher than t table (5.004>2.000). it means that h0 is rejected and ha is accepted that there is significant difference between the posttest of experimental and control class. the improvement of the students’ listening skill by using english song can be seen from the paired test. it shows that t count is -32.697, and t table 30 is 2.042. it indicates that t count is higher than t table (-32.697>2.042), so ha is accepted that english song improves students’ listening skill. the students’ attitude has 92% in level agreement and mean 142 that indicates it passes st to the ss of student’s respons of questionnaire in students’ listening skill by using english song. in conclusion, the improvement of students’ listening skill by using english song were different after they got the treatment, it was seen from students’ score in pre-test to the post-test that analyzed by paired test. the treatment of english song is effective to improve students’ listening skill in eighth grade of junior high school. conclusion this study focused on the improvement of students’ listening skill by using english song. at the eighth grade in junior high school 1 lebakwangi. the purpose of analyzing the data is to know the english song can improve students’ listening skill or not. in this research, the improvement of students’ listening skill by using english song can be seen from the result of the students’ score. the students’ score of listening skill can be seen from the test, there were pre-test and post-test. pre-test was given to know students’ skill before they got a treatment, and post-test for knowing the students’ skill after they got a treatment and for comparing the improvement of the technique. the improvement of the students’ listening skill by using english song can be seen from the paired test. it shows that t count is -32.697, and t table 30 is 2.042. it indicates that t count is higher than t table, so ha is accepted that english song can improve students’ listening skill. the students’ attitude has 92% in level agreement and mean 142 that indicates it passes a to the sa of student’s respons of questionnaire in students’ listening skill by using english song. the students used english song to improve their listening skill as one of their meaningful strategies to overcome their problem in listening skill. english song can make the students become active in the class, they are interest, so they can do listening task well. in conclusion, the improvement of students’ listening skill by using english song were different after they got the treatment, it was seen from students’ score in pre-test to the post-test that analyzed by paired test. the treatment of english is effective to improve students’ listening skill in eighth grade of junior high school. references brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles an interactive approach to language pedagogy. white plains: addison wesley longman, inc. creswell, j. w. (2009). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed method approachers. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching. london: longman. hidayat, a. (2013). the use of songs in teaching students’ listening ability. dadang solihat & prita lusiana utami improving students’ listening skill by using english songs journal of english and education 1 (1) 2129. kline, j. a. (1996). listening effectively. alabama: air university press. lynch, l. m. (2008). using popular songs to improve language listening comprehension skills. retrieved from http://esl4free.blogspot.com/2008/02/ can-music-improve-your-students.htm murcia, m. c. (2001). teaching english as a second or foreign language. boston: heinle & heinle thomson learning. ocak. (2012). developing young learners’ listening skill through song. kastamonu education journal. 20 (1) 327-340. pinter, a. (2006). teaching young language learner. new york: oxford university press. priyatno, d. (2010). paham analisa statistik data dengan spss. yogyakarta: mediakom. shen, c. (2009). using english songs: an enjoyable and effective approach to elt. ccse journal english language teaching 2(1) 8894. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices iyabode omolara akewo daniel national open university of nigeria, abuja email: akewoauthe@gmail.com & idaniel@noun.edu.ng apa citation: daniel, i. o. a. (2016). nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 101-114 received: 13-10-2016 accepted: 16-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: the importance of communication as a central idea in language usage cannot be over-emphasised. this seems to inform how many nigerian speakers make extensive use of the mixture of indigenous languages and the english language in one and the same breath. it seems to reveal a kind of perception of reality in two ways at the same time. they seem to go through the process of thinking in diverse ways at the same time. this study thus seeks to find out the extent to which the average nigerian user of the english language makes intelligible contribution to discourses. how much sense is made to and by interlocutors in the course of their discussions? to what extent is reality to them influenced by their knowledge of the english language? the extent of the indigenisation process is also of interest to the study. the expectation is that such contact should be to the advantage of one or the other of the languages in contact. real time linguistic data were collected and analysed, using linguistic levels as base to access the extent to which nigerian indigenous languages have been able to influence the english language. the finding shows that codemixing is an important part of the nigerian communication process and has enabled the vernacularisation of the english language to a very large extent. this has produced a new spatial identity that reveals the nigerian’s domination of the colonial english language. keywords: code-mixing, communication, language usage, english vernacularisation, nigerian indigenous languages, spatial identity introduction the english language came in contact with the nigerian people about five centuries ago when the britons first landed on the nigerian shores for commercial purposes (oyeleye, 1990; osakwe, 2005). the missionary activities that followed further strengthened the inroad by the english language into the nigerian society while the annexation of lagos in the 19th century and the subsequent colonisation of nigeria in the 20th century solidified the hold of the english language on nigeria (oyeleye, 1990; spencer, 1971). with english now being used for administrative purposes, it was only a matter of time before it permeated the entire national life of nigeria. moreover, because the colonial administration had need of such manpower like clerks, typists, etc., it decided to train some ‘natives’ for this purpose. this turned english into a language with some potential economic advantage. subsequently, many people struggled to learn this language. it also became a ‘language of high culture’ to many as it remained the essential language of the white man’s religion (spencer, 1971). all these factors facilitated the implantation and expansion of english in nigeria. however, the nigerian society has the indigenous languages. these 101 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices languages, which were already advanced themselves, easily accommodated the new phenomenon that came to their shores. such new lexical terms like ‘buredi’ from bread, ‘ṣia’ from chair (examples are from the yoruba language of the south west nigeria) etc. were created (cf. bamgbose, 1995; daniel, 2011). another resultant effect of this contact was the pidginisation of english. ‘pidgin english’, which odumuh (1993) refers to as ‘the lingua franca defacto’ (p. 1), serves as the language of widest communication among educated and non-educated nigerians alike. it was developed among the niger delta people, with whom there was the earliest contact. it flourishes widest among them till date. it has even moved to the point of attaining creole status among some of the people of the area (osakwe, 2005). the very multi-ethnic and consequently multi-lingual nature of the nigerian society probably makes this simplified form of english the most extensively used. ubahakwe (1979) puts the literacy rate in nigeria at probably less than 20% and those employed by the government as being less than 25% of the 80 million nigerians (p. ix) at that time. the 1991 population suggests the literacy rate to be an average of 50%. the 2006 census, which is the current population census on which the nigerian population is based, appears to have doubled the population figure. however, the same cannot be said of the literacy rate as adult literacy rate averages 64.8% in the 2010 survey by the national bureau of statistics (2010) while the literacy of the youth indicates a much higher and hopeful figure of 81%. nonetheless, it will be interesting to know what happens to the remaining number of nigerians that have not had any contact with the formal education system within which the english language is learnt. this is in the light of the disparity in the literacy levels of the states. on the heels of this is the boko haram real time threat to education with its evil attacks on schools and worse still, the recent abduction of young school girls in the purported educationally disadvantaged north. in addition, it was noted in the survey referred to above that the tendency is that the literacy level in english is usually lower than in all the other languages in the country. therefore, odumuh (1993), quoting omolewa (1979), suggests that this remnant of the population that have to live with english as their second language might have developed a variant that mixes the indigenous language and the few words of english they know together for communication purposes. this variety, which is tagged non-standard, may be a way of not allowing themselves to be silenced (osundare, 1982) by the elites. this, once again, appears to show the resilience of the average nigerian in adapting to situations that one would consider intolerable. the very fear expressed by osundare (1982) may not be unfounded, but he forgets that the english language itself has been ‘colonised’ (odumuh, 1993) by the nigerian. this is not to say that an alternative indigenous language will not be better, but the reality of the uproar that may result is the fear that had been proven times over by the suspicion with which people view any language policy that does not favour them. this may account for the very way the nigerian had instead made the language that is considered ‘neutral’ subject to their very needs and environment (daniel, 2012). bilingualism seems to be prevalent in the nigerian society, but what was 102 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee actually discovered is that: while some may truly be bilingual in terms of functional bilingualism, that is have passable knowledge of a nigerian language and english (not necessarily coordinate knowledge), the majority of nigerians are actually able to use up to three to four codes, depending on where s/he comes from and the context (cf. essien, 1995). this fact is demonstrated in the data collected for this study. from the educated to the not-so-well educated, the rate at which they switch from one code to the other without losing intelligibility is amazing. it is therefore sensible that the code-mixing usage of nigerians be investigated to ascertain the communicative effectiveness of such usages in interactions among interlocutors of different levels. code-mixing has been defined as the mixing together of two codes in a communication event. essien (1995) asserts that code-mixing arises due to language contact as well as communication convenience. he argues that code-mixing is usually done in informal contexts. to him, a person that code mixes may not necessarily do same in a formal situation. however, he observes that most interlocutors use code-mixing to arrive at solidarity status in a manner which usually makes it impossible sometimes to determine the educational status of those involved. he nonetheless notes that a dangerous trend that the practice portends is that of being viewed as a threat to the nigerian indigenous languages. even then, he agrees with lamidi (2003) that the syntactic structure of code-mixing actually has a structural pattern. nevertheless, the concern in this paper is the communicative usefulness of code-mixing. the fact is that the effectiveness of communication is what language usage is all about. it needs be mentioned here that, contrary to essien (1995) assertion, wardhaugh (2006) sees code-mixing and code-switching as one and the same. all the same, wardhaugh agrees with this researcher’s position that, essentially, code-mixing is done principally to communicate. communication, to all intent and purposes, is usually described as a transfer of information from sender to the receiver of the message. wikibook.org (2013, p. 3) defines it as “…how humans share, encode, and decode what they know, what they need, and what they expect from each other.” weilenmann (1962) sees communication in terms of transfer of messages containing quantities of information. to him, information controls the human behaviour. this means that the source (sender) of the information tends to control the behaviours of others through carefully determining what sort of information is passed. however, one could find fault with this kind of definition in that, clearly, the receiver of information is not usually dormant in processing the information received. nonetheless, it cannot be disputed that the kind of information one is fed with tends to affect the way one responds to situations at times (cf. van dijk, 1995). in this way, his observation that the kind of information the decision maker in an organisation passes across could determine the behaviour members of that organisation (or society, for that matter) exhibits. an interesting part of the definition of communication is that it is seen as assigning meaning content or interpretation to a discourse (daniel, 2013). semantic functioning of language being related to its meaning content is an important view of communication processing. folarin (1998) asserts that communication is basically the ability of 103 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices the speaker to get across the meaning they intend communicating to their interlocutor(s). this paper therefore seeks to find out how meaning exchanges and semantic processing are contributory to the communication effectiveness in linguistic exchanges among nigerians, even within the seeming limitation of a ‘foreign’ language and, sometimes, diverse linguistic backgrounds of the interlocutors. if language is essentially meant for communication (cf. daniel, 2012; essien, 1995), beyond mere artistic gymnastics, i. how much has english as an inherited second language been effective in its usage for communication among nigerians? ii. how well have the indigenous communities been able to naturalise the english language to their particular purposes, considering the reality of english as an unavoidable ‘legacy’ of colonialism in today nigeria? these are the concerns of this paper. method participant/observant method was employed in gathering the data. many speech events in which the author was either a participant and/or an observer were variously recorded. however, these two were finally purposively selected. of the two events used for this investigation, the first group (gp i) has a multi-ethnic mixed population of educated and non-educated nigerians as interlocutors while the second group (gp ii) has two yoruba bilingual speakers engaging in the interlocution. the second group has university education, which is of interest to the investigation in order to compare the employment of code mixing by the diverse interlocutors in the two speech events. in the first speech event, the writer visited a pools agency where some men, numbering eight, were playing cards and draft. she sat among them and participated in their discussions. the second speech event was done along the agbowo road, opposite the university of ibadan main gate. the participants in this second speech event are two young people: a young lady and a young man; the author was a mere observer of this second event. these were students of the university of ibadan. this second event was meant to serve as a kind of control variable in order to allow for a comparative datum with that collected from the first group, which seems to be a sort of a mix-bag educationally, socially, economically and ethnically. the data collected from these groups were orthographically transcribed. these served as appendices 1 and 2, presented at the end of this paper. the data analysis was done using the application of the occurrence of codemixing features as seen at different linguistic levels of their manifestation. these were indicated and discussed as identified in the data. their communicative usefulness or effectiveness is the focus of identification or discussion in the next section. results and discussion code-mixing the commonest feature found to be a major trend in the linguistic employments of the subjects in the two groups is code-mixing. the groups examined are investigated from the angle of the rate at which they code-mix yoruba, which is the prevalent regional language in the geographical area covered in the investigation, is constantly being used together with the english language. it seems to pose no 104 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee difficulty to the interlocutors in expressing themselves in each case as well as in understanding the meaning intended by the speaker. for example: gp i d: shokoloko bangbose, spell e. [nonsensical words] e: o easy baje. sho...ko...lo...ko... [it is so easy. (attempting to spell the nonsense words)] a: eyin e spell e n’gba t’eyin mo (to d) [you should spell it as you know it] b: so gbo ni sin in. won ni k’e spell e n gba t’e mo. [can you hear that. you are told to spell it as you know it.] a: teacher o ki i teach ba yen. eyin e spell e. [a teacher doesn’t teach in this manner. you spell it. (insisting to d)] c: bi won se n teach ni sin ni yen. [that is the manner being engaged in teaching these days.] gp ii y: so, ko try lati intensify efforts e. [so, you should try to intensify your efforts.] z: ma wa wa. church kan na l’emi ati woman yen jo nlo. [i will come to look for her. that woman and i attend the same church.] the rate at which the interlocutors shift from one code to another is surprising. odumuh (1993, pp. 23-24) contends that the nigerian does not lose a particular lect of english once acquired as implied by bickerton’s theory of scalogram lect. instead, he opines, the nigerian learning all the available varieties like pidgin, broken (patois), non-standard and educated varieties (if s/he is educated) may have them all present in their repertoire. s/he therefore switches to any of these codes as occasion demands. however, essien (1995) opines that context has a lot to do with the possible occurrence of codemixing for the nigerian speaker as demonstrated in the case of ibibio/english bilinguals. further examples could be seen in the data below: gpi f: who knows the new minister for education? [some muffled comments] f: na jamaican english we want to dey use now. [we want to start making use of jamaican english now.] a: where una for dey learn that one? [(curiously) where did you learn that one from?] ... ah! ah! (general laughter) a: i’m interested o. [i’m really interested.] f: what is the need now? [what is the need?] a: i’m a student of english, i want to know. where did you learn jamaican english? b: ah, o n sere. [he is joking.] g: riddles and jokes ni. [it is riddles and jokes.] a: oh, oh. but se eyin mo ipe there is jamaican english? [oh, oh. but do you know that there is jamaican english?] f: well... g: this man is from jamaica. 105 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the way the interlocutors easily moved from the standard english structures to yoruba, to pidgin english and to the non-standard english is surprising to say the least as noted above. it, however, goes to prove odumuh’s (1993) claim as stated above. moreover, it reveals that the interlocutors have a smattering command of all the languages involved, which makes communication to flow. this also agrees with wardhaugh’s (2006) assertion that many language users are actually multilingual and they operate in all the languages as the need arises. even though in the course of the exchanges in the data it was discovered that the participants are from different ethno-linguistic groups in nigeria, the languages being employed appear to have been adapted to suit their needs for communication without leading to a semantic breakdown or misunderstanding. this goes to show that linguistic integration is possible in nigeria if policy makers will think seriously about finding a language of communication beyond mere artistic embellishment. this phenomenon is virtually nonexistent in the second group, probably due to the fact that they are more strictly bilingual yoruba/english speakers. it appears to also reveal a fact that pidgin may be flowing more among the heterogeneous group than among the ethnically homogenous group. in edo and delta states, which had been called a mini-nigeria (when it was the defunct bendel state), due to the multilingual nature of the area, pidgin is virtually the language of official communication after english, as found by this writer as a teacher of the english language in a secondary school in edo state between 1993 and 1996 (cf. osakwe, 2005). this problem is apparently absent amongst the homogenous groups such as the yoruba that seem to have only their mother tongue (yoruba) to contend with as demonstrated by gpii. phonological level code transfer is another important area that is observed in the participants’ linguistic employments. interlocutor f pronounces /treʒə:/ as [treʃɔ], which may be accounted for as due to a lack of the sound /ʒ/ in any nigerian language. moreover, the english language as a whole seems to be pronounced in such a manner that you will almost imagine another nigerian indigenous language is being spoken rather than english when it is spoken as a stretch of sentence. for example: a: i am interested o. the addition of ‘o’ thus nullifies the sentence as strictly english in terms of pronunciation. it appears like any nigerian language being spoken. it should be stated that this element is actually an emphatic one. it, however, proves lamidi (2003) point that yoruba head parameter is actually a major determinant of the structural form of the structures produced by the yoruba/english bilinguals (see bamgbose, 1995) for the same position on the english code-mixed structures). for akinjobi (2004), this is a major feature exhibited by her subjects in her inquiry into some pronunciation tests undertaken by some educated yoruba english speakers. code transfer is thus a feature common in the use of language by these speakers. and it is obvious that it did not detract from the communication process as the communication process never experienced a hitch in the course of that section of the exchanges. obviously, then, the domestication of the english 106 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee language is an effective one as it enabled communicative functionality. syntactic level structures are given that would almost sound unintelligible to an outsider (i.e. a non-nigerian) that does not have an idea of the language of the discussants. such element as exemplified below could be seen in the data. a: why now? you are a citizen now? f: there is election for sale. the unnecessary addition of ‘now’ to a’s question instead of just a bare ‘why? but you are a citizen?’ (said in a questioning manner) and f’s use of ‘election’ instead of ‘votes’ demonstrate localised usages. this is again seen in f’s ‘you know bob marley’ when he actually means to ask if his addressee has heard of bob marley. all these syntactic and lexical differentiations reflect, not so much a bastardisation of the english language, but the people’s world view. it seems a reality of what the language had been adapted to become in the nation. it appears to be a validation of whorf’s (1956) view of language as a result of the thinking system of its users and for their own purposes and ends. apparently then, daniel (2012) argues that transliteration is a communication weapon in the nigerian milieu could be justified by this data. it thus appears that the argument for the pidgin english as an important part of the nigerian national life in terms of its functionality could also be advanced here for this case. it would seem then that rather than see these syntactic ‘malapropisms’ as such, their communicative effectiveness should determine their linguistic value. as the reality that stares all scholars of the english language in the face every day is that it can no longer be denied that the english language actually has become domesticated in many locations where it once dominated (cf. bamgbose, 1995). there exists indian english, nigerian english, australian english, kenyan english, ghanaian english, etc. as examples of the nativised options. even within nigeria, there are variants such as yoruba english, hausa english, igbo english, etc. you do not just not speak in the indigenous languages now but you speak the english that your kith and kin can understand; otherwise ‘you are on your own’ (to use a local parlance). what does this mean? communication breakdown. this paper examined the origin of the english language in nigeria and how it came to be planted. it also looked at the relationship between the nigerian and this ‘caliban’s curse’ (osundare, 1982). the study analysed two complementary speech events to determine if there is any effect of educational attainment on the english language and its domestication. it also tried to find out if, despite being a colonial heritage, the nigerian has turned round to ‘colonise’ the english language. as much as the paper realises that the language has not been without its effects on the local languages, it contends that the local environment had not been without effect on english as well (see daniel, 2012). it also found that given the present reality of the nigerian linguistic situation, the domestication of the english language can give the nigerian speech community what odumuh (1993) calls ‘linguistic independence’ without being the worse for it. if the language seems to tend towards communication for economic growth facilitation, the very fact that the heterogeneous gpi can communicate so effectively with all the available repertoire at their disposal 107 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices seems to suggest that, as banjo (1995) puts it, “bilingual education is ideal for all the nation’s citizens” (p. 184). where even feasible trito quadri-ligual education should be made available to the nigerian citizen that is interested, otherwise, the ‘lingua franca’ pidgin can serve unofficially and informally as the language of communication. however, the best option seems to be to teach standard english, with nigerian colour just because of its exoglossic status while trying to maintain it as a level of symbiotic relationship with the nigerian indigenous languages as was found in the pool house discourse. bamgbose (1995) perceptibly notes that in any situation of language contact, “the resulting linguistic influence is mutual.” this writer agrees with him as revealed in the analysis of the data above. so, the issue of domination of english does not even arise as its vernacularisation is actually a testimony of its succumbing to the nigerian environmental influences. conclusion from the analysis and discussion above, it appears that what the nigerian speech community needs is a means of communication. if despite the heterogeneous nature of the first group of interlocutors it kept its communication flowing, the contention here then is that the nigerian nation should consider the emergent nigerian english as a good thing because english as an exoglossic language may still smart of the colonial heritage. but such language policy should also make sure that a symbiotic relationship is built between the nigerian languages and the english language. such can be achieved through the encouragement of respect for the indigenous languages and their being taught in the curriculum. this will foster the kind of linguistic plurality which is positive as observed in gpi. it should go beyond paper work; attempt at implementation should be seriously made. moreover, pidgin/non-standard english, which seems to help towards wider communication can help in the economic growth as those that are really the workers use it, as well as many educated nigerians. therefore, it should not be downgraded; instead, efforts at not substituting it for the real thing (standard nigerian english) should be made in the course of teaching. in addition, it is necessary that the english scholars in nigeria should make serious attempts at codifying the nigerian english. as stressed by bamgbose (1995) and daniel (2012), the nigerian english is a reality and can no longer be denied as exemplified in the works of these scholars as well as in the data in this paper; codifying and standardising it appears to be a sensible course of action. it is thus heartening that the nigeria english studies association conference of 2010 was basically focused on doing something about this. a step further is taking concrete action to actualise this in order to save the nigerian nation from the present confusion over the matter. the mix bag of british and american english is the present albatross that the nigerian speakers of english argue over as observed by this researcher (cf. bamgbose, 1995). one will also wish to suggest the need for a clear language policy by the nigerian government. the present idea of subsuming it in the national policy on education (federal republic of nigeria, 2004) does not appear to be forward looking. this is why most people are confused as to if nigeria actually has a language policy. 108 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee acknowledgements i wish to acknowledge the cooperation of the shop owners where i did the recording of the many speech events from among which only these two were used for this study. i also wish to acknowledge the participants that gave the data used for this research. in the same vein, i wish to acknowledge mr. bolounduro oke-job who gave me the tape recorder that was used for the recording of the speech events. references akinjobi, a. (2004). the duration and quantity factors in educated yoruba spoken english: the realization of syllables with syllabic consonants as peaks. ibadan: journal of english studies. 1, pp. 88-99. bamgbose, a. (1995). english in the nigerian environment. in a. bamgbose, a. banjo, a. thomas (eds.) new englishes: a new west african perspective, (pp. 926). ibadan: mosuro. banjo, a. (1995). on codifying nigerian english: research so far. in a. bamgbose, a. banjo, a. thomas (eds.). new englishes: a new west african perspective, (pp. 203-232). ibadan: mosuro. daniel, i. o. (2011). introductory phonetics and phonology of english. newcastle upon tyne: cambridge scholars publishing. daniel, i. o. (2012). transliteration as communication weapon in nigerian english. journal of nigerian english studies association. 15(2), pp. 98-117. daniel, i. o. a. (2013). communication as socio-cultural meaning exchange: the example of richard wright’s black boy. international journal of applied linguistics and english literature, 2(5), pp. 173-177. essien, o. (1995). the english language and code-mixing: a case study of the phenomenon in ibibio. in a. bamgbose, a. banjo, a. thomas (eds.) new englishes: a new west african perspective, (pp. 269-283). ibadan: mosuro. federal republic of nigeria. (2004). national policy on education (4th edition). lagos: nerdc press. folarin, b. (1998). theories of mass communication: an introductory text. ibadan: stirling-horden publishers (nig.) ltd. hanafi, a. (2009). indigenous languages as ‘developmentals’. polis journal, 1. accessed 11 may, 2014 at www.polis.leeds.ac.uk/assets/files /students/.../adham-hanafi-summer09.pdf. lamidi, m. t. (2003). the head parameter and grammaticality in yoruba/english code-switching among undergraduates in selected nigerian universities. phd thesis. university of ibadan. national bureau of statistics. (2010). national literacy survey. abuja: federal republic of nigeria. odumuh, a. e. (1993). sociolinguistics and nigerian english. ibadan: sam bookman. osakwe, m. (2005). welcome english...and how long english in nigeria west delta multilingual communities? journal of the nigeria english studies association. 11(1), pp. 11-23. osundare, n. (1982). caliban’s curse: the english language and nigeria’s underdevelopment. ufahamu: a journal of african studies. 11(2), pp. 96-107. retrieved from http://escholarship.org/uc/item /8972w2s0 on 14 may, 2014. oyeleye, a. l. (1990). nigeria english: a reexamination of some historical and sociolinguistic factors. journal of the nigeria english studies association. spencer, j. (eds.). (1971). the english language in west africa. london: longman. ubahakwe, e. (1979). introduction. in e. ubahakwe (eds.) the teaching of english studies: readings for colleges and universities, (pp. ix-xiv). ibadan: ibadan university press. 109 http://www.polis.leeds.ac.uk/assets/files/students/.../adham-hanafi-summer-09.pdf http://www.polis.leeds.ac.uk/assets/files/students/.../adham-hanafi-summer-09.pdf http://www.polis.leeds.ac.uk/assets/files/students/.../adham-hanafi-summer-09.pdf http://escholarship.org/uc/item/8972w2s0 http://escholarship.org/uc/item/8972w2s0 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices van dijk, t. a. (1995). the mass media: discourses of domination or diversity. discourse in society. http://www.discourse.org/ol darticles/themediatoday.pdf. accessed february 18, 2008. wardhaugh, r. (2006). an introduction to sociolinguistics (5th edition). oxford: blackwell. weilenmann, a. (1962). communication theory in international relations. the western political quarterly. 15(3), pp. 47-48. accessed 10 april, 2015 from http://www.jstor.org/stable/445614. whorf, b. l. (1956). language, mind and reality. in j. b. carroll (eds.) languages, thought and reality: selected writings of benjamin lee whorf, (pp. 246-270). massachusetts: mit. wikibook.org. (2013). communication theory. retrieved 2 may, 2015 from https://upload.wikimedia.org/ wikipedia/commons/5/51/communi cation_theory.pdf 110 http://www.discourse.org/oldarticles/themediatoday.pdf http://www.discourse.org/oldarticles/themediatoday.pdf https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/51/communication_theory.pdf https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/51/communication_theory.pdf https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/51/communication_theory.pdf english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee appendix i context: playing of draft and cards by the participants participants: seven men and a woman location: pools agency store appellation: alphabetic labels of participants interlocutor a: se ma f’owo si ni sin ni? ...... okay, twenty-five ti won se yen je ona mewa g: jamaican ni bobo yen ke c: jamaican ko, canadian ni d: shokoloko ba ngbose, spell e. o easy baje e: shokoloko... a: eyin e speli ngba t’eyin mo b: sho gbo ni sin in. won ni ke spell e ngba t’e mo. a: teacher o k ii teach bayen. e yin e spell e. c: bi won se n teach ni sin ni yen. f: 1940 something. .... f: who knows the new minister for education? ... f: na jamiacan english we want to dey use now a: ah, ah, where una for learn that one? (general laughter) a: no, i’m interested o. f: what is the need now? a: i’m a student of english; i want to know. where did you learn jamaican english? b: o ns’ere ni. g: riddles and joke ni. a: oh, oh. but se eyin mo i pe there is jamaican english? f: well... g: this man is from jamaica. a: eeh, eh. is that so? pleased, to meet you. what is the name? f: korika. a: ah! f: korika. a: o pari! (laughter). una go dey sey fifty naira for ... b: ta lo wo bombay to goar? (echoes of bombay to goar) b: ikan mu ika lati bombay de goar. a: se awon footballers? f: me, i no go cast my own vote again. a: for the one wey den dey do now? f: eh en. a: why now? you are a citizen now. f: there is election for sale. 111 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices a: election for sale? you are a citizen now? f: ci... a: citizen. f: for algeria or for jamaica? ki lo n j’ebe? a: e gbo yoruba tele? i be think you be igbo o. f: ibo ke? i’m not a nigerian. a: oh, you’re a jamaican. i’ve forgotten. which place are you from in jamaica? f: in jamaica? oh ... you know bob marley? a: eh ... i’ve heard of him. f: at the back of ... that is bob marley village gan, at the back of it. a: ehn, ehn. (bemused) d: (singing) naira pool, omo gb’ade ro. a: (to b) s’eyin ni naira pool? b: rara o... g: where is the second ₦50 a: this man, you’re not yoruba (to f) f: i am not yoruba. d: naira pool, omo gbade ro. a: you are from edo? f: edo ke? ah, ah, no. i’m from the only state in nigeria. a: what is the name? what is the name? f: the ‘d’ state, ehn. the ‘d’ state, that is it. a: o ga o. uhn, na you be warri man. f: (pause) a: no be warri? you be asaba. f: you’re talking now. when you talk of ... when you talk of delta ... a: i want to hear that una sound wey una dey speak so ... that una broken, i want to hear am self. f: our broken? a: ehn ... ehn. f: that one we don drop am o. the time wey den kill ... ehm ... saro wiwa. b: o ma bami sise, o n ba won ro’jo. a: no. ejo, mo n bo naa. ....... a: saro wiwa is not from delta now, saro wiwa is not from delta. f: saro wiwa is from where? a: he’s from rivers now. f: you’re right. that’s a slip of mouth. a: (smiling) not a slip of tongue again. f: not a slip of tongue. d: i be omo yoruba. na ₦5 we dey ta si here. f: he suppose know. he is a politician. (to g) a: ehn, ehn, they may ask them during a debate. b: kini ten so ye o. won le fi jay an. ....... 112 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee b: ejo, n t’o ri oloun, se ‘born to rule’ ni won? h: each state ni won ni ko mu ... n ti won wa submit ni yen. b: n ti won submit ni yen. a: won ni won bere l’owo edo state n’igba t’oko ‘heartbeat’ k’o wa explain l’abuja. f: dem explain am now. dem explain am. ........... f: p. h. na ‘tre(ʃ)ɔ’ base . a: you be imo? oga? d: eh? a: you be imo? you come dey speak yoruba like ehn ... g: eni ti won bi s’aba aponrin. na dis aba wey dey here. im mama na yoruba. f: when dem go create ibadan state, dem go come give una foko local government. g: mo tun ti bere ki nma fin ball win fun opponent. a: k’e ma se kini fun opponent? [end] appendix ii context: on the street interlocutor y: so, ko try lati intensify effots e. z: ma wa wa. church kanna l’emi ati woman yen jo nlo.... so, n ma ri l’ola. y: then. z: monday ma, ma tun try lati wa so do e. ma wa s’odo woman yen gang an. ma lo ba. ti n ba n be. y: ehn, ehn, o se po. then, the other ile yen na. bi o tie s’omi, as long as to ba t’obi. to de look fine die na. z: bi o ba tile wo nu. y: to ba wo’nu bawo? z: to ba jina sinu l’ohun. y: to ba wa ni are ‘bi titi kuro. o si better. z: o si better. whatever the case may be, ma wish lati gbo feedback l’ola. 113 iyabode omolara akewo daniel nigerians utilisation of code-mixing as communicative devices drummer a drummer, sick of all the drummer jokes, decides to change his instrument. after some thought, he decides on the accordion. so he goes to the music store and says to the owner, "i'd like to look at the accordions, please." the owner gestures to a shelf in the courner and says, "all our accordions are over there." after browsing, the drummer says, "i think i'd like the big red one in the corner." the store owner looks at him and says, "you're a drummer, aren't you?" the drummer, crestfallen, says, "how did you know?" the store owner says, "that 'big red accordion' is the radiator." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 114 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 81 the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text gusti panji sundana department of english education, school of teacher training and education (stkip) pasundan cimahi, indonesia e-mail: gp_gusti@yahoo.co.id apa citation: sundana, g. p. (2017). the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 81-88. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.773. received: 19-08-2017 accepted: 28-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: this study was conducted to figure out the effectiveness of using authentic materials in teaching writing descriptive text. the study was carried out at one of private universities in bandung. this study used authentic materials from magazine, newspaper and internet articles as teaching media. the reason of using authentic materials taken from magazine, newspaper and internet was that they could bring the students into a non-threatening atmosphere in the classroom and link the classroom environment with the real world (clark, 2000). in this study, the qualitative and quantitative methods were applied to gather the data. the data of this study were collected through pretests, posttest, and questionnaires. the findings indicated that using authentic materials in teaching descriptive writing had a significant role in improving students’ writing skill with the significance of 0.05 (α 0.05). the result of t-obs was 3.218 and t-crit was 2.042. this result was supported by the questionnaire results in which the participants showed positive opinions in learning descriptive writing using authentic materials. finally, it is expected that this study will give beneficial contribution to the teaching of writing for college students in which the technique applied is recommended to be used as an appropriate alternative to improve students’ writing competence. keywords: descriptive writing, authentic materials introduction writing is one of the two productive skills in learning english that comes after speaking. as a productive skill, many private college students struggle a lot to master english writing skill. some research findings have indicated that the students’ writing ability is yet far from satisfaction. katilie (2003) carried out a study of why the students had a poor quality in english writing composition. she found that the reason why the students achieved unpleasant result in writing english composition was because the practices of inappropriate teaching strategy in the class. this is supported by alwasilah (2007) who asserted that writing is complicated for students. furthermore, he added that in the classroom activities, writing is considered as the hardest skill. writing skill in english as a foreign language is apparently not easy (gibbons, 2002, p. 52) but it doesn’t mean it is impossible to be taught. this statement is supported by feez and joyce (2000, p. 1) who stated that writing is the ability of creating written texts and that everyone can be taught this technique if they are supported with the correct tools. alwasilah (2000, p. 12) pointed out that teachers are likely to teach students topic on spelling, word formation, vocabulary, grammar and theories of writing and consequently ignoring the practice of writing. in line with what had been stated by alwasilah, the researcher observes that in the present teaching and learning process, writing activities are mostly dominated by arranging jumbled words to be a sentence or jumbled sentences to be a paragraph and completing a dialogue or a passage. the students are also requested to write a simple paragraph using their own words without their teacher’s assistance, very often, they face the problem gusti panji sundana the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text 82 of finding the ideas to write. as a result, it is difficult for the students to express their ideas on paper. based on that condition, the researcher strives to reduce those burdens by conducting a study employing a kind of teaching technique and materials that can help students generate their ideas. regarding the availability of teaching materials, providing interesting and authentic materials for language teaching is not a big problem anymore. the teachers can find the necessary material for teaching everywhere and every time through the internet, newspapers, and magazine. gilmore (2007, p. 98) cited in (syafri 2011, p. 1) stated that authentic materials offer resources for the english teachers to expose the students into a real language resource of the actual speakers and writers. in line with this, yusuf and tanti (2010) found that authentic materials benefit both teachers and students. they inspired teachers to improve their skills in developing materials and activities for the students. while for the students, they attracted their attention and drove their attention in learning. in addition, berardo (2006) shared his personal experience in teaching using authentic materials. he observed that the students experienced great exposure of real language used in real context. he found the authentic material interesting and more up to date than the textbooks. the outcome of berardo’s research is also in line with the research conducted by rojas (2012). despite those studies have shown how useful authentic materials are, however, they have not yet been implemented in teaching writing descriptive text. therefore, this study investigates the use of authentic material in improving students’ ability in writing descriptive paragraphs. method in order to obtain comprehensible description of the effect of authentic materials to descriptive writing, pre-test and post-test were occupied in the study, while to validate the attitudes towards the use of authentic materials, questionnaire was employed. the pre-test was conducted in the first meeting to see the initial writing skill of the students and the post-test was arranged in the last meeting to figure out the achievement gained by the students after the treatment. the material for the pre-test and post-test were actually the same so that the researcher can assess the progress of students’ ability in writing descriptive paragraph. the scoring system employed was based on heaton (1988) in which the aspects assessed involving grammar, vocabulary, mechanism, and content. a week after the pre-test, the students of experimental class was assigned to write a descriptive paragraph based on material given to them. the material about best friends was taken from the internet (http://www.booksie.com), the material for describing famous places was taken from cnn traveler magazine (may-june edition 2011), the material for describing about favorite movies was taken from the internet (http://www.imdb.com), and for the last meeting, the students were demanded to describe about their favorite movies in which the article was taken from reader’s digest magazine (november 2010 edition). the students in control class were also asked to write a descriptive paragraph of famous person, famous places, favorite movies, and favorite actors and actresses. after gathering the data, the post-test was given to both classes. as mentioned beforehand, the test employed in the post-test was similar to the pre-test. the post-test score of both classes were, later, compared to figure out the influence of the use of authentic material in teaching learning process. further, to obtain more accurate data, the questionnaire was handed out to experimental class to investigate students’ attitudes towards the use of authentic materials. the questionnaire was also handed out to the control class students in order to measure their attitudes towards the use of non-authentic materials in teaching descriptive paragraph. the students were assigned to choose the alternative answer by marking 1 for strongly disagree, 2 for disagree, 3 for neither agree nor disagree, 4 for agree, and 5 for strongly agree. the questionnaire was planned to find out whether the use of authentic materials could assist students to improve their writing or not. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 83 results and discussion results and discussion section explains the variations among the test result to figure out the effect of authentic materials used in descriptive writing. meanwhile, the data of questionnaire endeavor to figure out the students’ attitudes towards the use of authentic materials in teaching descriptive paragraph through collaborative work. t-test statistical measurement in order to find out whether the initial skill of experimental and control class is in the same level, the students’ pretest score of both experimental and control class was analyzed and estimated by using independent t-test through statistical product and solution (spss), and the result is illustrated in the table below. table 1. independent sample test of the initial skill of experimental and control classes n mean difference std. error difference t obs df t table sig. (2tailed) exp. and control pre-test 32 1.00000 5.26936 .190 30 2.042 .851 afterward, the result of independent t-test computation analysis showed that the independent samples mean achieved 1.00000, standard error difference was 5.26936, t obs was .190, in which the degree of t table was at the significant level (α = 0.05) with the df 30 was 2.042. it was discovered that the t obs was lower than t table (t test < t table), therefore, the null hypothesis was supported. it displayed that there was no significant difference between the means of pretest scores for both experiment and control class. therefore, it can be concluded that the two classes belong to the same population. this circumstance signified that the procedure of teaching descriptive paragraph using authentic materials can be implemented in experimental class. furthermore, as same as pretest data, the data from posttest were analyzed and then compared by using t-test independent sample test. it is done to see the dissimilarity of students’ achievement on writing ability between the experimental class (treated by using authentic materials) and the control class (treated by using non authentic materials). the result of independent sample test in post-test can be seen in table 2. table 2. independent sample test of post-test of experimental and control classes n mean difference std. error difference t obs df t table sig. (2tailed) exp. and control pre-test 32 14.93750 4.64251 3.218 30 2.042 .003 having calculated the data using the independent t-test computation, the mean difference of both classes was 14.93750, the standard error difference was 4.64251, and the value of t obs was 3.218. it also displayed that the t table of at a significant level (α = 0.05) with the degree of freedom 30 was 2.042 and the significance (2 tailed) was .003. on the strength of the computation in the table above, the outcome of t obs was 3.218, while the score of t table was at significant level (α = 0.05) with the degree of freedom was 2.042. it could be confirmed that the t obs is higher than t table (t test > t table). it indicated that the null hypothesis is rejected. therefore, it signified that the experimental students belong to different population. in other word, the treatment of authentic materials in descriptive writing confirmed that the achievement of experimental class was significantly different from the accomplishment of the control class. hypothesis testing the reason of the hypothesis testing in this study is to figure out the stage of effectiveness of the treatment presented to the experimental class matching up to the control class. the hypothesis testing is carried out making comparative analysis method for the gusti panji sundana the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text 84 four scores gained from the two sample classes. 1. comparative analysis of pre-test and posttest of the experimental class the purpose of this hypothesis testing in this part is to figure out whether there is a significance difference between the pretest and the posttest scores in the experimental class. the hypothesis can be spotted below: h0 : µ1 = µ2 there is no significance difference between the means of pretest and posttest scores. hi : µ1 ≠ µ2 the mean of posttest score is higher than pretest one. the two hypotheses above were tested by using test of statistic-t: t-test of paired two sample of means. the criteria of testing are: h0 : accepted if t-stat < t-crit. : µ1 = µ2 h0 : rejected if t-stat ≥ t-crit. : µ1 > µ2 grounded on the statistical calculation of the pretest and posttest of the experimental class with the level of significance 0.05 and the degree of freedom 15, it was discovered that the value of t-stat was 11.726. since the value of t-crit at the degree of freedom 15 was 2.132. it means the value of t-stat was higher than t-crit. therefore it could be confirmed that there is a significant difference between pretest and posttest in the experimental class in which the posttest is higher than the pretest score. 2. comparative analysis of the pretest and posttest scores of the control class the purpose of testing hypothesis in this part is also to figure out the significant difference between the pretest and posttest of control class. below is the used hypothesis: h0 : µ1 = µ2 there is no significance difference between the means of pretest and posttest scores. hi : µ1 ≠ µ2 the mean of posttest score is higher than pretest one. the two hypotheses above were tested by using test of statistic-t: t-test of paired two sample of means. the criteria of testing are: h0 : accepted if t-stat < t-crit. : µ1 = µ2 h0 : rejected if t-stat ≥ t-crit. : µ1 > µ2 grounded on the statistical calculation with the level significance of 0.05 and the degree of freedom of 15, it was indicated that the value of t-stat. is 4.594. the value was higher than t-crit. in which the t-crit. is 2.131. it could be affirmed that there was a significant difference between the posttest scores in control class. in other word, the mean of posttest score was higher than the mean of pretest score. 3. comparative analysis of pretest score of experimental and control class the hypothesis testing was carried out to figure out if there is a significant difference involving the pretest score of the experimental class and the control class. the hypotheses are as follow: h0 : µ1 = µ2 there is no significant difference involving the mean of pretest scores between the experimental and control class. hi : µ1 ≠ µ2 the mean of pretest score of the two classes is significantly different. the two hypotheses above were analyzed by using testing-t: t-test of independent samples of means. the criteria applied in this section are: h0 : accepted if t-stat < t-crit. : µ1 = µ2 h0 : rejected if t –stat ≥ t-crit. : µ1 = µ2 based on the statistical calculation with the level significance of 0.05 and the degree of freedom of 30, it was indicated that the value of t-stat was .190 and the value of tcrit. was 2.042. the value of t-stat. was lower than the value of t-crit. it signified that there was no significant difference involving the mean of pretest scores in both experimental and control class. 4. comparative analysis of the posttest scores of experimental and control class the hypothesis testing in this part was displayed to find if there is significant difference between the posttest score of the experimental class and the posttest score of the control class. h0 : µ1 = µ2 there is no significant difference involving the mean of posttest scores from both the experimental and control class. in a similar way to the previous analysis, t-test of independent samples of mean was used. the criteria that were used are as follow: english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 85 h0 : accepted if t-stat < t-crit. : µ1 = µ2 h0 : rejected if t-stat ≥ t-crit. : µ1 > µ2 after taking a look at the calculation on the level of significance of 0.05 and the degree of freedom 30, it was discovered that the value of t-stat. is 3.218; meanwhile the value of t-crit. was 2.042. the finding confirmed that the value of t-stat. was higher than t-crit. therefore, it could be signified that there was a significant difference between the posttest score of the experimental class and the posttest of the control class. hence, the implementation of authentic materials had a significant effect to the achievement of the experimental students. data from students’ pretest and protest scores the outcome scores from the two classes were pretest and posttest. the pretest was carried out to identify the students’ initial ability in writing skill and it was given in the first meeting. the test material was the profile of the students’ best friend. the pretest scores were to identify the initial skill of the students before the experimental and control group got the treatment. meanwhile, the posttest was conducted equally to the pretest. it was applied to determine how successful the treatment of using authentic materials in improving students’ descriptive writing. the posttest was similar to the pretest and its scores were employed on the purpose of comparing the obtained scores. the scoring system in both pretest and posttest grounded on the aspects proposed by heaton (1988). the aspects that counted into writing assessment were grammar, mechanism, vocabulary, and content. the comparison of the outcome scores from both experimental and control classes were intended to spot the cause of the treatment conducted in the experimental class. to figure out a significant difference between the scores gained by both classes, the statistical technique of t-test was used. the pretest scores had gone through normality test. the tool that was used to examine the data was kolmogorov-smirnov. the outcome showed that the value of absolute d is .125 which is lower than the d table, whereas the value of d table is .2668. therefore, it can be concluded that the data above is normal in terms of distribution. the lowest score of pretest gained by the experiment class was 27, and the highest score was 73. there were two students who got score range from 0-30 (12.5%). there were ten students who got score range from 31-60 (62.5%), and four students got score range from 61-90 (25%). meanwhile, the lowest score of pretest obtained by the control class was 25 and the highest was 75. the students who got the score range from 0-30 were two students, ten students got score range within 31-60 (62.5%), and range score from 61-90 were four students (25%). the treatment of teaching using authentic materials was conducted a week after the pretest in the experimental class; while teaching descriptive writing using nonauthentic materials was implemented in the control class. after all materials had been delivered, the post-test was awarded to figure out the outcome of using authentic materials in improving students’ descriptive writing through collaborative work. the post-test was awarded to both classes. based on the data from the posttest, it indicated that the lowest score of the posttest obtained by the experimental class is 55 and the highest score is 87. there is no students who obtained score range from 0-30, but there were three students acquired score range from 31-60 (18.75%), and there were thirteen students who got score range from 61-90 (83%). meanwhile, the lowest posttest score obtained by the control class is 36 and the highest score is 82. none of the students got range score from 0-30. however, there were ten students who obtained range score from 31-60 (62%), and there were six students who got range score from 61-90 (38.4%). students’ attitudes towards the use of authentic materials having observed the questionnaire data in terms of students’ attitudes towards the use of authentic materials in descriptive paragraph, it had been stated that the questionnaire was gusti panji sundana the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text 86 given to sixteen students of experimental class. there were ten items in the questionnaire in which each item consists of five optional choices, namely strongly disagree, disagree, neither agree nor disagree, agree, and strongly agree. the maximum score for each item is five. for all positive statements, the score is one point for strongly disagree, two points for disagree, three points for neutral, four points for agree, and five points for strongly agree. whereas for negative statements, the score arrangement is the opposite of positive statements, the score is five point for strongly disagree, four points for disagree, three points for neutral, two points for agree and one point for strongly agree. the questionnaire items were about the students’ attitudes related to the authentic materials that had been used in the classroom. in order to calculate the general data from the questionnaires, the researcher used class interval and range as can be seen in the following table. table 3. the learners’ attitudes of learning writing through authentic materials no class interval (questionnaire score) description 1 160-288 strongly disagree 2 289-417 disagree 3 418-546 neither agree nor disagree 4 547-675 agree 5 676-804 strongly agree after calculating the score of the questionnaire from sixteen students, it was found that the total score of the questionnaires was six hundred and fifty four. having observed the table of class interval above, it was indicated that the students are in agree level. it could be rephrased that the students were fond of learning descriptive writing through authentic materials because it could help them get the ideas to write easily. in addition, the students attitudes obtained from open-ended questions in the questionnaire reveal that they have positive attitudes. first, the respondents’ attitudes to the teaching descriptive writing by using the articles from the internet, magazine and newspaper were very good since these materials can help them in terms of finding the idea, understanding how to write, getting much information in writing, and increasing vocabulary. furthermore, they stated that learning by using articles from the magazine, newspaper and the internet encouraged them to write actively since the materials applied were interesting. this output was also in coherence with shrum and glisan (2000, p. 133) who stated that authentic materials provide an effective means for presenting real language, integrating culture, and heightening comprehension. based on the respondents’ answers, they were categorized into two parts. the description can be seen in the following table. table 4. teaching writing by using article from magazine, newspaper and internet no respondents’ attitude number of participants percentage 1 authentic material is helpful 13 81.25% 2 authentic materials encourage the learners to write 3 18.25% second, the respondents’ statement to the improvement of writing after using the articles from magazine, newspaper and internet has also two categories. fourteen respondents (87%) stated that their writings improved after applying the authentic materials. the participants also expressed that they had good progress in descriptive writing, know how to compose sentences and increase their vocabulary after using these authentic materials. while 2 of them (13%) stated that they do not have any significant progress in their writing yet since they are lack of vocabulary, grammar and ideas to be english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 87 expressed, but they know what to be written and they will try to improve their writing. in this case, they regard that the use of authentic materials in teaching writing should be adopted by teacher, particularly writing description. the following is the description of questionnaire data in accordance with articles from the magazine, internet, and newspaper. table 5. the writing improvement after using magazine, newspaper and internet articles no respondents’ attitudes number of participants % 1. having improvement of writing 14 87 2. do not have progress yet 2 13 third concerning respondents’ attitudes toward collaborative writing, as many as fourteen students (87%) stated that the implementation of collaborative work in descriptive writing is helpful since the collaborative writing can help them develop their writing in terms of organizing the ideas and using the grammar or vocabulary accurately. furthermore, the collaborative way can encourage them in expressing their idea in writing and improve their writing due to the revision or correction from the collaborators. while the other 13% or two participants thought that writing together was too noisy for them because their friends kept asking them questions so they preferred to work on their own. conclusion to conclude, learners’ writing are improved in terms of organization. it increases in terms of organizing the sentences or paragraphs and using appropriate topic. the learners, furthermore, improve on the use of appropriate grammar or vocabulary such as the use of simple present in writing description, the use of subject verbs agreement, and adjective words or phrases. then, they also have improvement in content aspects in terms of appropriateness between content and theme, and stylistic technique, i.e. using clear syntax. based on the result obtained, it can be further said that using authentic materials in descriptive writing is useful. in other words, the implementation of authentic materials in descriptive writing is effective to the improvement of the students’ writing skill. considering the students’ attitude towards the use of authentic materials in descriptive writing, based on the data from the questionnaires, it showed that the students gave positive attitude towards the use of authentic materials in descriptive writing. they felt that the materials assist them in writing, they get many ideas to write and it enhance their vocabulary as well, as a result, they were more interested in writing. in addition, the students were likely to utilize visual and interpersonal styles in learning since they were fond of learning writing descriptive paragraph by using the visual materials, such as articles from magazine, newspaper as well as articles from the internet with their friends in the groups. however, the challenging and the difficulty of writing a passage seem to be inevitable for most of students. therefore, teachers should carry out the writing process to the students in order to help them make a passage, such as helping them in determining the topic, brainstorming, generating ideas, first draft writing, editing or revising, and final draft writing. second, it is very helpful to apply collaborative writing because it has some advantages to the learners’ progress such as establishing cooperation and tolerance to one’s opinion, facilitating them to modify or adjust their writing, while the downside of using collaborative writing are such as some of the students talked about something that was out of topic with their groups and for introvert students, they looked very uncomfortable working with other students in a group. to minimize these burdens, teacher should observe closely around the students’ group to make sure the writing process are not misleading. references gusti panji sundana the use of authentic material in teaching writing descriptive text 88 alwasilah, c. (2000). perspektif pendidikan bahasa inggris di indonesia dalam konteks persaingan global. bandung: andira. alwasilah, c. (2007). language, culture and education: a portrait of contemporary indonesia. bandung: andira. berardo, s. a. (2006). the use of authentic materials in the teaching of reading. the reading matrix online journal, 6(2), 60-69. feez, s., & joyce, h. (2000). creative writing skills: literary and media text types. sydney phoenix education. gibbons, p. (2002). scaffolding language scaffolding learning: teaching second language learners in the mainstream classroom. portsmouth: heinemann. gilmore, a. (2007). authentic materials and authenticity in foreign language learning. retrieved from: http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayfullte xt?type=1&fid=902976&jid=lta&volumeid=40 &issueid=02&aid=902972&bodyid=&membersh ipnumber=&societyetocsession= heaton, j. b. (1988). writing english language tests. new york: longman inc. katilie, n. (2003). improving students’ ability by using scaffolding strategy in the process of writing at stp negeri 3 tolitoli. (unpublished thesis). state university of malang, malang, indonesia. rojas, y. (2012). authentic task to enhance descriptive paragraph in writing. unpublished thesis. universidad de la sabana, bogota, colombia. yusuf, f. n., & tanti, d. (2010). authentic materials in a vocational school writing class: any advantage?. proceedings of the 1st upi international conference on technical and vocational education and training. retrieved from http://fptk.upi.edu/tvet-conference/download. http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayfulltext?type=1&fid=902976&jid=lta&volumeid=40&issueid=02&aid=902972&bodyid=&membershipnumber=&societyetocsession http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayfulltext?type=1&fid=902976&jid=lta&volumeid=40&issueid=02&aid=902972&bodyid=&membershipnumber=&societyetocsession http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayfulltext?type=1&fid=902976&jid=lta&volumeid=40&issueid=02&aid=902972&bodyid=&membershipnumber=&societyetocsession http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayfulltext?type=1&fid=902976&jid=lta&volumeid=40&issueid=02&aid=902972&bodyid=&membershipnumber=&societyetocsession english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1 using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing romualdo a. mabuan lyceum of the philippines university e-mail: romualdo.mabuan@lpu.edu.ph apa citation: mabuan, r. a. (2018). using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 1-10. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1238. received: 14-02-2018 accepted: 23-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: anchored on the technological, pedagogical and content knowledge or tpack framework (koehler & mishra, 2009) and substitution, augmentation, modification and redefinition or samr model of technology integration into the classroom (puentedura, 2014), this study investigated a corpus of 58 blog posts written by esl learners through weblogs. it aimed to determine the views of students on the use of blogs in learning english writing skills and to explore students’ feedback on the advantages of blogging as a virtual writing platform. research participants were 58 freshman university tourism students enrolled at a study and thinking skills class in a private university in manila, the philippines during the first semester of the academic year 20172018. research data drawn from students’ blogs, survey questionnaires and focus group discussion revealed that despite accessibility issues due to technological resources, the learners viewed blogging as a viable platform in learning english writing skills because it affords them freedom to express their thoughts, it develops or improves their writing skills, and it allows them to connect and engage with their peers online, inter alia. pedagogical implications for esl writing teachers and researchers are offered based on these results. keywords: teaching writing, esl writing, weblogs, blogging, tpack, samr introduction the teaching of writing particularly in the context of esl instruction is rife with challenges, as teachers often face student reluctance, if not resistance, to express their thoughts through writing in english. viewed as the most difficult english skill (richards & renandya, 2002) and one of the most complex english macro skills to be mastered (flower & hayes, 1980; tillema, 2012), writing demands learner’s ability to construct sentence and paragraph structures that are grammatically correct, syntactically accurate, and semantically appropriate, inter alia. while learning the writing skills may be tedious and grueling among students, it is a necessary skill to possess to be functional, productive and competent in the 21st century, when communication, together with critical thinking, collaboration, and creativity (partnership for 21st century skills, 2006), is a hallmark of personal, social and professional competency. cognizant of these social and educational realities, as well as the modern nature of the 21st century learners who have ‘24/7/365 fingertip access to technology’ (mabuan, 2017), the 21st century english language educators must ensure that they teach their students with the end-goals in mind (spady, 1994) by harnessing the myriad of modern technological resources and carefully integrating them into their classroom contexts via varied means such as “substitution, augmentation, modification, and redefinition” (puentedura, 2014). following koehler and mishra’s (2009) technological, pedagogical and content knowledge (tpack) framework, which posits that the modern educator should possess mastery not only in subject matter and pedagogy but also in technological know-how for maximum curriculum delivery, this study explores how web 2.0 technology, particularly blogging, can be used in the esl classroom to help facilitate the teaching and learning of writing skills among students. blogs (short for “web logs”) are free, manipulable, and personalized online websites that look like a journal or diary. blogs are mailto:romualdo.mabuan@lpu.edu.ph romualdo a. mabuan using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing 2 easy-to-use and easy-to-maintain websites which allow a blogger or a blog user to create, edit, and publish written outputs called blog posts into the blogosphere (blog community in the cyberspace) through a blog platform, which is a free web hosting service (campbell, 2003). blogs are popular but not necessarily new. they have been existing for 27 years since their introduction into the world wide web in 1991 as a mode of sharing information. early blogs had three primary features – contained links to other areas of interest in the web, commentary on the links, and interactivity and interconnectedness (li & chignell, 2010). blogs afford esl teachers and learners various opportunities. campbell (2003) claimed that blogs’ features such as easy-touse interface, frequent text update, and interactive comment area make them applicable in writing classes. ferdig and trammell (2004) posited that blogs are medium for dialogs between bloggers and readers, readers with other readers, and bloggers with other bloggers and their readers, while nowson (2006) indicated that blogs provide freedom to the blogger to write and publish absolutely anything about everything, at any time in anywhere as long as there is an internet connection. sun (2010) asserted that blogging might help develop students’ writing skills, increase their motivation, and stimulate learner autonomy. nepomuceno (2011) observed that blogging in the esl classroom could be an effective alternative writing activity to develop and improve students’ writing proficiency. cequena (2013) found that essay writing through blogging improved her students’ writing skills, which also corroborated with the students’ positive perception on their peers’ constructive feedback on their blog posts. kitchakarn (2014) reported that his students’ writing ability improved through collaborative writing activities in blogging such as commenting, editing and revising blog posts. furthermore, akdag and ozkan (2017) also found that blogs could be effective tools in improving students’ writing skills, enhancing students’ enthusiasm in writing, and fostering students’ autonomy in writing. other studies (saeed, 2009; wang & woo, 2010; gomez & mcdougald, 2013; kaupmees, 2015) have suggested that through blogging, students can organize information, post and share written outputs, give and get comments from other students, search information, link to other students’ sites, read and evaluate other students’ posts, collaborate and learn from one another, exercise learner autonomy, develop confidence, and reinforce motivation. hence, this paper aims to ascertain the findings of the foregoing studies and to contribute to the growing literature on blogging as applied in esl writing contexts. specifically, it aims to answer the following questions: 1. how do students view the use of blogging in an esl class? 2. what are the affordances of blogging as experienced by the students? method utilizing a qualitative research design to unravel learners’ viewpoints on the use of blogs in the classroom, this study was participated in by 58 freshman university (16 males and 42 females; ages ranged from 16 to 20 years old) enrolled in a study and critical thinking skills class, majoring in bachelor of science in international travel and tourism management in a private tertiary institution in manila, the philippines. they have an average english learning experience of 10 years, and their english proficiency levels ranged from lower intermediate to intermediate based on their toeic (test of english for international communication) scores. the class ran for 1.5 hours with two sessions per week. this study was conducted during the first semester of academic year 2017-2018, from august 7 to september 9, covering five weeks. free prior informed consent was sought from the participants and their parents. the blog project was announced to the class as a midterm project. prior to the conduct of the study, participants’ “virtual profiles” were checked by identifying the social networking sites that they maintain. the survey revealed that the three most popular social networking sites among the respondents are facebook (58, 100%), twitter (32, 55.17%), and instagram (30, 51.72%). in a english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3 day, they accessed their social media for at least an hour (12, 24.14%), more than an hour but less than five hours (17, 29.31%), and more than five hours (29, 50%). their social media activities include posting, reading, and commenting on their ‘walls’ and on friends’ status updates, chatting, uploading photos and videos, and sharing information. furthermore, when asked whether they have heard about blogs, they responded as follows: no (6, 10.34%); yes, but no idea what it is (21, 36.21%); yes, but have a slight what it is (20, 34.48%); and yes, and have a blog (11, 18.97%). survey questionnaires, focus group discussion, and students’ blog posts were utilized to gather research data. two surveys were administered to the respondents. prior to the implementing of the project, a pre-project survey questionnaire was administered to the respondents to gather personal information and to determine their exposure to technology particularly social networking sites. the responses were used to organize the project in terms of what blogging platform to utilize, how much blogging the learners should do per week, what topics should be included, and how much background knowledge learners had of blogs. a post-project open-ended survey questionnaire was administered to the participants to determine their perceived advantages and advantages of the blog project as an alternative writing platform. prior to the implementation of the blog project, the researcher identified the platform or blog site, which would be utilized by the class, taking into consideration soares’ (2008) recommendation that teachers who would like to implement blogging in their classes should have “trial blogs before using the ‘real thing’ with students, checking if the platform chosen caters for all the wants and needs.” the researcher set some basic criteria before deciding on the blog site to be introduced to the class: 1) user-friendliness (i.e., the site must be easily navigation-able and must require only basic technical skills from setting up to publishing so that the students will have more time for blogging), 2) customizability (i.e., the site must contain interesting features for the students such as access to free themes, formats, layouts, and integration of widgets, comment sections, and photo and video blogging), and 3) security (i.e., the site must secure by providing students username and password for blog owner’s access, as well as security codes for comment posting and preventing of unsolicited posts or comments). shortlisted among these platforms based on the set criteria were blogger (www.blogger.com), multiply (www.multiply.com), myspace (www.myspace.com), tumblr (www.tumblr.com), and wordpress (www.wordpress.com). being an active blogger himself for five years, the researcher tested all the shortlisted blog sites and finally decided to use blogger as the platform for the project. furthermore, to keep track of students’ blog posts without manually visiting every individual blog, the researcher used bloglines, a web-based service news-feed collector (also called ‘aggregator’) which enabled him to subscribe to the rss (real simple syndication or rich site summary) feed of each of the students’ blog, allowing him to read all of the students’ blogs in one site from any computer connected to the internet. upon downloading and installing the notifier, the researcher was alerted whenever the subscriptions have new items to read. this aggregator also helped the researcher organize blogs by students’ real names rather than pseudonyms. here, the students were encouraged to publish two blog posts per week related to the general topics provided. general weekly topics included the following: week 1: personal topics such as hobbies, goals, pet peeves, etc.; week 2: educational topics and issues such as the use of social media in the classroom, the k to 12 system in the philippines, etc., week 3: societal issues such as the new tax reform law (train law) in the philippines, the reinstitutionalization of the death penalty law in the philippines, philippine government’s war on drugs campaign (e.g., tokhang), etc.; week 4: global issues such as global warming and climate change, human trafficking, terrorism, etc.; and week 5: reflection post covering the students’ learning experience in the class’ blog project. the http://www.blogger.com/ http://www.multiply.com/ http://www.myspace.com/ http://www.tumblr.com/ http://www.wordpress.com/ romualdo a. mabuan using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing 4 students were reminded to observe formal english writing and avoid text-messaging type of writing, use of emoticons, and colloquialisms. after the project was completed, 10 students volunteered for a focus group discussion with the researcher to discuss the blog project. students responded to openended questions exploring their perceptions on the benefits, limitations, and challenges encountered in blogging. these responses were used to validate students’ responses in the survey questionnaires. some of the openended questions asked include the following: “how would you describe your blogging experience?” “do you think writing online through blogging helped you improve our english skills particularly writing? if yes, could you cite some of these improvements?” “what did you learn from this blog project?” “what were the challenges that you encountered while doing the blog project?” “did you like/enjoy the project? why or why not?” “how can this project be better?” “would you continue blogging?” to explore students’ feedback on the use of blogging, their blog posts were collected and quantified, and the survey questionnaire responses were coded and analyzed following guest, mcqueen, and namey’s (2012) thematic analysis framework. interview results were then qualitatively described to validate these findings. results and discussion throughout the five-week implementation of the blog project, the researcher yielded important data as regards the blogs posted and the feedback of student bloggers on writing online through blogging. in terms of the quantity of blog posts, the 58 participants published 418 blogs online within the duration of five weeks, with an average of 83.6 posts per week. among these blogs, the maximum number of words is 1,956, while the least number of words in a blog is 20. on the average, blogs are composed of 319.67 words. these figures showed the pedagogical viability of blogging as to its impact on motivating learners to express their ideas, emotions, and opinions freely through online writing. despite having no rigid guidelines in blogging such as sentence and paragraph structures, style, and word limits, and despite the absence of any evaluative measure or grading system for each of the blog post, it can be observed that students manifested significant interest in writing online through blogging. while this student activity can be attributed to the blogging being introduced as a class midterm project, the newness of blogging may have influenced students’ motivation and enthusiasm in writing as seen in the frequency of their posts and the quantity of words for each post. furthermore, it should also be noted that students did not only use text blogging; they also incorporated photo and video blogging as well as hyperlinking to their classmates’ blog sites and other websites. this implies that blogging affords students features that promote students’ enthusiasm for writing, creativity, and collaboration. figure 1 below presents the blog count for each week. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 week 1 week 2 week 3 week 4 week 5 n o . o f b lo g s blogging period figure 1. blog count per week english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 5 this data shows an upward movement from the onset of the project. on the week 1 of the blog project, 73 blogs (17.46%) were posted, showing the project’s wide acceptance among students, despite some complaints of lack of sufficient knowledge on blogging, having no technological resources like personal computer and internet connection at home, and weak or unstable internet connection. yet, there was a slight decrease of the number of posts for week 2 (67, 16.03%). this may be due to the busy schedule of the students in preparation for their preliminary examinations, which brought a growing number of school tasks and projects to do. however, after week 2, a consistent upward trend is remarkably noticeable from week 3 (80 blog posts, 19.14%), to week 4 (89 blog posts, 21.29%) and to week 5 (109 blog posts, 26.08%) when it reached its peak. this may be due to the consistent motivation and encouragement given to the students by the teacher, increased learning and adaptability of the technical know-how of blogging, and growing interest of the participants upon seeing their classmates’ posts and comments to one another. this strengthens the author’s claim that blogging is not merely a writing activity but an avenue for learning new things and for sharing experiences, ideas, and information. these findings are consistent with the observations of some authors (yunus, et al., 2013; okan & taraf, 2013; awada & ghaith, 2014) that delineate the pedagogical viability of integrating blogging into writing classes. furthermore, these findings corroborate with the results of previous studies (cequena, 2013; kitchakarn, 2014; akdag & ozkan, 2017) indicating the educational benefits of using blogs in the english writing classroom to develop and enhance students’ writing skills. learner-perceived advantages of the blog project students’ survey and interview results revealed that all of them “enjoyed” the blog project overall. when being asked about the benefits of the project, the reasons why they enjoyed blogging, and what they learned from the blog project, students reported a variety of responses. of the total 94 answers, 32 (34.04 %) pointed on the affordance of blogging in providing students the freedom to express their ideas and opinions on different topics. fourteen responses (14.89 %) suggested that blogging improved students’ writing skills, while 11 (11.7%) underscored the social connection that blogging has established among the students in the virtual space. table 1 lists all of the students’ responses showing the benefits of blogging, while table 2 presents students’ avowals supporting their viewpoints. table 1. learner-perceived advantages of blogging blogging… f % promotes freedom and confidence to express and share one’s feelings, ideas, and opinions on certain topics and issues 32 34.04 improves writing skills 14 14.89 facilitates peer online interaction and engagement 11 11.70 increases societal awareness 8 8.51 develops understanding of oneself and others 7 7.45 allows learning and use of new vocabulary 6 6.38 facilitates grammar practice 6 6.38 allows practice in technology 4 4.26 promotes critical thinking 4 4.26 allows learning of new ideas 2 2.13 total 94 100 romualdo a. mabuan using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing 6 table 2. students’ avowals perceived benefits of blogging interview transcripts and reflections showing students’ perceptions on the benefits of blogging promotes freedom and confidence to express and share one’s feelings, ideas, and opinions on certain topics and issues through blogging, i learned to express my ideas and opinion on different topics. (s9-m-18) this blog project develops my self-confidence in posting personal opinions and experiences. (s13-f-16) the blog project helps me to express my ideas through the cyber world. i am free to share with others what i really feel about something or someone i want to talk about. (s2-f-20). improves writing skills i believe my written communication skill improved while i expressed myself in this blog project because i learned how to write in different styles to make my blogs interesting for my classmates. (s30-f-18) it forced me to write… at first i thought it was very boring, but as i continued to blog, i learned how to love writing. it’s interesting and helpful. (s17-m-16) facilitates online peer interaction and engagement it helped us to interact with our classmates by reading and leaving comments on each other’s blogs. (s26-f-17) increases societal awareness it helped me widen and deepen my thoughts about the things around me. (s12m-17) i was able to know the issues here in the philippines & around the world. (s1m-18) by researching for my own topics and reading my classmates’ blogs, i learned more about the different situations in our society. (s40-f-17) this project let us see the world in a broader way. (s55-m-18) develops understanding of oneself and others this project made me know others well. it helped me reach out to people for them to understand me for who i am. (s10-m-16) in just a click, people around me could have piece of me and of course, i did that that in the same way to their blog posts in order for me to know their part. (s34-f-17) allows learning and using new vocabulary because of this blog, i learned to research and check the spelling of words first before i published them. i also encountered new words that i didn't know. (s56-f-16) i have been more creative in picking the best words for my blogs. (s42-m-17) facilitates grammar practice i was very careful with my grammar and vocabulary, and even spelling. before posting my blog, i made it sure that i didn’t have errors, because my classmates and teacher would read my blogs. (s11-m-18) i think my grammar improved because my classmate constantly checked my sentences. i thank her for that. (s38-m-17) this project also helped me detect the errors in grammar of classmates as well as correct them and vice versa. (s29-f-17) this blog project enhanced my english grammar on how to create and combine correct sentences using the english language. i was able to write long sentences. (s20-f-16) allows practice in technology this blog project helped us to maximize our gadgets and technologies in a better way. (s18-m-17) i was able to use this technology in a useful and sensible way. (s45-f-18) promotes critical thinking our reasoning and judgment were practiced in commenting on the societal and global issues. (s51-m-20) consistent with the findings of several studies (blackmore-squires, 2010; delgado & mcdougald, 2013; kaupmees, 2015; ozdemir & aydin, 2015), this study found that the most valued feature of blogging among students is the ‘freedom space’ that it affords them so that they could express freely through writing their perspectives on certain topics and issues. this finding suggests that blogging can be an alternative platform to traditional in-class writing where students can stage their thoughts and voice out their minds anytime and anywhere at the convenience of virtual writing – a technological affordance that could be a viable solution to limited classroom communication engagement particularly in english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7 large classes. furthermore, this freedom space allows students to strike a balance between the rigorous and structured formal academic writing in the classroom and the more relaxed and less structured blogging where students can express their ideas and arguments and experiment with their writing styles (oliver, 2016). another significant finding in this study points to the educational benefit of blogging in facilitating the learning of english writing skills among students. this observation corroborates with the established literature on blogging in writing classes (said et al., 2013; karlsson, 2014; kitchakarn, 2014; akdag & ozkan, 2017) demonstrating the pedagogical potential of blogging in developing and enhancing students’ writing skills. with the excitement of trying a new mode of communication and connecting with a virtual audience beyond the confines of time and space in the traditional writing classroom, students were motivated and thrilled to see their ideas published on the web instantaneously and accessed by their classmates and teacher – a departure from the time-constrained traditional paper-and-pen inclass writing activity. moreover, students’ digital competence (ferrari, 2013) may be developed as they can focus beyond writing content; they can integrate other media such as images, audios and videos and hyperlink websites. likewise, they can develop skills in podcasting (audacity), video blogging or vlogging (youtube), and creating a presentation (slideshare) (dyer, 2017). this finding embodies puentedura’s (2014) notion on ‘redefinition’ in technology integration into the classroom which posits that technology (i.e., blogging) allows learners to perform tasks previously inconceivable and provides them a new learning experience. validating the findings of recent studies (chan & cmor, 2009; zinger & sinclair, 2013; dyer, 2017), this study also found out that blogging can facilitate peer-to-peer engagement through comments and feedback among their blog posts. because students were required to read and comment on at least five blog posts of their classmates every week, they were aware that they had audience or readers. this practice motivated students to write blog posts regularly and prompted them to observe correct grammar usage and proper vocabulary in their sentence constructions, considering that their blog posts would be read by audiences. by reading their classmates’ blog posts, students learned new ideas from one another; and by commenting on their classmates’ blog posts, they became active collaborators in the exchange of information over the web. however, despite the positive feedback towards blogging in the class, students also reported challenges and limitations, which include lack of technological resources such as unavailability of internet-connected electronic devices such as computers, laptops, tablets or mobile phones at home, as well as inaccessibility to stable internet connection. for instance, one student shared, “we don’t have a computer with internet at home, so i had to go to a computer shop just to write and publish my blogs” (s16-f-18). another student complained, “the wi-fi connection in our campus is very weak, so it usually took me a long time to post my blog… it’s time consuming and frustrating sometimes…” (s57-m-18). learners’ feedback such as these have important implications on the applicability of blogging in the classroom; hence, teachers should consider significant factors that may affect the successful integration of blogging into their classes such as the availability of infrastructure, technological resources, learners’ digital readiness, appropriacy to the curriculum, class design, etc. conclusion this study explored the pedagogical viability of integrating blogging into an esl class in a private university setting in urban manila, the philippines. findings drawn from survey questionnaires and focus group discussion revealed that, in general, students viewed blogging as a beneficial platform in helping them practice their english writing skills, expressing their thoughts and ideas freely, and facilitating online peer engagement, among others. these findings corroborate with the results of recent studies (kitchakarn, 2014; romualdo a. mabuan using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing 8 kaupmees, 2015; oliver, 2016; akdag & ozkan, 2017; hernandez, amarles, & raymundo, 2017) that underscored the applicability of integrating blogging into writing classes as afforded by its accessibility, flexibility and interactivity features, to name a few. however, limitations to technological access such as availability of internet-capable devices and stable internet connection remain to be significant hurdles to the successful use of blogging in any classroom; hence, this should implicate educators to consider their own contexts and to decide cautiously whether or not their institutions and classes are ready for this digital innovation. finally, certain limitations of this study must be noted: first, this study was conducted in only one freshman class in a private university setting for five weeks; thus, the findings of this study may limit their external validity and generalizability to other contexts. second, because of its exploratory nature, the blogging activity in this class did not strictly follow a writing rubric that might have influenced students’ blog posts’ word count, paragraph development patterns, writing styles, language use, and other conventions. hence, future studies may explore other classroom settings and levels, apply specific writing guidelines in blogging, and investigate students’ blogs both qualitatively and quantitatively. references akdag, e., & ozkan, y. (2017). enhancing writing skills of efl learners through blogging. the reading matrix: an international online journal, 17(2), 79-95. awada, g., & ghaith, g. (2014). effect of using the blog educational tool on writing achievement and motivation for legal writing. international journal of education and research, 2(12), 371-388. blackmore-squires, s. (2010). an investigation into the use of a blog as a tool to improve writing in the second language classroom. unpublished ma thesis. university of manchester, uk. campbell, a. p. (2003). weblogs for use with esl classes. the internet tesl journal, 9(2). cequena, m. (2013). does blogging facilitate the development of students’ writing skills? philippine esl journal, 10, 126-147. chan, c., & cmor, d. (2009). blogging toward information literacy: engaging students and facilitating peer learning. reference services review, 37(4), 395-407. dyer, k. (2017). the benefits of blogging for student life. retrieved from http://www.presence.io/blog/why-blog-thebenefits-of-blogging-for-student-life/. ferdig, r., & trammell, k. (2004). content delivery in the ‘blogsphere’. retrieved from http://defiant.corban.edu/jjohnson/pages/teaching/ bloggingblogosphere.pdf. ferrari, a. (2013). digcomp: a framework for developing and understanding digital competence in europe. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. flower, l. s., & hayes, j. r. (1980). the dynamics of composing, making plans and juggling constraints. in l. w. gregg, & e. r. steinberg (eds.), cognitive process in writing (pp. 31-50). hillsdale, n. j.: lawrence erlbaum associates. gomez, o., & mcdougald, j. (2013). developing writing through blogs and peer feedback. ikala, revista de language y cultura, 18(3), 45-61. guest, g., mcqueen, k., & namey, e. (2012). applied thematic analysis. thousand oaks, california: sage publications. karlsson, a. (2014). how can blogging in foreign language education improve pupils’ writing skills? a research synthesis. unpublished ma thesis. malmo university, sweden. kaupmees, h. (2015). students’ perceptions of and attitudes toward using blogging in upper intermediate efl classes. unpublished ma dissertation. university of tartu, estonia. kitchakarn, o. (2014). developing writing abilities of efl students through blogging. turkish online journal of distance education, 15(4), 34-47. koehler, m. j., & mishra, p. (2009). what is technological pedagogical content knowledge? contemporary issues in technology and teacher education, 9(1), 60-70. li, j., & chignell, m. (2010). birds of a feather: how personality influences blog writing and reading. international journal of human computer studies, 68(9), 589-602. mabuan, r. a. (2017). developing esl/efl learners’ public speaking skills through pecha kucha presentations. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 1-10. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.765. nepomuceno, m. (2011). writing online: using blogs as an alternative writing activity in tertiary esl classes. tesol journal, 5, 92-105. nowson, s. (2006). the language of weblogs: a study of genre and individual differences. unpublished ph.d. thesis. institute for communicating and collaborative systems, school of informatics, university of edinburgh. (online). retrieved from http://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/bitstream/1842/1113/1/ thesis.pdf. http://www.presence.io/blog/why-blog-the-benefits-of-blogging-for-student-life/ http://www.presence.io/blog/why-blog-the-benefits-of-blogging-for-student-life/ english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 9 okan, z., & taraf, u. h. (2013). the use of blogs in second language teacher education. procedia – social and behavioral sciences, 83, 282-289. oliver, k. h. (2016). teaching with blogs. retrieved from https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/teaching-withblogs/. ozdemir, e., & aydin, s. (2015). the effects of blogging on efl writing achievement. procedia – social and behavioral sciences, 199, 372-380. partnership for 21st century skills. (2006). a state leader’s action guide to 21st century skills: a new vision for education. tuczon, az: partnership for 21st century skills. puentedura, r. (2014). learning technology and the samr model: goals, processes, and practice. retrieved from http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/201 4/06/29/ learningtechnologysamrmodel.pdf. richards, j. c., & renandya, w. a. (2002). methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. saeed, n. (2009). emerging web technologies in higher education: a case of incorporating blogs, podcasts and social bookmarks in a web programming course based on students' learning styles and technology preferences. retrieved from http://www.ifets.info/journals/12_4/9.pdf. said, n. e. m., yunus, m., doring, l. k., asmi, a., aqilah, f., & li, l. k. s. (2013). blogging to enhance writing skills: a survey of students’ perception and attitude. asian social science, 9(16), 95-101. spady, w. g. (1994). outcome-based education: critical issues and answers. arlington, va: american association of school administrators. sun, y. c. (2010). extensive writing in foreignlanguage classrooms: a blogging approach. innovations in education and teaching international, 47(3), 327-339. tillema, m. (2012). writing in first and second language: empirical studies on text quality and writing processes. the netherlands: lot. wang, q., & woo, h. (2010). investigating students’ critical thinking in weblogs: an exploratory study in a singapore secondary school. asia pacific education review, 11(4), 541-551. yunus, m. m., tuan, j. l. k., & salehi, h. (2013). using blogs to promote writing skill in esl classroom. recent advances in educational technology. proceedings of the 4th international conference on education and educational technologies (eet ’13), 109-113. zinger, l., & sinclair, a. (2013). using blogs to enhance student engagement and learning in the health sciences. contemporary issues in education research, 6(3), 349-352. https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/teaching-with-blogs/ https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/teaching-with-blogs/ http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/2014/06/29/ http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/2014/06/29/ romualdo a. mabuan using blogs in teaching tertiary esl writing 10 functions of language mixing in a business transaction talk english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee not careless butweak: languagemixing ofmalaysian chinese in a business transaction kuang ching hei department of english language, faculty of languages and linguistics, university of malaya, malaysia email: kuangch@um.edu.my maya khemlani david department of english language, faculty of languages and linguistics, university of malaya, malaysia email: mayadavid@yahoo.com apa citation: kuang, c. h. & david, m. k. (2015). not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 127-138 received: 11-04-2015 accepted: 26-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: language is an inevitable tool for business transactions and regardless of nationality, ethnicity, gender, religion, age and social class, interlocutors depend on it to conduct their daily dealings. in multilingual and multicultural malaysia, it is not uncommon to hear a business transaction being conducted in various languages depending on who the participants are and what the context involves. this study focussed on the phenomenon of language (code) mixing within a business transaction that involved four malaysians of chinese descent. the study aimed to detect at what level language mixing occurred and what their functions would be. data were video recorded and then transcribed verbatim. mandarin utterances were documented in chinese and han yu pin yin and provided with translations. utterances containing a mixture of languages were then extracted for analysis. findings suggest that language mixing occurred at the word, phrase, sentential and tag level. language mixing was applied as a strategy to sustain the conversation mainly because of the interlocutors’ weak proficiency in specific languages. it was also employed for various functions such as for distancing or narrowing the social status, making emphasis and projecting a higher personal identity. a follow up interview is required in order to verify the extent of the participants’ low or high proficiency level in the various languages used in this context. keywords: language mixing, malaysian, business transaction, communication introduction language is inherent in human lives and as a tool of communication, it enables human beings to convey their needs and deliver their messages cogently and coherently, wherever possible. in the malaysian context, using many languages within an interaction, hereby also termed as language mixing, is a common phenomenon (see morais, 1995; kuang, 1999; david, 2006; david, kuang, mclellan and faitmah, 2009; jariah, 2009; david and lim, 2009; powell, 2009; david and yoong, 2009). multilingual societies practise this phenomenon more often than kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction monolingual societies because of the existence of the many languages in their linguistic repertoire (holmes, 2001). consequently, language mixing becomes a habitual occurrence for multilingual speakers. malaysia comprises many ethnic groups with various cultural practices but the three dominant ethnic groups are the malays, chinese and indians. each of them has its own respective first language or l1. as a multicultural society, majority of the people in malaysia are also competent in using several other languages, at various proficiency levels, among themselves. of the languages most malaysians have in their linguistic repertoire, malay serves as the official and national language while english serves as the second most important language. both languages are taught and learnt at school from the age of seven until secondary school. this phenomenon helps to explain why many malaysians, particularly the generation between the ages of 20 to 40, are fairly articulate in both languages. nonetheless, malaysian speakers have varying degrees of proficiency ranging from very good and grammatical to poor phonological forms and grammatical structures. in oral communications, most malaysians are not particular about the level of proficiency as long as they can be understood. according to the current 6th prime minister, malaysia is the only multiracial country in the world which allows respective citizens’ vernacular languages like mandarin and tamil to be taught and learnt at school. in this country, parents have the option of sending their children to vernacular schools (primary only) so that their children are able to acquire their native language which may or may not be spoken at home. parents of other ethnic groups have been known to send their children to chinese vernacular schools so that their children can acquire mandarin. in such schools, children also learn malay and english simultaneously. the vernacular languages of mandarin and tamil are not as widely spoken as malay or english in this country probably because of the ethnic imbalance where there are more malays and possibly because english is still a language of prestige in this country. in addition to these four languages, of malay, english, mandarin and tamil, other varieties of malay (kedah, negeri sembilan, perak, johore, kelantan and terengganu) also exist side by side with common chinese dialects (cantonese, hokkien, hakka, teochew, and hainanese) as well as hindi, malayalam, and arabic. however, these varieties are dependent on topics of discussion, participants involved, context, situation and place. among the chinese dialects, cantonese is more widely used in the middle region of peninsular malaysia such as selangor and negeri sembilan whereas penang hokkien is more widely used in penang, kedah and perlis. southern hokkien is more prevalent in the southern towns of klang and johore while hakka, teochew and hainanese are dialects of minority chinese. they can only be heard in specific areas and among certain clans. the multilingual environment of malaysia, as described here, indicates that it is a multilingual society where speakers accommodate the use of many languages at any one time, depending on the participants, context, situation, and topics discussed. nevertheless, as many sociolinguists have indicated, multilingual speakers, i.e. those with more than two languages in their linguistic repertoire, tend to have one english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee dominant language thus, one particular language may prevail over the others at any one time during such interactions. sociolinguists also suggest that when participants use several languages at one time during an oral interaction, it is because they are not proficient in any of these languages well enough to sustain the conversation in just one specific language (hoffmann, 1991). others claim that participants with several languages in their linguistic repertoire do so because of certain reasons including the need to convey their message as effectively as possible. nonetheless, it is also possible that language mixing occurs because participants are careless (nortier, 2011) that is, unmindful, to the point of polluting their language by mixing it with other languages unwittingly. method for the purpose of extracting spoken data, this study uses a video camcorder as well as an audio recorder to record the business transaction which had occurred in a chinese tea shop in a major shopping mall in penang city. participants were told of the purpose of the recording and consent was given verbally. data were then transcribed verbatim with chinese and han yu pin yin. they were then translated into english. only data which contain mixing of languages are used for analysis. this paper attempts to locate two facets of language use: levels of language mixing and the functions of language mixing. the participants were three malaysian chinese adults between the ages of 25-30. the participants include one female from kuala lumpur, a city that uses more cantonese, one female from klang, a town which uses more southern hokkien and a male from kuala lumpur. the other participant is p, a male young person from penang city which uses mainly penang hokkien. results anddiscussion data extracted indicate that several levels of language mixing had occurred. these were classified accordingly. language mixing at the word level word level implies a change of language occurring through a change in the lexical item. examples are illustrated. example 1 turn speaker content 271 p 里面有 15 包咯 [li mian you shi wu bao lo]。 (lit. there are 15 packets lor.) 272 m 15包 [shi wu bao]。so…你们 packing这样是因为 package吧了 hor? [ni men packing zhe yang shi yin wei package ba le hor]? (lit. 15 packets. so, you pack like this because of this package only hor?.) in example 1, p had begun the conversation in mandarin and it was continued in the same language by the subsequent speaker, m. in between her utterance, however, an english adverb ‘so’ was inserted into m’s utterance at 272, after ‘shi wu bao’. this was used as a strategy to buy time (note the slight pause) before she asks in mandarin again ‘ni men’ (you all) and again, m uses the english word, ‘packing’ followed by ‘package’. m then ended the utterance with a hokkien tag ‘hor’. in this example, ‘so; was inserted to buy time whereas ‘packing’ and ‘package’ were interjected because of m’s low kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction proficiency in mandarin. m did not possess the mandarin equivalent for these two words. additionally, the hokkien tag ‘hor’ was inserted as a question form because of m’s habit as a hokkien speaker from klang. this use could depict m’s hokkien identity or it could be used as a means of narrowing the distance between herself and p who is also a hokkien speaker from penang. example 2 turn speaker content 328 p 洗杯 [xi bei]。 (lit. washing cups.) 329 m 哦 [o]。。。有什么 reason 的吗 [you shen me reason de ma]? (lit. oh, any reasons?) in this example, m asked p, the tea seller, his ‘reason’ for placing the used tea bags in a cup in 329. this is probably because m did not have the word in mandarin thereby indicating her weak proficiency. clearly, the word ‘reason’ was inserted so that m can convey her meaning more specifically to p, who is assumed here to be capable of understanding some words of english in this case. example 3 turn speaker content 305 m po an is going to er… give us some sample of the tea where you can try the detoxin flower tea and auto-de… we are going to try the…. 306 all (interrupted utterances) 307 g 叫他找你的那个做 sample, 然后 [jiao ta zhao ni de na ge zuo sample, ran hou…]。(lit. ask him to make yours as the sample, and then….) in example 3, the conversation commenced in english as is shown in 305 but when g responded, she had to use mandarin first, suggesting that it is her dominant language. however, the english word, ‘sample’ was introduced midway by g and this is probably because g is weak in mandarin and does not have the chinese equivalent ‘样本’ [yang ben]. in line with this, even if g had used the mandairn equivalent, she would not be understood by p, the salesperson, for two reasons: one it is not a commonly used term as most people would use ‘sample’ and two, p’s proficiency level in mandarin may not be adequate enough for him to understand the word. consequently, ‘sample’ is easier to use because it is also efficient and convenient. example 4 turn speaker content 308 p …星期日 [xing qi ri],(tr. sunday,) saturday, sunday lor. 309 m … saturday, sunday la. in example 4, the salesperson, p, spoke in mandarin possibly because it is his dominant language and possibly because he is not as confident in speaking english. however, in wanting to make an emphasis for his customers whom he knew were from kuala lumpur, p, somehow inserts two english words, ‘saturday’ and ‘sunday’ at the end of his utterance. it implies that as a weekend terminology, it is commonly understood. in this context, p appears to english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee be emphatic in his meaning. it is also possible that p was trying to raise his own social status among his customers who were from the capital city of kuala lumpur, thus more revered in status by those living in smaller cities like penang. example 5 turn speaker content 360 g 不要买一个这样的杯 [bu yao mai yi ge zhe yang de bei]? (lit. don't want to buy this type of cup?) 361 p ah…你冲那杯 [ni zhong na bei]。。。家里的 cup也可以啊 [jia li de cup ye ke yi a]。。。不要破裂出来吧了 [bu yao po lie chu lai ba liao]。 (lit. ah, you make, cup at home also can ah. just don't want a broken one only.) likewise in example 5, the conversation was conducted in mandarin as g uses mandarin in 360. speaker p then introduced a common chinese tag of ‘ah’ as an opening before he proceeded to using mandarin in 361. in this context, ‘ah’ is a common time staller used by speakers and within the same utterance, p also inadvertently usesd the english word, ‘cup’. as has been mentioned in the previous example, it is possible that p was aiming for solidarity so as to close this business transaction thus, he accommodated to the language dominance of his customers (m and g) by using some words of english. it is also possible that ‘cup’ was a much easier reference than a mandarin equivalent although this could not be ascertained without an interview. nonetheless, it is very likely that by using some english words, p had commanded the attention of his customers from kuala lumpur. example 6 turn speaker content 370 g 这个杯比较 [zhe ge bei bi jiao] elegant。 (lit. this cup is more elegant.) 371 m 这里有 [zhe li you] crack。 (lit. here has a crack.) in example 6, speaker g employed the same strategy as p did in example 5. g inserted the english word ‘elegant’ to describe the cup. her intention was clear, she did not have the proficiency level in mandarin thus, she relied on her dominant language, english. it is obvious that mandarin was used to some extent because g had some competence and this was more or less to ease the business transaction since it is very likely that p did not speak good english. while mandarin enabled g to engage p and to get closer and establish goodwill and support with p, the english insertion allowed her to convey her meaning more clearly. thus, the word ‘elegant’ was used as a reference to describe the package instead of the chinese equivalent “高贵” [gao gui]. similarly, m, who appeared to be less proficient in mandarin also posed some simple utterance in mandarin in 371 but due to her inadequate mandarin, m had to rely on an english word, ‘crack’ to convey what she meant exactly. language mixing at the phrase level where a speaker inserts an expression or anything that is more than two words, it is classified as a phrase. this may occur within an utterance or at another turn. a number of instances were detected. kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction example 7 turn speaker content 413 m the smell… bau meh? tak bau? (lit. the smell, got smell? no smell?) 414 g 有 [you] meh? tak bau. (lit. got meh? no smell.) 415 m 我 [wo] scared倒掉 [dao diao]。 (lit. i'm scare it'll spill.) in example 7, there were instances of language mixing appearing at word, phrase and tag level. however, in the context of this analysis, only mixing of two words or more were extractesd for analysis. clearly, the conversation had begun at 413 in english by m who seemed more proficient in english than in mandarin as the earlier analysis suggests. however, midway in her utterance, she inserted a malay word ‘bau’ which she appeared to be asking as a question through ‘meh’. as if talking to herself, m then asked in malay, the national language, ‘tak bau’ which means ‘didn’t smell?’ in this instance of language mixing, it appeared that m was trying to distance herself and her friend, g, from the salesperson p, who was in the vicinity of the business transaction. this was done by referring to a third language, malay. it is as if m was asking her friend, g in secrecy through malay, ‘tak bau’ in relation to the aroma/smell of the tea. when g heard this, she responded first in her dominant language, mandarin, ‘you meh’ before she replied ‘tak bau’, accommodating to m. this strategy suggests that g was accommodating m as well as distancing p. example 8 turn speaker content 312 p 如果有 public holiday 的话,有 public holiday 的价咯 [ru guo you public holiday de hua, you public holiday de jian lo]。 (lit. if there is public holiday, then use public holiday rate lo.) 313 g 一百吗 [yi bai ma]? (lit. one hundred?) in this example, speaker p introduced the english phrase ‘public holiday’ within an utterance that had begun in mandarin. the same phrase was repeated. this occurrence signified that ‘public holiday’ was a catch phrase that anybody would know and understand. thus, the language switch may have been an unconscious effort developed by p. in this context, it had probably occurred as a result of habitual use. example 9 turn speaker content 371 m 这里有 [zhe li you] crack。 (lit. here has a crack.) 372 g 是 [shi] meh?...不是 crack来的是吗 [bu shi crack lai de shi ma]。 (lit. ya meh? not crack, isn't it?) 373 m 这个比较 [zhe ge bi jiao] low quality。 (lit. this is a little low quality) (looking at the camera person)we're still waiting. in this example, speaker m began the utterance in mandarin then inserted an english word, ‘crack’. the conversation was picked up by g who asked for the assurance of the ‘crack’ in 372 and by the next turn (373), m intercepted the conversation by adding that the cups in discussion were of ‘low english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee quality’ in comparison to others. this insertion was clearly an indication of m’s weak proficiency in mandarin because she did not know the mandarin equivalent for the phrase ‘low quality’. it is possible that m was trying to assert her higher status as a buyer of the tea as well as her regional origin, kuala lumpur. it may also be possible that it was a ploy to carry on a ‘secretive dialogue’ with g. this needs to be verified further through an interview. example 10 turn speaker content 377 g wait huh… 378 h 我们做 kei le fei 是不是要给钱 [wo men zuo kei le fei shi bu shi yao gei qian]? (lit. we should be paid for being screen actresses right?) 379 g 是咯 [shi lo]。。。 (lit. ya lor.) malaysian speakers of chinese descent seem to be linguistically diverse. in this example, speaker g used english as a simple caution to request m to wait and m inserted an entire phrase from cantonese, ‘kei le fei’ which means small supporting actors in cantonese, to indulge in being ‘sarcastic’. in this regard, h initiated a new topic of discussion in 378 by using cantonese which was also a common dialect most chinese people from kuala lumopur would use. it is possible that since the interlocutors m, g and h were from kuala lumpur, they were simply making efforts to feel at home by using cantonese. in other words, speaker h may have used it because there was no equivalent word for ‘kei le fei’ in mandarin or even english. the term ‘kei le fei’ was borrowed from hong kong dramas and movies. it is a commonly used term to refer to small and unimportant people. example 11 turn speaker content 427 m slimming tea…瘦身茶 [shou shen cha]。 (tr. slimming tea.) 428 h 你还不够瘦啊 [ni hai bu gou shou a]? nak kurus lagi? (lit. you're not slim enough ah? want to slim more?) in this example, it is noted that three languages were used simultaneously by the two speakers, m and h. speaker m started the conversation in english, her dominat language and she repeated the term in mandarin which was then picked up by h who asked m in mandarin ‘ni hai bu gou shou a?’ for some reason, h asked m in malay the same question, ‘nak kurus lagi?’ which means “you want to be slimmer?” the turn where h shifted to malay was considered a communicative strategy that was deployed as humour. clearly, m also understood the malay reference and so when h was aiming to exclude p, the salesperson, h teased m in malay to make fun of her and to attract her attention and reaction. while this was going on, it is probable that p, the salesperson was in the dark. this indicates that a change in the language was to distance the salesperson, p. kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction example 12 turn speaker content 492 h smell? 493 m yeah,对 [dui], the aroma香味比较香 [xiang wei bi jiao xiang]。 那个就 [na ge jiu]。(lit. yeah, right.) in example 12, speaker m was connecting the english phrase, “the aroma” to the previous speaker’s language choice of “smell” possibly, to convey a more exact meaning. m repeated the same phrase in english and later in mandarin as a way to reiterate her point. her intention was to correct h’s language choice but she wanted to do it without imposing too much offence. example 13 turn speaker content 548 p 这种比较好咯。。。因为 teh boh,它是有 caffeine 的 [zhe zhong bi jiao hao lo… yin wei teh boh, ta shi you caffeine de]。 (lit. this type is better lor, because boh the, it has caffeine.) 549 m 那边卖 tea,那边也是 natural tea嘛 [na bian mai tea, na bian ye shi natural tea ma]。 (lit. there sells tea also natural tea mah.) in this example, speaker m used the english word, “tea” and “natural tea” due to habit. she inserted the word or the phrase that had been predominantly used in her family at home (she admits to this in a casual talk). m claimed that she had not been aware of the mixing of languages. nevertheless, in this example, it is possible that the mandarin equivalent for ‘tea’ may be varied as it is more natural to say “tea leaves”茶叶 [cha ye] or “natural tea leaves”天然茶叶 [tian ran cha ye] unlike in malaysia, where people tend to just say “tea” or “natural tea”. from this example, it is deduced that m used the english phrases for her own convenience. example 14 turn speaker content 628 m second choice呢 [ne]? (lit. how about second choice?) 629 p second choice,如果没有钱就换了 [ru guo mei wei qian jiu huan liao]。 (lit. second choice, if no money will change.) in example 14, speaker p was converging to the language choice of speaker m who had begun the utterance in english. this was possibly done to accommodate to his customer, as a means of establishing goodwill and support, knowing that the customer would be more inclined towards using english, as they were from kuala lumpur. the switch thus developed by p contained a mixture of mandarin and english. this is done probably because mandarin was p’s dominant language. this occurrence suggests that language mixing took place to help sustain p’s low proficiency in english. example 15 turn speaker content 635 p 除非我成绩很好 [chu fei wo cheng ji hen hao]。。。 (lit. unless my result is very good.) 636 m spm result拿多少 [na duo shao]? (lit. how was the spm result?) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in example 15, p was referring to his academic results ‘spm’ (a major secondary examination in malaysia) in 635 where he said that his result was not up to expectations, i.e. not good. in her desire to knowmore, m then asked p in english, ‘spm result’ ‘na duo shao’ which means how well did you do in your spm. this shift from english to mandarin was to accommodate p’s language choice. however, in using the english phrase of ‘spm result’, it appears that m had used it as an inevitable choice as there was no other way of saying it as malaysians know what ‘spm result’ refers to. in this case, spm refers to a particular examination which all malaysians high schoolers need to take before they proceed to pre-university level. language mixing at the sentential level in a conversation including a business transaction where speakers take turns to talk, language mixing may also occur at the sentential level where a speaker changes from speaking language a to using language b with another speaker. this may also occur when a speaker uses language a but his/her interlocutor responds in language b. example 16 turn speaker content 290 g 是要买一个 20 set 的哦 [shi yao mai yi ge 20 set [sets] de o]。(lit. need to buy 1 whole 20 sets oh.) 291 m 够了啦。这个啦 [gou liao la. zhe ge la]。(lit. enough lar. this one lar.) 292 h are you sure want to buy ah? 293 m yes. this is for slimming actually, and according to the shopkeeper, not only... in this example, speaker g and m were discussing in mandarin when h interjected by switching to english. it was a way to distance the salesperson, p, from understanding their conversation. speaker m used english because h was using english, so speech convergence is happening here. example 17 turn speaker content 298 p 这个排毒的茶 [zhe ge pai du de cha]。 (lit. this is a detoxifying tea.) 299 m 这个花茶 [zhe ge hua cha]。。。 (lit. this is a flower tea.) (negotiating with the salesperson) we are now trying to er… what is your name ah? 姓什么啊 [xing shen me a]? (lit. surname ah?) in this example, speaker m wass probably trying to garner support from her friends as well as to obtain more information. m was possibly also trying to assert her authority as someone who is older than p by using english and here, she used the pronoun, ‘we’ to display her desire. example 18 turn speaker content 349 p 100磅大概。两个月啦 [yi bai bang da gai… liang ge yue la]。 (lit. 100 pound about… 2 months time lar.) 350 m smell like chrysanthemum… smell like chrysanthemum… 351 g 会很难讲的 [hui hen nan jiang de]。 (lit. will be very hard to say.) 352 p 会难讲 [hui nan jiang]…那个是 [na ge shi] uh… (lit. hard to say that…) kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction example 20 turn speaker content 367 p 等到有味道出来 [deng dao wei dao chu lai]。。。 (lit. wait until the smell comes out.) 368 m oh… for the smell to come out. example 21 turn speaker content 386 g 应该跟她讲钱 huh [ying gai geng ta jiang qian]… (lit. should ask her for money.) 387 m ya la! 388 m charge, charge! extra charge! in examples 18, 20 and 21, language mixing was apparent as the switch was made very clearly by the subsequent speaker in the conversation. in example 18 for example, when speaker m spoke in an english utterance in 350, she was doing it to project her own identity since she was from kuala lumpur. the same strategy occurred in example 20 when m again used an english utterance to elevate her personal status in p’s eyes. however, in example 21, when g asked in mandarin whether she shoud ask for money, m reiterated the stand by validating with ‘ya la’ which was neither english nor malay because the ‘ya’ could mean english for yes or it could be a malay ‘ya’ which means yes while ‘la’ is just a particle malaysians use to assert a meaning. it also seems that a switch frommandairn to english allowed the speakers to express their attitude about a sensitive matter such as money, thereby making the issue less sensitive. from the previous analysis shown above, it had been revealed that speaker m seemed to have english and southern hokkien as her dominant languages thus, in her moment of appreciating the tea, she had just broken into english to convey her meaning as is shown in 368, 387 and 388. example 19 turn speaker content 363 p ah… 大概 3 分钟、 4 分钟这样 [da gai 3 fen zhong, 4 feng zhong zhe yang]。 (lit. ah, about 3 minutes, 4 minutes this way.) 364 m we have to wait for 3 to 4 minute… likewise in example 19, speaker m soke in english after a mandarin utterance was initiated by p. this occurrence seems to suggest that m was trying to ease the communication by talking to herself in english in 364. conclusion analysis of data suggests that language mixing constantly occurs within utterances made by malaysian participants of chinese descent, particularly those from kuala lumpur. data illustrate that the participants used more chinese which encompass mandarin, hokkien and cantonese in their conversations. however, despite that, they were generally weak or have low proficiency in their chinese, hence, they were prone to mixing their conversations which had started in mandarin with other languages like english and malay. this was accomplished either by inserting single english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee lexical items which may appear at the beginning, middle or end of the utterances or by inserting phrases or complete sentences within the conversation. generally, tags taken from cantonese or hokkien served as a language mixing feature too but usually at the end of the utterance. where necessary and when incapacitated by a lack of their own proficiency in mandarin or due to habitual usage, these participants may also insert phrases within a predominantly mandarin utterance. nonetheless, where sentential mixing occurs, it appears that the participants were clearly switching languages such as by using mandarin then mixing it with a complete utterance in english or malay and vice versa. while some instances were meant to project an individual’s personal status other instances seemed like a thinkaloud strategy. as a final analysis, the functions executed by the language mixing instances suggest a number of things. first and foremost language mixing is a common phenomenon in malaysian interactions as seen in a business transaction involving malaysian speakers of chinese descent. in fact, among chinese speakers, malay could serve as a common language of use too. the other functions of language mixing seem to indicate that speakers mix their languages not because they were careless or unaware of their mixing. in fact, malaysian speakers of chinese descent mix their languages for the following reasons: 1) when they were less competent in one language; 2) when they want to convey their message more clearly and more significantly; 3) when they want to exclude or include solidarity; 4) when they want to make an emphasis, 5) when they want to display their social status as higher, 6) when they want to create a certain communicative effect and 7) when it suits their convenience such as thinking– aloud. . this paper has presented the findings of one episode of a business transaction talk where four speakers of chinese descent were involved. the analysis indicates that language mixing occurs frequently and often involves three to four levels encompassing the word, phrase, sentential and tag level. this paper has also highlighted that malaysians of chinese descent mix languages involving mandarin, english, cantonese, hokkien and malay. it is possible that malay, as a language learnt at school, was more accessible but tamil was clearly, a language that was not in their repertoire. nonetheless, this study is restricted to only four speakers and one business transaction. this gap can be widened in future studies in order to be able to make generalisations. moreover, to validate the analysis, that the speakers were weak in their respective languages, an interview should be conducted. acknowledgement we would like to thank ms ng siok hiong, a former masters student, for her data. references david, m.k. (2006). language choices in sindhi family. in m. k. david (ed.). language choices and discourse of malaysian family: case studies of families in kuala lumpur, malaysia. petaling jaya: strategic information and research development centre. 3-21. david, m.k. and lim c.y. (2009) language choices of malaysian youth in and out of the classroom. in m.k. david, j. mclellan, s. rafik-galea and a. n. abdullah (eds). code-switching in kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction malaysia. frankfurt: peter lang. 97108. david, m.k. and yoong, d. (2009). code switching in eldercare. in m.k. david, j.mclellan and a. n. abdullah (eds.). code switching in malaysia. frankfurt: peter lang. 135-168. david, m.k., kuang, c.h., mclellan, j. and fatimah h. (2009). functions of code switching in the family domain in malaysia. in m.k. david, j. mclellan, s. rafikgalea and a. n. abdullah (eds.). code switching in malaysia. frankfurt: peter lang. 3-28. hoffmann, c. (1991). an introduction to bilingualism. london: longman. holmes, j. (2001). introduction to sociolinguistics. london: pearson education limited. jariah, m.j. (2009). code-switching for power wielding: children’s discourse in a malaysian family. in m.k.david, s. rafik-galea, j. mclellan and a. n. abdullah (eds.) code-switching in malaysia. frankfurt-am-main, germany: peter lang. 29-48. kuang, c.h. (1999). factors affecting code switching: a case study of a chinese family in petaling jaya. jurnal bahasa moden, 13, 77-90. morais, e. (1995). codeswitching in malaysian business and its roles in the management of conflict. jurnal bahasa moden, 9, 29-48. nortier, j. (2011). code switching is much more than being careless. multilingual living. retrieved july 6, 2015 from http://www.multilingualliving.com/ wordpress/wpcontent/uploads/2011/05/257462843 8_34acc2840f.jpg powell, r. (2009). ‘adr in multilingual context: language policy and language choice in malaysian mediation and arbitration’. paper presented in law and society association annual conference, may 28-31, 2009. denver, colorado. http://www.multilingualliving.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/2574628438_34acc2840f.jpg english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 143 implementing advertisement for improving students’ understanding of politeness and gender vina fathira english letters department, stiba persada bunda pekanbaru, indonesia email: vinafathira@gmail.com; vinafathira@persadabunda.ac.id silvia utami english letters department, stiba persada bunda pekanbaru, indonesia email: silvia.utami@persadabunda.ac.id apa citation: fathira, v., & utami, s. (2019). implementing advertisement for improving students‟ understanding of politeness and gender. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 143-150. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1460. received: 29-01-2019 accepted: 22-04-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: this research was based on students‟ difficulties in understanding the concept of politeness and gender. advertisement can be one of the alternative techniques to improve students‟ understanding on the concept of politeness and gender. this study aims at improving students‟ understanding of politeness and gender and finding the factors influencing the improvement. this classroom action research involved ten third-year-students at stiba persada bunda pekanbaru. the data collection techniques used were tests, fieldnotes, observation, and interview. the results showed that students‟ understanding of politeness and gender significantly improved after applying advertisements in the teaching and learning process in which the students‟ understanding which were at the low level category increases to the good level category. some factors affecting the students‟ improvement were students‟ active participation in obtaining information and students‟ enthusiasm during the learning process. in conclusion, the implementation of advertisements can improve students‟ understanding of politeness and gender concepts. keywords: advertisement; negative and positive face; politeness and gender; politeness strategies; sociolinguistic; women’s language. introduction media like advertisements are familiar to the students nowadays. as the technology is growing, the social media has become the routine to everyone; the students are seen addicted to the gadget (siddiqui & singh, 2016). in advertisement, advertising can be divided in animation, videos, and moving pictures (harfoushi et al., 2016). in this research, the researchers took internet advertisements, since advertisements related to electronic items were more factual than non-electronic items (bansal & gupta 2014). advertsing language is the language that can persuade and provoke society‟s opinion to certain purposes of an advertisement (stamatelou, 2015). sociolingustics is a branch of linguistics that studies a relationship between language and society (holmes & wilson, 2017). meanwhile, literally, sociolinguistics is the study of the way language is affected by differences in social class, region, sex and so on (hornby, 2018). actually, sociolinguistic is a subject which is easy to understand since it is related to the social environment. however, the students always felt difficult to understand such definitions and examples given in the text book. one of the materials in sociolinguistics that is considered difficult is the concept of politeness and gender. according to holmes and wilson (2017), polite includes talking to others in an appropiate way. politeness is the basic point to asses‟ someone‟s habit to others to be accepted and approved by others as part of habits of norms (culpeper, haugh & kádár, 2017). in politeness concept, there is a concept of face proposed by brown and levinson. according to them, face consists of two parts, namely positive and negative face (pangestuti, 2015; wardhaugh & fuller, 2014). positive face is a concept of politeness theory that relates to someone‟s willingness to be approved and admired by others (hameed, 2010; wardhaugh & fuller, 2015). meanwhile, negative face is a term of politeness theory that relates to someone‟s unwillingness to be approved and admired by others (wardhaugh & fuller, 2015). in brown and levinson‟s theory, there are some strategies used in politeness, namely bald vina fathira & silvia utami implementing advertisement for improving students’ understanding of politeness and gender 144 on-record strategy, positive politeness strategy, negative politeness strategy, and off-record indirect strategy (karimkhanlooei & vaezi, 2017; pangestuti, 2015). different from the concept of politeness, the concept of gender cannot be easily defined as a social construction of identity that relates to the thought of biological category of “sex”, but it frequently discussess about „masculinity‟ and „feminity‟ that in opposite with „male‟ and „female‟ (meyerhoff, 2018; strumska-cylwik & ibrahim, 2014). however, the concept of gender related to linguistic aspect is defined as linguistic features in conncetion with the way of a group or certain gender in speaking (wardhaugh & fuller, 2015). in line with this, culpeper, haugh and kádár (2017) define gender as an assumption or thought about the differences of men and women habits. the term gender is social and cultural category (hornby, 2018). as stated by holmes and wilson (2017), the concept of gender focuses on description of habitual utterances of masculine and feminism, in certain scale not in absolute category. the differences of it can be seen in the features of women‟s language by lakoff‟s theory. based on lakoff‟s theory, there are 10 features of women‟s language (2013). thus, the aims of the research were to find out the improvement of students‟ ability and to identify the factors affecting the improvement of students‟ ability at stiba persada bunda pekanbaru in understanding politeness and gender concept of sociolinguistic subject by implementing advertisement as media in the teaching and learning process. method this classroom action research was started by preliminary study, such as gaining information concerning students‟ understanding of politeness and gender concept. after doing the preliminary study, the researchers did some stages, including planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. this research was conducted at stiba persada bunda. the participants of this research were the third year students of stiba persada persada bunda in the academic year of 2017/2018 attending sociolinguistic subject. the data collection techniques used were tests, fieldnotes, observation, and interview. to obtain data related to students‟ understanding of politeness and gender concept, the students were asked to answer a set of multiple choice questions after watching two videos of advertisements relating to politeness and gender. the test aims to evaluate the improvement of the students‟ ability in understanding politeness and gender concept by using media of advertisement. then, the researcher and collaborator wrote students‟ activities by using fieldnotes and obeservation checklist. after that, the researchers conducted interview to all students to obtain data about the factors affecting the improvement of the students‟ ability in understanding politeness and gender concept. after collecting the data, the researchers evaluate and analyze post-test by counting the number of correct answers and calculating it to the final score (post-test) of each student. table 1. score range and category no. range score category 1 80-100 very good 2 65-79 good 3 55-64 fairly good 4 <55 poor (taken from: persada bunda score range) results and discussion this section generally describes the aforementioned stages done which include planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. the stages were done in 5 meetings. besides, there was 1 meeting for pre-test and 1 meeting for post-test. meeting for pre-test in this meeting, the researcher did a pre-test to the students. the test aims to know the students‟ ability in understanding the concept of politeness and gender. the test showed that the students‟ ability in understanding the concept of politeness and gender was in poor category in which the students‟ score was 51.49. the result of the 1 st meeting previously, the researchers had been looking for information about the students‟ ability in understanding the concept of politeness and gender. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 145 then, at this first meeting, the teaching-learning process was preceded by an introduction to the students about the concept of politeness and gender. here, the researchers asked questions related to the concept of politeness and gender. after that, the researchers gave the examples of the concept of politeness and gender to the students. moreover, the students were asked to give other examples of politeness and gender. the researchers asked students to write down everything that belongs to the features of women‟s language from lakoff theory. the result of the 2 nd meeting in the second meeting, the researchers explained the concept of politeness and gender by using advertisement. first, the researchers introduced the advertisement media in the form of videos with duration lenght about 2-3 minutes which consisted of linguistic feature of women‟s language. after that, the researchers asked students in pairs to watch carefully and take a note as much as possible indicating politeness and gender. besides, the students were also asked to determine the linguistic features of women‟s language, negative or positive face, and the politeness strategy appeared in the first advertisements. then, the researchers asked students to watch again the advertisement and another advertisement at home as individual assignment by focusing on the aspects, like women‟s language, negative face or positive face, and politeness strategy existed in the advertisements. the assignment must be written per point by showing the utterances that met the features of women‟s language based on lakoff's theory. the result of the 3 rd meeting in the third meeting, the students were asked to submit the assignments given at the previous meeting. after that, the researchers gave response to the results of students‟ assignments by explaining the fetaures of women‟s language of each point that students found, the existence of negative or positive face on the advertisements, and the politeness strategy. after giving comments and inputs towards the students‟ assignments, the researchers instructed students to think of their mistakes by watching the advertisement back, paid attention to the utterances, and the politeness and gender concept well. this process aimed to eliminate misunderstandings in understanding the features of women‟s language, the existance of negative or positive face on the advertisement, and the politeness strategy appeared in advertisement. the result of the 4 th meeting in the fourth meeting, the teaching-learning process focused on showing the results of the two advertisements that had been observed previously. it could be an overview to make students more understand about what they did. in this meeting, the students were asked to show their assignments in front of the class. the result of the 5 th meeting in this meeting, the researcher and collaborator grade the students‟ work related to their understanding of the ten features of woman‟s language, namely; a) lexical hedges or fillers, b) tag questions, c) rising intonations on declaratives, d) „empty‟ adjectives, e) precise color teams, f) intensifiers, such as just and so, g) „hypercorrect‟ grammar, h) „superpolite‟ forms, i) avoidance of strong swears words, and j) emphatic stress. in addition, the advertisement was analyzed to find out the positive face, negative face and politeness with regard to some strategies, such as: a) bald on-record strategy, b) positive politeness strategy, c) negative politeness strategy, and d) off-record indirect strategy. based on these points, the students had obtained enough information regarding the politeness and gender concept existed in advertisement. from these components, the researcher grade and convert the students‟ result by looking at the score range category. meeting for post-test in the last meeting, the post-test was conducted by asking the students to to analyze two different advertisements with longer duration (3 minutes). this test was conducted to measure the students‟ imporvement in understanding the concept of politeness and gender. the post-test result is presented in table 2. table 2. the post test result no. score category 1 65,4 good 2 69,2 good 3 69,2 good 4 61,5 good 5 69,2 good vina fathira & silvia utami implementing advertisement for improving students’ understanding of politeness and gender 146 6 73,1 good 7 73,1 good 8 73,1 good 9 88,5 very good 10 88,5 very good mean = 73,08 good students’ achievement based on the analysis, it was found that the mean score from the pre-test was 51.49 which belonged to the poor category. however, after conducting the research by using advertisements for five meetings (1 cycle), the students‟ mean score was significantly increases. the mean score was 73.08 which belonged to the good category. figure 2. the result of post-test moreover, the researcher found that the students have lack of understanding about the concept of politeness and gender that could be seen from the resut of pre-test. most students got low score that categorized as poor with percentage of 90%. meanwhile, one student was categorized as fairly good with percentage of 10%. the result can be seen in table 3. table 3. the result of pre-test no score category 1. 61,5 fairly good 2 46,1 poor 3 53,8 poor 4 46,1 poor 5 53,8 poor 6 53,8 poor 7 53,8 poor 8 46,1 poor 9 53,8 poor 10 46,1 poor mean score =51,49 poor the scores obtained from the correct answer is divided by the number of questions then multiplied by 10. from the data above, it can be seen that only one student who got fairly good with score 61.5. meanwhile, nine students were categorized as poor, as depicted below. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 147 figure 3. the result of pre-test from figure 3, it can be seen that there were four students who got 46.1 and five students got 53.8. then, the cycle test found that the students‟ mean score was categorized as good. it showed that 8 out of 10 students had good category and 2 students had very good category. it was significantly increases than the pre-test in which one student had fairly good result out of 10 students, while 9 students were categorized as poor. the comparison of students‟ score in the pre-test and post-test is shown in table 3. table 3. the comparison of students’ score referring to the table, the result of cycle test after using advertisement to improve students‟ understanding towards the concept of politeness and gender based on the components can be seen clearly in the following diagram. in this diagram, the researchers described both tests and the improvement of the cycle test compared to the pre-test. figure 4. the result of students’ post-test in each component no test total of participant category 1. pre-test 1 fairly good 9 poor 2. post-test 2 very good 8 good vina fathira & silvia utami implementing advertisement for improving students’ understanding of politeness and gender 148 figure 4 showed that the result of students‟ cycle test was satisfactory. the components assessed are politeness strategy, positive or negative face that represented the concept of politeness, and the features of woman‟s language that represented the concept of gender. figure 4 showed that the score from these components was fairly good. the cycle test result from the features of woman‟s language that represented the concept of gender was categorized as very good with the score of 72.5. then, the two components, politeness strategy and positive or negative face, that represented the concept of politeness showed fairly good scores. on the positive or negative face components, the score of cycle test was categorized as very good with the score of 85. then, in the component of politeness strategy, the score of the cycle test was 55 which categorized as fairly good. figure 5. the result of students’ pre-test in each component the two figures above showed the students‟ improvement that can be seen from the score of each component. on the component of the features of women‟s language (gender), the score in the pre-test showed 52 with "low" category (poor). this score was significantly increases with a better score of 72.5 on the "very good" category in the cycle test. on the positive face and negative face components, the score of the pre-test showed 50 with "low" category (poor). this score was also significantly increases with a better score of 85 categorized as “very good”. on the component of politeness strategy, the score in pre-test showed 30 with “low” category (poor) and significantly increased to 55 with “fairly good” category. based on the data, it was clear that the scores from each component showed significant increases. the increase was a student achievement from the pre-test results to the cycle test. the students‟ cycle test score was much higher than the pre-test score. thus, it can be concluded that there has been an increase in students‟ ability in understanding the concept of politeness and gender by using media of advertisement. in other words, it can be argued that the implementation of media of advertisement can help students to better understand the concept of politeness and gender. factors influencing students’ improvement furthermore, based on observation, it was found that every stage of this research was well done by students. then, during the interview, information was found that most students were active in obtaining information and enjoyed during the learning process. however, there was one student who was bored due to the length of time in the advertisement and the topic of advertisement that the student did not like. it showed that there were other factors that influence the student's understanding in the concept of politeness and genders and the factors that affected the student in the activity during learning process other than the test results. based on the results obtained in this first cycle, the researcher stated that the students‟ ability in understanding the concept of politeness and gender with the implementation of media of advertisement in sociolinguistic class was english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 149 categorized into good category. therefore, the researcher decided not to continue the research into the next cycle because of the discovery of the suitability between the achievement and the specified successfull criteria. conclusion based on the data analysis, it can be concluded that the implementation of advertisement media can improve students‟ understanding of the concept of politeness and gender. first, the students‟ mean score was 73.08 is categorized into the good category. this is based on ranges of 65-79 that categorized as "good". second, the factors that influenced the improvement of students in understanding the concept of politeness and gender are the students feel interested by using this advertisement. in addition, the students are active and enthusiastic in determining the concept of politeness and gender in sociolinguistic studies which are usually boring. third, only a few students get bad scores. this happened due to the duration of the advertisements that was too long causing a small number of students feel tired dan being sleepy when watching the advertisements on cycle tests with a duration of 2 (two) minutes and 3 (three) minutes. fourth, in this research, only some features of lakoff's theories of women‟s language are found in advertisements so that students sometimes still feel hesitant about the results. this is in line with the research conducted by aini (2016). fifth, generally, media of advertisement often use a similar strategy, like a positive politeness strategy which is in line with the findings of pangestuti (2015), elmianvari and kheirabadi (2015), and wambui (2014) which used a positive politeness strategy. sixth, in relation to the results of the above points (point 5), the researcher then conduct a qualitative research that focuses on the concept of politeness with deeper analysis. seventh, the future researcher needs to explore non-video media of advertisement regarding to the same concept of politeness and gender. acknowledgments the team is very grateful to kemenristekdikti which in this occasion gives researchers the opportunity to publish the research findings to an accredited journal. the findings of this study are part of hibah dikti, namely penelitian dosen pemula 2018. in addition, researchers thank the team member and research assistants who have been actively involved in the completion of this research. references aini, l. m. (2016). women language used by the main characters of “mockingjay” movie. unpublishedthesis. english language and letters department: maulana malik ibrahim state islamic university of malang. bansal, m., & gupta, s. (2014). impact of newspaper advertisement on consumer behavior. global journal of finance and management, 6(7), 669674. culpeper, j., haugh, m., & kádár, d. z. (eds). (2017). the palgrave handbook of linguistic (im)politeness. london: palgrave macmillan. elmianvari & kheirabadi. (2015). the study of efl students‟ requests based on politeness theory. journal of language teaching and research, 4(2), 375-385. hameed, w. q. (2010). the impact of gender in determining politeness strategy with reference to iraqi students of english. journal of the college of arts, 54(2), 38-56. harfoushi o., alfawwaz, b., obeidat, b., obeidat, r., & faris, h. (2013). impact of internet advertisement and its features on e-commerce retail sales: evidence from europe. journal of software engineering and applications, 6, 564570. holmes, j., & wilson, n. (2017). learning about language: an introduction to sociolinguistics. essex: pearson education ltd. hornby, a. s. (2018). oxford learners’ dictionary (online). retrieved from https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/defi nition/english/a-s-hornby. karimkhanlooei, g., & vaezi, n. (2017). politeness strategies in written communications: the issue of iranian efl learners. jolace: journal of language and cultural education, 5(3), 108126. doi: 10.1515/jolace-2017-0031. meyerhoff, m. (2018). introducing sociolinguistics (3rd ed.). new york: routledge. pangestuti, w. (2015). politeness strategies used by deddy corbuzier in interviewing entertainer and nonentertainer in “hitam putih” talk show. unpublished thesis. english department: university of diponegoro. siddiqui, s., & singh, t. t. (2016). social media and its impact with positive and negative aspects. international journal of computer applications technology and research, 5(2), 71-75. stamatelou, m. (2015). a reflection on the use of advertisements in enabling language learning in the efl classroom. elted, 17, 27-34. strumska-cylwik, l., & ibrahim, f. (2014). gender relationship and media language: a comparative study of print media in poland and malaysia. vina fathira & silvia utami implementing advertisement for improving students’ understanding of politeness and gender 150 international journal of arts & sciences, 7(5), 647–682. wambui, n. s. (2014). linguistic politeness strategies in bank advertisements: a case study of kenya commercial bank. unpublished thesis. department of linguistics and languages: university of nairobi. wardhaugh, r., & fuller, j. m. (2015). an introduction to sociolinguistics (7th ed.). oxford: wiley blackwell. andang saehu an analysis of english thesis writing 84 an analysis of english thesis writing: a case study of english department of uin sunan gunung djati bandung andang saehu department of english education, faculty of education, islamic state university of sunan gunung djati bandung, indonesia e-mail: andangsaehu@gmail.com apa citation: saehu, a. (2013). an analysis of english thesis writing: a case study of english department of uin sunan gunung djati bandung. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 84-91 received: 09-07-2013 accepted: 30-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this is a report of a study designed to examine the process of thesis—a final (researchbased) paper for undergrads prior to academic completion—writing of english department students who graduated in academic year 2007/2008. using a descriptive method, this case study aimed to describe the stages, to identify the problems, and to explore the techniques of solving problems used by respondents in the thesis writing by involving six students who had engaged in writing and research project course. the data concerning writing stages, problems, and coping with strategies were collected by using questionnaires, interviews, and documentation (thesis). the results showed that all participants went through the thesis writing stages determined by faculty of adab of uin sunan gunung djati, bandung, namely: 1) starting process; 2) researching; 3) reporting; and 4) doing consultation. these also showed that all respondents encountered: 1) procedural problems, which were likely to be the major problems shared by all respondents; 2) academic problems; and 3) nonacademic problems. however, whatever problems they dealt with, each of them had his/ her own strategies to cope with. the procedural and academic problems were coped with by reading, doing consultation, and peer-collaboration. meanwhile, non-academic problems were solved by having a rest and managing time. keywords: analysis, thesis, stages, problems, and solutions introduction being able to graduate from a university is a wish of most undergraduate students because those who have graduated show that they have been able to pass the most difficult work, namely, research paper (henceforth, it is called as thesis) writing. in writing thesis is not as easy as writing a diary; in fact, it is about a gate of graduation (alwasilah & alwasilah 2005). those who are able to pass the gate mean that they have performed several such stages of study as finding a topic, proposing a problem, defending the proposed problem, as the starting point, to a supervisor or academic committee to convince that the topic chosen sounds well and to gain approval to proceed with the actual research (brotowidjoyo, 1997); researching; and reporting research (reid 1993). the problem is that it is hardly easy to write an understandable research report. it means that research is not complete until the researchers have summarized and presented the work in such a manner that others in their field can understand and reproduce all they have accomplished (brotowidjoyo 1997). considering this, viewed from the duration of learning english, students are seemingly able to write well because they have been studying english since they were at the first grade of junior high school to university 85 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee level. however, it was surprising when i saw some smart students who were initially able to smoothly complete the courses, yet proven incapable when they were asked to write thesis. even, some of them, later, dropped out of their study. the central focus of this study is not the finished text, but the writers’ behaviors before, during, and after the act of writing. writing is described as a series of interrelated behaviors (gibson, 2002). for instance, to produce a thesis, a student might first discuss the issue with friends, later jot down key points, and then write a first draft as research proposal. the ideas might be discussed with others. the draft is revised and it is finally edited and published. brown (1994) suggests that the traditional way of looking at writing has been seeing it as a linear process that has three stages: the first stage is prewriting, in which it is sharply focused on several activities including exploring a subject, formulating and testing a thesis, gathering evidence and outlining the essay. the second stage is drafting the essay. in this stage, one needs to determine what he can best accomplish in writing, select a subject and organize the information about it into meaningful clusters, find connection among those clusters and discover the relationship that links the connections. the third one is revising the topic, organization, and style. roughly, the steps are to think, write, and revise. furthermore, this present study chose many theories used to support the findings of the present study, restricting to the stages, problems, and techniques to solve the problems. the theory of reading and writing skills are seemingly supporting the finding of this study because such skills are used by all respondents to tackle the procedural and academic problems. the theory of academic writing is used to emphasize that the genre used in this study is thesis or thesis, further explained in section d of chapter ii. the theory of dynamics of a research report is presented to show that thesis writing has common stages to do. this seems to support the findings about stages of writing in which most respondents based their theory on it. the theory of essential problems is to support the findings regarding the problems that most respondents encountered during thesis writing. meanwhile, the related research findings are presented in this chapter to empower the findings of the present study and to compare whether the present study findings are in line with or contradictory to them. by choosing the english department students who have finished their thesis writing as the respondents of study, this study aims to describe the stages, to identify the problems, and to explore the techniques of solving problems used by them in the thesis writing. the emerging results from this study may be beneficial for english departments’ students, lecturers, english program, and other researchers. in other words, the results of study are expected to facilitate students starting to think about the research paper, to give contributions to the lecturers interested in research methodology or research project to improve their teaching competence. also, they t provide some information to the english program about the problems encountered in the thesis writing so that the english program knows how to overcome such problems. finally, they give input to other researchers who want to carry out another study in the same field with certain interest. finally, to avoid over claimed results of the study, this study is limited to identify the process of writing—stages used, the problems encountered, and the techniques of solving problems used by respondents in the thesis writing. andang saehu an analysis of english thesis writing 86 method a qualitative research was adopted as the method of this study to explore the process and describe the research results. since there were six participants involved in this study, the data collected through survey questionnaire, interview, and documentation analysis, as the method of data collection, were compared and contrasted each other to find differences and similarities in the process of thesis writing. merriam (1988) calls it as a multi case study where participants have similar importance in demonstrating the phenomenon under study. before the data gathering process, a preliminary study was conducted to get an initial overview about thesis writing process experienced by students and get the framework of appropriate questions used in the study. this preliminary research was done by randomly distributing questionnaire and interviewing the students who graduated on april 25, 2007 and were not included in the major study. the closed-questionnaire technique consisting of a list of questions was used to get the information about the respondents’: a) demographic information; b) literacy background including the frequency and type of their reading and writing habits; c) table 1. stages of thesis writing process stages of thesis writing process respondent 1 2 3 4 5 6 f % initial process a. finding a topic √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 the reasons of selecting and finding a topic 1. specificity √ √ √ 3 50 2. manageability √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 3. curiosity √ √ √ √ 4 67 4. significance √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 5. objectivity √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 6. familiarity √ √ √ 3 50 b. proposing a topic √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 c. defending proposal √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 researching a. posing research question √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 b. preparing instruments √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 c. plunging into the field √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 d. collecting data √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 e. analyzing data √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 writing report of study/ reporting a. prewriting 1. freewriting √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 2. outlining √ √ √ 3 50 3. brainstorming √ √ √ 3 50 4. reading √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 b. writing 1. peer-conferencing √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 2. highlighting the focal ideas √ √ 2 33 3. coding √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 4. mapping ideas √ √ √ 3 50 c. revising 1. rewriting ideas √ 1 17 grammar √ 1 17 quotation √ 1 17 2. proofreading √ √ √ √ 4 67 consultation √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 87 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee writing process covering the stages, the problems, and the solutions to solve the problems they faced in thesis writing; and d) opinion, perception, and experiences about thesis writing. unstructured interview were debated to six participants of research to know and describe their stages, problems, techniques to solve the problems in the process of thesis writing. in a case study, interviewing is necessary when we are interested in past events that are impossible to replicate (merriam 1988). in addition, this was used to provide the interviewee with broad freedom of expression and elaboration and often resemble informal talks (seliger & shohamy 1989). the documentation (participants’ thesis) was used as an artifact asanother source of data, to support, enrich, or even confirm the informed data acquired from the interview by reading and learning what they wrote (merriem 1988). the respondents’ thesis, readily accessed in the campus library, were read and learnt to clarify whether the respondents’ statements in questionnaire and interview data were similar to theirs. the clarifications toward respondents’ thesis and thesis feedback papers, easily asked from all respondents, were focused on the stages and mistakes done in thesis writing. results and discussion this session devotes some aspects to do with the findings of the research, gained though questionnaire, interview, and documentation (students’s thesis) analysis. data presentation and discussion of this research are presented simultaneously in this chapter. the findings are discussed and interpreted by comparing them with some theoretical foundations as reviewed in the chapter ii of this research. the stages of thesis writing based on the questionnaire, interview, and documentation (thesis) analysis, all respondents experienced the stages of thesis writing: 1) initial process including finding and proposing the research proposal. this first stage is a particularly significant finding since it coincides with that once the participants have decided on a specific topic, it is necessary for them to write a research proposal and defend it (brotowodjoyo, 1997). this is also in line with several respondents’ statements that they look for a specific, interesting, and observable topic to be proposed, then to be studied; 2) researching consisting of posing research questions, preparing instruments, plunging into the field, collecting and analyzing the data. this second stage which all respondents did the procedures approved by their supervisors to plunge into the field and analyze the collected data after posing research questions and preparing instruments of data collection were done when the respondents got approval to go on and plunge into the field to collect data (hacker 2003); 3). in this third stage, all respondents, similarly, reported that they initially prewrote by freewriting, outlining, brainstorming, and reading to generate and develop ideas. some of these techniques (outlining and reading) are contradictory to the suggestion that to generate ideas, the writers could free write, work in group, brainstorm, and keep a journal (brown 2001); 4). consultation. regarding this, it cannot be denied that in the conduct of this study, consultation was obliged to do (craswell 2005). this is in line with some respondents’ statement that without consultation, their thesis would never be finished. the followings are the overall findings on the stages of the thesis writing used by respondents as the result of questionnaire and interview analysis. the problems of thesis writing process dealing with the problems andang saehu an analysis of english thesis writing 88 occurred in the thesis writing, all respondents seemed to perceive the problems of thesis writing. from questionnaire and interview data, the problems are identified into procedural (problems related to how people do best for their writing), academic (problems related to the competences possessed by respondents), and non-academic problems (problems related to internal and external circumstances). in relation to procedural problems, all respondents had trouble in finding out the topic and starting to write the introduction. likewise, this happens to most writers, even professionals, had trouble in getting started (becker at al. 1986) in this problems, the respondents also have trouble with the systematic structure of an abstract. in addition, the students have academic problems, namely they could hardly finish their thesis due to the fact that they lack of receptive and productive skills as well as rhetorical knowledge and first language interference. this is relevant to the notion that one will use his/her reading and writing skill together to be an effective writer in college level courses (gibson 2002). meanwhile, regarding non-academic problems, based on the interview data, all respondents dealt with physical, psychological, technical, financial, and environmental problems. all respondents experienced different types of physical problems: dizziness, fatigue, headache, strain, and sleepiness. physical block occurs when the writers are tired and it just becomes too much of an effort to continue (beard & hartley, 1984) in terms of psychological problems, four respondents also encountered different types of problems: lack of motivation, anxiety, and less self-confidence. these problems also caused them get stuck to write. writers’ tabel 2. problems of thesis writing process types of perceived problems respondent 1 2 3 4 5 6 f % procedural problems getting started to write √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 building coherence statement √ √ √ 3 50 crosschecking experts’ ideas with finding √ √ √ 3 50 quoting √ √ √ √ 4 67 finding references √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 concluding remarks √ √ √ 3 50 writing abstract √ 1 17 academic problems lack of receptive and productive skill √ √ √ √ 4 67 lack of rhetorical knowledge and l1 interference √ √ √ √ 4 67 lack of research knowledge and instruction √ √ 2 33 lack of practice √ √ 2 33 non-academic problems physical problems fatigue √ √ 2 33 dizziness √ 1 17 headache √ 1 17 sleepiness √ 1 17 strain √ 1 17 psychological problems anxiety √ √ 2 33 lack of motivation √ 1 17 less of self-confidence √ 1 17 technical problems advisors’ activities and business √ √ √ √ 4 67 89 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee block occurs when they think hard to get the best first draft (beard & hartley 1984; craswell 2005). in line with the matter of non-academic problems, four respondents encountered technical problems—advisors’ bustle. failing to meet busy advisors was sometimes found as a problem for most participants (sugaryamah 2004; herdiah 2005). the followings are the overall findings on the problems of the thesis writing used by respondents as the result of questionnaire and interview analysis. the techniques of solving problems regarding the techniques of problem solving in thesis writing, the present study identifies six techniques used by all respondents to overcome the problems. in the similar sounds they said “all the problems can be solved”. this corresponds to the notion that every problem has a solution (broughton et al. 1978). there are many techniques used by all respondents to solve the procedural, academic, and non-academic problems in thesis writing: the first technique is reading a lot of books. all respondents used this technique to solve procedural and academic problems. reading what other people have written about the subject is probably the most common strategy for gathering information for starting to write (beard 1984; musthafa 2005) the second technique is consultation and peer-collaboration. all respondents asked and consulted their thesis to their classmates and supervisors when they got procedural and academic problems. as a matter of fact, consultation is informal discussion with teachers and friends as an important preparation and a foil for the necessarily individual and solitary business of writing (taylor, 1990). the third technique is a free writing practice most respondents used this technique when they got stuck. writing anything comes to mind is , in fact, in other words of free writing because it is sort of like talking to himself, but doing it with ink in order to keep the ideas flowing (gibson 2002). the fourth technique is stop writing at the right point. some respondents used this technique when they needed to stop writing. writing is not like making his ears wiggle or touching the tip of your nose with the tip or your tongue, but it is long and complex process (lauer et al. 1981). the fifth technique is taking a rest. this technique was used by several respondents to overcome physical and psychological blocks. correpondingly, beard and hartley (1984) physical block occurs when the writer is tired and it just becomes too much an effort to continue (beard & hartley 1984). the last technique used by most table 3. solutions of problems of thesis writing process types of problems types of solutions respondent 1 2 3 4 5 6 f % solutions for procedural and academic problems reading and coding √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 practice in free writing √ √ √ √ 4 67 consultation and peer-collaboration √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 100 stop writing at the right point √ √ √ √ 4 67 solutions for non-academic problems taking a rest √ √ √ √ 4 67 time management √ √ √ √ √ 5 83 andang saehu an analysis of english thesis writing 90 respondents is time management. most respondents used this technique when they were difficult to consult to the busy supervisors, to write, and to collect data through questionnaire and interview. kareviati (2004) argues that time management was the technique used by most respondents due to they were difficult to meet the busy supervisors. finally, the present study clarifies the respondents’ thesis whether they did the stages and experienced the problems of thesis writing as all respondents stated in questionnaire and interview data. having read and learnt all the respondents’ thesis, it was found that their thesis have the structure of a report, including preliminary sections, introduction, covering the purpose of writing the thesis, background information, scope, methodology, assumption and limitations; body of the report; conclusion and recommendation; reference list; and appendices (kimberly & cotesta 1998) the followings are the overall findings on the solution of problems of the thesis writing used by respondents as the result of questionnaire and interview analysis. conclusion the data obtained from the questionnaires are generally the same as that of gained from the interviews. from the data analysis it may be concluded that there are four stages in the process of thesis writing. first of all, it is the initial process includeing finding a topic, proposing a topic, and defending the proposed topic. the most interesting finding at this stage is that the respondents went through different ways to find a topic of their own. to be more precise, some of them took account of the specificity, manageability, and curiosity. meanwhile, some others took account of the significance, objectivity, and familiarity of a certain topic. the second stage is researching, consisting of posing the research question, preparing the instruments, going to the field, collecting data, and analyzing the data. some respondents conducted the research in a recursive way. this way helped the respondents to determine which was to be done first and which was to be done next; then, moving back and forth among each stage. the third stage is reporting including prewriting, drafting, and revising. all respondents underwent those stages, but they did it in a recursive way. to be precise, the writer moves within the components as necessary, perhaps they move from pre-writing to drafting, then back to pre-writing again, then move forward to editing and going back to drafting before reporting the thesis for sharing or publication. at the fourth stage all the respondents dealt with various problems. these problems fall into several categories, namely procedural, academic, and non-academic problems. as far as procedural problems are concerned, most respondents had trouble in getting started to write, building coherent sentences, crosschecking experts’ ideas against the findings, quoting, and finding references. in relation to the academic problems, most respondents lack of receptive and productive skills, and rhetorical knowledge. besides, they may also be exposed to l1 interference. meanwhile, regarding non-academic problems, most respondents experienced physical problems (e.g. fatigue), psychological problems (e.g. anxiety), and technical problems (e.g. advisors’ bustle). at the fifth stage all the problems encountered by the respondents during the process of thesis writing were overcome by themselves by reading and coding, practicing in free writing, consultation and peer-collaboration, stopping writing at the right point, taking a rest, and time management. 91 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references alwasilah, c. a., & alwasilah, s. s. (2005). pokoknya menulis. bandung: kiblat. beard, m. r., & hartley, j. (1984). teaching and learning in higher education. london: harper & row, publishers. becker, s. h. (1986). writing for social scientists. usa: the university of chicago. brotowidjoyo, m. d. (1997). penulisan karangan ilmiah. jakarta: grewal galeri. broughton, g. brumfit, flavel, & pincas. (1978). teaching on foreign language. london: routledge and kegan paul. brown, h. d. (1994). principles of language and teaching. new jersey: prentice hall, inc. -----------------. (2001) teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: prentice hall regents. craswell, g. (2005). writing for academic success: a postgraduate guide. london: sage publications. gibson, j. (2002). perspectives: case studies for readers and writers. new york: longman. hacker, d. (2003). a writer’s references. new york: bedford/st. martin. herdiah, s. i. (2005). the process of writing: how students write an academic writing task. unpublished paper. bandung: indonesia university of education. kareviati, e. (2004). exploring students’ difficulties in writing academic paper: a case study of the last semester english students of stkip siliwangi, bandung. unpublished thesis, indonesia university of education. lauer, m. j., montaque, g lursford, & emig, j. (1981). four worlds of writing. new york: harper & row. merriam, s. b. (1988). case study research in education: a qualitative approach. san francisco: jossey-bass publishers. mansyur, a. s. (2002). composing in english: problems and suggested solutions. unpublished thesis, indonesia university of education (upi). musthafa, b. (2005). english for young learners (eyl). bandung: pps-upi. oshima, a., & a. hogue. (1999). writing academic english. london: longman. reid, j. m. (1993). the process of paragraph writing. new jersey: prentice hall regents. seligar, h. w., & shohamy, e. (1989). second language research method. new york: oxford university press. sugaryamah, d. (2004) thesis writing: issues, problems and possible solutions: a case study on graduates of english program, graduate school of upi. unpublished thesis, indonesia university of education. taylor, g. (1990). the student’s writing guide. australia: the university of cambridge. sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kabupaten kuningan english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1 sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan fahmy hygienis university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: fahmyhygienic@gmail.com apa citation: hygienis, f. (2013). sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 200-207 received: 12-02-2013 accepted: 03-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: this article discussed the distribution of lexical variation in 32 districts of kuningan. the study was conducted to uncover dialect maps in kuningan, their isogloss lines, and also major lexical variations. the study employed descriptive design. the data were collected from 32 respondents by using two methods, questionnaire and interview. each respondent represents one district of kuningan. by using judgment sampling technique, the respondents were chosen. the data were analyzed in three ways: populating the data, mapping the data and describing the map. as the result, the study revealed 30 dialect maps in kuningan. the maps described the distributions of 135 lexical variations and the isogloss lines. based on the maps; it was also found that the isogloss lines were mostly overlapping. it means that, most of kuningan people tend to use different lexical variations compared to their surrounding districts. besides, it was also found that there were five major lexical variations used by the kuningans. keywords: dialect, lexical variation, isogloss. introduction in sundanese language, there are so many word variations in describing something. the variations may appear differently at every place in sunda (west java & banten provinces). the word “loba” which means many, is called “jenuk” in kabupaten kuningan and “rea” in some places around bandung. the word “mandi” or bathe in sundanese has a different variation in kabupaten majalengka, it is called “papung”. occasionally, it is confusing when meeting other people from the other regions in sunda and talk to them. the phenomenon of word or lexical variation is not only coming into view in the level of province but also in the level of regency. kabupaten kuningan, regency in the east side of west java has so many variations. this regency consists of 32 districts with 980.605 populations in the year 2002 (retrieved from http://www.kuningan.go. id). the phenomenon of lexical variation is a part of dialectology. dialectology is one of the most interesting researches in linguistics domain. wakelin (1972) as cited by milroy (1987) investigates isoglosses in england. he illustrates the boundary between the northern and northmidland dialect by showing eight isoglosses. other researchers are labov, ash and boberg (1997). their study of american english dialect shows three major regional dialects in usa (the north, south and west). besides, there is teeuw (1951) as cited from ayatrohaedi (2002:17) who investigates dialect in lombok. he is the pioneer of regional dialect researcher in indonesia. regional dialect of every place in one language may appear differently. it mailto:fahmyhygienic@gmail.com fahmy hygienis sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan iscaused by geographical condition of the places. when geographical features imply to the dialect it is called regional dialect. as explained by wardhaugh (1992, p. 42) “various language implications such as pronunciation, word choices, syntax and form of word can be very useful in describing variation or dialect. because of that, it can serve as the map of dialect distribution to show their geographical provenance and called dialect geography”. later, the lexical variation will be analyzed and bounded by the line. the boundaries or lines between different places that have same features (pronunciation or word choice) can be called as isoglosses. wardhaugh (1992: 43) states that sometimes the maps of dialect geography are made to show the boundaries between the various language features, that boundaries called isoglosses. this study was focused on dialect geography. the study analyzed the sundanese lexical variations in kuningan, and served in a form of maps. the maps consisted of the lexical variations distribution and isoglosses as the boundary. this study is hoped to add deep understanding about dialect, especially in sundanese dialect and its lexical variation. as we know, indonesia is a big country with heterogenic society and culture. every ethnic group in indonesia has their own languages. bataknese, sundanese, balinese are some examples of the ethnic languages. therefore, they need to be revealed and studied. ahmad (1999) in ayatrohaedi (2002) states that there are 700 languages and dialects in indonesia. he states mostly indonesian linguists are interested in language structure; about 90%. the rest of that; 10% should divided to sociolinguistics, historical linguistics, dialectology, language education, psycholinguistics, etc. method the research problem is formulated in the following research questions: how are the distribution maps of lexical variation in kabupaten kuningan? were the isoglosses taking place in the map? what words are mostly used by the kuningans as their dialect? this study engaged a qualitative approach. this method was applied to reveal the phenomena of the sundanese dialect geography or dialect boundary in kuningan. strauss and corbin (1990, p. 5) stated that “a qualitative method can be used to uncover and understand what lies behind phenomena about which little is yet known”. it is the quality in describing and analyzing the data not the quantity or how many data that we get. furthermore, arikunto, (2005 in hatta 2007, p. 5) states that in presenting the data, “descriptive analysis method is not generally directed toward hypothesis testing, but only to describe the existing phenomena and current condition without being influenced by the investigator”. gumperz as cited in milroy (1987, p. 3) stated that the subject of the linguistic investigation is language or part of language. since the research is conducted in kabupaten kuningan, the subject dealt with the dialects (as a part of language) in kuningan. focus of the research is on the isogloss of lexical variation, so the dialect will be focused on the word or lexical variation in 32 districts of kuningan. kabupaten kuningan is the regency with 980.605 populations and 32 districts. to uncover the isogloss of kuningan dialect, the study needed various dialects from those 32 districts to examine. these are the districts name: kuningan, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3 kramatmulya, ciniru, hantara, cigugur, luragung, cimahi, cibingbin, cibeureum, ciwaru, karangkancana, garawangi, sindangagung, cidahu, kalimanggis, ciawigebang, cipicung, lebakwangi, maleber, cilimus, cigandamekar, jalaksana, japara, mandirancan, pancalang, pasawahan, kadugede, nusaherang, darma, selajambe, subang, and cilebak. by using judgment sampling, 32 persons were chosen as the respondents. this type of sampling was used by macaulay to uncover the glasgow speech in 1977. he employed 54 respondents of 17 schools in glasgow by using judgment sampling (macaulay 1977 in milroy 1987, p. 26). besides, boberg (2005) engaged 54 students of mcgill university in his research. milroy (1987, p. 26) stated that “the principle of judgment sampling is how the researcher identifies the types of respondent to be studied and then seek out quota of the respondents who fit the categories”. in this research, the judgment was based on three categories such as: livelihood, language use and birth place. those categories represent 32 districts of kuningan. based on the category, sma 2 kuningan is the appropriate place to choose. 20 students were picked as the respondents. they were asked to fill up the questionnaire based on 30 questions of kuningans lexical variations. however, to fulfill 32 districts of kuningan, the study needs other respondents beside the students. because of that, 12 people were selected to cover up the study. they were the civil servant worked in puskesmas (public health center) lamepayung, they are coming from 12 different districts in kuningan. this research used several techniques in collecting the data. the techniques that used are interview and questionnaire. besides, pilot study was conducted in order to get preliminary data of lexical variation in kuningan. these are the steps of data collection. pilot study is the way to find out preliminary data. preliminary data is more like a key to open the gate of research. in this research, pilot study was conducted in march 2008, by using two instruments, questionnaire and interview. the questionnaires were given to the 32 people from different places all over kuningan. they were asked to write down some dialects that used by the people in their places. however, there were only 27 person who returning the questionnaire with the answer on it. to cover up the deficit, interview was conducted to some peoples that attend to know the dialect in kuningan. the interviewees are the persons who have high mobility in kuningan and knowing most of dialect of it. based on the criteria, two interviewees were chosen. the first is drs. h uhadi. he is the branch chief of paguyubanpasundan in kuningan and formerly he was the headmaster of many high schools in kuningan. the second is mr ihak sunardi s.pd. he is the teacher of sundanese in smpn lebakwangi kuningan. by conducting the study, more than 50 dialects with 150 lexical variations of kuningan was discovered. however, there are only 30 dialects formulated in the questionnaire, because of the shortages. most of 20 reductions have the same meaning with other or even not including in kuningan’s regional dialect, so that there were only 30 dialects in the questionnaire. after the preliminary data of kuningan’s lexical variation populated, questionnaire was made to get the geographical dialect of kuningan. geographical dialect was the main instrument in analyzing isogloss. the fahmy hygienis sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan questionnaires were given to the respondents in form of two pages with two sections of questions. this type of questionnaire adopted from boberg (2005, p. 64) in his research of north american vocabulary survey at mcgill university. the questionnaires were begun with standard questions of demographic information of the respondent such as: name, birth place, live, and language use. then the main questions of 30 lexical variables. in order to make the respondents easier in filling the questionnaire, each question was provided in a brief definition of the variable, followed by a list of the most common variants of the variable known to the respondents. the respondents were asked to circle the variant they would most often use in everyday speech or to write in the word they would use if it did not appear among those listed. they were instructed to circle more than one word only if necessary, and if the answer not listed, they can write down on the paper. after the data were collected, next step of the study was analyzing the data. this process took at least three steps of analyzing. first step was populating, mapping the dialect geography and then drew the isogloss lines. populating was the first step in this research analysis. firstly, data from the questionnaires were categorized based on the lexicon and the place it used. the data were served in the form of table. however, the data from the questionnaire shows that the dialect and variations were mostly in the level basaloma/ basakasar in sundanese speech level. therefore, the data were presented only in one level of speech; sundanese basaloma. according to ayatrohaedi (2002, p. 46), basically, “there are three steps in making the map of dialect geography: a) drawing the map and filling the variations on the map, b) showing the map, and c) discussing the map”. in this research, the map was the construction of the kabupatenkuningan basic map. by using the adobe photoshop 6.0 ®software, the map was rebuilt to get 30 new maps with the symbols of lexical variations. the reconstruction process needed at least three steps. firstly, the basic map was rebuilt into a bald map. the bald map can be used as a master map, to make the process of filling the data easier. secondly, fill the map with the lexical variations. the last thing is drawing the isogloss in the map. the new maps show the spreads of 30 lexical variations in kuningan. it was served in 30 maps. each map illustrated the distribution of lexical variations in kuningan. technically, each lexical variation was represented by one symbol. for example in lexical variation map of wedding tent, the symbols like: = represents the tatarub variation, = represents paratag, = represents balandongan, and = represents papayon. those symbols were drawn in the map based on the places appearances. this kind of technique was similar with teeuw (1948 in ayatrohaedi 2002: 17) in his lomboknese map. last step of the analysis was drawing the line of isoglosses on the map. the line was drawn based on the same variations. however, in the real situation the isoglosses intersect with another line. to handle this problem, the intersection line was drawn on the maps. technically, the isoglosses in the map was in the form ( ) lines and the intersection in ( ) lines. those lines were the representation of the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 5 boundaries between each lexical variation in the same meaning. results and discussion based on the data collected, it is found that there are 30 signifieds with 135 lexical variations in sundanese basaloma distribute in kabupaten kuningan. it is because of the respondent, the respondents are mostly students. they usually use basaloma in their daily speech. as the result the data tabulation was only tabulated by the variations of basaloma/ basakasar. the data were analyzed in terms of signified, lexical variation and district. regarding the first and the second research questions the maps were made. the maps were made, based on the data tabulation. the maps show the distribution of lexical variations and their isoglosses. example of dialect map: map no distribution of wedding tent scale 1: 5000004. 1 legends: = balandongan = tatarub = paratag = papayon = isoglosses = intersection fahmy hygienis sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan based on the data collected, there are 135 lexical variations of 30 meaning or signified found in kuningan. from the 135 variations, there are 5 major lexical variations in kabupatenkuningan: /nyiru/, /senteng/, /batu/, /gandéng/ and /ngawada/. from 30 districts, the variation of /nyiru/ leads with 90%. it is used in all districts of kuningan, except in pancalang. it is summarized in table 1. table 1. major lexical variations in kuningan no dialect appearance in 32 district percentage σ % meaning lexical variation 1 bamboo basket nyiru 31 96,60 100 % cécémpéh 1 03,40 2 compartment upon window or door senteng 28 87,50 100 % loster 4 12,50 3 stone batu 27 84,40 100 %mungkal 5 25,60 4 noisy seah 2 06,25 100 % sangar 2 06,25 gandéng 27 84,40 kawus 1 03,40 5 blaming ngawada 27 84,40 100 %nyalahkeun 3 12,20 tudah-tuduh 1 03,40 there are some patterns found in drawing isogloss lines on the map. ayatrohaedi (2002: 71) states that every map has its own interpretation. the isogloss line is the imagery line that can help in determining the interpretation. the line will show the pattern, whether it is grouping, overlapping or unpattern line. based on the maps it is found that there are 126 isogloss lines .the lines on the maps are mostly overlapping. it is about 70% of isoglosses. this situation is signed by the intersection between one isogloss to another. the overlapping isoglosses indicate that most of kuningan people tend to use different lexical variations compared to their surrounding districts. the examples are shown in map 4.3. there is an intersection between/hawangan/ (in cilebak, karangkancana, and lurangung) and /lebak/ (in ciniru, hantara, cimahi, cibingbin, cibeureum, ciwaru, cidahu, cipicung, lebakwangi, maleber, kadugede, selajambe and subang). twenty percent of the isogloss lines are grouping. this condition indicates “clean isoglosses” which means that the people in kuningan know the variation outside their districts, but they use their own variation. the example is shown in map 4.2. there is no intersection among the isogloss line. it clearly seperates the variations /nyiru/ and /cécémpéh/. 10% of the isogloss lines are random distribution. in this particular situation, it is difficult to draw the isogloss lines. the example is illustrated in map 4.25. there is no boundary between /améh/ in kramatmulya, ciniru, hantara, cimahi, cibeureum, garawangi, cidahu, kalimanggis, cipicung, cigandamekar, jalaksana, kadugede, nusaherang, selajambe, subang, and cilebak; and /mis/ sindangagung, ciawigebang, and english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7 cilimus; and /ambéh/ in kuningan, cigugur, ciwaru, karangkancana, maleber, japara, and mandirancan, because those variations spread unpatternly. conclusions the present study is aimed to uncover the distribution of lexical variations, the isogloss lines and the major variations in kabupaten kuningan. based on the lexical distribution data, the map is drawn. the study describes 30 dialect maps in kabupaten kuningan. regarding the second research problem, it is found that there are 126 isogloss lines in 30 dialect maps in kabupaten kuningan. the isoglosses lines are mostly overlapped with the others. 70% of the maps indicate that there are “overlapping isoglosses”. this indicates that every district in kuningan has more than one lexical variation in describing one signified. in other words, most of kuningan people tend to use different lexical variations compared to their surrounding districts. concerning the third research problem, which concerns the major variations used by the kuningans, the study finds that there are five variations mostly used by more than 20 districts in kuningan. the variations are /nyiru/, /senteng/, /batu/, /gandéng/, and /ngawada. based on the result of the study, there are number of issues, which could profitably be explored in future research. the present study focuses only on the lexical variations. further study is suggested to investigate not only on lexical variation, but also phonological, syntactical, or even on semantic differences in dialectology. besides, the study did not investigate the factor influence the distribution, further study is suggested to investigate dialectology in diachronic way in order to uncover the correlation between the factor and the distribution. one of the most obvious weaknesses of this study concerns is the method of the data collection. this study uses pilot study in order to get preliminary data. however, the study employs only questionnaires and interview to some people. it is suggested for the further study to do straight observation and interview to the respondent, so that rich data will be collected. however the methods have disadvantages such as time and cost, those method need more time and money. references ayatrohaedi. (2002). pedoman penelitian dialektologi. jakarta: pusat bahasa departemen pendidikan nasional. aziz, e. a. (2000). refusing in indonesian: strategies and politeness implications. unpublished doctoral dissertation, monash university australia. boberg, c. (2005). the north american regional vocabulary survey: new variables and method in the study of north american english. american dialectsociety. retrieved from: http://logos.uoregon.edu/explore/so cioling/regionaldialect.html. [27march 2004]. ekadjati, s. e. (2003). sejarah kuningan dari masa prasejarah hingga terbentuknya kabupaten. bandung: pt kiblat buku utama. hatta, m. s. (2007). similies and methaphor in indonesian translation of the adventures of sherlockholmes. unpublish paper, indonesia university of education. heeringa, w. (2001). dialect variation in and around frisia: classification and relationships. retrieved 12 january 2008 from www.let.rug.nl/~heeringa/ dialectology/papers/uswk04.pdf. holmes, j. (2001). an introduction to sociolinguistics (second edition). essex: pearson education limited. http://logos.uoregon.edu/explore/socioling/regionaldialect.html.%20%5b27 http://www.let.rug.nl/~heeringa/ fahmy hygienis sundanese isoglosses of lexical variation in kuningan hornby, s.a. (2000). oxford advanced learner’s dictionary. oxford: oxford university press. hudson, r. a. (1980). sociolinguistics. london: the press syndicate of university of cambridge. labov, w, s. ash, and c. boberg. (1997). a national map of the regional dialects of american english. retrieved on 27 march 2004 from: http://logos.uoregon.edu/explore/so cioling/regionaldialect.html. mahsun (1995). dialektologi diakronis: sebuah pengantar. jogjakarta: gajah mada university press. manser, h. m. (1991). oxford learner’s pocket dictionary. oxford: oxford university press. milroy, l. (1987). observing & analysing natural language. new york: basil backwellinc. nurbaiti, a. (2005). geografi dialek bahasa jawa di kecamatan gadingrejo kabupaten tanggamus provinsi lampung. unpublished paper, indonesia university of education. pemerintahan daerah kuningan (2000). web site resmi pemerintahan daerah kabupaten kuningan. retrieved on 11 november 2006 from http//www.kuningan.go. id. sekarini, d. (2005). geografi dialek bahasa sunda di kabupaten garut. unpublished paper, indonesia university of education. senjaya, a. (2005). basa sunda dialek sukabumi di kecamatan waluran. unpublished paper, indonesia university of education. shank, g. (1995). semiotics and qualitative research in education: the third crossroad. the qualitative report, 2(3). retrieved on 24 april 2006 from: http//www.nova.edu/sssss/qr/qr2 -3/shank.html. spolsky, b. (1998). sociolinguistics. oxford: oxf ord university press. strauss, a and coebin, j. (1990). basic of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. newbury park: sage publication. universitas pendidikan indonesia. (2006). pedoman penulisan karya ilmiah. bandung: indonesia university of education. wardhaugh, r. (1992). an introduction to sociolinguistics (second edition). malden: blackwell publisher. http://www.nova.edu/ssss/qr/qr2-3/shank.html english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 125 the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program dian kardijan department of english education, faculty of teacher training and education, university of siliwangi email: diankardijan@unsil.ac.id emzir language education, postgraduate program, state university of jakarta email: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id zainal rafli language education, postgraduate program, state university of jakarta email: zainal.rafli@unj.ac.id apa citation: kardijan, d., emzir & rafli, z. (2017). the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 125-135. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.779. received: 26-08-2017 accepted: 24-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: this study is to reveal the gap between the english language communicative competence required by students of the hospitality department and english learning program provided at state of vocational high school 1 tasikmalaya, indonesia, drawing through qualitative evaluation approach, including semi-structured interviews and observations. it explores how learning needs is implemented in teaching-learning process and the respondents’ description, what they saw and what they felt. findings show inconsistency between learning needs in enrichment students’ english communicative competence and teaching-learning process. this prompts a re-instructional design of english learning for hospitality specific purposes program at this department currently. it provides to support of graduating required at hospitality industry workplace. lead of recommendations, in terms of both the instructional design including materials development, teaching method usage and the professional development of esp teachers, to address an understanding of the gap identified, so that students will enable to communicate more effectively with the english, in such contexts graduates can hire at the hospitality industry workplace. keywords: learning needs, pre-vocational english field, authentic materials and teaching methods introduction learning needs is an effective ways of teaching and learning process to achieve the learning objectives of the students’ competency targeted. it is one of the ‘needs analysis’ component in which esp principles showing the important of learning needs analysis, target situation analysis, and present situation analysis. learning needs involves teaching methods and authentic materials that must be implemented by the teachers to facilitate students’ needs in improving english communication skill. learning needs is related to participants’ specific learning needs based on the personal needs of teaching content, interests, and motivation (xie & adamson, 2015). dudleyevans and st. john in basturkmen state learning needs is language learning information: effective ways of learning the skills and language to facilitate the learners’ dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 126 lack in english learning (basturkmen, 2010, p. 18). in relation to students’ need of tourism vocational high school in learning english, in terms of language skills, they expect to improve their speaking ability, and listening ability. this makes sense because the two skills are closely interrelated (amin, arifudin, & nurahmadi, 2017). in order to help the students to communicate english meaningfully, the teachers need a variety of teaching approach, in which communicative language teaching can be covered to develop students’ communicative competence. this ‘authenticity-centered’ approach directly informs the design of language learning materials-exemplifying the symbiotic relationship between the approach to learning and the content/materials used in applying it (mishan, 2005, p. ix). strategies employed to develop communicative competence might include the use of authentic texts and teaching methods. the use of authentic materials and appropriate methodology can support real-life language by providing meaningful exposure to language as it is actually used. basturkmen (2010) defines “the materials presented the students with complex information/ideas communicated through the second language” (p. 10). furthermore, patel and jain (2008) state “methodology is systematic and scientific way of teaching any subject and it guides teacher "how to teach" and "how his teaching may be effective” (p. 70). employing such materials and methodology of teaching that covered by broader of communicative language teaching approach can be engaging and motivating, where learners need to communicate effectively in a specific work. esp is goal oriented and focused english teaching and learning, designed for the specific learners according to learners’ academic and professional needs (rahman, 2015). pedagogically, the course needs to reflect this diversity and offer support which can be tapped according to a greater range of individual learning needs (tomlinson & whittaker, 2013, p. 102). hospitality students of vocational high school need the tasks and activities at the beginning of the course about what they can do in english learning with the specific subject for workplace demands. furthermore, dudley-evans & st. john state “english for vocational purposes (evp), prevocational english specifically, concerns with finding a job and interview skills and it also deals with succeeding in a job through an understanding of employer expectation and policies” (1998, p. 7). therefore, the learning process and the english material should really be able to contribute positively and relevant to the interests and needs of the students vocationally. the strategies of cooperative activities, role-play, creative tasks, and drilling helped students to speak, as well as concerned oral production (syafrizal & rohmawati, 2017). an understanding toward the kind of language required at the workplace, there are different types discourse that needed by employees. the types of hospitality workplace discourse include interpersonal and transactional utterance in language use. the transactional sense is a particular kind of negotiation to get things done in language or exchanging information to develop an understanding of the self and the other in communication, in which people interact and communicate” (liddicoat & scarino, 2013, p. 66). it describes various types of communication activities that promote the kind of comprehension that may lead to message acquisition. rutherford and o’fallon (2007) state that the prospective qualification of hospitality employees should be able to read, write and communicate in english and they have good organizational skills. through interactions with customers, important messages about their needs and expectations can be received by service staff for their immediate actions to create customer satisfaction. “hotel front office management” was recommended as core material, along with some exercises (masoumpanah and tahririan, 2013). it shows that communicating with all guests’ needs to provide the best possible guest services. interaction in communication necessarily is about verbal language as well as english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 127 body language. if it is necessary to talk to colleague in the presence of guest, it is suggested to talk in a standard language of communication. the common things to do while communicating are presenting ourselves with a warm smile, speaking in audible voice by maintaining eye contact with the listener, using simple and correct language that can be understood by everyone, and asking politely if missing to hear any point the guest or the colleague is putting forward. hayes and ninemeier (2009) state it is important to recognize that many employees in the hospitality industry have neither the language skills nor the computer skills and access required to take advantage of some of the communication options available today. it provides some insights in the nature of communication at the hospitality industry workplace with the implication for the development of interpersonal skill. the important elements of hospitality workplace discourse are needed to look on how the students are able to communicate in english to fulfill their tasks in doing works. building vocational knowledge and skills is a key goal to equip learners through a variety of applied activities within the workplace environment. murray and christison (2011) define, vocational programs involve teaching the necessary skills for specific jobs. these programs are often conducted in technical and further education institutions, and may include communication skills. the vocational program aims to prepare skilled learners using english in a communicative and applicative way to do certain kinds of work. this content should be designed and prepared with teaching materials based on vocational themes, assignments and activities and their supportive language to be skilled in communication. teaching materials used and designed to prepare students for hospitality industry contexts should aim, therefore, not only at supporting transactional talk, but should also address relational aspects of communication. learning in the esp approach is directed at achieving the competencies of learners that can be seen in the ability to perform communicative steps. if esp is to play a role of the broader educational process, then boarder competencies will be developed in courses with broader aims, courses which focus on" purposeful activity "rather than specific language” (flowerdew & peacock, 2001, p. 18). communicative actions and strategies is a particular activity as a vehicle for mastering language skills in context. unfortunately, relational talk in english is required for vocational educational settings, and awareness-raising of the importance of being able to handle this. the authentic materials can support reallife language by providing meaningful exposure to language as actually used. hospitality students are likely basic communicative competence required for their communication in workplace, in which might the effective require of learner context. paltridge and starfield (2013) and day and krzanowski (2011) state english for specific purposes (esp) refers to the teaching and learning of english as a secondary domain and it is always a professional purpose a set of skill that learners currently need in their work or will need in their professional careers. it is clear that esp related to the approach of teaching and learning process that purposed to support students’ ability to communicate in english and communicative in the context of the field of science or a particular field. the focus of esp specifically facilitates the needs of learners to speak english language in doing certain work in the workplace or professional career. it is important that teachers as well as materials designers are aware of how to select, adapt and evaluate materials used in the classroom. “english teachers and vocational content teachers were involved in the design of vocational english (ve) materials, and this cross-curricular collaboration assisted esp teachers to select the texts that were relevant to students’ vocational areas” (renandya & widodo, 2016, p. 278). it is also important that teachers employ appropriate classroom methodology through which the benefits of using authentic materials within a broad dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 128 communicative language teaching approach by problem based learning or project based learning methods usage can be realized. educational authorities is the study conception of what teachers think, know and believe in arranging and choosing authentic materials and appropriate methodology to apply in classroom practice, likely learners training. “learner training aims to help learners make more effective use of the learning opportunities they encounter focusing how to learn rather than what to learn. it seeks to broaden learners’ knowledge and use of language learning strategies” (thornbury, 2006, cited in hall, 2011, p. 151). all teachers’ concept should be covered in course planning that sometimes anyone might face some obstacles to implement it, provision of authentic materials and methodology specifically. “course and lesson planning help you to develop a personal style since they involve sifting through all your information, resources and beliefs, and boiling them all down to a distillation for one particular group, time and place” (woodward, 2001, p. 181). there is also a shortage of esp teachers with appropriate training. however, these difficulties, some vocational teachers have attempted to implement of using authentic materials and teaching methodology that covered within communicative language teaching in their teaching contexts based on vocationally by their own desire to learn how to teach and how to communicate in english more effectively. department of hospitality accommodation is one of five departments held at state of vocational high school 1 tasikmalaya, indonesia, which belongs to the tourism study scope. they have recognized that english learning program should be prioritized to meet students’ need in which evidence of how the english language can operate in the real workplace. it is not only competence to do their job but also need competency in english communication with the specific demands of industry situation setting (kardijan, 2017). on target situation, the ability to communicate in english has become a demand for employees of hospitality industry that cannot be ignored. hospitality industry is one of business organizations that focused in service field. in such contexts, “an employer may have a rule requiring that employees speak only english at certain times where the employer can show that the rule is justified by business necessity” (hayes and ninemeier, 2009, p. 66). it indicates the important of english communication competence for hospitality employees that functioned to serve every customer or guests’ need. at present situation, the english communication skill is required by students to support them to become successful employees at the hospitality industry workplace. an understanding of learning needs has implication to use of authentic materials and teaching methods providing opportunities for the students in using english communicatively. the teachers themselves are suggested to design and use authentic materials and teaching methods effectively in line with principles of communicatively that reflect a learner centered approach. in reference to the background of the research previously mentioned, this study aims to explore these issues. in particular, it looks at how learning needs design is implemented in teaching-learning process to meet the students’ needs in using english communicatively. the assumption, there are may be a gap, that learning needs not met particularly well, a hypothesis will explore by review the relevant literature and outline the research methodology employed to present, discuss findings and draw conclusions including reflections, pedagogical implications, and future studies. method this is part of a larger study of evaluation research in english for specific purposes field using responsive model with countenance overview in which after analyzing of target situation, present situation, and learning needs as antecedents aspect (input and context), teaching-learning process and environment interaction as transaction aspect (process), and english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 129 result as outcomes aspect, saving each dimension in another article. however, due to limitations of space, this article would like to focus on the gap between antecedents and transaction aspects, learning needs and teaching-learning process specifically. english instruction in the vocational high school must be based on vocational english principles as part of english for specific purposes field. there was generally emphasized writing and speaking skills. hospitality accommodation department at state of vocational high school 1 tasikmalaya, west java, indonesia has realized and emphasized communication skill in english as priority of students’ needs. this study was conducted within three months, starting from february to april 2017. through the result of target situation analysis, the english syllabus was developed and organized by the teachers in the lesson plan form that covered of materials and teaching methodology. as learning needs of authentic materials and teaching methodology, the teachers asked to organize english instruction to improve speaking ability in which the students give opportunity through learning tasks that required self-expression in using english communicatively. thus, investigating is focused on learning needs implementation in teaching-learning process of english for hospitality specific purposes to support students’ confidence in english communication with the unique demands of the hospitality workplace. there are three english teachers teaching at the hospitality accommodation department and 204 students who are divided into three grades of classes. grade 10 consists of class a (35 students) and class b (35 students), grade 11 consists of class a (34 students) and class b (35 students), and grade 12 consists of class a (33 students) and class b (32 students). to be an effective in choosing respondents, the researchers purposively selected, as follows: head of hospitality department, one an english teacher, and three students’ 3rd class who have done field work practice in the hotel. it will be served primary data sources to meet the nature of research design, aims and objectives. this study is an evaluative research using qualitative evaluation approach which requires sharpness of analysis, objectivity, systematic and systemic to obtain accuracy in interpreting data. “qualitative evaluations often derive their data from fieldwork observations to describe activities, behaviors, actions, conversations, interpersonal interactions, and organizational or community processes, as well as open-ended interviewing to generate in-depth responses on the experiences, perceptions, feelings, and knowledge of individuals involved in an evaluation” (leslie goodyear, jennifer jewiss, janet usinger, and eric barela, 2014, p. 9). a qualitative case study and narrative method were chosen to illuminate the analysis of data. qualitative case study is characterized by the main researcher spending substantial time on-site, personally in contact with activities and operations of the case, reflecting, revising meanings of what is going on (stake, 1994, cited in stufflebeam and coryn, 2014, p. 296). furthermore, goodyear, et. al. state “where descriptive studies will describe people’s experiences in-depth” (2014, p. 155). as outsider of school, the researchers had consider the ethical issues in observing classroom activities of teacher work and openended interview that would be integral to the research design included students’ perceptions on teaching-learning process. instruments and data analysis there were two main stages of the research. firstly, the researcher conducted two interviews: (a) to the students in order to cover their perception toward what they saw and what they felt during teaching-learning process, and (b) to english teacher in order to determine what kind of materials and teaching method were required as learning needs to dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 130 enrich students’ competency in english communicatively. the interviews were conducted through open-ended interview questions designed. secondly, the researcher conducted a classroom observation to the teacher with an interval of two weeks in between (90 minutes was kept of each lesson) focusing on acts, events, and participants within the setting, in order to cover the achievement of learning goals, classroom interactions and classroom management. afterwards, the researchers reviewed and expanded the notes, analyzing the recordings to include further information and detail. after doing each observation, there was discussed with the teacher related to use teaching materials and method in classroom activities to be reached students’ competency in using english communicatively. the observation data were used to complement the interview data to facilitate comparison between learning needs and its implementation in teachinglearning process. the transcripts of the two data resources (observations and interviews/discussions) were analysed and integrated, split into segments and then made into themes. a selection of extracts from observation and interview data, some of which were converted from indonesia to english, was analyzed. the rounds of data collection mentioned above permitted methodological triangulation to do strengthen the trustworthiness of the research. in approaching the data, observation notes were compared with interview notes. results and discussion this is a larger study of evaluation research in english for specific purposes field with a small-scale set in one of vocational high schools at tasikmalaya, indonesia. the aims is to set out exploring the any gap between learning needs and its implementation in english learning process for hospitality specific purposes. a selection of extracts from observation and interview data in which were converted from indonesia to english was analyzed. the gap findings in the implementation of learning needs in english teaching-learning process are inconsistency between the learning needs components and classroom management including classroom interactions to enrich students’ capable and confidence to use english communicatively. the teachinglearning process is not oriented to interactive habits, communicative, and applicative directly to use english in every activity. therefore, the learners did not get opportunity and challenge to use english communicatively in real context of hospitality workplace discourse. it is in line with dudley-evans and st. john that “the ultimate proof for an esp course is how well the learners fare when using english in their target situation; after the course they should be more effective and more confident using english in their target situations” (1998, p. 210). thus, communication is crucial factor which requires the involvement of both customers and service staff to achieve excellences in delivery process. any part of gap occurred, there were no appropriate materials vocationally that supported relational talk in hospitality industry settings. instead, the teachers used the general english textbooks provided which contains largely inauthentic material. likewise in using teaching method, there was traditional method that primarily focused on accuracy norm, rather than communicative interaction pattern. in short, there was little evidence that communicative competence that would facilitate workplace discourse was being developed (inauthentic materials and teaching methods in overview of communicative teaching language approach). these would be described in the following section. communication characteristics in hospitality workplace the important of english skills types on target situation is ability in english communicatively. the most frequently of conversation at hospitality workplace can be classified under directives and requests. it is occurred in transactional work oriented. in english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 131 order to get work done, communication strategies must be adopted by hotel employees to serve the foreign guests’ needs with directives and requests for explanation, for help, negotiations, and functional expressions. these observational data were used in hotel conversations, for example in booking the hotel; a : fairway hotel. can i help you? (for greeting and for help) b : hello, i would like a room for tonight. a : what kind of room would you like? (negotiation) b : i’d like a single room, please. a : hold on, please.... (explanation) i’m afraid all our single rooms are reserved. the only room we have available is a twin. b : how much for the twin room? a : sixty dollars including tax/excluding tax / before tax. (negotiation) b : does that include breakfast? a : no, but breakfast is available in our dining room. (explanation) b : ok, i’ll take a room for tonight (only). a : i’ll need to get your credit card information to guarantee your room.... (functional expression) (iec institute of hotel management, 2003) all those are such strategies that often used in the employees’ daily english conversation at the hospitality workplace. this phenomenon is appropriate with the respondents’ perceptions (head of hospitality department, an english teacher, and students’ 3 rd class who have done field work practice in the hotel). this is a selection of extract the interview data from respondents that have converted and analyzed from indonesia to english. basically, all hotel employees should have the ability to communicate with guests, including communicating in english by good attitude. in the interaction of communication occur information transactions between guests and hotel employees. (interview data: head of hospitality department, february 16, 2017, 08.4509.15 am) it shows that the most frequency of daily conversation at the hospitality workplace was transaction in giving information. it also perception was given students my experience during field work practice in the hotel, the most types of english daily usage in conversation is greeting with good attitude to give transaction information clearly that guests required. (interview data: student, february 16, 2017, 10.2510.45 am) understanding of working in the field of hospitality could be quite challenging. different from other sectors, the hospitality industry is unique in its nature which tends to be service-oriented and has a strong emphasis on human exchange in the service delivery processes (chan and mackenzie, 2013, p. 15). to lead into transactional, it is clearly needed rational talk in the hospitality workplace discourse. broadly communication characteristics in hospitality is the act of kindness in welcoming and looking after the basic needs of customers or strangers, mainly information in relation to guests’ needs (food, drink and accommodation, etc). bardi (2007) state the responsibility of communications within the hotel usually rests with the front office. from the guests’ perspective, this department is the most visible part of the lodging establishment. a contemporary explanation of hospitality conversations refers to the relationship transaction process between a customer and a hotel staff. however, this characteristic of hotel conversation only satisfies most situations to fulfill the guests’ needs. learning needs all learning needs aspects (objectives, materials, teaching and learning process, dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 132 media, resources, and assessment) are attempted to reach the use of english in the real world outside the classroom. in that context, the language element (grammar and vocabulary, including its pronunciation and writing) is more appropriately seen as a tool, not as a goal: a tool for implementing language action correctly, strategically, according to its purpose and context. immediately, the action of 'learning by doing' is a more natural way (ministry of national educational republic of indonesia, number 60, 2014). it is similarity with english for specific purposes (esp) principles which is stated by dudley-evans and st.john (1998), basturkmen (2010), day and krzanowski (2011), and paltridge and starfield (2013) that basically, esp has functioned to help learners in developing english communicatively usage based on needs to function effectively at specific workplace domain, rather than their level of english. the fundamental is “what learners need to do with english. generally, the objective competence of english teaching-learning is students’ capable in communication using english including interpersonal and transactional discourse through habitual action to carry out social or workplace functions. “...english for specific purposes (esp), which focus on the communicative needs and practices of particular professional or occupational groups” (hyland, 2006, cited in cummins and davison, 2007, p. 234). an understanding of this definition, the participant states: we are concern to push students not only competence to do their job but also need expresses confidence in using english communicatively with the unique demands of hospitality industry setting. they have to communicate in english habitually. (interview data: head of hospitality department, february 16, 2017, 08.4509.15 am) to achieve the objective, the authentic material is considered as the suitable material to improve the students’ competence. nunan (2004) and kiely and dickins (2005) all state it is one of the teaching strategies that covered in classroom management. classroom materials describe the scheme of teachers and students work. this insight led teachers to approach in curriculum development, material design, and pedagogy. in application of using authentic materials, the teachers have to connect it with the learning process and actual variety of vocationally. it can be used and applied in social workplace to do certain types of work. “english teachers and vocational content teachers were involved in the design of vocational english (ve) materials, and this cross-curricular collaboration assisted esp teachers to select the texts that were relevant to students’ vocational areas” (renandya & widodo, 2016, p. 278). in developing of materials, concept of genre is used as the basic to be consistent, groove, and showing communicative action. the authenticity in constructing teaching materials is an approach that described as orientation to the purpose of communicative activity through text types with meaningful specific outcomes not in the language pattern. “this ‘authenticity-centred’ approach directly informs the design of language learning materials-exemplifying the symbiotic relationship between the approach to learning and the content/materials used in applying it” (nunan, 1989 as cited in mishan, 2005, p. ix). therefore, any task related to interpersonal and transactional texts should be an opportunity for learners to interact with teachers, friends, and others during the learning process in and out of the classroom, hospitality industry workplace specifically. furthermore, other than authentic material in enhancing students’ competence in using english communicatively, employing teaching method is also required. patel and jain (2008) state “methodology is systematic and scientific way of teaching any subject, and it guides teacher "how to teach" and "how his teaching may be effective” (p. 70). the teachers have to provide challenges and opportunities for learners to continue trying english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 133 used english in every activity and not to fear wrong. students are expected to practice as an effort to take communicative action independently. miscommunications in english seemed to cause a lack of confidence, with students who have done field work practice in the hotel reporting occasional reluctance to speak english with foreign guests, even though they knew the answers to their questions. here the student’s statement: to hard communicating in english, i am unconfident, although i knew what the foreign guests meant. competency in english communicatively is important, so practicing english conversation needed more and more as habitually. (interview data: student, february 16, 2017, 10.2510.45 am). classroom english pedagogy has its own characteristics. one of them is to use of appropriate teaching technique by various activities that must be student-centered approach where teachers become good model to support students’ confidence in english communicatively. in addition, teachers have to be excellent especially in deciding the most suitable teaching techniques for their students and managing vocational classroom discipline. teachers are suggested to use teaching method, such as; inquiry based learning, discovery learning, project based learning and problem based learning by a wide variety of techniques, including group discussion, lecture, and individual task (ministry of national educational republic of indonesia, number 60, 2014). in english for specific purposes field, need analysis enables teachers to understand students’ needs, students’ learning problems, and lesson plan suitable for instructional goals. additionally, teachers must have competence of stimulating interaction and cooperation in the classroom as well as implementing appropriate classroom management. implementation of learning needs in teaching – learning process the classroom observations and interview were focused on covering the materials and teaching method used by teachers to facilitate students’ competence and confidence in english communicatively. generally, the implementation of learning needs does not run naturally with the students’ needs in taking opportunity to use english in various activities. the process does not show the students centered approach, so the students are not accustomed to direct english usage. the results of observation toward the teaching-learning process covers: (a) teachers do not adapt the authentic or relevant materials to the learners vocationally, (b) teachers do not motivate students to learn contextually through the benefits and application of authentic materials in the local, national and international of hospitality industry workplace, and (c) teachers do not use instructional methods that appropriate with the students’ characteristics. besides, there were no materials available that can be supported relational conversation in target situation settings. instead, the teachers used the general english textbooks provided, these containing largely inauthentic material. the teacher states, i tend to follow the material in the 2013 curriculum syllabus to prepare the national exam ... i do not have time to develop and search the material because there is no time and preoccupied with administrative obligations…but sometimes, i also use discourse that related to the hospitality workplace, such as the reservation material in the book package (interview data; teacher, february 22, 2017, 10:15 10:38 am). it shows that the materials usage is not oriented to students in habitual english communication for target situation. the teacher is not maximal in preparing the learning process, authentic materials specifically. the feature of a communicative dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 134 approach is contextualization of the teaching material. thus, the teacher has to try creating a learning context by personalizing the material and asking questions relating to students’ experiences. it could encourage students to speak actively and enrich the students’ experiences. there was also little variety in classroom interaction, with group work, which can help students improving their confidence in english communication. moreover, the teacher was given opinion, the application of learning scientific method is sometimes difficult to apply, because the background of the students' ability previously and their learning habits, especially when asked to communicate in english. (interview data; teacher, february 22, 2017, 10:15 10:38 am). the problem is that there is a genuine information gap. the teacher did not use the appropriate method to develop communication skill. the main focus seemed to be on accuracy rather than extending communication practice, with grammatical categories rather than practical uses of language involving interaction with the students. teacher was sometimes asked to work in pairs or groups, particularly towards the end of a lesson, activities were sometimes inappropriate for group work that students focused on vocabulary memorization and having little to discuss to try interpersonal transaction. i prefer to learn english with direct practice of speaking, such as dialogue in the role play ..so, we will be able to speak and communicate in english habitually. (interview data: student, february 16, 2017, 10.25-10.45 am). in summary, there was little evidence that communicative competence that would facilitate hospitality workplace discourse was being developed. there were inauthentic materials that rarely contextualized in hospitality topics. traditional methods and interaction patterns with the teacher focusing primarily on accuracy were the english norm. there was notwithstanding apparently positive attitudes among the teachers towards communicative language teaching approaches, therefore, this was not a conducive environment to support the students’ competence suitably in english communication required in hospitality workplace. conclusion the english for hospitality workplace’s needs to be focused on communication skills in any discourse form (interpersonal and transactional) toward esp materials. it is more closely tailored to the workplace needs and utilizable some technique based on communicative language teaching input that was carried out by teachers in this context into their own practices to improve their students’ experiences. developing materials and teaching method can be adopted anywhere to address communication required in the hospitality industry workplace. this would emphasize that this was not the teachers’ fault in any way. besides, regarding the various implications toward the materials design, there are implications for teacher development, so that the suggested lesson plan innovations can be realized. it is likely that the teachers in this context would benefit from such an approach, as well as support for reflecting deeply on their work. through responsive evaluation, the gap between english communication required at the hospitality workplace and the materials as well as teaching methods employed for english learning program at the hospitality accommodation department could be narrowed. to facilitate such a process of tailoring teaching-learning more closely to needs, there is a need to maximize institutional support, since investment in both material design and teacher of esp knowledge is needed. however, in approaching any lesson plan change designed to better meet students’ needs. clearly, teachers and leaders of school worked in would benefit from support. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 135 references amin, m., arifuddin, & nurahmadi. (2017). pragmatic competence and learning needs of english for students of tourism vocational schools in nusa tenggara barat province. international journal of educational policy research and review, 4(4), 53–61. doi: 10.15739/ijeprr.17.007. bardi, j. a. (2007). hotel front office management (4 th ed.). new jersey: john wiley & sons, inc. basturkmen, h. (2010). developing courses in english for specific purposes. new york: palgrave macmillan. chan, b., & mackenzie, m. (2013). introduction to hospitality: fine-tuned version. wan chai: the government of the hong kong special administrative region. cummins, j., & davison, c. (2007). international handbook of english language teaching. new york: springer sciences-business media, llc. day, j., & krzanowski, m. (2011). teaching english for specific purposes: an introduction. new york: cambridge university press. dudley-evans, t., & st john, m. j. (1998). development in english for specific purposes: a multi-disciplinary approach. usa: cambridge university press. flowerdew, j., & peacock, m. (2001). research perspectives on english for academic purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. goodyear, l., jewiss, j., usinger, j., & barela, e. (2014). qualitative inquiry in evaluation. san francisco: jossey-bass. hall, g. (2011). exploring english language teaching: language in action. new york: routledge. hayes, d. k., & ninemeier, j. d. (2009). human resources management in the hospitality industry. new jersey: john wiley & sons, inc. hyland, k. (2006). english for academic purposes: an advanced resource book. new york: routledge. iec institute of hotel management. (2003). hotel conversations [copyright iec inter ed consultants]. retrieved from http://www.englisheverywhere.com/hoteln.pdf. kardijan, d. (2017). target situation analysis in implementation of english for hospitality specific purposes program. international journal of english and education, 7(1). kiely, r., & dickins, p. r. (2005). program evaluation in language education. new york: palgrave macmillan. liddicoat, a. j., & scarino, a. (2013). intercultural language teaching and learning. uk: a john wiley & sons, ltd., publication. masoumpanah, z., & tahririan, m. h. (2013). target situation needs analysis of hotel receptionists. journal english for specific purposes world, 40(14), 1–19. retrieved from http://www.espworld.info. mishan, f. (2005). designing authenticity into language learning materials. usa: intellect ltd. murray, d. e., & christison, m. a. (2011). what english language teachers need to know. new york: routledge. nunan, d. (2004). task-based language teaching. new york: cambridge university press. paltridge, b., & starfield, s. (2013). the handbook of english for specific purposes. usa: john wiley & sons, inc. patel, m. f., & praveen, m. j. (2008). english language teaching: methods, tools, & techniques. jaipur: sunrise publishers & distributors. rahman, m. (2015). english for specific purposes (esp): a holistic review. universal journal of educational research, 3(1), 24-31. doi: 10.13189/ujer.2015.030104. renandya, a., & widodo, h. p. (2016). english language teaching today: linking theory and practice. switzerland: springer international publishing. rutherford, d. g., & o’fallon, m. j. (2007). hotel management and operations (4 th ed.). new jersey: john wiley & sons, inc. stake, e. r. (2004). standards–based & responsive evaluation. california: sage publication, inc. stufflebeam, l. d., & coryn, c. l. s. (2014). evaluation theory, models, and application. san francisco: jossey-bass. syafrizala, & rohmawati, c. (2017). teacher’s speaking strategies at vocational high school. the journal of english language studies, 2(1), 6683. retrieved from http://jurnal.untirta.ac.id/index.php/jels/ issue/view/235. tomlinson b., & whittaker, c. (2013). blended learning in english language teaching: course design and implementation. london: spring gardens. woodward, t. (2001). planning lessons and courses: designing sequences of work for the language classroom. new york: cambridge university press. xie, q., & adamson, b. (2015). how effective is workplace english for occupational purposes (eop) training? case studies of corporate programs in the chinese context. the asian esp journal, 11(1), 151-184. retrieved from https://www.asian-esp-journal.com/. dian kardijan, emzir, & zainal rafli the gap between learning needs and its’ implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program 126 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 109 teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking ningtyas orilina argawati english department of stkip siliwangi e-mail: tyas.orilina@yahoo.com lilis suryani english department of stkip siliwangi e-mail: suryani.lies3@gmail.com apa citation: argawati, n. o., & suryani, l. (2017). teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk taking. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 109-116. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.776. received: 29-08-2017 accepted: 30-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: writing is considered as the most difficult skill to master compared with the other skills because it involves many language elements such as content, organization, vocabulary, grammar and mechanics. the research examines the effect of two independent variables (think-pair-share and direct instruction method) on dependent variable (writing descriptive skill). the samples were class a1 2016 as the experimental class and a3 2016 as the control class. each class consisted of 32 students. the instruments used covered the risk-taking’s questionnaire and writing test. before applying the questionnaire of risk-taking, it was tried out to class a2 2016 to find out the validity and the reliability of the instrument. meanwhile, before conducting the writing test, it needs to test the readability of the writing instruction. the treatment was conducted in eight meetings, and the 9th meeting was allocated for the post-test. the data were then analyzed using anova and tukey test. from the analysis, it reveals that: (1) think-pair-share is significantly different from direct instruction method to teach writing; (2) the students with high level of risk-taking have better writing than those with low level of risk-taking; and (3) there is an interaction between teaching methods and the students’ level of risk-taking. even though think-pair-share is effective to teach writing, teachers must consider about the students’ condition, in this case their level of risk-taking. keywords: think-pair-share, direct instruction method, writing descriptive text, risk-taking introduction writing takes an important role in the students’ process of learning english. it is one of the most visible learning products, and becomes one of the criteria for passing the grade in university. besides, this mastery of writing skill will affect their thesis writing on the last semester as their final project. through writing, students can express feeling, describe something, discuss an idea, present a point of view, share experience they have in the form of written product. it is in line with what had been stated by caroline (2003, p. 4) that writing is producing something in written form so that people can read, perform and use it. writing plays two distinct but complementary roles. first, it is a skill that draws on the use of strategies (such as planning, evaluating, and revising text) to accomplish a variety of goals, such as writing a report or expressing an opinion with the support of evidence. second, writing is a means of extending and deepening student’s knowledge; it acts as a tool for learning subject matter (graham & perrin, 2007, p. 9). in learning writing text, students will learn many kinds of texts such as report, descriptive, narrative, analytical exposition, recount, etc. in this research, the researchers only focus on the material based on the syllabus; it is writing descriptive text. writing discriptive text can activate the students on how they describe something or someone with their capability of ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking 110 constructing their idea into appropriate sentence and in correct order. it also helps them to improve their ability to words to create a picture, establishing mood and point of view by using sensory details. many adjectives involved in descriptive writing to explain subject clearly. due to the importance of writing, teacher has to find a suitable and effective method to improve students’ writing skill. one of the methods that can be applied is think-pairshare. think-pair-share is a strategy designed and developed by lyman and associates to encourage student classroom participation (2005). he stated that think-pair-share (tps) is a “multi mode” strategy developed to encourage students’ participation in the classroom activities. there are several benefits of applying tps method to teach writing according to lyman (2005), they are: 1) it can build positive interdependence; 2) it can build individual accountability; (3) it gives opportunity to the students to think together; (4) it increases their sense of involvement; (5) it benefits students in the areas of peer acceptance, peer support, academic achievement, self-esteem and interest in other students; 6) it can promote the effectiveness of team work. besides having advantages, applying tps also has some disadvantages, they are: (1) failure to get along, 2) noise, and 3) absences. here, think-pair-share helps students develop conceptual understanding of a topic because they discuss it with their friend in pair. it makes them feel free to discuss about everything they want relating to describing someone or something. by doing that activity, their ability to filter information, write down conclusion and consider point of view will be developed. however, many teachers seem to prefer teaching writing using direct instruction method to teaching writing using think-pairshare. arends (1997, p. 66) argues that direct instruction method was specifically designed to promote student learning of procedural knowledge. direct instruction method is a teaching method developed by engelman (binder & watkin, 1990, p. 7). it is a teaching bmethod in which the teacher transmits information directly to the students, the lesson are goal-oriented and structured by the teacher. further, alan (2003, p. 11) states that direct instruction method or teacher centered instruction generally put in “teacher-centeredinstruction”. the teacher role is that of a knowledge expert whose major job is to pass knowledge directly to students. the students’ job is to absorb or otherwise assimilate the new knowledge. joyce, weil and calhoun (2000, p. 337) states that dim has its theoretical origins in the behavioral family particularly in the thinking of training and behavioral psychologist. briefly, direct instruction method is a teacher-centered method which is used to help students in learning a basic skill and knowledge and can be taught in step by step fashion. another factor affecting writing skill mastery is willingness of the students to make a decision involving something new and different without putting the primary focus on success or failure (bem, 1971 in bang, 1999, p. 13). it can be defined as risk-taking. according to brown (2001, p. 149), risktaking is an important characteristic of successful learning of a second language which refers to the learner’s ability to gamble a bit, to be willing to try out hunches about the language, and take the risk of being wrong. rubin (1975, pp. 43-48) and beebe (1983, p. 46) in luft (2007, p. 2) identifies four characteristics and behaviors related to risktaking: 1) being willing to appear foolish in order to communicate and get the message across; 2) using the language when not required to do so; 3) being comfortable with uncertainty and willing to try out guesses; and 4) being willing to make mistake in order to learn and communicate risk-taking can influence the use of tps (think-pair-share) method where students who have high risk-taking will have good ability in their work on pair. they can develop themselves freely about what they want to write. it will impact their words’ production and make them increase their ability to write something. as result, they will have good english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 111 achievement than being taught using direct instruction method. on the other hand, students who have low risk-taking will feel losing guide and cannot do anything. it is because they used to be passive. therefore, they will get better achievement if they are taught using direct instruction method. based on the background above, the researcher formulates the problems of this study as follows: 1) is tps more effective than dim to teach writing?; 2) do students with high level of risk-taking have better writing skill than those who have low level of risktaking?; 3) is there any interaction between teaching methods and level of risk-taking on teaching writing for the second grade students? then, the hypotheses are formulated as follows: (1) using tps is more effective than dim to teach writing; (2) the students with high risk-taking have better writing skill than the students with low risk-taking; (3) there is interaction effect between teaching methods and the students’ level of risk-taking to teach writing for second grade students of stkip siliwangi. method the research was conducted on the second semester students of stkip siliwangi. it covers the composing proposal, conducting research in the school, collecting the data, analyzing the data, and reporting. this research uses experimental method. the experiment examines the effect of two independent variables on a dependent variable. independent variables are the teaching methods and risk-taking while the dependent variable is writing skill. the population in this research is the second semester student of stkip siliwangi. the researchers use cluster random sampling in this study. to determine which one is experimental and control group, the researcher uses lottery to draw the class. there are two kinds of techniques used to collect the data. they are writing test and questionnaire of risk-taking. writing test is used to collect the data of students’ writing. the writing test is used to know the students’ writing skill after treatment. for this writing test, the researchers assessed the readability of the test instruction which informs whether the test instruction is appropriately readable for the students. meanwhile, to know the students’ level of risk-taking, the researcher distributed the questionnaire to the students. before being applied, the questionnaire was tried out to analyze its validity and reliability. the techniques for analyzing the data of this study are descriptive and inferential statistics. the descriptive statistics were used to know the mean, median, mode, standard deviation, histogram, and polygon of students’ score of writing. to know the normality and the homogeneity of the data, the writer uses normality and homogeneity test. the normality and homogeneity tests were done before testing the hypothesis. inferential analysis used is multifactor analysis of variance (anova 2x2). it is used to test the hypothesis. h0 is rejected if f0 is higher than ft. if h0 is rejected, the analysis is continued to know which group is better using tukey test. results and discussion after conducting the treatment and doing the test, the researchers conducted normality test to know whether or not the data were in normal distribution. the result of normality test is displayed in table 1 below. table 1. the sum of normality test no group lo lt alpha status 1 a1 0.0944 0.156624 0.05 normal 2 a2 0.10485 0.156624 0.05 normal 3 b1 0.0859 0.156624 0.05 normal 4 b2 0.0859 0.156624 0.05 normal 5 a1b1 0.1363 0.213 0.05 normal ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking 112 6 a2b1 0.1648 0.213 0.05 normal 7 a1b2 0.0968 0.213 0.05 normal 8 a2b2 0.1461 0.213 0.05 normal based on the table above, all the highest value of lo is lower than lt or (lo 4.00), ho is rejected and the difference between columns is significant. it means that here is a significant difference between students who are taught using tps and those who are taught using dim in their writing skill. the mean score of the students who are taught using tps (74.03) is higher than those who are taught using dim (70.84). therefore, it can be concluded that tps is more effective to teach writing; 2) since fo between rows (5.80) is higher than ft (4.00) at the level of significant α = 0.05 or (5.80 > 4.00), ho is rejected and the difference between rows is significant meaning that there is a significant difference between students with high level risk-taking and those with low level risk-taking in their writing skill. the mean score of the students with high level risk-taking (74.25) is higher than those with low level risk-taking (70.63). therefore, it can be concluded that the students with high level risk-taking have better writing skill than those with low level risk-taking; 3) because fo columns by rows (26.95) is higher than ft (4.00) at the level of significant α = 0.05 or (26.95 > 4.00), ho is rejected and there is the interaction between teaching methods and the students’ level of risk-taking to teach writing. therefore, it can be concluded that the effect of teaching methods to teach writing depends on the students’ level of risk-taking. sample df 1/df si2 log si2 (df)log si2 1 15 0.07 25.9 1.41 21.20788 2 15 0.07 41.8 1.62 24.32219 3 15 0.07 54.6 1.74 26.05789 4 15 0.07 22.6 1.35 20.31043 60 91.89838 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 113 table 6. the sum of tukey test based on the table above, it can be concluded that: 1) since qo between a1 and a2 (2.99) is higher than qt (2.89) at the level of significant α = 0.05, it means that applying tps is significantly different from dim to teach writing. the mean score of a1 (74.03) is higher than a2 (70.84). therefore, it can be concluded that tps is more effective than dim to teach writing skill; 2) since qo between b1 and b2 (3.41) is higher than qt (2.89) at the level of significant α = 0.05, the students with high level risk-taking are significantly different from those with low level risk-taking in their writing skill. the mean score of b1 (74.25) is higher than b2 (70.63). therefore, it can be concluded that the students with high level of risk-taking have better writing skill than those with low level of risk-taking; 3) because qo between a1b1 and a2b1 (7.31) is higher than qt (3.00) at the level of significant α = 0.05, tps differs significantly from direct instruction method to teach writing for students with high level of risk-taking. then, the mean score of a1b1 (79.75) is higher than a2b1 (68.75). therefore, it can be concluded that tps is more effective than dim to teach writing for the students with high level of risk-taking; 4) since qo between a2b2 and a1b2 (3.07) is higher than qt (3.00) at the level of significant α = 0.05, tps differs significantly from direct instruction method to teach writing for the students with low level of risk-taking. the mean score of a2b2 (72.94) is higher than a1b2 (68.31). therefore, it can be concluded that direct instruction method id more effective to teach writing than tps for the students with low level of risk-taking. based on the findings of the study, it can be concluded that 1) tps is more effective than dim to teach writing, 2) students with high risk-taking have better writing skill than those who have low risk-taking, and 3) there is an interaction between teaching methods and level of risk-taking. firstly, teaching writing skill using tps makes students learn actively and successfully in writing class. think-pair-share helps students develop conceptual understanding of a topic because they discuss it with their friends in pair. it makes them feel free to talk about everything they want deal with the topic. by doing that activity their ability to filter information, draw conclusion and consider point of view will be developed. besides, setting the students in pair gives more opportunities to the students on exploring themselves. they will be encouraged to share something deeper and more detail. the more they share and talk about something, the more they build their confidence to write. think-pair-share gives them opportunity not only to improve their writing skill but also to build their social relation with other students during the activity. on the other hand, teaching writing using direct instruction method is different with teaching writing using tps since dim does not involve group work. the general goal of the dim is to provide learners with a practically useful knowledge of language. it includes lecturing, didactic questioning, and explicit teaching, practicing and drilling, and demonstrating. it is highly structured and teacher directed. the teacher control occurs when the teacher selects and directs the learning tasks. in this case, the students tend to be passive and dependent. as the result, teaching writing using tps method is more effective than dim. secondly, one of the factors affecting writing skill mastery is willingness of the students to make a decision involving no data sample qo qt α status 1 a1 and a2 64 2.995254 2.89 0.05 significant 2 b1 and b2 64 3.406367 2.89 0.05 significant 3 a1b1and a2b1 32 7.309052 3.00 0.05 significant 4 a1b2and a2b2 32 3.073124 3.00 0.05 significant ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking 114 something new and different without putting the primary focus on success or failure (bem, 1971 in bang, 1999, p. 13). it can be defined as risk-taking. rubin (1975, pp. 43-48) and beebe (1983, p. 46) in luft (2007, p. 2) identifies four characteristics and behaviors related to risk-taking: 1) being willing to appear foolish in order to communicate and get the message across; 2) using the language when not required to do so; 3) being comfortable with uncertainty and willing to try out guesses; and 4) being willing to make mistake in order to learn and communicate. students who have those characteristics are considered as high risk-taking students. in terms of writing, students with high risktaking can develop themselves freely about what they want to write. it will impact their words’ production and make them increase their ability to write. the students who have high risk-taking will have a better attitude in following the teaching and learning process since risk-taking increases proficiency in the target language and gives experience to the students to participate actively in english class. on the other hand, the students who have low level of risk-taking usually has low attitude in joining the teaching and learning process. they tend to keep silent and have no willingness to try something new relating to the target language. they will be passive in doing the activity and tend to depend on their friends and their teacher all the time in teaching and learning process. they are unwilling to use complex and difficult linguistics elements. therefore, it can be concluded that the students with high level of risk-taking have better writing skill than the students with low level of risk-taking. thirdly, the use of tps encourages students to write more. it helps the students to develop conceptual understanding of a topic because they discuss it with their friends in pair. it makes them feel free to talk about everything they want deal with the topic. by doing that activity their ability to filter information, draw conclusion and consider point of view will be developed. tps activities give opportunity to the students to have writing activity in pair actively and independently. they have more chances to develop themselves in constructing writing with their pairs. hence, tps is suitable for the students with high level of risk-taking. they have characteristics of active students who always take a risk of being wrong and take every opportunity they have to try something new. students with high level of risk-taking feel comfortable in learning writing with tps method since this method encourages them to develop their skill in pair freely. they have opportunity to share with friend and feel free to make mistakes since their friend will make correction and it makes them explore what they want to write. therefore, tps method is more effective for teaching students with high level of risk-taking. on the other hand, dim gives a few motivation and stimulation to the students because it just focuses in lecturing and drilling activities. dim includes lecturing, didactic questioning, and explicit teaching, practicing and drilling, and demonstrating. it is highly structured and teacher directed. the teacher selects and directs the learning tasks. dim is suitable for the students who have low level of risk-taking. students with low level of risktaking are not actively involved during the activities. they do not want to appear foolish when they make mistakes. as result, they tend to keep silent during the lesson. they avoid taking a risk of being wrong and always wait for their teacher explanation and instruction. moreover, they do not have tolerance of possible incorrectness or inexactitude in using the language. hence, they feel more comfortable to be taught using dim. therefore, there is an interaction between methods used and the level of risk-taking of the students in teaching writing. tps is more effective than dim to teach writing to the students with high level of risk-taking. meanwhile, dim is more effective than tps to teach writing to the students with low level of risk-taking. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 115 conclusion based on the research finding described, some conclusions can be stated: 1) tps is more effective than dim to teach writing; 2) the students with high level of risk-taking have better writing skill than those with low level of risk-taking; 3) there is an interaction between teaching methods and the students’ level of risk-taking to teach writing. in teaching writing, teachers need to try many methods to improve the students’ writing skill. one of the good methods to teach writing is tps. this method is proved to be more effective than dim in teaching writing. to make tps working properly, it needs to be applied properly in the teaching and learning process. the procedures of tps are think, pair and share. however, the result of the method applied is also affected by the students’ characteristics. as proved by the research conducted by some researchers, tps method is more suitable for the students with high level of risk-taking. meanwhile, dim is more suitable for the students with low level of risktaking. finally, this research is expected to be useful for the students, teachers, and future researchers. therefore, some suggestions are listed as follows: 1) tps is strongly recommended for the teachers to teach writing; 2) the teachers have to consider about the students’ level of risk-taking to determine the suitable method used to teach them; 3) the students are expected to be more active in teaching and learning process in order to develop their writing skill; 4) the students need to adjust themselves to the method used by the teacher; 5) the future researcher may use the result of this research as a starting point to conduct another research. references alan, c. (2003). the linguistic learning. new york: viction graphics, inc. arends, r. (1997). classroom instruction and management. boston: mcgraw hill bang, y. (1999). factors affecting korean students’ risk-taking behavior in esl classroom. dissertation. ohio university. ohio. retrieved from http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu124 3019322. binder, c., & watkins, c. l. (1990). precision teaching and direct instruction: measurably superior instructional technology in schools. performance improvement quarterly, 3, 74–96. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. san francisco: pearson education, inc. caroline, c. (2003). teaching academic writing. london: centre of language and communication, routledge, falmer. graham, s., & perrin. (2007). writing next effective strategy to improve writing of adolescent in middle and high school. new york: carnegie corporation of new york. luft, s. (2007). language classroom risktaking behavior in a performed culture based program. thesis, school of the ohio state university. retrieved on august, 2012 from http://etd.ohiolink.eduview,cgiacc.num= osul 122970 1363. lyman, f. (2005). description of exemplary techniques and methods. london: prentice hall. ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking 116 susanto a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue susanto english education study program, bandar lampung university, indonesia email: susanto@ubl.ac.id apa citation: susanto (2015). a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 122-129 received: 15-09-2015 accepted: 23-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: spontaneous dialogue is an example of spoken text in which its potential can be observed through its conversational structure. as an attempt to interpret the language in spoken text, the paper investigates a spontaneous dialogue in bahasa indonesia (indonesian). the discussion focuses on its conversational structure within systemic functional framework. the structure is built up in the semantic stratum by looking at its exchange and commodity for its speech function. the exchanges are realized by initiate/respond moves and the commodity could be either knowledge or action oriented. since a spontaneous dialogue is a contextual phenomenon in experiencing language use, the finding of conversational structure can bring further discussion on connections among individuals bearing cultural identities realized by their experiences through languages. keywords: conversational structure, exchange, commodity, systemic functional linguistics. introduction conversational structure for spontaneous dialogues can be constructed within the social context to catch a realization of language use as a potential (halliday, 1978, 1994; halliday & matthiessen, 2004). to look at the potential, we should realize that any language develops with its uniqueness covering the socially contextual factors in which the language functions in its own ways. the social context interrelates with the context of culture. these contextual factors altogether, then, influence the production and interpretation of the language itself (halliday, 1978). hence, it is arguable that in language study, the context should be considered (halliday & matthiessen, 2004; cf. matthiessen, 1995). language is realized in a text either spoken or written. a spontaneous dialogue is a spoken text in which its potential can be observed through its conversational structure. certain rules and patterns could be there in building a good conversation. but, contextually it flows as it is. as an attempt to interpret the language in spoken text, the paper investigates an indonesian spontaneous dialogue. the study focuses on its conversational structure in which the exchanges are realized by moves of initiating and responding. also, the orientation of the commodity being exchanged is considered in the structure. the analysis on the conversational structure is presented in systemic functional framework. systemic functional linguistics (sfl) is a model 122 mailto:susanto@ubl.ac.id english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of language study developed by michael halliday in the 1960s. the theory views a language as a network of systems and it contains interrelated sets of options for making meaning. the theory is also concerned with the contextualized and practical uses of a language. this theory conceives of language as a resource for meaning, a network of relationships, rather than as a set of rules (butt, et al., 1995; halliday & matthiessen, 2004). in contextual conversation, one of the meaning resources which can be described is its structure. in the present study, the conversational structure in an indonesian spontaneous dialogue is observed by discussing the commodity which is being exchanged and the moves which are proposing the commodity. method as the data, a spontaneous dialogue between two females (dn and vq) of indonesian native speakers was recorded at the phonetic laboratory, efl university, hyderabad, india. the speakers are citizens of indonesia with the age from twenty one to thirty two years old when the recordings were conducted. they were all brought up in indonesia. the dialogue belongs to an argument type. the topic is about “vacation”. the first speaker (dn) initiates the topic by asking whether the second speaker (vq) wants to spend the vacation in indonesia, their home country, or not. in response to the question, the second speaker prefers staying in the university to going back to indonesia. she argues that there is no point spending vacation in indonesia. by staying in the university, she could and prepare the study materials well for the next semester. in the data, there are 211 clauses. those clauses are various in mood (declarative, interrogative and imperative) and some are moodless. the clause number is maintained to track down the structure indexical in the data. results and discussion as a meaning resource, language is studied as a whole phenomenon consisting of a number of interrelated sets of choices in creating meaning. these choices relate the language user‟s intentions to the concrete forms of language. in systemic functional framework, language is viewed with many strata, which is called language stratification: context (of culture and situation), semantics, lexicogrammar, phonology and phonetics. context of culture is the context of the overall linguistic system and context of situation is the context of a text. the content expanding into semantics and lexicogrammar allows the meaning and structure potential of a language in terms of the function that language serves. the expression constitutes the organization of speech sound into sound system (phonology) and the resource for speech and hearing (phonetics). fig. 1: stratification (from halliday & matthiessen 2004: 25). the exchange structure in conversation is built in one part of the contents as its speech function; i.e. 123 susanto a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue semantics. it construes its own contexts (context of culture and context of situation). fig. 2: exchange: role and commodity (halliday & mattiessen, 2004). the commodity which is exchanged could be (a) good&service or (b) information and the role in the exchange could be (i) giving or (ii) demanding (see fig. 2). it brings the idea of the orientation in commodity being exchanged in a conversation. it can be knowledge-oriented and actionoriented. in the potential of the exchange structure in a conversation, there are two possible orientation; i.e. knowledge and action. it resonates with the commodities being exchanged whether the commodities are information or goods&service. in the process of exchanging, some possible moves are available. the move can be initiate, follow-up or respond (fawcett, mije and wissen, 1988). see fig. 3. fig. 3: potential in exchange structure within stratification concept in the data of a spontaneous dialogue in bahasa indoensia which is observed, various exchange structures are found. the two orientations are also available with the pattern of initiate (i) – follow up (f) – respond (r) – follow up (f). when the orientation is information, the exchange structure may have the 124 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee initiation of demanding information. it can be asking a polarity of the proposition or a lexical inquiry in it. this structure is available in the data as shown in fig. 4 and fig. 5 respectively. fig. 4: exchange structure with information orientation (a) fig. 5: exchange structure with information orientation (b) 125 susanto a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue when the orientation is action, the exchange structure may have an initiation of demanding goods&service: an action. in its response, the move of giving information is found with its follow-ups as the support as shown in fig. 6 and fig. 7. fig. 6: exchange structure with action orientation fig. 7: exchange structure with action orientation in observing the orientation in exchanges, terms of primary and secondary for knower in knowledge orientation (k1 and k2 respectively) and for actor in action orientation (a1 and a2 respectively) are introduced in 126 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee systemic functional linguistics (see ventola, 1988). in the exchange structure exemplified in fig. 8, k1 is following k2. but in spontaneous dialogues, it may not happen steadily. k1 as the alternative move given by the actor may also follows a2 instead of a1 (see fig. 9 below). a follow-up move (e.g. a2f and k1f) is available for either action or knowledge orientation. fig. 8: structure with knowledge exchange oriented fig. 9: structure with compact exchange oriented in the data, initiate and respond spreads unevenly (see fig. 10). from the first turn to the fourth one, respond occurs after initiate closely. in the fifth, initiate is expanded to the sixth. further, respond comes up not only in one turn but also in more than one turn as in the seventh, eighth and ninth turns. these successive responds are also found from the eleventh to the fourteenth turn, from the sixteenth to the eighteenth, from the twentieth to the twenty third, from the twenty fifth to twenty sixth and from the thirtieth to the thirty second (the last turn). 127 susanto a systemic functional study on the conversational structure of an indonesian spontaneous dialogue fig. 10: initiate-respond distribution in the data (with 32 turns) uniquely, in the data, one turn may have both initiate and respond, i.e. in turn iv, viii, xvi, xvii and xxxi. even, there are two moves which are same in nature. but in the data, it occurs only for initiates; in turn iii, there are double initiates. statistically, in exchange structure in the conversation, respond is dominant in the data with 22 occurrences while initiate is 16 (see fig. 11). fig. 11: initiate-respond dominance in the conversation, commodity (i.e. information and goods & service) which is being exchanged and initiate/respond paradigm in exchanging its commodity are structured in their own ways in a given context. these can be the meaning resource in language use. this brings up an understanding that its structural meaning within the semantic stratum plays role in its context. knowledge-oriented and actionoriented exchanges in the data are quite complicated in the interaction. secondary actor (a2), for example, does not end with primary one (see fig. 9 above). but it is responded with primary knower (k1) instead. also within primary knower, there is another primary knower. in this case, there is compact knowledge orientation in the conversation. moreover, initiate and respond paradigms are also various in terms of their occurrences in exchanging one commodity to another commodity. it 128 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee reveals that respond in the data is dominant in exchanging transaction. having the concept of stratification (see fig. 1) in which language is stratified in content and expression strata and the stratum of context (situation and culture) covers them, the finding of conversational structure can bring further discussion on connections among individuals bearing cultural identity involved in the conversation with the ways of the language they are using. their cultural identity is realized by their experiences through languages. conversation is one contextual phenomenon in experiencing language use. levy (2009) points out that culture may be conveyed through receptive and productive means. it can be seen through the interaction in the conversation; initiate and respond. initiate can be considered as one way to propose a commodity. it produces initiatives to exchange the commodity (knowledge and goods & service). respond can be seen as another way to propose a commodity by receiving the initiative move. the present data then shows that receptive nature in conversational structure is dominant in the conversation. conclusion the conversational structure in bahasa indonesia with not only the knowledge and action oriented commodity but also the move paradigm (initiate/respond) in exchanging the commodity has been presented in systemic functional framework. in the data, it is observed that there are various exchange structures with the pattern of i – f – r – f. further, it is found that k1 may follow a2 instead of a1, and there are follow-up moves: a2f and k1f, for both action and knowledge orientations. by looking at the initiaterespond dominance in the data, it is found that the conversational structure is receptive nature. with the data of spontaneous dialogue in bahasa indonesia, the analysis has presented an example of the conversational structure in the language. the structure can be built up within the semantic stratum by looking at its commodity and exchange for its speech function. however, more studies on the structure and other aspects in the conversation certainly should be done to unfold other resources of meaning in the text. references butt, d. g., fahey, r., spinks, s. and yallop, c. (1995). using functional grammar: an explorer's guide. sydney: nceltr, macquarie university. fawcett, r.p., mije, a. and wissen, c. (1988) towards a systemic flowchart model for discourse structure. in fawcett, r.p. and young, d.j. (eds.) new developments in systemic linguistics. london: pinter. 116-143. halliday, m.a.k. (1978). language as social semiotic: the social interpretation of language and meaning. london: edward arnold, halliday, m.a.k. (1994). an introduction to functional grammar. london: arnold. halliday, m.a.k., & matthiessen, c.m.i.m. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar. london: arnold. levy, m. (2009) technologies in use for second language learning. the modern language journal 93, 769-782. matthiessen, c.m.i.m. (1995) lexicogrammatical cartography: english systems. tokyo: international language science publishers. ventola, e. (1988) „text analysis in operation: a multiple approach‟. in fawcett, r.p. and young, d.j. (eds.) new developments in systemic linguistics. london: pinter. 52-77. 129 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 41 bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project nia kurniawati english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education, suryakancana university, indonesia e-mail: nia@unsur.ac.id apa citation: kurniawati, n. (2018). bridging the technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 41-50. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1494. received: 07-08-2018 accepted: 13-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the technology advancement has forced the teachers ignoring their generation to migrate from off line into digital platform since the use of technology in education has changed the face of education massively. this project tried to capture an effort in bridging the technology gap among teachers across generation by forming a digital squad to provide digital teaching media assistance to teachers. it consists of several english education pre-service students in a private university who have high interest and skill on technology. this study explored the facts on the squad activities, the teacher participants‟ responses to the events organized by digital squad, and the obstacles in conducting the project. the results showed that the workshops organized by the squad gained positive feedback from the teacher participants. however, the classic problems frequently appear during the activities involving technology are the internet connection and the various technological competence among the participants. finally, it is suggested to employ younger generation to bridge the technology gap among language teachers across generation in education setting, since the younger generation is usually techno savvy and the older generation should be willing to embrace the technology development in order to survive in millennial classroom. keywords: digital squad; workshop; language teachers; generation; technology; teaching media. introduction undoubtedly, technology has impacted the lives of everyone more or less. in recent years, advancement and ease of using technology has made everyone wonder how technology can improve the way they do things. the key is awareness and to determine how technology can add value. the impact of technology on education has been tremendous recently and teachers have no choice that to follow the currents and familiarize themselves with technology used in the classroom. further, technology has always been at the forefront of human education. from the days of carving figures on rock walls to today, when most students are equipped with several portable technological devices at any given time, technology continues to push educational capabilities to new levels. in looking at where educational methods and tools have come from to where they are going in the future, technology‟s importance in the classroom is evident now more than ever. as technology advances, an educator‟s abilities will grow by leaps and bounds, and without the knowledge of these changes and capabilities, an instructor has a good chance of being left behind. due to ict‟s importance in society as well as in the future of education, identifying the possible challenges to integrating these technologies in schools would be an important step in improving the quality of teaching and learning although teachers appear to acknowledge the value of ict in schools, they continue encountering obstacles during the processes of adopting these technologies into their teaching and learning (ghavifekr, 2016). mailto:nia@unsur.ac.id nia kurniawati bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project 42 a career in education requires hard work and dedication, but, for the diligent educator, can prove very rewarding (kennedy, 2016). for those who are serious about success in the education field, staying well-informed of current and changing technologies is imperative. as the world of technology evolves, the learning environment, both oncampus and online, will equally progress, and the need for teachers who are educated in technology and design will continue to grow. in line with the technological development, teaching media also changed. if previously most of teachers use conventional teaching media such as book, magazine, newspaper, picture, flashcard, etc. in their class, now some of them move to technology-based teaching media. technology-based teaching media is a media that integrated with computer and internet. for examples, social media, mobile application, software, etc. globalization has made both teaching and learning intricate and the transformation in part has been driven by technological innovation (lam, 2010). with internet technology, people have access to available information quickly. together with this technological revolution is the emergence of one of the most viable technological reforms in education, the use of information and communication technology (rosa, 2016). ict become a potential tool to increase learner‟s motivation and engagement in classroom learning, for example ict in english class. both english and ict have become essential literacy skills for a growing number of non-native speakers of english to ensure full participation in the information society (tanang, djajadi, abu, & mokhtar, 2014). in the present scenario, there is an easy access to information with technology. the teacher here takes on the role of facilitator and guide so as to facilitate students with the right approach of managing abundant information to their optimum benefit and in taking right decisions in this technologically complex world (jan, 2017). in the technosavvy society, teachers‟ role becomes very essential as they make students learn how to evaluate the abundant information available critically, to identify facts from propaganda, to understand the real ethical, legal and moral issues with respect to the access and use of information, and to create meaning from data. all these questions view education in the larger context of today‟s society and thus, it makes students capable of solving the real world current problems and prepare for a future of unknowns. the information bloom and the subsequent knowledge explosion have led to tremendous changes in the life of the individuals today and its effect is also witnessed in the field of education. with global connectivity facilitated by ict, searching for any information today has become a child‟s play. in this digital era, the coming generations are quite adept at handling, managing and working with technology. even the younger kids and toddlers, probably by way of their genetic inheritance are able to operate the smartphones and other modern gadgets. thus, these gadgets have been embedded with the daily routine of the modern lives. tylor (2017) in her article explains five generations from 1900 until now. the first generation is the traditionalist/veteran, who was born between the years of 1900 to 1945. the second is the baby boomers, this generation was born between 1946 and 1964. the third generation is individuals born between the years of 1965 and 1980 called generation x or also known as gen x-er. x-er is a generation that witnessed the miracles of technological advancement and the horrors of man-made disasters. they obsessed with email, they like to communicate concisely. the next generation is the millennials, they were born between 1981 and 2000. the rapid diffusion of the internet as a technological innovation occurred in this generation‟s youth, allowing them to experience this exciting new medium‟s explosion at about same time the front wave of this generation was learning to read. the english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 43 last generation is generation z, born after 2000. the characteristics of this generation are almost the same as millennial generation, but generation z has a multi-tasking skill. they can apply all activities that integrated with technology at the same time (kraus, 2008). most of the teachers are still digital migrants that are born after 19th century whereas the young learners are the digital natives who are born after 19th century when the technological revolution came. that is why using technology comes so naturally and easily to them. there are numerous challenges faced by teachers in using ict. society demands a higher level and different set of skills than schools were ever designed to teach. ict brings with various challenges that teachers need to face. first of all, there is a need for adequate availability of technology in the schools which includes huge costs incurred on acquiring, installing, operating, maintaining, and replacing ict‟s. the basic infrastructural requirements suited for making adequate provision of ict are required. secondly, it is imperative to make all teachers ict literate and effective in handling ict tools for teaching-learning processes (ekberg, 2017). another challenge is that the teachers need to develop their own capacity so as to efficiently make use of the different icts in different situations. they need not be apprehensive that icts would replace teachers. another challenge faced by teachers is that english being the prominent language associated with modern technology. this causes problems as in many states people are not comfortable with english. the very electronic devices that have become an extension of our children are an enigma to many of us in the older generation. technology has brought some sort of alleviation for the teachers from one another which we call as „digital divide‟ (onye, 2016). teachers are not comfortable in handling these modern gadgets and technological devices. rather than having students use computers, say, to better understand a math equation through a virtual hands-on activity, teachers may limit the use of that tool to word processing, in the similar manner as the typewriter was used a generation ago. the challenge for educators is not to dismiss or keep up with students‟ latest technological know-how, but to create meaningful learning experiences in which students are taught how to apply their knowledge to solve real-world problems (wissiak, 2013). the reality is in our country, the english teachers varied from different generations. some of them are baby boomers, some of them are digital immigrant, and small amount of them are millennials with their own characteristics. those different generation teachers however, deal with the same generation in their classroom, that is generation z. it is certainly problematic when some teachers cannot answer the demand from the students who were born with technology and are used to live with technology (cilliers, 2017). the problem becomes bigger when teachers, who have willingness to improve their professional development, in this case upgrading their ict skill, face the reality that there is rarely chance to have workshop, let alone the teachers who work in rural area (rahman, 2016). this issue has triggered the author to form a group of millennials who would serve the teachers in ict workshops for free. therefore, the goals of this study are: 1. to investigate how the digital squad project is initiated and implemented. 2. to find out the teacher-participants‟ responses to the project. 3. to get deeper understanding on the response from the digital squad members in joining the project to bridge the tecnogap among english teachers. method the case study design was employed for this research. a case study is a variation of an ethnography in that the researcher provides an in-depth exploration of a bounded system (e.g., an activity, an event, a process, or an individual) based on extensive data nia kurniawati bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project 44 collection (cresswell, 2009). this design allows the researcher to concentrate on a single group of subjects and the use of multimethod data collection strategies to identify the implementation of digital squad project in bridging the technology gap among teachers. secondly, it is to find out the teachers‟ response to the project, and to investigate the obstacles during conducting the project. this design is an appropriate way to illustrate those phenomena which are not very well understood and need to be examined very closely and also has the potential to provide an in-depth understanding of process rather than outcome (creswell, 2009). to ensure the internal validity in the research design, several methods of data collection should be used for triangulation purposes (yin, 2009). in this research, some instruments were used to collect the data, i.e., observation, questionnaire, and interviews. the research was conducted in english education study program of surykancana university. in a qualitative inquiry, the intent is not to generalize the findings, but to develop an in-depth exploration of a central phenomenon. thus, to best understand the phenomenon, the reseracher purposefully or intentionally selects individuals and site. cresswell (2009) states that the research term used for qualitative sampling is purposeful sampling. in purposeful sampling a researcher intentionally selects individuals and sites to learn or understand the central phenomenon. the standard used in choosing participants and sites is whether they are information rich. the participants in this study are 10 students of english education of suryakancana university and senior high school english teachers who join mgmp of english lesson in cianjur regency. qualitative data analysis is done primarily by using the data collected through observation, questionnaire, and interview. these will be analyzed qualitatively where a case study is emphasized. analyzing case study evidence is especially difficult because the strategies and technique have not been well defined (yin, 2009). moreover, yin (2009) also suggested that the main point of data analysis in a case study is defining priorities for what to analyze and why. in a qualitative study, a researcher needs to analyze the data to form answers to the research questions. this process involves examining the data in detail to describe what the researcher learned and developing themes or broad categories of ideas from the data (cresswell, 2009). describing and developing themes from the data consists of answering the major research questions and forming an in-depth understanding of the central phenomenon through description and thematic development (cresswell, 2009). results and discussion this part presents the findings in the current study, followed by the discussion on three issues. the issues are about the implementation of the digital squad project, the teacher participants‟ response to the digital squad project, and the response from the digital squad members in implementing the project in bridging the tecno-gap among english teachers. the implementation of digital squad project the idea of forming digital squad was actually rooted from the reality that many teachers are unable to keep up with technology advancement to be applied in the classroom. it becomes one of the concern in our study program as the institution dealing with future teachers‟ education. this concern has lead the study program to organize some events to enhance the teachers with ict skills to be applied in the classroom. however, this kind of event is very costly and a bit difficult since the experts on ict on education field are not always available. this has triggered the idea of “cloning the expert” and using the clones to train the teachers with the ict skills that have been absorbed by the clones. the clones are called digital squad. they are university students who have high interest on ict as well as self-confidence to english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 45 share their skills to others. in a nutshell, there are six steps in implementing the digital squad project as it is displayed in figure 1. it covers the needs analysis, the recruitment, the training with the experts, maintaining and strengthening, teachers workshop, and evaluation. figure 1. steps in implementing digital squad project the first step conducted in forming the ds squad is doing needs analysis. the needs analysis is an effort in recognizing the real situation in this case the situation in english classrooms with the teachers who handle them. as it is acknowledged that nowadays technology has been part of human life in every aspect, including in education. teachers are demanded to follow the advancement of technology and applied it within classroom. this is because the students that the teachers deal with come from different generation that technology has been in their dna, therefore the way they live, and learn of course so much different from their teachers‟ era. the students who are mostly come from generation z expect their teachers to involve technology in the teaching. however, the students‟ expectation is not answered by the teachers. from the prior study to analyze the way the teachers deal with media in the classroom, most teachers (70%) are observed still rely on paper and pencil, and 30% of them have started to apply technology-based media in their teaching, as it can be seen in figure 2. this data was gained from a prior study conducted involving english teachers of senior high school in cianjur who join mgmp. they were given questionnaire to evaluate the media and techniques they use in their english classroom. after they returned the questionnaire, their classes were then observed to crosscheck their answer to the questionnaire. figure 2. the needs analysis from the prior study, it was found out that the teachers mostly still rely on paper and pencil in their english classroom. they prefer to stick to their comfort zone rather than challenge themselves with ict use in their classroom. they ignore the demand from their students to involve technologybased media in the teaching. however, there are still some teachers who come from younger generation and have involved more advanced media and willing to improve themselves, but the chance for professional development is still scarce. the teachers should spend much to attend workshop in other cities. it is of course discouraged them to continue their professional development. those two issues, the teachers‟ lack of skill in ict and the scarce chance of professional development for teachers in town, have inspired the author to form media for teachers‟ professional development especially in ict. the media would be forum or coaching sessions for teachers that would improve their skill on ict use in the classroom with reasonable or even free of charge. after recognizing the teachers‟ need that is forum or coaching clinic to improve their ability on ict in education but with achievable cost, the next step is recruiting the digital squad members that would be involved in workshop project with the teachers. the members of digital squad would be assigned to share their knowledge and skills nia kurniawati bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project 46 of ict on education to the teachers. they would assist the teachers during and after the workshop. regarding the tasks that would be given to the members of ds, there are at least three categories of prospective ds members. it includes the age and the skills. for age factor, it is decided to choose members from generation y. they are usually university college students at the moments. they are chosen, since y generation or millennial are more skillful in technology and have more intense experience with technology than generation x. the other qualifications are the ds prospective members should have strong interests on technology and also have good presentation skill. it is because they are going to share their ict skill to the teachers who are much older than them. therefore, they have to be good at presenting and elaborating the technology use to the teachers who are commonly in their comfort zone and do not want to move on. the next step after selecting the prospective members of digital squad is providing them with the knowledge and skills needed to be used later in the workshop. in order to equip them with the proper skills, experts on ict in english teaching were invited to give the members of ds some trainings. the trainings were conducted several times to make sure that the members of ds comprehend the targeted skills. in this case, the ds got the opportunity to be trained by famous ict trainers from two prominent universities. they shared many applications that can be used in english classroom. at least, fifteen applications were introduced and practiced to the members of ds. those applications are padlet, kahoot, lyrics training, schoology, powtoon, screen cast o‟matic, canva, breakingnews.com, ello, cartoon story maker, ar, vr, and many more. the training with the expert gave the opportunity to the ds members to improve their knowledge and skills on ict. by the end of the training, the ds members have enough skills to be the coach in the workshop with the teachers. it is true that the ds members who come from generation y have better technology skill. however, to make sure that they are qualified to be the coach at teacher workshop, their skills should be maintained and strengthened. therefore, after the training with the expert, they were given some assignments to summarize the applications they were practicing during the training in focus group discussion regular meeting. the meeting is held weekly and the members should share the application they learnt to the other members. when the ds members are ready to share their ict skills to the teachers, then some workshops were organized. collaborating with local english teachers‟ organization, the members of ds were assigned to be the tutors during the teachers‟ workshops. the ds members assisted the teachers in using the applications introduced at the workshop. the first workshop was conducted on december 2017. the participants were english teachers of senior high school in cianjur. there were 40 participants who joined the workshop. the applications introduced at the workshop were lyricstraining, padlet, and quizlet. the second workshop was conducted in the university. the participants were language lecturers. the applications introduced were edpuzzle, powtoon, and padlet. the third workshop was conducted for english teachers of junior high school. the applications introduced were padlet, quizlet, and canva. in order to see the possibility of the continuity of the digital squad program, the evaluation was conducted. in the evaluation, the program is examined thoroughly. whether it has possibility to be continued, what are the strengths and the weaknesses of the program. it was conducted by discussing the matter with the ds members after each workshop. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 47 the teacher-participants’ response to the digital squad project the second issue of the current study is to find out the teacher participants response to the project. they were given questionnaire after the workshop. the questionnaire consists of seven items related to the use of ict in the teacher classroom, and their response to the workshop assisted by the ds members. the issues asked in the questionnaires are as follow: a. the use of media in the classroom before the workshop. b. media they prefer to use in teaching c. response to the project d. the benefits of the workshop e. the applications they use in the classroom after the workshop f. obstacles in applying the applications. from the questionnaire, it was found that the teachers have used media in their teaching. however, the media they utilize is still conventional that relies on paper and pencil. even some of them have also used a bit modern media such as ppt or video, but the use of them is still quite rare. at the workshop, the teachers were introduced to different kinds of application that can be used in efl classroom, such as kahoot, padlet, powtoon, lyricstraining, etc. table 1. the response from the teachers to the ds project no. categories responses 1. the use of media in the classroom before the workshop. often 2. common media they prefer to use in teaching ppt, video, pencil and paper 3. the most interesting apps in the workshop kahoot, padlet, powtoon 4. response to join the project very beneficial 5. the benefits of the workshop new media to be applied in the classroom 6. the application they use in the classroom after the workshop padlet, kahoot, powtoon 7. obstacles in applying the apps internet connection the response from the teacherparticipants is very promising. before the workshop held by ds members, they often rely on paper and pencil media, even some of them have used ppt occasionally. during the workshop, they are introduced to many applications to be used in their english classrooms such as kahoot, padlet, canva, schoology, ello, etc., and they even have their favorite apps, in this case kahoot, padlet, and powtoon, since they consider these three apps are easier and more interactive to be used with their students. they view the ds project that involves students who come from y generation as very beneficial project because most of the ds members are still very young, yet resourceful and helpful in handling their questions during the workshop. however, the teachers face classic problem when they want to apply the apps they learned from the workshop at school. not many schools have provided good internet connection. so, the teachers should spend more budgets to provide themselves with modem and pay for the internet connection. it has been very common, that there are numerous challenges faced by teachers in using ict. in one side, the teachers are demanded to equip the students with a higher level and different set of skills, but the school do not provide them with adequate facilities. it has to be admitted that ict brings various challenges that teachers need to face. one of them is the need for adequate availability of technology in the schools that covers high costs incurred on acquiring, installing, operating, maintaining and replacing ict‟s. nia kurniawati bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project 48 the response from the digital squad members to the project at the beginning, this project is unintentionally initiated. yet, after the members of the projects were involved in the workshop, the members of ds share their responses toward the project. in digging the data on the members of ds members, an interview was conducted. from the interview, there are some interesting facts uncovered. most of them were satisfied to be involved in the project because they think that by joining the project, they learn new things earlier than others. they also learn how to work as a team. their favorite applications are padlet, kahoot, lyrics training, canva, and quizlet. since they are generation y, they do not need much time to comprehend an application, most of them only need 1 hour up to 1 day to fully understand an application since most of them are interested in using technology in classroom. they are used to utilize laptop, mobile phone, and application to assist them in learning at daily basis. however, they also find some problems in joining the project. the biggest issues are time allotment and internet connection. the ds members mentioned that the time allotment for the workshop needs to be added, since many teachers they were training could not absorb their explanation quickly. in one session, the teachers can comprehend one app, while the workshop usually offered more than one app. besides, the issue of internet connection again becomes one of the obstacles in integrating ict in the classroom. the workshop often did not run as it is planned for the internet connection was not available for every participants. even, it has been anticipated by asking all the participants to bring their own modem, but sometimes it takes time to connect and set the modem to the computer, since many teachers even do not know how to use the modem. in brief, the response from the members of ds are summarized in following table. table 2. the response from ds members to the project no. categories responses 1. interest to technology used in the classroom all students within the project are highly motivated in using technology in the classroom 2 familiarities with the apps introduces in the project some apps are new and they just know them in the training session. 3 common media they prefer to use in learning laptop, mobile phone, application, 4 time to learn each apps 1 hour to 1 hour 5 the most interesting apps padlet, kahoot, lyric training, canva, quizlet 6 response to join the project positive 7 benefits the benefits in joining this project are: learning digital teaching media earlier; learning how to work as a team; exploring more than one applications; getting more information about another application by sharing each other. 8 obstacles time and internet connection conclusion from this study, there are some important points to be concluded. regarding the first issue of the current research about how to implement digital squad project in bridging the techno-gap among english teachers, there are six steps within. the six steps include the needs analysis, recruitment, training, maintaining, workshop, and evaluation. from this project, it was found out that most teachers still rely on paper and pencil and avoid technology use in their classroom since not many chances of professional development for teachers available in small cities. university students who are mostly generation y are very suitable to be involved in this kind of project, since they are more adept with english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 49 technology. therefore, they can learn quickly from the expert on applications that can be utilized in english classroom. there are lots of free applications that can be introduced to the teachers to be used in the classroom, such as kahoot, quizlet, powtoon, etc. small scale workshop that involves teachers and the digital squad as the coach is a possible effort to upgrade the teachers‟ ict skill. for the second issue, the teachers respond very positively to the digital squad project, since they can learn many applications to be used in the classroom by the help of young generation in the squad. they also started applying some application in their classroom, such as padlet, and kahoot. yet, they face classic problem in applying them, i.e. internet connection, since not all school provide proper internet connection. as the third issue, the students who joined the digital squad projects get lots of advantages; they can learn many new apps for studying, they also build team work in this project. they basically face significant problem in learning the apps that would be shared in the workshop. they only need 1 hour to 1 day to learn the apps. however, as the problem faced by the teachers who followed the workshop is the internet connection, it also becomes one of the problems faced by the students. this is only small-scale project that only touch the english teachers in cianjur. however, this small project has gained positive feedback both from the teachers who became the workshop participants, as well as positive response from the students who joined the project. they mentioned that they are very excited to join the project, since it gives them many benefits. therefore, it is suggested to form bigger squad that could spread the digital virus to english teaching more massively. acknowledgement this study was funded by my institution. therefore, i would thank the faculty of education and teacher training of suryakancana university for the support. my appreciation also goes to the digital squad members who willingly join the project and do whatever they are assigned. references cilliers, e. j. (2017). the challenge of teaching generation z. people: international journal of social sciences, 3(1), 188 198. doi: 10.20319/pijss.2017.31.188198. creswell, j. w. (2009). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (2 nd ed.). california: sage publication. ekberg, s. g. (2017). understanding challenges of using ict in secondary schools in sweden from teachers‟ perspective. the international journal of information and learning technology, 35(1), 43-55. doi: 10.1108/ijilt-01-2017-0007. ghavifekr, s. t. k. (2016). teaching and learning with ict tools: issues and challenges from teachers‟. malaysian online journal of educational technology, 4. jan, h. (2017). teacher of 21st century: characteristics and development. research on humanities and social sciences, 7. retrieved october 22, 2018, from https://www.iiste.org/category/www-iiste-orgacademic-journal-news/. kennedy, m. m. (2016). how does professional development. review of educational research, xx, 1–36. doi: 10.3102/0034654315626800. kraus, s. s. (2008). teaching for the millennial generation: student and teacher perceptions of community building and individual pedagogical techniques. the journal of effective teaching, 8(2). retrieved october 20, 2018, from https://www.uncw.edu/jet/articles/vol8_2/index. htm. lam, y. y. (2010). impact of globalization on higher education: an empirical study of education policy & planning of design education in hong kong. international education studies, 3, 73-85. retrieved october 23, 2018, from www.ccsenet.org/ies. rahman, a. (2016). teacher professional development in indonesia:the influences of learning activities, teacher characteristics and school conditions. university of wollongong thesis collection1954-2016. wissiak, k. s. (2013). bridging the gap between educational research and school practice through cooperation of university and primary school teachers. 4th international conference on new horizons in education. ljubljana: elsevier. yin, r. k. (2009). case study research: design and methods (4 th ed.). thousand oaks, ca: sage. nia kurniawati bridging technological gap among english teachers through digital squad project 50 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading slamet wahyudi yulianto department of english education, indonesia university of education e-mail: slamet.wahyudi.y@gmail.com apa citation: yulianto, s. w. (2015). the use of critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading. english review 4(1), 25-38 received: 02-07-2015 accepted: 01-04-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract this study attempts to reveal how the use of critical pedagogy principles in teaching english as a foreign language (efl) reading facilitates students to think critically. additionally, it investigates and elaborates the benefits and challenges of using critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading. the three critical pedagogy principles used in this study were dialogic education, democratic classroom, and reading the world and the word. critical thinking skills and dispositions expected to be performed by the participants were analysis and evaluation skills, open-mindedness, and making reasoned decision. this is a case study design which was conducted in the form of teaching program. the teaching program which consisted of eight meetings was given to 59 efl sophomores in the reading in professional context class at a private teacher education in bandung. data in the form of classroom talks and activities and students‟ responses as well as their critical thinking skills self-assessment were collected by using video recordings, observation notes, interview guideline, students‟ learning journals, and questionnaires. it is revealed that the teaching program has facilitated students to think critically by providing four categories of activity. they are (1) offering problematic topics and reading materials that are linked to the students‟ lives, (2) encouraging students to read between the lines, (3) distributing classroom power, and (4) creating space for students‟ voices to be heard. meanwhile, there are two benefits of the teaching program, namely (1) language development and (2) new knowledge as well as experience acquisition. however, there are three major challenges in conducting the teaching program that are (1) the lack of classroom-friendly authentic controversial reading materials, (2) the passive culture, and (3) the unpredictable classroom. keywords: critical pedagogy principles, critical thinking skills, efl reading class introduction it becomes common knowledge that since the dawn of reform in 1998, indonesian citizens have gained almost unlimited freedom in expressing their opinions after 32 years living under the repressive new order regime. suddenly, printed and electronic mass media easily spread all over the country. supported by information technology advancement, now, 18 years after the reform, indonesian citizens are often overwhelmed by different and even contradictory conflicting information. in such context, it is crucial for indonesian citizens to think critically. as a consequence, as it is written in the indonesian 2013 official curriculum, schools in all levels are required to equip students with critical thinking. it is not sufficient to merely view information and knowledge as separate parts of the larger entities such as power and culture. information and knowledge are always socially constructed (mclaren, 2003). therefore, the awareness that there is no neutral information and apolitical knowledge is also needed to be possessed by students to prepare them to become global democratic citizens in the future. in the meantime, for teacher students, the participants of the present research, the conception that education can not be 25 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading separated from politics, economic system, and social values is important. it is believed that the critical pedagogy principles are important to be promoted to the efl teacher students as a teaching approach in order to provide a critical tool for both teacher and students in understanding the political nature of knowledge and education. in addition, the use of critical pedagogy principles in efl curriculum and classroom is in line with the call for efl education reform in indonesia (alwasilah, 2004; emilia, 2005; hayati, 2010; gustine, 2014; larson, 2014). critical pedagogy, as phipps and guilherme (2004) emphasize, provides crucial guidelines for language study and intercultural communication. bearing in mind the abovementioned explanation, this study aims at investigating the use of critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading as well as revealing its contribution in assisting tertiary level students perform their critical thinking skills in classroom. furthermore, the present research attempts to identify and elaborate benefits and challenges of using critical pedagogy principles in reading class perceived by students as the participants of this study. the literature on critical pedagogy (hereafter cp) has three major categories, namely theoretical, political, and pedagogical categories (cho, 2013). theoretically, cp is a broad terminology rooted in the critical theory (cultural marxism) of frankfurt school, theology of liberation, humanism, hegelian dialectic, post-colonialism, and post-modernism (giroux, 1997; mclaren, 2003; freire, 2005a; breuing, 2011; kincheloe, 2011). politically, cp is the political reflection and action of liberation in seeking social justice by offering alternatives against the capitalistic, oppressive, and exploitative political systems (giroux, 1997; mclaren, 2002; kincheloe, 2008). in the meantime, pedagogically, cp is the theories and practices of teaching and learning in raising learners‟ critical consciousness as the attempts to counter the spoon-fed or the teacher-centered teaching learning activity, or what freire (2005a) labeled as the “banking-education system.” generally, cp can be defined as a cultural theory which views knowledge as the representation of those who produce and distribute it (kincheloe, 2008). mclaren (2000) defines cp as a method of reflecting, negotiating, and transforming pedagogical practice, knowledge production and schooling institution relationship and the material and social relations of wider community. parallel with mclaren, shin and crookes (2012) mention that cp is a teaching method that helps students gain transformative experience by problematizing the commonly accepted and taken for granted knowledge. in the field of applied linguistics, akbari (2008) mentions that cp is the acknowledgement of sociopolitical implications of language teaching and the possibility of social change with language class as the departure point. meanwhile, for the language education context, aliakbari and faraji (2011) identify cp as an approach to language teaching and learning which is concerned with transforming relations of the oppressive power which leads to the liberation of people. the critical language pedagogy is a place where a language pedagogue can relate grammatical knowledge and vocabulary mastery to knowledge of how to solve wider social problems (riasati & mollei, 2012). in other words, cp is a language teaching learning approach which is based on the acceptance of its sociopolitical implications and aims at transforming society by relating the grammatical knowledge and the wider social problems. this study, due to the similarity of english as a second language (efl) education in indonesia as the research context, adopts emilia‟s (2005, 2010; see also emilia & safrina, 2010) three cp principles. they are dialogic education, democratic classroom, and reading the word and the 26 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee world. each of those principles is elaborated in the following paragraphs. in the educational practice, dialogue is crucial to be performed to create the ideal teaching learning atmosphere for teacher and students teach each other. moreover, dialogue is potential to avoid the existence of threatening and dominating teacher for the teacher-students dialogic relation is based on hope, love, and faith (shor & freire, 1987; freire, 2005a; dale & hyslopmargison, 2010). therefore, in relation with the critical thinking, dialogue is the only activity that can be performed to encourage learners perform their higher thinking order (phipps & guilherme, 2004; freire, 2005a; hajhosseiny, 2012; mui, 2013). it is possible because to demonstrate their critical thinking in classroom, students need to be free from the threatening teacher-students relation. for classroom context, through dialogue, both teacher and students constructively learn and share their ideas and world views (alvarez, calvete & sarasa, 2012). negotiation trough dialogue plays a central role in the classroom which applies critical pedagogy (mochinski, 2008; larson, 2014). it should be executed as a two-way process (freire, 2005a) for every classroom activity. in such classroom activity, teacher still and should have authority to ensure that the activity runs well without restricting students‟ freedom to participate actively in encountering the common knowledge forms and social relations (shor & freire, 1987; giroux & aronowitz, 1991; giroux, 1997; emilia, 2005). consequently, the class becomes more open and unpredictable (shor & freire, 1987; freire, 2005a; mochinski, 2008). in the formal education which has rigid official curriculum, the classroom unpredictability may be a serious challenge. democratic classroom may only be executed by creating classroom conditions which are conducive to support individual freedom and social empowerment and justice (freire, 1998, giroux, 1997; mclaren, 2003; emilia, 2005; thayer-bacon, 1996, 2012). consequently, without losing the needed authority, teachers should encourage their students to comprehend democracy by being involved in governance including arranging learning objectives, selecting learning materials, and forming their own groups (giroux, 1997; bowers, 2005). therefore, it is important for teachers to be aware that they are not the ones who dominate classroom. in the democratic classroom, teacher along with students should respect the voices of plurality, discourse variety, and different languages (macedo & freire, 2005). in highlighting human potential for democracy and humanity in order to criticize and challenge social and political structure, freire (2005a) uses the term “reading the word and the world.” correlated with the reading class, frerie (macedo & feire, 2005) states, “the act of learning to read and write has to start from a very comprehensive understanding of the act of reading the world.” as a consequence, reading the learners‟ world is considered as the starting point for the reading class. it is because of a crucial way of critical pedagogy in offering hope and possibility for creating equal and more justice society is presenting people‟s social, economic, cultural, political situations (mclaren, 2003; freire, 2005a, 2005b; kincheleo, 2008). in other word, reading class as a political act for social betterment should be started from making learners realize their actual situation. it is because only by knowing their lived situation, learners could be encouraged to transform their social life (freire, 2005b; macedo & freire, 2005; akbari, 2008; ko, 2013). in the present research, reading the word and the world principle is brought into classroom through presenting generative and academic themes. while themes are the topics that are closely related to students‟ daily life but rarely approached or questioned critically, generative themes are the particular topics that are related to the students‟ specific academic life (mochinski, 2008). both types of theme are 27 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading presented in the form of written texts, photographs, diagrams, and videos. the topics that are categorized as the generative themes in this study are beauty representation in advertisements, indonesian tourism, teacher quality, and disability rights movement. in the meantime, there is only one topic that categorized as the academic theme namely english as international language. there is no single „how to do‟ cp that fits with every context of classroom. different context requires different method and technique in implementing cp (addo, 1981; shor & freire, 1987; mochinski, 2008; dale & hsylop-margison, 2010). freire (2005a) states that the application of cp lies in praxis. praxis is a social action-reflection recursive activity in transforming the world (mclaren, 2003; freire, 2005a; freire & macedo, 2005; thinsan, 2015). in classroom, praxis is executed through problem-posing education which has different forms of implementation in different context of classrooms. extracted from the three principles elaborated in the former sections and synthesized from several references, there are five categories of activity that should be performed when a teacher is willing to implement critical pedagogy in a foreign language classroom, especially for the context of higher level of education in indonesia. those five categories are (1) conducting classroom and group discussion; (2) experiencing democratic classroom; (3) presenting students‟ real life problems; (4) using various, authentic and problematic reading materials; and (5) challenging students to think and act critically (shor & freire, 1987; giroux, 1997; mclaren, 1997; wallace, 2003; alwasilah, 2004; freire, 2005a, 2005b; emilia, 2005; shin & crookes, 2005; mochinski, 2008; akbari, 2008; emila & safrina, 2010; hayati, 2010; kaufman, 2010; aliakbari & faraji, 2011; muro, 2011; swandarini, 2011; cho, 2013; ko, 2013; gustine, 2014; mambu, 2014; larson, 2014). critical thinking (ct) is an active reasonable thinking which is appropriately explored to evaluate information or statement before considering what to do and what to believe. to put it in the simple world, epstein (2006: 1) declares that ct is “a defense against a world of too much information and too many people trying to convince us.” emilia (2005: 25), quoting nosich (2001), mentions six ct standards including clarity, relevance, accuracy, depth and breadth, sufficiency, and precision. meanwhile bassham et al. (2011: 2-7) declare nine ct standards, namely clarity, precision, accuracy, relevance, consistency, logical correctness, completeness, and fairness. the similarity between those two different opinions regarding ct standards is laying in clarity, relevance, accuracy, precision, and completeness (what in emilia‟s term is called as sufficiency). ct is a broad topic to cover for the context of this study. therefore, limitation should be made to address the specification and detailed learning tasks. consequently, only particular ct skills can be considered as learning outcomes and the focus of this study. the skills and disposition in this study are classified into three categories. those skills and disposition are analysis and evaluation skills (aes), open-minded (om), and making reasoned decision (rdm) skill. analysis and evaluation skills consist of identifying author‟s point, argument, and conclusion (wallace, 2003; wall & wall, 2005; cottrell, 2005; bassham et al., 2011; chaffee, 2012); analyzing who the author and intended reader and whose interests served and voices missing are (wallace, 2003; emilia, 2005; chaffee, 2012; ko, 2013); evaluating clarity and connectedness of argument (emilia, 2005; cottrell, 2005; chaffee, 2012) ; and assessing relevancy and source credibility (wallace, 2003; emilia, 2005; cottrell, 2005; chaffee, 2012). open-mindedness includes inventorying and taking into account multiple view points (facione, 1990; ennis, 28 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1996a; lipman, 2003) and listening and respecting others‟ opinions (djiwandono, 2013; ko, 2013). making reasoned decision (paul & elder, 2002; emilia, 2005; bassham et al., 2011) consists only one skill. the ct skills and disposition in this study are applied in and identified from reading texts and performing group and classroom discussions. in doing so, a set of classroom and reading questions are necessary to encourage students to perform the ct skills and disposition that are mentioned earlier. while reading is defined as the appropriate complex mental process of making meaning of the text which involves the reader‟s prior knowledge and personal background (grabe & stoller, 2002; nunan, 2003; hudson, 2007). reading is a crucial receptive skill in an academic world. it is a discursive activity which is influenced by previous textual experiences. successful reading activity requires the text and the reader‟s background knowledge interaction (bumela, 2012; hood et al., 2005; lems et al., 2010). reading does not only consist of decoding the written language, but is also leaded by and interconnected with the understanding of the world, for language and reality are vigorously interrelated (freire & macedo, 2005). reading activity can be performed through practicing several skills. there is a term called “reading as a social process” (carter & nunan, 2001: 26). the aim of this process, as carter and nunan (2001) say, is not only to comprehend the written text, but also to critique the ways that text has been written, the writer‟s motivation to chose that lexis, syntax, style and presentation of text overall. this process of reading is appropriate to be taught in reading classroom for intermediate to advance efl learners (harmer, 2007a). this type of reading process is suitable with the context of the present research. cahyono and widiati (2006) mention that there are three underlying theories in approaching the reading teaching, namely the text structure, the schema, and the metacognitive. the text structure theory which is effective in improving second language reading comprehension claims that when reading, a student starts from general into specific information (cahyono & widiati, 2006). while schema theory focuses on the students‟ prior knowledge activation in increasing reading comprehension, the metacognitive theory concerns students‟ knowledge about their cognitive activities such as predicting, paraphrasing, summarizing, and retelling (cahyono & widiati, 2006). because of the present research participants‟ reading level is varying from beginning to advance, the teaching reading program for this research employed several approaches to reading. pre-reading, while-reading, and post-reading are three steps in teaching reading comprehension (brown, 2001; wallace 2003; hood et al, 2005; kress, 1985 and wallace, 1992 in emilia and safrina, 2010). each stage has its own activities and purposes. the following table displays activities and purposes for every step of teaching reading that incorporates the use of critical pedagogy principles and critical thinking skills synthesized from shor and freire (1978), tierney et al., (1995), wallace (2003), (freire, 2005b), macedo and freire (2005), antoni (2010), emilia and safrina (2010), sulyaningsih (2010), yatmikasari (2011). table 1. reading teaching stages step possible activity objective pre-reading sequencing pictures, videos, and diagrams predicting by scanning the title, and if exist, subheading, tables, pictures, and photos asking some general guessing questions about topic of upcoming written text to see the level of prior activating students‟ prior knowledge, experiences, and readiness to connect it with new knowledge and experience they will construct during the upcoming 29 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading knowledge possessed by students brainstorming by encouraging students to compare the „codes‟ with their own experience, knowledge, and culture activities; identifying the purpose of the lessons. whilereading being executed in group, pair, or alone in group, in facing text and trying to solve reading task, students discuss, negotiate, and help each other reading aloud silent reading identifying parallel discourses analyzing linguistic choices answering some reading questions to perform several critical thinking skills generating appropriate strategies to help students in comprehending the text; collaboratively constructing meaning; checking comprehension as one of while-activities post-reading doing classroom discussion about while-reading activity performed before when every student is „in the spotlight‟ and expected to be engaged and participate equally exchanging point of views, understandings, and answers of reading tasks to familiarize students with the practice of democracy and open-mindedness summarizing monitor comprehension justify comprehension clarifying heightening the students‟ awareness of other ways in which the topic could have been written about; triggering students to perform critical thinking skills indicators; practicing classroom power distribution; evaluating students‟ comprehension in particular tasks reading class trying to implement critical pedagogy teaches the whole three hillerich‟s (1983 in antoni, 2010) reading comprehension levels: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, and critical comprehension. he farther elaborates that literal comprehension requires readers to evoke facts which are explicitly written in the text; inferential comprehension permits reader to suggest relevant additional data derived from the personal experience and text confronted; whereas critical comprehension leads reader to make balanced judgements about several aspects of texts and writer‟s style. method to search the answers for the research questions, the present study applied a case study design. a case study is defined as an in-depth and detailed investigation of a case that could be a setting, a particular event, a subject, an ongoing process, or a document rather than a full numerical survey (boglan & biklen, 1992; fraenkel et al., 2012). a case study was used as a consequence of this study trying to understand the detailed aspect of meaning and process of a particular phenomenon. the research site for this study was a private teacher education in bandung, west java. this teacher education was selected due to the importance of introducing cp as a teaching efl approach to tertiary level education in indonesian context (hayati, 2010). furthermore, by implementing cp principles to teacher students, it is expected that the participants will practice and develop dialogic education and democratic classroom after they become teachers in the future. the group of participants was one of reading in professional context classes consisted of 59 fourth semester students (13 male and 46 female) in english education department. the participants were 19-21 years of age. the research was conducted in the form of teaching program which consisted of eight meetings from march 2015 to may 2015. the data collection techniques in this study were divided into two categories. they were the main and the supporting techniques. the main data collection techniques were observing classroom interactions and activities and distributing questionnaires. the supporting ones were 30 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee conducting interview and gathering students‟ learning journals. the various data collection techniques were employed in order to seek the rich data and to reduce the weaknesses possessed by each data collection technique (yin, 2011; alwasilah, 2012). the accumulated valid data were systematically transcribed, organized, coded, looked for patterns, thematically categorized, synthesized, interpreted, and concluded to answer the research queries (bogdan & biklen, 1992; silverman, 2005; yin, 2011; alwasilah, 2012; fraenkel et al., 2012). the data analyses were performed both during and after collecting the data (bogdan, & biklen, 1992; silverman, 2005). the ongoing analysis was executed for data that are assembled using classroom observation (silverman, 2005) and the rests were analyzed after the data had been collected. results and discussion how the use of critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading assists students to think critically after analyzing the collected data, it could be concluded that the teaching program has assisted students to think critically by providing four major categories of activity. they were (1) offering problematic topics and reading materials that are directly related to the students‟ personal and academic lives, (2) encouraging the students to read between the lines, (3) distributing classroom power, and (4) creating space for students‟ voices to be heard. the elaboration of each category is presented below. offering problematic topics and reading materials that are directly related to the students’ daily lives this category was the application of the reading the world and the word principle. when conducting this category, the students were offered four classroom topics, five written texts, and several codes in the form of pictures, diagrams, and videos. the selection of the classroom topics, the written texts, and the codes was based on whether they are problematic, controversial, and related to the students‟ real life. the evidence of the application of this category can be found in the observation notes. in the observation note of the second meeting, it is written that “materials are related to authentic real world of indonesia and are problematic to be argued.” moreover, upon the third meeting, the observer explicitly wrote, “news as one of critical sources for students to think critically.” the identical notes were then occurred again several times both in the first and the second sections of the teaching program. in the interview session, commenting upon the discussed topics during the eight meetings, several students emphasized the role of controversial topics that are related to their lives in giving them opportunity to perform their critical thinking ability. it is indicated in the following excerpts: topik-topik yang disampaikan berkaitan dengan kita. lebih singkron juga dengan apa yang dipelajari [the discussed topics were related to us, and correlated with what we have learnt]. icha the issue you brought to class. it gave us experience to be more open to contrasting and competing view points rather than only force other to receive our opinion. adi icha, in her utterance above, demonstrated that she was aware of the correlation between the topics and her life as well her major. the student used the word „we‟ that might mean she also spoke on behalf of her friends. in the meantime, adi‟s comment uncovers the value of the controversial issues in providing two or more possible contradictory view points that further will be used by the students to read between the lines. encouraging the students to read between the lines 31 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading encouraging the students to read between the lines was executed by posing a set of critical questions as a tool to analyze the presented reading materials and classroom topics. the critical questions demanded the students to identify and evaluate arguments, source credibility, included and excluded voices, cause and effect, and fairness of the particular texts. upon the questions, the students communicated their answers both spoken and written during the group and classroom discussions. during the classroom discussion in the pre-, while-, and post-reading activities, some students were observed performing their critical capacity in order to respond the questions which were proposed by the teacher or their classmates. the following are evidences found by the observer: students discuss the difference between racism and discrimination. students discuss cause and effect of racism in the beginning of the lesson. (observation note on meeting #6) students analyzed cause and effect saat memaparkan argument mereka [when they elaborated their arguments]. (observation note on meeting #8) from the aforementioned notes found in the observation during the teaching program, it can be seen that there were two critical thinking skills were performed by the students. it is assumed that the students‟ critical thinking performances were the results of encouraging them to „read between the lines‟ by exposing critical questions repeatedly. the students‟ exposure to the posed questions and the designed classroom activities during the teaching program was relatively successful in encouraging them to perform their critical thinking capacity. the further evidence can be found by examining the students‟ reflective leaning journals, as indicated in the following excerpts. in analyzing the text we can learn how to get and tie ideas taken [from] the text. and we can identify whose voices are missing. (imas‟s learning journal on meeting #3) i think critically when i answer the question. (neni‟s learning journal on meeting #8) both students‟ reflective writings above demonstrate that the provision of the critical questions was successfully encouraging them to read between the lines as well as to think critically. the data from the teaching program are parallel with the data which were collected through interview. in the interview session, imas and neni gave detailed explanation about what they have written in their learning journals. the explanations are presented in the following experts: this questions used in the program motivates us to think beyond the texts. (imas in the interview session) there are many questions that the answers are not consisted in the texts. jadi ada di luar teks [outside the texts]. so it forces us to think about so we develop it. and it can make the discussion to be effective i think. jadi kita kan membahas contohnya seperti kemarin tentang bahasabahasa akhirnya kan mengacunya ke manamana gitu kan, secara luas. jadi tertariknya itu senengya itu seperti itu. jadi tidak hanya terfokus hanya kepada teks itu saja [so we discussed the example, like yesterday, about languages that at the end referred to everywhere, broadly. then we did not focus only to particular text]. (neni in the interview session) imas‟s utterance above indicates her effort in generalizing the advantage of the teaching program with the posed questions which motivate her and her friends to not only read and think about the texts, abut also to read and to think about what lies beyond the texts. meanwhile, neni‟s answer above delineates her recognition upon the intention of presenting the particular critical questions. 32 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee distributing classroom power the classroom power was distributed gradually in each meeting during the teaching program which was conducted for this research. one of the indicators of classroom power distribution can be seen from the number of speech production (milal, 2011). from the video transcript of the second until the eighth meetings, it can be identified that there were 403 utterances. from those utterances, 223 of them were produced by the teacher. table 5.1 illustrates the utterances which were produced during the teaching program. table 2. utterances during the teaching program producer utterance per meeting total % #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 t 27 44 23 32 38 28 31 223 55.3 s 22 36 16 24 34 22 26 180 44.7 total 49 80 39 56 72 50 57 403 100 by looking at the table above, it can be seen that the range between the number of speech produced by the teacher and the utterance produced by the students were not too far. it means that it was possible that the power had been distributed in almost equal portion between the students and the teacher. it is supported by the observation notes on the third and the fifth meetings. while in the third observation sheet is written “teacher and students have equal relation,” in th e fifth meeting observation sheet it is written, “equally teacher-students relation in the teaching and learning process.” in order to give opportunity to the students to control the classroom topic, the classroom power was also distributed through negotiating classroom decision making (akbari, 2008). the classroom decision making negotiation occurred several times both in the first and the second sections of the teaching program. the classroom decision making negotiation can be explicitly observed in the fourth, the fifth, the sixth, and the seventh meetings. additionally, the following excerpts are the observation notes commenting the execution of the classroom power distribution which occurred in the fourth and the sixth meetings: negotiating saat t bilang ‘sudah belum?’ tapi siswa minta video diulang, lalu t mengulang [negotiating classroom decision making occurred when teacher asked „have you finished?‟ but students wanted the video to be replayed, then teacher replayed it]. (observer‟s note on meting #4) classroom discussion is more alive than before for the existence of the interesting topic from students. (observer‟s note on meeting #6) the second excerpt above provides the abstraction of the event that happened in the sixth meting. in the pre-reading stage, the teacher told the students that the class would discuss the text that had been distributed in fifth meeting. as a consequence, some students were observed enthusiastically performed four activities. those four activities were (1) engaging and demonstrating their critical thinking ability in discussing cause and effect of racism, (2) linking and making clear distinction between racism and discrimination, (3) supporting their claims with argument, and (4) being open-minded. further evidence about the distribution of classroom power could be found in the learning journal which was written by dian commenting upon the fifth meeting. dian writes: if there are things i do not know or are still difficult to understand, i will ask the lecturer and other students about it. if there is something i know, i explain what i know to 33 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading them. it is very important in discussing the issue so that there is no misunderstanding about the knowledge that we know. (diah‟s learning journal on meeting #5) that excerpt indicates the desire for clarity as well as the openness to negotiate knowledge in order to collaboratively construct meaning. such desire and openness seem impossible to be occurred in asymmetrical power distribution and antidialogue relation (shor & freire, 1987; freire, 2005b). creating space for students’ voices to be heard this category covered inviting students to share their experience and knowledge regarding particular topics. it also consisted of listening and giving positive feedback to every occurred opinion, answer, and question. in responding students‟ ideas, the teacher often acted neutrally through confirming or inviting other students to react upon it rather than giving negative feedback. in order to train the students to be openminded as well as to give them opportunity to view from multiple perspectives, the teacher used his authority to ask the students to respectively listen, consider, and appreciate their friends‟ opinion upon the discussed issues (shor & freire, 1987; giroux, 1997). the observer‟s notes provide the authentic data which represent the application of the dialogic education. in this study, it was the result of creating space for students‟ voices to be heard. table 5.3 below lists those observer‟s notes meeting by meeting. table 3. observer’s notes on creating space for students’ voices to be heard meeting observer’s notes #2 teacher allowed students to express their point of views; teacher gave positive feedback upon students‟ opinion #3 answer and opinion are frequently invited to stimulate students‟ critical ability. #4 every student has an opportunity [to speak] in equal way; suasana kelas seperti hening saat ada siswa yang menjawab, mereka saling menghargai [classroom atmosphere seemed quiet when there is a student who answer; they respect each other]. #5 students were freely delivering the point of views related to the topic; teacher appreciated students‟ thought without interfering and direct judging #6 teacher listened to the answers and put them to consideration. #8 teacher tidak langsung bilang ‘salah’ terhadap pendapat siswa [did not directly say „wrong‟ towards students‟ opinion]. by looking at those observer‟s notes, it is seen that the conducive and supportive space for the students and the teacher conducting the dialogue was established. the data in the above table represent the classroom activities from observer‟s view point in the second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and eighth meetings. the activities could be interpreted as the indicators of the application of democratic principles in classroom (thayer-bacon, 1996). it is supported by the data in the form of students‟ answers during the interview session. it can be seen in the following excerpt: after discussion, i often get very different understanding rather than when i try to solve a problem by myself. i often get many differences and similarities with other‟s opinion. in his answers, adi uncovered the influence of being exposed with the activity of exchanging information and ideas during discussion. it represents his openmindedness (djiwandono, 2013). benefits and challenges of using critical pedagogy principles the data in the form students‟ learning journal, interview, and open-ended questionnaire reveal that there are two major categories of benefits and three types 34 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of challenges as the consequences of using critical pedagogy principles. the two benefits are (1) the language development and (2) the new knowledge and experience acquisition. meanwhile, the three challenges are (1) the lack of classroomfriendly authentic controversial reading materials, (2) the passive culture, and (3) the unpredictable classroom. each category of those benefits and challenges will be elaborated further in the following paragraphs. the development of students‟ language proficiency is the first benefit of using the critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading. this category consists of the development of students‟ four integrated language skills and the improvement of students‟ vocabulary mastery. those two benefits are the result of four classroom activities during the teaching program that are conducting classroom discussion reading the written texts, watching videos, and writing learning journals. there are three types of knowledge acquired by the students during the teaching program, namely the knowledge about themselves, about english as their major, and the knowledge about how to stand for the disability rights. in the meantime, there are also three types of new experiences acquired by the students. those new experiences are learning something that was never obtained, participating in the classroom discussions, and being motivated to be heard by classmates. the new knowledge and experience acquisition is the result of bringing several controversial and related to the students topics and reading materials as well as practicing reading and analyzing various types of texts writing learning journals, and conducting group and classroom discussions. the lack of classroom-friendly authentic controversial reading materials causes the unfamiliar words used in the text and the complex structure of text. the challenge labeled the passive culture is represented in the students‟ personal disengagement and the lack of their selfesteem. meanwhile, the classroom unpredictability is a consequence of negotiating and distributing classroom power. the classroom decision making negotiation may cause the teaching learning activities run differently from what have been planed before by the teacher. conclusion the utilization of the three principles of critical pedagogy has helped students to think critically through providing four categories of activity. the first is offering problematic topics and reading materials that are directly related to students‟ personal and academic lives. the second is encouraging them to read between the lines. the third is distributing classroom power. the last is creating space for students‟ voices to be heard. there are two categories of benefit in addition to the development of the students‟ critical thinking skills. they are the development of students‟ language proficiency and new knowledge as well as experience acquisition. the developed language proficiency consists of four language skills and vocabulary mastery. in the meantime, there are three sub-categories of new knowledge and two new experiences that are acquired by the students. the three sub-categories of new knowledge are knowledge about students themselves, about the variety of english, and new knowledge about how to stand for disability rights. the obtained new experiences are learning new lessons, participating in classroom discussion, and being motivated to communicate voices and to be heard by the classmates. there are three major categories of challenges which were perceived by the students during the teaching program. the first challenge is the lack of classroomfriendly authentic controversial reading materials. the second is the passive culture. and the last is the unpredictable classroom. 35 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading it is recommended for efl teacher education to introduce and promote the contextualized principles of critical pedagogy to efl teacher students. it is crucial for efl teacher education institutions to give sufficient understanding and training for teacher students regarding the use of critical pedagogy principles in their future classroom. additionally, it is suggested for further research to elongate time allocation and enlarge research participants to gain clearer picture regarding the application of critical pedagogy principles in the efl classroom context in indonesia. references addo, h. (1981). a world-system critique of freire's philosophy of education: naming the world capitalist reality. japan: the united nations university. akbari, r. (2008). transforming lives: introducing critical pedagogy into elt classrooms. elt journal, 62(3), 276-283. aliakbari, m., & faraji, e. (2011). basic principles of critical pedagogy. ipedr 17, 77 85. alvarez, z., calvete, m., & sarasa, m. c. (2012). integrating critical pedagogy theory and practice: classroom experiences in argentinian efl teacher education. journal of educators, teachers, and trainer, 3, 61 70. alwasilah, a. c. (2004). perspektif pendidikan bahasa inggris di indonesia dalam konteks persaingan global. bandung: cv. andira. alwasilah, a. c. (2012). pokoknya kualitatif. bandung: pustaka jaya. antoni, n. (2010). exploring efl teachers' strateies in teaching reading comprehension. jurnal penelitian pendidikan, 11(2), 39-51. aronowitz, s., & giroux, h. a. (1991). postmodern education: politics, culture, and social criticism. london: university of minnesota press. bassham, g., irwin, w., nardone, h., & wallace, j. m. (2011). critical thinking: a tudents' introduction. new york: mcgraw-hill. bogdan, r. c., & biklen, s. k. (1992). qualitative research for education. usa: pearson. bowers, c. a. (2005). rethinking freire: globalization and the environmental crisis. london: lawrence erlbaum associates. breuing, m. (2011). problematizing critical pedagogy. international journal of critical pedagogy, 3(3) , 2-23. brown, h. d. (2001). teahing by principles: an interactive pprocah to langauge pedagogy. new york: pearson education. bumela, l. (2011). the metafunction revealed: efl learners' experience in making sense. conaplin (1)2, 241-252. cahyono, b. y., & widiati, u. (2006). the teaching of efl reading in the indonesian context: the state of the art. teflin journal, 7(1) , 36-58. carter, r., & nunan, d. (2001). the cambridge guide to teaching english to speakers of other languages. cambridge: cambridge university press. chaffee, j. (2012). thinking critically (10th edition). boston: wadsworth. cho, s. (2013). critical pedagogy and social changes. london: roudtledge. cottrell, s. (2005). critical thinking skills: developing effective analysis and argument. new york: palgrave macmillan. dale, j., & hyslop-margison, e. j. (2010). paolo freire: teaching for freedom and transformation. london: springer. djiwandono, p. i. (2013). critical thinking skills for language students. teflin jornal, 24(1), 32-47. emilia, e. (2005). a genre-based approach to teaching academic writing in a tertiary efl context in indonesia, an unpublished text a disertation. melbroune: the university of melbroune. emilia, e. (2010). teaching writing: developing critical learners. bandung: rizqi press. emiilia, e. (2012). menulis tesis dan disertasi. bandung: alfabeta. emilia, e., & safrina. (2010). critical literacy program in english teacher education, unpublished text a research proposal. bandung: indonesia university of education. ennis, r. h. (1964). a definition of critical thinking. the reading teacher, 17( 8), 599612. ennis, r. h. (1996a). critical thinking. new jersey: prentice hall. ennis, r. h. (1996b). critical thinking dispositions: their nature and 36 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee assessability. informal logic, 18(2 & 3), 165182. epstein, r. l. (2006). critical thinking, thrid edition. ontario: thomson wadsworth. facione, p. a. (1990). the california critical thinking skills test (cctst): a form. milbrae, california: california academic press. fraenkel, j. r., hyun, h. h., & wallen, n. e. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill. freire, p. (2005b). education for critical consciousness. new york: continuum. freire, p. (1998). pedagogy of freedom: ethics, democracy, and civic courage. newyork: rowman & littlefield. freire, p. (2005a). pedagogy of the oppressed. new york: continuum. freire, p., & macedo, d. (2005). literacy: reading the word and the world. london: routledge. giroux, h. a. (1997). pedagogy and the politics of hope. oxford: westview. grabe, s and stoller f. l. (2002). teaching and researching reading. england: longman. gustine, g. g. (2014). critical literacy in an indonesian efl settings: sustaining professional learning, unpublished text a dissertation. australia: deakin university. hajhosseiny, m. (2012). the effect of dialogic teaching on students' critical thinking disposition. procedia social and behavioral sciennces 69, 1358-1368. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. harlow: pearson education limited. hayati, n. (2010). empowering non-native english speaking teachers through critical pedagogy. teflin journal (21)1, 78 89. hood, s., solomon, n., & burns, a. (2005). focus on reading. sydney: macquarie university. hudson, t. (2007). teaching second language reading. oxford: new york. oxford university press. jeyarad, j. j., & harland, t. (2014). transforming teaching and learning in elt through critical pedagogy: an international study. journal of transformative education, 1-13. kaufmann, j. j. (2010). the practice of dialogue in critical pedagogy. adult education quarterly 60(5) , 456-476. kincheloe, j. l. (2011). critical pedagogy and the knowledge wars of the twenty-first centruy. in k. heyes, s. l. steinberg, & k. tobin, key works in critical pedagogy (pp. 385-402). boston: sense publisher. kincheloe, j. l. (2008). knowledge and critical pedagogy: an introduction. montreal: springer. ko, m.-y. (2013). a case study of an efl teacher's critical literacy teaching in a reading class in taiwan. language teaching research 17 (1) , 91-108. larson, k. r. (2014). critical pedagogy(ies) for elt in indonesia. teflin journal, 25(1) , 122-138. lems, k., miller, l. d., & soro, t. m. (2010). teaching reading to english language learners. london: the guilford press. lipman, m. (2003). thinking in education, second edition. cambridge: cup. mambu, j. e. (2014). countering hegemonic elt materials in asian elf contexts. asian efl journal 76, 4-25. mclaren, p. (2002). critical pedagogy and predatory culture: oppositional politics in a postmodern era. london: routledge. mclaren, p. (2003). life in schools: an introduction to critial pedagogy in the foundations of education. new york: allyn and bacon. mochinski, t. (2008). critical pedagogy and the everyday classroom. new york: springer. mui, m. s. (2013). dialogic pedagogy in hong kong: introducing art and culture. art & humanities in higher education 12(4), 408423. muro, a. (2011). pedagogies of changes: from theory to practice. international journal of critical pedagogy 4(1), 2-17. nunan, d. 2003. practical english language teaching. new york. mc graw hill. paul, r. w., & elder, l. (2002). critical thinking: tools for taking charge of your professional and personal life. new jersey: pearson education, inc. riasati, j. m., & mollei, f. (2012). critical pedagogy and langauge learning. international journal of humanities and social science 21(21), 223-229. shin, h., & crookes, g. (2005). exploring the possibilities for efl critical pedagogy in korea a two-part case study. critical inquiry in language studies: an international journal, 2(2), 1 17. shor, i., & freire, p. (1987). a pedagogy for liberation. massachusetts: bergin & garvey publishers. silverman, d. (2005). doing qualitative reserach. new delhi: sage publication. 37 slamet wahyudi yulianto critical pedagogy principles in teaching efl reading sulyaningsih, i. (2010). applying critical thinking in the teaching of reading (critical reading), unpublished text a thesis. bandung: upi swandarini, r. k. (2011). the use of some of dialogic education principles in teaching speaking, unpublished text a thesis. bandung: upi. thayer-bacon, b. j. (1996). democratic classroom communities. studies in philosopy and education 15 , 333-351. thayer-bacon, b. j. (2012). learning to trust our students. ethic and education vo. 7, no. 2, july , 149-161. thinsan, s. (2015, february 7). critical thinking and critical pedagogy: similarities, differences, and critiques. retrieved august 15, 2015, from http://thinsan.org/2015/02/07/criticalthinking-and-critical-pedagogy-similaritiesdifferences-and-critiques/ wall, a., & wall, r. (2005). the complete idiot's guide to critical reading. new york: penguin group. wallace, c. (2003). critical reading in language education. new york: palgrave macmillan. yatmikasari, i. (2011). incorporating the principles of critical discourse analysis in a reading classroom, unpublished text a thesis. bandung: upi yin, r. k. (2011). qualitative research from start to finish. new york: the guilford press. 38 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 61 language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis saniago dakhi english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kristen indonesia email: saniagonias@gmail.com horas hutabarat english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kristen indonesia email: anggiat.mananda@yahoo.co.id apa citation: dakhi, s., & hutabarat, h. (2018). language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 61-74. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1496. received: 17-08-2018 accepted: 23-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the linguistic feature distinction between written and spoken discourse, like scientific writing, narrative text, discussion text, oral speech, etc. has been a longstanding discussion among scholars. however, there is limited number of studies on indonesian undergraduate thesis context. this article reports the language effectiveness, i.e. lexical density and grammatical complexity of undergraduate thesis using the flesch’s analysis of the readability of adult reading materials (1974) and the determinant factors influencing them. this descriptive study, applying online system application, was conducted in an indonesian pseudonym university. forty-two undergraduate theses were used as data source of lexical density and grammatical complexity, and four english lecturers participated on interview. results showed that the average lexical density ratio was 42.14 and the grammatical complexity was 14.54. on the other hand, the determinant factors of academic writing holistically encompass; (1) psychological factors including identity awareness, motivation, and conceptual competency, (2) sociocultural factor covering personal experience, and (3) linguistic factors, namely linguistic awareness and application, and mechanical competency. to sum up, three important conclusions are drawn. firstly, there is no exactly the same lexical density and grammatical complexity across chapters of the undergraduate theses. secondly, the undergraduate theses are lexically acceptable, but grammatically are not as they are interpreted as american students’ slick fiction product. finally, variables affecting academic writing are not only linguistic factors, but also psychological and sociocultural ones. keywords: lexical density; grammatical complexity; undergraduate thesis; indonesian context; academic writing; language effectiveness. introduction language effectiveness has been a longstanding study among scholars as it is believed that written and spoken discourse, caused by the characteristics and dynamics of living language (dakhi, 2011), are two different linguistic entities (halliday, 1989; zhang, 2013; ghasemi & jahromi, 2014; & thanh, 2015). functionality discrepancies and linguistic features (ghasemi & jahromi, 2014) define their similarity. the undergraduate thesis, a writing product in which language effectiveness necessitates as it has its own typical features (pan, 2016), is simply defined as a communicative, efficient, and effective occurrence since textuality standards and grammatical complexity/intricacy, lexical density, nominalization, explicitness, contextualization, spontaneity, and repetition-hesitation and redundancy are met. additionally, it generally contains a mailto:saniagonias@gmail.com mailto:anggiat.mananda@yahoo.co.id saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 62 generic structure, i.e. introduction (pardede, 2012). literature review (levy & ellis, 2006), methodology, research finding, discussion, conclusion, and suggestion. moreover, it requires a complexly-integrated skill (deane, et al., 2008) as it is a metacognitive process drawing an individual’s knowledge, basic skill, strategies, and ability to coordinate multiple processes (huy, 2015) and expressive, receptive, and reflective capabilities. a number of empirical studies testify the urgent need of the language effectiveness of undergraduate thesis, a new defined linguists' focus. it, for instance, is evidenced by stegan (2003) investigating the lexical density in oral and versus written rangi texts, seyabi and tuzlukova (2014) reporting the post-basic school and university students’ lexical items and content, chokwe (2013) researching academic writing skills, and huy (2015) confirming the student’s writing problems, i.e. lexical item and grammar. more specifically, signes and arroita (2015), marques (2008), and biber, gray, and stamples (2016) studied lexical density and investigated grammatical complexity. in indonesia, studies on lexical density and grammatical complexity have been only reported by nesia and ginting (2018) and adawiyah (2015). however, nesia and ginting (2018) focused their study on the lexical density in english reading texts for indonesian senior high school, and adawiyah (2015) differentiated the lexical density in scientific and narrative texts. a study exploring the thesis quality in accordance with written discourse characteristics, therefore, has to be taken into account. the present study is to provide such need. it was designed to objectively describe the lexical density (halliday, 1985; flesch, 1974), grammatical complexity (halliday, 1985; flesch, 1974) and factors influencing scientific writing (muchemwa, 2015) of english undergraduate theses of an indonesian pseudonym private university. method to answer objectively the research questions, 42 undergraduate theses of a pseudonym private university in indonesia were used as the data source of lexical density and grammatical complexity. the reason for selecting these 42 theses, consisting of 2015 and 2016's undergraduate theses, is because those are the only softcopies of project reports available. in addition, 4 informants participated on an interview, a technique to collect the data regarding the factors affecting undergraduate thesis. the selected four informants were all full-time english lecturers with different time teaching experiences. their experience teaching english as well as supervising the undergraduate theses were other reasons for the selection of the respondents. the full texts of undergraduate thesis containing five chapters, namely introduction, literature review, research methodology, research finding and discussion, and conclusion and suggestions, were entirely analyzed using online system application at http://textalyser.net/index.php?lang=en#anal ysis (for lexical density) offered by the bernhard huber internet engineering company and http://www.readabilityformulas.com/freetest s/six-readability-formulas.php (for grammatical complexity). the introduction section is the chapter i (henceforth c1), the literature review is the chapter ii (henceforth c2), the research methodology is the chapter iii (henceforth c3), the research finding and discussion is the chapter iv (henceforth c4), and the conclusion and suggestion is the chapter v (henceforth c5). scores taken and descriptively analyzed were mean length of sentence (henceforth mls) for grammatical complexity and flesch’s reading ease score for grammatical one. furthermore, both lexical density and grammatical complexity scores were tabulated according to what year, 2015 and 2016, the english undergraduate theses completed. at last, they were interpreted http://www.readabilityformulas.com/freetests/six-readability-formulas.php http://www.readabilityformulas.com/freetests/six-readability-formulas.php english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 63 using flesch’s (1974) analysis of the readability of adult reading materials and related theories. table 1. flesch’s analysis of the readability of adult reading materials style flesch reading ease score average sentence length in words average no. of syllable per 100 words type of magazine estimate school grade completed estimate percent of u.s. adults very easy 90 to 100 8 or less 123 or less comics 4 th grade 93 easy 80 to 90 11 131 pulp fiction 5 th grade 91 fairly easy 70 to 80 14 139 slick fiction 6 th grade 7 th or 8 th grade 88 standard 60 to 70 17 147 digests some high school 83 fairly difficult 50 to 60 21 155 quality high school 54 difficult 30 to 50 25 167 academic high school or some college 33 very difficult 0 to 30 29 or more 197 or more scientific college 4.5 an in-depth interview data was analyzed using thematic technique, a process to analyze the classifications and present themes (alhojailan, 2012) of obtained qualitative data. three steps were conducted, namely data reduction, data display, and verification/conclusion drawing. to establish the trustworthiness of the research finding, some techniques were employed. for the lexical density and grammatical complexity, repeated measures on the manuscripts, three times, were conducted to assure dependability of the data. on the other hand, for interview data verification by repeating a similar question to the participants during the interview was conducted. at last, a peer scrutiny of project and member check by the peer review members who were officially assigned has been applied to meet the credibility of the finding. results and discussion lexical density table 2. lexical density of 2015’s thesis c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 max 57.20 60.00 61.50 46.70 68.20 min 44.20 33.50 32.40 21.90 40.50 mean 51.32 43.73 39.48 26.33 53.53 as shown in table 2, the c1 mean lexical density of 2015’s thesis is 51.32. this is 7.59 higher than c2’s, 43.73 (difficult), 11.48 higher than c3’s, 39.48 (difficult), and 24.99 higher than c4’s, 26.33 (very difficult). regardless of that, c5’s mean lexical density is the highest one. it is 53.53 (fairly difficult) or 2.21 higher than c1’s. referring to the flesch’s table, specifically to what grade they are interpreted in american student’s writing, those 5 units can be categorized into three different groups. the first and fifth chapters are american high school category, meant written by american high school students. the second and third chapters, respectively literature review and research methodology, are estimated as american high school or some college learners’ product. furthermore, the research finding and discussion section is grouped into their college students’ writing. this is to say that the literature review, research methodology, and research findings and discussion sections according to genre of flesch’s table are lexically accepted as academic and scientific discourse. table 3. lexical density of 2016’s thesis c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 max 59.90 61.20 53.10 53.70 64.60 min 21.30 33.30 30.30 12.20 23.40 mean 48.03 43.75 39.55 22.70 53.01 saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 64 though the 2015’s and 2016’s lexical density are academically acceptable, they show a slight difference. the 2015’s lexical density is 42.88, or 1.47 higher than 2016’s (41.14). moreover, the introduction, literature review, and conclusion and suggestion sections of the 2016’s got improved. hence, this indicates that the 2016’s undergraduate theses lexical density got better. the previous description has made two crucial implications of the findings. they are dealt with the highest and lowest lexical density, and the diversity of lexical density across the writers and undergraduate thesis chapters. it can be stated that both the 2015's and 2016's literature review sections possess the lowest lexical density, the best, and their introduction sections, a piece of discourse which introduces a lengthy discourse, a project report, a laboratory report or even student essay (stapa, maasum, & aziz, 2014), own the highest ones, the worst. thus, this implies twofold. firstly, regardless of the systematic procedure of literature review (supriya et al., 2018), theories and previous studies, sources of literature review, primarily predict indonesian efl undergraduate's lexical density. it was caused by the fact that the literature synthesis helps the writers develop a knowledge base (apostolou, dorminey, hassell, & rebele, 2018) in writing the undergraduate thesis. secondly, the position of the introduction section at the beginning of the scientific report, presumably reviewed more frequently and intensively, does not affect lexical density. finally, the diversity of lexical density indices across the writers and undergraduate thesis chapters obviously approves the dynamics of any living languages (dakhi, 2016). it means that words have widely varying frequencies of use. thus, it is natural to have different lexical density across the writers and undergraduate thesis chapters. a similar finding strengthens the nature of that lexical density. reported by demir-vegter, aarts, and kurvers (2013), it was claimed that there was also a lexical diversity in maternal input to turkish preschoolers in the netherlands. more importantly, a report by nesia and ginting (2018) on lexical density of english reading texts for indonesian senior high school showed a difference with the present report. they reported that the lexical density of explanative texts were 58.42% and 52.05%; review texts were 55.73% and 53.51%; narrative texts were 48.96% and 43.97%; and discussion texts were 47.79% and 42.57%. discussing the different realization of the lexical density among the data sources is interesting. it is assumed that the difference is mainly caused by genres of the data source. naturally, academic genre is lexically densed. the data source of the present report was the undergraduate theses, academic genre, while their sources were the english reading texts for senior high school in indonesia. an additional report confirming the lexical density of the academic text is adawiyah (2015). her/his study was to differentiate lexical density between scientific and narrative texts. it was discovered that the lexical density of scientific texts (49.4% and 50.2%) were higher than the narrative ones (41.0% and 40.8%). grammatical complexity table 4. grammatical complexity of 2015’s thesis c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 max 18.72 20.32 16.88 16.45 17.05 min 13.25 11.51 9.47 8.00 10.21 mean 15.93 15.58 12.89 11.75 14.64 as shown in table 4 that the mean mls index of the c1 of the 2015’s thesis is 15.93 (fairly easy), received the most grammatical complexity. respectively, c2, c5, c3, and c4 are 15.58 (fairly easy), 14.64 (fairly easy), 12.89 (easy), and 11.75 (fairly easy), the least grammatical complexity. the data implies that, firstly, grammatical complexity of the chapter of the 2015's english undergraduate theses is standard, fairly difficult, difficult, and very difficult category. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 65 secondly, the mlses of c1, c2, and c5 are categorized as fairly easy, and the mlses of c3 and c4 are easy. consulting the flesch’s table, therefore, the introduction, literature review, and conclusion and suggestion sections of the 2015’s equal to the 6th-8th american graders’ writing. on the other hand, the mlses of the 2016’s english undergraduate theses are displayed in table 5. it shows that the mlses of c1, c5, c2, c4, and c3 are respectively 16.86 (fairly easy), 16.45 (fairly easy), 16.06 (fairly easy), 12.64 (easy), and 12.56 (easy). it means the introduction section, educational writing genre (kawase, 2015) received the most grammatical complexity, and the methodology section was the least one. table 5. grammatical complexity of 2016’s thesis c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 max 20.36 20.11 16.45 19.23 19.82 min 13.68 13.34 8.66 7.01 11.65 mean 16.86 16.06 12.58 12.64 16.45 the average mls of c1, c2, c3, c4, and c5 of both 2015 and 2016’s mls is respectively 16.40 (fairly easy), 15.82 (fairly easy), 12.74 (easy), 12.20 (easy), and 15.55 (fairly easy). comparing the mlses of both 2015 and 2016’s english undergraduate theses suggests some important implications. firstly, both the introduction sections of 2015 and 2016’s theses had the highest grammatical complexity. secondly, the entire mls of 2016’s undergraduate theses, except c3, are greater than those of 2015’s, statistically evidenced by the deviated mean mls of 2015 (14.16) and 2016’s (14.92) theses, 0.76. thirdly, such finding syntactically testifies the graduate’s english writing growth. though the current study did not focus on reasons for the grammatical complexity growth in 2016’s english undergraduate theses, it is obvious that sentence length is a robust measure of sentence structure (vieira, picoli, & mendes, 2018). this means that the growth of the mls predicts undergraduate’s improved writing. furthermore, such mls growth confirms that language is basically systematic and learnable (dakhi, 2016). additional factor making the finding reasonable is learners' cognitive diversity. obviously, students have different abilities. in this regard, it is normal that mlses of 2015 and 2016’s graduates’ writing ability are different. some similar findings showing the learners’ different skill. muslim (2014) reports that efl students’ writing ability was significantly different and bauerly and gottwald (2009) find that the complexity level of fluent and stuttered utterances produced by children was significantly different exemplify it. however, the grammatical complexity growth of the 2016’s theses did not meet mls standard of academic discourse. consulting table 1, the 2016’s undergraduate theses are identical to the 6th graders of american products. therefore, this strengthens pan’s claim (2016) that academic writing is grammatically complex. similar evidence of the complexity of the writing was reported by javed, wu, and nazli (2013) that the overall performance of all their research respondents was better in comprehension as compared to other subskills, namely word completion, sentence making/syntax, tenses/grammar, and handwriting. in a different context, ling and ling (2008) confirmed the writing complexity by arguing that international students in a canadian university passed twe (test of written english) after repeatedly doing it. relating lexical density and grammatical complexity relating the lexical density and grammatical complexity shows the 2015's language effectiveness of undergraduate thesis, i.e. lexical density (42.88) and grammatical complexity (14.16) and the 2016’s i.e. lexical density (41.41) and (14.92). the 2015’s lexical density consulted with flesch’s theory shows that they are fairly difficult and are estimated written by some american high school students. on the other hand, its mls index (14.16) is fairly easy, saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 66 produced by the sixth american graders. the 2016’s lexical density is difficult and estimated written by high school or some college american students, and its mls index is identical to the 2015’s. averagely, the lexical density is 42.14 and grammatical density is 14.54. interestingly, lexical density interpreted as a high school or some college of american student’s product, deviating the mls, is a sixth american grader’s product. one of the reasons what mls makes low is what saaristo (2015) reported. he argued grammar understood as a metalinguistic set of (also normative) statements of regularities in language, which is the way most students think of grammar, results in the bad grammatical complexity of the undergraduate thesis. this is due to the fact that in writing process, grammar is obliged to be a skill, that is something that we have to do and practice, not a knowledge. however, some techniques to improve the mls, though it lowers the lexical density, is the use of direct speech, frequent use of opening and closing devices, of connectives, of copula and of pronouns (stegan, 2003). conversely, an effective way to improve lexical density is through vocabulary mastery. regardless of l2 lexical density proficiency has a differential impact on efl learners' summary writing (baba, 2009), lexical items still hold a crucial role in language proficiency. it is because vocabulary is a basis for communicating either in verbal or nonverbal forms. referring to this, meeting the received lexical density requires lexical sophistication, diversity, and richness. factors influencing language effectiveness identity awareness it was reported personal consciousness and awareness as english lecturers, professional identity, led to a complete comprehension of some academic efforts developing teaching skills, particularly language skills, language teaching, and ict. the academic activities, the action, including conducting research, attending scientific seminars, workshops, and conferences, reading, and designing teaching equipment make the lecturers’ responsibilities concrete. a similar research finding reported that the participants, in the process of gaining self-awareness and selfknowledge, experienced themselves as approaching professional situations in new ways, gained theories and methods, which they consider as useful in understanding their every-day professional practices and showed a change in their experience of “who they are” as professionals. this, defining the role of identity awareness in a workplace, can be seen in the themes “awareness of personal resonance”, “awareness personal point of reference”, and in “situational awareness,” (andrén, 2012). importance of self-awareness in learning has been a longstanding study. oscarson (2009) discovered both teachers and students considered student self-assessments as contributing valuable additional information to ordinary tutoring and testing. ghamari and khatib (2011) reported that there was a mutual and dynamic relationship between identity and language learning. furthermore, in chemistry teaching, alkan and erdem (2014) also confirmed that there was relationship between metacognitive awareness, competency perception, and teacher self-efficacy. oyserman, elmore, and smith (2012) stated identities are the traits and characteristics, social relations, roles, and social group memberships. in this regard, the personal identity awareness and profession as english lecturer, playing a central role, define the roles, consequently determine the efforts saving the lecturer’s face. the core definition of identity, furthermore, is manifested into three main domains. it consists of the past-what used to be true of one, the present-what is true of one now, or the future-the person one expects or wishes to become, the person one feels obligated to try to become, or the person one fears one may become. the past refers to efl learners' learning quality from which they acquire the true knowledge. the english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 67 present is concerned with students' current efforts in efl learning either in classrooms or at home. finally, the future is defined as the efl learners’ dreams and expectations. personal experience no denies that experience as the best teacher; therefore is a final and validated truth shared to any individuals’ frame of reference. in learning language context, more specifically writing, experience is viewed as a schemata. the schemata is a pre-existing knowledge of the world, a collection of a concept including background knowledge of content, text structure, and hierarchical organization of the text (fushan, 2014). the schemata is enormously useful in efl learning. there have been many scientific studies testifying it. according to ferdipour and delavar (2011) the schemata, parts of macrostructure of text, have a significant effect on written communication. still about the schemata, radzi and aziz (2014) discovered that content schemata had influenced the learners’ text comprehension. on efl teaching, conversely, the experience deals with teaching experience. efl teachers’ various experiences hold a key role in influencing efl learners' behavior. thus, an account for types of experience and teacher professionalism is interesting since different teachers have different experiences and then different orientations in teaching. reported by louws, meirink, veen, and van driel (2017), an evidence of different experiences resulting in different teaching orientations, earlyand late-career teachers showed greater preference to learn about classroom management compared to mid-career. however, only insightful and useful teaching is needed to accomplish efl learning objectives. the insightful and useful teaching experiences are products of reflective thinking. supported by afshar and farahani (2015), they claimed there was a significant positive correlation between reflective teaching and reflective thinking. it indicates that the insightful and useful efl teaching experience are positively obtained through teachers’ reflective thinking. according to the present study, attractiveness, revision, feasibility, and practicality of literacy skills result in the teaching and learning interest, consequently becoming stored into a longterm memory forming the teaching english writing. some related studies support such findings. the attractiveness predicted well-being and social connectiveness (plaut, adams & anderson, 2009); subsequently influenced the great physical and psychological health, student-student interaction and studentteacher interaction. views on revision or reversibility role in writing have, although, changed dramatically over the last two decades, revision and its strategies still hold a vital role in writing process. this is in line with woo, chu, and li’s (2013) argument that peer-feedback sheds light on influence of peer-feedback, one of the strategies of revision, on the writing process. automated writing evaluation (awe), another strategy on revision, is helpful for esl writers to improve linguistic accuracy (li, link, & hegelheimer, 2015). however, an account for reviewer and peer-feedback provider has to be considered as only experienced writers can do it. reported by calkin (2018), it was explained since the writing is an inner behavior, only the writer could observe and review it. moreover, feasibility study on language learning, a procedure to predict outcome of an investigation examination, or assessment of a planned schema along with possible gain (mukherjee & roy, 2017), holds an important role in deciding whether there is possibility to achieve the learning outcomes. study on the importance of feasibility studies has been conducted by wuest et al. (2015) and by organisation for economic co-operation and development or oecd (2013) reminding that feasibility is not an end in itself, but rather a stimulus to deeper professional dialogue on desired learning outcomes and the teaching approaches needed to achieve them. learning feasibility saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 68 adopted from mukherjee and roy (2017) comprises technical, economic, legal, and operational feasibility. finally, practicality is assumed as a determinant factor of the well-planned execution of writing project in efl context. pouliot (2008) explored three dimensions of practicality: instrumental rationality (logic of consequences), norm-following (logic of appropriateness), and communicative action (logic of arguing). motivation it is believed something getting done is highly influenced by the degree of the needs possibly met (maslow, 1954), a psychological factor (dwihandini, marhaeni, & suamajaya, 2013). rasekh and barati (2014) confirmed that motivation contributes to the learning environment, teachers, techniques, and the material. according to dakhi and damanik (2018) curiosity (92.22%), challenge (83%), compliance (77.67%), competition in reading (77.50%), reading importance (73.33%), reading involvement (72.50%), recognition (68.33%), reading for grades (67.08%), reading efficacy (59.44%), avoidance (59.17), and social reason (55.56) are motivation variables of tenth graders at sma negeri 55, jakarta. another factor making someone motivated to do something is feedback. feedback provision through teaching, a need for improving the hard skill and pedagogic skill, motivates the teacher of english writing. the feedback is viewed as an information provided by an agent (e.g., teacher, peer, book, parent, experience) regarding aspects of one’s performance or understanding. although feedback has a powerful influence on learning and achievement, its type produces different output (hattie & timperley, 2007). three factors predict an evaluative feedback, tested by azzam and whyte (2018), are delivery strategy, accuracy, and type (positive/negative). therefore, strategy on how to provide the feedback has to be taken into account by english teachers. one of the strategies enhancing the feedback quality is by applying a web application, the minute feedback system (mfs). barrett, et al. (2018) reported that about 98.6% of students (138 women, 140 men) used mfs. they asked the feedback more from faculty (26.3 requests per individual) compared to trainees (16.4 requests per individual). on the contrary, a responsibility being a lecturer and of course learner, the duty, has driven the teaching writing. it is viewed as a bundle of obligations associated with a job or function, like teacher and leaner of writing teaching, as narrowly defined as a role, job description, by which function is described. as francis (2012) stated teachers have the charge to set environmental conditions for the learner, the teacher is the key external component, collaborating with the student to encourage, cultivating and drawing out the student’s motivation to learn, the responsibility is clearly defined. thus, teaching and learning writing is a social responsibility (sihem, 2013). furthermore, teaching boredom, another motivation variable, on the other hand, puts an action on the meaningless and unattractive struggle of process of a possible background of the undergraduate thesis lexical density and grammatical complexity. though boredom is defined as an interrelated and inseparable emotional, motivational, perceptual and cognitive concomitants, it serves to encourage people to seek new goals and experiences and provides a valuable adaptive function by signalling its time to pursue a goal of a writing project (bench & lench, 2013). lastly, an experience, problem-solving, and role model to be an objective examiner have totally met the needs in teaching and learning writing. according to the present study, it revealed, surprisingly, no negative external motivation implying the threat absence as the positive external is practiced, but positive internal and negative internal ones exist. the feedback provision, responsibility, duty, loyalty, and good team-work function english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 69 as the positive external motivation, and experience, role model and objective examiner are treated as positive internal motivation through which positive motivation dominates over the negative one. moreover, the boredom, e.g. meaningless and unattractive teaching and learning academic writing meets the negative internal motivation. linguistic awareness and application any living languages have vocabulary and system of structure, a theoretical background language learnability claim as learning by system has made teaching possible, a basic element of language teaching and language production. linguistic awareness consists in the mental recognition, a state of knowing the cultural features of both spoken and written discourse hidden in linguistic manifestation, the acceptable application and its mutual connection with the other studies. ideally, a good theoretical concept understanding is definitely appropriately interpreted into an acceptably correct application, i.e. spoken and written discourse linguistic features differ. consequently "learning language" and "learning about the language" are obviously traced for which grammar as skill application in the scientific undergraduate thesis, not as science, is entirely executed. mahadouche (2010) confirms writing awareness difficulty contributes on the writing skill supports the urgency of linguistic awareness and application to some extent and strengthens linguistic proficiency as a dominant factor on the students' research report (dwihandini, marhaeni, & suamajaya, 2013). conceptual and mechanical competence a conceptual competence requiring a creativity to conceive ideas and transmute them into an observably physical object (egiri & wuritka, 2016) is highly identical to the very beginning process of language production ability including writing as it precedes the formulation, articulation, and self-monitoring phase. a syntactic thinking process of language production, a nonsyntactic or imaginary one definitely proceeds a logical and socially acceptable idea with formal form according to the frame of social reference. human language conceptualization, some are universal and others are language-specific, is defined in different physical and cultural environments. even though language conceptualization is complex since content selection, syntactic form selection, and sound sequences are human problem, a study on how to conceptualize and communicate conducted through the use of drawing evidence that language conceptualization can be trained. in this study, mastering the topic and research methodology defines conceptual competence. a holistic view on the topic of the writing puts the writer on the right access to the writing success, and research methodology frames the nature of the question and establish a path along which research (jonker & pennik, 2010) and its report can be directed. competency in choosing the topic is required as it functions to establish a well-defined task environment dimension of the writing, a process-based approach to writing (bayat, 2014). on the contrary, the mechanics and coherence application to the writing completes the mechanical variables. an emphasis on perceived grammar, spelling, and usage including mechanics and coherence application is product-based. the product approach to writing according to palpanada, salam, and ismail (2014) completely encompasses familiarization, controlled writing, guided writing, and free writing. regarding the previous research finding and discussion, some implications are provided as follows: a. the distinction of lexical density and grammatical complexity index of undergraduate thesis according to its unit of chapter and time written confirms the writing skill improvement, the dynamics of language, an altered output driven by the context of the writing purpose and strengthens the writing as a complex integrated skill. saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 70 b. the lexical density interpretation, a high school or some college of american student’s product, deviates the mls, a sixth american grader’s product. ideally, mls index is not an obstacle increasing the syntactic complexity since in this study grammatical complexity is merely an average word length in sentence, a non-structurally and semanticallysentence-based index. an unrecognized characteristic of english language sentence by the undergraduates, therefore, is obviously captured. c. although the fifth chapter is the core unit of the research report providing the scientific answer of the problem and is presumably frequently revised and reviewed by thesis advisors, it is lexically the most ineffective part compared to the others since. this is to confirm a negative attitude on research finding and to predict a mental boredom of the writer. d. elaborating motivation of teaching and learning english writing, the feedback provision, responsibility, duty, loyalty, and good team-work function as the positive external motivation, and experience, role model and objective examiner are treated as positive internal motivation through which positive motivation dominates over the negative one. moreover, the boredom, e.g. meaningless and unattractive teaching and learning academic writing meets the negative internal motivation. this surprisingly shows that no negative external motivation practiced, a threat. e. regardless of the low grammatical complexity index, conceptual and mechanical competency as a determinant factor of the writing success, an integration of process and product-based writing approach is the finest model. conclusion three important conclusions are drawn in this scientific study. firstly, the diversity of lexical density realization in the undergraduate thesis according to its unit of chapter and time composed is averagely 42.14, to some extent, it is acceptable as an american student's academic product. secondly, the writing quality improvement assessed through grammatical complexity, 2015's mls index is 14.16 and 2016's mls score is 14.92, still defines its syntactical complexity mean index, 14.54, as slick fiction product of the sixth american students. finally, determinant factor of academic writing holistically encompasses psychological factors, i.e. identity awareness, motivation, and conceptual competency, sociocultural factor, i.e. personal experience, and linguistic factors: linguistic awareness and application and mechanical competency. to acquire a sustainable research project and improve linguistically academic acceptance of the undergraduate thesis, more generally english writing, some suggestions and recommendations are listed: 1) the tolerated index of undergraduate thesis lexical density does not guarantee the academic and technical content as this research employed a calculation on-line system; thus, for its pure acceptance, it has to be further studied through semantic-based analysis. 2) since the research interpretation was consulted with the flesch's theory, an indonesian language text readability index is an urgently needed for linguists’ research. 3) the lexical density index decrease and the grammatical complexity increase have to be seriously taken into account by english lecturers and students of pseudonym university. a well-defined, planned, and conducted both process and product-based approach to writing are the appropriately finest model. a detailed concept and well-trained writing syntactically constructing a practical, academic and scientific thesis product are advisedly to be executed. acknowledgement this research was entirely funded by the english education department (eed), english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 71 faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kristen indonesia (uki) in 2017. references adawiyah, r. (2015). grammatical intricacy and lexical density in scientific and narrative texts. (undergraduate thesis). medan: universitas sumatera utara. retrieved from http://repository.usu.ac.id/bitstream/handle/1234 56789/62923/cover.pdf?sequence=7. afshar, h. s., & farahani, m. (2015). reflective thinking and reflective teaching among iranian efl teachers: do gender and teaching experience make a difference? procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 192, 615-620. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.107. alkan, f., & erdem, e. (2014). the relationship between metacognitive awareness, teacher selfefficacy, and chemistry competency. procediasocial and behavioral sciences, 778-783. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.07.475. alhojailan, m. i. (2012). thematic analysis: a critical review of its process and evaluation. west east journal of social sciences, 1 (1), 39-47. retrieved from https://fac.ksu.edu.sa/sites/default/files/ta_themat ic_analysis_dr_mohammed_alhojailan.pdf. andrén, u. (2012). self-awareness and selfknowledge in professions: something we are or skill we learn. göteborg: acta universitatis hothoburgenesis. azzam, t., & whyte, c. e. (2018). evaluative feedback delivery and the factors that affect success. evaluation and program planning, 67, 148-159. doi: 10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2017.11.005. apostolou, b., dorminey, j. w., hassell, j. m., & rebele, j. e. (2018). accounting education literature review (2017). journal of accounting education, 43, 1-23. doi: 10.1016/j.jaccedu.2018.02.001. baba, k. (2009). aspects of lexical proficiency in writing summaries in a foreign language. journal of second language writing, 18(3), 191-208. doi: 10.1016/j.jslw.2009.05.003. bauerly, k. r., & gottwald, s. r. (2009). the dynamic relationship of sentence complexity, childhood stuttering, and grammatical development. contemporary issues in communication science and disorders, 36, 1425. bayat, n. (2014). the effect of the process writing approach on writing success and anxiety. educational sciences: theory and practice, xiv(3), 1133-1141. doi: 10.12738/estp.2014.3.1720. bench, s. w., & lench, h. c. (2013). on the function of boredom. behavioral sciences, iii, 459-472. doi: 10.3390/bs3030459. biber, d., gray, b., & stamples, s. (2016). contrasting the grammatical complexities of conversation and academic writing: implication for eap writing development and teaching. language in focus journal, 2(1). calkin, a. b. (2018). writing on writing. international journal of educational research, 87, 127-137. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2017.05.002. chokwe, j. m. (2013). impacting academic writing skills of english second language students. mediterranean journal of social science, iv(14), 337-384. dakhi, s., & damanik, i. s. (2018). students’ motivation in reading english text: a qualitative study in efl context. journal of english teaching, 4(2), 81-93. retrieved from http://ejournal.uki.ac.id/index.php/jet/article/view /832. dakhi, s. (2016). foreign language acquisition of souvenir seller in bawomataluo village. journal ilmu bahasa, ii(1), 16-32. doi: 10.22225/jr.2.1.46.16-32. dakhi, s. (2011). lexical changes of southern dialect of li niha (master thesis). medan: universitas negeri medan. retrieved from http://digilib.unimed.ac.id/3219/. deane, p., et al. (2008). cognitive models of writing: writing proficiency as a complexly integrated skill. princeton: educational testing service. demir-vegter, s., aarts, r., & kurvers, j. (2013). lexical richness in maternal input and vocabulary development of turkish preschoolers in the netherlands. journal of psycholinguistic research, 43(2), 149-165. doi: 10.1007/s10936013-9245-7. dwihandini, l. a., marhaeni, a. a. i. n., suamajaya, i. w. (2013). the analysis of the factors affecting undergraduate students’ difficulties in writing thesis in the english department of mahasaraswati university. e-journal program pascasarjana universitas pendidikan ganesha, ii, 1-12. retrieved from https://media.neliti.com/media/publications/2069 45-the-analysis-of-the-factors-affecting-un.pdf. egiri, y. o., & wuritka, e. (2016). conceptualizing concepts: a new approach to industrial design. doi: 10.13140/rg.2.2.23092.45443. ferdipour, a., & delavar, a. (2011). the effect of rhetorical patterns or schemata on reading comprehension in expository text of perian. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 30, 690-693. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.10.133. flesch, r. (1974). the art of readable writing. new york: harper. francis, j. m. (2012). student-regulated learning: roles and responsibilities for students motivation (master thesis). west point: united states military academy. retrieved from https://www.usma.edu/cfe/literature/francis_12. pdf. saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 72 fushan, s. (2014).the application of schema theory in teaching college english college writing. theory and practice in language studies, iv( 7), 1476-1482. doi: 10.4304/tpls.4.7.1476-1482. ghamari, a. m., & khatib, m. (2011). mutual relations of identity and foreign language learning: an overview of linguistic and sociolinguistic approaches to identity. theory and practice in language studies, i(12), 17011708. doi: 10.4304/tpls.1.12.1701-1708. ghasemi, h., & jahromi, m. k. (2014). the difference between spoken and written discourse in english. international journal of language learning and applied linguistics world, vi(4), 147-155. halliday, m. a. (1989). spoken and written language. oxford: oxford university press. huy, n. t. (2015). problems affecting learning writing skill of grade 11 at thong linh high school. asian journal of educational research, ii(2), 53-69. javed, m., wu, x. j., & nazli, s. (2013). a study of students’ assessment in writing skills of the english. international journal of instruction, vi(2), 129-144. retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej1085369.pdf. jonker, j., & pennik, b. (2010). the essence of research methodology. doi: 10.1007/978-3-54071659-4_2. kawase, t. (2015). metadiscourse in the introductions of phd theses and research articles. journal of english for academic purposes, 20, 114-124. doi: 10.1016/j.jeap.2015.08.006. levy, y., & ellis, t. j. (2006). a system approach to conducting an effective literature review in support of information system research. informing science journal, ix, 181-212. li, j., link, s., & hegelheimer, v. (2015). rethinking the role of automated writing evaluation (awe) feedback in esl writing instruction. journal of second language teaching, 27, 1-18. doi: 10.1016/j.jslw.2014.10.004. ling, h., & ling, s. (2008). esl students' perceptions and experiences of standardized english writing tests. assessing writing, xiii(2), 130-149. doi: 10.1016/j.asw.2008.08.001. louws, m. l., meirink, j. a., van veen, k., & van driel, j. h. (2017). teacher's self-directed learning and teaching experience: what, how, and why teachers want to learn. teaching and teacher education, 66, 171-183. doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2017.04.004. mahadouche, m. (2010). developing the writing skill through increasing learners' awareness of the writing process: the case of second-year students-university of constative (master thesis). retrieved from https://bu.umc.edu.dz/theses/anglais/ham1132.p df. marques, g. (2008). establishing a continuum in spoken and written language in student emails. odense working papers in language and communication (pp. 564-576). maslow, a. (1954). motivation and personality. new york: harper and bros. muchemwa, s. (2015). factors influencing the learning of english language for academic purposes for foreign students: a case of solusi university. european online journal and social sciences, iv(3), 527-533. mukherjee, m., & roy, s. (2017). feasibility studies and important aspect of project management. international journal of advanced engineering and management, ii(4), 98-100. retrieved from https://ijoaem.org/00204-25. muslim, i. m. (2014). helping efl students improve their writing. international journal of humanities and social studies, iv(2), 205-12. retrieved from https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/8650/5e5674fefa a9b63af0dd76405985c77db95c.pdf. nesia, h. b., & ginting, s. a. (2018). lexical density of english reading texts for senior high school. retrieved from https://media.neliti.com/media/publications/2219 25-none.pdf. organization for economic co-operation and development. (2013). assessment of higher education learning outcomes feasibility study report. retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/education/skills-beyondschool/ahelo%20fs%20report%20volume% 201%20executive%20summary.pdf. oscarson, a. d. (2009). self-assessment of writing in learning english as a foreign language: a study at the upper secondary school level. göteborg: gesonhyltetryck. retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed505960.pdf. oyserman, d., elmore, k., & smith, g. (2012). self, self-concept, and identity. in m. r. leary, & j. p.tangney, the handbook of self and identity (pp. 69-104). new york: the guilford press. palpanada, s. t., salam, a. r. b., & ismail, f. b. (2014). comparative analysis of process versus product approach of teaching writing in malaysian schools: review literature. middleeast journal of scientific research, xxii(6), 789-795. doi: 10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2014.22.06.21943. pardede, p. (2012). scientific articles structure. scientific writing workshop. retrieved from https://drive.google.com/file/d/0b7pjkztaptsou 0nusvbbt3lzc28/edit. plaut, v. c., adams, g., & anderson, s. l. (2009). does attractiveness buy business? “it depends on where you are from”. journal of the international association for relationship research, xvi, 619630. retrieved from english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 73 https://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/attractivenes s_paper.pdf. pouliot, v. (2008). the logic of practicality: a theory of practice of security communities. international organization, 62(2), 257-288. doi: 10.1017/s0020818308080090. radzi, a. h. m., & aziz, n. h. a. (2014). exploring content schemata influence on l2 learners’ comprehension of zuraidah omar’s. twelve and not stupid. procedia – social and behavioral sciences, 155, 215-222. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.10.282. rasekh, a. s., & barati, h. (2014). teachers’ feedback and students’ motivation in english for general and specific purposes courses in iran. theory and practice in language studies, v(5), 973-981. doi: 10.4304/tpls.4.5.973-981. saaristo, p. (2015). grammar is the heart of language: grammar and its role in language learning among finnish university students. in j. jalkanen, e. jokinen, & p. taalas (eds.), voices of pedagogical development – expanding, enhancing and exploring higher education language learning (pp. 279-318). dublin: researchpublishing.net. doi: 10.14705/rpnet.2015.000296. seyabi, f. a., & tuzlukova, v. (2014). the writing problem and strategies: an investigative study in the omani school and university context. asian journal of social science and humanities, iii(4), 37-48. signes, c. g., & arroita, b. c. (2015). analysing lexical density and lexical diversity in university students' written discourse. procedia-social and behavioral sciences (pp. 546-556). sihem, b (2013). social responsibility of educators. international journal of education research and technology, iv(1), 46-51. retrieved from http://www.soeagra.com/ijert/ijertmarch2013/8.p df. smith, r. c., dorsey, a. a., lyles, j. s., & frankel, r. m. (1999). teaching self-awareness enhances learning about patient-centered interviewing. academic medicine, 74(11), 1242-1249. retrieved from http://bpsmedicine.msu.edu/pdf/22%20%20ctstudypstrng.pdf. stapa, s. h., maasum, t. n. r. t., & aziz, m. s. a. (2014). identifying problems in writing thesis introductions in research methodology class. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 112, 497-502. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.01.1194. stegan, o. (2003). lexical density in oral versus written rangi texts. soas working papers in linguistics, xv, 173-184. supriya, et al. (2018). systematic review of literature review: best practices. academic radiology. doi: 10.1016/j.acra.2018.04.025. thanh, n. c. (2015). the difference between spoken and written grammar in english, in comparison with vietnamese. gist education and learning research journal, (11), 138-153. vieira, d. s., picoli, s., & mendes, r. s. (2018) robustness of sentence length measures in written texts. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications, 506, 749-754. doi: 10.1016/j.physa.2018.04.104. woo, m. m., chu, s. k. w., & li, x. (2013). peerfeedback and revision process in a wiki mediated collaborative writing. educational technology research and development, 61(2), 279-309. doi: 10.1007/s11423-012-9285-y. wuest, j., et al. (2015). the process, outcomes, and challenges of feasibility studies conducted in partnership with stakeholders: a health intervention for woman survivors of intimate partner violence. retrieved from https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/n ur.21636. zhang, b. (2013). an analysis of spoken and written language and how they affect english language learning and teaching. journal of language teaching and research, iv(4), 834-838. saniago dakhi & horas hutabarat language effectiveness and factors influencing scientific writing of indonesian undergraduate thesis 74 abstract: whole language approach (wla) is the approach to learn language that focus on the real communication, reading and writing in the fun learning environment context english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee applyingwhole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school lisa rosaline smart ekselensia senior high school, bogor, indonesia e-mail: lisa_rosaline@yahoo.co.uk amru asykari smart ekselensia senior high school, bogor, indonesia e-mail: amru_asykari@gmail.com apa citation: rosaline, l. & asykari, a.. (2013). applying whole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 151-158 received: 06-04-2013 accepted: 30-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: whole language approach (wla) is the approach to learn language that focus on the real communication, reading and writing in the fun learning environment context (richard and rodgers 2001). the teachers of wla believe that the students should learn the materials in unity. this study involved 102 of 3rd to 5th year grade students of smart ekselensia high school, bogor, indonesia. the public english speaking activity has been held for 6 months. the public speaking can be in form of storytelling, general speech, and religious speech. before the students performed the public speaking, they had to prepare the material such as a story or a book summary. instrument used to obtain the data were questionnaires and interviews aimed at gathering statistical data and open responses about what students think and feel about the public speaking activity. based on the findings, basically students can improve their four language skills although it still cannot be seen directly. according to the result of the interview, some students suggest the whole language approach and public speaking be continued. they also suggest the frequency be added more in order to encourage them to speak english and create a good english environment. keywords:whole language approach, public speaking, competence standard curriculum. introduction ken goodman is one of the educators most often associated with the term "whole language" and one of the earliest and principle advocates of the whole language approach as we know it today. goodman (1986) described whole language as a "top-to-bottom," rather than a "bottom-up," view of language learning, a view that does not break language into bits and pieces. language is taught in real and natural contexts, and thus, language learning is easier and more interesting and relevant to the learner. whole language approach (wla) is the approach to learn language that focus on the real communication, reading and writing in the fun learning environment context (richard and rodgers, 2001). this approach was popular in the beginning of 1980 to 2000 in america. the teachers of wla believe that the students should learn the materials in unity, without separated them to small parts. for example, rather than teaching the word structure, it is better to ask the students to read a story book, summarizes it and retells it in front mailto:lisa_rosaline@yahoo.co.uk lisa rosaline & amru asykari applying whole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school of others. the special thing from this approach is that the learning material is something authentic such as a story book, general books and also articles from newspaper. another characteristic of this approach is that the students have freedom to choose the material for their learning activity, they are expected to be independent learners who are responsible with their own learning progress. language learning involves risk, and students should be encouraged to try and try again if they fail; and that form follows function in language development and not vice versa. the teacher is a facilitator and also a supporter to support collaborative process among students (setiyadi, 2008). the whole language movement originated with elementary educators. how can these principles apply to the teaching of adults learning english? a teacher in an adult literacy program can incorporate a whole language approach first by recognizing that most adults already know a great deal about how language works. even though they may not be able to read or write proficiently in english, adult esl students come to literacy programs with many years of experiences that have developed their world knowledge, oral language, and reading and writing and have shaped their views of what literacy is and how and why it is learned. a senior high school teacher can incorporate a whole language approach first by recognizing that most students have already known a great deal about how language works. even though they may not be able to read or write proficiently in english, senior high school students come to literacy programs with many years of experiences that have developed their world knowledge, oral language, and reading and writing and have shaped their views of what literacy is and how and why it is learned. one of the first steps a whole language teacher should take is to share with learners his or her views on how language is learned. the notion that literacy is functional and contextual should be emphasized, as many adults come to the classroom with the notion that literacy is an academic hurdle to overcome rather than a tool for larger goals or everyday needs. finally, learners should be encouraged to take risks and develop their literacy in ways that are relevant to their personal situations. this elaboration of assumptions about whole language opens the way for the teacher to introduce activities such as journal and letter writing, the language experience approach (see taylor, 1992), and story writing and publishing, rather than focusing on drills and grammar exercises. some educators have learners write personal stories reflecting their experiences--sorrows, joys, problems, and memories--and publish them to use as a basis for additional reading, writing, and discussion activities (see peyton, 1991, for examples). authentic reading that is meaningful and of interest to learners is also part of the whole language approach. as smith (1983) points out, "the only way to make learning to read easy is to make reading easy" (p.23). by this he means that students learn to read only by reading and focusing on meaning and not primarily focusing on words, pronunciation, speed, or accuracy. public speaking is the act of speaking on a particular subject in front of a group of people with the intention of influencing, entertaining or informing the listeners. in order to be a good orator one must be able to influence people, change their opinion, and transform the emotion of the listeners as pertaining to that particular subject. 1 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee public speaking is the process of speaking to a group of people in a structured, deliberate manner intended to inform, influence, or entertain the listeners. in public speaking, as in any form of communication, there are five basic elements, often expressed as "who is saying what to whom using what medium with what effects?" the purpose of public speaking can range from simply transmitting information, to motivating people to act, to simply telling a story. good orators should be able to change the emotions of their listeners, not just inform them. public speaking can also be considered a discourse community. interpersonal communication and public speaking have several components that embrace such things as motivational speaking, leadership/personal development, business, customer service, large group communication, and mass communication. public speaking can be a powerful tool to use for purposes such as motivation, influence, persuasion, informing, translation, or simply entertaining. more over, senior high school students are encourage to be able to develop their four language skills based on competence standard and school based curriculum (ktsp) which are listening, reading, writing and speaking. by applying whole language approach, it is expected that the students can practice their reading and writing skills independently. language is taught in real and natural contexts, and thus, language learning is easier and more interesting and relevant to the learner. rather than depend on basal readers, textbooks, and workbooks that often stress contextualized language exercises, whole language teachers build on learners' existing knowledge and work with writing letters, or developing and working on extended writing projects. learners, therefore, develop control over the mechanics of language through real reading and real writing. method this study involved 102 students of smart ekselensia high school, bogor, indonesia. they were students of 3rd to 5th year grade. the public english speaking activity has been held for 6 months. it was held 4 times a week, twice a week in the morning and twice a week in the afternoon. the public speaking can be in form of storytelling, general speech, and religious speech. before the students do the public speaking, they had to prepare the material such as a story or a book summary and in this a part of whole language approach application. instrument used to obtain the data were questionnaire and interviews. the use of questionnaires in this study aimed at gathering statistical data and open responses about what students think and feel about the public speaking activity. the questions in the questionnaire consist of closed ended and open ended questions. there are 10 closed ended questions with 5 statements of preferences. the fifth statements are designed to use five point of likert scale which is range from “strongly disagree”, “disagree”, “neutral“, “agree”, and “ strongly agree”. as for open ended questions, the students respondents were asked to state their reasons of their choices in the close-ended questions. the interviews involved 30 students who have ever delivered the public speaking more than once in front of the teachers and students. this interview was conducted to pursue more detailed opinions and issues on students' thoughts and feelings on the public speaking activity. lisa rosaline & amru asykari applying whole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school results anddiscussion the whole language approach could make the students practice their four language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing). in whole language approach, students are encouraged to read a story or an article, summarize it and retell it in front of others (setiyadi 2008). moreover, public speaking activity as a transmitting information activity is expected to improve the students’ four language skill. this section addresses the findings on students' perspectives of the whole language approach and public speaking activity in relation to their listening skill improvement. table 1. students' perspective on their listening skill improvement public speaking and whole language approach improve student's listening skill especially listening to the gist of conversation strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 11 14 36 34 7 (percentage) 10.78 13.73 35.29 33.33 6.86 public speaking and whole language approach improve student's listening skill especially listening to the details of conversation strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 17 23 42 17 3 (percentage) 16.67 22.55 41.78 16.67 2.94 as can be seen from the table, the students tend to improve their listening skills especially listening to the gist of conversation. the total percentage of the students who agree and strongly agree that they have improved their listening to the gist of conversation is 40.19% and it is higher that those who strongly disagree and disagree (24.51%). while majority of students prefer to be neutral when they are asked about their listening for details improvement. this fact shows that the students are able to get the general information of the speech or conversation even though they still have to improve their ability to grasp the information details. it means basically the students improve their listening skill because listening to the gist is a basic of listening skills. with more practice the students will be able to improve their listening to the details skill. table 2. students' perspective on their reading skill improvement public speaking and whole language approach improve student's motivation to read more english books strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 19 26 34 20 3 (percentage) 18.63 25.49 33.33 19.61 2.94 public speaking and whole language approach improve strongly disagree disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee student's reading skill especially on skimming technique (1) (4) number of students 12 16 34 35 5 (percentage) 11.76 15.69 33.33 34.31 4.9 public speaking and whole language approach improve student's reading skill especially on scanning technique strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 12 24 40 21 5 (percentage) 11.76 23.53 39.22 20.59 4.9 as we know that there are 2 kinds of reading techniques, skimming and scanning. skimming is the technique to improve comprehension speed and is useful at the intermediate level and above. the idea of skimming is to look over the entire text quickly to get the basic idea. by skimming the text, the students will be able to tell the main topic, purpose, or idea. then they will have a framework to understand the reading when they work through it more carefully. scanning is another speed strategy to use with intermediate level and above. students must look through a text quickly, searching for specific information. table 2 has shown that the students' reading skill improve especially their ability to use skimming technique. though the students' perspective proves that they are not too motivated to read more english books and to improve the scanning technique, they are still in neutral position. it means that public speaking and whole language approach still influence them to improve their zsignificant. table 3. students' perspective on their writing skill improvement public speaking improve student's vocabulary building strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 10 10 19 42 21 (percentage) 9.8 9.8 18.63 41.18 20.59 public speaking and whole language approach improve student's grammar especially the use of tenses strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 13 14 39 32 4 (percentage) 12.75 13.73 38.24 31.37 3.92 public speaking and whole language approach improve student's writing skill especially to arrange some sentences into paragraphs. strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) lisa rosaline & amru asykari applying whole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school number of students 13 16 37 29 7 (percentage) 12.75 15.69 36.27 28.43 6.86 table 3 has reflected that the students' writing skill in general improve especially their ability to broaden their vocabulary. the total percentage of the students who agree and strongly agree with this is 61.77%. it is much higher than those who tend to be disagree and neutral. by listening and writing or summarizing text for public speaking, students find a lot of new vocabulary. students also improve their ability to arrange some sentences into paragraphs. reading and delivering speech or story telling could also improve the students' understanding about grammar though 36.27% students choose to be neutral. table 4. students' perspective on their speaking skill improvement public speaking and whole language approach improve student's motivation and self confidence to use english everyday strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 9 15 41 27 10 (percentage) 8.82 14.71 40.2 26.47 9.8 public speaking and whole language approach improve student's speaking skill especially students' fluency, pronunciation, and intonation. strongly disagree (1) disagree (2) neutral (3) agree (4) strongly agree (4) number of students 9 14 42 30 7 (percentage) 8.82 13.73 41.18 29.41 6.86 as can be seen from table 4, 40.2% of the students think neutrally about the effect of public speaking to their motivation and self confidence in using english. although the total percentage of students who agree and strongly agree that public speaking improve their motivation to use english is 27.53 which is still lower than the neutral percentage, it is still higher than the percentage of those who strongly disagree and disagree (23.53%). this fact means that basically students improve their motivation to use english though it is not directly and significantly reflected. furthermore, the students also improve their fluency, pronunciation, and intonation even though it is still not reflected significantly since 41.18% of the students chose to be neutral. the foregoing presentation has been focused on the statistical data of the findings. the following is the discussion of the findings by presenting some data of the interviews. several comments from the interview can be seen as follows: “the frequency of this activity should be added more, maybe everyday. it is good because it will encourage the teachers and students to speak english and it can create english environment.” (source of data: interview with student 1) “the improvement that i got is my effort to speak english” (source of data: interview with student 5) “ those who have the turn to do the public speaking should pronounce the words words well so it can be understood more”(source of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee data: interview with students 8) “the public speaking should be more attractive”(source of data: interview with students 16) “the grammar use should be clearer”(source of data: interview with students 20) “i can make the summary but finding the new meaning of new words need much time” (source of data: interview with students 20) according to the interview data, the respondents believe that public speaking influence their four language skills although it cannot be seen directly. those who have delivered speech or story telling more than twice think that this activity should be continued and the frequency should be added to 5 times or six times a week. conclusion whole language approach and public speaking can be applied to senior high school lesson. whole language approach makes the students become an independent learners and public speaking encourage the students to speak in front of others. based on the findings, basically students can improve their four language skills as expected in competence standard and school based curriculum (ktsp) although it is still cannot be seen directly. according to the result of the interview, some students suggest that the whole language approach and public speaking should be continued. they also suggest that the frequency should be adding more in order to encourage them to speak english and create a good english environment. references bearre, k. improve reading skills. retrieved july 15th, 2010 from (http://esl.about.com/od/englishreadi ngskills/a/readingskills.htm). bello, t. (1997).writing topics for adult esl students. paper presented at the 31st annual teachers of english to speakers of other languages convention. orlando, fl. bello, t. (1997). improving esl learners' writing skills. eric digest. retrieved july 15th 2010 from http://www. ericdigests.org/ 1998-1/skills.htm. cheatham, j., m. clark, d. mckay, m. schnieder, and m. d. siedow. (1994). whole language for english to speakers of other languages adults: a guide to instruction. syracuse, ny: new readers convention press. clayton, a. (2010) writing and public speaking: how to successfully deliver a speech. retrieved june 15th, 2010 from (http://www.eslteachersboard. com/cgi-bin/writing/index.pl? read=3188. crandall, j. a., and j. k. peyton. (1993). approaches to adult esl literacy instruction.washington, dc and mchenry, il: center for applied linguistics and delta systems. goodman, k. s. (1986).what's whole in whole language? portsmouth, nh: heinemann. peyton, j. k. (1991). listening to students' voices: educational materials written by and for adults learning english. washington, dc: national clearinghouse on literacy education. peyton, j. k., and j. staton (eds.). (1996). writing our lives: reflections on dialogue journal writing with adults learning english. washington, dc and mchenry, il: center for applied linguistics and delta systems. richards, j. c. , and t. s. rodgers. (2001). approaches and methods in language teaching (second edition). cambridge: cambridge university press. setiyadi, b. (2008). teaching english as foreign language. jakarta: universitas terbuka. smith, f. (1983). essays into literacy. portsmouth, nh: heinemann. taylor, m. l. (1992). the language experience http://esl.about.com/od/englishreadingskills/a/readingskills.htm http://www.ericdigests.org/1998-1/skills.htm http://www.eslteachersboard.com/cgi-bin/writing/index.pl?read=3188 lisa rosaline & amru asykari applying whole language approach and public speaking activity in smart ekselensia high school approach and adult learners. washington, dc: national clearinghouse on literacy education .tran, h. (1997). becoming a writer. paper presented at the 31st annual teachers of english to speakers of other languages convention, orlando, fl. vandergrift,l. retrieved july 15th 2010 from http://www.llas.ac.uk/resources/gpg /67. public speaking. retrieved june 15th, 2010 from http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/public_speaking. http://www.llas.ac.uk/resources/gpg/67 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/public_speaking introduction the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners fetty poerwita sary e-mail: f.poerwitasary@gmail.com. apa citation: sary, f.p. (2012). the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 17-26 received: 09-08-2012 accepted: 12-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this observational study, which focuses on strategies used by teachers when teaching english as a foreign language to primary school students, was conducted in two classes at one of private international primary school. this study attempted to address the following question: what instructional strategies are used by the english teachers at this school? the data, which were collected by using a classroom observation and interview with the teachers and their students, were analyzed qualitatively by using categories formulated based on theories related to instructional strategies include planning and preparing the instruction, implementing the teaching and learning process, and assessing the students’ achievement. the major findings of this study include 1) although the teachers do the same stages in planning but the plan is implemented and resulted in different ways; 2) the teachers are able to use games as a tool for learning; 3) although curriculum requires teachers to integrate the skills (reading, listening, writing, and speaking), in actual implementation, the teachers do not teach english in integrative ways; 4) time management in this school has become a problematic factor for the teachers; 5) with respect to teacher’s strategies in assessing students’ achievement, the teachers do assessment by way of remedial teaching once a week after the class is over in part where the students failed to understand. keywords: teaching english as a foreign language (efl), learning process, teaching strategies, instructional strategies, assessment. introduction as one of the foreign languages in indonesia, english is a compulsory subject from primary up to tertiary. in the elementary school, english is regarded as the local content following the decree of ministry of education no. 0487/4/1992 (suyanto, 1994). although many private primary schools had started teaching english long before the public schools did, the result of previous study (suyanto, 1994) revealed that the teaching of english at these schools was unsatisfactory. many factors influence the success of the teaching and learning english. one of the factors is teaching strategies employed by the teachers. therefore, this study is concerned with investigating teaching strategies of two teachers of a private school. regarding the strategies, sinaga in sadtono (1997: 173) states that one of the most important requirements is quality teachers. at least two qualifications are needed from the teacher: (1) qualification in english and (2) a teaching qualification. the first qualification is essential as the teacher is the model for his/ her students. the second qualification includes a sound knowledge of how to teach children and the ability to implement it in class. teaching english at elementary school in indonesia based on curriculum mailto:f.poerwitasary@gmail.com fetty poerwita sary the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners 1994, in a flexible context, makes english teaching possible to be taught (alwasilah, 2000). this flexibility means that this subject may be taught (not must be taught) when the school is ready to do it. therefore, to make the teaching and learning english at elementary school successful, the school should know the goal of the teaching and learning itself. regarding the objectives of the english teaching at elementary school, english is taught to children to make them be able to comprehend simple oral and written english (cf. huda, 1999; suyanto, 1997; sinaga, 1997). teaching english to children is not the same as teaching adults (brown, 2001) because it has something to do with helping children to achieve the goals and objectives deemed to be important by society in ways that are consistent with sound psychological principles of childhood (jarolimek and foster, 1989). huddleston (1991: 2) states the basic principles of children learning and language learning. the first principle is children in primary or elementary setting generally learn by doing (piaget, 1955 in brown, 2001). this means that they learn through hands-on experiences and through manipulation of objects in the environment. if this principle were extended to the efl setting, it would mean that children in language classes need to be active rather than passive; they need to be engaged in activities of which language is a part; they need to be working on meaningful tasks and use language to accomplish these tasks. second principle, children learn in social contexts, in groups where some group members know more than others. this principle suggests that children need not only hands-on or direct experiences, but also experiences where they are interesting with and learning from others, both adults and other children. third, language acquisition occurs through learners figuring out how the language works, through learners making and testing out hypotheses about the language. this means that it stresses the importance of giving learner opportunity of practicing the target language (swain, 1985 in nunan, 1988). therefore, learners need opportunities to use and to experiment with the new language. mistakes are natural and inevitable part of language learning. the last, language acquisition occurs through social interaction, through having to use the language with others in authentic communication setting. however, teaching english in integration, as brown (2001) suggests, is more effective than teaching english in isolation like what we used to do it in the past. it is expected that through the integration of the language skills and the language components in the instruction of english, the teachers can create an interesting classroom interaction that encourage students to communicate in english. apart from the above mentioned principles of teaching to elementary school, it is also important that english teachers of elementary school are aware of principles of teaching english as suggested by brown (2001). like learning other subjects, the learning of english at this stage should also be ‘meaningful’. meaningful, according to ibrahim and syaodih (1996), means firstly, there is relevance between the knowledge with the fact. for example: the students have known the meaning of the words but they could not make it into simple sentences or use the words to communicate. secondly, there is relevance between the knowledge with english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the user. for example: the students have known how to greet people in english but they could not use it because there is no opportunity to use it. based on the discussion on the teaching english in elementary school, as alwasilah (2000) suggests that the english teaching at elementary school necessitates qualified teachers who know much about children psychology and english teaching methodology for children so that they can successfully encourage students to learn english and help the learning process itself. one aspect which plays a significant role in the success of the teaching of english is to do with challenges of teaching english to elementary school. according to musthafa (2000) there are at least three challenges that should be faced by children to learn english as a foreign language in indonesian elementary school. the first challenge is the students are lack of social uses of english language in real life situation which involve children in their daily life. however, according to cox in nicholls (1999) and dewey as cited in pardjono (2002), learning is the acquisition of knowledge and skills through individual experiences not from texts or from teachers. how children will be able to acquire the language and see learning english as a useful and relevant activity if they are lack of demonstration in and exposure to functional uses of english. in addition, as franke in nunan and lamb (1996) suggest, a language could be best be taught by using it actively in the classroom. rather than using analytical procedures that focus on explanation of grammar rules in classroom teaching, teachers must encourage direct and spontaneous use of the foreign language in the classroom (richard and rogers, 1986 in nunan and lamb, 1996). the second challenge is related to the way english words are written as opposed the way the words are pronounced. in this stage, children also still learn the first language in which the sounds are reflected consistently in the way they are written down. therefore, it is natural if the children are confused to differentiate how the word should be read and written because there is no obvious one-to-one correspondence between the pronunciation of a word and its spelling. other reason why students use their own language in the classroom, as harmer (2002: 131) suggests, is when the students learn a foreign language, they use translation. this is because they usually try to make sense of a new linguistic (and conceptual) world through the linguistic world they are already familiar with. regarding learners learn vocabulary, according to read (2000), they tend to memorize lists of english word and rely on bilingual dictionary as a basic communicative resource. therefore, read (2000) says, actually students can learn vocabulary in context through their reading and listening activity in which it focused on the extent to which students can infer the meaning of unknown words when they read or hear them. in addition, as sukayadi (2006) suggests, the teacher should make meaning perceptible through concrete objects or by presentation of experience. in short, when a language learner makes a mistake or misconception of something, the teacher does not correct it through translation but tries to show something to make the meaning clear (sukayadi, 2006) or conveys meaning directly through demonstration and action (richard and rogers, 1986 cited in nunan and lamb, 1996). sukayadi (2006) fetty poerwita sary the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners also added that vocabulary is learned more effectively if they use it in full sentences rather than memorize it. for example: the teacher can repeat new words by asking them to the students several times in different context and eliciting the situation in order for the students to use the words. the last challenge, there has been widely-held wrong assumptions that children learn things exactly the same way adults do. therefore, the teacher tends to teach children the same as they teach adults. according to alwasilah (2000), the generalization and the use of one approach to two different groups of learners are misleading because teacher should realize that children have their own world that is different from adults. it seems necessary for teachers to know and understand about this world if they are to plan an appropriate learning environment for children based on their cognitive development. therefore, classroom materials should be concrete and plentiful, while students should be given direct experiences and concrete objects that can be seen, handled, touched, and talked about. in addition, as suggested by van lier (1996), “language learning is the cumulative results or sustained effort and engagement over time, with continuity being central”. if the lesson— whether they are once a week, once a day, or more frequent than that—are the only occasions on which the students are engaged with the language, progress will either not occur or be exceedingly slow. however, it points to a real problem of all foreign language learning. if the gap between what is done in the classroom, and what is done outside the classroom, is too great, then the possibilities of leaning anything at all are very seriously impaired. teaching strategies are procedures used by the teacher which serve as a way of reaching a goal (suryosubroto, 2002). to reach the goal, teacher has the important role in the teaching and learning process because most of the output of students was determined by the teachers (jarolimek and foster, 1989). according to usman (1990: 7), a competent teacher will be able to create an effective learning environment and will be able to manage the process of teaching and learning so that the students can achieve an optimal result. to be able to manage the process of teaching and learning, the teachers must have the strategies to do that. however, the teaching strategies adopted in this study have been drawn from the work of several theorists (see suryosubroto, 2002; arikunto, 1990; brown, 2001; harmer, 2002; djamarah and zain, 2002; ibrahim and syaodih, 2002; jarolimek and foster, 1989; nicholls, 1999, nunan and lamb, 1996, nunan, 1988) who have proposed teaching strategies. even though, there are differences but those theories generally propose similar strategies such as planning, implementing the teaching and learning process, and assessing students’ achievement. plan and preparation planning (see jarolimek and foster, 1989: 15) is a decision making process in which one has to make choices from among the options that are thought to lead toward a desired goal. teaching, like any other complex process, requires careful planning for its success. for example: the teachers are not supposed “to forget what they should bring with before they start teaching because what they plan can be useless” (brown, 2000: 194). teachers who realize the importance of planning for effective english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee instruction and classroom management assign planning a high priority as a teaching skill. the critical association between planning and preparation needs to be dealt with because planning leads onto preparation of the materials, resources and props that will be needed in the lesson. if these materials are prepared prior to the lesson, the teacher is in a much better position to successfully differentiate the activities, as well as to cope with maintaining the smooth and effective progress in learning throughout the lesson for all students. regarding planning, mawer (1995: 55) as quoted by waring in nicholls (1999: 99) states that planning appears to mediate between a teacher’s basic knowledge of the subject being taught and his or her ability to teach the subject effectively, because it brings into play the teacher’s general pedagogical content knowledge. this includes knowledge of theories and principles of teaching and learning, knowledge of the learner, and knowledge of the techniques and principles of teaching such as class management. the plan for a lesson, unit, or course is the result of a considerable degree of thinking on the part of the teacher. planning plays a significant role in the smoothness or the progress that is achieved by the students in the teaching and learning process. the significance of planning in the teaching and learning process has also been observed by djamarah and zain (2002) who says, the smoothness of the process is an indicator whether the students could focus on their attention to the lesson that is given by the teacher or not. for example: the teacher starts the activity before she or he ends the previous activity or stop the first activity and then start the second activity and then go back to the first activity. if these happened during the process, it could distract students’ focus or attention. basically, if a certain activity has been planned first, the goal of the activity will be more directive and works. therefore, the teacher should have ability to plan the instruction. before she starts to teach, it would be better if she planned the teaching and learning program, prepared everything that would be taught. when planning a lesson, teacher, as suggested by suryosubroto (2002), should take students into account. johnson (1979) as quoted by suryosubroto (2002) argues: teachers are expected to design and deliver instruction so that student learning is facilitated. instruction is asset of event design to initiate aclivate, and support learning in students, it is the process of arranging the learning situation (including the classroom, the student, and the curriculum materials) so that learning is facilitated.” it means that to facilitate the learning process, the teachers must put students into their consideration when they plan the instruction. the process of planning according to suryosubroto (2002) can be divided into four categories which are mastering the curriculum, compiling the instructional material analysis, forming the program for a semester, and forming the lesson plan including know the students’ characteristics, set the goal expectation of the study, choose the material and order it, choose the teaching methods, choose the teaching aids, and choose the strategy of evaluation. according to jarolimek and foster (1989: 157), the teacher should be able to plan a good learning environment, select goals for the year, plan for getting instruction under way, develop a lesson plan by fetty poerwita sary the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners knowing first about the students’ characteristics, and prepare studentprogress reports for parents. implementation of the teaching and learning process the implementation of teaching and learning process should be conducted by the teacher after the planning process has been done. the theory used in this study is a combination from several theorists (see suryosubroto, 2002; usman, 1990; sudjana, 1989; brown, 2001; jarolimek and foster, 1989) including the genre based approach which has been the bases for the curriculum 2004. regarding the implementation of the teaching and learning process, according to suryosubroto (2002) and sudjana (1989), the teacher should do several things to make the teaching and learning process successful, among others to do with the opening the teaching and learning process, the use of teaching method, the delivery of the material, classroom management, and closing. assessing students’ achievement assessment reflects the way teachers absorb the information and evidence related to students’ learning, and how they use it to inform their future lesson, whether this is the next task or series of tasks. the main focus of this form of assessment is to identify errors, difficulties, and shortcomings in students’ work. it also informs the teacher of the nature of advice and information needed to improve students’ future learning outcomes (nicholls, 1999: 117). nicholls (1999:119) argues that assessment has many faces and can be used for a variety of purposes. …assessment lies at the heart of this process. it can provide a framework in which educational objectives may be set, and pupils’ progress charted and expressed. it can yield a basis for planning the next educational steps in response to children’s needs… (report of the task group on assessment and testing as quoted by nicholls (1999: 116) this quotation suggests that assessment of children’s learning and progress is central to effective teaching and learning. there are several aspects that should be taken into account such as assessing in the classroom and remedial. on the basis of the background to the present study mentioned above, the research attempted to address the following research question: what instructional strategies are used by english teachers at one of private international primary school? these strategies include plan and preparation of the instruction, implementation of the teaching and learning process, and assessment of the students’ achievement. method a qualitative research design has been considered appropriate in this study as cited by maxwell (1996: 17-20). in the case with a qualitative study, this study attempts to understand the meaning, for participants in the study, of the events, situations, and action they are involved with and the accounts that they give of their lives and experiences; attempts to understand the particular context within which the participants act, and the influence that this context has on their action. it means that every detail is thought to contribute to a better understanding of behavior or to obtain a complete understanding of the setting. the participants of this study were two english teachers (called teacher a and b) and their students. the participation was voluntary based. both teachers graduated from english english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee department, indonesia university of education. a taught grade 4 consisting of 20 students; and b taught grade 3 consisting of 13 students. both teachers were relatively new teachers. the range of age of students was 8 to 10 years old. these teachers were willing to participate in the study and to have their classes observed by the researcher. two data collections were employed in this study, which were observation and interview. however, in collecting data, the researcher has to employ appropriate instruments such as observation and interview. all the data collection was recorded in order to keep the authenticity of the data. in the observation, the data were analyzed in several steps. first, the researcher transcribed the transcription gained from audio and video recorder. then, the researcher made categorization into three strategies based on theorist adopted in the study. during the observation, the researcher observed the plan and the preparation the teachers made before they taught, and then how they implement their plan in the teaching and learning process, and the last, how the teacher would assess their students. the data analysis was not only a conclusion but also an ongoing assessment especially if the data gained from audio or video. in the interview, the data were gained from both teachers and students. the interview was conducted to support the data from observation. the interview data were analyzed in several steps. first, the researcher transcribed the transcription gained from audio and video recorder. then, the researcher made categorization of the strategies which were preparation, implementation, and assessment. the names of interviewees were omitted to avoid bias, and then the answers were collected based on the categories. the interviews were presented in a condensed version. results and discussion the data presentation and analysis will be summarized based on the central themes including teacher’s strategies in planning and preparing the instruction, in implementing the teaching and learning process, and in assessing student’s achievement in the classroom. teacher’s strategies in planning and preparing the instruction in terms of plan and preparation, both teachers plan and prepare the instruction before they teach. their preparation simply can be seen from whether they have prepared the activities to support the lesson, whether they master the material, what kind of teaching aids they will use, whether the process of teaching and learning run smoothly and effectively. although both teachers make a plan and preparation before teaching, the teachers have different ways in implementing the plan. it really depends on the teachers’ skill in classroom management. therefore, the result of the implementation of the plan is also different. teacher a is strict to what he has planned. he also make the rules about what to do and not to do explicit for the students and what he does works so that he can achieve the target of the teaching and learning. meanwhile, teacher b makes her plan too general, so that sometime the target of the teaching and learning cannot be achieved. teacher’s strategies in implementing the teaching and learning process in terms of teacher’s strategies in implementing the teaching and learning process, there are several aspects that will be discussed including teaching method in terms of games, integrative fetty poerwita sary the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners skills, and problems that are faced by the teachers in implementing the teaching and learning process. regarding the problems, the problems that are faced by the teachers are due to lack of time and availability of rules which are constant and stable. concerning the teacher’s strategies in implementing the teaching and learning process, both teachers use several methods in teaching. they always combine the teaching methods with games. in terms of games, although both teachers use games during the teaching and learning process, they have different way in implementing the games. teacher a uses the game as a vehicle for learning so that he always relates the games with the topics which is given. he can make the games as an introduction to the newmaterial or as a review to the last material. meanwhile, it seems that teacher b does not think that games have to be relevant with the topic because games is just for fun. therefore, the result of the implementation of games is also different. in teacher a’ class, the students can enhance both learning and memorizing through playing; meanwhile, in teacher b’s class, the students do not get anything in terms of learning because most of the time, the games are totally different from what is being taught. with respect to the integrative skills, both teachers do not apply integrative skills comprehensively. they have not put the speaking into the skills. the english class is dominated by the using of indonesian language. therefore, it seems the students are discouraged to use english either in responding to the teachers’ question or in participating in the classroom. in short, the teaching and learning of english does not happen in terms of integrative skills. in fact, the teaching of english is supposed to encourage the students to use the target language and the teachers also need to give as many exposures as possible to the students. in implementing the teaching and learning process, both teachers have to face the problem during the teaching and learning process. the problem is due to lack of time. the time management in this school has not well-established. therefore, it can inflict a loss upon the teachers. the teachers have a dilemma in deciding the activities that should be done in the classroom. in short, the school has to facilitate the teachers in preparing a condition that is conducive to conduct a smooth and effective teaching and learning process. regarding the rules in the classroom, the teachers need to establish rules which are constant and stable so that the rules can be students’ daily routines. the rules are important to be applied in the classroom because the teaching and learning process needs a situation and condition which is conducive. it seems that one of the teachers failed to make the rules explicit in the class, so that it is easy to predict that the class will have a stormy time during the teaching and learning process. therefore, it will disturb the smoothness of teaching and learning process. teacher’s strategies in assessing students’ achievement related to teacher’s strategies in assessing students’ achievement, both teachers do several ways to assess their students including assessing in the classroom and remedial. assessing in the classroom will include marking, classroom tasks, homework, and quiz. regarding assessing in the classroom, both teachers assess the students per session. it can be in a form of classroom tasks and homework. the teachers always return the students’ homework or english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee assignment after they check and mark it. both teachers also give quiz at the end of the unit to measure the students’ ability in comprehending the material. all of these procedures are conducted by the teachers regularly. to some degree, it seems that the teachers are capable of assessing their students. these procedures can help the teachers to decide further action such as whether the students need remedial teaching, remedial test, more exercises about the lesson. regarding the remedial, not all the teachers apply the remedial teaching. only one of the teachers conducts an extra lesson or remedial teaching regularly after the class is over. the teacher usually observes the students during the process of teaching and learning. if he considers there are students who still have not understood his explanation, he will conduct an extra lesson. the extra lesson will take more or less 15 minutes. in this activity, usually the teacher re-teaches the students so that the students’ ability will not be left behind from other students. it seems that this activity was good in order to give motivation to the students to learn better. conclusion from the results and discussions in the previous chapter, several conclusions can be drawn. first, regarding planning and preparing the instruction, both teachers do the same stages such as they master the material, prepare for the activities, and prepare teaching aids to support the activities. however, in terms of implementation the teaching and learning process, the teachers have different ways and results. the results of the teaching and learning really depend on teachers’ skill in classroom management. second, concerning the implementation of the teaching and learning process, both teachers use games as a teaching method for different purposes such as games only for fun and games as a vehicle for learning. in terms of games as a vehicle of learning, the games are relevant with topics given by the teachers. therefore, the students can learn and memorize the material through playing. third, the teachers do not teach english in integrative ways. in this school, the teachers have not put speaking english into the skills; meanwhile, the opportunity to use other skills such as listening, writing, and reading is not sufficient. the teaching of english in the classroom is still dominated by the using of indonesian language. the data shows that the teaching and learning of english in terms of integrative skills does not happen in the classroom. the teaching and learning of english in the school is still in terms of grammar. fourth, time management in this school has become a problematic factor for the teachers. the class always starts late because of non academic activities (for example, students’ preparation and clean up after dhuha or dhuhur prayer). the time problem can inflict a loss upon the teachers. therefore, the school has to facilitate the teachers in preparing a condition that is conducive to conduct a smooth and effective teaching and learning process. fifth, regarding the rules in the classroom, the teachers need to make rules explicit to the students about what to do and not to do. the rules are informed to the students and agreed by all students. otherwise, the teachers will have a difficult time to handle the class. by doing this, the students will also learn to be responsible to whatever they do. fetty poerwita sary the portrait of teaching english as a foreign language for young learners sixth, regarding the teacher’s strategy in assessing students’ achievement, both teachers have different ways to evaluate their students. one of the teachers conducts remedial teaching if he observes the students still do not understand to what he has explained. the remedial teaching is conducted in a narrow sense in the form of re-teaching. therefore, through this activity, it seems that the teacher can help the students to promote their comprehension toward the material. references alwasilah, a. c. (2000). perspektif pendidikan bahasa inggris di indonesia: dalam konteks persaingan global. bandung: andira. ____________. (2002). pokoknya kualitatif: dasar-dasar merancang dan melakukan penelitian kualitatif. bandung: pustaka jaya arikunto, s. 1990. manajemen pengajaran secara manusiawi. jakarta: pt. rineka cipta. brown, h. d. 2001. teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (2nd edition). new york: pearson education company. carter, r. & nunan, d. 2001. the cambridge guide to teaching english to speakers of other languages. new york: cambridge university press. djamarah, s.b & zain, a. 2002. strategi belajar mengajar. jakarta: pt. rineka cipta harmer, j. 2002. the practice of english language teaching (3rd edition). england : longman huda, n. 1999. language learning and teaching. issues and trends. ikip malang publisher. hudelson, s. 1991. efl teaching and children: a topic-based approach. english teaching forum. 29, 2-40. ibrahim, r. & syaodih, n. 1996. perencanaan pengajaran. jakarta: pt. rineka cipta jarolimek, j. & foster, j. 1989. teaching and learning in the elementary school (4th edition). newyork: macmilan publishing company. musthafa, b. 2002. efl for young learners. bandung: crest. nicholls, g. 2002. learning to teach: a handbook for primary and secondary teachers. london: kogan page limited. nunan, d. 1988. the learner-centred curriculum. new york: cambridge university press. nunan, d. & lamb. c. 1996. the selfdirected teacher: managing the learning process. new york: cambridge university press. sadtono, e. 1997. the development of tefl in indonesia. ikip malang publisher. setiyadi, b. ag. 2006. teaching english as a foreign language. yogyakarta: graha ilmu. sinaga, matias. 1994. teaching english to children: as opposed to adults (p.173178). the national seminar: the development of tefl in indonesia. suryosubroto, b. 2002. proses belajar mengajar di sekolah. bandung: pt. rineka cipta. suyanto, kasihani, k.e. 1994. teaching english to young learners in indonesia (p.166-171). the national seminar: the development of tefl in indonesia. usman, u. 1990. menjadi guru profesional. bandung: rosda karya. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages mohd nazri latiff azmi lidwina teo pik ching norbahyah binti jamaludin muhammad nur haziq bin ramli muhammad habibbullah bin razali muhammad ammar yasser bin amram kauselya a/p jayakumar universiti sultan zainal abidin, malaysia email: mohdnazri@unisza.edu.my apa citation: azmi, m. n. l., ching, l. t. p., norbahyah, haziq, m. n., habibullah, m., yasser, m. a., & jayakumar, k. (2016). the comparison and contrasts between english and malay languages. english review, 4(2), 209-218 received: 22-02-2016 accepted: 29-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: english and malay languages are categorized as popular languages in the world. however, both languages underwent different history and composition. this study investigates the languages in terms of history, phonology, loanwords, grammar, morphology and semantics. the purposes of studying the comparisons and contrasts of both languages are not only to analyze the uniqueness of the languages but also to identify the process of understanding the languages especially the view of second language learners. it is found that two languages come from different background; somehow they share similar characteristics such as the vowels sounds, loanwords and semantics. however, the learners face difficulty in learning both languages especially in pronunciations and spelling. keywords: english language, malay language, history of language introduction language is a complex way of communication that is used by human beings to communicate with each other; there are tons of different languages that are used by people today and more yet to be discovered. there are scientific studies of languages called as linguistics as scientists learn about the comparison and contrast of pronunciation and grammatical structure of a language. as languages gradually develop and expand, they started to have their structure that every language has its unique structures and different from one another. beginning with the sound system to meaning also known as semantics, they form the foundation of a language. acquiring a language implies acquiring all those structures. this paper aims to compare and contrast two different languages that are english and malay. both of the languages can be divided into three periods. for english language, history can be explained through three phases which are old english (450-1100 ad), middle english (1100-1500 ad) and modern english (1500 ad). on the other hand, for malay language, old malay (682-1500 c.e), modern malay (c.1500-1957) and contemporary malay (1957) were three significant periods in whole malay history. 209 mailto:mohdnazri@unisza.edu.my mohd nazri latiff azmi, et all. the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages the beginnings of these languages slightly differ from one another. for old english, three germanic tribes (saxon, angles, & jutes) came to the british isles from various parts of northwest germany at 5th century ad. these tribes were warlike and pushed out most of the original, celtic-speaking inhabitants from england to scotland, wales and cornwall. one group migrated to brittany cost of france where their descendant still speaks the celtic language of breton today. through the years, the saxon, angles, jutes mixed their difference germanic dialects. this group of dialects forms what linguists refer as old english whereas old malay begins with records of poems and thoughts on writing material made from plants described as the sharp cursive rencong, an ancient script believed to be native to south-east asia (nor hashimah, 2004). both of the languages do have influences from other languages in some aspects. in the history of english language, the latin language played a role. roman came to britain and brought latin to britain which was part of the roman empire for over 400 years. many word passes on from this era and those corned by roman merchants and soldier. examples of word used such as win (wine), candel (candle), belt (belt) and weal (wall). the arrival of st. augustine in 597ad and the introduction of christianity into saxon england brought many words into english language. there were mostly concerned with naming of church, dignitaries, and ceremonies. church, bishop, baptism came indirectly from latin. other than that, celtic language brought changes. this celtic language was seen in names of rivers. for instance, kent, york, dover, cumberland, thames, avon, trent etc. in addition, norse language or scandinavian language brought influence in english language. around 878 ad, danes and norsemen called vikings invaded the country and english got many norse words including sky, egg, cake, skin, window, husband, call, die, etc. furthermore, in middle english, the french language contributes its influence. by about 1200, england and france had split, english changed a lot because it was mostly being spoken instead of being written for about 300 years. the period of old english was almost over after william the conqueror, the duke of normandy and his nobles who spoke french and middle english was being formed. examples of old english word used such as crown, castle, parliament, banquet, art, poet, romance, servant (newmark, 1988). according to nik (1989), in the history of malay language, a few languages influence in it. at the beginning of old malay, many pallava words from vatteluttu, india bring changes in malay language. this is due to indians set feet on malay archipelago. other than that, sanskrit brings influenced in malay vocabulary. examples of words used such as agama, akasara, angkasa, anugerah, bahasa, bakti, bangsa, barat, biara, bidadari. portuguese language also brought changes in the malay language. in the year 1511, the portuguese conquered malacca and latin alphabets in place of jawi writing called rumi. although the conquest is short lived, the impact of portuguese language is large. words used in portuguese language are almari, baldi, bangku, biola. method this comparative study involves only document analysis in which established and well-accepted texts pertaining to the contexts, processes and 210 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee procedures were scrutinized and analyzed. a thorough study of the important elements of both languages we checked and corrected by several experienced linguists of both languages and given a serious concern. results and discussion the phonology of english and malay languages is different in the quantity of vocals and diphthongs, place and manner of articulation. in english sound system, there are 12 vocals, 24 consonants and 8 diphthongs whereas there are 6 vocals, 27 consonants (19 native consonants and 8 consonants that appear only in borrowed words) and 3 diphthongs in malay sound system. (tien-ping tan, bali ranaivo-malançon). the vocals that are similar in english and malay languages include [a], [e], [i], [o], [u] and schwa. for example, [a] sound appears in ‘up’ and ‘awal’ (early) respectively; [e] sound shows in ‘bed’ and ‘enak’ (tasty) accordingly; [i] sound appears in ‘igloo’ and ‘ikan’ (fish) respectively; [o] sound presents in ‘opposite’ as well as ‘oleh’ (by) accordingly; [u] sound appears in ‘unicorn’ and ‘ubat’ (medicine) respectively; schwa sound appears in ‘awhile’ and ‘emak’ (mother) accordingly. on the other hand, /æ/ in ‘cat’, /ɒ/ in ‘hot’, /i:/ in ‘see’ etc. are the instances for the vocals that are included in english phonology and different from malay phonology. moreover, there are eight diphthongs in english phonology and three in malay. in english phonology, they are /aɪ / in ‘five’, /aʊ/ in ‘now’, /eɪ / in ‘say’, /oʊ/ in ‘go’, /ɔɪ / in ‘boy’, /eə/ in ‘air’, /ɪə / in ‘near’ and /ʊə/ in ‘pure’. meanwhile, in malay phonology, they are /ai/ in ‘kain’ (cloth), /au/ in ‘laut’ (sea) and /oi/ in ‘boikot’ (boycott). these examples show that the three malay diphthongs are the same as three of english diphthongs that are /aɪ /, /aʊ/ and /ɔɪ / respectively. there are seven important places of articulation in english according to kristin denham and anne lobeck, that are bilabial, labiodental, dental, alveolar, palatal, velar and glottal but malay phonology has labio-velar and no labiodentals and dental sounds. for manner of articulation, both malay and english phonologies have six manners with voiced and voiceless pronunciation respectively. in english, they are stop, fricative, affricate, nasal, approximant and glide. in malay, they are plosive or affricate, fricative, nasal, trill, approximant and lateral. two tables below show the consonant chart of both english and malay languages. based on the table 1 and 2, it can be said that [w] sound in ‘one’ is the example of glide in english but in ‘wajar’ (reasonable) is the example of approximant in malay etc. it is undeniable that the sound [b] is similar in both english and malay that are ‘barber’ and ‘batik’ (one type of cloth) as examples respectively (murni, 2013). as we know, malay language or bahasa melayu is the national language in malaysia, while english is the second language and also the international language. both of them are two important languages in malaysia that began from british colonization. as we can see, malay language tends to borrow a lot of english words rather than vice versa. english seems to be the dominant language in this case because some english loanwords in malay are more than that of malay loanwords in english. 211 mohd nazri latiff azmi, et all. the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages table 1. international phonetic alphabet (ipa) chart table 2. malay consonant chart according to deterding (2013), a loanword is a word adopted from a foreign language with little or no modification. it also can be referred as a word borrowed from a donor language and incorporated into a recipient language without translation. it is distinguished from a ‘calque’ or loan translation whereby a meaning from another language is translated into existing words or roots of the host language. this type of translation remains the pronunciation of the word in the original language when the word is being translated into another language. english loanwords in malay can be divided into a few categories. the first category is the loanword that remains its spelling for both languages and brings the same meaning. for example, ‘atom’ in malay language is spelled the same as ‘atom’ in english. the other examples are drama, bonus and hotel. next, the english loanword has changes in its spelling but the pronunciation remains the same in malay. for example, ‘carbon’ in english is translated into ‘karbon’ in malay that is different in the first alphabet. other instances are block (blok), script (skrip), graphic (grafik) and activity (activiti). besides that, there are few words in malay that are being translated and became valid words in english recently. 212 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee for example, the word ‘lepak’ which refers to hang out with friends, loiter about and do absolutely nothing. the other word is ‘amok’ which comes from malay word ‘amuk’, refers to behave uncontrollably and disruptively. other words in malay that is being officially used in english are durian, nasi lemak, silat, gong and sarong. in conclusion, it can be said that both of the languages have a correlation. we can see that they influence each other from the loanwords. there are numerous vocabularies in malay that resemble in english. this shows that english had influenced the malay language in vocabulary aspect. according to baker (2011), in grammar, there are similarities and contrasts between english and malay languages such as field of tenses, plural and singular nouns. among the field of tenses, there are past, present and future tenses. the past tense is a grammatical tense to show or indicate an event or situation in past time. past tense in a sentence shows a grammatical tense to indicate the situation had occurred in the past. usually, the verb to show past tense is to be added a suffix -ed. for example, the word ‘walked’. the verb walk is added -ed to become ‘walked’. however, not all the verbs can be added the suffix -ed such as the verb ‘put’. for example, i put the book on my table last night. in malay language, we do not have specific suffixes to indicate the situation happened in the past. for instance, if we want to say ‘ammar scored a goal’, we would say ‘ammar telah menjaringkan gol’. the term ‘telah’ indicate that the event happened in the past. according to the website grammar.ccc.commnet.edu, the present tense refers to an action is present, now, about the speaker or writer. it is used to describe actions that are factual or habitual things that occur in the present but not necessarily happening right now. for example, ‘my train leaves tomorrow morning’. the verb ‘leaves’ is a present tense although this situation shows an event that is going to happen. usually in english, the usage of the suffix ‘-ing’ is widely applied in present tenses. for instance, ‘i am walking’ for singular noun and ‘we are walking’ for plural noun (imran, 2000). in malay language, the original verb is not disturbed as we do not change the verb instead we use another term to show the situation happen in the past, present or future. for example, the sentence ‘saya sedang berjalan’ is for singular subject and another sentence ‘kami sedang berjalan’ is for plural subject. the word ‘sedang’ shows the action is going on at that time and the meanings of the malay examples corresponded to that of english examples. future tense indicates an action that is going to happen in the future. this situation applies to a situation that is going to happen later, next day, next week or even next month. according to englishpage.com, future tense has two different forms that are ‘will’ and ‘going to’. for example, ‘i will help him later’ and ‘you are going to meet jane tonight’. in malay language, the term ‘akan’ is often used to indicate a future situation. for example, ‘saya akan membantu dia nanti’ that means ‘i will help him later’. besides, the forms of singular and plural nouns in english are also different from that in malay. in english, most singular nouns form the plural by adding ‘–s’ and the examples are boats, cats and houses. however, it differs from malay language as we do not add ‘-s’ to show that it is plural. we only use term 213 mohd nazri latiff azmi, et all. the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages ‘banyak’ to show the plural meaning of the nouns. for instance, phrase ‘seekor kucing’ refers to one cat whereas ‘banyak kucing’ refers to many cats. on the other hand, there is also a singular noun ending in s, x, z, ch, sh need to be added ‘-es’ and to make it plural in english such as buses, wishes and boxes. moreover, there is also a singular noun ending in a consonant y and then it makes the plural by dropping the ‘y’ and adding ‘-ies’ to make it plural. the instances penny (pennies), spy (spies) and baby (babies). morphology is an area in linguistics studies that investigates the structures, forms and categorizations of words of a language. discussions on both malay and english morphology will specifically touch on affixes, preposition, adverbs and superlatives. however, for today we are going to discuss in-depth more about affixes. like other dominant languages, malay has pre-fixes, suffixes and infixes while in english, prefixes and suffixes are more prominent. the difference between malay and english affixes is that english affixes can indicate or produce an element that has been added either to the beginning or the ending of a word. for example, the root word ‘car’ is considered as the one and only car, we can change the meaning of the word by adding ‘s’ at the back of the word, becoming ‘cars’ that refers to more than one car. this is known as suffixation and it is quite challenging as compared to the others because it can change a word into a different part of tense or speech. however, unlike english affixes, malay language tend to have different meaning depending on the usage of the affixes itself. both suffix and prefix can change the meaning of a root word. for example, for the root word ‘mati’ which means death in english tends to have different meaning depending on its affixes. by adding suffix ‘-kan’ to the word causing it to transform into the word ‘matikan’ that means switch off in english. for example, a sentence using the word ‘matikan’ in malay might sound like this ‘aidan, tolong matikan generator itu’ that is translated into english and might sound like this ‘aidan, could u please turn off that generator’. this has completely brought different meaning and cannot be used to describe the death of something but used purposely to describe shut down or switch off things such as switches or engines. when you break a word apart and remove the prefixes and suffixes, you are left with the root. it's easier to determine the meaning of an unknown word if you know the root. for example, we might come across the word ‘happy' that means feeling or giving pleasure (hatim, 1997). however, most of us find it easier to recognize the word ‘happy’ than the prefix itself which is ‘un-’. by adding the prefixes, the word will be totally opposite from the root word that is not feeling pleasure. this shows that affix plays an important role in english language. there are many prefixes in english, yet only 20 accounts for 97% of the words that contain prefixes. learning these 20 prefixes and their meanings can make a big difference in your ability to recognize words and their meanings that can also help you to write a better essay with excellent grammatical structure. meanwhile, bahasa melayu also has prefixes but the usage of the prefixed is different from that in english. for example, when you look into malay dictionary especially kamus dewan bahasa dan pustaka, you might find words like ‘memandu’ that refers to driving and might be thinking that it is a root word. the root word is ‘pandu’ that 214 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee means drive and ‘me-’ is the prefix of the word. this shows that the prefix in malay is not similar as that in english because mostly the meanings of the root word and the word with prefix in english are opposite. not only that, prefixes in malay can be used on most of the word and are productive, unlike the prefixes in english. for example, the prefix ‘pe-’ in malay can be put on almost all words as it later will ring the same meaning such as ‘pemakai’ which means a user in english. which somehow make it easier to be remembered and used compared to english affixes that are different. you may use the prefix ‘un-’ for ‘unhappy’ but not for the word ‘engage’ which will use prefix ‘dis-’ making it as ‘disengage’ instead. even though they belong to the same negative prefix, they have different pronunciation, spelling and frequency compared to the malay affixes that are the same on those three aspects depending on the words. however, do take note that the tables above show the most common used affixes in malay language especially during writing and oral communication. there are still tons of other affixes that are used in malay as it is updated from time to time by the linguistics scholar back in the dewan bahasa dan pustaka. both of the languages affixes have the same goal that it to complete the sentence by putting different prefix or suffix for its meaning to suit the sentence itself. however, there is a slightly noticeable difference between both languages affixes which is the spelling, pronunciation and frequency. semantic is the field of study that examines the meaning of language. it is defined as the study of the meaning of words, phrases, and sentences in a language. according to ferdinand de saussure, every linguistic sign consists of two elements, which are the signified and signifier. ogden and richards show the relationship between words, concepts, and objects referenced through a semantic triangle. there are few similarities between malay language and english language from the aspect of semantic. the similarities can be seen from the meanings of denotative and connotative and also from the lexical relations. denotation means an object or concept referred by a term or a set of objects of which a predicate is true while connotation is the abstract meaning or intension of a term, which forms a principle determining that objects or concepts it applies to such as the word heart. the denotation of the word refers it as the real heart that is triangular in shape, pumps oxygenated blood to all body parts to help us stay alive while the connotation is a symbol of love and affection. the connotation meaning makes us have a mindset like we always see the shape of a heart with red in color as the symbol of love. the denotative and connotative meaning in malay language and english are the same respectively. lexical relations show how meaning of a word relates to each other. lexical items contain information about category, form and meaning. the semantics relate to these categories then relate to each lexical item in the lexicon. some relations between lexical items include synonym, antonym, and hyponym (butt, 2000). synonym is a word or phrase that means exactly or nearly the same as another word or phrase in the same language. in malay language, the word ‘bijak’ and ‘cerdik’ have the same meaning. thus, it is a synonym. in english language, the words that share 215 mohd nazri latiff azmi, et all. the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages the similar meanings are ‘wise’ and ‘clever’. the meanings are still the same even in other language. therefore, the synonym of malay language and english language are the same. antonym is a word opposite in meaning to another. a word may have more than one antonym. there are three categories of antonyms identified by the nature of the relationship between the opposed meaning which are gradable antonym, complementary antonym and relational antonym. gradable antonyms are typically pairs of adjectives that can be qualified by adverbs such as very, quite, extremely etc. in malay language, this antonym is called ‘antonimi taksiran’. for example, we can say ‘the tickets were expensive’ or ‘the tickets were cheap’. since expensive and cheap are gradable antonyms, so we can qualify how expensive or cheap they were. this can be proven in a few sentences such as ‘the tickets were more expensive than the previous one’ and ‘the tickets were very cheap’ in english as well as ‘tiket ini lebih mahal daripada yang dahulu’ and ‘tiket ini sangat murah’ in malay. complementary antonyms are pairs of words that are opposite in meaning and cannot be graded. they are mutually exclusive, that is, only one of them can exist at one time. this antonym is called ‘antonimi penggenap’ in malay language. for example, there might be a newborn child in a family and the baby will only be either girl or boy. the child cannot be both girl and boy as the gender of the child is the complementary antonym. further examples of complementary antonyms are deadalive, young-old, and empty-full that same goes for the examples in malay, ‘mati-hidup’, ‘muda-tua’ and ‘kosongpenuh’ respectively. according to marlyna (2005), relational antonyms or converse antonyms are pairs of opposite words where one cannot exist without the other. this antonym is recognized as ‘antonimi sebalikkan’ in malay language. this antonym is a pair of words with the opposite meanings, where opposite makes sense only in the context of relationship between the meanings of the two words. there is no lexical opposite for teacher, but teacher and pupil are opposite with the context of their relationship. another example is when there is a husband, there must be a wife. therefore, husband and wife are relational antonym. other examples are night-day, policeman-criminal and parent-child. in malay language, they are ‘malam-siang’, ‘polis-penjenayah’ and ‘ibubapa-anak’ accordingly. thus, we can conclude that the antonym of malay language and english language are similar and the same. hyponym is a word of more specific meaning than a general or superordinate term applicable to it. for example, the word ‘european’, its hyponym is british, angle, jutes, etc. in malay language, the word ‘asia’ has the hyponym of malaysia, pakistan, japan and others. hence, we can simplify that the hyponym between these two languages is the same (asmah, 1983). in conclusion, it is shown that there are similarities and differences between malay and english languages from some aspects. they are history, phonology, influences in vocabulary (loanwords), grammar, morphology and semantics. although these two languages come from different background, somehow they share similar characteristics such as the vowels sounds, loanwords and semantics. this proves that human has the same mindset that is to use sounds and voices to communicate in the ancient 216 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee days. the words that are loaned from one another mean they have effect on each other. grammar is a big category which consists of both similarities and differences from many aspects, is the basic of a language. moreover, morphology is regarding the morpheme that refers to the basic unit in a word as well as the semantics of words share similarities and contrasts among the two languages (hazita, 2004). regardless the differences of these two languages, both of the languages are unique and beautiful in their ways and survive until today with their native speakers. the linguists who have categorized everything that we learn and use today, are unforgettable as these are their great works, and they shall be remembered forever. references asmah, o. (1983). the malay peoples of malaysia and their languages. kuala lumpur: dewan bahasa & pustaka. asmah, o. (1986). nahu mutakhir melayu. kuala lumpur: dewan bahasa dan pustaka. azar, b. (1989). understanding and using english grammar. prentice hall regents. new jersey. baker, m. (2011). in other words: a course book on translation. 2nd ed. london: routledge. butt, d., fahey, r., feez, s., spinks, s., & yallop, c. (2000). using functional grammar. sydney: national centre for english language teaching & research. deterding, d., & salbrina, s. (2013). brunei english: a new variety in a multilingual society. dordrecht: springer. halliday, m. a. k. (1994). an introduction to functional grammar. london: edward arnold. hatim, b. (1997). communication across cultures: translation theory and contrastive text linguistics. exeter: university of exeter press. hazita, a. (2004). global english and english literacy education in malaysia, in penny lee and hazita azman, global english and primary schools: challenges for elementary education, melbourne: cae press. imran, h. a. (2000). contrasting malay english preposition categories: indulging in in diverse voices: readings in languages, literatures and cultures. serdang: penerbit universiti pertanian malaysia. khazriyati, s., tan, k. h., & marlyna, m. 2006. "definiteness and indefiniteness: a contrastive analysis of the use of determiners between the malay language and english". gema online journal of language studies. volume 6 (1). marlyna, m., khazriyati, s., & tan, k. h. (2005). "everyone people must have a best friend. interference of malay structures in english written discourse". proceedings of the tleia conference. teaching and learning of english: towards an asian perspective. fakulti komunikasi dan bahasa moden: uum. murni. m. (2013). ‘fonetik dan fonologi (vokal & konsonan)’. retrieved from http://www.slideshare.net/murnibint imohamat/fonetik-dan-fonologivokal-konsonan newmark, p. (1988). a textbook of translation. singapore: prentice hall international (uk) ltd. nik, s. k. (1989). tatabahasa dewan jilid 2: perkataan. kuala lumpur, dewan bahasa dan pustaka. noorizah, m. n., & rosniah, m. (1998) tatabahasa inggeris. utusan publications. kuala lumpur. nor, h. j. (2004). penguasaan bahasa melayu oleh pelajar melayu dalam arus globalisasi. jurnal bahasa jil. 4 (1), 63-95. ramli, md. s., ismail. s., idris. a., fadzeli. j. (2000). penguasaan bahasa melayu di kalangan pelajar-pelajar sekolah menengah rendah: kajian di sekolahsekolah rancangan felda negeri sembilan. universiti kebangsaan malaysia. 217 mohd nazri latiff azmi, et all. the comparisons and contrasts between english and malay languages 218 an analysis of the translation of metaphors in the novel harry potter and english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian khairuddin department of medical record and health information health polytechnic of malang, indonesia e-mail: fadilkhairuddin@yahoo.com apa citation: khairuddin (2015). the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian, english review: journal of english education 3(2),201-209 received: 11-03-2015 accepted: 12-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: translation is undoubtedly an important but at the same time difficult work. metaphors are among the potential areas of translation problem. this study aimed at describing how metaphors in the novel harry potter and the chamber of secrets are translated from english to indonesian, and evaluating the appropriateness of the translation results. findings showed certain strategies were applicable and determinant to the appropriateness of the english metaphor translation to indonesian: adoption or reproduction, adaptation or replacement with indonesian metaphors, conversion to simile, adoption plus sense, conversion to sense, and deletion. metaphor translation appropriateness shall be arrived if it qualifies referential and contextual accuracy. missing one or either two of the accuracy kinds may result in less and inappropriate metaphor translation respectively. keywords: translation, metaphorical expression, translation appropriateness, metaphor translation strategies . introduction that translation work is of great importance but at the same time difficult and complex is a two-face of a coin which most translators share a view. on the delighting face, there is a mouthful significant importance of translation in transmitting culture, revitalizing language, interpreting texts, disseminating knowledge, suggesting the relationship between thought and language, and contributing towards understanding between nations. it is also a unique source of knowledge and wisdom for mankind (newmark, 1988). it enriches the intellectual life in the target communities and introduces new linguistic structures or new genres into the target language and culture (stiffener in malkmajaer, 1988). on the discouraging face, it is an inconvenient and difficult work even before a translator begins his work, more difficult than a writer doing his own composition; because a translator is tightly possessed of the content of the source text. the difficulty is folded when the translator's source and target language mastery is not of an advanced level. the difficulties lie on making decision which principle to refer to; whether the translation should incline to the source or the target language, to be faithful or beautiful, literal or free, and whether to attempt to and struggle for the form or the content. mailto:fadilkhairuddin@yahoo.com khairuddin the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian translation is the reproducing in the receptor language or target language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style (nida and taber, 1982). in translating process, some areas may appear to be potential problems for a translator in transferring the content and the structural form of the source to the target text. among the commonest problem of content transfer in translation are idioms and figurative meanings (nida & taber, 1982). the translation of idioms and figurative meaning is more problematic since they contain metaphorical expressions. metaphor is an indirect speech act of word, expression or sentence whose meaning is what a speaker might utter it to mean, in a way that departs from what the word, the expression or the sentence actually means. in other words, a metaphorical meaning is made up of the speaker's meaning and the word or sentence meaning (searle in orthony 1982). the purpose of metaphor is to describe an entity, event or quality more comprehensively and concisely in a more complex way than is possible by using literal language, not just for the purpose of coloring language, but more important is of sharpening it in order to describe the life of the world or the mind accurately (newmark, 1988). because of its nature of using a figurative word to denote meaning, a metaphor or expression with metaphorical meaning is difficult to translate between languages. they are more difficult to translate compared with words with mere literal meanings. in fact, metaphor is at the center of all problems of translation (newmark, 1988). however, not rarely we have found that sentences are used in perfectly ordinary contexts with other than their literal meanings. indeed, almost every sentence produced by any human being contains importantly metaphorical or other figurative elements. we use or hear hundreds of metaphors in everyday speech, in slang, in news reporting, in novels, etc. (wales, 2001). in fact, (as stressed by de man, 1979 in wales, 2001), they are part of the fabric of language, even of thought. the translation of literary forms such as novels and short stories between languages are not easy to work out. even, the translation of novels and short stories is the second most difficult after the translation of poetry (newmark, 1988). this is truly so in greater part because the existence of metaphors in such writings is ubiquitous. in fact, metaphors in novels and short stories are often boldly translated to literal language, which thus unwittingly sacrifice their language features that function for coloring or sharpening the author's description in their writings. consequently, readers of the translated texts may not be able to have equal enjoyment as felt by the readers of the original novel or short story. to transfer successfully the equivalent metaphors from the source language to the target language text, it requires a translator to have knowledge to identify and interpret the metaphor itself. without such knowledge, it is difficult to work out the interpretation of the metaphor and to represent the metaphorical meanings in the source language text to the target language text. the blend of the above-mentioned importance of translation in nation development, the challenging problems of translation works, the power of metaphor, the difficulties of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee metaphor translation, and its ubiquity in novels were the attraction calling for this study. this study described the strategies of metaphor translation and evaluated the appropriateness of metaphor translation from english to indonesian as found in the novel harry potter and the chamber of secrets. method two types of textual data served as the data source: (1) the original j.k. rowling's novel harry potter and the chamber of secrets (2000), published by bloomsbury, in order to obtain the english metaphors and (2) the indonesian version of the novel, harry potter dan kamar rahasia (2000) published by gramedia pustaka utama jakarta. the researcher first read the original novel harpy potter and the chamber of secrets in order to figure out the intention of the writer, and the function and type of the text. then, he identified all the english metaphors in the original novel and their translation in the indonesian translation version. next, he made comparison of the english metaphors with the indonesian translation in order to describe and analyze the various strategies used by the translator. lastly, he performed an evaluation of the appropriateness of the translation of the english metaphors in the original novel to the indonesian translation concerning with the referential accuracy and the contextual accuracy. judgment or evaluation of the appropriateness of metaphor translation was based on the researcher-made standards referring to referential or semantic and contextual or pragmatic accuracy (newmark, 1988, p 188). the evaluation result is classified into appropriate, less appropriate and inappropriate metaphor translation. a metaphor translation is marked appropriate when it has both qualities of referential and contextual accuracy. referential accuracy bears the quality of faithfulness of the translation to the source language text, and contextual accuracy bears the smoothness, naturalness, thus, acceptability of the translation in the target language text. a metaphor translation is marked less appropriate when it has referential or semantic accuracy, but is lacking of contextual or pragmatic accuracy, which is necessary for making natural, and thus, acceptable translation in the tl context a metaphor translation is also marked less accurate when the translator drops or gives up the metaphorical image too easily, while actually there is still alternative attempt to be made for conveying both the image and the metaphorical meaning and the interpretive meaning of the metaphor to the target language. an english metaphor translation to indonesian is marked inappropriate if the translation is referentially or semantically defiant or corruptive which signals the unfaithfulness of the translation to the original text. this unfaithfulness may be due to inaccurate addition or subtraction of information, misinterpretation of the metaphorical meaning, or inaccurate deletion due to the translator's incompetence. results and discussion analysis and evaluation of the metaphor translation the novel harry potter and the chamber of secrets bears more saliently the expressive, emotive, creative and aesthetic functions of language, which takes serious imaginative literature text type. in such a text type, metaphor plays much a part to make strong expressive impression of the language. it is also the link between the expressive and aesthetic khairuddin the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian functions. through images, metaphors connect the extra-linguistic reality with the world of the mind through language. thus metaphor, being both an expressive and aesthetic component, has to be preserved intact in translation. therefore, the translator should strive to transfer the metaphorical expressions to the tl text in order to preserve the expressive and aesthetic components of the original. dropping or giving up the metaphorical images that exist in the original novel in the translation would mean lessening or corrupting the expressive and aesthetic functions which in turn would lessen the value of the novel translated. there are 224 metaphors identified in the 366 pages novel harry potter and the chamber of secrets. these english metaphors are translated to indonesian through various metaphors translation strategies (see table 1).the strategy taken by the translator determines the success or appropriateness of the metaphor translation. a suitable metaphor translation strategy may bring to appropriate metaphor translation. below are representative examples of the analysis and evaluation of the metaphor translation. appropriate metaphor translation a metaphor translation is marked appropriate when it has both qualities of referential and contextual accuracy. referential accuracy bears the quality of faithfulness of the translation to the source language text, and contextual accuracy bears the smoothness, naturalness, thus, acceptability of the translation in the target language text. the following are representative examples of appropriate english metaphor translation to indonesian. (1) 'they gave me a nice, shiny engraved trophy for my trouble and warned me to keep my mouth shut.' ("mereka memberiku trofi bagus, berkilau dan berukir, dan memperingatkan aku untuk tetap tutup mulut. ") the secondary meaning of this complex metaphor keep my mouth shut is to keep secret of something. it is translated tutup mulut in indonesian. in this strategy, the translator has reproduced the original image of the metaphor in the indonesian translation. the image tutup mulut is similarly a standard and popular metaphor in indonesian culture which the translation readers will not fail to understand. by adopting or reproducing the metaphor, he has maintained faithfulness to the original and has kept the figurative or metaphorical aspect in the indonesian translation. (2) he promised harry he would flay him within an inch of his life when the masons had left. (la mengancam akan menghajar harry sampai nyawanya tinggal seujung rambut.) the secondary or interpretive meaning of the metaphorical utterance flay him within an inch of his life is `to flay very severely.' the metaphor is translated to indonesian to menghajarnya sampai nyawanya tinggal seujung rambut. the english metaphor cannot be adopted or reproduced directly to indonesian to menghajarnya sampai setiap inci hidupnya, as it does not read smooth and natural, therefore not acceptable. dealing with this problem, the translator's strategy is to adapt or replace the english metaphorical image with the indonesian image which has similar interpretive meaning to the original. by replacing with the standard and popular metaphorical image in english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee indonesian, the translation can be both faithful to the original and acceptable in the receptor's language. (3) `we've been here nearly four hours! i'd never have believed it-time has flown, hasn't it?' ("kita sudah disini hampir empat jam. aku tak percaya, waktu berlalu bagai terbang ya?”) the metaphor time has flown in the original text has the secondary or interpretive meaning `time has passed very fast.' the metaphor is translated to indonesian to waktu berlalu bagai terbang. the translator's strategy is to translate the english metaphor to a simile in indonesian. the translator may not adopt or reproduce the english metaphor to waktu telah terbang, as it will read strange and awkward. by translating it to a simile, it succeeds the referential and contextual accuracy for being faithful to the original and acceptable in indonesian context. (4) harry told them all about dobby. `very fishv. 'said fred finally. (harry menceritakan kepada mereka semua tentang dobby. "sangat mencurigakan, kata fred akhirnya.) the metaphor very fishy has the interpretive meaning `very suspicious' in the original text. it is translated to indonesian to a sense or literal language sangat mencurigakan. although the translation does not bear the metaphorical aspect of the english metaphor, its meaning is similar to the metaphor's interpretive meaning. the translator cannot adopt the metaphor to berbau ikan or berbau amis, as it will not be understood correctly by the tl text readers. therefore, she should literalize the translation. by literalizing it, the translator maintains the faithfulness of the translation to the interpretive meaning and enables the readers to understand the translation correctly and easily. less appropriate metaphor translation a metaphor translation is marked less appropriate when it has referential accuracy which qualifies faithfulness of the translation to the original primary meaning, but it lacks contextual accuracy which is requirement of acceptability of the translation in the tl context. a metaphor translation is also marked less appropriate when the translator drops or gives up the metaphorical image too easily, while actually there is still alternative attempt to be made for conveying both the image or the metaphorical meaning and the interpretive meaning of the metaphor to the target language. the following are some examples. (1) `harry! what d'yeh think yer doin down there? harry's heart leapt. ("harry !" sedang apa kau disini?jantung harry melompat.) the metaphorical utteranceharry's heart leapt has the interpretive meaning `extremely shocked' in the original text. it is translated to indonesian to jantung harry melompat. the translator has adopted or reproduced the metaphor to indonesian. this strategy has made the translation faithful to the original, and therefore referentially accurate. however, it does not read smooth and natural in indonesian. in other words, it is not acceptable in indonesian, and therefore, contextually not accurate. it will be appropriate if the metaphorical utterance is replaced with an indonesian metaphor jantung harry mau copot in order to make it more acceptable in the tl context. (2) `why would anyone want to celebrate the day they died? ' said ron. `sounds dead depressing to me.' khairuddin the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian ("kenapa ada orang ingin merayakan hari kematian naereka? " tanya ron. "kedengarannya suram bagiku.”) the metaphor dead depressing in the original text has the interpretive meaning `extremely frightening and sad.' the metaphor is translated to suram inindonesian. this translation, not only that it has lessened the meaning of the english metaphor in the original text, but it also does not have clear meaning and may not be understood clearly in indonesian. the researcher suggested that it is translated to kedengarannya menyeramkan sekali, in order to make the meaning clear and understood by the tl text readers. (3) "yeh should've ignored him, arthur, 'said hagrid `rotten to the core the whole family, everyone knows.' ("ku seharusnya jangan acuhkan dia, arthur, ' kata hagrid. jahat sekali seluruh keluarga, semua tahu.“) the metaphorical utterance rotten to the core has the interpretive meaning `extremely or acutely bad or mean' in the original text. this metaphor is translated to a sense or literal language jahat sekali in indonesian. the translator has dropped or given up the original metaphorical image too easily in the indonesian translation. consequently, the translation has lost its self-expressive and aesthetic function. therefore, the researcher marks it as less appropriate translation. actually, in order to this metaphor can be translated sudah busuk sampai ke tulang seluruh keluarga itu in order to keep the metaphorical image and be more faithful to the original which is the suggestion to make appropriate translation. inappropriate metaphor translation the researcher marks an english metaphor translation to indonesian as inappropriate if the translation is not referentially accurate, which signals the unfaithfulness of the translation to the original text. this unfaithfulness may be due to inaccurate addition or subtraction of information, misinterpretation of the metaphorical meaning, or inaccurate deletion due to the translator's incompetence. for this inappropriateness, the translator suggests his own translation in order to fix the problem. the following are some examples. (1) ... as he allowed to be swept out of his office, leaving them alone with prof mcgonagall. (...sebelum dia keluar dari kantornya, meniggalkan mereka sendirian dengan prof mcgonagall.) the interpretive meaning of the metaphor to be swept out in the original text is to involuntarily leave, or to feel compelled to leave. the metaphor is translated to a literal language keluar in indonesian. the word keluar in indonesian is not adequately representative to the interpretive meaning of the original metaphor swept out. translated as such, not only the translation has given up the metaphorical aspect too easily, but also it has not been faithful to the original. it has not been successful to convey the interpretive meaning full in the indonesian translation; it has subtracted the meaning inaccurately. therefore, the researcher marks this translation as inappropriate. the researcher suggests that it be translated to sebelum dia harus terusir keluar dari kantornya in order to make an appropriate translation. (2) riddle watched him out of sight, and then, moving quickly, headed straight down the stone steps to the dungeons with harry in hot pursuit. (riddle menunggunya lenyap dari pandangan, dan kemudian bergerak english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee cepat menuruni tangga batu menuju jeruang bawah tanah. harry mengejarnya.) the english metaphor in hot pursuit in the original text has the interpretive meaning `to follow curiously or eagerly.' it is translated to indonesian to mengejar. the translator has given up the metaphorical element hot in the translation. this metaphor actually has important meaning, i.e. to describe how harry, the subject, has run to follow riddle. hence, the deletion has corrupted the complete interpretive meaning of the metaphor. therefore, the researcher marks this metaphor translation inappropriate. to make it appropriate, the researcher suggests that it be translated to harry mengejarnya bersemangat. (see table 2 for translation evaluation result) table 1: metaphor translation strategies applied in the translation of english metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets to indonesian table 2: percentage of evaluation result of english metaphor translation in harry potter and the chamber of secrets to indonesian conclusions from the data analysis and discussion, the research has reached some conclusions. the writer's intention for writing the novel is the realization of her self-expression, creative thinking, and imagination. the novel bears more saliently the expressive, emotive, creative and aesthetic functions of language, which takes serious imaginative literature text type. in such a text type, metaphor plays much a part to make strong expressive and aesthetic impression of the language. therefore, the translator should strive to transfer the metaphorical expressions to tl text for preserving the expressive and aesthetic component of the english metaphors in the original text. the metaphorical expressions in harry potter and the chamber of secrets are translated to indonesian through various metaphor translation strategies: (1) english metaphor is adopted or reproduced when it is also a common or popular metaphor in indonesian language or culture. (2) the english metaphor is adapted or replaced with indonesian metaphor if the metaphor cannot be appropriately reproduced, translator's strategies total percentage metaphor reproduced 69 31% metaphor replaced with tl metaphor 18 8% metaphor changed to simile 9 4% metaphor changed to simile plus sense 1 0.4% metaphor reproduced plus sense 3 1% metaphor converted to sense 118 53% metaphor deleted 6 2.6% total 224 100% evaluation total percentage appropriate metaphor translation 194 85% less appropriate metaphor translation 25 12% inappropriate metaphor translation 5 3% total 224 100% khairuddin the translation of metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets from english to indonesian and if the indonesian metaphor is not defiant or corruptive to the meaning of the sl metaphor. (3) the english metaphor is changed to simile in the indonesian translation to retain the metaphorical image of the original. (4) the english metaphor is reproduced and combined with sense or the interpretive meaning of the metaphor. (5) the english metaphor is also changed to simile and combined with sense or the interpretive meaning of the metaphor in its original text; in the specific englishindonesian metaphor translation case, the sense may come first before the simile. (6)the metaphor is converted to sense or translated to literal language. ((7) the english metaphor is deleted when the metaphorical meaning is redundant. the translation of english metaphors in harry potter and the chamber of secrets to indonesian has been done relatively successfully. this conclusion is inferred from the evaluation results which show that 85 % of the english metaphors are marked appropriate metaphor translation. only 12% and 3% are marked respectively less appropriate and inappropriate metaphor translation. these findings give hint that the translator is familiar with the metaphor translation strategies commonly found or written in translation textbooks or other translation references. familiarity or knowledge of the metaphor translation strategies has proven to help solve problems of metaphor translation from english to indonesian. although there are several word-forword translation when the metaphor is a simple or one-word metaphor, for most metaphor translation, word order or syntactical structures seem to be least considered when priority is focused on balancing referential or semantic and contextual or pragmatic accuracies of metaphor translation from english to indonesian. references ary, d., jacobs. l., & razavieh, a. (2002). introduction to research in education. belmont: wadsworth. bell, r. t. (1991). translation and translating: theory and practice. london: longman. brislin, r. w. (ed). (1976). translation application and research. new york: gardener press, inc. carford, j. c. (1974). a linguistics theory of translation. new york: oxford university press. ching, m k.l., haley, michael c., & lunsford, ronald f. 1980. linguistics perspectives on literature. london: routledge & kegan paul ltd. davidson, d. (1978). what metaphors mean. in martinich, a.p., 2001. the philosophy of language. new york: oxford university press. fraser, l. (2004). wawancara dengan j.k. rowling si pencipta harry potter. jakarta: penerbit gramedia pustaka utama. gibbs, raymond w., & steen, gerard j. 1999. metaphors in cognitive linguistics. amsterdam: john benjamin publishing company. lakoff, g. & johnson, m. (1980).metaphors we live by. chicago: university of chicago press. larson, m. n. (1984). meaning-based translation: a guide to cross language equivalence. boston: university press of america, inc. leezenberg, m. (2001). contexts of metaphor. amsterdam: elsevier science ltd. lycan, w. j. (2000). philosophy of language: a contemporary introduction. london: routledge. malkmkjer, k. (1998). translation and language teaching. manchester: st. jerome publishing. martinich, a.p. (1984). a theory of metaphor. in martinich a.p (pp. 447-457). 2001. the philosophy of language. new york: oxford university press martinich, english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a.p. 2001. the philosophy of language. new york: oxford university press. miles, m. b. & huberman, a.m. (1984). qualitative data analysis: a source of new methods. california: sage publication, inc. mooij, j. j.a. (1976). a study of metaphor. amsterdam: north-holland publishing company. murtadho, n. (1999). metafora dalam alqur'an dan terjemahannya dalam bahasa indonesia. unpublished dissertation. jakarta: graduate program university of indonesia. newmark, p. (1988). approaches to translation. london: prentice hall. newmark, p. (1988). a text book of translation. london: prentice hall. nida, e. a. & taber, charles r. (1982). the theory and practice of translation. leiden: e.j. brill nida, e. a. (2001). contexts in translating. amsterdam: john benjarnins publishing company. pedoman penulisan karya ilmiah. (2003). malang: universitas negeri malang. rowling, j.k. (2000). harry potter and the chamber of secrets. london: bloomsbury. rowling, j.k. (2000). harry potter dan kamar rahasia. (translation version). jakarta: gramedia pustaka utama. sadtono, e. (1985). pedoman penerjemahan. jakarta: depdikbud, pusat pembinaan dan pengembangan bahasa. schaffner, c. (1998). qualification for professional translators. inmalkmajaer, kirsten. (pp. 117-133). translation and language teaching. manchester: st. jerome publishing searle, j. (1982). metaphor. in orthony, andrew, metaphor and thought (pp. 92-123). cambridge: cambridge university press. suryawinata, z. & hariyanto, s. (2003). translation: bahasan teori dan penuntun praktis menerjemahkan. yogyakarta: penerbit kanisius. veale, tony. 1995. metaphor, memory and meaning: symbolic and connectionist issues in metaphor interpretation. dublin: ireland wahab, abdul. 1986. javanese metaphors in discourse analysis. unpublished dissertation. urbana: university of illinois. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 33 scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching sri ratnaningsih department of english, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: chi.azure.chelsea@gmail.com apa citation: ratnaningsih, s. (2017). scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 33-40. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.768. received: 19-08-2017 accepted: 21-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: the research is aimed at investigating the teachers’ implementation of scientific approach in english language teaching in one state junior high school in bandung regency. in addition, this research discusses the conformation of the scientific approach implementation and the lesson plans based on the 2013 curriculum. this research employs a case study qualitative research design. the data were obtained from classroom observation and teachers’ lesson plan analysis and interview. the findings showed that the teachers implemented the scientific stages in english language teaching. they conducted observing, questioning, experimenting, associating and communicating in the sequence activities. besides, the teachers can demonstrate the student-centered learning strengthened by collaborative, cooperative, active and meaningful learning. however, concerning the conformation of the implementation with lesson plans, based on the indicators, learning objectives, learning materials, learning media, scientific stages and scientific approach model (discovery learning, inquiry leaning, problem based learning and project based learning), the teachers still have to underline and mention the scientific approach model and state learning objectives. furthermore, the other components have been presented well in both teaching and lesson plans. keywords: english language teaching, lesson plan, scientific approach, teaching practice, the 2013 curriculum introduction curriculum is defined as a plan for learning containing many kinds of learning instructions and outcomes (see taba, 1962; ruhimat et al., 2009, p.4). it includes the sequence activities that give something for the students to learn and experience through developing abilities to achieve specific educational goals and evaluation in the form of a written document (see government regulation number 19 year 2005 on national education standards; kunandar, 2011, p.124; hasanah, 2015; olivia, 1988; harold, 1965; print, 1993). in indonesia’s curriculum, english becomes a compulsory subject with a very important existence. the curriculum of english has experienced changes to acquire better student results in learning english (emilia, 2005). the english curriculum in indonesia has witnessed at least eleven times of curricular changes— the 1945 curriculum, to 2006 curriculum (alwasilah, 2012) as cited in (hamied & musthafa, 2016) and the 2013 curriculum (kurtilas) which uses scientific approach (abidin, 2014; hosnan, 2014; yani, 2014; government’s file). the 2013 curriculum is implemented as one of government’s efforts to answer the challenges of the advancing technology and rapid globalization. it is also related to the 21th century characteristics. morocco et al. (2008, p.5; see abidin, 2014) argue that the 21th century characteristics cover the ability of the highest understanding, critical thinking, collaboration and communication. thrilling and fadel (2009, p. 47) add that 21th century sri ratnaningsih scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching 34 skills include: (1) life and career skills, (2) learning and innovation skills and (3) information, media, and technology skills. they underline that learning and innovation skills which connect to creative thinking, problem solving, communication, collaboration, creativity and innovation are the main skill to be improved. the 2013 curriculum is hoped to realize the development of students’ potential to create indonesian citizens who are productive, creative, innovative, skillful, competitive, collaborative and independent through the integrated attitudes (students know “why”), skills (students know “how”), and knowledge (students know “what”) (education and culture ministry policy, no. 68 year 2013). the 2013 curriculum emphasizes more on competences and character buildings, because characters have important values to run and form the ethical and individual principles (howard et al., 2004). the students attain academic benchmarks to construct and employ their knowledge and skills and need the same time and opportunity to develop and conduct good characters (stein et al., 2000). the ministry of education (2013) states that the 2013 curriculum can be implemented successfully by using scientific approach. scientific approach is a new approach in english language teaching because the term “scientific” is more familiar with natural science, social science and management (suharyadi, 2013, p.1). the learning process adopts the scientist stages in building the knowledge through the science methods and characteristics (see alfred de vito: 1989; government’s file: 2013; barringer, et al., 2010; abidin, 2014). thus, it is a challenge for teachers to understand the stages and basic knowledge about scientific approach in 2013 curriculum to implement the english language teaching in the classrooms properly (ayuni, 2015). scientific approach does not only emphasize learning outcomes as the end result, but also the learning process as the important consideration.therefore, this approach highlights the quest of knowledge rather than the knowledge itself. the students need to be actively involved in the learning process to present the information which is acquired not only from the teachers but also from various resources. according to regulation of ministry of national education no. 65, scientific approach in 2013 curriculum trains the students to: (1) be the center of learning, (2) involve the cognitive processes which is potential in stimulating intellectual development, specifically the high level of student; thinking skill, (3) give opportunities to the student to assimilate and accommodate concepts, laws and principles, (4) find knowledge through scientific process and use it in learning process, (5) learn from various sources, (6) promote acculturation and empowerment of students as lifelong learners, (7) apply values by giving exemplary things, build willingness, and develop creativity of the students in the learning process, (8) implement the principles in which everyone is teacher, everyone is student and everywhere is class. scientific approach is paramount to improve the quality of teaching and learning. it directs the students to develop and integrate their attitudes, skills and knowledge (suharyadi, 2013, p. 1). the approach can encourage students to be capable of observing, questioning, experimenting, associating, and communicating (government’s file, no. 103, 2014; abidin, 2014, p.132; hosnan, 2014, p. 37; mulyasa, 2014; suharyadi, 2013, p. 1350). each of the steps is presented as follows: 1) observing to develop student’s curiosity, to create meaningful learning process and help students acquire knowledge (brown, 2000).the teacher asks the students to observe objects, events, phenomena, concepts and procedures by using all of their senses to see, listen, read and watch, and integrate it with the learning material (checkovich & sterling, 2001, p. 32; government’s file, 2015). at the same time, students construct their knowledge and facilitate them to fulfill their need of knowing something. in this activity, the context is also presented to make students connect what they have learned with what they are going to learn (suharyadi, 2013, english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 35 p. 3). according to kemendikbud (2013b), the observation is going to be effective if the teacher and students employ tape recorder (to record the conversation), camera (to record visual objects), film or video (to record audiovisual objects) and related equipment. 2) questioning to construct knowledge as a concept. the students are required to have a critical thinking to evoke high level of thinking questions. furthermore, the students can show their active participation in the learning process. in this stage, the teachers have to facilitate the students with scaffolding to stimulate and encourage the students to ask (government’s file, 2013, pp. 34-35). questioning can be used by both teachers and students in the classroom with several specific purposes. specifically, by giving questions, the teacher leads the students to give their attention to begin learning and stimulate them to pursue knowledge on their own (suharyadi, 2013, p. 3-4). 3) experimenting to acquire a meaningful, real and authentic learning, students have to do experiments, especially to the suitable materials (suharyadi, 2013, p. 4). the students also experience the skill process to enhance knowledge and employ scientific method to solve the real problem. experimenting is intended to develop various learning objectives, attitudes, skills and knowledge. it is an activity to internalize knowledge and skills that have been learned. the students practice to express new things that they have learned and try to utilize the skills to reality inside and outside the class through simulation, role play, presentation, discussion and games (government’s file, 2013, p. 35). 4) associating toattain the conclusion of knowledge by a logical thinking process and systematic empirical factual statement which is observed. students must be more active and given more opportunities to learn. associating refers to grouping ability of various ideas and associating various events to be part of memory. when the experiences are stored in the brain, they will interact with the previous events or experiences. in this stage, students and teacher are engaged into learning activities, such as text analyzing and categorizing. the information or data that have been collected from the previous activity (observing and experimenting) must be analyzed to draw conclusions. students will then process the information from the teachers and draw the conclusions out of that information. as stated on the policy of indonesia ministry of education and culture no. 81a/2013, associating process must be conducted through: (1) processing information that has been collected from the result of experimenting and observing activity and, (2) processing the information collected to find solutions from variety of sources that have different opinions to the contrary. thus, students are expected to be able to relate the result of learning or experimenting to the reality. 5) communicating to develop students’ skills to offer or demonstrate all knowledge and ability that has been mastered verbally or nonverbally. suharyadi (2013, p. 4) argues that communicating is also called collaborative learning. for teachers, the collaborative learning function is more directive oriented in which the teachers are managers in the students’ learning. the students present the communicative and effective written or spoken knowledge based on what they have learned. the scientific approach has learning models to implement the whole approach, strategy, and method components which are employed holistically and comprehensively in learning process. the model selection is based on (1) time allocation; (2) material contents; and (3) asessment process of knowledge and skill (hasanudin, 2017). the models include discovery learning, inquiry learning, problem based approach and project based approach. in addition, in implementing the teaching practice in 2013 curriculum, lesson sri ratnaningsih scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching 36 plan has an important role to guide the learning activities to achieve basic competences (permendikbud no.65, 2013). in this research, some lesson plan components are analyzed. the components include indicators, objectives, learning material, learning activities, and assessment (ministry of national education, 2013) considering the issue stated above, this research is intended to focus on the implementation of scientific approach in english language teaching and its conformation with the lesson plans. it is hoped that this study can give a major contribution in the area of english teaching in new 2013 curriculum that is recently discussed nowadays, especially, scientific approach as a new approach in teaching english. it can help other researchers in conducting further researches on scientific approach. method to meet the purposes of the study, the research employed a qualitative case study research design since the main objectives are to describe and analyze the english teachers’ implementation of scientific approach and the conformation with the teaching lesson plan in 2013 curriculum. the research was conducted in one of favorite junior high schools in bandung regency which has been popular and chosen to apply scientific approach for english learning and teaching since the 2013 curriculum was realized. the participants involved in this research were three eleventh grade teachers. they were free to choose the topic as long as it is stated in basic competence 3 and 4 in seventh grade level. they were trained on the 2013 curriculum by the government and one of them is a national instructor. since this study employed a case studyqualitative research design, the data were collected through classroom observation, teachers’ lesson plans analysis and interview. the classroom observation was recorded and analyzed in the form of transcription and rubric. the observation began on march. then, the lesson plans were analyzed to determine whether the lesson plan is in line with the principles of 2013 curriculum. the teachers’ lesson plans were analyzed in terms of the indicators, objectives, materials and media, teaching procedures (scientific stages and its model) and learning assessment components (decree of minister of national education no. 65/2013). the lesson plans were collected from each teacher after conducting the observations. there were four lesson plans analyzed in this study. the first lesson plan labeled l1 was made by teacher a; l2 and l3 was for lesson plans made by teacher b; and l4 for lesson plan made by teacher c. all lesson plans were written in indonesian. finally, the interview was done to each teacher after finishing the classroom observations to gain detailed information and description about scientific approach in 2013 curriculum. the interview consists of six questions related to the implementation of scientific approach in 2013 curriculum and the data was categorized as complement to answer research questions. the interview was conducted in indonesian to make the teachers more comfortable in expressing their opinions regarding the implementation of scientific approach. results and discussion the section is divided into three main parts. the first part presents the implementation of scientific approach in english language teaching observation. the second part highlights the conformation between the implementation and the lesson plans through the lesson plans analysis. finally, the interview supports the first and second findings. data from classroom observation observing in the teaching practice, teacher a conducted the same material (describing things) in two different classes. she used the monkey doll to be described in class a, and red ball and bottle in class b. she was creative in using the contextual, real and some relevant media. she presented different realia to be described. thus, it made the students engage english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 37 easily in the learning process because she asked the students to use their sense to see. teacher b also presented the same material (describing people) for class c and d. in observing, she asked the students to maximize their sense to see the idol picture to be portrayed. it led the students to have fun learning and involved them to create active and meaningful learning. on the other hand, teacher b in class e displayed different material (greeting). here, the teacher invited the students to watch the video and sing the greeting song. so, the teacher asked the students to use their sense to watch and listen. in addition, teacher c stated some verbal instructions to be listened and observed. then, she asked the students to note the instructions given. according to the findings, all teachers implemented the observing stage well. it emphasized that all the teachers were creative to utilize the relevant, contextual and real media to be observed. questioning in this stage, teacher a involved the students to make questions verbally and invited some representatives to write the questions in front of the class. uniquely, she kept stimulating the students to answer and create more questions. the teacher applied active learning to bring good atmosphere. she explained (1) the usage of “has/have” and “is/are”, and (2) constructed the statements and questions to describe the thing clearly. thus, it made the students create the questions and statements easily. teacher b and c, on the contrary, kept asking the related questions and conduct the group discussion to encourage the students to ask and give their arguments. in this stage, all teachers showed their effort to encourage, stimulate and motivate the students to offer and response the related questions. they tried to construct the active learning and develop the students’ thinking skill. practically, the goals were not achieved well. so, the teachers initiated to offer some related questions and make a discussion to encourage the students to offer questions, respond to the answers, and give the argumentation and opinion. experimenting in experimenting, the students get real or authentic learning (abidin, 2014). teacher a gave the opportunity to the students to explore and collect relevant data and practice the writing and pronunciation to describe things. teacher b asked the students to collect the data from the internet and practice to describe people’ appearance and personality. in addition, in teaching the other material (greeting), the teacher asked the students to practice and imitate the greeting expression. finally, teacher c guided the students to explore and find the instruction from the text book. she also asked them to modify, imitate and demonstrate the instruction. associating associating refers to the ability of creating diverse idea and making new concepts or relating the result of learning experimenting to the reality they find (ministry of education and culture no. 81a/2013). teacher a and b encouraged the students to analyze and modify the descriptive statements. then, the students associated their knowledge from observing and experimenting to describe things (teacher a) and people (teacher b). in addition, teacher b instructed the students to modify and create greeting songs. further, the teacher c asked the students to analyze and make instruction. communicating in communicating, teacher a asked the students to describe one of the things given by using be, have and has in the groups of two. then, she watched and gave them assessment. teacher b built collaborative and cooperative learning in groups of four. the students were asked to choose one idol picture or the family member, then they discussed it in the groups. the representatives of the groups presented the description while the teacher monitored and led their discussion activity. to conduct effective learning, it will be better if the implementation was conducted twice or three times to give time for the students to explore, sri ratnaningsih scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching 38 associate and communicate well. moreover, in teaching greeting, the teacher asked the students to sing with their groups in front of the class. in addition, teacher c asked the students to come forward and communicate the instruction alternately in pair. document analysis this section presents the analysis of lesson plans. there are four lesson plan samples investigated in the study. learning indicators, learning objectives and learning materials deciding indicator refers to the basic competence. indicators direct to develop learning material to achieve learning objectives. the indicators are explained by detailed objectives. teacher a and b conducted the basic competence 3.10 and 4.13. both teachers fulfilled the indicators by using c2 and p2 in line with basic competence and their learning objectives followed the abcd rule. on the other hand, in deciding learning material, teacher a chose the things to be described and used realia by using various things such as monkey doll, red ball, red bottle and others while teacher b selected admired people to be described and employed pictures as the media. teacher b, in the third teaching, presented kd 3.1 and 4.1. kd 3.1 had three indicators. the operational words come from same level of bloom’s taxonomy (c2). she did not put the learning objectives in the lesson plan. in addition, kd 4.1 has one indicator and no learning objective. the word “menciptakan” in indicators must be followed by the lowest operational word to scaffold the students. furthermore, the teacher utilized video and song as learning media to teach greeting expression. teacher c selected kd 3.9 and 4.10. kd 3.9 has three indicators, the indicators are not in line with one learning objective mentioned in this lesson plan. this also happened to kd 4.10 where the teacher put one indicator and two learning objectives. as dede (2017) stated that in the lesson plan of 2013, the number of indicators has to be in line with learning objectives. the learning objective almost follows the abcd instruction. however, the teacher did not mention the bond degree of ki 2 such as “dengan benar dan tepat”. the teacher conducted instruction for the learning material, the students are asked to identify the language features of instruction (verb + object!). thus, the learning material and basic competence are relevant. furthermore, the teacher was creative because she used realia, situation and condition as the media of learning, for instance the teacher pointed the door and say “arya, open the door, please!” or “let’s learn about the instruction, now open page 101!” analyzing scientific approach and learning model in this section, the lesson plans were analyzed in term of its syntax to discover learning model that the teachers chose in their teaching practice. scientific approach includes some learning models such as discovery learning method, project-based method and problem-based method. those models have different syntax depends on the characteristics of the models. the teachers’ teaching practices were then analyzed to discover their learning models. the detail elaboration of learning model in the four lesson plans of the teachers is discussed in the following subsections. l1 teacher a and l2 teacher b both lesson plans present scientific stages and discovery model of learning in the sequence activities. first, the activities construct the active learning and reflects the student-centered process. the proof can be seen from the beginning of the lesson when the teacher asks the students to observe the monkey doll (teacher a) and the idol picture (teacher b) as the observation stage in scientific approach and stimulation in discovery model. this activity leads the students to use their sense to see and engages them to the learning. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 39 the second finding, the questioning stage is conducted well by giving the students several questions related to the material and discussion to encourage them to argue, question and response. the question stage is in line with problem identification in discovery learning. the third, experimenting is line with collecting data. here, the teachers give chance to the students to explore more information from various resources such as accessing the internet or discussing with their groups to collect more information and material to describe the things and initiate the pronunciations. the fourth, the associating stage or verification in discovery learning displays the teacher asking the students to analyze and elaborate their current knowledge to describe the new things (teacher a) and idol (teacher b). finally, in communicating and generalizing stage, the students are instructed to make short description of the thing given, then they present their description in form of dialogues in pairs (teacher a), while teacher b asked the students to present their admired people description in the groups of four and the representatives came forward to describe it in front of their friends. in the lesson plan, the teacher implements scaffolding which means the task that students have to do is in the sequence activities from the easiest to the hardest. this stage makes the students get the meaningful learning whereas each individual will fully understand the learning materials. l3 teacher b and l4 teacher c both teachers do not mention the model. they only focus on the scientific process stages. however, in 2013 curriculum activities the scientific approach stages must be in line with the learning model (government’s file, 2015). the l3 of teacher b conducts observing stages using video and song to engage the students,then both teacher and students discuss the song’s content. it is hoped that this stage can encourage the students to ask. meanwhile, teacher c employs verbal expressions to be listened by the students, then she stimulates the students to offer questions. in experimenting, teacher b instructs the students to collect data from videos, songs and other resources. then, they classify formal and informal greeting expressions. further, they imitate teacher’s pronunciation in expressing the words. on the other hand, teacher c uses text book to be explored. she asks the students to obtain the instruction and identify its language features. in associating, teacher b instructs the students to analyze the expressions and create simple song based on the data gained and sing in front of the class in form of group. in addition, teacher c displays the students to modify the instruction and presents the simple dialog in pair. analyzing learning assessment in 2013 curriculum (2015 version), spiritual and attitude aspectsare explained in line with cognitive and skill assessments. however, in 2017 revision, the english teachers just assess the students’ cognitive and skill, while attitude is assessed implicitly. spiritual and attitude aspects are assessed by religion and civic subjects (hasanudin, 2017). based on the finding, all teachers assess the students’ cognitive and skill by employing the verbal test assessment. data from interview the interview as the follow up to the observation was conducted with the english teachers of 7th grade. the scientific approach has been implemented since the school started employing the 2013 curriculum and chose to be a model school. the scientific approach asks the teacher to learn and read a lot. they are able to understand the stages by sharing with friends, reading from various information and following the national or local training of the 2013 curriculum. in addition, they always design the lesson plan before conducting the teaching. sri ratnaningsih scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching 40 conclusion the present study shows that the english teachers of 7th grade at the chosen state junior high school implemented the scientific approach in their english language teaching. they conducted all the stages involving observing, questioning, experimenting, associating and communicating. to emphasize, the teachers need to consider the time for implementation because the students need much opportunities to dig the stages. furthermore, the teachers conducted active and meaningful learning but they still lack of critical thinking (hots). observing was conducted with various media and creative delivery. however, they have to highlight the questioning stages where the students did not initiate to learn without stimulation and encouragement from the teachers. thus, it made the teachers show their efforts to stimulate and motivate them to offer questions. besides, the teachers employed the discussion to make them creating the active, cooperative and collaborative learning. in addition, the lesson plans employ all components and scientific approach stages based on 2013 curriculum. however, the teachers need to emphasize the step of determining the learning indicators and learning objectives, stating the learning model, and choosing the method. the findings show that teacher a and teacher b (class b and c) implemented the teaching in line with their lesson plans while teacher b (class d) and c were less appropriate because they did not write the learning objectives and model. as mikova (2017) states that learning objectives, learning activities and learning assessment are the main points of lesson plan. references abidin, y. (2014). desain sistem pembelajaran dalam konteks kurikulu 2013. bandung: pt refika aditama. alwasilah, a. c. (2012). pokoknya kualitatif: dasardasar merancang dan melakukan penelitian kualitatif (7th ed). bandung: pt. dunia pustaka jaya. hosnan, m. (2014). pendekatan saintifik dan kontekstual dalam pembelajaran abad 21: kunci sukses implementasi kurikulum 2013. bogor: ghalia indonesia. mulyasa, e. (2014). pengembangan implementasi kurikulum. bandung: penerbit pt. remaja rosdakarya. suharyadi. (2013). exploring scientific approach in english language teaching. malang: the state of malang university. yani, a. (2014). mindset kurikulum 2013. bandung: alfabeta. scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching introduction method results and discussion data from classroom observation observing questioning experimenting associating communicating document analysis learning indicators, learning objectives and learning materials analyzing scientific approach and learning model l3 teacher b and l4 teacher c analyzing learning assessment data from interview conclusion references english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 11 the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity parviz ghasedi english department, faculty of humanity, university of zabol, iran e-mail: ghasedi.p.988@gmail.com habibollah mashhady english department, faculty of humanity, university of zabol, iran e-mail: mashhadyh@uoz.ac.ir farideh okati english department, faculty of humanity, university of zabol, iran e-mail: farideh.okati@uoz.ac.ir apa citation: ghasedi, p., mashhady, h., & okati, f. (2017). the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 11-20. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.766. received: 28-08-2017 accepted: 31-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: this study was set out to investigate the efficacy of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output based instruction on upper-intermediate efl learner’ speaking complexity. to do so, 41 (17 males and 24 females) efl learners were selected from university of zabol based on the results of opt. then, they were put in control and experimental groups based on the predetermined criteria. retelling and decision making tasks were used in the treatments of experimental groups while control group received placebo during 15 sessions, twice a week. public versions of ielts speaking test were used as pre/post-test. the results of independent sample t-test indicated that experimental groups outperformed control group. on the other hand, statistical analyses showed no significant differences between male and female speech complexity. to sum up, the findings demonstrated the fruitful effects of collaborative pushed output activities on speaking sub-skills. likewise, the results suggested the implementation of similar strategies in the development of male and female speaking dimensions. based on the findings, it can be claimed that teacher preparation programs should put teaching speaking on their list of priorities and provide courses on effective strategies for the development of speaking dimensions through implementing the main tenants of pushed output hypothesis. keywords: homogeneous, heterogeneous, complexity, speaking, pushed output introduction considering specific role for output to practice what language learners internalized as comprehensible inputs in educational contexts, swain (1985) introduced the notion of pushed output hypothesis and notes that it helps learners process comprehensible input more effectively (basterrechea, mayo & leeser, 2014). pushed output reflects the process of practicing written or oral outcomes accurately and effectively (swain, 2005). daring to criticize krashen’s (1985, p.61) strong claims that “comprehensible input is the only true cause of second language acquisition”, swain (1985, 1998, 2000) contemplates specific functions for output hypothesis that makes learners aware of their incapability in using the intakes in their outputs during conveying their intentions (byrne, 2012; thwaites, 2014). swain (1985, 1998, 2000) summarizes the main functions of pushed output under three titles of noticing/consciousness-raising, hypothesis testing, and metalinguistic. nation (1990) asserts that such main functions of pushed parviz ghasedi, habibollah mashhady, & farideh okati the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity 12 output will inspire efl/esl learners to implement what they learned in interactions with their peers or teachers. the repetitions of such activities lead to the automatic use of lexical and grammatical structures which consequently improve their language proficiencies. generally speaking, pushed output hypothesis was proposed with the promise of boosting learners’ productive (oral or written) competence. on the other hand, developing learners’ oral subs-kills, complexity, accuracy, and fluency, is viewed as the ultimate goal of learning english in efl/esl contexts (mccarthy, 1998). moreover, alonso (2014) considers speaking as the building block for learning listening, reading, and writing. likewise, celik and yavuz (2015) add that speaking is the corner stone of conducting communicative role of language. on the other side, a conclusive review of the related studies indicates that one of the big challenges of efl learners is producing accurate, coherent, lexically dense, and fluent utterances (alonso, 2014; dahmardeh, 2009). furthermore, teaching speaking sub-skills, especially in efl countries, confronted with lots of problems because a native like oral outputs needs a combination of “phonetic, phonological prosodic, lexical, syntactic, semantics and pragmatic” (osada, 2004, p. 56) knowledge. with the emergence of pushed output hypothesis and its emphasis on providing learners with the opportunities to use target language in negotiation based activities, this problem seems to be resolved. some studies investigated the efficacy of pushed output in developing learner syntactic and grammatical accuracy or reading comprehension (doneschjezo, 2011; ertürk, 2013; tabatabaei & yakhabi, 2009). moreover, sadeghi-beniss and edalati-bazzaz (2014) investigated the effects of pushed output on speaking fluency and accuracy. however, no study investigated the effects of pushed output on speaking complexity. likewise, there is no valid long term research project on the efficacy of pushed output in developing speaking sub-skills. accordingly, this study was set out to fill the mentioned gaps and find new strategies for developing learner speaking complexity through implementing main tenants of pushed output hypothesis. the role of input in language acquisition the proposed theories of first language acquisition (such as behaviorists, nativists, and functional) and that of l2 acquisition, (such as input hypothesis and output hypothesis) attach different significance (principal or secondary) to the role of input in language development (ellis, 2008). from the behavioristic perspective, language input, which consists of the “production of correct response to stimuli” (brown, 2007, p. 26), plays a vital role in language acquisition (ellis, 2008). for nativists, it is a premium trigger for inspiring the pre-existed abilities (ellis, 2008). similarly, constructivists highlight the significance of input and interaction in learning the target language (ellis, 2008). krashen (1981) regards it as the main criterion for learning and advancement and notes that input provides incidental and sufficient data for development. krashen (1985) believes that if language learners are provided with lots of understandable data in different formats (oral, written, or pictorial), they will acquire l2. he introduces the notion of “i+1” and argues that, a vital issue regarding comprehensible input is the fact that learners should be exposed to the “input language that contains structures a bite beyond his or her current levels of competence” (krashen, 1981, p. 100). according to krashen (1982), the fundamental inspiration to comprehend the structures that we have not ace yet (i+1) is our abilities to use our already mastered knowledge, lexico-grammatical knowledge, logical information, and our insight into the world. put another way, he asserts that in sla, we use more than our lexical and grammatical competence. furthermore, krashen (1982) accentuates that learner should focus on the meaning of the messages that directed at him/her, not their structural forms. likewise, krashen (1982) believes that we should not push learner to speak. he adds that although learners with different proficiency levels start talking at different points in time, we should not expect them to produce accurate, well-formed, and precise outputs at english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 13 the beginning. therefore, we ought to give them the chance to talk when they feel ready for it and tolerate their grammatical and lexical errors. the role of pushed output in language acquisition swain (1995) considers a significant place for input in educational contexts. however, she notes that comprehensible input cannot lead to the advancement. language learner should gain enough opportunities to process the received inputs and implement them in their outputs (van patten, 2002). output is defined as linguistic outcomes that learners produce (orally or in written) to convey their intentions, wants, desires, or ideas (kumaravadivelu, 2006; van patten, 2003). nation (2011) notes that pushed connotes the cooperation process between interlocutors and pushed output implies pushing learners to use their background knowledge to produce outputs that are lexically dense and grammatically correct. pushing students to practice and revise their outputs seems emergence for becoming competent communicators (byrne, 2012). accordingly, swain (1985) numbers main functions of pushed output as noticing, hypothesis testing, and metalinguistic. gass (2003) views noticing as a factor that connects language comprehension to language generation. donesch-jezo (2011) indicates that noticing triggers the cognitive creation of new grammatical and lexical knowledge or integration of knowledge that stored in memory. likewise, noticing function of poh triggers essential intellectual procedures such as psychological comparison (muranoi, 2007). research represents two main benefits of noticing as ‘noticing the holes’ and ‘noticing the gap’ (muranoi, 2007; swain, 1998). the first one informs students of their weakness points in converting their thoughts into target language words and structures (byrne, 2012; schmidt & frota, 1986). the second one makes them aware of the distances between their oral or written outputs and those of more proficient cocommunicators (peers or teachers) or native speakers (izumi, 2003; muranoi, 2007; swain, 1998). the second function of pushed output relates to the facts that during interaction with peers or with proficient speakers or writers, learners test different outputs and receive positive or negative feedbacks, which consequently lead to the internalization of the more (pragmatically and syntactically) appropriate ones (kumaravadivelu, 2006). in the same line, it is argued that hypothesis testing set the grounds for learners’ use of production skills to test whether the newly shaped hypothesis about the form and manner of conveying their intentions are meaningful and well-formed or not (qin, 2008; swain, 1995). concerning the third function of output, metalinguistic function, swain (1998, p. 68) notes that “learners use language to reflect on language use”. kumaravadivelu (2006) asserts that metalinguistic function of poh refers to the fact that learners consciously reflect on the language system. he mentions that learners may consciously think about the phonological, lexical, and grammatical roles of the tl in order to be more fluent and accurate in their productions. speaking complexity the review of the related literature indicates that speaking has three main dimensions of complexity, accuracy, and fluency (skehan, 1998; skehan & foster, 1999). since some studies were done on speaking fluency and accuracy, this study focused on the efficacy of pushed output in developing speaking complexity. complexity concerns on the lexical density, grammatical well-formednes, and the richness of utterances produced by interlocutors (housen, kuiken, &vedder, 2012). skehan and foster (1999) assert that complexity refers to the students’ abilities to talk soundly and cohesively. saslow et al., (2014, p. 258) summarize the key features of linguistically complex speech as using more “exclusive words (such as but, except, however, and unless), tentative words (such as maybe, perhaps, hesitant, and guess), negations (such as never, neither, without, and cannot), and discrepancies (such as should, would, and wish)”. in the language learning and teaching parviz ghasedi, habibollah mashhady, & farideh okati the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity 14 contexts, the mastery of oral ability becomes such a priority for many foreign or second language learners that many language learners evaluate the effectiveness of the course as well as their proficiencies on the basis of their improvement in speaking sub-skills (brown &yule, 1983; richards, 2008). moreover, rivers (1981) climes that the capacity to talk second or foreign language empowers learners to see new connections and opportunities and puts forth that speaking enables individuals to responds to different people and circumstances. skehan (2009) considers an antagonistic relationship among fluency, accuracy, and complexity. he states that learner cannot focus on the three dimensions simultaneously (because of the law capability of working memory). others believe that learners may focus on one dimension in specific points in time (gilabert, 2007; robinson, 2001; skehan & foster, 1999). in the eyes of ellis (1994), the main cause of such challenges is the fact that the psycholinguistic processes required in tl production (speaking or writing) are different from its comprehension (reading or listening). furthermore, he mentions that in the process of acquiring grammatical and lexical knowledge, learners must focus on input and monitor his/her outcomes, results in interference between fluent and accurate speech. yuan and ellis (2003) claim that pretask planning had significant effects on learners’ speaking complexity; however its effects on speech accuracy were not fruitful. likewise, the results of birjandi and alipour (2010) revealed that the effects of noncollaborative pre-task planning on learners’ speaking accuracy were more effective and fruitful than collaborative pre-task planning. on the other hand, the collaborative pre-task planning group outperformed the noncollaborative pre-task planning group concerning speech complexity. in a comparative study, tabatabaei and yakhabi (2009) compared the effects of input and output on efl learners’ speaking accuracy and complexity. they collected data from 60 female efl learners. their findings indicated that input was effective in developing speaking complexity. however, output was more effective in developing learner speech accuracy. moreover, the results of basterrechea et al., (2014) showed that the use of output based instruction in language classrooms provided learners with the appropriate and accurate speech which could be used as a model for novice learners to modify their outcomes and paid specific attentions to structures of native like speech. in sum, some studies approved the significant effects of pushed output in language classrooms. however, there is no valid quantitative research project on the efficacy of pushed output in developing learner speaking fluency, accuracy, and complexity (thwaites, 2014). on the other hand, one of the big challenges of efl teacher, especially in iran, is developing learners’ ability to produce lexical dense, coherent, appropriate, and to the points utterances (mohammadi, gorjian, & pazhakh, 2014). therefore, this study was set out with the intention of implementing the main tenants of pushed output hypothesis in order to find new strategies for developing speaking complexity. accordingly, the following research questions were proposed. 1. does homogeneous pushed output have any significant effect on efl learners’ speaking complexity? 2. does heterogeneous pushed output have any significant effect on efl learners’ speaking complexity? 3. does gender have any significant effect on efl learners’ speaking complexity? method this study was done at the second semester of 2016 academic year. the upper-intermediate efl learners (17males and 24 females) were selected based on the results of opt. the age of the participants ranged from 20 to 29. they were selected based on the results of oxford placement test (opt). accordingly, those whose score were between 40-47 were selected as the sample of this study. then, the selected samples were put in three groups of control group (cg), homogeneous group (hg), and heterogeneous or asymmetrical group (ag). table 1 represents group english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 15 specification. table 1. groups specification groups total no gender education male female ba ma ph.d. cg 14 7 7 8 5 1 hg 13 5 8 11 2 0 ag total 14 41 5 17 9 24 10 29 4 11 2 3 as table 1 shows 29 members of the sample were ba, 11 were ma, and 3 were ph.d. students. they were put in cg randomly but the member of hg were those students whose scores were not more than one standard deviation bellow or above the predetermined cut scores and the members of ag were those whose scores were more than one standard deviation bellow or above the predetermined cut score. at the beginning of the study, the researcher explained the aims and significance of the study to the participants and assured them that the information would be used just for research purposes and would be kept quite confidential. moreover, they were informed that the results of their responses would not affect their english marks. ielts speaking test was used to measure learners’ speaking complexity at the beginning of the study. the participants participated in face to face interview with the researcher in an empty room in the univercity of zabol, faculty of humanity. after that, they studied 7 lessons of new interchange 2 during 8 weeks, twice a week for about 45 minutes each session. cg participated in normal speaking classroom. the subjects listened to different audio files of the book. then, they were given 5 minutes to think about them. after that, the files were plaid again and teacher asked some general and specific questions about the plaid files. the interactions between subjects were limited in cg and much of the time of the class was spent on teacher explanations and managements. on the other hand, the hg and ag participated in task based classroom. the notion and aims of pushed output were explained to them at the begging of the study and they were informed of how they should cooperate and push their partners to use more complex structures in their outputs. two main tasks, retelling and decision making task, were used in such classroom. the subjects were supposed to push each other toward using more lexically dense utterances during task completion. moreover, they inspired each other to speak more accurately and coherently. at the end of the study another version of ielts speaking test was used as posttest. the interviews were audio recorded by philips gogear mix mp3 player. the recorded files were transcribed and coded for statistical analyses. after transcribing the collected data, they were coded for further analyses. to quantify speech complexity the authors used lexical density. accordingly, the number of uttered lexical words was divided by deliver words (based on norris & ortega, 2009; rahimpour, 1999). moreover, in line with rahimpour (2008) and rahimpour and mehrang (2010), the obtained results were multiplied by 100 (to make them more tangible). after coding the collected data and entering them into spss, descriptive statistics and independent samples t-test were run to answer the research questions. results and discussion the first research question investigated the efficacy of homogeneous pushed output based instructions on efl learner speaking complexity. independent sample t-test was used to answer this question. table 2 shows the results of descriptive statistics and table 3 presents the results of independent sample ttest. parviz ghasedi, habibollah mashhady, & farideh okati the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity 16 table 2. descriptive statistics of pre/post-test for cg, hg, and ag groups n m sd se complexity pre-test cg 14 29.330 2.292 .612 hg 13 29.364 .764 .211 ag 14 29.384 1.997 .533 complexity post-test cg 14 35.366 4.097 1.095 hg 13 39.496 1.650 .457 ag 14 45.562 2.079 .555 table 2 indicates that the mean scores of cg (m= 35.366), hg (m=39.496), and ag (m= 39.496) are rather different at the posttest of the study. therefore, independent sample ttest was used as further analysis. table 3. results of independent samples t-test for the efficiency of hg f t df sig. (2-tailed) m difference std. error difference complexity 6.106 -2.080 24 .001* -4.13 1.065 note. * = p< .05. the result of independent sample t-test indicated significant differences between the mean scores of cg and hg (f=6.106, t= 2.080, df= 24, p= .001).therefore, it can be claimed that homogeneous pushed output based instructions have significant effects on efl learner speaking complexity. next, the second research question analyzed the effects of heterogeneous pushed output based instructions on speaking complexity. descriptive statistics of the participants in pre/post-test of the study are presented in table 1. accordingly, the mean score of ag (m=45.562) was slightly higher than cg (m=35.366). independent sample ttest was used to see whether these differences reached statistically significant level or not. table 4. results of independent samples t-test for the efficiency of ag f t df sig. (2-tailed) m difference std. error difference complexity 5.011 -3.458 24 .000* -10.196 .289 note. *= p< .05. table 4 indicates that there are significant differences between the effects of cg and ag on efl learners speaking complexity. in sum, the results show the efficacy of heterogeneous pushed output based instruction on upper-intermediate efl learners speaking complexity. further, the third research question checks the potential differences between male and female learners’ speech complexity. table 5. descriptive statistics of pre/post-test concerning learner gender groups n m sd se complexity pre-test male 17 29.309 1.492 .472 female 24 29.413 1.555 .377 complexity post-test male 17 42.486 3.411 1.078 female 24 42.733 3.806 .923 descriptive statistics indicated that the mean scores of male and female learners’ speaking complexity (mmale= 29.309; mfemale=29.413) were rather similar at the pretest of the study. likewise, their mean scores were rather similar at the post-test of the study (mmale= 42.486; mfemale=42.733). a series of independent samples t-test was run to check the potential differences in participants speaking complexities’ scores with respect to their gender. the results are shown in table 6. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 17 table 6. independent samples t-test to compare male and female complexity scores on post-test f t df sig (2-tailed) m difference std. error difference complexity .031 -.169 25 .867 a -.247 1.462 note a = p> .05. table 6 indicates no significant difference between male and female learners’ speaking complexity (f=.031, t= -.169, df= 25, p=.867). accordingly, it can be concluded that gender is not a deterring factor in developing learner speaking complexity. from the analysis, it can be stated that hg (mcomplexity= 39.496) and ag (mcomplexity= 45.562) outperformed cg (mcomplexity= 35.366). the significance of the differences among mean scores are tested through independent samples t-test. the results revealed that such differences were statistically significant. to sum up, those learners who benefit from pushed output activities (in homogeneous or heterogeneous groups) use more lexical morphemes such as nouns, verbs, and adverbs in their outputs. the results are consistent with the findings of byrne (2012) that implementing pushed output exercises draw learner attentions to the linguistics structures (grammatical and discourse competence) of their utterances. similarly, ertürk (2013) mentions that engaging learners in such activities leads to the appropriate usage of conditional sentences in their interactions. on the other hand, the results conflict with those found by sadeghibeniss and edalati-bazzaz (2014). they clime that pushed output activities is not effective in developing learner speaking sub-components, especially speaking fluency. they relate their results to the nature of pushed output activities. the beneficial effects of pushed output in this study support swain’s (1985) clime and her notion of pushing. the results of this study can be justified through considering the fruitful effects of the main functions of pushed output (noticing, hypothesis testing, and metalinguistics). as swain (1985) argues such functions help language acquisition in different ways. besides, the fulfillment of pushed output tasks need interaction (especially student-student interaction). the nature of interactions and feedbacks (negative or positive) in intraclass groups in this study inspires participants to produce more lexically dense and linguistically complex utterances. moreover, such activities give learner the opportunities to take more responsibility for the accuracy, coherence, and complexity of their speech, consequently, lead to advancement. likewise, learners’ feedback in this study gives the group members second or third chance to repeat their utterances which make their productions more complex. on the other hand, the results of this study do not detect significant differences between male and female efl learners’ speaking complexity. the findings are not in the same line with the results of khomeijani et al., (2009). they mention that male speech is more accurate and complex while females are more fluent. on the other hand, the results are supported by the findings of more recent studies (gholizade, 2013; majidifard et al., 2014). gholizade (2013) mentions that there is no significant difference between learners oral outputs concerning their gender. moreover, majidifard et al. (2014) assert that male and female learners’ speaking fluency and complexity are not significantly different. it seems that male and female differences in using language are mostly related to the degree of politeness (haas, 1979), assertiveness (lakoff, 1975), and the implementation of discourse markers (alami, sabbah, &iranmanesh, 2012). conclusion while many studies are needed to be conducted to investigate the efficacy of pushed output in developing speaking complexity, especially in efl contexts, the results emerged from the statistical analyses of the current study made it certain that pushed output had valuable effects on speaking subcomponents. likewise, findings indicated that grouping learners homogeneously or parviz ghasedi, habibollah mashhady, & farideh okati the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity 18 heterogeneously increase fruitful interaction among learners which could not be observed in teacher centered classroom. on the other hand, the results indicated that gender is not a determining factor in developing upperintermediate efl learners speaking complexity. taking the significant role of speaking in efl/esl academic contexts into account and paying specific attention to the factors, such as having no opportunity to use english in real context, teacher centered classroom, and lack of language teacher attention to the speaking sub-components (mohammadi, gorjian, & pazhakh, 2014) that are considered as the main challenges of efl learners, one should welcome any fruitful strategy that boost learner output complexity. therefore, the beneficial effects of pushed output based instruction, as presented in this study, can be regarded as an allegory to pay more attention to student centered classrooms in which learners are pushed to use target language more accurately in appropriate context in order to convey their ideas or desires. the findings of this research help to add new insights to the literature of pushed output hypothesis and provide fruitful new teaching guidelines. moreover, the results can be of great help for material developers and text book writers. besides, such findings suggest that teacher preparation programs should make the development of speaking sub-skills an integral part of program to equip teachers with a wide array of effective oral development strategies. the first limitation that the researcher confronted with in this study was the limited number of participants. likewise, just the upper-intermediate level was studied. finally, this study used lexical density as the indicator of speech complexity. therefore, studding large sample, different levels, or using different indicators of complexity (as-units) may lead to more fruitful results. references alami, m., sabbah, m., & iranmanesh, m. (2012). gender and discourse difference: an investigation of discourse markers in persian male-female casual conversation. archives des sciences, 65(7), 203-223. alonso, a. r. (2014). teaching speaking: an exploratory study in two academic contexts. porta linguarum, 22, 145-160. basterrechea, m., mayo, m. p. g., & leeser, m. j. (2014). pushed output and noticing in a dictogloss; task implementation in the clil classroom: a case study on teachers’ insights into their students’ mother tongue, porta linguarum 22(22), 7-22. birjandi, p., & alipour, s. (2010). comparing the effect of individual and group pre-task planning on efl learners’ accuracy and complexity in speaking. jels, 1(4), 1-22. brown, c., & yule, c. (1983). teaching the spoken language. cambridge: cambridge university press. brown, h. d. (2007). principles of language learning and teaching (5th ed.). new york: pearson longman. byrne, s. m. (2012). a study into the effectiveness of pushed/nonpushed spoken output tasks focusing on upper intermediate students in the efl classroom. unpublished ma dissertation. university of central lancashire, 1-73. celik, o., & yavuz, f. (2015). the relationship between speaking grades and listening grades of university level preparatory students. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 197, 2137 – 2140. dahmardeh, m. (2009). communicative textbooks: english language textbooks iranian secondary school. linguistik online, 40(4), 45-61. donesch-jezo, e. (2011). the role of output and feedback in second language acquisition: a classroom-based study of grammar acquisition by adult english language learners. esuka – jeful, 2(2), 9 – 28. ellis, r. (1994). the study of second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press. ellis, r. (2008). the study of second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press. ertürk, n. o. (2013). effects of visually enhanced input, input processing and pushed output on grammar teaching. portal linguarum, 20, 153-167. gass, s. m. (2003). input and interaction. in c. doughty & m. long (eds.), handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 224-255). oxford: blackwell. gholizade, r. (2013).the investigation of differential effects of recast and metalinguistic feedback on accuracy, fluency, and complexity of speaking performance of male and female efl learners. journal of novel applied sciences, 2(9), 417-428. gilabert, r. (2007). effects of manipulating task complexity on self-repairs during l2 oral production. international review of applied linguistics, 45, 215–240. haas, a. (1979). the acquisition of genderlect. in j. orasnu, m. slater & l. adler (eds.), language, sex, and gender: does la différence make a difference? (pp. 101-113). new york: academy of sciences. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 19 izumi, s. (2003). comprehension and production processes in second language learning: in search of the psycholinguistic rationale of the noticing hypothesis. applied linguistics 24 (2), 168-196. khomeijani, farahani, a., & khaghani-nejad, m. s. (2009). a study of task-based approach: the effects of task-based techniques, gender, and different levels of language proficiency on speaking development. pazhuhesh-e zabanha-ye khareji, 49(4), 23-41. krashen, d.s. (1985). the input hypothesis: issues and implications. england: longman group limited. krashen, s. d. (1981). second language acquisition and second language learning. oxford: pergamon. krashen, s. d. (1982). principles and practice in second language acquisition. oxford: pergamon. kumaravadivelu, b. (2006). understanding language teaching: from method to postmethod. new jersey: erlbaum. lakoff, r. (1975). language and woman’s place. language in society, 2(1), 45-80. majidifard, e., shomoossi, n., & ghourchaei, b. (2014). risk taking, gender and oral narrative proficiency in persian learners of english. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1085 – 1092. mccarthy, m. (1998). spoken language and applied linguistics. cambridge: cambridge university press. mohammadi, m., gorjian, b., & pazhakh, a. (2014). the effect of classroom structure on speaking skills of iranian learners: a comparative study. international journal of language learning and applied linguistics world (ijllalw), 5(1), 472487. muranoi, h. (2007). output practice in the l2 classroom. in dekeyser, r. m. (ed.), practice in a second language: perspectives from applied linguistics and cognitive psychology (pp. 51-84). cambridge: cambridge university press. nation, i. s. p. (1990). teaching and learning vocabulary. new york: newbury house. nation, i. s. p. (2011). second language speaking. in hinkel, e. (ed.), handbook of research in second language teaching and learning (pp. 444-454). new york: routledge. norris, j. m., & ortega, l. (2009). towards an organic approach to investigating caf in instructed sla: the case of complexity. applied linguistics, 30, 555-578. osada, n. (2004). listening comprehension research: a brief review of the past thirty years. dialogue, 3, 53-66. qin, j. (2008). the effect of processing instruction and dictogloss tasks on acquisition of the english passive voice. language teaching research, 12(1), 6182. rahimpour, m. (1999).task complexity and variation in interlanguage. in n., jungheim, and p., robinson (eds.), proceedings of the 3rd pacific language research forum (pp. 115-134). japan: pacslrf. rahimpour, m. (2008).implementation of task-based approaches to language teaching. research on foreign languages journal of faculty of letters and humanities, 41, 4561. rahimpour, m., & mehrang, f. (2010). investigating effects of task structure on efl learner’s oral performance. english language teaching, 3(4), 10-17. richards, j.c. (2008). growing up with tesol. english teaching forum, 46(1), 2-11. rivers, w. (1981).teaching foreign language skills. chicago: university of chicago press. robinson, p. (2001). task complexity, task difficulty, and task production: exploring interactions in a componential framework. applied linguistics, 22(1), 27-57. sadeghi-beniss. a. r., &edalati-bazzaz, v. (2014). the impact of pushed output on accuracy and fluency of iranian efl learners’ speaking. iranian journal of language teaching research, 2(2), 5172. saslow, l. r., mccoy, s., löwe, i. v. d., cosley, b., vartan, a., oveis, c., keltner, d., moskowitz, j. t., &epel, e. s. (2014). speaking under pressure: low linguistic complexity is linked to high physiological and emotional stress reactivity. psychophysiology, 51, 257–266. schmidt, r. w., & frota, s. (1986). developing basic conversational ability in a second language: a case study of an adult learner of portuguese. in r. r. day (ed.), talking to learn: conversation and second language acquisition (pp. 237-326). cambridge, ma: newbury house. skehan p., & foster, p. (1999).the influence of task structure and processing conditions on narrative retellings. language learning, 49(1), 93–120. skehan, p. (1998). a cognitive approach to language learning. oxford: oxford university press. skehan, p. (2009). modeling second language performance: integrating complexity, accuracy, fluency and lexis, applied linguistics, 30(4), 510532. swain, m. (1985). communicative competence: some roles of comprehensible input and comprehensible output in its development. in s. gass and c. madden (eds), input in second language acquisition (pp. 235-256). new york: newbury house. swain, m. (1995). three functions of output in second language learning. in g. cook and b. seidlhofer (eds.), principle and practice in applied linguistics: studies in honor of h.g. widdowson (pp.12544). oxford: oxford university press. swain, m. (1998). focus on form through conscious reflection. in c. doughty and j. williams, focus on form in classroom second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. swain, m. (2000). the output hypothesis and beyond: mediating acquisition through collaborative dialogue. in j. p. lantolf (eds), sociocultural parviz ghasedi, habibollah mashhady, & farideh okati the effects of homogeneous and heterogeneous pushed output instructions on speaking complexity 20 theory and second language learning (pp. 97114). oxford: oxford university press. swain, m. (2005). the output hypothesis: theory and research. in e. hinkel (ed.), handbook of research in second language teaching and learning (pp. 471–483). mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. tabatabaei, o., & yakhabi, m. (2009).the effect of comprehensible input and comprehensible output on the accuracy and complexity of iranian efl learners’ oral speech. the journal of applied linguistics, 2(2), 218-248. thwaites, t. (2014). research metrics: calling science to account. nature, 511(7510), 5760. doi: 10.1038/511s5. van patten, b. (2002). processing instruction: an update. language learning, 52, 755-803. van patten, b. (2003). from input to output: a teacher's guide to second language acquisition. new york: mcgraw-hill. yuan, f., & ellis, r. (2003).the effects of pre-task and on-line planning on fluency, complexity and accuracy in l2 monologic oral production. applied linguistics, 24(1), 1–27. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language maisarah university of malaya, kuala lumpur, malaysia email: myra.rais@gmail.com kais amir kadhim university of malaya, kuala lumpur, malaysia email: kaisamir@um.edu.my zahid ali veesar department of english, lasbela university, uthal, pakistan email: zahiimahii85@gmail.com apa citation: maisarah, kadhim, k. a., & veesar, z. a. (2016). semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 49-70 received: 06-10-2016 accepted: 12-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: the mah meri language, one of the severely endangered languages of malaysia, is facing the threat of extinction. in order to save valuable information of this language, this paper focuses on one of its aspects, the theta roles in relation to the verbs. using radford’s (1997 & 2009) theory of theta roles, this study analyzes and explores the verb phrase of mah meri. the main objective of this study is to establish the theta roles in relation to verbs in the mah meri language. in order to fully understand the verb structures, the morphological entities of affixes such as prefixes and suffixes are studied. moreover, the word order of the sentential constructions are also analyzed according to active and passive forms. these are done in tandem with analyzing the pronouns in relation to the placement of verbs in a mah meri sentential construction. it is found that theta roles are present in the data except for the theta role recipient. however, this is not due to the lack of the theta role of recipient in the mah meri language; rather it is due to the limitation of the scope in this study as data is analyzed based on the interviews only. on the other hand, the theta role of agent is clearly evident in the mah meri language. keywords: mah meri language, argument structure, theta roles, thematic relations introduction it is unfortunate to note that the linguistic studies on the mah meri language are limited in number, if not practically scarce. in general, there are a few mah meri linguistic studies available in the area of phonology and phonetics, and also on its grammar. however, to the researcher’s knowledge, only one study has focused specifically on the syntax of the language. following blagden’s study, the language of mah meri was analyzed to be an austroasiatic mon-khmer language in previous times. this view was supported by omar (2006) and sebeok (1942). sebeok (1942) discussed the mon-khmeric origins of the sakai language. he mentioned of blagden’s arrival at this conjecture by presenting morphological, lexical arguments, and numerical systems analysis. nevertheless, in recent times, 49 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language mah meri is said to have adopted the austronesian features of the malay language (omar, 2006). one of the most notable studies on mah meris was headed by omar and her team from the university of malaya, resulting to the publication of a book entitled ‘bahasa mah meri’ which was published in 2006. this book is a valuable asset as it presents the basic grammatical structures and vocabulary of the mah meri language. in this research, several aspects were highlighted: ethnography of the mah meri people in kampung bukit bangkong, phonetics and phonology, phonemes, morphology, verb phrase, adjectival phrase, and syntax. however, each of these categories was not explored in detail as its main aim was to provide a general account. yok (2006) had given a traditional account of syntactic structures of mah meri. such accounts of the syntactic structures of its sentences are divided into declarative sentences, sentences with a null-subject, theme-rheme, negative sentences, passives, interrogatives as well as imperatives. besides, peh and arshad (1981) have also described the syntactic structures of the mah meri people in kampung sungai bumbun in carey island. in yok‘s study, the syntax of mah meri concentrated on the aspects of traditional grammar. the participants in yok’s study were from kampung sungai bumbun. in terms of participants, both studies were conducted on the native speakers who were above 40 years old. besides, kruspe (2004) has also studied phonetics and phonology of mah meri language. she also studied phonetics of the mah meri language with hajek. kruspe and hajek (2009) indicated that the mah meri language was without a written tradition. thus, this research contributes to the dearth of literature on the phonetic forms or written representations of the mah meri language. in another work closely related to the mah meri language about the registers in mah meri (stevens, kruspe, & hajek, 2006), it is found that mah meri shows a two-way register system. as a preliminary finding, the researchers found that mah meri language’s registers to be akin to the complexity of other monkhmer languages. another contribution of kruspe was publication of a dictionary of mah meri in 2010. she collected the data from the mah meri community in bukit bangkong. similarly, omar (2006) also compiled a dictionary of the mah meri language. the words in this dictionary are translated into both malay and english. although generative grammarians indicate that the terms of theta role and thematic relations are interchangeably used. carnie makes a distinction between the two terms (as cited in veesar, sriniwass, & kadhim, 2015a). carnie (2007) defines theta roles as ‘a bundle of thematic relations associated with a particular argument’. in contrast, the term ‘thematic relations’ is referred to as the semantic relation between an argument and a predicate (veesar, kadhim, & sriniwass, 2015b). thus, there may be more than one possible thematic relations for an argument with a predicate (veesar, kadhim, shah, & khuhro, 2016a). nevertheless, according to thetacriterion theory, each argument is assigned one and only one theta role and each theta role is assigned to one and only one argument (chomsky, 1988). hence, an argument may have many possible thematic relations but assumes only one type of theta role. it is seen that although there are five thematic relations linked to the argument of 50 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee theme; for example, the definite theta roles are only three in relation to the predicate. hence, each argument only assumes one prominent and syntactically dominant theta role (veesar, kadhim, & bagudu, 2016b). an argument having more than one theta roles is considered ungrammatical in the opinion of carnie (2007). hence, this is a marked difference from the understanding of carnie compared to radford (1997). nevertheless, even though carnie pointed out that though he might not necessarily agree with the terms of theta role and thematic relations to be used interchangeably, he did not object to the practice entirely. this is due to the norm of interchangeably using the theta role and thematic relations terminologies. however, both radford (1997; 2009) and carnie (2007) agree on the basis of analyzing theta roles. to illustrate, both of them stress that in order to analyze theta roles, utmost importance must be given to predicates and arguments. both elaborate that recognition of predicates and arguments are essential to identify the argument’s theta role. in luraghi and parodi (2008), the term theta role is expressed through the symbol role. in their book, they mentioned that the term theta roles refers to the semantic roles. furthermore, they express that in transformational generative grammar (tgg), the relations of semantics between verbs and their arguments are already designated in terms of theta roles. to further elaborate this point, a theta role is a semantic role which has a noun phrase or determiner phrase by default. these nps or dps might assume the role of agent, patient, theme, experiencer and beneficiary. it is further elaborated that the argument assumes their specific theta role during the process of merge. method mah meri, also known as besisi and betise’, is an aboriginal mon–khmer language spoken in malaysia. it is the only such language spoken on the coast in malacca outside of the capital kuala lumpur. the small number of speakers is increasing. the number of speakers in 2003 was 3,000 speakers. with regard to data collection, tok batin salleh, the head of kampung sungai rambai was the only participant for this particular study. the data were collected from interviews with tok batin salleh in the mah meri language. in particular, the researcher’s focus was to ask questions in relation to the participant’s daily activities such as food, entertainment, culture, and so forth. the participant was interviewed on two occasions in november 2012. the first interview was conducted a week after an engagement ceremony. to elaborate, firstly, the interviewer obtained verbal consent for the requirement of the research from the participant. to do so, the interviewer stated the purpose and objectives of the research to the participant. the participant was selected based on his age, health condition of oral organs of speech and also the fluency of the language. in addition to this, the researcher included an additional criterion which was fluency of both the target language of mah meri and the language of interview which was standard malay. the researcher also required the participant to be fluent in both mah meri and standard malay language due to the researcher’s inability to speak mah meri fluently. besides, the participant was also asked his permission to record the interviews using an mp3 player for the purpose of documentation. after the consent was obtained, the researcher proceeded to 51 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language conduct the interview based on the familiar themes in the participant’s life. the next step in order to elicit the data is to understand the terminologies of the theta roles according to radford (1997). hence, in referring to his understanding of theta roles, the researcher determines the arguments with predicates accordingly. his understanding theory of theta roles is summarised below. table 1. radford’s understandings of theta roles role gloss example theme entity undergoing the effect of some action mary fell over agent entity instigating some action debbie killed henry experiencer entity experiencing some psychological state i like syntax locative place in which something is situated or takes place he hid it under the bed goal entity representing the destination of some other entity john went home source entity form which something moves he returned from paris instrument means used to perform some action he hit it with a hammer theta-role (θ-role) is a bundle of thematic relations associated with a particular argument. while in thetacriterion, each argument is assigned one and only one theta-role. each theta-role is assigned to one and only one argument. therefore, relating to the table above, the sentential constructions in the data pay close attention to the arguments. arguments, which are also known as noun phrase (nps), are identified in the mah meri language. once the argument is identified, the predicate related to the arguments are analysed. for example, if the researcher examines the sentential construction, e ed suka nasi pulut wajik, it is clear that there are two arguments in this particular sentential construction. the argument e ed assumes the role of experiencer while the argument nasi pulut wajik undertakes the role of theme. in relation to the second objective of the study, the analysis focuses on the three main verb types of language, namely transitive, ditransitive and intransitive. this is also following radford’s explanation of transitivity and valency. hence, all the sentential constructions with arguments and predicates are analysed according to their semantic relation to one another. this research also addresses the verb structures of mah meri having theta roles by examining their transitivity and valency. other aspects like pronouns are taken into account accordingly. results and discussion theta roles play a pertinent role in deducing the initial level of understanding a mah meri sentential construction. the semantic understanding of the constituents can determine whether a sentential construction is syntactically correct. the sentential constructions in the data pay close attention to the arguments. arguments are identified in the mah meri language. once the argument is identified, the predicate related to the arguments is analyzed. therefore, all the sentential constructions with arguments and predicates are analysed according to their semantic relation to one another. this paper also addresses the verb structures of the mah meri language that having theta roles through their transitivity and valency. hence, the theta roles are addressed in the following order: agent, theme, experiencer, benefactor, instrument and locative. 52 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1. agent all sentences which bear the agent theta role are featured. however, only ten verbs are demonstrated here in this section to avoid redundant information in the analysis. the related verbs which are linked to this section include: kabe/beh, masak and hagak. a. agent theta role in relation to the verb kabe/ beh 1) e ed beh nasi pulut wajik sendiri (mah meri) saya buat nasi pulut wajik sendiri (malay) i make rice pulut wajik myself (english) i make pulut wajik rice by myself. 2) kedo e ed yang beh wajik untuk e ed isteri saya yang buat wajik untuk saya wife i that make wajik for me my wife makes wajik for me. 3) ngki golbeh nake dia ambil buat itu he take make that he takes (and) makes that. 4) ngki macam-macam kejak kabe dia macam-macam kerja buat he various work do he (has) done various types of work. from the data in above, it is clear that the verb beh is a contraction of the verb kabe; thus, they have the same semantic denotation. in the examples 1 and 2, the predicate/verb beh is linked to the agent theta role. to reiterate, an agent is identified as someone who initiates an action and could be capable of volition. in the sentential construction of 1, the noun e ed is deciphered as the agent who is initiating the action of making pulut wajik rice. in contrast, the sentential construction of 2 shows the noun kedo e ed as an agent. similar to sentence 1, sentence 2 has also an agent who is capable to make pulut wajik rice and acts out on her own volition. however, in the sentential construction of 3, it is established that the agent is the noun ngki. ngki is described as an agent that is capable of volition and able to initiate the action. the same pattern emerges with the noun constituent ngki in the sentence of 4. similarly, ngki in this sentential construction is also the initiator and acts with volition. b. agent theta role in relation to the verb masak 5) bila e ed hagak suroh gendei masak nasi pulut wajik bila saya nak suroh isteri masak nasi pulut wajik when i want ask wife cook rice pulut wajik when i want (it), (i) ask (my) wife (to) cook pulut wajik rice. 53 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language in the sentential construction of 6, the constituent assuming the role of agent is the noun gendei. in relation to the verb masak which means ‘to cook’, gendei is acting on her own volition in the act of cooking. in another example, the verb masak is linked to the agent theta role through a noun constituent. the sentence below shows another example. 6) e ed masak gulei goreng kari saya masak gulai goreng kari i cook gravy fried curry i cook gravy fried (fried food) and curry. from the sentential construction above, it can be identified that e ed is the noun constituent linked to the verb masak. this is due to the fact that e ed is the initiator of the action. additionally, the noun constituent e ed commits the act of masak voluntarily on his own accord. thus, from the given example, it is confirmed that e ed is the agent in this sentential construction. c. agent theta role in relation to the verb hagak 7) bila e ed hagak suroh gendei masak nasi pulut wajik bila saya nak suroh isteri masak nasi pulut wajik when i want ask wife cook rice pulut wajik when i want (it), (i) ask (my) wife (to) cook pulut wajik rice. 8) e ed hagak cok laut ari ujan telok ketam saya nak pergi laut hari hujan cari ketam i want go sea day rain find crab i want (to) go (to the) sea, (the) rainy day (was) rain(ing) (to) look for crab. 9) e ed hagak beli barang kemaih saya nak beli barang kemas i want buy thing jewellery i want to buy jewellery. in the sentential construction of 7, it features the same sentence as in 5. in this sentence, two verbs are featured. previously, the verb discussed in relation to the agent is masak. however, in this sentential construction, the verb hagak is taken to examine the agent theta role. in this particular sentence, the noun e ed is the agent who is acting on his own volition in the quest for pulut wajik rice. next, in the sentential construction of 8, the noun e ed assumes the role of an agent. in particular, e ed now has the volition of desiring to go to the sea. therefore, this noun constituent can initiate the action of hagak. in the last sentential construction of 9, e ed is also the agent by having the volition of hagak. the noun e ed expressed his want of buying jewellery and it is a possibility for e ed to carry out the aforementioned act. d. agent theta role in relation to the verb suroh another predicate involved in the sentential construction in b and c is the verbs uroh. with reference to the same sentence featured in number b and c, the 54 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee verb suroh which means ‘ask’ is related to the noun constituent of e ed. this adds to the number of predicates related to e ed. as demonstrated earlier, the noun e ed shows its capability to have the action of wanting the pulut wajik rice. in the next verb suroh, e ed is also an initiator of the action of asking for the pulut wajik rice. e. agent theta role in relation to the verb beli in this section, the verb discussed in relation to an agent theta role is beli. as seen in sentence 10 below, the argument which assumes the role of agent is the noun e ed. it is shown that e ed is capable of volition of the action beli. therefore, e ed can also be understood as the initiator of the action of buying groceries in a particular supermarket or a grocery shop. in the last sentential construction of 11, e ed is also the agent by having the volition of hagak. the noun e ed expressed his wish of buying jewellery and it is a possibility for e ed to commit the aforementioned act. 10) e ed beli barang hak pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit saya beli barang di pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit i buy grocery at supermarket or shop grocery i buy grocery at (the) supermarket or grocery shop. 11) e ed hagak beli barang kemaih saya nak beli barang kemas i want buy thing jewellery i want to buy jewellery. f. agent theta role in relation to the verb cok another verb linked to the theta role of agent is the verb cok. in the example below, the agent is identified by the noun e ed. in this case ed is understood as the participant which is involved in the action of going to banting town. here, the noun e ed is also the initiator of the action cok. 12) selalu e ed cok pekan banting selalu saya pergi pekan banting always i go town banting i always go (to) banting town. the sentential construction shows e ed as the initiator or participant who by his own volition frequents the town constantly. below are other different sentential constructions involving the theta role of agent in other situations utilising the verb cok. 13) ngki cok leh dia pergi lah he go he goes. 55 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language 14) hik cok leh gol bara kei awak pergi lah ambil barang itu you go take thing that you go (and) take that thing. 15) e ed hagak cok laut ari ujan telok ketam saya nak pergi laut hari hujan cari ketam i want go sea day rain find crab i want (to) go (to the) sea, (the) day (was) rain(ing) (to) find crab. all of the sentences above reveal different constituents or participants representing the role of agent. from the data above, sentences 13, 14 and 15 have the noun constituents of ngki ‘he’, hik ‘you’ and e ed ‘i’, respectively. in sentence 13, ngki acts as an agent as the participant is able to commit to the act of going. furthermore, ngkiis is the initiator of this action. in a similar setting, the noun constituent of hik conveys the role of agent as well. hik shows the ability or has the volition to commit the act of going in order to retrieve things. the last sentential construction demonstrates the noun constituent e ed as the agent. this is proven by the constituent’s ability of committing the act of cok. furthermore, e ed is able to initiate this action by his own willpower. g. agent theta role in relation to the verb caik in the sentential construction using the verb caik, it is found that the accompanying agent is e ed. the participant e ed is seen to commit the act of caik or find. furthermore, the agent is the initiator of this action. this can be gathered from the following sentence below. 16) kadang-kadang e ed caik udang caik ka bawal ka ngaik kadang-kadang saya cari udang cari ikan bawal ikan ngaik sometimes i find prawn find fish pomfret fish ngaik sometimes i find prawn, pomfret fish, or ngaik fish. h. agent theta role in relation to the verb naik the verb naik is used with the theta role of agent. in the example below, the noun constituent of e ed is the initiator of the action naik. besides that, the participant e ed is also capable of the action of riding a boat. 17) e ed naik pahuk saya naik perahu i ride boat i ride (a) boat. i. agent theta role in relation to the verb nyut 18) e ed nyut dei eh doh yal saya balik petang air pasang i return evening water high i return (in the) evening (when the) tide is high. 56 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 19) hinong ngki nyut sekarang dia balik now she return now, she (has) return(ed). as shown above, sentences 18 and 19 show two different constituents taking the role of agent. the noun constituents are e ed and ngki respectively. in 18, e ed plays the role of an agent in the action of nyut or returning, and in 19, the agent theta role is taken by the noun constituent ngki. j. agent theta role in relation to the verb gol an agent theta role is also apparent in a few sentential constructions which include the verb gol. this verb carries the meaning of take. 20) e ed hagak ka bawal gol jaring bawal saya nak ikan bawal ambil jaring bawal i want fish pomfret take net pomfret i want (a) pomfret fish, (so) i take the pomfret net. 21) hik gol barang nakei awak ambil barang itu you take thing that you take that thing. 22) nake gol moyang itu ambil moyang that take ancestor that (person) takes (the) ancestor. (any person from whom one is descended) in the featured sentential constructions above, each sentence has a different constituent representing the agent theta role. in sentence 20, the noun constituent e ed is the agent for the action of gol. in the sentence 21, the noun constituent hik is represented as the agent. in contrast, sentence 22 shows a problem in the representation of agent. in this particular sentence, there is no apparent argument which takes on the predicate of gol. this is because the only particular constituent that is present is an expletive nake. thus, even though it may be understood from the context that the speaker was referring to a person, nake cannot be an agent because an expletive cannot assume a theta role as it is not an argument and does not refer to any entity. 2. theme all sentences which possess the theta role or thematic relation of theme are featured and discussed in this particular section. a. theme theta role in relation to the verb suka 23) e ed suka nasi pulut wajik saya suka nasi pulut wajik i like rice pulut wajik i like pulut wajik rice. 57 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language 24) budak budak e ed suka kuih wajik budak budak saya suka kuih wajik child child i like dessert wajik my children like wajik dessert. 25) e ed suka lagu jobok saya suka lagu melayu i like song malay i like malay songs. from the sentential constructions above, there are three noun constituents which are identified as themes of the sentences. the noun constituent of 23 ‘e ed’ is the agent for the sentential construction of the sentence e ed beh sendiri kuih wajik (mah meri). in the next sentence, the noun constituent budak-budak e ed assumes the theta role of theme because it is the topic of sentence. consequently, in sentence 25, the noun constituent e ed is acknowledged as the theme of that particular construction. therefore, all of these aforesaid arguments are linked to the verb suka as the theme for each sentential construction. b. theme theta role in relation to the verb kabe/ beh the other verb which is closely related to the theta role of theme is the verb beh. the verb beh is linked to some noun constituents assuming the theta role of theme such as kuih wajik, wajik and kejak. 26) e ed beh sendiri kuih wajik saya buat sendiri kuih wajik i make myself dessert wajik i make wajik dessert myself. 27) kedo e ed yang beh wajik untuk e ed isteri saya yang buat wajik untuk saya wife i that make wajik for i my wife makes wajik for me. 28) ngki macam-macam kejak kabe dia macam-macam kerja buat he various work do he (has) done various types of work. in the sentential construction of 26, the noun constituent assuming the theme theta role is kuih wajik. in sentence 27, wajik undertakes the role of theme whereas in sentence 28, kejak is the identified theme. for each theme it is understood from the sentences that each identified noun constituent is undergoing an action. as an example, in sentence 26, kuih wajik is undergoing the action of being made by the other noun constituent e ed. sentences 27 and 28 also show wajikand kejak as entities that are experienced or perceived. thus, the examples above show that the themes linked to the verb kabe, also known as beh, are kuih wajik, wajik and kejak. 58 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee c. theme theta role in relation to the verb beli the next verb that is explored to find the theme theta role is the verb beli which denotes the meaning of buy. the following examples illustrate the theme theta roles. 29) e ed beli barang hak pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit saya beli barang di pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit i buy grocery at supermarket or shop grocery i buy grocery at (the) supermarket or grocery shop. 30) e ed hagak beli barang kemaih saya nak beli barang kemas i want buy thing jewellery i want to buy jewellery. in the sentential construction above, it is found that the theme for sentence 29 is the noun constituent barang while in latter sentence of 30 barang kemaih has the theta role of theme. in examples, the nouns barang and barang kemasare undergo the action of sentences. d. theme theta role in relation to the verb hagak 31) e ed hagak cok pantai saya nak melawat pantai i want visit beach i want to visit the beach. 32) e ed hagak beli barang kemaih saya nak beli barang kemas i want buy thing jewellery i want to buy jewellery. in the above sentences, the noun constituents undertaking the position of theme are pantai and barang kemaih respectively. in the sentential construction of 31, the noun constituent of pantai is the entity which is experienced or perceived by e ed. in comparison, the sentential construction of 32 exemplifies barang kemas as the entity which is the object of perception of the noun constituent e ed. thus, it is evident that both pantai and barang kemas are themes as they undergo a psychological aspect of change through the noun constituents of e ed. e. theme theta role in relation to the verb caik the verb caik is pertinent in discussing the theta role of theme. the verb caik, meaning find shows many examples of theme in a sentential construction. the following sentence below elucidates the idea. 33) kadang -kadang e ed caik udang caik ka bawal ka ngaik kadang-kadang saya cari udang cari ikan bawal ikan ngaik sometimes i find prawn find fish pomfret fish ngaik sometimes i find prawn, pomfret fish (and) ngaik fish. 59 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language from the sentential construction above, the identified themes are the noun constituents; udang, ka bawal and ka ngaik. from the above sentence, it is understood that these noun constituents are experienced by the finder. for example, the experience of caik udang or finding prawns is an experience which e ed undertakes. correspondingly, the other noun constituents such as ka bawal and ka ngaik are also the entities which are perceived by e ed. therefore, the themes present in the above sentence are udang, ka bawal and ka ngaik. f. theme theta role in relation to the verb keghat-keghat 34) air mawar mawar keghat keghat air mawar mawar dikerat kerat water rose rose slice slice (for the) rose water, the rose (petals) are sliced. in the sentential construction above, the verb keghat-keghat is affecting the noun constituent mawar. from the sentence, it is understood that mawar undergoes an action. in this case, the noun mawar undertakes the action of being sliced. hence, the theme of this sentence is mawar or rose as it is affected by the action. 3. experiencer in this section, the theta role or thematic relation of experiencer is explored. all sentences which bear the theta role of experiencer are featured in this section. a. experiencer theta role in relation to the verb suka the theta role of experiencer can be seen in the sentential construction related to the verb suka. the verb suka is paired with the theta role of experiencer as it shows feelings. 35) e ed suka nasi pulut wajik saya suka nasi pulut wajik i like rice pulut wajik i like pulut wajik rice. 36) budak budak e ed suka kuih wajik budak budak saya suka kuih wajik child child i like dessert wajik my children like wajik dessert. 37) e ed suka lagu jobok saya suka lagu melayu i like song malay i like malay songs. closely related to the predicate suka is the experiencer of each particular sentential construction. in relation to the particular sentences above, 35 demonstrates the noun constituent e ed as the experiencer. next, the experiencer for the sentence of 36 is the noun constituent of budak-budak e ed. lastly, the identified experiencer for 37 is e ed. from the sentences above, it is clear that 60 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the experiencers are the ones who experience or perceive the events. in this case, the sentential constructions indicate that e ed and budak-budak e ed are the ones that perceive the idea of liking either pulut wajik rice, wajik dessert or malay songs. b. experiencer theta role in relation to the verb rasa 38) e ed rasa nasi pulut wajik lawan kopi sedap saya rasa nasi pulut wajik dengan kopi sedap i feel rice pulut wajik with coffee tasty i feel (that) pulut wajik rice with coffee (is) tasty. in the above sentential construction, the theta role of experiencer is discussed with the verb rasa. the verb rasa (feel) is perceived by the experiencer e ed. in this example, e ed is the perceiver of the action rasa. thus, it can be said that the argument e ed is the experiencer. 4. benefactor the theta role of benefactor is found in a sentential construction. the relevant sentential construction is discussed below. a. benefactor theta role in relation to the verb beh in relation to the theta role of benefactor, the verb beh is examined in a sentential construction. this can be identified from the example below. 39) kedo e ed yang beh wajik untuk e ed isteri saya yang buat wajik untuk saya wife i that make wajik for i my wife makes wajik for me. from the sentential construction, it is determined that the theta role of benefactor is the noun constituent e ed. the noun constituent e ed is the benefactor of the wajik dessert which is made by his wife for him. thus the verb ‘beh’ is the predicate of the sentence which undergoes the benefactor role. 5. instrument the theta role of instrument is also found in the sentential constructions. the discussion for the theta role of instrument is presented below. a. instrument theta role in relation to the verb naik the theta role of instrument is found in the sentential construction involving the verb naik. following two examples link the verb naik with the theta role of instrument. 40) e ed naik pahuk saya naik perahu ke pantai i ride boat to beach i ride a boat to the beach. 61 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language 41) daud ke kejak naik moto daud ke kerja naik motor daud to work ride motorcycle daud rides (the) motorcycle to work. there is an instrument linked to each sentential construction in 40 and 41. for the first sentence of 40, the noun constituent is pahuk. pahuk (boat) is considered the instrument as it is the entity with which action occurs. it can also be said that it is a theme of the sentence as it undergoes the action. however, here in this sentence it is used as an instrument to go to the beach. in this example, the action of naik occurs with the instrument of pahuk. in another similar setting, the noun constituent assuming the role of instrument in 41 is moto. from the sentence above, the action of naik only occurs with the entity of moto. therefore, it is deduced that two examples of instrument found are pahuk and moto. 6. locative the theta role of locative is one of the categories of theta roles discussed in this study. the sentential constructions which are linked to this category involve the verb kejak, beli, sekolah and geteik. the following examples show the locatives in their own respective settings. a. locative theta role in relation to the verb kejak the theta role of locative is found to be linked with the verb kejak. in the sentential construction below, the identified locatives are the noun constituents banting and tembuk. 42) daud kejak mesin rumput hak banting sampai ke tembuk. daud kerja mesin rumput di banting sampai ke tembuk. daud work machine grass at banting until to tembuk. daud works (with) grass-cutting machine from at banting to tembuk. the above example shows that the action had taken place from banting to tembuk. thus, the locative in the above sentence is tembuk. b. locative theta role in relation to the verb beli in the next sentential construction, it is determined that the noun constituents assuming roles of locatives are pasaraya and kedai runcit. the following sentence below shows the locatives in their environments. 43) e ed beli barang hak pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit saya beli barang di pasaraya ataupun kedai runcit i buy grocery at supermarket or shop grocery i buy grocery at (the) supermarket or grocery shop. from the example above, it is evident that the arguments pasaraya and kedai runcit are the locatives in which e ed carried out the action of beli. thus, the places involved in this sentence are the supermarket and the grocery shop. 62 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee c. locative theta role in relation to the verb sekolah in the following sentence, the argument undertaking the role of a locative is sekolah teluk datuk. 44) ngki sekolah hak sekolah teluk datuk dia sekolah di sekolah teluk datuk she school at school teluk datuk she studies at teluk datuk school. the noun constituent which assumes the locative theta role in the above sentence is clearly stated. this is because the action of sekolah takes place in the aforementioned location. hence, sekolah teluk datuk is the responsible theta role of locative in the above sentence. d. locative theta role in relation to the verb geteik in the next theta role of locative, the verb geteik is discussed in the following sentences. 45) ngki geteik asrama ngot dia tinggal asrama tidak he live hostel not he does not live (at the) hostel. 46) hanom hak geteik asrama hanom di tinggal asrama hanom at live hostel hanom lives at (the) hostel. in both sentential constructions of 45 and 46, the argument asrama is identified as the locative for each example. both highlight the aspect that asrama is the place of the action. thus, it can be said that the argument for each sentence assumes the role of a locative. 7. goal in this section, the last category of theta roles, i.e. goal is explicated. the goal is defined as the entity towards which a motion takes place. this may involve an abstract motion. the findings show that verbs which are linked to goal are beh, cokand gol. however, the last example is highlighted to show the preposition of ke acting as a replacement for a verb. the following examples expound the related goals with the verbs in their respective settings. a. goal theta role in relation to the verb beh the goal theta role is seen in the following sentences. the theta role of goal is found to be the noun constituent e ed. the argument e ed shows the goal towards which the action of beh wajik is intended. the argument e ed is classified as a non-abstract goal as e ed is a person. to illustrate, the sentence involving the theta role of goal is given below. 63 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language 47) kedo e ed yang beh wajik untuk e ed isteri saya yang buat wajik untuk saya wife i that make wajik for i my wife makes wajik for me. from the sentence above, it is argued that goal theta role is located at the end of the sentence. the noun constituent e ed is the goal having the goal theta role. it is used with the other noun constituents such as kedo e ed and also wajik. b. goal theta role in relation to the verb cok another verb which is related to the theta role of goal is cok. cockatrices the meaning of go. in this section, the related sentential constructions which feature the verb cok with the theta role of goal are shown below. 48) selalu e ed cok pekan banting selalu saya pergi pekan banting always i go town banting i always go (to) banting town. 49) hikcok leh gol bara kei awak pergi lah ambil barang itu you go take thing that you go (and) take that thing. 50) e ed hagak cok laut ari ujan telok ketam sayanak pergi laut hari hujan cari ketam i want go sea day rain find crab i want (to) go (to the) sea, on (the) rainy day (to) look for crab. the theta role of goal can be seen in all three sentences above. in 48, the goal is pekan banting. it is the goal of the argument e ed. in 49, the goal is identified as bara (thing). the argument bara is paired with another argument hik. in 50, the goal is laut. hence, the noun constituents which assume the role of goal are pekan banting, bara and laut respectively. c. goal theta role in relation to the verb gol another verb which can be seen to include the theta role of goal is gol. the verb gol, or also known as kagol, denotes the meaning of take. in relation to this verb, the sentential construction below provides evidence for this theta role. 51) nake gol moyang itu ambil moyang that take ancestor that (person) takes the ancestor. in the sentence above, the goal is assumed by the noun constituent moyang. however, the noun constituent is seen to be omitted from the sentence. 64 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee however, the determiner nake serves as a marker of a missing noun constituent. in this situation, the seemingly missing noun constituent is pursuing the entity of moyang. d. goal theta role in relation to the preposition ke acting as a verb in the following sentence, there is no verb constituent involved. however, it is found that the preposition ke (to) acts as a verb predicate. in this case, it is analysed that sentences can function with the preposition ke as a replacement for the verb cok. this finding is explicated through the sentential construction below. 52) kadang kadang ke laut kadang kadang ke laut sometimes to sea sometimes (i go) to the sea. from the example above, it is identified that the theta role of goal is assumed by the noun constituent laut. 8. discussion of sentences without any theta roles this section discusses the sentences without any theta roles. these are the sentences which do not fit under any category under radford’s definition (1997) of theta roles. radford (1997) clarified that in order for theta roles to be analysed, the predicate and the argument must be present at all times. however, it is found that some sentential constructions in mah meri can still be logical or grammatically correct without having a predicate. hence, this section discusses in detail the theta roles involved such as agent, experiencer, theme, goal, recipient, source, location, instrument and benefactive. a. discussion of sentential construction 1 in the sentential construction below, it is analysed that no theta role is present. the reason for the absence of any theta role is due to the lack of predicate or verb in the particular sentential construction. the following sentence explicates the lack of verb in the sentence uttered by the speaker. 53) nelayan pon dak le nelayan pun tidak lah fisher man also not (i’m) also not a fisherman. in the sentence above, a theta role is unavailable as it does not fulfil the rule of having a predicate. thus, even though a noun constituent is present, the sentential construction cannot be analysed due to the aforementioned reason. b. discussion of sentential construction 2 the next sentential construction contains a noun constituent. however, this type of sentential construction could not have a theta role as it also lacks a predicate. the following example shows this. 65 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language 54) nama kenon suluk ajin nama anak sulung ajin name child first ajin (the) first child’s name (is) ajin. the example above indicates zero predicate. however, it does have a noun constituent ‘ajin’. since the sentence has zero predicate; thus, its noun constituent cannot be assigned any theta roles. c. discussion of sentential construction 3 the discussion continues with another type of sentential construction. the sentence below shows the lack of a predicate as well. 55) bali pon ada bali pun ada pomelo also available there is also pomelo. in the above sentential construction, the noun constituent which is present is bali. bali is translated as pomelo (a type of fruit) cannot take on any theta role as there is no predicate available. hence, it is concluded that from the sentence above that no category of theta role can be assigned to the noun constituent bali. d. discussion of sentential construction 4 further discussion of sentential constructions without any theta roles is discussed in this section. like the previous sentential constructions, no verb or predicate can be determined from any of the sentential constructions. the following examples explicate the findings. 56) nama ngki daman nama dia daman name he daman his name (is) daman. 57) nama ngki lina nama dia lina name she lina her name (is) lina. 58) nama ngki hanum nama dia hanum name she hanum her name (is) hanum. as seen above, there is no indication of any predicate in the sentential construction for all the sentences in d. it is found that only a noun constituent is present in each sentence. as seen in 56, the noun constituent daman cannot be assigned any theta roles as it is not linked with any predicates. hence, 66 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee daman cannot be constituted for an argument of any theta role. in a similar setting as 56, the sentential construction of 57 is devoid of any predicate. in 57, the identified noun constituent for this sentential construction is lina. lastly, the sentence 58 also indicates the absence of any predicates. it features the same syntactic placement as demonstrated in 56 and 57. in addition, it also includes a single noun constituent, hanum. nonetheless, the conclusion is the same for all the sentential constructions in d. all of these sentential constructions indicate the deficiency of verbs. hence, none of the aforementioned noun constituents of daman, lina and hanum can undertake any theta role in their respective sentences. e. discussion of sentential construction 5 the sentential construction 5 echoes the idea of an absent predicate. this finding is also prevalent in the previous discussion in relation to the sentential constructions without a verb. however, it is interesting to note that instead of one noun constituent present, the sentence featured below has two different noun constituents. to illustrate, the sentence construction is shown below. 59) tok batin darjah enom huk tok batin darjah enam sahaja tok batin standard six only tok batin studies till standard six only. the sentential construction above discusses the two separate entities of noun constituents. nonetheless, it is determined that a verb or a predicate is unrepresented in the sentential construction above. f. discussion of sentential construction 6 the sixth type of sentential construction found in the mah meri language that is not represented by any theta role is shown below. 60) adat hum penting adat mandi penting tradition bathe important (the) bathing tradition (is) important. as seen in the sentential construction above, there is no particular predicate in the sentence. however, it is seen that adat hum is a noun constituent. however, due to the lack of predicates, this noun constituent cannot assume any theta role due to the lack of predicates. hence, this sentential construction cannot be analysed for the theta role. conclusion from this data, all theta roles are found to be presented except for the theta role of recipient. however, this is not due to the lack of the theta role of recipient in mah meri. rather, it is due to the limitation of the scope in this study as the data analyzed was based on the limited interview. the agent theta role is a prominent one in the mah meri language; it has the highest level of occurrence in the data. the researcher 67 maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language observed some repeated noun constituents as agents. some of these noun constituents are e’ed (i), ngki (he/she) and hik (you). however, other noun constituents are also found such as kedo e’ed (my wife). besides kedo e’ed, the researcher detected proper names to have also taken on the roles of the agent. these proper nouns are such as hanom, bakhtiar, and daud to name a few. the second type of theta role found in the study is theme; having second highest occurrence in the data. it is seen that theme is often paired along with the agent theta role. however, it is interesting to note that the theta role of theme has the most variety of types. unlike the theta role of agent which are often the same repeated noun constituents, the theta role of theme is found to be more dynamic. some examples of the theme are laut (sea), barang kemaih (jewellery), udang (prawn), ka bawal (pomfret fish) and mawar(rose) to name a few. the third type of theta role is the theta role of experiencer. the researcher found that the theta role of experiencer is very similar to that of the theta role of agent; assuming that the agent is in the specifier of a light verb, these observations suggest that the experiencer is in the specifier of the thematic verb, like theme arguments (radford, 1997). the same type of example is found to assume the role of an experiencer. these examples include the use of the noun constituent e’ed (i). the other noun constituent which undertakes the experiencer theta role is budak-budak e’ed (my children). however, it is found that experiencer theta role occurs less in the data as compared to agent. the fourth type of theta role denotes the theta role of benefactor. the theta role of benefactor is found to be present in one of the sentential constructions in mah meri. the noun constituent which carries the role of benefactor is e’ed (i). in comparison, the fifth type of theta role of instrument shows a different set of noun constituents assuming the role. the examples of instrument are the noun constituents of pahuk (boat) and moto (motorcycle). finally, the theta role of locative shows variation as well. some of the noun constituents found to carry this role are anting, tembuk, and pasaraya (supermarket). thus, it can be concluded that mah meri has all theta roles except recipient. however, the cause is not due to lack of the theta role of recipient in the mah meri, but it is perhaps due to the limited data. references carnie, a. (2007). syntax: a generative introduction (2nd ed.). uk: blackwell publishing. hajek, j. (1996). unraveling lowland semang. oceanic linguistics, 35(1), pp. 138-141. kruspe, n. (2004). a grammar of semelai. cambridge: cambridge university press. kruspe, n., & hajek, j. (2009). mah meri. journal of the international phonetic association, 39(02), pp. 241248. luraghi, s., & parodi, c. (2008). key terms in syntax and syntactic theory. continuum. omar, a. h. (2006). kamus mah merimelayu inggeris. kuala lumpur: university of malaya press. radford, a. (1997). syntax: a minimalist introduction. cambridge: cambridge university press. radford, a. (2009). an introduction to english sentence structure. cambridge: cambridge university press. sebeok, t. a. (1942). an examination of the austroasiatic language family. language, pp. 206-217. 68 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee sebeok, t. a. (1943). the languages of southeastern asia. the far eastern quarterly, 2(4), pp. 349-356. stevens, m., kruspe, n., & hajek, j. (2006). register in mah meri: a preliminary phonetic analysis. in r. hoffmann & h. mixdorff (eds.), proceedings of speech prosody (pp. 269-272). dresden, germany: isca. retrieved from: http://www.iscaspeech.org/archive/sp 2006 veesar, z. a., kadhim, k. a., & sriniwass, s. (2015a). establishing the thematic structure and investigating the most prominent theta roles used in sindhi language. international journal of applied linguistics and english literature, 4(4), pp. 216-230. veesar, z. a., sriniwass, s., & kadhim, k. a. (2015b). a comparison of theme theta roles in english and sindhi. language & communication, 2(1), pp. 77-89. veesar, z. a., kadhim, k. a., shah, s. a., & khuhro, r. a. (2016). argument structure of sindhi verbs: an analysis of thematic relations. language in india, 16(2). veesar, z. a., kadhim, k. a., & bagudu, r. s. (2016). the most prominent theta roles in the sindhi language: the hierarchy. international journal of foreign language teaching and research, 3(12), pp. 11-24. 69 http://www.isca-speech.org/archive/sp http://www.isca-speech.org/archive/sp maisarah, kais amir kadhim, & zahid ali veesar semantic analysis of theta roles of verbs in the mah meri language golf ball two golfers were approaching the first tee. the first guy goes into his golf bag to get a ball and says to his friend "hey, why don't you try this ball." he draws a green golf ball out of his bag. "use this one you can't lose it!" his friend replies, "what do you mean you can't lose it?!!" the first man replies, "i'm serious, you can't lose it. if you hit it into the woods, it makes a beeping sound, if you hit it into the water it produces bubbles, and if you hit it on the fairway, smoke comes up in order for you to find it." obviously, his friend doesn't believe him, but he shows him all the possibilities until he is convinced. the friend says, "wow! that's incredible! where did you get that ball?" the man replies, "i found it." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 70 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 137 improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling firdayanti firdaus english department, faculty of politics and education, university of potensi utama, indonesia e-mail: firdayanti.firdaus95@gmail.com dwi suci amaniarsih english department, faculty of politics and education, university of potensi utama, indonesia e-mail: amaniarsih86@gmail.com apa citation: firdaus, f., & amaniarsih, d. s. (2018). improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 137-146. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1533. received: 13-08-2018 accepted: 21-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the purposes of this research are to find out; 1) how to improve english speaking ability of the tenth grade students at harapan-i medan through the application of storytelling method, and 2) how the students’ responses to storytelling as a learning method. this research was a classroom action research applying kemmis mctaggart model. the research was done in two cycles in which each cycle consists of four stages: plans, actions, observations, and reflections. the subjects in this research were students of grade x-6 of senior high school harapan-i medan. the object of this study was the application of the storytelling method to improve the students’ english speaking ability. based on the results of the research, it was found that the percentage of completeness from pre-action, cycle-i, and cycle-ii increased at senior high school harapan-i medan. the percentage of student’s completeness in pre-action was 27%, in the cycle-i was 47%, and in the cycle-ii was 70%. there was a significant increase (43%) from pre-action, cycle-i, and cycle-ii. in addition, students’ enthusiasm, courage, and activity have also increased. thus, it can be concluded that storytelling method has improved the speaking ability of the tenth grade students of senior high school harapan-i medan and increased their response, enthusiasm, courage, and activity to speak english. keywords: speaking ability; english; storytelling; folklore; classroom action research. introduction english is the main medium of communication in europe, america, australia and oceania, africa, and become an international language in asian. in indonesia, english has been the first foreign language. as the first foreign language, it makes english become one of the compulsory subjects taught at schools in indonesia ranging from high school to university. this is stated in the republic of indonesia law number 20 of 2003 (uu ri no. 20/2003) that the basic and secondary education curriculum must contain language education. in addition, mendikbud (2013) notes that “english is the second language subject that must be learned after bahasa.” according to the 2013 curriculum, english language learning aims to make language learners able to use the language being learned in oral and written communication (uu ri no. 20/2003). in learning english, there are four skills that must be mastered, namely: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. speaking skill is the functional skill because it is used to communicate, to obtain and to convey information in daily life. speaking is the ability to produce speech sound of the words to express and convey thoughts and feelings. the general objective of speaking is to inform, entertain, and persuade. in teaching context, teaching english speaking skills is to teach english learners to be able to; 1) produce english speech sounds and patterns; 2) use sentence, word stress, firdayanti firdaus & dwi suci amaniarsih improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling 138 intonation, and english rhythms; 3) choose words and sentences that are appropriate to the social context, the listener, and the subject matter (deixis); 4) organize mindset meaningfully and logically; 5) use language as a tool to express values and express opinions; and 6) use language fluently and confidently without a lot of pauses (nunan, 2003). basically, there are at least 13 types of speaking activities, namely: 1) discussing, 2) describing images, 3) telling stories, 4) reporting news, 5) simulations, 6) interviews, 7) brainstorming, 8) completing stories, 9) finding differences, 10) telling pictures, 11) information gaps, 12) playing cards, and 13) role playing. speaking assessment in language learning is based on two factors, namely: linguistic and non-linguistic factors. linguistic factors include pronunciation, vocabulary, and structure, while nonlinguistic factors include material, fluency and style (haryadi & zamzani, 1997). further, nurgiyantoro (2001) divided the task of speaking skills in several forms, namely: 1) speaking based on pictures, 2) interview, 3) storytelling, 4) speech, and 5) discussion. nurgiyantoro (2001) adds that the assessment tool consists of the accuracy of information, the relationship between information, the accuracy of structure and vocabulary, fluency, the reasonableness of the discourse sequence, and the style of pronunciation. based on several opinions and theories, the assessment of speaking skills used in this research is presented in table 1. table 1. the assessment of speaking ability no the aspect assessed scale level 1 linguistics factor: 1. pronunciation and 1 2 3 4 articulation clarity 2. accuracy of intonation, 1 2 3 4 pressure, and volume. 3. accuracy in the use of 1 2 3 4 structure,vocabulary, and expression 4. fairness of discourse 1 2 3 4 sequence 2 non-linguistic factor 1. information accuracy. 1 2 3 4 2. relationship between 1 2 3 4 information 3. fluency. 1 2 3 4 4. style of speaking, attitude, 1 2 3 4 appearance, face expression, body movement. total …….. yet, for indonesian people, speaking english fluently is considered difficult since the language is not used in daily communication and social interaction. it is supported by the results of the observations and interviews conducted with english teachers at senior high school of harapan-1 medan in which many students were not able to speak english. it was proved when the teacher invites them to communicate in english. many of them cannot respond and do not understand what is being conveyed. this disability is suspected because they are not used to communicating in english and inappropriate of teaching methods. in addition, many students think that speaking english is a very complex task to fulfill. therefore, this research attempts to analyze the use of storytelling method to improve students’ speaking skills. storytelling is a creative process that can activate not only the intellectual aspects but also the aspects of sensitivity, refinement, emotion, art, power of fantasizing, and children right and left brain (asfandiyar, 2007). storytelling is not just mere entertainment, but also has a higher purpose, such as the introduction of the natural environment, character, and encourage children to behave positively. the purpose of storytelling is to develop several aspects, namely aspects of language, social, emotional, cognitive, and moral development (musfiroh, 2005). besides, storytelling also aims to convey moral lessons without patronizing or imposing opinions (mal, 2012). moreover, the ministry of education and culture (2018) states that storytelling aims to: 1) improve students’ literacy skills, 2) develop creativity and critical thinking skills in interpreting english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 139 story content, developing stories, and appearances in public speaking, 3) develop storytelling abilities, and 4) increase selfesteem, mutual respect, totality, the spirit of hard working, and cooperating. one of the texts which is important for the character development of next generation is story. the story used in storytelling consists of: fables, legends, sage, myths, parables, fairy tales, and panji stories/wira cerita (hidayani, 2013). indonesia, which consists of various ethnicities, cultures and customs, has so many stories and this should be maintained and preserved so that students as the next generation keep familiar with their cultural roots. thus, to maintain indonesian stories, legend is used in this research. method this classroom action research was carried out collaboratively. in this research, the english teacher of grade x carried out the action, while the researcher was the observer. this research used kemmis and mctaggart classroom action research model. according to kemmis and mctaggart, there are four stages in this research, namely: planning/plan, actions, observations, and reflections. this research was presented in two cycles. this research was conducted at senior high school harapan-1 medan in the even semester of 2017/2018 academic year. the subjects in this research were all the students of grade x-6 in senior high school harapan 1 medan, while the object of this research was the application of storytelling to improve students’ ability to speak english. the data used were qualitative data, in the form of primary and secondary data. the primary data was obtained directly from the results of observations and interview, while the secondary data was obtained from documentation of the relevant institution or organization. data analysis techniques used were data reduction. it is the activities of selection, simplification and transformation data of field note results. the validity and reliability of data was examined by using triangulation techniques and member check. triangulation is a combination of various data collection techniques and sources that already exist. in this research, triangulation was carried out by observation, interviews and field notes. moreover, the member check was done by repeating the outline that was revealed by the informant at the end of the interview to ensure the data obtained and to correct the errors or deficiencies. results and discussion the results of this research were obtained from pre-cycle, cycle i, and cycle ii. the results of pre-cycle activities are the students’ english speaking skills before the research actions being taken. the aim was to find out the initial conditions of students’ english speaking skills. pre-cycle activity to see the students’ ability to speak, they were orally pretested by using several narrative text stories. they were free to choose one of the stories to be retold in front of the class using their own words with duration of approximately 3-5 minutes. the result of pre-cycle can be seen in table 2. table 2. the students’ speaking ability on pre-action no respondent pre-cycle kkm = 70 score value complete incomplete 1 1.1 23 72 √ 2 1.2 17 53 √ 3 1.3 15 47 √ 4 1.4 10 31 √ 5 1.5 23 72 √ 6 1.6 17 54 √ 7 1.7 12 38 √ 8 1.8 12 38 √ 9 1.9 16 50 √ firdayanti firdaus & dwi suci amaniarsih improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling 140 10 1.1 17 53 √ 11 1.11 17 53 √ 12 1.12 23 72 √ 13 1.13 19 59 √ 14 1.14 12 38 √ 15 1.15 19 59 √ 16 1.16 25 78 √ 17 1.17 16 50 √ 18 1.18 10 31 √ 19 1.19 18 56 √ 20 1.2 24 72 √ 21 1.21 16 50 √ 22 1.22 23 72 √ 23 1.23 17 53 √ 24 1.24 23 72 √ 25 1.25 16 50 √ 26 1.26 23 72 √ 27 1.27 17 53 √ 28 1.28 13 41 √ 29 1.29 17 53 √ 30 1.3 16 50 √ total 1642 8 22 average 55 percentage 27% 73% based on the table above, it can be seen that the average value of speaking skills of students in english only reaches 55. of the 30 students, only 8 students (27%) completed, while as many as 22 students (73%) were not completed with a 70 minimum completeness criteria. the results of these tests can be identified and summarized as follows: 1. students’ speaking ability in english still looks very faltering, more passive and silent. 2. there are still many students who have difficulties in describing and telling the story. 3. many students still do not understand the storyline. 4. there are still many students who have not been able to express stories with good gestures, so students look very stiff and awkward. 5. the students have not been able to play the intonation properly. 6. the students’ vocabulary mastery is still poor and inadequate. 7. there are still many students who have not prepared themselves well, sometimes they even seem ashamed. the analysis can be seen in the following table. table 3. the analyses of students’ speaking ability on pre-action category value range frequency percentage very good 85 – 100 good 75 – 84 1 3.4% sufficient 60 – 74 7 23.3% poor 50 – 59 15 50% very poor 0 – 49 7 23.3% 30 100% the results showed that there were no student in very good category, there was only 1 student (3.4%) who had the ability to speak english in good category, 7 students (23.3%) in the sufficient category, 15 students (50%) in the poor category, and 7 students (23.3%) in the very poor category. thus, the cycle-i action was needed to english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 141 improve their speaking ability by applying storytelling method. description of cycle-i cycle-i action was done in two meetings. each meeting consisted of 2x45 minutes. in this cycle, the storytelling method was applied. the basic competence is “analyzing social functions, text structures, and linguistic elements in simple narrative texts in the form of folklore in accordance with the context of use”. the folklore used in this research is the lake toba legend at the first meeting and tangkuban perahu at the second meeting. the students sat in group to make the stories based on the theme and main ideas that had been given and then retold it in front of the class in 3-5 minutes. the results can be seen in table 4, while the analysis can be seen in table 5. table 4. the students’ speaking ability on cycle-i no respondent pre-cycle kkm = 70 score value complete incomplete 1 1.1 23 72 √ 2 1.2 23 72 √ 3 1.3 17 53 √ 4 1.4 10 31 √ 5 1.5 25 78 √ 6 1.6 17 53 √ 7 1.7 22 69 √ 8 1.8 23 72 √ 9 1.9 16 50 √ 10 1.1 23 72 √ 11 1.11 17 53 √ 12 1.12 23 72 √ 13 1.13 19 59 √ 14 1.14 17 53 √ 15 1.15 19 59 √ 16 1.16 25 78 √ 17 1.17 16 50 √ 18 1.18 23 72 √ 19 1.19 18 56 √ 20 1.2 24 75 √ 21 1.21 16 50 √ 22 1.22 25 78 √ 23 1.23 17 53 √ 24 1.24 24 75 √ 25 1.25 23 72 √ 26 1.26 23 72 √ 27 1.27 17 53 √ 28 1.28 13 41 √ 29 1.29 17 53 √ 30 1.3 16 50 √ total 1846 14 16 average 62 percentage 47% 53% table 5. the analyses of students’ speaking ability on cycle-i category value range frequency percentage very good 85 – 100 good 75 – 84 5 17% sufficient 60 – 74 9 30% poor 50 – 59 14 46% very poor 0 – 49 2 7% 30 100% firdayanti firdaus & dwi suci amaniarsih improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling 142 the results showed that there was still no student in very good category. yet, there were 5 students (17%) who had the ability to speak english in good categories. although it is still very poor, but this number has increased compared to the results of precycle that was only 1 student in a good category. there was an increase in the sufficient category from 7 to 9 students. besides, there were decreases in poor and very poor category; from 15 to 14 students in poor category and 7 to 2 students in very poor category. based on the observation, there has been a little progress on students’ attitude and ability in speaking. they have begun to show their courage to ask and answer questions to/from teachers and friends by using english. however, in the first cycle there are still many obstacles encountered, such as: 1) some students were still awkward and ashamed to speak, especially in front of the class. 2) the time constraints in speaking practice. 3) the teacher must prepare learning carefully like the facilities, tools, time, and energy. 4) the students seemed to get difficulties in arranging ideas, composing sentences and expressing their thoughts well. this is because they do not have much vocabulary and practice in speaking. the results showed that there has been an increase on students speaking ability but it was not significant yet. therefore, this research should be continued to cycle-ii as an advanced stage of cycle-i by planning the things to be improved. description of cycle-ii the cycle-ii was conducted in two meetings, by 2x45 minutes for each meeting. this cycle is a revision of previous cycle. the things that need to be improved for this cycle are about the technique and time use and management. here, the activities are more varied and effective. the time allocation was managed to be as effective and efficient as possible. students were asked to sit in their group in which the students composed a story based on the theme and picture. after writing the stories, they practiced to tell the story in their own group. then, the listeners asked the storyteller some questions related to the story. each group member has the same chance to practice it in group for 5 minutes. after practicing in group, , they performed storytelling in front of the class randomly. the material which was presented in this second cycle was still folklore with different theme or story. the theme used in this cycle was malin kundang and roro jonggrang. thus, the learning process became more interesting and gave students the opportunity to practice a lot in groups before they performed the story in front of the class. the results of student learning activities in cycle ii can be seen in table 6, while the analysis can be seen in table 7. table 6. the students’ speaking ability on cycle-ii no respondent pre-cycle kkm = 70 score value complete incomplete 1 1.1 27 84 √ 2 1.2 25 78 √ 3 1.3 19 59 √ 4 1.4 23 72 √ 5 1.5 25 78 √ 6 1.6 19 59 √ 7 1.7 23 72 √ 8 1.8 25 78 √ 9 1.9 23 72 √ 10 1.1 23 72 √ 11 1.11 23 72 √ 12 1.12 23 72 √ 13 1.13 23 72 √ english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 143 14 1.14 23 72 √ 15 1.15 19 59 √ 16 1.16 27 84 √ 17 1.17 19 59 √ 18 1.18 23 72 √ 19 1.19 19 59 √ 20 1.2 24 75 √ 21 1.21 19 59 √ 22 1.22 25 78 √ 23 1.23 19 59 √ 24 1.24 24 75 √ 25 1.25 23 72 √ 26 1.26 23 72 √ 27 1.27 19 59 √ 28 1.28 15 47 √ 29 1.29 23 72 √ 30 1.3 23 72 √ total 2085 21 9 average 70 percentage 70% 30% table 7. the analyses of students’ speaking ability on cycle-ii category value range frequency percentage very good 85 – 100 good 75 – 84 8 27% sufficient 60 – 74 13 43% poor 50 – 59 8 27% very poor 0 – 49 1 3% 30 100% the table showed that there was still no student (0%) in very good category, 8 students (27%) in good category, 13 students (43%) in sufficient category, 8 students (27%) in poor category, and 1 student (3%) in very poor category. in connection with the results in the second cycle, the following important things were obtained: 1) the students’ english speaking ability has increased. 2) almost all students seemed enthusiastic and even very enthusiastic in storytelling. 3) all students have begun to be active in learning using storytelling. 4) some students have started more confident and courageous to tell and express stories with good gestures, although sometimes they still look stiff and awkward. 5) many students have started to speak with a good articulation. 6) some students have been able to play their voice intonation, so that it attracted other students to listen and pay attention. 7) students’ vocabulary and grammar have shown an increase. the comparison of students’ speaking ability in pre-cycle, cycle-i, and cycle -ii can be seen in table 8 and chart 1. table 8. the comparison of students’ speaking ability in pre-cycle, cycle-i, and cycle -ii no research category student percentage 1 preaction complete 8 27% incomplete 22 73% 2 cyclei complete 14 47% incomplete 16 53% 3 cycle-ii complete 21 70% incomplete 9 30% firdayanti firdaus & dwi suci amaniarsih improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling 144 chart 1. the comparison of students’ speaking ability in pre-cycle, cycle-i, and cycle -ii based on the chart, it can be seen that the completeness result percentage of the students' speaking ability in the pre-cycle, the first cycle, and the second cycle has increased. then, the incompleteness decreased. in the pre-cycle, the percentage of students’ completeness was only 27%. in the first cycle, the percentage of students’ completeness increased to 47%. there were 20% increases. in the second cycle, the percentage of students’ completeness was 70%. there was 23% of increase from cycle-i to cycle-ii. then, there were 43% increases between pre-cycle to cycle-ii. moreover, the class average has increased too, from 55 in pre-cycle, 61 in cycle-ii, and 70 in cycle-ii. finally, this research showed that there was a significant increase in the ability of speaking after applying the storytelling method. generally, the findings of this research indicated that storytelling method can be used to improve the students’ learning outcomes and the minimum completeness value in speaking english. this is because this method offered many opportunities for students to practice speaking in class. however, there were some obstacles faced by the teacher in applying this method, such as inadequate time for english lessons, large classes, and the target of material achievement determined by the curriculum and syllabus make the teacher less flexible in applying this method. therefore, the addition of lessons, small class, improving facilities, and active participation of students are expected to maximize the application of the storytelling method. conclusion based on the results, it can be concluded that; first, the use of storytelling method can improve the students’ ability to speak english. there was 43% increase of the students’ speaking ability after applying the storytelling method. in the initial condition, the percentage of students’ completeness was only 27%. in the first cycle, the percentage of students’ completeness scores increased to 47%, then in the second cycle has a significant increase to 70%. if a comparison is made between students’ speaking ability at the initial conditions and after the storytelling method is applied, there is an increase in students’ speaking skills by 43%. second, storytelling with variations in storytelling and discussion techniques in small groups can improve students’ response and enthusiasm so that students become more active because they have the same opportunity to practice speaking. yet, some obstacles are still faced by teachers in applying this method, including inadequate time for english lessons, large classes, and targets for material achievement determined by the curriculum and syllabus which make teachers less flexible in applying this method. acknowledgments i would like to thank: 1. drpm (directorate of research and community service) of the general directorate of research strengthening and development, kemenristekdikti (ministry of research, technology and higher education) for funding this research in english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 145 accordance with the research contract for fiscal year 2018. 2. university of potensi utama for supporting and giving attention to this research. references asfandiyar, a. y. (2007). cara pintar mendongeng. jakarta: mizan. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. san fransisco: longman. depdiknas. (2003). undang-undang ri. no 20 tahun 2003 pasal 37 tentang sistem pendidikan nasional. jakarta: depdiknas. harmer, j. (2001). how to teach english. england: longman. haryadi & zamzani. (1997). peningkatan keterampilan berbahasa indonesia. jakarta: dirjen dikti. hidayani, f. (2013). mengenal sastra indonesia. bandung: talenta pustaka indonesia. mal, k. (2012). the miracle of storytelling: mencerdaskan anak dengan dongeng dan cerita. jakarta: zikrul. musfiroh, t. (2005). cerita dan perkembangan anak. yogyakarta: navila. nunan, d. (2003). practical english language teaching. boston: heile & heinle publisher. nurgiyantoro, b. (2001). penilaian dalam pengajaran bahasa dan sastra. yogyakarta: bpfe. pellowski, a. (1991). the world of storytelling. laramie: wilson. firdayanti firdaus & dwi suci amaniarsih improving the tenth grade students’ english speaking ability through storytelling 146 1 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teaching gender awareness through fairy tales in the efl classroom arisa kochiyama wayo women’s university, japan. e-mail: kochiyama@wayo.ac.jp apa citation: kochiyama, a. (2013). teaching gender awareness through fairy tales in the efl classroom. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 1-7 received: 04-09-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: the purpose of this study is to explore how gender has been portrayed historically and in current times in fairy tales and then to introduce the effectiveness of using fairy tales in language instruction. while some instructors may still believe that teaching efl encompasses focusing on linguistic elements only, recent trend in efl teaching indicates the necessity of integrating literature in the curricula because of its rich potential to provide an authentic model of language use as well as its universal themes within human history. traditional fairy tales and modern ones can allow students to think critically about how men and women are portrayed and to compare these portrayals with their own communities. it is hoped that discussion of the topic of gender issues can help students foster critical thinking and literacy and empower them with a further understanding of gender notions in their lives. keywords: intercultural communication, english as a second language, efl classroom introduction children’s literature, in addition to being one of the favorite choices for reading among students as they are growing up, is commonly used in the context of reading practices in esl/ efl classrooms (lazar 1993). while some teachers tend to employ picture books and fairy tales because they think these materials provide students with an authentic model of language as well as the cultural information of target language, others point out that gender bias is still prevalent in children’s literature and fairy tales (kuo 2005). gender bias is evident in fairy tales and children’s literature as the males are seen as the rough, tough, adventurous, fighting, prince, heroic character while females are the sweet, beautiful princess, helpless, motherly, cleanly, damsel in distress. though these roles are fun for story books they do not give readers a skewed perception on what their role should be in their real lives (archer 2008). among fairy tales, disney stories and movies are extremely popular and children for generations have grown up reading and watching them. cook claims that although the stories are magical and fun they do show gender stereotypes and send incorrect messages to young children concerning their ability based on their gender creating gender stereotypes and influencing their attitudes and behaviors. disney is harmful not only with their production of books and movies but also with their variety of products consumed all over the world. sales at disney consumer products, which started the craze in 2000 by packaging nine of its female characters under one royal rubric, have shot up to $3 billion, globally in 2006. there are now more than 25000 disney princess items. orenstein (2006) wrote how the toys and media industries had turned girls into “hypergendered” consumers. orenstein, along with her 3-year-old daughter for her experiment, had to smile politely every time the supermarket-checkout arisa kochiyama teaching gender awareness through fairy tales in the efl classroom 2 clerk greeted her with “hi, princess,” ignored the waitress at their local breakfast joint who called the funnyface pancakes she ordered her “princess meal”. but when the dentist pointed to the exam chair and said, “would you like to sit in my special princess throne so i can sparkle your teeth?”, she lost her temper and shouted, “come on! it’s 2006, not 1950. this is berkley, california. does every little girl really have to be a princess?” fairy tales often reflect society’s socially accepted value. the stories tell us what gender scripts are accepted in our culture and how men and women should act. although we tend to assume that we have achieved a more equalized society thanks to the feminist movement and the society has gotten much better in the perspective of gender stereotype, the princess craze and the girlie-girl culture are now more prevalent than ever all over the world. given the above phenomena, the present study will firstly investigate whether the improved gender roles are represented in modern fairy tales and compare classic fairy tales with a modernized fairy tale, tangled, published in 2010, with a focus on analysis of the story patterns, the heroines and other characters surrounding her. and then the study will discuss how traditional fairy tales and modern ones can allow students in the efl classroom to think critically about gender roles both in the fairy tales and in their real lives. method for the study, snow white (1937), cinderella (1950), and sleeping beauty (1957) will be analyzed as traditional fairy tales. these three stories have female characters that reflect society’s socially accepted value of 1930s and 1950s. they all play similar roles of the damsel in distress. the heroines are all young and beautiful woman who can take care of a household. secondly, a modernized fairy tale by disney, tangled (2010), will be analyzed and compared with the traditional fairy tales in terms of the story patterns, the heroines and other characters surrounding her. and then the study will discuss how teachers can promote students’ gender awareness adopting traditional fairy tales and modern ones in their efl classrooms. results and discussion traditional fairy tales and gender: snow white, cinderella, sleeping beauty physical appearance of heroine snow white, cinderella, sleeping beauty all depict the heroines as a beautiful woman wearing nice clothing in order to be marriageable. with flowing strawberry-blond locks, big, blue eyes, button nose, and tiny body, disney’s child-like woman sets a standard for perfection that virtually no little girl can ever achieve (pandolfo 2007). she was very pretty, with blue eyes and long black hair. her skin was delicate and fair, and so she was called snow white. everyone was quite sure she would become very beautiful. (snow white) when cinderella entered the ballroom at the palace, a hush fell. everyone stopped in mid-sentence to admire her elegance, her beauty and grace. (cinderella) for a long time he stood gazing at her face, so full of serenity, so peaceful, lovely and pure, and he felt spring to his heart that love he had always been searching for and never found. (sleeping beauty) in the three stories, the male heroes fall in love with the heroines because of how they look such as having beautiful locks, fair skin, tiny feet, and so 3 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee on. grauerholz and baker-sperry (2003) who examined 168 brothers grimm fairy tales showed that 94 percent of the stories acknowledged physical appearance, and the average references per story were 13.6: in one story, there were 114 beauty references for women: in comparison, the number of beauty references for men did not exceed 35 per story. in these well know stories “good-temper and meekness are so regularly associated with beauty, and ill temper with ugliness, that this in itself must influence children’s expectations” (lieberman 1972). grauerholz and bakersperry (2003) worry that these powerful messages that say women need to be beautiful may compel some women to seek beauty at the expense of other pursuits, such as careers or education. grauerholz and baker-sperry (2003) further point out that the continued emphasis on beauty is a way of society to controls girls and women. women adopt behaviors that reflect and reinforce their powerlessness, which can lead to limiting a woman’s personal freedom, power and control. heroine’s behavior the traditional fairy tales also portray what is considered acceptable behavior for women. their daily actions include singing, dancing and spending their day doing chores around the house such as cooking, cleaning, and making beds. i’ll make them something to eat. when they come home, they’ll be glad to find a meal ready.” towards dusk, seven tiny men marched homewards singing. but when they opened the door, to their surprise they found a bowl of hot steaming soup on the table, and the whole house spick and span. (snow white) “you? my dear girl, you’re staying at home to wash the dishes, scrub the floors and turn down the beds for your stepsisters. they will come home tired and very sleepy.” (cinderella) inge (2004) explains that the story of snow white reflects the general public’s attitude of the time that women should be primarily involved with the home. while men symbolize prosperity, income, and sustenance to support the women, the women are characterized as being the passive, pretty, patient, obedient, industrious, and quiet in the story. in line with inge (2004), archer (2008) points out that the heroines’ submissive role as a woman suggests to viewers that girls need to be obedient and if girls do not have strong characters to relate to in stories then it is unlikely that they learn to become strong and independent women themselves. good = pretty vs. bad = ugly the traditional fairy tales have in common giving a message of the dichotomy of beautiful = good / ugly = bad; ugly people are evil and beautiful people are good. women have to be either pretty or ugly and cannot be “average” because women are presented as either one thing or another and never a mixture of both. in the article “the dualistic nature of women: witches and women in fairy tales,” a writer points out that this repeated dichotomy is always applied to female characters in fiction in literature. as shown below in the traditional fairy tales evil ugly women who are jealous of heroines’ beauty try to harm or kill the beautiful heroines. “mirror, mirror on the wall, who is the loveliest lady in the land?” the reply was always: “you are, your majesty,” until the dreadful day when she heard it say, “snow white is the loveliest in the land.” the stepmother was furious and, wild with jealousy, arisa kochiyama teaching gender awareness through fairy tales in the efl classroom 4 began plotting to get rid of her rival. (snow white) but her stepsisters were so jealous of cinderella‘s beauty that they made her dress in rags and treated her like a servant. (cinderella) synnott (1990) claims that judgements about appearance imply values about good and evil and these conclusions are often false, unfair, dangerous, and silly: yet it is perpetuated by our language, literature, media, many philosophers and out simple binary perspectives. this assumption of ugly being bad has been labeled as “uglyism” (synnott 1990). synnott states that uglyism is the widespread discrimination experienced by people whose appearance lies south of beauty equator mapped out by literature and film. in her article “the dualistic nature of women: witches and women in fairy tales,” the writer points out that this binary polarization of women/men, good/bad, pretty/ugly must be stopped as human beings in reality are varying degrees of good and evil, of emotional and rational of inner and outer beauty. heroine and prince in the traditional fairy tales, the gender line between men and women is stereotyped with males being portrayed as being physically and emotionally strong, and as active participants in shaping their lives whereas females are portrayed as dependent, physically and emotionally weak, and passive participants in shaping their lives. in addition, the men are portrayed as much better off than the women. in the stories the male characters have higher ranking status and wealth. the three fairy tales also have in common that the male heroes who fall in love at first sight, save the females from a lifetime of hardship by marrying them while the females do nothing but waiti for the prince to show up. then one evening, they discovered a strange young man admiring snow white’s lovely face through the glass. after listening to the story, the prince (for he was a prince!) made a suggestion. “if you allow me to take her to the castle, i’ll call in famous doctors to waken her from their peculiar sleep. she’s so lovely. . . i’d love to kiss her. . . ! he did., and as though by magic, the prince’s kiss broke the spell. to everyone’s astonishment, snow white opened her eyes. she had amazingly come back to life! now in love, the prince asked snow white to marry him, and the dwarfs reluctantly had to say good bye to snow white. (snow white) at that kiss, the princess quickly opened her eyes, and wakening from her long long sleep, seeing the prince beside her, murmured: “oh, you have come at last! i was waiting for you in my dream. i’ve waited so long!” (sleeping beauty) the most damaging cinderella legacy of all, according to pandolfo (2007), is the concept of “rags-to-riches” success through hard-work and patience, which reinforces capitalism. in addition with this “someday-my-prince-willcome” message, it reinforces the notion that women should be passive, helpless and dependent who need the assistance of men and wait for men to save them. at the same time it offers the solution to girls that marriage is the answer to everything (wakakuwa 2003). modernized fairy tale and gender: tangled tangled is a 2010 american animated musical film and story produced and published by walt disney animation studios and is the 50th animated feature in the walt disney animated classic series. the story is loosely based on the grimm fairy tale 5 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee “rapunzel” in the collection of folk tales published by the brothers grimm. the film tells the story of a lost princess with long magical hair who yearns to leave her secluded tower. against mother gothel’s wish, she enlists the aid of a bandit thief flynn to take her out into the world which she has never seen. physical appearance of heroine rapunzel is not overly described as pretty or beautiful as in the heroines of snow white, cinderella, or sleeping beauty. the only sentence that mentions rapunzel’s beauty is that she was born as a beautiful baby. the flower made the queen well, and she soon gave birth to a beautiful young girl. (tangled) heroine’s behavior unlike the heroines of traditional fairy tales, rapunzel is presented as a smart, brave, and adventurous woman who stands up for her beliefs. in the first scene of tangled, it becomes clear that a new heroine has been created. rapunzel who wishes to get out of her secluded tower lies to mother gothel, rapunzel’s evil abductress. so that she leaves the tower for three days. realizing she would never get out of the tower unless she took matters into her own hands, rapunzel asked for another birthday present. she requested special paint that would require mother to leave on a threeday journey. (tangled) rapunzel takes charge by knocking out a male protagonist flynn, tying him up and striking adeal to make him help her. not wasting another second, rapunzel dragged flynn out of the closet and offered him a deal. if flynn took her to see the floating lights and returned her home safely, she would give him the satchel. flynn had no choice but to agree. (tangled) rapunzel is different from the classic heroines who are passive and obedient and described as a courageous young woman relentlessly pursues her goals to achieve personal fulfillment. unlike in the classic fairy tales, cooking, doing dishes, cleaning houses, and sewing are not mentioned as rapunzel’s behavior. good = pretty vs. bad = ugly the repeated dichotomy of good/ evil, ugly/beautiful is again applied to the female character in tangled. while rapunzel is presented as a pretty young girl, mother gothel, rapunzel’s evil abductress, is described as having dark hair and dark slant eyes and in need of rapunzel’s magical power to stay young. in the last scene, as gothel loses rapunel’s magical power, she becomes an ugly old wicked witch just as seen in the stepmother of snow white. mother gothel knew that if she wanted to stay young, she had to keep the child with her always. (tangled) “what have you done?!” mother gothel cried. within moments she aged hundreds of years and turned to dust. (tangled) thus the story keeps with the tradition of association with women as witches and the role women as the other. heroine and prince the heroine of tangled is not a prince as in the traditional fairy tales but a bandit thief who belongs to lower class in society, which shows disney’s new perspective of gender. rapunzel is not a princess waiting for a man to wake her up, untie her from the train tracks, arisa kochiyama teaching gender awareness through fairy tales in the efl classroom 6 and so on. although the story loosely follows the traditional rapunzel story, disney makes some changes which balance out the value of genders. meanwhile, in another part of the forest, a thief named flynn rider was on the run with his partner in crime, the stabbington brothers. (tangled) rapunzel is anything but passive and is routinely the one who takes charge and gets them out of tough situations. rapunzel banged her frying pan on a giant pot to get the thug’s attention. she asked them to let flynn go so that she could make her dream come true. (tangled) tangled doesn’t end with the traditional “someday-my-prince-willcome” message but with the suggestion that rapunzel eventually becomes the leader of her kingdom, which makes her the only princess who eventually becomes a true queen. the king and queen were there, along with flynn, pascal, maximus and the pub thugs. the people of the kingdom released floating lanterns into the sky. their light had guided their princess home at last. (tangled) disney has developed a strong female character because that is what modern culture and society have demanded. the modernized fairy tale tangled is a step forward for disney because it has given the heroine her independence and attempted to give us an empowered three-dimensional female character differing from her predecessors who wait for a prince to rescue them and marry them. given these findings, how can we teach gender awareness in the efl classroom using the fairy tales? traditional fairy tales and modernized ones allow students not only to learn the target language but also to think critically about how men and women are portrayed and compare these portrayals to their own lives. kuo (2005) claims the importance of teacher’s role by pointing out that teachers need to be extremely aware of the fact that dominant reading practices will make students accustomed to mainstream texts and as a result students will passively identify themselves with the characters in the stories. kuo suggests that teachers should equip students with a certain stance that deliberately challenges the text and help students uncover the gender inequalities present in the text, in doing so, it is useful for teachers to adopt resistant or oppositional reading practices rather than dominant and conventional reading practices. according to the bc teacher’s federation, a familiar starting point for students would be to read traditional fairy tales and identify the elements that make it different from a non-fiction story by asking open-ended questions as in the following: 1) how are princesses usually portrayed at the start of a story? 2) is she waiting around for something or someone to come to her rescue or make her happy? if so, whom? 3) towards the end of a story what makes cinderella and snow white happy? why do you think that might be? (bc teacher’s federation) after reading a variety of traditional and modernized fairy tales and analyzing components of each style of fairy tale, teachers can ask students: 4) in you world, who is a more realistic character? why do you think that? who does each princess remind you of in real life? 5) can a prince or princess be single and live happily ever after? why 7 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee or why not? do you know anyone who is single and happy? (bc teacher’s federation) as for the possible extensions, bc teacher’s federation suggests the following strategies: 1) have students take a traditional fairy tale and work together in small groups to write a new ending for it. ask them to create one where the princess and prince live in a more realistic and independent manner. 2) ask students to write their own fracture/non-traditional fairy tale where the prince or princess is portrayed in a non-gender specific role. tell them you are looking for non-sexist behavior in at least one character. (bc teacher’s federation) conclusion the present study investigates whether the improved gender roles are represented in modern fairy tales and compared classic fairy tales with a modernized fairy tale, tangled, published in 2010, with a focus on analysis of the story patterns, the heroines and other characters surrounding her. and then the study suggested some lesson plan on how traditional fairy tales and modern ones can allow students in the efl classroom to think critically about gender roles both in the fairy tales and in their real lives. it was found out that teachers could empower students with critical thinking by utilizing both traditional and modernized fairy tales through resistant or oppositional reading practices and help students make better sense of the text by approaching the text from multiple and alternative perspectives. references archer, m. (2008). gender stereotypes. retrieved from http://ezinearticles. com/?expert= maureen_archer baker-sperry, l. and grauerholz, e. (2003). the pervasiveness and persistence of the feminine beauty ideal in children’s fairy tales. gender and society, 17.5. 711-26. cook, h. m. (?) cinderellas from around the world: are their tales created with gender bias? retrieved from http:// www.easternct.edu./smithlibrary/ depts/curriculum/ cinderella2.htm. inge, m. t. (2004). art, adaptation, and ideology: walt disney’s snow white and the seven dwarfs. journal of popular film and television 32. 3. 132-42. kuo, j. (2005). teaching esl/efl student to recognize gender bias in children’s literature. the internet tesl journal. retrieved from http://iteslj.org/ articles/kou-genderbias.html. lazar, g. (1993). literature and language teaching: a guide for teachers and trainers. cambridge: cambridge university press. lieberman, m. r. (1972). some day my prince will come: female acculturation through the fairy tale. college english 34. 3. 383-95. orenstein, p. (2006). what’s wrong with cinderella? retrieved from http:// www.nytimes.com/2006/12/24/ magazine/24princess.t.html. pandolfo, e. (2007). feminist critique of walt disney’s cinderella. retrieved from http://voices.yahoo.com/feministcritique-walt-disney-cinderella-259970. html?cat=9. synnott, a. (1990). truth and goodness, mirrors and masks part: a sociology of beauty and the face. the british journal of sociology 41. 1. 55-76. the dualistic nature of women: witches and women in fairy tales. retrieved from http://voadn.wordpress. com/2001/08/07/the-dualisticnature-of-women-witches-andwomen-in-fairy-tales. wakakuwa, m. (2003). ohimesama to jenda. tokyo: chikuma shobo. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 289 a case study of prosodic phrasal grouping and intonational prominence in language acquisition susanto english education study program, bandar lampung university, indonesia e-mail: susanto@ubl.ac.id apa citation: susanto. (2016). a case study of prosodic phrasal grouping and intonational prominence in language acquisition. english review, 4(2), 289-295 received: 23-02-2016 accepted: 28-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 introduction in the acquisition of a language, children use prosody in their comprehension and production of utterances and they are sensitive to prosody’s rhythmic and melodic patterns (ito, 2002). they can discriminate between two spoken languages on the basis of their prosody (mehler et al., 1988), and use various aspects of prosody to determine the location of words in the stream of running speech (morgan & saffran, 1995; morgan, 1996; johnson & jusczyk, 2001). children are also sensitive to correspondences among the acoustic aspects of prosodic phrasing when they listen to sentences, and they tend to pronounce their own utterances with appropriate affective and phrasal prosody (mandel, jusczyk & pisoni, 1995; katz et al., 1996). as the children’s knowledge of their native language becomes more adult-like, they eventually develop the use of the full complement of prosodic functions such as focus prosody. children are capable of processing prosodic prominence that express focus or contrast in a discourse (ito & speer, 2006; weber, braun, & crocker, 2006). in the research, i analyze two particular aspects of prosody in a child’s language acquisition, i.e. prosodic phrasal grouping, and intonational prominence. in the first aspect, i investigate whether the child uses prosodic phrases to group words together into interpretable units. in the second aspect, i analyze whether the child uses intonational prominence to focus marking prosody. method for the data, a monologue spoken a child (r, 6;01) was recorded by using sony ic recorder icd-px720 in shq (super abstract: in language acquisition, children use prosody in their comprehension and production of utterances. in line with that, as a case study in this research, i analyze two particular aspects of prosody in a child’s language acquisition, i.e. prosodic phrasal grouping and intonational prominence. in the first aspect, i investigate whether the child uses prosodic phrases to group words together into interpretable units. in the second aspect, i analyze whether the child uses intonational prominence to focus marking prosody. the result indicates that both aspects are used by the child. keywords: language acquisition, prosody, intonation, phonetic cues. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 290 high quality) recording mode. the child is bilingual (indonesian and english). in the monologue, the child was explaining in english how his toy worked. the sound is in a wave file with 120,4 seconds in length. the sound is analyzed acoustically in praat (boersma & weenink, 2012). for analyzing the prosody, i use a systemic phonological approach for tonality – chunking of speech into tone groups; and tonicity – identifying tonic syllable in a given tone group (halliday & greaves, 2008). results and discussion from investigating the speech of the child, the analysis shows that the child used prosodic phrases to group together words that should be comprehended together as coherent units. the using of prosodic phrases is exemplified in fig 1, 2, and 3. to some extent, utterances of the child are not grammatically wellformed. fig. 1 shows that the child chunks his utterances into three tone groups: // there’s a people on it // and // this is for //. the clause with existential process ‘there’s a people on it’ is uttered in unmarked tonality. the tone groups are separated by appreciable pauses. mostly, clear pauses also separate the child’s tone groups as observed in fig. 2 and fig. 3. fig. 1: the child’s utterance ‘there’s a people on it here’ // there’s a people on it // and // this is for // in fig. 2, it is seen that the child chunks a clause into two tone groups: // this is for // the sound wave //. it is interesting to note that the child does not make the prepositional phrase ‘for the sound wave’ club together. it can be interpreted that the child takes time to think the content for the circumstance. but, in fact, the child has anchored the information by attaching the preposition ‘for’ with participant + relational process ‘this is for’. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 291 fig. 2: the child’s utterance ‘this is for the sound wave’ // this is for // the sound wave // the child does the same for another clause ‘well, everyone, thanks watching my tv’, i.e. two tone groups for the clause: // well everyone // thanks watching my tv // as exemplified in fig. 3. in the utterance, the child club ‘everyone’, functioning as vocative, neither together with mental process + participant ‘thanks watching my tv’ nor in a separate tone group. the child clubs it together with ‘well’, functioning as continuative, instead. fig. 3: the child’s utterance ‘well, everyone, thanks watching my tv’ // well everyone // thanks watching my tv // from the analysis, it is also examined if the child uses prosodic prominence for expressing information focus. the finding shows that it is noticeable and the child does as exemplified in fig. 4, 5, and 6. as seen in fig. 4, the focus is antenna in the utterance ‘it has antenna’ since the tonic syllable is on *ten. the tonic syllable is more salient than the other syllables referring to amplitude, duration and change of pitch. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 292 fig. 4: the child’s utterance ‘it has antenna’ // it has an*tenna // (silence threshold (st) is 0.04; voicing threshold (vt) is 0.6 in praat settings) other examples also show that the child highlights the portions in utterances to indicate the prominence. see fig. 5 and 6 in which the foci are on *that and *this* respectively. the marked tonic syllables are in the determiners ‘that’ and ‘this’, which are non-lexical words. fig. 5: the child’s utterance ‘like that’ // like *that // (silence threshold (st) is 0.04; voicing threshold (vt) is 0.4 in praat settings) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 293 fig. 6: the child’s utterance ‘like this for the fire’ // like *this for the fire // (silence threshold (st) is 0.04; voicing threshold (vt) is 0.5 in praat settings phonetic analyses demonstrate that the child reliably used prosodic cues to convey the meaning of the utterances. the child used prosodic phrases in terms of tone groups in uttering words as coherent and interpretable units. in addition, the child used prosodic prominence for expressing information focus. conclusion from the analysis of this case study, it can be concluded that the child uses prosodic phrases and intonational prominence. the prosodic phrase is to group words together into interpretable units coherently. meanwhile, the intonational prominence is to focus marking prosody. in other words, the child has used prosody in language acquisition especially in producing utterances. it supports the previous researches that children use prosody in their production of utterances and use various aspects of prosody. more specifically, it is on prosodic phrases and intonational prominence in the stream of running speech. further research will be conducted to see whether the child uses prosody for utterances to convey the intended meaning with disambiguating situational contexts. references boersma, p., & weenink, d. (2012). praat: doing phonetics by computer [computer program]. version 5.3.24, retrieved 9 september 2013 from http://www.praat.org/. ito, k. (2002). the interaction of focus and lexical pitch accent in speech production and dialogue comprehension: evidence from japanese and basque. phd dissertation, university of illinois at urbanachampaign. ito, k., & speer, s. r. (2006). using interactive tasks to elicit natural dialogue. in augurzky, p., and lenertova, d. (eds.). methods in empirical prosody research. leipzig: mouton de gruyter. halliday, m. a. k., & greaves, w. s. (2008). intonation in the grammar of english. london: equinox. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 294 johnson, e., & jusczyk, p. w. (2001). word segmentation by 8 month olds: when speech cues count more than statistics. journal of memory & language 44(5), pp. 48 – 67. katz, w. f. et al. (1996). duration and fundamental frequency correlates of phrase boundaries in productions by children and adults. journal of the acoustical society of america 99, pp. 3179– 3191. mandel, d. r., jusczyk, p., & pisoni, d. (1995). infants’ recognition of the sound patterns of their own names. psychological science, 6, pp. 315–318. mehler, et al. (1988). a precursor of language acquisition in young infants. cognition 29.143 –78. morgan, j. l. (1996). a rhythmic bias in preverbal speech segmentation. journal of memory & language, 35, pp. 666 – 688. morgan, j. l., & saffran, j. r. (1995). emerging integration of sequential and suprasegmental information in preverbal speech segmentation. child development 66(9), pp. 11– 36. weber, a., braun, b., & crocker, m. w. (2006). finding referents in time: eyetracking evidence for the role of contrastive accents. language and speech 49(3), pp. 367– 92. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 295 appendix 1: transcript of the child’s monologue. welcome to the adventure from below. now we are … let a closer look. the new … can you see? there’s a people on it for here and this is for … this is for scanning. ei… ya this is for the scanning. for scanning and we can inside. it has scannning for here body stuff. e... not much because this is for… this is inside of this is. now now now, it down because it broke. because it’s animal on it. that’s why because this is for a gun...wheeeeeuchchh. like this… like this for the fire...wheeeeeuchchh. like that. this is not fire lighting. we can see over it for this. like this... tiiing. this is antenna. this is for the sound wave… ding ding ding. die. it has antenna. well everyone thanks watching my tv. appendix 2: some screenshots when the child was explaining in english how his toy worked. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee investigating age–based compliments in persian vahid shahidi pour phd candidate, sheikhbahaee university, isfahan, iran e-mail: vahid.shahidi72@gmail.com gholam reza zarei associate professor, english language center, isfahan university of technology, isfahan 84156-83111, iran e-mail: grzarei@cc.iut.ac.ir apa citation: shahidi pour, v. & zarei, g. r. (2016). investigating age–based compliments in persian. english review, 4(2), 275-288 received: 08-02-2016 accepted: 13-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: the present study was an attempt to investigate differences in the use of compliments in persian across age as a social variable. data was gathered through a discourse completion task (dct) with imaginary situations in which 200 native persian speakers were asked to put themselves in those situations and give compliments. the results indicated that the most frequently used compliment strategies by persian native speakers were explicit unbound semantic formula and non-compliment strategies. however, the participants used 'other' strategies, future reference, contrast, and request strategies the least. the results also suggested the effect of age on the distribution of compliments. while the younger participants preferred non-compliment strategies the most, the older participants preferred explicit unbound semantic formula strategies the most. however, despite minor differences, all age-groups rarely tended to use future reference, contrast, request, and 'other' strategies. the results cashed light on the cultural and socio-cultural factors affecting the way people offer compliments. keywords: pragmatic competence, speech acts, compliments, discourse completion task (dct), social variables introduction the last two decades have witnessed a plethora of research on pragmatics and its different aspects, especially speech acts. speech acts appear to contribute significantly to construction of every day communication. the performance of speech acts entails sociocultural as well as sociolinguistic knowledge. sociocultural knowledge refers to the ability to select appropriate speech act strategies with respect to social variables of age, gender of the speaker, social class and status in interactions. sociolinguistic knowledge conforms to the skill at selection of appropriate linguistic forms, registers or levels of formality to express speech acts (leech, 1983). many people who communicate across linguistic and cultural boundaries have experienced communication breakdowns with people from different first language (l1) backgrounds. sociolinguists recognize that such intercultural miscommunication is partly due to different value systems underlying each speaker’s l1 cultural group (chick, 1996). different value systems are reflected in speech acts; therefore, improper interpretation of a certain 275 mailto:vahid.shahidi72@gmail.com mailto:grzarei@cc.iut.ac.ir vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian speech act can cause misunderstanding of the speaker’s intention. among different speech acts, complimenting has attracted the majority of researchers' attention. this speech act involves both compliments and compliment responses which are loaded with cultural and socio-cultural factors and therefore require a great deal of pragmatic insight to properly employ and understand them. compliments are speech acts that frequently occur in everyday conversations. based on speech act theory proposed by austin (1962), a speaker produces three types of act: first, the locutionary act referring to the act of uttering (phonemes, morphemes, sentences) and also saying something about the world. the second type of act is the illocutionary act referring to the speaker's intention realized in producing an utterance. finally, the perlocutionary act is the third type of act referring to the intended effect of an utterance on the hearer. this classification reveals that in producing an utterance, not only we say something, but also we mean something from what we say, and we seek to have an influence on our interlocutor. on the basis of this classification, compliments are speech acts in which they can be seen as an illocutionary act. compliments are commonly defined as speech acts which explicitly or implicitly give credit to the addressee, for positive qualities which are appreciated by the speaker or even the whole speech community (holmes, 1988). the most common topics which receive compliments are: possessions, appearance, skills and achievements (holmes, 1988). compliments are often used to initiate, maintain, or terminate a conversation and they can also indicate gratitude and facilitate the conversational interaction by reinforcing the rapport between the interlocutors (jin-pei, 2013). wolfson (1983) metaphorically argues that compliments are used to “grease the social wheels” and thus to serve as “social lubricants” (p.89). however, although compliments seem to be simple at the first glance, they may act differently which leads to their complexity. while one of the most primary functions of compliments is to consolidate and increase solidarity between interlocutors (manes & wolfson, 1981), brown & levinson (1987) consider compliments primarily as face threatening acts (ftas). that is, as brown and levinson (1987) assert, complimenting is a kind of positive politeness strategy which addresses the hearer’s positive face with the complimenter noticing the complimentee’s interests and needs; at the same time, it can be perceived as a fta when the complimenter is understood to envy the addressee or try to obtain something belonging to the complimentee. likewise, holmes (1988) maintains that compliments may act both as positive politeness strategies increasing or consolidating solidarity between people as well as a threat to the negative face. in other words, compliments are a multi-faceted speech act with various types and features, and the acts can be regarded as either facesaving behavior or face-threatening (brown & levinson, 1987). in fact, in some cultures, or even within the same culture in some situations, a compliment used by a complimenter makes the complimentee feel good; meanwhile, in the others, it connotes negatively that the complimenter aims to take advantage of the complimentee’s good qualities, which possibly causes embarrassment. the actual effect of a compliment on the complimentee can sometimes be very different from what the complimenter 276 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee has in mind. for example, in some cultures it is common for people to compliment on others’ appearance while in others it can be totally misinterpreted. similarly, golato (2005) believes that the same utterance can be compliment, interruption, reproach, sarcasm or tease in different cultures or situations. as tang and zhang exemplify, “while ‘you look lovely today’ may make an english woman’s day, it may well make a chinese woman uncomfortable and even somewhat resentful” (2009, p. 326).that is why the speech act of complimenting can be sometimes very complicated and confusing. hence, how to pay appropriate compliments, how to identify them and how to give appropriate responses are important aspects of communicative competence that everyone in a given society needs to develop in order to avoid pragma-linguistic and socio-pragmatic failure (brown, 2007). it seems that studying complimenting, as yuan (2001) points out, can enhance our understanding of a people‘s culture, social values, social organization, and the function and meaning of language use in a community. on the other hand, learning a second language has become a considerable issue for many people who go across linguistic borders. whatever they are looking for, they have to achieve a proper level of proficiency coupled with sociocultural norms in the second language to become a member of a new culture and simply to survive there (long& doughty, 2003). persian can be a second or foreign language (psl/pfl) whose pragmatic strategies may differ significantly from other languages. thus, if the new member does not know the proper strategies used in, for instance, persian requestive speech acts, his/her request will be rejected due to being considered as an eccentric, if not an impolite one. persian, as sharifian (2005) asserts, has received a great deal of scholars' attention for its complex sociocultural system. in fact, foreign language speakers not only should acquire grammatical competence to achieve linguistic accuracy, but also need to internalize sociolinguistic rules to help them use appropriate language. in addition, wolfson (1989) claims that nonnative speakers of a language are easy to forgive for an error in grammar or pronunciation; however, a pragmatic one can cause an offense. native speakers of any language acquire such competence during their learning of language and use pragmatic rules unconsciously in interaction with others. non-native speakers, however, as bardovi-harlig (2001) holds, differ significantly in their performance even if they have access to good amount of pragmatic input. several researchers (e.g., bardovi-harlig, 2001; kasper 1997) claim that learners of high grammatical proficiency do not necessarily possess comparable pragmatic competence. even grammatically advanced learners may use language inappropriately and show differences from target-language pragmatic norms. although lots of studies have been conducted so far on complimenting, only a few have worked on the relationship between different strategies of compliments used by native speakers across social variables in persian. a majority of studies have attempted to compare different ways of complimenting and responding to compliments across different languages, communities, and cultures (see, for example, huth, 2006; jin-pei, 2013; sadeghi & zarei, 2013), or others have taken other factors such as gender differences in only compliment responses in english into consideration (see, for example, heidari, rezazadeh, & eslami-rasekh, 2009; mohammad277 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian bagheri, 2015). however, to the best of the authors' knowledge, there has been little research investigating compliments in persian in relation to age. therefore, the current study aims at investigating the relatively unexplored compliment strategies employed by native speakers of persian across the social variable of age since there seems to be a gap in literature regarding this issue. the authors’ hope is that the findings of this study can contribute to the interlanguage pragmatic competence of both iranian learners of other languages and those who want to learn persian as their second or foreign language. motivated by the abovediscussed issues, the study thus tries to find out what major categories of compliments are used by native speakers of persian and whether or not these features are influenced by their age. method on the basis of the social variable, age, considered in the study, 200 persian native speakers were selected from different age groups (50 under18, 50 between18-30, 50 between 31-40, and 50 above 40 years old). it has to be noted that100 of the participants were male and 100 were female from various occupations, educational levels, and cities of iran including tehran, isfahan, mashhad, shiraz, qom, zanjan, qazvin, and urmia in order that they could be as representative of the target population, iranian people, as possible. the sites from which participants were chosen were as diverse as possible, as follows: parks, streets, academic settings, family gatherings, markets, e-mails, and social networks. one way to collect data in the area of pragmatics, as mackey and gass (2005) offer, is through discourse completion task (dct). yuan (2002) defines dct as a written questionnaire that contains a number of hypothetical scenarios or situations used to elicit a certain speech act. participants are required to supply, in writing, what they would say in real life if similar situations happen to them. it is worthwhile to note that data collected via this method do not always correspond to natural data (aston, 1995; hartford & bardovi-harlig, 1992). the way a researcher collects data from the participants may influence the results. dcts are in a crucial sense metapragmatic in that they explicitly require participants not to conversationally interact, but to articulate what they believe would be situationally appropriate responses within possible, yet imaginary, interactional settings. this suggests that the dct is a valid instrument for measuring not pragmatic action, but symbolic action (golato, 2003, p. 92). in fact, data collected through a dct can be different from those collected thorough other methodological approaches (e.g., recording spontaneous speech). despite their limitations, dcts have been widely used as controlled elicitation tools to collect data in the fields of pragmatics, intercultural communication, and second language acquisition, mainly because their simplicity of use and high degree of control over variables lead to easy replicability (yuan, 2002). likewise, golato (2003) offers some advantages of dcts over other methods of data collection such as allowing the researcher to control for certain variables (i.e. age of respondents, features of the situation, etc.) and to quickly gather large amounts of data without any need for transcription, thus making it easy to statistically compare responses from different speakers. 278 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee taking dcts’ advantages and disadvantages into consideration, the present study employed a dct developed by yuan (2002) and translated into persian to elicit data from the participants. the current persian dct was checked, modified, and verified for their authenticity of language by several native speakers of persian. it started by asking demographic questions regarding the participants’ gender and age. the dct questionnaire was designed to explore the possible compliment strategies used by persian native speakers. positive characteristics of the complimentee such as appearance, possession, kindness, and ability are common objects of compliment (yuan, 2002). as table 1 indicates, eight topics or scenarios which aimed to reveal such characteristics were described to the participants so that they could have a clear picture of what the topic is, and what the relationship between the speakers is. the participants were asked to play the role of the complimenters and pay compliments. table 1. topics of compliments in dct questionnaire context topic object of compliment 1 your classmate helped earthquake victims. kindness and generosity 2 your friend fixed your laptop. ability 3 your friend listened to your problems. kindness 4 your classmate made good presentation. ability 5 your friend bought a new cell phone. possession 6 your friend is wearing a fashionable shirt. attire 7 your classmate got a new laptop. possession 8 your neighbor is wearing a new shirt. attire the procedures followed in this study were divided into two main stages. first, based on the social variable, age, considered in the study, 200 male and female persian native speakers living in different cities of iran were selected. in the second stage, the persian dct was made available to the participants in a variety of ways, including direct encounters, electronic communication, friends, registered posting, and relatives who were given adequate time to complete the questionnaires at their own pace. the collected date were organized and prepared for further analyses. results and discussion the present study employed a framework proposed by yuan (2002) to analyze different compliment patterns used by the participants. the participants’ responses to the situations provided were divided into three types: compliment, non-compliment and opt out (see table 2). according to yuan (2002), semantic formulas for compliments can be divided into two types: unbound semantic formulas and bound semantic formulas. unbound semantic formulas refer to those expressions that can function independently as compliments, while bound semantic formulas refer to those responses that cannot be considered as compliments by themselves but must be attached to or co-occur with one of the unbound semantic formulas to be interpreted as part of a c. for example, in context 5 (buying a new cell phone), a response from one participant was “where did you buy this?” this response is not regarded as a valid compliment because it 279 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian is more of a question seeking an answer of place of shopping rather than a c. it must co-occur with a bound semantic formula to be interpreted as part of a c. unbound semantic formulas can be further divided into two sub-types: explicit compliments and implicit compliments. explicit compliments refer to compliments outside of context, being realized by a small set of conventional formula (herbert, 1997). explicit compliments are also defined as those responses that carry at least one positive semantic value (jin-pei, 2013). implicit compliments are those in which the value judgment is presupposed and/or implicated by gricean maxims (herbert, 1997). therefore, the positive value of an expression can be inferred from what is said in a particular situation. bound semantic formulas include explanation, information question, future reference, contrast, advice and request. explanation alone cannot be regarded as a compliment. but it co-occurs with an explicit semantic formula. information question is used in addition to the explicit semantic formula by the complimenter to ask more information about the complimentee’s qualification. a complimenter can use future reference to note that the complimentee will have a great future due to his/her good quality. contrast refers to the case that the complimenter compares or contrasts the qualification of the complimentee to that of another one. advice refers to the case that besides giving a c, the complimenter also gives advice to the complimentee. in some contexts, the complimenter makes some requests to the complimentee which is referred to the request compliment strategy. on the other hand, noncompliment refers to responses that cannot be seen as compliments, be it either mere expression of thanks, or bound semantic formula occurring on their own, or replies that do not carry any positive meanings. finally, opt out refers to the cases where the participants indicate that “i would not say anything” when a compliment is expected in that situation (jin-pei, 2013). table 2. yuan’s (2002) framework of compliment strategies compliment (c) strategies context example unbound semantic formula explicit c your friend bought a new cell phone. what a nice cell phone you have. implicit c i wish i could have a cell phone like yours. bound semantic formula explanation your friend fixed your laptop. i saw how difficult it was to fix my laptop. information question where did you learn to fix it? future reference you have a bright future in fixing laptops. contrast i think you are more helpful than your brother. advice you’d better open a laptop store. request can you check my cell phone too? non-compliment your friend listened to your problems. sorry to take your time. opt-out your neighbor is wearing a new shirt. i would say nothing. 280 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to address the major compliment types in persian, the present study elicited 1598 different compliments from 200 persian native speakers in different situations. as indicated in table 3, the most frequently used compliment strategy by persian native speakers was explicit unbound semantic formula. it accounts for 35.16% of the 1598 compliment tokens elicited through dct. this finding corroborates yuan’s (2002) observation that people tend to make direct and positive statements when they pay compliments. elsewhere, jin-pei (2013) in his study reached the similar result that the most frequently used compliment strategy by philippine english speakers was explicit semantic formula. such finding also lends credence to that of herbert (1991), who studied polish compliments and reported that more compliments were explicit and adjectival ones such as 'nice', 'great', and 'lovely'. moreover, it is in harmony with yu's (2005) finding that chinese and americans offered compliments directly rather than indirectly. yu went on to argue that compliments reflected genuine admiration among the chinese people rather than solidarity; therefore, they tended to compliment on the ability of addressees. the high frequency of explicit compliments may be attributed to the fact that people, including iranians, usually employ compliments to have a positive effect on interpersonal relations; therefore, they try the most explicit ones to strengthen solidarity. for example, participants made use of the following compliments which explicitly valued the complimentees' positive qualities (in all the examples, the italics are persian and the non-italics are their english equivalents): 1. che mobile bahali dari! what a nice cell phone you have! 2. kheili khoshgel shodi emshab! you are so pretty tonight! however, persian speakers often tend to offer compliments whether they really admire the qualities of addressees or not since the truthfulness of compliments was less important than adab or politeness and ehteram or respect. as a consequence, they prefer to pay more explicit compliments to express their politeness and respect more. on the other hand, it is worthwhile to recall that the kind of data collection technique used in a study influences the results. the dct used in the present study might favor the production of compliments which were direct explicit formulas. but if one adopts a different methodological approach (e.g., recording spontaneous speech), results will be probably different. in this regard, the relatively frequent use of explicit compliments is not supported by barnlund and araki's (1985) finding that japanese people tended to offer compliments nonverbally and implicitly rather than verbally and explicitly. such discrepancy can be explicated through both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural differences as well as research methodology differences. in the case of the latter, while the present study used questionnaires to elicit data, barnlund and araki conducted questionnaires as well as interviews. these two data collection techniques might result in producing different data. the second most frequently used strategy was non-compliments which accounts for 27.72% of the total responses. these findings are in line with those of yuan (2002) and jin-pei (2013), who found that the most frequently used compliment strategies by the participants were explicit semantic formula and then non-compliments. the relatively high frequency of noncompliments, i.e., not paying compliments when the situation calls for 281 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian them, may be due to the fact that the respondents are not able to distinguish expression of thanks from expression of compliments since there are no sharp borders between the two things. on the other side, the point is not only that respondents are not able but that in real situations there might be an intrinsic ambiguity or that the respondents intend to use an avoidance strategy. participants, for example, simply tended to thank rather than pay compliments when compliments were expected. in the following case, it seems more common for more people to thank the interlocutor because he/she has been listening to them for a long time than to compliment his/her kindness. hence, it is important to consider a role that topics of compliments have to play in determining types of compliments. 3. merci ke be harfam gosh dadi! thank you for listening to me! 4. dastet dard nakone! thank you! however, the participants made use of other strategies, including offer, prayer, and blame, future reference and contrast strategies the least which amounted to 0.43%, 1.37%, and 1.37% of the total tokens, respectively. these findings are consistent with yuan's (2002) and jin-pei's (2013), who reported that other strategies (such as joke, blame, and offer), future reference, contrast, advice, and request were among the least popular compliment strategies. in fact, the low frequency of such strategies is related to the fact that they may have more potentiality to function both as positive politeness strategies consolidating solidarity between people as well as a threat to the negative face more than other strategies, namely, explicit ones. use of ironic or ambiguous sentences as compliments, for example, could simply lead to misunderstanding and miscommunication especially when the interlocutors are less familiar with each other. as brown and levinson (1987) point out, they can be understood or misunderstood as ftas rather than face-saving behavior. table 3. distribution of compliments across participants compliment strategy frequency percentage explicit 562 35.16% implicit 111 6.94% explanation 91 5.69% information question 148 9.26% future reference 22 1.37% contrast 22 1.37% advice 57 3.56% request 36 2.25% non-compliment 443 27.72% opt-out 99 6.19% other 7 0.43% total 1598 100% the next area of investigation aimed to see whether different age groups would affect the type of compliments. to answer this question, 1598 compliments were collected from four different age groups. as table 4 shows, different age groups also affected the type of compliment strategies among 282 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the participants. younger participants (the under-18 group) used noncompliment and explicit strategies the most, accounting for 35.76% and 25.69%, respectively. the least frequently used strategies by the participants under 18 were future reference and contrast, making up about 0.50% and 0.75% of the total tokens, respectively. the popularity of non-compliments among younger participants may be due to the fact that they cannot distinguish expression of thanks from expression of compliments or they intentionally use an avoidance strategy. another reason is that they think that using expression of thanks would suffice for these situations and using other strategies would function as ftas. they believe that compliments can be an act of judgment which makes addressees embarrassed, especially if their addressees are different from them in terms of age, gender, or social class. in addition, in the compliment exchanges, explicit unbound semantic formula strategies occurred most frequently among other age groups including the 18-30, the 31-40, and the above-40 groups, accounting for 36.88%, 44.41%, and 33.24%, respectively. the second most frequently used strategy by the 18-30, the 31-40, and the above-40 groups was non-compliment which amounted to 25.24%, 22.08%, and 28.05%, respectively. as discussed earlier, most people prefer to make more direct and positive statements when they give compliments to express more solidarity and politeness. that is why people above 18 used explicit semantic formulas to offer compliments. people under 18 are perhaps less confident and sociable to pay compliments explicitly and prefer to only thank their interlocutors for positive qualities. another reason behind the relative popularity of non-compliments among participants may lie in a fact that the older participants usually employed multiple expressions to compliment when the situation calls for compliments. they first began with expressions of gratitude and went on with direct and positive statements. for example, one participant made use of the following expressions simultaneously to thank his addressee and value his ability in fixing laptop to show politeness and develop solidarity: 5. dastet dard nakone. vaghean mokhet kar mikone. kheily bahooshi. thank you. your brain really works. you are so intelligent. on the other hand, the between18-and-30 participants made use of other (0.49%) and future reference (1.23%) strategies the least. the between-31-and40 participants employed other strategies (0.24%) and contrast (1.45%) the least. finally, the participants who were above 40 years old never used other strategies (0.00%) and used request (1.03%) the least. it is worth recalling that, irrespective of age, such strategies are more likely to act as either face-saving or face-threatening behavior than others such as explicit compliments; therefore, people rarely tend to use them. another reason of low percentage of such strategies may be again related to the way that data were collected. dct questionnaires often ask participants to pay compliments in different situations. therefore, they simply prefer to offer more explicit compliments when questionnaires call for compliments than compliments which are perceived as advice, request, etc. and thus as ftas. for example, such strategies would be employed more if the study, in addition to questionnaires, used other data collection techniques. 283 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian table 4. distribution of compliments across age groups compliment strategy frequency percentage -18 18-30 31-40 +40 -18 18-30 31-40 +40 explicit 102 149 183 128 25.69% 36.88% 44.41% 33.24% implicit 40 25 15 31 10.07% 6.18% 3.64% 8.05% explanation 11 23 28 29 2.77% 5.69% 6.79% 7.53% information question 37 48 33 30 9.31% 11.88% 8.00% 7.79% future reference 2 5 8 7 .50% 1.23% 1.94% 1.81% contrast 3 6 6 7 .75% 1.48% 1.45% 1.81% advice 10 16 17 14 2.51% 3.96% 4.12% 3.63% request 15 10 7 4 3.77% 2.47% 1.69% 1.03% non-compliment 142 102 91 108 35.76% 25.24% 22.08% 28.05% opt-out 31 18 23 27 7.80% 4.45% 5.58% 7.01% other 4 2 1 0 1.00% 0.49% 0.24% 0.00% total 397 404 412 385 100% 100% 100% 100% conclusion the present study attempted to investigate compliments in persian, in general, and the effect of age on the distribution of them, in particular. generally, persian native speakers tended to use explicit unbound semantic formula to compliment. however, the participants rarely used 'other' strategies, including offer, prayer, and blame. taking the age of the participants into account, younger participants used noncompliments the most and future reference strategy the least. in addition, the most frequently used strategies by the participants above 18 was explicit unbound semantic formula ones. at the same time, the between-18-and-30 and the between-31-and-40 groups hardly ever employed 'other' strategies and the participants who were above 40 years old never used such strategies. the findings confirmed that language and culture were closely interrelated. they also corroborate those of other studies suggesting that languages differ from one another in terms of speech acts and their linguistic realizations (holmes & brown, 1987; wolfson, 1982). every language speakers' compliments need to be analyzed in their social and cultural contexts. speech events in general, complimenting in particular, are mainly dependent on shared beliefs and values of the speech community coded into communicative patterns, and thus could not be interpreted apart from social and cultural context (halliday, 2003; yousefvand, 2010, 2012). on the whole, the findings have revealed that persian speakers tend to make direct and positive statements when they give compliments. however, the high frequency of non-compliments among persian speakers may be due to the fact that they fail to distinguish the speech act of gratitude from that of compliment giving since the boundaries between them are blurred. hence, the nature and the felicity conditions of compliments should be focused and the difference between compliments and gratitude should be explained. if foreigners are consciously aware of the pragma-linguistic and socio-pragmatic similarities and differences between their native languages and persian, negative effects of transfer will most probably be avoided. findings can also have some implications for foreigners who particularly wish to interact with persian 284 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee speakers. foreigners should pay attention to different cultural concepts governing compliments in persian. compliments in persian are particularly employed to have a positive effect on interpersonal relations; hence, they need to be handled appropriately for the outcome actually to be positive. iranian people, like many people around the world, seem to be very careful about status, adab or politeness, and abero or face and try to show their statusconsciousness in their interaction. findings of the study can be helpful to the understanding of compliment strategies in persian, especially the parts in which social variables interact with them. the findings may shed light on the pragmatic knowledge of the respondents and the cultural and socio-cultural factors which affect the way people compliment. such results can present valuable insight into the cultural norms which dominate any society. therefore, studying complimenting can enhance our understanding of a people‘s culture, social values, social organization, and the function and meaning of language use in a community (yuan, 2001). also, they can be helpful for those teachers whose students are psl/ pfl learners. teachers can use the results of the study in their syllabi to teach them the socio-linguistic differences existing between persian and their students' languages. furthermore, the findings may also provide materials developers of second languages with insight into effective ways to promote sociolinguistic competence in second language learners (billmyer, 1990). speech acts and other pragmatic features of language should be high on the agenda. both teachers and material developers are strongly recommended to pay more attention to this aspect of language. as any similar study, this study had some limitations. the main limitations of the study were its number of participants, variation of participants, and data collection method. there were only 200 male and female participants from different age groups. it also used only a dct to collect data. so, further research can be conducted on a larger scale and with a variety of participants from different social variables, for example occupations or educational levels, and with a variety of compliment topics, and should also make use of various tools for collecting data, for example recording spontaneous speech, since data elicited through a dct will be different from those elicited through other techniques. last but not least, all the situations in the dct mainly concerned the interaction between two friends. further research can also consider other contextual variables such as power, gender, and familiarity. references aston, g. (1995). say ‘thank you’: some pragmatic constraints in conversational closings. applied linguistics, 16(1), 57-86. austin, j. l. (1962). how to do things with words. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. bardovi-harlig, k. (2001). evaluating the empirical evidence: grounds for instruction in pragmatics. in k. r. rose & g. kasper (eds.), pragmatics in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. barnlund, d. c., & araki, s. (1985). intercultural encounters the management of compliments by japanese and americans. journal of cross-cultural psychology, 16(1), 9-26. billmyer, k. (1990). i really like your life style: esl learners learning how to 285 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian compliment. penn working papers in educational linguistics, 6(2), 31-48. brown, h. d. (2007). principles of language learning and teaching (5th edition). san francisco: prentice hall. brown, p., & levinson, s. (1987). politeness: some universals in language use. cambridge: cambridge university press. chick, j. k. (1996). intercultural communication. in s. l. mckay & n. h. hornberger (eds.). sociolinguistics and language teaching (pp.329-348). cambridge: cambridge university press. golato, a. (2003). studying compliment responses: a comparison of dcts and recordings of naturally occurring talk. applied linguistics, 24, 90–121. golato, a. (2005). compliments and compliment responses: grammatical structure and sequential organization. philadelphia: john benjamins. halliday, m. a. k. (2003). on language and linguistics. new york: continuum. hartford, b. s., & bardovi-harlig, k. (1992). experimental and observational data in the study of interlanguage pragmatics. pragmatics and language learning, 3, 33-52. heidari, m. a., rezazadeh, m., & eslamirasekh, a. (2009). a contrastive study of compliment responses among male and female iranian teenage efl learners. the international journal of language society and culture, 29, 18-31. herbert, r. k. (1991). the sociology of compliment work: an ethnocontrastive study of polish and english compliments. multilinguajournal of cross-cultural and interlanguage communication, 10(4), 381-402. herbert, k. r. (1997). the sociology of compliment work in polish and english. in n. coupland & a. jaworski (eds.). sociolinguistics: a reader (pp.487-500). new york: st. martin’s press. holmes, j. (1988). paying compliments: a sex-preferential positive politeness strategy. journal of pragmatics, 12(4), 445-465. holmes, j. & brown, d. (1987). teachers and students’ learning about compliments. tesol quarterly, 21, 523-546. huth, t. (2006). negotiating structure and culture: l2 learners’ realization of l2 compliment-response sequences in talk-in-interaction. journal of pragmatics, 38(12), 2025-2050. jin-pei, z. (2013). compliments and compliment responses in philippine english. gema online® journal of language studies, 13(1), 25-41. kasper, g. (1997). can pragmatic competence be taught. network, 6, 105-119. leech, g. n. (1983). principles of pragmatics. london, england: longman. long, m. h., & doughty, c. (eds.). (2003). the handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 487-536). oxford, england: blackwell. mackey, a., & gass, s. m. (2005). second language research: methodology and design. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. manes. j., & wolfson, n. (1981). the compliment formula. in f. coulmas (ed.), conversational routine (pp.115132). the hague: mouton. mohammad-bagheri, m. (2015). differences in compliment response across gender. international journal of language learning and applied linguistics world, 8(1), 173-185. sadeghi, e., & zarei, g. r. (2013). investigating the use of compliments in persian and english: a case study of iranian efl students. journal of foreign language teaching and translation studies, 2(2), 30-49. sharifian, f. (2005). the persian cultural schema of “shekaste-nafsi”: a study of compliment responses in persian and anglo-australian speakers. pragmatics and cognition, 13(2), 337362. 286 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee tang, c. h., & zhang, g. q. (2009). a contrastive study of compliment responses among australian english and mandarin chinese speakers. journal of pragmatics, 41(2), 325-345. wolfson, n. (1982). compliments in crosscultural perspective. tesol quarterly, 15, 117-124. wolfson, n. (1983). an empirically based analysis of complimenting in american english. in n. wolfson & e. judd (eds.). sociolinguistics and language acquisition (pp.82-95). rowley, ma: newbury house. wolfson, n. (1989). perspectives: sociolinguistics and tesol. newbury house publishers, new york. yousefvand, z. (2010). study of compliment speech act realization patterns across gender in persian. arizona working papers in sla & teaching, 17, 91-112. yousefvand, z. (2012). a sociolinguistic perspective: compliment response patterns in persian. the internet journal of language, culture and society, 34, 68-77. yu, m. c. (2005). sociolinguistic competence in the complimenting act of native chinese and american english speakers: a mirror of cultural value. language and speech, 48(1), 91-119. yuan, y. (2001). an inquiry into empirical pragmatics data-gathering methods: written dcts, oral dcts, field notes, and natural conversations. journal of pragmatics, 33(2), 271-292. yuan, y. (2002). compliments and compliment responses in kunming chinese. pragmatics, 12(2), 183-226. 287 vahid shahidi pour & gholam reza zarei investigating age–based compliments in persian 288 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 167 needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through selfassessment taufiqulloh english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of pancasakti tegal, indonesia e-mail: taufiqkayla@gmail.com sri wardhani english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of pancasakti tegal, indonesia e-mail: sriwardhani2010@gmail.com anin eka sulistyawati english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of pancasakti tegal, indonesia e-mail: aninekas@gmail.com apa citation: taufiqulloh, wardhani, s., & sulistyawati, a. e. (2018). needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 167-176. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1538. received: 30-08-2018 accepted: 29-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: teaching efl reading to the students at colleges or universities requires an appropriate technique that enables students to enhance their achievement as well as to develop their sense of independent learning. this is also to respond to the current trend of that the focus of elt today is creating learners who are not only competent but also dependent or autonomous in learning. this study is aimed at exploring the needs of both lecturers and students on efl reading class. the method used was descriptive-qualitative. it was conducted at the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, pancasakti university tegal, from april to june 2018. the participants of this study were 64 students of the fourth semester in the department attending efl reading class and 4 efl lecturers. the data were collected using triangulation. the instruments used were a questionnaire, classroom observation, and interview. the results showed that the instruction and assessment were still teacher-centered, the learning materials and the method did not meet the students’ needs, the selection of the materials was not in line with the students’ level of competence, the students were given fewer opportunities to explore and share their ideas with others, etc. the result also showed that both students and lecturers agreed that learning efl reading through self-assessment could be an alternative learning model or technique to cope with the situations. keywords: needs analysis; efl reading; learner autonomy; self-assessment. introduction reading is considered as an essential skill for students in the higher education context. therefore, the purpose of teaching reading skill to the students of colleges or universities, efl learners, in particular, should lead the students to be able to collect, analyze and synthesize information from any academic texts. however, the current phenomenon shows that many efl reading instructions end with failure due to some factors, including limited time of reading practices for students in the classroom, inappropriate method, ignorance of the students’ needs, teacher-centered assessment, less motivated students, etc. mailto:taufiqkayla@gmail.com mailto:sriwardhani2010@gmail.com mailto:aninekas@gmail.com taufiqulloh, sri wardhani, & anin eka sulistyawati needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment 168 one of the tasks of efl teachers or lecturers today is to make some efforts to encounter such situations. finding an appropriate strategy or technique is one of the alternative solutions that may help with the problems. o'malley (1996, p. 95) stated that there are four components that can lead to successful reading instruction, namely; 1) extensive amount of time in class for reading, 2) direct strategy instruction in reading comprehension, 3) opportunities for collaboration, and 4) opportunities for discussion. effective reading is one of the determining factors of academic literacy at tertiary level, as this has a direct effect on students’ academic writing and ultimately academic performance (adjoa, yeboah, & mai, 2016). moreover, an effective reading instruction may occur when it meets learners’ needs. needs analysis is a prerequisite for teachers to succeed the instructional reading programs. according to feez and joyce (2002, p. 39-40), needs analysis strategies are used to enable students to express their personal language learning goals, priorities, and aspirations, and to enable teachers to collect background information about the learners, to identify their obstacles in learning, and to diagnose the language learning needs for the learners. in line with that, the needs analysis in this study was carried out to find out the information about the students’ goals in efl reading, their obstacles or barriers, and its alternative solutions. it was also to explore the comprehension of both lectures and students on self-assessment. assessment can happen at any point in a lesson. it can be a planned and carefully thought-out procedure. yet, it can also be unplanned. sometimes the unexpected situation occurs. a teacher or coach who knows the goal of the lesson can use the unexpected as an added assessment tool. assessing reading ability does not usually end with measurement of reading comprehension. in general, the effectiveness of assessment in efl reading class depends on some factors including the curriculum, syllabus and also learning development, knowledge in collecting, recording, interpreting, and analyzing multiple sources of data, as well as the ability to try out multiple assessment procedures. according to brown (2004), strategic pathways to full understanding are often important factors to include in assessing learners, especially in the case of most classroom assessments that are formative in nature. an inability to comprehend may thus be traced to a need to enhance a test-taker’s strategies for achieving ultimate comprehension. for example, an academic technical report may be comprehensible to a student at the sentence level, but if the learner has not exercised certain strategies for noting the discourse conventions of that genre, misunderstanding may occur. in the reading assessment, in particular, a teacher or lecturer should consider some components (caldwell, 2012). the first component is identifying good reader behaviors and areas of weakness. a teacher or lecturer should be able to identify the behavior of students in reading class. he/she should look for and assess the developing literacy of the students. besides, he/she should be able to find out the area of weakness of students to plan for instruction and assessment. the second is determining reading level involving two tasks. one of them is to determine whether a student can successfully read a specific selection. the third is noting student progress. all too often, we assess students by comparing them to their peers. the last is choosing evidence for assessing reading performance. many different measures can provide evidence of a student’s reading performance. a teacher or coach can use published instruments or can construct his or her own instruments. in teaching efl reading class nowadays, teacher or lecturer more emphasizes on the use of assessment activities to increase students’ reading comprehension. a number of exercises are set up for the students to gain a deeper comprehension of the reading passages in the classroom. according to caldwell (2012) such assessments, in english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 169 general, have 4 (four) purposes. first, a teacher or coach uses the assessment process to identify the good reader behaviors a student displays. second, a teacher or coach must identify areas of weakness with regard to the good reader behaviors, in order to align instruction with student needs. third, teachers and coaches need to know how to determine whether a specific book is too difficult for a student. last, teachers and coaches need to document evidence of progress on the part of the student. moreover, a number of implications of assessment can be drawn in efl reading instruction to increase reading comprehension of the students. these include the importance of determining students’ prior knowledge, making students accountable for how they use reading time in class, assessing student’s progress in acquiring both decoding skills and reading comprehension strategies, observing how students collaborate in groups as well as how they work individually, and reviewing students’ personal responses to reading (o'malley & pierce, 1996). according to o'malley and pierce (1996), authentic assessment of reading needs planning and organizing. a teacher or a lecturer begins with identifying the purpose of reading assessment and matching instructional activities to that purpose. after that, it is important to plan time assessment, involve the student in self-and-peer assessment, develops rubrics, and/or scoring procedures, set standards, select assessment activities, and record teacher observations. implementing self-assessment practices in the efl classroom enables teachers or lecturers to promote learner autonomy. the task of language education is then to help learners develop self-reliance and autonomy, which will enable them to communicate successfully in international settings. learner autonomy is, therefore, one of the issues that need to be addressed when the focus is on the learner in present-day elt (illés, 2012). one of the key arguments for self-assessment is that it provides an effective means of developing critical selfawareness (nunan 1988, p. 116) cited in (bullock, 2011). a resulting advantage of this is that learners are better able to set realistic goals and direct their own learning. in self-assessment of reading, teacher or lecturer usually designs and/or develops some instruments of self-assessment in order to facilitate the students to do reflective practices in reading class. the practices are implemented in terms of self-assessment instruments integrated into the teaching methods or techniques in the classroom. throughout this, students are actively involved in the learning process. as lianisya (2014) stated that the process of assessing students by using self-assessment will give students a chance to get involved in the learning process. students are involved deeply in the evaluation of work. besides, the teacher can give some immediate feedback which can be used to improve learning. this study focuses on finding out the needs of both lecturers and students in efl reading class to design a learning model which is able to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment. it is a key issue in autonomous learning to enable students to set goals and to monitor and evaluate their learning (taufiqulloh, yuvita, & sulistianingsih, 2018). self-assessment helps both teachers and students to do reflective practices in efl reading class. such practices lead students to reveal their problems faced during attending the class and find out ways to cope with them. according to o'malley and pierce (1996, p. 100), to implement self-assessment practices in the reading class, modeling is important. a teacher or a lecturer could demonstrate to employed any kind of self-assessment instruments in the reading classroom. the instruments could be about students’ reading activities, strategies, or other cognitive and metacognitive aspects of learning. method this study was a descriptive-qualitative. it aimed at revealing both teachers’ and students’ needs in efl reading class in order taufiqulloh, sri wardhani, & anin eka sulistyawati needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment 170 to develop a learning model or technique on the bases of self-assessment which can promote learner autonomy. it was conducted at the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, pancasakti university tegal, from april to june 2018. the participants of this study were 64 students of the fourth semester in the department attending efl reading class and 4 (four) lectures whose expertise is reading course instruction. the data were collected by using triangulation. the instruments used were a questionnaire, classroom observation, and interview. the questionnaire was distributed to both lecturers and students. it was intended to figure out the students’ and lecturers’ perceptions and their responses or evaluation on the efl reading classes they attended. it consists of 10 statements of the affective aspect, 10 statements of reading materials and comprehension, and 10 statements of the linguistic features. the questionnaire for the lecturer consists of 10 statements to gather information about lecturers’ evaluation of the reading classes they conducted. then, the last part of the questionnaire contains some questions regarding self-assessment in efl reading. moreover, an observation was also conducted to figure out how the reading instructions worked out in the class, and also the role of both lectures and students in doing the teaching and learning process. a survey interview was also conducted to both lectures and students to reevaluate the results of the questionnaire and observation emphasizing on their perceptions and needs in efl reading classes they attended and the role of self-assessment in classes. the data were analyzed using editing and tabulation. editing was utilized to check and observe the data gathered from the questionnaire, classroom observation, and interview. then, the data were also tabulated with frequency level of each category or aspect to draw the findings of this study. results and discussion this part presents the results of the questionnaire, observation, and interview. the results of the questionnaire relating to the student’s perceptions and responses on the efl reading class attended in terms of effective aspect, reading materials and comprehension, and language, are described in the following tables. the questionnaire also contains some questions relating to the self-assessment of efl reading. the result of the questionnaire for students table 1 presents the students’ selfassessment on the efl reading class they attended. students evaluated the efl reading instructions in terms of their interest and motivation to read, the method, and the role of both lecturers and students in the classroom. table 1. the results of the questionnaire (affective aspect) (1=strongly agree 2= agree, 3= disagree, and 4= strongly disagree) no statements n percentage (%) 1 2 3 4 1 it is easy for me to start reading 60 6 43 49 2 2 i am a quick reader 60 9 38 46 7 3 reading class is fun 60 39 10 11 40 4 i have good self-motivation to read 60 41 4 2 53 5 i read more at campus than elsewhere 60 29 52 17 2 6 i like reading texts of any kind 60 28 3 30 41 7 i like the class because it was interactive 60 5 47 40 8 8 i like the way or method my lecturer used in the class 60 27 2 10 51 9 i was encouraged to read better 60 31 9 18 42 10 i shared problems with others and found ways to cope with them 60 12 5 31 52 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 171 as drawn from the table, 43% of the students agreed that it is easy to start reading but 46% disagreed that they were quick readers. 40% of students strongly disagreed that the class is fun. this happened since the class was teacher-centered. 82% of students read more at the campus. they were also given fewer opportunities to explore and share their ideas in the classroom. moreover, 53% disagreed that they were wellmotivated as well. the lectures did not identify the students’ problems or difficulties during learning in the classroom and give the solution to cope with them. 47% agreed that the class was interactive. yet, it was not organized as well, students did not like the method applied in the classroom and they were not encouraged better to read. in general, the result showed unsatisfactory responses of the students in attending reading class and less interest and motivation of the students in attending the class. meanwhile, regarding the course materials and comprehension, the result is figured out in the table 2. table 2. the results of the questionnaire (learning materials and comprehension) table 2 shows the perceptions and feedback of the students on the learning process of efl reading materials and comprehension. 72% of the students agreed that finding the main ideas of a text is a difficult task to do because most reading texts taught in the classroom contain some implicit main ideas. finding meaning behind sentences becomes a problem for them. 69% of students read long but lack of understanding due to the complexities of teaching materials provided by the lecturers with the ignorance of the students’ needs. good teaching materials are teaching materials that can be used and help students in the learning process. to that end, teaching materials should be prepared based on the needs of students and lecturers (salam, 2017). therefore, most of the students were unable to interpret and process the information from the given texts and read critically. moreover, 68% of the students did not make use of their prior knowledge to comprehend a text. those who make use of their prior knowledge still find a lot of difficulties in comprehending texts as they are difficult to understand. even though the learning materials do not contain much weight, but their complexities lead to their failure in comprehension. the materials, then, should be simplified relating to their level and competence. to sum up, the result of this questionnaire also shows the negative responses of the students in terms of the learning materials and comprehension. table 3. the results of the questionnaire (language) no statements n percentage 1 2 3 4 1 finding main ideas of a text is difficult 60 21 51 23 4 2 i read long but lack of understanding 60 52 17 9 22 3 it is difficult to interpret, and process 60 23 47 20 10 4 i read critically 60 31 11 14 44 5 i used prior knowledge to comprehend a reading text 60 22 10 31 37 6 the goals were presented thoroughly 60 27 19 15 39 7 the concepts were presented in depth 60 7 34 39 20 8 the materials contain much weight 60 14 38 37 11 9 the materials content is difficult 60 49 21 4 26 10 the texts are difficult to understand 60 50 29 3 18 (1=strongly agree 2= agree, 3= disagree, and 4= strongly disagree) no statements n percentage 1 2 3 4 1 the texts use authentic english 60 1 57 39 3 2 the texts are difficult due to vocabulary 60 58 10 4 28 taufiqulloh, sri wardhani, & anin eka sulistyawati needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment 172 (1=strongly agree 2= agree, 3= disagree, and 4= strongly disagree) table 3 shows the results of students’ responses on the linguistics aspects (language) of the learning materials. the table indicates that 58% of the students agreed that the texts materials taught are authentic. the word authentic here refers to the high level of english that contain a lot of complexities to comprehend. 68% considered that the texts are too difficult to understand because of unfamiliar vocabulary. moreover, most of them stated that the grammar is too complex, as well as the sentence structures are. it is suggested that a reading teacher or lecturer should select the reading materials in the classroom based on the students’ level and needs. the selection of such materials will raise the interest and motivation of the students in learning to read. according to adjoa et al. (2016), the relationship between language and the ability to read and think critically in a specific discipline are directly linked to students’ academic success at higher education or tertiary level. the result of questionnaire for lecturers this questionnaire was distributed to 4 (four) lecturers who teach efl reading at the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, pancassakti university. the result of the questionnaire is figured out in the followings. table 4. the results of the questionnaire (affective aspect) (1=always 2= frequently, 3= rarely, and 4= never) table 4 shows the result of lecturers selfassessment when teaching efl reading. drawn from the table, all teachers presented the goals of the instruction at the beginning of the class. however, 75% of them did not develop learning materials. they used the materials from the existing reading books. at the beginning of the lesson, they did not implement brainstorming as warming up activities to attract or stimulate the students, to raise their awareness and motivation, and to do reading activities. all of them did not use the materials and the method of instructions that meet students’ needs. they did not encourage their students to read better and seek help from others. a group work was rarely implemented in the class, either. besides, they did not use icebreaking during the lesson so that the class was not interesting. to conclude, the results of both questionnaire of the students in terms of their effective aspect, learning materials and comprehension, as well as linguistic aspect, and that of the lecturers, show that the efl reading instruction in the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, pancasakti university, did not meet the goals of the instruction itself. the instruction and assessment were still teacher3 there are too many new words i am not familiar with 60 57 9 4 30 4 the grammar is too complex 60 47 15 6 32 5 the sentence structures of texts are complex 60 49 13 5 33 no statements n percentage (%) 1 2 3 4 1 i presented the goals of instruction at the beginning of the class 4 100 0 0 0 2 i developed my own materials 4 25 0 75 0 3 i used brainstorming in my class 4 0 25 25 50 4 i used the materials based on the students’ needs 4 0 0 25 75 5 i used the method which fit in the students’ needs 4 0 0 25 75 6 i encouraged students to read more 4 0 25 50 25 7 i helped to solve students problems 4 0 0 25 75 8 i made the class work in group 4 0 25 50 25 9 i provided supplementary materials 4 50 50 0 0 10 i used icebreaking during the lesson 4 0 0 50 50 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 173 centered, the learning materials and the method used did not meet the students’ needs, the selection of the materials was not in line with the students’ level of competence, the students were given fewer opportunities to explore their ideas, share with others in the classroom, etc. as a result, an alternative method or approach should come into being to cope with the students. a model of efl reading learning through selfassessment would be developed on the bases of the results of the needs analysis. selfassessment is a type of assessment which enables learners to raise their interest and awareness in learning. according to bullock (2011), a resulting advantage of selfassessment is that learners are better able to set realistic goals and direct their own learning. it is also a learner-centered approach. the major assumption underlying the learner-centered philosophy is that it is impossible to teach learners everything they need to know and learning does not stop outside the classroom. therefore, it is of value to teach learners skills that they can transfer to other learning situations. the conceptual descriptions of self-assessment and the existing studies that claimed the effectiveness of self-assessment in efl learning are considered to be the bases of developing a model of self-assessment in efl reading class to respond to the various problems as previously described. the results of observation the classroom observation was conducted at the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, pancasakti university, in the odd semester of the academic year 2017/2018, from april to june 2018, and involved both lecturers and students attending efl reading class. the results are figured out in the following: the instructional objectives were not presented in details at the beginning of the class. the method was teacher-centered. the assessment was teacher-centered. the materials contained much weight. students’ comprehension of texts was weak. students were not well motivated to learn. students rarely gathered feedback from the lecturers on the problems they encountered during the learning activities. the results of survey interview the result of the survey interview was conducted along with the classroom observation period. it aimed at finding out the efl reading class in the future which can result in enhancing students’ achievement in reading. the results are described as follows: the instructional objective should be presented thoroughly at the beginning of the course the instruction should be studentcentered. the method should be fun and attract the students to attend the class. students should be given more opportunities to cooperate with others in the classroom that enables them to gather feedback from both their lecturers and peers. the course materials should be more selective and meet students’ needs. students should be continuously motivated in some ways. survey on self-assessment in efl reading regarding the establishment of the selfassessment model of efl reading class, a survey was conducted to a group of lecturers about their perceptions, knowledge, and expectation on the use of self-assessment in the classroom. the results of the survey are described in the following table. taufiqulloh, sri wardhani, & anin eka sulistyawati needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment 174 table 5. the result of the survey on self-assessment of efl reading (lecturers) table 5 presents the results of the survey to the lecturers about self-assessment in efl reading. as drawn from the table, 75% of lecturers of reading course less comprehend the concepts of self-assessment and 25% have no ideas about it. all lecturers have never implemented self-assessment practices in the classroom. however, 50% lecturers agreed that self-assessment should be implemented in the efl reading classroom and the others do not respond. meanwhile, a survey on self-assessment of reading was also conducted to the students and the results are figured out in the followings. table 6. the result of the survey on self-assessment of efl reading (students) as shown in table 6, there are only 10% of the students who know self-assessment in efl reading instruction in terms of definitions and descriptions. 90% of the students do not understand at all the concepts of self-assessment in reading and had no experience in using self-assessment practices in the classroom. none of the students comprehend the types of selfassessment in efl reading class. the result of the survey interview to both lecturers and students show that they comprehend the concepts of self-assessment in terms of its definitions or descriptions which is similar to self-editing. yet, they never implemented self-assessment practices in the classroom. however, both agreed that self-assessment model of efl reading could be an alternative technique in reading instruction. regarding the results of the questionnaire, survey interview, and classroom observation as previously described, the efl reading instructions in the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education of pancasakti university, did not end with satisfactory outcomes. the interest and no questions responses n percentage 1 what do you know about selfassessment in efl reading? i know a little bit about selfassessment, it is self-editing on students’ works i know nothing about it 4 75 25 2 did you ever implement selfassessment technique in your reading class? i never implemented selfassessment in my class 4 100 3 do you think that selfassessment will be useful for your students in learning to read? if yes, state your reasons? i agree with that i have no ideas about it 4 50 50 4 what kinds of self-assessment do you need in learning reading self-assessment to deal with not only cognitive but also metacognitive aspects of the students in learning i have no ideas about it 4 50 50 no questions responses n percentage 1 what do you know about selfassessment in efl reading? i know it is self-editing technique i don’t know anything about it 60 10 90 2 did you ever learn self-assessment in reading? never 60 100 3 do you think that self-assessment will be useful for you in learning to read? if yes, state your reasons? i hope so i have no ideas about it 60 75 25 4 what kinds of self-assessment do you need in learning reading i don’t have ideas about it 60 100 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 175 awareness of the students to learn efl reading was low due to the method applied in the classroom was teacher-centered and the selection of the course materials ignored their level of competence. thus, the learning materials were too complex so that the students faced a lot of difficulties in comprehending the reading texts provided by the lectures in the classroom. the linguistic features of the texts were also too complex. the reading texts use authentic english which contains unfamiliar words and requires a high level of comprehension. the grammar and the sentence structures in the reading texts are also too complex. moreover, the students are given fewer opportunities to explore and share their ideas with others. the result also showed that both students and lecturers agreed that learning efl reading through self-assessment could be an alternative learning model or technique to cope with the situations. throughout model, the instruction should be student-centered, the method should be fun and attract the students to attend the class, students should be given more opportunities to cooperate with others in the classroom that enables them to gather feedback from both their lecturers and peers, etc. the development of the model or approach is intended to enhance students’ achievement in reading and to promote learner autonomy. creating learner autonomy is one of the goals of elt in the present day. according to illés (2012), autonomous learners are independent language users capable of problem-solving and decision making. throughout self-assessment, the students are expected to monitor and regulate their learning which can enhance their sense of dependence in learning and their reading achievement. conclusion to sum up, as drawn from the results of the questionnaire to both students and lecturers, the efl reading instruction in the english education department, faculty of teacher training and education of pancasakti university, did not result in successful learning outcomes. some problems are found such as low interest and awareness of the students, less comprehension of the reading texts due to its complexities, teacher-centered method, and instruction, the complexities of linguistics features, etc. the result also shows that both lecturers and students agree that an alternative approach or method of efl reading based on selfassessment should come into being to cope with the situations in order to enhance students’ achievement in reading and to promote learner autonomy. acknowledgment the authors are the teaching staffs of english education department, pancasakti university tegal central java indonesia. this is one of the research outcomes supported under the funding scheme “penelitian terapan unggulan perguruan tinggi (ptupt) 2018” from the directorate of research, technology, and higher education, republic of indonesia. references adjoa, n., yeboah, n., & mai, m. m. (2016). a needs analysis for a discipline-specific reading intervention. english language teaching, 9(3), 235–247. doi: 10.5539/elt.v9n3p235. brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment: principles and classroom practice (1 st ed.). new york: longman. bullock, d. (2011). learner self-assessment: an investigation into teachers’ beliefs. elt journal, 65(2), 114–125. doi: 10.1093/elt/ccq041. caldwell, j. s. (2012). reading assessment: a primer for teachers and coaches. guilford press. saudi med j, 33. doi: 10.1073/pnas.0703993104. illés, é. (2012). learner autonomy revisited. elt journal, 66(4), 505–513. doi: 10.1093/elt/ccs044. lianisya. (2014). the use of self-assessment towards students’ reading behavior (a case study). journal of english and education, 2(2), 26–35. retrieved from http://ejournal.upi.edu/index.php/le/article/view/4606. salam, s. (2017). developing needs analysis basedreading comprehension learning materials : a study on the indonesian language study program students. advances in language and literary studies, 8(4), 105–113. retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej1153681.pdf. taufiqulloh, sri wardhani, & anin eka sulistyawati needs analysis in efl reading class: a study to promote learner autonomy through self-assessment 176 taufiqulloh, yuvita, & sulistianingsih, e. (2018). analysis of student attitudes to develop a selfassessment model of genre-based writing class. lingua cultura, 12(august), 253–258. doi: 10.21512/lc.v12i3.4064. o’malley j. m., & pierce, v. l. (1996). authentic assessment for english language learners. new york: longman. the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts ririn marlina the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks ririn marlina a graduate of university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: marlina1704@gmail.com apa citation: marlina, r. (2012). the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 80-88 received: 08-09-2011 accepted: 23-10-2013 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this paper analyzed narrative texts of senior high school textbooks for x grade, based on jackendoff’s and saeed’s theories of thematic role. this research employed a qualitative research design and the data were ten narrative texts taken from developing english competencies and interlanguage for x grade. the research questions involve the ways of thematic role in constructing the sentence’s meaning in narrative texts and the thematic role that mostly employed. this research revealed that nine kinds of thematic role (agent, patient, location, beneficiary, experiencer, theme, source, goal, and instrument) are available in narrative texts and the role theme was frequently employed (260 times of 782). meanwhile, thematic role constructs the sentence’s meaning in narrative texts by observing the verb and the preposition used in the sentence. thematic role is a way to describe the role of noun phrase in a sentence, so that thematic role is closely related with the grammatical function. it can be also said that the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts is beneficial for educational participants both teacher and student in order to recognize the sentence’s grammatical function. therefore, thematic role helps them to understand the sentence’s meaning and finally they can grasp the message in a text. keywords: thematic role, narrative text, senior high school, textbook introduction communication is a process of giving people information (hornby, 2000). while the aim of communication is to convey meaning from communicator to communicant (lyons, 1977). it means that the communicant has to process the meaning sent by the communicator so that he will understand what the communicator means. goddard (1998: 15) states that: “when people are communicating, they do more than just attend to what is actually being said by way of words, grammatical constructions, and intonation patterns”. therefore, to create an effective communication, both communicator and communicant should understand their sentences’ meaning each other. the study of meaning is largely explored in semantics. further, hurford and heasley (1983) clarify that sentence meaning or word meaning can be defined as what a sentence or word means. moreover, o’grady et al (1991) suggest that knowing the part played a particular entity in an event is one of the most interesting thing to understand a sentence so that we will know the sentence’s meaning. while, goddard (1998, p. 1) states that “to understand how any particular language works we need to understand how its individual design works to fulfill its function as an intricate device for communicating meanings”. in semantics, the term is generally known as “thematic role”. further, saeed (2009) tells that thematic mailto:marlina1704@gmail.com english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee roles play a central role in language comprehension. the students mostly just can read a text or article word by word without thinking of the meaning of the sentences. actually, if we want to understand the meaning of a sentence, we have to firstly know the detailed information of the sentence, one of them is the part played in an event (o’grady et al, 1991). because of the reason, this paper presents the thematic roles in narrative texts. the aim of this paper are to (1) identify the thematic role that mostly employed, and (2) identify the existence of thematic roles in constructing the sentences’ meaning. most of recent works on thematic roles has been investigated by several researchers. for the first, tanja (2009) investigates about thematic role in natural language processing and in linguistic theory. the result of his study is defining relations between the constituents in a sentence that cannot be defined by the rules of syntax only. the second, richard (2008) also explores about dependency-based thematic analysis of natural-language texts. his study shows the description of how to construct statistical models for thematic role labeling of english texts and how role thematic is related to surface syntax. the third, mirella (2010) studies about semi-supervised thematic role labeling via structural alignment. from her study is found a project annotations from labeled sentences onto similar unlabeled ones. the rest of this paper is organized as follows: section 2 briefly describes thematic roles. section 3 introduces the method and procedures for analyzing thematic roles in the narrative texts. the result and discussion are shown in section 4. finally, conclusion of this study is presented in section 5. thematic role can be analyzed by considering the noun phrase’s function based on the verb which is used in the sentence, because thematic role is closely related with the verb. we can decide whether the subject has a role as an agent or experiencer by observing the verb. another definition comes from o’grady et al (1991, p. 226): “thematic role or semantic role is used to describe the part played by a particular entity in an event”. verbs and other heads of phrases may be associated with such semantic roles as agent, patient, location, theme, source, goal, beneficiary, experiencer, instrument, and stimulus. these roles are assigned to the subject and any arguments of the head. according to gruber (1965), fillmore (1968), jackendoff (1987) as cited in fasold and linton (2006, p. 143): “thematic role is a part of a word’s meaning which indicates the role that some individual plays in the action which that word describes”. for example in the following sentence: the senator sent the lobster from maine to nebraska (o’grady et al, 1991: 227). ‘the senator’ is the agent, ‘the lobster’ is the theme, ‘maine’ is the source, and ‘nebraska’ is the goal. this paper initially employed the role set proposed by jackendoff (1990) which consist of agent, patient, location, beneficiary, experiencer, instrument, theme, source, and goal. method the task of analyzing thematic roles is divided into three main subtasks: (1) identification of thematic role in each noun phrase, (2) classification the thematic role that mostly employed, and (3) interpretation the frequency of ririn marlina the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks thematic roles in the form of graph and table. the first part (subtask) can be accomplished by finding all thematic roles employed in each noun phrase in a sentence. the second part (subtask) uses some semantic rules to distinguish different roles such as agent, experiencer, source, and goal. this part faces a complicated problem since the number of arguments (noun phrase) and their positions vary depending on kinds of verbs and preposition used. the third part (subtask) presents the frequency of thematic roles in the ten narrative texts in the form of table and graph, so that the role which is mostly employed can be recognized. the exploited approach to perform those three main subtasks is summarized by the following steps: 1. organize and prepare the data for analysis by sorting and arranging the narrative texts into different types depending on the textbook as the source. 2. read through all the narrative texts in order to grasp their meaning. 3. begin detailed analysis with a coding process. according to rossman & rallis, (1998: 171) as cited in cresswell (2007: 218): “coding is the process of organizing the material into “chunks” before bringing meaning to those “chunks”. this step involves taking the narrative texts, segmenting sentences into categories, and labeling those categories with a term of thematic role. 4. use the coding process to generate a description. in this step, the researcher develop the reason of identifying thematic role in each sentence, and interconnect them with the kinds of verb or preposition used. 5. advance how the description and themes will be represented in the qualitative narrative. the researcher presents a narrative passage to convey the findings of the analysis. 6. in final step, the researcher interprets the data by clarifying the thematic role used in the sentence by comparing it with information are there in the theories. results anddiscussion the results of this paper are as follows: first, kind of thematic role that mostly employed in narrative text is the role theme. for example, it can be identified from a text titled kyai jegod. in that text, the role theme occurred twentythree times. the words considered as the theme in the text are as follows: a king, grass, some water, it, small pond, some water, it, his palace, it, the palace, strong and old woods, the forest where those woods lied, his lumberjacks, the only thing they could have, anything, the main pole, loud and deep voice, the voice, an old, tall, and massive tree, it, kyai jegod, the protector of that palace. second, thematic role constructs the sentence’s meaning in narrative texts by observing the verb and the preposition used in the sentence. for detail explanation, the role of subject and object in a sentence decided from the kinds of the verbs used; the action verb indicates the existence of the role agent, intensive verb indicates the role experiencer and the preposition also decides whether the object plays the role as the source, goal, or instrument. the detail analysis of each role in a sentence as follows: agent data #001 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee title: kyai jegod which is taken from interlanguage for x grade 1.c. then sultan started to build the palace in that forest. 2.b. (…) prabu boko and all soldiers went to pengging kingdom to revolt. 2.d. when patih gupalo found out that his king died, he ran away from the battle. in 1.c. the agent is represented by sultan. since sultan is person who is responsible for building the palace. if sultan is omitted, the sentence will be ambiguous. the word build involved to action verb which indicates the existence of an act done by someone. so that, sultan as the subject is considered as the agent. this role is also described by prabu boko and all soldiers in 2.b. which indicates that they are the doer of the action. the verb which is used in this sentence is action verb that shows someone’s action. through the verb, this sentence demands the doer, so that prabu boko and all soldiers regarded as the agent. the next example indicates that the word he in 2.d. also represents the agent. it is supported by the verb ran away which included to action verb. the verb demands a subject as the doer in order to construct the sentence’s meaning. therefore, the word he is identified as the agent, i.e. the person who ran away from the battle. patient data #003 title: the legend of princess loro jonggrang and the snow bride both are taken from interlanguage for x grade 3.a. (…) he killed her father. 3.b. feeling deceived, raden bandung bondowoso was very angry and cursed her. 3.c. raden bandung bondowoso cursed the girls around prambanan area (…). from the above data, it can be represented that the words her father in 3.a. plays the patient role since it is the entity that killed by him. the role patient here is in a transitive sentence which is marked by the verb killed, so that her father considered as the direct object that presents the role patient. in 3.b., the role patient is presented by her. it expresses the entity cursed by raden bandung bondowoso. it also included to transitive sentence which signed by the verb cursed. if her is omitted, the sentence will be ambiguous since the verb demands an object. therefore, her is recognized as the patient. in 3.c., the girls around prambanan area plays a role as the patient for two reasons. first, they are the entity which is cursed by raden bandung bondowoso. second, it is the direct object which indicated by the transitive verb cursed. location data #004 titles: the snow bride and cinderella which both are taken from interlanguage for x grade 4.a. a wooden house squatted beside a huge camphor tree. 4.b. but his horse ran away from the tiny hut. 4.c. he found a lean-to built on the side of the hut, (…). 4.d. yuki glided around the room in a silken whisper. the above examples describes about the role of location in the term of thematic role. it can be concluded that beside a huge camphor tree in 4.a. plays the role of location, since it indicates the place of a wooden house located. while, in 4.b. the role of location is presented by the tiny hut. the words describes the place where the horse ran away. on the side of the hut is represented as the ririn marlina the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks location in 4.c. example. it presents the place where the agent he found a lean. in the case of 4.d., the role of location is presented by the words around the room. it explains where yuki’s action takes place. beneficiary data #005 title: the legend of princess loro jonggrang taken from interlanguage for x grade 5.a. she had two requests that should be fulfilled by raden bandung bondowoso so that (…) 5.b. first, she asked him to make jalatunda well. 5.c. then, she asked him to make 1000 temples in one night. 5.d. then, princess loro jonggrang asked raden bandung bondowoso to go into the well, and (…). 5.e. after that, princess loro jonggrang asked raden bandung bondowoso to do the second request which (…) 5.f. therefore raden bandung bondowoso commanded genies to make the temples immeaditely. 5.g. she ordered the girls to pound and burn stubbles, so that (…). 5.h. he asked princess loro jonggrang to count the amount of temples. in the above example (5.a., 5.b., and 5.c.), the role beneficiary played by the word she. for detail explanation, she in 5.a. gets benefits from raden bandung bondowoso in fulfilling her requests. in 5.b. she considered as the beneficiary since she asked someone to make jalatunda well, so that she gets benefit from the action. similarly, in 5.c., she gets benefit by asking someone to make 1000 temples. the words princess loro jonggrang is presented as beneficiary in 5.d. in fulfilling her request to go into the well, and in 5.e. princess loro jonggrang gets benefit from raden bandung bondowoso in fulfilling her second request. while, in 5.f. raden bandung bondowoso is the beneficiary since he gets benefit from genies in making temples. the word she again plays as the role beneficiary in 5.g., the girls did an action for her, so that she gets benefit from the girls’ action. in the last sentence, the word he gets benefit from loro jonggrang in counting the temples. experiencer data #006 title: blind listening taken from developing english competencies for x grade 6.a. they had no children. 6.b. because of this, they were very unhappy. 6.c. one day, they found a baby boy outside their door. 6.d. they loved him very much. 6.e. mr and mrs lin were very sad to hear this. all sentences in the data #006 represent the role experiencer. in 6.a., the word they plays a role as the experiencer since they is the people affected by the state of “had”, and it is usually used to expresses someone’s possession. while, the word they in 6.b. considered as the experience because they is the people who feels unhappy. the role experiencer in this sentence is recognized by using stative verb. in 6.c., the word they is also identified as the experience since they is the person who aware of the action. similarly, they plays as the experience in 6.d, but in this case the sentence uses the verb lovewhich expresses their emotion onto him. in 6.e. the role of the experience is presented by the wordsmr and mrs lin. they are identified as the entity which is aware of the state, and the existence of stative verb in this english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee sentence indicates thatmr and mrs lin plays a role as the experiencer. instrument data #007 titles: the legend of princess lorojonggrang taken from interlanguage, the legend of beowulf, and the foolish sons which taken from developing english competencies for x grade 7.a. he killed grendel's mother with a special sword. 7.b. (…) and after that she ordered patih gupolo to pile up the well with stone. 7.c. the third son tried to cure his father with medicine which he had bought. from the above sentences, it can be identified that with a special sword plays the role instrument in 7.a. since it describes how the agent did his action. similarly, in 7.b. the existence of the role instrument is played by the word with stone. it explains how patih gupolo pile up the well. while, the role instrument in 7.c. is indicated by the word with medicine. it describes the manner done by the agent in order to cure his father. all of the role instrument in those sentences indicated by the preposition with. theme data #008 title: kyai jegod taken from interlanguage for x grade 8.a. once upon a time there was a king who ruled mataram kingdom. 8.b. his name is amangkurat iv. 8.c. one day, when a gardener was gathering grass for his cattle in the forest, (…) 8.d. (…) he looked for some water because it was so hot. 8.e. he found a small pond and (…) 8.f. (…) he was going to drink some water from it, (…) from the above examples, it can be concluded that a king who ruled mataram kingdom in 8.a. plays a role theme since it considered as the entity which is undergoer the state, and it can answer the question “what the sentence tells about”, so it considered as the theme. in 8.b, the theme is represented by amangkurat iv. it indicates that amangkurat iv is being talked in this sentence, so it regarded as the theme. the role theme in 8.c. is presented by the word grass. it can be identified that grass is the thing affected by a gardener; it is the thing which is gathered. so that, grass regarded as the theme. in 8.d., the words some water represents the role theme since it is the thing which the location is described by the action of the agent. it also plays as direct object in this sentence. therefore, it can be said that some water is the theme. from the above data, a small pond regarded as the theme in 8.e. since it becomes the direct object of the sentence. besides, it also plays as the entity which location is being found by the agent. because of the reasons, a small pond considered as the theme. in the last sentence, some water again plays as the theme since it is identified as the thing affected by the action of the agent; it is the thing which is drunk by him. so that, it is said as the theme. source data #009 title: a story about red taken from developing english competencies for x grade 9.a. rosaura was hiding from her mother and father. 9.b. as soon as she had nished her food she slipped down from her chair. from the above sentences, it can be identified that from her mother and father plays the role source in 9.a. since it indicates the starting point of rosaura’s action. in 9.b, the role source is presented ririn marlina the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks by the words from her chair. it also describes the starting point where the agent did her action. both the role source in the above examples marked by the preposition from. so that from her mother and father and from her chair considered as the source in the term of thematic role. goal data #010 title: the legend of beowulf taken from developing english competencies for x grade 10.a. one day, he went to the king's castle. 10.b. a knight called beowulf heard about the problem and went to denmark to help the king. 10.c. grendel went back to his home in a lake and died. 10.d. grendel's mother was very angry and the next night she went to the castle and killed a knight. 10.e. in the morning, beowulf went to the lake. the sentence in the above data represents the existence of the role goal in the term of thematic role. in 10.a., the role goal is played by to the king's castle since it indicates the destination of the verb “went”, and it is marked by the existence of preposition “to”. the words to denmark in 10.b also identified as the goal which is marked by the “to” preposition and it becomes the destination for beowulf to help the king. the goal in 10.c. is showed by to his home. it plays as the destination where grendel went back. while, the goal in 10.d. is presented by to the castle. it becomes the entity where grendel’s mother visited. in 10.e., the words to the lake is again employed as the goal which expresses the destination of the verb “went” as in 10.a. from the ten samples chosen, thematic roles employed in narrative texts (782) times. the role agent employed in those texts (172) times, patient (58) times, location (71) times, beneficiary (8) times, experience (151) times, goal (38) times, instrument (3) times, source (21) times, and theme (260) time. meanwhile, the frequency of thematic roles in this research can be identified from the following graph: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the phenomena of thematic role in narrative texts reveals that there is relation between thematic role and verb and preposition used in a sentence. the role agent indicated by the use of action verb, the role experience identified by the use of intensive verb, perception, intellection, emotion, and sensation. the use of preposition “to” indicates the role goal, the use of preposition “from” identifies the role source. meanwhile, the role instrument is recognized by the use of preposition “with” or “by”. the following table 4.2 is the illustration of the overall thematic role. table 4.2 the realization of thematic role in narrattive texts no. tr titles frequency (….times) a p l b e g i s t amount 1. kj 7 1 9 11 2 3 23 56 2. tlplj 25 8 9 5 29 11 1 5 45 138 3. qabp 17 6 4 1 10 5 2 21 66 4. tsb 27 16 6 10 1 2 38 100 5. c 17 2 9 1 26 2 1 43 101 6. bl 22 5 1 4 3 2 20 57 7. tfs 12 2 2 9 2 1 3 13 44 8. tft 14 11 8 19 3 21 76 9. asr 16 2 17 22 3 3 27 90 10. tlb 15 5 6 1 11 6 1 9 54 amount 172 58 71 8 151 38 3 21 260 conclusion on the basic of the findings above, it can be firstly concluded that thematic role in a sentence indicated by the use of verbs (fasold and linton, 2006). second, thematic role is a way to describe the role of noun phrase in a sentence, so that thematic role is closely related with the grammatical function (o’grady et al, 1991). third, the role theme seems to be the mostly employed in narrative texts. it is indicated as the part which is undergoer the state or event (jackendoff, 1990). the role theme has function to answer the question: “what the sentence tells about”. this research offers some methodological and practical suggestions. this research is delimited methodologically. it explores thematic role from a semantic point of view. further, such studies may see it from another perspective such as syntax and literary studies. in addition, this research can be broadened in terms of textual analysis or transitivity as studied in systemic functional grammar (sfg). there are also practical suggestions for teachers and students. in the teaching and learning process, the teacher has to clearly explain to the student about the existence of thematic role and how to recognize them. since thematic role is a part of semantics studies as one of knowledge that elaborates meaning. meanwhile, for the student, thematic role helps them to identify the grammatical functions of a sentence, i.e. subject, object, complement, noun phrase, verb, and preposition. by recognizing them, the student will easily grasp the sentence’s meaning, so that they will understand the overall text. ririn marlina the analysis of thematic role in narrative texts of senior high school textbooks references creswell, j. w. (2007). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. new delhi: sage publication india pvt. ltd. cruse, d. a. 1986. lexical semantics. new york: cambridge university press. doddy, a et al. (2008). developing english competencies for senior high school (sma/ ma) grade x. jakarta: departemen pendidikan nasional. dowty, d. 1991. thematic proto-roles and argument selection. journal of language, 67(3), 547-619. fasold, r and linton, c. jeff. (2006). an introduction to language and linguistics. new york: cambridge university press. gerot, l. and wignell, p. (1994).making sense of functional grammar. sidney: gerd stabler. goddard, c. 1998. semantic analysis. new york: oxford university press. hornby, a. s. (1974). oxford advanced learners dictionary of current english. great britain: oxford university press. hurford, j. r and heasley, b. (1983). semantics a course book. new york: cambridge university press. jackendoff, r. (1990). semantic structure. england: the mit press. johansson, w. (2008). dependency-based semantic analysis of naturallanguage text. journal of semantics. lyons, j. (1977). semantics. london: cambridge university press. o’grady, w. et al. (1991). contemporary linguistics. new york: st martin’s press. palmer, f. r. (1995). grammar and meaning. new york: cambridge university press. priyana, j. et al. (2008). interlanguage: english for senior high school students x. jakarta: departemen pendidikan nasional. saeed, j. i. 2009. semantics. uk: wileyblackwell. exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al baha university osama yousif ibrahim abualzain english department, al baha university, kingdom of saudi arabia e-mail: osamaabualzain2011@hotmail.com apa citation: abualzain, o. y. i. (2017). exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students‟ creative writing at al baha university. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 189-196 received: 26-04-2017 accepted: 22-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: the purpose of this study is to investigate the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al-baha university. it introduces the types of free voluntary reading that can be employed by the students. in order to achieve this, thirty students at al-baha university enrolling in the ba program in english department were chosen randomly. the descriptive analytic method then applied in this study. pre-test and post-test designed for the students and a questionnaire directed to the teachers were used as tools of collecting data. finally, the results revealed that free voluntary reading plays critical roles in upgrading the students‟ creative writing. also, the teachers highly appreciate the contributions of free voluntary reading materials in pushing forward the students' achievement. keywords: free voluntary reading, university students, ba program, creative writing introduction reading comprehension as general is the process of making meaning from text. the goal, therefore, is to have an access of what is described in the text rather than to obtain meaning from isolated words or sentences. it is a complex interaction among automatic and strategic cognitive processes that enables the reader to create a mental representation of the text (van den broek & espin, 2012). reading is the key of knowledge. the history of reading goes back to the invention of writing. reading is of great significance in human life, therefore, it is the main factor in the acquisition of expertise and knowledge. it is a translation of written symbols into spoken words and the relationship between the written symbol and meaning (al-jarf, 2007). reading and writing are integrated skills since the two skills occur in most situations mutually. butler and turbill (1987) argue that there is a broad consensus exists about the relationship between reading and writing. most experts agree that reading and writing are similar and equally supportive language processes. in line with this, shanahan (1980) states that strong readers and writers share many habits and practices indicates that there is a strong relationship between reading and writing, and research supports this premise. reading and writing are closely connected endeavors for these reasons: reading and writing require related-but distinct-cognitive processes. upper elementary students face similar challenges in reading and writing. writing can support reading. reading can support writing. reading and writing together support learning. writing creativity as a productive skill goes through different procedure before it comes into being. these steps let the writer to reach an artistic piece of writing that could be accepted by the reader. according https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.534 189 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee to brown (1994), writing is a process where a writer puts his ideas on paper and transforms his thoughts into words. this is not an easy task, especially for an efl/esl writer because he has to write down something based on his knowledge of vocabulary and grammar rules as well as a prior knowledge of the topic. brown (1994) claims that writing is a two-step process; first, you figure out your meaning, and then you put it into language. krashen (1988) thinks that those who do more recreational reading show better development in reading, writing, grammar, and vocabulary. he sees that there is a positive relationship between the amount of free reading done and various aspects of second and foreign language competence. the question of whether creative writing can be assessed or not is a debatable issue. according to kantor (1972) and newman (2007), the argument bases on the common misconception that subjective criteria are the only source of estimating creativity in a piece of writing. similarly, mackey & gass (2005) as cited in newman (2007, p. 52) think that “the evaluation of works of art is purely subjective and thus cannot be codified.” on the other hand, may (2007) condemns the supposition and argues that to objectify evaluation, teachers should try to set standard criteria for evaluating creative works. in addition, blomer (2011) argues that rubrics or grading grids are the best ways to ensure objectivity in creativity assessment. accordingly, this study attempts to explore the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al-baha university. the term free voluntary reading (fvr) was firstly introduced by the famous american linguist stephen krashen in his book, the power of reading. it is a type of attractive reading that causes pleasure and enjoyment. according to day and bamford (2002), both free voluntary reading (fvr) and extensive reading (er) share the same characteristics in developing good reading habits, building up knowledge of vocabulary and structure, and encouraging reading for pleasure. krashen (1993) introduced sustained silent reading (ssr) and self-selected reading (sr) to assist the in-school fvr program. according to bader, veatch, & eldridge (1987), elley (1991), and jenkins (1957), several studies supported that students in the fvr program outperformed in the reading comprehension tests than ones in traditional skill-based reading instruction. in order to best understand the creative writing process, it is important to define creativity. the word creativity in english comes from the latin “creatus” which literally means to have grown. to be creative means having the ability or the power to create. webster‟s new collegiate dictionary (2009) describes creativity as “the ability to create inventions, produce works of art, or solve problems using an original, novel, or unconventional approach.” creativity, therefore, is strongly connected to the verb „create‟, which implies creation of any things or thoughts or acts. bastrukmen and lewis (2002) assert that the perception of success in creative writing is associated with self-expressions, the flow of ideas, outsider expectations, growing confidence, and enjoyment of academic writing. they believe that good writing involves the ability to express ideas clearly and confidently to readers. also, they stress that creative writing enables the students to express themselves more efficiently and with great confidence. therefore, this study highlights the three following research questions: is there a relationship between fvr and creative writing? do the students need to improve their writing abilities through reading? what are the teachers' point of view? the implication of the study will have a great value to the students who want to improve their writing skills and go further into creative writing. to achieve this, the 190 osama yousif ibrahim abualzain exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al baha university students have to go through free voluntary reading process. for syllabus designers, they have to choose best attractive reading materials that face the needs and the interests of the students. method thirty male students at al-baha university enrolling in the ba program in english department were chosen randomly as the participants of this study. the students specialize in english language and literature. the students' age ranged from 19 to 21 years old and they have been learning english for ten years. this study was conducted in february 2017. questionnaire and tests were employed to collect data for the study. teachers' questionnaire to make authentic and reliable data, it is incumbent to introduce the english teachers' point of view. the feedback of the english teachers is highly recommended in this type of study. according to oxford & leaver (1996), questionnaires can give general assessments. they are effective, quick, and easy to administer and don‟t threaten the respondents. generally, through the questionnaire, the english teachers were asked whether the fvr helps pushing forward writing creativity among students or not. the questionnaire used in this study is shown below. table 1. teachers’ questionnaire no. statement answer sd d n a sa 1. students face difficulties in writing as general. 2. the existing reading materials in the syllabus do not satisfy the needs of the students. 3. fvr develops language proficiency. 4. fvr encourages students to read for pleasure. 5. there is a close relationship between fvr and creative writing. 6. fvr introduces students to good models of creative writing. 7. the styles of fvr develop different writing techniques. 8. fvr materials including fiction develops creative imagination. 9. attractive reading materials inspire writing creativity. 10. exposing students to different types of reading materials provide background for good writing. * sd stands for strongly disagree. * d stands for disagree. * n stands for neutral. * a stands for agree. * sa strongly agree. students' pre and postwriting tests pre and post-writing tests are the same tests. they were administered before and after the treatment of fvr. specifically, the pre-test took place at the beginning of the semester, while the post-test was held by the end of the semester. during the research, the students were divided into two groups, namely control group and experimental group. the control group does not go under any additional reading practice, whereas the experimental group goes through extra free voluntary reading materials which were chosen by the readers themselves. the aim behinds this procedure is to find out whether there is any significant difference between 191 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the performances of the two groups. the preand post-writing test results were documented in order to compare and analyze the students‟ performance. by the help of the creative writing rubric, the performance of the two groups is evaluated and measured. the creative writing rubric used in this study is shown in table 2. table 2. creative writing rubric 1. poor 2. fair 3. good 4. excellent criteria no use of significant details (sole use of abstractions, generalizations and judgments) minimal use of significant details (they are significantly less than abstractions, generalizations and judgments) several use of significant details (they are significantly more than abstractions, generalizations and judgments) maximal use of significant details (there is no or just 1 abstraction, generalization and judgment) image no use of characters' physical appearance, action, thought, symbol, etc. to reveal characters (complete direct characterization) minimal use of characters' physical appearance, action, thought, symbol, etc. to reveal characters several use of characters' physical appearance, action, thought, symbol, etc. to reveal characters maximal use of characters' physical appearance, action, thought, symbol, etc. to reveal characters (complete indirect characterization) characterization no use of images to make the voice appealing minimal use of images to make the voice appealing several use of images to make the voice appealing maximal use of images to make the voice appealing voice no use of narrative to convey purpose (purpose is conveyed through formal statement) the use of narrative to convey purpose. story results and discussion the study explored the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al-baha university. as stated previously, questionnaire and tests were used to collect the data needed. questionnaire was used to know whether or not the fvr helps pushing forward writing creativity among students. while the test was used to see the students‟ performance before and after the treatment. the analysis of the collected data is shown in the following sub-sections. students' pre -test the students were given a storytelling which is considered to be one of the most popular types of creative writing in the pre and post-test. storytelling lends itself to both fiction and nonfiction. popular forms include flash fiction and short stories. the pre-test was given to both the control and the experimental group before the treatment. the result of the students‟ pre-test is described below. 192 osama yousif ibrahim abualzain exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al baha university table 3. the correlations between the students' score on pre-test students' score excellent good fair poor students' score pearson correlation 1 -.222.509 ** -.309.076 sig. (2-tailed) .239 .004 .097 .688 n 30 30 30 30 30 excellent pearson correlation -.2221 -.362 * -.106-.189 sig. (2-tailed) .239 .049 .576 .318 n 30 30 30 30 30 good pearson correlation .509 ** -.362 * 1 -.372 * -.144 sig. (2-tailed) .004 .049 .043 .447 n 30 30 30 30 30 fair pearson correlation -.309-.106-.372 * 1 -.731 ** sig. (2-tailed) .097 .576 .043 .000 n 30 30 30 30 30 poor pearson correlation .076 -.189-.144-.731 ** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .688 .318 .447 .000 n 30 30 30 30 30 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). graph 1. the performance of the control and the experimental group on pre-test *1 stands for the control group *2 stands for the experimental group from table 3, we can observe that the correlations between the performance of the students in both control and experimental group is significant (0.01). in addition, graph 1 introduces and compares the performance of each group. because the students attend the same classes and experience the same situation, no considerable differences between the achievements of the students appear. 193 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee students' post-test the post-test took place after the experimental group had gone through fvr process whereas the control group enrolled into their normal course. the result of the students‟ post-test is described below. table 4. the correlations between the performance of the students on post-test studentsscore excellent good fair poor studentsscore pearson correlation 1 .781 ** .675 ** -.271-.753 ** sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 .148 .000 n 30 30 30 30 30 excellent pearson correlation .781 ** 1 .284 -.321-.583 ** sig. (2-tailed) .000 .129 .083 .001 n 30 30 30 30 30 good pearson correlation .675 ** .284 1 -.242-.690 ** sig. (2-tailed) .000 .129 .198 .000 n 30 30 30 30 30 fair pearson correlation -.271-.321-.2421 -.262 sig. (2-tailed) .148 .083 .198 .162 n 30 30 30 30 30 poor pearson correlation -.753 ** -.583 ** -.690 ** -.2621 sig. (2-tailed) .000 .001 .000 .162 n 30 30 30 30 30 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). graph 2. the performance of the control and the experimental group on post-test 194 osama yousif ibrahim abualzain exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al baha university table 4 and graph 2 show the performance of the control and the experimental groups on post-test. it shows clearly that the achievement of the students in control group does not reflect a considerable progress and seems to be the same. this is due to the limitations of reading sources which do not give the progress towards the students' abilities in writing as general and creative writing in special case. on the other hand, the experimental group shows obvious improvement in creative writing. on pre-test, only 7.00% of the students in the experimental group who got excellent score in writing creativity, while the portion rises up to 12.46% which is considered as a remarkable progress on post-test. also, 13.67% of the students got good degree on pre-test, whereas the percentage goes up on post-test and reaches 15.78%. besides, the students who showed poor performance on pre-test were 16.33% whereas a considerable improvement takes place on post-test and the percentage falls down to 8.64%. teachers' questionnaire teachers' questioner is a very important resource and a reliable data. after the process of consulting and piloting of the questionnaire, twenty five english teachers were selected as respondents. the questionnaire consists of ten statements and follows likert scale which is the most widely used approach to scaling responses in survey research. the format of a typical five-level likert item, for example, could be: 1. strongly disagree 2. disagree 3. neither agree nor disagree (neutral) 4. agree 5. strongly agree table 5. descriptive statistics of the teachers' questionnaire n mean std. deviation variance statistic statistic std. error statistic statistic items 10 5.50 .957 3.028 9.167 sd 10 2.60 .306 .966 .933 d 10 3.40 .340 1.075 1.156 n 10 3.70 .423 1.337 1.789 a 10 8.00 .447 1.414 2.000 sa 10 7.30 .396 1.252 1.567 valid n (list wise) 10 graph 3. the teachers' response to the questionnaire 195 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 5 and graph 3 show the responses of the teachers to the questionnaire. the researcher categorizes sa and a as positive responses that support the idea of employing fvr to upgrade the students‟ performance in creative writing. n's score is neglected, sd and d responses are listed as negative ones. table 5 shows that the mean of the positive responses is 7.3 for sa and 8.00 for a, while the mean of the negative responses is 2.6 for sd and 3.4 for d. this reveals that the majority of the teachers confirm the importance of fvr in pushing forward creative writing skills among university students. conclusion from the data analysis, it becomes clear that fvr plays a critical role in upgrading students' creative writing at albaha university. the findings of this study match the research questions. the research questions in this study are answered clearly and supported by the data analysis. the results show that when the students restore to fvr and choose the reading materials themselves, a remarkable improvement will take place in all language skills especially in writing creativity. the teachers‟ responses also reveal that there is a close relationship between fvr and creative writing. here, the teachers confirm the importance of fvr to upgrade the students' creative writing and think that attractive reading materials generate writing creativity in the students‟ writings. the teachers also criticize the existing reading materials in the syllabus that lack attractiveness to motivate the students and inspire them to write creatively. references al-jarf, r. (2007). developing reading and literacy skills in saudi arabia. retrieved from: ksu.edu.sa/jspui/handle/123456789/ 7709. bader, l., veatch, j., & eldridge, j. (1987). trade books or basal readers? reading improvement, 24, 62-67. bastrukmen, h., & lewis, m. (2002). learner perspectives of success in an eap writing course. assessing writing, 8(1), 31-46. retrieved from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s10752935(02)00032-6 blomer, y. (2011). assessment in creative writing. wascana review, 43, 61-73. brown, h. d. (1994). principles of language learning and teaching (3rd ed.). englewood cliffs, nj: prentice hall regents. butler, a. & turbill, j. (1987). towards a readingwriting classroom. portsmouth, nh: heinemann. day, r., & bamford, j. (2002). top ten principles of teaching extensive reading. reading in a foreign language, 14, 136-141. elley, w. (1991). acquiring literacy in a second language: the effect of book-based programs. language learning, 41, 375-411. jenkins, m. (1957). self-selection in reading. reading teacher, 10, 84-90. kantor, k. (1972). evaluating creative writing: a different ball game. the english journal, 64, 72-74. krashen, s. (1988). do we learn to read by reading? the relationship between free reading and reading ability (pp. 269298). in d. tannen (ed.) linguistics in context: connecting observation and understanding. norwood, nj: ablex. mackey, a. & gass, s. (2005). second language research. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates. may, s. (2007). doing creative writing. new york: routledge. newman, j. (2007). the evaluation of creative writing at m.a. level (uk). in s. earnshaw (ed.), the handbook of teaching creative writing. edinburg: edinburg university press. oxford, r. l., & leaver, b. l (1996). a synthesis of strategy instruction for language learners. in r. l. oxford (ed.), language learning strategies around the world: cross cultural perspectives. manoa: university of hawaii press. shanahan, t. (1980). the impact of writing instruction on learning to read. reading world, 19(4), 357–368. van den broek, p., & espin, c. a. (2012). connecting cognitive theory and assessment: measuring individual differences in reading comprehension. school psychology review, 41(3), 315-325. webster's new world college dictionary (4th ed). (2009). longman dictionary of contemporary english for advanced learners. 196 osama yousif ibrahim abualzain exploring the impact of free voluntary reading in upgrading university students' creative writing at al baha university english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 69 students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction santi oktarina faculty of education and teaching, universitas sriwijaya, indonesia e-mail: santiokarina@yahoo.com emzir postgraduate program, universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id zainal rafli postgraduate program, universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id apa citation: oktarina, s., emzir, & rafli, z. (2018). students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 69-76. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1256. received: 21-02-2018 accepted: 29-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: the aim of this research is to gain the perception of students and lecturers toward academic writing instruction indonesian language classes in universitas sriwijaya. this current research was a part of research and development study on moodle-based teaching model for academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes. this research and development model was carried out using survey and content analysis. the research was conducted in universitas sriwijaya. questionnaire, interview and focus-group discussion (fgd) were instruments to collect data. meanwhile, both quantitative and qualitative data analysis was used to analyze the collected data. after analyzing data from questionnaire, both students and lecturers perceived that academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes are good and proper. however, the data from interview and fgd showed that there were different views between students and lecturers regarding to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes. keywords: perception, instruction, academic writing introduction academic writing is writing activity in the classrooms conducted by one institution to communicate one subject of field using linear thoughts, which is scientifically thinking and reasoning and applying scientific variety of languages based on a set of scientific requirements (hoque, 2008; oshima & hoque, 2007; greane & lidnrky, 2012). furthermore, bailey (2015) wrote that the purposes of writing, as follow: 1) to report what the writer has done, 2) to answer writer’s questions, 3) to discuss one specific topic and provide writer’s opinions, 4) to synthesize research conducted by someone about one topic. from the writing purposes above, it can be academic writing ability especially in higher education is very complex and difficult; therefore, indonesian languageclasses, in which academic writing is taught and assessed, cannot be seen as solely an additional subject. concerning to study in higher education, students are necessary to attain academic writing ability since it influences their academic achievement. on the other side, writing activity is inseparable aspect in entire learning process in higher education. saberi and rahemi (2013) and silva (2014) stated that writing has the most important role in academic success. the similar idea was also expressed by akhadiah (2015, p. 15)that “writing for scholars is a mandatory task to support academic career”. writing also brings many advantages for college-students mailto:santiokarina@yahoo.com santi oktarina, emzir, & zainal rafli students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction 70 (akhadiah, arsjad, & ridwan, 2003; oktarina, 2014). teaching writing has to meet the standard of national education qualification framework; the process of teaching should follow a set of principles in writing instruction (brown, 2001) and the technical guidance of personality subject groups in each institution. however, in fact, several lecturers are able to understand the principles of teaching writing, standards in process of teaching writing, and the guidance; yet, they fail in doing and implementing what they understand. moreover, in this current technological and science era, professionalism is one of required aspects for lecturers in higher education. to support the sight, alwasilah (2014) stated that, based on some research findings, indonesian languageclasses are still far away from success to enhance academic writing skill; moreover, teaching indonesian languageespecially for academic writing in some faculties/universities can be considered a failure. this encounter is something common in teaching indonesian language. the same thought was brought by oktarina (2014, p. 2), she noted that “students’ levels in writing academic paper are relatively low.” a view from teaching process, it can be concluded that students find difficulty and effort in writing. this indicates that they feel uneasy to brainstorm and compose ideas in written language. this barrier ends with demotivation of writing. furthermore, from writing product presented in the class, only a few students are actively and creatively write in the classroom; meanwhile, the rest of them is still struggle. there are many strategies that can be applied to improve academic writing. at first, the use of teaching model can enhance writing skill (elola & eskoz, 2010; grani, 2012; kuiper, smit, wchter, & elen, 2017). secondly, the use of technology can also increase academic writing skill (adas & bakir, 2013; wulandari, 2016, joseph & ghazali, 2013). the lecturers can use these strategies based on the needs of writing instruction in their classrooms. with their professionalism, they can wrap and deliver the effective writing lesson in the line with the students’ needs. to have these sights in mind, a teaching model particularly for academic writing in indonesian language classes is necessary in universitas sriwijaya. before designing a model for academic writing, need assessment is firstly conducted to gain information from students and lecturers. their perception concerning to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes is one of aspects collected in this research. this present study addressed to get lecturers and students’ perception related to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes in universitas sriwijaya. method the research was carried by research and development design. meanwhile, this current study was part of moodle-based academic writing instruction for indonesian language classes universitas sriwijaya. within this phase, survey and content analysis, as methods used in research and development (richey & klein, 2007, p. 40), were used as research methods. according to emzir (2013, p. 39), survey is a method that applied sampling and the result for describing entire population by using a set of questions in questionnaire. moreover, content analysis is a set of technique to systematically analyze a text involving one type of communication (conversation, written text, interview, photography, etc.) which is then categorized and classified (emzir, 2012, p.285). this present research was conducted in universitas sriwjijaya from february 2016 to june 2016. to collect data, questionnaire, interview and focus-group discussion (fgd) were selected as instruments. at first stage, questionnaire was distributed to the students in semester two and students in semester 4; they both entered indonesian language classes. the students, as entire population, were 1.278 student-respondents from semester 2 and 1.255 student-respondents from semester 4 who were following indonesian language classes in upt university personality subjects. as a result, there were 2.503 student-respondent taken a part in this research as population. meanwhile, sample of the research, 10-15% of the population, was approximately 360 studentenglish review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 71 respondents. nonetheless, only 324 papers of questionnaire were put back to the researcher and considered valid. from interview session, 3 lecturers who taught indonesian language from upt mpk universitas sriwijaya were interviewed related to the teaching process of academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes they have experienced. the third instrument was fgd in which was followed by 7 studentrespondents as representative of 7 faculties in universitas sriwijaya. in analyzing the gathered data, both quantitative and qualitative data analysis were used to get more comprehensive data and presentation. the gathered data from fgd and interview was analyzed qualitatively by organizing, reading, memoing, describing, classifying, and interpreting data into several codes and themes; then the process of analyzing data was continued by presenting and visualizing the gathered data. moreover, the gathered data from questionnaire of lecturers and students was scaled using likert scale. the table below is the category of perception concerning to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes in universitas sriwijaya. tabel 1. criteria of perception range category 1.00—1.72 not suitable 1.73—2.48 less suitable 2.49—3.24 suitable 3.25—4.00 very suitable results and discussion based on the research findings gathered from questionnaire, interview and fgd, the presentation of result of the research is as follow. questionnaire was distributed to the lecturers and students. 18 lecturers were asked to fill the questionnaire sheets; while there were 360 student-respondents to fill the sheets. however, only 324 sheets were registered back and called valid. there are 3 aspects of teaching academic writing asked and assessed on the questionnaire; namely: planning the lesson, implementing the lesson, and evaluating the lesson. the table shows the perception on both parties of respondents. table 2. lecturers’ and students’ perception on academic writing instruction from questionnaire planning the lesson no. components of planning the lesson perception students lecturers 1. competence and objectives meet the student needs 3,26 vs 3,56 vs 2. the existing teaching model is suitable for the characteristics of the subject/lesson 3,07 s 3,50 vs 3. the assessment points are clear 3,07 s 3,39 vs 4. the use of reference and literature is novel and recent (at least 5 years) 2,87 s 3,28 vs 5. the lesson is equipped by module/ppt slides/dictates 2,87 s 3,67 vs 6. the lesson is supported by web-learning facility 2,43 ls 1,00 ns note: very suitable= vs, suitable= s, less suitable= ls, not suitable= ns from the questionnaire, it can be stated several conclusions related to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes in the term of lesson planning. firstly, either lecturers or students mostly agree that competence and teaching objectives, the existing teaching model, assessment points, references and literature, and facility used in the classroom are relatively suitable and very suitable. nevertheless, the students-respondent thought that they had never experienced learning academic writing using web-learning facility in indonesian language classes. santi oktarina, emzir, & zainal rafli students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction 72 table 3. implementing the lesson no. components of implementing the lesson perception students lecturer 1. the lesson begins and ends on time 3,06 s 3,44 vs 2. the learning materials are based on the syllabus of teaching 3,26 s 3,61 vs 3. it conducts student-centered learning 3,09 s 3,44 vs 4. the existing teaching model can motivate students 2,94 s 3,44 vs 5. the existing teaching model improves the interactions between students and lecturers 3,21 s 3,44 vs 6. the lesson leads the students to build ideas and new knowledge from various learning resources 3,21 s 3,39 vs 7. the lesson fosters the students to analyze many ideas and lot of experiences and to develop profound reasoning ability 3,14 s 3,50 vs 8. the lesson pushes the students to synthesis and discuss concepts of writing in the front of the class for group work activity 3,08 s 3,44 vs 9. the lesson integrates and combines inter-discipline, even multidiscipline of knowledge field 2,89 s 3,22 s 10. the lesson applies and emphasizes scientific approach 2,88 s 3,44 vs 11. the students plan before they write 2,97 s 3,50 vs 12. the students in group work activity produce writing based on the required genre 2,73 s 3,11 s 13. the students in individual activity produce wiring based on the required genre 2,22 ls 3,22 s 14. peers in the classroom provide comments to student writing product 2,77 s 3,17 s 15. the lecturers give feedbacks to students’ writing products 3,14 s 3,44 s 16. the students edit their writing based on comments and feedback given by peers and lecturers 3,13 s 3,28 vs 17. the students revise their writing based on comments and feedback given by peers and lecturers 3,06 s 3,28 vs 18. the given tasks are discussed and evaluated in classroom discussion 2,99 s 3,44 vs 19 the lesson uses various teaching media, such as whiteboard, lcd projector, props. 3,48 vs 3,78 vs 20. the lesson uses social media sites, such as facebook or blog as teaching media 2,35 ls 2,11 ls 21. the lesson applies web learning -based teaching such as moodle 2,31 ls 1,00 ns note: vs= very suitable, s= suitable, ls= less suitable, ns= not suitable from the table above, it can also be summarized some conclusions about academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes in the term of implementing the lesson. the first point is both students and lecturers generally perceive that the process and implementation of academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes are relatively good and effective. it has proven by the scores from item 1-19 gain in the range of very suitable and suitable. secondly, on the item no.20, stating the use of social media sites for teaching media, both parties fall to disagree. the third conclusion is, from item no. 21, students view that the existing teaching model is rarely using web learning facility; moreover, the lecturers claim that they had never conducted it in their classrooms. table 4. evaluating the lesson no. components of evaluating the lesson perception students lecturers 22. peer-evaluation is conducted for each writing product 2,40 ls 2,83 s 23. lecturer’s evaluation is organized for each task given 3,19 vs 3,39 vs 24. self-evaluation is arranged for each writing product 2,62 s 2,89 s 25. self-evaluation, peer-evaluation and lecturer’s evaluation are presented directly and manually to the students 2,81 s 3,00 vs 26. self-evaluation. peer-evaluation and lecturer’s evaluation are 2,29 ls 1,00 ns english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 73 presented through web learning facility 27. evaluation points are based on the indicators that have been approved in the first meeting 3,20 s 3,39 vs 28. objective evaluation is applied 3,23 s 3,50 vs 29. evaluation is in the form of manual portfolio assessment 3,00 s 3,28 vs 30. evaluation is in the form of portfolio assessment 2,49 s 2,56 vs 31. quiz and tests (mid and final) are held in the classroom and scored and assessed by clear, definite and concise criteria 3,18 s 3,39 vs 32. quiz and tests (mid and final) are given through web learning facility and scored and assessed by clear, definite and concise criteria 2,37 ls 1,00 ns note: vs= very suitable, s= suitable, ls= less suitable, ns= not suitable the questionnaire above shows perception from students and lecturers toward academic writing instruction specifically in evaluating the lesson of indonesian language. the first encounter isthe students think that the evaluation process using peer-review was infrequently undertaken for each writing product; in contrast, the lecturers revealed that peer-review process had once conducted. the second conclusion shows that both lecturers and students fall to suitable and very suitable for these following items: 1) evaluation is mostly done by lecturers, 2) self-evaluation had once conducted for each writing product, 3) peer-review and lecturer review have directly and manually implemented for the given tasks, 4) evaluation is based on a set of indicators approved in the first meeting, 5) evaluation is in objective form, 6) manual portfolio assessment and 7) portfolio assessment are used, and 8) quiz and tests are given in the classroom, and assessed by a clear, definite and concise criteria. on the third conclusion, the students stated that selfevaluation, peer evaluation and lecturer’s evaluation are rarely conducted through web learning facility. on the other hand, the lecturers revealed the opposite ideas. they have never used web learning facility in the classrooms. in addition to evaluation, students declared that quiz and tests are often given in the classroom through web learning facility and scored using clear criteria. nonetheless, the lecturers said that this kind of activity has never been done in their classrooms. for getting data, fgc was conducted by seven student-respondents. they were as representatives from seven faculties of universitas sriwijaya; the faculty of law, medicine and health, politics and social sciences, mathematics and sciences, agricultures, technical engineering, and teaching and education. fgd purposes to gain students perception, opinion and perspectives concerning to academic writing instruction they have experienced. from fgd, some findings were revealed and presented into several items. the first finding shows that, from competence and teaching objective, the teaching and learning process was mostly discussed and practiced language materials and contents instead of implementing genrebased instruction. from the second finding, in the form of lesson structure, learning activity was delivered by lectures and class discussion that mostly applied teacher-centered learning with limited student-lecturer interaction. writing activity does not depict the application of writing process approach and procedure, such as pre-writing, whilst-writing, and postwriting. then, the third finding proves that, from the principles of reaction, the lecturers do not sufficiently motivate to learn and write in the classrooms. moreover, from the view of social system, the process of teaching does not provide high and full interaction between students and lecturer. at last, in the supporting system point, some components are concluded as follow: 1) the materials are limited, 2) materials are various from class to class, 3) the lecturer uses only one reference/course book, 4) references are limited, 5) the lesson is not web-learning based. interview is one of the instruments to collect data related to lecturers’ perception, opinion, experiences, and perspectives upon academic writing instruction they have taught. then, three lecturers who taught indonesian language in universitas sriwijayahave been santi oktarina, emzir, & zainal rafli students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction 74 interviewed. as a result, some findings are described below. the first finding reveals that academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes has based on the principles of teaching writing, the standard of national education qualification framework (kkni), and the guidance in implementation of personality subject at higher education. however, the implementation of these principles and standards is still need improved. in addition, other constraints in academic writing instruction are also apparent, such as students’ lack of motivation, large classes, ineffective class rules. the second item is that several lecturers said that they do not use web learning facility provided by the institution. it can be assumed that one of the constraints in academic writing instruction is caused by lecturers’ incapability to use technology, particularly web learning facility. based on the findings revealed on this study, there are some similarity and differences perception among students and lecturers. both students and lecturers are in the side related to the situation encounters on academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes. to be more specific, they agree that the instruction still needs improved and is not yet completed by web learning facility that provided by institution. furthermore, the students are expecting that the lecturers teach them with technology provided by institution. the similar ideas has been also proposed by adas and bakir (2013), wulandari (2016), andjoseph and ghazali (2013). they had experienced using technology in teaching academic writing. not only that, this research also found some different point of views between lecturers and students. the lecturers perceived that they have effortfully taught academic writing to the students although they modestly admitted that some aspect in the implementation of teaching writing still needs improvement. on the other side, what the students perceived is slightly different. they think that a lot of aspects in academic writing instruction are necessary to develop. this finding is consistent to what was proposed by alwasilah (2014; oktarina, 2014) that teaching indonesian language especially in higher education is out of its track. the process is not yet improving student performance in academic writing skill. conclusion after collecting and analyzing data from students and lecturers concerning to academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes in universitas sriwijaya, it can be drawn some conclusions. the first is that the academic writing instruction in indonesian language classes is relatively good and suitable for recent situation. however, in fact, some aspects in implementation of teaching academic writing need improvement. this can be proven by the different perception among lecturers and students regarding to the quality of the existing academic writing instruction. references adas, d., & bakir, a. (2013).writing difficulties and new solutions: blended learning as an approach to improve writing abilitiy. international journal of humanities and social science, 3(9), 254-266. akhadiah, s., arsjad, m. g., & ridwan, s. h. (2003). pembinaan kemampuan menulis bahasa indonesia. jakarta: erlangga. akhadiah, s. (2015). bahasa sebagai sarana komunikasi ilmiah. bekasi: paedea. bailey, s. (2015). academic writing: a handbook for international student. london: routledge. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching approach to language pedagogy. new york: longman. elola, i.,& oskoz, a. (2010). collaborative writing: fostering foreign language and writing conventions development. language learning and technology, 14(3), 51-71. emzir. (2012). metodologi penelitian kualitatif: analisis data. jakarta: rajawali pers. emzir. (2013). metodologi penelitian pendidikan: kuantitatif dan kualitatif. jakarta: pt raja grafindo persada. grani, m. a. (2012). online collaborative writing for esl learners using blogs and feedback checklist. english language teaching, 5(10), 43-48. greane, s., & lidnrky, a. (2012). from inquiry to academic writing: a text and reader. boston: bedford/st. martin. kuiper, c., smit, j., de wachter, l., & elen, j. (2017). scaffolding tertiary students’ writing in a genrebased writing intervention. journal of writing research, 9(1), 27-59. oktarina, s. (2014). the use of creative and productive facebook-based model to increase the quality of writing course. journal of teaching and education, 3(1), 137-149. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 75 oshima, a., & hogue, a. (2007). introduction to academic writing. new york: pearson. richey, r. c., & klein, j. d. (2007). design and development research: methods, strategies, and issues. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates. saberi, e., & rahimi, r. (2013). guided writing tasks vs production writing tasks in teaching writing: the impact on iranian efl learners' paragraph writing. modern journal of language teaching methods, 3(2), 129-142. silva, r. d. (2015). writing strategy instruction: its impact on writing in a second language for academic purposes. language teaching research, 19(3), 1-15. wulandari, m. (2016). moodle-based learning model for paragraph writing class. jurnal on language and language teaching, 18(2), 73-90. santi oktarina, emzir, & zainal rafli students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction 76 research and development for english usage through speaking in a larger school environment english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee analysis of barriers in listening comprehension among junior high school students setia muljanto department of english education, stkip garut, indonesia e-mail: tanto_sm@yahoo.com apa citation: muljanto, s. (2012). analysis of barriers in listening comprehension among junior high school students. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 97-103 received: 09-08-2012 accepted: 22-10-2012 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this research paper identifies barriers and difficulties in listening comprehension faced by junior high school students. the research questions were what barriers did students encounter and how did they used strategies to overcome those barriers. this study used a qualitative method and was a case study involving 40 students and one english teacher. the data were obtained by ways of conducting a test of listening taken from toeic test. the tests indicated that the results scores were not quite satisfactory. this is primarily caused by speech delivery of the native speaker which was too fast. this means that students faced listening barriers especially in processing information. the data also indicated that students were also nervous when doing the test as habitual barrier. strategies used to overcome these barriers are by msaking students get used to listen and use english and making them familiar with certain contexts in real life. keywords: listening barriers, listening comprehension, toeic test. introduction english is one of important subjects to study for junior high school students in indonesia. indonesian decree no. 20, 2003 on national education system verse 37 states that english is an international language which is essential for international communication. hence, the government of indonesia includes english as one of the subjects to be tested in the national examination for junior high school, along with mathematics and the indonesian language. the school-based curricullum for junior high school also states that english teaching is conducted in 4 lesson hours in a week which consists of 40 minutes teaching and learning in each hour. but there is no exact time allocation for each listening, speaking, reading and writing skill. on the whole for each 7th through 9th grade, english teaching spends about 36 weeks of effective schooling period. the sum of lesson hours for english is the same with those allocated for mathematics and indonesian language. in a study about listening comprehension by suryanti (2002), it was indicated that listening was indeed a difficult subject for students to learn. another study by chen (2005), explored the barriers confronted by the efl (english as a foreign language) learners while comprehending listening during a training program. the findings indicated that the obstacles confronted by the learners were multi faceted (chen, 20051). she found out that listening barriers were associated with the internal factors of learners such as their affective statuses, listening habit, information processing capacities, mailto:tanto_sm@yahoo.com setia muljanto analysis of barriers in listening comprehension among junior high school students english proficiencies and their beliefs about their listening abilities. other barriers were concerned with the nature of listening strategies and the listening material used. this research explored the barriers in listening comprehension experienced by 9th grade students identified as the source of obstacles the hearer experiences in getting the right message from the spoken language. spoken language has distinct characters from writen language. these differences may cause barriers in listening comprehension. eight characteristics of spoken language which are adapted from several sources (dunkel, 1991; richards, 1983; ur, 1984; in brown 2001:252-254) are as follows. the first characteristic of spoken language is clustering, that is breaking down speech into smaller groups of words. the second is redundancy like rephrasing, repetitions, elaborations, and little insertions of “i mean” and “you know.” the third is reduced forms like phonological, morphological, syntactic, and pragmatic reduction (brown, 2001: 253). the fourth is performance variables such as hesitations, false starts, pauses, and corrections. the fifth is colloquial language like idioms, slang, reduced forms, and shared cultural knowledge. the sixth is rate of delivery which indicates number and length of pauses used by a speaker. the seventh characteristic is stress, rhythm, and intonation which are very important because english is a stress-timed language. and the eighth characteristic is interaction which rules include negotiation, clarification, attending signals, turn-taking, and topic nomination, maintenance, and termination. chen’s study concerned with barriers in learning strategies in listening comprehension. she categorized listening barriers into seven categories; affective, habitual, information processing, english proficiency, strategic, belief, and material barriers (chen, 2005). these barriers are the foundation to conduct this research. method the focus in this research is students’ barriers in listening comprehension. to find out their listening barriers the research used qualitative research. as mentioned by denzin and lincoln, qualitative research involves an interpretive, naturalistic approach to its subject matter. this means that qualitative research studies things in their natural settings, attempting to make sense of, or interpret, phenomena in terms of the meanings people bring to them (denzin and lincoln in gall, gall and borg, 2003, p. 24). the primary data in this research were obtained from two kinds of sources. they were questionnaire and interview. the first source of data came from the questionnaires followed by the second source that was in-depth interview with the students and their teacher to explore insight toward this research. the interview also served as a tool to cross check the data from questionnaire. the data from questionnaire and interview were the primary data which would be used as a mechanism of analysis of the barriers and the toeic test serves as secondary data to support the questionnaire. this research was conducted in a private junior high school in bandung, west java. meanwhile the participants of this research were one english teacher english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and one class of 9th grade students which consisted of 40 students in a private junior high school in bandung in academic year 2006-2007. those students were chosen from five classes of ninth grade students. from each class there were eight representatives which were recommended by their english teachers. the 40 students were expected to represent the number of population of each class. questionnaire used in this research was a written questionnaire which consisted of thirty three items and two open ended questions. respondents were expected to record a written or typed response to each questionnaire items to find out their perception towards listening comprehension. those options are given according to likert scale (attitude scale) procedure which elicits informants’ subjective responses (wray, trott and bloomer, 1998:175). interview used for this study was a semi structured interview (gall, gall and borg, 2003) in which questions by the interviewer were based on a list of questions prepared. in this research the interviews were conducted following the interview guidelines which had been set before. six respondents were taken as sample for interview. there were fourteen pairs who were consistent with their result from toeic test 1 and 2. a pair of students who joined in consistent groups, higher, middle and lower level, were chosen for the sample. the first two students belonged to the consistent groups taken as sample for interview in this study. results and discussion from the data collection involving toeic test, distribution of questionnaire and interview to the respondent, the analysis for those data was using reflective analysis method. reflective analysis is a process in which the researcher relies primarily on intuition and judgment in order to portray or evaluate the phenomena being studied (gall, gall and borg, 2003). the primary data from the questionnaire obtained from the respondents were presented in the form of table. those tables were arranged according to listening barriers categories. eight tables of those categories were used to present data in a form of frequency distribution of the responses by using percentage formula: f p = --x 100% n p in this formula means the result of percentage, f means the number of responses, and n means the number of the whole responses (sudjana, 2001:129). identifying listening barriers concern with recognizing the obstacles or difficulties in listening comprehension found in the data from the respondents. in this case recognizing categories of listening barriers are identifying those as mentioned in chen (2005) and janusik (2006). after the process of identification, “each data was categorized into eight major categories of barriers, either affective, habitual, information processing, english proficiency, strategic, material, belief” (chen, 2005, p. 9-10) or distraction barriers (janusik, 2006). the eight categories of barriers were distributed into thirty three questionnaire statements. to obtain data from those statements, students chose the most appropriate answer according to their condition during the listening comprehension test from five options. setia muljanto analysis of barriers in listening comprehension among junior high school students the result of toeic test which was far from satisfactory indicated several barriers which might be encountered by students in listening comprehension. barriers in listening were shown by result of toeic test which was not quite satisfactory. from twenty items in toeic listening section given during the first test, on the average students could only answer about 8.5 or 42.5%. on the second test the average number of the items answered correctly on the test was 8.75 or 43.75% . the questionnaires were distributed to 40 respondents on 28th of november 2006. data from questionnaire indicated that there were several barriers students encountered in listening comprehension.to follow the classification of listening barriers, the listening barriers students encountered will be classified into; affective, habitual, information processing, english proficiency, strategic, belief, material barriers and distraction barriers. the followings are findings from questionnaires which are put into categories of listening barriers. they are put that way so that it is easier for the researcher to explain the findings. affective barriers are defined as students’ attitudes such as anxiety, distress, frustration and resistance which can influence their listening comprehension. students’ responses to affective barriers’ statements were recorded as follows. table 1. respondents’ answer to affective barriers’ item questions item s no. questions range of options 1 2 3 4 5 f % f % f % f % f % 1 i feel nervous when listening to questions in english 2 5 7 17.5 24 60 6 15 1 2.5 2 i just want to give up when listening to questions in english 7 17.5 14 35 17 42.5 2 5 0 0 3 i don’t like english lesson 11 27.5 18 45 10 25 1 2.5 0 0 4 i’m not optimistic in facing national examination because there will be listening section on the test 4 10 16 40 11 27.5 7 17.5 2 5 based on the table above, 33 out of 40 respondents seemed to be nervous during listening comprehension test (77.5%). this is in line with the affective dimension as mentioned in mac intyre and noels (1996, in chen 2005) that puts forward affective variables including anxiety, motivation, attitude, etc as aspects that affect students’ performance in listening comprehension. despite nervousness, the surprising fact was that 95 % of respondents or 38 pupils did not want to give up easily in doing the listening test. the results from the questionnaires showed that, 92.5% of respondents often lost their concentration when listening to verbal question. with regard to students understanding of individual word, the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee data from questionnaire indicated that they still had some difficulties in this aspect. the result showed 95% of respondents were having trouble in understanding every word in listening test though they had listened carefully to the text. concerning vocabulary practice, 75% of respondents stated that if they had vocabulary practice, their burden during listening would be lessened. information processing barriers deals with students’ ability to process the information from the utterances they have heard from the speaker. the respondents found that the speaker spoke too fast. the ability in guessing the context in listening comprehension was one of important parts in listening, there were 90% of the respondents who tried to guess the context of questions by pictures during the test. this is in line with richard (1990) and rost (1994) taxonomy of general listening skills (in rost, 2002:119). english proficiency barriers concern with what students’ think of their english competences and whether these competences help them during listening test. it was found that 87.5% of respondents felt unfamiliar with the speaker’s accent in the listening test. this was also shown in chen study which indicates some of her respondents’ problems with the accent of native speaker (2002:10). in this study all respondents were having difficulties in remembering the words that the speaker was saying. there were also 100% of the respondents who recognized the words in listening test but forgot their meaning. the followings are findings from interview which are put into categories of listening barriers. they are put that way so that it is easier for the researcher to explain the findings. during the interview the teacher expressed her difficulty in teaching listening. this is mrs. saa’s excerpt of interview: “in my opinion, emm… teaching listening is so difficult because i have to emm…what is it… i have to teach to the students of how to concentrate, how to receive information, to focus on the sound while they are listening to the sound, listening (to the) material itself.”she said clearly that there are a lot of factors which caused difficulties in teaching listening materials to the students. despite barriers mentioned by respondents during the interview above and barriers stated in the questionnaire, one of the students, elr still showed her optimism in facing listening in the up coming english national examination because for her it was a challenge. the barriers related with material of listening were expressed in these following interview excerpts by san and res. san : “yes… i think (the material taught in listening classes) help a little.” res : “emm… it’s good. there’re loudspeakers (in the lab), everything that students need to listen and to speak is very complete.” apart from separate hours for listening and speaking lesson, res suggested more hour lesson for practicing listening. san added that listening material given in the language lab has proven to be useful for the students in facing listening test. the following is the example of distraction barriers that indicates that agg distracted when there were a lot of noises from other students who didn’t setia muljanto analysis of barriers in listening comprehension among junior high school students pay attention during listening test, while other student, des often lose his concentration when some students around him were asking for answers. agg : “i feel distracted when there are a lot of noises from other students who didn’t pay attention (to the listening test)” spoken english materials are actually abundant. there are tv programs like news, quizes, films, songs or other activities that use english. this is also supported by students’ answers in the questionnaire. students can actually learn from them as well as be entertained by them. chen respondents also trained themselves by listening to the news and watching movies to increase their skill in listening (chen, 2005:10). from the interview of six respondents found the applied strategies such as using music when they were practicing listening at home (res, fit and yuy). songs in english are useful for practicing english pronunciation, tone, recognizing slang words, etc. conclusion with regards to the first research question, this study supports the findings of the previous research in listening barriers. there are eight barriers that students encounter during listening comprehension. first, affective barriers, most students seemed to feel nervous but were optimistic when listening to questions in listening comprehension. second, habitual barriers, students often lost their concentration when listening to the spoken question, though they always tried to listen carefully, but they still had trouble in understanding every word. third, information processing barriers, students believed that the speaker spoke too fast during listening comprehension test and as a result they got low scores in the listening comprehension tests. english proficiency barriers, students did not understand the accent of the speaker and they agreed to the assumption that they have trouble in memorizing the words that the speaker said, they weren’t familiar with some english words, sometimes forgot the meaning of the words and felt that their english grammar knowledge is not good enough. fourth, the strategic barriers, most respondents stated that they sometimes forgot to apply the knowledge of answering listening comprehension questions and they also thought that there were a number of rules and methods to be remembered when they tried to answer the listening comprehension questions. fifth, belief barriers, some of the students felt that even though they knew they have a weakness in listening, they did not know how to overcome the problems. so, they agreed if listening comprehension test was taken out of the national examination test rather than taking a risk of failure during national examination test. sixth, material barriers, students felt difficult in getting the main idea from the text, they felt they couldn’t remember the words because they unfamiliar with the spoken text’s topic or theme, the level of the test was difficult, the text was long. but they did not feel that the materials given during listening lesson was the cause in the failure of understanding listening comprehension. seventh, distraction barriers, students agreed that handphone rings or noises from other english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee students often made them lost concentration. and further the students think that the limited school equipments as a barrier in a listening comprehension. references brown, h.d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second ed.; longman press. chen, y. (2005). barriers to acquiring listening strategies for efl learners and their pedagogical implications. tesl-ej, vol. 8 no. 4. depdiknas. (2003). competence standard for english subject. jakarta: indonesia ministry of education. ________. (2006). guidelines of curricullum in educational unit level (kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan). jakarta: indonesia ministry of education. gall, m. d., gall, joyce p., and borg, walter r. (2003). educational research: an introduction, seventh ed., boston:allyn bacon. janusik, l. (2006). listening facts. rockhurst university, international listening association (ila) journal. maxwell, j. (1996). qualitative research design: an integrated approach. thousand oak, ca: sage publication. oxford practice test for the toeic test 2. (2000). oxford: oxford university press. richards, j. c., and rodgers, theodore s. (1996). approaches and methods in language teaching. forum vol. xxv no. 4, bandung: tarsito rost, m. (1990). listening in language learning, new york:longman inc. ______ .(2002). teaching and researching listening. london: edinburgh gate, england, pearson education. sudjana, n. and ibrahim. (2001). penelitian dan penilaian pendidikan. bandung: sinar baru algesindo suryanti, y. (2002). exploring students’ difficulties in the listening class. unpublisheb thesis. bandung: indonesia university of education. rixon, s. (1986). developing listening skills. london: mac millan publisher limited underwood, m. (1989). teaching listening, london: longman. ur, penny, 1984, teaching listening comprehension. cambridge: cambridge university press. wray, alison, trott, kate and bloomer, allen, 1998, projects in linguistics: a practical guide to researching language. london: arnold references dzung trung dang incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach 92 incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach to the teaching of a selection of figurative idioms in efl context dzung trung dang faculty of english, diplomatic academy of vietnam email: dtdung0612@gmail.com apa citation: dang, d. t. (2013). incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach to the teaching of a selection of figurative idioms in efl context. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 92-98 received: 08-08-2013 accepted: 12-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: prodromou (2003: 43) states that “the way for a student of english to become more fluent in the language is not only to have a good command of grammar and vocabulary but also a good command of the ‘idiom principle’ and there is “the need for idiomatic competence is precisely what linguists propose for the non-native speaker”. in addition, research shows that idioms are among the biggest challenge for efl/esl learners. the aim of this paper is to shed some light on ways to deal with a selection of figurative idioms by employing a cl perspective and to suggest some pedagogical implications. the paper attempts to examine a small number of vietnamese efl learners in the use of a non cl and a cl activity to evaluate its effectiveness and learning gains. the results could be used to further explore the use of cl to the teaching of idioms. key words: cognitive linguistics, figurative idioms, corpora of contemporary, everyday, semiformal spoken american english (liu, 2003: 678). the data in the corpora are primarily the type of spoken language students learning american english as a second language will likely to be exposed to. simpson and mendis (2003) chose figurative idioms based on the michigan corpus of american spoken english (micase). micase which is freely available and searchable via the web, contains 197 hours of recorded speech, totalling about 1.7 million words in 152 speech events (ranging from larger lectures to dissertation defences, to one-on-one office-hour interactions and small peer-led study group sessions)” (simpson and mendis, 2003: 422). these two researchers found 238 idioms types (unique idioms), with 562 tokens in the corpus, that met criteria such as frequency ranges and the number of types in each range. two idioms were selected from grant (2007). these idioms introduction twelve idioms used in the current paper (see the following sections) were taken from liu’s (2003) study, simpson and mendis (2003) and grant (2007). more specifically, liu (2003: 677) used “three corpora of spoken english which include barlow’s (2000) corpus of spoken, professional american english, a corpus of spoken american media english and simpson et al.’s (2002) michigan corpus of academic spoken english”. due to the duration of a course unit, a limited number of idioms were selected from liu’s (2003: 692) study. that is – “appendix b which is the most frequently used idioms across three corpora of spoken american english (in order of frequency)”. liu (2003: 677) argues that “the corpora in combination contain about 6 million tokens and 72,402 types and constitute is the largest available spoken american english corpus to date”. in addition, all the three corpora are made up 93 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee are from the british national corpus’s figurative idioms. the above mentioned can partly answer to the question of why i chose these idioms for the current paper. besides, communicative competence is still a challenge for many vietnamese efl students. one of the reasons for this can be found in a study by tomlinson and dat (2004: 199). these researchers argue that vietnamese students are reluctant to participate in classroom interaction in english. there is the need for students to use idioms in spoken english as a way to enhance their communicative competence. prodromou (2003: 43) states that “the way for a student of english to become more fluent in the language is not only to have a good command of grammar and vocabulary but also a good command of the ‘idiom principle’. further, prodromou (2003: 43) argues that “the need for idiomatic competence is precisely what linguists propose for the nonnative speaker”. in line with prodromou (2003), yorio (1989: 68) claims that idiomaticity becomes an excellent indicator of bilingual system proficiency. in other words, idiomaticity is regarded as an indicator of second language proficiency. cognitive linguistics (cl) approach for teaching figurative idioms most of the selected idioms involve the use of imagery processing (boers and demecheleer 2001, szczepaniak and lew 2011) or visuals (irujo 1986). some of the selected idioms employ both the imagery and etymological origin (boers 2001 & boers, eyckmans and stengers 2007). the following sections discuss the teaching of selected idioms inside the classroom. the big picture the teacher can show a photo of panorama that can help students see the overview of the picture. the teacher can explain in a way that looking at the panorama students can see the overview of the picture, not focus on the detailed things. therefore, this idiom means that the overall perspective or overview of something, not the detail. fight like cat and dog the teacher shows a photo of a cat and a dog. the teacher can elicit questions and descriptions from students by asking about the relationship between these two pets. the teacher asks students to depict the relationship between cats and dogs. the figurative meaning is that argue/quarrel violently all the time, e.g.: they used to fight like cat and dog, but now they get on well with each other. chicken and egg the teacher shows a photo of chicken and egg and elicits questions from students. the teacher can elaborate the etymology (boers, 2001) of this idiom by explaining that it is commonly stated dzung trung dang incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach 94 as “which came first, the chicken or the egg”. additional information is that to ancient philosophers, the question about the first chicken or egg also evoked the questions of how life and the universe in general began. the teacher makes sure that he/she needs to go over the new words if students struggle to understand. then teacher gives an explanation of this idiom that “a situation in which it is impossible to say which of two things existed first and which caused the other”. hand in hand the teacher first presents a photo of three people shaking hands. the teacher depicts the literal meaning of hand in hand. then the teacher introduces the idiom hand in hand by taking an example: “we have worked hand in hand to obtain the best result”. in this example, the idiom means that we have worked cooperatively. go off the rails the teacher shows a picture of a train that is “going off the rails”. the teacher first asks learners to elicit possible descriptions of the train. this is to try to depict and elaborate the core/literal meaning. “going off the rails” means the train is out of control. the teacher makes sure that students know the meaning of “rail” by showing them the photo. boers, demecheleer and eyckmans (2004) found that “by associating idioms with their source domains, learners are likely to encode the items in their memory in a dual fashion, both as a verbal form and as a mental image of a concrete scene”. boers (2001: 39) explores the contribution of imagery processing (the association of an idiom with a concrete image or vivid scene). after going over with learners about the core meaning of this idiom, the teacher takes an example with such an idiom, e.g., kids often go off the rails after leaving home. this means kids lose their control or behave in a strange and unacceptable manner. over one’s head first, the teacher also brings a photo that describes the core meaning of “over one’s head”. learners are asked to depict the photo. one clue is that this idiom associates with the word “head”. the teacher can ask the question of what such as “what can you see in this photo”. one of the possible answers is that the boy cannot get the bowl held over the girl’s head because he is too short to get it or literally it is over his head. then the teacher elaborates the figurative meaning of “over one’s head”. this means it is beyond one’s comprehension or it is 95 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee hard to understand. again, elaboration of the core meaning of this idiom and associating the photo can make help students understand this idiom. on the horizon the teacher shows a photo of horizon and elicits descriptions from students. the teacher explains the literal meaning of this idiom which refers to “the place in the distance where the earth and sky seem to meet”. this idiom means “likely to happen or appear soon”. e.g., a big ship could be seen on the horizon. hit the headlines the teacher presents a photo (see appendix 2) that has lots of headlines. those headlines are all about a world celebrity’s news. first, the teacher can ask students to think of an idiom that contains the word “headlines”. the teacher introduces the idiom “hit the headlines” by explaining that all of the headlines are news about prince williams. he has received a lot of attention in new reports through the globe. shed light on the teacher can show a photo and explain the meaning of light which refers to the energy from a lamp or from the sun that makes it possible to see things. there is a relationship between the meaning of light and the idiom shed light on. the teacher can associate the meaning of light and this idiom by explaining that light can help us see things. the girl in the photo is reading a book with the aid of light (a flashlight). this idiom refers to make something clearer or clarify something. there is a loose association and a fairly clear relationship between the literal and figurative meaning. give (somebody) the green light the teacher can show a photo of the traffic light to the students. this idiom can be adopted the approach suggested by grant (2007: 180). such a dzung trung dang incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach 96 suggestion is that students are “taught the skills to recognize the untruth in the figurative and pragmatically reinterpret it to find the intended truth whenever and wherever figuratives occur” (grant, 2007: 180). the teacher can explain the purpose of the traffic light (red, green and yellow). students may be familiar with the operation of a traffic light. people can go when the green light appears. therefore, the figurative meaning of give (somebody) the green light means to give (somebody) permission to do something. students who are familiar with traffic lights are likely to figure out the figurative meaning of “give the green light”. carrot and stick (approach) the teacher shows a photo of carrot and stick to the students and elicits questions from them. the teacher makes sure that students know what the carrot and stick are by showing the photo. the teacher elaborates the etymology of this idiom. in other words, the teacher describes the original meaning of this idiom which refers to the reward of a carrot and the punishment of using a stick to encourage a horse to move. then the teacher introduces the meaning of this idiom which refers to “offer rewards and threaten punishments”. touch on/upon (a topic/issue) the teacher can show a photo of a person touching the screen of a laptop. the teacher can depict the literal meaning of “touch” and introduces touch on/upon which refers to “mention briefly or talk about something briefly”. e.g., today the teacher has touched on the teaching of idiom through the use of imagery processing. another activity that the teacher can do in the classroom is that the teacher can ask students to work in pairs/groups to make an example with each idiom. once finishing, they can swap their examples with contextualized idioms. small pilot testing i did a pilot testing in order to compare a non cl activity to evaluate the learning gains. the pilot testing involved two vietnamese efl learners. first, i taught a vietnamese efl learner by merely using verbal explanation of all the selected figurative idioms (a non cl activity). three days after the idiom teaching, this learner was asked to do a small test to see whether she could remember the taught idioms. 97 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee second, i also taught another learner the same idioms with the use of a cl approach including imagery process and etymological origin as discussed above. finally, three days after this idiom teaching, the learner was required to do another test to examine whether he could remember all the taught idioms with the use of a cl approach. in general, the results showed that the learner taught with the use of a cl approach remembered more idioms than the one with a non cl approach. in order to evaluate the effectiveness of using a cl approach and the learning gains, there is the need to design exercises and tests for learners to do. first of all, after being introduced and taught the selected idioms, learners do idiom exercises to be examined whether they could remember the taught idioms in terms of both form and meaning. four or five weeks after the idiom exercise, learners are asked to do a test which is to examine to what extent learners can also remember the form and meaning of selected idioms taught earlier. besides the learning of idioms inside the classroom, one of the activities that learners are strongly encouraged to do outside the classroom is to write a story or some paragraphs in which some or all of the taught idioms are included. once they finish, students bring their writing to the classroom for peer reading. the teacher plays as a facilitator to go ever each group to check whether learners have any difficulties regarding the use of any taught idioms. conclusion the aim of the current paper is to shed some light on the teaching of figurative idioms through a cl approach. the paper has touched on the employment of pictures and etymological origin to help learners deal with figurative idioms. it is noted that “if the pictures were not fully congruent with the source domain entailments of idioms, then the teachers “actively exploit pictures for the purpose of raising learners’ awareness of the deep semantics of idioms” (macarthur and boers, forthcoming, pp. 27). depending on each idiom, different types of investment of imagery processing or etymological origin are adopted. references boers, f. (2001). remembering figurative idioms by hypothesising about their origin. prospect, 16 (3), 35-43. boers, f., eyckmans, j., & stengers, h. (2007). presenting figurative idioms with a touch of etymology: more than mere mnemonics? language teaching research, 11(1), 43-62. grant, l. e. (2007). in a manner of speaking: assessing frequent spoken figurative idioms to assist esl/efl teachers. system, 35, 169-181. irujo, s. (1986). don’t put your leg in your mouth: transfer in the acquisition of idioms in a second language. tesol quarterly, 20(2), 287-304. liu, d. (2003). the most frequently used spoken american english idioms: a corpus analysis and its implications. tesol quarterly, 37(4), 671-700. macarthur, f., & boers, f. (in press). using visuals to illustrate the source domains of idioms: can they help learners appreciate usage restrictions too? in. c. juchem-grundmann., & s. niemeier (eds.), knowing is seeing: metaphor and language pedagogy (1-39). berlin: mouton de gruyter. prodromou, l. (2003). idiomaticity and the non-native speaker. english today, 19(2), 42-48. simpson, r., & mendis, d. (2003). a corpusbased study of idioms in academic speech. tesol quarterly, 37(3), 419441. szczepaniak, r., & lew, r. (2011). the role of imagery in dictionaries of idioms. applied linguistics, 32(3), 323-347. tomlinson, b., & dat, b. (2004). the contributions of vietnamese learners of english to elt methodology. language teaching research, 8(2), 199-222. dzung trung dang incorporating a cognitive linguistics approach 98 yorio, c. a. (1989). idiomaticity as an indicator of second language proficiency. in hyltenstam, k., & obler, l. k. (eds), bilingualism across the lifespan: aspects of acquisition, maturity, and loss (pp. 55-72). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. 37 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the character analysis of glen hansard in once film nani rosnani thamrin department of english education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: erlander_s@yahoo.ci.id baran wargika lp3i course center kuningan, indonesia e-mail: wargika_baran@yahoo.com apa citation: thamrin, n. r. & wargika, b. (2013). the character analysis of glen hansard in once film. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 37-48 received: 04-09-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this paper analyzed the characterization of talented actor named glen hansard in once film. this study employed a descriptive qualitative research design based on theories of rahardjo (1985), robert (1965), and card (1988). primary data sources were whole once scenes film directed by john carney which had low-budgeting production with two stars, glen hansard and irglova, while secondary data sources were collected from the articles related to this study. this research mainly investigated two aspects involved two character analyses of the main actor, hansard. the first one was the construction of hansard’s characters and the second one was the effect between his character and another actors’ character. the study showed that hansard’s characters were constructed by five factors: from what the character did and said, what the other characters said about him, how the appearance and its milieu were, influencing one and another.the study also found that he had struggle, visionary, ambitious, introvert, sensitive, straightforward and curious characters, but more characters that showed strong characters of his were struggle, visionary and ambitious, because the scenes reflected them more. keywords: literary works, film, character, characterizing. introduction film has an emotional and intellectual appeal that can be an exciting discipline of film studies. therefore, there is educational institution or university, concerning about examining all about film. most plays in film contain major and minor characters that always become essential part to influence the audience. then, the conflict of the story is required as the main idea to get the viewers’ attention, so the director views to create more significant influence. hawthorn (2001: 100) states “a novelist constructs a plot in a particular manner so as to draw attention to certain things which might otherwise escape notice, to product different effect upon the reader, and so on,”. similar to a film director, constructing the plot should be focused especially in constructing each character to get viewers’ attention and curiousity. in addition, klarer (1998: 57) states that film is a performing art and also dramatic genre that use actor as the major means of expression, that has visual power and needs modes of presentation such as camera angle, editing, slow and fast motion, recorded with sound that tells a story. on the other hand, the phenomenon from the first generation of people who may ever watch and know how the character in their favorite film, such as kind character, wicked, rude, friendly, etc is taken from each view film series. they watch seriously and enjoy the film till it ends completely nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 38 and they feel the goose bumps without realizing why they can break into that film, knowing what factors influencing the character construction. furthermore , they are unaware of how the one character and the other characters get and give the effect on each other. those are the basis phenomena of this study that all the factors supporting the above statement are analized. in its simple meaning, “character is one of person who appears in the play,” (rahardjo 1985: 49). in the other case, scott (1988) said that character is the complex of mental and ethical traits marking a person or the inner self of natural human being. for example, a person with a strong character quality of truthfulness is much more likely to accurately report the facts in a given situation than a person who tends to be characterized by deceptiveness. someone who has the character trait of alertness will be more likely to be a better, safer, driver than a person who does not see or recognize the potential dangers around him. a person with the character quality of tolerance will be more accepting of others less prejudiced. let see tom and jerry cartoon film. tom never gives up catching and eating jerry through many wicked ways that tom has. hence, it gets responses from the other characters to both of them. we as the viewer feel angry sometimes to tom, because what tom does to jerry is indicating the bad attitude of tom. so in this case, the character is constructed by what it does. the treatment of character is a basic part of playwright’s work. one actor has different characters with the others’, so the director can create the character related to the plot of story in his literary works such as in the film, theater, novel, or in the short story. the period and the author’s personal vision affect the treatment of character as roberts (1963: 55) states: character in literature is an extended verbal representation of a human being, specially the inner self that determines thought, speech and behavior and whereas in life things may “just happen,” in literature the actions, interactions, speeches and observations are all arranged to give you details you need for conclusion about character. from the statement above, characters in this study are the inner self of human being that can appear of their representation. thus, how the factors that contribute to create the character study and also the effects one and another characters were the main points of this study. as characters are related to the human beings, so to know what their characters are, we have to analyze the factors on how they are constructed, whether from what the characters themselves say, what the characters do, what the other characters say about them or what the author says about them and so on. based on the clarification above, this study analyzed how the character glen hansard was constructed and how the main actor’s characters affect to the other actors’ characters. method this study was carried out in descriptive qualitative method as it attempted to analyze and describe how the characterization was constructed and how the main actor’s characters affected to and got affected by other actors’ characters. the techniques of the study was related to sugiono’s (2011) theory: the first one was to analyze the main problem by descriptive observation (collecting).“descriptive observation is done when the researcher in a certain social situation as the object of the research,” (sugiyono, 2011: 315). it was the step of observation where the researcher was looking for the problem, 39 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee entering the situation or phenomena but still finding out the case that would be the main problem of the research. interesting cases were chosen before the researcher did the research analysis in the study. the second one was to choose the main topic by focused observation (describing). in this step the writer focused on one case guessed as the problem raised. it was also said as a mini tour observation focusing on one aspect. the third one was to limit the focus study with selected observation, in this step, the researcher itemized the focus study, so the data got detailed, with this analysis of componential of focus, the researcher had characteristic, the differences of categories, and the relation of them. the fourth was to continue watching and analyzing to get more supporting data (analyzing). table 1 the sample of data description no character scene time description 1 2 table 2 the characters influenced by what the character did (once film, 2007) no character scene time description 1 struggle 00:00:36 glen hansard as the dublin busker guy was singing and playing the song. his earnings were stolen and he ran to catch him. 00:10.00 the hoover was brought to be repaired by him. 2 ambitious 00:03:58 he was singing and playing the second song, the title “once” till the evening. 00:45:25 he and his friend irglova were preparing all they need for promoting his song to the one of music recording studio. 00:46:28 they recruited 3 additional players to get started recording. 00:57:29 they showed the song with their own old cd player to the music recording director. 01:10:20 all the recording songs finished during long time. 3 careful 00:25:47 he always remember what he need, included his cd player. 00:55:33 he prepared to get great recording by practicing together with his new friends. 4 visionary we can see almost all the scenes showed his performance and effort in music. 5 curious 00:13:18 he saw ignova who was singing. 6 friendly/kind 00:30:41 he was taking care with irglova by lapping her daughter to bed. 7 entertaining 00:09:50 there were many people who enjoyed with their attention. to get supporting and complete data, i watched and analyzed the case till the date were saturated. the fifth was to describe data interpretations (classifying). in this step, the writer classified and separated the data taken into each parts of analysis as shown in the table 1. after all the data and all the factors were already collected, the characters of the main actor were then concluded. thus, it enabled the researcher to find out the interaction of the characters about their recripocal affects. eventually, the conclusion was drawn, taking a short one to analyze how the result date was collected. results and discussion according to rahardjo (1988), robert (1963) and scott card (1988), nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 40 there are some factors that can guide to know how the actor in the film is characterized, such as what the character does, what the character says, what the other character says about him, how the appearance, milieu and as the additional there is what the author says about him. these were used to explain the exact characters of glen hansard as the major character in that once film. that might appear more than one character. table 2 shows the presentation of his all characters. firstly, it was about how the characters were constructed, influenced by firstly from what the character does. before explaining the description, the table of that character analyses was shown taken from what the character did as follow: in the beginning, the film was performed by a dublin busker who felt, played old guitar and sang the song very enthusiastically in grafton street, a dublin shopping district. he was shabby with the trials of performing on the street, including chasing after a heroin addict (darren healy) who attempted to steal his earnings, and then we could see then the girl’s hoover that he got to repair while he was busking on the street in the evening showed that he was struggling and ambitious to face his life, even singing was one of his hobby. moreover, from what he did we could see also his struggling when he and his friend, irglova, were preparing all they needed for promoting his song to a recording studio in dublin. they prepared the sample song, costume and kept their effort to convince his song to the music director with their own old cd player, which it turned they got the chance of free recording. beside that, the moment he recruited 3 additional players that he found them were busking on the street indicated his struggling. of course, they got started recording, and then they practiced together before, finally went to the studio. then, we could see his struggling when he guided his friends for all recording process that took long time. we could see it from all the participants, the players and the recorder looked so tired, napping on the recording controller room. on the other scene we could see a careful character when he always brought what he needed, like his cd players that he prepared on his bag to be lent to her. irglova even she did not ask first yet. also his attention to face the recording by preparing all he needed included practicing the song on his bed room with his four new friends indicated his careful character. it means that to get the best result, all should be prepared well. then, he also had visionary character from almost all the scenes, showing from his performance and effort in music in addition to his effort to find his true love. from his gesture, his curious character was also known when he saw ignova who was singing, his face seemed surprised and seemed to know more. he was also friendly and entertaining; he could busk and get more attention from the viewers who watched and danced around him. on the other scene his kindness appeared when he kept attention by lapping irglova’s daughter to bed. the second was from what the character says. it was the fact that the characterization was raised from what the character said. from the scene we could know the new or supporting facts of the character that we had known before from what the character did. here was the description table from what the character said, see table 3 below. here was the explanation of table 3 above. introvert was the other character that he had, especially when the others asked about his ex-girlfriend. for example, in the second scene as he 41 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee sang a song on the street, he was asked by irglova. the conversation was quoted, see table 4 and remember for all the conversations in this research that a was irglova and b was glen hansard. from the conversation above, it was known that he could not share about who his girl was and answered the questions just as he needed, appeared when they were in the bus and he told the little bit of the girl with the song, when it was impossible to tell directly. it table 3 the characters influenced by what the character said factor (once film, 2007) no character scene time description 1 introvert 00:07:05 he answers “no one”, when he was asked who he would write the song for. 00:20:24 he tell just the little bit of his relation with song in the bus. 01:18:00 he presented appreciation; although he felt jealous or unhappy. 2 sensitive 00:04.29 he sang a song on the street “say it to me now.” 00:08:01 he sang a song in his bedroom “all the way down.” 00:20:29 he sang a song on the bus “leave.” 00:38:53 he sang a song while saw webcam image “leave.” 3 curious 00:29:31 he asked something to irgnova in her house. 00:32:30 he asked her to hang out even that is the end of conversation. 00:11:00 he asked some questions to irglova in mini restaurant. 4 ambitious 00:46:30 he invited three of busker street to join for recording. 01:18:18 he decided to go to london. 5 visionary 00:43:10 he wanted to make a song recording. 01:14:49 he asked her to hang out even her husband said that he will come soon. 6 struggle 00:07:46 when all day he busked, he said that he worked also for hoover service. 00:21:01 he sang the song that showed he struggled to get his girl back. 7 straightforward 00:25:31 he was brave to say the something honest and apologizing. table 4 the conversation of his introvert character (once film, 2007) a : who’d you write that song for, please? b : no one. a : bullshit. where is she? b : she’s gone. a : she’s dead? b : no, she’s not dead, she’s gone. a : you love her still? b : jesus, man. indicated he was introvert. the other fact that showing introvert character appeared when he felt jealous, see the excerpt at table 5. from the conversation in table 5, actually it showed his jealous when he tried to get closer to her. he showed that he was really happy, even he was disappointed. next character that we could know from what he said was sensitive. almost all the scenes were full of the songs that nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 42 he had, such as the titles the healing has begun, say it t o me now, all the way down, falling slowly, leave, the fair city waltz, if you want me, lies, trying to pull myself away, when your mind’s made up, fallen from the sky, when your mind’s made up, falling slowly and once as the final film credits song, they could lead that he had a sensitive character, especially for his ex-girlfriend in london who he really loved, almost all the film told about her; he could not forget her and wondered to get her back from london (see the appendix for full song contents). let us see the curious character of his, at 00:29:31 scene time. he was invited to come to irglova’s house, her small apartment, where she lived with her baby daughter and her mother, who spoke only czech. he asked how to say thank you in czech when her mother said that he was handsome. then he was curious to know where her husband directly to irglova that it was known as a private thing. at 00:32:30 scene time, he asked her to hang out even there was the end of conversation. please see table 6 below. table 5 the conversation of his introvert character (once film, 2007) b : what do you have to organize? what’s, what’s that about? a : i, i spoke to my husband last night. he’s coming over. b : ah, brilliant. fair play... that’s great. i’m really happy for you. it’s good. yeah. table 6 the conversation of his curious character (once film, 2007) a : thanks for the company. b : i needed it. a : me, too. b : you don’t want to go for late coffeeor a walk or something? no? a : i can’t. see you. bye. b : see you. from the conversation in table 6 above it appeared that he could not hide his feeling, even actually he was comfortable beside her. he wanted together for more time. it indicated that he was curious. here were some questions that showed his curious character in 00:11:00 scene when he was with irglova. see the table 7. from the conversation above, asking three questions, he was curious about her life background. it indicated he has curious character. the other character that we could know was ambitious that we could indicate it from what he said. when he invited three buskers street to join for recording, he walked around the street and found them, his great effort to get his dream by inviting them to join. moreover, in the other case, ambitious character appeared when he wanted to get his girl back from london; he told it to his father after he showed his recording cd that he wanted to get his girl back from london. 43 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee visionary character was also known from what he said when he met irglova who was selling flowers on the dublin street. he said that he wanted make a recording cd and asked her to join. here was the exerpt of the conversation. please see table 8. we could see from the conversation in table 8 that he asked her to join with him in his recording. table 7 the conversation of his curious character (once film, 2007) b : so you know a bitabout music then? a : my father used to play in the orchestra back at home.he played violin. but he got arthritis then, and he killed himself. b : really? a : but before he go, he teach mehow to play piano. “it’s not so hardon the fingers,” he said. b : do you get to play much? a : hmm. no, i don’t, i don’thave a piano at home.i can’t get one in ireland;it’s so much money. i can’t afford it. b : yeah, it’s expensiveall right. table 8 the conversation of his visionary character (once film, 2007) b : i was thinking, i was thinking before i go, i want to make a recording of a few songs. a couple of the songs i was playing you, and i really liked the way you played and your singing. so, if you feel like, would you be into playing along? like what we were playing on? a : i would sing and play? b : yeah. a : i’d love that. b : really? cool. so you’d be in my band for a few days. a : yeah. table 9 the conversation of his visionary character (once film, 2007) b : where you going? a : home. b : you don’t want to come back? i’ll make you breakfast. we could listen to the cd, no? a : no. i have to go see ivonka and organize things. actually it was the way of his to get closer with her. on the other scene, it showed the supporting data of this character. the excerpt of th conversation could be seen in table 9. from the table 9, the conversation showed that he tried to be someone required by irglova by showing his effort to approach her. it was indicating that he had visionary character. nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 44 the other scene that was showing his struggling also appeared from what he said, seemingly when all day he had been busking in the street, and approached by a beautiful girl, irglova. (see table 10). from the table above, he was asked what shop he worked in and he answered that he worked also for hoover (vacuum cleaner) service. so, beside working as a busker, he also worked for hoover service. it indicated that he had hard work, and hard work was a part of struggling. the other fact of this character was also taken from his song. his strunggling character was accentuated in song lyrics. (see table 11). we could also get the value of his struggling from what the song was about in table 4.10 above, telling that he got his girl back from london after many years ago eventhough she left him and screwed some guy that she knew there. the last a straightforward character was indicated from what he table 10 the conversation of his struggling character (once film, 2007) a : what shop you work in? b : i work in a hoover repair shop. a : a hoover? b : you know, like a vacuum cleaner.whhzzz. a : you fix vacuum cleaners? b : i do. a : i have a broken vacuum cleaner. you fix it for me? b : yeah. table 11 the song’s lyric of his struggling character (once film, 2007) ten years ago, i fell in love with an irish girl she took my heart but she went and screwed some guy that she knew and now i’m in dublin with a broken heart oh, broken-hearted hoover-fixer sucker guy oh, broken-hearted hoover-fixer sucker... sucker guy one day, i’ll go there and win her once again but until then, i’m just a sucker of a guy. said. he was brave to say something honestly and apologized in the morning in the dublin street for his fault when last night he asked her to stay in her bedroom, apparently offending her. here was the excerpt of the conversation. (see table 12). from the conversation above, it showed that he tried to convince her even he knew that he had a fault. that was impolite to ask the girl who had just known to stay all the night. the third was from what the other character say about him. it was the time to know the character of glen hansard as the main actor of once film from what the others said about him. there was just a little bit of the facts that this research could find it from this term. here was the description of what the other character said about him. (see table 13). this was the explanation of table 13 above. previous data confirmed that he was struggling, and this was a supporting 45 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee fact. in the beginning of the scene, when he was busking on the street, irglova said that she always saw him busking every day. here was following excerpt of conversation. (see table 14). “i see you everyday” from the conversation above was related to his effort that busking almost every day he had. she was a florist always selling her flower passing the place where he was busking. next, it seemed that visionary was being his main character: irglova as his opponent convinced the music studio manager that he was a great and professional musician who was always serious for all his dreams. here was what the other characters said facts. see table 15. from the fact above, the speech indicated that he was really talented and came to promote his song, because his dream to be a famous musician was still breaking in himself. the last when he showed his song to his father at 01:18:00 scene, his father asked him to table 12 what the character said data (once film, 2007) b : hey.. hey...!! how’s it going? hey, where you going? i wanted to give you the cds that i made for you. i’m really... i’m just really lonely, and you’re gorgeous, and i just... i’m sorry. i fucked up. i’m sorry. i... i don’t know what to say. it won’t happen again. table 13 the characters influenced by what the other character said about him (once film, 2007) no character scene time description 1 struggle 00:06:35 in the beginning of the scene, when he was busking on the street. irglova said that she always saw him busking everyday. 2 visionary 00:45:25 the fact was taken from the conversation when they promoted his song to a music studio manager. 3 ambitious 01:18:18 when he showed his song to his father, his father asked him to get his goal and make his mother proud of him. get his goal and make his mother proud of him indicated an ambitious character that he had. his father believed that his son could get what he wanted; it was nothing if he did not believe his son in doing that. the fourth was from how the appearance: characters were found as the inner self of an actor in the particular film. moreover, the previous ways had been done; here the appearance took place to know his character, it would be one of characterizing used by a film director. it became last part of the ways to find out supporting data or the characters of glen hansard. as a matter of fact, there were some people making an assumption to another by classifying all supporting data, especially what their first sight, including appearance or body description. it seemed that he had not given full over attention to his dressing fashion. it was simple, matched with the cold weather in dublin. he always used warm coat. here were the supporting nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 46 data used to know his struggle and spirit to face the life as even he had got the problems. his elegant body and also his spirit gesture of his strapping body showed that he struggled to live in the glamour life over there. his body was still trapping even that was night, he busked attractively. activities all day did not make him tired, because exhaustion was nothing there. the last was milieu or circumstances around the character. also it was possibly meant setting used to indicate the character. it was really hard to find out the character of glen in once film taken from this term without concerning to the others aspect of characterizing. however, taken a scene of his house, struggling was found as the character of his. the secondly analysis was about how glen hansard effects and gets effect from the other characters interplay among characters was an important thing that we could see in the movie scene. due to the interaction of them, it can create the bridge on how the story becomes complex and interesting. table 14 the conversation of his struggling character (once film, 2007) a : how come you don’t play it during daytime? i see you every day. b : you know, during the day, people want to hear songs they know, just songs that they recognize. i mean, otherwise, i wouldn’t make any money. table 15 the character of his visionary character (once film, 2007) a : the quality is poor, but if we can get a professional tape, i’m, i’m satisfied that he can secure a lucrative deal. you take it home, you, you listen to it. you play it to your boss. i’m sure you can get him to approve. it was particularly in this section as the main character, glen hansard affected to the others’ characters and vise versa. like the classification in the previous part, it appeared from the scene. here were the events that could indicate effects and got effect on them. in 00:43:28 scene, he asked irglova to join him in music recording and recruiting moment at 00:46:30. on the other scene, it was also seen that they were practicing together in his bedroom to face their recording at 00:55:31. his position of musician could be not running well without a team of a band. knowing from the scene that recording process was not tracking but living, it meant that recording directly recorded all together, not one by one of arrangements. therefore, it needed more participants. when it took live recording, actually he could get it alone. yet, he believed that he needed them because they had different skills of music and it could be nice tune as combined. they as the people around him also needed him to take their talents distributed. in brief, the contribution of them was effecting of him and also for him. 47 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee conclusion the result of this research analysis that characters of the main actor glen hansard in once film are constructed by some factors, consisting of what he did, what he said, what the others said about him, his appearance and milieu or circumstances that they support each others, it means that his characters are characterized but all those factors. regarding with the findings, the analysed characters of his are struggle, visionary, ambition, introversion, sensitivity, straightforwardness and curiousity. yet, more characters showing great power of his are struggle, visionary and ambition as the scenes appearing reflect them more. glen hansard left by his girl to london, tries to be patient to get her back while he has to work as hoover service, helping his father and busking on the dublin street. he lives without his mother, only with his lovely father. so as a son, he should help the family to live. on the other scene, he has belief that he can bring his girl back from london and get his dream as the professional musician by recording in absolute music recorder place. it is supported also from his effort to be closer to the girl that he recognizes from the street, irglova. this really shows of his three major characters above: struggle, ambition and visionary. the main character glen hansard as a busker and hoover service worker also has effected the others characters to join in his life interaction. for example, three other buskers and irglova are influenced to join his way in his musical line, so they do that recording together. on the contrary, he is influenced by two women: his ex-girlfriend leaving him to london and new lady, irglova, coming in to his life while he was getting his goals. so, the result is that they influence or give and get effects each other in delivering the messages of this film. therefore, the analyses have answered both research questions about how glen hansard as the main character in once film is characterized and how he effects and get effect from the other characters. references armada (2008). cambridge advanced learner dictionary (3rd edition). cambridge: cambridge university press. downloadmoviesfree. once film 2006. retrieved september 8, 2012, from http://downloadmoviesfreee.org/ once-2006-download-movies/ hawthorn, j. (2001). studying the novel (4th edition). london: hodder headline group. hollywood movies. exclusive interview. retrieved september 5, 2012, from http://movies.about.com/od/ once/a/once052007.htm klarer, m. (1998). an introduction to literary studies. london: routledge. kpbs. (2007). once/interviews with john carney and glen hansard. retrivied september 6, 2012, from http:// www.kpbs.org/news/2007/ may/24/onceinterviews-with-johncarney-and-glen-hansard/ name, j. (2009). study guide for the ireland film once. the british schools film festival, 1-10. rahardjo, h. (1985). pengantar kesusastraan inggris. surakarta: sebelas maret university. robert, e. v. (1963). writing theme about literature (5th edition). new jersey: prentice hall. ryan, m.(2010). approaching the other through music in john carney’s film once. essaysandstudies.http:// webcache.googleusercontent. com/search?q=cache:vcpe cc925goj:www.otherness. dk/fileadmin/www. othernessandthearts.org/ publications/journal_otherness/ otherness__essays_and_ studies_1.1/sounding_different_ notes.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk accessed 31 january 201308 sari.m.a.(2012). analisis karakter dan konflik nani rosnani thamrin & baran wargika the character analysis of glen hansard in once film 48 tokoh utama dalam novel bocchan karya natsume souseki. bandung: unikom. scott card, o. (1988). character and viewpoint. cincinnati: digest books. smith, n. (2011). character analysis trip glory. retrieved june 19, 2013, from http:// www.articlemyriad.com/characteranalysis-trip-glory/ stlyrics. browse by soundtrack. retrieved june 02, 2013, from http:// www.stlyrics.com/lyrics/once/ whenyourmindsmadeup.htm subscene film. once english subtitle. retrieved june 19, 2013, from http:// subscene.com/subtitles/once/ english/116056 sugiyono. (2011). metode penelitian pendidikan. bandung: alfabeta bandung. wikipedia. once. retrieved june 19, 2013, from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ once_(film) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah omowumi bode steve ekundayo department of english and literature, university of benin, benin city, nigeria email: ekuns20@yahoo.com abiola olubunmi akinbobola department of english, university of lagos, nigeria email: abiola.akinbobola36@gmail.com apa citation: ekundayo, o. b. s., & akinbobola, a. o. (2016). symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah. english review, 4(2), 181-194 received: 19-02-2016 accepted: 23-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this essay discusses achebe’s delineation of characters, events and use of language in anthills of the savannah (as) as symbolic and prophetic syntagmas which later manifested in some real life personalities and socio-political phenomena in africa and nigeria, the setting of the novel. the primary source of data is anthills of the savannah. secondary source and the internet were also consulted for the theoretical background and literature review. grammatical structures and literary features were extracted and analyzed to show their associative and symbolic links with real life events which occurred after 1987, the year as was published. the symbolic and prophetic syntagmas identified and their manifestations are presented with annotations in tables. the essay established that achebe uses syntagmas of utterances, events, settings and characters to symbolize and foreshadow imminent events in the novel and socio-political occurrences in nigeria and africa, a feat which stands him out as a novelist with great prophetic insight and clairvoyance. keywords: achebe, as, syntagma, prophetic, symbolic. character introduction albert chinua achebe, who died on the 21st of march, 2013, is africa’s most celebrated novelist till date. as is achebe’s fifth novel. it is set in kangan, an imaginary west african country, where sam, “his excellency,” a sandhurst-trained military officer, has ceased power in a military coup. achebe portrays the political anomy through the ordeals of three friends: chris oriko, the commissioner for information, beatrice okoh, chris’ girlfriend who is also an official in the ministry of finance, and ikem osodi, a newspaper editor, critic and activist. other characters include elewa, ikem’s girlfriend, and major “samsonite” ossai, a military officer who is notorious for stapling his victims’ hands with a samsonite stapler. tension and conflicts culminate in the assassination of ikem, toppling of the military junta, death of sam and finally the sudden and unnecessary murder of chris in a police check-point. the novel ends in the creative naming ceremony of elewa and ikem’s one-month-old daughter organized by beatrice. the girl is named ‘amaechina,’ a male name imposed on a female child, meaning ‘may the path never close.’ the essay sets out to answer the following questions: 181 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah (i) are there utterances in as that symbolize and forebode futurity and preempt future events? (ii) are there characters in as whose facsimiles later emerged in real nigerian and african life after the publication of as? (iii) are there events and scenes in as which later manifest in real nigerian and african life after the publication of the novel? (iv) what are the implications of the symbolic and prophetic syntagmas for creative writing in general and achebe in particular? the essay is based on ferdinard de saussure’s concept of syntagma and the literary concept of symbolism. saussure (1966, p. 123) asserts that “in discourse,…words acquire relations based on the linear nature of language because they are chained together… and that “combinations supported by linearity are syntagm(a)s.” saussure further says that “the syntagmatic relation is… based on two or more items that occur in an effective series”(p. 123). saussure says that “the notion of syntagm(a)s applies not only to words, but to group of words, complex units of all kinds, lengths and types (compounds, derivatives, phrases, whole sentences)” (p. 124). even though some terms in the definitions above are similar to syntax; for example, “combination of words” and “linear,” syntagma is not the same as syntax. saussure says that “not every syntagmatic fact belongs to the syntactic class” (p.137) because syntax deals with how units combine in linearity. syntagm(a)s do the same but they can be extended, as in the following extract: when you hear ikem osodi! ikem osodi! everywhere, you think his head will be touching the ceiling. but look at him, how simple he is… (as, p. 121)… ‘i never meet you before in person sir’ said the superintendent springing out from behind his massive wooden desk. ‘very pleased to meet you sir. i was expecting a huge fellow like this’ and he made a sign sideways and upward. ‘no, i am quite small. anyone who feels like it can actually beat me up quite easily.’ (as, pp. 130-131) it is impossible to analyze this text as a whole syntactically except we fragment it into individual sentences and then analyze them one after another; for instance: s v c s v o i / am / quite small…, /anyone who feels like it/can beat/me…’/, etc. however, in syntagmatic analysis, the whole structure can be analyzed as a syntagma, such that all the sentences in the text merge to form one unit, which delineates ikem, as in the schema below: 182 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee figure 1.a schema of the analysis of a character syntagma because many linguistic units which are normally the limits of syntactic analysis can be found in one syntagma, saussure states that syntactic facts fall under syntagmatic classifications. there is another part of syntagma which relates with meanings that derived from the structures or combinations of linguistic elements. saussure calls them ‘associative relations’ (p.123). richards, platt and platt (1992, p. 369) defines syntagma as “a structurally significant combination of two or more units in a language.” crystal (2009) says that “in psycholinguistics the term is sometimes used to refer to a set of associative response which people make when hearing a stimulus word…a syntagmatic associative response would be… car, …sheep following black” (pp. 470-471), as in ‘a black sheep,’ ‘a black car,’ ‘a black man,’ etc. because the structure ‘---sheep,’ ‘---man’ can be collocatively or associatively completed with the words ‘black’ or ‘white’ respectively. saussure and crystal make it clear that a syntagma can stand as a symbol which calls to mind other meanings or associations. here, the syntagmas have been given symbolic associations with historical events in real life, as shown in figure 2 below: when you hear ikem osodi… you will think his head will be but look at him, how simple he is. i was expecting a huge fellow like this… no, i am quite small. syntactic unit 1 syntactic unit 2 syntactic unit 3 syntactic unit 4 all together generate a syntagma of ikem, a character 183 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah figure 2. a schema of associative relations of syntagmas prophetic syntagmas in the sense of this essay are combinations of linguistic units and literary features in as that correspond with events that occurred after as was published. sometimes, the meaning of syntagmas can be derived by reinterpretation, juxtaposition and association with something else. for example, in this essay, some symbolic syntagmas are identified based on a consideration of history, so that they are analyzed as prophetic syntagmas not necessarily because the structures on the surface depict them as such, but because they happened many years after they had been written in as. there is a sense in which linguistic syntagma dovetails with symbolism. as a syntagma denotes or connotes something, a meaning, so does symbolism or symbol stand for something else. an on-line source (http://literarydevices.net/symbolism/) defines symbolism as follows: symbolism is the use of symbols to signify ideas and qualities by giving them symbolic meanings that are different from their literal sense. symbolism can take different forms. generally, it is an object representing another to give it an entirely different meaning that is much deeper and more significant. sometimes, however, an action, an event or a word spoken by someone may have a symbolic value. for instance, “smile” is a symbol of friendship. similarly, the action of someone smiling at you may stand as a symbol of the feeling of affection which that person has for you. symbols do shift their meanings depending on the context they are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . syntactic unit 1 syntactic unit 2 syntactic unit 3 syntactic unit 4 syntagma of ikem, character in (a,s) syntagma of a true-life character: ken saro-wiwa. associative relationship 184 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee used in. “a chain”, for example, may stand for “union” as well as “imprisonment.” thus, symbolic meaning of an object or an action is understood by when, where and how it is used. it also depends on who reads them. this definition agrees with abrams and harpham’s (2009) definition of symbol as ‘a word or phrase that signifies an object or event which in its turn signifies something, or suggests a range of reference, beyond itself… often, they do so by exploiting widely shared associations between an object or event or action and a particular concept…’ accordingly, in this paper certain linguistic structures: words, phrases and sentences, and some literary features: characters, events and settings are identified and analyzed as symbolic of a number of post-as socio-political events and personalities in nigeria and africa. now, we review some views related to the discussion of syntagmatic relation in language and art works, critical comments on as and the deployment of language in as. in a work on the syntagmas of cinema, adrian miles (2000, p. 1) quotes christian metz, who is a pioneer in the use of this method, as follows: christian metz argued that the major mode of analysis for cinema (and by implication, hypertext) was based on syntagmatic relations, that is, meaning is principally developed and articulated through the expression of a partially autonomous temporary chain. ‘autonomous temporal chain’ here reminds us of the coming together of individual linguistic units in syntagmas; “for the significant narrative unit identified by metz is not the shot (the hypertext node) or the relation of one shot to another (the edit), but is in fact the larger sequential units produced by the combinations of shots” (1). miles underscores the aspect of associative relations which relates to meanings. according to him, “metz’s work demonstrates the strongly contextual nature of these syntagmatic series… the success of metz’s categories for hypertext lies not so much in their direct applicability but in allowing us to cast light on the role of syntagmatic segments in the production of meaning in hypertext” (1). miles’ essay establishes that syntagmas have a context of usage; that is, their environment or situation. syntagmatic segments have a role in the production of meanings. metz and miles’views of syntagmas correspond with our analysis in this essay, which shows that syntagmas are combinations of linguistic units and meaninggenerating segments. anita silvers (1991) applies “revisionism” to analyze as.” revisionism “is the view that in valuing art, it is essential to understand (some) historical events which occur after a work was made…” (211). silvers establishes that the knowledge of historical events could reveal that language has been used by a writer to discuss some events that will happen later. accordingly, this essay shows how achebe has used language and literary features to present some events that happened later. achebe’s literary prowess in this regard became established with his a man of the people (1996). the novel chronicles series of socio-political anomies that culminate in a military coup. indeed, shortly after its publication, the first military coup was executed in nigeria. umukoro (2009, pp.16, 22, 24) likens the incidents in a man of the people to some real political events in nigeria. ekundayo and iyayi 185 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah (2012, p. 90) discuss the prophetic nature of achebe’s as: in anthills of the savannah, for example, achebe presents the shape of things to come… the killing of ikem, the hero, forecasts the hanging of ken saro-wiwa ten years later…the birth of amaechina, which in ibo means ‘may-the-path-never-close’, foreshadows and symbolizes the rise of women to the foreground of politics and leadership in africa and nigeria. this literary forecast is being fulfilled in real african politics in the emergence of johnson sirleaf as the first female african president of liberia (p. 90). it is noteworthy that their essay briefly presents the fulfilment of achebe’s prophetic syntagmas. little did festus iyayi, a fellow writer, activist, intellectual and ken saro wiwa’s friend, know that he himself was going to be killed a year after his paper quoted above in about the same way in which chris, a major character in as, was killed. ekundayo and iyayi’s essay only makes passing comments on the prophetic nature of as using examples of two characters, ikem and amaechina while this study exemplifies ten characters and carries out an in-depth analyses of all of them in addition to those of settings, events and utterances. in a newspaper review, a critic says that anthills of the savannah is “a vision of social change that strikes us with the force of prophecy…” (usa today). here, there are clear references to the prophetic deployment of language by achebe in as. however, the article did not go further to identify and analyze the specific prophetic structures in the novel and how they have come to pass, as has been done in here. ogiovoh (2005, p. 41) establishes that achebe delineates beatrice to give readers “prophetic insight into future events and issues”, but no mention of the events are made, as in this paper. this paper analyzes the syntagmas of utterances, events, settings and characters for their prophetic relevance, paying attention to how these syntagmas have come to pass in the novel and in the larger society. in as, achebe’s deployment of utterances, events, settings and characters later correspond with the emergence of distant socio-political occurrences and personalities in nigeria and africa, a feat that marks achebe out as a novelist with great prophetic insight and clairvoyance. method the paper is basically qualitative. the primary source of data is as from which language and literary features were extracted, analysed and juxtaposed with post-as events and people in nigeria and africa in order to underscore their uncanny resemblance to each other. secondary sources and the internet were also consulted for literature review and comments on achebe’s works. the method of analysis is descriptive and explanatory. some of the syntagmas identified are presented in tables, matched with events and personalities that emerged on the nigerian and african socio-political scene after the publication of the novel. results and discussion the prophetic and symbolic utterances are identified and analyzed from morphological and collocational or syntactic perspectives. the morphological angle looks at individual lexical items and utterances that are prophetic while the collocational or syntactic deals with phrases, clauses and sentences, in addition to a discussion of events and characters as symbolic syntagmas. 186 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee name and lexical items as prophetic syntagmas some names in as possess prophetic qualities and undertones. many of these names are in the igbo language, a major nigerian language. they are presented in the table below. table 1: a table of names as prophetic and symbolic syntagmas s/n name page meaning context prophetic relevance 1 nwayibuife 87 ‘a female is also something.’ beatrice’s name at a time when her parents desired a male child. it underscores the importance of females who also possess the ability to rise up in the future. 2 nkolika 124 recalling is greatest. ikem says that the name is sometimes given to daughters for the importance of the symbolic ‘story’: “because it is only the story that can continue beyond the war and warrior.” it is a call on a people to retrace their steps, look back and re-chart the course for progress. “for the story of a people outlives the people and will have to be told at any rate.” 3 shearjashub 222 the-remnantshall-return this is a biblical allusion to the book of isaiah 7:3. the statement is a futuristic one depicting hope for israel captives and now an indictment of nigeria. 4 amaechina 22 may-the-partnever-close (structurally, it is a future wish presented in the subjunctive present). amaechina is the male name of elewa and ikem’sdaughter. ikem stands for the struggle, truth and equality. the name forecasts the rise of women in politics: the path ikem trod will not close. 5 agbata 208 this is the land where chris was killed. “…the land of droughts…the famous dusty and bustling market town of agbata.” it foreshadows drought, lawlessness, anomy and political disorder as seen to exist in nigeria in the past, present and in the future. collocational/syntactic prophetic syntagmas table 2.a table of utterances as prophetic syntagmas s/n example page structural pattern symbolic relevance 1 “we shall never be favoured with such an undeserving blessing as a ruthless dictator.” 3 there is the use of ‘shall’ in the first person to depict futurity. the verb phrase ‘shall never be favoured’ is the focal point of futurity. the statement is an irony. it is a prayer that underscores the possibility of the emergence of dictators in future, which the prayer forbids. 187 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah 2 “the future she saw unfolding so relentlessly before them would demand brutal courage not squeamishness, from the likes of elewa and herself from now on.” 170 the verb phrase ‘would demand’ denotes strong possibility and necessity. ‘from now on’ is a cataphoric reference to the continuum of the present and future. this anticipates the future active and courageous involvement of women in politics and the struggle for social change. 3 “don’t give up, whatever is hot will become cold.” 199 it is presented in analytic truth, which is truth according to nature. modal auxiliary (will) + lexical (become). the ‘mother bed-bug’ tells her children this when hot water was poured on them and they were about to give up. it symbolically or proverbially announces hope and imminent change from chaos to peace, from discomfort to comfort. 4 “after the anthem shall have been played backwards.” it is rendered in the future perfect to denote possibility. it forebodes a disruption or reversal of social and national order. 5 “you young people, what you will bring this world to is pregnant and nursing a baby at the same time.” 227 the above extract uses ‘will’ to predict the future. it is a symbolic charge to the people not to underrate the young generation, a paradoxical utterance showing the unpredictable nature of the youths. 6 “i want to remind you of that little discussion we all had after the entebbe raid. you remember? you all said then, what a disgrace to africa….remember…i said it could happen here. right here.” 15 it is presented in a conversational structure. the use of ‘could’ depicts futurity and possibility. here, achebe’s character remembers a past event and says that it can happen again and it did happen, for history often repeats itself. syntagmas 4, 5 and 6 are noteworthy here. the world that was ruled and controlled by a body of elders before has now come to be controlled by the youths who have become so innovative and trendy that they have succeeded in phasing out many stringent traditions. on the negative side, the youths have become restless, restive, violent, inordinate and unpredictable these days. hence they are likened to a woman breastfeeding and yet pregnant at the same time. the national anthem of nigeria seems as though it is being played backwards. the next section examines symbolic and prophetic events and settings. events and settings as symbolic syntagmas syntagmas of events, settings and characters are interwoven because events take place in a particular place and at a particular time, which is known as setting or locale. characters instigate or initiate events which they complete or abandon in a literary work. however, character syntagmas are examined in sub-section (3.5). 188 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 3.a table of events and settings as prophetic syntagmas s/n events page setting symbolic/prophetic implications 1 a rich lady vomits on the back of a man and cleans it up with her expensive damask head tie. 41 the beach where criminals are being executed before an excited crowd. it is symbolic and prophetic of the rich and wealthy people who have come to watch the downfall of the lowly ones being executed. the rich will also clean their mess at the expense of their wealth in public. 2 the birth and naming ceremony of amaechina. 222 beatrice okoh’s house before his friends. it symbolizes/foreshadows the rise of women in politics and activism, as it is happening now all over africa. 3 aina, buraimoh’s wife, a moslem, dances to agatha’s christian song, saying “dem talk sey make moslem no dance when christian de sing? 224 beatrice’s house, around the time amaechina is born. this foreshadows the unity of muslims and christians. it is a rhetorical question that has future significance. it may come to pass one day. 4 the coups in the novel. 222 contexts of sociopolitical power and national leadership. the coups foretells coup in africa. after 1987, the year as was published, many coups took place and are still taking place in nigeria and some other african countries. characters as prophetic/symbolic syntagmas achebe in as delineates characters whose facsimiles emerged later in contemporary events in nigeria and africa. first, we look at the major characters. major characters as symbolic syntagmas in this sub-section, major characters in the novel are analyzed for evidence of associative relationships with other personalities that have played up in real life after the publication of as. table 4. a table of major characters as prophetic syntagmas s/n character page setting/context prophetic relevance 1 sam many pages. in many scenes and events. sam is a prophetic archetype of tyranny, visionless leadership and corruption for which african military and political leaders are notorious. 2 ikem many pages. many scenes and events. he is a symbol of truth, boldness, selflessness, martyrdom, etc. he has associative relations with the late ken saro-wiwa. (see comments below). 3 beatrice many pages. many events and scenes. she symbolizes the rise of women. she has associative relations with ellen johnson sirleaf, first female president in africa, and many other great women emerging in africa. 4 chris many pages. many events and scenes. chris is a symbol of courage and martyrdom. he has associative relations, for instance, with the dastardly manner in which professor festus iyayi was shot dead in a so-called road accident. 5 amaechina 222 she was born after the death of her father, the amaechina foretells the rise of women. the name has associative relations with great african female leaders like dora akunyuli, johnson sirleaf and 189 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah protagonist of the novel, at a time kangan is in anarchy. many women who are now playing active roles in african politics and leadership. comments on major characters as symbolic syntagmas sam, the first character, is also known as ‘his excellency,’ a military tyrant and president of the republic of kangan. sam symbolises the past, present and future nigerian and african so-called leaders. many military and political leaders of africa later on exhibited sam-ism that is the concept, belief of and the fight to remain in power for ever. according ekundayo (2002, p. 41): general sanni abacha wanted to become life president and he was doing everything possible to achieve his ambition until god abbreviated his life and then abdul salami took over from him. the tactics of ‘his excellency’ in the novel is prophetic of this later ambition by babangida and abacha. apart from babangida and abacha in nigeria, we also see facsimile of sam in samuel doe, the first indigenous president of liberia. doe did all he could to force his reign on his people, but he was also murdered like achebe’s sam in the liberian civil war in september 1990. achebe prophetically reveals through sam the tragedy of leadership in present-day nigeria and africa. “his excellency came into power without any preparation for political leadership” (as, p. 12). similarly, many of our current leaders just happen upon their positions. they do not know the right step to take towards effective leadership. the same lackluster ideology, myopia, corruption at its acme and brigandage characterize/d all african military juntas and so-called democratic governments. ikem in the text has an uncanny resemblance to ken saro wiwa physically and ideologically. as at 1987, achebe creates a character that foreshadows the emergence of another personality in nigerian history in 1995. in ikem, achebe prophetically delineates ken saro wiwa. both ikem and ken saro wiwa share some physical features and professional attributes. for example, saro-wiwa is as short as ikem. ikem is a blunt and bold writer and a journalist who is on the side of the masses. similarly, ken saro-wiwa is a creative writer, television producer and activist who was bold and fearless in his attack on political anomalies. achebe’s ikem bears uncanny resemblance to ken, a man who is selfless, embodying the marxian direction of social change. he “satisfies the marxist demand that intellectuals should follow their example and lose themselves amidst the masses… he champions the common cause in his editorials, keeps an affair with an illiterate woman and rides a decrepit car” (owomoyela, 2002, p. 2) to associate with the masses. “it is through ikem osodi that achebe explores the true role of the artist in the contemporary african society” who should have vision and “direct their society in the path that it should be heading” (ojinmah, 1991, p. 99). again, the way ikem was eliminated in as in 1987 forebodes and pre-describes ken saro-wiwa’s death in nigeria. for example, ikem is first arrested and taken away: “in the early hours of this morning, a team of security officers effected the arrest of mr. osodi in his official flat… and were taking him in a military vehicle for questioning at 190 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the src headquarters….”(as, p. 169). similarly, “saro-wiwa was arrested, hastily tried by a special military tribunal” (wikipediaonlinekensarowiwa).subsequ ently, ikem is killed unjustly in baffling and inscrutable circumstances:“ikem was not just wounded but dead. he was convinced that the drafters of the government statement had deliberately chosen a phrase which was popularly misunderstood” (as,p. 170). ken sarowiwa, like ikem, was also hanged precipitously on 10th november 1995. “mr. saro-wiwa’s body was burned with acid and thrown in an unmarked grave” (reuters, 2013) in the same way ikem’s body is not found to be given a befitting burial. both the extermination of ikem in as and saro-wiwa in nigeria generated internal and external ferment and disaffection. for ikem, achebe writes that “before evening both systems, foreign and local, seemed set to start buzzing in the interest of the abducted man” (as, p. 168). also, for saro-wiwa, it is said that his “execution provoked international outrage and resulted in nigeria’s suspension from the commonwealth of nations for over three years” (wikipediaonline).in the light of this, ikem is a prophetic and symbolic syntagma who showed up seven years later in ken saro wiwa. beatrice at different instances takes up male roles and succeeds in them: “she is possessed by a need to deliver her people… and in part to fulfill her own destiny within the new dispensation that she undertakes the naming of ikem’s child” (echeruo, 2013). in liberia, a beatrice emerged in ellen johnson who “set up the truth and reconciliation commission to promote national peace, security, unity and reconciliation by investigating more than twenty years of civil conflict in the country” (wikipedia). she was able to resolve the unrest in liberia and even won a nobel peace prize for her efforts. achebe in as remarks about women thus: “let us keep her in reserve until the ultimate crisis arrives and the waist is broken and hung over the fire and the palm bears its fruit at the tail of its leaf. then as the world crashes around man’s ears, woman in her supremacy will descend and sweep the shards together” (as, p. 89). this is exactly what happened in liberia and nigeria with the likes of professor dora akwuyili who at huge risk reformed the pharmaceutical industry in nigeria. achebe’s chris is symbolic of a leader that would readily lay down his life for the helpless masses. as ojinmah (1991, pp. 98-99) puts it “chris was willing, even at the risk of his own life, to do the things he thought should be done such as protecting innocent civilians from the excesses of guntrotting men in uniform.” achebe uses him to symbolize the past, the present and the future life of courage and martyrdom that most freedom fighters, government critics and activists live. the fate of chris in the novel keeps recurring at police and army road blocks in nigeria. a recent manifestation is the catastrophic killing of professor festus iyayi, former asuu president and commonwealth literary prize winner, in a similar circumstance on the lokoja-abuja road on the 12thof november, 2013. a police van in the kogi state governor’s convoy deliberately left its lane and rammed in on the asuu (academic staff union of universities) bus in which festus iyayi and three other asuu officials were travelling. according to ebhomele (2013) in an online news report, “iyayi died at 66, in lokoja, the kogi state capital, on his way to kano for a meeting of the 191 omowumi bode steve ekundayo & abiola olubunmi akinbobola symbolic and prophetic syntagmas in chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah asuu national executive council concerning the over-four months old strike embarked upon by the union”(n.pag). iyayi died in the motoring accident as claimed; however, his mortuary pictures later printed in the news magazine showed that he was mercilessly shot in the heart at close range just as chris was shot too. furthermore, amaechina, the girl child newly born towards the end of the novel, embodies a deep prophetic and symbolic syntagma. since traditionally, there are some roles which females are either not allowed to perform or presumed as not having the capacity to, achebe creates a situation in which a female child is given amaechina,a male name in the igbo language meaning “may the path never close,” thereby conferring on the girl child all the attributes and potentials of a man. minor characters as symbolic syntagmas few minor characters are identified and analysed as prophetic and symbolic syntagmas in table five. table 5: a table of minor characters as examples of prophetic syntagmas s/n names page setting/context associative relations 1 mad medico many pages. he is a friend of chris, ikem and sam who was deported in by the military junta in the novel. he has associative relations with patrick wilmot, the sociology scholar whom general babaginda (nigeria head of state, 1985-1993) claimed to be a spy and teaching subversive doctrines and so deported him in 1988, a year after as was published. 2 elewa many pages. she is the illiterate girl friend of ikem and mother of amaechina. she is a prophetic symbol of courage having associative relations with the masses and women coming into power. 3 agatha many pages. she is the beatrice’s housemaid who refuses to serve elewa. she has associative relations with the masses at loggerheads with one another and hardly able to unite against bourgeois oppressions. 4 elewa’s uncle 226 he is the elder to name the newly born girl child, but before he could arrive, the youths had named her. he is a prophetic symbol of dying traditions and the rise of youths and modernism. 5 the masses many pages, they are the students, taxi drivers, etc. who support ikem and chris. they are prophetic character symbols from whom good leaders, support, love and loyalty will be drawn. conclusion the essay examined the prophetic syntagmas in as using ferdinard de saussure’s concept of syntagma and the literary concept of symbolism as theoretical framework. the paper identified and analyzed some linguistic and literary syntagmas as symbolic and prophetic. the associative analysis of the syntagmas reveals striking replicas that manifested later in real life. the paper established that literature has the inherent power to predict and foreshadow with the apt deployment of language and literary features and that achebe is a literary prophet who deployed his clairvoyant literary prowess to invest his characters, events, settings and grammatical structures with prophecies and symbolisms for nigeria and africa. the prophetic syntagmas used in the novel portray and confirm achebe’s literary clairvoyance and prophetic insight. 192 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee references abrams, m.h, & harpham, g.g. (2009). a glossary of literary terms. 9th ed. boston: wadsworth. achebe, c. (1987). anthills of the savannah. ibadan: heinemann. achebe, c. (1966). a man of the people. london: heinemann. ademosun, f. (2013). festus iyayi: assassination or accident?. sahara reporters: news and reports. 3 nov. 2013. retrieved from the web. 13 mar. 2014. chandler, d. (2007). semiotics for beginners. retrieved from http://www.aber.ac.uk/media/docu ments/54b/semiotic.htm. 13 feb. 2013. crystal, d. 2009. a dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. oxford: blackwell. ebhosele, e. (2013). outrage over killing of festus iyayi by police escort truck in kogi governor’s convoy. retrieved from sahara reporters. 13 mar. 2014. echeruo, m.j.c. (1998). chinua achebe’s anthills of the savannah: post-history and biblical example. theoria: a journal of social and political theory. 91, 66-86. ekundayo, s. b. (2002). total literature in english (2nd ed). benin: nobel publishers. ekundayo, s.b., & iyayi, f. (2013). the place of literature in individual and national development. journal of the literary society of nigeria (jlsn).5, 83-93. miles, a. (2000). hypertext syntagmas: cinematic narration with links. journal of digital information 1.7, 1-2. ngara, e. (1990). the place and significance of anthills of the savannah, pp. 247-263. in edith ihekweazu ed. eagle on iroko: selected papers from the chinua achebe international symposium 1990. ibadan: johnmof. ogiovoh, e. e. (2005). multiple points of view and the fight against oppression in achebe’s anthills of the savannah. long essay. university of benin, ojinmah, u. (1991). chinua achebe: new perspectives. ibadan: spectrum. okafor, k. (1990). the quest for social change: reformation or revolution. eagle on iroko: selected papers from chinua achebe international symposium 1990. ed. edith ihekweazu. ibadan: johnmof. owomoyela, o. (2002). discourse on gender: historical contingency and ethics of intellectual work. west african review, 1-12. reuters. (2009). ken saro-wiwa. the new york times. capital one 360. retrieved from the web march, 2013. richards, j.c., platt, j., & platt, h. (1992). longman dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. london: longman. saussure, de f. (966). a course in general linguistics. trans. wade baskin. new york: mcgraw hill. silvers, a. (1991). the story of art is the test of time. the journal of aesthetics and art criticism 49(3),211-224. usa today. 20072013. product description. amazonfresh. retrieved from the web. 4 feb. 2015. umukoro, s.o. (2009). literary criticism, scholarship and national development. 18th inaugural lecture of the delta state university. abraka: delta state university press. wikipedia: ken saro-wiwa. retrieved from 12 march, 2015. wikepedia: ellen johnson sirleaf. retrieved from wikepedia 12 mar. 2015. 193 194 167 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee applying cognitive code towards indonesian efl learners’ writing competence improvement ita juita department of research and development, the association of indonesian scholars of english education (aisee), indonesia e-mail: itajuita2@gmail.com apa citation: juita, i. (2014). applying cognitive code towards indonesian efl learners’ writing competence improvement. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 167-173 received: 15-03-2014 accepted: 27-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: this classroom action research (car) presents a research for solving the student’s problems in writing class by using two cycles of kemmis and mctaggart. in this car, there are three crucial instruments. they are students’ learning journal to know what the student’ map thinking which is related to the cognitive code and the writing material, researcher’ journal and questionnaire. the students’ problems in writing subject happen in one class of english department of the university of kuningan, west java – indonesia. the learners find it difficult to process words into sentences. applying cognitive code in this car is the strategy, with the purpose to know what the students need by asking them to use some tools such as student’s learning journal, thus the students are able to tell their difficulties based on their learning experiences in class. cognitive code looks students or learners as thinking being and learn based on their learning experience. the students’ writing competence in the beginning of this research is 40, meanwhile, after applying cognitive code as the method of teaching learning process, the class average gets 64.5 in the post test. thus, the normalized gain to measure the students’ writing development is on number 0.7, it means the students’ writing improvement is moderate. the students’ attitude toward cognitive code is taken from rating scales is 82%. based on the data, it can be concluded that cognitive code is effective method in teaching writing. keywords: cognitive code, writing competence, learners’ errors cognitive code looks students or learners as thinking being and learn based on their learning experience (hutchinson and waters, 1991). this definition is also explained by heo, et al (2011), a cognitive approach is a way to learn and human development emphasizes on mental or internal factors. a cognitive aspect also has greatly influenced on understanding of factors in language learning. by knowing the students’ mental and knowing their needs, it is able to help the teacher in helping students’ lack especially in writing as a focus of this study. olson and land (2007) stated that in teaching a language especially how to write, the teacher should use a cognitive introduction learners’ errors in english as a foreign language in indonesia is encountered by them in using the language. these errors in writing subject happen in one class of english department, the university of kuningan, indonesia. the learners find difficulties to process words into sentences, so the researcher needs a strategy to solve the problem. applying cognitive code in this class room action research (car) is the strategy, with the purpose to know what the students need by asking them to use some tools such as student’s learning journal, thus the students are able to tell their difficulties based on their learning experiences in the class to the teacher. ita juita applying cognitive code towards indonesian efl learners’ writing competence improvement 168 strategy and the strategy is explicitly learned. providing a lot of discussion, modeling, guided practice and metacognitive reflections are implemented. these strategies will also apply in the researcher’s object research, in one class at private university above. according to alwasilah (2011), the teaching learning process (tlp) will not be successful if the teacher just masters the materials but not masters the practice of learning process it self, such as in choosing a suitable method or technique in tlp in the class room. thus by using cognitive approach in this research, the teacher is able to create a great opportunities for students to think creatively and freely in their writing. learning is cognitive and linear area in which a learner processes an input, an interaction, and produces a language (kite, 2009). thus, researcher assumes that cognitive code is a suitable learning theory which is able to apply in teaching language, especially in writing subject because in this approach, the researcher is given technique how to face a class and how to transfer new knowledge by knowing cognitive process of the students which explained in cognitive code. actually, the key to sucessful language learning and teaching lies not in the analysis of the nature of language but in understanding the structure and processes of the mind (hutchinson & waters, 1991). so that seeing the characters of this nss at the university who are passive and have low potential in improving their foreign language acquisition, researcher uses cognitive code as the approach. the appropriate theory of learning that can be applied based on the problems is theory of cognitive code. in this theory, a teacher takes the students to be an active information processor or we can call it student centre learning, the basic teaching technique in cognive code will apply in object of research is the problem solving task (hutchinson & waters, 1991). writing is not an easy activity (pinter, 2006). a writer needs a fresh state of mind to be able to pour all their writing skills. so with cognitive code method, students have a great opportunity in writing in accordance with their creativity. it is chozen because not only students’ writing skill which is still poor, but also their interest is still poor in writing english. by applying cognitive code the teacher in this research does not force students to write what the teacher wants but just give a genre and simple explanation of it before, so that about the content it is back to the students’ interest. writing is a text (halliday & hasan, 2004). text refers to any instance of language, in any medium, that makes sense to someone who know the language (halliday & hasan, 2004). the text is used in this research is arguing or argumentative text. text can be formed becomes an essay. an essay is a short collection of paragraphs that describes facts, opinions, and ideas on a topic, and an essay also usually has three to ten paragraphs (folse et al., 1999). so, by applying cognitive code as a method or approach in tlp at class, the students are hoped to be able to master english especially in their writing competence by using theory of learning cognitive code actively. method the type of action research in this researcher is practical action research. practical action research is intended to adress a specific problem within a classroom, school, or other comunity. it can be carried out in a variety of setting –educational, social service, or business (fraenkel & wallen, 2006). in this case, the researcher focusses on educational or more specifically is class room action research (car). 169 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee car is examined the impact of learning theory of cognitive code toward students’s writing competence. a pretest and post-test use to determine subject’s achievement growt. design or model in this classroom action research uses design action research of kemmis and mctaggart. the design can be seen on figure 1. figure 1. a cycle of action research (adapted from kemmis & mctaggart, 1992 as cited in fraenkel & wallen, 2006). the students in this object of research is in one class consist of 25 students of english department of the university of kuningan, indonesia . writing is a subject which is focused to be improved. according to design car of kemmis & mctaggart, the duration of the research is done in at least two cycles. one cycle is obtained from three to four meetings. so to finish this research, the researcher takes at least seven meeting. the data resource of this research is from primary data. besides, both quantitative and qualitative, the data is also collected during this research by using some journals. the researcher uses two kinds of data collection instrument in this research, those are researcher completes and subject completes (fraenkel & wallen, 2006). in the researcher completes, there are rating scales, interview schedules or questionnaire and observation form. whereas, the subject completes are taken from pre-test and post test. in these test, the teacher uses the same instruction. it is asking the students in writing class to make an argumentative text in one hour with at least consist of three paragraphs. the students do not allow to take any sources in the book or even in the internet. in scoring and correcting both pretest and pot-test the researcher does it with the team. there are two assessors. they are the lecturer in this university. the writing assessment which used the team, adopted of heaton (1990): table 1. format of writing assessemant 55 44 33 22 11 generic structure xx grammar xx vocabulary xx mechanics cx fluency xx relevance xx total 17 for pairing both pre-test and posttest, the researcher uses the normalized gain which developed by hake (meltzer, 2002) to see the percentage of the students’ writing improvement. see the following formula: table 2. the normalized gain gain score interpretation g > 0,7 high 0,3 < g ≤ 0,7 moderate g ≤ 0,3 low results and discussion the following are the calculation of students’ achievement in the pre-test by asking all of students in one class to make an argumentative text in one hour. the writing assessment of the test is taken from heaton (1990). ita juita applying cognitive code towards indonesian efl learners’ writing competence improvement 170 table 3. the recapitulation of pre-test average 440 min 223 max 660 median 440 modus 45 according to the table, it shows that the students’ writing competance in pre-test is still low because the average or mean only 40, median 40 and the mode is 45. while the minimum score for getting c-a in writing 2 of this university is 65-75. so the data shows almost students in this class are not able to write an argumentative text well. the assessor considers of generic structure, grammar, vocabulary, mechanics, fluency and the relevance of the text. the following are the calculation of the scores of the students in the post test. in this post test, the researcher or the teacher uses the same direction with the pre-test, asking the students to make an argumentative text. the teacher also uses the same evaluation of it, focus on the generic structure, grammar, vocabulary, mechanics, fluency and the relevance of the text. table 4. the recapitulation of post-test average 664.5 min 447 max 881.5 median 663 modus 663 the data above shows that the students’ competition in writing is getting better than the pre-test. it looks from the score enhancement which is increase 38% of the pre-test. the average of this post test is 64.5 with the higher score is 81.5, it means, it is better than the pre-test. the improvement of students’ achievement also can be proven by using the normalized gain (g) with is compared the pre-test and the post-test: according to the table 3.3, if g > 0.7, it means the improvement of teaching learning process to get the goal of learning is high, meanwhile if 0.3 < g ≤ 0.7, it means moderate in improving students’ ability in getting the target score. and the last, if g ≤ 0.3, it shows the improvement of students’ quality with using the teacher’s method is low. so that, according to the normalized gain criteria in table 3.3, the improvement of students’ writing skill after getting treatment by using cognitive code as the teacher’s method in tlp is moderate. because of the g is 0.7 or 0.3 < g ≤ 0.7. so, the researcher is able to state that cognitive code is a good enough method in improving students’ writing skill. in this classroom action research, the researcher provides questionnaire as one of instrument is used to get the students’ attitude toward the researcher methods in tlp. this questionnaire consists of five questions with 5 intervals and it is examined by using rating scale method. these questions divide into two kind of attitude aspect, it is cognitive and affective aspect. the researcher gives the questionnaire to the 19 students in researcher’s class, with the aim for responding the researcher’s method (cognitive code) in teaching learning process toward the students’ writing improvement. here is the table of the students’ attitude result: table 5. table of the students’ attitude total respondent 19 total question 5 option/ question 5 result from all questions 399 171 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee option in each question and the score: 1. strongly agree 5 2. agree 4 3. uncertain 3 4. disagree 2 5. strongly disagree 1 table 6. class interval interval class number interval 1 95 – 171 2 172 – 248 3 249 – 325 4 326 – 402 5 403 – 479 95 172 249 326 403 – 479 strongly disagree disagree uncertain agree strongly agree according to the data, the result of the students’ attitude toward cognitive code which the researcher uses in the teaching writing is 399. it means the students’ attitude toward cognitive code in improving their writing skill, is agreed of the students or 82% of respondents of this questionnaire agree because the score is 399, it means the result of the questionnaire is in interval 326 – 403 with the statement “agree”. this result is based on the students’ cognitive and affective aspect. however, the researcher is also going to explain every aspects of both influence of cognitive code toward the student’s cognitive and the student’s affective below: in the questionnaire, the researcher inserts three questions (no 1, 2, 3) related to the students’ cognitive aspect. if all of students give highest point in the three questions, so the total is 284. but according to the data, total for the students’ cognitive attitudes cognitive code method is 239. it means that the students’ cognitive increase 84% after the teacher applies cognitive code as the method in tlp. meanwhile, for measuring the students’ affective the researcher gives two questions in the questionnaire (no 4 and 5). based on the data scoring for improving the students’ affective attitudes cognitive code as the researcher method in teaching writing is 160. while, the maximal score if all of students give the highest score for each question the total is 190. thus, the percentage of improvement the students’ affective after the teacher applies cognitive code as the method in improving the students’ writing is 84%. this percentage is the same with the students’ improvement in their cognitive aspect. conclusion in applying cognitive code, the teacher provides opportunities to the students in expressing their opinions, critical thinking, and shows the students’ prior knowledge related to the material be discussed. thus, in addition to opening big opportunities to the students to be active learners, these ways also help the teacher to measure the students’ ability in the subject and assist the teacher to find out the solutions of the students’ problem in tlp. in this car the researcher uses some instruments research related to the cognitive code in writing class. they are students’ learning journal and the researcher journal. it is effective to help both students and the teacher in achieving objectives of learning in the class, in particular argumentative writing competence. beside that, the researcher ita juita applying cognitive code towards indonesian efl learners’ writing competence improvement 172 provides the other instruments such as questionnaires and tests. after about 2 cycles of the research, learning outcomes can be seen from the figure obtained through the acquisition of the post-test. in the post-test, the average grade has improved from 40 in the pre-test to 64.5 in post test. to see the percentage of students’ writing improvement, the researcher uses normalized gain. therefore, the normalized gain in comparing the pretest with the post-test is 0.7. it means that the percentage of the students’ writing is moderate. this number can be proven that the method enables students to improve their writing competence. the success of this method is also directly proportional to the questionnaire given to the students, based on the questionnaire that has been processed. it is stated that more than 82% of the students like the techniques or methods of this research in improving the quality or competence of the students in writing. it means that almost of the students interest the cognitive code as a method of tlp in the class. moreover, by using the method of cognitive code there is good improvement in students’ activeness in class discussion. it is caused of process and strategy in cognitive code approach. the strategies are asking a lot of questions, monitoring, discussing and reflecting the tlp to the students. in conclusion, after applying cognitive code there is good improvement in students’ writing, in that they are able to produce an english writing better. in addition, the students’ enthusiasm gets improving, caused by the cognitive code approach making the students to be an active processor. they also explained that to successful language learning and teaching is in understanding the structure and processes of the mind. this research provides a lot of discussion and many tools to monitor the students’ thinking way. the improvement of students’ ability in writing and the enhancement of the students’ attitude have proven that the cognitive code is good method to be applied in writing class. references alwasilah, a.c. (2011). pokoknya action research. bandung: pt kiblat buku utama. folse, et al. (1999). great essay. new york: hougthon mifflin company. fraenkel, j. r & wallen n. e. (2006). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill companies,inc. halliday, m. k. et al. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar. new york: oxford university press inc. heaton, j. b. (1990). writing english language test. new york: longman inc. heo, et al. (2011). piagets egocentrism and language learning: language egocentrism (le) and language differentiation (ld). finland: academic publisher manufactured in finland. vol 2, no 3, pp. 733-739. retrieved on 7 january 2014 from http://www.google.co.id/ url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=w eb&cd=1&ved=0ccsqfjaa&url=htt p%3a%2f%2fojs.academypublisher. com%2findex.php%2fjltr%2farticle% 2fdownload%2f0204733739%2f3204& ei=_pesu6ogdtc uateoygqbq&usg =afqjcnfnwhdx0amxjsjr4si3yizn ua-x0w&bvm=bv.68445247,d.c2e.. hutchinson & waters. (1991). english for specific purposes. new york: cambridge university press. meltzer, d.e. (2002). the relationship between mathematics preparation and conceptual learning gains in physics: a possible “hidden variable ”in diagnostic pretest scores. a journal of american association of physics teacher. retrieved from http://o jps.aip.org/a jp/. retrieved on may,11th 2014. olson, c.b & land, r. (2007). a cognitive strategies approach to reading and writing instruction for english language learners in secondary school. a journal of research in the teaching of english: volume 41, no 3. online [available]: http:// www.nwp.org/cs/public/download/ 173 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee nwp_file/8538/booth_olson,_carol,_ et_al.pdf?x-r=pcfile_d. retrieved on january, 24th 2014. ormrod, j.e. (2009). psikologi pendidikan. jakarta: erlangga. pinter, a. (2006). teaching young language learners. new york: oxford university press. sundem, g. (2007). improving student writing skills. hungtinton beach: shell education. yuko, k. (2009). language learning perspectives: language and cognitive models. retrieved 7 january2014 from: http:// www.chat.kansai-u.ac.jp/publications/ tr/v6_2.pdf. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 93 conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy nani ronsani thamrin english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kuningan, indonesia e-mail: nanironsani.thamrin@gmail.com silvia agustin english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas kuningan, indonesia e-mail: silvia.nitsuga@gmail.com apa citation: thamrin, n. r., & agustin, s. (2019). conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 93-100. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1777. received: 22-01-2019 accepted: 16-04-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: thinking capability is the most significant aspect in educational process. as every student has his own distinctive method of thinking, he will then possess his learning concepts. being a critical thinker means they have to be able to think more critical than any other people, by practicing their skills through comprehending the material and the content of the text. therefore, this paper discusses the phenomenon of conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skill (hots) strategy in universitas kuningan and describes how the hots strategy improves the students’ skills in comprehending the academic reading text. the data collected from a classroom observation and interview were analyzed qualitatively by using categories formulated based on theories related to hots strategy. as a result, it was found that various concepts on reading comprehension are seen from the c1-c6 phase of hots strategy and critical reading. this indicates that most students have higher order thinking skills in comprehending the text in critical reading class. finally, the findings are expected to be references for english teachers in implementing various teaching strategy. keywords: critical reading; higher order thinking skills; reading comprehension. introduction the need of learning reading is increasing along with the needs of students to acquire information during their study. the mutual relationship between students’ academic reading skills and educational achievements involves the four basic skills. these include reading, writing, critical thinking, oral presentation, and media literacy, which involve receptive and productive skills of students (tinto in hermida, 2009). as receptive skill, reading becomes the most necessary skill to get information for students since the reading courses which are explained by teachers in classroom is not enough. there are benefits of teaching reading that provide good models for english writing (harmer, 2007). however, to teach this skill, teachers need to improve methods instead of lots (lower order thinking skill) to enhance students thinking skills. anderson and krathwohl (2001) categorized level of reading and cognitive development into six level and changed the terms from lots to hots which is started with remembering, understanding, applying, analyzing, evaluating, and creating. the implementation of hots in classroom would be beneficial for both students and teachers as well. this research proposed the description of students’ conceptual variations on reading comprehension through hots strategy as well as the improvements of the skills in comprehending the academic reading text using hots strategy. this research also deals with critical reading (cotrell, 2005), the steps of hots strategy (anderson & krathwohl, 2001), and the concepts related to hots. hots strategies usually required for those who want to develop their thinking skills. therefore, good readers need higher order thinking strategies to think of, and direct their perception before, during and after reading the passages. beneath all, students need to acquire the hots strategy to improve their abilities in thinking process instead of thinking simply of the passage they read. upon even strategies of hots, here is a detail information on how the strategies of hots is applied according to seif (2012). first, giving high questions during reading activity. giving questions is defined by nani ronsani thamrin & silvia agustin conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy 94 hendricks et al. in seif (2012) as a strategy in order to help students to improve their reading skills to deeper thinking and learning for grasping the content of the text. thus, teachers should give higher-order questions related to the text during reading activities in the classroom. the questions are prepared by the teachers and given to the students during the reading activity by stopping at intervals and proposing the questions directly to the students. this activity is in line with the theory of directed reading proposed by haggard in seif (2012) that questioning can be facilitated with the directed reading-thinking activities approach (drta). this strategy is believed as a way on how to improve students’ thinking skills in reading activity. as supported by raphael in seif (2012) that “a question-answer relationship (qar) technique has been linked to improve students’ reading comprehension after reading.” second, making inference related to reading between lines strongly. students could be trained to utilize the illustrations, graphs, and headline from the text to create inferences. generating conclusion is closely to the description of making inference. according to doff in seif (2012), we can engage our experience to the reading passage based on our experience, otherwise we can imagine ourselves being on the stories that serve much experience, so that we can feel and grasp the meaning that author’s mean from the text. third, teachers take very important role in every single program of education. seif (2012) stated that teachers expose the student to be more aware of the material they learn from the very first place, should not talk too much, improve certain strategies to cultivate thinking behavior, use media, ask question regularly, and break the classroom into the small groups to work on the more specific task. therefore, this is perhaps an effective way to train students to think without noticing it. cotton in seif (2012) suggests that teachers need to utilize various instructional approaches to develop thinking skills and to enhance students’ knowledge and thinking skills by using generating questions, redirection and reinforcement in order to achieve the goal. besides, the questions proposed by the teachers must be higher-order questions and of course teachers need to be patient to wait to the students’ responses. furthermore, anderson and krathwohl (2001) developed the bloom’s taxonomy of cognitive objectives by categorizing it into six phase, starting from c1 to c6 – remembering, understanding, applying, analyzing, evaluating and creating. the name of these six major categories were changed from noun to verb forms. as the taxonomy reflects different forms of thinking of every individual regarding the problems they have. besides, thinking is an active process so that verbs are used rather than nouns. this is one of the reason why anderson made an adjustment to bloom’s taxonomy terms. figure 1 describes the change of the bloom’s taxonomy into anderson’s. bloom’s taxonomy anderson’ taxonomy figure 1. the comparison of bloom’s taxonomy and anderson’s taxonomy english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 95 the c1 phase, remembering, includes recalling information, recognizing, listing, describing, retrieving, naming and finding which all belong to the input process (receptive skills). the students commit this phase in the first time they get information by listening or reading. after they have been exceeded the c1 phase, they go through the next phase, c2, understanding. this phase presents the process of explaining ideas or concepts, interpreting, summarizing, paraphrasing, classifying and explaining the content of the information. c3, applying, represents the using of information in another familiar situation. it includes implementing, carrying out, using, and executing the information got in any other particular situation and conditions in appropriate ways. c4, analyzing, is going to break the information into parts to explore their understandings and the relationships of the information they received. this phase includes comparing, organizing, deconstructing, interrogating, and finding. c5, evaluating, reviews the justification of decision or course of an action. it includes checking, hypothesizing, critiquing, experimenting, and judging every information they received from any sources. finally, c6, creating, is the process of generating new ideas, products, or ways of view things. it includes designing, constructing, planning, producing, and inventing. the phase of c1 to c3 belong to lower order thinking skills, meanwhile the rest, c4 to c6 is higher order thinking skills. in short, the main purpose of hots is that the students are able to collect the information, categorize it, and generating new ideas to be implemented in any other situations they have, beyond the classroom or any other occasions. method this study intends to find out students’ conceptual variation and to describe the improvements of students’ skills in reading comprehension through hots strategy in critical reading. it is largely qualitative descriptive meaning that this study is fully describing the phenomenon that happened in the classroom. this study was conducted in a critical reading class in universitas kuningan. two class of fourth semester students were involved in this study. 28 students in class a consists of 8 male students and 20 female students; they are in range of 18-25 years old. meanwhile, 27 students in class b consists of 9 male students and 18 female students; they are also in range of 18-25 years old. the students were selected since they have taken reading subject in the previous semester. thus, the students have known the basic knowledge about being a good reader and the function of reading activity along their study as well. the data collected by applying a classroom observation and interview were then analyzed qualitatively by using categories formulated based on theories related to hots strategy. there are 8-10 meetings observed and 37 students were interviewed by using burke’s reading interviews’ guidelines (2005), ifanc and wales (2010), and burns, maki, and karrich (2013). the interview guidelines depict the information on how students’ behavior in reading the passages and how they comprehend the content as well as how they implement higher order thinking skills on reading comprehension in critical reading class. in assessing student’s capability in higher order thinking, the researcher uses the indicator of assessment adapted from lewy and aisyah (2011) as presented in table 1. table 1. categories for assessing higher order thinking skills student’s mark level of students’ higher order thinking 100 76 excellent 75 51 good 50 26 enough 25-1 poor (adapted from lewy & aisyah, 2011) the level of students’ higher order thinking is categorized by the result of the test conducted during the mid-term and final exam. the researcher has got the permission from the lecturer to take the result of the test to be the standards of determining students’ hots. in analyzing the data, the researcher uses steps of analyzing qualitative data proposed by yin nani ronsani thamrin & silvia agustin conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy 96 (2011) which include; compiling: the researcher sorts the collected data from observation, interview and filed-notes; disassembling: the researcher breaks the data into more specific or smaller pieces. in this case, the research tries to classify the data into several aspects of hots level and critical reading skills; reassembling: the researcher depicts the data and serves it into graphic or tabular forms; interpreting: the researcher describes the collected data and analyzed it by using her own interpretation and assumption supported by theories; and concluding: the research concludes the result of the research which is proven by the data and theories. results and discussion from the observation, it is found that the lecturer has already implemented the hots strategy in critical reading class and made the students have the conceptual variation on reading comprehension. there are two types of major cases of the students along the learning activities in the classroom, they are the steps related to the critical reading and the concepts related to the hots. these two major cases involve the hots implementation in order to create good atmosphere and to achieve the learning goal effectively. students’ conceptual variation of reading comprehension based on the observation and interview, it is found that students were able to apply the hots strategy in their critical reading activities in the classroom. students’ conceptual variation can be seen in the following. the critical reading applying critical thinking in reading activity is a very important aspect to develop the students’ capability in catching the sense of the text. critical reading is not the same as the other kinds of reading, like skimming or scanning the text, but rather using the higher thinking skills. this is the useful strategy to the information placement and enhance a general feel of the subject. anyhow, it is usually found in narrower reading material. critical reading, as cotrell (2005) stated, “requires the students to focus their attention much more closely on certain parts of a written text, holding other information in mind”. thus, it is obvious that the students need to pay more attention and focus on what their reading order to get the meaning of the context of the reading passage by holding the information. it not only relies on the students’ reading capability, but also involves the analysis, reflection, evaluation and making judgements (cotrell 2005). it means that the students are expected to be able to analyze the text, reflect it to their life, evaluate and make judgement based on their opinion and life experiences which need higher order thinking skills. the implementation of hots strategy can be proved since the lecturer conducted some prominent characteristics of critical reading in her teaching activities. those were in the first activity on march 13th, 2018 at 01.00-02.30 p.m. to the last meeting on may 15th, 2018. first, the student can predict what the text was about and also gave their logical reason although the prediction was not the same as the content of the text and reconnect it with their prior knowledge and previous experiences which help them in making prediction. it is in line with rauch et al. (1968) in seif (2012) who stated that prerequisite knowledge or prior knowledge would be helpful for someone to get started to read the text; conversely he would get some trouble along the reading activity, such as being confused and strange. the difference of prediction and the content of the text was also shown in following interview script. interviewer : now, we’re beginning to the predicting, summarizing, etc. for prediction, do you ever try to predict of what will the text talk about before you read the text? student 3 : i am more likely to the story, for example emmmm the disney story was all about the happy ending right? if the disney, the middle of the story was like this, for example, so the ending must be happy ending. so, the prediction about the film was not really far from that, that will be happy ending. but, not all of them like that nowadays.” however, the different prediction and the content of the text was shown in different class in which the meeting was conducted on tuesday, march 20th, 2018 at 01.00-02.30 p.m. the text was about the chitchen itza, a historical place in mexico which was taken from the internet. the student predicted that the place was in asean country, but it is located in mexico. they also found some difficult words and it became a barrier to them in grasp the content of the text, such as the word of “settlement”, “tribes” & “sculpture”. they need more time to understand the content of the text as well as to identify the english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 97 text because they need to find the meaning of those difficult vocabularies. second, the students used their skills in constructing meaning from instructional messages, including oral, written, and graphic communication (c2-phase 2) and applying a procedure to a familiar task (c3-phase 3) by summarizing the text and retell it to their friends in the classroom in two or three sentences. the article about developing tourism spot in jogjakarta was taken from jakarta post entitled “four destinations in yogyakarta to be revamped”, posted on sunday, march 25th 2018 at 08:01 a.m. here, the students presented to their friends that “indonesian have to develop and increase the number of the tourists to visit the other spot in jogjakarta, beside borobudur temple as the popular icon, so that indonesia can promote its natural tourism sites that spread in all of the region.” most of the students could summarize the content of the text and retell their summary to their friends in two or three sentences. this is shown in the following interview script. interviewer : could you re-explain to your friends about what have you read? student 1 : it depends on the text, if it is easy to understand so i can do it. interviewer : for example? student 1 : ya, for example the news that i have knew before. so, because i understood, i can directly retell the news to my friends. but, if the news was unfamiliar, i don’t dare to do so. interviewer : if you are asked to re-explain the text in one or two sentences, could you do that? student 1 : insyaallah i can. the illustration is in line with the purpose of the critical reading through hots strategy that is to improve students’ skills to conclude the text using their own words and perceptions. according to anderson and krathwohl (2001), after exceeding the c1 phase, students go through the next phase, c2, understanding. this phase presents the process of explaining ideas or concepts, interpreting, summarizing, paraphrasing, classifying and explaining the content of the information. third, the students tend to generate questions by asking themselves about 5w1h related to the text they have. in generating question, the students are asking themselves why something is happened during their reading activity. they explore the reason why anything happened or how the events are happened in the story by putting their prediction and anything they knew beyond the text, such as experiences and ideas to the text. “yes, of course. for example, what was the text talking about. the 5w1h question must be used, because the question was all about the 5w1h. what is the content of the text, we should be able to explain it, we have to know where the case is happened.” (student 8) the illustration represents the theory of anderson and krathwohl (2001) who stated that in c3, applying, represents the using of information in another familiar situation. it includes implementing, carrying out, using, and executing the information got in any other particular situation and conditions in appropriate ways. besides, c4, analyzing, is going to break the information into parts to explore their understandings and the relationships of the information they received. this phase includes comparing, organizing, deconstructing, interrogating, and finding. on the other hand, generating question by asking themselves is happening as the result of the curiosity as depicted in the following script. interviewer : now we’re going to the generating question. when you are reading, do you ever ask yourself, who is planning this kind of action, for example, or why this is happened? student 11 : sometimes, yes. if i saw an accident for example, so i am asking myself who is that? why this is happened? just like want to know, just feel curious. fourth, the students use quotation and evidence based on the paragraph of the text to answer their generating questions. for example, in class meeting on tuesday, may 8th, 2018 at 02.08-03.30 p.m., the students clarify their answer by giving proof based on the text where the statement were supported by the evidence in the text and quotations. this is in line with the 5th phase proposed by anderson and krathwohl (2001) who stated that c5, evaluating, reviews the justification of decision or course of an action. it includes checking, hypothesizing, critiquing, experimenting, and judging every information they received from any sources. it means that the students are evaluating their ideas and thoughts by finding supporting information. nani ronsani thamrin & silvia agustin conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy 98 students’ ways of thinking the first concept related to hots is procedural knowledge which means how to do something, manners of investigations and the standard for utilizing abilities, algorithms, techniques, and methods (pickard in seif, 2012). it emerges as a type of knowledge and a prerequisite for higher order thinking since it includes manners of investigations and utilization of the abilities based on the standards. in addition, the capability to presents a numbers of rules and provisions is called as “information learning”; meanwhile the capability to implementing a numbers of rules and provisions in a single collection is called as “application”. hots is usually perceived as the procedural knowledge. for instance, on tuesday, march 13th, 2018 at 09.30-11.00 a.m., the students were asked by the lecturer to analyze the organizational structure of the text which includes definition, classification, examples, comparison, summarization, time order, elaboration, contrast and illustration. they were capable to analyze the text following the procedure given by the lecturer. besides, they present the result of their analysis to their friends. interviewer : first question, if you read something, did you get any useful information for your own? student 8 : of course. there must be a useful information in the text. for example, in the magazine and in kuningan news. there is a lot of information about the weather in the area of kuningan. from the script, we can conclude that the procedural knowledge is not only used for presenting the result of our perception to the other people, but also to inform others about alternative solution or any other information that might be useful. every information from the text are useful, otherwise they did not apply it to their daily life. as quoted from the interview, the information in the text might be useful for everyone, but not all can be applied. it depends on the condition and situation which require the information to be applied. the second concept is comprehension which is a part of bloom’s taxonomy. it is deemed to be one of the lower order thinking skills and integrated to the hots foster. although it is such an important component, it does not belong to higher order thinking skills. the new “schemata” and information is created from the individual’s comprehensions using particular activities (crowl in seif, 2012), including, but not limited to, arousing and answering questions that prosecute higher order thinking about effete and recent ideas, encountering contradictory ideas and information, problems, or dilemmas, exploring and making discoveries, conducting systematic inquiries, summarizing, reciting, and discussing new ideas and their relationships, relating new understandings to other concepts, applying new ideas and information in basic problem-solving activities, or reflecting and verbalizing about cognitive processes involved in comprehension. instead of perceiving the meaning of a difficult word in a text, they tend to ignore the difficult words or vocabulary as presented in the following script. interviewer : for example, when you are reading then suddenly you found difficult vocabulary, but actually you know that it belongs to which class-word. is that helping you to understand the content of the text? student 15 : to be honest, if i found difficult word, i just ignore it. i don’t care. but yeah, we can use our logic. the last concepts related to the hots is creativity and intelligence. students’ creativity and intelligence can be seen on how they could give alternative solution for every single problem or case they found on the text. the solution was not only seen in a single point of view, but also in various point of views. naturally, the creativities do not belong to higher order thinking resolutely. it has a strong relationship with the process. the concepts and principles need to be solved by arousing new ideas and a good problem solving. it took an important role in higher order thinking process as pasteur observes that “chance favors only the prepared mind” because “only a trained mind can make connection between unrelated events, recognize meaning in a serendipitous event, and produce a solution that is both novel and suitable” (crowl cited in seif, 2012). meanwhile, the meaning of intelligent is not merely about the capability to mean something. it concerns to seven kinds of intelligences or the natural capability of human. it includes linguistic-verbal, logical-mathematical, spatial, musical, bodily-kinesthetic, interpersonal and intrapersonal abilities. every student has several intelligences which differs them from one to another. exercises, learning and experiences are the things that may help individual to foster their abilities substantively. in this point of view, gardner in seif (2012) declares that every english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 99 individual is “capable to fostering their intelligence and some particular intelligence might be more developed than any other intelligence”. likewise, every individual can arouse their intelligence by education, particularly the moment when they start to train their intelligence at the early ages. for example, in the class meeting on monday, april 16th, 2018 at 11.00-12.30 a.m., there were students who bring an article entitled “10 die, dozens hospitalized after drinking bootleg liquor” posted on tuesday, april 3rd 2018 at 07.02 p.m. at jakarta post. the lecturer asked them for the solution in three point of views, including from the government’s point of view, the seller’s point of view and the last from the parents’ point of view. automatically, the students answered that question by saying: “the things that should be done by the government is that conducting the preventive action and regulation on how people can consume the alcoholic drinks. for the seller, it would be better if they do some more positive business rather than selling the alcoholic drinks. for the parents, they should pay more attention in watching their children in case they do negative things, so this kind of case would be never happened again in the future.” (researcher’s note) students’ improvements in comprehending academic reading text through hots strategy from the analysis towards the interview and observation data, the researcher found some tendencies of the students which show the improvements from lots to hots in critical reading comprehension. first, the students could actively retrieve knowledge from their long-term memory (c1phase 1) by predicting the text talks about, by analyzing the picture, headline and supporting ideas, as well as by involving their prior knowledge and their previous experience. in this case, anderson (2001) stated that the c1 phase, remembering, includes recalling information, recognizing, listing, describing, retrieving, naming and finding which all belong to the input process (receptive skills). the students commit this phase in the first time they get information by listening or reading. second, the students used their skills in constructing meaning from instructional messages, including oral, written, and graphic communication (c2-phase 2) and applying a procedure to a familiar task (c3-phase 3) by summarizing the text and retell it to their friends in the classroom in two or three sentences. third, the students were able to break the reading material into its constituent parts and determine how the parts relate to one another and to overall structure or purpose (c4-phase 4) by analyzing and grasping the content of the text. here, the students tend to generate questions by asking themselves about 5w1h related to the text they have. lastly, the students were able to detect inconsistencies or fallacies within a process or product; determine whether a process or product has internal consistency; detect the effectiveness of a procedure as it is being implemented (c5phase 5); put elements together to form a coherent or functional whole; and reorganize elements into a new pattern or structure (c6phase 6) by creating alternative solution for every single problem they found on the text they read. conclusion based on the analysis, the researcher can draw conclusions as follows. there were two major types of conceptual variation in reading comprehension through hots strategy in critical reading class which involved the steps of hots strategy (remembering, understanding, applying, analyzing, evaluating and creating) and critical reading (predicting, summarizing, generating question and clarifying). the students tend to begin to involve their prior knowledge, experience, and logical reason after they had known about the steps of critical reading and hots strategy delivered by the lecturer during the classroom activities. in this case, the students were classified as the lots and hots students based on the consideration of how much the students involved their critical thinking in responding to the text that given by the lecturer. references anderson, l., & krathwohl, d. (2001). a taxonomy for learning, teaching and assessing: a revision of bloom’s taxonomy. new york: longman publishing. burns, m. k., maki, k. e., & karrich, a.c. (2013). using performance feedback to increase reading comprehension strategy use. minnesota: university of minnesota. cotrell, s. (2005). critical thinking skill: developing effective analysis and argument. new york: palgrave macmillan. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. england: pearson education. hermida, j. (2009). the importance of teaching academic reading skills in first year university nani ronsani thamrin & silvia agustin conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy 100 courses. the international journal research and review, 3, 21-31. ifanc, c., & wales, y. (2010). guidance on the teaching of higher-order reading skills: inset opportunities for teachers of all subjects across the curriculum at key stages 2 and 3. uk: crown. lewy, z., & aisyah, n. (2011). pengembangan soal untuk mengukur kemampuan berpikir tingkat tinggi pokok bahasan barisan dan deret bilangan di kelas ix akselerasi smp xaverius maria palembang. jurnal pendidikan matematika, 3(2), 14-28. seif, a. (2012). evaluating higher order thinking skills in reading exercises of english for palestine grade 8. disertation. gaza, the islamic universities. yin, r. k. (2011). qualitative research from start to finish. new york: guildford press. adjacency pairs taufiqulloh a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners a self-assessmentmodel in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners taufiqulloh department of english education, tegal university of pancasakti, indonesia email: taufiqkayla@gmail.com apa citation: taufiqulloh. (2014). a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 50-58 received: 19-10-2014 accepted: 02-11-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this self-assessment model is developed to help efl students improve their achievement in academic writing, more particularly essay writing. in english department of pancasakti university tegal, academic writing is the course subject which develops models and practices of essay writing in order that students are actively engaged in rhetorical problem-solving. the development of this self-assessment model was derived from the analysis of both theoretical and empirical studies of self-assessment in efl writing. the self-assessment model developed in this study consists of four kinds of selfassessment instruments: self-edit checklist of writing dimensions (cwd), checklist of writing strategies (cws), survey questionnaire of writing interest and awareness (swia), and questionnaire of learning monitoring strategies (qlms). this self-assessment model can be an alternative model in teaching academic writing to efl students at university level, more particularly the students of english department, pancasakti university tegal. keywords: self-assessment model, academic writing, indonesian efl learners introduction it is generally acknowledged that in the field of efl learning, students of any english department in indonesian colleges or universities should be able to pursue good performance in writing as producing a piece of scientific work is a part of the crucial requirements in completing their study. it has been widely known that writing in foreign language teaching has become more important today as it is not only an object of study but a system of communication (weigle, 2000). writing is different from spoken language in form and use. in essay writing, for example, learners are required to not only invent, express and organize ideas as well as translate them into readable texts, but also to make use of correct grammar and sentence patterns. in higher education, assessment plays an important role to the success of the teaching and learning process. it shapes the experience of the students and influences their behavior more than the teaching they receive. (bloxam & boyd, 2007 and orsmond, merry and reiling, 2000:24). in other words, selecting effective assessment method or model is of value to the teaching itself. the self-assessment model developed in this study is considered as alternative technique in teaching academic writing to university students which is more student-centered. through this model, students are expected to do effective self-editing strategies in writing, figure out their writing interest and awareness, learning monitoring strategies which result to better writing achievement. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee this self-assessment model was developed on the basis of metacognitive theory in whichmetacognitive skills are important in developing autonomous learning skills. themetacognitive skills cover self-regulation, self-monitoring and self-assessment. metacognition essentially means cognition about cognition; that is, it refers to second order cognitions: thoughts about thoughts, knowledge about knowledge or reflections about actions (eleonora and louca, 2008:15). self-assessment encourages the learners to recognize their strengths and weaknesses in learning, and cope with various learning problems. it promotes learning, raises learner’s awareness of their own learning, improve the goal orientation of individual learners, reduces teacher’s burdens of assessment and entails a long-term effect on the learner’s autonomy (oscarson, 1989:62). brown (2004:270) defines self-assessment as one of the primary foundation stones of successful learning. the ability to set one’s own goals both within and beyond the structure of a classroom curriculum, to pursue them without the presence of an external prod, and to independently monitor that pursuit all keys to success. according blanche and merino (1989:313) cited in oscarson (2009:63), selfassessment accuracy is a precondition for learner autonomy. students need to be able to appraise their performance accurately for themselves so that they themselves understand what more they need to learn and do not become dependent on their teachers. illes (2012:509) defines learner autonomy as the capacity to become competent speakers of the target language who are able to exploit the linguistic and other resources at their disposal effectively and creatively. in writing, self-assessment enables learners to monitor their progress in learning to write and set their own learning goals. in other words, it encourages the learners the reflection needed to gain increased control as writers (o’malley and pierce, 1996:151). self-assessment is a process through which students must be led (o’malley and pierce, 1996:39). teaching students to evaluate their progress begins with realizing that students will be learning new skills and it can be carried out with these four steps: setting criteria, applying criteria, setting and working towards goals. some empirical studies claimed the effectiveness of self-assessment in english language learning. sadek (2011) investigated the effect of self-assessment on the efl-learners’ expository essay writing. birjandi (2010) also explored the role of journal writing as a selfassessment technique in promoting iranian efl learners’ motivation. taufiqulloh (2010) conducted a classroom research with two learning cycles on implementing the model of self-editing checklist in the writing process of essay from oshima and hogue (2006). moreover, oscarson (2009) explored a study on how upper secondary school students perceived their own general and specific writing abilities regarding syllabus goals and whether these perceptions were affected by self-assessment practices. wang and wang (2007) introduced both affect test and self-assessment into the traditional assessment scheme of non-english major post-graduates esl writing classes. brown (2005:85), conducted a small study of students on an independent learning program.in addition to that, ferris (1995) developed and used a semester-long editing process approach to help advanced esl writing students become more self-sufficient as editors. taufiqulloh a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners the results of the study showed that self-editing contributed a positive effect in improving student’s ability in writing. developing self-assessment model this self-assessmentmodel was developed on the basis of needs analysis and the results of theoretical and empirical review on self-assessment practices in the context of efl learning, particularly in academic writing instruction. the needs analysis was conducted at the english department of pancasakti university tegal, intended to gather information relating to the teaching and learning process of academic writing. empirical review was also conducted to develop the model of this study. it was found that there was a model of self-assessment practices in essay writing instruction developed by oshima and hogue (2006). they developed a model of self-editing instrument which can be applied in the polishing stage of the writing process of essay. this model was then tested using a classroom action research to the students of english department, pancasakti university attending academic writing class. the result showed that such a model was effective in teaching essay writing: students’ writing achievement improved from pre-cycle to the last cycle. instead, some drawbacks were found regarding the implementation of the model. teacher didn’t set criteria before students were involved in selfpractices in the classroom. another problem found that such self-assessment instrument contains more general information about assessing the aspects of essay such as format, mechanics, content, organization, grammar and sentence structures, so that teacher worked hard on providing more detailed information on it. moreover, the form of self-edit checklist was dichotomous. students were only asked to write yes or no in the checklist without giving further explanation to their answers as they were supposed to do in responding to such checklist. according to youngman (1984) cited in cohen, et.al., (2005 ) youngman (1984:163) suggests that it is a natural human tendency to agree with a statement rather than to disagree with it; this suggests that a simple dichotomous question might build in respondent bias. the similar phenomenon was also found in research conducted by sadek (2011). she developed a model of self-editing instrument that was associated with the polishing stage of the writing process.. this instrument doesn’t provide detailed information about assessing all aspects of essay. she also developed another self-assessment intended to measure students’ attitude during academic writing instruction. in its implementation, it was not measured for its validity and reliability that resulted in biased evaluation. criteria was also not set before implementing self-assessment practices. considering some phenomena previously described, this selfassessment model in teaching academic writing for efl learners was developed. components of the model the components of self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for efl learners is described in the following figure: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee figure 1: self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for efl learners mini lesson standard competence learning materials instructional objective formative assessment survey of writing interest and awareness (swia) questionnaire of learning monitoring strategies (qlms) checklist of writing dimensions (cwd) self-assessment checklist of writing strategies (cws) reflection learning indicators basic competencies writing process planning writing first draft assessing revising writing final copy editing -modeling -reviewing essay writing assignment summative assessment writing test self-assessment learning outcome feedback taufiqulloh a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners drawn from the figure, this model encompasses twelve components: standard competence, basic competencies, learning indicators, instructional objective, learning materials, mini lesson, self-assessment instruments, feedback, writing process, formative assessment, summative assessments, learning outcome, and reflection. mini lesson (criteria) is an important part in self-assessment. teacher should provide criteria or standards students must follow in order that they can make judgment on their own. this is a key element of self-assessment. according to boud (1986:1) criterion is a requirement of self-assessment to be able to engage with and if possible involve students in both discussion and understanding of criteria and/or formulating the criteria used in assessment. while o’malley and pierce (1996) added that in order to carry out self-assessment, students must be led. this mini lesson is carried out by two activities: modeling and reviewing. teacher presents somemodels of essay to be critically reviewed in terms of strengths and weaknesses. three selfassessment instruments developed are checklist of writing dimension (cwd), checklist of writing strategies (cws), survey of writing interest and awareness (swia) andquestionnaire of learning monitoring strategies (qlms). cwdwas developed from themodel of self-edit checklist fromoshima and hogue (2006). through this checklist, students learn to self-edit several aspects of their essay writing including format, mechanics, content, organization, grammar and sentence structures. they self-edit their essay draft to have good format, correct spelling, punctuation and othermechanical skills. they also learn to assess whether their writing is interesting or not to read, andwhether their writing is producedwith care and thought or not, andwhether or not their essay has a good organization. furthermore, students are able to recognize their mistakes on several grammatical aspects in their writing such as tenses, conjunctions, etc. in addition, since writing is an art, using various types of sentences in writing is artful. cwswas developed frommaterials produced by the georgetownuniversity evaluation assistance center (eac) east (1990) cited in o’malley (1996:154) cited in o’malley and pierce (1996). through this checklist, students assess their strategies before, during and after writing. pre-writing strategies focus on topic review and organization. students learn to recognize the strategies in generating ideas about the topic andmaking outline or semantic map of the topic. strategies used during writing focus on the content. after writing, students identify their strategies in rereading, editing and revising their essays.meanwhile, swiawas developed frommaterials produced by the georgetownuniversity evaluation assistance center (eac) east (1990) cited in o’malley (1996:154). it is employed to determine the students attitude toward academic writing. students are asked to identify their interest and awareness which include their perceptions, care, and seriousness in learning to write essay. simply, students are asked to indicate their attitudes in learning academic writing and gauge their improvement as writers. andqlms is employed to find out theways the studentsmonitor their own learning after they accomplish a certain task. feedback is another important part of self-assessment. it is merely an approach which determine the effectiveness of self-assessment practices. tutor feedback and student learning are inseparable (osmond., et.al., 2000). it is an essential component of virtually of every model of the writing process as it english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee motivates the writers to improve their next draft (hall, 1990:43). feedback during writing process improves not only student attitude to writing but writing performance if students are given unlimited opportunities to respond to teacher feedback and continue writing. (ferris,1995). thus, students do not rely on themselves in coping with their learning problems. the writing process in the model consists of planning, writing the first draft (drafting), assessing, revising, editing, and writing the final draft. relating to formative assessment, it includes all activities that provide information that is used as feedback to adapt teaching and learning in the classroom. brown (2004:6) said that formative assessment refers to a process assessment which is given during the course of instruction to show which aspect of the materials the students have mastered and where the remidial work is necessery. it is also called assessment of learning, used to improve learning by giving the student information on his or her learning progress while still learning. self-assessment plays a very important role in this kind of assessment. assessment is also called learning itself. the teaching and learning process of academic writing class in this study is more about assigning the students to practice writing essays on some given topics using the steps of writing process in this model. using self-edit checklist of writing dimensions (cwd), they practice editing and revising their essays by gathering feedback from their peers and teacher. through this activities, students are able to recognize their problems or barriers in writing and figure out the ways to cope with them. meanwhile, summative assessment in this model is conducted by giving writing test at the end of instruction to see overall progress of learning during learning to write through selfassessment practices. students’ writing strategies, interest and awareness as well as monitoring strategies, are also figured out through this type of assessment. finally, reflection should be carried out by both teacher and students regarding the learning outcome to set up the next instructional objectives. model implementation procedure the part presents a set of activities of both teacher and students in implementing self-assessment model in academic writing class. (see figure 2). as shown in figure 2, both teacher and students are involved in the following activities in implementing self-assessment model in academic writing class: lecturing at the beginning of instruction, teacher delivers the instructional objective of academic writing which was developed from the standard competence and basic competencies in the existing syllabus so that it enables students to figure out what to be achieved in learning academic writing, particularly essay writing. teacher also prepares the materials of essay writing as the subjects matters taught in academic writing class. regarding the instructional objective, the learning materials of essay embrace several aspects of essay writing such as the development of essay, types of essay, unity and coherence, sentence types and grammatical features in essay, rhetorical strategies, etc. taufiqulloh a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners figure 2: implementation procedure of self-assessment model conducting mini lesson teacher plays a central role in applying mini lesson. this is about setting criteria with the involvement of the students so that self-assessment practices in the classroom can be worked out successfully. defining characteristics of self-assessment is the involvement of students in identifying standards and/or criteria to apply to their work and making judgments about the extent to which they have met these criteria and standards (boud 1995: 12). through mini lesson, teacher presents some models of well-organized essays which have clarity in meaning, accuracy in format, mechanics, grammar and sentence structures, and clarity in content and organization. another form of mini lesson is reviewing. teacher provides sample essays to be reviewed with students in the classroom to figure out their strengths and weaknesses. conducting formative assessment after mini lesson, teacher assigns students to develop essay within a number of topics. using the steps of writing process developed in this model, teacher facilitates students to work in pairs or group to plan, and write, assess, revise, and refine their draft. teacher also monitors the progress of students’ works after doing self-revising and editing their draft and provides feedback for their writing problems. feedback is mainly addressed to refine students’ writing in terms of clarity in meaning (content and organization), accuracy in format, mechanics, language functions, unity and coherence. conducting summative assessment at the end of the writing instruction, teacher administers essay writing test to the students to find out the effect of self-assessment practices during the teaching and learning process teacher lecturing delivering objectives presenting learning materials mini lesson modeling reviewing formative assessment facilitating monitoring summative assessment assessing evaluating reflection facilitating identifying the instructional objective comprehen ding the product knowledge of essay writing reviewing sample essays (assessing and polishing) planning and developing essay assessing essay polishing essay using cwd identifying problems searching for feedback doing essay writing test filling out selfassessment instruments of metacognitive aspects (cws, swia and qlms) identifying strengths and weaknesses in writing making plans for improvement students english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of academic writing. this summative test is timed based in which students develop essay on the given topics. teacher also distributes three types of self-assessment instruments: checklist of writing strategies (cws), survey questionnaire of writing interest and awareness (swia) and questionnaire of learning monitoring strategy (qlms). facilitating reflection learning outcome is then analyzed for reflecting or giving a meaning toward academic writing instruction with self-assessment practices. things that have not been passed or achieved would be recognized. the strengths and the weaknessess of the students in learning academic writing will be the reference to reset the instructional goals. conclusion this self-assessment model was developed from the results of needs analysis, theoretical and empirical review. it is different from the existing models in terms of content and implementation. the content embraces more self-assessment instruments that can be used to apply self-assessment practices in academic writing class in a wider domain, covering both cognitive and metacognitive learning aspects of the students. through this model, students not only learn to produce wellorganized essays, but also to figure out their attitude in terms of writing strategies, interest and awareness and learning monitoring strategies. finally, this model is addressed to be implemented in academic writing class of english department, pancasakti university tegal. instead, it can be implemented widespread through adaptation or adjustment. references birjandi p, (2010). the role of self-assessment in promoting iranian efl learners’ motivation. elt journal, 3(3). blanche, p. & merino, b. j., (1989). self assessment of foreign language skills: implications for teachers and researchers. language learning, 39. 313340. bloxam s, & boyd p, (2007). developing effective assessment in higher education: a practical guide. london: mcgraw hillopen university press boud, d. (1995). enhancing learning through self assessment. london: kogan page). brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment principles and classroom practices. new york: pearson education, inc. cohen l., manion l., morisson, k. (2000). research methods in education; 5th edition. new york: roeutledgefalmer. dyke, m. (2006). the role of the ‘other’ in reflection, knowledge formation and action in a late modernity. international journal of lifelong education, 25(2), 105123. eleonora p., & louca. (2008). metacognition and theory of mind. newcastle: cambridge scholars publishing. ertmer, p. a., & newby, t. j. (1996). the expert learner: strategic, self-regulated and reflective. instructional science, 24, 124. ferris, d. (1995). teaching students to selfedit. tesol journal, 4(4), 18-22. flavell, john, h. 1979. metacognition and cognitive monitoring. american psychologist, 34(10), 906-911. harmer, j., (2004). how to teach writing. essex: pearson education limited illes, e. (2012). learner autonomy revisited. elt journal, 66(4), 505-513 o’malley and pierce j.m., pierce,v., (1996). authentic assessment for english language learners. longman. orsmond, p., merry, s., & reiling, k. (2000). the use of student derived marking criteria in peer and self-assessment. assessment and evaluation in higher education, 25(1), 23–38. taufiqulloh a self-assessment model in teaching academic writing for indonesian efl learners oscarson, a. d. (2009). self-assessment of writing in learning english as a foreign language: a study at the upper secondary school level. göteborg: geson hylte tryck. oscarson, m. (1989). self-assessment of language proficiency: rationale and applications. language testing, 6(1), 1-13. oshima a., & hogue a., (2006). writing academic english. pearson: longman. sadek, n. (2011). the power of selfassessment in language learning. lap lambert academic publishing. seow, a. (2002). the writing process and process writing. in jack c. richards, willy a. renandya (eds.)methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice (pp.315-320). cambridge, new york: cambridge university press taras, m. (2001). the use of tutor feedback and student self-assessment insummative assessment tasks: towards transparency for students and for tutors. assessment & evaluation in higher education, 26(6), 289–306. wang, h., & wang, y. (2007). the addition of an affect test and self-assessment into esl writing assessment: process and effect. asian efl journal, 20. weigle (2000). assessing writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia kuang ching hei faculty of languages & linguistics, university of malaya e-mail: kuangch@um.edu.my maya khemlani david faculty of languages & linguistics, university of malaya e-mail: mayadavid@yahoo.com apa citation: kuang, c. h., & david, m. k. (2017). empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 163-174 received: 19-03-2017 accepted: 20-04-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: given the easy availability of information due to social media, it is generally recognized that language teachers need to transform themselves from being mere disseminators of information to that of innovators. literature suggests that to do so, language teachers should make action research an indispensable part of their language teaching armory. this paper aims to encourage language teachers to take charge of their own profession by conducting action research in their respective classrooms. the paper illustrates two case studies which stress on the process which can be duplicated by teachers as well as the outcome which can be used for improvement and for sharing with peers through publication. by engaging in action research, language teachers can move beyond their conventional teaching roles to become researchers cum practitioners who are able to rise to the occasion by overcoming current language issues first hand instead of taking advice from educational researchers. keywords: action research, language teaching, reflection introduction preparation for english language teachers to motivate and teach their students should involve more than just techniques and the various strategies and tips for language learning. teachers need to develop their own practices after completing their formal training and courses. they must also aspire to improve their own teaching practices in response to changing conditions and experiences (richards & lockhart, 1994). to do that, teachers need to ask themselves what can be done to improve their students‘ learning. in this regard, teachers can resort to a number of strategies such as attending refresher course, seeking guidance from mentors, registering for higher programmes of learning or they can learn to conduct research pertaining to specific issues identified from their own classrooms. kurt lewin (1946), then a professor at mit, terms such kind of research as action research (adelman, 1993) action research can be seen as an innovative technique that can be integrated into teacher preparation programmes wherever the classroom context lies – countryside, suburbs, cities, huge institutions or small schools, so that future teachers can try out new approaches of teaching that can help them to understand their learners better. action research is also useful for teachers to investigate teaching/learning issues as some problems in learning may lie with the teachers. burns (2009, p. 6) notes that ―many teachers have been put off research and the teaching theories taught to them in teacher training https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.532 163 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee courses‖ because they discover that once they get into their classrooms, the theory does not match reality (burns, 2009). although action research has been around for many years, it is not commonly practiced nor is it frequently administered by the teachers themselves, particularly in the asian context such as malaysia. much literature (see section below) have been written about action research and in particular, the benefits to be gained. nonetheless, very few school teachers are able to conduct action research for various reasons: they may not know how to do it; they have no time to do it; they are not keen to do it; they may think that this is beyond their level or they are overwhelmed by work. in the case of turkey, atay (2006, p. 1) notes that ―neither pre-service nor inservice teachers of english can do much research in turkey; pre-service teachers generally cannot get permission from schools for research while in-service teachers do not have sufficient time and training to conduct research‖. this issue highlights the kind of difficulty school teachers experience. in 2008, the malaysian education ministry attempted to introduce action research as a means of improving teaching and learning in schools (see buku manual kajian tindakan, 2008). however, implementation has been slow as can be seen by the lack of reports noted in journal articles or books published by school teachers hence, studies and reports are limited. for instance, there was a compilation of reports and findings noted in the ―koleksi kajian tindakan 2011-2012‖ (a collection of action research conducted between 2011 until 2012) compiled by secondary school teachers in a suburban school in kajang, selangor. however, the book carried no publisher or isbn number although it comprised a collection of reports written by the respective teachers who had conducted the research in their classrooms. a further review of these reports indicate that they had not been systematically conducted and analyzed before reporting. thus, the methodology was questionable, making these studies less scientific. it is possible that the teachers involved were not trained on writing out the methodology section hence, the discrepancy. nonetheless, scholars (see teo, voon, & voon, 2011) note that school teachers are still finding their way into this activity. in contrast, the notion of action research is better received at the higher institutions of learning such as colleges (see abraham, 2015) or universities (see norasmah & chia, 2016). training modules on action research were organized and conducted (between 2012 and 2015) by experts at the academy of leadership for higher education (akept, malaysia) as a means of fortifying this interest. the aim was to empower practitioners like lecturers to conduct action research and to publish the research result. this aspect of research was placed under the discipline of scholarship of teaching and learning (sotl). norasmah and chia (2016) note that more teachers are being trained to do action research for the purpose of enhancing their teaching and learning processes. however, norasmah and chia (2016) have only cited the national university of malaysia (ukm) and the academy of leadership for higher education (akept) as their sources. both organizations have been providing training in the realm of action research since 2012 and their efforts in doing so have been aligned to the scholarship of teaching and learning (sotl), a discipline that was developed for lecturers in higher institutions of learning. sotl focusses on classroom research as a means of identifying solutions to rectify problems faced by lecturers within their own classrooms. when such findings are shared, they become a scholarly pursuit. despite the call for school teachers to be involved, (teo, voon & voon, 2011), little has been done. eventually, most classroom issues are identified and pursued 164 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia by academic researchers (see dzakiria, mohamed, hisham, malek & said, 2007). since specialists from schools seldom partake in such a pursuit, the ultimate advice and recommendations on how they can deal with their own classrooms would come from the academic or educational researchers. this is less beneficial for the teachers because as first hand observers of their own classrooms, they are a better judge on how the research can be conducted and what kind of problems they want to solve. teachers and action research as mentioned above, there are many issues preventing teachers from being engaged in research (see atay, 2006; meerah & osman, 2013; norasmah & chia, 2016). in line with this argument, borg (2009) adds that this requires raising the awareness among teachers because some teachers may ―have inappropriate or unrealistic notions of the kind of inquiry teacher research involves‖ (p. 377). this is clearly so because action research differs from traditional research methods. moreover, some people cannot see the benefits of action research when everything revolves around the class alone (see norasmah & chia, 2016). teachers are trained professionals. they have served time going through specialized trainings to develop their skills, knowledge, and expertise. the goal of the training is to equip them with the right skills, knowledge, and expertise to support the young learners whom they ―service‖ in schools so that these learners can one day, develop adequate skills and competence to serve as contributing adults in their society. language is just one aspect of the many skills which all learners— young and old— need to acquire at school. the language skills acquired by students can help them to fulfil an academic goal, a personal need, a profession/career or to fulfill an internal desire such as travelling. just as a mother would want her child to be well equipped for an uncertain future, language teachers too must be able to impart as much knowledge as they can to their learners with efficacy. this can ensure that the learners acquire the appropriate language skills for a future goal. effective language teachers can provide the best learning opportunities for their students and action research can serve as a very valuable approach for these teachers to deepen their insights into teaching and to improve their own understanding of themselves as teachers, their classroom environment as well as their students‘ desire and intention. studies (see meerah, johar, & ahmad, 2001; carpenter, 2003; meerah & osman, 2013; norasmah & chia, 2016) suggest that school teachers tend to be restricted in this pursuit by various factors. besides hindrance from superiors, lack of knowledge and disinterest, they also face issues like class discipline, school results or examinations. moreover, the idea of school teachers conducting research, collecting data, making an analysis and then producing papers for publication does not calibrate well with the respective school teachers. such a phenomenon is universal (see meerah et al., 2001; carpenter, 2003; atay, 2006; borg, 2009; burns, 2009; meerah & osman, 2013; norasmah & chia, 2016). thus, something needs to be done to encourage teachers to do so. most literature (see zeichner, 1983; ramsden & moses, 1992; brew & boud, 1995; hattied & marsh, 1996) mention that action research is more pervasive in the education domain with majority being conducted in higher institutions of learning. in his research, middlewood (1999) note that 94% of the teacher-respondents mentioned that action research had enabled them to learn new skills such as logical argumentative skills, critical thinking skills, and problem solving skills. from their experience, the teacher-respondents were also able to develop and enhance their own 165 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teaching and learning processes thereby, benefitting both parties at the same time. the merits of action research (ar) have also been emphasized by hogarth (2005) who say that: a) ar motivates students‘ interest in the subject; b) ar improves students‘ understanding of subject; c) ar encourages critical reflection/analysis among students; d) ar provides teachers with up-to-date information and e) ar involves students as part of the research, making them partners to the learning and teaching process. understanding action research action research is doing research with the intention of addressing a problem that has been identified by the teacher‘s sharp eyes and reflection. to reflect means to take some time, usually at the end of the day, to evaluate if something had occurred well and if so, why or why not. thus, action research can be conducted individually or in groups with people who share similar issues or problems. denscombe (2009, p. 6) says that, ―an action research strategy is to solve a particular problem and to produce guidelines for best practice‖ while burns (2009, p. 2) notes that the fundamental premise of action research ―is to intervene in a deliberate way in the problematic situation in order to bring about changes and, even better, improvements in practice‖. as the world transforms to become more high tech and digital, teachers can no longer teach in the way they were taught by their teachers; they can no longer treat their students the way they were treated by their own teachers. the generation gap has widened but this does not mean that all teachers need to succumb to mediocrity or become helpless. instead, teachers can resort to looking for answers to their own problems or challenges. to do so, they must be equipped with the knowhow. burns (2009, p. 2) explains that ―action research is related to the idea of reflective practice and the teacher as researcher‖. action research involves taking a self-reflective, critical, and systematic approach to explore one‘s own teaching contexts. in action research, to be critical does not mean being negative or derogatory about the way you teach. it is about taking a questioning stance about a problem that exists and then asking yourself what can be done to improve it. in action research, the teacher becomes the investigator or explorer of his/her own teaching context which involves his/her learners. the teacher is also one of the participants involved. action research has been used by teachers to test the effectiveness of the ―shadowing‖ technique for learning english rhythm especially pronunciation, among japanese adults (omar & umehara, 2010). in their study, omar and umehara (2010) observe that their involvement as both facilitator and group member, allowed them to observe the students‘ responses including their nonverbal behaviors (e.g., facial expressions, gesture, and body movements). this helped them to understand their learners better. they were also able to develop the relevant intervention to assist their learners in becoming better at learning. curry, nembhard, and bradley (2009) maintain that by conducting action research, reflective practitioners can make their language teaching skills and methods more solid. this is useful not only for getting future teachers to become better equipped in teaching but also for all teachers to continue to grow and develop as reflective practitioners. many researchers including curry et al. (2009) say that action research follows a certain procedure including: a) selecting an issue, b) refining the research question, c) undertaking data collection, d) analyzing multiple forms of data, e) developing and implementing new instructional strategies and f) making the research findings public. action research can also be classified according to purposes: i) to determine what is currently occurring and ii) 166 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia to test a hypothesis (meerah & osman, 2013). outcomes from action research tend to be qualitative in nature as data are mostly descriptively analyzed. this is because the research involves all the students in the respective classrooms. nonetheless, the most important outcome that can be derived from action research is the finding that can enable classroom teachers to learn and improve on their own performance (meerah & osman, 2013; luchini & rosello, 2007). action research encourages teachers to ―reflect upon their own teaching practices and, as a result, engage in change with the aim of redirecting their instructional objectives to meet their students‘ needs‖ (luchini & rosello, 2007, p. 266). this is valuable as it contributes to enhancing the teacher‘s development (luchini & rosello, 2007). such improvements can only be seen due to the information that was deduced from the data which had been collected through action research (burns, 2009). undoubtedly, data in action research must not be compromised and they must be systematically acquired. reflection as practice reflection-in-action is ―reflection on one‘s spontaneous ways of thinking and acting, undertaken in the midst of action to guide further action‖ (schön, 1983, p. 22). this reflection signifies what we do as we go around in the classroom, assessing our students‘ reactions as well as our own reactions to the moment-by-moment activities and interactions taking place. in contrast, reflection-on-action occurs only after the event. it is a kind of thinking back about what happened (burns, 2009). the teacher reflects on the decisions made on the students‘ responses, teacher‘s own responses towards the students, and on how the teacher thinks and feels about the lesson. these reflections are used to assist the teacher in understanding the reaction taken. without reflections, teachers may begin to think or talk about their teaching in a technical or automatic way (schön, 1983). in becoming mechanical, teachers have no reason to understand why they do what they do in the classroom. this includes their teaching routines, teaching approaches, teaching contexts, students, the philosophies/values motivating them to execute certain things in the classroom and others. without reflection, teachers are unable to look inward thus, there is not much input for improvement (schön, 1983). with reflection, teachers have a reason to look for improvement. a ―reflective teacher‖ is one who operates reflectively; he/she shows openmindedness as he/she begins to listen to other points of view, exhibiting responsibility as he/she becomes more alert to the consequences of his/her own actions (dewey, 1933). a reflective teacher demonstrates wholeheartedness by putting open-mindedness and responsibility at the center of his/her actions, questioning his/her own assumptions which are enhanced by the desire to want to introduce new approaches that avoid putting students at the heart of the problem (dewey, 1933). in this sense, a reflective teacher moves from a deficit view of the students (i.e., my students are the problem) to a deficit view of the learning situation as a whole (i.e., there are problems in my teaching set-up). as can be deduced, reflective teaching is empowering. it motivates teachers into becoming actively involved in articulating the nature of their work and in extending the knowledge base of their own teaching. it enables teachers to complement the work of educational researchers, involving themselves in the curriculum development and school change thereby, taking a leading role in their own professional development (zeichner & liston, 2013). nonetheless, three central questions underpin reflective teaching: what do i do? how do i do it? what does this mean for me and those i work with? (see burton, 2009). 167 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee general steps in action research there are certain steps to follow when implementing action research. first, the teacher identifies a problem, which can only be identified through reflection, looking for the cause of the problem. the teacher observes the problem once again and then reflects on how the problem can be best intervened. a plan is then hatched, usually through a series of reflection. the teacher would also have reflected on implementing this plan. until the plan is implemented, data will first have to be collected and the teacher then analyses the cause of the problem based on the data. the teacher then takes the appropriate course of action and he/she then evaluates the success of the action plan. these procedures—with some modifications—have been endorsed by some experts such as susman (1983), o‘brien (1998), winter (1989) and ferrance (2000). step 1: identifying the problem as the first step, identifying the problem in a classroom takes the sharp eyes of the teacher who is the person managing the class. however, as ferrance (2000) says, the teacher must be able to answer the following questions:  is the problem at hand one which the teacher has influence over?  is the problem something of interest and worth the time and effort?  is the problem real and worth researching or is it due to some discomfort or tension experienced by the teacher or is it due to some mismatch of teaching strategies and learner differences? step 2: planning upon reflecting on the problem, the teacher can try to look at the problem from various angles and then develop a plan to resolve the problem. this usually involves several cycles of reflection. step 3: implementing this is actually implementing the plan, for example, taking hold of the class and then carrying out the plan and collecting data. this is followed by studying the data and looking for answers to the problem. the next step is to apply the answers and evaluate the success of the resolution. most classroom teachers report on the outcome of their research either to their colleagues as a sharing practice or with students so as to be accountable. nonetheless, teachers may want to go a step higher by sharing their outcomes particularly, if the outcome reflects a global issue, with other colleagues who can use the outcome to rectify their own classroom issues. in higher education, outcomes are shared in conferences or seminars. these are ultimately converted to journal publications thereby, allowing the teachers concerned to take ownership and be known for their research. the current paper draws on two case studies of action research in malaysia. the context of this paper focusses on the method and the outcome. the aim is to encourage language teachers in schools to take the lead and conduct action research thus, become researchers cum practitioners who can move beyond their conventional teaching roles to become active disseminators of knowledge. by doing so, language teachers can offer greater learning opportunities and experiences in their class for their learners. through the outcome shared, these teachers can also be seen as contributors who are capable of rising to the occasion of facing and resolving current language issues by offering their own insights and not just take those offered by educational researchers only. case study 1: improving classroom interactions in 2015, kuang was teaching a course called critical reading and writing to a group of multiracial, mixed level and mixed gender, year two undergraduates. within the first two weeks of the course which involved 168 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia three hours per week, 15 students were observed to be reluctant to participate in class discussions. this occurred when they were individually asked for some input towards certain issues identified in their reading texts. it was the usual one or two outspoken individuals who volunteered their thoughts while the rest kept silent. kuang (2016) became discouraged because the course required the students to think and speak their minds and to support their opinions and output with relevant sources or evidence, either from the text or from facts gathered from other sources. in this regard, kuang (2016) has thus identified the problem. when the problem was been established, kuang (2016) often reflected on the attitude of the class, writing down her own thoughts on what could have held the students back from interacting. this went on for a few weeks. subsequently, kuang (2016) noted that there could be a way to break the barrier. she decided to build a rapport with them. all the students were requested to meet her in her office for an interview and under the guise of getting to know them personally, through a casual setting of tea and biscuits, she began to learn a little more about each student. all these information were documented into a journal for future reference. following this activity, kuang (2016) then began applying some improvements on the class. she developed more empathy for the students whose classes were back to back. realizing their hectic schedule, kuang (2016) provided little foods to energize them in between classes. during class discussions, she also shared personal stories which were linked to the reading topics and students also got to share theirs. this helped to forge the rapport. as the weeks increased, the relationship became better than before and soon both parties were less distant and more friendly with each other. by week four, kuang (2016) began applying the reflection exercise on the students during the last five minutes of class. three questions were posed and the students were asked to answer anonymously on a paper which will be collected. the questions include: a) what went well in class today?, b) what did not go well in class today? and c) what would you like to see more of in the next class? this activity developed the students‘ confidence to articulate their opinions privately. it also reduced their insecurity. with that in process, kuang (2016) proceeded to conducting a more formal form of action research. she told the class, ‗i am going to observe you over the next few weeks to see if things can be improved for the course‘. she also gave them theories as to why student voices are important for the teacher. they were also promised that what was gathered from the action research would be analyzed and the analysis would be shared with them. however, the classroom research, in particular, responding to some of the interview questions had to be done on the condition that all things written down would be anonymous but honest. in week 10, data were collected when kuang (2016) posed ten questions. the students were required to answer them with regards to classroom atmosphere, assignments, marks, and teacher attributes. analysis indicates that students found their learning environment boring and rigid. they wanted a better learning environment with air conditioning, bigger chairs and tables and space to move around. they also preferred teachers who were warm and knowledgeable. most of all, the students wanted to be ―partners‖ in the learning process where they were given opportunities to negotiate their learning in terms of the number of assignments, submission deadlines, weightage of marks, activities and teaching materials. based on the outcome of this action research, kuang (2016) was able to empathize with her students, adjusting her teaching techniques and the class assignments and weightage of marks. the good relationship developed lowered their anxiety and increased their 169 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee confidence thereby, enhancing class management. the outcome was shared with peers in a conference and eventually published in a foreign journal (see kuang, 2016). case study 2: assisting postgraduate students in their academic writing as lecturers teaching postgraduate courses, we noted that majority of our postgraduate students were not proficient writers. we drew our evidence of the students‘ weak performance in writing from written works such as research proposals, written projects and seminar papers. it seems obvious that they would require a lot of support to hone their academic writing skills. they were not just weak in grammar structure but also unable to produce a coherent text that is clear, specific, and concise, albeit with lesser quotations. many were also ignorant in the organisation of texts. from our long term observations, it was deduced that their weak writing skills were the result of their diversity, their basic educational system and the influence of their first language (l1). we wanted to help these students to improve their skills so we had to first investigate what their specific writing problems include. theories denote that interference from l1 is quite predominant in l2/l3‘s writing tasks. the lack of exposure to reading materials may also be another factor. unsure if other faculties were facing similar problems, we then offered two workshops on postgraduate supervision for the academic staff of the university. from the input gathered during the workshops, we were informed that all the lecturers faced similar issues with student writing issues. with this verification, we reflected again. we had a duty to do something for the university and the postgraduate students. hence, we offered to conduct writing workshops for the postgraduate students by conveying our intentions to the institute of postgraduate studies (ips) in our university. we used the workshop to collect data by conducting smaller sessions of activities where the postgraduates learn how to review a portion of an article. based on a few questions provided, they had to identify the answers from the article. it is these written texts which were collected for analysis. using our experience as language teachers and examiners of theses, we then attempted to analyze the data through major themes. findings indicate that majority of our postgraduates were not competent in basic reading skills (cannot scan or predict) and they had issues in advanced writing techniques (cannot paraphrase, summarize or synthesize). based on this finding, we realized that the university requirement for students to have a certain english language qualification when they made their application to our university did not match the postgraduate programmes offered. clearly, their skills were too low to enable them to read academic texts and to write academic papers and theses. from that understanding, we then used our data to propose to the university that a kind of support system be provided to these postgraduate students so as enable them to develop their reading and writing skills simultaneously. likewise, we also presented our data to our peers. the paper was selected for publication in a local journal (see kuang & david, 2015). conclusion meerah et al. (2001) had noted that despite the fact that a teacher‘s main function is to teach, it is imperative for the teacher to read journals and to conduct research on a regular basis, as a form of professional development. they also examined how far malaysian teachers, especially those who have undergone inservice courses and workshops on action research, were able to venture into action research. they note that many were aware of the importance; many found satisfaction 170 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia with their results when they had the opportunity to report and share their findings but overall, they were still hindered by some bureaucratic constraints placed by principals and colleagues alike. such situations need to change (johnson, 2012; brown, 2002) because the future direction of staff development programmes, teacher preparation curricula as well as school improvement initiatives are in the palms of these teachers. as they learn to adopt action research into their classrooms, their ability to become more critical of happenings around them will be impacted by the critical inquiry they apply in action research. in addition, a rigorous examination of their own classroom practices and school programmes will also elevate the quality of their own teaching and class management. johnson (2012) asserts that action research is a teacher empowerment tool that allows teachers to examine their own practices based on classroom inquiries. using what they found, teachers can reform their teaching techniques. outcomes derived from the result of action research can also be used by language teachers to look inward into their own practices thereby, resolving classroom issues and enhancing personal qualities and development (guskey, 2000). hollingsworth and sockett (1994) had observed that action research had also enabled teachers to professionalise teaching and to rethink about the schools‘ environment. oja and pine (1989) also maintain that teachers who engage in action research tend to become more critical and reflective about their own practices. thus, it becomes imperative for language teachers to become more acquainted with the process of action research. language teachers are the conduit for learners to acquire knowledge, communicate, and interact with others as well as gain social standing. they serve as role models for their learners. with the right attitude towards teaching and learning, language teachers should be trained to understand why there is a need to conduct personal and individual classroom research as the answers they uncover can serve as solutions to overcome any issue they face within the classroom context. as has been noted, once the results are shared and the teachers‘ confidence escalate, their attitude becomes more positively aligned with doing research. they may conduct more research; they may become more reflective in their attitude and they may also develop good practices of professionalism. thus, it is necessary that language teachers, irrespective of their teaching contexts, location and teaching era, strive to learn and understand more about action research and how this can be implemented in their classrooms. by subscribing to action research, language teachers will set the pace in being the first to take the initiative to combat what is rarely done and to take the lead in becoming practitioners cum researchers. based on this call, it is again asserted that language teachers must take the lead in doing research within their classrooms. references abraham, a. (2015). action researching power in an esl and academic writing classroom. qualitative research journal, 15(2), 155-165. adelman, c. (1993). kurt lewin and the origins of action research. educational action research, 1(1), 7-24. atay, d. (2006). teachers' professional development: partnerships in research. tesl-ej, 10(2), 1-15. borg, s. (2009). english language teachers‘ conceptions of research. applied linguistics, 30(3), 358-388. brew, a., & boud, d. (1995). teaching and research: establishing the vital link with learning. higher education, 29(3), 261-273. brown, b. l. (2002). improving teaching practices through action research (doctoral dissertation, virginia polytechnic institute and state university). retrieved from https://theses.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd04 152002182022/unrestricted/bethbrowndissert ation.pdf. 171 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee burns, a. (2009). doing action research in english language teaching: a guide for practitioners. new york: routledge. burton, j. (2009). reflective practice. in a. burns & j. c. richards (eds.), the cambridge guide to second language teacher education (pp. 298307). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. carpenter, l. (2003, september). teaching versus research: does it have to be that way?. the academic exchange: great expectations. retrieved from http://www.emory.edu/acad_exchange/ 2003/sept/carpenter.html curry, l. a., nembhard, i. m., & bradley, e. h. (2009). qualitative and mixed methods provide unique contributions to outcomes research. circulation, 119(10), 1442-1452. denscombe, m. (2009). ground rules for social research: guidelines for good practice. glasgow: mcgraw-hill education. dewey, j. (1933). how we think–a restatement of the relation of reflective learning to the educative process. new york: boston. dzakiria, h., mohamed, a. h., hisham, b., malek, z. a., & said, s. n. (2007). ‗it is empowering…‘teachers‘ voices on action research using flanders' interactional analysis categories (fiac) for peer observation to improve teaching and learning of english language. education planning and research division, ministry of education (malaysia). (2008). buku manual kajian tindakan (3rd ed). kuala lumpur, malaysia: ministry of education, malaysia. ferrance, e. (2000). action research. providence, ri: lab at brown university. guskey, t. r. (2000). evaluating professional development. thousand oaks, ca: corwin press. hattied, j., & marsh, h. w. (1996). the relationship between research and teaching: a metaanalysis. review of educational research, 66(4), 507-542. hogarth, s. (2005). the inter-relationship between teaching and research at the university of york 2004. survey for the forum for the enhancement of learning and teaching. retrieved from http://www.york.ac.uk/felt/gpresource/researc h&teaching.html hollingsworth, s., & sockett, h. (1994). teacher research and educational reform. chicago: university of chicago press. johnson, a. p. (2012). a short guide to action research (4th ed.). new jersey: pearson education. koleksi kajian tindakan (2011-2012). sekolah kajang, selangor. kuang, c. h. (2016). enhancing student learning in higher education through student input. practice and evidence of the scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education, 11(1), 100-122. kuang, c. h. & david, m. k. (2015). basic and advanced skills they don't have: postgraduates and literature review writing. malaysian journal of learning & instruction. 12, 131150. lewin, k. (1946). action research and minority problems. journal of social issues, 2(4), 34-46. retrieved from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.15404560.1946.tb02295.x luchini, p., & rosello, a. (2007). developing learners‘ oral communicative language abilities: a collaborative action research project in argentina. the journal of asia tefl, 4(4), 245-271. o‘brien, r. (1998). an overview of the methodological approach of action research. retrieved from: http://www.web.net/robrien/ papers/ arfinal.html meerah, t. s. m., & osman, k. (2013). what is 'action' in action research: a malaysian exposure. asian social science, 9(16), 148. meerah, t. s. m., johar a. r., & ahmad, j. (2001). what motivates teachers to conduct research? journal of science and mathematics education in s.e. asia, 25(1), 1-24. middlewood, d. (1999). some effects of multiple research projects on the host school staff and their relationships. practitioner research in education: making a difference. london: paul chapman publishing. norasmah, o., & chia, s. y. (2016). the challenges of action research implementation in malaysian schools. pertanika journal of social sciences & humanities, 24(1). oja, s., & pine, g. (1989). collaborative action research: teachers‘ stages of development and school contexts. peabody journal of education, 64 (2), 96-115. omar, h. m., & umehara, m. (2010). using a ‗shadowing‘ technique to improve english pronunciation deficient adult japanese learners: an action research on expatriate japanese adult learners. the journal of asia tefl, 7(2), 199-230. ramsden, p., & moses, i. (1992). associations between research and teaching in australian higher education. higher education, 23(3), 273-295. richards, j. c. (1998). teaching in action: case studies from second language classrooms. 172 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia alexandria, va: teachers of english to speakers of other languages. richards, j. c., & lockhart, c. (1994). reflective teaching in second language classrooms. cambridge: cambridge university press. schön, d. a. (1983). the reflective practitioner: how professionals think in action. basic books. susman, g. (1983). action research: a sociotechnical systems perspective. london: sage publications. teo, a. k., voon, b. h., & voon, g. e. (2011). expectation-based teaching: an action research in english report writing. winter, r. (1989). learning from experience: principles and practice in actionresearch. philadelphia: the falmer press. zeichner, k. m. (1983). alternative paradigms of teacher education. journal of teacher education, 34(3), 3-9. zeichner, k. m., & liston, d. p. (2013). reflective teaching: an introduction. new york: routledge. 173 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee monkey a guy walks into a bar with his pet monkey. he orders a drink and while he's drinking, the monkey jumps all around the place. the monkey grabs some olives off the bar and eats them. then grabs some sliced limes and eats them. then jumps onto the pool table, grabs one of the billiard balls, sticks it in his mouth, and to everyone's amazement, somehow swallows it whole. the bartender screams at the guy "did you see what your monkey just did?". the guy says "no, what?" "he just ate the cue ball off my pool table-whole!". "yeah, that doesn't surprise me," replied the guy. "he eats everything in sight, the little bastard. sorry. i'll pay for the cue ball and stuff." he finishes his drink, pays his bill, pays for the stuff the monkey ate, then leaves. two weeks later he's in the bar again, and has his monkey with him. he orders a drink and the monkey starts running around the bar again. while the man is finishing his drink, the monkey finds a maraschino cherry on the bar. he grabs it, sticks it up his butt, pulls it out, and eats it. the bartender is disgusted. "did you see what your monkey did now?" he asks. "no, what?" replies the guy. "well, he stuck a maraschino cherry up his butt, pulled it out, and ate it!" said the bartender. "yeah, that doesn't surprise me," replied the guy. " he still eats everything in sight, but ever since he swallowed that cue ball, he measures everything first..." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 174 kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david empowering language teachers through action research: two case studies from malaysia english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 119 present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes audi yundayani sekolah tinggi keguaran ilmu pendidikan (stkip) kusuma negara, jakarta, indonesia email: audi_yundayani@stkipkusumanegara.ac.id apa citation: yundayani, a. (2018). present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 119-126. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1262. received: 27-02-2018 accepted: 30-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: present situation analysis is considered to be the umbrella that embraces students’ lacks in language proficiencies. the aims of this study were to (1) find out current students’ writing competence level; (2) identify students’ entry behaviors and characteristics; (3) identify students’ perception concerning with writing skill for academic purposes at non-english education study programs of stkip kusuma negara jakarta. the descriptive inquiry was used in identifying students’ present situation. the respondents were non-english education study programs students of stkip kusuma negara jakarta in the academic year 2016-2017 and english lecturers. non-english education study programs students of stkip kusuma negara jakarta had low-level writing competence for academic purposes, in the area of academic styles and genres based on their disciplines. their previous experience in studying english was different with college requirement. they were not interested in studying writing for an academic purpose due to it was difficult and made them confusing. most of them never practiced and learned it seriously but they realized the importance of having competence in writing for academic purposes, especially related with the learning process in the university level. keywords: present situation analysis, writing for academic purposes, descriptive inquiry introduction needs can be seen as the umbrella term that embraces many aspects, incorporating students’ goals and backgrounds, their language proficiencies, their reasons in taking the course, their teaching and learning preferences, and the situations they will need to communicate in. needs will involve what students know, don’t know or want to know, and can be collected and analyzed in a variety of ways (hyland, 2006). in the area of english for specific purposes, need analysis is required in order to know students’ expectation concerning with learning process. it can be seen as the main driving factor to design the whole component of teaching and learning process (yundayani, emzir & rafli, 2017). the result of need analysis will empower the teachers to interpret the language requirement into linguistic and pedagogical terms which in turn develops the suitable course’s curriculum and offers the effective guidance to the learning process (nadzri, 2004). needs analysis should be seen as the earliest action in the area of english for specific purposes approach, and it will be translated into forms of learning component (kardijan, emzir & rafli, 2018). the result of need analysis supports learning designers in identifying the students’ prospective professional needs, students’ needs in terms of language skills, including their deficiencies in the area of language skills (otilia, 2015). kaewpet (2009) stated that students’ needs also involve some areas,  teaching and learning styles with which the students are familiar;  appropriate or ineffective teaching and learning methods;  knowledge of specialized contents that teachers should have;  suitable instructional materials and study location; audi yundayani present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes 120  time of study and status of esp courses;  expectations about what students should achieve in the courses;  how necessary the courses are for the students by perceiving student’s requirement, curriculum designer will be easier in choosing the suitable learning materials and techniques to be applied in the learning process. students’ previous experience in learning english having a big role in influencing the way students will learn. by finding the students’ background, we can realize the students’ learning objective in the area of esp teaching that covers; (1) proficiency; (2) knowledge; (3) affective; and (4) transfer (stern, 1992). the present situation analysis is an analysis of the present condition of teaching and learning situation covering aspects related to students' characteristics, staffing, materials, syllabus and academic records containing data about students' language learning (gusti, 1999). students’ present situation analysis is a means to identify students’ current skills and language use (duddley-evans, 2009), including the way of assessing students’ specific needs. it will inform what can the students do with the language now (hossain, 2013). hyland (2006) stated that present situation analysis concerns with the information about students’ current proficiencies and ambitions; what they can do and what they want at the beginning of the course; their skills and perceptions; their familiarity with the specialist subject; and what they know of its demands and genres. present situation analysis can be seen as the process to find the students’ lacks which cover the discrepancy between necessity and what the students have already known concerning with the subject and related with their current skills and performance. english for academic purposes is believed to be beneficial for students in the pre-tertiary or pre-university level in order to construct a strong academic english language background which will then support them in the effective learning process at a higher level. hampslyons (2001) pledges that the english language skills of non-native english speaking academics will develop as the demand is getting higher. another comment comes from liyanage and birch (2001), they believed that there has been little attention given in eap research which with regard to the problems and complexities of egap instruction in english-speaking contexts. as a part of english general academic purposes, the ability of writing can be seen as a means to identify students’ previous knowledge, their schemata and also their creativity in presenting the ideas, thinking, including the opinion. in the academic purposes, it is a means for extracting the received information, so it plays an important role in transforming knowledge and creating the new one (yundayani, emzir & rafli, 2018). some experts believe that writing is considered as an ability included in core academic skills and also as the most complex skill to be mastered when compared to listening, speaking and reading skill (makalela, 2004; nunan, 1990). as a productive skill, writing has many components that should be mastered by the students. writing for academic purposes having some differences from writing skill at the high school level. it is common for the students to get some difficulties in applying it. most of the problem appears due to students’ failure to understand the difference of learning goal between high school and university level which initiate students into the scope of writing skill for academic purposes (ivanic & lea, 2006; lilis & scott, 2007). based on the preliminary research at nonenglish education study programs of stkip kusuma negara jakarta, it was found that present situation analysis has not been applied in designing writing material for academic purposes. it caused teacher did not have the data concerning students’ current proficiencies including their expectations. teacher tended to predict students’ early ability in writing skill for academic purposes without trying the find the exact data concerning with the students’ perceptions and what they have already known about the subject and the learning goals itself. that findings have an impact on the availability writing material for academic purposes. the given material was not suitable with students’ requirement. teachers’ intuition employed in deciding what kind of material english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 121 that will be used in the learning process and as the consequences the students having low performance in writing for academic purposes, including lack of motivation in taking part in the learning process actively. many studies believed that some factors, including english proficiency level, learning contexts, students’ characteristics, educational backgrounds, culture, and experience are important to be the foundation in designing the suitable learning process, including the learning material (oxford, 2003; deneme, 2008; khamkien, 2010). furthermore, previous research found the connections between the choices of learning strategy and factors that influence language learning strategy use. the results have claimed that the variables of gender, age, motivation, language proficiency, and language learning experience, goals, and style affect students’ selection of language learning strategy (kunasaraphan, 2015). therefore, this study is the development of previous research which focuses on finding the students’ present situation analysis in writing for academic purposes. method in determining the respondents, the purposive sampling technique was applied. 25 nonenglish education study programs students and 3 english lecturers involved in this study. the data was taken through survey questionnaire, non-participant observation, and semi-structured interviews. this descriptive research intended to identify students’ present situation in writing for academic purposes. it covered students’ current writing competence level, their entry behaviors including their perception concerning with writing skill for academic purposes. learning process was observed in order to see the actual condition of students’ performance. it was strengthened by the questionnaire and semi-structured interview to find the deeper information. the collected data were analyzed through an interpretive process, by reflecting personal viewpoints and shaping the data interpretations (clark & creswell, 2015). result and discussion based on the collected data, the research finding described in the following table. table 1. present situation analysis result no information categories data sources students’ characteristics 1 entry skills interviews: twelve students and five head of study programs test data: it was taken from students’ performance record observations: learning process of the english subject performance setting: most of the students having low score and performance in writing for academic purposes and most have no motivation in joining the writing subject. they face difficulties in writing for academic purposes but they do not know how to solve it. learning setting: target students are unskilled students in english subject. they prefer to discuss with peers and do cooperative learning. 2 prior knowledge of topic area same as above students have limited knowledge of writing; started from making sentences and developing paragraph. in fact, they have no experience in writing for academic purposes. they having problems in presenting their idea in writing. 3 attitudes toward content interviews and observations: same as above they have no interest in the material, including the learning content and its’ presentation which was focused only on the structural items, such as grammar subject. audi yundayani present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes 122 4 attitudes toward potential delivery system interviews and observations: same as above there is no guide book. most of the material are given based on lecturers’ decision and intuition without considering students’ situation and needs. 5 a motivation for instruction interviews and observations: same as above questionnaires: sent to fifty students in five non-english education study programs students are lack of motivation because they don’t know the learning goal that should be achieved in writing for academic purposes. the material is not suitable for students’ needs. the way in presenting the material doesn’t make them being active and involved in the learning process. 6 educational and ability levels interviews and observations: same as above records: students’ data from the application form test data: no test data education levels: all students are beginner; they are in the second semester. they have lack of english abilities. they don’t have any experience in english for academic purposes. most of them are fresh graduate from senior high school. ability levels: most of the students have low ability in english. their vocabulary mastery is low. they are not proficient students in applying english. 7 general learning preferences interviews and observations: same as above questionnaires: sent to fifty students in five non-english education study programs students are not experienced with a variety of learning format. they prefer to be a part of cooperative learning. they like to be involved in the active learning process. they prefer to have the direct practice oriented english learning. they require at least an english writing material for academic purposes that can be functioned as a guidance or source, especially for the autonomous learning process. 8 attitudes toward learning organization interviews and observations: same as above students have positive feelings about the english course. all realize that the english subject, especially writing for academic purposes is important for the learning process at a university level. 9 general group characteristics a. heterogeneity b. size c. overall impressions interviews: five head of non-english education study programs and lecturers observations: same as above heterogeneity: most of the students have similar educational background with low english proficiency. size: there will be a total of twenty five students enrolled in the english class. overall impressions: the writing material for academic purposes, as one of the learning components, should be developed based on students’ needs. the above findings were discussed in term of, (1) students’ current competence level in writing for academic purposes; (2) students’ entry behaviors and characteristics; and (3) students’ perceptions. students’ current competence level in writing for academic purposes the findings of this part are important to decide the beginning level of the instructional material that will be delivered to the students. the data showed that most of the students having low ability in english with limited vocabulary mastery. they were not proficient students in applying english. it caused their level of writing competence was under expectation. they had low score and english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 123 performance in writing for academic purposes. they faced difficulties in writing for academic purposes but they did not know how to solve it. students had limited knowledge of writing; started from making sentences and developing paragraph. they had a problem in presenting their idea in writing. this condition emphasized by soliman (2016) who stated that the quality of graduates nowadays needs to be enhanced, as they cannot be just vessels to be filled with information from the teacher, but they should be able to analyze information and conduct research. students’ entry behaviors and characteristics this part was focused on students’ motivation, attitude and interest toward writing for academic purposes. there were approximately twenty-five students enrolled in the english class. the students were first-year students and their age varied from 18-23. the groups consisted of both male and female students from non-educational english study programs. all students were beginner; they were in the second semester. most of them were fresh graduate from senior high school and they tended to have no motivation in joining the writing subject. most of the students had similar educational background with low english proficiency. related to this finding, valli & priya (2016) stated that in most of the schools, students were taught through the traditional way of teaching. where in the teacher dictated the sentences or writes on the blackboard, which the learners were supposed to copy down. on the other hand on college level students are expected to write on their own. target students were unskilled students in english subject. they had lack of english abilities. in fact, they had no experience in writing for academic purposes, including no interest with the material, the learning content and its’ presentation which was focused only on the structural items, such as grammar subject. this condition had an impact on the low level of students’ skill in writing. tevdovska (2015) stated that the textbooks and materials chosen for the eap courses should correspond to the goals and objectives of the designed course. therefore, the materials should address the aforementioned goals and be appropriate in the terms of language level, design, and appropriateness. students were lack of motivation because they did not know the learning goal that should be achieved in writing for academic purposes. the material was not suitable for students’ needs. the way in presenting the material did not make them being active and involved in the learning process. students were not experienced with a variety of learning format. students’ perceptions findings also revealed students’ perceptions concerning with the ability of english writing for academic purposes. students have positive feelings about the english course. all realize that the english subject, especially writing for academic purposes is important for the learning process at a university level. this finding reflects their future role of being a teacher. it is a demand for this profession to master english ability. solak (2016) stated that teachers play one of the most important roles in reaching educational objectives in all areas of education. teacher qualifications directly influence the academic achievements of the learners. on the other hand, the students stated some conditions and expectation concerning with english writing for academic purposes subject. in the learning process, they prefer to discuss in peers and do cooperative learning. they prefer to be a part of team, including peer teaching. they like to be involved actively in the learning process. they tend to have the direct practiceoriented english learning. they require at least an english writing material for academic purposes that can be functioned as a guidance or source, especially for autonomous learning process. as evseeva (2015) observed there is a “transition from “education for life” to “lifelong learning” which is understood as continuous and selfmotivated search of knowledge for different purposes either professional or personal.” thus, there was a need for a new teaching pedagogy that changes the role of the teacher from a knowledge disseminator to a learner coach and helper. unfortunately the ideal audi yundayani present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes 124 condition have not been found in the learning process. one of the learning components, the instructional material, have not been provided as the students’ requirement. most of the material are given based on teachers’ decision and intuition without considering students’ situation and needs. according to jordan (1997, p. 264), a number of variables have to be taken into consideration while designing materials, namely students, teachers, syllabus, methodology, resources, time and finance. the writing material for academic purposes, as one of the learning components, should be developed based on students’ needs conclusion the main aim of this study is to describe students’ present situation as a part of need analysis in the field of english for specific purposes (hutchinson, 1987). this research focuses on the students’ ability in writing for academic purposes. the instruments explored the students’ perceptions and beliefs concerning with their lack in writing for academic purposes. in the area of students’ current competence level in writing for academic purposes, the result described the low level of students’ proficiency in writing skill. most importantly, they encountered problems in vocabulary mastery, presenting ideas in written and difficult in making word formation. students’ entry behaviors and characteristics showed that most of them came from the same background with having no experience in writing for academic purposes. they had low motivation and enthusiasm in taking part actively in the learning process of writing for academic purposes. it caused their proficiency in writing have not caught up the target. in the other hand, students having a good perception on the requirement english mastery. they realized the importance of having writing skill for academic purposes in the university level learning process. it can be seen as a means to know students’ competency, personal interest, and academic performance (yundayani, emzir & rafli, 2017). in addition, students thought that the learning process including the instructional material did not suit their requirement. as the consequences, the condition did not attract them to involve actively in the learning process. by the end, the findings showed us that need analysis, including present situation analysis, should be done first and the results will be the base to design the whole learning components, including the instructional material. in the area of english for specific purposes, present situation analysis should be done together with target and learning context analysis. as hyland (2006) stated that need analysis constructs a picture of learning goals bringing to bear the teacher’s values, beliefs and philosophies of teaching and learning. it might be more accurate to see needs as jointly constructed between teachers and students in order to find the data concerning with the how and what of a course should be applied. this current research is developed from the result of previous research but still possible to be explored more detailed. acknowledgement this work was supported by the research fund provided by directorate of research and community service, directorate general for research and development, ministry of research, technology and higher education. in accordance with the research contract for fiscal year 2018, number: 053/km/pnt/2018, date march 6th, 2018. references deneme, s. (2008). language learning strategy preferences of turkish students. the journal of language and linguistic studies, 4(2), 83-93. duddley-evans, t., & john, m. j. (2009). development in english for specific purposes: a multidisciplinary approach. cambridge: cup. evseeva, a., & solozhenko, a. (2015). use of flipped classroom technology in language learning. xv international conference "linguistic and cultural studies: traditions and innovations", lkti. tom., russia: procediasocial and behavioral sciences 206 (2015). hossain, m. j. (2013). esp needs analysis for engineering students: a learner centered approach. journal of pu, 2. hutchinson, t., & waters, a. (1987). english for specific purposes. uk: cambridge university press. hyland, k. (2006). english for academic purposes: an advanced resource book. ny: routledge. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 125 ivanic, r., & lea, m. r. (2006). new contexts, new challenges: the teaching of writing in uk higher education. in l. ganobesik williams (eds), teaching academic writing in uk higher education: theories, practice and models. london: palgrave/macmillan. jordan, r. r. (1997). english for academic purposes: a guide and resource book for teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. kardijan, d., emzir, & rafli, z. (2018). target situation analysis in implementation of english for hospitality specific purposes program. international journal of english and education, 7(1). kaewpet, c. (2009). a framework for investigating learner needs: needs analysis extended to curriculum development. electronic journal of foreign language teaching, 6(2). kunasaraphan, k. (2015). english learning strategy and proficiency level of the first year student. procedia social and behavioral sciences 197, 1853 – 1858. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.246. lilis, t., & scott, m. (2007). defining academic literacies research: issues of epistemology, ideology and strategy. journal of applied linguistics, 4(1), 5-32. doi: 10.1558/japl.v4il.5. liyanage, i., & birch, g. (2001). english for general academic purposes: catering to discipline-specific needs. queensland journal of educational research, 17(1). makalela, l. (2004). differential error types in secondlanguage students’ written and spoken texts: implications for instruction in writing. written communication, 22(4), 368-385. nadzri, a. a., &, muhammad. (2004). needs analysis of malaysian higher national diploma students. unpublished master’s dissertation, university of malaya, kuala lumpur. nunan, d. (1990). designing tasks for the communicative classroom. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. otilia, s. m. (2015). needs analysis in english for specific purposes. annals of the “constantin brâncuşi” university of târgu jiu, economy series, 2(1). oxford, r. l. (2003). language learning styles and strategies: an overview. oxford: gala. solak, e. (2016). english teacher training programs in denmark, sweden and turkey. procedia social and behavioral sciences 232, 439 – 443. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.10.060. soliman, n. a. (2016). teaching english for academic purposes via the flipped learning approach. procedia social and behavioral sciences 232, 122 – 129. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.10.036. stern, h. h. (1992). issues and options in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. tevdovska, e. s. (2015). selecting and adapting materials in the context of english for academic purposes – is one textbook enough? the journal of teaching english for specific and academic purposes, 3(1), 115120. valli, k. s., & priya, n. s. v. (2016). a task-based approach to develop the writing skills in english of students at college level. international journal of applied engineering research, 11(3), 21452148. yundayani, a., emzir, & rafli, z. (2018). the effectiveness of task-based instructional materials on students’ writing skills for academic purposes. international journal of english and education, 7(1). yundayani, a., emzir, & rafli, z. (2017). need analysis: the writing skill instructional material context for academic purposes. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 59-70. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.771. audi yundayani present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes 126 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 105 solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy m. fadhly farhy abbas english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas lancang kuning pekanbaru, indonesia e-mail: fadhly@unilak.ac.id herdi english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas lancang kuning pekanbaru, indonesia e-mail: herdi@unilak.ac.id apa citation: abbas, m. f. f., & herdi, h. (2018). solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 105-114. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1499. received: 10-08-2018 accepted: 21-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: this research is based on the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay, especially in developing and organizing ideas, using good grammar and diction, and applying correct writing mechanics, such as the use of capital letter, spelling, and punctuation. the purpose of this research is to solve the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy. the design employed in this research was classroom action research. the participants involved in this research were 23 students of english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of lancang kuning pekanbaru, indonesia. the instruments used in this research were writing test, field note, observation checklist, and interview. based on the result of the test, the students’ score had reached the criteria of success set, and it was significantly improved from the result before the research conducted. the mean score of the mid-term test was 54.9, and the mean score of the cycle test was 74.3. in addition, based on the data gained from the field note, observation checklist, and interview, it was found that the students were active, creative, and enjoy the learning process. in conclusion, the use of collaborative writing strategy can solve the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay as well. keywords: writing skill; writing aspects; argumentative essay; collaborative writing strategy; classroom action research. introduction basically, writing is an activity of expressing, developing, and organizing ideas into written form. the more ideas the writers have, the better writing product will be. however, to express, develop, and organize ideas into written form is not easy. there are two aspects in writing that must be considered by the writers. first, writing process, such as pre-writing, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing (fachrurrazy, 2011). second, micro and macro skills of writing, such as the ability to use word diction , grammar, and writing mechanics including the use of capital letter, spelling, and punctuation (brown, 2015). in accordance with the above statement, both aspects of writing are still difficult to be applied by the students of english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of lancang kuning especially for the students who are already studying academic writing course. in academic writing course, the students are targeted to be able to write essay in the form of argumentative essay. argumentative essay is a scientific paper that contains arguments, explanations, m. fadhly farhy abbas & herdi solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy 106 proofs, or reasons. generally, in an argumentative essay, there is an objective review or information followed by examples, analogies, and cause and effect relationship (housden, 2013). further, bowell and kemp in ibrahim, eljack, and elhassan (2015) explain that the argument displayed with good and right reasons is an attempt to influence, invite someone or lead opinions to certain things. besides, argumentative essay can also contain arguments about pro (supporting ideas) and contra (conflicting ideas) on the issues or topics being discussed (boun, 2009). based on the teaching experience, the researchers found various problems in writing argumentative essays faced by the students. the students felt difficult when developing and organizing ideas, using correct grammar and word choices, and applying correct writing mechanics, such as the use of capital letter, spelling, and punctuation. the difficulty faced by the students in writing argumentative essays can be seen from the results of the mid-term test in which the obtained score was 54.9, and it was categorized into poor level ability. based on the above problems, the researchers want to apply a learning strategy to solve or overcome the problems faced by students in writing argumentative essay. the strategy is collaborative writing. this strategy requires students to write together in pair consisting of helper and writer. the writing activity starts from planning, writing the draft, revising, and editing an article (abbas, fachrurrazy, & wahjudi, 2013). this strategy is expected to help students in solving the problems they face in writing argumentative essay. there are several steps or procedures that must be taken in implementing collaborative writing strategy in learning process (zuhri, 2009). the first step is idea generation. in this step, the students are asked to generate as many as ideas based on the topic assigned or picture provided by the lecturer. the second step is drafting. at this step, the students are asked to write a draft of the topic assigned which has been given based on ideas that have been generated previously. the third step is revising and editing. at this step, the helper is asked to revise the draft that has been written by the writer, and the writer rewrites the revised ideas to become a well-written article. then, the helper and writer edit the revised draft simultaneously. the editing process focuses on the use of grammar, vocabulary or mechanics of writing. the last step is publishing. in this step, the students display the results of their writing in front of the class. then, the lecturer asks other students to check the results of the writing to get feedback. after that, the lecturer gives an assessment towards the students’ work. in accordance with the above description, aim of this research is to solve the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing by considering these two things, namely; (1) measuring the students’ improvement in writing argumentative essay, and (2) identifying the factors that influence the students’ improvement in writing argumentative essay. method the research design used in this study was classroom action research. in this research, the researchers worked collaboratively with other english lecturers as the research collaborator. this research consisted of 4 steps or procedures, namely plan, action, observation, and reflection. this steps was called as the research cycle. the participants involved in this study were the 23 students of english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of lancang kuning pekanbaru, indonesia in the 4 th semester in 2017/2018 academic year who took academic writing course. the students were chosen because of their low ability in writing argumentative essay. the data were collected by using instruments, such as writing test, field note, observation checklist, and interview. after collecting the data, the researchers assessed and analyzed the students’ test results using english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 107 the scoring rubric and final score category provided in table 1 and table 2 below (adapted from abbas, 2015, 2018). table 1. the scoring rubric for argumentative essay assessment aspects criteria scores category content: topic development thorough development of topic 20 very good relevant to topic but lacks detail 15 good inadequate development of topic 10 fair does not show knowledge of topic 5 poor organization: unity, coherence, logical order organize paragraph well and show good coherence and chronological order 30 very good loosely organized but ideas stand out 25 good incoherent ideas and lacks logical sequencing 20 fair does not organize paragraph well and does not show good coherence and chronological order 15 poor vocabulary: word choice/ diction employ accurate and effective choice of words/diction 20 very good employ accurate diction, but not effective 15 good employ lacks accuracy of diction, but meaning not obscured 10 fair errors in applying diction or word form, and meaning obscured 5 poor grammar: sentence structure/ construction use correct grammar (pronouns, subject-verb agreement, etc) 20 very good several errors of tense, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, etc, but meaning not obscured 15 good major errors of tense, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, etc, and meaning obscured 10 fair no mastery of sentence construction and dominated by errors 5 poor mechanics: spelling, punctuation, and capitalization very little errors of mechanics 10 very good few errors of mechanics, but meaning not obscured 9 good many errors of mechanics, and meaning obscured 7 fair dominated by errors of mechanics 5 poor table 2. the final score category range of final scores category 86 – 100 very good 71 – 85 good 56 – 70 fair 10 – 55 poor results and discussion based on the results of field notes, observation checklists, and interviews, the researchers found information that the learning process in the classroom run well. based on the results of field notes, it was found that the students were very active during the learning process through collaborative writing strategy. based on the results of the observation checklist, it was found that every step of collaborative writing strategy was done well by the students. morover, based on the interview, it was found that the students felt active, creative, and enjoyable during the learning process. it was indicated that there were other factors that influence the students’ ability in writing argumentative essay besides the result of the test. in relation to the above statement, the findings from each meeting of teaching and learning process can be described as follows. at the first meeting, the learning process begun with the introduction. before the m. fadhly farhy abbas & herdi solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy 108 introduction activity, the researchers conducted a warming up activity in the form of recalling what students understood about the argumentative essay and how to write it down. this was done to make sure whether the students understood about argumentative essay or not. after the recalling process done, the researchers provided an example of an argumentative essay to students to be analyzed or discussed together. then, the researchers asked the students to look for the main idea of the essay, understood the development of the idea, and determined the language characteristics used, such as tenses and other aspects of writing. then, the researchers asked the students to exchange their worksheets with their friends to get feedback. after the above process was completed, the researchers introduced a teaching strategy called collaborative writing strategy and its implementation in the teaching and learning process. after that, the researchers asked the students to make a group in pairs and determined one student as a writer and other students as helper. furthermore, the researchers provided a topic about education to be written by the students into an argumentative essay. then, the researchers asked the students to find many ideas that should be written into the initial draft. then, the researchers assigned the students to work at home. at the second meeting, the students were asked to submit the assignment given at the first meeting (generating idea and drafting). then, the researchers gave comments on the students’ work both in spoken and written comments. after giving comments on students’ work, the researchers assigned the students to revise and edit again the drafts that have been made. the revising and editing process were focused on the use of appropriate language features, correct choice of words, and correct use of writing mechanics, such as spelling, punctuation, and capital letters. at the third meeting, the learning process focused on publishing stage. at this stage, the students were asked to display their written work in front of the class. this was done so that all students in the class could understand and could give feedback on their friends’ work. at this meeting, the students got good input in learning to write argumentative essay. at the fourth meeting, the researchers gave an assessment toward the students’ work in writing argumentative essay. the assessment focused on aspects of content (topic development), organization (structure of paragraph), vocabulary (diction/word choice), grammar (sentence sturcture), and mechanics (writing mechanism). at this meeting, the researchers assessed in terms of content that can be seen from the topics development capabilities at the argumentative essay writing. then, the researchers assessed in terms of organization which can be seen from the paragraph structure in the writing. then, the researchers assessed in terms of vocabulary that can be seen from the students’ ability in word selection in the argumentative essay writing. furthermore, the researchers assessed in terms of grammar that can be seen from the good grammatical abilities of the argumentative essay writing. finally, the researchers assessed in terms of mechanics that can be seen from the ability of the writing mechanism in the argumentative essay. at the fifth meeting, the cycle test was administered. therefore, the researchers carried out the stage of giving a writing test to students to measure the extent of student achievement in the process of writing argumentative essays. after the test, the researchers assessed the students’ work and the results of the assessment can be seen in table 3. table 3. the result of test cycle test score category cycle 74.3 good based on the result of the test cycle provided in table 3, it can bee seen that the result of test cycle was in good category. it means that this score was in good level of english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 109 ability. the score achieved by the students was 74.3. in relation to the result of the test cycle, the comparison of the result of the test cycle and mid term test result can clearly be seen at table 4. table 4. the result of the writing tests no test score category 1. mid term 54.9 poor 2. cycle 74.3 good based on the information provided in table 4, it can be seen that the average score of the students mid term test was 54.9 and it was categorized into poor level of ability. however, after conducting the research for 5 meetings (1 cycle), the average score of the students increased significantly. the mean score of the students in this test was 74.3, and it was categorized into good level of ability. referring to the results of the tests showed on the table 3 and table 4, the results of the writing tests obtained by students can be described in diagram 1. diagram 1. comparison of mid results and cycle test based on diagram 1, it can be clearly seen that the score obtained in the mid term test was lower than the score achived in the cycle test. the score for mid term test was 54.9 and the score for the cycle test was 74.3. in relation to the the results above, in the mid term test, there is no students who got the score above the standard score. the score that the students obtained was the score that was in fair and poor score category. furthermore, from 23 students who were participated in this research, 12 students were achieved fair score category, and 11 students got the poor score category. in the cycle test, it was found that the overall score of students was in good category. from 23 students involved in this research, there were 5 people who got very good category, 12 people got good category, and 6 students got fair score category. furthermore, the details can be seen in table 5. table 5. the comparison of participants amount and the score categories achieved no tests amount of participants score category 1. mid term 12 fair 11 poor 2. cycle 5 very good 12 good 6 fair based on the information provided in table 5, it can be seen that there was an improvement from the results of the midterm test. it showed that collaborative writing strategy was effective and beneficial in improving students’ writing skill. it means that the use of collaborative writing can improve the students’ writing skill. in accordance with the above explanations, the five aspects of writing (content, organization, vocabulary, grammar, and mechanics) became the focus of writing assessment in this research. moreover, the scores obtained for every single aspect of writing can be seen in diagram 2. m. fadhly farhy abbas & herdi solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy 110 diagram 2. the writing aspects diagram 2 shows the criteria assessed were the development of a deep topic (thorough development of topic) in the category of very good, related to the topic but not detailed in the explanation (relevant to topic but lacks details) with good category, inadequate development of topic in the fair category, and does not show a scientific understanding of the topic (do not show knowledge of topic) with a poor category. first, in the aspect of content in the cycle test, the score obtained was 16.5 and it was categorized into good score category. there was no problem in developing the topic of the assigned task. second, in the aspect of organization, the score was 21.7 and it was in the fair category. according to the scoring rubric, the criteria assessed was to compile paragraphs well and show good chronological coherence and arrangement (organize paragraph well and show good coherence and chronological orders) in the category of very good, poorly structured which was very good (loosely organized but ideas stand out) with good categories, there was no idea or coherence and incoherent ideas and lack of logical sequencing in the fair category, and paragraphs were not well organized and did not show good coherence and chronological order (did not organize paragraph well and did not show good coherence and chronological order) with a poor category. third, for the aspect of vocabulary, the score ontained was 15 and it was in good category. the criteria assessed were about the ability in using correct word choice in the category of very good, using accurate but ineffective diction (employ accurate diction, but not effective) with good category, using diction or words that were less precise but the meaning of the word was not too vague (employ lacks accuracy of dictionaries, but meaning not obscured) in the fair category, there was an error in the selection of diction or word form and meaning of the word was unclear (errors in applying diction or word form, and meaning obscured) with the poor category. fourth, for the grammar aspect, the score ontained was 13.5 and it was in the fair category. the criteria assessed were about the ability in using good grammar, such as pronouns, subject and verb agreement, and many others. it covered; 1) the use of correct grammar, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, and so on, with very good category, 2) there were some errors in the use of tenses, pronoun, subject-verb agreement and so on, english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 111 but the meaning was not vague (several errors of tense, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, but meaning not obscured) with good category, 3) there were many errors in the use of tenses, pronouns, the suitability of the subject and verb and so on and their meaning were vague (major errors of tense, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, and so on, and meaning obscured) in the fair category, and 4) not mastering the sentence structure and dominated by errors (no mastery of sentence structure and dominated by errors) in the poor category. fifth, in the mechanics aspect, the score obtained was 7.6 and it was categorized into fair category. the criteria assessed were; 1) very few errors in the writing mechanism (very little errors of mechanics) with very good category, 2) some errors that occured in the writing mechanics but the meaning was not vague (few errors of mechanics, but meaning not obscured) with good category, 3) many errors occured in the writing mechanics and the meaning was fuzzy (many errors of mechanics, and meaning obscured) with the fair category, and 4) dominated by errors in the writing mechanics with poor category. in other words, if the overall average score was obtained then the score would be in good level ability. the details is presented in table 6. table 6. the students’ writing test results per writing indicator tests aspects content organization vocabulary grammar mechanics mid term 12.6 (fair) 13.2 (poor) 11.9 (fair) 9.8 (poor) 7.2 (fair) cycle 16.5 (good) 21.7 (fair) 15 (good) 13.5 (fair) 7.6 (fair) in accordance with the information provided in table 6, it can be seen that the scores obtained by the students in the midterm test were lower than the scores obtained in the cycle test. the score for content in the mid-term test was 12.6 and it was improved in the test cycle to 16.5. the score for organization in mid-term test was 13.2 and improved in the test cycle to 21.7. the score for vocabulary in mid-term was 11.9, and it improved in the test cycle to 15. for grammar aspect, the score in mid-term was 9.8, and in the test cycle was 13.5. at last, the score for mechanics in mid-term test was 7.2 and it was improved to 7.6 in the test cycle. furthermore, the clear information about the comparison of the writing test can be seen in diagram 3. diagram 3. significant comparison between mid-term results and cycle test results m. fadhly farhy abbas & herdi solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy 112 in line with the information in table 6 and diagram 3, the results of the students’ mid-term test can also be seen in diagram 4. diagram 4. the students’ mid-term test results per assessment aspect the diagrams show the comparison of students’ test results in writing argumentative essay. it can be clearly seen that the students’ achievement improves from mid term results to the cycle test. in other words, the students scores in the cycle test were higher than the mid term scores. it means that there has been an improvement in the students’ ability in writing argumentative essay after conducting the research using collaborative writing strategy. thus, it can be stated that the implementation of the collaborative writing strategy in learning argumentative essay writing could help students in improving their writing skill. based on the results obtained from each research instrument, it can be stated that the ability of the 4 th semester students of english education department, faculty of teacher training and education, university of lancang kuning in academic year 2017/2018 in writing argumentative essay were categorized into good level of ability. then, the researchers decided to complete the research until cycle 1. it means that the research was not continued to the next cycle. it was because there was a match between achievement and the criteria of success set in this research. the scores achieved by the students were higher than the minimum passing score. in line with the previous explanation, it can be stated that good ability of the students in writing argumentative essays was basically influenced by the students’ good ability in applying the collaborative writing strategy. this research result was in line with previous research conducted by abbas, fachrurrazy, & wahjudi (2013), zuhri (2009), wahyuni (2017), soraya (2016), and lestari, setyowati, sukmawan, and latief (2017) about the implementation of collaborative writing strategy in improving the students’ writing skill. based on the results of this research, it was proven that the implementation of the collaborative writing strategy in the learning process could improve the students’ skill in writing. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 113 in accordance with the above statement, the research conducted by sarmidi (2009) and isnawati (2009) were also related to the results of this research. this was because each stage of writing process was correctly applied by the students in the learning process. therefore, this activity let the students to write smoothly and correctly. in other word, this process let the students to improve their writing skill, especially in writing argumentative essay. pertaining to the above explanation, although the writing skill of the students in writing argumentative essays was good, there were two things became the weaknesses in this research. first, the limited time in the learning process was a bit of a constraint in this research. 90 minutes or 2 credits for writing class was too short and not enough. so, it was recommended that the time allocation for writing lectures to be added at least 3 credits. second, not all students achieved good score category in this research. it was found that 6 students who obtained score below the passing score, and the score was in the fair and poor category. thus, the researchers suggest the 6 students to practice writing harder and more actively so that their writing skill can be improved. the more often the students practice writing, the better writing skill would be. conclusion based on the analysis, there are some points that need to be highlighted. first, in the aspect of content, the score obtained is 16.5 and it is in the good category. from the rubric, this category can be seen from the criteria, such as; develop ideas relevant to the topic but less detail so that they can be categorized into good. second, in the aspect of organization, the score achieved is 21.7 and it is in the fair category. based on the rubric, the criteria for students in this study is there is no coherence on paragraph composition and ideas are also less logical in order (incoherent ideas and lack of logical sequencing) so that they can be categorized into fair level. third, for the aspect of vocabulary, the score is 15 and it is categorized into good. the criteria is that students use accurate but ineffective diction (employ accurate diction, but not effective) so that they can be categorized into good category. fourth, in the grammar aspect, the score obtained is 13.5 and the category is fair. the criteria is that there are many errors in the use of tenses, pronouns, suitability of subjects and verbs and so on and their meaning was vague (major errors of tense, pronouns, subject-verb agreement, and so on, and meaning obscured) so that it can be categorized into fair level. in the fifth aspect, the score obtained for mechanics is 7.6 and it is in the fair category. the criteria is that there are many errors in the writing mechanism and the meaning is unclear (many errors of mechanics, and meaning obscured), dominated by errors in the writing mechanism so that it is categorized into poor level. in addition, the mean score obtained by the students is 74.3 and it is categorized into good level of ability. in relation to the above explanation, it can be concluded that the use of collaborative writing strategy can solve the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay. in other word, the implementation of collaborative writing strategy in the teaching of argumentative essay writing can improve the students’ writing skill. moreover, this improvement is supported by two points, namely; 1) the mean score of the students is 74.3 and it is categorized into good level of ability, and 2) the factors that influence the students’ improvement in writing argumentative essay are; the students are active, creative, and enjoy the learning process by using collaborative writing strategy. acknowledgement in this part, the researchers need to express many thanks to the persons who helped in the research. first, the researchers would like to say thank to ministry of research, technology, and higher education of republic of indonesia (kemristekdikti ri) who gave financial support. second, the m. fadhly farhy abbas & herdi solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through collaborative writing strategy 114 researchers also would like to say thank to lppm and team of universitas lancang kuning pekanbaru, indonesia who provided good service for the researchers during the research. at last, the appreciation goes to the research assistants, head of english education department, and head of up2m of fkip unilak who supported totally during the research. references abbas, m. f. f. (2018). assessing efl students’ ability in developing idea to organize academic essay. iop conference series: earth and environmental science 175(1), 012-074. abbas, m. f. f. (2015). analysis of students' ability in writing a research proposal. elt-lectura, 2(2). abbas, m., fachrurrazy, f., & wahjudi, a. (2013). applying collaborative writing process strategy to improve students’ ability in writing a narrative text. disertasi dan tesis program pascasarjana um. boun, e. (2009). argumentative essay. retrieved june 6, 2017, from www.buowl.boun edu. brown, h. d. (2015). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (5 th ed.). white plains, new york: pearson education. fachrurrazy. (2011). teaching english as a foreign language for teachers in indonesia. malang: universitas negeri malang press. housden, e. (2013). senior text types: a writing guide for students. farrbooks: quendsland. ibrahim, m. e. e., eljack, n. s. a., & elhassan, i. b. m. (2015). to what extent can argumentative essay writing help develop leaners' critical thinking. sust journal of humanities, 16(4). isnawati, u.m. (2009). improving the writing ability of the 11th grade students of ma hasyim asy’ari kembangbahu lamongan through the implementation of the scaffolding strategy. unpublished thesis. malang: universitas negeri malang. lestari, setyowati, s., sukmawan, & latief, m. a. (2017). solving the students’ problems in writing argumentative essay through the provision of planning. a journal of culture, english language, teaching & literature, 17(1), 87102. sarmidi. (2009). the use of directed writing activity strategy to enhance the students’ skill in writing recount texts at mtsn margoyoso-pati. unpublished master’s thesis. malang: universitas negeri malang. soraya, k. (2016). the effectiveness of collaborative writing strategy (cws) in writing lesson regarded to the students’ creativity. lingua cultura, 10(2), 63-67. wahyuni, s. (2017). improving students` ability in writing through collaborative writing strategy at the islamic junior high school muhammadiyah 01 medan. unpublished thesis. medan: department of english education faculty of tarbiyah and teacher training state islamic university of north sumatera. retrieved from http://repository.uinsu.ac.id/2643/1/cover%20 skripsi%20ciwa.pdf. zuhri, s. (2009). improving the ability in writing a recount text of the first year-students of man wlingi through collaborative writing strategy. unpublished master’s thesis. malang: universitas negeri malang. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook titi rokhayati purworejo muhammadiyah university, indonesia email: rokhayatititi@yahoo.com apa citation: rokhayati, t. (2016). intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 131-140 received: 08-10-2016 accepted: 07-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this research was conducted with the purpose to develop the materials of textbook based on intercultural approach and character education as a guideline in learning english for senior high school class x in purworejo regency, and to determine the validity of the development of textbooks. the method used in this research is r and d. based on the findings, it can be concluded that english book published by the government in 2014 requires improvement in terms of 1) the current topic which are very important because the topics are most needed by the students as information directly from the book contained current trends, 2) insight of diversity means that the knowledge, experience, and discourse reflected in the texts contained insight of diversity including the target language, and 3) relationship with social emotional material students need to be improved. the material contained in this book will be developed based on the intercultural approach, meaning that based on the findings and goals to be achieved in this study, the findings of the field study is appropriate. keywords: textbooks, english, intercultural approach, character education introduction english is the first foreign language in indonesia which becomes a compulsory subject for students of junior high school to universities. in line with the development of globalization era, english is very important to be mastered since many people learn english for various intentions. they try to understand some english texts, for having interview, even for studying abroad, they need to master english either written or oral. observing the importance of english in any sphere of life, the government must be able to change the paradigm of educational system in indonesia. the change of basic paradigm in the national education system happenned in 2009s, the minister of education wants to have a focus in the national education which is known as character education. the government has made character education as the priority program in the national development. the education which is based on culture and nation character is attached to the curriculum and sylabus, the teachers find it is difficult to understand the meaning of the characters. it must be applied in the lesson plan. character is someone’s personality which is formed as the result of integration of understanding, the behaviour to the value, and the daily attitude. character implies a standard of moral which involved a value consideration (hurlock in kesuma 2012). 131 titi rokhayati intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook character education is an education to form an individual’s personality through the character education in which the result can be seen in the good attitude, honesty, responsibility, appreciate others’ right, and work hard (lickona in gunawan, 2012) the characters’ value intended is the personality or character which can be reached in teaching-learning process. there are some important things in teaching learning process. they are input, process and output. in the process of teaching learning, the teacher needs to use method and media. one of the important media is textbook. based on direktorat pendidikan menengah umum (in muslich, 2010, p. 50) a “textbook is sekumpulan tulisan yang dibuat secara sistematis berisi tentang suatu materi pelajaran tertentu, yang disiapkan oleh pengarangnya dengan menggunakan acuan kurikulum yang berlaku.” while richards and schmidt (2010) say that textbook is a book contained certain subject which is used to teach or study in school or universities. english textbook has some special characteristics in which covers some limitations which relate to how to use the language, the function of the language, and condition of the society. the choice of materials and the appropriate technique can make the students interested. when the teacher finds some unappropriate materials which are not in line with the students’ need, the teacher must develop the material to make it suited to the students’ need. the teacher then has to select, adapt, and develop the materials. actually a teacher must decide on the materials needed, students’ activities, and the strategy he must apply in teaching learning process. the policy of teaching english must be in line with the availability of english textbook which fulfills students’ need and the curriculum. besides, the intercultural approach is needed to enrich the teachers’ knowledge in english teaching learning. the concept of “inter-cultural” is need to be conceived as independent of both their native culture and the new culture. while, the concept of teaching is helping someone to learn, guiding, providing with the knowledge, and giving instructions. teaching intercultural is helping the students to understand their own culture and respect other cultures because in fact there is an influence from other cultures. soler (2007) claims that we are so familiar with our own culture that we do not even realize it is there and, inevitably, it influences our expectations when we establish contact with people belonging to a different culture. intercultural understanding is the ability to participate and negotiate with people in a variety of contexts. participating and negotiating with people requires an ability to know and understand ‘your’ culture, ‘another’s’ culture and have skill in working between your own and another’s culture. (http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_ lecturers/professional_learning/intercul tural_competencies/developing_intercul tural_understanding/diu_resources/res ource_1_definitions.html). an intercultural approach gives lecturers and learners a clearly defined and consistent set of purposes, while intercultural communication should be a clearly defined option in language education. the goals of any course should specify whether learners, lecturers and institutions are concerned with (1) increasing language proficiency. (2) gaining factual knowledge about the target culture. 132 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (3) acculturating, and/or. (4) mediating between cultures (corbett, 2003). intercultural competence is a set of cognitive, affective, and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural context (bennet, 2011). in addition, fantini (2006, p. 12) defines intercultural as “a complex of abilities needed to perform effectively and appropriately when interacting with others who are linguistically and culturally different from oneself.” the most elaborated model of intercultural competence is the model of savoirs developed by byram and zarate (1994): (1) savoir, (2) savoir être, (3) savoir comprendre, and (4) savoir apprendre. 1) savoir refers to knowledge of self and others, of their products and practices and the general processes of interaction. this constitutes a body of knowledge on which other operations can be performed. 2) savoir être, which involves an attitudinal disposition towards intercultural engagement manifested in approaching intercultural learning with curiosity, openness, and reflexivity. 3) savoir comprendre, which involves learning how to interpret and explain cultural practices or documents and to compare them with aspects of one’s own culture. 4) savoir apprendre, which is the ability to make discoveries through personal involvement in social interaction. byram (1997) adds a further dimension, savoir s’engager, which refers to the ability to make informed critical evaluation of aspects of one’s own and other cultures. in terms of character education, there are 9 pillars which will be developed (uu no 20 tahun 2003 pasal 3), they are; 1) love god and the creature, 2) responsibility, discipline, and independence, 3) honesty and wisdom, 4) respect and polite, 5) charity and cooperation, 6) self-esteem, creative and hard-work, 7) leadership and justice, 8) kindness and humble, and 9) tolerance, peaceful, and unity. another pillars in the characters education are: 1) religious, 2) honest, 3) tolerance, 4) discipline, 5) hard-work, 6) creative, 7) independence, 8) democratic, 9) curiosity, 10) nationality, 11) patriotism, 12) appreciative, 13) friendliness, 14) peaceful, 15) love reading, 16) environment concern, 17) social concern, and 18) responsibility. in this research the researcher has a research question; how is the development of the textbook based on intercultural approach and character education as the guidance book of english teaching learning for class x semester 1 in purworejo regency? method this research uses r and d method developed by richey (2007). based on the objectives of the research, this research belongs to the research and development method. sugiyono adds that “research and development is a research method which is used to produce a particular product, and test the effectiveness of product” (2012, p. 407). richey and klein (2007) call it developmental or development research, which then name it design and development research. it is divided into 3 steps; exploring (research), developing (design and development), and evaluation (design research). this research analyzes the exploring stage and the developing stage is still on the process. so, the researcher only discuss on the exploring or preliminary study. the subjects of the research are the tenth grader of sman 5 and sman 7 in 133 titi rokhayati intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook purworejo regency. there are 160 students and 5 teachers. the main instrument is the researcher herself and the supporting instrument is questionnaire and observation for students and for teachers. the research was conducted seven times for collecting data for students and teachers on april to july 2016. results in a preliminary study, the researcher did a step namely literature study. the literature study is a step in which the researcher collected various books and sources which are relevant to the topics discussed. the books were very helpful as the basic resource of theories, so in discussing the topic the researcher can give clear and focused discussion. after doing some research, the researcher presented a field study on textbooks used. the textbook analyzed was an english textbook for the first semester of class x in sman 5 and sman 7 purworejo. the book was published by kemendikbud 2014. the research findings will be described as follows: the results of the students’ questionnaire in this section the researcher presents the results of questionnaire given to the students in grade x sman 5 and sma n 7 purworejo. table 1. the subjects of the research sma science class social class sman 5 32 64 sman 7 32 32 sum 64 96 total 160 the subjects are the students of sman 5 and sman 7. they are at the tenth grade semester 1. the schools are state senior high school. those schools are included as favorite schools in purworejo. both schools implement 2013 curriculum. the researcher chose 64 students majoring in science and the social class were 96 students. table 2. the result of students’ questionnaire no the questions no of item agree disagree number percentage number percentage 1. the conformity between the content and the core competencies 1 143 95.33 7 4.67 2. the materials represent social function 2 125 84.46 23 15.54 3. the aspects and meaning structure described clearly 3 111 75.00 37 25.00 4. linguistic feature is well-defined 4 110 73.33 40 26.67 5. the topics in the materials are trend topics 5 47 31.76 101 68.24 6. the materials include developing life skills 6 98 68.06 46 31.94 7. the insight of diversity is welldescribed 7 78 51.66 73 48.34 8. the materials are suited to the 8 137 82.33 29 17.47 134 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee development level of students’ cognitive 9. the materials are suited to the students’ social emotional level 9 82 56.55 63 43.45 10. the message in the material is clearly-read 10 103 69.13 46 30.87 11. use appropriate language 11 137 92.57 11 7.43 12. good management of chapters 12 122 81.88 27 18.12 13. interconnectedness of chapters and sub chapters 13 129 87.76 18 12.24 14 good performance in presenting the materials 14 133 89.26 16 10.47 15. the contents of the chapters are in balance 15 137 93.20 10 6.80 16. the focus is the students’ need 16 105 70.47 44 29.53 17. the materials lead the students’ idea, creativity and critical thinking 17 115 77.18 34 22.82 18. the materials enable the students to learn 18 96 64.43 53 35.57 19. the materials enable the students to have self evaluation 19 99 66.4 50 33.56 20. there are introduction, content and closing 20 127 86.39 20 13.61 total number 2234 74.92 748 25.08 based on the table above, it can be drawn that the questions in the questionnaire about the instrument ratings book filled out by the students by answering agree and disagree more dominant on the answers agree. however, if we look thoroughly, there are three questions that are more likely to provide input into the development of the material that is about current topics, they agree to answer a number of 47 (31.76%) and disagree 101 (68.24%). then, the second of the insights of diversity in the material, those who answered agree is 78 (51.66%) and disagree is 73 ( 48.34%) it was almost equal. the third on a question about the content of the material is in conformity with the social emotional development of students who answered agree is 82 (56.55%) and disagree is 65 (43.45%). seeing the first question, namely number of items 5 (topics contained in the materials are current topics), it is clear that the students who answer disagree are bigger than who answered agree. the second question i.e. number of items 7 (development of insights diversity is already imprinted in the material), insight into the diversity in this case includes not only insight into the cultures that exist in indonesia but also the cultures of the target language that is english. so, this insight also includes students' horizons about english culture as the target language. the answer of agree and disagree was no significant difference, it was almost the same. the third question, number of items 9 (fill material according to the social emotional level of the students) students who agree is more than those who was disagree but the difference was only 3.10%. based on the findings of the students’ questionnaire, it can be concluded that the english book for tenth grade semester 1 published by the government in 2014 requires an improvement in the current topic, insight into the diversity, 135 titi rokhayati intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook and about the relationship of social emotional material with students. current topics are very important because the topics are most needed by students as the information directly from the book what are the current trends. it is considered very important for the students so that the students get inspiration from books and then interpret it in the form of tasks by the teacher. insights of diversity means that the knowledge, experience, and discourse reflected in the texts contained in the book because the english books here related to diversity also on the diversity of the target language. in accordance with the title of this study that the material contained in this book will be developed based on the intercultural approach, meaning that based on the findings and goals to be achieved in this study, the findings of the field study is appropriate. linkages of material with students’ social emotional which need to be improved. it may also be associated with the development of educational materials based on the character suited to the problems raised in this research. the results of the teachers’ questionnaire teachers’ questionnaires are filled out by five teachers who teach in the tenth grade science and social studies. the three teachers are from sman 7, they are dr. nikmah nurbaity, m.pd., agus setiyono, m.pd., and drs. moersito. meanwhile, while the other two teachers came from sman 5 namely heru, m.pd., and bambang, m.pd. the results of the questionnaire can be described as follows: feasibility contents: 1) core competencies and basic competencies are implied the core competencies and basic competencies should be written clearly, so it can be seen from the text and the real competencies that can be reached. 2) social functions has not yet written the social function especially from the text are found implicitly. in part of speaking, it must be practice so the students can make use of the text in the daily life. 3) it needs updating the novelty of the topics are so important for the students to be up to date, because it will make students update the newest thing in the world. feasibility of language 1) the material is already relevant to the students’ need the various topics in the textbook has fulfilled the students’ need. it covers some topics which are in line with what students want, the weakness is on the novelty although the topic has been reached the students’ need but it still needs to be reviewed on the topics which have trends nowadays. 2) communication message is understood the communication message is understood means that the packages of messages are understood well. the students understand well as the use of the language is simple and not complicated. 3) it meets the elements of coherence and cohesion the coherence and cohesion of the text is appropriate. they meet the elements. eligibility of the presentation 1) presentation system has been coherent and balanced it has good presentation, easy to understand and interesting. 136 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 2) lack of critical thinking skills the points of critical thinking skill need to be improved because it is very useful for the students to have some interesting topics which lead them to think critically. 3) presentation of introduction, contents, and closing are complete the book’s performance has been complete. it has introduction, contents and closing. from the summary of the teachers’ questionnaire described above, it can be seen that the contents of the feasibility of the contents are adequate but core competencies and basic competencies are still implied while for social functions has not been written completely. from the side of the topic shows that the topic still needs updating means that the topic should be adjusted to the current circumstances. in terms of the feasibility of the language, it is proved that the material was relevant to learners. communication message has been understood and already meet the elements of coherence and cohesion. this indicates that the english books for class x the first semester is deserved to be used. in terms of the presentation, there are some opinions from the teachers as the respondents of the research, they argue that the system presentation is coherent and balanced, it has not yet presented skills of critical thinking and the presentation in terms of introduction, contents and closing is complete. briefly, it can be described that from the questionnaire evaluation the feasibility of the contents are adequate but the core competencies and basic competencies are still implied while social function is not completely written. from the side of the topic it shows that the topic still needs updating means that the topic should be adjusted to the current circumstances. in terms of feasibility of language it is proved that the material was relevant to learners,, communication message has been understood and already meet the elements of coherence and cohesion. this indicates that the english books for class x 1st semester is deserved to be used. in terms of presentation of the opinion there are some teachers as respondents said that the system of presentation is already coherent and balanced, but it has lack of critical thinking skills and in terms of the presentation the introduction, contents and closing is complete. the result of observation one of the illustrations of teaching learning process is described here. the teacher and the students were enjoying the english class. it seems that they can make use of the textbook well. the teacher asked the students about the reading text, but he started the teaching by giving description about a unique place which he ever visited. using vocabularies which can be understood well the students enjoyed the teacher’s story. in the description, the teacher just described about the place, the location, and the visitors of the place, the description about what is the place for, the culture surrounding the place, and the people’s habit in the place were not described yet. seeing that the background of the place was important part in describing place it must be described also. thus, from the observation of teaching and learning process, it should be improved. some teachers like to have their own ways of teaching by describing something that they have ever seen. it is good because the description became so real for the students since it is based on the experience, but some parts may miss 137 titi rokhayati intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook in the description as the teacher enjoyed much the explanation. besides, there are also some characters building found in the text but they do not describe explicitly so the readers must infer them through the text. conclusion the english book published by the government in 2014 requires improvements in terms of current topics, insights about the relevance of diversity, and the relationship of material and students’ social emotional. current topics are very important because the topics are most needed by students as the information directly from the book what are the current trends. it is considered very important for the students so that the students get inspiration from books and then interpret it in the form of tasks by the teacher. insights of diversity means that the knowledge, experience, and discourse reflected in the texts contained in the book because the english books here related to diversity also on the diversity of the target language. it is explicitly described in the book how to congratulate others for example in which the culture of the target language is being learned but it also includes the culture of indonesian in which something about ‘selamatan’ is also learned. in accordance with the title of this study that the material contained in this book will be developed based on the intercultural approach, meaning that based on the findings and goals to be achieved in this study, the findings of the field study is appropriate. linkages of the material with students’ social emotional need to be improved. it may also be associated with the development of educational materials based on the character which is suitable to the problems raised in this research. current topics, insight of diversity, and linkages of material with students’ social emotional are the three points which are improved in this research. by developing the material it is hoped that the textbook is more acceptable for the students. the observation has described about the students and teacher’s activity but the description needs to be improved. it relates to some important points about the place described. the teacher should also described about the people who live in the surrounding so the students know well about the life of the surrounding society which may also be influenced by the existence of the place. acknowledgement in the name of allah, the beneficient and the merciful, praise belong to allah “lord of universe” who has given us inspiration, so that the researcher can finish this part of the study successfully. this study is to fulfill the task of lecturers as a researcher who must always have research every year and publish the research but this research is only a part of the whole research in r and d research. the researcher would like to express her greatest gratitude to several people who participated in finishing this study. she extends her sincere gratitude and appreciations to: 1. drs. supriyono, m.pd as the rector of purworejo muhammadiyah university. 2. yuli widiyono, m. pd. as the dean of the teacher training and educational sciences faculty. 3. abdul ngafif, m.pd. b.i. as the colleague who helps the researcher in doing the research study. 138 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 4. the english teachers of sman 5 and sman 7 purworejo for the good help and cooperation. 5. the students of class x sman 5 and sman 7 purworejo, thanks for good cooperation and collaboration. 6. all of my colleagues in english education program of purworejo muhammadiyah university. 7. all of my friends in umj who always motivate me to be a better person in the eye of family and of god. love you sist! 8. my big family, my beloved husband who always be with me in happiness and sadness, my children who love me so much days and night, and my brothers. thanks for the support, prayers, motivations, love, and cares. references bennett, m. j. (2012). developing intercultural competence for international education faculty and staff. aiea conference * february 20-23,2011 san francisco, ca, usa. association of international education administrators, www.aieaworld.org byram, m., & zarate, g. (1997). defining and assessing intercultural competence: some principles and proposals for the european context. language teaching, 29, pp. 14-18. corbett, j. (2003). an intercultural approach to english language teaching. clevedon: cromwell press ltd. fantini, a. e. (2006). exploring and assessing intercultural competence. retrieved october 1, 20015, from http://www.sit.edu/publications/do cs/feil_research_ report.pdf gunawan, h. (2012). pendidikan karakter: konsep dan implementasi. bandung: alfabeta. kesuma, dkk. (2012). pendidikan karakter: kajian teori dan praktik di sekolah. bandung: remaja rosdakarya. muslich, m. (2009). ktsp (kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan): dasar pemahaman dan pengembangan. jakarta: pt. bumi aksara richards, j. c., & richard s. (2010). longman: dictionary of language teaching & applied linguistics (4th ed.). malaysia: pearson education limited richey, r. c., & klein, j. d. design and development research: method, strategies, and issues. new york: routledge. soler, e. a., & jorda, m. p. s. (2007). intercultural language use and language learning. dordrecht: springer. sugiyono. (2012). metode penelitian pendidikan: pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta (http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lect urers/professional_learning/intercult ural_competencies/developing_interc ultural_understanding/diu_resources /resource_1_definitions.html). 139 http://www.sit.edu/publications/ http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lecturers/professional_learning/intercultural_competencies/developing_intercultural_understanding/diu_resources/resource_1_definitions.html http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lecturers/professional_learning/intercultural_competencies/developing_intercultural_understanding/diu_resources/resource_1_definitions.html http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lecturers/professional_learning/intercultural_competencies/developing_intercultural_understanding/diu_resources/resource_1_definitions.html http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lecturers/professional_learning/intercultural_competencies/developing_intercultural_understanding/diu_resources/resource_1_definitions.html http://www.asiaeducation.edu.au/for_lecturers/professional_learning/intercultural_competencies/developing_intercultural_understanding/diu_resources/resource_1_definitions.html titi rokhayati intercultural approach and character educationbased developing english textbook ice cream there was an elderly couple who in their old age noticed that they were getting a lot more forgetful, so they decided to go to the doctor. the doctor told them that they should start writing things down so they don't forget. they went home and the old lady told her husband to get her a bowl of ice cream. "you might want to write it down," she said. the husband said, "no, i can remember that you want a bowl of ice cream." she then told her husband she wanted a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream. "write it down," she told him, and again he said, "no, no, i can remember: you want a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream." then the old lady said she wants a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream and a cherry on top. "write it down," she told her husband and again he said, "no, i got it. you want a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream and a cherry on top." so he goes to get the ice cream and spends an unusually long time in the kitchen, over 30 minutes. he comes out to his wife and hands her a plate of eggs and bacon. the old wife stares at the plate for a moment, then looks at her husband and asks, "where's the toast?" (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 140 145 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 lin dunlai school of foreign languages and literature; collaborative innovation center of national assessment and improvement of basic education quality, beijing normal university, china e-mail: lindunlai@bnu.edu.cn apa citation: lin, d. (2014). a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 145-157 received: 01-04-2014 accepted: 27-04-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract : the national matriculation english test (nmet) is a high-stakes test compulsory for those aspiring to entering higher education institutions in china. the test is designed by the national education examinations authority (neea) and some local examination authorities. the final section of this test is generally a writing task. in this paper, the author examines the 21 writing tasks that were used in the nmet 2014. using content analysis, and a priori validation components of weir’s (2005) socio-cognitive validation framework, namely test taker characteristics, cognitive validity and context validity, the paper finds out the merits and demerits of these 21 writing tasks. it is concluded that these writing tasks are generally well designed and are valid in helping select talents. but more empirical research must be done to investigate how the writing tasks function for students when taking these writing tests. keywords: nmet, socio-cognitive validation framework, cognitive validity, context validity, china institution directly under the supervision of moe of p. r. china, and local institutions (the provincial admissions office). it normally includes compulsory subjects chinese, mathematics and english, and other subjects which depends on what type of university the candidate is applying for. for 28 out of 31 provinces, those other subjects like chemistry, physics, politics and geography are integrated into two tests of science or liberal arts. the national matriculation english test (nmet) was designed in 1991 (liu, 2010:38). its predecessor, the matriculation english test (met), was replaced by it in 1996 in accordance with the educational reform (see li, 1990 for the met; see cheng & qi, 2006 for an overview of the nmet). in 2014, three forms of nmet were in application. the first and second one were based on the national english curriculum standards introduction examinations play a crucial part in chinese people’s life. for chinese students to become successful in schools or even in their life, they have to perform very well in numerous tests, especially the university entrance examination to higher education (ueehe). the ueehe is the largest examination system in china, which is administered annually between june 6th to 8th for most provinces, and into 9th for a few provinces. its purpose is for general higher educational institutions to grant admission to those talented for higher education nationwide (liu, 2010). according to chinese ministry of education (moe), the candidature for 2014 was 9.39 million. the university entrance examination is administered by the national education examinations authority (neea), which is an lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 146 (necs) (moe, 2001). the two differ in the weighting of scores in reading comprehension and use of english sections (see table 1 for an overview of the nmet based on necs). these two tests are informed by lyle bachman’s 1990 model of communicative competence. the first test was used in henan, hebei and shanxi, while the second test was used in qinghai, xizang, gansu, guizhou, inner mongolia, xinjiang, ningxia, jilin, heilongjiang and yunnan in 2014. the third test was based on the teaching curriculum of english with a listening section. this test, however, is expected to die out, and was used only in guangxi zhuang autonomous region this year. besides these tests, since 2004, several provinces or municipalities have been required to develop their own matriculation tests. as of 2014, 17 provinces and municipalities are developing their own test. these provinces or municipalities are beijing, tianjin, shanghai, chongqing, liaoning, table 1. overview of the nmet based on the national english curriculum standards (moe, 2001) section part input lang. of rubric task focus item types num. of items raw score i. listening comprehension a 5 short dialogues (heard once) chinese simple factual information mc (3 options) 5 7.5 b 5 dialogues & monologues (heard twice) chinese simple factual information mc (3 options) 15 22.5 ii. reading comprehension a 4 texts (over 900 in total) chinese general and detailed information mc (4 options) 15 45 (30) b 1 text (about 300 words) chinese relationship between sentences and paragraphs gap filling (7 options) 5 15 (10) iii. use of english a 1 text (about 200 words) chinese vocabulary and comprehension mc cloze (4 options) 20 40 (30) b 1 text (about 150 words) chinese grammar use in context gap-filling (no more than three words) 10 15 iv. writing a 1 text (100 words) chinese error correction error correction 10 10 b prompt (in chinese) chinese writing a short text guided writing 1 80+1 25 180 (150) jiangsu, zhejiang, anhui, fujian, guangdong, jiangxi, shandong, hunan, hubei, sichuan, shaanxi, hainan. please mind that not all these provinces or municipalities developed all the tests of all subjects. they may file a request to use some of the tests developed by the neea. every year, months before the ueehe is administered, examination syllabus for admission tests to institutions of higher education is issued to guarantee all teachers and candidates are well-informed of what is tested in the ueehe. a look through the past papers since 1978 showed that the writing task made its debut in 1989, and it has stayed there ever since then. the direct measures of writing assessment, which assess a student’s ability to communicate through the written mode based on the actual production of written texts, is conducive to the validity of the test. the neea emphasizes that all tests should test what necs requires and what is taught 147 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in schools. in light of this, the writing task should reflect what necs band 8 says about what students should be able to do to achieve the proficiency required. the necs band 8 requires that students should be able to: write a coherent and well-structured essay to narrate or express their views or attitudes; write a summary of a text; write an essay or report on information about written texts or graphs. it also stipulates that students should have an awareness of rhetorical pattern and achieve fluency in writing. hyland (2002) argues that the design of good writing tasks involves four basic elements, namely, rubric (the instructions), prompt (the task), expected response (what the task intends test takers to do), post-task evaluation (assessing the effectiveness of the writing task). in china, many research papers have been published about the nemt writing tasks. for instance, gao and gu (2008) examined the writing tasks set by local examination authorities from 2004 to 2007, and found problems with rubrics and communicative needs of the writing tasks. other cross-year studies include dong et al. (2011), feng and gao (2012). zhang (2013) did a concurrent study of the nmet 2014 writing tasks. he examined the tasks from content and test design, and gave some suggestions to writing task development and classroom teaching of writing. other similar studies are gu and gao (2007), ding (2012). but we have to point out that few studies so far have used a well-established validation framework to investigate the nmet writing tasks. the objective of this paper is to first provide a profile of what is tested in the 2014 nmet writing section across the country, and then based on weir’s (2005) socio-cognitive approach to test validation, especially test taker characteristics, context validity and cognitive validity, the paper examines the quality of these writing tasks and give suggestion where improvements could be made. in dealing with these aspect, we only focus on what weigle (2002: 77-78) called the design stage and operationalization stage. method as mentioned above, administered by neea, the nmet is a compulsory subject that every candidate aspiring to entering higher education institutions should take. neea is not responsible for developing all tests that are administered across the country. in 2014, 17 provinces and municipalities developed their own tests, including the nmet. there are two versions of tests developed by the neea, based on the necs. the third test based on the teaching curriculum of english, used in guangxi, shared the same writing task as one of the tests based on the necs. besides, the nmet of beijing, guangdong, chongqing includes two writing tasks each. hainan used the second test developed by the neea. put together, there are 21 writing tasks in the nmet of 2014. these 21 tasks are the samples for analysis for this paper. table 2 gives us a profile of general information about these 21 writing tasks. according to coombe et al. (2007: 73), writing prompts can be divided into three types: base prompts, framed prompts and text-based prompts. as is shown above, framed prompts are most frequently used in the nmet 2014. base prompts only appeared in fujian paper, hubei paper, shandong paper, chongqing paper task1. text-based prompts appeared in jiangsu paper and guangdong paper. how well does these writing tasks function in such a high-stakes national test? in order to answer this question, we should seek a test validation framework to analyze the above 21 writing tasks. we believe that the socio-cognitive framework proposed by weir (2005) and refined later through the experience of lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 148 applying it to operational cambridge esol tests to be both theoretically sound and extremely useful. for the current paper’s purpose, we find test taker characteristics, cognitive validity (originally named theory-based validity) and context validity proposed by weir (2005) and exemplified in shaw and weir (2007) to be relevant. this part of the socio-cognitive framework is presented in figure 1. as shown in figure 1, a priori (before-the-test event) validation components, as named by shaw and weir (2007: 3) include test taker characteristics, cognitive validity and context validity. the three crucial research questions that we can pose are: how are the physical/physiological, psychological and experiential characteristics of candidates catered for by the nmet writing tasks? (test taker characteristics) are the cognitive processes required to complete the test tasks appropriate? (cognitive validity) are the characteristics of the test tasks and their administration appropriate and fair to the candidates who are taking them? (context validity) table 2 a profile of 21 writing tasks in nmet 2014 name number of items raw score length topic necs1 1 25 ~100* a letter of inquiry about study in the uk necs2 guangxi 1 25 ~100 an essay about what life will be like in ten years beijing 2 15 >50 a letter of apology and further arrangement of travel 20 >60 an essay about how a problem was solved tianjin 1 25 >100 an email to an exchange students about local life shanghai 1 25 120-150 an email giving suggestion and explanation chongqing 2 15 >60 an essay expressing views about a saying 20 >80 a post about the best gift you received liaoning 1 25 ~100 a written announcement about an activity on campus jiangsu 1 25 ~150 a summary and an argumentation about word borrowing zhejiang 1 30 100-120 a letter to a librarian to recommend books anhui 1 25 ~120 a response letter to a worried person fujian 1 25 ~120 an essay of views about a quotation about success guangdong 2 15 n/a a report of five sentences to a local english paper 25 ~150 a summary and students’ views about donation jiangxi 1 25 ~120 a speech about what to learn in senior high school shandong 1 30 120-150 an essay about a proverb (choose one from two proverbs) hunan 1 25 >120 an introduction to your innovation for a daily item hubei 1 30 >120 an essay about “small things make a difference” sichuan 1 35 ~120 a letter to a pen pal about college entrance exam shaanxi 1 30 >100 a welcoming speech to a foreign delegation * ~stands for “approximately”, >stands for “more than” 149 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee figure 1. a priori validation components for conceptualizing writing test performance (adapted from weir, 2005:47)figure 1 a priori validation components for conceptualizing writing test performance (adapted from weir, 2005:47) test taker characteristics physical/physiological psychological experiential context validity cognitive validity setting: task response format purpose knowledge of criteria weighting text length time constraints writer-reader relationship setting: administration physical conditions uniformity of administration security linguistics demands: (task input and output) lexical resources structural resources discourse mode functional resources content knowledge cognitive processes macro-planning organization micro-organization translation monitoring revising results and discussion in this part, we will examine the quality of the 21 writing tasks that appeared in the nmet 2014. we will follow the three research questions as we discuss about the quality. for each question, a brief introduction to the contents of the validation components will be put forward, followed by a discussion about the 21 writing tasks. response results and discussion in this part, we will examine the quality of the 21 writing tasks that appeared in the nmet 2014. we will follow the three research questions as we discuss about the quality. for each question, a brief introduction to the contents of the validation components will be put forward, followed by a discussion about the 21 writing tasks. test taker characteristics shaw and weir (2007:17) argue that it is the test taker, rather than the test task, that is at the heart of the assessment event. while test takers’ success in the test depends primarily on an individual’s ability in the intended construct, there are many other variables which are likely to impact on test takers’ performance. one of these variables is test takers’ personal characteristics, which includes factors such as age, interests, experience, knowledge and motivation. bachman (1990) argues that test taker characteristics are either systematic in the sense that they influence test performance continually, and unsystematic in the sense that they are more difficult to predict. the systematic attributes referred to by bachman (1990:164) include cognitive style, content knowledge, and gender. o’sullivan (2000) listed the following test taker characteristics, as presented in table 3. as for physical/physiological aspect, test takers for the nmet are mostly of the same age, around 17 to 19 years old. these school-leaving students were born around 1995, when multimedia, such as computers and the internet, are becoming an important part of their life. this was reflected in some writing tasks in the nmet of 2014. for instance, the two writing tasks in chongqing paper were about phone and posting information on the internet. the first task use a popular saying “my friend falls, i laugh; my phone falls, i cry” to lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 150 arouse consensus of a generation of nomophobia. the jiangsu paper gave a text about the intrusion of english words like “pk” (meaning to compete), “out” (meaning ill-informed) into the latest dictionary of contemporary chinese, causing a heated discussion. students at this age are most active in using these new words, and they have their views about it. as for psychological aspect, test taker’s interest or motivation may influence the way a task is dealt with (berry, 2004). test developers should make efforts to make test events as positive as possible. there was a bad example. for such a high-stakes test, students and parents alike are suffering a lot of anxiety. but the sichuan paper asked test takers to write a letter to a pen pal about college entrance exam. it may arouse more anxiety and cause construct irrelevant variance. to cater for the candidates with different cognitive style, necs1 paper, liaoning paper, guangdong paper task i used a diagram, and beijing paper task 2 used pictures. as for experiential aspect, test takers should be informed of the demands of the writing tasks. this is annually explained in examination syllabus for admission tests to institutions of higher education (neea, 2013). an examination of the 21 writing tasks show that all these writing tasks should be familiar to test takers. experiential characteristics also includes students’ past learning experiences. the nmet 2014 was paper-based and students spent a long period of time revising, table 3. test taker characteristics (based on o’sullivan, 2000) physical/physiological psychological experiential short term ailments longer term disabilities age sex personality memory cognitive style affective schemata concentration motivation emotional state education examination preparedness examination experience communication experience target language country residence so there is confidence that they were familiar with what was tested in the writing tasks. but we have to bear in mind that china is such a large country, even within a province, the situations for students could be dramatically different. students in cities may have communication experience with english speaking people, while students in the countryside might not have the chance to come across a foreigner. cheng and qi (2006) provide a good example about a writing task requiring the candidates to describe an experience of violating traffic regulations, thus biasing against the candidates from the countryside. an examination of these 21 writing tasks shows no obvious bias against the candidates from the countryside in the nmet 2014. cognitive validity the cognitive validity of a writing task is a measure of how closely it represents the cognitive processing involved in writing contexts beyond the test itself, i.e. in performing the task in real life (shaw & weir, 2007: 34). scholars have proposed many frameworks of writing, especially for l1 writing (hayes & flower, 1980; bereiter & scardamalia, 1987; kellogg, 1994, 1996; field, 2004; eysenck & keane, 2005). grabe and kaplan’s (1996) work is part of a limited literature available for cognitive processing in l2, but as shaw and weir (2007) points out their model does not distinguish adequately the resources stored in long-term memory from the operations of short-term memory. field 151 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (2004:329-331) provides an account of information processing which shows the operations a writer performs when engaged in the writing process. it was adopted by the above weir (2005) model, and we will use this model here, and as we use content analysis to analyze the writing topics, we focus on macroplanning, organization, translation and monitoring and revising. macro-planning: gathering of ideas and identification of major constraints (genre, readership, goals) (shaw & weir, 2007:38) scardamalia and bereiter (1987) argue that different processing models exist at different developmental stages of writing and describe two major strategies, knowledge telling and knowledge transformation. in knowledge telling, the writer does not plan much and only focuses on generating content from within remembered existing resources in line with task, topic or genre. knowledge transforming entails a heightened awareness of problems as and when they arise. the writer considers the complexities of a task and analyze and solve problems of task achievement in terms of content, audience, register and set goals (hyland, 2002:28). an examination of the 21 writing tasks show that the planning, processing, retrieval and evaluation demands upon the nmet candidates are generally simple and largely involve knowledge telling. take necs2 which was most widely used for an example. the writing task requires the candidates to write an essay about “my life in ten years” for an english newspaper. they were required to follow three points, namely, family life, work, entertainment. the first sentence is given as “i often imagine what my life will be like in the future”. macro-planning of this task may entail: an assessment of the context (the need for an essay to the local english newspaper for publication); appreciation and understanding of the three points in the input text (family life, work, entertainment); a preliminary representation of the writing outcome (a 100-word essay); an evaluation of the potential problems in understanding the task (understanding input text, coverage of content bullet points, appropriate essay for publication); an initial activation of certain aspects of the genre; perhaps also strategic considerationsavoiding what they cannot express. the other framed prompts are similar to necs2. however, those base prompts and text-based prompts required more planning and involved knowledge transformation. one example is from hubei paper, which asked the candidates to write an essay based on the following statement “small things make a big difference. the small things we do can make us a responsible member of the society.” macro-planning for this task may entail: an assessment of the context (an essay about small things, should include specific events of the candidate); an initial choice of the genre, whether it is to narrate or to argue; a preliminary representation of the writing outcome (a 120-word essay); an evaluation of the potential problems in undertaking the task (understanding input text, choosing an appropriate event to support the idea); an initial activation of certain aspects of the genre: how narrative is structured. organization: ordering the ideas; identifying relationships between them; determining which are central to the goals of the text and which are of secondary importance(shaw & weir, 2007:38) skilled writers plan the writing in relation to the overall text and points within the writing at the initial stage of the writing process, while unskilled l2 writers experience a heavy cognitive load in encoding their thoughts in linguistic form so that they normally can’t manage lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 152 to pay attention to organizing the idea. in the nmet 2014, most prompts are framed prompts, so the demands on the test takers to organize their thoughts is low. for instance, in necs1, a letter of inquiry to study in the uk in summer holiday is required. the points that need to be included were given: start date? class size? hours per week? how much? types of accommodation? the candidates only needed to follow these points to come up with the letter. not much attention should be paid to organization. however, with base prompts, the story could be different. in chongqing1, the candidates are asked to make comments on “my friend falls, i laugh; my phone falls, i cry.” no points were advised in the prompt, and the candidates should plan for the organization by themselves. translation: propositional content previously held in abstract form is converted to linguistic form (shaw & weir, 2007:39) at this stage, the propositions in the candidates’ mind is transformed into linguistic forms. this is basically automatic and is generally not subject to direct investigation. however, we can infer from the marking schemes provided by some writing tasks to know the requirements. again we use necs1 for example. the marking scheme shows that for those skilled writers, they should use various grammatical structures and a wide range of vocabulary. they may make a few mistakes, but these mistakes result from a good attempt to use advanced grammatical structures and vocabulary. they should also need to use cohesive devices to make the text hinge together. the marking scheme also shows that for those who are not able to achieve the task, they use very simple grammatical structure and very limited vocabulary. they make many mistakes in grammar and vocabulary, making it impossible to communicate and they are not able to use cohesive devices. but we need to keep in mind that even for skilled l2 writer, for students at this level of proficiency, they are encouraged to be ambitious in their use of language, thus good attempts with minor mistakes in language generally do not lead to punishment. d. monitoring and revising: a basic level of checking mechanical mistakes, and a higher level of checking task fulfillment, and make some modifications accordingly. in test preparation period, english teacher would make efforts to ask the candidates to check their writing before handing in. for unskilled writers, they normally focus on checking spelling, punctuation and syntax. for more skilled writers, they may consider whether their writing is fit for the situation, and may go back to those aspects of dissatisfaction, and make some adjustments. context validity context validity relates to the linguistic and content demands that must be met for successful task realization (shaw & weir, 2007:63). weir (1993) argues that the sample of communicative language ability selected for a test should be “as representative as possible” and the test tasks should be selected in accordance with “the general descriptive parameters of the intended target situation particularly with regard to the skills necessary for successful participation in that situation”. based on the model proposed in figure 1, this section will examine the nmet 2014 writing tasks from setting: task, setting: administration and linguistic demands: task input and output. setting: task rubrics and prompts. in writing tasks, test developers must make sure that any production demands on the test 153 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee takers are made clear. bachman (1990: 118) suggests three characteristics of task rubrics: test organization, time allocation and instructions. later, bachman and palmer (1996: 121) offer three essential guidelines for instructions. they argue that instructions should be a) simple enough for test takers to understand; b) short enough so as not to take up too much of the test administration time; c) sufficiently detailed for test takers to know exactly what is expected of them. from figure 2, we can see that most rubrics plus prompts do not exceed 150 words. the candidates using necs2 only needed to read 100 words in chinese, thus the reading load was kept to minimum. the two longest were jiangsu paper and guangdong paper. these two papers used text-based prompts, with the length of the texts being 168 and 208 respectively. authenticity. the authenticity of a test is of paramount importance for the validity of it. authenticity must necessarily be seen as a relative, rather than an absolute, quality, since the context of a testing situation is greatly different from that of typical real-life situations (elliott & wilson, 2013:154). lewkowicz (2000) states that authenticity can be a function of both the input and the output, and it is possible for a test to have a high level of authenticity in one but not the other. bachman (1991:690-691) proposed two notions of authenticity. one is situational authenticity, which means “the perceived relevance of the test method characteristic to the features of a specific target language use situation”. the other is interactional authenticity, which means “the interaction between the test taker and the test task”. the interactional authenticity is later renamed as interactiveness in the test usefulness framework proposed by bachman and palmer (1996). an examination of the 21 writing tasks show that four tasks violates situational authenticity. the first one appeared in zhejiang paper, which asked the test takers to write a letter to the school librarian mr. wang (a typical chinese) to recommend two categories of new books. this simply could not happen in chinese campus where it is rare to have an english speaking person to be a school librarian. besides, when it comes to recommendation, it is more efficient to write in chinese. another is anhui paper which asked the candidates to write a response letter to the worried person. although it is a column in the campus english newspaper, rarely do figure 2. word count of rubrics and prompts of the nmet 2014 num. of words lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 154 chinese students express their concerns through the campus newspaper. the third is liaoning paper, which asked the candidates to write an announcement about innovation on campus. as this activity has nothing to do with english, it is not necessary for students to write an english announcement about it. the fourth is hunan paper, which asked the candidates to write about their innovation for a daily item with the title “my magic ___”. as innovation would necessarily involve something creative, and it is very difficult for the candidates with this level of language proficiency to describe it well and use it for a competition. response format. alderson et al. (1995) suggest that a test should include a range of response formats in order to ensure that all candidates will have an opportunity to perform at their best. in table 1, we know that the writing section normally have two items, one is error correction and the other is a writing task. when we examine the nmet 2014, we see that a few provinces and municipalities such as beijing, chongqing and guangzhou used two tasks. and in shandong paper, two proverbs were offered, “a friend in need is a friend indeed”, or “where there is a will, there is a way.” the candidates are required to choose one of the two proverbs and make comments. purpose. the rubric must give the candidates clear and precise information about the purpose for completing the writing task. weir (2005) argues that there is a close relationship between the choices we make in relation to purpose and the processing that results in task completion. in this regard, all the 21 writing tasks are doing a good job, as they state very clearly what is expected from the candidates, either it is a letter of inquiry, a welcoming speech or an essay to be published. knowledge of criteria. weir (2005) also emphasized the importance of letting candidates know which criteria are used in the marking. only two papers state explicitly the marking criteria on the test paper. one is jiangsu paper and the other is guangdong paper. for instance, jiangsu paper states that scores will be awarded for content completeness, language, discourse coherence and text length. weighting. weighting should be stated clearly on the test paper so that candidates will arrange their time in the testing process. all papers are doing very well in this regard except the shanghai paper. the test paper only shows that the second section with a translation test and a writing task is worth 47 points without indicating clearly the weighting for the writing task. text length. as is shown in table 2, all writing tasks show the requirement of text length except the guangdong paper task1. but the wording for text length varies across different writing tasks. the words “approximately” and “no less than” are frequently used. zhejiang, shanghai and shandong papers give a range of the text length. we think that the word “approximately” is more confusing, as there is not an exact word number to follow. giving a range of text length requires test takers to have a better planning for their writing. time constraints no paper indicates time constraint for the writing task. the whole test paper is supposed to be finished within 2 hours. it gives students freedom to make decisions on how much time to spend on each section. this also makes great demands on the candidates’ test taking strategies. writer-reader relationship writing is a kind of social interaction, and there should always be an audience for a certain piece of writing. in the 21 writing tasks, we find that the distance between the writer and the audience are different, thus making the tasks different 155 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in difficulty. 13 of the tasks use an open audience, and the candidates need to consider how their writing can convey their ideas properly. the rest of the tasks involved a specific person who is not very familiar to the candidates, thus calling for proper formalities. setting: administration security is very tight for the administration of the national college entrance examinations. test papers are confidential until they are put into real use. in the writing tasks, a sentence suggesting “no information should be stated about your name and school name” often appears in the rubrics. out of the 21 writing tasks, 10 tasks stated requirement. an imaginary name is used where necessary. 7 test papers use li hua as an imaginary name for the test candidate to guard against possible release of the candidates’ real names. the other names are “li jin”, “jamie”, “li yue”, “li xia”, “joe”, “cheng fei”. all these measures are taken to guarantee the validity of the test. linguistic demands: task input and task output as for linguistic demands, including lexical resources, structural resources, discourse mode, functional resources and content knowledge, it is clearly stated in the syllabus for the nemt (neea, 2013) in five attachments to the test specification. an examination of the 21 writing tasks shows that in terms of text types, genres and topics, the tasks were developed strictly based on the syllabus. any new words that appeared in the writing tasks were indicated in the instruction, such as “accommodation”, “innovation”, “literary book”, “quotation”. the language of input, including rubrics and prompts, differs in the writing tasks. necs1, fujian paper, hubei paper, shandong paper and chongqing paper task1 used chinese rubrics and english prompts. shanghai paper, and hunan paper used english rubrics and chinese prompts. necs1, liaoning paper, anhui paper, jiangxi paper, shaanxi paper, zhejiang paper, sichuan paper, beijing paper task 1 and chongqing paper task2 and guangdong paper task1 used only chinese input. jiangsu paper and guangdong paper task2 used english text plus chinese input. liaoning paper and beijing paper task2 used chinese input with pictures or graphs. conclusion adopting a priori validation components from weir’s socio-cognitive framework for test validation, we have found that the 21 writing tasks are generally valid in selecting university entrants. the analysis from the perspective of test taker characteristics shows that the candidates’ cognitive style, content knowledge and their age have been catered for, though a few tasks may arouse anxiety. the analysis from the perspective of cognitive validity shows that framed prompts normally require knowledge telling while base prompts and text-based prompts are more likely to entail knowledge transformation. the analysis from the perspective of context validity shows that test developers have made a lot of efforts to make the prompts briefly and clearly. some tasks suffer from situational unauthenticity. a few writing tasks give candidates freedom to make the choice of topics. as regards audiences, the 21 writing tasks have great difference in light of the imaginary writer’s familiarity with the audiences, thus leading to different difficulty. security in test administration is guaranteed to avoid construct irrelevant variance. task input and output are strictly based on necs and within the lin dunlai a study of writing tasks in the nmet 2014 156 candidates’ ability to tackle. however, the current paper only adopts content analysis, and nothing has been done as to how the candidates process these writing tasks. future research should focus on this to find out more evidence to validate the writing section in the nmet. references alderson, j. c., clapham, c., & wall, d. (1995). language test construction and evaluation. cambridge: cambridge university press. bachman, l. f. (1990). fundamental considerations in language testing. oxford: oxford university press. bachman, l. f. (1991). what does language testing have to offer? tesol quarterly, 25(4), 671-704. bachman, l. f. & palmer, a. s. (1996). language testing in practice. oxford: oxford university press. bereiter, c. & scardamalia, m. (1987). the psychology of written composition. hillside, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. berry, v. (2004). a study of the interaction between individual personality differences and oral performance test facets. unpublished phd dissertation, the university of london. cheng, l. y. & qi, l. (2006). description and examination of the national matriculation english test. language assessment quarterly, 3(1), 53-70. coombe, c., folse, k., & hubley, n. (2007). a practical guide to assessing english language learners. ann arbor: the university of michigan press. ding, y. (2012). a concurrent study of the writing tasks of the nmet 2011. educational measurement and assessment, 3, 55-59. elliott, m. & wilson, j. (2013). context validity. in a. geranpayeh & l. taylor (eds.). examining listening. cambridge: cambridge university press, 152-241. eysenck, m. & keane, m. (2005). cognitive psychology (5th ed.). hove: psychology press. field, j. (2004). psycholinguistics: the key concepts. london: routledge. gao, x. & gu, x. (2008). characteristics and problems of the nmet writing tasks set by local examination authorities. foreign language teaching in schools, 3, 18-22. gu, x. & gao, x. (2007). a concurrent study of the writing tasks of the nmet 2007. china examinations, 6, 28-33+36. hayes, j. r. & flower, l. s. (1980). identifying the organization of writing processes. in l. w. gregg & e. r. steinberg (eds.). the science of writing. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates, 1-28. hyland, k. (2002). teaching and researching writing. london: longman. kellogg, r.t. (1994). the psychology of writing. new york: oxford university press. kellogg, r.t. (1996). a model of working memory in writing. in c. m. levy & s. ransdell (eds.). the science of writing. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates, 57-72. lewkowicz, j. (2000). authenticity in language testing: some outstanding questions. language testing, 17(1), 43-64. li, x. (1990). how powerful can a language test be? the met in china. journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 11, 393–404. liu, q. (2010). the national education examinations authority and its english language tests. in l. cheng & a. curtis (eds.). (2010). english language assessment and the chinese learner. london: routledge, 29-43. neea. (2013). examination syllabus for university entrance examination to higher education for 2014. beijing, china: higher education press. o’sullivan, b. (2000). towards a model of performance in oral language testing. unpublished phd dissertation, university of reading. scardamalia, m. & bereiter, c. (1987). knowledge telling and knowledge transformation in written composition. in s. rosenberg (ed.). advances in applied linguistics, vol. 2, reading, writing and language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press, 142-175. shaw, s. d. & weir, c. j. (2007). examining writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. weigle, s. c. (2002). assessing writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. 157 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee weir, c. j. (1993). understanding and developing language tests. new york: prentice hall. weir, c. j. (2005). language testing and validation: an evidence-based approach. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems ali mustofa english department, surabaya state university email: ali_mustofa2012@yahoo.co.id apa citation: mustofa, a. (2016). literary teaching and its constrains: paradigms and problems. english review, 4(2), 219-230 received: 12-02-2016 accepted: 19-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: the paper will explore the nature of the literary teaching and its constraints. in language teaching, literary teaching has been promoted influential and approved effective to encourage the students’ character building in terms of some issues: historical, philosophical, cultural, social, and psychological contexts. historically, literary teaching will provide students and learners of the ancients’ way of life and learn from the best in the past for their life experience. some constraints may arise in language teaching due to the cultural and the philosophical boundaries. the constraints may be put into some categories; philosophical, cultural, social, and psychological. to generalize the idea, literary teaching needs efforts to boost the students’ skills to creatively launch themselves to a higher level of thinking order to achieve the goals of literary teaching and the demand of curriculum. keywords: literary teaching, humanity issues, constraints, critical thinking, competency introduction there are many studies which confront literary teaching. to mention a few there are khatib, rezaei, and derakhshan (2011), yeasmen, azad, and ferdoush (2011), mujumdar (2010), cruz (2010), yueh wu (2008), abdullah, zakaria, ismail, mansor and aziz (2007), buttler (2006), hismanoglu (2005), saviddou (2004), mc kay (1982), and de riverol (1991). they have contested the teaching of english and literature into a package which will generate the issues on developing the new method in language teaching. to them, literature is an object to be observed as a medium of learning a language. besides, they also found out that teaching a language through literature will also generate another advantages for both teacher and students. most of them suggested that literature is an interested resource to bridge the gap of students’ language problems with their language proficiency. khatib, rezaei, and derakhshan (2011) have completed their findings that, “… literature is a promising tool for language learning purposes”. at the same time they have cited some important figures who have recalled the return of literature into language teaching such as carter & burton (1982), maley & moulding (1985), brumfit & carter (1986), collie & slater (1987), carter, walker, brumfit (1989), carter & long (1991), and also bassnet & grundy (1993). they have been recalled to resurrect the function of literature in language teaching after being neglected for some period of times in 70s to 80s language teaching curriculum. yeasmen, azad, and ferdoush (2011) focused on designing appropriate classroom activities using literary work to ease students’ anxiety in developing their 219 mailto:ali_mustofa2012@yahoo.co.id ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems language competency in classroom setting. they asserted that teaching language using literary text through appropriate classroom tasks is an effective way to teach efl learners. mujumdar (2010) also found out that teaching literature in language teaching curriculum can also elevate the students’ learning demand of ideal language performance. mujumdar also suggested that the teacher of literature should have a complex skill and knowledge of the language being communicated in the teaching of literature. it includes the linguistic and non linguistic skills as well as literary horizons. mujumdar’s findings are not far different to what has been generated by cruz (2010) and yueh wu (2008). cruz (2010) has studied that literature will also enrich students’ knowledge of linguistics elements and culture of the language being studied. it also enriches the students’ understanding on how to interact with other people from different culture and learn their ways of life, beliefs, values and attitudes. meanwhile, yueh wu said that the use of multiple teaching techniques in the teaching of literature will make the students feel interested in studying literary work and hence their language performance will also increase significantly. other researchers such as abdullah, zakaria, ismail, mansor and aziz (2007), buttler (2006), hismanoglu (2005), saviddou (2004), mc kay (1982), and de riverol (1991) have more or less the same ideas, that using literature in language learning classrooms will provide better atmosphere in language teaching and learning. their ideas have sought a response that teaching language using literary work as a tool to elevate the students’ understanding of the elements of language and culture being studied is approved effective and interesting. however there are some constraints which those researchers did not pay much attention to, in which in the teaching of language and literature some issues of difficulties may arise and distract the objective of language and literature learning. it is because these two entities are different in some matters. the paper will seek to evaluate the problems in literary teaching. it overviews the paradigms and problems which are usually taken into consideration by literary teachers and language practitioners. therefore, it firstly discusses the in-between language and literary teaching. secondly, it exposes the constraints or problems in literary teaching, and the proposed solutions are also suggested as well. method the paper overviewed the constraints of the literary teaching, in a more specific ways, while at the same time it also tried to give solutions over the problems faced by teachers and curriculum developers. the method used to discuss the problems is problem solving discussion by which the data were cross checked and reviewed eclectically from different sources and opinions. the results of the discussion were validated and evaluated by using the previous studies and research of the same topics. results and discussion the in-between language and literary teaching it is widely known that in language teaching, the process of acquiring new knowledge of language being studied is gained through the practices and the skills to apply the rule of language construction. every day use of the studied language will foster the acquisition of the language. it is, then, generating the ideas of language 220 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teaching methodologies which state that language is acquired through series of practice. it is quite different with what is called as literary acquisition. literary acquisition is nothing more than literary experience. the ability to understand literary sense is nonetheless an intuition. therefore, there is no any fixed method in literary teaching. since it is an intuition which plays an important role in it, the series of practices are directed to understand the elements and values of the works being studied. the students are introduced to the concepts and theories of literary works’ principles, and they are suggested to write what they have in minds about the works they have read and understood. khatib, rezaei, and derakhshan (2011) note that eventhough literary works cannot provide direct needs of courses in eap or esp, it can be considered as, “... a caralyst for quickening language learning process”. the role of literature in language teaching has been admitted crucial and influential. it is shown by the government’s concern in this field by launching the curricular support to it seriously. one of the singapore’s governments’ projects in this response is of literature in english teaching syllabus 2013: lower and upper secondary. the syllabus grabs the ideas of literary teaching and its methodological problems. one of the statements of the book says that “literature also builds in students socio-cultural sensitivity and awareness, as well as a global outlook, by offering opportunities for them to explore a wide range of literary texts written in different contexts and from various parts of the world, connecting them to other ages and cultures. it develops empathy and stimulates thinking about beliefs and values” (2013:2) it means that it has been realized the function of literature in educational place is influential, and it also determines the development of sensitivity and awareness of the students in global contexts. it is because most of literary works discuss about global issues. this is in line with what has been perpetuated by van (2009), tayebipour (2009), and maley (1989a) as cited by khatib, rezaei and derakhsan (2011) that literature offers universal concepts so that it promotes cultural and intercultural sensitivity and awareness. by understanding those issues in literature, it can further add students’ understanding of the whole wide world. when the above demand is compared to the objectives of literary teaching, the following objectives will give other insights into the nature of literary teaching: discover the joys of reading literature and become aware of new ways perceiving and world around them; appreciate the aesthetic value of language; engage personality with a variety of texts and draw connections between self, texts and the world in order to develop intellectual, emotional, socio-cultural and global awareness; articulate perceptive and analytical thinking when discussing and writing about literary texts; explore how the elements of different genres function in literary works to achieve specific effects; and appreciate the importance of the contexts in which literary texts are written and understood (2013:6). looking at the above objectives, it is an urge to promote literary teaching in schools and universities in order to make 221 ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems the students of both institutions to be more aware of global issues contextually. it is because literature also offers cultural and contextual issues. however, it should be taken into consideration that according to maley (1989a) that literary teaching should also be put together with the demand of language teaching. he proposes language-based model which concerns literature for language development and awareness purpose. though, maley’s model of literary teaching is not much well applicable to literary teaching, but his suggestion is an example of models in literary teaching which was adopted several years ago included in teaching model for language learning methodology. an approach which lends itself well to the range of strategies used in language teaching common approach to literature in the efl classroom is what carter and long (1991) refer to as the ‘language-based approach’. such an approach enables learners to access a text in a systematic and careful way in order to demonstrate specific linguistic characteristics e.g. literal and figurative language-cloze procedure, guess exercises, mixed up sentences, summary writing, creative writing and role playwhich all form part of the selection of efl and activities used by teachers to deconstruct literary texts in order to provide specific linguistic goals. mcrae (1996) describes this model as taking a ‘reductive’ approach to literature. these activities are disconnected from the literary goals of the specific text in that they can be applied to any text. there is little engagement of the learner with the text other than for purely linguistic practice; literature is used in a rather pointless and mechanistic way in order to present for a series of language activities motored by the teacher. what has been suggested by long & carter (1991) and mcrae (1996) as well, is only to help the language learners and teachers in evaluating the texts (literary works) in order to make them engage well in making use of language for teaching purpose. literary work is used purposeless. it is only used as a cultural site to be discussed for certain other objective. as a matter of fact, literary teaching should achieve the goal to teach the concepts and primary means of literary aspects. it must go through some methodological investigations to grab a certain and complex ideas on how to make it sociable to students. the point is to make the students become more aware and more sensitive toward issues of humanity. it should be accompanied by the appropriate use of language instruction, so that the students will grab the whole idea of the teaching learning process. to make use of literary work for other purpose of other than to investigate the contents of it is only to make fun of it. the students only get what is to be communicated rather than to discern the insights of it. the constraints in literary teaching: historical, philosophical, cultural and social, and psychological contexts when discussing about literary teaching, it is not without some constraints. there are some problems which arise related to the teaching of literature as follows: historical, philosophical, psychological, and social problems. however, those matters can be accommodated and re-evaluated by the teachers and curriculum designers to ease the problems of literary teaching practically and methodologically. 222 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee historical context historical background refers to the social and historical contexts in which a certain work of literature was produced. it also includes relevant facts of the author’s life and works. therefore, historical background of english literature is quite vague and broad. however, in order to provide an example, beowulf in the 8th century, which was considered as the greatest old english poem of about 3200 lines, the first english epic, whose author is unknown, is an interesting example. it is composed of lined verses which tell a story. the story is about hrothgar, king of the danes, and beowulf, a brave young man from sweden, who goes to help the king. the poem provides an interesting picture of life in those days and also of speech (since old english is of course a foreign language). english, as known before, descends from the language spoken by the north germanic tribes who settled in england from the 5th century a.d onwards. they had no writing system (except runes, used as charms) until they learned the latin alphabet from roman invaders. the earliest written works in old english (as their language is now known to scholars) were probably composed orally at first, and may have been passed on from speaker to speaker before being written. old english literature is mostly chronicle and poetry-lyric, descriptive but chiefly narrative or epic. by the time, literacy becomes wide-spread, old english is effectively a foreign and dead language. and its forms do not significantly affect subsequent developments in english literature. by the way, from this kind of history, students learn where and when the language develops, who spoke the language, and who wrote the language, and how the language developed after some period of time. the problems often arise when the students are asked to understand literary work which uses old version of language, old english version for an example. they seem to be frustrated in understanding the elements of the work because they do not have any idea of the words or sentences they must encounter. however, the students learn how to understand the language carefully in order to grab the sense of the work. it means that the students will be exposed to complex difficult problems. they have to understand the ingredients of the work, and at the same time they have to understand the language. by this, they will learn of the development of language use historically. the role of the teachers in this way is crucial and important. he/she should be able to explain the problem of the language use in the work which encountered some changes both historical and cultural. the teacher should function himself/herself as literary specialist as well as a linguistic expert. philosophical context philosophically, students are supposed to learn humanity essence through the philosophical teachings inside literary works they read. as a philosophical site of life, literary works provide ample of moral teachings and values as well. “literary theory” is the body of ideas and methods used in the practical reading of literature. by literary theory, it is referred not to the meaning of a work of literature but to the theories that reveal what literature can mean. literary theory is a description of the underlying principles, one might say the tools, by which one attempts to understand literature. all literary 223 ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems interpretation draws on a basis in theory but can serve as a justification for very different kinds of critical activity. it is literary theory that formulates the relationship between author and work; literary theory develops the significance of race, class, and gender for literary study, both from the standpoint of the biography of the author and an analysis of their thematic presence within texts. literary theory offers varying approaches for understanding the role of historical context in interpretation as well as the relevance of linguistic and unconscious elements of the text. the problem which often arises is that students do not really understand literary theory as an influential part to understand the body of a literary work. literary theory is a philosophical foundation for students to understand the work well. how can a student understand the problem of christianity problems in a work of literature when they did not ever read the explanation of christian religion before? in this matter, teachers should be able to bridge the gaps of students’ need to understand some conceptual features of literary works and some theoretical frameworks which can be used to evaluate the works. by this sense, teachers should be able to function themselves to be theorists who are really expert in conceptualizing the features of the works and relate them with the issues outside the works. the philosophical constraints may be considered as the most complex problems compared to the other problems. they include other aspects of competences for both language learners and their teachers. they also incorporate some methodological problems and conceptual features which must be put forward by the teachers before starting the classes. the preparation should be made in order to make the classes run well. another thing is that the teacher should take a look at the syllabus as well as the curricular guidance before executing the conceptual frameworks in literary studies to be understood by students. cultural and social contexts the word “culture”, in one hand, is used because it implies the integrated structures of human behavior that incorporates thoughts, communications, actions, customs, beliefs, values, and institutions of racial, ethnic, religious, or social groups. the word “competence”, on the other hand, is used because it suggests having the capacity to role in a specific way: the capacity to function within the context of culturally integrated patterns of human behavior defined by a group. being competent in cross–cultural functioning means learning new patterns of behavior and effectively applying them in the appropriate settings (thomas, 1981). being culturally competent means having the capacity to function effectively in other cultural contexts. cultural studies concerns itself with the meaning and practices of everyday life. cultural practices comprise the ways people do particular things (such as watching television, or eating out) in a given culture. particular meanings attach to the ways people in particular cultures do things. when considering cultural competence; a concise, practical definition, and some explanation of relevant ideas are needed. cross, bazron, dennis, & isaacs (1989) explored the concept of cultural competence in the system of care, and developed the definition and framework used here. they are appropriately applied in the school–based programs. cultural competence is defined as a set 224 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of congruent behaviors, attitudes, and policies that come together in a system, agency, or among professionals and enables that system, agency, or those professionals to work effectively in cross–cultural situations (cross et al., 1989; isaacs & benjamin, 1991). operationally defined, cultural competence is the integration and transformation of knowledge about individuals and groups of people into specific standards, policies, practices, and attitudes used in appropriate cultural settings to increase the quality of services; thereby producing better outcomes. it is important, however, to make the students understand of the cultural and social contexts of literary works they read on. cultural and social contexts will bridge them to really aware of issues in time and space when the works were produced. they could easily relate those issues toward the contemporary problems in their own time. to understand the practices, beliefs, values, laws, policies and standards inside the works of literature, will give them chances to figure out the contextual issues which then enable them to give response and to give respect of others’ cultural issues. it is the reason why a literary teacher should be able to acknowledge the values and systems of different cultural contexts in works of literature with the ones in his own time, as well as his students’ time, in order to enable the students to think more clearly of cultural and social contexts. psychological context psychologically, students are to be exposed to the contextual teaching materials which make them feel secure to access humanity problems in the works, while at the same time they also learn how to give response to psychological problems the characters in the works have. in literary analysis, psychological approach contends that literary characters behave according to the same psychological consistencies and probabilities as real people, and that the motives for their behavior can be discovered and a psychological evaluation derived from the text itself. this frame of reference is concerned primarily with behavior, either or a character or an author, as it is symbolically reflected in the literary work. literary works provide access to think and to behave psychologically, especially when the students must react against the idea that contradicts their common beliefs. in the meantime, students often find difficult to understand the psychological problems the characters in the works have. it is sometimes because the teachers have seldom given them access to learn how to act and to give response psychologically. sharing and discussing over a certain case in the class, is an example to train students to think and to react over something psychologically. that there are similarities between what is done in language arts and in science or other subject is not so surprising. but it occurs that one might also draw a parallel conclusion between teaching any academic subject and teaching morality. it is widely accepted that, in order for young people to learn to be good people, they should be shown how to act. teachers, in particular time and chance, try to set an example by the way they treat others over a certain case. and, indeed, some studies suggest that children or young people are more likely to imitate if they have watched someone else does so. part of the problem is that modelling is a concept rooted in behaviorism. it began as a refinement of 225 ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems the principles of operant and classical conditioning. those principles could not account for the fact that people sometimes learn from what they have observed, acting in ways for which they themselves received no reinforcement. but modelling, like reinforcing, is just another technique for getting someone to behave in a particular way; it does not necessarily promote a dedication to, or an understanding of, that behavior (meyers, 1986). literary teaching methodology by making use of those real life contexts, the accessible social and psychological affairs, the students are prepared to explore their very nature of communicating the ideas of humanity. it means that they are also prepared to have and to understand philosophical, psychological, and social skills. simultaneously, the students are also equipped with the competencies in language skills; their ability to develop their oral skills to defend their critical thinking argumentatively, their positive and critical judgement which are manifested in their argumentative writing skills, their active involvement in sharing and understanding of a discussion over the subject matters the teacher and the students have in class, and attentively listen to any kind of problematic issues which are generated from the materials they share among their own peers. thoughtful assignments can be designed specifically to encourage a sharper, more active response to authors. it is possible to dispense with the tired practice of asking students whether they agree or disagree with what they have read. teachers of course want to teach by doing so valuable to students. it may make sense not only to use explanation as a separate strategy alongside modelling, but to combine the two approaches into what might be called “deep modelling.” here, it does not only set an example for students but try to make it clear to them what the teacher is doing and why he is doing it. verbalizing is a familiar strategy to many of teachers that is intended to help students comprehend more of what they read. exactly the same thing happens when students encounter a series of finished products, whether they are books, scientific laws, or ethical precepts. thus, one solution is to allow them to watch something being written, or proved, or decided, in order to make the activity in question more accessible and less intimidating. watching movies together with their teacher and friends may also add up to the conclusion over this discussion. to watch the finished product such as a movie is an interesting experience for students to react over some matters contextually. reliability of the students’ evaluation in literary teaching, the teachers are suggested to apply democratic assessment practices because it will involve the teacher and the students to act out together to evaluate their learning process. any time that students are involved in evaluating performance, whether their own or that of their classmates, the validity and reliability of their assessment is called into question. this kind of fear should not be accommodated. without guidance, students have a distorted view of their performance (oscarson 2009; zakian, moradan, & naghibi, 2012). the same research shows that with practice, training, and regular feedback from their teacher, the students’ assessment of their performance agreed with that of their teacher. 226 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee involvement in a democratic process of assessment allows students to gain knowledge, experience, and understanding of how to judge oral and written expression. through dialog, the students and teacher can negotiate the meaning of the objectives stated in the curriculum or mandated by the curriculum designer. for assignments that challenge students to create with language, whether orally or through written composition, the teacher and students can collaborate in creating a rubric or checklist that outlines what will be assessed. feedback from the teacher after each performance will help students understand whether or not they have mastered the skill or concept. allowing students a voice in the assessment process compels them to analyze their own performance. through analyzing their performance, students sharpen up critical thinking skills and develop autonomy (tully, 2009). in time, students regard themselves as knowledgeable, and rightly so, which empowers them to be competent, independent learners. allowing students a voice in the assessment process compels them to listen to their classmates (iberri-shea, 2009). an honest teacher will acknowledge that there are many styles of speaking or of writing for which he and his students may hold opposite, but equally valid opinions. by giving the students the opportunities to freely express their opinion about issues such as how a paper looks or how their classmate’s gestures distracted the audience from the message, and by valuing those opinions, the teacher models the democratic process of respecting other’s opinions. this respect empowers students to find their voice and to fearlessly use it. in doing so, students are expected to have their own evaluation. it means that the class should carry out a peer assessment. with this, the students are given a free chance to develop and express their own ideas about peer evaluation. peer evaluation offers a mutual and beneficial supervision both students and teachers to gain an objective result of an evaluation. teachers can adopt this kind of assessment with respect to students' point of view over other's weakness and strengths in mastering a skill. in a classroom presentation carried out by a group of students discussing a topic, for example, can promote peer-assessment. the rest of the students will give their own judgment toward the problems risen in the discussion. this will promote a democratic nuance since other students will give witness to others’ competence and performance. teachers’ feedback should be delivered in the end of the presentation, either in appraisal or criticism, in order to exhibit the openness of the value and judgment. however, curiosity and resourcefulness are not the only casualties of this kind of teaching; students’ inclination to object, to resist, to refuse to be cowed by authority is also affected. the teacher should reject a focus on right answers and conventional methods, in other words, not only because it promotes shallow learning but because it promotes passive acceptance. these are the model of assessment which can be used in measuring the students’ learning outcome. the following models of assessments are strongly suggested to encourage the students to attend the classes creatively and critically, and involve in a democratic assessment in every part of the project; they are projects, open-ended response questions, performance based, portfolios, quiz or pop quiz, end of chapter or unit test, and mid or final term test. basically, those 227 ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems forms of tests are commonly acknowledged and generally applied by language teachers in schools and universities. however, the form and model of tests are of course chosen in accordance with the need of the assessment for each of the learning outcome the teachers wish to obtain. project based task, first and foremost, can be done individually or in a group. by giving a student a project and a length of time in order to do it, a teacher can assess how the student organizes time, generates problems, and solves those problems. by doing the project in a group, the teacher can also assess how students interact with others and how they participate in group settings. in order for the project to be a success in terms of assessing the student, the teacher must give clear instructions and deadlines. open-ended response questions, secondly, involves the teacher or evaluator asking the student a question and the student giving the answer orally or by writing it down. this is an excellent way to evaluate the student’s critical thinking process. performancebased type of assessment requires students to perform actions such as answering questions or doing specific activities. the most common way to do this is to ask students how they came up with the answers to a question and asking them to explain their thought processes orally or by writing short essays. thirdly, a portfolio is an excellent way to assess a student’s progress. the teacher will collect examples of the student’s work over a period of time, and place it in a file. sometimes a school has a portfolio of the student’s work that spans several years. the teacher can have a look through the portfolio to see if the student is improving, staying the same, or regressing. this is also an excellent way to show the parents how their children are doing in school. during a conference, a teacher can simply pull the students’ portfolios with the proof of what they have or have not been doing in class. fourth type of test is quiz or pop quiz. this assessment is usually done in the middle of a unit to see how students are doing with the material. a pop quiz is an excellent way to see if students paid attention in class that day or read the materials assigned to them. fifth, end of chapter/unit test, it is the test which teachers mostly use in their assessment. this usually involves a multiple choice, short answer, essay, true/false, fill in the blank or matching test to show how much the students learned from the materials that were just covered in the class. finally, mid or final term test in which it is the common used test in schools or universities in order to measure the students’ progress during their length of time to study in a period of time. the test is given either in the middle way of lesson or in the end of the lesson. mid and final tests are given to state whether the students can go up to the next level of study or not. conclusion literature is a source of authentic material, which conveys the use of linguistics by those who have mastered it. it contains an aesthetic representation of the spoken language, which enriches students’ language and culture unconsciously. culture, on the one hand, offers an interdisciplinary field that includes artistic discourses, social conventions, and reflexive impacts. it open doors for students to increase their knowledge of the target culture as they can contemplate and critically comment on people’s way of life, values, attitudes, 228 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and beliefs, standards, laws, religions and regard how these elements manifest into some different categories and forms in it. it is true then that literature provides a motivating drive for language learning and teaching due to its spectacular features not readily found in any other texts. therefore, some methodological issues on literary teaching have been perpetuated and promoted in the field of language and literature teaching in efl/esl’s scopes. this will also generate some issues of some practical classroom techniques. however, with respect to the teaching and learning methodology over literary teaching, there must be some constraints that the students, the teachers, and syllabus designers must aware of. there are some problems they have to encounter not to overcome them but to work on them so that the teaching and learning process become more bearable. the constraints are mentioned earlier in the discussions: historical problems, which are more closely related to the historical background of literary work that the students must understand in order to discern the structure of the society and the cultural context in which the work was produced. philosophical constraints involve the difficulty of the students to master the conceptual framework to understand the work. it is because the students are of course lack of some information on literary theories so that they find some complicated issues which they cannot grab in mind. cultural and social problems are mainly on the situation and context of cultural awareness the students must encounter when understanding a work of literature. this problem may produce another difficulty for the students that they could not imagine the condition of the social culture in the work they read. it is because there is a gap between their cultural knowledge with what had been intended by the author of the social and cultural condition of a certain society in a work. the last problem is a psychological context. it challenges the students to think and give response over a certain psychological phenomena in the work they are reading. the students often find difficulty to investigate the psychological problems in the work they encounter. those constraints may arise some mechanisms to act against them in response to develop some methods in literary teaching. the teachers are suggested to develop their critical views and orientations when giving classes. they also are suggested to vary the techniques in literary teaching so that the students will not get some boredom during the classes. they are also strongly encouraged to be able to maintain a democratic model of teaching as well as model of assessment. references (2013) literature in english: teaching syllabus 2013 lower and upper secondary. curriculum planning and development division, ministery of education, singapore abdullah, t, zakaria, m.h, ismail, f, wan mansor, wan fara a, azis, m.a. (2007). a new teaching model to teach literature for the tesl pre-training service programme in universiti teknologi malaysia (a research). malaysia: jabatan bahasa moden fakulti pengurusan dan pembangunan sumber manusia, universiti teknologi malaysia buttler, i. (2006). “integrating language and literature in english studies: a case study of the english 100 course at the university of north west” (a ph.d thesis in the subject of english). the university of south africa (unpublished). 229 ali mustofa literary teaching and its constraints: paradigms and problems carter, r., & long, m. (1991). teaching literature. harlow, essex: longman carter, r., & mcrae, j. (eds). (1996). language, literature and the learner. harlow: addison wesley, longman cross, t.b, dennis, k., & isaacs, m. (1989). towards a culturally competent system of care, volume i. washington, d.c.: georgetown university child development center, cassp technical assistance center. cruz, j. h. r. (2010). the role of literature and culture in english language teaching, journal of linguistica aplicada, (7), available online: http://relinguistica.azc.uam.mx/no00 7/no07_art09.htm de riverol, j. e. (1991). literature in the teaching of english as a foreign language, in revista alicantina de estudios ingleses 4, pp: 65-69. hismanoglu, m. (2005). teaching english through literature, journal of language and linguistics studies, 1(1), april 2005, pp. 53-66. iberri-shea, g. (2009). using public speaking tasks in english language teaching, english teaching forum, 47(2), pp. 18-36. khatib, m., rezaei, s., & derakhshan, a. (2011). literature in efl/esl classroom, english language teaching, 4(1), march 2011, www.ccsenet.org/elt khatib, m., & hossein, a. r. (2012). literature and language teaching, journal of academic and applied studies, 2(6), pp. 32-38. lytovchenko, i. (2009). how to make upperlevel university english classes more interactive, english teaching forum, 47(2), pp. 24-29. oscarson, a. d. (2009). self-assessment of writing in english as a foreign language. goteborg, sweden: acta universitatis gothenborgensis. eric drs ed505960. maley, a. (1989a). down from the pedestal: literature as resource. in r. carter, r. walker & c. brumfit (eds), literature and the learner: methodological approaches. modern english publications and the british counsel, pp. 1-9 mckay, s. (1982). literature in the esl classroom, tesol quarterly 16(4), december 1982, pp. 529-536. mcrae, j. (1991). literature with a small “l”. london: macmillan. meyers, c. (1986). teaching students to think critically (san francisco: jossey-bass, 1986), p. 47. mujumdar, s. (2010). teaching english language and literature in non-native context, language in india: strength for today and bright hope for tomorrow, 10, june 2010. savvidou, c. (2004). an integrated approach to teaching literature in the efl classroom, the internet tesl journal, x(12), december 2004, published in http://iteslj.org/ short, m. (1996). exploring the language of poems, plays and prose. london: longman. short, m. h. & candlin, c. n. (1986). teaching study skills for english literature. in c. j. brumfit & r. a. carter (eds.), literature and language teaching (pp. 89-109). oxford: oxford university press. thomas, g. c., batson, c. d. & coke, jay, s. (1981). do good samaritans discourage helpfulness?, journal of personality and social psychology, 40, pp. 194-200. tully, m. (2009). mind mirror projects: a tool for integrating critical thinking into the english language classroom, english teaching forum, 47(1), pp. 10-17. wu, s. y. (2008). teaching the three little pigs to efl young learners in taiwan, the internet tesl journal, xiv(1), january 2008 yeasmin, n, azad, md. a.k, ferdoush, j (2011). teaching language through literature: designing classroom activities. asa university review, 5(2), july-december 201, pp. 283-297 zakian, m., moradan, a., & naghibi, s. e. (2012). the relationship of self-, peer-, and teacher assessments in the speaking of efl learners. eric drs 530967. 230 http://www.ccsenet.org/elt http://iteslj.org/ endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum marwito wihadi department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: m_wihadi@yahoo.com apa citation: wihadi, m. (2012). endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 39-46 received: 08-09-2011 accepted: 23-10-2013 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: high intermediate-2 students’ brief responses in a discussion forum cause a longexpected discussion last in a couple of minutes in mixed-ability classes, depicting a minority of students are overtly dominant, while others are precisely passive. what yields discussions endure immaturely stems from both unclear roles of participants and their inadequate techniques to expand both interactions and spoken discourse. therefore, teacher-researcher assigned each participant in a discussion group of three to put reflection into practice, referring to the self-selected and discussed topics. the data were gained through non-participant observations, in which the teacher-researcher observed and recorded a singled-out group. a sample recording was, subsequently, transcribed and analyzed regarding with the number of exchanges in a five-minute discussion intake and the number of content words that students generated. it was found that employing reflective techniques, students were able to keep a particular topic being discussed at full. as a result, the number of content words multiplied. these findings resulted classroom teachers in insightful use of reflective techniques as one of the ways to proliferate students’ benefits in a discussion forum. adequately practiced, students would be able to employ the techniques preponderantly, multiplying interactions among discussion members. keywords: reflective techniques, students’ interactions, utterances, discussion forum introduction talk taking place in the classroom is one of the media for students to get their exposure to the target language. holding a discussion forum, subsequently, is one of pedagogic activities that is aimed at triggering students’ talks at full. they are facilitated to contextualized language use assisting them to move from a purely semantic analysis of a language to a syntactic analysis of it (swain, 1985). hence, they are ‘pushed’ to produce utterances, expressions in forms of sentences generated in a certain context with a certain intention (finegan, 1992) in an interactive classroom context mode. however, some students, as a matter of fact, are not able to benefit to the discussion forum being staged so as not to expand a number of utterances and exchanges – consisting of three moves,namely initiative, response and feedback moves (sinclair and coulthard, 1975) in (allwright and bailey, 1991) due to, among other things, their unadequacy of conversation skills. in other words, they are not equipped with an ability to maintain a topic of discussion as exhaustively as possible by employing a particular technique. therefore, two aims of a discussion forum – promoting interactions among marwito wihadi endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum members (language learners) and facilitating prolific utterancesare not achieved adequately. this paper proposed reflective techniques (rt) as scaffolding which helps students to stretch their talk interactively in a discussion forum so that both interactions among them and productive utterances are preponderantly facilitated. studentstudent interactions are essential in a language acquistion in that they denote comprehensible input and ouput as stated that the former is in charge of advancement in language acquistion, and output is plausible as an impact of acquired competence (krashen, 1982). referring to walsh’s four modes of classroom discourse (2001), discussion belongs to classroom context mode in which teachers provide opportunities for genuine, real-world type of discourse.it is asserted that the principal role of the teacher is to listen and support the interaction among students and the appearance of their interactions is expected to promote casual structure discourse (ibid) classroom discourse concerns with exchange structure (sinclair and coulthard, 1975). sinclair and coulthard classified three basic kinds of exchanges of language: (1) question-and-answer sequences, (2) pupils responding to teachers’ directions, and (3) pupils listening to teacher giving information. taking a basic type of exchange structure, question-and-answer sequences consisted of a minimum of three moves (irf), namely the question (initiation), the answer (response), and the teacher’s feedback (follow-up). here is an example of interaction from a second language classroom: teacher: what does your father do? i student1: teacher r teacher: he is a teacher. good. f teacher: what does your father do? i student2: my father dead r teacher: and what about your father? i (thompson, 1997) an interaction outside of the classroom has typical irf patterns. consider the following example, doctor: i’ll give you sick note. it’s mary i patient: i’m probably known by er angela at work but r doctor: oh. f patient: i told the receptionist. she said have you got i another name. i said mary. she couldn’t find me under my surname. (thompson, 1997) the two above interactional examples confirm that the classroom is part of the real world, just as the airport, the interviewing room, the chemical laboratory, the beach and so on (van lier, 1988). in addition, initiations is not always in a question form. in fact, initiation in the form of affirmative is english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee also common. a particular response generates a certain follow-up, which also affects a substantial initiation. similarly, irf are pivotally interrelated, yielding in numerous exchanges to promote manifold interactions as well as their utterances. to scaffold students’ flourishing real-world interactions, the use of reflective techniques (rt) in a discussion forum seems influential. reflection is a technique where we reflect back the same thoughts or feeling the other person has expressed (we use reflection for a number of purposes, in particular to ask for clarification and to let the other person knows that we understand what he or she said. asking for clarification is then categorized as a referential questionthe one that the questioner does not know the answer long and sato (1983) in chaudron (1988). furthermore, there are two kinds of reflection: direct reflection (dr)we repeat almost the exact words the other person has used and make it into questionsand interpretative reflection (ir) – you give your understanding of what the other person has said. let’s take a look at the following example, taken from lbpp-lia (lembaga bahasa dan pendidikan profesional) conversation -3 book (2003, 30-31) a: my father decided immediately to set up my marriage arrangement. b: you father decided immediately to set up your marriage arrangement? (dr) it sounds like a big mission (ir) it sounds like a big project (ir) here are the other expressions of reflective techniques quoted from lbpp-lia cv-3 book (2007, x.ii): what do you mean by (questionnaire)? in other words,…..am i right? do you mean we need to (lease)? does that mean…? the above reflective techniques, in particular direct reflection (dr), stem from the concepts of ‘negotiated interaction’ in which modifications occur during conversation in a discussion forum, leading language learners to practice two procesess out of three interactional adjustments as follow: 1. a ‘comprehension check’ is the speaker’s query of the interlocutors (speaking partners) to see if they have understood what was uttered: “do you understand?”, “do you see what i mean?”, or “do you get what i’m saying?” 2. a ‘confirmation check’ is the speaker’ query concerning whether the speaker’s uttered comprehending of the interlocutor’s meaning is right: oh, are you saying that you did live in london? you disapprove of students boarding themselves as they may take advatanges of freedoom unresponsibly. am i right?” 3. a ‘clarification check’ is a request for further information or help in comprehending something the interlocutor has prior said: “i don’t undertsand exactly. what do you mean?”, or “what do you mean by a loner?” (long, 1983; chaudron, 1988) in short, the implementiation of reflective techniques promoting students’ extended uttertances as well as multified interactions is worth pedagogically endorsed since the benefits to language leaners potentially yield. method of six students, three female senior high school students aged 16 years old were randomly selected to hold a discussion without being capitalized with the marwito wihadi endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum expressions of reflective techniques previously. likewise, they had no pedagogic exposure on how to hold a discussion forum as long as possible to enhance their language competence by using the techniques to be exposed. student 1 (s1) started taking up an english course in in-4 (intermediate level 4). previously, she has studied at an english course for one year. student 2 (s2) and student 3 (s3) have been learning english in this english course since they were in elementary levels for junior high school students (step-1 and step 2). it means they have attended to learn english for about two years. three of them have two sessions in a week, and each session last two hours. the ability to speak in english fluently was their main priority as such skill was not much emphasized at their school. in fact as intermediate students, they were already able to deal with unrehearsed situations in that they managed to participate in a spontatenous talk in english without prior writing in a medium of a task, among other things, via a discussion forum. furthermore, such a fluency exercise enabled to free them from ‘having to be always grammatically correct’ as saying anything in the target language. they were simply assigned to discuss a number of statements concerning situations with options recalling the idiomatic expressions in color on the course book after being presented and exposed such topic through reading text and vocabulary targeted exercises such as matching the synoyms or filling in blanks . also, they were tasked to voice reasons for their respective choice. they had neither writing assigment to answer all statements nor make a note of written reasons. none was nominated as a moderator, but student 1 (s1) selfinitiated to control the discussion due to the fact that she took the microphone first, then selected any question she wanted to talk over. furthermore, thirty minutetape recorded discussion last as the teacher acted as a non-participant observer. the teacher just observed how the discussion occured without any interverence. after the session was over, the recordeddiscussion as fresh data was directly transcribed implementing an adapted transcription system from van lier (1988) and johnson (1995), and analyzed by employing the irf exchange structure as well counting the content words (finegan, 1992) –principally nouns, verb, adjective and adverb – an indicator of the number of utterances (uses of sentences on a particular occasion or in a particular context) produced (ibid). they carry a high information load and the sense is more and less recoverable using these words alone (thornbury, 2002). the extract of the utterance after cutting off other functional words is still understanble, conveying the meanings that the interlocutors intend to put forward. after few sessions, the same procedure was reiterated in that the same female students were singled purposefully on the grounds that they got a task familiarity. before, everyone in the class was exposed the reflective technique expressions written on the white-board. exposure was conducted via teacher’s thorough explanations and demos. singling a student out, teacher showed the techniques that they would put into practice in the discussion. similar to the previous classroom episode, the discussion was held after it was preceded by previous reading english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee exposure and intentional vocabulary exercises. their learning behavior (the three selected females on purpose) was observed and their discussion was taperecorded. the same student, student 1, kicked off the discussion. subsequently, the recorded discussion was transcribed and analyzed by employing irf exchange structure and counting the number of content words. eventually, the two transcripts of (transcription 1 and transcription 2) were juxtaposed. results and discussion students seemed to proceed a rigid pattern of exchanges in the first discussion. s1 read the statement. she uttered her own choice as well as expressed her reasons for the choice. later, she asked another student about her choices plus the reasons. finally, she told the other one to tell her both choice and reasons. such pattern was so typical that it was predominant during the discussion. no wonder, they completed the all 13 topics in 30 minutes, meaning one topic was not greatly elaborated as they moved on one topic to another quite instantly. each student did not comment on their interlocutors’ utterances in line with the topic discussion by making use of the expressions for further topic elaboration. on the contrary, in the second discussion, i observed that s1 was not predominant to control the pattern of exchanges. a certain topic seemed interested in them much so that they clinked to it for a couple of minutes. everyone in the group appeared initiative to contribute utterances talking over topics of music. consequently, there discussed 5 topics out of 10 in 30 minutes. in other words, they kept one topic quite long as each member responded to the interlocutors via the previously presented and taught reflective techniques. each seemed familiar with how to keep the discussion on. let’s pay attention the extract of transcription as follows: s1: ok. god afternoon guys we are going to discuss some statements about (i) rock music. shall we start? s2-s3: /yes/./of course/ (r) s1: ok…for the first statement “in indonesia only the young enjoy the music(f)/ (i) er-…for me i disagree with this statement because nowadays…old people also enjoy rock music..it depends on their soul may be…if they are they have …er-…yet full soul…they…they will also enjoy rock music the same as… youngsters… what do you think, rizkia? (i) s2: so…are you saying that er-…old people is also er-… like rock and roll? (r) rt s1: yes sure why not if er-…they…they are feeling that way (f) …er-..why not? (i) s2: but i think you know old people sometimes is…is you know like old songs (r) …like classical songs…because my family especially my grandma and grandpa …er-…like to sing a song like classical music or may be dangdut music so i i disagree with you… so what do you think nadia? (i) s3: hm..er-…does t that mean that you are…you disagree that…er-…old (r) rt people doesn’t …eh-…old people like the rock music? referring to the above data, complete exchanges emerged and the intervension of rt (reflective techniques) occured. it was possible that the feedback move also functioned as marwito wihadi endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum intitiatve one. next, the full 05:04 minute owing to the time constraints, transcriptions of two distinctive different classroom episodes denoted two core findings worth putting forwards. table 1 below displays the number of a brokenexchange (ir) and a minimum exchange structure (irf) in the first discussion forum and the second one. table 1. transcription number the number of broken exchange structure (ir) the number of minimum exchange structures (irf) the total numbers of exchanges (ir) & (irf) transcription 1 8 8 transcription 2 6 4 10 the above data revealed that on the first discussion students were not able to develop one topic in a flow of interaction. in other words, they were incompetent to develop or stretch one topic discussion interactively. eight (8) broken exchange structures notified that none followed up or commented on their friends’ initiations. they simply focused on responding or answering their friends’ initiations or questions while, at the same time, they neglected commenting by giving feed backs or follow ups. on the other hand, employing the reflective techniques, students were substantially productive in promoting a number of minimum exchange structure irf. similarly, they are aware of commenting on their friends’ initiations by practicing the instructed expressions of reflection, which subsequently trigger a move ‘f”. thus, the stretched interactions bring about, resulting in the number of content words produced. maintaining interactions among them was pedagogically advantageous as they were encourgaed to struggle to generate language output as to attain grammatical competence (swain, 1985). in addition, the negotiation process taking place during the interaction in a language task, for example the discussion forum, promotes the language acquisition (stevick, 1976) in allwright and bailey (1991). however, the data imparted that they were not used to employing the expressions of reflective technique regardless of the length of taking up english course due to the fact they still produced the broken exchange structure (6) deriving from particular factors needed finding out further. furthermore, the table below displayed the number of content words directly affected by the number of exchanges that students generate: table 2 transcription number the number of content words transcription 1 106 transcription 2 167 the data informed that students in discussion 2 were more prolific to produce utterances than the ones in discussion 1. as matter of fact, the practiced expressions seemed to push students to be productive in talking. it was plausible, though that the number of content words was influenced by their familiarity of the topics being discussed or students’ motivation to keep talking english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in english, nevertheless, it appeared that their frequent practices of reflective techniques expressions profoundly affected to the number of exchanges as well as content words. the findings of the action research were in line with brock’s (1986) as cited by chaudron (1988) asserted that referential questions elicited longer responses in that students made up more utterances, thus creating more content words as an attempt to answer the interlocuter’s query via relective technique in the discussion forum. on the contrary, they were against with moritoshi’s action research in that students were surprisingly minimized responses as they were capably uttering more lexically complex answers on account of, one of the clues encountered in a stimulated response interview, their percepetion of time pressure (moritoshi, 2001). hence, it was favaorable to reseach the effects of students’ psychosocial factors in responding abundant interactions and utterance-triggering questions via conversation techniques further. conclusion the frequent practices of reflective technique expressions seem essential to encourage students to talk in english. having been exposed once, students won’t automatically make us of the taught expressions of reflective techniques in a real time discussion. yet, it is essential that teacher capitalize students with reflective technique expressions prior to the discussion. at a certain time, teacher may participate in a discussion so that he can exemplify prolific interactions-generating discussion technique. by so doing, he facilitates students with engagingly realworld type of discourse. references allwright, d. and k.m. bailey. (1991). focus on the language classroom: an introduction to classroom research for language teacher. cambridge: cambridge university press. chaudron, c. (1988). second language classroom research: research on teaching and learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. finegan, e., blair, d. and collins, p. (1992). language: its structure and use. sydney: harcourt australia pty limited. jhonson, k.e. (1995). understanding communication in second language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. krashen, s. d. (1982). principles and practices in second language acquisition. oxford: pergamon press. lia. (1998). conversation-3 book. jakarta: lbpp lia ___. (2007). conversation-3 book. jakarta: lbpp lia moritoshi, p. (2001). teacher questioning, modification and feedback behaviors and their implication for learner production: an action research. retrieved october 27, 2010 from http://www.cels.bham.ac.uk/resou rches/essays/moritoshi 1.pdf.. sinclair, j. mch. and r.m. coulthard. (1975). towards an analysis of discourse. oxford: oxford university press. swain, m. (1985). communicative competence: some roles of comprehensible input and comprehensible output in its development, in gass and madden: 235 – 53 thompson, g. (1997). training teachers to ask questions. elt journal, 51(2), 9910.thornbury, s. 2002. how to teach vocabulary. london: longman http://www.cels.bham.ac.uk/resourches/essays/moritoshi 1.pdf marwito wihadi endorsing reflective techniques to proliferate students’ interactions and utterances in a discussion forum walsh, s. (2001). charaterizing teacher talk in the second language classroom: a process approach of reflective practice. unpublished ph.d. thesis. queen’s university of belfast, northern ireland. van lier, l. (1988). the classroom and the language learner. london: longman. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” shaukat khan ummal qura university makkah, ksa email: littlescholar_sk@yahoo.com sumaira jehanzeb national university of modern languages, islamabad, pakistan email: jehanzebsumaira@yahoo.com irfan ullah abdul wali khan university mardan, pakistan email: irfanullah@awkum.edu.pk muhammad irfan national university of modern languages, islamabad, pakistan email: xs2irfan@yahoo.com apa citation: khan, s., jehanzeb, s., ullah, i., & irfan, m. (2016). a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner”. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 37-48 received: 16-10-2016 accepted: 22-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: if a specimen of literary art is seen as a fine tapestry of words made by the skilled seamstress—the poet, then the lexis and structure of a language are the raw materials—the fabric and the thread—by weaving which into specific patterns the finished product is achieved. the choice of materials and their arrangement into unique patterns always bear an image of their creator, or the artist; thus, a close view of them reveals the artist’s identity and brings out the meaningful message that underlies the ornate running threads. mostly, the students of literary studies cannot appreciate the beauty of the literary classics on their own. consequently, they simply mimic the ideas, and sometimes even the words, of famous professional critics when asked to give their own critical judgment on the aesthetic merit or the thematic quality of a literary work in the shape of a home assignment, classroom presentation or an annual assessment test. now, the researcher has got the inspiration for carrying out this study from an idea expounded in widdowson (1975) that this mimicry can be replaced by genuine individual opinion if the students, or even those people who have non-academic concerns with literature, are brought to a standpoint from where they can have a closer view of the raw materials, the language resources, which are involved in the making of a literary product. and, if the product in its finished form cannot elicit a desired response from them then making them sensitive to the process of its making can be quite effective in this regard. through the present study, an attempt has been made to show an easy access to the outlandish world of verse by means of the linguistic route which is laid with the familiar flagstones of grammar and vocabulary. meaning thereby that in this study the elusiveness of poetry will be dealt with the precision of a social scientist, the linguist. the approach which serves as the basis of this study is not an invention of the researcher; rather, it is a well-known twentieth century approach known as stylistics (jeffries & mcintyre, 2010, p. 30). samuel taylor coleridge’s famous ballad, “the rime of the ancient mariner”, being a widely read poem and bearing various stylistics features, offered itself as an ideal object for this study. the poet’s aesthetic message is explored by analyzing the 37 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” finest details of his linguistic expression. and, careful considerations have been made throughout the study to prevent the overlooking of any instance of deviant linguistic units or recurring patterns for interpretation because such elements contribute largely to the meaning of any literary product. the study is descriptive in its nature therefore qualitative data has been integrated with and substantiated by the quantitative one. keywords: stylistics, literature, lexical, semantic and graphological deviations introduction answering the question what stylistics is seems a natural starting point for the introductory section of a study based on an application of stylistics. stylistics is, as widdowson (1975) puts it, “the study of literary discourse from a linguistic orientation” (p. 3). now, for a while, if the more general term “literature” is substituted for its hyponym “literary discourse” then this sort of answer can satisfy the informant in its limited capacity. it signifies that literature is the prime object of study in stylistics and, through its use of the expression “linguistic orientation”, it implies that stylistics draws its resources from the linguistic reservoir or, to put alternatively, its proceedings are pivoted on the components of the language system—grammar and vocabulary. however, as long as the substituted word “literature” is retained in place of the original term “literary discourse”, this answer, or definition, is wanting in one aspect: it does not draw any obvious distinction between linguistics and stylistics, giving the impression that one is the replica of the other. nonetheless, the two are distinct; they are distinct in the sense that the ends of a linguistic procedure serve as the means whereby a stylistic procedure takes its course. to expand on this, it can be said that if a piece of literature is given to a linguist, he “will be interested in finding out how it exemplifies the language system, and if contains curiosities of usage how these curiosities might be accounted for in grammatical terms” (widdowson, 1975, p. 5). whereas, provided with the same piece of literature, a stylistician, i.e. the scholar or learners of stylistics, will cross the linguist’s finishing line, or exceed his goal, and seek to find out how the language system is manipulated for obtaining optimum communicative value, and if there exist any curiosities of linguistic nature, how their inclusion was inevitable for the literary artist who wanted to capture or reflect “a reality other than that which is communicable by conventional uses of language code” (widdowson, 1975, p. 54). for instance, if a linguist and a stylistician, both, are exposed to the following excerpt taken from a long fictional prose of john wain, through wright & hope (2001, p. 174), and mainly comprising of two brief succeeding dialogues—the first between the characters charles and robert and the second between charles and edith, then the two would respond to it differently. “mind if i come in all the same? come some distance,” muttered charles. there’s only edith and me here,’ said robert as […………] charles [………] went into the hall. edith came out of the kitchen and confronted him. ‘’sheila isn’t here,’ she said. “know,’’ said charles, speaking too quickly to be fully intelligible. ‘robert told me. mind if come in perhaps cup of tea? or when sheila be back wanted to see her if i could.” (hurry on down) 38 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the linguist might point out the extensive use of the cohesive devices, ellipsis in this excerpt, and might also explain that it mainly arises due to the deletion of some subject pronouns and auxiliary verbs from their respective slots (wright & hope, 2001, p. 174). regardless of what exactly the linguist would say, his comments will be formoriented. whereas, the stylistician would not be contented with a mere formal analysis; he would go a step ahead to trace the link between the linguistic form used and its communicative function or, to put alternatively, the writer’s motive behind its use. thus, he might be interested to indicate how the omission of certain forms in the excerpt can communicate chunks of information to the reader about the character of charles. he might work out the following details in this regard: charles is caught up in a state of mental anxiety which is reflected in his poor linguistic performance (production of utterances deficient in some compulsory syntactic categories— subjects and auxiliaries). his speech is marked by hastiness which hints at his disinclination to prolong the conversation with the other conversation participants which, in turn, reflects his aversion for them. he is a member of the upper-middle-class as the specific kind of ellipses employed in his speech characterizes the sociolect of that class. thus, the instances of ellipsis in his speech become a token of revealing and maintaining his social identity in the novel (wright and hope, 2001, pp. 174175). comparing the two constructed analyses—the former made from the outlook of a linguist and the latter from that of a stylistician—reveals that what is a mere formal feature of a text for the linguist becomes a carrier of manifold information for his occupational cousin, the stylistician, and is seen by the latter as capable of performing various communicative functions, such as reflecting the mental state of a character, defining the tempo of his speech, revealing the nature of his interpersonal relations with other characters and giving clues to his socio-economic background. the main purpose of this extensive example was to bring out the meaning and significance of the term “literary discourse” in widdowson’s (1975) definition of stylistics which was stated at an initial point in the present discussion. now, the original term can be restored in the definition with the development of the understanding that it is used as opposed to the term “literary text”. and, the difference between the two terms marks the difference between the respective approaches of a linguist and a stylistician towards literature. that is to say that the former treats it as text whereas the latter as discourse (widdowson, 1975, p. 6). it follows from this when a linguist interacts with a literary text, he is concerned about the adherence to or departure from the norms of the language system that the text displays; whereas, when a stylistics specialist has to give his verdict on some literary product, he borrows the linguist’s data in his pursuit of showing how deviance of linguistic or nonlinguistic nature endows the product with its unique communicative character. now, it can be easily deduced from the preceding pair of example analyses that, unlike a linguist, the ultimate goal of a scholar of stylistics is not giving an account of the formal makeup of a literary work; rather, he aims at exploring what the literary artist has intended to express in his work. in this respect, he quite resembles with a literary critic who “is interested in 39 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” finding out what aesthetic experience or perception of reality the poem [or any other literary composition, for that matter] is attempting to convey” (widdowson, 1975, p. 5). nevertheless, unlike a literary critic, he does not attain his goal by relying largely on extratextual evidence or his own intuitive faculty; rather, his means are of linguistic nature. and, it is the very nature of his means which renders his approach more systematic and graspable than that of a literary critic. a person working in the field of stylistics can be described as someone who takes the route outlined by linguistic flagstones to reach the destiny set by the literary critic. while, stylistics can be described as a language-oriented specialty which “attempts to characterize literary writing as discourse and so to mediate between the linguist’s treatment of literature primarily as text and the literary critic’s treatment of it primarily as messages” (widdowson, 1975, p. 5). the very name of stylistics is suggestive of the fact that it is an interdisciplinary domain where, the elsewhere diverse considered disciplines, literary criticism and linguistics are found confluent. the initial component, “style”, of its name creates some mental association between it and literary criticism because it is, and has always been, a major concern of literary criticism to appraise the style of literary products; whereas, the final component, “-istics” of its name is shared by “linguistics” so it binds the two together (widdowson, 1975, p. 3). it cannot be justly denied that, at the present, stylistics cannot have an independent existence in the vast sea of knowledge and inquiry; rather, it orient itself as a linking rope for the planks of some fully autonomous disciplines and the subjects derived from them. in this regard, it is majorly a juncture of language and literature, linguistics and literary criticism, language and linguistics, and of literature and literary criticism. therefore, its status is that of a subject-subject connector, disciplinediscipline connector and subjectdiscipline connector (widdowson, 1975, pp. 3-4). foregrounding essentially involves creating an effect of “standing out” from the surroundings (jeffries & mcintyre, 2010, p. 31) because that is how someone’s concentration can be trapped and attention can be fully grasped. this “standing out” effect is produced in literature often by means of deviation from some established norm because that is how it is produced elsewhere. for example, if an ngo worker wears her bridal dress to work or if an army officer goes to a wedding-feast with his military uniform on then both would certainly stand out from the rest because it has become almost a set norm to be dressed formally at workplaces and to be dressed in pompous civil clothes at wedding parties, and the two would have deviated from the respective norms. quite similarly, some segments of a (literary) text stand out from the rest by being deviant in one way or the other. and, what is meant by deviation in this context is “the occurrence of unexpected irregularity in language” which is capable of evoking surprise in the reader (jeffries & mcintyre, 2010, p. 31). if the deviance in a certain text is detectable by contrasting a few segments of the text to their general co-text then the deviation is internal in its nature as it has resulted from “the violation of a norm set up by the text itself” (van peer, 1986, p. 22). the researcher was able to view a very small yet significant part of the corpus of literature produced on the issues whose understanding was 40 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee prerequisite to the carrying out of this study. a brief review of such issues is presented for better organization and ease of reference. verdonk (2002) describes the reader’s special response to the foregrounded parts of a text in the following words: “in making a stylistic analysis we are not so much focused on every form and structure in a text, as on those which stand out in it. such conspicuous elements hold a promise of stylistic relevance and thereby rouse the reader’s interest or emotions. in stylistics this psychological effect is called foregrounding” (p. 6). jeffries & mcintyre (2010) states: “essentially, foregrounding theory suggests that in any text some sounds, words, phrases and/or clauses may be so different from what surrounds them, or from some perceived ‘norm’ in the language generally, that they are set into relief by this difference and more prominent as a result. […………..] poetry is the genre that most clearly exemplifies this feature” (p. 31). van peer (1986) informs the reader that “in the case of a deviation a writer makes a choice outside a range of choices permitted by the language system, while in the case of parallelism the writer repeatedly makes the same selection. these are opposite processes, complementing each other. widdowson (1975) accounts for the fact that literary texts are intelligible despite containing so many deviant forms by saying, “linguistic deviations do not occur randomly in a literary work but pattern in with other linguistic features, both regular and irregular to form a whole. they are understood, therefore, not in isolation with reference only to the linguistic system, or code, but also with reference to the context in which they appear” (p. 27). according to bradford (1997), “the most basic and enduring definition of poetry is that the poem, unlike any other assembly of words, supplements the use of grammar and syntax with another system of organization: the poetic line”. it explains that “the poetic line draws upon the same linguistic raw materials as the sentence but deploys and uses this in a different way” (p. 15). widdowson (1992) asserts that poetry “outlives and transcends the occasion of its composition, and transfers its significance in some way to strangers in another time and place” (p. 4). then, it explains that poetry “is expressive of some elusive reality outside the confines of what is conventional [………………and for expressing such an unconventional reality,] we need to mould ordinary language and logic into a different shape. we need to disrupt conventional patterns of thought and expression and reformulate them into patterns which follow different principles of order” (p. 5). widdowson (1975) says, “the language [of a poem] is organized into a pattern of recurring sounds, structures and meanings which are not determined by the phonology, syntax or semantics of the language code which provides it with its basic resources” (p. 36). verdonk (2002) ascribes the following features to the language of poetry: “its meaning is often ambiguous and elusive; it may flout the conventional rules of grammar; it has a peculiar sound structure; it is spatially arranged in metrical lines and stanzas; it often reveals foregrounded patterns in its sounds, vocabulary, grammar, or syntax, and last but not the least it frequently contains indirect references to other texts” (p. 6). freeborn (1996) mentions: “verse has been called a heightened form of 41 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” ordinary language, in the sense that it does nothing that is not done in ordinary language, but what it does is foregrounded and focused on for its own sake. so, natural rhythms are made ore regular, and ‘sound effects’ like alliteration, assonance and rhyme, which occur in ordinary language but usually in a random way, are made a deliberate part of the sound pattern” (p. 152). wolosky (2001) defines poetry with respect to the language it generally employs as follows: “poetry is language in which every component element— word and word order, sound and pause, image and echo—is significant, significant in that every element points toward or stands for further relationships among and beyond themselves. poetry is language that means more. its elements are figures, and poetry itself is a language of figures, in which each component can potentially open toward new meaning, levels, dimensions, connections, or resonances.[………….] no word is idle or accidental” (p. 3). simpson (1997) says, “[provided that stylistics] examines literary discourse against the totality of discourse, stylistics is essentially a comparative method of study. the assumption behind this is that a better understanding of literary communication can be reached only if it is viewed as contiguous with other discourses. it is pointless therefore to focus on literature in a restricted ‘cellular’ fashion whereby it is cut adrift from other contexts of language” (p. 7). widdowson (1975) expresses the relation between the literary and the non-literary uses of language in the following words: “the manner in which the resources of the language system are used in the fashioning of unique literary messages can be compared with other uses of the language so as to make clear by contrast how the system is used in conventional forms of communication. at the same time, of course a comparison with other kinds of discourse will reveal what it is that is peculiar to literary uses of english” (p. 80). sinclair (2004, p. 51) has made the following assertion, as cited in jeffries & mcintyre (2010, p. 3): “no systematic apparatus can claim to describe a language if it does not embrace the literature also; and not as a freakish development, but as a natural specialization of categories which are required in other parts of the descriptive system”. method the findings are both qualitative and quantitative owing to the nature of the study. techniques used for the analysis of the data are simply derived from the fundamental principles of general linguistics as outlined in yule (1985). and, a relatively higher interpretive value for the deviant parts of the text has been assumed during the analysis. well-acclaimed dictionaries like advance oxford dictionary (revised edn.7) and chambers essential english dictionary (1995) have been used to assign semantic features and lexical roles to words. unusual collocations have been specified by presenting the lexical string containing them in the shape of cloze procedure text as suggested in simpson (1997, pp. 84-85). the study is descriptive in its nature. this study is intended to show how, at least, a good preliminary understanding of “the rime of the ancient mariner” can develop if a language-oriented bottom-up approach is adopted for its analysis which presupposes a relatively greater interpretive potential for those segments 42 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of the ballad’s text which stand out in the linguistic foreground, by the virtue of being deviant, than those segments which lay in the background by conforming to ordinary language usage. a fine analysis of the style of a literary text can lead to some understanding of its overall content, especially if the analyst carefully directs his moves along the lines laid by the instances of foregrounding in the text. the three major aims during the course of the study were: to show the special interpretive capacity of the elements of the poem which are internally or externally deviant to the poem’s text on the lexical level, to bring out the interpretive potential of the semantically deviant units in the poem’s text, to point out the contribution of the typographical deviations in the encoding of the poem’s unique message. a method of stylistic analysis eclectically derived from the example stylistic analyses presented in widdowson (1975) and simpson (1997) has been adopted as the research tool. textual data has been collected. only those parts of the poem’s text served as the data which either violate any absolute or relative selection restriction rule, or depart from the established typographical norms. to put it alternatively, the data collected for this study comprises of lexically, semantically and graphologically deviant linguistic forms. results and discussion an understanding of the title ought to be developed as precursory to the understanding of the whole poem because the title sets the frame or conceptual confines for the interpretation of the poem which it tags. the title of the chosen poem contains two noun phrases, the latter of which is embedded in a prepositional phrase, ‘the rime’ and ‘the ancient mariner’. now, if the latter noun phrase is set for a cloze procedure test by replacing its head noun ‘mariner’ by an empty slot as follows the ancient …………….. then the respondents having an average knowledge of english language are likely to come up with combinations like the following ones: o the ancient times o the ancient civilization o the ancient ruins o the ancient city o the ancient hills o the ancient monuments o the ancient pyramids o the ancient greeks o the ancient philosopher because ‘ancient’ is usually used either for describing non-human entities which belong to or have been existent since the remote past, or for describing human entities which existed in the remote past and have become extinct long ago. however, in the title, it collocates with the word ‘mariner’ which does not refer to a human entity which existed and died out in the remote past but to a man who is alive in the deictic world of the poem. this unusual collocation conjures up the bizarre image of a man who has outlived many generations. thus, this instance of lexical deviation charges the character of the mariner with some element of supernaturalism and prepares the reader to anticipate some supernatural activity in the poem. the poem was published during the eighteenth century while the head noun ‘rime’ in the first noun phrase of its title conforms to middle english orthographic conventions or, to put simply, has an archaic spelling for the modern english word ‘rhyme’, which is used to refer to a ‘rhymed verse’. this graphological deviation on the 43 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” diachronic plane of english, coupled with the use of the attributive adjective ‘ancient’, having the semantic features /+temporal/ and /+remoteness/, in the succeeding noun phrase, defines the chronological climate of the poem and sets its events in the remote past. this might have been done by the poet as a distancing technique to increase the plausibility of the action of the poem for the readers. the graphological deviation foregrounds the word ‘rime’ so it invites the reader to dig out for an even deeper meaning, or perhaps for a dual meaning. actually, ‘rime’ if taken as a modern english word, means ‘hoar frost’. reconciling the meanings of the two diachronic homonyms conveys the sense of a rhymed verse which contains frequent references to frostiness. so, this is how a single foregrounded word foreshadows the thermal imagery of the poem. the personal pronouns ‘he’ and ‘she’ are exclusively reserved for thirdperson gender-specified entities in conventional modes of language. however, in the poem, these pronouns are frequently used to refer to nonhuman natural entities like the sun, the moon and the storm. the first instance of such unconventional use appears in line26: the sun came up upon the left------l.25 out of the sea came he ------------l.26 this semantic deviation builds an aura of animation or vitality around the natural elements and prepares the reader to watch them, at least, at par with human beings. in line 41, the whole noun phrase ‘storm blast’ appears in upper case: and, now the storm-blast came, and he -------------------------l.41 if viewed at the textual level, it can be clearly identified as a typographical deviation. however, when viewed at the level of discourse, it becomes an iconic representation of the magnitude and effect of the entity which it refers to. this instance of foregrounding may also leave the impression on the reader’s mind that the storm would have broken as abruptly in the deictic world of the sea voyagers as these block letters show up in the poem’s text. in line 42, the predicative adjectives ‘tyrannous’ and ‘strong’ occur to post-modify ‘the stormblast’. and, in the two lines which immediately follow line 42, the stormblast assumes the lexical role of agent for spiteful actions like striking and chasing which essentially require their agent to be /+animate/. it is also to be noted here that human beings (the mariners), referred to by the plural objective pronoun ‘us’ in line 44, become the theme for these actions. the lines are stated below for reference: was tyrannous and strong: -------------l.42 he struck with his o’ertaking wings, -------------------------l.43 and chased us south along. ----------l.44 now, the three words ‘tyrannous’, ‘struck’ and ‘chased’ do not only share the semantic feature /+animate/, which make these utterances in which they occur semantically odd, but they also have in common two other features: /+might/ and /+ offence/ or /+opposition/. so, the triad of these semantically foregrounded lines suggest that the nature’s agency—the storm—is not only infused with an animated spirit but is also powerful or mighty enough to show antagonistic tendencies towards man. thus, this instance of foregrounding induces the element of nature’s determinism in the poem’s narrative. nature’s antagonism towards man is reinforced by referring to the storm as a ‘foe’ in line 47. 44 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee at the very end of part i of the poem, the noun ‘albatross’ occurs in bold typeface: i shot the albatross. ------------------------l.82 this typographical deviation marks the climax of the poem and suggests that the albatross is the entity around which the plot of the poem revolves. the poem is saturated with references to natural elements and forces till its very end but, keeping in mind the delimitations of the study, only the few lexically, semantically or graphologically deviant references to nature have been discussed here. the action ‘hold’ requires its instrument to have the feature /+grip/. however, after releasing the weddingguest’s hand from the grasp of his own hand, the mariner held him with his eyes, which obviously refer to a /-grip/ entity. and, the mentioning of the two actions in succession reinforces the idea that his eyes could hold something just as his hands could. eftsoons his hand dropt he. ----------1.l2 he holds him with his glittering eye- --------------------l.13 this instance of semantic deviation is evocative of the enchanting powers that the mariner possessed and, thus, it gives him his quasi-supernatural identity. in line 193, the description of the female member of the grotesque crew is given as: the night-mare life-in-death was she ----------------------l.193 a tension is created between the words ‘life’ and ‘death’ in the name of the woman typed in block letters by the insertion of two hyphens on both sides of a linking preposition. this graphical tension suggests whom the weird lady wrecks will be caught up in the tension between life and death. in other words, the person whom the lady victimizes would be set in suspense from life and death, both. the word ‘nightmare’ in this line is hyphenated. the splitting of the word prepares the ground for some inter-textual reference. the mare is a female evil supernatural character in the germanic folklore that sets out at night for all sorts of malicious deeds. so, the word night-mare, owing to its graphological deviation, is capable of conveying dual meaning. the first and the more obvious meaning is that the lady’s appearance was nightmarish whereas the second possible meaning is that she was malevolent and supernatural like the mare in germanic folklores. if the pair of line 55 and line 56 is adapted for a cloze procedure test as follows: and through the drifts the snowy clifts ------------------------------55 did send a ………… sheen ---------------------------------56 then the respondents are likely to supply words like ‘silver’, ‘pearl-white’, ‘glassy’, ‘smooth’ and ‘fine’ as the collocates for ‘sheen’ because the word ‘sheen’ has /+brightness/ as its major semantic component and all these attributive words refer to a state of visual brightness or smoothness so they would accentuate its meaning. but, surprisingly, in the poem’s text, ‘dismal’, which has /brightness/ as one of its semantic components, collocates with ‘sheen’ as recorded below: and through the drifts the snowy clifts -----------------------l.55 did send a dismal sheen ---------------l.56 their lexical relation seems odd because the two are usually expected to occur as antonyms, not as collocates. however, the apparent lexical deviation in this combination disappears as soon as the reader realizes that ‘dismal’ is not 45 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” used here to refer to a dull visual state but to a dull emotional state. this realization can come about by bringing to mind the deictic world of the weatherstricken sea-voyagers. naturally, in such a world, the sheen of snow or ice is likely to cause a dull mood despite its bright visual impact. in line 161, an interesting example of wordplay appears. the line is as follows: and cried, a sail! a sail! -------------l.161 the brief lexical string ‘a sail’ becomes foregrounded by being tied up in the lexical relation of homophony with the word ‘assail’. for the mariners, the sight of a sail has the connotation of rescue but a sail’s homophone ‘assail’ has the denotation of ‘attack’. this foreshadows that the things may not turn up to the mariners’ expectations, and whom they are anticipating as their rescuers might turn out to be the exact opposite—the assailants. a prominent element of supernaturalism gets added to the poem when dead men become the agent for actions like groaning, stirring and rising up, all of which can only take /+living/ noun phrases as their agents. the dead men gave a groan. ---------l.330 they groaned, they stirred, they all uprose, -------------l.331 table 1 tabular representation of the findings serial number deviant form/description of deviant form linguistic level textual location effect / purpose 1) the ancient mariner lexical title projecting the narrator and principal character as somewhat outlandish or weird; setting the remote past as the chronological climate 2) rime graphological (orthographic) title setting the action of the poem in the middle ages; foreshadowing the prevalence of the frost in the poem 3) use of (s)he to refer to non-human natural entities semantic l.25, l.26, l.41, l.43 and many succeeding lines infusing the nature with vitality 4) the storm-blast graphological l.141 iconic representation of the referent of the word 5) the storm-blast takes a negative human attribute—‘tyrannous’. semantic l.142 endowing the natural agency with an animated power; establishing nature’s agency as an antagonist to man 6) the storm-blast as the agent of oppressive or oppositional actions, taking human entities as the theme semantic l.143, l.144 depicting nature’s activity as highly dynamic and harmful to man’s state of being 7) the albatross graphological l.182 marking a climatic point in the plot; giving an iconic representation of the significant status of the bird 8) he holds him with his glittering eye semantic l.13 an illustration of the mariner’s enchanted powers 9) life-in-death typographical l.193 the name bears a resonance of the 46 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee horrific punishing ability of the labeled entity. 10) night-mare typographical l.193 possibility of dual meaning; possibility of inter-textual reference 11) dismal sheen lexical l.56 irony produced by the discrepancy between the visual and the emotional response to the same stimulus 12) relation of homophony between a sail and assail phono-lexical l.161 unconscious verbal irony on the narrator’s part; foreshadowing danger 13) corpses performing actions which require /+living/ agents semantic l.330, l.331 reinforcement of the theme of supernaturalism conclusion the analysis made through this study may resemble greatly in its contents with other analyses available readily online or in the shape of student handouts or guidebooks but the approach that it takes is unfortunately not very common in the sphere of pedagogy or elsewhere as yet. the purpose of the analysis was to show how subjective judgments or individual opinions about literary works can be brought to a common objective testing ground from where everyone can trace them and access them. it is proposed here that the stylistics tool of interpretation may be given preference over ‘ready-made’ exegeses of and commentaries on literary compositions because it is equally handy to use but far-more beneficial than them. references bradford, r. (1997). stylistics: the new critical idiom. canada: routledge press. freenborn, d. (1996). style: text analysis and linguistic criticism. london: macmillan press. hough, g.g. (1969). style and stylistics: concepts of literature. routledge press. jeffries, l., & mcintyre, d. (2010). stylistics. new york, ny: cambridge university press. norgaard, n., montoro, r., & busse, b. (2010). keys terms in stylistics. new york, ny: continuum international publishing group. short, m. (1996). exploring the language of poems, plays and prose. new york, ny: longman publishing group. simpson, p. (1997). language through literature: an introduction. london: routledge press. thornborrow, j., & wareing, s. (1998). patterns in language: an introduction to language and literary style. london, canada & usa: routledge press. van peer, w. (1986). stylistics and psychology: investigations of foregrounding. australia: croom helm provident house. widdowson, h. g. (1975). stylistics and the teaching of literature. longman publishing group. widdowson, h. g. (1992). practical stylistics: an approach to poetry. oxford: oxford university press. 47 shaukat khan, sumaira jehanzeb, irfan ullah, & muhammad irfan a stylistic analysis of “the rime of the ancient mariner” monkey a guy walks into a bar with his pet monkey. he orders a drink and while he's drinking, the monkey jumps all around the place. the monkey grabs some olives off the bar and eats them. then grabs some sliced limes and eats them. then jumps onto the pool table, grabs one of the billiard balls, sticks it in his mouth, and to everyone's amazement, somehow swallows it whole. the bartender screams at the guy "did you see what your monkey just did?". the guy says "no, what?" "he just ate the cue ball off my pool table-whole!". "yeah, that doesn't surprise me," replied the guy. "he eats everything in sight, the little bastard. sorry. i'll pay for the cue ball and stuff." he finishes his drink, pays his bill, pays for the stuff the monkey ate, then leaves. two weeks later he's in the bar again, and has his monkey with him. he orders a drink and the monkey starts running around the bar again. while the man is finishing his drink, the monkey finds a maraschino cherry on the bar. he grabs it, sticks it up his butt, pulls it out, and eats it. the bartender is disgusted. "did you see what your monkey did now?" he asks. "no, what?" replies the guy. "well, he stuck a maraschino cherry up his butt, pulled it out, and ate it!" said the bartender. "yeah, that doesn't surprise me," replied the guy. " he still eats everything in sight, but ever since he swallowed that cue ball, he measures everything first..." (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 48 an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi universitysudan amin ali al mubarak department of english, university of al imam al mahdi, sudan e-mail: amino.last25@gmail.com apa citation: al mubarak, a. a. (2017). an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university sudan. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 175-188 received: 16-04-2017 accepted: 19-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: academic writing skills mostly involve the linguistic competence development of the students which many english second language learners may identify it as a challenging task. the main objective of this study is to look into various challenges encountered by english second language students in academic writing in ordinary graduation project in the context of universities. specifically, this research focuses on identifying the problems faced by the arts colleges within the university of al imam al mahdi, sudan. the researcher used the student‟s project graduation to investigate the problems encountered by the students when they used their academic writing skills. to state the obstacles recognized by the examined students in academic writing skills, the researcher employed a descriptive method. the findings of this research revealed the most problematic area faced by the students. finally, the results of this research may help the scholars to reflect on teaching practices and urge the goverment to help teachers‟ attempts to enhance the academic writing skills of their students at the university of al imam al mahdi, sudan. keywords: academic writing, students, problems. introduction nowadays, english plays an essential part in educational activities. students are relied on to impart mostly in the universities where english is the means of teaching. learners confront the task of grasping content area in subjects such as mathematics, social studies, science, and business which are taught in english. in such cases, instructing and learning of english can help the students to bargain effectively with their academic requirements and to function productively in their disciplines and learned contexts (adams & keene, 2000). writing appears to be one of the most important, yet challenging, academic skills for university students to learn. this is particularly the case of foreign or second language learners. academic writing plays an indispensable part in learning a foreign language. nonnative english speakers ought to be acquainted with writing procedures, components, and elements like the convention, objectivity, and unpredictability to utilize the language precisely and accurately. ismail (2011) pointed out that english writing bears chances for students to think critically and gives the inspiration to learn certain parts of academic writing like utilizing powerful word expressions and a great vocabulary. also, academic writing includes certain components like basic deduction and self-expression that understudies ought to get amid the courses they attend. there are different parts of academic writing which must be studied and grasped such as arranging paragraphs by utilizing robust style of word structures, paraphrasing, and appropriate conjunctions. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.533 175 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee academic writing is commonly characterized as scientific writing which is portrayed as organized research practiced and utilized by researchers at higher education level. dynamic and quality research have dependably been the keystone of higher education. research is primarily integrated with academic writing as genrebased pedagogies acknowledge the writing procedure as a necessary arranged with social and cultural response to specific contexts and communities. by applying different linguistics and rhetorical options to achieve important tasks in diverse settings, novice writers may allow themselves to accomplish their writing tasks after careful examination of the complicated variable in composition texts (johns, 2008). writing abilities are a critical part of communication for the students all through their academic life since it permits them to arrange their sentiments and thoughts obviously and additionally to pass on significance through well developed content. academic writing appears to be one of the most important, yet a problematic academic ability for university students to learn. this is predominantly evident with second language learners (negari, 2011). students confronted problems in various areas ranging from spelling words correctly to how to develop an argument in one‟s essay. considerable number of research has recommended that writing in a second language learning context is a difficult and demanding task. alsamadani (2010) pointed out that the “difficulty and complexity of academic writing arise from the fact that writing includes discovering a thesis, developing support for it, organizing, revising, and finally editing it to ensure an effective, error-free piece of writing.” moreover, musa (2010) stated that writing is considered as a difficult skill to learn because it includes several components, for instance, grasp on spellings and punctuation, a comprehensive command of grammar, grasp on spellings and punctuation, use of appropriate vocabulary, suitable style to meet the expected readers‟ expectations and organizational skills. yiu (2009) said that much research had offered valuable insights into the fact that this trend “...led to the exponential growth of research in second language writing over the last decade and a half.” chou (2011) expressed that however there has been an expanded enthusiasm for writing yet there has been a lack of research in this field in english as second language settings as a significant portion of research studies identified related to writing skills has been done in the english as second language contexts such as australia, canada, england, new zealand, and america. he has additionally clarified that the announced research in this field can be separated into four classifications. the first group research studies explored the faculty standpoint concerning the academic writing for instance, zhu (2004) and casanave & hubbard (1992). the second type examined the students for instance, grami (2010) and yiu (2009). the third class investigated the students writing sample for example, ezza (2010) and tahaineh (2010), and the last group tried to examine the discernments of the students against the academic advisors for instance, bacha and bahous (2008) and myles and cheng (2003). moreover, it has also been stated that much of the research in the past two eras has mainly concentrated on either product, process or both” (yiu, 2009). various studies have been carried out to distinguish the issues of english as second language learners that faced in their writing. for instance, has expressed that arab students‟ blunders in academic writing mostly fall in the classification of grammar and syntax. while, noor (1996) who explored and analysed various of studies carried out on english as second language learners‟ syntactic mistakes and expressed that the students‟ blunders can be sorted in seven 176 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan syntactic subcategories: verbs, prepositions, conjunctions, articles, relative clauses, sentence structure and adverbial clauses. next, mahmoud (2005) explored english as second language learners syntactic blunders also found out that verbs and prepositions are the most challenging areas in this regard. regarding the problems of academic writing, khan (2011) who recently conducted a study to explore the problems of saudi university students, has mentioned that they face numerous difficulties in phoneme clusters, spellings, grammar, mistakes due to first structure, doubling of subjects, language interference, doubling of preposition, articles, tenses, appropriate vocabulary, wrong use of prefixes, and suffixes. khan (2011) reviewed a number of studies in this respect and concluded that arab learners‟ difficulties are caused by the shortage in the english language curricula obtainable by some schools and universities, dreadful teaching methodology and the problems with appropriate language environments and the lack of personal motivation on the part of the students. al murshidi (2014) pointed out that the low of the language proficiency might also obstruct academic writing. as determined by al-khairy (2013), the subject of his study affirmed that their main difficulties encompass the inappropriate choice of vocabulary, grammatical errors, incorrect punctuation, and spelling irregular verbs. other causes that could lead to the problem in academic writing are first language interference, insufficiency of views, and unclear guidance of the task. saddler, moran, graham, & harris (2004) said that academic writing skill ought to start at elementary and secondary education so that when the learners are at univesity level, they should not battle with academic writing. besides, they recommend a few rules in avoiding writing problems, namely: to provide exemplary writing instruction to all the students from the start, beginning in university level, and to offer early supplementary writing instruction aimed at avoiding or at least alleviating later writing difficulties. further, lea and street (1998) utilized an ethnographic qualitative approach which incorporated semistructured interviews with the teachers and the learners, respondents observations, models of student‟s writing, and written feedback on students. they found that the learners experienced problems with writing, mainly with conflicting, distinct and implicit requirements for writing in various courses. in addition, gambell (1991) finds that the students discernments toward their own writing and how they go about academic writing found that even fruitful learners are awkward with their own university-level writing and that writing is challenging and distressing to a hefty portion of them. furthermore, lee and tajino (2008) pointed out that a number of researchers explored english as second langauge student discernments and they all approve that it is significant to include the students‟ recommendations in developing academic writing programmes. some found that the students consider that interaction with native speakers will resolve their writing problems finally, the previous studies endeavored to give answers to the challenge of students in academic writing in english as second language contexts. as a result, research input various previous studies in academic writing. the research continues to explore ways in which english as second language students can be developed academic writing. however, academic writing will continue to posing a challenge to these students due to several factors. accordingly, this study is based on the following questions: 1. what are the academic writing problems encountered by english second language earners? 2. what are the factors that may cause difficulties academic writing problems? 177 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee method the present study intends to investigate the issues of writing problems faced by postgraduate students at al imam al mahdi university in sudan. besides, this paper reacts to the inadequacy of research in this particular area at the university level. currently, there is limited research that addresses the issues under scrutiny. it is aimed that the outcomes of this study could assist the administrative authorities to enhance the level of translation skill at the university level. the data for the present study were collected from 15 graduation project for the year 2017. the collect data was used in identifying the issues of academic writing for english as second language at al imam al mahdi university in sudan. a quantitative method was used in collecting the data: 15 b.a. graduation project checked in order to identify the issues of academic writing for english as a second language in sudan. the number of the graduation project involved in this study was 15, and their identity was kept confidential. apart from that, the researcher believes that the respondent‟s project demography and gender, have no impact on the analysis of this study. results and discussion the analysis was carried out in order to find out about the potential isuues of academic writing in english as a second language for the learners in sudan. the result of gradution project that analysised were listed below issues of the first student graduation project figure 1 shows the frequency of issues in the first grdaution project. seven percent of the of the first student project found having problems with the use of articles and forty two percent of the same project show weakness in the use of punctuation. only nine percent of the first student projectdisplayed difficulties in employing theprepositions. similarly, four percent of the first student project found have problem with use of irregular verbs and eighteen percent of same project found have problems used poor expressions. moreover, only twopercent of first student project faced problems in consistency and twenty-four percent of same project found have problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, tweleve percent of first student project found have problems with used of verb tense. figure 1 issues of the second student graduation project figure 2 shows the frequency of issues in the second grdaution project. seven percent of the of the second students projectshows problems with the use of articles and twentyeight percent of the same project do have weakness in the utilization of 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 178 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% punctuation. only tweleve percent of the second student project have difficulties in employing the prepositions. similarly, fifteen percent of the second students project found have problem with usage of irregular verbs and eighteen percent of the same project found have problems used poor expressions. additionally, only seven percent of the second student project have problems in consistency and nine percent of the same project found have problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, four percent of the second student project found have problems with used of verb tense. figure 2 issues of the third student graduation project figure 3 shows the frequency of issues in the third grdaution project. two percent of the of the third students project have difficulties with the use of articles and twentytwo percent of the same project do have weakness in the utilization of punctuation. only twenty-five percent of the third student projection have problems in using the prepositions. similarly, seven percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and tweleve percent of the third student project show poor expressions. additionally, only four percent of the same project faced problems in consistency and ten percent of the third student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, eighteen percent of the same project found having problems with used of verb tense. figure 3 0% 10% 20% 30% 179 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee issues of the fourth student graduation project figure 4 shows the frequency of issues in the fourth grdaution project. eight percent of the of the fourth students project have difficulties with the use of articles and twenty percent of the same project do have weakness in the utilization of punctuation. only thrity-two percent of the fourth student project have problems in using the prepositions. similarly, twleve percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and twenty-five percent of the fourth student project show poor expressions. additionally, only four percent of the same project faced problems in consistency and six percent of the fourth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, three percent of the same project found having problems with used of verb tense figure 4 issues of the fifth student graduation project figure 5 shows the frequency of issues in the fifth grdaution project. ninteen percent of the of the fifth students project reveals the difficulties with the use of articles and twenty-eight percent of the same project show the weakness in the utilization of punctuation. only eighteen percent of the fifth student project reveals problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only two percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and thirteen percent of the fifth student project show poor expressions. additionally, eighteen percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and one percent of the fifth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, only one percent of the same project show problems with used of verb tense figure 5 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 180 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan issues of the sixth student graduation project figure 6 shows the frequency of issues in the sixth grdaution project. four percent of the of the sixth students project depicted the difficulties with the use of articles and fortyfive percent of the same project show the weakness in the utilization of punctuation. only thirty percent of the sixth student project reveals problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only five percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and ten percent of the sixth student project show poor expressions. additionally, four percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and one percent of the sixth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, only one percent of the same project show problems with used of verb tense. figure 6 issues of the seventh student graduation project figure 7 shows the frequency of issues in the seventh grdaution project. one percent of the of the seventh students project represented the difficulties with the use of articles and fifty-three percent of the same project display the weakness in the utilization of punctuation. only twenty-two percent of the seventh student project discloses problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only one percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and eight percent of the seventh student project indicates poor expressions. additionally, tweleve percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and one percent of the seventh student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, only two percent of the same project show problems with used of verb tense. figure 7 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 181 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee issues of the eighth student graduation project figure 8 shows the frequency of issues in the eighth grdaution project. one percent of the of the eighth students project signified the problems with the use of articles and tweleve percent of the same project show the debility in the utilization of punctuation. only eighteen percent of the eighth student project reveals problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only one percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and seven percent of the eighth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, tweleve percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and one percent of the eighth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, fortyeight percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 8 issues of the ninth student graduation project figure 9 shows the frequency of issues in the ninth grdaution project. three percent of the of the ninth students project showed difficulties with the use of articles and twenty-seven percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. twentyfive percent of the ninth student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only four percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and nine percent of the ninth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, tweleve percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and three percent of the ninth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, seventeen percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 9 0% 50% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 182 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan issues of the tenth student graduation project figure 10 shows the frequency of issues in the tenth grdaution project. three percent of the of the tenth students project showed problems with the use of articles and nine percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. threeteen percents of the tenth student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only four percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and nine percent of the tenth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, tweleve percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and five percent of the tenth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, forty percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 10 issues of the eleventh student graduation project figure 11 shows the frequency of issues in the eleventh grdaution project. six percent of the of the eleventh students project showed problems with the use of articles and nine percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. ten percents of the eleventh student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only four percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and thrity-four percent of the eleventh student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, sixteen percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and five percent of the eleventh student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, tweleve percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 11 0% 20% 40% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 183 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee issues of the twelfth student graduation project figure 12 shows the frequency of issues in the tweleveth grdaution project. six percent of the of the tweleveth students project showed problems with the use of articles and thrity-seven percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. seventeen percents of the tweleveth student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only six percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and fourteen percent of the tweleveth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, thriteen percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and only two percent of the tweleveth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, five percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 12 issues of the thirteenth student graduation project figure 13 shows the frequency of issues in the thirteenth grdaution project. two percent of the of the thirteenth students project showed problems with the use of articles and seven percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. forty percents of the thirteenth student project show problems in using theprepositions. similarly, only three percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and eighteen percent of the thirteenth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, ten percent of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and only nine percent of the thirteenth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, eleven percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 13 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 0% 20% 40% 184 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan issues of the fourteen student graduation project figure 14 shows the frequency of issues in the fourteen grdaution project. four percent of the of the fourteen students project showed problems with the use of articles and tweleve percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. ten percents of the fourteen student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only two percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and twelev percent of the fourteen student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, fifty-two of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and only three percent of the fourteen student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, five percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 14 issues of the fifteenth student graduation project figure 15 shows the frequency of issues in the fifteenth grdaution project. three percent of the of the fifteenth students project showed problems with the use of articles and tweleve percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. ten percents of the fifteenth student project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only two percent of the same project found have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and sixteen percent of the fifteenth student project specifies poor expressions. additionally, threeteen of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and twenty-eight percent of the fifteenth student project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, eighteen percent of the same project display problems with used of verb tense. figure 15 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 0% 10% 20% 30% 185 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee over all fifteen student graduation project assessment for academic writing figure 16 shows the frequency issues of fifteen student graduation project assessment for academic writing. thirteen percent of the fifteen students graduation project showed problems with the use of articles and forty-five percent of the same project display the feebleness in the utilization of punctuation. thirty-six percents of the fifteen students project show problems in using the prepositions. similarly, only nine percent of the same project found that the students have difficult with usage of irregular verbs and twentyseven percent of fifteen students graduation project specifies poor expressions. additionally, twenty-three of the same project reveals the problems in consistency and thirteen percent of the fifteen students graduation project found having problems with used of paralleled structure. finally, fourteen percent of the same project display problems in using of verb tense. figure 16 the primary intention of this study was to investigate the challenges of academic writing which a group of english as the second language learners undergraduate project had to encounter. one interesting finding which came to light through the present study is the significant role played by academic writing towards the students‟ overall english language learning experiences. therefore, a broad investigation has been carried out on the difficulties of academic writing that faced undergraduate learners.the outcomes of this research revealed that students encountered various obstacles used academic writing. it is indisputable evidence that the knowledge of the grammar is necessary, and as it is said that leaning academic writing as the flesh of the language and grammar is the skeleton. an analysis of the students‟ graduation project revealed that various kinds of mistakes made by the students writing weak. by examining the academic writing samples of the students, it can be presumed that a significant number of the students face academic writing problems. while writing, they show more concern for language related problems.the findings of the study revealed some issues that the students encountered in academic writing, for instance, the use of articles, punctuation, the use of prepositions, the use of irregular verbs, weak expressions, singular and plural, unparalleled structure, consistency and verb tense. moreover, the study findings indicating that using relevant articles is the one of the problems that they face in their academic writing at the university level. this finding is also in line with the (alkhasawneh & maher, 2010) who informed that the students are unable to use articles appropriately in their writings due to their limited grammar. furthermore, the findings of the current study revealed that the 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 186 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan students face difficulties in using punctuation which is extremely significant in academic writing. this finding inline with hutchinson & waters (1987) who also strongly suggested that it is important to to acquaint the learners with use of punctuation for smooth progression in academic writing. the „use of irregular verbs‟ is another difficult area for the undergraduates which represented the use of past and past participle forms of irregular verbs. the findings also, revealed the problems in using appropriate prepositions and stand as problematic areas in academic writing tasks for the students which had been confirming in of numerous studies which reported that use of inappropriate prepositions is a major kind of error found in the academic writings of the arab students (al-khairy, 2013). the students may need to enhance their consistency and connect words to their personal experience they may have to be motivated to write words frequently and consistently and attempt to paraphrase the meanings. the findings also indicate that the most common beliefs in the difficulty among students in academic writing are about paralleled structure. the findings from the present study are consistent with some previous findings which claimed that the esl learners are inclined poor expressions than novice learners which is also the case in the present context. as has been reported in related studies, this is more so if the students are not familiar or lack experience, which in turn may fail to make metacognitive connection with.the study also revealed that the attitude of students towards academic writing with unique characteristics can be considered as a crucial factor in making academic writing more helpful for all students. findings show that intervening strategies in using academic writing reveals the linguistics problems. conclusion the present study shows that the students faced numerous challenges relating to academic writing at university level. successful academic writing is considered of utmost importance to the academic accomplishment of the english as second language students, especially in content areas in the contexts of tertiary levels. the present study investigated the challenging aspects of academic writing encountered by the students at the al-imam al mahdi university in sudan. the significant results from this research revealed that students sampled were not familiar with the academic writing strategies. it is noteworthy that academic writing is reportedly considered as the most common activity at the university level. unfortunately, related studies have discovered that the students are not always aware of the potential benefits of both the conscious and continuous use of academic writing which may help expedite and make the writing process more efficient. in answering the first research question of the study, i.e., what the academic writing problems encountered by english second language learners are, it was discovered that many challenges about academic writing experienced by the students while writing, they were articles, punctuation, prepositions, irregular verbs, poor expressions, consistency paralleled structure, and used of verb tense. in answering the second research question of the study, i.e., what the factors that may cause difficulties academic writing problems are, a considerable number of the project that was examined reported that they faced problems regardless of their language level proficiency when using morphology and syntactic properties to understand the meanings of words. references adams, k. h., & keene, m. (2000). research and writing across the disciplines. new york: mcgraw hill. al-khairy, m. a. (2013). saudi english-major undergraduates' academic writing problems: a taif university perspective. english language teaching, 6(6). al-khairy, m. h. (2013). english as a foreign language learning demotivational factors as 187 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee perceived by saudi undergraduates. european scientific journal, 9(32). al-khasawneh, f., & maher, s. (2010). writing for academic purposes: problems faced by arab postgraduate students of the college of business, uum. esp world, 9(2), 1-23. al murshidi, g. (2014). uae university male students‟ interests impact on reading and writing performance and improvement. english language teaching, 7(9), 57. alsamadani, h. a. (2010). the relationship between saudi efl students‟ writing competence, l1 writing proficiency, and self-regulation. european journal of social sciences, 16(1), 53-63. bacha, n. n., & bahous, r. (2008). contrasting views of business students‟ writing needs in an efl environment. english for specific purposes, 27(1), 74-93. casanave, c. p, & hubbard, p. (1992). the writing assignments and writing problems of doctoral students: faculty perceptions, pedagogical issues, and needed research. english for specific purposes, 11(1), 33-49. chou, l. (2011). an investigation of taiwanese doctoral students' academic writing at a us university. higher education studies, 1(2), 47-60. ezza, e. (2010). arab efl learners‟ writing dilemma at tertiary level. english language teaching, 3(4), 33. gambell, t. j. (1991). university education students' self-perceptions of writing. canadian journal of education/revue canadienne de l'éducation, 420-433. grami, m. a. (2010). the effects of integrating peer feedback into university-level esl writing curriculum: a comparative study in a saudi context (unpublished doctoral dissertation). hutchinson, t., & waters, a. (1987). english for specific purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. ismail, s. a. a. (2011). exploring students' perceptions of esl writing. english language teaching, 4(2), 73. johns, a. m. (2008). genre awareness for the novice academic student: an ongoing quest. language teaching, 41(2), 237. khan, i. a. (2011). learning difficulties in english: diagnosis and pedagogy in saudi arabia. educational research, 2(7), 1248-1257. lea, m. r., & street, b. v. (1998). student writing in higher education: an academic literacies approach. studies in higher education, 23(2), 157-172. lee, s. n., & tajino, a. (2008). understanding students' perceptions of difficulty with academic writing for teacher development: a case study of the university of tokyo writing program. mahmoud, a. (2005). collocation errors made by arab learners of english. asian efl journal, 5, 1-9. musa, f. (2010). teaching writing to post-secondary students: procedure and technicalities in an efl classroom. paper presented at the first national conference on english language teaching, al-quds open university, palestine. retrieved from http://www.qou.edu/english/ conferences/firstnationalconference/pdffiles/ farouqmusa. pdf. myles, j., & cheng, l.. (2003). the social and cultural life of non-native english speaking international graduate students at a canadian university. journal of english for academic purposes, 2(3), 247-263. negari, g. m. (2011). a study on strategy instruction and efl learners' writing skill. international journal of english linguistics, 1(2), 299. noor, h. h. (1996). english syntactic errors by arabic speaking learners: reviewed. retrieved from: files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed423660.pdf saddler, b., moran, s., graham, s., & harris, k. r. (2004). preventing writing difficulties: the effects of planning strategy instruction on the writing performance of struggling writers. exceptionality, 12(1), 3-17. tahaineh, y. s. (2010). arab efl university students‟ errors in the use of prepositions. modern journal of applied linguistics, 1(6), 76-112. yiu, r. h. h. (2009). disciplinary writing: a case study of hong kong undergraduates undertaking their writing tasks. university of leicester. zhu, w. (2004). writing in business courses: an analysis of assignment types, their characteristics, and required skills. english for specific purposes, 23(2), 111-135. 188 amin ali al mubarak an investigation of academic writing problems level faced by undergraduate students at al imam al mahdi university – sudan realization of disagreement strategies english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers wildan nurul aini english education program, school of postgraduate studies indonesia university of education, indonesia email: wildan.nurul.aini@gmail.com apa citation: aini, w. n. (2015). realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 239-246 received: 10-04-2015 accepted: 25-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this study investigates the realization of disagreement strategies employed by indonesian speakers. the strategies are then related to the interlocutor’s level of power. the data is collected using dct type b adapted from azis (2000) and analysed using adapted disagreement strategies from muntigl and turnbull (1998) and chen (2006). the results shows that indonesian speakers tend to use different disagreement strategies to different level of power of the interlocutor. to the interlocutor with the higher power (the superior), the speakers tend to use counterclaims and no disagreement strategies. in addition, to the speakers with the same level of power, the contradiction strategy is preferred. in the meantime, to the interlocutor with the lower level of power, the speakers are likely to choose challenge. these various selections of disagreement strategies are also influenced by concept of ftas of brown and levinson (1987). keywords: disagreement, power, face, ftas introduction disagreement is mentioned as an expression performed as the opposite view from the speakers (sifianou, 2012). pomerantz (1984, as cited in fernández, 2013) asserts that this act happen when assessment is initiated by a speaker to achieve one more action. the action will be realized in forms of either agreement or disagreement. in this case, disagreement is regarded as dispreferred action since it usually is being linked to impoliteness or face-threatening condition. therefore, it is usually mitigated and avoided by the speaker (siafanou, 2012). since the use of disagreement is quite risky, speakers tend to use disagreements in various strategies. then, in selecting the strategies, the speakers tend to consider several factors such as context, face and politeness (siafanou, 2012). several studies about disagreement related to these two factors have been conducted by many researcher (e.g. han, and liang, 2005; xuehua, 2006; fernández, 2013). besides context, face and politeness factors, level of power is also usually taken into account to determine several disagreement strategies. it is since sometimes the speakers, especially indonesian, tend to agree with the statement of the interlocutor with the higher power, although, in fact, s/he actually disagrees with it. therefore, this study is intended to investigate the realization of disagreement strategies employed by indonesian speakers in relation to the interlocutor’s level of power. mailto:wildan.nurul.aini@gmail.com wildan nurul aini realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers realization of speech acts are frequently characterized by the presence of strategies in conveying the speech acts. in many speech act studies, several classifications of strategies are proposed by the researchers (e.g., cohen and olshtain’s, 1981; blum-kulka and olshtain, 1984, in apologizing; blumkulka and olshtain, 1984, in requesting; azis, 2000 in refusing; al-omari and abu-melhim, 2013, in promising). chen (2005) believes that these classifications are generally made based on semantic formulas used to respond the interlocutor’s statement. hence, the speaker’s strategies in a certain speech act might be identified from several features within his/her utterances. especially in realization of disagreement speech acts, a number of classifications of disagreement strategies have been created by several researchers (e.g. beebe and takahashi, 1989; dogancay-aktuna & kamisli, 1996; muntigl and turnbull, 1998; lin, 1999 as cited in chen, 2006). however, in the current study, muntigl and turnbull’s (1998) and chen’ (2006) frameworks are adapted and utilized. this adaptation is intended to accommodate strategies which are not covered by one of frameworks, e.g. the absence of opt-out in muntigl and turnbull (1998). thus the strategies used in the investigation consist of no disagreement (nd), irrelevancy claims (ic), challenges (ch), contradictions (ct) and counterclaims (cc). no disagreement strategy or nd (chen, 2006) is used by the speaker when he/she chooses to opt-out (silent) or using particular verbal strategies, such as agreement and avoidance, to avoid disagreement or arguing with the interlocutor. chen, furthermore, explains that there must be some reasons for the speaker to use no disagreement strategies especially when keeping silent. he mentioned the reasons are in connection with six aspects, namely: both the interlocutor’s and the speakers’ positive face (brown and levinson, 1987), conditions for the act of disagreement (e.g. unimportant, respect, inappropriate context), relationship of the act with the speaker’s goal, relationship of the act with social goals (e.g. for maintaining relationship), and contextual factors (e.g. status, social distance, and gender). irrelevancy claims or ic (muntigl and turnbull, 1998), on the other hand, refer to strategies in which the speaker asserts that the interlocutor’s statement is out of topic or irrelevant to the present discussion. this strategy is usually performed in overlap or without pauses from the previous statement. besides, this strategy is regarded as the most face-threatening strategies. the next strategy is challenges (ch) in which the speaker shows reluctance and doubt in expressing disagreement by utilizing an interrogative form, such as when, why, who, where, whom, and how. challenges are typically accompanied by inquiry regarding the proof of the prior statements. muntigl and turnbull (1998) also propose contradiction strategies (ct). in this strategy, the speaker performs an opposed statement from the interlocutor’s. this is usually preceded by negations or opposition markers such as no, i disagree, i do not agree, not at all, i don’t think so etc. however, chen (2006) claims that contradictions are not always preceded by a negation, but it also occasionally start with contradictory statement, such as “i thought it was so boring.” the last strategy is counterclaims (cc), in which the speaker uses token or partial agreement using but (yes, but…). this way is considered as english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the least face threatening strategy (muntigl and turnbull, 1998) since it is initiated by pauses, prefaces and mitigated devices, such as hedges (orfano, 2012). similarly, fernández (2013) asserts that this mitigated device is to soften the treat to the hearer’s face. in short, the counterclaims is used to indirectly disagree with the interlocutor by agreeing the proposition first to minimize the ftas, and then followed by the speaker’s claim. the use of strategies in the speech acts, e.g. disagreement, is usually affected by social distance, power differential, and ratio of imposition (brown and levinson, 1987). these elements affect the degree of face-threat to be redressed by appropriate linguistic strategies. however, in this study, the disagreement strategies will be discussed mainly in relation to the different level of power. method this research involved four male (40%) and six female (60%) postgraduate students from of one state university in bandung. the participants’ age ranges from 23 to 26 years old. besides, they come from different origins in indonesia with different language background. the details of the information can be seen as follow: table 1. information details of the participants variables categories origins west java(30%) east java(10%) west sumatra(10%) tidore(10%) lampung (20%) medan(10 %) aceh(10%) first language bahasa indonesia (60%) sundanese (10%) minang (10%) javanese (10%) aceh (10%) daily language bahasa indonesia=60% bahasa indonesia and sundanese= 30% bahasa indonesia and minang=60% a survey design was employed in this study. bell (2005) asserts that a survey is generally aimed at attaining information from a representative sample of certain population by asking the same questions to them. in this study, the respondents were asked the identical information about their disagreement strategies by using a discourse completion test (dct). to obtain the strategies of disagreement from the respondents, a discourse completion test (dct) is used. first adapted in 1982 by blumkulka for a speech act investigation, the dct is a questionnaire consisting several discourse or situation in which the respondents of the study are required to write the response of the given situation (varghese and billmyer, 2011). however, nurani (2009) indicates that the use of the dct frequently gets criticisms because of its disadvantages, such as unnatural data (huock and gass, 1995), oversimplification of complex interaction (brown and levinson, 1987), and wildan nurul aini realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers inability to get emotional information from the response in depth (beebe and cummings, 1995). nevertheless, the dct is still widely used to examine several speech act strategies (aziz, 2000) since it allows researchers to “collect large amount of data in a relatively a short time” (nurani, 2009: 670) and applicable for respondents with different cultural background (huock and gass, 1995). the dct employed here was adapted from the dct type-b developed by aziz (2000). this kind of dct provides multiple choice and openended questionnaire which allows the respondent to select one of given strategies then fill possible responses for the chosen strategy. in this study, the dct consists of three different situations in bahasa indonesia which indicated setting and level of power of the interlocutors. the given situations were designed to elicit the respondents’ disagreement, which is also in bahasa indonesia. after being collected, the data from the dct were analyzed using categories of disagreement strategies adapted from muntigl and turnbull (1998) and chen (2006). based on this adapted categories, disagreement strategies can be divided into: no disagreement (nd), irrelevancy claims (ic), challenges (ch), contradictions (ct) and counterclaims (cc). no disagreement strategies as mentioned by chen (2006: 41) are the situation where the speaker prefers to be silent (nds) or to use verbal strategies, such as agreement (nd: ag) and avoidance (nd: av), rather than disagree with the interlocutor’s statement. then, irrelevancy claims refer to a disagreement strategy in which the speaker claims that the interlocutor’s statement is irrelevant to the present discussion. on the other hand, challenge strategy is for the one where the speaker questions and/or asks for proves the interlocutor’s statement by using interrogative words (e.g. what, why, when, where, who, and how). another strategy is contradictions. here, the speaker bluntly disagrees with the interlocutor statement by saying no, i don’t or i disagree. the last is counterclaim strategy in which the speaker partly agrees by expressing agreement at the beginning yet being followed by alternative claims (e.g. yes, but…). next, after being categorized, the data will be discussed with regard to the level of power or superiority. the level of power involved in this study are higher power (superior), equal power and lower power (subordinate). considering this superiority levels, it can be seen whether or not the disagreement strategies chosen by the participants for those categories different each other. furthermore, it will also discuss the “why” of the participants’ preferences in expressing certain disagreement strategies. results anddiscussion the collected data from the dct are then classified and analyzed using adapted classification of disagreement strategies frommuntigl and turn (1998) and chen (2006). after the classification and the analysis, the realization of disagreement strategies used by indonesian postgraduate students in this present study is obtained. the general results of the data analysis are presented in the following table: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 2. disagreement strategies employed by the indonesian postgraduate students strategies level of power higher power (superior) equal power lower power (subordinate) total contradictions (ct) 1 5 3 10 counterclaims (cc) 4 1 4 challenges (ch) 2 4 6 irrelevant claims (ic) no disagreement (nd) silent (nds) 2 2 1 5 avoidance (nd:av) 3 1 4 agreement (nd:ag) 1 1 total 10 10 10 30 in the following section, the findings and discussions will be presented in relation to the level of power or superiority of the interlocutor. disagreement strategies used to the superior (higher power) from the analysis results, it is found that the strategies utilized by the participants are: contradiction (10%), counterclaims (40%), no disagreement: silent (20%), and no disagreement: avoidance (30%). looking at the data, it seems that the participants prefer choosing strategies which possess less face threatening acts, such as counterclaims (muntigl and turnbull, 1998) and no disagreement: silent and avoidance. counterclaims can be easily identified from its structure (yes, but…) and its features such as mitigating devices (orfano, 2012). one of the mitigating devices used in this strategy is hedges. for example: counterclaims r1: mungkin benar yang bapak sampaikan tadi, tapi menurut saya keduanya memiliki kelebihan dan kekurangan, … (perhaps, what you have just said is right, but i think both of them have strength and weaknesses…) the word “mungkin/perhaps” and “menurut saya/i think” are the hedges or mitigating devices utilized in the counterclaims strategy. the use of hedges here seems an indicator of the participants’ caution in expressing disagreement to the interlocutor. this might happen since the interlocutor is his/her lecturer who has the higher power. so, there is no place for the participant to exercise the power. this cautious action is also visible by the use of another strategy, no disagreement. so, rather than disagree with the lecturer, the other participants choose to perform silence and avoidance, as the safer strategies. apparently, this is intended to avoid conflicts with the lecturer. as r9 who chooses silence, she expresses that the choice of being silent is to avoid arguing with the lecturer. this is due to, as fairclough (2001) states, the ability of more powerful participants to control and constrain the contribution of the less powerful participants. similarly, with respect to this, chen (2006) suggests that one of the reasons of speakers’ silence in a conflict talk is contextual factors, such as higher status, social distance, and unfamiliarity. wildan nurul aini realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers the last is in the contradiction strategy. although the strategy is basically used to directly disagree, in this case, the statement used is also still carefully expressed. for instance: kalau menurut saya keduanya punya sisi kekurangan dan kelebihan. tapi, calon x tersebut dirasa lebih banyak sisi positifnya pak/bu. (i think both of them have positive and negative sides, but, i feel the x candidate has more positive sides.) although the example above is a contradict strategy, the hedges “i think” is still used. the may be seen as speaker’s effort to minimize the ftas or as speakers’ respect to the one with the higher power. in this case, fernández (2013) asserts that this mitigated device is to soften the threat to the hearer’s face. this kind of effort is essential especially for the disagreement to the higher power since the bigger gap between the speaker’s and the interlocutor’s power, the higher the face-threat is (brown and levinson, 1987). disagreement strategies used to interlocutor with equal power in the meantime, when facing the interlocutor with the same level of power, such as classmates, the participants use different composition of disagreement strategies. the strategies consist of contradictions (50%), challenges (20%), no disagreement: silent (20%) and no disagreement: avoidance (10%). different from the strategies used to the superior, the use of contradictions by the participants seems dominant. another strategy employed is challenges in which the speaker feels doubt about the proposition so that s/he asks for proof (muntigl and turnbull, 1998). these two strategies are classified by chen (2006) into direct disagreement. it means that the speaker bluntly refute others’ opinion by stating the opposing statement. for example: contradiction belum tentu, elektabilitas itu naik turun. dengan visi misinya saya yakin presiden pilihan saya akan terpilih (not really, electability is dynamic. with his vision and mission, i believe my choice will win.) challenge wah, iya ya? kata siapa tuh lebih unggul? ada surveynya ga? (was it? who said he is winning? is there any survey?) unlike contradiction in the previous context (disagreement to the superior), the contradiction strategies in the first example shows blunt disagreement device –belum tentu/not really—and expression of certainty—saya yakin/i believe. besides, in the second example also it is apparently that there is no doubt of the speaker to “attack other’s competency” (muntigl and turnbull, 1998 as cited in orfano 2012) by asking the proof of the statement—‘is there any survey?’ these elements, somehow, express the speaker’s tendency to aggravate the interlocutor’s face. that is no wonder that orfano (2012) mentioned challenges as ‘moderate cost of face.’ this, again, might be caused by the power factor. in this occasion, the power of the speaker and the interlocutor is equal. this power equality, furthermore, allows both of the speaker and the interlocutor to directly and frankly disagree with any of their statement. it is english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee since they have the same chance to exercise their power, so they cannot control or hinder contribution of one another (fairclough, 2001). disagreement strategies used to the subordinate (lower power) meanwhile, the result shows that various strategies also employed by the participants to disagree with the one with the lower power, e.g. younger brother/sister. the strategies include contradiction (30%), counterclaims (10%), challenges (40%), no disagreement: silent (10%) and no disagreement: agreement (10%). the most frequently used strategies in disagreeing with the subordinate are contradictions and challenges. basically, those dominant strategies are the same as those which are used to the equal power. but, in this context, challenges strategies has a bigger number than contradictions. as it has been mentioned previously, challenges are so called moderate cost of face (orfano 2012) since the possibility of interlocutor’ losing face is bigger than the counterclaims strategies (low cost of face) but smaller that the irrelevancy claims strategy (high cost of face). in relation to this, muntigl and turnbull (1998) also state that challenge is an undesirable perception, attitude and action which are attributed to addressee. so, it means that in disagreeing with the subordinate, the participants tend to sacrifice the interlocutor’s positive face. for this situation, level of power is not the only factor. the choice of challenge strategies is also in association with social distance or closeness of the speaker and the interlocutor. as mentioned by brown and levinson (1987 as cited in grundy, 2008: 197), there are three aspects in determining the degree of face-threatening acts, namely social distance, power differential, and ratio of imposition. it means that the lesser the gap between social distance and power differential, the smaller degree of facethreat to be redressed by appropriate linguistic strategy. thus, although the power of the speaker is higher than the interlocutor and the nature of challenge strategy is ‘moderate cost of face’ (orfano, 2012), this strategy would not really cause a high degree of face-threat since the interlocutor—participants’ sister/brother—has close social distance, conclusions it can be concluded that the indonesian speakers tend to use different disagreement strategies to different level of power of the interlocutor. to the interlocutor with the higher power (the superior), the speakers tend to use counterclaims and no disagreement strategies. in addition, to the speakers with the same level of power, the contradiction strategy is preferred. in the meantime, to the interlocutor with the lower level of power, the speakers are likely to choose challenge. these various selections of disagreement strategies are also influenced by concept of ftas of brown and levinson (1987). references al-omari, s. k., & abu-melhim, a.-r. (2013). promising as a speech act in jordanian arabic. international forum in teaching and studies, 9(1). aziz, e. a. (2000). indonesian speech act realization in face-threatening situations. monash university linguistics papers, 2(2), 15-41. beebe, l., & cummings, m. c. (1995). natural speech act versus written questionnaire data: how data collection method affect speech act performances. in s. gass, & j. neu, speech acts across wildan nurul aini realization of disagreement strategies by indonesian speakers cultures (pp. 65-86). berlin: mouton de gruyter. bell, j. (2005). doing your research project: a guide for first-time researchers in education, health and social sciences (4th ed.). berkshire: mcgraw-hill international. blum-kulka, s., & olshtain, e. (1984). requests and apologies: a crosscultural study of speech act realization patterns (ccsarp). applied lingistics, 5(3), 196-213. brown, p., & levinson, s. (1987). politeness. cambridge: cambridge university press. chen, m.-t. (2006). an interlanguage of the speech act of disagreement made by chinese speakers in taiwan [thesis]. kaohsiung: national sun yat-sen university. cohen, a. d., & olshtain, e. (1981). developing a measure of sociocultural competence: the case of apology. language learning, 31(1), 113-134. fairclough, n. (2001). language and power (2nd ed.). london: longman. fernández, s. s. (2013). the linguistic realization of disagreement by efl egyptian speakers [thesis]. madrid: universidad complutense madrid. grundy, p. (2008). doing pragmatics. london: hodder education. han, j., & liang, g. (2005). a contrastive study on disagreement strategies for politeness between american english and mandarin chinese. asian efl journal, 7(1), 155-166. huock, n., & gass, s. m. (1995). non-native refusals: a methodological persperctive. in s. m. gass, & j. neu, sppech acts across cultures (pp. 54-64). berlin: mouton de gruyter. muntigl, p. a., & turnbull, w. (1998). conversational structure and facework in arguing. journal of pragmatics, 29(3), 225-256. nurani, l. m. (2009). methodological issue in pragmatics research. jurnal sosioteknologi, 17(8), 667-678. orfano, b. m. (2012). you're so not talking to me like that: anaylsing conflict talk in a corpus of sitcom discourse. proceedings of the viith gscp international conference: speech and corpora, pp. 331-334. siafanau, m. (2012). disagreements, face, and politeness. journal of pragmatics, 44, 1554-1564. varghese, m., & billmyer, k. (1996). investigating the discourse completion tests. working paper in educational linguistics, 12(1), 39-58. xuehua, w. (2006). a study of strategy use in showing agreement and disagreement to other opinions. celea journal, 29(5), 55-65. the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning rosina fransisca j. lekawael universitas pattimura, ambon, indonesia e-mail: rosina_lekawael@yahoo.com apa citation: lekawael, r. f. j. (2017). the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 255-262 received: 22-03-2017 accepted: 09-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: english language skills here mean the development of the main parts or elements of the language which include speaking, listening, reading, and writing. english language subject has different educational tools that are likely suited with it. smartphone and internet usage have actively influence daily life, even for children and adolescents. in learning activity, smartphone is a tool to help students connected to be online. a qualitative approach was pursued in this study. then, the data collection technique used in this study is a survey by using questionnaires. as result, the research shows that most students spend much time to access the social network, some students access internet for dictionary and games, and only a few students access internet for education purposes. in short, the students rather to use smartphone for other thing than education. therefore, english language learning should be focused on leading language teaching by using english resources from smartphone and internet, as media, which closed to students. by using smartphone and internet, it is expected that either teacher or students become more active and creative to explore their knowledge through media. pedagogically, there is an urgent need for teachers to implement smartphone-based language learning in order to engage students to be critics with material and its content. so, it enables students to build and enhance a technology awareness of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning in classroom. keywords: smartphone, internet, english language learning introduction most children and adolescents in indonesia are now actively using internet. internet is needed for them to study or just to communicate with families and their friends around the world. internet does provide a powerful genuine resource for the learning of english. as warschauuer (2001) reveals that internet may be said to enhance english language learning in accordance to communicative language teaching principles on meaningful interaction. this shows that internet has essential effect to english learning which is to activate communicative skill. in this case, students‟ roles are required to be more dominant on english language learning process to catch knowledge from various resources. smartphone and internet usage have influence human daily life, even for children and adolescents. the way people learn english has also shifted from the traditional classroom to the internet. many apps and website are available to learn and explore the language. with updating reason, teacher prepared materials (texts, audiovisual, video, pictures, etc.) to support students to learn english in classroom. so, many exercises are adopted as if they are authentic one in learning process. basically, english language skills consist of four main parts, including listening, reading, speaking, and writing. each language skill requires different educational tools that are likely suited with it, since the use of several technical tools has a significant effect https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.540 255 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee on the learning process of each area of the language (sharma, 2009). listening, as an input skill, is considered as a principal language skill. through listening, people can acquire a large portion of their education, their information, their ideas, and their understanding of the world. listening is defined as the process of identifying and understanding the speech of the speakers. it involves understanding the speaker‟s accent or pronunciation, speaker‟s grammar and vocabulary, and comprehension of meaning (saricoban, 1999). the listener should be capable of doing these four things at the same time. therefore, listening plays a vital role in student‟s language development. here, some tools that can be used as a media in teaching listening are whatsapp, apps and online sources on smartphones, podcasts, videos, etc. reading is the process of understanding a written text by learner. it is an important input skill which depends on the vocabulary and background knowledge of the learner in the second language (constantinescu, 2007). during the reading process, the english language learner can improve his vocabulary and terms, acquire new information and ideas, and enhance his real-world knowledge. learners can have access to a variety of different types of text on their phones, many of which are free or inexpensive. the learner can use an application for reading texts on kindle. this app allows readers to highlight words, find the word definitions and make their own meaning. the apps like quick reads and oxford bookworms provides the learner‟s with short, accessible texts. to cultivate the habit of extensive reading among learners, teachers can encourage them to visit these websites and explore various e-books available and which also develops both reading and digital literacy skills. speaking is one of output or productive skill. human communication can be taken place between the speaker and the listener if only they understand each other. both speaker and listener have a positive function to perform in simple terms. the speaker has to convert his message into spoken language, while the listener has to understand the language of the speaker. in this context, a smartphone is a blessing as it provides learners to get exposure to the language inside and outside the classroom. learners can listen to conversations which will influence their acquaintance with the language. speaking becomes a little easier with good exposure to the language he intends to learn. writing process can be very difficult for learners as they must do tasks like generating ideas, organization, and perfect use of grammar and vocabulary. learners should be motivated to access various writing apps and use them while writing. these following apps assist learners to write an essay, formal letter or even a note for a friend: 1. dictionary/thesaurus 2. note taking apps – helps the learner to capture ideas on the move and assist the learner to be a budding writer. 3. brainstorming and outlining apps – help the learner to produce a coherent piece of writing which requires the learner to organize their ideas and thoughts. 4. outlining apps – show down facilitates assessment. other brainstorming techniques include the use of „mind mapping‟ tools like mindnode. based on the explanation above, it is clear that smartphone and internet has important role in the teaching and learning of english. english language learning can be made more effective by the integration of smartphones; this potential device also ensures self-assessed language learning (sall). the self assessed language learning provides the learner with autonomy and encourages him/her to do things his/her way and reflect on the work critically and assume greater responsibility towards their own learning. here, the role of the teacher is 256 rosina fransisca j. lekawael the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning to guide the learner to achieve the required objectives of the curriculum. furthermore, mcluhan (2012) states some advantages of online learning as follows: 1) access – the internet offers the possibility to experience english without the need of travel. even without the need of leaving home or bedroom. 2) flexibility – the internet allows for students to learn language whenever they want and wherever they want. 3) response – the internet offers the possibility of instant feedback to learners. this greatly enhances the learning experience. 4) repeatability – the learner can encounter the language in a repetitive fashion until mastery is achieved. 5) durability – the internet is 24/7. it never tires. it does not take coffee breaks. 6) modality – the internet is a multimodal learning tool. it stimulates in a rich sensory and cognitive and thus fertilizes language acquisition successfully. 7) specificity – the internet allows the language learner choose in both what and with who will be learned. learning can be tailored to the language learners‟ precise makeup and needs. 8) cost – the internet is a business model which due to economies of scale can offer services for pennies. it also offers to widen access through a pay as you can dynamic. in brief, internet allows students to share not only brief messages, but also create lengthy documents – thus facilitating collaborative writing (learning). besides, learners can share graphics, sounds and video. thus, the internet does help teacher in creating an environment where authentic and creative communication is integrated into all aspects of the course. method to address the problem above, it is needed to closely investigate phenomena of smartphone and internet usage that occurred in real context, such as english language learning process in classroom. this research did not intend to prove hypotheses or test a theory; rather it investigated phenomena in order to generate theory from data. therefore, a qualitative approach was pursued in this study. then, the data collection technique used in this study is a survey by using questionnaires. besides, the literature review on the impact of smartphone and internet on english language learning were also conducted. the questionnaires were distributed to 35 students around 12 to 20 years old graded from primary to secondary schools in ambon city. table 1. characteristics of the subjects characteristics categories total (n=35) (%) age (year) 12-14 11 (31.4) 15-18 14 (40) 18-20 10 (28.6) purpose of using smartphone and internet searching 10 (28.6) learning 8 (22.8) chatting 5 (14.3) game 9 (25.7) others 3 (8.6) time of using smartphone and internet per day (hours) ≤ 1 15 (42.8) 2-3 12 (34.3) ≥ 4 8(22.8) 257 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results and discussion there are two main points highlighted in this section. first, general survey of statista was described related to the smartphone application and internet in english language learning. second, the questionnaire results to investigate what ways the students use smartphone and internet for personal and educational purposes and also the data on attitudes towards the use of smartphone and internet in english language learning. general survey of statista the use of smartphone and internet has given positive impact on the development of social networks worldwide based on statista survey results conducted on april 2016. those results are described below. the compilation of the most popular social networks reported by statista gives a clear picture that facebook has the greatest number of user in which over 1.590 million students actively use this social media. it holds 18% market share, 7% higher than its closest competitor, whatsapp. figure 1. most popular social network the figure above shows that there is predominantly apac favored platforms, with qq (9%), wechat (8%) and qzone (7%) all with over 600 million active students. we then see a cluster of predominantly western social media networks in tumblr (6%), instagram (4%), and twitter (4%). next, the following figure shows the popularity comparison between facebook, whatsapp, twitter, instagram, and wechat. it indicates that the popularity of twitter, facebook, whatsapp, wechat, instagram have raised from 2010 to 2016. but, the compilation of the most popular social networks reported by statista reveals that facebook has the highest popularity among these five social networks and leaves twitter far behind. 258 rosina fransisca j. lekawael the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning figure 2. the fast growing social networks the questionnaire results to collect data, the researcher used two questionnaires. first is used to investigate what ways the students use smartphone and internet for personal and educational purposes. second takes data on attitudes towards smartphone and internet for english language learning. smartphone and internet usage for personal and educational purposes in 2014, only 11% of students used their smartphone for educational purposes, which are a stand-alone application solely used for the purpose of language learning. this increased very marginally to 14% in 2015, indicating that students still do not view their smartphone as a tool for educational use. encouragingly, the number of students that use a dictionary function on their smartphone increased from 17% in 2014 to 20% in 2015. the number of students who used their smartphone for games remained relatively unchanged from 2014 to 2015. in 2014, the number of students who used their smartphone for games was 25%, increasing slightly to 28% in 2015. the most dramatic change can be seen in students who use their smartphone for social networks. it is favored one. this includes facebook, messenger, path, instagram, and a variety of other applications. in 2014, the number of students who use social networks was 57%, but it increases to 60% in 2015. lastly, the number of students who use smartphone for other things was 85% in 2014 and increased to 87% in 2018. the following chart is a summary of the responses given by the students. figure 3. types of application used by students 259 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the result shows that most students spend much time to access social network and other, some students access internet for dictionary and games, and only a few students access internet for education purposes. in short, the students were rather to use smartphone for other thing than education. the media used by them in order to support their learning including making tasks, projects, or other assignments, especially in the development of english language skills. attitudes towards smartphone and internet for english language learning on the contrary, the result of the second questionnaire related to the students‟ attitude indicated different numbers. as we know, research in technology acceptance has shown that students‟ attitude toward a particular innovation is a predictor of the decision to adopt or reject that technology (davis, 1989). in 2014, 3% of students believed that using smartphone for the purpose of english language learning would be “harmful” or “not helpful”. in 2015, the percentage of students who have the same viewpoint decreased slightly to 5%. however, the percentage of students who held “neutral” attitudes towards this use of the technology differed more significantly with 25% of students in 2014 choosing this response as opposed to 20% in 2015. then, there are 43% students who felt helpful by the use of smartphone in 2014. this number increased to 45% in 2015. finally, the percentage of students who believed that smartphone would be “very helpful” in their language study increased from 24% in 2014 to 35% in 2015. the following chart provides a comparative summary of students‟ attitudes in 2014 and 2015. figure 4. students’ attitudes toward the use of smartphone and internet for english language learning the data proved that majority of students graded from primary to secondary school were demanding to smartphone and internet. the development of technology has influenced the students‟ attitude. therefore, teaching and learning processes are required to take into account students‟ aptitude and interests and to be based on principle of lifelong learning. besides, the environment around them plays an essential role here. the learning environment itself, as well as the activities selected by teachers, should encourage thinking processes such as problem-solving or critical thinking. in addition, teaching and learning processes need to encourage the students to apply their knowledge and experience to new situations. the result of this study must be viewed in light of its limitations. first, the students‟ behavior was self-reported; consequently, common method bias is a potential weakness. future researchers could 260 rosina fransisca j. lekawael the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning correct for this bias by measuring smartphone and internet use behaviorally. second, since the measurement of the students‟ behavior was in average percentage, it is difficult to determine if the results would have been different if the percentage was one hundred. third, the sample size was relatively small. conclusion internet is a media to help teachers and students to get much materials, enrich teacher‟s pedagogy when selecting the material and methods in english learning, and engage the students in creating a new english learning experience. based on the result of the data analysis, most students spend much time to access the social network and other, some students access internet for dictionary and games, and only a few students access internet for education purposes. in short, the students were rather to use smartphone for other thing than education. english language learning should be focused on leading language teaching by using english resources from smartphone and internet, as media, which closed to students. by using smartphone and internet, it is expected that either teacher or students become more active and creative to explore their knowledge through media. pedagogically, there is an urgent need for teachers to implement smartphonebased language learning in order to engage students to be critics with material and its content. so, it enables students to build and enhance a technology awareness of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning in classroom. references constantinescu, a. i. (2007). using technology to assist in vocabulary acquisition and reading comprehension. the internet tesl journal, xiii(2). retrieved from: http://iteslj.org/articles/ constantinescuvocabulary.html davis, f. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly, 13(3), 319-340. ghose, a., goldfarb, a., & pil, h. s. (2010). how is the mobile internet different? search costs and local activities. wharton interactive media institute-marketing science institute. mcluhan, m. (2012). understanding media. new york: mcgraw-hill. park, b., & lee, k. c. (2011). the effect of students‟ characteristics and experiential factors on the compulsive usage of the smartphone. common in computer and information science, 151, 438-446. 261 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ice cream there was an elderly couple who in their old age noticed that they were getting a lot more forgetful, so they decided to go to the doctor. the doctor told them that they should start writing things down so they don't forget. they went home and the old lady told her husband to get her a bowl of ice cream. "you might want to write it down," she said. the husband said, "no, i can remember that you want a bowl of ice cream." she then told her husband she wanted a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream. "write it down," she told him, and again he said, "no, no, i can remember: you want a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream." then the old lady said she wants a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream and a cherry on top. "write it down," she told her husband and again he said, "no, i got it. you want a bowl of ice cream with whipped cream and a cherry on top." so he goes to get the ice cream and spends an unusually long time in the kitchen, over 30 minutes. he comes out to his wife and hands her a plate of eggs and bacon. the old wife stares at the plate for a moment, then looks at her husband and asks, "where's the toast?" (source: http://www.study-express.ru/humour/funny-stories.shtml, picture: www.google.co.id) 262 rosina fransisca j. lekawael the impact of smartphone and internet usage on english language learning english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 41 the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result abdul ngafif english education program, teacher training and education faculty, purworejo muhammadiyah university, indonesia e-mail: abdulngafif@gmail.com apa citation: ngafif, a. (2018). the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 41-50. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1241. received: 11-02-2018 accepted: 23-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: this research was conducted based on the problems found during the mid and final test by using paper and pen test; those are the students tend to do cheating, the sleepy supervisors, the inconsistency of test time, and the risk of losing the answer sheet. therefore, the goals of the research are; 1) to make an appropriate wbe testing system, 2) to know the cheating rate of the students, 3) to find out the effectiveness of the system, and 4) to inform the benefits that might be taken by the wbe testing system’s users. by applying rnd research model, the researcher applies a concept called webbased exam system which uses three main tools to run the system (teacher’s laptop as the server, wbe software, and access point to communicate the server and the user). the results indicated that the system reduces the students’ cheating rate 100%. then, from the questionnaire given, the teacherstend to likeusing wbe testing system because they can monitor the whole process of the test from his own laptop and the result of the test will be analyzed and be saved automatically in his laptop. moreover, it reduces time consumption and paper use. keywords: web-based exam, testing system, testing result, cheating, software introduction the widespread use of e-exam as a tool to measure students’ ability has risen to wide area of education. as williams (2007) do to test pre-hospital students at monash university, it is found that the students found wbe experience to be very positive, preferred wbe to pbe and preferred to receive their test results automatically. furthermore, rutkowski, et al. (2007) developed a close-ended computer assisted exam which is go online in the form of web-based assessment and based on the questionnaire spread out to the students, it is found that the students have low difficulties to operate it, it has a direct result, and it is much better than pbe. in line with those, chang and ming (2012) had compared platform pattern of various web examination system and they use asp.net as the programming language with the background database is sql server version 2000. they use three basic layers in the system namely data layer (database), application layer (the software used), and user layer (the students). the system provides a good condition for organizing all kinds of tests and also has a great reference value for other colleges and universities. web-based exam refers to a situation in which a student accesses questions and submits answers by a web browser and in which the exam results (partially or completely) determine the final grade for the subject (sessink, et al., 2004). meanwhile, wang, et al. (2004) defines web-based exam as an exam works over internet and utilizes web browsers as its interface. it is not only provide online real-time tests and online construction of items, but also enable teachers to check answer sheets rapidly and record scores over the internet. related to the use of web-based exam, kuzmina (2010) points out that the benefits of using web-based exam are effective, efficient, safe, instant scoring, professional time, reducing time lag, greater availability, accuracy, standardization, control, and longabdul ngafif the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result 42 term cost saving. rice (2003) states that the pros of using web-based test are it is effective for testing students’ knowledge and attitudes, it is user-friendly, love to have direct result, less time to prepare, and the data are save and easy to be managed and to be analyzed. from the report of prometric (2012), it is found that the benefits of using computer-based test are flexible, data-rich test result, enhanced security, consistency and reliability, availability of immediate scoring, streamlined logistic, multiple item types, and engaging navigation and presentation. during the final test in english department of muhammadiyah university of purworejo in the academic year of 2015/2016, the researcher did an observation to the students and to the supervisors using an observation sheet. during the observation, he divided the observation based on two kinds of subject namely non skilled subject and skilled subject. the result shows that from six nonskilled subjects (al islam dan kemuhammadiyahan ii, pendidikan kewarganegaraan, al islam dan kemuhammadiyahan iv, introduction to literature, ccu, and ppbi) followed by 810 students from semester ii vi, the total students did cheating is 253 (31%). meanwhile, from the eight skilled subjects (pre-intermediate grammar, english varieties, writing for formal communication, english morphology, modern english grammar, genre-based reading, and reading comprehension v) followed by 978 students from semester ii vi, the total students did cheating is 163 students (17%). besides grouping the students based on subjects, he also did grouping the students did cheating based on the type of the questions that is multiple choice test, essay test, and mixed test (mc and essay). the result shows that for mc test, there are 362 students among 780 students or 46.4%. then, for essay test, there are 69 students (12.9%) among 534 students did cheating. meanwhile, for mixed test question type, there are 179 students (40.7%) among 440 students did cheating. for the supervisors of the test, from 16 supervisors there are 8 of them (50%) did chatting outside of the class during the test, 6 supervisors (37.5%) did other job while waiting for the test, and only 2 supervisors (12.5%) just focus on the test they supervised. from the findings above, it can be seen that the dominate students did cheating is on non-skilled subject and mc test type. then, to overcome those problems, the writer develops a testing system called web-based exam. the researcher is interested in developing that testing system because he sees that the test will be easier to be handled if there is a system which helps the teacher/lecturer in conducting the test included testing, analyzing, and saving the result. meanwhile, it will be a transparent test if the students and the teacher are able to see the result of the test and they can discuss the test together. the other goal of the research is to reduce the weaknesses of the manual test such as cheating habit, the main role of the supervisors, the inconsistency of time, and the risk of losing/broken answer sheet. in developing the system, the researcher did collaboration with the lecturer, students, the stakeholders, and it practitioner so that the system will be good. then, after the system got ready, he needs three main tools to run the system those are the laptop which function as server, the web-based exam software, and the access point which functions to spread out the signal which is caught by the students’ laptop to do the test. for the server, the teacher may transform his own laptop to be a server using wampserver software. the basic requirements of the laptop server are the clock should be higher than 1.5 ghz and the ram installed at least 4 gb. after the server is ready, then the next is the web-based exam software. here, the researcher with his team make software of computer based test and he named it with webbased exam 1.0. this software is easy to operate because it is windows-based and we have made the manual book so that the teachers can use it easily. the last tool is the access point which functions to communicate between the server and the users (the students’ laptop). in holding the test, the teacher just needs to plug the access point to his laptop and he needs to activate his laptop as server by clicking wampserver software. then, he has to english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 43 open the web-based exam software and set the test open so that it can be seen by the students. after that, he asks the students to do the test using any web browser installed in their own laptop and they must log in using username and password set before. when the students have already done the test, the result will be appeared both in the teacher and the students’ laptop screen. by the time, the students can see which number answered correctly and incorrectly. by applying this system, the researcher can measure the students’ real competence. in doing the research, the researcher has two questions to be answered. those are; 1) how is the development of wbe testing system? 2) is wbe effective in overcoming the paper and pen problems? method this research uses research and development (rnd) method developed by richey (2007).this research is done in english department of muhammadiyah university of purworejo. in running the research, the researcher takes three main steps namely exploring (research), developing (design and development), and evaluating (design research). in this report, the researcher discusses exploring stage or preliminary study as the first stage of the research. meanwhile, the second stage is on progress. the subjects of the research are the students of english education program purworejo muhammadiyah university in the academic year of 2016/2017. there are 99 students from 3 classes and 3lecturers (listening, grammar, and vocabulary) as the subject of the research which uses the researcher himself as the instrument and the researcher uses two supporting instruments namely observation and questionnaire. the researcher takes the data for about 6 months since august 2016 till february 2017. the observation is chosen as a method to dig up problems arises during the test and the researcher uses the result of the early observation to plan up the solutions of the problems. qualitative analysis is a technique used to analyze the data. here, the researcher analyzes the data from the observation and the questionnaire given to the students and the teachers of the three subjects. for additional information, the researcher also considers the validation result f expert judgment from the it and from the testing. for it, the researcher asks the it expert to do validation from the side of technology, system users, and the application in classroom. for the test, the researcher asks the expert of test to analyze the questions made by the teachers whether it has fulfilled the validity and the reliability of a good test. result and discussion the way in developing web-based exam testing system step 1. observing at the very beginning of the research, the researcher did an observation to get the early data. the observation was done during final exam in english education program of purworejo muhammadiyah purworejo. in observing the students’ activity in the test, the researcher observed them from a little hole in the door. the researcher categorized the students who do cheating if they see their friends’ work, opening books, opening their phone cell, and asking the answer to their friends. moreover, the researcher categorized the result of the observation into two category namely non-skilled subject and skilled subject. table 1. the observation’s result of non-skilled subject non-skilled subject total students number of cheating students percentage of cheating students aik ii 99 63 63.64% pend. kewarganegaraan 99 22 22.22% aik iv 138 61 44.20% intro to literature 138 14 10.14% cross cultural understanding 168 25 14.88% ppbi 168 68 40.48% abdul ngafif the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result 44 table 2. the observation’s result of non-skilled subject skilled subject total students number of cheating students percentage of cheating students pre-intermediate communicative grammar 99 13 13.13% english varieties 99 45 45.45% writing for formal comm. 99 0 0.00% basic listening 99 14 14.14% english morphology 138 16 11.59% modern eng. grammar 138 23 16.67% genre-based reading 138 20 14.49% reading v 168 32 19.05% the goal of observing is to get the early data so that the researcher knows the weaknesses of the testing system at the present. here, the researcher divides the observation into two terms namely non-skilled subject which consists of 6 (six) subjects and skilled subject consists of 8 (eight) subjects. from the observation, the researcher found that the rate of the students’ cheating is quite worse seen from the percentage table 1 and 2 in which the highest cheating is on aik ii (63.64%) and english varieties (45.45%). from the observation, the researcher then got the idea to use wbe in order to reduce the cheating habits of the students. step 2. drafting the system from the observation, the researcher did early data. the next step is drafting the system by consulting it with it expert to make a computerized testing system which can handle the problems found in conventional testing system. the main features of the system are login/registration, question bank, inserting media (picture and sound), time controller, auto correction, monitoring, and users. figure 1 shows the draft of the system. from a series of activities done in the research, the process of the test using webbased exam can be seen in figure 2. figure1. draft of wbe testing system figure 2. diagram of wbe testing system english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 45 the figure shows the process of test using web-based exam in which the tester upload the questions into server and then it is spread out through access point. then, the students do the test using their own device. after the time finished, the score will be sent to the server automatically. to run the system, the writer uses software named web-based exam 1.0. knowing that the rate of cheating habit is quite high, the researcher then drafts the system. by using ajax language program and xampp (server software) combined with access point, the researcher makes the offline web-based exam. it consists of main menu, login, quiz form, and so on. the figure of the pages can be seen below. figure 3. main menu figure 4. form login figure 5. making new quiz/test figure 6. page of question and answer when the early draft of the system was ready, the researcher then asks the expert of it to check the system and the it expert gives the following advices; 1) to smoothen the page to be more user friendly, 2) database php mysql is good, 3) the access point used should be changed to handle 30 students, and 4) the aspect of security should be paid attention more so that only administrator may handle the whole process of the test. step 3. running the system in running the system, the researcher did the following steps; 1) testing the system and evaluating it, 2) asking for expert to give comments and advices, 3) developing the system means the researcher overcomes the weaknesses of the system from evaluation and the advices of the expert, 4) re-testing the system which goals to know the system works well or not, 5) re-evaluating, and 6) asking for users to give assessment to the system. abdul ngafif the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result 46 holding the test and evaluation i since all the system got ready, the researcher then held the test to know the system and later the researcher will have some evaluation on it. from the test, it is known that this system still has some weaknesses, including; 1) audio are not clear enough, 2) it has long transferring data (delay of one question and next question), and 3) sometimes the picture did not shown up. then, the system cannot be applied when the laptop has low specification, so that the teacher (administrator) should use middle specification of laptop with minimum ram 3 gb with processor which has clock speed 1.30 gb. this system requires no internet connection, so it will be no problem for them who have no internet connection in their school. fixing the problems knowing the weaknesses of the system, the researcher fixes it with the bug. the researcher then tests the system by himself to make sure that the weaknesses are already fixed up. re-test the system and evaluation ii in order to know the system is ready to be used, the researcher asks the lecturer and the students to have the test by using the system. from the test, it is known that the weaknesses as it is found in test i was already fixed. students’ cheating rate the subjects of the research are 99 students and 3 lecturers who take listening, grammar, and vocabulary subject. in test ii, the researcher with the lecturer did observation to know the students’ cheating rate, and from the observation, it is known that there is none of them did cheating because the lecturer set the questions to be answered just in a very limited time and when the time ends, the question will be closed automatically so that the students must answer the next questions. the result of observation can be seen in the table below. table 3. the observation’s result of the research subject subject total students number of cheating students percentage of cheating students listening for everyday communication 99 0 0% intermediate communicative grammar 99 0 0% english vocabulary 99 0 0% seeing from the observation at test ii, there is no students who did cheating because their movements indicating to cheat are limited by the time. furthermore, it is a fun for the researcher and the lecturers finding their students try to cheat by opening the dictionary or google in their laptops but when they found what they are looking for, the time to answer the question in that number ends so that they have to answer the next question. seeing the situation, the students just focus in answering the questions and afraid that the number of the question will close automatically if the time ends. that is a big progress. the effectiveness of the system in reducing the students’ cheating habit in order to know the effectiveness of web based exam testing system, the researcher did statistics computation by employing test of normality, test of homogeneity, and test of z. before counting the statistics, the researcher determines the hypothesis that are the use of wbe testing system is ineffective to reduce the students’ cheating habit (ho) and the use of wbe testing system is effective to reduce the students’ cheating habit (ha). in counting test of normality, the researcher employs chi square test for independence formula, it is known that the data of the students are abnormal because the x2 value(listening, grammar, and vocabulary) is higher than the x2 table with degree of freedom 5% (228.52, 25.16, and 35.65 > 11.070). to count the test of homogeneity, the researcher uses f formula and from the computation, it is known that the fvalue is lower than ftable (1.137 < 1.822) means that the data are homogenous. because the data have abnormal distribution so that the researcher uses mann-whitney u test to english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 47 compute the effectiveness of the system and from the computation, it is known that zvalue is higher than ztable (5.438 > 1.96) meaning that the use of web based exam testing system is effective to reduce the students’ cheating habit (ha is accepted). below is the result of statistics computation in a brief. table 4. statistics computation result computation subjects statistics results meaning test of normality listening chi square 228.52 > 11.070 abnormal grammar 25.16 > 11.070 abnormal vocabulary 35.65 > 11.070 abnormal test of homogeneity ftest 1.137 < 1.822 homogenous test of hypothesis mann whitney u test 5.438 > 1.96 effective to know whether the use of wbe testing system is effective or not, the researcher used two methods (observation and test result) in recognizing the effectiveness of the system in overcoming the students’ cheating habit. from the observation, it can be known that there are no students did cheating because they have full concern to answer the questions in front of them. furthermore, when they try to see their friends’ work or when they want to see dictionary, they must be in rush due to the limitation of time and when they did it, they will miss the questions. secondly, from the statistical computation, it shows that the zvalue is higher than ztable which indicates that the use of wbe testing system is effective to reduce the students’ cheating habit. from those two methods, it can be known that the use of wbe testing system is effective to reduce the students’ cheating habit. assessment from the users the researcher made questionnaire to know the effectiveness of the system. the researcher made two questionnaires for the lecturer and for the students. with the 110 students as its population, the questionnaire was given to 30 random students as respondents taken from 2 (two) different classes which is taught by the same lecturers. after the students answer all the statement in the questionnaire, the result of those can be seen in the chart below. figure 7. the result of students’ questionnaire from the result of questionnaire above, it can be known that; 1) most of the students prefer to have web based exam than paper based exam, 2) they face no difficulties in abdul ngafif the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result 48 operating it due to it is windows-based, 3) they may see the result directly after the test ends, 4) they are hard to cheat because the questions are shown randomly, 5) they feel that it is more comfortable and focus in doing listening test because they use their own headset so that they pay more attention on it, and 6) some of them ignore the timer so that they got disappoint to have unfinished test. the second questionnaire was given to the 3 (three) lecturers in english education program as the subject of the research. the result of teacher’s questionnaire shows that; 1) they like the auto correction feature because it helped them much in correcting the answer of the students, 2) this software is only appropriate for multiple choices test, not for essay, 3) they need to transfer the questions from ms. word to the system manually, it takes time, and 4) the system reduces the chance for students to cheat. figure 8. the result of teachers’ questionnaire benefit of the wbe testing system from the questionnaire, the benefits that can be taken by the teachers by applying this testing system, are; 1) no paper needed because all has been handed by the system, 2) the efficiently of time for doing and scoring the test, 3) scoring transparency, 4) the low cheating chance due to the questions appear in random, and 5) low cost of test due to no more paper needed. by using the same source, there is a significant influence of the system used toward teachers’ testing model especially the teacher of the listening course. those influences are; 1) it helps the teacher much in scoring and grading, 2) for the multiple choice test, this system appropriates much, and 3) it only appropriates to measure the students competence for knowledge and comprehension. conclusion from a series of research findings and discussions, the researcher draws the following conclusions. first, the researcher succeeds in making the wbe testing system which is userfriendly, practical, and low cost. moreover, the system can be applied in a middle specification of laptop (as server) and it requires no internet connection so that it will be no problem for the teacher and the students who have low fund to get internet connection. second, from the observation and the statistical computation, it can be seen that the use of wbe testing system is effective to reduce the students’ cheating habit. there is no english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 49 students did cheating in the test and their movements to cheat are limited by the time so they will have no benefits to do cheating. third, there are benefits that can be got from the usage of wbe testing system such as low chance to cheat, no paper needed, and efficiency of time. moreover, by applying wbe testing system, the students’ real competencies in taxonomy range 1 and 2 (remembering and understanding/comprehending) will be measured with great accuracy. references chang, l., & ming, x. g. (2012). application research of web examination system based on college. energy procedia, 17, 528-533. kuzmina, i. p. (2010). computer-based testing: advantages and disadvantages. вісникнаціональноготехнічногоуніверситетуу країникиївськийполітехнічнийінститут. філософія. психологія. педагогіка, (1), 192-196. prometric. (2012). converting to computerized testing: the benefits and best practices of computer-based testing. industry report, 1st quarter. rice, g. (2003). designing online tests. journal of adventist education april/may, 31. rutkowski, j., moscinska, k., & jantos, p. (2007). web-based assessment and examination system– from experiment to practice. in proc. 10th iasted int. conference on computers and advanced technology in education (cate), beijing–china (pp. 206-211). sessink, o., beeftink, r., tramper, j., & hartog, r. (2004). securing web-based exams. journal of universal computer science, 10(2), 145-157. wang, t. h., wang, k. h., wang, w. l., huang, s. c., & chen, s. y. (2004). web-based assessment and test analyses (wata) system: development and evaluation. journal of computer assisted learning, 20(1), 59-71. williams, b. (2007). students’ perceptions of prehospital web-based examinations. international journal of education and development using ict, 3(1). abdul ngafif the use of web-based exam (wbe) to optimize students’ testing result 50 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 169 investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills audi yundayani english education study program, stkip kusuma negara, indonesia e-mail: audi_yundayani@stkipkusumanegara.ac.id susilawati english education study program, stkip kusuma negara, indonesia e-mail: susilawatitoro@stkipkusumanegara.ac.id chairunnisa english education study program, stkip kusuma negara, indonesia e-mail: chairunnisa.khis@stkipkusumanegara.ac.id apa citation: yundayani, a., susilawati, s., & chairunnisa, c. (2019). investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 169-176. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1800. received: 28-01-2019 accepted: 30-04-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: a growing number of language teaching studies have started to consider the role of technology in teaching writing. moreover, recent work in english as a foreign language (efl) class has highlighted the importance of introducing visual media in an effort to help students improve their writing skills. the present study aims at investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills. to this end, forty-four indonesian efl students were selected and assigned randomly to two writing classes, namely control and experimental groups. before the treatment, both groups had a pre-test. during the sessions of instruction, both classes were taught by adopting communicative language teaching (clt) approach. however, in the experimental group, in order to help students to explore their writing ideas, they were asked to use canva as media of writing. after the treatment, both groups had a post-test. then, the number of writing errors made by students from both groups were compared using ancova. the results showed that students in the experimental group had a significantly lower number of writing errors compared to the control group, which confirmed the positive effect of canva in improving students’ writing skills. keywords: canva; communicative language teaching; visual media; writing skill. introduction the mastery of writing skill in english is a priority for many higher education students including in indonesian context. writing in english is considered to be a skill included in the core academic skills and the most complex skills to master compared to reading, listening and speaking (makalela, 2004). writing, a communicative skill, can be seen as a mechanism to experience students’ knowledge by developing and presenting their ideas. in addition, zamel (1982) viewed writing as a meaning-created process. it means that writing requires a recursive process for being able to deliver meaning. further, hyland (2003) believes that writing instructions had a process model covering; 1) selection, 2) pre-writing, 3) composing, 4) replying to drafting, 5) editing and proofreading, 6) evaluation, 7) publishing, and 8) follow-up tasks. the process itself requires students to discover and reformulate their thoughts as they try to approximate meaning. in order to support that condition, language teachers need to not only teach english, but also simplify the complex writing process for their students. thus, to facilitate students’ writing skill, proper learning media to writing should be introduced in efl class. learning writing, however, is not an easy task for many efl students who have insufficient vulnerability outside of class to the authentic language. previous studies have indicated that such factors as lack of writing experience, language deficiency, and low motivation may cause efl students face difficulties in writing (ying, 2018; yundayani, 2018; zhang, 2018). although almost all scholars in the field generally accept that writing difficulties are an integral part of the efl learning process and that students should be supported in overcoming their difficulties, the audi yundayani, susilawati, & chairunnisa investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills 170 same consensus has not been shared on how to treat the difficulties of students. in this current situation, college students prefer to participate in their activities using technology. several researchers (hernandez, 2017; wiyaka, mujiyanto, & rukmini, 2018) point out that technology is an important language teaching tool in this sense since the use of technology can increase students’ motivation. they are equipped with digital age literacy, inventive thinking, high-order thinking and sound reasoning, effective communication and high productivity (tinio, 2002). students need those to develop their language skills, including writing skills. one of the controversial issues in foreign language teaching was the level of technology use required in writing classes, including media formats. media formats, the physical forms in which content is incorporated and displayed, facilitate the learning process. visual media is a type of media used for language learning. it can be diagrams on a computer screen, whiteboard drawings, photographs, book graphics, cartoons, etc. (smaldino, lowther, mims, & russell, 2015). this media provides a learning experience that is consistent with students’ character as digital native. the visual media also supports the creation of efl students, expressing themselves to communicate with others. canva, a graphic-design tool website, is a visual technology media with a drag-and-drop format and provides access to over a million photographs, graphics, and fonts. it has millions of images, photo filters, free icons and shapes, and hundreds of fonts (canva, n.d.). canva as a website is a source of visual media that can be used as a window into the wider world outside the language class and is, of course, a collection of authentic material that is easily accessible. canva can be integrated to promote learning. smaldino et al., (2015) stated that visuals in the classroom, including canva, can serve multiple purposes, such as; 1) to make abstract ideas concrete; 2) to motivate students; 3) to give direct attention; 4) to repeat the information; 5) to recall previous knowledge; and 6) to reduce learning effort. canva is believed to be a tool for moving in just a few clicks from an abstract idea to a concrete site map. in addition, it can create a positive learning environment through any provided facilities, thus affecting the concentration, memory and attitude of the students. if students feel positive about their situation, they will also feel more positive about what they are doing and will be more willing to participate through direct attention in the learning process. the best way in learning is when the students get experience through the meaningful learning process and it becomes easier to recall. canva provides moment experience for students to engage in creative process, so they can repeat the information through recalling their previous knowledge. all in all, most research studies in technology media conducted in efl classes rarely take the application of canva specifically to the writing process into consideration. we can refer to wahyuni and thohiriyah (2018), who reviewed canva as the infographic tool in presenting the teaching materials, among the existing research studies in this field. the study results showed that canva offers different themes and professional layouts to create the compelling infographic for presenting the teaching materials. it is also a simple tool that is extremely userfriendly. it should be noted that their research only focused on infographics and they did not incorporate the use of canva as a language learning media. therefore, this study intends to find out whether there were any statistically significant differences between the use of canva and noncanva on the students’ writing performance. besides, this study also tries to find out the students’ voices towards the implementation of canva in teaching writing. method this study applied a mixed method design which is started by collecting the quantitative data. after analyzing the quantitative data, the qualitative data were then collected and analyzed. 44 mid-intermediate college students were randomly assigned to two intact groups, namely control and experimental group. each group consists of 22 students. the data collection procedure included pilot testing, homogenizing participants, administering writing test, conducting treatment, and conducting a semi-structured interview. here, a writing pre-test was administered before the treatment in which the students were asked to write a paragraph of 200 words for about 30 minutes. following the pre-test, treatment was conducted to the experimental group. to achieve the study’s goal, canva has been provided to the students with orientation session and how it english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 171 helps them perform their writing activities. then, during the term, the experimental group participants were asked to use canva in writing process, including selecting the topic, composing, and publishing. on the other hand, the control group received no treatment. here, the teaching and learning process was done by applying conventional instruction in which the teacher gave the writing topic and asked students to write directly without any use of ict media. further, the same writing test was performed after the treatment in both experimental and control group to compare and figure out whether their writing performance improved. here, a scoring rubric was provided for the three raters to grade students’ writing test. in addition, a semi-structured interview was also conducted. through convenience sampling, four participants were selected to be interviewed to find out their perceptions of using canva in the writing process. mackey and gass (2005) believed that convenience sampling was a nonrandom method of sampling used to select individuals for study. it is important to note that the researchers designed the interview items and two raters reviewed them. each interview lasted for about 20-30 minutes were recorded. finally, all recordings were transcribed and then coded for analysis. finally, the pre-test and post-test data were analyzed by means of descriptive statistics and analysis of covariance (ancova). the test normality assumptions were examined before running the ancova. since the three raters had their own scores, the correlation coefficient of the pearson product moment was used to measure the reliability of the inter-rater to determine to what extent the raters agreed. in addition, to explore the merits and demerits of applying canva in the writing process, the researchers tabulated the responses of the students from a semi-structured interview and provided the frequency and percentage by means of descriptive frequency. content thematic analysis was applied to analyze the qualitative data covering the concepts and the texts. results and discussion as we had 4 sets of scores, including the experimental and control groups’ pre-test and post-test, ancova is the best statistical test as it can take into account the pre-tests score too. correlation analysis was used to test null hypothesis. since all written scores in both groups were rated by three raters, all these ratings in both groups were correlated to check reliability between raters. all these coefficients of correlation indicated high agreement among the raters. the descriptive statistics of the two groups in terms of their writing scores were calculated after assuring inter-rater reliability. tabel 1. descriptive statistics (control class) tabel 2. descriptive statistics (experimental class) the findings showed that there was an improvement of the students’ writing performance in the experimental group. yet, to confirm whether the improvement is significant compared to the control group, the post-test of the two groups was compared through analysis of covariance (ancova). in order to run ancova, it is necessary to check several assumptions. the assumption of normality should be firstly confirmed, found to be met on the basis of the ratios of skewness and kurtosis. audi yundayani, susilawati, & chairunnisa investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills 172 the next assumption is related to the homogeneity of variances which was found to be met by levene’s test results in table 3 (p>.05). the levene’s score test of error variance is expressed by statistics f = 3.96 with df = (1.42) and p-value = 0.053> 0.05 or h0 accepted. thus, the mean parameter of the three sample data groups has the same or homogeneous variance. table 3. levene’s test of equality of error variancesa the assumption of homogeneity of regression slopes and the ancova results are shown in table 4. the table indicates that the assumption of homogeneity of regression slopes is met; interaction f(1,43) = 9.5, p>.05. moreover, the table also shows that the pre-test effect was f(1,43) = 15.69, p<.05, and the post-test effect was f(1,43) = 1.422, p<.05, eta squared = .03 small to medium size. further, the fcount = 15.69; df= (1, 41); with p-value = 0.00 < 0.05, which means that there is a difference in the average writing skill between students using and not using canva. in other words, there are statistically significant differences on students’ writing skills in experimental and control group. table 4. ancova results the ancova test revealed that there are statistically significant differences on students’ writing skills in experimental and control group. this finding is consistent with those suggesting technology media as a perfect way to promote students’ writing skills (beaufils & duarte, 2018; erguvan, 2015; franco-camargo & camacho-vásquez, 2018; lam, n.d.). the improvement of students’ writing skill in experimental group can be seen as a result of the use of canva since this kind of visual media can stimulate students to develop their writing ideas. as stated by suhartono and laraswati (2016), the application of visual media can help students to get ideas easily. the findings contributed a significant change that was expected since the teacher provided a visual media, canva, that could motivate students to write by providing the stimulus through photographs, graphics, images, photo filters, free icons, shapes, and hundreds of fonts (canva, n.d.). canva, the visual media provided through technology, was seen as the potential means to increase the opportunities for students to be actively involved in writing processes. as noted by tinio (2002) that information and communication technology (ict) provides students with digital age literacy, inventive thinking, higher-order thinking skills, effective communication, and high productivity. further, the findings support a study by dunkel (as cited in liu, moore, graham, & lee, 2002) which notes that technology enhances students’ self-esteem, vocational preparedness, english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 173 language skills, learning autonomy and, in particular, immediate feedback. these may be some reasons why technology has contributed positively to the language learning process. it was believed to be the essential and effective tool in writing process for students to feel more creative, including feeling more autonomous in their learning. in general, with regard to the advantages and disadvantages of using canva in writing skills, all students admitted that writing experience through canva is satisfying and fruitful; none of them thought it was inappropriate for writing learning. in the following excerpts, canva’s benefits mentioned by the experimental group students are presented. participant 4: i found that the use of canva helped me to develop my ideas in writing. this media provided many images and color. participant 2: the use of canva gave me interested experience in writing english. i was motivated. participant 2: i became very anxious the first time i was about to start writing, but after experiencing the canva, i become more confident in learning how to write. participant 3: the use of canva was so helpful in writing. it made me easier to write by exploring the idea through the provided images. participant 1: i could create my own writing and the canva images reinforced my idea of writing. participant 1: the reader was interested in reading my text. converesely, the following excerpts focused on the disadvantages of using canva as stated by the participants. participant 2: the use of canva cannot give feedback on my writing. participant 4: the use of canva has not corrected my errors in grammar and parts of speech. participant 1: this software did not provide a tool for interactive writing. participant 2: i was confused how to use this canva to write collaboratively. the qualitative results of the students’ voice regarding the advantages of using canva on students’ writing revealed some elements, namely helping to develop the idea, motivating, being confident, being creative, as well as making readers interested in reading the text and making it easier for them to understand the meaning of the written text. these findings are consistent with national student education technology standards (nets-s) which specifically outlines expectations for students who use technology to guide their learning. the expectations included creativity and innovation, communication and collaboration, fluency in research and information, critical thinking, problem-solving, and decision-making (smaldino, et al., 2015). the use of canva use was believed to support learning process, including in writing class. research finding showed that as a visual media, canva focused on learning activity centered on students to explore ther creativity. this finding is in line with yuyun (2018) who suggested that student-centered teaching learning activities can be done to deepen students’ understanding as well as explore their creativity by integrating it with the implementation of the online application, namely canva. yet, this study also found some disadvantages mentioned by the students in using canva. the participants indicated that during the writing process, canva is unable to provide feedback and to correct writing errors. they believed that getting feedback and correction are important when they write. feedback could be given on the exact point in the text, namely incorrect spelling, incorrect word order, incorrect tenses, concord, incorrect form, singular or plural writing (hyland, 2003). feedback and correction are seen as the best way to respond to the students’ work and have an impact on the quality of their writing. furthermore, both feedback and correction tell how the text appears and how it can be improved. the third and the fourth drawbacks are related to canva which does not provide an interactive writing tool. students were therefore confused about how to use this canva collaboratively to write. these findings contrast strongly and sharply with other related studies. most of them believed that in order to work collaboratively, technology conditions students. lee (2000), for example, found that computer assisted language learning (call) provide audi yundayani, susilawati, & chairunnisa investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills 174 the situation for students to work collaboratively in pairs or groups. furthermore, haring-smith (as quoted in suwantarathip & wichadee, 2004) stated that technology could be the main source of collaborative learning and writing. in addition, alsubaie and ashuraidah (2017) considered the good impact of integration in english as a foreign language (efl) contexts between collaborative learning and technology. they said that collaborative and technological skills can be used to develop students with different learning styles, the same tools that offer collaboration can also enhance individual learning. therefore, it is basically possible to determine the successful learning process through collaborative learning. in general, the quantitative data analysis described the use of canva as having a positive impact on the students’ writing performance. the students also highlighted some of the advantages, including the disadvantages of using canva in the writing process. all in all, the research results admitted the valuable effects of using canva on students’ writing process. conclusion the results of the ancova test showed that students’ writing performance on the post-test was significantly higher than the pre-test. besides, the study also showed a statistically significant difference between the two groups. thus, the null hypothesis formulated is rejected. with regard to the students’ voices towards the use of canva, it can be noted that students appreciate the use of canva and believe that canva offers great advantages in improving their writing performance. basically, most students mentioned that the use of canva in writing supports them by providing pictures, color, images, photos, font, and graphics. they were equipped to develop their idea of writing. they believed the use of canva made them more creative in english writing. by using canva, they also found the writing process easier. it became effortless to deliver their ideas through canva as well as making it easy for readers to understand the messages. finally, students said they were more motivated to write and the use of canva can lower their anxiety. using canva as a technology media helps students improve the quality of their writing performance. they also get to know how to apply technology to language learning. furthermore, learning foreign language is believed to be a fun activity for the students. overall, students view canva as a useful and practical learning tool to promote their writing. acknowledgements this work was supported by the research fund provided by directorate of research and community service, directorate general for research and development, ministry of research, technology and higher education of republic of indonesia. in accordance with the research contract for fiscal year 2019, number: 49/akm/monopnt/2019, date march 27, 2019. references alsubaie, j., & ashuraidah, a. (2017). exploring writing individually and collaboratively using google docs in efl contexts. english language teaching, 10(10). doi: 10.5539/elt.v10n10p10. beaufils, a. f., & duarte, j. (2018). to ict or not to ict: developing writing skills in an efl professional training course. edulearn18 proceedings. doi: 10.21125/edulearn.2018.1444. erguvan, i. (2015). kuwaiti undergraduate students’ perceptions of ict in writing classes. arab world english journal, 6(1), 280–297. doi: 10.24093/awej/vol6no1.22. franco-camargo, l. f., & camacho-vásquez, g. (2018). the impact of wikis & videos integration through cooperative writing tasks processes. english language teaching, 11(5). doi: 10.5539/elt.v11n5p116. hernandez, r. m. (2017). impacto de las tic en la educación: retos y perspectivas. propósitos y representaciones, 5(1). doi: 10.20511/pyr2017.v5n1.149. hyland, k. (2003). second language writing. ny: cambridge. lam, s. (n.d.). evaluation of using ict in teaching tertiary english writing. doi: 10.5353/th_b4413937. lee, k. (2000). english teachers’ barriers to the use of computer-assisted language learning. the internet tesol journal, 6(12). liu, m., moore, z., graham, l., & lee, s. (2002). a look at the research on computer-based technology use in second language learning: a review of the literature from 1990-2000. journal of research on technology in education, 34(3), 250-273. mackey, a., & gass, s. m. (2005). second language research methodology and design. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates. makalela, l. (2004). differential error types in second-language students’ written and spoken texts: implications for instruction in writing. written communication, 22(4), 368-385. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 175 smaldino, s. e., lowther, d. l., mims, c., & russell, j. d. (2015). instructional technology and media for learning. ny: pearson. suhartono, s., & laraswati, i. (2016). the use of visual media in teaching writing. english education: journal of english teaching and research, 1(1). doi: 10.29407/jetar.v1i1.274. suwantarathip, o., & wichadee, s. (2014). the effects of collaborative writing activity using google docs on students’ writing abilities. the turkish online journal of educational technology-tojet, 13(2), 148-156. tinio, v. l. (2002). survey of information & communication technology utilization in philippine public high schools. retrieved from http://www.fited.org/downloads/ict%20utilization%20survey .pdf. wahyuni, e., & thohiriyah. (2018). infographic: avoiding monotony in presenting teaching materials. proceedings of 2nd english language learning and lirature international conference (ellic), 2. wiyaka, w., mujiyanto, j., & rukmini, d. (2018). students’ perception on the usefulness of ictbased language program. english language teaching, 11(2). doi: 10.5539/elt.v11n2p53. ying, z. (2018). exploring construction of college english writing course from the perspective of output-driven hypothesis. english language teaching, 11(2), 188. doi: 10.5539/elt.v11n2p188. yundayani, a. (2018). present situation analysis: students’ early characteristics in writing for academic purposes. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 119-126. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1262. yuyun, i. (2018). curriculum and technology design: a course to explore technology applications in efl curriculum design. journal of elt research, 3(1), 78. doi: 10.22236/jer_vol3issue1pp78-86. zamel, v. (1982). writing: the process of discovering meaning. tesol quarterly, 16(2), 195-209. zhang, y. (2018). exploring efl learners’ selfefficacy in academic writing based on processgenre approach. english language teaching, 11(6), 115. doi: 10.5539/elt.v11n6p115. audi yundayani, susilawati, & chairunnisa investigating the effect of canva on students’ writing skills 176 correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing chitra jayathilake university of sri jayewardenepura, nugegoda, colombo, sri lanka e-mail: chitj1995@yahoo.com apa citation: jayathilake, c. (2013). correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing. english review: journal of english education, 1(2),139-150 received: 30-01-2013 accepted: 3-02-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: error correction in esl (english as a second language) classes has been a focal phenomenon in sla (second language acquisition) research due to some controversial research results and diverse feedback practices. this paper presents a study which explored the relative efficacy of three forms of error correction employed in esl writing classes: focusing on the acquisition of one grammar element both for immediate and delayed language contexts, and collecting data from university undergraduates, this study employed an experimental research design with a pretest-treatment-posttests structure. the research revealed that the degree of success in acquiring l2 (second language) grammar through error correction differs according to the form of the correction and to learning contexts. while the findings are discussed in relation to the previous literature, this paper concludes creating a cline of error correction forms to be promoted in sri lankan l2 writing contexts, particularly in esl contexts in universities. keywords: error correction, written corrective feedback (wcf), english as a second language (esl), metalinguistic information, second language acquisition (sla) introduction this research investigates the role of written corrective feedback (wcf) on the acquisition of one feature (present continuous form) of english language by adult intermediate esl learners intending to provide some insight into the aspects of correction of learner errors. this paper begins reviewing briefly how wcf has been addressed in second language acquisition (sla): it will examine some implications presented in the previous literature while forming the research questions for the current study. next, the paper reveals the results of the current experimental study, concluding with a few implications for error correction in writing pedagogy for adult esl learners. error correction is one of the significant and frequent phenomena in second language writing as it is a crucial aspect experienced by both teachers and researchers in classrooms. initially, there has been controversy (with truscott (1999) and ferris (1999) as two key figures) as to whether written corrective feedback facilitates any accuracy in l2 learners. truscott (1999) arguing that all forms of error correction in students’ l2 writing is ineffective, held a strong view against error correction. he expressed that error correction of l2 student writing is harmful, therefore should be mailto:chitj1995@yahoo.com chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing abandoned. he continued saying that irrespective of l2 students’ clear desire for grammar correction, teachers should not correct learner errors in their writing. however, in ferris’ (1999) equally strong rebuttal, she counter argued that truscott had failed to notice some positive research evidence on the effects of grammar correction. even with the other existing research data (e.g. chandler, 2003; sheen, 2007 and lee, 2008 ) it is still too premature to have a conclusive answer to the questions whether error correction is effective in improving the accuracy of l2 writing in the long term for learners of all levels, and what types of wcf are beneficial to learners. two controversial views over the issue of wcf, initially forwarded by truscott (1999) and ferris (1999) continued for over a decade counterarguing whether corrective feedback given to l2 writers helps to improve their written accuracy. as mentioned, truscott (1999), strongly rejected error correction as useless and harmful to the accuracy in students’ writing. however, with the follow up research findings by other researchers (e.g. chandler, 2003; sheen, 2007 and lee, 2008), the strong effect of truscott’s claim was minimized: many of the follow-up studies on error correction have shown that students receiving error feedback for their written texts improve in accuracy over time. ferris (1997) examined over 1600 marginal and end comments written on 110 first drafts of papers by 47 advanced university esl learners to investigate what characteristics of teacher commentary appear to influence student revision and whether revisions influenced by teacher feedback lead to effective changes in learners’ writing. the results indicated two contrasting views: students sometimes pay much attention to teacher commentary to revise their writing, at other times students ignore the teacher commentary given. however, the revision students made was influenced by teacher feedback and facilitated their learning to a great extent. the results of ferris’ research seem to suggest the importance of revision made based on wcf. ferris (2004) has again presented that indirect error correction is more beneficial than direct correction as it pushes learners to engage in hypothesis testing: ferris’ justification is that when learners are engaged in testing learners’ assumption on language elements, it helps to internalize the language components. chandler (2003), while supporting ferris’ overall view that wcf facilitates in sla, challenged some detailed findings of ferris (2004). that is, chandler (2003) revealed that direct correction was superior to other types of indirect correction in producing more accurate writing. chandler justifies her argument saying that although indirect correction draws much cognitive attention from learners it delays confirmation of students’ hypothesis testing acts. accordingly, although both ferris and chandler agree that wcf helps learners in writing in sla, they hold contradictory views on the relative efficacy of different types of wcf. research studies further show the distinction between direct and indirect feedback. ferris & roberts (2001) compared these two types and revealed that the students receiving feedback of both underlining and coding of their erroneous forms did slightly better in revising their grammatical errors than the ones receiving only underlining as the feedback (underlining indicates only english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the location of the error whereas coding provides clues to the type of error such as spelling, vocabulary and so on). both groups were significantly more successful in revising errors than the control group receiving no feedback. in the meantime, erel & bulut’s (2007) study investigated the possible effects of direct (the correct form is written on students text), and indirect coded error feedback( a symbol representing a specific kind of error) in a turkish university context to examine the accuracy in writing. the final results showed that the indirect coded feedback group committed fewer errors than the direct feedback group. in the meantime, ferris & roberts’ (2001) study included learners who received no error correction at all in their research. three kinds of feedback conditions were operationalized in their study (i) errors marked with codes (ii) errors underlined but not marked or labeled (iii) no feedback at all. the findings revealed that although, there were no significant differences between the groups’ ability to edit their papers, the students who were given corrective feedback outperformed the group with no feedback in editing their papers. sheen (2007) examines the differential effect of two types of wcf and investigates the relationship between language analytic ability and the effects of wcf on the acquisition articles (one linguistic feature) in english language, employing a pretesttreatment–posttest design with 91 learners of various l1 (first language) backgrounds. the three groups formed in sheen’s research are a direct-only correction group, a direct metalinguistic correction group and a control group. the results indicated that the wcf has a positive effect on the learning of articles of english language: the results also indicated that direct correction with metalinguistic feedback is more effective than wcf without metalinguistic feedback: learners with a high level of language analytic ability benefited more irrespective of the type of cf. meanwhile, lee (2008) contributed to the issue of wcf investigating teachers’ wcf practices in hong kong secondary classrooms. this study examined the wcf provided by 26 hong kong secondary english teachers to 174 student texts, followed up by interviews with 06 teachers. the results indicated that teacher feedback is primarily error-focused and examcultured. lee suggests that feedback practices are influenced by contextual factors such as teachers’ beliefs, values and socio-political issues pertaining to power and teacher autonomy. thus it leads to another significant concern for future research as practices may relate to the efficacy of wcf. liu (2008), engaging in a quasiexperimental classroom study investigated 12(two groups, 6 each) university esl students’ abilities to selfrevise their writing across two feedback conditions. two types of error correction liu employed in the study were (i) direct correction (correct form provided by the teacher), (ii) indirect correction (only an indication that an error exists). liu classified the instances of errors as (i) morphological errors, (ii) semantic errors, and (iii) syntactic errors. results show that both direct and indirect correction helped students self-edit their texts. moreover, indirect feedback has been more beneficial in reducing morphological errors than semantic errors. similar to the findings of lie (2008), chandler (2003) also revealed that teachers’ feedback on students’ chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing grammatical and lexical errors helped to improve in both accuracy and fluency of students’ writing. these findings further disprove truscott’s (1999) claim on the negative effect of error correction. given the conflicting results on the effects of different wcf, it is difficult and premature to formulate any conclusion without investigating the phenomenon of the efficacy of different categories of wcf further, in different esl contexts. therefore, the present study follows this line of research by examining three types of wcf:  direction only (d group)  direction and correction (dc group)  direction, correction and metalinguistic information (dcm group) in second language writing, focusing only on one grammatical feature, namely present continuous form of english. hence, the following questions are addressed in this preliminary study: does wcf have an effect on adult learners’ acquisition of l2, present continuous form in particular? do different wcf types (direction only, direction and correction, and direction, correction and metalinguistic information) have different effects on the acquisition of present continuous form in english language, by adult esl learners? which type of wcf facilitates more in delayed l2 context (for longterm acquisition), on esl learners’ acquisition of present continuous form? method this study employed an experimental research design with a pretest-treatment-posttests structure, using esl classroom. one week prior to the start of the wcf treatment, the participating students completed the pretest. the immediate unexpected posttest was completed following the three wcf sessions and the delayed unexpected posttest 5 weeks later. the pretest-posttest design was selected as it is reliable in measuring the language acquisition, quantitatively (brown 1988). the research sequence, a modified design of sheen (2007), thus, was carried out over a period of approximately 9 weeks.  pretest (1st week)  three treatment sessions(2nd week)  posttests posttest 1 (3rd week) posttest 2 (9th week) the participants of this study were 48 third–year, female undergraduates, aged 23-24 of the faculty of arts, university of sri jayewardenepura, colombo, sri lanka. they had scored between 20-25 marks for a language test conducted by the university, prior to the research and were from similar linguistic background: their mother tongue was sinhala (sinhala is a national language of sri lanka and it is the first language of the majority of sri lankans): tamil is the other national language; they had started learning esl at the age of 08 years, at state-run schools situated in rural areas of sri lanka and learned esl at school at least for 10 years ; they had obtained simple passes (a student can obtain a simple pass, if s/he scores approximately between 3040 marks (out of 100) for the esl test paper: students sit for this general certificate of education (ordinary level) examination, after learning esl for 08 years at school: they are between the ages of 1516 years at this time. the aim of the test is to evaluate students’ knowledge in grammar, vocabulary, reading and writing skill) for english language at the general certificate of education (ordinary level) examination administered by the ministry of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee education of the country. at the university, they followed the subjects offered for the degree in the medium of sinhala. given the amount of understanding and commitment on the research area, it was decided that the researcher would participate in the study as the teacher (she has 20 years of experience and postgraduate qualifications in teaching esl) and the corrector of the errors. four groups, were formed from a class of 48 students: the direction only group (n =12), the direction and correction group (n 12), the direction, correction and metalinguistic information group (n=12) and the control group/ c group (n 12). the control group received no information of any erroneous forms of the present continuous forms of their language. the direction only group received only an indication of the location of an error on the student’s text: that is, the location where the error occurred was underlined or circled by the teacher. direction and correction group was operated as indicating the location of an error and providing the correct form near the erroneous form on the students’ text. direction, correction and metalinguistic information group was operationalized as indicating the location of the error, providing the correct form and explaining the error with some metalinguistic information. that is, linguistic comments were provided which explained the correct form. however, to cover the focus of the study, the researcher corrected a few other errors than those involving present continuous form in the three experiment groups while correcting non-present continuous forms on the texts of the control group. the linguistic structure targeted in the present study was the present continuous form in english. the decision was made after exploring students’ common errors indicated in the proficiency test held prior to the current study. it revealed that many learners frequently, but erroneously, use this form in their written l2 usage: it suggested that they had only partial knowledge of the target form indicating a certain developmental stage of the target form. thus, focus was given to the correction of present continuous form in this study. the instrument was the three tests administered:  pretest  posttest 1  post test 2 (delayed posttest) the three experimental groups completed the treatment and tests while the control group completed only the tests. the purpose of the pretest was to measure the students’ knowledge of the grammar element – present continuous form prior to the treatment. the posttests were aimed to determine whether the students had acquired the language elements addressed through treatment given during the period of study. posttest 2, in particular, was held to ascertain the reliability of the acquisition of language elements presented through treatment. the activities of the test items were randomly changed from one test to another to minimize the test effects. first, in the first week of the study, the pretest was administered to all the participants and the marks obtained at the pretest were examined by the teacher cum researcher to gain an idea of the students’ knowledge of present continuous form in english. chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing in the second week, the teacher, accordingly, conducted 3 (1 hour each) treatment sessions, (a total of 03 hours) meeting students every other day. although materials used for treatment were teacher–directed, students’ level of second language proficiency was taken into consideration when selecting these materials. two unexpected posttests were held, in the 3rd and 9th week after the commencement of treatment sessions, and their results were recorded. as previously mentioned, three experimental groups completed both the treatment sessions and tests. the control group completed the tests only: they did not receive any wcf but instead followed the normal class room activities: some non-present continuous (erroneous) forms were marked, in the texts of control group, to mask the purpose of the research. three treatment sessions were held with a day break in between the sessions. each session involved one picture description activity and one clip (clips of a movie) description activity which elicited the present continuous form from the students. the students were involved in writing two compositions based on the two activities, after discussing the images orally in their groups. each picture/movie elicited about 10/12 statements of present continuous forms. the steps followed during the treatment session were:  first, the researcher displayed the movie-clips to students  she asked them to describe the actions displayed in groups, while she facilitated them ( they were given only about 10 minutes).  she asked each student to write a description of the images using about 40 minutes (she provided two examples).  then the researcher collected the written texts.  second, she gave each student a copy of a picture and followed the same steps as in the previous activity.  she returned students’ compositions to the students the next day, with researchers’ wcf on the students’ text.  students were asked to go through the wcf in class and to examine the corrections and the feedback given carefully. they were given about 10 minutes for that.  no other comments were made on the wcf by the researcher and no student was allowed to revise their writing which allowed for the effect of the wcf treatment by itself to be investigated. the researcher corrected the errors (usually about 10/12 statements) on one text. however, as mentioned previously, to mask the focus of the study, the researcher corrected a few other errors than those involving present continuous form in the three experiment groups while correcting non-present continuous forms on the texts of the control group. two tests were employed to investigate the acquisition of the target structure in this study: picture description and a few clips of a movie the same test was used for the pretest, the immediate posttest and the delayed posttest but the items in the pictures were randomly changed to minimize the test effects. picture description test (30 minutes) the picture used for description consisted of about 10-15 stimuli, each of which required at least one sentence english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee involving the use of present continuous form. before administering the test, the researcher made two sample sentences from a similar picture displayed on the board, so that the learners could familiarize themselves with the procedure and the grammar form expected. in administering the test, each student was provided with a copy of the picture and asked them to make 10 sentences similar to the examples provided. clips of the movie (30 minutes) these video clips were extracted from a movie which consisted of 8 sequential images. the students were asked to describe what was happening in the moviethe actions in the clips. before administering the test, the researcher made certain that the students were familiar with the new vocabulary. they were asked to make 10 sentences, following the examples provided. each correct use of the present continuous form was given a similar mark for each student and the final marks for each student were calculated by 100. results anddiscussion all scores were computed to analyze the data. table 1 presents the summary of the descriptive statistics for total scores for the tests taken together over the three testing periodspretest, posttest 1 and posttest2. table 1: group means, variance, standard deviation and coefficient of variance for total test scores group pretest posttest 1 posttest 2 m v sd c of v m v sd c of v m v sd c of v c 31.5 24.45 4.95 15.7 31.83 24.70 4.97 15.61 31.33 20.42 4.52 14.42 d 31.33 12.97 3.6 11.9 42.58 18.08 4.25 9.99 43.17 20.33 4.5110.45 dc 31.42 24.27 4.93 15.68 54.75 14.57 3.82 6.97 35.33 26.61 5.16 14.6 dcm 32.33 30.24 5.5 17.01 57.58 22.63 4.76 8.26 58.17 21.61 4.65 7.99 c = control group d = direction only group cd = correction and direction group cdm = correction, direction and metalinguistic information group m = mean v = variance sd = standard deviation c of v = coefficient of variance although the mean scores of the control group remains almost the same for three tests, the mean scores of the treatment groups show a relative increase over time. in other words, the three treatment groups’ gains over time were substantial but the control group showed no improvement. this principally suggests, supporting ferris’ (2004) hypothesis, that the error correction treatment has been beneficial to learners. at posttest 1, the mean scores of all three treatment groups are considerably higher than that of the control group. however, dc group shows a chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing considerable decrease of mean scores from posttest 1 to posttest 2. out of the three treatment groups, the most consistent mean scores can be noticed in dcm group and in d only groups. thus, as far as the mean scores are considered, it is revealed that the wcf is facilitative and dcm feedback seems the best in facilitating sla as it outperformed the other two treatment groups both in posttest 1 and posttest 2. that is, in test scores, posttest 1 results favoured all three treatment groups, but posttest 2 results favoured the d group and dcm group. this initial assumption can be verified with the statistics of variance and coefficient of variance. table 1 also displays that even the coefficient of variance of dcm group is relatively low, accounting for 8.26 and 7.99 for posttest 1 and 2 respectively. this comparatively low score of coefficient of variance verifies the results of the mean scores, positing that wcf with metalinguistic information significantly facilitates adult learners in sla. it is also interesting to note that even the coefficient of variance of d only group was the next highest indicator of the reliability of mean scores as it indicates the next lowest coefficient of variance at posttest 2(10.45). it is interesting to note that although the coefficient of variance of the dc group is relatively low at posttest 1, it drastically increased at posttest 2 confirming the assumption of the mean scores. it must also be noted here that relatively low and similar sd and variance scores of all the groups taken for the study indicate the reliability of test scores. group 01-control group variable mean variance minimum maximum pretest marks 31.50 24.45 25 40 posttest 1 marks 31.83 24.70 25 39 posttest 2 marks 31.33 20.42 25 39 figure 1: test scores of control group s t u d e n t m a r k s 1 21 11 0987654321 4 0 .0 3 7 .5 3 5 .0 3 2 .5 3 0 .0 2 7 .5 2 5 .0 v a r ia b le p o s tte s t 2 m a r k s p r e te s t m a r k s p o s tte s t 1 m a r k s c o n t r o l g r o u p what is obvious from graph 1 is that the scores of control group remain the same at three testing sessions: it verifies the assumption that wcf facilitates acquisition of l2 in adult learners. but, the slight discrepancy in the posttest and pretest scores of the control group seems to imply that even mere exposure to l2 activities may correlate – either positively or negatively – with the accuracy of l2 learners’ grammar. however, this implication warrants future research. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee group -2 direction only variable mean variance minimum maximum pretest marks 31.33 12.97 25 35 posttest 1 marks 42.58 18.08 38 49 posttest 2 marks 43.17 20.33 38 50 figure 2: test scores of direction only group s t u d e n t s m a r k s 1 21 11 0987654321 5 0 4 5 4 0 3 5 3 0 2 5 v a r ia b le p o stte st 2 m a r k s p r e te st m a r k s p o stte st 1 m a r k s g r o u p -2 ( d i r e c t i o n o n l y ) graph 2 very clearly demonstrates the efficacy of wcf, direction only, in particular. the improvement learners have gained is highly remarkable and what is further noteworthy is that both at post test 1 and 2, the scores remain consistent, indicating the significant efficacy of direction only type of wcf in l2 acquisition. it highlights the fact direction only is highly beneficial in retention of grammar acquired through wcf, perhaps for the purpose of longterm learning. the graph, however, indicates that the language accuracy perhaps gained by treatment, is not parallel with the pretest scores. for instance, language accuracy gained at places 3, 8 and 12 are very high whereas the gain at 2 and 10 are relatively low. this inconsistency seems to imply that mere location of an error may result in unpredictable results as well. however, this necessitates further investigation before drawing any conclusion. group -3 (direction and correction group) variable mean variance minimum maximum pretest marks 31.42 24.27 25 41 posttest 1 marks 54.75 14.57 49 59 posttest 2 marks 35.33 26.61 29 45 chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing figure 3: test scores of dc group students m a rk s 121110987654321 60 50 40 30 20 variable posttest 2 mark s pretest mark s posttest 1 mark s group -3 (direction and correction) graph 3 demonstrates a highly significant insight into wcf: although the feedback given seems highly beneficial for learners at posttest 1, the graph indicates a drastic fall of learners’ acquisition at posttest 2. as indicated in the green line, the quantity of decrease in students’ scores is almost similar to the pretest scores. it is also noteworthy to mention, a high amount of posttest 1 scores are displayed in this group. this suggests that wcf is of little use over time (for long-term acquisition), although it has been extremely facilitative for immediate or short term learning. group -4 (direction, correction and meta linguistic information group) variable mean variance minimum maximum pretest marks 32.33 30.24 21 40 posttest 1 marks 57.58 22.63 49 65 posttest 2 marks 58.17 21.61 51 65 figure 4: test scores of dcm group st ud e nt s m a rk s 121110987654321 70 60 50 40 30 20 v ar iab le p o sttest 2 m ar k s p r etest m ar k s p o sttest 1 m ar k s g r oup -4 (d ir e c tion , c or r e c tion a nd m e ta l inguis tic infor ma tion) figure 4 shows the results of the dcm group for the three testing periods. the pattern in the graph reveals that the dcm treatment group gains over time. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee what is outstanding is the consistency in posttest marks: this remarkable consistent gain at both posttests1 and 2 scores are relatively high and significant. unlike in the graph 2, this graph shows that the pretest indicator and posttest indicators are greatly parallel implying consistency in language accuracy and the efficacy of metalinguistic information. this underscores the validly in metalinguistic feedback for adult learners’ sla. conclusion this research sought to investigate, primarily, whether wcf facilitates adult learners in sla, focusing on one grammar element, namely the present continuous form. the students of the current study were of the same level of proficiency and received the same amount of scores at the pretest. they were involved in identical writing tasks. during the period of the study, the students were not exposed to any explicit l2 learning except the treatment employed for the study. therefore, wcf alone could be considered as responsible for the acquisition of the language element – present continuous form. thus, it is clearly evident that wcf facilitated in improved accuracy in adult learners’ l2 acquisition (present continuous from) in both the short and long term. the central focus of this research paper, however, is the relative efficacy of different wcf types. ferris’ (2003) research evidence suggests that indirect error feedback is more helpful on students’ long-term writing development than direct error feedback. chandler’s (2003) research which investigates two esl groups receiving either direct or indirect error feedback also showed that indirect error feedback with student self-editing contributes to accuracy more than direct error feedback. while supporting these hypotheses of ferris and chandler, the current study adds another insight into the phenomenon of wcf: this study suggests both indirect feedback where learners’ self-correction is required to a great extent and metalinguistic information where learners can receive awareness to their errors is equally helpful for the accuracy of l2 learning in adult learners. simultaneously, it also attempted to find the benefit and the relative efficacy of wcf for long-term acquisition of l2 by adult learners. the results in posttest 1 and posttest 2 indicate that the wcf had a positive effect on the acquisition of present continuous form by adult l2 learners. in particular, feedback given with metalinguistic information proved to be highly effective in improving learners’ accuracy as it is at the highest level of efficacy and helps for retention of language elements. direction only group is also significant, as it indicated second highest gain at posttests. this finding can again be explained with long’s (1988) view where he strongly suggests that if learners focus on form, learners promote l2 learning in a very effective manner. in the current study all three wcf types are likely to promote awareness in l2, but, only direction only and direction, correction and metalinguistic information comments promote learners to focus on form in a considerable way. that is, when correction is not provided, learners will focus on form attempting to self-correct it and when metalinguistic information is provided also, learners will focus on form with an analytical understanding of the form. this relatively high focus on form benefited learners’ long-term use of l2. chitra jayathilake correcting errors: the relative efficacy of different forms of error feedback in second language writing to round up, it can be argued that the results of the present study, on the whole, gain support from some previous research in the sense that wcf facilitates students improve their accuracy in writing despite the type of feedback (chandler, 2003; sheen, 1997). moreover, these findings suggest that both metalinguistic information and opportunities for self correction serve to improve adult learners’ grammatical accuracy. the relative efficacy of feedback can be demonstrated along the following cline which may be employed in esl contexts particularly at sri lankan university contexts. no wcf direction direction only direction, correction & & correction metalinguistic information the results of this preliminary study are limited by the small sample size and short term treatment. future research can focus on different types of learner errors developing longitudinal treatment. the results will be significant for anyone engaged in any english langue teaching/learning contexts where english is used as a second or foreign language. this is particularly significant dealing with learner errors in such contexts. references brown, j.d. (1988).understanding research in second language learning: a teacher’s guide to statistics and research design. cambridge: cambridge university press. chandler, j. (2003). the efficacy of various kinds of error feedback for improvement in the accuracy and fluency of l2 student writing. journal of second language writing, 12(3), 267-296. erel, s & bulut, d. (2007). error treatment in l2 writing: a comparative study of direct and indirect coded feedback in turkish efl context. journal of institute of social sciences, 23(1), 397-415. ferris, d. r. (1997). the influence of teacher commentary on student revision: tesol quarterly, 31(2), 315-339. __________.(1999). the case for grammar correction in l2 writing classes: a response to truscott (1996). journal of second language writing, 8, 1-10. __________. (2003). response to student writing: implications for second language students. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. __________. (2004). the “grammar correction” debate in l2 writing: where are we, and where do we go from here? (and what do we do in the meantime…?).journal of second language writing .13,49-62. ferris, d. r. & roberts, b. (2001). error feedback in l2 writing classes: how explicit does it need to be? journal of second language writing, 10(3), 161-184. lee, i. (2007). understanding teachers’ written feedback practices in hong kong secondary classrooms. journal of second language writing, 17, 69-85. liu, y. (2008). the effects of error feedback in second languagewriting.arizona working papers in sla& teaching, 15, 65-79. long, m.h. (1988). instructed interlanguage development. in l. beebe (ed.), issues in second language acquisition. multiple perspectives (pp.115-141). rowley, ma: newbury house. sheen, y. (2007). the effect of focussed written corrective feedback and language aptitude on esl learners’ acquisition of articles. tesol quarterly 41(2), 255-283. truscott, j. (1996). the case against grammar correction in l2 writing classes. language learning, 46(2), 327-369. flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews fahrus zaman fadhly department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: fahruszf@gmail.com apa citation: fadhly, f. z. (2012). flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 57-70 received: 12-10-2011 accepted: 21-11-2013 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: this paper analyzed the presidential interviews of the president of republic of indonesia, susilo bambang yudoyono (sby), based on grice’s theory of the cooperative principles (cp). this study employed a qualitative research design and the data were three transcripts of interview discourse between sby and eight indonesian journalists obtained through the presidential official website: http://www.presidentsby.info. the research investigated the ways of sby in flouting the cp maxims in his presidential interviews and the functions of the flouts were. the research revealed that sby flouted all the cp maxims and the maxim of quantity was frequently flouted. meanwhile, there were four ways used by sby in flouting the cp maxims, i.e. hedging, indirectness, open answer and detailed element. the function of the flouts, i.e. face saving acts (fsa), self-protection, awareness, politeness, interestingness, control of information, elaboration and ignorance. this research also revealed that cp maxims of grice are not universal. keywords: flouts, maxim, cooperative principles, sby, presidential interview introduction a speaker does not always explicitly say what she or he means much more than his or her utterance actually utters (thomas, 1995). in another case, a speaker may also provide information that intentionally confuses or misleads the hearer (keenan, 1976). therefore, for the sake of a successful communication, both speaker and hearer should mutually cooperate with each other. since, without cooperation, interaction would be counterproductive. in pragmatics study, there are at least three big themes that are largely discussed, i.e. (1) speech act (austin, 1962; searl, 1970; searl, keifer and bierwisch, 1980; blum-kulka and oldstain, 1984; and kasper, 1989), (2) conversational implicature (grice, 1975; keenan, 1976; levinson, 1983; sperber and wilson, 1986; schiffrin, 1994; brown and yule, 1996; van dijk, 1998; saifullah, 2002; mooney, 2004), and (3) politeness (goffman , 1967 in haverkate 1988; lakoff, 1973; brown and levinson, 1978; leech, 1983; matsumuto, 1988; kitao, 1989; mao, 1994; holmes, 1995; wilamová, 2005; and zhang and you, 2009). it was grice, an english language philosopher, who firstly introduced the term ‘conversational implicature’ in a series of lectures at harvard university in 1967. in grice’s paper (1975) entitled ‘logic and conversation’, grice promotes the cp which then republished by davis (1991), and jaworski and coupland (1999). further, in order to elaborate his theory, grice wrote an article entitled http://www.presidentsby.info/ fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews further notes on logic and conversation in syntax and semantics edited by cole (1978). the study of cooperative principles (here after called cp) is subtheory of conversational implicature. the cp rules the members of communication in order that the conversation will be coherent. in realizing the cp, grice (1975) suggests that contribution to talk should be guided by four maxims as subordinate rules or sub-principles of cp, i.e. the maxim of quantity, the maxim of quality, the maxim of relation and the maxim of manner as follows (further explanation will be elaborated in chapter ii). since its emergence, cp has attracted a lot of linguists’ attention and critiques and until now it still invites controversy in accordance with its universality, practicality, and contradiction within the principles as pointed out by keenan (1976), levinson (1983), sperber and wilson (1986), schiffrin (1994), brown and yule (1996), and van dijk (1998). according to keenan (1976, p. 23), cp is not universal by claiming that: the malagasy, for example, follow a completely opposite cooperative principle in order to achieve conversational cooperation. in their culture, speakers are reluctant to share information and flout the maxim of quantity by evading direct questions and replying on incomplete answers because of the risk of losing face by committing oneself to the truth of the information, as well as the fact that having information is a form of prestige. sperber and wilson (1986) suggested that maxims of cp become only one: maxim of relation. they drew attention to the central importance of relevance decisions in reasoning and communication. they proposed an account of the process of inferring relevant information from any given utterance. to do this work, they used what they called the "principle of relevance": namely, the position that any utterance addressed to someone automatically conveys the presumption of its own optimal relevance. levinson (1983) explored his disagreement on the maxim of relation. in his view, the maxim of relation raises over-implicature what are uttered by the speaker. gricean maxims are also criticized as the barriers in using language. meanwhile, leech (1983) says that no principle can be absolutely applied. he even says that the maxims may also be contrary one another. according to leech, there is a politeness principle with conversational maxims similar to those formulated by grice. he lists six maxims: tact, generosity, approbation, modesty, agreement, and sympathy. the first and second form a pair, as do the third and the fourth. these maxims vary from culture to culture: what may be considered polite in one culture may be strange or downright rude in another. meanwhile, schiffrin (1994), brown and yule (1996) and van dijk (1998) attempt to critically develop the grice’s theory in discourse analysis. according to schiffrin (1994), activity of discourse analysis can methodologically be done through pragmatic approach especially by using cp of grice. yule (1996) develops cp by correlating the presence of hedging and indirectness in an utterance. yule (1996) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/malagasy_people http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/geoffrey_leech http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/politeness http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/gricean_maxims http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/paul_grice http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/culture english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee points out that the use of hedging and indirect speech tend to flout cp maxims. hedging is frequently used as sign of awareness, while indirectness is frequently used to show positive politeness. meanwhile van dijk (1998) develops critical discourse analysis (cda) in text of news. according to him, in cda, a discourse is also analyzed as a representation of social practice which is correlated to situation, institution and social structure. therefore, van dijk (1998) identifies five characteristics that have to be considered in cda, i.e. act, context, history, power and ideology. despite the criticisms, a lot of research focuses on the cp maxims. the study of cp maxims generally concerns the flouts of utterance. this present study explored the flouts of cp made by the president of indonesia, susilo bambang yudoyono (sby) in his presidential interviews. the use of sby’s language was interesting to be investigated when delivering his ideas, opinion or even objection related to social and political issues. to public, for example, sby (antara, dec 26, 2006) declared that: pemerintahan yang saya pimpin telah memasuki tahun ketiga, karena itu ke depan saya akan lebih menggunakan bahasa terang. (the government i lead has been entering the third year, therefore next i will use ‘clear language’). on the day after that, to kompas (dec 27, 2006) he proposed: bekerja lebih konkret dan menggunakan bahasa terang, saya kira sudah saatnya. ...kurang katakanlah kurang, baik katakanlah baik, tidak baik katakanlah tidak baik. dengan demikian tidak ada dusta di antara kita. (i think it’s the time to work in a more concrete way and use ‘clear language’. ...bad or good will be said for the sake of the truth. having done these things, there will be no more lies between us.) from the above statement, sby declared during the third year of the his government (first period), he flouted the maxim of manner as indicated by words, “…therefore next i will use clear language” and “i think it’s the time to work in a more concrete way and use clear language”. maxim of manner suggests that speakers have to try presenting meaning clearly, concisely orderly, and avoid ambiguity and obscurity of expression (grice, 1975). based on the brief overview above, i was encouraged to explore the phenomenon of the sby’s language regarding social and political issues in the moments of presidential interviews whether or not he would consistently observe cp maxims. the present study was purposely designed to identify the ways of sby in flouting the maxims of cp in his presidential interviews and figure out the functions of flouts of cp applied by sby in his presidential interviews. as mentioned above, this present study focused on the flouts of cp which includes realization and function of the flouts. it also focused only on one person, i.e. sby and one area of topic of interview, i.e. related to public interest. it also focused on three transcripts of sby’s presidential interviews chosen as the samples. such a consideration was taken, since those interviews are still one area of topic in various situations both formal and informal. the topics of interview were extremely controversial related to the public’s interest at that time, i.e. (1) the sby’s objection on dkp and foreign fund issues, (2) the lapindo mudflow disaster, and (3) the 100 days of sby’s government and century bank fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews scandal. those topics had also became the national media’s headlines and public discourse at that time. the data were released by bureau for press and media presidential household from december 2006february 2010 as published by presidential official website: http://www.presidensby.info. this consideration was taken to acquire the authenticity and naturalness of sby’s utterances. method this study attempted to unveil the flouts of cp maxims in sby’s presidential interviews. it was largely qualitative which could be used ‘to uncover and understand what lies behind any phenomenon about which little is yet known” (strauss and corbin 1990, p. 75). according to atkinson and hammersley (1994), qualitative research starts with unstructured data, and through data analysis interprets meaning in verbal form to achieve a rich background and in-depth understanding of people or a phenomenon. a qualitative design was considered appropriate since this study also attempts to uncover and understand what lies behind sby’s interviews in terms of his cooperativeness with others while performing interviews or dialogs. cp maxims flouts as the focus of the present study was identified through qualitative procedures i.e. by identification, classification and interpretation. to further enhance the analysis, some quantification is employed. this procedure involves some descriptive statistics covering frequency and percentage of occurrences of the maxim flouts in order to examine trends in the flouts. the data were in the form of interview discourse between sby and indonesian journalists in responding to current issues related to public interests. the data were collected through presidential official website: http://www.presidensby.info published by bureau for press and media presidential household. the selection of the samples was only in indonesian-written interviews. this consideration was taken to acquire the authenticity and naturalness of sby’s utterances. meanwhile, the method of sampling applied in the present study is a purposive sampling since the three data were chosen mainly based on the topics of conversation. the topics chosen for analysis were those containing controversy on public service area and they became the national media’s headlines and public discourse at that time as listed in the following table 3.1. table 3.1 interviewer list along with the topics no place, date interviewer topic of interviewname profession media 1. cipanas palace, february 3, 2010 arief suditomo editor-in-chief rcti the 100 days of sby’s government and century scandal putra nababan journalist/ presenter rcti 2. the president’s residence, may 25, 2007 asmanu journalist suara surabaya sby’s reaction on dkp and foreign fundagil samal journalist tvri johan sarjono journalist elshinta http://www.presidensby.info/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3. cipanas palace, august 13, 2006 arief suditomo editor-inchief rcti lapindo mudflow disaster and national examination (un) ray wijaya journalist global tv tyas anggoro editor-inchief trijaya sururi alfaruq editor-inchief sindo the topics of: (1) the 100 days of sby’s government and century scandal; (2) sby’s reaction on dkp and foreign fund; and (3) lapindo mudflow disaster and national examination (un) became central issues of public discourse at that time. the data were in the form of interview transcripts were then identified, classified and analyzed. in order to address the first research problem, i.e. in what ways sby flouts the cp maxims in the presidential interviews, the data were analyzed by identifying traces of flouts based on grice’s theory of maxims flouts which include the use of hedging (yule, 1996), indirectness of utterance (yule, 1996), the use of open answer (tubbs and moss, 1996), and the presence of detailed elements (schriffin, 1994). the flouts were further classified based on types of maxim. flouts of the maxim of quantity in which a speaker flouts the maxim by blatantly giving either more or less information that the situation demands. flouts of the maxim of quality in which a speaker says something which is blatantly untrue or for which he or she lacks adequate evidence. flouts of the maxim of relation in which a speaker gives a response and observation which is very obviously irrelevant to the topic in hand, i.e. by abruptly changing the subject, or by overtly failing to address the person’s goal in asking a question. flouts of the maxim of manner in which a speaker does not say clearly, concisely, orderly, and does not avoid ambiguity and obscurity of expression. meanwhile, in order to address the second research question, i.e. what the functions of flouts of cp in sby’s presidential interviews, the flouts are analyzed by identifying the intentions of sby’s utterances when he was being interviewed by journalists related to social and political issues. results and discussion the data were analyzed by identifying traces of flouts based on gricean theory of maxims flouts. this includes identification and classification of flouts. some descriptive quantification was further employed to enhance the analysis by examining trends in the realization of flouts. the analysis was then discussed in relation to the research problems, to be enhanced by relating the concern to related theories and findings. from the samples, sby flouted the conversational maxims 18 (twelve) times. the flouts occurred on the maxim of quantity (eight times), the maxim of quality (five times), the maxim of relation (twice), and the maxim of manner (three times). fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews the flouts the overall maxims revealed that there is relation between the forms or ways of utterance and the functions of utterance. the use of hedging, indirectness, open answer and detailed elements generated functions. overall flouts of the maxim were generally indicated by open answer and detailed element. the flouts of the maxim of quantity were indicated by open answer and detailed element. meanwhile, the flouts of the maxim of quality were always indicated by hedging, open answer and detailed element. the flouts of the maxim of relation were indicated by indirectness, open answer and detailed element; and then the flouts of the maxim of manner were indicated by indirectness, opened answer and detailed element. the following table is the illustration of the overall flouts. table 2. the realization of flouted maxims and their ways data no flouted maxims ways of flout quantity quality relation manner hedging indirectness opened answer detailed utterance #001 v v v #002 v v v #003 v v v #004 v v v #005 v v v #006 v v v #007 v v v #008 v v v #009 v v v v #010 v v v v #011 v v v v #012 v v v v #013 v v v v #014 v v v v #015 v v v v #016 v v v v #017 v v v v #018 v v v v english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee this study revealed that many utterances of sby flouted the maxims of the cooperative principles (cp). the utterances which flouted the maxims vary in ways and in functions. first, the flouts of cp maxims appeared to be realized linguistically by using hedging. second, this study also revealed that the maxim of quantity was mostly flouted in sby’s interviews. the flouts of the maxim of quantity indicated three phenomena, i.e. tendency for indirectness, over information, and politically-driven use of language. when, being interviewed, sby tended to use indirect utterances. sby’s responses about some questions of the interviewers were frequently exaggerating, indirect, and ambiguous. the use of indirect utterances of sby seems to be intended to show an implicit positive politeness, to have fun with certain topic, and to avoid the potential face-threatening acts or politically risky topics, and to gain both political and interactional advantage over their political opponents. the consequence of indirectness of sby’s utterances was that the hearer may not quickly get the main point (dascal 1983 in thomas 1995: 47). such utterances surely were not beneficial for the hearer since it would take too long for him/her to grab what was meant by the speaker. it was also apparent that sby tended to give over information that was demanded by the interviewer(s) or interlocutor(s). such a strategy was taken to build his positive image that he was fully capable of certain topics being asked. however, over contribution to a conversation did not always inflict a loss upon the hearer/interviewer because his interlocutors might get advantages through detailed chronological events which was beneficial background especially for a journalist, although not all information given by the interviewee deserved to be published as public’s consumption. by giving more information, sby politically tried to control any issues as his domain, i.e. that he was in charge of the nation’s problems that he deserved to provide details of an accident. for sby, the nation’s problems such as lapindo mudflow, aceh’s crisis, education, papua autonomy, foreign policy, etc. need ‘enough’ explanation to satisfy public’s rights to get information and what he had been done. however, in some cases he produced direct, explicit and clear explanation if the substances were in favour of his side. otherwise, if the utterance were predicted to be threatening his position, it would be conveyed indirectly, implicitly, and ambiguously. the function of flouts of the conversational maxim depends on the traces of flouts. as explained earlier, there were flouts indicated by (1) the use of hedging and indirectness as pragmatic factors; (2) the factors related to the characteristics of interview texts such as the use of opened answer; and (3) the presence of detailed elements. the functions of flouts are therefore discussed in terms of hedging, indirectness, opened answer and detailed element. hedging may intentionally or unintentionally be employed in both spoken and written language since they are crucially important in communication. generally, hedging devices are pragmatic markers that attenuate (or weaken) the strength of an utterance. hedging occurs as mitigating devices which attenuate the propositional content of the message. however, attenuation can be achieved in fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews different ways employing diverse linguistic and non-linguistic strategies (wilamova, 2005). a conversation which uses hedging or cautious notes tends to flout the maxims of cooperative principles since the existence of hedging functioned as a sign of awareness. hedging is used to indicate that what we are saying may not be totally accurate (yule, 1996). this phenomenon also applies to sby when communicating his ideas to journalists, as his interlocutors/interviewers. from the data, there are two functions of hedging identified in sby’s interviews i.e (1) as a sign of awareness, and (2) as a politeness marker. sby used hedging strategy is as a sign of awareness that what he is saying may not totally be accurate. the flout of these maxims is--especially maxim of quality, therefore indicated by his usage of hedging utterance. sby used hedging as an effective politeness marker. as a president surely he always tries to be a good conversational partner of his own public and tries to minimize a potential threat to his positive face in responses to his utterances. moreover, as one who is rooted in javanese culture, he is very aware that in daily communication, javanese always want to form and keep good relationships with others, avoid embarrassment, misunderstanding or friction, and maintain interpersonal and social harmony. otherwise, the observance of the maxims is identified by the use of nonhedging which functions to give brief information. meanwhile, the function of a non-hedging utterance here is also as a sign of awareness and to protect him from the possibility of being embarrassed. a non-hedging utterance was also applied by sby to serve the function as to make the listeners sure that the information conveyed is really accurate and as informative as it is required. by using hedging, sby expected to put himself in a comfort zone even though, as a president, he absolutely had certain interest of doing so. for example, in papua’s case about the use of budget by local authorities, sby tended to emphasize around how much money was allocated to papua instead of how much leakages were created which resulted in the unproportional amount of money received by the society. it was well known that papua was the biggest contributor among other provinces, to indonesia national budget (apbn), nevertheless, papuanese seemed to skip anything from the government. they were not well-treated by the government. sby’s attitude of not answering the opened questions (usually started by how) could be easily predicted that it was a sign of not wanting to emerge bad images of the local authorities which were for certain, under control of his ministers. sby was, then, still keep himself with the positive positioning. nevertheless, he explained several questions which were relevant and in line with what were asked without having to flout the maxim of quantity, when the topic were about government’s plan to face several problems. the fact showed that sby wanted to emphasize that as a president of indonesia, he was indeed having an appropriate capacity in analyzing, planning, and at the same time solving various problems in his governance system. in other words, by giving a clear, appropriate and precise answer to the question, sby intended to build the positive image of him as a leader. that is what clarke and crossland (2006) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee highlighted as how a leader rules his own and other people’s world: by making him and others believe that he can make good deeds. obeng (1997) also confirms that in talking about potential facethreatening acts or politically risky topics, politician tend to communicate indirectly in order to protect further their own careers and to gain both political and interactional advantage over their political opponents. indirectness may also be motivated by politeness. further, obeng (1997, p. 1) explains that “obliqueness in communication may be expressed through evasion, circumlocution, innuendoes, metaphors, etc”. language as well as varying social conventions of the relevant culture as well as differing degree of personal danger inherent in the socio-political situation in which politicians operate may also affect the degree of indirectness as well as the kind(s) of obliqueness employed. related to this study, the use of indirect utterances of sby has at least three functions i.e. (1) politeness, (2) selfprotection, and (3) interestingness. the use of indirect utterances was frequently intended to show an implicit positive politeness. in many utterances, sby tried to use politeness strategies in expressing his complaint to the public. in some occasions, he promoted people to practice politics without ‘commotion or tumult’. the use of indirect utterance is to avoid making a direct complaint which could hurt the hearer’s feelings and to protect the speaker’s credibility. pyle (1975) as cited in dascal (1983) notes that we often employ indirectness because we have two goals which compete. the user of an indirect utterance relies upon his or her interlocutor’s ability to detect the problem in order to understand what the speaker means, the hearer must recognize the conflict of goals. indirectness was shown when sby frequently utters his ideas or arguments in explaining about how to handle the social discrepancy between gam and the government of republic of indonesia. the same case also happens when the president did not directly in answering the interviewer’s question about the educational budget. the desire to make sby’s language more interesting as exemplified in some data of results. thomas (1995) explains that interestingness is probably the least significant of other functions of indirectness, but nevertheless its importance should not be underestimated. people may use indirectness because they enjoy having fun with language or certain topic. if the substance of an utterance is beneficial for the speaker, so it will be conveyed directly, explicitly and clearly. otherwise, if the utterance is predicted to be threatening him or her, it will be conveyed indirectly, implicitly, and ambiguously. there are also some fragments of interview show the opposite, that is, the utterance flouts the maxim of quantity and it is conveyed directly. this different phenomenon is caused by different conversational implicatures. the indirect utterance which flouted the maxim of quantity is done to protect the speaker from the possibility of face threatening. the flout of the maxim of quantity can also be grounded from the use of direct speech and implicit utterance that is functioned to protect him from being addressed as having shortages. a shortage, in this context, is the possibility of raising impression that fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews sby is “one-sided” and unfair. this fact tends to destroy his positive image. they can be seen in table 3. based on this analysis, it can be fore grounded that the observance of maxim of quantity are indicated by the use of direct utterance. meanwhile, the flout of the maxim of quantity is indicated by the use of indirect utterance. the function of indirectness that flouts the maxims is to express the intention of an utterance implicitly. examining sby’s way in responding the use of budget of papua government as seen on data #014 shows that the president ignores how the budget will be used by the papua government, but the most important is that it is used as transparent and accountable as possible. the flouts of cp maxims may also be traced by the use of opened answer. an opened answer tends to flout the maxims. otherwise, a closed answer tends to observe the maxims. opened answer has function to protect the speaker’s face. in many responses, sby applied opened answer to protect the face of his government from public’s humiliating. in some conversations with journalists, sby tends to use opened answers. the use of opened answer is purposely aimed to maintain carefulness. since, if sby responds the closed questions, by only saying ‘yes’ or ‘no’, meanwhile that was not the reality, his bad image will soon be established. besides, having flouts the cp maxims, sby can give ideal viewpoints regarding the problems. based on the data and analysis above can be concluded that the flouts of cp maxims are indicated by the use of opened answers. dijk (1998) confirms that the presence of detailed elements in an utterance frequently has two functions, i.e. (1) to control the information, and (2) as elaboration of facts or opinions. by using detailed elements, the speaker will exaggeratingly perform information which is beneficial for his/her positive image. meanwhile, the existence of detailed utterance in interview texts usually has function as elaboration and explanation of facts or opinions. as far as such a function, surely the existence of detailed utterance may be said relevant with the main topic of conversation/interview and, therefore observe the maxim of manner. however, if the detailed utterance is presented more than is required, its existence frequently used for the sake of its speaker to build positive image. complete details were deliberately designed by the speaker to create a certain image to the public. the realization of observance and nonobservance of the maxims can be seen from the aspect of the detail utterance. in the interviews transcript, a non-detailed utterance tends to observe the maxims, while detailed utterance tends to flout the maxims. the function of flouts of the maxim of quantity is to control of information that what was being accused by amien rais was wrong and put himself as one who was on the right track. meaning that the result of the 2004 general election is legal and legitimated. examining sby’s utterances, almost all of his opinions, arguments, and ideas were delivered in detailed ways. it was difficult to find the data that showed sby’s utterance without detailed elements. over elaboration by breaking down information or ideas tended to flout the cp maxims, especially the maxim of quantity. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee examining the overall data, the functions of flout of the cp maxims which are most frequently used by sby is ‘face saving acts’. the functions of flout as a sign of self-protection. meanwhile, the ways of flout made by sby were opened answer and detailed utterance. the following table is the illustration of functions and ways of flouts employed in sby’s utterances. table 3. the realization of functions and ways of flout in sby’s presidential interviews ways functions hedging indirectness opened answer detailed utterance face saving act v v v self-protection v v v v awareness v v v politeness v v v interestingness v v v control of information v v v elaboration v v ignorance v v in the presidential interviews of sby, the function of a face saving act (fsa) is mostly employed. followed then by self-protection (four flouts), awareness (three flouts), politeness (one flout), interestingness (one flout), control of information (one flout), elaboration (one flout), and ignorance (one flout). almost all of the functions aimed to build a positive image of the president. only the function of ignorance that is not directly related to the contribution of positive image building project. the presence of six flouts in sby’s utterances which had function as fsa showed that as a president, sby frequently attempted to maintain his face of government. this was done as an effort of sby’s image politics in order to survive his government until at the end of his period. the functions of selfprotection, awareness, politeness, interestingness, control of information, elaboration are leading to a single function, i.e. an implicit positive image of the president. conclusion this research explored the realization of cooperative principle in real life, i.e. sby’s presidential interviews. the first research problem concerns the flouts of cp maxims in the sbys presidential interviews. the second research problem concerns the functions of flouts of cp maxims made by the president. eight functions had been identified, i.e. face saving act, awareness, politeness, self-protection, interestingness, control of information, elaboration and ignorance. the ultimate goal of the flouts of the maxims was to create the speaker’s positive political image over the public. on the basis of the findings above, it can be said that: first, the flout of cp maxims is a daily phenomenon, including at administration sector. the flouts may be triggered by the tendency of the interviews to threaten government credibility since the controversies are still in progress because the problems had not been solved. second, maxim flouts seems to be largely employed by fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews politicians as confirmed by van dijk (1998). it is indicated by the use of indirectness, open question, and detailed element in their utterances. generally, the flouts have functions to enhance their credibility. such functions give a great contribution to build positive political image of the politicians. third, the study of maxim flouts can explore various social phenomena. it means that grice’s cp theory is still relevant to analyze utterances in daily interactions. fourth, flouting the maxim of quantity in journalism is beneficial for conversation members both interviewer and interview. for a journalists as interviewer, get more information from the interviewee is beneficial since they can obtain background information. therefore, giving less information is not intended to reduce cooperation with the partner of conversation. such phenomena above also show that cp is not universal. fifth, the phenomenon of flouts in sby’s presidential interviews did not reduce the cooperativeness. the overinformation and lengthy explanations given by sby did not make the interviewers (journalists) disappointed. this is because two considerations, i.e. (1) for journalists, over-information and lengthy explanation will help them to achieve a rich backgrounds and in-depth understanding of a phenomena; (2) cultural factor also helps the cooperativeness could still be maintained because between sby with his javanese cultural background or his position as a president and all journalists with a good understanding about javanese culture, has mutual understanding to keep cooperativeness in conversation. the journalists understood that they should respect the cultural background of partner of conversation. therefore, the tolerant principles (tp) as proposed by gunarwan (1994) such as kurmat (homage), empan-papan (awareness of one’s place), andhap-asor (humble or modesty), and ‘tepa-slira’ (thoughtful) may be considered in analyzing the behavior of social and language of javanese people. references austin, j. (1962). how to do things with words. new york & london: oxford university press. blum-kulka and oldstain. (1984). request and apologies: a-cross-cultural study of speech act realization patterns (ccsrap). applied linguistics, vol 5. no 3. brown, p. & levinson, s. (1978). universals in language: politeness phenomena. cambridge university. reissued in 1987 as politeness: some universals in language usage. new york: cambridge university press. brown, g. and yule, g. (1983). discourse analysis. new york: cambridge university press. bureau for press and media presidential household. may 25, 2007. bantahan mengenai isu dana dkp dan asing. available: http:// www.presidensby.info. --------------------------------------------------------------------. december 26, 2006. sby: jangan ada dusta di antara kita. available: http://www.presidensby.info. --------------------------------------------------------------------. february 3, 2010. talkshow rcti dengan presiden ri. available: http:// www.presidensby.info. --------------------------------------------------------------------. august 14, 2006. wawancara presiden oleh media nusantara citra. available: http:// www.presidensby.info. cole, p, ed. (1978). syntax and semantics. pragmatics. new york: academic press. http://www.presidensby.info http://www.presidensby.info http://www.presidensby.info http://www.presidensby.info english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee dascal, m. (1977). pragmatics and the philosophy of mind i: thought in language. amsterdam: john benjamins. davies, r. (2010), scientists: human error to blame for indonesia's mud volcano. access: http://www.korbanlumpur.info. february 12, 2010 grice, h. p. (1975a). logics and conversation. in cole, peter and j. morgan (1975). syntax and semantics. new york: academy press. ---------------. (1975b). logics and conversation. the logic of grammar, ed. davidson, d and harman, g. encino, cal.: dickenson. pp. 64-75. ---------------. 1978. further notes on logic and conversation. in cole (1978), pp. 11327. gunarwan, a. (1994). “pragmatik: pandangan mata burung” in soejono dardjowidjojo (ed).mengiring rekan sejati: festschrift buat pak ton. jakarta: unika atmajaya. haverkate, h. (1988). toward a typology of politeness strategies in communication interaction. berlin: multilingua. holmes, j. (1995).women, men and politeness. new york: longman. kasper, g. (1989). variation in interlanguage speech act realization. denmark: university of aarhus. keenan, e. o. (1976). the universality of conversational postulate. language in society. 5, 67-80. washington: georgetown university press. kitao, k. (1989). differences between politeness strategies used in request by americans and japanese. from the rules perspective-english nos. 47-48. kompas. (2006). presiden akan lebih konkret: wakil ketua dewan perwakilan daerah mendukung. jakarta: kompas. december 27, 2006 lakoff, r. 1973. (ed.). the logic of politeness: minding your p’s and q’s in corum et al. papers from the ninth regional meeting. chicago linguistics society. leech. g. 1983. principles of pragmatics. london: macmillan. levinson, c. s. 1983. pragmatics. cambridge: cambridge university press. lkbn antara. (2006). presiden akan lebih gunakan bahasa terang. retrieved 26th december, 2006 from: http://www.antara.co.id. -------------------. (2006). disambut baik tekad presiden ubah gaya komunikasi. retrieved 27th december, 2006 from: http://www.antara.co.id. -------------------, (2006). amien rais: presiden harus buktikan sikap tegasnya. retrieved 26th december, 2006 from: http://www.antara.co.id. levinson, s.c. (1983). pragmatics. london: cambridge university press matsumuto, y. (1988). re-examination of the universality of face: politeness phenomena in japanese. journal of pragmatics 12, 403-426. mao, l. r. (19940. beyond politeness theory: ‘face’ revisited and renewed. journal of pragmatics. 21: 451-486. mooney, a. 92004). co-operation, violation and making sense. journal of pragmatics, 33, 1601-1623. obeng, s. g. (1997). language and politics: indirectness in political discourse. discourse society, 8(1), 49-83. pikiran rakyat, (2006). sby gunakan bahasa ”terang”. bandung: pikiran rakyat. december 26, 2006. saifullah a.r. (2002). perwujudan prinsip kerja sama grice dalam teks wawancara: kasus wimar witoelar. journal of bahasa dan sastra vol 2, no. 2. page 155-170. bandung: fpbs of indonesia university of education. schiffrin, d. (1994). approaches to discourse. oxford uk & cambridge usa: blackwell. searle, j. (1975). indirect speech act. in: cole & morgan (eds.). syntax and semantics: speech acts (vol. 3).new york: academic press. sperber, d. & d. wilson. (1986). relevance: communication and cognition. 2nd edition. oxford: blackwell. http://www.korbanlumpur.info/ fahrus zaman fadhly flouts of the cooperative principle maxims in sby’s presidential interviews strauss, a. and corbin, j. (1990). basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. sage publications. the jakarta post. (2010). four years on, victims of lapindo mudflow still in limbo. the jakarta post. retrieved 30th may, 2010 from: http://thejakartapost.com. ---------------------. (2008).mudflow victims, govt agree to settle compensation. the jakarta post. retrieved 12th may, 2010 from: http://thejakartapost.com. thomas, j. (1995).meaning in interaction: an introduction to pragmatics. new york: longman group limited. tubb, s.l, and moss, s. (1994). human communication. singapore: mcgrawhill book co. van dijk, t. a. (1998). news as discourse. hillsdale. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates. van dijk, t. a. (2000). critical discourse analysis. retrieved 30th may, 2012 from: http: www.hum.uvan.nl/teun. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. new york: oxford university press. wilamová, s. (2005). on the function of hedging devices in negatively polite discourse. brno studies in english. 25 (2005): 86-93. zhang, f. & you, h. (2009). motives of indirectness in daily communication: an asian perspective. journal of asian culture and history, 1(2), 99-102. http://the/ http://the/ table3.therealizationoffunctionsandwaysof blum-kulkaandoldstain.(1984).requestandapolo brown,p.&levinson,s.(1978).universalsinlan lkbnantara.(2006).presidenakanlebihgunakan -------------------.(2006).disambutbaiktekadp -------------------,(2006).amienrais:presiden thejakartapost.(2010).fouryearson,victims english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 151 pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah tiara eliza english education study program, faculty of economy, palembang university, indonesia e-mail: tiaraeliza90@gmail.com apa citation: eliza, t. (2019). pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 151-158. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1631. received: 23-01-2019 accepted: 26-04-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: this study intends to find out and to describe apology strategies made by the sixth and eighth semester students of english education study program of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah palembang, and to explain how the pragmatic transfer interferes the apology strategies. this study used a qualitative descriptive design. written discourse completion tasks and observation by doing a role play were used as the instruments to obtain the data. there were 66 students selected as the subjects of study. the data obtained were analyzed based on the classification of apology strategy proposed by olshtain and cohen (1983). as result, it was found that there were five apology strategies made by the students, for example, using the word „sorry‟ to express „regret‟ was considered the most frequently used strategy. then, the result also showed that the speakers who have low social status tend to use polite strategy in all levels of social relationships (strangers and acquaintances). for the speakers who have high social status and equal tend to use less polite and casual expressions, respectively. moreover, some students use some pragmatic transfers in expressing apology strategies influenced by their l1 (mother tongue) or l2 (indonesian) culture. keywords: apology strategies; interlanguage; pragmatics; pragmatic transfer; speech act. introduction apology plays an important role in community as human beings live in a social group. apology is a fundamental speech act which is part of human communication that occurs in every culture to maintain good relations between interlocutors (brown & levinson, 1987; olshtain & cohen, 1983). thus, an apology is a compensatory action for the offense that has been done by someone in order to maintain social harmony among the speaker and hearer. apology is one of the most frequently used expressing among the speech acts employed in daily communication (qorina, 2012). then, if it refers to the apology terms in indonesian, the expressions of apology tend to make a request for forgiveness. that is why, the term of „i apologize‟ do not exist. expressions of regret exist, but are not generally used for apologizing (wouk, 2006). moreover, sometimes, there is a repetition in expressing apology used by indonesian. it means that they repeat their apology expressions to emphasize their offense, hence, reducing threat on the hearer and hopefully making their expression can be received by the hearer (syahri & kadarisman, 2007). for example, (1) please forgive me, i did not attend to your party yesterday. i have something to do. once again forgive me. (2) sorry, my friend. i do not come to your birthday party. once again i beg your forgiveness. the repetition shows the regret to their offense, so that is why they repeat it in order to get the hearer‟s forgiveness and show a kind of speaker‟s politeness as an offender. it is assumed that if they minimize the cost to the hearers, the requests for forgiveness will probably be fulfilled. the speakers attempt to minimize the cost to hearers by repeating apology expressions or at least reducing the unexpected consequences from their offense (wouk, 2006). if it refers to target language culture, there was no repeating in expressing their regrets. those transfers have occurred by the effects of social conditions in language using. in this case, apology strategies are obviously significant in social life to get an excuse for any inappropriate action done. there are a number of strategies that the apologizer chooses to perform an apology. goffman (1971) states that for an apology to be successful, the apologizer has to consider three factors: acknowledging of an offense, taking responsibility for the offense, and offering compensation. in order to know how to express apology appropriately, the speakers must tiara eliza pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah 152 have pragmatic competence to understand what they are talking about in order to make the interaction successful. moreover, moghaddam (2012) states a learner having good grammatical competence may not be pragmatically competent in communication. sometimes, there is misunderstanding that occurs among the learners. they are sometimes not able to understand the utterances pragmatically. thus, to avoid misinterpreting, pragmatics plays an important role. that is why pragmatics is indispensable to be taught. further, some second/foreign language learners have been claimed to make errors in using speech acts to communicate with native speakers of the target language because of the complexity of speech acts since they are conditioned by social, cultural, situational and personal factors (cohen & olshtain, 1993). related to this, since english is a foreign language in indonesia, the speakers/learners generally apply the rules of their l1 when they speak in l2. hence, the result is communication breakdown or communication conflict occurs (istifci, 2009). the problem which occurs in their communication is called a negative transfer from l1 to l2 when they speak in english. then, to solve this problem the learners must know the social and culture in l1 and l2. that may make the learners aware and familiar with how they should understand the meaning of the utterance or expression, and social cultural aspect of l2 based on its context and function. hence, pragmatic transfer takes an important role in this study. it facilitates the students to learn cross cultural understanding and cultural norms in english context. pragmatic transfer is the way to produce the utterances in l1 which is not applied sufficiently in producing utterances in l2. in this case, the learners tend to transfer their native social and cultural norms into the target language (bu, 2012). in line with this, franch (1998) states that pragmatic transfer refers to the influence of the first language (l1) in communication when the speakers use l2. transfer occurs in two ways: 1) negative transfer or interference occurs when the two languages do not share the same language system, resulting in the productions of errors, and 2) positive transfer or facilitation, when the two languages share the same language system and the target form is correctly transferred. related to this, interlanguage takes an important part in this study. interlanguage can be defined as the type of language produced by second and foreign language learners who are in the process of learning a language (richards & sukwiwat, 1983) as cited in (franch, 1998). by discussing apology speech act realization in interlanguage pragmatics, it is positive for teacher to facilitate the students to learn cross cultural understanding and cultural norms in english context, such as how english native speakers perform apology in various context and situations, so it can help them to communicate in english appropriately and naturally. most of research in pragmatics has investigated the speech act of apology in different languages employed by native and nonnative speaker (olshtain & cohen, 1983; sugimoto, 1998; nureeden, 2007; jebahi, 2011; tamimi sa‟ad & mohammadi, 2014; syahri & kadarisman, 2007). related to this, the writer investigated pragmatic transfer potentially occurs due to cultural or language differences. that is, the transfer occurs due to the norms derived from their native cultures. therefore, this study aims at explaining how the pragmatic transfer interfere the apology strategies and finding out the apology strategies of english education students as efl learners. this study employed the apology strategies provided by olshtain and cohen (1983) as cited in ellis (2012). there were five categories of the apology strategies. in the first category is divided into three sub strategies while the second category is divided into four sub strategies. 1) an illocutionary force indicating device (ifid). a. an expression of regret. e.g. i'm sorry b. an offer of apology. e.g. i apologize c. a request for forgiveness. e.g. excuse me 2) an expression of the speaker‟s responsibility for the offense. a. explicit self-blame. b. lack of intent. c. expression of self-deficiency. d. recognizing the other person as deserving apology 3) explanation or account. e.g. i was trapped in the traffic jam. 4) an offer of repair. e.g. i'll pay for the damage. 5) a promise of forbearance. e.g. it won't happen again. method the study used a qualitative analytical method. it was indicated by the characteristics of the techniques of collecting and analyzing the data. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 153 the subjects of this study were the students of english education study program of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah palembang. they were at the 6 th and 8 th semesters in academic year of 2013/2014. there were sixty six students selected as the subjects of study, thirty five students are in the sixth semester and thirty one are in the eighth semester. there were two types of instruments used in collecting data. the first was discourse completion test (dct). gass and slinker (2001) stated that the dct had been used in a number of studies to gather data for native and non-native speakers concerning particular speech acts (apologies, compliments, refusal, request etc). that is a set of written questionnaire accompanied by brief situational descriptions. the dct used for this study consisted of 25 apologizing situations which were adapted from tuncel (2011) and distributed to the samples. since there were 25 apologizing situations, it was observed in 25 times. the second instrument was observation by using a role play. there were 40 students (20 students for each semester and they were divided into 10 pairs) was selected as the participants for the role-plays. they were asked to produce dialogues based on the scenarios written in the role-plays. the scenarios were taken from dct questionnaire. the procedures were conducted carefully to maintain continuous participation of all the participants. in order to prevent repeating other participants‟ utterances, the researcher put each scenario on a piece of paper and rolled the papers into coupons. they were given opportunities to take two coupons randomly and produce dialogues in front of the class with their fellow students. they practiced the role-play in pairs. these stages were done several times in several meetings until every subject played the scenarios provided, it depends on the student. as a result, there were 40 dialogues that were recorded and transcribed. in analyzing the data, firstly, the participants‟ responses were identified and then coded according to the strategies adopted from olshtain and cohen (1983) as cited in ellis (2012). secondly, the researcher identifies the development strategies used by the students. after that, the researcher identifies the context of pragmatic transfer in expressing apology. the data were then tabulated based on the classification and were interpreted. finally, the conclusion was drawn based on the findings. results and discussion it was found that the respondents use many strategies in expressing their apology, such as an expression of regret, a request for forgiveness, explanation, and offering repair. table 1. the frequency of the occurrences of apology strategies in dct questionnaire apology strategies frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent an expression of regret (1a) 386 27.8 27.8 27.8 an offer of apology (1b) 27 1.9 1.9 29.8 a request for forgiveness (1c) 85 6.1 6.1 35.9 explicit self blame (2a) 39 2.8 2.8 38.7 lack of intent (2b) 75 5.4 5.4 44.1 expression of self deficiency (2c) 246 17.7 17.7 61.8 recognizing the other person as deserving apology (2d) 5 4 4 62.2 explanation or account (3) 277 20.0 20.0 82.1 offer of repair (4) 217 15.6 15.6 97.8 promise of forbearance (5) 31 2.2 2.2 100.0 total 1388 100.0 100.0 table 1 presents the total percentage of apology strategies used by the participants. the result reveals that an expression of regret is the most frequent apology strategy used with total of 386 (27.8%). expression of deficiency and explanation are the other strategies which are used extensively (from 17.7 to 20%). no other strategy is found for more than 27% of the data. table 2. the frequency of the occurrences of apology strategies in role play apology strategies frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent an expression of regret(1a) 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 tiara eliza pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah 154 an offer of apology (1b) 0 0 0 0 a request for forgiveness (1c) 2 5.0 5.0 7.5 explicit self blame (2a) 2 5.0 5.0 12.5 lack of intent (2b) 0 0 0 0 expression of self deficiency (2c) 8 20.0 20.0 32.5 recognizing the other person as deserving apology (2d) 0 0 0 0 explanation or account (3) 19 47.5 47.5 80.0 offer of repair (4) 5 12.5 12.5 92.5 promise of forbearance (5) 3 7.5 7.5 100.0 total 40 100.0 100.0 table 3 shows the total percentage of apology strategies in all situations by using role play. the result reveals that there are differences between the total percentage of apology strategies by using dct and role play. an explicit expression of apology, particularly the strategy of explanation or account, is the most frequent apology strategy used with total of 19 (47.5%). expression of self-deficiency and offer of repair strategies are the other strategies which are used extensively (12.5%). no other strategy is found for more than 47% of the data. the followings are the analysis and discussion of the strategies and expressions used by the sample students. explanation or account it is an expression that gives a reason of the cause of the offense. in other words, the speaker explains why violation or damage happened. it shows that justifying the offense by explaining the reason. situation 25: coming late at friend’s birthday party (8) i am sorry darling. i was late because of traffic jam. there are some factors that need to be considered in analyzing discourses or expression used in society, namely, age, gender, time, place, and social status which is divided into three levels: high, equal and low (holmes, 1989), and social distance which is divided into three levels: stranger, acquaintance, and intimate (brown & levinson, 1987). this situation explained that a speaker invited to come to his/her friend birthday dinner at a restaurant but s/he was late. this situation took place at a restaurant. it was used by the speakers because the speaker had equal social status. beside social status, the aspects of social distance also have influenced the speaker in using that expression because the speaker uses the word “darling”. it is a kind of endearment expression which indicates that the speaker has known the hearer well. thus, they are intimates in terms of social distance. the endearment markers are often used when the speaker and hearer have close relationship in terms of social distance. in the aspects of age, they are in the same age as friends. then, the aspects of gender and time are not known in this context. furthermore, at the end of this utterance, the speaker says the reason why he/she comes late. in this case, the speaker does not only express his/her intimacy but also an explanation for the offense. it indicates that the speaker does not intend to come late. the speaker embedded his/her apology expression with utterances aiming to minimize hearer‟s wrathfulness because of the speaker‟s carelessness. expression of self-deficiency it indicates that the offender attributes the reason of the offense to herself/himself, such as i was confused, i was not thinking, i forgot, etc. situation 1: a speaker forgets to get-together with a friend. the speaker calls him to apologize. this is the second time the speaker forgot such a meeting. (15) i am sorry, i really forget to our meeting (16) i am so sorry darling, i really forget to inform you, actually i have promised with my mom to accompany her to go the market. i will not do it again. in analyzing an expression, there is one thing that needs to be considered, namely context. the context includes age, gender, time, place, social status, and social distance. expression (15) was used by the speaker because the speaker and hearer have equal social status. this utterance is incorrect. it should be “i am sorry. i really forget to come to our meeting.” besides social status, the aspects of social distance also influence the speaker to use the expression (15) because the speakers have known each other. in other words, they are acquaintances in terms of social distance. in the aspects of age, they are in the same age as friends. meanwhile, the aspects of gender and time are not known in this context. then, the speaker uses an intensification expression as s/he english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 155 uses the word “really”. in english, intensification is mainly achieved through the use of adverbs, such as terribly, really, so, awfully, please, etc. to upgrade the impact of the utterances/apologies on the hearers/offended. in other words, the speaker attempts to reduce the hearer‟s dissatisfaction because s/he forgot the meeting twice. it means that the speaker shows regret and request for forgiveness for his/her mistake. expression (16) was used by the speaker with the same purpose (with #15). that is, to show that the speaker forgets the meeting twice, but it sounds more different as s/he uses the word “darling”. in this context, the speaker should not say „darling‟ because it is just used for those people who have close relationship, such as parents and children, husband and wife, and lovers. this is inappropriate. the speaker should not have said „darling‟ because they are just friends. it is also a kind of endearment expressions which indicates that the speaker has known the hearer well. in other words, they are intimates in terms of social distance. the endearment markers are often used when the speaker and hearer have close relationship in terms of social distance. in this case, the speaker does not only express the endearment expression, but also a compensatory action, such as “i will not do it again”. it designates the speaker‟s responsibility to the hearer. the speaker embedded his/her apology expression with utterances aiming to minimize hearer‟s wrathfulness because of the speaker‟s carelessness. offer of repair it is an expression used by the speaker attempting to repair or pay for the damage caused by his/her offense. some utterances used are “i will pay for the damage”, and “i promise to repair it.” situation 13: the speaker has broken his/her friend’s motorcycle. (28) i am sorry. i get the accident and your motorcycle was broken because of us, but i promise to you. i will repair it soon may be tomorrow. i am sorry. thank you, friend. (29) sorry bro, i have broken your motorcycle and i do not have money to repair it. expression (28) showed the speaker and hearer were equal in terms of social status. in addition to social status, the aspects of social distance also influence the speaker to use the expression (28) because the speaker uses the word “friend”. it is a kind of solidarity markers which are often used when the speaker and the hearer have intimate relationship. this expression has a function as a flattery to diminish the hearer‟s wrathfulness. it shows that the speaker feels so close to the hearer. thus, they are intimates in terms of social distance. in the last statement, the speaker expresses about a compensatory action by saying that the speaker will repair it soon. it is clear that the speaker shows his/her responsibility for that accident. then, this situation takes place in a campus corridor. in the aspects of age, they are equal, while the aspects gender shows that they are males. the information of all these aspects was gotten by role play which was recorded and transcribed. moreover, expression (29) was used by the speaker with the same purpose (with #28), that is, to show that the motorcycle was broken but it sounds more impolite as s/he uses the word “i do not have money to repair it”. it indicates that the speaker does not care with his/her friend‟s motorcycle, it is a contradictory with expression (28) in which the speaker just says that the motorcycle has been broken by him/her and s/he has not money to repair it. it designates that the speaker is irresponsible. pragmatic transfer in apology strategies used by the students pragmatic transfer refers to the influence of the first language (l1) in communication when the speakers use l2. generally, pragmatic transfer occurs in two ways that is negative and positive transfer. a negative transfer causes an error in communication, while positive transfer or facilitation facilitates a communication. further, kasper (1992) proposes two kinds of pragmatic transfer, pragma-linguistic and socio-pragmatic transfer. pragma-linguistic transfer occurs when the utterances from the l1 speakers are not applied insufficiently in l2 utterances. meanwhile, the socio-pragmatic transfer occurs by the effects of social conditions in language using. it contains many variables, such as social status and social distance relationship. the following utterances produced by the respondents can be some examples on how the pragmatic transfer interferes the strategy in expressing apology. situation 9: a speaker and a friend have arranged to go to a concert together. he/she promised to buy the tickets. but, when his/her friend comes round in the evening of the concert, he/she realizes that he/she has forgotten to get the tickets tiara eliza pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah 156 (11) ya allah, really sorry. i forgot to buy it because i have something to do. situation 6: a speaker went to friend’s apartment. accidentally, he/she was broken friend’s small ornament. (12) astaghfirullah, i am so sorry. i did not mean to break your ornament. situation 18: a speaker was late to submit an assignment. (13) assalamualaikum, excuse me sir. i have mistake with you because for being late to return your book. situation 25: a speaker was late to come to his/her friend’s birthday party. (14) oh my friend, hbd barakallah, sorry for being late, i am so sorry. in examples (11, 12, 13 and 14), the underline words show the religiosity of the respondents because some indonesian people tend to be religious, especially for moslem and it often appears in their utterances. the utterances above “ya allah”, “astaghfirullahal’adzim”, assalamualaikum and barakallah” are identical with islam and often expressed by moslem in their daily conversation. the utterance “ya allah” is almost the same with “oh my god”, while “astaghfirullahal’adzim” is usually said when someone forget about something. however, the semantic meaning of “astaghfirullahal’adzim” is actually “asking for apology to god”. meanwhile, “assalammualaikum” in the example (13) shows a greeting action which is expressed by the speaker when he/she meets to other moslem, in this case the speaker wants to return lecturer‟s book. then, the speaker looks his/her lecturer in corridor. so, that is why the speaker expresses greetings to start the conversation. moreover, the word “barakallah” is an expression to pray someone. many indonesian people have used it in their daily conversation. those transfers have occurred by the effects of social conditions in language using. situation 23: a teacher asks the student to help her but at the same time the student has an appointment for job interview. (15) i am sorry, miss. i cannot help you. i have job interview today once again i am sorry. situation 3: the speaker was late to return friend’s book. (16) i am so sorry, i was late to return it, guys. it is my indecency. i am really sorry, sorry i will return that book to you. situation 5: the speaker was bump into an older lady in department store. it caused her packages spilled all over the floor and her leg was hurt. (17) i am sorry for my mistake. let’s go to the hospital. once again please, please and please apologize me. in examples (15, 16, and 17), the underline utterances show the respondent was repeating their apology expressions. sometimes, indonesian people have used it in their daily conversation. it shows the regret to their offense, therefore, they repeat it in order to get the hearer‟s forgiveness. if it refers to target language culture, there was no repeating in expressing their regrets (wouk, 2006,). those transfers have occurred by the effects of social conditions in language using. situation 10: a speaker at a restaurant with friends. the waiter takes the speaker’s order. a few minutes later, the speaker calls the waiter to change the order. (18) i am sorry. i want to change my order (19) sorry may i change my order other pragmatic transfers were in the form of politeness expressions. as syahri (2013) state pragmatic transfers can be a politeness motivated form where the ways the speaker initiated the request realizations. these expressions were the ways the subjects request to change the order. many of them used sorry or i am sorry instead of excuse me as the attention getters, meanwhile, native speakers of english would never start a request by saying, i m sorry. in this context, the speaker should not say “sorry” as it is not needed because s/he does not do anything wrong. the uses of sorry here were inappropriate in the context in which the speakers did not mean to express sorrows or regrets. in fact, they transferred the term maaf in indonesian to their requests. the natives of indonesian often used the term maaf to avoid ftas (termed by brown & levinson, 1987) or at least to reduce the impositions to others when doing things with words. then, the other pragmatic transfers were a form of intensification expressions, such as „please and really‟. the student/speaker tends to use these words to upgrade the impact of the utterances/apologies on the hearers. these words are frequently used by the speaker. furthermore, the endearment and solidarity expressions are often used when the speaker and hearer have close relationship in terms of social distance. example of endearment expressions are “my beloved friend, i am really sorry for being late to return your book”. it shows that the speaker and hearer have intimate relationship. the endearment markers are often used when the speaker and hearer have close relationship in english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 157 terms of social distance. the speaker embedded his/her apology expression with utterances aiming to minimize hearer‟s wrathfulness because of the speaker‟s carelessness. “i am so sorry darling, i really forget to inform you, actually i have promised with my mom”. in this context, the speaker should not have said „darling‟ because it is just used for those people who have close relationship such as parents and children, husband and wife, and lovers. this is inappropriate. the speaker should not have said „darling‟ because they are just friends. the other utterances are “my beautiful mom, i am sorry. i really forget to buy your order”, “sorry bro, i have been busy this morning”, “sorry, friend, i have broken your motorcycle”. these examples are a form of solidarity expressions. the speaker embedded his/her apology expression with utterances aiming to minimize the hearer‟s wrathfulness because of the speaker‟s carelessness. it was done in order to maintain harmonious relationship between both of them. furthermore, there is an honorific expression. it is usually used when the speaker has lower social status than the hearer, such as „sir, mr., boss, miss and professor. it is used to show the speaker‟s respect. for instance, „i beg your pardon professor, it‟s my own mistake”, “i am sorry miss, i was late”. conclusion there are five apology strategies used in this study, that is, ifids, taking on responsibility, explanation or account, offer of repair, and promise forbearance. the strategy of an expression of regret is the most frequent apology strategy used by the participants. meanwhile, expression of self-deficiency and explanation are the other strategies which are used extensively. furthermore, there are some different ways to express apology due to the social status and distance of the speakers and hearers. the speakers who have low social status tend to use polite strategy. it means that the speakers used appropriate and positive responses in three levels of social distance (intimate, stranger and acquaintance). those people who have equal social status tend to use casual expression of apology. meanwhile, those people who have high level of social status tend to use less polite expressions. then, the result of the combination realization in expressing apology strategies from the 6 th and 8 th semesters showed a similar pattern. it means that they used similar pattern of combination in expressing of apology strategy. after comparing and analyzing the data, the students of english education study program of islamic state university raden fatah palembang use some pragmatic transfer in expressing apology. pragmatic transfer occurred when the speakers are influenced by socio-cultural aspects like social status and distance. it would give a positive and negative effect in pragmatic transfer. in this case, the negative transfer was the most frequent pragmatic transfer used by the participants/students. acknowledgement i am deeply grateful to professor diemroh ihsan, ma., ph.d. and professor dr. indawan syahri, m.pd. for their invaluable comments and suggestions on this article. all errors that remain are my own. references brown, p., & levinson. (1987). some universals in language usage. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. bu, j. (2012). a study of relationships between l1 pragmatic transfer and l2 proficiency. english language teaching, 5(1), 32-43. doi: 10.5539/elt.v5n1p32. cohen, a. d., & olshtain, e. (1993). the production of speech acts by efl learners. tesol quarterly. 27(1), 33-56. doi: 10.1177/026553228500200103. ellis, r. (2012). the study of second language acquisition. usa: oxford university press. gass, s. m., & slinker, l. (2001). second language acquisition an introductionary course. marwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates publisher. goffman, e. (1971). relations in public: microstudies of the public order. new york, ny: basic books. holmes, j. (1989). sex differences and apologies: one aspect of communicative competence. applied linguistics, 10(2), 194-213. istifci, i. (2009). the use of apologies by efl learners. journal of english language teaching, 2(3), 15-25. jebahi, k. (2011). tunisian university students‟ choice of apology strategies in a discourse completion task. journal of pragmatics, 43(2), 648-662. doi: 10.1016/j.pragma.2010.09.008. kasper, g. (1992). pragmatic transfer. second language research, 8(3), 203-231. doi: 10.1177/026765839200800303. moghaddam, m. m. (2012). discourse structures of condolence speech act. journal of english language teaching and learning. 1(10), 106125. tiara eliza pragmatic transfer in apology employed by english education students of islamic state university (uin) raden fatah 158 olshtain, e., & cohen, a. d. (1983). apology: a speech act set. sociolinguistics and language acquisition, 5(20), 18-35. qorina, d. (2012). realization of apology strategies by english department students of pekalongan university. journal of language and literature, 7(1), 93-105. sugimoto, n. (1998). norms of apology depicted in us american and japanese literature on manners and etiquette. international journal of intercultural relations, 22(3), 251-276. syahri, i. (2013). resemblance of indirectness in politeness of efl learners‟ request. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 3(1), 148-165. syahri, i., & kadarisman, a. e. (2007). pragmatic transfer in request realization. teflin journal, 18(2), 123-147. tamimi sa‟d, s. h., & mohammadi, m. (2014). a cross-sectional study of iranian efl learners' polite and impolite apologies. journal of language and linguistic studies, 10(1), 119136. tuncel, r. (2011). apologizing and speech act realizations of turkish efl learners. paper presented at international conference on management, economics and social sciences (icmess) bangkok. retrieved from http://psrcentre.org/images/extraimages/121179 9.pdf. wouk, f. (2006). the language of apologizing in lombok, indonesia. journal of pragmatics, 38(6), 1457-1486. doi: 10.1016/j.pragma.2005.09.011. http://psrcentre.org/images/extraimages/1211799.pdf http://psrcentre.org/images/extraimages/1211799.pdf bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights rubina khan department of english, university of dhaka, bangladesh e-mail: rkhan@agni.com tazin aziz chaudhury department of english, university of dhaka, bangladesh e-mail: tazinchaudhury@yahoo.com apa citation: khan, r. & chaudhury, t. a. . (2013). bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights. english review: journal of english education, 1(2),191-199 received: 09-04-2013 accepted: 22-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: the “advancing english skills”, textbook was compiled and introduced about a decade ago, at the faculty of humanities, dhaka university, bangladesh, to teach the foundation english courses, to freshmen students from thirteen departments, including english. today the course is still being taught at some departments. the department of english scrapped the foundation course, but the textbook is still being used for another compulsory course. this paper presents the findings of a study conducted to determine the english language needs of students (60) and teachers (30) at the humanities faculty of dhaka university. additionally a two prong evaluation of the course and materials from the viewpoints of both students and teachers of the humanities faculty was carried out, in order to shed light on the nature, effectiveness, and objectives of the course. strengths and shortcomings of the present course, and areas of mismatch between the students’ needs and the course, were identified. suggestions have been made, to improve the english language courses based on these findings, and implications for pedagogy have been highlighted. keywords: needs analysis, course evaluation, perceptions, ability, mismatch introduction english is a part of bangladesh’s colonial heritage; the language of the educated elite and not commonly used in daily interaction. post-independence english was de-emphasized in education and replaced by bangla in all official domains, as a result english standards fell to abysmal depths in public schools and universities (choudhury, 2001). however, almost 95% of the texts and reference books are in english, this resulted in the necessity of giving time, attention and energy to the learning of english (alam, 2001). bangladesh is a monolingual nation with no need for a second language for internal communication, yet the contemporary labor market needs a work force competent in english as participation in the global economy has opened up job opportunities where english competency is a prerequisite for employment (tsui & tollefson, 2007). public universities had to fulfill the demands of industry in order to make their graduates employable. thus compulsory english for academic purposes (eap) courses were implemented in the freshman year in all mailto:rkhan@agni.com mailto:tazinchaudhury@yahoo.com rubina khan & tazin aziz chaudhury bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights public universities from the 1994-95 academic sessions, to improve the english proficiency of graduates, in accordance with the ministry of education and the university grants commission’s directives. over a decade ago elt experts at dhaka university (du), the premier institution for tertiary and higher education in bangladesh, designed and implemented the foundation english course, an elt course to teach freshmen students from thirteen departments at the faculty of humanities, du and compiled and introduced the “advancing english skills”, textbook. as the course had to be prepared and introduced within a specified deadline the courses were designed and implemented sans a proper needs analysis; once implemented, the concerned authorities never evaluated the course. the logistical constraints, problems, limitations of students and teachers were never acknowledged or explored. despite teaching compulsory english for an entire academic year, the general standard of the students’ english proficiency is unsatisfactory. this study focused on identifying the specific english language needs of the students and teachers, of the different departments of the faculty of arts of du and evaluated the effectiveness of the existing elt course and textbook. finally recommendations have been made on the basis of insights obtained from the needs analysis and course evaluation findings. the method of identifying learners’ needs is termed needs analysis (na). na is a prominent feature and vital element in designing any eap syllabus (munby, 1978; robinson, 1991). gardner and winslow (1983) affirmed that a na should be conducted “to produce information which when acted upon makes a course better adapted to the students’ needs” (gardner and winslow cited in dudley-evans & st john 1998, p. 121). nunan (1999) classified na into two processes: content needs and process needs.na is not a be-all end-all activity rather it is a continuing process in which the conclusions drawn are constantly checked and reviewed. several bangladeshi researchers and curriculum experts strongly recommended that na be conducted at du and other bangladeshi universities on the needs of bangladeshi, tertiary level learners. haque & zaman (1994) urged that: “the efl course should aim at academic purposes and learner needs/wants as -the learners’ needs and wants tremendously control the whole package of teaching materials, aids and equipment, and the application of teaching techniques and strategies, the employment of classroom activities and, most importantly, the method of teaching and the construction of the syllabus” (haque & zaman 1994, p. 79). more recently khan (2000) noted that: “the syllabus needs to be revised and developed -the content -needs to be outlined clearly -rewritten keeping in mind the needs and demands of the students. -before revising the syllabus a needs analysis could also be carried out to determine student needs” (khan 2000, p. 106-107). according to weir and roberts (1994) evaluation is an indispensable part of na and provides the means for determining whether any program is meeting its goals; that is, whether, the measured outcomes for a given set of instructional inputs match the intended or pre-specified outcomes i.e. evaluation english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee is carried out to see whether the stated objectives have been achieved. similarly tuckman (1985) claims that the success of a language program in terms of innovations and implementation can be determined by systematic evaluation. the main purposes of evaluation in language education projects and programs are for accountability or developmental purposes (rea-dickins and germaine 1998). norris (1990) said that evaluation may be based on an “objectives model”-to see how far objectives have been met; or a “developmental model”-to identify strengths and weaknesses of the design and methodological procedures or both (norris, 1990 as referred by ellis, 1998). so evaluation is integral to professional practice; systematic evaluation generates relevant data and information about the program’s innovation or whether changes need to be made in the course outline and selected materials and how far it can be continued or whether it is transferable etc. the whole educational process that is the refining an elt program cannot be completed without a methodical evaluation procedure. in order to contextualize the present study, several studies conducted, on na and language program evaluation are reported and discussed in this section. khan (2000) evaluated the english foundation course at the arts faculty at du. she identified several constraints and problems of the initial course and recommended that a formal needs analysis needs to be carried out on the basis of which the course objectives, content and materials need to be revised and rewritten. in a related study, akin and guceri (2001) carried out a "macro materials evaluation" at bilkent university, turkey. it was found that the materials were not satisfactory. on the basis of this materials evaluation study, improvement plans for producing more effective materials were adopted. a need assessment was conducted by banu (1993) at the institute of modern languages (iml) of du. the iml course partly fulfilled students’ expectations. the lack of motivation and high drop-out rate in the course was due to the students’ dissatisfaction. the study provided informed suggestions for course improvement. chaudhury (2011) conducted a needs analysis to identify the english language learning needs of students and teachers at the humanities faculty of dhaka university. the needs analysis revealed discrepancy between the students’ and teachers’ perceptions of the students’ english proficiency. mismatches were also found between the humanities students’ english language needs and the content and objectives of the english courses that were being taught. more recently hossain (2012) conducted a survey at presidency university, dhaka, bangladesh. the survey investigated: the problems students faced in studying eap. on the basis of its findings tangible recommendations to augment course content and materials were made. basturkmen and al-huneidi (1996) conducted a needs analysis to study the english language needs and attitudes of students and faculty in kuwait university’s college of petroleum and engineering. a database of information about study in the college, language needs, perceptions, expectations for english courses, was generated and this was used as a resource primarily for curriculum design. zhu & flaitz (2005) conducted a na at a public university in the united states. rubina khan & tazin aziz chaudhury bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights the objective was to create a basis for assessing the relevance of the institution’s current english second language program and identify common problems faced by students and faculty members. the findings of the present research reflected and confirmed different strands of the findings from all the aforementioned studies. method amixed method design involving survey questionnaires, classroom observations and interviews was employed for the purposes of this study. the respondents were second year students, english language teachers and subject teachers from the departments of history, philosophy and linguistics at the humanities faculty of du. table 1 illustrates the details of the respondents and the data collection tools used. computer coded questionnaires using a five-point likert scale to assess responses to close-ended questions was used to determine the students’ and teachers’ perceptions. the completed questionnaires were analyzed using spss software. for easy reference the data has been presented in table form and frequency counts and percentages have been used to describe the findings and data analyses.  questionnaires were given to 60 second year students from the departments of history, philosophy and linguistics at the humanities faculty of dhaka university.  corresponding questionnaires were given to 30 subject teachers and language teachers from these departments.  classroom observation and document study (students’ work, course outlines etc.) was used to clarify and corroborate questionnaire findings  semi-formal interviews were conducted with subject, language teachers and students to further clarify and corroborate findings table 1.research instruments and respondents respondents questionnaires document study classroom observation 2nd year students of dhaka university from the faculty of humanities 60 √ √ (5 hours) teachers 30 ― ― results and discussion the humanities students’ and teachers’ perspectives regarding the four language skills and the existing elt course are presented in this section. the first section presents the students’ perceptions vis a vis the four skills. humanities students’ perceptions of reading ability findings revealed that a considerable number of students are “weak” at:  reading to respond critically (43.3%)  understanding a writer’s attitude and purpose (28.4%)  understanding and interpreting charts, graphs, tables (23.4%)  guessing the meanings of unknown words from their context (20%)  looking through a text quickly to find specific information (20%) hence inadequacy is apparent in the reading sub-skills. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee humanities students’ perceptions of writing ability a significant number of students were reported to be “weak” at:  adopting appropriate tone and style (41.6%)  organizing paragraphs (33.3%)  organizing the overall assignment (31.7%)  using appropriate vocabulary (31.7%)  following instructions & directions (31.6%)  expressing ideas appropriately (30.4%) thus weakness at the writing subskills is manifest. humanities students’ perceptions of listening ability results showed that several students were “weak” in:  understanding different english accents (28.4%)  understanding seminars and talks (26.6%)  carrying out instructions or directions (25%) so insufficiency in listening sub-skills is perceived. humanities students’ perceptions of speaking ability it was noted that many students were “weak” at:  delivering oral presentations or reports (35%)  explaining processes or procedures (43.3%)  brainstorming (36.7%)  taking part in class or tutorial or group discussions (25%)  speaking with other fluent speakers of english (38.3%) therefore inadequacy is marked in speaking sub-skills. students’ perceptions of course difficulty most students “sometimes-often” faced difficulty in the course as:  discussions in class were difficult (93.7%)  language of the course book/handout /materials were difficult(93.3%)  tasks and activities were difficult (93.3%)  difficulty in completing the given work on time in class (91.7%) thus the existing course, materials and tasks can be considered as extremely difficult for humanities students. teachers’ views on the present elt courses: the teachers’ perception of the existing english course was examined and the main results are highlighted below: reading sub-skills many teachers felt the course was “not helpful” in teaching:  understanding and interpreting charts or graphs or tables (36.7%)  understanding a writer’s attitude and purpose (26.7%)  reading to respond critically (23.5%)  guessing the meanings of unknown words from their context (16.6%) thus the reading component in the course can be considered inadequate. writing sub-skills a large number of teachers felt the course was “not helpful” in teaching:  adopting appropriate tone and style (26.7%)  organizing paragraphs (20%)  expressing ideas appropriately (16.7%)  using correct punctuation and spelling (13.3%)  structuring sentences (13.3%)  using appropriate vocabulary (13.3%) rubina khan & tazin aziz chaudhury bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights  expressing what you want to say clearly (13.3%) so the prescribed writing component of the course may be considered unsatisfactory. listening sub-skills a lot of teachers felt the course was “not helpful” in teaching:  listening to and understanding seminars and talks (23.3%)  listening to and understanding lectures and notes (20%)  listening to and carrying out instructions and directions (16.7%)  listening to and understanding class and tutorial discussions (13.3%)  listening to and answering questions in class and tutorials (13.3%) this indicates that the listening module of the course may be considered as insufficient. speaking sub-skills some teachers felt the course was “not helpful” in teaching  expressing opinions or objections (30%)  explaining processes or procedures (26.7%)  asking questions (20%)  delivering oral presentations or reports (20%) consequently the prescribed course module for speaking can be considered ineffectual. the majority of the teachers were “unsure”, “disagreed” or “strongly disagreed” on the matter of whether the course helped their students to:  learn language usage (83.3%)  improve their english (70%)  feel confident about using english in their studies (70%) in general the teachers opined that the course book was not meeting students expectations:  reading sections are not interesting/motivating ( 80 %)  reading passages are not of appropriate difficulty level (80%) therefore the teachers did not feel that the course book content helped to develop their students’ english proficiency. course book evaluations in this section strengths and weaknesses of the textbook are highlighted and some suggestions for improvement are presented. teachers’ opinions on the “advancing english skills” textbook based upon interviews with teachers the following strengths of the textbook were established:  the topics are locally relevant and culturally appropriate  the textbook is suitable for preintermediate level  there is a good mix of easy and relatively more difficult texts  the textbook caters to students of different proficiency levels  the textbook moves from easy to difficult texts  the textbook mainly emphasizes upon reading and writing skills  the textbook sections on paragraph and essay writing are reasonably good however the following shortcomings were also identified:  the textbook is inadequate  the textbook has minimum mediation and scaffolding  the textbook has no coverage of the listening skill at all english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee  the grammar exercises in the textbook are inadequate  the text length is awkward as some texts in the textbook are too short and others are extremely lengthy  there is a mismatch between students’ present proficiency level and the difficulty level of the textbook’s reading passages  some of the texts in the textbook are not interesting enough  the text types in the textbook are limited in range and lack variety teachers’ suggestions for course improvement the teachers offered a range of suggestions for improving the course and textbook which could be taken into serious consideration in future course design. firstly it was suggested that the course be modified to cater to the needs of students of different abilities and levels. secondly it was recommended that all four skills be focused upon, particularly listening and speaking. it was also advised that some texts could be retained and a wider variety of texts could be added including authentic materials. additionally it was proposed that grammar could be reduced and subject specific vocabulary could be built up. moreover it was counseled that sentence formation should be focused upon along with the introduction of writing on social or practical issues, writing research papers and formal reports. lastly it was put forward that ict and multimedia presentations should also be included in the course. conclusion from the preceding discussion and observations, it appears that the current english course and “advancing english skills” course book leaves much to be desired and that there is plenty of scope for improvement in the present course that is being taught at the humanities faculty. the feedback from the teachers established that their students’ abilities fall short of the proficiency level that is required, to academically succeed at the tertiary level. moreover areas in which the english course is not fulfilling the teachers’ expectations have been identified. the humanities students’ perceptions of their specific needs were identified, their opinions about the present english course were ascertained; areas in which improvement is required were highlighted. future elt courses will be benefited greatly if the above mentioned needs and perceptions of humanities students and teachers are kept in mind whilst specifying the content and designing the courses. the needs analysis identified:  specific english language needs of the humanities faculty students  specific areas of difficulty in language learning that need improvement from both the teachers’ and students’ perception  the strengths and shortcomings of the present language course book  areas of mismatch between learners’ needs and the current course  suggestions for addressing the mismatches and bridging the gap this study raised awareness as it brought to light and provided information to teachers, curriculum experts, and decision makers about the existing course. it is important to remember that evaluation is an intrinsic part of teaching and learning and necessary because it provides specific pointers and guidelines to curriculum developers and practitioners for future development of planning and development of courses and for rubina khan & tazin aziz chaudhury bridging the gap between needs analysis and course evaluation insights management and implementation of classroom tasks and activities. the findings of this study pertaining to students’ language learning needs, lacks, wants, problems and difficulties, and teachers’ perception about students’ language proficiency have implications for future curriculum development. references akin, a.r., and m. guceri. (2001). a macro materials evaluation for better or for worse. the weekly column, article 56. retrieved on 4 november 2006 from http://www.eltnewsletter.com/back/ april2001/art562001.htm. alam f. (2001). the dhaka university english curriculum. revisioning english in bangladesh, p1-14. upl. banu, r. (1993). a comparative needs analysis: bangladeshi students at iml and one japanese student at georgetown university. journal of the institute of modern languages (ed.). basturkmen, h., and a. al huneidi (1996). the language needs analysis project at the college of petroleum engineering kuwait university. eric document. retrieved on 10/11/2008 chaudhury, t. a. (2011). identifying the english language needs of humanities students at dhaka university. journal of linguistics, 32-53. choudhury s. i. (2001). rethinking the two englishes. revisioning english in bangladesh, 15-27. upl crystal, d. (2003). english as a global language (2nd ed.). london: longman dudley evans, t., and m.j. st. john. (1998). developments in english for specific purposes: a multi-disciplinary approach. cambridge: cambridge university press. ellis, r. (1998) teaching and research: options in grammar teaching. tesol quarterly, 32, 139-60. flowerdew, j., and m. peacock. (2001). the eap curriculum: issues, methods, and challenges. in flowerdew, j and peacock, m. (eds.) issues in eap: a preliminary perspective. uk: cambridge university press haque, s. m. f., and m. maniruzaman. (1999). attitudinal and motivational impact on efl proficiency of undergraduates: afurther investigation. the dhaka university studies, 65-87. harvey, d. (1990). the condition of postmodernity. oxford: blackwell. hossain, m. d. (2012). eap course design: compromising with learner needs. research journal of commerce and behavioral science. 1(6), 7-13. hutchinson,t., and a. waters. (1987). english for specific purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. jordan, r. (1997). english for academic purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. khan, r. (2000). the english foundation course at dhaka university: an evaluation. the dhaka university studies, part a, 57(1), 77-110. kennedy, c. et al. (2001). sociolinguistics. birmingham: centre for english language studies. manivannan, g. (2006). the importance of the english language. retrieved on april 6, 2009.from http://www.usingenglish.com/teache rs/articles/importance-englishlanguage.html. munby, j. (1978). communicative syllabus design. cambridge: cambridge university press. nunan, d. (1999). second language teaching & learning. boston: heinle & heinle publishers. rahman, a. (2007). the history and policy of english education in bangladesh. in thehistories and policies of english education in asia. (ed) asia tefl series i (205-231) cobblestone austin tx rea-dickins, p., and k.p. germaine. (1998). (eds)managing evaluation and innovation in language teaching: building bridges. england: longman ltd. robinson, p, (1991). esp today. hemel hempstead: prentice hall. tsui, a. b. m. &j. w. tollefson. (2007). language policy and the construction http://www.eltnewsletter.com/back/april2001/art562001.htm http://www.usingenglish.com/teachers/articles/importance-english-language.html english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee of national cultural identity. in a. b. m. tsui & j. w. tollefson (eds.) language, policy, culture, and identity in asian contexts. lawrence erlbaum mahwah n.j. 1-24. tuckman, b. w. (1985). evaluating instructional programs. (2nd ed.) massachusetts, usa: allyn & bacon, inc. weir, c. and j. roberts. (1994). evaluation in elt. oxford, uk: blackwell publishers. zaman, n., r. khan, n. huq, z. alam, t. s. mahboob, and b. s. sinha (2000) advancing english skills. bangladesh: department of english university of dhaka. zhu, w., and j. flaitz. (2005). using focus group methodology to understand international students’ academic needs: a comparison of perspectives. teslej 8(4). english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 29 item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students ari arifin danuwijaya english education department, faculty of language and arts education, universitas pendidikan indonesia, indonesia e-mail: aridanuwijaya@upi.edu apa citation: danuwijaya, a. a. (2018). item analysis of reading comprehension test for postgraduate students. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 29-40. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1493. received: 14-08-2018 accepted: 23-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: developing a test is a complex and reiterative process which subject to revision even if the items were developed by skilful item writers. many commercial test publishers need to conduct test analysis, rather than trusting the item writers‟ judgement and skills to improve the quality of items that need to be proven statistically after trying out was performed. this study is a part of test development process which aims to analyse the reading comprehension test items. one hundred multiple choice questions were pilot tested to 50 postgraduate students in one university. the pilot testing was aimed to investigate item quality which can further be developed better. the responses were then analysed using classical test theory and using psychometric software called lertap. the results showed that item difficulty level was mostly average. in terms of item discrimination, more than half of the total items were categorized marginal which required further modifications. this study suggests some recommendation that can be useful to improve the quality of the developed items. keywords: reading comprehension; item analysis; classical test theory; item difficulty; test development. introduction tests have been widely used to demonstrate level of proficiency of the students, and at the same time function as policy instruments to implement educational standards (phakiti & roever, 2011). in many universities, tests have become the tools used to complete the requirements in the process of admission. however, in other universities, the policies have changed in which tests play a significant role to determine not only student admission, but also graduation from their academic programs (ma & cheng, 2015; mustafa & apriadi, 2016). with the increasing demand of proficiency test for postgraduate students in indonesian universities, many universities locally develop testing instrument that assess students‟ proficiency level in which most of the tests were in the form of multiple choice questions. however, studies on investigating item characteristics, such as item difficulty, item distractors, and others, in reading test are not widely exposed by the test developers or language centres in indonesia. item analysis is a crucial part in a test development process as it functions to provide information about items that should be improved in terms of quality for later tests or even be eliminated due to misleading (quaigrain & arhin, 2007). this part is often used in the creating item banking, and its iterative nature in analysing items could help test developers to examine whether one test is a sound test both pedagogically and psychometrically and to achieve better teaching and learning (tarrant, ware, & mohammed, 2009; ananthakrishnan, 2000). for the use of english language learners, it is suggested that the characteristics of a test should be carefully reviewed and analysed (abedi, 2002). several studies have been conducted to examine the processes of test development, ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 30 such as item analysis in multiple choice questions in the field of education (boopathiraj & chellamani, 2013), medical science (hingorjo & jaleel, 2012; mehta & mokhasi, 2014; patil, palve, vell, & boratne, 2016), and social work (qaqish, 2006); and the processes of item writing in language studies (kim et al., 2010; spaan, 2006, 2007). spaan‟s study (2006), for example, provides a practical approach of test development and item specifications. some steps were proposed to be taken by test developers, such as test purpose writing, study analysis and construct analysis, test design, and task and item specification development. another study conducted by kim et al. (2010) recounts personal journey in the process of item writing which reveals the issues and dynamics in item writing processes. as the item analysis is hardly found in english language testing, particularly in reading, this present study aims to provide an analysis of multiple choice items in reading test. reading comprehension reading comprehension can be defined as the ability to understand vocabulary in order to paraphrase and make a summary of information from the text (manarin, carey, rathburn, & ryland, 2015). it is the activity to reconstruct a message from written symbols to a form of a language, and it involves many cognitive processes and combines both decoding process and inferential activity so that readers can really comprehend the text (feng & chen, 2016; grabe, 1997; kendeou, muis, & fulton, 2011). the process is divided into two categories: lowerand higher-level processes (grabe & stoller, 2002; grabe, 2009). according to grabe (2009), lower-level processes involve word recognition, syntactic parsing and semantic-proposition encoding, while higher-level processes require text comprehension, in which good readers summarize important information from the text (grabe & stoller, 2002). in the context of english as a foreign language, reading english textbooks becomes a big issue, particularly for students with non-english background. in thailand, for example, reading skills seems to be the big problem to the students because most of them find reading english texts is difficult (phantharakphonga & pothithab, 2014). within the context of university setting, reading comprehension is part of critical reading that can be a determinant to academic success. lowes, peters, and turner (2004) argue that reading is essential to understand basic concepts of a subject, to gather information for completing assignments, and to improve english skill, particularly to increase vocabulary. one of many characteristics of reading at higher education is critical reading which involves such features as identifying patterns of textual elements, distinguishing main and supporting ideas, making credible evaluation and arguments, and making relevant inference about the text. turner, ireland, krenus and pointon (2011) further explains in university setting, extensive and careful reading is required in order to examine some different competing theories, for example, that leads to different ideas and information. there are a number of skills that can be assessed in reading comprehension. davis (1968), as cited in alderson (2000), suggests eight reading skills, including recalling word meanings, drawing inferences about meaning of a word in context, finding answers to questions answered explicitly or in paraphrase, weaving together ideas in the content, drawing inferences from the content, recognizing a writer‟s purpose, identifying a writer‟s technique, and following the structure of a passage. reading comprehension test (rct) a test is a tool that serves to make decisions related curriculum and other areas (brown, 1995; carr, 2011; spaan, 2006). brown (2004) points out that a test is a way of measuring one‟s ability, knowledge, or performance in a given domain. in language testing context, most tests measure test takers‟ competence, such ability to perform language skills to speak, write, listen, or read to one subset of language. these performance-based tests sample the testenglish review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 31 takers‟ actual use of language which infers general competence. a test of reading comprehension, for example, may consist of several short reading passages each followed by a limited number of comprehension questions. from the results of the test, the examiner may infer a certain level of general reading ability (brown, 2004). reading comprehension test (rct) is an instrument that measures university students‟ abilities in reading a wide array of texts. this high-stakes test is developed to assess reading skills of postgraduate school students, in which its result can be used as the requirement for students to have thesis examination. students need to obtain a certain score to have the examination. if the score cannot be reached, students are not allowed to take the exam. thus, rct can be viewed as a high-stakes test in the university. it consists of 100 multiple choice questions which test some skills in reading, such as the ability to understand main information in the text, scan detailed information, get the meaning of words, understand pronoun reference question, make inferences from the text, identify not-explicitly-stated information, and locate information in the text. constructing a test is not a simple task. it involves a science and art of many complex tasks, such as planning, test preparation and administration, scoring, statistical analysis, and test result report (brown, 2004; downing, 2010). one of crucial stages in test development is statistical analysis of a test. statistics are beneficial in language testing. during the first trial of the items, statistics can inform an analysis of each tested item. for example, a test designer can take the advantage of statistics to examine if the distractors work well in a multiple choice or the item is too difficult to answer. in addition, according to kunnan and carr (2013), statistical analysis functions to provide a summary of test takers‟ performance in a form of test scores. it informs the test developer about the descriptive statistics of the test takers‟ performance, such as the average score (mean), the most occurring score (mode), and the overall variation from the average (standard deviation value) (kunnan & carr, 2013). classical test theory one of essential statistical tools in the analysis of language test is classical test theory (ctt). ctt has given a significant contribution to the area of language testing. according to brown (2012), many university courses and textbooks in language testing discuss the general idea of ctt. besides, most language teachers and practitioners use ctt in their practice in language testing. thus, ctt appears to serve as the foundation for understanding all aspects of language testing, and understanding ctt becomes vital for a language test designer because ctt is a precondition for comprehending and using more forms of analysis (brown, 2012). brown (2012) suggests that there are main methods in ctt including item analysis (item facility, item discrimination, and distractor efficiency analysis), reliability estimates, the standard error of measurement, and various validity analysis. item analysis is a crucial procedure to improve the quality of objective test by investigating how effective an item is. the result of the analysis informs which item needs to be included, modified, or eliminated in the test. there are three procedures in test analysis: item facility, item discrimination, and distractor efficiency. item facility (if), often called as item difficulty, describes the proportion of test takers who correctly answered the item (brown, 2012; carr, 2011). brown (2012) argues that if 95% of the test takers answer an item correctly, then the item is categorized as very easy; on the other hand, an item is viewed as very difficult if it is answered by 11% of the test takers. in addition, carr (2011) suggests that the values of item facility range from 0.0 to 1.0 indicating none of the students answered correctly and every test taker answered it right respectively. ideal items would be items of intermediate facility – the items that ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 32 30-70% of the test takers answered correctly or within the range of 0.3 to 0.7 (brown, 2012; carr, 2011). items with if below 0.30 are usually deemed to be too difficult, and items with if above 0.7 are considered too easy (carr, 2011). in addition to item facility, an item can be analysed in terms of how well the given item distinguish between test takers with high and low ability, or commonly called as item discrimination (id) (carr, 2011; thorndike & thorndike-christ, 2010). there are two ways of calculating discrimination. one way is by “subtracting the number of students who got the item correct in the lower group (nl) from the number who got it correct in the upper group (nu) and dividing the difference by the number of the group (n)” (thorndike & thorndike-christ, 2010, p. 308). another way to estimate item discrimination is using a correlational approach, in which a correlation coefficient is calculated between the item score and the total score, known as point-biserial correlation coefficient (brown, 2012; carr, 2011). with the existence of scoring machine or psychometric software, the value of correlation computation can be easily performed. the value of id ranges between 0.00 and 1.00 and it can be positive or negative. items with the highest values (more than 0.5) need to be retained, the ones with the lowest (below 0.2) need to be eliminated, and the ones between 0.2 and 0.5 should be consider for modification (thorndike & thorndike-christ, 2010). according to brown (2012), it is desirable to include the items with high discrimination indexes in the revised test because including the high discrimination index items will lead to more reliable measurement overall, whereas including items with low discrimination will lead to less reliable measurement. the last item analysis is distractor efficiency analysis or distractor analysis. according to brown (2012), the distractors are essential parts of an item and function to show a relationship between the total test score and the distractor chosen. low scoring students should choose the distractors more often while students with high scores choose the correct option. thus, the function of efficiency analysis is to investigate how efficient the distractors are to divert test takers from the correct answer (brown, 2012). according to quaigrain and arhin (2017), if there is a distractor chosen by less than five per cent of the test takers, the distractor is called as a non-functioning distractor (nfd). by analysing the distractors, it is easier for test developer to make a decision whether the distractors are revised, replaced, or removed. the rationale for the development of the reading test is the needs to construct up-todate language test aiming to investigate postgraduate english reading skills in the university. the main objective of the study is to investigate item difficulty, discrimination, and distractor efficiency of multiple choice test items in reading comprehension. method this study aimed to examine the process of test development, particularly in the process of analysing multiple choice questions in reading skills, to improve item quality. the study was conducted at one language centre in one public university in indonesia. the centre was chosen because its availability to provide items for try-outs and analysis. as this is a trial test, only a small subset of target population involved in this study to provide useful information about the items (spaan, 2007). fifty postgraduate students from different majors (educational management, science and mathematics education, social sciences, and non-formal education) who aged from 20 – 45 years were involved in this study. the students were invited to take part in the pilot testing of the items in december 2016. a hundred of multiple choice questions had been written in 2016 but not yet pilot tested to get the evidence on item quality. these questions were written to provide information about reading proficiency among postgraduate students. the items were developed by five english language english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 33 teachers having more than three years of teaching experience. the items were constructed based on ten reading passages with the topics ranging from education, literature, social sciences, and others. the questions for each passage, as shown in table 1, aim at assessing reading skills, including skills in skimming for main idea, scanning for stated detailed information, deducing meaning of unfamiliar words, pronoun resolution, making inference, understanding unstated information, and scanning to locate specific information (alderson, 2000; shirvan, 2016). table 1. reading skills in multiple choice questions reading skills number of questions item number skimming for main idea 6 1,11,21,51,61,90 scanning for detailed information 29 2,4,6,9,15,16,19,27,28,32,39,47,50,55,57,62,65,66,6 8,74,77, 80,84,85,86,89 ,96,97,100 deducing the meaning and the use of unfamiliar lexical item 32 3,8,10,13,14,18,23,24,26,31,36,37,45,48,49,53,56,5 8, 59,63,64,67,70,72,73,75,78,82,87,93,94,98 pronoun resolution 10 5,25,29,33,35,42,46,54,71,83 making inference 10 7,20,22,30,41,43,69,76,81,88 understanding information when not explicitly stated 7 12,34,38,44,91,92,99 scanning to locate specific information 6 17,40,52,60,79,95, total questions 100 the items were one-correct answer type, having a stem and four options, one of them being correct and the other three being „distractors‟. the test takers were required to select the correct choice and fill the answer on a separate answer sheet. each correct response was awarded 1 mark. no mark was given for blank response or incorrect answer. there was no negative marking. the maximum possible score was 100 and the minimum 0. based on students‟ responses, the test items were then analysed using laboratory of educational research test analysis package (lertap) psychometric software (nelson, 2001). lertap is a computer program to process and analyse results from tests and surveys. with the use of microsoft excel interface, the program and manual are user-friendly making teachers, instructors, and researchers easy to perform classical item, reliability, and dependability analyses of raw test or survey data (carr, 2004). the program can also be used to score and perform reliability analysis for both affective and cognitive subtests. each question was analysed in terms of its level of difficulty, which was measured by the difficulty index (p-value), power of discrimination, and distractor analysis. the cut-off values for item difficulty used carr‟s (2011) guideline with three categories: easy, average, and hard level of difficulty with difficulty index of less than 0.3, between 0.3 and 0.7, and more than 0.7 respectively. for item discrimination index, there are four categories of items based on its discrimination index: poor (di < 0.15), marginal (0.15 < di < 0.24), good (0.25 < di < 0.34), and excellent (> 0.35) (hingorjo & jaleel, 2012). results and discussion in the development of test instrument, there are some crucial steps that should be conducted to ensure the high quality of newly developed items. one of the crucial steps is to conduct pilot testing, or also called as pre-testing or trialling. carr (2011) argues that pilot testing is vital to ensure that the constructed items produce responses that are expected from the test takers. besides, pilot testing helps test developer to estimate the reliability of the test and to examine whether each item is appropriately written and, in multiple choice items, the distractors ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 34 can work well to discriminate lower and higher ability of the test takers. thus, item can be analysed for further improvement. after the pilot testing was administered to the respondents, the item responses were analysed by using statistical descriptive. the results showed that the scores of 50 test takers ranged from 23 to 68 with the mean score of 47.06 and the standard deviation was 10.05. the median score was 47 and the inter-quartile range value was 45. the skewness and kurtosis values for the scores were -0.15 and -0.18, respectively. as the values between -2 and +2, it is acceptable to prove normal univariate distribution. the test takers were divided into three groups. the mean scores of lower, middle, and upper groups were 35.6 (sd = 5.3), 47.3 (sd = 2.8), and 58.2 (sd = 4.8), respectively. based on the analysis, the cronbach‟s alpha index to measure the test reliability was 0.80. the value was categorized as a large alpha value indicating “that the items are tapping a common domain” (wells & wollack, 2003, p. 4). however, for a test that functions as a high-stake standardized test, it has a certain criteria in test reliability. wells and wollack (2003, p. 5) argue that standardized tests should have higher reliability coefficient as the test is given only once and function “to draw conclusions about each student‟s level on the trait of interest”. they further suggest that the internal consistency coefficients in a highstake standardized test should be at least 0.9, and for lower-stake test should have at least 0.80 or 0.85 (wells & wollack, 2003). item analysis one-hundred multiple choice items were processed using lertap. another result shows a brief statistical report as illustrated in a plot of item difficulty by discrimination in figure 1. the plot suggests that even though the test was high in reliability (coefficient alpha = 0.80) with some items were found to have average difficulty (ranging from 0.3 to 0.7), more than half of the items were categorized marginal to poor (62%) even having minus discrimination index. figure 1. the plot lot of items based on item difficulty and discrimination index english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 35 item difficulty the results of analysis showed that the average value of item difficulty was 0.47 and standard deviation of 0.19. figure 2 illustrates the proportion of the items based on the level of difficulty: easy, average, and hard. it is found that majority of items (71%) were of average difficulty. some items were outside the desired range of 0.3 to 0.7. out of 100 items, there were 16 items below 0.3 indicating more difficult items and seven items above 0.7 indicating easier items. hingorjo and jaleel (2012) suggest that items with average level of difficulty is more desirable, items with easy category can be placed at the beginning of the test as „warm up‟ questions, and difficult items should be reviewed for language confusion or even incorrect key. figure 2. the proportion of items based on item difficulty level table 2 below shows the item classification based on the reading skills. items with easy level were mostly dominated by questions related to scanning for detailed question skills. for items with average level of difficulty, items related to deducing meaning and the use of unfamiliar lexical items had the highest proportion accounting for 24%, followed by questions related to scanning for detailed questions (18%). meanwhile, items with high level of difficulty were dominated by items related to deducing meaning and the use of unfamiliar lexical items (6%), scanning detailed information (5%), and making inference (3%). table 2. classification of items based on reading skills reading skills item difficulty level easy average hard skimming for main idea 1 5 scanning for detailed information 6 18 5 deducing the meaning and the use of unfamiliar lexical item 2 24 6 pronoun resolution 1 9 making inference 7 3 understanding information when not explicitly stated 1 5 1 scanning to locate specific information 2 3 1 total questions 13 71 16 item discrimination item discrimination has a significant role to examine if an item is of low or high quality. items that function well to discriminate between students with different abilities are desirable and will increase reliability (nelson, 2001; wells & wollack, 2003). according to nelson (2001), discrimination index can be calculated in two approaches, called as the correlation and upper-lower method. measuring item discrimination with correlation approach is known as pointbiserial correlation or pb(r), which is the correlation between students‟ scores on the ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 36 item and the student‟s overall score. the analysis of items using lertap displays a full statistics that consist of point-biserial correlation, as shown in table 3. table 3. samples of the statistical analysis on test items 1 (c3) option wt. n p pb(r) b(r) avg. z a 1,00 32 0,64 0,01 0,02 47,53 0,05 b 0,00 18 0,36 -0,06 -0,08 46,22 -0,08 c 0,00 0 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 <-no d 0,00 0 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 <-no 2 (c4) option wt. n p pb(r) b(r) avg. z a 0,00 0 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 <-no b 0,00 3 0,06 -0,19 -0,39 39,33 -0,77 c 1,00 43 0,86 0,30 0,46 48,40 0,13 d 0,00 4 0,08 -0,25 -0,46 38,50 -0,85 table 3 shows the samples of item statistical analysis that has pb(r) value in two items (question 1 and question 2). the values of point-biserial in question 1 and question 2 were 0.01 and 0.03, respectively. according to wells and wollack (2003), a large positive pb(r) shows that test takers with higher scores tended to answer the item correctly, while lower score test takers responded incorrectly. in addition, item with small positive pb(r) does not significantly improved the test reliability, but even it can cause to reduce the reliability in some cases. in contrast, item with negative pb(r) will reduce test reliability, and it is preferable that an item has pb(r) more than 0.20 (wells & wollack, 2003). to conclude, question 1 has a low positive pb(r) and question 2 has a desirable pb(r) that can improve reliability. on the other hand, the index of item discrimination also describes the ability of an item to discriminate test takers with high and low scores. according to hingorjo and jaleel (2012), there are four categories of items based on its discrimination index: poor (di < 0.15), marginal (0.15 < di < 0.24), good (0.25 < di < 0.34), and excellent (> 0.35). figure 3 shows the percentage of item classification based on discrimination index. it is found that more than half of the total items had poor and marginal discrimination index, accounting for 39% and 23%, respectively. meanwhile, there were only 20% of good items and 18% of excellent items found in the test. figure 3. the proportion of items based on discrimination index english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 37 table 4 shows the proportion of items based on reading skills. based on the table, there were 14 items related to deducing the meaning and the use of familiar lexical items that were categorized as poor items, followed by scanning detailed information (18 items). for marginal level, most items were related to scanning for detailed questions. items related to scanning for detailed information and deducing the meaning and the use of familiar lexical items were mostly found in the category of good and excellent. table 4. classification of items based on reading skills reading skills item difficulty level poor marginal good excellent skimming for main idea 3 2 1 0 scanning for detailed information 8 11 6 4 deducing the meaning and the use of unfamiliar lexical item 14 3 5 10 pronoun resolution 4 2 3 1 making inference 7 1 2 0 understanding information when not explicitly stated 2 3 1 1 scanning to locate specific information 1 1 2 2 total questions 39 23 20 18 distractor analysis according to hingorjo and jaleel (2012), distractor analysis is essential to examine whether the distractors function well – low scoring students chose the distractor more, compared to higher scoring students. with the analysis, it makes possible for the test developer to revise, replace, and even remove the distractors. the test analysed consists of 100 questions with four options each; thus, the total number of distractors were 300. the analysis found that 39 out of 300 (13%) of the distractors were categorized as nonfunctioning distractors. non-functioning distractors were defined as distractors that were chosen by less than five per cent of the test takers or even those which were not selected at all by the test takers (hingorjo & jaleel, 2012). a distractor was categorized as working distractor when it was chosen, or some of lower examinees chose it. however, a distractor which was not chosen by anyone or fooling higher ability examinees does not function well (qaqish, 2006). this type of distractor is not contributing to test ability to discriminate the good students from the poor students, and thus it should be replaced or eliminated (kehoe, 1995). table 5 shows some samples of items with non-functioning distractors. table 5. samples of questions with non-functioning distractors q1 q2 q4 option n /50 option n /50 option a 32 64.0% b 3 6.0% a 4 8.0% b 18 36.0% c 43 86.0% c 45 90.0% d 4 8.0% d 1 2.0% for question 1, 50 test takers answered the question, and 32 of the test takers chose the right answer (option a). this question is in average difficulty level. however, the rest of the test takers (n = 18) chose b, leaving option c and d being not chosen by anyone. in this case, option c and d failed to function as good distractors. options c and d were categorized as non-functioning distractors. another sample for question 2, 43 out of 50 test takers answered the correct answer (option b). option b and d worked well as distractors because the options were chosen by some test takers. however, no one ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 38 answered option a, and thus, it is called as the non-functioning distractor. this case was similar to question 4, in which option b and d were the non-functioning distractors. according to carr (2011), some problematic items can be improved by revision, and the items that require revision are those having negative item pointbiserials, particularly items with large magnitudes. based on the analysis, there were 17 items out of 100 which had negative item point-of biserials, two of which had large magnitude. an item with negative point-biserial and high magnitude can be exemplified by question 22 (-0.22). this reading comprehension item had item difficulty of 0.28 and a point-biserial of 0.22, which was problematic. the item was in difficult category and had negative discrimination. the question can be seen in figure 4, and the passage was about the incan empire. 1. it can be inferred that pharaoh . . . a. referred to the name of an empire in egypt b. possessed powerful supremacy in egypt c. was an egyptian god d. lived for hundreds of years figure 4. example of an item with problematic distractors table 6 shows the distractor analysis of the example item. based on the responses of the item, it can be concluded that the distractors functioned well, as all three distractors were answered by the test takers. however, it can be seen that item c was more attractive that item b (the correct answer). the important detail of the response was shown in the value of pointbiserial. any distractors should have negative point-biserial coefficient, indicating that test takers who chose a wrong answer tended to have lower scores and vice versa (carr, 2011). based on table 5, option b, the correct answer, has a high negative point-biserial, which was highly problematic. it indicated that the option was more attractive to low-ability test takers than high-ability test takers. in contrast, option c was attractive to higher-ability test takers. therefore, the item required further changes, particularly the options. if the answer is b, then option c should be modified. table 6. distractor analysis results for the example item option n p pb(r) a 7 0,14 -0,34 b 14 0,28 -0,22 c 25 0,50 0,51 d 4 0,08 -0,21 conclusion item analysis has provided useful information about the characteristics of items in one test. some items, after the analysis, might be revised, changed, or even removed. based on the analysis above, it is found that the test had high reliability with cronbach‟s alpha coefficient of 0.8. as the nature of the test was high-stakes which function to make decision of the graduation for postgraduate school students, the reliability of the test needed to be improved, and one of them was by improving item quality. items should function to discriminate between students with different abilities. based on the findings, many items were categorized as marginal and poor category in terms of discrimination index. thus, these items should be treated for better development by either modification or deletion from the test set. based on the difficulty level, most of the items (71%) were categorized in the average level of difficulty, which was desirable for a test. the analysis showed that item with very easy and very difficult level needed further treatment. based on the above findings, there are some recommendations that can be put into consideration for future development. constructing high-stakes test takes about one english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 39 to two years to complete and involves staff from many different capabilities, such as experts in subject matter, test specialist, editors, psychmetricians, and many others. as a result to this, the first recommendation to improve the quality of item development is to ensure that items were written based on the test purpose and by experienced test writer. writing good items required knowledge and practice, and thus it is essential to have experienced colleagues share the process of item writing. second, it is quite appropriate to provide training materials for teachers to learn how to write better items. thorndike and thorndikechrist (2010) suggest that writing good items is a learnable skill and there are some principles of making an item. however, the construction of the questions is not simple as it requires certain skills and it has rules of writing the item. thus, it would be beneficial to provide training to ensure that the items written can discriminate properly and all the distractors function well. references abedi, j. (2002). standardized achievement tests and english language learners: psychometrics issues. educational assessment, 8(3), 231-257. alderson, j. c. (2000). assessing reading. cambridge: cambridge university press. ananthakrishnan, n. (2000). item analysis-validation and banking of mcqs. in n. ananthkrishnan, k. r. sethuraman, & s. kumar, medical education principles and practice. pondichery: jipmer, 131-137. boopathiraj, c., & chellamani, k. (2013). analysis of test items on difficulty level and discrimination index in the test for research in education. international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research, 2(2), 189–193. brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment: principles and classroom practices. new york: pearson education. brown, j. d. (1995). the elements of language curriculum: a systematic approach to program development. boston: heinle and heinle publishers. brown, j. d. (2012). classical test theory. in g. fulcher & f. davidson (eds.), the routledge handbook of language testing measurement. accessed on: march 23, 2017 from http://doi.org/10.4324/9780203181287.ch22. carr, n. (2004). a review of lertap (laboratory of educational research test analysis package) 5.2. international journal of testing, 4(2), 189– 195. carr, n. (2011). designing and analyzing language tests. oxford: oxford university press. downing, s. m. (2010). test development. in international encyclopedia of education (3rd ed., pp. 159–165). elsevier. feng, q., & chen, l. (2016). a study on teaching methods of reading comprehension strategies by comparison between tem-4 reading comprehension and ielts academic reading comprehension. journal of language teaching and research, 7(6), 1174–1180. grabe, w. (1997). current developments in second language reading research. tesol quarterly, 25(3), 375–460. grabe, w. (2009). reading in a second language: moving from theory to practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. grabe, w., & stoller, f. l. (2002). teaching and researching reading. harlow: longman. hingorjo, m. r., & jaleel, f. (2012). analysis of onebest mcqs: the difficulty index, discrimination index, and distractor efficiency. the journal of the pakistan medical association, 62(2), 142– 147. kehoe, j. (1995). basic item analysis for multiplechoice tests. practical assessment, research, and evaluation, 4(10). kendeou, p., muis, k. r., & fulton, s. (2011). reader and text factors in reading comprehension processes. journal of research in reading, 34(4), 365–383. kim, j., chi, y., huensch, a., jun, h., li, h., & roullin, v. (2010). a case study on an item writing process: use of test specifications, nature of group dynamics, and individual item writers‟ characteristics. language assessment quarterly, 7(2), 160–174. doi: 10.1080/15434300903473989. kunnan, a. j., & carr, n. t. (2013). statistical analysis of test results. in c. a. chapelle (ed.), the encyclopedia of applied linguistics (pp. 1– 7). oxford: blackwell publishing. lowes, r., peters, h., & turner, m. (2004). the international student’s guide: studying in english at university. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. ma, j., & cheng, l. (2015). chinese students‟ perceptions of the value of test preparation courses for the toefl ibt. tesl canada journal, 33(1), 58–79. manarin, k., carey, m., rathburn, m., & ryland, g. (2015). critical reading in higher education: academic goals and social engagement. bloomington, indiana: indiana university press. mehta, g., & mokhasi, v. (2014). item analysis of multiple choice questions an assessment of the assessment tool. international journal of ari arifin danuwijaya item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students 40 health sciences and research, 4(7), 197–202. mustafa, f., & apriadi, h. (2016). diy: designing a reading test as reliable as a paper-based toefl designed by ets. in proceedings of the 1st english education international conference (pp. 402–407). banda aceh. nelson, l. r. (2001). item analysis for test and surveys using lertap 5. perth: curtin university of technology. patil, r., palve, s. b., vell, k., & boratne, a. v. (2016). evaluation of multiple choice questions by item analysis in a medical college at pondicherry, india. international journal of community medicine and public health, 3(6), 1612–1616. phakiti, a., & roever, c. (2011). current issues and trends in language assessment in australia and new zealand. language assessment quarterly, 8(2), 103–107. phantharakphonga, p., & pothithab, s. (2014). development of english reading comprehension by using concept maps. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 116, 497–501. qaqish, b. (2006). developing multiple choice tests for social work trainings. in b. johnson, m. henderson, & m. thibedeau (eds.), eighth annual national human services training evaluation symposium (pp. 91–111). berkeley, california: california social work education center, university of california. quaigrain, k., & arhin, a. k. (2017). using reliability and item analysis to evaluate a teacher-developed test in educational measurement and evaluation. cogent education, 12, 1–11. doi: 10.1080/2331186x.2017.1301013. shirvan, m. e. (2016). assessing and improving general english university students‟ main subskills of reading compression: a case of university of bojnord. sino-us english teaching, 13(4), 245–260. doi: 10.17265/15398072/2016.04.002. spaan, m. (2006). test and item specifications development. language assessment quarterly, 3(1), 71–79. doi: 10.1207/s15434311laq0301. spaan, m. (2007). evolution of a test item. language assessment quarterly, 4(3), 279–293. doi: 10.1080/15434300701462937. tarrant, m., ware, j., & mohammed, a. m. (2009). an assessment of functioning and nonfunctioning distractors in multiple-choice questions: a descriptive analysis. bmc medical education, 9(1), 40. thorndike, r. m., & thorndike-christ, t. (2010). measurement and evaluation in psychology and education (8th ed.). boston: pearson education. turner, k., ireland, l., krenus, b., & pointon, l. (2011). essential academic skills. melbourne: oxford university press. wells, c. s., & wollack, j. a. (2003). an instructor’s guide to understanding test reliability. madison: university of wisconsin. improving the quality of language centres in salatiga through good recruitment process and teaching effectiveness standard english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee improving the quality of language centres in salatiga through good recruitment process and teaching effectiveness standard sesillia rani setyo sari satya wacana christian university salatiga, indonesia e-mail: sesilia_rani@yahoo.com apa citation: sari, s. r. s (2012). improving the quality of language centres in salatiga through good recruitment process and teaching effectiveness standard. english review: journal of english education, 1(1), 27-38 received: 19-08-2012 accepted: 12-19-2013 published: 01-12-2012 abstract: the focus of this study is improving the quality of recruitment and teaching standards at three language centres in salatiga. the purposes of this study are helping the managers of language centres in salatiga to find an appropriate way to recruit new teachers and helping teachers to be more effective in teaching. this research is qualitative descriptive interpretive and quantitative with a simple calculation. the data were collected by means of interview, questionnaire, and observation. the researcher suggests that researches on other samples and population on similar area need to be done so that the development of knowledge will improve sustainably. keywords: quality, language centres, recruitment process, teaching effectiveness standard introduction it is undoubtedly that the success of education lies on qualified teachers. a question might arise, that is what standards could be used to assess or measure teachers who are qualified or not. this question leads into another one which is “what it means to be qualified”. teachers graduating from different universities might have received different trainings and education; however, they normally claim to be qualified when they are interviewed to get a job at certain language centres. based on the writer’s observation, in 2005, several language centres in salatiga didn’t have any criteria in recruiting their english teachers. the managers only relied on recommendations from other teachers to hire a new english teacher. this phenomenon is quite dangerous since it will influence the students’ learning and performance. in addition, language centres in salatiga did not have permanent teachers. they hire new teachers as fast as possible because of the high demand for english courses. if they have many students waiting, they inevitably look for english teachers immediately. as a result, the teachers cannot be assessed for their qualifications. it is a crucial issue since the brochures of three language centres in salatiga state that they have qualified and competent teachers. in reality, it is difficult to identify whether those teachers are qualified or not. this has become the main concern for the writer to study further of how english teachers should be to produce qualified students in terms of reaching the objectives of the lesson. it is totally different from one of the language centres in jakarta in terms of standards used to recruit their new teachers. the head of the language centre in jakarta gave three kinds of tests 27 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga to recruit a new teacher in 2005. they were interviewed, a writing test, and demo teaching. after the interview, the staff from the language centre conducted a class observation to see whether the candidate teacher was qualified or not. in this research, the writer sees whether there have been some improvements in recruiting new english teachers for language centres in salatiga during a five-year period. in correlation to this, mccloskey, thornton, & touba (2007) proposed a set of standards that could be used to recruit new teachers and determine whether they are qualified or not. the first is what is called as domain check. this means there should be a clear standard to recruit new teachers at an educational institution. in other words, this institution should have a list of criteria to select teachers who are eligible or not to teach at their educational institutions. second is construct validity check. this means that the educational institutions should look back at what they are trying to measure: what a newly qualified teacher should know and be able to do. we can conclude from this statement that class observation needs to be done on a regular basis to see whether those teachers who have already been hired, fulfill the list of criteria set by the educational institutions. third is concurrent validity check. to check for concurrent validity, the educational institutions ask the teachers to list what were currently taught in the candidate teachers’ faculties/universities. the checklist is then used to see whether everything that was taught is covered somewhere within the educational institutions’ standard. if not, the educational institution is recommended to tell its teachers to fulfill the standard required. last is clarity check. to check whether the educational institutions standards would be clear and understandable to the pre-service teachers, faculty, and supervisors. the head of the educational institutions should allow the teachers to read the written criteria by themselves. it means new teachers could be shown the criteria needed to work at certain educational institutions so that they are aware and try to develop themselves professionally, and are in agreement with the educational institutions over the expected objectives. statement of the problem based on the background above, there are two main problems to be the main issues of this research. the first problem has correlation with recruitment process. the writer is going to see whether a standard has been set to recruit new english teachers. if there is already a standard used to recruit new teachers and determine whether the candidate teachers are qualified or not, the writer will analyze the standards set by language centres in salatiga critically based on the standards proposed by mccloskey, thornton, & touba (2007). in contrast, if they do not have any, the writer will propose a standard with some adjustments (if needed) so that they can be implemented in language centres in salatiga. the second problem is related to teaching effectiveness. based on the writer’s experience in teaching one of language centres in salatiga, teachers were not assessed for their quality in teaching, and there was no class observation conducted on a regular basis by managers to see whether their teachers are able to teach english effectively in the classroom. if there is no 28 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee standard set yet, the writer is going to propose an evaluation measurement which is suitable to be implemented in language centres in salatiga. on the other hand, if the language centres have their own standard in evaluating teaching effectiveness, the writer of this thesis will analyze it critically whether it somewhat matches the standard proposed by brown. the writer chose the criteria proposed by brown because it covers all the criteria needed to evaluate teaching effectiveness, for example, learning environment, individuals, teaching activity, teachers’ preparation, teachers’ presentation, teaching methods, personal characteristics, and teacher-student interaction. purposes of the study the purposes of the study are to help managers of language centres in salatiga to find appropriate ways to recruit or hire new teachers and to help teachers to be more effective in teaching. this study is significant for many parties. first, for the writer herself, it is important to learn more about teacher qualifications and give educational contributions in how a recruitment process and an effective teaching should be, for her own region, salatiga. for the teachers themselves, this study could make them aware of how effective teachers should be. as a result, the teachers could develop themselves and be more qualified with the guidance proposed by brown. next is for the language centres themselves. they will be trustworthy if what is stated in the brochure, that they have qualified and competent teachers, is true. for long term effect, they don’t need any big effort to promote their language centres if they are well-known for their qualified teachers. as a consequence, the students will get the rights to be taught by qualified teachers and be more productive in learning english. furthermore, the language centres will be able to keep its credibility, and could serve people in education at its best. in general, this study, which was conducted in a small town in salatiga, central java, indonesia could contribute towards the development of knowledge, especially in the recruitment process and teaching effectiveness evaluation for language centres, not only in salatiga, but also in indonesia. this study has been limited to educational institutions, i.e. three language centres in salatiga. they are chosen based on the age of the language centres (how long they have been established, which is above five years) and the number of students they have. those three language centres will represent the real condition of teacher recruitment process that has been conducted up to the present moment. in addition, the writer chose elementary level class in each language centre since there is a great possibility that elementary level class will be opened. in addition, elementary level is very important because it teaches students from the basic level. if the basic level has been taught properly, difficulties in learning english in intermediate or advanced level can be minimized. it will also make it easier for teachers of the next levels to teach students whose basic level is good already. this part discusses theoretical framework underlying this research. it covers two areas: recruitment process and teaching effectiveness theories that will be used as a stepping stone in conducting this research. 29 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga recruitment process it has been mentioned in previous chapter that the writer of this research is going to use standards proposed by mccloskey, thornton, & touba (2007) for recruitment process of new teachers. the writer is going to use four criteria; domain check, construct validity check, concurrent validity check, and clarity check which have been explained previously. the writer chose these four criteria since in 2005, based on the writer’s personal observation, both teachers and managers did not pay a particular attention to these four criteria. as a result, each of them had their own perceptions in running their jobs. if these four criteria are implemented and understood by both parties, it is assumed that language centres in salatiga will be more effective in giving educational services to students. teaching principles richards (1990) examines two approaches to the study of teaching from which theories of teaching as well as principles for teacher preparation programs can be developed. the first is a micro approach. it is an analytical approach that looks at teaching in terms of its directly observable characteristics. it involves looking at what a teacher does in the classroom. the second one is a macro approach. it is a holistic one which involves making generalizations and inferences that go beyond what can be observed directly in the way of quantifiable classroom processes. he adds that both approaches can be used to develop theories of effective teaching and to derive principles for teacher education. in this research, the writer uses a micro approach as one of the ways in evaluating teaching effectiveness. the writer has conducted a class observation to look directly at observable characteristics of teaching in the classroom. besides, the teachers also need to assess themselves as nunan (1990) indicates that it is crucial that teachers develop a range of social skills in planning, monitoring, and evaluating their own professional activities. a range of social skills here mean that teachers should be able to develop themselves professionally and interact well with students. that is why, the writer uses a self-evaluation form for teachers, from brown (1994), which is adapted from christison & bassano (1984 in brown 1994) to be filled in by teachers of language centres in salatiga after the teachers teach, to know whether they have developed a range of social skills discussed in nunan (1990). if the teachers realize their own weaknesses, it is expected that they will perform better and be more effective in other teaching practices. the writer expects that teachers are aware over their own strengths and weaknesses in teaching english. brandt (2007 in coombe, alhamly, davidson & troudi 2007) mentions that the definitions of selfawareness vary, but he explains that selfawareness relates to the notion of having knowledge, which can affect behavior. in this study, the writer expects that by knowing their own strengths and weaknesses, teachers can change their behavior by becoming more effective in teaching. brandt (2007 in coombe, alhamly, davidson & troudi 2007) also mentions that a novice teacher is expected to monitor his or her performance in teaching practice. in addition, brown (2001) mentions that when we speak, for example, the extent to which our intended message is received is a factor of both our 30 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee production and our listener’s perception. it means that when teachers teach, they don’t only make themselves clear but also they need to understand the students as a listener. the writer feels that this self-evaluation sheet is necessary to be given to teachers after the teachers teach, at least twice during class observation, to remind them over some teaching principles they need to bear in mind, since it is a way of helping them to develop a range of social skills proposed by nunan. method the writer uncovered the phenomenon of evaluating teaching effectiveness in three language centres in salatiga. that is why, the data were analyzed qualitatively since according to strauss & corbin (1990), qualitative methods can be used to uncover and understand what lies behind any phenomenon about which little is yet known. in this case, information about a recruitment process to have qualified teachers at three language centres in salatiga will be analyzed deeper. in addition, according to tayibnapis (2008), qualitative method can be used to make a narative information, like an interview record, students’ essay, a report sample, etc. in this study, the writer analyzed the data of evaluating teaching effectiveness naratively. in short, the data were analyzed qualitatively with an inductive approach, which analyzed from the phenomenon to come to a finding. then, for evaluating teaching effectiveness, the data were analyzed quantitatively with a simple calculation. in this research, the writer did not take sample, but used the whole population. this is so since there were only a small number of respondents, and the writer decided to use all of the available population. this is supported by sugiyono (2007) that when the population is “not proportional” in numbers, all of the available population should be taken as a sample. as a result, the writer would use disproportionate stratified random sampling. this research involved three language centres in salatiga. they were chosen based on how long they have been established, which is above five years, and the number of students, which is above fifty students, per month. the writer chose elementary level since there is a great possibility that elementary class will be opened, and elementary level is very important because it is the fundamental step in learning further levels. language centre a has been established for about eight years. it has around four hundreds students every three months with four teachers. for the elementary level, they have more or less fifteen students in one classroom. each session lasts for 90 minutes; one hour to have a lesson in the classroom, and thirty minutes to have a listening practice in the laboratory. however, for english for kids, each session lasts for one hour; forty-five minutes for having lessons in class, and fifteen minutes for listening practice. in the brochure, this language centre proclaims to be well-known because of its good facilities and teaching methods that many students and workers feel satisfied with the result. language centre a has three levels for beginner level; beginner i, beginner ii, and beginner iii. in addition, language centre b has been established for more than six years. it has around fifty students every month with seven to eight teachers. there are three to five students within one classroom. for one level, each 31 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga session lasts for 90 minutes. this language centre provides, as it is mentioned in the brochure, many facilities, such as air conditioner, tv, vcd, cd, and competent teachers. language centre b has 6 levels for elementary level. they call them general english i, general english ii, general english iii, general english iv, general english v, and general english vi. the last one, language centre c has been established for about twenty years. at this present time, it has around 150 students with five teachers. each session lasts for 60 minutes, and it takes three months to pass each level. as mentioned in the brochure, this language centre provides a perfect facility. it covers textbooks in the appropriate grading, additional materials from the tutors, mini laboratory for every class, and tv/cd/vcd when needed. language centre c has three levels for elementary. those are lower elementary, elementary and higher elementary. this research is qualitative in nature. to be able to uncover any phenomenon concerning the recruitment process and determine whether certain teachers are qualified or not, the following triangulation of data collection methods was used. furthermore, the writer used primary sources, that is the data sources directly give the data to the writer, and not through any other medium like through other people, or through any other important documents (sugiyono, 2007). an interview was chosen as one of data collection methods since according to sugiyono (2007), an interview could be used when a researcher wants to find out the answers for the research problems, and when the numbers of the respondents are quite a few. a semi-structured interview was conducted face to face. this is because the interviewer didn’t always stick to the questions, but had a follow up question as well in seeking the information. to help the writer to accommodate the answers, the writer used a tape recorder so that no significant information was missing. the interview was done to both the managers and teachers who teach elementary level. for language centre a, there were two teachers, who taught elementary level, being interviewed. for language centre b, there were three teachers who were interviewed. finally, there were two teachers who were interviewed for language centre c. the interview is used to seek information on how recruitment process has been carried out. it is significant to interview both parties the managers and teachers to cross-check whether they have similar or different perceptions over an agreement set earlier, or at the recruitment process. hadi (1986) in sugiyono (2007) states that observation is a complex process since it consists of biological and psychological process. two which are important are observation and recall processes. sugiyono (2007) also adds that observation technique is used when a researcher wants to know human behavior, working process, and when the respondents are not too big to be observed. in this study, the writer conducted class observations to see whether english teachers have been qualified or not based on the criteria set by brown (1994). this instrument is beneficial to identify the strengths of english teachers and areas need to improve. then, the scores were rated 0-4 to see whether those teachers will be in that particular 32 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee level in teaching effectiveness. the scale is wider in scope compared to the scale for teachers’ self-evaluation. this is so since an observer could assess beyond what can be seen by the teachers themselves, such as appropriate outfit, appropriate level of difficulty, etc. in this study, the writer conducted a nonparticipant observation, which means the writer was not get involved directly in activities of the respondents. it means that the writer functions as an independent observer (sugiyono, 2007). in addition, the writer did not read the teachers’ lesson plans since they didn’t have it in a neat written form. the writer also used structured observation. it means that it is made clear starting at the beginning over what criteria needed to be observed, where and when an observation occurred, and what variables would be observed. the class observation was conducted twice for each class, and for the first session, the class observation was not announced. then, for the second times, teachers were informed that they would be observed. the teacher is aware that when an observer is present, the teachers and students act differently during teaching and learning process. that is why, an anticipated action needed to be done. the writer was really aware of the possibility of class observation paradox, i.e teachers would act differently and prepared the material well when an observer was present. therefore, for the purpose of this study, the writer would see whether the result of an evaluation is different for the first, and second evaluations. the writer feels the need to have a questionnaire since it is an efficient way to know an expected variable from respondents. the questionnaire was used to measure the level of teaching effectiveness in the classroom. the respondents were english teachers and the questionnaire was given in english. the writer assumed that they do understand english statements in the questionnaire because they are english teachers. the type of the questionnaire is a closed one since those english teachers were expected to circle one of the available choices. the english teachers were given a measurement proposed by brown (1994) which is adapted from christison & bassano (1984) to evaluate their own strengths and weaknesses in teaching effectively. the teachers needed to fill it in since it would make them aware of their own strengths to build their self-esteem. in addition, they also needed to know what areas of teaching they should improve since a change of behaviour in teachers will also reflect teaching effectiveness. it means that if teachers are aware of their own weaknesses, they are expected to improve that particular area and be more effective in other teaching practices. it is highly believed that by knowing both, the teachers will try to do better in other occasions. in addition, they also rated themselves to 0-3 to see whether they belonged to one particular rating. results and discussion bogdan (1982) in sugiyono (2007) states that data analysis is the process of systematically searching and arranging the interview transcripts, fieldnotes, and other materials that you accumulate to increase your own understanding of them and to enable you to present what you have discovered to others. in this study, the writer used interview transcripts, result of class observations, and questionnaire to answer research questions and problems. however, qualitative research has 33 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga analyzed the data before a researcher “come to the field.” (sugiyono, 2007). the analysis has been done to the data in the background of the study to determine the focus of the research. in this context, the writer has analyzed the data in terms of the wrong way in the recruitment process, and teaching methods conducted in three language centres in salatiga for five-year period, 2005-the beginning of 2011. these data are called secondary data, and the analysis went deeper after the writer “come to the field.” after collecting the data, the writer analyzed them in the following way: data reduction it means that the writer chose the most important up to the least important of the information got so far. for example, if some of the interview transcripts did not really match the research problems and questions, the writer omitted that irrelevant information. data reduction means summarize, choose the most important part, and omit those unimportant data. in this way, it made it easier for the writer to get a clear picture over the expected information. data display after data reduction, the writer displayed the data in a narrative way. in this study, the writer analyzed the data inductively, which saw the data from what has been going on in three language centres in salatiga for five-year period, to come to a finding. in this research, the finding is a new measurement tool that could be applicable to be implemented at language centres in salatiga, in particular, and in indonesia for a wider scope. conclusion drawing/verification for this step, the writer drew a conclusion after having data reduction and data display. the writer analyzed the data from three sources. the first datum was collected from an interview between the writer and the managers as well as the teachers of language centres in salatiga to answer the first research question, which is recruitment process. next is from questionnaires filled in by teachers to make them aware of their own strengths and weaknesses which were rated in the scale of 0-3. the last one was from the writer’s point of view. it means the writer was conducting class observations to assess teachers’ effectiveness based on the format proposed by brown to be rated at the scale of 0-4. the last two data were used to answer the second research question, which is how effective english teachers at three language centres in salatiga are. the recruitment process of three language centres can be summarized below: table 1. summary of recruitment process criteria language centre a language centre b language centre c domain check construct validity check v concurrent validity check clarity check 34 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the table above shows that there is only one language centre, which is language centre a fulfills construct validity check, and the rest do not fulfill any single criteria at all. from these data, we can conclude that the managers of language centres should improve the way they recruit new teachers so that what have been stated in the brochure that they do have qualified teachers is true. in addition, the summary of the result of the rating of teaching effectiveness of three language centres can be seen below: table 2. result of teachers’ self evaluation using the rating of 0 to 3, the range of teaching effectiveness is between 1.6 and 2.05, which is between needs improvement and good level. finally, the rating of teaching effectiveness from an observer’s point of view can be summarized below: table 3. the writer’s observation rating level language centre a 2.8 average level language centre b 2.8 average level language centre c 2.8 average level using a rating scale from 0 to 4, the table shows that the range is around 2.8, which is on the average level. furthermore, for observation paradox, there is no significant difference in scores between the first and second evaluation. from this finding, it can be assumed that the teachers’ way of teaching is the same whether an observation is announced or not. to sum up, the three language centres in salatiga do not have any appropriate standards in recruiting their teachers. if those language centres have set standards in recruitment process and qualified teachers identification, there is a great possibility that the scores for the teachers’ self-evaluation and the writer’s observation will increase. if there is a clear communication between managers and teachers starting at the beginning (recruitment process), there will be the same perception between them in reaching up the language centres’ objectives. in addition, most of the teachers need improvement in teaching english because they are still in the level of 1.6 up to 2.05. this finding is compatible with the assessment from the writer whose point is 2.8 or on the average level. it means that the managerial staff should interfere and take a tangible action in improving the level of teaching effectiveness of their teachers. it could be done by conducting class observation on a regular basis to see whether they have implemented some criteria in teaching effectively used by the institutions, and see whether there is an increase in their rating level language centre a 1.6 needs improvement language centre b 1.9 needs improvement language centre c 2.05 good 35 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga level of teaching effectiveness term by term. furthermore, to be able to reach this, the teachers should keep selfevaluation sheet by themselves so that they can always reflect to those criteria in teaching effectively most of the time after teaching. in short, if all of these recruitment processes, teacher selfevaluation, and an observer’s observation are professionally conducted, at the end, hopefully, the students will get their rights to be taught by competent and qualified teachers. conclusion after analyzing the data from interview transcripts, questionnaires, and observations, the writer found the following results. there is no standard yet set to recruit english teachers. determining qualified teachers also seems not to be the main concern for the managers in recruitment process. in addition, the teachers get different “treatments” in the recruitment process. it means that the questions asked at the recruitment process vary from one teacher to another. most of the teachers themselves seem do not have any guidance or proper models in teaching english effectively. most of them just came into the classroom, and delivered the materials without any appropriate lesson plan (based on the writer’s observation). there is no explicit communication between managers and teachers starting from the beginning (recruitment process) in terms of the objectives to achieve. using the rating of 0 to 3 for teachers’ self evaluation, the range of teaching effectiveness is between 1.6 and and 2.05, which is between needs improvement and good level. using the rating of 0 to 4 for the writer’s observation, the range of teaching effectiveness is around 2.8, which is on the average level. after analyzing the summary and implicational pedagogy above, the writer proposes the following: the managers of language centres in salatiga should have a clear standard to recruit teachers. the managerial staff could have a meeting to discuss the four criteria explained previously to set their own fixed-standards to be able to get more qualified teachers. in this case, all of the candidate teachers will get similar “treatment” when they are interviewed, and both the managers and teachers will have the same perception over the language centres’ objectives. the writer has got her own point of view related to construct validity check for language centre a. even though the manager has fulfilled the criterion, the manager shouldn’t force the candidate teachers to be able to teach like the manager’s way of teaching since teachers have different styles in teaching english. what is recommended by the writer is that the candidate teachers should be allowed to observe classes with different teachers so that they get many ideas in terms of teaching english. in this way, the candidate teachers’ creativity will not be restricted, and the teachers could get more freedom to be more creative in teaching english. the managers of those language centres should facilitate teachers to have “teacher training program” so that the candidate teachers will have any idea of how to teach english at their institutions. furthermore, there should be a strict rule for all teachers to participate in the program. there should be a clear communication over the language centre’s objectives between the managers and teachers starting at the beginning (or the beginning of recruitment process), so 36 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 1, december 2012 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee there will not be any misunderstanding in the future. in addition, the managers should have a clear standard, and fixedquestions to be asked to candidate teachers at the beginning of recruitment process. the managers of the language centres in salatiga are recommended to do a study tour to one of language centres in jakarta whose recruitment process is quite close to the criteria proposed by mccloskey, thornton, & touba above. as a result, the managers will broaden their horizon, and hopefully, they will be able to determine whether the candidate teachers are really qualified or not. class observation should be conducted on a regular basis; three times in one term. the first observation is conducted at the beginning of class program so that the managers will get a clear picture over areas need to improve and the good point of the candidate teachers. the second observation is conducted in the middle of the term. in this way, the managers could monitor the pace of the lesson from the beginning up to the middle of the term. in addition, the managers could also supervise the candidate teachers’ mastery of the lesson. the last observation is conducted at the last session of the term, before the final tests. this is important since it will give important information for the managers of the whole domain of the lessons taught by the teachers. the managers will supervise it from the beginning, the middle, and the end of the term, and get a clear picture over what is going on in the whole term. the writer also found the fact that all teachers were not really up to date with the latest research, articles, journals, and books in terms of language teaching and teacher education. teachers should be encouraged to be more independent in browsing the internet, and make themselves be more knowledgeable and the managers are highly recommended to facilitate their teachers as well in providing up to date researches, articles, books and journal in language teaching, and teacher education. seeing the fact that three language centres, which are considered “big” in salatiga, central java don’t have fixedstandards in recruiting new teachers, there is a great possibility that small language centres in indonesia do not have appropriate standards to recruit their teachers. in this case, the government should interfere in setting up standards of recruitment process for all language centres in indonesia. in this study, i am proposing domain check, construct validity check, concurrent validity check, and clarity check for the government to consider. it should be made clear starting from the beginning over some criteria needed to teach at language centres in indonesia. in addition, the government should create a measurement tool, which is applicable, for language centres in indonesia. references brandt, c. (2007). giving reflection a voice: a strategy for self-evaluation and assessment in tesol teacher preparation. in c. coombe, m. alhamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 199-212. michigan: university of michigan. braskamp, l., brandenburg, d., & ory, j. (1984). evaluating teaching effectiveness. washington d. c. : sage publications. brown, d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: pearson education. day, r. (1990). teacher observation in secong language teacher education. in richards & nunan (eds), second language teacher 37 sesillia rani setyo sari improving the quality of language centres in salatiga education. 43-61. cambridge: cambridge university press. doyle, t. (2002). evaluating teacher effectiveness – research summary. retrieved october 3rd 2010. http://www.tqsource.org/publication s/teachereffectiveness.php. eken, d. (2007). an exploration of teaching effectiveness: an attempt to define the less easily definable. in c. coombe, m. al-hamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 167-182. michigan: university of michigan. goe, l., bell, c., & little, o. (2008). approaches to evaluating teacher effectiveness: a research synthesis. retrieved october 3rd 2010. file:///f:/evalteacheffec.htm. imron, a. (2007). correlation of communication effectiveness with teachers’ performance. retrieved october 3 rd 2010. http://www.docstoc.com. jihad, a & haris, a. (2010). evaluasi pembelajaran. yogyakarta: multi pressindo. kaufman, d. (2007). a multidisciplinary approach to assessment in teacher education. in c. coombe, m. alhamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 43-56. michigan: university of michigan. kyriacou, c. (1986). effective teaching in schools. padstow: t j press ltd. richards, j. & schmidt, r. (2002). longman dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. third edition. london: pearson educated limited. marno & idris, m. (2010). strategi & metode pengajaran: menciptakan ketrampilan mengajar yang efektif dan edukatif. yogyakarta: ar-ruzz media. mccloskey, m., thornton, b., & touba, n. (2007). new standards for a new era: developing tools to assess the qualified teacher. in c. coombe, m. al-hamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 7-24. michigan: university of michigan. miller, l., & young, j. (2007). what’s in it for me? a performance management system to please everyone. in c. coombe, m. al-hamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 74-88. michigan: university of michigan. nunan, d. (1990). action research in the language classroom in richards & nunan (eds), second language teacher education. 62-81. cambridge: cambridge university press. richards, j. (1990). the dilemma of teacher education in second language teaching. in richards & nunan (eds), second language teacher education. 3-15. cambridge: cambridge university press. stoynoff, s. (2007). building a contextspecific teacher evaluation system for an esl program. in c. coombe, m. alhamly, p. davidson & s. troudi (eds.), evaluating teacher effectiveness in esl/efl contexts. 106-118. michigan: university of michigan. strauss, a. & corbin, j. (1990). basics of qualitative research.washington d. c.: sage publications. sugiyono. (2007).metode penelitian pendidikan: pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta tayibnapis, f. (2008). evaluasi program dan instrumen evaluasi untuk program pendidikan dan penelitian. jakarta: rineka cipta. 38 http://www.tqsource.org/publications/teachereffectiveness.php http://www.docstoc.com/ preparation of papers in two column format for the proceedings of conferences sponsored by ieee english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee enhancing students’ interaction skills and critical and creative thinking through movies agelyia murugan universiti teknologi mara, malaysia e-mail: agelyia082@ppinang.uitm.edu.my wan noorli bt razali universiti teknologi mara, malaysia e-mail: wannoorli093@ppinang.uitm.edu.my apa citation: murugan, a. & bt razali, w. n. (2013). enhancing students’ interaction skills and critical and creative thinking through movies. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 216-222 received: 10-03-2013 accepted: 23-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: in the context of higher education in malaysia, the aims are to produce competent and confident language users in the students who learn english as their second language. by incorporating movies in english language teaching, it will enable the students to learn english more actively, meaningfully and interactively. this study seeks to explore the potential use of movies as a teaching and learning tool in encouraging active participation and critical thinking in the english language classroom. the existence of technology in movies has made ways for the educators to do segmentations of the important parts in the movies for the limited classroom time. critical thinking plays a vital role in education simply because of the personal and language enrichment. it also allows the students into self-directed thinking in making decisions more carefully, clearly and logically. it is important to incorporate the universal intellectual standards of critical thinking theory into the crucial foundation in encouraging active participation of students. it is believed that critical thinking will enable the students to engage themselves in their own pace of learning and provide greater freedom for expressing and arguments. this is because critical thinking is aimed at making wise decisions on what to believe and do and also presenting claims, actions and practices into the real-life contexts. keywords: movies, active participation, critical thinking, universal intellectual standard introduction malaysia is in the mid-point of its journey towards vision 2020 and is in the process of transformation to become a developed nation by year 2020. everything in this world has changed tremendously especially in the education system. in malaysia, english language is used as the second language and has been introduced as the medium of instructions in higher institutions. english language has a functional role by virtue of its use as an international language of communication in the economy of the nation, particularly for malaysia to remain globally competitive. sadly to say, there were less exposure and the usage of english language among our students because the language is only limited in the language classroom. due to this, educators should varies their teaching strategies in teaching the language because english language is essential and very important in the employment opportunities and is a necessity for malaysians of various mailto:wannoorli093@ppinang.uitm.edu.my agelyia murugan & wannoorli bt razali enhancing students’ interaction skills and critical and creative thinking through movies ethnics to rise up the socioeconomic ladder. the standard of the english language is still at the declining stage where there the language competence and performance of our malaysian students are deteriorated due to the lack of exposure to the language at home and also across the curriculum. this resulted in students of being underachievers and not proficient in the language when it comes to the employment matters. being an expert in the field of study is just not enough because students must also possess good communications skills which could be used globally. besides that, graduates’ employability is also based on how they can use the language and able to think creative and critically. this is because by having the ability to think critically, they may possess the potentiality in finding solutions with the problems with which he or she is confronted. apart from that, the tool that is used in teaching the english language plays an important role in instilling motivation for the students to enhance and develop their interaction skills in english language. uitm is known as the largest university in malaysia with the largest amount of students in the country. due to that, the graduates of uitm are expected to perform successfully in interacting with others locally and globally in english language. the university’s aspiration of being recognized as the ‘world class’ standard university lies solely on the performance of the graduates locally and internationally. but there are still problems arise due to the students’ proficiency and attitude towards english language. students are still lack of sufficient motivation and determination and also the skills in interacting in english. thus, there is a need for a tool or medium which can be utilized by the lecturers in enhancing the students’ speaking skills in english. the tool or medium used in teaching the language should be a yardstick to promote positive and motivational factors towards the students in learning the language. it should be not a chalk and board talk which used to be the teaching method in those days. as such, lecturers too play an important role in choosing the right medium to teach the language the huge emphasis must be placed on the creativity and innovation. this study investigated the potential of movies in enhancing the students’ interaction skills in english language and how movies may encourage the students in creative and critical thinking in using the english language. using movies in the english language classroom is one of the methods that can be used to teach our students the skills in learning the language. by this way, learners are being emphasized based on their sensory learning styles where it helps the learners to acquire, retains and retrieves in formations based from their learning preferences. according to hazita & noorizah, they stated that ‘a prepared educator can use movies to stimulate discussions, facilitate learning on particular topics, or reemphasizing material being presented through textbooks or classroom lecturers’. they also posit that learning english by movies promotes learners’ skills. besides, raymond wolkowski (1987, as cited by hazita & noorizah) stated that teachers are responsible in for motivating the students, whether intrinsically or extrinsically by using the various tools in teaching. according to him, ‘movies have both audio and visual components that may lead to motivation’. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee he also added that watching movies is surely stimulating and followed by discussions which will connect the students’ feelings with the learning environment. showing movies therefore is a successful approach to students because movies offer an entertainment factor from which many ideas can spring. it is also believed that movies can add color to a lesson, highlighting themes and projects and illustrating concepts and ideas for knowledge and creativity (lever, 2010). king (2002) believes that the use of authentic materials like movies will intrinsically motivates language learners to stay focus as it brings the learners to a new experience, different from the ordinary classroom setting. lieberman (2002) reiterates that when film is used to illustrate a topic, it has the power to initiate an interactive classroom activity which may then bring to a motivating and interesting learning experience. the immersion power and familiarity aspects in films, adds, lieberman will activate learners’ participation and permits active learning. according to wappel (2010, p. 76), ‘video streaming is another high-tech tool used in the esl classroom. to introduce or reinforce materials visually, teachers download clips or entire videos to make their classroom alive and spark active participation in the classroom. in a nutshell, the usage of movies in the english language classroom promotes more active participation from the learners in order to prepare them for functional roles in the society as well as employability. creativity is very important in the english language classrooms because creativity means ‘transforming one thing into another’. arthur koestler (as cited by feher, 2007), describes creative thinking as ‘double-minded’ thinking that ‘operates on more than one plane’. he also added that it can be best described as a ‘transitory state’. it is believed that creative thinking should be integrated in the lesson because it can create a relaxed and exciting classroom environment which is essential in the learners’ learning process. feher (2007) further posits that creative thinking improves the learners’ self-esteem as they can look at their own solutions to problems and their own products and see what they are able to achieve. apart from that, creative thinking also can lead to a genuine communication and cooperation. it prepares the learners to use the language instrumentally outside the classroom. in a nutshell, creative thinking is considered as part and parcel of our life because it plays an important role in the personal growth and also in the development of the culture and society. critical thinking skills are increasingly important in facing the world today. film usage in encouraging critical thinking skills is a widely acceptable notion (bluestone, 2000; lieberman, 2002; waalkes, 2003; weerts, 2005). students today make judgments on certain issues more experientially than conceptually. critical thinking encourages the students to act as a practitioner rather than as an observer. dressel and mayhew (as cited in young, 1980) proposed that critical thinking can serve as ‘a principle for integrating the curriculum as a point of view towards problems and their solutions and a way of thinking about basic problems faced by the mankind’. as such, they further summarized the five skills that is essential in critical thinking: a) the ability to define a problem. b) the ability to select pertinent information for the solution of the problem. agelyia murugan & wannoorli bt razali enhancing students’ interaction skills and critical and creative thinking through movies c) the ability to recognize stated and unstated assumptions d) the ability to formulate and select relevant and promising hypotheses. e) the ability to draw conclusions validly and to judge the validity of the inferences. (as cited in young, 1980) to add more, moore & parker (2001, p. 23) stated that ‘…..thinking critically is not about attacking other people but is more about helping others about their ideas and also ourselves’. it is understood that it is not a situation where winning takes place but more too in understanding the knowledge that is being shared. this study adopts the universal intellectual standards for critical thinking and the theory of communicative language teaching as its crucial foundation. paul and elder (2007, p. 57) defined the concept of critical thinking as illustrated in the diagram below: fairness significance logic breadth depth relevance precision accuracy clarity universal intellectual standard of critical thinking besides, this research also adopts communicative language teaching approach because this theory is important in making the communicative competence as the goal of language teaching and acknowledging the interdependence of language and communication. freeman (2000) posits that communicative language teaching approach promotes the linguistic competence of the students as well as the knowledge of forms and function of the language and their meanings. method this research is a qualitative and quantitative study based from the students who are undergoing their studies in uitm penang. those involved students are from bel 130 (english for communication skills) class where they are thought on the basic skills of communication skills in the english language. the research design is as follows: english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee data collection: samples are asked to watch the segments of the movie and followed by discussion based from the questions given among their group mates data analyses: the data is recorded manually as well as it is video recorded to ensure that the students discussion is evaluated based from standards of critical thinking. before data collection: the movies are being segmented into few parts and prepare the questions for the task outcome of the discussion: samples present their views on the questions given and the lecturer acts as the facilitator for the task given. the step by step method: activity description before data collection preparing film segment preparing questions for task film segment is extracted from the full version. the critical questions are formed. data collection watching the film segment 1. attention was gained through greetings and a slight conversation on how the students feel and what they have gone through that day. 2. the lesson outcome was shared where the goal for the day’s lesson was to contribute and develop ideas for group discussion using language functions which have been learnt in the previous week. 3. the lecturer started by asking the students if they have any family members or relatives who are disabled. few students responded. group discussion 4. the students were divided into an informal group of four as suggested by johnson, johnson and smith. every group was given a set of six questions and asked to read them all. 5. the students were given a little introduction to the background of the movie and then they were instructed to watch segment of agelyia murugan & wannoorli bt razali enhancing students’ interaction skills and critical and creative thinking through movies movies prepared to answer the given questions. 6. they were then given 30 minutes to discuss in the small groups. the lecturer observed the group discussion form time to time and assists them solve arising matters. presentation 7. they then merge into one big group for an open discussion. here, answers were elicited from every group and the lecturer often probes to invite more discussion, justification and arguments to create active participation and promote deep learning. the open discussion was recorded by another student who is familiar to the class. this is to lessen the nervousness and fear. this class is used to few classroom recordings as some activities in the previous weeks were recorded by their lecturer and discussed for further improvement. 8. finally, the students were asked to tick a simple questionnaire which aims at accessing their perceptions on the learning experiences during the lesson. data analyses the recorded data including the short notes the samples have scribbled on during their discussion will be analyzed based on the given standards and instances of critical thinking will be scored accordingly. results anddiscussion it is found that the video streaming of the movie have spark the active participation among the students because this teaching material has made the classroom environment comes alive. it encourages the students to speak confidently in front of their peers as there was a space for them to say their views freely. the movie shown has proven to stimulate the students’ interest towards the lesson and it is a great beneficial tool for communication interaction among the students. based from the students’ responses, it has been found that the students’ ability in understanding a particular topic has increased via their discussions with the classmates and also the lecturer, who was the facilitator throughout the learning process. therefore, it is also found that the students’ pronunciation and acquisition of vocabulary has been improved. apart from being involved in the interaction process, students were also being able to proceed with their development of other skills when they self-expressed through their writing. example from the students’ discussion: 1. lecturer: do you think that being disabled in some point, sam was able to raise lucy? student: he is able to raise his daughter. basically what makes a father competent from our point of view is that he can provide shelter, love and education for his daughter...................... analysis: this question is post to the students to make sure students use the critical thinking standard which is ‘breath’ and ‘logic’. this is because the student’s answer shows the liberal viewpoint which gets deeply into the issue and provides accurate and precise details 2. lecturer: how does the society view sam as a disabled father? student 1: the society wanted to separate them so that lucy will have a better life and education........but society is being colder by on thinking what is best for lucy. student 2: we should not separate lucy and sam because it gives negative impact in lucy’s personal development. so society needs to provide support sam; english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee financially, guidance and also develop his skill in learning. analysis: the question post to the students is emphasizing more into finding the accuracy and precision answers from the students. this is because firstly, the students are asked to list the details that they have watched from the movie. apart from that, they also tested on the depth of their understanding to make sure that they understand the complexity of the issue given. conclusions although sometimes it is difficult for the students to understand the western movies, it is better to have english subtitles which may help the students to understand the movie better. it is believed that watching movies is very important in increasing one’s visual and critical awareness. the lesson should be done interestingly by setting questions after the premiering of the movie, encourage healthy discussions in small groups and later open discussions with the lecturer and the students that may invite argumentation, criticism and also comments and feedbacks on various pertaining matters. this type of lessons should be student-centered and the lecturers should act as the facilitator in the discussions made. references bluestone, c. (2000). feature films as a teaching tool. college teaching, 48(4), 141. king, j. (2002). using dvd feature films in the efl classroom. the weekly column article 88. retrieved from http://www.eltnewsletter.com/back/ february2002/ art882002.html. accessed on january 4th 2010. lieberman, a. (2002). use of film media as a dictatic tool. encounter, 15, 1-17. paul, r. and r. elder (2007). a guide for educators to critical thinking competence standards. retrieved from http://www.criticalthinking.org. accessed on 10th may 2010. waalkers, s. (2003). using film clips as cases to teach the rise and the decline of the state. international studies perspectives, 4, 156-174. weerts, s. (2005). use of films to teach critical thinking. journal of nutrition education and behaviour. 37(2), 100 -101. young, r. e. (1980). new directions for teaching and learning–fostering critical thinking. jossey – bass inc. publishers: america. hazita, a., and m. n. noorizah. (2010). theory and practice for esol-movies as teaching and learning tools. malaysia: universiti kebangsaan malaysia. moore, b. n., and r. parker. (2001). critical thinking, sixth edition. california: mayfield publishing company. freeman, d. l. (2000). techniques and principles in language teaching, second edition. united kingdom: oxford university press. http://www.eltnewsletter.com/back/february2002/ art882002.html http://www.criticalthinking.org english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 83 teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study susanto english education department, bandar lampung university, indonesia centre for studies in linguistics, bandar lampung university, indonesia e-mail: susanto@ubl.ac.id deri sis nanda english education department, bandar lampung university, indonesia centre for studies in linguistics, bandar lampung university, indonesia e-mail: derisisnanda@ubl.ac.id apa citation: susanto, & nanda, d. s. (2018). teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study. english review: journal of english education 7(1), 83-92. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1530. received: 23-08-2018 accepted: 28-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: in this article we report an ethnographic case study of observing the teaching and learning of english at a school for visually impaired students in bandar lampung, indonesia. data collection included student and teacher interviews. it also covered class observation and used a social constructivist framework of disability. the study revealed that the students received inadequate modifications of instruction in foreign language learning. however, the students used a variety of resources with the screen reader technology such as non visual desktop access (nvda) and job access with speech (jaws). these findings suggest that visually impaired students actually can have unique ways of learning foreign language supported by the assistive technology. these abilities should be acknowledged to obtain the perspectives of students who receive disability specific education. moreover, the study might provide a further facet to the research especially on the importance of learning strategies in special education. keywords: visual impairment; language education; learning strategy; special education. introduction for the education system in indonesia, learning english as a foreign language is required in building the global competitive skill focusing on knowledge and performance. communication skill in english can bring more opportunities for the citizens in national and international labor market. therefore, english is one of the subjects being taught in the schools in indonesia. but, the english language course provided in the schools may not be designed properly for visually impaired students who have loss of vision. basically, visually impaired students pose difficulties in learning foreign language since human vision serves as a major stimulus for learning a language (agesa, 2014; arslantaş, 2017). without vision, the students rely on the remaining senses of hearing and motor-kinesthetic feedback in learning. in teaching and learning the language, at least there are two basic barriers found in the classroom. the first is when the teaching materials are sight based lessons. the lessons consist of materials with visual format such as pictures. then, the classroom may face difficulties to avoid pedagogical methods with sight based on visual perception. the second is when the teachers are not aware of the specific needs of the students and the general implications of their visual impairments. they are not aware of how to behave towards the students. also, they are not aware what the cognitive implications of the visual impairments for the students are. this may implicates slowing down the learning process in the classroom and the learning outcome is not maximum. in the mailto:susanto@ubl.ac.id mailto:derisisnanda@ubl.ac.id susanto & deri sis nanda teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study 84 study on observing the teaching and learning of english at a school for visually impaired students in bandar lampung, we underline those two basic barriers. we explore the students and teachers‟ experiences in the classrooms and the classroom interaction and pedagogy use. by the constitution, the government of indonesia is required to achieve not only the realization of justice and prosperity, but also the intelligence and welfare of the entire community, including the education for disabilities, e.g. visual impaired citizens. therefore, as ruled in its national education system in the country, we could find special education intended for children with special needs. in the system, the special education is available for the levels of primary and secondary education. the system has the management patterns of sekolah luar biasa (slb) „schools for special education‟ consisting of six types:  slb type a for visual impairment;  slb type b for hearing and speaking impairment;  slb type c for mental retardation;  slb type d for physical disability;  slb type e for the unsociable;  slb type g for multiple disabilities. categorizing the management patterns into the types of disabilities in indonesia may result in discriminatory treatment for the students if the special curriculum is not well prepared and the teachers are not well trained to follow the future trends in inclusive education (florian, 2008). besides, in the special system within all types of the management patterns, the curriculum should not only anticipate the inclusive behaviours, conditions and processes comparing with the exclusive counterparts (nugent, 2018), but also enhance the students‟ access to learning and social opportunities (whitburn, 2014) especially in the context of developing countries (birchler & michaelow, 2016; masino & zarazúa, 2016). in our ethnographic case study of observing the teaching and learning of english at a school for visually impaired students, we adopted a social constructivist framework. the framework approaches disability as a construction of social relations marginalizing those with bodies considered different from the normally functioning body. the social model differentiates between the physical limitation of impairment and the social construction of disability. as the matter of the physical limitation, the impairment involves a diminution of sight, hearing, mobility, and so on. while in the social construction, labelling disability could mean as a social process that turns an impairment into a negative by creating barriers to access. the impairment only becomes a disability when the ambient society creates environments with barriers (depoy & gilson, 2011). the social constructivist thinks that the impairment is not only seen as biological, objective, and static realities. but, it is contextual and linked to access in society (thompson, 1997). therefore, in the study, visual impairment is not a disabling physical limitation in itself, but a limitation placed on individuals by societal rules that define what a norm should be (casper & talley, 2005). this gives rise to the following questions for the study:  in the classroom, what strategies do the teacher and visual impaired students employ for teaching and learning english as a foreign language?  what are the visually impaired students‟ perspectives on their experiences in learning english?  what implications for the research and practice of special education do these findings have? method to answer the questions, we conducted an ethnographic case study of english learning classes at a school for visually impaired students (slb type c) in lampung, a southern part in sumatra island of indonesia. the school was established in 1993 and now it has 33 students in total. the study is from april to june 2108. a total of three teachers (ages 28–45; 1 male, 2 females) and 15 students (ages 9–18; 11 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 85 males, 4 females) were observed in 4 classes. students‟ vision varied from low vision to total blindness. figure 1. the students at the school for visually impaired students in bandar lampung, indonesia. the classroom observations were participant in nature (reason, 1998; cf. burns, 2018; jones, isham, & taylor, 2018). we participated in and occasionally taught some of the classes. the observations and interviews were audio and video-recorded. field notes were also taken. the field notes were written in a notebook. the typed notes were taken on relevant information from viewing the video recordings of classes. in addition to the observations, interviews were conducted with selected participants including the teachers and students. the interviews were semi-structured. in the interviews, we allowed for unwritten followup questions and for the conversation to cover relevant areas. questions for the students included their likes and dislikes of learning english and how it related to their impairments, and their communication experiences at the school. questions for the teachers included their perception on the general abilities and desires of visually impaired students and their instruction in the classroom for the students. table 1 shows the list of the predetermined questions asked to the students and the teachers. table 1. predetermined questions asked to the students and the teachers. interview questions for students  can you tell me about learning english in your class?  what has been your most favorite part of your english class?  what has been your least favorite part of your english class?  do you like learning english? why?  do you think learning english is important? interview questions for teachers  in what ways is teaching visually impaired students similar and different from sighted students?  what skill and knowledge do you want your students to gain in your classes?  how do you communicate with your students?  i noticed that you tried a particular pedagogical technique in class. why did you do that?  did you think it was successful? susanto & deri sis nanda teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study 86 we used the data from observations and interviews for themes that pertained to english learning as it relates to visual impairment. the themes were not determined a priori, but instead emerged from review of the data (atkinson & hammersley, 1998; cf. savage, 2013). to verify these themes, we used triangulation (stake, 2005). the data was triangulated in two ways: investigator and methodological triangulations (archibald, 2015; denzin, 2006). for investigator triangulation, we independently analyzed the data, shared initial themes through memos and discussions, and then came to consensus on the emergent themes. for methodological triangulation, we used more than one method to gather data. the themes gathered from the data sources of teacher interviews, student interviews, and observation. we validate one another and provide different perspectives on the same theme. results and discussion two common themes emerged through the observations and interviews, i.e. firstly, students and teachers‟ experiences in the classrooms; secondly, the classroom interaction and pedagogy use. students and teachers’ experiences in the classrooms in interviews, students discussed their struggles in learning english. they described that some of their teachers were unknowledgeable to effectively teach them. they also thought that their teacher was lacking an interest to help them succeed because of the extra effort required to understand and provide for their needs. student rz said, “in english classroom, i had to do a lot of works to learn english but my teacher did not help me much in the classroom.” while student wd said, “my teacher called me to read difficult words and she did not explain the meaning of the words clearly.” student sh described her experiences in the classroom as frustrating because her teacher was insensitive to her needs during her learning english in the classroom. her comments have called attention to an issue that, from her perspective, this lack of care affected badly her learning english in the classroom. however, students sr, ay and nk reported that in spite of having difficulties, they used a variety of resources with the help of non visual desktop access (nvda) and job access with speech (jaws): “all materials are difficult, but we used nvda and jaws to help us”. these students realized that learning materials in the classroom were not easy, but the screen reader technology can help them to get various materials from any resources for learning english. figure 2 illustrates the use of screen reader technology in the classroom. figure 2. the use of screen reader technology by visual impaired students in the classroom. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 87 meanwhile, teacher ek emphasized the strategy of peer learning for studying vocabularies in place of reading braille learning materials, “i don‟t use braille materials for learning new vocabularies because the students would still end up memorizing the words.” further she commented that braille takes a longer time to learn new words in the classroom. and, it creates an added step to the learning process that is not essential to learning the new words for the students. in learning vocabularies, we find that some students did not like using braille. student ag said of his experiences with braille, “i can learn some words with braille. but, i thought it was confusing.” he then added, “if i used it, i would still be memorizing the new words. so why continue with braille if i can learn by my ears and i still have to memorize the words anyway?” students gv, jw and ds found that braille in learning new words was inconvenient. they felt that it was also timeconsuming for them. we noticed that in the classroom, the students learnt and memorized the new words and they preferred to give up using of braille texts completely unless the teacher used the texts. the classroom interaction and pedagogy use when teaching and learning english, the teacher and students worked out various ways of communicating with one another. in the classroom, the students could not rely on visual cues. therefore, communication through spoken language became important. for an example, students nk and st, often said repeatedly to each other during learning new words. and teacher ac, often tried to help them to pronounce and communicate the new words among them and other students in the classroom intensively by tapping their shoulders. she believed that this act of tapping gesture can stimulate the students‟ active participation. figure 3. classroom interaction with visual impaired students. teacher ac often avoided asking her students to match the vocabulary to the abstract meaning as always done by other teachers in the school. for her, it was more important to introduce the vocabulary with the concrete meaning connected with individual student‟s experience. for her class instruction, which typically consisted of four to six students, as a result, she would lead her students to learn the new words with background stories. the stories related susanto & deri sis nanda teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study 88 to daily experiences can vary from one student to another student. in another classroom, teacher mt often had his students work in pairs to learn english vocabulary by using braille. unfortunately, his students nv and dt thought that learning the vocabulary in that way failed to help them learn and memorize many words. they also opined that it was not an effective method in the classroom. the students place the blame of the ineffectiveness on the teacher. they believed their teacher neglected to modify instruction and material to be more interesting. the teacher‟s inadequate inclusion of instructional practices might result in the use of ineffective pedagogy and visual impaired students could perceive it as the barrier to access their learning outcome (davis, 2002). figure 4. a braille text book used in learning english for visual impaired students. however, students hd and sf enjoyed their experiences in learning english. in their class, teacher mt used a role-play pedagogy. he asked his students‟ to play a simple drama by memorizing some dialogues. the students were allowed to improvise the dialogues. in the drama performance, the students got new words easily from the dialogues. besides, a braille text book was also used in the classroom (fig. 4). in another classroom, which has only one student, i.e. student st, he also used the braille text book. moreover, learning process in the classroom was accompanied with the musical learning (fig. 5). for him, english can be learnt through songs and he believed it was a good way for his student to learn a foreign language, at least from its melody and prosody. his belief is in line with the empirical studies showing that prosody is one of the critical elements in learning or acquiring language competence (susanto, 2016; weber, braun & crocker, 2006). english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 89 figure 5. musical learning for visual impaired students. for teachers ek, ac and mt, a braille text book should not be ruled out as a resource in the school for visually impaired students. although students can learn english without the aid of braille text, it should be still considered as a necessary skill for teaching students with visual impairment. therefore, they believed that it was compulsory to teach the students how to read and write braille text (see bozic & mccall, 2007). figure 6 illustrates a reglet, the tool for writing braille text, used in the school for visual impaired students. figure 6. a reglet as the tool for writing braille text used in the school. from a social constructivist framework of disability (see also bolt, 2005), the teachers‟ suggestions on the emphasis on using braille text in learning english might create barriers to achieve fast language learning outcome (danforth & gabel, 2006). this could ostracize the maximal use of listening for visual impaired students to learn english. students with visual impairment could well prepared to learn a foreign language relying on their hearing sense. thus, listening skill could be focused for visual impaired students. in our observation, visually impaired students can have unique ways of learning foreign language, for examples by the assistive technology as experienced by students sr, ay and nk (see hersh & johnson, 2008); by role-play pedagogy as experienced by students hd and sf; or by musical instrument as experienced by student st (see goldstein, 2000). these abilities should be acknowledged to obtain the perspectives of students who receive disability specific education (gabel, 2005) that can be incorporated with the perspective susanto & deri sis nanda teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study 90 from the teachers or even from the parents (jenks, 2005). the intersection of various pedagogies in learning language for visual impaired students with the ability of reading braille texts might get beneficial. however, we suggest that the experiences of those with disabilities need to be more explored into the research within foreign language education to understand more about disability (siebers, 2006). conclusion in this article, we discussed our observation on the teaching and learning of english at a school for visually impaired students in indonesia. it covered the students and teachers‟ experiences in the classrooms. it also included the discussion on the classroom interaction and pedagogy use. it was found that though the students received inadequate modifications of instruction in foreign language learning, they used a variety of resources with the screen reader technology such as non visual desktop access (nvda) and job access with speech (jaws). moreover, they could learn the language by role-play pedagogy and musical instrument as well. these findings suggest that visually impaired students actually can have unique ways of learning foreign language and these abilities should be acknowledged to obtain the perspectives of students who receive disability specific education. the study might provide a further facet to the research especially on the importance of learning strategies in special education. acknowledgment the work described in this paper was supported by a research grant from the indonesian ministry of research, technology and higher education (pdupt scheme, 2018). the authors also thank the principal, teachers and students in the participating school. references agesa, l. (2014). challenges faced by learners with visual impairments in inclusive setting in transnzoia county. journal of education and practice, 5(29), 185-192. archibald, m. m. (2015). investigator triangulation: a collaborative strategy with potential for mixed methods research. journal of mixed methods research, 10(3), 228-250. arslantaş, t. k. (2017). foreign language education of visually impaired individuals: a review of pervasive studies. ihead: ihlara journal of educational research, 2(2), 95-104. atkinson, p., & hammersley, m. (1998). ethnography and participant observation. in n. k. denzin & y. s. lincoln (eds.), strategies of qualitative inquiry (pp. 110-136). thousand oaks, ca: sage. birchler, k., & michaelow, k. (2016). making aid work for education in developing countries: an analysis of aid effectiveness for primary education coverage and quality. international journal of educational development, 48, 37-52. bolt, d. (2005). from blindness to visual impairment: terminological typology and the social model of disability. disability & society, 20, 539–552. bozic, n., & mccall, s. (2007). microcomputer software: developing braille reading skills. british journal of special education, 20(2), 58. burns, d. (2018). deepening and scaling participatory research with the poorest and most marginalised. european journal of operational research, 268(3), 865-874. casper, m. j., & talley, h. l. (2005). preface: ethnography and disability studies. journal of contemporary ethnography, 34(2), 115–120. danforth, d., & gabel, s. l. (2006). vital questions facing disability studies in education. new york, ny: peter lang. davis, l. j. (2002). bending over backwards: disability, dismodernism, and other difficult positions. new york, ny: new york university press. denzin, n. k. (2006). sociological methods: a sourcebook. piscataway, nj: transaction publishers. depoy, e., & gilson, s. f. (2011). studying disability: multiple theories and responses. thousand oaks, ca: sage. florian, l. (2008). special or inclusive education: future trends. british journal of special education, 35(4), 202-208. gabel, s. l. (2005). disability studies in education: readings in theory and method. new york, ny: peter lang. goldstein, d. (2000). music pedagogy for the blind. international journal of music education, 35, 35–39. hersh, m. a., & johnson, m. a. (2008). disability and assistive technology systems. in m. a. hersh & m. a. johnson (eds.), assistive technology for visually impaired and blind people (pp. 1-50). london: springer. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 91 jenks, e. b. (2005). parents‟ stories of raising children with visual impairments in a sighted world. journal of contemporary ethnography, 34, 143–169. jones, c. b., isham, l., & taylor, j. (2018). the complexities and contradictions in participatory research with vulnerable children and young people: a qualitative systematic review. social science & medicine, 215, 80-91. masino, s., & zarazúa, m. n. (2016). what works to improve the quality of student learning in developing countries? international journal of educational development, 48, 53-65. nugent, m. (2018). reframing inclusion: an exclusive–inclusive approach. british journal of special education, 45(2), 141–156. reason, p. (1998). three approaches to participatory inquiry. in n. k. denzin & y. s. lincoln (eds.), strategies of qualitative inquiry (pp. 324-338). thousand oaks, ca: sage. savage, j. (2013). participative observation: standing in the shoes of others. qualitative health research, 10(3), 324-339. siebers, t. (2006). disability theory. ann arbor, mi: university of michigan press. stake, p. (2005). qualitative case study. in n. k. denzin & y. s. lincoln (eds.), the sage handbook of qualitative research (pp. 433–466). new york, ny: sage. susanto (2016). a case study of prosodic phrasal grouping and intonational prominence in language acquisition. english review: journal of english education, 4(2), 289-295. thompson, r. g. (1997). extraordinary bodies: figuring physical disability in american culture and literature. new york, ny: columbia university press. weber, a., braun, b., & crocker, m. w. (2006). finding referents in time: eye-tracking evidence for the role of contrastive accents. language and speech, 49(3), 367– 92. whitburn, b. (2014). accessibility and autonomy preconditions to „our‟ inclusion: a grounded theory study of the experiences of secondary students with vision impairment. journal of research in special educational needs, 14(1), 3–15. susanto & deri sis nanda teaching and learning english for visually impaired students: an ethnographic case study 92 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee error analysis of writing verbs in discussion text dadang solihat department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: dacu_qta@yahoo.co.id diah novianti department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: diahnovianti1994@gmail.com apa citation: solihat, d. & novianti, d. (2015). error analysis of writing verbs in discussion text. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 75-81 received: 20-08-2015 accepted: 02-11-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: the objective of this study is to find out the error types of writing verbs in students‟ discussion texts and to identify the factors causing verb errors at the fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan. the subject of this study is 20 students. the limitation of the problem is to classify the students‟ errors based on linville„s error types in writing verbs, there are subject-verb agreement errors, verb tense errors, and verb form errors. this research is using qualitative method by collecting data from documents, questionnaires, and interviews. the result showed that the highest error which most students made is subject-verb agreement. its frequency is 105 errors or 78.95 %. the second common error is verb form with 15 errors or 11.28 %. the third common error is verb-tense with 13 errors or 9.77 %. the factors causing verb errors are interlingual factor and intralingual or developmental factor. it is influenced by the students‟ lack of knowledge and understanding of the use of verbs. key words: subject-verb agreement error, verb tense error, verb form error, interlingual factor, intralingual or developmental factor introduction generally, english is taught and assessed in terms of four skills, namely listening, speaking, reading, and writing. those four skills are divided into two types, namely receptive skills which consist of listening and reading, and productive skills which consist of speaking and writing. all the skills are needed in learning english, because they have their own important role. but, brown (2000, p. 216) stated that “the most obvious approach to analyze interlanguage is to study the speech and writing of learners.” it makes writing needed to learn. since, writing is the productive skill that involves grammatical in a structured way. in writing skills, grammar is a major role to produce sentences in a text. it corresponds with brown (2001, p. 362) who said that “grammar is the system of rules governing the conventional arrangement and relationship of words in a sentence.” the students need to acquire basic grammatical knowledge to write effectively. in grammatical rules, a sentence usually consists of subject, verb, and object. a sentence can be meaningful because there is a verb as word that can express action of the subject. but, some 75 mailto:diahnovianti1994@gmail.com dadang solihat & diah novianti error analysis of writing verbs in discussion text students still make errors in writing some verbs in a text. the fact show that the fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan face erroneous in writing verbs. it corresponds with corder (1981, p. 36) who suggested that “error is described by the application of linguistic theory to the data of erroneous utterances produces by a learner or a group of learners.” the students usually make an error in writing verbs especially in discussion text. as mentioned by linville (2004), the error types of writing verbs are usually found in subject-verb agreement errors, verb tense errors, and verb form errors. based on the point of view, the students make error in writing verbs. this is in line with thornbury (1999, p. 114) who noted that “grammar errors, on the other hand, cover such things as mistakes in verb form and tense.” the example is given in terms of a student‟s writing. the students write about the discussion text entitled “should we marry someone who supplies us money than someone whom we love?” in that writing activity students wrote, money and love is something interdependent. most of students wrote is as the verb on that sentence. the wrong verb belongs to subject-verb agreement error, and the students should have to write, money and love are something interdependent. some errors have been made by the fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan indicated that there are causes of error which influence the students‟ writing. as mentioned by touchie (1986), there are two major factors cause of errors in second language learning, namely interlingual factors and intralingual or developmental factors. related to those cases, this study investigates error analysis of writing verbs in discussion texts made by university students, which focus on finding out the error types of writing verbs and identifying the factors causing verb errors made by the student in writing discussion texts. method in determining the site and participant, the writer uses purposeful sampling. as supported by creswell (2012, p. 206) “in purposeful sampling, the writer intentionally select individuals and sites to learn or understand the central phenomenon.” purposeful sampling usually applies to both individuals and sites. this study involves 20 of fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan. the participants are chosen regarding two reasons. the first is the writer chooses the fourth semester students of english major because the material about discussion text is taught in the fourth semester students of english major. the second is the writer chooses university of kuningan, since those place is a strategic place for both the writer and the participant to conduct this study. the data in this research is taken through documents, questionnaires, and interview. the first is documents which are used to give information for the writer to know the problem that is faced by the students on the usage of verbs in writing discussion text. the step in collecting documents of this study is the writer asks permission to the teacher of writing course in english major of university of kuningan, to collect the students‟ discussion text as data instrument for this study. questionnaires are used to collect the information about factors which is causing the students make verb errors in writing discussion text. according to 76 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee gay et al. (2012, p. 388), “a questionnaire is a written collection of self-report questions to be answered by a selected group of research participants.” the questionnaires of this study use multiple choice questions. the questionnaire consists of some questions to collect the data for identifying the factors causing verb errors made by the student in writing discussion texts. a questionnaire could be easy analyzed by uses likert scale from fraenkel and wallen (2009, p. 126), namely 5 = strongly agree, 4 = agree, 3 = undecided, 2 = disagree, 1 = strongly disagree, and closed questions. the third is interview. it is equally popular to observation in qualitative research. creswell (2012, p. 217) stated that a qualitative interview happens when writers ask one or more participants general, open-ended questions and record their answers. gay et al. (2012) added that there are types of interview, namely unstructured interview and structured interview. hence, this study uses structured interview because the writer prepare a set of questions to acquire the necessary information. there are a number of steps taken in conducting an error analysis (gass & selinker, 2008). the first is collecting data, when this is typically done with written data. the second is identifying errors, it means finding out the error. the third is classifying errors, to classify the errors into the theme. the fourth is quantifying errors to know the total number of errors. the fifth is analyzing source, and the last is remediate, based on the kind and frequency of an error type, pedagogical intervention is carried out. results and discussion based on the study, a lot of students made errors in writing verb. terror types of writing verbs in discussion text, such as subject-verb agreement errors, verb tense errors, and verb form errors. by analyzing the students‟ discussion text, the writer obtained the results as presented in the following table: table 1. error types of writing verbs participants error types of writing verbs total of errors subject-verb agreement verb tense verb form student 1 1 1 student 2 1 1 student 3 1 1 student 4 1 1 2 student 5 1 1 2 student 6 5 3 1 9 student 7 5 5 student 8 6 1 1 8 student 9 44 1 45 student 10 8 1 9 student 11 4 2 6 student 12 11 11 student 13 6 1 7 student 14 2 2 student 15 3 1 4 student 16 3 1 1 5 student 17 4 2 6 student 18 2 1 3 6 77 dadang solihat & diah novianti error analysis of writing verbs in discussion text student 19 2 2 student 20 1 1 total 105 13 15 133 percentage of errors 78.95 % 9.77 % 11.28 % 100 % table 1 described the result of error types of writing verbs from the students‟ discussion texts. the writer found 133 errors consist of 105 subjectverb agreement errors, 13 verb tense errors, and 15 verb form errors. these table also presented the percentage of subject-verb agreement errors were 78.95 %, verb tense errors were 9.77 %, and verb form errors were 11.28 %. based on the study, a lot of students made errors in writing verb. the writer found error types of writing verbs in discussion text, such as subjectverb agreement errors, verb tense errors, and verb form errors. some examples are given below: 1) they supplies money for their son. (incorrect) they supply money for their son. (correct) 2) he come from south korea. (incorrect) he comes from south korea. (correct) the first error is basic subjectverb agreement error, the wrong verb is written by the student in the discussion text. the verb supplies, it should have to write supply. since the subject did not agree with the singular verb. then, the second error is made in subject-verb agreement using final –s/-es. the wrong verb come should be added by –s because the verb did not agree with the subject in singular pronoun. 1) financial stills needed to welfare the family. (incorrect) financial is still needed to welfare the family. (correct) 2) all the facilities has been guarantee. (incorrect) all the facilities have been guaranteeing. (correct) the first verb tense error occurred in passive sentence use the present participle (azar, 1989). this error produced because the sentence needs verb is. while, the second verb tense error has been guarantee, it should have to write have been guaranteeing, because the subject is plural noun. it belongs to present perfect continuous. according to azar (1999), the form of present perfect continuous is: have/has + been + -ing (present participle). 1) they will trying hard to make us… (incorrect) they will be trying hard to make us… (correct) 2) love is place to sharing. (incorrect) love is place to share. (correct) the first verb form error produced the incorrect verb will trying, it should have to write will be trying. since, as explained by knapp and watkins 78 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (2005) the –ing form is used for the progressive tense. then, the second error occurred in using –ing form. the incorrect verb to sharing should have to write to share, because after to infinitive always followed by verb 1. in analyzing causes of error which faced by the fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan especially in writing verbs, the writer obtained the data result from two instruments, namely questionnaires and interviews. those instruments had been used to know the dominant factor which faced by the students. it is between interlingual and intralingual or developmental factors. based on the questionnaires that have been analyzed by the writer, there were two factors causing verb errors in writing discussion text made by fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan, namely interlingual factors and intralingual or developmental factors. however, there is a dominant factor which caused verb errors in their writing. the writer obtained the results in the following table. table 2. the factors of students’ errors no. category total average 1. interlingual factor 628 48 % 2. intralingual or developmental factor 669 52 % total 1297 100 % table 4.5 presented the factors of students‟ error in writing verbs in their discussion text. the results showed that interlingual factor is 628 representing with the percentage is 48 %, and intralingual or developmental factor is 669 representing with the percentage is 52 %. related to those result, the writer assumed that the dominant factor which caused the students made errors in writing verb is intralingual or developmental factor. meanwhile, after analyzing interviews from the student‟s responses, the writer found the factor which caused verb errors in students‟ discussion texts. based on the student‟s responses for the first question, the writer assumed that interlingual factor is one of the causes of error in writing verbs. it corresponds with touchie (1986) who said that the native language of student plays a significant role in learning a second language. the students did not know the verb in english, it made them write verb by using their native language. one of the students also still made errors when using the ending –s in third person singular pronoun. this is in line with noori, shamary, and yasin (2015) who assumed that some students usually omit such –s when the subject is singular. the interview data result from the second question, the writer thought that interlingual factor has a role in causing verb errors. according to brown (2000), the beginning stage of learning a second language is the negative influence from the native language. the students still made error in translating words in indonesian into english. from the result of interview for the third questions, the writer found that intralingual or developmental factor is a major factor in second language learning. it showed from the student‟s responses, because there are many statements who explained that intralingual or developmental factor 79 dadang solihat & diah novianti error analysis of writing verbs in discussion text influence the student‟s writing discussion text. as explained by brown (2000), intralingual occurred because the negative influence from the target language itself. a lot of students still confused in using –ed or –s form, and in deciding tenses in a text. conclusion error types of writing verbs which are found in students‟ discussion texts consist of subject-verb agreement errors, verb tense errors, and verb form errors. the highest until the lowest frequency and percentage verb errors derives from subject-verb agreement (105 errors or 78.95 %), verb form (15 errors or 11.28 %), and verb tense (13 errors or 9.77 %). there are two factors causing verb errors namely interlingual factor and intralingual or developmental factor. the writer found that intralingual or developmental factor is the dominant factor which is made by the 20 of fourth semester students of english major in university of kuningan when they produce verb errors in their discussion texts. at the study, 48 % of the questionnaire results showed that interlingual factor is the lowest percentage, and 52 % questionnaire results showed that intralingual or developmental factor is the highest percentage. interlingual factor and intralingual or developmental factor causing the students made verb errors. however, the dominant factor is intralingual or developmental factor which is influenced by the students‟ lack of knowledge and understanding of the usage of verbs. in other words, they made an error in using subject-verb agreement, deciding verb form like –s/es form, -ed form, and –ing form, and the students also still confuse in using tenses especially in discussion texts. references azar, b. s. (1999). understanding and using english grammar (3rd ed.). new jersey: pearson education. brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment: principles and classroom practice. new york: longman. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (2nd ed.). london: addison wesley longman, inc. brown, h. d. (2000). principles of language learning and teaching (4th ed.). london: addison wesley longman, inc. corder, s. p. (1981). error analysis and interlanguage. london: oxford university press. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). boston, ma: pearson education, inc. creswell, j. w. (2009). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). los angeles: sage publications, inc. creswell, j. w. (1998). qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five traditions. los angeles: sage publications, inc. cynthia, r. (2013, june). four skills in the english language. retrieved from word press. retrieved from https://rahelcynthia.wordpress.com/20 13/06/28/four-skills-in-the-englishlanguage/ djuharie, o. s. (2007). genre. bandung: cv. yrama widya. dulay, h., burt, m., & krashen, s. (1982). language two. new york: oxford university press. ellis, r., & barkhuizen, g. (2005). analyzing learner language. oxford: oxford university press. eastwood, j. (1994). oxford guide to english grammar. new york: oxford university press. 80 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n. e. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education (7th ed.). new york: mcgraw-hill. gass, s. m., & selinker, l. (2008). second language acquisition: an introductory course (3rd ed.). new york: routledge. gay, l. r., mills, g. e., & airasian, p. w. (2012). educational research: competences for analysis and application. boston: pearson education, inc. gerot, l., & wignell, p. (1994). making sense of functional grammar (1st ed.). sydney: gerd stabler. harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching (4th ed.). cambridge: pearson education limited. harmer, j. (2004). how to teach writing. harlow: pearson education limited. james, c. (1998). error in language learning and use: exploring error analysis. london: longman. karim, s. m. s., fathema, f., & hakim, a. (2015). common errors on the usage of verbs in english composition: a case study of bangladeshi efl learners. asian journal of educational research, 3(2). retrieved from http://www.multidisciplinaryjournals.c om/ knapp, p., & watkins, m. (2005). genre, text, grammar: technologies for teaching and assessing writing. sydney: university of new south wales press ltd. kothari, c. r. (2004). research methodology: methods and techniques. new delhi: new age international (p) ltd., publishers. lightbown, p. m., & spada, n. (2006). how language are learned (3rd ed.). new york: oxford university press. linville, c. (2004). editing line by line in s. bruce & b. rafoth (2nd ed.): esl writers: a guide for writing center tutors. boynton/cook publishers: portsmouth. noori, m. a. j. h. a., shamary, i. h. k. a., & yasin, m. s. m. (2015). investigating subject-verb agreement errors among iraqi secondary school students in malaysia. international journal of education and research, 3(5), 433-442. retrieved from http://www.ijern.com/journal/2015/ may-2015/38.pdf pinter, a. (2006). teaching young language learners. new york: oxford university press. rohman, f. (2014, april). english text types genre of text. retrieved from http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/201 4/04/english-text-types-genre-oftext.html rohman, f. (2013, november). discussion text about pros and cons of school uniforms. retrieved from http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/201 3/11/discussion-text-about-pros-andcons-of.html touchie, h. y. (1986). second language learning errors: their types, causes, and treatment. austin: university of texas. thornbury, s. (1999). how to teach grammar. london: pearson education limited. zhuang, l. (2011). a study of verb errors committed in written english by chinese college students in taiwan. journal of humanities and social science, 7(1), 91-101. retrieved from http://journal.dyu.edu.tw/dyujo/docu ment/hssjournal/h07-1--91-101.pdf 81 http://www.multidisciplinaryjournals.com/ http://www.multidisciplinaryjournals.com/ http://www.ijern.com/journal/2015/may-2015/38.pdf http://www.ijern.com/journal/2015/may-2015/38.pdf http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2014/04/english-text-types-genre-of-text.html http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2014/04/english-text-types-genre-of-text.html http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2014/04/english-text-types-genre-of-text.html http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2013/11/discussion-text-about-pros-and-cons-of.html http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2013/11/discussion-text-about-pros-and-cons-of.html http://fatwarohman.blogspot.co.id/2013/11/discussion-text-about-pros-and-cons-of.html http://journal.dyu.edu.tw/dyujo/document/hssjournal/h07-1--91-101.pdf http://journal.dyu.edu.tw/dyujo/document/hssjournal/h07-1--91-101.pdf promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words looi-chin ch’ng academy of language studies, universiti teknologi mara, sarawak, malaysia email: looichinchng@gmail.com apa citation: ch’ng, l. c. (2014). promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 1-10 received: 12-10-2014 accepted: 29-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: despite the fact that explicit teaching of vocabulary is often practised in english as a second language (esl) classrooms, it has been proven to be rather ineffective, largely because words are not taught in context. this has prompted the increasing use of incidental vocabulary learning approach, which emphasises on repeated readings as a source for vocabulary learning. by adopting this approach, this study aims to investigate students’ ability in learning vocabulary incidentally via verbal dramatization of written texts. in this case, readers’ theatre (rt) is used as a way to allow learners to engage in active reading so as to promote vocabulary learning. a total of 160 diploma students participated in this case study and they were divided equally into two groups, namely classroom reading (cr) and rt groups. a proficiency test was first conducted to determine their vocabulary levels. based on the test results, a story was selected as the reading material in the two groups. the cr group read the story through a normal reading lesson in class while the rt group was required to verbally dramatize the text through readers’ theatre activity. then, a posttest based on vocabulary levels was carried out and the results were compared. the findings revealed that incidental learning was more apparent in the rt group and their ability to learn words from the higher levels was noticeable through higher accuracy scores. although not conclusive, this study has demonstrated the potential of using readers’ theatre as a form of incidental vocabulary learning activity in esl settings. keywords: incidental vocabulary learning, readers’ theatre, language learning introduction in a traditional classroom of english as a second or foreign language, it is common for teachers to adopt a translation approach in teaching vocabulary to the learners. translation is seen as a direct and explicit approach in introducing more words to novice learners. however, problems often exist in this method of teaching since translation may lead to problems in miscommunication (meidasari, 2014). despite that, more implicit approaches in teaching vocabulary are introduced in order to facilitate the comprehension of words, one of which is repetitive reading. research in second language learning has indicated that repetitive reading is responsible for vocabulary learning. repetitive reading would encourage the exposure of the vocabulary that would then enhance the word recognition (elis, 1995; schmidt 1993, 1995, 2001) of the targeted language for language learning. apart from that, it also exposes the use of vocabulary in context as to assist learners to get the meaning across. indirectly learners pick up the looi-chin ch’ng promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words vocabulary from the written text. this incidental vocabulary learning (dowhower, 1994) is best achieved when learners read aloud (fisher, flood, lapp, & frey, 2004; hickman, pollarddurodola,& vaughn, 2004; santoro, chard, howar& baker, 2008) story based text (mason, 2004; mcmaster, 1998; rashidi&ganbari adivi, 2010). in short, repeated oral reading of story based text in particular is highly favourable in driving learners to learn the language via incidental vocabulary learning. therefore, readers’ theatre (rt) would be the best way to achieve this as it certainly fulfil all the criteria mentioned above for language learning, particularly in terms incidental vocabulary learning. based on the review of previous studies, rt has shown to give impacts towards the improvement of learners’ fluency, reading motivation, reading attitude and reading comprehension. however, the impact of rt towards vocabulary learning in the language classroom has yet to be explored, albeit the pivotal role of vocabulary in oral reading has been recognized as lexical knowledge (srichamnong, 2009) and critical in language mastery (schmidt, 2008). despite that, previous research has pointed the significant impact of rt in terms of language learning, they are mainly focused on the impact of rt towards young children, elementary students and students with learning disabilities. not many studies have been dwelled into the possible students' educational level differences in explaining vocabulary learning via rt in the light of the second language classrooms among the university learners. in addition, without a satisfactory account of the vocabulary learning in the higher learning institution, the impacts of incidental vocabulary learning among the university students is “bound to end up stranded in an explanatory void” (cameron, 1997: 59). studying the vocabulary learning of the university students offers empirically-driven explanations that would inform the status of syllabus planning and would assist in the syllabus planning in the future, apart from enhancing the teaching and learning experience in the classrooms. eventually, incidental vocabulary acquisition via rt may also be applied across discipline which is not merely confined in language learning. studies also indicated that students who have poor academic performances particularly in english language learning is largely resulted by the fact that they are lacked in the interest in reading, poor reading habit and negative attitudes towards reading (akabuike & asika, 2012). the key for students not to read is perhaps they are demotivated by the challenges of decoding the meaning of vocabulary while reading. researches shown that oral reading and story based reading may assist vocabulary learning and comprehension, nevertheless, few studies explore the impact of rt in offering rooms for them to achieve better learning of vocabulary and comprehension orally, especially for students who are lacked of confidence and are have weak command of english. besides that, mraz et al. (2013) conducted a study on struggling readers by using rt in enhancing their fluency. the results were very encouraging that the leaners also showed greater interest in reading since they can inject some elements of drama in their rt. relevant studies in the field also inform that read-aloud narrative or story based text and repeat reading would be fundamental for incidental vocabulary english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee learning and comprehension. nevertheless, jenkins, stein and wysocki (1984) found that vocabulary is not usually taught in the classroom nowadays even though learning vocabulary helps in the comprehension of the reading texts. they also found that more frequent presentation in context increased the learning of vocabulary. therefore, it is hypothesised that rt can really help in vocabulary learning as compared to classroom reading as the exposure to the vocabulary in context is repeated; and students in the rt group should learn better from the students in the classroom reading group who are only exposed to the text once, regardless of whether they have any prior knowledge of the vocabulary. this study aims to investigate the use of rt (verbal dramatization of written texts) in promoting incidental vocabulary learning as compared to conventional reading lessons in the esl classrooms. the study was conducted to answer the following research questions: (1) what are the differences in the students’ accuracy scores between the use of conventional reading lessons and readers’ theatre? (2). to what extent readers’ theatre can promote students’ incidental vocabulary learning? in second language learning, research indicates that there is a strong bond between language learning and vocabulary learning. vocabulary learning enhances vocabulary knowledge and thus enables language use for the performance of language skills such as reading and speaking by the learners (nation &waring, 1997). on the other hand, learners’ vocabulary learning starts from ‘notice’ the vocabulary (elis, 1995; schmidt 1993, 1995, 2001). the more exposure given to learners to ‘notice’ new words would better enhance their vocabulary learning capability. since this word repetition is a favourable condition for vocabulary learning especially it is in contextualised manner (cain, 2007; jenkins, stein, &wysocki, 1984) and also playing a very important role in promoting incidental vocabulary learning (matsuoka & hirsh, 2010) thus, reading is accepted as a rich source for vocabulary learning. it is mainly because it provides learners the opportunity to ‘notice’ the words used in the different context repetitively in the reading text. it is also said the learning of vocabulary is incidental when they read extensively as the learners learnt the vocabulary that appear in the text even though the main purpose of reading is not to learn the vocabulary (swanborn &de glopper, 2002). incidental vocabulary learning is essential particularly in tertiary education. studies from koda (1989) shown that, an increase of reading proficiency is strongly attributed to increased proficiency in vocabulary (in matsuoka & hirsh, 2010). therefore, learners need to attain an adequate amount of vocabulary in assisting reading comprehension (hwang & nation, 1995; laufer 1991), in which it is one of the basic skills in academic settings for them to attain the world knowledge. another research done by rashidi and ganbari adivi (2010), also agrees with the notion of when the students get into the habit of learning words incidentally, wide range of genre may be incorporated in maximizing students' interest in reading. apart from that, cameron (1997) explains the vocabulary learning in the light of the second language classrooms among the university learners have been rudimentary. without a satisfactory account of the vocabulary learning in the looi-chin ch’ng promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words higher learning institution, the impacts of incidental vocabulary learning among the university students is “bound to end up stranded in an explanatory void” (p. 59).therefore, in short, vocabulary knowledge is strongly related with reading comprehension especially when the knowledge of vocabulary is acquired incidentally. studies have shown that, in most cases, oral reading is recognised to be more effective in terms of promoting reading comprehension and improving incidental vocabulary learning. recent studies have established that effective read-aloud contributes to students’ comprehension development (fisher, flood, lapp, & frey, 2004; hickman, pollard-durodola,& vaughn, 2004). meanwhile beck, mckeown, hamilton, and kucan (1997), suggests that textbased discussions as part of read-aloud may increase vocabulary learning besides improving comprehension particularly for students who struggle with decoding skills or who are just learning to read fluently, it would seem reasonable that comprehension strategies be taught through oral language opportunities (e.g. read-aloud). in the other studies, learners seem to have better incidental vocabulary learning and comprehension via oral reading when the genre of text is story based. rashidi and ganbari adivi (2010) reported from their study on the incidental vocabulary learning through reading short stories that the high school students demonstrated positive vocabulary learning when they were engaged in extensive reading. leaners’ interest grows greater when they are involved in various oral activities, such as storytelling (mason, 2004) and dramatic play (mcmaster, 1998). results from the studies done by santoro, chard, howard and baker (2008) strengthen the point that vocal reading enhances incidental vocabulary learning in assisting students to comprehend the text, narratives or story based texts. their studies reveal that students who gone through the read-aloud lessons are able to make a longer retellings specifically in narrative texts as compared to those who did not. besides, they also demonstrated a depth of text comprehension in their retellings and vocabulary knowledge, even though the main purpose of their readings are not learning the vocabulary. thus, it would be true that silent reading , which is commonly practised in most of the classroom reading lessons might not be able to help students to achieve good comprehension as it leaves no space for them to express what they have read and understood orally (young & rasinski, 2009). with that said, when comprehension is challenging normal reading classrooms, it also means it would be difficult for learners to learn the vocabulary incidentally in this context too. hence, it is believed that utilising readers theatre (rt) in the reading classroom would encourage incidental vocabulary learning and thus promotes better comprehension as learners need to go through repeated readings (dowhower, 1994) which facilitates the recognition skills of the words in the context of a narrative and enable them to express their reading vocally. rt is an approach that has been extensively used in the language classrooms, especially in the esl/efl classrooms, and it successfully worked on the young children, elementary students and students with learning disabilities. recent studies suggest that rt gives a great impact towards language learning english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in various areas. it contributes towards the improvement of learners’ fluency, reading motivation, reading attitude and reading comprehension. for example, among the middle school students, allinder, dunse, brunken and obermiller-krolikowki (2001) found that the comprehension scores for students (including students with learning disability) who were exposed to daily oral reading increased. similarly, chard, vaughn, and tyler (2002) found that the reading fluency of the elementary students with learning disability significantly improved after repeated reading interventions. a lot more studies have proved the success of rt in improving the attitudes (morris, 2011; rees, 2005; smith, 2011), confidence, word recognition (rinehart, 1999), fluency (rasinki, 2006) and motivation to read (carrick, 2001; rinehart, 1999). these researches have consistently shown that rt is a successful approach for language learning. rt is able to link reading comprehension and vocabulary learning as it improves reading fluency, accuracy, automaticity, prosody which further leads to good comprehension (rasinski, 2006). through rt, students are able to recognize the words and pronounce it without error (accuracy), and this is the first step of language learning. when students have the ability to read the words correctly, effortlessly and meaningfully via their finite cognitive resources (automaticity), they are able to perform a successful rt. on top of that, rt requires students not only merely read their script but with the ability to render the text with appropriate expressions and phrasing (prosody). this allows the readers to reflect their understanding of the script semantically and syntactically (comprehension). lastly, rt also helps students to become a more fluent speaker (fluency). since the key step to language mastery would simply start from vocabulary learning, reading is accepted as a rich source for vocabulary learning in a contextualized manner; and rt is much encouraging, especially for students who are lacked of confidence and are of lower proficiency in english. method the study involved 160 diploma students of various disciplines in a public university. they were divided equally into two groups – classroom reading (cr) group and readers’ theatre (rt) group. only those who have given their consent to participate in the study were selected for the study as the willingness of the participants were valued in order to avoid dishonest responses for the data collected. a proficiency test was conducted on both groups to determine their vocabulary level. the test items were adopted from laufer and nation (1999) database. based on the results, a suitable story was selected as their reading material. the cr group read the story through a normal reading lesson in class while the rt group was required to verbally dramatize the text through readers’ theatre activity. then, a posttest based on vocabulary levels (vocabulary test) was carried out. in general, laufer and nation (1999) have categorised words from frequently seen to least encountered into 5 categories (1k word level, 2k word level, 3k word level, 5k word level,10k word level and academic words level). thus, this test adopted 10 question items for each category of word level making it a total of 50 question items looi-chin ch’ng promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words from the database of laufer and nation (1999), http://www.er.uqam.ca/nobel/r21270/levels/ 2kc.html. participants were requested to only complete the spelling of the word instead of filling in the blank as the main purpose of the test is to examine the participants’ familiarity of the words of different levels instead of the proficiency of the language as a whole. the procedures in collecting the data needed for this study is illustrated in figure 1. proficiency test laufer& nation (1999) (to measure current vocabulary proficiency level) readers’ theater (rt) vocabulary test selected words from text by 30 classroom reading group (cr grp) (80 students)  (before reading activity) x  (to measure the effects of classroom reading in esl incidental vocabulary learning) readers’ theatre group (rt grp) (80 students)  (before rt performances)   (to measure the effects of readers’ theatre in esl incidental vocabulary learning) figure 1.data collection procedures. the results from the proficiency test for all 160 participants revealed the following accuracy percentage for each level (10 words for each level) as shown in table 1. table 1.accuracy percentage of each word level (n=160) levels accuracy 1k 92% 2k 66% 3k 56% 5k 35% 10k 27% in general, the proficiency level of the participants were largely between 1k to 3k word levels. only a small number of them were able to identified words beyond 3k level and the accuracy was also very low. based on this, it has provided a good indicator on the choice of texts to be used in this study. the most frequently encountered words in the story are to be chosen from the texts upon the majority agreement of the researchers as to enhance the common agreement of the most frequently encountered words in the story. the word form of the selected words from the story were ensured to be the same in the vocabulary test as a means to fulfil the criteria of contextualisation. for instance, the chosen word “pursue” is a verb in the written text, its word form remained in the vocabulary test while constructing the question items. the amount of words or test items for the test is not limited, all majority agreed words chosen are to be taken into the test. a frequency count on the correct items for the vocabulary test was done for both cr and rt groups. during the marking, minor spelling and grammatical mistakes are ignored as the participants tests /instruments english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee main purpose of both tests is to test their familiarity of the words instead of the proficiency of their language as a whole. the total scores of the vocabulary test of both cr and rt groups were then compared. results and discussion table 2. overall performance of the two groups scores non-rt group (n=80) rt group (n=80) total 933 1544 average 12.4 19.3 table 2 shows the scores obtained by the two groups of students. for the non-rt group, the total score obtained is 933 with an average of 12.4 for each student. as for the rt group, the total score obtained is higher with 1544 and an average of 19.3 per student. it means that out of 30 words in the vocabulary test, the non-rt group only managed to correctly use 12 words (40% accuracy) while the rt group managed to get 19 words (63% accuracy). the difference in the scores obtained by the two groups provides an initial positive outcome on the use of rt as a technique to increase vocabulary learning. table 3.students’ performance byword levels 1000 word family lists categories no. of words used in the test no. of words non-rt group scored higher than rt group 1k-3k high-frequency 16 words 0 4k-10k low-frequency 14 words 1 the 5 word levels were grouped into two main categories: highfrequency and low-frequency to allow clearer comparisons since only 30 words are used in the vocabulary test. for the high-frequency level (1k-3k words), the rt group outperformed the non-rt group in all 16 words while they only scored lower for 1 word in the lowfrequency level (3k-10k). the clearer breakdown of the scores obtained by the two groups are shown in table 4. the rt group managed to score significantly higher for low-frequency words such as eerie, snarled and quiver. clearly, verbal dramatization of the words during rt actually promote learning of words in context since most of the low-frequency words related to the similar “family” seemed to be retained by the participants in the rt group more than those in the non-rt group. this finding echoed the outcomes reported schmidt (2001) and rashidi and ganbariadivi (2010) in which repetitive readings allows better attainments of vocabulary and rt allows a greater active reading process since the learners need to learn to verbally dramatize it as well (rinehart, 1999). however, the word that the rt group scored lower than non-rt group is the word “scared”. 38 students from non-rt group managed to answer the word correctly as compared to 27 students from the rt group. interestingly, both groups scored lower than expected for the word. upon close checking, the participants used mostly “scary” which gives a different meaning. this somehow indicates the common confusion that students have in relation to the use of “scary” and “scared”. looi-chin ch’ng promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words based on the scores reported earlier, students in the rt group has shown greater grasp of the words in context. the accuracy scores of the rt group are also higher. this indicated the usefulness of readers’ theatre in encouraging learners to be more aware of the words they read. they do not merely memorise the words but the verbal dramatization of the words actually assist them in understanding the usage of the words. table 4.total cores obtained by the participants for each word words scores scores differences non-rt group rt group shake shadows blood pointy dark midnight died frightened roared fright thundered spell tombstones graveyard haunted willies giant creaked groaned howled scared skull shiver piercing eerie snarled skeleton quiver quake gripped 9 25 57 10 75 53 70 44 55 12 11 55 26 24 71 57 12 30 28 9 38 17 42 3 16 9 53 13 0 2 48 42 79 21 78 67 77 55 77 23 31 76 57 60 80 70 20 53 63 36 27 34 65 22 66 52 63 49 33 16 39 17 22 11 3 14 7 11 22 11 20 21 31 36 9 13 8 23 35 27 -11 17 23 19 50 43 10 36 33 14 * negative sign indicates non-rt group did better. conclusion thus far, vocabulary learning has been explored using different methods. however, little research has been done on using rt for vocabulary learning in the esl context. the findings revealed that incidental learning was more apparent in the rt group and their ability to learn words from the higher levels was noticeable through higher accuracy scores. this study has highlighted the potentials of rt to be included as part of the teaching pedagogy in order to enhance incidental vocabulary learning for beginning level students, comprehension for intermediate students and promoting language mastery for intermediate and english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee advance level students. the results may not be conclusive since it only involved the use of a small set of words, but it provides an apparent glimpse on the usefulness of verbal dramatization in the form of rt. it not only enables students to engage in active reading and learn new words, but also increase their motivation in learning the english language. further research can be done by including more reading texts of different genres to check on rt’s significance in promoting incidental vocabulary learning in a contextualised manner. references akabuike, i. g., &asika, i. e. (2012). reading habits of undergraduates and their academic performances: issues and perspectives. multidisciplinary journal, ethiopia, 6(2), 246-257. allinder, r. m., dunse, l., brunken, c. d., & obermiller-krolikowski, h. j. (2001). improving fluency in at-risk readers and students with learning disabilities. remedial and special education, 22(1), 4854. beck, i. l., mckeown, m. g., hamilton, r. l., & kucan, l. (1997).questioning the author: an approach for enhancing student engagement with test. newark, de: international reading association. cain, k. (2007). deriving word meanings from context: does explanation facilitate contextual analysis?. journal of research in reading, 30(4), 347-359. cameron, d. (1997). demythologizing sociolinguistics. in n. coupland, & a. jaworski, a. (eds.), sociolinguistics: a reader and coursebook (pp. 55-67). newyork: macmillan. carrick, l. (2001). readers theater resourcesonline and off-line. the reading teacher, 54, 514. chard, d., vaughn, s., & tyler, b. (2002). a synthesis of research on effective interventions for building reading fluency with elementary students with learning disabilities. journal of learning disabilities, 35, 386-406. dowhower, s. l. (1994). repeated reading revisited: research into practice. reading & writing quarterly: overcoming learning difficulties, 10(4), 343-358. elis, n. (1995). consciousness in second language acquisition: a review of field studies and laboratory experiment. language awareness, 4, 123-146. fisher, d., flood, j., lapp, d., & frey, n. (2004). interactive read-louds: is there a common set if implementation practices. the reading teachers, 58, pp 8-17. hickman, p., pollard-durodola, s., & vaughn, s. (2004). storybook reading: improving vocabulary and comprehension for english-language learners. the reading teacher, 57(8), 720730. hwang, k., & nation, i. s. p. (1989). reducing the vocabulary load and encouraging vocabulary learning through reading newspaper. reading in a foreign language, 6, 323-335. jenkins, j. r., stein, m. l., & wysocki, k. (1984). learning vocabulary through reading. american educational research journal, 21(4), 767-787. laufer, b. (1991). how much lexis is necessary for reading comprehension? in p. j. l. arnaud & h. bejoint (eds.), vocabulary and applied linguistics (pp.126-132). basingstoke: macmillan. laufer, b. & nation, p. (1999). a vocabularysize test of controlled productive ability. language testing, 16(1), 33-51. matsuoka, w., & hirsh, d. (2010). vocabulary learning through reading: does an elt course book provide good opportunities? reading in foreign language, 22(1), 56-70. mason, b. (2004). vocabulary acquisition through storytelling. paper presented at pac5, vladivostok, russia. mraz, m., nichols, w., caldwell, s., beisley, r., sargent, s., & rupley, w. (2013). improving oral reading fluency through readers theatre. reading horizons, 52(2). looi-chin ch’ng promoting incidental vocabulary learning through verbal dramatization of words mcmaster, j. c. (1998). “doing” literature: using drama to build literacy. the reading teacher, 51(7), 574584. meidasari, v. e. (2014). teaching communicative translation: an active reception analysis between the translation and reader’s reception. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 183-192. morris, e. w. (2011). the effects of readers’ theatre on reading fluency and attitudes towards reading. (master’s thesis).retrieved from proquest dissertations and theses. nation, p., & waring, r. (1997). vocabulary size, text coverage and word list. in schmitt, n. & mccarthy, m. (ed.), vocabulary: description, acquisition and pedagogy: cambridge university press, p. 6-19. rasinski, t. v. (2006). reading fluency instruction: moving beyond accuracy, automaticity, and prosody. the reading teacher, 59, 704-706. rashidi, n., & ganbari adivi, a. (2010). incidental efl vocabulary learning: the effects of interactive multiple-choice glosses. journal of english language, 53(217), 111-129. rees, r. m. (2005). the impact of participation in readers theatres on reading attitudes and fluency skills among ninth grade students in an alternative program. (unpublished doctoral dissertation).university of akron, united states. rinehart, s. (1999). don’t think for a minute that i'm getting up there: opportunities for readers’ theatre in a tutorial for children with reading problems. journal of reading psychology, 20, 71-89. santoro, l. e., chard, d.j., howard, l., & baker, s.k. (2008). making the very most of classroom read-aloud to promote comprehension and vocabulary. the reading teacher, 61(5), 396-408. schmidt, r. (1993). awareness and second language acquisition. annual review of applied linguistics, 13, 206-226. schmidt, r. (1995). consciousness and foreign language learning: a tutorial role of attention and awareness in learning. in r. schmidt (ed.), attention and awareness in foreign language learning (pp. 1-63). honolulu: university of hawai’i, second language teaching and curriculum center. schmidt, r. (2001). attention in p. robinson (ed.), cognition and second language instruction (pp. 3-32). cambridge: cambridge university press. schmidt, r. (2008). the role of consciousness in second language learning. applied linguistics, 11(2), 129-158. srichamnong, n. (2009). incidental efl vocabulary learning: the effects of interactive multiple-choice glosses. paper presented at ict for language learning, florence, italy. smith, d. m. (2011). readers theatre: its effectiveness in improving reading fluency, student motivation, and attitudes toward reading among second-grade students. (doctoral dissertation). retrieved from proquest dissertations and theses. (accession order no: aat 3483738) swanborn, m. s. l., & de glopper, k. (2002). the impact of reading purpose on incidental word learning from context. language learning, 52, 95-117 young, c., & rasinski, t. (2009). implementing readers theatre as an approach to classroom fluency approach. the reading teacher, 63(1), 413. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach eva fitriani syarifah department of english education, indonesia university of education e-mail: eva.fsyarifah@gmail.com wawan gunawan department of english education, indonesia university of education e-mail: wagoen@yahoo.com apa citation: syarifah, e. f. & gunawan, w. (2015). scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach. english review, 4(1), 39-53 received: 02-09-2015 accepted: 12-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: writing in a second or foreign language seems to be the most difficult language skill for language learners to acquire (laksmi, 2006; lestari, 2008; negari, 2011). some scholars proposed the implementation of sfl – genre based approach in teaching writing (derewianka, 1990; rothery, 1996). however, sfl genre based approach seems to be product or teaching outcomes oriented (ahn, 2012; emilia, 2011). therefore, the concept of scaffolding in which possible supports the process of students‟ individual development is important to be emerged in the teaching stages of sfl – gba (bodrova & leong, 1998; mulatsih, 2011). as a result, this study focuses on the issue of scaffoldings in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl – genre based approach. it particularly aims to investigate how scaffolding processes are implemented in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-gba and how they improve the students‟ writing performance. the data rely on teaching and learning process in a classroom with six students in a tertiary level as the focus participants. the method used in the data analysis adopted a qualitative design with reference especially to the theory of the scaffolding and sfl-gba. the results of analysis show that scaffolding processes are implemented in terms of macro and micro scaffoldings and able to improve the students‟ writing performance specifically in terms of social function, schematic structures, and language features of discussion genre. it is recommended that future related research should be conducted in more diverse of educational settings to see how scaffoldings are implemented in a variety of teaching practices. keywords: scaffolding, discussion texts, sfl, genre-based approach. writing in a second or foreign language seems to be the most difficult language skill for language learners to acquire (laksmi, 2006; lestari, 2008; negari, 2011). further, laksmi (2006) explain that the difficulties are caused by some problems such as in getting ideas, organizing ideas, developing details, choosing correct words and structuring ideas in correct sentences, and maintaining paragraph unity. to anticipate the problems, some scholars proposed the implementation of genre based approach in teaching 39 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach writing (derewianka, 1990, 2003; hyland, 2007; rothery, 1996). in genre based approach, the concept of teaching writing is teaching the students in the text level by involving the stages of teaching namely building knowledge of field, modeling, joint construction and independent construction (emilia, 2011; feez & joyce, 1998). the implementation of genrebased approach follows the concept of scaffolding or teacher-supported learning (hyland, 2004). the notion of scaffolding emphasizes the role of interaction with experienced others in learning, moving learners from their existing level of performance to a level of potential performance (hyland, 2004; walqui, 2006; wood, bruner, & ross, 1976). the idea of scaffolding originally comes from the work of jerome bruner who defines scaffolding as a process of „setting up‟ the situation to make the child‟s entry easy and successful and then gradually pulling back and handing the role to the child as he becomes skilled enough to manage it (bruner, 1983). over the past two decades, an increasing number of educators and researchers have used the concept of scaffolding as a metaphor to describe and explain the role of adults or more knowledgeable peers in guiding children's learning and development (hammond, 2001; stone, 1998). in the classroom context of classroom interaction, the term scaffolding has been taken up to portray the temporary assistance or support that teachers provide for their students in order to assist them to complete a task or develop new understandings, so that they will later be able to complete similar tasks alone (dufficy, 2001; hammond & gibbons, 2005; michell & sharpe, 2005; walqui, 2006; wasik, 2008). there are six principles of scaffolding proposed by van lier (2004) as cited in hammond and gibbons (2005). first, the principle of contextual support, exploration is encouraged in a safe, supportive environment; access to means and goals is promoted in a variety of ways. second, the principle of continuity, mutual engagement is established. the encouragement and nonthreatening participation should be created in a shared community of practice. third, the principle of intersubjectivity, task procedures are adjusted depending on actions of learners; contributions and utterances are oriented towards each other and may be constructed. fourth, the principle of flow, skills and challenges are in balance; participants are focused on the task and are „in tune‟ with each other. fifth, the principle of contingency, it emphasizes the importance of teaching strategies being based on, and responsive to students‟ current understandings. sixth, the principle of handover, there is an increasing role for the learner as skills and confidence increase; the teacher watches carefully for the learners‟ readiness to take over increasing parts of the action. in general, there are two three types of scaffolding namely content scaffolding, strategic scaffolding, and procedural scaffolding (luke, freebody, cazden, & lin, 2005). content scaffolding refers to the guidance provided by the teacher in terms of concept maps and definitions to help the students learn and do a given task (luke et al., 2005). in addition, there are two activities which are highlighted in the content scaffolding: explanation of the concepts, such as text types, ideas, and linguistic conventions; and explanation of the procedural knowledge such as text type format, conversion of grammar 40 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee rules. this scaffolding is used to answer „what‟ and „how‟ questions. in addition, strategic scaffolding refers to the strategies used to carry out the classroom interaction. it can be done by providing processes and approaches to achieve different task outcomes and to help the learners doing the task. for example, what the teachers need to do to help the students doing the task in as an individual or collaborative work. moreover, procedural scaffolding deals with the provision of resources, materials, and tools for completing the task (luke, freebody, lau, & gopinathan, 2005). this type of scaffolding is also used to answer „how‟ questions. in the teaching and learning process, the teacher may provide pictures, authentic materials, and real objects. scaffolding is also categorized into macro and micro level (hammond, 2001). a macro scaffolding sequence is a teaching learning unit designed around the curriculum cycle. macro-level scaffolding is related to larger issues such as program goals and the selection and sequencing of tasks (hammond & gibbons, 2005). in this scaffolding level, the teachers are required to be able to decide appropriate educational goals, and to articulate these goals both in terms of language goals and specific curriculum goals (hammond, 2001). that is, they are able to make decisions about „scaffolding what‟. at macro level, there are five key elements of scaffolding: the teacher‟s goal, the teacher‟s understanding of the linguistic demands of the associated tasks, knowledge of the students and their current abilities and understandings, careful sequencing of tasks designed to develop the practices required to achieve the goal, and a gradual but constant shift of responsibility for task completion from teacher to student (hammond, 2001; walqui, 2006). in addition, micro scaffolding occurs within the broader macro scaffolding. it is the teacher‟s supports which occur in the ongoing interaction (hammond, 2001). thus, it needs to be located within the macro scaffolding, so that there is a clear relationship between the sequential tasks and the teaching goals. this micro level scaffolding assists the teacher to focus on „scaffolding how‟. teachers are encouraged to direct students‟ attention, at same points, to curriculum knowledge (content) and, at other points, to the kind of language (spoken or written) that they need control of in order to talk, read or write about that content (hammond, 2001). the key element of micro scaffolding is the contingent nature of support. the teacher needs to monitor the students‟ understanding and ability constantly in order to determine the minimum support required (firth & wagner, 1997). in response, the teacher is able to remove or supply the support constantly as needed to complete the task at hand. micro scaffolding which occurs during the teacher and the students‟ interaction can be identified as five types (roehler & cantlon, 1997). however, walqui (2006) categorized this type of scaffolding into six types. the five types of scaffolding classified by roehler and cantlon (1997) include offering explanation, inviting students‟ participation, verifying and clarifying students understanding, modeling of desired behavior, and inviting students to contribute clues. in addition, there are six types of scaffolding which include modeling, bridging, contextualization, schema building, re-presenting text and developing metacognition mentioned by walqui (2006). each type based on each expert will be elaborated as follows. 41 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach as mentioned above, there are five types of scaffolding which occur within the interaction types (roehler & cantlon, 1997). first, offering explanation refers to explicit statements adjusted to fit the learners emerging understanding about what is being learned (declarative or prepositional knowledge), why and when it is used (conditional or situational knowledge), and how it is used (procedural knowledge) (roehler & cantlon, 1997). second, inviting students‟ participation, after the teachers give illustrations of some the thinking, feelings, or actions then the learners are given the chance to participate in the occurring process (roehler & cantlon, 1997). third, verifying and clarifying students understanding, the teachers verify and clarify the students‟ comprehensive understanding through their responses (roehler & cantlon, 1997). fourth, modeling is defined as teaching behavior that show how one should feel, think or act in a certain situation (roehler & cantlon, 1997).the last is inviting students to contribute to clues. in this type, the learners are asked to be involved to offer clues how to complete the tasks (roehler & cantlon, 1997). in addition, as mentioned above, walqui (2006) proposes six types of scaffolding which occur during the classroom interaction. first, modeling includes giving clear examples of what is requested for imitation the texts by describing, comparing, summarizing, evaluating, and so on. students need to be given clear examples for imitation (larkin, 2001). when introducing a new task or working format, it is important for the learners be able to see or hear what a developing product looks like. from that point of view, guiding students through an interaction or first doing it together as a class activity is a necessary step. therefore, to modeling tasks and activities and sharing examples of student work, it is important to model appropriate language use for the performance of specific academic functions. second, bridging is done to activate the students‟ prior knowledge so that students can produce written as well as spoken language. in addition, the important aspect of bridging is establishing a personal link between the student and the subject matter, showing how new material is relevant to the student‟s life, as an individual, here and now. other ways of bridging include asking students to share personal experiences related to the theme that will be introduced in the lesson or assigned reading. third, contextualizing, in this type of scaffolding, the teacher can create analogies based on students‟ experiences. the language which is used in daily life and academic setting may be different. thus, some of the learners find difficulties in understanding academic language. then, teachers can continually search for metaphor and analogies that bring complex ideas closer to the students‟ world experience. this will help the students to understand what are being taught easily. fourth, schema building, it refers to clusters of meaning that are intertwined. it deals with the students‟ general knowledge which can lead them to the details. to construct the students understanding, the teacher needs to provide various activities. for example, in preparing for a reading assignment, teachers may ask students to preview the text by noting heads and subheads, illustrations and their captions, titles of charts, etc. in this way, students begin their reading with a general sense of the topic and its organization, with their 42 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee schema already activated and ready to accept new connections. the next is re-presenting text which refers to the ways used by the teachers to invite the students to check the language used in one text and the others. this can help the students to be engaged in the teaching and learning process so they can maximize their capacity. the less proficient students should be aided by their more proficient peers. re-presenting text can also be done by changing the text being reading by them into role play, asking students to transform texts into letters, producing a poster of a story with a quote (rajab, 2013; tabar & alavi, 2013). the last is developing metacognition which refers to the ways how the students manage their thinking, apply what they have learned, and have their understanding in completing the task. in this research, the concept of scaffolding was implemented in the teaching of writing discussion texts under the concept of sfl genre based approach. sfl genre based approach which is implemented in indonesia consist of four stages namely building knowledge of the field, modeling of the text, joint construction of the text, and independent construction of the text (emilia, 2011). method this research was conducted at tertiary level, specifically at a university in majalengka, west java province, adopting a qualitative design. the purposive sampling technique was used in determining the subjects of the research. six students were purposively chosen as focus participants in this research. research instruments utilized in this research included: (1) participatory classroom observations to gain the picture of the scaffolding processes implemented in the teaching writing of discussion texts based on sflgba; (2) documentation of students‟ texts to collect the data about the students‟ improvements in their writing of discussion texts; (3) and interviews to complete the data obtained from classroom observation and documentation of students‟ texts. data analysis was performed through three stages: first, identifying the scaffolding processes implemented in the teaching process and the students‟ improvements in their texts. second, reducing the data obtained in accordance with the purpose of the research. third, mapping the patterns and relationships of each element as found in the previous two stages. results and discussion the scaffolding processes as implemented in the teaching phases the scaffolding processes as implemented in the teaching writing of discussion texts under sfl – genre based approach were categorized in terms of macro and micro levels. the result of this research showed that macro scaffoldings took place in all of the teaching phases. meanwhile, the micro scaffolding took place in several phases of teaching, mostly in building knowledge of the field and modeling cycles. in joint construction of the text, micro scaffolding took place in some parts of teaching and learning activities. however, it did not take place in the independent construction of the text. macro scaffoldings revealed in this research were identified through: (1) teaching goals, (2) selection and sequence of tasks (3) and classroom organization. the teacher mentioned the teaching goals in each teaching session and they were also stated in the teaching 43 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach document i.e. lesson plans. the teacher provided tasks based on the students‟ need. moreover, the tasks were sequenced from the easiest to the complex one. in some activities, the students‟ were asked to work in pairs or groups. for instance, in joint construction of the text, the students‟ were asked to write a discussion text in group. micro scaffoldings revealed in this research included: (1) offering explanation; (2) modeling; (3) bridging; (4) inviting students‟ participation; (5) inviting students to contribute clues; (6) schema building; (7) verifying and clarifying students‟ understanding; (8) re-presenting text; (9) contextualizing; (10) and developing metacognition. offering explanation this type of scaffolding which appeared in the teaching phases was in forms of declarative and procedural knowledge. declarative knowledge can be identified when the teacher explained the discussion text which was being learnt by the students explicitly, such as explained the schematic structure and the language features of discussion genre. in the following example, the teacher provided declarative knowledge when explaining the schematic structure of discussion genre. teacher : do you know the structure of discussion text? students : (no response) teacher : hmm, look at this. if you want to write a discussion text, so you need to present the issue, the arguments for, the argument against, and the conclusion. those are the structures of a discussion text. now, look at the example of discussion text, the see the structures of the text! in the excerpt above, the teacher asked whether the students know the structure of discussion text or not. the students gave no response so the teacher explained the structure of discussion text explicitly. then, the teacher checked the students‟ understanding about what had been explaining by asking the students to analyze the schematic structure of the text model. this activity is very helpful to increase the students‟ understanding of the schematic structure of discussion text (roehler & cantlon: 1997). procedural knowledge as the other form of the offering explanation was also identified in this teaching cycle. it can be identified when the teacher mentioned how a discussion text should be constructed to achieve its purpose. the example can be seen in the following excerpt. teacher : as you know that the social function of discussion text is to discuss an issue from different point of view. thus, to achieve the purpose, we need to construct the text based on the appropriate structure. can you mention the structure of a discussion text? students : yes. teacher : what are they? students : issue, arguments for, argument against, and conclusion. teacher : good. so, to meet the purpose of discussion text we need to present the arguments for which support the issue and the arguments against which oppose the issue. 44 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in the excerpt above, the teacher explained how the social function or the purpose of the text can be achieved. this type of offering explanation can be categorized into procedural knowledge explanation since it provided explicit statements to help the learners emerging their understanding on how to achieve the purpose of the text (roehler & clanton, 1997). inviting students’ participation the next type of micro scaffolding found in the teaching phases was inviting students‟ participation. this type of scaffolding can be identified when the teacher give the students opportunities to join the process that was occurring. the example of this type of scaffolding is presented in the following excerpt. in this example, the teacher invited the students participation by asking the student opinion about what was being discussed. teacher : so, which one is the argument for? students : (raising their hand) teacher : okay, olive. so, which one is the argument for? olive : the second paragraph. the first reason why the corruptors should be given the death penalty because they cause difficulties for economic development. in the interaction above, it can be observed that the teacher invited students‟ participation by asking the students to mention which one is the argument for in the text. since the students participated actively during the teaching and learning process so it was not difficult to invite their participation during the teaching and learning process in this teaching cycle. verifying and clarifying students’ understanding this type of scaffolding can be identified when the teacher checked the students‟ emerging understanding. the excerpt below is presented the example on how the teacher verified and clarified the students‟ understanding. after explaining about the use of connective conjunction as one of 1the language features of discussion text, the teacher verified and clarified the students understanding by asking some questions. teacher : any question about connective conjunction used in discussion text? students : (no response) teacher : andi, please take a look to the example text! can you mention the example of connective conjunction in the text? andi : for example, if we want to continue to the second paragraph, we can use “below are the discussion of argument for and against the death penalty” teacher : okay, good. what else? student : (raising his hand) teacher : yogi, please! 45 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach yogi : before mention the arguments we can say “the first reason why we support death penalty is” or “the first reason why we oppose the death penalty is” teacher : yes, before mentioning the arguments we can say that. in the excerpt above, the teacher verified and clarified the students understanding illustrated in the italic sentences by asking some questions and give feedback to the students‟ responses. when the students shared their understanding or answered the questions correctly it means that the students were acknowledged what was being discussed. modeling modeling which was found in this teaching cycle of this present study was in form of demonstration. the demonstration provided by the teacher includes providing several models of discussion genre. teacher : now, i have two examples. read these texts first! have you finished read those texts? students : yes. teacher : comparing these texts, which one do you think is a discussion genre? students : the second text, the first text... teacher : yes, andi. why do you say that the first text is a discussion text? andi : because we can found the argument for and against the issue in the text. teacher : how about you, olive? olive : i agree with andi. teacher : the first text is the example of a discussion text. how about the second text? what type of text is it? students : (no response) teacher : can you find the discussion about the issue? students : no teacher : so, what can you find in the text? students : the elaboration of arguments. teacher : okay, this text is the example of hortatory exposition text. now, look at the first text, work in group and analyze the schematic structure of the text! in the interaction above, the teacher gave two models of different texts to give a real example of text being learned by the students. the students were asked to compare both text and decided which one was a discussion text. this activity can give some benefits for the students since they need to be given clear examples of what is requested of them for imitation when they are introducing to a new task so they are able to develop product looks like (walqui, 2006). inviting students to contribute clues this type of scaffolding was identified in the teaching phases when the teacher encouraged the students to contribute clues how to complete the tasks. the following excerpt provides the example on how the teacher provided this type of scaffolding. 46 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teacher : after reading the text. so, why do people agree with the death penalty? students : (raising their hands) teacher : okay, yogi. yogi : it is related to deterrence effect. student : miss... teacher : yes, andi. andi : justice. teacher : why justice? andi : because it will make the victim‟s family trauma when they know the perpetrator still alive. teacher : how about deterrence? yogi : the perpetrator cannot commit another crime or the potential criminal will think twice. in the excerpt above, the teacher invited the students to contribute clues as illustrated in the italic sentences, the teacher guided the students to share their arguments by asking them question “why do people agree with death penalty?“ . then the students gave responses to the teacher question. in line with that, roehler and clanton (1997) say that this type of scaffolding can be valuable since the students were persuaded to offer clues and verbalized the process together with the teacher. bridging bridging is provided by the teacher to activate students‟ prior knowledge (walqui, 2006). this type of scaffolding could be identified when the teacher asked the students to share their experiences related to the theme that will be introduced in the lesson. teacher : do you still remember what type of texts that you have learned in the previous writing course or when you were in senior high school? students : letter, cv... teacher : in senior high school? students : narrative, descriptive teacher : what else? students : recount.. teacher : how about discussion text? students : (no response) teacher : have you learned about discussion text? students : no. in the excerpt above, the teacher tried to connect what is going to be learned by the students with their prior knowledge or experience. the teacher asked the students whether they have learned about discussion text or not. schema building this type of scaffolding was found in this teaching phases. it can be identified when the teacher asked the students to preview the text in the preparation for reading so the student began their reading with the new concept which they need to familiar with. in the following example, schema building 47 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach occurred when the teacher directed the students to the most important part which would be discussed in the following activity. it can be seen in the following excerpt. teacher : before finding out the elaborations, what you need to do is mark each part of this text, which one is the issue, the argument for, the argument against, and the conclusion. students : yes, miss. teacher : okay, go on. in the excerpt above, it was revealed that the teacher asked the students to capture the broader part before portrait the details. this is in line with the suggestion proposed by walqui (2006) that schema building is important because the student must have “a general knowledge of the broad picture before studying the details.” this schema building is also useful since it will help the learner to focus on important information to come. contextualizing this type of scaffolding was found in the teaching phases can be identified when the teacher gave analogies related to the topic being discussed. this can be seen in the following example: teacher : talking about discussion genre, it looks like two sides of a coin. there will be different arguments related to the issue. in discussion texts, we need to present arguments that support and oppose the issue. any questions so far? students : which arguments that should be presented as the first one? teacher : commonly, arguments that support the issue come first. in the excerpt above, the teacher gave an analogy about two sides of a coin. the teacher said that discussion genre looks like a coin which has two sides. in discussion genre, an issue is also presented in two different points of views. representing text this type of scaffolding can be identified when the teacher invited the student to check the language used in one text and the others. the example can be seen in the following expert: teacher : now you have two different texts. what you need check the language features of each text. then analyze which text is discussion text? in the excerpt above, the teacher asked the students to analyze the language features of two different texts. as mentioned by walqui (2006) this can help students to maximize their capacity in understanding the genre being discussed. developing metacognition this type of scaffolding can be identified in the teaching phases. for instance, the teacher gave a model and practice as a whole class before students worked in pairs or small groups. 48 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee teacher : now, look at this example of discussion text. the first paragraph is the issue. the issue presents the topic that we are going to discuss in the next paragraph. the second and third paragraph provides arguments related to the issue. the second paragraph is argument for which support the issue. meanwhile, the next paragraph consists of argument against which oppose the issue. the last is conclusion. now look at the second text. can you mention which one is the issue? students : the first paragraph. teacher : how do you know that the first paragraph is the issue? bambang : because it presents the topic that elaborated in the next paragraph. in the excerpt above, it can be seen that the teacher provide an exercise in a whole class before asking the students to analyze texts in pairs and groups. the students’ improvements in writing of discussion texts the students‟ improvements in writing of discussion texts were reflected in the final texts in terms of social function, schematic structures, and language features of discussion genre. in the diagnostic texts, the students‟ text did not indicate that the students had sufficient knowledge about the topic of the essay and discussion genre. the students’ improvement in term of social function in terms of social function, the data reveal that most of the students are able to fulfill the social purpose of discussion genre; that is, to discuss an issue in the light of some kind of “frame” or position and provide more than one point of view on an issue. this result is different from the students‟ diagnostic texts in which all of them did not discuss the issue from different point of view. as the example, the improvement also happened to student from the low achiever – olive – who is able to show the social purpose of a discussion genre. in the diagnostic text she only mentioned that she agreed with the implementation of death penalty without the elaborations of arguments from different point of view. the following example is her issue in the diagnostic text: meanwhile, the issue in the final text shows that she is going to elaborate the argument in two points of view. the way on how she presents the issue in the final text can be seen as follow. 49 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach looking at the issue presented by olive in the diagnostic text and final text, it shows the capacity of her understanding about the social function of discussion genre increases. this improvement can be seen on how she gave the title for her text and mentioning that a discussion text is talking an issue in different point of view. it is marked by the word „controversy‟ and in the next following paragraph she discussed the issue based on two sides. the students’ improvement in term of schematic structures in terms of generic structure, each text produced by the students in the final text consists of same recommended generic structure of discussion genre; issue, arguments for, arguments against, and conclusion. it indicates that the students organized their text properly. this result is different from the texts constructed in the diagnostic test in which most of the students did not know the generic structure of discussion genre.the text written by the student in the diagnostic test did not show his understanding of the social function and the schematic structure of a discussion text. therefore, the text cannot be considered as a discussion text. the summary of schematic structures produced by the students diagnostic text final text issue arg. for arg. against con. issue arg. for arg. against con. √ √ √ √ the students’ improvement in term of language features in terms of linguistic features, the students improve their understanding on the linguistic features of discussion text. this improvement can be seen from the difference between the result of diagnostic and final text. for example, the texts constructed by the students in the diagnostic text are absence of technical terms, experts‟ opinion, verbal process, and nominalization. moreover, there are some errors in using the connective conjunction. meanwhile, in the final text, both of them show the progress. the linguistic features of discussion genre can be found in their texts. specifically, the improvements are implemented from the existence of linguistic features including the use of modality, the use of process types, the use of nominalization, the use of connective conjunction. concerning to the use of modality, the modality can be found in both of the diagnostic and final text. however, in 50 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the final text the student tended to use more modality. this indicates the student‟s attitude as the author. relating to the processes types used in the texts, in the diagnostic text, the verbal processes were not found. however, in the final text, all of the process types were found. in the diagnostic text material process occurrence was the highest one but in the final text the verbal process was the highest one. in terms of the use of nominalization in the texts, looking the number of the occurrence of nominalization in the final text, there is an improvement. in the diagnostic text, the process of nominalization was not found. however, it was found twice in the final text. concerning the use of connective conjunction in the texts, in the diagnostic text, the students used seven conjunctions. however, it was significantly improve in the final text. in the final text, the students used not only to add information or to show the contrary but also used the connective conjunction associated with reasoning „the second reason…..‟. conclusion this research was focused on two main problems. the first is the implementation of scaffolding processes in the teaching writing of discussion texts under the concept of sfl-genre based approach. the second is the students‟ improvements in writing discussion texts as resulting from the scaffolding processes. related to the implementation of scaffolding processes in the teaching writing of discussion texts under the concept of sfl-genre based approach, the results of this research revealed that the scaffolding processes as reflected in teaching cycles can be categorized into macro and micro scaffoldings. macro scaffolding deals with the teaching goals, classroom organization, and the selections and sequences of the task. this category was found in all of the teaching cycles. in addition, micro scaffolding deals with the scaffolding provision in the classroom interaction. micro scaffolding as reflected in the teaching cycle took place in the building knowledge of field, modeling of the text, and joint construction of the text. there are ten types of micro scaffolding which were found in the present study include offering explanation, modeling, bridging, inviting students‟ participation, inviting students to contribute clues, schema building, and verifying and clarifying students‟ understanding, re-presenting text, contextualizing, developing metacognition. these types of scaffolding mostly took place in modeling of the text cycle. in the aspect of students‟ improvements in writing discussion texts, the data from students‟ texts showed the scaffolding processes as reflected in the teaching cycles improve the students writing performance in writing a discussion text in terms of social function, schematic structures, and language features. therefore, it can be said that scaffolding processes have been feasible to be applied in a teaching and learning process, especially in teaching writing under sfl-genre based approach concept. references ahn, h. (2012). teaching writing skills based on a genre approach to l2 primary school students: an action research. english language teaching, 5, 2–16. http://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v5n2p2 51 eva fitriani syarifah & wawan gunawan scaffolding in the teaching of writing discussion texts based on sfl-genre based approach bodrova, e., & leong, d. j. (1998). scaffolding emergent writing in the zone of proximal development. literacy teaching and learning, 3, 1–18. bruner, j. (1983). child’s talk. new york: norton. derewianka, b. (1990). exploring how texts works. sydney: primary english teaching association. derewianka, b. (2003). trends and issues in genre-based approaches. relc journal, 34, 133–154. http://doi.org/10.1177/00336882030340 0202 dufficy, p. (2001). scaffolding and assisted performance in multilingual classrooms. journal of educational enquiry, 2, 33–49. emilia, e. (2011). pendekatan genre based dalam pengajaran bahasa inggris: petunjuk bagi guru. bandung: rizqi press. feez, s., & joyce, h. (1998). text-based syllabus design. sydney: national centre for english language teaching and research. firth, a., & wagner, j. (1997). on discourse, communication, and some fundamental concepts in sla research. modern language journal, 81, 258–300. hammond, j. (2001). scaffolding and language. in scaffolding teaching and learning in language and literacy education. newton nsw: primary english teaching association. hammond, j., & gibbons, p. (2005). putting scaffolding to work: the contribution of scaffolding in articulating esl education. prospect, 20, 6–30. hyland, k. (2004). genre and second language writing. ann arbor: university of michigan press. hyland, k. (2007). genre pedagogy: language, literacy and l2 writing instruction. journal of second language writing, 16, 148–164. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2007.07.00 5 laksmi, e. d. (2006). scaffolding students‟ writing efl class: implementing process approach. teflin journal, 17, 144–156. larkin, m. j. (2001). providing support for student independence through scaffolded instruction. teaching exceptional children, 34, 30–34. lestari, l. a. (2008). the interactional approach to the teach-ing of writing and its implications for second language acquisition. teflin journal, 19, 42–56. luke, a., freebody, p., cazden, c., & lin, a. (2005). singapore pedagogy coding manual. singapore: centre for research for pedagogy and practice. luke, a., freebody, p., lau, s., & gopinathan, s. (2005). towards research-based innovation and reform: singapore schooling in transition. asia pacific journal of education, 25, 5–28. michell, m., & sharpe, t. (2005). collective instructional scaffolding in english as a second language classrooms. prospect, 20, 31–58. mulatsih, s. (2011). the use of scaffolding technique to improve the students‟ competence in writing genre-based texts. parole, 2, 101–109. negari, g. m. (2011). a study on strategy instruction and efl learners‟ writing skill. international journal of english linguistics, 1, 299–307. http://doi.org/10.5539/ijel.v1n2p299 rajab, h. (2013). developing speaking and writing skills of l1 arabic efl learners through teaching of ipa phonetic codes. theory and practice in language studies, 3, 653–659. http://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.3.4.653-659 roehler, l. r., & cantlon, d. j. (1997). scaffolding: a powerful tool in social constructivist classrooms. in scaffolding student learning instructional approaches and issues. canada: brookline books inc. rothery, j. (1996). making changes: developing educational linguistics. in literacy in society. new york: addison wesley longman limited. stone, a. (1998). the metaphor of scaffolding: its utility for the field of learning disabilities. journal of learning disabilities, 40(3), 344–364. tabar, n. a., & alavi, s. m. (2013). a comparative study of the effects of task52 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee based writing under different pre-task planning conditions on intermediate efl learners‟ written performance in personal and decision-making tasks. international research journal of applied and basic sciences, 5(8), 970–978. walqui, a. (2006). scaffolding instruction for english language learners: a conceptual framework. the international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism, vol. 9, no. 2, 159–180. wasik, b. (2008). when fewer is more: small groups in early childhood classrooms. early childhood education journal, 35, 515–521. wood, d., bruner, j. s., & ross, g. (1976). the role of tutoring in problem solving. journal of child and psychiatri & allied discipline, 17, 89–100. 53 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1 an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program soada idris khan the preparatory year program, najran university, najran, king of saudi arabia e-mail: khan.soada@gmail.com apa citation: khan, s. i. (2018). an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 1-8. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1528. received: 28-08-2018 accepted: 30-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: the current study aims to critically analyze the contents of the technical report writing syllabus as well as identify whether the syllabus meets course objectives or not. the study also suggests some remedies to improve the contents of the syllabus. as part of the study, twenty efl teachers from preparatory year program were selected for this study. a quantitative questionnaire containing 10 statements was administered to gather data from the participants. in addition, an interview session with a set of 5 questions based on the key elements on the current syllabus was also conducted with the teachers to have their expert opinion and suggestions. the analysis of data revealed that textbook is appropriate for the students and needs not be replaced. however, syllabus should include some more activities that may address to the needs of weak students. the study also suggests teachers to exploit other resources (from internet or library) in order to give an extra push to the learners. keywords: course objectives; syllabus analysis; technical report writing. introduction syllabus is a very important document in an academic setting. it usually covers the proposed topics to cover in a semester/academic year. the institution/department provides syllabus as a kind of official and professional document. moreover, it also works as a personal copy of instructors that are usually kept in their begs to consult the taught and to be taught items. the syllabus is, thus, both a professional document as well as a personal document. it reflects the instructor‟s feelings, attitudes, and beliefs about the subject matter, teaching, learning, and students, as well as setting out the “nuts and bolts” of the course. when so constructed, the syllabus can serve as a guide to the instructor as much as a guide to the class (parkes & harris, 2002). however, a syllabus is also speculated as a "summary of the content to which learners will be exposed" (yalden, 1987, p. 87). a syllabus is often thought of as that apparently benign document instructors assemble and distribute to students at the start of the semester. whether it is intended or not, the quality of the syllabus is a fairly reliable indicator of the quality of teaching and learning that will take place in a course (woolcock, 2003). the process of developing a syllabus can be a reflective exercise, leading the instructor to carefully consider his or her philosophy of teaching, why the course is important, how the course fits in the discipline, as well as what topics will be covered, when assignments will be due, and so on (eberly, newton, & wiggins, 2001; grunert, 1997). a syllabus lets students know what the course is about, why the course is taught, where it is going, and what will be required for them to be successful in the course (altman & cashin, 2003). the welldesigned syllabus provides a solid beginning to the semester, sets the tone for the course, provides a conceptual framework for the course, serves as a “virtual handshake” between the instructor and students, and soada idris khan an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program 2 becomes a resource that is referred to over the course of the semester. it also shows students to take teaching seriously (davis, 1993). the syllabus is usually prepared keeping in mind certain course objectives. the activities, tasks, exercises under different topics are considered parts of syllabus and a replication of course objectives. as syllabus is a very important document and a primary means to carry out the business of teaching in the classroom, it is obligatory to evaluate the contents of the syllabus (from time to time) to ensure it meets course objectives. course evaluation helps to identify how successfully course objectives were met and what amendments the designer should introduce to achieve better results in the future (ismagilova & polyakova, 2015). the importance of the needs analyses for syllabus design is indisputable. it acts as terminus a quo for materials selection, assessment criteria and activities that the course will be based on. many articles were published about this problem by alderson (1980), berwick (1989), brindley (1989), crocker (1981), and hawkey (1980). as far as needs analyses definition is concerned, it could vary but it will be based on the learner as the central part of the analyses anyway. widdowson (1983) distinguishes “goaloriented” and “process-oriented” definition of needs. the key feature of this approach is the importance to evaluate the present language ability of the learner and to recognize the target situation where the learner will use the language. the “goaloriented” definition is correlated to the objectives set while designing the syllabus whereas the “process-oriented” definition relates to pedagogic aims. language needs of the learner should be the bases for course development. information on his or her language needs will help in drawing up a profile to establish coherent objectives, and take subsequent decisions on course content (mcdonough, 1984). now the question is how to evaluate a syllabus based on particular course objectives and who can be good evaluators of the syllabus. alderson and waters (1980, 1987) point out four main aspects to consider while developing course evaluation programme: 1) what should be evaluated? 2) how can the course be evaluated? 3) who should be involved in evaluation? and 4) when (and how often) should evaluation take place? keeping in mind these four important aspects of evaluation, the present study evaluates the contents of the syllabus of technical report writing at preparatory year program, najran university. technical report writing course has certain objectives; like, by the end of the course students will be able to: write a simple and technical paragraph with an effective topic sentence; support the topic sentence with appropriate details; take effective notes and write concise summaries; write a covering letter and cv tailored for a particular job; write a formal letter for different situations; write memos and reports for various contexts; comprehend and use esp vocabulary for different professional fields. questionnaire and interview methods are used to evaluate the contents of the syllabus. teachers are the main evaluators of the syllabus as they practically use it in the classroom and are well familiar with its effectiveness. syllabus evaluation should be done periodically, possibly after every new book, is selected and implemented. the present syllabus is in operation for last two semesters. therefore, it is obligatory to ensure the effectiveness of the syllabus, having evaluated its contents. thus, the objectives of this study are to critically analyze the contents of the syllabus, to identify whether the syllabus meets course objectives or not, and to suggest some remedies to improve the contents of the syllabus of technical report writing at pyp, najran university. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3 method to ensure the validity of the survey questionnaire, it was first piloted to 10 efl instructors; their feedback was useful for modifying some items. the survey was also given to four assistant professors to examine its validity. some items were modified as per their suggestions to meet the content validity. twenty efl teachers from pyp were selected for this study. participants‟ age ranges 28 to 47 years old. their experience of teaching of english varies between 2-20 years. most of the participants‟ experience of teaching technical writing course ranges from four years to one semester. a quantitative questionnaire (containing 10 statements) was administered to gather data from the participants. the aim of the questionnaire was to measure how teachers perceived and rated the current syllabus of technical report writing at pyp. the contents of the questionnaire are based on course objectives, using 5-point likertscales of agreement. the researchers circulated the questionnaire to forty participants and thirty were returned. finally, twenty questionnaires given serious attention were selected as a sample of this study. to interpret the level of means, the authors applied ariffin and salbiah‟s (1996) model of explaining means as it is summarized in table 1. in addition, an interview session was also conducted with the teachers to have their expert opinion and suggestions. the interview included 5 key statements on the current syllabus. twenty teachers teaching technical writing were also interviewed and their suggestions and opinions were taken into consideration. table1. score category breakdown adopted from ariffin and salbiah (1996) means corresponding level 1.0 1.80 very low 1.81 2.60 low 2.61 3.40 moderate 3.41 4.20 high 4.21 5.0 very high results and discussion questionnaire analysis questionnaire is one of the methods used to collect the data. the questionnaire uses 5point likert-scales of agreement. reed (1989) is of the opinion that likert-type rating scale should be used to generally gather data. jung, osterwalder and wipf (2000) support the likert scale: “this was the only assessment instrument i found that was practical for the classroom” (p.2). the result of the questionnaire analysis is presented in table 2. table 2. descriptive statistics of the survey’s statements and result discussion s. no.↓ scales → statements ↓ 5 strongly agree 4 agree 3 can`t say 2 disagree 1 strongly disagree mean 1. the textbook enables students write a simple and technical paragraph with an effective topic sentence 0 0% 11 55% 9 45% 0 0% 0 0% 3.55 2. the textbook enables students support the topic sentence with appropriate details 0 0% 16 80% 4 20% 0 0% 0 0% 3.8 3. the textbook enables students take effective notes and write concise summaries 7 35% 8 40% 5 25% 0 0% 0 0% 4.1 4. the textbook enables students write a covering letter and cv tailored for a particular job 7 35% 10 50% 3 15% 0 0% 0 0% 4.2 5. the textbook enables students write a formal letter 4 20% 14 70% 2 10% 0 0% 0 0% 4.1 soada idris khan an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program 4 for different situations 6. the textbook enables students write memos and reports for various contexts 4 20% 10 50% 6 30% 0 0% 0 0% 3.9 7. the textbook facilitates students‟ writing their personal blog on everyday situations and topics 4 20% 12 60% 3 15% 1 5% 0 0% 3.95 8. the textbook helps students comprehend and use esp vocabulary for different professional fields 1 5% 14 70% 4 20% 1 5% 0 0% 3.75 9. the textbook enables students to produce coherence and cohesion in their writing pieces 5 25% 10 50% 5 25% 0 0% 0 0% 4 10. the textbook enables students form different types of complex and compound sentences independently 4 20% 13 65% 3 15% 0 0% 0 0% 4.05 the first statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students write a simple and technical paragraph with an effective topic sentence‟ reveals that there is none who strongly agreed to the statement. 55% participants (a majority) felt the textbook enables students write a simple and technical paragraph with an effective topic sentence. 45% of the participants had no idea. there was none with disagreement. the mean of the statement is 3.55 that lies in the category of „high‟ as per the breakdown adopted from the scale of ariffin and salbiah (1996). the second statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students support the topic sentence with appropriate details‟ displays that there is no one who strongly agreed to the statement. however, 80% of the participants opined the textbook enables students support the topic sentence with appropriate details. there was none with disagreement. the mean is categorized as high. the third statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students take effective notes and write concise summaries‟ shows that there are 35% of the participants who strongly agreed to the statement. 40% of the participants are of the opinion that the textbook enables students take effective notes and write concise summaries. 25% of the participants had no opinion. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the fourth statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students write a covering letter and cv tailored for a particular job‟ exhibits that 35% of the participants strongly agreed. there are 50% of the participants who agreed that the textbook enables students write a covering letter and cv tailored for a particular job. 15% of the participants had no opinion. there was none with disagreement. the mean is ranked as high. the fifth statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students write a formal letter for different situations‟ divulges that there are 20% of the participants who strongly agreed to the statement that the textbook enables students write a formal letter for different situations. 70% of the participants agreed with the statement.10% of the participants did not express their opinion. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the sixth statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students write memos and reports for various contexts‟ discloses that there are 20% of the participants who strongly agreed to the statement. 50% of the participants concurred that the textbook enables students write memos and reports for various contexts. 30% of the participants english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 5 were not sure about it. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the seventh statement in the questionnaire „the textbook facilitates students’ writing their personal blog on everyday situations and topics‟ shows that there are 20% of the participants who strongly agreed to the statement. 60% of the participants concurred that the textbook facilitates students’ writing their personal blog on everyday situations and topics.15% of the participants were not sure about it. there were 5% with disagreement. the mean is high. the eighth statement in the questionnaire „the textbook helps students comprehend and use esp vocabulary for different professional fields‟ unveils that there are 5% of the participants with absolute agreement to the statement that the textbook helps students comprehend and use esp vocabulary for different professional fields. 70% of the participants agreed, while there 20% of the participants who did not state an opinion. 5% of the participants did not agree with the statement. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the ninth statement in the questionnaire „the textbook enables students to produce coherence and cohesion in their writing pieces‟ reveals that 25% of the participants thought that the textbook enables students to produce coherence and cohesion in their writing pieces. 50% of the participants agreed with the statement though 25% (a significant percentage) of the participants had no opinion. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the tenth statement in the questionnaire reveals that 20% of the participants strongly agreed with the statement stating that „the textbook enables students to form different types of complex and compound sentences independently‟. 65% of the participants agreed to the statement. 15% had no idea. there was none with disagreement. the mean is high. the analysis shows that most of the key elements in the syllabus fall in high category. as a result, the prescribed syllabus for pyp is well designed though none of the statement falls in the category of very high. it shows that it does not meet its objectives completely however, they do meet largely. this is also fact that no textbook is perfect. if this syllabus (textbook) is replaced, there is no surety whether another selected book can meet all the course objectives completely or not. according to grant (1987), "the perfect textbook does not exist, but the best book available for you and your students certainly does" (cited in mcgrath 2002, p. 41). the statements of the teachers based on the key elements of syllabus, course objectives, pedagogy, etc. show their satisfactory response. most of them agree with the statements. it shows that the syllabus is perfect. despite the sincere efforts made by the teachers, some of the students are not able to demonstrate a good progress in technical report writing. they still face problems in formal letter writing, cv writing, memos writing, reports writing, etc. the teachers and students should develop a common understanding on what activities should be used in the classroom and what skills they have to develop respectively. as jung, osterwalder & wipf (2000, p. 5) are of the opinion that "we realized that students needed lessons and activities that would introduce them to the language and terminology associated with the skills they would be expected to learn." as it is technical report writing course, terminology (esp vocabulary) plays an important role here. syllabus should include some more activities that may address to the needs of weak students. as for the writing skill, harmer (1991) suggested the following exercises might be useful: 1) relaying instructions, 2) writing reports, 3) cooperative writing, 4) exchange letters, and 5) writing journals. these kinds of activities (especially cooperative writing and writing journals) may be incorporated into syllabus as syllabus has least exercises to develop these skills. moreover, other pedagogical issues must be taken into consideration. for example, soada idris khan an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program 6 teachers should try to engage learners more in writing activities. it is imperative for students to become responsible for their own learning. they need to see themselves as active members of the learning process. students must be assigned peer evaluation so that they can learn from the mistakes of each other. through involvement in evaluation, they can see their performance more clearly. they are not victims at the mercy of the teacher‟s red pen. instead, they are encouraged to realistically assess their own skills and compare them with others (jung, osterwalder & wipf, 2000). interview analysis another method used to collect the data was interview. twenty samples were selected out of 30 which were filled in with complete information. the participants responded to the following questions in the interview: 1) teachers rate (on a scale of 1-5) the students‟ proficiency in technical report writing. 2) mention some common learning difficulties students (in teachers' opinion) face during technical report writing class! 3) mention some pedagogical (teaching) problems teachers face during teaching of technical report writing! 4) suggestions for improving students‟ general language proficiency in technical report writing. 5) is the course designed in accordance to the learner-based approach? comment briefly! table 3. results of interview question no. 1 q.1. number of teachers scale 4 2 10 3 6 4 as shown in the table, in response to the first question, 4 teachers rated the proficiency of the students as 2 on a scale of 3-5. 10 teachers rated students as 3 and 6 other teachers rated as 4. students' overall proficiency was rated 1-4s. the scale shows that students' proficiency is good but still needs improvement. teachers can improve their proficiency by providing them more assignments, classroom learner-cantered activities, essay-writing competition, quiz competition, etc. table 4. results of interview question no. 2 q.2. number of participants some common learning difficulties students (in teachers' opinion) face during technical writing class 5 inadequate use of audio-visual technologies 8 complex and compound sentences 7 connecting related sentences to make a paragraph as shown in table 4, in response to question number 2, there were varied responses, only common responses were placed in the table. most of the teachers agreed that students had problems in complex and compound sentences and writing a paragraph. they should be given more practice as writing skill needs a lot of practice. table 5. results of interview question no. 3 q.3 number of participants mention some pedagogical (teaching) problems teachers face during teaching of technical writing 5 less access to multimedia and equipment 8 low academic standard of students 7 students are not motivated as shown in table 5, in response to question number 3, there were some common difficulties faced by the teachers. a majority of teachers believe (as shown in english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7 responses) that students' low academic standard was a serious issue. moreover, they are not much motivated to improve themselves. thus, a placement test must be conducted in order to have a filter in admission/selection process of students. students should be oriented to motivational talks by the experts in this field. table 6. results of interview question no. 4 q.4 number of participants suggestions for improving students’ general language proficiency in technical writing 4 more exposure to english activities 7 task based exercises 9 more resources other than textbook must be provided students must be given exposure to target language as shown in table 6, in response to question number 4, there were some common suggestions proposed by the teachers. the common suggestions were; 1) to include more learning resources other than the textbook; 2) students must be exposed to target language, and 3) task based exercises must be included in the syllabus. since there is hardly an environment to target language, it is suggested that students must be sent on a tour to english speaking countries to have an exposure to target language. table 7. results of interview question no. 5 q.5. number of participants is the course designed in accordance to the learnerbased approach? comment briefly! 18 the course is learner centred. 02 the course is not learner-centred. as shown in table 7, in response to question number 5, 18 teachers completely agreed that the course is learner-centred while the rest of 2 (a minority) teachers accepted that the course is not learnercentred. it shows that textbook is learnercentred and is doing well. there is hardly any need to replace it. conclusion an overall analysis of teachers' questionnaire and interview result affirms that teachers are quite satisfied with the present syllabus. this book is in operation for last one year. before this, teachers used to collect teaching materials from different resources, like internet. as a result, the materials lacked coherence and cohesion and course objectives were also partially fulfilled. the present syllabus is designed and textbook is selected after a careful introspection of course contents by a committee of experts of materials development in the university. students also demonstrate a better progress than last few years. therefore, the study wholeheartedly approves present syllabus and does not recommend replacing the textbook. however, teachers can exploit other resources (from internet or library) in order to give an extra push to their learners. references alderson, j. c. (1980). a process approach to reading at the university of mexico: projects in materials design. london: the british council. altman, h. b., & cashin, w. e. (2003). writing a syllabus. retrieved from http://www.engineering.cornell.edu/academics/te aching/teaching_excellence/res ources/upload/altmansyllabus.pdf. ariffin, s. r., & salbiah, m. (1996). pemikiran guru cemerlang: kesan teradap prestasi pengajaran. kertas kerja seminar isu-isu pendidikan negara. fakulti pendidikan, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, bangi. berwick, r. (1989). needs assessment in language programming: from theory to practice. in r. k. johnson (eds.), the second language curriculum. new york: cambridge university press. brindley, c. (1989). the role of needs analysis in adult esl programme design. in r. k. johnson (eds.), the second language curriculum. new york: cambridge university press. soada idris khan an evaluation of technical report writing syllabus at the preparatory year program 8 crocker, t. (1981). scenes of endless science: esp and education. london: the british council davis, b. g. (1993). tools for teaching. san francisco: jossey-bass. eberly, m. b., newton, s. e., & wiggins, r. (2001). the syllabus as a tool for studentcentered learning. journal of general education, 50(1), 56-74. grunert, j. (1997). the course syllabus: a learningcentered approach. bolton, ma: anker. harmer, j. (1991). the practice of english language teaching. london: longman. hawkey, r. (1980). syllabus design for specific purposes: projects in materials design. london: the british council. ismagilova, l. r., & polyakova, l. r. (2015). the role of course evaluation and needs analyses for syllabus design: an application to “english language” course for master-degree students in economics. mediterranean journal of social sciences, 6(1s3), 346–351. jung, t., osterwalder, h., & wipf, d. (2000). teaching and assessing middle-year students’ speaking and listening skill: teaching and learning research exchange. retrieved from: http://www.mcdowellfoundation.ca/main_mcdow ell/projects/research_rep/52_teaching_assessing. pdf. mcdonough, j. (1984). esp in perspective: a practical guide. london: jo mcdonough. mcgrath, i. (2002). materials evaluation and design for language teaching. edinburgh. parkes, j., & harris, m. b. (2002). the purposes of a syllabus. college teaching, 50 (2), 55-61. reed, v. (1989). adolescent language disorders: general strategies for teaching language comprehension/listening. eau claire, wi: thinking publications. widdowson, h. g. (1983). learning purpose and language use. new york: oxford university press. woolcock, m. j. v. (2003). preparing a syllabus: practical exercises. the harriet w. sheridan center for teaching and learning brown university. retrieved from https://www.brown.edu/about/administration/sher idancenter/sites/brown.edu.about.administration.sheri dancenter/files/uploads/constructingasyllabus.pdf. yalden, j. (1987). principles of course design for language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_of_general_education/v050/50.1eberly.html http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_of_general_education/v050/50.1eberly.html http://ctlt.jhsph.edu/resources/views/content/files/69/purpose%20of%20a%20syllabus.pdf http://ctlt.jhsph.edu/resources/views/content/files/69/purpose%20of%20a%20syllabus.pdf english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 71 acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners rudha widagsa english language education study program, university of pgri yogyakarta e-mail: widagsa@upy.ac.id ahmad agung yuwono putro elementary teacher education study program, university of pgri yogyakarta e-mail: agungyuwonoahm@gmail.com apa citation: widagsa, r., & putro, a. a. y. (2017). acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian learners of english. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 71-80. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.772. received: 20-08-2017 accepted: 17-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: indonesian is the most widely spoken language in indonesia. more than 200 million people speak the language as a first language. however, acoustic study on indonesian learners of english (ile) production remains untouched. the purpose of this measurement is to examine the influence of first language (l1) on english vowels production as a second language (l2). based on perceptual magnet hypothesis (pmh), ile were predicted to produce close sounds to l1 english where the vowels are similar to indonesian vowels. acoustic analysis was conducted to measure the formant frequencies. this study involved five males of indonesian speakers aged between 20-25 years old. the data of british english native speakers were taken from previous study by hawkins & midgley (2005). the result illustrates that the first formant frequencies (f1) which correlates to the vowel hight of indonesian learners of english were significantly different from the corresponding frequencies of british english vowels. surprisingly, the significant differences in second formant (f2) of ile were only in the production of /ɑ, ɒ, ɔ/ in which /ɑ/=p 0.002, /ɒ/ =p 0,001, /ɔ/ =p 0,03. the vowel space area of ile was slightly less spacious than the native speakers. this study is expected to shed light in english language teaching particularly as a foreign language. keywords: vsa, efl, indonesian learners, formant frequencies, acoustic introduction second language (l2) learners particularly adults would experience difficulties in learning foreign sounds due to the strong influence of their first language (l1) (lord, 2008; flege, 1999). the level of difficulty experienced by the learner will be directly related to the degree of linguistic difference between l1 and l2 and the length of exposure on l2 (lado, 1957; baker & trofimovich, 2005). some phonetic features of l2 which do not exist in l1 are considered as the most influenced factor in l2 learning (mcallister, flege, & piske, 2002). in general, the greater the perceived phonetic dissimilarity between an l2 sound and the closest l1 sound, the more likely it is that phonetic difference between the sounds will be discerned (flege, schirru, & mackay, 2003). equally, some l2 sounds which similar to l1 would be easy for l2 learners to produce and some l2 sounds which are dissimilar to l1 would be awkward for l2 learners. similarly, the vast difference between english and indonesian vowel system would lead to the distinctive vowel production. dissimilarities in features existing in both english and indonesian would generate obstacles to learning the target language. this could be a barrier for indonesian learners of english (ile) who want to speak or produce native-like sounds. to put it differently, ile are predicted to experience difficulties in producing english vowels since the indonesian phonetic system influences their rudha widagsa & ahmad agung yuwono putro acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners 72 l2 production. the difficulties could be manifested in l2 distinctive vowels quality (baker & trofimovich, 2005). the influence of l1 on l2 vowel production could simply be recognized in formant frequency values. in most cases, formant frequencies are reliable to identify correct pronunciation and intelligibility (peterson & barney, 1952). formant frequencies have long been used by researchers to measure vowel quality due to acceptable parameters and close correlation with vowel quadrilateral or vowel space area (vsa) (ferragne & pellegrino, 2010; hillenbrand & nearey, 1999). estimation of vsa has a long history in the study of vowel identity, speaker characteristics, speech development, speaking style and sociolinguistic factors which influence vowel production (sandoval, et al., 2013). the relationship between first formant (f1) and the second formant (f2) reflects the acoustic quality of vocoid articulations. the first formant frequency (f1) is inversely correlated to vowel height. in the same way, the higher f1 will be, the shorter it is. in other words close vowels have lover f1 values and open vowels have higher f1 values. the second formant frequency (f2), on the other hands, related to the length of the oral cavity in terms of frontness and backness of the tongue body. the lower f2 will be, the longer the front cavity; the higher f2 will be, the shorter it is. in other words, back vowels have lower f2 values and front vowels have higher f2 values (ball & lowry, 2001, p. 67; ladefoged, 2011, p. 196; lodge, 2009, p. 190199). this current study investigates the english vowel production of indonesian native speakers by measuring the formant frequencies (f1 and f2 values) of english vowels. it is started by reviewing and explaining the supporting theories and the previous study. a second language theory, perceptual magnet hypothesis (pmh) proposed by iverson & kuhl (1995) is considered as the basic principal of this studies. pmh proposes that adults learning a second language would find it difficult to perceive a phonetic contrast from a new language when the sounds are close to a native language prototype (iverson & kuhl, 1995). in other words, foreign language learners tend to produce approximations l2 phonemes based on l1 phonemes, they will produce l2 where there is a similar sound in l1, it simply puts that the learners would attract l2 phonemes to sample phonemes in l1. based on pmh due to the vast differences between indonesian and english vowel systems, the hypothesis predicts that indonesian learners of english would have difficulties in producing some english vowels which are not represented in their l1. to examine the production patterns of english vowels by indonesian english language learners, we set two research questions: (1) would indonesian learners of english show the same formant frequencies producing new vowels (/i:, æ, ɑː, ɔ:, u:, ʌ, ɜ:/)? using pmh, it is predicted that ile would succeed to produce some english vowels where the vowels are similar in l1, conversely, ile would be less successful in producing some english vowels which are different from l1 and the production of the english vowels would be identical to the nearest indonesian vowels; (2) to what extent that vsa english vowels produced by ile are different from english-l1 vsa? based on pmh, ile would have different size of vsa from the corresponding vsa produced by english-l1. there are several studies prior to this acoustic measurement represented in formant frequencies in second language acquisition. for instance, reeder (1999) found that beginning and intermediate english learners of spanish did not fully acquire any of the spanish vowels. he reported that the position of a vowel in the vowel space effected learners’ performance in unstressed vowels. flege et al., (2003) examined different age of acquisition of italian speakers in learning english. they argued that early italian learners of english produced more formant movements. differing from early learners, adult learners seemed to produce less movement in formant frequencies. they also noticed the different characteristics between l1 and l2. apart from this, hunter & kebede (2012) analyzed the native speakers of farsi in english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 73 producing british english vowels. these authors found that farsi speakers generally produced good approximations (in terms of f1 and f2 values) to british english vowels when there is a close similarity in farsi vowel inventories. conversely, speakers of farsi were frequently confused some british english vowels due to dissimilarities. related argument is also stated by pillai and delavari (2012), they said that iranian learners of english did not contrast the vowel differences between english and iranian in term of quality. however, in indonesia, the measurement of second language oral production was based on teachers’ auditory judgment, furthermore, acoustic studies related to second language learning received little attention. perwitasari, klamer, & schiller (2016) investigated the formant frequencies of javanese and sundanese learners of english. they found that the production of english vowels was challenging for the javanese and sundanese efl learners not only for similar sounds such as (/i, ɛ, ʊ/), but also for new sounds such as (/i:, æ, ɑː, ɔ:, u:, ʌ, ɜ:/). additionally, the javanese and sundanese speakers showed a smaller vowel space area than that of the native english speakers. indonesian vowel system indonesian or bahasa indonesia is a national language and lingua franca among thousands of different native speakers of indigenous languages in indonesia. it is generally spoken as a second language. however, the language has native speakers who speak indonesian as a first language. indonesian is rooted from malay, an austronesia language family (poedjosoedarmo, 1996; clynes & deterding, 2011). the language has only six monophthongal phonemes including /i, u, e, ә, o and a/ (muslich 2008, p. 95). long-short (tense-lax) forms are not found in the language. there is allophonic variation between realizations in open and closed syllables but there is no agreement on the extent to which allophonic variation takes place (halim, 1974, p. 169). indonesian vowels are pronounced differently in many regions in this country. however, these differences are only in accent. to illustrate this, in south sumatera, it is found that each of the six vowels, except /a/ and /ә/, is phonetically represented by two allophonic variants; according to dardjowidjojo (2009) allophonic variation occurs in all monophthongs except /ә/. subardi in marsono (2008, p. 37) stated that there are ten vowels due to javanese interference. since the speech data were taken in yogyakarta, it should also be noted that the respondents have some knowledge of javanese, that belongs to the austronesian language family. it follows that some degrees of javanese accent can be detected, see poedjosoedarmo (1982) and adisasmito-smith (1999). a part from this, zanten & goedemans (2010) had also mention that indonesian language which is derived from malay has 6 distinctive vowels, the variation on pronunciation is considered as allophonic variation due to influence of regional dialects (zanten & goedemans, 2010). english, by contrast, has at least 11 vowels inventories. vowels of english vary enormously by variety, many phoneticians have different perspective in defining the number of english vowels. jones (1957, p. 63) mentioned that there are eight vowels in southern english, whereas finegan, et al. (1992, p. 40) proposed twelve vowels for australian english. however, english has at least 11 pure vowel sounds or monophthong. the vowel comparison for both languages is illustrated as follows. rudha widagsa & ahmad agung yuwono putro acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners 74 figure 1. figure 2. english vowel chart indonesian vowel chart method this experiment involved five indonesian speakers (all male) as the subjects of this study. the subjects were aged between 18 and 25 years at the time of data collecting. they were born in various regions in indonesia and raised in a cross-ethnique parents which allow them to speak indonesian as a first language. the subjects have been studying english in university for at least 3 years as the major study. when the data was taken, the indonesian subjects resided in yogyakarta (a city in java, indonesia) and have never been to english speaking countries or travelling abroad. meanwhile, the native speakers data used in this research were collected from hawkins & midgley (2005). the subjects were native speaker of british english (be) aged 20-25 at the time of recording. they were born in a wide range of geographical areas in order to reduce risk of a regional-specific feature being interpreted as part of a general trend. table 1. british f1 and f2 average (in hertz) by hawkins & midgleys (2005) heed hid head had hard hod hoard hood who’d hud herd i: ɪ e ᴂ ɑ ɒ ɔ ʊ u ʌ ɜ f1 276 393 600 917 604 484 392 413 289 658 494 f2 2338 2174 1914 1473 1040 865 630 1285 1616 1208 1373 each participant was given a printed material containing a set of 11 /hvd/ words (heed, hid, head, had, hard, hod, hoard, hood, who’d, hudd, herd) in a carrier sentence. after participants received the material then they were asked to listen to it in order to get better understanding and comprehension about the words. the listening materials are taken from oxford advanced learner’s dictionary. immediately after listening section, they were instructed to pronounce the words in carrier sentences. the recordings were made with sony icd px 333 voice recorder and an attached headset-microphone placed at the distance of about 10 cm from the participants’ mouth. the participants were recorded one by one in order to ease the analysis. asus x200ma notebook was used to analyze the recording data. this recording process took place in language laboratory of university of pgri yogyakarta. speech analysts are usually concerned mainly with the first and the second formant (f1 and f2). in this study, we only measure the f1 and f2 to figure out the formant frequencies of english vowels in hertz (hz). the values then plotted to vowel chart/vowel quadrilateral for further analysis. the recordings were analyzed using praat 5.3.51 (boersma & weenink, 2013). the software allows some features such as tracing the formant frequencies, choosing time point, and drawing waveform and spectrogram display. the formant frequencies (f1 and f2) values were traced by identifying on the formant peak of the chosen time point. the value of pitch was automatically computed through the spectrogram display. to measure a difference between the ile vowel productions and l1 english, this research conducted statistical analysis. an independent t-test for the groups was applied to test whether english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 75 frequencies and speech duration was significantly different between groups. results and discussion each vowel has a formant structure which indicates vowel height, tongue advancement and lip shape. formants have long been known as suited parameters for describing vowel production due to its correlation with traditional alticulatory transcription of vowel. the first formant frequency (f1) is inversely related to vowel height. f1 corresponds to tongue height: close vowels have lower f1 values, and open vowels have higher f1 values while f2 usually reflects the front–back position of the tongue, with front vowels having higher f2 values than back vowels. lip-rounding is indicated by a lowering of all of the formant values (ball & lowry, 2001, p. 67; ladefoged, 2011, p. 196). there is nothing particularly new about this way of analyzing vowel sounds. the general theory of formant frequencies was stated by the great german scientist hermann helmholtz about one hundred fifty years ago (ladefoged & johnson, 2001). formant frequencies allow to enable visual investigation which shows the relationship between traditional articulatory descriptions and formants when it is plotted in a bark scale or vowel quadrilateral. the following figure is the illustration of the formant frequencies of british english vowels produced by native speakers of english. figure 3. vowel quadrilateral of british english native speakers (hawkins & midgley, 2005) figure 3 demonstrates the the vowel quality of british english native speakers. it can be clearly seen that each vowel is pronounced differently. the visual descrption aslo represents the mouth diagram of vowels. the up left is the lips and the buttom right is the back of the mouth. we conducted the measurement of formant frequencies of ile and l1 english pronouncing english vowels. the complete results of the acoustic measurement of l2 and l1 english vowels are shown in the following tables. table 3 describes the result of f1 measurement in hertz (hz), table 4 illustrates the ile f2 and table 5 represents the average of f1 and f2. table 2. ile average of f1 and f2 english vowels ile english l1 f1 (hz) f2 (hz) f1 (hz) f2 (hz) rudha widagsa & ahmad agung yuwono putro acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners 76 i: 348,6 2088,6 276 2338 ɪ 361,4 2024,4 393 2174 e 553,4 1824,6 600 1914 ᴂ 586,8 1769,8 917 1473 ɑ 662,4 1315,6 604 1040 ɒ 449 1257 484 865 ɔ 534,4 1103,8 392 630 ʊ 374,6 1338,8 413 1285 u 383,6 1240,6 289 1616 ʌ 618,6 1513,2 658 1208 ɜ 567,2 1450,2 494 1373 statistical analysis is intended to find out the significant differences between the productions of both groups language speakers. to test whether the f1 and f2 means were significantly different from each other, an independent t-test was conducted. the t-test results of the contrast of f1 and f2 between ile and english native speakers is served in the following table. table 3. independent t-test results comparing indonesian and english native speakers on first formant (f1) and second formant (f2) frequencies of 11 english vowels produced in the /hvd/ contexts english vowel f1 (hz) t df p l1 l2 i: 276 348,6 -18,297 4 0 ɪ 393 361,4 -26,59 4 0 e 600 553,4 -37,012 4 0 ᴂ 917 586,8 -12,416 4 0 ɑ 604 662,4 -18,819 4 0 ɒ 484 449 -34,096 4 0 ɔ 392 534,4 -10,55 4 0 ʊ 413 374,6 -10,297 4 0,001 u 289 383,6 -14,872 4 0 ʌ 658 618,6 -7,326 4 0,002 ɜ 494 567,2 -24,562 4 0 english vowel f2 (hz) t df p l1 l2 i: 2338 2088,6 2,486 4 0,068 ɪ 2174 2024,4 4,306 4 0,013 e 1914 1824,6 1,885 4 0,133 ᴂ 1473 1769,8 -4,635 4 0,01 ɑ 1040 1315,6 -6,933 4 0,002 ɒ 865 1257 -8,425 4 0,001 ɔ 630 1103,8 -6,215 4 0,003 ʊ 1285 1338,8 -0,33 4 0,758 u 1616 1240,6 1,975 4 0,12 ʌ 1208 1513,2 -3,592 4 0,023 ɜ 1373 1450,2 -0,59 4 0,587 independent t-test shows the distinctive result on f1 values, it can be seen that f1 values were significantly different from the production of f1 by native speakers. surprisingly, there were only three vowels which were significantly different on f2 values (/ɑ, ɒ, ɔ/) which /ɑ/=p 0.002, /ɒ/ =p 0,001, /ɔ/ =p 0,03. the rest of the vowels did not indicate the significant differences. to compare the vowel space area of the indonesian vsa and british english speakers in the /hvd/ context, the f1 and f2 values were inserted into a vowel quadrangle table (see figure 4). the vowel quadrangle table refers to the place of articulation in the english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 77 mouth and represents the position of the tongue for each vowel. figure 4. quadrangle table (barkscale) figure 4 illustrates the acoustic measurement of vowel formant frequencies and vowel space area of the english vowels produced by indonesian learners of english which then compared with the native speakers of english. from the figure, it can be described that: 1. the native speaker of english had more spacious vowel space compared to indonesian learners of english. 2. indonesian learners of english were not able to distinguish the vowel /i:/ from the vowel /ɪ/. they both were pronounced as simillar vowels and the formant frequencies were almost identical. 3. indonesian learners of english produced the vowel /u/ which was close to the vowel /ʊ/. 4. the vowel /ᴂ/ was pronounced slightly simillar to /e/. the production of /ᴂ/ was higher than the native speakers production. 5. the ile production of vowel /ɑ/ was identical to english l1 vowel /ʌ/. 6. the ile produced the english vowels /ɒ and u/ in simillar way of producing the english vowel /ʊ/. the first research question (1) would indonesian learners of english show the same formant frequencies producing new vowels (/i:, æ, ɑː, ɔ:, u:, ʌ, ɜ:/)? pmh predicted that ile would succeed to produce some english vowels where the vowels are similar in l1, conversely, ile would be less successful in producing some english vowels which are different from l1 and the production of the english vowels would be identical to the nearest indonesian vowels. in this experiment, ile produced different f1 values of /i:, æ, ɑː, ɔ:, u:, ʌ, ɜ:/ from the corresponding f1 by l1 english. surprisingly, the second formant did not demonstrate similar result in f2, only the three vowels /ɑ, ɒ, ɔ/ which were significantly different. the vowels /ɑ, ɒ, ɔ/ are almost identical to the indonesian vowel system /a/. thus, ile tend to “attract” phonemes in english to standar exemplar phonemes of indonesian. ile also showed the significant difference in pronouncing similar vowels /i, e, u/ based on the formant frequencies. the ile l2 productions of /u and ɒ/ are close to the english-l1 /ʊ/. additionally, according to the visual investigation, the english-l1 vowel /ʌ/ is pronounced as /ɑ/. however, indonesian learners of english show similarities to native english speakers in pronouncing the vowels /ʊ/, /ɪ/ and /e/. futhermore, ile were also unable to distinguish the long and short vowels /i:/ and /ɪ/, the vowels /ʊ/ and /u/, what is more, the vowel /æ/ was also perceived as indonesian /e/. (2) the second research question is that to what extent that vsa english vowels produced by ile are different from englishrudha widagsa & ahmad agung yuwono putro acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners 78 l1 vsa? based on pmh, ile would have different size of vsa from the corresponding vsa produced by english-l1. we predicted that indonesian learners of english would have narrower vsa since they only have six vowels and would show a density of vowels in certain area. a part from this, based on pmh, indonesian learners of english would pronounce inexistent english vowels close to indonesian. based on the visual evidence, it can be seen that indonesian learners of english has smaller vsa than native speakers. it also proves that ile find difficulties in producing different vowels. furthermore, there are some areas of english l1 which the vowels are denser than the other such as /ʊ/, /ɪ/ and /e/. the evidences support the pmh theory that they will produce l2 where there is a similar sound in l1 in most cases; the learners would attract l2 phonemes to sample phonemes in l1. the most difficult part in the vowel production by indonesian learners of english is shown by the value of f1 rather than f2. it means that ile were not able to perceive the english vowel height. surprisingly, based on f2 values, indonesian learners of english were able to perceive the degree of backness of english vowels. conclusion as learning second language is heavily influenced by first language, the productions of english vowel by indonesian native speakers were greatly influenced by the phonological system of indonesian language. indonesian learners of english were not aware of vowel height. however, in term of backness, there were only three vowels which were significantly different in the value of second formant. this brings us to the conclusion that indonesian learners of english have difficulties in producing english vowels which does not exist in indonesian vowel system. the findings are consistent with the perceptual magnet hypothesis that indonesian learners of english tended to produce approximations english phonemes based on indonesian phonemes, they produced english vowels where there is similar sound in indonesian. this current research is only a preliminary study which still demands further research prior to acoustic features of english vowels produced by non-native speakers particularly indonesian speakers. in this experiment, we only report data of indonesian male respondents. gender is known to be an important factor of phonetic variation. gender and aged-related would also be interesting topic for future research. hopefully, this research would shed light in english language teaching in indonesia. references adisasmito-smith, n. (1999). influence of javanese vowel patterning on indonesian: an acoustic investigation. in 14th international congress of phonetic sciences (icphs-14) (vol. 14, pp. 1109– 1112). retrieved from https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/ icphs-proceedings/icphs1999/p14_1109.html. ball, m. j., & lowry, o. m. (2001). methods in clinical phonetics. philadelphia: whurr publishers. baker, w., & trofimovich, p. (2005). interaction of nativeand second-language vowel system(s) in early and late bilinguals. language and speech, 48(1), 1–27. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1177/00238309050480010101. boersma, p., & weenink, d. (2013). praat: doing phonetics by computer [computer program] version 5.3.51, retrieved 5 july 2013 from htt[://www.praat.org/. clynes, a., & deterding, d. (2011). standard malay (brunei). journal of the international phonetic association, 41(2), 259–268. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1017/s002510031100017x. dardjowidjojo, s. (2009). english phonetics and phonology for indonesians. jakarta: yayasan obor indonesia. ferragne, e., & pellegrino, f. (2010). formant frequencies of vowels in 13 accents of the british isles. journal of the international phonetic association, 40. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1017/s0025100309990247. finegan, e., besnier, n,, blair, d., & collinsm p. (1992). language: its structure and use. marrickville: hardcourt brace jovanovich limited. flege, j. e. (1999). age of learning and second language speech. in d. birdsong (ed.) second language acquisition and the critical period hypothesis. ny: lawrence erlbaum publishers, pp. 101-131. flege, j. e., schirru, c., & mackay, i. r. a. (2003). interaction between the native and second language phonetic subsystems. speech english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 79 communication, 40, 467–491. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0167-6393(02)00128-0. halim, a. (1974). intonation in relation to syntax in bahasa indonesia. jakarta: djambatan. hawkins, s., & midgley, j. (2005). formant frequencies of rp monophthongs in four age groups of speakers. journal of the international phonetic association, 35(35), 183–199. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1017/s0025100305002124. hunter, g., & kebede, h. (2012). formant frequencies of british english vowels produced by native speakers of farsi. proceedings of the accoustics 2012 nantes cinference. jones, d. (1957). an outline of english phonetics. cambridge: w. heffer & son ltd. ladefoged, p., & johnson, k. (2001). course in phonetics (6 th ed.).. boston: wadsworth. lado, r. (1957). linguistics across cultures. ann arbor: the university of michigan press. marsono. (2008). fonetik. yogyakarta: gadjah mada university press. mcallister, r., flege, j. e., & piske, t. (2002). the influence of l1 on the acquisition of swedish quantity by native speakers of spanish, english and estonian. journal of phonetics, 30(2), 229– 258. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1006/jpho.2002.0174. iverson, p., & kuhl, p. (1995). mapping the perceptual magnet effect for speech using signal detection theory and multidimensional scaling. journal of the acoustical society of america, 97(1), 553562. perwitasari, a., klamer, m., & schiller, n. o. (2016). formant frequencies and vowel space area in javanese and sundanese english language learners. 3l: the southeast asian journal of english language studies, 22(3), 141–152. retrieved from http://ejournals.ukm.my/3l/article/view/14498. peterson, g. e., & barney, h. l. (1952). control methods used in a study of the vowels. journal of the acoustical society of america, 24, 175–184. poedjosoedarmo, s. (1982). javanese influence on indonesian. canberra: department of linguistic, research school of pasific studies, the australian national university (pasific linguistics, series d, no. 38; materials in languages of indonesia, 7). poedjosoedarmo, g. (1996). variation and change in the sound systems of brunei dialects of malay. in martin et al. (eds.), 37–42. pillai, s., & delavari, h. (2012). the production of english monophthong vowels by iranian efl learners. poznań studies in contemporary linguistics, 48(3), 495–518. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1515/psicl. sandoval, s., berisha, v., utianski, r. l., liss, j. m., & spanias, a. (2013). automatic assessment of vowel space area. the journal of the acoustical spciety of america,134(5), 14–17. retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1121/1.4826150. zanten, e. v., & goedemans, r. (2009). prominence in indonesian strasses, phrases, and boundaries. wacana: jurnal ilmu pengetahuan budaya, 11(2), 197–225. rudha widagsa & ahmad agung yuwono putro acoustic measurement on vowel production of english as a second language by indonesian efl learners 80 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 21 feminist and structural narratologie as identity (re)-configurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles christopher babatunde ogunyemi department of english studies, adekunle ajasin university, nigeria e-mail: christopher.ogunyemi@aaua.edu.ng apa citation: ogunyemi, c. b. (2017). feminist and structural narratologie as identity (re)configurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 21-32. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.767. received: 21-08-2017 accepted: 27-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: research in african literature articulated a number of literary and philosophical theories, particularly in the way that they can potentially undo conventional understandings of gender in the nigerian context. this paper seeks to apply these insights in the form of a critical narratology. although narratology has a structuralist or formalist orientation, having its theoretical beginning in saussure’s modern linguistics, and like structuralism, aspires to ‘scientific’ or ‘universalist’ claims, it, also, examines the way in which narratives affect the way we perceive the world. this paper will attempt to mobilise narratology critically, with the benefit of the insights emerging from various articles, in order to help our understanding of the question of gender and social themes in nigerian post-colonial literature. most especially, this paper will visualise the analysis of structural narratology and finally with feminist narratology in order to correct the inadequacies of structural narratology and the suppression of women in texts. keywords: african literature, feminist narratology, gender identity, structural narratology introduction bal’s narratology is a systematic and structural analysis which helps in the ideological study of the commitment of the writer in the narrative (bal, 1985, p. 10). this means that it helps in understanding the degree of commitment writers underscore in their narratives, thereby showing whether such work is conscious or unconscious of the plight of women, gender and social constructions in art generally. to fludernik (2009) narratology in this context can identify gender and its various forms in the narrative text showing what constitutes traditional narratives and the instruments of analysis and interpretations which could be applied to explain its framework in narrative form. to begin with, narratology is defined as the theory and the study of narratives (bal, 1985, p. 3, fludernik, 2009, p. 2; genette, 1980, p. 3). genette’s narratological works aid the german and anglo-saxon literary tradition and it sheds more light to the understanding of the narratological criticism in divergent ways. this goes to demonstrate that, ’narrative does not represent real or fictive story, it recounts it, that is, it signifies it by means of language. therefore, there is no place to imitate the narrative. there are simply varying degrees of diegesis, narrative moods, mimesis and every text discloses traces of narration’ (genette, 1980, pp. 42-43). likewise, narratology helps in the understanding of the context of production as fundamental element of the narrative. that is, it could help readers in clearly discerning the content of the narrative because some of the experiences discussed in it were already known to them. for fludernik, narratology is a genre which describes constant christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 22 variables and combinations typical of narrative and to clarify how these characteristics of narrative texts connect to the framework of theoretical models (fludernik, 2009, p. 3). narratology views narrative structure and the way it affects societal perceptions is reexamined. in principle, narratology can refer to any systematic study of narratives; although in practice, the application of narratology could be rather restricted to the narrative. this is because the way this affects societal’s views that it is applied structurally to the study, criticism and understanding of male autobiographical narratives and the question of gender in nigeria. narratology and its trends in narrative art ‘narratology’ as a word simply means ‘narratologie’ which tzvetan todorov (1989) in his grammaire du decameron forms has been subsequently and continuously used and applied by many writers to different areas and peroids in literature. although some references may be traced back to the aristotle’s classic poetics, modern discourse in the enquiry and interest in narratology is believed to commence with viadimir prop, the russian formalist who wrote morphology of the folktale in 1928. looking at the origin of the work, narratology has a strong relevance and affiliation with the structuralist interest in a system of formed description that could be analysed in any narrative work of art. according to culler (1981), different aspects of narratology could be found in any narrative work. although culler (1981) observes that the distinction in narratology is mainly suggested by the russian formalists who used both fabula and sjuzhetas a successive elements in narrative. these successive elements have also been perceived as the same dichotomy, but they would be discussed in relation to the narrative act in the commentary as it advances. for example the use of (historie /recit, story/plot) in the text is a demonstration of this dichotomy. (the pursuit of signs, 1981, p. 13). in other words, for any work to be recognised as narratological or otherwise may have much more to do with other forms of narrative, such as works in autobiographical narratives, stories, and the sociology of language. according to labov (2006, p. 190), ‘narratology examines conversional analysis and discourse analysis which examines the course of frequent and spontaneous verbal interaction in the work of art’. however, constituent narrative structure could be included in the interpretation of male autobiographical narratives. based on the above, it is essential and extremely important to demonstrate that narratology could enable readers and also critics to critically visualise the content of the narrative, the structure of the autobiographical writings and genderized writings in any text, their cultural artefacts and the movement of time and space in their narrative forms could be examined as well. autobiographical writings, genderized writings and other narratives sometimes demonstrate popular culture about the people beginning from their personal lives to their public functioning and finally in the expression of their civic responsibilities in different societies. roland barthes’ originality in this discourse provides another way of analysing the narrative plot in art. he refuses to be limited by traditional factors which hinder and reduces the understanding of the concept of narratology in any literary art as well. similarly, nwachukwu-agbada (2003) investigates the dynamics of autobiographical writings by asserting that these works discuss ideas which are spread across some periods of time in human history. his conception is based on the environment and ‘the result is that practically all the africa literary autobiographies are public gestures which are derived from a personal struggle with life and agents on the way of psychic, economic, material individual and national fulfilment’ (nwachukwu-agbada, 2003, p. 103). to him, a series of issues which african autobiographical narratives examine, demonstrate different aspects of discourse in narratology. nigerian autobiographies cannot be treated in isolation because they incorporate english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 23 various aspects of nigerian expressions which were also of concern to narratologists (nwachukwu-agbada, 1987, p. 97). essentially, it could also help in the understanding of different constructions of gender and identity in nigerian literature and society because some writers in nigeria see gender as display or as performance or an act which could be seen in some of the works coming out of the nigerian literary environments. some critics are interested in critiquing different types of narratives because they show how some writers demonstrate gender configurations which sparked various reactions among people (see west & garcia, 1988, p. 14; zimmerman & west, 1975, p. 157; lucal 1999, p. 19; & golfman, 1957, p. 22). to henry macdonald (1988) narratology can be traditionally projected as the story of narrative fiction which examines actions and their articulated meanings (macdonald, 1988, p. 1). he goes on to observe that narratology visualizes the narrative presentation of the story using readers’ encounters. the story is perceived as a distinct part of the presentation and also constitutes a constructed tale. epstein (1988) demonstrates that it examines the interpretation of discoursein the text, and such re-interpretation could be ‘twice-told all telling ultimately retellings’ (epstein, 1988, p. 230). this means that research in narratology is could be regarded as an effort that is both prescriptive and descriptive in nature. in another development, epstein also remarks that research in narratology may be socially different or altered’ which means that discourses are not usually permanent’ in all situations. a clearer insight to the understanding of narratology and feminist scholarship is given by lanser (1986) in her essay which is entitled: ‘toward a feminist narratology’. this essay critically examined that over the years, structuralist narratology has removed interest and attention away from women studies and gender criticisms; other feminist insights have, therefore, been grossly overlooked by this narratological school as well. in the real sense of the matter and to remove restrictions, narratology is a discipline which is virtually applied to all fields and to all genres. it is basically a way of perceiving texts by both men and women using a variety ways of new analysis (p. 674). however, she probes further that her desire in the aforementioned essay is to re-examine the contributions of structural narratology to feminism, women criticism and the projection of women in literature. though narratology contributed considerably to the reconfiguration of women in narrative, there are some limitations to this because not until recently gender concerns have not been fully explored by narratology. therefore, most narratologists treat issues relating to masculinity in male texts which had been in analysis over the years. the projection of male formulations in some texts by most narratologist sometimes makes narratological study difficult for female feminist. in wisdom and age in chinua achebe’s things fall apart (1958) there is a deliberate treatment of male dominance under the auspices of wisdom in relation to age without considering any characteristic feature of women who also constitute the african literary ideologue. this is what lanser means by a deliberate attempt to use narratology within the structuralist perspective as instruments of oppression and suppression of women in their space. structural narratology and its inadequacies in order to remove the inadequacies of narratology in the understanding of women writing, feminism, plot and the question of gender in literature, feminist narratolgy reconfigures, re-evaluates and re-traces the portrayal of women and identity in women writings. it challenges the stereotypic projection of women in narratives and suggests a new direction which reverses inferior basis for a proper projection of women, gender and identity in the plot and language of texts. by so doing, she submits that ‘the major impact of feminism on narratology, will be to raise new questions, to add to the narratologial christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 24 distinctions that already exists. to probe further, feminist critic attempts to reconcile the way and manner language and signs have been used by structural narratologists in their analysis to suppress women representation in fiction and in other writings because these critics have mostly been one sided in their analyses. the essence is for critics and narratologists for find the usefulness of narrative, content and context of the story, the proper presentation of the characher: male or female and their relevance to gender relations. similarly, feminist narratology raises some questions which show that the standard plot discussed by narratologists do not really conform to the conventional norm by not explaining some fundamental features of women in some selected texts. this is to denote that structural narratology is yet to provide the most adequate distinction of story and plot. the need to shift attention to feminist narratology becomes expedient because it encourages unbiased criticism of literature and the proper projection of the real image of the woman and the real re-configuration of identity and gender in texts. feminist narratology feminist narratology is an important aspect of narratology which could deconstruct narrative and explain some ambiguities in male writings and multiplicities of meanings and interpretations of texts ascribed to them. this is an aspect of narratology which could help to correct patriarchal stereotypes and ethnocentric views in narrative works (bal, 1985, p. 12), particularly in autobiographical works and in other fictional works. through the reinterpretation of the narrative text, there is a need to really determine the major issues in the story in order to ascertain if those discussed preoccupations are culturally determined in the plot of the story. it is, therefore, pertinent to demonstrate how narratology helps in the understanding of gender, identity and social themes in nigerian post-colonial literature. post-colonial writers in nigeria incorporate gender configuration, power relations and the portrayal of women as embodiments of their narrative arts. likewise, these writers in nigeria assigned various roles to women and men in their narratives which give some concerns to critics and readers alike. the application of narratology to narratives explains some complex gender and identity ambiguities which are the foregrounding issues in some male writings. example of such ambiguities in the narrative is well delineated when narratology is applied to the narrative, such as the creation of male subject in the work and that of a female object. this situation sometimes calls for reversal in the story where there is a re-construction which allows for the woman to take the lead role and become the female hero in the narrative. however, when a narratologist decides to examine the body of knowledge in the narrative, the significance of female body and how it interprets the social milieu could be underscored and this situation could aid the understanding of gender and identity. this is because the power of the narrator and what s/he represents in literature could be reinterpreted and this informs the reason why de lauretis (1984, p. 24) asserts that ‘women are heroes of their own stories’. in the process of writing back and correcting some narrative anomalies in masculine writings, she brings in new innovations and concepts which help to re-configure society in the appropriate way. she pushes this further because this type of narratology exemplifies how stories use characterisation to delineate societal problems which women are actively involved in and how feminist narratologists attempt to reverse masculine positions in narratives in order to achieve social and cultural transformation for egalitarian society. in the feminist context, narrative systematises the text in order to potentially free narratology from ethnocentric, identity representation and patriarchal configurations which are mostly discussed in many male writings in africa. by so doing, the narrative would not be biased and central to the promotion of masculine tendencies in english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 25 narratives. similarly, bal (1985, p. 22) and fludernik (2009, p. 15) agree that narratology itself is central to the structuring system of binary opposition because it gives room for the narrative art to examine its oppositions and ambiguities. this means that there is a universal appeal in a narrative when it examines the culture of a group of people by attempting a binary resolution in order to appeal to feminist consciousness. in addition, to demonstrate and elaborate the usefulness of narratology, critics often apply this to some literary ideologies in order to comprehend literary concepts so that the benefits of narratology and its refinements could be properly internalised in the texts. likewise, to properly comprehend post-colonial issues in literature, such as social themes, the portrayal of women, gender construction and identity representation, narratology sometimes produces an adequate framework for the understanding of these concepts in the narrative. dwivedi et al. (2010, p. 6) uphold the aforementioned and submit that ‘the condition of post-coloniality has been variously comprehended through metanarratives of fall and decline, progress, enlightenment, and the attainment of civilization and democracy. however, narratives produced in the historical phase explain related works of fiction, travelogues and autobiographical accounts awakening and liberation’. consequently, the application of narratology in nigeria could fill the lacuna in the portrayal of women in autobiographical and other gendered writings. it could also explain the configuration of gender, identity representation and the re-interpretation of social themes and masculinities in nigerian post-colonial literature and history. narratology and the interpretation of texts in ‘genderization in male autobiographical narratives in nigeria’ (2011), narratology is used to interpret some activities of characters and events in nigerian social and political space through narratives which centre on various experiences around men and women. the application of meta-narrative interpretation in narratology illuminates the message and portrays a clearer image for the reader and the critic. what this implies is that the primary object of interpretation is the narrative act of telling the story. ‘the story’ expresses the purpose of criticism. logically speaking, both the content and the telling of the story are narrative acts, which are some preoccupations of narratology. similarly, in the article, wisdom and age in chinua achebe’s things fall apart (1958), narratology is discussed andwisdom is used by the culture as a model for measuring the knowledge of men and women in the patriarchal nigerian and igbo society. however, it re-invokes masculine importance using okonkwo the lead character as emulation for all in society. this gendered classification of wisdom and age is done at the expense of feminity and it informs a psychological tool which is used to further suppress women. this situation sometimes explains the distinction between story and narrative act which is commonly conceptualized by narratologists as well. this distinction according to mcdonald is traditional because it does not provide any other means of identical formulations in the work of art (macdonald, 1988: 4).the analysis is dynamic because autobiographical and gendered narratives are complex phenomena which express series of formulations about ‘self’ in nigerian literature and it is a portrayal of gendered feelings as well. similarly, studies in these aforementioned articles blend narratological theory with autobiographical approach and with gender theory in order to show various relationships and ambiguities of these gendered writers. the need for the application of the trio is to bring out social relevance in nigeria and in africa. to portray this, other researchers have used many approaches to examine narratives in their own ways. for example, strauss and corbin (1998) applied the analytic strategic approach in their literary application of art. eyoh (2003), raditlhalo (2003), and chukwuma (1990) use the sociological approach as suitable critical christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 26 framework, which clearly illuminates the position of characterization and how it becomes relevant to the contemporary society in autobiographical and critical analysis. the first aim is to identify elements of existing scholarly definitions which support autobiographical narratives and then relate the approach to narratology. however, both ‘genderization in male autobiographical narratives in nigeria’ (2011), and wisdom and age in chinua achebe’s things fall apart’ (1958) apply narratological tenets to the analysis of texts and criticisms of the social themes in the postcolonial nigerian experience. to start with the ‘genderization in male autobiographical narratives’ (2011) most male autobiographical works presented in the article portray some deliberate and inveterate marginalization of the african woman by patriarchy. likewise, the article ‘wisdom and age’ is a cognitive examination of the mental state of men which presents the nigerian male culture and how these male writers, particularly in nigeria were using their works to over-exemplify masculinity without recourse to females who are part of such society. however, writings in this regard loose the social construction because it does not enforce the performative aspect of art. writing should be able to reinterpret and re-configure the cultural phenomenon in contemporary setting in order to prepare a suitable environment for both men and women in relation to their social and cultural perspectives. in ‘genderization…’ (2011) while women are frequently exposed to psychological, physical and social violence. ‘wisdom and age..’ (2010) is a psychological and cognitive empowerment of masculine tenets at the expense of feminity. according to this article, ‘it is evident that okonkwo, despite his tender age applies the instrument of wisdom to changing his class for good believing in “solid personal achievements” is akin to wisdom. okonkwo uses his wisdom to address strength, energy disposition and quest for new innovation. because okonkwo (2010, p. 123) positions himself in a wise dimension, he grows from strength to strength’. consequently, this leads to sexual and cultural relegation of women through narratives which their male counterparts evoked using the autobiographical and psychological works as instruments of portrayal of themes and subject matters. these papers combine previous research on women and some practical and critical expressions about their feelings to delineate genderization in selected male narratives which propel masculinity in nigeria. to further explain this, it is pertinent to note that most contemporary societies and cultures in nigeria are male dominated in many areas. so these societies and cultures go further to create beliefs system, economic exploitation of nigerian women and other forms of injustices which limit the place of women in literature and society. consequently, the work calls for the need to embark upon a socio-politicoeconomic re-configuration and cultural integration for african and nigerian development in the aspects of developing literature and making people feel the positive impact of globalization in order to make some meaningful contributions from the african woman when the cultural trends are reversed. as earlier observed, male writers have frequently used their works to elevate themselves beyond normal proportion in nigeria. in essence the elevation of self by male autobiographical narratives has been seen by raditlhalo (2003, p. 16) as a recurring problem confronting the proper explanation of the roles of gender in contemporary african society. similarly, okpara (1990, p. 17) asserts that the marginalization of women by male chauvinistic writers affects the place of women in african literature. this has become the ‘usual’ trend in male-dominated literature in africa; and it explains more situations in gender and social themes in the post-colonial nigeria. she further observes that although the african woman is repressed by the normative patterns of her male-dominated culture, she is well informed of other social and political forces in society which may take precedence english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 27 over sexual politics (okpara, 1990, p. 18; chukwuma, 1990, p. 11; chukwuma, 2004, p. 10). she would rather identify more with the african man in the struggle for social and political freedom despite the domination (okpara, 1990, p. 158). although, in the course of identifying with her male counterpart, the autobiographical writer still over-exercises his control over the woman. this makes chukwuma to remark that the woman is portrayed in various works including the autobiographical narrative as ‘a handicapped daughter, wife and mother even when the decisions affect her directly’ (chukwuma, 2004, p. 131). different works in nigeria have portrayed this fact which chukwuma (2004, p. 132) observed and these works have also shown that the most feasible way to bring into the limelight female subjugation in written autobiographies is her economic dependence on men and the social demand that a woman gives all her earnings to the home. consequently, in ‘confronting inequity in nigerian social milieu: apprehending class stratification in festus iyayi’s violence’ (2013) females have started critiquing and reexamining these male essentialist assumptions which require that they give all their earnings and their efforts to the family. by implication, feminist scholars have also started to develop feminist theory which is based on a theoretical or philosophical analysis of women’s liberation politics. this gradually leads to women’s studies which emerged to look into different problems confronting the woman and the urgent need for solutions. in the aforementioned articles, feminist politics and women’s studies put a spotlight on the inequities between women and men in almost all nigerian societies. in the west, women campaigned to gain equal rights and opportunities and in the developing world, this was applied to aid them in development. it is imperative to state that there are vast differences between the needs of women in developed nations and their counterparts in developing nations too. according to butler, there is a need to understand different approaches in the appraisal of the inequalities between men and women and between women in developed and developing economies in order to ascribe roles which are culturally motivated and performative in the realisation of their potentials (butler, 2013, p. 77). therefore, if the needs of women in nigeria are identified and ascribed, there would be more relevant social functions in the scheme of things in their encounter with their male counterparts. the above mentioned articles also focus on political and economic inequalities which exist among women and men in nigeria. these articles discuss the term ‘gender’ and showcase how some male writers and their cultures make it synonymous with ‘women’. it is pertinent to note that it is not until the 1980s that the field of masculinity studies emerged in literary discourse. masculinity (or men’s) studies systematically focused on the construction and the depiction of males as superior phenomenon (spivak, 1989, p. 223; spengeman, 1980, p. 27; smith & watson, 2010, p. 56). the mentioned articles further analyse ways in which gender and power operate in the lives of men that develop the masculinity theory. this new field of study has started to highlight the ways in which gender inequalities affect not only women, but also men (spengeman, 1980, p. 28). more recently, a multidisciplinary field of study has emerged; it examines the cultural representations and the life experience of being male or female. in ‘okotp’ bitek’s song of lawino: singing about the rights of present african women’ (2014) cultural representation places women as second class citizens. this breads hatred, jealousy and unhealthy rivalry in the family: among children and wives in the case of polygamous setting. this paper expresses the plight of lawino the oppressed african woman who is handicapped by unbridled competition in the family and the need to satisfy the husband since he now has a new bride. in most parts of black africa, women experience such oppressive situation and it culminates into depression and rejection. christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 28 in some other situations, poor men who cannot afford to pay bride price sometimes stay away from marriage while those men who can afford to pay as many go home with new bride every new season. this allows for an analysis of gender for both women and men, and it is used to interrogate the phenomenon in a wider range of disciplines and also in the interrogation of narrative and poetic truth. butler’s gender performativity and the nexus of relevance butler’s gender performance helps in the understanding of truth in order to underscore the nexus of life experience in the areas of social relevance of the woman and also in the development of the contemporary nigerian and african society. the application of gender theory to poetic and narrative works explains the relationship which exists between the male/female characters and their social functions in the actualisation of the concept of self-narrative in the post-colonial nigeria. in addition, most novelists in nigeria use their expressions of narrative and poetic meta-texts to explore the place of feminism, identity and gender in africa. examples abound. chinua achebe creates the classic character-okonkwo and entrusts him over every events and activities in umuofia community. the plot of the novel revolves around him from beginning to the end of the story. in ‘wisdom and age’ (2010) most nigerian critics applaud the fame and prosperity of okonkwo by acclaiming this factor through their perceived psychological stream of consciousness. in the article, ‘we examine the novel textually by pinpointing some elements of wisdom that was demonstrated by okonkwo’. the impression created was as if only okonkwo existed in umuofia community. in most okonkwo criticism, critics sometimes genderised other men but women suffer most as a result of the criticism on patriarchy arising in african and nigerian society. this means that while analysing respondents’ responses, most people stood in favour of okonkwo the supposedly male protagonist of this classic novel, things fall apart. this expression is expected to show life experience as it is in the original way. it is imperative to note that many scholars have examined various experiences in their own ways, particularly with recourse to life expectations in the post-colonial nigerian literature which tries to write back to the colonialists. this process of writing back to the centre demonstrates african reactions to colonialism and subsequent post-colonial experiences (see chukwuma, 2003, p. 12, okpara 1990, p. 11). this takes us to the interrogation of social issues in order to further examine the sociopolitical and economic problems ravaging the post-colonial africa and nigeria. in ‘living anonymity: exile as motif in lenrie peters he walks alone’ (2013) most emerging african states suffer the problem of identity and abject poverty. this makes some privilege few attempts to seek a new life by engaging in either collective migration or forced migration. some could take to permanent exile in order to run away from poverty and inequality which preoccupies most african countries. most people suffer in a large scale and these experiences could constitute some social themes which the commentary sets out to examine. however, in nigeria poetry have been used to delineate such themes, such as violence, corruption, gender imposition and economic manipulation in nigeria. example of such works include osundare’s ‘they too are the earth’ and soyinka’s ‘telephone conversation’ in ‘living anonymity..’(2013) which demonstrates social problems of exile and psychological intimidation people frequently go through (p. 205). in the paper, themes were examined to show the state of the country and how people react to some of these issues. to be specific, poverty is a theme that is prevalent among men and women in nigeria because leaders have not been able to judiciously use the country’s potentials to develop the people. the paper shows that people were not comfortable with problems of economic breakdown, youth restiveness, unemployment and the emergence of class english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 29 system in most sectors of the economy results in the reason for forced exile and migration. in this paper, social themes and trends in genderization, attempts were carried out in explaining salient points which constitute the nigerian experience. this research relies on tripartite theories of narratology, gender theory and autobiographical theories, but most especially relies on gender theory because of the overriding thematic preoccupation of genderisation which is a cut across phenomenon in these articles. the application of gender theory sometimes explains the relationship which exists between male and female in nigerian culture and it also evaluates the themes of gender and development in african and the nigerian writings. so far, narratology been the scientific study of the narratives makes references to history and the genderised periods in the analysis of two articles cited above. this narratological position agrees with white when he opines that history helps in the construction of works of art in society. it also explains some ambiguities found in the narrative as to the observation of white when he opines that the twentieth century ushers in a period when history cannot be considered an art or science because a body of literature has created many doubts about the status of history either as science or art. this is to show the complex relationships between history and literature and to further demonstrate how history has aided in the critical understanding of the literary works of art. for some specific emphasis, and to understand how white handles historical relevance in the narratives, the commentary briefly examines sjuzhet and fabula and explains their narratological contents on the narratives with regards to how white handles the historical elements in the narrative. viktor shklovsky and vladimir propp, russian formalists were the first to use these terms and ever since then sjuzhet and fabula had gained frequency in narratological studies. however, sjuzhet details the various employments of historical periods in the narrative and roles history plays in the formation of the plot in the narratives. it also explains how history is relevant in narratives and the understanding of the behaviour of human beings as explained in the narrative with its various implications ascribed to it. likewise, fabula is the story itself; it examines concurrently the content information in the narrative. fabula details a chronological order of presentation of the story and enables the reader to follow the story in order to understand the relationships among those narratives troupes, such as plot, character, and characterization. it is pertinent to note that some historical references were carried along in the explanation of those autobiographical and patriarchal writing. this historical references stimulated those current experiences africans have despite independence had long been gained. the application of sjuzhet and fabula would be explored as the commentary progresses. through fabula or the plot structure in most nigerian narratives, we have been able to see alienation as a social issue and at same time as something which denotes various levels of genderised feelings in most of the cited articles. alienation could be seen asan aspect of gender performance among people that live in communities. however, behringer sheds more light on some performances of gender in society. she agrees that ‘the doing gender framework explains the freedom men and women pose in creating their own gender, individuals have option as to how they will perform gender, they fundamentally have the ability to craft, mould and at the same time fashion their environments’the way they want it or perceive of it (behringer, 2008, p. 52). similarly, most women in nigeria frequently complain of alienation whenever it is time to be accorded some serious functions, particularly when it has to do with their male counterparts. this situation is evident in some nigerianclassic novels like achebe’s things fall apart (1958) and in other texts or narratives which set out to demonstrate the performance of masculinity over females in nigerian society. in things fall apart (1958) christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 30 achebe creates okonkwo the main character who is at the centre of his own world. he is loved by his umuofia people. being the ‘agu, and the ebube dike’ of his community meaning, the ‘eye’, ‘the voice’, ‘the roaring lion’ and the strong man of his community, he does not want to be called a woman and a weakling. in achebe’s igbo culture and indeed most african cultures, women were ascribed as weaklings and second class citizens (chukwuma, 2004, p. 19). okonkwo the male protagonist demonstrates his masculinity by marrying many wives, having many children and taking rash decisions without listening to any counsel from a woman or asking a woman to decide for him in some strategic decisions (achebe 1958: 70). an example of the rash decision he took was the neglect of one of his wife’s admonition against having a hand in the death of ikemefuna. ikemefuna was the little boy kept in his custody, and in the course of living together, the boy now calls him a father. ikemefuna was given to umuofia people as ransome for the atrocities done to them and he was being prepared for sacrifice so that his blood could appease the umuofia community. furthermore, in most african communities, women have no inheritance; they do not attend family meetings and they are strangers to their families, particularly among okpodon clan of cross river state, the irun akoko people of ondo sate and the igbo people of nigeria among many others where they demonstrate with grandeur the emergence of a male child with pomp and pageantry at the expense of the female child. this situation explains why traditional tiv man of benue state in nigeria will marry many wives so that he could use any of his women to entertain his friends and to satisfy their sexual pleasure at nights when such friends come visiting and he expects such ‘friendly gestures’ in reciprocation when he visits such friend in future. the culture of using wives to entertain friends cut across some tiv and idoma peoples of nigeria (chukwuma, 2003, p. 23). it is also acclaimed that some yorubas and ijaws would marry many wives to justify their wealth and the number of children they have so that they could be accorded much respect among their peers (chukwuma, 2003, p. 25). this explains concurrently why some african men would give out their daughters as gifts to strong men in society for marriage. the act of entertaining best friends with the wife is seen by both the tiv man and some brainwashed women in benue nigeria as a preservation of their cultural acts and friendliness since there is a sharing of love together. ironically, these women are not complaining openly and there is no open protest though there could be sorrow and depression which lead to gender violence. this could probably be the reason why the hiv/aids is dominant in benue state more than any other states in nigeria (mwakikagile, 2001, p. 18). this situation sometimes leads to alienation, fear and intimidation among women. to show this alienation further, the notion behind the creation of ‘i’ as male metaphor and other forms of social identities separate the man far away from the woman in social contexts. this is demonstrated in the article ‘interrogating power relations’ (2011) where violence and intimidation of women in society become manifested in many sectors in nigeria. women experience high level of suffering in their contacts with males. this could furtherdemonstrate women’s social identity and relevance, gender differences and struggle for survival (‘interrogating power’, 2011, p. 307). furthermore, ‘confronting inequity’ (2013) attempts to show various expressions of readers as they readthrough the post-colonial works emanating from nigeria. readers were able to see the level of violence and protest levied on the weak, poor and the hopeless in the article. however, in the readers-response approach; the critic really situates what he detests and how he perceives as the notion of gender in literary works of art. the same situation is true when it comes to the reader of the narrative text. kafalenos sheds more light on this when she observes that readersresponse approach is an essential narrative art. therefore, interpretations and causes of english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 31 narrative events are contextual in nature (kafalenos, 2001, p. 33). kafalenos is not referring to the message but to the narrator and readers and their perceived interpretations. also, the way and manner through which critics demonstrate gender equality and other social themes help in re-shaping the postcolonial experience in nigeria (‘genderization, p. 37). conclusion this paper examined structural narratology, feminist narratology and suggested that in africa, the instruments of identity; alienation and gender construction have been exemplified in most post-colonial narratives through expression, body language and related actions. with various explications of narratology in delineating gender interpretations, the paper improves on feminist narratology as a most suitable theory which could be modelled with butler’s performativity to showcase relevant discourse about women in future research in african literature. references achebe, c. (1958). things fall apart. london: william heinemann ltd. bal, m. (1985). narratology: introduction to the theory of narratives. balzac de honore: totonto press. behringer, m. a. (2008). gender in contemporary literature. new york: may and baker. butler, j. (2013). ppassing, queering. in nella larsen’s psychoanalytic challenge 1997, global literary theory: an anthology (p.281). london: routledge. chukwuma, h. (1990). voices and choices: the feminist dilemma in four african novels. in ernest n. emenyonu, literature and black aesthetics (p 131), ibadan: heinemann. chukwuma, h. (2003). accents on the african novel (2nd ed.). port harcourt: pearl publishers. chukwuma, h. (2004). women writing: feminism and national development in nigeria (an inaugural lecture series, 35 university of port harcourt, february 5). culler, j. (1981). the pursuit of signs: semiotics, literature, deconstruction. ithaca: cornell up. dwivedi, d., henrik, s. n., & richard, w. (2010). a book proposal on narratology and ideology: encounters between narrative theory and postcolonial criticism. new york: york university. epstein, c. f. (1988). deceptive distinction: sex, gender, and the social order. new haven: yale university press. eyoh, l. e. (2003). socio-political protest and poetic imagination. in clarkbekederemo’s poetry. english studies (april edition). university port harcourt. fludernik, m. (2009). an introduction to narratology. london: routledge. genette, g. (1980). narrative discourse. new york: cornell university press. iyayi, f. (1979). violence. london: longman. kafalenos, e. (2001). not yet knowing: epistemological effects of deferred and suppressed information in narratives new york. the psychology of life stories reviews of general psychology, 5, 100-122. labov, w. (2006). the social stratification of english in new york city. cambridge: cambridge university press lanser, s. s. (1986). toward a feminist narratology. in style 20, 341-363. lucal, b. (1999). what it means to be gendered me: life on the boundaries of a dichotomous gender system. gender and society, 13, 781-797. mwakikagile, g. (2001). ethnics politics in nigeria and kenya. new york: nova science publication. nwachukwu-agbada, j. o. j. (1987). protect and faith. in w. soyinka’s autobiographies, the literary half – yearly. nwachukwuagbada, j. o. j. (2003). environment and ‘i’ of the beholder in african literary autobiographies’. working papers. (university of port harcount). okpara, c. (1990). the foot as metaphor in female dreams: analysis of zaynab alkalis novels’ literature and black aesthestics. ibadan: heinemann. prop, v. (1985). morphology of the folktales. (1928). hillsdade, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates, inc raditlhalo, s. i. (2003). who am i? the construction of identity in twentieth century south african autobiographical writing in english. (a phd dissertation submitted and published by the university of groningen, the netherlands). smith, s., & waston, j. (2010). reading autobiography: a guide for interpreting life narratives, (2nd ed.). st paul: university of minnesota press. spengeman, w. (1980). the forms of autobiography: episodes in the history of a literary genre. new haven & london: yale university press spivak, g. c. (1989). feminism and deconstruction: negotiating an unacknowledged masculinism. in t. brennan (eds), between feminism and psychoanalysis (pp. 206-223). london: routledge. strauss, a., & corbin, j. (1998). basic of qualitative research .oaks, ca: sage publications. todorov, t. (1989). grammaire du decameron. the hague: montou. christopher babatunde ogunyemi feminist and structural narratologie as identity reconfigurations in african narratives: a meta-critical exposition of literary articles 32 west, c., & garcia, a. (1988). conversational shift work: a study to tropical ‘transitions between women and men’. social problems, 35, 55-575. zimmerman, d. h., & west, c. (1975). sex role, interruptions and silences in conversation. in b. thorne and n. henley (eds.), language and sex: difference and dominance. rowley, ma: newbury house. 25 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners amir toghyani khorasgani islamic azad university-khorasgan branch in esfahan, iran e-mail: toghyaniomid@yahoo.com apa citation: khorasgani, a. t. (2013). self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 0-0 received: 05-09-2013 accepted: 20-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this study aimed at investigating the effects of reading goals on l2 reading comprehension in a computer-mediated environment when reading is self-paced by the learners and students are responsible for their own comprehension. sixty participants (30 males & 30 females) in three groups of 20 were involved. a computer program, written in c#.net program, presented the text on the screen four lines at a time, and measured the amount of time students would spend on each page initially, how many times students re-read pages, and how much time students would spend re-reading pages. l2 learners’ comprehension and learning strategies were measured in three ways: recall of materials, time spent reading each page of the text and time spent re-reading pages, and the number of times pages were re-read. finally, after one month from the first test a posttest was administered to determine which group could remember materials better. the results revealed that recall of materials was significantly greater for the teaching-goal group than the other two groups in both first and second tests. time spent re-reading was significantly greater for the teaching-goal group as well. these findings suggest that reading goals do have an effect on comprehension and recalling in a computer-mediated environment and students with a different reading goal performed differently while reading passages. keywords: reading goals, computer-mediated reading environment, learning, immediate and delayed recall. introduction reasons for learning a second language (l2) vary widely from person to person. some people may learn an l2 for the pure intrinsic enjoyment that comes with learning a new language while others may learn an l2 in order to obtain the extrinsic reward of a better salary (noels et al., 2000). reader reads a text to understand its meaning, as well as to put that understanding to use. a person may read a text to learn, to find out information, to be entertained, to reflect or to practice religious issues. the reasons of reading will also affect the way a book is read. we read a dictionary in a different way from the way we read a novel. in the classroom, teachers need to be aware of their students’ learning needs, including their goals for reading (surber, 1992). as students move beyond the primary grades, the focus of their school lives shifts from learning how to read to using reading to learn. from the middle grades on, students are expected to read and to understand increasingly more difficult materials in an array of content areas. unfortunately, many students are unable to meet this expectation. for them, reading to learn from content area materials can be a struggle (biemiller, 1999). in the area of reading research, researchers have almost always been preoccupied with the question of how reading can be taught and learned in the best way possible. teachers always want to teach a reading passage in a way that it is best learned and remembered by students for a long time (duffy 2002; palinscar & brown 1984). most teachers amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 26 want to reduce the burden of teaching passages and make students responsible for their learning, so students should make a decision whether or not they understand the text, or whether they need to read and practice on the text more. students should also use the best reading strategies in relation to their aims. hall (2001) stated that learning strategies are goal-directed actions used by learners to mediate their own learning. since the goal of most types of readings is comprehension, it is important for students to make decision about whether or not they comprehend the passages they are reading. if a student decides s/he does not comprehend the passages, s/he must use some strategies to solve this problem by adjusting studying patterns accordingly. in current trend of education, especially in distance learning, most students have to use computers and computer programs in their learning in order to be motivated to learn by themselves. motivated learners are able to set goals for themselves within a time frame. if they recognize that they do not have sufficient knowledge of a subject or the language, they may change their learning strategies according to their goals to match the time available (hall, 2001). the number of e-books, glossaries, and dictionaries which can be used in computer-mediated environments is rapidly increasing and students need to be familiar with these technologies and the way they are used. the use of these technologies makes it possible for all learners to learn twenty-four hour a day and any where if they want to, in other words, whenever they wish to learn. although students with different goals use different strategies, what is the best goal for reading comprehension in a computer-mediated environment? reading from the monitor would enable the researchers to pursue learning strategies and clarify their effects on reading comprehension and learning. as bialystok (1991: 71) stated, “language learning strategies are optional means for exploiting available information to improve competence in a second language”. there are few number of studies in relation to the effect of reading goals on the ultimate achievement of efl learners, the problem of which goal has more effect on reading comprehension and learning and the combination of these two areas with the vast effects of new technologies (computer programs) on the ways of presenting and learning new materials in circumstances that teacher is not easily available for students, and students should take the responsibility of their learning and comprehending the passages they read. the study pattern used in this research is the one suggested by garner and reis (1993), who found that good comprehenders consistently recognize comprehension problems and use “look-back” strategies to solve them (looking back in the text when a student realizes s/he needs more information from preceding pages). for reading behavior in this study the time for reading the whole text was calculated; this way of measuring is supported by three previous studies: the work of monty and senders (1983) who reported measuring the speed of word and letter identification; the work of rayner and pollatsek (1987) who took an interdisciplinary approach to timed reading research which included eyetracking studies, as well as a cognitiveanatomical approach to studying word recognition; and finally the work of just and carpenter (1992) on eye fixations who suggest that longer eye fixations occur when readers are confronted with uncommon words, while they are integrating information from important clauses in the text, and while making inferences at the end of sentences. although the scope of the present study 27 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee does not specifically include the detail of eye fixation, longer reading times might suggest differences in reading behavior. despite the fact that models and guidelines recommending pedagogically sound practices for incorporating computer-based materials exist (berry 2000; brandl 2002; chun & plass 2000), a major concern is that the number of such examples remains limited. a common theme in such studies is the benefit of learners from facilities offering support and assistance in computer learning environments, such as electronic dictionaries, glosses, graphics, and e-books. one of the new trends of education is related to distance learning in which teachers are not available for students most of the time and learning is self-paced. oxford (1990) stated that learning strategies are specific actions taken by the learner to make learning easier, faster, more enjoyable, more self-directed, more effective, and more transferable to new situations. the concept of reading goal was discussed in literature review, but few publications have so far explored the effect of reading goals on learning in a computer environment. as hall (2001) mentioned, “students use some learning strategies for their reading and their learning strategies are directly related to their goal”. this idea emphasizes this fact that having different reading goals in mind would lead to using different learning strategies. thus, this research aimed at investigating the effect of reading goals on the students’ comprehension and recall of the materials to determine the most effective type of reading goal. method for this study the researcher made use of convenience sampling technique to select the efl learners studying english at ahlol-beyt language institute in isfahan. wallen & fraenkel (2001: 137) define convenience sample as “a group of individuals who (conveniently) are available for the study.” there were 60 participants (30 males & 30 females) and their ages ranged from 17 to 26. all participants were selected from term 12 and 13 (30 students from each term). they were equally distributed to each group of study according to their level of study and their gender to reduce the effect of participants’ proficiency levels and genders. then they were divided into three groups, 20 each, and each group was assigned a specific goal. in other words, one group was to know the passages, another group was to take a test about the passages, and the other group was to be able to teach the passages. these students were granted extra credit points as an incentive for participating in the study. for entering each of these terms all students had to take the proficiency test of the english institute, so all of the participants were homogenized as much as possible. the reading task (2000-word) included two different passages, namely, ‘how to cope with insomnia’ and ‘how to read body language’. by the use of two different topics for reading task the effect of background knowledge and familiarity with reading topics tried to be reduced. the criteria for choosing the texts were what nuttall (1996) offered: 1) suitability of content: interesting and enjoyable materials, 2) exploitability: a text that facilitates the achievement of certain language and content goals, 3) readability: a text with lexical and structural difficulty that will challenge students without overwhelming them, and 4) stimulating topic which increase curiosity of students to read the materials. the reading task was presented in the computer lab on computer monitors. reading from the monitor would enhance the ability to log reading time per page, re-reading time amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 28 per page, and the number of visits per page. the text was presented in four-line ‘pages’ on a computer screen. reading was self-paced and readers were allowed to scroll forward and backward through the text. the computer program recorded the total amount of time spent on each page (read plus re-read) and total amount of time for reading the whole text. additionally, students were not allowed to take notes to remove the effect of note-taking ability (some of the participates might be familiar with the ways of taking notes meanwhile others may be weak in this part, and this variable could have affected the results of this study). the recall task consisted of a sheet of paper with 20 multiple-choice items and some instructions at the top. students had to write their goal of study at the related box. participants were asked to select the appropriate answer for each question. the reason for using the multiple-choice questions was due to varying students’ ability in essay type questions and to reduce the irrelevant variable effects (some students might be weaker than others in writing and it might affect the study results) and the ease and precise scoring. the whole question sheet included ten questions for each text (both main ideas and detail questions) so each student was to answer all twenty questions. the same procedures were followed after one month with the exception of reading passage (there weren’t any passages in the second exam). for the sake of having the same conditions, participants were not allowed to use any notes taken during the reading session of this study to assist with recall. it should be mentioned that the questions for this study were adapted from the mentioned book and as it was claimed on its back cover it tested by native and nonnative speakers of english, but for the purpose of this study the researcher again tested them in a pilot study with 15 students and its validity was confirmed by the experts and its reliability: 0.93 was calculated by using kr-21 formula. the questionnaire only collected demographic information for each of the participants. questions included: their name, gender, age, their level of studying in the institute, and their reading goals. the text was presented to subjects by means of a computer program written in c#.net. the program read the passage from the text file and presented the text on the screen in four-line page segments. subjects were able to move backward and forward through the passage by clicking on the navigation arrows on screen (‘previous’ key for moving backward and ‘next’ key for moving forward). in this manner, the participants could easily re-read previous passages if they wished, and the program saved their number of readings each page. the program recorded how much time the subjects spent on each four-line page for the first time reading and also a cumulative total of any re-reading time. all data from each participate were saved as a separate file. first of all, a pilot study was done with 15 students (7 females & 8 males). they were divided into three groups of 5 with three different reading goals (reading to teach, reading to know, and reading to take a test) like the main participants of this study. in the first step, they participated in a short warm-up section in order to become familiar with the presentation of text and the functions of the keys. then, they started to read the passages on monitor screen by using the same computer program as the one for the main participants. finally after distracter task, they answered the questions. the aim of this pilot study was to ensure the effectiveness of the computer program in recording each participant’s data and other facilities. the validity of questions 29 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and answers had already been confirmed by authorities, but again in the pilot study it was tested by asking students if the questions were related to the passages and if they were satisfied with the choices or not. fortunately, there was no need for editing and revising the questions, their choices, and the length of passages. the participants for this section were selected from the same level of proficiency but in a different branch of language institute. the only difference between the pilot study and the main study was the number of exams; there was only one (immediate recall) exam for the pilot study. for the main study, 60 participants were selected from terms 12 and 13. they were divided into three groups, 20 each, and each group was assigned a specific goal and separated from each other according to it. finally, each participant sat in front of one computer in the computer lab. participants were given a short online warm-up passage to read in order for them to become familiar with the presentation of text and the functions of the keys. only two navigation keys were displayed for the participants; one symbol (next) to advance to the next screen of text, and one symbol (previous) to go back to the previous screen. participants were asked to practice using the symbols and were helped until they felt comfortable. a third symbol ( ) was available to terminate the study. participants were told that they could terminate the study at any time. then, the participants were told that they would be reading the passages on the computer screen. each student was given the instruction sheet which provided the reading goal (to understand the passage, or to take a test about the passage, or to be able to teach the passage). after that they were asked to read the passage from the screen at their own pace. specifically, one group was told to read the passages to understand. a second group was told to read the same materials in order to be prepared for taking test. a third group was told to read the same materials in order to teach. all questions were multiple-choice items and were answered by the researcher in advance. the passage for this study had 40 pages when presented four lines at a time. in previous studies, when text was presented on a computer, the page size varied from single words at a time (for very short passages less than one print page) to entire screens. the argument has been made (surber, 1992, 1994) that any unit size is to some extent arbitrary (book pages often end in mid-sentence). the decision of page length in this context became a matter of timing: many short pages would allow for fine-grained reading times; while a smaller number of pages would contain more text with less fine-grained reading times. fourline pages are short enough to provide a better measure of reading time, and also the time for reading is logical. this particular configuration has been used effectively in a number of previous studies (schoeller & surber, 2003; surber, 1992, 1994). finally, after one month, students took part in another test, but this time there was no reading part and they had to remember what they had read before. four sets of data were scored: (1) the recall task in which the participants were asked to recall the materials and select the correct answers for studied topics in the first test; (2) read and re-read times, measuring how much time was spent reading a page the first time, and any time spent re-reading the pages; (3) number of times pages were re-read; and (4) the recall task in which participants were asked to recall the materials for the topics in the second test. to reduce any errors in scoring, each answer sheet was scored twice by the amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 30 table 4.9.the results of the lsd post hoc test for the time spent for reading and re-reading group group mean difference sig. reading to teach reading to know 24.73* .000 reading to take a test 28.18* .000 reading to know reading to teach -24.73* .000 reading to take a test 3.45* .000 reading to take a test reading to teach -28.18* .000 reading to know -3.45* .000 *. the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level. researcher (intra rater reliability). as a result, each participant received one set of scores for recalling materials in each exam. to score the recall task, each of the selected responses was scored with a procedure already developed for the pilot study and was used in similar researches (schoeller & surber, 2003; surber, 2001). the passage was about two different topics– how to cope with insomnia, and how to read body language– to reduce the effect of other unrelated factors and variables. the intent of measuring recall is to investigate what the individual has learned. if learning is the ability to organize information into a schema, recall of both the main ideas and supporting details is important. for this reason in this study, the question included both main ideas and supportive details. there were ten questions for each passage. recall and selection of answers for these ten questions were scored by using a 0, 1 scale. a ‘0’ was given if the subject was not able to identify the answer and left it blank on the answer sheet or selected the wrong answer; a ‘1’ was given if the subject could clearly identify and select the correct answer. a total of 10 points were possible for the correct recall and selection of all ten answers. a total of 20 points was possible for the correct recall of materials and selecting the correct answers for both passages. the raw time was computed (in milliseconds) by the computer program and was saved by the computer program in separate files for each participant. students learned how to go to the next and previous texts on computer screen in the warm-up section, and after that students read the instructions which indicated the reading goal. finally, all times were converted to seconds for the clarity of presentation. there were two features in this part which might have affected the validity. first, it was considered that many participants might fail to follow instructions they had at warm-up section for the first page, and the computed time of that page may be irrelevant to the goals of this study. additionally, when the participants finished reading the text, they might have neglected to advance the screen for the last time to the end (although there was on-screen prompt to do so), so the timer would not stop. these extra amounts of time of the first and the last page did not deal with the students’ learning and decreased the validity of the test. so for the sake of confidence and valid results, the first and the last page of the passage were left blank and data from these two pages were not included in the results of this study. the computer program automatically kept a count of the number of times each page was reread. these rereads were summed for each individual. table 3.1 presents the final data set including the scores for each participant. table 3.1. final scores for each participant 1) recall of materials (range = 0 -20), in the first test 2) total time of reading and re-reading each page 3) total number of pages re-read 4) recall of materials (range = 0-20), in the second test results and discussion data analysis for the first hypothesis the first hypothesis related to the immediate posttest and stated that, “different reading goals do not have any significant effect on subsequent immediate-recall of the materials”. having completed the experiment, the researcher administered the immediate posttest and collected the data regarding this test. then the necessary calculations 31 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee were employed to test the validity of the first hypothesis. table 4.1 indicates the descriptive statistics for this test. table 4.1 tells us that the means of the three groups are different, but it doesn’t tell us whether the differences are statistically significant or not. to find out about this, a one-way anova was run. table 4.2 presents the results of this anova. by looking at table 4.2, one can easily understand that amount of f-observed is significant (f-observed = 13.932, p< .000). in order to find out the exact place(s) of difference(s), an lsd post hoc test was employed. table 4.3 depicts the results of this test. according to table 4.3, the following conclusions can be drawn: 1. group reading to teach outperforms the other two groups, that is, group table 4.1. descriptive statistics for the immediate posttest group no. minimum maximum mean sd reading to teach 20 16 20 18.20 1.281 reading to know 20 11 19 15.55 2.235 reading to take a test 20 10 19 14.55 2.946 table 4.2. the results of the one-way anova for the immediate posttest source ss df ms f sig. between groups 142.300 2 71.150 13.932 .000 within groups 291.100 57 5.107 total 433.400 59 table 4.3. the results of the lsd post hoc test for the immediate posttest group group mean difference sig. reading to teach reading to know 2.65* .000 reading to take a test 3.65* .000 reading to know reading to teach -2.65* .000 reading to take a test 1.00 .167 reading to take a test reading to teach -3.65* .000 reading to know 1.00 .167 *. the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level. table 4.4. descriptive statistics for the delayed posttest group no. minimum maximum mean sd reading to teach 20 14 19 17.20 1.361 reading to know 20 7 16 11.85 2.519 reading to take a test 20 6 17 10.40 3.102 reading to know and group reading to take a test. 2. groups reading to know and reading to take a test performs statistically similarly on the immediate posttest; in other words, there is no statistically significant difference between these two group, although the mean of group reading to know is higher than that of group reading to take a test. therefore, the first hypothesis can safely be rejected, and it can be claimed that reading goals do have effects on reading performances of the learners. data analysis for the second hypothesis table 4.4 shows the descriptive statistics for this posttest. amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 32 it can easily be seen in the above table that the means of the three groups under investigation are different. another one-way anova was used to understand whether or not the differences are statistically significant. table 4.5 gives us this information. by checking table 4.5, one can see that the amount of f-observed is significant (f-observed= 43.194, p< .000). once again to find out the exact place(s) of difference(s), another lsd post hoc test was run. table 4.6 is devoted to the results of this test. by examining table 4.6, it can be said that in the delayed posttest, too, the group reading to teach outperformed the other two groups– that is, reading to know and reading to take a test– but table 4.5. the results of the one-way anova for the delayed posttest source ss df ms f sig. between groups 513.100 2 256.550 43.194 .000 within groups 338.550 57 5.939 total 851.650 59 table 4.6. the results of the lsd post hoc test for the delayed posttest group group mean difference sig. reading to teach reading to know 5.35* .000 reading to take a test 6.80* .000 reading to know reading to teach -5.35* .000 reading to take a test 1.45 .65 reading to take a test reading to teach -6.80* .000 reading to know -1.45 .65 *. the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level. table 4.7. descriptive statistics regarding the time spent reading and re-reading group no. minimum maximum mean sd reading to teach 20 70.02 75.08 73.07 1.51558 reading to know 20 47.22 49.28 48.34 .63438 reading to take a test 20 43.95 46.45 44.89 .66117 table 4.8.the results of the one-way anova for the time spent reading and rereading source ss df ms f sig. between groups 9451.403 2 4725.702 4519.962 .000 within groups 59.595 57 1.046 total 9510.998 59 the other two groups did not have any statistically significant difference in their performances. therefore, the second hypothesis also can safely be rejected. data analysis for the third hypothesis table 4.7 below shows the descriptive statistics for the amount of time spent on reading and re-reading by each group. the above table, too, shows differences among the means of all three groups, but it does not tell us if the differences are significant or not. to do so, a third one-way anova was applied to the results. table 4.8 indicates the results of this anova. one can easily find out by checking the amount of f-observed 33 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (f-observed= 4519.962, p< .000) that the differences among the three means are statistically significant, but another post hoc test was needed to determine the exact place(s) of difference(s). table 4.9 gives us this information. the following conclusions can be reached at by considering table 4.9: 1. group reading to teach outperforms the other two groups, that is, group reading to know and group reading to take a test. 2. groups reading to know outperforms group reading to take a test therefore, the third hypothesis can also be rejected, and it can be claimed that reading goals do have effects on the amount of time spent on reading and re-reading the texts by the learners. data analysis for the fourth hypothesis a computer software was implemented to measure the number table 4.10. descriptive statistics for the number of times each page was read group no. minimum maximum mean sd reading to teach 20 2.11 4.01 3.01 .40099 reading to know 20 1.23 2.09 1.73 .24624 reading to take a test 20 1.17 2.11 1.69 .30529 table 4.11. the results of the one-way anova for the number of times each page was read source ss df ms f sig. between groups 22.538 2 11.269 107.450 .000 within groups 5.978 57 .105 total 28.516 59 table 4.12.the results of the lsd post hoc test for the number of times each page was read group group mean difference sig. reading to teach reading to know 1.28* .000 reading to take a test 1.32* .000 reading to know reading to teach -1.28* .000 reading to take a test .04 .648 reading to take a test reading to teach -1.32* .000 reading to know -.04 .648 *. the mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level. of times each page was read. table 4.10 presents the descriptive statistics for this measurement. the table indicates mean differences among the three groups involved in this study. a fourth oneway anova was needed to determine whether or not these differences are meaningful. table 4.11 is devoted the results of this anova. the results of this last anova also shows a significant amount of f-observed (f-observed= 107.450, p< .000). in other words, the three groups performed differently with regard to the number of times each page was read. here once again, it is necessary to find out about the exact place(s) of difference(s); therefore still another lsd post hoc test was used. table 4.12 indicates the results of this test. according to table 4.12, the results here are exactly the same as those of the first hypothesis; that is, amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 34 the number of time each page was read by group reading to teach is more than those of the other two groups. however, the other two groups, that is, reading to know and reading to take a test, did not have any significant difference in this respect. therefore, the fourth hypothesis is rejected, too, and it can be said that the goal of reading influences the number of times a passage is read. the next chapter presents the discussion of the results in detail. in summary, regarding to the immediate recall tests according to the statistics the students with knowing goal and testing goal act statistically the same and students with teaching goal outperform other two groups. for the delay recall tests, students with teaching goal outperform other two groups and the other two groups (students with knowing goal and testing goal) do not have any statistically significant difference in their performances. regarding to the amount of spending time on reading and rereading assigned passages all three groups acted differently, group reading to teach outperforms the other two groups and groups reading to know outperformed group reading to take a test. finally, regarding to the number of time each page was read and reread by each group data analysis proves that reading to teach group rereads more than those of the other two groups and other two groups (reading to know and reading to take a test) do not have any significant difference in this respect. conclusion one of the problems currently facing language teachers is the problem of specifying factors to improve learning and direct students toward self reading and self study. the findings of this article suggest using of different goals to motivate students for achieving pre-established instruction aims, as covington (2000) introduced goal setting as part of motivational tools in the article goal theory, motivation, and school achievement. this study used a new program to study students’ reading behaviors and comprehension with different reading goals in mind. for each student this program saved his/her reading behaviors (amount of time spent on passages and the number of times reading and re-reading each page) in a separate file. regarding the immediate recall tests, it should be mentioned that the students with knowing goal and testing goal acted the same. this finding is consistent with that of another study in which the students tended to expect to be tested in experiments (orne 1962). therefore, the goal reading to test and reading to know may have essentially the same goals for those participants so the failure to find a difference between testing goal and the knowing goal is not a serious mystery. thus, of the three reading goal groups participated in this study, the teaching goal group did significantly better in recalling materials than the testing and knowing goal groups. this study also proved the amount of forgetting for students with the teaching goal is the least among all three groups, since they could remember more materials than other two groups could. in this study participants were responsible for their own learning since they had the opportunity to go back and forth through the passages and decided whether they learnt them or not. so this study reduced the burden of teaching on teachers and made the learners responsible for their study; it is toward the distance-learning trend instruction in which teachers are not available most of the time. this study reduced the burden on the classroom teachers because students were responsible for their learning and 35 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee they were aware that they were decision makers for their learning; they should make a decision if they understand the text or not, or if they need practice to read the text. students also had to use the best reading strategies related to their aims. this study is toward the new trend of using technologies in teaching and learning and distance learning. in distance learning students are responsible for their own learning. they should think what is important and needs more concentration, and pay attention to their aim of study. in addition, this computer-mediated reading program enables students to monitor both their reading and comprehension; it allows students to go back and forth through texts and stop anywhere they think it is necessary. for further studies researchers can use this way of research for other skills, like listening, and survey the different outcomes for each group. for example, after listening to a text by computer, the researcher can evaluate recalling of key words, main ideas, and topics of listening text in both introspection (immediate recall) and retrospection (time-delay recall) and also the number of times each group listen and re-listen to the script. a researcher also can conduct the same procedure and reading goals like those of this study with six groups (three non-native groups and three native groups) and evaluate the differences between these two pairs of groups. references berry, l. h. (2000). cognitive effects of web page design. in b. abbey (ed.), instructional and cognitive impacts of web-based education (pp. 41-55). london: idea group publishing. bialystok, e. (1991). a theoretical model of second language learning.language learning, 28, 69-83. biemiller, a. (1999). language and reading success. cambridge, ma: brookline books. brandl, k. k. (2002). integrating internetbased reading materials into the foreign language curriculum: from teacherto student-centered approaches. language learning & technology, 6(3), 87-107. chun, d. m., & plass, j. l. (1996). facilitating reading comprehension with multimedia.system, 24, 503519. _______________________. (2000).networked multimedia environments for second language acquisition. in m. warschauer& r. kern (eds.), network-based language teaching: concepts and practice (pp. 151170). new york: cambridge university press. covington, m. v. (2000). goal theory, motivation, and school achievement: an integrative review. annual review of psychology, 51, 171-200. de argaez, e. (january, 2006). internet world stats news, 14. retrieved december 15th, 2006 from, http://www. internetworldstats.com/pr/edi014. htm#3. duffy, g. g. (2002). the case for direct explanation of strategies. in. c. c. block & m. pressley (eds.), comprehension instruction: researchbased best practices (pp. 28-41). new york: guilford. garner, r., & reis, r. (1993). monitoring and resolving comprehension obstacles: an investigation of spontaneous text lookbacks among upper-grade good and poor comprehenders. reading research quarterly, 16, 569-582. hall, j. k. (2001). methods for teaching foreign languages. upper saddle river, nj: prentice-hall, inc. monty, r. a., & senders, j. w. (eds.).(1983). eye movement and psychological processes. hillsdale, nj: erlbaum. noels, k. a., pelletier, l. g., clément, r., &vallerand, r. j. (2000). why are you learning a second language? motivational orientations and selfdetermination theory.language learning, 50, 57-85. nuttal, c. (1996).teaching reading skills in a foreign language (2nded.). oxford: heinemann. amir toghyani khorasgani self-paced reading and the achievement of persian efl learners 36 orne, m. t. (1962). on the social psychology of the psychological experiment: with particular reference to the demand characteristics and their implications. american psychologist, 17, 776-783. oxford, r. l. (1990). language learning strategies: what every teacher should know. new york: newbury house. rayner, k., & pollatsek, a. (1987). eye movements in reading: a tutorial review. in m. coltheart (ed.), attention and performance xii: the psychology of reading. hillsdale, nj: erlbaum. surber, j. r. (1992). the effect of test expectation, subject matter, and passage length on study tactics and retention.reading research and instruction, 31, 32-40. __________. (1994). identification of important elements in lengthy instructional text.reading research and instruction, 33, 175-186. __________. (2001). effect of topic label repetition and importance on reading time and recall of text.journal of educational psychology, 93, 279-287. wallen, n. e., & fraenkel, j. r. (2001). educational research: a guide to the process. mahwah, nj: lawerence erlbaum associates. ayang winda sw apologizing strategies realization of indonesian 200 apologizing strategies realization of indonesian: a case study of the university of kuningan students ayang winda sw galileo english course, indonesia email: ayang.yasha@yahoo.com apa citation: winda, a. (2014). apologizing strategies realization of indonesian: a case study of the university of kuningan students. english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 200-208 received: 01-03-2014 accepted: 30-03-2013 published: 01-06-2014 abstract: this study examines the apologizing strategies used by 20 indonesian students of the kuningan university. a 8-item discourse completion task and interview are used to collect the data to know the apologizing strategies and the dominant strategies they used. this research applied the apologizing speech act of indonesian in apologizing which is analyzed by using blum-kulka (1984). the findings show that there are various strategies used by then when apologizing. that strategies including ifid, addressed, an explanation or account of situation, acknowledgement of responsibility, offer of repair and promise forbearance, phatic and interjection. ifid was used by them as a favorite strategy. generally, they used different ways when apology depend on power, social distance and ranking of imposition. keywords: apology, strategy, indonesian students apology is an action used to create a better situation, especially a bad situation created due to someone’s mistake. this apology is a social custom that takes place in the community. smith (2008: 19) defines that apology is a speech act addressed to b’s face needs and intended to remedy an offense for which a takes responsibility, and thus to restore equilibrium between a and b (where a is the apologizer, and b is the person offended). searle (1979) assigns appologies as the category of “expressive” which further includes: thanking, congratulating, condoling, deploring, and welcoming. apologies as transactions involving “a bid to change the balance-sheet of the relation between s and h” (leech, 1983: 125). people in most cultures would probably agree that an apology is needed when an offence or violation of social norms has taken place. deutschmann (2003) in ogeirmann (1984) says that apology can be negative introduction language can not be separated from culture as they are assumed as two sides of the same coin (fatimah, et al: 2011). language is a result from what the person has taken from the culture. language is used as a tool of communication in doing activities in social life. in other words, language is a unifying every culture in the world that serves as a medium of communication between one culture with another culture. in addition to cultural differences, language can also be used by an individual who are in the same culture and so it can be said that language is an important part of a culture. by using language, people can interact, communicate and also they can express their thought and feeling to another. one of indonesian culture that shown through the use of language is apology. apology shows our feeling of regret, so we can apologize to another by using language. 201 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee face but larina (2003) thinks that it can be positive face. based on two opinion above, the writer can say that apology can be positive and also negative depend on where we see. it can be negative because it is focussing on the damage caused by the offence that done by the speaker to the hearer without focussing on s’s face when apologizing. also it can be positive because in this point, we can see the function of apology is to repair s’s mistakes to the addressee. so we can see the s’s respect and s try to maintenance the better relationship with the addressee. by apologizing, the speaker recognizes the fact that a violation of a social norm has been committed and admitted to the fact that s/he is at least partially involved in its cause. hence, by their very nature, apologies involve loss of face for both interlocutors. according to leech’s classification of illocutionary functions (1983), apologies can be assigned to the convivial speech act type, in which the illocutionary goal similar to the social goal. in the case of apologies, it is the goal of keeping harmony between speaker and hearer, which makes them inherently polite. there are some strategies (blumkulka, 1984) used by indoneisan students such as (a) ifid, (b) an explanation or account of situation, (c) acknowledgement of responsibility, (d) offer of repair, (e) promise forbearance. the following example illustrates the five strategies (blum-kulka, house and kasper 1989: 290) in jucker (2008: 231). “ i’m sorry (ifid), i missed the bus (responsibility), and there was a terrible traffic jam (explanation). let’s make another appointment (repair). i’ll make sure that i’m here on time (forbearance).” in indonesia, the people used some strategies (choer 2010: 97) to express their apology such as addressed, phatic and interjection. owing to the fact that sometimes the speakers use more than one strategy. they can merge one strategy with another. mostly, they used ifid followed by addressed like “maafkan saya bu”. but when they know to whom they apology, they will more pay attention their politeness which can be seen from power, distance and ranking of imposition. they will use formal situation when apologizing to the higher power like their lecturer, and they usually use informal situation when apologozing to their friends which is in same power or have close social distance. they mostly add phatic or interjection to express their apology in informal situation like ‘ wah maaf ya hehe”. like in most cultures, indonesian students has been familiar with apologetic expression which is said by person after doing a mistake. when indonesian apologizing, it can make the speaker behaves impolite just because of a smal thing like “maaf” or sometime they say in english “eh, sorry ya” or just “sorry” which isn’t reveal the explicit meaning when the speaker asking for apologizing. aziz & lukmana (2006) argue that the indonesian people behave likes that may be because of their ignorance, unconscious and their coincidence. the culture of apologizing in indonesia is influenced by other factors out of linguistics such as gender, age, sosial distance and imposition. this is a case study which aims to analyze indonesian students strategies in asking for apology in the university of kuningan. this research talks about speech act, in which apology strategy types are dealt with. to make clear about apologizing used by indonesian students, this study involved 20 respondents of indonesian language and literature students to get the answer of two research questions: (1) what are the apologizing strategies used by indonesian students? and (2) what are the dominant apologizing strategies they use? ayang winda sw apologizing strategies realization of indonesian 202 method this study was conducted in the university kuningan, west java, indonesia. this study involved twenty students of indonesia language and literature, the university of kuningan as respondents. they have a same ethnic, sundanese indicating the same opportunity to get ‘bahasa indonesia’. the participants are chosen by using purposive sampling. sugiyono (2012: 124) defines purposive sampling is a technique of determining a sample with certain consideration. in this study, the disparity of student’s ability in mastering speaking and writing are selected in hope to extend important information and also give a qualified data because it can show the influence of the performance in asking for apology. the respondents are chosen purposively from the first level of this department in hope the researcher know the capability of using apologies speech act of indonesian students in this university of kuningan. the participants are chosen based on some considerations. discourse completion task (dct) and interview were used to collect data. dct is a form of questionnaire making use of some natural situation in which the respondents are expected to respond by making apology. items in a dct include a situational description and a brief dialogue which has one turn as an open slot (oatey, 2000: 292). they are given eight apologetic expressions in ‘bahasa indonesia’ which a university student is likely to encounter in his/her daily language interactions in the classroom activities. the students are asked to relate to the situation and express their normal language reaction in such situations. according to ogeirman (2009: 68) dct can be translated in other language because this intrument is very ideal to be changed into other language for comparing speech act produced in the balance situation in different language. besides dct, the interview was also held to know their reason about apologizing in depth when they were selecting the strategies, but the interview was held for some respondents based on their respond in questionnaire. these interviews involve unstructured and generally open-ended questions that are few in number and intended to elicit views and opinions from the participants (creswell, 2009: 181). interview can provide additional information that was missed in observation and can be used to check the accuracy of the observation (maxwell, 1996: 76). on the other end of the continuum, collecting data might involve visiting a research site and observing the behaviour of individuals without predetermined questions or conducting an interview in which the individual is allowed to talk openly about a topic (creswell, 2009: 15). in interviewing the participants, the interviews will be taped. creswell (2007) states in his book (2009: 183) that an interviewing process should use interview protocol for asking questions and recording answers. results and discussion based on the data, from eight situations which is spread to the 20 participants, there are 160 utterances consist of 558 strategies appeared. the 558 strategies are classified into 8 general strategies. the 8 general strategies are illocutionary force indicating device (ifid), an explanatiion or account of the situation, an acknowledgement of responsibility which has three subcategories like accepting responsibility, explicit self blame, denial of fault. the forth category is an offer of repair which has two sub categories, there are specified and unspecified offer of repair. then, a promise forbearance, addressed, phatic and the last is 203 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee interjection. the most dominant category used by indonesian students is ifid with the frequency is 169 or it can reach 30,3 table 1: the description frequency of apologizing strategies no types of apologizing strategies frequency % 1. ifid 169 30,3 2. an explanation or account of the situation 48 8,6 3. an acknowledgement of responsibility a. accepting responsibility b. explicit self blame c. denial of fault 114 20,4 75 13,4 28 5 11 2 4. an offer of repair a. specified offer of repair b. unspecified offer of repair 36 6,4 25 4,5 11 2 5. promise of forbearance 28 5 6. addressed 116 21 7. phatic 37 6,6 8. interjection 10 1,8 frequency 558 100 illocutionary force indicating device (ifid): the formulaic expression of regret (performative verb). ifid was the most frequent strategies used by indonesian students both to their lecturer and their classmates in the teaching learning process. choer (2010) says that the most utterances which is used by indonesian people is “maaf” or it can be called in english language as performative verb like (be) sorry, apologize, pardon, regret, etc. because of that, this utterance can be easily to use by people for indicating their apology because that utterance is really well-known by the hearer. the indonesian are never rare with “maaf” because in this present era, we can see or we can say “maaf” directly as a tool in asking for apology. they use that words easily because it is their habitual language which is used in their daily activities. the following are utterances of ifid situation employed by the participants: maaf, saya enggak akan ngobrol lagi. (i’m sorry, i will not chat again) maaf pak, saya akan mencoba membuat yang baru. mohon maaf, ini kesalahan saya (i’m sorry sir, i will try to create a new. i’m sorry, this is my fault) aduh maaf ya teman – teman. aku juga bingung. maaf ya. (oops sorry my friends. i am also confused. sorry) sometimes, ifid used in double time in an utterance. it may happened when the speaker really sorry for making an offence to the hearer. it shows that they are feeling regret for what they are having done. an explanation or account of situation: an explanation may be explicitly related to the offence or it may present the ‘state of affairs’ in a general way, thus relating implicitly to the offence (blum kulka, 1984: 208). explanations are indirect apology strategies (ogeirmann, 2009: 134). these following utterances are the example of what the participants said when answering an explanation or account of situation: %. the detail description of apologizing strategies will be shown in the table below : ayang winda sw apologizing strategies realization of indonesian 204 maaf pak, kemarin saya dapat info kalau bapak tidak akan hadir hari ini dan saya tidak mendapat info lagi. (i’m sorry sir, yesterday i got information that you will not come today and i didn’t get the information again) most of indonesian were using an explanation or account to show their reason why they made an offence or it said to imply apology in affair or indirectly apology especially when they were coming late to the class. it can be seen in the third situation that there are 15 utterances showed explanation or account of the situation. the other data showed that the indonesia students explained uncontrolled situation. they force to make an offence because they could not control the situation for avoiding the mistakethe strategy of explanation has been defined as a form of “self-justification by explaining the source of the offence as caused by external factors over which the speaker has no control”. this case mostly presented in the first situation. and these are the following utterance said by the respondents in explanation situation: iya pak maaf, saya lapar soalnya tadi belum sempat sarapan (yes sir, i’m sorry. i am hungry because i had not yet had breakfast) maaf bu, saya lupa tidak membawa tugas saya, tadi saya buru – buru (sorry mom, i forgot to bring my task, i had to rush) but there are some students who answered the situation using an account and the lecturer can accept their reason because it can cause unexpected risk like the following utterance employed by the respondents: maaf pak .............. karena saya sakit perut kalau tidak makan soalnya saya punya maag (i’m sorry sir.............because my stomach will be sick if i don’t eat because i have stomach disorder) saya lapar takut maag saya kambuh (i’m hungry. i’m afraid my stomach disorder will be relapse) an acknowledgement of responsibility: in this data, there are 20% or 114 strategies of acknowledgement. the most obvious strategy termed ‘acknowledgement of responsibility’ is that it presupposes some degree of responsibility acceptance. the speaker realizes their responsibility of the offense. based on blum – kulka et al (1984), this strategy consist of three sub categories called accepting responsibility (s expresses trait of self-deficiency), explicit self-blame, and denial of fault. accepting responsibility: show the admission of the speaker for what he had been done. they accept it as their fault. olshtain in ogeirmann (2009: 134) states that an expression of s’s responsibility“could realize an apology in any situation” (1989: 157). in the three sub categories of acknowledgement, accepting responsibility showed the highest frequency 13,2%. it shows that the indonesian students are not shy in acknowledging their fault. this strategy can show the speaker’s deficiency in doing a mistake. the following are utterances of accepting responsibility situation employed by the participants : maaf pak, saya salah (sorry sir, i was wrong) maaf, saya sudah mengacaukan presentasi anda (sorry, i stir your presentation up) the data show that the respondents used accepting responsibility after using ifid to insist their apology. beside that, there are some students who used accepting responsibility before using ifid but it has same meaning that they wants to insist their apology. this strategy can show the speaker’s 205 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee deficiency in doing a mistake. the following are utterances of accepting responsibility situation employed by the participants : kami sadar kami salah, kami meminta maaf (we realize we were wrong, we are sorry) kami salah dan khilaf. kami minta maaf (we were wrong and erroneous. we are sorry) explicit self blame: shows that the speaker explicitly acknowledges the fact that he or she has been at fault (blum kulka et al, 1989: 291). we can see that in this strategy, the speaker’s face threatening is occured in accepting his blame. the following are utterances of explicit self blame situation employed by the participants. maaf pak / bu, ini kesalahan saya (sorry sir/mom, this is my fault) maaf, itu semua salah saya (sorry, that’s all my fault) ini murni keteledoran saya (this pure my negligence) those data above show that the speaker really blamed their self for what they having done. they were judging their own self. they judged that all of the confusion was done by them, it was their fault. the word “keteledoran” is a judging word that they means as their boner and thought that only they who did a mistake. denial of fault: shows the speaker’s refusal to acknowledge guilt. the speaker completely rejects responsibility for the offence. this strategy includes all the utterances negating the speaker’s involvement in the offence and shifting the blame to other people or the hearer (ogeirmann, 2009: 139). this strategy can be found both in questionnaire and interview. these are the following utterance said by the respondents in denial of fault situation: maaf saya telat, saya dengar bapak tidak akan masuk jadi bukan salah saya (sorry i came late, i heard that you will not come so it was not my fault.) maaf tapi kan saya sudah menjelaskan sebisa saya (sorry but i have explained as much as i can) the data show the explicit denying of speaker’s mistake. they directly said that “jadi bukan salah saya” or it can be translated “it’s not my fault”. even, they were wrong because they were coming late but they can’t realize that they were wrong. they served a reason which support that they were right. the word “tapi” can be a key for denying. s/ he indirectly deny their mistake. when interviewing, the researcher found some students who said that they couldn’t apology because they think that they were right. here are the following utterances employed by the respondents: mmmmmm, saya pernah sih gamau minta maaf hehe. ya soalnya saya ngerasa kalo diri saya paling benar. apapun yang saya lakukan saya ngerasa bener, jadi saya rasa tidak perlu minta maaf. gengsi dong hehe. (mmmmmm, i’ve still not want to apologize hehe. because i feel that i am always in the righteous. whatever i do i feel right, so i feel no need to apologize. it’s so prestige hehe) another respondent said: pernah sih gamau minta maaf hehehe, soalnya saya males buat minta maaf. apa yang dia tuduhkan kan tidak semuanya benar jadi kenapa saya yang harus minta maaf, harusnya dia dong yang minta maaf ke saya kan dia sudah menuduh saya. (i ever does not want to apologize hehehe, because i am lazy to make apologies. what he accused to me, it was not right at all so why should i apologize, he should apologize to me because he had accused me). ayang winda sw apologizing strategies realization of indonesian 206 the interview result shows that the speaker chose this strategy because of their ego. they are saving their face and deny their mistake. implicitly, they didn’t want that the hearer know their fault so they act as if they were always right. an offer of repair: show that the students compensate to repair their fault. as blum kulka et al (1989: 293) said that if the damage or inconvience which affected the hearer can be compensated for, the speaker may choose to offer repair, this offer must be directly related the offence perpetrated. here are the following utterances employed by the respondents in offer of repair situation: maaf bu saya meminta waktu untuk mengerjakan kembali tugas saya (sorry mom i ask for the adding to rework my task) maafkan aku. aku yang akan bicara pada dosen itu agar mau menerima tugas kamu (i’m sorry. i will talk to the lecturer in hope she would like to receive your task) maaf pak, saya akan mencoba membuat yang baru (i’m sorry sir, i will make a new) from the above example, the respondent showed that they served their repairment specifically. they pointed out what will they did to correct their mistake. here are the following utterances that employed by the respondents in the offer of repair situation: kami bersedia menerima apapun untuk menebus kesalahan kami (we are willing to accept anything for changing our fault) apapun yang bapak minta, kami akan melakukannya asalkan bapak mau memaafkan kami. (whatever you ask, we will do it in the hope you want to forgive us) from both data above show that the speaker wants to repair their mistake but they didn’t know what to do. they believed to the offended for the the repairment for their fault. they accept their fault and they want to repair. they ask for the repairment because they wanted to make sure the hearer that they were really sorry promise forbearance: the speaker promise that the offence will never happen again. promises of forbearance are generally offered in potentially recurrent offensive situations, which makes them highly context-specific (ogeirmann, 2006: 196). these are the following utterances that employed by the respondents in the promise forbearance situation: pak, mohon maaf atas kesalahan kami. kami berjanji tidak akan mengulanginya lagi (sir, sorry for our fault. we promise that we will not do it again) untuk kali ini saja pak, selanjutnya saya berjanji tidak akan mengulangimya lagi (only for this moment sir, for the next time i promise that i will not do it again) kami janji kami tidak akan mengulaginy lagi (we promise will not do that again) the word “saya janji”or “i promise” indicates that they will never do the same fault again. in the strategy of promising, the speaker promise to the hearer to change his or her behavior and showed their intention not to repeat the mistake. they ensured to the hearer that their bad behavior will never do again in the future. addressed: showed to whom they apologize. generally, they used addressing in formal situation or they used it when they apologized to the person who has higher power than them, like to the lecturer. these are the following utterances that employed by the respondents in the addressing situation: 207 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ibu, mohon maaf (sorry mom) pak, maafkan saya (sir, forgive me) kami minta maaf pada bapak (we are sorry to you sir) the adressing above addressed to the higher age or higher power. it can show their politeness when they were apologizing. it is the way to maintain social relationship betwenn people in a society. phatic: serves to seek approval or opinion from the opposed speaker. the use of phatic “ya” implies the meaning that the apologizing is accepted by the opponent (choer, 2010: 97). these are the following utterances that employed by the respondents in the phatic situation: iya maaf. maafin atuh ya (yap sorry. forgive me yeah) aduh mohon maaf ya (ouch, i’m sorry ya) iya bu maaf (yap mom, sorry) wah maaf ya (oouch, i’m sorry yeah) interjection: shows emotive (eg.: expressed pain, sadness, regret , disappointment ). the use of interjection “wah” and “aduh” imply a sense of sorrow. these are the following utterances that employed by the respondents in the interjection situation: aduh mohon maaf ya (ouch i’m sorry) waduh maaf ya hehehe (ouch i’m sorry hehe) wah maaf ya (ow, i’m sorry yeah) aduh maaf pak hehehe (ouch, i’m sorry sir hehe) conclusion indonesian students were used 8 general apologizing strategies to express their sorry like illocutionary force indicating device (ifid), an explanation or account of the situation, an acknowledgement of responsibility which has three subcategories like accepting responsibility, explicit self blame, denial of fault. the forth category is an offer of repair. then, a promise forbearance, addressed, phatic and the last is interjection. the dominant strategies used by indonesian students is illocutionary force indicating device (ifid) which reached 169 frequency or 30,3%. the second highest strategy is addressed with 116 or 21%, the third is an anckowledgement. and the forth strategies used by indonesian students is an explanation or account of the situation which the frequency is 48 or 8,6%. phatic is the fifth highest frequency used by the indonesian students with reach 37 or 6,6. and the sixth strategy used by indonesian students is an offer of repair. for the seventh and the last strategies are promise and interjection with the frequencies are 28 and 10 or 5% and 1,8%. the indonesian students used ifid when they are asking for apology. they say “sorry” followed by addressing to make sure their apology are addressed to whom. beside that, they also can accept their fault by giving an explanation of the situation why they did the mistake. generally, they offered a repair to correct their fault. they made a promise that they will not do the wrongdoing again in hope the hearer will be sure with their apologizing. but they also used phatic and interjection. for all the strategies that used by indonesian students, it can be called that indonesian students have a politeness enough when they were apologizing. they can realize their fault and accept their fault by giving a repair. ayang winda sw apologizing strategies realization of indonesian 208 references achmad, s. (2012). strategi kesopanan berbahasa masyarakat bugis pinrang provinsi sulawesi selatan. bahasa dan seni, tahun 40, nomor 1, februari 2012. austin, j. l. (1962). how to do things with words. oxford: oxford university press. aziz, e. a. (2000). refusing in indonesian: strategies and politeness implications. unpublished dissertation in department of linguistics. australia: monash university aziz, e. a. & lukmana, i. (2006). realisasi pertuturan meminta maaf dan berterima kasih di kalangan penutur bahasa indonesia: sebuah kajian kesantunan berbahasa. jurnal linguistika, vol 13, no. 25, 122-142. barron, a. (2003). acquisition in interlanguage pragmatic: learning how to do things with words in a study abroad context. thesis doctoral at universitat hamburg: john benjamins. blum-kulka, s & olshtain. (1984). request and apologies: a cross cultural study of speech act realization patterns (ccsarp). applied linguistics,5(3), 196213. blum-kulka, j. house & g. kasper. (1989). cross cultural pragmatics: request and apologies. norwood, nj: ablex publishing corporation. brown & levinson. (1987). politeness: some universal in language usage. cambridge: cambridge university press. choer, a. (2010). kesantunan berbahasa. jakarta: rineka cipta creswell, j. r. (2009). research design: quantitatie, qualitative and mixmethod approaches (3rd edition). california: sage publications ltd. fatimah, a. et al. (2011). strategi-strategi meminta maaf yang digunakan oleh penutur asli bahasa indonesia dalam berbahasa inggris. makasar: universitas hasanuddin. gunawan, i. (2013). metode penelitian kualitatif: teori & praktik. jakarta: bumi aksara. jucker, a. h. & taavitsainen, i. (2008). speech act in the history of english. amsterdam: john benjamins publishing company. leech, g. (1983). principles of pragmatics. new york: longman group limited. maros, m. (2006). apologies in english by adult malay speakers: pattern and competence. the international journal of language, society and cultures. 19 (pp.114) mey, j. l. (2009). concise encyclopedia of pragmatics. oxford: elsevier. oatey, h. s. (2000). culturally speaking: culture, communication and politeness theory. london: continuum international publishing group. ogiermann, e. (2009). on apologizing in negative and positive politeness culture. amsterdam: john benjamin publishing company paltridge, b. (2006). discourse analysis an introduction. london: mpg books ltd. searle, r. j. (1979). expression and meaning: studies in the theory of speech acts. newyork: cambridge university press. smith, n. (2008). i was wrong: the meaning of apologies. newyork: cambridge university press. subana, et al. (2000). statistik pendidikan. bandung: pustaka setia sugiyono. (2012). metode penelitian pendidikan. bandung: alfabeta. thomas, j. (1995). meaning in interaction: an introducing to pragmatics. newyork: longman publishing. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. newyork: oxford university presss. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou department of electronics eng., t.e.i. of piraeus, egaleo 12244, greece e-mail: catgeo@hotmail.gr apa citation: theodosiou, c. g. (2016). content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system. english review, 4(2), 149-160 received: 14-02-2016 accepted: 18-03-2016 published: 01-06-2016 abstract: this paper focuses on the content and language integrated learning (clil) method for (foreign) language teaching. the clil approach is rapidly gaining momentum across europe and all over the world. it is the result of recent european union efforts to develop and apply innovative educational practices of interdisciplinary character in order to bridge the gap between foreign language education and optimum learning outcomes. in order to investigate the compatibility of clil with the contemporary greek educational reality, a small-scale experimental research study was set up, including the development of original e-learning material, a pilot class instruction based on this material and the evaluation of the results. the class instruction was based on project-based learning whereas collaborative learning was supported by the edmodo e-learning platform. information on the progress of the pilot class instruction and the learning outcomes achieved was disseminated through a wiki set up for this task. keywords: clil, interdisciplinarity, plurilingualism, multiculturalism, assessment, information and communication technology (ict) introduction in their effort to achieve economic success based on mobile multilingual populations, countries across the globe and the european union in particular, are recently expressing a great interest in human capital. linguistic capital is one of the most important components of human capital. multilingualism and the support as well as the preservation of linguistic diversity in europe are among the main goals of the european union's language policy. indeed, eu policy states that all european citizens should learn to communicate and use at least three languages –‘mother tongue plus two other languages’ and that teaching must start at an early age (barcelona declaration, 2002). the clearest indication of this interest is the appointment of a commissioner for multilingualism in january 2007. in the discussion on how to achieve the above goals while providing a quality education for all citizens, the clil method and its future developments play a central role. as clil develops and expands, it is linked to the educational evolution accompanying economic and sociopolitical changes, bringing with it opportunities and challenges worth taking. integrating language with non149 mailto:catgeo@hotmail.gr catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system language content, in a dual-focused environment, has emerged as a solution, the most obvious advantage being that exposure to a foreign language does not need any extra time within the curriculum. it is more than the desire of governments, parents and the educational community to equip young people with higher competence in languages what promotes the clil approach. it is the very nature of the clil method, an educational innovation which suits the times, needs and aspirations of learners, that justifies the expectations for a huge impact in the near future. learners nowadays are increasingly unwilling to learn now for use later; they prefer to learn and use now, which suits the immediacy of purpose common in our times. globalization, mobility, technology and assessment issues are also considered likely to have a further impact on learners’ attitudes towards how they learn, particularly with regard to foreign language learning. clil’s four major components, the 4cs (coyle, 2010), content (subject matter), cognition (learning and thinking processes), communication (language learning and using) and culture (developing intercultural understanding and global citizenship) clearly underpin the conclusion that clil method is not just another way of learning a foreign language, but an innovative educational process that integrates major contemporary learning theories. within this framework of theoretical background and pedagogical method, the two research questions investigated through this project were (i) how efficient is the use of ict technology as a supportive tool in clil-based class instruction, and (ii) whether clil is compatible with the contemporary greek educational system. method the ‘eat well – be healthy’ project, designed and developed as a clil method application, took place in the 20th primary school of ilioupolis, a typical public school in the city of athens, greece, where english is taught as a foreign language four times a week in 40 or 45-minute sessions. the 5th and 6th grades of this school, each consisting of about 20 pupils, served as the research and the control group, respectively. the class instruction based on clil was designed and implemented by the author of this paper working as an english language teacher at the school. it lasted for eight weeks (april may 2015) using english as the medium language and involving the following subject areas: (i) informatics, (ii) english language teaching and (iii) pshe (personal & social health education). the students worked in five groups of mixed ability levels, following the steps and instructions of project based learning to foster learner motivation through an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge. the main goal of the project was to promote healthy diet and good eating habits as a necessary component of students’ knowledge about life, health and wellness. the educational objectives were based on bloom’s revised taxonomy of educational goals and were divided into cognitive, affective and psychomotor, as indicated. the teacher resources were all gathered for reasons of convenience into a mind mapping software available through https://www.mindmeister.com /. the original work and material created by the students during this project were both digital and analogue, as they can be seen in the video available in http://www.kizoa.com/, a free web 150 https://www.mindmeister.com/ https://www.mindmeister.com/ http://www.kizoa.com/ english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 2.0 tool. some of them were crafts and posters for the class; other forms included recordings, digital storytelling works, publications, electronic posters and power point presentations. the lesson plans created were four (4) to correspond to the four objectives (4cs) of the clil approach. according to coyle (2000, 2007) they are absolutely significant for the educational process which is based upon them differentiating this method from traditional foreign language teaching. the specific objectives and corresponding activities are described below: • content: students are expected to fulfill the objectives of the curriculum for the subject area taught with the clil method, enriching their knowledge by studying the content from different angles allowing more depth and understanding on the area concerning nutrition and health. more specifically, in the first unit entitled 'eat a rainbow', the research group of students were invited, among other things, to work online on a collaborative digital canvas, which is provided by the web tool 2.0 www.linoit.com and is available online at: http://linoit.com/users/catherinegeo/canvases/eat%20a%20rainbow . on the canvas, they had to match the nutritional value of foods with their origin and benefits, adding comments and observations, an activity which the control group of students performed in the classroom, with fewer chances for adding comments or for information search at home. picture 1 shows an aspect of the electronic canvas. picture 1. aspect of the collaborative digital canvas • communication: students are expected to understand and communicate in the target language on issues related to nutrition, acquiring greater awareness of both mother tongue and the target language by practising communication skills and developing a positive attitude towards plurilingualism. in the second unit entitled 'my eat well plate', the students of both classes 151 http://www.linoit.com/ http://linoit.com/users/catherine-geo/canvases/eat%20a%20rainbow http://linoit.com/users/catherine-geo/canvases/eat%20a%20rainbow http://linoit.com/users/catherine-geo/canvases/eat a rainbow catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system were asked to work in groups in order to design and present a healthy dish and then to be recorded during the description of their healthy dishes. participation in this activity came from both teams and the final digital storytelling product, available by the web 2.0 tool www.utellstory.com can be visited at the web address: http://www.utellstory.com/vie wstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590b b2da83989#player. • cognition (knowledge): students are expected to develop cognitive skills and mental processing of information on healthy eating and other subject areas, strategies of an active learning approach to knowledge through critical and creative thinking and development of lifelong pursuit of language learning. picture 2. aspect of the digital storytelling web tool in the third unit, entitled 'do you like bread?', students of both groups were asked to create in groups their own recipes and present them to class, an activity that ended up in an electronic recipe book as a final product with the support of the web tool 2.0 www.issuu.com. it is available at the web address: https://issuu.com/catheringeo/docs/final_cookbook. 152 http://www.utellstory.com/ http://www.utellstory.com/viewstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590bb2da83989#player http://www.utellstory.com/viewstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590bb2da83989#player http://www.utellstory.com/viewstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590bb2da83989#player http://www.issuu.com/ https://issuu.com/catherin-geo/docs/final_cookbook https://issuu.com/catherin-geo/docs/final_cookbook http://www.utellstory.com/viewstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590bb2da83989 https://issuu.com/catherin-geo/docs/final_cookbook http://www.utellstory.com/viewstory/view/8ae80672f14123ba65e590bb2da83989 https://issuu.com/catherin-geo/docs/final_cookbook english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee picture 3. aspect of the electronic recipe book • culture: students are expected to understand their own culture compared to the culture of other people, fostering intercultural knowledge, respect, tolerance towards diversity, not only in the area of nutrition but of various other issues, as well. for the fourth unit entitled 'food around the world', the students of the research group were invited to create, among other things, a digital interactive poster presentation in which they recorded their opinions and comments on the problem of world hunger, malnutrition and on appetite disorder issues such as bulimia nervosa and anorexia nervosa. the electronic poster provided by the web tool 2.0 www.glogster.com is available at the web address: http://catgeo.edu. glogster.com/world-hunger/. the students of the control group expressed their views on the above issues in a classroom discussion and created analogue posters at school. picture 4 presents the collaborative work of the students of the research group on the digital poster. picture 4. aspect of the collaborative digital poster the teacher’s comments and critical thinking were saved in a digital diary available through https://penzu.com/. educational platforms and e-learning material educational platforms and elearning material were both employed in 153 http://www.glogster.com/ https://penzu.com/ http://catgeo.edu.glogster.com/world-hunger/ catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system the specific project to support collaborative learning and enhancement of learning outcomes for the students. more specifically, the educational platforms were two. the first one, edmodo (for more information visit the web address: https://edmo.do/j/3x6hpq), is a social learning network (the so-called ‘facebook of pupils’) that offers collaboration and coaching tools to k-12 schools and teachers. edmodo is included in the list of "the top apps for teachers" published by the pc magazine in 2013. picture 5 shows the edmodo platform interface. the second platform developed for this project is a wiki called “clil taste” (visit the wiki at the web address: https://cliltaste.wikispaces.com /what+is+clil%3f), a tool that promotes collaborative learning and enhances learning outcomes. this is shown in picture 6. picture 5. the edmodo platform interface picture 6. aspect of the wiki’s interface 154 https://edmo.do/j/3x6hpq https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/pc_magazine https://cliltaste.wikispaces.com/what+is+clil%3f https://cliltaste.wikispaces.com/what+is+clil%3f https://edmo.do/j/3x6hpq https://cliltaste.wikispaces.com/what+is+clil? https://edmo.do/j/3x6hpq https://cliltaste.wikispaces.com/what+is+clil? english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results and discussion 1. assessment starting with the project assessment, the procedure followed was the one indicated and promoted by the relevant instructions of the greek national curriculum which suggests three forms of assessment: initial, formative and summative. digital and analogue questionnaires were given to the students to assess (i) their prior knowledge on the subjects dealt with and (ii) the degree of assimilation of new material and teaching input with or without the support of technology (project and control group respectively). a common framework of assessment, especially designed and used in clil, that integrates content at different complexity levels, functions and cognitive skills, was employed for the evaluation of results of the teaching intervention (barbero, 2012). it is based on the knowledge framework by mohan (1986), a taxonomy where knowledge is considered in relation with language at three different levels: (1) classification /concepts, (2) principles/processes, and (3) evaluation/creation. the assessment suggested by mohan recommends "scale classified criteria" (matsagouras, 2004) or the so-called rubrics and focuses on how language is incorporated into the content in different difficulty levels of cognitive and academic requirements (calpcognitive academic language proficiency). the rubrics were adapted in the greek language by the instructor and author of this article to accommodate the age group of students and educational objectives of the project. 1.1. the leuven scale the leuven scale (laevers, 2005) is a standard instrument to measure the degree of well-being and the degree of involvement of learners during an educational process, which was also used for the assessment of the class instruction. according to the creator, both well-being and involvement are important during the educational process as they ensure a quality and an optimal relation of students with the environment and therefore a successful deep level learning and development. 1.2. the clil matrix a crucial thing in clil is to assess both language and communication skills and assimilation of content, a demand that is very difficult to satisfy as they are integrated into each other to produce the expected outcome. the most successful evaluation approach to assess the quality and analyse the integration of cognitive and linguistic levels in activities and materials used during a lesson employing the clil methodology has been adapted by professor do coyle (2002) from cummins’ work (1984). it is a key tool named clil matrix which teachers adopting the clil approach find quite useful as a means of evaluating their educational material, of the students’ progress in both the linguistic and cognitive domain alike and as a guide towards improvement of learning material in the future. it consists of four (4) quadrants to assess a single task, a sequence of tasks or even the quality and output of a whole unit in the teaching procedure. positioning tasks in the quadrants helps us analyse and ascertain the type of task and the balance between the task and the learner’s performance and needs. the matrix allows an overview of the learning progress in terms of linguistic and cognitive development. picture 7 shows a simple clil matrix but there is a more informed awareness-raising tool created by an international team of clil experts, which cross-combines content, language, integration and learning with culture, 155 catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system communication, cognition and community. it is composed of 16 indicators which lead to examples and a number of questions for clil teachers to answer about their own teaching at the following web address: http://archive.ecml.at/mtp2/cl ilmatrix/en/qmain.html. picture 7. the clil matrix as one can notice in picture 8, the final depiction of the clil matrix was formed by the assessment of the educational material and the project activities. the conclusions could be processed if we followed the arrow, which charted the course of each unit in relation to the cognitive and language aims and objectives set beforehand. an interesting observation that could be made was that there was a decline in interest and involvement in the beginning of the intervention, as the leuven indicators also marked, created as a result of the exclusive use of the target language and the abundance of stimuli during the teaching of the first unit. for that reason, it was considered appropriate for the second unit to maintain cognitive and language requirements at a lower level in order to normalise the process of assimilation of content and new language requirements in the foreign language. the remaining modules seamlessly evolved steadily rising while fulfilling the expectations and anticipated outcomes of the students’ performance. picture 8. schematic representation of the assessment of the learning material of the project with the use of the clil matrix 156 http://archive.ecml.at/mtp2/clilmatrix/en/qmain.html http://archive.ecml.at/mtp2/clilmatrix/en/qmain.html english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee an interesting result obtained through the assessment and evaluation procedure of this project is that the engagement with technology leads to understanding and assimilation of the content of teaching to the same degree or extent as does the traditional teaching method without any technological support. where technology does make a difference, though, is in rendering learning more enjoyable and interesting and thus providing incentives and increased motivation for learning. as regards (foreign) language learning with technological support, our results show that students (i) individually interacted with technology (active learning), (ii) developed technological skills, (iii) managed to enhance their performance and (iv) ultimately gained more opportunities for language acquisition and communication. picture 9. tables of comparative assessment of language skills delivered through clil picture 10. tables of comparative assessment of content delivered through clil 157 catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system the advantages of the approach are listed below along with some more thoughts that best describe the dynamics of the approach: • background knowledge of the english language in greece renders the introduction of clil methodology easier. • clil promotes linguistic and cultural diversity and the development of a european identity. • project-based learning and technology positively enhance the approach. • the introduction of the approach with low exposure to foreign language is considered advantageous if taught in a way appropriate to children's age (llinares, 2005). • clil helps learners better conceive even the use of mother tongue, namely to go deeper into the operating mechanisms of the two language systems (sanz, 2000). • clil is very useful for young learners who "use language to learn" and "learn to use language"(marsh, 2002). there are, however, a number of disadvantages coming from the implementation of the approach summarised below: • the demands on teachers are increased with respect to the preparation for the lesson and the development of the appropriate material. • at present, the clil method does not lead to any certification of knowledge, at least in greece. • the method should be disconnected from the teaching of english to fully develop its dynamics. • its adoption implies an increase in the time dedicated to foreign language teaching in the school timetable, which creates problems because of the pressing time limitations. • teachers’ training, both in a specific subject area and in the teaching of a foreign language, requires time and money. • the implementation of the method requires reforms in the school timetable up to the national curriculum and educational policy towards foreign language teaching, prerequisites which take time and are difficult to accomplish for various reasons. conclusion the conclusions following are based on this small-scale educational intervention and the experimental study of the clil approach at a school and reflect the writer’s personal ideas. they can be summarised in the following remarks: • the adoption of the clil approach would upgrade primary education in greece, mainly by reinforcing the substantial contact of students with a foreign language. • there is an urgent need for training of educators involved in clil and their participation in online communities for information and support. • countries worldwide respond to the need for increase of their linguistic capital through a series of policies concerning languages and clil can help transform these educational policies into reality. • teachers’ and students’ satisfaction from the implementation of clil, both in greece and europe, paves the way for further research on this approach, that could end up to a comprehensive proposal to the state. • the adoption of alternative educational models, better suited to 158 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 2, june 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the target content per case, is another suggestion. • the introduction of the clil method merits serious consideration in the context of both (foreign) language teaching reform and the country's more general planning and development policies. • the vision of clil is to promote linguistic and cultural experiences for every person providing inclusion and the privileges of plurilingualism and multiculturalism. the results mentioned above support a positive answer to the second research question: the clil approach is compatible with the modern greek public schools, even at the (pre-)primary education grades. an educational policy that considers clil as a realistic solution to the european and universal need to upgrade formal education and invest in education for the benefit of society can clearly be adopted in modern greece. clil emerges as a practical and sustainable solution with additional social, psychological and economic benefits. it is a solution compatible with the european policy and its goals which needs to be given a serious consideration. references anderson, l., kratwohl, d., airasian, p., cruikshank, k., m ayer, r., pintrich, p., raths, j., merlin, c., & wittrock, m. (2001). a taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: a revision of bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives. new york: longman. barbero, t. (2012). assessment tools and practices in clil. in assessment and evaluation in clil. barbero, t. & maggi, f. (2011). assessment and evaluation in clil, in marsh d., meyer o., quality interfaces, eap. eichstätt: eichstaett academic press ug bloom, b. s. (ed.).taxonomy of educational objectives. vol. 1: cognitive domain. new york: mckay, 1956. coyle, d., hood, ph., & marsh, d. (2010). clil, content and language integrated learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. cummins, j. (1984). bilingualism and special education: issues in assessment and pedagogy. clevedon: multilingual matters. cummins, j. (2000). language, power and pedagogy. clevedon: multilingual matters. eur-lex (access to european union law). communication from the commission to the council, the european parliament, the economic and social committee and the committee of the regions promoting language learning and linguistic diversity: an action plan 2004 – 2006. retrieved from the web address: http://eurlex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/?uri=celex:52 003dc0449 european comission. (eurydice network). (2008). key data on teaching languages at school in europe. retrieved from: http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/about/ eurydice/documents/kdl2008_e n.pdf eurydice. (2006). content and language integrated learning (clil) at school in europe. european commission. retrieved from: http://www.indire.it/lucabas/lk mw_file/eurydice/clil_en.pdf ioannou, s., & pavlou, p. (2011). guidelines for clil implementation 159 https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=utf8&text=lorin+w.+anderson&search-alias=books&field-author=lorin+w.+anderson&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=utf8&text=peter+w.+airasian&search-alias=books&field-author=peter+w.+airasian&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_4?ie=utf8&text=kathleen+a.+cruikshank&search-alias=books&field-author=kathleen+a.+cruikshank&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_5?ie=utf8&text=richard+e.+mayer&search-alias=books&field-author=richard+e.+mayer&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_5?ie=utf8&text=richard+e.+mayer&search-alias=books&field-author=richard+e.+mayer&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_6?ie=utf8&text=paul+r.+pintrich&search-alias=books&field-author=paul+r.+pintrich&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_7?ie=utf8&text=james+raths&search-alias=books&field-author=james+raths&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_8?ie=utf8&text=merlin+c.+wittrock&search-alias=books&field-author=merlin+c.+wittrock&sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_8?ie=utf8&text=merlin+c.+wittrock&search-alias=books&field-author=merlin+c.+wittrock&sort=relevancerank catherine georgopoulou-theodosiou content and language integrated learning (clil): an experimental study on clil compatibility with the modern greek educational system in primary and pre-primary education. kilpatrick, w. h. (1918). the project method. teachers college record, 19, 319-335. krashen, s. (1981). second language acquisition and second language learning. retrieved from the web address: http://www.sdkrashen.com/conte nt/books/sl_acquisition_and_lear ning.pdf laevers, f. (2005). (ed. in collaboration with: mieke daems, griet de bruyckere, bart declercq, julia moons, kristien silkens, gerlinde snoeck, monique van kessel) well-being and involvement in care settings. a process-oriented self-evaluation instrument. kind & gezin and research centre for experiential education. (manual: http://www.kindengezin.be/img /sics-ziko-manual.pdf) llinares, g. a. (2005). an introduction to clil. presentation at cracow european language label conference llinares, a., morton, t., &whittaker, r. (2012). the roles of language in clil. cambridge: cambridge university press. marsh, d. (2002). content and language integrated learning: the european dimension actions, trends and foresight potential. dg education & culture, european commission. maljers. a., marsh, d., coyle, d., hartiala, a.k., marsland, b., pérezvidal c., &wolff, d. (2002). the clil compendium. mavromara, l. a. (2010). the pedagogy of project-based learning (project method) and its application in the teaching of a foreign language language specialty. pi inspection of educational affairs, 17. mehisto, p. (2008). clil counterweights: recognizing and decreasing disjuncture in clil. international clil research journal, 1(1), 93-120. mertler, c. a. (2001). designing scoring rubrics for your classroom. practical assessment, research & evaluation. retrieved from: http://pareonline.net/getvn.asp?v =7&n=25 ministry of education. (2002).cross curriculum framework (depps) and curricula (a.p.s.) of compulsory education. volume i. athens: ministry of education pedagogical institute. mohan, b. (1986).language and content. massachussetts: addison-wesley publishing company. mohan, b., & van, n. m. (1997). understanding cause-effect: learning through language. forum, [online] 35 (4). quartapelle f. (2012). aicle/emile. retrieved from: http://www.aeclil.net/ sanz, c. (2000). bilingual education enhances third language acquisition: evidence from catalonia. applied psycholinguistics, 21: 23-44. 160 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 115 the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text fatmawati setia utami english education department, faculty of education, universitas teknologi yogyakarta, indonesia e-mail: fatmatami73@gmail.com mustaqim pabbajah guidance and counseling department, faculty of education, universitas teknologi yogyakarta, indonesia e-mail: mustaqim_pabbajah@uty.ac.id juhansar english education department, faculty of education, universitas teknologi yogyakarta, indonesia e-mail: juhansar@uty.ac.id apa citation: utami, f. s., pabbajah, m., & juhansar, j., (2018). the implementation of jumbledsentences toward students’ skill in writing report text. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 115-124. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1501. received: 19-08-2018 accepted: 25-10-2018 published: 01-12-2018 abstract: this study aims at describing the implementation and the effectiveness of jumbledsentences as a technique to enhance students’ skill in writing report text and finding out the factors influencing students’ skill in writing report text. this study was conducted in man 2 yogyakarta that involved 24 tenth graders of ipa 3 in academic year 2018/2019. this study was a classroom action research. to collect the data, observation checklist, structured interview, and tests were used. the result showed that most of students could understand the subject easily and involve actively during the technique implementation. besides, the test results showed students’ mean improvement in writing report text from pre-test (3.00), post-test i (3.36), and post-test ii (3.78). it means that jumbled-sentences technique is effective to enhance students’ skill in writing report text. moreover, the factors influencing students’ writing skill were having lack of vocabulary, getting anxiety in making grammar errors, getting difficulties in understanding and translating words or sentences, and having limited classroom for learning-teaching process. keywords: implementation; jumbled-sentences; students’ skill; writing; report text. introduction writing is an activity of expressing and developing idea in a written form. writing is also known as a recursive process involves a series of steps to create a good and a correct text. pestaria, et al. (2014) said that writing is one of the four skills that has always formed part of the syllabus in teaching english. it means that no one can deny writing as the part of syllabus in english subject. in english education, learning to write is a must. through writing, students can write the words by arranging them into a correct order of a sentence. the words in a sentence should be meaningful and understandable by the readers. therefore, words in english writing cannot be written in any way without following the rules and the structure as the way it should be. related to the rules and the structure in writing, some students think that writing is more difficult than other skills because it has certain rules and takes long time to think the words in correct order and to make the readers understand it easily. there are particular structures of texts which usually written in a form of paragraph or essay. those texts are descriptive, narrative, recount, and report text. descriptive text describes about someone or something such as place, picture, or people. narrative text and recount text are kinds of text which tell fatmawati setia utami, mustaqim pabbajah, & juhansar the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text 116 about story in the past time, but narrative and recount have different generic structure in which narrative text has a conflict in the middle of story while recount text does not. besides, narrative text usually tells about the fictive story such as fable, fairy tale, legend, etc. meanwhile, recount text tells about true story which comes from the past event or the real experience of the writer. indeed, report text is a text that gives factual information to the reader. to write a text, students have to know first the definition and the elements of a paragraph. a paragraph is usually written in logical order from the introduction to the conclusion which consists of topic sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentence. in writing a paragraph, the sentences should be arranged orderly and connected each other in explaining the topic of the paragraph. in writing an english paragraph, the students may get difficulties to develop the idea. according to richards (1990) in al-gharabally (2015, p. 44), learning to write well is a difficult and a lengthy process; one that induces anxiety and frustration in many learners. it means that students need to understand first the process of writing in appropriate way. to learn writing a paragraph, students should be able to organize the sentences in a right place. in organizing the sentences, the students have to know the process of writing to achieve the best result. based on the researchers’ experience when teaching and observing praktik pengalaman lapangan (ppl) at man 2 yogyakarta, it found that most students were unable to write and organize a good and a correct english paragraph because they have less willingness to focus and to enjoy the learning process. besides, most students tend to be passive and bored when they were learning writing. some studies have found some common problems in writing including content, organization, vocabulary, and grammar. sari (2013) described that the common problems would be; students cannot formulate the main ideas and provide the supporting sentences to write a good and a correct paragraph; students are lack of vocabulary so they could not express the ideas and the opinions. furthermore, students also found difficulties in grammatical aspect where they cannot write the text in a good and a correct sentence structure. accordingly, the researchers realized that there should be an appropriate technique to use in overcoming the students’ problems in writing an english paragraph. therefore, the researchers try to implement jumbledsentences technique to help students overcome their difficulties in writing english paragraph. besides, this technique can also be used to develop students’ understanding and participation in the learning-teaching process of report text writing. jumbledsentences is a technique of teaching writing in which the students are asked to rearrange a group of scramble sentences into a good and a correct order. jumbled-sentences which is known as jumbled texts is cooperatively sequencing piece of jumbled texts by at first skimming for a meaning to establish a quick order, then scanning for detail to confirm its accuracy (wright et al., 2006, p. 87). jumbled-sentences technique helps the students to think creatively and logically to determine the sentences appropriately to be the topic sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentence. jumbled-sentences technique is important to be practiced because through practicing this technique, it can help the students to generate the ideas, to enrich the vocabulary, and to emphasize their writing skill (mardiana, 2017). the implementation of jumbledsentences does not only involve the students, but the teacher who has an important role in the learning-teaching process. to connect with the roles of teacher in the learningteaching process, barnawi (2016) wrote some teacher’s roles such as teacher as a facilitator, teacher as a learning conceptor, and teacher as an evaluator. as a facilitator, a teacher should be able to help students in developing and initiating their idea and creativity. furthermore, the students are also english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 117 asked to be independent in the learningteaching process. by analyzing the students’ need and condition, a teacher as a learning conceptor is required to design a good lesson plan to be implemented the learningteaching process and also a good classroom management (juhansar, et al., 2016). a learning conceptor also should decide the appropriate media to set a conducive classroom and to increase the students’ learning-teaching interest. indeed, when a teacher acts as an evaluator, he or she should measure the objective and the learningteaching achievement based on the information that he has. the information can be collected through an observation or an exercise given to the students. it can be guidance for a teacher to continue, to fix, to change, or to evaluate the method or technique which has been implemented. murray (2011, p. 157) said that there are two learning-teaching instruction strategies, namely gradual release practice and independent practice. gradual release practice is a strategy of teaching where a teacher guides the students practically and gradually till they could understand and practice the work by themselves or in pair. otherwise, independent practice means that a teacher gives an opportunity to students to practice and to explore their understanding based on the material that they have learnt without teacher’s guidance and assistance. all in all, to overcome students’ problems in writing report text and to enhance students’ writing skill, the researchers explore the following research questions to be answered: 1) what is the implementation of jumbledsentences toward the students’ skill in writing report text?; 2) what is effectiveness of jumbled-sentences technique toward students’ writing skill?; and 3) what factors are influencing students’ skill in writing report text?. method this research was conducted on 24 tenthgraders of ipa 3 in man 2 yogyakarta in academic year 2017/2018 for two weeks. this research was classroom action research using qualitative and quantitative data. this research design consisted of two cycles. each cycle had two meetings. it means, there were four meetings in two cycles. in collecting qualitative data, the researchers used structured observation and structured interview, while tests used to get the quantitative data. to get data concerning the implementation of jumbled-sentences technique, the researchers used structured observation, while the data concerning the factors influencing students’ writing skill were collected through structured interview which was supported by structured observation. moreover, tests were used to find out the effectiveness of jumbledsentences in improving students’ writing skills. the tests consisted of pre-test, posttest i, and post-test ii. to know the students’ initial writing skills, a pre-test conducted. in analyzing qualitative data, the researchers set paragraph scoring criteria which consisted of some aspects, namely topic sentence, supporting sentences, coherence, organization, and generic structures. when the paragraph scoring criteria has been set, the researchers decided the technique of analyzing the result of structured observation and structured interview data. to analyze the structured observation data, the researchers described it by mapping, reviewing, and exploring the data during the implementation of jumbledsentences. after analyzing the structured observation data, the researchers also analyzed the structured interview data by reporting and interpreting what the researchers got from the research. when the interview data reported and interpreted, the researchers described the result of the analysis based on the relevant theories. furthermore, to analyze the quantitative data, the researchers used statistic descriptive method by calculating the mean of writing aspects and the mean of improvement percentage. indeed, to decide the students’ mean, the researchers determined the criteria as follows: 5 (very good), 4 (good), 3 (fair), 2 (poor), and 1 (very poor). fatmawati setia utami, mustaqim pabbajah, & juhansar the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text 118 after deciding the technique of data analysis, the researchers measured students’ writing skill and pre-understanding about report text by giving pre-test. here, the students were asked to write the text which consisted of 2 paragraphs contained topic sentence, supporting sentences, coherence, organization, and generic structures. after giving pre-test, the researchers made lesson plans and prepared the report text material, jumbled-sentences texts, and students’ worksheets as the next task for post-test i and post-test ii to be conducted in cycle i and cycle ii. moreover, the researchers prepared the structured observation sheets and structured interview questions. after preparing those items, the researchers implemented jumbled-sentences as the treatment during the learning-teaching activity about report text in the first meeting of cycle i. the researchers did not only implement technique, but also observed the implementation and learning-teaching activity in the first meeting. in the second meeting of cycle i, the researchers gave post-test i to measure the students’ writing skill improvement after receiving the treatment. in giving post-test i, the students were asked to write a report text about technology around them in 40 minutes. after conducting cycle i, the researchers evaluated result of jumbled-sentences implementation including the result of observation and posttest i, whether it needs development or not. in addition, the researchers also determined the minimum mean as the consideration for conducting the creativity and innovation in cycle ii to achieve the better result. the creativity and innovation were necessary to do when the students got mean less than 3. the creativity and innovation were in the form of changing the setting of learning-teaching process and changing the teaching strategy as well as the way of jumbled-sentences technique implementation. after deciding the creativity and innovation, the researchers conducted cycle ii which had similar activity in cycle i. furthermore, the activity in cycle ii might be different based on creativity and innovation as the result of the reflection in cycle i. in cycle ii, the researchers re-explained the material and implemented jumbledsentences as the individual task in the third meeting to make the students understand more about the report text. the researchers also changed the teaching strategy from independent practice to gradual release practice. in the fourth meeting of cycle ii, the researchers gave post-test ii by asking the students to write a latest report text on technology in 40 minutes. when the learning-teaching process was done, the researchers interviewed some students. after conducting those cycles, the researchers analyzed the whole results to consider whether the cycle should be continued or stopped. results and discussion the implementation of jumbled-sentences technique in teaching report text as the results of the implementation, it was found that students were enthusiastic and active in the learning-teaching process. the script below shows that the student tried to be confident to ask the material that they have not understood yet. the script was taken from observation during the jumbledsentences implementation in cycle i. student a : pak, kalau misal di bagian general classification itu dideskripsikan dulu penemunya baru definisikan bisa gak? (sir, could i describe the inventor first then define the general classification? [free translation]) researcher(s) : ya bisa, atau lebih baik definisi dulu baru deskripsikan penemunya. (yes, it could be or it is better to define first then describe the inventor. [free translation]) observation; april 26 th , 2018 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 119 based on that script, even though there was a student who asked about the general classification of report text, there were some students who felt difficult to rearrange the jumbled-sentences because there were some vocabularies that they did not understand, such as since, bulb, filament, and crockery. in addition, when students wrote a report text, some of them were still confused to decide what they want to write and how to develop the idea as it is shown in the following script: student b : pak, aku mau nulis apa ya pak? kalau tentang teknologi, biasanya apa aja? (sir, what should i write? if i write about technology, what technology is it about? [free translation]) researcher(s) : kamu bisa menulis tentang teknologi yang ada di sekitarmu, seperti handphone, kipas angin, dan lain-lain. (you could write about technology around you, such as handphone, fan, etc. [free translation]) student c : pak, setelah menulis definisi dan ciri-ciri, terus apa lagi pak? (sir, what should i write after writing the definition and characteristic of the topic? [free translation]) researcher(s) : kamu bisa menuliskan tentang fungsi dan jenis-jenis dari teknologi yang kamu tulis. (you could write about functions and kinds of the technology. [free translation]) observation; april 28 th , 2018 based on the script, it could be said that the use of jumbled-sentences could make the students be active and enthusiastic in learning-teaching process and help them in writing report text. yet, there were some students who still found difficulties to decide what they want to write and how to develop the idea. therefore, the researchers needed to revise the planning creatively and innovatively to achieve the better result and to overcome students’ difficulties in the next cycle. based on the result in cycle i, there was unsatisfied result which made the researchers should revise some aspects related to the learning-teaching process such as students’ participation and understanding. therefore, the researchers revised the planning. in cycle ii, the researchers conducted the learning-teaching process based on the creativity and innovation. in the third meeting of cycle ii, the researchers asked the students to rearrange jumbledsentences individually using gradual release strategy. the changing of rearranging sentences individually aimed at making students understood more about the report text and the basic organization of paragraph such as topic sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentence. it also made them be able to create a good organization and a coherence text. the changing of gradual release practice also meant to make the students be more active and confident to ask the material that they did not understand yet. mushola is also chosen as the setting of learning-teaching process to make the learning-teaching process be more conducive. in the fourth meeting, cycle ii, the researchers taught the students in the third floor of library to make them be more focus and concentrate to the learningteaching process especially when they were writing a report text about the latest technology as the post-test ii. after conducting cycle ii, the researchers found that the observation result in this cycle increased from the result of cycle i. the students were more active in the learningteaching process. they were also enjoyed and understood more about report text and the basic organization of a paragraph. those improvements were proved in this following script: fatmawati setia utami, mustaqim pabbajah, & juhansar the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text 120 student e : pak, gimana sih cara membedakan kalimat-kalimat yang masuk ke general classification sama bagian description? (sir, how to differentiate the sentences which are included in general classification and description? [free translation]) researcher(s) : kalau kalimat-kalimat di general classification biasanya menjelaskan topik secara umum, seperti definisi dan penemu suatu teknologi. sedangkan kalimat di bagian description merupakan kalimat-kalimat khusus yang menjelaskan bagian general classification. (the sentences in general classification usually explain the topic generally such as definition and the inventor of technology. in description, the sentences explain the general classification specifically. [free translation]) observation; may 3 th , 2018 student f : pak, topic sentence itu biasanya yang di awal paragraf kan? (sir, the topic sentence is usually put in the beginning of the paragraph, isn’t it? [free translation]) researcher(s) : ya, tapi kadang ada juga yang letaknya di akhir paragraf. (yes, it is. but, sometimes there is also topic sentence which is put in the end of paragraph. [free translation]) student g : pak, kalau bagian deskripsi di report teks itu biasanya jelasin tentang ciri-ciri dan fungsi apa bukan? (sir, does the description part of report text explain about the characteristics and the function of the text? [free translation]) researcher(s) : ya. (yes, it does. [free translation]) observation; may 5 th , 2018 after implementing the creativity and innovation toward the jumbled-sentences implementation in both cycle i and cycle ii, most of students were no longer confused to decide what they wanted to write, how to develop the sentences, and how to organize the sentences related to the generic structures of report text. in addition, the observation result showed that the students’ participation, understanding, and writing development on the report text using jumbled-sentences were better than previous one. the students became more aware about report text and its generic structures. moreover, students enjoyed practicing jumbled-sentences because they got intensive guidance from the researchers. it meant that the implementation of jumbledsentences as the teaching technique for writing report text could help the students in developing the idea and organizing sentences into a good and a correct paragraph. the choosing of place for learning-teaching also supported the students to be more focus to the learning-teaching process because it helped the researchers to create the classroom atmosphere to be more conducive. the cycle i and the creativity and the innovation in cycle ii drove the researchers to end the cycle because there were students’ better participation and students’ better understanding during the learning-teaching process. it meant that students were aware to be actively involved in the learning-teaching process. the effectiveness of jumbled-sentences technique toward students’ skill in writing report text the researchers was not only describing the result of observation but also providing the analysis result of students’ writing tests. based on the result of data analysis, it was found that there was students’ mean improvement on each aspect. from the result, the students got mean 3.00 (pre-test); english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 121 3.36 (post-test i); and 3.78 (post-test ii). it means that the use of jumbled-sentences could help the students to understand the report text better. in addition, it also proved that jumbled-sentences could improve the students’ writing skill on each aspect. to make it clear, the researchers showed the mean improvement in table 1. table 1. the improvement of students’ mean table 1 shows the mean improvement of students’ pre-test (3.00), post-test i (3.36), and post-test ii (3.78) on each aspect. in the column of pre-test, there are two aspects which belong to category poor (2), namely topic sentence and supporting sentences. the table also shows the mean in both topic sentence and supporting sentences are more than 2 and less than 3. it means that jumbled-sentences implementation is needed to practice for increasing the students’ mean in those aspects. when the jumbledsentences was practiced, the researchers gave post-test i to measure the students’ result and improvement in writing skill, whether it needs to do the creativity and innovation or not. based on the result in the column of post-test i, there is no aspects which belong to category poor (2). there is good improvement in all aspects in the result of post-test i. in the result of post-test i, all the mean on each aspect belongs to fair (3) category. it means that jumbled-sentences technique helps the students to improve their writing skill, not only in topic sentence and supporting sentences aspects but also in other aspects. although there is an improvement in all aspects, it does not mean that the result is satisfied and no need to do creativity and innovation. from the result of post-test i, there is similar mean in the aspects of topic sentence (3.25) and supporting sentences (3.25). it means that the researchers should do the creativity and innovation in cycle ii before conducting post-test ii. after practicing jumbledsentences and applying the creativity and innovation in cycle ii, the researchers gave post-test ii to measure the mean improvement of students’ writing skill and the effectiveness of jumbled-sentences technique. the result of post-test ii shows better improvement than post-test i. in the column of post-test ii, there is no mean which less than 3 even more than 4 in aspect of generic structures. besides, there is no similar mean in all aspects as the previous result in post-test i. furthermore, there is also mean improvement percentage among the aspects of writing about 12% (from pretest to post-test i) and 13% (from post-test i to post-test ii). in short, the use of jumbledsentences is effective to help the students in understanding the material, developing the idea, and improving their writing skill. factors influencing students’ skill in writing report text after analyzing the result of observation and tests, the researchers described the result of interview with the students to see the factors influencing their skill in writing report text. from the interview, there were at least four common problems faced by the students, they are: no aspects mean pre-test post-test i post-test ii 1 topic sentence 2.96 3.25 3.79 2 supporting sentences 2.75 3.25 3.71 3 coherence 3.17 3.33 3.46 4 organization 3.13 3.42 3.75 5 generic structures 3.00 3.54 4.17 overall mean 3.00 3.36 3.78 % improvement 12% 13% fatmawati setia utami, mustaqim pabbajah, & juhansar the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text 122 lack of vocabulary and information when the researchers interviewed students, they said that their obstacle in writing report text were lack of vocabulary and information. it was proved by the interview data below. researcher(s) : kendala apa yang kalian alami saat menulis report text? (what is your obstacle in writing report text? [free translation]) student 1 : kurang data atau informasi bu. (i have less data or information, mom. [free translation]) student 2 : kurang vocabulary bu. (i am lack of vocabulary, mom. [free translation]) student 3 : sama bu, kurang vocabulary. (i have the same problem with student 2, mom. i am also lack of vocabulary. [free translation]) interview; may 5 th , 2018 the researchers also found this factor during the observation when implementing jumbled-sentences as a technique in learning-teaching process. when implementing the technique, some students were confused to rearrange the sentences. they also did not bring pocket dictionary then asked the researchers. the following is the script. student h : bu, filament artinya apa? (mom, what is filament? [free translation]) researcher(s) : filament itu artinya kawat pijar. (filament in bahasa indonesia is kawat pijar. [free translation]) observation; may 26 th , 2018 based on those results, it means that lack of vocabulary and information influenced students’ skill in writing a report text because without having enough vocabulary and information, they could not develop their idea. being afraid of making grammatical errors besides vocabulary and information, students’ anxiety also could be the factor influencing students’ writing skill. when they were afraid, they were not able to focus and concentrate in writing their ideas. below is student statement about anxiety. researchers : kendala apa yang kalian alami saat menulis report text? (what is your obstacle in writing report text? [free translation]) student 4 : takut pola grammarnya salah bu. (i am afraid of making mistake in grammatical pattern, mom. [free translation]) interview; may 5 th , 2018 based on that statement, it means that students who were afraid to make mistake would think more and more to avoid making a mistake. finally, it would make them be longer to write and it of course influences the result of the task. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 1, december 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 123 understanding and translating words or sentences to write an english report text, the students are obligated to be able to understand and to translate words or sentences from bahasa indonesia to english. based on the result of interview, a student said that his/her obstacle in writing report text is difficult to understand and to translate the english words. it was proved by the script below. researchers : kendala apa yang kalian alami saat menulis report text? (what is your obstacle in writing report text? [free translation]) student 2 : susah memahami dan menerjemahkan kata dan kalimat, bu. (it is difficult to understand and to translate the words and sentences, mom. [free translation]) interview; may 5 th , 2018 based on several statements before, besides lack of vocabulary and information, and students’ anxiety in making grammatical errors, the students’ difficulties in understanding and translating english words also affected the students’ work in writing report text. in other words, students’ difficulties to understand and to translate words or sentences made them took several minutes to continue their report text writing. limited classroom for learning-teaching in this factor, the students moved from one classroom to another according to the subject that they learnt. from this situation, sometimes it influenced the students’ concentration in learning-teaching process. for example, in class of x ipa 3, the learning-teaching process was conducted in class of x ips 3, as a consequence, when the learning-teaching process was still running, there were some other students of x ips 3 came to that classroom before the lesson done. this situation automatically disturbed the focus and concentration of tenth-grade students ipa 3 to finish the work. as a result, some students were not able to finish the work by on their best. conclusion based on the results of study, the researchers conclude that the implementation of jumbled-sentences in learning-teaching process can help students to develop their report text writing skill performance on the tenth year students of man 2 yogyakarta, class x ipa 3, in academic year 2017/2018. besides, jumbled-sentences also can attract students’ enthusiasm in learning-teaching report text. in addition, the result of students’ test also shows the mean improvement percentage from pre-test to post-test i (12%) and post-test i to post-test ii (13%). it proves that the use of jumbledsentences is effective to help the students in understanding the material and improving the students’ writing skill performance to develop the idea to write report text about technology. furthermore, the researchers also find and sums up some factors influencing students’ skill in writing report text. those factors are lack of vocabulary and information, students’ anxiety in making mistakes at grammar, understanding and translating words or sentences, and limited classroom for learning-teaching process. references al-gharabally, m. (2015). the writing difficulties faced by l2 learners and how to minimize them. international journal of english language and linguistics research, 3(5), 42-49. barnawi & arifin, m. (2016). micro teaching. yogyakarta: ar-ruzz media. juhansar, j., et al. (2016). the implementation of higher order thinking skill at universitas teknologi yogyakarta indonesia: opportunities and challenges. proceedings of the international conference on education and hots. malaysia: universiti teknologi malaysia. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720 219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thi nking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyak arta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenge s/download malinda, r. p. (2017). improving students’ writing ability in recount text writing through jumbled sentences at the first grade of sma kartikatama metro. thesis. lampung: universitas lampung. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thinking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyakarta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenges/download https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thinking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyakarta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenges/download https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thinking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyakarta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenges/download https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thinking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyakarta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenges/download https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324720219_the_implementation_of_higher_order_thinking_skills_at_universitas_teknologi_yogyakarta_in_indonesia_opportunities_and_challenges/download fatmawati setia utami, mustaqim pabbajah, & juhansar the implementation of jumbled-sentences toward students’ skill in writing report text 124 mardiana, n. (2017). using jumbled sentences game in teaching recount text. unpublished thesis. banten: the state institute for islamic studies sultan maulana hassanudin banten. murray, d. e., & mary a. c. (2011). what english language teachers need to know: facilitating learning. new york: routledge. pestaria, f., et al. (2014). students’ difficulties in writing report text at grade ix of smp negeri 5 tanjungbalai. iosr journal of humanities and social science, 19(1), 28-34. sari, f. p., et al. (2013). an analysis of students’ ability and problems in writing recount texts at grade viii of smpn 29 padang. journals of english language teaching, 2, 73-85. tyas, a. s. p. (2012). using jumbled paragraphs to improve paragraph writing skills of xa students in sma mikael warak sleman. unpublished thesis. yogyakarta: sanata dharma university. wardhani, e. p. (2015). using jumbled sentence games to improve the writing ability of the seventh grade students of mts muhammadiyah 6 bayat klaten. unpublished thesis. yogyakarta: university of muhammadiyah yogyakarta. wright, a., et al. (2006). games for language learning (3 rd ed.). new york: cambridge university press. multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome ida zuraida supri department of english, widyatama university, indonesia email: ida.zuraida@widyatama.ac.id apa citation: supri, i. z. (2015). multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome. english review: journal of english education, 3(2), 210-222 received: 10-03-2015 accepted: 27-04-2015 published: 01-06-2015 abstract: this research aims at investigating how multimedia facilitates young learners’ learning english. the study utilized a descriptive method. this comprised observing, collecting data, classifying data, and analyzing data. observation to the multimedia is carried out to seek for steps of lessons and the steps are facilitating young learners leaning. the subjects in this study were series of multimedia programs. the results showed that the multimedia programs have presented to five young learners’ learning traits in designing the lessons. those traits were transferred in terms of activities presented into stages, time allotment/duration, having specific topic, providing songs and funny cartoon characters and scenes, and materials recycling in the lessons. thus, it can be concluded that the use of multimedia program is beneficial and recommended either in a classroom as a supplementary activity, at home for home learning or watch for fun. keywords: multimedia, young learners, learning traits introduction young learners are categorized into generation who are aware of technology at a very young age. in learning english, then, it is obvious that multimedia such as computer, internet and video are advantageous to be used in children classroom. on the other hand, english mastery is important in preparing learners for better achievement in all levels of education and future career. this has made educators both in formal and non-formal schools try to facilitate the best way of teaching and learning english. in some big cities in indonesia, english has been introduced to young learners starting elementary level of education. many parents send their children to english courses to learn english. they do this with the assumption that if their children are introduced to english since early stage of life they will get sufficient exposure (mustafa, 2002). with sufficient exposure they are expected to be successful language users in the future. of course, this can be realized if the children get good quality of exposure, such as good pronunciation; and sufficient frequency and volume of contact with the target language (mustafa, 2002). the challenges above should be well observed and solved. they may be solved by providing young learners suitable, good and interesting materials. in accordance with good and interesting material, using multimedia in teaching young learners are beneficial (harmer, 2002; ellis and brewster, 2002; stempliski, 1990). therefore, the present study seeks to explore whether multimedia program, 210 mailto:ida.zuraida@widyatama.ac.id english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee specificallymewere designed by attending to young learners’ learning traits and also to find young learner’s response towards them. following are young learners’ learning traits that are synthesized from different sources. according to brown (2002) and shin (2006) another characteristic which should be noted is that young learners have limited attention span; unless activity are extremely engaging they can easily get bored, losing interest after several minutes of the activity. because they are centered to here and now, on the functional purposes of language, activities should be designed to capture their immediate interest (brown, 2000). shin (2006) emphasizes, “one way to capture their attention and keep them engaged in activities is to supplement the activities with lots of brightly colored visual, toys, puppet, or objects to match the one used in stories that you tell or songs that you sings”. young learners learn best when learning is kept whole (whole language approach), meaningful, interesting and functional; as opposed to adult who learn from parts to whole; they learn words, phrases, sentence constructing, (brown, 2002). in line with brown’s words, musthafa (2002) also states that they tend to learn things holistically in the form of script (such as going to a market, going to school, family, etc.). building on this theory, in the case of learning english as a foreign language, children will find it easy if it is embedded in play, such as story lines, or real life conversation. providing them video may be useful because generally they are presented in topic (ishihara and chi, 2004, ambrose, 2002). young learners are able to deal with one thing at a time without much difficulty. teaching or presenting a lot of things to them at once may cause frustration and failure, both to the children and the teachers. sinaga (1997) in his article proposes when teaching ‘likes and dislikes’, for example, a teacher does not have to use all the subjects at once as it is possible to be done in adult classes. he should limit based on their timely need (i and you first then next session followed by he and she). shin (2006) highly recommended teach the lessons in themes. it is obvious that young learners pick up new things easily and quickly, but at the same time forget them quickly. this is because they have a relatively weak long-term memory. to facilitate this learning character, shin (2006, p. 4) proposed: “moving from one activity to others that are related in content and language helps to recycle the language and reinforce students’ understanding and use of it”. this is in line with sinaga (1997) that lesson should be recycled and children should be reminded frequently of what they have learned. well (1997) as quoted by ashworth and wakefield (2005), also stated that knowledge cannot be transmitted in isolation, but must be reinvented as the learner brings to each new situation his own previous experience and background and interprets new information from that perspective. moreover, young learners’ learning is a process, not merely a product. the process of learning can be accelerated or enhanced by breaking learning into stages and providing building blocks which connect these together (bruner, 1983 as cited from ellis and brewster, 2002) young learners cannot be expected to sit down and do a certain activity for a long time. activities should be designed 211 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome to capture their interest, short, and varied to allow a change of mood on the part of the children. according to ellis and brewster (2002, p. 162) song is an ideal vehicle for language learning because young learners love songs and sing songs are fun for them. they also added that letting young learners watch video or film also is another way to vary activities in order to capture and maintain their interest. on the other hand, instructional materials play an important role in english learning. appropriate instructional materials should be carefully selected based on the instructional objectives and children‘s interest. teachers may choose book appropriate for the children. suyanto (1997) writes that there are various kinds of materials, which can be used for children in english program, such as songs, stories, games, flashcards, and reading texts. as mentioned earlier that learner learns better through fun activities. teaching techniques for them should vary so that they will not feel bored. clapping hands, playing games, chanting rhymes, singing, and drawing real objects can also be done to create fun atmosphere english class. the role of instructional media is very important in a foreign class. according to richards (1988) as cited from suyanto (1997) good instructional media should have, at least, three roles i.e. attentional role, communicational role and retentional role. using media, particularly multimedia, is to attract children’s attention and heighten their curiosity while the teacher is delivering the message. in this case, using pictures, and realia are very helpful for teacher to do his activity. this is in line with wright (1989, p. 23) who stated “… pictures are not just an aspect of method but through their representation of places, objects, and people, they are an essential part of the overall experiences which we must help our students to cope with”. it does not only provide them the sound of the language but also facial expression and gesture which can give them better overall understanding of the use of the language in particular context. another benefit is it allows children to look at situation far beyond their classroom, for example, in greeting besides shaking hands, people can also greet by taking off their hat or nodding their head a little. from video, children can also learn food eaten or apparel worn by people in other countries. in terms of motivation, children show an increased level of interest when they have a chance to see language in use as well as hear it, and if this is coupled with interesting tasks. as quoted from harmer (2002) one of the main advantages of video is that learners do not just hear the language, they see it too. this greatly aids comprehension, as for example, in actuality general meaning and moods are often conveyed through expression, gesture and other visual clues. it does not only provide them the sound of the language but also facial expression and gesture which can give them better overall understanding of the use of the language in particular context. another benefit is it allows children to look at situation far beyond their classroom, for example, in greeting besides shaking hands, people can also greet by taking off their hat or nodding their head a little. from video, children can also learn food eaten or apparel worn by people in other countries. in terms of motivation, children show an increased level of 212 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee interest when they have a chance to see language in use as well as hear it, and if this is coupled with interesting tasks .thus, children observe how intonation can match facial expressions. stempleski (1990) also adds that the introduction of the moving picture component as a language teaching aid is a crucial addition to the teacher’s resources. through video children feel their interest quicken when language is experienced in a lively way. the combination of moving picture and sound can present language more comprehensively than any other teaching medium. video can take students into the lives and experiences of others. the use of video sequence in class makes students more ready to communicate in target language. ellis and brewster (2002, p. 205-206) also state that there are three main reasons for viewing. the first is global viewing or viewing for general understanding. this means young learners need to see a whole video sequence or extract shown straight to the first so that they can follow and understand the global meaning. after that the teacher may go back over the sequence or extract and exploit it in order to focus on particular aspects of language and content. the second is viewing for detail. this usually requires young learners to focus on something very specific and they may require a physical response such as putting up a hand each time they see a specific item or hear a specific word or structure. the third is viewing for pleasure. young learners are given opportunities to absorb language presented and practiced through the video in order to accomplish particular tasks assigned, like comparing information, writing instructions or recipes, questionnaires, etc. after completing their tasks, they are rewarded by viewing the video again for pleasure. gersten and tlustý (1998) cited in amato (2003) found out that the use of video program would have a positive effect on their students’ performance and participation. interviews with students afterwards revealed that they had all found the experience helpful in developing english proficiency and in using english to communicate. amato (2003) also adds that the use of interactive multimedia program in the classroom serve as an excellent tool for developing communicative skills in a language. it can be concluded that armed with the knowledge of the reasons of video viewing, teachers can be highly assisted in designing kinds of activities in the class in which video are used. teachers may confidently decide what pre and post viewing activities given. using multimedia in teaching english is beneficial. since it is audio visual, young learners can see and listen the use of language displayed. therefore, they have an opportunity to get exposed the target language used in context and performed by native speakers. there have been numerous studies on the use of multimedia in teaching english language (mayora, 2006 and ishihara and chi, 2004) in informing how useful the use of multimedia in teaching english. although these studies are different in terms of participant, the studies are considered relevant. mayora (2006) conducted a research on integrating multimedia technology in high school efl program in caracas, venezuela. the results show that all those students felt that it provided them with substantial opportunities to listen to 213 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome authentic language, which is a key element for the acquisition of english. a large majority of the students also felt positive about the opportunities the multimedia provided to increase their vocabulary and practice grammar. in addition, most students indicated that computerand video-based activities had a positive effect on their process of learning english. it can be said that the results indicates that the students regard the use of multimedia, particularly computerand video-based, in general as motivating, productive and advanced way to learn english. from the elaboration above it can be seen that studies on the use of multimedia in teaching english with different participants have had positive responses and outcome. the use of multimedia indicates many benefits (mayora, 2006), such as it is more appealing and entertaining; it exposes students to authentic language in natural situations; it provides a situational and visual context to language interactions; and it exposes students to authentic nonverbal (body language, cultural tradition) and verbal (register, colloquial speech) elements of language. me released by the walt disney to provide children with an interesting way in learning english through multimedia, which is calledmagic english. table 1.topics in me series 1. hello 2. family 3. happy houses 4. friends 5. animal friends 6. it’s delicious 7. happy birthday 8. tick tock time 9. night and day 10. let’s play 11. numbers 12. at home 13. my body 14. party time 15. cooking 16. the forest 17. the sea 18. let’s travel 19. colors 20. wild animals 21. funny faces 22. country life 23. music 24. mountains method this study aimed at unearthing young learners’ learning traits attended to by me and how those characteristic are presented in me. strauss and corbin (1990, p. 75) state that “it was largely qualitative which could be used to uncover and understand what lies behind any phenomenon about which little is yet known”. to gather the data, observation is conducted to me. there are three series under focus: happy birthday, tic toc time, and night and day. observation on the above series is to see the flow of the lessons in each series. this activity essential to see whether me’s contents attended to young learners’ learning traits or not. descriptive inductive analytical approach is applied in this study. the general patterns of data analysis were a simultaneous action during the data collection stage. in the observation method it is suggested that the analysis is carried out as soon as the observation finishes (maxwell, 1996), otherwise it will lose visual details that might be important and they might be forgotten if it waits to be analyzed at a later time. since this study applies largely qualitative, so the findings would only be true to the subjects involved in it. therefore, there will not be an attempt of generalization because there might be other possible interpretation to the issues raised in this study. 214 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results and discussion data from observations reveal that me series have presented to five young learners’ learning traits. they were learn when kept as a whole, limited attention span, one thing at a time, fun learning, and learn fast forget quickly characteristic. this can be indicated by having its own topic; almost the same; duration: around twenty five minutes; presenting the topic into stages with different kinds of activities the flow; and focusing on one topic in each series. the flow of lessons of me is summarized into a table (see table 2). table 2. flow of lessons series#1 series#2 series#3 stages duration stages duration stages duration opening 1.50 opening 1.50 opening 1.50 presentation 1 6.05 presentation 1 2.51 presentation 1 5.24 practice 1 1.19 song 1.29 song 1.16 song 0.46 practice 1 1.02 presentation 2 6.13 presentation 2 5.24 presentation 2 2.18 practice 1 0.34 practice 2 1.24 practice 2 2.20 presentation 3 1.26 presentation 3 5.32 presentation 3 2.32 practice 2 5.04 practice 3 1.34 practice 3 1.23 presentation 4 2.32 closing 2.29 presentation 4 4.11 practice 3 2.11 practice 4 4.18 closing 2.24 closing 2.08 total 25.03 total 25.02 total 25.10 * duration is in minute. * opening and closing are presented through a song entitledmagic english. * presentations are stages where the materials of the lesson are explained. * practices are stages where viewers should do exercises, such as repeating words or expressions, answering questions. * song is a song related to the topic is presented. viewers are invited to sing along. the first young learners’ learning characteristic facilitated by me is limited attention span. young learners find it difficult to stay focus on a lesson discussed in a long period of time unless the activities are really engaging. they can easily get bored and lose their interest after several minutes of activities. me try to facilitate the above characteristic. it was observed in terms of activities presented and time allotted. in terms of activities, looking at the table presented earlier on the flow of lessons of me (table2) shows that each series applies similar flow of lesson; opened by a song me followed by several presentations and practices, a song related to the topic is also inserted, then closing. it can be inferred that the flow of lesson in me facilitates young learners to focus on the show and to follow what is given easily. with the nature of young learners which cannot stand doing one activity for a long time, the design of the lesson of me may engage them to keep watching because it is not monotonous. the activity changed; from presentation, in which they should listen, watch, and understand what is presented, then they should actively involve with the practice activities, such as repeating some words or expressions, answering questions and singing. furthermore, the appearance of 215 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome popular cartoon characters that they may already know helps to draw and maintain their attention to keep watching until the end of the show. in terms of time, it was observed that the duration of each series is around twenty five minutes; series#1 25.03 minutes, series#2 25.02 minutes, and series#3 25.10 minutes. . it is quite short for a show. the duration of each stage ranges from two to five minutes. it relates to the characteristic of limited attention span mentioned by brown (2002), and shin (2006). furthermore, the duration of each series is approximately twenty five minutes which are divided into several stages of presentations and practices allow learners to maintain their attention during the watching. the explanation above is in line with what is stated by holden (1980) quoted by brewster (1991) quoted by sinaga (1997) to limit one activity to ten minutes maximum. it can be interpreted that with the flow of lesson of me learners may have no chance to do other activities but watch. the appearance of disney’s cartoon characters may keep them watch and enjoy slides of stories or films presented on the screen. even tough, the stages in the multimedia follow the same patterns. in accordance with the characteristic of young learners, who respond easily to particular theme they have already known, this pattern helps them to predict what they are going to find in the next stage. however, there is an element of surprise since the song is not inserted in the same sequence. sometimes it comes right after presentation 1 like in series#2 and series#3 or after practice, like in series#1. therefore, it can be concluded that the flow of the lesson facilitates the limited attention span characteristic. secondly, me facilitates young learners whose learning traits is holistic learning. they learn best when learning is kept whole (whole language approach), meaningful, interesting and functional; as opposed to adult who learn from parts to whole; they learn words, phrases, sentence constructing, (brown, 2002). in line with brown’s words, musthafa (2002) also states that young learners tend to learn things holistically in the form of script (such as going to a market, going to school, family, etc). this characteristic is facilitated in me. it can be observed in terms of having specific topic in each series. ; series#1 happy birthday,series#2 tic toc time, and series#3 night and day. packed in a specific topic, the series facilitates young learners whose learning characteristic is learning holistically to learn better. since the lesson is kept as a whole, they may find it meaningful, functional and interesting. slides of pictures and stories/films related to the topic help learners to understand what is being presented. words and expressions are not only presented in verbal form but also in written form. therefore, learners can listen how the words and expressions are pronounced and also see the spellings. it can be said that when young learners find the lesson meaningful to them they would be interested to pay attention to what is given in the show. when attention is obtained, the process of learning is expected to take place. as mentioned earlier that words and expressions were given either in written or spoken. this is good because they are not only exposed to the spelling of the word but how the native speakers of the 216 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee language pronounce them. this relates to what is stated by ashworth and wakefield (2005, [p. 4) young learners need to hear the language model. furthermore, since in this stage of life they experience what brown (1991, p. 12) called “critical period” for language acquisition, they are expected to be able to absorb a lot of simple vocabulary, say and write them correctly. hopefully, in the future they will be good language users. moreover, slides of pictures and stories or films related to the topic help learners to understand what is being presented. this condition is in line with what is stated by stempleski (1990) that children feel their interest quicken when language is experienced in a lively way. the combination of moving picture and sound can present language more comprehensively than any other teaching medium. in addition to that, the availability of slides of stories or films greatly aid comprehension, as for example, in actuality general meaning and moods are often conveyed through expression, gesture and other visual clues. thus, children observe how intonation can match facial expressions (harmer, 2002). words and expressions are not only presented in verbal form but also in written form. this way, learners not only can listen how the words and expressions are pronounced but also see the spellings. because english words are spelled and pronounced differently from that of indonesian, this is quite difficult to handle for most indonesian students. the display of the spelling of the words or expressions may help them recognize and remember them. moreover, the words and expressions presented in each topic is meaningful and functional, for example in series#1 cake, presents, party, birthday party, singing, dancing are things and activities that they commonly encountered in birthday party. the word birthday is something that learners may know. they celebrate their birthdays and sometimes are invited to birthday parties. and in birthday party they sing happy birthday. therefore it can be said the vocabulary in this topic is meaningful and functional to them. in series#2, the following expressions such aswhat time is it? it’s eight o’clock, wake up!, seven o’clock, breakfast, it’s breakfast time, school, it’s school time, it’s lunch time, it’s play time, it’s dinner time, it’s bed time are things and activities that they routinely do. since the words and expressions are presented with slides of stories and pictures, learners may find it easy to understand. for instance, they can understand wake up from the movement of the cartoon character and the background of the picture. the cartoon character is in bed sleeping then the clock is ringing and he opens his eyes. then a voice says wake up! seeing this fragment, it is expected that the learners understand the meaning of the expressions. series#3 which discusses day and night is also presented in the same way. words and expressions like: the moon. look at the moon. the stars. look at the stars. it’s morning. good morning. what a beautiful morning! the sun. it’s a new day. what a beautiful day! it’s night. what a beautiful night! the above vocabulary would be meaningful to them because they are parts of their daily life. they are presented in slides of stories or films which help them understand the meaning of words and expressions 217 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome written on the screen. in presenting the moon, a picture of a moon in a dark night is displayed. by looking at the picture, learners are facilitated to understand the word. judging from the discussion on the topics presented, we can see that it has catered the principle of learn when kept as a whole principle. fun learning is the third traits attended to by me. young learners’ willingness to learn emerges when the lessons are presented in interesting ways (brown, 2000; shin, 2006). this characteristic can be observed in terms of providing songs and funny cartoon characters and scenes. each series was opened by a song titledmagic english. the song is relatively easy and interesting to listen to and to follow. it is not long; the duration is around one minute fifty seconds. the lyric of the song is about activities that students can participate during watching the series. the following is the song: magic english, magic english magic english, magic english have fun with disney every day, have fun with disney everyday come along and discover english listen well, watch carefully you can singyou can play and you can have fun with disney magic english, magic english look and speak and sing and play magic english, magic english have fun with disney everyday have fun with disney everyday look! when you see this, it’s your turn to play play time! if you see this ♪it’s your turn to sing play time! if you see this ☺ it’s your turn to repeat play time! if you see this?it’s your turn to answer besides me song which can be found as the opening in each series, there is also one song related to the topic presented in each series; series#1 happy birthday song, series#2 tic toc time song, and series#3 night and day song. it can be said that fun learning characteristic is attended because of the availability of the songs. this relates to ellis and brewster (2002) who mentioned that song is an ideal vehicle for language learning. young learners love songs and sing songs are fun for them. me multimedia provide songs in each series. if what is preferred by young learners is facilitated, they are expected to learn better. ellis and brewster (2000) also mention the benefits of songs in language learning, such as they allow new language to be introduced and structures and vocabulary to be reinforced and recycled and are motivating and fun to help develop positive attitudes toward the target language. therefore when they listen to the song they are exposed to how words in english are said. when it comes to their turn to sing, their pronunciation skill is being trained. the song uses certain terms in asking students to do activities while watching it. instead of using a term “do exercises”, it invites students to do exercise by saying “play time”. it can be inferred that the instruction is given that way to attract students’ interest because play is something fun. play is children’s part of life. from the last verse of the lyric of the song it is clear that the exercises or “play time” involve singing, repeating and answering questions. not only do the songs make the multimedia fun but also the display of disney’s cartoon characters, which young learners may know or recognize in some funny scenes such as, donald 218 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee and daisy duck, mickey andminnie mouse, snow white, and others may attract them to watch and listen to it. for instance, when explaining how to ask someone’s age and how to respond to it a funny scene below is presented: a smiling cute baby only wearing a diaper crawls in a cute way. then, a voice asks “how old is she?”. there is pause for few seconds, then that voice responds “she is one year old”. after that, a character of an old fat man with long white beard looks like a santa clause, walks in a funny way. again a voice asks, “how old is he?” the response is “he is a hundred years old”. the above evidence shows what ellis and brewster (2002) propose that the advantage of using multimedia is because it combines sound and vision and provide a full context for language so children see language in use making it more accessible and memorable. furthermore, it shows all factors of communication, including non-verbal communication. therefore, young learners may find the content of the multimedia meaningful. me also facilitated young learners in terms of learning traits is to learn fast but to forget quickly. this is observed in terms of presenting the lessons into stages and recycle. it is obvious that young learners’ learning is a process, not merely a product. bruner (1983) as cited from ellis and brewster: (2002) mentioned that the process of learning can be accelerated or enhanced by breaking learning into stages and providing building blocks which connect these together. in terms of presenting the lessons into stages, looking at the flow of lesson previously presented in table 4.1, the presentations are given in several stages. some vocabulary given in presentation 1 may reappear in the next presentations, for example #1, in presentation 1 vocabulary like present, surprise, party, cake, a dress are reappeared in presentation 2 . in #2 words and expressions like, what time is it?, wake up!, it’s breakfast time, it’s school time, etc are presented in presentation 1 and practice 1 are reused in practice 2, presentation 3 and practice 3. recycle of material is also found in #3. for instance, the use of yes/no questions and how to respond to them related to the topic night and day can be found practice 1, presentation 3, and practice 3. following are some examples, is it night? yes, it’s night; is it day?, no, it’s night; what a beautiful day. so, it is clear that the multimedia recycle materials of the lesson. the above examples show that the materials taught are not only divided into stages but also recycled. it can be concluded, the flow of lesson, which is divided into stages, interprets the scaffolding of learning. the series have applied the theory mentioned by bruner (1983) to accelerate students’ learning. reappearance of vocabulary presented in the earlier presentation in the next presentation is a method to recycle the materials. in practice stage, vocabulary to be repeated and questions to be answered by learners are those which appear in presentations stages. therefore, learners may find practice stages fun because the questions given are things that they have heard, seen, and they are not overwhelming. in short, young learners, whose learning characteristic is learn fast and forget quickly, are facilitated. this may help them to learn better. young learners learn one thing at a time is also catered by me. it can be 219 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome observed in terms of giving specific topic to discuss in each series. topic of #1 is happy birthday. it discusses things and activities related to a birthday. #2, tic toc time, discusses time; how to ask and tell the time, activities done in particular point of time, like in the morning, the activity is breakfast time, school time, etc. in #3, night and day is the topic. since each has its own topic, it can be said that the design of me adopted one thing at a time principle. young learners learn one thing from each series. this may help them deal with the materials presented. they may not find the materials overwhelming because they learn specific thing at a time. having a specific topic in each series, me multimedia has adopted the one thing at a time principle. each series focuses on one thing or one topic. learners are exposed to expressions, and activities related to a birthday in #1. they learn how to say happy birthday and to tell the age. they also learn words, expressions and activities related to a birthday party, like presents, cake, sing, and, dance. therefore, the adoption of one thing at a time principle may facilitate learners to learn the target language easier as mentioned by brown (2000), and harmer (2000) who state that young learners are able to deal with one thing at a time without much difficulty. teaching or presenting several things at once may cause frustration and failure, both to the learners and teachers. from the discussions above, it can be concluded that since five traits of young learners learning have been attended to, they may be facilitated when learning english using me multimedia. the lessons were designed to assist children’s learning characteristic. therefore, this may result in positive learning outcome. conclusions this research is completed as the answers to the two questions posted earlier were obtained. based on the findings and discussions in the previous chapter, it can be concluded that firstly, this multimedia programs facilitate young learners’ to learn english. apparently, the making of them were carefully designed. this can be observed in terms of attending to five young learners’ learning traits in designing the series of multimedia. those traits were limited attention span, learn when kept as a whole, fun learning, learn fast forget quickly, and one thing at a time. those traits can be observed in terms of presenting activities into stages and allotting relatively short time, having specific topic, providing songs, funny cartoon character and scenes, and recycling materials in the lessons. secondly, with respect to young learners’ responses, all data obtained indicate that in general all multimedia under focus gained positive responses. this can be observed from their positive attitude when they watched them and their willingness to actively take part in the activities provided, namely repeating some words or vocabulary, answering questions, and singing. positive responses were obtained because multimedia alone is interesting for young learners and when it is designed in an interesting way it may obtain positive responses. in addition, in terms of young learners’ traits the affective factor is also noticeable in me. so, through the use of me warm, supportive and safe atmosphere in learning the language may be created and this may lead to 220 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 2, june 2015 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee lessen the above potential barriers in learning. the efforts can be observed in the multimedia from the availability of cartoon characters, colorful pictures, funny show fragments, and interesting songs. finally, it provides authentic and meaningful language. the topics discussed in each series are within young learners’ world. happy birthday, night and day, family, and so on (see table 3.1). therefore, they may be willing to learn the language if it can be used for here and now. because the series were designed by attending to some young learners’ learning traits, the use of them in young learners’ classes would be recommended. it is useful to use as a supplementary lesson in the class. since young learners are easily get bored, giving them as a variation of learning english would be fun and enjoyable. they would find learning english is fun not monotonous. before the it is played, teachers need to explain what learners are going to watch, and what they have to do during the watching, especially, when they watch it for the first time. they might not know what the teachers expect them to do. by doing so, they will not feel confused what to do and they may feel ready with the watching activity. however, as it is mentioned earlier that they can be used as supplements. teachers still hold the important roles in a class room. multimedia could not replace teachers’ roles. there may be some questions or comments from learners after watching them that teachers should answer or explain. finally, the series can be given to the class as pre or post activity. when it is given as pre activity, learners should get the core explanation from the teacher after watching them. if it is given as post activity, teachers should have explained the lesson before they watch them. by doing so, they aid learners to focus on what they are learning. to summarize, the use of multimedia programs as supplementary activity is recommended because their lessons are designed by attending several young learners’ learning traits. this can vary the learning activity so that learners may find learning english is fun and enjoyable. however, multimedia cannot replace teachers’ roles. teachers still have to explain when learners ask question after watching. references alwasilah, a. c. (2002). pokoknya kualitatif. bandung: pustaka jaya. ashworth, m. & patricia, w. (2005). teaching the world’s children esl for ages three to seven. english teaching forum, 43(1), 2-7. brown, h. d. 2000. teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: longman creswell, j. w. (1994). research design: qualitative & quantitative approaches. california: sage publication, inc. fillmore, l. w.& catherine, s. (2000). what early childhood teachers need to know about language. retrieved on 23 february 2015 from http www.ericdigests.org/20013/early.htm harmer, j. (2002). the practice of english language teaching. kualalumpur: longman klein, k. (2012). teaching young learners. english teaching forum, 31 (2) retrieved on 23 february 2015 from http//exchanges.stategov/forum/vol2/ vol31/no2/pg14/htm. latha, r. h. (2005). a reading program for elementary schools. english teaching forum, 43(1), 18-23. maxwell, j. a. (1996). qualitative research design: an interactive approach. california: sage publication, inc. 221 ida zuraida supri multimedia-based activity in young learners’ english class: implementation and outcome musthafa, b. (2002) efl for young learners. bandung: crest. musthafa, b. & wachyu, s. (1993). teaching efl learners sociolinguistics concepts for intercultural understanding. retrieved on 23 february 2015 from files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed397661.pdf. paton, j. (2002). fostering second language development in young children. esl articles collection. retrieved on 10 may 2015 from http://www.1-language.com pinter, a. 2006. teaching young language learners. oxford: oxford university press. suyanto, k, k. e. (1999). teaching english to young learners in indonesia (p. 164-171). presented in national seminar: the development of tefl in indonesia. 1999. shin, j. k. (2006). ten helpful ideas for teaching english to young learners. english teaching forum, 44 (2). sinaga, m. (1994). teaching english to children (as opposed to adults) (p.173-178) presented in national seminar: the development of tefl in indonesia, 23 1994 strauss, a & corbin j. (1990). basic qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. new york: sage publication. amato, r. & patricia, a. (2003). making it happen: from interactive to participatory language teaching. new york: longman stempliski, s & barry, t. (1990). video in action: recipes for using video in language teaching. london: prentice hall. 222 references english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 127 implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis lidwina sri ardiasih english education study program, universitas terbuka, indonesia e-mail: lidwina@ecampus.ut.ac.id emzir applied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: emzir.unj@unj.ac.id yumna rasyid applied linguistics, postgraduate of universitas negeri jakarta, indonesia e-mail: yumna.rasyid@unj.ac.id apa citation: ardiasih, l. s., emzir, & rasyid, y. (2018). implementing constructivism approach in online writing course. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 127138. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1261. received: 14-02-2018 accepted: 23-04-2018 published: 01-06-2018 abstract: learning a new language is inevitably working on activities in relation to the four language skills, namely reading, listening, speaking and writing. reading and listening are categorized as receptive skills, while speaking and writing are productive skills.differing from the other skills, in developing writing skills learners do not merely focus on the writing products, butmore on its process in which they have to follow certain steps.it is the teacher’sresponsibility toguide the students to develop excellence in writing. universitas terbuka (ut), as a higher education institution applying distance learning, has provided an online tutorial (tuton) to enhance students’ writing skills. in this study, the writer focuses on students’ skills in writing essays, particularly argumentative essays. furthermore, constructivism is taken as tutor’s point of view to evaluate the materials as well as the learning process in the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii course. this research aimed at analyzing the students’ perceptions about the needs of writing iii course, regarding both the materials and the learning process, particularly the implementation of the constructivism approach. the descriptive qualitative method was applied in this research. an online survey was carried out to gain some information on the perceptions of the students regarding the learning materials as well as the learning approach needed in this course. from the online survey, it showed that more than 50% students find difficulties in writing. however, they shared their opinions about the needs of the materials appropriate for writing iii course as the basic information for further development of the materials. moreover, this research also resulted in some learning activities to be designed based on the constructivism approach. keywords: constructivism approach, online tutorial, writing skills, argumentative essay introduction writing is categorized aproductive skill that learners must master in learning a language. in learning a second language or a foreign language, writing skills are considered complex. learners must be able to put their ideas into the writing products. this requires a lot of practice, which should be done continuously. brown (2001) explains that for half a century the paradigmin the teaching of writing skills shifted from product-oriented to process-oriented. this is in line with the student-centered learning paradigm in which the teaching of writing skills needs to address the needs of the real learners, including their progress. therefore, it is expected that learners are accustomed to perform the process of writing with correct procedures and trained in producing and reviewing the results of their writing in order for it to be feasible for the readers. lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 128 the main purpose of practicing writing skills for learners is that they can produce pedadogical writing by focusing on how to generalize their own ideas to the phase of producing the final products (brown, 2001). related to this purpose, it is obvious that there is a close relationship between the process approach and the student-centered learning paradigm. writing involves complex skills such as focusing on spellings, punctuation, word choice/diction, and other aspects of writing. in addition, the learners’ writingis the result of their thoughts, concept development, and revision procedures that require the special skills not naturally possessed by learners. learners cannot obtain these instantly, butmust go through a process. the principles of the constructivism approach are appropriate to be applied inthe learning of writing skills in line with studentcentered learning principles that are fully focused on learners’needs. by implementing the process-oriented principle, this constructivism approach supports learners in developing their own ideas through the process of writing with the help of teacher’s feedback and the revision process to obtain optimal writing results. universitas terbuka (ut) as a distance learning institution offers several courses that train students in writing skills. the pbis4313/writing iii course is one of the writing skills courses that give students learning experiences in writing various kinds of essays. the online tutorial service or tuton for writing skills is expected to deliver learning materials and activities that are appropriate to the characteristics of ut learners who belong to the adult learning category through their independent as well as autonomous learning process. the discussion of material in this paper focuses on one of the topics in this course i.e. writing argumentative essays.the aim of this paper is analyzing the students’ perceptions ofthe needs of the writing iii course, particularly in writing argumentative essays, in terms of both the materials and the implementation of constructivism approach. method this study was a needs analysis that applied a descriptive method with the aims at analyzing the learners’ perceptions towards the needs of the writing iii course, particularly in writing argumentative essays, and including both the materials and the learning approach based on the constructivists’ point of view. the data collection was conducted through a questionnaire to obtain data and information related to the learners’ needs of the materials and the learning methods to be applied in the writing iii course. the questionnaire consists of two forms of questions that are multiple choiceselections and open questions. the questionnaires were distributed during two months from march to may 2017. the population in this study was ut learners who registered and attended the online learning of the writing iii course provided by ut. the purposive sampling method was used to determine the respondents. the sample selected is the participants of the online tutorial of the writing iii coursefrom the period 2016.2 held from august 29, to october 23, 2016. the data obtained from the questionnaire were analyzed by summarizing in a graph and applying descriptive analysis. all comments or qualitative information obtained from the respondents were coded to determine the category of answers. the use of both quantitative and qualitative methods through questionnaires and observation results of online learning have been processed to support the data triangulation. results and discussion this section discusses the results of the survey describing the learners’ perceptions towards the needs of teaching materials and the learning approach to be applied in the tuton of the pbis4313/writing iii course. the process of the data collection using a questionnaire is presented on the following report. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 129 figure 1. the process report of the online survey figure 1 illustrates that during the eight weeks after the questionnaires were sent, the number of respondents who filled out the questionnaire through the online survey was 17 out of 86 respondents, or 20% of the respondents living throughout the country. the first part of the questionnaire discusses the respondents’ identity which is very important to describe their characteristics. however, in this paper the discussion focuses on the second and the third part as the core parts of the overall information gathering, which discusses the content or teaching materials and the learning process (including the approach to be applied) of the pbis4313/writing iii course. participants were asked to determine the level of the material needs which is divided into four categories, namely "badly needed", "needed", "not needed" and "totally unnecessary". learners’ perceptions towards the needs of the materials for pbis4313/writing iii the following graph illustrates the analysis of the results of the survey conducted in relation to the needs of learners of the content or subject matter of the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii course. figure 2. the learners’ needs of the contents of pbis4313/writing iii course the first material discussed in the questionnaire was about "the definitions of argumentative essay". the results showed that 28.57% of participants stated this material is badly needed and 42.86% thought that this material is needed, whereas 14.29% stated that the material is not badly needed and another 14.29% thought it is absolutely not needed. the second material wasabout "the characteristics of argumentative essay". forty percent of participants stated that the material is badly needed and 40% said it was needed. however, as much as 20% of participants thought that this material is not very necessary. lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 130 the next statement relates to the material on how to "identify topic sentences". a total of 25% of participants stated that the material is badly needed and the remaining 20% of participants agree with the discussion of this discussion. furthermore, the fourth statement item was related to “analyzing the coherence of the argumentative essay” and a total of 25% of participants stated that the material is badly needed and 75% said it is needed. the fifth item was discussing the material about “the schematic structure of an argumentative essay”. there were 40% of participants who thought that the discussion of the structure of the essay is urgently needed and another 40% of the participants who supported the opinion by stating that this material is needed. nevertheless, there were 20% of participants who stated that the discussion of the material on the argumentative essay structure is not necessary. the sixth item raised in this survey is about “identifying the components of an argumentative essay” (the introductory paragraph, the body paragraph(s), and the concluding paragraph). in this section, as much as 66.67% stated that the discussion of this material is badly needed and the remaining 33.33% chose the options needed. furthermore, in relation to “the outline development of an argumentative essay”, the survey results were dominated by 75% of participants who stated that this material is needed, and supported by the remaining 25% of participants who stated that this material is badly needed. the eighth material is “the development of paragraphs of argumentative essay with the correct schematic structure”, as much as 20% of participants stated that this material is badly needed, and 80% said this material is needed. the “availability of argumentative essay examples” is an important statement raised in this survey and the participants’ responses were very positive. the results were dominated by 75% of participants who believed that the availability of these examples is badly needed and another 25% said this material is needed. furthermore, the results in relation to the “explanation of the self-assessment components of the argumentative essay” remained dominated by as much as 42.86% of the participants who stated that the explanation of this material is needed. a total of 14.29% stated that this material is badly needed, while 28.57% stated they do not really need this material. at the point of this statement, participants who assume that the material explanation of the component of independent assessment is not required at all, number as much as 14.29%. the last material raised in this survey was the “availability of tips or how to write argumentative essay in video programs”. this statement received a positive response from 55.56% of participants who stated that the availability of this video is badly needed, 33.33% said the video is needed, and as much as 11.11% thought that the video is not needed at all. based on the survey results, it is evident that the survey of content/learning materials for the pbis4313/writing iii course, especially the material given in the online tutorial, got very positive responses. the results were dominated by more than 50% of participants choosing ‘badly needed’ and ‘needed’ options against the eleven subject matters discussed. it is indicated that the most needed material is the discussion of “how to identify topic sentences in the argumentative essay”, followed by the participants’ needs for the argumentative essay examples. the next most desired material is that which discusses how to identify the components of the argumentative essay (introduction, the body of paragraphs, the concluding paragraph). the development of paragraphs of an argumentative essay with the correct schematic structure is ranked four thin terms of the highest needs of learners in this course. furthermore, the materials that discuss “how to analyze the coherence of the argumentative essay” and the material on “the outline development of the argumentative essay” are the next most favored requirement of the participants. basically, the results of this survey imply that the eleven subjects or subject matter offered in this survey are needed by participants inthe learning process ofthe online tutorial pbis4313/writing iii courses. these english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 131 results are important as underlying factors in the development of online learning models in research in terms of content/material discussion. learners’ perceptions towards the implementation of constructivism approachin the tuton of the pbis4313/writing iii the next part of the questionnaire discusses the learners’ perceptions towards the learning process needed in the tuton of the pbis4313/writing iii course. some information was collected from the participants in relation to their needs towards the implementation of a constructivism approach (collaborative learning method) in the tuton activities. the following is the results of the participants’ information obtained through the implementation of a constructivism approach in the tuton of the pbis4313/writing iii. figure 3. the learners’ needs of the implementation of constructivism approach in the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii in the previous section, the results were dominated by groups of participants who stated ‘badly needed’ and ‘needed’ in most of the statements given. in this section, researchers collect information related to the implementation of a constructivism approach (collaborative learning methods) and the participants’ opinions vary widely as shown in figure 3. there are seven issues raised in this section in relation to what the tutor has to consider. here are the details. the first issue raised is the need for tuton participants to interact with each other. a total of 20% of participants stated that giving participants the opportunity to interact to each other in tuton activities is badly needed and 40% of participants stated needed. however, 40% of participants thought that the interactionin the tuton is not necessary. the second statement is related to dividing the participants into several small groups. as much as 50% of participants responded very positively by declaring that dividing participants into several groups of interaction is badly needed. on the contrary, there were 16.67% who stated that the dividing participants into interaction groups is not very necessary and even the remaining 33.33% stated it is not needed at all. the third statement raises an issue of providing learning activities with a ‘dialogue journal’ for taking notes of ideas to be exchanged with other members for comments or statements. this writing learning technique is categorized as a method of collaborative learning. in this activity the participants record ideas or ideas in a journal and exchange with other participants for comments or questions. on this issue, participants’ responses vary greatly, i.e. 20% stated that this technique is badly needed, another 40% said it is needed. in contrast, there were also participants who were less supportive of this technique. as much as 20% of participants thought that the technique is not very necessary and remaining 20% stated that this technique is not needed at all. statement four raised in this section is the need for “providing instructional activities with dyadic essays techniques”. this technique consists of an activity in which learners are given a reading text and write lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 132 essay questions and model answers, then they exchange those answers for use as a model. in addition to a dialogue journal, “dyadic essays techniques is another component of collaborative learning methods in which participants write each essay question and answer model, exchange questions, and compare the answers to be used as a model. participants are quite enthusiastic about this technique. this can be seen from their response to the survey that as many as 20% said this technique is badly needed and supported by 40% of participants who declared this technique is needed. however, as much as 40% thought that this technique is not needed. in the fifth statement, the researchers raised another technique called peer editing. peer editing of writing involves critically reviewing and preparing editorial feedback for other participants’ essays, reports, arguments, research reports or other writing assignments. in this technique the participants critically review the writings of other participants based on groups that have been made by researchers. in addition to critically reviewing, participants practice preparing editorial feedback for other participants’ essays, reports, arguments, research reports or other writing assignments. in this section, the participants’ responses were quite good. based on the percentage of survey results on 28.57% of participants, it was revealed that the technique is needed, while 28.57% thought that the technique is not very necessary. the sixth statement discusses the learners’ perceptions towards the needs of another technique called the collaborative writing technique of essay. the learners write essays together for practice and display the writing stages more effectively. the participants’ responses regarding this technique is very positive in that 57.14% stated that this technique is badly needed and the remaining 42.86 stated that this technique is needed. the last statement discussed by the researcher is a self-assessment for writing to conduct independent evaluations and revise the learners’ writing results up to the final results. in this research it was expected that self-assessment guidelines were developed as one of the products. the main purpose of these guidelines is for the participants to conduct independent evaluations and to revise the results of their writing into the final stages by going through the right process. on the issue of providing self-assessment guidelines, the participants showed an excellent response in which as much as 40% of participants stated that these self-assessment guidelines are badly needed and supported by 40% of other participants who stated that these are needed. on the contrary, there were 20% of the participants thought that the self-assessment guidelines are not necessary. the survey results related to the application of interaction and the constructivism approach, especially the method of collaborative learning, show high enthusiasm of the participants. figure 3 shows that of the seven issues raised, more than 60% of participants stated that the application of interaction and the use of collaboratvie writing techniques as the embodiment of the constructivism approach is really needed. the results of this data analysis become the basis for the researcher to consider the collaborative writing techniques in the process of developing the online learning model. one of the most needed techniques by the participants is the collaborative writing technique in which they can work together and practice writing witheach other through more effective stages. in addition, the participants’ enthusiasm towards the use of peer editing techniques in which they can do a critical review of the other participants’ writings and give feedback to each other for improving their writing, is quite high. utilization of self-assessment guidelines or self-assessment has also taken the highest priority for participants in which as much as 40% of the participants stated that selfassessment guidelines are urgently needed and the remaining 40% of the participants stated that these guidelines are needed. therefore, in the process of developing online learning for argumentative essay writing skills the researcher needs to develop such selfassessment guidelines to assist participants in their writing process. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 133 learners’ perceptions towards the overall learning process of the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii the open questions are the last parts of the questionnaire which aim at finding out the participants’ responses regarding four important things: 1) the frequency of english essay writing, 2) obstacles in writing argumentative essay, 3) obstacles during the tuton pbis4313/writing iii, and 4) the importance of pbis4313/writing iii course in supporting the participants’ professions. the open questions came with explanatory columns that are open or free of participants. the participants’ answers comments, or recommendations are useful to strengthen the options chosenby the participants in the previous parts. the following is the detailed explanation of the results of the open questions. the first open question is whether the participants frequently write essays in english. here is the result. figure 4. learners’ practice of writing english essays regarding the learners’ practice of writing essays in english, the survey results show that only 26.67% were accustomed to writing english essays and as much as 73.33% stated that they were not used to writing essays in english. the percentage of the participants who were used to writing english essays is very small and there were four participants who put additional explanation of the types of the essays they used to write. the types of essays they normally write are: 1) storytelling, 2) description and narrative (the reason is because it is easy to get), 3) personal experience story, and 4) grammar (additional writing skills). in terms of the writing process conducted by the participants, the researchers also obtained some information about the constraints faced by participants in their writing process. there are five academic obstacles mentioned by the researcher on the questionnaire and participants have the option to choose more than one obstacle. these constraints are: 1) difficulties in getting ideas to be developed in the writing, 2) lack of information about the characteristics of an argumentative essay, 3) lack of knowledge about appropriate argumentative essay structures, 4) lack of knowledge about appropriate argumentative essay components, and 5) difficulties developing ideas in the form of paragraphs/essays. the results of the survey can be seen in the following figure. lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 134 figure 5. the students’ academic obstacles in following the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii figure 5 shows that the biggest obstacle experienced by participants in writing argumentative essays is the lack of knowledge about the appropriate components of an argumentative essay. a total of 46.67% of the participants claimed that they encountered these constraints and this directly pointed to the needs for individual emphasis on material discussion of the appropriate components of the essay. moreover, the next two obstacles that the participants experienced most were the lack of knowledge about the characteristics of the argumentative essay and the difficulty of finding ideas. in this section, there are two participants who commented to clarify the obstacles they experienced especially in relation to the ideas. first, one of the participants stated that “ideas become an important part of essay writing. if the idea is not assembled well it will create difficulties in describing and writing essays” (respondent 7). second, another participant reinforced the previous opinion regarding the importance of ideas in the writing process by sharing his experience as follows. “every time i wrote essays, i always got problems in getting the main ideas as well as developing them. so, sometimes i had to delete and repeat it again because the writing that has been made is not appropriate or even out of the context” (respondent 5). the difficulties in getting ideas for this form of writing has been an obstacle that was experienced by 40% of participants and supported by another 33.33% who expressed their difficulties in developing their ideas in the form of paragraphs or essays. the results of this survey demonstrate the importance of providing more knowledge to the participants about how to identify ideas and develop them into broader forms. in relation to the learning process of participants through the tuton of the pbis4313/writing iii course, some technical obstacles were presented by researchers in the questionnaire to find out about other constraints most experienced by the participants in addition to academic ones. the obstacles offered are: 1) time to follow the tutorial, 2) access of learning resources, 3) cost of the internet subscription, 4) difficulties of writing (e.g. writing assignments), 5) understanding the tutorial material, and 6) limited bandwidth/internet network. participants may choose more than one option. here is the description of the survey results obtained by the researcher about the constraints experienced by participants. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 135 figure 6. learners’ technical obstacles during following the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii figure 6 describes the technical obstacles experienced by most participants. as much as 57.14% of the participants experienced time constraints to follow the tutorial. this is very understandable since most of the participants are in-service teachers so they have difficulties arranging time for routine activities at home, workplace, and learning activities in ut. this was confirmed by one of the participants who stated that “due to insufficient time to access the tuton, i was late in following the instructions and even it was untouched” (respondent 5). the next most cited technical obstacle is the bandwidth/internet access, which is experienced by as much as 42.86% of the participants. this problem has become one of the main obstacles of some participants in following the tuton, especially those living in remote areas and far from internet access. furthermore, and no less important, the constraint experienced by as much as 35.71% of the participants is the difficulty of writing. the participants experienced this at the time of submitting the assignments of writing. a total of 14.29% of the participants stated they had problems with learning resources. one of the participants explained that “since i do not have writing iii modules i have difficulties in getting references in accordance with tuton writing iii, but i often looked for other information related to the material by browsing the internet” (respondent 7). this is very relevant to the purpose of the tuton as a means of enriching the material given in printed materials that help participants enrich their knowledge through the online activities available in the tuton. furthermore, there were participants who mentioned other obstacles related to the technical implementation of the tuton as follows. “i could not submit the assignments because there is no 'submission column' available. i've often experienced this in my account” (respondent 4). in this part, the researcher also collected information about the extent to which the pbis4313/writing iii course has supported the participants’ professions. the following figure shows the result of the survey. figure 7. learners’ opinions about the extent to which pbis4313/writing iii course has supported their professions lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 136 figure 7 shows the participants’ positive response towards this matter in which as much as 86.67% of the participants stated that this course has supported their professions, whereas the rest 13.33% stated that this course did not support their professions. some participants who argued that the pbis4313/writing iii course supported their professions provided their explanation as follows. table 1. learners’ explanation about the extent to which pbis4313/writing iii course has supported their professions no respondents explanations 1. r 1 to practice writing and composing in correct english sentences 2. r 2 as an english teacher, i was supported in my teaching ability especially for text and compose 3. r4 it helps me understand the kinds of essay and how to develop them 4. r 6 not only support the professions, but in this modern era i learn how to use such passive and active english communication is common practice 5. r7 as an english language teacher in high school, writing iii course is very helpful for me in giving examples of good writing in english 6. r 8 use as a learning material 7. r 9 able to improve my competence as a teacher 8. r 10 support the teaching and learning activities in schools 9. r 11 this course can help me to have better understanding about the characteristics and components of writing 10. r 17 for the development of the profession of teachers, then make the essay a means to develop the talent of writing and developing ideas. in a service, the users’ satisfaction becomes the main goal to be achieved. in this study the researcher also looked at the participants’ satisfaction with the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii course as a whole. here is an overview of the survey results. figure 8. learners’ opinions about their satisfaction with the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii course the survey results showed that most participants were satisfied with the tuton service in this course that is as much as 86.67% and only 13.33% who expressed dissatisfaction with the tuton service they have followed. in this section, the researcher gives a recommendation, suggestion, and feedback column about the participants’ reasons of being satisfied with the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii course as described in the following table. table 2. learners’ comments and recommendations in relation to pbis4313/writing iii course no respondents explanations 1. r 1 it's pretty good english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 2, june 2018 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 137 2. r 2 yes, because there is a guide in the form of material and material analysis 3. r 6 because i can find out how the arrangement of the writing and pronunciation of english which is good and correct 4. r 7 i am very satisfied with the material given in tuton writing iii especially on the material in the form of video because the material can be delivered properly 5. r 8 should be presented more communicatively 6. r 10 more lectures should be given 7. r 11 sometimes i do not understand the material presented 8. r 17 materials composed starting from writing i should be sustained and starting at a simple stage since vocabulary constraints are a classic problem for beginners based on the results of the survey, there are some important things related to the presentation of teaching materials and online tutorials in the tuton of pbis4313/writing iii. re-examining the theoretical studies discussed earlier that the process of selecting instructional materials should be tailored to the needs of the learners as well as the learning objectives, has resulted in several criteria that the instructor has fulfilled. one of the important items that has been implemented is the selection of topics on the tuton that match the material discussed so that learners can gain a meaningful learning experience. the responses of the participants are good and they are active in responding and interacting with both the tutor and the learners themselves. in the beginning, learners had difficulties in understanding the teaching materials they obtained, but they were greatly helped by the tuton support services. it is shown by their satisfaction statement in which over 60% of the respondents stated that they were very satisfied and felt very supported in understanding the teaching materials with the tuton service. in addition to the selection of topics, the types of essays raised in the tuton also has described the ability of tutors in determining the material in accordance with the needs of learners. however, there are several forms of essays that need to be replaced for learners’ learning outcomes to be more meaningful. reviewing the survey results from the constructivism approach points of view, the participants have implied their experiences of practicing this approach though it was not optimum. this can be determined from their opinions about their interests in being able to express their opinions, ideas, knowledge, and even share experiences with tutors and other participants. through the discussion forum or other online facilities, there is an opportunity for learners to collaborate with other participants if needed. thus, the learners have an opportunity to build their own knowledge. furthermore, the discussion on the assigned tasks have represented a constructivism approach in which tutors are not limited to asking questions to answer, but rather on assigning tasks to learners to produce their own writing through the construction of their ideas or knowledge. the disadvantage found in this process is the lack of opportunity for participants to receive feedbacks from the tutor for the improvement of his/her writing. conclusion it is important for educators to evaluate some aspects of the teaching and learning, including the materials, the strategies, as well as the assessments, by conducting a learner need analysis. this paper has delivered the result of a study in order to obtain some information about the learners’ perceptions about the materials related to writing argumentative essays and the implementation of a constructivism approach in an online writing course. from the overall discussion, it is concluded that some topics be taken as the highest priorities to discuss in a writing course for advanced level learners, i.e. how to identify some main ideas as well as how to develop them into a good argumentative essay by considering some appropriate writing aspects in its process. moreover, there is a possibility to offer a collaborative writing technique in an online writing course. this lidwina sri ardiasih, emzir, & yumna rasyid implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners’ need analysis 138 technique is the embodiment of the constructivism approach in which the learners can build their own knowledge about the subject based on the prior knowledge, learning experiences, as well as the new knowledge they get from the learning process. therefore, it is another challenge for a language instructor to create an online course by applying a constructivism approach, particularly the online collaborative writing technique, in order to enhance the learners’ writing skills. references badger, r., & white, g. (2000). a process genre approach to teaching writing. english language teaching journal, 54(2), 153-160. doi: 0.1093/elt/54.2.153. barkley, e. f., cross, k. p., & major, c. h. (2005). collaborative learning techniques. san fransisco: jossey-bass. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: pearson education inc. knapp, p., & watkins, m. (2005). genre, text, grammar: technologies for teaching and assessing writing. sidney: university of new south wales. mason, r., & rennie, f. (2006). e-learning: the key concepts. new york: routledge. oshima, a., & hogue, a. (1999). writing academic english (3rd ed.). usa: addison-wesley publishing company. renkema, j. (1993). discourse studies: an introductory textbook. amsterdam: john benjamins publishing co. richardson, v. (1997). constructivist teacher education: building a world of new understandings. london: falmer press. simonson, m., smaldino, s., & svacek, s. m. (2012). teaching and learning at a distance: foundations of distance education. boston: pearson education inc. wang, p. (2011). constructivism and learner autonomy in foreign language teaching and learning: to what extent does theory inform practice. theory and practice in language studies, 1(3), 273-277. doi: 10.4304/tpls.1.3.273-277 . zuhairi, a., adnan, i., & thaib, d. (2007). provision of student learning support services in a large-scale distance education system at universitas terbuka, indonesia. turkish online journal of distance education-tojde, 8(4), 44-64. english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgements maya khemlani david university of malaya, malaysia email: mayadavid@yahoo.com neda saeipoor university of malaya, malaysia email: nsaeipour@yahoo.com mumtaz ali university of karachi, pakistan e-mail: mumtaz.human@gmail.com apa citation: david, m. k., saeipoor, n., & ali, m. (2016). rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgement. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 71-78 received: 03-10-2016 accepted: 08-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: kachru and smith (2008) emphasize that effectual communication in the context in which different varieties of world english are used, entails awareness of the varieties in use and their cultural, social, and ideational functions. court reports by malaysian judges are part of legal documents, which may be considered as a genre. investigating the linguistic details of these reports may be helpful in understanding the argumentative and persuasive strategies used in these judgments. the issue of rape and justice is an important concern in society. the aim of this study is to investigate malaysian judgment reports in the english language on rape cases from a linguistic perspective. specifically, the aim of the study is to identify court of appeal judgment reports of rape cases as a genre and to identify the moves used in this genre. the moves within the genre were identified by studying two controversial reports which showed that the judgments might suffer from relying on pathos argumentation in one critical move. keywords: language, law, legal, judgment, malaysia and courts introduction the literature on language and the law is replete with references to the central importance of language in the legal process. given the close relationship between language and law, it is not surprising that both lawyers and applied linguists have devoted considerable time and energy to the description of legal texts and associated legal literacy practices (hafner, 2010). according to richards, gillespie, & smith (2014) in most cases‘law enforcement officers are often first responders and are most likely to provide news media with a description of the crime’. the present study seeks to utilize interconnecting bridges between language and law in order to reveal the fundamental moves in this professional genre in the courts of appeal in malaysia with a focus on rape cases. the legal support in interpreting the rape cases is important (barnes & stringer, 2014). in a paper on blame attribution in rape cases finch and munro (2005) said 71 mailto:mayadavid@yahoo.com mailto:nsaeipour@yahoo.com maya khemlani david, neda saeipoor, & mumtaz ali rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgements that the merger of provision of statutory and common law are criticized as illequipped to deal with the intricacies of modern sexual (mis) behavior. while bentham and other scholars such as wittgenstein looked at the relationship between language and law from a philosophical and even political point of view, other scholars have sought to address other levels of relationship between language and law. castero (1991) for instance studied criminal appeal cases in the philippines and attempted to establish the appeal case as a unique genre in itself. he applied bhatia’s model and concluded that the arrangements of the different moves of a legal case are structured and the sequence in which they occur are shaped by shared conventions. in malaysia, interdisciplinary work on linguistics and law is a relatively new area of study. a few malaysian scholars have selected malaysian courts to study different aspects of language and its interrelations with law in general and court reports in particular. several comprehensive studies have examined the linguistic aspects of court interactions and documents from different perspectives. for example, zubaidah ibrahim (2002) studied the adequacy of interpreting services and the effectiveness of the malaysian judicial system in providing such services in courts by exploring roles and expectations. she questions the insufficiency of interpreting systems, which affect the quality of judicial process, and secondly absence of proper supervision which adversely affects the reliability of the system. other studies including nadzimah's (2008) have looked at language choice and use among practitioners who deal with justice and order through the language of law. another example of such linguistic/law interdisciplinary research in malaysia is noraini (2007) who studied proceedings in the criminal courts of kuala lumpur. her study looks at the issue of chosen language, specifically those other than bahasa malaysia (malay language). the language act of malaysia asserts that bahasa malaysia is the medium of national communication and is used in all government departments. at the turning point of the millennium, the malaysian government decided to establish “a full-fledged ministry that demonstrates the government’s commitment to raise the status of women in this country”, first called as “the ministry of women's affairs" the ministry of women, family and community development has since been aiming for empowerment of women, promoting gender equality and securing women’s rights by setting strategies for related department and organizations as well as carrying out short and long term projects in order to enhance the situation of women. among different aspects of women and children issues, the phenomenon of rape can be considered as one of the most crucial and widespread problems worldwide and malaysia is not an exception. the matter is not only limited to the rights of women but the public health and psychological problems for women are related with domestic violence and rape (richards, gillespie, smith, 2014). according to the 2005 annual report of malaysian government to the united nations asia and far east institute for the prevention of crime and the treatment of offenders (unafei), regarding the issue of rape in malaysia, most of the abused, suffer in silence because they are not aware of the law and their rights and potential available 72 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee protections (unafei, 2005). according to women aid organization (wao) and based on royal police data, rape cases increased by more than 100% between 2000 and 2012. the present study seeks to shed light at a darker corner of women’s status in malaysia by looking at the rape cases from a linguistic point of view, in order to unearth the fundamental arguments in the reports of judges in rape cases. the significance of this issue is emphasized by the social and public interest devoted to the subject in social public media both online and offline. malaysian public’s awareness about rape cases, judgments on rape cases and the judicial system rules and regulations with regard to rape is reflected in the media in the form of protests, petitions and articles in newspapers, blogs, forums and online social networks. there is no known work on the generic structure of malaysian rape appeal case reports, which may be used by law students, lawyers, and judges as a source of information or reference. providing a clear picture of underlying steps in these reports might be helpful for law students and practitioners. different linguistic theories have been used to study written and oral legal discourses. interdisciplinary studies in law and linguistics have approached legal discourse using various methods and theories such as discourse analysis, critical discourse analysis, rhetoric arguments, speech act theory, politeness theories, etc. considering our data and objectives we have decided to use a genre analysis approach to analyze rape case judgment reports of the court of appeal in malaysia. the framework for genre analysis used in this study is now presented. one of the basic concepts in genre analysis is the discourse community, which according to swales (1990) is a discourse in a community who shares a common public goal and has an intercommunication system and mechanism. discourse community has its own discoursal conventions, thus genre can be considered as communicative events by members of a discourse community, which is conventionalized through some explicit or implicit principles. some of the comprehensive works in this area that studied moves and steps in a genre include swales’ work (1990) on introduction to research articles that creates the cars model, bhatia’s work (1993) on sales promotion letters, and bunton’s study (2005) on phd thesis genre. bhatia (1991) and candlin (2003) have published on professional genre especially in legal discourse. bhatia (1997) explains the multidisciplinary nature of the generic framework and states genre analysis is “the study of situated linguistic behavior in institutionalized academic or professional settings”. earlier martin (1984) sought to describe rhetorical action in discourse. regardless of field of study, genre analysis is an academic approach to decipher the structural approaches of a known discourse and to unearth the underlying strategies of a discourse to achieve a certain goal through the realm of language. judges’ stance can affect the nature and formulation of their judgment. this can lead to variation in judgments, a consequence of which may be risk of a loss of trust. the particular stance taken by judges in their arguments is linguistically manifested in judgment reports. analyzing these legal reports from a genre perspective may serve to 73 maya khemlani david, neda saeipoor, & mumtaz ali rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgements provide useful information on such variation and thereby enable the avoidance of social risk and the building of trust. mazzi (2007) conducted a multinational genre analysis, comparing european communities, uk and ireland. he reinforces the linguistic component of the analysis of legal on the argumentative discourse of judicial decisions by combining the perspectives of genre and corpus analysis. his focus is on the generic structure of the judgments concentrating on the more argumentative move of it, i.e. arguing the case. la free, as far back as 1980 said that response on reaction toward rape seemed flawed by theoretical and methodological problems that have prevented a reliable determinants assessment (la free, 1980). the analysis by mazzi (2007) was carried out on a small corpus of 40 judgments, 20 of which were delivered by the court of justice of the european communities, and ten by the house of lords (uk) and irelands's supreme court respectively. the corpus amounted to 425,502 words, and was designed according to two basic criteria: first of all, three courts of last instance were chosen, in order to ensure the homogeneity of corpus data and at the same time provide for a comparative framework provided by the inevitable differences among jurisdictions (european, english and irish) and legal systems (ec v. common law). the small corpus was randomly drawn from a larger reference corpus of 221 judgments (1,646,502 words) that had previously been created along the same guidelines. bhatia's model was taken as a standard reference, in order to re-construct the generic structure of the three types of judgments included in the corpus. the careful reading of all corpus texts revealed that english and irish judgments share the generic structure reported below: • identifying the case • establishing facts of the case • arguing the case • stating history of the case • identifying the conflict of categorization • presenting arguments • deriving ratio decidendi • pronouncing judgment this structure is close to bhatia's model in that it also features the four main moves identifying the case, establishing facts of the case, arguing the case and pronouncing judgment. however, it distances itself from it, since arguing the case is sub-divided into four rather than three sub-moves. when identifying the conflict of categorization it may be anticipated that through that move the judge explicitly acknowledges his categorization of the facts of the case, i.e. his interpretation of them under the appropriate predetermined legal category (e.g. murder v. manslaughter), and this may clash with an alternative categorization proposed by other subjects such as the representatives of a party in the dispute, another judge of the same bench or another court of the jurisdiction. on the other hand, ec judgments appear to be characterized by the slightly different generic structure reproduced below: • identifying the case • identifying the scope of proceedings before the court • retrieving relevant community and/or national legislation • stating history of the case • arguing the case • arguments of the parties • arguments of the court 74 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee • settling costs • pronouncing judgment even if european judgments are on an average shorter than english and irish ones, they are nonetheless articulated into more moves. for instance, a section of judgments is devoted to the identification of the scope of proceedings before the court in terms of: when did who bring what action against whom, and before judgment is pronounced, the court decides who is to bear costs. moreover, a peculiarity of european judgments lies in the courts accurate retrieval of relevant legislation at both a community and a member state level: this move is all the more important when the dispute is considered to center on an alleged incompatibility between ec law and national legislations. in addition, it is noteworthy that arguing the case is realized more briefly than in english and irish judgments, because it is limited to a summary of the parties opposed lines of argument followed by the court's own argumentation. english/irish and ec judgments both belong to the judicial genre, because they are both governed by the “discourse community” (swales, 1990, p. 9) of judges, whose communicative purpose is to settle a dispute by presenting wellfounded arguments in support of a judicial conclusion through which a number of more or less controversial facts are interpreted within the framework of a valid legal order. method the purpose of this study was to reveal fundamental contributing segments of language in court reports in the courts of appeal in malaysia with a focus on rape cases. considering the unique nature of the court of appeal judgment reports genre analysis was selected as a suitable technique to analyze the data. judgment reports can be defined as a genre based on bhatia (1997, p. 205) who defines genre as “the study of situated linguistic behavior in institutionalized academic or professional settings.” the reports in this study are analyzed based on bhatia’s seven steps for genre analysis: 1. determine the situational context 2. survey literature 3. refining the contextual analysis • speaker/writer and hearer/audience • history of discourse community • network of texts • subject/topic 4. select corpus 5. study how the genre is used 6. choose focal level for analysis • lexico-grammatical features • textualization (text-patterning) • structural analysis • cognitive move structure’ (focus on purpose) 7. get opinions of specialist informants objectives of the present study include: identifying the genre moves in court of appeal judgment reports in two controversial rape cases and identifying the rhetorical arguments in different moves in these judgments. based on lexisnexis database (online authoritative sources (which are relied upon by legal professionals) such as halsbury's laws of malaysia, malaysian precedents and forms, atkin's court forms malaysia, etc.) we accessed 242 judgment reports related to rape cases from different criminal courts in east and west malaysia. 103 cases concerning rape and murder were excluded because the victim was killed .the cases in the malay language from the “mahkamah” (religious) courts were also excluded. we focused 75 maya khemlani david, neda saeipoor, & mumtaz ali rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgements on statutory rape cases (n= 102) and two 2 controversial cases were selected for analysis. results and discussion a total of 313 cases of rape were judged between 1963 and 2012. out of these documented cases the ones including other offences like murder, defamation, outraging modesty and other unrelated cases were deleted and 112 homogenous rape cases were collected and studied as a genre to find the general moves as well as submoves within them. five moves were distinguished to be common in all the reports: preambles, body of the case, appeal explanation, arguing the case and final sentence. these moves and their relevant sub-moves are classified below: 1. preambles • name of the alleged rapist • name of the court • name of attorney • identification number • date • summary of the nature of the case • particular to the case or their representatives o from the appellant, plaintiff o from the respondent, defendant o judge’s name 2. body of the case • explanation about the case history of the case • previous court’s judgment • grounds of last court’s sentence • scenario of the rape 3. explaining the appeal • appellant reasons 4. arguing the case • referring to other cases • referring to existing evidence o medical tests o extract of testimonies o reasons • wrapping up the reasons (conclusion) 5. final sentence • declaration of allowing or dismissing the appeal • (name of the reporter) the last part of the reports is declaration of the final sentence including the enhancement or mitigation of the sentence as well as restating whether the appeal has been allowed or dismissed. rhetorical analysis rhetorical analysis is an attempt to categorize the different aspects of the argumentation of the creator of an utterance. the argumentations are grouped in three major categories: 1. ethos (ethical appeal): writer’s credibility/qualifications to justify the argument made. 2. logos (logical appeal): the occasions where the judge mentions reasons and evidences in his argument. 3. pathos (pathetic appeal): tries to make use of the audience’s emotions for persuading the audience to attain approval, for instance creating sympathy or antagonism. accountability, expertise and professionalism are the basic elements of efficient and reliable investigations and judgments (fahsing & ask, 2015). according to sagana, sauerland & merckelbach (2015) critical legal practices create complications in decision-making processes. the moves and sub-moves were similar in both cases. the rhetorical arguments were 76 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee used only in the move named “arguing the case”. the analysis of the reports showed the tendency of the judges towards “pathos” backed with “ethos” emphasizing on the emotional aspects to raise the audience’s sympathy to approve the judgment. the judges also emphasized their authority to justify the sentence. “logos” on the other hand is used only in 2 or 3 sections in each report. the rhetorical argument pattern in the “arguing the case” move may help professionals avoid the risk of the effect of personal and emotional views. this can cost a loss of trust in the judicial system. the selected data was analyzed based on the above frameworks. there is a profound use of pathos. this argument is used several times to arose the audience’s sympathy and justify the sentence especially in the controversial cases in which the judges have shown a greater tendency to victimize the victim and make her share some of the responsibility for the occurrence of the crime and in this way explain the reduced sentence on the alleged rapist. this attitude is justified by drawing the audience’s attention to emotional aspects of the case more than the logical aspects. both cases show a fair amount of the use of pathos as a rhetorical device. conclusion bhatia (2008) argues that studies of professional genres and professional practices complement each other, in that they not only influence each other but also are often co-constructed in specific professional contexts. he emphasizes the function of interdiscursivity in critical genre analysis by drawing examples from a range of professional contexts for a shift towards an integration of discursive and professional practices. this view of professional discourse would account for and, to a large degree, integrate professional discourse and professional practice into a single framework. the moves and sub-moves were similar in the cases studied, allowing us to call the judgment reports of court of appeal for rape cases in malaysia “a genre” which law professionals and their audience use and understand. the rhetorical arguments were used only in the move named “arguing the case”. the analysis of the reports showed the tendency of the judges in these two controversial cases to move more towards “pathos” thus emphasizing the emotional aspects of the case and in this way logically explain the reduced sentence on the alleged rapists. references barnes, s. l., & stringer, e. c. (2014). is motherhood important? imprisoned women’s maternal experiences before and during confinement and their postrelease expectations. feminist criminology, 9 (1), pp. 3-23. bhatia, vijay k. (1997). translating legal genres. in: a. trosborg, ed. text typology and translation, amsterdam/philadelphia: john benjamin publishing company. (n.d.). retrieved november 23, 2013, from ministry of women, family and community development: http://www.kpwkm.g ov.my/latar-belakang bunton, d. (2005). the structure of phd conclusion chapters. journal of english for specific purposes, 4, pp. 207-224. christoph a., & hafner. (2010). a multiperspective genre analysis of the barrister's opinion: writing context, generic structure, and textualization written communication 27, pp. 410. http://wcx.sagepub.com/content/27/ 4/410. 77 http://www.kpwkm.gov.my/latar-belakang http://www.kpwkm.gov.my/latar-belakang http://wcx.sagepub.com/content/27/4/410 http://wcx.sagepub.com/content/27/4/410 maya khemlani david, neda saeipoor, & mumtaz ali rape cases: genre and rhetorical analysis of controversial malaysian legal judgements fahsing, i., & ask, k. (2015). the making of an expert detective: the role of experience in english and norwegian police officers’ investigative decisionmaking. psychology, crime & law, pp. 1-21. finch, e., & munro, v. e. (2005). juror stereotypes and blame attribution in rape cases involving intoxicants the findings of a pilot study. british journal of criminology, 45(1), pp. 25-38. kachru, y. & smith, l. e. (2008) cultures, contexts, and world englishes. routledge. new york, london. la free, g. d. (1980). variables affecting guilty pleas and convictions in rape cases: toward a social theory of rape processing. social forces, 58(3). mellinkoff, d. (1963). the language of the law. little brown and co. sleney, j., clarke, a., & moran ellis, j. (2002). attitudes to date rape and relationship rape: a qualitative study. united nations asia and far east institute for the prevention of crime and the treatment of offenders. (n.d.). retrieved october 25, 2013, from unafei: http://www.unafei.or.jp/english/pdf /rs_no69/no69_15pa_jonit.pdf richards, t. n., gillespie, l. k. & smith, m. d. (2014). an examination of the media portrayal of femicide–suicides: an exploratory frame analysis. feminist criminology, 9 (1). pp. 24-44. sagana, a., sauerland, m., & merckelbach, h. (2015). the effect of choice reversals on blindness for identification decisions. psychology, crime & law, (just-accepted), pp. 1-25. swales, j. (1990). genre analysis: english in academic and research settings. cambridge: cambridge. up. yamuna kachru, y. & nelson, c. l. (2006). world englishes in asian contexts. hong kong university press. yan, l. s., chin abdullah, m., ju lin, o., & peck lin, w. (2002). an overview of rape in malaysia. strategic info research development. 78 http://www.unafei.or.jp/english/pdf/rs_no69/no69_15pa_jonit.pdf http://www.unafei.or.jp/english/pdf/rs_no69/no69_15pa_jonit.pdf teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context sophia fithri al-munawwarah department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia email: sophiafithri@yahoo.co.id apa citation: al-munawwarah, s. f. (2014). teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context. english review: journal of english education, 3(1), 70-80 received: 12-10-2014 accepted: 25-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: this study aims to investigate teachers’ perceptions towards the implementation of ict in efl teaching and learning process. the present study applied descriptive qualitative method, and the data were collected through open-ended questionnaire and interview to gain relevant data. the results of the present study were in line with the previous findings from the studies conducted by park & son (2009); barnawi (2009); and others. the research findings of the present study discovered that there were three benefits of using ict in english teaching and learning process; namely, helping the teachers to conduct interesting and enjoyable learning activities, promoting learner autonomy, and motivating the students to learn. the present study also reveals some challenges encountered by the teachers in using ict in efl classes and strategies to overcome the challenges. overall, the teachers’ perceptions towards the utilization of ict in english teaching were positive. thus, it is recommended to use ict in english teaching and learning process. keywords: english language teaching, ict, teachers’ perceptions. introduction it is logical to say that the development of information and communication technologies (abbreviated into icts) influence all educational fields. the internet, especially, has become a useful tool as the greatest source of information for students to learn (harmer, 2007b). in relation to this, it is noted that the utilization of ict in education has a positive impact on the learning environment, particularly in primary and secondary education (mikre, 2011). by using ict, we can increase the quality of learning process (davies, 1997) in kandasami & shah (2013). in addition, it pointed out that actually efl teachers may design learning activities without supplementary materials, nevertheless, it is important to bear in mind that much of the richness of language instructions can be designed by using supplementary materials including icts (brown, 2001). moreover, in all educational fields, there is a common belief that ict has important contributions in teaching practices, school innovations, and community services (lee, 2007; mikre, 2011). in english language teaching, particularly in efl and esl context, it has been noted that the implementation of ict in the teaching and learning process has been increasingly growing (suherdi, 2012 & romero, 2008). it is in line with kandasami & shah (2013) that research findings over the past 20 years english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee show some evidences of the positive effect of ict in students learning. in other words, it is probably safe to say that the benefits of the implementation of ict, especially in esl/efl context are undeniable. nevertheless, it is still rare for schools in indonesia to use ict particularly in english language teaching (unesco bangkok, 2008; suherdi, 2012). in fact, according to curriculum 2013, ict is an essential component that should be integrated in each subject including english especially in secondary education. due to the demand of incorporating ict for each subject in educational curriculum, it can be assumed that it is crucial for teachers to use ict in teaching and learning process in order to help students to gain high quality of english. to do this, english teacher should be able to utilize ict and be accustomed to search and manage ict-based resources. according to atkins and vasu (2000) in park & son (2009), teachers perceptions have a crucial influence on the use of ict in english language teaching (elt). as pointed out by dexter, anderson & becker (1999) in kizil (2011) that teachers’ perceptions of the advantages of utilizing ict for language teaching influence teachers’ decisions regarding the use of ict. similarly, kim (2002) cited in park & son (2009) states that important factors influencing successful integration of ict into english language teaching are associated with teachers’ attitudes and perceptions. in relation to this, some teachers may be happy and confident to employ ict in elt, and others may be reluctant, and somemay be even refuse to learn it (suherdi, 2012). however, eugine (2006) as cited in dashtestani (2012) affirms that there is a discrepancy between teachers’ attitudes and beliefs and their real implementation of technology in their classes. in other words, it is assumed that a positive attitude toward ict does not guarantee that teachers can utilize ict in the classroom (egbert, paulus, and nakamichi, 2002) cited in mollaei and riasati (2013). it is probably due to some factors that may prevent teachers in implementing ict. in addition, great deals of research had been conducted to seek teachers’ perceptions towards the implementation of ict in english language teaching, including the benefits and factors that may inhibit the teachers to use ict. in english as foreign language context, a study conducted by barnawi (2009) to college teachers of yanbu industrial college in saudi arabia reports teachers’ positive attitudes and willingness of the use of ict in english language teaching. besides, the study particularly shows teachers’ attitudes toward the use of internet as a wonderful and rich source of information for learning english. seeing the teachers’ positive attitudes of the use of ict in english teaching particularly in efl context, this study tries to investigate teachers’ perception in indonesian context. different from barnawi’s research which focused on college teachers, this study is intended to focus on vocational teachers’ perception. the scope of this study exposed the vocational teachers’ perception toward the use of ict in english language teaching and learning process. this study tries to investigate: what are the teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in efl teaching and learning process? what kind of ict that teachers use in their efl classes? what are the benefits that efl teachers find in utilizing ict in efl teaching and sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context learning process? what are the challenges encountered by the teachers in using ict in efl classes? how do the teachers overcome the challenges? this study limits its investigation on the teachers’ perceptions of the use of information and communication technology in english language teaching and learning process in one of vocational schools in bandung. the concern is within the context of using ict in english as foreign language teaching. besides, it is expected to provide theoretical, practical and professional benefits. in terms of theoretical benefit, the research findings can be used to enrich theories in efl teaching. besides, in terms of practical benefits, it is expected to provide advantages to the development of teaching and learning english in indonesia. these research findings particularly are expected to be useful for teachers and the implementation of ict in english language teaching. moreover, the use of ict in english language teaching is expected to give benefits for teaching english within the context of english as a foreign language. in other words, it is expected that the research can give valuable input for efl teaching and learning process. besides, it is hoped that teachers’ perceptions toward the use of ict may contribute to the success of the implementation of ict in english classes. method this study was designed to seek teachers’ perception towards the use of information and communication technology (ict) in english language teaching and learning process in one of vocational schools in bandung. the present study applied qualitative research design taking on characteristics of descriptive study. it is commonly used to describe an experience or event that happens in reality as completely as possible (sandelowski, 2000). furthermore, this study has similar characteristics to a qualitative method because of two reasons. firstly, it attempted to focus on participants’ perspectives. as stated by mcmillan and schumacher (2010) that qualitative can be used to reconstruct reality based on participants’ point of view. secondly, since the data in this study gathered in open-ended questionnaire and in the interview session which were in the forms of words, this research design was an appropriate approach. it is in line with creswell (2003) that in qualitative design, the nature of data are in the forms of words. the present study was undertaken at one of public vocational schools in bandung. the participants were four efl teachers out of six who were available to get involved in interview session. their teaching experience ranged from two years to seven years. meanwhile, it was investigated that their experiences in employing ict for teaching-related purposes range from two years to five years. actually, there were six english teachers who taught efl in the school. however, since the other two had a duty outside the school for one semester, it was impossible to ask them to participate in this study. in addition, the school was selected for two considerations. first, the school is provided with good quality of ict so that it enabled the teachers to utilize ict-based resources for teaching and learning process. second, the school was accessible easily. third, it was also feasible for researcher to negotiate with the object of the study. it is in line with alwasilah (2011) that it is important for english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee researcher to establish rapport with participants and site before conducting the study. the data collection techniques employed in this study were openended questionnaire and interview. first, an open-ended questionnaire designed to elicit teachers’ perceptions of the use of ict in efl classes. it was administered to all participants. second, to obtain further information related to the research question, semi-structured interview was conducted. before conducting the interview, the interviewees had been informed about the objective of this study. each interview lasted for about 20 minutes. as affirmed by calabreses (2006) and silverman (2006) cited in emilia (2009: 198) that ‘triangulation, especially in qualitative study can enhance validity and “trustworthiness” of the research.’ furthermore, each technique in collecting the data will be described below. the first data collection technique was distributing the questionnaire to the teachers. the questionnaire consisted of 15 open-ended items in order to investigate participants’ background information and experience of the use of ict. besides, it is also aimed to elicit teachers’ opinions toward the use of ict in teaching and learning process, including preferences for utilizing ict in the classroom. all participants were asked to answer the following questions in their own words. it is in line with brown (2009) that open-response questionnaire items call for the participants to answer the questions in their own words. the time and place to conduct this session was administered to be comfortable for the teachers. to obtain further information related to the research question and to ensure that the data obtained were accurate, the interview was conducted to all of participants. the interview was carried out from october 24, 2013 to october 25, 2013. it was applied to gain in-depth information which could not accessible from questionnaire (alwasilah, 2011). the interview applied in this study was semi structured interview since it was guided by a list of questions (merriam, 1988). the interview was provided after the questionnaire was administered. it was delivered in bahasa indonesia to make the participants easier to answer the questions and to avoid misunderstanding. during the interview, the participants were allowed to ask for clarification when they found any questions that confused them. the time of interview was organized to be comfortable for the teachers to participate in this session. the interview was purposed to obtain more individual and personal experiences from the participants. after all the data were obtained, they were analyzed by descriptive qualitative analysis. in order to gain valid and reliable data, the triangulation was needed (gall and borg, 2003). the data were analyzed and interpreted based on the information from the questionnaire and the interview. the analysis from each instrument will be presented in a form of descriptive explanation. as stated by miles and huberman (1984: 54) that “in analyzing data of qualitative research, the analysis is done chiefly with words, not with numbers.” furthermore, the researcher analyzed the data based on several steps stated by miles and huberman (1984), i.e.: transcribing the data, reading through all the data, coding the data, organizing categorization and generating sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context themes, and analyzing and interpreting the data based on certain criteria. after collecting the data from questionnaire, they were analyzed to discover patterns that were revealing and interesting. this process involved coding, analyzing and interpreting the data. it is in accordance with brown (2009) that the process to organize and interpret data from questionnaire involving coding, analyzing, and interpreting the data. in addition, in coding the data, researcher got the data down on paper to enable the researcher analyzed the data easily. to clarify, the interviews were conducted to the english teachers. the analysis began with replaying the interview recording. then, the researcher transcribed the interview. it was done in order to explore the general sense of the data (creswell, 2010). in analyzing the data, the researcher read the overall transcribed data so that the data can be coded then categorized. as stated by alwasilah (2011) that there are some advantages of coding the data, which are: (1) it can assist the researcher to simplify phenomenon which is being investigated, (2) it may help the researcher to seek the frequent of phenomenon emerging, (3) it can assist researcher to see the tendency of the findings, (4) it can also help the researcher to organize the categorizations and sub-categorization of the findings. in coding the data, the researcher categorized the data based on the research questions. after that, the data were interpreted into some main issues according to the research questions. results anddiscussion this section provides the findings and discussion of the data. the data are presented based on the research questions and data collection instruments. to obtain the data regarding the types of ict utilized by the teachers in teaching english, open-ended questionnaire was conducted. in this procedure, all of the respondents mentioned a few types of ict. in the meantime, the interview also administered in order to gain in depth information. to begin with, based on the data obtained from the questionnaire, the teachers which comprised t1, t2, t3, and t4 utilized several varieties of ict including software and hardware. according to the data from questionnaire, all of the respondents utilized computer, internet, and web browser to find appropriate materials from on-line websites including written materials and videos, and they also use in-focus to assist them to teach. besides, all of the teachers also selected video by using web browser as one of ict-based resources to be tailored into their teaching and learning process. meanwhile, t4 also applied dyned as one of classroom blended english language learning program that can be conducted in language laboratory. these data from questionnaire was also affirmed by teachers statements in interview session conducted in l1. one of the teachers said: “ i usually use video especially for teaching speaking and listening” and “...besides, sometimes, i ask the students to find other text from online website, for example to find news item, before ask them to make their own text...). another statement can be found from t2. she said that she employed computer, in-focus and authentic materials, such as newspaper articles, brochures, and songs, which are taken from online websites. she uttered, ”i english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee usually use online website to find the materials related to the topic being discussed, such as articles, brochures, pictures and also video... and “…computer and in-focus to present the materials in the classroom... similarly, t3 also stated that she utilized ict to help her in conducting teaching and learning process. she stated, “i used that facility (ict). for example, such as video, and also monologue. sometimes, we do the exercises on the worksheets taken from online website, article, brochure, like that. and also, i often use computer and in-focus). moreover, t3 claimed that the use of ict enabled her to transfer the materials easily since there were various examples related to the materials given. on the other hand, according to the data obtained from questionnaire and interview, t4 utilized various types of ict than others. she used computer, projector, internet connection, web browser to find downloadable video, and also dyned as one of learning management systems. in interview session, the t4 said that she used dyned once a month in each class. overall, the data obtained from the questionnaire and interview can be seen in this following table: table 1. types of information and communication technology (ict) used by the teachers in teaching english teachers data from the questionnaire data from the interview t1 hardware: computer and data/video projector. software: web browser to search downloadable videos. computer, internet, web browser to find written materials from online websites, and in-focus. t2 hardware: computer and data/video projector. software: web browser to find authentic resources. computer, internet, web browser to seek materials from online website, and projector. t3 hardware: computer and data/video projector. software: web browser computer, internet, web-browser to find written materials from online website, projector. t4 hardware: computer, headphones, and data/video projector. software: web-browser and dynet program. computer, internet, web-browser to seek written materials from online website, ebook reader, dyned, projector. from those findings, it shows that all of the english teachers believed that information and communication technology (ict) is a useful tool to help them in conducting teaching and learning process. based on the data gained from the questionnaire and the interview, there were three benefits of using ict in english teaching and learning process; namely, helping the teachers to conduct interesting and enjoyable learning activities, promoting learner autonomy, and motivating the students to learn. further explanation of each benefit is presented below. helping teachers to conduct interesting and enjoyable learning activities from the data obtained from questionnaire, all of the teachers claimed that the use of technology could assist them to conduct teaching and learning process. moreover, they argued that ict is very useful to engage students to learn. for instance, one of the teachers admitted that “by integrating technology into teaching, it helps me to give example and design interesting teaching materials”. in addition, based on the data obtained from the interview, all of the sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context teachers stated that they felt comfortable using technology in order to find and conduct interesting and enjoyable learning activities. t2 explained that the use of technology in efl class is very beneficial. t2 said , “of course it is beneficial. i personally think that it make teacher more creative since internet help the teacher to be more creative to develop learning activities, and the teaching and learning indicators can be developed by the teacher. in addition, it can also be beneficial for the students since it make the students did not get bored easily”. meanwhile, t3 explained that the use of ict enabled her to find many interesting sources easily. she argued that the use of ict is helpful since it enabled her to access the materials needed and commonly the materials from online website are more interesting so that it makes students engage in the learning in the classroom. from these data, it can be assumed that by incorporating information and communication technology in english language teaching and learning process helped the teachers to organize interesting and enjoyable learning activities. in addition, the data reveals that all of the teachers commented that since the authentic materials taken from online websites are interesting and creative, the students became not get bored easily. in other words, it indicates that the use of ict in english classes is necessary. promoting learner autonomy according to the teachers’ opinion from the interview session, it indicated that the use of ict promoted learner autonomy since technology enabled students to find various authentic resources and materials from english language websites and to learn by using learning management system such as dyned. t4, in particular, admitted (in l1) that she asked students to find other sources related to the materials given, particularly they were asked to learn from some examples which are appropriate to the materials. she argued: “...for some materials or topics that have not finished yet to be learnt by the students, i ask them to find online materials and learn those materials at home and i also give them homework to attain the learning goal.” furthermore, t3 added that by employing ict, teacher can help the pupils to become more independent. moreover, another teacher also appeared the issue of the use of ict in promoting autonomy. she pointed out that: “students assume that their teacher is like google, they ask many things due to the lack of learning sources. ict particularly online websites can help students to learn independently”. the excerpt above reveals that the use of ict, particularly web-browser may help the teacher to build students awareness to learn by assisting them to seek various resources related to the materials given. in addition, t2 affirmed that although online websites can be regarded as a great source to learn but using unreliable websites could hamper students’ learning. thus, it is necessary for the teacher to guide the students to learn. motivating students to learn according to the questionnaire, the teachers pointed out that the use of ict was beneficial for language teaching process. besides, they also believed that the materials taken from online language websites and language program or learning management system increased students motivation to learn since it english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee provided the students with motivating learning atmosphere to engage in the teaching and learning process. moreover, the teachers affirmed that those values in using ict motivated them to integrate it in their classes. in addition, the finding related to the use of ict in motivating students to learn is also supported by the teachers’ statements from interview. based on the data gained from interview, t2, t3, and t4 argue that by utilizing ict, students seemed to enjoy the learning process enthusiastically. it is as stated by the t3, “...the students seemed enthusiastic if i use video or materials taken from internet which are interesting rather that only using textbook....” in other words, she assumed that the use of ict created the learning activities more appealing for students so that it could motivate them to learn. challenges faced by the teachers in using ict to investigate the challenges encountered by the teachers in applying ict, the researcher employed interview as a tool. based on the data from interview, it was found two challenges faced by the teachers; namely, time allocation and technical problem. time allocation t4 of this study remarked that one of challenges in using ict was time allocation, particularly when she utilized dyned in the learning process. the teacher mentioned a lack of time as a challenge in using ict and admitted that she spent more time to check the program before using it. meanwhile, t2 said that it was necessary to get more time to find appropriate materials and/or modify teaching materials especially for written texts since the level of language used in several authentic materials taken from online websites did not appropriate for her students’ level. she said that: “...materials taken from internet, particularly texts, and the language level of texts should be modified. so, i need time to modify them to the students’ language level so that the texts become readable”. overall, it is clear that time allocation is one of challenged encountered by the teachers in using ict in english classes. technical problems it is revealed that all of the teachers, including t1, t2, t3, and t4, encountered technical problem. the teachers stated that the lack of internet connection in some classes discourage the teachers to utilize internet in their classroom. in addition, t4 admitted that she faced problems in technical support when conducting teaching and learning process in language laboratory due to some headphones, language programs, and computers which were unusable. as reported by t4 that “ ....if i conduct the learning process in laboratory the barrier is technical support, such as there were unusable headphones and computers...” similarly, another teacher confessed that occasionally she faced unexpected situation in the middle of teaching and learning process, such as it because the online language websites could not be used, due to the lack of internet connection. the strategies used by the teachers to overcome the challenges in using ict the present study appeared that all teachers had similar strategies to overcome the challenges in using ict. regarding the time allocation, they preferred to use downloadable materials including videos and prepared those sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context materials before conducting teaching and learning process in the classes. likewise, all of teachers also confessed that they often designed powerpoint presentation before entering the classroom. by doing these, they could conduct the learning process more effective. in addition, the results from interview also show that all of the teachers tended to use available materials from textbooks when they encountered problems in utilizing technology. t1, for example, she decided to use worksheet on the textbook or used their own materials to conduct the learning activities when the internet connection did not work well. meanwhile, all of the teachers said that dysfunction of technologies frequently occurred, particularly when using laboratory. as mentioned above, it was happened to t4 who sometimes utilized dyned in language laboratory. to cope with this problem, the teacher was asking for the technician support who was capable to solve that problem. she uttered: “....if there is a technical problem we have technician that can help”. furthermore, the complete transcript of interview can be seen in appendix. overall, it is obvious that the teachers could cope with the problems in using ict in the teaching and learning process. based on the findings of the present study, it is clear that the teachers’ perceptions toward the use of ict in english language teaching, particularly in efl context, were generally positive. it can be seen from the evidence obtained from the questionnaire and interview. the teachers tended to believe that the use of ict in english language teaching was beneficial. generally, the findings of this study concurs with the previous study conducted by park & son (2009); barnawi (2009), prathibha (2010), kaffash et al. (2010), rahimi & yadollahi (2011); mikre (2011), martinez and gillings (2012), dashtestani (2012), bolandifar (2013). as it was mentioned above, it is obvious that by utilizing information and communication technology in english classes may assist the teachers to conduct interesting and enjoyable learning activities. it is in line with lam (2000, cited in park & son (2009) and suherdi (2012) that technology is a useful teaching aid that offers opportunities for better language practice since it can help teacher to design interesting learning activities. in addition, cox (1997) cited in cox, preston, & cok, (2000) adds that one of the factors affecting teachers to use ict is it may help them to design their lessons more interesting and enjoyable. another benefit of ict in english classes found in the present study is that it may promote learner autonomy. as stated by harmer (2007a), it is crucial for teachers to find ways of helping pupils to become more independent. to do this, ict can be an alternative way to promote autonomy. according to the data, the teachers believe that by using ict students would be keen to take responsibility for their own learning especially in doing homework since they can find relevant sources easily. it is in accordance with martinez and gillings (2012) that it would be beneficial for students it they use technology, particularly web-browser to find online language websites which are recommended by the teachers, to assists them to learn independently. moreover, the data also reveals that the use of ict in efl classes motivates students to learn. this finding supports the previous research conducted by english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee bolandifar (2013) and dashtestani (2012) that the use of technology increases students’ motivation to learn better. in addition, it is also found that the students’ motivation increased since the utilization of ict built the learning process more attractive. it is as stated by facer & owen (2004) that teachers tend to apply ict since it may increase students’ motivation to learn languages. overall, the findings show that all of the teachers in the present study considered information and communication technology (ict) as a useful teaching tool. however, according to the data, it was also appeared that there were two challenges encountered by the teachers in utilizing ict, which are: time allocation and technical problem. as mentioned above, it was discovered that one of challenges in using ict was time allocation since the teacher should spent more time to check the program before using it. in relation to this, bolandifar (2013) states that lack of time may affect the utilization of ict. furthermore, mc.clelland (1996) cited in lee (2007) affirms that limited time is a common barrier faced by teachers in incorporating ict into the learning process. in terms of technical problem, it was found that the low bandwidth services inhibit the teachers to use online websites in the classes. this finding supports previous research conducted by lee (2007) and kandashami & shah (2013) that the lack of internet connection prevents the teachers to use ict in the classroom. nevertheless, the data show that the teachers could overcome the challenges faced by them in using ict in the english classrooms. regarding the time limitation, they preferred to use ict, particularly application software in preparing the materials, such as powerpoint presentation and web browser to find downloadable materials, before using it in the classes. it is as stated by park & son (2009) that teachers usually use ict to assist them in designing teaching materials. besides, as mentioned above, another challenge faced by the teachers was technical problem. moreover, it was also mentioned that the teachers asked the technician to help them to cope with technical problem. it is in line with smoekh (2008) in ertmer & leftwich (2009) that school can support the use of technology in the learning process by providing technician to assist teachers solve the problem in incorporating ict during the teaching and learning process. to sum up, it has been outlined that the teachers reflected their positive perceptions towards the use of ict in efl classes. clearly, it is discernible that the use of information and communication is beneficial for the english language teaching and learning activities. conclusion this present study was administered to find out the teachers’ perceptions towards the use of ict in english language teaching and learning process. previously, similar studies on the use of ict in english classes have been conducted. this study confirms findings from previous research conducted by barnawi (2009), dashtestani (2012), and bolandifar (2013) that ict is beneficial tool to be used in english teaching particularly in efl context. referring to the findings and discussion that have been elaborated above, the researcher revealed that although it was found that there were some challenges encountered by the sophia fithri al-munawwarah teachers’ perceptions on the use of ict in indonesian efl learning context teachers in utilizing ict, they could find the strategies to overcome the challenges. therefore, it can be said that the researcher demonstrated teachers’ positive perceptions related to the use of ict in the learning process. this can be seen from the results of the questionnaire and the interview. thus, it is logical to say that the use of ict is necessary in the teaching and learning process, particularly within the context of english as foreign language. the use of ict is recommended to be applied for teachers in teaching english as a foreign language. it can be an effective supplementary material to make the learning process more appealing for the students. references alwasilah, a. c. (2011) pokoknya kualitatif: dasar-dasar merancang dan melakukan penelitian kualitatif. jakarta: dunia pustaka jaya. barnawi, o. z. (2009). the internet and efl college instruction: a small-scale study of efl college teachers’ reactions. international journal of instructional technology & distance learning. retrieved from http://www.itdl.org/journal/jun_09/a rticle04.htm bolandifar, s. (2013). the teachers’ attitudes toward integrating internet technology in english language classes. international journal of language and applied linguistic world. vol 4 (3). cox, m., preston, c., & cox, k. (1999). what motivates teachers to use ict? a paper presented at british educational research association annual conference. retrieved from http://www.leeds.ac.uk/educol/docu ments/00001329.htm dashtestani, r. (2012). barriers to the inmplementation of call in efl courses: iranian efl teachers’ attitudes and perspectives. jalt call journal. vol. 8 (2). p.55-70. emilia, e. (2009).menulis tesis dan disertasi. bandung: alfabeta. ertmer, p & leftwich, a. o. (2009). teacher technology change: how knowledge, beliefs, and culture intersect. retrieved from: www.edci.purdue.edu/ertmer/docs/ae ra09_ertmer_leftwich.pdf. facer & owen (2004). the potential role of ict in modern foreign language. retrieved from: www.futurelab.org.uk. merriam, s. b. (1988). case study research in education: a qualitative approach. london: jossey-bass inc. rahimi, m. & yadollahi, s. (2011). ict use in efl classes: a focus on efl teachers’ characteristics.world journal of english language. vol. 1 (2). romero, m. i. h. (2008). the use of information and communication technology among elt students from the university of quintana roo. a journal. retrieved from: www.fonael.org. sandelowski, m. (2000). focus on research methods whatever happened to qualitative description? a journal in research of nursing & health, 23, p.334340. retrieved from: www.wou.edu. suherdi, d. (2012). towards the 21st century english teacher education: an indonesian perspective. bandung: celtics press. unesco. (2008). ict in teacher education. retrieved from: www.2.unesco.bkk.org. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 137 framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students dadang s. anshori fpbs, indonesia university of education, indonesia e-mail: dadanganshori@upi.edu apa citation: anshori, d. s. (2017). framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 137-146. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.780. received: 29-08-2017 accepted: 26-10-2017 published: 01-12-2017 abstract: this study aims to describe the analysis model of framing on journalism discourse in indonesian textbooks in senior high school to be used in language learning. this research used qualitative method with framing theory from pan and kosicki as an tool of analysis. the research data is journalism discourse in textbook amounted to 30 pieces of discourse taken from 10 text books of class x, xi, and xii in senior high school. the results show the following: (1) the discourse of journalism has received acceptance in the world of education, especially in textbooks. the use of journalism discourse in 10 textbooks is very high and very diverse in terms of number, topic, source, and usage. (2) the journalism discourse in the textbook meets the criteria of reporting value, even if not all reporting value is fulfilled. (3) the frame construction of the journalism discourse in indonesian textbooks is packaged in different angles according to news topics and facts. (4) the analysis model of journalism discourse framing is developed by focusing on the structural analysis of category, syntax, script, thematic, diction/phrase, and rhetoric. keywords: construction, discourse, framing, journalism introduction the development of information technology leads to the emergence of a variety of language use in accordance with the media used. information technology becomes a new round of world order and the development of human communication. according to latief and ibrahim (1996) this communication revolution if sorted can be started from the stage of pre-spoken, spoken, written, print, mass media to telematics. schramm’s note in latief and ibrahim (1996) mentions that the development of telecommunications from spoken to written language took at least 50 million years; from writing to printing took as much as 5,000 years; and printing to audiovisual media (photography, telephone, sound recordings, radio, television) took about 500 years. the use of indonesian language in the mass media is increasingly widespread, even forming its own genre, namely indonesian journalism. variety of indonesian journalism is used by journalists to convey information in the form of news to the readers. in fact, in indonesian journalism, there are variations, such as newspaper journalism, magazine journalism, tabloid journalism, television journalism, radio journalism, and internet journalism. these differences are more due to the functions of the mass media in different times, thus demanding the use of different languages too. sociolinguistically, the language of journalism is a variation or variety of indonesian language formed because of differences in delivery media of language, namely print and electronic media. therefore, the language of journalism is understood as a variety of mass communication languages used by print and electronic media. in the language of journalism we see two important things, the first is picture of the society’s progress in the language, especially related to the language creativity. journalism language is the daily language of society dadang s. anshori framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students 138 because the information submitted by the newspaper is consumed daily by millions of indonesian people. second, the language of journalism reflects the social dynamics that are in it or that accompany it. through the language of the mass media we know the dynamics of society from the ideological to the pragmatic life of society. therefore, in studying the language of journalism we should also see the presence of language function in the context of mass media in the midst of society’s dynamics. thus, we will not be surprised or amazed to see news headlines that are persuasive, judgmental, provocative, even more interesting than the content of news delivered. the languages in the mass media are used by various circles for various purposes. in general, media readers have an interest in mass media to obtain new information. the authors of textbooks utilize the mass media in addition to the interest of information (knowledge source) as well as an example of presentation of discourse or exercise materials. writers of indonesian textbooks take a lot of discourse from the mass media (newspapers, tabloids, magazines, internet) as examples of text, exercise materials, or sources of knowledge. based on anshori’s (2002) research on the source of text (discourse) of high school indonesian textbooks shows that as many as 41.67% of class x source discourse comes from newspapers and magazines. the source of the discourse of class xi textbooks as much as 79.12% comes from newspapers and magazines. sources of discourse textbooks of class xii as much as 52.94% comes from newspapers and magazines. this data shows the high frequency of newspaper usage as a learning resource in schools in indonesia. the high use of discourse sourced from newspapers and magazines means the dynamics of news coverage in the mass media, indirectly become part of language learning in the classroom. based on the various studies that have been conducted by experts on textbooks, research using framing analysis in understanding the discourse in the textbook is still somewhat rare. on the other hand, the use of journalism discourse in indonesian language learning at schools requires the teachers’ ability to understand more in depth about journalism activities and journalism language analysis, so that teachers have sufficient ability to understand and put the journalism language in language learning at schools. similarly, research on discourse by using discourse analysis has been conducted by many previous experts, but research on journalism discourse in textbook with framing analysis is still somewhat rare. various perspectives are given in understanding discourse, both as text and as the source of the message. heracleous (2006) examines discourse in the context of enterprise organizational change. using the ethnographic paradigm, a search of the company's players is done by looking at how the company's managers strive to manage the organization effectively. data were collected through instruments ranging from lower to higher levels, in addition to interviews with senior managers. this research is conducted by analyzing dominant discourse, strategic change discourse, and counter-discourse. ethnographic research was also conducted by georgakapoulou (1998) who examined conversations of three egyptian women who have been good friends for 17 years. the aspects analyzed are themes, plot, character of speech, and mode of delivery. the results showed that each participant made a different contribution in the figuration of different identity construction in the spoken discourse formed by the three persons. similar research has been conducted by mulyana (2001) towards 25 indonesians living in melbourne, australia. mulyana found out the type of ethnic identity, namely religious ethnic, moderate ethnic, cosmopolitan ethnic, and nationalist ethnic. these four components show differences in self-image and selflocation of respondents in their social world, all of which are based on their initial socialization, maintained in their interactions with old significant others and their generalized others in new and modified states through interaction with new significant others. the study even though scientifically entered the area of sociology-anthropology, english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 139 but the data respondents were delivered through discourse (interview). in other words, this identity is reflected in the spoken discourse of the respondents. meanwhile, research on mass media languages is also widely studied by indonesian researchers and foreign researchers. suroso (1999) analyzed the use of indonesian language in kompas, media indonesia, republika, and suara pembaruan during the period of may-july 1999. suroso (1999) showed that mass media do deviations in the form of morphological errors, syntax errors, vocabulary errors, and spelling errors. in the news according to suroso (1999) there are differences in perspective reflected in the attitude of journalists based on certain ideological values, and it is reflected in the use of language in various aspects, namely the strategy of information presenting. viewed from the perspective of newspapers there are four news perspectives as a manifestation of the value, knowledge, and point of view adopted. the four perspectives are (1) the prosociety perspective, (2) the pro-government perspective, (3) the neutral perspective, and (4) the religious perspective. hong (ni, 2003) describes his research on four types of texts, namely academic writing, news texts, fiction, novels, and conversations. the study is of english background as a language corpus and is implemented in singapore. the results of his research indicate that the phrase occurrence of objects in the type of text above is differentfrequency objects per 1000 words examined. the information presented on the object phrase in academic text is more compact than the text of the conversation. noun phrase (nps) that are not primary pronouns appear in academic text as much as 283.8 words, 248.5 word in news texts, 203.9 words in novel text, and in conversations as much as 118.6 words. meanwhile, the percentage of occurrences of major pronouns of nps in academic writing is 10.9%, news as 17.6%, novels as 38.6% and conversations as 57.7%. based on previous studies it is clear that many perspectives and focuses are given to the topic of discourse, mass media and textbooks, both qualitatively and quantitatively. this shows that the language in mass media and textbooks is interesting to be studied and researched in various focus. in general, discourse studies are detached from the world of education, especially discourse in the mass media. this research is considered to have its own position because the discourse used as the study material is a discourse in the textbook, which is expected to contribute to the writing of textbooks and language learning at schools. in addition, the use of framing techniques is also a novelty in discourse analysis in school textbooks. based on data analysis of curriculum of education unit level (ktsp) in class x of senior high school, there are four standards of competence (50%) from eight competence standards and five basic competences (50%) from 10 basic competences of language skills containing journalism elements. in grade xi of senior high school there are four competence standards (50%) of eight competence standards and five basic competences (50%) of the 10 competence standards of language skills containing journalism elements. in grade xii of senior high school there are two standards of competence (25%) of eight competence standards and two basic competences (22%) of the nine basic competences containing journalism elements. the elements of journalism in question are language activities that include materials derived from journalism practices (print and electronic mass media), and language activities that intersect directly with the activities (practice) of journalism, such as interviewing and writing news. many aspects of journalism in the curriculum prosecute teachers to have the competence of journalism and strategy in understanding journalism discourse as a product of mass communication. indonesian teachers are not only able to understand how a story is compiled by including what, who, when, where, how, and why elements but also understand how a news loaded with frames of journalists is understood by the reader. without such abilities, it is difficult for teachers to be able to teach adequate dadang s. anshori framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students 140 journalism discourse to students and form students into critical mass media users. the discourse of journalism can not only be placed as a speech analyzed syntagmatically or paradigmatically, but it must also be understood the social cognition of the speaker. understanding the social cognition of speakers is very important in journalism discourse because the news in the mass media involves various interests, whether journalists, media managers, community, and media owners. during this type of analysis is more widely used in the fields of science outside the language, but in accordance with its development the study becomes an important part of functional language studies. the above thought confirms the importance of studying the framing construction of journalism discourse in textbooks and formulating analytical techniques in learning journalism discourse in accordance with the needs of learning which in turn is expected to increase the competence of the discourse of the students so that learning indonesian language becomes more meaningful. in this context, the texts presented in indonesian textbooks sourced from the mass media can not only be understood and taught as part of the realization of communicative purpose of language learning, but also can be used as an ingredient to improve the competence of discourse and critical thinking of the students in the language . critical thinking is important for students so that they can utilize and empower all information obtained from the mass media for the benefit of their lives. method this research used qualitative method. this research began with preliminary study in the form of observation of the discourse learning at school, study of indonesian textbook, and study of literature about discourse, journalism discourse, framing analysis, and language learning. based on the preliminary study, there had formulated topics and research problems. the developed theories are the discourses framing theory of pan and kosicki (eryanto, 2007). the model development is done by complementing the structure of the analysis developed at the beginning. the developed structure consists of categories, syntax, script, thematic, diction/phrase, and rhetorical. qualitative methods developed are interpretive (mulyana, 2001; muhadjir, 2000), that researchers engaged in interpreting data that is deemed not fixed, but interpretive. this interpretive study was first developed by geertz in the scientific field of sociology. qualitative research methods are interpreted as research that produces qualitative data in the form of written or spoken words of the people or behaviors observed (moleong, 2002). qualitative research is considered to describe the object of research more complete and comprehensive (fraenkel and wallen, 1993). data or corpus of research are in the form of journalism discourse in 10 textbooks of indonesian high school taken purposively. results and discussion the use of journalism discourse in textbooks based on data analysis of journalism discourse use in 10 high school indonesian textbooks were found very diverse discourses in terms of number, topic, source, type and usage. this diversity is possible given the ability of each writer to understand the different curriculum. the diversity of this discourse also occurs because there is no provision guided by textbook authors regarding the use of discourse in textbooks. each author performs his own creations in utilizing the source of mass media. technically, the reason for the use of discourse from newspapers, magazines, the internet is seen by authors as easier to obtain than other sources. the choice of theme or topic, type of discourse, competence standard and basic competence classification leads to different author's orientation. based on the classification of language and literary competence, for example, authors who emphasize literary competence will write textbooks by giving greater weight to the field of literature than to the field of language; and vice versa. thus, in the framework of material balancing, especially discourse, the absence of these guidelines has led to the diverse directions of each author of the book. english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 141 the vast amount of discourse in indonesian textbooks indicates that textbook authors make the discourse a body or an important part of textbook writing. this is evidenced by the average frequency of the discourse of 10 books amounted to 61.6 pieces of discourse. this large number indicates that discourse is an important learning resource for language learning. moreover, low selection of discourse themes will have implications for the diversity of information presented, even all themes or topics will be presented in textbooks. as a result, the students must have the ability to understand new vocabulary in the context of its use, old vocabulary, new sentences, and new discourses. the diversity of discourse from the aspect of the number, topic, source, type and usage will have implications on the readiness of students in dealing with these various discourses. although these discourses can be paralleled for other learning, the ability of students to understand the content of the discourse is often a constraint. in reading competence, the ability to understand the content of discourse is directly related to the students' ability to read effectively. especially when associated with the position of discourse as a basis of improvement of one's life, as mentioned vygotsky (1986) that is the involvement of high-level mental, psychological and intellectual function in understanding the discourse for the sake of progress and improvement of life. in this context, of course, all forms of diversity must be considered so that the interests of language learning are truly achieved. meanwhile, the average frequency of journalism discourse is 19.7 pieces of discourse. if the average amount of journalism discourse is 32.58%. this figure is of course quite large considering that in addition to newspapers, magazines, and the internet, actually the author of the book has the possibility to take the discourse from other sources. there is a tendency of the author of the book to take the discourse by considering the aspects of convenience and practicality. newspapers, magazines, tabloids, and the internet today can be obtained much easier and cheaper than books. moreover, the media has the advantages of diversity of aspects of the contents. viewed from the topic of discourse aspect, journalism discourse is generally adapted to the subject matter or chapter in the book. before determining the topic of discourse the authors of the book determine the chapter theme beforehand. the next stage, the authors seek and determine the discourse in accordance with the theme of the chapter. this book-making pattern is highly possible given the determination of lesson topics or chapters is not specified in the curriculum. based on the position and function of the discourse (text) in relation to language competence, journalism discourse is placed at the beginning of the explanation of matter, in the middle as an example or case, and at the end as an affirmation of the material or proof. in the listening competence of the discourse is generally used as sources and examples; on reading comprehension discourse used as a source of reading; on speaking competence discourse is used as an example; on the competence of writing discourse is used as an example and source of practice. in general, journalism discourse has a function as an example of competence, reading resources, and sources of analysis in the exercise. hymes (1972) calls the ability to communicate means to create discourse, as communicative competence. based on the classification of literacy capabilities developed by wells in general the students are at the level of the ability of performative discourse or "breaking the code", that is the ability to speak or control communication between people who are known or know the relationship between spoken and written language symbols. some students have put discourse on the informational level, understanding the text in the sense of connecting what is in the text with the background of knowledge so that there will be construction of meaning that can respond to the meaning. however, in discourse learning the students have not reached the level of epistemic discourse, that is capable of using language for the development of science. whereas this level of ability is expected to be dadang s. anshori framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students 142 owned by the students in mastering the discourse. with epistemic abilities, students can make discourse as a medium to improve science skills and will in turn build awareness and understanding of the importance of information for their lives. the large portion or frequency of journalism discourse in senior high school indonesian textbooks gives an indication that the authors place the actuality or novelty of information as part of the textbook writing strategy. this actuality will have implications for the presence of new information that can be transferred to the students. thus, through the presence of journalism discourse in textbooks, students constantly update the information they obtain. the same thing is done by readers of print media: updating information or knowing the latest information. however, the pursuit of actuality does not mean that the authors of the book can easily determine the type of journalism discourse because not all journalism discourse can be well received. the authors of the book should consider many aspects before choosing the discourse, the theme, content, type, length of writing, and the degree of legibility. the most important thing in considering the presence of journalism discourse is the position of journalism discourse with the terms of interest. the journalism discourse in fact not only conveys some information to the reader, but also transmits certain interests and agendas, either explicitly or implicitly. brown and yule (1996) assert that discourse analysts are obligated to investigate what language is being used. fairclough (1992) also believes that discourse domination is an increasingly dominant way of showing one's dominance or power over another. this opinion is relevant to the fact of this research that journalism discourses contained in textbooks have power and dominance. therefore, heracleous (2006) argues that discourse approach as a communication activity is one way of interpreting social construction and existing reality. social construction and reality in journalism discourse can be observed through analysis of the news frames. the results showed that the frames (frames) of journalism discourse in senior high school indonesian textbooks is packed in various viewpoints in accordance with the news topic and facts. based on the results of the analysis, it turns news frames play an important role in determining the direction of news, both aspects of writing and selection of materials and news data presented. projection of facts and omission of facts are done by journalists in accordance with the news frame. the projection and disappearance is the way journalists construct the news. in other words, news is constructed by frame. it is this framework that gives perspective (tendency to part) of a news, which based on suroso’s (1999) research consists of (1) pro-society perspective, (2) pro-government perspective, (3) neutral perspective, and (4) religious perspective. journalism discourse in textbooks based on news values in the aspect of news values, this research shows that the journalism discourse in indonesian textbooks can be explained below. of the 30 news that became the data of this study, as many as 16 news (53.33%) has an important news value and prominance. the importance and magnitude of the commodity can be measured from the position of loading the news in the media and the position of the news in the conversation in the community. those news are news about the destruction of forests, the outer islands of indonesia, violations of the implementation of the national exam and others. viewed from the humanitarian aspect (human interest), from 30 data of this research found only 8 news data (26,66%) containing human element or involving humanity aspect. the rest, which is 22 news data (73.33%) pertained to news that does not have the element of humanity. based on the aspect of conflicts (conflix), from 30 data of this study found as many as 15 news (50%) meet the aspects of conflict. in this case the aspect of disagreement is categorized into two parts, namely the first is contradiction of the two facts presented in the news and the contradictions in the news headlines. based on extraordinary or unusual aspects, from 30 english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 143 research data found 11 news data (36.66%) news have unusual or extraordinary elements. the remaining 19 news data (63.33%) did not meet the extraordinary or unusual elements. based on the proximity aspect, most of the news fulfilled the proximity aspect, from 30 research data, 19 news (63.33%) fulfilled the aspect of closeness while the remaining 11 news (36.66%) did not fulfill the closeness element. when viewed from each title and news content, there are only two news that meet all aspects of the news values above, the news about the expedition of the forefront of the archipelago islands and timika riots. in addition to these two news not all aspects of news value is met in the news that became the data of this study. data on the aspect of the news values indicate that the discourse in the textbook does not have all the elements of news value: prominance, human interest, conflix, unusual, and proximity. selection of journalism discourse conducted by the author thus is not based on the five principles of the news, but done randomly. from the aspect of news value, of course, many journalism discourses are not eligible to be presented in the textbook to be the source (reference), except in its position as an example. similarly the author of the book should choose the type of news that is worthy to be presented in the textbook, given the light news (soft news) will be different from the feature-type news. research data indicate that it is unlikely that the author of the book will notice such things. construction of journalism discourse framing in textbooks based on the framework developed by pan and kosicki, namely syntax, script, thematic, and rhetorical it is known that from 30 journalism discourse of this research data, all meet the frame device. the way journalists compose news (syntax) is done using headlines, leads, background information, quotes, sources, statements, and closings. almost all journalism discourse has headlines, leads and background information. however, some journalism discourses do not have news sources, statements, and citations, especially on feature-type news or reports (trevel features). based on how to tell the news (scripts), 5w + h elements are used in many journalism discourses, but not all of these elements of fulfillment are fulfilled, especially the why and how elements. the results of this study reinforces previous research (suroso, 1999) that the language of journalism is poor structure, because in most news does not contain elements of why and how. when viewed from language learning, the type of news that does not contain the elements of why and how pertained discourse that is not critical and can not make students critical. critical ability becomes one of the domains of psychomotor goals taxonomy in language learning. stern (1992) develops a taxonomy of psychomotor or behavioural goals that include mechanical skill domains, knowledge skills, transfer skills, communication skills and criticism skills. based on how to write the news (thematic), journalism discourses have between 2 to 6 themes. the journalism discourse studied also has details with many variations, intra-sentence and inter-sentence coherence, various sentence forms, and pronouns of people (aposition) as the source position of the news source. the choice of sentence, detail, coherence, and sentence form is one way for journalists in writing news. meanwhile, based on how to emphasize the news (rhetoric), the discourses in this study use lexicon and metaphor as a way of emphasizing the news. keywords (lexicon) are used in the title or body of the news. metaphors are widely used to describe cases, facts and events to make the news more engaging and reader-friendly. meanwhile, the elements of graphics and presuppositions are not often found in this discourse. the emphasis of diction, figure of speech, stigmatization, acronymization, and technical rationing characterize the language of journalism. the studies of heryanto (2000), lewuk (1995), alwasilah (20003), halliday (1985), rachmat (1984) indicate that journalism language is used through a specific strategy for the interest of journalists or media owners to the reader. based on these studies, dadang s. anshori framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students 144 the language of journalism appears to be a tool for stigmatizing a case and the occurrence of politicization in the case. in this study, the strategy appears on the rhetorical device, the way journalists emphasize the news. the choice of diction and the way of presentation (figure of speech) becomes the power of journalists to emphasize the news frame.. analysis model of journalism discourse in language learning the analysis model of journalism discourse developed focuses on the structure of analysis, ie categories, scripts, syntax, thematic, diction/phrase, and rhetorical. this model of analysis will enable readers of journalism discourse to be open minded, critical, and understand the nature of the presence of journalism discourse in language learning. the design of this research development covers the theoretical basis, the characteristics and principles of learning, the role of the teacher, the role of the students, the themes and topics, the focus of learning, the learning objectives, methods and techniques, materials and resources, learning scenarios, evaluation and follow-up. the theoretical basis used is critical linguistic theory, the theory of constructive discourse, and the theory of frames. characteristics and principles of learning include critical, discursive, analytical, ideological, and functional. meanwhile the role of the teacher becomes the facilitator of the learner and the role of the student as a critical discourse analyst in identifying the facts of the language. the themes and topics of learning are tailored to competence standard and basic competence. similarly, the focus of learning and learning objectives. learning methods and techniques should be inquiry (tracing) and analytical. the learning scenario consists of exploration, elaboration, and confirmation. this development uses an authentic evaluation of students' work results (student portfolios) as a valued product in addition to the assessment of the learning process. conclusion the use frequency of journalism discourse in indonesian textbooks are high and very diverse in types and themes. the use of journalism discourse in the 10 textbooks of research data is very diverse in terms of number, topic, source, and usage. this diversity occurs because there is no provision guided by textbook authors regarding the use of discourse in textbooks. based on the position and function of discourse (text) in relation to language competence, journalism discourse is at the beginning of explanation of matter, in the middle as an example or case, and at the end as the material or proof. in general, journalism discourse has a function as an example of competence, reading resources, and sources of analysis in the exercise. the journalism discourse in indonesian textbooks has different news values. in general, journalism discourse meets the values of the news, namely the important elements and great scope, the element of humanity (human interest), elements of conflict (conflix), unusual or extraordinary elements, and proximity. when viewed from each title and news content, there are only two news that meet all aspects of the news values above, the news about the expedition of the forefront of the archipelago islands and timika riots. in addition to these two news not all aspects of news value is met in the news that became the data of this study. frame construction (framing) of journalism discourse in senior high school indonesian textbooks is packed in various viewpoints according to news topics and facts. based on research data, it turns news frames play an important role in determining the direction of news, both aspects of writing and selection of materials and news data presented. in other words, news is constructed by frame. based on the analysis of the construction of journalism discourse frames is found the following important matters. the analysis model of journalism discourse developed focuses on the structure of analysis, ie categories, scripts, syntax, thematic, diction/phrase, and rhetorical. this model of analysis will enable readers of journalism discourse to be open minded, critical, and understand the nature of the presence of journalism discourse in language learning. the development model undertaken english review: journal of english education volume 6, issue 1, december 2017 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 145 in this study includes rational, theoretical basis, learning characteristics and principles, analytical structures, teacher and student positions, instructional materials, learning methods and techniques, learning scenarios, focus and learning objectives, and learning evaluations. reference alwasilah, a. c. (2003). bangsa yang besar adalah bangsa yang menulis. pidato pengukuhan jabatan guru besar tetap dalam bidang pendidikan bahasa dan sastra inggris, fpbs upi, 17 oktober 2003. bandung: upi. anshori, d. s. (2002). bahasa koran sebagai bahan ajar pembelajaran bahasa. bahasa & sastra, 2(3), 8294. brown, g., & yule, g. (1996). analisis wacana. jakarta: gramedia. eriyanto. (2007). framming, konstruksi, ideologi, dan politik media. yogyakarta:: lkis fairclough, n. (1992). language and power. london: longman. fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n. e. (1993). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw-hill, inc. georgakapoulou, a. (1998). small and large identities in narative (inter)action. in de fina, a., schiffrin, d., & bamberg, m. (eds.), discourse and identity. cambridge: cambridge university press. halliday, m. a. k., & hasan, r. (1985). language context and text: aspects of language in a social, semiotic perspective. victoria: deakin university press. heracleous, l. (2006). discourse, interpretation, organization. cambridge: cambridge university press. heryanto, a. (2000). perlawanan dalam kepatuhan, esai-esai budaya. bandung: mizan. hymes, d. (1972). on communicative competence. in j. b. pride, & j. holmes (eds.), sociolinguictics. harmondsworth: penguin. latief, y., & ibrahim, i.s. (1996). bahasa dan kekuasaan. bandung: mizan. lewuk, p. (1995). kritik filosofis atas pembangunan: beberapa serpihan pemikiran. jakarta: fosko’66. muhadjir. n. (2000). metodologi penelitian kualitatif (4th edition). yogyakarta:: rake sarasin. mulyana, d. (2001). metodologi penelitian kualitatif, paradigma baru ilmu komunikasi dan ilmu sosial lainnya. bandung: rosdakarya. moleong, l. j. (2002). metodologi penelitian kualitatif. bandung: remadja rosdakarya. ni, y. (2003). noun phrases in media texts: a qualitative approach. in aitchison, j., & lewis, d.m. (eds.), new media language. london: routledge. vygotsky, l. s. (1986). thought and language. cambridge: the mit press. rakhmat, j. (1984). a model for the study of mass media effects on political leaders: a study in indonesia. unpublished thesis. usa: iowa state university. stern. h. h. (1992). issues and options in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. suroso. (1999). bahasa jurnalistik perspektif berita utama politik surat kabar indonesia pada awal era reformasi. unpubished dissertation. jakarta: pps unj. dadang s. anshori framing of journalism discourse to improve discourse competence of senior high school students 146 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners taj mohammad department of english, najran university, k.s.a. e-mail: tajmohd09@gmail.com apa citation: mohammad, t. (2015). phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners. english review, 4(1), 54-65 received: 02-02-2015 accepted: 04-07-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: arab learners' mother tongue influence on target language (english) is a very usual and well-known phenomenon in schools and universities. the present study attempts to find and analyze phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners. the study aims to critically analyze students’ writing samples and focus on the problems like capitalization, punctuation, language use and spelling. it critically diagnoses teachers’ perception on the above-mentioned writing problems through a personal interview and offers some recommendations based on the findings through writing samples and interview responses. to achieve these objectives, researcher analyzes forty writing samples of students from first and second midterm examinations at pyp (preparatory year program), najran university. to the surprise of researcher, writing samples had ridiculous errors. four writing samples are attached to expose errors of students. twenty teachers, especially teaching writing at pyp, najran university, were interviewed in order to investigate the real causes of extremely poor performance of students. teachers, in the interview, denoted various causes for the present condition of students. they admitted that use of mother in the classroom was one of the major causes of the present condition of students. the study offered some recommendations (based on the findings) like elimination of gt method and implementation of clt approach in the classroom. key words: gt method, mother tongue influences, target language introduction arab learners are influenced by mother tongue while studying english language. this problem is more common where english is taught through grammar and translation method. as a result of using gt method, students try to translate every expression in the target language that is almost impossible. it results into various kinds of phonological, morphological and syntactical errors. as ellis (1997) stated that errors reflect gaps in students' competence. it is so because the student does not know what is correct. mistakes reflect occasional lapses in performance or slips of tongue (brown, 2007). a mistake can be self-corrected, but an error cannot. errors are systematic, in the sense that they occur recurrently and not accepted by the learner. hence, only teachers or researchers would trace them, learners would not (gass and selinker, 2008; ellis, 1998). learners commit errors because there are distinctive differences between arabic and english in almost all syntactical, morphological, phonological, lexical, semantic, rhetorical and orthographical aspects (ali, 2007). 54 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee arabic and english do not share the same linguistic properties. one of the most noticeable differences between the two languages is that arabic is written from right to left. english, on the other hand, is written from left to right (sabbah, 2015) it is very difficult to adopt arabic as a linguistic model for transfer of learning. arabic is completely different (phonologically, morphologically and syntactically) from english. according to jie (as cited in james, 2007), transfer is "the carrying-over of learned responses from one type of situation to another.” transfer can be of two types: positive transfer and negative transfer. the positive transfer refers to the process of using rules from l1, which facilitates or has a positive influence on learning l2. this transfer is mostly due to similarities between l1 and l2. in contrast, negative transfer is the transfer of rules from l1, which impedes or has harmful influence on the command of rules of l2. this is due to differences between l1 and l2. (sabbah s.s., 2015) because of these linguistic variances, use of gt method often leads to negative transfer. using mother tongue in the classroom is not a fruitful idea. moreover, it also inspires students rely more on their mother tongue, arabic than the target language. despite rigorous attempts, students are not able even to write a paragraph in the target language, english. most of their errors in target language denote to capitalization, punctuation, spelling, grammar etc. for the ease of analysis and interpretation of data, this study is divided into four major parts namely capitalization, punctuation, spelling and grammar. this paper attempts to throw light on some of the commonest errors made by arab learners especially in the four areas. the study thoroughly analyses the writing samples of students and interview teachers with a certain set of questions (based on the major issues of students) to inquire the real causes of errors. literature concerning elt in general is available in a large number, but pragmatic researches conducted on writing are comparatively very few. some of the researchers have accomplished their research work on identifying the problems of the arab efl learners in four language skills like o’malley. however, arab learners of english encounter problems in both speaking and writing. this fact has been clearly stated by haq (1982). for example, yemeni students learn english in their country where native language is arabic. a range of overflowing psycholinguistic theories has long mystified foreign language teachers. many problems dealing with arab students have been identified in their course of studying english language. for example, the work of haq (1982) concluded that most arab students usually face problems in writing skills. another study conducted by zughoul (1984) confirmed the findings of haq(1982) and revealed that most jordanian students enrolled in efl classes have poor oral communication skills, as they usually commit gross lexical errors. they lack proper knowledge of syntax and spelling rules. they also have difficulty in expressing themselves. most of the studies conducted by mukattash (1983), suleiman (1983), and ibrahim (1983) noted that arab students’ problems in learning english denote to deficiency in english language curricula, alarming teaching methodology and psycholinguistic theories and problems with proper language environments etc. diab (1996) investigated the interference of arabic in english writings 55 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners of lebanese students. the results showed that the transfer of arabic linguistic structures influenced english writings of lebanese students on the grammatical, lexical, semantic and syntactic levels. in his study, al-shuaibi (2009) focuses on the phonology of phono tactics, and he finds that learners have difficulty in pronouncing english initial consonant clusters having three members and final consonant clusters of three and four members. he showed some processes involved in the pronunciation of these clusters, namelyreduction, substitution and deletion. kharma & hajjaj (1989) tried to investigate the problems that arab students of english encounter at the initial stages and showed four major areas of difficulty. first, they found that arab learners confuse certain pairs of consonant sounds. second, learners insert a short vowel to break down the long consonant clusters. third, certain diphthongs are replaced by other sounds due to l1 interference. last, arab learners are generally confused with the distinction between certain pairs of vowels. the belief that l2 should be developed with no reference to l1 is known as language compartmentalization and the reasoning behind this belief is to avoid l1 interference (i.e. errors result from l1 negative transfer) (cook, 2001). macdonald's advice to teachers is "if you get stuck in the middle of a lesson, try to communicate your message by some other means, such as mime or demonstration" (macdonald, 1993, p. 23). however, there are researches, which support use of l1 in the classroom. for example, willis and willis (2007) consider that l1 cannot be avoided in l2 classrooms since it can bring some benefits to the classroom, especially with beginners. for instance, some teachers have found that learners who did a task in l1 before doing it in l2 showed good progress in l2; moreover, their overall use of l1 decreased. a similar view is held by harbord (1992). he considers l1 a natural communication tool between teachers and students, as in giving class instructions, but he stands firmly against using l1 for explaining grammar. butzkamm (2003) supports the previous reasons for employing l1 and adds that l1 promotes learners’ dependence on l2. the advice being "use as much of the target language as possible, and ensure that use of first language supports the children's language learning" (cameron, 2001: 199). while reviewing the above research works, it has been observed that most of the researchers have identified problems of arab efl learners, but very few have given the remedial measures and solutions for these problems. this study specifically focuses on the pragmatic problems of the four major areas of capitalization, punctuation, language use (grammar) and spelling in writing among the students of writing skills courses at preparatory year program, najran university. the present research attempts to suggest techniques, methods and elucidation to improve the major problems faced by arab saudi learners in general and najran university in particular. this study also attempts to provide some practical remedies and suggestions for the above mentioned problems. method fifty students were randomly selected for this study from different writing sections. their first and second 56 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee midterm examination scripts were selected in order to analyze the writing problems. the teachers, especially teaching writing, were contacted with the samples of writing and interviewed on the causes of errors, which students usually commit. teachers explained the reasons of students' errors in writing. students’ fifty writing samples from first and second midterm tests were selected randomly. four of them are presented for this study to examine and to offer the suggestions and relevant remedies to improve the teaching writing instructions and/or to develop the writing skills among learners. during the interview, teachers elaborated the reasons of students' poor performance in writing classes. results & discussion capitalization writing sample 1 there were many samples that the researcher studied though only four of them are presented here with analysis. the researcher has presented a general analysis of the rest of the samples which were not feasible to be pasted here. as shown in writing sample-1, most of the students were confused with capitalization. the student writes pronoun ‘my’ with a capital letter in the middle of the first sentence of the paragraph. in the same sentence he writes ‘shop’ where last letter of the word ‘shop’ is capitalized. in the second sentence, he writes the common nouns: ‘some’ and ‘person’ with a capital letter in the middle of a sentence. in the third sentence, he writes verb ‘sail’, pronoun ‘your’ and adjective ‘pity’ with a capital letter. they did not know that a new sentence must begin with a capital letter. in sentence 5, he again writes verb ‘sail’ with a capital letter. in sentence 6, he misspells the noun ‘peope’ for people and writes ‘p’ in capital letter. in the same sentence, he writes the noun ‘service’ with a capital letter. then again in sentence 7, he writes ‘sail’ with a capital letter. in sentence 8, he writes ‘some’ and ‘service’ with a capital letter. 57 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners again in sentence 9, he writes ‘sail’ with a capital letter. in the last sentence, the student again writes ‘some’ with a capital letter. in the same sentence, he writes ‘people’ with capital ‘p’. it shows they are confused while capitalizing the letters. they are unaware of the rule that proper noun is to be written with a capital letter and common noun needs not be capitalized. sometimes, students use verb with a capital letter like sail. it is because of the influence of their mother tongue, they try to translate each and everything including capitalization and spelling too. there is no capital letter in arabic. in arabic, sentences do not start with capital letter. as influenced by mother tongue, they do not write proper noun and personal pronouns with capital letters. for example, هو means ‘he’. they write ‘he’ with small letter, no matter middle or start. the same is the case even with proper noun for example, they get confused with al that .السعودية means 'the'. they write in english it with ‘the saudi arabia’. it happens so because they confuse al with definite article ‘the’. students do not capitalize proper nouns. punctuation writing sample 2 as shown in writing sample-2, at the end of sentence 2, no (.) is used. sentence 3 is confusing. at the end of sentence 4, no (.) is used. in sentence 5, commas are not used at their proper places. at the end of sentence 6, no full stop is used. at the end of sentence 7, no full stop is used. sentence 8 is obscure and commas are not used at proper places. punctuation is found in arabic, but it is a little bit different from english. there is full stop (.) in arabic. for example, he reads a book. هو يقرا الكحاب. this is the reason that most of the students do not make mistakes in (.). comma (,) is there but its position in arabic is different from english. for example, ‘he reads book, magazines, newspapers etc’. .هو يقرا الكحاب،المجالت،الجرائد 58 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee colon (:) has the same position in arabic too. that is why students do not make mistakes in this area. for example, 1:09مه الساعة semicolon (;) is the same in arabic. so students hardly make mistakes in semicolon. question mark (?) is also the same in arabic. for example, ماذا جريد؟ inverted commas are also put at the same place in arabic. for example, ".اريد ان اذاكر الدرس"قال عادل another problem is that arabic is written from right to left but english is vice versa. students are organized to write from right to left. therefore, there are organizational differences between arabic and english which result into serious mistakes so often. language use writing sample 3 as shown in writing sample-3, student misspelled the verb ‘travilled’. in sentence 2, student was not able to write pronoun ‘we’ and preposition ‘in’ properly. in sentence 3, helping verb was not used. in sentence 4, no verb is used. sentence 5 is obscure. in sentence 6 again, helping verb is not used. in sentence 7, no verb is used. in sentence 8, proper form of verb ‘go’ is not used. in sentence 9, no verb is used. in sentence 10, no verb is used. in sentence 11, no proper form of verb according to tense is used. in the last sentence 12, no subject is used. the form of verb ‘go’ is also misused. the major problem that students face is that there is no helping verb in arabic. that is why students hardly use any helping verb in their sentences. for example, they commonly make mistakes in continuous tense, perfect tense, passive voice etc. there is no present perfect tense in arabic. therefore, students are more prone to commit these sorts of mistakes. another important aspect is that students are always confused with singular and plural. they treat plural of english as singular. for example, ‘the boys was in class’. in english, there is no masculine and feminine when demonstrative pronouns are used. for example, ‘this is a cat’. here you don't know if the cat is (he or she. ) هذه )ام ( هذا قط)ال تعرف هو يقصد .(قطة 59 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners in arabic, one can change from masculine to feminine or vice versa by changing one letter in the word. (هى تكتب -هو يكتب ) normally sentences start with a يقرا الدرس verb in arabic. the sentence structure in arabic is verb+sub+object. for example, ‘yaqra aldas’ means ‘he reads the lesson’. verb changes according to doer. it is different with ‘he’ or ‘she’. they are called verbal clause. (jumla failiya) يقرا الدرس جقرا الدرس jumla ismiya (noun clause) starts with subject, for example, adil plays football.عادل يلعة الكرة. here the structure is subject +verb+ object. there are two ways of writing a sentence; verbal or noun clause. usually, sentence starts with verb. if name of the doer is given, it can start either way. for example, adil plays football. (يلعة عادل الكرة) while in standard arabic it is like عادل يلعة الكرة there is no auxiliary verb in arabic. for example, adil is playing football. ( االوعادل يلعة الكرة) here adverb decides the tense that denotes continuous but there is no auxiliary verb. these kinds of structures confuse the learners. students influenced by their mother tongue are likely to commit mistakes with these kinds of structures. arabic has model verbs too like ‘will’. for example ( كرةعادل سوف يلعة ال ) adil will play football. ‘sawf+verb’ ( سوف will play’. ‘may’ in arabic is called‘ ( يلعة he may play‘ هو رتما يلعة الكرة (رتما) football’. ‘must’ in arabic is called.يجة for example,يجة ان اذاكر الدرس means ‘he must study the lesson’. like english, in arabic too, model comes before the verb. that is why students do not make mistakes regarding models in english. arabic doesn’t have present perfect, past perfect, present perfect continuous and past perfect continuous. it has only indefinite and continuous which are written with a little difference in arabic. for example, .adil plays football يلعة عادل الكرة (present indefinite) adil is playing the يلعة عادل الكرة االن football. (present continuous) here are some examples from the past tense too. for example, adil played the football لعة عادل الكرة yesterday. (past indefinite) adil was playing the عادل كان يلعة الكرة football yesterday. (past continuous) kana (كان) is adverb here. here, for auxiliary verb, كان is used and that is adverb of time referring to past. االن(now) is also adverb that denotes to present. so, in arabic, there is no auxiliary verb but adverbs are used in the sense of expressing past or past to denote auxiliary verbs. there is a lot of difference between the sentence structure of arabic and english. that is why students who try to translate each and everything in english commit serious errors. in future tense too, adverbs denote the auxiliary verb expressing the future. for example, يلعة الكرة غدا adil will play عادل سوف football tomorrow. (future indefinite) يلعة الكرة غدا adil will be عادل سوف يكون playing football. (future continuous) is adverbial phrase that سوف يكون denotes ‘will be’. no future perfect or future perfect continuous tenses are there in arabic language. students have difficult time in understanding perfect and perfect continuous tense sentences. as far as articles are concerned, there are definite and indefinite articles in arabic language. for example: الجامعة means ‘the university’ and جامعة 60 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ‘university’(any university). so it is an indefinite article. but there is no ‘a’ and ‘an’. because of a very common use of ‘al’ in arabic, students often use ‘the’ even if there is no need of definite article in english structure. prepositions are also found in arabic. for example, the book is on the table.الكحاب على المىضدة .here على means on. ‘under’ is denoted by جحث for example, الكحاب جحث المىضدة 'the book is under the table’. ‘in’ means ,for example الىto’ is denoted by‘ . فى . ذاهة الى المدرسةاوا students, usually, do not make mistakes in prepositions because there is a wide use of prepositions in arabic. spelling writing sample 4 as shown in writing sample-4, most of the students have problems in spelling. in sentence 1 of the paragraph, students misspelled the noun ‘friends’. in the second sentence, he misspelled the verb ‘flwe’ and noun ‘ciro’. in the third sentence he misspelled adverb of number ‘tow’. in sentence 4, he misspelled the verb ‘stud’ and ‘ciro’ in the same sentence. in sentence 5, he misspelled the noun ‘cinme’. in sentence 7, he misspelled the verbs ‘visted’, ‘stdy’ and noun ‘frind’. in sentence 9 he repeated the same mistake ‘visted’. in sentence 11, he misspelled the verb ‘enjoed’. students commit serious mistakes in spelling as shown above. spelling is very much influenced by phonetic transcription. students listen to an english word and then try to spell it as they listen to it. for example, there is no p sound in arabic. they write b for p. they write ‘pepsi’ as ‘bebsi’. p can be pronounced only in cluster sounds like ‘th’ and ‘za. that is why most of the spelling mistakes are due to phonic transcription. english words are complex in writing and pronunciation as well. for example, international if written according to pronunciation will be intarnashonal. in arabic, there are fixed rules of writing 61 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners coping with pronunciation without any difference. one problem with english consonants is the distinction between the voiceless post alveolar fricative and the voiceless post alveolar affricate, namely ‘sh’ and ‘ch’ respectively. since standard arabic does not treat the distinction as phonemic, arab english learners confuse ‘catsh’ for ‘catch’. equally confusing to arab speakers of english is the distinction between vowels. since arabic has only long and short versions of three vowel phonemes, the distinction between e, i, ee, y, and ai as in ‘turkee’, ‘italya’, and ‘palestain’ is extremely challenging to arabs who tend to mispronounce and consequently misspell words with these vowels. a similar peculiarity of each is the spelling of the /f/ sound. is it spelt as ‘f’, ‘ph’, or ‘gh’? arab learners struggle with the spelling of this sound and the phonemic voicing contrast between /f/ and /v/ since the voiced version is not a phoneme in arabic; hence, these spelling errors0 ‘selfestor stalon’ for ‘silvester stallone’ are very common. analysis and discussion on interview another method used to collect the data was interview method. twenty samples were selected out of 30 which were filled in with complete information. the participants responded to the following questions in the interview: 1. some major causes for poor performance in capitalization: 2. some major causes for poor performance in punctuation: 3. some major causes for poor performance in language use: 4. some major causes for poor performance in spelling: table-1: results and discussion on interview question no. 1 q.1. number of participants some major causes for poor performance in capitalization: 5 students lacked motivation. impractical writing activities. 6 most of the students had poor background in writing. students were reticent to write in target language. limited vocabulary. 5 writing exercises were not as practical as they should be. students were not exposed to writing at an early stage. 4 most of the students were unable to understand what is proper noun and how to capitalize it students faced difficulties in understanding how to start a new sentence students didn’t distinguish among nouns, verbs, pronouns etc. as shown in table 1, in response to question number 1, most of teachers admitted that students had a poor background in writing because there was not much emphasis on writing in their schools. they hesitate to write in target language. they also have limited vocabulary. all these factors often lead students to commit grave mistakes. table-2: results and discussion on interview question no. 2 q.2 number of participants some major causes for poor performance in punctuation: 5 students did not get an opportunity to practice punctuation in the classroom students didn’t pay much attention on punctuation 62 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in early schools, students didn’t have much exposure to punctuation 8 students compare punctuation with arabic, their mother tongue students were taught through gt method in their earlier classes that influenced their learning of punctuation 7 some students do not know english at all and teachers do not know arabic at all. it often results into lack of communication. sometimes students do not understand the technicality of punctuation because they cannot understand english teachers as their english is too poor as shown in table 2, in response to question number 2, there were some common difficulties faced by the students. teachers admitted that students compare english punctuation with arabic one as mother tongue influenced their writing practice. some bilingual teachers also used gt method in classes, which caused the problem to its severity. arabic had a great influence on them while writing english language. because of the bilingual approach, students often commit serious mistakes. table-3: results and discussion on interview question no. 3 q.3. number of participants some major causes for poor performance in language use: 05 students are often confused with tenses 15 gt method is a big obstacle because arabic and english are two completely different languages on the basis of structure and grammar as shown in table 3, in response to question number 3, 5 teachers completely agreed that the students were confused with tenses. the rest of fifteen teachers accepted that bilingual method of teaching is a big problem. they translated each and everything from arabic to english and vice versa. translation practices often lead to serious mistakes in target language. table-4: results and discussion on interview question no. 4 q.4 number of participants some major causes for poor performance in spelling: 6 students have no knowledge of english phonetics. they cannot speak certain sounds like 'p' and 't'. it often leads to spelling errors. textbook does not have enough space to practice the spelling of words 5 spelling games are not provided in the textbook 5 students are not motivated to improve their spelling 4 in early classes, students were not exposed to rigorous practice of spelling as shown in table 4, in response to question number 4, there were some common causes of poor performance of students in spelling. the most common causes were no knowledge of phonetics, confusing sounds, textbook lacking activities to improve spelling. writing is only considered as a part of formal courses. sometimes it is boring for students. as they do not enjoy writing, they hardly pay attention to spelling. 63 taj mohammad phonological, morphological and syntactical influences of mother tongue on arab learners their only aim is to get pass marks in the examination. conclusion the analysis of students' ability to capitalize sentences shows they are confused while capitalizing the letters (see writing sample-1). arabic language does not capitalize starting of a sentence, proper noun etc. students' dependence on mother tongue often results into negative transfer and sample one is a good representation of it. therefore, it is recommended that use of mother tongue should be completely banned not only in the university but also in schools. punctuation is found in arabic, but it is a little bit different from english. students, as influenced by arabic punctuation, often commit errors in punctuation (see writing sample-2). these errors also attribute to excess use of mother tongue in the classroom. therefore, punctuation can be improved with the help of practice exercises. teachers can also assess progress of students by conducting quizzes and class tests from time to time. the analysis of students’ ability to use language and grammar shows that they have many problems in expressing ideas even if they are given controlled writing paragraph (see writing sample3). as interview with teachers demonstrate that gt method is a major cause of these errors. students should be discouraged to think in arabic and then translate into english. teachers can use direct method or communicative language teaching approach as it is the best solution to tackle this problem. in case of spelling, the analysis of writing samples shows that there are many errors (see writing sample-4). for example, students are usually confused with ‘p’ and ‘b’ as ‘p’ sound is not found in arabic alphabet. teachers also accepted it one of the major causes of spelling mistakes during the interview. this confusion, as teachers opined, often leads to spelling errors. cook (1999) suggests that the most common spelling errors are related to pronunciation and this is shown through substituted vowels and phonological mistakes. bebout (1985) is of the opinion that foreign speakers’ mispronunciation of english is a recognized cause of spelling errors. these kinds of spelling problems which arabic speakers have are discussed in more details in swan & smith (1987) and kharma & hajjaj (1989). the former, for example, highlights problems arabic learners of english have with the ‘mirror’ shaped letters(e.g. p and q) and comment on the difficulties which stem from the fact that arabic is written from right to left (thus learners may write crwon rather than crown). this reveals that either students are not aware of these sorts of mistakes or their attention is never invited to it. this can be attributed to the lack of background knowledge of the students in foreign language. students should be exposed to phonetics. teachers must practice phonemic transcription in the class to avoid spelling errors. references haq, a. f. (1982). an analysis of syntactic errors in the composition of jordanian secondary students" unpublished ma thesis. yarmouk: yarmouk university. ali, n. (2007). some linguistic problems facing arab learners of english. adab alrafidayn. (48), pp 1-14, retrieved from http://www.iasj.net/iasj?func=fulltext&ai d=33586 bebout, l. j. (1985). an error analysis of misspellings made by learners of english as a first and as a second language. journal of psycholinguistic research 14, 569-593 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf01067386 brown, d. (2007). principles of language learning and teaching (fifth edition). london: pearson longman. 64 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf01067386 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee butzkamm, w. (2003). we only learn language once: the role of the mother tongue in efl classrooms: death of a dogma. language learning journal, 28, 29-39. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0957173038520 0181 cameron, l., 2001. teaching languages to young learners. cambridge: cambridge university press.http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780 511733109 cook, v. j. (1999). teaching spelling. retrieved may 17, 2015 from http://privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/ obs2o.htm cook, v. (2001). using the first language in the classroom. canadian modern language review, 57(3), 402-423 http://dx.doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.57.3.402 diab, n. (1996) the transfer of arabic in the english writings of lebanese students. esp 18(1) 71-83. ellis, r. (1997). second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press. gass, s., and selinker, l. (2008). second language acquisition: an introductory course, mahwah, nj: lea, chapter 3.2. retrieved on oct 23, 2015 from http://ecaths1.s3.amazonaws.com/soleda dpampilloadquisicion/1865601592.second language-acquisition.pdf harbord, j. (1992). the use of the mother tongue in the classroom. elt journal, 46(4), 350355. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/46.4.350 ibrahim m (1983). the role of english departments in arab universities, in dihayat and ibrahim (eds.), papers from the first conference on the problems of teaching english language and literature at arab universities, university of jordan, amman-jordan. jie, x. (2008). error theories and second language acquisition [electronic version]. us-china foreign language, 6(1), 35-42. kharma, n. & hajjaj. (1989). errors in english among arabic speakers: analysis and remedy. london: longman macdonald, c. (1993). using the target language. cheltenham: mary glasgow. ministry of education (1974). the educational policy in the saudi arabian kingdom. 2nd ed. riyadh: ministry of education. mukattash, l. (1983). the problem of difficulty in foreign language learning. in dahiyat, e./ibrahim, m. (eds.) papers from the first conference on the problems of teaching english language and literature at arab universities. amman: university of jordan. o'malley, j. and chamot, a. (1990). learning strategies in second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo978113952 4490 sabbah, s. s. (2015). negative transfer: arabic language interference to learning english. arab world english journal, 6(4), 269–288. suleiman, s. (1983), teaching english to arab students at the university level. in dihayat and ibrahim (eds.), papers from the first conference on the problems of teaching english language and literature at arab universities. amman: university of jordan. swan, m. & smith, b. (eds.) (1987). learner english: a teacher's guide to interference and other problems. new york: cambridge university press. wallace, m. j. (1998). action research for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. willis, d. and willis, j. (2007). doing task-based teaching. oxford: oxford university press. zughoul, m. (1984). the linguistic attitudes of arab university students: factorial structure and intervening variables (in arabic). j. the jordanian academy of arabic, 25-26, 148-200. http://dx.doi.org/10.1515/ijsl.1984.50.155 65 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09571730385200181 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09571730385200181 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511733109 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511733109 http://privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/obs2o.htm http://privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/obs2o.htm http://dx.doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.57.3.402 http://ecaths1.s3.amazonaws.com/soledadpampilloadquisicion/1865601592.secondlanguage-acquisition.pdf http://ecaths1.s3.amazonaws.com/soledadpampilloadquisicion/1865601592.secondlanguage-acquisition.pdf http://ecaths1.s3.amazonaws.com/soledadpampilloadquisicion/1865601592.secondlanguage-acquisition.pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/46.4.350 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781139524490 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781139524490 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 69 the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills, and reading comprehension mawaddah hidayati english language education, faculty of teacher training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: mawaddahhidayati2@gmail.com rita inderawati (corresponding author) english language education, faculty of teacher training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: ritarudisaid@yahoo.com bambang loeneto english language education, faculty of teacher training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: loenetobambang@gmail.com apa citation: hidayati, m., inderawati, r., & loeneto, b. (2020). the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills, and reading comprehension. english review: journal of english education, 9(1), 69-80. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i1.3780 received: 27-06-2020 accepted: 29-09-2020 published:11-12-2020 introduction in education, critical thinking skills cannot be separated from language learners. they are constantly exposed to different types of information from what they have to see and read which require them to be able to investigate as well as critical thinking skills simultaneously. critical thinking skills cannot develop naturally and automatically. the skills must be practiced to increase students’ engagement to have the potential effect. they need to be taught, learned, and practiced (hammond, flook, harvey, barron, & osher, 2020; ghanizadeh, hoorie, & jahedizadeh, 2020; trinidad, ngo, nevada, & morales, 2020). the practice of critical thinking should be integrated in classrooms through questioning and reasoning. the students should be encouraged to question all information they got and they must also have reasons for their beliefs and actions. a study is conducted by saleh (2019) that it is a must that students’ critical thinking must be stimulated. it is relevant to pnevmatikos, christodoulou, & georgiadou (2019) that students’ critical thinking skills must be promoted. they argued an instructional approach that is values and knowledge education (vake) to apply. meanwhile, the teachers has good perspectives toward the integration of teaching critical thinking in the classroom since this skill can be an intellectual stimuli to facilitate abstract: critical thinking skills, critical reading skills, and reading comprehension were the most crucial life skills that should be mastered by the students, especially for university students. the objectives of this study were: (1) to find out whether or not there was a significant correlation among students critical thinking skills and reading comprehension, (2) to find out whether or not there was a significant correlation among critical reading skills and reading comprehension, and (3) to find out whether or not there was a significant correlation among the predictor variables (critical thinking skills and critical reading skills) and the criterion variable (reading comprehension) of english education study program students of uin raden fatah palembang. in this study, 90 undergraduate english education study program of uin raden fatah palembang in the academic year 2018/2019 in the fourth semester were chosen as a sample by means of purposive sampling. this study conducted correlational research design. the data were collected by using tests. pearson product moment correlation and regression were used to analyzed the data. based on the data collected and analyses applied in this study, the findings revealed that (1) there was a significant correlation among critical thinking skills and reading comprehension with r-value 0.810, (2) there was a significant correlation among critical reading skills and reading comprehension with r-value 0.844, (3) there was a significant correlation among predictor variables (critical thinking skills and critical reading skills) gave 71.3% contribution to criterion variable (reading comprehension). keywords: critical thinking; critical reading; reading comprehension mailto:ritarudisaid@yahoo.com mailto:loenetobambang@gmail.com https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i1.3780 mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 70 student’s learning. therefore, education for now on should pay close attention to the development of student’s thinking skills. curriculum and implementation in relation to critical thinking must be designed (bezanilla, nogueira, poblete, & dominguez, 2019). the cultivation of thinking skill has been the focus of education for years. it is one of the most life skills that should be possessed by all people in order to survive in the future life (unesco, 2011). beside critical thinking skills, good at reading literacy is also important because it can help students to engage with the progress of information in the global era. reading is not only the way to share ideas between the writer and the readers, but also a very common way used by most of people in order to get information and enrich their knowledge. reading is a receptive skill, but it practically involves an active process of thinking and has cognitive consequences for the readers. according to yamasaki, mcgregor, & booth (2020), one of the categories in reading skills is critical reading skills. critical reading skills are skills that will help students be able to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate what is read as it represents a cognitive skill that is academically has high relevancy. when teachers expose students to critical reading skills, they will also make students see the cause – and – effect or comparing relationships in the text, or adopting critical stance toward the text. in other words, when teachers teach critical reading skills to students, they will develop students to be critical thinkers as well because when they do critical reading it will lead to critical thinking (critical reading will come first before critical thinking). it means that, students need to have fully understood a text where they would analyze, synthesize, and evaluate it, then only they would think critically about the text – choose or reject the ideas put forward, agree or disagree with the issues, and most important of all they know the reasons why they do it. moreover, reading comprehension is related close to critical thinking skills and critical reading skills. reading comprehension itself is a cognitive process of making meaning from text. the goal, therefore, is to gain an overall understanding of what is described in the text rather than to obtain meaning from isolated words or sentences (woolley, 2011). it means that, reading comprehension is the ability to process text, understanding its meaning, and to integrate with what the readers already knows. it is clear that the process involves analytic thinking and evaluating what one reads that requires to the higher order comprehension (cognitive skills) such as making inferences, reasoning and judging. these skills are important in order to infer, compare, distinguish between fact and opinion, and identify the author’s intention. in this information era, students must have critical thinking skills, critical reading skills, and reading comprehension ability. critical thinking skills will help students and graduates to achieve higher levels in their study and profession. critical thinking skills will help create students become leaders and professionals that are selfgoverning. then, critical reading skills will help students to not only know how to convert orthographic symbols to language (word attack skills), use context and knowledge to comprehend what is read (comprehension skills), or see larger sentences as wholes, but also it can help students to read fluently (fluency skills). further, if students have critical reading skills, they would definitely have good reading comprehension skills and could be successful in schools or universities. students with good reading comprehension skills could perform well in any subject or course because they have developed the critical reading skills to not only understand but analyze any text given to them. this will also help them to score better in any tests or exams they have to take in schools. the more crucial goal here is that teachers will prepare them to be better students if they embark in any program at the tertiary education (hudson, 2007). in the faculty of teacher training and education of uin raden fatah palembang, the students were practiced and taught to be a teacher. ideally, a teacher should be good at thinking and reading skills. for english majoring, thinking skills and reading skills was taught from semester 1 to semester 3. the writer assumed that critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension were practiced in integrative during reading classes. based on this assumed, this study attempted to know (1) whether or not there was any correlation between critical thinking skills and reading comprehension, (2) whether or not there was any correlation between critical reading skills and reading comprehension, (3) whether or not there was any correlation between predictor variables (critical thinking skills and critical reading skills) and criterion variable (reading comprehension) of english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 71 english education program students of uin raden fatah palembang. method method of the study in this study, the writer used a quantitative research approach with a correlational research design. creswell (2012, p. 338) stated that a correlation is a statistical test to determine the tendency or pattern for two or more variables or two sets of data to vary consistently. in this study, the writer has found that there was a significant correlation between variables: critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension of english education study program students of uin raden fatah palembang. site and participant in this study, the total number of the population were 270 students of english education study program students of uin raden fatah palembang in the academic years 2018/2019. moreover, in the process of taking samples, the writer used a purposive sampling. according to johnson and christensen (2012, p. 231) purposive sampling is the way of researcher specifies the characteristics of a population of interest and then tries to locate individuals who have those characteristics. it is a nonrandom sampling technique in which researcher solicits persons with specific characteristics to participate in a research study. since this study aimed at seeing the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension, only students who had taken all the reading courses (reading i, reading ii, reading iii and intensive reading) were taken as the sample. because the fourth-grade students had already taken and passed all the reading classes, they were considered as the sample. a purposive sampling was used in this study to take 90 samples from 270 undergraduate students of english education study program of uin raden fatah palembang in the academic year 2018/2019. technique for collecting the data the data were collected by using tests which measured student’s critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension. student’s critical thinking skills measured by using collegiate assessment of academic proficiency (caap) critical thinking test that designed by american college testing (act) program in 2008. the test comprised 32 items of multiple choices that measured the students’ skills in analyzing, evaluating, and extending (creating) arguments. then, for the students’ critical reading skills measured by using a readymade test of the sat for critical reading published by peterson’s in 2005. the test consists of 20 items of multiple choices that measured the student’s skills in evaluating an argument, analyzing an argument, analyzing the limitation of the study and concluding an argument. moreover, for students’ reading comprehension measured by using toefl preparation test from heinemann in 1996. the total questions of the reading comprehension test were 50 questions in form of multiple choices that measured the student’s skills in analyzing main idea, analyzing detail, analyzing cause-effect, analyzing inference, evaluating vocabulary, evaluating sequence, and analyzing the author’s tone. technique for analyzing the data the data collected were analyzed using descriptive and inferential analysis. results and discussion the descriptive analysis of the test results this analysis summarized the general information about the students’ test results of critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension. therefore, this analysis included; (1) the results of critical thinking test, (2) critical reading test, and (3) reading comprehension test. mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 72 table 1. descriptive statistics of variables measured n minimum maximum mean std. deviation critical thinking 90 19 78 59.28 17.021 critical reading 90 20 75 46.17 14.727 reading comprehension 90 26 80 46.76 13.646 valid n (listwise) 90 based on the statistical analyses, the results showed critical thinking minimum score was 19, maximum score was 78, mean score was 59.28 and the standard derivation was 17.021. next, the results showed critical reading minimum score was 20, maximum score was 75, mean score was 46.17, and the standard derivation was 14.727. then, the results showed reading comprehension minimum score was 26, maximum score was 80, mean score was 46.76 and the standard derivation was 13.646. table 2. score distribution of critical thinking level of critical thinking score interval number of students percent (%) very good 64 – 80 8 8.8 good 48 – 63 44 48.8 average 32 – 47 19 21.1 poor 16 – 31 19 21.1 very poor 0 – 15 0 0 based on the descriptive data above, there were 8.8 % students who had very good in critical thinking, 48.8 % had good in critical thinking, 21.1 % had average in critical thinking, 21.1 % had poor in critical thinking, and 0 % had very poor in critical thinking. table 3. score distribution of critical reading level of critical reading score interval number of students percent (%) excellent 80.00 – 100.00 0 0 good 70.00 79.99 50 55.5 average 60.00 – 69.99 19 21.1 poor 50.00 – 59.99 12 13.4 very poor 0.10 – 49.99 9 10 from the result above, it found that there were 0 % students who had excellent level of critical reading, 55.5 % students had good level of critical reading, 21.1 % had average level of critical reading, 13.4 % had poor level of critical reading, 10 % had very poor level of critical reading, and 0 % had failed in critical reading. table 4. score distribution of reading comprehension level of reading comprehension score interval number of students percent (%) excellent 80.00 – 100.00 1 1.1 good 70.00 79.99 56 62.2 average 60.00 – 69.99 20 22.2 poor 50.00 – 59.99 9 9.9 very poor 0.10 – 49.99 4 4.4 from the data, it can be seen that there were 1.1 % students who had an excellent reading comprehension, 62.2 % had good reading comprehension, 22.2 % had average reading comprehension, 9.9 % had poor reading comprehension, 4.4 % had very poor reading comprehension, and 0 % had failed in reading comprehension. the results of normality, homogeneity, and linearity tests before analyzing all of the results statistically, it should be ensured that the data were normal, homogeneous, and linear. the data were obtained from the results of the tests. the results showed that the data of critical thinking, critical reading and reading comprehension tests were normal, english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 73 homogeneous, and linear since the significance value were higher than 0.05. the results were presented in the following table: table 5. the results of normality variables kolmogorov smirnov sig. critical thinking 0.086 .099 critical reading 0.088 .079 reading comprehension 0.089 .077 table 6. the results of homogeneity (n=90) variables levene statistic sig. critical thinking & reading comprehension 1.185 .296 critical reading & reading comprehension 0.986 .490 table 7. the results of linearity (n=90) variables f sig. critical thinking & reading comprehension 0.847 .667 critical reading & reading comprehension 1.295 .205 the inferential analysis of the test results this analysis included; (1) the correlations among critical thinking and reading comprehension, (2) the correlations among critical reading and reading comprehension, and (3) the correlations among predictor variables (critical thinking and critical reading) and criterion variable (reading comprehension). table 8. the correlation among students’ critical thinking and their reading comprehension the correlations among students’ critical thinking skills (x1) and reading comprehension (y) pearson product moment correlation coefficient explain how well two sets of continues data correlate to each other. the value can fall between 0.00 (no correlation) and 1.00 (perfect correlation). alpha level (p-value) is as determiner to see whether there is significant correlation or not. generally, p-value lower 0.05 are considered significant. after conducting pearson product correlation between the outcome of the whole critical thinking categories scores and the reading scores, the result revealed that pearson correlation value was 0.810 for sample of n=90, and the significance was .000 which is lower than 0.05 and that was considered significant. the pearson’s correlation coefficient r indicates that there was a strong significant correlation between students’ critical thinking and their reading comprehension. table 9. correlation between critical thinking skills and reading comprehension correlations reading comprehension critical thinking pearson correlation .810** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 90 critical thinking skills reading comprehension analyzing argument pearson correlation .170 sig. (2-tailed) .093 n 90 evaluating an argument pearson correlation .233 sig. (2-tailed) .020 n 90 extending an argument pearson correlation .177 sig. (2-tailed) .080 n 90 mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 74 correlation between critical thinking skills and its aspects to reading comprehension based on table 9, the result of the correlation analyses for each aspect of students’ critical thinking and students’ reading comprehension show that the correlation coefficient of analyzing argument and reading comprehension was 0.170 with the significance value was .093. the correlation coefficient of evaluating argument and reading comprehension was 0.233 with the significance value was .020. the correlation coefficient of extending argument and reading comprehension was 0.177 with the significance value was .080. it means that among three aspects of critical thinking, only one aspect had significant correlation with reading comprehension. it was evaluating an argument. table 10. contribution critical thinking skills and its aspects and reading comprehension based on the regression analysis using stepwise method, from three aspects of critical thinking, only evaluating an argument contribute to reading comprehension, used enter method, the contribution of aspect of critical thinking was 5,4%. table 11. the correlation among critical thinking skills and aspects of reading comprehension reading comprehension critical thinking skills main idea pearson correlation 1 sig. (2-tailed) n 90 detail pearson correlation .993** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 90 cause effect pearson correlation .957** sig. (2-tailed) .003 n 90 inference pearson correlation .969** sig. (2-tailed) .001 n 90 vocabulary pearson correlation .968** sig. (2-tailed) .002 n 90 sequence pearson correlation .976** sig. (2-tailed) .001 n 90 author tone pearson correlation .970* sig. (2-tailed) .030 n 90 based on table 11, the result of the correlation analyses for each aspect of students’ critical thinking and students’ reading comprehension aspects show that the correlation coefficient of main idea and critical thinking was 1 with the significance value was (-). the correlation coefficient of detail and reading comprehension was 0.993 with the significance value was .000. the correlation coefficient of cause-effect and reading comprehension was 0.957 with the significance value was .003. the correlation coefficient of inference and reading comprehension was 0.969 with the significance value was .001. the correlation coefficient of vocabulary and reading comprehension was 0.968 with the significance value was .002. the correlation coefficient of sequence and reading comprehension was 0.976 with the significance value was .001. the correlation coefficient of author’s tone and reading comprehension was 0.970 with the significance value was .030. it means that among seven aspects of reading model summary model r change statistics r square change f change sig. f change 1 .233a .054 5.550 .020 a. predictors: (constant), evaluating an argument english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 75 comprehension, only one aspect had no significant correlation with critical thinking. it was main idea. table 12. contribution critical thinking skills and its aspects and reading comprehension model summary model r change statistics r square change f change sig. f change 1 .987a .975 78.370 .013 a. predictors: (constant), vocabulary based on the regression analysis in table 12 showed that the contribution of vocabulary was 97,5% to reading comprehension of english education study program of uin raden fatah. table 13. the correlation among students’ critical reading skills and their reading comprehension the correlations among students’ critical reading skills (x2) and reading comprehension (y) the result showed there was a significant correlation between critical reading and reading comprehension, since the p-value .000 was lower than 0.05 and the pearson correlation value was r=0.844. it meant that the strength of correlation between critical reading and reading comprehension was in strong level. table 14. correlation between critical reading skills and reading comprehension critical reading skills reading comprehension evaluating an argument pearson correlation -.240 sig. (2-tailed) .004 n 90 analyzing an argument pearson correlation -.331 sig. (2-tailed) .011 n 90 analyzing the limitation of the study pearson correlation .391 sig. (2-tailed) .443 n 90 concluding an argument pearson correlation .106 sig. (2-tailed) .822 n 90 correlation between critical reading skills and its aspects to reading comprehension based on table 14, the result of the correlation analyses for each aspect of students’ critical reading and students’ reading comprehension show that the correlation coefficient of evaluating argument and reading comprehension was -0.240 with the significance value was .004. the correlation coefficient of analyzing argument and reading comprehension was -0.331 with the significance value was .011. the correlation coefficient of analyzing the limitation of the study and reading comprehension was 0.391 with the significance value was .0443. the correlation coefficient of concluding argument and reading comprehension was 0.106 with the significance value was .0822. it means that among fourth aspects of critical reading, only two aspects had significant correlation with reading comprehension. it was evaluating an argument and analyzing argument. correlations reading comprehension critical reading pearson correlation .844** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 90 mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 76 table 15. contribution critical reading skills and its aspects and reading comprehension model summary model r change statistics r square change f change sig. f change 1 2 .286a .377b .082 .142 8.669 6.735 .004 .011 a. predictors: (constant), evaluating argument b. predictors: (constant), evaluating argument, analyzing argument table 16. correlation between critical reading skills and aspects of reading comprehension reading comprehension critical reading main idea pearson correlation .985* sig. (2-tailed) .015 n 90 detail pearson correlation .957* sig. (2-tailed) .043 n 90 cause effect pearson correlation .933 sig. (2-tailed) .067 n 90 inference pearson correlation .991** sig. (2-tailed) .009 n 90 vocabulary pearson correlation .965* sig. (2-tailed) .035 n 90 sequence pearson correlation .947 sig. (2-tailed) .053 n 90 author tone pearson correlation .978* sig. (2-tailed) .022 n 90 in addition, the writer also conducted to see the correlation between critical reading and each aspect of reading comprehension. as showed in table 16, it was found that the correlation between main idea and critical reading was 0.985 with the significance value was 0.015. the correlation coefficient of detail and critical reading was 0.957 with the significance value was .043. the correlation coefficient of causeeffect and critical reading was 0.933 with the significance value was .067. the correlation coefficient of inference and critical reading was 0.991 with the significance value was .009. the correlation coefficient of vocabulary and critical reading was 0.965 with the significance value was .035. the correlation coefficient of sequence and critical reading was 0.947 with the significance value was .053. the correlation coefficient of author’s tone and critical reading was 0.978 with the significance value was .022. it means that among seven aspects of reading comprehension, there were two aspects had no significant correlation with critical reading. they are cause-effect and sequence. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 77 table 17. contribution reading comprehension and students’ critical reading model summary model r change statistics r square change f change sig. f change 1 2 3 4 5 .985a .957b .991c .965d .978e .953 .926 .983 .958 .965 101.443 112.324 114.573 102.654 111.785 .015 .043 .009 .035 .022 a. predictors: (constant), main idea b. predictors: (constant), detail c. predictors: (constant), inference d. predictors: (constant), vocabulary e. predictors: (constant), author tone the writers also found the contribution aspects of reading comprehension and critical reading. table 17 showed the result of regression analysis of each aspect of reading comprehension to critical reading using stepwise method. it showed that main idea, detail, inference, vocabulary and author tone had contribution from the seven aspects of reading comprehension to critical reading. the contribution was 95, 3% for main idea, 92,6% for detail, 98,3% for inference, 95,8% for vocabulary and 96,5% for author tone. regression analysis regression analysis by using stepwise method was applied to find out the contribution of critical thinking and critical reading to reading comprehension, to find out the contribution of critical thinking concept and its aspects to reading comprehension, and to find out the contribution of critical reading and its aspects to reading comprehension to english education student of uin raden fatah palembang. table 18. the correlations among predictor variables (critical thinking and critical reading) and criterion variable (reading comprehension) variable r r square f sig. predictor variable and criterion variable .844 .713 218.809 .000 the result showed that the correlation coefficient between predictor variables total and criterion variable total was .844 with significance value was .000. it means that there was a significant correlation between predictor variables and criterion variable. moreover, the contribution of predictor variables (critical thinking and critical reading) to criterion variable (reading comprehension) was 71,3%. table 18 presents the result of regression analysis among critical thinking and critical reading to reading comprehension. discussion the result of the tests showed that the fourth semester students of uin raden fatah palembang were in good level in terms of critical thinking. it can be seen from the table 2. they can think in clearly and rationally. they have a skill to engaged in reflective and independent thinking; they can decide what to do or what to believe. it was in accordance with what ennis (2011) state that critical thinking was the ability to think clearly and rationally. it included the ability to engaged in reflective and independent thinking; the ability to decided what to did or what to believed. meanwhile, because of they were students of the higher education, it was easy to do critical thinking. they have the greatest experiences to think critically. this was in accordance with akyuz and samsa (2009) claimed that taught students critical thinking skills was the aim of higher education. they believe that one of the greatest experiences for students in higher education was to think critically and to challenge other students’ ideas with those of their own. thinking skills were crucial for educated persons and by these skills they could cope with a rapidly changing world and deal with reality in a reasonable and independent manner. mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 78 from the data distribution showed that students were in good level in terms of critical reading. this finding was the same as the study conducted by dianti (2013) that the critical and analytical reading skills of the english education study program students of sriwijaya university were at good level despite their high academic achievement. this might happen because the students can comprehend what they were reading, not only literal meaning but also implied meaning. it was in line with what pirozzi (2003) state that a critical reading was as very-high level comprehension of written material requiring interpretation and evaluation skill and it also entails using reference to go beyond what was stated explicitly, filling in informational gaps and coming to logical conclusions. moreover, critical reading refers to a careful, active, reflective and analytic reading (kurland, 2006). moreover, the data distribution of reading comprehension showed that most of the fourth semester students of uin raden fatah palembang was in good level. it can be seen from the table 11. it could happen since they had already completed their reading courses, so they have enough knowledge and skills in reading comprehension questions. however, there was no one in excellent level of reading comprehension. this might happen due to many factors involving in comprehension. as stated by baier (2005) that is reading comprehension is a skill that is critical in the educational success of all individuals. without adequate reading comprehension skills, students could struggle in many subject areas. in addition, hansen (2016) also stated that reading is often described as an interactive process, where comprehension is a result of joint efforts from the author and the reader. the author has to formulate the content so that it is interpretable, whereas the reader must mobilize the skills and knowledge needed to comprehend the text – a joint venture. however, the reader is the one most likely to spoil the process; fail to understand, give in, and stop reading. hence, the reader is considered to be the one most responsible for gaining comprehension. it might be that the students did not engage fully during the test, or they had low motivation to do the test. besides, their interest and ability in thinking critically also influences their achievement in reading comprehension. the correlation analysis between critical thinking and reading comprehension showed that there was a significant correlation. this finding was in accordance with what commeyras (1990, p. 201) stated that critical thinking is closely related to reading comprehension. it was similar to the view that reasoning was an integral part of reading. critical thinking which involved reasoning, was the process the reader used to determine which interpretations were consistent with textual evidence and background knowledge. furthermore, there is a connection between critical thinking and reading comprehension. readers must have the inferential and reasoning skills to establish meaningful connections between information in the text and relevant background knowledge. central to these skills is knowing what constitutes an inferential or causal/logical relation and being able to recognize or construct one when need in order to form a coherent mental representation of the text (broek & kremer, 2000, pp. 11-12). there was a significant correlation between critical reading and reading comprehension. this finding was in accordance with what cleveland state university (2017) mentioned that a critical reading means that a reader applies certain processes, models, questions, and theories that result in enchanced clarity and comprehension. in line with that, reading comprehension could be utilized by a set of related concepts, such as: critical thinking, prior knowledge, inferencemaking, and meta-cognitive skills (zabit, 2010). besides, shanahan (2006) supports that one of the components that could influence the readers to read effectively was comprehension. comprehension was the only reason for reading. without comprehension, it meant that someone just read for word calling exercise. by comprehending the meaning of the text deeply, someone could enrich their knowledge, skills, and experiences. last, the answers to the three questions can be seen from the results of statistical analyses showing that there were significant correlations among predictor variables (critical thinking and critical reading) and criterion variable (reading comprehension achievement). it can be concluded that students’ critical thinking and critical reading had effect on their reading comprehension. it could happen since critical thinking becomes the starting point to involve in the way students gain the information especially in a reading activity, and the critical reading helps the students process and connect their prior knowledge and the new knowledge they get while reading. critical reading ability was largely explainable through fluent execution of critical thinking skills in that reading and thinking were two interdependent skills and the reading process could not take place english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 1, december 2020 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 79 without active use of thinking activities (zin, eng & galea, 2014). critical reading was related to critical thinking in that engaging critically in reading meant employing critical thinking skills while reading. these included the analysis and inference skills. reading critically differed from other forms of reading in that the reading act goes beyond the literal meaning by questioning the functions and purposes of the text. reading with awareness of similarities and differences between what the reader has already seen and what he was seeing in the text he is reading. it was clear that the process involves analytic thinking and evaluating what one reads i.e. it required higher order cognitive skills and comprehension skills such as making inferences, reasoning and judging. these skills were important in order to inferred, compared, distinguished between fact and opinion, and identify the author’s intention. conclusion based on the basis of the interpretation of this study, the following conclusions can be drawn. first, the students’ critical thinking was significantly correlated with their reading comprehension. in other words, the more students’ critical thinking in reading, the better their reading comprehension. second, the students’ critical reading was significantly correlated with their reading comprehension. therefore, it can be said that the more students’ critical read, the better their reading comprehension. third, the students’ critical thinking, critical reading, and reading comprehension were significantly correlated. in conclusion, students’ success in reading comprehension was significantly affected by their critical thinking and critical reading. references akyuz, h. i., & samsa, s. (2009). the effects of blended learning environment on the critical thinking skills of students. journal of procedia social and behavioral sciences, 1, 1744-1748. baier, r. j. (2005). reading comprehension and reading strategies (a research paper submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the master of education degree in education, university of wisconsin-stout, as). retrieved from https://minds.wisconsin.edu/handle1793/41543 bezanilla, m.j., nogueira, d.f., poblete, m., & dominguez, h.g. (2019). methodologies for teaching-learning critical thinking in higher education: the teacher’s view. thinking skills and creativity, 33. broek, p. v. d., kremer, k. e. (2000). the mind in action: what it means to comprehend during reading. in b. m. taylor & p. v. d. broek (eds.), reading for meaning: fostering comprehension in the middle grades, newark, de, 1-31. cleveland state university. (2017). critical reading. retrieved from https://www.csuohio.edu/writing-center/criticalreading-what-critical-reading-and-why-do-ineed-do-it. collegiate assessment of academic proficiency (caap) critical thinking sample test questions booklet. (2008). american college testing program: act. http://www.act.org/ commeyras, m. (1990). analyzing a critical-thinking reading lesson. journal of teaching and teacher education. 6(3), 201-214. dianti, r. (2013). the correlation between critical thinking skills and critical reading skills of english education study program students of sriwijaya university (magister’s thesis, sriwijaya university, palembang, indonesia). ennis, r. h. (2011, january 10). what is critical thinking. retrieved from http://www.criticalthinking.net/definition.html ghanizadeh, a., hoorie, a.h., & jahedizadeh, s. (2020). higher order thinking skills in the language classroom: a concise guide. second language learning and teaching. berlin: springer link. hammond, l.d., flook, l., harvey, c.c., barron, b., & osher, d. (2020). implication for educational practice of the science of learning and development. applied development science, 24(2), 97-140 hansen, e. j. (2016). reading comprehension (master i fremmedspråk i skolen, fordypning i engelsk). retrieved from https://brage.bibsys.no/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1 1250/2396307/16-00400-21 heinemann, m. (1996). the heinemann elt toefl preparation course. oxford: macmillan education. hudson, t. (2007). teaching second language reading. oxford: oxford university press. kurland, d. j. (2000). how the language really works: the fundamentals of critical reading and effective writing. retrieved from http://www.criticalreading.com/critical reading thinking.htm peterson’s, t. (2005). peterson’s new sat critical reading workbook. united states of america: a nelnet company. retrieved from https://www.petersons.com pirozzi, r. p. (2003). critical thinking & critical reading. new york, ny: longman. https://minds.wisconsin.edu/handle1793/41543 https://www.csuohio.edu/writing-center/critical-reading-what-critical-reading-and-why-do-i-need-do-it https://www.csuohio.edu/writing-center/critical-reading-what-critical-reading-and-why-do-i-need-do-it https://www.csuohio.edu/writing-center/critical-reading-what-critical-reading-and-why-do-i-need-do-it http://www.act.org/ http://www.criticalthinking.net/definition.html https://brage.bibsys.no/xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2396307/16-00400-21 https://brage.bibsys.no/xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2396307/16-00400-21 http://www.criticalreading.com/critical_reading_thinking.htm http://www.criticalreading.com/critical_reading_thinking.htm https://www.petersons.com/ mawaddah hidayati, rita inderawati, & bambang loeneto the correlations among critical thinking skills, critical reading skills and reading comprehension 80 pnevmatikos, d., christodoulou, p., & georgiadou, t. (2019). promoting critical thinking in higher education through the values and knowledge education (vake) method. studies in higher education. 44(5). saleh, s.e. (2019). critical thinking as a 21st century skill: conceptions, implementation, and challenges in the efl classroom. european journal of foreign language teaching, 4(1), 116. shanahan, t. (2006). the national reading panel report: practical advice for teachers. university of illinois, chicago. trinidad, j.e., ngo, g.r., nevada, a.m., & morales, j.a. (2020). engaging and/or effective? students’ evaluation of pedagogical practices in higher education. college teaching journal, 68(4), 161-171. unesco. (2011). world data on education. (7thed.). retrieved from http://www.ibe.unesco.or.id woolley, g. (2011). reading comprehension: assisting children with learning difficulties. springer science + business media. doi 10.1007/978-94-007-1174-7 2. zabit, m. n. (2010). problem-based learning on students’ critical thinking skills in teaching business education in malaysia: a literature review. american journal of business education, 3(6), 19-32. zin, z. m., eng, w. b., & galea, s. r. (2014). critical reading ability and its relation to l2 proficiency of malaysian esl learners. 3l: the southeast asian journal of english language studies, 20(2), 43-54. http://dx.doi.org/10.17576/3l2014-2002-0 http://www.ibe.unesco.or.id/ english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 55 the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefllike game: a cultural hybridity model ekawati marhaenny dukut english department, faculty of language and arts, soegijapranata catholic university, indonesia e-mail: ekawati@unika.ac.id apa citation: dukut, e. m. (2019). the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 55-66. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1605. received: 07-01-2019 accepted: 15-03-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: the door to globalization for an indonesian product is believed possible only when fulfilling some characteristics of other nation’s culture. to ensure the global popularity of a product, therefore, there is a need of mixing the local with a global culture. the cultural hybridity strategy of mixing local-global scenes is evident in the invention of a toefl-like game software, which based itself on a mobile application for its platform. with the platform, the game becomes easily downloadable through google playstore. it is innovative as it accommodates the generation z’s characteristics who are digital savvy. in the game, an animation is created for listening section which takes in some forms of javanese culture that are made hybrid with some american and japanese ones. in finding out how successful the game is in fulfilling the needs of toefl-like game players, a technology accepted model questionnaire is given to students from indonesia and japan. japanese players, who are english department students, were chosen on the assumption that they are more digital savvy. this article reports that the game is useful and beneficial in raising the english competence of both indonesian and japanese students. with the cultural hybridity strategy in creating the animation, the players agree that the game is a good model for learning about the english language in a fun and innovative way. keywords: cultural hybridity; digital media; google playstore mobile application; local-global innovation; popular culture. introduction the generation z (gen-z) in indonesia are claimed as those born in between the years 20002010 (putri, 2016). the gen-z, according to the 2017 nielsen total audience report from the u.s., is, however, born much earlier, i.e. from 1997. as the youngest generation in the planet, it is reported to make up as the largest population with the percentage of 26% as shown in figure 1 (sterling, 2017). figure 1. a general composition of today’s generations as a generation who by the year of 2018 ranges from 8 to 21 years old, means that the gen-z are currently in primary school and up to a tertiary level of education. acknowledging the gen-z as being the “click’n’go kids, the i-gen, or digital integrators, upagers, screenagers, and the global gen” as well as “double wrap generation” (kompasiana, 2016) entails that the generation is characterized by the easiness of consuming ready-made packaged meals from fast food ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 56 restaurants and also having a wide range of electronic gadgets as their main means of survival. according to seemiller and grace (2016), if the previous gen-y or the millennials had to be given lessons on how to make use of the computer or mobile phone to surf the internet to find information which is globally valid and reliable, the gen-z are known to have an inborn quality with gadgets, hence are often labelled as digital natives or ebay babies as products are easily made available and paid online. the genz as "information curators" often depend on their “google reflex” for the source of information (cited in mohr & mohr (2017, p. 86) and enjoy instant rewards. they are also characterized as “loyal” to their friends, “thoughtful, compassionate, open-minded, responsible, entrepreneurial, excited,” yet “not creative” and “fearful about the future” as they are “suffering from fear of missing out (fomo) anxiety” (mohr & mohr, 2017, p. 87). one of the effects of having fomo anxiety is that, in education, the gen-z still needs an educator to help narrow resources for the completion of their coursework (buchanan & murray, 2018, p. 2). with this kind of condition and situation, as an educator, there is a challenge to equip the burning need of the gen-z with educators that can innovate suitable education materials for them. the sorts of materials gen-z like the most are electronic gadgets that are easily accessed around the globe. one such particular gadget is the popular mobile smartphone. as a popular culture product, the phone always has something to please its consumers by providing ways to satisfy its consumers, like being readily availabale at any place, yet constantly changing its features, in order to suit consumers’ needs from all over the world. the internet facility that it has, not only functions as a notepad and media for communication through email or social media, such as whatsapp, twitter, instagram, and facebook; but it is also a gadget to save whatever information needs to be saved in the data storage facility. previous research from the vision critical announces that the gen-z are using 15.4 hours on the smartphone each week (kleinshmit, 2015) to daily surf the web, make interactions with their social media friends, play online games and listen to live streaming music (lubis, 2016). the small yet compact smartphone is, thus, a gadget that not only provides games for entertainment but also for serious games that can help students excel in their education. derakhshan and khatir (2015) believe that games by nature are created to make players feel they have achieved something by playing something they enjoy doing. as implied above, games are not made purely for fun but also to support some aims of education. consequently, serious educative games are created to entertain and educate student players, in order to have a positive attitude to learning as the games would increase the student player’s motivation to do class work. surati (2014, p. 9) informs that educative games have the mission to develop student players’ problem-solving ability by taking advantage of their desire to learn and enthusiasm to play (donmus, 2010). surati (2014, p. 11) continues to explain that an educative game has the following swot analysis: it has a (1) strength, because it can increase learning motivation, (2) weakness, because not all schools have a computer lab or allow students to use game gadgets in class and some children still prefer to play games outside, (3) opportunity, because it is played by all ages in the evening at home or at school to support learning activity, (4) threat, because it is easily distracted with other gadgets, like interesting tv channels. in addition to frequent game playing, the gen-z also frequently uses the internet that relies on the english language for global communication. this condition, therefore, forces the gen-z to master the english language. viewing through an education perspective, therefore, the researcher believes that an educative game material like the toefl (test of english as a foreign language) exercise is relevant to produce as it is a gateway to further education or work. in indonesia, the ministry of foreign affairs sets a minimum of 550 pbt (paper based toefl) for employment. although not dealing much with english during their daily conversation, the ministry of stateowned enterprise, national archives, and bureaucracy reformation of the republic of indonesia have also set a minimum of 450 pbt (hamdani, 2018). according to nurhayati and nehe (2016, p. 10), a mastery in english is “extremely needed” because most indonesian schools and employers believe the high toefl score shows how globally prepared a person is. the toefl game to be discussed in this article is created by a team of indonesian researchers from the english department and the information system of game technology from english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 57 soegijapranata catholic university of semarang, indonesia. in creating the test materials, the team adheres to the criteria of gaming that provides entertainment. usually, students have to prepare themselves for the toefl by studying about the u.s. history, culture and academic life. even though the questions are presented in multiple choice format like the toefl, the contents are not about u.s. history nor academic life. instead, it is about a general knowledge that can be enjoyed by university as well as elementary and high school students. as head researcher, there is the intention from the beginning that the toefl game should help indonesian gen-z youngsters to increase their english competence in an entertaining way with a topic that is not far from the local scene yet also give some knowledge about the global scene. therefore, in designing the game, there is a deliberate purpose of inserting globalization and cultural hybridity concepts from the popular culture of gaming. paying attention that gen-z’s favorite gadget is the smartphone, the educative toefl game is set to have the phone as its platform. as a product of popular culture, the contemporary gadget meets the needs of the gen-z people who want to communicate with each other from a distance. as a popular culture, the mass production of smartphones makes it available in the market with a reasonable price for people to buy. this becomes the reason why the phone is never off from the gen-z’s fingertips. purcell et al. (2010) exclaim that “along with the widespread embrace of mobile technology has come to the development of an apps culture”, hence, a phone is no longer just a voice device but it is a multi-channel device that functions like a mobile mini-computer. gen-z loves to use smartphones because alongside entertainment facilities, such as games and music, the informative apps are equipped with sending and receiving email, seeing maps and navigation, weather, news, and doing banking activities. according to pew research center that did a national survey to 1.917 cell phone users; as much as 82% of american adults are cell phone users. out of the 82% of adults, there are 43% of them that have apps in their phones. compared to the 30-49-year-olds, who are the x generation, the young adult users who are within the range of 18-29-year-olds have more app facilities. the average number of apps for the youngsters is 22, meanwhile for the adult is only 8. the numbers prove that the gen-z really is a digital savvy generation. in indonesia, according to statista.com (2018), in the year of 2017, there were 173.3 million phone users. this increased to 184 million in 2018 and is predicted to be even higher in 2019 as it will reach up to 193.4 million. as the fourth most populous country on earth, with 87% of households in indonesia owning a mobile phone, it is an ideal place to popularize smartphone apps. a research on mobile games trend in indonesia 2017: behavior of mobile games usage (nusaresearch, 2017) reports that 518 samples of 17-49 year-olds citizens enjoy their free time playing mobile games are reported to rely on android platform. only 3.7% users prefer an ios. part of the reason for this occurrence is because the apple-branded phone, which has the ios, is a more expensive gadget to use. in using the gadget, 100% of the people taken as sample respond that they play games in their free time. indonesians also devour over free or cheap games with rp 3.000 to rp 15.000, which is equivalent to a us $1 per download. the preferred method of download is through google playstore and the purchase is by phone credit. games preferred are those that have an interesting storyline (69.1%), great graphics (68.5%), many levels (67.07%), less memory usage (60.68%), is responsive (55.6%), and others (1.4%). this lets the researcher see that the toefl-like game app she and her team created and provided for free in google playstore as a model for learning english is a correct decision to do. by using google playstore, the game is easily downloaded by anyone with an internet facility. nalliveettil and alenazi (2016, p. 264) informs that mobile phones with internet connectivity, however, give disadvantages, such as (1) almost replacing reference books that the library is no longer visited, (2) hinder students from activating cognitive skills like brainstorming and re-calling that are necessary for creativity, (3) make students believe that storing information in the mind is not important, and (4) affect classroom performance due to social networking chatting and browsing nonacademic websites. by comparison, the advantages of having mobile phones are, it is (1) helpful for vocabulary retention, (2) reliable to learn english, (3) dependable to understand english words and phrases, (4) a medium of communicating for whatsapp messenger and email, and (5) helpful to enhance speaking, writing, translation, spelling and english ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 58 language skills (nalliveettil & alenazi, 2016, p. 265-268). these advantages are supported by dehaan (2011) who, after completing two projects, i.e. on game design and game magazine creation, finds that the games have improved his students’ spoken and written english language skills. language games are thus, not only a motivation for students to learn english in an entertaining way, but are also a media for authentic discussion about english. the researcher sees that the toefl-like game should be popularly globalized. becoming global means that there should be some western elements in it because “globalization is tied up with [the] modernity” of the western culture (pieterse, 2006, p. 658). further, pieterse (2006) informs that, economically, globalization refers to the economic internationalization and capitalist market relations. culturally, it focuses on global communications, where worldwide cultural standardization arises, such as in the american mcdonaldization and cocacolonization. sociologically, globalization concerns also with the increasing worldwide social densities. thus, in a sociologist’s mind, it is inferred that the usa’s modernity is a key to globalization. in devising the mobile smartphone game software, therefore, the concept of the local and global space becomes one of those important factors to ensure the continued attraction of the game played by anyone from the gen-z community. for this reason, the researcher deliberately mixes indonesian local culture with usa’s culture, thus adhering to the concept of cultural hybridity. just like the cultural hybridity of the dutch culture that has influenced the indonesian bestik; likewise, the american kentucky fried chicken that became the javanese indonesian’s kentuku fried chicken; the making of the toefl-like game has some local javanese indonesian culture that are made hybrid with the usa and other globalized countries’ culture as a strategy of continually popularizing the game globally. reflecting on the above description, the problems raised in this study are formulated into the following research questions; 1) how successful is the game in the viewpoint of local javanese indonesian players and japanese players as a representative of global players in increasing their english skills? and 2) what kinds of local and global aspects were evident in the game? method in formulating a teaching learning model for english, the researcher has designed a two-year toefl-like game software project. the first year was to create the software on a pc (personal computer) platform (dukut, 2018), whereby the second year was on a mobile smartphone. the choice of transforming the game onto a smartphone is due to the aim of having the game becomes more globally popular. in the first year, the game players as participants of the research were 8 th grade junior high school students in semarang, indonesia who has a computer lab with at least 20 computers. the three schools who agreed to have their students try out the game were from smp kebondalem (a catholic-based school), smp eka sakti (a moslem-based school), and smp permata bangsa (a school for foreign students). in the second year of the research, the targeted players were elevated for the 11 th grade of senior high school and first-year university students of some universities. the schools that agreed to have their students as participants were chukyo high school in japan, the english department and game technology students of soegijapranata catholic universitty in indonesia, and the english department students of chukyo university, japan. the instrument to find out how successful the game is in providing an experience to do the game was a close-ended questionnaire with some open-ended questions as a follow-up. the questionnaire was based on a technology acceptance model (tam) theorized by bargozzi et. al., which consist of statements dealing with (1) peou or perceived ease of use, which is the degree to which a person believes that the use of a particular system would be free of effort, (2) pu or perceived usefulness which is the degree to which a person believes that using a particular system would enhance job performance, (3) atu or attitude toward using, which is a summary evaluation of a psychological object captured in such attribute dimensions as good-bad, harmful-beneficial, pleasant-unpleasant, and likable-dislikable, and (4) bi or behavioral intention, which is the degree to which a person has formulated conscious plans to perform or not perform some specified behavior. the data collection procedure consists of an observation of the gen-z community. after mapping out that the generation is digital savvy, english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 59 a toefl-like software is made to enhance english language competence. once the game is paled by the participants, the questionnaire is distributed. answers from the tam modeled questionnaire using a likered scale of 5 are then analyzed. the responses are categorized and interpreted as a finding for the research. results and discussion tommy & pokina toefl-like app games can be used to enhance a teachinglearning experience in english. the toefllike mobile game application named tommy & pokina is created and is downloadable from the google playstore with the aim of increasing as many indonesian gen-z students’ english ability through a fun yet serious educative game. there are four kinds of english skills being used in the game. having an integrated-based toefl (ibt) as a model, the game offers thematic exercises which test players’ listening, reading, writing and speaking ability. in the game, players are firstly, offered the choice of either playing with tommy or pokina. in the game tommy, players are given an animation for the listening section about a tomato character named tommy who is a movie actor. tommy shows that as a tomato, he benefits from his routine of using tomatoes as a facial mask, in addition to having it as the main menu for his diet because tomatoes have nutrients and vitamins that will keep him healthy. details on the kinds of nutrients and vitamins tomatoes have are elaborated in the reading section. a tomato pudding recipe is then shared as the topic for players to write about in the writing section, and lastly for the speaking section, players are given a poster on tommy to describe in detail who he is, what he does, what kinds of nutrients and vitamins he has and what other factors help him become a popular movie actor. by comparison, in the game pokina, players are given an animation for the listening section about a pakchoy character named pokina who is a talented chef. pokina shows that as a pakchoy, she benefits from her daily consumption of pakchoy that is often seen in the indonesian meal: bakso and capjay. as a green vegetable, the pakchoy also has certain nutrients and vitamins that can support someone’s health. details on the kinds of nutrients and vitamins a pakchoy has are elaborated in the reading section. a pakchoy ice cream recipe is then shared as the topic for players to write about in the writing section, and lastly for the speaking section, players are given a poster on pokina to describe in detail who she is, what she does, what kinds of nutrients and vitamins she has and what other factors help her become a popular chef. understanding that a thematic game is much easier to do, thus, the game based its theme on the advantages of consuming tomatoes and pakchoy vegetables. the idea of using this theme is due to the researcher’s concern that the gen-z prefer to consume some franchised usa food that is popularly shown in magazine advertisements and tv commercials, rather than locally home-made food. in indonesia, more gen-z consume kentucky fried chicken, the macdonald’s burger and the pizza hut products, which rely heavily on meat and carbohydrate and very little or even no vegetable salad nor vegetable soup as a compliment of the menu. with only seeing some tomato sauce on the indonesian’s plates rather than fresh cut tomatoes, or only one slice of lettuce and one ring of onion to put inside a king burger product, it shows that the young indonesian generation is lacking vegetable consumption. for this reason, in incorporating a cultural hybrid culture in the animation used for the toefl-like game, the researcher not only provided vocabulary and grammar exercises in the game to improve the student players’ english skills, but also put in the idea that having a fresh cut tomato and pakchoy in the daily diet is importatnt. actually, in the pizza hut restaurant, a consumer can enjoy a bowl of healthy green salad or a vegetable pizza to fulfill the vegetable diet someone needs. however, most indonesian gen-z prefers to consume the american favorite pizza, which only has beef and chicken meat on top of its cheesy pizza crust that is made from flour. this diet choice needs to be corrected, if indonesian gen-z wants to grow with better health. this becomes the reason why the toefl-like game has a dual aim: (1) to improve the student players’ english, and (2) to improve a healthier diet for the gen-z. unlike the real toefl where the pbt lasts for around 110-120 minutes, or the thematic based ibt which lasts for around 240 minutes, the tommy & pokina toefl-like app game is created for only 45 minutes to play with. although only 45 minutes, the apps offers exercises for listening, reading, writing, and speaking. tommy & pokina toefl-like app game can be played for those in the middle (junior & senior high school) and tertiary ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 60 schools (university level). without the questions, the animated movie, which is within the listening exercise is applicable for elementary school students to play with. the reading section is also easy for elementary school players because the concentration is on how to make use of the english tenses correctly. it is difficult for some players to do, however, because there are only a few seconds allocated to choose the right answer for the multiple choice questions provided. the writing section is also timed and is limited to only 1000 words to narrate the process of cooking the tomato pudding or pakchoy ice cream menu. depending on the vocabulary used in the writing, a teacher who evaluates the result can assign different marks for either elementary, high school or university students of english. finally, the speaking section just gives out a poster with the vegetable cartoon character on a poster. with a limited time, the players are to describe in as much detail about what they see, hear and read about the character. as a teacher, he/she can decide on what kind of speech should receive a high score that is based on how complex the vocabulary is produced in the recorded speech. indonesian vs japanese viewpoints on the game one of the questions asked in this study is “how successful is the game in the viewpoint of local indonesian players and japanese players as a representative of global players in increasing their english skills?” this question is answered by (1) taking into account the answers made in the game, and also (2) through the answers collected from the questionnaire. ever since the beginning, students have asked whether or not the answers they fill in the game would affect their regular school or course scores because they are given the explanation that it is far important to know that the game can be played well. it is assumed that students do not do the game seriously. it was then proven by the result of test takers from the english department students in soegijapranata catholic university who were in the second semester. out of 83 students that did the test, especially for the listening and reading test which had multiple choice questions, focused on their structure competency (see chart 1). as revealed in the result, only 3 students (7.89%) scored an a, 4 students (10.53%) scored a b, 7 students (18.42%) scored a c, 5 students (13.16%) scored a d, and 19 students (50%) of them scored an e. the 50% of the students who were not doing the test seriously is most likely because they knew from the beginning that the recorded answers would not affect their school performance. it is revealed from the answers given in the questionnaire. in the questionnaire, 24 close-ended statements were given with a 5 scale likert score to reflect the respondents’ opinions. the statements were based on tam’s guidelines. chart 1. listening and reading section test result first, statements dealing with peou were reflected in the following statements with the results in percentage (see table 1). with all of the highest percentage shown within the agree column, it shows that the student players perceive the game as easy and entertaining to do, as well as easy to download when needed. second, statements dealing with pu were reflected in the following statements with the following results in percentage (see table 2). table 1. peou percentage result no. peou statements sd d n a sa 2 the english language in the toefl-like game exercises are easy to understand 6.06 6.06 18.18 54.54 15.15 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 61 10 the time provided in each section is enough for me to complete the exercises 9.09 15.15 39.39 27.27 9.09 13 the toefl like app instructions in each section is easy to follow 3.03 12.12 27.27 36.36 21.21 14 the button symbol for back, next, record, stop in the game application are easy to follow 12.12 9.09 21.21 39.39 18.18 15 the navigation in the app is easy to follow 9.09 3.03 33.33 36.36 18.18 16 the multiple choice questions in the exercise are easy to do 9.09 0 18.18 66.66 6.06 22 searching toefl-like app tommy & pokina in google playstore is easy 3.03 9.09 24.24 48.48 15.15 table 2. pu percentage result no. pu statements sd d n a sa 1 learning english with an animation is more interesting than learning in a classroom with no digital media 3.03 9.09 15.15 42.42 3.03 5 i learn about different culture in the animation 6.06 9.09 33.33 36.36 15.15 6 i learn more about the benefits of vegetables in the animation of the listening section 9.09 9.09 21.21 48.48 12.12 7 i found new information about vegetable consumption in the reading exercise 9.09 9.09 27.27 33.33 21.21 17 the application works well 6.06 24.24 18.18 45.45 6.06 21 toefl like app tommy & pokina meets the needs of learners having various learning styles 6.06 3.03 24.24 57.57 9.09 similar to the result of peou, all of the statements receive a high percentage of agreement. this is gratifying to find, as it means that not only is the game helpful to elevate students’ mastery in english through playing a toefl-like game, but the students also acknowledge that they learned something new about the culture of the west as well as east, in addition to the importance of consuming vegetables to keep them in good health. the aim of creating an educative game that gives benefits is successfully met. third, attitude toward using (atu) the game, by means whether it is regarded as good-bad, harmful-beneficial, pleasant-unpleasant, and likable-dislikable is shown the following statements with the results in percentage (see table 3). it shows that most of the players agree that the game is beneficial. proof of this is seen in statement numbers 3, 4, 9, 18 and 20 having the highest percentage in the agree section. table 3. atu percentage result no. atu statements sd d n a sa 3 learning english in class is more fun than learning through an animated digital media 6.06 12.12 39.39 36.36 6.06 4 the culture-based characters in tommy and pokina animation is interesting 6.06 3.03 33.33 36.36 21.21 8 i like the vegetable recipe 3.03 9.09 39.39 33.33 15.15 9 i enjoy playing interactive digital media that challenges my knowledge of english grammar 6.06 9.09 18.18 54.54 12.12 12 i like doing the integrated based toefl like app exercise 3.03 6.06 42.42 36.36 12.12 18 the audio recording in the animation is clear 12.12 9.09 30.3 42.42 6.06 19 the visual images are excellent and vivid 3.03 15.15 39.39 33.33 9.09 20 the color used in visualizing tommy and pokina is appealing 9.09 9.09 21.21 39.39 21.21 lastly, the behavioral intention (bi) component of tam, in which a conscious plan of promoting or re-doing the game to enhance english skills, is revealed through the responses for the statements below (see table 4). ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 62 table 4. bi percentage result no. bi statements sd d n a sa 11 the speaking exercise encourages me to use my english more actively 6.06 3.03 30.3 54.54 6.06 23 i will recommend my friend to use this application to learn english 3.03 9.09 45.45 33.33 9.09 24 i will play this english language interactive learning game again to get the best result 3.03 16.16 30.3 33.33 15.15 in the behavioral intention, although in one of the statement a high percentage is in neutrality, the other two statements receive a high percentage in the agree section. this shows that the game will likely be enjoyed by others as it enhances the active use of english in speaking. to give opportunities for the game testtakers to reflect back about the answers they have given through a likert scale, four openended questions were asked. the questions not only confirmed tam’s questions on pu, atu, and bi; but they also help the researcher have a better idea on what to do if there is a chance to modify the game. the questions dealing with pu were questions number 2 and 3. first, in response to question 2, “what kind of feature can be added to make the toefl-like app more interesting”, the responses from the indonesians were to: add music, add similar mini-games for iphone users, add a help button, add a back button, modify the game into an adventure game where a multiplayer can come to play, add longer conversations, add more entertaining gestures, add more character interaction with the players, add questions with pictures, and use native speakers as the voice over. to see how popular, the game can be for people outside of indonesia, the researcher also tested the game to japanese students from chukyo high school and chukyo university in nagoya. the japanese students gave additional suggestions such as to: prolong the animation story, add more questions on the main idea of the story rather than on grammar, add a highlighter for the reading section, more difficult questions are needed, and the game should give a bonus to correct answers given. second, in response to question 3 that also deals with pu, the question, “which toefllike section (listening, reading, writing, speaking) is the most beneficial to learn english? why?” the responses of the most beneficial from indonesian students (see chart 2) were for: listening (37.83%), reading (27.02%), speaking (24.32%), and writing (0.10%). whereas, the japanese (see chart 3) regarded the most beneficial in listening (50%), speaking (31.25%), reading (0.10%), and writing (0%). the responses show that both indonesian and japanese students nowadays feel that listening exercises need to be more facilitated, and becomes a logical explanation to why in the questionnaire, the students as players mostly agree that the animation feature in the toefl-like game is what makes the game interesting. the bi is shown through question 4 “if you could design an animation, what kind of animation do you want to make, so english learning is fun?” as an answer to the question, the indonesians suggest: making an animation about animals, flowers, scrabble, vocabulary, word connect, grammar, landmark, artist, hangman, puzzle, daily lesson, and quiz up games. the japanese also have similar suggestions, but added that an interesting game should deal more with issues on family relationship, animals, sweets, disney characters, translation, and classroom interaction between teacher and students. for the researcher, the answers all mean that students see the game as influencing them to be creative and imaginative, thereby, raising their english competency. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 63 chart 2. the toefl-like game app’s benefits for indonesian students chart 3. the toefl-like game app’s benefits for japanese students lastly, the atu is reflected in question number 1, “in your opinion, what are the disadvantages of the digital media that makes use of animation?” students reported that the disadvantages lie in some of the unclear picture and audio quality, the restricted time to do the test, the continual handling on the mobile phone, the incomplete feeling because there is no teacher intrusion, the non-auto orientation of watching the animation, the small writing area in the mobile phone, and the unfortunate game capability, which is only for the android and not for the iphone. whereas, the advantages of the game were reported as helping students learn english better, giving a good learning method, making students more imaginative and creative, interesting and colorful characters in the animation were met, and facilitating beginner’s need for studying toefl. they also reported that not many toefl games are available, so this game is beneficial for them because the game is easy to play with, and the animation was advantageous for them to help understand quickly with what they have heard. the cultural hybridity and identity of the local and the global aspects of the game in this study, another question has been formulated: what kinds of local and global aspects were evident in the game? the reason for this questioning is because the researcher understands the toefl as being usa made with usa facts and history inserted in the questions. with this kind of condition, the researcher assumes that not many asians, unless already knowing about usa history and campus life and courses well, will have difficulty in understanding the topics and questions put forward in toefl tests. by the use of cultural hybridity in designing the animation, it is believed that the toefl can be enjoyed more by people, particularly asians, such as the indonesians and japanese who became the main respondents of the study. the hybrid of the local to the global is believed to better attract the targeted test-takers’ interest and enthusiasm in using english actively. therefore, the researcher comes with the idea that there is a need to create a toefl-like exercise, which will not only increase the test-takers english competence but also make the test-takers feel that taking an english competency test can be fun. the insertion of the locality within the toefl, which has been accepted globally as the best way to test someone’s english competence, is seen clearly in the animation created for listening section. in the scene of tommy, the tomato actor, he is given a western suit and is seen showing his mastery of being an mc in the middle of a theater and exercising his muscles by going to a gym in order to show a global scene often shown up in popular media. this is made hybrid with the scene of tommy being a tomato with a white towel on his head that would cleanse himself as though immersed in a local japanese jacuzzi bathtub (see figure 2). ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 64 figure 2. tommy in a jacuzzi figure 3. tommy with tomato facial mask figure 4. pokina with her wok figure 5. a bakso seller with his bowl another scene is with tommy still in his white towel but using the local indonesian's way of using the tomatoes as a facial herb to clean his face. indonesians believe that the tomatoes can make the face become brighter, so whatever dark blemishes were there can be reduced. in one of the answers of the japanese test-takers, this particular scene (see figure 3) is a new culture learned for them. in the animation of pokina the pakchoy chef, the global scene of the western environment is having pokina with a white uniform in a kitchen with an electric stove near a cupboard full of hanging kitchen utensils with plates and cutlery inside. this is made hybrid with the local javanese indonesian batik design on the white chef uniform. another locality of the asian’s habit is also seen with pokina preferring to use a chinese wok (see figure 4), or frying pan to stir fry her pakchoy vegetables with broccoli, cauliflower, and carrots. in another scene, the pakchoy is informed as to the vegetable used to consume with bakso, a meatball soup favorite for many indonesians. the scene of bakso sellers using a wheel cart pushed around indonesian streets also adds onto the local scene. in the animation, the sound of spoons hitting the bakso bowl (see figure 5) is also deliberately added to point out the indonesian environment. conclusion this article brings forth the result of a research done to enhance the english competence needed by english department students in indonesia and japan. by the use of cultural hybridity which makes possible the mixture of local with global scenes, the researcher made a toefl-like mobile game application that accommodates the local and global scenes of popular culture. this strategy is deliberately used in the design to popularize the local into a global culture, just like how the global culture gets into the local one. in making hybrid the local into the global or vice versa, each of the culture’s identity is not troubled, instead they complement each other. the innovation of having the toefl as a game software that provides both entertainment and education has fulfilled the wish of the gen-z people, who are currently within their years of elementary, secondary and the first year of tertiary level. using tam as a guideline to a questionnaire that seeks to see how acceptable the gen-z are towards the product, this article shows that the study has answered the question of how successful the game is in increasing students’ english skill. as seen by the results shown in the previous chart 2 and 3, both indonesian and japanese test-takers see the tommy and pokina toefl-like mobile game app that can be downloaded from google playstore as being useful and beneficial. english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 65 in answer to the second question about the local and global aspects, this article has also put forth the researcher’s innovation of providing animated scenes and characters in the toefl game, which are touching the indonesian and japanese culture. this is different from the usual scenes used in toefl tests that would focus wholly on just the american culture. to conclude, therefore, the toefl game software as a product made by an indonesian researcher does prove itself to be an appropriate model to increase students’ english competency as the students who agreed to become test-takers have had the opportunity of exercising their english in a fun and creative way. acknowledgement the researcher is thankful to the republic of indonesia’s ministry of technology, research and higher education who has provided a grant via the 2018 psni scheme to realize the creation of tommy & pokina toefl-like game mobile app. the app is a product of the research she leads, which is entitled “model pembelajaran bahasa inggris interaktif dengan cergam animasi berbasis budaya” (an interactive english language learning model using a culturally based animated picturebooks). the app has become a model for a better interactive english teaching-learning environment that culturally hybrids a local into a global culture. acknowledgement is also given to the 1st american studies international conference, where the initial paper draft was presented in 2526 october 2018, at soegondo room, faculty of cultural sciences, gadjah mada university, yogyakarta, indonesia. references buchanan, r., & murray, t. (2018). ’the internet is all around us’: how children come to understand the internet. digital culture & education, 10(july), 1–21. retrieved from http://www.digitalcultureandeducation.com/cms /wp-content/uploads/2018/07/murray and buchanan.pdf. dehaan, j. (2011). teaching and learning english through digital game projects. digital culture education, 3(1), 46–55. retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.17477379.2003.tb00155.x. derakhshan, a., & khatir, e. d. (2015). the effects of using games on english vocabulary learning. journal of applied linguistics and language research, 2(3), 39–47. retrieved from http://www.jallr.com/index.php/jallr/article/ view/40. donmus, v. (2010). the use of social networks in educational computer-game based foreign language learning. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 9, 1497–1503. retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.12.355. dukut, e. m. (2018). popularizing indonesian scenes through picturebooks and digital animation software: a world englishes teaching idea. asian englishes. retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1080/13488678.2018.1459071 . hamdani, t. (2018). lamar cpns di instansi ini harus kuasai bahasa inggris. retrieved from: https://finance.detik.com/lowongan-kerja/d4222370/lamar-cpns-di-instansi-ini-haruskuasai-bahasa-inggris. kleinshmit, m. (2015). generation z characteristics: 5 infographics on the gen z lifestyle. retrieved from: https://www.visioncritical.com/generation-zinfographics/. kompasiana. (2016). gen z, bonus demografi, dan masa depan indonesia. retrieved from: https://www.kompasiana.com/yudikurniawan/5 83fc7f9ba22bda00c8d8bf9/gen-z-bonusdemografi-dan-masa-depan-indonesia. lubis, m. (2016). gen z: konsumen potensial masa depan. retrieved from: https://www.nielsen.com/id/en/pressroom/2016/gen-z-konsumenpotensial-masa-depan.html. mohr, k. a. j., & mohr, e. s. (2017). understanding generation z students to promote a contemporary learning environment, 1(1). doi: 10.15142/t3m05t. nalliveettil, g. m., & alenazi, t. h. k. (2016). the impact of mobile phones on english language learning: perceptions of efl undergraduates. journal of language teaching and research, 7(2), 264–272. retrieved from: https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.17507/jltr.07 02.04. nurhayati, n., & nehe, b. m. (2016). an analysis of students’ strategies in answering toefl. the journal of english language studies, 01(01), 10–18. retrieved from: http://jurnal.untirta.ac.id/index.php/jels/article /view/682/535. nusaresearch. (2017). mobile games trend in indonesia 2017 behavior of mobile games usage, (august). retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1038/320124a0. pieterse, j. n. (2006). globalization as hybridization. in m. g. durham & d. m. kellner (eds.), media and cultural studies: kyswore (pp. 658– 680). cornwall: tj international ltd. purcell, k., entner, r., & henderson, n. (2010). the rise of apps culture. retrieved october 1, 2018, ekawati marhaenny dukut the local-global innovation of an indonesian toefl-like game: a cultural hybridity model 66 from: http://www.pewinternet.org/2010/09/14/therise-of-apps-culture/. putri, e. (2016). generasi x, y, z, alpha, baby boomers: termasuk yang manakah kamu? retrieved from: https://magazine.banananina.co.id/generasi-x-yz-alpha-baby-boomers-termasuk-yangmanakah-kamu/. seemiller, c., & grace, m. (2016). generation z goes to college. new york: jossey-bass. statista.com. (2018). number of mobile phone users in indonesia from 2013 to 2019 (in millions). retrieved september 30, 2018, from: https://www.statista.com/statistics/274659/forec ast-of-mobile-phone-users-in-indonesia/. sterling, g. (2017). move over millennials, gen-z now the largest single population segment. retrieved from: https://marketingland.com/move-millennialsgen-z-now-largest-single-population-segment219788. surati, s. (2014). strategi pembangunan game edukasi berbasis desktop untuk anak usia 4-6 tahun. journal speed-sentra penelitian edukasi dan engineering, 6(1), 8–17. 57 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique faisal department of english education, muhammadiyah university of purwokerto, indonesia e-mail: faisal_aulia@yahoo.com yasinta wulandari department of english education, muhammadiyah university of purwokerto, indonesia e-mail: yasinta9074@yahoo.com apa citation: faisal & wulandari, y. (2013). improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 57-65 received: 18-07-2013 accepted: 29-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this research was aimed to know whether “fresh” technique can improve students’ competence in writing descriptive texts. this research was conducted in one of the junior high schools in banyumas in academic year 2012/2013. the method of this research is classroom action research (car). the research participants were the students of viii e class consisting of 28 students. the treatment was carried out in two cycles of four actions, from november 9th, 2012 to december 1st, 2012. the quantitative data (tests) were evaluated by using burhan nurgiyantoro’s writing evaluation criteria which consisted of evaluation in content, organization, vocabulary, language, and mechanics. based on the data analysis, it could be described that the students’ competence in writing descriptive texts improved. it could be seen from the improvement of students’ score in pre-test and post test. the improvement of students’ score was 23.607%. this meant that “fresh” technique improved the students’ competence in writing descriptive text in the eighth grade students of in academic year 2012/2013. keywords: descriptive text, fresh technique, classroom action research, writing competence written form, as writing is a means of communication. in the teaching and learning writing process in indonesia, students have been introduced since they were in the elementary school, from the simplest form e.g. writing words to writing sentences. in the junior high level, students are taught to write more complex sentences and paragraphs. based on the junior high level syllabus, there are some texts that should be learned by the students, especially in the eighth grade. those are descriptive, narrative, and recount texts. the purposes of learning those texts is that the students can express their ideas in a simple written form such as functional text and essay, and can use those texts in their daily life. introduction writing is said to be the fourth competence in learning language. although many students said that writing is a difficult competence, yet writing is actually an easy and enjoyable activity if there are appropriate methods, interesting teaching techniques, and actual materials. writing is an activity in which learners form graphic symbols, arrange them to form words, and put the words in order and link them together in a certain way to produce a logical sequence of sentences (hernowo, 2004: 43). it is a complex activity since requiring students’ comprehensive abilities such as mastering grammar, vocabulary, and punctuation. besides, to write well, the students are expected to be able to present their ideas in the faisal & yasinta wulandari improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique 58 a descriptive text becomes the first text learned by the students, for it has the closest relation with the students’ lives. as wanting to describe something in a written form, they have to write it in a descriptive text, even in the simplest form. however, in the real writing classes, there have been obstacles faced by students, especially in writing a descriptive text. most of them find some difficulties in doing their tasks given by the teachers especially in writing. they often show inconsistency in using either british or american spelling. often time, their grammar used is not suitable for the tense desired. they are supposed to use past tense to tell about an event occurring in duration of time in the past by using since or for. instead, what they thought is that they have to use present perfect because there is since or for as the time marker. based on the interview with an english teacher of class viii at one of the junior high schools in banyumas, many students still had problems in writing, especially in writing descriptive texts. when the teacher asked the students to write a descriptive text, they seemed still confused about what they should write and how they should organize their writing. it was likely that they had so many things to write, but unabling to express their ideas in a written form well. the problem mainly faced by the students was their confusion on what is first, next, and on to write a descriptive text. there are some important factors influencing this present facts. their insufficient vocabularies and provided materials seem to play importantly. beside that, they have less ability to develop and organize ideas in such an appropriate way that their writings are difficut to understand. then, their weak comprehension and mastery of grammar also make their writings hard to understand. as a result, many students fail to meet the standards given by the institution although having given enough exposures for students in writing lesson. besides, these happen because they are not used to writing, even in their own language. it is argued that the students’ reluctance to write can also happen because they rarely write even in their own language, and so the activity feels like alien (harmer, 2004, p. 61). further, for many years, the teaching of writing has focused on the written product rather than on the writing process. in other words, the students’ attention was directed to the what rather the how of text construction (harmer, 2004, p. 11). this means, students are likely to be taught the form only without the process of forming itself. the teacher may often uses some kinds of media, such pictures, mind map, and other visual aids, but those are not helpful enough. nevertheless, they still have difficulties in writing a descriptive text. considering those problems, a technique believed can help students in writing descriptive text, especially in organizing their ideas was proposed “fresh” one. “fresh” technique is the new one of generating ideas to write a descriptive text in which each letter of the acronym has meaning. “fact” stands for “fact”, “r” stands for “reason”, “e” stands for “elaboration”, and “sh” stands for “shift”, which can also mean decision or conclusion (faisal, 2010, p. 8). through this technique, it is hoped that students can write a descriptive text easily since “fresh” technique will help them to organize their ideas in writing descriptive. as the result, students will be able to write a descriptive text in a clear, detail, and fluent organization. generally, there are three types of rating scales used in scoring writing: holistic scoring, primary trait, and analytic scoring. in this occassion, the hoistic scoring will be employed. 59 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee holistic scoring uses a variety of criteria to produce a single score. brown (2004) states that each point on a holistic scale is given a systematic set of descriptors and the reader-evaluator matches an overall impression with the descriptors to arrive at a score. descriptors usually follow a prescribed pattern. it is states that the rationale for using a holistic scoring system is that the total quality of written text is more than the sum of its components (o’malley 1996). writing is viewed as an integrated whole. the elements of the holistic scoring involved four dimensions as follows: (1) idea development/ organization: focuses on central idea with appropriate elaboration and conclusion; (2) fluency/structure: appropriate verb tense used with a variety of grammatical and syntactic structures; (3) word choice: uses varied and precise vocabulary appropriate for purpose; and (4) mechanics: absence of errors in spelling, capitalization, and punctuation. writing is the last skill which should be mastered after the english learners master listening, speaking and reading. even the native still have difficulties in doing writing activities. lyons (1987: 2) states few people write spontaneously and few feel comfortable with a formal writing task intended for the eyes of someone else. as the problems above, the teacher should find an effective way to teach writing to the students. gaffield-vile (1998) in harmer (2003: 259) states that creative writing is a journey of self-discovery, and selfdiscovery promotes effective learning. if the students find something thaythey are learning by themselves, they will be easy to understand and apply it. they will be more interested in the thing they understand well. moreover, badley in hudson (2011, p. 34) states that creative writing as a new or alternative form of writing in higher education, which is perceived as developmental, therapeutic and self-expressive rather than academic. from the both quotations above, it can be concluded that creative writing can be used as the expressive writing more supporting the learners to find what they should write . learners can find their ideas through the surrounding that they see or think. this underlies the “fresh” technique. “fresh” is an acronym in which each letter has meaning. “f” stands for “fact”, “r” stands for “reason”, “e” stands for “elaboration”, and “sh” stands for “shift”, it also can mean decision or conclusion (faisal 2010, p.8). in fact, it is a technique of an application of creative writing. “fresh” technique itself can be seen as the way of developing descriptive text’s generic structure. there are two main parts of descriptive text; those are general identification and descriptions. students are more likely confused on what they have to write as the general identification and what they have to write as the descriptions. while in “fresh” technique, students will get easy to construct a descriptive text because the two parts before are developed specifically. there will be four parts provided. “f” is fact meaning the facts related to the topic which will be developed in writing descriptive text. here, students are required to think about the general facts eaily found in their minds. wishon & burks (1980: 65) mention that another method of paragraph development is to begin with a general statment and support the statement with a number of sentences giving particular details or additional information. this supports the writer that the first thing students must do is to write the general things of subject that the students want to describe. “r” is reason consisting of some reasons which can support the faisal & yasinta wulandari improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique 60 facts they have written before. the reason which will be mentioned can be sense impressions. description gives sense impressions – the feel, sound, taste, smell, and look of things (wishon & burks 1980: 128). this will really help the students since they can disclose their personal feelings in describing the subject. after that, the students have to develop their reasons into “e” (elaboration). wishon and burks (1980: 129) say that the writer may begin with a dominant impression and proceed to specific details. this means that after establishing generals statements having been mentioned before, students must develop it into the detaiedl one so that they will get are creative, complete, and coherent paragraph. the last part is shift. this part is in the form of conclusion of all things the students have written before. based on the previous research (faisal 2010, p. 9), here are the procedures of teaching descriptive text using “fresh” technique: dealing with fact, the students are asked to think and draft the general facts of subject they want to describe. example “bunny, my rabbit”: “i have a rabbit. its name is bunny.” coming to the second part, reason, the teacher invites the students to write the reasons or impressions of the subject. “i like bunny because it is cute and funny.” teacher encourages the students to elaborate the draft they have made before as the development. the teacher guides the students to make description why bunny is cute and funny. “it has a white and soft fur. its body is fat. it likes eating carrots very much. it likes to enter the house, especially my parents’ room.” the last step is making conclusion of all ideas which have been described. “those are the reason why bunny is cute and funny. my family and i love it very much.” from those sentences, it will form a descriptive paragraph: i have a rabbit. its name is bunny. i like bunny because it is cute and funny. it has a white and soft fur. its body is fat. it likes eating carrots very much. it likes to enter the house, especially my parents’ room. those are the reason why bunny is cute and funny. my family and i love it very much. method the research conducted was a classroom action research. arikunto (2010: 132) states that classroom action research is an observation of activities intentionally given and happen in a class. this research was conducted at one of the junior high schools in banyumas regency in the academic year of 2012/2013 from august until december 2012. there were 28 students, consisting of 16 males and 12 females as research participants. in conducting the research, the kemmis and mctaggart’s research design was employed. there are cycles in an clasroom action research, and each cycle consists of stages. the stages are planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. taken from arikunto (2010), there were two cycles of four meetings conducted. technique for collecting data is aimed at supporting the success of the research. it helped to obtain data and information about the process of improving students’s competence in writing descriptive text by using fresh technique by giving test. nurgiyantoro (2001: 58) states that test is one way to do measurement in the form of assignment ha to be having to be done by the students to get the data of their mark being able to be compared with their friends of the standard mark. here, test was used to know the improvement of students’ 61 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee competence in writing after “fresh” technique was implemented as an aid to develop their descriptive text. the form of the test was writing descriptive paragraphs. the test consisted of pre-test and post-test. pretest was given before the collaborator taught writing descriptive text by using “fresh” technique, while the post test was given after the cycles were completely conducted. the quantitative data were used to evaluate the success of implementation of each cycle. by processing the quantitative data, it was revealed whether the success target had been reached or not. according to nurgiyantoro (2001) in martani (2001: 307), there is a model of scale instrument for every certain class in aspect scored. each point of each component has different score. it can be seen at the following table of scoring. to get the average of students’ writing score, the following formula was used: m = 𝚺𝚺𝑿𝑿 𝑵𝑵 m = mean m = σ𝑋𝑋 𝑁𝑁 = individual score n = number of sample (nurgiyantoro 2001: 361) to know improvement from the pre-test until post-test, the formulas were as follows: p = 𝒚𝒚𝒚𝒚 − 𝒚𝒚 𝒚𝒚 x 100% p = 𝒚𝒚𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 𝒚𝒚 x 100% where: p = percentage of students improvement y = pre test result y1 = post test 1 result y2 = post test 2 result results and discussion the following are the evaluation results out of cycle 1 and cycle of the research. to know the improvement of students’ competence in writing descriptive text, pre-test and post-test were given. pre-test was conducted on november 9th, 2012. from pre-test, the average of students’ score was obtained. the average of students’ writing score in pre-test was 66.25. after conducting the both cycle 1 and cycle 2, post-test was given in order to know the improvement of students’ competence in writing descriptive text after they were taught “fresh” technique. the post-test 1 was conducted after the cycle 1 had been done. it was on november 21st, 2012, while, the post-test 2 was done on december 1st, 2012. the students’ improvement was calculated by using the following formula: p = 𝒚𝒚𝒚𝒚−𝒚𝒚𝒚𝒚 x 100% where: p = percentage of students’ improvement y = pre-test result y1 = post-test 1 y2 = post-test 2 calculation of post-test 1 result: p = 𝟕𝟕𝒚𝒚.𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 x 100% = 8.513 % calculation of post-test 2 result: p = 𝟖𝟖𝒚𝒚.𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 x 100% = 23.608% the improvement of students’ writing competence can also be seen through the following table: faisal & yasinta wulandari improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique 62 table 1. the scale of writing evaluation criteria no aspect score criteria indicators 1. content 27-30 very good complete information, substantive, complete in developing writing, relevant with the problem 22-26 good enough information, less substantive, not enough in developing writing problem 17-21 fair limited information, less substantive, insufficient development of writing problem 13-16 bad no content and problem 2 organization 18-20 very good fluent in expression, clear in expressing idea, well organized, logic and cohesive sequence 14-17 good less fluency, unorganized but clear main idea, limited supporting material, logic but incomplete sequence 10-13 fair not fluent or irregular idea, illogical sequence and idea development. 7-9 bad not communicative, unorganized, and invaluable organization 3. vocabulary 18-20 very good appropriate diction, good word order mastery 14-17 good sometimes incorrect choice of the word which does not change the meaning 10-13 fair limited word use, some mistakes in vocabulary which can change the meaning 7-9 bad bad choice of the word, less and invaluable vocabulary 4. language 22-25 very good effective complex construction, only few language mistakes. 18-21 good simple but effective construction, few mistake in complex construction which does not change the meaning 11-17 fair serious mistake in sentence construction, unclear meaning. 5-10 bad lack of syntactical construction’s mastery, many mistakes, not communicative and invaluable language 5. mechanics 5 very good good mastery of the writing mechanics, only few spelling errors 4 good some spelling errors which do not change the meaning 3 fair many spelling errors which can change the meaning. 2 bad lack of mastery in writing mechanics, many spelling errors, unreadable and invaluable writing table 2. model of writing evaluation criteria using score no evaluation aspects score 1. content 13-30 2. organization 7-20 3. vocabulary 7-20 4. language 5-25 5. mechanics 2-5 the sum of score ……… 63 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 3. the evaluation result in cycle 1 and 2 meeting activity positive result negative result action 1, cycle 1 identifying generic structure using “fresh” technique and language features of descriptive text. 1. most of students understood the parts of descriptive text in detail. 2. some students understood more about simple present tense and adjectives. 1. some students were confused in determining each element of “fresh”. 2. the rests were confused in distinguishing verbs and adjectives. action 2, cycle 1 1. writing sentences using adjectives and simple present tense. 2. writing a short descriptive text 1. half of the students were able to write simple sentences using simple present tense correctly. 2. some students were able to write simple descriptive text. 3. the mean score of the posttest was 71.89 compared to the pre-test which was 66.25. 4. the improvement from pre-test to post-test showed 8.513% . 1. some students got problems in writing sentences using simple present tense. 2. some students got difficulties in writing descriptive text because they lack vocabulary. 3. some students were confused in distinguishing the “fact” and “reason” of “fresh”. action 1, cycle 2 1. gathering information from the pieces of text into a good arrangement of descriptive paragraph in group discussion. 2. completing incomplete essay of descriptive text. 1. half of the students were able to determine the elements of “fresh” and gather the information into good paragraph. 2. students were able to differentiate the adjectives and verbs to complete the incomplete essay. 1. some students were not involved in group discussion. 2. some students were chatting with their friends while having group discussion. 3. some students did not finish in rewriting the information gotten. action 2, cycle 2 1. arranging jumbled sentences. 2. writing descriptive text using “fresh” technique. 1. most of students were able to determine the elements of “fresh” that they could arrange the jumbled sentences correctly. 2. students were able to write descriptive text more fluently than before. 3. the mean score of the post test was 81.89. 4. the improvement was 23.608%. 1. some students did not focus on the lesson. 2. some students often asked the teacher the english translation of words when they were practicing writing. from the table above, the students’ writing score improved 23.607% from the pre-test score which was 66.25 to 81.89 in the post-test. the improvement above had reached the success indicator which was 20%. based on the result of cycle 1, the improvement could be seen through the ways the students improved their competence in writing descriptive text by applying “fresh” technique. the students could write quite good content in their descriptive text. through the elements of “fresh”, students were faisal & yasinta wulandari improving students’ competence in writing descriptive texts through “fresh” technique 64 able to put sufficient information in identification by its “fact” and “reason”, and, in the description by the use of “elaboration” and the “shift”. even though it was not complete enough, it was better than before. they could organize their ideas better as well. by the arrangement of “fact”, “reason”, “elaboration” and “shift” of “fresh” technique, students were able to determine what should be written first and next to get a fluent descriptive text easier. even though, their organization was not fluent enough, the students could write their ideas in sequence. they used more new vocabularies in developing their descriptive paragraph. when students were asked to write a descriptive paragraph using “fresh” technique, they tried to get vocabularies appropriate for their ideas in each element of “fresh”. even though, they sometimes made mistakes in spelling. in cycle 2, half of the students could write simple sentences using simple present tense and adjectives correctly when they were practicing writing descriptive text. through the elements of “fresh”, students understood the rule of how to write a good descriptive paragraph. they knew how to express their ideas as the content and organize it better than before they were introduced “fresh” technique. however, they still needed to learn it more. in general, after the treatment, the students’ capability in writing descriptive text improved as well. most of students could provide enough information about what they described. it could be seen in the students’ result that they wrote more sentences in the form of descriptive paragraph to describe something. they also organized their ideas clearly and fluently. the students could use good dictions and write those words correctly. their understanding about simple present tense improved too. it could be seen when the students write descriptive text, there were only some of them who made few mistakes in sentence construction. they also mastered the writing rule better than before, so their texts were easier to understand. furthermore, this was in line with the research result conducted by suwandita (2013) stating that after the implementation of fresh technique, the students’ competence in writing a descriptive text increased. through the elements of fresh, the students were able to put adequate information in identification its “fact” and “reason”, and in the description and conclusion by the use of “elaboration” and “shift”. they were capable of organizing their ideas by the arrangement of “fact”, “reason”, “elaboration”, and “shift”. they were able to determine what should be written first and next to get a fluent descriptive text easier. furthermore, they were capable of using more new vocabularies in developing their descriptive paragraph because when the teacher instructed them to write descriptive paragraph using fresh technique, they tried to find vocabularies suitable for their ideas in each element of fresh. also, they made few mistakes in spelling. automatically, the students were able to write simple sentence correctly. throughout the table 4. the improvement of students’ writing competence indicator pre-test post-test average 66.25 81.89 improvement (%) 23.607% 65 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee elements of fresh, the students were capable of mastering the rule of how to write a descriptive paragraph. in short, the students could write a good descriptive text. conclusion the result of the test showed that there was improvement of students’ writing score for about 23.607% from the pre-test which was 66.25 to 81.89. this improvement had reached the success indicator which was 20%. from the result, it can be concluded that “fresh” technique helped the students develop their ideas in writing descriptive text. through the elements of “fresh”, students are able to give more complete information as the content of their descriptive text. they are able write the “fact” and “reason” as the identification, and the “elaboration” and “shift” as the description. they can also organize it well by the “fresh” arrangement, so that, they will get their fluent descriptive text. they use more vocabularies and appropriate diction to make their ideas understandable to read. students can use simple present tense and the adjectives in writing their descriptive text correctly. moreover, they understand and apply the rule of writing descriptive text well. because of “fresh” arrangement, students can make their descriptive text fluent and easy to understand. references arikunto, s. (2010). prosedur penelitian: suatu pendekatan praktik. jakarta: rineka cipta. brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment: principles and classroom practices. san francisco state university. faisal. (2010). penerapan “fresh” untuk mengembangkan paragraf deskriptif bagi guru lbpp lia purwokerto. purwokerto. unpublished research report. harmer, j. (2003). the practice of english language teaching, third edition. england: edinburg gate. --------------. (2006). how to teach writing. england: longman. hernowo. (2003). quantum writing. bandung: mizan learning center. hudson, l. s. a. (2011). enhancing academic writing competence in radiography education. cput theses and dissertations. accessed on may 21st 2012. lyons, l. h. (1987). study writing course in written english for academic and professional purpose. london: cambridge university. martani, a. t. p. (2011). an effort to improve students’ writing ability using scaffolding strategy at the viii grade of smp n 1 patikraja academic year 2010/2011. unpublished thesis, muhammadiyah university of purwokerto. murphy, r. (1994). english grammar in use. united kingdom: cambridge university press. nurgiyantoro, b. (2001). penelitian dalam pengajaran bahasa dan sastra. yogyakarta: bpfe. o’malley, j m., & valdez,l. (1996). authentic assessment for english language learners. usa: addison-wesley publishing company, inc. rozi, f. (2012). descriptive text – language features. accessed on june, 12th 2012 at https://peperonity.com/go/sites/ mview/descriptive/14825324. suwandita, k. (2013) the effectiveness of fresh technique to teach descriptive writing at the tenth grade students of man 1 purwokerto in academic year 2012/2013. unpublished thesis, muhammadiyah university of purwokerto. tarigan, h. g. (1994). menulis sebagai suatu keterampilan berbahasa. bandung: angkasa. wardiman, a., masduk b. j., and djusma, m. s. (2008) english in focus 2. jakarta: pusat perbukuan, departemen pendidikan nasional. wishon, g. e., & julia, m. b. (1980). let’s write english, revised edition. new york: litton educational publishing inc. i english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching diah gusrayani department of english education, indonesia university of education, indonesia email: gusrayanidiah@yahoo.com apa citation: gusrayani, d. (2014). developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching. english review: journal of english education 3(1), 31-40 received: 13-10-2014 accepted: 20-10-2014 published: 01-12-2014 abstract: some issues of the difficulties of teaching english in indonesia have significantly revealed and analyzed by some researchers (nurweni, 1997; moedjito and harumi, 2008) and the issues have provoked some studies to anchor several solutions for teachers to consider (supriadi and hoogenboom, 2004; thalal, 2010). in indonesia, the issue has also been thoroughly investigated. this paper attempts to reveal the problems of teaching english experienced by 2 junior high school teachers in sumedang along with the alternative solution namely scaffolding concept which has been widely investigated and believed as appropriate tool mediation for children to learn english with particular difficulties hampered: culture, teachers’ background, quantity and quality of teaching and similar causes (vygotsky, 1962; tudge, 1992; stone, 1998; kong, 2002; donovan and smolkin, 2002). this concept of scaffolding is considered in this research as a bridge to a better understanding of the requirements of curriculum 2013 that students have to possess knowledge (k3) specifically factual, conceptual and procedural knowledge having experienced the learning. as students are conditioned to achieve these skills: remembering, understanding, implementing, analyzing, synthesizing, evaluating and producing, at that pinpoint the presence of scaffolding concept in english teaching is an inevitable strategy to be applied. keywords: scaffolding, students’ knowledge (k3), curriculum 2013, tool mediation, metacognitive. introduction issues of teaching english in a cultural context as a case of indonesia have been widely investigated by some researcher (erlenawati, 2002; bradford, 2007; cahyono andwidiati, 2008). same topics have so long been a concern to many researchers all over the world started from the influence of different cultures affect students’ mastery of language (li, 2004; baker, 2003; chen, 2006; englebert, 2004; nault, 2006; yanpu, 2004; darren, 2006 in faridi, 2008) to the impact of different sociocultural background to different learning strategies and different results in language learning (lengkanawati, 2004; erlenawati, 2004; astini, et. al, 2002 in faridi, 2008). these issues reveal not only indonesian students’ difficulties in learning english but also teachers’ difficulties in teaching english. the causing factors come from both the teacher and the students. the problems originated from students’ characteristics in their learning, that they are often shy, silent and passive (exely, 2005); unreflective (pikkert and foster, 1996); adopt memorization that they tend to adopt what teachers note down in the blackboard (lengkanawati, 2004); motivated only by immediate needs diah gusrayani developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching (bradford, 2007). the problems rooted from teacher are various. socioeconomic factor that teachers are among the underpaid profession in indonesia (jalal, et.al, 2009) so that they have to double shift their earnings by doing, too often, low status occupation. this kind of life cycle impact their quality of teachings (supriadi and hoogenboom, 2004) and even their attendance at school (thalal, 2010). english teachers in indonesia also experienced ‘malpractice’ as it is in medical term, that they ‘did not undertake sufficient educational degree (firman and tola, 2008). more than 60 percent of the total 2.78 million teachers did not hold undergraduate degree in education (thalal, 2010). this has becoming another crucial issue that can hamper english teaching and learning in indonesia. another problem comes from the tasks and learning materials. meanwhile tasks and learning materials should be carefully thought and selected by teacher as an adult whose assistance is prominently needed in teaching young learners (mcdevitt and ormrod, 2002), many indonesian teachers ignores the fact (gusrayani, 2011). the selecting and leveling of the teaching materials, designing the teaching steps and evaluating the whole performance are activities included in the design of lesson plans. teachers find students are dissatisfied of their language learning (li, 2004; baker, 2003; chen, 2006 in faridi, 2008), students master language competence faster and more accurate as they are mingled with sociocultural issues (englebert, 2004; nault, 2006; yanpu, 2004; darren, 2006 in faridi, 2008), students with different sociocultural background have different learning strategies and therefore achieve different results in language learning (lengkanawati, 2004; erlenawati, 2004; astini, et. al, 2002 in faridi, 2008). the consideration of choosing the tasks, teaching materials, teaching strategy, teaching tools and many others is one significant factor contributes to what could simply be described as good teaching. teacher is the most prominent actor in its execution. how teacher could provide adequate support in order to enable students to learn effectively, deals with tasks, strategies, teaching materials that facilitate students to move towards new skills, concept or understandings. but, as hammond (2001) pointed out that the support and assistance should be also designed to ‘help learners to work with increasing independence—to know not only what to think and do, but also how to think and do, so that new skills and understandings can be applied in new contexts. knowledge is constructed in the midst of our interaction with others and is shaped by the skills and abilities valued in a particular culture (vygotsky, 1978). the vivid picture of how knowledge is constructed with the help of others is the illustration of parents and their children. parents shape the skills and abilities of their children since earlier stage of life by talking to them. children learn how to do simple thing like producing alphabetical sounds to a more complex one as problem solving, by the assistance of their parents, peer or adults around them. children solve problems by their speech as appropriate as they do with their hands. they talk aloud indicating the beginning of thinking process. as they grown up, it is internalized as part of their repertoire of strategies for problem solving. language helps children be strategic in their english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee approach to complex problems (vygotsky, 1962). hammond et.al (2001) argues that children are influenced by their parents, peers, and adults in developing their language which supports their thinking. the interaction between a child and his parents, peers and/or adults provides feedback and assistance that supports ongoing learning. it finally forms the basis of the understanding that eventually become internalized in the individual. from this point of view, there are 2 main points drawn about how learning occurs. first, learning becomes real when there is assistance from others. second, interaction between a learner and his surrounding becomes very prominent, so the quality and quantity of the interaction should be assured. the scaffolding concept that will be elaborated below is framed by this twofold. since the term scaffolding was coined in 1976 (earlier than zpd concepts), there has been a great deal of discussion and debate about what the concept of scaffolding actually means. many experts assume that scaffolding is an operational term for zpd. zpd is defined as a distance between two levels of child’s performance: the lower level that reflects the tasks the child can perform independently and the higher level reflective of the tasks the same child can do with assistance. zpd is the distance between students current and potential development. vygotsky assumes that learning takes place before development. connection between learning and development: what develops next (proximally) is what is affected by learning (through formal or informal instruction). consequently, the concept of zpd is only applicable to development only to the degree in which development might be influenced by learning. in the area of zpd, scaffolding falls into practice. the assistance of adults in children’s zpd awakens and rouses to life the mental capacities of learners of all ages (tharp and gallimore, 1991). scaffolding is no longer associated with interactions between individuals only. these days, artifacts, resources, and environments themselves are also utilized as scaffolds (puntabekar & hubscher, 2005). put differently, scaffolds can consist of tools, strategies, and guides which support students so that they can achieve a higher level of meaning making; one which would be impossible if students worked on their own (gale, stewart, & steel, 2007; vygotsky, 1978). hotlon and clarke (2006) propose more concrete tools be used as scaffolds. according to them, “scaffolding may also be provided in book form, over the internet, by telephone, and so on” (p. 130). more importantly, scaffolding can be provided through supplying hints, prompts, probes, simplifications or other similar learning supports (ronen & langley, 2004). in terms of practice, some theorists propose ideas of put the concept into practice. mercer, et.al (2004) proposes to implement scaffolding, teacher should consider this. 1. children can be enabled to use talk more effectively as a tool for reasoning; 2. talk-based activities can have a useful function in scaffolding the development of reasoning and scientific understanding; real teaching, according to tharp and gallimore (1991) is understood as assisting the learner to perform just diah gusrayani developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching beyond his/her current capacity. a teacher who stops by a student’s desk to ask questions to determine her progress and then provide hints, subtle suggestions, and guidance to move the students along, that is instructional scaffolding (hogan, 1997). meanwhile, roehler and cantlon (1997) argue that scaffolding can also be performed as teacher offer explanations, invite students’ participation, verify and clarify students’ understandings and model desired behaviors. learners are given the opportunities to act like they know how to complete a task before they actually do (rommetveit, 1978). scaffolding developed to help students internalize information and it best occurs where the learners have opportunities to communicate their thoughts. teacher should converse the students and vice versa. martin (1985) suggests that a good conversation is neither a fight nor a contest. circular in form, cooperative in manner, and constructive in intent. it is an interchange of ideas by those who see themselves not as adversaries but as human beings come together to talk and listen and learn from one another. the knowledge required from the students covers three domains: process, object and subject. students are urged to have these specific competences: know, understand, apply, analyze, and evaluate. the range of knowledge students has to mingle in such a way that represents their competence is: factual, conceptual, procedural, and metacognitive. for the level of elementary school and junior high school, the level of knowledge students should acquire is factual, conceptual and procedural. curriculum 2013 with its scientific approach urges teachers to create students’ self-strategy in learning by facilitating them with various real life experiences. teacher demonstrates many actions instead of merely explaining. at this pinpoint, teacher hold significant role in creating assistance to the students meanwhile at the same time teacher is obliged to establish students’ individual initiative to learn many things so that at the end they can analyze, synthesize and evaluate their learning. teacher should ensure that students are significantly assisted so that they can continuously grow and make progress even one step from what they have already known. this is called scaffolding. teacher should think of any possibilities that create movement of the students from their assisted performance to their individual one. an important aspect to effective scaffolding is that teacher should understand and develop the timely support. teacher needs to plan and provide support at the point of need. no need to be excessive yet it can scaffold students in the knowledge that they have already seen factually, achieved conceptually, performed procedurally and analyzed in a metacognitive way. this is how students are urged to be leveled in 2013 curriculum. the research is specifically designed to answer the questions: (1) how teachers understand and perceive the concept of scaffolding?; (2) how is the scaffolding concept reflected in their teaching? (3) in what way does the scaffolding concept help or hinder students from their language mastery? method considering the objective of this study that is to reveal teacher’s understanding and perception on scaffolding concepts and the reflection of english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the concept in their english teaching as teacher builds students’ knowledge i decide to conduct a mixed method studies where the qualitative component had priority and the researchers identified themselves primarily as qualitative researchers (brannen, 2005). creswell (1998: 15) argues that qualitative research needs interpretive and naturalistic approaches to the subject matter and multiple sources of information. this research will be a case study because the characteristics of genre are embedded in a certain community communication. since the research will typically describe an entity and the entity’s action, the how and why the entity acts as it does, this research took case studies as the method qualitatively (thomas, 2003). the entities investigated are the teaching (process and product). a case study in qualitative research requires a natural setting and purposeful sampling (creswell, 1998:14, 62; maxwell, 1996: 70-71; miles and huberman, 1994: 27). the general aim of this study is to explore and describe the reflection of scaffolding concepts in the teachings of english in junior high schools in sumedang along with their teaching practices. investigation were drawn upon teachers in terms of their understanding on the concept, how they implement it in their classroom teaching and how they perceive it. the results were framed and discussed in the light of curriculum 2013. given this objective, it is imperative to find junior high schools in sumedang that has implemented or trained the teachers with curriculum 2013. it is critical also to consider that the schools have facilitated the teaching with supportive teaching materials sufficient and relevant to the subject matters to support the english teaching activities to their students. it is considerable also—to certain amount— to involve teachers who have been actively participated in some improvement programs in teaching english for sumedang district at least. having considered above reasoning, the participants of this study are two teachers who have been reviewed thus far based on the requirements. they were interviewed, observed, and requested to be engaging and mingling into the establishment of the new model of scaffolding teaching. their opinion, assumption and teaching practices were triangulated with interview, questionnaires, observation, focus ground discussion and other necessary instruments. they interviewed purposely and had their english teaching observed thoroughly. the process were carefully recorded and documented. mixed method and qualitative research needs multiple techniques to collect data from multiple sources (creswell, 1998). in general, the data were taken from the following techniques. the data were collected through both questionnaires and interview. the questions asked were about scaffolding concepts: how far teacher understands the concept, apply and perceive it in curriculum 2013? questionnaires were given first, and interview was served as the confirmation and elaboration of what had been sounded in the questionnaire. the data to answer this question were collected from classroom observation, field note and interviewing teachers and students. the data were triangulated and collected thoroughly and continuously guided by some purposively designed formats. the diah gusrayani developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching interview was targeted to teachers and students and structure of interview is subject to change accordingly. the points to which teachers reflect scaffolding in particular ways were deeply elaborated. the data were gathered from classroom observation triangulated with interview and test results. the interviews were conducted both to the teachers and the students. having observed the teaching, the teacher was asked about the scaffolding they have planned and implemented and how significant it is to help students’ mastery. the framing of the questionnaire was: does the concept help the students in acquiring new skills or the opposite? how far and significant does the help or hinder created? how can it help or hinder students and why? what is the reasoning? the interviews were continued with discussion. interview to students was in regard to their impression during the teaching. whether or not they were helped by the teaching were elaborated. test results were also analyzed to support the opinions. results and discussion teacher’s understanding and perception about scaffolding both teachers were interviewed with several open questions regarding their understanding about scaffolding and whether they perceive the concept empowering or the opposite. teacher a explained that he heard the scaffolding term written in many scientific books. it is written mostly in a positive encouragement, as in the title of the book. nevertheless, he admitted that he did not aware about the meaning and the ‘magical effect’ it has on the teaching. he thinks that that scaffolding might be associated with a good teaching. this is relevant to what hammond (2001) says that assume scaffolding as good teaching is common among teachers. teacher b is the opposite of teacher a. she understood the concept, believed it as a good teaching strategy and even was able to mention the theorists. teacher b thinks scaffolding is what a teacher should learn and apply. reflection of scaffolding in the teaching teacher a the observation was conducted twice for two meeting schedules, each of which has 2x35 minutes. the very prominent artifact used by the teacher as the scaffold is the slides projected contain some pictures which were very attractive and familiar to the students. explaining the date and time, the teacher brought the real birthday date of the famous celebrities students were well recognized. students were very enthusiastic and they tried hard to answer each of the question proposed by the teacher, as their eyes were glued to the pictures. even one student which is firstly failed on answering correctly, tried to re-answer by requesting the teacher to play on the picture of the celebrities she likes. the slide has successfully attracted their attention and forced them to think harder. this kind of assistance falls into students’ mental capacity (tharp and gallimore, 1991, gale et. al, 2007). unfortunately, there is rarely framed another meaning-making strategy used by the teacher as it should be able to work with, as to teacherstudent talk (merceret.al, 2004). the students have not given enough time and space to use the tool for reasoning, that is, a talk. teacher provides almost all answers if they failed to point it english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee correctly. meanwhile, students’ participation whether they are answering or correcting others, that is a crucial thing teacher need to boost and invite, as it is a ‘useful function in scaffolding the development of reasoning and scientific understanding (ronen and langley, 2004). teacher rarely used understandable hints, probes or simplification. he often showed hints by nodding his head or pausing. students were less directed to understand the ‘subtle suggestions and guidance to move along’ (hogan and pressley, 1997) and ‘frame the intended meaning’. after explanation in the first 10 minutes, students were not provided by ‘point in need scaffolding’ as suggested by hammond (2001) that students were not only prompted to their mistakes but also invited to clarify themselves of what they are thinking at that time being and guide those thinking into the correct path. for example, one student mispronounce the date and month in reverse, the teacher reacted only by shaking his head instead of guiding by sentences like: ‘what did you say again? which one is the date? are you sure? is month more than 12 in a year? so 15 means? a month or a day? this is what martin (1985) argues as ‘conversation’. teacher should converse his student. circular in form, cooperative in manner, and constructive in intent; this is a desired model of explaining things or examples. if students do not ‘talk’ his mind ‘aloud’, it would be difficult to measure the beginning of the thinking process because no correction, assimilation, or accommodation of the new learning (vygotsky, 1978). teacher b the teacher also performed two teachings in different days, with the same minutes. she applies task division in teaching reading. she selected two different reading texts. as i interviewed before she started the class, she argued that the two texts has different level of difficulties. the first one is easy; the second one is a bit difficult. it is performed in purpose so that the students ranging from lower to upper level of competencies can be measured and appropriately treated. this assistance reflect ‘contingency’ in scaffolding (hammond, 2001) in which teacher assures students’ recent capability in order to move along to one step higher. teacher tried to give an anchor for all the students by giving them the easier one to depart on students zone of proximal development (zpd) and later on landed on students farthest zpd (brunner, 1984). at this point, teacher made simplification as her teaching support (ronen and langley 2004) and provided the students with something to trigger their potential development. teacher also communicates well; performed a lot of interactional scaffolding by providing many teaching media beside the textbook. the media are then successfully played the role as teaching catalyst (tharp and gallimore, 1991). the interaction between teacher and students were clearly patterned as the teacher seized the students’ answer and used them to develop their higher thinking ability. the teacher used point in need scaffolding (hammond, 2001). for example, as the teacher asked: t: so why she (the main character) felt so sad? s: because she lost her earrings (pausing)..err..and..but.. diah gusrayani developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching t: yes? but what? s: but also her husband did not care about that… t: about her? about her earring? or what? s: about her lost. not the earring. the lost. her lost. her husband ignore. t: her husband ignored the fact that she lost her earrings? that what makes her so sad do you think? s: yes. the effect to students’ understanding teacher a and b can actually move along the path of students’ further distance of their zpd by the scaffolding applied. teacher a, with the interactivity built by the slides, the pictures, the vivid explanations (roehler and canton, 1997), his stopping in each student’s desk (tharp and gallimore, 1991) has already succeeded in building students’ mental capacity (gale, 2007) as students were attached and concerned. students moved from remembering to understanding level of conceptual knowledge. they rarely moved from their chair, yet their mind moved the higher point. nevertheless, the level of knowledge the students reach was still in conceptual phase. teacher b, with her skillful interactional scaffolding and teacher’s talk has also succeeded in developing students’ internalized and strategic way of thinking. she has also created a conducive learning atmosphere. she brought the students from the level of remembering to applying. teacher moved around and mingled with the students, the interaction gave meaningful contribution to the mastery of the learning. students reached procedural knowledge level as they are asked to make their own text and successfully made it with significant themes and development of the themes. conclusions in the class where teacher a taught, students are mostly less capable of answering questions from the textbook and the teacher. even if they can answer, the level of understanding measured is in the point of remembering the fact and understanding the issue. those who are able to analyze further were only five persons. but some of the students, who were initially shown less interest and understanding, were able to catch their outstanding students finally. class tended to be quiet, even if the teacher asked, they looked very reluctant to answer. the hesitation of the teacher to give sufficient assistance or to lead the path for the students to move along create the hesitation for the students to answer almost all questions. some of the students were scaffold, but most of the rest were only stayed there, in their previous condition. in teacher b’s class, the atmosphere tended to be pleasurable. even though not all of them can answer the questions correctly, they looked distressed, they learned happily. students who were initially given the easier task can also finish the more difficult ones at last. teacher knew when to scaffold and when to let them go. but still, both of them were applied scaffolding techniques in their teaching and succeeded in lengthen their students’ zpd. references bradford, a. (2007). motivational orientations in under-researched fll contexts: findings from indonesia. relc journal, 38, 302-323. bruner, j. (1984). vygotsky's zone of proximal development: the hidden agenda. in b. rogoff, & wertsh, j. (eds), english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 3, issue 1, december 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee children's learning in the 'zone of proximal development'. san francisco: jossey-bass. cahyono, b. y., & widiati, u. (2008). the teaching of efl vocabulary in indonesian context: the state of art. teflin journal, 19(1), 1-17. creswell, j. w. (1998). qualitative inquiry and research design. california: sage publications. donovan, c. & smolkin, l. (2002) children's genre knowledge: an examination of k5 students performance on multiple tasks providing differing levels of scaffolding. reading research quarterly newark. 37 (4), 428-465 erlenawati. (2002). belief about language learning: indonesian learners' perspectives, and some implication for classroom practices. australian journal of education, 46(3), 323-337. exely, b. (2005). learner characteristics of ‘asian’ efl students: exceptions to the ‘norm’. paper presented at the proceedings pleasure passion provocation. joint national conference aate & alea 2005. faridi, a. (2008). pengembangan model materi ajar muatan lokal bahasa inggris di sekolah dasar jawa tengah yang berwawasan sosiokultural. disertasi program pascasarjana universitas negeri semarang firman, h., & tola, b. (2008), the future of schooling in indonesia. journal of international cooperation in education 11(1), 71 – 84. gallimore, r. & tharp, r.g. (1989) rousing minds to life: teaching, learning, and schooling in social context. cambridge: cambridge university press. gallimore, r. & tharp, r. g. (1990). teaching mind and society: a theory of education and schooling. in l. moll (ed.), vygotsky and education: instructional implications and applications of sociohistorical psychology. (pp. 175-205). cambridge: cambridge university press. gallimore, r. & tharp, r. (1991). a theory of teaching as assisted performance. in: learning to think: child development in social context, vol. 2.; paul light, sue sheldon, & martin woodhead, (eds.) pp. 42-61. routledge: london. hammond, j. (2001). scaffolding: teaching and learning in language and literacy education. australia: peta hogan, k., and pressley, m. (1997). scaffolding student learning: instructional approaches and issues. cambridge, ma: brookline books holton, d., & clarke, d. (2006). scaffolding and metacognition. international journal of mathematical education in science and technology, 37(2), 127-143. kong, a. (2002) scaffolding in a learning community of practice: a case study of a gradual release of responsibility from the teacher to the students. 47th annual international reading association convention, san francisco. lengkanawati, n. s. (2004). how learners from different cultural backgrounds learn a foreign language. asian efl journal, 6(1). life, j. (2011). motivation and efl university students in north-east asia. asian efl journal, 13(3). linn, r.l., baker, e.l., & dunbar, s.b. (1991). complex, performance-based assessment. educational researcher, 20(8), 15-21. martin, j. (1985) factual writing: exploring and challenging social reality oxford: oxford university press. maxwell, j. (1996). qualitative research design. thousand oaks, ca: sage. mcdevitt, t.m. & ormrod, j.e. (2002). child development and education. upper saddle river, nj: merrill prentice hall. miles, mb. & huberman, am. (1994). qualitative data analysis (2nd edition). thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. moedjito, & harumi, i. (2008). perceptions of the seriousness of mispronunciation of english speech sounds. teflin journal, 19(1), 70-90. nurweni, a. (1997). how many words do senior high school students acquire per week. teflin journal, 8(1), 103-115 pikkert, j. j. j., & foster, l. (1996 ). critical thinking skills among third year diah gusrayani developing students’ knowledge from the results of scaffolding in english teaching indonesian english students. relc journal, 27, 56-64. ronen, m. & langley, d. (2004). scaffolding complex tasks by open online submission: emerging patterns and profiles. journal of asynchronous learning networks (jaln), 8(4), 39-52 roehler, l. r., & cantlon, d.j. (1997). scaffolding: a powerful tool in social constructivist classrooms. in k. hogan & m. pressley (eds.), scaffolding student learning: instructional approaches and issues (pp. 6-42). cambridge, ma: brookline. rommetveit, r. (1978). ‘on negative rationalism in scholarly studies of verbal communication and dynamic residuals in the construction of human intersubjectivity’, in michael brenner, p. marsh and marilyn brenner (eds), the social contexts of method, london: croom helm, pp/ 16-32. stewart, t.m., macintyre, w.r., galea, v.j., & steel, c.h. (2007). enhancing problem-based learning designs with a single e-learning scaffolding tool: two case studies using challenge frap. interactive learning environments, 15(1), 77–91. stone, a. (1998) the metaphor of scaffolding: its utility for the field of learning disabilities. journal of learning disabilities, 3(4), 344-364 supriadi, & hoogenboom. (2004). teachers in indonesia: their education, training, and struggle since colonial era until the reformation era. jakarta: ministry of education, indonesian republic. thalal, m. (2010). new insights into teaching of english language to indonesian students. retrieved from http://www.lkas.org/pendidikan/det ail/15/new_insights_into_teaching_of_ english_language_to_indonesian_stude nts.html tudge, j. (1992) vygotsky, the zone of proximal development, and peer collaboration: implications for classroom practice. in moll, l.c. (ed.) vygotsky and education: instructional implications and applications of sociohistorical psychology. cambridge: cambridge university press. vygotsky, l. s. (1962). thought and language. cambridge, ma:mit press --------------------(1978). mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes (m. cole, v. john-steiner, s. scribner, & e. souberman, eds.) cambridge, ma: harvard university press english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 81 the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills wardah zahra english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: wzahraa@gmail.com rita inderawati (corresponding author) english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: rita_inderawati@fkip.unsri.ac.id ismail petrus english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: ismailpetrus@yahoo.com apa citation: zahra, w., inderawati, r., & petrus, i. (2019). the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills. english review: journal of english education, 8(1), 81-90. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i1.2110. received: 24-09-2019 accepted: 19-11-2019 published: 01-12-2019 abstract: making use of ict and applying authentic assessment in the teaching and learning activities represent an obligatory from indonesian ministry of education and culture. this study aimed at finding out types of ict used in the authentic assessment of the productive skills, describing the implementation of ict in the authentic assessment of the productive skills, explaining the possible problems faced by the english teachers in the implementation, and explaining the solution used by the teachers to solve the problems. this study was a descriptive study with qualitative approach. the data were collected through interview, observation, and documentation to three english teachers, a curriculum coordinator, a facility and infrastructure administrator, and three students, were validated through methodological triangulations and were analyzed using miles and huberman’s analysis model (1994), namely data reduction, data display and conclusion, and verification. the results discovered that there were three types of ict in the authentic assessment of the productive skills, the teachers had different methods in implementing the three types of ict tools based on the types of authentic assessment concerning aspects of productive skills, they encountered three main problems in the implementation, and they were educated and motivated to have their solutions to overcome the difficulties. keywords: ict; authentic assessment; ict-based authentic assessment; speaking skill; writing skill. introduction an unprecedented revolution in information and communication technologies (ict) has been changing the standard and nature of the english language by imposing new practices that have been influencing how the students are evaluated in the current years. for the students growing up in a culture of technology integration, ict provides relevant new learning and assessment chances that are in related to their real-world activities. similarly, jonassen, howland, and marra (2009) point out that the use of technology to support assessment is not only done by converting traditional forms of assessment into a digital format, but it can also be used to assess higher-order learning outcomes based on the realbased situation as students have chances to demonstrate what they learn. mueller (2014) agrees that authentic assessment as a form of assessment which requires the students to achieve real-world tasks as a purposeful implication of knowledge and skills. categorically, luo and lei (2012) confirm that there are four different common types of ict in educational purposes, those are, (1) educational networking: an educationally focused network which is accessed by online (ning), (2) web-based learning: an internet-based instructional delivery tool or online application or services allowing those who access the platform to have interactively collaboration in searching, accepting, organizing, and delivering educational content (wiki, social bookmarking, blog, and podcast), (3) mobile learning: means of technologies conducted by portable devices aiding in educational activities (smartphones and laptop), and (4) classroom equipment: any facilitation in the form of devices to support the interaction between the teachers and the students in classroom (projectors and speakers). thus, the mailto:wzahraa@gmail.com mailto:ismailpetrus@yahoo.com wardah zahra, rita inderawati, & ismail petrus the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills 82 applicable achievement of the language learning activities would help the students to bestow their knowledge into the real-life situation. productive skills—speaking and writing skills have relation to authentic assessment since they may occur the opportunities to develop real-life activities relevantly. according to harmer (2015), productive skills are the skills in a language produced by the students. in other words, the students need to articulate and write words to generate language. aspects of speaking include fluency—the involvement of the speakers to be able to keep maintaining the utterance spontaneously and accuracy—vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation. in writing, the aspects are handwriting, correct spelling, punctuation, and layout. (harmer 2015; nunan 2003). specifically, authentic assessment involving ict in the speaking practices can be in the form of oral practice or presentation using computers, movie-based description, digital story or text retelling, radio broadcasts, voice or video conferences, web-based video clips and digital oral directed report. in another productive skill, writing skill practices, the assessment is classified into computer-based writing practices, a website learning and online publication, and written presentation. (thanyalak, 2012; zhang & han, 2012). indonesia, one of the non-english-speaking countries, emphasizes on productive skills measured by authentic assessment together with the use of ict in its latest curriculum. according to the regulation of the ministry of education and culture numbers 27 and 22 years 2017 and 2016 about graduate competency and process standards, teachers of english should specifically focus on productive skills of english and emphasize on the implementation of ict to improve efficiency and effectiveness in teaching and learning activities. in reality, there are still several constraints in educational practice. the most common problems in relation to the use of ict in assessing the students of non-englishspeaking countries are the teachers are lack of sufficient skills and knowledge about ict, limited to ict facilities, accessibilities, network connection, time, and training. (unesco, 2011). in terms of ict development, indonesia is ranked 111 out of 176 countries worldwide (international telecommunication union, 2017). badan akreditasi nasional (2018) shows that the standard of educators and education personnel are grouped in the three lowest standards. identically, zaim (2013) in his study found out that english teachers faced difficulties in constructing appropriate assessment instruments to evaluate oral and written language skills. he found that teachers were not confident in describing the theory of authentic assessment as they merely do not understand the authentic assessment. trisanti (2014) also discovered that some teachers did not have enough basic theory of authentic assessment. the application of scoring rubrics was unclear for them. thus, the low level of english proficiency probably comes from lack ability of the teachers in administering and evaluating the materials that would be responsible to low scores of the students’ productive skills. in line with the rationales, the writer decided to have sma ligm as the further observed school in discovering types of ict in authentic assessment of productive skills in the academic year 2019/2020, describing the implementation the assessment to measure the students’ english productive skills, elaborating the difficulties in implementing it and the solution used by the teachers to overcome those difficulties. based on the vision and mission of the school, the implementation of authentic assessment together with ict is highlighted. likewise, the curriculum development of the school standardizes that teaching and learning activities must be based on scientific approach and evaluated by conducting authentic assessment involving learning, motivation, and attitudes. additionally, the school intends to consider ict in every aspect of teaching and learning activities aiming to create conducive learning situation. the utilization of ict is expected to result in the students to be globally qualified in the workplaces. method this study was a descriptive qualitative study concerning the use of ict in the processes of authentic assessment. fraenkel and wallen (2012) state that a descriptive method is a method used to explain, analyze and classify something through various techniques, survey, interview, questionnaires, observation, and text. the qualitative approach resulted organized and authentic descriptions of the investigation of relationships, activities, situations and materials in descriptive phenomena such as words, sentences, and utterances. this study involved three english teachers at sma ligm, a curriculum coordinator, a facility and infrastructure administrator, one student of science grade xi taught by teacher 1 (student a), english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 83 one student of social grade xi taught by teacher 2 (student b), and one student of grade x taught by teacher 3 (student c). the students that were chosen were the representatives who got actively involved in the classroom activities of the teachers. in the data collection, the teachers of english, were interviewed (semi-structured) and observed. similarly, the curriculum coordinator, the facility and infrastructure administrator, and the students were also interviewed with the unstructured questions. the last, some documents related to the activities during the investigation were reviewed. to validate the data, a methodological triangulation technique was used. cohen, manion, and morrison (2011) determine this technique as the use of more than one instrument in collecting data. it may involve interviews, questionnaires, observations, and documents. after the data were obtained, they were analyzed by using three steps of miles and huberman’s (1994) analysis model, which include; data reduction: focusing on the specified objectives of this study to make a detailed interpretation; data display and conclusion: displaying the analyzed data covering credible data in text and or tables to confirm the conclusion; and verification: examining through reference to the writer existing field notes and further data collection. results and discussion the results of interviews, classroom observation, and documentation were analyzed into four main objectives to draw conclusions. types of ict used in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills mobile learning in the productive skills, all the three teachers operated mobile learning—laptop and smartphones and involved the students in the classroom assessment as the subject of the assessment. in the interview, teachers 1 and 3 frequently benefited smartphones and laptops to document and ask the students to do assignment in the speaking and writing skills assessment activities. teacher 3 specifically said that she utilized some functions in students’ smartphones such as social media like in whats-app group and email to conduct the assessment in writing skill. additionally, although teacher 2 did not mention about the implementation of the smartphones as the media in the assessment activities during the interview, the observation found out that she utilized the smartphones in assessing speaking skill assessment. she recorded the students’ performance through her smartphone and she shared the files to the students. later, the students had peer assessment about the recordings. moreover, teacher 2 involved the students to get in charge of designing both speaking and writing materials in the form of powerpoint through laptops to be authentically assessed by the teacher 2. however, there was only one lesson plan (about caption text) stated that mobile learning (smartphones) as one of the learning media. it could probably because the teachers were not aware about the detailed lesson plans. throughout the authentic assessment activities enabled the teachers to design innovative creation of certain tasks on the basis of the students’ reallife activities, sharples et al. (2014) state that mobile learning allows the teachers to have innovative practices and social learning environment. therefore, it can be said that by applying mobile learning as devices in measuring the students’ productive skills through authentic assessment, the teachers creatively varied their kinds of means of authentic assessment focusing on the students’ outcomes. classroom equipment since classroom equipment refers to any supporting devices in the classroom used by both the teachers and the students to construct interaction between them, all the findings showed that the three teachers run the provided classroom equipment in their assessment activities for the productive skills. in most assessment activities, the teachers frequently applied classroom equipment that was available in every classroom. the teachers engaged the students into both speaking and writing materials and stimulate them to demonstrate the materials that then would be assessed by the teachers. identically, all of the teachers also listed the utilization of projectors in their lesson plans as one of the supporting tools in the classroom activities. likewise, according to the facility and infrastructure administrator, the projector in each classroom was in good quality as the projector was completed by its supporting equipment. she also mentioned about any other equipment that can be used by both the teachers and the students in the assessment activities such as the smart board and the language laboratory that could be used in turns. in relation to this, american library association (1998) states that the practical use of available technologies around the students motivate the students to learn faster, wardah zahra, rita inderawati, & ismail petrus the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills 84 become problem-solvers and more self-regulated. through the availability of the technologies around the students discovered in the findings, therefore, the students would certainly get positive contribution to their achievement. web-based learning in authentic assessment for writing skill, the three teachers integrated the materials through internetbased instructional delivery tool or internet services. as concerns to the results of the teachers’ interview, the teachers mainly focused on the internet-based materials in their authentic assessment activities which purposely involved the students in the activities. teacher 1 applied the internet to stimulate the students to do some practices regarding their writing tasks. besides, both teachers 2 and 3 accounted for the sources of their writing skill assessment from the internet. particularly, teacher 2 asked the students to browse the materials by themselves through the internet such as blog and wiki and designed the sources into some powerpoint files to be projected that were authentically assessed by the teacher. similarly, the findings of the observation resulted that all the teachers browsed some sites on the internet to look for materials to the students. the teachers used internet-based materials browsed from blogs and wiki. likewise, the teachers also asked the students to browse additional information about the materials. after searching the materials, both the teachers and the students had brief discussions and assessment activities. in the lesson plans, the sources of websites as sources of learning were listed. by means of this tool and the teachers’ method, the students became more independent—not waiting the materials only from the teachers and they would have critical minds and this made the teachers focus on what the students were doing. it is in correlation with wasim et al. (2014) has discovered in their study. they said that web-based learning helps the teachers to easily control the students to be more independent in learning. furthermore, it also connects with the regulation in 2013 curriculum. according to ministry of education and culture number 27 the year 2016 about graduate competence standard, it says that active learning should be centered to the students. the implementation of ict in the authentic assessment of productive skills of sma ligm students the implementation of mobile learning according to the interview and observation, smartphones were applied by both teachers 1 and 2 in the same way. these two teachers asked the students to record their performances of the authentic real-based material by means of the students’ smartphones into videos. they engaged the students to get involved in teaching and learning activities as advised by sharples et al. (2014)—they said that mobile learning helps the students to be more active. specifically, the teachers recorded the students’ performance through her smartphone and they shared the files to the students. in the assessment activities, the teachers measured the students’ speaking skill based on the criteria or rubrics they have prepared. the benefits of mobile learning applied by both the teachers and the students certainly facilitated them in having comprehendible materials which were accessible and manageable. in the writing skill, teacher 3 used the smartphone to facilitate her in sending the students’ tasks. she asked the students to submit the tasks through e-mail and whats-app group after the students finished demonstarating what teacher 3 asked during the assessment activities. the tasks mostly about the students’ writing results of narrative text. moreover, laptops were also chosen by the teachers to be one of ict tools used by the students in typing the writing tasks about narrative and explanation text. however in the lesson plan, the only material stated mobile learning (smartphones) was about caption text. in the activities, the students were asked to upload and send the tasks through social media. therefore, although the teachers properly applied mobile learning, they were still not able to detail their appropriate method and media in the activities to be put in the lesson plans. the implementation of classroom equipment according to the all findings of the instruments, the ict that was available and utilized by the english teachers and the students at each classroom of sma ligm was multimedia projector. the materials mostly were conferenced through the projectors. after having the knowledge from what the teachers have taught, the students were asked to design their own powerpoint that would be shared in front of the class through the projectors. during the presentation, the teachers assessed both the students’ speaking and writing skill. the english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 85 students’ speaking skill was assessed while the students were having presentation and discussion by means of projectors. the writing skill was measured by the teachers through the powerpoint that they had designed before the presentation. the materials chosen during the investigation were based on their real-life activities such as designing announcement and caption texts, describing certain objects around them to be critically analyzed in analytical exposition, and singing song lyrics. furthermore, as the teachers constructed the innovative environment of the classroom by having attractive materials or slides and engaging the students to make ones, the students seemed to easily understand the materials. it is in line with what ozaslan and maden (2013) have found in his study. they discovered that the interactive learning materials could help the students to learn better. related to this finding, it happened in the school since all the teachers were not bounded in accessing classroom equipment and they were aware of the benefits from integrating their teaching and learning activities including assessment. the implementation of web-based learning learning through websites means that the participants in the classroom require internet and appropriate websites as the sources of learning in the classroom. according to the findings of the interview, observation, and documentation, the teacers considered that the students have to look for additional sources to be compared that would be beneficial for their learning activities and it would bestow their knowledge into the real-life situation. the teachers’ efforts in integrating web-based sources to the students were successfully make the students be more independent and critical as they have to look for other sources and try to have their own perspectives. these were in coherence with what wasim et al. (2014) found in their study. according to them, as the teachers introduce the students to integrate web-based learning in the teaching and learning activities, the students would be encouraged to be more very involved in the activities and it would lead them to learning which are centered to the students. in the factual implementation, all of the english teachers at that school involved all their students to enrich the knowledge of the students about the real-based mateials that they delivered both in speaking and writing skill. the teachers asked the students to obtain many resources, discuss all of them in group, and design the materials designed by the students themselves. then, the teachers would measure whether the sources were appropriate to the material or not. ict and authentic assessment are requisite the significance of ict and authentic assessment has been noticed by the curriculum coordinator and three english teachers at sma ligm. according to the curriculum coordinator in the interview, the necessity of ict and authentic assessment in the teaching and learning activities has been regulated and the mandatory of 2013 curriculum was also implemented in the school’s curriculum development. she also said that sma ligm put 2013 curriculum as its fundamental base of teaching and learning activities. explicitly, she also mentioned that all of the teachers at sma lti indo global mandiri had understood the concept of the authentic assessment. three teachers of english at sma lti indo global mandiri also acknowledged in the interview that the importance of ict and authentic assessment in their teaching and learning activities. the statements are also in line with the documentation and observation parts. according to the curriculum development of the school, every member of the school should emphasize on the use of ict and the involvement of authentic assessment involving learning, motivation, and attitudes in each aspect of the teaching and learning activities. in the observation, the teachers perceived the significance of ict and authentic assessment. during their classroom activities, the teachers not only engaged the students with ict but also assessed the students with real-life materials. therefore, these findings are in agreement with the minister of education and culture regulation no. 23 (2016) which rules that the teachers or educators, school (satuan pendidikan) and government or private institutions have to organize authentic assessment. the teachers concerned aspects of productive skills in the authentic assessment according to the results of the interview and observation, it was found that the teachers considered aspects of productive skill in the authentic assessment activities. it is summarized into table 2 below. wardah zahra, rita inderawati, & ismail petrus the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills 86 table 1. aspects of productive skills concerned by the teachers productive skills teachers aspects of productive skill results of interview results of observation speaking skill teacher 1 content pronunciation and vocabulary use teacher 2 fluency and pronunciation fluency and pronunciation teacher 3 grammar writing skill teacher 1 opening, body and closing opening, body and closing teacher 2 she could not mention the aspects spelling teacher 3 grammar, words selection, spelling, punctuation, and layout grammar, punctuation and spelling. table 1 shows that all the teachers stated that they should consider four sub-aspects of speaking as suggested by nunan (2003) in designing authentic assessment. besides, teacher 1 in the interview indicated that she was more into the content limitation of the materials which is similar to theory of gower, philips, and walter (1995). they suggest that the teachers should limit what should be assessed in their classrooms. therefore, it can be concluded that all the teachers involved the appropriate aspects of speaking skill. in writing skill, the results of the interview and observation of teacher 1 and 3 highlighted the aspects as suggested correspondingly, these aspects were involved in fundamental aspects of writing skill recommended by harmer (2015). besides, teacher 2 could not mention the aspects of writing skills in the interview session. it could be the results of unawareness of the teacher about what she needs to fill unless for filing. although teacher 2 could not remember about the aspects of writing in the interview, she considered certain aspects of writing in taking authentic assessment in her classroom. in the observation, she considered the students’ spelling and punctuation while having authentic assessment integrated with ict and she was frequently measured the students’ writing skill through self and peer review. in a like manner, four lesson plans, rubrics, and the students’ works were analyzed. first, lesson plans listed the same aspects of both speaking and writing skills. in speaking skill, all of the teachers of english concerned intonation, pronunciation, fluency, content, and vocabulary as indicators of aspects of speaking skill. moreover, in terms of writing skill, the teachers put layout, grammar, words selection, structure, and punctuation. table 3. scoring rubrics and instrument from the lesson plans competency domains main focus productive skills speaking writing affective the students’ growth in emotional field observation checklist observation checklist cognitive knowledge in the learning process scoring guideliness psychomotor physical skills intonation, pronunciation, fluency, content and vocabulary coherence, grammar, accuracy and content ict simplifies teaching, learning, and assessing activities in reference to teachers’ interview, all the teachers said that the classroom activities supported by ict would very sure simplify nowadays pedagogy. peculiarly, teachers 1. 2 and 3 believed that the simplified ict-integrated materials were properly functioned and accessible as a means of authentic assessment practices. unesco (2011) also supports that ict and internet can improve the effiency and effectiveness of education and they increase the better changes of educational transformation. correspondingly, the convenience brought by the ict is proven by the documentation and observation. the teachers’ assessment instruments integrated by the ict tools became more practical to the students as the teachers could simply deliver the assessment instruments to the students with a few problems and ict positively affected the students’ products. the products implied the sophisticated outcomes of the students. further, the benefits experienced by the teachers are similar like what selwyn (2003) has been stated that ict applied nowadays is currently being used to make the all the activities of teaching and learning activities become more effective and efficient. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 87 the use of ict in authentic assessment influences the students’ performances all of english teachers at sma ligm in the interview agreed that integrating ict in authentic assessment would positively motivate the students to strive for valuable performances. according to interview, the teachers stated that could the students provide reliable sources to smarten their performances as a part of authentic assessment in the classroom, the students would get additional scores. during the process of the observation which were in line with the interview sessions, the teachers attempted to positively stimulate the students with ict integrated into the assessment materials in the classrooms by connecting every aspect of the assessment with their real-life and integrating it with ict. the teachers carried out specific indicators with the help of some strategies written in their lesson plans to direct the students in getting additional information with curiosity. also, the students’ works showed that the teachers’ efforts in stimulating the students with certain assessment activities integrated with ict influenced the students’ works. as the teachers involved the students into activities which required the students’ higher order thinking skill through productive skills’ assessment integrated with ict in such a way, it surely influenced the students’ performances. dudeney (2000) states that the use of ict tools have potency to benefit the students in developing their english skills. the problems limited time insufficient time becomes one of the major issues in integrating ict to the materials. unesco (2011) agrees that limited time in the classroom would affect the teachers’ readiness in their preparation. sicilia (2005) revealed in her study that most of her participants were struggled by adequate time. in relation to this, two from the english teachers at sma ligm expressed in their interview that ict limited their time. teachers 2 and 3 in the interview compared that the integration of ict for either teaching or assessing activities in her classroom took more time and the integration of ict for the teaching, learning, and assessing activities was shortened their effective time in delivering the materials in the classroom. specifically, they stated that sets of the ict preparation in the classroom needed a lot of time. regardless of the two teachers mentioned above, teacher 1 was certain in her interview that ict supported her activities in the classroom on the whole without any problems including the lack of time. further, the lesson plans depicted that all of the teachers have allocated exact time while having ict as one of their teaching, learning, and assessing aids. surprisingly, the observations held to all of the teachers revealed that all of the teachers faced the same problems—lack of time when integrating ict in their classrooms. all of them indicated that they did not follow the time allocation they arranged in their lesson plans. in addition, during the observation, teacher 1 seemed to be difficult to manage her time when it came to applying ict in her classroom. afterward, she frequently exceeded the time allocation regulated by the school. she often took the students’ break time to continue her activities with the students in the classrooms. network connection based on the observation done, it was found that the issues on the network connection was one of the problems faced by the teachers. moreover, according to unesco (2011), network and connection failure is included to one of possible variables that could be considered in the use of ict at the classroom. during the observation, all the tree teachers were found that they had troubles in connecting their and the students’ devices to internet or network available at the school. teacher 1 discovered that she could not turn on the available multimedia projector in the classroom. it was assumed that there was any failure in the connection related to the cables or the electric socket. teacher 2 observed that as she sent the materials through email, some of the students didn’t have internet connection. moreover, teacher 3 also experienced in disconecting to internet network. the website showed by teacher 3 cannot be frequently loaded. lack of ict awareness during the interview, teacher 2 admitted that she got inadequate awareness of ict integration to teaching, learning and assessing materials as she confessed that she was not an innovative teacher. she mentioned that she would prefer choosing traditional methods than developing new ideas in having sophisticated materials in her classroom and she planned to have her resignation soon. further, she was observed that she was mostly unprepared to the activities which should be integrated into ict as she stated in her interview session at the first. it is assumed that teacher 2 was not aware of what technology brings to education even though the facilities and infrastructures have surely supported the teachers wardah zahra, rita inderawati, & ismail petrus the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills 88 to be aware and have knowledge about ict. moreover, teachers who are lack of ict awareness would negatively impact the students’ concept of learning as stated by thakur (2014) in his study. the solutions some barriers related to ict resulting from lack of training activities have been noticed by an expert. according to unesco (2011), insufficient training activities is one of major causes of teachers’ problems in using ict. the first solution disclosed by the curriculum coordinator and the teachers in the interview was that the school set up training which was specialized to ict to all teachers of the school. the training involved the school’s it teachers to be the professional instructor in the training and who are responsible to help other teachers who would face certain problems in using ict in their classrooms. through the training, the teachers had an appropriate understanding of ict. in the observation, it seemed that the teachers purposely managed the students to purposely get involved in the assessment activities that were integrated with ict. as all of the teachers of english dealt with a limited amount of time when they integrated assessment materials with ict, they lengthen their activities in the classrooms into one or two additional meetings and added their duration in each meeting to cover all the activities she arranged in her lesson plan. certainly, this made some discrepancy between the allocated time in the lesson plans and in the real implementation. however, teacher 2 claimed that it would perhaps negatively influence the students’ performances in certain aspects; therefore, she decided to assign the students with tasks that would balance the students’ performances with the materials that were skipped. according to unesco (2011), failure in network connection could be included as several barriers dominantly faced by the teachers. through this theory, teachers using ict in their classroom activities should pay heed to the available network connection. in relation to this, it is proven that teachers of english at sma ligm run into inadequate network connection while having ict during their assessment activities. according to the findings of the interview and the observation, it was found that the three teachers uttered that they would innovate the drawbacks happened in their classroom while applying assessment integrated by ict in the classroom. preferably, the teachers prefered to provide internet connection by themselves rather than letting the students learning without any connection. by covering up the network by themselves, the teachers could incorporate ict to their assessment and prevent the minor problem in the classroom. conclusion this study conducted to describe the types and the implementation of ict used on the authentic assessment of the productive skills of the students, the problems faced by the english teachers and the solutions from the teachers in using ict in the authentic assessment in the productive skills. first of all, it is determined from the results of the study that the teachers made use of three types of ict which were mobile learning, classroom equipment, and webbased learning creatively based on their specific purposes. second, most of the teachers had a significant understanding about authentic assessment and they were mostly ict literate since both authentic assessment and ict are necessary. with these intentions, the teachers had various methods in implementing the three types of ict tools based on the types of authentic assessment concerning aspects of productive skills that they were teaching for the purposes of simplifying assessment activities and influencing the students’ performances. third, they went through three main difficulties in using ict and constructing authentic assessment by the integration of ict. the last, they were educated and motivated to have their solutions to overcome the difficulties. references badan akreditasi nasional. (2018). laporan standar akreditasi tahun 2018 tingkat sekolah menengah dan madrasah. retrieved from http://ban-smindonesia.kemendikbud.org/. american library association. (1998). resource guides for school library media program development. retrieved 26 november, 2018 from http://www.ala.org/printertemplate.cfm?sectio n=resource_guides&template=/contentmana gement/contentdisplay.cfm&contentid=1528 8. cohen, l., manion, l., & morrison, k. (2011). research methods in education (7th ed). retrieved from http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/cohen7e/. dudeney, g. (2000). the internet and the language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. http://ban-sm-_______indonesia.kemendikbud.org/ http://ban-sm-_______indonesia.kemendikbud.org/ english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 89 fraenkel, j., & wallen, n. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed). new york: mcgraw-hill inc. gower, r., phillips, d., & walters, s. (1995). teaching practice handbook. oxford: macmillan heinemann. harmer, j. (2015). the practice of english language teaching (5th ed.). london: pearson education limited. indonesian ministry of education and culture. (2016). peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan no. 22 tentang standar proses. jakarta: indonesia the ministry of education and culture. indonesian ministry of education and culture. (2017). peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan no. 27 tentang standar kompetensi kelulusan. jakarta: indonesia the ministry of education and culture. international communication union. (2017). global ict development index. retrieved from https://www.itu.int/net4/itud/idi/2017index.ht ml. jonassen, d., howland, j., marra, r. m., & crismond, d. (2009). meaningful learning with technology. new jersey: pearson education inc. luo, h., & lei, j. (2012). educational stages and interactive learning: from kindergarten to workplace training. china: peking university press. retrieved from 10.4018/978-1-4666-01376.ch005. miles, m. b., & huberman, m. (1994). qualitative data analysis: a sourcebook of new methods. london: sage publication, inc. mueller, j. (2014). what is authentic assessment? retrieved november 28, 2018 from http://jfmueller.faculty.noctrl.edu/toolbox/whatis it.html. nunan, d. (2003). practical english language teaching. pennsylvania, ny: mcgraw-hill education. ozaslan, e. n., & maden, z. (2013). the use of powerpoint presentation in the department of foreign language education at middle east technical university. middle eastern & african journal of educational research, 2, 38-45. sharples, m., adams, a., ferguson, r., gaved, m., mcandrew, p., rienties, b., weller, m., & whitelock, d. (2014). innovating pedagogy 2014: open university innovation report 3. milton keynes: the open university. selwyn, n. (2003). ict in non-formal youth and adult education: defining territory. philadelphia: oecd/ncal international roundtable. sicilia, c. (2005). the challenges and benefits to teachers’ practices in constructivist learning environments supported by technology. unpublished master thesis, mcgill university, montreal. thakur, n. (2014). a study on awareness of trained teachers in relation to information and communication technology. iosr journal of research & method in education (iosrjrme), 4(1), 06–11. doi: 10.9790/7388-04150611. thanyalak, o. (2012). developing speaking skills using three communicative (discussion, problemsolving, and role-playing). international journal of social science and humanity, 2(6). doi: 10.7763/ijssh.2012.v2.164. trisanti, n. (2014). english teacher’s perspective on authentic assessment implementation of curriculum 2013. 61st teflin international conference, solo, indonesia: semarang state university. unesco. (2011). unesco ict: competency framework for teachers. fontenoy, paris: united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization. wasim, j., sharma, s., khan, i., & siddiqui, j. (2014). web based learning. international journal of computer science and information technologies, 5(1), 446-449. zhang, w., & han, c. (2012). a case study of the application of a blended learning approach to web-based college english teaching platform in a medical university in eastern china. theory and practice in language studies, 2, 1961–1970. doi: 10.4304/tpls.2.9.1961-1970. zaim, m. (2013). asesmen otentik: implementasi dan permasalahannya dalam pembelajaran bahasa inggris di sekolah menengah. proceeding of the international seminar on _languages and arts. padang: state university of padang. http://jfmueller.faculty.noctrl.edu/toolbox/whatisit.htm http://jfmueller.faculty.noctrl.edu/toolbox/whatisit.htm http://dx.doi.org/10.7763/ijssh.2012.v2.164 wardah zahra, rita inderawati, & ismail petrus the use of ict in authentic assessment of the students’ productive skills 90 a study of english intonation in indonesian efl learners english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee a study of english intonation in indonesian efl learners roni nursyamsu department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: roninursyamsu@gmail.com lukluk argita munif department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: luklukargita94@gmail.com apa citation: nursyamsu, r. & munif, l. a. (2013). a study of english intonation in indonesian efl learners. english review: journal of english education, 1(2),223-230 received: 12-02-2013 accepted: 03-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: this study examined the patterns of intonation and kinds of information structure that occur in efl learners. the objectives of this study were: (1) to know the patterns of intonation that occur in efl learners; (2) to know kinds of information structure that occur in efl learners. the method used in this study is descriptive qualitative and the subjects of this study is a debater and also a student in english department at one of private university in kuningan, west java. techniques of collecting data used in this research were library research, observation and interview. halliday’s theory and praat software analysis use in this research to analyze the data. based on the data analysis, it can be known that: (1) there were 5 kinds of intonation pattern used by the speaker: fall, rise (final), rise (nonfinal), fall-rise (final), fall-rise (non-final); (2) there were 158 clauses with 25 independent clauses and 133 dependent clauses from the respondent’s performance; (3) there were three systems from information structure: tonality, tonicity, and tone; (4) in tonality system, hts-t with the percentage 18% was the most pattern used by the respondent; (5) given-newgiven (g-n-g) with the precentage 36% was mostly used in her performance based on tonicity system; (6) incomplete information (rise non-final) was the most dominant intonation pattern used by the respondent with the precentage 33%. keywords: intonation, information structure, efl learners introduction phonology is the study of the organization of sounds in language (marlett, 2001, p. 2). it is different from phonetics, which is the study of the production, perception, and physical properties of speech sounds; phonology attempts to account for how they are combined, organized, and convey meaning in particular languages. only a fraction of the sounds humans can articulate is found in any particular language. in phonology, speech sounds are analyzed into phonemes, the smallest units of sound that can change the meaning of a word. a phoneme may have several allophones relating to sounds that are district but do not change the meaning of a word when they are interchanged. in a brief explanation, phonology is the study of sound structure in language, which is different from the study of sentence structure (syntax) or word structure (morphology), or how languages change over time (historical linguistic) (odden, 2005). kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction as the part of phonology, intonation is the kinds of pitch modulation found in whole utterances (carr, 2008). the term of intonation refers to mean for conveying information in speech which is independent of the words and their sounds. intonation is also often referred to in everyday language as speech melody or sentence melody, terms that focus on pitch variations and modulation (chun, 2002). central to intonation is the modulation of pitch, and intonation is often thought of as the use of pitch over the domain of the utterance. however, the patterning of pitch in speech is so closely bound to patterns of timing and loudness, and sometimes voice quality, that we cannot consider pitch in isolation from these other dimensions. the use of an inappropriate intonation pattern may give rise to misunderstandings. the misunderstanding can be major or minor depending on the context in which the intonation pattern is used. as there is no one to one correspondence between intonation and meaning, an appropriate meaning can often be found when it fits with the ‘wrong’ intonation pattern. the aim of this research, for that reason, is not to find fault, but to find out information functions such as the segmentation of discourse that represents the speakers’ management of the total message into separate pieces of information and then after that it is located on the most prominent word in organization of information then the last is decision of status in each unit of information, focusing attention on important elements of the spoken message and also helping to regulate conversational interaction. the interaction of intonation and stress — the patterns of relative prominence which characterize an utterance — are particularly close in many languages, including english. for those who prefer to reserve ‘intonation’ for pitch effects in speech, the word ‘prosody’ is convenient as a more general term to include patterns of pitch, timing, loudness, and (sometimes) voice quality. in recent years, “the focus has been on generative models of intonation, also form-based, that rely on metrical representatives of text, indications of stressed vs unstressed syllables, and on phrasal tunes represented by strings of two discrete tones, high (h) and low (l)” (chun, 2002 , p. 15). in linguistics, stress is the relative emphasis that may be given to certain syllables in a word, or to certain words in a phrase or sentence. stress is typically signaled by such properties as increased loudness and vowel length, full articulation of the vowel, and changes in pitch. from the perceptual point of view, all stressed syllables have one characteristic in common, and that is prominence; stressed syllables are recognized as stressed because they are more prominent than unstressed syllables (roach, 1991). stressed syllables are often louder than non-stressed syllables, and may have a higher or lower pitch. they may also sometimes be pronounced longer. there are sometimes differences in place or manner of articulation – in particular, vowels in unstressed syllables may have a more central articulation, while those in stressed syllables have a more peripheral articulation. stress may be realized to varying degrees on different words in a sentence; sometimes the difference between the acoustic signals of stressed and unstressed syllables are minimal. an important role of intonation is as the ‘punctuation’ of spoken languages, marking the division between grammatical units and more generally helping the listener to follow the english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee utterance. the function is brought sharply into focus on occasion when the words used allow more than one grammatical parse. intonation in english is organized in units halliday calls tone groups. halliday (1970, p. 3) says of the tone group: the tone group is one unit of information, one “block” in the message that the speaker is communicating; and so it can be of any length. the particular meaning that the speaker wishes to convey may make it necessary to split a single clause into two or more tone groups, or to combine two or more clauses into one tone group. tench (2005) summarized the major contribution in triple systems which is express information structure, those are: tonality, tonicity and tone. the pattern by which tone groups are distributed throughout speech, called tonality, is crucial to the sense of an utterance. the speaker divides up the stream of spoken words into groups, and this reveals to the listener how to mentally organize the information. almost always, tonality follows a predictable course, with tone groups basically corresponding to grammatical clauses. tone group is one of the intonation feature of intonation that has three primary system, those are unit of information, focus of information and status of information. it is related to the number of tone group in utterance and each such tone group is seen as one ‘move’ in a speech act. tonality, the segmentation of discourse into individual units of intonation in sequence, represents the speaker’s perception of the number of units of information. we use clauses to convey information in grammatical terms in order to represent situation and we use intonation units to convey that information in phonological terms. each tone group has a tonic syllable, a place of prominence that the speaker seeks to mark as most important and that carries the most pronounced pitch change. it often carries the burden of “new information” in the clause and, as such, the normative place of a tonic syllable is on the last word in a clause. placement of the tonic syllable in places other than this is understood to be contrastive. the placement of tonic prominence is referred to as tonicity. tonic segment is the most prominent stress (= tonic syllable) and carries the most significant pitch movement of the whole unit. the location of the tonic syllable relates to another sub-system, known as tonicity. in english, there is a very high level of expectation that the tonic syllable will be found on the last lexical item in each intonation unit (unit of information – tonality). this expectation is in the order of 80% probability. it usually means that all the information in the intonation unit is new; thus the focus of information is broad. the tonic segment is usually preceded in the intonation unit by a stretch of sound known as the pre-tonic segment. in traditional terminology, the pre-tonic segment comprises a head, which consists of the first stressed syllable (the onset syllable) and all other stressed and unstressed syllables up to, but not including, the tonic syllable. any unstressed syllables preceding the head are called the pre-head. the tonic segment comprises the tonic syllable, often also called the nucleus or nuclear syllable, and any following stressed or unstressed syllables, called the tail. tonality reflects the experiential function, tonicity at least one aspect of the textual function. tone also reflects kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction textuality in the sense that it represents the speaker’s perception of the status of information the relative importance of each successive piece of information (status of information). it marks the kind of activity involved, by a complex pattern built out of a simple opposition between certain and uncertain polarity. if polarity is certain, the pitch of the tonic falls, if uncertain, it rises. halliday (as cited in roach, 1991) has identified five basic tones, or pitch contours, in english. tone interacts with tonality (distribution of tone groups) and tonicity (placement of tonic prominence) to create meaning in english intonation. following are the tones identified in halliday’s system: simple tone groups: tone 1 falling tone 2 high rising, or falling-rising (pointed) tone 3 low rising tone 4 falling-rising (rounded) tone 5 rising-falling (rounded) (roach, 1991, p. 143) in segmentation of tonality, there are some divisions of intonational contour. roach (1991, p. 145) was the first one to divide the structure of toneunit into four main segments: 1. head is all that part of a tone-unit that extends from the first stressed syllable up to the tonic syllable. 2. pre-head is composed of all the unstressed syllables in a tone-unit preceding the first stressed syllable. 3. nucleus or tonic syllable is the most prominent syllable in the utterance or major pitch movement. 4. tail is any syllables between the tonic syllable and the end of toneunit. nucleus also has another name called tonic syllable. roach (1991, p. 145) states that: a syllable which carries a tone will be called a tonic syllable. it has been mentioned several times that tonic syllables have a high degree of prominence; prominence is, of course, a property of stressed syllables. chun (2002, p. 19) states that tone is “the major pitch movement within the tone unit or it can be said that the overall behavior of pitch is tone”. the total tone system to signal status of information is as follows: 1. low fall : polarity (truth value or validity) is known, stated or yes/no question. the voice falls during the word from a medium to a very low pitch. 2. high rising: the polarity is unknown and information is desired. the voice rises during the word from a medium to a high pitch. 3. rise fall : not doubt in order to dismiss it. the voice first rises from a fairly low to a high pitch, and then quickly falls to a very law pitch. 4. fall rise : something is known, but there is some doubt or reservation. the voice first falls from a fairly high to a rather low pitch, and then, still within the word, raises to a medium pitch. 5. low rise : imply uncertainty and that the assertation is conditional or something else. the voice rises during the word from a low to a medium pitch or a little above. halliday drew attention to differences between major information signalled by a falling tone and minor, signalled by a low rising tone. in this case, the theme is highlighted, as if the speaker wished to say something like this present visit (is, in fact, my first visit to india). thus the total tone system to signal status of information is as follows : fall : \ = major information (but i saw him yesterday in the \library) english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee (final) rise = minor information (but i saw him yester \day | in the /library) (non-final) rise : / = incomplete information (but i saw him yester /day | in the \library) (final) fall-rise : \/ = implication (but i saw him yesterday in the \/library) (non-final) fall-rise : \/ = highlighting of theme (but \/ i | saw him yesterday in the \library) (tench, 2005, p. 10) in this context of the research, the respondent is joining debate competition that uses british parliamentary debate as the system of the debate competition. debate is a formal discussion on a particular matter in a public meeting or legislative assembly, in which opposing arguments are put forward and which usually ends with a vote (simpson & weiner, 2010, p. 2). debaters they who do debate challenge ideas, they do not attack each other. as in other sports, the fair play is crucial. on the basis of the background to the present study mentioned above, the research attempted to address the following research questions: what are the patterns of intonation that occur in efl learner? and what are kinds of information structure that occur in efl learner ? method this study uses qualitative method to discover deep and whole comprehension on the information structures that occur in efl learner and the patterns that exist in learner's speech when she used intonation for delivering the message. the goal of qualitative research is to discover and develop the new and to develop empirically grounded theories (flick, 2009, p. 15). qualitative method is used for exploring, understanding and analyzing unstructured data. this method is considered appropriate since this study attempts to find out the kinds of information structure that occur in efl learners and to know the intonation patterns of the learners for delivering their messages. the respondent in this research was purposively chosen because she is in the 3rd grade who has followed the 4th semester of listening and speaking classes in university of kuningan. she also is a debater who followed english debate competition in iain syekh nurjati cirebon. three data collection techniques were employed in this study, which were library research, observation, and interview. however, in collecting the data, the researchers have to employ appropriate instuments such as library research, observation, and interview. all data collection was recorded in order to keep authenticity of the data. in the library research, the researchers found some theories to support the data in this research from many references (printed book, e-book, journal, and online reading). in the observation, the data was analyzed in several steps. first, the researchers transcribed the transcription of audio recorder when the respondent followed english debate competition. then, analyzing the data based on intonation patterns and kinds of information structure by using halliday’s theory and praat software analysis to analyze the data. next, identifying the data and interpreting the findings of the data analysis. in the interview, the data and information were gained from the respondent. the interview was conducted to clarify the result of data analysis from praat in order to know the respondent’s aim in delivering her speech. kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction results and discussion the findings of the study are described in three categories. the first category is unit of information. the second category is about the focus of information, and the third is the status of information. all of them complete each other reaching the objectives of the research. in first step, the respondent’s speech will be divided into different clause segmentations based on grammar level and marking the stress syllable using praat software analyses. in clause segmentation, these clauses are differentiated into two units of information using grammar level. it is because we use clauses to convey information in grammatical terms as we use intonation units to convey information in phonological terms. there are 16 % or 25 independent clauses and 84 % or 133 dependent clauses, with the total clauses are 158 clauses. in stressing, the discussion can be noted that the respondent put 279 stresses that draw 222 amounts of time in a whole discourse. there are some words that did not get any stresses in that utterances. it is because the speaker decided to encode the message with stress placing. languages differ, however, in what might be termed their prominence gradient, the steepness of change between prominent and nonprominent elements. it is because the prominence of information has relation to stress. as chun (2002, p.148) states that “stress is the linguistic means of marking syllables or words as prominence or perceptually silent in relation to others no matter how prominence is achieved”. based on halliday’s theory, there are three kinds of information structure: tonality, tonicity, and tone. tonality is the chunking of speech into intonational phrases or tone unit. the finding of this division uses praat software for accurate analysis. it is because we cannot make decision about how high the pitch or how loud the intensity with human’ hearing as we know that every human has different ability to hear clearly. there are eight common patterns of unit of information that are coded by different colour. the first pattern is ph-ts with 10% or there are 16 units of information, the second pattern is h-ts-t with 18% or 29 units of information, the third pattern is ts-t with 17% or 27 units of information, the fourth pattern is ph-hts-t with 10% or 16 units of information, the fifth pattern is ts with 17% or 27 units of information, the sixth pattern is ph-ts-t with 18% or 28 units of information, the seventh pattern is h-ts with 7% or 11 units of information and the last is ph-h-ts with 3% or 4 units of information. the second system to organize information is focus of information (tonicity). focus of information is signaled by student’s stressing in the form of speech. speech is produced in batches of segments that are hierarchically ordered: within any such batch except the lowest a smaller batch can be identified (gussenhoven, 2002: 276). in the discourse, it is found four patterns of focus of information. in the first patterns is given-new (g-n) with 20 % or 31 units of information, the second pattern is new-given (n-g) with 21 % or 33 units of information in that monologue, the third pattern is givennew-given (g-n-g) with 36 % or 58 units of information and the last pattern is only new in the utterances with 23 % or 36 units of information. the last system to organize information is status of information (tone). tone reflects textuality in the sense that it represents the speaker’s perception of the status of information english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 1, issue 2, june 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the relative importance of each successive piece of information (status of information). there are five status of information in whole utterances in form of speech. the first is incomplete information (/) with 33 % or 52 incomplete information in whole utterances. the second, is major information (\) with 15% or 23 major information in whole utterances. the third, there are 13% or 21 implication information (\/) in whole utterances. the fourth status information is highlighted theme (\/) with 32 % or 51 in whole utterances and the last is minor information (/) with only 7 % or 11 minor information. conclusions from the results and discussion in the previous chapter, there are several conclusion that can be drawn. first, there are 5 kinds of intonation pattern used by the respondent: fall \ , rise (final) / , rise (non-final) / , fall-rise (final) \/ , fall-rise (non-final) \/. second, there are three kinds of information structures: unit of information (tonality), focus of information (tonicity), and status of information (tone). in tonality, h-ts-t, the percentage was 18% . it was the most dominant pattern used by the respondent to deliver the information. it means that the respondent wanted the listener to know and understand the information from her speech, because head (h) and tonic syllable (ts) themselves are the stressed syllables which have more prominence and major pitch movement. the most unit of information used by the respondent was dependent clause. it was because the respondent didn’t prepare any written text when she delivered her speech, even she didn’t give much attention on her tone which influenced the information. given-new-given was the highest formula in tonicity with the precentage 36%. it means that the respondent delivered the information in the simplest way, so that the listener would get the information easily, given means known or at least knowable by the listener at this point in the discourse, new means unknown or non-recoverable. the respondent mostly used incomplete information [ / : rise (non-final)] as her tone means that the information is not final or needs other information to make it complete with the precentage 33%. it happened because she could not control over the content of her speech. third, from the interview, it can be concluded that the respondent’s aim of her speech was to convince all of the participants and audiences that presented in debaters’ hall when the debate competition began. the placement of pauses and the use of intonation that inappropriate with the aim of the respondent happened because she was in spontaneous speech and did not use any prepared text (impromptu speech). it made her very nervous so that she could not use appropriate intonation and place the stress incorrectly. references carr, p. (2008). a glossary of phonology. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. chun, d. m. (2002). discourse intonation in l2. california: jhon benjamin publicing company. clarisse. (2008). debating : a brief introduction for beginners. canada: debating sa incorporated. creswell, j. w. (2007). qualitative inquiry & research design: choosing among five approaches. 2nd edition. california: sage publications. flick, u. (2009). an introduction to qualitative research. 4th edition. california: sage publications. kuang ching hei & maya khemlani david not careless but weak: language mixing of malaysian chinese in a business transaction gussenhoven. (2002). state-of-the-article glot international, 6(9/10), 276 halliday, m. a. k. (1970). a course in spoken english: intonation. london: oup halliday, m. a. k. (1985). an introduction to functional grammar. london: arnold. harmer, j. (2002). the practice of english language teaching. 3rd edition. cambridge: pearson education ltd. lacy, p. (2007). the cambridge handbook of phonology. cambridge: cambridge university press. marlett, s. (2001). an introduction to phonology analysis. dakota: university of north dakota. mcmahon, a. (2002). an introduction to english phonology. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. odden, d. (2005). introducing phonology: cambridge introductions to language and linguistics. cambridge: cambridge university press. parker, r. and tim g. (2002). the phonology of english: an introduction for teachers of esol. london: elb publishing quinn, s. (2005). debating. brisbane: act. roach, p. (1991). english phonetics and phonology: a practical course. 2nd edition. cambridge: cambridge university press. simpson, j. & e. weiner. (2010) the oxford english dictionary. 3rd edition. oxford: clarendon press. tench, p. (2005) talking intonation in speak out! 34: 3-15 issn: 1026-4345 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 401 item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners maya marsevani english language education, universitas internasional batam, batam, indonesia email: maya@uib.ac.id apa citation: marsevani, m. (2022). item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners. english review: journal of english education, 10(2), 401-408. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i2.6241 received: 26-02-2022 accepted: 23-04-2022 published: 30-06-2022 introduction it has been widely acknowledged that assessments are necessary to demonstrate students’ level of proficiency and to accurately measure their education progress. assessment questions aim at helping teachers to succeed in teaching, ensuring their goals in classrooms have been achieved. there are several types of assessment questions, namely true/false, matching, multiple-choice, short answers, and essays. among those types, multiple-choice questions (mcqs) are a ubiquitous assessment test type to assess students’ knowledge and progress (bhat & prasad, 2021; jayanti, husna, & hidayat, 2019; shin, guo, & gierl, 2019) mcqs have potential benefits for teachers and students. mcqs may provide students with direct feedback about their learning progress. furthermore, they significantly increase the chances to answer the question correctly by eliminating throw-away options. in addition, teachers can grade their answers easier and quicker without rater bias. mcqs also allow them to include a large amount of material on a single exam. across the discipline, teachers can use recycled questions that progressively develop question banks for re-use in different combinations and settings. several studies also found similar benefits (brown & abdulnabi, 2017; polat, 2020; patil, dhobale, & mudiraj, 2016). the studies argue that mcqs are useful to objectively assess students in different educational streams relatively quicker. it is also useful because mcqs can be used to cover a large amount of material. mcq is commonly used in other subjects, especially at the language instruction level. although its application has several benefits, mcqs can be problematic if they are not well designed and developed. to develop the questions properly, teachers need to have the required skills and expertise. however, the act of guessing the answer by students’ may decrease the mcqs’ validity and reliability (freahat & smadi, 2014). nowadays, students can recognize the correct option without fully understanding the material (polat, 2020). in this case, teachers are required to develop proper mcqs. the questions need to entail significant, complex, and subjective judgment, which requires time to develop. if mcqs are carefully designed, they may assess higher-order cognition abstract: although english has been taught for decades in indonesia, the quality of multiple-choice question given to young learners was hardly examined. to touch on the issue, this study aims at determining the quality of 10 multiple-choice questions (mcqs) in a public elementary school in terms of difficulty level (p), discrimination power (d), and distractor efficiency (de). this study employed a cross-sectional study to obtain information and evaluate mcqs in the students’ tests. it was found the multiple-choice items were efficient in which 80% of them have acceptable difficulty and 20% of them were fairly easy (p > 70%). the discrimination index of 8 (80%) items was excellent and 2 of the mcqs were good. among 40 distractors, 32 (80%) of them were functional distractors while 8 of them were non-functional distractors (nfds). it can be concluded that most of the difficulty index was acceptable, the items discrimination power was good. in terms of distractor efficiency, two items were completely inefficient. furthermore, mcqs that are considered poor should be revised, re-tested, and reviewed before incorporating them into the future test. this study hopefully encourages teachers to identify poorly developed mcqs and to improve their quality. keywords: item analysis; english subject; multiple-choice questions. maya marsevani item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners 402 according to namdeo and sahoo (2016), there are three parts of mcq, which is the stem (question text), key response (the correct answer), and distractors (incorrect options/answers). regardless of whether they are the most utilized assessment method in classrooms, a clear mcq format is essential to guide teachers to develop proper mcq. it was found that teachers barely require much time and effort to develop and score the test (jannah, hidayat, husna, & khasbani, 2021). in this case, danuwijaya (2018) states item analysis is a conscious and unconscious process to assess the quality of each item regularly. it is useful to identify difficult and easy options, to check how it discriminates low and high scores, to alternate the function, and to build a good question bank. item difficulty is the percentage of students who answer correctly (karadag, 2016). item discrimination differentiates between students who understand the test and those who do not. on the other hand, distractor analysis is similar to item difficulty and item discrimination. it is an extension of item analysis to misdirect the test takers from choosing the correct answers. based on the description, there are three indicators of item analysis, namely item difficulty (p), item discrimination (d), and distractor analysis. several studies have examined the quality of mcqs. test analysis to identify mcqs has been conducted in several countries such as india, turkey, and indonesia. these studies analyzed and evaluated discrimination index, difficulty level, and distractor of item analysis of mcqs in various areas (danuwijaya, 2018; gajjar, sharma, kumar, & rana, 2014; shete, kausar, lakhkar, & khan, 2015). most of studies focused on analyzing mcqs of medical students. kowash, hussein, & halabi (2019) analyzed item analysis in two postgraduate pediatric dentistry (pd) examinations. the result shows that 81% of the questions consisted of information recall which means these questions had a low level of difficulties. another low difficulty index also found by rehman, aslam, & hassan (2018). they found that the quality of mcqs given to dental undergraduate students in islamabad was too poor. most of the mcqs had to revise because of more than 50% of the mcqs had poor discrimination level, high difficulties of the items and less functional distractors. another research found by purwoko and mundijo (2018) was in line with aforementioned studies above. they carried out the research focused on the medical students in indonesia. they investigated the quality of mcqs in medical faculty of muhammadiyah university palembang. the results showed that more than 50% of the questions should be revised because it had low discrimination level, poor difficulty index, and less discrimination efficiency. while obon and rey (2019) investigated item and test quality of pharmacology students using difficulty index and discrimination indices, with distractor efficiency. they found that most of the questions should be revised or discarded. it is because the quality of the items was too poor. however, almost 70% of the distractors were retained. this situation is supported by kusumawati and hadi (2018). they analyzed mathematics assessment in one of senor high school in yogyakarta. they found that the level of discrimination was low (60%). however, less than 40% of the mcqs had a difficulty level. in line with obon and rey (2019), all distractors were wellfunctioned. however, positive results showed in a few studies (gajjar et al., 2014; harti, mahapatra, gupta, & nesari, 2021; menon & kannambra, 2017; salih, jibo, ishaq, khan, mohammed, alshahrani, & abbas, 2020). all of these studies evaluated item analysis of mcqs of medical students. large number of mcqs they analyzed had acceptable level of p, d and distractor efficiency. from the previous studies above, it can be highlighted that most of studies investigated item analysis of mcqs in medical areas. most of the researchers also conducted the study in higher education level. it can be said that there were no researchers investigated and analyzed mcqs quality of english subject especially for young learners. therefore, this study was conducted to analyze the difficulty level, discriminating power, and distractor efficiency of mcqs of an english subject test for young learners. method this study employed a cross-sectional study to obtain information and evaluate mcqs in the students’ tests. it was done to determine their english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 403 difficulty level, discrimination power, and distractor effectiveness. in the middle of the term, the fifth-grade students were given a test about the english subject. ten mcqs were part of the official exam paper that includes matching, short answers, and mcqs. after permission from the english teacher and consent from the participants were given, 40 students were taking the exam in october 2021. the students should select one best answer out of four. the time given to the students to finish the exam was 60 minutes. they were supervised by the teacher in conducting the exam to avoid cheating. moreover, a mark was given if they pick the correct answer. no penalties were given for incorrect answers. the test results were adopted to determine the level of difficulty index, discrimination power, and the efficiency of the distractors. each item was analyzed by using anates ver. 4.0.9 and spss ver. 20 to reveal their mean and standard deviation of difficulty index (p) and discrimination index (d). microsoft excel was also used in the process. interpretation: difficulty index (p), if: p < 30% difficult p = 30 70% acceptable p > 70% easy discrimination index (d), if: d = negative, defective item/wrong key d = 0-0.19 poor discrimination power d = 0.2 0.29 acceptable discrimination power d = 0.3 0.39 good discrimination d > 0.4 excellent discrimination. the higher the index value of difficulty items, the lower the item difficulty and the index value of difficulty items, the better the difficulty level of mcqs. on the other hand, the higher the discrimination index, the higher the item discrimination among the students with highand low-test scores. results and discussion students’ knowledge measurement depends on the assessment that is given to the students. summative or formative assessments help students to measure their knowledge and skills. it is argued that mcq is one of the most efficient and effective methods for evaluation (gajjar et al., 2014). in doing this, it would be essential to analyze and evaluate mcqs based on the difficulty index (p), discrimination level (d), and distractor efficacy (de). bhat and prasad (2021) explain that to create a good question bank, item analysis of mcqs should be regularly analyzed so it can be used to evaluate students’ cognitive skills. the means and standard deviations of the difficulty index (p) and discrimination index (d) were found to be 60.75% ± 17.08 and 0.54 ± 0.19 respectively (table 1). table 1. students’ assessment result of 10 items item analysis parameters mean std. deviation difficulty index 60.75% 17.08 discrimination index 0.54 0.19 the table above shows that difficulty index and the level of the discrimination index were acceptable. this result was in line with most related studies in which the difficulty index was considered in an acceptable level with an excellent discrimination index (bhat & prasad, 2021; harti et al., 2021; menon & kannambra, 2017; salih et al., 2020; shete et al., 2015). item difficulty is related to the proportion of students who correctly respond to a particular item. the level of difficulty can be obtained by analyzing students’ responses. it means that question difficulty was not determined by teachers’ perceptions, but rather by students’ answers (wijayanti, 2020). in addition, distractors chosen by the students may be useful for the teachers to identify learning difficulties experienced by the students. it can be used to determine weak areas that require improvement. it directly helps teachers’ and students’ performances (shete et al., 2015). a low difficulty index indicates a difficult question. it means that the multiple-choice item was not taught well or it was too difficult for the students to understand. the difficulty level can be used as feedback on the test quality and a modification may be required before reusing the item in another test (obon & rey, 2019; salih et al., 2020). in this study, 10 mcqs and 40 distractors were analyzed. the first analysis was conducted to determine whether the items were difficult, acceptable, or easy to answer. each item was categorized based on several criteria, namely frequency (f) and percentage (p (%)). the following table shows the final analysis of the difficulty index. maya marsevani item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners 404 table 2. distribution of items difficulty level difficulty level criteria f p (%) 0.00 0.30 (< 30%) difficult 0 0% 0.31 0.70 (30 70%) acceptable 8 80% 0.71-1.00 (> 70%) easy 2 20% out of 10 items, no mcqs were considered to be difficult. eight items were acceptable (p = 30 70%) and two items (20%) were easy (p = > 70%). the table implied that there were no difficult questions given to the students and acceptable questions were dominating. in several previous studies, moderate-level questions were dominating (elfaki, alamri, & salih, 2020; jannah et al., 2021; patil et al., 2016; rao, kishan prasad, sajitha, permi, & shetty, 2016). however, obon and rey (2019) found that nearly 60% of items should be revised substantially or discarded. it means that the quality of mcqs could be poor. the discrimination level of the mcqs was also analyzed. the discrimination power can distinguish between higher students (those who have mastered the materials) and lower students (those who have not mastered the materials). to evaluate items discrimination power, the discrimination index was analyzed priorly. discrimination index analysis results using anates software are presented in table 3. table 3. distribution of items discrimination level discrimination level criteria f p (%) negative rejected 0 0% 0-0.19 poor 0 0% 0.2-0.29 acceptable 1 10% 0.3-0.39 good 1 10% 0.4-1.00 excellent 8 80% it can be seen that items with poor discriminating power could not be found. on the other hand, the table shows an item with acceptable and good discrimination levels each. interestingly, it was found that 80% of the discrimination level of the items was excellent. this finding indicates that those items did not require modification. acceptable, good, and excellent items can be reused and stored in the questions bank. however, mis-key questions, poor measurement of material competency, or students’ misconceptions may occur for having more than one answer. therefore, revisiting and checking the items are recommended before reusing them. several studies also found various discrimination levels. obon and rey (2019) found most of the items were poor. they obtained poor discrimination power of 19.8% in which the questions were revised or rejected. other studies found that most of the questions were satisfactory or poor (namdeo & sahoo, 2016; danuwijaya, 2018; hartati & yogi, 2019; jannah et al., 2021). in another study, manfaat, nurazizah, & misri (2021) revealed that 83.33% of the items were good and 16.67% were poor. distractor analysis was also conducted in this study. the distractors of each item were analyzed. an item has good distractors if the lower students choose the wrong answers rather than higher students. in this case, distractor analysis is used to measure the efficiency of incorrect options to distract the lower groups (manfaat et al., 2021). the result of the distractor efficiency analysis is shown in the following table. table 4. distractor analysis distractor analysis number of items 10 number of total distractors 40 functional distractor 32 (80%) non-functional distractor 8 (20%) the result shows that 32 (80%) of the distractors were functional while 8 of them were nonfunctional. therefore, mcqs with functional distractors could be added to the question bank. on the other hand, the questions or the items with nonfunctional distractors should be changed. this result can be compared with several other previous studies (bhat & prasad, 2021; gajjar et al., 2014; hingorjo & jaleel, 2012; kaur, singla, & mahajan, 2016; patil, palve, vell, & boratne, 2016). earlier studies also revealed many nonfunctional distractors. the distractors in those studies were completely revised as they failed to misdirect the students (hartati & yogi, 2019; hingorjo & jaleel, 2012; mehta & mokhasi, 2014). developing good distractors and reducing nonfunctional distractors are important to make proper mcqs. non-functional distractors in mcqs also affect the discrimination level. the more nonfunctional distractors in an item, the easier it would english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 405 be for a student to choose the correct answer and vice versa (namdeo & sahoo, 2016). table 5. distribution frequency of non-functional distractors (nfd) number of nfd number of items distractor efficiency 0 nfd (de = 100%) 8 (80%) 100% 1-2 nfd (de = 50-75%) 1 (10%) 50% 3 nfd (de = < 50%) 1 (10%) 0% in the table, it can be seen that 8 (80%) items did not have nfds and only 2 (20%) of them had 1, 2, and 3 nfds. similar results were also discovered by the previous studies. from 40 items, patil et al. (2016) found that only 4 of them should be revised or discarded. another study by gajjar et al. (2014) revealed that there were no more than 20 items (out of 150) identified as nfds. this finding indicates that the designed distractors were useful in each item. from the discussion, several points can be emphasized including the importance and effectiveness of mcqs, discrimination difficulty index, and distractor analysis. by using the analysis, mcqs that are considered poor should be revised, re-tested, and reviewed before incorporating them into the future test. it would also improve the item quality that would be properly discriminated by the students (izah, odubo, ajumobi, & torru, 2021; karkal & kundapur, 2016; shaibani, ali, deifalla, & jaradat, 2021). conclusion this study highlighted three main findings, namely difficulty index, discrimination level, and distractor efficiency. the analysis items appear to be efficient. most of their difficulty was acceptable, which means the items were suitable for the students. it was also revealed that the items discrimination power was good, indicating they are not required to be revised or replaced. in terms of distractor efficiency, two items were completely inefficient. because several items were problematic, alternative items may be necessary for future use. the result of this study is expected to encourage teachers to identify poorly developed mcqs and to improve their quality. in addition, teachers should be responsible for the exam and item assessment after it. if teachers analyze the items, the school and the students would be benefited from the feedback. developing good mcqs requires knowledge, experience, and practice. therefore, teachers are suggested to attend seminars about designing proper items. in this case, schools should provide such classes for the teachers to ensure the items are welldeveloped and properly discriminated with functioning distractors. teachers can also have a chat with students to know about a test difficulty, discrimination power, distractor efficiency. for further study, it is suggested to investigate other item analysis factors such as students’ ability, the number of questions, the length of the questions, the quality of instructions, and the number of students about the quality of mcqs. references bhat, s. k., & prasad, k. h. l. (2021). item analysis and optimizing multiple-choice questions for a viable question bank in ophthalmology: a cross-sectional study. indian journal of ophthalmology, 9(2), 343–346. https://doi.org/10.4103/ijo.ijo_1610_20 brown, g. t. l., & abdulnabi, h. h. a. (2017). evaluating the quality of higher education instructor-constructed multiple-choice tests: impact on student grades. frontiers in education, 2(june), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2017.00024 danuwijaya, a. a. (2018). item analysis of reading comprehension test for post-graduate students. english review: journal of english education, 7(1), 29. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v7i1.1493 elfaki, o. a., alamri, a., & salih, k. a. (2020). assessment of mcqs in mbbs program in saudi arabia. onkologia i radioterapia, 14(5), 12–16. freahat, n. m., & smadi, o. m. (2014). lower-order and higher-order reading questions in secondary and university level efl textbooks in jordan. theory and practice in language studies, 4(9), 1804– 1813. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.4.9.1804-1813 gajjar, s., sharma, r., kumar, p., & rana, m. (2014). item and test analysis to identify quality multiple choice questions (mcqs) from an assessment of medical students of ahmedabad, gujarat. indian journal of community medicine, 39(1), 17–20. https://doi.org/10.4103/0970-0218.126347 hartati, n., & yogi, h. p. s. (2019). item analysis for a better quality test. english language in focus (elif), 2(1), 59–70. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.24853/elif.2.1.5970 harti, s., mahapatra, a. k., gupta, s. k., & nesari, t. (2021). all india ayush post graduate entrance exam 2019 – ayurveda mcq item analysis. journal of ayurveda and integrative medicine, 12, 356–358. maya marsevani item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners 406 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaim.2021.01.013 hingorjo, m. r., & jaleel, f. (2012). analysis of onebest mcqs: the difficulty index, discrimination index and distractor efficiency. journal of the pakistan medical association, 62(2), 142–147. izah, s. c., odubo, t. c., ajumobi, v. e., & torru, k. e. (2021). item analysis of multiple choice questions ( mcqs ) from a formative assessment of first year microbiology major students. res rev insights, 5, 1–6. https://doi.org/10.15761/rri.1000166 jannah, r., hidayat, d. n., husna, n., & khasbani, i. (2021). an item analysis on multiple-choice questions: a case of a junior high school english try-out test in indonesia. leksika: jurnal bahasa, sastra dan pengajarannya, 15(1), 9–17. https://doi.org/10.30595/lks.v15i1.8768 jayanti, d., husna, n., & hidayat, d. n. (2019). the validity and reliability analysis of english national final examination for junior high school. veles voices of english language education society, 3(2), 127–135. https://doi.org/10.29408/veles.v3i2.1551 karadag, n. (2016). analysis of the difficulty and discrimination indices of multiple-choice questions according to cognitive levels in an open and distance learning context. turkish online journal of educational technology, 15(4), 16–25. karkal, y. r., & kundapur, g. s. (2016). item analysis of multiple choice questions of undergraduate pharmacology examinations in an international medical school in india. journal of dr. ntr university of health sciences, 5(3), 183–186. https://doi.org/10.4103/2277-8632.191842 kaur, m., singla, s., & mahajan, r. (2016). item analysis of in use multiple choice questions in pharmacology. international journal of applied and basic medical research, 6(3), 170–173. https://doi.org/10.4103/2229-516x.186965 kowash, m., hussein, i., & halabi, m. al. (2019). evaluating the quality of multiple choice question in paediatric denistry postgraduate examinations. 19(2), 135–141. kusumawati, m., & hadi, s. (2018). an analysis of multiple choice questions (mcqs): item and test statistics from mathematics assessments in senior high school. research and evaluation in education, 4(1), 70–78. https://doi.org/10.21831/reid.v4i1.20202 manfaat, b., nurazizah, a., & misri, m. a. (2021). analysis of mathematics test items quality for high school. jurnal penelitian dan evaluasi pendidikan, 25(1), 108–117. https://doi.org/10.21831/pep.v25i1.39174 mehta, g., & mokhasi, v. (2014). item analysis of multiple choice questionsan assessment of the assessment tool. historical aspects of leech therapy, 4(7), 1–3. menon, a. r., & kannambra, p. n. (2017). item analysis to identify quality multiple choice questions. national journal of laboratory medicine, 7–10. https://doi.org/10.7860/njlm/2017/25690:2215 namdeo, s., & sahoo, b. (2016). item analysis of multiple choice questions from an assessment of medical students in bhubaneswar, india. international journal of research in medical sciences, 4(5), 1716–1719. https://doi.org/10.18203/2320-6012.ijrms20161256 obon, a. m., & rey, k. a. m. (2019). analysis of multiple-choice questions (mcqs): item and test statistics from the 2nd year nursing qualifying exam in a university in cavite, philippines. abstract proceedings international scholars conference, 7(1), 499–511. https://doi.org/10.35974/isc.v7i1.1128 patil, r., palve, s., vell, k., & boratne, a. (2016). evaluation of multiple choice questions by item analysis in a medical college at pondicherry, india. international journal of community medicine and public health, july, 1612–1616. https://doi.org/10.18203/23946040.ijcmph20161638 polat, m. (2020). analysis of multiple-choice versus open-ended questions in language tests according to different cognitive domain levels. novitasroyal (research on youth and language), 14(2), 76–96. patil, p. s., dhobale, m. r., mudiraj, n. (2016). item analysis of mcqs myths and realities when applying them as an assessment tool for medical students. int j cur res rev, 8(13), 12–16. purwoko, m., & mundijo, t. (2018). evaluating the use of mcq as an assessment method in a medical school for assessing medical students in the competence-based curriculum. jurnal pendidikan kedokteran indonesia: the indonesian journal of medical education, 7(1), 44–48. https://doi.org/10.22146/jpki.35544 rao, c., kishan prasad, h., sajitha, k., permi, h., & shetty, j. (2016). item analysis of multiple choice questions: assessing an assessment tool in medical students. international journal of educational and psychological researches, 2(4), 201–204. https://doi.org/10.4103/2395-2296.189670 rehman, a., aslam, a., & hassan, s. h. (2018). item analysis of multiple choice questions in pharmacology. pakistan oral & dental journal, 38(2), 291–293. https://doi.org/10.52206/jsmc.2020.10.2.320 salih, k. e. m. a., jibo, a., ishaq, m., khan, s., mohammed, o. a., al-shahrani, a. m., & abbas, m. (2020). psychometric analysis of multiplechoice questions in an innovative curriculum in english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 407 kingdom of saudi arabia. journal of family medicine and primary care, 9(7), 3663–3668. https://doi.org/10.4103/jfmpc.jfmpc shaibani, t. a., ali, f., deifalla, a. h., & jaradat, a. (2021). item analysis of type “a” multiple choice questions from a multidisciplinary units assessment in a problem based curriculum. bahrain medical bulletin, 43(2), 471–476. shete, a., kausar, a., lakhkar, k., & khan, s. (2015). item analysis: an evaluation of multiple choice questions in physiology examination. journal of contemporary medical education, 3(3), 106–109. https://doi.org/10.5455/jcme.20151011041414 shin, j., guo, q., & gierl, m. j. (2019). multiple-choice item distractor development using topic modeling approaches. frontiers in psychology, 10(april), 1– 14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00825 wijayanti, p. s. (2020). item quality analysis for measuring mathematical problem-solving skills. aksioma: jurnal program studi pendidikan matematika, 9(4), 1223–1234. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.24127/ajpm.v9i4.3 036 maya marsevani item analysis of multiple-choice questions: an assessment of young learners 408 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee interpersonal meaning in netanyahu’s speech arif firmansah department of english education, university of kuningan, indonesia e-mail: arif.firmansah.iced@gmail.com apa citation: firmansyah, a. (2015). interpersonal meaning in netanyahu‘s speech. english review: journal of english education, 4(1), 103-110 received: 20-08-2015 accepted: 11-10-2015 published: 01-12-2015 abstract: this study investigates how the interpersonal meaning is realized in the speech of israeli prime minister benjamin netanyahu. this study aimed to uncover (1) the mood structure which realized in netanyahu‘s speech of iran and palestine and (2) to what extent the difference in field determine the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker. this study is largely qualitative but in order to answer those research questions, this study will be assisted by some descriptive quantification to observe the trend in the interpersonal meaning of the speaker. it applies hallidayan theory of systemic functional grammar (sfg) in analyzing the research data. the data were taken from the websites which are readily accessible to the public. two different transcribed speeches are discovered to extract the data which are needed to investigate the interpersonal meaning. subject, finite and modality are the main tools to realize the interpersonal meaning of netanyahu in his speech. it can be realized by discovering the use of those parts in his speech in different issue and occasion. it is found that netanyahu‘s interpersonal meaning is realized through the placement of subject and the utilization of finite, modality and mood adjuncts. it is also found that the differences of the field influence the interpersonal meaning of the speaker through the comparison of subject and finite. the findings in this present study are expected to be useful for some purposes in the future. keywords: interpersonal meaning, mood, modality. introduction interpersonal meaning is a technical term in systemic functional grammar (sfg) related to someone‘s attitude and judgments. in an utterance, there is meaning that wants to be delivered to the hearer. ―meanings are realized in wordings through what is called mood and modality‖ gerot and wignell (1994:13). mood is most centrally influenced by the context situation named tenor. on the other hand, halliday in beaugrande (1991:245) explains briefly that the interpersonal metafunction concerns ‗forms of interaction‘ and ‗embodies all use of language to express social and personal relations‘, ‗personalities, and personal feelings‘, as well as ‗the speaker‘s intrusion into speech situation and speech act. the interpersonal meaning can be achieved by analyzing the mood system and its constituents. mood represents the organization of participants in speech situation and speakers‘ roles. mood system consists of two elements. they are mood element and residue. mood element contains subject and finite. meanwhile, residue ―is a remainder of the clause ―(gerot and wignell, 1994:25). mood and residue are the elements which set the clause as exchange. those can be analyzed to set 103 mailto:arif.firmansah.iced@gmail.com arif firmansah interpersonal meaning in netanyahu’s speech how the interpersonal meaning is constructed in such situation. the main structure of mood is subject and finite. subject is a part of nominal group and finite is a part of verbal group. finite can be a representation of time speaking and the judgment of the speaker as stated by halliday and matthiessen (2004:115). martin et al (1997:62) state that ―the mood element makes the clause ‗negotiable‘ and consists of finite, subject and sometimes modal adjunct(s). the finite makes the clause negotiable by coding as positive or negative.‖ it means that the finite is the decisive factor which realizes the interpersonal meaning of the speaker. for detailed explanation, the following section will give brief explanation about the mood elements. halliday and matthiessen (2004:117) define subject as something by reference to which the proposition can be affirmed or denied. it is also vested the success or failure of the proposition. subject is also responsible for the functioning of the clause. it can realize the offer or command in a clause. furthermore, halliday and matthiessen (2004, p. 119) also state regarding subject, ―subject has got distinct identity which can carry modal responsibility which is responsibility for the validity of what is being predicated (stated, questioned, commanded or offered) in the clause.‖ it means that subject can be placed as the actor of what being said in the utterance which is responsible to what is being discussed. matthiessen et al. (2010, p. 98) define ―the finite verbal operators has the function to express the arguability value of the clause as exchange by reference to either of tense or modality (probability, usuality, obligation, inclination, or ability; high, median or low value).‖ in constructing meaning in a clause, finite works by using two operators. they are primary tense (temporal operators) and modality (modal operators). the primary tense is past, present or even future of the speaking time. meanwhile, modality indicates the speakers‘ judgment or the obligations in what the speaker is saying (gerot & wignell, 1994, p. 27-28). finite modal operators represent the three values to set the interpersonal meaning of the speaker. they are high, median and low value. each of them has their own function. the high value shows the obligation of the matter. the median value functions the inclination or futurity. then, the low value functions the possibility or ability. the three value of it is represented in the modal used by the speaker. the detailed information will be provided below with the temporal finite operators as taken from halliday and matthiessen (2004, p. 116). based on the explanation, the researcher is interested in how netanyahu positions himself towards current issues faced by israel regarding palestine and iran. the main issues addressed in this study are the interpersonal meaning of netanyahu found in his speeches. the enquiry towards these issues is formulated in the following research questions: 1. how is the mood structure realized in netanyahu speech of iran and palestine? 2. to what extent does the difference in field determine the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker? method this research is conducted by considering both theoretical and practical purposes. theoretically, this research is aimed to prove and to develop the theory about interpersonal 104 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee meaning expressed by someone in a speech. it investigates interpersonal meaning performed by benjamin netanyahu in his speech by means of qualitative method. in order to answer those research questions this research employs qualitative research design. qualitative research occurs in natural setting where human behaviour and events occur. ―the researcher is the primary instrument in data collection rather than some inanimate mechanism and the data emerge from a qualitative study is descriptive‖ (creswell, 2003, p. 227). the primary data of this study was taken from the selected speech transcription in two occasion, they are netanyahu‘s speech of iran and netanyahu‘s speech of palestine. these data are available in international websites which is readily accessible by the public. the object of this study is transcription of the speech taken from several websites which readily accessible by the public. as cited by sugiyono (2011, p. 329) from bogdan ―in most tradition of qualitative research, the phrase personal document is used broadly to refer to any first person narrative produced by an individual who describes his or her own actions, experiences, and belief.‖ from the definition above, it can be concluded that the transcription is one of the personal documentation form. then, the data of the study collected from the document of transcribed speech of benjamin netanyahu. taking some notes was very helpful to analyze the data. in analyzing the data, literature review was the preliminary task. this activity was begun by reviewing related theories and previous studies. then, preparing the data to be analyzed in accordance with its literature review was done before doing the main activity. in addition, the main activity in this study was analyzing the data. according to halliday and matthiessen (2004, p. 115), ―finite is used to show the proposition to its context in the speech event. this can be done in two ways. one is by reference to the time of speaking; other is by reference to the judgment of the speaker.‖ the modality is a parameter of the speaker‘s judgment through his speech. as stated by gerot and wignel (1994, p. 23), ―modality indicates the speaker‘s judgment of the probabilities or the obligations involved in what he or she is saying.‖ finite and modality inseparable because they are the indicators of someone judgment deliver in his or her meaning through the utterances. furthermore, finite also combined with the polarity in constructing the meaning existing in utterances. in analyzing the data, the researcher needs to breakdown all the phrase and sentences using the theory of sfg. after getting the data, the researcher tabulates it to get the frequency of the occurrence of the subject of this research. finally, the researcher translates it into the result supported by further explanation. results and discussion the foundation used to examine the data in this present study is the mood structure and interpersonal of the speaker is hallidayan theory named systemic functional grammar (sfg). the main issue discussed in this chapter is about the speaker‘s judgment regarding the sensitive issue in the world; they are about iran and palestine. iran and palestine are two countries that have a relationship with israel. iran becomes israel‘s attention because of the developing of nuclear 105 arif firmansah interpersonal meaning in netanyahu’s speech program which can threaten israel. palestine is being a huge attention from israel because they have a conflict since 40 years ago. netanyahu as the prime minister of israel positions himself as the representative of his nation regarding these two sensitive issues through the interpersonal meaning realised in his speech. in this section, the influence of different field can be analysed which probably influence the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker. the interpersonal meaning of the speaker will be analyzed through the use of subject and also the use of finite modal operator because it refers to ―the speaker‘s judgment of the probabilities or the obligations involved in what he or she is saying‖ (gerot & wignell, 1994). the first focus which probably influences the interpersonal meaning of the speaker is the placement of the subject. the subjects which used by the speaker in both speeches will be compared to be interpreted. it can be an indicator of the speaker‘s interpersonal meaning on the issue under discussion. for detailed information, the following table will provide the comparison of the realisation of the subject in both speeches. table 1. realisation of subject in both speeches entities realisation about iran about palestine f % f % speaker i 9 6.48 39 16.32 we (inclusive) 4 2.88 13 5.44 we (exclusive) 4 2.88 36 15.06 subtotal 17 12.23 88 36.82 iran iran 17 12.23 iranian 1 0.72 they 10 7.19 it 1 0.72 that 1 0.72 subtotal 30 21.58 audience you 4 2.88 palestine palestinian 18 7.53 they 1 0.42 who 1 0.42 this 1 0.42 that 1 0.42 subtotal 22 9.21 israel israel 8 3.35 israeli 2 0.84 the jewish 5 2.09 the government 1 0.42 who 1 0.42 it 2 0.84 this 4 1.67 subtotal 23 9.62 total 51 36.69 133 55.65 106 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee based on the table above, it is found that the speaker placed himself as the subject more when he was speaking about palestine. it is found in 88 clauses or 36.82%. the speaker placed himself as subject in speech of iran in 17 clauses or 12.23%. it generally shows his attitude toward the problem. by using the word ―we (exclusive)‖ 36 times or 15.06% in speech of palestine means that he as the representative of the government wanted to show to the audiences that he and the government are able to overcome the problem with the neighbour country, palestine. he always stated what government did in the past to bring peace between two states. it is to ensure that they are in the doing good things on this problem. he also tried to represent the audience by using the word ―we (inclusive)‖ to equalize his position with the audiences (israeli citizen). it is different when he was speaking of iran. he did not place the word ―we (exclusive and inclusive)‖ too much. he preferred to use ―i‖ to draw his statement toward iran. he wanted to show his neutral position toward the problem because this problem is still debatable that may trigger the worse conflict. after that, the speaker placed iran as the subject more than palestine. it shows that the speaker more concern on the problem related to iran which is developing the nuclear program which potentially threatens the security of international community – especially israel. the speaker directly mentioned iran by using the word ―iran‖ itself to refer to the whole country. in contrast, the speaker used ―palestinian‖ to refer to the palestine. the choice of palestinian shows his judgement toward the palestine state itself. he did not want to recognize the palestine as a state so that he just mentioned the people of the palestine not the country. finally, the use of ―israel‖ in the speech of palestine also showed the judgment of the speaker as israeli citizen. he wanted to show that israel is the most deserved state to own the existing land which is owned by israel and palestine. he always states the positive things when he places israel as the subject. it shows his attitude that he wanted to the audiences that israel is in the correct position. in conclusion, by looking at the use of subject, the speaker‘s attitude and judgment can be interpreted that when he was talking about iran, he tried to be careful because of the sensitivity of the issue, but when he was talking about palestine, he looked so confident and sure in delivering the statement. the next focus is the use of modal finite operators which influence the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker. the following table will provide the comparison of the modal finite operators which used in both speeches. table 2. the frequency of modality in both speeches value realisation about iran about palestine f % f % low can 5 13.51 7 10.15 may 1 2.70 1 1.44 might 2 5.41 1 1.44 could 4 10.81 0 0 median will 8 21.62 30 43.48 107 arif firmansah interpersonal meaning in netanyahu’s speech would 4 10.81 5 7.25 should 3 8.11 0 0 will not 1 2.70 4 5.80 would not 0 0 2 2.90 high must 3 8.11 17 24.64 have to 5 13.51 0 0 cannot 1 2.70 2 2.90 total 37 69 regarding the table above, it can be generally concluded that the speaker‘s attitude on subject matter can be seen through the frequency of modal finite operator. netanyahu used more modal finite operators when he wass talking about palestine. he produced 17 modal which represents the obligation (must). compared to the speech about iran, he just used 11 modal operators which represent the obligation. netanyahu was not overconfident in talking about iran nuclear program. this significant differentiation, of course, has an influence to the speaker. the emergence of obligation in the speech of palestine is to show his judgment that the recognition of the israel as a sovereign state by the palestinian is a must. it also shows his judgment toward the problem that he did not place himself to respect to the palestine even he disposed to force palestine to do what israel wants. his power clearly appeared in this speech. he was easily to blame even to force palestine to recognize israel and to overcome factions in palestine such as hamas and hezbollah. on the other hand, the fewer number of the obligation in the speech of iran seems that he did not show his power to this issue. it is probably because of the sensitivity of the case that may trigger the war. the use of ―will‖ which indicates the futurity also appeared more in the speech of palestine which appeared 30 times. the use of this word is to figure out the future will be if the palestinian recognize the israel as a sovereign state. it is also used to ensure the audiences that the peace will be reached if the neighbour country is ready to live side by side with them. in contrast, netanyahu was more careful when talking about iran. he just stated 8 times to draw the futurity (will) of the iran nuclear program. the use of ―will‖ is used by the speaker to draw the futurity if the international community does not do real action to stop the enrichment of deadly weapon. the use of ―can‖ indicates the possibility. the emergence of this word is not too significant. the speaker used this word in 7 clauses in the speech of palestine. the use of this word in speech of palestine is to show the possibility if both countries co-operate in many sectors. it is also used to ensure the audiences of the importance of the unity of both countries. contrary, the speaker used the word ―can‖ in 5 clauses to describe that the iran nuclear program is possible to be observed by the public. he also used this word to show the possibility that the international community may be too late stop iran if they do not do clear action toward the problem because iran already run the nuclear program. in conclusion, the numeric results provided in this chapter uncover the baggage of the speaker concerning the subject matter. the speaker was able to position himself on the problems occur 108 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 4, issue 1, december 2015 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee related to his country. he was able to select the appropriate modality to express his judgment in different field. he placed himself in a low value while talking about the highly-strung issue because it may trigger the worse condition. meanwhile, he placed his high value of judgment on the unfinished problem with the neighbour country, palestine. finally, the interpersonal meaning of the speaker can be influenced by the selecting of modality and field what or where he is saying. conclusion this study is aimed to reveal the interpersonal metafunctions found in benjamin netanyahu selected speech in two different occasions. this present study aims to uncover the mood structure which influences the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker and to what extent the difference in field determine the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker. it employs systemic functional grammar which is originally proposed by halliday as the main theory to analyze the data. this study has answered the questions of the research about how the mood structure realized in netanyahu speech of iran and palestine and also to what extent does the difference in field determine the interpersonal metafunction of the speaker. it was found that there are 426 clauses from two selected speech, 150 clauses found in the first speech and 276 clauses found in the second speech. furthermore, the speaker used some entities to be the subject in clauses. after that, finite as the primary constituent in mood element is becoming the main focus in this study. verbal operator that is frequently used is temporal finite. temporal finite in the both speech are significantly appeared in iran and palestine speech (73.38% and 71.72% out of clause). in addition, there is about 26.62% or 37 out of 139 of the finite operators in the first speech are modal. meanwhile, 28.28% or 69 out of 244 of the finite operators in the second speech are modal. in short, the numeric modal finite operators appeared in both speech is the expression, assessment, and judgment of the speaker to the issue under discussion. the adjunct of polarity is used 1 time, the adjunct of temporality is used 2 times and the adjuncts of mood appear 4 times in netanyahu‘s speech about iran. meanwhile, the adjunct of polarity is used 4 times and then the adjuncts of temporality appear 5 times, the adjuncts of usuality also appeared 5 times and the last adjuncts of mood appear 5 times in netanyahu‘s speech about palestine. furthermore, the interpersonal meaning of the speaker is also influenced by the field what or where he delivers his speech. the subjects used by the speaker in both speeches indicate that the speaker‘s interpersonal meaning toward the issue. it is found that the speaker‘s judgment and attitude are clearly seen when he was talking about the palestine issue than the iran issue. the interpersonal meaning of the speaker is also influenced by the use of modal operators. the speaker stated 8 times to draw the futurity, 5 times to draw possibility and 11 times to draw the urgency or obligation regarding the speech about iran which developing the nuclear program. the speaker holds on himself not to state offensive to prevent the worse condition. furthermore, regarding the speech of palestine, the speaker expresses possibility 7 times, the futurity 30 times, and obligation 17 times. it can be interpreted that the speaker has a high confidence in talking 109 arif firmansah interpersonal meaning in netanyahu’s speech about the conflict between the neighbour countries. finally, the construction of interpersonal meaning is really important to be understood. it is because the speaker is not always shows his/her judgment directly. he/she may show it through the diction of the word used in a communication. the speaker may also use indirect language to give a judgment toward something. this is really important to prevent misunderstanding between the speaker and the hearer or even it can be an indicator to know someone personality through his/her interpersonal meaning. references benjamin netanyahu: full speech on palestinian state. (2009) (2009, june 19). retrieved from: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews /middleeast/israel/5535664/benjaminnetanyahu-full-speech-on-palestinianstate.html. creswell, j. w. (2003). qualitative inquiry & research design. thousand oaks: sage publications. de beaugrande, r. (1991). linguistic theory: the discourse of fundamental works. london: longman. eggins, s. (2004). an introduction to systemic functional linguistics. new york: continuum feng, h. & liu, y. (2010). analysis of interpersonal meaning in public speeches—a case study of obama‘s speech. journal of language teaching and research, 1(6), 825-829. gerot, l. & wignell, p. (1994). making sense of functional grammar. sydney: antipoaean educational enterprises. halliday, m.a.k & matthiessen, m.i.m. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar (3rd edition). london: arnold. halliday, m.a.k & webster, jonathan (2002). on grammar. london: continuum. key portions of israeli pm netanyahu's u.n. speech on iran. (2012, september 27). retrieved march 19, 2013 from: http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/09/27/u s-un-assembly-israel-textidusbre88q1rr20120927. september 27, 2012. marczyk, g. r., dematteo, d & festinger, d. (2005). essentials of research design and methodology. new jersey: john wiley & sons, inc. martin, j. r. christian matthiessen, m. i. m. & painter, c (1997). working with functional grammar. london: arnold. martin, j.r. (1992). english text system and structure. philadelphia: john benjamins publishing company. matthiessen, c. , lam, m., & teruya , k. (2010). key terms in systemic functional linguistics. london: continuum international publishing group. sugiyono (2011). metode penelitian pendidikan, pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif dan r&d. bandung: alfabeta. ye, r. (2010). the interpersonal metafunction analysis of barack obama's victory speech. english language teaching. 3(2), 146-152. 110 http://www.bloomsbury.com/us/author/christian-matthiessen http://www.bloomsbury.com/us/author/marvin-lam http://www.bloomsbury.com/us/author/kazuhiro-teruya english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 287 teachers’ beliefs and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi ulfah oktaviani english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas sriwijaya, indonesia e-mail: uoktaviani@gmail.com soni mirizon (corresponding author) english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas sriwijaya, indonesia e-mail: smirizon@unsri.ac.id machdalena vianty english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas sriwijaya, indonesia e-mail: machdalenavianty@unsri.ac.id apa citation: oktaviani, u., mirizon, s., & vianty, m. (2021). teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi. english review: journal of english education, 10(1), 287-296 https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i1.5399 received: 27-10-2021 accepted: 28-11-2021 published: 31-12-2021 introduction the education sector has been influenced significantly by the globalization of english as a medium of instruction. english as a medium of instruction (emi) is the use of the english language to teach academic subjects in countries where the first language (l1) of the majority of the population is not english (dearden, 2016). in this era, there are a growing number of educational institutions in non-anglophone countries that have implemented emi (macaro et al., 2018) and this global trend has shown no sign of dwindling and has gained momentum in recent years that is likely to continue into the inevitable future (dearden, 2016). this phenomenon grow rapidly because of the belief that a foreign language will be more effectively acquired if it is integrated with content rather than learned in isolation as a school subject. in other words, english should rather be used in ‘real’ contexts than just learned formally. in line with this, smith et al. (2017) found that learning new language in a meaningful academic content can enhance students’ language level while absorbing abstract: the urge of 4.0 industrial revolutions has made the growth of english as a medium of instruction (emi) in the educational field unbearable. the beliefs of emi more or less would give a contribution to the teaching and learning process. this study aimed to investigate teachers’ beliefs towards emi, to find out how the beliefs reflect in their classroom practices, and the challenges that teachers encounter in teaching content subjects through emi. the qualitative in case study design was applied and questionnaires, observation, and interviews were used to collect the data. the observations and interviews data were analyzed through thematic analysis and the questionnaire data were analyzed by using descriptive statistical analysis. the findings of this study showed that most content subject teachers at sis palembang had a strong belief towards emi. in the classroom practices, it was found that all teachers put into practiced what they believed in teaching content subjects through emi such as they used english during the class, applied some strategies to illustrate new vocabulary, used prescribed teacher guide books, provided clear and explicit instructions, engaged the students, delivered the content greatly, and rarely did the code switching, the challenges they encountered in teaching content subjects through emi included language barriers, class discussion engagement, and lesson preparation. keywords: emi; teachers’ beliefs; challenges of emi. ulfah oktaviani, soni mirizon, & machdalena vianty teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi 288 content materials. therefore, recent language teaching methods have been directed toward involving both content and language teaching simultaneously. in accordance with the phenomenon, in indonesia, the government has implemented several programs related to emi, one of them was the establishment of international standard schools (sekolah berstandar internasional or sbi). according to the law of national education system article 50 paragraph (3) of law no. 20 the year 2003, the indonesian government emphasizes that every district/province government must hold an international leveled school or at least one international leveled school for every unit of the education institution. in sbi schools, english as a medium of instruction is used in teaching content subjects such as math and science. through this implementation, students are expected to have more opportunities to practice the english language. according to government policy which is stated in the law of national education system no. 20 the year 2003 article 33 verse 3 about the use of foreign language in the teaching and learning process, it is said that a foreign language can be used as the medium instruction in a certain education unit to support the students’ language competence (national education system, 2003). according to government policy which is stated in the law of national education system no. 20 the year 2003 article 33 verse 3 about the use of foreign language in the teaching and learning process, it is said that a foreign language can be used as the medium instruction in a certain education unit to support the students’ language competence (national education system, 2003). however, there were limited schools in indonesia that has implemented emi. according to kemendikbud (2019), from 149,435 primary schools in indonesia, there were only 196 schools that have implemented emi since they were spk schools. this was because they were not aware of how important emi is and the benefits of emi. besides, teachers and schools didn’t realize one of the factors that influence a teacher's quality is their belief. according to pajares (1992), a teacher's belief has a greater influence than the teachers' knowledge on how they plan their lessons, on the decisions they make, and on their general teaching practice. also, wu et al. (2015) argue that teaching beliefs are crucial in influencing classroom behaviors that affect teachers' efforts, persistence, and resilience when faced with difficulties with students. furthermore, there were limited researches about teacher’s beliefs towards the benefits of emi in the primary level especially in indonesia. this factor caused lack of the awareness of the importance of emi from teachers and schools. as mahboob (2020) mentioned that there were some understudied issues about english language used as a medium of instruction in early grades. there were some previous studies related to this study that has investigated about teachers’ beliefs and classroom practices. first, yuan et al. (2020) who found that teachers formed different types of beliefs about the roles of english and emi, about emi teaching and learning, and about university curriculums and policies on emi. second, briggs et al. (2018) conducted a research about comparing teacher belief towards emi in secondary and tertiary education found that teachers in both phases believed that the greater exposure brought about by emi was beneficial to students in terms of their english language learning. third, khatri (2019) found that all teachers believed that emi helps not only student but also teachers to enhance competence in english language usage. besides, teachers shared that emi plays vital role in their professional development. however, since the first and second research data were teacher self-report which focused on university level students and the third previous study focused on secondary level students that is different with this study which focused on primary level and real classroom observation and interview. this present study hopefully might give the reality demonstration and depth information about teacher’s beliefs towards emi and classroom practices in primary level. therefore, this study were aimed to find out content teachers’ beliefs towards english as a medium of instruction, how content teachers’ beliefs reflect in their classroom practices, and the challenges that content teachers encounter in teaching content through english as a medium of instruction. method english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 289 this study applies qualitative in a case study design. a qualitative study was characterized as an research process of understanding a social or human issue, based on building a complex, holistic picture, formed with words, reporting detailed views of informants, and conducting a setting characteristic (john & creswell, 2018). the data were collected using questionnaires, interviews, and observations. this study took place at one famous private school in palembang. the participants were 3 mathematics and 2 science teachers who taught at the primary school level. the data collected using the questionnaires adapted from tan (2009) were analyzed by using descriptive statistical analysis and reported qualitatively. the data obtained from interview and classroom observation were analyzed using thematic analysis suggested by braun and clarke (2006) by familiarizing with the data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, producing the report in order to find out the depth information about teachers’ beliefs in teaching contents through english as a medium of instruction, to see how teachers’ beliefs were put into classroom practices and challenges that they encountered. findings and discussions teachers’ beliefs towards emi table 1. result of teachers’ questionnaire scores interval category number of teachers percentage 1-16 strongly not believe 0 0% 17-32 not believe 0 0% 33-48 believe 1 20% 49-64 strongly believe 4 80% based on table 1, the finding from the questionnaire showed that most teachers at the school strongly believed and believed in the benefits of english as a medium of instruction in teaching content subjects (math and science). the finding also showed that none of the teachers did not believe or strongly did not believe in the benefits of english as a medium of instruction in teaching content subjects. this finding in a line with the findings obtained in the interview where the teachers, generally, had a strong belief towards the benefits of english as a medium of instruction in teaching content subjects. besides, most teachers believed that emi is very important. they said that it is important because english is an international language and every activity that the students do will require them to understand english language. in this case, using english in teaching a content subjects gave the students a chance to learn and understand more about english. if the school is like this school, i think it’s good because the students will get both knowledge, from science they get and from the english skill they also will get. (t2) moreover, due to the globalization era and 4.0 industrial revolutions education, using english in teaching content subjects will prepare students to compete with others around the world and to continue their study abroad. it’s good for the students who will face the 4.0 industrial revolutions and globalization. as we know that globalization moves very fast right now, so we prepared for them. for example if they want to be a scientist in the future, they already can compete with scientists around the world. (t1) in this school, the purpose is clear, we teach mathematics by using english because our purpose is to use an international curriculum and the students will take the cambridge checkpoint test and it’s all in english. so, if our students want to study abroad they have already gotten used to the instruction. (t3) these findings were in accordance with çağatay (2018) findings that the aim of emi is to prepare an international career for the students. similarly, ernawati, et al. (2021) discovered that the use of emi at this primary school can improve students' english skills and prepare students for the international competitions such as debate, international science olympiad, and students could learn igcse cambridge materials which were more practical than 2013 curriculum materials. in line with teachers’ previous statements, teachers also believed that teaching and learning content subject using emi improved teachers and students’ english skills, increased their vocabulary mastery, and helped them understand the content better. personally, i can apply my english skill into communication. i can make my english become fluent at least. for students, as we know there are ulfah oktaviani, soni mirizon, & machdalena vianty teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi 290 a lot of terms in science that have different meanings, if they learned science through emi they already know that for example. the symbol of force is f because it starts with the letter f. if the students are not from international school they will be confused because in bahasa, letters of force start with g and not f. (t1) for me the benefits are improving my speaking, reading, and writing skills. for students i think since they learn mathematics through emi they can comprehend the lesson better because the instruction is simpler …. besides, if from the language side, because students learned by using word problems in mathematics class they can improve their reading skills and enrich their vocabularies. (t4) this was similar with the findings from vidal and jarvis (2020) that emi give a lot of benefits to students such as helped students to improved their english language proficiency. in the same vein, noviani, et al (2018) found that a high degree of satisfaction in teachers’ mindsets and understanding of bilingual education because the english proficiency of teachers had increased and it reflected the success of the program in improving teachers’ english proficiency. furthermore, yang et al. (2019) revealed that both the teachers and the students english language skills for both general and academic purposes improved. they also believed that emi program had helped to cultivate the students’ independent thinking skills and selflearning skills. in addition to the benefits, teachers also believed that the students were able to cope with english as a medium of instruction since so far students at this school were able to follow the lesson and understand the content well and it was because the students were used to the english as a medium of instruction since they were in the early age. i think if the students from sis, we don’t have such a thing because they are able to learn and understand the lesson in english well. it is because students learn all subjects in english since they are pre-school and p1 (t1). i think my students can understand the lesson in english. the reason is because before entering the school all students here must have at least the basic of english and most student even have english as their second language or event first language because sis is an international school (t5) this result highlights the findings from wallin (2017) that early exposure to the second language is important because young learner learn a second or third language through listening to and interacting with different speakers which will bring exposure to sounds, words, and grammars of the languages that they will use in the future. therefore, it’s easier for the students to learn content subjects when they have mastered the language. teachers also mentioned that their school supported them in teaching contents through emi by providing them with resources, guidelines, and training about how to teach content subjects (mathematics and science) by using books that use english language and how to do the activity/ assess students’ work from the book. we have my pals' teacher's guide from singapore and from the teachers’ guide book there are steps on how to teach the materials to the students, hands-on activity, and steps on how to answer questions with different methods. the book explains clearly on how to teach students so it’s really helpful. (t3) we have a teacher's guide and the school guidelines are enough for us. even for the new teachers, they can read that. moreover, the guidelines in the teacher's guide book help us in asking questions to the students related to the topic so that the students can understand the lesson. (t5) actually, i have joined training but it’s not teaching science in english specifically but it’s training to teach science by using cambridge book from mentari. but yeah the book is in english. it’s about how to develop the topic, experiment, and how to teach in an inquiry method. (t1) this belief was built because of the school's readiness to support teachers in teaching and learning activities. in contrast with the government, teachers didn’t believe that the indonesian ministry of education has prepared them sufficiently well to teach mathematics and science in english. this finding is in accordance with the previous research that explained there are 60 percent of countries among 55 countries in the word that have no guidelines in implementing emi and only 27.3 percent have guidelines (dearden, 2016). in this case, indonesia is one of those who don’t have guidelines in implementing emi. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 291 furthermore, teachers shared that they believed that their content mastery and linguistic competence were sufficient to teach the emi class. no, i don’t have any problem using english. it is because i was a teacher in gloria and i have been teaching english before. (t2) no. i think if you don’t have any experience in teaching emi and never learned english before it will be a big problem. but for me, i have been teaching in an international school before i entered sis and they teach me a lot. besides, in sampoerna university all lecturers teach us by using emi so i can teach mathematics by using english. (t4) no, like what i have said before, in my university all students were trained to teach mathematics by using english. even before we graduate, we have ppl in international school before. so, we are used to it. (t5) these beliefs were shaped because teachers have been exposed to emi before they were teaching in sis. some teachers were taught to teach content by using emi in their university and the others have an experience in teaching emi class in previous school. in brief, this research results about teacher’s beliefs supported the theory from richardson (1996), who said that three main sources of teacher beliefs are personal experience, experience with instruction, and experience with formal knowledge. teachers classroom practices from the observation, it was found that teachers put into practiced what they believed in teaching content subjects through emi in the classroom. this is in line with what skott (2014, p. 19) said that beliefs are expected to significantly influence the ways in which teachers interpret and engage with the problems of practice. it was observed that teachers manifested their beliefs in many aspects. first, it was found that their belief about the benefits of english in teaching contents through emi was reflected in their effort to always use english during the classroom practice. second, it was found that their beliefs about the support/resource provided to aid emi implementation was reflected in their act to always use some strategies to illustrate new vocabulary, used prescribed textbooks/teacher guide books in english provided by school, and added other supplementary materials through various modalities (auditory and visual) in english such as using realia, bar graphs, picture, and video. however, teachers added that since the ministry of education didn’t provide them with the guidelines, they can only use the guidelines given by the school. third, it was observed that teachers’ beliefs about the sufficiency of their own linguistic competence was reflected in their way to provide clear and explicit instructions in english engage the students in various teaching and learning activities such as; class discussion, making a group project/experiment, and playing games, and summarize the ideas related to the content of mathematics and science in english well. this finding is in accordance with the results of the study conducted by kubanyiova (2014) that teachers’ practices are closely related to how they believe teaching should be carried out and to the teaching methods they have internalized throughout their careers. fourth, it was discovered that teachers’ beliefs of their content mastery was reflected in their act to always deliver the content greatly. it can be seen from the classroom interaction between teachers and students where teachers were able to answer unpredictable questions from students and students are able to understand teachers' explanations related to the lessons. this finding portrayed warshauer’s (2015) findings that an extensive and complex interplay of teacher knowledge of mathematics content and pedagogical content knowledge was important to teachers to maintain high cognitive demand of tasks, and sustain student struggle while supporting individual and whole class engagement. fifth, it was found that teachers’ beliefs in the impressions of students’ content mastery and linguistic competence was reflected in their effort to rarely did the code switching and gave the opportunities for the student to express and shared their ideas in english about the topics given individually in oral or written form. challenges in teaching content through emi despite the benefits and the strong beliefs towards emi in teaching content subjects, the challenges are things that were undeniable in the implementation process. fitriati (2015) found that teachers struggled to teach english after implementing a bilingual education program. besides, fauziah, et al. (2021) ulfah oktaviani, soni mirizon, & machdalena vianty teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi 292 discover that cambridge science teachers felt the challenges while participating in the program. from the result of the interview, it was found that there were three challenges that teachers encountered in teaching contents through emi; language barriers, class discussion engagement, and lesson preparation. first, language barriers. teachers mentioned that since english was not their first language even they believed that their proficiency was sufficient, there were still a lot of terms in science and mathematics that they didn’t understand so they have to read carefully the spelling and the vocabularies before they were teaching. of course there must be challenges because it’s not my first language so like what i have said before. i have to check the vocabulary first before i teach and so do the spelling (t1). moreover, language barriers also caused them sometimes to misinterpret the meaning of the questions from the book. the challenges first, the terms in science that have been used. sometimes i don’t understand the terms. second, understanding the questions. like what i have said before, sometimes when we translate the questions it’s not what the questions really mean. i mean, interpreting the questions (t3) in line with this, fauziah, et al. (2021) discovered that it was really challenging for the teachers to teach the students science concepts using scientific language because teachers needed to to use scientific terms and they should also learn more vocabulary before teaching, just like the students. similarly, ma’ruf and sari (2020) found that science and mathematics teachers mentioned that it was difficult for them to explain terms of science and mathematics in english due to lack of vocabulary. moreover, aizawa and rose (2018) who found that emi teachers in japan expressed difficulty in teaching in english, regardless of the level of their english proficiency. in other words, even high proficiency teachers also reported linguistic challenges. another language barrier problem that the teacher faced was also caused by some students' low proficiency in english. teacher 4 mentioned that even though most students in sis palembang were able to speak english some students that just entered the school late like in p3 didn’t have good english. i think my students’ ability in sis is fine. of course some students that just enter the school late like in p3 don’t have a good english have difficulties (t4) teachers explained that these students made teachers spent more time teaching the class, they had to re-explain again the lesson, changed some vocabularies until the students understand, gave them extra time to do worksheets, and even did code switching. in the class, for some students, their english is excellent but there are some students that are not good at english. so, sometimes, we have to change and mention some words that the students with the low proficiency are familiar with. so i have to teach them repeatedly. so it’s fair for them. besides, it takes time to do the worksheet so i have to give them extra time (t1) it’s not too distracting or troublesome in teaching science because they just lack grammar. so sometimes they understand the lesson. but if in another case, it’s more tiring because i have to do code switching (t2) these findings similar with sela and luke (2020) that most teachers mentioned that the students with low level of english proficiency was a challenge for them because these students would hardly understand the content of subjects delivered or transferred. also, ahmad and qasem (2019) stated that learner’s first language (l1) is a barrier to the development of spoken english. therefore, this challenge was unavoidable since english is students’ second language the second challenge that teachers face was class discussion engagement. it was found that some students that had low proficiency found it difficult to engage in the class discussions. they tend to be quiet because they were not confident and afraid to make mistakes in saying the words. the difficulties are from the students with low proficiency level. maybe it’s because they are not confident so they are quiet during the discussion. besides, these types of students when they answer the questions their sound are too low maybe because they are afraid to make mistakes. but for some students that start learning english from preschool they can follow (t1). english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 293 in addition, due to students’ anxiety, the students felt more comfortable to talk or asked questions to their friends rather than the teacher. ...sometimes there are some students that ask directly to their friends. that's where the discussion happened. it’s because some students feel more comfortable talking with their friends...it’s their initiative to ask their friends, maybe because they are afraid to ask me directly. that’s it (t3). this finding was in accordance with ozer (2020) that students’ reluctance to talk in english due to their low level of english proficiency. similarly, manalastas and batang (2018) discovered that the students confidence in emi class was lower than those in the multi lingual class due to language barriers in expressing themselves. furthermore, ibna seraj and habil (2021) identified that shyness, anxiety, self-efficacy, reluctance, emotions, and confidence of the students create barriers tostudents’ development in spoken english. the third challenge was lesson preparation. it was quite challenging because it was wasting the teachers’ time since they need to read the book carefully and look at the dictionary before they were teaching. it was because there were some vocabularies/ terms that they didn’t know the meaning and the pronunciation. there are a lot of students that like to ask but it’s out of the topic so we must answer their question as best we can and don’t let it become a question mark for a long time. so usually i study the topic first. if there are some vocabularies that i don’t know i will find it in the dictionary. besides, i like to make the script before i teach so i know what i want to say but that was when i was still a newbie in this school. now, i am not doing it anymore (t1). for the preparation, we need to find out the vocabularies first so the work is double. it’s because some terms in science are quite different from the english word that we use in daily conversation so we have to find out the meaning first whether it is ambiguous or not (t2). the difficulties are not a lot. i just need to read the book carefully first before teaching so i will not make mistakes in pronunciation (t3). moreover, teachers need to spend more time to understand the lesson and to read the material carefully before teaching. therefore the teacher knew how to deliver it to the student because english was not the teacher's mother tongue. i have to read the material first because i am using bahasa indonesia language so i have to read the materials so i know how to deliver it to the students with my language until they understand. i cannot directly teach the class without preparation except it’s urgent and for example we have 2 years’ experience in teaching. however, there must be a procedure for that because i am indonesian and bahasa indonesia is my mother tongue. and if i want to teach by using english i have to read and prepare (t5). regarding this finding, doiz et al. (2018) found that lesson preparation was a challenge because lecturers need to spend an extra hour in elaborating the classroom materials and lessons preparation in english. conclusion in relation to the objectives of the study, there were three conclusions that can be drawn. first, teachers’ believed in the benefits of english as a medium of instruction in teaching content subjects. second, teachers manifested their beliefs in accordance with the classroom practices. third, teachers faced the language barriers, class discussion engagement, and lesson preparation as challenges in teaching content subjects through english as a medium of instruction. based on the findings, it is suggested that first, school in indonesia especially in primary level could implemented emi because emi is very beneficial. second, school and teachers need to be aware of the source of teachers’ beliefs which might influence the reflection of the beliefs in the classroom practices. third, teachers cannot sweep aside to the challenges and further action is needed to overcome the challenges since it would affect the implementation of emi. references ahmed, s. t. s., & qasem, b. t. a. (2019). problems of teaching and learning english as a foreign language in south yemen: a case study of lahj governorate. els journal on interdisciplinary studies on humanities, 2(4). retrived from http://journal.unhas.ac.id/index.php/jish. aizawa, i. & rose, h. (2018). an analysis of japan’s english as medium of instruction initiatives within higher education: the gap between mesolevel policy and micro-level practice. higher education, 77(1), 1125–1142. doi:10.1007/s10734-018-0323-5 ulfah oktaviani, soni mirizon, & machdalena vianty teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi 294 briggs, j. g., dearden, j., & macaro, e. (2018). english medium instruction: comparing teacher beliefs in secondary and tertiary education. studies in second language learning and teaching, 8(3), 673-696. doi:10.14746/ssllt.2018.8.3.7 çaatay, s. (2018). the pros and cons of english-medium instruction in higher education in an efl context. in journal of foreign language education and technology. 4,(2). retrived from http://jflet.com/jflet/206http://jflet.com/jflet/ dearden, j. (2016). english as a medium of instruction: a growing global phenomenon. london, england: british council. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/3092309 56_english_medium_instruction_a_growing_gl obal_phenomenon doiz, a., & lasagabaster, d. (2018). teachers’ and students’ second language motivational self system in english‐medium instruction: a qualitative approach. tesol quarterly, 52(3), 657. doi:10.1002/tesq.452 ernawati. e, sofendi. s, silvhany. s. (2021). english as a medium of instruction (emi): a primary school teachers’ and students’ perceptions. international research in counseling and education, 5(1): pp. 24-32, doi: 10.24036/00414za0002 fauziah, n., mirizon, s., & silvhiani, s. (2021). bilingual education program: teachers’ and students’ perspectives and challenges. jurnal pendidikan progresif, 11(2), 219-234. doi: 10.23960/jpp.v11.i2.202107. fitriati, s. w. (2015). english bilingual education in an indonesian public school. in p. a. danaher, p. redmond, & j. lock (eds.), educational innovations and contemporary technologies: enhancing teaching and learning (2nd ed., pp. 87– 102). london, england: palgrave macmillan. ibna seraj, p. m., & hadina, h. (2021). a systematic overview of issues for developing efl learners’ oral english communication skills. journal of language and education, 7(1), 229240. doi:10.17323/jle.2021.10737 john w, c., & creswell, j. d. (2018). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). pennsylvania, usa: sage publications. kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2019). number of schools by time of operation and province 2019-2020. retrieved from http://statistik.data.kemdikbud.go.id/ khatri, k. k. (2019). teachers’ attitudes towards english as medium of instruction. journal of nelta gandaki. 2, 43-54. doi:10.3126/jong.v2i0.26602 krashen, s. (1982). principles and practice in second language acquisition. oxford, england: pergamon press. kubanyiova, m. (2014). motivating language teachers: inspiring vision. language learning and language teaching. 40, 71-78. doi:10.1075/lllt.40.04kub macaro, e., curle, s., pun, j., an, j., & dearden, j. (2018). a systematic review of english medium instruction in higher education. language teaching, 51(1), 36-76. doi: 10.1017/s0261444817000350 mahboob, a. (2020). has english medium instruction failed in pakistan? in j. f. d. giri, r., sharma, a. and d’angelo (ed.), functional variation in english: theoretical considerations and practical challenges (pp. 261–276). springer. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-52225-4_17 manalastas, a. k. e. m.-., & batang, b. l. (2018). medium of instruction on student achievement and confidence in english. tesol international journal, 13(3), 88-99. retrived from https://www.tesolinternationaljournal.com/volume-13-issue-3-2018 ma’ruf, h., & sari, h. y. (2020). teachers’ perspectives toward the implementation of bilingual immersion program in indonesian private schools. journal of english education, literature, and culture, 5(1), 118-125. doi:10.30659/e.5.1.118-125 national education system (2003). undangundang republik indonesia nomor 20 tahun 2003 tentang sistem pendidikan nasional. (indonesian government law no. 20, 2003 on the system of national education). ministry of education. retrieved from https://pusdiklat.perpusnas.go.id/public/media/reg ulasi/2019/11/12/2019_11_1203_49_06_9ab7e1fa524ba603bc2cdbeb7bff93c3. pdf noviani., dahnilsya., & novitri. (2018). the teachers’ perception on the implementation of bilingual program of smp and sma dharma yudha pekanbaru. jom fkip, 5(2), 1-11. retrived from https://jom.unri.ac.id/index.php/jomfkip/article/ view/20633 ozer,o. (2020). lecturers’ experiences with englishmedium instruction in a state university in turkey: practices and challenges. issues in educational research. 30(2). 612-634. retrieved from https://www.iier.org.au/iier30/ozer.pdf sela, s.t., & luke, j.y. (2020). english as medium of instruction implementation for communication and sustainability in 4.0 era. ethical lingua, 7(2). doi: 10.30605/25409190.219 skott, j. (2014). the promises, problems and prospects of research on teachers’ beliefs. in h. fives & m.g. gill (eds.), international handbook of english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 295 research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 13– 30). london, england: routledge. smith,f. b., humphreys, p., & walkinshaw, i. (2017). english medium instruction in higher education in asia-pacific from policy to pedagogy (1st ed.). switzerland, uk: springer. vidal, k., & jarvis, s. (2018). effects of englishmedium instruction on spanish students’ proficiency and lexical diversity in english. language teaching research, 1-20. doi:10.1177/1362168818817945 wallin, j. (2017). bilingual education for young children: recent research. guest editor’s note. rangsit journal of arts and science, 7(1). retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/3297736 45_bilingual_education_for_young_children_r ecent_research warshauer, h. k. (2015). productive struggle in middle school mathematics classrooms. journal of mathematics teacher education, 18(4), 375-400. doi:10.1007/s10857-014-9286-3 wu, c., wan, s., & wong, y. (2015). exploring hong kong secondary school teachers' teaching beliefs on differentiated instruction. in d. garbett, & ovens (eds.), isatt:teaching for tomorrow today (pp.158-167). auckland, new zealand: edify ltd. yang, m., o’sullivan, p. s., irby, d. m., chen, z., lin, c., & lin, c. (2019). challenges and adaptations in implementing an english-medium medical program:a case study in china. bmc medical education, 19(1). doi:10.1186/s12909-018-1452-3 yuan, r., chen, y., & peng, j. (2020). understanding university teachers’ beliefs and practice in using english as a medium of instruction. teaching in higher education, 1470-1294. doi: 10.1080/13562517.2020.1715936 ulfah oktaviani, soni mirizon, & machdalena vianty teachers’ belief and classroom practices in teaching content subjects through emi 296 english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 125 improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy muhammad lukman syafii department of accounting, faculty of economic, universitas muhammadiyah ponorogo, indonesia e-mail: s.muhammadlukman@yahoo.com alip sugianto department of management, faculty of economic, universitas muhammadiyah ponorogo, indonesia e-mail: sugiantoalip@gmail.com nanang cendriono department of management, faculty of economic, universitas muhammadiyah ponorogo, indonesia e-mail: nanangcendriono@gmail.com apa citation: syafii, m. l., sugianto, a., & cendriono, n. (2019). improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 125132. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1690. received: 21-01-2019 accepted: 20-04-2019 published: 01-06-2019 abstract: multimedia presentation strategy is one of strategies that can be used for developing students’ speaking skills. therefore, this research is intended to describe how multimedia presentation strategy can improve the eighth graders’ speaking skills. a collaborative classroom action research design was employed in this research. this action research was conducted in four main steps, namely planning, implementing, observing, and reflecting. to collect the data, some instruments, i.e. students’ oral performance test, the observation checklist, field notes, and questionnaire, were used. the result showed that the students’ speaking performance improved from 64.29% in cycle 1 to 100% in cycle 2. meanwhile, the students’ involvement has achieved the criteria of success (100% of students) in cycle 1. here, they could fulfill at least 2 out of 4 indicators in cycle 1 and cycle 2. in addition, the students’ perception towards the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy was 94.29% and only 5.71% of students who were not interested in the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy in teaching speaking skills. hence, it can be concluded that multimedia presentation strategy can improve students’ speaking skill. keywords: action research; multimedia presentation; speaking skill; students’ involvement. introduction the objective of teaching english in indonesia based on the 2006 standard of content is that the students can develop their communicative competence, both in oral or written forms, to achieve a certain functional literacy stage. hence, the four language skills including listening, speaking, reading, and writing should be taught integratedly (pusat kurikulum, 2006). speaking is a productive skill that involves using speech to express meaning to other people (spratt, pulverness, & williams, 2005). here, teachers can develop students’ speaking skills by focusing regularly on a particular aspect of speaking, e.g. fluency, pronunciation, grammatical accuracy, etc. burns and joice (1993) argue that one of the most important aspects of speaking is that it always occurs within a context. when someone speaks, he/she is both using language to carry out various social functions and choosing forms of language which relate in a relevant way to the cultural and social context. a large percentage of the world’s language learners study english in order to develop proficiency in speaking (richards & renandya, 2002). it shows that many people are aware of the importance of mastering speaking skill in order to make the students able to communicate in english with other people from other countries. especially if they want to go abroad, it is an obligation for them to be able to communicate in english since english is used as the first international language in countries all over the world. in addition, mastering english for the students of junior high school level is very important since they want to continue their study to a higher level or they want to get a job. yet, in fact, students face a lot of problems in mastering the speaking skill. the lack of practice of the language both inside and outside the classroom is the main cause of the students’ mailto:s.muhammadlukman@yahoo.com mailto:sugiantoalip@gmail.com mailto:nanangcendriono@gmail.com muhammad lukman syafii, alip sugianto, & nanang cendriono improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy 126 failure in mastering speaking skill. besides, the very limited time is also considered to support the failure of the students’ speaking skill since the english lesson at school is usually held just for four hours per week which is divided into two meetings. one meeting lasts for 80 minutes. schools apply the integrated teaching of english consisting of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. consequently, the proportion of teaching speaking is very limited because it is integrated with the other three language skills. since the time for teaching speaking is very limited, the english teacher is expected to be able to make use the available time more effectively and efficiently by applying a certain strategy that can encourage students to actively participate in the speaking class. this seems to be a real condition faced by most students in indonesia. this condition is also faced by the students at islamic junior high school in learning english, especially in mastering speaking skill. dealing with this reality, the english teacher is supposed to try to apply a different way in teaching speaking in which one of them is by using technology. as stated by parveen (2016), technology helps and encourages the playfulness of learners and involves them in a different way of learning. technology gives learners a chance to engage independently, provides opportunities for self-paced interactions, privacy, and a safe environment where mistakes are corrected and exact feedback is given. feedback helps the learners to exercise and focus on particular error which adds additional value by its ability. one of the technologies that can be used by teachers is multimedia presentation hence, this study focuses more on using multimedia presentation in the form of powerpoint slides to improve students’ speaking skills in the form of recount genre. male (2003) says that the use of the computer as a learning tool makes or influences students’ focus, engagement, and product during the teachinglearning process. in the same vein, wang and gearhart (2006) state that visuals are often more effective than words to express an idea or arouse emotion. method the design of this study is categorized into collaborative classroom action research (car) since it meets the criteria of classroom action research. in classroom action research, initially, a researcher identifies problems which happen in teaching-learning process, then sets the plan, designs a way to solve problems, and implements the plan. therefore, the researcher focuses on a particular classroom aiming at finding the solution for the problems occur. in conducting the study, the researcher is helped by one of the english teachers of islamic junior high school as a collaborator. kemmis and mctaggart (1988) assert that action research is collaborative when the researcher works together with his colleague from the beginning until the end of the research activities. the design of the present study follows the procedure of action research proposed by kemmis and mctaggart which stated that action research involves selfreflective spirals of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. this classroom action research (car) is conducted at mts al-islam nganjuk regency – east java, indonesia. the subjects are eighth graders consisting of two parallel classes, class a and class b. the subject of this study is 14 students of class a. the school is facilitated by one multimedia room. the data were collected through questionnaire, observation sheets, interview, and field notes. the use of questionnaire helps the researcher to gather clear and concisely structured feedback from the students about their attitude toward the strategy implemented. the type of questions used in the questionnaire is multiple choice questions in which each item provides four different alternative options (a, b, c, d) to choose. there are five items on the questionnaire which may lead the researcher to come to a conclusion about the students’ attitude. the result of the questionnaires is to reinforce data on the students’ active involvement gained from the observation sheets. the observation sheets are used to gather data about the students’ involvement in the teaching and learning activities. the technique of observation used are participant observation in which the researcher as a part of the action involved in doing observation and nonparticipant observation means that the observation is done by a collaborator who is sitting somewhere in the classroom, silent, but attentive to observe the students’ involvement in the action. in this case, the observer fills in the observation checklist by putting a tick (√) on one of the four indicators. moreover, the use of field notes is also very helpful for keeping a record of what happens, of why and where ideas evolved and the research process itself. thus, field notes refer to written english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 127 account of what the researcher hear, see, experience, and think in the course of collecting, evaluating, and reflecting on the data which might not be covered in the observation sheets, the students’ self-assessment sheet, and the questionnaires. there are three points covered in field notes, namely general point, good point, and point to improve. results and discussion since this study is conducted in two cycles, the discussion of the findings will be divided into two sections, namely cycle 1 and cycle 2. cycle 1 cycle 1 was carried out and conducted in three meetings with the time allotted 2 x 40 minutes for each meeting. the text given was a recount entitled “recreation, sport, and my sister’s activity”. the topic was chosen since it suited to the topic taught based on the regular schedule. here, the researcher used multimedia presentation as the instructional media. the researcher used the scoring rubric as the instrument to measure the students’ speaking performance. meanwhile, the observation checklist was used to get data about students’ involvement during the teaching-learning process. in addition, questionnaire and field notes were used as supporting data related to those two criteria above. students’ speaking performance in analyzing the students’ speaking performance, the researcher used an analytic scoring rubric adapted from ur (1996). the students’ speaking performances scores are presented in table 1. table 1. students’ speaking performance score no score range number of students percentage 1 80 – 100 1 7.14% 2 70 – 79 1 7.14% 3 60 – 69 3 21.43% 4 50 – 59 4 28.57% 5 0 – 49 5 35.72% total 14 100% based on the data, it can be seen that one student (7.14% of the students) achieved a score range of 80-100. there was one student (7.14% of the students) who achieved the score in the range of 70-79. there were three students (21.43% of the students) who achieved the score range of 60-69. there were four students (28.57% of 14 students) who achieved the score in the range 50-59. meanwhile, there were five students (35.72% of the students) who achieved the score in the range 0-49. table 2. students’ speaking performance score in each aspect aspect indicator number of students percentage fluency little or no communication 2 14.28% very hesitant and brief utterances, sometimes difficult to understand 6 42.85% get ideas across, but hesitantly and briefly 4 28.57% effective communication in short turns 2 14.28% easy and effective communication, uses a long turn 0 0% accuracy little or no language produced 3 21.43% poor vocabulary, mistakes in basic grammar, may have a very strong foreign accent 3 21.43% adequate but not rich vocabulary, makes obvious grammatical mistakes, slight foreign accent 7 50% good range of vocabulary, occasional grammar slips, slight foreign accent 1 7.14% wide vocabulary appropriately used, virtually no grammar mistakes 0 0% muhammad lukman syafii, alip sugianto, & nanang cendriono improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy 128 in the aspect of fluency, two students (14.28 % of 14 students) were in “little communication” category. there were six students (42.85 % of 14 students) who were in “very hesitant and had brief utterances, sometimes difficult to understand” category. there were four students (28.57% of 14 students) who “got ideas across, but hesitantly and briefly”. then, there were 2 students (14.28 % of 14 students) in “effective communication in short-turn” category and no student was in “easy and effective communication” category. in addition, in this cycle, one student was absent (ts) in the first meeting. in terms of accuracy, three students (21.43% of 14 students) produced “little language”. there were three students (21.43% of 14 students) was “poor vocabulary, mistakes in basic grammar, may have a very strong foreign accent”. there were seven students (50 % of 14 students) who had “adequate vocabulary, made obvious grammatical mistakes, slight foreign accent”. also, there was one student (7.14 % of 14 students) had a “good range of vocabulary, occasional grammar slip, slight foreign accent”. meanwhile, no student spoke with wide vocabulary appropriately used, virtually no grammar mistakes. the score on each student’s speaking performance is obtained from the indicators of both fluency and accuracy. the score is summed up and then divided by maximum score and multiplied by one hundred. from the data, it was known that there were nine students out of 14 students who passed the minimum passing grade (kkm). it means that the percentage of the students’ speaking performance in this cycle was 64.29%. this means that the first criterion of success in this cycle has not been achieved yet and the research was necessary to continue to cycle 2. students’ involvement in obtaining the data on the students’ involvement in the teaching-learning process, observation checklist and field notes were utilized. the observation checklist consisted of four indicators or items which should be done by the students, they are: 1) asking questions for clarification frequently; 2) responding to and or answering the teacher’s instruction and questions; 3) doing the task(s) by making brief notes actively; and 4) helping and or asking for help from each other. meanwhile, field notes were used to cover things which were uncovered in the observation checklist. the observation was done during the implementation of this strategy. the criterion determined for the students’ involvement was 100% of the students achieve at least the “active enough stage”. in this case, the students are considered as active if they do two out of four indicators in the observation checklist. table 3 shows the students’ involvement based on the indicators of the observation checklist. table 3. students’ involvement no indicator number of students who fulfilled the indicators percen tage number and percentage of students who get category not active active enough active very active 1. asking questions for clarification frequently 8 57.14% 0 6 6 2 2. responding to and or answering the teacher’s instruction and questions 13 92.86% 3. doing the task(s) by making brief notes actively 10 71.43% 0% 42.86% 42.86 % 14.28 % 4. helping or and asking for help from each other 7 50% as presented in table 3, the result of the data analysis showed that there was no student who was “not active” (0% of 14 students). there were six students (42.86% of 14 students) who were categorized as “active enough”. there were also six students (42.86% of 14 students) that fell into the “active” category and two students (14.28 % of all students) were categorized “very active”. furthermore, in this cycle, there were eight students (57.14 % of 14 students) that fell into the category of “asking questions for clarification” frequently. 13 students (92.86% of 14 students) were responding to and or answering the teacher’s instruction and english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 129 questions. there were 10 students (71.43% of the students) who were doing the task(s). only seven students (50% of the students) were helping and or asking for help from each other. field notes revealed some points, general points, good points, and points to improve in the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy in the teaching and learning of speaking. in the pre-teaching activity, the teacher explained what was going to be done and all the students could easily understand the instruction. this is a general point. in the post-teaching, some of the students could do the task(s) well. besides, they were brave to speak louder and did not care when their friends laughed at them. this is a good point. in whilst-teaching, the male students played much and sometimes they did not understand the teachers’ instruction. this is a point to improve. to sum up, the result of the data analysis from the two sources of data, especially the observation checklist, indicated that the second criterion of success was not been achieved yet. it was not achieved been yet since the percentage of the active involvement (active + very active+ active enough) in the observation checklist was not 100%. thus, the researcher needed to continue to the next cycle because the first criterion of success has not been achieved yet. cycle 2 this section presents the findings found throughout cycle 2. it covered the data of the findings on the students’ speaking performance and the students’ involvement. the same as that in cycle 1, the researcher used the scoring rubric as the instrument to measure the students’ speaking performance. meanwhile, the researcher employed observation checklist to achieve the data about students’ involvement during the teaching-learning process. in addition, questionnaire and field notes were used as supporting data related to those two criteria. students’ speaking performance from the analysis of the students’ speaking performance, it was found that there was a significant improvement of the students’ speaking performance, although some of them still made mistakes on some language elements being observed, namely fluency and accuracy. the score of the students’ speaking performance in cycle 2 can be seen in table 4. table 4. students’ speaking performance score no score range number of students percentage 1 80 – 100 6 42.86% 2 70 – 79 1 7.14% 3 60 – 69 3 21.43% 4 50 – 59 4 28.58% 5 0 – 49 0 0 % total 14 100% based on the data, it can be seen that six students (42.86% of the students) achieved a score range of 80-100. there was one student (7.14% of the students) who achieved the score in the range of 70-79. there were three students (21.43% of the students) who achieved the score range of 60-69. there were four students (14.29% of 14 students) who achieved the score in the range of 50-59. meanwhile, there were no students (0 % of the students) who achieved the score range in the range of 0-49. the data in table 5 construed that in term of fluency in this cycle; no student fell into the category of “speechless or did not talk anything”. three students (21.43 % of 14 students) fell into the category of “very hesitant and brief utterances, sometimes difficult to understand”. there were four students (28.57% of 14 students) who fell into the category of “got ideas across, but hesitantly and briefly”. then, there were five students (35.71 % of 14 students) who fell into the category of “effective communication in short turn” and there were two students (14.28% of 14 students) who fell into the category of “had easy and effective communication”. in addition, in cycle 2, no student was absent. table 5. students’ speaking performance score in each aspect aspect indicator number of students percentage fluency little or no communication 0 0% very hesitant and brief utterances, sometimes 3 21.43% muhammad lukman syafii, alip sugianto, & nanang cendriono improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy 130 difficult to understand get ideas across, but hesitantly and briefly 4 28.57% effective communication in short turns 5 35.71% easy and effective communication, uses a long turn 2 14.29% accuracy little or no language produced 0 0% poor vocabulary, mistakes in basic grammar, may have a very strong foreign accent 3 21.43% adequate but not rich vocabulary, makes obvious grammatical mistakes, slight foreign accent 5 35.71% good range of vocabulary, occasional grammar slips, slight foreign accent 4 28.57% wide vocabulary appropriately used, virtually no grammar mistakes, 2 14.29% in terms of accuracy, no student was in “little or no language produced” category. there were three students (21.43 % of the students) were in “poor vocabulary, mistakes in basic grammar, may have a very strong foreign accent” category. there were five students (35.71 % of 14 students) in “adequate vocabulary, made obvious grammatical mistakes, slight foreign accent” category. then, there were four students (28.57 % of 14 students) in a “good range of vocabulary, occasional grammar slip, slight foreign accent” category. in addition, there were two students (14.28% of 14 students) in “spoke with wide vocabulary appropriately used, virtually no grammar mistakes” category. since the percentage of the students who got a score in the rank of 50-100 was 100%, it can be said that the first criterion of success in this research was achieved and the cycle of the research was stopped. students’ involvement in obtaining the data on the students’ involvement in the teaching-learning process, observation checklist and field notes were utilized. the indicators used in observation checklist were the same as in cycle 1. meanwhile, field notes were used to cover things which were uncovered in the observation checklist. the observation was done during the implementation of this strategy. the criterion determined for the students’ involvement was 100 % of the students achieve at least the “active enough” category. in this case, the students are considered as active if they do at least 2 out of 4 indicators in the observation checklist. table 6 shows the students’ involvement based on the indicators of the observation checklist. table 6. students’ involvement no indicator number of students who fulfilled the indicators percen tage number and percentage of students who get category not active active enough active very active 1. asking questions for clarification frequently 10 71.43% 0 3 9 2 2. responding to and or answering the teacher’s instruction and questions 12 85.71% 3. doing the task(s) by making brief notes actively 14 100% 0% 21.43% 64.29 % 14.28 % 4. helping or and asking for help from each other 5 35.71% as shown in table 6, the result of the data analysis showed that there was no student who was not active. there were three students (21.43% of 14 students) who were categorized “active enough”. there were nine students (64.29% of 14 students) who were categorized” active and two students (14.28 % of all students) were categorized” very active”. furthermore, in this cycle, there were 10 students (71.43 % of 14 students) that are asking english review: journal of english education volume 7, issue 2, june 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 131 questions for clarification frequently. 12 students (85.71% of 14 students) were responding to and or answering the teacher’s instruction and questions. there were 14 students (100% of the students) doing the task(s). only five students (35.71% of the students) were helping and or asking for help from each other. field notes revealed some points, general points, good points, and points to improve in the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy in the teaching and learning of speaking. in the pre-teaching activity, the teacher explained what was going to be done and all the students could easily understand the instruction and they pay attention to the teacher’s explanation. this is a general point. in the whilst-teaching, the students were enthusiastic in accomplishing the task(s). this is a good point. some students complain to create monologue many times. this is a point to improve. from the data, it was known that the percentage of the active involvement (active + very active + active enough) in the observation checklist was 100%. it was the same as the first cycle. basically, there are three aspects discussed, namely students’ speaking achievement, students’ involvement, and students’ perception. first is students’ achievement. the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy is used to increase students’ achievement. in this case, the students’ achievement is about the students’ speaking skill, especially in recount genre. the strategy is used to improve students’ speaking skill by following its procedure. the procedures are: (1) the teacher explained the form of activities that will be conducted in the speaking class, (2) the teacher showed a set of powerpoint slides to the students, (3) the teacher told a story based on a set of powerpoint slides, (4) the teacher asked questions to the students to check students understanding, (5) the teacher divides students into group of three, (6) the students make a story based on the powerpoint slides in group, (7) one of the students told a story in front of the class , and (8) the students made their own story. in addition, in analyzing students’ speaking performance, the researcher used analytic scoring rubric adapted from ur (1996). the score on each student’s speaking performance is obtained from the indicators of both fluency and accuracy. the score is summed up and then divided by maximum score and multiplied by one hundred. from the data, it was known that the percentage of students’ speaking performance was 64.29% (9 students of 14 students) in cycle 1 and it became 100% (all students) in cycle 2. the second is the students’ involvement. the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy can also increase students’ involvement during the teaching-learning process. in obtaining the data on the students’ involvement in the teaching-learning process, observation checklist was utilized. the observation checklist consisted of 4 indicators or items which should be done by the students. the criterion determined for the students’ involvement was 70% of the students achieved at least the active category. in this case, the students are considered as active if they do 3 out of 4 indicators in the observation checklist. from the data, it was known that the percentage of the students’ involvement was 100% (all students) in cycle 1 and it was also 100% (all students) in cycle 2. in addition, the researcher and his collaborator made an improvement and revision of the lesson plan and the media for the second cycle. there were some changes in the lesson plans and the media in cycle 2 than that in cycle 1. related to the lesson plan, the teacher explained the importance of multimedia in daily life in pre-teaching and the teacher explained the characteristic of recount text in whilst-teaching in cycle 1. these two learning activities were not done anymore in cycle 2. the time allotment was used to discuss related vocabulary. it was done because, during the implementation of cycle 1, the researcher and his collaborator noticed that one of the students’ difficulties in speaking was caused by limited vocabulary. another reason is that most of the students have understood the importance of multimedia in daily life and the characteristic of recount text because it has been explained during cycle 1. that is why the researcher and his collaborator thought it was not necessary to explain it anymore in cycle 2. meanwhile, in relation to the media used in cycle 1, the researcher and his collaborator used one or two animations in one slide. yet, in cycle 2, the researcher and his collaborator used more than two animations in one slide. it was done because it seems that the students were getting bored soon during the implementation of the strategy. thus, using only one animation in one slide can be called not accurate and not well designed yet. that is why the researcher and his muhammad lukman syafii, alip sugianto, & nanang cendriono improving students’ speaking skill by using multimedia presentation strategy 132 collaborator tried to use animation accurately and well designed by adding the number of animations in a slide. then, in cycle 1, the researcher and his collaborator did not use sound as media, but in cycle 2, the researcher and his collaborator used sound as additional media in implementing the strategy. the sound was related to the animation, for example when the animation was about a woman sang a song and musical equipment, we equipped with related sound during the implementation of this strategy. the third is students’ perception. in relation to the students’ perception, the data were collected by using a questionnaire distributed to the students. the questionnaire consists of 5 questions in which there were four options provided for each question. table 7 shows the students’ perception of the use of multimedia presentation strategy in teaching speaking. table 7. the result of students’ perception no. questions interesting (a and b) not interesting (c and d) frequency percentage frequency percentage 1. item 1 14 students 100% 0 student 0% 2. item 2 14 students 100% 0 student 0% 3. item 3 12 students 85.72% 2 students 14.28% 4. item 4 12 students 85.72% 2 students 14.28% 5. item 5 14 students 100% 0 student 0% average 94.29% 5.71% based on table 7, it was found that the students gave positive responses towards the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy in teaching english, especially teaching speaking. conclusion on the basis of the findings of the action research conducted in two cycles, it can be concluded that multimedia presentation strategy can improve the students’ speaking skills in terms of their skill in pronouncing english words and can increase the students’ involvement during the teaching-learning process as well as students’ interest. based on the results of the data analysis, it was shown that the multimedia presentation strategy was successful to improve students’ speaking skills. besides, multimedia presentation strategy also gives positive impact on the students’ involvement in the instructional process in which multimedia presentation implemented. the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy in speaking class can increase the students’ involvement in the teaching-learning process. it is proven from the result of the research which shows that the percentage of the students’ involvement during the implementation multimedia presentation strategy increases after the implementation of multimedia presentation strategy. references burns, a. & joice, h. (1993). focus on speaking (2nd edition). sydney: macquarie university. kemmis, s., & mctaggart, r. (1988). the action research planner. gee long: deakin university press. male, m. (2003). technology for inclusion. usa: pearson education group. nunan, d. (1989). designing tasks for the communicative classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. parveen, b. w. (2016). use of technology in improving speaking skills. journal of english language and literature (joell), 3(2). pusat kurikulum (puskur). (2006). standar isi bahasa inggris (content standard for english). jakarta. richards, j. c., & renandya w. a. (eds). (2002). methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. spratt, m., pulverness, a., & williams, m. (2005). the tkt (teaching knowledge test) course. cambridge: cambridge university press. ur, p. (1996). a course in language teaching: practice and theory. cambridge: cambridge university press. wang, h., & gearhart, d. l. (2006). designing and developing web-based instruction. new jersey: pearson education inc. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 255 applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill imam sudarmaji department of english language education, faculty of teacher training and education universitas islam syekh-yusuf, indonesia e-mail: isudarmaji@unis.ac.id agus mulyana department of english language education, faculty of teacher training and education universitas islam syekh-yusuf, indonesia e-mail: amulyana@unis.ac.id karsiyah department of english language education, faculty of teacher training and education universitas islam syekh-yusuf, indonesia e-mail: karsiyahvl@gmail.com apa citation: imam, s., mulyana, a., & karsiyah (2020). applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill. english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 255-264. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.2987. received: 12-02-2020 accepted: 02-04-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: this study investigated the use of digital storytelling in improving students’ visual memory and writing skill of tenth grade students in one of senior high school in tangerang, indonesia. a total of 72 students are taken as the sample in the current study. the randomized pretest posttest control group design was used in the study. using quasi experimental research-non-equivalent control group design, the students in the experimental groups completed the process through digital storytelling. the students’ test and questionnaires were used to collect the data. in order to test whether there was an improvement within groups and to see if there were differences between groups, the hypotheses were tested using the t-test and obtaining gain scores. the result showed that the visual memory and writing skill of students undergoing digital storytelling technique and of those undergoing conventional teaching but no significant differences were found between the two conditions. they had same proficiency, focused and same concentration during the learning process, and the students had many opinions in experimental class. based on the percentages, students’ post-test showed that students’ visual memory was more dominant than students’ writing skill after applying digital storytelling. moreover, this research also found that students’ learning motivation was very good and created a good of class atmosphere in experimental class during the learning process by using digital storytelling. keywords: digital storytelling; visual memory; writing skill. introduction in the acquisition and fluency of language skills may be directly involved visual memory. magnussen (2009), said that memory is retain stimulus information in memory which is assessed in term precision. visual memory is one of the ability to remember or recall such as images, scenes, words, and other information which presented visually. visual memory is important to develop, because according to phillips & christie (2013), visual memory has a role in a wide variety of everyday tasks. it has also been considered fundamental on every type of academic learning. the students should be able to visualize the stimulus in their mind. visual memory is a complex process for students. current theory of visual working memory involving capacity and resolution as the two important aspects of visual working memory storage (yao, chen, and qian 2018). the memory storage system of working memory includes subsystems. they maintain verbal, spatial, and visual information. the feel is so hard to remember with what they have seen, so the students should learn and understand the ability to store and recall mental images in the memory efficiently to help their learning a foreign language (michel et al. 2019). this memory will store in short-term memory, as many as students should remember with the duration is briefly to mailto:isudarmaji@unis.ac.id mailto:amulyana@unis.ac.id mailto:karsiyahvl@gmail.com imam sudarmaji, agus mulyana, & karsiyah applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill 256 see. according to baddeley et al., (2015) that short-term memory is able to store limited quantities of information for limited periods of time. so if the students’ did not pay attention, they will feel difficult in placing visual which means that they need stimuli for be able to visualize. the students may have difficulty during several operations such as remembering general view of words in reading and writing, also sequencing the letters if such skills have not improved. while, writing is one of the four skills in english. the students felt that writing is as more complicated than the other skills and became challenging area of language learning (jabali 2018). javed et al., (2013) said that even native speakers of english can feel difficulty in demonstrating a good of writing. the students often feel confused when they are using the rules of writing such as grammatical and they also lack of vocabulary. according to ma’azi & janfeshan (2018) and nik et al., (2010) said that writing has an important role which is assumed as the most complex process. sylvester & greenidge (2009) stated that writing has difficulty to start and it is a very complex process to write, although after the teacher assists the students for prewriting activities such as brainstorming to generate the ideas or supports an upcoming writing assignment. learning to write is a difficult and complex process because it concerned with the knowledge about the structure of language rusinovci (2015). students also need to know how to express their idea, feeling, opinion, critical thinking in written text (fadhly 2014). the students still do not understand how to write in english and they don’t know their mistakes on their writing. the technique or strategies to teach writing may not be interesting for the students. klimova (2014) claimed that if the teacher uses appropriate technique/strategies to teach the students, it can be more interesting and considers students’ personality. writing instruction in language teaching and learning can improve students’ writing skill (coker et al. 2018). teacher should pay attention to the students’ writing strategies and the types of writing instructions (bai 2018; palermo and thomson 2018) the current advancement in the information and communication technology (ict) or digital era has provided the learners with various tools with the form of computer-based or internetbased resources. many teachers now use digital tools in addition to other instruction methods and not as a substitute learning (hillmayr et al. 2020). digital learning can help students take charge of their own learning and make them fun (schmoelz 2018; zwart et al. 2020). the use of digital technology can amplify this experience and provide a concrete support in the development of language and communication skills (rubegni and landoni 2018; thang et al. 2014). one of the technique in language teaching is digital storytelling (dst). dst technique helps students develop their better language skills and this technique can be considered as an essential tool in foreign language learning and teaching (razmi, pourali, and nozad 2014). dst which combines the characteristic of storytelling with different interactive media tools can benefit language learning in a variety of ways. it was found to encourage and motivate students and at the same time enhance their communication skills (ciğerci and gultekin 2017; thang et al. 2014). dst helps students to find, apply, learn, and share each other various amount of vocabulary and moreover helps them to think critically due to the limitation of script writing and presented digitally (tajeri, syal, and marzban 2017). teachers can provide students a sharing experience to enhance learning through seeing, hearing, and feeling (beck and sitzman 2019). dst is also a good technique that suitable for the students to teach visual memory and writing, also can help the students to improve their visual memory capacity and writing skill (sarica and usluel 2016). some researchers said that digital storytelling gives positive effect for the students. according to gallets (2005) that through storytelling, students can be more thinking and imaginative skill. also their mental process played more active role. story will influence memory, and the storytelling can facilitate students’ cognitive changes (schank and abelson 1995). besides visual memory, digital storytelling can be used as an effective learning tool to improve students’ writing skill (xu et al., 2011; campbell, 2012; yang & wu, 2012; sarica & usluel, 2016; yamaç & ulusoy, 2016; tarigan & liana, 2018). abdel-hack & helwa (2014) also said that through digital storytelling, narrative writing and critical thinking skills were developed. in the latest decade, many researcher conducted the research to investigate the use of digital story telling in language learning. first, eman mohamed & hasnaa sabry, (2014) had a research which investigated the effectiveness of using digital storytelling and weblogs instruction english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 257 in enhancing efl narrative writing and critical thinking skills among efl majors at faculty of education. the result showed that using digital storytelling and weblogs instruction is effective in enhancing the efl narrative writing and critical thinking skills among efl majors at faculty of education. second, sarica & usluel, (2016) investigated the effect of digital storytelling on the visual memory capacity and writing skills of students in primary school. then, tarigan & liana, (2018) conducted the research to examine the effectiveness of using digital story telling in teaching writing skill of students in higher education or university. the result showed that the students’ writing skill are improved after implementing digital story telling as the teaching media. the study showed that digital story telling is effective to enhance students’ writing skill. the previous research focus on the subject in primary school and university. the current study intend to confirm the use of digital storytelling as a language teaching technique in foreign language class in senior secondary school. the focus of the study is to know whether there is any significant effect of digital storytelling on the students’ visual memory and writing skill, to know which one is more dominant between students’ visual memory and writing skill, and to know how the students’ learning motivation and class atmosphere through applying digital storytelling. method this study used experimental method. the design of this study was a quasi-experimental research non-equivalent control group design. the researcher chose this design, because according to fraenkel et al., (2012) there were two different classes’ treatment, namely experimental class and control class, and do not include the use of random assignment. this study was conducted by the researcher who taught in two different classes, namely experimental class and control class. where experimental class was the class that applied by using digital storytelling, and control class that applied by using conventional teaching (gallery walk). table 1. research design class test treatments test ec pre-test o1a x1 post-test o1b cc pre-test o2a x2 post-test o2b source: processed primary data (2019) information: ec = experiment class cc = control class o1a = pre-test at experiment class o2a = pre-test at control class x1 = dst technique application x2 = conventional technique application o1b = learning outcomes of experiment class after treatment o2b = learning outcomes of control the population of this study was all of students in tenth grade in one senior high school in tangerang in academic year 2019/2020. while, the sample was students in mipa (science class) 1 as the experimental group and mipa (science) class 2 as the control group. the researcher chose the sample based on the previous information, their proficiency, and their relevancy with the study purpose. the data of this study was quantitative data. the quantitative data were obtained by the scores of students’ task from pre-test and post-test. writing test instrument and questionnaire are used to collect the data. after the students’ visual memory and writing scores had been collected, the researcher analyzed the data using one paired t-test to see the comparison between pre-test and post-test mean scores and to see the effect of using digital storytelling on students’ visual memory and writing skill. it also enabled the researcher to know the dominant between visual memory and writing skill after applying digital storytelling. while, questionnaire were used to know the added value that wanted to be known in the achievement of students’ learning outcomes was the students’ learning motivation and class atmosphere. results and discussion the classroom observation data showed that the result of experimental class and control class. in experimental class, the researcher started by giving materials about narrative text and how to write narrative text by using digital, it such as by power point. then, show the videos of the stories including with the sound system. after students watched, some pictures of the stories showed to them. they have to remember and understand of the story and can re-write the story of narrative text that they remembered. while, in control class the researcher gave the material about narrative text and how to write it by using conventional teaching (gallery walk). they have to remember imam sudarmaji, agus mulyana, & karsiyah applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill 258 and understand on it. the researcher rewrite the sample of story by written on the whiteboard. then, asked the students to rewrite the story of narrative text that they remembered. this research also measured the level of motivation of students after learning by using digital storytelling technique. questionnaire of learning motivation that has been given to the students in experimental class during the learning process. besides measuring of the learning motivation, researcher also measured the level of the class atmosphere. the score of class atmosphere was obtained from questionnaire that has been given to the students in experimental class during the learning process by using digital storytelling technique. students’ score of visual memory the students’ score in experimental class and control class are increased. as the minimum mastery criterion (kkm) at the tenth grade is 67. based on the result that there was no students not pass on visual memory in experimental class that taught by using digital storytelling technique. 100% students can pass kkm values means the students got the score than 67 as kkm values. while, based on the visual memory test that was given in control class the researcher got the total score was 11% students could not pass kkm values and 89% students could pass kkm values. it means, almost all of students in control class have score more than 67. even though there are several students got the score gain with kkm values. students’ score of writing skill the students’ score in experimental class and control class are increased, but many students have a score below the minimum criteria (kkm). in experimental class 42% students could not achieve kkm values and 58% students could achieve kkm values. while, in control class 56% students could not achieve kkm values and 44% students could achieve kkm values. it can be seen from graphic below: figure 1. students’ post-test in experiment and control class students’ learning motivation in experimental class in this research, the students’ learning motivation which measured by criteria that is consists of 1% 20% = bad, 21% 40% = not good, 41% 60% = sufficient, 61% 80% = good, 81% 100% = very good. this research analyzed by obtaining the total score of learning motivation, and got the total was 2321. so, based on the criteria of percentages that can be categorized that the students’ learning motivation was very good during the learning process by using digital storytelling with percentages 81%. class atmosphere in experimental class the questionnaire of class atmosphere has six statements which is given by the researcher to know the students’ perception and participation about class atmosphere during the learning process. the result of every statements can be explained as follows: class atmosphere the criteria of class atmosphere can be categorized by successive interval became 3 points with the higher score was 4,204 means the students answered good, 2,621 means the students answered sufficient, and the lower was 1,000 means the students answered bad. this research got the students’ answer as the following table: table 2. atmosphere class in experimental class categories total of students percentages answer 1 – 1,40 4 11% bad 1,42 – 2,81 26 72% sufficient 2,82 – 4,22 6 17% good source: students’ questionnaire data 0 % 10 % % 20 30 % 40 % 50 % % 60 ec cc higher than kkm lower than kkm 42 % 58 % % 44 56 % english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 259 based on the table above, it can be explained that the students who answer bad was 4 students with the percentages 11%, 26 students who answer sufficient with the percentages 72%, and the last, the students who answer good was 6 students with the percentages 17%. it can be concluded that the students are more dominant answer sufficient. so, the researcher find out during the learning process by digital storytelling was sufficient. the students do not understand during the learning process figure 2. students’ participation of class atmosphere the students who do not understand the material during the learning process would: 1) raise their hand and asked for more explanation was 53% can be categorized as the students active, 2) went to teacher after class to ask for more explanation was 25% can be categorized as the students initiative, and 3) did nothing was 22% can be categorized as the students silent. time passed most quickly during the learning process during the learning process, time passed most quickly for students. the answer from the statement contained of 3 answers were: 1) the teacher was teaching him/herself was 25%, 2) students solved the problem by themselves was 56%, and 3) the students did the exercise individually was 25%. students disagree with the teacher or they have a comment the answer from the statement contained 3 answers were: 1) students said that immediately was 61% can be categorized as an active students, 2) students waited until after class and told it to the teacher was 25% can be categorized an initiative students, and 3) students remained silent was 14%. the following graphic explained about the students disagree when they have an argument during the learning process: figure 3. students disagree in learningprocess the teacher who teach with the conventional learning the answers from the statement contained 3 answers were: 1) students can easily follow without having friend disturbing them was 44%, 2) students talked to fellow students about how they experienced the course after class was 42%, 3) there was at least no turmoil as we don’t have to work together was 14%. the process during learning in class the criteria of the process during learning in class categorized by successive interval became 3 points with the higher score was 3,530 means the students answered lot, 2,214 means the students answered sufficient, and the lower score was 1,000 means the students answered nothing. the process during learning in class got the students’ answer as the following table: table 3. the process during learning in class categorizes total of students percentage s answer 1 – 1,18 5 14% nothing 1,19 – 2,37 16 44% sufficient 2,38 – 3,56 15 42% lot source: students’ questionnaire data from the table above explained that the students who answered nothing was 14%, the students who answered sufficient was 44%, and the students who answered lot was 42%. based on analyzed from sixth statements above that has been explained one by one can be 0 % 10 % 20 % 30 % 40 % 50 % 60 % total score 53 % 25 % 22 % active initiative silent 61% 25% 14% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% total score active initiative silent imam sudarmaji, agus mulyana, & karsiyah applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill 260 concluded overall by obtaining the total score with the criteria of class atmosphere were 1% 33% = bad, 34% 67% = sufficient, and 68% 100% = good. this research got the total score from the questionnaire data was 439,744 that can be categorized was 68% which means the class atmosphere using digital storytelling was good with the students were active during learning process such as students ask to the teacher for more explanation, also when they have an argument and disagree about the material with at least of students remained silent. after knowing that the data was normal and homogeneous because the significance was more than 0,05, for the further testing the researcher testing hypotheses test (t-test). table 4. independent sample test assumption levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper equal variances assumed .605 .439 -1.425 70 .159 -6.389 4.484 -15.331 2.554 equal variances not assumed -1.425 68.439 .159 -6.389 4.484 -15.335 2.557 source: statistical result spss 25 in this research, the researcher used statistical calculating of t-test formula to find out the effect of using digital storytelling in teaching narrative text on the students’ visual memory. the researcher analyzed the result 72 of the differences score experimental class and control class. the alternative hypotheses (ha) stated that there is no significant differences between experimental class that using digital storytelling and control class that using gallery walk. in this data analyzed, the researcher used t-test and the result of them consulted with the t-table. based on the table above, it is know > (-1,425 > -1,994) with sig = 0, 159 > 0,05, it can be concluded that ho is accepted and ha is rejected, it means there is no significant differences of visual memory between experimental class and control class at the tenth grade of high school in tangerang. table 5. independent sample test assumption levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper equal variances assumed .431 .513 -1.639 70 .106 -4.556 2.779 -10.099 .988 equal variances not assumed -1.639 69.291 .106 -4.556 2.779 -10.100 .989 source: statistical result spss 25 in this research, the researcher used statistical calculating of t-test formula to find out the effect of using digital storytelling in teaching narrative text on the students’ writing skill. the researcher analyzed the result 72 of the differences score experimental class and control class. the alternative hypotheses (ha) stated that there is no significant differences between experimental class that using digital storytelling and control class that using gallery walk. in this data analyzed, the researcher used t-test and the result of them consulted with t-table. based on the table above, it is known (-1,639 > -1,994) with sig = 0, 106 > 0,05, it can be concluded that ho is accepted and ha is rejected, it means there is no significant differences of writing skill between > english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 261 experimental class and control class at the tenth grade of high school in tangerang. so, digital storytelling that applied by the researcher has no difference to improve the students’ writing skill at the tenth of high school in tangerang. from the students’ analysis of visual memory and writing skill taught by using digital storytelling in experimental class and by using gallery walk in control class, the researcher has found the result of students’ visual memory and writing skill. the researcher have just given the pre-test, treatment, and post-test in order to know the students’ visual memory and writing skill. the result of teaching visual memory and writing skill taught by the researcher using digital storytelling technique was good, because the students’ scores are increased between pre-test and post-test score. so, their visual memory and writing skill had improved. the score of post-test was higher than pre-test. in visual memory 100% students can pass kkm values and in writing skill 58% students can pass kkm values. based on the percentages, students’ post-test of visual memory is more dominant than writing skill after applying digital storytelling technique. the testing of research hypotheses indicated that ho is accepted and ha is rejected, it means there is no significant difference of using digital storytelling on the students’ visual memory and writing skill. this research is related with the previous research such as from sarica & usluel (2016) about visual memory that is no statistical difference was found that the students less interaction with visuals in experimental class than control class. but, this research did not correspond to sarica & usluel (2016) for writing skill that can be said the significant result to improve writing skill of students in experimental and control class. also from yamaç & ulusoy (2016) stated that through digital storytelling could successfully result in improvement students’ writing skill. tarigan & liana (2018) said that the students’ writing skill after using digital storytelling technique was significantly higher than before their used. although fundamentally that visual memory need to take a long time to develop, because the development of memory capacity begins in infancy and continues through early adulthood (terry, 2009). while, also for writing is assumed the most difficult to be learnt by the students. as brown (2007) stated that there are many aspects that can be assessed when the teachers measure the students’ writing skill such as content, organization, grammar, vocabulary, mechanic and the score of writing test was taken based on proficiency categories. in this research, there is no different between experimental and control class. although there is no activities related to the digital storytelling were conducted in control class, because the condition of the students were same and had same proficiency. they focused and had concentration when researcher/teacher taught the students either by digital storytelling or gallery walk, but the students have many opinions in experimental class. so that the learning outcomes obtained almost same or have no different. based on this matter, the researcher conducted by giving questionnaire to get the students’ learning motivation and atmosphere class during the learning process in experimental class by using digital storytelling technique. the result showed that the application of this technique had proven to have a very good effect in increasing learning motivation. in addition, this technique also could create a good and conducive classroom atmosphere, students active to ask and students able to solve problem. witte & rogge (2014) stated that if the students are active during the learning process, so the technique has positive effect and it can believe the students’ learning motivation and class atmosphere were better. conclusion the students’ score of visual memory in experimental class are increased after applying digital storytelling. the students’ score of posttest was higher that pre-test, it was 100% students can pass kkm (minimum mastery criterion) values. while, the students’ score of writing skill in experimental class also increased after applying digital storytelling. the score of posttest was higher than pre-test, it was 58% students can pass kkm values. so, the level of achievement of the kkm values from these had improved. based on the percentages of students’ posttest score that visual memory was more dominant than writing skill after applying digital storytelling at the tenth grade students of higher school in tangerang in academic year 2019/2020. the result of statistic which obtained by analyzing data through t-test of statistic calculation, it indicated that ho is accepted and ha is rejected which means that there is no significant difference of using digital storytelling on the students’ visual memory and writing skill at the tenth grade of higher school in tangerang. imam sudarmaji, agus mulyana, & karsiyah applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill 262 some factors influenced no statistical difference between experimental class and control class due to the condition of students were same proficiency, and from both of classes that the students focused and had concentration when the teacher giving the materials either by digital storytelling or gallery walk, also the students in experimental have many opinions during the learning process. so, that the learning outcomes were same or no have different. although there is no statistical different, digital storytelling can contribute in experimental class. it can be proved from the students’ questionnaire showed that the students’ learning motivation was very good and created a good class atmosphere. almost all of students are interested with the technique of teaching and they are active during the learning process by using digital storytelling. references abdel-hack, e. m., & helwa, h. s. a. a. (2014). using digital storytelling and weblogs instruction to enhance efl narrative writing and critical thinking skills among efl majors at faculty of education. international research journal 5(1):8–41. baddeley, a. eysenck, m. w., & anderson, m. c. (2015). memory (2nd ed.) london: psychology press. bai, b. (2018). understanding primary school students’ use of self-regulated writing strategies through think-aloud protocols. system, 78, 1526. beck, m. s., & sitzman. k (2019). compelling reasons for using digital stories to teach: a descriptive qualitative study. teaching and learning in nursing, 14(4), 265–269. campbell, t. a. (2012). digital storytelling in an elementary classroom: going beyond entertainment. procedia social and behavioral sciences 69 (iceepsy), 385–393. ciğerci, f. m., & gultekin. (2017). use of digital stories to develop listening comprehension skills. issues in educational research, 27(2), 252–268. coker, d. l., austin, s. j., elizabeth, f. r., & macarthur, c. a. (2018). when the type of practice matters: the relationship between typical writing instruction, student practice, and writing achievement in first grade. contemporary educational psychology 54(june), 235–46. eman, m., abdel-hack, & abdel-hamid a. h. h. s. (2014). using digital storytelling and weblogs instruction to enhance efl narrative writing and critical thinking skills among efl majors at faculty of education. international research journal, 5(1), 8–41. fadhly, f. z.. & nurendah. (2014). applying scientific approach to enhance indonesian efl learners’ descriptive writing. english review: journal of english education, 1(2), 114–124. fraenkel, j. r., wallen, n. e., & helen, h. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed.). new york: mcgraw-hill. gallets, m. p. (2005). storytelling and story reading: a comparison of effects on children’s memory and story comprehension. proquest dissertations and theses. tennesse: east tennessee state university. hillmayr, d., ziernwald, l., reinhold, f., sarah i. h., & reiss, k. m. (2020). the potential of digital tools to enhance mathematics and science learning in secondary schools: a context-specific meta-analysis. computers and education 153(2), 103897. jabali, o. (2018). students’ attitudes towards efl university writing: a case study at an-najah national university, palestine. heliyon, 4(11). javed, m., wu, x. j., & nazli, s. (2013). a study of students’ sssessment in writing skills of the english language. international journal of instruction, 6(2). klimova, b. f. (2014). constraints and difficulties in the process of writing acquisition. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 122, 433–437. ma’azi, h., & janfeshan. k. (2018). the effect of edmodo social learning network on iranian efl learners writing skill. cogent education, 5(1), 1– 17. magnussen, s. (2009). implicit visual working memory. scandinavian journal of psychology 50(6). michel, m., kormos, j., brunfaut, t., & ratajczak, m.. (2019). the role of working memory in young second language learners’ written performances. journal of second language writing 45(march), 31–45. nik, y. a., hamzah, a., & hasbollah, h. (2010). why writing in esl is difficult for undergraduates in a public university in malaysia. journal of language teaching and research, 1,1–7. palermo, c., & thomson, m. m. (2018). teacher implementation of self-regulated strategy development with an automated writing evaluation system: effects on the argumentative writing performance of middle school students. contemporary educational psychology 54(2), 255–70. phillips, w. a., & christie, d. f. m. (2013). components of visual memory. quarterly journal of experimental psychology, 29(1), 117–33. razmi, m., pourali, s., nozad, s. (2014). digital storytelling in efl classroom (oral presentation of the story): a pathway to improve oral production. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 98(2011), 1541–44. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 263 rubegni, e., & landoni, m. (2018). how to design a digital storytelling authoring tool for developing pre-reading and pre-writing skills. proceedings of the 2018 chi conference. rusinovci, x. (2015). teaching writing through process-genre based approach.) us-china education review, 5(10), 699–705. sarica, h. c., & usluel, y. k. (2016). the effect of digital storytelling on visual memory and writing skills. computers and education, 94, 298–309. schank, r. c., & abelson, r p. (1995). knowledge and memory: the real stroy. lawrence erlbaum associates. schmoelz, a. (2018). enabling co-creativity through digital storyelling in education. thinking skills and creativity, 28, 1–13. sylvester, r., & greenidge, w. (2009). digital storytelling: extending the potential for struggling writers. the reading teacher, 63(4), 284–295. tajeri, m., syal, p., & marzban, s. (2017). enhancing vocabulary and writing skills through imanager. journal of educational technology, 14(3), 40–48. tarigan, k. e., & liana. (2018). improving students’ writing descriptive text through digital storytelling technique. budapest international research and critics institute (birci-journal) : humanities and social sciences, 1(3), 345–351. thang, s. m., lee, y. s., mahmud, n., lin, l. k., zabidi, n. a., & ismail, k. (2014). enhancing 21st century learning skills via digital storytelling: voices of malaysian teachers and undergraduates. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 118, 489–494. xu, y., park, h., & baek, y. (2011). a new approach toward digital storytelling: an activity focused on writing self-efficacy in a virtual learning environment. educational technology and society, 14(4), 181–91. yamaç, a., & ulusoy, m. (2016). the effect of digital storytelling in improving the third graders’ writing skills. international electronic of elementary education, 9(september), 59–86. yang, y. c., & wan-chi, i. w. (2012). digital storytelling for enhancing student academic achievement, critical thinking, and learning motivation: a year-long experimental study. computers & education, 59(2), 339–352. yao, n., chen, s., & qian, m. (2018). trait anxiety is associated with a decreased visual working memory capacity for faces. psychiatry research, 270, 474–482. zwart, d. p., noroozi, o., luit, j e. h. v., goei, s. l., & nieuwenhuis, a. (2020). effects of digital learning materials on nursing students’ mathematics learning, self-efficacy, and task value in vocational education. nurse education in practice, 44, 102755. imam sudarmaji, agus mulyana, & karsiyah applying digital storytelling to improve indonesian high school students’ visual memory and writing skill 264 english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 219 project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion ningtyas orilina argawati english education department, faculty of language education, ikip siliwangi, indonesia e-mail: tyas.orilina@yahoo.com lilis suryani english education department, faculty of language education, ikip siliwangi, indonesia e-mail: suryani.lies3@gmail.com apa citation: argawati, n. o., & suryani, l. (2020). project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion. english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 219-226. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.2120. received: 03-01-2020 accepted: 15-03-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: writing becomes the most challenging skill for the students as it needs more time to develop and tend to raise problem to students. therefore, project based learning is offered to solve the problems in writing. some experts believe that project based learning (pbl) can provoke the students to get new knowledge through their own project. this research reports on the implementation of project based learning in teaching writing. the objectives of the research are to know the implementation of project based learning in elevating the students’ ability on writing and to know the students’ opinion of the implementation of project based learning in teaching writing. qualitative was used as a research method and classroom action research as a research design. the participants of the research were fourth semester students in one university in cimahi, west java. the collected data were obtained through observation, writing test and interview. then, data were analysed based on triangulation. as result, it was found that the implementation of project based learning in teaching writing worked well. it could be seen from the students’ responses during the implementation of this method as they gave positive opinion toward the method used; they actively involved in learning process. pbl was proved on helping the students wrote well. besides, the project given engaged the students in solving a real problem and answering it. in other word, this project could develop the students’ critical thinking and it could be a meaningful project for them. keywords: project-based learning; writing; classroom action research. introduction writing is one of productive skills that should be mastered by the students. as stated by hyland (1996), writing is a way of sharing personal meaning and writing course emphasize the power of individual to construct his or her own views on a topic. it can be inferred that a person delivers his/her own ideas through his/her own writing and everyone can have different perspective about something that they think. through writing, students can express feeling, describe something, discuss an idea, present a point of view, and share experience they have in the form of written product (argawati & suryani, 2017). besides, writing is a means of extending and deepening student’s knowledge; it acts as a tool for learning subject matter (graham & perrin, 2007). moreover, nunan (2003, p. 88) believes that writing is the physical act of committing words or ideas to some medium, whether it is hieroglyphics inked onto parchment or an e-mail message typed into a computer. on the other hand, writing is the mental work of inventing ideas, thinking about how to express them, and organizing them into statements and paragraphs that will be clear to a reader. concerning to study in higher education, students are necessary to attain academic writing ability since it influences their academic achievement (oktarina, emzir, & rafli, 2018). students in university level should master the way to write well. it has to be done to fullfill the purpose of learning writing for them as students. bailey (2015) wrote that the purposes of writing, as follow: 1) to report what the writer has done, 2) to answer writer’s questions, 3) to discuss one specific topic and provide writer’s opinions, 4) to synthesize research conducted by someone about one topic. nevertheless, writing is not an easy skill to do, especially for efl students. although they learn english since elementary school but writing is still the biggest problem for the students. this problem is faced by university students too. they ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion 220 are in trouble to start writing and to express ideas through writing. this is in line with kim and kim (2005) as cited in agustiana (2017) who say writing is considered to be difficult and challenging for most students. it is supported by heaton (1998) who states writing skill is complex and sometimes difficult to teach, requiring mastery not only grammatical and rhetorical devices but also of conceptual and judgmental elements. therefore, this indicates that writing is hard because there are several components or aspects to consider in writing, and it can cause that the students are afraid to write because they do not want to do mistakes. the components or aspects of writing that need to be considered by the teachers based on jacobson (2003) are covering: 1) content – refers to the substance of writing, the experience of main idea. i.e., group of related statements that a writer presents as unit in developing a subject. content of the paragraph do the work of conveying ideas rather that fulfilling special function of transition, restatement, and emphasis. 2) organization – refers to the logical organization of content. it is scarcely more than attempt to piece together all collection of fact and jumbled ideas. even in early drafts it may still be searching for order, trying to make out patterns in its materials and working to bring particulars of its subject in line with what is still only a half-formed notion of purpose. 3) vocabulary – refers to the selection of words those are suitable with the content. it begins with the assumption that writer wants to express the ideas as clearly and directly as he/she can. choosing words that express his/her meaning is precisely rather than skews it or blurs it. 4) language use – refers to the use of correct grammatical form and synthetic pattern of separating, combining, and grouping ideas in words, phrases, clauses, and sentences to bring out logical relationship in paragraph writing. 5) mechanic – refers to the use graphic convention of the language, i.e., the step of arranging letters, words, and paragraphs by using knowledge of structure and some others related to one another. writing needs process and it will take time for the students to write well. according to harmer (2007), writing is different from speaking; the final product of writing is not nearly instant. it means that process is needed for the students; they have to think the ideas, select vocabulary, write, edit, and then publish it. besides, the teachers have important role to help the students to develop their writing. so, the teachers are expected to implement suitable method or strategy in teaching writing. dealing with the problem, teachers need to continue seek for some methods or approach to implement in teaching writing. process approach seems appropriate to be used to this case. one of the methods belongs to process approach is project-based learning (pbl). pbl is a method that allows “students to design, plan, and carry out an extended project that produces a publicly exhibited output such as a product, publication, or presentation” (patton, 2012; as cited in riswandi , 2018). it is in line with task-based instruction which gives the opportunities for students to feel free doing their task in their ways. the most different thing is dealing with the term “project”. this project is be able to engage students on doing things done based on their own plan, idea, and creativity. in this research, the researchers asked the students to do such a project; it was mini magazine project. they chose their own topic, group, and design. this research aims on describing the implementation of project based learning in elevating the students’ ability on writing and on describing the students’ opinion of the implementation of project based learning in teaching writing. method method of research used on this study was qualitative with classroom action research. there were two objectives of the research, they were, it described the implementation of teaching writing using project-based learning (pbl) to improve the ability of the students on writing. beside, it also revealed the students’ opinion toward the implementation of the method of teaching used. classroom action research is defined as a research that is used to improve better learning (kemmis & mctaggart, 2005) and teachers as researchers in the classroom (mertler, 2009). in other word, teachers know the problems in the classroom and find out the solution to solve the problems. in this research, writing became the problem of the students and lecturer offered project based learning as the solution of the problem that were faced by students. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 221 the classroom action research has four steps to be implemented in the research; they are covering planning, action, observation, and reflection. those four steps are bond together in a cycle which can be repeated based on the researchers’ need. in every cycle, there must be pre-test and post-test to measure the improvement of the students’ ability on writing. on this study, the researchers conducted two cycles to collect the data. the study was already done on the even semester of 2017-2018, during february to april 2018. the participants of this study were the fourth semester students of a university in cimahi. it consisted of 30 students in one classroom. the instruments used were test, observasion and interview. tests were in the form of essay test related to the instruction for the students to build a descriptive text, and given to the students as a pre-test and a post-test. while the observation and interview were done during the action conducted in the classroom. the observation done towards all of the students in the classroom, while the interview was only done toward students to dig in depth information related to their responses on the instruction conducted. the data were then analysed through triangulation. it was used to find out the similarities and differences the data. the result of data would be discussed in the following section of this research. results and discussion the result of the research is divided into two parts; the first is the implementation of project based learning to improve students’ writing ability and the second is the students’ opinions toward project based learning in learning writing. implementation of pbl to improve students’ writing ability the first point of finding reflected the result of students’ learning writing using problem-based learning. the research was conducted using classroom action research which consisted of two cycles. before doing the cycle 1, the researchers began with pre-cycle. in this step, the researchers did the pre-test for the students to know their ability before the pbl was implemented. here is the detail information of the result of implementing car to the students: pre cycle the researchers conducted the research within three months from february – april 2018. every cycle consists of four steps; they are planning, action, observation, and reflection. in the first meeting, the researchers did pretest by asking the students to write two paragraphs regarding to the topic that the students chose. the topic given were related to descriptive text. they were getting the opportunity to choose the topics by themselves to make them felt free to write, so that it could reflect their genuine ability of writing. the result was then used as the beginning score before implementing project based learning as the score of pre-test 1. the mean score of pre-test in this pre cycle was 65 and it was considering as a ‘not good enough’ score regarded to the minimum standart of score. therefore, project based learning was offered to be implemented to solve this problem. then, the next step done was cycle 1. cycle 1 after getting the score from pre-test in the pre cycle, the researchers did a planning step. they discussed about lesson plan and the topics that would be implemented in the classroom. cycle 1 was conducted into three meetings and post-test for the fourth meeting. 1) the first meeting in cycle 1 the lecturer wrote down six topics, they were: healthy, business, mind, education, leisure, and technology. every student could choose the topic based on his/her passion. then, they made a group of 5 and 6. in one group, every student was given a chance to choose subtopic about education and every student could not choose same sub topic, they had to have different perspective but the point was the same, education. they could choose the topic based on real problem in society and find out the solution. the lecturer explained about topic sentences and supporting sentences, she also asked the students to analyse one text in pre cycle. 2) the second meeting the students were introduced about the project and at the end of the project; the students had to submit mini magazines. the lecturer explained the steps in doing project based learning. there are four steps in doing project based learning; they are starting the project, developing, reporting, and assessing the project. the lecturer also explained about editing and proofreading. 3) the third meeting the lecturer asked the students to write a text in a group. they could discus with their friends related to the content, vocabulary, etc of the text. then, the students did peer ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion 222 correction. peer correction was based on the criteria of proofreading that the students have already got in the previous meeting. 4) the fourth meeting this meeting was used for conducting posttest 1. the post-test done by giving the students instruction to write down a composition in descriptive text. in this section, they could freely choose the topic with their preference by their own. after the students wrote the text, then the researchers analysed the result based on writing component rubric. the result showed that the mean score of post-test 1 on cycle 1 was 70. it means there was an improvement based on pre cycle result of the students. in the reflection step, the students gained good improvement from pre cycle, 65 to cycle 1, 70. most of the students had good responses and they could discuss actively. critical thinking of the students appeared in learning and it was meaningful for them. it can be seen from peer feedback that they did with their friends in their own group. they could share and analyse text. nevertheless, some of the students were confused and they did not have idea to write. some of them could not develop and write down the topic sentences and supporting sentences when they made the composition. grammar errors and punctuation were still found in the students’ writing. in summary, the activities done by the students can be seen in table 1. table 1. activities on cycle 1 meeting activities lecturer students 1  gave topics to students to be chosen  gave examples of topic sentences and supporting sentences  made group of 5-6 persons  chose the topic given  then analyzed the topic and supporting sentences given 2  explained about the pbl used in the teaching and learning activities  gave them a project (wrote a text in a group)  set their plan and idea on the project given 3  asked the students to finish the text.  peer correction  wrote a text and discussed it with his/her friends in a group  submitted the text  peer correction with another group 4  gave a post-test  did the post-test cycle 2 cycle 2 was conducted in march, 2018. reflection in cycle 1 was used to revise planning in cycle 2. the lecturer tried to explain more to the students about topic sentences and supporting sentences. the lecturer showed some examples of grammar error and punctuation, so the students could revise it. the lecturer gave feedback and correction to the students. cycle 2 was divided in four meeting. here are the meeting conducted: 1) in fifth meeting, the lecturer asked the students to do individual exercises based on the sub topic. in this step the lecturer gave them some topics and the students were having the opportunity to practice and develop their skill on building concept and making composition. they wrote text based on their own topic. 2) in sixth meeting this meeting was conducted to do peer correction. peer correction was done to know the students’ error in writing and they could revise it. it was also be done to give oportunity to students to recognize error from their friends’ work. recognizing error could help them to build a better writing and make a good composition. besides, beeing corrected by their own friends rose less intimidation feeling if compared with corrected by the lecturer. through peer correction, students could study better and could fix their error or mistakes if they had any. 3) the seventh meeting the students designed their own layout of mini magazine containing their coposition they had already made in descriptive text by using some digital apllications like canva, lucidpress, or adobe in design. the students were more creative in using some applications that can be used in designing their mini magazine. every student had to collect his/her own text and compiled in a english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 223 group to attach in mini magazine. the final result of the project was in the form of mini magazine. the students revised their composition and their mini magazine again and made final revision before submitting it in the next meeting. 4) the eighth meeting after doing some revision, the students submitted the complete mini magazines as the unity of their result of writing of all the member in team to the lecturer. then, the lecturer assessed the students’ composition as their score of writing subject. in this meeting the lecturer also conducted post-test for cycle 2. the post-test was individual test which was done in the classrom. the students needed to make their own composition regarded to the mini magazine they made before. they only had thirty minutes on making the composition of descriptive text by their own. after doing the post-test, their final score was revealed. the mean score in cycle 2 was 74. it means that quantitatively there was an improvement for the students from pre cycle to cycle 1, and from cycle 1 to cycle 2. grammar errors and punctuation decreased even though there were some mistakes and errors which were still found. however, it was considering having a good improvement since the mistakes and errors were not as many as in the first meeting. it was as the result of several steps implemented regarded to the project-based learning which had been choosen. beside, this project could develop the students’ critical thinking since they had to work both in group and in individual work. it means that they had opportunity to discuss the material with their friends, then they were given opportunity too to improve themselves individually. in addition, the project done could be a meaningful project for them. 5) the ninth meeting in the last meeting, the students were asked some questions related to project based learning. it was done to reveal their responses toward the use of project-based learning in teaching writing descriptive text in their class. interview was conducted to the students. the result showed that most of the students had positive responses to project based learning. it could happen since they felt that the method use could effectively improve their ability which measured through several test; pre-test, post-test 1, and post-test 2. moreover, the project given engaged the students in solving a real problem and answering it. for an easy checking, table 2 serves the summary of the activities in cycle 2. table 2. activities on cycle 2 meeting activities lecturer students 5  asked the students to write individual text.  wrote a text 6  peer correction  the students read and revised their friends’ writing. 7  design layout  gave a post-test for cycle 2  did the project with their group  collect his/her own text and compiled in a group to attach in mini magazine  revised it again and made final revision  did the post-test on cycle 2 8  gave a post test  students did their writing activities 9  conducted an interview to 6 students related to the their opinion toward the use of pbl  students answered some questions delivered by the researchers as a result of the classroom action research which had been applied, the researchers could analyze the mean score of the students from test to test. here is the detail information of the students’ scores as served on figure 1. ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion 224 60 65 70 75 pre cycle cycle 1 cycle 2 65 70 74 mean score figure 1. the mean score of cycle 1 and 2 based on figure 1.1 above, it can be seen that there was an improvement from pre-test in pre cycle, which was 65 became 70 on the post-test 1 in cycle 1. then, it was continued to the second post-test in cycle 2 which gained 74. through this finding, it can be inferred that project based learning applied to teach writing descriptive text to the fourth semester students can help the students in improving their ability on writing measured from their three different test above. besides, the students’ error in writing got decrease from pre cycle into the last cycle, in other words, project based learning could help the students to write well. it can be inferred from peer feedback that the students did in each cycle. students’ opinion toward the implementation of problem-based learning in teaching writing the second objective of the research is to describe the students’ opinion towards the implementation on project-based learning in teaching writing descriptive text. the researchers collected the data regarded to the second aim of study through observation and interview, then analyzed the result through data triangulation. the observation was done during the teaching and learning process of writing activities to the whole class. while the interview was conducted to 6 students represented their groups. table 3 serves the detailed presentation of the data gained through triangulation. table 3. triangulation data finding observation interview result 1 they did the discussion with their friends in group willingly. the interaction was increased from meeting to meeting they stated that they had willingness to do discussion with friends in group. they had many things to discuss with their friends. students felt that the project-based learning they did was good to increase their activeness during learning process 2 they searched some vocabularies on dictionary and some meaning of words in the internet they stated that they needed dictionary to look for the meaning of some words and vocabularies students thought that their motivation was improved from time to time by doing the project in group 3 they found their own way to do the project given by the lecturer and created their mini magazine based on their group idea they said that they had already found their own design for their mini magazine, and the way to make it based on their discussion students’ creativity was overwhelmed during their work on their project of mini magazine. they created their own and made it into something they like the most. 4 they seemed to revise their work due to the new finding of something new. they made some corrections on some errors occured during their work. they fixed the grammatical errors and the incorrect punctuation they felt that they knew something new during their work in group. most of them said that in group they found many grammatical errors which could not be found if they did their work individually. many students admitted that they study more. they sharpened their knowledge during constructing their project. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 225 together in their group corrections they made during the making of their project. 5 they laughed more. they smiled more. they interacted more. they build connection through the project worked. they helped each other and seemed so comfortable being in their group making their mini magazine they answered the questions with smile and said that it was fun during the discussion and work. they said that they could work better with their friends and felt that their mini magazine was great. students seems to be happier during the learning process. their project could raise so much fun. on top of that, they did enjoy their class activity. there were five points that the researchers got highlighted to reveal the information related to the second objective. those five points were also be the issue in the observation list when it was conducted. the result showed that there were several things that could be an improvement during the teaching and learning activity covering: activeness, motivation, creativity, knowledge and they way the enjoy the writing activities. writing activity to the students could be so difficult to master. students had many things to deal with in order to improve their ability on writing. this situation raised the willingness of the researchers to use new method in teaching writing especially in descriptive text. projectbased learning is one method which worthtrying. it is a method which based on the project given to students and let them do that with their own creativity and effort (patton, 2012; as cited in riswandi , 2018). pbl was conducted during the even semester to teach writing descriptive text in university level. the lecturer gave them a meaningful project to do. the project was to make a mini magazine based on the topic given by the lecturer. however, the topic given were so many that they could choose whichever topic they wanted. they did the project in group as they work together to design and create the mini magazine by their own. the implementation of this method to teach writing to the fourth semester students of university level seemed to gain many results. first, the use of pbl could literally improve students’ score of writing assignment. it could be seen from their increasing movement of their score of writing. on the pre-cycle, their mean score was only 65, but they showed their improvement on score on the cycle 1, which was 70. it was then continued to their result of cycle 2. they gained 4 more point to 74. in other word, we could say that they statistically improved on the field of knowledge and ability. moreover, the researchers could tell that they had improved their attitude qualitatively during teaching and learning activity. when they were asked to make a composition in descriptive, they showed their less desire since they felt that writing is difficult. however, by implementing project based learning, their attitude started to move to the good one. they could work and discuss the project with their friends in their group duringthe writing session. working in group to complete the project seemed to make them be more active and increase their motivation to write. it is supported by bagheri & abdullah (2013) as cited in eliana, senam, wilujeng, and jumadi (2016) state that pbl could be more effective result by allowing the students to participate actively in the learning process and allowing the students to produce something in collaborating with others. they also felt enjoy on making new composition related to the description on thing they had chosen. second, the researchers revealed the students’ opinion toward the use of pbl on their writing class. it could be seen from the result of observation and interview conducted during the teaching and learning activity. they had and showed good responses during the activites of writing. the data triangulation showed some points of finding. those findings were: students thought that pbl was able to increase their activeness during discussion in writing class, and the motivation as its effect was also elevated. besides, they felt that the application of pbl was able to improve not only their knowledge but also their creativity during writing activity on creating mini magazine. last but not least, they stated that they were so much happier on joining the lesson. it could be proven from their way of learning in the classroom. they laughed more, they smiled more, and they interacted more. so, project based not only help the students learn well but also the good atmosphere of learning. ningtyas orilina argawati & lilis suryani project-based learning in teaching writing: the implementation and students’ opinion 226 conclusion the research was conducted into eight meetings, from february to april, 2018. pre cycle was conducted one meeting, cycle 1 was conducted into three meeting, cycle 2 was conducted into three meetings, and last meeting for interview. the result showed that there was an improvement before and after implementing project based learning. pre cycle mean score was 65, cycle 1 was 70, and cycle 2 was 74. in addition, they had positive opinion toward the method used; they actively involved in learning process and they were motivated well. pbl was proved on helping the students wrote well and raised their creativity. besides, the project given engaged the students in solving a real problem and answering it. moreover, pbl could make them happily join the writingclass. in other word, this project could develop the students’ critical thinking and it could be a meaningful project for them. it was proved that pbl could be use to improve students writing ability and gained positive opinion from the students. references agustiana, v. (2017). four square writing method applied in product and process based approaches combination to teaching writing discussion text. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 89-98. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.774. argawati, n.o., & suryani, l. (2017). teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students’ level of risk-taking. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 109-116. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.776. bailey, s. (2015). a handbook for international students. london: routledge. eliana, e. d. s., senam, s., wilujeng, i., & jumadi, j. (2016). the effectiveness of project based elearning to improve ict literacy. jurnal pendidikan ipa indonesia (jpii), 5(1), 51-55. doi: 10.15294/jpii.v5i1.5789. graham, s., & perrin. (2007). writing next: effective strategy to improve writing of adolescent in middle and high school. new york: carnegie corporation of new york. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. cambridge: longman. heaton, j. (1998). writing english language test. new york: edinburg gate. hyland, k. (1996). second language writing. cambridge: cambridge university press. jacobson, e., degener, s., & purcell-gates, v. (2003). creating authentic materials and activities for the adult literacy classroom: a handbook for practitioners. retrieved from: mwww.ncsall.net.fileadmin/resources/teach/jaco bson.pdf. kemmis, s., & mctaggart, r. (2005). participatory action research: communicative action and the public sphere. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications ltd. mertler, c. a. (2009). action research: teachers as researchers in the classroom. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications ltd. nunan, d. (2003). practical english language teaching. new york: mc graw hill. oktarina, s., emzir, e., & rafli, z. (2018). students’ and lecturers’ perception on academic writing instruction. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 69-76. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1256. riswandi, d. (2018). the implementation of projectbased learning to improve students’ speaking skill. international journal of language teaching and education, 2(1), 32-40. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 463 formative assessment in english learning of junior high school dian fitriani english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: dianfitrianii85@gmail.com bambang a. loeneto english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: loenetobambang@gmail.com rita inderawati english education department, faculty of teaching training and education, sriwijaya university, indonesia email: ritarudisaid@yahoo.com apa citation: fitriani, d., loeneto, b. a., &inderawati, r. (2021). formative assessment in english learning of junior high school. english review: journal of english education, 9(2), pp.463-474. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i2.4982 received:17-02-2021 accepted:09-03-2021 published:15-06-2021 introduction assessment is considered important to improve students‟ performance, as well as to contribute in the better teaching and more efficient learning (flucher & davidson, 2007). in indonesia, assessment is one of the core competences as it is stated in the regulation from minister of education and culture number 16 year 2007. based on the context of the implementation of 2013 curriculum which is now applied in indonesian schools, there are three kinds of assessment; assessment done by educators (teachers), by a unit of education (schools), and by government (stakeholders) (mulyasa, 2018). in mulyasa‟s book (2018), it is also described that the assessment done by teacher is used to measure the students‟ attitude improvement in which based on the national standard of education and on the regulation of education and culture number 23 year 2016, the assessment from teacher is done in line with the things to maintain the process, evaluation process of teaching and learning, the learning improvement, and the result improvement. on the implementation of curriculum 2013, teachers have to be able to conduct the assessment of the process and the result of the students‟ learning achievement involving the affective, cognitive, and psychomotor. gani & mahjaty (2017) added that this curriculum requires abstract:formative assessment (assessment-for-learning) helps teachers to conduct teaching and learning activities that can enhance the students‟ learning achievement. this study was aimed to find out the teachers‟ understanding about formative assessment, the implementation of a formative assessment for english learning including the use of formative assessment to improve the teachers‟ teaching and students‟ learning, and the supporting and/or hindering factors in implementing a formative assessment. qualitative in case study design was used in this study. the data were collected through interview, observations, and documentation to four teachers, the school principal, and some observed students as the participants. the data collected were validated through methodological triangulations and were analyzed qualitatively and reported descriptively. the result discovered that teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment was in “good” category. the implementation of formative assessment in english learning given by the teachers followed the steps of input, process, and output. the teachers gave follow – up actions namely remedial and enrichment for students although the actions were not carried out as properly as what it is supposed to due to some hindering factors in giving the formative assessment. in conclusion, teachers‟ lack of assessment training affects their understanding in implementing formative assessment. therefore, the teachers need to participate in such a seminar and they need to be given opportunities to join assessment training so that they can get input on how to give assessment well, and moreover to make the right assessment instruments. keywords:formative assessment;teachers’ understanding; implementation; english learning; follow-up actions dian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 464 teacher to have knowledge of standards for content, teaching-learning processes, and evaluation. moreover, 2013 curriculum as the latest version used in indonesia, requires teachers to have an expertise in assessing the students either in formative (assessment for learning) or summative assessment (assessment of learning) to help students be able to develop themselves and have life-long learning as well. dolin, black, harlen, & tiberghien (2018) explained that formative assessment aims to seek the students‟ achievement and decide the following action, while summative assessment aims to report students‟ level of learning at particular time unfortunately, in recent decades, using a simple assessment and neglecting assessment implementation in the teaching and learning process are still considered done by most teachers in indonesia. saefurrohman (2015) found that there are several reasons why english teachers are lack of assessment implementation or practices. first, it is due to the varied background of the students and obstacles learning faced by the students in the classroom during the learning process. second, the teachers‟ lack of instructional instruments used to teach efl students as well knowledge to conduct such a proper assessment to promote students‟ learning and assess their learning progress is considered a problem. furthermore, the problems are not only faced by the teachers of public and private schools located in remote areas but also it possibly happens in schools located in downtown area. over the years, formative assessment (assessment for learning) is considered important since it contributes in giving impact on the students‟ learning, to make them have a better achievement as well as an improvement. karimi (2014) reported formative assessment as one of the most influential things to the teaching and learning process. this type of assessment is used to assess students‟ understanding, learning needs, and learning progress concerning a particular unit of learning materials. it is in line with the purposes of assessment stated by southeast asian minister of education (seamoe) (2015) which include monitoring process and progress of students‟ learning, and improving process and outcomes of students‟ learning continually. as applied in the curriculum 2013, government mentioned that assessment is as the process to collect and analyze the information in order to measure students‟ learning achievement. in addition, filsecker and kerres (2012) described that the formative assessment components include taking teacher student(s)‟ interactions, communicating about the students the criteria of success, gathering detail information about learning activities, providing learning feedback, and providing instructional corrective adjustments. teachers are required to understand these components of formative assessment so that they can carry out the formative assessment in classroom practices properly. one of the characteristics of the 2013 curriculum regarding assessment is the requirement that teachers doauthentic assessment. according to the regulation of ministry of education and culture of indonesia no 66 and 81 (2013b), authentic assessment isa comprehensive assessment to assess the start of input, process, and output (learning), which includes the domain of attitudes, knowledge, andskills. the principles of implementing an assessment is also related to these three dimensions; input, process and output(may,2013). even though the regulation and guidance to implement the standard of assessment has clearly stated, the implementation done by teachers of english is still considered unsatisfying enough, especially the assessment for learning (formative assessment). data from education for all monitoring report (2012) emerged that indonesia efa development index (edi) ranking was 64 out of 120 countries, categorized into medium level; the point in this research was learning assessment. moreover, teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment itself is still considered a problem. for instance, kuzel and shumba (2011) found that teachers in selected schools in fort beaufort in south africa did not understand well about formative assessment and had a negative attitude towards it. as a result, the formative assessment did not seem applicable to be used by most teachers as a way of their teaching improvement. similarly, a study conducted by foster and poppers (2009) showed that most teachers in their study could not carry out an appropriate formative assessment in their teaching practices, instead of using formative assessment to improve their teaching and students‟ learning, the teachers use formative assessment only to test students‟ ability. nielson (2015) also argued that indeed, such examinations are designed and english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 465 have been proved to fulfill standard requirements for reliability. in addition, widiastuti and saukah (2017) who conducted research on the formative assessment practices in efl classroom claimed that based on the result of their research, the majority of the english teachers do not have comprehensive understanding of formative assessment yet; as a result, the follow up actions are not properly carried out. several improvements have been done by the teachers after conducting formative assessment; however, these were not done in various high quality activities. in contrast to the teacher‟s lack of understanding of formative assessment, the result of the study conducted by and panchbhai and srivastava (2014) in deemed university which took undergraduate students of dental faculty as the participants showed that 95.46% students agreed that formative assessment is needed to trigger them to study. based on the result of panchbhai and srivastava‟ (2014) study, it shows that formative assessment is needed and so is the feedback given to the students by the teachers. it drives to the appropriate follow up actions taken by the teacher in responding to the students‟ needs based on the result of the formative assessment. finally, based on the previous studies, it is clearly concluded that teachers must have a good understanding of the formative assessment which lead them on how to conduct the right formative assessment itself, because the better teachers‟ understanding of the formative assessment, the better students‟ outcome will be. in line with the rationales, the writer decided to have smp negeri 14 palembang as the further observed school in implementing formative assessment in english learning. smp negeri 14 palembang has been implementing the formative assessment as they apply 2013 curriculum which is considered as curriculum-based assessment. this school holds a accreditation and based on the vision and mission of the school, the assessment for learning is highlighted both to improve the quality of teaching and learning of the school and the quality of the students and teachers. additionally, the school intends to have formative assessment in every activity involving learning, motivation, and attitude as it helps to improve their learning achievement as well as to improve the teachers‟ teaching. method this study used qualitative in case study design. according to ary, jacobs, sorensen, & razavieh (2010), qualitative research is designed to reach information of the current status of phenomena that is related to the existing situation at the time of the study. this study involved four teachers of english of smp negeri 14 palembang, the school principal, and some observed students. the data were collected through interview, observations, and document review. the interview was adapted from brink (2017). to support the findings on the data from interview, the observation was held and was supported by the document review analysis regarding teachers‟ lesson plan and assessment instruments. interview was administered to the four teachers of english concerning their understanding about formative assessment, how formative assessment was implemented in english learning, and the supporting and / or hindering factors in implementing formative assessment in the teaching and learning process. the interview was based on interview guide. the interview was recorded by using voice recorder and then it was transcribed. the analysis of the interview and document analysis followed the data analysis procedure through the following steps as noted by ary et al. (2010): the steps are: (1) familiarizing with and organizing the data. to do that, the obtained data must be re-read and repeatedly listened to from the audio-tapes. then, the information must be transcribed without omitting or adding anything to the recorded original data; (2) coding and reducing, that is identifying codes as many as needed from the transcription, then reducing the codes into categories and themes; (3) interpreting and presenting, that is telling story, providing elaborations and developing plausible explanations of the obtained data, then presenting the information. in addition, the four representative students were also interviewed to confirm and also crosscheck the teachers‟ answer related to how the teachers implement the formative assessment in teaching and learning process and whether they use the formative assessment to improve the students‟ learning. the data obtained from the interview about teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment were analyzed using rubric of understanding of formative assessment and were categorized into bad, good, and very good with the scoring range: 010 was categorized bad, 11-20 was categorized dian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 466 good, and 21-30 was categorized very good. the result of the teachers‟ understanding was presented in a chart. however, the result of the teachers‟ understanding was still described descriptively with themes. then, the data obtained from interview about the implementation of formative assessment in english learning, the use of formative assessment to improve teachers‟ teaching and students‟ learning, and the supporting and / or hindering factors in implementing formative assessment were analyzed qualitatively and reported descriptively by using an analysis procedure suggested by ary et al. (2010), and analyzed by following what is stated in the regulations of ministry of education and culture no.23 year 2016 about formative assessment based curriculum 2013. some themes were emerged in describing the results. the data obtained were supported by the observations in the teaching and learning process and strengthened by the document reviews regarding teachers‟ lesson plans, assessment instruments, and also the teachers‟ monthly report. results and discussion results the results of interviews, classroom observation, and documentation were analyzed into three mainobjectives to draw conclusions. teachers’ understanding of formative assessment based on findings on the interview, most teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment based on the highest score was in very good category. the total number of teachers who had this category was 1. meanwhile, 3 teachers were in category of good. the result showed that teachers of english had no serious problem in answering the interview questions of understanding of assessment in general and formative assessment. this implication showed that the teachers were comprehensive enough about assessment in general and formative assessment based on curriculum 2013. the result of the teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment was presented in figure 1 below. figure 1.description of teachers’ understanding of formative assessment based on the data from interview, it was found that there were three teachers of english of smp negeri 14 palembang who had the same idea that formative assessment deals with its use to see the students‟ progresses. in assessment guidance of 2013 curriculum, ministry of education and culture via directorate of primary and secondary education (2017) defined that assessment for learning (formative assessment) is a set of activities in assessing students in which it enables educators to use the information of the condition of the learners to improve their learning. in indonesia, teachers take classroom practice which can be described as assessment activities. according to directorate general of primary and secondary education(2017), daily assessment is considered as one of formative assessments which is defined as the process of gathering and processing information on student learning outcomes used for establish improvement or enrichment programs based on the level of mastery of competencies and improving the learning process. the findings reflected that the teachers had right concept on when to conduct formative assessment. it is in line with the concept of assessment for learning regulated in assessment guidance of 2013 curriculum, regulation of ministry of education and culture no. 23 year 2016 about the procedure of evaluating the learning process and learning outcomes by educators (teachers) is carried out with 0 5 10 15 20 25 teacher 1 teacher 2 teacher 3 teacher 4 understanding of formative asssessment score english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 467 some ways, one of them is by setting assessment objectives with reference to the lesson plans that have been prepared. in relation to the definition of formative assessment as regulated by the indonesian government in curriculum 2013, the understanding of formative assessment also covers the knowledge of when the assessment is given, what activities are given in implementing formative assessment, what the aspects to assess are in formative assessment, and what the importance of formative assessment is both for students and teachers. filsecker and kerres (2012) described that the formative assessment components include taking teacher student(s)‟ interactions, communicating about the students, the criteria of success, gathering detail information about learning activities, providing learning feedback, and providing instructional corrective adjustments. teachers need to understand these components of formative assessment so that they can carry out the formative assessment in classroom practices properly. therefore, english teachers have to have a good understanding of formative assessment as the good understanding will determine their ability in taking the follow up actions as the way to improve students‟ learning achievement and improve the teaching quality. in other words, the understanding includes how teachers define the formative assessment, the characteristics of formative assessment, and how they give feedback after giving formative assessment to students. this is in line with bennet‟s (2011) suggestion that teachers‟ understanding of assessing students‟ understanding is also dependent upon the teachers‟ cognitive ability in theories of learning. he further emphasized that teachers might have difficulties in conducting formative assessment without comprehensive understanding of learning theories. as stiggin (2002) said that teachers who conduct assessment for learning work with the classroom assessment process, collecting information about learners that it supplies in order to advance, and check on the learners‟ learning. in terms of the time in giving formative assessment, it was found that the teachers of english of smp negeri 14 palembang understood that formative assessment was done to see the students‟ ability in learning every lesson taught and improve their learning; therefore the teachers should give formative assessment after finishing one basic competence or one lesson. in relation to regulation, it was reflected that what teachers of english of smp negeri 14 palembang uttered is in the same boat referring a set of activities in assessing students for learning as well as deciding the right time to conduct the formative assessment which is done during instruction. this is in line with the theory of formative assessment, according to wiggins and mctighe (2007), in which formative assessment occurs during instruction, as part of instruction rather than a separate activity. teachers who conduct formative assessment should provide feedback as well as the follow up actions they take after implementing the assessment. wiliam and thompson (2008) distinguished between different terms used along with the term “formative assessment”: “another way of thinking about the distinction being made here is the terms of monitoring assessment, diagnostic assessment, and formative assessment. an assessment monitors learning to the extent that it provides information about whether the student, class, school or system is learning or not; it is diagnostic to the extent that it provides information about what is going wrong; and it is formative to the extent that it provides information about what to do about it” (p. 62). it can be inferred from the statement above that formative assessment is important as it gives information to both teachers and students to check their success in teaching and learning process and make an improvement afterward. through the formative assessment, both teachers and students get feedback on what they have to improve. in response to the importance of feedback as the follow up action after giving formative assessment to the improvement of both teachers‟ teaching and the students‟ achievement, it is claimed that formative assessment is required to be given during instruction as the assessment for learning. as explained by linquanti (2014), formative assessment is a process done during instruction in which some feedback is provided by teachers to make adjustment toward the teaching and learning process to improve students‟ achievement of the learning. in other words, formative assessment functions to inform learners of their progress in learning and to empower them to take action to improve their performance as well as for teachers to dian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 468 take the appropriate actions needed by students as the improvement of their teaching. realizing the importance of formative assessment both for students and teachers, according to stiggin (2002), teachers who conduct assessment for learning work with the classroom assessment process, collecting information about learners that it supplies in order to advance, and check on the learners‟ learning. assessment for learning is done during the teaching and learning; this helps also teachers to conduct more appropriate teaching and learning activities to enhance the students‟ learning achievement. panchbhai and srivastava (2014) explained that the term formative assessment refers to the assessment to assign the teacher in designing new materials and improvement of teaching in response to students‟ needs. since this assessment occurs throughout the learning process, teachers could visibly see the students‟ understanding towards the lesson and decide what they can do to help students‟ progress. assessment for learning is the part of formative assessment which means that the assessment conducted by teachers who keep monitoring the level of the success of the students‟ learning based on the learning objectives (stiggins, 2004). after analyzing the result of the interview, the writer found that the findings were in line with the prediction over those four teachers that their answers on interview showed that they knew something about assessment in general and formative assessment in particular. the implementation of formative assessment (inputprocess-output) the findings on interview and observations about how formative assessment implemented for english learning, the writer used the theory of implementation (input, process, output) following what is stated in the regulation of ministry of education and culture no.23 year 2016 and supported by the theory of implementation suggested by may (2013) to analyze the data obtained. document reviews regarding teachers‟ lesson plans, teachers‟ daily journal, and the assessment instruments were also collected and analyzed to strengthen the findings of this study. the obtained data about the implementation of formative assessment for english learning at smp negeri 14 palembang could be seen in table 2. table 1.formative assessment implementation: input-process-output dimensions indicators participants input 1. objectives  teacher 1: what to assess based on the indicators in the lesson plan  teacher 2: assess students‟ progress on their cognitive, psychomotor, and affective in every meeting  teacher 3: what to assess based on the material taught to the students  teacher 4: assess students‟ learning progress, their attitude on each learning domain. a. syllabus followed the syllabus for one semester b. lesson plans stated and followed the learning objectives in the lesson plan based on the material taught to give the assessment c. instruments all participants got used to make assessments instruments like preparing questions sheet made by themselves related to one material/chapter that has been learnt and giving daily test. teachers also have daily assessment report to assess students‟ in every meeting. d. human resource teachers and students process a. setting assessment objectives with reference to the lesson plans that have been prepared according to the syllabus; b. arranging assessment grids; c. deciding and providing the   english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 469 assessment instruments along with the assessment guidelines; d. conducting instrument quality analysis; e. doing the assessment; f. processing, analyzing, and interpreting the results of the assessment; g. providing feedback h. taking follow-up actions as creating opportunities for learners to undertake remedial action and/or consolidation activities and / or enrichment i. reporting the results of the assessment; j. utilizing the report of the assessment results       output the process and output of implementation both for students and teachers;  students‟ score as the representative of their learning progress  formative assessment result to see teachers‟ success in teaching  formative assessment result to see students‟ learning progress (regulation of ministry of education and culture no.23 year 2016) the findings on the implementation of formative assessment in english learning at smp negeri 14 showed that teachers of smp negeri 14 palembang did some of those steps in conducting formative assessment. discussion assessment instruments as described in the „understanding of formative assessment‟part, it is stated that the teachers assessed the students on what they have learnt stated in the indicators and learning objective in the lesson plan. afterward, the teachers said that they had to prepare the assessment instruments. in this case, the teachers considered daily test as a kind of formative assessment that they give to the students. according to the regulation of ministry of education and culture no. 23 year 2016, the procedure of evaluating the learning process and learning outcomes by educators (teachers), such as; (1) setting assessment objectives with reference to the lesson plans that have been prepared; (2) arranging assessment grids; (3) deciding and providing the assessment instruments along with the assessment guidelines; (4) conducting instrument quality analysis; (5) doing the assessment; (6) processing, analyzing, and interpreting the results of the assessment; (7) reporting the results of the assessment; (8) utilizing the report of the assessment results. the results of the interview showed that teachers did some of those steps in conducting formative assessment. in the input, the teachers prepared some kinds of assessment instruments. as described in the „understanding of formative assessment‟ part, it is stated that the teachers assessed the students on what they have learnt stated in the indicators and learning objective in the lesson plan. afterward, the teachers said that they had to prepare the assessment instruments. in this case, the teachers considered daily test as a kind of formative assessment that they gave to the students. the teachers knew the input part of formative assessment implementation. however, most of the teachers did not really understand about the assessment instruments that they needed to prepare, they only prepared the media like questions sheet as the instruments for formative assessment instead. according to the ministry of regulation of education and culture (no 66/2016), some criteria of mechanisms, procedures, and instruments of assessment as the learning outcomes are the standards of educational assessment. educational assessment as the act of collecting and processing information to measure the learning outcomes of the learners including the authentic assessment, selfdian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 470 assessment, project-based assessment, examinations (daily, semester, and final semester), competency test, competency of quality level test, national examination, and school examination. follow-up actions in formative assessment in the process of the implementation of formative assessment, teachers are required to carry out follow-up actions as feedback for both teachers and students. according to smith and gorard (2005), feedback is vital to help teachers improve the dayto-day assessment of their students, because it improves learning and gives learners specific guidance on strengths or weaknesses. brookhart (2001) also pointed out that assessment can be considered formative if the information is used to form students‟ performance. it is in line with fulcher and davidson (2007) defining formative assessment that it is designed in order to encourage students‟ learning and improvement. formative assessment is considered to be given a bigger portion since it is engaged with the practices in learning and contributes much in students‟ performance. since feedback is very vital, ceri (2008) stated that it is important for teachers to give a feedback which leads students to know how well their learning progress as well as to give suggestions for the future better learning achievement. based on the results of the interview, the teachers gave follow – up actions namely remedial and enrichment for students. in the teachers‟ point of view, the passing grade has become their parameter of deciding which students should be given a remedial and which students should be given enrichment. in the daily test done after one basic competence, or a quiz given in every meeting, the teachers analyzed the students‟ scores. for those students whose score under the passing grade, they had to be given such a remedial. in terms of the form of the remedial, each teacher had their own ways in deciding it. teacher 1: “like remedial and enrichment. after i analyze the result of the students‟ score then i give them like assignment. i usually ask some students who have the same problems then i group them up. i give them explanation about the materials that they still do not get it yet then i give them like assignments to do in group. it is done after the class dismissed. that‟s what i did if only some students who need to take remedial, but if many of the students in the class need to take remedial then i ask them to stay after other students leave, then i give another teaching and i explain the material.” teacher 2: “follow up action of course. for students whose scores are under the passing grade, i gave them like remedial. before remedial i gave them another explanation about the material. and for enrichment is what i like the most because enrichment is for the chosen ones. the remedial is in the form of assignments, but before given the assignments, the students are called and given explanation of which one they still do not understand. (follow up action of course. for students whose scores are under the passing grade, i gave them like remedial. before remedial i gave them another explanation about the material”. it means that both teacher 1 and teacher 2 decided to use assignments as the remedial for students. however, teacher 3 gave assignments for those students who have reached the passing grade score instead. then, the remedial students were asked to repeat the test doing the questions that they failed to answer in the previous daily test. teacher 3: “i give remedial for the students who cannot reach the passing grade, and those who have reached the passing grade or got score over the passing grade, i give them enrichment. the enrichment is in the form of assignments which can trigger them more to study and understand the lesson. for the remedial students, they have to repeat answering the questions which they failed in the previous test, and it is given after the daily test after i return their daily test sheet and give them the score. they have to repeat doing the test, only answering the points that they couldn‟t do previously”. out of four teachers who were interviewed, teacher 4 could only explain that she took followup action like remedial and enrichment and mentioned for which students she gave the remedial and enrichment to. teacher 4: “i give remedial test after daily test for the students who haven‟t reached the passing grade and i give enrichment for those who have reached the passing grade”. the way teachers assessed the students is in line with the regulation of the government. directorate general of primary and secondary of ministry of education and culture (2017) mentioned assessment for learning is the process of gathering information / english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 471 data about learning achievement of learners in affective, cognitive, and psychomotor aspects done in a planned and systematic manner. furthermore, based on the regulation of ministry of education and culture of indonesia no. 23 (2016), there are some components of assessment mechanism that are used as the principals to assess the students on elementary and secondary education level. those components are: (1) planning assessment strategies when teachers conducting lesson plan based on syllabus; (2) assessing affective domain through observation and other relevant techniques of assessment and the report is accounted to the teachers; (3) assessing cognitive domain through written test, oral test, and tasks which suit the assessed competence; (4) assessing psychomotor domain through practice, product, portfolio, and other techniques of assessment which suit the assessed competence; (5) students who obtain score lower than the passing grade, they must have remedial; (6) the result of cognitive and psychomotor domain possibly reported either in number or description. moreover, based on teacher 1 and teacher 2‟ explanations, they claimed that they did such a reteaching by giving another explanation first for the students who will take remedial. before giving them assignments as the remedial action, the students were given some explanation on the materials that they still did not understand about analyzed from their result of daily test, although the other 2 teachers did not do the same thing. this is in line with some elements or steps which should be implemented in conducting assessment for learning according to jones (2005): (1)explain the learning objectives and feedback opportunities, (2) check learner understanding of learning objectives, (3) brief learners on what they have to do and what they have to hand in, (4) introduce the assessment criteria to learners and check their understanding, (5) provide learner with the opportunities to apply the assessment criteria to examples of work produced, possibly by a previous cohort, to illustrate standards required and application of the assessment criteria, (6) provide the necessary guidance to learners on an individual basis and provide oral feedback, (7) provide peer-assessment opportunities, (8) provide self-assessment opportunities, (9) undertake the teacher –led assessment of learners‟ work, (10) provide written feedback to learners, (11) create opportunities for learners to undertake remedial action and/or consolidation activities and also enrichment. additionally, to ensure the teachers‟ statements on how they took follow-up actions such as remedial and enrichment and moreover include the way the teachers assess the students, some students were interviewed. it is assumed that the teachers have the same focus on the three domains in assessing the students which is through assignments, exercise, and the daily test. in the output process, it was found that taking follow-up actions is important. thus, the teachers have already told some kinds of follow-up action they took in formative assessment. according to jones (2005) who stated that there are three kinds of feedback used in classroom setting;affirmative feedback, developmental feedback, and effective feedback. first, affirmative feedback is defined as a direct feedback done after a performance has been observed. second, developmental feedback considered as a feedback containing a developmental comments on someone‟s work. third, an effective feedback is used to meet the needs of the individuals and is directly linked to observable evidence – either a learner‟s written or practical work or a performance from a task given, then it focuses on individual‟s action points and deals with one point at one time. it was found in the observation of the teaching and learning process that teachers of english of smp negeri 14 palembang did a direct feedback when the material is speaking skills such as having a dialogue in front of the class by giving correction in students‟ speaking performance and written feedback for exercises. moreover, teachers also have the teachers‟ journal as they assess students in every meeting. teachers use the teachers‟ journal to make such a feedback for students. for example, facing students‟ negative attitude and we should take follow-up action like giving advice, and also we have to note down the positive attitude of the students and give them compliment as follow up action from teacher. based on the result of documentation, the teacher could prove that she had teacher‟s agenda containing teacher‟s journal on assessing students‟ every meeting as well as giving comments and stating the idea to improve her teaching every meeting. in the process of the implementation of formative assessment, teachers are required to carry out follow-up actions as feedback for both teachers dian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 472 and students. according to smith and gorard (2005), feedback is vital to help teachers improve the day-to-day assessment of their students, because it improves learning and gives learners specific guidance on strengths or weaknesses. brookhart (2001) also pointed out that assessment can be considered formative if the information is used to form students‟ performance. supporting and or hindering factors in implementing formative assessment the findings on supporting and or hindering factors faced by the teachers in implementing formative assessment could be seen in table 2. table 2. supporting and or hindering factors in implementing formative assessment supporting and or hindering factors teacher 1 teacher 2 teacher 3 teacher 4 1. students‟ different ability     2. teaching and learning media   3. insufficient number of class meetings   4. lack of assessment training.     it was claimed that the teaching and learning media has become both opportunity and challenges for teachers in teaching. it seems that teachers need sufficient guidance and support in applying assessment. the good support both from schools and environment would bring an opportunity to both teaching and learning process and teachers‟ assessment practices. in line with it, saefurrohman (2015) found that there are two reasons why english teachers are lack of assessment implementation or practices. first, it is due to the varied background of the students and obstacles learning faced by the students in the classroom during the learning process. second, the teachers‟ lack of instructional instruments used to teach efl students as well knowledge to conduct such a proper assessment to promote students‟ learning and assess their learning progress is considered a problem. some of the teachers also said that they got difficulty in handling the teaching due to the unexpected things such as the bad weather in palembang at that time (in october-november 2019) which led the education government ruled all schools in palembang to have some days off due to the haze. this impact the teaching and learning process did not run as planned. the teachers got difficulty in handling the class due to the insufficient number of class meetings where they sometimes had to combine two or three basic competences before taking the daily test. this situation was considered to result in the ineffective result of the students‟ formative assessment. moreover, even though some of the teachers said that they have participated in assessment training held at the school, however, they said that the training was considered still not enough to make them have good knowledge on assessment especially in 2013 curriculum. the teachers said that they still needed to take part in many kinds of assessment training, moreover in such a workshop or seminars. teachers need to participate in such a seminar and they need to be given opportunities to join assessment training so that they can get input on how to give assessment well, and moreover to make the right assessment instruments. conclusion the results of this study revealed that the teachers‟ understanding of formative assessment was mostly in category of good. this implication showed that the teachers were comprehensive enough about assessment in general and formative assessment based on curriculum 2013. then, the implementation of formative assessment for english learning, the results of the interview showed that teachers of smp negeri 14 palembang did some of the steps in conducting formative assessment based curriculum. however, in the input process, the assessments instruments used by the teachers were mostly in the forms of questions as they gave daily test as the assessment for english learning and then in the process, they gave both direct and indirect english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 473 feedback to assess students‟ learning. the follow up actions; remedial and enrichments were also taken by the teachers during the process of giving formative assessment. although the remedial and enrichment given were not specifically described and inserted in the lesson plan. one teacher out of four gave re-teaching before the remedial given to the students under the passing grade. however, some steps like preparing assessments grid, and conducting the quality of assessment were not done by the teachers as they only provided the questions sheet for students in the daily test as the assessment instruments, while the assessment rubric was also not included in their lesson plan. in using the results of formative assessment, the teachers‟ statements implied that assessment results are essential part in teaching and learning process. the results could give a feedback for both teachers and students to correct their methods in teaching. regarding the hindering factors such as the teachers were lack of assessment training, it was concluded that assessment training for teachers is very important. even though the school had ever hosted a training about 2013 curriculum for teachers, the teachers still consider they were insufficient in the assessment. teachers need to participate in such a seminar and they need to be given opportunities to join assessment training so that they can get input on how to give assessment well, and moreover to make the right assessment instruments. references ary, d., jacobs, l. c., sorensen, c. k., &razavieh, a. (2010).introduction to research in education (8 th ed). belmont, ca: wadsworth. bennet, r. e. (2011). formative assessment: a critical review. assessment in education:principles, policy & practice, 18(1), pp. 5-25. brink, k.m. (2017). teachers' perceived understanding of formative assessment and how this understanding impacts their own classroom instruction. southern illinois university carbondale, 5(1). brookhart, s. m. (2001). successful students‟ formative and summative uses of assessment information.assessmentin education: principles, policy and practice, 8(2), 153-169. centre for educational research and innovation (ceri). (2008). oecd/ceri international assessment for learning: formative assessmentconference. learning in the 21st century: research, innovation and policy. oecd, paris. pp. 1-24. directorate general of primary and secondary education. (2017). panduan penilaian pendidik dan satuan pendidikan: sekolah menengah pertama tahun 2017. jakarta, indonesia: kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. dolin, j., black, p., harlen, w., &tiberghien, a. (2018). exploring relations between formative and summative assessment. in j. dolin & r. evans (ed.), transforming assessment (vol.4, p. 53-80). cham, switzerland, springer international publishing. education for all monitoring report (2012). the education for all development index. retrieved from http://www.unesco.org/fileadmin/multimedia /hq/ed/pdf/gmr2012-report-edi-pdf filsecker, m., &kerres, m. (2012).repositioning formative assessment from an education. flucher, g., & davidson, f. (2007). language testing and assessment: an advanced resource book. new york, ny: routledge. foster. d., & poppers, a. (2009).using formative assessment to drive learning. silicon valley: the noyce foundation. gani, s. a. &mahjaty, r. (2017).english teachers‟ knowledge for implementing the 2013 curriculum.english education journal, 8(2), 199212. jones, c. a. (2005). assessment-for-learning. liverpool: newnorth ltd. karimi, m. n. (2014). iranian efl teachers' perceptions of dynamic assessment: exploringthe role of education and length of service.australian journal of teacher education journal, 39(8), pp. 143-162. kuzel, m. w.&shumba, a. (2011). an investigation into formative assessment practices ofteachers in selected schools in fort beaufort in south africa. j socsci journal, 29(2), pp.159-170. may, c. (2013).towards a general theory of implementation.implementation science, 8(18), 214. ministry of education and culture. (2013b). regulation number 81a: curriculum implementation.jakarta, indonesia: departemenpendidikannasional. ministry of education and culture.(2016). indonesian government policy act no. 23. 2016: assessment in education. retrieved from https://bsnpindonesia.org/wpcontent/uploads/2009 /09/permendikbud_tahun2016_nomor023.pdf ministry of education and culture.(2016). neracapendidikan daerah. retrieved from http://npd.data.kemendikbud.go.id/file/pdf//2016/ 116000.pdf http://www.unesco.org/fileadmin/multimedia/hq/ed/pdf/gmr2012-report-edi-pdf http://www.unesco.org/fileadmin/multimedia/hq/ed/pdf/gmr2012-report-edi-pdf https://bsnpindonesia.org/wpcontent/uploads/2009/09/permendikbud_tahun2016_nomor023.pdf https://bsnpindonesia.org/wpcontent/uploads/2009/09/permendikbud_tahun2016_nomor023.pdf http://npd.data.kemendikbud.go.id/file/pdf/2016/116000.pdf http://npd.data.kemendikbud.go.id/file/pdf/2016/116000.pdf dian fitriani, bambang a. loeneto, &rita inderawati formative assessment in english learning of junior high school 474 ministry of education and culture. (2016b). regulation number 22: standards of assessment. jakarta, indonesia: department of national education. mulyasa, m. (2018).implementasikurikulum 2013 revisi. jakarta: bumiaksara. nielsen, j. a. (2015). assessment of innovation competency: a thematic analysis of upper secondary school teachers‟ talk. the journal of educational research, 108, 318-330. panchbhai, s., & srivastava, t. (2014). students` perception about the formative assessment examinations. jhse journal, 1(1), 2-5. saefurrohman.(2015). classroom assessment preference of indonesian junior high school teachers in english as foreign language classes.journal of education and practices, 6(36), 104-110. smith, e.&gorard, s. (2005). “they don‟t give us our marks”: the role of formative feedback in students‟ progress. assessment in education: principles, policy and practice, 12(1), 21-38. southeast asian ministers of education (seameo). (2015). assessment in the curriculum 2013.jurnal penelitian dan evaluasi pendidikan, 20(2), 166178. stiggins, r.j. (2002). new assessment beliefs for a new school. phi delta kappan, 86, 22-27. stiggins, r.j. (2004). new assessment beliefs for a new school.phi delta kappan, 86, 22-27. widiastuti, s. & saukah, a. (2017). formative assessment in efl classroom practices. bahasa dan seni journal, 45(1). 50-61. wiggins, g.&mctighe, j. (2007).schooling by design: mission, action and achievement.alexandria, va: association for supervision and curriculum development. wiliam, d., & thompson, m. (2008). integrating assessment with learning: what will it take to make it work? in c. a. dwyer (ed.).the future of assessment: shaping teaching and learning(pp. 53-82). new york: lawrence erlbaum associate english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 323 investigating english language education students’ reading preferences rahmawati khadijah maro department of english language education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of muhammadiyah malang, indonesia e-mail: khadijah@umm.ac.id rosalin ismayoeng gusdian (corresponding author) department of english language education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of muhammadiyah malang, indonesia e-mail: rosalingusdian@umm.ac.id berliana febrianti safitri department of english language education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of muhammadiyah malang, indonesia e-mail: berlianafebriantisaff@gmail.com apa citation: maro, r. k., gudian, r. i., & safitri, b. f. (2020). investigating english language education students’ reading preferences. english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 323328. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.3029. received: 02-04-2020 accepted: 13-05-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: this study aimed to determine students' preferences for their reading materials and dig out the benefits of their reading preferences. a descriptive research design was applied in this study. two instruments were employed to obtain the data, namely a questionnaire and an interview guide. the subjects of this study were 35 third semester students of the english language education department. these participants were selected by using a simple random sampling technique. in the data collection procedure, the participants filled in the questionnaire. then, three of the participants were selected further to be interviewed. the data were then analyzed by calculating each item in the survey to obtain the final result in the form of a percentage, transcribing, and examining the interview result. the findings found that most of the students preferred novels as their reading material with 54,2%. furthermore, as many as 31,4% preferred the genre of fiction. several benefits from having their own preference in reading constitute (1) the students were able to comprehend the content of the reading material easily, (2) the students got more interested in reading, (3) the students gained broader knowledge, and (4) the students got attached to and focused on the text. overall, this study implies that english language education students preferred novels as their reading material and fiction as their favored genre. these findings also signified that the students could gain many benefits from their preferences. keywords: reading preferences; reading materials; english language education students. introduction students' reading skills can be sharpened and improved, along with the desire or motivation to read. by reading, students can obtain, devote, and process the ideas; it can later be implemented into their social life (zare and othman, 2013). it can only be possible to increase the student's love of reading by identifying the interests and needs of these students and guiding them towards those needs and interests (blau & baker, 2006). it enables learners to pursue their preferences when deciding what to read by strengthening their motivation for reading (aydın and ayrancı, 2018). preference for reading lets students fulfill their personal needs, improve maturity levels, and ensure freedom of opinion formation & reflection (hussain and munshi, 2011). there are various methods and strategies to develop and improve students' reading interest, one of which is knowing the student's reading preference. regarding the development of reading skills, the priority of reading preferences should be given to make reading more attractive as well as improving the quality of reading itself (aydın and ayrancı, 2018). among young kids and adolescents, different intentions stimulate reading and reading habits (mart, 2015). their interests and context may be regarded as the fundamental motives that urge them to acquire information and comprehension (arthi & srinivasan, 2018). the need to obtain rahmawati khadijah maro, rosalin ismayoeng gusdian, & berliana febrianti safitri investigating english language education students’ reading preferences 324 data and understanding causes them to read books, magazines, novels, articles and study papers, etc. also, hussain and munshi (2011) state that reading preferences of all individuals may be dissimilar according to their precise age group(s) and need(s) of information. considering the students' preference in the process of reading selection is as essential as investigating students' requirements (bouchamma, poulin, basque, & ruel, 2013). discovering materials that students are likely to be interested in is the first stage to do to find out their reading preference because regardless of how hard or simple a text might be, if it is not exciting to the students, it would be boring or hard to read (celik, 2017) . students may hesitate to read unless they find materials that draw their interests. adolescents prefer to choose light, pleasant reading, and generally enjoy reading books for pleasure and education through fun (jacobs, 2014). if they begin to read with their own will and with the text of reading they preferred, without any coercion from any hand, then their enthusiasm and motivation to read will continue. it is wisely appropriate for readers who plan to choose reading materials to spend sufficient time to analyze the essential aspects (alshammari, 2015). several significant factors in the reading selection process are students' levels, preferences, interests, needs, and background knowledge. meanwhile, the text itself is associated with other factors, such as content, relevance, and authenticity (arias, 2007) . there are various kinds of reading materials that can be read, ranging from newspapers, magazines, novels, short stories, textbooks, and others. from those reading materials, students can communicate in the form of written language. students can read in different ways for specific purposes, pleasure, and understanding or even for scientific analysis. they read to look for ideas, find solutions, explore knowledge, or even entertain themselves in their spare time. two approaches can be used in expanding reading skills, namely extensive and intensive reading (erfanpour, 2013); they are believed to be a method that is very helpful in improving students’ reading comprehension skills. previous studies have examined students’ reading preferences in all levels of education (hussain and munshi, 2011; bouchamma et al., 2013; shonfeld & meishar-tal, 2016; aharony & bar-llan, 2018; lestari, 2018; eutsler & trotter, 2020 ). however, none of them have been investigating students' reading preferences at the tertiary level of english education department students, especially the third semester as the intermediate level. thus, to bridge the gap, this study is conducted to identify the reading materials preferred by the students at the intermediate level of english language education department. thus, this study focuses on finding out the students' preferred reading materials that are not merely to help their score and achievement, but for their comprehension throughout the reading process that reflects their level of intermediate students. method the study was carried out in one of a private university in malang, east java. the study selected thirty-five students out of approximately two hundred third-semester students of the english language education department as participants to obtain the data. the age of the participants ranged between eighteen and twenty years old. the participants were randomly chosen to avoid bias in one particular class as every student had the same opportunity to be the subject of this research. there were two instruments used in this study to obtain the data, questionnaire, and interview guide. to collect the data, the researcher developed a questionnaire consisting of a list of questions related to the students' preference for reading and created the interview guidelines comprised of questions to complete or add the data and information obtained from the questionnaire. later, the questionnaire was distributed to the third-semester students. to strengthen the data, the researcher selected three students as representatives to be interviewed. the questions were about the types of reading materials or their preference on reading, which they were interested in. then, to validate the answers, a respondent validation is used. this technique involves the results from both questionnaires and interviews to see if they still have in-tune answers. each student's answers were sorted out and classified based on the question items. the data were processed by calculating each item of the questionnaire to obtain the final result in the form of a percentage. lastly, after the final percentage results were obtained, the results were interpreted in the form of a description. the conclusions were drawn based on data that has been analyzed to get the english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 325 concrete final results to later be presented as the finding. results and discussion reading materials preferred by the third semester students at this point, the researcher addressed the findings that refer to the first question about students’ preferred materials. the results are explained as follows: novels as the most preferred reading materials by students from the results of the questionnaire, it is found that novels are chosen by more than half of the respondents (19 students) or 54.2% as their preferred reading material. those findings provide a clear view of the final results expected from this study. students use the textbook suggested by the lecturer as their reading material during the learning process, and it turns out that they do not like it. they preferred novels as reading material provided in class. besides, to strengthen the results of the questionnaire above, the researcher also added data taken from the interview as additional information. out of the five interview questions list, one of them is question number 1, which asked about their opinions on the reading preferred by students at the tertiary level who are considered as teenagers. students showed consistent answers stating that teenagers at age 18-20 mostly favor reading literature such as novels or short stories that depend on what genres they interested in, comics, the articles on the website, and the applications which are very famous among teenagers, namely, wattpad and webtoon. these findings imply that learners now have a wide range of reading materials to choose from because they have access to a wide range of reading materials, either in printed or digital form. fiction as the most preferred genre of reading by students the researcher also delves deeper into the genre of reading that students preferred. when the students were asked about what type of reading that they favored, it is found that the fiction genre is in the first place with 31.4% and chosen by 11 students. the results obtained indicate that the fiction genre of reading is the most popular among the students. children indeed much favor fiction at their age as many of them have selected novels as their preferred reading material. in the second place is the real-life genre chosen by ten students with 28.5%. in this case, they are allowed to choose more than one genre. it is aimed not to limit their choices to something they like. every student's tastes and preferences are different. that is why they are allowed to choose more than one genre of reading. it also offers broader and more varied insights into the preferred genres of students. the third most preferred is occupied by fantasy and adventure, which have the same percentage 25,7%. the difference is those who choose fantasy are female students, and those who choose adventure are male students. in short, the respondents favored reading materials such as novels and fiction readings. they seemed to be firm and clear in describing their tastes and their characters as readers at a young age. this type of leisure reading is an indication of reading achievement and can be seen as a motivating factor in increasing their passion for books and reading. journals and newspapers as the least preferred reading materials by students the results obtained show that journals are not chosen by even one student so that it gets 0% as well as for newspapers. based on students' opinions from interview results, this is because students have the impression that journals are very challenging. students do not want to use academic journals as reading material as learning and interpreting existing vocabulary would take a long time. if they are at an advanced level and ready to write an essay, they probably would like to read a journal. in the case of newspapers, students do not accept that newspapers are current reading relative to magazines or articles. not the least of their perception of a newspaper is that it featured hard-to-understand aspects of politics that do not suit their level or age. non-fiction as the least preferred genre of reading by students in this category, the least preferred genre of reading is non-fiction. this category is chosen only by two students, with a percentage of 5.7%. it is the reverse of fiction reading as the most favored genre among the students. further, the students articulated that many topics in the nonfiction reading genre, such as literature, history, or research, are not too common for students to become their daily reading. also, some of these readings are considered burdensome and tedious. the second position of the least preferred genre is science, which is chosen by three rahmawati khadijah maro, rosalin ismayoeng gusdian, & berliana febrianti safitri investigating english language education students’ reading preferences 326 students and has a percentage of 8.5%. these results are in accordance with the results of the least preferred reading, journals. from the perspective of students as readers, academic science readings are considered too complicated as they discuss scientific matters with unfamiliar terms for the students. the benefits of students’ reading preferences at this point the researcher discussed the results that refer to the second question in the research problem about the benefits of reading by students' preference for their reading comprehension. the results found are described as follows: students are able to comprehend the reading easily when the students were asked how they read with their preferences, 22 students answered that they understood the contents of the reading more easily when they read with their chosen preferences. it could be seen that more than half of the respondents answered that they would be able to quickly understand the content of reading while reading with their own preferences. the researcher asked students' opinions about whether reading with their preference of materials makes them comprehend the contents better. student a asserts that "i can understand the content well and get to know new vocabulary and knowledge according to the type of reading that i like. it also makes me want to read more and want to explore another book.” having a particular book or reading based on one's interest means that there is an intention or desire to read. it makes the student focus on knowing the overall contents of the reading. also, the students can enjoy the whole reading process and have better comprehension as well. the students become more excited to read another benefit is that they become excited more to read. it will foster their motivation and enthusiasm in reading. in the interview section, student b says that “for me, it is important to choose a reading that not makes me bored. a reading that we are interested in makes us feel passionate about reading and enjoying the whole text." it makes the students want to read more and want to explore another book. when someone has started to read more, they will be more familiar with vocabulary from each reading. therefore, reading with students' preferences could be a wise alternative because the students usually feel bored with previous reading material that is too monotonous. this problem can gradually weaken their motivation to read so that they will find it harder to understand the content of reading in the future. students have broader knowledge continuing the results of the questions raised in the interview, student c mentions that “in my opinion, reading with our own preferences means that we are free to choose the topics and themes we want, which will broaden our knowledge and insights about many diverse things.” giving students the freedom to choose reading according to their preferences will increase their knowledge and help them obtain more diverse information. moreover, the more they read different readings, the more vocabulary they learn. it will be very beneficial for students to develop their reading skills further. students are able to get attached and focused to the reading when the students were asked how they grew the bond between themselves and reading, student d answered that "i feel passionate and excited to read a book that i favored. it makes me more confident and gets hooked into the text so that the text's sense can be inferred. besides, i also able to read it with pleasure, more relaxed, and enjoy the reading process itself." all the details of the above results show how readings with our own preferences provide a great deal of help and advantages in interpreting the reading material. students claim that reading with the text they prefer will make it easier to understand the content and enjoy the entire reading process. this research intends to find out the reading materials preferred by the students and the benefits of reading by students' preference for their reading comprehension. the first findings from the questionnaire reveal that novels are the most favored reading material by students. related to that, they also preferred the genre of fiction, which they think are more exciting and entertaining. it is in line with arias (2007), who states that learning using literacy such as novels can provide edutainment for students that is able to motivate them to read more. the interview outcome also shows similar results where novels are chosen as fond reading materials for students. the alignment of answers between the questionnaire and the interview can be seen here as students like novels as reading material. the data can be ascertained the validity english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 327 of seeing how the students’ responses are very consistent. the findings indicate that students are more motivated and enthusiastic about reading material. furthermore, based on arias (2007), reading literary materials fosters the development of language for students and is supposed to be a channel for learning about other cultures. using novels or fictions as reading materials may help readers in many ways. tsai (2012) claims that when students read fiction or other similar types, they can learn about different environments or times, enhance their imagination, gain insight into human existence, pursue their particular hobbies or desires, and act as a way out of unpleasant realities. the second findings show what benefits are obtained by reading using our own preference. it turns out to be interesting findings where they can easily understand the content, capture the meaning, interpret the entire reading content well, and enjoy the reading process itself even more. as gilakjani (2017) states, comprehension is a very significant skill because understanding what we read, all kinds of topics, information, knowledge, and messages from the text will reach us well. reading will be a useless activity if we do not understand the information contained therein, cannot capture the knowledge that we will later apply to our real life. furthermore, zare and othman (2013) postulate comprehension as acquiring and creating written texts in context. it includes active techniques that contribute to understanding. the purpose of reading itself is to find the information contained therein, creating new meanings that can be applied to our real lives. therefore, the readers need to draw conclusions and interpret the new meaning of a reading so they can be categorized as good readers. from the findings presented, it can be seen that students are able to enjoy and concentrate more on the whole reading phase if it focuses on their preferences. related to the statement of arias (2007), who mentions that students' preferences in reading determine their interests and motivations, it will have an impact on their ability to interpret the content of the reading. reading by their preferences plays such an essential role in increasing students' reading comprehension. their interest in such reading materials boosts their enthusiasm to read, build their confidence, and make them more attached to the reading to build a good focus in the reading process. conclusion overall, students have expressed their opinions and preferences in reading. it can be captured that they like fictional reading material in which the majority of them chose novels. they enjoyed the light and pleasant reading which minimizes their level of boredom and increases their motivation. reading novels as material unconsciously helps students be more sensitive to their surroundings, more creative and more imaginative. furthermore, the students claim that reading by their preferences allows them to easily construct the meaning of the contents and enjoy the whole process of reading. so, when students can grasp the information, they have become successful in reading. there are some obstacles and difficulties faced by the students in reading. the students are given difficult readings, and they are concerned about what if they cannot catch the meaning or understand the content of the written text. the students mentioned interesting readings are strongly anticipated in the future. students preferred light readings about daily life, hobbies, novels, or reading with pictures, and dialogues. this study focused only on students' reading preferences and its benefits to their comprehension skills. there will be the possibility of other answers as one's choices might change over time in the future. from this study, novel is most preferred reading material by the students, but no one knows what they will choose and like for the next few years to come. references aharony, n., & bar-ilan, j. (2018). students’ academic reading preferences: an exploratory study.” journal of librarianship and information science 50(1), p.3–13. alshammari, m. m. (2015). new developments in teaching reading comprehension skills to efl learners. international journal of english language teaching, 3(1), p.1–10. arias, i. j. (2007). selecting reading materials wisely. letras, 41, p.131–151. arthi, m., & srinivasan, r. (2018). influence of reading comprehension strategies on english language teaching at the tertiary level. bodhi international journal of research in humanities, arts and science, 2(3), p.2–4. aydın, g., & bağcı, a. b. (2018). reading preferences of middle school students. world journal of education, 8(2), 127. https://doi.org/10.5430/wje.v8n2p127 blau, h., & baker, w. d. (2006). reading skills. the english journal, 49(9), p.657. https://doi.org/10.2307/810505 rahmawati khadijah maro, rosalin ismayoeng gusdian, & berliana febrianti safitri investigating english language education students’ reading preferences 328 bouchamma, y., poulin, v., basque, m., & ruel, c. (2013). impact of students’ reading preferences on reading achievement. creative education, 04(08), p.484–491. https://doi.org/10.4236/ce.2013.48070 celik, b. (2017). effects of extensive reading on learners: how it develops certain points in vocabulary and sentence structure. international journal of english linguistics, 8(2), 73. https://doi.org/10.5539/ijel.v8n2p73 erfanpour, m. a. (2013). the effect of intensive and extensive reading strategies on reading comprehension: a case of iranian high school students. 14(41). eutsler, l., & trotter, j. (2020). print or ipad? young children’s text type shared reading preference and behaviors in comparison to parent predictions and at-home practices. literacy research and instruction, (00), p.1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/19388071.2020.1777229. gilakjani, a. p. (2017). how can students improve their reading comprehension skill ? https://doi.org/10.5296/jse.v6i2.9201. hussain, i., & munshi, p. (2011). identifying reading preferences of secondary school students. creative education, 02(05), p.429–434. https://doi.org/10.4236/ce.2011.25062. jacobs, g. m. (2014). selecting extensive reading materials. beyond words, 2(1), p.112–127. lestari, w. a. (2018). the difference between male and female students’ preference on types of reading text at university of muhammadiyah malang. malang: umm shonfeld, m. & meishar-tal, h. (2016). writing and reading preferences for student learning in a paperless classroom. in g. chamblee & l. langub (eds.). proceedings of society for information technology & teacher education international conference (p. 787-792). savannah, ga, united states: association for the advancement of computing in education (aace). retrieved july 9, 2020 from https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/171 772/. tsai, c. h. (2012). students’ perceptions of using a novel as main material in the efl reading course. english language teaching, 5(8), p.103–112. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v5n8p103 tuğrul, m. c. (2015). combining extensive and intensive reading to reinforce language learning. journal of educational and instructional studies inthe world, 5(4), p.85–90. retrieved from http://www.wjeis.org/fileupload/ds217232/file/ 09a.mart.pdf zare, p., & othman, m. (2013). the relationship between reading comprehension and reading strategy use among malaysian esl learners. 3(13), p.187–193. http://eprints.umm.ac.id/38803/ http://eprints.umm.ac.id/38803/ http://eprints.umm.ac.id/38803/ http://eprints.umm.ac.id/38803/ https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/171772/ https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/171772/ english student perception about the effectiveness of online tutor learning in distance education english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 11, issue 1, february 2023 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 1 english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education fauzy rahman kosasih english education department of universitas terbuka, tangerang selatan, indonesia email: fauzyrahman@ecampus.ut.ac.id juhana english education department of universitas terbuka, tangerang selatan, indonesia email: juhana@ecampus.ut.ac.id zulmi ramdani department of psychology, faculty of psychology, uin sunan gunung djati bandung, bandung, indonesia email: zulmiramdani@uinsgd.ac.id lidwina felisima tae faculty of educational sciences, universitas of timor, nusa tenggara timur, indonesia email: lidwinafelisima@unimor.ac.id apa citation: kosasih, f. r., juhana., ramdani, z., & tae, l. f. (2023). english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education. english review: journal of english education, 11(1), 1-8. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v11i1.5531 received: 28-08-2022 accepted: 23-12-2022 published: 28-02-2023 introduction distance learning is a lively issue and gets a lot of focus in carrying out the learning process, especially in a situation that full of uncertainty like what we experience today. the existence of distance learning has become the right choice, especially if the individuals and organizations that will organize the learning have limited time and certain distance (mishra et al., 2020). as done by many schools, universities and institutions in today's era, distance learning can become the best choice to access the education quickly and easily (budiastra et al., 2020; churiyah et al., 2020; lee et al., 2019). the distance learning model has been introduced for a long time, one of which is carried out by universitas terbuka. as a campus that uses a distance learning scheme, universitas terbuka has a curriculum structure, learning methods, learning media, and the interaction process that are carried out through online platforms (charina et al., 2022; prasojo et al., 2019; rosyadi, 2018). among the highlights of the campus is the term tutor who is identified as an educator and the person who will abstract: one of the successes of a learning program is obtained by the various feedbacks during the evaluation process, including when the program is implemented in the form of distance learning. the purpose of this study was to examine the perception of graduate students in english education department about the effectiveness of distance learning carried out by the tutors during the learning process. descriptive quantitative method was used in this study to answer the objectives of this study. a total of 21 students of master's degree in english education department were involved in this study by selecting the respondents using the purposive sampling technique. the researchers used the measurement with reference to kirkpatrick's model which explains the effectiveness of online learning through the aspects of reaction, learning, behavior and results. the result has shown that the majority of respondents were satisfied with the learning process provided by the tutor as seen from the satisfaction score that reached more than 75% for each aspect. meanwhile, other results also showed that the four aspects which were the manifestation of the effectiveness of a tutor's learning have a strong and significant relationship in supporting the performance of a tutor. this study emphasized the importance of elaboration of every aspect that must be possessed by the tutors in carrying out online learning. keywords: distance education; english graduate student; online learning tutor; student’s perception. fauzy rahman kosasih, juhana, zulmi ramdani, & lidwina felisima tae english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education 2 provide the teaching process in a distance mode. this is what distinguishes it from learning in general which can be done face-to-face (foo et al., 2021). although this distance learning scheme has developed rapidly and many educational institutions are also using it, the limited information regarding the optimization and success of this distance learning program is one of the problems that still occur (alyoussef, 2023; lytras et al., 2022). in fact, if distance learning is effectively carried out, it will make it easier and reduce the cost of the implementation when it is done face-to-face. the success of a distance learning program will depend on many things. it starts from the purpose of planning a program, the availability of human resources in it, the connectivity between the program and the activities provided, and the existence of a structured and consistent program evaluation (abuhammad, 2020; suárez et al., 2021). the existence of an evaluation in a distance learning program is essential to obtain the information about whether or not a program is being held, including a specific evaluation of the human resources who run the program. evaluation is basically a structured form to obtain the information about the sustainability of a program and to conclude that a program is good or not for the institutions and individuals in it (dijk & schodl, 2015; martinez et al., 2016). evaluation is an imperative part in a distance learning activity, because with this evaluation, the organization is able to predict things that are considered to be improved to get better productivity or goals. various evaluations can be manifested in various activities and methods, so that the information obtained about the object of evaluation will be more comprehensive (ramdani et al., 2019). nowadays, many evaluations of distance learning programs are considered ineffective and assumed to be just a formality, even though essentially this evaluation activity can be very useful to get better results. this happens because there is an assumption that evaluation only costs a lot of money and the results are sometimes inaccurate. the inaccuracies in choosing the method, target object, and timing of the evaluation are considered to be a large part that makes the evaluation not optimal (luo et al., 2021; saidi et al., 2021; vinogradova & kliukas, 2015). in addition, it is the existence of the evaluation subject who is prone to subjective assessment which also adds to a bad impression in evaluating a program (saidi et al., 2021; vinogradova & kliukas, 2015). one of the schemes that may be carried out by the institutions in evaluating the distance learning, is usually carried out to evaluate an educator or tutor. tutor himself as presented in the previous explanation is a term that is commonly used to define an educator in an online mode (fandiño & velandia, 2020). basically, they have the educational background and experience that are qualified to provide the teaching process. what distinguishes it may be from the status and formal identity that they do not have as in universities in general. the situation that occurs in a tutor then makes them more flexible to carry out the learning process according to what they want, even though there are rules that regulate these activities (rosyadi, 2018). this is also one of the causes of the non-optimal evaluation carried out by the tutor (fandiño & velandia, 2020; gould et al., 2014; kang et al., 2021). the evaluation process carried out for the tutors usually only focuses on student perceptions in general, but it is still rare to use an assessment model with a focus on important psychological aspects in the distance learning process itself. in fact, when referring to the learning evaluation model introduced by the kirkpatrick model (farjad, 2012; kirkpatrick & kayser-kirkpatrick, 2014; sakthi & moshi, 2021), it is clear that to get optimization of the distance learning process includes various aspects including (1) reaction, which is a response that shows the level of individual satisfaction with the tutor so that they can feel the benefits of the tutor's presence; (2) learning, which is a form of individual assessment of the learning process in increasing the capacity of existing knowledge and skills; (3) behavior, is a form of real behavior that can be learned by individuals in the learning process and get comprehensive feedback, and (4) result, namely the level of achievement of the learning process that is generated and supports all existing processes. many previous research has focused on the development of model evaluation in the distance learning process. several similar studies have explained the major obstacles and challenges that will be faced in the distance learning (harrison, 2020; johnson & cooke, 2016; martin & bolliger, 2018). in indonesia itself, the online learning evaluation model has been discussed by many researchers and the majority contained the qualitative descriptions of how online learning was carried out (abdullah, 2018; affandi et al., 2020; riyanto & yunani, 2020). meanwhile, the english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 11, issue 1, february 2023 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 3 evaluation of online tutorials has also been carried out by ardiasih et al. (2018), but focused on the approach model used based on the student needs. however, research that focuses on direct evaluation of educators is not widely carried out, especially by using a comprehensive approach as described by kirkpatrick's model. the purpose of this study was to examine the perception of graduate students in english education department regarding the effectiveness of a tutor in providing the distance learning. method this study used a quantitative approach with a focus on descriptive quantitative design. this design was used to explain the descriptive data and then used it as supporting information for predetermined goals (ramdani et al., 2021; warsihna et al., 2021). this quantitative design is very useful for providing the initial information related to a topic, especially if the researcher does not have a lot of data and resources to explain a topic. but the researcher can objectively use a representative description to explain the initial situation of the phenomenon being raised. the subjects involved in this study were master students of english education department in universitas terbuka who were attending the distance lectures and were active as the students. the samples were selected using a purposive sampling technique, so that the respondents who filled in were those who fit the predetermined characteristics (kanya et al., 2021; ramdani et al., 2021). the selected sample will then be given an informed consent sheet containing their willingness to participate in this research activity consciously and without any coercion. meanwhile, the informed consent form itself has been validated by the research and community service institute of universitas terbuka. to answer the purpose of this study, the researcher used a research instrument in the form of a psychological questionnaire which was made using appropriate psychometric guidelines. the instrument made was based on a theoretical model of distance learning evaluation which was intended to see the effectiveness of a tutor in carrying out the learning process. the questionnaire was created using the theoretical foundation by kirkpatrick model which contains four aspects of distance learning (kirkpatrick & kayser-kirkpatrick, 2014). the four aspects are reaction, learning, behavior and results. the questionnaire was made using a likert scaling model consisting of 4 answer choices for each statement provided. the answer choices range from strongly disagree (1), disagree (2), agree (3), and strongly agree (4). each assessment aspect has a different number of items, including the reaction aspect as many as 12 items, the learning aspect as many as 3 items, the behavioral aspect as many as 6 items, and the results aspect as many as 4 items. thus, there are a total of 25 items used in this instrument. the instrument used in this study used an instrument that has been tested by in their research. based on the results of these trials, the psychometric properties of the instrument have met the quality of a good instrument. this was indicated by the validity value for each item reaching more than .3 and the resulting reliability coefficient was also above .7. after that, the researchers distributed the questionnaires directly to the subjects who were the target of filling out with a duration of 2 weeks for the data collection. data analysis was carried out by looking descriptively at the level of student satisfaction with the effectiveness of learning carried out by the tutors. the level of satisfaction was adjusted to the level of satisfaction above the average which indicates that if the results show a number above 75%, it means that the respondent is satisfied with the tutor's learning (kanya et al., 2021). meanwhile, correlational analysis using spss software was used to see the correlation and significance of the four aspects of learning carried out by the tutors, whether significant or not in supporting their learning performance. results and discussion the implementation of data collection resulted in as many as 21 subjects who successfully completed the questionnaire until it was complete. these 21 subjects are the master students in english education department in open university who are still active. for demographic data, the researchers present it in table 1. meanwhile, the results of the respondents' descriptive evaluation of the effectiveness of tutors in carrying out distance learning can be seen in table 2. table 1. respondent demographic data category total percentage gender man 3 14.3% woman 18 83.7% home address bandung 19 91.5% outside bandung 2 9.5% age 20 – 30 years old 3 14.3% 31 – 40 years old 15 71.5% fauzy rahman kosasih, juhana, zulmi ramdani, & lidwina felisima tae english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education 4 41 – 50 years old 2 9.5% 51 – 60 years old 1 4.7% occupation language teacher 21 100% based on table 1 regarding the data about research respondent, the majority of subjects in this study were dominated by female respondents. for the data on residence, most of them came from outside bandung, which reached more than 90 percent. meanwhile, the age of the subjects was dominated by the ages of 31-40 years which reached 15 people and the rest varied. for selfemployment, all subjects worked as english teachers. table 2. result of descriptive evaluation on tutor effectiveness aspect item average total average percentage reaction 1 3.76 3.51 87.75% 2 3.67 3 3.52 4 3.52 5 3.57 6 3.57 7 3.38 8 3.19 9 3.52 10 3.38 11 3.57 12 3.43 learning 13 3.24 3.25 81.25% 14 3.19 15 3.33 behavior 16 3.05 3.22 80.5% 17 3.19 18 3.24 19 31.4 20 3.33 21 3.38 result 22 3.33 3.39 84.75% 23 3.62 24 3.14 25 3.48 notes. the percentage results were obtained from the calculation of the total average value divided by the highest score on the scale, namely 4, then divided by 100%. the criterion is good if the percentage value is above 75%. the information in table 2 describes the description of the descriptive assessment given by the respondents to the existing tutors. it can be seen from table 2 that all the average values for the 25 items got the scores above 3 which means that interpretively the assessment given by respondents regarding the effectiveness of the tutors can be said to be good. then, if we make a percentage of the total average value for each aspect, the reaction aspect got the largest percentage, which was 87.75%, and the behavior aspect got the lowest percentage, which was 80.5/5. however, in general all aspects were considered to be good because everything was in over 75%. in table 3 below, the researchers present the correlation results from each aspect that will support the effectiveness of distance learning itself (see table 3). table 3. the correlation result of tutor effectiveness in distance learning aspect reacti on learnin g behavi our result reaction 1 .728** .717** .875** learning .728** 1 .737** .754** behaviour .717** .737** 1 .734** result .875** .754** .734** 1 notes: (the symbol ** represents a significant correlation at the 1% level) referring to the table 3 described above, the aspect of correlation results shown to the tutor resulted in significant scores and were at a satisfactory stage. the correlation value between the four aspects tested showed the scores above .3, with a significance of .01. this of course has illustrated that there was a positive and significant relationship between the four aspects tested. this study has provided the information that was quite clear in explaining the evaluation given by the participants, in this case the master students of english education department regarding the effectiveness of distance learning provided by the tutors. the researcher will in a structured way explain in advance the objectives to be explored in this study, which consist of two more specific objectives, namely explaining the description of the descriptive evaluation towards the quality of the tutors and further identifying the relationship between aspects in the assessment. the result has shown that the respondents felt that the existing tutors had provided good and effective teaching in the process. this can be seen from the high score of the assessment given to the tutors on the four aspects tested. the four aspects which included reaction, learning, behavior and results were considered good for the tutor. from the range of 0-100%, the percentage obtained in this study reached more than 75% for each aspect. these results certainly showed that the tutors had provided effective learning in these four aspects. when viewed from the explanation of each aspect, the reaction aspect was intended to see the satisfaction and interest in what has been shown by english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 11, issue 1, february 2023 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 5 the tutors. subjects considered that the tutors attracted enough attention in the learning process and what tutors did was able to attract and bind the students to be actively involved in various activities. in the learning aspect, the students also assumed that there was an increase in their knowledge and skills, one of which was due to the method and learning process carried out by the tutor. in terms of behavior, the result of tutor’s evaluation has shown that the behavior they showed and displayed was in accordance with what was learned with the tutor. as well as the last aspect, namely the results, in general, participants felt that the presence of a tutor could make them feel more satisfied and the final results that the students got were also according to their expectations. thus, the assessment form of the tutor was very good and has shown that the tutor played an active role in distance learning for students in this study. theoretically, the function and role of a tutor is of course being an educator as well as a partner for students to learn and discuss the challenging things (fandiño & velandia, 2020; gould et al., 2014). in the distance learning scheme itself, being a tutor is not easy and it requires mastery of the latest technology and media so as to be able to support the existing distance learning process. several previous studies also have assumed that the existence of a qualified tutor is able to provide an effective learning. in table 2 which has been explained previously, the reaction aspect got the highest score which was considered the best for the tutor. this reaction score was closely related to the level of care and creativity built by the existing tutor. this finding is also reinforced by the results of several previous studies which saw that personal aspects like this could be used as valuable capital in implementing the distance learning (johansen, 2023; obsuth et al., 2022; palali et al., 2018). as it is known that the existence of distance learning always limits a student's communication with a tutor to be more limited and less open, so a tutor who is able to be communicative, interactive, and passionate about learning is needed (fandiño & velandia, 2020; gould et al., 2014). meanwhile, other results which can also be seen in table 3 further strengthen the researchers’ findings that these four aspects tested play an important role in the quality of the learning provided. all aspects were positively and significantly correlated. this shows that when a tutor has a high level in one aspect, it will also increase other aspects. likewise, when one aspect is not optimal, the others will also not be optimal. as explained in the kirkpatrick model itself, which explains the four aspects as dimensions of continuity that will influence each other (dewi & kartowagiran, 2018; farjad, 2012; kirkpatrick & kayser-kirkpatrick, 2014; sakthi & moshi, 2021). in the first dimension, reaction and learning will be the two things that most determine how a tutor can be effective in providing learning. meanwhile, in third dimension, the behavior aspect will be a manifestation of the previous dimension and in the last dimension, the result, will show the quality of the process that has been passed. in general, the result of this research has provided quite comprehensive information about the existence of a tutor in distance learning. the effectiveness of learning carried out by the tutors is essentially determined by many things, although one of the dominant factors in distance learning is the mastery of media and technology. the result of this study has indicated that the personal aspect is also considered to have an influence on the sustainability of distance learning itself. this research is of course very limited to the number of subjects which was only 21 people. however, the involvement of a number of respondents could become the good information because it can be used by the institution as the evaluation material, meanwhile for the tutors themselves, it is necessary to improve their personal aspects, including abilities in reaction, learning, behavior and results. future research, of course, needs to involve more respondents by also looking more broadly at other non-personal factors such as relationships with students, organizational climate, and other technical factors. conclusion this study has shown that the effectiveness of a tutor in implementing distance learning depends on his/her personal aspects. respondents in this study assumed that the majority of existing tutors had carried out their roles effectively, judging by the assessment scores given by the respondents. acknowledgement the researchers thank the research and community service institute of the universitas terbuka for fully funding this study. we also thank all the respondents who have joined this study. references abdullah, w. (2018). model blended learning dalam meningkatkan efektifitas fauzy rahman kosasih, juhana, zulmi ramdani, & lidwina felisima tae english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education 6 pembelajaran. fikrotuna, 7(1), 855–866. https://doi.org/10.32806/jf.v7i1.3169 alyoussef, i. y. (2023). acceptance of e-learning in higher education: the role of tasktechnology fit with the information systems success model. heliyon, 9(3), e13751. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e137 51 abuhammad, s. (2020). barriers to distance learning during the covid-19 outbreak: a qualitative review from parents’ perspective. heliyon, 6(11). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e054 82 affandi, m. r., widyawati, m., & bhakti, y. b. (2020). analisis efektivitas media pembelajaran e-learning dalam meningkatkan hasil belajar siswa sma pada pelajaran fisika. jurnal pendidikan fisika, 8(2), 150-157. https://doi.org/10.24127/jpf.v8i2.2910 ardiasih, l. s., emzir, e., & rasyid, y. (2018). implementing constructivism approach in online writing course: learners need analysis. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 127-138. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1261 budiastra, a. a. k., warsihna, j., widiasih, & puspitasari, s. (2020). the development of science learning model for higher education of bachelor elementary school teacher education program in distance learning. advances in social sciences research journal, 7(5), 54–69. https://doi.org/10.14738/assrj.75.8163 charina, a., kurnia, g., mulyana, a., & mizuno, k. (2022). sustainable education and open innovation for small industry sustainability post covid-19 pandemic in indonesia. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 8(4), joitmc8040215. https://doi.org/10.3390/joitmc8040215 churiyah, m., sholikhan, s., filianti, f., & sakdiyyah, d. a. (2020). indonesia education readiness conducting distance learning in covid-19 pandemic situation. international journal of multicultural and multireligious understanding, 7(6), 491– 507. https://doi.org/10.18415/ijmmu.v7i6.1833 dewi, l. r., & kartowagiran, b. (2018). an evaluation of internship program by using kirkpatrick evaluation model. reid (research and evaluation in education), 4(2), 155–163. dijk, d. van, & schodl, m. m. (2015). performance appraisal and evaluation. international encyclopedia of social & behavioral sciences, 17, 716–721. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-08-0970868.22034-5 escobar fandiño, f. g., & silva velandia, a. j. (2020). how an online tutor motivates elearning english. heliyon, 6(8), e04630. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e046 30 farjad, s. (2012). the evaluation effectiveness of training courses in university by kirkpatrick model (case study: islamshahr university). procedia social and behavioral sciences, 46, 2837–2841. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.05.57 3 foo, c. c, cheung, b., & chu, k. m. (2021). a comparative study regarding distance learning and the conventional face-to-face approach conducted problem-based learning tutorial during the covid-19 pandemic. bmc medical education, 21(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-021-025751 gould, d., papadopoulos, i., & kelly, d. (2014). tutors’ opinions of suitability of online learning programmes in continuing professional development for midwives. nurse education today, 34(4), 613–618. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2013.06.006 harrison, t. (2020). how distance education students perceive the impact of teaching videos on their learning. open learning: the journal of open, distance and elearning, 35(3), 260–276. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680513.2019.170 2518 johansen, k. (2023). challenges regarding digital distance learning of operationallyoriented professions, due to covid-19 pandemic. international journal of educational research open, 4, 100225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2023.10022 5 johnson, g. m., & cooke, a. (2016). selfregulation of learning and preference for written versus audio-recorded feedback by distance education students. distance education, 37(1), 107–120. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2015.108 1737 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 11, issue 1, february 2023 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 7 kang, k. i., lee, n., & joung, j. (2021). nursing students’ experience of online peer tutoring based on the grow model: a qualitative study. nurse education today, 107, 105131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2021.105131 kanya, n., fathoni, a. b., & ramdani, z. (2021). factors affecting teacher performance. international journal of evaluation and research in education (ijere), 10(4), 1462. https://doi.org/10.11591/ijere.v10i4.21693 kirkpatrick, j., & kayser-kirkpatrick, w. (2014). the kirkpatrick for levels: a fresh look after 55 years. kirkpatrick partners. lee, k., choi, h., & cho, y. h. (2019). becoming a competent self: a developmental process of adult distance learning. internet and higher education, 41, 25–33. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2018.12.00 1 luo, y., geng, c., pei, x., chen, x., & zou, z. (2021). the evaluation of the distance learning combining webinars and virtual simulations for senior nursing students during the covid-19 period. clinical simulation in nursing, 57, 31–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecns.2021.04.022 lytras, m. d., serban, a. c., ruiz, m. j. t., ntanos, s., & sarirete, a. (2022). translating knowledge into innovation capability: an exploratory study investigating the perceptions on distance learning in higher education during the covid-19 pandemic the case of mexico. journal of innovation & knowledge, 7(4), 100258. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jik.2022.100258 martin, f., & bolliger, d. u. (2018). engagement matters: student perceptions on the importance of engagement strategies in the online learning environment. online learning, 22(1), 205-222. https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v22i1.1092 martinez, f., taut, s., & schaaf, k. (2016). evaluation classroom observation for evaluating and improving teaching: an international perspective. studies in educational evaluation, 49, 15–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2016.03.0 02 mishra, l., gupta, t., & shree, a. (2020). online teaching-learning in higher education during lockdown period of covid-19 pandemic. international journal of educational research open, 1, 100012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2020.10001 2 obsuth, i., brown, r. h., & armstrong, r. (2022). validation of a new scale evaluating the personal, interpersonal and contextual dimensions of growth through learning – the epic scale. studies in educational evaluation, 74, 101154. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2022.1011 54 palali, a., van elk, r., bolhaar, j., & rud, i. (2018). are good researchers also good teachers? the relationship between research quality and teaching quality. economics of education review, 64, 40–49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2018.0 3.011 prasojo, l. d., fatmasari, r., nurhayati, e., darmadji, a., kusumaningrum, f. a., & andriansyah, y. (2019). indonesian state educational universities’ bibliometric dataset. data in brief, 22, 30–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dib.2018.11.128 ramdani, z., jaenudin, u., djamal, n. n., anggara, a., pertiwi, f., syamsiyah, i., luthfi, m., juliana, p., & wisda, t. (2021). the false memory and the effect of murottal al-qur’an. jurnal psikologi islami, 7(1), 1–9. ramdani, z., kembara, m. d., alhapip, l., amri, a., warsihna, j., & anas, z. (2021). teachers’ perception and readiness towards adaptive learning in the covid-19 pandemic: thematical content analysis study. alishlah: jurnal pendidikan, 13(2), 1383– 1393. https://doi.org/10.35445/alishlah.v13i2.915 ramdani, z., marliani, r., & rahman, a. a. (2019). the individual work performance scale: a psychometric study and its application for employee performance. humanities and social sciences reviews, 7(5), 405–414. https://doi.org/10.18510/hssr.2019.7545 riyanto, a., & yunani, e. (2020). the effectiveness of video as a tutorial learning media in muhadhoroh subject. akademika, 9(02), 73–80. https://doi.org/10.34005/akademika.v9i02.1 088 rosyadi, s. (2018). revolusi industri 4.0 peluang dan tantangan bagi alumni universitas terbuka. universitas jenderal soedirman. saidi, r. m., sharip, a. a., abd rahim, n. z., zulkifli, z. a., & md zain, s. m. (2021). evaluating students’ preferences of open and distance learning (odl) tools. procedia fauzy rahman kosasih, juhana, zulmi ramdani, & lidwina felisima tae english graduate student’s perception about the effectiveness of online learning tutor in distance education 8 computer science, 179, 955–961. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2021.01.085 sakthi, t., & moshi, a. a. m. (2021). effectiveness measurement study on entrepreneurship awareness camp for technical education students using kirkpatrick’s model. materials today: proceedings, 45, 1609–1613. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.08.419 suárez, j. l., garcía, s., & herrera, f. (2021). a tutorial on distance metric learning: mathematical foundations, algorithms, experimental analysis, prospects and challenges. neurocomputing, 425, 300–322. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neucom.2020.08.0 17 vinogradova, i., & kliukas, r. (2015). methodology for evaluating the quality of distance learning courses in consecutive stages. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 191, 1583–1589. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.36 4 warsihna, j., m anwas, e. o., anas, z., kosasih, f. r., ramdani, z., & amri, a. (2021). kesiapan guru dalam mengimplementasikan buku panduan pembelajaran pasca bencana. kwangsan: jurnal teknologi pendidikan, 9(2), 142-152. https://doi.org/10.31800/jtp.kw.v9n2.p142-152 the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’s dimensions isti’anatul hikmah sarjanawiyata tamansiswa university, yogyakarta, indonesia e-mail: ihikmah99@gmail.com apa citation: hikmah, i. (2017). the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions. english review: journal of english education, 5(2), 283-292 received: 11-04-2017 accepted: 12-05-2017 published: 01-06-2017 abstract: the study analyzes the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in daily conversation in sidoarjo. this study applied a qualitative descriptive method. the theory of sociolinguistics’s dimension proposed by holems (1997) and deixis persona by yule (2006) are used in this study. as results, the study concludes two things; (1) there are six deixis persona of singular second pronouns that are usually used in sidoarjo society in their daily conversation, those are panjenengan, njenengan, sampeyan, peyan, awak mu, and koen; then there are three deixis persona of singular second pronouns that are seldom used by sidoarjo’s society, those are peno, ente, and koe; and (2) there are three sociolinguistics’s dimensions which influence the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns namely solidarity, power, and situation. keywords: deixis persona, singular second pronouns, sociolinguistics’s dimensions, sidoarjo society introduction javanese as one of the biggest society in indonesia has complexity in its language used. javanese is uttered by people who were born as javanese. it is mostly used in java especially is east and central java. as stated by fergusson (2008, p. 1368), javanese, the first language of 45 percent of indonesian, is the principal language of central and eastern java. because of its huge use, each place which uses this language has its own characteristics. the differences of feature can be seen in east and central java. people seldom use krama inggil in east java. on the other hand, people in central java mostly use krama inggil. the other example can be found in east java. people who live in some cities in east java like bojonegoro, ngawi, madiun, nganjuk, kediri, and ponorogo tend to use ngoko alus. on opposing, people who live in lamongan, surabaya, gresik, sidoarjo, and malang lean to use ngoko. those diversities are similar to nadar’s statement. he stated that javanese has complicated levels and the use of the language relates to the speaker and hearer’s status, age, level, and relation (2009, p. 135136). those factors influence them in using javanese. although there are some varieties in javanese, it still has general characteristic which can be spotted in the level of language use. there are at least five level of language use, those are krama inggil, krama, madya, ngoko alus, and ngoko kasar. krama inggil is the highest level followed by krama, madya, ngoko alus, and ngoko kasar. krama inggil usually used by speaker or hearer who has low status to speaker or hearer who has high status. for example, a speaker has high status than b hearer, b hearer will automatically use krama inggil to a speaker. then, the use of krama is https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v5i2.542 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 283 mailto:ihikmah99@gmail.com almost similar to krama inggil. in addition, ngoko is used by speaker or hearer who has similar status and same age. for example, c speaker is a student and d hearer is also a student, both will use ngoko. the level of javanese which is used by javanese can be claimed as language style. based on linguistics analysis, the language style of javanese can be categorized into two; morphology and syntactic diversity (nadar, 2009, p. 136). morphology diversity is caused by the use of prefix and suffix in a word, whereas the syntactic diversity is caused by the use of another particle, personal pronoun, or preposition in utterances. one of syntactic diversity in a communication of javanese is the choice of deixis persona. yule (2006, p. 15) explained that deixis persona is divided into three including first, second, and third personal pronouns. the first personal pronouns refers to first person like ‘i’; second personal pronouns belongs to second person like ‘you’; third personal pronouns denotes to third person like ‘he, she, and it’. those three classification of deixis persona are also found in java. each area in java has different choice of it. mangga (2013, p. 221) said that every language has personal pronouns in its word. it means that different places or countries have different personal pronouns. this condition happens in java, for example, koen (you) is used as a second deixis persona in east java, but it is not used in central java. that diversity shows the variety of deixis persona in java. in addition, because there are many varieties of deixis persona in java, this study has some limitations. the first limitation is the diexis persona. it is limited into singular second pronouns. the second limitation is the place of observation. this study took place in sidoarjo, east java. those curbs must be done in order to get accurate result. the deixis persona in sidoarjo which is analyzed in this study is singular second pronoun. according to sidoarjo’s people, there are six singular second pronouns in sidoarjo. it involves panjenengan (you), njenengan (you), sampeyan (you), peyan (you), awakmu (you), and koen (you). they are used by the sidoarjo society in their daily communication and the use of those pronouns are influenced by some factors like status, age, situation, relationship, and others. the example of the use of singular second pronouns can be seen in a conversation described in table 1. table 1. example of sidoarjo society daily conversation using singular second pronoun general relationship close relationship a: piye kabare sampeyan? (how are you?) b: alhamdulillah apik. (alhamdulillah, fine) the speaker a has general relationship with hearer b, he uses deixis persona sampeyan to hearer b. c: koen gak sekolah ta? (don’t you go to school?) d: ora, aku lagi loro. (no, i am sick.) the speaker c has close relationship with hearer d, he uses deixis persona koen to hearer d. from the example, it can be seen that the degree of relationship between speaker and hearer influences the use of singular second pronouns by speaker. when they have general relationship, they will use ngoko alus like sampeyan; and when they have close relationship, they will use ngoko like koen. the level of relationship between speaker and hearer always persuades them isti’anatul hikmah the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions 284 in choosing singular second pronouns. it is one of the parts of sociolinguistics’ dimensions. holmes (1997, p. 376) states that there are four dimensions of sociolinguistics, namely social distance/solidarity, status/power, formality, and function. distance or solidarity means the degree of relationship between speaker and hearer. then, the status or power means the authority of speaker or hearer in a society. it relates to their strength in society whether they have high or low status or power. next, formality means the situation. it relates to formal or informal situation which appears in conversation. moreover, function means meaning of the conversation between speaker and hearer. those factors persuade speaker or hearer in choosing singular second pronouns in a communication. therefore, the main objective of this study is to explain the use of second singular pronoun of deixis persona from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions. in other words, this study explains the use of second singular pronoun by the speaker and hearer as a representative of sidoarjo society’s culture. method qualitative descriptive method was used in this study. qualitative research is an umbrella term for a wide variety of approaches and methods for the study of natural social life (saldana, 2011, p. 03). the qualitative method in this study is divided into three techniques those are the data collecting, analyzing, and presenting. simak method is used to collect the data. mahsun (2005, p. 92) said that simak method is a collecting data by scrutinizing the oral and written of language use. specifically, the techniques of data collecting are simak bebas libat cakap, noting, interviewing, and recording. simak bebas libat cakap is a procedure which observes the language use by respondents (mahsun, 2005, p. 93). the second technique is noting which is used to note the written data in this study. it is done by noting some relevant forms for this study from the language use in a written manner (mahsun, 2005, p. 94). the third technique is interviewing. it is done to know the respondents’ reasons in using singular second pronouns. then, the last technique is recording. it is the continuous technique from interviewing. this technique is done by recording the interview section done with the respondents. the data of this study were collected by recording the sidoarjo society’s conversation and also by interviewing them. the data were taken from formal and informal situation which involves 10 women and 10 men as the respondents. the ages of the respondents were ranging 18 to 45 years old. further, padan method is used to analyze the data. sudaryanto (2015, p. 15) said that padan method is a method which uses extra lingual factors as determining tool. the data were transcribed first. after finishing the transcription of the data, the writer checked and analyzed it based on the theory used in this study. the data is presented using words, it includes the use of technical terminology (mahsun, 2005, p. 123). the results of collecting and analyzing the data are presented in detail based on the objectives of the study. results and discussion the discussion of this study will be divided into two main parts; (1) the variety of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo; and (2) the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions. the variety of second deixis persona in sidoarjo as stated above, the number of deixis persona of singular second pronouns english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 285 in sidoarjo is six. the number of those singular second pronouns was acquired by interviewing sidoarjo’s people because there is no printed literature which mentions about it. the data can be clearly seen in table 2. table 2. the list of deixis persona of second singular pronouns no deixis persona of second singular pronouns meaning 1. panjenengan y o u 2. njenengan 3. sampeyan 4. peyan 5. awakmu 6. koen the six second singular pronouns in sidoarjo above is arranged based on the highest level. the first is panjenengan, the second is njenengan, the third is sampeyan, the fourth is peyan, the fifth is awakmu, and the last is koen. those six singular second pronouns is used by sidoarjo society differently in daily communication. each of them is explained clearly below. a. panjenengan panjenengan is placed in the highest level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo society. it is seldom used by them because four main factors. first, in their daily communication, they almost use ngoko alus or ngoko kasar. the first factor relates to their habit of speaking with other people. second, some sidoarjo’s people do not know about this term, so this term is generally known by educated people who got javanese education in their school. third, they prefer to use njenengan than panjenengan. it is caused by the easy of the utterance. some people said that panjenegan is difficult to pronounce than njenengan. fourth, this term is only utilized to people who are honored and have highest position like kyai (a leader of moslem). the use of panjenengan in sidoarjo’s society is infrequently. although it is rarely used, they ever apply it. the society use panjenengan when they talk with someone who is respected, someone who has higher status, and someone who has older age. this situation can be seen in the following conversation. conversation 1. the conversation between female santri and kyai the first conversation happened in kyai’s house. the participants of conversation were santri as speaker and kyai as hearer. the kyai was older than santri. the situation of the conversation was formal. the speaker and hearer had close relationship. the topic of the conversation was about the invitation to the wedding party. santri : kulo mriki bade ngaturaken undangan walimah. menawi panjenengan wonten waktu, kulo aturi dateng griyane kula. (i come here to give a wedding invitation. if you have free time, please come to my house.) kyai : insyaallah tak usahakno yo nduk. (insyaallah i will try to come to your house.) as described in conversation 1, speaker used second singular pronoun panjenengan. it was used to replace kyai’s surname. speaker used it because of the higher status of kyai. in addition, it was used by her to show her respect to kyai although they have close relationship. their close relationship did not influence speaker to use other second singular pronoun. it happened isti’anatul hikmah the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions 286 because santri had less power than kyai. the less power means that santri did not have enough knowledge than her kyai. therefore, she used panjenengan to address him. b. njenengan njenengan is ranked in the second level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo’s society. it is used by them in some moments. first, when speaker or hearer has high position, when speaker or hearer is older, when speaker and hearer have general relationship, and when they are in formal situation. njenengan is usually used by people in formal situation like people who are attending seminar, people in work area for example staffs to their boss, and others. njenengan is also employed by children towards their parents, but this condition is also rare. they will prefer singular second pronouns peyan than njenengan. it happens because of their custom. only a few family members who uses it when they speak to their parents. they who choose njenengan are people who have high education and have high status. the use of njenengan in daily conversation can be seen below. conversation 2. the conversation between teacher and headmaster the second conversation happened in school and in formal situation. the participants of the conversation were teacher as speaker and headmaster as hearer. the headmaster is a man and the teacher is a woman. then the headmaster is older than the teacher. the speaker and hearer had general relationship. the speaker reported to the headmaster about the meeting preparation. teacher : bu, rapate sampun siap sedanten. lek wonten sing kurang, njenengan saget langsung sanjang ten kulo. (mrs., the meeting is ready. if there is a thing that you do not agree, you can say to me.) headmaster : ok. as stated in conversation 2, speaker used second singular pronoun njenengan. it was used to replace headmaster’s surname. speaker used it because of the status of the hearer that was as a headmaster. the use of njenengan by speaker was applied to show her respect to her leader. it happened because the teacher had less power than the headmaster. the less power means that the position of teacher is lower than the headmaster. in other words, it relates to the position of their job. the one who has higher position must be respected by them who has lower position. c. sampeyan sampeyan is classed in the third level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo society. it is classified as ngoko alus. it is used by the speaker who has general relationship; and in formal or informal situation. the general relationship means that two people know each other but they do not close enough or two strangers who meet in some place at the first time. for example, when e speaker meets f speaker at the first time in bus station, they will use this term. the use of sampeyan shows admiration which means they appreciate us as human. they will not use peyan, awakmu, or koen because they do not have closeness. if they use those three singular second pronouns, it will sound rude and it may cause face threatening act. as a result, it shows polite manner of sidoarjo society towards other people especially new people or people who do not close to them. the example of the use of sampeyan can be seen below. conversation 3. the conversation among housewife the third conversation happened in front of their house and in informal english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 287 situation. the participants of conversation were housewife a as speaker and housewife b as hearer. their ages are similar. the speaker and hearer had general relationship. the topic of conversation is about hearer’s lateness in coming home. speaker : bu, sampeyan teko endi? jam sak mene kok gek muleh? (mrs, where have you been? why you come home at this time?) hearer : iki lo mau iku dalanan macet, ono demo nak bungurasih, mulakno aku gek muleh. (there is a traffic jam everywhere, there is a demo in bungurasih, that’s why i come late.) as shown in conversation 3, speaker used second singular pronoun sampeyan. it was used to replace hearer’s surname. speaker used it because they had general relationship. in other words, their connection was not too close. they only knew each other in general. sampeyan is used to esteem hearer and this conversation is only greeting conversation between neighbors, so this is only simple conversation. d. peyan peyan is categorized in the fourth level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo society. it can be classified as ngoko alus. word peyan comes from sampeyan. it is called abbreviation. some javanese including sidoarjo society use word peyan because of easy to utter. when speaker speaks sampeyan, it needs few second than utter peyan, so some javanese tend to use peyan. peyan is used by the speaker who has close relationship to hearer and the conversation happens in formal or informal situation. the close relationship here refers to relationship between parents and children, husband and wife, and men and women. most of children in sidoarjo use peyan to address their parents. although it is ngoko alus, it does not create problem because they always use it in their daily activities. most of parents also use it to call their children. they prefer to use it than use awakmu or koen. this term is always uttered by parents and children so it becomes habit for them. as a result, this term does not sound rude. in addition, peyan is also use to name wife or husband. as a married couple, they must use it in order to show respect and love to each other. moreover, this term is also used by men and women who have special relationship. they will use peyan to address their duo. it aims to prove that the men or women are different from their general friends. in other words, when someone uses peyan to call their friend, they may have special relationship. the example of the use of peyan can be seen below. conversation 4. the conversation among close friend the fourth conversation happened in the mini store and the situation is informal. the speaker is a man and the hearer is a woman. both have special relationship. the topic of conversation is informing hearer that speaker went to her house. speaker : aku mau teko omahe pean, tapi pean lagi metu. (i visited your house, but you were outside). hearer : iyo ta? aku mau ijek nang kantor. (are you sure? i was still at office.) speaker : iyo, aku ape nyileh novel ‘the joy luck club’. (yes, i want to borrow ‘the joy luck club’ novel.) hearer : ayo saiki nang omah ku. (let’s go to my house now!) as stated in conversation 4, speaker used second singular pronoun peyan. it was isti’anatul hikmah the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions 288 used to replace hearer’s surname. speaker used it because they had close relationship. peyan used by sidoarjo society to people who have close relationship. when they used peyan instead of sampeyan, it can be said that the speaker and hearer have close relationship. in other words, it uses to someone who are special like from boyfriend to girlfriend or vice versa. e. awakmu awakmu is leveled in the fifth level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo society. it is classified as ngoko. many people use awakmu to address their listener. awakmu tend be used by woman. they will use it to call their friends who have close relationship with them, have similar age, and have similar status. in addition, there is additional situation when women use this term. the situation is when speaker is older than the hearer. for example, when an older woman speaks to a younger hearer, she may use this term. sometime men also use this term, but it is usually used by them to address listeners who have general relationship and have older age. this term is used in informal situation. the example of the use of awakmu can be seen below. conversation 5. the conversation among close friend the fifth conversation happened in speaker’s house and the situation is informal. the speaker and hearer are women. both have close relationship. the topic of conversation is asking about hearer’s drive license. speaker : awakmu sido njupuk sim a ta? sopo sing ngeterno nang kantor polisi? (have you already take sim a? who will accompany you to the police station?) hearer : iyo, mene aku nang kantor polisi. aku mrono karo x. (yes, tomorrow i will go to police station. i’ll go there with x.) as expressed in conversation 5, speaker used second singular pronoun awakmu. it was used to replace hearer’s surname. speaker used it because they had close relationship. it also influenced by their situation. they were talking in informal situation with daily conversation topic. f. koen koen is positioned in the sixth level of singular second pronouns used by sidoarjo society. it is classified as ngoko. most people in sidoarjo use koen to address their listener. koen in sidoarjo is used by men and women in their daily conversation. people utter it everywhere. this term is the most popular in sidoarjo because many people use it to speak with their listener. in central java, this term may sound rude, but in sidoarjo it does not rude. it is caused by their habit. once more habit plays significance role in the use of singular second pronouns. this term is used among close friend especially men to men. when men use this term, the different age does not become problem. women also use it, but they usually use it to address their men friends. women who use this term must be older than the men hearer. then this term is used in informal situation. the example of the use of koen can be seen below. conversation 6. the conversation among friend the sixth conversation happened in speaker’s house and the situation is informal. the speaker and hearer are men. the speaker is younger than the hearer. both have close relationship. the topic of conversation is about waiting speaker’s mother. speaker : koen budalo disik, aku isek nunggu ibu teko pasar. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 289 (you go first, i’m still waiting for my mother from traditional market.) hearer : tak tunggu gak po po. (that’s ok, i’ll wait for you.) as stated in conversation 6, speaker used second singular pronoun koen. it was used to replace hearer’s surname. the speaker and hearer had general relationship. it was used because they were in informal situation and they are men. g. the other forms of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo there are some other forms of deixis persona which are found in sidoarjo, but they are rarely used or they are only usef by some people who come from outside sidoarjo, those are peno, ente, and koe. peno is rarely used by people in sidoarjo because they usually use pean instead of peno. actually, the meaning of peno is similar to pean, but they prefer pean because of their custom. kramsch (2009, p. 4) said that culture refers to what has been grown and groomed. in other word, it can be said that the deixis persona in sidoarjo is influenced by their their culture. afterwards, in sidoarjo society, peno is used when speaker and hearer are making joke. ente is used by people of arabic race who live in sidoarjo. it is used by them when they communicate with their circle or with other races in the daily communication. ente is a second singular pronoun which is taken from arabic language that is anta. anta becomes ente because of the influence of betawi’s language. as a result, the word anta which means you becomes ente which also means you. the last is koe. it is used by people who are from outside sidoarjo. they usually come from central java or yogyakarta. the outsider use it because they are influenced by their original culture. it means that they still use their original way in talking with other people. basically, koe can be classified as ngoko; it is usually used by speaker and hearer who have similar age and status, and also have close relationship. the deixis persona of singular second pronouns from the perspective of sociolinguistics’s dimension the deixis persona of singular second pronouns which is used in sidoarjo is influenced by sociolinguistics’ dimension consisting of social distance or solidarity, status or power, formality, and function (holmes, 1997, p. 377). the social distance or solidarity emphasizes on how well you know someone. this dimension affects the way the speaker or hearer chooses it. the status or power refers to high and low status between speaker and hearer. the formality relates to formal and informal situation of communication. while, the function conveys referential and affective function scales. each of them is explained clearly below. a. social distance or solidarity social distance or solidarity in this study is classified into two; close and general. close social distance or solidarity denotes the close relationship between speaker and hearer. while general social distance or solidarity identifies that speaker and hearer have general relationship. when speaker and hearer have close relationship or when they know each other well, they use second singular pronouns awakmu and koen. the use of them is influenced by several factors. first, awakmu and koen are used by speaker and hearer in a communication which happens in informal situation. when the speaker and hearer are in formal situation, they will try to use other second singular pronoun. second is age. when speaker is older than hearer or vice versa, speaker or hearer will not use awakmu or koen. they will choose other second singular pronouns like sampeyan or peyan. this situation shows that age becomes important factor in using the isti’anatul hikmah the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions 290 second singular pronouns. third is sex. when speaker and hearer have different sex, those deixis are rarely used by them because it sounds rude. for example, if men speak to women, they will choose other deixis of persona like pean. in addition, awakmu and koen are used by them when they have close relationship, have similar age, and have same sex. in addition, there are other second singular pronouns which are usually used by speaker and hearer who have close relationship. they are panjenengan, njenengan, and sampeyan. those three second singular pronouns are used by them because of age which means that the age of speaker or hearer is older. although speaker and hearer have close relationship, they will choose one of them. this condition can be seen in conversation 2. in contrast, the second singular pronouns used when speaker and hearer have general relationship are panjenengan, njenengan or sampeyan. they are used to show their respect since they do not know each other well. those pronouns have different level. the first high level is panjenengan, the second is njenengan, and the third is sampeyan. consequently, the use of them does not only show the level of solidarity but also the height status of speaker and hearer. b. status or power status or power in this study is classified into two, involving low and high status. low status/power means that speaker has low status than hearer or vice versa. while, high status or power identifies that speaker has high status than hearer or vice versa. status or power here contains many aspects like wealthy, knowledge, work position, and others. when speaker has low status than hearer or vice versa, he or she will use panjenengan and njenengan. in daily communication, panjenengan is rarely used by them. it is only utilized in special occasion, for example when they meet special person like leader of religion and government. the use of panjenengan is affected by other factors like relationship that is close or general, and formal or informal situation. on the contrary, njenengan is used in daily communication when ones speak to general person who has high status like headmaster and teacher. besides, it is also persuaded by other factors such as general relationship and formal or informal situation. when speaker or hearer has high status, they will use sampeyan, pean, awakmu, and koen. in other word, when those second singular pronouns are used by them, it may show that speaker has high status than hearer or vice versa. c. formality formality relates to formal and informal situation. when speaker and hearer are in formal situation, they will use panjenengan, njenengan, peyan and sampeyan. those four second singular pronouns are chosen for formal situation and the use of them are influenced by some factors like status or power, age, and solidarity. the use of them is already explained in point a (solidarity) and b (status or power). in addition, when speaker and hearer are in informal situation, they will use njenengan, sampeyan, peyan, awak mu, and koen. the five second singular pronouns are used in informal situation because of some factors, like status or power, age, and solidarity. d. function the function contains referential and affective function scales. it relates to the content of information and affectiveness of utterance. this situation associates to highlow information content and low-high affective content. moreover, the dimension of function cannot be explained here since it refers to the content while the focus of this english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 5, issue 2, june 2017 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 291 study is on the use of deixis persona in daily communication. conclusion based on the explanation above, there are six deixis persona of singular second pronouns found, namely panjenengan, njenengan, sampeyan, peyan, awak mu, and koen. those six deixis persona of singular second pronouns are used in sidoarjo’s society in daily communication. in addition, there are three additional deixis persona of singular second pronouns which are used by people in sidoarjo, those are peno, ente, and koe. those three are seldom used by original people of sidoarjo. when sidoarjo’s society chooses deixis persona in a communication, there are three sociolinguistics’s dimensions which influence it, namely solidarity, power, and situation. when the speaker and hearer have close relationship, they will use pean, awakmu and koen; when they have general relationship, they will use panjenengan, njenengan, and sampeyan. then, if the speaker has low status than the hearer, he or she will use panjenengan and njenengan; in contrast, when the speaker has high status than the hearer, he or she will use sampeyan, peyan, awak mu, and koen. next, when a speaker and a hearer in a formal situation, they will use panjenengan, njenengan, and sampeyan; whereas when they are in informal situation, they will use njenengan, sampeyan, peyan, awak mu, and koen. references holmes, j. (1997). an introduction to sociolinguistics. new york: longman. kramsch, c. (2009). language and culture. oxford: oxford university press. mahsun. (2005). metode penelitian bahasa: tahapan strategi, metode, dan tekniknya. jakarta: pt. raja grafindo persada. mangga, s. (2013). telaah pronomina diri orang kedua tunggal dalam bahasa jepang perspektif linguistik antropologi in celah bahasa kumpulan analisis linguistik (221-229). yogyakarta: green publishing. nadar, f. x. (2006). pragmatik dan penelitian pragmatik. yogyakarta: graha ilmu. saldana, j. (2011). fundamentals of qualitative research-understanding qualitative research. new york: oxford university press. sudaryanto. (2015). metode dan aneka teknik analisis bahasa. yogyakarta: sanata dharma university press. yule, g. (2006). pragmatik. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. isti’anatul hikmah the use of deixis persona of singular second pronouns in sidoarjo from the perspective of sociolinguistics’ dimensions 292 hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 216 web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency: a case of iranian learners hamid ashraf english department, torbat-e heydarieh branch, islamic azad university, torbat-e heydarieh, iran emails: h.ashraf@iautorbat.ac.ir; hamid.ashraf.elt@gmail.com maryam salami department of library and information science, payame noor university, iran e-mail : salamilib@yahoo.com apa citation: ashraf, h. & salami, m. (2014). web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency: a case of iranian learners, english review: journal of english education, 2(2), 216-229 received: 11-04-2013 accepted: 30-04-2013 published: 01-06-2013 abstract: language clubs have been reported to be effective in learning languages, increasing motivation and independence (gao, 2009). the present study was an attempt to investigate the effect of a web-based language club on the language proficiency of iranian efl learners. a number of pre-intermediate learners form two universities (118) were selected among 154 through a test of proficiency (toefl pbl), then they were put into experimental and control groups. the participants in experimental group got on line and acted as a member of a virtual language club for a period of 6 months. they got involved with activities like emailing, chatting, and weblogging. data were collected through toefl pbl. the analyzed data from the test of proficiency indicated the outperformance of those in experimental group. consequently, it might be proposed that web-based language clubs can make language learning easier and more efficient. keywords: web-based language club, english proficiency, efl learners or institutes. however, the effective use of electronic means in learning languages may depend on lots of other factors among which are the access to appropriate materials, skillful teachers, and optimal interaction. learners in an efl context have only the opportunity to learn and use the language in their classes something which has made learning with less outcome than the situations where english is considered as a second language or an official language. efl learners’ membership and their activities in language clubs may compensate for the lack of exposure and use of language in efl environment as postulated by gao (2009). language clubs, as martyn & voller (1995) believe, can be appropriate places to develop learners’ independence to learn a language. they claim that language clubs introduction nowadays, information communication technology (ict) is regarded as a means to teach and learn. learners can use web-based technology, mobiles, audio-video files, etc. to learn in or out of classes. there are academic degree courses in the form of distant learning through the use of extensive means of internet technology. the attempts and innovative endeavors of experts in ict have led to the emergence of e-learning which in turn has made it possible for all learners to have access to courses, materials and even professors without bothering to go there in flesh. e-learning has also opened effective ways to learn languages. now, there are language schools on line where learners can get live or archived lessons. there are even free classes and other various learning sources handled by individuals 217 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee in china have been the most appropriate situation for the promotion of english learners’ independence in learning. in another study wengberg, lagnevik, and hemborg (2010) reported the success of such a kind of club or cafe in increasing the students’ ability of communicating, developing conversational skill sand learn how to express their own ideas in a foreign language. furthermore, the language café project provided them an opportunity to meet the pupils at an individual level. the same type of language clubs may not be easily established in iran due to factors such as the long procedure to get the official permit to open and run such clubs, the need for a place devoted to this purpose, cultural issues, and religious restrictions. therefore, the virtual type of these clubs, run on the internet, might be a suitable kind for iranian learners of english. the present research is an attempt in discovering any significant effect of web-based language club (ibl club) activities on the language proficiency of efl learners, and also it accounts for the probable significant effect of this kind of club on creating positive attitude, interest and learner autonomy in language learning. learning and use of english as a foreign language is mostly restricted to class time. learners usually have the only chance to converse with their classmates and teachers. this makes the use of language a type of artificial one. therefore, while they encounter its real use out of class or in natural setting, they find it almost impossible to continue. language learning activities in classes are mostly restricted to the presentation and practice of language while there is almost no opportunity for the learners to evaluate their ability to use the language. the other issue in efl situation is the fact that learners rely on their teacher to learn the language. this hinders their independence and autonomy in learning to the extent that they may not be able to use the language outside of their classes. as cohen (1998) notes the use of language out of classes by learners is among the positive features of successful language learners. therefore, language clubs, the focus of this study, could be significant in that they will provide a suitable context for language learners to practice and use language out of their classes. however, the existence of barriers in face-to-face communication such as the fear of making mistakes suggests virtual types of language clubs. also, with regard to some other problems such as the need for official permit, cultural and religious restrictions, holding web-based language clubs might be a significant solution to these problems. the present research findings might be limited for strong generalizations due to the fact that the members were volunteers among university students who agreed to take part in the process of research. the researchers did not have the access to the greater number of students. also, the study is limited to the efl context where the speakers speak farsi as their mother tongue. the other limitation of the study is the fact that only the virtual type of language clubs was studied in this research not the real type. the development of electronic devices and ict especially web 2.0 and 3.0 has led to innovations in learning and education. internet has played a major role in this regard. according to nunan (1999) the exponential growth of the internet since 1994 is perhaps the major cause of growing interest in revolutionizing language learning and teaching. there are endless opportunities for novelties, development and change. “students are becoming more and more engaged, the communication and learning are less and less teachercentered” as pointed out by mullamaa (2009). hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 218 online learning as a recent kind e-learning has been considered with much more benefit than any other kind of learning ever. bowles (2004) compares the first four benefits of online learning as a kind of e-learning over other kinds of learning technologies. learner control, ease of access, ever access, and personalized learning are the stated benefits of on line learning. members can communicate whenever they feel there is a need. they can provide responses to the club member’s requests on their own time. they can get the access from home, work place or even when they are on the move. there is no need to attend the meeting in flesh. they can join the members on line without spending time and money to transfer. one of the major means to communicate and do the required activities in the present research was the use of email which has been placed among the most important facilities provided by the internet. e-mail has been called “the mother of all internet applications” which is a form of asynchronous computermediated communication (warschauer, shetzer, and meloni, 2000: 3). there are many benefits for the use of e-mail for educational purposes mentioned by gonglewski, meloni and brant (2001). the advantages have been stated as: language learning time and place is extended; a context for realworld communication and authentic interaction is provided, topics can be expanded beyond classroombased activities; student-centered language learning is promoted; equal opportunity participation is provided and encouraged; speakers are connected rapidly and almost cheaply; and collaborative projects can be developed. there have been some empirical studies considering the effect of emailing on the language learning. in a study by aminzadeh and molaesmaeli (2009) 48 iranian intermediate efl learners were investigated to check their writing improvement through emailing. the researchers found out that email developed the learning process of the learners, and increased their language proficiency. additionally, emailing promoted their positive attitude and interest, and enhanced their performance. in another study (motallebzadeh and ghaemi, 2009), the relationship between online reading strategies and the choice of offline reading strategies of intermediate efl learners was examined. they noted that problem solving online reading strategies and compensation (offline) reading strategies were prioritized by language learners while they were reading in online and offline environments. they suggested that language teachers should be aware of this phenomenon and focus their teaching reading strategies upon these types of strategies due to the fact that they are of language learners’ priorities. when teachers involve their learners in online learning activities, strategy awareness and training is necessary. motallebzadeh and amirabadi (2011) investigated second language writing of iranian efl students based on e-learning. the participants of the study were 83 efl students. the researchers stated that using e-learning can help to teach writing provided that the efl learners get familiar with it and its basics. they found that the role of teacher’s feedback via internet is a source of developing l2 writing proficiency which is well better than the other mode. al-saleem (2011) surveyed 14 efl jordanian students to check their ideas on the use of emails in learning english. he stated that the results showed that all students were very interesting and exciting to communicate via email. many indicated that their vocabulary and grammar 219 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee became much better than before. email exchange programs seemed to be positively useful and appropriate ways to improve efl learners writing skills. weblog was the other instrument utilized in the present study. it has been explained as “a reflective conversational tool for self-organized learning, which best portrays the constructivist essence with which the tool can be used for fostering autonomous, self-directed learning approaches” (fiedler, 2003). moreover, due to the fact that writing with weblogs has an authentic nature, users are encouraged to share their feelings with their fellow bloggers. weblogs can do many things for english language learners. according to stanley (2005) weblogs can provide extra reading for learners, direct learners to online resources, raise the sense of community in a class, encourage shy learners’ participation, stimulate out of class discussion, encourage a process writing approach, and can help build a closer relationship between learners in a large class. they also offer learners with a real audience, a chance for peer review. weblogs also provide a range of processbased writing tasks enjoyed by learners (raith, 2009; ward, 2004). there are studies in which the focus has been the implementation of blogs in language learning. blackstone, spiri, and naganuma (2007) reported on a new approach in which blogging activities were implemented in different levels of courses in english for academic purposes/composition program. they conducted an attitudinal survey involving eleven classes of 145 students over two semesters. they stated that more autonomous learning “can be encouraged through regular blogging”. in situations where student’s audience includes his or her classmates, the teacher and potentially anyone with an internet connection, one can witness an increase in the motivation to engage in meaningful written communication. their findings indicated that “they had extremely positive attitudes toward both blogging and the blogging buddy system” (blackstone, spiri and naganuma, 2007: 1). the other study on web logging and language learning (wu, 2006) attempted to find out efl adult learners reactions to writing pedagogic techniques: peer review and teacher feedback in efl composition class. in this study, peer review and teacher feedback were exchanged via the web to learners’ blog. the researcher aimed at finding out what effects, online peer review have on the revisions of low-intermediate efl writers. he examined 7 first drafts, 32 peer reviews, and 8 revised drafts. the teacher feedback led to both positive and negative revisions which depended on learners’ attitude and english proficiency level; however, “a significant proportion of the peer review did not serve a linguistic function to give meaningful and constructive comments but serve a pragmatic function to give complimentary praise or blessings”(wu, 2006: 1). usanoytim (2011: 1127) studied the weblog use on english language learning in an academic context in thailand. the study examined students’ awareness of weblogs and their attitudes towards them. the data were collected through short questionnaires, interview questionnaires and student blogs. the findings showed that the students observed “weblog as a tool for the development of their english, in terms of writing, reading, vocabulary, and recording their learning experience”. the other important findings were that the participants found weblog providing “an opportunity and freedom for selfexpression in english, writing for both a local and global audience, fostering creative, analytical and critical thinking skills, creating social interaction and good relationships between writer and hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 220 reader, and supporting the learning community”. yu-chihsun, and yu-jung chang (2012) did a study on blogging and writing skill. they examined how blogs and their interactive and collaborative features assist advanced graduate students process academic writing knowledge and make sense of their writer identity. the participants were 7 graduate students doing master’s level study in tesol and linguistics. the results indicated that the blog activity encouraged the participants to actively and reflectively involve in sharing and generating knowledge. it also helped them develop numerous strategies to deal with problems faced in the learning process. blogs also provided students “a sense of authorship as the writers of blog entries and, at the same time, provide a space for them to sort out what being an author entails, their purposes of writing, and their authority in writing”. as a study in an iranian context, rezaee and oladi (2008) worked on the students’ social interaction in class community and foreign weblogs. sixty participants from medical school of the university of tehran took part in the class community weblog, cyberdiscovery. the data was collected in an academic year through observing the class community weblog. data collection means included observation, questionnaire, interview and ielts writing proficiency test. they concluded that “blogging is a meaningful medium which can improve the students’ social interaction towards the class community and also promote creativity in writing”. in another attempt to work on learning reading skill and blogging in the national context, rashtchi and hajihassani (2011) investigated the effect of blogging on the development of reading ability of some iranian students. they came to this conclusion that “the use of weblog in classroom, although not statistically significant, could enhance the reading ability of efl learners as compared to the non-weblog method”. the present research attempted to investigate the probable significant effect of web-based language clubs on the learning of english by iranian efl university students. the research question to meet the purpose of the study is: “does the membership of iranian efl university students in webbased language clubs significantly affect their english language proficiency?” method the data needed to account for the purpose and hypothesis of the study was collected through the administration of a standard test to a group of efl learners. the participants of the study were selected among efl learners at two english departments namely: islamic azad university, torbat-e heydarieh branch, and aria aviation college, mashhad, iran. all participants were selected among 154 learners through the scores they gained in a proficiency test (toefl pbt) they sat at the beginning of the study. based on the interpretation of scores cited in ets official site those who gain scores of 350-450 are considered as pre-intermediate learners of english. therefore, those whose scores were less than 350, and more than 450 were not included to be among the participants of this study. the students were almost equally from both sexes (female: 68, male: 50). the age range was 19-28. the sample under study included 118 students in control and experimental groups (i.e. 59 in each group). this study aimed at measuring the effect of use of web-based language clubs on the language proficiency of learners of english at pre-intermediate level. the other purpose of the study was to find out how web-based language clubs might affect members’ language skill. the instrument utilized to reach the 221 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee purposes of the study was tefl pbt. it includes four modules with a total score of 677 (excluding test of written english). the score of test of written english is reported separately and is not part of total score. the present study, based on the study by gao (2009) on the role of language clubs in learning english, initiated to measure the use of e-learning in the same area. therefore, some of available means like emailing, chatting and weblogging were utilized to check their effect on the language proficiency of a group of learners joining a web-based language club designed specifically for this purpose. there was a pre-test session through which 118 participants of the study were selected among 154 pre-intermediate learners. they were in different classes without being randomly assigned. the researcher conducted an orientation session for the participants in the experimental group to make sure they were familiar with internet activities. they were informed on various internet activities to be used in the internet language club: getting online, signing up for emails, sending emails, chatting, joining the internet club, using the designed weblog, and using other sites and weblogs active in language learning and teaching. it was also made sure that the participants in the experimental group had the sufficient access to computers and internet lines. a weblog was designed by the researchers of this project specifically for the internet club members. it included sections related to language learning such as: introduction of other language learning sites. the researchers acted as the moderators of the club. they directed the various activities done through the weblog, emailing and google group. also, they facilitated the probable problems the participants faced while using the technology. each participant in the experimental group had signed up for an email id to get connected to other members. they were directed to chat with the members online on specific time through the week. also, based on an agreed schedule, all members were on line in two occasions in each week to discuss the assigned materials. they discussed various topics mostly related to their education and daily life. the moderators of the club sent them articles mostly extracted from newspapers. then, the members were asked to study the article and get ready for an online discussion on the topic. in some cases, the members were asked to suggest the topics for discussion. as another activity they were forwarded podcasts to listen to and get ready for expressing their ideas on the included content. they also exchanged emails on life and academic topics they were interested in. as an ongoing activity they were required to get connected to the suggested language learning weblogs and websites. they were asked to express and share their opinions on the visited sites. furthermore, they stated what was interesting and new to them, and also expressed their probable questions or problems on the content of the visited sites. the participants in the control group were not involved in such kinds of activities through the web. some english books and audio-visual materials were introduced to them. they were asked to study the books, and listen and watch the audio-visual materials. the research method was a quasi-experimental since there was not a random selection of participants in experimental and control groups. results and discussion the present research project was to investigate the effect of web-based language project on the language proficiency of iranian efl learners. the hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 222 participants of the study took toefl pbt as pretest and posttest to have valid data for quantitative analysis the result of which would account for the significant statistical rejection or acceptance of designed hypothesis. the data were entered into spss 17 to be analyzed for study purposes. toefl pbt pretest to ensure the homogeneity of groups with regard to language proficiency and check the participants’ probable progress, toefl pbt was administered to both groups as the pretest and posttest. the first analysis was done to check the normality of data from toefl pbt administered as pretest. test of normality of data of toefl pbtas pretest to investigate the normality of the data obtained from toefl pbt as pretest in both control and experimental groups, one-sample kolmogorovsmirnov test was applied. if the null hypothesis of this test is accepted, then we have to use non-parametric methods for analysis of the data. table 1 indicates the result of the test run on the data. as indicated in table 1, the results of one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test revealed that the data obtained from the toefl pbt were normal in both experimental (p = .419 ˃ .05) and control (p = .206 ˃ .05) groups. consequently, to determine the statistical significance of the data, independent-samples t-test and paired-samples t-test were applied. in the first analysis, to select the participants at the same level of language proficiency, 118 participants were selected among others based on the scores the got in exam. table 2 illustrates the result. the means of scores they gained in the toefl exam were 403-407. based on the interpretation of scores cited in ets official site those who gain scores between 350-450 are considered as pre-intermediate learners of english. therefore, the ones whose scores were less than 350 and more than 450 were excluded from the study. there were 59 participants in each group. as indicated in table 2, minimum scores gained in experimental group and control group are 375 and 365 respectively. the maximum figures are 435 and 443 in experimental and control groups. experimental/control groups pretest to make sure on the homogeneity of the participants, the toefl scores from both experimental and control groups at the outset of the study were analyzed further. table 3illustrates the descriptive statistics of both groups at pretest. the figures in the table show that the difference between means of toefl scores in experimental and control groups is 4.249. the significant statistical difference between means of experimental and control groups is tested via independent samples t-test (see table4). as the data in tables 3 and 4 indicates, there is no statistically significant difference [t(116) = 1.782, p = .077 (two-tailed)] between experimental (m = 407.7119, sd = 13.47322) and control (m = 403.4322, sd = 12.60250) groups in connection with language proficiency at the beginning of the study(at 0.05 level of significance). therefore, it can be concluded that all participants were at almost the same level of language proficiency at the outset of the study. posttest to check the participants’ probable progress, toefl pbt was administered to both groups as posttest. the first analysis in this section was done to check the normality of data from toefl pbt administered as posttest. 223 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table. one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov (toefl pbt pretest) pretest experimental pretest control n 59 59 normal parameters(a,b) mean 407.7119 403.4322 std. deviation 13.47322 12.60250 most extreme differences absolute .115 .139 positive .115 .139 negative -.071 -.086 kolmogorov-smirnov z .881 1.065 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .419 .206 a test distribution is normal. b calculated from data. table 2. the minimum and maximum scores of both groups at pretest pretest experimental pretest control n valid 59 59 missing 0 0 minimum 375.00 365.00 maximum 435.00 443.00 table 3. groups statistics (experimental and control pretest) mean n std. deviation std. error mean pair 1 pretest experimental 407.7119 59 13.47322 1.75406 pretest control 403.4322 59 12.60250 1.64071 table 4. results of independent samples test for toefl pbt as pretest f sig. t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper total equal variances assumed .631 .429 1.782 116 .077 4.2797 2.40180 -.47741 9.03673 equal variances not assumed 1.782 115.486 .077 4.2797 2.40180 -.47763 9.03696 table 5. one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov (toefl pbt posttest) posttest experimental posttest control n 59 59 normal parameters(a,b) mean 449.4068 430.8559 std. deviation 22.26089 15.20522 most extreme differences absolute .127 .068 positive .127 .051 negative -.063 -.068 kolmogorov-smirnov z .978 .523 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .294 .947 a. test distribution is normal b. calculated from data. hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 224 test of normality of data of toefl pbt as posttest one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test was applied to calculate the normality of the data obtained from toefl pbt as posttest in both control and experimental groups. table 5indicates the result of the test run on the data. as illustrated in table 5, the results of one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test indicated that the data obtained from the toefl pbt as posttest were normal in both experimental (p = .294 ˃ .05) and control (p = .947 ˃ .05) groups. consequently, to determine the statistical significance of the data, independentsamples t-test and paired-samples t-test were applied. experimental/control groups posttest the data from posttest (toefl) have been analyzed through comparing of means and also the use of cross tabulation (contingency tables) to check the probable relationships. table 6 shows the results of the group statistics analysis of the data. the figures in table 6 indicate that the difference between means of toefl scores in experimental (n = 59, m = 449.406) and control (n = 59, m = 430.855) groups is 18.509. to check on its statistical significant difference, data were analyzed through independent paired t-test (see table 7). as the data in tables 6 and 7shows, there is statistically significant difference [t(116) = 5.286, p = .000 (two-tailed)] between experimental (m = 449.4068, sd = 22.26089) and control (m = 430.8559, sd = 15.20522) groups in their language proficiency at the end of the study (at 0.05 level of significance). as a conclusion, the participants in the experimental group who received treatment through being a member of web-based language club gained a higher means of scores (449.4) in the posttest in comparison with those in the control group (430.8). therefore, it can be concluded that the null-hypothesis stating that ‘there is no significant difference between the participants in control and experimental groups after receiving treatment” is rejected. experimental group pretest and posttest to account for the probable progress of the participants in experimental group, the means of scores of these participants collected in two occasions (pretest and posttest) have been analyzed through the same procedure. table 8 illustrates the result. the figures in the table indicate that the difference between means of toefl scores in experimental group in two occasions of data collection is around 41.6.the significant statistical difference between means of pretest and posttest in experimental group has been tested via paired samples t-test (see table 9). the data in tables 8 and 9 indicate, there is statistically significant difference [t(58) = 17.532, p = .000 (two-tailed)] between experimental pretest data (m = 407.7119, sd = 13.47322) and experimental posttest data (m = 449.4068, sd = 22.26089) in their language proficiency at the end of the study (at 0.05 level of significance). therefore, the participants in the experimental group showed progress in posttest. this proves that they have been affected by being a member of web-based language club. regarding the changes in language proficiency, a further analysis is done on the data. table10 illustrates the maximum and minimum of means of the participants in the posttest. the minimum mean of scores at the posttest (table 10) is 410 while it was 375 at pretest stage. the maximum mean of scores is 502.5, but it was 435 at the beginning of the study. 225 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 6. group statistics (experimental and control posttest) grouping n mean std. deviation std. error mean total posttest experimental 59 449.4068 22.26089 2.89812 posttest control 59 430.8559 15.20522 1.97955 table 7. results of independent samples test for toefl pbt as posttest f sig. t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper total equal variances assumed 7.774 .006 5.286 116 .000 18.5508 3.50966 11.59952 25.50218 equal variances not assumed 5.286 102.446 .000 18.5508 3.50966 11.58981 25.51188 table 8. paired samples statistics (experimental group, pretest and posttest) mean n std. deviation std. error mean pair 1 pretest 407.7119 59 13.47322 1.75406 posttest 449.4068 59 22.26089 2.89812 table 9. paired samples test (experimental group, pretest and posttest) mean paired differences t df sig. (2-tailed) std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pretest posttest -41.694 18.26789 2.37828 -46.4556 -36.9343 -17.532 58 .000 table 10. statistics (minimum & maximum of means: experimental pretest & posttest) pretest posttest n valid 59 59 missing 0 0 minimum 375.00 410.00 maximum 435.00 502.50 experimental group pretest and posttest: language proficiency level as it was indicated, the participants in both groups did not differ in their language proficiency based on the data collected at the beginning of the study. however, based on the data collected from toefl scores as posttest, the participants in the experimental group acted much better than what they did at the beginning of the study. as stated in ets official site, those who get 450 to 520 in pbt toefl are labeled as intermediate learners. a further analysis (cross tabulation) will show how many participants have moved to the intermediate level of proficiency. furthermore, the relationship between the means gained in pretest and posttest would be illustrated. hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 226 table 11. experimental group, pretest level * posttest level cross tabulation posttest level total preintermediate1 preintermediate2 intermediate1 intermediate2 pretest level preintermediate1 count 1 6 13 1 21 % within total pretest level 4.8% 28.6% 61.9% 4.8% 100.0% % within total posttest level 100.0% 100.0% 27.7% 20.0% 35.6% % of total 1.7% 10.2% 22.0% 1.7% 35.6% preintermediate2 count 0 0 34 4 38 % within total pretest level .0% .0% 89.5% 10.5% 100.0% % within total posttest level .0% .0% 72.3% 80.0% 64.4% % of total .0% .0% 57.6% 6.8% 64.4% total count 1 6 47 5 59 % within total pretest level 1.7% 10.2% 79.7% 8.5% 100.0% % within total posttest level 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% % of total 1.7% 10.2% 79.7% 8.5% 100.0% table 12. chi-square tests value df asymp. sig. (2-sided) pearson chi-square 14.487(a) 3 .002 likelihood ratio 16.386 3 .001 linear-by-linear association 10.164 1 .001 n of valid cases 59 a. 6 cells (75.0%) have expected count less than 5. the minimum expected count is .36. to make the analysis more precise, the participants’ scores have been labeled as “pre-intermediate1” (350400) and “pre-intermediate2” (401-450) based on the scores they received. a similar classification has been made to intermediate level. those who gained 450-480 are named as “intermediate 1”, and those with 481 to 520 labeled as “intermediate 2”. the classifications designed for the scores have been used in the cross tabulation in table11. as indicated in table 11, 61.9% of participants who were labeled as “pre-intermediate1” in pretest phase have moved up to “intermediate1” in posttest phase. the next stands for those participants labeled as “pre-intermediate1” who are now in “pre-intermediate2” (28.6%). it is also indicated that 4.8% of “preintermediate1” participants’ status has changed to “intermediate2”. the degree of changes in this group (preintermediate 1) is considered desirable since only 4.8% of them remained in the same group in posttest phase. the figures in “pre-intermediate2” in pretest phase (table 11) shows a stronger trend witnessed in “pre-intermediate1”. majority of participants in “preintermediate2” (89.5%) have moved to 227 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee “intermediate1” in posttest stage. the rest (10.5%) even had a better progress by being placed as “intermediate2”. based on the figures in table 11, it is apparent that only 4.8% of participants have not changed their group for the better. therefore, it can be assumed that almost all of the participants have been affected by the treatment they received. the data from pbt toefl administered in two occasions have been analyzed further to indicate the significance of the relations shown in variables of the study. chi-square tests, table12 indicates the result of this analysis. based on the data revealed in table 12, the significance value (2-sided) =.002 which is much lower than pearson chi-square value (14.487) which means that the two variables are, indeed, related. therefore, it can be concluded that the changes displayed in the cross tabulation table are significant with respect to the existence of relationship between variables and the changes witnessed. as an important finding of this study it is indicated that the set of analysis done on the data from pbt toefl as pretest and posttest confirms the idea that being a member of webbased language club can help learners improve their proficiency in english. conclusion the present study was an attempt to investigate the effect of webbased language club on the language proficiency of iranian efl learners. the design chosen for the study was a quasi-experimental one in which 118 pre-intermediate learners form two universities were selected among 154 through a homogenizing test (toefl pbl). they were put into an experimental group and a control group. the participants in experimental group were required to get on line and act as a member of a virtual club designed for the purpose of the study for a period of 6 months. they were mostly involved with activities like emailing, chatting, and weblogging. the research question of the study accounted for investigation of the effect of web-based language club on the language proficiency of iranian efl learners. the result of analysis on the data from pretest administered to both groups indicated that there was no statistical significant difference between the participants in both groups at outset of the study. the analysis of the data from toefl pbl test administered to both groups as posttest (independent sample t-test) statistically rejected the null hypothesis which suggested the lack of effect of treatment on the language proficiency of the participants. the participants in the experimental group who were the members of web-based language club outperformed in their language proficiency those in the control group. the other analysis done on pretest and posttest data of experimental group (paired sample t-test) also proved the fact that the participants in the web-based language club group made some significant development in their language proficiency. the further analysis on the data form pretest and posttest, done through cross-tabulation and pearson chi square, accounted for the probable development of participants in the experimental group which lead to results indicating the change of proficiency level. almost majority of the participants (88.1%) moved from the lower level to the next level of proficiency. therefore, it can be concluded that the membership of these students in the web-based language club as a kind of e-learning and getting involved in activities like emailing, blogging, and grouping on the net has been effective on their language proficiency. the finding of the present study that is in line with the development of language proficiency hamid ashraf & maryam salami web-based language club affecting efl learners’ proficiency 228 and language skills is partly supported by other previous studies in e-learning such as: corio and meloni (1995), spiri, and naganuma (2007), rezaee and oladi (2008), aminzadeh and molaesmaeli (2009), motallebzadeh and ghaemi (2009), al-saleem (2011), blackstone, rashtchi and hajihassani (2011), motallebzadeh and amirabadi (2011), noytim (2011), and sun and chang (2012). these studies have reported the success of students in the development of at least one of language skills through the use of one form of e-learning. the present research aimed at investigating the effect of web-based language clubs on the language proficiency of iranian efl learners. researchers interested in the field can work on both types of clubs (virtual and real ones) in the form of experimental research. there could be studies with the inclusion of participants speaking other languages in other contexts as efl or esl. similar types of language clubs could be developed for language teachers to maintain their professional development. references aminzadeh, r., & molaesmaeli, e. (2009). writing improvement through collaborative e-mailing. journal of teaching english as a foreign language and literature, 1(2): 59-73. al-saleem, b. i. t. (2011). the impact of the cross-cultural e-mail exchange program to enhance the efl undergraduate jordanian students’ writing skill. international research journals. 2(6): 1193-1198. retrieved from: http:// www.interesjournals.org/er. textbook company. belisle, r. (1996). e-mail activities in the esl writing class [www.document]. the internet tesl journal, 2(12). retrieved from: url http://www.aitech.ac.jp/ iteslj/ artieles/belisle blackstone, b., spiri, j. & naganuma, n. (2007). blogs in english language teaching and learning: pedagogical uses and student responses. retrieved from http:// www.nus.edu.sg/celc/publications/ retl62/01to20blackstone.pdf chen, c.c., & jones, k.t. (2007). blended learning vs. traditional classroom settings: assessing effectiveness and student perceptions in an mba accounting course. the journal of educators online, 4 (1). cohen, a. 1998. strategies in learning and using second language. harlow: longman. corio, r. & meloni, c. (1995). the guidelines net project. computer-assisted english language learning, 6(3), 20-24. fiedler, s. (2003). personal web publishing: as a reflective conversational tool for self organized learning. proceedings of ‘blog talk – a european conference on weblogs. vienna, austria, 23-24 may 2003. retrieved from: http://seblogging. cognitivearchitects.com/stories/ storyreader gao, x. (2009). the ‘english corner’ as an outof class learning activity. elt journal, 63(1): 60-67. gómez, l.a.o. & duart, j.m. (2011). a hybrid approach to university subject learning activities. british journal of educational technology, 42(2). gonglewski, m., meloni, c. & brant, j. (2001). using e-mail in foreign language teaching: rationale and suggestions. the internet tesl journal. 7:3 . retrieved from: www.iteslj.org. martyn, e. and p. voller. (1995). self-access and learner independence in east asia. independence, 12: 2–3. montero-fletaa, b., & pérez-sabaterb, c. (2010).a research on blogging as a platform to enhance language skills. procedia social and behavioral sciences 2: 773–777. motallebzadeh, k., & amirabadi, s. (2011). online interactional feedback in second language writing: through peer or tutor? mjal, 3(2): 156-174. motallebzadeh, k., & ghaemi, h. (2009). on the relationship between online reading strategies and the choice of offline reading strategies of intermediate efl learners. iranian efl journal, 3: 64-81. mullamaa, k. (2009). why resort to 229 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 2, issue 2, june 2014 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee e-learning in language teaching? ict as a support for language learning and communication. international conference ict for language learning, 2nd edition. mullamaa, k. (2010). ict in language learning-benefits and methodological implications international education studies, 3(1), 38-44. noytim, u. (2010). weblogs enhancing efl students’ english language learning. procedia social and behavioral sciences 2: 1127–1132. nunan, d. (1999). second language teaching and learning. boston, ma: heinle & heinle. raith, t. (2009). the use of weblogs in language education. in m. thomas (ed.), handbook of research on web 2.0 and second language learning (pp. 274-291). hershey: igi global reference. rashtchi, m. & hajihassani, h.(2011). blog-assisted language learning: a possibility in teaching reading to iranian efl learners. international journal of language studies, 4(4), 245-362. rezaee, a. a., & oladi, s. (2008). the effect of blogging on language learners’ improvement in social interactions and writing proficiency. iranian journal of language studies (ijls), 2(1), 73-88. rovai, a.p, & jordan, h. p. (2004). blended learning and sense of community: a comparative analysis with traditional and fully online graduate courses. international review of research in open and distance learning, 5(2). stanley, g. (2005). why blog? retrieved from http:// searchenglish.britishcouncil.org/ attachments/se/why%20blog.pdf. sun, y., & chang, y. (2012). blogging to learn: becoming efl academic writers through collaborative dialogues. language learning & technology february 2012, 16(1): 43–61. ward, j. (2004). having a ball with blog-assisted language learning. lore: an e-journal for teachers of writing. retrieved from http:// www.bedfordstmartins.com/lore/ digressions/content.htm?dis13 warschauer, m. (1995). comparing face-toface and electronic discussion in the second language classroom. calico journal, 13(2 & 3), 7-26. warschauer, m., shetzer, h. & meloni, c. (2000). internet for english teaching. alexandria, va: tesol publications. wengberg, l., lagnevik, a., & hemborg, j. (2010). language cafés: developing conversational language skills in school. international conference: ict for language learning, 3rd edition. florence, italy. wu, w. (2005). using weblogs in an efl writing class. proceedings of the 2005 conference and workshop on tefl and applied linguistics (pp. 426-432). taipei: crane publishing. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 273 understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school semi sukarni english language education, faculty of teacher training and education universitas muhammadiyah purworejo, indonesia e-mail: semi.sukarni24@gmail.com apa citation: sukarni, s. (2020). understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school. english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 273-282. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.2002. received: 18-01-2020 accepted: 28-03-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: the main objective of vocational high school (smk) is to prepare learners to specific job. at this school, learners are trained the major skills as well as the supportive skills. language, in this case english, must support the hard skills for the communication at work. however, based on the preliminary research, most teachers use general english as teaching materials. hence, this study aims to describe the learners‘ target need of learning english at accountancy program at vocational high school and to identify english skills needed by students of accountancy program. there were 124 evelenth graders involved in this study which consisted of students of smk 2 purworejo and smk 1 wonosobo. to obtain the data, a questionnaire was used. the findings showed that 63.8% of the students want to look for a job after graduated, while 36.2% of them want to continue their study. further, speaking is the most important skill and vocabulary related to the technical terms are needed by students. another necessity is the availability of textbook containing esp materials to support learners to develop their communication skill. keywords: esp; learning need; need analysis; smk; target need. introduction the 21st century skill framework is popular with 4cs including critical thinking, problem solving, communication, and creativity and innovation (forum, 2018). learning international language particulary english is related one of the important skills in global communication. the language is used in communication at work for sharing thought, asking questions, conveying ideas and giving solution. communication skills are related to the term communicative competence in learning a language which cover four competence as it is explained by canale and swain as cited in calce murcia & olshtain, 2000, p.16 there are (1) linguistic and grammatical competence which consists of basic elemens of communication: sentence patterns, morphological inflection, lexical resources, and phonological system; (2) sociolinguistic competence, which consists of social and cultural knowledge require to use language appropriately such as formality, politeness; (3) discourse competence, which involves the selection, sequencing, and arrangement of words, structure to achive a unified spoken or written whole with reference to a particular message or context; (4) strategic competence, which includes the strategies and procedure relevant to language processing and production. it activates knowledge of other competencies and help the language users compensate for gaps and deficiencies in knowledge when they communicate. in the basis of these communicatice competence the language learners must be exposed to the use of language aspects in various contexts in different language events. to achieve a good communication skill, institution must have an appropriate curriculum and instruction. as this study is focuses at vocational high school, the school must have curriculum sets including the syllabus and materials which are needed by prospective graduates. related to the act of the republic of indonesia no. 20 of 2003 on national education system article 15 as cited in mahbub (2018) states that vocational education is secondary education program for preparing learners for a specific job. to respond this statement, vocational high school should provide the english skills which related to the specific skill achieved by the gradutes. however, up to now in practice, there are no differences of english syllabus which used by senior high school and vocational high school.the materials contained in the syllabus of english subject are taught to students of senior high school and vocational high school. this matter, semi sukarni understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school 274 in fact, had been emphasized in kusni, syaamawi and refnadi‘ finding that english for vocational high school students should be carefully redisigned and reconsidered before it is widely used throught the nation. related to sukarni‘s research finding on need analysis viewed by english teachers at vocational high school it was found that all teacher in the study taught english by using textbook that was required by government based on 2013 curriculum namely bahasa inggris sma/ma/smk/mak written by kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. the content of the book is general english, it is not specifically written for vocational school. the general english does not specifically promote learners with language skills needed in the prospective work (sukarni, 2019). similar research finding showed that the teaching materials in vhs was not appropriate with the concept of esp because it was too general, it didn’t close to the students’ field study (ronaldo, 2016). general english, henceforth (ge) is different from english for specific purpose, henceforth (esp). esp involves teaching and learning specific skills and language needed by particular learners for particular purpose-a set of skills that learners currently need in their work or will need in their professional career, whereas, ge is aimed at a very wide range of learners (day & krzanowski, 2011). the different between esp and ge or general english language teaching, (henceforth general elt) in term of external and internal goals for language teaching, cook as cited in (basturkmen, 2010). external goals is related to the uses of language outside the classroom. internal goals relate to educational aims of the classroom. esp teaching generally more concerned with external goals. in esp learner engaged either in academic, professional or occupational pursuits. meanwhile esp according to dudley-evans and st john as cited in (basturkmen, 2010) focuses on when, where and why learners need the language either in study or workplace contexts. decisions about what to teach, or how to teach are informed by descriptions of how language is used in the particular context where learners will work or study. in order that the teaching materials in esp syllabus meet with the learners‘ need in the prospective work, need analysis must be carried out. need analysis is the process for the course developer to investigate what the learners need to know or be able to do in the targetr language in order for them to be able to use the language effectively in the chosen profession, work or study area (basturkmen, 2013). richards, (2001) had emphasized the purpose of need analysis, among them are to find out what the language skills a learners needs in order to perform a particular role, such as sales manager, tour guide, accountant, engineer; to identify a gap between what students are able to do and what they need to be able to do. related to the purpose, hutchinson & waters, (1991) as cited in nation and macalister (2010) divide needs into target needs (what learner needs to do in the target situation) and learning need (what learner needs to do in order to learn). the target needs include necessities (what necessary the learners‘ use of language), lacks (what the learner lacks) and wants (what the learners wish to learn). the need analysis must be carried out in order the course developer has information about the learner need to construct an english for specific materials. it is done commonly using questionnaire and interview to elicit the perception of learner needs as seen by stakeholders such as (learners, teachers and employers). the result of need analysis are generally used to determine the objective for the esp course and to specify the sequence of instruction or content (language, tasks, activities, and skills) to be covered in the course. need analysis is seen as a key process in the development and revision of language for specific purpose (lsp) as emphasized by dudley-evans and st john (1998), baturkmen and elder (2004) and kim (2008) in basturkmen (2013). she further explains that course developer investigates what learners need to know or be able to do in the target language in order for them to function effectively in the chosen profession, work or even study. a need analysis for students of accounting may indicate that the learners need to be familiar with vocabulary on topical areas such as loan and asset management and written genre such as financial statements and market reports and will need to draw on linguistic skills such as making notes while listening to telephone. these all to make the most of their accountancy studies (basturkmen, 2013) several studies had carried out need analysis to determine the course contents for esp in higher education such university in kusnawati (2017); lee (2016); peodjiastuties and oliver, (2017); suyadi (2015) studies but limited studies conducted in treshold level or vocational high english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 275 school. there were few studies such as kardijan, emzir, & zaenal rafli, (2017); khusni, syamwil, & rifnaldi, (2014) and mahbub, (2018). however, none of the three studies focused on esp for accountancy program at treshold level. lee’s and poedjiastuti and oliver’s study explored the perception of esp course in university level. the difference is that lee‘s study only involved the students perception of esp course, while poedjiastuti & oliver involved the stakeholders which included employers, teachers and students. the finding suggested on the important and useful of esp course for the future job and the stakeholders acknowledge the important of english as global and international language. earlier studies on need analysis for esp for accountancy in higher education did by kusnawati (2017) and suyadi (2015). these studies involved the students of accountancy program. the difference between the two studies were that kusnawati’s study explored the students‘ perpective on their target and present english needs, while suyadi’s study aimed at improving materials for accounting program needed by students. the result suggested the target communication needs were english conversation skills for social interaction, whereas, their occupational disciplinary need was accounting terminology mastery. meanwhile, suyadi (2015) had suggested that the students of accounting program need a special materials in learning english which has relationship with study program of accountancy: reading, vocabulary and writing report. need analysis should be done by multiple stakeholders which include teacher, students, the current/future employesrs, the administration of the educational institution, etc. in designing the course syllabus as it emphasized by huhta et al. as cited in chovancova (2014). sice there were no earlier studies as far as the writer found focusing on the need analysis of esp for vocational high school for accountancy program viewed from the learners, this study aims: (1) to describe the learners target need of learning english at accountancy program of vocational high school; (2) to identify english skills needed by students of accountancy program. method the research belongs to qualitative research. it also belongs to exploratory research as the writer explored the information about target needs which include necessities, lacks and wants and learning needs. the result of the need analysis can be used to develop a new syllabus and finally a new textbook which meets with the learners‘ needs. this study was conducted at the chosen vocational high school (vhs/smk) business and managemen in purworejo and wonosobo regencies of central java. the participants were the students in accountancy program of the eleventh grade. questionnaire was used to collect the data about the need analysis viewed from the students. the questions in the questionnaire covers both closed-ended and open-ended questions. an openended question requires participants in any way that they please and provide primarily qualitative data. on the other hand, closed-ended question requires participants to choose limited number of responses which are predetermined by the researcher and it primarily provides quantitative data (johnson and christensen, 2012, p. 169). there were 12 likert-scale items to obtain the data on lack and 1 item on necessity and three items/open-ended questions. a four-point likert scale response includes strongly agree, agree, disagree, and strongly disagree. thematic data analysis was used to analyze the qualitative data about the learners’ needs for esp teaching materials. descriptive quantitative data was used to analyze the quantitative data by using descriptive statistics in a form of simple percentage calculation for the item analysis. results and discussion learners‘ target need of learning english to explain about learners‘ target need of learning english, there were three questions had to be answered by the students. the questions were related to the importance of learning english viewed by the learners; the sequence of the important language skills viewed by the learners and the sequence of the important language aspects viewed by the learners. the findings from research data were presented below. target need for learning english viewed from the learners the target need for learning english here means the learners’ reason for learning english whether they learn english for preparing further study in higher institution or for looking for a job after the learners graduate. the finding is presented in the table below. semi sukarni understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school 276 table 1. target need for learning english viewed from the learners no target need for learning english total percentage (%) 1 preparing for further study 45 36.2 2 looking for a job 79 63.8 124 100 table 1 shows the comparison of the number of students for the reason of learning english. it shows that looking for a job is more than preparing for further study (63.8 >36.2). it shows that students in vocational school tend to have aim to work rather than to further study. it implies that the content of the english teaching materials needed by students of vocational school is not only general english (ge) but also materials which are related to the working situation in the future job, in this case is esp related to accounting or financial matters. if the schools only teach students with ge, it means that they only accommodate the students who want to continue studying in higher institution, however, they do not accommodate the students who want to work after graduate. the sequence of the importance of language skills needed by learners the second point about the target need is related to the sequence of importance of language skills which include listening, speaking, reading and writing which is needed by learners. in the learners‘ view which language skill they think is most important among four skills, which one the second, the third and the fourth. this information is important in order to provide learning experience which skill should receive emphasis than other skills which related to the learners‘ need. the finding is presented in the table below. table 2. the sequence of the importance of language skills needed by learners no language skill total percentage 1 listening 22 17.7 2 speaking 69 55.6 3 reading 20 16.1 4 writing 14 10.4 124 100 table 2 shows that the most important language skill needed by learners is speaking as it is seen that speaking has the highest percentage compare to other skills. it is possible that the learners had an assumption that speaking is for communication with other people particularly in working situation. it is seemed that the learners had already known that communication is needed for the prospective graduates in relation with one of the 2st century skills related to 4cs 21st century skills framework. however, communication skills here which refering for sharing thought, questioning, conveying ideas and giving solution is not only practice in speaking but also in writing. at the same time to be able to speak well, learners have to be exposed with listening in order for the graduates meet the job requirements they need to learn and practice during vocational school education. this finding support the earlier research finding from kusnawati (2017) that the target needs was english conversation skills for social interaction. the sequence of the importance of language aspects the third point is about the target need related to the sequence of importance of language aspects which include vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation which is needed by learners. the researcher would like to know, in learners view which one they think is the most important or urgent among the three language aspects. as this information is also important to provide learners learning materials which meet with the learners‘ need. the finding is presented in the table below. table 3. the sequence of the importance of language aspects needed by learners no language aspects total percentage % 1 vocabulary 71 57.2 2 grammar 37 29.8 3 pronunciation 16 12.9 124 100 english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 277 table 3 shows that the most important language aspect needed by learners is vocabulary. this answer related to the answer for the most important language skill – speaking. the learners had already had assumption that in order to able to communicate in english, the learners need to have large number of vocabulary and the frequent practice in speaking. this is the resason why vocabulary is the most important. this finding supports the earlier research finding from kusnawati (2017) about the need of accounting terminology or technical term of vocabulary. however, other aspectsgrammar and pronunciation are also important. without the language three aspects learners cannot involve in english communication either active or passive. the three questions had given information about the target need viewed by learners. this information is important for the stake holders of vocational school educationl in order to provide learning materials which are needed by learners in order to meet the future need. as it related to the lenard and pintaric‘s study on students and employeers and it resulted that it was imperative need for communicative competency at the workplace. it is advised that schools design and implement a specialized course aiming to develop listening, writing, teamwork and presentation skills (lenard & pintaric, 2018). the lacks in the present textbooks used by vocational high school there are some questions in the questionnaire which try to analyze the textbook used at present by vhs students in order to understand real condition about the textbook. the information is presented below. table 4. questionnaire result of students’ response of textbook quality no statement teacher response (%) sa a d sd 1 english textbooks for smk in general relevant to the students’ need of english 18.5 36.2 43.5 1.6 2 the exposure in textbook is very relevant. 13.7 40.3 45.2 0.8 3 the content of vocabulary in textbook is relevant to the students’ skill 16.1 38 42.7 3.2 4 the content of grammar related to the students’ skill. 4 42.7 50 3.2 5. communicative expressions in textbook is related to the students’ skill 18.1 36.2 44.3 3.2 6 reading text in textbook is related to the students’ skill 13.7 40.3 42.7 3.2 7 context for speaking practice in textbook is related to the students’ skill. 16.1 38.7 43.5 3.2 8 textbooks contain various learning activities. 18.1 36.2 46.7 0.8 9 learning activities provided make students participate actively. 16.1 32.2 50 1.6 10 textbooks contain various evaluation types including authentic assessment. 13 33.8 51.6 1.6 11 textbooks stimulate students to learn english according to their skill. 16.1 16.1 50 3.2 there are eleven questions for textbook analysis which asked about the condition of textbooks that used at vhs at present viewed from the students. the students had to give response to 11 items related to quality of the textbooks used at present by giving response strongly agree (sa), agree (a), disagree (d) and strongly disagree (sd). based on the data analysis it was found that the percentage of response disagree (d) had highest among other responses, particulary strongly agree (sa) or agree (a). question 1: english textbooks for smk in general relevant to the students’ need of english. there were 45.1 % students answer in disagree. it means that the textbook at present is less relevant to the students’ need of english in specific areas of accounting. question 2: the exposure in textbook is very relevant. there were 46 % students answer disagree. it means the exposure in textbook is not really relevant to the target needs – for example the exposure related to the communication in the financial institution. semi sukarni understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school 278 question 3: the content of vocabulary in textbook is relevant to the students’ skill. there were 45.9 % students answer disagree. it means many students feel that the content of vocabulary in textbook is less relevant to the students’ skill related to the technical terms used in accountancy. question 4: the content of grammar related to the students’ skill. there were 53.2 % students answer disagree. it means the majority of students feel that the content of grammar is not related to the students’ skill. in other words, the grammar which contained in the textbook is not relevant with the grammar/sentence construction for english for accountancy. question 5: communicative expressions in textbook is related to the students’ skill. there were 47.5 % students answer disagree. it means that many students think that the communicative expressions in textbook is not related to the students’ skills for conveying ideas, question and solution. question 6: reading text in textbook is related to the students’ skill. there were 45.9 % students answer disagree. it means many students feel that reading texts in textbook are related to the students’ skills in accountacy for example text for explaining account, management accounting, job in accounting, etc. question 7: context for speaking practice in textbook is related to the students’ skill. there were 46.7 % students answer disagree. it means that many students think that the context for speaking practice in textbook is little related to the students’ skills in more specific field of accountancy. question 8: textbooks contain various learning activities. there were 47.5 % students answer disagree. it means that many students think that textbooks do not contain various learning activities for students to learn and practice english. question 9: learning activities provided make students participate actively. there were 51.6 % students answer disagree. it means that majority of students feel that the learning activities provided do not make students participate actively to develop their communication skills. question 10: textbooks contain various evaluation types including authentic assessment. there were 53.2 % students answer disagree. it mean that the majority of students think that the textbooks contain do not various evaluation types including authentic assessment such as performance, oral practice, port folio, etc. question 11: textbooks stimulate students to learn english according to their skill. there were 53.2 % students answer disagree. it means that the majority of students feel that the textbooks do not stimulate students to learn english according to their skill needed in the specific area of accountany. based on the analysis above it can be stated that the textbooks used at present are a bit far from what students expected. for example: the exposure, content of vocabulary, communicative expressions reading text, context for speaking practice and learning activities are not related to the speacific field of study-accountancy. based on the data analysis the lack in learning need shows that the quality of the published textbooks in the market which are used at present are not enough to provide the students communicative competence needed in the specific field of accountancy. as there are some weaknesses like irrelevant with the students’ skills in terms of vocabulary, context, grammar, functional expression, reading texts; lack of relevant exposure, less various evaluation types, less learning activities, unstimulated learning activities. this finding is in line with mahbub‘s research finding that the english teaching and laerning were lack of opportunity to develop oral communication skill, lack of quality textbook and small quantity of english related to the study program. this result is also in line with sukarni’s (2019) earlier research on textbook quality analysis viewed from teacher. the group of teachers in the study acknowledged the weakness of textbook used at present. the learner target need on “want“ a question in the questionnaire was given to respond the lack in the learning need by asking students to what extend they need of publishing a textbook containing esp. the students had response by either sa for strongly agree, a for agree, d for disagree and sd for strongly disagree. the calculation and percentage were made and presented in the chart below. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 279 figure 1. students‘ need of publishing textbook containing esp the chart shows the students‘ percentage of the want: to publish textbook containing esp with the highest response percentage on strongly agree (sa)= 54%, the agree (a) 44%. while response disagree was only very small portion = 2% and strongly disagree was none. if the response for sa and a is combined = 98%. it can be said that 98% students agree to have a textbook containing esp. it is in line with lee’s finding that 80% students thought esp course are useful for the future job. english skills needed by students of accountancy program the next questions of the learning need related to want was about the textbook items and skills needed by the students to respond to necessities. the respondens had to give a tick mark on the items provided by the author for the future esp textbook. the responden responses was counted and made into the percentage. the response was presented below. table 5. textbook esp items viewed by students no textbook items total response percentage (%) 1 contexts in the textbook contain situation used in english for accountancy program. 112 90 2 vocabulary related to in english for accountancy program. 119 96 3 it contained language expressions needed in working environment. 121 98 4 it contained grammar or text structure which are used in oral and written communication. 116 93.5 5 it contained various learner-centered learning activities. 91 73.3 6 it contained both formative and alternative assessment. 90 72.5 table 5 shows the response about the textbook items which are expected by students in the learning needs. based on the total response it shows the high percentage for each question in the questionnaire. it means to response the lack fond in the textbooks used at present. the students expected that the textbook for accountancy program contains (1) contexts of situation used in english for accountancy program; (2) vocabulary related to english for accountancy program; (3) language expressions needed in working environment; (4) grammar or text structure which are used in oral and written communication; (5) various learner-centered learning activities; and (6) formative and alternative assessment. in the second want analysis, the author provided materials and skills related to the accounting matters to provide the esp-content material for the vhs accountancy program. the students are assigned to give a tick mark for the skills and materials they think are appropriate to be learned in english in accountacy program. a calculation and percentage were made and presented in the table below. sa 54% a 44% d 2% sd 0% students' need percentage of publishing textbook containing esp semi sukarni understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school 280 table 6. esp materials and skills needed by accounting students no materials and skills percentage (%) agree percentage (%) disagree 1 understanding cultural diversity and socilizing 85 15 2 dealing with numbers 95 5 3 banking 100 0 4 accounting and financial statements 100 0 6 central banking and money 100 0 7 job in accounting 100 0 8 accounting principle 100 0 9 explaining account 100 0 10 tax accounting 100 0 11 management accounting 100 0 12 retail banking 100 0 13 foreign exchange 100 0 14 writing report 98.3 1.7 15 exchange rate 94.3 4.8 16 investment 99.2 0.8 table 6 shows the students‘ response about the materials and skills needed by the students of accounting program. based on the percentage in the table the least percentage of agree is 85% and the highest is 100%. it can be stated that the students agree with all topics offered by the author. the students believed that the topics must be learned and covered in esp-based textbook of accounting program. by learning these topics they will be exposed to the accounting context and situation, they will learn vocabulary related to accounting, practise language skills that have relevance with accounting. this finding is accordance with guerid and mami’s finding who suggested that the participants in their study who consisted of finance and accounting staff that esp should provide some topics like financial reports, accounting, auditing, etc., skills like reading and understanding financial report, grammar items like tenses, repoted speech, etc. and authentic and relevant materials like earning per share, account payable, dividents, etc. (guerid & mami, 2017). conclusion based on the finding and discussion, there are conclusion that can be drawn as follows. the target needs viewed by learners as the necessities showed that vocational high school prospective graduates tend to find a work compared to continue studying. as the majority prospective graduates preaparing to work, they perceived speaking is the most important skill in order to communicate in working situation. the students chose vocabulary was the most important language aspect in order they will be able to carry out communication. the students perceived the lack in the target need was the textbook used at present. as the school used bahasa inggris for sma/smk which contained ge. the book does not equip enough english aspects and skills needed in the working situation. the want analysis in the target need shows 98% of the students need an english textbook containing esp materials in order that they can practice both written or oral communication for preparing job requirement. the students expected that the esp textbook contain items which cover good criteria for textbook such as having language aspects vocabulary, grammar, skill activities, learning experience and assessment. the students perceived that the esp textbook contained materials and skills which are related to accountancy to support their specific competence. the implication from the findings of this study is related to the course plan and teaching practice at vocational high school. in planning the lesson, the teachers of english language should understand the learners‘ target need: preparing for work. so, lessons should accomodate the needs. besides teaching ge, teachers should supply esp materials which are taken from different sources from the internet covering the language aspects such as vocabulary related to the technical terms of accounting and the balance language skills for developing both spoken and written communication skills to equipt the students‘ target need. this is in line with the implication suggested by dahbi (2016) that esp teacher as a researcher to be in constant touch with the students. they should try to diagnose the learners‘ need and evaluate its english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 281 effectiveness of the language course (dahbi, 2016). for the policy maker in smk curriculum developer, it is necessary to add teaching hour for english subject so that learners have more learning period to learn and practice english for communication. references basturkmen, h. (2010). developing courses in english for specific purpose. new york: palgrave macmillan. basturkmen, h. (2013). needs analysis and syllabus design for language for specific purposes. the encyclopedia of applied linguistics, 1–8. doi: 10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0861.pub2. chovancova, b. (2014). needs analysis and esp course design: self-perception of language needs among pre-service students. study in logic, grammar and rhetoric, 38(51), 43–57. doi: 10.2478/slgr-2014-0031. dahbi, m. (2016). toward an esp course for engineering students in vocational schools in morrocco: the case of the national school of applied science. arab world english journal, (december), 72–81. day, j. &, & krzanowski. (2011). teaching english for specific purposes: an introduction. singapore: cambridge university press. forum, w. e. (2018). the future of jobs report 2018. geneva: world economic forum. guerid, f., & mami, n. a. (2017). designing an esp syllabus for finance. the journal of teaching english for specific and academic purposes, 5(1988), 771–780. doi: 10.22190/jtesap1704771g. hutchinson, & waters. (1991). english for specific purposes. new york: cambridge university press. kardijan, d., emzir, e., & rafli, z. (2017). the gap between learning need and its implementation in english for hospitality specific purposes program, 6(1), 125–136. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.779. khusni, syamwil, & rifnaldi. (2014). diagnosing the need for english at vocational school: redesign the curriculum 2013? (pp. 4–5). kusnawati, a. (2017). assessing english language needs through the lens of esp – efl students’ perspectives. conaplin 9, 82, 52–57. lee, c. (2016). principles and practices of esp course design — a case study of a university of science and technology. international journal of learning, teaching and educational research, 15(2), 94–105. lenard, d., & pintaric, l. (2018). comparison of employers’ and students’ perceptions regarding communication skills. the journal of teaching english for specific and academic purpose, 6, 63–82. mahbub, m. (2018). english teaching in vocational high school: a need analysis. jeels, 1(29), 229–258. nation, i. s. p., & macalister, j. (2010). language curriculum design. london: routledge. peodjiastuties, d., & oliver, r. (2017). english learning needs of esp learners: exploring stakehoder perception at an indonesian university. teflin journal, 28(january 2017), 1–21. richards. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. ronaldo, o. (2016). teaching material for english subject in vocational. proceeding of the fourth international seminar on english language and teaching (iselt-4), 170–179. sukarni, s. (2019). a need analysis for esp-content materials for accountancy programme at vocational high school. ellic. doi: 10.4108/eai.27-4-2019.2285343. suyadi, s. (2015). english for specific purposes for accounting students. proceedings of iselt fbs universitas negeri padang, 3, 467–473. semi sukarni understanding learners’ need of esp for accountancy program at vocational school 282 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 3, october 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 811 teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy hesni neno english study program, faculty of education science, universitas timor, kefamenanu, indonesia email: nenohesny@yahoo.co.id ulu emanuel english study program, faculty of education science, universitas timor, kefamenanu, indonesia email: ulu_emanuel@unimor.ac.id delti yulita english study program, faculty of education science, universitas timor, kefamenanu, indonesia email: yulitadelti@ymail.com apa citation: neno, h., emanuel, u., & yulita, d. (2022). teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy. english review: journal of english education, 10(3), 811-820. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i3.5705 received: 19-06-2022 accepted: 21-08-2022 published: 30-10-2022 introduction the indonesian students’ literacy, especially in reading is still low compared to other asean countries. this result was exposed by pisa or oecd programme for international student assessment 2018 released in december 2019. the average score by indonesian students’ literacy are 371. this score is lower compared to china, singapore, macau, and hongkong which are on the top position with score 525 in students’ literacy. this fact about indonesian students’ literacy implicitly showed the quality of learning outcome in school and teachers’ practices is still far from the expectation. the lack of knowledge in literacy and teaching methodology in reading lead to the low quality in students’ literacy. based on pisa result analysis in oecd (2018), there are many factors that influence students’ literacy, those are economic, resources and all school components. at school, teachers hold the important role in learning process and encourage the students to improve their reading ability. from this situation, a question about teachers reading habits and affection on english reading is raised. whether the teachers are a good reader or not need to be investigated to support the teaching and learning process in the classroom. efl learners still found that reading is difficult and consuming time which caused the deficiencies of reading habits (bakken & lund, 2018; daniel, esoname, chima, & udoaku, 2017; gustine, 2018). research in efl reading showed abstract: this article is intended to show the importance of teachers’ reading habits to develop students’ literacy effectively. it is shown that the lack of teachers’ reading habits causing the deficiencies and lack of opportunity for students’ quality in efl literacy. this study used mixed method approach and the data were collected through questionnaire, interview, reading test, and observation. the participants in this study were 6 teachers and 120 students from 6 schools. the result showed that teachers’ reading habits and affective states in efl reading were in medium level and students’ literacy were in low level. it also exposed that teachers faced many reading problems and challenges throughout the years they studied english. there is a tendency that teachers’ deficiencies on their reading habits is from their perception about efl reading that still focus on translating the words into their first language rather than critically involved with the main ideas in the text. the result concludes that teachers’ lack of reading habits had caused the lack opportunity of their students’ quality literacy instruction in the classroom. this lack of instruction caused the students are thriving and struggling as efl readers who do not achieve proficiency, fluency, or comprehension. moreover, there are also many factors that affect reading habits such as socio-economic background. parents’ role and the development of technology that changes the medium of reading. keywords: literacy; reading habits; students; teachers. hesni neno, ulu emanuel, & delti yulita teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy 812 that reading is a complex mental process (denton, wolters, york, & swanson, 2014; yulita & safrina, 2019; yulita & neno, 2021). the process of reading become complex because it involves the mental process in mind to comprehend the text. this mental process is the ability to break the code of each sentence, find main ideas, and connect the meaning from each idea in the text. to understand the meaning of the text, denton et al. (2014) added that the readers have to synthesize the first information in the text and their general knowledge to build their mental map and cognitive development. therefore, to master and level up their reading ability, students need mind practice a lot and spend much time in reading. based on the previous research, the effect of reading is proven can increase students’ academic achievement (daniel et al., 2017; bano, jabeen, & quthosi, 2018; hasanah; 2017; & kusdemir, 2018). in addition to that fact, reichenberg & andreassen (2018) & sorman, ljungberg, & ronnlund (2018) stated that this requires a high standard for teachers as they are expected to cover the goal of curriculum and improve students’ literacy. therefore, teachers must have good reading habits because it affects the students reading ability in the class. in teaching and education field, generally reading habits is built from the repetition of reading practice in an unconscious time that became daily habits (alsaeedi, ngadiran, kadir, & altowayti, 2021; celik, 2019). good reading habits is determined by frequency, spontaneity, and accuracy, satisfaction in doing the activity, the length of time, and good ability in english (male, angelianawati, & sudirman, 2021; yulita & neno, 2021). it also requires positive attitude towards reading, high reading awareness, and having teachers who love reading (yulita & safrina, 2019, yulita & neno, 2021). moreover, some other factors like the choice of books, reading motivation, willingness to accept books as gift, and regular extensive reading time also plays important role in building good reading habits (alsaeedi et al., 2021; kusdemir & bulut, 2018). in the opposite, bad reading habit is classified as the low motivation in reading and negative attitude about reading and reluctant to accept books as gift. from the previous research about reading habits, it is revealed that there are some factors that influence reading habits. personally, reading habits are affected by age, social class, and parents job (bana, 2018), internet access and home video (male et al., 2021; loh & sun, 2019). moreover, reading habits are also affected by the environment such as parents, peer group, school curriculum, and teachers (ahmad, tariq, chaudhry, & ramzan, 2020; le, tran, trinh, nguyen, vuong, & vuong, 2019; & reichenberg & andreassen, 2018). thus, parents and teachers have important role in providing and supporting children reading habits by creating reading environment and being role model for developing good reading habits. regarding the affective states in educational field, this term points the students’ awareness in assessing and knowing themselves during learning process. according to yulita & neno (2021), affective states in reading consist of motivation, volition, feeling, attribution, and selfefficacy. motivation in learning consists of intrinsic and extrinsic that combining those two could improve learning outcome (kusdemir & bulut, 2018). yulita & neno (2021) stated that the self awareness and determination could help students to increase their motivation in learning. moreover, celik (2019) added that motivation could improve internalization process in learning. regarding volition, yulita & neno (2021) described volition as self-determination and selfcontrol towards learning experience. students who shows strong determination will have ability to seek solution and finish the task given and understand that learning success is affected by knowledge and skill. feelings in education field relate to emotional aspect in learning process. yulita & neno (2021) emphasis that students do not only think but also feel and it is important as an emotional aspect that could develop students’ cognitive aspect. yulita & neno (2021) added that english foreign learning needs a high personal belonging level to support the learning process. meanwhile attribution is explained by celik (2019) as effort and perception in learning success and failure. moreover, weiner explained that there are four factors that affect learning success and failure, those are ability, effort, perception about difficulties and luck. lastly, the term of self-efficacy described by yulita & neno (2021) as the students’ confidence in their ability in learning and finishing the learning task. this related to self-ability in controlling and practicing the right action in order to get the learning success. self-efficacy also influences the aspiration, strength, motivation and determination level when facing difficulties and english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 3, october 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 813 setbacks in learning, also increase the ability to analyze the cause of failure and success in learning and increase the strength to face pressure and problem. literacy in education is associated with the ability to read current text in everyday world (gustine, 2018; tompkins, 2014). reading is considered as one of indicators of being literate by interpreting a written discourse. being literate is essential as it relates to the skill in millennial era. it can develop people’s social skills, improve hand-eye coordination, and give more fun and entertainment for people’s life. being literate is an access to social, economic, and civic life (tompkins, 2014) and one of fundamental skill to be success in learning process (andriani, 2017; ameyaw & anto, 2018). therefore, the ability in reading is important for students as a preparation for academic performance and career development in the future. however, there are some challenges faced by the teachers in implementing literacy in the classroom, for examples, the lack of knowledge about literacy (gustine, 2018), students’ characteristics that dependent and less autonomy in learning (lengkanawati, 2016), the limited use of technology to find in the classroom practices (karaarslan, 2015), and the conservation notion from students about efl literacy (septiarini, rahmat, & darmahusni, 2018). increasing students’ literacy is related with building up their reading habits. nowadays, students make use of the internet as vast resourceful information and provides a bounder less world of various reading materials (loh & sun, 2019). it cannot be avoided that students spend most of their time surfing on the internet to look for many information, either through reading or watching. thus, teachers and parents should be aware and notice what kind of information that the students and children get form the internet. in indonesian education context, reading instruction is integrated with other skills, those are listening, speaking and writing since junior high school. then it continues to senior high school and university. this showed that indonesian students have been learning english for 6 years and more. teachers should have more time and experiences in english learning and ideally they should have good and solid reading habits for those long period of learning time. however, the low ability of students in reading highlights the teacher reading habits to be questioned. based on the observation in some high schools and junior high schools in kefamenanu, east nusa tenggara, there was a tendency that teachers’ perception about english reading was quite conservative as they considered efl reading is a process of translating the words and sentences from the target language to the source language. the lesson plan and syllabus from the teachers have to point out cognitive and construction theory such as observing, asking, associating, collecting data, and communicating (sundayana, 2017). however, on the practice, the teachers have low tendency to use learning methods that support the reading activity. the reason that makes the teachers choose old tradition and convention in english reading was influenced by some factors and situation. as revealed by bakken & lund (2018) that most of the teachers consider that pronunciation and reading aloud are the most important activities in reading process. therefore, the process of reading mostly stops at pronunciation and reading aloud. this could degrade the students’ reading ability that are lower and indifferent. this situation has been complicated and seen in the learning process of efl reading where the students do not have any solid habits and strategies in reading to help them improving their reading ability. to make sure that the students get the useful information and wisely use the internet, teachers and parents need to guide and actively participate in students reading practices (bano et al., 2018). significantly, teachers’ important role is guiding and building their students’ reading habits. in order to build good reading habits for their students, teachers’ reading habits need to be considered. regarding those problems and situation above, this research is aimed to find out teachers’ reading habits and affective states in efl reading and how it effects their students’ literacy. since there is no study on investigating how teachers’ reading habits and affective states in efl reading effects their students’ literacy, therefore this research is significant for the improvement of increasing literacy and teaching methodology in education policy. in addition, this research is important as a scientific data and support to show the importance of teachers’ reading habits in developing students’ literacy that could be applied by school and institution to set their syllabus and curriculum. method hesni neno, ulu emanuel, & delti yulita teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy 814 this study used mixed method approach that combined the triangulation data from questionnaire, interview, and test in order to answer three research questions. those questions that underpin this study are: (1) how is teachers’ reading habit; (2) what is teachers’ affective states in efl reading; (3) how is teacher’s reading habits affected students’ literacy? the questionnaires were used to investigate teachers’ reading habits and their affective states. then, it was followed by interviewing the teachers to dig more and to analyze their response on the questionnaires. the questionnaire of reading habits and affective states was adapted from yulita & neno (2021). reading habits questionnaire consists of the amount of reading time, number of books, kind of books, and purpose in reading. the questionnaire about affective states was modified in which consist of motivation in reading, volition, feelings, and attribution in reading. furthermore, reading test was conducted to measure student’ reading ability and interview was applied to describe their literacy. the result of the data was analyzed by using data transformation to compare quantitative results with the qualitative data (hamied, 2017). the quantitative data is qualified in themes that can be compared with theme from qualitative data. results and discussion overall, the finding shows the tendency of teachers reading habits, their affective states in efl reading and their effects on students’ literacy. it is revealed that teachers’ reading habits were at low level and their affective states were in moderate level. meanwhile, students’ literacy was at low level. the results conclude that the lack of teachers’ reading habit causing the lack of opportunity in literacy. the detail explanation of these three research questions are described below. teachers’ reading habits the finding in teachers’ reading habits was divided into five sections, those are the amount of reading practice, the length of time of having reading habits, the types of text read, the number of books read, and the number of published writings. the details about teachers’ reading habits are formulated in the table below. table 1. teachers’ reading habits no description teachers’ response 1 the amount of reading practice 1-2 hours per day 2 the length of time of having reading habits since junior and senior high school 3 the types of text read all type of text 4 the number of books read less than 5 books per week 5 number of published writing none the amount of reading practice the result showed that the amount of reading practice was around 2-3 hours per day. teacher 6 stated that she does not read every day due to her busy time in daily activities. most of the teachers had some notion that they did not spend much time in reading unless it was for pleasure or entertainment. it indicated that teachers’ reading habits were still low quantitatively and it affected their teaching practice in the classroom. this poor reading habits reflected the low awareness of reading practice in the classroom. linear to that, the students’ reading habits also become low and unsteady. the students were rarely given the encouragement from the teachers to build their reading habits. the length of time of having reading habits regarding the length of time of having reading habits, most of teachers started their reading habits from senior high school. no one started their reading habits from elementary school. the interview revealed that the biggest problem faced by the teachers in the past time was the lack of reading sources so that they could not build their reading habits earlier. this fact indicated that external factor such as reading sources is so significant in order to build good reading habits. without broad access to reading sources, learner would not be exposed to many opportunities in building a solid reading habits. the types of text read regarding the types of text read, most of the teachers read all types of text. however, there was a tendency that the teachers were more interested in reading fiction and entertainment text for pleasure. due to the advanced technology recently, most of the teachers got the reading text from the internet that provides them many reading sources. it is a positive sign that their reading habits was assisted by the technology. meanwhile, the interview revealed that teachers’ english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 3, october 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 815 knowledge about text types was considered poor since they rarely concern about the text they read. it was caused by their previous knowledge about text types was quite different compared to the newest development in text genre. the number of books read related to the number of books read by the teachers, it was shown that teachers read less than 5 books in a week. it is probably caused by the use of the internet that changed teachers’ habits in reading where they tended to read the online text than the conventional text. reading a hardcopy of books already been considered as an old way for the teachers. their motivation in reading become low when they saw thick books and they got interested in reading short text rather than long text. this revelation was related to their purpose in reading in which they read for pleasure instead of for getting knowledge. the number of published writings in case of publication, there was no teachers who ever published their writing. it indicated that their poor reading habits affected their writing ability and willingness to publish an article. teachers said that there was no obligation from their institution to publish their writing. because of there was no external motivation, they were reluctant to write academic paper or article. moreover, they also have low confidence in their ability in academic writing since they never attended any workshop or learned about how to publish in their past learning experiences. teachers’ affective states in efl reading regarding teachers’ affective states in reading, the interview and observation showed the details about a changing in their affective states due to long learning experiences. the advanced development of technology gives much contribution in teachers’ affective states towards efl reading. in one way, it helps them to find many reading resources and gets reading comprehension easier than the past time. however, in the other way, it does not lead to a better practice in the classroom and does not increase their motivation in publishing or writing article. the detail is explained below. motivation the interview showd that teachers’ motivation mostly determined by external factors rather than internal factors. it means that the teachers did not have a strong intention to maintain their reading habits consistently. teachers tended to think that reading was just an obligation of their job as a teacher. they did not consider it as something they needed to do in their spare time to gain knowledge and to improve their teaching. some reasons that decreased teachers’ motivation in reading were they were busy doing their daily activities, they were not interested in academic reading, and they were not familiar with the advanced technology that changed the text format from textbook to online texts. these reasons were a combination of internal and external factors that influenced teachers’ motivation in reading. feelings the result from questionnaire and interview revealed the mixed feeling, both negative and positive, of the teachers about efl reading. teachers got negative feelings in reading since they percept that efl reading was difficult and took a long time just to understand the words in the texts. this perception made teachers’ motivation become low in reading. meanwhile, the positive feelings occurred when they realized the importance of efl reading to support their teaching practice. they agreed that this awareness needed to be built to create more positive feelings towards reading. volition regarding teachers’ volition in efl reading, the study revealed that it depended on teachers’ interest towards the text and the obligation of their job. teachers had high volition in efl reading if they found that the text is interesting or in case the text related to their teaching material. they were willing to struggle and making effort to do the reading task in order to fulfill their curiosity about the text. so, the type of the text was also significant in increasing teachers’ volition to finish their reading. it can be concluded that teachers’ willingness in efl reading is affected by both internal and external factors. attribution the result showed that teachers’ attribution in reading was also determined by internal and external factors. the internal factor related to the text difficulty level and the lack of reading strategies. meanwhile, the external factor is influenced by the internet that help them to increase their reading ability. in this case, the external gives more positive input in teachers’ attribution in efl reading. hesni neno, ulu emanuel, & delti yulita teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy 816 self-efficacy teachers’ self-efficacy was on the medium level in their response towards efl reading. in doing efl reading, teachers admitted that they still focused on difficult words and tended to view that efl reading is a process of translating the text into their first language. this perception made them do not have high confidence in doing reading task. moreover, some of the teachers have never taken any reading test such as toefl or ielts, so that they do not sure about their ability in reading test. effect on students’ literacy the result for reading test showed that students’ ability in efl reading is still low with total percentage 59.35%. so, from the total number of questions in reading test, the students only could reach half of the correct answers. this result indicated that students’ ability in reading and their literacy are affected by teachers’ reading habit. the lack of teachers’ reading habits leads to the lack of opportunity for students to improve their literacy. the details about students’ literacy is shown in the table below. table 2. students’ reading test result students mean score percentage junior high school 3.5/6 58.7% senior high school 3/5 60% total 59.35% the observation and interview added the fact that students are struggling in understanding the text due to lack of vocabulary and reading strategies. in the reading process, instead of processing the information from the text and focusing on the meaning level, the students were focused on word by word. based on the reader level elaborated by yulita & safrina (2019), the students were at the low level of reader because they are still struggling in understanding the words rather than the whole context of the text. this majority of the conception of efl reading as translating the words were merely seen as the old tradition that surpass from time to time by the teachers to their students. besides, the lack exposure to english text also become the important factors that degrade students’ literacy since it caused unfamiliarity and increased reading anxiety. the findings also imply that the students are lack of reading strategies that could help them to understand the information from the text in the limited time. the students missed the strategic reading activity during classroom teaching and never get exposure to many reading strategies. meanwhile, a good vocabulary banks and good reading strategies could be achieved with a lot of reading practices. therefore, the importance of good reading habits could help students to increase their reading ability. in relation to the amount of time that the students spend in reading, unfortunately it is shown that students’ reading time is limited. although the advanced technology like the era of the internet has made it easier to access reading sources, students seldom use it to read more, they spend more time in the internet watching videos and playing games. based on the interview and observation, this decline of reading time was caused by students’ lack of interest in reading and there was no external motivation in reading english text. it is revealed that the teachers rarely give reading task for the students that could increase their reading habits and their interest in reading. this result was supported by gustine (2018) that found teachers are still insured about teaching literacy and promoting reading strategies to students that can develop students’ literacy and reading habits. discussion furthermore, the result of this study revealed that the teachers teaching practice did not expose students’ reading experience which was important to empower their literacy as the ability to read and see the reality of the world they are living (gustine, 2018). besides, students’ literacy in english text was also affected by students’ anxiety and negative perception about english text. both anxiety and negative perception were considered as the affective states. as supported by bana (2020), many students considered english text as difficult to understand. they said that it took a long time for them to understand the meaning of the text and many of students were perceived reading practice as translating practice. this conservative notion trapped the students in a belief that reading english text is just about translating the words into l1 instead of reading to learn and gaining knowledge (bakken & lund, 2018; gilakjani & sabouri, 2016). given the fact above, it is critical for education system and especially teachers to put the importance of literacy in teaching and learning process in the classroom. apart from the teachers’ lack of knowledge and practices in literacy, students revealed their willingness to english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 3, october 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 817 complete efl reading task as long they were guided and aided well during reading process. this related to their dependency to their teachers rather than themselves in solving the problems. students said they did not have strategies in reading that can help them to understand the text faster and make reading more interesting. based on the result above, it is found the teachers and students were still struggling on building a good reading habits and creating positive affective states in efl reading. this phenomenon was relatable with a study by male et al. (2021) & loh & sun (2019) that found the difficulties in understanding the words and meaning in efl reading become number one factor that influence the reading habits. this negative treat made the teachers’ and students’ reading habits became poor and low. the study also shown that even the teachers have long period in learning english, it does not guarantee that they have a good reading habits. daniel et al. (2017) & hasanah (2017) proved that students with good reading habits have teachers that love all kinds of text. moreover, kusdemir & bulut (2018) added that motivation in efl reading by the teacher made the students could maintain a good confidence and positive affective in doing reading task. therefore, teachers’ reading habits are important to give positive influence towards students’ literacy especially in efl. as supported by reichenberg & andreassen (2018) and sorman, ljungberg, & ronnlund (2018) teachers’ professional development should be improved as it is significant to raise students’ reading habits and their literacy. teachers could improve the classroom situation by modifying the textbooks as the sources of reading practice and engaging students in more valuable and critical reading activities. surely, teachers could not rely on textbook fully since it is not always relevant to the current situation. teachers could mix the use of textbook with their teaching method that focusing more on reading process of getting knowledge from the text and not only translating word by word. moreover, the combination of teachers’ reading habits and affective states is significant towards their teaching practices. by improving their reading habits and changing their affective states to be more positive, the implementation of their teaching will nurture the students’ literacy in the class. as explained by gustine (2018), the significant of literacy is to connect the students to the outside world and current situation that could lead their future to be better and improving. this could be reached by developing solid reading habits and changing affection towards english reading. in addition, teachers should be more critical about the external factors that influence students’ literacy such as socio-economic, parents’ role and the advanced of technology that could help students to get more opportunity for effective literacy development. conclusion this study showed that the teachers’ reading habits were in medium level and they had mixed affective states, both positive and negative. in efl reading, there was a tendency that teachers’ reading habits were low due to their perception about efl reading text. teachers still focused on difficult words while reading and considered that translation is the best reading strategies they could apply in reading process and also in teaching reading. this poor habits and perception lead to the deficiencies of students’ opportunity to get more literacy instruction in the classroom. it can be concluded that teachers’ reading habits affected students’ literacy and reading ability. moreover, the development of technology helps the teachers and students to get more reading sources from the internet. it is hoped that their reading habits increase along with the increase in advanced technology that enables students to access the reading material easily. besides, other factors need to be considered in building good reading habits, those are economic and social status and individual perception about efl reading. thus, this study concluded that directing the teachers and the students to be more positive about efl reading is important to increase their reading habits. acknowledgement the authors would like to extend their gratitude to lppm universitas timor as the funder of this research. this study was funded by lp2m universitas timor as a part of lectures research program. the article publication is included as the report to respective institution. references ahmad, z., tariq, m., chaudhry, m. s., & ramzan, m. (2020). parent's role in promoting reading habits among children: an empirical examination. library philosophy and practice (e-journal). 3958. https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/39 58 hesni neno, ulu emanuel, & delti yulita teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy 818 alsaeedi, z. s., ngadiran, n. b., kadir, z. a., & altowayti, w. a. h. (2021). an overview of reading habits amd medium preference among university students. 2021 international congress of advanced technology and engineering (icoten) (pp. 1-5). ieee. alsaeedi, z. s., ngadiran, n. m., kadir, z. a., altowayti, w. a., & al-rahmi, w. m. (2021). reading habits and attitudes among university students: a review. journal of techno-social, 13(1), 44-53. ameyaw, s. k., & anto, s. (2018). read or perish: reading habits among students and its effect on academic performance: a case study of eastbank senior high school-accra. library philosophy and practice. 1748. https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/17 48. andriani, d. (2017). the influence of reading comprehension achievement at the eight grade students of smp muhammadiyah 1 rawa bening bu using drta and kwl strategies. journal of english language studies, 2(1), 32-45. bakken, a. s., & lund, r. (2018). why should learners of english read? norwegian english teachers' notion of efl reading. teaching and teacher education, 70(1), 78-87. bana, a. (2020). students' perception of using the internet to develop reading habits. journal of english teaching, 6(1), 60-70. bano, j., jabeen, z., & quthosi, s. b. (2018). perceptions of teachers about the role of parents in developing reading habits of children to improve their academic performance in schools. journal of education and educational development, 5(1), 42-59. celik, b. (2019). a study on the factors affecting reading and reading habits. international journal of english linguistics, 10(1), 101114. celik, b. (2019). a study on using the university library and reading habits of students: a study on tishk international university students in erbil. international journal of english linguistics, 9(4), 224-240. daniel, o., esoname, s. r., chima, o. d., & udoaku, o. s. (2017). effect of reading habits on the academic performance of students: a case study of the students of afe babalola university. teacher education and curriculum studies, 2(5), 74-80. denton, c., & wolters, c. a., york, m. j., & swanson, e. (2014). adolescents' use of reading comprehension strategies: differences related to reading proficiency, grade level, and gender. learning and individual differences, 37, 81-95. gilakjani, a. p., & sabouri, n. b. (2016). a study of factors affecting efl learners' reading comprehension skill and the strategies for improvement. international journal of english linguistics, 6(5), 181-187. gustine, g. g. (2018). a survey on critical literacy as a pedagogical approach to teaching english in indonesia. indonesian journal of applied lingusitics, 7(3), 531-537. hamied, a. f. (2017). research methods: a guide for first-time researchers. upi press. hasanah, a. (2017). the effect of teaching technique and reading habits towards student's writing skill at junior high school in serang. journal of english language studies, 2(2), 141-154. karaarslan, y. (2015). reading and reading comprehension skill levels of primary students and the opinions that they are reading and reading comprehension difficulties faced by classroom teachers. turkey: karadeniz technical university graduate school of education sciences. kusdemir, y., & bulut, p. (2018). the relationship between elementary school students' reading comprehension and reading motivation. journal of education and training studies, 6(12), 97-110. le, t. t., tran, t., trinh, t. p., t, n. c., nguyen, t. p., vuong, t. t., & vuong, q. h. (2019). reading habits, socioeconomic condition, occupational aspiration and academic achievement in vietnamese junior high school students. sustainability, 11(18), 5113. lengkanawati, n. s. (2016). teachers' belief about learner autonomy and its implementation in indonesian efl settings. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 6(2), 222-231. loh, c. e., & sun, b. (2019). "i'd still prefer to read the hard copy" adolescents' print and digital reading habits. journal of adolescent & adult literacy, 62(6), 663-672. male, h., angelianawati, l., & sudirman, a. (2021). a study of students online reading habits and preferences. degres article, 20(1), 172-183. oecd. (2018). handbook of pisa. paris: oecd. reichenberg, m., & andreassen, r. (2018). comparing swedish and norwegian teachers' professional development how human capital and social capital factor into teachers' reading habits. reading psychology, 39(5), 442-467. septiarini, t., rahmat, a., & darmahusni. (2018). the relationship between reading habits and reading comprehension of english department in untirta. journal of english language studies, 3(2), 178-191. sorman, d. e., ljungberg, j. k., & ronnlund, m. (2018). reading habits among older adults in relation to level and 15-year changes in verbal fluency and episodic recall. frrontiers in psychology, 9, 1-10. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 3, october 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 819 sundayana, w. (2017). telaah kurikulum & perencanaan pembelajaran. jakarta: erlangga. tompkins, g. e. (2014). literacy for the 21st century a balanced approach (6th ed.). new jersey: pearson. yulita, d., & neno, h. (2021). do teachers fond of reading? teachers' affective states in efl reading. journal of english language studies, 6(1), 52-64. yulita, d., & safrina, r. (2019). metacognitive in reading: the awareness of less proficient students on reading strategies. metathesis, 3(2), 135-145. hesni neno, ulu emanuel, & delti yulita teachers’ reading habits and their effect on the students’ literacy 820 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 409 the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study eka yuningsih department of indonesian language education, indonesian language master program of sriwijaya university, palembang, indonesia email: ekayuningsih42@gmail.com nurhayati (corresponding author) department of indonesian language education, indonesian language master program of sriwijaya university, palembang, indonesia email: nurhayati@fkip.unsri.ac.id izzah department of indonesian language education, indonesian language master program of sriwijaya university, palembang, indonesia email: izzahzen@fkip.unsri.ac.id apa citation: yuningsih, e., nurhayati., & izzah. (2021). the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study. english review: journal of english education, 9(2), pp.409-418. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i2.4454 received: 29-02-2021 accepted: 20-04-2021 published: 15-06-2021 introduction literature work is an actual, imaginative, and creative realization of a writer with different processes from one to another. the differences consist of several methods, the creative progress appearance, and the expression models of the writer until the applied language modes. mursalim (2019) found four main approaches in literature works. they were mimetic, expressive, pragmatic, and objective. those approaches have developed into various approaches. they are such as structural, semiotic, sociological literature, receptive literature, psychological literature, and moral approaches. literature psychology is applied to analyze literary works correlated to the characters’ personalities. it is actually a combination between psychology and literature based on sigmund freud (el hafiz & himawan, 2020). the novel is a literature work with complex problems and allows the characters to experience various personality abstract: this research aimed to determine the psychological description of the main character, borno, reviewed from sigmund freud’s psychoanalysis. the subject was the novel of kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah written by tere liye. the applied research methodology was descriptive qualitative. the data of this research consisted of words, phrases, sentences, and discourse related to the main character's personality structures in the novel. the data collection techniques were reading, noting, and analyzing the documents with literature psychological analysis of sigmund freud. the novel tells the love story of borno and mei due to a pincher, sepit. at that time, mei was doing field practice in pontianak. she crossed the kapuas river. borno saw her and fell in love with her, the chinese-breed girl. the red packet, angpau merah, was left on a pincher made borno wanted to return it. borno's struggles to find out her name, mei, was successful. from the analyzed data, the personality ego frequently appeared in borno. it was due to his considerations while being advised by the old man. the conflict of id and ego made an internal conflict for borno. their love story was begun from the boat. at that time, mei was doing an internship in pontianak. she crossed the kapuas river by boat. borno saw it then he fell in love with the indo-chinese breed girl. the red packet, angpau merah, was left on a pincher made borno wanted to return it. borno always kept an eye on mei. he even remembered what time mei went to teach and always kept trying to ensure his boat be always in the thirteenth line. it was the line in which mei would be on board every morning. keywords: psychoanalysis; character’s personality; sigmund freud’s theory eka yuningsih, nurhayati, & izzah the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study 410 problems. this matter is known as psychological problem or conflict (rahmawati, 2017). psychological literature is influenced by several facts. first, it is a creation of the personal and cognitive processes of a writer in the subconscious stage. then, it is expressed in the conscious stage (endraswarra, 2003). second, psychological literature review refers to psychological reflection review of main characters to make readers experiencing the psychological problem story. it sometimes makes the readers involved in the story. the problems presented in novels might vary. studies by maulana (2014), mujihadi (2016), pratami, djohan, & purwaningsih, (2016), and sistiana (2016) showed that the problems could be mental torment, mental conflict, psychosexual problem, social-interaction, romance dilemma, etc. the novel, kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah, written by tere liye also had psychological problems experienced by the main characters. although the novel brings a love story, tere liye could make it interesting with the presented problems. the problems could attract the psychological sides due to lots of conflicts experienced by the main characters. they were such as problems dealing with the romance or romantic element, the lifestyle, and the community values (basid, jannah, & hamzah, 2018; kholijah, priyadi, & sanulita, 2015; yulianto, 2019). some studies with psychological literature had been done for examples aras (2015) and khotimah, masulah, & mayasari (2017). they applied psychological literature analysis approach on novel but they did not investigate from id, ego, and superego. on the other hand, studies about the novel, aku, kau, dan sepucuk angpau merah, were done by basid et al (2018), kholijah et al (2015), and yulianto (2019). however, they did not investigate the novel based on psychological literature analysis. human characters are varied as expressed in the literature work. the novel written by tere liye was published by pt gramedia pustaka utama, the twenty-fourth print, in february 2020. it consisted of thirty-seven chapters and 507 pages. the simple love story between borno and mei becomes an amazing love story for the current era. the novel tells a life of a young man living near kapuas river, pontianak, western borneo, named borno. he fell in love with an indo-chinese girl, named mei. the love story was begun with a sept, a boat. mei who was doing field practice in pontianak, crossing the kapuas river with a boat. borno saw him and fell in love. a red packet was left on the boat. it made borno eager to return the packet and at that time he always kept an eye on mei. he even remembered what time mei went to teach. he even knew that the thirteenth line was the right queue for mei to be on board every morning. the love story theme always embellishes the community life. this argument is also supported by al-haj (2015). he found that the attitude of the character in a novel that kept on loving in the beloved one could attract readers. in the current novel, kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah, is also entailed with conflicts of love stories that make the writers interested to create literary works. character psychology brings uniqueness to each literature work (santos, santos, & silva, 2018). thus, a literature work will be different not only from the story but also from the characters’ psychology. the characters in a literature work become the important parts in psychological approached studies (clare, 2019; mete, 2017; hans, 2018; xinyin, 2019). it is since literature works are frequently used as research studies about the psychological approach. the inner conflict experienced by borno could be reviewed with sigmund freud’s psychoanalysis (2000). psychoanalysis is a specific term of psychological literature study (kasimbara, 2020). according to freud, there are id, ego, and superego in humans. they cause humans to always have a personal conflict, anxiety, worry, restlessness, stress, etc. however, if they do not work equally, an abnormal character will appear (kasimbara, 2020). psychological science is used as a literature work review, especially to examine the characters. psyche, according to jung in wu & wei (2020), it is defined as the totality of all conscious and subconscious events. thus, human personalities consist of consciousness and subconsciousness (mededović, 2018). both of the states are compensatory connected. the functions of those states are (1) to adjust the external world (the consciousness) and (2) to adjust the internal world (subconsciousness). the border of both states is dynamic. it means the area of both states can be larger or narrower. the psychological literature should also prioritize the literature instead of the psychology. this study can be done in two manners. they are by english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 411 using the psychological theory understanding and analysis on a certain literature work or determining the literature work as the object and determining the relevant psychological theories. psychological literature in this discussion refers to the applied research methods and the literature work deployment as a dynamic event. literature work determines the theory and it is not the theory that determines the literature work (ratna, 2013). method the applied method was the descriptive qualitative method (haradhan, 2018). the collected data were words, phrases, sentences, and dialogues that described the main character's personality structures in the novel. the researcher in this research had roles as the key instrument. the researcher had the main role to collect the data by reading, classifying, and interpreting the data. the research data consisted of paragraph, sentence, and quotation explanations of the novel written by tere liye. they were in the form of dialogs among the characters, the explanations of the characters, and the actions in the novel. the applied instruments used the personality table of sigmund freud's theory in the form of id, ego, and superego. they were used to label the research focus, classification data based on the research focus, and data corpus table to determine the analyzed object codes. the procedures of collecting the data consisted of six stages. they were (1) selecting the novel, (2) reading and understanding the novel, (3) labeling the personality structures of the main characters, (4) classifying the data, (5) providing codes, and (6) interpreting the findings. the data checking was done with the reference adequacy technique. therefore, the researcher used sigmund freud’s psychoanalysis to analyze the main character, borno in the novel. results and discussion the main character’s personality in a literature work is always interested to review. one of them is by reviewing the personality with a psychological approach. psychology and literature are two different matters. however, they are connected due to the reviewed object. in this research, it was the personality. the characters in literature work are imaginative. however, they have psychological aspects as humans in the real world. this part is explained in this research. it is about the main character, borno, in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel, reviewed with sigmund freud’s psychoanalysis. the psychological description of borno the analysis of the psychological aspect of the character, borno, in the novel was based on human personality. it consisted of ide, ego, and superego. those matters cannot be separated from a human. the finding below was in line with aji (2019). borno, a young man of kapuas river, pontianak, western borneo had a story since he was 12 years old. at that time, the littler borno had to face a desperate fate. his father passed away but at the moment before it happened, his father agreed to donate his heart for another patient. borno was very sad, not only because of his father's death but questions. he was wondering how his father passed away whether it was due to the surgery or the accident. borno grew up and became a good personality character as his father was. after graduated from senior high school, borno tried to get a job, propose a job, and change jobs. borno was often insulted by his neighbors and the surrounding people of kapuas. one day, he decided to work at a ferry dock. his performance made his relative, bang togar, the chief of the speed boat community or sepit angry. then, as the result, he was prohibited to cross the river on the boat. borno decided to quit the job and stay away from his relatives and other people. he started to learn to drive the boat. although it was tough for him, due to the suggestions of his mother and the old man, he kept doing it. his love story was begun from the boat. at that time, mei was doing an internship in pontianak. she crossed the kapuas river by boat. borno saw it then he fell in love with the indo-chinese breed girl. the red packet left on the boat made borno had eager to return it. although in the end he was disappointed since the packet, containing money, was shared to celebrate the chinese new year. it was a temporal disappointment because mei called borno's name after sharing the packet. then, on that day, borno always kept an eye on mei. he even remembered what time mei went to teach and always kept trying to ensure his boat be always in the thirteenth line. it was the line in which mei would be on board every morning. borno chose to be loyal to mei although mei had several times left him without clear reasons. eka yuningsih, nurhayati, & izzah the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study 412 however, borno believed that he would meet her again no matter what. finally, the secret was revealed. mei’s mother was a doctor. she was responsible for bornos’ father's death. she was the one who transplanted his father’s heart when there was a slight hope to live for his father. however, since she was blinded by carrier and position at that time, in which there had not been anyone who could transplant the heart, she was determined to do it. she was just realized once she completed the operation. she saw a young man and a woman hugging each other and cried due to losing someone’s important in his family. that was the reason why mei left suddenly without clear reasons and why she knew borno's name first. it was why although mei loved borno but she chose to let him go since she knew there would be a scar opened. data 12 “aku berjanji akan selalu mencintai kau, mei. bahkan walau aku telah membaca surat dalam angpau merah itu ribuan kali, tahu masa lalu yang menyakitkan, itu tidak akan mengubah apapun. bahkan walau satpam galak rumah ini mengusirku, menghinaku, itu juga tidak akan mengubah perasaanku. aku akan selalu mencintai kau, mei. astaga, mei, jika kau tidak percaya janjiku, bujang dengan hati paling lurus sepanjang tepian kapuas, maka siapa lagi yang bisa kau percaya?” (liye, 2012, p.507) “i will always love you, mei. even after i read the letters in the red packet a thousand times and knew the painful truth. it cannot change anything. even if this means security kicks me out and insults me. it will never change my feeling. i will be always loving you, mei. oh dear, if you do not believe in me, a young man with the pure heart in kapuan, who else will you believe?” (liye, 2012, p.507) data 13 malam itulah untuk pertama kalinya aku menyadari, mei datang dari keluarga yang amat berbeda denganku. taksi membawa kami menuju pusat kota, melewati jalan protokol surabaya, lantas masuk ke pintu gerbang besar, ke halaman dengan luas seperempat lapangan bola. aku yang sejak tadi lebih banyak diam, lebih banyak salah tingkah, bercakap sepatah-dua patah, menatap rumah besar tujuan kami itu dengan sebuah kesadaran baru. (liye, 2012, p.222) that night, for the first time i realized. mei came from a different family than me. the cap brought me to the central city, passing the highway of surabaya. we were brought through the large gate and yard, a fourth of the football field large. i was only keeping silent and turned into feeling awkward. i spoke once or twice, starring at the huge house, the objective of our journey with a new consciousness.” (liye, 2012, p. 222) the most dominant personality elements of borno the psychoanalysis theory of sigmund freud consists of id, ego, and superego. (1) id refers to the biological aspect. it is the most basic personality system under consciousness. (2) ego refers to the psychological aspect. it is the personality system acting as an individual’s direction toward an object of reality and promoting the function based on reality. (3) superego refers to the sociological aspect. it consists of values and regulations that are evaluative (dealing with good or bad things). the personality analysis of borno dominated could be seen on the figure 1. figure 1. the analysis of dominant personality of borno english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 413 the main character of the novel is borno. he struggled to know mei’s name. his first meeting failed and mei suddenly returned to surabaya to finish her study. borno was so crazy to contact each contact with mei's father's name. he hoped the contacted number was the address of mei. his struggle was also distracted by a beautiful chinesebreed woman. she was also as beautiful as mei and a doctor named sarah. she was the daughter of his father-donated heart recipient. she was the childhood friend of mei. a man's loyalty could be seen from borno. he remained loyal to mei although mei left him several times without clear reasons. however, borno believed that he would meet her again no matter what. finally, the secret was revealed. mei’s mother was a doctor. she was responsible for bornos’ father's death. she was the one who transplanted his father’s heart when there was a slight hope to live for his father. however, since she was blinded by carrier and position at that time, in which there had not been anyone who could transplant the heart, she was determined to do it. she was just realized once she completed the operation. she saw a young man and a woman hugging each other and cried due to losing someone’s important in his family. that was the reason why mei left suddenly without clear reasons and why she knew borno's name first. it was why although mei loved borno but she chose to release him since she knew there would be a scar opened. borno's personality as the main character from the id aspect the id aspect dealt with the biological aspect and was the original system in personality. from this aspect, the other two aspects were developed. the aspects consisted of matters brought since an individual was born or the biological elements, such as the instincts. id refers to psychics’ energy that has some principles, such as joy. guidance in the id function is to avoid an individual from inconvenience and convenience. borno experienced sadness since his father’s death. it was at his twelve years old. he was stung by jellyfish until it made him donating his heart to other people. the situation made him working as a speed boat driver. here are the quotations: data 10 “bapak belum matiii! dia bisa sadar kapan saja!”aku loncat, beringas menahan ranjang bapak. (liye, 2012, p.16) “he is still alive!!!!! he may regain his consciousness anytime” i jumped, holding my father’s bed. (liye, 2012, p. 16) data 11 “lulus sma, modal tak punya, keahlian tak ada, kesempatan minus, jaringan nol, yang tersisa cuma mimpi. dulu aku bermimpi bisa kuliah sambil bekerja. lihat sudah empat tahun lulus sma, itu-itu saja kemajuan mimpiku. jadi pengemudi sepit, penghasilan pas-pasan. sementara teman-teman kita dulu, sibuk kuliah, sibuk dengan masa depan. ada yang hendak jadi pns, ada yang mau jadi karyawan swasta necis. terus terang, aku cemas jangan-jangan aku tetap jadi pengemudi sepit. nasibku sama seperti bang jau, jupri, dan yang lain. dari kecil sudah jadi pengemudi sepit. bang togar masih lumayan, dia pernah bertualang ke hulu kapuas, punya masa muda yang berbeda. pak tua apalagi, menjadi pengemudi sepit hanya hobi, bahkan kupikir dia amat menikmatinya setelah berpuluhpuluh tahun berkeliling dunia, kaya, meski hidupnya sederhana. sedangkan aku? tidak ada hal hebat yang pernah kulakukan.” (liye, 2012, pp.281-282) after graduating from shs, i did not have anything, no skills, no opportunities, no network. i only had dreams. i was dreaming i could work and go to college. i have been graduated four years from shs and it is all my dream. thus, becoming a speed boat driver only brings limited income. on the other hand, our schoolmates are busy studying and busy with their future. some of them want to be civil servants while others want to be entrepreneurs. honestly, i am feeling restless. i am afraid i am always going to be a speed driver. i am afraid my life will be just like jau, jupri, and the others. they have become speed boat drivers since children. togar is better. he ever went to kapuas upstream. he had different young age. the old man became the speed boat driver as his hobby. i think he enjoyed it. he even went around the world for years although his life is just simple. what about me? i have not done anything great. (liye, 2012, pp. 281-282) data 11 “tidak usah bertemu?” aku memastikan, siapa tahu aku salah dengar. langit-langit warkshop terasa lenggang. “tapi kenapa?” intonasi suaraku terdengar bergetar. mei hanya diam, menunduk lagi. aku menepuk dari, aku sungguh tidak mengerti kalimatnya barusan. bukankah baru kemarin kami seharian pergi berdua? jalan-jalan yang eka yuningsih, nurhayati, & izzah the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study 414 menyenangkan terlepas dari ulah bang togar dan kawan-kawan. kenapa tiba-tiba sore ini dia datang dengan wajah letih, bilang kalimat yang sangat tidak masuk akal? “kau hanya bergurau, kan?” aku menyelidik, tertawa kecil gadis itu mengangkat wajah, menggeleng. matanya berkaca-kaca, membuat tawaku bungkam, mematung. (liye, 2012, p.397). “what? i cannot see you?” i tried to ensure what i heard. the workshop atmosphere felt so free. “but why?” i trembling asked. mei was only keeping silent and bowed her head. i slammed my face. i really did not understand what she spoke. we were just dating yesterday. it was amazing, away from togar and the others. then, suddenly, this afternoon she came in with her long face and spoke nonsense? “are you just kidding?” i ensured it while smiling a little bit. she looked at me and shook her head. she was tearing. it made me stop smiling and frozen still. (liye, 2012, p.397). borno's personality as the main character based on the ego aspect the ego aspect refers to the psychological state due to the factual connection of an individual. the id is influenced by the environment to satisfy an individual. then, the ego tries to connect the internal part of the individual (id) and the external part (superego). the encouragement of ego to do what id expect could be achieved. the reality in the novel does not support the realization of the id. here are the quotations: data 6 berhari-hari berlalu. aku kadang tidak punya ide mau menulis apa, jadi lebih banyak asal. sebenarnya aku ingin menulis kalimat seperti “mei, aku suka kamu” atau “mei, aku kangen”. tapi kalimat itu tidak kuasa kutuliskan. situasiku sudah rumit tanpa perlu ditambah rumit— sebelum jelas benar apa perasaan mei padaku. sejauh ini, pesan-pesan pendek itu juga tidak pernah mendapat balasan. (liye, 2012, pp.456457) day by day, i still did not have any idea to write. i just recklessly wrote them. i actually wanted to write something like “mei, i like you” or “mei, i miss you.” but i could not write it. it was so complicated and i did not make it more complicated. i had no idea how was my feeling for her. so far, my letters had not been replied to by her. (liye, 2012, pp.456-457) data 7 “aku pikir, kita tidak usah bertemu lagi.” (liye, 2012, p.398). “i think we should not meet anymore.” (liye, 2012, p.398). data 8 “mei, kau tidak bisa melakukan ini tanpa penjelasan.” “suaraku serak.” (liye, 2012, p.398). “mei, you just cannot do it without reasons.” “i spoke unclearly.” (liye, 2012, p.398). data 9 aku tidak berkomentar lagi.ini hari ketiga mei tidak naik sepit. aku sebenarnya sama gugupnya dengan tiga hari lalu, berharap-harap cemas mei akhirnya muncul di gerbang dermaga. kemarin saat aku bertanya pada murid sekolah itu, yang naik sepitku, jawabannya tetap sama. “ibu guru mei mengajar seperti biasa.”jawaban yang mengambil separuh semangatku.aku sudah berusaha menuruti saran bang togar, selalu berprasangka baik, tapi itu tidak membantu. gugup menunggu di antrean nomor tiga belas, berpikir tentang kalimat apa yang akan kukatakan saat melihatnya, pertanyaan apa yang akan kukeluarkan, ternyata sia-sia. tiga hari berturut-turut mei tidak muncul di dermaga. (liye, 2012, pp.336-337) i cannot argue anymore. it is the third day mei does not go on board. i am actually nervous just like three days ago. i expect mei will come to the dock. yesterday, when i asked the student at that school, the one who went on my boat, the answer was just the same. “madam mei is still teaching as usual.” the answer took half of my spirit. i have followed bang togar's suggestion. i always think positively but it does not help. i am feeling nervous waiting in this thirteenth line. i am thinking about what i should say when i meet her, what question i should express but it was just in vain. she did not arrive at the dock. (liye, 2012, pp.336-337) borno's personality as the main character based on the superego aspect the superego aspect refers to the personal psychological aspect. it consists of traditional values and community images. superego is considered a personal moral aspect. it is to determine whether something is correct or not, suitable or not, moral or immoral as applied in a community. the superego deals with the subconsciousness and is a moral ethic to determine the correct one. the superego in the novel consists of etiquette, morals, and custom. borno was english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 415 described as a high-curiosity character. it could be seen from this excerpt. data 1 “usia enam tahun, aku suka memikirkan hal-hal aneh. salah satunya aku pernah sibuk memikirkan: jika kita buang air besar di hulu kapuas, kira-kira butuh berapa hari kotoran itu akan tiba di muara sungai, melintas di depan rumah papan kami? “kau ada-ada saja, borno. urusan kotoran saja kaulamunkan.” bapak bukannya menjawab, malah tergelak, sibuk membereskan jaring. aku mengeluarka “borno, jangan tanya macam-macam! melihat tingkah kau satu macam saja ibu sudah pusing.” ibu melotot, tangannya terus memilah-milah ikan hasil tangkapan semalam, menyuruhku bergegas mengantar pesanan.” (liye, 2012, p.7). “when i was six years old, i was thinking something strange. one of them was if i defecated the upstream of kapuas, how long would it take to reach the estuary. when would it pass our house? “you were kidding. did you reality think about that?’ after hearing that one, my father did not answer me. he was laying down and tidied up the net. i took them out. “borno, do not ask something strange! just looking at you doing that one has made me confused.” my mom stared at me. her hands were still selecting the fish caught last night. she asked me to deliver the order.” (liye, 2012, p.7). data 2 “...aku terus berjalan lurus menelusuri gang sepanjang kapuas. rumah sempit memadati tepian sungai. anak-anak asyik mandi. ibu-ibu tidak peduli mencuci di air keruh.” (liye, 2012, p.18). “...i was walking straight, passing the alleys along kapuas. the small houses stand near the bank of the river. many children were taking a bath there. many women washed with the dirty water.” (liye, 2012, p.18). data 3 “...dengan demikian, penduduk di jantung kota pontianak jika hendak menyeberang, terpaksa harus memutar jauh menumpang bus, mobil, atau opelet.” (liye, 2012, p.34). “aku menatap rumah yang ada di hadapanku. amboi, aku menelan ludah, apa aku tidak salah alamat? alangkah besar rumahnya! pintu pagar tidak dikunci, aku menggesernya, melangkah masuk. terdengar suara keran air penyiram otomatis.” (liye, 2012, p.148). “....thus, many citizens of pontianak should take the long route to cross by taking the bus, cap, or wagon.” (tere liye, 2012, p.34). “i starred at a house in front of me. oh dear, did i miss the address? how big it is! the gate was not locked. i moved it and got inside. i heard the automatic valve’s noise.” ( liye, 2012, p.148). data 4 “aku berjanji akan selalu mencintai kau, mei. bahkan walau aku telah membaca surat dalam angpau merah itu ribuan kali, tahu masa lalu yang menyakitkan, itu tidak akan mengubah apapun. bahkan walau satpam galak rumah ini mengusirku, menghinaku, itu juga tidak akan mengubah perasaanku. aku akan selalu mencintai kau, mei. astaga, mei, jika kau tidak percaya janjiku, bujang dengan hati paling lurus sepanjang tepian kapuas, maka siapa lagi yang bisa kau percaya?” (liye, p.507) “i will always love you, mei. even after i read the letters in the red packet a thousand times and knew the painful truth. it cannot change anything. even if this means security kicks me out and insults me. it will never change my feeling. i will be always loving you, mei. oh dear, if you do not believe in me, a young man with the pure heart in kapuan, who else will you believe?” (liye, p.507) data 5 malam itulah untuk pertama kalinya aku menyadari, mei datang dari keluarga yang amat berbeda denganku. taksi membawa kami menuju pusat kota, melewati jalan protokol surabaya, lantas masuk ke pintu gerbang besar, ke halaman dengan luas seperempat lapangan bola. aku yang sejak tadi lebih banyak diam, lebih banyak salah tingkah, bercakap sepatah-dua patah, menatap rumah besar tujuan kami itu dengan sebuah kesadaran baru. (liye, 2012, p.222) that night, for the first time i realized. mei came from a different family than me. the cap brought me to the central city, passing the highway of surabaya. we were brought through the large gate and yard, a fourth of the football field large. i was only keeping silent and turned into feeling awkward. i spoke once or twice, starring at the huge house, the objective of our journey with a new consciousness. (liye, 2012, p.222) from the analyzed data, the personality ego frequently appeared in borno. it was due to his considerations while being advised by the old man. the conflict of id and ego made an internal conflict for borno. their love story was begun from the boat. at that time, mei was doing an internship in pontianak. she crossed the kapuas river by boat. borno saw it then he fell in love with the indoeka yuningsih, nurhayati, & izzah the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study 416 chinese breed girl. the red packet, angpau merah, was left on a pincher made borno wanted to return it. borno always kept an eye on mei. he even remembered what time mei went to teach and always kept trying to ensure his boat be always in the thirteenth line. it was the line in which mei would be on board every morning. conclusion after analyzing the personality based on sigmund freud’s psychoanalysis, it could be concluded that, with the psychoanalysis theory developed by sigmund freud, the personality structure is divided into the id, ego, and superego. from the analyzed data, it could be seen that borno was the only young man with a pure heart in kapuas. he even took the job as the speed boat driver that was prohibited by his father (superego). however, on the other hand, borno’s was crazy to contact each address with mei’s father name. he expected one of them was the address of mei. he did so because borno had a little clue about mei's presence in the city (id). borno could not accept the reality that mei left him when the love blossomed. borno could not forget her even he tried. the figure of mei always appeared in his heart (ego). the superego of the main character could be found when he found out the content of the red packets. finally, the secret was revealed. mei’s mother was a doctor. she was responsible for bornos’ father's death. she was the one who transplanted his father’s heart when there was a slight hope to live for his father. however, since she was blinded by carrier and position at that time, in which there had not been anyone who could transplant the heart, she was determined to do it. she was just realized once she completed the operation. she saw a young man and a woman hugging each other and cried due to losing someone’s important in his family. that was what made mei left without any clear reasons. it was also why mei figured the borno's name first. mei loved borno but she chose to leave her because she knew there would be a scar opened. borno has a complex character. the id, ego, and superego appeared together. the appeared id was when borno got angry, worry, and confused. the appeared ego was shown when borno kept his loyalty, effort to not give up, anxiety, and compassion. the superego personality was shown by the attention, loyalty, optimism, purity, intelligence, effort, autonomy, curiosity, and politeness of the character. references aji, h. a. p. (2019). struktur peranti mental (id, ego, super ego) pesantren dalam intimasi dengan lawan jenis. jurnal psikologi: jurnal ilmiah fakultas psikologi universitas yudharta pasuruan, 6(2), 114-127. al-haj, a. a. m. (2015). the depiction of true and pure love in charlotte bronte’s jane eyre. english language and literature studies, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.5539/ells.v5n1p97 aras, g. (2015). personality and individual differences: literature in psychologypsychology in literature. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 185, 250–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.03.452 basid, a., jannah, n. i., & hamzah, m.-z. (2018). pola kehidupan masyarakat pontianak dalam novel kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah karya tere liye berdasarkan perspektif strukturalisme genetik. lingua, 15(2). clare, a. c. (2019). treatment of women characters in arundhati roy’s the god of small things. ijellh: international journal of english language, literature in humanities, 7(3), 1689– 1699. el hafiz, s., & himawan, k. k. (2020). tantangan melakukan kajian literatur psikologi di indonesia: masalah mendasar dan solusinya. jurnal psikologi ulayat, 8(1), 6–17. https://doi.org/10.24854/jpu125 hans, m. (2018). esensi perlindungan hak cipta karakter fiktif. mimbar yustitia, 2(1), 40–58. haradhan, m. (2018). qualitative research methodology in social studies and related subjects. journal of economic development, environment and people, 7(1), 23–48. kasimbara, d. c. (2020). mango tree’s desire in the story of dengar keluhan pohon mangga: study on psychoanalysis of lacan. jurnal basis, 7(2), 301. https://doi.org/10.33884/basisupb.v7i2.2480 kholijah., priyadi, a. t., & sanulita, h. (2015). nilai budaya dalam novel kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah karya tere liye. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran, 4(10), 1–18. khotimah, s. k., masulah, & mayasari, l. (2017). an analysis charlie’s personalities in the perks of being a wallflower by using psychoanalitical approach. tell journal, 5(1), 43–62. liye, t. (2012). kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah. gramedia pustaka utama. maulana s, f. (2014). siksa batin dalam cinta segitia: analisis psikologi sastra novel cinta di antara dua pria. humanis, 7(1), 1–5. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 417 mededović, j. (2018). what can human personality psychology learn from behavioral ecology? journal of comparative psychology, 132(4), 382–394. https://doi.org/10.1037/com0000120 mete, b. (2017). forsterian model of characterization and non-human characters in narrative fiction: iris murdoch’s mister mars and franz kafka’s gregor samsa. sefad, 2017(37), 67–78. mujihadi. (2016). analisis kondisi psikoseksual tokoh waras dalam novel trilogi ronggeng dukuh paruk karya ahmad tohari. paramastra: junal ilmiah bahasa sastra dan pembelajarannya, 3(2). mursalim. (2019). a sociological approach of literature in short story senyum yang kekal by korrie layun rampan. proccedings of the 28th international conference on literature: “literature as a source of wisdom,” 270–276. https://doi.org/10.24815/.v1i1.14439 pratami, a. v., djohan, r. s., & purwaningsih, e. (2016). the conflicts of the main character in the novel entitled “still alice” by lisa genova. jurnal ilmiah sastra, 4(2), 110–118. rahmawati. (2017). konflik kejiwaan tokoh utama dalam novel korupsi karya tahar ben jelleoun. kandai, 13(1), pp. 75–90). https://ojs.badanbahasa.kemdikbud.go.id/jurnal/in dex.php/kandai/article/view/93/0 santos, r. c. dos, santos, j. c. dos, & silva, j. a. da. (2018). psychology of literature and literature in psychology. trends in psychology, 26(2), 781– 794. https://doi.org/10.9788/tp2018.2-09en sistiana, d. (2016). analisis watak tokoh dalam novel sebening senja karya nawang wulan kajian psikologi. pembahsi: jurnal pembelajaran bahasa dan sastra indonesia, 6(1). wu, k., & wei, x. (2020). analysis of psychological and sleep status and exercise rehabilitation of front-line clinical staff in the fight against covid-19 in china. medical science monitor basic research, 26, e924085. https://doi.org/10.12659/msmbr.924085 xinyin, c. (2019). austen and dicken’s different views on their female characters and on women in nineteenth century. studies in literature and language, 18(1), 33–35. https://doi.org/10.3968/10877 yulianto, a. (2019). unsur romantsi sebagai pembentuk estetika dalam novel kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah karya tere liye. tuah talino, 13(1), 1689–1699. eka yuningsih, nurhayati, & izzah the personality of “borno” in kau, aku, dan sepucuk angpau merah novel written by tere liye: psychoanalysis study 418 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 427 planning and developing creativity through mediabased learning in english language teaching mustasyfa thabib kariadi department of language education, faculty of humanities university of jenderal soedirman, purwokerto, indonesia email: mtkariadi_pbi@unsoed.ac.id m. riyanton department of language education, faculty of humanities university of jenderal soedirman,purwekerto, indonesia email: m.riyanton@unsoed.ac.id dini anggraheni department of economics, faculty of management universitas semarang, semarang, indonesia email: dinia85@usm.ac.id apa citation: kariadi, m. t., riyanton, m., anggraheni, d. (2021). planning and developing creativity in english language teaching. english review: journal of english education, 9(2), pp.427-436. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i2.4519 received: 26-02-2020 accepted: 25-04-2021 published: 15-06-2021 introduction a study program in english language education is needed to prepare english teachers with the necessary professional, pedagogical, personal, and social skills. english teaching and english language learning have become central directives in newly emerging bilingual and multilingual high school classes. the need for effective teaching strategies, including strategies designed to motivate students, has become a part of elt educational models (sucuoglu, 2017). education is the best way to obtain these. because learners can develop their abilities to survive in the future, education is also a key to progress and quality growth. the system of education and life changes rapidly in the pandemic era. everything has come to a halt on a global scale. projects have been pushed back, businesses have been closed, and schools have been closed. the new coronavirus appears to have brought the globe to a halt. students, particularly in small cities like purwokerto, continue their education through online learning and video conferences with their teachers. because keeping schools open creates a safety risk to students, this model is now the best option. smp 7 purwokerto used several platforms to bridging the teaching and learning process. the learning process in the pandemic era needs teachers’ creativity. some experts believe that creativity should encompass novelty, originality, practicality, and efficacy (maley & peachey, 2015). the teachers consider personalized learning technologies a promising way to mitigate these differences. however, they also acknowledge that the swedish’ curricular focus on communication, abstract: this paper justifies the planning and development of teachers' creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching, especially in the pandemic era. this study used a descriptive-qualitative method with a case study. the data sources consisted of 37 english teachers, school principals, and students involved in the teaching and learning process in smp 7 purwokerto. the results showed that the teacher's creativity at the planning stage was demonstrated by consistently well-arranged planning the lessons and adequately preparing the learning media regarding the implementation of multimedia. regarding creativity at the preliminary stage, esl teachers employed various mediums to make it easier for pupils to acquire and grasp the topic. audio, visual, and audiovisual media are examples of media. audio and visual media were the most commonly employed in elt classes. the planning and creativity teachers become the main factors to make the class more interactive using several media. keywords: creativity; planning; teacher; learning; media; online platforms. mailto:mtkariadi_pbi@unsoed.ac.id mailto:m.riyanton@unsoed.ac.id mailto:dinia85@usm.ac.id mustasyfa thabib kariadi, m. riyanton, & dini anggraheni planning and developing creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching 428 seen as mainly acquired through human-to-human dialogue, does not match the fundamental idea behind many personalized learning technologies. based on these findings, we discuss the potential and problems when aiming to introduce personalized learning technologies for learning english in swedish schools (bunting, af segerstad & barendregt, 2021). implementing the creative method in esl teaching as one factor contributing to improving the students' motivation is one important requirement of the language skill and practice success in the professional language (rus, 2019). the development of computer and information technology offers a favorable external environment for english teaching. there are more than 300 million learners of english in china. information technology furnishes them with abundant english teaching materials, which also provides an opportunity for teachers to change their pedagogical strategies to improve the efficiency of teaching and learning (cai, 2012). esl teachers are constantly attempting to implement excellent and effective teaching methods and using suitable media. its purpose is to make the educational content easier to comprehend for students. teachers must offer the best lesson to meet the goals using excellent and appropriate media during the learning process. according to detailed research, adopting relevant learning media can help learners enhance and develop their vocabulary (anggraheni, anandha, & ts, 2020). according to rus (2020), paper provides a brief theoretical grounding and a working definition for creativity in teaching english for specific purposes. it also explores the role and function of creativity in the changing paradigm regarding the overall scope of the educational system in general and specialized language learning in particular. finally, it analyses the role and potential of creative methods and active strategies in fostering better language acquisition during esp classes. creative methods mark a next desirable superior level in modernizing the teaching strategies. so that, the full potential of a student's abilities can be activated and the desire for independence and originality, for competition, for searching novelty and working better in the language classes can be encouraged. the learners' best interests are satisfied. the recent advances in technology have resulted in the development of intelligent smartphones. these advances have attacked researchers studying in education, especially in teaching foreign languages (cavus, 2016). youtube to boost the english vocabulary (kim, 2021) and powerpoint (aziz, 2020). one of the famous online media to do the teaching and learning process is zoom online video conference. "zoom becomes the famous media to use in the pandemic era to do online teaching and able to enhancing the vocabularies on students," written by anggraheni et al. (2020). so, at the beginning of the pandemic era, zoom became the very famous application used by most people in the world. based on the aforementioned issues, the researchers concentrated their efforts on examining the teachers' originality in selecting learning material for seventh-grade students at smp 7 purwokerto. this study focused on how english teachers construct their teaching materials since they choose a suitable teaching medium in the online classroom when considering the various learning media. in addition, this study looked into the benefits and drawbacks of using media in their learning processes. method qualitative research and descriptive qualitative were used in this study. the descriptive design describes the response to recent questions linked to research difficulties, such as what, who, when, where, and how (meliala, purba, doloksaribu, panjaitan, & tarigan, 2021). the research subjects were observed in the environment by the researchers. the information gathered is thoroughly examined, leading to a significant recommendation. teachers were employed as data sources in this study. the data used in this study were obtained from data sources, including: two english instructors, one school principal, and thirty-two seventh-grade students are among the resource people. it was a part of the learning and teaching process. several questions are posed, and the results demonstrate the state of the online teaching and learning process. google form provide relevant information to executing the education unit level on english lessons found in the archives and documents. data collection techniques used in this study were interviews, observation, and document research. the interviews conducted in this study english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 429 were in-depth interviews. interviews were conducted with flexible and open discussions, not tightly structured, not in a formal atmosphere, and carried out repeatedly on the same informant with increasingly focused questions on a problem as more in-depth information. the interview form sends by whatsapp message. instrument of collecting data teachers' inventiveness in employing learning and teaching media during efl teaching-learning is one of the study findings. researchers used interview procedures to acquire data. the interview guidelines include fifteen questions that address characteristics of creativity in the use and selection of learning material. the questions as followed: (1) what is kind of media that used in your online class? (2) how excited are you about going to your online classes? (3) in your online classes, how eager are you to participate? (4) in your online class, which projects/assignments/activities do you find the most engaging? (5) what does your teacher do to make your online class engaging? (6) what is your favorite media to learn english in your online class? (7) how difficult or easy is it for you to try hard on your schoolwork right now? (8) how would you like to be learning right now? (9) what do you like about school right now? (10) what do you not like about school right now? (11) when you have online schoolwork, how often do you have the technology (laptop, smartphone, tablet, or computer) you need? (12) how difficult or easy is it for you to connect to the internet to access your schoolwork? (13) what has been the most challenging part of completing your schoolwork? (14) how happy are you with how much time you spend in specials or enrichment (art, music, video, short movie, or others)? (15) how long the duration of a face-to-face meeting in your online class? this research enlists the help of 32 seventhgrade students. the criteria for selecting a study topic are based on the experiences and certifications of teachers. the researchers then interviewed and recorded them to obtain the desired information using a form and whatsapp messages. researchers studied the results of teachers' innovation in mediabased learning after interviewing them. teachers use several media to teach an online class and how the students feel in an online class. the questions for teachers and school principle: (1) what is kinds of media that you used? (2) what are the important things to prepare for the online class? (3) what is your creativity to make the interactive class, especially in an online class? (4) what is the school provide for teachers in the teaching and learning process? (5) what is the most challenging situation in maintaining an online class? (6) what is the leading media you used to teach? (7) what is online video conference you prefer? (8) do you transfer your material into word and pdf? (9) do you share all the material in google classroom? (10) how long the duration of a faceto-face meeting in your online class? results and discussion the results of research on teacher's creativity in learning english, as seen through interviews and observations, and documentation, showed the following: table 1. teaching media selected in english language teaching media reasons 1. whatsapp  most students and teachers have this application.  easy to operate.  allowing teachers to chat with the students, share materials (picture, video, music)  allowing students to chat with teachers, download the materials.  it cannot assess the assignment.  it is allowed to record the sound and practice speaking. 2. powerpoint  it is presenting all materials in a short time.  teaching material presented skillfully and easy to understand with pictures and words.  it is giving students key points of teaching materials.  it is providing students with some additional insight dealing with the lesson. mustasyfa thabib kariadi, m. riyanton, & dini anggraheni planning and developing creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching 430 3. youtube  provide many educational materials, more fun and attracted students' attention to learn.  it is improving students' speaking accuracy and pronunciation.  students can imitate the english native speakers through video. 4. zoom  it can lead online face to face teaching and learning process.  it is allowing teachers to share ppt, links, music, and video in 45 minutes.  it is allowing teachers to record the meeting. 5. google meet  it can lead online face to face teaching and learning process.  it is allowing teachers to share ppt, links, music, and video in 60 minutes. 6. google classroom  allowing teaches to share the rpp materials, distribute assignments, assess assignments, and chatting with the students.  allowing students to see the material, download, doing the assessment, chat with teachers.  it is allowing teachers to make form and share it with students. english lesson planning learning planning is a development system for every element of learning, including the development of objectives, content, methods, and evaluation development. in principle, it has the same meaning that learning planning is a process of formulating, managing, and developing every element of learning into a planning system as an operational learning guide. these theories are following what the english teachers at smp 7 purwokerto have done below: based on the research documentation obtained, in learning planning, the teacher always prepared to learn tools, prepared syllabus and lesson planning plans (rpp), and examined the teaching methods properly. each teacher was not much different. the syllabus has indeed been determined from the center. likewise, the teachers' preparation of the learning implementation plan also included competency standards, basic competencies, learning objectives, learning resources, teaching media, learning tools, and implementing student teaching and learning activities. moreover, they were understandable, easy to understand. because the lesson plan made by the teachers was easy to be understood by those who read it, it can be shared in google classroom and made the students able to read it before class. based on the research interviews, the teacher's creativity in preparing the syllabus and the design of the implementation of learning and material preparation did not only stick to one guidebook. it was shown by writing various sources in the rpp. the teacher took material from online sources, mass media that was trending and liked by teenagers, thus attracting students in learning. local content, which is considered necessary for students to know, was also the teacher's concern. the teacher also planned a learning strategy and instructional media suitable for the automation requirements to be taught and following the basic competencies. all teachers often applied discovery learning strategies so that all students have the opportunity to find themselves in using knowledge, and students were also trained to be active in learning. not only just memorizing, creating new answers to existing problems, and getting new questions that needed to be answered but also applied with google classroom and google meet or zoom. implemented in the learning processes the learning process took a large portion of teaching and learning activities in schools. so that, a teacher was required to present the learning process well, interestingly, and meaningfully. teachers have to do planning before teaching in the learning process, among others, meaningful learning; the meaningfulness of the elements involved will support insights in the learning process. the more the meaning of the relationship between a component, the more effective something is learned. it was imperative in problem-solving activities, especially in identifying social issues and developing alternative solutions. the things that students learn should have a clear and logical meaning with their life processes. teachers must be creative in producing something new in carrying out the stages in learning, starting from the introduction, core activities, and closing learning activities using selecting media. transform all materials into power points (ppt) and words version. it aligns with ciu (2020), reflections s from the current experience and literature findings, and implications for the use english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 431 of powerpoint will be enhanceed the experience of online teaching. learning controls allow learning according to the rhythm of each individual. according to the researchers' observations and observations, the theory follows what the two english teachers did. based on the results of research from interviews and observations show that: preliminary learning activities the researchers' observations showed that the teachers showed quite excellent and exciting perceptual steps in the preliminary stages and were very familiar with each student asking the students' condition. conveying the learning objectives to be achieved and providing attractive stimulants related to the material will be discussed. teachers in the pre-test stage no longer used written questions that students must answer seriously to determine students' initial abilities towards the basic competencies to be taught. google form was used to assess student's understandability. video recording also became one of the pre-tests to submit in google classroom. the teacher allowed students to express answers in a fun and intimate atmosphere. in the learning theory, this pre-test had many uses in exploring the learning process to be carried out. the pre-test function, among others: (1) to preparing students for the learning process, the mind will focus on the questions they have to answer with the pre-test. (2) to determine the level of progress of students about the learning process carried out. (3) to find out the initial abilities that students already have regarding teaching materials used as topics in the learning process. (4) to find out where the learning process should have started, which goals have been mastered by students, and which plans have received particular emphasis and attention. the teachers also provided interesting feeds through pictures, music, and a short film to start this stage. the material source came from youtube and several internet sources. this concept of education is effectively used in various disciplines and subjects from elementary school to higher education. educational data generated through intelligent classroom iot devices and 5 g networks can lead to the 5 g era. iot analyzes it to form and create dynamic educational systems with intelligent collection concepts. the intelligent aggregation of the internet of things can propose new educational models based on the english smart classroom (bai & zhang, 2020). students are teenagers who like music, songs, and movies, so it is easier and faster to attract students' interest in learning. it is all a means to measure the extent to which students master the material to be delivered. the teachers realized that the initial abilities of each student differ from one another. nevertheless, several samples of students in the class can be taken, representing the basic ability to start lessons. the interview results with the researcher showed that the teacher, in the opening of the learning process, argued that in planning, the primary learning centered on students. the pre-test model in the form of written questions was rarely used. a teacher must present an exciting and creative early stage of learning to instill a strong sense of student curiosity to learn the subject. as suggested by mr. s and mr. c, to foster a high interest in learning english, teachers must prepare the lesson material through youtube and share the link with the students. it is maybe about new gossip that is interesting in society, and others that make students who are the teenagers felt included in the teacher's chat. the initial stage also determines the effectiveness of the learning process being held. the teacher must be a motivator and inspiration for students who want to learn. affection and cognitive needs are essential, and the goal is to develop human beings who can selfactualize in a cooperative and supportive environment. it was also explained that, in essence, every human being is unique, has individual potential and an internal drive to develop and determine his behavior. therefore, every human being is free and tends to grow and develop to achieve self-actualization. mr. s and mr. c have applied this theory. the core learning stage the researchers' observations showed that the english teachers have shown good abilities in delivering the core of learning. the existing multimedia supported many of the learning techniques used, whether in a language laboratory room or a classroom or outdoors with an internet connection—the visible communication between mr. r with students showing a conducive intimacy. the teacher applied a tutorial system in the learning mustasyfa thabib kariadi, m. riyanton, & dini anggraheni planning and developing creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching 432 process. so that, it seems that students were very enthusiastic about learning, and there was no fear of asking questions to the teacher. teachers and students collaborated well. the atmosphere of discussion and exchange of opinions between students and teachers was evident. teachers were not as if they should be considered the truest and smartest but complement each other. arguments can often be seen between teachers and students. the teacher used constructivism theory to think to solve problems, look for ideas and make decisions. students understood better because they were directly involved in building new knowledge; they understood better and can apply it in all situations. in addition, students were directly involved actively; they will long remember all the concepts. the teaching of productive language skills in the integration with receptive language skills is undoubtedly one of the priorities of elt (klimova, 2014). in the middle of profound learning, laughter and jokes as an intermezzo were punctuated so that the online class atmosphere was not tense. even so, the limits of a teacher's professionalism were still well preserved. such a classroom atmosphere made students more active in learning activities. moreover, the classroom atmosphere was alive and well. according to the humanist learning theory (abraham in taylor, 2013), these teachers do this, which says the humanist theory also argues that human learning depends on emotions and feelings. each individual has a different way of learning from other individuals. therefore, strategies and approaches in the teaching and learning process should be designed and structured according to the student's will and emotional development. he also explained that every individual has the potential and desire to achieve self-actualization. so, teachers should maintain the psychology of students and guide them so that their potential can be developed to the highest stage. the interviews conducted by researchers with teachers are the teachers who use approaches and methods that allow students to always be active in every lesson. the term students were forced to always concentrate on following the process at the core of this learning. the teacher considered himself a study partner for his students. teachers were not patronizing but exchange opinions with students and were democratic. the teacher always provoked students to argue and guides students in answering questions. the teacher respected the differences in students' arguments because the abilities and perceptions of each student are different. the teacher also applied a tutorial model between students and group work. students with low learning speed were guided by students who can catch quick lessons. the teacher guided students to motivate each other to learn and help each other to achieve exemplary achievements. students should not look down on one another. in addition, the teachers also provided time to serve students who wanted to ask questions both in class and outside class hours through the whatsapp group. the teacher also provided tutorials or additional hours for students who needed deepening of the material to better master the fundamental competencies being taught. performing the concluding stage of the learning process the researchers' observations showed that the teacher in ending the learning process was good enough with a written post-test that functions to determine students' level of mastery against determined competencies both individually and in groups to assess competencies and objectives. the objectives that students can master and competencies and goals that have not been mastered are finding out which students need to participate in enrichment activities and finding out the level of learning difficulties and as a reference component for making improvements with something interesting. the teacher provided the opportunity for students to conclude what has been studied together. then the teacher provided comments on the results of students' conclusions and reinforces the material discussed. the teacher also motivated students through film footage shown or writing to study hard and maintain attitudes from the youtube link. the teacher also gave assignments to do at home both in groups and individually. either the questions were taken from the handbook or respond to new problems in society. the teacher also provided interesting games to end the learning process. teachers also offered opportunities for students who have not mastered the basic competencies taught to ask questions both in class and outside class hours. the researcher's interviews showed that the english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 433 teacher believed in ending the learning process with written tests and something interesting. the teacher must provide the opportunity for students to conclude what has been studied together. then the teacher provided comments on the results of students' conclusions and reinforced the material discussed in the google classroom. the teacher should also motivate students through the video footage shown or writing to study hard and maintain attitudes. the teacher also gave assignments to do at home both in groups and individually. either the questions were taken from the handbook or respond to new problems in society. evaluating english learning learning evaluation was carried out during the learning process and at the end of the lesson. during the learning process, evaluation was carried out by observing students' attitudes and thinking skills. the seriousness of doing the task, the results of exploration, the ability to think critically and logically in providing views/arguments, the willingness to work together, and responsibility together were examples of aspects that can be assessed during the learning process. evaluation at the end of learning was an evaluation of the innovative products produced by students. assessment criteria can be mutually agreed upon at orientation time. thus, an evaluation that can show student achievement is a continuous process of finding facts to conclude how the achievement describes students' strengths, abilities, and achievements, including conceptual understanding, reasoning and communication, and problem-solving. assessment in learning aims to improve the learning process by identifying cognitive conflicts that students have so that they need to be remedied, eliminated, or even replaced. in addition, the assessment is also to identify student learning strategies that can be most successful, inform students' strengths or weaknesses about their knowledge and approach, inform teachers to use them in learning so that they match the needs and abilities of students. teacher’s creativity in carrying out evaluations can take various forms. the teacher evaluates problem-solving tests, quizzes, midterm exams, final semester exams, or assignments done in class or homework. these evaluations are part of the pursuit system, which implements the curriculum, measuring the achievement of competencies and learning objectives. through google forms, the teacher can prepare the questions and the answers; it will make it easier for the teacher to score for students. english subject curricula could partially help english teachers overcome this problem by providing methodological guidelines. appropriate initial and in-service training could enable english teachers to acquire the necessary skills evoked in our interviews (bucur & popa, 2013). the results of the researchers' interviews with resource persons indicated that the evaluation was carried out to determine how far the students had mastered the material and know the success of the learning process. the learning process was effective or not. furthermore, the assessment results are helpful for student remedial or improvement programs and improvements to the learning process itself. the teacher argued that there are various forms of evaluation being developed. there are forms of performance, process, product, and portfolio. each of these forms has its purpose of assessing whether or not students have mastered specific basic competencies or subject matter. these evaluation forms can all be carried out in one basic competency, but only a few are suitable for use in specific basic competencies. teacher's creativity in this evaluation stage, through quizzes, daily tests, structured and unstructured assignments, midterm exams, and final semester exams. furthermore, evaluation was carried out in the form of performance (presentation, discussion, speech, drama), process (persistence, activeness, enthusiasm), products (clippings, and crafts), and portfolios. these assessments were based on essential competencies in each material discussed. in learning, the creativity that english teachers showed can be fostered by creating an online classroom atmosphere that allows students and teachers to feel free to study and explore essential topics of the curriculum. the teacher asked questions that made students think hard and then pursued students' opinions about big ideas from various perspectives. the teacher also encouraged students to demonstrate/demonstrate their understanding of essential topics in the curriculum in their way using video. discussion the inventiveness of instructors at smp 7 mustasyfa thabib kariadi, m. riyanton, & dini anggraheni planning and developing creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching 434 purwokerto in general, according to the instructors whom the researchers interviewed. first, they used google classroom, making it easier for teachers to execute the learning method by simplifying, distributing, and assessing assignments without meeting face-to-face. they claimed that google classroom is simple to customize to match the instructional materials. it offers all of the necessary features and instructional tools for use in an efl classroom. it aligns with gupta (2021), who claimed that google classroom is a platform for optimizing instructors' work processes and assisting teachers in saving time, controlling the classroom, and improving communication with students. furthermore, the usage of google classroom in this practice demonstrates that english teachers choose this platform because it allows them to save files or documents quickly. students can follow fast and offer them a grading procedure (abdullah, sulong, & rahim, 2020). the second is a powerpoint presentation. this media is thought to be appealing, and the instructional materials are simple to give and assist students in understanding concepts (el rouadi, & anouti, 2021). the majority of teachers worldwide used this medium to convey their materials both online and offline. because powerpoint includes multimedia assistance, most english teachers chose to utilize it for presentations in our survey. they claimed that powerpoint is simple to use and run. they can include anything they wish in their presentation, including movies, images, and audio. they claimed that powerpoint is simple to use and run. they can consist of anything they wish in their presentation, including movies, images, and audio. it agrees with azis and dewi (2020), who found that using powerpoint to improve students' speaking skills using movies, graphics, and audio was beneficial. in this study, english teachers used cambridge dict to produce their teaching materials, which included audio. they changed it so that pupils may hear the correct pronunciation of each english word. furthermore, this research discovered that english teachers used youtube videos to complete their presentations with smp 7 students. according to them, students were more interested in youtube with numerous modifications. it appeared to be more enjoyable and drew students' attention to learning. additionally, youtube is one of the most popular learning sites for english teachers all around the world. it is in line with kim (2021), who claimed that youtube for educational reasons is beneficial since it can be customized to meet teachers' learning goals and settings. kim (2021) also argued that using youtube to boost students' vocabulary acquisition can be done. students in this study were requested to watch videos from youtube links and write down any words they did not understand. teachers urged pupils to pay attention to the grammatical characteristics announced by native speakers in videos when practicing sentence analysis. its goal is to teach students how to think critically about grammar problems (kim, 2021). the last instructional medium used by english teachers with seventh-grade students was zoom meeting, a program that combines video conferencing and web meetings to give remote conferencing services (anggraheni et al., 2020). conclusion based on the research and data analysis findings was discovered that the creativity of teachers at smp 7 purwokerto, in general, developed in the pandemic era. the first to use google classroom, which aims to simplify, distribute, and assess assignments without meeting face-to-face, allowed teachers to implement the learning system more efficiently. students may have lost interest in the course if there was no visual representation of the content or auditory effects contributing to making the teaching and learning process more enjoyable. students would not absorb new and relevant knowledge as time passes because they did not learn anything from the classes due to a lack of enthusiasm and attentiveness. if we allow the situation to deteriorate, neither the teacher nor the students will profit. as a result, the link between the two parties will deteriorate. the creativity possessed by english teachers in planning english learning as follows: (1) planning learning prepares learning tools contained in the syllabus, and lesson planning plans which contain competency standards and basic competencies using powerpoint and google classroom; (2) preparing and making learning plans such as prepare the materials with some relate youtube link and the lessons; (3) creativity in the preparation of learning devices is arranged under the curriculum development desired by the school. doing assessment using google form and assess in google classroom. (4) english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 435 teacher's creativity in preparing learning tools is always student-centered, not teacher-centered. the teacher becomes an inspiration, motivator, and facilitator for their student. face to face is the right way to create chemistry with google meet or zoom. the daily communication was made with the what's app group. there are benefits to using media. students are less likely to become bored; teachers can teach more effectively because they do not have to explain as much, and the content may be read anywhere and at any time, regardless of time or location. teachers must be able to use technology, the school must offer more finances, the manufacturing process is highly sophisticated, and it is tough to correct problems in the media. it might be exhausting to unpack and start again with the media. references abdullah, m. h., sulong, m. a., & rahim, m. a. (2020). development and validation of the music education teaching practice e-supervision system using the google classroom application. international journal of innovation, creativity, and change, 11(10), 102–116. anggraheni, d., anandha, a., & ts, h. l. (2020). enhancing english vocabulary using clt method toward slb d students via zoom application as interactive learning media. eternal (english teaching journal), 11(2). aziz, i. n., & dewi, y. a. s. (2020). the use of powerpoint as media of language teaching on students' speaking skills. humanities and social sciences reviews, 8(1), 344–358. https://doi.org/10.18510/hssr.2020.8145 bai, h., & zhang, q. (2020). english smart classroom teaching system based on 5 networks and internet of things. microprocessors and microsystems, october, 103421. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.micpro.2020.103421 bucur, n.-f., & popa, o.-r. (2013). teaching english as a foreign language in romanian primary education. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 78, 31–35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.04.245 bunting, l., af segerstad, y. h., & barendregt, w. (2021). swedish teachers’ views on the use of personalised learning technologies for teaching children reading in the english classroom. international journal of child-computer interaction, 27, 100236. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2020.100236 cai, h. (2012). e-learning and english teaching. ieri procedia, 2, 841–846. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ieri.2012.06.180 cavus, n. (2016). development of an intelligent mobile application for teaching english pronunciation. procedia computer science, 102(august), 365– 369. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2016.09.413 el rouadi, n., & anouti, m. f. (2021). flipping the classroom concept through the whatsapp platform and the microsoft powerpoint presentations for the service of teaching mathematics, a case study in a lebanese public school. international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology, 8(1), 16384-16403. gupta, a., & pathania, p. (2021). to study the impact of google classroom as a platform of learning and collaboration at the teacher education level. education and information technologies, 26(1), 843-857. kim, t. p. t. (2021). the potential of youtube for teaching and learning for english learners. klimova, b. f. (2014). detecting the development of language skills in current english language teaching in the czech republic. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 158, 85–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.12.037 maley, a., & kiss, t. (2018). creativity and english language teaching.palgrave macmillan. meliala, e. p., purba, p. w. r., doloksaribu, l., panjaitan, l., & tarigan, n, w. p. (2021). an analysis of english teachers’ creativity in mediabased learning at the tenth-grade students, jollt journal of languages and language teaching, 9(1), 105-110. doi: https://doi.org/10.33394/jollt.v%vi%i.3388. rus, d. (2019). assessment techniques in teaching english for specific purposes to engineering students. procedia manufacturing, 32, 368–373. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2019.02.227 rus, d. (2020). creative methodologies in teaching english for engineering students. procedia manufacturing, 46, 337–343. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.03.04 sucuoglu, e. (2017). analysis of motivational strategies used by english language teachers teaching at secondary schools. procedia computer science, 120, 189–195. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2017.11.228 taylor, d. c. m., & hamdy, h. (2013). adult learning theories: implications for learning and teaching in medical education: amee guide no. 83. medical teacher, 35(11), e1561– e1572. http://doi.org/10.3109/0142159x.2013.828153 https://doi.org/10.33394/jollt.v%25vi%25i.3388 mustasyfa thabib kariadi, m. riyanton, & dini anggraheni planning and developing creativity through media-based learning in english language teaching 436 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee noticing hybrid recasts in text chat mark j. oliver british council, singapore email: markjoliver78@gmail.com apa citation: oliver, m. j. (2016). noticing hybrid recasts in text chat. english review: journal of english education, 5(1), 25-36 received: 14-10-2016 accepted: 09-11-2016 published: 01-12-2016 abstract: this study examined ten efl learners’ noticing of the corrective nature of a form of text-based scmc (text chat) feedback that combined a recast of a grammatical error with metalinguistic information. the feedback, termed a hybrid recast, was provided by a nativespeaker interlocutor during two text chat activities: a spot-the-difference and pictureordering task. data was collected in two ways: analysis of task-based dyadic text chat interaction in which uptake was used as an indicator of learner noticing, and a post-task questionnaire containing questions that identified evidence of learner noticing. interaction analysis showed that learners responded to almost two thirds of the hybrid recasts with uptake. in addition, every learner provided evidence that they had correctly perceived at least some of the hybrid recasts as corrective in their post-task questionnaire responses. keywords: text chat (text-based scmc synchronous computed-mediated communication), corrective feedback, negative evidence, recasts, hybrid recasts, metalinguistic correction, uptake, repair, noticing introduction this study builds on the body of face-to-face and text chat studies of learner noticing of recasts. the purpose of the current study was to explore whether the corrective nature of recasts in text chat could be made more salient to learners by adapting them to include metalinguistic information in a form of feedback i termed ‘hybrid recast’. up to this point only one study by sheen (2007) had investigated such a form of feedback and this was conducted in a face-to-face environment. recasts have been repeatedly shown to be the most commonly used form of feedback by language teachers (lyster & ranta, 1997; lyster & mori, 2006), especially in response to grammatical errors (mackey et al., 2000). however, despite this popularity, a significant amount of research (lyster & ranta, 1997; mackey et al., 2000) points to recasts being less effective than more explicit forms of feedback, such as metalinguistic feedback. a common argument against their effectiveness is that they frequently fail to be perceived as corrective by learners. this is especially the case when the linguistic focus of the recasts is grammar (lyster 1998; mackey et al., 2000; sheen, 2006). a number of studies (doughty & varela, 1998; loewen & philip, 2006; sheen, 2006) have investigated whether certain characteristics of recasts resulted in greater learner noticing. loewen and philip (2006) and sheen (2006) found that recasts that were segmented, stressed and declarative, and therefore more explicit, were more likely to be perceived as corrective. sheen (2007) interestingly found that a form of feedback combining a recast with metalinguistic information, 25 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat termed metalinguistic correction, led to more l2 gains than traditional recasts. in recent years there has been a growing interest in the utilization of textbased scmc or text chat in language learning (simpson 2002, p. 414). there is significant evidence (kung, 2004; lai & zhao, 2006; pellettieri, 2000, p. 81; smith, 2004; smith & sauro, 2009) that communication via text chat can increase learner noticing of both language and interactional feedback for three reasons: firstly, turn-taking proceeds at a slower speed; secondly, the language is written and thus more salient; thirdly, the enduring nature of the text chat means learners can reread previous messages, notice inconsistencies in their target language output and self-correct. however, despite of these benefits, when studies (lai & zhao, 2006; sauro, 2009) measured learner noticing of recasts provided via text chat, they reported a similar failure of learners to perceive recasts as corrective. this study attempts to investigate whether learners noticed the corrective nature of a form of feedback based on sheen’s (2007) metalinguistic correction which combined a recast of a grammatical error with a brief piece of metalinguistic information. interaction researchers, such as long (1996), have viewed noticing as an essential liaison that connects interactional input and learner output (egi, 2010). when considering learner noticing of recasts we must look at a number of issues that remain under debate. firstly, there is some debate as to whether recasts provide negative or positive evidence. secondly, while some view recasts as a form of implicit feedback, others see them as explicit feedback. thirdly, there are conflicting views regarding the uptake that recasts can trigger (ellis & sheen, 2006). ellis and sheen (2006, p. 585) define positive evidence as samples of grammatical and acceptable l2 and negative evidence as information about language which is not grammatical or acceptable. the developmental benefits of recasts are most widely held (long, 1996; oliver, 1995) to lie in negative evidence, which encourages the two types of noticing that schmidt (1990) argued were prerequisites for l2 acquisition. firstly, the linguistic feature being recast is made more salient to the learner and secondly, recasts prompt learners to compare their erroneous utterance with the recast allowing them to ‘notice the gap’ (schmidt & frota, 1986). however, bao et al. (2011) state that this argument rests on the assumption that learners are able to recognize the corrective intent of recasts. there is significant evidence that recasts, especially of grammatical errors, are often not perceived as corrective (lyster, 1998b; mackey et al., 2000; nicholas et al., 2001). interactionally, recasts can perform the function of acknowledging the content of the preceding turn (nicholas et al, 2001). in long’s (1996) definition, recasts are viewed as an implicit form of feedback where errors are implied and the focus is on meaning not form. however, others (ellis & sheen, 2006; loewen & philip, 2006) have broadened the definition of recasts to include varying degrees implicitness and explicitness. they posit that through the use of segmentation, stress and declarative intonation in recasts, the interlocutor can overtly state the existence of error and so switch the focus of interaction from meaning to form. a commonly used indicator that learners have perceived a recast as corrective is whether they react to the recast in their next utterance (lyster & 26 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee ranta, 1997; mackey et al., 2000). lyster and ranta (1997, p. 49) defined this learner reaction to feedback as uptake, and it is believed by many to be closely related to learner’s perceptions about feedback at the time it is delivered (mackey et al., 2000). lyster and ranta (1997, p. 49) stated that uptake could be classified as either repair or needs-repair. an utterance that contained a correct reformulation of the initial error was termed repair and an utterance that did not as needs-repair. needs-repair could range from a simple acknowledgment to a partial reformulation. lightbrown (1998, p. 193 in egi, 2010) noted that repair, in particular, gave some reason to believe that the learner had “noticed the gap” (schmidt & frota, 1986) between their erroneous utterance and the recast. an argument against the use of recasts is that they have often been found to result in lower levels of uptake than other feedback forms (lyster & ranta, 1997; mackey et al., 2000). however, there is some debate over whether uptake when used alone is an effective means of investigating learner noticing of recasts (ellis et al., 2001). sheen (2007) took recast research in a new direction by investigating an experimental form of feedback combing recast with metalinguistic information. sheen called this feedback type ‘metalinguistic correction’ and below is an example taken from her study (2007:307): student : there was a fox. fox was hungry.’ teacher: the fox. you should use the definite article ‘the’ because you’ve already mentioned “fox”. sheen (2007) found that in posttests measuring l2 gains the group receiving metalinguistic correction (in response to errors in article usage) outperformed the group receiving recasts, which also failed to perform significantly better than a control group. sheen (2007) explained the positive effects of metalinguistic correction in terms of schmidt’s (1995, in sheen, 2007) two levels of awareness; ‘noticing’ and ‘understanding’. she pointed out that schmidt (1995 in sheen 2007) argued that ‘noticing’ was an important step towards acquisition while ‘understanding’ could result in deeper learning. sheen (2007) concluded that the provision of a recast indicating the correct form, together with metalinguistic information was more effective than providing only a recast because it led to both the noticing and understanding of the underlying rule. despite the significant amount of literature on recasts and the potential of text-based scmc (synchronous computed-mediated communication) in language learning, there have been only a few studies (lai & zhao, 2006; sachs & suh, 2007; sauro, 2009) investigating recasts in a text-based scmc environment. interestingly, they observed a similar failure of learners to notice the corrective nature of recasts. lai and zhao (2006) compared the capacity of text-based scmc interaction and face-to-face interaction to promote learners’ noticing of interactional feedback. in stimulated recall sessions, learners exhibited noticing of 45% negotiation of meaning episodes in text chat compared with 24% in face-to-face interaction. however, for recasts the opposite was true, with learners noticing only 10% of text chat recasts compared to 18% of face-to-face recasts. it must be noted, however, that the information about recasts provided by the findings was very limited. lai and zhao (2006) explained that the low level of noticing of text chat recasts may have resulted from the recasts being provided 3 to 4 turns after the learner’s incorrect 27 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat message. sachs and suh (2007) investigated the efficacy of textually enhanced and textually unenhanced recasts of errors in their use of indirect reported speech in terms of learner awareness and l2 gains. the textual enhancement involved underling the matrix verbs and representing the back shifted verbs in bold face. drawing on insights from schmidt (1995 cited in sachs in suh, 2007), they investigated learner awareness of l2 form at the level of noticing and understanding. schmidt (ibid:29) provided the following example to illustrate the difference: ‘awareness that a target language speaker says, on a particular occasion, ‘he goes to a beach a lot,’ is an example of noticing. being aware that goes is a form of go inflected for number agreement is understanding.’ to measure awareness, sachs and suh (2007) used an introspective tool called the think-aloud technique. verbalizations were coded according to three criteria for the presence of awareness: cognitive change, metaawareness and morphological awareness. cognitive change was considered awareness at the level of noticing and the others awareness at the level of understanding. the study found that 100% of the textually enhanced and textually unenhanced groups verbalized awareness at the level of noticing. however, only 43% of the unenhanced group reported meta-awareness and none reported morphological awareness. on the other hand, 100% of the textually enhanced group reported metaawareness and 33% reported morphological awareness. sachs and suh (2007) found despite outperforming the unenhanced group in post-tests, the enhanced group were not able to identify appropriate uses of backshifting in context or produce it themselves with greater ability. sachs and suh (2007) noted that while the enhanced recasts successfully highlighted the verb forms, participants may have still failed to perceive them as corrective. sauro (2009) investigated the effects of test-based scmc recasts and metalinguistic prompts on the development of learners’ l2 knowledge of the english zero article with abstract uncountable nouns. the study found greater improvement in the immediate post-tests for the metalinguistic prompt group than the recast group. furthermore, 44% of metalinguistic prompts resulted in uptake compared to 21% of the recasts. sauro (2009) suggested the greater l2 gains and uptake associated with the metalinguistic prompts resulted from its overtly explicit corrective nature. she argued that the corrective intent of the recasts was less clear and so reduced opportunities for learners to “notice the gap” between recasts and their erroneous utterances. the recasts in the study were generally full and long and these characteristics have been shown in face-to-face recast studies to reduce the saliency of recasts to learners (loewen & philip, 2006; sheen, 2006). also, at times there was a lack of adjacency between some of the recasts and the triggering erroneous utterance, an issue highlighted by lai and zhao (2006). doughty and long (2003:65) claimed learners needed to be able to hold both erroneous utterance and recast in their working memory to allow for comparison and noticing of any gap. this research covers two research questions: 1. to what extent do hybrid text-based scmc recasts of grammatical errors result in learner uptake? 28 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 2. how do learners perceive hybrid text-based scmc recasts of grammatical errors? method this study was unique in the sense that the researcher and participants were located in different countries. as stated by pellettieri (2000), text-based scmc does not have the geographical constraints of face-to-face communication. therefore, i decided that it would be interesting to carry out this research with participants located in a different country than myself. while i was located in malaysia, the participants of the study were parttime intermediate-level efl students at my previous school, the british council, beirut. participants were all female and aged between eighteen and thirty-two years old. they were university students, teachers, housewives, and office workers. two were from syria and eight were from lebanon and all had arabic as their first language. facebook messenger was used in nine of the text chat sessions and google talk in one. the materials used in this study included two text chat tasks performed by participants and a native-speaking interlocutor, in this case the researcher. these text chat tasks were a spot-thedifference picture task adapted from mackey et al. (2000), and a narrative picture task adapted from sachs and suh (2007). tasks were primarily meaningfocused, had clearly defined outcomes and required learners to make use of their own linguistic resources (ellis, 2003). the topic of the tasks was a holiday; selected in accordance to the topics the students had recently covered in class, participant interests and language levels. two task types were used because previous research (gass et al., 2005 in egi, 2007) found that task type could affect the nature of interaction. each learner met the researcher online once in a 40-minute text chat session. the date and time of this text chat session was arranged via email exchange. the learners performed two dyadic text chat tasks with the researcher acting as interlocutor. alongside performing the tasks, the interlocutor provided hybrid recasts of any grammatical errors made by the learner, as shown in the example below taken from the study. learner: he is wearing red t-shirt and shorts interlocutor: he is wearing a red t-shirt (indefinite article (a) + singular noun) the hybrid recasts consisted of a recast of the error and metalinguistic information relating to the error, which was bracketed to differentiate it from the recast. to identify episodes of recasts and any subsequent uptake, chatscripts were saved and later analyzed. participants also completed a posttask questionnaire immediately after finishing the text chat task. divided into two sections, the first consisted of five open-ended questions relating to learner noticing of the hybrid recasts; the second section included open-ended questions to elicit learner attitudes regarding the use of text chat in their language learning. the chatscripts were analyzed for instances of hybrid recasts and subsequent uptake using a coding scheme, adapted from lyster and ranta’s (2007) observational study of feedback and uptake in french immersion classes (figure 1 contains a summary of both coding schemes; figure 2 provides examples of each category of the coding scheme). 29 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat the number and percentage of hybrid recasts that resulted in uptake and repair was then calculated for each participant and then for the study as a whole. this emulated the interaction analysis in previous recast studies (lyster & ranta, 1997; mackey et al., 2000). figure 1: coding schemes lyster and ranta (1997, p. 44) this study stage 1 learner produces an erroneous utterance learner produces a grammatically incorrect utterance stage 2 teacher provides a form of feedback or continues with topic interlocutor provides a hybrid recast of the error stage 3 if feedback provided, learner reacts to feedback (uptake) or continues with topic (no uptake); uptake classified as repair or needsrepair learner reacts to hybrid recast (uptake) or continues with topic (no uptake); uptake classified as repair or needs-repair stage 4 for repair, teacher continues topic or provides reinforcement; for needs-repair, teacher provides follow-up feedback or continues with topic for repair and needs-repair interlocutor continues with topic figure 2: coding scheme: examples from study hybrid recast episodes no uptake learner and he is wearing red shirt interlocutor wearing a red shirt (article (a) + singular noun) learner there are sofa and table uptake repair learner that clown is wearing colourful clothes interlocutor was wearing colourful clothes (use past continuous) learner that clown was wearing colourful clothes uptake needsrepair learner in front of desk there is open suit case. do you have the same? interlocutor there is an open suitcase (use article (a/an) with singular noun) learner all right. i understand. in addition to measuring uptake, the study analyzed participants’ questionnaire responses for evidence of learner noticing, using the following three indicators: 1. a direct reference to the interlocutor correcting their mistake 2. noticing the language feature that had been recast 3. correctly stating the number of grammatical errors they had made* (*the study posited that if a learner’s estimation of the number of grammatical mistakes made matched the number hybrid recasts they received, it could be concluded that they perceived every hybrid recast as corrective.) 30 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee results and discussion hybrid recasts of grammatical errors and learner uptake table 1: the frequency of hybrid recasts, uptake and repair participant number of hybrid recast episodes subsequent uptake (% of hybrid recasts) subsequent repair (% of hybrid recasts) 1 4 3 (75%) 0 2 6 3 (50%) 0 3 9 0 0 4 6 6 (100%) 5 (83%) 5 5 2 (40%) 0 6 4 4 (100%) 3 (75%) 7 8 8 (100%) 0 8 4 2(50%) 1 (25%) 9 6 5 (83.3%) 0 10 1 1 (100%) 0 total 53 34 (64%) 9 (17%) the frequency of hybrid recasts and subsequent uptake and repair is presented in table 1 above. participants received between four and nine hybrid recasts during the text chat tasks, with the exception of participant 10, who received only one. nine participants reacted to hybrid recasts with uptake. the lowest level of uptake among these nine was 40% and the highest was 100%, achieved by four participants. only three participants responded to hybrid recasts with repair. 47% of hybrid recasts were followed by needs-repair and 17% by repair. therefore, 64% resulted in some form of uptake. learners’ perception of hybrid recasts of grammatical errors all participants directly mentioned at some point in the questionnaire that the interlocutor had corrected their mistakes during the text chat tasks. four participants referred to this twice. although no limit was set on the number of features participants could report noticing, seven participants responded with only one answer and one participant did not respond. in addition, four participants indicated a number of mistakes that exactly matched the number of hybrid recasts they received. two participants provided answers that roughly matched. of the four that provided a number that did not match, one had misinterpreted the question. furthermore, four participants made some reference to their inability to use grammar accurately and a need to improve their english. two participants similarly mentioned a failure to use grammar correctly. this is further evidence that participants noticed their non-target use of english grammar, which implies that they perceived hybrid recasts to be negative evidence. hybrid recasts of grammatical errors and learner uptake the data collected from the analysis of chatscripts of the text chat tasks indicated that almost two thirds of the hybrid recasts provided resulted in uptake. table 2 shows the percentage of hybrid recasts that resulted in uptake, repair and needs-repair compared with feedback types in previous studies. 31 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat table 2: uptake following hybrid recasts, recasts and metalinguistic feedback study setting feedback type % of student turns following the feedback that contained; uptake repair needs-repair this study (2013) text-based scmc hybrid recast 64 17 47 lyster and ranta (1997) face-to-face recast 31 18 13 metalinguistic feedback 86 45 41 panova and lyster (2002) face-to-face recast 40 13 27 metalinguistic feedback 71 29 42 sauro (2009) text-based scmc recast 21 not available (n/a) n/a metalinguistic prompt 44 n/a n/a as table 2 highlights, the level of uptake after hybrid recasts (64%) seems high when looking at the level of uptake that followed recasts in previous face-toface and text-based scmc study. only between 31%-40% of recasts in face-toface studies by lyster and ranta (1997), and panova and lyster (2002) were followed by uptake. this figure was even lower in the text-based scmc study by sauro (2009), which also experienced relatively low levels of uptake after metalinguistic prompts. interestingly, the hybrid recasts led to a level of uptake more usually associated with metalinguistic feedback. sauro (2009) explained that the low level of uptake identified in her study might have resulted from a lack of adjacency between the learner error and recast. in this study, 29% of the hybrid recasts were not provided in the turn immediately following the erroneous utterance, as highlighted in excerpt a. however, this did not seem to have an adverse effect on the level of uptake. excerpt a participant 9: this looks like a hotel room, there are two beds which are not used yet participant 9: and something on the bed interlocutor: which haven’t been used yet (use present perfect) participant 9: thank you! the relatively high level of uptake that followed hybrid recasts can be seen to result from learners more clearly perceiving them to be negative evidence. the low level of uptake usually associated with recasts has been explained by learners sometimes interpreting recasts as performing functions other than feedback, such as acknowledging (nicholas et al., 2000). in such cases, recasts are perceived to be positive evidence. the high level of uptake following hybrid recasts indicates that while the recast may or may not be perceived as negative evidence, the metalinguistic information most likely is. therefore, the level of uptake is more similar to that associated with metalinguistic feedback, as shown in table 2. another possible reason for the high level of uptake is that hybrid recasts are a significantly more explicit form of feedback than recasts. long (1996 in long et al., 1998) argued that recasts were implicit because they implied errors whose focus was on meaning rather than form. however, hybrid 32 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee recasts explicitly draw learners’ attention to the existence of an error. studies have repeatedly shown that learners are more likely to recast to explicit forms of feedback, such as metalinguistic feedback, as highlighted in table 2. while the overall level of uptake for hybrid recasts was quite high, only 17% resulted in repair. the majority of uptake was needs-repair and took the form of acknowledgement (lyster & ranta, 1997, p. 50) or recognize (ellis et al., 2001, p. 298), as shown in the excerpt b. excerpt b interlocutor: brown curtains (plural form) participant 1: yes thanks the text-based scmc setting of this study may have had an effect on the level of repair. in his text-based scmc study of negotiated interaction, uptake and lexical acquisition, smith (2005) found that only 11% of negotiated focus on form episodes resulted in repair. he argued that the low level of successful uptake or repair in text chat was due to the visual representation of the language, the pressure to respond quickly and the redundancy of retyping the recast. smith (2005) reported similar lexical gains from learners, independent of whether they produced repair, needsrepair or no uptake. learners’ perception of hybrid recasts of grammatical errors the qualitative data collected from the post-task questionnaires would seem to confirm that learners perceived the corrective nature of hybrid recasts of their grammatical errors. interestingly, despite every participant clearly reporting that recasts were corrective, only three participants provided uptake after every hybrid recast. in fact, one participant did not provide any uptake at all, yet still claimed to have noticed that they were corrective in the questionnaire. this contrasts with the findings of egi’s (2010) and mackey et al’s (2000) face-to-face studies. they found that when learners did not follow recasts with uptake, they were unlikely to perceive recasts as corrective in stimulated recall. also, egi (2010) observed that learners who produced repair were much more likely to accurately perceive recasts than those producing needs-repair. this study found otherwise, with accurate perception of recasts despite low levels of repair. in response to the findings, two claims could possibly be made about the use of uptake as an indicator of learner noticing in text-based scmc. the first is that as smith (2005) argued needs-repair is an equally good indicator that a learner has accurately perceived a textbased recast as repair. the second is that while uptake may indicate that the learner has correctly perceived the corrective force of the recast, an absence of uptake cannot be interpreted as evidence that the learner has not perceived the recast. as stated by smith (2005) uptake may be precluded by features of text chat, such as visual saliency and pressure to type responses quickly. ellis et al. (2001) argued that uptake could also be precluded by discourse considerations in face-to-face interaction. a possible explanation as to why all participants successfully perceived the hybrid recasts to be negative evidence in the post task questionnaire despite not always producing uptake is the visual and enduring quality of text chat (sauro, 2009). 33 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat because the chatscripts were saved on the learners’ computer screens, they were able to revisit them post task while completing the questionnaire. therefore, while they may not have noticed that the hybrid recasts were corrective during the interaction, and so produced no uptake, a second or third reading may have facilitated noticing of their corrective nature. this revisiting of the hybrid recast episodes also provided learners with further opportunities for schmidt’s (1995) noticing of the gap between their interlanguage and the target form. the likelihood of this noticing occurring was potentially increased because learners did not need to hold both the erroneous utterance and recast in the working memory for comparison as in face-to-face interaction (williams, 2005 in sauro, 2009). another finding from this study was that four participants used metalinguistic terminology to report what they had noticed about english during the text chat tasks. in sachs and suh’s (2007) study, this was coded as morphological awareness and considered to indicate awareness of l2, which schmidt (1995 in sachs & suh, 2007) classified as at the level of understanding. in sachs and suh’s study, 33% of participants who received textually enhanced recasts reported morphological awareness in think-aloud vocalizations and 38% reported sensing that the interlocutor had been focusing on the correct use of verb tenses in the briefing questionnaire. therefore, the levels of morphological awareness reported by learners receiving textually enhanced and hybrid recasts was similar. sheen (2007) explained the greater l2 gains attributed to his metalinguistic correction, the feedback form that hybrid recasts were adapted from, in terms of schmidt’s (1995, in sheen, 2007) two levels of awareness; noticing and understanding. as noted by sheen, schmidt (1995) argued that ‘noticing’ was an important step towards acquisition while ‘understanding’ could result in deeper learning. sheen (2007) concluded that the provision of the correct form and metalinguistic feedback was effective because it led to both the noticing and understanding of the underlying rule. this provides a possible explanation for the morphological awareness reported by three learners. conclusion this study used two sources of data to investigate whether learners carrying out text chat tasks perceived hybrid recasts of grammatical errors to be corrective. chatscripts of the tasks were analyzed to identify the distribution of hybrid recasts and subsequent uptake and a post-task questionnaire yielded qualitative data on learner perceptions of hybrid recasts. both sources revealed that learners generally perceived the hybrid recasts to be corrective. when compared with findings from previous face-to-face (lyster & ranta, 1997; mackey et al., 2000) and text chat (lai & zhao, 2006; sauro, 2009) recast studies, results indicate that the corrective force of hybrid recasts might be clearer than traditional recasts. as such, further study into forms of text chat feedback that combine recast with metalinguistic information is warranted. references bao, m., egi, t & han, y (2011). classroom study on noticing and recast features: capturing learner noticing with uptake and stimulated recall. system, 39, 215-228. doughty, c., & long, m, (2003). optimal psycholinguistic environments for distance foreign language learning. 34 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol. 5, issue 1, december 2016 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee language learning and technology, 7(3), 50-80. doughty, c., & v, e. (1998). communicative focus on form. in c. doughty &j. williams (eds.), focus on form in classroom second language acquisition, (114-138). cambridge: cambridge university press. egi, t, (2007). recasts, learner’s interpretations, and l2 development. in mackey, a. (ed.) (2007). conversational interaction in second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press egi, t, (2010). uptake, modified output, and learner perceptions of recasts: learner responses as language awareness. the modern language journal, 94, 1-21. ellis, r, (2003). task based language learning and teaching. oxford: oxford university press. ellis, r., basturkmen, h., & loewen, s. (2001). learner uptake in communicative esl lessons. language learning, 51(2), 281–318. ellis, r., & sheen, y. (2006). re-examining the role of recasts in second language acquisition. studies in second language acquisition, 28(4), 575-600. cambridge university press. kung, s, (2004). synchronous electronic discussions in efl reading class. elt journal, 58(2), 164-173. lai, c., & zhao, y. (2006). noticing and textbased chat. language learning and technology, 10(3), 102-120. loewen, s., & philip, j. (2006). recasts in the adult l2 classroom: characteristics, explicitness and effectiveness. the modern language journal, 90(4), 536556. long, m. (1996). the role of the linguistic environment in second language acquisition. in ritchie, w.r, & bhatia, t.j., (eds.) handbook of second language acquisition. academic press, 413-468. long, m., inagaki, s., & ortega, l. (1998). the role of implicit negative feedback in sla: models and recasts in japanese and spanish. the modern language journal, 82, 357-371. lyster, r. (1998). negotiation of form, recasts, and explicit correction in relation to error types and learner repair in immersion classrooms. language learning, 48(2), 183-218. lyster, r., & ranta, l. (1997). corrective feedback and learner uptake, negotiation of form in communicative classrooms. studies in second language acquisition, 20, 36-66. cambridge university press. lyster, r., & mori, h. (2006). interactional feedback and instructional counterbalance. studies in second language acquisition, 28, 269-300, cambridge university press. mackey, a., gass, s., & mcdonough, k. (2000). how do learners perceive feedback? studies in second language acquisition, 22, 471-497. cambridge university press. nicholas, h., lightbrown, p., & spada, n. (2001). recasts as feedback to language learners. language learning, 51, 719-758. oliver, r. (1995). negative feedback in child ns-nns conversation. studies in second language acquisition, 17, 459481. cambridge university press. pellettieri, j. (2000). negotiation in cyberspace: the role of chatting in the development of grammatical competence. in warschauer, m., & kern. r. (2000). network-based language teaching: concepts and practice, (59-86), 3rd printing. cambridge university press. sachs, r., & suh, b. (2007). textually enhanced recasts, learner awareness, and l2 outcomes in synchronous computer-mediated interaction. in mackey, a. (2007). conversational interaction in second language acquisition, (197-228), oxford university press. sauro, s. (2009). computer-mediated corrective feedback and the development of l2 grammar. language learning and technology, 13(1), 96-120. schmidt, r. (1990). the role of consciousness in second language learning. applied linguistics, 11, 129-58. 35 mark j. oliver noticing hybrid recasts in text chat schmidt, r., & frota, s. (1986). developing basic conversational ability in a second language: a case study of an adult learner of portuguese. in day (ed.). 1986 sheen, y. (2006). exploring the relationship between characteristics of recasts and learner uptake, language teaching research, 10(4), 361-392. sheen, y. (2007). corrective feedback, individual differences, and acquisition of articles. in mackey, a. (2007). conversational interaction in second language acquisition, (229-248). oxford: oxford university press. simpson, j. (2002). computer-mediated communication. elt journal, 56(4), 414-415. oxford: oxford university press. smith, b. (2004). computer-mediated negotiated interaction and lexical acquisition. studies in second language acquisition, 26, 365-398. cambridge university press. smith, b. (2005). the relationship between negotiated interaction, learner uptake, and lexical acquisition in task-based computer-mediated communication. tesol quarterly, 39(1), 33-58. smith, b., & sauro, s. (2009). interruptions in chat. computer assisted language learning, 22(3), 229-247. 36 73 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur erwin oktoma department of english education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: oktoma09erwin@yahoo.com styfanus mardiyono department of english education, faculty of teachers training and education, university of kuningan, indonesia. e-mail: mardiyonostyfanus@yahoo.com apa citation: oktoma, e & mardiyono, s. (2013). the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur. english review: journal of english education, 2(1), 73-83 received: 09-07-2013 accepted: 30-10-2013 published: 01-12-2013 abstract: this paper is descriptive qualitative which describes the types of presuppositions and their meaning in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur. the research questions of this paper are; what are the types of presupposition and dominant type of presupposition in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur. in order to analyze the data, the writer employs yule’s theory which divides presupposition into 6 types: existential presupposition, factive presupposition, lexical presupposition, structural presupposition, non-factive presupposition and counterfactual presupposition. the data of the research are sentences which contains presupposition triggers. the results of this study shows that based on yule’s theory, it has been found that there are 219 presuppositions. 129 existential presuppositions or 58,90 %, 47 lexical presuppositions or 21,56 %, 9 structural presuppositions or 4,10 %, 15 factive presuppositions or 6,84 %, 7 non factive presuppositions or 3,19 % and 3 counterfactual presuppositions or 1,36 %. keywords: presupposition, type of presupposition, presupposition triggers, short stories of silvester goridus sukur. introduction this research investigated the presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur. this study aimed to find out the types of presupposition and the dominant type of presupposition used in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur. pragmatics is the study of contextual meaning (yule 1996). it is related to the interpretation what people mean in a particular context and how the context influences what is said. furthermore, levinson (1983) stated that pragmatics is the study of the relation between language and context basic to an account of language understanding. pragmatics is the last stage of linguistics started with a narrow discipline facing with physical data of speech becomes a wide discipline taking in form, meaning, and context (leech 1983). saeed (1997) stated that presuppositions are produced by particular words or construction, together sometimes called presupposition triggers. yule (1996) also stated that when speaker’s assumption expressed is analyzed, presupposition has been associated with the use of a large number of words, phrases, and structures. that is why there are presupposition triggers consisting of words, phrases and structures. the presupposition triggers according to karttunen (1973) in levinson (1983) are definite descriptions, factive verbs, erwin oktoma & styfanus mardiyono the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur 74 implicative verbs, iterratives, change of state verbs, verbs like judging, temporal clause, cleft sentence, implicit clefts with stressed constituents, comparisons and contrasts, non-restrictive relative clause, counterfactual conditionals questions. yule (1996) stated that there are six types of presupposition: (1) existential presupposition, this type of presupposition is not only assumed to be present in possessive construction but more generally in any definite phrases; (2) factive presupposition that presupposed information following a verb like ‘know’ can be treated as a fact; (3) non-factive presupposition, it is the one that assumed not to be true; (4) lexical presupposition, in the case of lexical presupposition, the speaker’s use of a particular expression is taken to presuppose another (unstated) concept;(5) structural presupposition, this type of presupposition can lead listeners to believe that the information presented is necessarily true, rather than just the presupposition of the person asking the question; (6) counter factual presupposition, the meaning of what is presupposed is not only true, but is the opposite of what is true, or ‘contrary to facts’. presupposition are something like the background beliefs of the speaker – propositions whose truth takes for granted in making his statement (stalnaker 1999) so when the speaker wants to speak a and b, the speaker takes for granted b as if the listener understand the whole meaning or a. so in the presupposition there are explicit meaning and implicit meaning. explicit meaning is what is actually said; meanwhile implicit meaning is what left unsaid. according to grundy (2000), there are two ways that can be used to identify presupposition. the first way is through presupposition triggers, and the second one is to think of them as ways of expressing shared or non controversial knowledge. presupposition trigger can be used to reveal the presupposition from utterance or sentence. according to karttunen (1973) in levinson (1983) there are 12 kinds of such triggers: (1) definite descriptions used proper names and possessives construction (keenan 1972); (2) factive verbs is presupposing truth of the proportional complement. verbs like regret, aware, realize, odd, know, be sorry that, be proud that, be indifferent that, be glad that, and be sad that are included to this type (kiparsky & kiparsky 1972); (3) implicative verbs: manage, forget, happen, and avoid are the examples of implicative verbs (karttunen 1972); (4) presupposition trigger is change of state verbs such as stop, begin, continue, start, finish, carry on, cease, take, leave, enter, come, go, arrive, etc. (sellar 1954, karttunen 1973); (5) iterratives is presupposing that is being repeated. words like again, anymore, return, another time, to come back, restore, repeat, and for the nth time are examples of iterative. unlike the other presupposition, the implications are not attributed to the speaker, so much as to the subject of the verb as judging. the sentence of agatha accused ian of plagiarism presupposes that (agatha thinks) plagiarism is bad. the word criticize also includes to this type. (6) in temporal clause, such as before, while, since, after, during, whenever, as are the triggers of this temporal clause (frege 1892 in heinamaki 1972). (7) cleft sentence is argued to presuppose that something ‘y-ed’ (as in it was x that y-ed). it was henry that kissed rosie presupposes that someone kissed rosie (keenan 1972). (8) implicit clefts with stressed constituents, these particular presuppositions that seem to arise from two cleft sentence seem also to be triggered simply by heavy stress on a constituent (chomsky 1972; wilson & sperber 1979); (9) comparisons and contrasts may be marked by stress, 75 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee by particle like too, back, in return, or by comparative constructions; (10) non-restrictive relative clause, as in an example of the proto harrappans flourished 2800-2650 b.c. were great temple builders presupposes that the proto-harrappans flourished 2800-2650 b.c; (11) counterfactual conditionals have been claimed to presuppose falsity of the antecedent. if hannibal had only had twelve more elephants, the romans languages would this day exist presupposes that hannibal didn’t have twelve more elephants; (12) the last is questions. wh-questions introduce the presuppositions obtained by replacing the wh-word by the appropriate existentially quantified variable. the presupposition as intended by the linguists is found in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur chosen as data sources. in the short stories found the information that is a part what is communicated but not said in which the writer of the story seems to take for granted in making an utterance. therefore, the writer is curious to know a part better; the one what is communicated but not said. method all of the data in this research were taken from the short stories of silvester goridus sukur. concerning the method of collecting data, the writer did some strategies below. first, reading the short stories. second, identifying the words related to presupposition triggers, table 1: categories of presupposition adopted from yule (1996) no type example presupposition 1 existential 2 factive 3 non-factive 4 lexical 5 structural 6 counterfactual then collecting the sentences contained presupposition triggers. last, listing the sentences into the table categories of presupposition. the researcher focused on two books entitled “striptease dancer” and “one night with a maid”, firstly published in 2009. there are 11 short stories in striptease dancer; a striptease dancer, my sweetest julia, pretty woman, my son’s order, luxurious toilet, a shoplifter, going dutch, wet the bed, mr. mouse, a blue umbrella and not my friend’s room. meanwhile, there are 13 short stories in one night with a maid; one night with a maid, a passionatenight kissing, going to kiddo, true love, bad holiday, a bowl of water, dating with a dog, a crazy man, never-ending love, my radio, my-ex girlfriend, special gift, the parking attendant. the data analysis of presupposition were grouped based on the theory of yule (1996) in which the presupposition appeared from the presupposition triggers. meanwhile, to know the presupposition triggers, the writer employed the theory of kartuneen imparting there are 31 presupposition triggers that kartuneen collected (levinson, 1983) to obtain validity of the research, the steps below were applied by the researcher: first of all, the writer identified the word contained presupposition,then classifying the data into kinds of presupposition based on george yule’s theory. to know the dominant type erwin oktoma & styfanus mardiyono the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur 76 is commonly used in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur, the writer employed the formula as follow: fk rel = fk ∑f x 100 fk rel : frequency of relative cumulative (percentage of types) fk : frequency of cumulative (total types frequency of sub-category) ∑f : frequency of total (total of all categories) 100 % : percentage (subana, 2000) the percentage of occurrences: existential : 138 occurrences x 100 = 63,01 % 219 lexical : 47 occurrences x 100 = 21,46 % 219 factive : 15 occurrences x 100 = 6,84 % 219 non-factive : 7 occurrences x 100 = 3,19 % 219 structural : 9 occurrences x 100% = 4,10 % 219 counterfactual : 3 occurrences x 100% = 1,36 % 219 result and discussion there was a calculation to have the dominant type of the presupposition of the research, applied to know the dominant type of presupposition. afterwards the writer collected the data and classified them. here is the formulation of the dominant type as follow: fk rel = fk ∑f x 100 fk rel : frequency of relative cumulative (percentage of types) fk : frequency of cumulative (total types frequency of sub-category) ∑f : frequency of total (total of all categories) 100 % : percentage as the calculation of the occurrences, it was found that dominant type presupposition used in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur was existential presupposition (63,01%), then lexical presupposition (21,46%), factive (6,84%), non-factive (3,19%), structural (4,10%), and counterfactual (1,36%). striptease dancer striptease dancer tells us about the story when silvester had a birthday and he got a surprise from his girlfriend and friends (see appendix for futher story). in this story, it was found 15 presuppositions; nine existential presuppositions, five lexical presuppositions and one structural presupposition. there was no factive, non factive and counterfactual in this story. 77 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee my sweetest julia this story tells us about silvester’s love letter; he intended to give his love letter to julia, but somehow, his friend found the letter and read in front of the class (see appendix for futher story) in this story the writer found that there were 14 presuppositions; seven existential presuppositions, four lexical presuppositions, two factive presuppositions and one structural presuppositions. there was no non factive and counterfactual presupposition in this story. table 2: research data of striptease dancer no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential it is my birthday. (2:1:9) -silvester had a birthday this data is triggered by adjective possessive “my”. so it is categorized into existential presupposition. 2. i wanted to go to movie with my girl friend, dewi (1:2:9) -there is a movie -silvester had girl friend this data is triggered by adjective possessive” my”, the name of the place and a person. when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant. 3. structural what the hell have you done to me? (9:6:11) -silvster’ friends had done something this is categorized into structural, because it uses wh question. it means that by using wh question, it is already known the situation before that question is being asked. table 3: research data of my sweetest julia no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential almost every normal boy in my school fell in love with her. (2:1:17) -there were normal boys -silvester had a school, -there was a girl whom every boy fell in love with this sentence is categorized into existential, it is triggered by definite noun phrase” every normal boy”, adjective “my” and pronoun “her”. when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant. 2. factive anton read some sentences that i knew very well (3:5:18) -anton read some sentences this is categorized into factive presupposition, because it is triggered by factive verb “knew” using knew, it is supposed to be fact. 3. structural how could anton have a letter with such sentences? (6:5:18) -anton had a letter it is categorized into structural presupposition, it is triggered by who question. luxurious toilet luxurious toilet tells us about silvester’s girlfriend birthday party. at that occasion, silvester wanted to urinate but suddenly the lamps went out, so it was so hard to find the toilet. and he found the room but in fact that room was not toilet but the room of his girlfriend’ parents.(see appendix for further story). in this story, the presuppositions found were four existential presuppositions, six lexical presuppositions, on factive presupposition and one structural presupposition. erwin oktoma & styfanus mardiyono the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur 78 going dutch this story tells us about the story in which misunderstanding happened among his friend, the security and him about the payment of the lunch (see table 4: research data of luxurious toilet no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential one december evening, my girl friend invited me to attend her birthday party in her house (1:1:33) -i had a girlfriend -she had a birthday party, -she had a house this sentence is triggered by adjective possesive “my”, “her”. so it is categorized into existential presupposition. when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant 2. lexical i kept on going to the toilet.(12:1:33) -sylvester had gone to toilet before keep on is one of the trigger, it is a kind of change of state verb. by using a state verb, it is supposed that another meaning is being understood. 3. structural what happened? (1:4:34) -something happened this is a kind of structural presupposition, because it is triggered by wh question. table 5: research data of going dutch no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential i sometimes had a lunch in a restaurant near my boarding house. (2:1:43) -there was a restaurant near the boarding house -there was a boarding house in this story, the presupposition triggers are definite noun phrase “a restaurant” and adjective possessive “my”. when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant. 2. lexical i saw her sitting at our table again. (9:2:43) -she had sat at their table before the triggering is iterative “again”, it means that the activity is being repeated. she sat, she went and she sat again. 3. structural what did you say?(10:3:44) -the security guide said something to him it is triggered by w-h question, when someone asked this question, it means that before there was something said. 4. counterfactual if only i could move my face from my head, i would put it a while into my pocket. (3:5:45) -silvester could not move his face from his head. this is counterfactual presupposition, because it is triggered by counterfactual conditional. it is not only not true but contrary to fact. appendix for further story). in this story there were 11 presuppositions; five existential presuppositions, four lexical presuppositions, one structural presupposition and one counterfactual 79 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee presupposition. but, there was no factive and non factive presuppositions. wet the bed this story tells us about silvester’s smelly body, because the clothes that he wore was the clothes that his son urinated on it.(see appendix for further story). in this story, the writer found that there were 11 presuppositions; eight existential presuppositions, one factive presupposition, one non-factive table 6. research data of wet the bed no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential i went to campus where i taught. (2:2:50) -sylvester had a work in a campus this is triggered by the name of some place “campus” it means that there is someplace to reach by silvester. 2. counterfactual if only i had not got flue at that time, i would have known something strange with my trousers. ( 5:3:51) -sylvester got flue this is a counter factual, because it is triggered by counter factual conditional. this sentence is not only not true but contrary to facts. table 7: research data of one night with a maid no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential my friend, brian and i went to window shopping to waldoboro. (1:1:9) -sylvester had a friend --there was someone called brian -there was a place called waldoboro in this sentence, the sentence is triggered by adjective possessive “my”, the name of person and the name of place. so it is categorized into existential 2. lexical i reached the bed and slept again. (5:4:10) -sylvester had reached the bed and slept before it is triggered by iterative “again”. so it can be categorized into lexical. he slept, got up and slept again. 3. factive i realized that i was not in bed with brian but with his mad. (5:5:10) -sylvester was not in bed with brian, meanwhile with his maid this is a factive presupposition, it is triggered by word “realized” that is treated as fact. 4. non-factive i was dreaming about sleeping with a very beautiful girl. (1:5:10) -sylvester didn’t sleep with a very beautiful girl dream, pretend and so forth are the example of word in non factive, this sentence is triggered by word “dream” it is categorized into nonfactive. presupposition and one counterfactual presupposition. yet, the writer did not find lexical and structural presupposition. one night with a maid this story tells us about spending time at his friend’s house. in the mid of the night, he went to the toilet in the darkness because the lamps went out. when he backed to the room and he slept with the maid until morning (see appendix storyfor further). in erwin oktoma & styfanus mardiyono the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur 80 this story, the presuppositions were five existential presuppositions, two lexical presuppositions, one factive presupposition and one non factive presupposition. see table 4.6 below: true love this story tells us about the true love that belonged to his girlfriend. where tanty, his girlfriend still loved him though silvester’ tooth fell out (see appendix for further story). it was found that there were eight presuppositions; two existential presuppositions, two lexical presuppositions, one factive presupposition, two non-factive presuppositions and one structural. a bowl of water this story tells us about having lunch in padang restaurant table 8: research data of true love no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential one day, tanty and i went to eat in a big and famous fried chicken restaurant. (1:2:21) -there was someone called tanty -the big and famous fried chicken restaurant existed it is triggered by the name of the person “tanty”, definite noun phrase “a big and famous fried chicken restaurant”. so it is categorized into existential presupposition. when it is negated, the presuppo-sition remains constant 2. factive i just realized that one of my front teeth which was actually a false tooth already fell out. (1:5:23) -one of silvester’s teeth which was actually a false tooth already fell out this is categorized into factive presupposition, it is triggered by factive verb “realized”. it is treated as a fact. 3. non-factive she stared at me as if i were a ghost. (7:4:22) -silvester was not a ghost this sentence is categorized into non factive, this is triggered by “s if” and the fact that silvester was not a ghost 4. structural what happened? (15:2:21) -something happened this is triggered by w-h question in which before everybody asked this question, something happened before. with his friend. suddenly the waiter came and brought two bowls of water. silvester drank one of them because he didn’t know what it was for; in fact, it was for washing finger (see appendix for further story). this story had eight presuppositions: three existential presuppositions, one lexical presupposition, one factive presupposition, one structural presupposition and two non-factive presuppositions. never ending love this story happened when it was saturday night. as usual he came to his girlfriend, santy. as he wanted to go home, romantically he kissed her forehead. he didn’t realize her dad’s coming of nowhere. 81 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee table 9: research data of a bowl of water no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential rina, my classmate, invited me to have lunch in a padang restaurant. (2:1:30) -there was someone called rina -silvester had a classmate -there was a padang restaurant in this sentence, the triggers are the name of the person, adjective possessive and definite noun phrase, when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant. so it is categorized into existential. 2. non-factive i felt as if my face was being burnt on a fire. (3:4:32) -his face was not being burnt on a fire this is categorized into non-factive presupposition. the fact that his face was not being burnt on a fire. table 10: research data of never-ending love no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential one day i visited my cute and beautiful girlfriend, santy in her house. (1:1:47) -silveter had a cute and beautiful girl friend -there was someone called santy -santy had a house this sentence is categorized into existential, it is triggered by adjective possessive “my” and “her”. when it is negated, the presupposition still remains constant. 2. counterfactual if only i had had another pair of eyes behind my head, i would have seen and known that he had been in the dim living room. (15:2:48) -silvester had no another pair of eyes this is categorized into counterfactual presupposition because it is triggered by counterfactual conditionals. the sentence is not only not true but also contrary to fact. my radio in this story, his wife and silvester went onto a two floor electronic shop to buy a radio. misunderstanding happened, after he bought and paid it. silvester went out and waited outside. suddenly a woman came and held the radio. he was accused of stealing his radio (see appendix for further story) . in this story, the writer found that there were six presuppositions; four existential, one lexical presupposition, one non-factive presupposition. conclusion the whole short stories by silvester goridus sukur have been analyzed. it can be concluded that all the types of presuppositions: existential presuppositions occur in all of stories, lexical ones just occur in the short stories (striptease dancer, my sweetest erwin oktoma & styfanus mardiyono the analysis of presupposition in the short stories of silvester goridus sukur 82 julia, pretty woman, my son’s order, a shoplifter, going dutch, mr. mouse, a blue umbrella, not my friend’s room, one night with a maid, a passionatenight kissing, going to kiddo, true love, bad holiday, a bowl of water, doing with a dog, my radio, my ex-girlfriend, the parking attendant). factive ones just occur in a few stories as well (my sweetest julia, pretty woman, luxurious toilet, a shoplifter, wet the bed, a blue umbrella, one night with a maid, a passionate night kissing, true love, bad holiday, a bowl of water, a crazy man). non factive ones occur in the short stories (wet the bed, mr. mouse, not my friend’s room, one night with a maid, true love, a bowl of water, my radio). structural ones occur in the short stories (striptease dancer, my sweetest julia, my son’s order, luxurious toilet, a shoplifter, going dutch, true love, a bowl of water, special gift), and counterfactual ones are found in the short stories (going dutch, wet the bed, never ending love). the number of presuppositions found are 219. table 11: research data of my radio no type sentences presupposition explanation 1. existential my wife and i went to a two-floor electronic shop to buy a radio.(1:1:52) -silvester had a wife -there was two-floor electronic shop -there was a radio to buy in this sentence, the presupposition triggers are adjective possessive “my” and definite noun phrase “a two electronic shop”. when it is negated, the presupposition remains constant. 2. lexical i tried to find my wife but she was not there anymore. (6:2:52) -she had been there/in the cashier before this is categorized into lexical presupposition, because the trigger is anymore, when someone uttered this sentence, it is supposed that another meaning was understood by another speaker. 3. non-factive i wish i could have flown away. (7:5:54) -silvester could not have flown away this is categorized into nonfactive, it is triggered by “wish” and the fact is not true percentages type of presupposition in the short stories: the percentage of existential presupposition is 138 or 63,01% of findings; that of lexical presupposition is 47 or 21,46% of findings, that of structural presupposition is 9 or 4,10 % of findings; that of factive presupposition is 15 or 6,84 % of findings; that of non-factive presupposition is 7 or 3,19% of findings and the last one is counterfactual: 3 or 1,36% of findings. so, the dominant type is commonly used in the short stories by silvester goridus sukur is existential presuppositions. references alwasilah, a. c. (2002). pokoknya kualitatif: dasar-dasar merancang dan melakukan penelitian kualitatif. jakarta: pt dunia pustaka jaya. grundy, p. (2000). doing pragmatics. new york: oxford university press. leech, g. n. (1983). principles of pragmatics. new york: longman linguistics library. levinson, s. c. (1983). pragmatics. 83 english review: journal of english education issn 2301-7554 vol.2, issue 1, december 2013 http://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee cambridge: cambridge university press. marczyk, g., dematteeo, d., & festinger, d. (2005). essentials research design and methodology. john wiley & sons, inc. new jersey. renkema, j. (2004). introduction to discourse studies. amsterdam: john benyamin publishing company. saeed, j. i. (1997). semantics. oxford: blackwell publishers, ltd. speneder, j. (2002). presuppositions in spoken discourse. department of linguistics (doctoral dissertation): stockholm university. subana. (2000). statistik pendidikan. bandung: pustaka setia. yingfang, w. (2007). analysis of presupposition and its function in advertisement. canadian social science. page 55-60: central china normal university. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. oxford: oxford university press. zare, javad., abbaspour, e., nia, r. m. (2012). presupposition trigger-a comparative analysis of broadcast news discourse. international journal of linguistics. page 734-743: iran university of science & technology. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 453 the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text nyayu yayu suryani stik siti khadijah palembang,indonesia email: nyayu.ys@stikes-sitikhadijah.ac.id apa citation: suryani, n. y. (2022). the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text. english review: journal of english education, 10(2), 453-464. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i2.6246 received: 06-02-2022 accepted: 24-04-2022 published: 30-06-2022 introduction for a long time, reading comprehension issues have been a common difficulty in efl classrooms. reading and comprehension are inextricably linked because comprehension is the primary objective of reading (maulani & rachmanita, 2022). the reading part of the english course is on understanding the information and answering the questions (asmara, muhammad, & almubarokah, 2022). according to various studies, the majority of efl students have difficulty comprehending english texts (kasim & raisha, 2017). nanda and azmy (2020) explained that indonesian efl students have poor reading comprehension performance due to the lack of vocabulary, prior knowledge and motivation. reading is one of the four essential language abilities to achieve in learning from elementary to tertiary levels. furthermore, it is a skill that every student needs to have together with some others, namely listening, writing, and speaking because the four skills are related to each other. reading is complex because it involves many processes that must be skilfully coordinated, such as controlling eye movements, word recognition, giving a representation of the sentence’s meaning, and deciding what to do with the information being read (cornoldi, & oakhill, 2013; evenddy, nurlely, & marfu'ah, 2021). pourhosein gilakjani & sabouri (2016) likewise explained that reading is a collaborative activity that readers need to utilize in order to construct a meaningful representation of a text. the existence of prior knowledge about the assigned text (certain topic) can help the readers to construct the meaning (rusmiati, fitriani, & zakaria, 2021). background knowledge plays a vital role in students’ reading comprehension (rizqon, andreani, & astuti, 2021). effective reading techniques are important skills that have received a lot of attention in terms of improving students' reading comprehension. larasaty & fitriyani (2022) stated that in order to understand text, a reader must be able to identify words rapidly, know the meaning of almost all of the words and be able to combine units of meaning into a coherent message. reading with understanding and comprehension is an essential skill, thereby it should be mastered (spiro, bruce, & brewer, 2017). reading is a cognitive process that involves the interaction of the reader's prior knowledge and the printed text. students might not be able to comprehend the text if they do not have enough background knowledge to comprehend the text (rizqon, et al., 2021). reading may be inferred from the above definitions that it is a cognitive and abstract: students are often concerned with accuracy in pronouncing words when reading and not entirely focused on the content of what is being read. this study aims to find out the problems faced in reading comprehension (islamic reading text) by employing descriptive quantitative approaches. the method used in this study was the descriptive quantitative which translates data into numbers.the sample was 59 students of the islamic education study program raden fatah islamic state university palembang. furthermore, the data were gathered by using test and questionnaire as the instrument via google form. the result showed that most students failed reading comprehension assessments due to a lack of vocabulary, poor grammatical proficiency, difficulty in understanding long phrases and material, lack of media learning or family assistance, and lack of information about reading comprehension. in conclusion, the data obtained from the test showed that the islamic students still have difficulties in reading comprehension tests. keywords: reading comprehension; problem faced; islamic reading text. nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 454 affective process of decrypting and comprehending written text in order to obtain the writer's message (yusthi, 2016). it means that, according to pratama (2019), reading skills can assist students with reading a book in a range of categories, which can help them achieve a lot in their activities, such as success in school, university, or other educational institutions. besides, as stated by calet, pérezmorenilla, & de los santos-roig (2019), reading comprehension is one of the most important transversal skills for the achievement of success in both school and society. according to roe & burns cited in rachmatia (2016), the types examples of reading comprehension questions: (1) a main idea question inquires about the selection's central theme; (2) a detail question is one that asks for specific details from the material;(3) a sequence question necessitates an understanding of events in their chronological order; (4) a cause-and-effect question identifies a cause and asks questions about its effect, or identifies an effect and asks questions about its cause; (5) an inference question seeks information from the passage that is indicated but not explicitly stated; (6) a vocabulary question asks questions about the definition of a word or phrase that appears in the selection. factor that causes students to struggle with understanding what they are reading is poor concentration. this is because, the ability to focus is a key factor for good and effective reading, which eventually leads to text comprehension (hidayati, 2018). the problems that indonesians experience in their learning activities, which limit learners' comprehension, and how to approach at pedagogy from a larger perspective on reading theories. it was discovered that the students lacked a basic understanding of the language system, lacked reading techniques, and had difficulty distinguishing between different types of reading comprehension. as bulut (2017) pointed out that reading comprehension is a multi-step process that involves the reader's vocabulary knowledge, textual interaction, and application of comprehension strategies. the findings revealed that cultural background, english teaching and learning processes, and teaching and learning methodologies all influence the difficulties and problems that indonesians encounter (sahmadan, 2020). the studies showed that the majority of learners fail with reading comprehension in five aspects. the reading comprehension problems related to the reading comprehension process were the percentage average of each element from highest to lowest. as mentioned by styati & khasanah (2022), reading activity needs a strategy and media to help the students understand the meaning of words in the text the second problem is motivation. students' lack of motivation can cause lack of interest in reading so that it fosters a sense of laziness (gunawan, 2022). the third problem has become one of background knowledge. the fourth problem is about a lack of reading strategies. last problems is language knowledge (febriani, elfrida, & jayanti, 2019). besides, teachers need to employ a range of strategies such as increasing students' vocabulary as garcia-castro (2020) mentioned that having limited vocabulary has been a problem for efl students, motivating them, and introducing new literacy teaching methods in order to address the issues and to broaden their knowledge of approaches used in the teaching and learning process (tuhumury, 2020). previous studies that relates with the difficulties in reading include shehu (2015) which stated that students of english language matura exam at albanian high colleges struggle with each bottomup and top-down techniques. hence, it is indispensable to motivate students, specifically foreign language students, to be examined as much as possible because this will noticeably help their language learning process. secondly, mentioned that the factors that contribute to poor english comprehension, include a lack of vocabulary, a tendency of cramming, and a lack of interest in learning creativity in reading, especially when the sole objective is not to write an exam. semantics was the most significant reading comprehension problem, with 81 percent of the respondents identifying unfamiliar terminology as their main difficulty in interpreting english texts (kasim & raisha, 2017). the students at jordan's yarmouk university experience a variety of reading difficulties, including confusing words, new language, with a finite amount of time to think and comprehend the material. this findings is also valuable to jordanian policymakers in improving the joy of students’ reading (qarqez, 2017). dara (2019) stated that despite the fact that the ministry of education, youth and sport had integrated this subject into the state curriculums for lower secondary to tertiary educations since 1993, the english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 455 findings revealed that lack of language knowledge and motivation were the primary causes of english reading problems, with student personality, learning methods, and teacher personalities acting as a shadow behind the issues. furthermore, the study conducted by hamza aljarrah (2018) reveals that the main problem faced by arab efl students is their inability to detect different forms of text which have an impact on their english language skills and academic achievement. torppa, vasalampi, eklund, sulkunen, & niemi (2020) stated that reading comprehension problems are frequently separate from reading fluency problems. three studying challenge groups were then identified, namely poor readers who have difficulty with both fluency and analyzing comprehension (n = 46, 3.5 percent), gradual readers with solely fluency difficulties (n = 70, 5.3 percent), and negative comprehenders who just have problems with reading comprehension (n = 88, 6.5 percent). from the analysis, only readingrelated motivation was once low amongst sluggish readers. while in math and science, there is a lack of motivation also noted through weak comprehenders and readers (torppa et al., 2020). the majority of students' issues in reading comprehension, according to satriani (2018), students difficulty in reading comprehension due to a lack of desire in their reading habits, since the students read little or nothing. the ability of kids to comprehend a reading text is seen as a challenge. another student's reading comprehension issues come from a lack of reading ability. the learners expressed their dissatisfaction with the fact that they had to study hard in order to retain the information they had just read. they will also require a significant period of time to read the content in order to solve their difficulty. one of the learners' problems in understanding the reading text is too difficult reading material. they are unfamiliar with the reading content, and grammatical intricacy is also a factor in their failure to interpret the text correctly. referring to nurmalasari & haryudin (2021), students feeling trouble when they want to interpreting a text, because they have less knowledge of translating every word and then find the main idea of the text they read, they cannot conclude and answering the questions. the teacher has a responsibility to provide, select or create texts that are appropriate with the lesson plans and students' abilities, design of reading assignments that are useful for students to understand reading texts, organize effective learning activities, and create a supportive environment for practicing reading (setiawati & budiasih, 2021). in 2013 ef survey, reading achievement in indonesia is still low. the national reading index of 2019 (solihin, utama, pratiwi, & novirina, 2019) states that the indonesian students’ reading literacy level on indonesian text is categorized as low literacy level. then, the pisa 2018 score for indonesia in reading is 371 (oecd, 2018). this score is considered below average because the average score in pisa 2018 is 453. students should first focus on reading fluency to solve the problem of reading comprehension achievement. there is a correlation between reading fluency and comprehension. according to many researchers, they claimed that while fluency is an important aspect of the reading curriculum, but teachers are unaware of it (rachmatia, 2016). the studies above have similarity and differences, but they all focus on the students’ difficulties in reading. in summary, the first study shows that students’ problems are related to bottomup and top-down techniques, while the second shows that students’ problems are related to a lack of vocabulary, a tendency of cramming, and a lack of interest in learning creativity in reading. the third shows that the problem is related to interpreting english texts, while the fourth explains that the problems are related to confusing words, new language, and limited time to cognitively comprehend the reading material (iqbal, noor, muhabat, & kazemian, 2015). the fifth shows that the problem is related to the students' inability to detect different forms of text and the sixth explains that the problems are related to reading fluency. this study and the previous ones focused on the same topics about the students’ difficulties in reading comprehension. however, it further seeks to determine other problems of non-efl students’ in reading comprehension. the problems are they sometimes feel difficult when students have to comprehend the texts, how to pronounce the word correctly, mastering the vocabulary, connect the word ideas, the topics of the texts that serve in different culture, inferring the information, differentiate the main ideas and supporting ideas in the texts, and also find the strategies to find relate topic based on their own knowledge or experience. this is related with pang nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 456 in sholeh, rosalina, & weganofa (2020), as they believed that understanding of text comes from the interaction between the written words and how they activate knowledge, vocabulary, grammatical of knowledge, experience with text and other strategies to help them understand the provided passage by teachers. also, teachers are suggested to apply some various models and strategies that give language experience and enthusiasm for language learners (alshumaimeri, 2017). furthermore, the result also showed the strategies they used to help them in reading problems, the strategies are using dictionary and context clues, using some reading strategies; using scanning and skimming techniques, and trying to predict the content (riadil, 2020). the three key themes that students faced in reading comprehension of english material were: (1) problems from the student; (2) problems from the teacher; and (3) external problems. the student's problems are divided into three categories: fundamental english competence, lack of interest in the subject, and lack of motivation (ganie, deliana, & rangkuti, 2019). another term used to describe reading comprehension components is the activation of past knowledge. some students are aware of this but are not able to activate such ability, which makes it difficult for them to comprehend the material. in terms of reading comprehension, vocabulary is also significant. to address these issues, beside so many kinds of the strategy in reading comprehension, the researcher should know what are the most problematic parts of reading islamic text that students face and what are the most problematic factors of reading comprehension. method the method used in this study is the descriptive quantitative which translates data into numbers in order to analyze the findings. the total sample was 59 students of the islamic education study program raden fatah islamic state university palembang and the data were gathered by using islamic reading text test and questionnaire as the instrument via google form. the students were given a reading test by the researcher to determine their reading comprehension. the researcher used the reading test to see if the students could answer the questions correctly. the students' correct and incorrect answers were utilized to determine whether they found the problems or not. the writer used one islamic reading text to obtain the information. 40 question multiple-choice test was administered by the researcher. this test is a method of collecting data through questions that must be answered, or tasks that must be carried out by the subject being tested. the interpretation of problem was classify ; 0-30 (easy), 30-70 (fair), 71-100 (difficult) (arikunto, 1998) furthermore, multiple choice type of reading test and arikunto's scale were used to calculate the results as seen below: s = r x 100% n where: s = correct percentage r = correct answers n = total questions the reading test includes the six aspects of comprehension namely details, main idea, inference, cause and effect, reference, and sequence. the writer also uses the test concerning vocabulary while the specification of the reading comprehension test is presented in table 1 below: table 1. specification of reading comprehension test indicators items total find out detail information in a txt 8,17,24,29,37, 40 6 find out the main ideas in the text 1,10,20,31 4 describing reference 2,23,39 3 find out sequence of the text 5,7,14,22,32,3 5 6 find out cause-effect in the text 3,16,26,36 4 to find out the inference of a reading text 4,12,15,18,27, 30,34 7 describing the meaning of words and terminology in the text 6,9,11,13,19,2 1,25,28,38 10 total 40 the distribution of questionnaires to students was a technique to obtain more conclusive information on the factors affecting students' reading comprehension problems. one method of determining the factors causing students' reading comprehension difficulties was to use a questionnaire. in this case, the questionnaire form was concluded with an alternative answer that the student would select. in this study, questionnaire was used via google form to gather data from people. it may be printed on paper, on a tablet, by text message, or online, and it may contain many sorts of questions (kara, 2018). the data was collected using a google form, and the scoring was english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 457 done using four option likert scale consist of never, sometimes, frequently, and always. the researcher used a questionnaire as one of the supporting tools to identify students' perceptions, opinions, problems, and reading comprehension abilities. in this example, the questionnaire form was concluded with an alternate answer that the students may select. only the best answers that are appropriate for them were chosen by the students. the students had to accurately respond to 9 questions on the questionnaire. the writers additionally give the students one essay question and some of their solutions to support the exam and questionnaire related to the students' problem with reading text. findings and discussion the goal of this study is to discover the students' difficulties in reading comprehension by giving test to know their ability, hence the result is presented as follow: the analysis of test the students’ incorrect answers in finding out detailed information the question items for finding detailed information are in number 8, 17, 24, 29, 37, and 40. also, the detailed information of calculated percentage in answering is seen in the table 2 below: table 2. the students’ incorrect answers in finding out detailed information no question items’ number the number of incorrect answers percentage of question item the percentage of reading for finding out detailed information 1 8 41 68% 67% (fair) 2 17 41 68% 3 24 31 52% 4 29 52 86% 5 37 30 50% 6 40 46 76% according to table 2, 41 students with an equivalent percentage of 68% of the total population answered question number 8 and 17 incorrectly, hence the query is classified as fair. also, 31 of the students (52%) answered question number 24 incorrectly, hence, it is classified as fair. question number 29 is answered by 52 of the students (86%), hence the percentage is labeled as difficult. question number 37 is answered by 30 students (50%), hence it is labeled as fair. meanwhile, question number 40 is answered by 46 students (76%), and the percentage is classified as difficult. based on the calculation of the proportion of difficulty, it was observed that the tough item share for this type of question was solely 67% out of 4 items which indicates that the questions are classified honest for college students in finding out the detailed information. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers in finding out detailed information. the students’ incorrect answers for determining the main idea the question items for getting the main idea are questioning in number 1, 10, 20, and 31 and the calculation of the percentage in answering the main idea is seen in the table 3 below: table 3. the students’ incorrect answers for determining the main idea no question items’ number the number of incorrect answers percentage of question item the percentage of reading for main idea 1 1 10 17% 46% (fair) 2 10 17 28% 3 20 45 75% 4 31 39 65% according to table 3, 10 of the students (17%) answered question number 1 incorrectly, hence the percentage is classified as easy. also, 17 students (28%) answered question number 10 incorrectly, and it is classified as easy. 45 students (75%) answered query number 20 incorrectly, and it is labeled as difficult, meanwhile question number 31 is answered by 39 students (65%), and it is labeled as fair. based on this calculation of the percentage of difficulty, the tough item share for this kind of question was solely 46% out of four items, hence it is categorized as fair for the students. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers for determining the main idea. the students’ incorrect answers for describing references the question items used for describing references are in number 2, 23, and 39 and the calculation of the percentage are seen in the table 4 below: table 4. the students’ incorrect answers for describing references no question the number percentage the nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 458 items’ number of incorrect answers of question item percentage of reading for describing references 1 2 26 43% 56% (fair) 2 23 37 62% 3 39 37 62% the result above reveals that 26 of the students (43%) answered question number 2 incorrectly, which indicates that the questions are labeled as fair. furthermore, 37 of the students (62%) answered question range 23 and 39 incorrectly, and they are both labeled as fair. based on this calculation of the percentage of difficulty, the challenging proportion for this kind of question was solely 56% out of four questions items and are categorized as fair for students answers in describing references. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers for describing references. the students’ incorrect answers for finding out sequence of text the items for determining the find out sequence of text are the questions in number 5, 7, 14, 22, 32 and 35. the calculation of the percentage in answering are seen in the table 5 below: table 5. the students’ incorrect answers for finding out sequence of text n o questi on items’ number the number of incorrect answers percentage of question item the percentage of reading for finding out sequence of text 1 5 11 18,3% 39% (fair) 2 7 41 68,3% 3 14 12 20% 4 22 31 52% 5 32 20 33,3% 6 35 24 40% according to table 5, 11 of the students (18.3%) answered question number 5 incorrectly, hence it is categorized as fair. also, 41 students (68.3%) answered question number 7 incorrectly, hence they are categorized as fair. 12 students (20%) answer questions number 14 incorrectly, hence they are categorized fair. 31 students (52%) answer question number 22 incorrectly, hence they are categorized fair. 20 students (33.3%) answer question number 32 incorrectly, hence they are categorized fair. and 24 students (40%) answer question number 35 incorrectly, hence they are categorized as fair. based on the calculation of this percentage of difficulty, the challenging proportion for this kind of question was solely 39% out of four questions items, hence it is categorized as fair for students answers for finding out sequence of text. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers for finding out sequence of text. the students’ incorrect answer for determining cause and effect the question items for getting the cause and effect are found in number 3, 16, 26 and 36. while the calculation of the percentage in answering cause and effect are presented in table 6 below: table 6. the students’ incorrect answers for getting cause and effect n o question items’ number the number of incorrect answers percen tage of questio n item the percentage of reading for cause and effect 1 3 13 22% 49% (fair) 2 16 29 48% 3 26 38 63% 4 36 39 65% according to table 6, 13 of the students (22%) answered question number 3 incorrectly, hence the percentage is categorized as easy. furthermore, 29 of the students (48%) answered question number 16 incorrectly, hence it is categorized as fair. 38 of the students (63%) answered question number 26 incorrectly, and it is categorized as fair. question number 36 is answered by 39 of the students (65%), hence the potential is categorized as fair. based on the calculation of the percentage of difficulty, it was found that the challenging item percentage for this type of query was only 49% out of four questions items. hence, the questions are categorized as fair for students’ answers concerning cause and effect. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers for getting cause and effect the students’ incorrect answers for getting inference of text the question items for getting inference of text are in number 4, 12, 15, 18, 27, 30 and 34. while the calculation of the percentage is seen in the table 7 below: table 7. the students’ incorrect answers for getting inference of text no question items’ number the number of incorrect answers percentage of question item the percentage of reading answering inference of text english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 459 1 4 22 37% 62% (fair) 2 12 20 33% 3 15 7 12% 4 18 32 53% 5 27 32 53% 6 30 35 58% 7 34 33 55% according to table 7, 22 of the students (37%) answered question number 4 incorrectly, hence the percentage is categorized as easy. furthermore, 20 of the students (33%) answered question number 12 incorrectly, it is therefore categorized as fair. 7 of the students (12%) answered question number 15 incorrectly, and this capacity is categorized as fair. also, 32 of the students (53%) answered question number 18 and 27 incorrectly, hence the potential is categorized as fair. 35 of the students (58%) answered question number 30 incorrectly and it is categorized as fair and 33 of the students (55%) answered question number 34 incorrectly, hence the percentage is categorized as fair. based on the calculation of this percentage of difficulty, the challenging item for this type of query was only 49% out of four questions items and are categorized as fair for students in answers for getting inference of text. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized as fair questions for students’ answers for getting inference of text. the students’ incorrect answers for getting the meaning of words the question items for getting the meaning of words are seen in number 6, 9, 11, 13, 19, 21, 25, 28, and 38, while the calculation of the percentages are shown in the table 8 below: table 8. the students’ incorrect in answering meaning of words no questio n items’ number the number of incorrect answers percentage of question item the percentage of reading answering inference of text 1 6 12 20% 40% (fair) 2 9 44 73% 3 11 10 17% 4 13 14 23% 5 19 41 68% 6 21 33 55% 7 25 18 30% 8 28 30 15% 9 38 34 57% according to table 8, question number 6 is answered by 12 of the college students (20%), and this capacity is categorized as fair. also, question number 9 is answered by 44 students (73%), and it is categorized as difficult. 10 of the college students (17%) answered question number 11 correctly, hence the percentage is categorized as fair. likewise, 14 of the students (23%) answered question number 13 incorrectly, hence this percentage is classified as fair. 41 of the students (68%) answered question variety 19 incorrectly, and the percentage is categorized as fair. question number 21 is answered by 33 of the students (55%), hence it is categorized as fair. furthermore, question number 25 is answered by 18 students (30%), and the percentage is categorized as fair. question number 28 was answered by 30 of the students (15%), hence it is categorized as fair. the last question quantity 38 is answered by 34 of the college students (57%), and the potential is categorized as fair. based on the calculation of the proportion of difficulty, the difficult item percentage for this kind of question is only 40% out of 4 questions items, which means that the questions are categorized as fair for college students in answering the meaning of words. it can be concluded that the questions are categorized fair questions for students’ answers in meaning of words. the most common reading comprehension issue was semantics, with 81 percent of participants citing unfamiliar vocabulary as the most difficult aspect of comprehending english texts (kasim & raisha, 2017). the analysis of the questionnaire to comprehend the students’ perception about their problems in studying test, some of the questionnaires have been distributed to the students. this questions includes (a) students’ grasp about the vocabulary of the text; (b) students’ understanding about the intent of the text; (c) students’ difficulty in the awareness of the text; (d) students’ understanding about the strategies of studying the text; (e) students’ motivation from the family in reading english text; (f) students’ issue in finding out the main idea of the text; (g) students’ perception of the grammatical structure of the text; (h) students’ understanding about the context of the text (i) students’ difficulty in determining inferences of the text; (j) students’ problem in islamic reading text. the result of questionnaire can be considered in the table 8 below: table 8. the students’ problem in reading comprehension nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 460 questionn aire vocabul ary intent concentra tion strategies motivatio n main idea grammat ical context inference always 10.7% 14.3 % 16.1 % 16.1 % 39.3 % 10.7 % 12.7 % 7.1 % 7.1 % often 25 % 55.4 % 41.1 % 32.1 % 14.3 % 42.9 % 63.6 % 35.7 % 44.6 % seldom 55.4 % 23.2 % 26.8 % 42.9 % 32.1 % 32.1 % 21.8 % 50 % 37.5 % never 8.9 % 7.1 % 16.1 % 8.9 % 14.3 % 14.3 % 1.8 % 7.1 % 10.7 % based on the table above, there are several problems in reading comprehension including vocabulary, intent, concentration, strategies, motivation, main idea, grammar, content, and inference. for example, 55.4% seldom and often have problem with vocabulary and intent respectively. meanwhile, 26.8%, 42.9%, and 39.3% seldom have problem with concentration, reading strategies, and motivation respectively. 42.9% and 63.6% often have problem with main idea and grammar. also, 50% seldom have problem with context, and 44.6 % often have problem with inference. to support the test and questionnaire related to the students’ problem in reading text, the writers also give one essay question to the students and some of their responses include: table 9. students’ responses of the questionnaire i am not fluent in english, it causes me difficulty in understanding the meaning contained in the text it's hard to understand the meaning of a text in interpreting the text, i do not understand the deep meaning of the text because the time is no enough. long texts make me have a little difficulty in interpreting, sometimes there are also some words that i do not know the meaning. i often fails to understand the reading of vocabulary that has just been seen, hence it is difficult to understand and translate the english long texts when reading i have difficulty in determining the main idea of the discussion, conclusions, and substitute words it's hard to understand the language because i do not understand english due to lack of vocabulary mastery, lack of understanding of grammar, limited time in terms of mention deal with the issue, a directed reading activity (dra) technique was proposed to help students improve their reading comprehension. according to the findings of the data analysis, students in man 1 pekanbaru improved their reading comprehension by 71.37 % after receiving treatment. it meant that employing the directed reading activity technique had a considerable effect on students' reading comprehension. as a result, directed reading activity can be used in the classroom as an alternative strategy for improving students' reading comprehension. (yusniar, 2021). students should initially focus on reading fluency to overcome the problem of reading comprehension accomplishment. there is a relationship between reading fluency and comprehension, according to many academics. they claimed that while fluency is an important aspect of the reading curriculum, teachers are unaware of it. this article suggests the readers theater technique as a way to increase reading fluency and comprehension, as well as briefly describe how the readers theater strategy might be used to efl students (rachmatia, 2016). thamrin & agustin (2019) found that in universitas kuningan, the phenomena of conceptual variants on reading comprehension was studied using the higher order thinking skill (hots) approach, which describes how the hots technique increases students' ability to comprehend academic reading texts. according to pourhosein gilakjani & sabouri (2016a) as cited in qarqez (2017) efl students benefit from reading strategies to help them understand what they're reading. some of the key aspects influencing reading comprehension are the learners' vocabulary knowledge, prior knowledge, and grammatical knowledge (wang & koda, 2007). reading strategy has a big influence on how well readers understand what they're reading. reading strategies can help both experienced and inexperienced readers improve their reading skills. readers employ a variety of reading methods and are aware of when, how, and why they should be used during the reading comprehension process(ahmadi & gilakjani, 2012). students' success in answering comprehension questions is influenced by the level of questions designed according to bloom's taxonomy(veeravagu et al., 2010). laoli (2021) stated that the kwl strategy can improve students' reading comprehension in the second language acquisition (sla) subject. based on the findings of the study, the researcher proposes that the kwl technique be used to activate students' reading comprehension on a regular basis. conclusion in conclusion, the data obtained from the test showed that the islamic students still have difficulties in reading comprehension tests. this is english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 461 seen from the result of the question items whose percentage. this percentages of the students answers in reading comprehension were categorized as fair. this study also highlighted why the learners have difficulty with certain problems. for example, the majority of students difficulty with reading comprehension assessments is due to a lack of vocabulary, poor grammatical proficiency, difficulty in understanding long phrases and material, dearth of knowledge about reading comprehension, as well as a lack of media learning or personal involvement. references ahmadi, m. r., & gilakjani, a. p. (2012). reciprocal teaching strategies and their impacts on english reading comprehension. theory and practice in language studies, 2(10), 2053–2060. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.2.10.2053-2060 alshumaimeri, y. (2017). the effects of reading method on the comprehension performance of saudi efl students. international electronic journal of elementary education, 4(1), 185-195. arikunto, s. (1998). prosedur penelitian. pt. rineka cipta. asmara, c. h.,muhammad, r. n., & almubarokah, q. (2022). the effect of online learning using quizizz application to improve english reading skills of higher education students. jellt, 6(1), 17-29. calet, n., pérez-morenilla, m. c., & de los santos-roig, m. (2019). overcoming reading comprehension difficulties through a prosodic reading intervention: a single-case study. child language teaching and therapy, 35(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/0265659019826252 cornoldi, c., & oakhill, j. v. (2013). reading comprehension difficulties: processes and intervention. routledge. dara, d. (2019). investigating english reading comprehension problems of cambodian high school students. american international journal of social science, 8(3). https://doi.org/10.30845/aijss.v8n3p8 evenddy, s. s., nurlely, l., & marfu'ah. (2021). reading comprehension test and its challenges in students’ perspective. loquen: english studies journal, 14(1), 40-47. febriani, d., elfrida, e., & jayanti, f. g. (2019). reading comprehension problems in reading section of toefl test. jall (journal of applied linguistics and literacy), 3(2), 86. https://doi.org/10.25157/jall.v3i2.2537 ganie, r., deliana., & rangkuti, r. (2019). reading comprehension problems on english texts faced by high school students in medan. kne social sciences, 2019, 684–694. https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v3i19.4896 gunawan. (2022). teaching reading comprehension through genre-based approach (gba) at junior high school. acitya: journal of teaching & education, 4(1), 266-273. hamza al-jarrah, n. s. binti i. (2018). reading comprehension strategies among efl learners in higher learning institutions. arab world english journal (awej, 9(2), 315–328. https://doi.org/https://dx.doi.org/10.24093/awej/ vol9no2.21 hidayati, d. (2018). students difficulties in reading comprehension at the first grade of sman 1 darussalam aceh besar. ar-raniry state islamic university (thesis). ar-raniry state islamic university. iqbal, m., noor, m., muhabat, f., & kazemian, b. (2015). factors responsible for poor english reading comprehension at secondary level. ssrn electronic journal, 1(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2602630 kara, h. (2018). write a questionnaire: little quick fix. sage publications. kasim, u., & raisha, s. (2017). efl students’ reading comprehension problems: linguistic and nonlinguistic complexities. english education journal (eej, 8(3), 308–321. laoli, a. (2021). activate reading comprehension of second language acquisition (sla) by applying know-want to know-learned (kwl) strategy. ijee (indonesian journal of english education), 8(2), 179–197. https://doi.org/10.15408/ijee.v8i2.20910 larasaty, g., & fitriyani, p. (2022). the effectiveness of mindly applied in teaching reading comprehension. jellt, 6(1), 79-87. maulani, e., & rachmanita. (2022). applying fishbowl strategy to enhance student’s reading comprehension skill. jeal (international journal of english and applied linguistics), 2(1), 118-123. nanda, d. w., & azmy, k. (2020). poor reading comprehension issue in efl classroom among indonesian secondary school students: scrutinizing the causes, impacts and possible solutions. englisia: journal of language, education, and humanities, 8(1), 12. retrieved from https://jurnal.arraniry.ac.id/index.php/englisia/article/view/6771 nurmalasari, n., & haryudin, a. (2021). the students’ difficulties in learning reading. project (professional journal of english education), 4(1), 29-24. https://doi.org/10.22460/project.v4i1.p29-34 nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 462 oecd. (2018). pisa 2018 results: indonesia. paris: oecd publishing. pourhosein gilakjani, a., & sabouri, n. b. (2016a). a study of factors affecting efl learners’ reading comprehension skill and the strategies for improvement. international journal of english linguistics, 6(5), 180. https://doi.org/10.5539/ijel.v6n5p180 pourhosein gilakjani, a., & sabouri, n. b. (2016b). how can students improve their reading comprehension skill? journal of studies in education, 6(2), 229. https://doi.org/10.5296/jse.v6i2.9201 pratama, a. (2019). investigation into a link between students’ english reading speed and reading comprehension achievement: the case of indonesian efl student teachers. edukasi: jurnal pendidikan dan pengajaran, 6(1), 205– 213. https://doi.org/10.19109/ejpp.v6i1.3204 rusmiati., fitriani., & zakaria, r. (2021). small group discussion toward students’ reading comprehension: effective. ta‘dib: jurnal pemikiran pendidikan, 11(1). qarqez, m. a. r. (2017). reading comprehension difficulties among efl learners: the case of first and second year students at yarmouk university in jordan. arab world english journal (awej), 8(3), 421–431. https://doi.org/https://dx.doi.org/10.24093/awej/ vol8no3.27 electronic rachmatia, m. (2016). reader’s theater : a solution to improve reading fluency and reading comprehension achievements of efl students. the 2nd sriwijaya university learning and education international conference, 2006, 683– 700. http://conference.unsri.ac.id/%0aindex.php/sule /article/view/56/pdf%0a riadil, i. g. (2020). investigating efl learners’ reading comprehension problems and investigating efl learners ’ reading comprehension problems and strategies. jelltt, 4(april), 48–58. https://jurnal.unigal.ac.id/index.php/jall/index% 0ajall rizqon, m. k., andreani, s., & astuti, u. p. (2021). the problems faced by senior high school students in reading narrative text. jolla: journal of language, literature, and arts, 1(11), 1508– 1522 roe, b., & burns, p. c. (2010). reading inventory: preprimer to twelfth grade. cengage learning. sahmadan, a. a. s. (2020). investigating learners’ obstacles in second language reading comprehension. jurnal bilingual, 10(2), 1–8. satriani, e. (2018). reading comprehension difficulties encountered by english students of universitas islam riau. journal of english for academic, 5(2), 15–26. setiawati, m. d. a., & budiasih. (2021). strategies on teaching reading comprehension for the junior high school students during the covid-19 pandemic. ijretal international journal of research on english teaching and applied linguistics, 2(2), 15-25. shehu, i. (2015). reading comprehension problems encountered by foreign language students, case study: albania, croatia. academic journal of interdisciplinary studies, 4(1), 91–96. https://doi.org/10.5901/mjss.2015.v4n1s1p91 solihin, l., utama, b., pratiwi, i., & novirina. (2019). indeks aktivitas literasi membaca 34 provinsi. jakarta: pusat penelitian kebijakan pendidikan dan kebudayaan, badan penelitian dan pengembangan, kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. spiro, r. j., bruce, b. c., & brewer, w. f. (2017). theoretical issues in reading comprehension: perspectives from cognitive psychology, linguistics, artificial intelligence and education. routledge. styati, e. w., and khasanah, r. (2021). the impact of task-based activities in reading skill for the students during covid 19 pandemic. j. eng. educ. society. 7(1), 18-26. doi:10.21070/jees.v7i1.1532 thamrin, n. r., & agustin, s. (2019). conceptual variations on reading comprehension through higher order thinking skills (hots) strategy. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 93. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v7i2.1777 torppa, m., vasalampi, k., eklund, k., sulkunen, s., & niemi, p. (2020). reading comprehension difficulty is often distinct from difficulty in reading fluency and accompanied with problems in motivation and school well-being. educational psychology, 40(1), 62–81. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2019.1670334 tuhumury, g. n. (2020). teachers’ strategiesin teaching reading at junior high schools in sirimau subdistrict : problems and solutions. matai international journal of language education, 1(1), 50–59. veeravagu, j., muthusamy, c., marimuthu, r., & subrayan, a. (2010). canadian social science using bloom’s taxonomy to gauge students’ reading comprehension performance utiliser la taxonomie de bloom pour evaluer les performances de comprehension ecrite des eleves. jeyamahla veeravagu chittra muthusamy; rasaya marimuthucanadian social science, 66(33), 205–212. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 463 www.cscanada.net%5cnwww.cscanada.org wang, m., & koda, k. (2007). commonalities and differences in word identification skills among learners of english as a second language. language learning, 57(1), 201–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14679922.2007.00416.x yusniar. (2021). the effect of directed reading activity (dra) strategy on the students’ reading comprehension at madrasah aliyah negeri 1 pekanbaru. instructional development journal, 4(2), 190–194. yusthi, e. (2016). teaching reading comprehension in recount text by using teaching reading comprehension in recount text by using zooming in and zooming out (zizo) strategy to the eighth to the eighth grade students of smp sriguna palembang. edukasi jurnal pendidikan dan pengajaran, 3(2), 132–146. nyayu yayu suryani the problem faced by students of islamic education in reading islamic comprehension text 464 english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 19 task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine rasha sameer karaki al-quds open university, hebron branch, palestine e-mail: karaki_2009@hotmail.com mohammed abdul hakim farrah english department, faculty of arts, hebron university, palestine e-mail: mfarrah@hebron.edu apa citation: karaki, r., & farrah, m. (2019). task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine. english review: journal of english education, 8(1), 19-26. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i1.2352. received: 14-09-2019 accepted: 19-11-2019 published: 01-12-2019 abstract: the aim of the study is to examine the ninth grade teachers' perceptions towards task-based learning (tbl) method and analyze the tasks and activities in the textbook of english for palestine – ninth grade. in addition, this study aims at evaluating the appropriateness and the effectiveness of tbl in the classroom. the researcher used four methods to collect data, namely questionnaire, classroom observation, interview, and content-analysis checklist. the sample of the study consisted of 185 teachers (males & females) from the government and unrwa schools in hebron district. the overall findings of the study revealed that the teachers’ perceptions towards tbl were positive and highly acceptable; they supported the effectiveness of communicative language teaching (clt) and tbl in efl classrooms. then, the results of observational data showed that some teachers use new communicative methods for teaching language skills while others use the traditional ones. meanwhile, the results of interviews indicated that the challenges of task-based learning were big-sized classes, length of material, lack of time, and lack of technological tools. the study ended with recommendations for syllabus designers, teachers, and students. it is recommended that the teaching and learning of english language skills at the palestinian schools should be enhanced by the use of new flexible methods, such as tbl and communicative language teaching. keywords: evaluation; task-based learning; english for palestine. introduction communicative language teaching (clt) emerged as a new approach to language teaching and learning in the 1970s and 1980s. it is even regarded as a flexible approach to language teaching which is based on the theory that the primary function of language use is communication (richards & rodgers, 2001). this does not mean that this approach does not have limitation as there are others who criticized this approach (johnson & morrow, 1981; swan, 1985). in the past decades, several scholars in applied linguistics and in the field of second language acquisition (sla) asserted the significance of communicative activities for teaching language skills in the efl classroom; the teaching institutions, curriculum designers, researchers, and teachers all around the world started to rethink and plan strategies and language programs within the communicative approach (fotos & ellis, 1991; harmer 2007; nunan, 1989; thompson & millington, 2012). one of the methods that emerged from this approach is tbl (brown, 2007; ellis, 2003); it had gained increasing importance all around the world. the early implementation of tbl within the communicative framework for language teaching was prabhu’s (1987) bangalore project. in this methodology, the students were presented with a task and did not focus on the language rules during the performance; the task was meaning-based and had a non-linguistic outcome. because of tbl connections with clt methodology and support from some sla linguists, it gained considerable attention within applied linguistics. in recent years, a number of researchers, syllabus designers and material developers have called for a shift in language learning and teaching towards this method (ellis, 2003; helm, guth, & farrah, 2012; philp, adams, & iwashita, 2014). tbl is recognized as an effective way for developing students’ abilities in english language skills, grammar, and vocabulary. it focuses on the meaning of language rather than its form (brown, 2007; ellis, 2003; krashen, 1982; nunan, 2004; thompson & millington 2012; willis, 2007). skehan (1998) described the task as an activity or a related set of rasha sameer karaki & mohammed abdul hakim farrah task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine 20 strategies that includes the priority of meaning, a problem to solve, and a relationship to real-life tasks, objectives and outcomes. thus, the priority of tbl is placed on the completion of tasks that are assessed in terms of outcome (brown, 2007; willis, 2007). the use of tbl methodology in the efl classroom improves students’ interaction and motivation within the large classes. a number of studies reported the benefits of tbl. the benefits included better learning attainments, better oral english performance, and better learning motivation (zhang, 2013). the use of this method also gives students a different way for understanding the language as a tool instead of a specific goal. this is in line with chalak (2015) who indicated that tbi has positive effects on leaners. moreover, the use of tbl method facilitates implicit learning and acquisition of language, develops students’ knowledge of difficult grammatical rules, and enhances their critical thinking skills (awad, 2013; carless, 2002; fotos & ellis, 1991; ruso, 2007; thanh & huan, 2012; thompson & millington, 2012; wicking, 2011). despite the benefits of tbl, some researchers found that tbl was viewed with some challenges. for example, burrows (2008) argued that the japanese collectivist environments minimize the benefits of tbl due to cognitive and socio-cultural differences. in addition, stroud (2013) and careless (2002) showed that the rejection of tbl may be attributed to low motivation, non-participation, noise, lack of involvement, large classes, time limits, unqualified teachers and the use of l1. moreover, ganta (2013) claimed that the difficulty of task, the familiarity with the types of topics, the linguistic deficiency, the learners’ needs and desires, the teachers’ perceptions, and the issues of language expansion and correctness influence the tbl use in the classroom. similarly, dickinson (2010) claimed that the students’ expectations and styles as well as the affective dimensions, such as the culture background and geographical, demographic, and socio-cultural similarities may affect students’ participation and interaction during tbl. yet, tbl has a crucial role in enhancing the process of teaching and learning language skills. although it is significant and has been in practice for several decades, little research exists that has examined its appropriateness in the textbooks. in this case, several studies reported that the textbook is an essential component in the educational process (hutchinson & torres, 1994; richards, 2001; sheldon, 1988). in the same vein, cunnigsworth (1995) considers textbooks as effective sources for self-direction, ideas and activities, and an aid for novice teachers who are in their way to gain confidence. moreover, harmer (2007) considers that the most vital element in textbooks is the ability of the teachers to engage learners with the content they are going to be dealing with. textbook evaluation is an educational requirement since it displays how a textbook can be developed. a variety of definitions for evaluation have been used in the field of applied linguistics. brown and rodgers (2002, p. 289) define evaluation as “the process of seeking to establish the value of something for some purpose.” according to brown (1989, p. 223), evaluation “is a systematic collection and analysis of all relevant information necessary to promote the improvement of the curriculum, and assess its effectiveness and efficiency as well as the participants’ attitudes within a context of particular institutions involved.” sheldon (1988) added that the textbook evaluation consists of constructing criteria; the criteria and the key questions are basic elements for setting up the material evaluation scheme. long (2015) deemed there is a need to initiate a needs analysis in order to determine learners’ authentic needs before preparing a task-based. thus, it is a cyclical approach where needs are identified before preparing any textbooks, but then there is a need to evaluate and analyze the content of the textbook to examine whether the textbooks are achieving their objectives. according to the researchers’ view, textbook evaluation is an essential factor for understanding and comprehending the textbooks’ content, style, and objectives which suit the learners’ needs. accordingly, this study aims to examine the ninth grade teachers’ perceptions towards tbl and analyze the tasks and activities in the textbook, english for palestine –ninth grade (9a & 9b). the textbook english for palestine – ninth grade introduces a number of communicative activities and tasks with the objective of improving students’ abilities to learn the language skills communicatively. however, it is not known to what extent the tasks and activities in the textbook are appropriate and effective. therefore, this study is the first one which aims to investigate the ninth grade teachers’ perceptions towards tbl and evaluate and analyze the tasks and activities in the textbook. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 21 method a descriptive method was adopted for carrying out the study due to its relevance for examining teachers’ perceptions towards tbl and investigating its appropriateness in the textbook as well as its effectiveness in the classroom. the population of the study included all english teachers for ninth grade at the government and unrwa schools in hebron district. questionnaires were distributed through the directorate of education in hebron to schools. 180 english teachers consisting of 76 male and 109 female filled in the questionnaires. the 180 english teachers come from the government (162) and unrwa (23) schools in hebron district. the study used questionnaire, classroom observation, interview, and content-analysis checklist to collect data. first, a questionnaire was designed and administered in the second semester of the academic year 2014-2015. the questionnaire consisting of 68 items was divided into two sections; demographic data and teachers’ perceptions towards tbl. its main purpose was to examine teachers’ understanding of tbl concepts and to investigate their perceptions towards the tasks in the textbook as well as the tasks that they use. the reliability of the questionnaire was calculated by the cronbach alpha formula. the results indicated that the reliability of the questionnaire (0.91) indicating that the instrument is suitable for conducting such a study. second, according to several researchers (cunningsworth, 1995; mcgrath, 2002; miekley, 2005; mukundan & nimehchisalem, 2012), the checklist approach has the advantage of providing comprehensive and systematic way to determine that all relevant elements are available. in order to build appropriate criteria for evaluating tbl, the researchers reviewed different sources, such as akef (2011), ali (2010), awad (2013), ellis (2003), grainger (2002), mukundan and nimehchisalem (2012), mcgrath, 2002, and willis, (2007), miekley (2005). the most related items from these articles extracted, modified, and added by the researchers, and other referees. the researchers discussed the general criteria items that are mentioned in the checklist for evaluating tbl. the following criteria are emphasized in several studies; authenticity, motivation, variety in the topics of tasks, variety in types of tasks, the gradation of tasks, stages of task, language background knowledge, cultural background knowledge, and text visuals. a checklist was constructed after reviewing different resources (akef, 2011; awad, 2013; berardo, 2006; cunningsworth, 1995; mcgrath, 2002; miekley, 2005; mukundan & nimehchisalem, 2012; sheldon, 1988) for collecting and analyzing the information regarding the content of tasks and activities in the light of the suggested criteria. these criteria might be a clue to determine the main areas of strengths and weaknesses in tasks and activities. the checklist consisted of 20-item which included the most important characteristics of tbl. its main purpose was to identify to what extent the tasks and activities in pupil's book (9a & 9b) of english for palestine – ninth grade match the suggested criteria for evaluating tbl. third, fifteen visits were conducted by the researchers for observing classes of 9th grade from the government and unrwa schools in hebron city in the second semester of the academic year 2014-2015. an audio recording, notes, and an observation sheet were used for observing classes and collecting the needed information. its main purpose was to validate the teachers’ perceptions towards tbl by comparing whether what they indicated in the questionnaire was consistent with what they did in their classrooms. last, structured interviews were carried out with 15 teachers of the ninth grade; two english language supervisors from the directorate of education and 13 english teachers; 3 males and 10 females from the government and unrwa schools in hebron city. they were asked four questions based on the research questions of the study. this method was used as a follow up to the questionnaire and classroom observation. its main purpose was to discover teachers’ perceptions about tbl. results and discussion this section presents the results and discussion of the study. the information used in this study was collected through distributing a questionnaire, classroom observation, interviews, and a content analysis checklist. frequencies, percentages, means, and standard deviations were used to indicate and clarify the final collected data of the study. teachers’ general perception towards tbl to analyze teachers’ general perception towards tbl, descriptive statistics (means and standard rasha sameer karaki & mohammed abdul hakim farrah task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine 22 deviations) were calculated for the questionnaire items. table 1 shows the calculated mean of items and their standard deviation. table 1. means and standard deviations for teachers' general perception towards task-based learning (tbl) item m. sds. 1 provide a relaxed classroom atmosphere. 3.13 0.70 11 promote communicative competence. 3.12 0.60 5 integrate all language skills. 3.12 0.69 13 enable learners to participate in the different language functions. 3.12 0.62 9 suit both learners and teachers. 3.11 0.66 16 improve learners' interaction skills. 3.09 0.64 18 support a collaborative learning. 3.09 0.62 7 enhance students' creative thinking. 3.08 0.58 15 enhance self-learning. 3.07 0.60 2 promote the actual use of target language. 3.07 0.58 4 meet the learners' needs and interests. 3.06 0.66 6 require much preparation time compared with other approaches. 3.05 0.71 8 promote critical thinking. 3.02 0.66 14 enable learners to manipulate different features of the language. 3.01 0.66 19 allow learners to rehearse different real life skills. 3.01 0.66 12 encourage student-centered activities. 2.99 0.59 17 enhances learners' intrinsic motivation. 2.99 0.59 3 suit all students' levels. 2.88 0.82 10 don’t overlook the role of grammar in performing a task. 2.75 0.72 table 1 indicates that the teachers’ perceptions towards the concepts of tbl are generally positive and highly acceptable. they agreed with the effectiveness of using new communicative methods in the classroom. this comes in line with vazquez, molina, and lpoez (2015) and thanh and huan (2012) who emphasized the effectiveness of tbl in promoting students’ motivation for learning the language. the results of this table indicate that some tasks do not suit all students’ styles and expectations. this is consistent with burrows (2008) who pointed out that the classrooms do not always go with students’ expectations and teaching methodology due to various teacherstudent beliefs and ideas. additionally, the results indicate that the allocated time for applying tbl is insufficient. the teachers believe that tasks are time-consuming and need a long time to prepare. teachers’ perception towards tbl activities in english for palestine ninth grade to answer this question, descriptive statistics (means and standard deviations) were calculated for the questionnaire items that are related to teachers’ perception towards task-based learning (tbl) activities in english for palestine ninth grade. table 2 shows the calculated mean of items and their standard deviation. table 2. means and standard deviations for teachers’ perceptions towards the tasks in the textbook english for palestine – ninth grade item m. sds. 1. the tasks provide opportunities for collaborative activities among learners. 3.09 0.63 2. there is a variety of meaningful activities. 3.06 0.65 3. some tasks are difficult for most of the students to deal with in language skills. 2.97 0.80 4. speaking tasks and activities motivate students to talk about their concerns and interests. 2.96 0.67 5. the tasks make comprehension easier in reading 2.94 0.66 6. the tasks are relevant to our culture. 2.94 0.74 7. the tasks are related to the learners' needs and interests. 2.92 0.69 8. the tasks are clear and specific. 2.91 0.67 9. the tasks help to increase student's talking time 2.90 0.66 10. the tasks help encourage critical thinking. 2.89 0.74 11. the tasks used help build students' confidence. 2.89 0.63 12. there is balance in the presence of tbl for the main skills, listening, speaking, reading 2.88 0.66 english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 23 table 2 shows that the teachers’ perceptions towards the tasks in the textbook are positive and highly acceptable. with regard to the objectives of the textbook, the results indicate that the objectives of the textbook are appropriate and go with the desires of the targeted students where the means are between 2.94 – 2.81. the clarity of objectives in the textbook facilitates the teaching and learning process. this is in line with al-amri (2008) who emphasized that the objectives of the textbook should be explicit and the degree to which it satisfies them should be measurable. concerning the content of the textbook, the results indicate that the textbook has a variety of meaningful communicative activities from the real life that focus on learning language skills cooperatively, where the means are between 3.9 – 2.42. this is consistent with bahrami (2013), ruso (2007), robinson (2011) and burrows (2008) who asserted the effectiveness tbl method; they manipulated that the tasks provide a context for negotiating the meaning of language and opportunities for collaborative learning. the results also indicate that the allocated time for applying tbl is insufficient. the researchers attribute this to the long material, the difficulty of tasks, the large classes, and the limited time. this is in line with willis (2007) and carless (2002) who pointed out that the time for preparation and the length of material may affect the adoption of taskbased learning as a methodology in the efl classroom. first, the results of observational data indicated that three teachers out of 15 implemented tbl method in their classes despite its challenges, such as overcrowded classes and limited time. the students were involved and engaged during doing the tasks in groups. this agrees with vazquez, molina, and lpoez (2015) who state the students prefer to work in pairs or in groups; this may lead to the greater use of l2 as well as to the improvement of their linguistic skills. the researchers believe that working in pairs or in groups may relieve students’ anxiety and develop students’ interaction and rapport. this is in line with willis (1981, p. 188, as cited in ruso, 2007) who recommended a good friendly interaction between teacher and students as rapport; she states “when there is rapport, it becomes enjoyable for students and the teacher to study together.” in addition, the results showed that just two teachers out of 15 implemented tbl used technology. the researchers believe that the use of technological tools for applying tasks in the classroom attracts students’ attention and motivates them to learn and practice language skills for communication. this is in line with shehadeh and coombe (2012) who pointed out that the technology, such as internet, video recording, music, and songs can enhance tbl classroom context and facilitate l2 teaching and learning. the results of classroom observations also revealed that ten teachers out of 15 did not use tbl method in the classroom. although the textbook includes a lot of tasks and activities, such as pair work and group work activities, the teachers do not engage students in such interactive tasks. this indicated that some teachers usually use traditional methods for teaching language skills due to the lack of time, overcrowded classes, and the lack of educational and training programs. the results also indicated that some classes were teacher-centered; the students were just receivers of l2 knowledge due to their reluctance and shyness for speaking out. with regard to the use of l1, the results showed that some teachers mixed between l1 and l2 for explaining the rules and the steps of task due to students’ anxiety of using l2. this is consistent with swain and lapkin (2000) who studied a group of hungarian and french students and found that they frequently use their mother tongue during communicative tasks; the students may use l1 if they are not able to carry out the task in english. the researchers think that the use of mother tongue by students is a challenging issue as well as is one of the teachers’ concerns. this in line with carless and gordan (1997) and carless (2004) who pointed out that the hong kong primary students use l1 during tasks and teachers; they attributed this as a major difficulty in using tblt. second, the results of interviews indicated that just the task which are included at the end of and writing. 13. the tasks enhance free learning opportunities in writing 2.84 0.77 14. there are themes that encourage communication outside classroom. 2.83 0.75 15. the tasks meet the individual differences among students. 2.82 0.72 16. the tasks are suitable to the students' level. 2.70 0.80 17. the time for learning is sufficient 2.42 0.92 rasha sameer karaki & mohammed abdul hakim farrah task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine 24 each unit integrate the language skills. the researchers believe that all tasks which are included in the textbook should integrate language skills in order to improve students’ abilities for communication inside and outside the classroom. they also indicated that some tasks are difficult, complex, and confusing for both students and teachers. with regard to the relevance of tasks with the culture, all 15 teachers said that “the tasks are relevant to our culture.” one of the teachers said that “the tasks are relevant not only to our palestinian culture or arab-islamic culture, but also they are relevant to the international culture.” this result is positive and indicates the relevance of the material to students’ culture may facilitate the learning of language skills. moreover, the results indicated that the majority of teachers prefer working in pairs or in groups because more ideas and more views will be presented during doing the task or activity. they believe that the work in groups encourages students to express their ideas and speak aloud without any feeling of stress or shyness. some teachers said that “individual work is better than group work because working in groups may make noise as well as may affect the classroom management during doing the task.” the researchers think that the teachers preferred the individual work due to the difficulty of some topics of tasks in the textbook; they believe that the individual work may avoid the noise or indiscipline in the classroom. one of the teachers said that task-based activities promote the learning of english language just when we have ideal situations for teaching. the teacher believes that the implementation of tbl approach inside the classroom is a burden for teachers and students owing to the length of new material and large classes. concerning the teachers’ suggestions, the results indicated that the majority of teachers suggested that the allocated time should be sufficient for applying tasks. moreover, the material should be shorter, varied, and easier. the results also indicated that 7 teachers out of 15 suggested the use of technology for applying tbl; using it attracts students’ attention and motivates them to practice l2 and learn the language skills. lastly, the results of the content-analysis revealed that the textbook is rich in tasks and activities which enhance the learning of language skills. regarding the number of items per task, the results indicated that the items and ideas of tasks are not distributed appropriately. some tasks have four or five items while others have more than five. the researchers think that the distribution of tasks’ items should be appropriate and balanced in order to facilitate the implementation of tbl in the classroom. the results indicated that some tasks are graded appropriately, authentic, interesting, clear, and understandable while some are not. they also indicated that some tasks in the textbook do not suit all students’ needs and levels. in addition, the results of the content analysis indicated that all tasks in the textbook have appropriate and clear objectives and outcomes and introduce students to a variety of topics. they have also colorful and authentic artworks and graphs except the tasks in unit three. moreover, they indicated that some tasks are meaningful and aim to develop communicative language skills and enhance creative and critical thinking while some tasks do not have any communicative purpose and just focus on linguistic forms and rules. additionally, they indicated that not all included tasks integrate the language skills; they focus on one or two skills. the results showed that some tasks in the textbook are culture-specific while some are not. these results revealed that the textbook is rich in tasks and activities which enhance the learning of language skills, but the distribution of tasks’ items is inappropriate; some tasks have four or five items, while others have more than five. the researchers think that the distribution of tasks’ items should be appropriate and balanced in order to facilitate the implementation of tbl in the classroom. according to the researchers, all tasks in the textbook should be varied, graded appropriately, authentic, interesting, clear and understandable, and should suit both students’ abilities and teachers’ qualifications. the researchers believe that the meaningful and communicative authentic tasks and activities will attract students’ attention, enhance their critical and creative thinking skills, and motivate them to learn the language rules effectively. concerning the relevance of tasks to our culture, the researchers believe that the tasks should not talk about a specific culture or about contradicting beliefs and ideas in the ninth grade or previous grades because at this age this may cause difficulty and confusion for students while doing the tasks; the relevance of authentic tasks to students’ religion and culture will enhance their learning of language and add more new information to their knowledge. certain english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 1, december 2019 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 25 contradicting beliefs could be introduced at more advanced grades. conclusion the aim of this study was to investigate the ninth grade teachers’ perceptions towards tbl. the aim also was to examine the appropriateness of tasks and activities in the textbook english for palestine – ninth grade as well as their effectiveness inside the classroom. the overall results indicated that the teachers’ perceptions in the questionnaire were not consistent with what they did in the classrooms. the observational data, interviews, and the checklist refuted some teachers’ perceptions towards the tbl. in fact, the majority of teachers agreed with the effectiveness and appropriateness of tbl and communicative activities, but in reality not all of them preferred the implementation of such communicative and flexible methods due to different styles and expectations, large classes, noise, bad classroom atmosphere, inadequate time, long material, and lack in workshops and training courses about efl language teaching and learning and using new communicative methodologies. the main weaknesses of tbl in the textbook as well as in the classroom in terms of suggested criteria are: 1) the textbook includes a lot of role play tasks; 2) some tasks in the textbook are not authentic; 3) some tasks are not related to the palestinian culture; 4) some tasks in the textbook do not aim to develop critical thinking skills; 5) some tasks are not graded appropriately; 6) the extensive language skills activities are not included in the textbook; 7) some tasks are difficult and ambiguous; 8) some tasks do not suit both teachers and students; and 9) the use of traditional methods instead of using communicative clt and tbl. the researchers attribute these weaknesses to: 1) the material developers and the syllabus designers are not aware of the significance of tbl characteristics and its suitability to students’ needs and interests; 2) the syllabus designers are not aware of tasks’ authenticity and their relevance to students’ culture; 3) designing tasks and activities which aim to develop students’ creative and critical thinking skills need much effort and time as well as high proficient and qualified designers; 4) the length of material and the large classes affect the preparation and implementation of tasks and activities in the classroom; 5) the allocated time for doing tasks inside the classroom is insufficient; and 6) the students’ levels, the teachers’ experience, and the classroom atmosphere also affect the adoption of the tbl methodology. based on the findings, the researchers present some recommendations for syllabus designers, ministry of education, teachers, and students as follows. first, the syllabus designers should simplify the material. in fact, the material is too long, it has a lot of activities and it needs a long time for preparation. additionally, they should change the difficult tasks and replace them with varied tasks which suit students’ abilities. the ministry of education should hold more workshops and training programs about tbl as well as efl classroom management. this will enhance teachers’ proficiency and qualify them to use flexible and communicative methods which work with students’ needs. second, the teachers should prepare enrichment materials with more varied tasks and encourage students to work in pairs or in groups. this will motivate them to speak aloud and enhance their critical thinking skills. last, the students should revise the basic grammatical rules and vocabulary of language to promote their practice of language skills. references akef, h. (2011). evaluating the english textbook “iraq opportunities” book 6 for the 2nd intermediate stage. faculty of arts, university of baghdad. al-amri, a. (2008). an evaluation of the sixth grade english language for saudi boys’ schools. master’s thesis. king saudi university, saudi arabia. ali, n. (2010). an evaluation of the reading texts and activities in sb and wb of english for palestine grade 9. ma thesis. islamic university of gaza, palestine. awad, r. a. (2013). evaluating english for palestine 12 in terms of the efl/ esl textbook evaluating checklist from the teachers’ perspectives in nablus directorate schools. an-najah univ. j. res. (humanities), 27(11), 2401-2432. bahrami, m. (2013). learning relative clauses by iranian efl learners: task-based activities versus teacher-focused activities. mediterranean journal of social sciences, 4(4), 83-90. berardo, s. a. (2006). the use of authentic materials in the teaching of reading. the reading matrix, 6(2), 60-69. brown, j. d. (1989). language program evaluation: a synthesis of existing possibilities. in r. k. johnson (eds.), the second language curriculum (pp. 222-241). cambridge: cambridge university press. brown, h. d. (2007). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. rasha sameer karaki & mohammed abdul hakim farrah task-based learning in the textbook english for palestine 26 englewood cliffs, new jersey: prentice hall regents. burrows, c. (2008). socio-cultural barriers facing tbl in japan. the language teacher journal, 32(8), 15–19. carless, d. (2002). implementing task-based learning. elt journal, 56(4), 389-396. carless, d. (2004). issues in teachers’ reinterpretation of a task-based innovation in primary schools. tesol quarterly, 38, 639-662. carless, d., & gordon, a. (1997). primary english teachers’ attitudes towards the implementation of task-based teaching. journal of basic education, 7, 139-159. chalak, a. (2015). the effect of task-based instruction on reading comprehension of iranian efl learners. applied research english language journal, 4(7), 19-30. cunningsworth, a. (1995). choosing your coursebook. oxford: macmillan heinemann. dickinson, p. (2010). implementing task-based language teaching in a japanese efl context. centre for english language studies postgraduate programmes. the university of birmingham, uk. ellis, r. (2003). task-based language learning and teaching. oxford: oxford university press. fotos, s., & ellis, r. (1991). communicating about grammar: a taskbased approach. tesol quarterly journal, 25, 605-628. ganta, t. g. (2015). the strengths and weaknesses of task-based learning (tbl). scholarly research journal for interdisciplinary studies, 3(16), 27602771. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. london & new york: longman inc. helm, f., guth, s., & farrah, m. (2012). promoting dialogue or hegemonic practice: power issues in telecollaboration. language learning & technology, 16(2), 103-127. hutchinson, t., & torres, e. (1994). the textbook as agent of change. elt journal, 48(4), 315-328. johnson, k., morrow, k. (1981). communication in the classroom. harlow: longman. krashen, s. (1982). principles and practice in second language acquisition. new york: pergamon. long, m. h. (2015). second language acquisition and task-based language teaching. west sussex, uk: wiley blackwell. mcgrath, i. (2002). materials evaluation and design for language teaching. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. miekley, j. (2005). esl textbook evaluation checklist. the reading matrix, 5(2). mukundan, j., & nimehchisalem, v. (2012). evaluative criteria of an english language textbook evaluation checklist. journal of language teaching and research, 3(6), 11281134. nunan, d. (1989). designing tasks for the communicative classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. nunan, d. (2004). task-based language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. philp, j., adams, r., & iwashita, n. (2014). peer interaction and second language learning. new york, ny: routledge. prabhu, n. (1987). second language pedagogy. oxford: oxford university press. richards, j., & rodgers, t. (2001). approaches and methods in language teaching (2nd ed.). cambridge: cambridge university press. robinson, p. (2011). task-based learning: a review of issue. language learning research club, 61, 1– 36. ruso, n. (2007). the influence of task based learning on efl classrooms. asian efl journal, 18, 1-23. skehan, p. (1998). a cognitive approach to language learning. oxford: oxford university press. sheldon, l. (1988). evaluating efl textbooks and materials. elt journal, 42(4), 237-246. stroud, r. (2013). task-based learning challenges in high schools: what makes students accept or reject tasks? the language teacher, 37(2), 21-28. swan, m. (1985). a critical look at the communicative approach. elt journal, 39(2), 76-87. swain, m., & lapkin, s. (2000). task-based second language learning: the uses of the first language. language teaching research journal, 4, 251-274. thanh, l., & huan, n. (2012). task-based language learning and student motivation in vocabulary acquisition. language education in asia journal, 3(1), 106-120. thompson, c., & millington, n. (2012). task-based learning for communication and grammar use. language education in asia journal, 3(2), 159167. vazquez, v., molina, m., & lpoez, f. (2015). perceptions of teachers and students of the promotion of interaction through task-based activities in clil. porta linguarum, 23. wicking, p. (2011). tblt in japan: task-based language teaching and its effective implementation in the japanese university classroom. ceu journal, 3(3), 248-258. willis, j. (1981). teaching english through english. london: longman. willis, j. (2007). brain-based teaching strategies for improving students’ memory, learning, and test taking success. journal of the association for childhood education international, 83(5), 310‐ 315. zhang, x. (2013). a case study of exploring viability of task-based instruction on college english teaching in big-sized class. journal of language teaching and research, 4(4) 693-699. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 105 content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school ali akbarjono english education program, tarbiyah and tadris, state islamic institute of bengkulu email: aliakbarj250975@gmail.com pipit melati english education program, tarbiyah and tadris, state islamic institute of bengkulu email: melatipipit98@gmail.com feny martina english education program, tarbiyah and tadris, state islamic institute of bengkulu email: feny@iainbengkulu.ac.id syafryadin university of bengkulu email: syafryadin@unib.ac.id apa citation: akbarjono, a., melati, p., martina, f., & syafryadin. (2021). content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school. english review: journal of english education, 10(1), pp. 105-112. doi: https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i1.5360 received: 26-08-2021 accepted: 27-10-2021 published: 31-12-2021 introduction speaking skill is one of the language abilities that are greatly essential to promote further verbal communication. speaking is an oral communication between a speaker and listener which includes productive skills, competence and understanding (thornburry, 2009; renandya & widodo, 2016). speaking is an interactive real-time activity to express our ideas to interact with others that is unplanned and just continues based on the situation. for that reason, the teaching of speaking tends to use the activities that consist of real situations. then, to make sure the students achieve speaking skill, they have to focus on studying and doing practice during the learning process. although speaking skill is the most complicated skill to promote, but it is really essential to assist oral communication. abstract: this research is focused on speaking activities in two versions of english textbooks published by the government/kemendikbud and published by private publications/erlangga based on the 2013 curriculum syllabus, and this research is also to find out which books meet the good category to help student learning activities. this research is very important for the academic world to make it easier for a student and teacher to choose a good textbook to meet their speaking needs. the method used in this research is content analysis. the researcher used two analysis matrixes in collecting data. the first analysis matrix will show the suitability of the speaking activities in the two versions of the textbook with the 2013 curriculum syllabus. the second analysis matrix will show the percentage scores of the two versions of the english textbook based on the guidelines evaluation. as for the results of data analysis, the first matrix shows that speaking activities in the two versions of the english textbook are in accordance with the 2013 curriculum syllabus, and the second matrix also shows that the two versions of the english textbook are in the "good" and “fair” category, which is the textbook published by the government/kemendikbud has an average percentage of 93%(good) and textbooks published by private publications/erlangga have an average percentage of 73% (fair). in conclusion, both versions of english textbooks published by the government/kemendikbud and published by private publishers/erlangga are good and fair categories for students in carrying out the teaching and learning process. keywords: speaking activities; textbook; 2013 curriculum. ali akbarjono, pipit melati, feny martina, & syafryadin content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school 106 however, in reality most of students in indonesia cannot speak english fluently. english speaking skill is usually studied by students in the classroom that uses a textbook or media as a learning resource. in english speaking the student can practise and do improvisation to find out their potentials in communications (widiana, 2018). besides that, the teacher’s role becomes important because the teacher plans the materials that are needed by students during the learning process. the material that is commonly used in our education system is the textbook as a simple design for success in teaching and learning process. choosing the correct textbook becomes a challenge for the teacher, so that can make it easier for students or learners to know the material better. in support of the learning process, using media such as a textbook will help learners to learn easier, clearer, faster, and better. the textbooks also help teachers to do their job better, easier and organized. as a media in the learning process, the textbook is capable of contributing what teachers illustrate to learners. on the other hand, the textbooks are media and learning resources that have been designed to meet educational standards in a simple form to simplify the teaching-learning process at schools, and the most important things are if the contents, materials, and activities in the english textbook are have to suitable with the curriculum in force which is in the teaching-learning process our curriculum design is expected to create active learning, creative, fun and character. talking about curriculum has a relation in all aspects in education system because all learning processes are based on the curriculum established by the ministry of education and culture. and of course, the teaching and learning process cannot be separated from the curriculum both of them have relevance for each other. according to the government regulation number 20 year 2003 section 1 letter 19, curriculum means a set of plans and regulations about the aims, content and material of lessons and the method employed as the guidelines for the implementation of learning activities to achieve given education objectives. the education system in our country uses the 2013 curriculum (k13), which is the 2013 curriculum is a curriculum that is more focused on developing student character values and also focuses more on practical activities rather than theory, and it has several aspects including attitudes, knowledge, and skills competencies (kurniasih, imas & sani, 2014; poerwanti, and amri, 2013). based on the pre-observation conducted by researcher on tuesday, march 4, 2021. the researcher was able to collect data at sman 5 lebong. the researcher observed the english teacher and student of the first grade during the learning process, with identified problems including: first, the teacher is still dominating in the speaking class. second, students are a passive learner, and it is difficult to speak in front of their classmate. third, students are not confident to speak and afraid of making mistakes. fourth, students have low vocabulary of english. fifth, the teacher just uses the english textbook without knowing which textbook in the category is the good one. and the students claimed that the most difficult basic skill was speaking skills because the students were really scared of making mistakes and did not have the confidence to speak (lisa, 2016). they also had difficulty in delivering their opinions and ideas verbally. in addition, the students still have trouble with pronouncing particular words in english. then, the english teachers also claimed that students have difficulties in sharing their ideas to speak in english during the lesson, it is proven by the students' speaking scores which are still below average. besides that, for make sure to students master in speaking skill they certainly need a good textbook or material to support the learning process, but due to the many versions of textbooks, it will be difficult for teachers to choose the right textbook that has good criteria related to the syllabus and the teachers are also often confused about which textbook is more in line with the 2013 curriculum syllabus. using the correct textbook will be an important reference for teachers to provide opportunities for students to learn to speak, and it is important to give students as many opportunities to speak as possible. furthermore, several studies were conducted about speaking activities in textbook, but they just analyzed speaking activities in textbook of elementary school and junior high school and whether or not speaking activities belong to communicative competence (lesmana, 2015; kartini, 2015; ayu, 2017; fitri, 2019, and ariska, 2020). considering the above statement, by looking at the condition that speaking skills are a skill that is difficult for students to understand, besides that english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 107 teachers also certainly need good references in learning, so as to help with these problems and make it easier for teachers and students to choose good english textbooks, especially content speaking activities that should be in accordance with the syllabus curriculum used at the school, namely the 2013 curriculum. then, to find out which english textbook is in the good category, the researcher wants to analyze some textbooks that are commonly used by teachers as learning resources for students in learning, and they will certainly be measured, with the criteria in choosing a good textbook, according to experts. in addition, seeing the many versions of textbooks available in schools, especially schools where researchers conducted research at sman 5 lebong, researchers compared two versions of english textbooks published by the government (kemendikbud) and english textbooks published by private publications (erlangga) for the first grade student. method the design of this research will be a content analysis. content analysis is a research technique for making replicable and valid inferences from data to their context (krippendorf, 2013; ary, jacobs, & sorensen, 2010; creswell, 2014). it means that in doing content analysis, the researcher tended to describe the source texts into inference meaning in order to be more understandable by the readers for implicit meaning stated in it based on its context of use in society. it indicated that this kind of research is more than a counting process, as the goal is to link the results to their context or to the environment in which they were produced. on the other hand, content or document analysis is a method that is applied for written or visual data with the purpose of identifying specific characteristic of materials. the materials can be taken from textbook, newspaper, television program, advertisements, musical composition, or any of a host of other types of documents (donald et. al., 2010, p. 457). in this research, content analysis will use to analyze the content of speaking activities of the two versions of english textbooks which are based on textbook evaluation criteria and both of them are based on the 2013 curriculum for the first grade student at senior high school. this research which focus on two versions of english textbooks published by government/ kemendikbud and published by private publications/ erlangga. the instruments used were two analysis matrixes, the first analysis matrix will use to explain how does the suitability of speaking activities in the english textbook of first grade student published by the government/ kemendikbud and private publications/ erlangga fulfill the content aspects suggested in the syllabus of the 2013 curriculum? then, the second analysis matrix will shows the percentage score in the textbook evaluation criteria which aim to find out which textbooks meet the content aspects better suggested by materials evaluation. in collecting the data, the researchers used two versions of english textbooks that are used at the senior high school it refers to a technique of collecting data by gathering speaking activities in english textbook and analyzing documents, while a document is a communicable material used to explain some attributes of an object, systems or procedures (sewagegn, 2020). it means that the qualitative data which is drawn with words and sentences, clustered following its category to gain conclusion. as for several steps that will be taken by the researcher, they are: first, researcher chose the school that has already implemented the 2013 curriculum. after the permission from the school to collect the data had been given, checking and asking the syllabus for their first grade students and the textbook which is used by the teacher and student in doing the learning process. furthermore, copying the syllabus and collecting english textbooks, especially more focus on speaking activities, into the table that the researcher has made to collect data. this table is to find out the suitability of english textbook with the syllabus of the 2013 curriculum. second steps are followed by designing the textbook evaluation criteria checklist containing a set of standard criteria for evaluating english textbooks which will be derived from the guidelines materials evaluation, this guidelines checklist is to know which english textbook is the good one (balachandra, 2014). third, to strengthen data and avoid information bias, researchers will also conduct interviews with english teachers about how they think about english textbooks commonly used in teaching and learning activities in class. this interview is only additional information for researchers in describing the data that has been collected. ali akbarjono, pipit melati, feny martina, & syafryadin content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school 108 then, to find the percentage score of two versions of the textbooks, the researcher will use the formula: p = f x 100% n note: p = percentage f = frequency of fulfilled aspect criteria each unit. n = the total number of criteria in each aspect. the above formula was used to decide the results of data analysis as a final calculation was classified into one of four criteria proposed by pusat perbukuan (arikunto, 2016). table 1. the conversion of fulfilment range of fulfillment score category 80%-100% good 60%-79% fair 50%-59% sufficient 0%-50% poor results and discussion results the result of this research was divided into two parts. the first result shows the coverage of speaking activities contents in two versions of english textbooks published by the government (kemendikbud) and private publications (erlangga) for the first grade students of senior high school in line with the 2013 curriculum syllabus. the second result shows the percentage of which textbook is the good one between the two versions of english textbooks published by government and private publications by guideline material evaluation. there are 15 chapters of english material in the english textbook both published by government and private publications. the extent to which the textbook entitled “bahasa inggris” published by government suitable with the 2013 curriculum syllabus the material and activities in the textbook published by the government are already relatively easy to understand, especially for students who have not been able to understand english before. then, the language use in the textbook that was published by the government above is relatively good to help in improving students’ speaking. as shown in the table above, speaking activities in the textbook published by the government use the common or general language and correspond with our learning culture. on the other hand, the explanations and directions presented in speaking activities are also very clear, even though without instructions from the subject teacher, students can practise independently by using textbooks as their reference material in learning, and it is very necessary for students to avoid difficulties in learning, because basically students often feel less directed and do not know what to do understand english better. furthermore, the table above also shown if material and speaking activities in the textbook published by the government are already suitable with the syllabus of the 2013 curriculum, which focuses on standard competence such as core competence and basic competence that includes in explain about elements of precommunication and communication activities about vocabulary, structure, pronunciation, spelling, communicative expressions, role play, and simulation. the extent to which the textbook entitle “pathway to english” published by private publications suitable with the 2013 curriculum syllabus based on the table of researcher analyze about the textbook published by private publications above, the researcher capable of describing if that textbook is difficult to understand for student who don’t has the ability about english before. then, speaking contents on the textbook published by private publications has the high level of language, as we know our education system has been remove the english subject at school, it will show that if students are not really enough to learn english. futhermore, because of this textbook are published by private publication, it has been suitable enough with the syllabus of 2013 curriculum. the result shows the percentage of which textbook is the good one between the two versions of english textbooks published by government and private publications by guideline material evaluation the percentages of materials evaluation in two versions of english textbook published by the government and textbook published by private publications for the first grade students of senior high school based on the 2013 curriculum. there are 15 questions and every checklist for every english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 109 question was valuable 1 score. in the textbook 1 (published by government) there is valuable 14 score and in the textbook 2 (published by private publications) there is valuable 11 score. then, to find the total score of the instrument, the researcher will use the formulation below. textbook 1 (published by government/ kemendikbud) p = f x 100% n p = 14 x 100% 15 p = 93% note : p = percentage f = frequency of fulfilled aspect criteria each unit n = the total number of criteria in each aspect therefore, it can be concluded that the percentages of the textbook that published by government are 93%, based on the results, the researcher stated that “basaha inggris” textbook published by government/ kemendikud/ textbook 1 was categorized as “good” with an average score 93%. this statement was according to pusat perbukuan. textbook 2 (published by private publications/ erlangga) p = f x 100% n p = 11 x 100% 15 p = 73% note: p = percentage f = frequency of fulfilled aspect criteria each unit n = the total number of criteria in each aspect therefore, it can be concluded that the percentages of the textbook that published by private publications are 73%, based on the results, the researcher stated that “pathway to english” textbook published by private publications/ erlangga/ textbook 2 was categorized as “fair” with an average score 73%. this statement was according to pusat perbukuan. discussion the textbook is one of the determinants educations: success and failure of the quality of education depends on the textbook itself. the textbook is a course book which is used in the teaching-learning process based on curriculum recommended for a teacher and student. the majority of teachers in indonesia use textbooks as the main guideline for curriculum and learning resources, so that textbooks can support what teachers explain to students in the teaching and learning process. many textbooks do not contain enough speaking skill, which may be the reason why many students have difficulty with speaking and are very deficient in speaking skill (lee, 2012). textbooks are books prepared by experienced and qualified individuals and that the material contained in the reading materials is generally deliberately attempted in pilot concentration in the actual performance state prior to publication (cunningsworth, 1984). the textbook provides ready-made teaching texts and learning tasks. moreover, a textbook is an easily and cheaply way of preparing learning materials. such a tom hutchinson and eunice torres (1994, p. 319) state that only a textbook is capable of showing as much as possible what is actually going to be done in the lesson. textbook published by government textbook had 15 chapters. there were 15 lessons about interpersonal texts both oral and written. they were talking about self in chapter 1, congratulating and complimenting others in chapter 2, what are you going to do today? in chapter 3, which one is your best gateway? in chapter 4, let’s visit niagara falls in chapter 5, giving announcement in chapter 6, the wright brothers in chapter 7, my idol in chapter 8, the battle of surabaya in chapter 9, b.j. habibie in chapter 10, cut nyak dhien in chapter 11, issumboshi in chapter 12, malin kundang in chapter 13, strong wind in chapter 14, and you’ve got a friend in chapter 15. from the analysis, it can be concluded that the author of the textbook had tried to arrange this book as perfect as possible, but as human being short of lack still appeared in this textbook. the author also had been trying to provide the activities which related to the context, but there are not always acceptable for students. then, this textbook also has been suitable with the syllabus of 2013 curriculum it showed by matrix analysis that the researcher have been made. the textbook that published by government were classified as “good” category based on guidelines ali akbarjono, pipit melati, feny martina, & syafryadin content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school 110 material evaluation. on the other hand, this textbook are really help students in learning, actually for students that really difficult to understand about english before. all content in the textbook are really useful and easy to understand, it will be good facilitated students in learning. each chapters in the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud is in a good category because it have suitabilities with the documentary checklist which is in the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud the interpersonal text can be found in some of the chapters which correspond with student daily life. it includes about the topic expression for introduction, where the student will talk about himself or herself. on page 29, there are any activities that make students understand about congratulating. on page 32, it explains about complimenting. and on page 40, it explains about the expressing intention. the transactional text in the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud can be found in some of the chapters that explain that topic. on page 16, there are any activities that explain giving instruction to make students learn about guessing ‘who am i?’. on page 39, there is a topic that makes students explain their opinion about some of the places. and on page 47, there are any activities that explain the topic about plans. the functional text that be found in the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud. on page 81, there are any topic that explain about giving announcement. on page 110, 123, 134, and145, it explains about recount text. on page 157, 172, and 183, it explains about narrative text. there is so many of presentational text found in the textbook that published by government/kemendikbud such as a person who told in the book, communication act, and illustration. on page 17, it shows that illustration that explains the topic about introducing. on page 27, there are any pictures that explain about activities for complete the blank. on page 34, there are any the illustration that expresses the topic about complimenting. on page 39, it explains about pictures that showing some place. on page 81, there are any illustrations about giving announcement. on page 120, 132, 143, 157, and 170, it shows some of the pictures of expert and types of recount and narrative text. in textbook that published by government/kemendikbud, it can be found some of the text such as transactional, interpersonal, descriptive, narrative, and recount text. some of the page are explains about particular type of text in explain about exposure. then, in the textbook that published by government/kemendikbud almost all of unit is include social function, generic structure, and linguistic features. on page 10 and 11, it explains about text structure and grammar review. on page 16, it shows that the language feature of content. in the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud, actual production can be found almost in all of the chapters that explain about grammar review and text structure. on page 11, 43, 61, 89, 115, 127, 139, 151, 164, 176, and 188, it explains about grammar review on the content. besides that, the textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud is coverage the syllabus and the learners can be absent of the class because the material explain is same topic. on page 108, 132, 143, and 169 are explain the topic about recount text and narrative text. then, all of chapters in textbook that published by government/ kemendikbud is include the task, all of chapters is explain about grammar/part of speech, and all of chapters is explain about vocabulary and pronunciation. textbook published by private publications textbook had 15 chapters. there were 15 lessons about interpersonal texts both oral and written. they were let’s do it! in chapter 1, would you fill out this form, please? in chapter 2, i’m sorry to hear that in chapter 3, what should i do? in chapter 4, too hot, too cold in chapter 5, products on discount! in chapter 6, it was memorable event in chapter 7, a story to remember in chapter 8, whatever will be, will be in chapter 9, because of you in chapter 10, why does it occur? in chapter 11, both you and i in chapter 12, what’s the difference? in chapter 13, why is water like a horse? in chapter 14, and make a peaceful world through a songs in chapter 15. the textbook published by private publications is already suitable with the syllabus, it showed that from the lesson that usually develop interpersonal in each chapter. but, textbooks are usually difficult to understand for students who do not understand english previously. based on the guidelines english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 1, december 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 111 evaluation, this textbook categorized as “fair” based on percentages from pusat perbukuan. in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga that can be found some of the text that relate with short interpersonal text such as making invitations, showing symphty, advice, and etc. on page 9, it explains about invitation. on page 38, it explains the topic about words of symphty. on the page 55, it explains about advice. on page 78, there are any activities that follow the situation. in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga also can be found some of the text in the textbook is relate with the indicator such as discussing possibilities to do something. on page 5, it explains about instruction offering to do something. and on page 55 and 255, it explains about advice. some of the unit in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga can be found is offering an invitation, advertisement, recount text, report, narrative, explanation text and etc. on page 11, there are any topic that explains about offering an invitation. on page 82, it shows that the topic about advertisement. on page 108, it explains the topic about recount text. on page 125 and 209, it explains about report. and on page 134, it explains about narrative text. there are so many of presentational text found in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga such as a person who told in the book, communication act, and illustration. on page 3, 8, 67, 82, 89, 104,106, 132, and 221, there are any picture of activities. on page 7, 38, 52, 69, 217, and 219, there are any illustrations that showing about communication act. in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga, it can be found many types of text such as recount text, report, narrative, and explanation text. on page 108, there are explains about recount text. on page 125 and 209, it explains about report. in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga almost all of unit is include social function, generic structure, and linguistic features. on page 11, it explains about the structure in offering invitation. on page 53, it explains about the use of sentence ‘should have done’ on page 127, there are explain about the structure of report text. on page 130, it explains the structure of recount text. and on page 161, it explains about the generic structure of narrative text. in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga, actual production can be found almost in all of the chapters that explain about grammar review and text structure. on page 11, 53, 127, 130, and 161, there are explains about the generic structure of the text, and the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga is coverage the syllabus. besides that, all of chapters in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga is include the task, and all of chapters in the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga is explain about grammar/part of speech. conclusion first, based on the study of analyzing the english textbook published by government/ kemendikbud, the researcher concluded that the textbook was good to be used for the first grade of senior high school that has started using 2013 curriculum. this book fulfilled all the aspects of competence of 2013 curriculum, and this textbook is suitable with the syllabus of 2013 curriculum. on the other hand, this textbook is also categorized as “good” with the percentages 93% based on the guidelines evaluation and the percentages from pusat perbukuan. then, this textbook is really useful and helpful to students in order to be easier to understand english with basic knowledge about english. secondly, based on the study in analyzing the english textbook published by private publications/ erlangga, the researcher can concluded that the textbook was good enough to be used for the first grade of senior high school that started using the 2013 curriculum. this textbook was also suitable with the syllabus. even though the researcher said this textbook is good enough for learning, but this textbook is not suitable for students who do not have basic competence about english. on the other hand, this textbook is categorized as “fair” with the percentages 73% based on the guidelines evaluation and the percentages from pusat perbukuan. as the result, both of the textbooks that analyze above are categorized as good and fair, and they have differences in scores, which the textbook published by government/ kemendikbud/ textbook 1 has the average percentages of 93% ali akbarjono, pipit melati, feny martina, & syafryadin content analysis of speaking activities in english textbook based on 2013 curriculum for the first grade students at senior high school 112 and the textbook published by private publications/ erlangga/ textbook 2 has the average percentages of 73%. references arikunto, s. (2016). prosedur penelitian suatu pendekatan praktik. jakarta: rineka cipta. ariska, s. (2020). analysis of speaking activities on textbook (unpublished thesis). uin ar-raniry, aceh. ary, d., jacobs, l. c., & sorensen, c. (2010). introduction to research in. education. usa: wadsworth ayu, h. i. (2017). a content analysis of “when english rings a bell” english textbook in 2013 curriculum for the seventh grade student of junior high school published by kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan republik indonesia (unpublished thesis). iain surakarta. balachandra, d. (2014). criteria-based post-use evaluation of english textbooks. ijellh (international journal of english language, literature and humanities), 2(5). creswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods. approaches: fourth edition. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. cunningsworth, a. (1984). evaluating and selecting efl teaching materials. great britain: biddles ltd. fitri, w.a. (2019). an analysis of english speaking activities found in the textbook “bahasa inggris untuk siswa sma-ma/smk-mak kelas x”. journal of english language teaching, 8(1). hutchinson, t. and torres, e. (1994). the textbook as agent of change. elt journal, 48(4). kartini. (2015). a content analysis on speaking materials and activities written on english alive i textbook (unpublished thesis). uin syarif hidayatullah. krippendorf, k. (2013). content analysis: an introduction to its methodology (3rd ed.). los angeles: sage publications inc. kurniasih, i., & sani, b. (2014). implementasi kurikulum 2013 konsep & penerapan. surabaya: kata pena. lesmana, s. i. (2015). the analysis of english speaking activity in students’ textbook entitled when english rings a bel used by seventh graders in 2013 curriculum. retain, 3(3). lisa, o. (2016). a framework for textbook analysis. an international journal of education, 12(4). poerwanti, l. e. and amri, s. (2013). panduan memahami kurikulum 2013. jakarta: pt. prestasi pustakaraya. renandya, w. a., & widodo, h. p. (eds.). (2016). english language & teaching today: linking theory and practice (vol. 5). springer. salinan permendikbud ri nomor 36 tahun 2018 tentang perubahan atas peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan nomor 59 tahun 2014 tentang kurikulum 2013 sekolah menengah atas/madrasah aliyah. sewagegn, a. a., & diale, b. m. (2020). authentic assessment as a tool to enhance student learning in a higher education institution: implication for student competency. in assessment, testing, and measurement strategies in global higher education (pp. 256-271). igi global. thornburry, s. (2009). how to teach speaking. new york: pearson education ltd. widiana, i. w. (2018). the effectiveness of communication learning activities based on tradisional game toward the cognitive process dimension. jurnal cakrawala pendidikan, 37(2). english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 263 developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students novita sari english language education, faculty of teacher training and education sriwijaya university, indonesia e-mail: novitas2992@gmail.com soni mirizon (corresponding author) english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education sriwijaya university, indonesia e-mail: smirizon@unsri.ac.id rita inderawati english education study program, faculty of teacher training and education sriwijaya university, indonesia e-mail: rita_inderawati@fkip.unsri.ac.id apa citation: sari, n., mirizon, s., & inderawati, r. (2021). developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students. english review: journal of english education, 9(2), pp.263-276. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i2.4351 received: 27-02-2021 accepted: 28-04-2021 published: 15-06-2021 introduction reading occupies a large portion of teachinglearning activities (maspufah, 2019). dealing with this, reading comprehension is an important thing in lifelong learning. it also has an important role in the learning process that involves an interactive process between the reader and the text. students need reading comprehension skills at all educational levels and for all school subjects. reading, a required skill in academic and social life, is a basic language skill (ozdemir & akyol, 2019). from the explanation above, it can be learned that reading is important and the students should be good readers and be able to comprehend the reading text that they learn in their learning process. meanwhile, the results of some studies in international measure showed the fact that reading performance is an issue in indonesia education. according to the organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd, 2015), the mean score of reading literacy in indonesia was still low. it was 397 for program for international student assessment (pisa) score, while the mean score for the overall participating countries, if compared to, was 493 points in average. the mean score just increased by one point from the previous pisa (oecd, 2013). this mean score in reading performance was one of the lowest among pisa participating countries and economies although the test was in bahasa indonesia, let alone in english. indonesia was ranked 64th out of 69th countries participating in pisa 2015. in 2018 the results of abstract: this study was aimed to develop interactive multimedia of recount texts in teaching english in one public vocational high school in palembang. in specific, this study was intended to see whether or not the developed interactive multimedia had validity, practicality, and potential effect. the subject of the study was the tenth-graders of multimedia study program of the school. this development research applied analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation (addie) design. the formative evaluation was done through one to one evaluation, small group evaluation, and field test. the findings showed that the validity mean score of the developed product was 3.71, categorized as very high validity level. the practicality mean score in one-to-one evaluation was 3.69, in small group evaluation was 3.65, and in field test was 81.37, categorized as very high practicality level. the material of the reading test also had potential effect. it pointed out that there were 33 participants (94.28%) out of 35 participants in the test of reading achieved the minimum mastery criterion, which was 71. keywords: development research; interactive multimedia; recount text; vhs mailto:smirizon@unsri.ac.id https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v9i2.4351 novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 264 pisa mean score of indonesia students was 371. this score was worse than the previous one. in national context, reading test results showed the inferiority of indonesian secondary school student reading ability. results of reading tests in various vocational high schools (vhs) are also evidence of indonesian student low competence in reading. diem and mirizon (2018) reported that vhs students in palembang had very low reading interest and critical thinking. those facts indicate that reading skill is one of the skills that students find difficulty to master, especially in understanding the contents of the text. this is in line with the reality in the field that most secondary school students also have problem in reading skills and find it difficult to learn all types of reading texts, one of which is recount text. the difficulties experienced by students include understanding the content of the text and the characteristics of the language contained in the recount text. these difficulties might be due to lack of teachers’ creativity and development in the teaching and learning process. it is apparent that in general, teachers depend on the use of textbooks and even did not make use of the rapid technological advances in this industrial revolution 4.0 era in the teaching and learning process. nasir (2018) argue that indonesia needs to improve the skills and capacity of its human resources through digital technology. besides, the demand of 2013 vhs curriculum was that 21st century teachers need to have functional competence, such as (1) critical and rational thinking skills and applying high-level thinking patterns, (2) creative skills, (3) communication skills, (4) collaborative skills, and (5) skills to utilize technology which is a mandatory task of a teacher who is required to be proficient in using technology in the delivery of learning material in teaching and learning processes such as using computer devices, multimedia, learning software and internet (directorate general of vocational high school guidance, 2017). regarding the fifth skill, teachers are required to be proficient in using and utilizing technology in delivering their learning and teaching processes because of the demands of the 21st century learning model. technology gives an important role in the world of education to facilitate and accelerate the learning process and the importance of using various types of technology. unfortunately, learning materials used at schools, especially vocational high schools were conventional and were supported by technology. moreover, english learning materials that are commonly used in vhs have not accommodated the specific needs of students. in other words, english learning materials are still in general english. as a result, they are not appropriate with the needs of each major available at vhs. certainly it would likely have an impact on the students' english competence. students would not be able to master english for specific purposes. in order that the students’ needs in english can be met, vhs should provide english for specific purposes (esp). the gold standard in esp is to allow students to use english to fulfill their needs in specific fields, such as read a manual, write a dissertation, listen to a lecture, present a sales pitch, and even for academic learning (sarmento & bocorny, 2018). according to 2013 curriculum, the graduate standard competence in vocational high school could be developed into english for specific purposes. it means that the teacher or school curriculum developer could provide and develop specific content of english for vhs students (ministry of education and culture, 2013). the revitalization of vhs poses that vocational fields are very diverse and demand adaptation of learning english to accommodate different needs of each of these vocational sectors. so, different learning materials should be provided in order to facilitate the students to achieve good specific english proficiency. it is expected that students have english knowledge and skills related to their jobs and work after they graduate. in this case, there is a need to provide english learning materials that fulfill vhs students’ needs. one of the ways in the learning materials provision is through material development. there are some previous related studies about designing english materials and develop interactive multimedia used for teaching english for vhs. jayanti (2015) developed reading materials for the tenth grade students of computer engineering and networking program at smkn 1 pundong. the target need was that students could learn english to communicate effectively and fluently, pass national examination on english subject, and understand technical terms related to computer engineering and networking. raharja (2016) found that students english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 265 preferred to learn written text related to their multimedia field to support their future career in developing english learning materials for the eleventh graders of multimedia study program at smkn 2 sewon. then, puspitasari (2011) did a study focusing on developing english learning materials. she found that students the eleventh graders smkn 1 sleman preferred learning materials that are able to support them in mastering vocabulary related to multimedia department. another study by komang, nitiasih, and budasi (2014) was about developing blended learning based reading materials for the tenth grade multimedia students of smk wira harapan. the result of this study showed that students need specific reading material based on their specific jobs; the design of blended learning, the developed blended learning and in developing and implementation the blended learning based reading material. leow and neo’s (2014) study aimed to improve the quality of student's learning achievement by developing an interactive learning module as the core component in forming the multimedia-mediate student-centered learning environment. significant improvement was found in the test results and showed that this learning environment enhanced the student's learning achievement. furthermore, puspita, sukmantara, and santihastuti (2016) developed esp reading materials by using authentic materials for automotive students at smkn 2 jember. the result was that esp reading materials for automotive students in the form of booklet. noho (2018) also developed supplementary english reading materials for the tenth grade students of computer networks at smk almamater telaga, gorontalo. the result showed that students preferred most reading texts that are specific to their field rather than the general one. other studies dealing with the use of technology in language teaching such as mobile reading (inderawati, agusta, & sitinjak, 2018), elearning (sopian, petrus, & inderawati, 2019), and interactive multimedia (eliviana, inderawati, & mirizon, 2020) conducted to provide learning materials blended with technology which were specific to vhs students. those studies are not identical with this current one. this study developed reading materials specifically for vhs students in the form of interactive media applications that can be used offline. interactive media-based reading materials were designed and developed with various types of recount text stories in the form of texts, audio, and videos about the bibliography of famous people. in addition, the reading materials are also completed with examples, explanations of recount texts, and evaluations to test students' abilities in recount texts. considering the importance of teaching the specific reading material for the specific purposes, the writers were interested in developing learning media of recount texts for vhs students. method research design this study employed mixed-methods approach in development research design. according to akker (1999), development research aims to design a product for certain purposes through certain procedures, i.e: analysis, design, evaluation, and revision activities which are iterated until a satisfying balance between ideals and realization has been achieved. in developing the recount text, analysis, design, develop, implement, and evaluate (addie) model of instructional design was applied (mcgriff, 2000; aldoobie, 2015; cheung, 2016). this study was conducted at one public vhs in palembang. the population was the tenth grade students consisting of four classes. they were chosen based on their english proficiency level in one-to-one and small group evaluation. their english proficiency level, was classified into low, medium, and high proficiency (dick, carey & carey, 2005), which were determined based on students’ grade point average. the subject of the study was described in table 1. table 1. the subject of the study no. stages of formative evaluation number of students description of the students 1. one-to-one evaluation 3 1 student for each category, i.e. low medium, and high english proficiency. 2. small group evaluation 9 3 students for each category, i.e. low medium, and high english proficiency. novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 266 3. field test 35 all students in a real class total 47 students in collecting the data, to determine its validity, practicality, and potential effect of the product, questionnaires, interview, and reading test were used. there were four questionnaires distributed to the subjects: (1) need analysis questionnaire, adapted from petrus (2012) and indriyani (2016), (2) need analysis multi-media questionnaire (adapted from wao, 2016), (3) expert review validation questionnaire, and (4) students’ questionnaire toward the developed interactive multimedia of recount texts (adapted from tessmer, 1993). need analysis questionnaire and need analysis multimedia questionnaire were administered to the all students in multimedia major. expert review validation questionnaire, and students’ questionnaire were passed to experts in an expert review in order to know about the validity and also to students in one-to-one evaluation and small group evaluation in order to know practicality, and to get an information of their opinion and comments after reviewing and/or using the developed interactive multimedia of recount texts. an interview was also conducted in one-toone and small group evaluation. it was aimed to obtain students' comments, critiques, and suggestions after conducting the using of the developed interactive multimedia of recount texts. it was also used as the basis for revision. reading test was given to the students to know the potential effect of the product. it was constructed based on recount texts developed in this study. the reading text evaluation was used by using reading comprehension test in the form of multiple choice questions, true-false items, and matching items. the reading comprehension test included several aspects, such as main ideas, inference, vocabulary in context, cause and effect, details, and sequence. results and discussion there were five stages of development research as follows: analysis phase instructional analysis the writers analyzed the materials related to the recount text that was available in the students’ textbook entitled ‘forward’ for the vocational high school students grade x which was issued by the government. based on the analysis of the textbook, there were eleven recount texts found that most of the texts did not have any title, the content was too general and not related to the students’ major. then, the learning environment in the vhs was in good condition, such as had good electricity, computer laboratory for each major was available, each computer laboratory equipped with one lcd and one whiteboard, student sometimes brought a laptop and used their laptop during the process of teaching and learning. based on these school conditions, it can be said that the developed interactive multimedia of recount text could be implemented and conducted well during the process of teaching and learning. students’ need analysis to find out information about the four classes students’ achievement, an interview to the english teacher of the tenth grade students was also conducted. the results of interview showed that: (1) students reading skill was still low; and (2) it was caused by some factors, such as lack of vocabularies, and low of motivation. it can be said that the students reading achievement fell into unsatisfactory level. then to find out the information about the students’ need analysis. there were 21 question items about students’ need analysis was distributed to 105 students. the result of students’ need analysis was illustrated in table 2. table 2. students’ need analysis no. question/statement students’ response nos* % target situation analysis (tsa) 1. the importance of learning english a. to pass the national examination 4/105 3.5 b. to support the carrier in the future 25/105 23.5 c. to help to continue further study in the multimedia field 18/105 17.9 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 267 d. to communicate with foreigners 58/105 55.1 e. others ... 0/105 0.0 2. the students’ expectation towards learning english a. able to communicate fluently using english in oral communicate in the future workforce 64/105 60.4 b. able to communicate in written communicate in the future workforce 5/105 4.7 c. mastering the vocabulary related to the multimedia field 33/105 31.6 d. using grammar correctly 3/105 2.1 e. others ... 0/105 0.0 3. the language use for students’ carrier a. to do oral communicate with colleagues or clients 46/105 43.5 b. to do written communication both in formal or informal contexts 8/105 7.9 c. to deepen the multimedia skill by reading the english text 50/105 47.9 d. others ... 1/105 0.4 4. the english proficiency level for students’ carrier a. beginner 17/105 16.5 b. intermediate 34/105 32.1 c. advance 54/105 51.6 d. others ... 0/105 0.0 present situation analysis (psa) 5. students’ current proficiency level of english a. beginner 74/105 70.2 b. intermediate 26/105 24.9 c. advance 5/105 4.7 d. others ... 0/105 0.0 6. students’ desired input for reading a. authentic materials (such as news, menu, receipt, announcement, schedule, etc) 35/105 33.4 b. texts that relate to the context of the multimedia field 58/105 55.1 c. texts with the list of new vocabulary 7/105 6.7 d. texts with picture 4/105 3.5 e. others … 1/105 0.4 7. the length of input for reading a. < 100 words 30/105 28.5 b. 100 – 150 words 22/105 20.4 c. 150 – 200 words 13/105 12.1 d. > 200 words 40/105 38.2 8. topic desired by students for learning input in reading a. daily life routines 42/105 40.0 b. education/school 13/105 12.1 c. the multimedia field 42/105 40.0 d. issues/latest news 8/105 7.7 e. others … 0/105 0.0 9. students’ preference activity for learning reading a. reading a text loudly with correct pronunciation and intonation 16/105 15.1 b. reading a text individually and answering questions related to the text 20/105 19.6 c. discussing and comprehending a text in a group 17/105 16.5 d. comprehending a text and translating it into indonesia langauge 44/105 41.8 e. analyzing the meaning of the new vocabulary from the context 8/105 7.7 10. students’ opinion toward the difficulty level of reading text in english textbook used in the classroom a. very easy 3/105 2.1 b. easy 42/105 40.0 novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 268 c. difficult 52/105 49.8 d. very difficult 8/105 7.7 11. students’ opinion toward frequency of english teacher in providing the reading text/material and reading assessment with the topic related to the multimedia field a. very often 13/105 12.1 b. often 31/105 29.8 c. sometimes 51/105 48.4 d. never 10/105 9.8 deficiency analysis (da) 12. students’ difficulties with the language skills and aspects a. listening 18/105 17.9 b. speaking 43/105 40.4 c. reading 11/105 10.2 d. writing 0/105 0.0 e. vocabulary 13/105 12.1 f. grammar 9/105 8.5 g. pronunciation 10/105 9.8 h. others ... 1/105 0.4 13. students’ difficulty with reading skill in the reading process a. comprehending the main idea 21/105 20.0 b. comprehending the detai information 16/105 15.1 c. making conclusion related to the chronological order of event 7/105 6.7 d. making conclusion related to cause and effect 13/105 12.1 e. making and drawing conclusion 48/105 45.4 f. comprehending certain words 0/105 0.0 strategy analysis (sa) 14. students’ preference activity for learning vocabulary a. matching the words or expressions with correct meaning in indonesia language 33/105 31.6 b. matching the words or expressions with the pictures 21/105 20.5 c. predicting the meaning of the new words based on the context 26/105 24.9 d. completing the incomplete sentences or paragraph with students’ own words 15/105 14.7 e. others ... 10/105 9.8 15. students’ preferences activity for learning grammar a. indentifying the incorrect sentences structure 36/105 34.7 b. correcting the incorrect sentences structure 36/105 34.7 c. writing sentences based on structure learned 32/105 30.2 d. others ... 1/105 0.4 16. students’ preference activity for learning pronunciation a. repeating the words pronounced by the teacher 29/105 27.9 b. pronouncing the words based on the phonetic transcription 32/105 30.2 c. discussing the correct pronunciation in a small group or with other friends 44/105 41.8 d. others ... 0/105 0.0 17. students’ preference class management for completing the task a. individual work 24/105 22.8 b. pair work 20/105 19.6 c. group work 42/105 40.0 d. whole class work 19/105 18.2 e. others ... 0/105 0.0 18. students’ learning style preference english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 269 a. listening to the teachers’ explanation only 29/105 27.9 b. discussing with other friends to solve the problem or to do the tasks 48/105 45.3 c. writing all information given by the teachers 28/105 26.7 d. others ... 0/105 0.0 19. students’ preference for teachers’ role a. giving students questions to finish and discuss them later 33/105 31.6 b. giving examples about the topic which is learned and give an assignment 53/105 50.2 c. supervising the students’ works and helping them when students get a problem 17/105 16.5 d. walking around and giving comment to students’ works 2/105 1.8 e. others ... 0/105 0.0 20. students’ opinion toward intergrating the topic/content related to the multimedia field in reading text a. very important 69/105 65.3 b. important 35/105 33.4 c. not important 1/105 0.4 d. very unimportant 0/105 0.0 21. students’ opinion toward discussing the content of the multimedia field in reading text could ease them to comprehend the text a. very agree 46/105 43.5 b. agree 56/105 53.4 c. disagree 3/105 2.1 d. very disagree 0/105 0.0 students’ need analysis multimedia questionnaire there were 30 questions in this questionnaire. the 25 questions were about multimedia use, and the other 5 questions were about student interest in reading. there were 105 tenth grade students answered the questionnaire. the findings showed that the use of multimedia technology in class: (1) promoted students’ interest in learning english, (2) was more practical; some students did not need to do note taking, (3) could obtain information accurately in a short time, (4) stimulated students’ attention in class, (5) helped develop students’ english communication skills, (6) made students want to take part in the discussion, (7) inspired them to avoid tardiness in class, and (8) enhanced their reading skills. students’ functional reading level analysis this analysis was intended to measure the students’ functional reading level by measuring the readability levels of the developed recount texts which had to match with their reading level. in this activity, jennings informal reading assessment developed by joyce (2001) at level 1 – 8 was given to determine the students’ functional reading level. the results were described in table 3 below. table 3. the result of students’ functional reading level analysis text level functional reading level stage frustrational (correct number ≤4) instructional (correct number 5 – 6) independent (correct number 7 – 8) nos % nos % nos % level 1 59 56.1 32 30.4 14 13.3 level 2 63 60.0 30 28.5 12 11.4 level 3 68 64.7 31 29.5 6 5.7 level 4 65 61.9 33 31.4 7 6.7 level 5 61 58.2 39 37.1 5 4.7 level 6 60 57.1 43 40.9 2 1.9 level 7 76 72.3 27 25.7 2 1.9 level 8 84 80.0 21 20.0 0 0 source: jennings informal reading assessment developed by joyce (2001) novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 270 based on table 3 above, it can be seen that 105 students (13.3%) were already at the independent stage in text level 1. for text level 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, and 8, it showed that 63 students (60.0%), 68 students (64.7%), 65 students (61.9%), 61 students (58.2%), 76 students (72.3%), and 84 students (80.0%) were at frustrational stage respectively, whereas for the text in level 6, there were 43 students (40.9%) at instructional stage. as mentioned by burns and parker (2014) the instructional level as criterion to target reading intervention. therefore, it could be said that the reading level of students was at level 6 since the biggest percentage of learners who belonged to the instructional stage was in level 6. design and development phase paper-based design in this phase, there were eleven recount texts that the writers developed based on the students’ multimedia learning and student’s field. then the developed recount texts were checked to find out their readability levels using an online tool of flesch-kincaid (i.e.: https://www.webfx.com). for completing the materials of reading, several questions as warming-up activities were also made. the storyboard of interactive multimedia after the all reading materials had been accomplished along with the evaluation, then the materials had to be transformed into interactive multimedia. therefore, a storyboard was made to be used as a guideline to develop interactive multimedia. the storyboard consisted of some parts such as opening slide, student’s data, home slide, and computer-based design. computer-based design consisted of recount text and the storyboard of interactive multimedia were transformed into computer-based design by using adobe professional cs 6. the program was created and then launched in the form of software of interactive multimedia which could be operated in each pc or notebook. implementation phase evaluation and revision phase this phase was to find out the validity that was determined in the expert review phase, practicality that was determined in one-to-one and small group evaluation phase, and the potential effect of the product that was determined in a field test phase. the result of the evaluation and revision are described below. self evaluation in this phase, the writers tried to treat themselves as expert to evaluate the developed recount texts, so the evaluation process did not a simply look over the product. the self-evaluation covered all of the four aspects such as instructional desgin (construct), language, media (production), and content (subject matter). in addition, the writers evaluated the product which was aimed to find out some errors and mistakes, such as misspelling, ungrammatical sentences, and punctuation. experts review in this phase, a questionnaire consisted of 15 items was distributed to three different experts, i.e.: content (english), instructional design (curriculum/construct), and media (technology). the first expert of content (english) validation was a lecturer of english who has been teaching for 20 years and hold doctoral qualification in english. the second expert of instructional design (curriculum/ construct) was a lecturer of english who has been teaching for 36 years and his expertise in instructional design, the last expert of technology (media) was a lecturer of education technology who has been teaching for 30 years and his expertise in material development. the first evaluation aspect in the evaluation and revision phase was content (english). it was also important to make sure whether the validation sheet fulfilled the standardized requirement. therefore, it was developed by adapting from tessmer (1993). a lecturer of english reviewed the product. during the validation process, the expert gave some constructive comments and suggestions for better revision of the product, especially in content. the expert advised to pay attention to the narration of the story, so as not to confuse students when understanding and reading the contents of the story section. after the product was revised as suggested, it was found that the average score of content validity was 3.74 which was at very high validity, which means that it was valid without revision. the second evaluation aspect in this phase was instructional design (construct). to develop the product with good construct validation, another expert reviewed the product. it was found that there were some comments and suggestions which needed to be considered, such as change the https://www.webfx.com/ english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 271 incorrect writing on the validation construct sheet, i.e. the 2006 curriculum is replaced with the 2013 curriculum because it had to adjust to the learning objectives of the material made. he gave advice to think about the allocation of time in the subject matter test which must be adjusted to the total number of questions. the experts also suggested giving feedback to students to be actively involved in learning through material packaged in the form of interactive multimedia, like by adding a few more warm-up questions before starting core activities. after reviewing the product twice, the expert reviewer of the construct declared that the product was valid without revision, and the average score obtained from construct validity was 3.53, which was at very high validity. the last evaluation aspect in the evaluation and revision phase was done to complete all three product validation sheets. in terms of media, the product then was reviewed by an expert of technology who was a lecturer of education technology at sriwijaya university. he gave some comments and suggestions which needed to be considered, such as, when the user enters the "log in" column he must use only names not numbers. the expert also suggested that welcome sentence on the opening menu should not use the name of the school that was examined in the media. finally, after being revised for the third time, the expert reviewer of the media revealed that the product was valid without revision. the total average score of the validity of product design was 3.87, which was a very high validity. one-to-one evaluation the questionnaire consisted of 22 items was distributed to 3 students in one-to-one evaluation to determine the practicality of the product. the score of practicality obtained in one to one evaluation was 3.69, which was very high practical. the results of questionnaire were presented in table 4. table 4. result of questionnaire in one-to one evaluation aspect n o statement average score remarks the match between materials and students’ characteristics 1 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are suitable for my age. 4.00 very high practicality 2 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are suitable for my english proficiency. 3.67 very high practicality 3 i am excited to learn the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia because i learn and feel entertained at the same time. 3.67 very high practicality materials presentation 4 materials presentation in the interactive multimedia is clear and understandable. 3.67 very high practicality 5 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are presented in a good sequence so that they are not confusing. 3.67 very high practicality effectiveness and efficiency of the product 6 i can operate the interactive multimedia well without assistance. 3.33 very high practicality 7 i can use the interactive multimedia to learn at home or anywhere. 4.00 very high practicality 8 learning recount text by using the interactive multimedia can save my learning time. 3.66 very high practicality evaluation 9 the directions in evaluation are clear and understandable. 3.33 very high practicality 10 questions item in the evaluation are clear and understandable. 3.33 very high practicality 11 the number of question items in the evaluation are sufficient. 4.00 very high practicality 12 the forms of question in the evaluation are various. 4.00 very high practicality attractiveness of 13 i enjoy using the interactive multimedia in learning to read english recount texts. 4.00 very high practicality novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 272 interactive multimedia 14 the interactive multimedia makes me motivated to learn english recount texts. 3.67 very high practicality 15 the interactive multimedia attract my attention in learning materials of english recount texts. 3.67 very high practicality 16 i am more interested in learning english about recount text by using the interactive multimedia than learning it by using conventional method without technology. 3.67 very high practicality 17 learning by using the interactive multimedia is not boring. 4.00 very high practicality 18 doing the computer-based evaluation is exciting, easy, and time and energy saving. 3.67 very high practicality media quality 19 the use of navigation (buttons) in the interactive multimedia is very helpful to operate the interactive multimedia. 3.67 very high practicality 20 font, pictures, narration, and animation in the interactive multimedia are in line with the instructional materials. 3.00 high practicality 21 text, pictures, narration, and animations in the interactive multimedia are in line with the instructional materials. 3.33 very high practicality 22 colors used in the interactive multimedia are interesting and well-synchronized. 3.67 very high practicality average score 3.69 very high practicality after determining the practicality of the product using a questionnaire, the writers also conducted an informal interview with the students in the one to one evaluation to get their responses and comments toward the developed product to find out its strength and weaknesses. the result of students’ comments were: (1) the interactive multimedia was very interesting and colorful, lots of animations and images, and supported with relaxing music that does not interfere with concentration, (2) the recount texts was suitable enough with my field, and (3) the feedbacks were good and able to respond well and i could use the product at home independently. small group evaluation a questionnaire consisted of 22 items was distributed to 9 students in small group evaluation to determine the practicality. the students’ average score was evaluated and then interpreted into practicality categorization. the average score was 3.65, which was in very high category of practicality. the practicality level was presented in table 5. table 5. results of questionnaire in small group evaluation aspect no statement average score remarks the match between materials and students’ characteristi cs 1 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are suitable for my age. 3.44 very high practicality 2 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are suitable for my english proficiency. 3.33 very high practicality 3 i am excited to learn the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia because i learn and feel entertained at the same time. 3.56 very high practicality materials presentation 4 materials presentation in the interactive multimedia is clear and understandable. 3.67 very high practicality 5 the recount text materials in the interactive multimedia are presented in a good sequence so that they are not confusing. 3.56 very high practicality effectivenes s and 6 i can operate the interactive multimedia well without assistance. 3.44 very high practicality english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 273 efficiency of the product 7 i can use the interactive multimedia to learn at home or anywhere. 3.89 very high practicality 8 learning recount text by using the interactive multimedia can save my learning time. 3.67 very high practicality evaluation 9 the directions in evaluation are clear and understandable. 3.78 very high practicality 10 questions item in the evaluation are clear and understandable. 3.67 very high practicality 11 the number of question items in the evaluation are sufficient. 3.67 very high practicality 12 the forms of question in the evaluation are various. 3.56 very high practicality attractivene ss of interactive multimedia 13 i enjoy using the interactive multimedia in learning to read english recount texts. 3.67 very high practicality 14 the interactive multimedia makes me motivated to learn english recount texts. 3.78 very high practicality 15 the interactive multimedia attract my attention in learning materials of english recount texts. 3.67 very high practicality 16 i am more interested in learning english about recount text by using the interactive multimedia than learning it by using conventional method without technology. 3.67 very high practicality 17 learning by using the interactive multimedia is not boring. 3.33 very high practicality 18 doing the computer-based evaluation is exciting, easy, and time and energy saving. 3.89 very high practicality media quality 19 the use of navigation (buttons) in the interactive multimedia is very helpful to operate the interactive multimedia. 3.89 very high practicality 20 font, pictures, narration, and animation in the interactive multimedia are in line with the instructional materials. 3.56 high practicality 21 text, pictures, narration, and animations in the interactive multimedia are in line with the instructional materials. 3.78 very high practicality 22 colors used in the interactive multimedia are interesting and well-synchronized. 3.89 very high practicality average score 3.65 very high practicality after the test was conducted, the questionnaire of an informal interview in the small group evaluation was also distributed to get students’ comments on the developed interactive multimedia of recount text. the result of students’ comments were: (1) the students knew the learning objectives of they learned; they mentioned that they learned about kinds recount text and the generic structure of recount text, (2) the students felt challenged in learning the materials due to the feedbacks, picture animation, video and including the difficult evaluation, (3) the students mentioned that they could independently use the product at home due to interactive multimedia that related to the computer was their field, and (4) the students felt interested and motivated to learn recount text by using interactive multimedia. evaluation phase field test the field test evaluation was intended to know the potential effect of the developed interactive multimedia of recount text. in this phase, the field test was conducted in one meeting within 90 minutes. it involved a real class of the tenth-grade students of one vsh in palembang consisting of 35 students. from the result of the students’ scores in the reading comprehension test, there were 2 students (5.71%) who obtained score below the minimum mastery criterion which was 71. the rest of the students, 33 students (94.28%) obtained the score novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 274 above the minimum mastery criterion. the total students’ mean score in the field test was 81.37. after the data were analyzed, the result of the students’ scores was interpreted by using the criteria of mastery percentage of universitas sriwijaya (2012) in order to know the level of the potential effect of the product. the results indicated that: 10 students out of 35 students obtained very high category level (86-100), 23 students btained high category level (71-85), only 2 students obtained average category level (56-70), and no students scored below the low category (41-55) nor very low category (0-40). in addition, the result of a field test of 35 students revealed that 33 students obtained scores above the average and only 2 students obtained average scores based on mastery percentage categorization. in conclusion, the developed interactive multimedia of recount text had a potential effect and the students’ average scores were at the criteria of mastery percentage (71-85) in the high category of mastery level. however, of the 2 students who achieved grades below average were influenced by several factors during the final evaluation process. based on the teacher's observations and the questionnaire results of student responses to the interactive multimedia learning in the recount text, it was found that (1) these students did not like learning english, (2) they did not understand the presentation of material in interactive multimedia, and (3) they felt anxious while answering questions because the time allocation was limited on the media screen. the result of students score on the reading comprehension test can be seen in figure 1 below. figure 1. students’ score on the reading comprehension test conclusion based on the findings, some conclusions were drawn. first, the developed interactive multimedia of recount text in multimedia content was valid in terms of its content (english), construct (instructional design), and media (technology). its validity average score, based on three expert reviews was 3.71 indicating that the developed product had very high validity. second, the developed interactive multimedia of recount text in multimedia content was practical. the practicality score was 3.69 in the one-to-one evaluation and 3.65 in small group evaluation which was at a very high level of practicality. at last, the developed interactive multimedia of recount text in multimedia content had a potential effect on students’ achievement. since the number of students reaching the intended result score was 94.28%. it can be concluded that the potential effect of the product was at a very high level of mastery. references akker, j. v. d. (1999). principle and method of development research. london in j. akker, j.v.d., branch, r. m., gustafson, k., nieveen n., & plomp , t. (eds), design methodology and development research (1-14). dordrechi: kluwer academic publisher. aldoobie, n. (2015). addie model. american international journal of contemporary research, 5(6), 68-72. azizah, n., inderawati, r., & vianty, m. (2021). dveloping descriptive reading materials in efl classes by utilizing the local culture. studies in english language and education, 8(2), pp.596621. burns, m. k., & parker, d. c. (2014). instructional level for reading interventions: using the instructional level as a criterion to target reading interventions, minnesota center for reading research. usa: university of minnesota, minneapolis, minnesota. cheung, l. (2016). using the addie model of instruction design. journal of biomedical education, 1-6. doi: org/10.1155/2016/95029502572. dick, w., carey, l., & carey, j. o. (2005). the systematic design of instruction (6th ed.). florida: pearson. diem, c. d., mirizon, s., & sitinjak, m. d. (2018). students’ critical thinking and reading literacy: education levels, departments, grades, and gender. (unpublished research report), inderalaya: lppm, sriwijaya university. directorate general of vocational high school guidance (direktorat pembinaan sekolah menengah kejuruan). (2017). strategi implementasi revitalisasi smk melalui bilingual http://sx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/95029502572 http://sx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/95029502572 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 9, issue 2, june 2021 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 275 learning ecosystem. jakarta: direktorat pembinaan sekolah menengah kejuruan. elviana, r., inderawati, r., & mirizon, s. (2020). developing interactive multimedia for teaching descriptive texts based on palembang local culture. indonesian efl journal, 6(1), pp. 19-26. inderawati, r., agusta, o. l., & sitinjak, mgrt. dinar. (2018). the potential effect of developed reader response strategy-based mobile reading for students’ establishing character and comprehension achievement. ijie (indonesian journal of indormatics education), 2(2). indriyani. (2016). developing local content-based instructional pictorial reading materials for tenth graders at sma n 3 oku baturaja (unpublished magister’s thesis). palembang, sriwijaya university. jayanti., e. d. (2015). developing reading learning materials for the grade x students of computer engineering and networking program at smkn 1 pundong in the academic year of 2014/2015 (s1 thesis, uny, yogyakarta). retrieved from http://epri-nts.uny.ac.id/id/eprint/27897. jennings, j. h., caldwell, j., & lerner, j. (2001). jennings informal reading assessment. in reading problems: assessment and teaching strategies (5th ed, appendix d). retrieved from https://www.google.com/url?ablongman.comric hek_appd. leow, f. t., & neo, m. (2014). interactive multimedia learning: innovating classroom education in a malaysia university. tojet: the turkish online journal of eduacation technology, 13(2), 99110. maspufah, m. (2019). improving students' reading comprehension by using reciprocal teaching strategy. j-shmic: journal of english for academic, 6(1), 26-32. retrieved from http://doi.org/10.25299/jshmic.2019.vol6(1).2649 mcgriff, s.j. (2000). instructional system design (isd): using addie model. penn state: collect of education meliawati, k., nitiasih, p. k., & budasi, i. g. (2014). developing blended learning based reading materials for the tenth grade multimedia students of smk wira harapan. jurnal pendidikan bahasa inggris indonesia, 2(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.23887/jpbi.v2i1.1098. ministry of education and culture (2013). peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan nomor 54/2013 tentang standar komptensi lulusan pendidikan dasar dan menengah (the minister of education and culture regulation number 54/2013 on competency standards of graduates for primary and secondary school). jakarta: biro hukum dan organisasi kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. ministry of education and culture (menteri pendidikan nasional dan kebudayaan republik indonesia). (2016). peraturan menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan nomor 21 tahun 2016 tentang standar isi pendidikan dasar dan menengah (the minister of education and culture regulation number 21/2016 on content standards for primary and secondary school). jakarta: biro hukum dan organisasi kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. nasir, m. (2018). pemanfaatan teknologi dalam pembelajaran di era revolusi industri 4.0. (1-33). menteri riset, teknologi dan pendidikan tinggi. noho, h. fatsah, h., & talib, r. (2018). developing supplementary english reading materials for vocational high school. international journal of humanities and innovation (ijhi), 1(2), 3844. doi:10.33750/ijhi.v 1i2.12. oecd. (2013). pisa 2012 results: what students know and can do students’ performance in mathematics, reading and science. retrieved from http://www. oecd,org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-resultsvolume-i.pdf. oecd. (2015). pisa 2015: result in focus. retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/pisa-2015results-in-focus.pdf. ozdemir, e. c., & akyol, h. (2019). the development of a reading comprehension test. universal journal of education research, 7(2), 563-570. doi: 10.13189/ujer.2019.070229. petrus, i. (2012). english language teaching in higher education: an english course design at a state university (doctoral dissertation, graduate school of indonesia university of education, bandung). puspita, f. k. d., sukmaantara. p., & santihastuti, a. (2016). developing esp reading materials by using authentic materials for automotive students at smkn 2 jember. journal of international seminar and workshop on elt. retrieved from http://www.google.com/url?.unej.ac.id%2findex. php. puspitasari, m. a. (2011). developing english learning materials for the eleventh-grade students of the multimedia department at smkn 1 godean, sleman (s1 thesis, fbs uny, yogyakarta). retrieved from http://eprints.uny.ac.id/id /eprint/41161. raharja, e. (2016). developing english learning materials for the eleventh graders of multimedia study program at smk n 2 sewon in the first semester of the academic year of 2015/2016. english language teaching journal, 5. http://eprints.uny.ac.id/id/eprint/27897 https://www.google.com/url?ablongman.comrichek_appd https://www.google.com/url?ablongman.comrichek_appd http://doi.org/10.25299/jshmic.2019.vol6(1).2649 https://doi.org/10.23887/jpbi.v2i1.1098 http://www/ http://www.oecd,org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-i.pdf http://www.oecd,org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-i.pdf https://www.google.com/url?.unej.ac.id%2findex.php https://www.google.com/url?.unej.ac.id%2findex.php http://eprints.uny.ac.id/id/eprint/41161 novita sari, soni mirizon, & rita inderawati developing learning media of recount texts for vocational high school students 276 sarmneto, s. & bocorny, a. e. (2018). english for specific purposes (esp). retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328964 474. sopian, s., inderawati, r., & petrus, i. (2019). developinge-learning based local-folklores for eighth graders. english review: journal of english education, 8(1). tessmer, m. (1993). planning and conducting the formative evaluation. philadelphia, pa: kogan page. universitas sriwijaya. (2012). buku pedoman fakultas keguruan dan ilmu pendidikan universitas sriwijaya 2012/2013. inderalaya: universitas sriwijaya. wao, j. s. j. (2016). multimedia questionnaire. retrieved from: https://www.scribd.com/document/331801849/questionnaire https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328964474 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328964474 english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 211 pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall) alfi hidayatu miqawati department of english study program, language, communication and tourism, politeknik negeri jember, indonesia e-mail: alfi_hidayatu@polije.ac.id apa citation: miqawati, a. h. (2020). pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall). english review: journal of english education, 8(2), 211-218. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v8i2.2118. received: 29-01-2020 accepted: 20-03-2020 published: 01-06-2020 abstract: a mobile application, tflat english pronunciation, is proposed in the teaching of pronunciation for it possesses features that can assist students when learning how to enunciate english words and identify english phonemic symbols. thus, this study presents the results of the implementation of tflat english pronunciation mobile courseware to gain the ability of the first semester students of english study program politeknik negeri jember in pronouncing english words. this study is a collaborative classroom action research. thirty students enrolling in pronunciation class at english study program politeknik negeri jember were taken as the source of data. the result showed that the materials and practices in tflat courseware could enrich students' pronunciation learning, improve their participation, and nurture a positive attitude toward technological learning. the findings of this study also depict the potential and power of mobile assisted language learning (mall) to encourage students to engage in classroom activities and monitor their learning. hence, it can be concluded that mall is pivotal and can be one alternative to facilitate students’ pronunciation learning. keywords: pronunciation; participation; positive attitude; tflat english pronunciation; mall. introduction mastery of a language, including foreign languages and in this case english provides many benefits in various aspects and fields. moreover, globalization encourages everyone to be able to speak good english to create smooth and meaningful communication. however, to possess communication skills, one needs to go through contextual learning and training activities because communication itself involves complex processes including understanding, speaking, and listening systematically and continuously (ahmad, 2016). many experts have highlighted the importance of pronunciation in communication. pronunciation becomes a major aspect of understanding and interpreting speakers' intentions and spoken language and speakers can be considered unintelligible if they have poor pronunciation (reed & lewis, 2019; pennington & rogerson-revell, 2019; nair, krishnasamy & de mello, 2017). in the teaching of english as a foreign language in indonesia, many teachers still focus more on teaching grammar than pronunciation. the students are exposed to master lexical aspects and construct linguistic structure flawlessly but not to pronounce english expressions accurately and the teaching of pronunciation is overlooked, implicitly taught and often neglected (silalahi, 2016; haryanto, 2015; widagsa, wiyanah, & wahyuni, 2019) to investigate learners' proficiency in english pronunciation, the researcher conducted a preliminary study on the first-year students of the english study program at politeknik negeri jember. it was found out that the students’ english pronunciation ability was unsatisfactory. most of them could not achieve the minimum standard passing criterion, 65 (c). furthermore, in the teaching and learning process, the students showed a low degree of participation and motivation in pronouncing english words and utterances. the difficulties were due to several factors including students' low interest, limited vocabulary storage, first encounter with studying a language component (pronunciation) separately, and diffidence, colorless teaching strategy, and monotonous instructional media. among those factors, the instructional media were considered one of the most vital problems since the teaching of pronunciation needs instructional media so that the students can contextualize what they are learning and acquire it better and faster. to make the learning of pronunciation more mailto:alfi_hidayatu@polije.ac.id alfi hidayatu miqawati pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall) 212 effective and interesting and to strive for intelligible and comprehensible speech, afshari & ketabi 2016) emphasize the need for teaching pronunciation to gain full communicative competence and the importance of incorporating the findings of other disciplines, such as psychology, nlp, and technology. the use of many technological devices and softwares in the teaching of english has gained much attention in the recent decade. the implementation of mobile assissted language learning (mall) has contributed siginificantly toward students’ success in learning. according to kumar, wotto, & bélanger (2018), mall is a powerful method for engaging learners on their own terms. klimova (2019) also stated that studying by using smartphones is effective in the enhancement of university students’ performance and can be a complementary method to other forms of course delivery. more advantages of mobile learning are also highlighted by hosseini, ezzadeen, & alhazmi (2015) that it can promote an enhanced understanding of material content, costeffectiveness, game learning, and informal learning. students also perceive mobile learning as a challenging and motivating activity (novawan, aisyiyah, wijayanti, miqawati, indrastana, 2019). many studies have also addressed the effectiveness of mobile phones in language teaching and learning. liu, lu & lai (2016) analyze 24 journal articles in order to examine developments and trends in mall. they claimed that mall approach is beneficial present some challenges to users, academics, and teachers. however, they suggested that more research is needed to further investigate the communication that occurs among learners with the use of various mobile devices, and their developments of various cognitive learning domains. in relation with the use of mobile phones, android-based applications or platforms have provided empirical results for assisting students’ in learning english pronunciation. arashnia & shahrokhi (2016) conducted an experimental study about the use of mobile learning application and they found out that students taught english pronuciation using mobile phone application outperformed those who were taught using ordinary methods (without mobile phones). liu, xu, li, han, chen, mo, chen & liu (2019) carried out a study about automatic speech recognition (asr) technology in english pronunciation correction. the findings showed that asr technology can help chinese english learners improve their english pronunciation. sufi & shalmani (2018) also found out that one courseware namely “tflat” could improve greatly the pronunciation ability of the students. the courseware contains complete materials and exercises for students to practice and assess their english pronunciation. in the recent five years, more applications are implemented and developed to increse students’ the motivation and make learning easier and more enjoyable, cure and prevent their fossilization of english pronunciation errors. and improve their overall english pronunciation and intonation (liu, zhu, jiao & xu, 2019; cavus, 2016; mutqiyyah & muhammad, 2016). considering the positive effect and complete features of tflat to the teaching of pronunciation and the need of the students to improve their english pronunciation, the researcher conducted a study on the implementation of tflat english pronunciation mobile courseware to enhance the ability of the first semester students of c-class english study program politeknik negeri jember in pronouncing english words. method after identifying the problem through the preliminary study, the researcher conducted a collaborative classroom action research (ccar) in c–class (semester 1) of english study program politeknik negeri jember which has 28 students. this design is called ccar because 1) is done by teaching practitioners or lecturers who teach in class, 2) is applied collaboratively, and 3) aims to change a thing/overcome the problems of students in the classroom. the collaborator in this study was a lecturer who teaches pronunciation course. the lecturer was equipped with explanations and training before the teaching media implementation. during the learning process, the researcher filled in the field notes and the list of observations with factual data of what happened during and after the learning process. the research aims to provide a new and practical way for elf/esl learners to improve english pronunciation as well as provide a new mode of english pronunciation teaching for relevant educators. planning at this stage, the researcher and collaborator jointly designed lesson plans, handouts, worksheets, and instruments dealing with the implementation of tflat english pronunciation. english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 213 the application was chosen because it has complete activities that cover many language skills and provides ample information on how to articulate each vowel, diphthong, and consonant. besides, once the application is downloaded, it can be accessed anytime and anywhere without any internet connection (offline android application). implementing the procedure of teaching was implemented in cclass of english study program (first semester) – politeknik negeri jember. there were several steps covered during the teaching and learning process. first, the students were explained how to articulate the vowels and consonants while checking the detail information and examples in tflat english pronunciation mobile courseware. second, they practiced pronouncing the words. in this step, the teacher checked each student’s accuracy in articulating the sounds and helped the students to overcome their difficulties when learning. third, they had the sound details and checked whether they pronounced the words accurately or not while identifying their problems when pronouncing the words. fourth, they recorded their voices and identified the pronunciation accuracy in the application. to gain optimum mastery, they also did the reading, writing, and listening parts in the application. the implementation stage was conducted in seven meetings. observing in this step, the researcher observed the results of tflat english pronunciation implementation. two kinds of data were collected; numerical data and verbal data. the numerical data were obtained from the students' pronunciation scores. meanwhile, the results of the observation checklist, field notes, and open-ended questionnaire represent the verbal data. there were four instruments implemented in this study; questionnaire, observation checklist, field notes, and a test. the questionnaire was used to know the students’ opinions toward the implementation of tflat english pronunciation. in addition, the field note was used to find out the strengths and weaknesses of the application implementation. meanwhile, to monitor the students’ the students’ participation and performance during the teaching and learning process, the observation checklist was employed. the last instrument employed was a test administered after the students were taught using an android-based application. table 1 shows the students’ involvement description while table 2 shows the pronunciation scoring rubric. table 1. students’ involvement description no categories description 1 very poor < 20% participate 2 poor 20% 40% participate 3 fair 41% 60% participate 4 good 61% 80% participate 5 very good 81% 100% participate table 2. pronunciation scoring rubric aspects poor (0-1 point) fair (2-3 points) good (3-5 points) dimension student makes little or no effort to enunciate and articulate in the target language. the student has errors in pronunciation, some effort in articulation in the target language. the student makes minor or no errors in pronunciation, great articulation in the target language with expression. (adapted from http://www.rcampus.com/rubricshowc.cfm?code=f6w345&sp=true) reflecting this stage involves a result analysis of the action implemented in the first cycle. the analysis was conducted by analyzing the students' learning performance and the teaching and learning process. the results were compared with the predetermined criteria of success. if one of the indicators of the criteria was not reached, the researcher would carry out the second cycle by revising the planning stage. however, if the results were appropriate, the researcher would immediately conclude the research results. table 3 contains information about the criteria of success in this study. alfi hidayatu miqawati pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall) 214 table 3. criteria of success components criteria of success data source instrument participation 90% of the students are engaged actively in the teaching and learning process. 90% of the students have positive attitudes. the students’ involvement in the classroom activities questionnaire observation checklist field notes learning performance 100% of the students obtain a minimum passing score of 66 (c) the scores of pronunciation accuracy pronunciation test results and discussion the findings of the study include the students’ involvement, the students’ opinion toward the implemented media, and the students’ pronunciation score. students’ involvement in the classroom activities to obtain data about the students’involvement in the implementation of tflat english pronunciation mobile courseware, the observer used observation checklists and fieldnotes. the findings showed a satisfying result for the expected outcome. the summary of the students’ involvement is presented in table 4. the information about the students’ involvement was obtained from analyzing the observation checklist and field notes. from the data obtained, the observer also pinpointed some findings related to the students'involvement. in meeting 1, two points were considered as the strengths and one point as the weakness. the students were enthusiastic to pay attention to the lecturer and directly downloaded the application. since it was their very first time learning pronunciation, they were amazed at the features provided in the application. the students admitted that they have never known the application. when they opened the application, they could find buttons for short vowels, long vowels, double vowels (diphthongs), voiced and voiceless consonants. all students explored every single feature in the application vivaciously. the weakness found was that two students used iphone and could not download the application. the lecturer lent him her mobile phone so that he could get engaged in the classroom activities. they identified their problems after the class and succeeded in downloading and operating the application. table 3. summary of the students’ involvement meeting activity % of ss’ involvement interpretation 1 exploring the application features and manuals 93 very good 2 utilizing the application (short vowels) 97 very good 3 utilizing the application (long vowels) 93 very good 4 utilizing the application (voiced consonants) 93 very good 5 utilizing the application (voiceless consonants) 100 very good 6 utilizing the application (other consonants) 100 very good 7 pronunciation test 100 class’ average involvement 96,6 very good several more strengths were also noted in meetings 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. when utilizing the application, students learned the materials provided in the application like understanding how the sounds are articulated and practiced articulating the sounds accurately. in each meeting, all students are involved except students who did not attend the class. since the application does not need any internet connection after being downloaded, the students could access it smoothly. in addition, the students adapted themselves fast with the application. the problem found in the meeting was several students hardly succeeded in articulating the intended sounds because they are not accustomed to articulating them or got confused as they sound similar to them. they also got difficulties in identifying and distinguishing symbols of the vowels, diphthongs, and consonants, especially when they did the listening and writing parts in the application. the observer suggested the lecturer tell the students to have more practice at home or every time they have spare time. before the test, the students were given information related to the test to be administered so that they were prepared for the english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 215 test. the observer did not find anything to pinpoint during the administration of the test. huang, yang, chiang, & su (2016) noted that mobile learning tool gain more superior results in term of students’ participation and motivation. in other words, it can be concluded that mall provides opportunities for students to actively participate in every classroom activity. students’ opinion toward the implementation of tflat english pronunciation the students expressed their opinion through the distributed questionnaire that showed that all of them enjoyed learning using the application. they also mentioned that the application was very useful in assisting them to learn how to pronounce words. it also gives them a new way of learning and optimizes the use of their gadgets. it corresponds positively with findings of studies conducted by ghounane (2019); saidouni & bahloul (2016); thomas & munoz (2016); and white & mills (2014) that students showed positive attitudes towards the introduction and integration of mobile technology in language learning and any classroom activities. students’ achievement the last criterion of success determined was the students’ learning performance. all students (30 students) needed to gain scores of more than 66. when converted, the needed to gain at least a c. c score was also the minimum requirement to pass the pronunciation class. after the test administration, the data obtained from the writing test showed that 30 students achieved the target score, 66. thus, it had met the criterion of success related to the students’ learning achievement. the findings showed that the use of tflat english pronunciation courseware could promote the students' ability in pronouncing english words. the improvement was gained through the materials in the application and the teacher’s guidance during classroom activities. each menu in the courseware provides an ample overview and practices to help students pronounce words accurately. the finding of this study is in line with those of arashnia & shahrokhi (2016) and kim & kwon (2012) that giving instruction through mobile phones can help students learn pronunciation effectively and mobile applications are also effective to provide students individualized and student-centered learning opportunity. that mobile assisted language learning (mall) can enhance students' language skills and knowledge has been proven by other findings in the previous studies. in line with what the researcher found regarding mobile learning and language proficiency improvement, burston (2015) pinpointed the learning outcomes of the implementations of mall are unquestionably positive. the optimum result of the implementation is also supported by the teacher’s roles during the teaching and learning activities. in this study, the teacher actively aided the students in their effort of enunciating english words. thus, the fact that mobile learning does not work solely to enhance students’ language ability cannot be neglected. burston (2015) supported this notion that the implementation of mall should focus more on how technology is manipulated to affect achievement, not attribute learning gain to the technology. ample models and examples are given to help students identify the sound and practice of pronouncing vowels and diphthongs. the screen display is attractive and the navigation buttons are simple and easy to access. cavus (2016), who developed an intelligent mobile application for english pronunciation teaching, also mentioned that this kind of mobile application features can make learning easier and more enjoyable than the traditional learning methods. during learning, students could access the mobile application and asked questions whenever they found problems and difficulties and the teacher addressed them directly. every learning activity utilizing the courseware required students' active engagement. passive students could be more active and engaged in the learning process without any hesitance and anxiety and it is in line with miqawati and wijayanti (2017) argument that mall enables students to be actively involved in the classroom pronunciation activities. besides being more involved in the teaching and learning process, the students perceived positively toward the implementation of tflat courseware. thus, it can be concluded that the implementation of mobile-assisted language learning can promote the students’ participation and positive attitude toward learning and it pointed out what is suggested by kukulska-hulme (2006) that mobile devices are representative for language learning purposes, two of which are for personal engagement and interaction as well as communication. alfi hidayatu miqawati pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall) 216 conclusion the implementation of tflat english pronunciation courseware can enhance the students' learning performance, boost their involvement in classroom activities, and promote a positive attitude toward the potentials of mobile technology in language learning. the findings of the study presented here showed a promising model of language teaching to adult learners using a mobile application. the findings of this study also depict the potential and power of mobile assisted language learning (mall) to encourage students to engage in classroom activities and monitor their own learning. more exploration and experiment on the potentials of mobile-assisted learning media are eminently encouraged. references teaching of pronunciation in the esl classroom afshari, s., & ketabi, s. (2017). current trends and future directions in teaching english pronunciation. international journal of research studies in language learning, 6(2), 83-91. arashnia, m., & shahrokhi, m. (2016). mobile assisted language learning: english pronunciation among iranian pre-intermediate efl learners. journal of applied linguistics and language research, 3(4), 149-162. burston, j. (2015). twenty years of mall project implementation: a meta-analysis of learning outcomes. recall, 27(1), 4-20. cavus, n. (2016). development of an intellegent mobile application for teaching english pronunciation. procedia computer science, 102, 365-369. ghounane, n. (2019). the attitudes of second year efl students at dr moulay tahar university towards learning english pronunciation through mobile assisted language. arab world english journal (awej), 5(special issue on call), 110123. haryanto, e. (2015). teachers’corrective feedback on students’pronunciation at the daffodils english course kampung inggris pare indonesia. linguists: journal of linguistics and language teaching, 2(2), 78-82. hosseini, ebrahim s., ezzadeen, k., & alhazmi, a. (2015). acquiring knowledge through mobile applications. international journal of interactive mobile technologies, 9(3), 71-74. huang, c. s., yang, s. j., chiang, t. h., & su, a. y. (2016). effects of situated mobile learning approach on learning motivation and performance of efl students. journal of educational technology & society, 19(1), 263-276. kim, h., & kwon, y. (2012). exploring smartphone applications for effective mobile-assisted language learning. multimedia-assisted language learning, 15(1), 31-57. klimova, b. (2019). impact of mobile learning on students’ achievement results. education sciences, 9(2), 90. doi: 10.3390/educsci9020090. kukulska-hulme, a. (2006). mobile language learning now and in the future. in svensson, p. (ed.), from vision to practice: language learning and it. sweden: swedish net university, 295-310. kumar, b. s., wotto, m., & bélanger, p. (2018). elearning, m-learning and d-learning: conceptual definition and comparative analysis. e-learning and digital media, 15(4), 191–216. liu, g. z., lu, h. c., & lai, c. t. (2016). towards the construction of a field: the developments and implications of mobile assisted language learning (mall). digital scholarship in the humanities, 31(1), 164-180. liu, x., xu, m., li, m., han, m., chen, z., mo, y., chen, x., & liu, m. (2019). improving english pronunciation via automatic speech recognition technology. international journal of innovation and learning, 25(2), 126-140. liu, x., zhu, c., jiao, j., & xu, m. (2018, july). promoting english pronunciation via mobile devices-based automatic speech evaluation (ase) technology. international conference on blended learning (pp. 333-343). springer, cham. miqawati, a. h., & wijayanti, f. (2017). optimalisasi penggunaan flashcards melalui mall (mobile assisted language learning) pada pengajaran pronunciation (optimizing the use of flashcards through mall (mobile assisted language learning) in teaching pronunciation). prosiding. mutqiyyah, r., & muhammad, a. f. (2016). developing mobile app of english pronunciation test using android studio. 2016 international electronics symposium (ies), 487-492. nair, r., krishnasamy, r., & de mello, g. (2017). rethinking the. the english teacher, 14. novawan, a., aisyiyah, s., wijayanti, f., miqawati, a. h., & indrastana, n. s. (2019). investigating students’ mall experience in light of an ecological perspective. journal of english in academic and professional communication, 5(2). pardede, p. (2018). improving efl students’ english pronunciation by using the explicit teaching approach. jet (journal of english teaching), 4(3), 143-155. pennington, m. c., & rogerson-revell, p. (2019). english pronunciation teaching and research. londres: palgrave macmillan, 10, 978-988. reed, m., & levis, j. (2019). the handbook of english pronunciation. new york: john wiley & sons. saidouni, k., & bahloul, a. (2016). teachers and students’ attitudes towards using mobile-assisted language learning in higher education. arab world english journal (awej), 3(special issue on call). english review: journal of english education volume 8, issue 2, june 2020 p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 217 sharples, m., & spikol, d. (2017). mobile learning. in: duval e., sharples m., sutherland r. (eds), technology enhanced learning. springer, cham. silalahi, r. m. p. (2016). pronunciation problems of indonesian efl learners: an error analysis. journal of english language and culture, 6(2), 163-176. sufi, e., & shalmani, h. b. (2018). the effects of tflat pronunciation training in mall on the pronunciation ability of iranian efl learners. european journal of foreign language teaching, 3(2), 87-103. thomas, k., & munoz, m.a. (2016). hold the phone! high school students’ perception of mobile phone integration in the classroom. american secondary education, 44(3), 19-37. white, j., & mills, d. j. (2014). examining attitudes towards and usage of smartphone technology among japanese university students studying efl. call-ej, 15(2), 1-15. widagsa, r., wiyanah, s., & wahyuni, p. (2019). the influence of indonesian prosodic features on english word stress production. english review: journal of english education, 7(2), 77-84. yudhiantara, r. a., & saehu, a. (2017). mobileassisted language learning (mall) in indonesian islamic higher education. ijeltal (indonesian journal of english language teaching and applied linguistics), 2(1), 21-31. alfi hidayatu miqawati pronunciation learning, participation, and attitude enhancement through mobile assisted language learning (mall) 218 english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 565 the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text iskandar rosyidin politeknik negeri sriwijaya palembang email: iskandarrosyidin_7317157770@mhs.unj.ac.id nurrudin department of applied linguistics, universitas negeri jakarta email: nuruddin.unj@unj.ac.id ratna dewanti department of applied linguistics, universitas negeri jakarta email: rdewanti@unj.ac.id apa citation: rosyidin, i., nurrudin., & dewanti, r. (2022). the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text. english review: journal of english education, 10(2), 565-578. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v10i2.6259. received: 02-02-2022 accepted: 28-04-2022 published: 30-06-2022 introduction the objective of reading is related to reading comprehension. comprehension is related to knowledge gained after reading in order that readers are able to relate new things after reading the problems. this research is aimed at finding out the differences in students’ comprehension of english reading text using the pbl and the tbl models. this research recommends the revision of taxonomy bloom as a way of determining the standard of level in comprehension. they are remembering, understanding, applying, analyzing, evaluating, and creating which the first three levels refer to low critical thinking and the other three belong to high critical thinking. it means that when we are teaching reading, it is recommended to have any strategies or models which are appropriate to use in order to gain better or maximum achievement. supriyadi, mayuni, & lustyantie (2019) in their paper found that the language learning model gives positive effects on the students’ comprehension. there have been so many strategies or models offered and applied but so far experiments are always done to fit what reading comprehension with what model is best to use. one of them is by singh (2019) who wanted to find the effectiveness of implementing a metacognitive strategy training approach in second language reading instruction to a japanese female participant. the result was that there was a significant improvement in scores of reading comprehension so he concluded that abstract: this research entitles the effect of problem-based learning model (pbl) on the students’ comprehension of the english reading text. it is aimed at finding out the differences in students’ comprehension of english reading text using the pbl and the tbl models. the methodology used was an experimental method in which there were two groups available. the first group was an experimental group that was treated using the pbl model and the second group was a control group that was treated using the tbl model. the learning models were applied to find out the one which had the greatest effect on the students’ achievement in english reading comprehension. since the subject delivered was reading iv, the sampling technique used was purposive sampling, the sample chosen was students of semester iv, english department of state polytechnics of sriwijaya. based on the result of two-way analysis of variance or anova ab on the level of significance of α = 0,05, it is found that fhitung = 4,555 dan ftabel (0,05;1:40) = 4,08. based on the value of significance on the table of tests of between-subjects effects on line a that if it is less than 0.05, the result of the test is significant. in the table of 4.12, the sig value for line a was 0.039, less than 0.05. then it is concluded that students treated using the pbl model were far higher in english reading text comprehension compared to those who were treated using the tbl model. keywords: students’ comprehension; english reading texts; pbl model; tbl model. iskandar rosyidin, nurrudin, & ratna dewanti the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text 566 comprehension in reading can be gained through a metacognitive strategy training approach. macadangdang (2019) then recommended in the finding of her research that problem-solving (as one of the characteristics of a problem-based model) was successful in increasing students’ skills of identifying important details, writing summary, analyzing and making interpretation on the text. it indicates that the students’ reading comprehension was higly developed. pbl recommends some skills: 1. critical thinking, 2. the wise use of appropriate learning reseources, 3. small group work collaboration, 4. demonstration of communication skill verbally and in written, 5. use of knowledge and intellectual capability. then, arends (2012) acknowledged that pbl leads students to do problem solving, use high critical thinking and develop self confidence. for that, aliyu, fung, rashid, & nimehchisalem (2020) described in their findings that pbl was successfully led the students to critisely locate the opinions based on the discussion topic through the group interactions. arjuna & jufri (2016), any way, made research about the teaching of reading comprehension using pbl model. they wanted to increase the students’ skill in reading comprehension using pbl. their research fostered the same steps in pbl model with the current researcher but they did not compare it with the other model. single model they used recommended that pbl was effective for teaching reading comprehension. any way, they did not try to prove if pbl is more suggested to use compared to the other model. the researcher of this research tries to prove the more effective model to use in teaching reading comprehension between pbl and tbl. tbl has a purpose to strengthen the language acquisition to communicate, do some activities with the activity as the focus. in terms of characteristics, willis in rudd (2019) said that the concept of english language teaching using tblt could promote the use of language in students’ interaction and active participation. tbl negates language meaning and communication competency (chen, 2018). some researchers, through their researches, also recommend tbl as the model in teaching reading comprehension. one of them is the research done by gavel (2021). he used task-based in her research and teaching university students in the combination of using authentic materials in uzbekistan. it was proved that the activities made the students active and increased their critical thinking abilities. the class of reading comprehension became more effective. ahmed & lenchuk (2020), then, study to prove that tbl was effective to teach efl by using action research as the methodology. after some discussions and observasions, it was found that it was effective to increase students’ motivation and interest to actively involved in the teaching and learning process. critical thinking has a very strong influence to reading comprehension. fernando & bandara, (2020) recommended that in reviewing the literature of researches, critical thinking can be best promoted through the process of reading. then ardhian, ummah, anafiah, & rachmadtullah (2020) then stated that learning and understanding the very detail problem in a text needed reading comprehension. it shows that critical thinking skill like deductive and inductive reasonings, analysis, evaluation, and inference closely relate to skills needed in reading process. further, facione (2020) mentioned the 6 characteristics of critical thinking. they are interpretation, analysis, evaluation, inference, explanation, and self-regulated. in the form of the research, fatmawati, zubaidah, mahanal, & sutopo (2019) concluded in their article that critical thinking skills contributed much in learning outcomes that the teaching was very successful. in this research, any way, the researcher tries to search whether or not the two models have any interaction to each other with critical thinking. consequently, this research tries to answer the research questions or hypothesis as follow: (1) english reading text comprehension of students treated with pbl is higher than those who were treated using tbl. (2) there are some interactions among pbl, tbl, critical thinking towards the comprehension of english reading text. (3) in the class of student with high critical thinking, the students’ comprehension of english reading text of pbl students is higher than those who were treated using tbl. (4) in the class of student with low critical thinking, the students’ comprehension of english reading text of pbl students is lower than those who were treated using tbl. english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 567 there have been many researches dealing with the similar one done by the researcher. the followings are the state of the arts that could be presented. in the context of the tbl in asia schools, ji (2017) applied the model started elementary scools until universities. the variety of languages used and the big numbers of participants in each class (about 50 students) became problems along the application process of tbl model. the management improvement made tbl model contributed much in the great success of the application. it was concluded that tbl model was very effectively used in all levels in asia. in terms of tbl model done by the researher, the tbl model is purposely used in teaching reading comprehension and measured to test how effective it is compared to pbl model. in his study, lin (2017) proposed to examine the effect of pbl on the students who studied english reading comprehension through web-based english and their perceptions of pbl. the experiment was done to class using pbl strategy and to class using traditional strategy. students in the pbl class was directed by the problem and surveyed the internet to identify solutions. then, students in the traditional class were taught using the teacher lecture method. preand posttests, an instructional questionnaire, and self-reports were assigned to students in the two classes. the results showed that the pbl class was much more effective than the traditional class since the students in that class got much better mean scores than the the traditional one in english reading comprehension. besides, the questionnaire results showed that pbl helped students increase their active learning and synthesized their cognitive processing. it was concluded that pbl strategy for reading comprehension through web-based english was more effective than the traditional strategy. in researher’s study, the experiment compared the effectiveness of pbl and tbl, not the traditional strategy. adiantika & purnomo (2018) wanted to know whether tbl was effective and applicable in the subject of speaking in senior high school in kuningan. questionnaires and interviews were carried out in this qualitative study and there were several results found. 1. tbl provided some advantages for making students active in the process of teaching and learning and 2. tbl was successfully developing students’ abilities. on the other hand, there were also some difficulties using the tbl model when there were differences in time allocation, teachers’ and students’ proficiency at the english level. the difference with the researcer’s issue, the research also discusses pbl model to prove which one is more effective to use in reading comprehension lesson. aker, herrera, & daniel (2018) believed that problem-based learning and service leaning (pbsl) should be combined to provide instructional strategies to guide els to academic success in order to activate the skills identified by the partnership for 21st century skills. reflecting a studentcentered approach, we incorporate practice into the research process by illustrating a successful integration of pbsl into an esol learning environment in higher education and then highlight additional curricular opportunities for synthesizing pbsl at the elementary, middle, and high school levels. aker, in his research, promoted problembased and service learning to develop students’ skills in efl but did not clarify the certain subject skill to improve like listening, reading, speaking, or writing. azis (2018) specifically applied the tbl model at the high school level for speaking subjects using a quasi-experimental method. after comparing the results of the pre-test and post-test, it was found that the experimental group using tbl achieved better results than the traditional model. students are more confident and can speak english m ore clearly in public. this meant that tbl model is more effective. compared to the researcher’s discussion the tbl is not compared to traditional model, but pbl one. besides, contrary to the researher who uses reading subject in his experiment, azis did the experiment in speaking subject. the next research was done by hartman, renguette, & seig (2018), they tried to develop a program they called teacher-mentor by using pbl in their research in order to educate teachers to use pbl effectively in the classroom and to help teachers improve their own knowledge of pbl in united states classroom context. in their program, they used pbl to help teachers learn more about literacy and pbl. literacy learning for all students improves in classroom settings that take a cooperative, student-centered approach and they belived that pbl makes students involved in active learning and leads students do multiple learning styles through a variety of collaborative tasks. the iskandar rosyidin, nurrudin, & ratna dewanti the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text 568 results showed that pbl has become an effective method in terms of students’ self-directed problem solvers. pbl also showed that the teacher could apply reflections, discussions, presentations, and self-evaluations in their classrooms while enhancing students’ collaboration. different from the issue fostered by this researcher to concentrate to the improvement of students’ capability in reading comprehension, hartman focused to improve teachers’ competences in using pbl for their students. the next research was done by amini, mahmoudi largani, & hedayat (2019). she found that tbl model was suitable to be applied in the middle schools and colleges. this survey research by distributing questionnaires to 117 high schools and colleges recommended that all teachers support the tbl model to be used since the results of the learning process were very satisfying. different from the researcher who uses experimental method, amini, any way, used survey method in the research. fatmawati et al. (2019), in her study tried to find the correlation between critical and creative thinking skills, critical thinking skills and learning achievement, creative thinking skills and learning achievement, and critical thinking, creative thinking, and learning achievement. the sample was 30 fourth-semester students from the department of biology education of ikip mataram, indonesia. the instrument used were 19 essay questions on photosynthesis and the critical thinking instrument which was composed of five aspects. the result showed that there were correlations among (1) critical and creative thinking skills; (2) critical thinking skills and learning achievement; (3) creative thinking skills and learning achievement; (4) creative thinking, critical thinking, and learning achievement. since critical and creative thinking skills affect learning achievement, the empowerment of these skills may lead to the enhancement of learning achievement. syahfutra & niah (2019) did the research entitled “improving students’ reading comprehension by using problem-based learning strategy”. the experiment was conducted at sekolah menengah pertama darma yudha and it proved that pbl provides strategies for expressing ideas in real-life contexts. this model enhances critical thinking and problem-solving skills. it also develops flexible knowledge, effective collaboration skills and life-wide learning. pbl also helps students improve their reading comprehension and motivation. any way, they did not prove that this model gave more contribution in student’s improvement in reading comprehension compared to the other model like tbl. then, supriyadi et al. (2019) carried out a research entitled "the effects of learning model and cognitive style on students' english listening skills". the purpose of this study was to determine whether there was an effect of the learning model and cognitive style on students' english listening skills. after going through an experimental study using two-way anova, it was found that students who were taught using the integrative learning model had better results than students who were taught using the experiential learning model. this study also proves that there is an interaction effect between learning models and cognitive styles with students' listening abilities. supriyadi’s research also employs learning model but not tbl and pbl. he, then, did the experiment in listening subjecct, not in reading comprehension. the next research is entitled “improving the critical thinking skills of secondary school students using problem-based learning” by lapuz & fulgencio (2020). this study wants to ensure that the use of pbl can improve the critical thinking skills of economic high school students. this research is the experiment research using purposive sampling, namely 27 students from high school in zambales, the philippines in the 20172018 school year. the results prove that there are significant differences in test scores before and after treatment. in conclusion, pbl is effective in improving students' critical thinking skills based on the results of the analysis of the mean, standard deviation and t-test. lapuz’s experimental research did the analysis using t-test, not anova and did not classify in low and high levels of critical thinking. then, hasyim (2021), explored reading proficiency for prospective arabic teachers or practitioners beside core competencies from the field of study they are studying. this study aimed at examining the effectiveness of the implementation of a student-centred learning method in the form of a problem-based learning method with seven-jumps (seven-steps) approach in increasing the reading proficiency in arabic. there were 50 people of muthala’ah mukatsafah class as sample of the english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 569 research. the data analysis was performed through a significance test before and after treatment. the results show that there were differences in the subjects’ advanced reading proficiency level as well as an increase in empathy soft skill before and after the implementation of the learning method. the research done by hasyim was in arabic but the researcher in this experiment uses english with the application of pbl and tbl. the next research done by magaji (2021). the research question to be answered was what skills can science teachers promote and encourage among students through designing and implementing problem-based learning in their classrooms? the instrument used in his research were lesson observations, interviews, and focus groups. there were 52 students of second year of secondary education, aged 13 years old in england as sample of the research who used a theoretical framework of the 3c3r model (3ccontent, context, and connection, and 3rresearching, reasoning, and reflecting) in problem-based learning (pbl). the result of the study showed that the application of prior knowledge, collaborative learning, modeling and eliciting feedback were the skills promoted by pbl especially problem solving. besides, collaborative learning was also dominant. magaji did the research by using single model in secondary school. that was pbl. on the contrary, the researcher in this research paper uses pbl and tbl in college, ulla & perales (2021) conducted experimental research with tbl using group work to improve speaking skills in english. the experiment was conducted on 106 early-year thai university students. the subject taught is speaking with the work group method using task-based for 12 weeks. using additional data through surveys, questionnaires, and speaking performance scores in the classroom, it was found that although this group work method was new to students, they gave a good attitude. the students believe that the performance of assignments in class and activities in groups can improve and develop their english skills when they work collaboratively with classmates. this tbl experiment was done in speaking subject, not reading comprehension and it was not compared to pbl in order to find the more effective model between them. nasim, ghani, kausar, & khatoon (2022) tried to know effectiveness of pbl in developing knowledge of under graduate nursing students. they, then, conducted a pretest–posttest experimental design among b.sc. nursing students of saida waheed fmh college of nursing lahore. to determine the sample of the experiment, they used random sampling in lottery method and put them in experimental and control groups on the topic of diabetes mellitus. data were collected using mcqs-based questionnaire during pre-testpost-test processes. after doing the analysis of the data, it was concluded that pbl method has significantly improved more knowledge of the students of experimental group than the control group using traditional method. pbl is more effective teaching method in developing knowledge of nursing students than the traditional one. contrary to the research done by nasim and friends, the research done in this dissertation use pbl for experimental group and tbl for control group to the develop students’ reading comprehension. the above articles describe how pbl and tbl separately effective in students’ competency in english (not only in reading comprehension). the gap shown was determining the best model to be used in teaching reading comprehension. therefore, the novelty of this research paper is experimentally proof the effectiveness between pbl and tbl in teaching reading comprehension and shows which model is more affective to use than other (pbl or tbl). besides, this research proposes to see whether or not there is an interaction between the model used and critical thinking on the increase of students’ reading comprehension. method this is an experimental study in english department of politeknik negeri sriwijaya palembang, indonesia and designed as treatment by level 2x 2. this study applied two sample groups, experiment and control. the experimental group used the strategy or model of problem-based learning (pbl). on the other side, the control group used task-based learning (tbl). this research took 44 samples from the total of 83 students. they were taken from all fourth semester students of english department. since the requirement to follow this subject is passing reading iii, the sample technique chosen is purpossive sampling. it is the design that the researcher provides to get the best information for the purpose of his study (etikan & bala, 2017). iskandar rosyidin, nurrudin, & ratna dewanti the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text 570 the next step was determining two classes into experimental and control groups. the two groups were then divided into: (1) experimental group consisted of 11 high critical students. (2) experimental group consisted of 11 low critical students. (3) control group consisted of 11 high critical students. (4) control group consisted of 11 low critical students. before doing the experiment to the two groups, the researcher, as the first phase, conducted pre-test in order to know the initial ability of the object of research in comprehending the english reading text. this pre-test also helped the researcher in considering putting the students in their category of critical thinking in each group both in experimental and control groups. then, he continued writing syllabus, peparing the models for the two groups, preparing learning materials and the facilities needed. at the the second phase, the researcher conducted 8 weeks experiment and applied the strategies or models of learning. they were problem-based learning model (pbl) to experimental group and task-based learning model (tbl) to the control group. the researcher firstly used readability test to make sure that the level of difficulty was suitable for the students. the researcher used flesch formula accessed in (no title, n.d.) http://www.readabilityformulas.com/flesch-readingease-readability-formula.php. the best reading score lays between 60-70 since it is acceptable and understandable. the following range presents the complete description about the readibility score based on flesch: (1) 90-100: very easy, (2) 80-89 : easy, (3) 70-79,: fairly easy, (5) 60-69: standard, (6) 50-59 : fairly difficult, (7) 30-49 : difficult, (8) 0-29: very confusing. post-test was given after the treatment to visibly show the result of students’ comprehension after learning using the given models. besides, the researcher used content validity to measure the validity of the instrument and used the formula of hoyt to determine the level of the reliability of reading instrument in english as follows: note: r = reliabality of appropriateness of observer/rater rjkb = variance of the respondence rjke = rest of variants the 30 questions multiple couice test become the instrument of the test. the questions given reflected the six elements of critical thinking: interpretation, analysis, evaluation, inference, explanation and self-regulation suggested by facione (2011). besides, the questions were constructed based on level of difficulty in taxonomy bloom’s revision suggested by anderson dan krathwohl. they are remember (c1). understand (c2). apply(c3), analyze (c4), evaluate (c5), and create (c6). besides, the theoritical validity test involved 5 experts to judge. it showed that the theorotical validity was applicable. then, this research measured instrument reliabily by using the formula of k kr-20: note: = coeficient reliability kr-20 n = sum of poin = variance of respondent’s score = proportion 1 for each poin the data analysis is as follow: (1) conducting normality test using liliefors test. (1) conducting homogenity test to population using f test and bartlett test for the significance of a = 0,05. (2) conducting data analysis using two-way analysis of variance or anava on the level of significance of a = 0,05. (3) conducting the analysis of tuckey test. results and discussion results data description the data of this study were grouped into eight groups of data, namely: (1) students 'english reading comprehension scores were given the pbl model strategy (a1), (2) students' english reading comprehension scores were given tbl model strategies (a2), (3) students' english reading comprehension scores with high critical thinking skills (b1), (4) students' english reading comprehension scores with low critical thinking skills (b2), (5) students' english reading b eb rjk rjkrjk  r english review: journal of english education p-issn 2301-7554, e-issn 2541-3643 volume 10, issue 2, june 2022 https://journal.uniku.ac.id/index.php/erjee 571 comprehension scores given learning strategies pbl model with high critical thinking skills (a1b1) ), (6) students 'english reading comprehension scores who were given tbl model learning strategies with high critical thinking skills (a2b1), (7) students' english reading comprehension scores who were given pbl model strategies with low critical thinking skills (a1b2), (8) ) scores of students' english reading comprehension who are given tbl model strategies with low thinking skills (a2b2). complete descriptions of the eight groups of research data are as follows: english reading comprehension scores of students given the pbl model (a1) based on the data collected from 22 students as respondents, it was known that the scores of students' reading comprehension in english who were given the pbl model got the highest score of 46; lowest score of 22; an average score of 33.82; median value 35.0; mode value 26; variance 43.11; standard deviation 6,57. english reading comprehension scores of students given tbl model learning (a2) based on the data collected from 22 students as respondents, it was known that the scores of students' reading comprehension in english who were given the tbl model had the highest score of 40; lowest score of 22; average score of 31.27; median value of 30.5; mode value of 29; variance of 22.68; standard deviation of 4.76. english reading comprehension scores of students with high critical thinking ability (b1) based on the data collected from respondents as many as 22 students, it was known that the students' english reading comprehension score with the highest critical thinking ability score was 46; the lowest score was 22; the average score was 34.05; median value was 35.0; mode value was 37; variance was 42.81; standard deviation ofwas 6.54. english reading comprehension scores of students with low critical thinking ability (b2) based on the data collected from 22 students as respondents, it is known that the scores of students' english reading comprehension with low critical thinking skills get the highest score of 40; the lowest score of 22; average score of 31.05; median value of 30.0; mode value of 29; variance of 21.66; standard deviation of 4.65. students' english reading comprehension score given pbl model with high critical thinking ability (a1b1) based on the data collected from 11 students as respondents, it is known that the a1b1 score has the highest score of 46; lowest score of 35; an average score of 39.18; median value of 38; mode value of 35; variance of 11.96; standard deviation of 3.46. english reading comprehension scores of students given a tbl model with high critical thinking ability (a2b1) based on the data collected from 11 students as respondents, it was known that the a2b1 score got the highest score of 37; lowest score of 22; an average score of 28.91; median value of 29; mode value of 26; variance of 19.89; standard deviation of 4.46. english reading comprehension score students given learning strategy pbl model with low critical thinking ability (a1b2) based on the data collected from 11 students as respondents, it was known that the a1b2 score was the highest score of 36; the lowest score of 22; an average score of 28.45; median value of 28; mode value of 26; variance of 15.27; standard deviation of 3.91. english reading comprehension scores of students given tbl model with low critical thinking ability (a2b2) based on data collected from 11 students as respondents, it was known that the a2b2 score had the highest score of 40; the lowest score of 29; an average score of 33.64; median value of 35; mode value of 29; variance of 15.45; standard deviation of 3.93. testing requirements analysis the data analysis requirements to be tested in this study were the normality test and the homogeneity test. normality test the normality test was carried out to know whether or not the sample came from the population of 44 iskandar rosyidin, nurrudin, & ratna dewanti the effect of problem-based learning model towards students’ comprehension of the english reading text 572 students must be normally distributed. the normality test carried out in group a1: students' english reading comprehension scores which were given the pbl model, group a2: students' english reading comprehension scores which were given tbl model, group b1: students' english reading comprehension scores with high critical thinking, group b2 : students' english reading comprehension scores with low critical thinking, group a1b1: students' english reading comprehension scores who were given pbl model with high critical thinking, group a2b1: students' english reading comprehension scores were given tbl model with high critical thinking, group a1b2: students 'english reading comprehension scores were given the pbl model with low critical thinking, and group a2b2: students' english reading comprehension scores were with the ability of low critical thinking whether it came from a population whose distribution was normal. group a1 normality test the normality test criterion was that the sample scores of students' english reading comprehension who are given the pbl model came from a population with a normal distribution if lcount